《I Got a Cheat Ability in a Different World, and Became Extraordinary Even in the Real World (LN)》 Book 1: Prologue Here it is, our new project , this one is a Light Novel from the same author as Shinka no Mi novel.Since Strongest Blacksmith had also almost caught up with the raw, we decided to bring a new project and reduce the weekly released chapter for it. Release schedule for this novel will be 1 to 2 chapters per week, and as the others, you could read upto 4 chapters ahead by joining our Patreon. And you can find the volume 1 illustration in Here , it may contains spoilers, so look at your own risk x) Enjoy the chapter~ Prologue I, Tenjou Yuuya, am being bullied. Thats not a recent development; its been that way for a long time ever since kindergarten. No matter how much I asked them to stop, theyd only find it funnier and escalate things, and no matter how much I told the teacher about it, they wouldnt help. On the contrary, theyd even end up saying that I was the one in the wrong. It would have been fine if I was only mistreated by those guys at school and the teachers but I had reached the point that I didnt even get any affection from my family. Right after I was born, my parents thought I would be a cute child. After all, I was their firstborn. However, they eventually gave up on those thoughts. My face only got uglier over time, regardless of what I did. Even though I only ate a normal amount of food, my body got fatter and fatter. I tried to exercise, but my weight continued increasing, as if my own body was ridiculing me. Even though I didnt change the amount of food I was eating. [ED: Well theres your problem] It may be some kind of illness. By the time that thought occurred to me the affection from my parents was completely gone. The reason was my twin brother and sister had been born. Unlike me, both of them were beautiful, and my parents showered them with affection. Their treatment of me completely changed then. The twins would always eat good fresh food, and Id only get yesterdays leftovers. Really, leftovers were the best I got, and mostly it was only scraps and things that had expired or soured. I wasnt allowed to wash my clothes together with the twins because they said the twins clothes would get dirty if I washed them together, and my clothes would then go unwashed because it would only waste the water bill. So, since elementary school, I had always washed my clothes by myself using the park drinking fountain. Speaking of clothes, the twins could buy new ones, but I always wore only tattered clothes. From elementary school to senior high school, my bags were ratty and tattered, but the twins always had brand new stuff. The twins were one year younger than me, and for these reasons I had to do a lot of things myself since I entered kindergarten. I envied them a lot. I didnt do anything to deserve this or did I? No matter how much I tried to appeal to them, my parents didnt give me the time of day. Even at times when I thought I might be sick, I wasnt allowed to see a doctor. I thought of it as a blessing that I was able to eat the bare minimum amount of food, even though the reason was they still cared about their reputation. But there were still people who were kind to me, as well. My grandfather, who had already passed away, was one of them. He was always traveling around and would come back with peculiar souvenirs, and was rarely home. But when he came back, grandpa always loved me, the ugly kid. That was the only way in which I got much more affection compared to the twins. Grandpa was considered a freak for flying around the world for so long and collecting only weird stuff, and my parents were prejudiced against him. When I was in elementary school, my grandpas house was close, so I always went out to play there when he was home. Even though my grandpa was incensed at how I was treated, and appealed to the people around me, my appearance and the way people talked about him being a freak caused that to go nowhere. Such a kind grandfather to me had already died. Yuuya, never give up. Look, its alright. Even if its hard, if you smile, happiness will surely come. Someday, youll be able to look back at those people who have done terrible things to you besides, you still have a long life ahead of you. Dont be impatient, but move slowly and steadily in the right direction. Its okay, Yuuya, I know you can do it. Those were grandpas last words. In his will, he gave me the house where he lived and all of his property. Of course, my parents tried to take it away, but my grandpa had made thorough arrangements, so they failed. But as a result, my parents completely abandoned me. Well, when you think about it, that result was obvious. So I left home and decided to live in my grandpas house. He didnt have a lot of assets, by any means, and I didnt receive any money from my parents, but even so, my grandpa did have enough money for me to enter an integrated junior high school and attend senior high school. Thanks to him, I was able to pay the entrance fee and tuition, but the other living expenses were strict, with only the money that my grandfather had left me, and I lived everyday while working part-time jobs. And now, if I didnt go quickly, I would be late for my part-time job, but I was stopped and forcibly taken to the back of the gym. To be perfectly clear about what was going to happen Know your place, you shitty fat-ass!! Gah!? It was group bullying. I was beaten and kicked many times. I could barely breathe, and since I didnt have any money, I always skipped lunch, so the only thing that came out of my mouth was stomach juices. After a while, maybe because he got tired of beating me, Takeshi Araki from my class, the main offender of this bullying, grabbed my hair and lifted my face as I was coughing violently. Araki was the so-called delinquent guy with piercings and blonde hair. He was also wearing a uniform, and was a member of a delinquent group called [Red Ogre], which was active around this high school. I cried out from the way he was handling me. Oi, fat-ass. Arent you forgetting your place? Youre my sandbag, and Ill beat my sandbag whenever I want. Thats your role so why are you going home all of a sudden? A sharp knee kicked me directly in the face. Blood was streaming from my nose, and my face was in agony. Hey, Araki, do you think maybe you shouldnt be so hard on his face? If you hurt him there, everyone can see it, you know? Its fine. No ones gonna look at this kind of trash. Kyahahaha! But seriously, this is fun! Some flashy looking girls took pictures of me with their smartphones. Araki seemed to come up with something as he watched, and a wicked grin spread across his face. Oh right, if youre going to take pictures, why dont you do it when hes butt-naked? Oh! How nice! In that case, lets get more people over here. Great, just message everyone you know. Ugh!? S-sto Shut your fucking mouth, you piece of shit! Once again, a kick landed right in my face. My consciousness grew hazy, and I felt like I could pass out at any moment, but if I did that, I had no idea what might happen. However, I was still helpless to change anything, and the people Araki and the others called had already gathered around. Hey hey, you said if I came here, thered be something fun I never thought Id see the face of this garbage here. When I managed to look at the cold voice that was suddenly thrown at me, there stood a very similar brother and sister with well-defined faces. Tenjou Youta and Tenjou Sora in other words, my own brother and sister. Since they were one year younger than me, whenever we came across each other in middle school, they had reached the point of looking at me with disdain. This would be my first year in high school, and they were in their third year of junior high, but maybe there would eventually be a chance for us to meet. They normally wouldnt have any business being here, in the back of this school building, but Araki might have called them over. Ah? Youta, do you know him? Yeah, well. I hate to admit it, but hes sort of my big brother thats what it should be. Big brother!? Oi oi, seriously!? Araki looked at me and laughed. He looks nothing like you! Well, you know, its only a relationship on paper, so I dont care about him at all. I see I see Well, thats fine. Lets just have fun today. By then, nearly 20 people had gathered around, and Araki started stripping me naked. I resisted desperately, and begged him to stop, but after he beat me again, I was completely silenced, and was finally stripped of all my clothes. Araki laughed triumphantly. Oi oi, dont try to hide it! sea??h th§× NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. What a disgusting body!? Words of contempt and condescension poured in from my surroundings. With regret and embarrassment, I desperately grit my teeth and endured. Pretty soon, the sound of camera shutters echoed all around, and Araki spoke up. Thank you for gathering here today! Well then, time for the closing act! He looked at me and made a demented smile. Take this, you fat-ass! Hi-ya! I was knocked out by a powerful blow to my jaw. By the time I woke up, there was no one around, and the moon was already floating in the sky. When I checked my belongings, they had stolen what little money I had, my textbook was torn up and thrown away, and muddy water had been poured onto my clothes. I wept bitterly on the spot, so overcome with self-pity that it was painful. Grandpa. What should I do? This was my daily life. Book 1: Chapter 1: Part 1 Here we go for chapter 1 part 1Volume 1 Chapter 1 Into A Different World Part 1 Overcoming those difficult times, I was now fully enjoying a rare period of recovery. After the middle school graduation ceremony was over, we went on a short break before starting high school. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Realistically, I should have had a part-time job during this break, but that was gone now, because of the group bullying from the other day. Because I was absent that day, I was fired; obviously it wasnt possible to go to it. I was fired from my other part-time job as well, because of all the bruises on my body. I thought it was unreasonable, and I was frustrated, but I couldnt do anything about it. I wondered if I should do muscle training during this break, even though I didnt think it would change anything. I had a lot of things to worry about, but first I had to find a new part-time job. At any rate, for now, I had a little time to spare, so I decided to clean this house for the first time in a long time. I immediately got out a rag and vacuum cleaner and started cleaning the house. Even though I often did light cleaning, a thorough cleaning revealed a lot of dirt. My grandpas house was quite large, so it would have been difficult to clean all the rooms properly without an opportunity like this. No, I knew the truth. I was doing this to avoid thinking about what had happened. During a surge of depression, I went to the washbasin to replace the water in the bucket, and there, like it or not, I could see my face reflected in the mirror. Thin, small eyes. A huge pig nose with small nostrils. Rounded cheeks, and although my cheekbones were defined, my whole face was fat, swollen, and covered in acne and freckles. My lips were thick, and covered my crooked teeth. My hair was so thin it felt like premature baldness. This was my face. A face that doesnt at all resemble my parents or those twins. When I looked at it now, the accumulated resentment inside of me overflowed. I yelled in rage, and punched the mirror over and over again, desperately trying to erase the picture in front of me. I kept hitting it long after my fist was covered in blood. Breathing hard, I then grabbed the big bucket and smashed it into the mirror, breaking it instantly. With the mirror broken, I was able to calm down a little, but mentally, I was still in a fog. Fragments of the mirror fell onto the floor and mingled with my blood. No matter how much I shout, my situation wont change. I wanted to undergo plastic surgery if I could. But I couldnt even come close to doing that without any money. The fact was, I had to work with all my strength just to barely earn enough for my living expenses. In the face of such a sorrowful reality, my heart sank even more. What exactly do I want to be? I couldnt see my future anymore. I wouldnt be able to find a job properly. Considering how things are now, it was only natural that Id never thought about what I wanted to be in the future. Dream a dream, huh? Even if I had a dream, it would be meaningless anyway. I dont have the ability or the will to make a dream come true Fuck! Frustrated by my powerlessness, I hit the wall forcefully and at that moment Huh? All of a sudden, the wall rotated, like a secret door in a ninja mansion, and revealed a room I had no idea existed. Wh What the? Id lived in my grandpas house for a long time, and Id never seen a room like this before. What is this place I had stumbled on a mysterious hidden room. I was cautious at first, but soon my curiosity won out, and before I knew it, I was already inside. This is As it turned out, this was a room where grandpa put many of the things he collected when he flew around the world. My grandpa was always traveling around and coming back with souvenirs, but I didnt know where he put them all. I was stunned to realize all of them had been stored in a secret room. When I was looking in amazement at the goods obtained from all over the world, I suddenly got a strange feeling. Wha What the hell is this? It was a puzzling feeling, one I had never felt before, and it now guided me through the room. I passed by many things, some of which grandpa had shown me in the past, and others that were totally new to me. What is that? That mask. Its frightening, and it kind of looks like a kijin hmm? Oh wow Whats that doll? It was like the kijin mask, and a mannequin that was bigger than me. There were also some basketball-sized red cubes, and although I didnt know the principle behind it, there were also some strange stones floating around an equally strange pedestal. Apart from that, there was even a coffin that looked like an Egyptian sarcophagus, the kind that usually contained a mummified pharaoh. As I walked around, looking at the various objects and artifacts around me, I started to get that funny feeling again, like something was calling to me. I continued on, like being led by the hand. Grandpa collected all of this In the past, he had often boasted about his collection, but I didnt realize how great it really was. Memories of a casually cheerful grandpa resurfaced, and it was almost enough to make me cry again. It was grandpas collection of items, but it was full of things I had no idea what the uses were, so it was almost like junk now. If grandpa was still alive, he would have taught me a lot once more What should I do with all this hmm? Even though I felt a bit uneasy, like something scary would happen if I even touched these items, my eyes were drawn to one particular item placed at the very back of the room. It was a door that existed as if it had been pulled out of the wall. There was a large owl carved on the middle of the wooden door, and trees carved on the edge of it. Did grandpa bring this back, too? This door? If he brought this back, where would this door lead to? Well, its just a door anyway, so I should only see the wall behind it, if I open it. But the moment I saw the door, the strange feeling that I was having grew stronger. Could it be from this door? I couldnt recognize anything about the door in front of me, but it demanded my attention, and my eyes were glued to it. I wonder if this door was the thing calling me this whole time Is there anything on this door? With that in mind, I reached for the door knob and opened it. Huh? It was an unfamiliar room. Its decorated similar to a log house, with a large wooden table and chairs, and a wooden closet. Weapons such as swords and axes were piled up like mountains. Huh? Wha-? I felt like my head was about to explode upon seeing such an incomprehensible situation. Then, something like a translucent board suddenly appeared in front of me. Whoa! Since it appeared so suddenly, I cried out like a wimp and fell on my ass. However, the translucent board moved with me, and remained at the same place in my vision. W-What is this Feeling flustered, I focused on the translucent board, and saw the text written on it: Huh? There, something like a message from games was displayed. A-Appraisal? Endurance? More importantly, a different world? For now, I got up and went back to my house and checked around the door again. A-As I thought, theres nowhere to go? The only thing behind the door was just the wall of my house. Yet through the door was an unfamiliar room like in a log house, extending beyond the other side. Seriously, what is this thing What the heck is this door? The moment I thought that, the translucent board that had disappeared suddenly appeared again. [Door To Another World] :: A door which suddenly appeared on Earth and leads to some other world. Even the Gods do not know why these doors appear, or how. The destination is unknown, and once you cross to a different world, the location becomes fixed. Those who become the doors master can manipulate various functions. The door is indestructible. How? Suddenly I know all this information about the door. No wait, I understand it perfectly well, but its still absurd! At this point, I finally calmed down and arrived at the answer. Perhaps its the effect of this [Appraisal] skill? No, but wait Im in the room at my house right now, not in that log house style room. So why is that thing still showing up? I dont really get it, but is there any way I can check the effect of the skills? The board appeared again when I muttered that, and displayed the following: [Appraisal] :: Skills to appraise various things. [Endurance] :: You have acquired great resistance to abnormal states, mental interference, or physical stress. There it is again I understood it now. I was probably able to examine the door a little while ago because of this [Appraisal] skill. Even so this was too far detached from reality. If thats how it is, can I examine the titles, too? I muttered, roughly accepting my present circumstances, and the message appeared as expected. [Master of The Door] :: The master of the door leading to another world. You can use the menu function. [Master of The House] :: The new master of the house where the wise man is said to have once lived. You have obtained ownership of this house. [Otherworlder] :: A person from another world. You will be given a special growth boost, allowing you to obtain more experience than normal. It will also be easier for you to learn skills. Level cap has been removed. [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] :: The person who visited another world for the first time. A distinct title that makes it easier for you to invent skills and magic compared to the effect of similar titles such as [Pioneer]. The process of your growth will proceed in an ideal direction. In addition, you will be able to use [Item Box]. Oh. For some reason, despite how amazing it all sounded, it didnt affect me that much. [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] seems to be a superior title compared to [Pioneer], and it also apparently makes me able to use [Item Box]. Whats [Item Box]? And which house is the [Master of The House] description talking about? Then I noticed the part of the description of [Master of The Door] that mentioned a menu function. Menu function? What the heck is that oh, wow! Another message was displayed in front of me. This is [Door To Another World] Owner: Tenjou Yuuya Functions: That was displayed. Money Conversion? Can I convert something into money? And what are Transfer and Entry Restriction As I asked, the message changed to show detailed descriptions. [Money Conversion] :: Everything can be converted into money. [Transfer] :: The door can be summoned to the owners current location at any time. [Entry Restriction] :: Only those specified by the owner can pass through the door. Its more sophisticated than I expected! In other words, even if someone finds this place, they cant go any further. In addition, if someone were to try to steal this door, it would return to me I honestly dont know how to use this Money Conversion, but, well, theres no downside from having it, so thats fine for now. Honestly, everything Ive seen until now feels like something youd see in a game, so there must be something like a status panel, right? I thought about it excitedly, and another message appeared. [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 1 Magic: 1 Attack: 1 Defense: 1 Agility: 1 Intelligence: 1 Luck: 1 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] Its hopeless. This thing cant be serious, all of my stats are 1 even in school, I never had grades this bad Well, somehow I knew where that was coming from. Apart from that, what was this BP? And [Item Box] was added to my skill column for some reason [BP] :: Abbreviation for Bonus Points. When leveling up, you will receive 10 BP, and can assign them to any stat you like. If you are an otherworlder, you will instead receive 20 BP. If you have the title [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time], you will instead receive 100 BP. [Item Box] :: You can manipulate a special region of space that allows you to store and retrieve things as much as you like. However, its not possible to store living beings. There is no capacity or size limit for things you want to store. Ooh. First of all, I realized I was able to distribute points into my status, and that was an advantage for me. [Item Box] also functioned like a games inventory, as I understood it. Well, now that Id confirmed this much, the only thing left to confirm was That room thats right There was nobody in there a while ago, but no matter how I thought about it, wasnt that trespassing? So if the other party got angry and attacked, Id need to bear with it, wouldnt I? I also got the [Master of The House] title, which Im not sure about; I hadnt confirmed anything about it at all Fortunately, no one else can go through the door except me, so I should be able to manage it somehow if I just run back into my house. Lets take another look. I decided to go back to that room again. ED: Im amazed this MC doesnt seem to recognize a screen or window when they see one. Translucent board my ass. Book 1: Chapter 1: Part 2 New chapter today.Theres no one here right? I peeked timidly out the door to confirm my surroundings, but as I had hoped, there were no signs of people. I stepped into the room again, overwhelmed once more by the sensation of trees and wood all around me. When I entered the room, I saw a wooden closet next to the desk and chair, and inside that closet were pairs of slim shirts, trousers, and underwear that obviously werent my size. It was a bit disappointing, since it felt unexpectedly nice when I touched it. Oh, I didnt notice it until now, but theres a window in here. I approached the window and looked outside. And then Whoa The area beyond the window was dense with trees. The house I lived in wasnt anything like a mountainous area. It was in a residential area, and normally you could see cars passing by, both in front and behind the lot. However, this cabin was completely surrounded by forest As I thought, its a different world well, the only other possibility is that its connected to another place on Earth. I thought the window might just be a super realistic picture, but when I opened the window, I had to abandon that thought. Pure air flowed into my lungs which I couldnt imagine breathing from a city. I couldnt hear the sound of any cars, nor were there any construction noises, just a tranquil silence. I closed the window and looked around the room again, and noticed a paper on the desk. Whats this? I picked up the paper and tried to read it, but it had strange characters that I didnt recognize. I cant read this. Is it a language from this other world? Despite my lack of understanding, a message appeared when I stared at the letter for a few moments longer. You have acquired the skill [Language Comprehension]. Hey, hey! Whats this useful skill? I appraised it immediately. [Language Comprehension] :: A skill that grants you the understanding to read and write in any language. It was such a useful skill. If this is also effective on Earth, wouldnt English be a piece of cake? Anyway, since Id gotten such a long-awaited skill, I turned my eyes back to the letter and was able to comprehend the mysterious script that I couldnt read before. To summarize, the previous owner of this house had decided to part with this cabin, because his life was soon to come to an end. Because he had no family, if anyone found this house, he would give that person ownership, along with everything inside the house. The registration of ownership was also updated somehow, with the power of magic, such that it wouldnt be possible for anyone other than the owner to enter the house. This was probably because I got the title of [Master of The House], so I became its owner. From the description of the title, I could understand that a wise man once lived here, but how amazing was he? Personally, I think its incredible to prevent anyone other than the owner from entering, but was that a normal thing in this world? How can I put this? I think I was incredibly lucky that the door connected to this place Im very grateful for that. Its only just now hitting me, but theres something else: this world also has magic No, the situation itself was too unrealistic. Even if it described the existence of magic, it still didnt feel like a fantasy world. [ED: He literally just walked through a magic door] It surprised me a little, but still, the line about magic caught my interest. Would I be able to use it too? Well, whatever first of all, Im relieved to know theres nobody else in this house, and that means no one but me will ever come here. S§×arch* The nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As soon as I discovered this house was mine, all of my wariness went right out the window. Since things had turned out like this, I decided to check out everything in this place Is all this real? There were so many kinds of weapons all over the place. I tried to pick up the first sword I saw. Whoa!? It-Its heavy Obviously, my physical strength was pretty low, so just holding up a sword is almost enough to make me fall over. I guess I need to do full-on muscle training. Well, I used to do that in the past, but I didnt get any muscle at all after a whole year. Even so its a splendid sword. It was a double-edged sword that gleamed as if it had just been polished, and the blade clearly reflected my face. The handle was almost completely undecorated, but there was still something familiar about this sword in my hand, so much that even an amateur like me could feel it. I immediately tried using [Appraisal] on the sword, out of curiosity. [Omni-Sword] :: The pinnacle of all swords. The blade remains shiny without tarnishing, and the edge is always perfectly sharp. Its said to be capable of cutting anything, but that depends on the contractor. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. Seriously!? Its more incredible than I could have imagined! Moreover, Id signed the contract before I knew it! Even if you say its not for sale, theres no way I could sell this kind of thing, right!? Its too amazing! Wait, what kind of person was that wise man again? To think hed just leave this sword lying around in that disorderly pile of weapons!? Something this amazing should be handled appropriately I was surprised at the wise man who Id never be able to meet anyway, but I wanted to give this sword a swing. As a man, I should try it out at least once, right? I dont know who I was making an excuse to, but I just wanted to force someone else to justify my actions guess that wasnt really necessary. Well, since I wanted to check the outside, I timidly opened the front door of the house. Ooh! Apparently, the land this house was built on was pretty spacious, and the front area was like a garden. There were also fields to cultivate fruits or vegetables. Is this all included as part of the house? If it wasnt, I couldnt go out carelessly but when I wondered about it, a message appeared. The inside of the fence surrounding this house is the owners land. Oh, so in other words, no one can even enter this garden! Neat! Now I can go outside and swing this sword to my hearts content! I dont know who you are, but thank you, Mr. Message! I went outside in high spirits unbecoming to my age. Then I tried to swing the heavy sword however I pleased, but Whoa!? It was hopeless. The end result was more like me being swung around by the sword rather than the other way around. I couldnt even swing it properly No, in hindsight, that result was obvious. I panted. Well uh that was fun Even though I couldnt do anything, I laid down on the spot, with an odd feeling of satisfaction. Then the message appeared again in front of me. You have acquired the skill [Swordsmanship: 1] Huh!? [Swordsmanship] skill!? Just by swinging it around!? Besides that, what was the number next to it? When I focused on [Swordsmanship: 1], a detailed explanation was displayed. Thats the [Appraisal] skill for you. [Swordsmanship: 1] :: Skills to handle swords. The numbers represent proficiency, with a highest value of 10. In other words, was I now a super beginner when it came to handling a sword? No, I honestly think its presumptuous to even call myself a beginner Still, is this skill something that can be learned so easily? Ah, maybe its the effect of the [Otherworlder] title? That might be the case. Even so, its weird that I was able to learn this quickly what about the other weapons? Inspired by my new curiosity, I put the sword back where it was and went out into the garden with other weapons. As a result of appraising them one by one, I started to get the sense that anything I picked up was going to be an amazing item. [Absolute Spear] :: The one and only spear that exceeds the Divine Spear. Its said that this spear can pierce anything, depending on the contractor. This spear cant be broken. If you throw it, it will always hit the target and will return to your hand. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. [TLN: The kanji is . Im not sure about this name to be honest; if anyone can come up with a good translation, please let me know.] [Death Scythe] :: A scythe that could even kill the God of Death. It is said to be capable of cutting anything the contractor wants. Any existence cut by this scythe, no matter how small is it, will give a fatal wound. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. [Infinity Gauntlet] :: Not only does this increase striking power, this gauntlet can also be used for protection. One blow is equal to infinite attacks. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. [Formless Bow] :: The ultimate bow without physical form. Depending on the contractors will, it can produce an infinite number of arrows. The arrows are said to be capable of shooting through the world. It will absolutely hit whatever target the contractor desires. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. And so on Well, there were a considerable number of weapons, but I was able to touch all of them. Therefore, I only have one impression for everything: All of them are stupendous. I dont know why this stuff was just scattered around, and I dont know what kind of person the wise man was, but more than that, its amazing that of all people, Im the contractor. Now, this is my current status [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 1 Magic: 1 Attack: 1 Defense: 1 Agility: 1 Intelligence: 1 Luck: 1 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [Swordsmanship: 1] [Spearmanship: 1] [Scythe Technique: 1] [Hand-to-Hand Combat Technique: 1] [Archery: 1] [Whip Technique: 1] [Axe Technique: 1] [Hammer Technique: 1] [Staff Technique: 1] [Club Technique: 1] Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] I no longer understand what any of this means. I first noticed this when I was playing with all the weapons, but it still feels strange. When my face twitched involuntarily, a message appeared. You have met the required condition. Integrating all martial arts skills. You have acquired the skill [True Martial Art: 1] Whats this [True Martial Art]!? I used [Appraisal] immediately, and it displayed as follows: [True Martial Art] :: A state that can only be reached by those who have learned all weapons and hand-to-hand combat arts. You can master all weapons and hand-to- hand combat. But I cant use it!? Its impossible, no matter what you think! I was just swinging those weapons around! However, regardless of my intentions, the text on my status has been changed, and that massive list of weapon skills has disappeared, replaced with [True Martial Art]. Did Mr. Wise Man also have this outrageous skill? I guess he did. Without even knowing what was happening, Id suddenly gotten an incredible bonus. Book 1: Chapter 1: Part 3 Bonus chapter brought to you by Patreon.After that, I tried to tidy up all of the weapons that scattered outside, when I remembered that I had acquired the [Item Box] skill, and decided to use it. However, when I tried to use it, I realized I didnt know how to activate it, and so I tried to chant [Item Box] in my mind, at which point a black space suddenly appeared in front of me. I was quite startled by that, but when I realized I could make it appear or disappear with just a thought, I threw a ballpoint pen in the house into the black space. After I tried to make the black space appear and disappear again, I timidly reached out into the space, and soon the information about the ballpoint pen flowed into my mind. After that, I went about my business smoothly, throwing the scattered weapons one after another into the [Item Box] to tidy up. Of course, I confirmed that I could freely store and retrieve things from it. It would be surprising to show it off on Earth. After I had finished all this testing, I was mentally exhausted, and I went through the mysterious door with halting steps, back into grandpas hidden room. Its not a dream When I instinctively looked at it from a distance, my stomach suddenly grumbled. I checked my watch, and it was right at lunch time. Now that I thought about it the other side of that door had the same timeflow as here. I was grateful for that. I opened the refrigerator in my house to satisfy my hunger, but it was empty. Aw, man I thought I already bought groceries, but apparently not It was a real drag, but if I ignored it, Id collapse from hunger, so I picked up my wallet and decided to go to a nearby convenience store to buy some food. Outside, I was exposed to intense sunlight, even though it was still early spring, and I started sweating immediately. Yup it was a result of being fat I was already getting tired, but I managed to get to a nearby convenience store, where I encountered an unpleasant scene. Hey hey, its okay, isnt it? Come have tea with us. I already said no, Ive refused you so many times already! Please, let me go! Dont say that, darlin~ A girl about the same age as me was getting caught up in a group of men that really stood out. The convenience store I went to was in a residential area after all, and there were a lot of people walking by. To think that they would try to seduce a girl out in the open like this, and right in front of a convenience store, on top of that The girl didnt like it, and tried to get away from the men, but they persistently surrounded her. When I looked around, there were people in the area, but everyone pretended not to see them. Finally, one of the men grabbed her arm. Hey, come on, lets go. Its okay, nothing bads gonna happen. I dont wanna! Let go of me, please! E-excuse me! Huh? The men all turned to look at me. Their collective gaze was sharp, and it was clear they were looking down on me. To be honest, I was terrified, and wanted to ignore the situation, but if my grandpa was here, he wouldnt have hesitated to help. He was the kind of person who would always help someone if they were in trouble. I loved my grandpa, and was proud of him for not changing his beliefs, even if he was treated like a hypocrite or a weirdo. With that in mind, I spoke up without even thinking. What is it, fat-ass? Do you have business with us or something? Huh?! I almost squealed, but kept it under control. N-no uh she I dont think she likes you. They almost growled in offense. They ignored the girl and surrounded me instead. You making fun of us, huh? You little bastard. No, thats not what I Stop nagging, asshole! I cried out as one of the men mercilessly punched me in the face. I rolled into a ball, in so much pain, but the men didnt let up, and kept kicking me while I was down. Dont mess with us you son of a bitch! You disgusting piggy! Die, you fucker! My face, my chest, my belly. Every time a sharp kick drove into my body, I felt like I was going to pass out. Then, abruptly, the men who were so viciously beating me suddenly stopped and ran off. Hey, police are coming! Man, what!? You gotta be kidding! Someone reported us, lets scram! Apparently, someone reported them to the police, and those men quickly fled the scene. My whole body was in pain, but not to the point that I couldnt endure it. It didnt seem like anything was broken. Jeez, I didnt have to show my usual resistance in a place like this. But thinking about it again, its a little strange. Until now, I usually would have lost consciousness at a time like this, but now, I managed to stay awake, though just barely. Could it be that the [Endurance] skill activated? I knew I was able to use [Appraisal] at home before, but to think I could also use a skill on Earth as well The girl who was being harassed earlier came running over and helped me get up. Are you alright? Ill call an ambulance right away! It-its okay, its okay its okay, so I dont need an ambulance B-but No, really its okay. I was moved by the girl being so worried about an ugly person like me, so enduring the pain, I stood up. Its By all means, lean on my shoulder, Ill help you walk N-no, its okay its okay already. B-but Its really okay now rather than that, you were getting harassed, werent you? Please be careful from now on. I dont really know what Im saying, but I got my distance from the girl who was worried about me. She just got attacked by a man, so she shouldnt want to be by a mans side, right? I think that would be a natural course of action. Well, it might not matter if she didnt even recognize me as a man, or as a human. The police came rushing over while I was having those self-deprecating thoughts. The police officers were two women and one man, so the girl might be relieved with this. We just got a report Ah, I was surrounded by a group of men, and this person helped me when I was in trouble! Therefore The girl explained to the police in detail that I was the only one injured, so it didnt seem to matter that much. It was like a weird story that I was the only one to get hurt. After a short series of questions, the police officer apparently decided to send the girl home. Then they turned to me. Well send you home, as well. Where do you live? N-no, its okay Ill go home by myself, I came here to get groceries I see well then, please be careful. When the police officers started to take the girl with them, she suddenly turned to me and bowed her head. Thank you for your help this time! Huh? Ah, no, dont worry about it I couldnt do anything, after all. Thats not true! In fact, you made me so happy! Thank you very much. Ill be sure to repay you for this. P-please dont mind it W-well then, Ill take my leave I dont usually talk to people, but I managed to say that much, and cut off the conversation to part ways with her. I couldnt look her in the eye at all. In the first place, I rarely talk to women, and when I do, its just a bunch of swearing directed at me. Because Ive been through that experience for so long, I have zero defense against women, mentally. But that girl, even if maybe she was only being polite, was worried about me. I thought she was a good girl ah, a girl like that deserves to be happy. Thinking like that, before I bought the other things I wanted, I stretched my legs a little more and went to the supermarket for the groceries, then stopped at the convenience store again on my way back, before finally going home. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Book 1: Chapter 1: Part 4 New chapter today. Ill post the next chapter as soon as possible.Also, Im looking for an Editor only for this novel, email me at [emailprotected] if you interested. Enjoy~ After having lunch and cleaning up the house, I went to the other side of that mysterious door again, and outside of the room to look over the garden once more. Its so big I still cant believe all of this is mine now. No, not only is the garden and the house unbelievable, but also that this is a different world in the first place. Its quite mysterious. However, when I examined the door with the [Appraisal] skill, apparently even God doesnt know where it came from. I mean, wouldnt this imply the existence of God?! God was here! I looked around, and suddenly had a terrible chill. My body froze up instantly, with a suffocating feeling, my breathing came in stops and starts. Sweat beaded up all over my body, and I was confused for a moment as to why this suddenly happened before frantically looking around. At the entrance, which was the boundary between the outside of the fence and the garden, I saw the culprit of the chill assaulting me. A creature with the overwhelming aura of a warrior stood there staring at me. Its body was massive, in excess of two meters in height, and its skin was dark red, as if smeared with blood. Its bulging biceps were as thick as my fat torso, and its face resembled an oni, a fictional existence, with the two splendid and sharp fangs growing from its lower jaw. In the face of that beasts imposing glare, what little part of my rational mind was left tried to activate [Appraisal]. [Bloody Ogre] Level: 300 Magic: 100 Attack: 5000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 1000 Intelligence: 500 Luck: 100 I dont get it. What the hell are these ridiculous stats? All of mine are at 1. In the first place, isnt it weird to pit a level 1 like me against a level 300!? My heart sank further looking at its name. Bloody Ogre it reminded me of Araki, my bully; he belonged to a group with a similar name, [Red Ogre]. My confusion only deepened as I read the details of its stats and then the monster roared. I fell on my butt and almost wet myself, but my last shred of pride wouldnt allow that. However, with my terrified self still sitting on the ground and unable to move, the Bloody Ogre rushed toward me. I was certain that I was about to die. However The ogre grunted as it stopped short, as if blocked by an invisible wall. It couldnt enter the yard. Ah I see no one but me can enter this property! Thats when I remembered it, but that still didnt mean I could do anything about the situation. In fact, the ogre was still banging his fist against an invisible wall at a frightening speed, in an effort to enter the yard. Its thunderous roar echoed through the surroundings. Just like I couldnt do anything against it, the ogre also couldnt do anything to this house, and continued to uselessly attack it. Somehow, it didnt seem like there would be a problem if I just ignored it. In that way, the moment I relaxed a little, the Bloody Ogre also stopped attacking and reached for a nearby tree. After easily uprooting it, the monster threw it towards the house. I screamed in fear, in spite of myself. Even if living creatures cant enter, does that apply to other things!? I was absolutely terrified by the Bloody Ogres assault, but the defensive performance of this house exceeded my expectations, and even the tree it threw bounced off. It really cant do anything against this house. Both direct and indirect attacks are blocked. At any rate, I came to understand that the Bloody Ogre was no threat while I was here, but it still didnt give up and resumed its attacks. Even if I know it cant get to me, this wasnt very good for my mental health. Is there anything I can do Suddenly a thought occurred to me. Can my attacks from inside leave the property? Right, all external attacks seem to be prevented, but what happens if something attacks from the inside out? To solve that question, I took out the [Absolute Spear] from [Item Box]. The reason I took out [Absolute Spear] instead of [Formless Bow] was actually kind of shameful: I couldnt draw the [Formless Bow] with my current physical strength. In spite of that, I was somehow still able to learn [Archery]. On the other hand, the [Absolute Spear] was heavy, and it seemed impossible for me to throw it at the Bloody Ogre, but this spear could set its target, and the target was set, even if it only left my hand by a few millimeters, it would surely fly into that target, and return to my hand automatically. I had confirmed that much when I played around with all the other weapons, and tried [Absolute Spear] right after swinging [Omni-Sword]. In that case Should I throw it? As a kind of experiment, I decided to throw the spear at the ogre, which continued thrashing around in front of me. Normally, throwing this deadly weapon at a creature was something I would never do, but the fear of that monster overrode my usual sensibilities. Alright. My decision made, I held the spear firmly. [Absolute Spear] was a weapon specifically designed to pierce the enemy, without any gorgeous decorations. However, it was very easy to use, and even if a super beginner like me held it, it was a good fit. It was still heavy, though, and I managed to throw it while staggering. The Bloody Ogre seemed to go on alert, possibly due to sensing the intimidating air released from [Absolute Spear]. Even though I threw it with all my might, it was too heavy to go more than a few centimeters, a lousy throw. The monster understood what was happening instantly and put up its guard. However, as if to say that my power wasnt needed at all, the spear still reached the Bloody Ogre in another instant, and pierced through its entire body without slowing down. Groaning its last breath, the Bloody Ogre fell down with a big hole in its chest, eyes still wide open, as if unable to comprehend what just happened. I I did it S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Honestly, saying that now might raise another flag, but there was no need to worry. The Bloody Ogres body dissolved into particles of light, and disappeared on the spot. My legs turned to jelly, and I found myself sitting on the ground again. For some reason, I haltingly started laughing. The feeling of being alive and the realization that I had killed a living being were mixing together, and all I could do was smile. However, even though I killed something, I wasnt as shocked as I expected to be. It was probably fortunate that I didnt feel it. I was stunned in place for a while, but I eventually noticed that a bunch of items had fallen on the ground where the Bloody Ogre died. I wanted to move to look at it, but my legs still had no strength in them. It was pathetic. I felt like if I were to move right now, my hips would come loose, and my knees would just buckle under me. That was when a message suddenly appeared in front of me. Level Up Huh? I was dumbfounded once again. Book 1: Chapter 1: Part 5 Good day my dear readers, my PC will be fixed by today, and Ill start to do all of my debts afterwards, once again Im really sorry for the inconveniences.Also, Im still looking for a native speaker and fantasy lover to help me specifically for this novel. Hit me up at [emailprotected] if someone interested for it. Enjoy the chapter~ L-Level up? I was dumbfounded by that sudden message. No, if I can just calm down for a second, it makes total sense. Im at level 1 and I defeated a level 300 enemy. Although my attack power was 1, it might be that the attack power of [Absolute Spear] was so high that it could overcome even a 300-level difference. This [Absolute Spear] is freaking awesome Moreover, there are still a lot of weapons of the same power level as [Absolute Spear] on hand. It would be terrifying if I could use them all effectively Anyway, it said I leveled up, so whats different? I displayed the status and check the changes. [Tenjou Yuuya] sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Occupation: None Level: 100 Magic: 1000 Attack: 1000 Defense: 1000 Agility: 1000 Intelligence: 1000 Luck: 1000 BP: 10000 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 1] Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] No, no, no, no thats too much. But the enemy was level 300, so is this normal? And for every level I gain, all of my stats go up by 10. I dont know if thats normal for this worlds inhabitants. Even so, it was clear that my BP was very unusual compared to anyone else. I knew that for sure thanks to the description of [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time]. I can sort out this BP as I please, right? I could do that, but I was more concerned at the moment about the stuff scattered around where the Bloody Ogre was. I went to check on that first. Still trembling, I walked over there step by hesitant step. What is this stuff? The items I found included some kind of palm sized jewel that was a mysterious color, and a splendid fang, similar to that which grew from the Bloody Ogres mouth. There was also some dark red, sinister-looking armor. Well for now, lets just take these Thanks to it dying near the gate, I was able to collect them quickly. There werent even that many items, but they had an indescribable aura? Like, they were intimidating? Anyway, even an amateur like me could tell these were amazing items. However, I wouldnt learn anything else just by looking at it, so I activated the [Appraisal] skill. I was already starting to activate them like it was natural. [Bloody War Demons Great Fang] :: Fangs of the Bloody Ogre. Its fangs are not particularly massive, but when combined with the Bloody Ogres bite force, it could easily penetrate the skin of any prey. If processed, it could be made into a sturdy and sharp weapon. [Magic Stone: Rank B] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. The ranks are, in ascending order: F, E, D, C, B, A, S. The higher the rank, the more expensive a stone will be. [Bloody War Demons Body Armor] :: A drop from Bloody Ogres, made from their strong skin and muscle fibers. This armor cant be scratched by typical attacks. The wearers attack power is modified. [Bloody War Demons Gauntlet] :: A drop from Bloody Ogres, made from their strong skin and muscle fibers. This gauntlet cant be scratched by typical attacks. The wearers attack power is modified. [Bloody War Demons Waist Armor] :: A drop from Bloody Ogres, made from their strong skin and muscle fibers. This gauntlet cant be scratched by typical attacks. The wearers agility is modified. [Bloody War Demons Leg Armor] :: A drop from Bloody Ogres, made from their strong skin and muscle fibers. This leg armor cant be scratched by typical attacks. The wearers agility is modified. The items were overwhelmingly fantastical. Magic stones and fangs where can I, an ordinary person, use these? No wait, I couldnt even use armor on modern earth. I didnt know how to wear it, in the first place. The weapons might still have a use, and for magic stones, I could only see that their rank was indicated. Moreover, the size of the armor didnt fit me, being a fat guy, and its not possible to equip it. Seriously, how am I supposed to use these? That said, the body armor was somewhat shaped like the Bloody Ogres abdominal muscles, and overall, the gauntlet was somewhat thorny. The waist armor looked just as sharp as the body armor and the gauntlet, and the red cloak was attached. Even the leg armor was very cool, with the feeling that its design was adjusted to match the wearers legs. I managed to collect all this, but Im not sure how to use it. I got the feeling that it might not have been good to keep postponing the allocation of BP. With that in mind, I decided to go ahead and distribute the BP this time. Hmm I cant use magic even if I raise it, and Id like to increase my attack power anyway. I originally liked physical combat styles in games, so I just increased my attack power. (Actually, since I never owned or even played any forms of entertainment like video games, this was just my own delusion!) At any rate, that amount of magic was enough, since I couldnt use it anyway, and above all, since I was constantly getting bullied, I felt it was a good idea to also raise my defenses. But even luck Originally, luck, unlike physical strength, wouldnt go up no matter how hard you tried, but actually, it was now increasing by the same amount as everything else when I leveled up. When I thought about that, I was itching to assign even more points to luck. This makes me so excited In the first place, to me, who had never played a game, this situation was becoming more and more like a game. Of course, I was afraid to face that killing intent from before, but this strange situation was still fascinating. Well, my level increased, and my attack power increased, but there were no other changes in particular. I dont really care that much, actually it just feels good that I could put points into my stats like in games. I thought optimistically, and assigned the BP as I wanted. And the results [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 100 Magic: 1500 Attack: 3000 Defense: 3000 Agility: 3000 Intelligence: 1500 Luck: 4000 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 1] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] Thats how it was. Magic was something I couldnt use, and intelligence, while it would be nice if my pure knowledge would also increase because of it, if I thought about it like in games, it would only increase the power of magic, so thats why I didnt allocate much to it. Instead, I tried to improve the balance by raising attack, defense, and agility. Im not sure, but it seems unlikely for me to have good luck even if I make a great effort, so thats why I assigned most of the remaining points into luck. Anyway, thats what I decided. Nothings happened, huh? After all, the display was just like in a game, so I didnt think it would affect my body, right? Well, yeah anyway, Im tired. Since so many things happened today, lets go home Wait, this was originally inside my house. While having stupid thoughts like that, I put in a great deal of effort into moving my body (which was no longer disabled from fear like before), and approached the [Door To Another World]. Suddenly a message appeared in front of me. Items can be converted into money. Would you like to cash in [Bloody War Demons Great Fang] [Magic Stone: Rank B] [Bloody War Demons Body Armor] [Bloody War Demons Gauntlet] [Bloody War Demons Waist Armor] [Bloody War Demons Leg Armor]? Huh? C-Convert into money? I didnt know what it meant for a moment, but then I remembered there was a thing called [Money Conversion] in the door functions I was able to use by acquiring the title [Master of The Door]. What will happen if I use this money conversion? I didnt know, but I certainly had no use for those items. However, I removed the pieces of armor from the candidates because I might wear them someday, and used [Money Conversion] on the rest. [Blood War Demons Great Fang] cashed in for 500,000 Yen. [Magic stone: Rank B] cashed in for 1,000,000 Yen. Huuuh? I let out a stupid voice on reflex. Bundles of paper fell from an empty space, as if to deal me the final blow. I didnt understand what was happening. When I looked closely, they were bundles of 10,000 bills. I picked them up in stunned silence and confirmed the total was indeed the 1.5 million yen displayed in the message. I used every method I knew of to see if the money was fake, but it was absolutely authentic. Instinctively, I used the [Appraisal] skill to examine it. [1.5 Million Yen] :: Obtained by cashing in items from another world. Genuine 10,000 bills created by manipulating information on Earth, such as serial numbers, so as not to disrupt the global economy. I was so confused. What was that about manipulating information on Earth!? No wait, I know its genuine! But I didnt know how much I could believe in [Appraisal], but if the contents of the appraisal were true, I had just earned 1.5 million yen. It may have been vague so far, but I could only think that it had told the truth so far. In the first place, this door seems to be something that even God doesnt know much about, and it wouldnt be strange that it could manipulate information on Earth. My brain was fried from all the new information coming in, and I could hardly think anymore. But Y-yeah its really 1.5 million yen What am I supposed to do with it? Well, considering how harsh my life had been so far, I was extremely grateful for it. I was useless, and I wasnt smart, either [ED: Yes, we noticed], even though people said I was a good-for-nothing, and that I should think and act more carefully. If theres immediate profit to be had, Ill go for it easily. Therefore Ill accept it. But I couldnt just put it in the bank, so I threw it into [Item Box] with all the armor. Yes, lets use it little by little. Id been given a great shock at the last minute, and went back home in a daze. Book 1: Chapter 2: Part 1 Heres the new chapter today. Im sorry for the late release, Im kinda busy these days, and also, Im still looking for whoose a fantasy lover and a native speaker to help me to become an editor for this novel. Contact me at [emailprotected] if someone interested, thank you.Please enjoy the chapter. Part 1 Id accumulated a lot of mental fatigue over the course of the day, so I fell asleep quickly when it was bedtime, but I woke up again from a sudden discomfort. Hmm? Why am I so? My body felt very hot, as if I had a high fever. When I tried to move my neck, intense pain shot through my entire body. It was so extreme, I immediately started screaming. The pain wasnt localized to just the part of me that moved; absolutely everything hurt. My body started making weird sounds all over it, like my bones, muscles, and nerves were shifting and changing No, it was more like being transformed at a genetic level while I was awake. The pain continued for quite a while because of that. It sounds crazy when I say it like that, but my instincts insisted that my impression of what was happening was correct. Unusual groans and growls came out from my mouth. I couldnt even speak properly. With one final whimper, I blacked out from the pain. Mmm huh? It was morning. When I woke up, the pain in my body was completely gone, making the pain from last night seem like a bad dream. My body actually felt extraordinarily light. What even happened last night I didnt have a clue why I went through that much pain. I only moved my neck, after all. I was hungry, though, so I got up to make breakfast. Hmm? As soon as I stood up, my pants and underwear slipped right off. Moreover, when I looked down I saw an incredible set of six-pack abs, and my privates were rather majestic. S~ea??h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. H-huge When I touched the abs involuntarily, it certainly felt like I was touching my own stomach, so it was definitely my body. There was a long pause before I finally shouted in amazement. What the hell was this!? Was this really my body!? I ran my hands over my stomach over and over again, but it really was me, and the other parts When I touched my face and head, my acne, ulcers and the like had vanished without a trace, and even my hair now had a healthy volume to it. I was dumbfounded by my body suddenly changing so much, but my stomach growled, so I decided to just go ahead and make breakfast. When I went into the kitchen, I realized my height had changed, and I almost stopped again, but I managed to keep going and start cooking. However, when breakfast was done, I sat in a daze, eating without thinking. If you asked me how it tasted, I wouldnt be able to tell you. After finishing, I took a break to think some more about the changes I just went through. No matter what perspective I took, I could only conclude that yesterdays level-up must have been the cause. I remembered that my level had increased, and that thought calmed me down, so I immediately thought that it was the cause. Other than that, theres no other reason for this to happen. As of yesterday, there was no change aside from leveling up, and what happened while I slept last night was some kind of growth process, wasnt it? It was a dramatic change. I wish I had a mirror oh, right I was trying to find a mirror to see how I looked now, but right when I said it, I remembered I broke it yesterday. It was only now that I realized there was no other mirror in the entire house. However, even if I couldnt see how my appearance had changed, there was no problem so far. My appearance was terrible in the first place, but I didnt care how it changed anymore, and I didnt know what to do about it, either. Right now, I had more important things to worry about. Specifically I dont have any clothes Yeah, the only clothes I had didnt fit my new size. I could still wear my big jacket for my top clothes, if I wanted to, but I had no idea what to do about my pants and underwear. They were too big, and no matter how hard I tried, they would slip down. I never needed a belt before, so I didnt have a way to fix it to my waist. Well, as a last resort, I might be able to manage it with string or something, but Either way, I dont want this situation to continue. Its very troublesome. I cant go shopping for clothes that fit, nor can I go shopping for food. I cant even wear my uniform, it doesnt fit me anymore either. Oddly enough, high school uniforms were the same design as junior high school uniforms; you distinguished them by the color of the name tags distributed every year. So even my junior high school uniforms wouldnt possibly be the right size for me. Seriously, what am I supposed to do now I really started to worry, but then I remembered something. Oh yeah, now that I think about it, there were some clothes in that other houses closet, right? The house in the other world had a closet, in which there were some clothes and underwear that were too small to wear at the time. I guess Ill just wear that, then Since I had no other choice, I immediately went through the otherworld door into the other house, and opened the closet. Some clothes and underwear were still inside, including a white shirt and black pants. They were simple clothes, but somewhat modern-looking. Im saved I can just wear these for now, right? It doesnt mean anything, but for some reason I thought to appraise them. [Royal Silk Shirt] :: A very soft shirt made of the highest quality royal silk. Automatically adjusts size according to the body shape of the wearer. Maintains a comfortable temperature for the wearer. Immune to dirt. Contains an auto-repair function. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. [Royal Silk Pants] :: Very soft pants made of the highest quality royal silk. Automatically adjusts size according to the body shape of the wearer. Maintains a comfortable temperature for the wearer. Immune to dirt. Contains an auto-repair function. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. Youre kidding, right? What kind of broken ability is this? Clothes shouldnt be this incredible. When I first found this, I was still fat, but with that function, if I wanted to wear it, I still could have. Whether its cold or hot, Ill be perfectly comfortable if I wear it, huh? That makes no sense. And it says it wont even get dirty? That would bring a huge amount of joy to the housewives of the world if that was typical. By the way, I didnt specifically pick these clothes because of the explanation, I just felt that they had a strangely elegant atmosphere. I really just felt it. I dont have an eye for aesthetics, normally. Now what about even the clothes treating me as their contractors? Is this normal in this world? It cant be, right? Im sure it cant. If the clothes have this ability, how about the underwear? I thought about it, and used appraisal on the underwear, but it was just an ordinary pair of comfortable underwear, with no special effects on it. However, as usual, I had become its contractor as well. By the way, the underwear consisted of black boxers and other black underclothes. It really is perfectly useful, huh No, I dont think that Mr. Wise Man used it practically like this, but it was a big help to me. In addition, when I looked in the closet again, there were even shoes and socks. The socks were comfortable, and its effect was that it wouldnt get stuffy. There was a golden spot on the back of it, so it was really cool. Again, I became its contractor. But the shoes were even more amazing. [Dragon Gods Leather Shoes] :: Shoes made from the skin of a dragon god, the pinnacle of the dragon species. It ignores environmental effects or features. No matter how much the wearer walks or runs, they wont get tired, and the shoes wont be damaged. The size changes to fit the wearer. Immune to dirt. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. I finally found equipment made from a godlike material. So, what should I even do when I find something like this? As a matter of course, Im still its contractor, so really, Im very grateful, but still Isnt it just too much? This goes far beyond the scope of ordinary shoes, right? However, these shoes are also glossy bluish-black, and theyre very cool. I really want to wear them. Actually my foot size had also changed, so I had to wear it anyway. I got clothes, shoes, and so on, so with that, I could go out for now. Book 1: Chapter 2: Part 2 Heres the new chapter today. Im sorry for the late release, Im kinda busy these days, and also, Im still looking for whoose a fantasy lover and a native speaker to help me to become an editor for this novel. Contact me at [emailprotected] if someone interested, thank you.Please enjoy the chapter. Now that I think about it, whats growing in that field? After I got clothes, a moment of curiosity inspired me, so I decided to examine the property again. Id finished my spring break homework anyway. Furthermore, Id acquired by chance an amount of money that would normally take me years to earn. Thats why I had so much free time. Importantly, Id be busy again when spring break was over. I left the house and went to check the field. Oh Im not sure what kind of herbs or vegetables were planted here? There were a lot of herbs there likely to be mistaken for weeds, as well as tomato-like and radish-like vegetables. Since the herbs grew in a neat line, I could tell they werent weeds. Hmm? O-oh, so this was for watering it, huh? A silver watering can was placed to the right, near the field. It already had water inside of it. is it possible that this watering can is also something special? I appraised it at once [Infinite Watering Can] :: Watering Can which contains an infinite spring of water. The water inside is Holy Water, and even a dead or dying plant will quickly become healthy with this water. The water is always perfectly pure and drinkable, and upon imbibing, will not only recover fatigue throughout the body, but also increase magical power. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. Turns out Im already used to this kind of thing. Yeah, I predicted it. I completely predicted it would be something like this. I had already internalized how amazing this places original landlord was. The Wise Mans capabilities were far beyond my imagination. I felt doubtful that such a person had really died. So? Whats this crop? I went ahead and started appraising herbs. [Complete Recovery Herb] :: Consuming this herb can cure all kinds of wounds and diseases, even if you are missing limbs or blinded. In addition, the herb can also function to restore magical power. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. This herb exceeds any legendary-class herb. Nope, I actually still havent gotten used to it. I never thought the effect would be so incredible! This plant alone would put doctors completely out of business. At any rate, it was good to know that it was so easy to raise. Well then, what else? Still feeling a little nervous, I tried to appraise all the crops that were planted. [Super Power Tomato] :: A tomato that can increase attack power when eaten. In addition, it will also increase physical strength and energy, and reduce fatigue. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. [Invincible Pumpkin] :: A pumpkin that can increase defenses when eaten. In addition, it also has the effect of improving mental stability, and makes one more resistant to mental attacks and debuffs. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. [Winter Radish of Wisdom] :: A winter radish that can increase intelligence when eaten. In addition, it makes you better able to cope with special mind enhancements such as parallel thinking and high-speed thinking. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. [Godspeed Potato] :: A potato that can increase agility when eaten. In addition, it also enhances visual acuity and perception. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. All right, theres a lot of things I want to say. These are definitely stat-boosting items! Just how high was the wise man aiming? And I dont know what it means for a plant to leave its seeds behind! Is it like picking the vines off a potato plant, or something different? These fantastical vegetables wait, they just look like the vegetables I know. Well, theyre edible, and above all, my stats will increase, so should I eat them? In the first place, if I can eat them, my food costs can be reduced, so Id be grateful for that. Just as long as it doesnt have some kind of strange medicinal effects, that is. What am I supposed to do its only morning and Im already tired. It wasnt even noon yet, but my mental fatigue was already building up. Well, it cant be helped, I thought. Immediately, I felt an intimidating pressure, like when I met the Bloody Ogre yesterday. As soon as I turned my eyes in that direction, I saw a pitch black slime-like object. Whats that? I appraised it instinctively: [Hell Slime] Level: 200 Magic: 5000 Attack: 1000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 100 Intelligence: 100 Luck: 100 Are you serious Yesterday was a Bloody Ogre, now its a Hell Slime, huh? Well, no matter how I thought about it, this forest was definitely not a place for beginners, right? I mean, it makes sense, I dont think the Wise Man would have lived in some kind of beginners paradise. However, I was strangely calm, even though it was supposedly the same pressure as the Bloody Ogre I met yesterday, if you count only its magic and defensive power. I certainly felt intimidated, but for some reason it wasnt as scary as yesterday. Im still scared, actually, but its not enough to turn my legs to jelly like last time. Its not because my level is higher than yesterday, or because this hell slime is a lower level than the Bloody Ogre. I think its because my mental structure has changed since yesterday. Im actually quite scared if Im being perfectly honest, but Im grateful to be able to think calmly now. As I focused on observing the Hell Slime, it was struggling to get inside this land like the Bloody Ogre did yesterday. No, seriously, creatures in this world are too scary Am I being too forgiving? If it finds a person, it might attack them with all its might, right? Am I just like that because Earth is too peaceful? [TLN: It seems he forgot that he constantly getting bullied xD.] Well, whatever. I dont want to leave this land too much, but Id like to at least check the area around the house. So I wonder if fighting is really inevitable like in the current situation Thinking that way, I took out the [Absolute Spear] from [Item Box]. Huh? I can just hold it normally Whats this? I can hold the [Absolute Spear] with just one hand! Yes, I know it was actually normal, but still, it was amazing for me. I didnt think I could hold the spear with one hand, so I involuntarily swung the spear around on the spot. Then, although I only casually swung it around, somehow its weight was quite manageable. Good grief, the benefit from leveling is incredible. If I knew about this, I wouldnt have bothered with muscle training like before I felt like I was just flailing around since I didnt know how to use the spear properly. I wonder what would happen if I looked up how to use a spear in some book and learned from that? It wouldnt be easy, and yet, thats the way for me to use this spear properly. Most of all, as a man, its a very attractive prospect Yup, I want to become stronger, little by little. [ED: Its a bit late for little by little my dude] For that, I have to deal with this first. I grabbed the spear again, and decided to throw it like yesterday, though last time couldnt even be called a throw. I completely dispelled my hesitation, brandish the spear and threw it with one hand. No way!? Immediately, the spear flew at a faster speed than I could have imagined, and there was a hole in the body of the Hell Slime before I knew it. My power seemed to have been even greater than I thought, and I never would have expected it to fly even faster than the person who threw it could see. As a matter of course, I was dumbfounded when the spear came back. The Hell Slimes body quivered a little, like when the Bloody Ogre was defeated, and then it disappeared into particles of light. Once again, various objects appeared scattered where the creature was. Lets pick those up. It was still an unrealistic and bizarre situation, but I was curious about what dropped, so I immediately headed to the entrance. Wary of the surroundings, I quickly collected the dropped objects and appraised them. [Hell Slime Core] :: The heart of the Hell Slime. Its filled with a huge amount of magical power, and can be used in the process of creating armor. [Hell Slime Jelly] :: A coffee-flavored jelly. Consuming it can increase magical power and defence. [Magic Stone: Rank C] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. Coffee jelly!? Really, I didnt think anything was close to coffee jelly among the things that Id already gotten. On the contrary, it was a stat-boosting item, just like the crops of the field! There was also a magic stone this time, too. Is this another item that can be converted for a high price? It would be a lie to say I didnt expect it. My life was tough, so I wanted money if I could get it. I didnt know how to use the Hell Slime Core, so I wanted to cash it in if I could. Ill just bring back the Hell Slime Jelly. When I was appraising the items that dropped, I noticed I missed one. Oh, there was one more thing. It was a silver necklace, holding a fashionable crescent moon embedded with something like a black jewel. No way, its an accessory!? I dont know, since Im not familiar with games, but is it normal for these accessories to drop? Or was that Hell Slime wearing it? If so, it must have been a fashionable slime. When I thought about it, the Bloody Ogre also dropped armor and stuff. I was too stunned to think about it at the time, but it seems normal to not only get materials, but equipment as well. For now, since it looked nothing like the other items I got from the Hell Slime, I appraised it. [Black Moon Necklace] :: Rare drop from Hell Slimes. It can increase various stats if worn at night. It also collects sunlight and converts it into magic power, and constantly restores the wearers magic power. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. It was a rare drop. Well, it didnt say anything about the slime being fashionable. Kind of disappointing. But the effect seems quite good. Even if its only at night, it can increase stats, and can also restore magic power. Though I dont know how to use magic power anyway. Since it was the first time I got a rare drop, and Id never worn a necklace before, I decided to try equipping it. Does it look good on me? I wasnt asking anyone in particular, but only said it involuntarily. It wouldnt have been very suitable for me a couple days ago, but now that Id lost a bit of weight, I wanted to believe it looked good on me. A message appeared while I was distracted with that. Level Up You have acquired the skill [Presence Detection] Huh. No, wait a minute. Do I have to taste that severe pain again!? Its true that the opponents level was higher, and I can understand my level going up, but even if I recognize that, should I just accept it? I dont wanna! I still wanted to escape from reality, even if temporarily, so I checked the skill. [Presence Detection] :: Makes it possible for you to detect presences. It was a very simple explanation. In other words, in a manga it would be something like, I know youre there! Im just happy that this one was normal. Like I said before, when I collect items, I have to leave this protected land, so this could reduce my risk during that window of time. Satisfied with the new skill, I finally moved on to checking my status. [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 150 Magic: 2000 Attack: 3500 Defense: 3500 Agility: 3500 Intelligence: 2000 Luck: 4500 BP: 5000 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Arts: 1] [Presence Detection] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] It went up quite a bit. Or rather, isnt everything just too good? Is that a thing? Well, whatever. Its fine, since its easy to think about. Okay. So, time to allocate BP. After thinking about it for a moment, I started spending BP. This was the result. [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 150 Magic: 2000 Attack: 4500 Defense: 4500 Agility: 4500 Intelligence: 2000 Luck: 6500 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Arts: 1] [Presence Detection] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] Unlike last time, I didnt allocate BP into magic or intelligence. Instead, I allocated about 2000 to luck because there Id gotten something like a rare drop item just now. S§×ar?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Its pure speculation, but if my luck stat is high, I might get more of those rare drop items like before. And it kind of makes me happy to be lucky. Those were the mornings events, and by now it was noon, so I went back to my house at once. Once I got into the house, a message displayed asking whether to cash in the items again or not, and I decided to cash in [Magic Stone: Rank C] and [Hell Slimes Core]. And then [Hell Slimes Core] cashed in for 500,000 Yen. [Magic stone: Rank C] cashed in for 500,000 Yen. So, I ended up getting a large sum of money again, a total of 1 million yen. It was almost bewildering to think that I got 2.5 million yen in just two days, but I managed to get back home to have lunch. In addition, I immediately tried using the ingredients I got from the field that morning. The menu this time was Super Power Tomato salad, Invincible Pumpkin and Winter Radish of Wisdom boiled in soy sauce, and Meat and Godspeed Potato stew. All these dishes were made with Holy Water from the [Infinite Watering Can]. The idea for cooking these wasnt particularly different from tomatoes or potatoes from Earth, I was only nervous about the taste. However, that ended up being needless anxiety. D-delicious! It was surprisingly delicious. My cooking skills were average, so this flavor could only be coming from the quality of the ingredients themselves. After finishing the meal, I checked my status, and there were various changes. [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 150 Magic: 2500 Attack: 5000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 5000 Intelligence: 2500 Luck: 7000 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Arts: 1] [Presence Detection] [Cooking: 1] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] It really went up!? My stat values had risen by 500. In addition, [Cooking] had been added to the skill list. The reason for my stats increasing and for me to gain skills was all because I ate the ingredients from different worlds. Somehow, the food ingredients of the other world are a cheat. Its so enviable. No wait, Im the one who got the benefit of it just now. I thought about what happened before, and the fact Id gained the strength to handle those weapons. I decided to go to a nearby secondhand bookstore to find something about martial arts. I didnt want to go to the library because there were a lot of people, and every time I went there, I only got an unpleasant gazes from the people there. Since the secondhand bookstore I was going to now was small, it was perfect for me, because there wouldnt be any people. I finished preparing and left home immediately, going straight to the secondhand bookstore. There was no sign of people along the way, and even when I arrived at the bookstore, I was the only customer. Hmm, where was the martial arts section again Whoa, amazing I eventually found the shelf I was looking for, with a huge amount of books on martial arts and the martial way. [1] On top of that, there were a wide variety of books, not only about standard swordsmanship, but also about the spearmanship and pole arts I wanted, and even sickle and chain arts and assassination techniques. Where am I supposed to use assassination techniques!? Thats scary! I didnt know if the library had these kinds of books, but at this rate, I was sure there were a lot of old books there. As I thought, I didnt have the confidence to buy or read everything, so when I was looking at the shelves, my eyes naturally stopped on some books. These books were all about those scattered weapons and schools, and werent consolidated, but somehow my instinct seems to whisper to choose them. Was that the influence of the [True Martial Arts] skill? I wasnt sure, but it would be easy to buy a few books and go back, so I bought them without thinking too much about it and went home. After that, I immediately read one of the books until I took a break for dinner, read it some more after dinner, and before I knew it, I got a new skill called [Fast Reading], and read the whole rest of the book. However, it was already late at night, so the actual battle would be tomorrow. After taking a bath, I prepared a futon and went to sleep. And then I experienced that terrible pain again, and blacked out. [1] It was written as Bujutsu and Bud, google for more information ???? Book 1: Chapter 3: Part 1 Here is the new chapter.Part 1 Its been one week. I realized yet again that my title and skills have ridiculous effects, specifically the [Otherworlder] and [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] titles that I got when I first visited a new world. First of all, thanks to the [Otherworlder] title, I can level up easily, and it applies to all levels; even skill levels go up at a rapid pace I think. I cant say for sure since I dont know how it compares to other people. In spite of that, the [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] title was even more insane. I already thought it was amazing when I first read its effects, but the higher my level gets, the more I realize how incredible it is. Anyhow, in terms of BP gained per level, the difference between me and normal inhabitants of that world is a factor of ten, and even for other Earthlings who might visit, its a factor of five. That alone was ludicrous. Im indeed getting stronger because of the wise mans house and weapons, but I felt strongly that this title was giving me something more important. The title is fantastic, but the skills themselves are actually effective in my world, which is quite helpful. For example, the [Appraisal] skill lets me easily obtain information on everything, such as finding the freshest vegetables at the supermarket, and the [Language Comprehension] skill lets me read, write, and even speak in various foreign languages. I mean it when I say Im very grateful for that. The titles and skills sure had the greatest effect, but one of the other things that happened is related to the food ingredients that were cultivated in the field. Ive been eating food that increased my stats, but as soon as I reached a certain level, my stats stopped going up. Maybe theres a limit to how much they can raise my stats. To be honest, it was weird from the start that eating would make me stronger, so I didnt really feel bad about it. Even if it doesnt increase my stats, the flavor is just as tasty as ever. Oh, I also tried the [Hell Slime Jelly], and it really was coffee jelly. Yup, that was tasty, too. In addition, I also started testing things out with my body. While referring to the book from the secondhand bookstore, I started swinging weapons around properly, and since [True Martial Arts] became level two before I knew it, I found that the skill level would increase from my actions even if I didnt kill a monster. When I think that this is also thanks to the [Otherworlder] title, it brings me a greater understanding of this titles power. At level two of [True Martial Arts], I didnt really feel any big change compared to level one, but I felt that my weapons handling had become slightly sharper. Its just a feeling, though. As I began to notice more and more things like this, I was actually starting to feel quite depressed. The beginning of the next academic year was approaching. If I became a high school student, it meant my environment would change as well. I had no choice, it would only give me anxiety. No, Id actually be excited about my new life during a time Id usually be anxious, but I didnt have the courage to make a high school debut in a high school where I already knew everyone from junior high. If I did, the bullying will only be more cruel than before. I wish I could just explore the other world from now on, but I cant say that. Sigh I dont want it. Even though I said I dont want it, I still need to go to school. I wish I could be a good-for-nothing, but that would completely end my life when I think about it that way, I cant not go to school. So, I went to visit a store selling uniforms to replace my current uniforms that no longer fit. Its not unusual to come to buy uniforms at this time of year because the new school year is about to start, but the people in the shop that sell uniforms stared at me. I wasnt leaving my fly open, was I? Well, as a result of taking the courage to go shopping, I was fortunate there were only a few people, so I didnt see anyone I knew. It was good. Anyway, today Im determined to explore the surroundings of the house in the other world. Its scary to think that theres still a lot of things like Bloody Ogres and Hell Slimes, but more than that, curiosity has overcome my fear. I would never have gone out before, but after I leveled up, Im not sure why, even Im confident, but I still had a sense of adventure to act according to my curiosity. It may be dangerous from the perspective of others, but I was honestly happy about this change. It helped me think positively. This may be careless, but lets go. I was equipped with the [Bloody War Demon Series] equipment, including the [Blood War Demons Body Armor] and the [Bloody War Demons Gauntlet], along with the clothes left by the wise man. When I put them on as a test, they were perfect for my body. This would have guaranteed some defense. By the way, when I wore it for the first time, my excitement went up considerably, it was really cool Well, Im a guy, after all, so it cant be helped! Because its so cool! And just in case, of course, Ill also bring [Complete Cure Herb]. This means Ill be fine unless I get killed instantly well, I might be too optimistic. I took a deep breath as I approached the entrance of the fence which marked the border between the garden where Ive killed two monsters before and the outside. Weapon? Check. Armor? Check. Recovery grass? Check. All right. When I decided to do so, I took a step out with my trembling legs. Step by step, I walked out of my land. And then Ah I managed to get out completely. The scenery outside should have been the same as when I saw it from inside the fence, but it looked more colorful in my eyes and I was stunned for a while. As I gradually began to feel it, I began to walk with a certain step. Even if I say to explore the surroundings this time, I dont have the courage to go too far away, so I will only explore at a distance where I still can see the house. Someday, Ill go farther away while considering the house as the mark. I held the [Absolute Spear] as my weapon, and proceeded while watching my surroundings. It was the first time I saw the forests trees up close, but they all had leaves Id never seen before. There were many flowers amidst a poisonous-looking rainbow of colors, and even flowers that emitted pale light. Looking at this really drives home the fact that its a different world. While I was taking in the fantastical sights, I suddenly felt the presence of creatures. The [Presence Detection] skill must have been working. While steadying my breathing, I followed the presence of the creature and caught sight of it. It was a child-like creature with green skin, dressed in shabby armor, with sharp eyes, an aquiline nose, and some awfully sharp fangs lined up in its mouth. Actually, the Bloody Ogre was more terrible than this. While not being noticed by the creature, I tried to activate [Appraisal]. [Goblin Elite] Level: 120 Magic: 100 Attack: 1500 Defense: 1000 S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Agility: 1500 Intelligence: 100 Luck: 100 I had somehow already guessed it was a goblin. But it wasnt a normal goblin, it was an elite. I guessed it was a high class goblin. So enviable. [TL: Because of his terrible life so far, he even envied a goblin, lol.] Anyway, how should I put it? I know Im above it in terms of stats, but is this goblin really an enemy? Perhaps in this world goblins and humans are in a symbiotic relationship. If thats the case, Im the one to blame if I launch an attack here first. A Bloody Ogre and Hell Slime were the first ones to point their killing intent at me, and most of all, they tried to break into my yard, so it was easy to tell they were enemies. This time, I dont really know. The Bloody Ogre was an enemy, and honestly, I feel the goblin is probably an enemy as well, but lets be careful here. I wanted to avoid unnecessary trouble and conflict if I could, so I quietly tried to escape. *crack* Then I stepped on the trees branch under my feet and made a sound. When I timidly turned to look back at the goblin Oh cool, our eyes met. The moment of silence continued. I couldnt bear to talk to it with a smile to act as friendly as possible. H-hey! It babbled incoherent sounds at me. Right! As a matter of course, the Goblin Elite rushed in, wielding a shabby sword. Previously, I would have fallen on my butt, but now I couldve seen the movement of the Goblin Elite closely and succeeded in evading it with plenty of room. The Goblin Elite looked a little surprised by my dodging movement, the tone of its babbling reflecting its emotional state, but it immediately attacked again in order to kill me. I understood now that the goblin was, as I expected, an enemy. If I knew it was an enemy, I wouldnt be in the wrong even if I killed it, so when I brandished the [Absolute Spear], I remembered the contents of the book I bought. It did not actually say how to hold a spear. At the time, I wondered if I had already made a mistake in getting that book, but as I read on, the objective of the book was apparently to allow the reader to merely adjust their posture such that you can move more easily, with tips such as taking care to push it out while twisting when you thrust. Thats the kind of thing that was written there. Well, you could summarize it as twist it while you thrust it so in that sense, I appreciated it as a beginner. As I looked calmly at the attacking Goblin Elite, I could immediately see that the Goblin Elite was swinging its sword from one side. In other words, the head and lower body were full of gaps. Without overlooking it, I remained calm, using the length of the reach of the spear, twisting it not only with my arms but also with my whole body. Then, a spiral wind wrapped around the [Absolute Spear], and pierced the Goblin Elites forehead precisely as intended. It managed to grunt with surprise. While I only pierced the goblin elites forehead, the spiral wind wrapped around the spear was too powerful, and blew up the Goblin Elites head. When I pulled the spear back, the Goblin Elites head had already disappeared. As its body staggered a few steps on the spot, it sprayed a tremendous amount of blood, before eventually disappearing into light particles. Phew For the first time, I actually felt the sensation of taking a life through the spear, directly in my hand. But strangely, my mind was calm. In actual fact, it was a miserable sight that would make me want to empty the contents of my stomach onto the ground, but I was fine. Of course, there was still the feeling that I had taken a life, so I understood the importance of that, but my instincts were saying that if I hadnt killed it, I would have been killed myself, so I felt that my mind and body had naturally adapted. The drops are [Magic Stone: Rank D], [High Grade Demons Fang], and [High Grade Demons Skin], huh? To be honest, the skin was disgusting, and as one might expect, I had no use for it, so I just threw everything into the [Item Box]. Come to think of it, this was the first time I moved in armor, but my movement wasnt hindered at all. I personally liked it; it was good armor. At first I wanted to avoid fighting, but considering I was able to check on some things like this, in that sense it might have been good to fight something. Umm It seems my level didnt go up. I didnt level up, but it was good that I was able to practice the movement from that book against a monster. Moving my body in the garden was fine, but actual combat was a different story. Regardless of the contents, I was glad the book was a good purchase. It was a different world and the opponent was a monster, but Earths martial arts could still be used properly even there, so I hoped I could maintain that positive momentum. Alright, should I just continue exploring? Since the level between me and the enemy was close, there was no level up, but I regained my mind and resumed the search to check around. Book 1: Chapter 3: Part 2 Heres a bonus chapter brought to you by Patreon.And also, please welcome DarkBlazeWolf in this project, he will help me for this novel as an Editor from today onwards. I hope it will give a better reading experience for you all dear readers. Please enjoy the chapter~ Hah Hah! A girl was running desperately through the forest. However, the pale white dress that the girl is wearing, which can be seen as fine quality by anyone, isnt suitable for running. Not only that, but the beautiful blonde hair that looks to be extracted from the sunlight has become dirty while running, and now has lost its radiance. Several people who hid their faces behind a hood were chasing behind such a girl. Kuh The girl was running barefoot in the forest with a bad footing. Ah!? However, she stumbled over a trees root because of the dress that is unsuitable for running and the forest environment. The mysterious group couldnt miss that chance and immediately surrounded the girl. The girl realizes that there is no longer to escape, but she sharpened her jade eyes and glares at the group. You people! Do you know with whom youre chasing, I am the first princess of Alceria Kingdom!? The mysterious group exchanged glances at the girls bullish attitude while sneering. Hahahaha! We know that, Lexia Von Alceria. Then why Why, you said? Saying such a ridiculous thing. As for what reason youre getting attacked Should I make you remember with your body? T-thats The girl Lexia became lost for words at what the assailant said. Youre a hindrance, you know. You filthy mixed blood! My blood is not dirty Dont talk back! Kyaaa! One of the mysterious people magically created a mass of soil and shot it at her, who was resolutely appealing. Lexia instantly rolled over the ground, but his magic power was apparently high, and the impact caused more damage than expected. U-uhh Quit stalling for time. Itll be better if you just obediently die from the beginning Your escort is pitiful, too, right? As a result of escorting you, theyre getting attacked by us. They were desperate to let you escape, but arent those Knights dead by now? The mysterious group threw unpleasant words at Lexia, who was crouching in pain. Lexia was the first princess, but she was a child born between the present King and a concubine a slave. More to say, her mother was not a Human. She was a High-Elf which has even better appearance among the excellent appearance of an Elf. The King fell in love at the first sight with such a High-Elf slave and loved her as a concubine, and before long, Lexia was born. However, soon after giving birth to Lexia, her mother died. The king was very sad and raised Lexia with a worthy of care. But one day, an incident occurred. High-Elf who originally possessed high magic and Lexia even as a Half-Human inherited their excellent appearance and magic, and one day her magical power went out of control. As a result, the first prince who was nearby was seriously injured. Fortunately, there were no after-effects left, and he had been healed completely, but Lexia was alienated by the queen, the mother of the first prince, and the nobles which on the first prince faction. Due to her origin of birth, she has been subjected to various types of harassment behind the Kings back. U Uhh. Shes grateful to her mother for giving birth to her, and she doesnt have a grudge against her father. However, the surroundings attack such a Lexia mercilessly. Even if shes from the royal family, it will become misfortune depending on the circumstances. Lexia had been desperately living before such an unavoidable reality, but now she is about to be killed like this, she looks back on her life and tears fall involuntarily. If she had lived a more normal life Yes, she had thought about it. S§×arch* The N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Now, it will be silly to have an idle-talk and be attacked by monsters. Go die quickly. Lexia could only sob, muffling her voice in this very miserable and helpless situation. One of the men of the mysterious group tried to shoot his magic mercilessly toward Lexia it was at that moment. Guooooooooooo! What!? Goblin General!? Suddenly, a monster attacked the mysterious group. With dark brown skin and golden eyes like those of reptiles. Bulging muscles, with a height as tall as an adult man, and wore a fine-quality armor on its body which gave off a very intimidating aura. Gushing nasal breath from its big aquiline nose, and then released a strong swing from its giant sword that was as tall as itself. The blow was tremendous, and the mysterious group that tried to unleash their magic at the Goblin General turned into a mass of meat in front of its giant sword. The mysterious group cried miserably. Those who were about to kill Lexia were killed in an instant. Lexias expression was tinged with fear by that fact, and she tried to run away in a hurry, but she doesnt have the strength to move her legs. While she was unable to move, the Goblin General had already annihilated the mysterious group with its overwhelming power. A large amount of blood and pieces of flesh were scattered all over the area, and the goblin general was covered in blood. It was an absolute being that cannot be denied. Before that, Lexias body has given up the will to live despite her intentions. No matter how much she tried to escape, her body wont listen at all. After it finished the slaughtering of those mysterious group, the Goblin General turned its eyes to Lexia, who was tinged with fear and despair. She was shot by a sharp glance, and finally, even her will to live was lost. Ah The Goblin General calmly approached the stunned Lexia. And when it arrived in front of Lexia, it lifted up its giant sword. The Goblin General roared. She will die here without any suffering. With murky thoughts of death, she watched the sword that slaughtered the mysterious group. Daaaaaaaaaaaaaa! Gugyaa!? Suddenly, something flew toward the Goblin General. However, the Goblin General sensed it just before the flying object collided, and prevented it with the giant sword which had been swung up before. But it wasnt the only attack. Further impacts striking the giant sword which had prevented the flying object. The impact is tremendous, and even the goblin general who possessed a strong body cant endure it and is greatly blown away. The Goblin General turned its gaze which was been filled with anger to the new intruder as it regained its posture. The Goblin General cried furiously. And when Lexia turned her gaze in the same direction as the Goblin General . Are you alright? She found out an elegant young man rushed over in a hurry, with glossy black hair and eyes that reminiscent of the night sky, which somehow brought up an atmosphere of a foreign country. Despite the desperate situation, Lexia for some reason felt a bit reassured the moment she saw the young man. Thus, because of that feeling of security, her thread of the tension has broken, and she fainted on the spot. <>Table of Content Next >> Book 1: Chapter 3: Part 3 New chapter today.A few days after fighting the Goblin Elite. my exploration has progressed considerably, and after getting some useful skills along the way, I dont need to put any marks to lead back home anymore. In addition to new skills, fighting against new monsters has also improved my levels and combat skills. I cashed in on the items I got and got a good amount of money from it. And so, this is my current status; [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 200 Magic: 5000 Attack: 7000 Defense: 7000 Agility: 7000 Intelligence: 4500 Luck: 7500 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 4] [Presence Detection] [Fast Reading] [Cooking: 3] [Map] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Assimilation] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] I grew up more than I expected and was experiencing severe pain while I was sleeping, but recently Ive gotten used to it or rather, it seems that the severe pain and the noises are gone. I guess it seems the structure of my body is already complete, huh? It means theres no way to remodel anymore. But still, my physical strength is obviously increasing, so its probably hasnt stopped growing completely yet, well, I dont actually care about it. Im happy as long as it doesnt hurt anymore. Also, these are the effect of the new skills; [Map] :: It will show you the map for places youve visited once. [Dodge] :: Its easier to avoid the opponents attack. [Weakness Detection] :: Find out your opponents weaknesses. [Assimilation] :: It allows you to become one with nature to erase your presence and magic signature. All of them are useful skills, especially thanks to the [Map], my exploration has become much easier. [Dodge] has somehow made me understand the timing of the enemy attack, and [Weakness Detection] make me know the point where I can give a great deal of damage to my opponent. [Assimilation] is very useful and helpful if I need to hide while scoping out the state of the monsters, and I mastered these in only a short amount of time. Its a great skill for me who had no fighting experience, and thanks to these, Ive been able to fight from the front these days. Also, the drop items that I obtained from the battle were all worth 10 million yen, gotten from [Money Conversion], I managed it all in the [Item Box]. I dont have a PC or anything, but I think itll be useful so I wanted to buy one. Anyway, my high school life has almost started. In other words, those hellish days will be started again. Above all, itll be very hard for me since itll limit my time to enjoy this unknown world. Of course, I also need to study, but going to school is still only a pain for me. Sigh Lets put it aside. I dont want to think about school since Im in a fun place now I know its just escapism, but I have to leave anything about school out of my head now. Exploring this different world has become my daily routine. This routine will continue until high school begins. I hold the [Absolute Spear] in my hand now, but in these past few days, I also fight with other weapons or bare hands, and if you ask me why I keep holding the spear is simply because handling the spear is suitable for my character. Though I often use [Omni-Sword] as well. I wandered through the forest for a while now, but no monsters came out in particular. Nevertheless, I also appraised the strange mushrooms and nuts along the way and threw them into the [Item Box]. Sometimes I also cashed it in, and depending on the effects, I also ate it at home. I can choose the thing that I want to cash in, thats why I can also take it back to Earth. In a sense, this different worlds were food storage for me. By the way, I tried to eat the [High-Grade Pig Mans Meat] that I got when I defeated a bipedal pig monster called [Orc Elite], it was very delicious. Theres no problem to eat it according to appraisal anyway. Thats why the drop item also becomes my food and financial source. I was glad that I didnt have to go shopping outside thanks to it. I dont want to waste my time to go outside, after all. And then, as I was walking through the forest while collecting things, I heard some violent noises. What is that? I was surprised by the loud sound and impact, so I proceeded in that direction carefully. Huh!? What came into my view was a monster which more prominent than the Goblin Elite, it stood covered in blood. When I looked closely, there are scattered things like meat around the goblin that I dont know what meat it is. I lost my words involuntarily looking at this tragedy, but I quickly returned my mind and activated [Appraisal]. [Goblin General] Level: 200 Magic: 1000 Attack: 9000 Defense: 3000 Agility: 500 S§×ar?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Intelligence: 500 Luck: 100 It seems to be the general after the elite. And its a monster I that havent seen yet in these past few days. Anyway, my status balance is better than it, but its attack power is dangerous. I dont know what caused it to rampage like that, but I think its better to just wait-and-see. I want to fight against a monster who has a little more status and gain more fighting experience. So I decided to leave quietly. But What!? I saw a girl about the same age as me sitting in the direction of the Goblin General. Shes wearing a dress that looks like somehow from good quality, and Im not sure why she is in the forest like this, but anyway, shes the first person Ive ever met in this world. I was supposed to be happy, but not in this situation. When the Goblin General lifted its sword, I threw the [Absolute Spear] that I had in my hand. Daaaaaaaaaaaaaa! Gugyaa!? The Goblin General instantly noticed it and prevented it with the sword it had waved at a tremendous speed. I run with all my might in that opportunity, I put my whole weight in my leg and leaped into the Goblin Generals sword. Doryaa! Guoo!? The Goblin General flew away greatly because of my blow from full speed. After landed, I approached the girl while collecting [Absolute Spear] that came back to my hand. Are you alright? The moment I called her, she looked at me and looked surprised, and then she fell as if her thread had broken. Hey, hey, hey! Is she dead!? I was impatient, but when I looked again, shes still breathing, so she just fainted it seems. While relieved, I felt a tremendous sense of intimidation, and I quickly turned my eyes at that direction. The Goblin General is staring at me furiously. I held the [Absolute Spear] back and faced the Goblin General. We set up our weapons to each other and look for a chance to attack. However, there seemed to be no gap in the Goblin General from my view, and I didnt seem to give any chance as well, and it seemed as though we didnt know how to attack each other. The Goblin General roared. It finally lost its temper and the ground was crushed from the force of its step and dragged its huge sword from the side. When I saw the attack, my instinct told me that it cant be prevented, and then I held the girl who was lying down in a hurry, and took a great distance. I put the girl down, and then attacked the Goblin General immediately. Haaaa! Gaaaa! But the Goblin General took my blow easily. And then reacting from that state, it swung its sword with a power that can blow away my very existence. Gahh!? I was sent flying by that power. But I managed to regain my posture in the air as I was about to hit the trees, and landed on the tree where I was blown. That was dangerous, hey Cold sweat was flowing involuntarily on my body after feeling the power of the Goblin General. It only has a high attack power, and honestly, I will definitely lose even if I fight it foolishly. The only way to win is to give it a sudden blow somehow. Fortunately, I have a better status except for my attack. I have to take advantage of this status and my weapon as well. I immediately made the tree as a foothold and charged toward the Goblin General. It tried to cut me off with its huge sword, and swing it at the timing when I approached like a baseball batter. If I just stick like this, I will definitely die. And when I almost bumped into the Goblin Generals sword, I thrust my [Absolute Spear] to the ground. Gaaaaa!? The Goblin Generals sword swung in the air as I stopped suddenly. I jumped up vigorously as I thrust the [Absolute Spear] in a way like a pole vault. As I moved past the Goblin General, I took out the [Formless Bow] from the [Item Box] and shot several of an invisible arrow. However, the Goblin General, who sensed the attack, swung up its huge sword in the empty air and prevented the arrow. But, in that chance, I landed on a tree and threw the [Absolute Spear] that just returned to my hand toward the Goblin General. Gu-Guguga!? The Goblin General prevented even the attack in a difficult position. But that was not my only attack. At the same time as throwing the [Absolute Spear], I leaped toward the Goblin General with the tree as a foothold while holding the [Omni-Sword] in my right hand. Gaaaaa!? The Goblin General, who finally noticed me, is desperately trying to prevent me. Its too late The Goblin General squealed in agony. I cut its body in half with the same momentum. It slowly falls, and then becomes a particle of light and disappeared. After confirming that, I turned my eyes to the girl who was still blacking out. What should I do with her? A message appeared in front of me who is seriously confused with this situation. Level Up Ah, yeah. * * * For the time being, I quickly collect the Goblin General drop items and then approached the girl. The girl was dressed in high-quality clothes that werent really suitable for a place like this. Its also my first time to see such pure clothes. When I was seriously thinking about what to do, I suddenly felt the presence of someone approaching. Ma! Lexia-sama! I can hear human voices as the presence approaching. I mean, Lexia-sama is this girl? Thinking about it, I looked around for a moment and remembered that there was a rather grotesque scene, such as blood and pieces of meat. yes, Im feeling sick to see it, but its not enough to make me vomit. However, if I meet those who are looking for this girl in such a scene, I can tell that it will become a misunderstanding Should I just hide? I hurriedly hid in the nearby bushes and activated my skill [Assimilation]. As soon as I did, some swordsman-like soldiers appeared. While everyone was wearing a similar armor, a middle-aged man wearing a black cloak from the top of his armor was speechless to see the surrounding scenery. Th-this is! After all, it was correct not to meet these people in this spectacle. Well, I know that Im not normal anymore anyway. The soldiers that were searching finally noticed the girl fainted at the base of a nearby tree. Le-Lexia-sama! The soldiers rushed to her to check her safety. One of the soldiers muttered something, then emitted a pale white light from his right hand and applied it to the girls body. Huh is that magic!? Whoaa, amazing! As I was excited to see the magic, the soldiers sighed as if they were relieved from the bottom of their hearts. Now that Ive used recovery magic, the wounds have been healed. It seems like shes just fainted now. Haaahh I felt relieved it was only a minor injury After confirming her safety, the soldiers were relieved, then gently lifted her and stood up while being careful of the surrounding. Im curious about what happened here, but its bad to stay here for a long time. Lets go back for now. Yes! Everyone replied to the middle-aged knights words and quickly walked away from the place. After confirming it, I then take a breather. Phew I was wondering what to do before, but now Im glad it was solved it safely I was pretty confused, but this was my first encounter with someone from another world even though I couldnt talk with them. Book 1: Chapter 4: Part 1 Another chapter brought to you by Patreon.Part 1 Today is finally my school entrance ceremony. In the end, during this holiday, I was just collecting drop items in the other world, so yeah, I didnt take any part-time job interviews at all. On the contrary, since its possible to be self-sufficient in that other world house, I almost never leave the house in Japan. Well, fortunately, thanks to continually cashing in the drop items, I have an amazing amount of money right now, but it was really frightening, and I cant take it out of the [Item Box] carelessly. And these are my current status; [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 233 Magic: 5880 Attack: 7880 Sear?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Defense: 7880 Agility: 7880 Intelligence: 5380 Luck: 8380 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 6] [Presence Detection] [Fast Reading] [Cooking: 5] [Map] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Assimilation] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] My level is up, including the skills level, and if we talk about the [True Martial Art] skill, Itll sometimes make me laugh since I can easily do a manga-like movement now. The books contents I bought for this [True Martial Arts] was also usable in actual battle. Well, but I still cant use magic though. By the way, as for the Goblin Generals drop items, I found out that it was an A-class monster since its [Magic Stone] was an A rank. Other than that, I didnt get any special or unusual items. But to think that an A rank magic stone is worth 5 million yen, I was unable to stand up due to surprise because of it. I cant go back to that time even if I think back, and on the contrary, the entrance ceremony is just around the corner now. Sigh It makes me depressed However, I dont have the option of being absent from school. Moreover, its an entrance ceremony. No matter how much Im disturbed during the class, I have to pay for it, and most of all, I couldnt see the future so I have to do my best to study. Yup, lets go. No matter how much I tried to inspire myself, in the end, my depression still didnt change, and I was leaving home in a newly bought uniform with a sinking mood. * * * Yeah, what now. Hey, hey, that guy Is he a transfer student? Whoa his long legs R-rather, isnt it really well-shaped? Is he some kind of model? I dont know, but Ive never seen such an amazingly handsome guy When I leave the home and go to the school with my depressed mood, I feel like Im being watched, its not like Im being overly self-conscious though. I dont know why, but I dont have a propensity of being happy to be watched like this, so its very uncomfortable. No wait, I used to be looked down on in the past, and what I feel from myself now is still the same, but Im not sure why, somehow, I feel that the kind of gaze is different now. Whats really going on? Also, there were times when I was usually messed with on my way to school, and on a bad day there were times when I got beaten and kicked, assaulted and my money was taken, but today, such troubles didnt occur. And without knowing why people were watching me before Ive finally arrived at the school. At the entrance, a class-division paper was pasted, and there was a huge crowd and I couldnt get close to it, but surprisingly, after someone noticed me they also looked surprised, and whether that surprise was contagious or not, there were no people in front of me anymore now. Geez, Im not Moses, you know. But, if so many people are using it, I cant use it either without permission, so yeah, its good for me if they give me the way to check it. As I checked the paper, there was Araki name in my class, the main offender of my bullying. Even though it was mostly the same as junior high school, Still, I thought the class would change, too. Sigh I dont like it I couldnt wipe away my dismay, so I left the entrance and headed straight to the gym. The entrance ceremony will be held in the gym, and after that, we supposed to be moved to the new classroom. When I arrived at the gym, the venue for the entrance ceremony, I was still receiving strange glances from the people on the surrounding, but strangely, no one was troubling me, and I was able to come to the entrance ceremony safely. No, its should be just normal. Anyway, after the end of the entrance ceremony, were supposed to be be given the explanation related to this high school by the homeroom teacher until lunch break, and the schedule would be ended after that. As I think of todays schedule, I get closer to the new classroom, and I just feel more and more depressed. Sigh I really dont like it. When I entered the classroom, I was getting an uncertain gaze by the people in the class, and then I sat in an empty seat trying not to worry about it as much as possible. Then, Araki suddenly called me out as soon as I sat down in this new classroom. Hey. Eh!? W-what is it? I tried to look at him timidly after he called me in a suspicious manner. Who are you? I havent seen your face before. Are you a transfer student? Ehh? Umm But, Im Tenjou Yuuya, you know . Wha-? Araki showed a stupid face which I had never seen before. However, its not only Araki but for some reason, all of the people in the class have the same expression. Stop joking. No matter how I look at you, youre not like that shitty pig bastard, you know. Youre a transfer student, arent you? N-no, as I said, Im that person himself No, no, no, no, it doesnt make sense, you know!? Araki shouted. Although I was surprised by his voice, I felt that not only Araki but everyone in the class has thought the same thing, and everyone had their eyes wide open. Huh? Then what? You bastard You want to say youve done some plastic surgery, huh? I-I dont have money for that kind of thing, you know. I just did my best to diet during the holiday. No, I just actually improved my level, but if I think about the battle with the monsters again, I think its okay to say that I have worked hard, right? Even though I tell him the truth, Araki remained with a stunned expression. When I looked around involuntarily, everyone also remained stunned. Then, Araki finally came back to his senses, he tried to say something, but at that moment, the teacher has come into the classroom, he returned to his seat while clicking his tongue. * * * Eh? It was a lunch break. I was always getting bullied, so I went to the toilet which is a quiet place, I wanted to relax slowly at the toilet, but I was stunned to see myself reflected in the mirror there. Its rare I was not entangled with Araki and his gang, and its a really peaceful time. Well, Im a little afraid since I dont know how long this peaceful time will last. No wait, rather than that, its about my face reflected in the mirror. Is this really me? In the mirror, there was a face that did not look like me before, showing a surprised expression. The face which was full of acne before is now smooth and clean. The thinning-hair in my head before also becomes thick and smooth. The squared-jaw has become sharp and small, and my thin lips before have become plump. The nose like a pig has turned straight now. I touch my face that is completely different from my face before, I touch it to confirm. Yes, its my face now. I was lost for words. Ueeeeeeeeeee!? I shouted unintentionally. No wait, who is this really!? Me!? Is it really me!? The complex that has been tormenting me until now is clearly disappeared. I touch my face again in amazement. And at the same time, I was convinced. If it changes to this extent, everyone will obviously be surprised. This may also be a benefit from the level up. My face has become so good that its incomparable than before. At this rate, I wonder if people will stop looking at me in disgust. Its difficult to properly evaluate your own face, after all. Above all, I had hated my face and appearance. But now that Im at the level that can be shown to people, honestly, Im so happy. However, for someone who knew me before, it may not change their unpleasantness even if my appearance has changed. I dont have to walk while looking down like before anymore, do I? Now I have a face that can be seen differently from me before. I looked in the mirror for a while without feeling any reality, but before long, I remembered that it was a lunch break time and hurried back to the class. My steps at this time were very light compared to before. * * * I mean, it was so quick This week, there wasnt anyone who picked a fight with me, including Araki. They just watched me from distance, and they hadnt even spoken to me. Even Araki and his gang are like that, so I thought my change was truly extraordinary. In addition to such a rarely peaceful time, there was something nice as well. As I thought, my [Languange Comprehension] skill was really activated, it made the English class easier, I was not good at English before, after all. And today is the long-awaited holiday, I felt like it just came so fast. I have to enjoy it. Well, since I have to do washing too, its also considerably wasted my time. But, its just the same clothes all the time The clothes Im wearing now was something I got in that other world, and I dont have any other clothes that match my current body except for uniforms and gym clothes. Im not interested in fashion anyway, and I dont have a good sense of it in the first place, but its not good to just wear the same clothes all the time. Although Im washed my former clothes, it doesnt change the way it looks, so itll still look dirty from other peoples views. But Ive never liked going out to town either. Because every time I went to town, Ive always been exposed to looks of contempt, and if I have bad luck, Id get entangled with the delinquents and get beaten by them. However, since I dont have a PC to do online shopping, I have to go out to the town to buy the necessity. Apart from the ingredients, Ive run out of some daily necessities. I reluctantly got out of the house while sighing, I wouldnt leave if not for necessities anyway. I absolutely need to buy daily necessity now, apart from that, should I buy some clothes, too? As I heading to the city, I think about the clothes I should buy. Ive taken out 50,000 yen from the [Item Box] beforehand and put it in my wallet, so I think, it will be enough. Back then, I didnt have many kinds of clothes to wear, so it was easy to choose from. But now, its just strange to wear the same clothes all the time In the end, I didnt know where to buy clothes, so I decided to put it aside for now and go to buy daily necessities first. Book 1: Chapter 4: Part 2 Heres a new chapter, Im sorry for the delay, had so much IRL stuffs yesterday.Please enjoy~ Lets see it seems like this is all. I had finished buying more daily necessities, which was one of my original purposes of going to town. Theres a big shopping mall in town, and you can find most things there, so Ive been going there to shop for a long time already. Well, because of that, Ive also been in a lot of trouble, such as entangling with bad guys or such. And when I go to a place where there are so many peoples eyes, I dont feel very good. But this time its not like the usual me. I have a different look, so I dont have to walk looking down like I was before. Unlike usual, Ive gained a little bit of confidence, so I walk looking at the front now. Ne, ne, look at that guy No way, who is that? An entertainer? Hes handsome and has a good style, hes seriously extraordinary Isnt he too sexy!? Come to think of it, I heard theres a fashion magazine photoshoot in here today L-lets talk to him for a moment. Eh, you serious!? When I was walking around while thinking that many people were whispering around me, I was suddenly called by an unfamiliar woman. Ne, ne, you. Eh!? I thought the ones who called were the delinquents, so I was kinda surprised at first. Apparently, there was a group of women. Right. If youre free, why dont you play with us onee-chan here? Ne, is it okay? Eh, ah, umm What is this, a sales trick!? I was panicked by the call from these unfamiliar women, but I managed to calm down and try to refuse politely. You see, in this case, I need to make an apologetic expression so as not to offend the other party! Anyway, I would pass out now if it was me from before Probably! Im sorry I have something to do I tried to show an apologetic look as much as possible, the women who were amazed for a moment, conversely started to panic this time. I-its okay, dont worry about that! Yeah yeah, Im sorry to bother you! The women drew back obediently, it seems my apologetic feeling was transmitted to them. Thank goodness! I would definitely be either reported or terribly abused if this was the previous me. I was relieved from the bottom of my heart and left the place, but I still can hear whispering voices from behind. Did you look at his face before? It was really dangerous for my heart. I thought it was cool His apologetic expression looked like a small animal Anyway, it was dangerous. I somehow felt a shiver from my spine. W-what is this? W-well, thats good. Rather than that, I wonder where I can buy clothes I muttered that while walking around the shopping mall. When I came here, I was checking the mens fashion floor, but there are a variety of brands so I dont know which one I should look at. S§×ar?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I was living a life that had never thought about fashion beforeand I didnt have any money either. Well, my appearance is also too simple now. I just wearing a white shirt and black pants, after all. And also the luster bluish-black leather shoes and the black moon necklace which is the rare drop items that I obtained by defeating the Hell Slime. Yeah, thinking about it again, its just a simple outfit that is far from fashionable. Well, I dont really get that impression because these clothes themselves are so high quality. As I walked around the shopping mall, I suddenly heard a yell. Hey! How long are you going to keep me waiting!? Im sorry! Im sorry! Its not enough with just apologies! Ive been waiting for more than an hour in here!? You really have guts to make me wait!? Im sorry, Im really sorry! Errr Hikari-san. I dont really mind it. Miwa-chan! You must not spoil him! Its not good for the other party if you overslept! Y-yes, but Also, if you hear his reason for oversleeping was because of a hangover, then theres no room for apologies anymore Its natural for me to be angry! Compared to that, Miwa-chan is admirable. Youre serious with this even though youve become very famous now I just want this bastard to follow you as an example to not always fall behind schedule. A-ahahaha Looking at the yell direction, a muscular man dressed in a flashy pink shirt was yelling at a man in a suit with his head down, in a diminished appearance. Behind them, theres a woman with loose wavy brown hair, whose excellent appearance could be seen from a distance, was soothing the man with a muscular figure. What is this chaos? When I look closely, the muscular man was holding a camera and something like photography equipment? There are many things like that lined up around him. Is it some kind of photoshoot? Well, there seems to be a kind of a celebrity around here, and they might do something like drama or photoshoot in here. Actually, there are a lot of ordinary people gathered around here, and I think there will be something more amazing than just photoshoot. Hmm, is that woman an actress? When I checked on the situation, it seems that shes pretty famous. I dont have a TV at home, and I practically dont know about celebrities, thats why I dont know anything about that woman. I wont be able to see the shop over there in this state, lets look at the other place, then. With that said, I turned my back from the photoshoot area. But you also have another schedule, right? Therefore, it will be bad for you, so this time Ill just do it with Miwa-chan alone. T-thats Theres no problem, right? Im a professional, so Ill be sure to do it! Its not like Im saying Ill only use one model like this from now on, you know. Well, of course, Ill never use someone who likes to be late like this guy again. Y-yes But Im in trouble. As for todays composition, I was thinking of using another male model at this time with Miwa-chan since it was a product for a couple Hey, on this occasion, we might use an acceptable ordinary man in this shopping mall. You have all the size of clothes, dont you? He asked the staff. Yes, we have everything. Okay, then Ah, what about the man over there? Hey! You there! Even if I was thinking to see other places, their clothes just look all the same no matter where I look. Has my sense of fashion become devastating, too? Hey you there, the one who seems to be thinking about something! Hmm? What is it, it seems like someone is calling. When I looking around instinctively, I heard the call from behind. Yes, you. The one whos looking around! Can you wait for a moment? Huh? I turned back spontaneously, but the muscular man in that flashy shirt looked at me stunned. Not only the muscular man but also the other staff and the beautiful girls were looking at me stunned. For a moment, I thought it wasnt me, but I dont know why, there was only me here for some reason, and the others are in a position to look at me from the distance Why is it? I dont know why theyre staring at me like that, but it seems like they need something from me, so I headed towards them. Uhm, what happened? When I asked the most prominent here, the muscular man, I couldve seen an image of a bolt of lightning striking in his background for some reason. Eh, whats that. This time, it was me whos stunned in surprise, and then I suddenly slapped my both cheeks with my hands to restore my calm. You! Would you like to participate in this photoshoot!? Huh? I could only be dumbfounded. Book 1: Chapter 4: Part 3 Another chapter, please consider to be my Patreon and read up to 4 chapters ahead.Please enjoy~ Why did it become like this? Yeees! It looks good! Yes yes! Ah, I want him to have more sexy feelings here! look sideways, please look sideways! Its not good, I dont understand at all. I was supposed to come to this shopping mall to buy clothes and daily necessities, but before I know Im in an awkward situation which is having to be a model. Moreover, Im not doing the photoshoot alone, but also with a very beautiful woman. Yuuya-kun! Your expression is too stiff! Smile, smile! Its not good even if you said that! I know that my expression is getting stiffer, I was thinking about what should I do, and theres a woman model that will do the photoshoot with me this time Miwa-san smiled looking at me. Yuuya-san. Everyone is also nervous like that for their first time, so you dont have to worry about it. O-okay. I took a deep breath once and looked at my appearance again. Right now Ive changed from my simple white shirt and black pants to a white drape shirt and put on a thin black short-sleeved cardigan on top of that, and wine-red skinny pants. All of these are clothes that Ive never worn before, and I was more nervous about this dress itself rather than the photoshoot. I suddenly noticed that there were many people around me. I guess theyre the customer who came to this shopping mall, but now theyre looking at this photoshoot scene of me and Miwa-san from the distance. Some people have their smartphones pointed here, so they seem to be taking photos, too. Amazing. Its my first time to see Miwa-chan in person. Yes thats Miwa-chan, but whos the boy doing the photoshoot together with her!? Doesnt he have a super good style!? Isnt he a model? Hes with Miwa-chan, and above all, hes so handsome and stylish No way!? Then, lets find out about him when the magazine is released! Yup, As I thought, Ill stand out if doing a photoshoot in a big shopping mall like this. Well, please link your arms for a moment. Eh? The photographer said that when I was distracted by the surrounding gaze. But, whats that link arms? Err, do I need to stand tall while folding my arms? As I was in a hurry by the sudden order, Miwa-san gently entwined her left arm with my right arm. Ueee! Yuuya-san? Whats wrong? Eh, no, n-nothing! No, no, it wasnt just nothing, was it!? Is this what he meant by linking arms? I surely thought that I just need to fold my arms at that moment. I never had a chance to get close to a woman, so I became much tenser than before. N-no, Im doing photoshoot now. I have to regain my mind as usual somehow This photoshoot seems to be for couples, so of course, its impossible for me to do that kind of movement. I cant afford to be so panicked at this moment! To begin with, I cant even imagine a movement like that! Nevertheless, Ive calmer than before. Considering this far, its good shes not notice it yet. No shit, she noticed. Oh my. Yuuya-kun, your expression much more stiffer than before. I-i-i-is that so?! I-i-i-its just normal, you know!? Yeah. I mean, youre a little unusual. Hikari-san smiled bitterly It cant be helped, you know! Because Miwa-sans ch chest! Yuuya-san? Its hitting me! Eh? Ah, i-its nothing! Yes! I said that unintentionally, but Miwa-sans chest is on my arm! Its on my aaaarrrm! Is Miwa-san not aware of it?! I thought so and glancing at her, but shes just made an expression like a professional whos doing a photoshoot now. This is not a matter of noticing or not. Looking at Miwa-sans serious yet natural expression, I became much more calmer. Lets just put it aside. I have to concentrate on this photoshoot now. After diverting my mind, Hikari-san also gave instructions for various other poses. Yes, then Miwa-chan, please hug on to Yuuyas neck. Fueee! Yes! Despite my being surprised again, Miwa-san posed her arms around my neck without hesitation. Its not good. Unlike the previous arm, I could feel a lot of things all over my body now! Although I have diverted my mind, eventually my expression and body become much stiffer than a little while ago. Then I tried to calm down while doing other poses, but I was still stiff, after all, so I had to take a break. Sigh Thank you very much for your work. Ah, you too, thank you very much. Can I sit next to you? Ah, yes! Its okay! Miwa-san talked to me as she sat on a bench in this shopping mall and took a breather. When Miwa-san sat next to me, I uttered what I thought honestly. Miwa-san, thats amazing. Eh? Miwa-san was surprised to hear my sudden compliment. Ive never worn this kind of clothes before and on the contrary, I lived a life that had never thought about fashion. So, when I looked at models in the magazine, I never thought anything in particular. I just experienced it in a short period of time today and I came to understand how hard it was. Its because youre just not used to it yet! At first, I was just a failure, and often getting scolded. Even so, I think its difficult for me. I didnt think it would require an expression too, not just a pose alone. Ahahahaha Hikari-san is famous because of his particular focus on facial expressions in the modeling industry. Hikari-san was the muscular man wearing that flashy shirt, and he was also a photographer. He doesnt look like that at all. Sigh But I dont know how to do that. As when doing the photoshoot, I was reminded of my useless when I saw Miwa-san, who is not that old, was able to play an active role so far. I think its also changing my mental little by little, but its still a long way to go. Apparently, she seemed to see my uneasy expression, and she kindly told me; Yuuya-san. I think you dont need to rush it. Just take it slowly at its own pace. Be more confident! And I also thought that I was having fun today because I was able to do a photoshoot with Yuuya-san like this so Id be happy if you would think so, too. Ah Of course, its not just about the photoshoot, its about enjoying everything, dont you think so? Enjoying huh? Until recently, I couldnt afford to have fun. I was so desperate to live, and it was painful and was unbearable every day. But now its different. After I found the door that connects to the other world, I I Can I enjoy it? Yes, of course! Sear?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When I turned to Miwa-san, she gave me a gentle smile, I noticed that it was a natural smile. Shutterrrrrrrrrrrrrr! I heard a strange voice from the distance, but I have no idea what that is. Book 1: Chapter 4: Part 4 New chapter today.Thanks! Youve been really helpful! N-no problem, Im glad that I could help, but Uhm was it really good? After the break, the photoshoot session didnt resume for some reason. On the contrary, Hikari-san thanked us with a satisfied face. No, wait, if the pro in business said that it was good, its safe to say that there will be nothing to worry about, right? But I wonder which photos will be used? I didnt know since I havent seen it yet. When I thought of that, Hikari-san suddenly gave me a big paper bag. Here, take this. Huh? W-what is it? This is I looked at the contents, there was a lot of clothes in it. I really want to give you money, but since youre an amateur, its a bit tough on the office for that. Therefore, Ill give you these clothes instead, as thanks! Please be assured, its all fitted to your size. Ive also carefully selected clothes that look good on you! Eeh!? T-theres no need for this! It was a good experience for me, too Its okay, just accept it! Basically, there will be some kind of reward for those who work. This is common sense in society, you know. Y-yes If thats the case Uhm thank you very much. When I thanked him, Hikari-san nodded with a smile. Hes a good person. As I thought so about Hikari-san, Miwa-san also talked to me. Yuuya-san. Thank you very much for your time today. No, it is me who should say so. It was a really valuable experience for me, and above all I think that being able to do this with a professional who worked earnestly will be a good thing for me in the future. sea??h th§× N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I told her that with a smile, Miwa-san seemed surprised for a moment, but not long after, shes also smiled. That was good then! If theres an opportunity for us to meet again, please treat me well at the time! Yes, me too, Ill be cheering on you, Miwa-san! Then, when I tried to leave this place with a peaceful atmosphere. Sup. Im late. A cool man walked toward us. A blonde hair styled in wax and stylish piercings on his ears. He was also well dressed, and his atmosphere somehow felt something like Miwa-sans. But at the same time, I also felt something completely different from Miwa-san, but I didnt know what it was. I was not sure who he was, but looking at Hikari-san who had been smiling a little while ago, now has a vein bulging on his forehead. This damned kid! His tone is really back to being a man! Making Hikari-san leaked out his manly tone, who on earth is that guy? Umm Miwa-san. Whos that guy? I asked Miwa-san. Err hes a male model who was supposed to have a photoshoot with me today. I was convinced just by Miwa-sans explanation. I thought there was an atmosphere that was somehow close to Miwa-sans, was it because theyre in the same profession? I was convinced by that, and then the man noticed Miwa-sans presence and approached her while grinning. Miwa-chaaan! You have a photoshoot with me today, right? How is it? It makes you happy, arent you? U-uhm Well, lets finish this session quickly, and then well go to eat some delicious food together. When the man put his hand on Miwa-sans shoulder, she was puzzled and I felt that she didnt know what to do from her expression. This is... Hey, hey, no worries. Excuse me I tried to cut in. Huh? When I called out, the man looked at me annoyingly. Who are you? Dont talk to me. Youre annoying, get out of here! Thereupon, even though I only called him, I was somehow abused. Why? I was dumbfounded for a moment, but I firmly told the man again; No, thats Miwa-san seems troubled, so I think its better for you to step away from her a little bit. Yu-Yuuya-san! Huh? Miwa-san called my name in a bit of a panic, and the man shoots me a glare. He took his hand off of Miwa-sans shoulder and approached me. You, who are you talking to? Eeh? To whom Well, I actually didnt know this man is, but Is he a celebrity? The man glared at me even harder, it seems he didnt like my behavior. Actually, I dont understand even if I say it with my own mouth Haahh The man suddenly attacked me, to think that it had become a somewhat dangerous atmosphere. That attitude irritated me! Yu-Yuuya-san! I was surprised that I was suddenly attacked, but it was so slow, it was incomparable to Goblin Elite or Goblin Generals attacks. I also didnt have the hobby to be pleased and silent when being attacked, so my body reacted on its own without me knowing. I caught the mans fist that flew toward my face with my right palm, twisted his arm, took it to my back, and throw him down. Gahh!? A-amazing I was attacked by him without me knowing, my body reacted reflexively and held him down, but Is it okay? This wasnt my fault, right? Hes a good-looking guy, the good-looking guy is usually innocent and Ill be found guilty if he complains. well, Ill just run to a different world at that time! When I was thinking about silly things in my mind, the man who had been held to the ground shouted at me. Gaah, I was trained in boxing!? How can you do that so easily! Err, I dont know either. In the first place, I dont know if this man has practiced boxing or not just by looking at his punch. Or rather, everyones punch just looks the same for me, since theyre all slow compared to the Goblin General Well, at the Goblin Generals level, just a single blow from its brute force has an outrageous power already, its not a state that can be reached by ordinary people even if they learn martial arts. I can fight with those monsters that have a big physical difference was thanks to my improving skills and stats. Come to think of it, Miwa-san was panic before maybe because of her knowing that this guy had learned boxing, I guess? However, to think that she was emphasizing that, I wonder if this man has only solved anything by force. Well, in fact, I wouldnt have been able to do anything before I leveled up. Yep, when I was weak, I wouldnt have been sure if I can see the mans punch. Or rather, any attack wouldve finished me anyway. It made me feel somewhat sad. Hikari-san squatted down looking at the man, and he declared to him with a very big smile. Since you showed a violent, your entertainers life will be over. Even if youre not an entertainer, its normally a crime, you know. What a pity! Wha-?! T-theres no evidence! Actually, Im the one who had been beaten!? No, you see, I think people around here were watching, but as I thought, theyll choose to be a good-looking guys ally, right? Should I prepare to cry now? However, I didnt have to cry. Hikari-san smiled like a devil while flaunting the camera he was carrying to the man. I recorded everything from the beginning until the end, you know . D-dammmiiiitttttt! The man resisted violently on the spot but finally gave up since my body didnt shudder at all while holding him down, and finally he was taken by the staff. Geez I didnt think itd be ended like this at first! But Yuuya-kun is very strong, isnt he? Even though that guys looked like that, he was actually pretty good at boxing. It just happened by chance! Ahahahaha I cant say anything. I cant say I was training in a different world, after all. Anyway, I called Miwa-san. Miwa-san, were you alright? Eh? Ah uh Thank you very much! Miwa-san was a little surprised when I called her, and she lowered her head, her cheeks were beet red. Its just like that dont mind it! I was just a little confused since you didnt say a single word before. Err I was relieved, because that person had always followed me around, so it was really helpful! Eh, what was that? Scary. Did he even act like a stalker, too? It was kind of weird, but again Thank you very much for today. I hope we can meet again somewhere. Yes, lets meet again somewhere! Yuuya-kun, thanks for today! As I left the place, I recalled what had happened today. I was suddenly asked to be a model, I was wondering about what to do, but it turned out to be a good experience, I was truly glad. As for the clothes. I got clothes that were chosen directly by a professional in the field, so the result was splendid. Anyway I dont know what will happen to that guy but, the entertainment world is actually quite frightening, huh. I couldnt help but think so. * * * I wonder who he is After Yuuya left, Hikari let out a sigh of admiration. A good-looking boy with such great style Ive been in the entertainment world for a long time already, but Ive never seen someone like him before. Furthermore, hes just an amateur He was really amazing, wasnt he? I got fascinated by him even though Im a man. Oh, youre right! I mean he seems to have a charm that can attract everyone. Well yeah, but since its the first time for him to do a photoshoot, he still looks awkward. But, he also brings a good atmosphere, doesnt he? So it was amazing! The staff who were involved in the photoshoot talked about Yuuya, they seemed to get lured by Hikaris words. Hikari smiled bitterly looking at them, but then seeing Miwa who was preparing to go back home, he approached her. Hey, Miwa-chan. Do you want to check the photos now? Ah, please, is it okay? Of course! Here, you can take a look as much as you want. All the previous photos data had been transferred to a laptop, and so, Miwa checked the photos from the laptop instead of the camera. When I look at it again, Yuuya-san is really amazing. Its inevitable that his expression is still stiff since he isnt a pro after all, but I feel like I cant take my eyes off him, to the point that such a thing isnt important anymore Right? This time we were shooting for a fashion magazine, so the main focus is about the clothes, but sure, I was inspired when I looked at his eyes, you know. Yes, originally, for a fashion magazine photoshoot, the main focus must be about the clothes more than the models themselves. However, in order to increase the value of the clothes, theyll use a famous model like Miwa, and shes also performed her job perfectly. But in Yuuyas case, he was more prominent, it was like he had swallowed up the clothes itself, even though it should be the main focus. Moreover, look at this, I was thinking to retake the photo since Yuuya stands out too much But, it cant be helped, I think its like the charm of the clothes themselves had been raised to the utmost in order to make Yuuya shine. Yes, he didnt re-take it although Yuuya was like the main focus, the clothes themselves become more attractive than before, and as a result, they fulfilled their purpose. Miwa smiled bitterly hearing Hikaris trouble. And then, her eyes stopped at one photo. Eh? This photo Oh, did you noticed it, Miwa-chan? Reflected on Miwas eyes is a photo of her and Yuuya chatting during the break. The photo seemed to be casual just like in an everyday scene, however, it looks very natural and that makes them look like a real couple, and this was originally Hikaris photography concept. Miwa in the photo also had a natural and attractive smile, and Yuuya was so full of charm that it makes one seem to feel drawn into the photo without realizing it. I was thinking to make that photo as the main part this time. Its really good, isnt it? Y-yeah Yuuya-san in this photo is very um charming Miwa herself had been fascinated by Yuuyas extraordinary appearance from the first time she met him, but when she saw Yuuyas photo in front of her, she felt that her cheeks were heating up naturally. Oh my? Oh my, oh my? Miwa-chan, your face is red, you know? Eeeh!? T-thats not true!? Hikari who had noticed the change in Miwas expression looked at her with a grin. Well, Ill leave it at that for today. U-uh is my face really red? Its like an apple. But now, Miwa-chan is also very attractive, you know. I-is that so? Miwa tilted her head looking at Hikari whos suddenly showing a gentle eye. Fufu Miwa-chan in the photo is also full of charm, it was different from the usual Miwa-chan. From now on, I think youll have a lot of photoshoots, but dont forget your expressions and feelings today, okay? Ah Yes! This photoshoot, which was a valuable experience for Yuuya, also gave valuable experience to everyone who had been involved in it. Book 1: Chapter 4: Part 5 Bonus chapter!! Want to support me? You can subscribe to my Patreon and read up to 4 chapters for each novel.Enjoy the chapter~ The next day after I helped work as a model. I went home and regretted that I should have bought something like home appliances other than daily necessities. Anyhow, my TV at home cant be used anymore. Its not digital, but an analog TV. I dont subscribe to the newspaper, so I wouldnt know the latest news without watching TV. There are also some other home appliances that have already worn out with age. Ive failed But I need to go to school again today Unfortunately, school starts again today. I need money for living, for that, I have to go to a different world Sigh Its really easier to beat monsters in a different world rather than going to school Even while complaining, I still went to school, I dont want to be a useless person anyway. But still, it makes me depressed to think that I should attend school for another week from today, but when I left home, suddenly someone called me. Hey, you. Eh? I turned toward the voice, apparently, it was my younger brother, Tenjou Youta, and his twin sister Tenjou Sora, staring at me. Uwaa, Ive met someone that I dont want to see. No, I thought wed see each other eventually, but you dont have to come now, you know Even though I was reluctant, but I ask them just in case. Umm what do you want from me? What, you said? Your behavior is really like that useless big brother of mine. I dont know why he said something like that. I was really confused, and then Sora opened her mouth as if looked down on me. Recently, a friend of ours was talking about it. My big brother has become super handsome. Anyway, I told them it was just a rumor, but they were so persistent, thus we came here to check it. Huh? Rumor? Eh, are people talking about me? Because of that, weve come to check it you, shitty big brother What the hell did you do? What I did? Stop playing dumb! You have really changed! Aah yep. Surely, my appearance has changed a lot. My body has become thinner, and my face has changed greatly. But I cant explain I had changed because I raised my level in a different world, can I? And in the first place, I dont want to tell these two even if they believe about a different world. These two not only made fun of me but also to grandfather. I dont want to tell about grandpas things to them. Thinking so, I calmed myself, but they start to talk again, still looking down on me. Hmm. After all, you did plastic surgery, right? I cant believe that to think you changed your face with plastic surgery. Its just a fake change, after all. So, where did you get the money from? Or did you sell your house? Hahahaha! But, you see, it wasnt plastic surgery Nevertheless, maybe my body has completely changed from the genetic structure, somehow my instinct told me that. Youta said that plastic surgery is just a fake change, but thats peoples effort who are trying to be a little beautiful, at least theyre trying instead of just giving up. That Youta, hes denying it, and making fun of it. Are there a lot of people who think like Youta? If so thats so sad. But, I really thought that, and I could feel that when you want to polish yourself up to get better. We were arguing in public, so the people around us were watching with great interest. Its embarrassing Whatever. Either way, theres a part of you, shitty brother, that cant win against us. Yeah. Youre an idiot, and even if you think about the future, you dont have a future anyway. You cant study, youre also bad at sport After all, youre an inferior being! They completely made fun of me, and I wasnt able to retort because everything they said was true, I could do nothing but be silent. Thereupon, the curious students who were just silently watching at our dispute until now suddenly became noisy. Hmm? What is it? Youta and Sora also noticed the commotion, theyre tilted their heads out of curiosity, and suddenly a limousine stopped near us. Wha-!? Eh? A long limousin that is usually driven by those rich people came out of all of a sudden. The three of us were lost for words looking at it, and then, the limousines door opened, and then two women appeared from inside. One is a very beautiful woman dressed in butler clothes, and the other is . Tenjou Yuuya-san right? Eh? I feel like I had heard her voice somewhere. Shes dressed in a blazer-type uniform based on white, and how should I say it, a straight, glossy black hair? Stretched to her waist. She has somehow an overwhelming aura that is different from the ordinary people, she reminds me of words of sweet flower and a woman who displayed the feminine virtues of old Japan. And I was I was captivated. Shes a very beautiful girl, and also, her beauty is different from the model, Miwa-san. As well as her appearance, I was completely captivated by her clear eyes and soft atmosphere that stared straight at me. Anyway, which uniform is that? As I was absent-minded unintentionally, Youta suddenly shouted gave me back my consciousness. O-oh, thats the uniform of Ousei Gakuen!? Eh! Ousei Gakuen Ive heard that name before, it was the name of a famous high school, and after graduation, you can go on to Ousei University without having to pass the entrance exam. Its a high school where you can quickly become an elite, to a world completely different from us. Let alone study, theres a lot of people who enrolled in that school to play an active role in every field, and the school graduates to take the position as a top-level in each field. Its a high school that can be said will secure your future. So everyone aimed and dreamed of being enrolled in that school. Well, since it was such a school, you will understand if you think for a moment, its not a school for an ordinary person to enter. And so, why a student from such school to be in a place like this? The girl in front of me laughed elegantly as if that thought were described in my expression. Fufu. Dont you remember? I used to be involved with a group of a man at a convenience store Eh? A aaahhh, yeah!? I remembered. Sure, Ive helped a girl from a group of men before I mean, I was fully beaten instead. At the time, I wasnt used to talking to girls so much that I couldnt even see her face S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Did you just remember it? Y-yes. Or rather, how did you know my name? In order to thank Yuuya-san, Ive investigated various things while thinking that it was my impoliteness. Eeeh!? Investigation what did she investigate? Well, I dont think theres much information that can be investigated. The girl tilted her head as if curious about something when I was concerned about what was being investigated. Even so Yuuya-san, did you lost your weight? Eh? Y-yeah. I think that it was a change that wasnt so obvious, but looking at the reaction of the girl in front of me, maybe, it seems my transformation is really visible. No, it seems really is. When I was completely confused, the woman in butlers clothes quietly informs the girl. Milady. Lets put aside the introduction first and proceed to the main subject Youre right! With an expression thats like remembered something, the girl opened her mouth and saying a ridiculous thing with a smile. Yuuya-san Why dont you come to Ousei Gakuen? Book 1: Chapter 4: Part 6 New chapter today.Please enjoy~ I couldnt immediately understand what she said. I could only be dumbfounded by her words, while she continued to speak. Im sorry for saying it this late, but my name is Kaori Houjou. And Im a student council staff members at Ousei Gakuen. The girl bowed beautifully I was still amazed to see Houjou-san. And, when I finally returned to my sanity, I squeezed out my voice to ask her. U-um what do you mean me to come to Ousei Gakuen? For some reason, the woman dressed in butlers clothing answered my question, instead of Houjou-san. Tenjou-sama. Kaori-samas father is the board chairman of Ousei Gakuen, and he has already heard about the story of Tenjou-sama protecting Kaori-sama from the scoundrels before, and he told me to bring you to our school without fail. That kind of thing I was just It cant be said that I was protecting her. It was just shameful since it was me who got beaten one-sidedly. However, whether she guessed my feelings, Houjou-san said with a gentle expression; Yuuya-san. You were the only one who moved while other people just pretended not to look. It isnt something that just anyone can do. You certainly protected me. Ah I was struck with a genuine feeling of gratitude, and at the same time, I felt warm yet a little embarrassed. And then Houjou-san asked me again. Therefore, how about it? Do you want to come to our school? Im very thankful for the talk so far, I dont have anything I particularly excel at. My academic ability to be transferred toOusei Gakuen is also Oh, thats Errr! The moment Houjou-san tried to say something, Youta who had been silent until now, cut off her by calling out to her. Despite being interrupted by his words, Houjou-san responded with a gentle expression. What happened? Will you let us enroll? Eh? Youta said so with a confident expression. Were far better than the guy over there, and its definitely better to get us into that school instead! Thats right! We always keep the top grades in our current school, and its not a mistake to say were playing a big role in terms of sport. We also participate a lot as an assistant in various club activities of the school! Sora said so in the form of taking the opportunity to guarantee Youtas words. Therefore, next year well definitely I refuse. Huh? This time Houjou-san cut off Youtas words who tried to continue with confidence. Eh, no, um what was that just now? I said, I refuse. Youta and Sora are dumbfounded, they never thought they would be turned down. I also didnt expect they would be rejected so clearly. In fact, Youta and Sora are indeed better than me. Even if I was to review or prepare for the lessons every day, the result wasnt very good, and its also the same with sports. Youta and Sora whos not convinced asked Houjou-san again. W-why? Were better than that guy I wont talk. Eh Houjou-san who had a gentle mood and smiling until recently said that frankly to Youta and Sora in a resolute manner. I consider Yuuya-san as my benefactor. Why should I let those who insult Yuuya-san enroll? T-thats Besides, weve also investigated your daily behavior. Eh!? Youta and Sora raised their voices in surprise at Houjou-sans words. Houjou-san gestured to the woman in butler appearance next to her, and then the woman informed them indifferently. When we invited Tenjou-sama to the Ousei Gakuen, we conducted investigations of his surroundings. Of course, human relationship as well As a result, we found that you have committed extreme cruelty not only to Tenjou-sama but also to other students. Of course, not only you but many other students and Also, we have found that even teachers are oppressing him as well. Wha- Youta and Sora were speechless at the woman butlers words. Of course, me too. What they had investigated wasnt only about my name but also human relationships!? As I was bewildered, Sora immediately rebutted. I-is there any evidence of that? How does the existence of evidence relate to it? S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thats because were trying to prove our innocence Is that so? Then, let me say it clearly. There is evidence. Theres evidence, but from our very best view, it doesnt matter. It doesnt matter, you said? It doesnt matter, does it? We just want to invite Tenjou-sama to the Ousei Gakuen. And from the information weve got, weve concluded that we dont want both of you to enroll. Oh, rest assured. we wont leak your information to the media. Well It may remain as our private report. The words of the woman butler, left Sora and Youta no room to argue. Houjou-san gestured again to the butler woman, and then she bowed sophisticatedly and returned behind Houjou-san. As I was saying earlier, admission to and transferring to our school is not so difficult. Eh!? Someone can easily be transferred or transferred to theOusei Gakuen if theyre doing good deeds on a regular basis. You can do whatever you like on your academic ability and other studies. Instead of that, we value humanity. So its impossible for both of you to enter our school. Youta and Sora were so desperate. Although this high school mostly consists of the same student from junior high school, of course, there are also those who want to go to another high school. These students usually choose a higher level of a school than their current one. And looking at Youta and Soras reaction, they seemed to be thinking about going to another school, and maybe the high school they were aiming for was Ousei Gakuen. Sure, since there is such a top-level high school in this vicinity, its inevitable that they aim for such a school. There was no problem with Youta and Soras academic ability, after all. However, since the student at the school that they were aiming for since the board chairmans daughter told them frankly that it was impossible for the both of them to enroll, this reaction of them would be inevitable. Unlike when she was talking to Youta and Sora, Houjou-san turned to me with her usual gentle expression. Im sorry, the talk has gone wrong but for the reasons I mentioned earlier, theres no problem for Yuuya-san to be transferred to Ousei Gakuen. I-I see In a sense, the policy ofOusei Gakuen was different. Normally, academic ability and athletic ability are involved in a lot of things, but for them to say that it doesnt matter so clearly My face was twitching involuntarily, and then Houjou-san said with a smile; Why dont we go to my school for now? So it wont be a problem if you talk to father, no, board chairman, and then decide after that. Saying that Houjou-san invited me to the limousine. The butler woman, knowing what Houjou-san said, already opened the door and was on standby. Ah, Yuuya-san. I mentioned earlier that I wouldnt disclose any information about those two, but please be assured that the teachers have already been disciplined and dismissed. Eeh!? Whats reassuring!? I feel only fear in their information-gathering power and speed of action!? No, I was certainly oppressed by the teachers! Corporal punishment is a matter of course, and they were telling the whole class to increase the cruelty. When I was surprised again at her unexpected words, Houjou-san smiled and bowed to the dumbfounded Youta and Sora. Well then farewell. And, we went to theOusei Gakuen just like that. The place was noisy after Yuuya and the others left. Those people earlier were amazing, werent they? As expected of the elite from Ousei Gakuen their aura is really different from us. The girl and the butler were beautiful! The boy who was talking to them was also very handsome it was a feast for the eyes. And also, the two over there I dont know what it was, but it seems that their admission was denied by Ousei Gakuen. Wha-? Well, dont mind them anyway. Youta and Sora, who were said to be doing whatever they please until now, their faces turned deep red. I-I wont forgive this making us look like a fool! Yes, I absolutely wont forgive this! Youta was staring daggers at the direction in which the limousine had left. Ill definitely make you regret That murmur was diverted by the noise around them. Book 1: Chapter 5: Part 1 Another chapter today, thanks to the Patrons.Part 1 While I was trying to wrap my head around the rapid development of the situation so far, I noticed that we had arrived at the front gate of Ousei Gakuen. A splendid thing, that seems to be in a western castle that you can never think of as a school gate, jumped into my eyes. Not only that but on the other side of the gate, there were school buildings and vast grounds that were so large that they could only be seen as a palace. No, well, um Its big. Welcome to the Ousei Gakuen! Houjou-san told that to the dumbfounded me, with a smile. And as I was in a somewhat dreamy state of mind, she led me through the school gate. It seems we arrived when homeroom is about to start since I cant see any students walking in the corridor except us. U-um Are you alright? I said. What is it? Well There doesnt seem to be any students around, it seems the homeroom has already started As a coward, I was too afraid to be late, so I wondered if it would be okay if she was late. But rather, on the contrary, Houjou-san laughed elegantly. Fufufu. Its okay. As I said before coming here, the board chairman of this school is my father. And also Ive notified the school beforehand that I would be late today, so it will be fine. I see It seems like it was only my needless anxiety. It was good then. If she gets scolded because of me, Id be truly sorry. Nevertheless, the board chairman of such a big school, huh I thought that Houjou-sans behavior was elegant, but as I thought, shes really a rich person. Elegance? I guess that was indeed something she had. As for me, Im overflowing with the poor mans aura. Oh, come to think of it I have to stop by the supermarket on my way home since theres an egg special sale today. When I was following Houjou-san while thinking about such a commoners thought, we arrived in front of the door written as the Chairmans Office before I knew it. Houjou-san knocked on the door, then I heard an elegant mans voice from the inside. Come in. Excuse me. E-excuse me! I answered with all of the strength in my body and entered the room following Houjou-san. Inside, there was a leather sofa, a suited light-brown table, a desk to do the duty, which everyone could see them as good quality, and then a cool middle-aged man sitting in the back of the desk. That man must be Houjou-sans father. When I look at him closely, I can feel they look alike somehow. The man looked surprised for a moment when he saw me as I entered the room, but he immediately greeted me with a gentle look. Im glad you came. Im Tsukasa Houjou the chairman of thisOusei Gakuen. Tenjou Yuuya-kun Ive heard about you from my daughter, Kaori. Thank you for saving my daughter. After the polite greeting, he bowed his head, I was flustered and quickly told him to raise it. P-please raise your head! I wasnt that big of a help No, no matter what you think, you had certainly taken action at the time. Thats something to be proud of. Thats right, Yuuya-san. Once again, thank you very much. When they told me that, it left me a shameful impression. I-I understand. Thank you. They raised their head since Ive accepted their gratitude. And I asked them something that was bothering me. Come to think of it, why was Houjou-san alone at that time? Dont she have an escort or Yuuya-san, you dont need to be so formal to call me Houjou-san like that, please just call me Kaori, honorific or title of honor is unnecessary, you know? Eh!? But My daughter says shes good with it, and since youre in the same age, you dont need to be so respectful, do you? Well, I guess youre right I answered so while thinking that it was awesome, Houjou-san No, Kaori smiled. Now Yuuya-kun, about your question earlier, I want Kaori to live a normal life, and she hasnt had an escort since she was young. Thats what I wanted personally. I wont be able to be independent if there is always an escort with me, and I dont need them to find a job too, right? But because of that one case before, I need to bring her with me now. Kaori said while looking at the woman in butlers appearance. I was feeling sorry too, but shes still my daughter. Shes important to me. I see Rich people have their own troubles too. Especially, a poor man like me is unlikely to be kidnapped because there wont be a ransom or shit, but if youre rich, youre at risk. No, I think kidnapping is really dangerous. It was a seducer at that time, but still, theyre also in the same bad team as Araki and others belong to, and the security around there cant be said as good, too. After talking like that, we finally entered the main subject. Well now, Ive had Yuuya-kun to come this way, but youve heard the reason, havent you? Y-yes, I was asked to transfer to this Ousei Gakuen. The chairman nodded when I answered that. Thats right. For me, Id like you to enroll in this Ousei Gakuen How about it? Of course, this is also my expression of gratitude for saving my daughter, so you dont have to worry about the tuition. Thats! Even so, you didnt have to go that far I already told you, didnt I? Shes my important daughter. This much is cheap. The chairman says that while laughing, Kaoris cheeks turned red shyly hearing that. Theyre a good father and daughter. Its really a big difference from my house. So what would you do? I is it okay for me to go to the same school as the geniuses? Ousei Gakuen is a school thats so famous that no one doesnt know about this school in Japan. Thats why most of the people who play an active part in Japan and the world are from this school. In other words, a small part of the chosen existence A school where the only genius can attend. But, I dont have any special skills to be in such a school. The chairman spoke in a gentle tone, asked me who looks down. Yuuya-kun. What kind of person do you think genius refers to? Eh? Someone that can do anything? Thats right. And I think genius is someone who works on things and finds the right answer and the right effort in a shorter time than others. On the other hand, you are with other people. If you make an effort, youre going to get closer to the truth. .. sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Of course, apart from genius, there will be different talents. But its not something you can decide from a young age like you. Try a lot of things, have fun its still not too late to try. And this school was built because I want those young people to have a lot of experience. So you dont have to despise yourself. From now on, you just need to face yourself slowly. The chairmans words have soaked into my heart. Nobody ever told me like that except grandfather. No matter what I did, I was compared to Youta and Sora, and whatever I did, I was labeled incompetent, and after my grandfather died, I could only accept it. Thats why I was shaken because theres still someone who told me like that The chairman suggested one thing when various feelings swirled up in me and made me confused. Well, you must be troubled when being told various things so suddenly. So how about experiencing it, attending this school for just one day today? Eh? Suddenly a dumb voice came out of me, but the chairman kept smiling without concern. If you want to experience this school today and decided to enter the school, Ill officially welcome you again at the time. I was dumbfounded by such a proposal and suddenly heard a knock on the door. It looks like shes here Comes in. Thanks. It was a woman to have appeared while saying so. She was a woman wearing a lab coat with a languid impression, and she was wearing a worn-out shirt under the coat. Moreover, since the shirt is plain and it was slipping to her shoulder, the chest is Is she properly wearing something under that!? I cant see the straps of her bra!? No, it would trouble me if I can see the strap! The chairman smiled bitterly when I was surprised to see the overall lax impression of the woman. Youre just the same as ever Yuuya-kun, I want you to have experience classes in this womans class. I see. Well, dont be so nervous. Sensei will teach you properly. U-umm I-I wonder if its okay. I couldnt say anything, but when I clogged with the words, the chairman spoke up in an amazing state. Well, you may have a lot to say, but even though she looks like this and she has the mindset of a scientist. Her classes are also easy to understand and are popular with students. Thats why take it easy, dont be nervous. Thats right. Sensei is amazing. Its good if you can feel at ease. This makes me even worried, you know! Despite all the worries about the atmosphere of the chairman and the woman in the lab coat, I was going to experience studying inOusei Gakuen today for a day. Book 1: Chapter 5: Part 2 Enjoy the chapter~Okay, take a seat. We just finished homeroom some time ago, but I have one more message to add. One of the students asks at the words of the female teacher. Yes yes yes! What message is that? I was just about to say it now. Ah, youre right. Please continue! What a fast switchover. The class was wrapped in a gentle laugh hearing the teachers remark. And then, the teacher floated a meaningful smile. Listen well. Today, Im in charge of someone who will try to get personal experience in this school, the person will be in this class. The moment the teacher said so, the class started to get buzzing. As one would expect, transfer students and special admittance students are unusual in any school. Then, the student who asked a question before asks once again. Yes yes yes! Is it a man or a woman?! Its a man. The reaction was clearly divided hearing the teachers words just now. The boys look blatantly discouraged, the girls are the opposite, they look in high spirits, and the students start talking to each other about what kind of student is coming. However, since the boys werent that discouraged, they also started to get excited about the same topic as the girls. Its good to get excited, but I dont have much time. Youll have a normal class after this. Well then, you can come in now. After saying that, the teacher looked at the students with a smile. Dont be surprised, okay? The students were puzzled by the teachers words as if they had a question mark floating on their heads. Understanding the meaning of the teachers words, Yuuya finally came into the classroom while the students were tilting their heads. I Tenjou Yuuya, decided to enter the Ousei Gakuen for one day today after being recommended by the board chairman, and then I was taken by the teacher who would take care of me and went to the front of a classroom. By the way, I was walking with Kaori, but because her class is different, we parted on the way. Im really nervous. However, thanks to that teacher, I was more relaxed than at the beginning. Anyway, because its a super-elite high school, I thought that the teacher was all strict, but that teacher is super relaxed. The chairman said she was very good and trusted by her students. I dont know if I can endure mentally if the teacher was too strict, though. Whatever the case, lets think the teacher thats in charge of me is a good person. Aside from that, I need to do greeting from the time I entered the classroom, right? I was a part-timer worker, so theres nothing that I can call a hobby Huh? This is fatal to introduce oneself, isnt it? T-this is bad What should I do I thought that I was starting to relax, but with this, I started to get nervous again. Hey, you can come in. The teacher called me to come in when I was desperately working my head to think about what I should do. Eeii, the future me will do it somehow! I didnt understand what it meant to be someone elses duty and ended up doing all the things myself, but I never went to the classroom for something like this. Encouraging myself, I enter the classroom. Eh? The first thing I felt when I entered was the students gaze. This is not particularly strange because I have to introduce myself as a trial student. However, I wasnt sure what the big surprise that followed after. I stand in front of the blackboard, wondering why everyone in the class was dumbfounded with round eyes. Ok, then, lightly introduce yourself. Y-yes. My name is Tenjou Yuuya. This time, Ill participate in this class as a trial student. Nice to meet you. I said that and bowed my head, and the moment I raised my head, no reaction is returned with everyone still being dumbfounded. Eh, can I cry now? I was about to cry involuntarily, but the teacher who laughed strangely for some reason sent out a rescue boat. Kukuku Hey, do you want to be like that forever? Tenjou is troubled. Alright, Tenjou. You sit at the very back of that window. Y-yes. Under the teachers direction, I sat down at the designated seat and greeted the student next to me. Um Nice to meet you. Eh? Ah yeah. Nice to meet you too. The student next to my seat was a female student who somehow got a cool impression with a short-cut hairstyle. She had a choker around her neck, but Isnt this kind of accessory there prohibited? Either way, its a scene that I cant see in my school except for the delinquents. Accessories are forbidden, and of course, you cant dye your hair either. However, a lot of students have dyed their hair in this class, and they also wear fashionable accessories. When I was thinking about such a thing, the teacher clapped her hands. Hey, everyone, come back now. The class is about to start. She said so, but it was only a minute after, everyone started to move in earnest. After that, I mixed with other students to experience the class. I thought that I wouldnt able to follow the class speed, but it was nothing like that, the class speed was no different from my school. However, the content was quite amazing. I was supposed to be taking classes with the same content that I learned in my school, but the clarity is different. I thought it would be boring, but I enjoyed it normally. They devised various ideas for teaching such as using manga and games as figures of speech. And what I felt after taking the class was the sense of distance between the teacher and the students. The sense of distance is exquisite at this school. Even though they were on good terms, they had a clear line drawn between the teacher and the student, and I was surprised by them who could do it well. After such a morning lesson, I am now in the middle of my lunch break. Oh, Hyoudou-san. Thank you for the textbook. Hmm, dont worry about it. Even though I was going to take classes, I had no textbooks, and the cool impression girl Yukine Hyoudou-san whos sitting next to me helped me by showing her textbook. Hyoudou-san has a short-cut hairstyle with a light blue mesh which was given a cool impression on her, and her long eyes always look half-open and sleepy. She wore her school uniform fashionably just like a casual fashion combined with a choker, she looks like a member of a musical band somehow. At first glance, Hyoudou-san has a difficult atmosphere to talk to, but she was very kind when I tried to talk with courage. When I thanked Hyoudou-san, the other students called out to me. Hey hey, theres something I want to ask! Which high school did you attend? Are you learning something? Ah, what about club activities? Hey, hey! Do you have a girlfriend? Could it be that youre an entertainer? Ah, eh, um The question from pure curiosity was something I had never experienced before, and I was at a loss of how to respond. After all, transfer students and special admittance students are the subjects of concern. Though Im actually a trial student. I dont detest it, but I was confused because I didnt know what to do, and then a boy student calmed everyone up. Hey, hey, youre troubling Tenjou, you know? Its still lunchtime, so lets calm down for now, okay? The boy student was a handsome man with a rather short dyed brown hair and a friendly smile. Hes much more handsome than my little brother or the male model who came in at the photoshoot the other day. Although he had his hair dyed, I didnt get the impression that hes a delinquent, and on the contrary, I got the impression that he was a refreshing sportsman. As he spoke up, everyone who asked me a question apologized. Ah, Im sorry! I didnt intent to do bad things. Ill ask about you again after school! Ah, yes. Everyone apologized and each of them started to move for lunch. Looking at them, the boy student called me. Im sorry. Theyre just interested in you, including me. Eh? Ah, yes. Thank you! Uh Im Ryo Igarashi. Ryo is fine. Is it okay if I call you Yuuya, too? Best regards. The boy student Ryo said so with a refreshing smile. Whoa his smile is dazzling. I was squinted my eyes unintentionally, Ryo tilted his head curiously. Hmm. Whats wrong? No Its just dazzling Eh? Whats that, saying something strange. Ryo smiled even more dazzlingly. Yep, my eyes are going to collapse. Ah, yeah. You dont know wheres the cafeteria of this school is, do you? Want to go with me? Oh, is that okay? Yeah, youre not going to say no, are you? Lets go then! Whats with this ikemen. I feel like Im about to fall in love, but I cant fall in love with a guy. Ill take your word then. Yes, can I call another friend? Its okay. I answered so and Ryo called his friend. S§×arch* The n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I-Im Shingo Kurata. N-nice to meet you, Yu-Yuuya-kun. It was a boy student who wore glasses and looked timid somehow. Yep, I feel a sense of intimacy with him. However, its kind of an interesting combination I thought that Ryos friend would be a sportsman, but Shingo-kun has an indoor impression. I had such a question, but the mystery was solved immediately. Hey, Shingo! Did you see Super Heavy Machinery God Robo yesterday? I-I saw it. Is that so!? It was the hottest thing right now! Hey, let me know if there are any other interesting anime or tokusatsu! Y-yes. Of course! Apparently, Ryo had been taught the recommended anime from Shingo-kun. I mean Hes an ikemen and a person who has a fondness of sub-culture Geez. But I think its good. When I was looking away, Ryo spoke to me. Oh, do you watch anime Yuuya? I started watching it recently, but its really interesting! Ryo is a good boy. I was able to realize it in this short time. Book 1: Chapter 5: Part 3 Another chapter, thanks to my PatronsThis is the cafeteria of the Ousei Gakuen. I was speechless. Ryo brought me to a very large space with a style that was completely different from the cafeteria I knew. Many round tables and simple chairs arranged like the terrace of a coffee shop. Students enjoy eating and chatting at each table. ...My school also has a cafeteria, but its a common cafeteria that you can find everywhere, and it wasnt this clean either. I was stunned by the sight in front of me, and then Ryo called out with a laugh. Hahahaha! Everyone will be surprised at first! But thats not all, you know? Here, look at this. Eh? The next thing Ryo showed me was the menu table. And when I read it, I was dumbfounded once again. First of all, the variety was overwhelming. Japanese, Chinese and Western foods are commonplace, in addition to that, there were Spain and Russian cuisine, too there was international cuisine from all over the world that you cant usually eat unless you go to the specialty restaurant. Moreover, dishes for each religion were prepared as well. I-it seems that the dishes here are made by the chefs who worked at a three-star restaurant. Three stars!? I opened my eyes hearing Shingo-kuns words. No, no, no. even if I can pay for it now, I cant just eat such high-class dishes all the time! I thought that then Ryo smiled broadly as if he could read what I thought. Shall I surprise you more? The food here all of them is only for 500 yen! .. I really had no choice but to be speechless. Eh, is this heaven? You can eat three-star dishes with just one coin? I dont know what it means anymore. Well, even though its only 500 yen, there are certainly students who live alone and are financially hard up, and so there is a thing called Students Daily Lunch prepared for such students. Daily lunch? Yeah, you cant choose the contents since it was changed daily, but the price is Its free. .. I already knew it from the level of classes, but its become very clear here. This school is too different from the others. While listening to Ryo and Shingo-kuns words, I decided on a menu and when we received our meal, we sat down at a nearby seat. Ryos meal is crab tomato cream pasta, and Shingo-kun is a pork cutlet. Since I heard it was 500 yen, so I decided to try something that seems to be as expensive as possible, I decided to have a set meal of Japanese black beef hamburger. Well, no, actually I just want to eat something a little luxurious. Alright, lets eat! Itadakimasu. After the pre-meal greetings, we concentrated on each meal. I put the hamburger in my mouth and was frozen by the excessive delicacy. Hey, what on earth is this? The juices are splashing inside my mouth! It feels so soft! D-delicious! (T/N: He said nikuj ga dob-tte! kuchi no naka de fuwa-tte! u,umai!) The hamburger was delicious enough to deprive me of my vocabulary. Ryo and Shingo-kun were laughing while eating their own foods as they watched me eating innocently. Hey, hey Take a look! Who is that man? A transfer student? So cool When I was eating, I suddenly noticed that my surroundings were noisy. What happened? It seems to be noisy. Hmm? It was because youre here, you know? Because Im here? Oh, its because my uniform was different. Looks like I became too conspicuous .. Hmm? What is it? No, its nothing. Why, I wonder? I feel that Ryo looked at me as if to say, Hey, seriously? but it seems just to have been my imagination. As we proceed to eat while having a friendly conversation, Ryo suddenly asked me as if he was just noticed it. Speaking of which, Yuuya, are you taking part in club activity? Eh? This school is very strong in every club, but theyre focusing more on sports. Oh, I see So, if youre doing club activities at the school youre currently attending, I wonder if youll also take part in here. Obviously, I didnt do any club activities. It would be difficult if I have to pay for the clubs expense too, and in the first place, I wasnt permitted to have such an adolescent life I responded to Ryo with a wry smile. Im sorry, but Im not doing club activities. He~e? Seriously? Its unexpected. Then, what about Ryo and Shingo-kun? Me? Im also in the going home club. Eh? I see. I thought you were a member of a sports club Even though its just my prejudice, I was surprised because Ryos appearance made me feel like hes a refreshing sportsman. Then Shingo-kun told me while laughing. R-Ryo-kun is good at various sports, he was invited by the various club at the beginning of his entry, he was really in great demand at the time. Really!? Then why? I asked while thinking that there may be other things he likes, such as manga, but he answered without hesitation. Hmm it because I wanted to do a lot of things maybe? A lot of things? Yeah.. I used to play soccer in junior high school, and went to a fairly good line but after I entered this school, I thought playing soccer was good, however, I wanted to experience various things, and so I just ended up in a going home club. A-as Ryo-kuns assistant, I know that he had truly participated in a lot of different clubs, and I had to follow him as well, and each time he left, he was leaving with great results. Haha, stop, thats embarrassing. Ryo laughed shyly as he looked really embarrassed. Hes really like a character in a manga. Its not a bad thing, hes a really good guy anyway, hes a popular person, too. S§×arch* The NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I see Is that allowed? Yeah. If you join this school, you can have various experiences without having to do club activities. In that sense, Shingos club activities have also changed. He~e? What club does Shingo-kun belong to? I asked him and he told me while smiling. I-I belong to the Game Club. Game Club!? The game, you mean? Video games? Thats right. Seriously? Can you bring a game to this school so openly? I thought that you can do as you please wearing accessories and hair color, but I wonder if theyre really allowed to do that I was surprised by the unusual freedom in this Ousei Gakuen, but Shingo-kun told me the reason. O-of course, I cant do it during class, but you can play games and smartphones during the break. It would be strictly prohibited in ordinary high schools. No students are playing around with their smartphones or games during class, and thats why even in school, the game club is allowed. Sigh I could only breathe a sigh of admiration. In other words, this school trusts students and allows both smartphones and games. But the best part is that the students are also trying not to betray their trust. Something like that, I was able to have a very fulfilling lunch by listening to many other surprising stories. After lunch, I talked a lot with people other than Ryo and Shingo-kun and all of them looked straight at me. Until now, everyone has looked down on me, though the students at this school treat me as a human being on an equal footing. I may look different than I used to, but I was very happy because I found out that everyone recognized me and looked from inside me. After school, I visited the chairmans office and talked with Tsukasa Houjou-san. So, how was this school? It was amazing. The classes are easy to understand and the facilities are well-equipped But what impressed me the most was that the students seemed to have a lot of fun. I told the chairman what I honestly thought with a smile. Yes, the students at this school were all bright. In my current school, everyone was just bored every day. The students who joined club activities often said it was dull or just want to go home during classes and breaks during the day. But I havent heard that word since I came to this school today. No, Im not saying that it wont happen, but I still havent heard of it. Everyone seems to have fun and enjoys this school from the bottom of their heart. I was able to feel it strongly by todays experience And everyone recognized and accepted this me who was always being bullied. Thats what I was really happy about. Not only is everyone enjoying themselves, but they also acknowledge me and see me properly as a person To be honest, I really want to be here, at this school. But When he heard my words, the chairman nodded in satisfaction. Is that so? Im glad if you said that. So, hows it? Why dont you go to this school? Is it really okay for me to be here? Am I really worth attending this school? I havent found anything Im good at or proud of. Theres a better child than me who doesnt know anything. Thinking so, the chairman gently said as if he had read what was in my mind. Yuuya-kun. Your value is what you decide, and you can also decide for others. Eh? And now you know that its worth it to go to this school, dont you? Thats what you think, right? I put a little time thinking of it, and answer, Yes. But I think youre worthy to attend this school. Ah Hearing his words, I looked straight at the chairman. Its okay. If you havent found your value yet and want to find it Find it at this school. You have time anyway. I can only be silent, the chairmans words came straight into my chest. And then Err Im just like this, but if you dont mind, please let me attend this school Of course! We welcome you. I was officially attending this Ousei Gakuen. Book 1: Chapter 5: Part 4 A bonus chapter at the end of the month, also, thank you very much for all of your support for this month, especially for the Patrons, I cannot thank you enough for all the support you have given me, and hopefully, this will continue in the future.Please enjoy the chapter~ Warning!! Its a lewd chapter ( ) Ill excuse myself. Thank you for your hard work today. Eh? After received my uniform, I left the chairmans office. Apparently, Kaori was waiting in front of it holding her bag. It looks like you decided to attend this school. Im not confident in myself yet, but I still wanted to go to this school. My father and I are delighted if you think like that. I was feeling kind of embarrassed by Kaoris gentle smile so I forced myself to change the subject. C-come to think of it, why are you here? Ah, do you have any business with the chairman? No, I actually wanted to do something for Yuuya-san. Oh, me? I was surprised by her unexpected reply.She wanted to do something for me What is that actually? This Ousei Gakuen is in the opposite direction from the high school where Yuuya-san attended before, isnt it? Eh? Well If so, you werent familiar with the surrounding area of this school yet, were you? Sure, I didnt often go out because of my appearance. I basically just buy the things I need on my way home from school. Therefore, I rarely went in the opposite direction from the school I attended. S-since we have this chance, I was wondering if I could show you around, Yuuya-san. A-and, besides! I want to thank you again, personally. T-thats! Youve already done it, didnt you? And most of all, Its already more than enough to get me to go to this school. Really, I got more than I should have. If I have to receive anything more While I think that, Kaori opened her mouth again after she feels a little about something. I mean, Its because I do want to hang out with Yuuya-san Do you not want to? Eh? Its embarrassing, but I didnt have a chance to hang out with guys Eeh!? Why? Its unavoidable, but I think everyone is a little restrained because of my household and also because of my fathers work However, I thought Yuuya-san could be my first one to get close with. Kaori said so with lonely expression. I seeI thought it was nice to be rich, but it looks like there are still some problems that I dont understand. Kaori looked at me, anxiously. Seeing her figure like that, the feeling I unilaterally decided that were from a different dimension is suddenly crumbled. Were all human, after all. I also confided to Kaori while being embarrassed. Um I was also embarassed since Ive never hung out with a girl either. Eh? So, if you dont mind me like this Can you show me around? Yes! There are a lot of delicious things around the school, so lets go! It was a good feeling to see Kaoris sparkling eyes. I hear that after school, students hang out together at the coffee shops and restaurants around here, is that true? Yeah! There were many shops lined up along this straight wide road. Vehicles are prohibited here, and not only students from Ousei Gakuen but also students of other schools can be seen as well. In the middle of the road, street trees and street lights were standing at equal intervals. It was such a stylish place Yes, There are also some shops that sometimes get interviews on TV. I see, there are many famous shops for young women. While looking at the surrounding shops, I suddenly asked her what I was curious about. Now that I think about it How did Kaori know it was me at that time? Eh? Even if I say it myself, but I think I look really different from the time I was badly beaten by those delinquents, however Is that so? But you have the same eyes as when you helped me, so I immediately knew that it was you, you know? Eh, eyes? Yes. Im surprised at Kaori, who declared so with a smile. Yuuya-sans appearance may have changed, but his straight, gentle eyes havent changed. Thats why I immediately realized that it was you, Yuuya-san. Straight and gentle eyes I dont know if I have such eyes, but Kaori seemed to think me like that. Even though my outward appearance has changed surprisingly, it appears that rather than on my transformation, Kaori looked more into my unchanging eyes. From Kaoris speech, she seemed to be looking at me; personally, I was pleased. As we went on with the conversation, Kaori found something. Yuuya-san, why dont we go there? Hmm? In the direction Kaori points out, high school girls are eating crepes deliciously. Crepe shop? Yes! The crepes there are popular, so I wanted to try it once! Lets go! Eh? Uwaa! Kaori, who seemed to be very happy after coming to this place, suddenly pulled my hand and went to the crepe shop. Perhaps because it has a reputation for being delicious, there are quite a few people in line. Ne, ne! Look at that. Eh? Whoa! Hes so handsome! Is he alone? Apparently not. Look, theres a lovely girl next to him. Ah, youre right. A couple of a handsome man and a beautiful girl, huh? Im so jealous! Yeah. The girl is neat and clean, and the boy is cool Oh no its so enviable, but more than that, it feels like a feast for my eyes. There are only sweets shops here, and there are many women lined up. Oh, its not strange for a man to line up here, right? Im anxious about this.When I was lined up worriedly, Kaori just realized that I was here. Ah aah!? I-I-Im sorry. I just pulled your hand in reflex Eh? Ahaah! Im also sorry! As our face turned bright red, we released our hands vigorously. Kaori and I were utterly unconscious of it, so we suddenly got embarrassed. The surroundings were also watching us in such a state. Hey. .What is it? Arent those two too cute? I know, right? I was honored to see that. H-holding a girls hand Uuh Its so embarrassing. Was it okay? She wouldnt hate me, would she? Up to this moment, if my hand touching a girl even for a bit, they will be so disgusted, and also the things I touched would be treated as filth. Oh, it makes me want to cry when I remembered that. I timidly looked at Kaori, she was staring at her hand with a blushing face. I-I This is the first time Ive held hands with a man other than my father. .. Gaaaaaahhhhhh! Its embarrassiiiiiiiinnnng! I fixed my facial expression with all I could and kept a poker face. Otherwise, Ill die in shame! My inner thought was growing awfully wild, but apparently, she didnt hate me, I was relieved from the bottom of my heart As I always thought, Kaori is really kind. But still, Im sorry that the person who held her hand for the first time was someone like me. Meanwhile, it was our turn to see the menu. Oh, theres a lot of things Everythings looks really delicious! I dont know what to choose Kaori seemed to be quite troubled, but she eventually chose strawberry creme crepe, whereas I decided blueberry creme crepe. There were several benches on the road for people to take a rest, and one of them was empty, so we sat there. Speaking of which This might the first time for me to eat a crepe.I knew what it looked like and what it was, but I didnt have a chance to eat it. I couldnt buy it because I had no money.Without further ado, we grab a bite to it, and then we reflexively looked at each other. Delicious! we say in unison. The sourness of blueberries and sweet fresh cream match exquisitely, and the moist dough gently wraps Yes, I now knew why women love sweets. Ive come to like it, too. But if I keep eating it, I might get fat again like before, so I have to be careful. Its happiness As I thought, I really liked sweets. Yes. If its so delicious like this one, I feel like I want to try and complete all the flavors. If I have a chance to come here again, Ill try for another taste.I decided to do so in my mind, then Kaori smiled, offered her strawberry crepe to me. Would you like to take a bite? Eh!? T-to takes a bite Wouldnt it actually be an indirect kiss!?In contrast to the panicking me, Kaori gently brought the crepe to my mouth while looking curiously. Here, its delicious, you know! *munch* I ate it for reflexively Hows it? Its delicious. My face was heated up that I couldnt help it, and I honestly cant feel the taste properly because it was in such a situation. As I nervously chewing the crepe, Kaori seemed to notice that it was an indirect kiss. She looked at her crepe in silence, and at the next moment, she screamed with a blushing face. I wonder if shell actually hate me this time? I looked at her thinking that way, she noticed my gaze and tried to hide her face, shielding it with her crepe. I-Im sorry Im so embarrassed now that I cant see Yuuya-san Err I should be the one to Im sorry. You didnt like it, did you? N-no! I dont hate it, but That I-i-indirect kiss Um uhh Phew, thats really a relief. Im sorry to make you feel embarrassed, but Im glad you didnt hate it. Once again, I was relieved from the bottom of my heart, but it seems I was still being puzzled and said something ridiculous. Umm Ah, right! Does Kaori want to eat mine, too? .Ah. Eh!? What did I just say? She had just felt so embarrassed and what the heck am I doing! H-however, I had Kaori shared hers to me, and I really want to return her the favor! Dumbfounded by what I said, her face was redder than before and answered with a tiny voice while looking downward. IIll take it .. I dont really remember the rest after this. Both me and Kaori were nervous from beginning to end, and after eating the crepes, I feel dizzy. In the end, she offered to drive me home in her car. Even in the car, we couldnt have a conversation and be face to face directly. The woman in the butlers clothes who was with Kaori when inviting me to Ousei Gakuen looked at our state with a warm and gentle gaze. Even until we left, the people around us were actually looking at us with friendly eyes. Hey. What? Its nice to be young, huh? Yeah, its amusing to be young. They were so cute, right? Yeah, they were so cute. Sigh That was priceless, everyone says simultaneously. We didnt realize that such a conversation was taking place. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Book 1: Chapter 5: Part 5 Sorry for the wait, Id try to bring the others as soon as possible.Enjoy the chapter~ I hung out with Kaori yesterday after having experienced the trial day at Ousei Gakuen. However, I still cant enter right away today since theres still some necessary process for it. On the other hand, I got a day off because of the transfer procedure from my previous school has done. Recently, I couldnt go to the different world, so I decided to go there after a long time. It doesnt look any different Although its been a while, there was no particular change in the house or garden in the other world. By the way, to work in the different world, I wear a set of blood war demon armor over my shirt and trousers made of royal silk. My plan for today was to explore the hinterland of the forest, which I havent explored much of yet. So, I need to prepare recovery medicine for it as well. I have learned the skill [Map] now, so I dont need to be afraid of getting lost. I went out to the fence of the house cautiously and began to explore the forest. I have been exploring the direction straight out of the fence until now. So today, Im planning to explore the other side of this house. Come to think of it; it seems that the path Ive been exploring until now was leading to the outside of this forest since I met that girl and those soldiers from that direction. Yeah, it seems that way since the forest Is getting denser in the direction I am going now. Not only with the[Presence Detection] skill, but I also proceeded while being wary with everything, and then I noticed the reaction of one living being. I activated my [Assimilation] skill, and when I approached the reaction while holding my breath, a huge bear killing its prey and eating it comes to my sight. The bear has three atrocious horns growing on its forehead and deep crimson fur. In addition to jaws and fangs that easily crush the flesh and bones of the creatures it killed. In terms of size, its two times larger than me. I activated the[Appraisal]skill to look at its status. [Devil Bear] Level: 450 Magic: 4500 Finally, I met an enemy that has stats more than 10,000. Im more balanced if comparing the stats between us, but despite that, its attack power that has over 10,000 is still troublesome. Can I kill it? I cant think of that in peaceful Japan, but since I came to this world, Ive had that dangerous thought circuit in me. However, I didnt think that that thought circuit was scary because I felt it was necessary in order to live in this world. When I spend time on earth, I dont have that kind of thing anyway, so I reckon that that feeling is only limited in this different world. In the end, I decided to attack the Devil Bear. Ill eventually fight with it anyway, and I dont know how strong the monsters in this hinterland is, nor I know where this Devil Bears caste is, so I want to measure a standard of the strength of the monsters here. I immediately took out[Formless Bow]from the[Item box]. This[Formless Bow]is a bow without a shape. In other words, its invisible to the eye. However, I could recognize it since I got a feeling I firmly held the bow. Furthermore, I could also generate an invisible arrow, depending on my will. I attached an invisible arrow to the bow and aimed it quietly at the Devil Bear while holding my breath. And then Gaaaaaaaaahhhhhh!? It was a bulls eye, the invisible arrow pierced in the Devil Bears left eye. The Devil Bear screamed in agony by the sudden attack. However, as one would expect from the monsters in the hinterland of the forest, it immediately noticed me, who was supposed to hiding from the direction where the arrow flew and stared daggers at me. It seems the bow is could only go this far Well then, the next will be this! I took out the[Absolute Spear], which I had been using the most, I approached the Devil Bear straightaway to give it a sharp blow. Haahh! Guoooooo! However, the Devil Bear uses its sharp claws to meet my[Absolute Spear]right from the front. As a result, I was blown away by its attack power. Kuh! I managed to regain my posture in the air, and as soon as I landed, I took distance. Sure enough, The Devil Bear seems to have planned to chase me but turned vigilant due to our range. The two of us have remained vigilant to each other, but the Devil Bear seems to lose its patience and is the first one to move. Gurururu Gaaaaaaaaaaahh! What!? The Devil Bear is spouting a scorching flame from its mouth. I quickly rolled over from the spot, trying to avoid it. No matter how I think about it now, it was magic, wasnt it? The monsters that Ive fought until now had never used magic, so I was more than surprised to see the Devil Bears flames. You see, I also want to use magic like this Devil Bear and that soldier. I guess thats that, huh? Do I have to wait until Im thirty? I think I have the qualities to be a great wizard[1] Oh my? My eyes are sweating now[2] Thinking about such nonsense, I thought again about how to deal with the Devil Bears magic. I feel Id be just its magics prey if I just approach it carelessly. When I was thinking about my plan, the Devil Bear spouted another flame, but this time, it made it in a spherical shape and shot it. I twisted my body and kept avoiding them, but if it stays like this, Ill just keep on slowly losing out. Whether it will be the Devil Bears magic, or will it be my stamina which will be exhausted first. To be honest, this guy is a superior opponent, so I feel that it will be the later. So when it comes to this, I had no choice but to be careful to feint it and defeat it in an instant after all, right? Im not good with tactics yet, so I can only think of such a simple thing. Eeii, its no use to think about it! Lets try it anyway! I decided to do so and then ran toward the Devil Bear. Gaaahhh! Hereupon, the Devil Bear was spreading the flame like a flamethrower as if it was saying that it wouldnt let me approach. Hey, what if there is a fire, huh? Fortunately, the Devil Bears flame doesnt seem to burn down the trees so it might be a unique flame. Its not worth worrying about, and I also understood that I couldnt get close to the fire, so I took a back-step just barely at the scope of the flames range. Guuaaaaahhh! The Devil Bear made a startling voice at my sudden movement. Ignoring it, I stepped backward and threw[Absolute Spear]at the same time toward the Devil Bear. Gaaaaahhhhhhh! At first, it seemed that this fellow was going to shoot the[Absolute Spear]down with its flames but then decided that it was impossible because of the characteristics of the spear, and instead tried to counter it with its heinous claws. Now! Since that fellow decided to oppose it with its claws, that meant that it wouldnt use its flames, right? I didnt miss that opportunity and closed the distance. Gaaaaahh! The Devil Bear raised its voice in surprise as I approached it at a tremendous speed but quickly tried to cut me with its sharp claws. Haaaaahh! I thought I wouldnt be able to get close anymore if I take a distance here, so I throw a kick with all my might aimed at the Devil Bears arm. Oryaaaaa! Guuooooooo! I stepped on the ground with all my strength and used my whole body to kick it while remembering the contents of the book I had bought at the secondhand bookstore. As a result, the Devil Bears arm was knocked away by my kick and destroyed its posture. I quickly slipped into the bosom of the Devil Bear, who became defenseless as it loses its stance. And then I equipped the [Infinity Gauntlet]on my arm. Uuoooooooooo! While using the kicks momentum, I throw an attack loaded with my full power at the Devil Bears abdomen. Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhh! Its just one blow. However, its combined with the effect of[Infinity Gauntlet]. The effect is when you hit something, the same powerful attack will repeatedly occur in the same place. The only way to prevent it is to defend against that attack or repel it. And the devil bear had no way to prevent my attack. The overwhelming series of attacks were repeated indefinitely on the Devil Bears abdomen. Finally, the Devil Bear was blown off vomiting blood from its mouth, fell, and died behind me. I somehow won in a posture like a boxing champion with my fist pumped up to the sky. Now, lets look at the item drops These are the sort of materials dropped by the Devil Bear; [Red Hair of The Evil Bear] :: The Devil Bears fur. Resistant to fire and very warm, but also has a soft texture. [Meat of The Evil Bear] :: The Devil Bears meat. The meat will be hard when baked, but very soft when cooked. [Blood of The Evil Bear] :: The Devil Bears blood. Sometimes it is used as an item for magic tools, but you can also drink it accordingly. It has a refreshing taste, and it doesnt smell like iron. This blood also can be used for dashi soup. You can acquire resistance to flames by drinking it. Hey, this blood The drop items I got were a large solid red fur, a large amount of meat wrapped in mysterious grasses, and a large amount of blood stuffed in a large bottle. Im not sure about this resistance to the flames, but If I can eat it, Ill use it for cooking next time. Normally, I may be reluctant to use blood for cooking, but I would gladly eat it if I knew it was edible. Theres nothing wrong with being frugal anyway. After checking the effect and throwing it into the item box, I turned my eyes to the rest. [Magic Stone: Rank A] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. [Flame Guitar] Rare drop items that can be obtained from Devil Bear. Playing with this guitar will make you feel uplifted and passionate. If you can master it, youll be able to manipulate the flames. Eh, aside from the magic stone, what the heck is this guitar No, I was a little surprised that the rank of the magic stone was A. The Devil Bears level was high, and it can use magic as well, so I thought it would be an S-rank monster. However, its just an A-rank monster. It has the same rank as Goblin General. Thinking it again, I cant even imagine what kind of monsters the S-rank one is. I guess thatd be okay. Now I dont know whether this guitar is better than the magic stone And this guitar also seemed to be a rare drop item, but why a guitar? It would be better to get accessories like the [Black Moon Necklace], the rare drop item that I got from the Hell Slime, however Besides, I Ive only used recorders and keyboard harmonica as musical instruments. I couldnt afford to touch other instruments for entertainment or hobbies, after all. A-and its also written that I would be able to manipulate flames if I can master it It seems that its something different from using magic, what is it actually? Well, now I have a little extra room I wonder if I should buy a guitar textbook for beginners at a bookstore and practice it? Ive never had a hobby before, but it might be a good idea to start something with this opportunity. When I thought so, a familiar message suddenly appeared in front of me. Level-Up S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Oh, my level went up. Yep, the level will be easy to rise if you defeat enemies who have a status above you. And then I immediately checked my status; [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Magic: 5900 BP:200 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 7] [Presence Detection] [Fast Reading] [Cooking: 5] [Map] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Assimilation] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] I went up two levels. Not only my own level, but the level of[True Martial Arts] also went up. This is a good sign then. For now, theres not much BP that I got, so I just swung it all to my luck stats, and its become 8600 now. Yosh, then, should I go a little further? After checking various things, I stepped back into the forest again. At the time when Yuuya was exploring the forest, theres been a significant occurrence in the entertainment world on earth. Hey, did you see that photo? I saw it! That one whos in the photo with Miwa-chan, right? Whos that boy? From which agency is he? I really have no idea about that. The time when Miwa did a photoshoot together with Yuuya in the shopping mall became a hot topic in the agency where she belongs. The information network of the entertainment world cannot be underestimated anyway, and the man who did a photoshoot with Miwa hasnt only become a topic in the agency where Miwa belongs to, but also in the others agencies In other words, there was a lot of talk about Yuuya right now, in spite of only a short amount of time passing since the photoshoot. And on that matter, not only did the model on the photo, Miwa, become even more popular but also the photographer, Hikari, who took the photo, has become a super famous person in the entertainment world. Hey, investigate the things about that boy! What is the boys name!? What the hell are the scouts doing now!? Well definitely find him! The various fashion-related agencies were starting to make a move to scout Yuuya. And yet even the agency where Miwa belongs to has also asked her about Yuuyas name. Still, since it was Yuuyas personal information, Miwa decided not to tell them about it. The photographers Hikari is also one of the rare people who wasnt interested in the agency idea, and he also didnt tell Yuuyas name for the same reason as Miwa. Therefore, Yuuyas name was never known by the agency. Miwa and Hikari, or even Yuuya himself, did not know whether this decision was good or bad. But, both Miwa and Hikari have conducted it for Yuuyas sake, and it wasnt so relevant because Yuuya himself hadnt even dreamed the topic about him had become a hot issue now. Besides, the current Yuuya is a hikikomori. He only goes out when hes run out of his daily necessities or when he goes to the school, and his daily needs have just been replenished the other day, so it would be even more difficult to meet him. Its more fun to spend time in a different world for the current Yuuya, and unless theres something happening, he wont stop exploring in a different world. However, it was only a matter of time before Yuuya was known to society. [1]- One of Japanese internet slang which stating that a person can be endowed with magical powers and become a wizard if they reach the age of 30 without engaging in sexual intercourse. [2]- A retarded way to say you are crying. Book 1: Chapter 6: Part 1 Another chapter for today, join my Patreon to read up to 4 chapters ahead.Part 1 From this sunny day, I will be attending school as a student of Ousei Gakuen. I was wondering about the transfer procedure, but apparently, the board chairman had also handled it, so there was almost nothing I could do. I really feel indebted to him. Be that as it may, I couldnt help but to excited to think that I could go to that Ousei Gakuen from now on. However, although I received my uniform, I dont have a textbook or P.E uniform yet, so Im going to receive it tomorrow. Until then, Ill have to ask the person next to me to show her textbooks and just observe during P.E class. I was attending school while thinking about such things, and students in uniforms from Ousei Gakuen began to come into my sight here and there. Hey, hey, that The person rumored yesterday!. Wait Isnt he much more handsome!? Amazing from which model agency is he? No, Ive never seen such a handsome model before, you know? Hmm Strangely, their eyes are gathered on me. Is there a problem with my uniform? I arrived at the school with some anxiety, but, first, I went to greet Tsukasa-san in the chairmans office. Then, like yesterday, he welcomes me with a gentle smile. Oh, it looks good on you. I-is that so? Somehow, there were a lot of eyes on me, so I wonder if it really suits me Umu You might have to start with confidence in yourself. Eh? No, its nothing. Leaving that aside, youre going to begin your life at this school from today. As I said yesterday, I couldnt prepare your textbooks and P.E uniform until tomorrow. Im sorry about that. No, no! Its okay. It saves me if you say that. Ill get it ready tomorrow morning. Yes, thank you very much. After finishing the necessary conversation, the chairman and I chatted a little bit. And for the last one when it was time to head to the classroom, he told me; If you have any problems, dont hesitate to tell me. However, there might be a case where Im not in school and tell my daughter, Kaori, at that time. I dont mind just hearing the story later. Really thank you very much for everything. I bowed my head with a whole lot of gratitude. Dont worry about it. Now, its time to go to the classroom. Your new school life is waiting for you from now on. Yes! I bowed once again and went to the classroom where I am going to spend my time. Then, Yuuya Tenjou decided to spend another time in this class. Its been a while, but everyone should get along, okay? Yes! said everyone in the class. My class was the same as before, and Ryo and Shingo-kun looked at me, waving their hand with a smile. Its amazing. I cant believe theres someone who accepts me properly. I almost cried because of the difference in treatment I got until now, but I finished a simple greeting and took the same seat as yesterday. And greet Hyoudou-san in the seat next to me again. Hyoudou-san, please take care of me again, umm, Im sorry, but I didnt get my textbook yet, it should be ready tomorrow, so can you show me yours again for today? Hmm, please take care of me, too. Ah yeah, got it, I dont mind, and you can just call me Yukine, anyway. Thank you! Truly, Hyoudou-san I mean, Yukine is a good person. I will thank her again if there is an opportunity for it.And, thats how I started taking classes in my new class. Amazing It was in the afternoon class. After finishing lunch with Ryo and the others, it was the time for P.E class. Moreover, it will last for two hours. Since I becomes strangely sleepy after lunch, Im grateful for this kind of physical activity class. However, I couldnt participate because I didnt have the P.E uniform, so, I will only observe for now. In front of me, there was a scene in which Ryo keeping the soccer ball dribbling it and pulled out many students. By the way, Shingo-kun is in the same team as Ryo and standing in front of the goal.Yep, Im also not good at sports, so I know why he wants to be in that position. Wai-! Somebody, go stop Ryooo! No, wait, he has marked by three people, you know!? If with three people arent enough, five will do! Then, five students rush to Ryo alone, but Ryo is just broadly grinning, looking at the spectacle as if to ridicule it. Thats a bad move, you know? Oops. Geeeeeeee!? the five students shouted in amazement. Ryo kicked the ball up with his heels, he let it pass over the heads of five people, and he himself followed the ball and slipped out between them. No Shingo-kun said Ryo was amazing, but hey, it wasnt just a joke, hes really amazing Right? The boys who on his team might be relieved, but the boys who became his enemy will be desperate. Eh? When I involuntarily muttered that, I hear a voice that answered my mutter. I turned toward the voice in surprise, and there was a cheerful girl with a ponytail. Ah, did I surprise you? Just a little Uhm? I know the students who are in the same class as me, but I still dont remember their names. And, it seemed to have transmitted to the other party, and the girl said while making an apologetic face. Sorry, sorry, you must be wondered about my name, right? Im Kaede Kazama! Nice to meet you, Yuuya-kun. Nice to meet you, too. Kazama-san. When I answered so, Kazama-san smiled bitterly. You can just call me Kaede, you know! Ill also call you Yuuya-kun. I-is that so? Alright, then. If I think about it, everyone just calls out with a given name Its too friendly. When I thought so, the other girls also came near us and supporting the boys. Do your best, everyone. Go, go, go! Hey, run even more! Although I was a little surprised at the scene, I asked Kaede. Are the girls taking a break? Yes. Thats why the girls come to see the boy like this. The boys are different from us in terms of strength, after all! I see I was convinced by Kaedes words and shifted my gaze to the field again; the boys morale exploded because the girl had come to see them, and their movement has improved because of that. You guys are really easy to understand, oi. Yooshaaa! Please look at my brilliant footwork! No, no, you should look at me instead! Thats also good, but more than that LETS STOP RYO! they said in unison. Then, unlike before, everyone except the goalkeeper went to stop Ryo. Whoa!? W-what is it!? Hand me the ball! No, Id be the one whos taking it! Get out of my way! Youre just a hindrance! Ryos face has to twitch, looking at the opponents team rushes to him as the same as the scene of carnage. A-as expected, I wont be able to handle this much TAKE THISSSS! Ryo laughed as the enemy team shouted out a war-cry as they plunged toward him. Oi oi Football is a team game, you know? HEEEE!? the enemys team shouted in unison. Ryo passed the ball he was keeping to one of his teammates. AAAAAHHHH!? they were clamoring as if just realized about it. Youre all idiots Everyone, except the keeper, was heading to Ryo, so the enemy space was defenseless. The student who received the ball was a smooth blonde ikemen guy. Fufufu It was me who got the ball. You couldnt win anymore! Look, this is my special shoot! After he brushed his hair with his hand, he shot the ball with great strength toward here. Heh!? Hey, idiot! Where are you kicking it? Ryo said so involuntarily, but he was stunned. However, the ball is approaching here at a terrible speed at such a time.How much power did he put into it? Leaving that aside, the girls, including Kaede, were close to this unexpected situation, they were unable to move, and some screamed and crouched on the spot. When I saw it, my body was naturally moving, and when I noticed it I stood in front of Kaede, who was on the straight line of the ball and did a jumping volley aiming at the ball that flew here. Despite the flying ball, my kick hit beautifully and went straight to the goal that Ryo and his team were originally aiming for. And then N-no way T-thats a goal S~ea??h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Are you serious The ball which flew at an astonishing speed made a beautiful goal. I landed without difficulty and called out to Kaede, who had dumbfounded behind me. Are you okay? Eh!? Eh, ah, uun! Im fine! Is that so? Thats good, then. No, I was delighted. Since I went to the different world, my physical abilities have dramatically improved, and I was able to contain the girls without harming them. I wonder if Ive become pretty strong in here too?This is including with the man who once disturbed Miwa-san before. Anyway, it was good; I still had the time to do that. The reason why I was able to move quickly was that I had a lot of experience kicking and knocked its strong-arm away in the battle with the Devil Bear. I was relieved of that, and when I smiled, Kaedes face turned beet red, but she immediately shook her face and asked me as if she just remembered something. Ah!? Yu-Yuuya-kun! Whats that movement just now!? Ive only seen such movement in the manga, you know!? Eh? U-um No matter what it was I just could do it. Recently, learning how to move my body in the different world, I was able to reproduce the movements I imagined. Well, I had a hard time. My body moves, but my consciousness couldnt catch up.Nevertheless, what would she think when Kaede sees the movement when I fight against the Devil Bear? During such a conversation, the other girls also say thanks to me. Then, Ryo came to us. Im sorry, were you all right? Yep, Yuuya-kun protected me. Thats good, then. Or rather, Yuuya, that was really amazing. Isnt it okay for you to join the club? Eh!? Yuuya-kun, are you in the going home club!? W-well Until now, Ive barely been able to move because of that damn fat, anyway. Yuuya-kun, you dont look so muscular, though. K-Kaede! When I remember my old days, Kaede touched my arm and stomach. Wow, thats amazing. I couldnt tell it from the top of your clothes, but when I touch it, you have a great muscle! I was surprised by how stiff it was! I-I wonder if it is right? Im serious, you know. Im training in the track and field club, but I really couldnt get any muscle. Look, its soft, isnt it? Ueeee!? I was ultimately off guard, and Kaede guided my hand to touch her stomach.Its soft No, its not what I mean! K-Kaede-san? This is I think its not a good idea to let a boy to touch your body. Eh? Ah, s-sorry. I was doing it unconsciously. Kaede hurriedly released my arm and pulled her head with her face turning red.No, I dont think youre doing it unconsciously! I think youre just a little defenseless! A-ano! Suddenly, we heard a loud voice. I turned my face to the voice and saw a blonde boy who kicked the ball before. Wondering what had happened, he immediately does dogeza with a flowing movement. Im really sorrrryyyyyyyy! I was fascinated by a moment looking at the excessively beautiful dogeza, Kaede, immediately told him. Its ok. Its ok. I didnt get hurt at all! Oh Will you forgive me? I will serve you for my whole life! Eh No, I dont need that Goddamn! Hes kind of funny, isnt he? Hes a student of the type I had never seen before in high school, but he seemed to be a good boy. He stood up and said, Well You saved me as well. Thank you. he thanked me, too. Yes, well, Im glad I could handle it, too. Be careful next time. Ill be handling it carefully next time! Replying to that, he introduced himself as he just recalled it. Oh, since you dont remember my name yet, so Ill do it again. My name is Akira Ichinose. Im the one whos called[Young Noble of The Ousei Gakuen]! No, Ive never heard of it before. Ryo smiled bitterly, hearing my tsukomi. As you can see, Akira has some habits, but hes not a bad guy. Well, it may take some time for you to get used to his joke. What did you say. Im very normal, you know? Hey, look at me! While saying that he brushed his hair, it might be an action that looks pretentious if he did it normally, but it suits Akiras well. Hes amazing. Indeed, he has a weird habit, but he seems to be a good boy This school is really interesting. I cant think of it in my previous high school. Thats what I thought again. Book 1: Chapter 6: Part 2 Heres todays chapter. Im sorry, there will be only one chapter this week.Ill try to bring more on the next week, enjoy~ After the physical education class, Kaede and the other girls went to the changing room to change their clothes. Also, the girls from the next class had already begun to change their clothes there. There is Kaori in it, too, and Kaede, who acquainted with her, called out to her while changing clothes. Ah, Kaori-san! Could it be that your class after this is P.E class? Yeah, how was that? S§×ar?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Kaedes eyes shined at the words. Listen, listen. The transfer student, Yuuya-kun, is amazing, you know! Eh? Yuuya-san? Yes, yes! Todays boys class was football, but the ball that Akira kicked flew towards us who were watching. More precisely, the ball happened flew towards me! I thought, ah, it will hit me! But, Yuuya-kun kicked the ball back with an amazing movement. Moreover, the ball went straight to the goal! Wasnt it amazing!? A-amazing movement, you said? The confused Kaori asked Kaede, who spoke with excitement. Then, Yukine, who dressed next to Kaede, spoke up while taking off her P.E uniform. Hmm. As Kaede said. Its like in a manga or an anime It was like a movement in such a world. Right!? It was really amazing! Is that so? It was cool, you know! Yup, yup. I mean Dont you feel that hes like a Prince? Oh, I know that. I feel like that kind of atmosphere from Yuuya-kun, too. Following Kaede and Yukine, other girls began to talk about Yuuya. By looking at the situation, Kaori knew that Yuuya was accustomed to the class and was relieved. And then, Kaede blurted something out of the blue. I wonder if Yuuya-kun has a girlfriend. Eh!? Y-Yuuya-san, has a girlfriend? Ah, no! I also dont know the truth, you know? Its just that hes so cool. Ah y-youre right. Kaori, who was surprised hearing Kaedes words, was relieved by the words that followed after, but this time she tilted her head in puzzlement as to why she was relieved after knowing that. Ah, if I dont hurry, the class will start! Really!? Sorry to keep you here. No, dont worry about it. Do your best in physical education! After looking at the clock, Kaede and the others realized that it had been quite a while, rushed to change their clothes, and immediately jumped out of the changing room. What is this feeling? Kaori murmured after Kaede and the others came out of the room. She was just confused by the emotions she had never experienced before. Lexia-sama has returned safely. What? It was at the royal capital Montres located in the center of Alceria Kingdom. A man had received a report in a room at the royal castle located in that royal capital. In other words, you have failed? Thats what its all about. Tell me more about what happened. Yes it went well until we separated Lexia-sama from the knights who escorted her, but the place where she ran to wasthe Great Devils Nest. What? The man frowned at the words of the person wearing the hood. Great Devils Nest Why did she go into that land? It seems Lexia-sama herself didnt know that she went to the Great Devils Nest, and the people who were on the task were also chasing her too far, and as a result theyre all dead. Fool The monsters of that land are unusually strong. That Wait, you mean Lexia survived? Yes It seems that the escort knights who survived from the attacks of my brethren protected Lexia-sama. I dont understand. They all set their feet in the Great Devils Nest, but why was only Lexia is safe and my assassins were killed? Did a monster attack them? Or did the knights chase them in time and kill the assassins? My apologies, the information I got is only up to there Sigh Useless. The person wearing the hood told that apologetically. The man looked down on him and closed his eyes, but he immediately opened it up and turned a sharp glance at the hooded figure who was lowered his head in front of him. Could it be Did they tell about my identity? I cant say for sure, but I dont think theres any concern about that. The man then sat on a luxurious chair and poured the glass of liquor that he had on his hand into his mouth. And then, threw the glass to the person wearing the hood in front of him. You cant say, you said? Dont spit out anything silly. Who you think picked you bastards up and raised you, filthy orphans? It was Your Highness. Then dont ever open your mouth about my information even if you dieSigh. Considering that theres no soldier coming here, it seems that they still do not know about this. As the man says, the identities of the people that attacked Lexia werent confirmed yet. It was also because the goblin general had disfigured them to the point that they cannot be recognized anymore, but above all, they did not divulge a single word of information about the man, who was their lord, to Lexia. But theres no doubt that this will make them more vigilant. Lexias own strength is known, but the knights who follow her are also troublesome. Do you understand? Yes. This failure is bigger than you think. If my mistake is known, it will shake my position The person wearing the hood can only be silent, hearing the mans words. Next. If you screw up your next mission You wont be of use anymore. Ill keep that in mind Good then, you can leave now. Ha! Then, the person wearing the hood disappeared from the place as if melting in the darkness. The man leans his back on the chair, then muttering something with a disputing mind. Dirty blood Your presence in the royal family is a hindrance to me Ill definitely kill you next time. The muttering had swallowed up in the darkness. The location has changed, and Lexia is resting in her own bed in the royal castle of Alceria Kingdom. On Lexias side, a middle-aged knight Owen, asked her with a worried expression. Excuse me, Lexia-sama. How is your condition? Yeah, Im fine. After a mysterious group attacked Lexia, she returned safely to the royal capital and has reported the matter about the incident. Still, the King couldnt make a big move because there was not much information about the mysterious group. Are you really sure? Yes. I dont want my father to worry about it anymore. Im safe like this, so thats enough. Owen realizes that there is no use to asking about her condition for more than this and decided to asked Lexia for another matter. Lexia-sama. Could you tell me what had happened in that Great Devils Nest? I already said it when I woke up, didnt I? I have no idea about who that group was or who sent them. And, it was the Goblin General who killed them all Thats strange. When we rushed there, we didnt see the Goblin General. And considering the situation, its hard to believe that only Lexia-sama was being overlooked Even if you say so While saying that Lexia remembered something, the appearance of a certain young man crossed her mind even though its also a bit vague because of the shock and the fatigue that she received after attacked by the Goblin General. Come to think of it! I was saved by a man! A man? said Owen with a wondered expression on his face. Yes, he was about the same age as me. As Lexia-sama!? He beat the Goblin General at an age that seemed to have just come of age Owen was deeply surprised by Lexias words. Even for Owen, he could barely subdue a Goblin Elite alone, and it wasnt very unthinkable to defeat the Goblin General that is above it in terms of rank and power. Moreover, Owen is a talented person so that his name is not only known in this Alceria kingdom but also other countries. Unlike in Japan, in this country, ones could be recognized as an adult at the age of fifteen, and it is hard to believe that a young man of that age has a much higher ability than Owen. However, Lexia herself was aware of how far her words were from common sense, so she immediately tried to deny it. B-but, it could be what I saw was only a mistake or illusion due to my despair, yeah, maybe that. No, thats not true. Eh? Lexia, who never thought she would also be denied, let out her voice involuntarily. Actually, when we perceived Lexia-samas presence, there was another presence near you. However, that presence was disappeared cleanly for some reason, so I thought that I misunderstood it. W-well then, that man is real Yes, I dont know who it is, but he certainly existed. So, how does he look? Well, let me see A beautiful black hair and black eyes. I kind of feel like he was like a foreign aristocrat. Black hair and black eyes, huh? Its certainly rare in this Alceria Kingdom Moreover, if hes a foreign noble, it might be a little troublesome. Troublesome? No, we cant find anything, for now, lets stop speculating things. Its not clear why that young man erased his presence, but I think theres no such thing as hostility or harm from him, and I think thus far, theres no need to be very vigilant about him. Owen couldnt welcome more people targeting Lexia. However, considering that he didnt kill Lexia under those circumstances, he thought it would be too early to conclude that he was an adversary, so he decided internally to take the same precautions as the other nobles. Not knowing about the decision Owen had made, Lexia looked out the window and sighed. I wonder who he was If I could see him again Lexia breathe out a small sigh again. He saved me, and I must thank him immediately! Wha-? Owen raised such a voice at Lexias words and had a bad feeling at the same time. And yes, that feeling was right. Ive decided. Lets go to the Great Devils Nest once again! We may be able to meet that person again! L-Lexia-sama!? Thats dangerous! And you also just got attacked by assassins Its fine. Were going to Great Devils Nest, right? So, no one will come after me. The problem is with that Great Devils Nest itself. Youve just experienced it yourself, right? Thats very dangerous! Yes. But if you come with me, Ill be fine, right? Even if Im with you, the Great Devils Nest is still a very dangerous place. First of all, what are you going to say to His Majesty!? Owen is undoubtedly strong, but the story changes when it comes to whether his strength is acceptable in the Great Devils Nest. He might be able to deal with it if a Goblin Elite attacked them, but if it were a Goblin General, that would be impossible. Before that, he didnt think that the King would send out his beloved daughter, who was just attacked. Its okay. Ill convince father. And it is not good for the royal family to not express their gratitude after being saved I want to meet him in person and say my gratitude! B-but! Ive already decided. Ive already decided to do so, and Ill go to my father right away! P-please wait, Lexia-sama! In the end, Owen couldnt stop Lexia, and Lexia went to talk directly to her father, the King. Book 1: Chapter 6: Part 3 While the story progressed with Yuuyas ignorance, Japanese trends were all about a certain person.Hey, did you see this months CutieBeauty? I saw it! Who was the boy next to Miwa-chan!? He looks like an ordinary person, but hes super cool, isnt he? Yes, a fashion magazine that uses the photo of the model Miwa and Yuuya has been released. There were many subscribers in the magazine in which Miwa, a model soaring in popularity, was listed in it. They were mostly young women. But, their eyes were snatched away by Yuuya, who was in a two-shot photo with Miwa in that magazine. That photoshoot was probably done in a nearby shopping mall, but I wonder if hes a localperson!? Hes like at the same age as us most likely a high school student, too, right? Eh!? If so, Id be super jealous of the girls in the same school as him! I might become a fan I mean, that smile is dangerous, right? The photographers skill is good, too! The subscribers are not only people who dont know Yuuya but of course, some people know him, too. Eh This is, Yuuya-kun!? No way, are you serious!? Is he the rumored special admittance student? Yes, yes! Hes in the same class as me, but hes super cool! Hes so amazing at the P.E class the other day! Eh, tell me about that in detail! I cant believe theres such a handsome guy exist Honestly, he looks better than any idol or actor that Ive seen on TV. Ah, I thought so too! No, you dont even have to compare it. It was well-known to the people of the same Ousei Gakuen, but the topic of Yuuya was also in a particular scene . Miwa-chan! Ah, Hikari-san! Good morning. Good morning. The magazine with a photo of you and Yuuya-kun is selling greatly now, and it seems to be inundated with orders. Eh!? I-is that right? The topic of Yuuya came out again, even among Miwa and Hikari, who had taken the photoshoot with Yuuya. Yes, Ive been a photographer for quite a long time, but this is the first time that a magazine that has my photo to be sell this well. Amazing, Yuuya-san What are you talking about? Miwa-chans popularity has also risen, right? The director was also laughing a lot when she suddenly got a lot of work to do. Ah-ahahahaha Miwa smiled bitterly as she imagined the director of the agency they belonged to. But Yuuya-kun is really amazing. Only one photoshoot of him has already made a lot of noise in society. Hows it? Miwa-chan. Why dont you attack Yuuya-kun now? Eh!? T-thats impossible! Yuuya-san is indeed very kind, and he had helped me when that male model harassed me, but because hes so cool, he probably already has a girlfriend. Ara, I dont know that. But, its hard to find such a good boy, so if you get a chance, try to attack him. Miwa tried to react to Hikaris words, but he had gone away just like that, so she could only mumble. Geez, Hikari-san But if Yuuya-san really doesnt have a girlfriend Sear?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The story was getting bigger and bigger without Yuuya knowing about it. What will happen to him when he goes to school tomorrow He doesnt know yet. Its been a while since I started attending Ousei Gakuen, but I felt a lot more gazes toward me than usual. There were a lot of girls who turned their glances at me, too. Wa-wait! Isnt he that man in the magazine!? Eh, no way! Isnt that Ousei Gakuens uniform!? He looks cooler than in the photos! Thank God~, I could see him here. Some people have pressed their hands together while looking at me for some reason. Is there someone behind me?! What is that? Scary!? (T/N: Pray posture.) Then, one of the girls who was looking at me spoke to me. A-ano! Yes? Can we shake hands? Eeh!? S-shake hands? What? This is. Whats with this situation? I was confused by this unreasonable situation. Then, the other girls who were looking at me also came to me all at once. M-me too, please! Ah, you unfair! Can I take a picture? Please, become my friend! No, wait, I really dont know why!? Perhaps they mistook me for someone?Other than that, I couldnt think of any other reason why strangers would ask me to shake hands, so I hurriedly turned it down. S-sorry. Probably youre mistaking me with someone else! I-I I have to go now! Ah! Feeling a little fear in a situation where I was suddenly surrounded by strangers, I went to the school to run away. In the school, When I walked in the corridor, somehow, many students also looked at me while whispering, so the doubt inside me only expanded. Whats really going on here? Could it be, my zipper is open!? No, it would be strange to ask such a person to shake hands. I checked my pants, but there was nothing unusual about it. It would be the end if I were told that it was weird. In the end, I arrived in the classroom without knowing anything and sat down in my seat, but then, Kaede came over to me in excitement. Ah, Yuuya-kun, Yuuya-kun! Good morning! Good morning. Youre already in full spirits in the morning huh, anything happened? Im always like this, arent I? Rather than that, look at this! Eh? Kaede suddenly placed a magazine on my desk. Here! This page! Its Yuuya-kun whos in the picture with Miwa-chan, right!? Ah yeah, its me. The book has been released, huh Some time ago, I had a photoshoot with a model, Miwa-san, at a shopping mall. But when was this picture taken? Whats in the magazine was a photo of Miwa-san and I chatting happily on a bench. However, its not a pose that instructed by Hikari-san; this scene was I wonder if it was taken when I was talking about modeling with Miwa-san So, thats why we didnt take anymore shoot after that, huh?Anyway I was laughing naturally in this photo, so in the end, I guess it was good, right? Other photos were also used, but the photos on the bench were the biggest; they were used in two facing pages. Kaede let out a small breath as she was convinced while looking at the magazine alone. Haahh~ So, its really Yuuya-kun, huh. This photo is so good. Really? Thank you. But the photographers skill was excellent. And Miwa-san is amazing, too. No, no, no! Its because Yuuya-kun is in the photo with that Miwa-san, thats why the photo looks amazing!? Kaede says so, but if she looked at the scene of the photoshoot, she wouldnt be able to say so. My face and body were so tense. Then, Kaede suddenly pointed at one photo while pouting her cheeks. But, isnt this a little too close? Eh? The photo that Kaede pointed to was the one pose that Miwa-san hugged me. I know its a job, but are you two going out? Eeh!? N-no, were not! Hmm I see You arent dating yet, huh I hurriedly denied it, but looking at Kaede, why did she look somewhat relieved?And while I was talking with Kaede, a lot of other students were also talking while looking at me. Look, look, its Yuuya-kun! The photos are cool, but still, the difference in experience is still visible. Haahh I thought he was cool, but I never thought that he would do a photoshoot alongside with the popular model Miwa-chan But Yuuya-kun is so kind. I somehow calm down when I see him talking with Ryo-kun and the others. Tell me more about that! Eh, w-what? You scared me Looking at the classroom, I guess there are a lot of students who saw the magazine other than Kaede. Wait, did the person who asked me for a handshake while I was on my way to school had also look at the magazine? But, did I really give this much impact in just one shot? Im not a great model like Miwa-san If someone wants to shake hands, then they should ask it to Miwa-san instead. While I had that thought, Ryo and Shingo-kun entered the class, and as soon as they found me, they rushed at me with high speed. Hey, Yuuya! I knew that you were amazing! Amazing? Yeah, you were featured on TV! Eh? I could only let out a dumb voice hearing Ryos words.Me on TV? No, no, stop joking. I dont remember being on TV. It-its true, you know. Who is the man in the photo with Miwa-san, a model whose popularity is skyrocketing Seriously? Im serious. Here, look! Ryo showed me some of the news posted on the video site with his smartphone. ( Anyway, who is the man in the photo with Miwa-chan?) (Hes just like a supernova that suddenly appears.) (Yes. His appearance is good, but that aura that can be seen even from the photo is a little different from idols and actors, that elegance isnt something that everyone can bring out. I cant believe its just an ordinary person, let alone a rookie!) (Its strange that there hasnt been any fuss about him until now.) (The people in the industries also wish to bring him, dont they?) (Thats amazing, isnt it?) I was mute in amazement, seeing the video. This is is it really about me? Not another person? As far as I watched how Yuuya was, I cant believe it was you Eh, is that so? B-but, Yuuya-kun, youre completely frozen I still didnt understand it, but I remembered what happened this morning. So thats why I was seen and talked to by so many people this morning As I thought, it was so odd. I dont believe that one magazine has an influence on it, and yet, its hard to imagine that it would make a situation where so many people are calling out to me. However, the story would substantially change if it were featured on a TV like this. As I watched the video on the smartphone completely dumbfounded, Kaede told me excitedly. Its amazing. Yuuya-kun has become a hot topic among the girls right now! I dont know why people get excited by the topic of me like that After all, I am nothing, Im not an active idol either in the first place, why me? The moment I said so, the three people floated an expression as if the emptiness had pierced them. Eh? Whats wrong? U-um, Yuuya? Are you serious about what you just said? Yeah. Hikari-san is really amazing. Other than the photo on the bench, he could make me look cool in the other photos, too. Yu-Yuuya-kun Isnt your self-confidence too low? I wonder? I think its appropriate, however As everyone says, I think my appearance has changed. But I cant like myself. My previous appearance has etched into my brain and cant be separated, and I dont know how many times I wanted to quit that body even if my appearance changed. Youta and Sora, which should have the same blood as me, were blessed with their appearance, and that just makes me more severed. Thats why I dont really like myself. Well, unlike before, Ive ranked a little bit from completely hate to I dont like it that much. This is also thanks to me leveled-up in the different world. It would be nice if I could build up my confidence little by little, but I cant believe my inferiority will suddenly disappear, and I cant like myself right away. With a slightly dark expression on my face, Ryo said to me with a serious look. Yuuya. I dont know what you had experienced in the past, but what are you going to do without admitting yourself? Eh? Thats why you have to be more confident and honest with yourself! Can I be confident? Its okay if you decided that yourself, right? Im not sure but its okay, isnt it? Im not sure if you arent sure either Ryo-kun, you dont have to worry about the details. said Kaede. I-Ill help you too. I understand that because I dont have confidence myself. said Shingo-kun. This school is really full of warm people. I felt my heart warmed up, hearing the words of these three people. Book 1: Chapter 7 Another chapter for today, and its a whole chapter 7.Please enjoy~ During the class, I was vaguely looking out the window. The words of Ryo and the others this morning made me think about various things. I have to be more confident, huh? I was writing the contents on the blackboard instinctively in my notebook without paying attention to the teachers words. I should not, and Im in the class right now, so I have to listen to the teacher seriously, but I cant concentrate. Looking at the outside, another class was doing the P.E class right now at the sports ground. And when I looked closely, I could also see Kaori there. I was looking at such a class scene, and our eyes happened to meet; she waved her small hand at me. I also shook my hand to her reflexively, but then I remember that I was in the middle of the classes, I immediately tried to get my consciousness back on the blackboard. Hey!? What the heck are you all doing!? Suddenly the sports ground became noisy. The commotion reaches our classroom, and not only me but also, but the other students also notice it. Whats wrong? What happened? When everyone looked out the window, there were men with flashy looks running around the sports ground on their bikes. There were dozens of them. Moreover, every motorcycle was basically a two-seater, and they also held nailed baseball bats and other dangerous objects in their hands. The students who were studying on the sports ground panicked, and the teacher was frantically soothing them, but before they knew it, those flashy men already surrounded them. What are you all doing? Youre annoying, shut up! One of the men swung the bat mercilessly to the P.E teacher who approached to warn them. Since hes a P.E teacher, he somehow managed to avoid the attack. Then, several teachers came out of the staff room. You guys, continue the study by yourself. My class teacher also went out of the classroom in a hurry after telling us to self-study. However, since everyone was worried, they couldnt study and rushed to the window to look at the outside. What? Whats going on? Hmm? That demons emblem, I feel like Ive seen it somewhere I-isnt that the Red Ogres emblem!? Red Ogre!? I was startled by those words. Why is that? Because thats a group belongs to Araki, who had bullied me in my previous school. No way Why are they here!? When I saw the teachers desperately trying to persuade the delinquents on the sports ground, there were people I knew among them. Wh- Youta Sora? I found Youta and Sora standing while smiling behind the delinquents. Moreover, when I look carefully, there are also other people who had bullied me with Araki at first on the list. I was overcome in surprise and couldnt understand why were they here, and then Kaori talked resolutely to the delinquents on the surroundings, even though she had been encircled. What do you want from our school? Sorry, but my father is not in school right now What do we want? Of course, to make a mess, it had been decided, you know? Kaoris question wasnt answered by one of the delinquents but by Youta. Youre Oh, you remembered me. I thought the elite-sama had forgotten about me. But if you do remember, I dont need to explain it, right? What would you do with this? The police will be here soon. Why are you doing this? But you cant do anything until they come, can you? We have more people here than the teachers there. Most of all, we have many hostages here, yes, its you guys! Kaori was surprised at Youtas words. As Youta says, there are only a dozen or so teachers, and its not very good, they wouldnt be able to deal with all the members of the Red Ogre. Rather, Youta smiled unpleasantly in front of the teachers, Kaori, and the others, who were not able to move. A particular muscular man among the delinquents called out to Youta. Oi, Youta, are you sure you want to do this? It will be troublesome if the cops come. If your purpose is the woman there, you can just take her, right? Ah yeah, but If hes really here, Ive also had some business with my shitty big brother, but thats fine. Well then, lets just take that person back. Yeahhh. Lets do it flashy when we get back! A man with a glint in his eye began to close the distance to catch Kaori. The teachers tried to stop him, but the other delinquents restrained them. Besides, they were unable to barge because the delinquents are showing movement to harm other students. Wait, this is horrible!! B-but, what should we do? Ryo and the other students feel that its a terrible situation, but they also cant move frightened by the delinquents. I honestly scared, too. The memories when I had been bullied had flashed back, and my body is still trembling now. However, while Im shaking, the delinquents are getting closer to Kaori. I I Hmm? Hey, Yuuya Are you okay? You look pale, you know? Want to go to the infirmary? Looking at me trembling, Ryo and the others showed me how they were worried from the bottom of their heart. That kind of treatment made me ashamed of myself. They were concerned, I just trembling and couldnt move This is, well, isnt this no different from before I leveled up? I then remembered Ryos words in the morning I dont have confidence in myself, no matter what I do now. No, I dont want to have one. I was scared and was unable to move, even though Kaori is about to be taken in front of me. What would grandpa say when he saw me like this? When I first met Kaori, I just made a scared voice. I wasnt able to help her in a cool way at that time, and I only unilaterally was beaten. But I should have been more proud of myself now. My body has become stronger, but my heart is getting weaker I have to apologize to grandpa, to the different world, too and above all, to my old self. I cant immediately have confidence, but Still, when I have one someday, I want to be more proud of myself! Then, what should I do now!? That will be Eh!? Yuuya!? Hey, wait a minute, wha-! Whoa!? My body was moving when I thought about that. I put my foot on the window frame and jumped down Uoooooh!? What are you doing!? Yuuya-kun!? Its on the fourth floor, you knooowwww!? Ryo and Kaede screamed, leaning their body out of the window, looking at my action jumped down in front of their eyes. However, I landed on the ground unscathed after a jump-off from the fourth floor. Are you alright?! Yuuya! Im fine! Oh, thats good then thats not what I mean! Hey, what are you doing!? Im going to step in for a moment! Theyre not like a convenience store!! I thought it was terrible for Ryo and the others up there, but I rushed to Kaori and the others anyways. Youta, Sora! Yu-Yuuya-san!? Shitty big brother. What is it, isnt he saved us the trouble to look for him. The teachers, Kaori, and Youta and the others were surprised that I came. Then, Araki smiled and asked Youta. Hey, Youta. This guy, can I do it? Yeah, just do it moderately and then take him together with that girl. Hehehe Its been a while, you son of a bitch. Im going to mess up your annoying face right now and put it back to what it was. Araki said that and surrounded me with the other people who used to bully me. Each hand is holding a metal bat and a wooden sword. I used to be trembling or just being unilaterally done. But Ive grown and leveled-up in the different world. Im no longer afraid of Araki and the others. I just want to help Kaori and the other students and teachers now! Well, then First, Ill beat you with this one-strike! Despite using a metal bat, Araki just swung it with all his might without any hesitation. The teachers and students around me who saw it screamed. However, a completely different feeling came to my mind. H-huh? Isnt it too slow? Immediately after making a big decision, I suddenly amazed before the attack. Now that I think about it, I heard the male model who was harassed Miwa-san at the time when I did the photoshoot was a former boxer, but he wasnt strong at all. In the end, it was nothing compared to the monsters in the different world. Despite being in a more critical situation than when with the male model, Arakis attack didnt seem to be a threat compared to the monsters in the different world. Uhm At any rate, it appears to be safe to receive this attack, but it might not be so from the perspective of the people who dont know the reason well anyway, its bad to take it directly. Yotto. Aah? I shifted my body upfront to avoid it, Araki opened his eyes for a moment, he didnt think that I could avoid it, and immediately wrinkled his brow like he was displeased. You What are you doing, bastard! Oh, I just dont want to get hit Huh? Dont get cocky You just avoided it by chance. Ill get rid of your impertinent attitude right now! As a matter of fact, Araki swings his metal bat again, but none of it is hitting me. It doesnt have the amazing power of Goblin General, let alone the techniques that have accumulated over many years. An attack that just simply swings just like that wouldnt hit me. Dammit, dammit, dammit! Stop avoid it! A-Araki? Well go, too! The other delinquents who were puzzled by Arakis looks also attacked me all at once, but even as the number increased, none of them could hit me. These delinquents other than Araki doesnt have particularly unique martial arts nor do they have a superhuman stats. On the contrary Oryaaa! Agahh!? A-Araki! What are you doing!? Huh!? That guy approached me. It was his fault!! He was hitting his ally instead of hitting me. I deliberately moved to a position where they could beat each other, but this went unexpectedly well. This technique seems to be usable in the different world, too. I used to be frightened by Araki and the others, but the fear has wholly disappeared while avoiding their attacks. If the fear is gone, the rest is just to do the same as when fighting in the different world. All I have to do is to use my surroundings and move according to my advantage. This time, the target to be used is the other delinquents. Seeing Araki, who has run out of stamina due to striking at the empty air and friendly fire, the muscular man who was approaching Kaori before, had become irritated and shouted. What are you bastard doing? Thats enough. Hey! You go. Usu. It was a man who was like a wrestler coming over and pushing Araki and the others aside. He has dreadlock hair and a lot of piercings, and he has an unmatched big body compared to the other delinquents. Hahaha, that guy was so brutal that he was expelled from the sumo wrestling industry. Hey, defeat that man quickly. Thats why you were out of luck, brother. Oraa, go to sleep! The giant sumo-wrestler man gave me a sharp slap. But Oops. Huh? I grabbed his wrist, stopped the slap. Th-This is! I stopped the giant whole might slap, but he began to slap with his other hand. On the other hand, I let go of his wrist and reciprocate by slapping his hand, too. Haahhh! Guaahh! I only slapped it lightly, but because of the overwhelming difference in stats, my opponent had received a backlash more than I expected. S-son of a bitch The giant distanced himself once after the backlash for being slapped and tried to strike me with his body while showing an angry face.If Im just an ordinary person, I would have been blown away. On the contrary, it might have become a terrible experience since he will get a mount position. However, I currently caught his body strike right from the front, and hold him without moving even for one step. Gu-Gugigigi!? The giant tried to push me while scraping the ground. And then, the muscular man who instructed him showed an irritation when he saw me still moving. Hey! What are you doing!? Dont play around and kill him! U-usu! Guuuuu!? Wh-why its not moving!? He seems to have put more power into it, but my looks havent changed at all. Amazing. As a result of fighting directly with the Devil Bear and Goblin General, it seems that I wont be losing by being overmatched against an ordinary person. I was thinking that while watching the giant, who is desperately trying to push me away. However, I cant keep this position forever, so I put my hand on the giants body and tried to lift him slightly. Hoo~ Uuaaaaahh!? I lifted him very easily. I reflexively lift him with one hand since it was too light, but the weight didnt change at all. And since it was too light, I spontaneously threw him like a ball. Guoooohhhh!? I played and tossed the giant with just one hand; he just could scream at this absolutely impossible situation. Whats going on with my physical strength? H-help meeeeee! Ah. Gyaaaaaaaahh!? As a result of the giants struggling to escape from my palm, I lost control of him, and the giant flew to the distance with a great force. He fell to the ground from a considerable height, then fainted with blank eyes. Everyone is at a loss for words looking at the scene.No, wait, Im surprised as well. I thought I was certainly getting stronger, but it was unthinkable for me to have this insane strength on the earth, too It would be too hard to understand throwing a person just like a baseball ball. But, even though I gained this strength up to this point, it was still dangerous since I could still be overwhelmed in the different world; I have to be stronger. While I clutched and opened my palm to ascertain the feeling, the muscular man who had returned to his sanity shouted, getting impatient. Hey, you! Get rid of that guy first, before taking care of the teachers! Y-yes! the delinquents shouted in unison. Oh The other delinquents whore keeping the teachers in check gathered and started targeting me. I was ultimately out of hands, right? And even the giant, too More than that, it would be troublesome to be involved with the police. No, it may be too late. Well then, Ill make them attack each other. Guee!? Hey, move, youre in my way! Youre the one whos in my way guhaahh!? While carefully positioning, I keep avoiding the delinquents attacks within a hairs breadth, and gradually reduce their number. However, since their number has decreased, the frequency of them hitting each other would also be reduced, so Ill have to move directly soon. Thats enough, you guys, step back! Ill do it myself. At last, the muscular man who might be the leader came to me. He probably couldnt endure it anymore. You bastard How dare you make fun of us Red Ogre, huh!? Ill kill you regardless of your relationship with Youta The muscular man standing in front of me, he had blonde hair and was full of piercings like the giant. He has a flame tattoo or something like that on his right arm, and a red demon emblem embroidered on the back of his black jacket. He said such a dangerous thing while cracking his knuckle, and then throw his fist aimed at my face. Oraaa! Haaaa! I responded to it by deflecting the mans fist with my palm. Tch You son of a bitch! Yep, as one would expect from a leader of a delinquent group, he was hitting me continuously at a speed that was unmatched by the other delinquent until now. I can tell that each blow will cause considerable damage to the ordinary person. But, I deflected them all with my palm. Shit Do you do some martial arts!? I didnt really learn martial arts, I just read various martial arts books that I found at the second-hand bookstores, and put it into practice when I fought in the different world, but even if I say that, he wont believe me, not that I want to tell him anyway. Stop it and die already! The leader who has been hitting consecutively until now suddenly launch a sharp kick aiming at my temple. I was thinking about something while avoiding it. The monsters in the different worlds fight instinctively, but when it comes to human opponents, they are different. The instinctive attack is unpredictable, but the mans attack just now is mixed with feints, Its related to human strategy. From a close look, I could imagine from the movement of the man in front of me was probably doing some kind of martial arts. Although I have real fighting experience against monsters, I only have a little experience in interpersonal fighting, so it gives me a bit of experience against this muscular man. In some of the martial arts books I bought at the second-hand bookstore, The writer said he could steal another style technique just by looking when fighting against them, and I already remembered the movements of this muscular man regardless of whether I can use them or not. T-this guy! Perhaps he felt something from my gaze as that was observing him, the man attacked me even harder, hitting and kicking me using another technique. But I avoided it all unscathed, and I burned his movement to my eyes. You bastaarrrdddd! The man took the soil of the ground when realizing that it wasnt possible to win by the straightforward attack, and threw it to my face. Thus, my sight is deprived, showed him a chance for just a moment. Go to heeelll! The muscular man didnt miss the moment; he launches his best attack that he can do aimed at my face. However, my body reacted to the attack, and while I am in a position to receive his blow, I threw him as if I was carrying a backpack. Agaahhh!? The man was thrown to the ground vehemently. I wont give him the time to rest, and just like the time with the male model, I locked his arm to his back and held it like that so he couldnt move. Kuh!? Let me go! The mans arm is completely locked, and with his movements sealed, he desperately tries to escape from my restraint, but my body doesnt move at all. Then, the police came, and the delinquents were detained one after another with the help of the other teachers. B-bastard! Let me go! Shit! The delinquents continued to curse while being detained by the police. The muscular man I was holding was also handed over to the police and was about to be taken away. N-no way That Red Ogre is Seeing the delinquents detained in front of them, Youta and Sora looked pale. I was relieved that most of the delinquents were arrested in this way. Shit, shit, shit Youtaaaaaa! This is because of you! Youta was shrieking in fear, the muscular man who might be the leader of Red Ogre escaped from the police restraint by force, and run toward Youta as it is. Then, he gripped Youtas collar, who wasnt able to move as if his vigor leaving his hips. If you hadnt planned this, we wouldnt have had this kind of thing! You are absolutely unforgivable! No, stop it! H-hey! Let Youta go! Shut up! Youre also guilty! Hyiii! sea??h th§× Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Sora insists asked the man to release Youta, but the muscular mans vigor completely withered her. And, the man turns his bloodshot eyes to Youta. Thats enough. Ill strangle him to death here and kill you, a shitty woman in the same way! Oh, ah, ah! No, no, noooo! A-anyone, anyone! H-h-help! The muscular man put his hand on Youtas neck, whos crying and shouting with his face messed up. The police tried to stop it, but while the other bad guys were detained, they would start to rampage again, they lack manpower. And the moment the muscular man tried to strangle Youta, I noticed that my body was moving. Let him go. Ah? B Big brother? I hold the mans arm and pull it off of Youtas neck. Guuh!? W-what is this power!? The leader desperately resisted, but he couldnt match my power and released his hands from Youta as is. I pulled the man off of Youta, and he released his arm obediently. Gahakk! Oeekkk! Are you okay? I rubbed Youtas back, who had been choked off violently and asked him. Then, Youta muttered at me, stunned. W-why Why, I was I dont know why Well, youre my little brother, after all. He seemed to be very shocked by hearing my words. Bastaaarrdddd! Dont get in my waaayyyy! Without minding the interaction between Youta and me, the muscular man charged straight to kill Youta. But As I thought, I cant let you do that to my family. Wh-!? Gahaahh!? I closed the distance with the man in an instant and kicked his unprotected belly as it was. Even though Im still holding back, the power of the kick from my leveled-up body was tremendous; the impact penetrated to the back of the muscular man, I chased after him who was floating in the air and gave him a roundhouse kick in the air. Then, the man blew away for a few meters, and when he fell to the ground, his eyes turned white and he blacked out. Everyone has a loss for words looking at it. After a series of flows, the place went quiet. And then Uoooooooohh! Cheers rose from the school building. That was awesome! What was that movement!? Isnt it so cool!? Or rather, he wasnt hit even once by those delinquents attacks!. No, wait, I thought my motor nerves were already amazing when I was in a physical education class, but I cant say that anymore Ive never seen someone getting blown off like that! The students who had been watching the turmoil from the window were talking about my action. And then, Kaori was running toward me while I was watching at the surroundings. Yuuya- san! Are you all right!? Ah, yep. Im okay. What about Kaori, are you okay? Eh? Oh, y-yes! Im fine as well! I briefly looked at Kaoris whole body, but it seemed that she was not injured. Its good then I was able to help her before something happened to her. I was relieved from the bottom of my heart, and then Kaori collapsed on the spot, probably because her thread of tension has broken. Are you okay!? Eeeh, Im sorry I felt relieved, and then, its like my power left me all at once. Big brother While doing such an exchange, Youta and Sora came to me with a sad face. Kaori, who was looking at them, tried to stand again to protect me, but I told her to step back. Yuuya-san? Its okay. I smiled to reassure her and faced Youta and Sora. Big brother Why did you do that, even though I Ive been bullying you Sure, Ive had a lot of trouble. Seeing you two who are much better than me, I felt like my heart would break many times. And yet Yeah, if my family is in trouble, I have to help them Thats what I thought. From someone elses perspective, Im probably a soft-hearted and naive person. If I think about what Ive been through, it cant be helped usually. I couldnt forgive Youta and Sora, either. I can never forgive them for making a fool of grandpa, and given the many things, Ive received so far Various dark feelings come to mind. However, its stillNo matter how sweet it is from the surrounding people say, this is me. I cant abandon my family. After hearing my words, Youta opened his eyes and started to shed tears. I I! Im sorry I am so sorry! Sora was also crying next to Youta, and then, theyre also taken by the police. While seeing them off, Kaori asked, worrying about me. Was it okay? Eh? Yuuya-san must have had a hard time because of those two So Yeah. Theres been a lot of things, and I didnt forgive them either. Kaori fell silent. But Its okay. Because this is me. Oh So thats it. Kaori, who felt something in my words, was surprised for a moment and immediately smiled. And the smile on her face turned into a slightly mischievous smile. Come to think of it I was helped again. Eh? Ah Was I able to help properly this time? Its not just this time. Even before, Yuuya-san helped me properly. Yuuya-san is my hero! Despite blushing hearing of Kaoris words, I was delighted that I really moved to help I thought that from the bottom of my heart. The commotion quickly settled. All of the delinquents were detained by the police and taken to the police station. The commotion seems to have originated from Youta and Sora, who knew that they were not able to enter Ousei Gakuen. Each of the members of the Red Ogre, including Araki, originally had a problem with their conduct, so they had been sent to the reform school after being expelled from their original school, but Kaori more or less helped Youta and Sora, so they werent expelled. But still, it will resonate greatly in their report and the grades. It was quite a big fuss, but thanks to the board chairman, there was no particular trouble in the media. Speaking of the chairman, when the delinquents came to the school, he wasnt in the school because of his work, and when the case was resolved, he came back immediately. When he discovered that Kaori was in danger again this time, he showered me with his gratitude as much as he did before. He showered his gratitude again and again, but I was already delighted that I could attend this Ousei Gakuen Well, I had no choice but to receive it. Anyway, in the end, the injured people had been handled And, the next day, I was a little afraid to go to school. Regardless of the circumstances of what had been occurred, I easily kicked people and send him flying like that. Therefore, when I think about the gaze of fear, even just a little from those kind people Its horrifying. I arrived in the classroom while thinking that. I timidly opened the class door while feeling depressed Oh, Yuuya! I was anxious about yesterday, you know? Yuuya-kun! You didnt get any injury, right? Are you really okay? I-I was really scared just looking at it Eh? Eh? I had no choice but to be perplexed in front of Ryo and the others who had suddenly come to me. The other classmates also called out to me with a smile. Yuuya-kun, you were so amazing yesterday! I cant believe you could win against that many delinquents, let alone unscathed Its really amazing! I mean, that big guy, you lifted him with just one hand!? How did you do that? In the first place, you jumped off from the fourth floor, didnt you? Are you sure youre okay? Yuuya-kun! By all means, why dont you come to the aikido club!? No, no, no, Its better for you to join the judo club! Didnt you guys see that kick!? So, it has to be my taekwondo club! Everyone treated me gently and brightly. I thought everyone might be afraid, but they all are kinder and warmer than I expected. There was nothing like before I leveled-up in the different world. I thought that only the different world would make me feel at ease Thats not entirely right. I was able to level up and meet kind people like this. Thank you, everyone! Leveled-up has really changed my life. Book 1: Epilogue And heres bonus chapter as a closure for the volume 1.Please enjoy~ Epilogue In a room in a certain building I finally found you Yuuya Tenjou! A woman laughs fearlessly in front of a series of Yuuyas photos spread out on her desk. I cant let you go with that outstanding talent you have, right? Muttering so, the woman stood up and called one of her subordinates. Kurosawa! Are you calling me, Manager? Its a job. Please contact this young man. Understood. The woman smiled deeply when she saw her subordinates leave. Ill be the one who will get him! Looking at the woman, the two people who were invited to this room Hikari and Miwa, looked bewildered. Both of them had tried to hide about Yuuya somehow, but they failed. Manager What are you going to do when you find Yuuya-kun? No matter what it takes, Im going to bring him to my agency. With Miwa and Yuuya-kun, who is now so popular, well be even bigger! But We have to think about Yuuya-sans feelings, too The woman opened her eyes in surprise, looking at Miwa, who told her opinion, despite her modestness. Nonsense, Its a chance to get into the entertainment world. No one would refuse this. Not only Miwa but also Hikari couldnt say anything to this woman who says so with absolute confidence. Fufufu Yuuya Tenjou I want to see you with my very own eyes as soon as possible The location has changed, and there was a certain rumor in the Alceria Kingdom when the person who was trying to make contact with Yuuya appeared. Hey, did you hear about that? Oh, the thing about Lexia-sama? Yes. It seems that something happened during the last visit, and because of that, shes going to go to the Great Devils Nest. Its strange, isnt it? Speaking of the Great Devils Nest, its a place that even adventurers cant get close. There are strong monsters, and there are also rumors that say that there is material for making elixir in there It also seems to be a person living in the Great Devils Nest, and Lexia-sama is going to meet that person. Huh!? Do people live in such a place!? Or rather, why is she going to meet that person? I dont know if thats it, but If theres such a person living in there, that person must be eccentric. It was a place that Yuuya didnt know, and there was no doubt that his very existence was rumored. Well, I think Ill go to the different world today. A little after the things with Youta and the others, I decided to go to the different world after a while. Ive been exploring the forest, but I havent met anyone from this world besides the ones from the Goblin Generals battle. Well, Ill come across them sooner or later. Someday, I want to go out of that forest and do some sightseeing in that world, too. I finished eating and went to the different world. Im currently fighting against a monster that wouldve killed me if I met them in the past. Its because I became stronger now, and because I think I could still become stronger, and its also training that helps me to spend time in this world. Haahhh! Guoooooo! For that reason, I encountered a Bloody Ogre along the way, and I was actively fighting it now. Its very different from when I met it before. Stepping in with all its might and making a big fissure on the ground, the Bloody Ogre shook its strong arms to resist my[Omni-Sword]. Haaaahh! Gugaaaaaahh! However, I cut its arm, jumped up without killing the momentum, and cut the Bloody Ogre from its head. At the same time, when I landed with ease, the Bloody Ogre has became a particle of light and disappeared. Phew Hmm? When I was collecting the drop item of the defeated Bloody Ogre, there was a reaction from my[Presence Detection]skill. However, the reaction is not only one, but many. What is it? I was kind of worried about the identity from those presences, I moved while erased my presence with[Assimilation], and finally reached the target location . Gaaaaaaaahh! Guoooohh! Shit! To think we would meet a group of Goblin Elites! Whats wrong with this forest? Even if when only one appear, its already dangerous! Dont just move your mouth. Protect Lexia-sama no matter what! Four goblin elites are fighting against the soldiers that I saw in this forest before. Among them, the middle-aged knight was fighting alone against one of the goblin elites, but the other soldiers arent doing the same, and although it seems like they are somehow managing to hold them up now, they will soon be defeated. Honestly, I dont know the affiliation of those soldiers, and I dont know if they are enemies or allies, but I had no choice but to help them. With[Assimilation] activated, I approached one of the goblin elite, and then swung my [Omni-Sword] and beheaded it as it is. Eh!? W-what the hell is going on sea??h th§× ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. By attacking the goblin elite, the [Assimilation] skill was canceled. Still, I pierced the [Omni-Sword] through the heart of the other goblin elite, I just flowed without worrying about it. Gaaaaaaa! Then, another goblin elite who returned to its senses attacked me, but I just calmly watched its movements, it swung its large sword. I shifted my body to avoid it within a hairs breadth, I come into its bosoms as is, right below its swinging arm, and beheaded it with [Omni-Sword]. A-amazing Whats going on? Is that the person that Lexia-sama talked about? I turned my eyes to the last one, the middle-aged knight just pierced it to put it an end, it seems like my help was not needed. Well What am I going to do now? Its nice to have helped them quickly, but I dont know these people very well Moreover, the soldiers seem to be somehow wary of me It was difficult to speak somehow, and when I was thinking about leaving, the middle-aged knight called out to me. Im sorry, we are safe, thanks to you. Thank you. Eh!? Oh, no, dont worry about it. I just happened to pass by I see Could it be, youre really Yes? The middle-aged knight folded his arms as if pondering something, and the other soldiers began to talk in a whisper. S-so he really exists Then, he? Yes, he actually defeated that number of goblin elites alone He looks to be about the same age as Lexia-sama More than that, look at his atmosphere Is he a noble? Uhm? When I was confused, looking at these soldiers, a girl came out of among them. Ah! A Goblin General previously attacked this girl. At that time she was muddy, but now she has a beautiful appearance. The girl opened her eyes widely when she looked at me, and then S-say. Y-yes!? Please marry me. Yes? She said something outrageous. Book 1: Afterword Heres the afterword, thank you very much for following it.Well start for the next volume on the next week. Afterword S§×arch* The Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. On this occasion, I really want to say thank you very much for buying this book. I am the author called Miku. This work was posted on the web novel posting site Kakuyomu, and I received the grand prize in the modern fantasy category of the contest held on that site. Thus I was able to make it into a book. I have made a significant addition and correction from what I had posted on the Web, and I think that the degree of perfection is considerably higher than the content on the Web. As I was writing this work, I discovered many things that I had never been aware of before, and I think I was able to grow a little bit as a writer. Currently, as a fourth-year student at university, Im going to graduate from college next year, and Im in the process of preparing to make my dream come true. Therefore, Im very sorry to all of you the readers, I think that the content on the Web should also be updated, but I dont have much time to do it. Ill do my best to update it as soon as possible. Finally, I would like to take this opportunity to express my gratitude to the people involved everyone on the selection committee of the Kakuyomu Web Novel Contest. I was really happy when I won the grand prize. Thank you for choosing my work. Editor in charge. Thanks to unfamiliar meetings and lots of advice for improving the work, I was able to complete the work more than I did on the Web. Thank you very much. I think that I am still inexperienced and I may bother you even more, but I hope you can associate with me To Kuwashima Rein-sama. Really, thank you very much for drawing the cool and cute characters. I was really impressed when I received the illustrations. Please help with it again in the future. And to all the readers who read this work. I think there are many poor-quality parts, but I would like to devote myself to making it a little more interesting. Im looking forward to seeing you again. Miku Book 2: Prologue Heres the new chapter and prologue for the volume 2.Eid mubarak for those who celebrating. Enjoy~ Prologue I, Yuuya Tenjouwas a victim of bullying on earth, but one day I found a mysterious door in my house. Beyond that door is a super-dangerous different world where monsters that you have never seen on earth are running rampant. As a legacy of a person that calls himself a sage, I decided to take over a house that monsters could not even invade along with super-powerful weapons and items. I managed to make full use of the skills and titles I acquired by coming to the different world, as well as the items that I had inherited from that sage. Moreover, I leveled-up by defeating those monsters and was able to live a life that is one hundred percent the opposite of what Ive lived until now. I could even make friends in the real world and grow up little by little in the different world After I spent many satisfying days like I had never experienced before, one day, I encountered a human in the different world for the first time. Before this Ive only been fighting monsters, so to meet someone was very refreshing. Well, theres that sage anyway, so I could tell that humans existed there However, my first encounter with the otherworlder wasnt satisfying; it ended up with me saving a girl in a dress that was attacked by a monster. I thought that I wouldnt meet people again unless I went out of the forest. But now, I meet the girl again in the same way as before. Please marry me. ..Yes? I could only be dumbfounded, hearing the sudden words of the girl wearing a gorgeous dress. What is this girl talking about? I wracked my brain thinking that the thing that I just heard might be a mistake, but then the middle-aged knight rushed to the girl; he seemed to be in a panic. L-Lexia-sama!? What on earth are you thinking? Whats wrong? That was a marriage proposal, you know? I know that! What I am asking is, why did you say such a thing all of a sudden? Arent you aware of the fact that youre a princess? And you didnt know about him yet! Its love at first sight! Do you have a complaint? Why are you mad at me despite being in the wrong! Uhm, is this something like a show? I was dumbfounded seeing the manzai-like interaction that took place in front of me; then I involuntarily looked over the surroundings, the other soldiers shrugged their shoulders like saying, Oh, it started again. Eh? Was it a daily occurrence? T-that sounds quite troublesome, huh (T/N: Manzai is a traditional style in Japanese culture similar to double-act comedy or stand-up comedy. ) While thinking that, I looked back at the middle-aged knight and the girl. The middle-aged knight who noticed my gaze cleared his throat and said: Ahem! Pardon my impoliteness. I showed you something unsightly. If possible, Id like to introduce myself and talk in a place where we could calm down Im Lexia von Alceria! W-whats your name!? Lexia-sama. Didnt you hear me say to talk about in a safer place? I asked before you decided that! I-I dont know anymore Hearing the girls words, The middle-aged knight put his hand on his forehead and looked up to the sky. Well, uh If you dont mind, wanna come to my house? The middle-aged knight looked pitiful, but since I could only think that my house as a safer place, I suggested so. Its quite dangerous to invite someone who I didnt know whether theyre an ally or enemy yet, but considering that they had a hard fight against those goblin elites, I think Id be able to manage it even if thats not their real strength. If the worst comes to the worst, Ill just escape to Earth. Only me who can pass through that door, after all But, well, somehow these people dont seem to be bad. I cant say thats the truth since its just my intuition anyway. The soldiers who heard my suggestion seemed to be more agitated than I expected. A-a house!? In this Great Devils Nest!? I dont know anymore He seems to live here. Really, who the hell is he? As the same as the soldiers, the middle-aged knight opened his eyes in surprise, but he immediately nodded. Thats good then. Thank you very much. He suddenly invited me to his house! W-wait a minute, I need to prepare my heart first Lexia-sama, please stop talking already The middle-aged knight sighed as if he were tired. There really is a house Isnt this a completely different space? Why is this kind of heartwarming space in the middle of this this Great Devils Nest? At the house or rather, when I invited them to the safe area around the house, the soldiers were stunned, looking at their surroundings. I guided them to the house as it is, but since theres not enough space for everyone to enter, only the middle-aged knight and the girl will come in, and the others will be waiting outside. We sat on a chair, facing each other, and after taking one breath, the middle-aged knight opened his mouth. Once again, Ill introduce myself. My name is Owen. I am a knight who serves Lexia-sama in the Alceria Kingdom. This time, I want to thank you for saving Lex No, I have to thank you for saving all of us. Thank you very much. P-please raise your head! I just happened to pass by at that time! He suddenly bowed his head, so I hurriedly asked him to raise it, but the middle-aged knight Owen-san didnt want to hear me at all. No, although it was just a coincidence, this is the Great Devils Nest, after all. Its a miracle that we were able to get out safely after we stepped on this dangerous place. For that reason, I want you to receive my gratitude. I-I understand If he takes it that far, I cant say anything more. My cheeks were twitching involuntarily, hearing the common sense about this forest, even though Ive done it smoothly so far, but this place is still a dangerous place from the perspective of the people from this different world. While I was having that thought, the girl introduced herself once again. Im Lexia von Alceria, the first princess of the Kingdom of Alceria. Thank you very much for saving me! N-no, its okay, Im glad that youre safeHmm? Princess? My mind had stopped. Now that I think about it again, before we came here, Owen-san and the girl When they were arguing, surely, Owen-san said that Lexia-san is a princess Umm, Owen-san. What is it? Err Lexia-san is a princess? Thats right. Shes also the first princess. Ive had treated her impolitely, but Was that okay? Once I calmed myself, I asked Owen-san, and he nodded with a smile. Yeah, dont mind that, its okay. This is an informal meeting anyway, and most of all, youre our benefactor. Still, I thought I was famous, but do you actually mean that? Oh, uh Im sorry. I apologized involuntarily. Please forgive me. I have no idea about the common sense of this world No, it might be something that one should know about. T-then, should I call you Lexia-sama? Lexia will do! Please just drop the honorific! I asked since I didnt know what to call her. She was depressed a little while ago, but this time she said so with enthusiasmwhat a fast switchover. No, wait, even so, if you think about it normally, isnt it wrong to call out a princess without honorific? Thanks to Owen-san I somehow managed to make her understand In the end, Ill call her Lexia-sama only in public, and Lexia-san when in private. I-I wonder if its really fine? Im just a minor citizen; after all, Im somewhat scared of it Now that Owen-san and Lexia-san have finished introducing themselves, its time for me to introduce myself. Um Im Yuuya Tenjou. Im living in this forest. I have nothing else to say I mean, I do have something else but, as expected, I cant tell them that Im an otherworlder, right?. While in that thought, Lexia-san and Owen-san were talking in a whisper. Tenjou Yuuya? Its a name that I never heard before. It really sounds unfamiliar in our kingdom But the fact that he has a family name As I said before, probably he really is royalty or a noble from another country. Thats true Theres too little information. Anyhow, our common sense had stopped being valid since the moment we heard hes living in this Great Devils Nest A-ano? Ah, pardon me So, Tenjou is your name, isnt it? Eh? Ah no, Yuuya is my given name, and Tenjou is my surname. Fumu The names order is different from our country. Well then, Yuuya-dono. To tell you the truth, we came to this Great Devils Nest in order to looking for Yuuya-dono. (T/N: In Japanese, the surname comes before the given name, for example, Yuuyas name would be Tenjou Yuuya, but in the order of English, his name would be Yuuya Tenjou, I also made a mistake for his name before, so I would also use Yuuya Tenjou from now on. My apologies.) Eh? Looking for me? From the atmosphere, Great Devils Nest probably refers to this area, but it sounds dangerous. Well, its really dangerous, though. Rather than that, did they come to such a dangerous place just to look for me? And then Lexia-san leaned her body forward with glittering eyes. Thats right. I came here because I wanted to meet with Yuuya-sama again! E-ehh? Yuuya-sama is Im not someone befitting of something like that, so if you call me Yuuya Rejected! Thats too unreasonable Why do I have to be called like that by a princess of a country? Thats not funny. I Ah, do you want to meet me with the same reason as Owen-san? (T/N: He called himself Ore at first and corrected it to Watashi to talk more politely.) Thats right. I wanted to meet you in person by all means and give you my gratitude. I see Obviously, Id never imagined that royalty would say thanks directly, and I cant think of her situation, but Lexia-san is an honest person. I remember the situation when the goblin general attacked her, and the fact that she came to give me her thank is So, please marry me! Wheres the gratefulness in that? Yep, why and how does she use the word marriage for that? Is marriage equal as to thanks in this world? Its different, isnt it? W-wait Lexia-san and I just met and talked in person for the first time. And also, why me? Why not The goblin general attacked me, and I fell in love at first sight with the figure that helped me so gallantly! I indeed saved you when the goblin general attacked you, I also dont know what to do now but as expected, its too forced. Can you think a little more about it? Lexia-san is a princess, isnt she? Thats not good! Its written in the books that there is love which begins from at the first sight, too! No, no Yuuya-dono also have to study a little more about you first said Owen-san. I-Im not sure, but Im having a hard time here, Owen-san. Ano Excuse me. Um Im glad Lexia-san feels like that toward me, but its too sudden Yup, that must be a suspension bridge effect, right? I mean, I guess shes too excited and isnt able to make a calm decision since she just got out of the situation of being attacked by a group of goblin elites. I cant talk about love, but I think she should calm down and think about it And also, Lexia-san is a princess, right? Our social status are just like heaven and earth. Im just a minor citizen, after all. When I apologized and declined, Owen-san didnt seem to be particularly concerned, but Lexia-san flashed her eyes for some reason. I see This love doesnt seem to be easy! But, I got more fired up! Theres always an obstacle in every love story! Eh? No, its nothing. T-then, what if we started as friends? Friends? Thats right Its okay, right? Im delighted if you call me a friend. I hadnt had anyone that I could call a friend until a while ago. It was an unprecedented experience to say so clearly. But Lexia-san is a princess. Is it okay to quickly decide on being friends with me? Owen-san, who realized my feelings, answered before I asked the question. It wouldnt be a problem if it is Yuuya-dono. You seem to be a foreign aristocrat or royalty, and on top of that, you live in this Great Devils Nest. There should be no problem with your surroundings I couldnt hear well because the words in the latter half were sloppy. Why do I have no problem? But I wonder if its okay even if he approves that. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I suddenly turned my eyes to Lexia-san; she was looking at me with hopeful eyes. Ugh If you see me like that Etto, best regard from now on. Yes! Likewise! Thats what she said; she was very happy and gripping my hand. To be so happy just to be friends with me Im so glad, too. Now that we were able to express our gratitude, actually In fact, I have something to discuss with Yuuya-dono. Discuss with me? Owen-sans corrected his seating posture. I also stretched my back. Yeah, because of the story of Yuuya-dono helping Lexia-sama, His Majesty, the king decided to meet Yuuya-dono to express his gratitude. So, I would like you to come to the royal castle with us. R-royal castle!? Royal Castle is the place where the king lives, right? No, no, no, please wait! Even if you suddenly told to come to royal castle! Im sorry I know thats too much. However, His Majesty would like to thank Yuuya-dono directly because Lexia-sama is very important to him. Y-yes, but Also, its not good to say nothing to the benefactor of a member of the royal family. Excellent intelligence agents of other countries will soon find out that Lexia-sama has been attacked and that there is someone who helped her. If we dont do it early, theyll have a chance to get in. Ugh The countries here I cant say anything when it comes to different world cultures. Im just an outsider who was lucky enough to come to this word, after all. Obviously, I have to follow this worlds culture as well. Ano Is it okay for me to go to the royal castle? I dont know about the etiquette at all Its okay! Not even I am perfect! Why are you saying that so proudly, Lexia-sama? And as for Yuuya-dono, I dont think theres anything in your behavior that bothers me particularly. No, it might not bother you, but what about the king? Arent you supposed to speak politely in front of the king? Theres no way that this level can be considered proper etiquette! Still, Hearing Owen-sans story, I have to go to the royal castle. One question, how long does it take from here to the place where the royal castle located? Its not too far. Around one days journey. I see In other words, it takes two days to make a round trip, one day to greet the king, one day for the unforeseen situation at least it needs four to five days, huh I have to go to school, so it seems like the only way is to use the closest golden week holidays. Excuse me, could you wait for another month? A month? In other words, in thirty days? Oh, right. I casually said a month, but even if the flow of time is the same, it may not be the same as how to count the days and months! Fortunately, its roughly the same as on earth, but Im going to the royal castle, and I have the opportunity to spend time in a different world as well, so I have to be careful about that. The thirty days that Owen-san says were just the same as the number of days until the golden week. In response to my request, Owen-san showed a little trouble but nodded. I know this is unreasonable to say. Well definitely wait for a month. After a month, it will be fine, right? Yes. I can leave the house for a little while at the time. You did it. Owen! Its the best thing youve ever done! Isnt that really terrible? Lexia-sama Owen-san sighed; he looked tired. Then, they suddenly looked around inside the house, impressed. Nevertheless This house is amazing. There is no sign of monster attacks at all, even though its in the middle of Great Devils Nest. It looks simple, but the house and furniture seem to be made of some fine wood How on earth is it even possible? A-ahahaha thats a secret Since I am only benefiting from the wise man, I cant explain why monsters cant attack it. If theres something I can say that is that the wise man-san is impressive. Yup, he really is! I wont force you to answer. For a magician the results of their research are assets, after all I dont think its so easy to teach because magic created in the process of research is an arcane technique. But still, if we could learn how to safely stay in the super-dangerous zone such as this Great Devils Nest, all of our common sense would be overturned from the root Yep. Wise man-san, who are you actually? Its not normal to overturn common sense, you know? Come to think of it; Id like to ask you one thing Hmm? What is it? Thats Is this forest really dangerous? Huh? Hearing my question, Lexia-san and Owen-san were dumbfounded. W-wait a minute! Wasnt Yuuya-dono living here knowing what kind of place it is? No, no, thats not how it was The only thing that happens was the door that I found was connected to a different world, to be precise, its connected to this house where this wise man lived, and I do not know anything about this Great Devils Nest that has appeared in the conversation a while ago. Well, if I say that they wont believe me Aah Yuuya-dono. Are you serious? Yes. As I nodded with a serious expression, Owen-san sighed. Haah Ive never thought that someone would live in this forest without knowing anything. I looked straight at his face; he corrected his posture and started to inform me about this forest. This is a place called Great Devils Nest, and it is said to be the top-class among the super-dangerous zones that many countries decided. He~h! I-is that so!? Why is it dangerous The reason is simple. The deeper you go, the more super-powerful monsters are running rampant. There are lots of monsters inhabiting, right? Even though just one of them has the power to destroy the city or even the whole country. Moreover, since the monsters compete for survival, they also have territory. However, the adjacent entrance area isnt safe either, since the monsters that could destroy a large-scale town such as goblin elites are common to be found there. This isnt a nightmare anymore. I cant say anything after hearing that, I-I didnt think it was such a terrible place. Sure, when I helped Owen-san and the others, who were attacked by the group of goblin elites, Owen-san was crossing his sword alone against a goblin elite, but the other soldiers werent able to compete with them, they were pushed all together. If they continued fighting like that, they would have been killed there. Now Ive talked about this Great Devils Nest lightly, but if I had to put it together in one simple phrase I think its the most brutal land where the living creatures live by the rule of the survival of the fittest. Huh And since its such a dangerous place, its not possible to collect special medicinal plants in this forest No, it just not confirmed since no one has ever reached the hinterland, but there would be no one looking for a super valuable herbs without any information. After all, if you enter this Great Devils Nest, you will lose your life. I couldnt say anything hearing a lot of menacing stories about this Great Devils Nest. Wise man-san Why did you live in such a place? My face couldnt stop twitching hearing that, then suddenly Lexia-san murmured something while looking around the room. Come to think of it, we have to go back through this Great Devils Nest again, dont we? Thats so troublesome. Ah. Owen-san looked pale as if he completely forgot about that. Y-youre right. Even to get here was risking our life Still, we have to go back, right!? And if a group of goblin elite No, if a goblin general attacks us Just after I heard the story, I completely understood why Owen-san turned pale. Well, its unpleasant just to think about going home in a horrible place. I wonder if it exists? Uh The magic that makes you able to go back to the place where you want to go in an instant. I know magic itself exists since Ive seen the soldier treated Lexia-san injuries before, and on top of that, the devil bear also used it against me. Ano If you know the way, Ill accompany you back. Eh!? they were surprised, hearing my suggestion and then started looking at me. No, I mean, its dangerous around here, and Im used to it Ah, I mean, I (T/N: the same as before, he used ore at first then corrected it to watashi, I dont know how to put it in English, so bear with it :D) No, you dont have to correct it. There is only us and Yuuya-dono here. More than that, is it really okay? No matter how many monsters reside in, letting you accompany us along this Great Devils Nest is just Its alright. Oh, but if its late at night, the monsters will get stronger, you know? So if you want to return, youd better go early. I havent experienced it that much, but sometimes when I explore this forest at night, I encounter a strangely strong individual of the same kind of monster. Therefore, daytime is preferable if I want to explore safely in the forest. The visibility is excellent, too. And on top of that, now that I know the true nature of this forest, I dont want to know how strong the monsters I encountered at night are. Because, you know, theres that monster that can destroy a country. I dont want to think about it Seeing me looking at the distance, Owen-san nodded with a little trouble. I-I see. Then, wed better leave now! Yuuya-san still with us, right? This is a chance to get along! Lexia-sama. Youre a princess, so please be a little more modest Ive abandoned that! Apologize to modesty. Lexia-san Its a pity to throw away your modesty, so please dont do that. Just like that, I accompanied Owen-san and the others to the entrance of the forest. Its here Isnt it? Y-yeah Thats right Following Owen-sans immediate decision to leave the house, Im currently at the entrance to the forest with Lexia-san and the soldiers. Of course, I followed them to protect them from the monsters, but if I have to go to the royal castle a month later, I thought itd be better for me to know the way to the entrance of this forest. They went into the forest to find me, it was dangerous, so I thought I had to remember the path to the entrance, so they just need to wait for me and go from there together to the royal castle. Nevertheless, Im glad we didnt find a very powerful monster. Eh? the soldiers were stunned. Perhaps, were lucky since the strongest monster that appeared was a devil bear, and the others were just a group of the bloody ogres, goblin elites, and hell slimes. In other words, I didnt find a new monster. H-hey, did I just misheard that? I heard that he said those werent powerful monsters. I-I think so. Its said that a country has to mobilize an army for a devil bear, or that hell slime, it would be the end once you meet it. Huh? Werent we just got attacked by one? And were still alive. Sigh, I dont know what anything means anymore As expected from Yuuya-sama! Yuuya-sama is my prince, after all! Hmm? I somehow feel like Im being seen with mixed emotions. I didnt do anything wrong, did I? Owen-san looked at me while I was thinking about that. Sigh?! I wasnt thinking about how big the impact was Eh, are you alright? Im fine. This is just a personal problem Even so, it seems Yuuya-dono alone could break this worlds balances. This I wonder if its good to have Lexia-sama do her best here? Hmm? I dont know; I didnt hear it, I thought it would be a pain to back to my world again when I returned. Yuuya-sama! Yes? Eh!? I turned around, reacting to Lexia-samas voice, but she suddenly hugged me!? Yuuya-sama, I dont want to say goodbye here Ill be so lonely Eh, ah, no, that I understand if youre lonely, but what are you doing? Lexia-sama was hugging me from the front; her whole body transmitted directly, but Perhaps because I exceeded the allowable range that can be processed with my brain, I had returned to the original tone unintentionally. No, wait, but this situation is too bad! Yuuya-sama had indeed refused my marriage proposal, but I wont give up! Im getting more and more attracted to Yuuya-samas gallant figure and the kindness that cares for the soldiers and me along the way. Uh!? Therefore, when we meet again in a month Ill captivate Yuuya-samas heart at that time! No, Ill show you! Lexia-san ended up changing her tone and using her finger to point at me. Be prepared. All I could do was nod. Book 2: Chapter 1: Part 1 Another chapter for today, thanks to the PatronsAlso, to those who read it from NU, the NU bot hasnt posted the illustration and prologue yet, so you need to search it normally on my site, or hit the previous button below. Sorry for the inconveniences. Enjoy~ Part 1 Whew The day after I met Lexia-san and the others. I hadnt quite gotten my head around it yet, so I was exploring the other world for a change. I never thought someone would return a favor in such a straightforward way Because there had been so much malice directed at me until a while ago, Lexia-sans marriage proposal was too shocking and it was a big confusion. Why did she want me to she says it was love at first sight, but it was really just a miraculous coincidence that I was able to save her Well, even if I think about it, I dont know how Lexia-san feels. Im here for a change, so lets just keep exploring in peace. If I start fighting a monster, I wont have the time to think about it. I shook my head and restarted the exploration, but I havent met a single monster yet. Hmm I wonder if I could see more monsters if I went further inside My thoughts, or my spirit, have become much tougher. If it were me in the past, I would have fainted at the mere sight of a monster and refused to even meet one, let alone fight it. Now I use it as a means of calming my mind. Its a dangerous tendency. Lets be careful. It cant be helped Lets finish it here and continue on another day. Since I cant use magic, I was exploring the hinterland with a little trouble; if I want to resume my search from my current position, Ill have to walk from my house to this place. A complete waste of time maybe not quite, but still inefficient. Apparently, the door that leads to this world can be made to appear to me so that I can go back soon If Im going to walk to and from, I might as well walk back and see if Ive missed anything. I cut my exploration short because I was expecting to walk back to that house on foot, so there were no major problems. As soon as I decided to do so, I decided to go back the way I came. After all, if I had magic, I could get back and forth to this place in an instant, I guess. As I was longing for the magic I couldnt use, I unexpectedly heard a small sound. Something is groaning and shrieking. From the feel of the voice, its not very human-like As I was curious, I activated the [Assimilation] skill and approached the sound, holding my breath. And then Fugooooo! Kyain! A big monster, humanoid and pig-faced, was attacking a single black dog. The pig monsters weapon may be inferior to mine, but it still uses a good-quality weapon even to the laymans eye. On the contrary, the black dog has a very small body, which makes it look like a newborn puppy. The puppy was battered and covered in blood, but standing there desperately. Then something like a steamy black thing rose from its body, but it quickly disappeared, and then the dog got dizzy and fell on its knees. The pig monster had a wicked grin on its face that even I could clearly see Whats with that, no matter how I look at it, that pig monster just looks like a bad guy. It should be a battle of nature, according to the law of the jungle. Yes, the pig monster cant be that bad. Its just that it was fighting the puppy in front of me. But from my perspective, I cant help but think that it was doing something wrong. This is entirely a matter of my sensibility. It looks like the pig monster is tormenting a puppy, but I cant help it if its said that this is also the rule of nature. We humans also do the same kind of things anyway. However, since I had met a monster I had never seen before, I decided to use my appraisal skills to check its status at the very least. [Orc King] Level: 600 Magic: 5000Attack: 20000Defense: 15000Agility: 5000Intelligence: 5000Luck: 1000 Hey, whats with this guy? Youre kidding me, it has an attack power of over 20,000? And its got a very high defense Im still under 10,000 in any status. Moreover, the level is much higher than the devil bear and goblin general, let alone me. Is thisa so-called S-class monster? Its not easy to determine that the orc king is an S-class monster, because even a monster with S-class potential can be a low-level monster, and vice versa. It looks like a pigman dressed in gorgeous equipment but since its an orc king, there must be ordinary orcs too. Thats what we got with the goblins. I was also a pigman until I lost my weight Whats with this disparity. Its unreasonable. That orc king is fatter than I was, and yet its so powerful! Its not fair! (T/N: LMFAO.) It doesnt matter. This orc king is clearly out of my league. I think a single attack is enough to kill me instantly. With the devil bear, I still seemed to be able to beat it, but this guys level and status were too overwhelming. Its going to be difficult unless I get a little stronger. Its unfortunate, but I guess Im better off just ignoring the sight in front of me and going. I thought so and tried to leave the place quietly Fugogogogogo! Kyaain! .. My legs stopped at the sound of a mournful puppy. Sigh. What can I say, I must be an irredeemably stupid person. Just what would grandpa do in this situation? Theres no way I could ignore it after all. Its really reckless, and above all, hypocrisy is a good part of it. But I really cant help it, because somewhere in my heart I also want to help if I can. Eventually, I stopped running, and again, I stared at the orc king in front of me. Luckily, it doesnt seem to have found me yet. In the meantime, lets make a surprise attack to get its attention. No matter how I look at it, it will repel my attack, but then if its turned its attention to me Yup, Ill just do something about it later. I cant help thinking about it. Some say its called escapism. I took out [Absolute Spear] from the item box, and quietly entered a throwing position on the spot. And One, two Go! I threw [Absolute Spear] at the orc king with all the strength I could muster. And I immediately took out the [Omni-Sword] and jumped out of the place where I was hiding so that its consciousness would be directed towards me. Come on, bring it on! Shouting like a roar, I held up my [Omni-Sword] so that I could prepare for its attack at any moment. .. The upper half of the orc kings body had disappeared. ..Eh? If I look closely, there is a mark that looks like it was hollowed out with a spear-like object. Hey, no way Just when Ive come to one conclusion, and think that theres no way such a thing happened, the bloody [Absolute Spear] came back to my hand. .. After seeing [Absolute Spear], Im convinced. Apparently, the orc kings life was brought to an end by the stroke of the [Absolute Spear]. The remaining orc kings lower body fell to its knees on the spot, and as it did so, it disappeared as a particle of light. Eeeeehhhh Are you kidding me? Youre not really dead, are you? Eh, then, what about my determination? I appeared here while screaming!? Wow, youre embarrassing me! I didnt think for a moment that I could take it down with a single blow, and all I could do is expose a dumb expression. No, if I think about it calmly, its not that strange. After all, When I was level one, and all my stats were one, I had already defeated the bloody ogre whose stats were far above me at the time. The [Absolute Spear] in my hand is a genuinely fantastic weapon. What kind of person was the wise man again? The identity of the wise man who left these weapons and house behind was starting to bother me in earnest. I feel like I would believe him even if he says hes a god. Well, I heard he already died, though. Well, whatever More importantly Whooof I turn my gaze to the puppy, who is breathing hard but still threatening me. Ah.come to think of it, Ive always been hated by animals If I approach a dog or cat, I will be barked at, fouled, and scratched. Its such a harrowing experience that the only thing I know, Im not good with dogs and cats. I dont dislike them just because Im not good at them. Well, if the stinky, ugly me had come near, even dogs and cats would have hated it. You can guess that. It made me want to cry when I said it myself. I let out a sigh and took out the [Complete Recovery Herb Juice] from the item box. Wellyou know, you might not like it, but Youre covered in wounds, arent you? If you drink this, you will get better, sowellcan you just drink it? When I timidly approach it, the puppy starts to threaten me at first, but then, as it gets closer to the limit of its physical strength, it slumps to the ground. Hey! Sear?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I quickly grabbed the puppy and got him to drink the juice. Im sorry if this dog hates citrus, but for now, I hope he can be patient. I managed to get the nearly unconscious puppy to finish drinking the juice, and the wounds all over his body healed in a matter of minutes. The puppy also looked at his own body curiously as he gradually awakened his consciousness. Phew I managed to make it on time. Im pausing to take a breath, and then the puppy unexpectedly licks my hand. Hmm? Woof! The puppy was barking like that and patted my leg.so cute. I almost grinned at the cuteness of the puppy, but I asked what bothered me. Hey, what happened to your parents? Isnt it too dangerous for you to wandering alone? You may think Im talking to a puppy, but I had a feeling he could understand my words, so I was talking to him like this. Then, the puppy makes a sad sound and shakes his head. Uhm are you lost? Woof. The puppy shakes his head. Thenyou dont have parents? Woof The puppy nodded sadly. Hmm Hey, wanna come to my house? Woof? My home isnt a rented house, and even if it doesnt work out that way, theres still a place for you to live. Yes, if its the home in this world, it wont be a problem even if I cant keep him on Earth. What will you do? As for me, it saved me the trouble, but more than anything else, Ive developed feelings for this guy in the short time Ive been here. I mean, hes so cute. Then the puppy barked once with a twinkle in his eye. Woof! It meant that he would take my word for it. At that moment, a message appears in front of me. You have acquired [Tame] skills. [Black Fenrir] has been successfully tamed. Eh, whats [Tame]? Besides, I didnt appraise this guy yet Is Black Fenrir his race? hmm? I feel like Ive heard of Fenrir beforewell, never mind. While I tilted my head at the message, the puppy slipped into my lap. Woof, woof. Youre so cute, boy. With an unbearable, shily expression on my face, I confirmed the skill that I had acquired. [Tame] :: You can make a monster your companion with a certain probability. He~e, theres such a thing as a skill for making monsters into friends, huh? With these thoughts in mind, I appraised the puppy as well. [Black Fenrir] Level: 500 Magic: 10000Attack: 10000Defense: 10000Agility: 15000Intelligence: 10000Luck: 10000 Note: Yuuya Tenjous Follower. Youre strong!? Woof? The puppy tilted his head, not knowing what I was talking about, was overwhelmingly stronger than me. I mean, with this status, you could take out the orc king, right? Well, he may have been hit by surprise and suffered a great deal of damage before he could fight properly. Thats just how I suddenly defeated the orc king. I mean, youre under my command now, and youre stronger than me Its not that Im sad or anything, its just that Im genuinely okay with it. Im just a petty citizen. I cant win against the strong. But the puppy didnt seem bothered and wagged his tail happily. Woof,! woof! Well, whatever. More importantly, if youve become my friend, Ill have to decide on your name as well Its weird to keep calling him a puppy, and I cant call him Black Fenrir because its too long. As I watched the puppy looking at me with curious eyes, one image came to mind. Thats what I thought when I saw the glossy, jet-black fur. And with that image in mind, I decided on a name. Alright, your name is Night. Nightin other words, night. (T/N: The Author wrote in English at first and in Japanese for the second one.) Its so cheap, right? Well, night is in my name too, so I guess thats fine (T/N: Yuuyas name in Japanese is , = Yoru = Night. Sorry for the bad explanation :P) And then the puppyNight wagged his tail even more intensely; he seemed to like the name. Woof! With a bark, Night jumped right into my chest. Whoa yeah, lets go home. Woof! While hugging Night, I threw the orc king drop items into the item box and headed home. I can check the drop items at home as well. Just like this, I got a lovely companion and a family named Night. Book 2: Chapter 1: Part 2 Heres today chapter, please be patient ????Ill post the next part tomorrow. Enjoy~ Back in my home in the different world, I looked at Night. Now that were going to living together for the time being, I want Night to stay in this house. Woof? Why? Night tilts his head as if to say that. Hmm as much as Id like to take good care of you, that would require a stroll or something so to sum it up, Im not quite ready to live with Night in a home on Earth! Kyuun When I say that, Night become downhearted.Damn, hes so cute! Im really sorry, okay? Ill prepare as soon as possible so that you can live at my house on Earth. Currently, without a collar or leash, its still unsettling to take him to Earth. Since we can communicate like this, I dont think its going to be a big deal, but still, its better to be cautious. After all, Night is a creature from another world. But when it comes to preparing it, it will inevitably be going to the pet shop There seems to be a very convenient thing called net shopping in that world, but in my house where I lived in poverty for a long time, there is not even a smartphone, let alone a PC, and I dont have an internet connection as well. And I dont know where the pet shops are in the vicinity of my home in the Earth. As I said, I dont have the internet, so I cant look it up easily so I guess Ill just have to ask my friends. Maybe Ryo and the others know about it. Well, as far as getting ready for Night is the priority, Id like to get some other books and stuff to practice the guitar I got from the devil bear. ...Since Im going to buy it, and since I have the money now, why dont I just buy a new book? Yup, I think that might be a good idea. I havent bought a new book since I had a textbook prepared. I dont usually buy anything but textbooks Huh? Tears Woof Night put his hand on my knee and licked me gently. Apparently, hes comforting me. Nights healing effect is tremendous. Night thank you. Yep! Now that Ive decided what Im going to do lets check out the results of todays battle! Woof! I hadnt checked the drop item and just throw them in the item box after defeating the orc king, so I decided to check it now. The first thing I took out was some delicious looking meat. [Pig Kings Meat] :: Orc Kings meat. Its a super high-quality foodstuff that continues to attract many royalty and aristocrats. However, since the Orc King itself is a disaster-class existence and rare even to appear, its meat is said to be a mirage. If you eat it, you will get peerless energy. Hey, wait a minute. Ive only seen a few disturbing words written in it. First of all, it seems that this meat is an extremely rare foodstuff. In addition to the fact that Ive able to kill it with a single blow of the[Absolute Spear], the other worlds perception about the orc king is that its a disaster. Ive done it.Also, why do you get peerless energy if you eat the meat? Doesnt that build stamina or something? No, wait, energy and stamina are the same. Well, whatever. As long as it tastes good, anything is good. And the rest The next thing I took out was the armor and sword that the orc king wore. [The Pig Kings Sword] :: The Orc Kings Great Sword. Its a super-heavy sword, and cannot even be lifted by an ordinary strength. Its not sharp, but instead, it crushes the target with its overwhelming weight and sturdiness. [The Pig Kings Armor] :: Armor worn by the Orc King. Its a super-heavy armor, and cannot even be lifted by an ordinary strength. Its made to be worn by the orc king, so humans cannot wear it. Its pretty sturdy and impossible even to get a scratch from an ordinary weapon. Its recommended to melt it down and make it into a new weapon. I dont know; its kind of hard to use As someone who uses such an extraordinary weapon like[Absolute Spear], I have such an impression. Or rather, its more like .. sea??h th§× Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I easily lifted the greatsword and armor, each using one hand. Eehh Since when did I have a monster-like strength? It is said its impossible even to lift it with ordinary strength, right? Is it a lie? No, maybe this is the norm in this other world. Anyway, the original owner of the[Absolute Spear], wise man-san, is recognized as a supernatural being in my mind. Maybe its not a mistake.Let me think so. After convincing myself to do so, I turned my attention back to the remaining drop items. [Magic Stone: Rank S] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. [Brush of The Pig Kings Hair] :: Rare drop item obtained from the Orc King. Its gentle to any hair, nourishes it and makes it shiny. It can also be used on the heads of people who have thinning or balding hair to revive dead hair roots and grow the hair. Due to its effects, its traded at an extremely high price among aristocrats who suffer from hair problems, but it rarely comes out, and it is even said that its only once every few thousand years that a new one is obtained. I dont know what to say anymore! First of all, the magic stone, I finally got the S-rank. In other words, the orc king is an S-class monster. However, the concept of the different world level is very troublesome, for example, if the level of another A-class monster is higher than the level of the S-class monster such as orc king, then the A-class monster may be stronger. Its not a bad thing, however, to have encountered an S-class monster once. Im not sure what to do with this magic stone, so Ill just sell it as it is, but I wonder how much the S-ranked one will cost? For the time being, putting aside the magic stone, the problem is the brush. Whats this brush? Even if youre not an aristocrat of the different world, if theres a person whos normally suffering from hair loss, its something youd want so badly that youd want it out of your throat. In fact, it seems to be traded for a huge amount of money What can I say? Ive suddenly got something that looks like a daily necessity. The effect is crazy, though. Woof? As my face twitched looking at the brush, Night tilted his head as if to say, What happened?, and rubbing my leg. So cute. No, its nothing Ah, right! Night, come here. Woof! A thought occurred to me, and I put Night on my lap. And then Kyuuun I brushed Night with the[Brush of The Pig Kings Hair]. Can it use to Nights fur? But, the[Brush of The Pig Kings Hair]exerted its effect, his fur has become lustrous and beautiful, and they have changed to an enchanting texture that makes you unintentionally want to touch them for a long time. Simply put, its a seductive collaboration of the smoothly and fluffiness.I dont know what Im talking about. Does it feel good? Woooof. In the state as if completely weakened, Night replied pleasantly. Good, good. I appreciate the guitar and the necklace, but its nice to be able to get something that works like this. I mean, whats the deal with this situation where its a rare drop item, and Im just getting it normally? Is rarity just a lie? Well, from my point of view, its okay because Im getting nothing but benefits. With that in mind, I decided to take a look at my status for one last check. I didnt get any messages or anything in particular after defeating the orc king, but I think its normal for my level to rise. After all, its a superior opponent. With that thought in mind, I checked the status Huh Despite that, my level didnt go up? As there was no message, my level hadnt gone up. Its strange I thought Id beaten a superior opponent Well, if there is a concept of experience value, and the level is rising because of that, what is the experience value in that battle? Im not sure. Because I just threw the spear. Still, Im sure Ive defeated the bloody ogre and the hell slime in the same way No, but Sure, when it comes to the bloody ogre or the hell slime, I have no fighting experience at all. Then Ive come to a state where I was just regularly slashing a monster such as a goblin general now, but just throwing a spear doesnt get any experience at all? I cant help thinking about it. Ill figure out how the mechanism to level up. I mean, even if I didnt level up this time, I just have to work hard to level up from now on. Woof! At my words, Night also raised his voice in response. In the morning, after preparing breakfast and lunch for Night, I go to school. Usually, when I called out, Im off no one replied Well, Im off then. Woof! .And now I have Night. Smiling at Nights reply, I left the house. When I arrive at the school safely, Ryo and the others call out to me. Oh, Yuuya, good morning! G-good morning. Morning~! Yuuya-kun! Yeah, good morning, everyone. After the greeting, I sat on my seat and started chatting lightly until the homeroom started. During that time, I remembered about Nights collar and decided to ask Ryo and the others about it. Hey, is there a pet shop around here? Pet shop? Yeah. Ive been getting a dog since yesterday. Oh, youre keeping a dog!? What kind of dog is he!? Show me the picture!? C-calm down! Kaede was into it more than I expected; she was leaning closer to me. Perhaps because of that, the distance between her face and mine became closer all at once, and I was so embarrassed that I looked away involuntarily. Um.Kaede youre so close, however Huh? Ah! I-Im sorry! Kaede also noticed her posture, and her face was a little red, though she hurriedly distanced herself. Thank goodness I wasnt the only one who was embarrassed. Hmm! Continuing the conversation earlier but unfortunately, I dont have any pictures. I dont have a smartphone. Im surprised there are people who dont have a smartphone nowadays Y-yeahisnt it inconvenient? Ryo and Shingo-kun looked at me in surprise. Its true. There are very few people who dont have a cell phone nowadays I have more money now, and I can buyno, should I make my debut with a cell phone now? I dont keep in touch with many people, so theres not much advantage to having a cell phone, but if I think about taking Night photowait? Isnt it better with a camera? While I was thinking about it alone, Ryo and the others told me about the pet shop. Talking about the pet shop around here its probably the one in the shopping district near the school. Oh, there! Surely youd feel reassuring there. It looks like theyre doing it as an animal hospital as well, so its a good idea to go there just in case something happens! He~e, theres such a place, huh? Im having trouble deciding whether I can take Night, who is a resident of a different world, to a hospital in this world But if theres such a place, it would be better to know when something happens But again, theres[Complete Recovery Grass]at the wise man-san house anyway. The different world is amazing, after all. I wish I could have gone with you to that shopping district, but sorry, I cant help today. I-I also have some things to do today I see Well then, it cant be helped. Uhm I can go with you, you know? Eh? I dont have any club activities today if youre fine with it, I can go with you. How about it, Yuuya-kun? I nodded meekly in response to Kaedes words. Can you please, then? Y-yeah! Its okay! Hmm? Isnt this supposed to be a date!? Yay! Eh? No, its nothing! I didnt particularly care because Kaede said so in a hurried manner. For the time being, Im going to be heading to the pet shop and the animal hospital after school, with Kaede leading the way. Book 2: Chapter 1: Part 3 Heres the next part, enjoy~Im home. Woof! When I got home, Night jumped to my chest as if to say, Ive been waiting. I caught him in a hurry and patted his head. Im sorry to have you stay at home, okay? Its going to be like this from now on, but Kyuun. As I said that apologetically, Night was gently rubbing his cheek on my chest. So cute. Ah, yeah! Night, I bought a collar and other things for you earlier! Woof. The pet shop that Ryo and the others taught me at school was a very nice place, so I was able to get a collar, a leash, and other things I needed there. (T/N: Whats wrong with Kaede, Author-san yo? You just skipped her, lol. Im sorry to everyone who was waiting for it :P) You dont have to do it in the house, but you have to wear this collar when I take you outside. Okay? Woof! Alright. Night replied pleasantly and offered his own head. I know its kinda late, but Night is really smart.Youre smarter than me, arent you? Anyway, I bought a white collar for Night, hoping that it would stand out against his black fur. Im relieved that it looks good on him when I actually put it on. Thats good Hows it? Does it hurt? Woof woof! Night moved around a bit with the collar on to make sure, then finally nodded and barked. Alright! So what do you think? Do you want to go outside? Woof? Woof! Now that Ive bought a collar and leash, I want to take Night for a walk with me. I thought so and asked him out, and he replied cheerfully. I naturally smile when I hear that reply. All right then, Ill get ready, so wait for me. Woof! I get ready to go for a walk while putting the things I bought in the refrigerator. Since its Night were talking about, I dont think he will defecate carelessly outside, but still, its the etiquette or manners So, I headed for the front door with a shovel, work gloves, and a plastic bag. Now that were ready, lets go! Woof! And so we went out. Woof! Woof! Hey, Night. Dont get too carried away, its dangerous! Since it was the first time hes outside the home in the Earth, I thought that Night would be intimidated by cars and such, but its just my needless anxiety. Nights curiosity was piqued as he gazed at the various things that existed on Earth. But hes smart, so he doesnt rush in and check-in my direction correctly. Hes cute. Im only saying hes cute, but hes really cute. Nevertheless I thought it would be less crowded due to the time, but a lot of people were jogging and walking with their dogs just like me. Well, up until now, I just went straight home and didnt come out if there wasnt anything important, so I didnt know much about what was going on outside. As I thought, my Night is very cute, and all the people who pass by are staring at us.Hes cute, isnt he? I think so too.Up until now, Ive only been looked by them with disdain its great progress. As we continue our walk in peace, people passing by greeted us. Good evening. Eh? Ah, g-good evening! I was surprised because no one had ever greeted me when I walked by before. I cant believe I get a greeting just for walking around well, Night is cute, so it cant be helped. After enjoying our walk, we went home. When we get home, I say something that occurred to me to Night. Ah, right. After dinner, why dont we take a walk in a different world to get some exercise? Woof! From Nights perspective, this Earth is a different world, but lets put it aside. Anyway, Owen-san and the others had visited the forest before, and I thought Id reduce the number of monsters to the forest entrance even a little to make it easier for them to come next.I dont think the number will diminish so easily, even if we killed the monsters. Well, its too dangerous to call it a walk, though. However, if I keep doing it steadily, something may change, so I will continue to do it every day from now on. Im sure my physical strength would increase like an idiot. On top of all, I think its great that I can gain more combat experience. I dont know how dangerous this place is in this world, but it shouldnt hurt to keep your strength up. Thats all it takes to stay safe in this world, after all. After deciding on my future policy, I finished my dinner, just as I had declared, and went for a walk in the forest with Night for some combat training. The day Yuuya went for his first walk with Night, people who saw him took pictures and videos of him and posted them on SNS, where rumors began to spread. Who is this guy? Oh, I know this place! Hes so handsome I mean, isnt the dog super-cute, too? Whats the breed of this dog? Im not sure at all As rumors of Yuuya spreading, Yuuya, who doesnt even have a cell phone, let alone social media, found out about it but it was still a long way off. The last few days have been really fulfilling. I enjoyed casual conversations with Ryo and the others at school, and when I return home, my family, Night, is waiting for me. Until now, I had no place in either school or home now I have a place in both. Thank you. Woof? I said that while picking Night up and stroking him, and he tilted his head curiously. Cute. I put on the leash to Night to go out for the walk, which I make a habit of doing, and we start walking our usual walk. We walked from the riverbank to the park near my house, and we ended up playing in the park, which has become a fun place for Night and me. At first, the curious Night had been full of vigor with this and that, but now he was quietly enjoying his leisurely walk with me. And even though its not quite there yet, some people have come to remember my face as I walk around and greet them, and more and more people are greeting me oppositely. But I dont think there were so many people before, but recently people have been especially, I think that the number of women has increased on our walking course.Is it just my imagination? Huh? Yuuya-san? Hmm? Ah, Kaori! As we continued our leisurely walk, we ran into Kaori by chance. Kaori is carrying a shopping bag of some kind, so she must be on her way home from shopping. Hello. Uhm Whos this child? Oh, Ill introduce you. This is Night. Hes my new family. Woof! When I introduced Kaori to Night, he barked cheerfully with his chest out. Im sure hes trying to look cool, but when the little Night does it, hes just plain cute. Hes so cute! I-is it okay if I touch him? Night, is that okay? Woof. As Night approached Kaori on his own, Kaori slowly began to stroke him. Whoa! Night-sans fur is very fluffy and smooth! Woof. Night was pleased with Kaoris reaction and leaned into her. This child is adorable, isnt he? What is his type? Huh? UmwellI-I dont know. Hes just a child I picked up! Is that so? But from the state of this child, he seems glad that Yuuya-san picked him up. Woof! Night barked once as if to affirm Kaoris words.Uh Im glad you feel that way But that was a close one. If you asked me what breed of dog Night was, I wouldnt have an answer Black Fenrir? Its a different world race that Im not sure about Night-san is very clever, isnt he? Its as if he knows what Im saying Woof? Im not sure how it actually is, but Night is pretty smart. This child is capable. While Kaori was playing with Night for a while, I noticed that people around us were looking at us. S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. What, thats! A good-looking man and a cute doggie are precious enough There you go, a set with a dog and a beautiful girl! The dazzling light will crush your eyes! UhmKaori, were getting a lot of attention somehow, so why dont we move around a bit? Huh? Ah, youre right. Just as I was about to move from the spot, someone called out to me again. Yuuya-san? Eh? Surprised, I turned to the voice, and there she was, eyes wide open and frozen the popular model Miwa-san. Mi-Miwa-san!? Why are you here? UhmI actually live in this neighborhood, and I usually go for a walk at this time Yuuya-san, the one over there Kaoris voice reminded me that they were meeting for the first time, and I quickly introduced Miwa-san to her. Uhm, this is Miwa-san, shes the model I took a photoshoot together in the shopping mall before. Miwa-san, this is my friend, Kaori, and my family, Night. N-nice to know you Woof! While Kaori greeted her with a strangely tense state, Night barked so friendly as usual. Kaori-san and Night-kun? Im Miwa, a model. Miwa-san expressing an adult-like smile, and the people who had been watching us until now began to murmur even more. H-hey Another beautiful woman has joined that handsome man and beautiful woman!? Isnt that girl the model, Miwa? Eh? No way? Are you serious? Apparently, with Miwa-sans arrival, the people who had noticed Miwa-san began to gather. And Miwa-san seemed to notice it too; she just smiled bitterly. Ahahaha It seems like we stand out a little too much Does Yuuya-san plan on walking around here in the future? Eh? Ah, yes. Thats what Im going to do. I will try to find other routes, but for a while, I will enjoy walking near this riverbank. Then, Miwa-san smiled softly at my words. I thought it would be nice to see you again during the previous shoots, but Im happy to see it happen sooner than I thought. Besides, if youre going to walk around here, maybe well see each other again like this. Ah Youre right. Fufu, it will be more fun to go for a walk again. Well Its time for me to go. There are also more people here. Both Kaori-san and Night-kun, too, see you later Oh, yes! Woof! Miwa-san said that and walked away. As we were seeing her off, Kaori asked with a subtle expression on her face. Um Yuuya-san. Hmm? Yuuya-san Uhm Are you going out with Miwa-san? Eh? No, no, no, were not! Like I said before, Miwa-san and I just happened to be together in the photoshoot, and I do not match for Miwa-san in the first place. It cant be Eh? Oh! N-no, its nothing Im not sure, but if Kaori says so, its probably nothing. It was when we tried to move while tiling my head at Kaoris reaction. T-thief, a thief!! Eh? I heard what sounded like a scream, and as I glanced in the direction of the voice, I saw an older woman fall to the ground, desperately reaching for her hand. At the end of her hand, a man in a black jersey was running away at a tremendous rate. A-a thief what should we do!? While the suddenness of the situation flustered Kaori, I quickly gave instructions to Night. Night! Go after that man! Woof! With one bark, Night rushed from the spot at an alarming speed. N-Night-chan!? Kaori was surprised at his speed, but I rushed up to the old lady with the surprised Kaori. Are you all right? Y-yes. Im fine but my bag I told the old lady who floated a sad look on her face in the gentlest voice as possible. Its okay. Oba-sans bag must be oh, look! Eh? As I pointed, the thief was being dragged along by Night. H-help me! Whats up with this dog? Woof. To the Night who slowly dragged the man who was twice as big as himself, Kaori and the old lady looked at the scene in disbelief. Kaori, can you call the police? Oh Y-yes! It was when Kaori took out her smartphone from her bag and went to call the police. The moment Night released the restraints and completed his mission by bringing the thief to me, the man stood up with enthusiasm and lunged at me. You dont fuck with me! Hyii!? Yuuya-san!? Moreover, the man has a knife and tries to stab me with it. But in the other world, where Ive dealt with attacks of outrageous speed, Im not impatient, grab the wrist of the mans knife-wielding hand, twist it straight outward, and the man drops the knife with a pain. I-i-its hurt! Phew! Not wanting to miss the opportunity, I swatted the mans legs away and immediately restrained him in place, pinning his hands behind his back where he had fallen. Fuh Ooh! Eh? I was surprised by the sudden rise in cheers and looked around, but before I knew it, people were clapping at me. As I was puzzled by the surroundings, Kaori comes running up to me hurriedly. Yuuya-san, are you all right? Eh? Yeah, Im fine. Thank goodness I was worried, so please dont be too reckless! S-sorry. Surely my actions are dangerous from other peoples perspectives While apologizing to Kaori, I complimented Night on catching the thief and returned the bag properly to the old lady. Afterward, Kaori handed over the thief to a police officer who had come due to Kaoris report, and Night was thanked by not only the old lady but also by the police. Book 2: Chapter 1: Part 4 Another chapter today, thanks to the Patrons.I never thought Id see the day when going to school would be so much fun It was something I couldnt think of before. Thats why I feel a little lonely on holidays. But, we have to capture this forest as soon as possible. Woof! Its time for me and Night to proceed with the exploration as far as we can this weekend so that we can come and go as freely as we want in the depths of the forest. And if I meet an enemy that I have never seen before, I will fight aggressively with all I can. Once this forest has been conquered, lets go to the outside. Its a different world, so I want to enjoy it. Alright Lets go! I regained enthusiasm and headed for the depths of the forest with Night. Along the way, we fought not only with the goblin general and devil bear but also with the orc king, Nights destined enemy. He was attacked by surprise by the orc king at the last time, so this time, he fought and beat it in a relatively solid state. By the way, Nights level had improved so far, and his status had also risen so that he was able to take on and defeat the orc king alone. Immediately after the successful revenge, Night let out a howl of triumph and looked very chivalrous. But its cute. After dealing with a familiar monster for a while, I finally found a monster I had never seen before. Oh, thats The monster I found was looked like a deer with two huge antlers that seemed to be made of crystal. Moreover, the color is different, one is a crimson crystal, and the other is an azure crystal. As I was admiring the beauty of it, Night quietly tapped my foot. Woof? Ah, sorry. I just zoned-out Its dangerous. In this different world, if I let my guard down, I might die instantly With renewed vigor, I appraise the monster. [Crystal Deer] Level: 630 Magic: 15000 I mean, crystal deer? The name was just like what it looks. Well, its good because its easy to understand More troubling than that is its level and stats. Its a higher level and stats than the S-class monster, orc king. Besides, looking at these stats, it seems like it is a magic-user Now, what should we do? Woof I looked at Night as he was making the same gesture of thinking as I was, and then I suddenly felt a gaze. I turned my eyes in that direction and saw the source of trouble was the crystal deer looking at me. H-hey are you kidding me? Night aside, Im using my[Assimilation]skill I dont know why, but it seems that it knows exactly my existence and are on the alert. No, its too early to be pessimistic. It was good to know that[Assimilation]wasnt a perfect skill at this stage. Besides, since I was found like this, there was no way I could take it by surprise, so I had to fight it fair and square. I let the[Absolute Spear]appear in my hand and jumped out with Night. Kuaaaaaaaaaaa. the crystal deer let out a war cry. Is that really the sound of a deer? At the same time we jumped out, the crystal deer rushed in with a strange squeal. The crystal horns are sharp, and if we hit by them, well be helpless. Night and I each dodged to either side and after Night landed, he immediately jumped on it. Woof! Kuaah! A steamy black thing was rising from Nights body, showing more movement than usual. Even when I first met Night, he had almost spewed this steamy black thing, but that time it was incomplete, and the orc king had gotten him. Even so, the current Night is at a level where he could easily defeat even the orc king, let alone the goblin elite, by raising this black steam. Such Night swung his sharp claws at the crystal deer, but the crystal deer quickly turned its head to catch it with its horn. At this point, the crystal deer before us was more of an enemy than the orc king. But Youre not fighting with Night alone! I also put out a spiral thrust with the[Absolute Spear]. In response to the wind-covered spear, the crystal deer countered with a flame generated from between the horns. What!? As I thought, it used something like special magic! However, I never thought it would come from between the horns, instead of shooting it from the mouth Even though I was expecting it, I still hadnt gotten used to the magic attack, And I was a little exposed by the flames. S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Its hot! Woof!? Im fine! Night was surprised and tried to run to me, but I stopped him and rolled on the ground, escaped from the flames. Fortunately, thanks to the clothes the wise man-san left behind, my body wasnt damaged, but my unprotected face still felt hot. As I moved away from the crystal deer, Night jumped again. Woof! Kuuaaaaaaa! Wha-!? Then the crystal deer, instead of flames, came spouting a fierce stream of water. This guy has two magic powers! Not knowing the nature and special characteristic of magic, let alone how it was treated in this world, I was surprised that the crystal deer used two magic.No, it would be strange to decide that only one magic can be used in the first place I have to reflect on that. Having the crystal deer unleashed a fierce stream of water, Night immediately stopped his attack and left the area. Thats not a simultaneous attack, but its going to be tough if we dont separate the roles properly. Night! Isnt there anything you can do to make an opening on this guy? Woof! With a slight thoughtful gesture, Night jumped to the crystal deer with a dependable reply. Woof! Kuaaaaaaa! Instead of lunging head-on, Night used his quickness to bewilder the crystal deer as he approached. The crystal deer also threw flames and water streams at him to keep him away, but it was very difficult to catch the quick Night as he was still a child. And then Gaaaa! Kuaaaaaaaaa! Night bit the base of the crystal deers throat. Fouled, the crystal deer screamed in agony but immediately went on a rampage, trying to shake off Night. But its made it much less wary of me. There! Kuuuaaaaaaaa! This time, instead of using the spiral thrust, I just plunged the spear straight into the crystal deers neck. Night, who was quick to sense that I was going to attack, moved away from the crystal deer. And when the spear cleanly pierced the crystal deers throat, I slashed up the tip of the spear! Kuuaaaaaaa! Kua, Kuuaaa The crystal deer that fell down while raising blood splatters quickly disappeared as a particle of light. W-we won, huh Woof Its not really a hard win, but its mentally exhausting I was almost burned for a moment, but thanks to my clothes, it wasnt a life-threatening situation. Still, it underscored my poor fighting skills and inability to respond. Well, since Ive been living in an environment where there is no combat, so its only natural, but As we go to the deep inside of this forest, we have to be more and more flexible though thats a great training exercise until we go out of the forest. Woof. Apparently, Night felt the same way I did, so he nodded and barked once. After I patted him, I moved on to check the drop items. [Crystal Deer Fur] :: Crystal Deer fur. Its very comfortable and very popular among royalty and nobles. It has some cold resistance, but the effect is very small. [Crystal Deer Meat] :: Crystal Deer meat. It goes well with a variety of dishes. Its very easy to eat because it has little fat and fresh. [Crystal Deers Twin Antlers] :: Crystal Deers antlers. The horns are special crystals called [Flame Crystal] and [Aqua Crystal], which are traded at a very high price. It can be transformed into a magical weapon called [Magic Weapon].(T/N: The name is just simple as that ) Isnt this amazing? I was shocked when I got a material that looked more valuable than I expected. The fur is certainly silky and comfortable to the touch, but not as good as Nights. However, it makes sense if its said to be popular among royalty and aristocrats. And the meat looks very tasty from what I read in the description. Im happy. And now, the problematic horns. If the description is believable, it seems its traded for a very high price in this world. Whats more, I dont know how, but it can be transformed into a[Magic Weapon]. Well, its still something I dont need, so Im going to cash it in. Well, the next one is the magic stone, which is one of the objects to be redeemed. I appraise the magic stones in the same way. [Magic Stone: Rank S] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. As I thought, it was an S-rank. If you go to the hinterland, S-class monsters will be your basic opponents. Be that as it may, this means that weve got a lot of money again.HoorayJeez. The amount of money is too much, so Im getting it every time with a sense of trepidation. Poverty is too attached to me. Honestly, if I put it in the bank, theyd be suspicious of its source, so Im really glad I had an item box, I really appreciate it from the bottom of my heart. Now, what the heck is this? Woof? Night and I are tilting our heads to look at the object in front of us. Because what we have in front of us is a cube the size of the palm of my hand. What is it? As I tilted my head, I appraised it, and it reads: [Ultra-Luxurious Portable Outdoor Bath Set] :: A rare drop item that can be obtained from the Crystal Deer. A bath that you can take with you. You can easily enjoy various types of baths, such as cypress, stone, jacuzzi, and electric baths everywhere. You can also choose the effect of the tub. The bathtub and water are always clean, so no cleaning or maintenance is required. It also has privacy protection and can be wrapped in a special veil that is not visible from the outside. I didnt even pause to tsukomi at the drop items.No, why is the crystal deer drop item a bath in the first place? Whats the connection? Dont tell me its a bath because the crystal deer uses fire and water to make hot water? If so, its a complete waste of ability! Well, its peaceful, and I like it, though! In the meantime, I cant say anything without using it, so I picked up the bath set. Then a translucent board appears in front of me. There was an entry to select the type and efficacy of the bath and whether you want to use the veil or not. At first, I selected without a veil for confirmation, then the cube emerged from my hand, and a magnificent hinoki bath appeared in front of me. Its amazing Woof It was a hinoki (Japanese cypress) bath with a super high-class feel, and it was large enough to hold about five people. Wow Id love to go in, but its too dangerous here After trying the veiled version and other baths, I put the bath set in the item box. With the veil on, I couldnt really see the presence of the tub from the outside, but I could see the outside from the inside. Its too hi-tech. And when I want to put it away, its back in the palm-sized cube again and returned to my handwhat a handy feature. Lately, the rare drop items have been daily necessities no, baths are too big to be daily necessities. Still, there are many things that are useful in everyday life. I used to think Id rather have a piece of equipment like an accessory, but now Im happy with this one. Today, besides the Nights one, I was delighted that I was able to secure my share of the[Brush of The Pig Kings Hair]obtained from the orc king And I was even happier to get this bath set. .Alright. I decided and called out to Night. Night. Why dont we explore a little more and then go home and warm up in this bath? Woof? Woof! I was determined to move on with my exploration today, but these expressions. I hope youll forgive me. I couldnt resist the bath Im Japanese, after all With Nights approval, we went back to the house to enjoy the bath after exploring a bit more. Book 2: Chapter 1: Part 5 New chapter for today.Please enjoy~ Yesterday, we ended up getting a bath, so we cut our exploration short early, but today we were pretty far out in the depths. Because, you know, its a bath. You Japanese dont understand? Its a greater bliss you know? Even though Im still not of age, I thought I could understand how the adults felt to want to drink in hot water in an open-air bath. Thats because it feels too good. Be that as it may, I continued to explore with more effort than yesterday. As a result, I encountered a new monster again. Night, its headed to your way! Woof! Shaaaaaaaa! The enemy were fighting now is an armadillo-like monster with a long needle-like a porcupine on its back. Or maybe it looks like a hedgehog, but I think the armadillo with a needle is the best way to describe it. By the way, the status is like this. [Needle Roller] Level: 610 Magic: 3000 Although its level is lower than the crystal deer we fought yesterday, none of the stats are comparable. The most troubling thing is that it charges at a speed like a bullet while curling up and spinning at high speed. The needles that grew from its back also boast tremendous hardness, and it can even hold against my[Absolute Spear]and[Omni-Sword]. No, its a bit wrong. Because, whenever it needles exchange blows against the[Omni-Sword], it always aimed at the flat part of the sword, so I cant slash it. In the same way,[Absolute Spear]will always be able to pierce the target if the spearhead catches it. Still, if the spearhead is swept away like a clean stream, it will only be like to hit it with a blunt weapon. Even so, its strong enough, but the throwing[Absolute Spear], which had been a one-strike kill up until now, has also been avoided away nicely in the same way as the spearhead flows. On top of that, even though it was parried off, it doesnt change the fact that it was hit, so the[Absolute Spear]will be back in my hand As I thought, when it comes to S-class monsters, the throwing[Absolute Spear]wont work unless I strike them unexpectedly. I got lucky with the orc king. In fact, the reason the crystal deer was able to fight[Absolute Spear]was probably because it was dealing with it in the same way. I didnt want to think about what would happen if such an S-class monsters needle stabbed me. As Night avoided the needle roller that was charging at him at high speed, the needle roller returned its body to normal the moment it hit the tree that was ahead of it, and as it landed on the tree with its momentum, it used the tree as its foothold, accelerating and now flying towards me. Kishaaaaaaaa! Ugh! I manage to dodge at the very last minute, but my cheek is cut pretty deep. It hurts Woof! As I said, the needle roller was slower than it had been the first time. Were a little tired too, but the advantage of two against one is huge. Maybe its time to end this. Lets brace ourselves. Woof! Kishaaaaaaaa! Sooo, here it comes again! The needle roller, poised, came charging at us again. Night was quick to leave the spot, but I kept the needle roller engaged until the very last minute. In fact, after watching the needle rollers movements earlier, I had a plan that I wanted to put into action. I fought the urge to avoid it quickly and timed it well. And then Now! Kisha!? I dodged it jumped sideways at the last moment, and the needle roller couldnt even slow down, so it went right through me and slammed right into a nearby rock wall. The needle rollers defense is quite high, so even if it were to smash into a rock wall, it wouldnt do much damage, no matter how fast it was going. But thats not what Im here for. Kishaaaaaa!? Yeaaahh! The needle roller slammed into the rock with such force and made the sharp needles that it was proud of thrust into the wall. It stuck into the rock wall. It desperately clutches its limbs, but because its an armadillo-type monster and its needles are quite long, it cannot do anything while its limbs are floating in the air. It would have been a lot harder to beat this one if it had the ability to shoot out needles, but it doesnt look like that, so Im relieved. Haaaaah! Kishaaaaaaaa! As long as the movement stops, I can slash it with[Omni-Sword]. Of course, it doesnt matter how hard the armor is. As soon as I make[Omni-Sword]appear in my hand, I activated the[Weakness Detection]skill and swung down from the upper level at the weak point at once. Even if I can slash it, its meaningless if I cant kill it with a single blow. The[Omni-Sword]that I swung down, entered the weak point cleanly. As it was, I slashed at it without feeling any resistance. Then the needle roller screamed and disappeared as a particle of light. W-we managed to take it down somehow Woof Thanks, Night. I hugged Night as he came closer, and he licked my cheek. I immediately take out the[Complete Recover Herb Juice]and drink it down in one breath. Theres still plenty of stock to go around. The juices seeped into my body, and my vitality came back at once. You have to drink it too, Night. Woof! After a long time, the message appeared when the juice was given to the Night in the same way. Level-Up. You have acquired [Mind-Body Unification]* and [Mental Enhancement] skills.(T/N: Let me know if someone can come up with a better name for this skill .) Ive leveled up and gained some skills! Woof! Eh? Did Night leveled up too? Woof! Night barked like that, so I appraised him, and he really did level up. Thats nice! After allocating the appropriate level-up BP, I looked back at my status again. [Yuuya Tenjou] Occupation: None Magic: 6050 BP:0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 8] [Presence Detection] [Fast Reading] [Cooking: 7] [Map] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Assimilation] [Tame] [Mind-Body Unification] [Mental Enhancement] Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] Before I know it, my[True Martial Arts]and[Cooking]levels have gone up! I cant tell the difference since its my own cooking, but somehow I felt sharper when I attacked in the martial arts than before. For now, lets check out the existing skills and check out the new skills. [Mind-Body Unification] :: It unifies the mind and body and gives you more control over your own body. [Mental Enhancement] :: Increased resistance to mental attacks such as fear states. Oh! Every single one of them looks useful. Mind-body unification can be recognized as being able to move my body as I imagined. And mental enhancement! Earlier, I was terrified when the needle roller came at me, but I was able to move without cowering. I think that was the groundwork to learn this skill. Alright lets keep up the leveling at this rate. Woof! Ah, lets check Nights level, too. Woof. I stroked Night as I appraised him. The result is this: [Night] Race Name: Black Fenrir Magic: 10100 Note: Yuuya Tenjous Follower. What can I say, the way his status raising is the same as mine. The only difference with me is that he doesnt have BP, and his luck is not rising. Maybe its just that it didnt go up this time, but luck isnt something thats going to matter when the level goes up. Nevertheless, Night has a well-balanced rise in agility, and his status isnt too far behind that of S-class monsters. Its not an exaggeration to say that thanks to the presence of Night, I can compete with S-class monsters. In terms of status, Im overwhelmingly defeated by S-class monsters; Im just aided by Night and the outrageous weapons that the sage-san left behind. Well, Im able to cope with the S-class monsters with such a dangerous weapon, but when I think about it, Nights existence is essential. In terms of my mentality. I want to raise my level quickly so that I can take on an S-class monster with ease.Thinking about that, I went to look for the drop items. [Strong Needle of The Armadillo Needle] :: Needle of the needle roller. With its sharpness, it can easily pierce even thick steel. They are mainly used to make spears and arrowheads, and these weapons are traded at very high prices. This is seriously dangerous This was the only material it dropped, but it seems that the needle of the needle roller was a very dangerous thing. I dont know if its an armadillo or not, but if its not an armadillo, what kind of creature is it?* I also retrieved the magic stone while thinking about what kind of creature it was in the unexpected notation. The magic stone is, as I thought, an S-class item. (T/N: Kinda confused with this, its written with English at the first one and Japanese at the second one, the name of the strong needle is also written with Japanese. and .) And then No matter how I look at it, its a toothbrush, right? Woof. There was a black toothbrush in my hand. Its probably the needle roller rare drop item. But even if this were a rare drop item, it shouldnt be a toothbrush, right? I mean, its a needle that can pierce steel. And if I brush my teeth with it, my mouth will be getting shredded. No, I dont think the brush part of this toothbrush is that needle. I dont even want to think about it! After an appraisal with anxiety, it was displayed as follows: [Extreme Toothbrush] :: Brushing your teeth with this item will completely eliminate the bacteria that cause bad breath and will significantly change the color of your teeth from ivory to white. It also removes plaque and tartar without missing, making the user feel comfortable and enjoy brushing their teeth. Its absolutely awesome! What a usefulness of this daily necessities series! Its a little crazy, dont you think? I mean, its beneficial to me personally, but are rare drop items mostly just the daily necessities items? Ive never played a game before, but is that normal? Did I just assume, as a stereotype, that a weapon or armor is the only item that can be dropped? Well, whatever in the meantime, lets go a little further inside, shall we? .. Night? As I retrieved the drop item and called out to Night, Night stared silently in a certain direction. When I followed his gaze, I saw that the rock where the needle roller had been sticking into had collapsed, and something that looked like the entrance to a cave had appeared. Eh, what is that? Woof Even Night didnt seem to understand, so he tilted his head, but he kept on approaching the cave entrance. Ah, hey! Its dangerous! When I said that, Night made a gesture of thinking and turned back to me. Woof. The expression on his face looks like hes saying lets go to the inside of this Its true, this cave that suddenly appeared was worrisome. It just so happened that the position where we had fought the needle roller was at the bottom of the cliff, so I hadnt expected such a cave entrance to appear. I could ignore it and go deeper into the forest, but Night seems strangely concerned, and above all, Nights wild instincts tell him theres something to it. Its as if he said, Ive got a hunch somethings up! with a high level of confidence. I was also concerned about the Something that Night felt, so I followed behind with Night in the lead. This was the first time I had been in a cave like this since I was in a forest. I was on the alert for any monsters to appear, but my[Presence Detection]skill didnt catch any signs of monsters. No, its too early to be relieved. Just as crystal deer detected my[Assimilation]skill, there may be something that can slip through my[Presence Detection]. I was only worried about the monster when I thought about it, but if there are people in this cave, they might be setting a trap or something Well, if there is a trap, I dont have the skills to avoid it, so it cant be helped. I was wary of traps as well as monsters and proceeded without carelessly touching the walls or the ground. Just when I thought it was getting dark, a torch on the wall caught fire. Whoa! Why did it suddenly catch on fire? Woof? In contrast to me, who was very surprised, Night was unconcerned for the time being, Night isnt alarmed, and were not in danger. More importantly, the torch on the wall means that theres a human hand in it. Its nothing right now, but there could be a trap somewhere. I lost more and more of my understanding of what this cave was, but after a while, we reached the deepest part of the cave. The deepest part is a slightly larger space, and a large number of torches are held up on the surrounding walls. This place is Woof! Night? Suddenly, Night rushed out, and I hurriedly chased after him. Then Huh!? A skeleton in a robe is sitting, leaning against the innermost wall. I thought it was a monster for a moment, but it seems to be completely dead with no sign of movement at all. I didnt expect to see a white skeletal corpse if it werent for the[Mental Enhancement]skill, Id have peed in fear, wouldnt I?Just as I thought about that, Night patted something that was placed in front of the skeleton with his foot. sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Woof! Eh? I approached Night and looked at the thing that had fallen at his feet it was a thick book. A book? What kind of book is that?When I picked up the book, the cover said The Sages Book, but I had no idea what it was. I had no choice but to open it and check it To those who have reached this point, ~the sage~. Thats what it was written. Book 2: Chapter 2: Part 1 Heres another chapter thank to the Patrons! Enjoy~Part 1 S-sage I stared in disbelief at the book in my hand. This is because the sage described here is probably the former landlord of the house that I use in this other world. Furthermore, it is safe to say that I couldnt do anything without the sages help. Im very indebted to him for the weapon and armor, and numerous materials such as the complete recovery grass. In the first place, if the house didnt have the barrier ability, I would have been dead the moment I stepped outside the door, connecting the house to the other world. The book of the sage moreover, who else could have reached this place I opened the book with a slight shudder. One of the contents spelled out the following: WellI know this is sudden, but lets talk about the past. Its my past. I know its boring but listen to me. I could do anything. Yes, ever since I was born There was nothing I couldnt do. Magic, swordsmanship, cooking, singing, painting, blacksmithing I could really do everything in this world. And I had the power to master it, too. As a result, I stepped into Gods realm while I was alive. It was one of my few astonishing events; the gods encouraged me to become a god directly. Well, the other people would have gladly accepted it. After all, if you agree, you will be able to join the divinity and gain immortality. Before this, even if I could revive the dead, I couldnt become an immortal. But I refused. Those around me were surprised, and some of them scolded me for being arrogant. But I still refused. Ive talked about this at length, but there is one thing I would like to tell you as you read this book. You are good enough to be able to come to this place. Im not sure how you perceive that, now that Im dead. I dont know what you think of other people. I dont know, but it will eventually make those around you afraid like me. It may be an afterthought, but as a predecessor, I dont want you to lead a life like mine. I havent told you why I refused to become a god, have I? Its becauseI wanted to die as a person. I, who could do anything and reach the divinity while I was alive could only die as a person in this way. I dont want you to end up in the same position. Its truly selfish of me. .. Ive read this far, and Im amazed at the kindness of the sage. My image of the sage was that he was the type of person who had no interest in other people and was only interested in himself because he was building a house in the middle of the forest like that. In fact because he was able to do anything, he was a pitiful person who was more lonely than anyone else and had lost the ability to die as a person other than dying at the end of his life. If what he says is true, then my power is probably one of the most powerful among humans. If things continue like this, as sage-san said, I might be feared off by the people around me. I dont want that. But what should I do? As I continued to read the book with these thoughts, there was more information. Its a bit scary, but to solve this is simple Well, for someone other than me. The answer is to get someone you can trust. It could be a friend, a lover, or a parent. Make someone who will lay everything on the line and still be there for you. I was good at building relationships when I was alive, but I didnt get someone to expose everything like that. If you have the time, dont be afraid and look for such a person positively. U-umm That is, well..I guess it is, but Im the kind of person who didnt have any friends until recently, you know? I feel like thats a pretty high hurdle Sage-san, dont you think that in terms of your own standards? Youre going to be fine. Dont rush, take your timego at your own pace and get a lifetime friend. Not only do you have to deal with your friends, but you have to deal with yourself. Youre reading my mind! While doing tsukomi inwardly, I was reminded of my deceased grandfather by the words of the sage. Grandpa said the same thing to me before he passed away It may take some time, but Ill make my own way, little by little. As I turned the page with that thought in my mind, there was a continuation. Thank you for keeping me company this far, and I apologize for that, but Ill write one thing you want to know in this book. Eh!? When I saw the letters written, I let out a hysterical voice. Then, what do I want to know or rather, I feel like my mind is really being read. Even if suddenly said, nothing honestly comes to mind. I have too many things to know. But speaking of what I want to know now Magic I wonder Ive never used magic since I came to this world. Thats why I long for magic. Its exciting to think about being able to make fire out of my hands like that. As I was thinking about it, a new character is written on the page that had been blank until now. It seems like you want to know about magic. I knew youd read my mind! It turned into a conviction inside of me. Ignoring me like that, additional letters emerge on the blank page. Ive packed all of my magic theories into this continuation. However you have no knowledge of magic no, on the contrary youre not a resident of this world. How could you possibly know that? It seems that sage-san can see everything. Even so, I didnt think hed be able to figure out that I was an otherworlder. Whats going on actually? What on earth? But unfortunately, even if you have the magic theory drilled into your head, youre not capable of using magic. Thats because every human in this world has [Magic Circuit] in their body that allows them to use magic. Simply put, its like a blood vessel. Unlike you, humans in this world produce not only blood but also magic power from their hearts, and it runs through their entire body. However, being an otherworlder, you dont have this circuit. Therefore, you cant use magic. W-what? T-thenI cant use magic for the rest of my life? Theres nothing I can do about it if he says its different because of how my body is built. When it comes to magic, I had been hoping to use it someday since I came to this world, and that fact was quite a shock. But sage-sans words didnt end there. Therefore, I will give you my magic circuit. Yeah, I dont exist anymore. But my magic circuit is so precious that it can be said to be a treasure of this world. It would be better for you to use it than just to make it disappear. Eh!? Can a magic circuit be passed on to other people? Besides, is it okay for an outsider like me to take such a precious thing? Despite my anxiety, the sages words were written in a light tone on the page more and more. If you dont use it, its just going to disappear. But now youre here. Theres nothing wrong with that, just that the existence that inherits it just happens to be an otherworlder. Its decided that its better for people who can use it. In the first place, how many people can get to this place? .. Its true, I knew from what Owen-san and the others said about how dangerous this place is. Well, dont think too hard about it, but be happy that you just happen to have the worlds best magic circuit. I wonder if I can take it so lightly Well, its not something I could have said at this point where Im already using the sages weapons and house, but even so, I feel apologetic when he treats me so well.Im really sorry sea??h th§× N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Well, whatever. I have nothing to say to you if you will eventually become worthy of that power and live a life that you can hold your heart out for. . I am admonished by sage-san who should no longer be in this world. Even so, if I can live up to what sage-san says if I can become that kind of person who lives up to the power sage-san gave meno, I should try to become that kind of person. Just as I was making that determination, suddenly, the sages book began to shine. Huh!? Now that youve made your decision, lets get you started. This is my magic circuit that the whole world has wanted! I had been turning the pages by hand before, but suddenly the book jumped out of my hand and was fixed in the air, and the pages were being turned more and more. Then, as the page stopped, a large number of characters that I had never seen before emerged there and jumped off the page. Wha-!? The string of letters undulates like a snake. Its crawled up from my feet to all over my body; the characters filled from the top of my head to the toes of my feet, eventually covering my entire body and disappearing into my body. At that moment, my heart felt like it was on fire. I dropped to my knees in place without thinking, but this time the heat rushed through my entire body from my heart, and eventually, it quietly receded. Hah, hah, hah, hah! Woof? Night stares at me anxiously as I try to catch my breath desperately. I managed to return a grin to him, and the book that was glowing in front of me fell to the spot. Then, a page just came into my sight. It looks like youve safely inherited my magic circuit. Now youre ready to use magic. And as I said at the beginning, Ive packed all the magic theories into this one ahead Well, I rarely need to read it. If its another person, they will need to learn the magic theory written there, but its unnecessary for you, who inherited my magic circuit because my magic theory itself is already etched into that circuit on a genetic level. I managed to catch my breath and flipped through the book as if to confirm it. Just like sage-san said, there was a lot of information about magic. It was full of jargon that I didnt know what it was. I wondered if I had to understand all of this in order to be able to use magic, so I was very grateful for the words of the sage-san. Im sure I have the skills to understand language, but there are so many words I dont understand at all I took a look at it for now, and when I looked at the last page, it ended with the words that were directed at me again. Ive said it many times, I want you to be happy reading this book now. An existence who was human and yet was not human I am alone was enough. There will be times in your life that are irrevocably painful. Therefore, you should walk your life with no regrets. Im happy if this book and my magic circuit can help with that in some small way. I wish you all the best in your life, ~from the sage~. Thank you, sage-san. You, too, may you be at peace I put the book in the item box and joined my hands, praying to the remains of sage-san in front of me. Next to me, Night is mimicking me, closing his eyes and lowering his head. After a while, I turned up and said to Night. Okay, Night were going home for the day! Woof? Are we done? Night tilted his head as if to say that. Yeah. Thats enough for today. More importantly, I need to read the book that the sage-san left for me right now. Besides, maybe Night will be able to use magic too. Woof! Night nodded happily, and we walked home with him in the lead, just as we had done when we came. Book 2: Chapter 2: Part 2 Heres a new chapter today, enjoy~Part 2 Magic is the embodiment of the imagination. I took the book that sage-san had left behind and quickly went through the pages of magic theory, and the first thing it said was that. The embodiment of the imagination the words are quite tricky, I wonder if itll be alright? However, the embodiment of imagination even if you use magic, you cant use it without the underlying [Magic Power]. Im sure it is. Otherwise, the magic on the stats would really be meaningless. You have to start by feeling the magic to begin with, or you wont be able to use magic. That means, Ive got to learn how to control magic before I can use it. As I read through the book, it was mentioned that in order to deal with magic, one must first feel ones own magic, and meditation was mentioned as a way to do so. I dont understand what meditation is, but should I just sit with my eyes closed for now? I set the book down in front of me, closed my eyes, and sat down. Then I felt a presence next to me, so I opened my eyes a little, and Night, imitating me, closed his eyes, and sat down quietly. Its cute. After sitting side by side for a while, I felt that the heart part of my body was strangely hot. Hmm? What is this? This is The moment I felt the heat, it ran through my entire body, giving me the illusion that I was somehow experiencing blood flow. Waitwhat is this feeling! I was perplexed by a situation I had never experienced before. Still, I didnt see any abnormality, such as pain in my body or something negligent. Then, a semi-transparent message appeared in front of me. You have acquired [Magic Control] skill. Huh the source of this heat was magic? I soon found out from the sages book that apparently magic is something similar to blood flow and is always running through the body. Usually, I dont feel anything unless Im aware of it, so I guess its only this time. This is the magic circuit I inherited from sage-san S§×ar?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I murmured that to myself, Night, who had been meditating next to me, barked as if to tell me something. Woof! Woof, woof! Hmm? Perhaps you could feel it too, Night? Woof! Ooh! You did it! That means that Night was able to learn the [Magic Control] skill just like me. Even though its called control, I could just feel my magic. In addition to the fact that Im not from this world, even if I have magic in my status, I couldnt use magic because I didnt have the circuit. Since Night is originally from this world, Im sure he has the magic circuit. By the way, since I was able to sense my own magic, I could adjust the speed of the magic running through my body. I was able to move it as I wanted, such as staying in one place, so it may be that other people will be able to control it as soon as they can sense it. Now that I can feel the magic, and Im able to control it, whats the next step? Once you can handle the magic, the rest is easy. For example, if you want the flame to come out of your palm, you can imagine gathering magic in your palm so that it will come out. There is also such a thing as long spell chanting, but this is not necessary as it only serves as an aid to solidify the image. However, if you come up with your own name for the magic, it will be easier when you activate it. Its also a matter of preference since its the same to utter that magic name and chant it in your mind. However, in actual battle, it is recommended that you chant it in your mind in order to prevent your opponent from predicting magic. He~h magic doesnt require chanting, huh? Besides, chanting magic names in my mind would be more useful in battle Its useless on Earth, though. I cant imagine a situation where I would have to use magic. As I turned the page, I found the rest of the story written. If youre going to use it for the first time, its best to imagine water-based magic. Flames and the like can cause disaster in some places, but with water, the damage is relatively small. Consider it. That was dangerous! I was ready to let out a full flame If I hadnt read ahead of time, I might have let the flames appear. I have to read it to the end properly before I can put it into practice. I told Night to do the same, and I quickly thrust out my palm. I envision a basketball-sized water ball floating on my palm. I read that I should think of a magic name, so I guess [Water Ball] will do. Its a cheesy name, but thanks to it, the image and the skills name have come together. As soon as I solidified the image, I quickly activated the magic. Its fine, right? [Water Ball]! Then, water appeared in my palm, undulating out of the empty space. Before long, a mass of water the size of my imagination was formed. Uoooohh! I did it. I did it! Woof! Woof! Hmm? When I was impressed by the water ball in my palm, I saw Night barking next to me, and there was a water ball of the same size as mine hovering over his head. Whoa! You did it too, Night! Woof! With an empty hand, I stroked Night with all my might. Alright, alright! Now were magicians, too! Woof! I want to use some other magic right now, but I need to do something about the water ball that I spawned. I imagined in my mind that I would shoot a water ball at high speed at the tree outside my yard. In that moment Wow Woof The water ball snapped a few trees outside. Its more powerful than I ever imagined; it makes me twitch my cheek. It really works as intended. Also, Ive figured it out through the use of magic, but I definitely feel like Im losing a little bit of magic from my body. But if I believe in the feeling of losing magic this time, it would be possible to create a large number of water balls with this outrageous power. Earlier, I imagined the [Water Ball] just to make it appear, but now that Ive seen the scene, the image of the [Water Ball] has been overwritten by the image of when I shoot it out. I could just make a water ball appear, though. Alright, lets keep going and use more and more magic! Woof! I said that to Night, and we continue to use magic as long as our time allowed us to. Book 2: Chapter 3 Heres another chapter for today, thanks to the Patrons. Please enjoy~After parting ways with Yuuya, Owen and the others returned to the royal castle to tell the king that Yuuya had promised to visit the castle. Last time, Lexia was attacked by an assassin, but this time there was no attack except for the monsters because Owen and the others were more vigilant. Raise your face. Ha! Owen replied briefly, then turned his attention straight to the figure sitting in front of him. An elderly man with blond hair and blue eyes sat quietly in a high, opulent chair, dressed in glittering clothes. Owens body naturally tensed up in front of his gaze, which conveyed a sense of compassion and dignity. Arnold von Alceria. He is the current king of the Alceria kingdom and Lexias father. At present, the royal castles audience chamber in this royal capital of Montres has only the appearance of the king, Arnold, and Owen. So, did you meet him? The aforementioned young man. Ha! Just as Lexia-sama said, we were able to make contact with him in the Great Devils Nest. U-umu It was unexpected in that Great Devils Nest And hes from a foreign country, was he? Yes. His name sounded very different from ours. In addition, his appearance was very prominent in this country, with dark hair and dark eyes. I see At Owens report, Arnold nodded quietly. Watching the situation, Owen continued. Even so Your Majesty, please somehow reprimand Lexia-sama. When she met the young man in question, I was astonished because she suddenly asked the young man to marry her Ah. Owen said that much and hurriedly pressed his mouth down it was too late. He turned his gaze fearfully toward Arnold, where an expressionless Arnold was staring intently at him. What did you just say? N-no, its nothi What did you say? T-thats just What did you say? Owen had no choice but to answer truthfully. It wasnt because Arnold silently began to pull out the national treasure [Slash Sword Greacle] from its sheath. Eventually, he ended up reporting Lexias series of actions since her reunion with Yuuya. In the end, Arnold started brandishing his national treasure in a fit of rage. Whos thaaattttt!? The bastard who seduced my cute Lexiaaaaa! Ahhhhhh! Why is royalty such a pain in the ass!? Owen tries desperately to calm Arnold down, partly because of his own verbal slip. Its here, huh Its at the royal capital, Montres. In the alleyway of the block where the vagrants and pickpockets live, there is a hooded robed figure. The figure, concerned about his surroundings, reaches an alley and holds out his hand against an empty wall. And then, with a gesture as if he were switch on a dial, the wall disappeared, and a single path emerged. He checked his surroundings for the last time and then walked in, and soon the walls were back to normal. As he proceeded to the inside, he finally reached an ample space. Only a few lamps dimly lit the space, and the inside was made to look like an encampment. There are a variety of people; some dressed in a robe like the person himself, some wearing masks, and others hiding their identities and enjoying drinking. However, as he can see from the looks and the atmosphere around them, they dont just enjoy a drink. This is a place to buy and sell various information and a place to request work. If I take a feat here My Cornes houses position will be unshakeable The person moved in a straight line to the counter, where he called out to the man who was washing dishes, cups, etc., expressionlessly. I want to request a job. The content? Investigation and killing of the target. Sear?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The mans expression at the counter didnt move at all at the disturbing contents of the request. This is because the entire exchange of requests here is from the illegitimate underworld. The man at the counter paused to wash his dishes, then pulled out a parchment bundle from under the counter. Heres the list of people who are available at the moment. The client man is immediately checking the backgrounds and status of those on the parchment, as well as the money requested. Then he noticed a piece of paper. Huh? Dont tell me hes free right now? Yes. In that sense, youre lucky. Hes still here, but as you know, hes popular. What about it? T-this guy! I want this guy! Its fine, right? The client man looked impatient as he asked, but the man at the counter was expressionless as ever, he pulled out a parchment with a description of the person and pointed to one of the rooms. Go over there. Hes in there. A-alright. Following the mans words, the client man went to a private room at the far end of the tavern. The client man came to the front of the room and eventually went in. A request, huh? If he had to describe the person there in one word, it would be blacka dark green hooded robe and an eerie black mask covering his entire face. Blue eyes glinted under the masks eyes. The client man was almost swallowed up by the overwhelming feeling that overflowed from his body, even though he was just sitting there. A-are you the [Head Hunter]? As if answering that question, something is shimmering around the neck of the client man. The answer is already around your neck, you know? Hyii! Hmph if I had gone one step further, your head would have been flying instead of answering. Something shiny disappeared from the client mans neck at once as the dark figure lightly moved his fingers, and he caught his breath, drenched in sweat. Hah, hah, hah! I guess Ive threatened you too much. Well, now I dont have to introduce myself, do I? Im the one they call [Head Hunter]. Ah I-I am The client man who had managed to catch his breath was about to open his mouth, but the dark figure controlled him with his hand. No, I only need to be paid. Im not the least bit interested in your own information. At the dark figures words that he didnt care from the bottom of his heart, the client man frowned for a moment but quickly returned to his original expression. So youre here to ask me a request, right? Do you understand it? Hiring me costs a lot of money, you know? Yes, I know that! Still, theres someone Id like you to erase! As the client man said that, he took a sheet of paper from his pocket. Heres a rundown of whats been going around lately. Hmph. Once he received the paper, the dark-skinned figure skimmed over it. Oh, you mean in relation to the attack on that first princess. In the Great Devils Nest, those attackers lost their lives, and the princess was saved Ah, yeah. The assassination of the princess was quite a bit of work, but more than that, the environment of the Great Devils Nest was even more dangerous. Thats how only the princess survived Humph everyone knows that Great Devils Nest is dangerous. Forgetting that, the moment they go after the princess, theyll know what theyre up tobut certainly, youre right, its unnatural that only the princess survived. Looking at this content, it seems that Owen, the princesss escort, was also away at that time. If the princess is the only one who survived in a situation where Owen isnt there its very likely that someone else was. Therefore, Id like the [Head Hunter] to assassinate the princess. However, there may be an existence nearby that is said to have protected the princess. Keep that in mind. I see I understand the contents of the request. I guess its mostly about making the first prince happy Huh? Wh-why do you say that? At the client man, who was clearly shaken, the [Head Hunter] sighed in disbelief. You youre not cut out to be a nobleman. With such a face, how can you get along in the noble society that is more chaotic than that Great Devils Nest? Sh-shut up! Im aware of it without being told! Well, whatever. Anyway, I understand the request. As you say, I will undertake the job to assassinate the princess. Y-yeah! Then, lets deal with 500 gold coins as a down payment, shall we? Guh!? A-alright After the client man left the room once to prepare the advance money, the [Head Hunter], who remained in the room, leaned far back in his chair. I wonder how long Ill have to keep doing this The dark guild. It is a group of criminals who have a lot of illegitimate requests. The people who belong to them are all dangerous people, such as those who have dangerous ideas or are born evil but there were certainly some people who belonged to them unavoidably. The encounter that will change the fate of [Head Hunter] is just around the corner. Book 2: Chapter 4: Part 1 This is the chapter today, enjoy~Part 1 Im too excited The next day. I was reflecting on it a bit as I headed to school. Yesterday, I continued to use magic for as long as I could, until I ran out of time and imagination, but in the end, I had caused a phenomenon called magic depletion. From what I read in sage-sans book, I heard that magic depletion could be recovered over time, but its not a very complimentary thing. Thats because when I run out of magic, my body becomes sluggish all at once. Its already so uncommon. Im so physically lazy that its almost impossible to stand up, and its horrible. If this happened in the middle of a battle, I would be killed in an instant. There was something else that bothered me as well. It was a word written at the end of the book Now, since what Ive told you up to this point is the result of my research, you should not think that this is widespread, and think carefully about where to use the knowledge youve gained. Apparently, this magic theory is sage-sans original one. From the feeling I get from reading this sentence, the content of the book left by sage-san must be uncommon. I was by no means, thinking that, but its heresy! It would be troublesome if I told this to an otherworlder, so lets be careful. So far, there were more dangerous things or that I had to be careful about, but it wasnt all bad. It turns out that one of the effects of the rare drop item, the Portable Open-air Bath Set, is that it can also produce a hot spring that has the effect of restoring magic power! Yaaah, that drop item is a great hit! I cant do anything without it now! And the toothbrush is just as effective, its amazing how fresh my mouth is, and its transformed into really clean white teeth. And it felt super lovely to brush with it. I was thinking about that as I headed to school, and before I realized it, I had arrived at school. It seems that Kaori and Kaede had just arrived at school as well, and when they saw me, they smiled and greeted me. Ah, Yuuya-kun! Good morning! Good morning, Yuuya-san. Good morning, you two. When I returned the greeting as well, I suddenly realized something. Kaori and Kaede look strangely happy. Is something wrong? You look like youre having fun. Whats going on? Eh? They were surprised and looked at each other at my words. Now, as stated in the annual event schedule, we have a field trip next week Are you all done with the preparations? Huh? Yes! On the contrary, everyone answered in unison. After the morning exchange, the homeroom teacher, Sawada-sensei, said that in the H.R. session. Field trip? What? Ive never heard of this. Thats good. Youll be in a position to be called an elite in the future. In fact, all the graduates of this Ousei Gakuen are active in various industries. We want you to experience the harshness of nature so that you will be able to survive the rough seas of society. Were trying to get you to develop the mental capacity to endure any kind of hardship. When I was confused by the sudden words, Yukine, who was sitting next to me, told me. Well, the teacher says that, but the point is that were just going to camp to get used to a new environment. Well, its going to be a valuable experience and will help us grow. Its just a night and two days, and Im sure theyll give you a sheet of paper with a list of things youll need to prepare, so you can use that as a guide. I think. I see Come to think of it, I got textbooks and stuff like that, but I didnt get a yearly schedule of events. To be honest, Im not bothered by it, or how should I say it, until now, I hated school so much that I didnt really care about the events. But Oh, I see. Kaori and the others knew that this explanation was going to be given today, so they seemed to be enjoying themselves oddly. As I thought back to the two of them in the morning, Sawada-sensei said: However, we cant start preparing or anything else without deciding on a group. Thats why sensei will decide it appropriately. Eeh~ When Sawada-sensei said this, many students voiced their dissatisfaction. Sensei! Why dont you just let us manage the group ourselves? Thats right! Thats a tyranny! Yes, yes, be quiet. Stop criticizing me at once. Do you want me to give you more homework? Everyone was silenced as sensei used homework as a way to make a deal. Looking at these students, the teacher lets out a sigh. As I said before, although the content is a camp, its still an outdoor learning experience. The purpose of this is to deepen the friendships among the students. But if you just make a group with your friends, it wont help you build new relationships. This is the time to widen your circle of friends. Do you all understand? Yes. In other words, the division of students into groups by the teacher this time is a clear intention on the school side. I have yet to speak to any of the students except Ryo and Shingo-kun, so Im grateful for this event. But Im also troubled by this. What should I do with Night during this field trip? The best thing is to use magic to get back and forth to my house but as of yesterday, I still couldnt use any magic like instant travel or anything like that; its hard to visualize it. So what should I do? I was holding my head because the problem of not being able to use movement-type magic came up in unexpected situations. Then Sawada-sensei wrote the result of the group division on the blackboard. This is the division of the groups this time. The number assigned to each of you is your group number, and now, you will be moving to your groups accordingly. Okay, start moving. I looked at the blackboard, and I was in group 5. I move to the position where the members of that group are sticking together. And there were two familiar faces there. Ah, Kaede. Yuuya-kun! Were in the same group. Please treat me well! Thats right; Im in the same group as Kaede. And the other familiar face is Hey, Yuuya-kun! Were in the same group! Uhm, Akira-kun. Best regards. It feels so distant to call me with an honorific! You can call me Akira! Or maybe young noble. Youre too long! Get out of my way! Thats cruel! Im also in the same group with Akira, the one who made a mistake at the time when playing soccer. However, the one who pushed Akira away and came over was a girl I had never been involved with before. A tall, slender, beautiful girl with long black hair, shes tall for a girl. Her face also seems to show her strength of character somehow. Im Rin Kanzaki. I dont mind if you call me by my name too. Please treat me well from now on, Yuuya. Yes, likewise, Rin. I didnt really like getting involved with new people before, but now I like it because its exciting. Thats why I smiled spontaneously, but Rin looked at my face intently and nodded. I see there are just so many rumors going around. Eh? No, Im talking about that. If that idiot over there keeps his mouth shut, I can understand if hes called [Young Noble]. Eh, really? Id love it if you call me that! said Akira. Although at this rate, I doubt youll get that chance forever. Why! Im already having fun with this group. When I thought about that, Kaede called out to me. For now, it seems that were a group of four, so it seems well be working with these members this time. Im looking forward to it. Me too. I dont get many chances to do this. I couldnt even go on a school trip in junior high school because I didnt have any money. No, even if I had, whether I would have enjoyed it or not is another matter. Sawada-sensei opened her mouth as each group finished confirming its members. Alright, I think were done with the group confirmation. Ill give you a brief overview of the event, and then Ill hand out a sheet of paper that summarizes what youll need for the day. In response to her voice, the students turned their attention to the teacher. First of all, the destination. Theres a vast land owned by this school, and its surrounded by nature, so dont think theres a convenience store or anything convenient like that! And as for the activities, well thats for you to look forward to when you get there. Well, good luck with that! I thought she said she was going to give us an overview, but shes keeping the important part secret?I wonder what kind of things were going to do Yukine said it was camping Or rather, I was lightly drifting off, but what is this vast land owned by the school? That such a thing exists? This school is more and more out of the norm. It seems that the teachers explanation is really only that much, and this time around, a paper was handed out with things to bring or something written on it. Lets see Its obvious, isnt it? If its not the person themselves, whos going to go? Dont suddenly return to normal. I cant keep up with my emotions. And suddenly, its something I dont have. I mean, I couldnt even afford to travel before, so I dont have a backpack or any such travel bag in my house. My grandpa loved to travel, so maybe he has a bag if I search carefully, but huh? Come to think of it; I dont think Ive ever seen my grandpa on a trip with a bag? Its a mystery. Well, now that I have a bit of money to spare, Ill buy it. I dont really need it because I have an item box, but it would be an uproar if I used it in this world. And when I read on, I found out that I just need something like a change of clothes and a P.E. uniform. Theres nothing that I especially need to buy, except for the bag. It was a bit of a relief. But Kaede and the others seemed to be different. Hey, hey, what do you want to bring? As expected, we need to bring playing cards or something like that, right? Youre right. What about you, Akira-kun? If you guys are in charge of the games, I think Ill bring the snacks! Eh? Eh? Cards? Snacks? Can you bring something like that? I was surprised and asked that involuntarily, but Kaede and the others are also surprised and looked at me. Yeah? We need some things to play with since were camping. sea??h th§× N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thats right. I mean, that kind of thing is also allowed in middle school, isnt it? What is it, Yuuya? Are you a beginner at camping? In that case, this [Young Noble of The Camp] will You shut up. Why dont you let me talk? It seems my perception is wrong. No, I thought it was a school event and games were not allowed but is that what camping is all about? The difference in perceptions troubled me again, but in the end, since I didnt seem to have any particular items to prepare, I just referred to the paper that was handed out to prepare what I needed to bring for myself. Book 2: Chapter 4: Part 2 Heres another chapter, the next part would be tomorrow.Part 2 Alright! Lets hang out! After school, me, Ryo, Shingo-kun, Kaede, Rin, and. Please take care of me today, everyone. Kaori, the six of us went out to have some fun. It started with a talk about me not having a backpack or anything else necessary for the field trip, and then they decided to hang out with me while I was shopping. I-I never thought Id be able to hang out with Kaori-san Then Shingo-kun said that with a bit of trepidation. I also invited Akira to join us, but he had some business to attend to, so hes not here. And while the five of us were about to go out, Kaori was nearby, so I asked her to join, too, and she accepted it. I was surprised. I didnt expect Yuuya to be acquainted with Kaori-san S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Mm-hm. Kaori-san is the daughter of the chairman of this academy, and more importantly, the aura she wears is too noble! Kaori chuckles at Ryo and Rins words. Im not like that. Its my father who has that position. Please feel free to call me Kaori, too, everyone. R-really? Well then Kaori! Nice to know you! Just like that, Kaori got used to Rin and the others without any problems. The destination we went to was not the area around the school where Kaori and I ate crepes before, but a department store that is a little far away. Since I left it to Ryo and the others who are familiar with this area, there is no need to worry about many things. Along the way, Kaori told the story of how she met me and how I came to the school, and everyone listened to it with interest. How should I put it Yuuya is amazing. Y-yeah. If it were me, Id be too scared to help Shingo-kun is a little shaken when he hears about the first time I met Kaori. She didnt tell them about the fact that I was beaten up by the delinquent, it seems shes considering my feelings, so they all praise me for it. W-well thats embarrassing, you know. While having this conversation, we arrived at our destination. Lets go shopping here. Theres also a game center inside. I was led to a department store, which probably had about eight floors. When looking at such a building, Kaori was a little impressed and said, This is my first time hanging out in a place like this with friends! Oh, yeah, me too. Wait, what did you say? Its not just Kaori, Ive never played with this many friends in the first place. Despite that, Ive had my grandfather take me to the game center before, even though it was only a few times. Hearing our words, Kaede and the others were surprised with their eyes wide open. I-I cant believe there are two such endangered species Endangered species I couldnt help but laugh at Kaedes words. Well then, the two of you should have some fun today. Thats right. Kaori, Kaede, we will go look at some clothes later. That sounds great, Rin-chan! Hey, come on, first of all, well start with Yuuyas backpack. Okaay. As Ryo said, we quickly went inside the department store. Since I dont have any special preferences to begin with, I can easily find and buy the backpack. Then, after getting advice from Ryo and the others, I bought the other recommended items, and then we finally came to the floor where the game center is located. This whole floor is the game center, huh? Yeah Its amazing! It was a place with a UFO catcher, arcade games, other medal games, and various other gaming machines. Hmmm although we often go to the game center, it still looks amazing. Well, whatever. Lets just have some fun. Just like Ryo said, we wandered around the game center. Then Shingo-kun stopped in front of one UFO catcher. T-this is Whats wrong? Ah N-no, I just saw a figurine of my favorite character from the anime I watch, so A figurine of a girl that looked like a magical girl was placed at the end of Shingo-kuns gaze. B-but Im not very good at this type of crane game I dont have much money this time, so Ill do it another time. Really? Then, since were here, let me try it. Ive never played a crane game before because I dont have any of the things I want, but because Shingo-kun said he wanted that figurine, I decided to try to get it. Oh, youre going to do it, Yuuya? Ill do my best! I was nervous about my first ever crane game in my life, but I was able to control the crane and move it to the desired location. For my first time operating the crane, I was able to move it the way I wanted to, but I guess that was thanks to my improved body. Here it is! My hand moves at the right time, so theres no problem. Besides, I also used my [Weakness Detection] skill in order to find out where on the figure to aim, so it will make it easier to get at, as well, so it wont be a disastrous result. [T/n: Uwakimonooo!!] I seriously stared at the crane and the box of figures and determined where to aim. And as I stared at the box, a part of the figure box seemed to be vaguely glowing. This shining place is the weak point of this figure box, and if I strike this spot, its balance will slip off, and It will fall as it is. I moved the crane further to the location of the box of figures I was aiming for and pressed the button at best possible time. And then Eh, no way! Incredible What a surprise, I was able to get it off in one shot. I didnt expect to get it off in one shot. Because I thought the arm of the crane was weak, so I should do it at least twice. But I guess the part I aimed for was weaker than I expected. Ooh, you got it in one go! Wait, wait, wait, isnt this a probability machine? But thats amazing! I dont know what a probability machine is, but I managed to get one, so I gave it to Shingo-kun. Here you go. E-eeeh? I-I cant accept it! But I only did it because I wanted to give it to Shingo-kun, so ah, how about we trade it with 100 yen? If so, Ill get my hundred yen back too! I-if Yuuya-kuns okay with it, then Shingo-kun looked very happy to trade the figurine for a hundred yen with me, but then Kaede, who was watching what had happened with the others, pulled me along. Y-Yuuya-kun! Can you get this one? Eeh? Kaede pulled me to a large stuffed animal of an adorable cat. When I look at it again, I can see that she has already put her money in it. Wait, you have already put money in it, and if I fail I dont care about the money, just try it once! I felt sorry if I failed with someone elses money, but Kaede permitted me to do it, so Ill just try it, I guess. Of course, Im using the [Weakness Detection] skill as well. And just like when I took the figurine earlier, I moved the cranes arm towards the shiny part of the stuffed animal, and accurately hit the weak point of it. Ah, I got it! Really? The stuffed animal came off without a hitch. Yay! Ive always wanted this stuffed animal! Thank you, Yuuya-kun! Kaede said as she hugged the stuffed animal. Maybe its because I succeeded twice in a row, but everyone, including Ryo, takes me to the thing they want. Y-Yuuya! Ive always wanted this game! Can you get it? I want this stuffed animal. I I have never seen any of it before, but I think this stuffed animal is adorable! As a result, I was able to get it all in one shot. H-huh? Is the UFO catcher really that easy? No matter how much Im using [Weakness Detection], its too easy to take it out, so when I think about that, Ryo opened his mouth with a look of admiration. No, it aint a coincidence when it gets to this point. This is the first time Ive ever seen someone take the UFO catcher prize so easily I-is that so? Thats right its my first time in a game center, but I can see how amazing Yuuya-san is. Apparently, its unusual even from Kaoris perspective, whos a newbie to the game center like me. W-well, its okay. Im not losing anything! After enjoying the UFO catcher like that, we played a certain car racing game. Uhm, is this the right direction? No, its backward! Kaori, go back as fast as you can right now! Move out of my way! Ill come through! Wha-! Yuuyas too fast! What kind of driving technique is that? Can you move like that in this game? I-is that so? Yuuya-kun, thats amazing In the end, I am in the first position, and the bottom one was Kaori, who was new to the game like me. Then, after also enjoying various other shooting games, we decided to take a break. Phew its been a while since I had a good time like this. M-me too Now that I think about it, isnt Yuuya amazing? Right. he got a high score on the shooter game too Shingos drumming was pretty intense too. I couldnt follow it with my eyes anymore. A-anyone can do that if they know the music. No, thats impossible. As everyone takes a breath, Kaori smiles gently. Ive never hung out with so many friends like this before, so its a lot of fun. Kaori! Kaedes eyes turn moist at Kaoris words, and then she and Rin made Kaori stand up. Alright, then lets go look at some clothes now! Eh? C-clothes? Yes, thats right. High school girls like us have to take care of their appearance. So, well go upstairs to look at some clothes, so lets meet up here later. Hmm? Arent we also coming out with you? Ryo says that to Rin and the others, and Kaede grins at him. Are you sure, Ryo-kun? Girls shopping takes longer than you think, you know? Then, Ill pass on that. So we parted for once, and the ladies went upstairs to look at the womens clothing section. Well then, should we go downstairs and have a look? Yes. Alright. And thus, we headed off to look at the other floor, which was different from the ladies. Book 2: Chapter 4: Part 3 Heres a new chapter, enjoy~Part 3 On the lower floor, there were shops related to decorations, a bookstore, and a grocery store. I didnt buy anything in particular, and when I was looking around. A-a fire! Theres a fireeee! Huh? One of the customers suddenly shouted that. The other customers who heard that voice looked surprised and doubtful at first, but when they saw the smoke flowing from the upper floor, their expression changed. U-uwaaaa! Hey! Dont push me! Just get downstairs already! After we looked at each other, Ryo hurriedly took out his smartphone and called Kaede and the others. Not good, I cant contact them! A-ano! Which floor is on fire? I asked one of the customers heading for the exit, and it seemed that the fire had broken out in the corner of the game center. If it were true, wed have to rush out and wait for the fire-engine, but wed come to the escalator to get to the upper floor. Game center Kaede and the others are right up there! But with all this smoke W-what should we do!? As Ryo said, the smoke was more intense than I expected, and the heat could be felt near the escalators and stairs. But I spontaneously moved once I arrived at the location of the escalator. Yu-Yuuya! Wait! Hey! Eeeehhhh!? I could hear Ryo and the others surprising voices behind me, but I had already run upstairs. In hindsight, I would have had to act more calmly and thoughtfully. But as soon as I realized that Kaori and the others were in danger, I couldnt stand still. Kuh! The heat gets stronger and stronger on my way upstairs. My clothes right now are just a uniform, so I dont have any protection. If I went into them at this rate, I would die too. Then I suddenly remembered that I had recently become able to use magic. Thats right magic would be useful in a situation like this! At first, I thought about creating a large amount of water, but I dismissed it because I thought the floor might collapse under the weight of the water while it was brittle from the fire. So first, I use magic to put a thin veil of water and air over my body. At that moment, Im free from the suffocation and heat. Alright, now! In front of the raging flames, I jumped in with determination. The floor of the game center was already entirely on fire, and if I didnt have magic, I wouldnt have been able to proceed at all. I immediately activated my skill [Presence Detection] and checked to see if there were any people in the vicinity who had failed to escape. Theres no one on this floor As soon as I made sure no one was there, I ran upstairs again. While searching for Kaori and the others in this way, I detected three signs frozen in place. When I hurried to the location, I found Kaede and the others collapsed in pain. Kaori! Kaede! Rin! Yu-Yuuyakun? The three of them were right in front of the womens restroom, and they probably didnt notice the fire. The fire alarm wasnt even ringing in the first place, so its probably broken, or no one pushed it. They should maintain it properly! I couldnt help but swear, and I checked with my skills to see if there were any other people left. It looks like its really just Kaori and the others, and if I save the three of them, it will be over. But all three of them fainted the moment they saw me, so I would have to hold them all alone. I used my own uniform jacket, Kaori, and the others jackets, and first tied Kaori to my back to secure her in place. Then I carried Kaede and Rin on each of my shoulders and hurriedly ran from the location. All three of them must have inhaled too much smoke. I have to hurry and get out of the building. But its impossible to jump into the flames of that game center floor with three people like this in my arms. Alright. After thinking about it for a bit, Im going to do something super reckless that I can only do because its me now. That is to break it! I stomped on the floor as hard as I could. A hole in the floor caused us to go straight down. Moreover, instead of destroying one floor, I also destroyed the floor right below it. I was falling faster and faster with the three of them in my arms, passing the floor of the game center where the fire originated in one fell swoop and approaching the first floor. But if I landed like this, I might give the three of them a tremendous impact. I used my magic as I imagined my body wrapped in the wind. Then, just before we landed, our falling speed slowed down, and we succeeded in landing gently. Then, when we landed, I ran straight to the exit and kicked the door open. Whoa! said the people outside. When I went outside, the firefighters had already arrived and were working to put out the fire. Hah hah Are you okay? Hey, you! Bring a stretcher! As I left Kaori and the others with the paramedics, I dropped down on the spot. Haaaahhh! I made it in time! I loosen my uniform tie and exhale as hard as I can. Yuuya! Yu-Yuuya-kun! Ryo and the others, who had escaped safely, rushed to my helpless body. You dont be reckless! I was so worried about you! T-thats right! Ah well sorry. Ryo and Shingo-kun were right; my actions were quite reckless. Even if I, myself, had some leeway due to my ability to use magic, it would have looked like a suicide mission to others who didnt know that. Sure enough, the firefighters were very angry at me. S§×ar?h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The fire was safely extinguished, and we were safe for the time being. I found out later that the reason the fire alarm didnt go off was not because of poor maintenance, but because of bad luck. However, the game center where the fire started seems to have been caused by the mishandling of the wiring cords. At any rate, Kaori and the others who were transported to the emergency room woke up safely. Thanks to that, Kaoris father, Kaede, and Rins parents flew over after receiving a call from the firefighters, and then they gave me their extreme gratitude, and I felt grateful for that. Thanks to you, Kaori is safe thank you. Thank you so much! When I saw him tell me that with tears in his eyes, I felt both tender and lonely at the same time I didnt have a family that worried about me anymore I felt a little gloomy, but I had to answer the question of what happened at the time of the fire. But when the topic of why I was able to save the three of them safely comes up, there was no way I could say I used magic, so it was very hard to cover it up. Eventually, I settled on the conclusion that I was super lucky, which was also as unrealistic as magic, but if I didnt tell the truth, no one would know the truth. I managed to get home, being both berated and thanked for it. Im home Woof! Then Night greeted me. Night youve been waiting for me? Woof. Night rubs his face against my chest as I hug him. I couldnt help but hug him tightly for his cuteness. Thank you. Woof. Alright, then, lets get some food. Woof! Now I have Night in my life. I smiled because I loved his existence so much. Book 2: Chapter 5: Part 1 Bonus chapter brought to you by the Patron, Enjoy~Theres an error before, I posted this chapter instead of the chapter 4 part 3, Ive edited it already, please check it again and sorry for the inconveniences. Part 1 Hmm I dont know how to do this Woof? I was now trying to figure out what to do for transfer-based magic. This is a top priority for Night and me now that Ive decided to go for a field trip. However, I didnt have any good ideas in mind. First of all, its hard to imagine moving from one place to another. Because I cant get a clear image for my destination, at such level, no matter how I try to memorize it, it doesnt come to my mind. It would be different if I had a special skill like perfect memory, though. Besides, if there is a stone or tree in the destination, and I think about getting buried in it, Im even more scared and cant move. Not good, my head is getting confused. Lets take a break. Woof. I moved through the different world door into my own home. Hmm? I feel something tugging at me and move to another world once more. Hmm? Woof? Whats wrong with Night? But I was too focused on the situation to speak back.What is itwhats the thing that obstructed me. Hmm! Aaaaahhhhhh! W-woof!? I screamed, and Night was startled by my voice. Sorry, Night! But I understand now! Thats right its hard because I think of instant travel and all that kind of stuff! Just think of it as moving through a door or a gate or something, and itll solve the problem! First, I wont have to worry about getting buried under a rock or a tree or any of those scary experiences! Thats right; I can put a feature on that door that will allow me to remember the location! For example, if I develop some kind of magic to take a picture, and then combine that magic with that transfer-door magic, I could move to the location of that picture. Now that it has come to mind, I guess Ill just have to try and do it! Woof! Act on the spur of the moment! And so I immediately began to develop the magic. Then the magic was made so easy that it was anticlimactic. The effect of this magic is, I can move to a place that I have been to even once. The problem with this magic is probably the location Ive been to. Ive created magic to take pictures or rather magic to memorize them in my brain as vividly as photographs, and then integrated them into this transfer-door magic, but when I tried to move around by memorizing a scene from a textbook about an American scenery Id never been to, I couldnt do so. Maybe it matches the scenery in my brain with the kind of information Ive experienced in my body. I think thats selfish. Its uselessly powerful and subtly inconvenient, but its not a problem for me because all I need is to get between this house and the destination. Now I can take care of Night without any problems while Im going to the field trip. Well, itll only be at night or for a short time, but Woof. As if to tell me not to worry about it, Night raised one of his front legs. Its cute. Well, now that Ive created the transfer-type magic Ive always wanted, I can finally travel through another world! Even if when I am traveling, when the time comes, I can just go back to this house and go back to the same place again with magic, which is excellent.No! Dont tell me about ruining the fun of the trip! Forgive me, but Im short of time. Alright, then we need to finish exploring this forest as soon as possible! So, lets go! Woof! Night and I stepped into the forest after a quick preparation. Yeah, lets take down a few of monsters near the entrance to the forest for the next time we meet Owen-san and the others again. Woof. I dont know how much that action will affect, but if I can reduce the number of monsters, even if its just a little bit, it will make it easier when I meet Owen-san and the others again. Maybe I will go to the forest entrance after a month, but its also possible that Owen-san and the others will come to my house anytime Perhaps it was because I had been stepping more in-depth into the forest, opposite of the entrance until now, the monsters inhabiting the entrance felt a little weaker. Some monsters seemed to use magic in the depths of the forest, but near the entrance, only familiar monsters like the goblin elite, bloody ogre, and hell slime could be seen. Nevertheless, Im sure that I have defeated quite a few goblin elites, but there are still too many of them, it doesnt seem to have decreased.As I thought, theres no point for me trying hard to beat it all, right? Woof! Hmm? Whats wrong? Night barked all of a sudden; I called out to him, he looked at me once but then suddenly started to run. Eh, what happened? Its the same situation as when he found sage-sans book before, so maybe Night has noticed something. As I continued to follow Night so as not to fall behind, his presence suddenly faded. Woof. Eh? Erase my presence? Woof! I dont know why, but if Night says so, I guess its better to follow him. Im sure Night knows better than me what its like to live in the forest. I immediately activate the[Assimilation]skill and follow after Night while holding my breath. Then some kind of battle sound reached my ears. Kuh! A closer look revealed a girl dressed in tattered clothes, standing alone against a group of goblin elites. Her silver hair, which been tied together, was shaking with her each intense movement, and her blue eyes were drawing lines. I looked around to see if there were any other people around, but all I could see was only the girl in front of me. Its like with Lexia-san before, why is there a girl in this place? A-anyway, lets help her. Woof. I hurriedly tried to move from my location, but for some reason, Night held me back by biting the hem of my clothes. Whats wrong, Night? Weve to help her quickly .. I dont know why, but Night wont let go of my clothes. Even now, the girl is still in danger, and I felt uncomfortable thinking about that. That girl is standing alone against a group of goblin elites, you know? At the time with Lexia-san, her opponent was a goblin general; she hadnt shown any signs of fighting. However, the girl in front of me was still being attacked by the goblin elites, but she managed to continue to avoid them. Its obvious that she is used to fighting. Despite that, for some reason, there are no swords or other weapons found in the girls hands. ...Did she come to this forest empty-handed? What does she think? The more I looked at her calmly, the more the mystery to the girl only deepened. As I was thinking like that, the girl raised her right hand, which shouldnt be holding anything, with all her might. Hah! Guoooooooo! At that moment, the right arm of one of the goblin elite was suddenly cut off. Eh!? What happened now? The goblin elite was just as baffled as I was, but another individual who took advantage of the girls opening approached the girl from behind. Guh!? Crap. Gugaaahh! She tries to avoid it somehow, but the goblin elite thrusts its fist at the girl faster. And when the girl realized she couldnt avoid it, she crossed her arms as quickly as she could to prevent it, but she was blown wide open and hit the tree and fell down. Night, as expected, I cant just watch! Lets go! Woof! Night looked troubled for a moment, but he quickly followed me and ran from the location. First of all, I ask night to draw the attention of the group of goblin elites at the same time as I run-up to the girl. Woof! Gogaahh!? The surprise strike by Night had left one of the goblin elite unable to do anything just like that; Nights sharp claws had decapitated it. His attack completely distracts the goblin elites attention from me, and I reached the girl safely. Thank goodness. She just blacked out As I managed to hold her in my arms, some of the goblin elite that had been at Nights mercy noticed my actions. Guo? Gugaaa! Whoa now we have to do something about this situation Night! Ill leave some of them to you, are you okay with that? Woof! Night nodded vigorously to my request.I knew I could count on Night, hes reliable, after all! Well then, I guess Ill just have to take care of this one! Guoo! While holding the girl in my arms, I made one of the sage-sans weapons the[Heavenly Whip]to appear in my free hand. The[Heavenly Whip]is a long, pure white whip, and there were no other features that seemed to be distinctive in its appearance. However, the effect of this whip is. Hah! Guooh! Gwaahh! I lightly swung the whip on the spot, and it surged forward towards the goblin elite as if it were a living creature. The goblin elite managed to avoid the attack, but the whip automatically followed the goblin elite and wrapped itself around the goblin elites arm. As the whip wrapped around the goblin elites arm, only the part of the whip that was wrapped around it turned black, and with a light tug, the arm was easily squeezed and shredded. The goblin elites are momentarily trembling when their companions arm is knocked down. I didnt miss the opening that was created there, and I swung the whip in succession. Then, even though only one whip existed, the tip of the whip appeared as many times as it was swung, and it automatically attacked the goblin elite again, its really like a living creature. This[Heavenly Whip]makes the tip of the whip appear as many times as its swung, and yet it automatically attacks the target I set. Furthermore, once wrapped, it automatically tightens up the opponent and even shreds the body as it is. Even in the forest, an environment where there are many obstacles, its really just a matter of shaking it a little bit, and it will attack the monsters on its own.Im really grateful for this. I mean, as usual, there are too many strong things in sage-sans weapons When I safely finished defeating the goblin elite on my side, Night had just defeated the goblin elite that he was dealing with. After collecting the drop items scattered around the area for the moment, I turn my attention once again to the girl passed out in my arms. Now what should we do with her? I think itd be better to take her home so she can get a good rest Woof. Night biting on the hem of my clothes, just like he did before, and he shook his head lightly. Im not sure, but Night seems to be against bringing this girl into the house. Hmm but there must be some reason for Night to react like that. Theres indeed the possibility that this girl is a bad person, and its dangerous to bring her into the house carelessly. Even from the girls point of view, it would be scary to wake up in a strange mans house. But as it turned out, Night didnt strongly object to helping this girl, so I think shes not that bad. I think that selfishly that shes not a bad person. But I really hoped that. Woof woof! Hmm? You think we should move to the forest entrance for now? Woof, woof! I followed Nights lead, and we made it through the forest safely. Outside the forest, the visibility cleared at once, and a grassy field spread out all around. The grass was ankle-length at most, so it would be nearly impossible for a monster to hide in it. For now, I put the girl down under a nearby tree and waited for her to wake up. Once she wakes up, I can make her drink the[Complete Recovery Herb Juice]. Im sorry if she dislikes citruss taste, but youll have to put up with it. Anyway, its a relief to get this far, but considering that Night thinking its better not to go to my house, its probably not a good idea for this girl to know about my house. Im not sure why, but I cant blame Night for being wary. Then Id have to figure out how to explain it to the girl when she wakes up Yeah, honestly, I cant think of any idea. What should I do? If I have to lie, probably, Id say I was about to train in this forest and happened to find her being attacked by the goblin elites and saved her. Well, its an impossible setup, but I feel like this is the sanest one yet. Thats it. As I was miscellaneous thinking about it, the girl woke up. Hmm Uu Aa Where is this? She woke up, but she still seemed to have the damage from the battle with the goblin elites, and she quickly grimaced. Are you okay? S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Huh! Hyii! Y-you The moment I called out to her, she tried to raise her body with great vigor, but it seems the damage was still severe, and she quickly returned to her original position. Uhm would you mind drinking this for now? In case youre wondering, it works the same way as a recovery pill When I took out the[Complete Recovery Herb Juice]in a plastic bottle and put it in front of the girl, the girl looked cautious. What is it? This container and the contents Since I had no choice, I drank it in front of her to prove that it wasnt poisonous, and the girl let down her guard a bit and eventually drank the[Complete Recovery Herb Juice]. Huh!? T-this is! The effect was immediately apparent, and the girls body, which should have been covered in scars, instantly returned to a clean state. Its indeed the sage-sans house medicinal herb. So, what are you doing here? After her wounds had healed and she had calmed down to some extent, I asked that and she tensed up for a moment and then opened her mouth. I came here to train. Train? I didnt think it was for the same reason I made up! No, wait, I didnt mean to look at people just from their outward appearances but she didnt have any equipment or anything for her training Ah, could it be that fighting with light gear is one of her training? Woof For some reason, Night let out a sigh as I thought about that.Huh? Whats with that? Ahem! Ah well what are you doing in a place like this? Besides, I was supposed to have been attacked by a group of goblin elites Eh? Ah, yeah me too that training! I came to this forest to train as well! W-what? The girl was shocked by my words. I-I never thought anyone would actually practice Eh? I-its nothing! You and I have the same purpose! T-thats right! A-ahahaha. we both laughed. I dont know why, but we both had a hollow laugh. So may I ask your name? Eh? A-ah name name, huh The girl makes a little troubled gesture and looks a little hard to say. Ah, um Im not going to force you if you dont want to, you know? No, no problem. Im Luna. Nothing more, nothing less. O-okay Is there more or less to the name originally? Oh, Im Yuuya Tenjou. And, this child is Night. T/n: He changed the order of his name.] Woof! A family name? Are you noble? And this black dog? Is No, its not like that, but In this world, the order seems to be name and surname, so I did that but now that I think about it, having a surname seems to be unusual, to begin with. Luna-san, I heard that you were training just like me but do you plan to continue your training here in the future? Well, thats not the case. I cant go home until the request is complete Eh? Aah but isnt that a little dangerous? If you get attacked by a group of goblin elites again like before I dont know for what reason Luna-san is training in this dangerous forest. Thats why I dont have the right to stop her, but Im still worried about her, so I said it out loud. U-umu Even so, I cant oppose it ah! Luna-san seemed to know that it was dangerous, and she seemed to be much troubled by it, but then she screamed out as if she noticed something. Then, Yuuya. Would you be willing to join me in my training for a while? Eh? I have a reason why I have to stay in this Great Devils Nest. But Yuuya said its too dangerous to do that, right? And Yuuya is also training in this Great Devils Nest then I will also train with Yuuya, who seems to be capable of taking down a group of goblin elites. Huh What do you think? Would you be willing to join me in my training for a while? [T/n: its actually the same with above from the raw.] Uhm As for me, I dont have a problem with going along with Luna-sans training. But, I just dont know how long Ill be able to stick with that practice thing. Rather, Id be more worried about refusing here, and then she would force herself to train in this forest alone. I understand. Ill go along with your training for a while. Really? That would be a big help! However! I sometimes cant go along with the training, so Im sorry about that. Also, its not good for you to train today, you must go home quietly. If you can take these terms, Ill help you. Mu I have no problem with not being able to go along with the training sometimes. I cant always be here, either. But do I have to go home today? Yes, of course. Because even though youve recovered, youve still done some damage. Get a good nights rest for today. Luna-san seemed unhappy with my terms, but eventually, she agreed, though she puffed up her cheeks. All right. Ill take Yuuyas words for today. Thank you. But! You have to accompany me tomorrow, okay? I understand. I replied, and Luna-san nodded in satisfaction. Un So were going to train together from now on. You dont need to call me with an honorific. I dont mind if you call me by my name too. I-is that so? Then again, best regards. Yeah! Thus, it was decided that I would train with Luna for what its worth. As I was thinking about how strange this was, I noticed that Luna was looking at her own body and was concerned about something. Whats wrong? Hmm? Ah I was attacked by the goblin elite earlier, and my body was pretty dirty from running away so desperately. Ive been sweating a lot and Luna frowned as she said that, sniffing herself and reassessing her current outfit again. No. I cant go back to town looking like this. If only there was a river somewhere If thats the case Do you want to take a bath? Huh? Luna tilted her head at my suggestion. Bath you mean that bath? I dont know what the perception of a bath is in Lunas mind, but since I have a bath right now, I thought it would be a good idea to go for it. You have a bath? Lunas eyes widened at my words. Well, thats the kind of reaction that Ill get. But I do have a bath that I can actually carry around with me, so I cant blame her. It has become one of the amusement items for Night and me, but its a pretty nice item to have in these situations. Yuuya I dont want to doubt you, but theres no way Im going to believe you if you tell me you have a bath or something. Besides, baths are a luxury that only nobles or rich people can afford, you know? Moreover, we are at the entrance to the Great Devils Nest Ah, as for the bath If I remember correctly, its from crystal deer? Its a drop item I got from a monster, and I can make it invisible to those around me when Im using it. You dont have to worry about the monsters, either. Also, Night and I will be watching around for you. C-crystal deer? Luna looked even more surprised and nodded quietly after thinking for a moment. If you say that much. I will accept your kindness. Alright, then Ill prepare for it. Afterward, I set up the bath in front of Luna, she had a big surprise looking at it, and then she was obsessed with the charm of the bath. Book 2: Chapter 5: Part 2 Heres a new chapter, enjoy~Part 2 Is this a bath? I, Lunawas dumbfounded in front of a huge bathtub filled with hot water, which gave off a strange presence in front of me. According to a mysterious young man named Yuuya, whom I met in this Great Devils Nest, its called a [Hinoki Bath], but You really had it. A bath. Normally, if someone tells you they are carrying a bath, everyone would think its a lie. In the first place, baths are a super-luxury thing that only royalty, aristocrats, or the rich are allowed to enjoy. I never thought theres one that can be carried around, but also that I would experience it too Moreover, it even has a feature that is not supposed to be attached to a bath; its a feature that hides its appearance, which doesnt make sense anymore. Still, as a precaution, Night and Yuuya are going to keep an eye on it outside. I take off my clothes and scoop up some hot water from the tub provided and pour it over my body. Huh!? At that moment, an electric current ran through my body. What is this hot water? Even though I just poured it on my body, it was like my fatigue was instantly healed Besides, the unthinkable is happening. Normally, when you wash yourself with water, the dirt doesnt come off so easily, and you have to scrub it off with a cloth. But this hot water I was instantly enveloped in a crisp sensation of being cleaned off by pouring it over my body. I was confused by the situation, yet I fearfully entered the bathtub. And then. Ah haahh~~~ I was instantly captivated by the bath. Luna, theyre coming your way! Okay! Night, please! Woof! It had been a few days since Luna and I had decided to train together. At first, we worked awkwardly with each other, but now were working together moderately well, including Night. Now, she had managed to stand up against a group goblin elites, which had beaten her before. Guoooo! Woof! Gogaa!? Night took the goblin elite by surprise when they tried to attack Luna, and the goblin elite was forced to stop attacking Luna to prevent Nights attack. And there was no way Luna was going to miss that opening. Now! G-gugaaahh! Luna waved her hands wide, and the goblin elites body fell apart as if it had been slashed by something. At first, I thought Luna was empty-handed, but I found out that she was actually using a special weapon called [Thread]. Moreover, this thread was quite strong, and even a goblin elites physical strength couldnt tear it apart. On the contrary, the more they tried to shred it, the more the threads bit into it and tore into its body. Since Im used to fighting the goblin elite, Im now working with Night to support Luna. Eat this! [Spiral Line]! As Luna put her hands on the ground, the threads that had been stretched around her gathered and spun like a single drill, piercing the goblin elite. And the moment it was pierced, the threads unraveled from the goblin elites body in one fell swoop, leaving its entire body full of holes. W-wow As I was pulled back from the much too gory scene, Luna and Night were clearing out the rest of the goblin elite before I knew it. I guess you can take out the goblin elite without a problem now. No, it would still be dangerous without the help of Yuuya and Night. Thats especially so when fighting a group of them. From my perspective, I think shes already strong enough, but it doesnt seem to be enough for Luna. But alas, time is running out Luna. Unfortunately, I dont think Im going to be able to attend training for a while after tomorrow. What? In fact, with the field trip starting the day after tomorrow, I can come back to prepare dinner for Night, but I cant take enough time to keep up with Lunas training. However, Luna will not understand if Im honest about this, so Ill just let it slip away, though Im feeling sorry for her. Hmm well, I have some personal things to do. Sorry. No, never mind. So if its no good from the day after tomorrow, does that mean its okay tomorrow? In that case, Ill have you to come with me for more training tomorrow. Hahaha, please go easy on me. I smiled bitterly at Luna, who smiled mischievously. At first, she was very cautious at me, but now she has opened up to me, and Im very happy that shes starting to show me her various expressions like this. Even though it was only for a few days, because we fought for our lives against the monsters together, I feel like we became real friends rather than training partners. Despite all that has happened, it was nice to meet Luna. I would be glad if Luna felt the same way. By the time the monster was defeated to some extent, Luna had stretched one out. Well lets call it a day. Hmm? Are we done? sea??h th§× N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yeah. So, lets take a quick bath, shall we? Okay. Since the day I met Luna, and showed her the bath, she loved it so much that she would always take a bath at the end of her training in this way and go home. In addition to that, I brought in earth shampoo and conditioner for her bath, and she began to value her bath time even more. And I thought she was beautiful to begin with, but the bath made her even more beautiful. As usual, Night and I tried to keep an eye on the situation while Luna was taking a bath, but then she grabbed my hand. Eh? Youll have to come in first today, Yuuya. Huh? Are you sure? Yeah. Today, Im in the mood to go in later. I-is that so? Well then Ill take your offer and enter it first. I was a little surprised since Luna usually went in first, but I nodded obediently and decided to take a bath first. Aah it feels so good. Wooof. Night also makes a pleasant voice next to me. Its nice to take a bath after all the fatigue of our training is soothing at once. But then, when I was completely relaxed with that in mind. Hmm? Eh? Lu-Luna-san!? .. I felt the presence of someone and turned my gaze in that direction, and Luna, who was supposed to be waiting outside, walked in with a towel wrapped around her. When I was too confused to say anything, Luna quietly approached me and hugged me just like that. She hugged me!? The moment I recognized that fact, my body completely froze. Well, uh, that W-what should I do!? What am I supposed to do right now? I thought I was supposed to be the first one to enter the bath! Eh, but that doesnt make sense in a situation where Luna is hugging me and whats actually happened? Luna muttered to me, who was too confused to make a calm decision. Thank you. Eh? I really appreciate the fact that you went along with my selfishness. Thanks to Yuuya, I became stronger. T-thats not you say that youre stronger, but Luna was strong to begin with, and training is something I wanted to do too, so you dont have to thank me for that. In fact, Luna had a very high physical ability, along with her other attributes, compared to when she was first attacked by the goblin elite. She just happened to be working with us, and she moved even better from the effects of being leveled-up. Besides, Id rather be the one to thank her for the training, because its something that even Night and I needed, and thus its become such a good time I spent with Luna. But Luna shook her head slightly as she hugged me. No, Yuuya really helped me, as was the case with the goblin elites, but more than that I could see the bright world again. I will treasure this time for the rest of my life. Thank you so much. Eh? What does that actually mean? Luna stood up with great vigor as I tried to hear the truth of her words. Now, lets get up there, shall we? You dont want to take a bath too long and then feel dizzy, right? Eh? Ah, Yeah thats rightbuhohh!? Hmm? Whats going on? The moment Luna stood up, I was grabbed and shifted my gaze to Luna and to my surprise, with Lunas momentum standing up, her towel fell off, and the sight of a naked Luna came into view. I mobilize every nerve in my leveled up body to turn my face away at an unseen speed, and Luna looks at me curiously like that, coming around to look into my face as if she doesnt realize what shes doing now! Whats wrong with you? You suddenly erupted and then looked away T-towel! Your towel is falling off! Eh? Ugh! Luna finally figured it out when I pointed it out, and she crouched down on the spot, hurriedly trying to cover herself with the towel that had fallen into the hot water. I was still too awkward and embarrassed to properly look at Luna, and she glared at me weakly, with blushing cheeks. Did you see it? Im sorry. I seriously considered what to say, but after a long thought, I chose to apologize honestly. Then Luna blushed even more, but she didnt say anything else. While Luna and I are in a state of awkwardness with each other at the end of the last minute like this; Night raises his voice in a pleasant way, not caring about such a situation. Woof~ Book 2: Chapter 6: Part 5 Heres the chapter for today, enjoy~Part 5 The next morning, with most of the class groups having set up their tents solidly in the same location, there were a lot of students around who were starting to move. Among them were Ryo and the others. I dont like this anymore this isnt at all what I imagined camping to be like to start looking for ingredients again! Even if we complain here, we wont get any food. I know, but I just dont understand it! For now, lets just get through the day. It was at that time when everyone around us was discussing their plans for their upcoming activities as well with a friendly atmosphere in the air. I-its a beaaarrrr! Huh? A-a bear? I saw one of the students running over, shouting out loud. When I looked closely, I saw a bear running at high speed behind him. A-a bear? And thats the same one that tried to eat me yesterday! Seriously? Hey, Akira, you go ahead and lure it again! You can also beat it if you want! Said Rin. Thats ridiculous! Not even I call myself a bear-killing young noble! Even if you cant beat it, you can be a decoy! Ha, Ive been deceived againnnnn! S§×arch* The N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Even Akira, who was at the limit of his physical strength until a moment ago, was jumping up and down on the spot when the bear appeared. Then, it seemed that one of the students had gone to call the teachers, and Sawada-sensei and the other teachers came over. Hey, are you all okay? Listen, students, get behind the teachers right now! When you move, make sure there are as many obstacles between you and the bear as possible! Fortunately, there are no students near the bear, so we manage to take shelter behind the teachers. However, the bear also came running after us. As expected, theres no one among the teachers who can use a hunting rifle. Hihihi C-can I use this medicine? Yo-Yomikawa-sensei, calm down! Wont that kill us all if you use it? Why is there a bear on our property in the first place? Im sure weve got that area under control, but They probably came from the nearby mountains and breached the fence. Well have to investigate that area as well Anyway, well just have to wait it out until the police arrive. While the teachers were discussing this, Sawada-sensei, who was distracted by the students, fell down. Oops Sawada-sensei! Exposing an opening in front of the bear would be quite dangerous. Therefore, the other teachers hurriedly tried to help her up, but the next thing they knew, the bear was nearby. Guoooh! Oh my, we have a problem. Sawada-sensei says such things in a carefree manner. If I look closely, I see that cold sweat is running from her forehead. She tried to slowly, slowly retreat from the spot, but the bear didnt even miss her movement. Gaaaah! L-look out! The moment the agitated bear raised its thick arm and was about to swing down on Sawada-senseiI found myself running. Yu-Yuuya-kun! Kaede, who was nearby, raised her voice with a surprised look, but by that time, I was already standing between Sawada-sensei and the bear. And then I catch the arm that is swinging down vigorously with one hand. Guo!? Te-Tenjou!? Not only the bear, but also Sawada-sensei was surprised at my intrusion, and her eyes widened at the scene in front of her. Ah whats my excuse? Its not like Im just a slightly athletic person anymore. But I cant just sit back and watch it happen when people are being attacked. I dont know how its going to turn out, but well, itll turn out the way it will! The difference between dealing with monsters and dealing with wild animals is that for me, dealing with animals is not a big deal at all. After all, in another world, I even killed a fire-breathing bear the devil bear. Gu-guoooohh! The bear, having its hand attack blocked, hurriedly raised its other hand and swung it down at me. But I caught the attack with my other hand and went into a four-handed stance. H-hes grappling with a bear! Whats happening? What kind of a man fights a bear with his bare hands? As everyones eyes widened at the unbelievable situation, I bounced the bears arms up from the four-handed position to end it quickly and put my arms around its torso and hugged it as if it were a wrestling match. Guuooooo!? Is he Kintaro? [T/n: Kintaro is a hero boy of Japanese folklore, who befriended animals and had supernatural strength.] No, no, no, before that, how can he compete on equal strength with a bear? I lifted the bear as it was, while Ryo and Kaede both tsukomi at it together. Soryaa! Guuoooooo! H-he lifted iiitttt. Doseiii! I lifted the bear up and threw it straight into the distance. Then the bear flies off easily and falls down, rolling on the ground as it is, and then it faints. I lightly brush my hand away and call out to the bear that fainted. Phew if you learn from this, dont you dare to attack people recklessly again, okay? No, no, no, no, no! Thats weird! said everyone in unison. All the people who were watching me and the bear were tsukomiing. Te-Tenjou! Are you okay? Ah, Sawada-sensei. Im fine, you know? What about sensei, are you okay? Eh? A-ah, sensei is fine and nothing is wrong! You have to take a check-up with Yomikawa-sensei right now! Eeh? B-but really, Im just fine Just get her to check on you. At the urging of Sawada-sensei, who had an unusually serious expression on her face, I reluctantly decided to have Yomikawa-sensei examine me. I ended up having Yomikawa-sensei examine me, but when she found out that my body was all right, Sawada-sensei thanked me again. Thank you, Tenjou. If truth be told, as a teacher, I should be punishing you for committing such a dangerous act, but this time, you saved my life. How about me as your reward? Eh, Ill hold back Is that so? Well, then I guess Ill just wait patiently. Um, I dont want you to wait too long I thought it was the end of the matter for now since it was all taken care of to a certain extent, but there was still the biggest problem. That was. Guo What are we going to do about this bear? The bear has become completely docile. If it continues like this, it will be treated as a potential target for killing. Or, if it is lucky, maybe itll end up in a zoo? As I was thinking about that, Kaori came over. About the bear over there since weve had to go through all this trouble, weve decided to keep it at this facility. Eh? Keeping it! I was surprised by the unexpected words, and Kaori smiled at me. Yes. We have permission from the city, so there is no problem in keeping it. As a crime prevention measure, we would like to raise it as a watchdog, a guardian bear. Guardian bear What a powerful word. How did you get the permit so easily? That part well its my fathers power, so to speak Political power is amazing. The bear also looked at Kaori with shining eyes, as if it understood Kaoris words. But is it okay? Even though there was no damage, its still dangerous to have a bear Its okay! If this bear ever attacks a person, we plan to eat it as delicious bear meat! G-guo!? Ku-Kuma. Kumakuma. Didnt you used to say Guooh? Could that be a flattering voice? But even if its a flattery voice, Kuma is strange! Although there are still many things to worry about, the bear is safe(?). It would be kept at the schools facility, and our field trip had ended. Book 2: Chapter 6: Part 1 Another bonus chapter for this week, thanks to Patrons, enjoy~Part 1 The training with Luna was over, and it was the day of the field trip. Ive never had the pleasure of participating in a school event like this before, so I was so excited like a child that I couldnt get to sleep the night before. But I was able to get up in the morning as usual with no problems at all due to my improved body. What a convenient body Anyway, after preparing the necessary things and properly greeting Night, I left my house in high spirits. Yes, its my win. Goddamn it! And now we spent our time playing on the bus to the field trip location. I didnt bring any cards or anything like that, but Akira, Rin and the others had prepared snacks as well as games for us so that we wouldnt be bored. Rather, since I didnt bring any games or snacks, I feel very sorry for them sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Why! Why cant I win? Why do I always have the old maid at the end? Its because its so obvious on your face Akira-kun, youre well-liked by the old maid! I dont like it! Just now, we were still playing old maid, but Akira kept losing in consecutive games. More importantly, Yuuya-kun, thats amazing! Youve come in first place every time Thats not true. Its just all a fluke. And somehow I didnt draw a single old maid, and I always drew a card that matched my hand, so it was over in an instant. Maybe, but I think its related to my luck status. Because every time I try to draw a card This card no, wait. Im not sure why, but I dont think this card is good. On the contrary, theres a good feeling coming from this card and I think Ill take this one. And so I had a tremendous hunch and kept winning yeah, its not fun. If thats the case, then I guess I wont be able to enjoy these games from now on. Being lucky is supposed to be a good thing, but Im not very happy about it. Besides, sorry, I feel like Im cheating I wonder, if I play any games that involve luck, will they be like this from now on? While feeling the unexpected negative effects, I suddenly remembered the fire at the department store the other day. Now, Kaede and the others are here laughing like this, but it was really dangerous at that time I shudder to think if I hadnt gotten any skills or anything else in another world. Im delighted I was able to save them. And so we headed off to the field trip in an amicable atmospherewithout knowing that its harder than we expected. Its big The place they brought us to was like an inn on top of a mountain. I wonder if this is where were going to have our field trip? As I thought that, the homeroom teacher of each class called for a meeting. Hey, lets gather here! I will explain everything to you. Oh, you should split up into groups! As we sat down in groups as instructed by the teacher, Sawada-sensei looked over at us and grinned. Now then you guys are gonna have to do some survival. Huh? everyone screamed in a daze. The teachers words drew everyones attention. Then one of the students immediately asked a question. W-what do you mean by survival? Theres a building that looks like an inn, and were going to stay there, right? What are you talking about? This inn is a facility for teachers to stay, you know? Huh? T-then, what about us? Of course, youll be outside. No way! Sawada-senseis words left all the students speechless. A-are we really going into survival? I told you in school that this field trip is training for you to run for the elite path in the future, didnt I? Ill continue to explain. You guys will be given the bare minimum amount of supplies, and then you guys will spend two days and one night in an outdoor camp. As for your bath, there is a hot spring somewhere in the mountains on these grounds, so you can find it and use it. You can use the hot springs, so be thankful! Eeeeehhhhhh!? Everyone screamed at the unexpected development. No, Im pretty sure I heard it was some kind of camping thing, but I didnt expect to sleep outside I mean, The teacher said shed only give us the bare essentials, but does that mean. There seemed to be some people who came up with the same conclusion as me and asked a question again. U-um! Could it be that the cooking is also Of course youll have to prepare your own food. You can use all the vegetation such as mushrooms and wild grasses that grow in this area. No way! Seriously, theyre gonna make us do that? I mean, isnt there a dangerous mushroom, too? Were being provided with the bare minimum amount of rice, and thats all we will have. Thats not even enough to fill our stomachs. No, I think its safer to put up with that for now I thought the same thing, but thats where the teacher turned serious. Unfortunately, its not just one competition, you know? Its a class competition too. C-class competition? Somehow the story has gotten bigger. As you may know, except for Tenjou, the School Festival held in the fall is a big event with lots of visitors. There, each class has its own stall and the budget allocation is determined by this competition. In other words, if you have a good result in this survival, youll be one step ahead of the rest of the class, and make a gorgeous program at the school festival. S-so thats how it works but am I crazy to think it sounds interesting? It would have never happened at my previous high school, and no other high school would have had this format. And it would be related to a bonus for us teachers, too! Do your best as if you were going to die! Isnt that what you really want? Everyone in the class complained. No, wait, that determines even the teachers bonus? Anything is related now! B-but arent mushrooms dangerous? And the only things that can be found here are mushrooms and wild grasses so how is the competition going to work? Since theres a river, you can catch any fish you want. You have to bring the collected things to the teacher, and well sort them out and grade them. The class that collects the most non-dangerous ingredients and cooks the tastiest meal wins. By the way, you cant go back to pick up the ingredient because well only grade it once. Dont cook and eat the food youve collected without showing it to the teacher, you hear me? And also, I wont be responsible if youre dead. Its scary, right? Hey. Everyone is determined, perhaps the teachers threats got through to them, or maybe theyre all in the mood to properly show the teacher what theyre made of. But, well, the teacher said she wouldnt grade you otherwise. Well, if you happen to be poisoned, the school doctor, Dr.Yomikawa will treat you. I dont know if thats fine though At the moment the teacher said that, a ghostly woman in a white coat suddenly appeared. She has beautiful black hair, but it was stretched forward long enough to hide her face, and only her left eye was peeking out through her hair. Hihihi p-please dont worry w-with this medicine h-hihihi Can I really be relieved? Just look at the colour of the pills in her hand! Its purple! Isnt that a poison pill instead? I dont mean to criticize peoples names, but Yomikawa also means unfortunate. [T/n: = Yomi = Underground world/hades/hell, etc.] Its the first time Ive seen the schools doctor, and her personality is just too explosive. The other teachers are somehow also very quirky no, its fine because their teaching style is very good and interesting. When I was inwardly complaining about various things, Kaede taught me while trembling. A-anone Yuuya-kun might not know this, but the infirmary where Dr.Yomikawa is located is always covered in darkness, and whenever you walk by, you can always hear someone screaming so no one wants to get close, and no one gets a temporary medical treatment either Whats with that novelty infirmary. Thats awesome, right? But as a result, if the students are taking their classes seriously and taking care of themselves from illnesses and injuries, wouldnt that be a good thing? I dont know about the scream, though. What Kaede said seems to be true, and as I look around, I see that every student is determined to show the teacher what they are going to do more than they did earlier. Yup, I guess its all right. Are you getting the gist of it? In the meantime, Ill give you a picture book of wild vegetables and such, so do your best for my bonus. And secondly, its for the school festival too. You should be the second! Said everyone. Thats exactly right. Aside from the teachers bonus, if we accumulate points by winning this competition, we can put on a spectacular display at the school festival, so lets do our best. We received the bare minimum amount of items from the teacher and gathered in groups once. Now what should we do? Dont worry! I can do go fishing, gather mushrooms and other edible wild plants, and. Forgetting this idiot, dont you think we should split up? Split up? When Rin suggested that, she took out the illustration book and fishing rod. Yuuya and Kaede will go fishing, while this idiot and I go and collect mushrooms and other edible wild plants. That would be more efficient, right? Yeah, certainly I dont mind. Fishing, huh.Im not sure I can handle it since Ive never done it before. I havent experienced it either, but I think I can handle it. Lets just do our best! Okaaayy! Said Kaede and Rin in unison. Hello? Isnt everyone cruel to me? Hey, are you listening to me? While only Akira is left behind, we decide on our future course of action and start assembling the tent first. Book 2: Chapter 6: Part 2 Heres a chapter today, enjoy~Part 2 Now that weve finally arrived at the river, but What should we do? Kaede and I arrived at the river, but we were at a loss as to what to do. Since its school-owned land, the path to the river is correctly marked on the map, so it feels like a very big campground. I looked at the fishing rod in my hand and looked for a place where I could fish, but Its so crowded. Yeah, thats true. Since everyone comes to the river for fish, it can be a bit tough. I dont know much about it, but it looks like the fishing line might get tangled up or something. While I was looking around, Kaede asked me. What should we do? At this rate its going to be hard to fish now, should we just help Rin-chan and Akira-kun? Well I casually or rather, almost unconsciously activated my [Presence Detection] skill and searched for a less popular place. Hmm? I could sense the presence of people, but apart from that, I could also sense the presence of fish. Of course, there were fish in the area where everyone was fishing, but there was another area where many fish were found as well. I immediately turned my gaze in that direction and saw that the water was rather shallow and not a good place to fish. Hmm there are so many fish, but its hard to catch them No, wait. I think I can grab it with my hands, cant I? Yeah, I think thats it. I suddenly thought about that, and suddenly wanted to try it out, so I had a word with Kaede. Theres something I want to try out, so can we meet up with Rin and Akira afterwards? Eh? I dont mind that, but what are you going to do? Watch this. I pulled up my trousers cuffs and walked into the river. Y-Yuuya-kun! What are you doing? Kaede shouted in surprise at my actions. In response to her voice, the surrounding students also turn their gazes towards us. Ooh, I didnt expect to get so many gazes, but w-well, thats okay, Ill just concentrate on the fish for now. I turn my attention to the fish in front of me, or rather, around me. Yeah, As I thought, I can grab them with my hands. Even if Im considering the resistance of the water, if I think about the movement of the S-class monsters and the like, it will be perfectly fine. If I understand that, its easy to put it into action. Although the moment I entered the river and Kaedes words drew attention and made the fish wary of me, I activated the skill [Assimilation]. Normally, it shouldnt be effective if the opponent has found me, but this isnt another world, its Earth. Because the monsters of the other world are more sensitive to presence than the creatures of this Earth, once they find me, my skills will not work, but the creatures of this Earth are less vigilant than the monsters in the other world. No, its not just vigilance but a sixth sense? The monsters in the different world probably have that. Anyway, the moment I activated the skill [Assimilation], Kaede and the others, who had been watching me until now screamed in surprise. H-huh? Wheres Yuuya-kun? W-wasnt he in there just now? Where did he go? Its not just Kaede and the others who are surprised, but the fishes as well, and the fishes panicked for a moment as my presence disappeared, but eventually, they began to calm down as they could no longer sense my presence. I didnt miss the opportunity to take advantage of that calmness and set my sights on a fish. Fuuh! I plunged my right arm into the water and grabbed a fish that was swimming near me in one fluid motion. The water was quiet at the moment I plunged my arm into the water and pulled it out, and it was only for a moment. I looked at the fish and nodded to myself. Yep, I knew it was going to be okay. Whooaaaaa! Eeehh!? I was surprised by the sudden cheers that rose up. And when I turned my gaze in the voices direction, the other students who had been looking at me earlier were making a lot of noise. Did you see that! He caught a fish with his hand! S§×ar?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. No, I know he caught it, but I didnt see his hand because it was too fleeting! Or rather, didnt he just disappear before? Its like he really just showed up with a fish in his hand when I realized Thats no longer a humans work whats going on? I break out in a cold sweat at the unexpected reaction. Was it such an out-of-human move? I thought I caught the fish quickly, but well, it seems the fact that Ive disappeared seems to be more of a surprise than the movement when I caught the fish. As I was thinking about that, Kaede came running up to me excitedly. T-thats awesome, Yuuya-kun! I cant believe you caught a fish with your hand Ah-ahahaha I just wondered if I could do it somehow, and I did. Just like at the previous P.E. class, Yuuya-kun has high specs in general. I-I wonder? Well, if they remember what I did in the P.E class, Im sure theyll understand that my physical abilities are unusually high. For now, it seems like I can secure the fish, so Ill just catch them all at once. Im sorry, but Im going to put the caught fish in a bucket, so Kaede, can you watch over it? Yeah, I understand! Once I got Kaedes approval, I headed to the river to catch fish again. By the way, I have confirmed that the fish can be eaten with the [Appraisal] skill, so there should be no problem. Ah, once we meet up with Rin and Akira-kun, I guess Ill check everything with [Appraisal] before showing it to the teacher. That way, we could be sure that we can eat them safely. While I was thinking this and that, many students came to the shallows to try to catch fish with their bare hands, just like me, but they were struggling. I caught more and more fish while they were struggling, and finally, I succeeded in catching eight. Welcome back! So howd it go over there? When we return to the tent location, we find Rin greeting us cheerfully and Akira collapsing down with his butt sticking out. But What happened to Akira? I managed to catch the fish somehow. Listen, Rin-chan! Yuuya-kun is incredible, you know? He caught all these fish with his hands! With hands? Sigh~ just like in the P.E class the other day, youre more active than you look, huh Hmm? Well, I already loved exercise even when I was fat! And I wouldnt have looked like someone who loved that no matter how hard I tried. I dont know now for sure. Anyway, whats going on with Akira? Huh? Aah you can leave that guy alone. So cruel! You have worked me around so hard! Ah, youre still alive. Akira, who got up vigorously, began to talk about what the situation was like while feeling dizzy. it was fine at first. We were gathering mushrooms and wild plants and stuff like that, even though we werent used to it. But you know what? Before long, I found myself being forced to look at wild plants growing on steep cliffs, or foretaste the mushrooms I wasnt familiar with. I could be a bear bait as well! Foretaste it? The teacher told us not to eat it before showing it to her! And theres a bear in here? This place is dangerous! You did the survival thing more than I expected, dude! I was surprised, and Akira gave me a thumbs up with a powerless smile. D-dont worry about it. If it makes you guys smile its not a problem. Its a big problem, you know! Especially about the bear! What are we going to do about it? I briefly examined the condition of Akiras body with [Appraisal], but no poison was detected, so it seemed to be fine. Seriously, its a relief Well then, can you show me what you picked, too? Yeah, of course, I dont mind. With Rins approval, I used [Appraisal] of what Akira and Rin had risked their lives to pick. Black Truffle *[1] Truffle? Did you get a truffle? This mountain! How far out of bounds is this school? There are a lot more outrageous ingredients that came out of nowhere. Japanese Yam *[2] Japanese yam! Awesome, its the real thing! I heard they also grow in some places, but its in this mountain, too! Tonbi Maitake *[3] This is the first time Ive seen this mushroom. As the name implies, it looks similar to a maitake mushroom, but the size of the umbrella is completely different. Its not poisonous, so there is no problem. This is how I went about confirming it, but there were poisonous things mixed in as well. Thank goodness. If Akira had to foretaste this, it would have been irreversible. I mean, thats really dangerous! Well, Im assuming the teacher will confirm that. More importantly, theres mushrooms and some kind of potatoes, but honestly, Ive never cooked them before. Hey, how many people can cook in here? .. Thats a lie, isnt it? The three of them looked away at my question. Apparently, Im the only one who can cook. Seriously? I have something to say, but for now, lets just go together to show the teacher what we picked. When I went to the place where the teachers were waiting, there were already other students ahead of us, and Kaori was among them. Kaori! Eh? Ah, Yuuya-san! Hows your group doing? Hmm well I guess its good? If it wasnt survival, I think I would have enjoyed it more genuinely When I let out my true feelings, Kaori gave a bitter smile. Im sure youre right. But its fun too, right? Well, yes. Sure, its dangerous, but its just generally fun. That was the unmistakable truth of the matter. Then it seemed that Kaoris group had finished sorting, and a member of the group called out to Kaori. Kaori, were done Eh, Tenjou-kun? Yes, I understand Then Yuuya-san, see you again Kaori went to her group members who were surprised to see me in some way and left with a lively look on their faces. Yu-Yuuya-kun. Are you an acquaintance of that Kaori-sama? Akira asked me. Heh? K-Kaori-sama? W-well the reason I came to this school was also Kaori Ah, Akira wasnt there when we hung out the other day, was he? So he doesnt know then. There was no need to hide it, so I told the truth as it was, and Akira came close to me while biting his handkerchief. Im jealous! Im jealous of you! I cant believe youre acquainted with Princess Kaori! P-Princess? When I was unable to follow the flow of the conversation, Rin told me while I was dumbfounded. Aside from that idiot, Kaori-san is the daughter of the headmaster of this school, and they call her Princess because of her elegant appearance and kindness of character. Hee~ Theres definitely a sense of elegance about her. And yet, shes friendly and when I think about it again; shes really an amazing person. While we were thinking about this, we asked the teacher to sort out the wild plants and other things we had picked. Book 2: Chapter 6: Part 3 Heres a new chapter. Thank you very much for your support and donation for this month as well, really appreciated it, its really helped me through this hard time since my business and work havent progressed much due to the coronavirus outbreak, hope we will pass it quickly and get back to the normal and healthy life, and all for the readers in my blog or Patreon, thank you very much, for your kind and supportive comment, Ill try to do my best for the next and next as well. Thank you, thank you very much, stay safe and please enjoy the chapter~Part 3 Perfect. This is the first time a group has gathered this many ingredients, but all of them are edible. When I showed Sawada-sensei what we picked up and asked her to examine it, she said that it was as expected. Well, I dont know if its cheating or unfair I used [Appraisal] to check it, but Im afraid of what would happen if we picked wrong stuff, so please forgive me. The rest of the group seemed to make it barely, but thanks to you guys, we got close to the bonus. Kukuku Hahaha We smiled bitterly at Sawada-senseis wicked smile. But dont let your guard down just yet! Cooking is also a part of the scoring. By the way, who can cook in this group? They all pointed at me. Seriously? Yes, its serious. Sawada-sensei held her head but then grabbed both my shoulders firmly. Tenjou, do your best. Everything depends on you. Senseis bonus is! Cant you try to hide your ulterior motives at least a little? The main thing is that our school festival program is going to be spectacular, right? My cheeks are twitching thinking that, and Sawada-sensei has moved on to examine the next group. HaahIve got a lot to say, but shall we just cook now? Ill take care of the errands. Ha, I could do the serving! And I will enjoy my food. Rin, at least help me with the chores. Letting out a sigh again, I checked the seasonings and cooking tools I could use. Just like the teacher said at the beginning, we only have the bare minimum of rice, and we have been prepared separate tools for cooking the ingredients obtained in this mountain, so it seems that we can cook without any worries. Thinking of the ingredients we have on hand Deep-fried char and landlocked salmon. Rape blossoms and Japanese yam with black truffle dressing. Tombi Maitake Soup. The menu was going to be like that. Once the menu was decided, I quickly decided to make it and went to the kitchen to start cooking. I dont know how to handle the Japanese yam and black truffle, but I thought it would be okay if I used them after I grated them. And although the char and the landlocked sea trout are made into deep-fried fish, it would be great to be able to take the broth from the bones and combine it with the tonbi maitake to make a soup. As I was cooking as usual, I suddenly felt a gaze on me, so I turned toward that gaze and saw not only Kaede and the others, but also many people with puzzled expressions on their faces. Hm? Whats wrong? N-no err Yuuya-kuns skill was just so brilliant Really? I think its normal Well, I think Im cooking just like I normally do, but perhaps my [Cooking] skill is also activated. While everyone was stunned to see me cooking, I just continued to cook. The cooking ended more quickly than I expected. It doesnt take a lot of time and effort, because there are no otherworldly ingredients this time, and I cooked a very ordinary food. Ive tested it briefly, but I think its normally delicious. In the case of the other world, its just that the ingredients in the other world are blown up and so delicious. Okay, its ready. .. Everyone was all staring at the food when I placed it in front of them. Then the teachers, including Sawada-sensei, arrived to judge the food. sea??h th§× N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Looking closely, Sawada-sensei seemed to be in a somewhat good mood and slightly smelled of alcohol, well I didnt think she drank alcohol Wait, could it be that she really drank it? Were still in the middle of the field trip, you know! Iyaaa~, drinking alcohol in the mountains is delicious huh, whats this? When Sawada-sensei saw the food I made, her eyes widened in surprise. The other teachers also reacted in the same way when they saw my cooking. Hey, Tenjou! Did you make this? Y-yes, thats right, but Can I taste it? Ah, I have prepared some for you. It was only a small amount, but we had prepared some for the teachers to taste, so they ate those. And then. . The teachers were silent. A-ano? What do you think? I asked that with some trepidation, but there was no response from the teachers. Yu-Yuuya-kun! Can we eat it too? Eh? Its okay, but Once I agreed to Kaedes words as she couldnt stand it anymore, Kaede and the others put the food into their mouths as if to say they were waiting for it. . So why is there no reaction for it!? For some reason, just like the teachers, Kaede and the others froze in their spot once they put the food in their mouths. Could it be that the food was bad? As far as I tested it, it seemed okay but maybe my tongue is stupid? I was very anxious because of the lack of reaction from everyone, but then. Deliciooouussss! Eh? They all shouted in unison. Then Kaede excitedly said to me. Yuuya-kun, what is this? Its so delicious! R-really? Im glad if its really del. Its not just delicious, you know! Eh? Sawada-sensei said to me with more force than I can imagine from her usual languid atmosphere. The teachers are eating lunches prepared by the schools first-class chefs at a bargain price. And yet your food tastes better who are you really? Even if you say so It doesnt matter anyway, because its so good! It wasnt just Sawada-sensei, everyone ate the food I made, saying it was delicious. Its something new. Ive only cooked enough for me to eat, and Ive never really paid much attention to the taste of the food since Ive been eating it myself but Im very happy to hear people say that its delicious. Ive been cooking for a long time, and Ive got [Cooking] skills, so I guess its truly delicious. When everyone was eating it very well; the students around us who were looking at it were drooling. T-that looks delicious Its strange our dinner is so simple, why is it so luxurious over there! Hes good at sports, he has a good face, and he can cook as well it seems the heavens grant too many gifts for him! Hmm I want to make it for everyone if they see me that much, but as expected, I dont have the ingredients or time for it While feeling a little uncomfortable, I too began to eat the food I had made. When everyone finished eating, Sawada-sensei rubbed her stomach in a satisfied manner. Haa Im so full. M-my apologies if the food isnt enough. Im so happy that everyone ate it so well. It was worth the effort. Hey, Tenjou. Yes? Would you like to marry sensei? Ueehh? Sa-Sawada-sensei? Sawada-senseis sudden words startled not only me but everyone around me. Iyaaa. Its because I am like this. I cant do the house chores; I cant even cook and do the laundry When I was a student, I only did the things I liked to do and studied, and thanks to that, I havent had a single good story to tell until Im old enough! Thats not good, is it? H-huh? So, you, Tenjou. Yup, theres no one else as good as you. I never thought Id get such good food like that. So, having come this far, theres no way I could miss it, right? So, marry me and provide for me! What are you talking about? I didnt respond to Sawada-senseis words, but the other teachers and students all snapped at her in unison. Sawada-sensei, youre too drunk for your own good! No more alcohol, please! Stop it! Weve come all this way to the mountain, so its time to have a drink! And then, Tenjou will marry me! No, its not good to put your hand on a student! I understand that its a complex that your age is equal to your history of not having a boyfriend, but be a moderate and appropriate adult! To tell you the truth, do you think Tenjou is a match for Sawada-sensei? Stop dreaming! Whoa? Sawada-sensei is going to cry if shes abused to that extent! Sawada-sensei was, as I said, a little teary-eyed. A-as expected, I feel sorry for her However, no matter how I look at it, Sawada-sensei seemed to be very drunk due to the alcohol, so I wonder if this is also a kind of drunkards trait? Sa-Sawada-sensei! Its not good if its Yuuya-kun! The reason is there are many reasons, but its not good if its Yuuya-kun! Whenever Kaede desperately told Sawada-sensei that it was no good if its me, my heart was getting wounded. Whats that mean by no good? I mean that Sawada-sensei and I are unethical in many ways, and Im not good at it myself. Isnt that right? Its so true! Despite my unexpected damage, Sawada-sensei said to me without seeming to have learned a lesson. Well, its difficult to answer right now. All right, Sensei will wait forever! Or rather, Im not going to let you go. Come back to your senses, sensei! Dont let bad adults steal the future of our youth! Thats right, thats right! Can I cry? Sawada-sensei was in tears again at the many words that were thrown at her. Um its not good if you suddenly talk about marriage or something like that, and above all, its between a student and a teacher. But I think Sawada-sensei is a good teacher, you know? So everyone doesnt have to say that much Yup, I think its a little problem trying to put a hand on a student, but other than that, shes just a good teacher in general. Well, I dont know the details of her private life at all, so I cant say more about her. Oh, Tenjou! Youre really a good guy! Sensei is happy. Muguh! When I softly followed up, Sawada-sensei was so moved by that and then hugged me. As a result, Sawada-senseis breasts are in my face! Aaahh! S-sensei! What are you doing? Please let Yuuya-kun go! Yuuya Im so jealous of you nay, I mean, its outrageous! Kaede also pulls my arms to separate me from Sawada-sensei as she holds my head in her arms. And for some reason, Akira just blasted me with resentment. H-help me Sawada-sensei pats me on the head without my words reaching her. Theres nothing wrong with it! Sensei is just praising a good boy! Its clearly beyond the scope of normal teacher behaviour! No You cant believe how much trouble I get for being single! While Sawada-sensei and the others were arguing with each other, Rin, who was the only one staying calm, pointed at me and said. Um Yuuya looks very painful, but Eh? M-mugaga Before senseis chest or anything else, I was dying because I couldnt breathe at all. A panicked Sawada-sensei and Kaede immediately let go of me, and I could finally breathe. Buhaha! Hah hah Haha! Yuuya, how is it? Have you seen heaven? I dont see heaven. I just see the Sanzu River [1] To the laughing Rin, I could only answer that. In the end, I avoided Sawada-senseis words while making it vague, and I succeeded in getting through the situation but Sawada-senseis gaze as she walked away still hadnt given up, and Kaede was also glaring at Sawada-sensei as if to counteract it somehow. So, Akira. Please dont look at me while crying tears of blood like that, either. Its not my intention. Book 2: Chapter 6: Part 4 Another chapter today thanks to my Patrons.Part 4 Night! Ill be right back, but for now, Im home! Woof! After the exchange with Sawada-sensei and the others, I moved to a quiet area and used my teleport magic to return to my home. Ill have to be careful when I return to the other side again, but first, Ill have to prepare Nights food. I cooked over there as well, but when I returned, I started cooking to prepare Nights meal. Of course, its not survival, so Im cooking with proper ingredients. When I served the finished meal using ingredients from another world as well, he ate it with great relish. What do you think? Does it taste good? Woof! Good then. Just like I was happy to have Kaede and the others enjoy eating my food, I seem to like cooking for people and making them happy. Well, I guess no one likes to be hated by people, and Im not the only one who has this sentiment. Alright, Ill be back then. Be a good boy, okay? Woof! After hearing a cheerful reply, I pet Night and carefully returned to the campsite. When I got back to the campsite, it was apparently time for a bath, and we went to the hot springs in the middle of this vast land. It was hard to find, but everyone else seemed to have found it, and quite a few of the students were gathered there. Well then, Ill see you later~. When we parted from Kaede and Rin, we moved to the mens bath, and many boys were already in there. Even though its not physically problematic, I feel like taking a bath and relaxing, so Akira and I hurriedly take off our clothes as well Hey, why are you looking at me like that? For some reason, the boys around me froze as they looked at me. N-no its because Yuuyas body is outrageous To my question, Akira answered with a dangerous statement, depending on how you ask. The surrounding boys also shook their heads vigorously at such an answer from Akira. Hey, is there something wrong with that? Its not strange or anything! No, its strange in a way, right? A-anyway! Whats with your abs! I mean, that whole muscle mass! I cant believe youre in the return home club! Maybe its because I trained in another world? I can never tell them that, and they wont believe me either. Not only do I level up in another world, but I also do muscle training I dont know if it works, but I do push-ups, sit-ups, and squats about 500 times a day. [T/n: Tf? its more than Saitamas training!] However, my body has become much tighter than before Seriously, its amazing A good-looking guy with good style, what are we supposed to do now? S§×ar?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I mean, like the muscles That thing is big, too! Where are you looking! I quickly covered it up with a towel when I realized the boys were looking at my crotch. Despite this exchange, I managed to get into the hot spring. Oh, its so wide! Its because the school has money, this kind of place is just as expected Huh? Why are we doing a survivalist thing in a school like that? Hahaha I gave a wry smile at Akiras words. But the hot spring is really large, and theres enough space for all of us boys to enter at once. As I looked around the hot spring with admiration, I saw Ryo and Shingo-kun. Oh, Yuuya! T-this is the first time we have talked today. Ryo, Shingo-kun! Yo, hows it going on your side? Ryo and Shingo-kun gave a wry smile at Akiras words. Well, Ive done some camping before, but Ive never done any local procurement or anything up to food, so its a lot of work. B-both Ryo-kun and I can do the cooking, so its not a problem. Its just that its generally hard work. Apparently, Ryo and Shingo-kun had a lot of trouble in their own way. Well, Im not struggling thanks to not only a kind of cheat called [Appraisal], but also thanks to my levelled-up superhuman body. Speaking of which, Ive heard about it, Yuuya, you caught the fish with your hands, huh? W-well, yeah. Ive heard other things about your food that were very good, too? Hahahaha But I wouldnt have had a good meal otherwise. I hope they will forgive me. As I couldnt help but smile vaguely at Ryo and Shingo-kuns words, Akira nodded heavily. Yeah Yuuya-kuns cooking was great I might have seen the god of cooking for the first time O-oh? I didnt know it was that good I mean, it was the same in the last P.E. class, as I thought Yuuya is amazing! Looking at your body like this, you dont really feel like someone from the return home club. It looks like a boxer or a karate practitioner or a martial artists body. R-Ryo-kun, youre pretty much the same, though. While I nodded at Shingo-kuns words, I was inwardly surprised by Ryos observation. Certainly, my body should be specialized in fighting rather than sports. After all, Ive been fighting and killing each other with the monsters. To be able to see through that just by looking at ones body or is it something that other people can also understand? While realizing once again how impressive Ryo was, we exchanged information with each other as we soaked in the long-awaited hot spring. By that time, the sky was already dark. The stars were shining in the night sky, and the atmosphere was different from that of another world. Ah it feels so good Ryo and the others agree when I say that in a voice that comes out unintentionally when I get in hot water. But I wonder what well be doing tomorrow? Who knows? But just like today, well have to go to the mountains or the river to get some food, however I dont want to be a bear bait anymore! Ah, what happened to Akira-kun? Actually, what are we doing tomorrow Im also curious about tomorrows schedule, but for now, each of us will end the conversation here in order to recover from todays fatigue. Then, in a relaxed atmosphere, we enjoyed the hot spring. Im looking forward to the hot springs! While Yuuya and the others were relaxing in the mens bath, Kaede and the others were also getting ready to enter the hot spring. Then, one of the girls was staring at Kaede, who was undressing next to her. Kaede! Eh? Uhiyaa! The schoolgirl who was staring at Kaede suddenly squeezed her breasts. Your breasts are really big~. H-hey! Youre in the track and field club with these breasts are you going to kill the boys? What? Aah indeed. You have murderous breasts. Even Rin-chan? Rin, who was like a close friend, also said that while looking at Kaedes chest. Oya? What are you doing, everyone? Ah, Kaori-san and Yukine-chan! Kaori and Yukine came to Kaede and the others with a curious expression on their faces. Then Kaede hurriedly left Rin and the others and tried to have Kaori shelter her. You two, listen to me~. Rin and the others are going to bully me~. E-eh? What do you mean? Ah no, Kaede has big breasts and does track and field, so she can trouble the boys, right? Thats what were talking about. After hearing that much, they both looked at Kaedes breasts in unison and then touched their own. Kaede-san its not fair. Mine is disappointing. What was that? I didnt do anything wrong! Hahahahaha! Well, well, dont stare at Kaede like that! You two have slender, beautiful bodies, too. Speaking of which Rin is the one with a models figure, you know? As Kaede says, Rin is tall for a woman and has long limbs. Well, Ill call that individuality oh, speaking of breast size, Sawada-sensei is big too, isnt she? Sawada-sensei? As Kaori tilted her head at the teachers name that suddenly came up in the conversation, Kaede told her what happened today. Yes, thats right! Sawada-sensei asked Yuuya-kun to marry her after she ate Yuuya-kuns cooking! Eeh? M-marriage? Uh, what exactly are you talking about? Kaede, you cant convey it by being so straightforward. Listen, at the dinner this evening, Yuuya made a very tasty food using the things we collected. And then the teachers, who are the judges, ate it, too and because it was so good, Sawada-sensei asked Yuuya to marry her. How can that be connected to a marriage Well, I saw it up close, and it looked delicious. I wanted to eat it too Even Yukine-san nevertheless, a teacher marrying a student theres a lot of problems with that, isnt there? Hahaha! Well, I guess. But Sawada-sensei has breasts like Kaedes. Isnt it normal for a boy to be knocked out if that breasts press him? N-no way Kaori staggered in shock at Rins words. But Kaede, in direct contrast to Kaori, burns with a fighting spirit. I-its okay! If Sawada-sensei is willing to do so, then so am I! Eh? Kaede-san, that means Yuuya-san Huh? Aaaahh! N-no, its not! Its not just because its Yuuya-kun! Rin calmly looks at Kaede, who is flustered as her face turns bright red. Youre as straightforward as ever, huh? Your breasts are also big, thats not fair. Youre still saying that Kaori, who was facing Kaedes determination, looked down at her own chest again and muttered softly. Yuuya-san would you rather have a woman with bigger breasts? As such, they were excited even before they entered the hot spring and finally soaked in hot water. Then, just like the boys, Kaede and the others were enraptured by how good it felt. It feels so good! Youre right~. Its a camping trip! I came here with that feeling to enjoy this camping, but I was really surprised that they made us do something like survival. Right? But we have to prepare a meal tomorrow in the same way, too, dont we? Ugh thats right When Kaede stifled her words at Rins words, the surrounding girls joined in the conversation. Eh! But Kaede and Rin are just fine! Youre with that Tenjou-kun, right? Yes, yes! He already became the subject of a rumour by the entire school as soon as he came to our school. Besides, the famous magazine [CutieBeauty] had a picture of him alongside Miwa-chan, who was rapidly rising in popularity! The main topic of conversation was Yuuya, and they were having a lot of fun with the typical boisterous nature of female students. I also heard todays story, Tenjou-kun was catching fish with his hands, right? And I heard his cooking was great, too? Yup, it was so good! Im jealous! When Kaede spoke in an enthralling manner, the surrounding female students raised their voices in envy. Sigh Im already jealous of you for just being in the same group with Tenjou-kun, but to be able to eat even his home-made cooking Its kind of like were living in a comic book when there are so many amazing people around! Oh, I can understand that! After that, the atmosphere was different from that of Yuuya and the others, and the girls were able to spend a leisurely time talking about the school, the boys, and tomorrows events, just like in the girls-only gathering. Book 2: Epilogue Part 1 Another chapter thanks to the Patrons, enjoy~Epilogue Part 1 That was fun The [Head Hunter] who had been continuing the investigation in the Great Devils Nest after receiving the request, muttered in a small voice. However, that fun was coming to an end, and she was planning to no longer have the opportunity to come to this Great Devils Nest. [T/n: Its confirmed that whos the head hunter, so yeah, I changed he to she now :P] While she still couldnt catch the existence of the person who saved Lexia, there was talk of inviting that person to the royal castle. The day of the invitation is finally approaching tomorrow. Nevertheless, she caught wind of the fact that Lexia and the others would be coming to pick up the mysterious person who saved Lexia at the entrance of this Great Devils Nest. [Head Hunter] was planning to eliminate Lexia and the mysterious person on that day according to the request of his client, a nobleman. Is he doing well? What comes to [Head Hunter]s mind right now is the image of a young man. The young man who had saved her from near death when a group of goblin elites attacked her during her first investigationYuuya. He is a mysterious young man with an extravagant atmosphere, and he has a black dog named Night with him. Fufu No matter how many times I recall it, I cant help but laugh. The lie I had made on the spur of the moment that I was coming to this Great Devils Nest to train. If I really wanted to train, I wouldnt suddenly go to a dangerous place like the Great Devils Nest. Because if something happened, I would be directly linked to death. [T/n: POV changed the narrator to Head Hunter.] Besides, the Great Devils Nest would not be suitable for training in the first place. Thats because there are many monsters that act in groups such as the goblin elite, who can be a threat with just one of them. No one would be foolish enough to train in a place where there is a swarm of monsters that can barely take on a single one. Its difficult even to defeat one of them. Its obvious that they would be killed on the spot before they trained. Thats why when I uttered such absurd words, I couldnt help but want to hold my mouth, but now that Ive already said it, I cant take it back now. This will make me even more suspicious yeah, thats what I thought. Eh? Ah, yeah me too that training! I came to this forest to train as well! I didnt think that there really was a person who was choosing this Great Devils Nest for training. That made me behave strangely suspiciously, but since Yuuya never pointed that out, he probably didnt notice it. And although I was on the side of being suspected before, this time it made me also suspicious as to whether or not Yuuya was really coming to the Great Devils Nest under the guise of training. However, after talking with Yuuya, when we challenged the Great Devils Nest under the name of training together I found out that Yuuya was telling the truth. After all, he had eliminated a group of goblin elites alone or with only Night. If I think about it again, if he didnt have that much strength, he wouldnt be able to save me from that situation. Anyway, when I found out that Yuuya had really come to this place to train, I was able to make friends with them little by little from there. Yuuya is a strange man, and although he looks and wears first class, and behaves like a nobleman or royalty, his knowledge is quite skewed. When it comes to language and etiquette, he is no different from those of the upper class. Still, he doesnt know much about the Great Devils Nest that he should have chosen as his training ground. On the contrary, he was unfamiliar with the common sense of this world itself. However, I still didnt have a problem with it. While I entrusted my life to them, such things became a trivial matter. I genuinely enjoyed my time with them, even though I had accepted the request. One thing I didnt expect here was that the item that Yuuya has, the item that made me fall in love with baths, a portable bathtub. A bathtub is a luxury thing that only noblemen are allowed to bathe in. In addition to his combat prowess, I was also surprised by Yuuyas possession of this as a portable item. I, who until now had spent every day just washing away the blood in the river, discovered the warmth of hot water. I was completely captivated by the magic of the warm bath that seemed to melt even the coldest of hearts. Of course, I wasnt just indulging in the bath. Before I knew it, I could take on up to three of the goblin elite, and I think Ive gotten pretty strong too. So I would like to continue to be strong with them in the future I thought about that, but my work kept me from thinking about it. Ive already killed so many people. Thats why I know that Yuuya is clean. I doubt that he has ever killed a single being other than a monster. In comparison, Ive buried a number of lives in order to survive. I was born as an orphan, and with the strength Ive struggled to acquire to protect myself I have survived. Because I am a woman, Ive been in danger many times, but Ive come through all of it in one piece. And I gained strength so that no one could take anything away from me, and before I knew it I became a feared being as a [Head Hunter]. I do not know how to live in this world. Hiding the fact that I am a woman, I only kill the target by force. Thats the only way I dont know how to live other than that. My hands are dirty. They are stained with countless amounts of blood. I cant have a clean Yuuya next to me like that. His hands should never be dirty. And yet that guy was so dazzling He has a purity that made me able to express the emotions of that moment honestly. I had killed my emotions to survive so I found it so dazzling. I felt that I too could bask in the light and live it was so bright that I was under the illusion that I could do so. But thats not going to happen anymore. When Yuuya told me that he was going to stop the training, I felt really sad and lonely. However, at the same time, I myself somehow sensed that the end was already near. The reason was, after all, the story that Princess Lexia and the others were going to go to the Great Devils Nest. It had already been rumored in the city before I heard from the nobleman who requested me. How could I, who belonged to the dark guild, not know about it? And because of that request, I will not be able to stay with Yuuya What would Yuuya think if he knew the real me? Im afraid to know the answer to that question, but Id like to ask it. But thats not going to happen anymore. .. I silently reached for my mask and put it on my face. I am an assassina member of the dark guild, the [Head Hunter]. So. Goodbye, Yuuya. I rush out of the city towards the Great Devils Nest as if to hide in the darkness. As if to shake off the memories with Yuuya, I just moved mindlessly. Even so, the days I spent with Yuuyawere irrepressibly precious memories for me. I have killed others in order to live. Feelings of wanting or not wanting should not accompany the act of killing. That is one of the respects I have for the people I have killed to live. And yet, I cant help but think. If if Yuuya and I had met in a different situation than we do now If my life was a normal life, unrelated to the blood of others Yuuya. Would I have been able to stand beside you with pride? My mutterings were swallowed up by the darkness. Now then, Night. Shall we go? Woof! After returning safely from the field trip, I decided to take Night and go to the entrance of the Great Devils Nest as promised. By the way, its Golden Week from today, so I was able to take some time like this In addition to this holiday, theres also a replacement holiday for field trips, so its actually a longer holiday. I dont think Ill ever use this holiday weekend to its fullest, but if I have this much time off, Ill be able to get it done before school starts properly. But if it doesnt work, I can just use my magic to get home. Im more worried about Night now. When I met with Lexia-san and the others before, Night wasnt there, but now Night is my family. If it were possible, I would take him with me. Theres no answer to this question here, so I have to ask in person now. Okay, were off! The things I prepare are all in the item box, so I left with only wearing the [Bloody War Demon Series] armor on my body. Normally I would move deep into the forest in the exact opposite direction, but today its in the direction of the entrance to the Great Devils Nest. I had gone on a monster hunt with Luna, which I was pretending to be training but I guess the monsters would be a little less, right? No, I havent been near the entrance during the field trip, so I shouldnt expect much. But then again, I wonder how Luna is doing? Woof. At my words, Night barked with an indescribable expression. After advancing for a while, I unexpectedly sense the presence of monsters. Oops it seems the number of monsters hasnt changed much after all. Woof. I immediately activated the [Assimilation] skill and approached that presence with caution Whats that? There was one unfamiliar monster there. No, there are multiple monsters themselves, and they are all bloody ogre. And the unfamiliar monster was an even larger body among the bloody ogre, an individual with a darker, reddish-black and more ominous overall appearance. When I activated [Appraisal] on that individual while holding my breath [Bloody Ogre Lord] Level: 500 Magic: 4000 Attack: 25000 Defense: 10000 Agility: 10000 Intelligence: 3000 Luck: 1000 Huh? I didnt expect it to be in the orc king class! When it comes to attacking power and agility, its even more agile than the orc king! Apparently, this bloody ogre lord or something like that is definitely a higher-ranking species of the bloody ogre. What should we do even though Im planning to meet with Lexia-san and the others today, if we dont defeat this monster here Okay, Night. Lets take them down here. And if this monster moves towards Lexia-san and the others, it will be dangerous. Woof. Fortunately, we didnt specify a time, and thanks to the fact that were leaving the house early, I think well be fine on time. Alright Ill give the signal and you, Night, will take care of the regular bloody ogre. Woof! Then Go! Guruuoooooo! Gugaaa!? With my signal, Night charged in with a growl. The sudden attack left the group of bloody ogres slow to react for a moment, and as it was, some of them fell prey to Nights claws. But, the bloody ogre lord is different and is not carelessly wary of Night. However, Night isnt the only one youre dealing with. There it is! I have been hiding my presence until now with my skill, and the moment the bloody ogre lord focused its attention onto Night, I threw the [Absolute Spear] with all my might. This attack couldnt be prevented even by the orc king, so perhaps the bloody ogre lord too? Guooooooooo! What! The bloody ogre lord caught the tip of the [Absolute Spear] I threw with both hands in between its hands! Moreover, it grabs the handle of the spear and throws it back at me! Whoa As I hurriedly jumped back from my spot, [Absolute Spear] passed through the place where I was just a moment ago at a tremendous speed. Fortunately, [Absolute Spear] can only be handled properly by me, so unless theres a guarantee that it will definitely hit me, I didnt even have to worry about the bloody ogre lord returning it toward me. The [Absolute Spear] that the bloody ogre lord threw at me is properly back in my hand. However, I didnt expect that the sage-sans weapon would be thrown back to me I was seriously surprised by the unexpected attack. If it werent for the restriction that only I could handle it, it would have been quite troublesome. I quickly stored the [Absolute Spear] in the item box and took out another weapon. That is Then what about this one? G-guoooooo!? I swung a giant hammer, more than my own height, at the bloody ogre lord without hesitation. The bloody ogre lord thrust out its arms to catch the attack, but the arms were easily destroyed and exploded without being blasted away. [World Strike]. Its one of the weapons in the sage-sans house, and it is a giant hammer that is as tall as my height that is, over 180 cm. All of the sage-sans weapons are the same, they dont have any special decorations on them, and if you just look at it, it is completely nothing more than a giant wooden hammer. But the effect is tremendous. I myself feel this hammer weighs about the same as an adult male, but whoever Im hitting with it will be hit with the same mass as this planet, which is the world. It is unlikely that there are any beings that can withstand being hit by a world. Or rather, what kind of weapon are you making, sage-san? However, there are disadvantages to this weapon as well. As I said earlier, its the point that I feel the same weight as an adult male with my current status, it still not enough, it still feels very heavy. Thats why its not dependent on status when it comes to the weight of this hammer, and I really feel it the same weight as an adult male in my hands. Besides, since this hammer has to hit an opponent in order to be effective, it is not suitable for ranged attacks, and no matter how much I swing it around, it cannot cause massive results in terms of damage to the entire environment. Even so, it can still hit a single opponent with the same mass as the world, so if I hit it first, it will be the end Well, if its against an opponent with high agility, its probably hard to hit them considering its weight. This is a weapon that has a rather sharp ability in this Great Devils Nest, which allows for a lethal gap and a one-hit kill instead of a large swing. Level-up Suddenly, a message appeared announcing the level up. Whoa, its a good start. Woof! Hmm? Ooh, Night, youve finished too! Woof, woof! Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Night had destroyed the group of bloody ogres by himself before I knew it, and there were drop items scattered around. After collecting the bloody ogre drop items first, I now collect the bloody ogre lords drop items. And there were fangs, magic stones, and armor that were similar to the ones I got from the bloody ogre, so I decided to appraise them one by one. [Bloody Warlord Demons Great Fang] :: The fangs of the bloody ogre lord. The superior species of the bloody ogre, a strong fang worthy of a lord. When it comes to a lord, it doesnt use this fang to attack much, but its power is even more vicious than those of the bloody ogre. [Magic Stone: Rank S] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. [Bloody Warlord Demons Demon Helmet] :: A drop item from the bloody ogre lord. It is a helmet that resembles the face of the bloody ogre lord and gives the selected target an intimidation effect with a probability. This probability will increase the higher the difference in ability between the opponent and the target. Oh, aside from the magic stone, arent the fangs and the helmet both pretty good items? But unfortunately, I dont have the means to make effective use of the fangs right now. And this [Bloody Warlord Demons Demon Helmet] is a full-face type helmet that fits with the [Bloody War Demon Series] Im wearing right now. How should I say it, it has two horns sticking out like an ogre, and depending on how you look at it, it may look like a sentais* full face mask. No, maybe a villain in terms of color and shape? Anyway, I dont know what this intimidating effect is, but it wouldnt hurt to wear it. [T/n: Click here for the information about sentai, the example for it is such as Super Sentai, Power Ranger, or Kamen Rider.] I just put it on and show it to Night. Hows it? Does it look good on me? Woof! Yep, it looks good on me. But, well, I guess it doesnt look really good on me because it hides my whole face. Okay, lets go to the forest entrance again, shall we? Woof! Although there was a bit of a battle after this, no bloody ogre lord class enemies came out, and we were able to reach the entrance safely. Book 2: Epilogue Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Editor: ultrabrandon12 T/n: Im sorry, Ive mistaken it, so changed Miwas name to Miu now. Epilogue Part 2 Okay, weve arrived now, but I walked around the area outside of the forest, but I couldnt see any appearances of Lexia and the others. Hmm Night, did we come a little too early? Woof. Hmm? Night? I called out to Night, but for some reason, Night just gave a small nod with a murderous sign. Could it be that hes wary because Im not paying attention? I have to be more careful. Just as I decided to do so, I saw something approaching from far away from the forest. Hmm? That is If I look closely, I see a gorgeous carriage surrounded by many soldiers. Ooh, Ive never seen a carriage before! But theres no proper path around here, is it okay? Ive heard that you can ride in a carriage in some places on Earth, but at least Ive never ridden in one or seen one, so Im genuinely surprised to see a carriage. However, there is a lot of grass around here, not asphalt, cobblestone, or even gravel roads like on Earth, or anything that is suitable for carriage wheels. It would normally break down if the carriage drove up here, right? As I was worried about that, the carriage stopped when it got some distance away, and someone got down from inside and then approached us, followed by the soldiers. When I got to a position where I could properly see their faces, I realized that the soldiers were Lexia-sans guards I had met before, and when I looked more closely, I could see Owen-san and Lexia-san as well. And when they were about to reach me, I noticed something. Huh? I was standing here waiting but shouldnt I be the one to head towards them? Ugh, I did something terrible I cant help but hold my head up, but Lexia-san and the others are already right in front of me. I guess this is what they call being inconsiderate. And the other party is royalty; its not going to be disrespectful or anything right? As I waited, freaked out and scared, Owen-san noticed me and raised his hand, and then stiffened when he realized something. Hmm? Whats going on? As I was wondering, Owen-san spoke up while twitching his cheeks. A-are you Yu-Yuuya-dono? Eh? Oh, Im sorry! Thats right; its me! When Owen-san heard my voice, he showed a sigh of relief, and Lexia-san, who was behind him, for some reason had a twinkle in her eyes. Yuuya-sama, your helmet is fantastic! It looks great on you! R-really? Thank you very much. Aah right. So, Yuuya-dono. Whats that helmet? I dont think you were wearing it when we met before This one? On the way here, I ran into a monster called bloody ogre lord, and I got it when I defeated it. Its the same design as my armor, so I thought it would be just right. As I said that, the soldiers who were listening to our conversation began to buzz. O-oy, bloody ogre lord, he said? I think that was the name of the monster that destroyed a small country a long time ago If it shows up, isnt that something the country needs to defeat with all of its resources? Yeah, but didnt he just say he had defeated it as if hed gone for a walk? hes in a different dimension Uhm? Did I say something strange? Ah, maybe what they are talking about is that this mask actually does suit me? Then I wish youd say it clearly Hmm! Ah Yuuya-dono. In any case, were going to the royal castle now is that all right? Oh, yes. Its fine. I see Then, once again. When Owen-san said that, the soldiers, along with Owen-san himself, took the form of a salute in unison. As I was overwhelmed by the scene, Lexia-san, who was in the center, bowed in a ladylike manner. Thank you for accepting our invitation. We will now escort Yuuya-sama to the royal castle. Y-yes Um I suddenly felt uneasy, but what should I do? Despite my nervousness, Owen-san and Lexia-san try to lead me to the carriage parked nearby. Then, over here. Yes ah, Im sorry! Please wait a minute! Yes? I was so swallowed up in the atmosphere of Lexia-san and the others that I forgot to tell them about Night! Um, actually, theres another child Id like to take with me. Grrrrrr awooo! Kyaaa! Lexia-sama! Night! Just as I was about to introduce Night, Night, who had been out of sight until now, jumped on Lexia! As I rushed over to Lexia-san, I saw something pass by the place where Lexia-san had been standing a moment ago. When I turned my gaze to the end of that passing thing, I saw the tree behind where Lexia-san had been standing a moment ago was cut down. If Night hadnt pushed Lexia-san down, she would be cut down like a tree in front of me right now. W-whats with this dog? Lexia-sama, are you okay? Y-yes. Im fine, but Despite the stunned Lexia-san and the others, I raised my alertness at once and looked around with Night. Night was it because you were noticing this that you were erasing your presence? Woof. Ive got a lot of questions, but right now were going to have to do something about it. In the meantime, lets take care of the guy who attacked! Woof! The moment I said that, I noticed the invisible something that attacked Lexia-san earlier, and I immediately took out the [Omni-Sword] and cut it off. Then, I feel a touch that seems to cut off something. This feeling isa Thread? Lunas face passes through my mind, but I quickly shake my head to erase that thought. No that cant be her Yuuya-dono! Whats going on here? I dont know whats going on, but it seems that someone is after Lexia-san! And the one who pushed down Lexia-san just now is the little guy I wanted to introduce to you; his name is Night..! What? So the dogs on our side then? Yeah! Ill explain the details later, so for now; please protect Lexia-san! I understand! For starters, this would reduce my need to devote a little bit of my attention to Lexia-san. And then Night. Do you have any idea where the person making this attack is? Woof. Night replied shortly and ran towards the entrance of the forest. I quickly followed him, and at the same time, I activated the skill [Assimilation], although I was not sure if it would work. And right after we entered the entrance of the Great Devils Nest, that person was there. Wha.where did they disappear? A figure in a dark green robe looks around busily, apparently having lost sight of us. He has a mask on his face as well, so we cant see his expression. Huh! Wha-? Gaaah! As I approached the figure from behind, I saved my strength to some extent and blew the figure wide open. The black-masked figure was blown away and hit a tree, knocking him unconscious. When I approached the person timidly, the mask on his face had fallen to the ground. And then. Why is Luna The one who was fainting there silently was Luna, who had trained in this Great Devils Nest with me. As I looked at Luna, who was fainting in front of me in a daze, I felt the presence of a person approaching from outside the Great Devils Nest. Yuuya-sama! Lexia-sama! When I turned my gaze towards the presence, Lexia-san ran up towards us. Behind her, I could see Owen-san and the others hurriedly chasing after her, so she must have come here on her own. When Lexia-san came to us, she turned her attention to Luna, who was unconscious in front of her, and her eyes widened. Eh? Shes Shes the one who targeted Lexia-san. I wondered what I should do, but I still decided to be honest with her. I realized that lying here and defending Luna wouldnt help. However, Lexia-san, who noticed that I was acting strangely, looks at me with concern. Yuuya-sama? Could it be that this girl is an acquaintance of Yuuya-sama? Yes. How could Luna even if I thought about this or that, I wouldnt get an answer from a fainting Luna. However, if I think about it calmly, there were many things that were strange. The fact that a normal-looking girl who didnt have a single weapon and was dressed normally was alone in the Great Devils Nest where even Owen-san, the countrys knight and soldier, was in danger, and above all, its about Nights actions before finding Luna. Probably because Night subconsciously sensed something about Luna, so when he found Luna, he didnt try to move willingly. When I realized this, I looked at Night and saw that he had an apologetic look on his face. Perhaps he thinks he should have kept me harder when I tried to help Luna. Because then I wouldnt have to meet Luna and I wouldnt have to feel like this. I made a wry smile at Night for caring for me so much and stroked him gently. And then I approached Luna and picked her up as it was. Lexia-san, Im sorry. Can you wait for a moment? Eh? I just want to take care of this girl at my house. Thats Will you allow me to have one last conversation with her? I just cant see this girl as a bad person by any means I know its a ridiculous request that wouldnt normally be granted. Im asking her to leave the person who tried to kill her, even if only for a short while. Moreover, Lexia-san is royalty. Even if I said I wanted Luna, who attacked Lexia-san like that, not only to talk to her but also to treat her, it would normally be. Its fine. Are you sure? I was very surprised to hear her say that so quickly. Are you really sure to decide so easily? In spite of my confusion, Lexia-san laughed like a naughty child and shouted to Owen-san, who was following her from behind. Owen! Im going to Yuuya-samas house again for a little while! Huh? Huh Huuuhhhh? Lexia-sama, what are you doing? The soldiers were shouting in astonishment just like me. And Owen-sans face had turned pale. I was also stunned, Lexia-san patted me on the shoulder and said: Come on, lets go quickly! Otherwise, Owen will catch us. Eh, yeah! I still cant understand the situation, leaving me confused, Lexia-san is going deeper and deeper into the Great Devils Nest. Seeing that, I realized that she was seriously following me home, so I hurriedly chased after Lexia-san. Then Lexia-san says to me as I chase after her. Im also curious about what kind of relationship Yuuya-sama and that girl have, so if I dont know why, its okay if I just go with you, right? And I am also wondering why that girl attacked me, too! A-are you sure? Its just my subjective opinion that this girl isnt a bad person, but Yes, in my subjective opinion, I just couldnt see Luna as a bad person. If she was really a bad person, it could be that Night would have defeated her without question, but I dont care if its subjective or not. Ill listen to you because I want to hear what you have to say! Just lets get away from Owen for now! Owen-san is approaching from behind us at an incredible speed, with Lexia-san running very happily as she says that. Lexia-sama! Wait are you really going to go? Explain! Please explain it to meeeeee! As I heard Owen-sans voice shouting behind me, I did a dogeza to him in my mind. Im really sorry. But there are some circumstances over here too! I frantically apologized in my mind and grabbed Lexia-sans hand. Eh? Yuuya-sama? We re in a hurry, so Ill use my magic. Magic? I immediately activated my teleport magic and went straight back home with Lexia-san, Luna, and Night. This is teleport magic!? When I returned home with magic, Lexia-san, who hadnt been able to comprehend the situation at first, rolled her eyes in surprise. While looking at Lexia-san at the side, I move to put Luna to bed in the house in this other world. And when I put Luna safely to bed, Lexia-san came over. Yuuya-sama. Can you explain it to me? .Yes. This girl Luna is a girl I met by chance when I was living my life as usual in this Great Devils Nest. By chance? No, considering what happened this time, maybe it wasnt a coincidence. Anyway, the fact is, I saved her from being attacked by a group of goblin elites at the entrance of the Great Devils Nest. And then we started practicing together for a while. At first, I thought she was a mysterious girl, but considering the circumstances, I guess she knew that Lexia-san was coming to this place today, and she was coming to the Great Devils Nest as a prelude to aiming for that. I then told Lexia-san about the training Ive spent with Luna up until today, and properly explained my relationship with her. And then Its not fair its not fair! Huh? Because she was with Yuuya-sama the whole time when she was training, right? I wish I could be with you, too! E-eeh? I dont know how to respond to this unexpected reaction. However, despite my confusion, Lexia-san suddenly asks me with a serious expression. So, what are you going to do with this girl, Yuuya-sama? As I explained to you before we came here, Im going to treat her, and when she wakes up, Im going to ask her about this case. But you were supposed to come to the royal castle today, right? Sear?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thats Im sorry. But Ill make sure to send Lexia-san to Owen-san properly. I had made a promise to Lexia-san, but now I couldnt leave Luna sleeping in front of me. Did I disappoint her? As I was thinking about this, Lexia-san stood up vigorously. Ive decided! Ill be here to nurse her too! .Eeh? For a moment, I didnt understand what was being said, and when I raised a dumb voice, Lexia-san said with a glint in her eye. If Yuuya-sama doesnt come to the royal castle in order to take care of this girl, then its okay for me to stay here, right? But isnt Lexia-san a princess!? All the more so, dont you think? I cant just leave the assassin who targeted that princess without being so easily placed under surveillance. So, Ill take care of her as well as keep an eye on her! I can only be stunned by Lexia-sans declaration. This is a bit like we are living together, isnt it? And Lexia-san gave a final, teasing smile. At the time when Yuuya was involved in a strange incident involving Luna in the other world, there was also talk of Yuuya in the entertainment industry on Earth. Hmm he started keeping a black dog, huh The female director of the agency to which Miu belonged muttered as she sat quietly in her chair. Well, this is becoming more and more of a hot topic. According to Miu, it is an adorable puppy and either way, theres still a gap between his appearance. We can target a wide fan base. The directors eyes sharpened, like a predator that had found its prey. I wont let you get away, you know? Yuuya Tenjou Thus, on Earth as well, Yuuya is unknowingly caught up in a troublesome situation without realizing it. Book 2: Afterword Heres the afterword, thanks for the support in this second volume as well, see ya in the volume 3, which is probably at the next week, enjoy~Afterword S~ea??h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Its been a while since Ive been here, its me, Miku. Thank you for picking up this work again. In this second volume, Yuuyas preparations for his new environment are progressing as he steps out of the forest in the other world. And I myself will be moving to Tokyo this april to start a new life. I spent four years in Osaka for my university studies, but because I rarely left my home for anything other than classes and hanging out with friends, I didnt really experience Osaka that much. So when a local friend of mine visited my universitys campus festival, I was invited to tour Osaka with him, and that was the first time I saw the Glico sign, even though I had been there for about four years. [T/n: Click here for the info about Glico sign.] Im coming to Tokyo to pursue my dream once again but I can already see a future where I wont be leaving home much. However, I am coming to Tokyo for the sake of it. In the same way that Yuuya in this story is invited to the royal capital and jumps back into a new environment, I hope that I myself will be able to create new relationships in Tokyo life. By the way, the editor in charge of this project has been working with me to make this work even better in our meetings. And then theres Rein Kuwashima-sama, who made this work even more appealing with yet another cute and cool illustration. Id also like to thank the readers of Kakuyomu, as well as all the readers who picked up this work from among the many books available and read it from the bottom of their hearts. Thank you so much. I look forward to seeing you all again. Book 3: Prologue Lets go with the volume 3, heres the prologue, enjoy~Prologue With a new family called Night, my life on Earth began to be more fulfilling, but in the other world, I was supposed to head to the royal castle to fulfill my promise to Lexia-san and the others, but we were interrupted by a mysterious attacker. And that mysterious attacker was the one who trained in this Great Devils Nest together with me, albeit for a short amount of timeLuna. Why Luna attacked Lexia-san, I dont know the reason behind it. But now that she attacked Lexia-san, the princess, she would be treated as a felon. Even though it was to save Lexia-san, I attacked and defeated Luna, and I told Lexia-san that I wanted to at least take care of her at home until her wounds were healed without handing her over immediately and to my surprise, she followed me straight to my house. Once I shook off the fact that Owen-san was chasing after us, I had no choice but to allow Lexia-san to take care of Luna at home as well. And so, Yuuya-sama. Ive vaguely understood the relationship between Yuuya-sama and this girl. Then what is the magic that moved us to this house in an instant just now? Eh? When I was sitting near the bed where Luna was sleeping for a little while to see how she was doing, Lexia-san, who had a somewhat serious expression on her face, asked me that. What can I say its a new magic I created for transportation. You created it? Y-yes. Huh? Did I say something strange? Yu-Yuuya-sama? Do you have any idea how amazing that was? Speaking of teleportation magic, its the kind of magic that can only be described in legends! I-is that so? Yes! Therefore, your magic is a historic achievement. Everything will be fundamentally overturned! Despite her serious expression, Lexia-san is closing in on me as if she cant control her excitement. With Yuuya-samas magic, you can limit the damage of bandits and monsters when moving through the city and More than anything else, youre able to rush to the actual scene in case of an emergency, its a magic that only existed in fairy tales Until Yuuya-sama used it before. T-to go that far For me, I created it because I needed it at the time for field study, and other than that, I just thought it was useful magic that made it easier to explore the Great Devils Nest. However But you cant show this to the public. W-why? I told you before, right? Everything is going to be turned upside down. And that includes war. Ugh! If I think about it carefully, Lexia-san is right. Even on Earth, if there is a power like mine, it can be abused in any number of ways. And thats also the case in this world. Rather, why didnt I think of that possibility Im afraid of my own optimism. As I realize the dangers of teleport magic after all this time, my face turns blue, but Lexia-sans eyes shine in spite of such a look on my face. Well, all I have to do is to keep my mouth shut, and it must be more convenient than anything else! As I expected of Yuuya-sama! Eh, that was light? Are you sure you want to be that light? Its fine. Ah, but, Yuuya-sama. You should not tell people about that magic unless youre sure about it, okay? O-of course! Okay, then. Well, I dont think anyone would be able to use it even if you taught them. Eh? Why? When I asked that straightforwardly, on the contrary, Lexia-san gave me a strange look. Why, you ask? Its because teleportation magic is a legendary level of magic, a magic thats packed with all kinds of complicated and esoteric magic theories. At least, not even the best magician today would be able to do that. .. As expected of sage-san. I really did create and use magic unconsciously, but the sage-sans magic circuit is so different. In fact, if it werent for sage-sans magic circuit, I wouldnt have been able to use a single magic like I imagined. Well, besides magic theory, my transfer magic includes ideas unique to Earth, such as taking pictures and recording the location, so even if I had to teach it to people, people in this other world might not understand it in that way. So? How long will you continue to pretend to be asleep? Geh. Eh? As we were having this conversation, Lexia-san suddenly called out to Luna, who was sleeping in the bed. When I looked at the bed in surprise, Luna slowly got up with an awkward expression on her face. How long have you been aware of me? From the beginning. You were already awake when we arrived at this house, werent you? Eh? Eeh!? Was she awake? From the moment we arrived at this house? When I was unable to hide my surprise at the unexpected fact, Lunas cheeks twitched. Y-you knew that much, but why didnt you point it out? Of course, its because I wanted to have a private conversation with Yuuya-sama. But since Yuuya-sama is so kind, I pretended not to notice and kept an eye on you in this room. Ugh Eh, she didnt point out that Luna was awake for that reason? You were attacked, you know! And I I didnt even notice it Woof. S~ea??h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Fufu. With Night around, I guess I couldnt have been alone with Yuuya-sama anyway. Woof! I was appalled, but when Night barked cutely at me, Lexia-san stroked Night gently. But is it time for you to explain why you attacked me? Do you think Im going to be honest with you about that? Ara, why do you think you have the option not to talk to me about it? .. W-what is this atmosphere? Is this a psychological warfare being played out like a movie or a story? I-I dont understand As I was surprised by the exchange between Lexia-san and Luna, eventually Luna let out a small sigh. Hmph. Even if I tell you, the fact that I attacked you wont change anyway. Just kill me. Right. It doesnt change the fact that you attacked me. But I want to know about you. What would be the point of you knowing it? I dont know? But you couldnt kill me. You had already lost at that point. And since you lost, you will obey me, the winner! Lunas eyes widened as she looked overwhelmed by Lexia-san, who told her that with a chest full of royal dignity. And then Im jealous of you. Eh? Smiling yet somewhat sadly, Luna dropped her gaze. What, its not much of a story. Its a boring story that can be found lying around everywhere Do you still want to hear it? Yeah. I I want to get to know Luna too. It wasnt just Lexia-san. I myself didnt know anything about Luna, even though we had trained together for a short time. Thats why I wanted to know about Luna. Haah, the two of you beat me to it. As I said, its not much of a story. I was an orphan, struggling to get through the day. Scavenging trash, drinking muddy water, and stealing Fortunately, I managed to live with that, so I didnt have to sell myself. Well, no one would have bought the dirty me at that time anyway. .. In addition to living that life, I also developed my own powers to protect myself. Then one day, I was picked up by someone. That person was the master of the assassination business who apparently sensed something in my thieving movements and the power I had acquired in my own way, and then he trained me. From then on, I worked with him as my master. He taught me a variety of knowledge and skills And many of those skills were mainly assassination-related. Well, that was the way the master worked. The dark guild, huh? Dark guild? I tilted my head at the unfamiliar words, and then Luna informed me about it. The dark guild is well, to put it bluntly, its a group of criminals. Theft, fraud, drugs, murder Its a place where youre not tied to a specific job, and you take every possible criminal activity as a request. Basically, theyre a group of bad people, but just like everything cant be done on a clean slate, theres not a few relationships between the dark guild and aristocratic society. Well, I suppose thats the connection that resulted in me being attacked anyway. said Lexia-san. The aristocratic society is scary! You cant spend your time in peace! No, I thought it was a murky world even when I studied history and such, but its even more so when I hear such stories from a real princess. As the princess said, I belonged to the dark guild just like my master, but one day my master broke the rules of the dark guild, and I was chosen to deal with it. I killed the man who raised me in spite of all the conflicts I had to face, my master passed away with a relieved look on his face the moment he was killed by me. Thats because he believed that I would be able to live in this dark world. From there, I decided to take over my masters work and live in the dark world. And as I worked in the dark guild in my own way, I ended up being called the [Head Hunter] or something like that before long. Kuh, the [Head Hunter], you said? I heard about you, arent you a brilliant assassin? Were you really that person? I dont quite understand what theyre talking about, but it seems that Luna was an amazing person in her field. Hey, Night. Did you know that? Woof? It sounds like you knew something Maybe he didnt actually know that Luna was a terrific assassin. Still, Night was more alert to Luna from the beginning than anything. He must have sensed something, after all. As expected of my Night. Hes cute. Anyway, as the princess said. I was sent by a nobleman to kill her the result is this. Luna mocked herself as it concluded. But then she turned her gaze towards Lexia-san with a somewhat clear expression. Now I have told you everything. Do what you want. Do what I want, you said Yuuya. You know what Im talking about, right? The moment I attack the princess, and you prevent me from killing her, I have no choice but to die. In the dark guild, one mistake can lead to death. If you overlook me here, the dark guild will send assassins to silence me to keep my mouth shut. No way! ...I know in my head. That when Luna attacked the princess, Lexia-san, it was already irreversible. But still, I cant dismiss it so easily. When Luna saw my face, she smiled bitterly. Hey, hey, Yuuya. Are you worried about me like this? We only trained together in a short amount of time. Thats all there is to it. Its nothing more or less than that. So theres no need to be worried about it. How could it not be? Huh? Luna laughed as if she had given up on everything, and I was spontaneously burning in anger. Why do you say such tragic things? I enjoyed my time training with Luna, and I already think of you as a friend! I was too embarrassed to say it out loud, but Luna and I had naturally become very close friends since we had been training together. Thats because, in the course of our training, we entrusted our lives to each other and laughed at the little things we did with the monsters. Unlike Lexia-san and Owen-san, I felt that I had made friends as equals for the first time in the other world, like Ryo and the others on Earth Woof. Woof. Night? Night jumped on the bed and gently licked Lunas cheek as he quietly approached her. Night, even though he was wary, in his heart, he wanted to get along with Luna, too. Hey, Luna. Do you really think that Night and I are just mere people who trained together with you? .. Luna didnt answer my question. Yuuya. Regardless of what you say, the future cant be changed anymore. Therefore. Hey, can you just stop putting me on the sideline? Huh? Suddenly, Lexia-san said that while puffing out her cheeks. On the contrary to the dark atmosphere of Luna and I, I was unconsciously taken aback by the somewhat comical atmosphere of Lexia-san. You, can you not flirt with Yuuya-sama without my permission? I will be the one to flirt with Yuuya-sama! Eh, is that what the whole conversation sounded like? I think it was a pretty serious conversation! Luna and I had felt that way, but apparently, it was different for Lexia-san. And thats not fair! Even though Yuuya-sama had also called me his friend! And yet you still address me with an honorific! T-thats sorry. As I thought, against royalty is Its okay! Ill make sure you get rid of the honorific one day! What an amazing positivity. Lexia-sans world is in full swing everywhere, and Im caught up in her atmosphere. Then, with a self-mocking laugh, Luna asked Lexia-san. Did you see my interaction with Yuuya like that? Unfortunately, even if it looks like that, Im pretty sure Im going to die since the moment I failed to attack you. You can rest easy and go after Yuuya. You see, why do you have to assume youre going to die? Huh? Not only Luna, but I was also taken aback by Lexia-sans words. What do you mean by that I attacked you, a royalty. Isnt that a definite death sentence? Yes. But no one except Yuuya-sama and I know that you attacked me. Owen didnt see your true face. D-do you think you can overlook it? As I said before, the assassins will go over No. Now that youre here, youre going to serve me. .Heh? A dumb voice came out of my dumb face for I dont know how many times today. Thats why Im hiring you as my escort. D-do you know what you are talking about? Im a murderer. Thats what I am, a criminal whos killed a lot of people! God, youre so detailed! I know youre good at what you do, so why dont you work for me? Then you can protect us from the assassins of the dark guild. And Owen, who is also my guard, is very strong as well! .. Luna was just frozen, thinking about Lexia-sans words. As expected of royalty. The way she thinks and the size of her capacity is different from a small citizen like me. Im still cringing because I dont know whats going to happen, but Night seemed relieved, and now he began to sleep at my feet. Eh, is this okay? Does he feel like Luna is safe? Princess. The dark guild is stronger than you think. Besides, I am too dirty to stand next to a light like you. With my hands, I have killed and defiled many people. Even if I killed someone for the sake of the country What are you talking about? You have beautiful hands. Huh! Lexia-san took Lunas hand without any hesitation. And after looking at that hand for a bit, her eyebrows furrowed. Its really beautiful. What did you do to make it so smooth? T-thats because of Yuuyas bath Wait, no! Thats not what Im trying to say. Shut up, shut up, shut uuuuuup! Shut up and obey me! Lexia-san said as she stood on the bed and pouted. Besides, you might get Yuuya-sama anyway! You are my guard now! Its been decided! Perhaps because Lexia-sans momentum was too great, Luna spontaneously nodded her head. Kuh! Lexia-sama, Lexia-samaaaa! By the time Lexia had succeeded in convincing Luna, Owen was desperately trying to get to the depths of the Great Devils Nest in order to get to Lexia in a hurry. Its no good, Commander! The monsters are too strong! Did we actually come back through this place? No, it wasnt because of us. It was because of that young man! W-we cant do it anyway! However, the monsters in the Great Devils Nest were overwhelming, and they were driven to the vicinity of the entrance while desperately fighting against a group of goblin elites. Ah, damn it! Its because His Majesty spoiled her that she became such a stubborn tomboy! When we return to the royal capital, I will definitely tell His Majesty! When the hard-working Owen made that decision, he had no choice but to retreat from the Great Devils Nest temporarily. Book 3: Chapter 1: Part 1 Bonus chapter brought to you by the Patrons, please thank them and enjoy the chapter~Part 1 Luna was pushed by Lexias vigor to serve her. A-are you really sure? Geez, youre such a worrywart. I said it would be fine, right? And also, Im going to call you Luna, too. You can call me Lexia. This is my decision too. What a tyrannical princess you are. I cant say it directly, but Owen-san, thank you for your hard work all this time. As I was sincerely thanking Owen-san in my heart, Lexia-san snapped at Luna as if she had remembered something. Ah, right! Earlier, when I mentioned Lunas smooth skin, didnt Yuuya-samas name come up for a moment? What on earth does that mean? Uee? I wasnt expecting to be talked about, so I was completely caught off guard, and I couldnt help but let out a weird voice. Then, instead of me, Luna starts talking proudly. Listen and be surprised. Yuuya has obtained and possesses a bath drop item from this Great Devils Nests monster! If you take a bath in it, youll be able to get rid of your fatigue, your magic power recovers, and as you can see, it even has some beauty effect! What is that? Thats not fair! Let me in too! Yuuya-sama, is that okay? A-alright! Yay! Luna, lets go in together! W-what? Its okay; its okay! As I was about to take the bath set out of the item box as Lexia-san told me to, she asked me. Oh, do you want to come in with us too, Yuuya-sama? H-huh? H-h-hey, Lexia! Yuuya is a man, you know! And y-youre a princess. You need to have some self-control! Luna. You said that, and yet you also came in while I was bathing, didnt you? For some reason, Lexia-san just tilted her head curiously at Luna as she said that while shelving her own affairs. Its fine. Were going to get married anyway. Wait, wait, wait. Are you marrying Yuuya? Stop talking nonsense! Its not a problem, you know! Ive made up my mind! You are so insistent, you little princess Looking at Luna with her hand holding her head, I gave Owen-san one more round of applause. Really, thank you for all your hard work. And Lexia-san, I thought I had refused the marriage proposal once too Well, uh Ill refrain from it. I smiled bitterly and took out the bath set. Ara, too bad. Well then, Luna, lets get in quickly! As she said that, Lexia-san pulled Lunas hand and went straight to the dressing room. Wow! This is the bath that Yuuya-sama has? This cant be compared to the one in the royal castle! Im not sure if Yuuyas bath is better than the one in the royal castle. Its becoming more and more of a mystery Lexia and Luna entered the bath Yuuya had prepared for them, and then went straight to enjoying a relaxing bath. It feels so good. As I thought, Yuuyas bath is the best after all It feels really good and Lunas right, I feel like my magic power is being revitalized Lexia was amazed at the effects of Yuuyas bath, but she surrendered herself to the pleasantness of it. So, does Luna like Yuuya-sama? Buh! Luna gushed at the too abrupt words and turned to Lexia with a red face. W-what are you talking about? As I said before, Yuuya and I are well friends! Are you sure about that? I didnt really see it that way, you know? I felt a faint fondness during your exchange with Yuuya-sama. Well, Im not sure if Yuuya-sama is aware of that. Its probably just your imagination. Besides, its normal to like your friends. Ara, is that so? Then it wont matter if I marry Yuuya-sama! T-thats no good! Huh? Luna hurriedly held her mouth after she said that, but it was too late for any of that. Hah if youre just a friend, it wouldnt matter if Yuuya-sama and I got married, right? And that refusal of yours you dont need to tell me that, do you? Uh Luna twitched her mouth to say something for a while, but eventually let out a loud sigh, as if she had given up. Well, I honestly dont know what to say. Ive really spent time with Yuuya as a training partner but before I attacked you, I certainly valued my time with Yuuya. I knew deep down in my heart that that time was precious. Is that so? Lexia gave a small nod to Lunas words, then fell silent. And then Un, Ive decided! Eh? Suddenly, Lexia stood up from the bathtub and pointed her finger at Luna. Im declaring war on you! De-declare war? Yes! You dont realize it, but if youre even a little bit attracted to Yuuya-sama, that means youre in love with him! And Im in love with Yuuya-sama too. W-what do you mean by love Luna can deny that shes not in love, but I believe that Luna is in love with Yuuya-sama. And after this, lets make our move, shall we? W-what do you mean by love I mean! Im going to do my best to not lose to Luna and to make Yuuya-sama look at me! Im not going to give up, no matter what Luna says! Of course, if I can marry Yuuya-sama, then Ill be the winner! Wha-! Now what do you want to do? Do you want me to take Yuuya-sama away from you? Lexia stared straight at Luna. Her gaze pressured Luna, and she imagined Lexia and Yuuya getting married. And for some reason, that imagination made Luna want to cry, and she uttered her one emotion clearly. I dont want to. Hmm? I-I dont want that! Yuuya is h-hes mine! Right now, Luna still didnt know the name of the emotions that had arisen in her mind. Still, she knew clearly that she didnt want to let Yuuya just be taken by someone else. Does that mean youre going to accept my declaration of war? Bring it on. Lexia smiles at Lunas gaze, which is filled with a clear will, unlike before they took a bath. Right. Well then, from now on you will be my guard and my rival! All right. Dont cry when you lose later, okay? In this way, Luna and Lexia were able to move away from the relationship between the attacker and the target in a true sense. Lexia-san and Luna got out of the bath, and I decided to discuss the future with them. Um, Lexia-san. Now that Luna has woken up like this, how about we go back to Owen-san for the time being? S§×arch* The N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I was here with the momentum, and also with the two people, Luna, the attacker, and Lexia-san, the princess, but as expected, we did not explain it too thoroughly. From Owen-san and the others point of view, they would be worried, and more importantly, I want to discuss the matter of going to the royal capital. Eeh? No! Im staying here! Besides, Lunas strength hasnt fully recovered either, right? Muh? Thats not. Shut up, Luna! Eeh? Luna was completely confused by Lexia-sans unreasonable words. No, isnt that indeed too unreasonable? However, Lexia-san has a point. Even if [Complete Recovery Herb Juice] can heal wounds and illnesses, it cant restore strength to the original state. I thought about it for a bit, but Lexia-sans gaze defeated me as she stared at me. Sigh. I understand. But in return, its just for today, okay? Oh, and make sure you explain it to Owen-san later. Of course! We did it, Luna! Y-yeah. Woof. Night was also happy to be with Luna and barked adorably while wagging his tail. Well then, Ill prepare a meal for Luna so that she can regain her strength as soon as possible. As I said that, Lexia-san raised her hand with a glint in her eye when I was about to head to the kitchen in this other world home. Yes! Yuuya-sama! Huh? Um, whats wrong? Let me cook. Eh? Not only me, but even Luna makes a dumb voice at Lexia-sans words. However, in spite of us, Lexia-san was full of enthusiasm. If I show my cooking skills here, Yuuya-sama will be madly in love with me! I think youre leaking your thoughts. Regardless of the reason, Ive already given up because Lexia-san said she would make it and wouldnt listen to me. As expected, I cant complain to a royal persona Huh? Huh? Wouldnt it be more impolite to have royalty cook? I think about this and that, but I dont know whats common in this world, so I decided to let Lexia-san cook for us, just this once. Then I led her to the kitchen and prepared the seasonings, ingredients and cooking utensils. You can use whatever things are in here. Oh my! As expected, its not as big as the kitchen in the castle, but its so beautiful! Even though its sage-sans house, I dont think it can be compared to a castle. After checking the ingredients and utensils, Lexia-san took the potatoes and put them on the cutting board as it was, and grabbed a knife, and then. Eeii! She swung it down with great force. Ara? I missed my target. Its harder than I thought. U-uhm, Lexia-san? Lexia-saan? I called out Lexia-sans name over and over again in a cold sweat, but Lexia-san didnt notice my voice and just kept fighting with the potatoes. Geez! Why cant I hit it Allri! Ara? Hyii! The knife that Lexia-san swung at had slipped completely out of her hand, passed over my cheeks, and went straight and stuck to the wall. Scaryyyyyy! Hey, Yuuya. Are you sure its safe to leave the cooking to Lexia? It can make us die, you know? Luna, who had gotten up from the bed and was watching Lexia-sans cooking scene just like me, told me that while twitching her cheeks. I-Ill take it baaacckk! As one would expect, I hurriedly retrieved the knife stuck in the wall and went to persuade Lexia-san. Le-Lexia-san! Lexia-san, do you have any experience in cooking? Eh? This is my first time. Why? Okay, youre out. I should have asked her first! Its my fault! Lexia-san, Im very sorry but would you mind letting me cook for you today? Eh? Why? That I want to serve the food quickly for Luna to recover her strength, and since the ingredients for the food are all from this Great Devils Nest, I thought it would be quicker for me, who is used to it, to finish it Ha, Im starving. I cant wait to eat. Luna nodded at my words as best she could and followed me reading my intention. I-is that so? Well then, I guess it cant be helped. Lexia-san couldnt ignore Lunas words, which were not as perfect as expected, and although she seemed reluctant to say it, she passed the torch to me. But Ill cook next time! You two should look forward to it! Y-yes, ahahaha Well we were saved for now, but it seems that the princess will kill us the next time. What a pity. Dont say that! Look, if she learns from a chef in the castle or something, well probably be fine! While exchanging the unavoidable promise with Lexia-san, I quickly started cooking. Im very careful with the ingredients, such as using Orc King meat so that it will be easier to recover the strength. Lexia-san and Luna kept watching me cooking like that. Yuuya-sama, youre even good at cooking I understand Yuuya less and less how is he able to do everything? Is he really the same species of human as us? Ugh Im not used to cooking with people looking at me like I did on the field trip. It makes me nervous is there something wrong with it? Anyway, I wanted the two of them to eat something delicious, so I made it while making full use of my [Cooking] skills. After I managed to finish making it, despite being even more nervous than usual, I put the food in front of the two of them and Night. Now then, lets eat. Woof! It looks really good! Yeah Im so hungry now. Thankfully, they both seemed to enjoy my food, and I was relieved to see that they were looking forward to my cooking. Hmm~! This is really good! As expected from my Yuuya-sama! Ueee!? As she said that, Lexia-san suddenly hugged my arm. Le-Lexia-san? H-hey, Lexia! Get away from Yuuya! In place of my sudden freezing, Luna pulled Lexia-san out of my arms. R-really, Lexia-san is so bold W-well Im glad if it suited your taste. At any rate, I thought I could make it well, but Im glad to actually hear that. As I was smiling at Lexia-sans words, Luna was looking at the food with a thoughtful face. Hmm? Luna, whats wrong? I call out to her, but Luna doesnt respond and mumbles a little something. I have to prevent Lexia from taking Yuuya Hmm? Yu-Yuuya! Y-yes! Luna suddenly called my name loudly, and I couldnt help but respond by straightening my posture. Lexia-san is also surprised as she tries to bring the food to her mouth. Yuuya um, can you feed me? Huh? Hey, Luna! I havent regained my strength yet. Im too weak to do anything. Youre lying! Its not like eating has anything to do with physical strength or anything else! Thats not true. If I move too much, my wound might open up. Yeah, it cant be helped. You cant blame me for this; its a matter of course that Yuuya feeds me. No, Luna-san. I believe you were moving just fine before, right? You moved more than just eating. As I thought that while twitching my cheeks, Luna-san looked up at me. Is that no good? Ugh I dont know if its a no-no, or well, if she really cant even afford to eat, then its because it was I who did the damage to Luna Fine. Here, open your mouth. U-un. Aaahh Aargh! Lexia-san was screaming next to Luna, but I didnt have time to turn my attention to that because of the embarrassment. Hows it? Hmm. Its good; this is very delicious. Luna, who was enjoying the food, swallowed once and turned her gaze to Lexia-san. Fufu Mukii! Yuuya-sama! Me too, I want you to feed me like Luna! Eeh? B-but Lexia-san isnt injured Its a princess order! Royalty is scary. Political power is impossible. No matter how hard I try, I cant go against it. Im just a minor citizen. I had no choice but to do the same to Lexia-san as well as Luna, and this time Luna prompted me again I didnt have time to eat my own food. Why does it have to be like this? I managed to get them both to eat all the food, and I was finally ready to start on my own food. Its okay now, isnt it? Im going to eat now, just wait. No, Yuuya-sama! Now well be the ones to feed you, Yuuya-sama! Huh? Thats right, Yuuya. Its our thanks for earlier. .. I couldnt keep my mouth open at these twos remarks. I mean, Luna-san. If you had the strength to feed me, why didnt you just eat it yourself? Despite my astonishment, they each offered me the food in my bowl. Yes, ahhh! Come on, eat up. Yes. I will only say one thing. Im very tired of eating today. Book 3: Chapter 1: Part 2 Heres the chapter today, enjoy~Part 2 After the meal, there was some struggle over what to do with the bed and so on, but as I was mentally exhausted, I managed to get through it, and I was able to go to bed safely. And the next day, I found out that Lunas physical condition was okay now, after having rested for a day, so we once again decided to go to the place where we left Owen-san and the others. It would be quicker if we moved with teleport magic, but since Luna wanted to move her body as well as rehabilitate, were moving on foot. Honestly, I took Lexia-san and Luna, the attacker, without explaining anything to Owen-san. So its complicated for me to face him, but I can only apologize honestly. Im the one whos to blame. And theres no guarantee that Owen-san and the others are still in that place. Truly, Yuuya and Night are just ridiculous To think that you can proceed in battle with an advantage against the monsters of this Great Devils Nest Woof? Luna says that with a somewhat distant look in her eyes, but I still havent gone that far into the depths of this Great Devils Nest, and to be honest, given the fact that I know of the existence of sage-san, I think I still need to train. Well, the sage warned me not to go too far in possessing too much power, though. Although, I do want to be strong enough to protect Night and my friends at least. Oh, thats the entrance! When the entrance of the forest finally came into view, Lexia-san pointed happily and told us that. Along the way, we encountered a group of goblin elites, but there were no monsters near the exit, and we were able to pass through the Great Devils Nest safely. Then Ah! Commander, Commander! Look, look over there! Huh? Lexia-sama! I heard a voice and turned my gaze toward it, and I saw Owen-san and the others, just as they were when I first met them. Apparently, theyd been waiting here all day long. When Owen-san saw us, he rushed over to us. Lexia-san just smiled, looking at Owen-san. Ara, Owen. Good day. Dont just good day me like theres nothing! Please refrain from acting arbitrarily! We are your guards! As expected, Lexia-san felt bad about this situation, and she bowed her head obediently. Im sorry. U-um! Owen-san. Im sorry for bringing Lexia-san along with me When I think about it calmly, its like some kind of kidnapping, isnt it? Is that okay? I wonder if Im still going to be charged for a crime? When I looked at Owen-sans face with anxiety, Owen-san was about to say something for a second, but he let out a big sigh. Sigh there are a lot of things I want to say, but considering Lexia-samas position and Yuuya-donos position, it would have been difficult to go against what Lexia-sama said. No! It wasnt Lexia-sans fault; it was just that I got swept away in the moment Owen-san and I were both apologizing to each other, but we cut off the conversation once we knew it wasnt going to progress at this point. Ahem! Ah so, Lexia-sama. Ive been wondering since earlier, whos that woman over there? And I also heard that the little wolf at your feet is Yuuya-donos companion, but Oh, come to think of it, I didnt introduce him properly. This little boy is my family, and his name is Night. Woof! After being introduced by me, Night dexterously raised his paw and responded. You seem to be a very clever wolf. Night-dono, thank you for saving Lexia-sama at that time. Woof. Night barked as if to say, Dont mind it. Well, youre really clever, arent you? And what about that woman over there? Yeah, she is. The moment I was about to speak about Luna, Lexia-san, for some reason, puffed out her chest and answered on my behalf. Shes Luna, the assassin who attacked me! And now shes my new bodyguard! Wha-? Hey, Yuuya. Is this woman an idiot? I can only return a drawn-out smile to Luna, who says that while holding her head. Nah, I didnt expect her to be that honest Owen-sans expression froze at Lexia-sans words, but he immediately jumped back with Lexia-san in his arms and drew his sword when he got a distance away from Luna. Taking that as a cue, the other soldiers also draw their swords and point their blades at Luna. Hey, Owen! Why do you keep pointing your sword at Luna? Put it down now! What do you mean, Lexia-sama? This woman is the assassin who attacked you, isnt she? Yes, she was. Therefore, Ive hired her as my bodyguard! Its too unclear how we arrived at that Therefore! Lexia-san, youre leaving out too many explanations. Owen-san is really having a hard time with this, isnt he? I cant say anything about it because Im involved with one of them this time. Luna herself, whose sword was pointed at her, raised her hands in a bitter smile, showing her non-resistance. Lexia. Do something about them. Geez, its too much trouble. Cant you just go ahead and do it yourself? What? Are you an idiot? What does that mean! When Lexia-sans mouth suggested an unexpected physical solution, Luna half-eyedly clicked her tongue at that. Um, Owen-san! As for Luna, Lexia-san was right; she is now Lexia-sans bodyguard, so she is no longer dangerous! Are you expecting me to just believe in your word? If thats what the assassins are after, then Lexia-sama is in danger. Ugh I really dont have anything to say about this overly sane opinion. Its pitiful, but as a proper bodyguard, Owen-sans words are correct. As I was thinking desperately about what I should say to make him believe me, Luna let out a sigh. Sigh I cant blame you for not trusting me, but if I wanted to kill Lexia, I could have done it yesterday thats exactly what I could have done while we were sleeping together. Lexia-sama? What? We were staying at Yuuya-samas home together, so its only natural that we slept together, right? Yuuya-dono? Im sorry. All I can do is apologize. Really, Im sorry. Owen-san wanted to say a lot of things, but when he looked at me, Lexia-sans face, and Luna, he let out another sigh and put his sword back down. Sigh I still cant completely trust you, but Ill just stop pointing my sword at you. C-commander? Are you sure? It cant be helped. In fact, if you looked at her skill during the first attack, she could have killed Lexia-sama when she went to bed with her. It was either because of Yuuya-donos power that she didnt do that, or, it is as Lexia-sama said. Maybe its because shes now Lexia-samas guard whatever it is, we cant judge it now. Geez, youre so specific with every single detail. Luna is now my guard, so you should just be obedient and delighted! Shes still a brilliant assassin! That was too much. Owen-san, who looked completely drained of his poisonous energy, looked at Lexia-sama with a dumbfounded face and then immediately looked at Luna with a serious expression. Well then, assuming I believe Lexia-samas words that you have become her guard. Would you like to tell me about the person who asked you to assassinate Lexia-sama? Hmm, I dont mind. Luna spoke honestly about the details of the request as if she was no longer completely wary of the dark guild. However, most people who make a request to the dark guild hide their identity. But this time, it was definitely a request from a noble of the kingdom. Apparently, it was also to curry favor with the first prince. What? No way why Im completely an outsider, and I dont know the situation in their country, so its hard to say, but Lexia-san, who was so innocent until now, made a shocked face. The first prince means eh, Lexia-sans big brother or younger brother? No, but royalty is kind of complicated, so its not just like the common sibling However, as for the first princes favors, its a matter of speculation. In the underground world, stories about the first prince often come up, but that story has not been completely confirmed. Story about what? Hmm? That is, of course, about the first prince hating the first princess that is to say, he hates Lexia. Uh Lexia-sans expression grew tense as Luna informed her of the fact that her brother might hate her. Night approaches Lexia, seemingly worried, and slips closer to her leg. Noticing Night, Lexia-san holds him in her arms. AhN-Night. Woof Woof. Thank you. Although she wouldnt be able to understand what Night was saying, Lexia-san smiled gently, knowing that Night was worried about her, nonetheless. Well, lets continue the story. Anyway, I received a request for Lexias assassination, and in the request, it also included the information about Yuuya. Huh? M-me? I thought it was completely unrelated to me, so I suddenly became nervous when I was brought up. Yeah. However, the existence of Yuuya is not completely known; its just vague information that says someone in the Great Devils Nest. Even so, why would anyone want to know my information For some reason, Luna replied to my words with a dumbfounded look. You know what, Yuuya? Lexia was attacked once, before I attacked her. It seems that some professionals had been sent at that time, but then Lexia escaped to the Great Devils Nest. Well, their mistake back there was that they drove her deep into the Great Devils Nest, and as expected, those who were sent to do it never came backyes, except for Lexia herself. Ah Did you notice? If monsters killed the attackers, then it would be strange if Lexia wasnt attacked as well. Who else would have the skills to hide in the Great Devils Nest Yeah, theres none other than Yuuya and Night. That isnt normal when Lexia just returned normally like that. Is that a roundabout way of saying Im not normal? If Lexia is the only survivor, and the skilled assassin is dead, the only conceivable possibility is that someone saved her. She ignored me. Theyre going to assassinate the princess. The assassins must have planned it carefully, so they must be thinking that the assassins separated Lexia and Owen and the other guards. That would force them to consider the existence of a third party. They could think of it as a monster attack but then, as I said in the beginning, its unlikely that only Lexia would be lucky enough to survive. After all, all those skilled assassins are dead. U-umu Owen-san snorted at Lunas explanation. I feel like I want to hold my head up myself. What Luna says about the assassins shes talking about is probably from the first time I met Lexia-san. I didnt understand it at the time, but there was definitely blood and flesh splattered around the goblin general. In other words, that was Thinking up to that point, I felt a sudden rush of blood. Woof? Yuuya-sama? Eeh? A-ah, Im sorry. Its okay. Night and Lexia noticed that I was acting strangely and called out to me in concern. Im not going to say that life weighs differently because theyre humans or anything like that, but its still something that comes to my mind. Its not something I can say after taking the lives of monsters so many times. Thats what I thought, and while the shock still hasnt left me, I managed to recover. I knew that someday people would discover Yuuya-donos existence, but it was sooner than I expected for that reason, I would like Yuuya-dono to meet His Majesty. Ah, a-about that Owen-sans words reminded me that I had another purpose other than to send Lexia-san and Luna here, and I cut his words off with trepidation. Um Im sorry. If we had left yesterday, it would have been fine S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Y-youre not gonna I feel even more guilty as I see Owen-sans face turned pale as he looks at me. Im sorry! Can I have an audience with the king at another time? I have a schedule to keep Eeehh? Yuuya-sama, you wont come to the royal capital with me? Lexia-san shouted in surprise, but once this golden week is over, the school will start as usual. Im really sorry! I dont know when the next opportunity will come but I will definitely be coming over! I know its rude, but all I can do is apologize. In response to me, Owen-san gave me a look as if his soul had been drained. I-is that so haha, hahaha if you have other plans, it cant be helped, right Hey, Lexia. Is this guy really okay? He looks like hes going to die. Its okay. It happens all the time. What does that mean? Luna looks at Owen-san with an indescribable expression. No, Im very sorry for piling up your anxiety After I desperately apologized, Owen-san corrected his posture as if to regain his composure. Hmph! Then when do you think we will meet next? Its its hard to say because my schedule is still very uncertain. Im still trying to figure out what the schools events are going to be, too. In my old high school, I could have predicted it to some extent, but in my current high school, that prediction cant be relied upon I see Then I would like you to come to the royal capital at a convenient time for Yuuya-dono. Eh? Are you sure? Um what about the kings convenience? I cant hide my surprise at the statement that said I could go whenever I want. I mean, how can I meet with the head of a country without making an appointment? It may be difficult to say you have to come as soon as possible, but the next time will certainly give you more time, right? There are no major conflicts these days, and diplomatic and domestic politics have settled down. Well, theres also the first prince, but thats a matter of speculation, as she says. Y-yes Is it really okay? However, it is also true that it helps me. Well Im really sorry, but Ill visit at my convenience for the next time. Umu, thats fine. If you go straight down the street right there, youll find the city. And if you follow the single road that continues beyond that, youll be able to reach the royal capital. Unfortunately, I cant arrange for a carriage or anything like that, but D-dont mind it! Im really sorry and thank you very much! There was indeed a single paved road leading in the direction that Owen-san pointed to. If its a single road, then I wont get lost. Well, I guess we should be leaving now. Theres a lot more we have to investigate now. Leave it to me to deal with those who are in the same profession as me and to be vigilant. Ive been hired to do that. Ill be expecting you for that. I was worried about how Luna would be treated, but I was relieved to see that they didnt seem to be concerned with anything more than caution. Uh~ Yuuya-sama, are you sure you cant come? Uh sorry. Next time, Ill go to the royal capital myself. Well, it would be a nuisance to Yuuya-sama if I kept him too long. Fine, Ill give up this time! But youll definitely come to the royal capital, wont you? Can you promise it? Yes, I promise. Lexia-san nodded with satisfaction at my words, and then went straight to the luxurious carriage that had been prepared for her. As Night and I watched that scene, Luna approached me with nervousness. Um Yuuya. Im sorry for all the trouble Ive caused you. Thats not really a bother I was confused and really worried about a lot of things, but Im just relieved that Luna was able to be safe like this. Yuuya Woof, woof! Night, too I see. You were worried about me Luna muttered that softly as if holding her words. Then, as they got ready to return, Lexia-san called out to Luna from inside the carriage. Luna! Were going to move, so get in the carriage now! Yeah, Im coming. Its a short exchange, but thats enough to make me feel like shell be able to get along with Lexia-san, and I couldnt help but smile looking at them. I hope they will get to know each other better and better over time. Luna was about to chase the carriage that began to go slowly, but then she suddenly stopped and ran towards Night and me. And then Luna kissed me on the cheek. Yuuya. Eh? Eeehh!? Aaaaaahhhhhh! I heard Lexia-sans scream from the advancing carriage, but I could not understand it for what it was exactly for at this point. While I froze in surprise to that extent, Luna blushed and said. T-this kiss is a way of expressing gratitude and uh a-a declaration of war! What? I dont know! Figure it out for yourself! As soon as Luna said that, she ran off towards the carriage with great speed. Hey, Owen! Stop the carriage now! Im going to kiss Yuuya-sama, too! Iyaa, the weather is so great. Owennnnnnnnnn! Apart from Lexias loud voice, Owen-san said that in a heartfelt, soothing voice. Stop! Please stop it! I I want to kiss Yuuya-sama toooooo! Lexia-san leaned out of the carriage and desperately reached out her hand. While watching the scene in a daze, I unintentionally touched my cheek as if to confirm the feeling I had just experienced. Book 3: Chapter 2: Part 1 Bonus chapter thanks to the Patrons, and also, we have a poll for the next project, so feel free to take part Here.Enjoy the chapter~ Part1 Today, after I parted from Luna and the others, and the golden week has ended, I was still thinking about the meaning of Lunas actions. What the heck was that and that declaration of war I dont know I have no idea I had no idea what a girl was thinking, and all I could do was hold my head in my hands. And no matter how long it went on, that scene kept popping up in my head, and to be honest, I was in constant agony, so I woke up early in the morning and took a little walk in the other world to clear my mind. Then. Whoa Woof. sea??h th§× NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Both Night and I marveled at the scene in front of us. A part of the forest was opened up as if a hole had been made in it, and a lake that glistened in the morning sun was spread out. Wow I didnt know there was a place like this Woof. Night and I unexpectedly forgot to be cautious and approached the lake. I looked into the water of the lake and saw that it was surprisingly clear and visible all the way to the bottom. As I recall, Id heard that clear water is devoid of nutrients, but the water plants were vibrant, and we could see fish swimming gracefully in the lake. Since its a relatively large lake, I wondered if there were aquatic monsters or something like that, but I couldnt see anything like that in both the range of visibility and my [Presence Detection] skill. Ah, yes! Night, do you want to take a bath here today? Its not every day that we get to experience a bath with a view like this. Woof! Once I got Nights approval, I brought out my bath set. I just wanted to take a bath to get rid of my sweat from the walk. The atmosphere seemed more Western than Japanese, so I decided to go with the jacuzzi this time. As soon as I got into the bath and enjoyed the scene in front of me, I couldnt help but think how luxurious it was. Hahhh what nice warm water Woof~. Fugo~. Hmm? I heard an unfamiliar voice, so I involuntarily looked up at what was next to me and there was a little piggy that I had never seen before enjoying the bath as much as we did. You where did you come from? Buhi? I lifted the strange little piggy that had been in the bath for some time, and we made eye contact, but the little piggy is adorable, and all he was doing was tilting his head. No, Im the one who wants to tilt my head here Hmm if I can think of it, was he already near the bath set when I took out the bath set and hid his appearance? When I looked at the little piggy again, he was covered in short red fur, and his eyes were black and just stared at me without any hostility. The fur felt different and silky to the touch than Nights. I do not really understand, but do you want to take a bath with us just like this? Buhi! When I said that, the little piggy settled down at my feet. Whats with this guy, hes so cute. While petting the little pig together with the approaching Night, I activated the [Appraisal] skill on the little pig. [Mouju] Level: 490 Magic: 60,000 Attack: 5000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 3000 Intelligence: 10000 Luck: 10000 Mouju? [T/n: Im not so sure if its right, but I found it as a name of a myth pig monster in China, the name is meng huai in Chinese. Please let me know if someone got a better idea of this, and this is the kanji: .] Buhi? I tilted my head at the name of a race Id never heard of. No, were in a different world, and its only natural that there are monsters of a race I dont know. But I get the feeling that it has a Chinese background in terms of atmosphere But still, the stats are pretty unbalanced as well. His attack power and defense are too low for his level, and instead, his magic power is outstandingly high. Youre an odd one, arent you? Buhihi~. No, thats not a compliment, you know? The little piglet dexterously made a head-scratching gesture with its paws. Well, its okay because it was cute. As I was pondering that, a message unexpectedly appeared in front of me. The skill [Appraisal] has met a certain level of proficiency; it has changed to [Identification]. [Mouju] has been successfully tamed. What? How could I have possibly tamed this guy? Uh, were just taking a bath together! Does that mean its because weve had a naked relationship? Not that it bothers me at all, this guy is cute, and Im more than happy to welcome him, but Hey, youre supposed to be tamed by me, but is that okay? Fugo? Buhi!? You didnt even notice it! The little pig looked very surprised, but eventually, he nodded and turned to me. Buhi. Buhibuhi. I dont know what youre talking about I dont understand the details of what this guy is talking about, but somehow this guy seems to have agreed to stay with us. Is that okay with him? Hes so wild. Or rather, its the same with Night, the [Language Comprehension] skill isnt working. Somehow, its not something that has been properly verbalized, and in the first place, Night and the others arent communicating with their own kind with their cries as a language, they are communicating and signaling with their instincts, so I guess thats why the [Language Comprehension] skill isnt working. Instead, although I dont understand the language clearly, I can understand that they are saying something like that to me. As we were exchanging these words, Night looked up at me. Woof? Hmm? Yeah, this guy just became one of us. Get along with him, okay? Woof! Hmm? Night and I have a certain amount of communication with each other rather than with the little piggy well, whatever. Its not like Night can completely understand what Im saying either. And since Ive known Night longer than him, its only natural that I would understand. The little piggy will eventually get used to it and learn to understand. For now, since we are now friends no, were family, Ill have to give you a name. Woof! Buhii! Hmm what would be good In the first place, Ive never heard of [Mouju] before I look at the little piggy again while thinking of a name. And just like with Night, I decided on a name based on the appearance. Yup. Your name is [Akatsuki]. From his red fur and black eyes, I vaguely imagined the sky before the dawn, so I decided to give him the name Akatsuki. I wont accept any complaints since its already completely a matter of my senses. After being named, Akatsuki let out a cheerful voice. Buhi! Buhibuhi! Oh, youre happy, huh? Thats good. I was trying not to give him a weird name, but Im glad hes happy with it. Night and Akatsuki immediately discussed something with each other and began to enjoy the bath from a little distance from me. Now What exactly is [Identification] I neglected it once, but now that Ive decided on Akatsukis name, its time to think about it in regards to this skill. Looking at the description of the message, my constant use of [Appraisal] has led to some proficiency? Ive heard that the change is because it has reached a certain level but whats the difference? And if theres this change, it means that maybe other skills might change as well, right? Since its already come to this point, lets just look into this [Identification] with the [Identification] itself. I immediately activated the skill, and it displayed like this: [Identification] :: This is a higher-level skill of [Appraisal]. You can examine the target in more detail than [Appraisal], and you can also look at the targets skill structure. I dont really understand it, but its become very convenient, right? I would have more impressions and surprises, but for me, this was the best I could think of. For now, being able to see the skill structure of the target means that Ill be able to see the enemys skill structure, which I hadnt been able to see before. Thats very gratifying. Its because it allows us to avoid even more danger. But what about seeing the status and skills of a human or the like? I guess its like ones personal information, and its not a good idea to use it implicitly I still dont know exactly how to use the skill, so Ill keep it to monsters for now. So, I decided to take a look at the skill structure of Night and Akatsuki. Hey, Night, Akatsuki. Can I check out your skills? Its weird to ask for confirmation just here, even though I can look at their status on my own, but I asked anyway. Woof! Buhi! Once I got permission from these two, I decided to look at it from Nights skill structure. [Night] [Bite Attack Technique: 10] [Claw Technique: 10] [Magic Control] [Chantless] [Presence Detection] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Super Senses] [Divine Authority of the Night God Wolf ] Youre so ridiculous! Woof? Night only tilted his head adorably at my tsukkomi. No, no, no, whats with all these blown-up skills! He has learned [Chantless] before I knew it, and his claws and biting attacks are at the maximum level of proficiency, and most importantly, whats that [Divine Authority of the Night God Wolf]? Though, it doesnt look like it can be used right now. Night youre going to be a big-shot one day. Im sure of it. Woof? Kyun. I pet his head and Night rubs his body against mine. Hes going to be a big-shot in the future, but right now hes so spoiled and cute. Since hes so cute, I dont care for anything else! Okay, how about Akatsuki? Buhi. Looking at Akatsukis skill structure [Akatsuki] [Magic Control] [Exorcism] [Curse Removal] [Sanctuary] Looks like youre just the same as Night, huh? Buhi? I dont know if these skills are all usable in battle or not, but [Sanctuary] is a strange one to think about. Hey, Akatsuki. Can you try out this [Sanctuary] skill? Fugo. To be honest, I had no idea what kind of skill it was, but when I asked Akatsuki that, he activated the skill without any hesitation. And then Ooh! Woof! With Akatsuki in the center, some kind of warm light flooded out and spread throughout the forest. And the lake that received that light emitted a pale gleam, and the trees, plants and flowers changed to a more vibrant state. Is this could this be a restorative skill? Buhi. Akatsuki nodded adorably as if to say that my thoughts were correct. But to be honest, this [Sanctuary] skill seems to have more effect. While it was beautiful, so was the fact that the otherwise normal lake was glowing faintly, but the entire area around it felt purified I felt somewhat refreshed. I couldnt look into it any further now, but for now, I thought that Akatsuki would be able to play a significant role in recovery and support, rather than a battle type like Night. Anyways, it turns out that youre so great as well. Buhi~. There were a lot of things going on, like new skills and Akatsuki becoming a family member, but none of them was bad, so thats fine. Im enjoying a full bath while petting Akatsuki and Night when Night suddenly jumps out of the bath and runs towards the house. Eh, Night? I go to chase after Night, but remembering that Im not dressed, I hurry to put on my clothes, and Night comes back with something in his mouth. Woof. What on earth are you doing? You just ran out of the blue you startled me, you know? Woof. Woof! Eh? This is? Night brought me a watch, and he placed it skillfully in front of me and tapped it with his foot in a cute manner. I looked closely at it and saw that it was the time which is when I usually start getting dressed for school. Eeh! Is it time already? The fact that the golden week is over means that classes will start normally, and I hurry to get ready. Im sorry. Night! Thanks! Im sorry, Akatsuki, but Im leaving right now! Woof~. Buhii! I hurriedly used the teleport magic to get home, and after quickly finishing dressing, I had a light breakfast and ran out of the house without further ado. And by that time, I had a clear head, and as a result, I succeeded in changing my mood. Book 3: Chapter 2: Part 2 Heres the chapter today, enjoy~Part 2 All right, lets start the homeroom! Sawada-sensei announced that in her usual unmotivated voice and lightly talked about todays program. After announcing the program, Sawada-sensei suddenly seemed to remember something and smiled unpleasantly. Oh, come to think of it its almost time for the ball game tournament. As I tilted my head at Sawada-senseis words, the rest of my classmates were filled with motivation. Yeaaahhh! Lets get a good result here and get more budget for the school festival! The ball games are a great opportunity to get more budget! Apparently, the school festival budget changes depending on the ranking of the ball game, just like in the field study. Or rather, does the difference in the budget change the stalls that much? As I was wondering, Sawada-sensei noticed my expression and told me. Hmm? I think I explained the school festival lightly during the field trip the other day oh, so you dont understand its scale, huh? Eh? Ah, yes. I see to make a long story short. Our school festival is on a completely different scale from other festivals. The television station comes to cover the festival every year, and there are live performances by famous artists. Its already in a different dimension! It is not much different from other high schools to have a stall with a minimal budget. We borrowed desks from other classrooms and set up our stall. Huh Well, isnt that what every high school is like? As I thought that, Sawada-sensei grinned. But you know what? The extravagant part of our school festival is that we can hire a vendor to make all the stalls for us. If its a haunted house, you can use the interior design and mechanism for professional purposes. If youre putting on a drama, you can use gorgeous costumes and outsource all the scenery and lighting equipment with the budget youve got. Is this really a school festival? This is quite different than what I was expecting. When I was immensely impressed by the sheer scale of the event, Sawada-sensei nodded with satisfaction. It seems you understand how great our school festival is now. Then, based on that, Ill tell you, the events will begin to increase now. The first event is the ball game tournament, but as you know, the results of this event will be reflected in the school festival, so do your best! All of them are essential events However, I was filled with the feeling that I was looking forward to it now. Everyone else seems to be looking forward to it as well. Alright, then, do your best for the rest of the day. Sawada-sensei ended her homeroom with that final word. In preparation for the ball game tournament that Sawada-sensei mentioned during homeroom, the P.E class were about to attend now will be devoted to practicing in advance for the tournament. It appears that each student will be asked to choose one of the following sports: soccer, basketball, dodgeball, tennis, table tennis, and so on, to select a team for the class. The first-place winner of each sport will receive 10 points, the second-place winner will receive 5 points, the third-place winner will receive 3 points, and the rest of the teams will be scored with 1 point. Now, today, we will play soccer. The teams have been selected at random so that you will play with that team. The positions and so on are to be decided by the team. And also, if I tell you in advance that youll be playing basketball in the next P.E. class, consider it as such. Yes. said the students in unison. Everyone responded energetically to the words of Oiwa-sensei, who was in charge of the P.E class. Looking at the team division announced by Oiwa-sensei, I was placed on the same team as Ryo and Shingo-kun, but Akira was on the enemys team. Besides, if I looked carefully, it seemed that the ball game tournament was a mixed team competition for men and women, and Kaede, Rin, and even Yukine were also named in our team. Ya-hoo, everyone! Were on the same team. So lets do our best! With Ryo here, it will be a relief. Youre right. I-I may not be much help to everyone, but Ill try my best. said Shingo-kun. Ive never played football properly, to begin with. I had soccer classes in elementary and junior high school, but they never explained the rules to me in detail. Well, it was like there were no rules at all. Moreover, the school assumes that I have been playing soccer or baseball since I was a child, but Ive never really played football or baseball before, and I have no idea of the detailed rules. Maybe I should look them up, but I wasnt really interested in them and that made me look like a total idiot. As I looked far away from them, Ryo and the others widened their eyes at my remarks. Yuuya, you really havent played soccer before? S§×arch* The NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yeah well, I havent played outside for a long time, and I never learned the rules in school either. I see then, do you know what a keeper is? You could stand in front of the goal and take the ball that the opponent kicked, but Oh, I know that. But somehow, I dont know where I should use my hands or any of that. The keeper cant just take the ball, and I heard that there are cases where you shouldnt take it with your hands, depending on the position. Well, Im not sure. Then Ryo kindly moved to the field and pointed to a certain line. You can use your hands within this line. So, if you dont really understand the detailed rules, why dont you participate as a goalkeeper this time? You sure you want to let me be the keeper? Yeah. I cant say its all perfect, but Ill try to keep them as far away from the goal as possible. Yes, yes! Besides, if its Yuuya-kun, Im sure you can protect it! Ryo laughed, showing his white teeth, and Kaede smiled as well. Well then, I guess Ill play as a keeper this time. I-Ill be around, and Ill explain the rules when I get a chance. said Shingo-kun. Really? Thank you! Oya oya, youre quite reluctant, arent you? Well, maybe this time, its a good idea to teach Yuuya the rules. Also, with the strategy. I know that Shingo is not good at sports, so he was standing near the goal the last time they played soccer. Thats why hes willing to teach me the rules when he has time. Im really grateful. Moreover, this time, with Ryo on my side, I can go to the P.E class with a lot of peace of mind. As I was confirming the positions and movements of others, the game finally began. As expected, as soon as Ryo kept possession of the ball, he rushed into the enemy line with tremendous speed. Daaaaah! Seriously, Ryo is too strong! Ill absolutely stop him hereah, hes gone. He passed me so quickly! As expected of Ryo-kun! As I thought, Im glad to be on the same team as him! The girls also supported Ryo nicely, so as not to lose to the boys. Ryo continued his rapid attack, but on the way, he was surrounded by almost all of the opponents and was unable to move. Kuh! I cannot move in this situation! Hahahaha! What do you think? This is my footwork as the young noble of this Ousei Gakuen! No, Akira! Its fine to aim at Ryos ball, but that move, that move was quite disturbing even for us on the same team! Its quite a distance, but thanks to my leveled-up eyesight in another world, I could see Ryo and the others fighting intensely for the ball. However, as expected of Ryo, when he sees an opening in the opponents, he passes the ball to a nearby teammate and begins to attack at once. He passed the ball to one of the teammates to confuse them, and then the ball was given back to him, and he scored a goal. Yeaaaahh! Damn it! Ryo is too strong! Its fine because were on the same side at the ball game, but when it comes to the enemy, he will be too annoying! Its true that were all on the same team in terms of the ball game, so there couldnt have been a more encouraging ally. After that, just as he said at the beginning, Ryo did not let the opponents get close to the goal I was defending, and he took more and more shots. Oh really, Ryo is a fighter Haha it seemed that some of the other classes and seniors are just as good or better than Ryo-kun, though. For real? Yeah. Our soccer team is always in the national championships, you know? The fact that there might be more than Ryo who continues to be a warrior right in front of me just now simply astonishes me. I was aware that the Ousei Gakuen was a place for elites to go to, but I didnt know that it was also that strong in sports Nevertheless, our opponents team gradually got better at coordinating to stop Ryos movements, and they got the ball more often than before. Then, I saw some kind of wicked smile on Rins face, and she went up to Kaede. Ah yeah, Kaede. Ive come up with a good plan, do you want to try it? Good plan? Yeah. What? Its not that hard, you know? You just have to jump. J-jump? They were conversing fluently even though they were in the middle of a game, but suddenly Kaede started jumping on the spot. Um like this? Buh! At that moment, Kaedes chest shook significantly, both Shingo-kun and I gushed and hurriedly removed our gaze from her. But the boys, who were engaged in a fierce battle on the field, stared at Kaede as if to devour her. Nuoooooo! Its shaking. Its shaking! Theres an Eden in the middle of nowhere How about we quit soccer and do a little observation? Are you crazy? You know were in a game right now! Ryo was perplexed by the boys stretching their noses out underneath their opponents, and the girls had a dumbfounded look on their faces. I didnt expect it to be this effective Hey, Rin-chan! What the heck did you mean by that? Why did everyone suddenly burst out? I think Kaede is a bit too defenseless. Thats right! You! Walking oppai weapon! Rin-chan, arent you being too cruel? Uh.. eh what? Buhaaaaaahhhhh! At that moment, Rin rubbed Kaedes chest as if it was a prank, and almost all of the boys who were watching the scene fell down with their noses bleeding. I made full use of my leveled-up physical abilities and looked away, so I didnt suffer any damage. .Well, my face is soooo red! Shingo-kun, like all the other boys, had seen the fascinating scene, and it seemed that he had seen it all before, and he looked away with his face turning red. Apparently, it seems that Rin was aiming for this situation. W-what a frightening girl! In a field that has become a pandemonium, Ryo, whose face is also reddening, covers his cheeks. Ah shall we attack now? Then Ryo took a shot for what seemed to be the umpteenth time. As expected of Kaede. Arent the boys almost all wiped out? What a nightmare. I wonder if this could be used for the ball game? Maybe we can win it. Uh, ~! Rin-chan! Im sorry, Im sorry! Look, why dont we just support the boys for now? How am I supposed to support them? Aah Im so embarrassed But, maybe, theyll probably keep looking at your breasts for the rest of the game. N-noooooooo! Kaede and the others were also very excited. Yeah Im glad theyre enjoying themselves even though a number of boys were sacrificed no In this case, isnt Kaede the biggest victim? When the game resumes once again, the boys who had fallen down stand up, despite being dizzy. FufufufuI can seeI can see that the great swinging Shangri-la! Ahhhh the power that comes with it At this rate, I wont be able to follow Ryos footsteps anymore! It was undeniable; there was a fierce fighting spirit in the boys eyes as they remembered the scene earlier. I dont know if thats a good thing or not since its not a friend or foe thing, but At the very least, they have a lot of fighting spirit, even though the reason is impure. Pure in a roundabout way, though. In general, everyone was moving better than ever before, and Akira, who had been moving particularly well, finally took the ball away from Ryo. Thats bad! Hahahaha! How about that! I couldnt show you any more of my clumsiness! Im invincible from here on out! The reasoning is absurd, but in reality, Akira uses his tremendous ball-handling skills to dodge my teammates attacks and get closer and closer to the goal. Take this, Yuuya! My shot, which was touted as the [Young Noble of Soccer]! In the previous class, Akira kicked the ball in the wrong direction, but this time, he fired a powerful shot at my goal that I was protecting. Moreover, he shot at me at a speed that would be difficult for a normal person to catch. Wawawa! I-Im sorry, Yuuya-kun! It was impossible for me! It was too fast for Shingo-kun to keep up with, and no one was standing in front of me, the keeper. Furthermore, the ball took a sharp curve and was heading towards the goal post. While everyone watching was convinced of the goal, I reacted to the ball in an instant and snatched it up. Eh? H-hey did you see his movement before? Then it seems that the others did not follow my movements with their eyes, and I seemed to have moved at a moments notice. Anyway, I asked Ryo, who was also stunned. What am I supposed to do with the ball when I get it? O-oh just pass it to one of us, and youll be fine. Or, throw or kick it as hard as you can near the opponents goal, and one of us will pick up the assist. Is that okay? Oh, if its come to this, why dont you go ahead and throw it? Okay. Ryo told me that much and left with Akira. Hmm All I need to do is just send it away for now, right? Okay, lets try to fly it as far away as possible. While being careful not to go out of the line taught by Ryo, I held the ball. And since I always throw the [Absolute Spear], I threw it while being mindful of it Hoo! The air shuddered. Gyaaaaaaa! Huh? The tremendous speed of the ball sent out a shock wave of sorts, and as it passed by, the boys nearby were blown away. In the midst of everyones amazement, the ball I threw finally engulfed the opposing goalkeeper and shook the goal net as it was. Is this a goal? Is that what youre wondering now? They all told me that in unison. After experiencing a whole range of sports in the P.E class, a certain tension was floating around in my class. Now, lets pick the team members for the ball game! Uoooooooo! The voices of both men and women were raised. In fact, a meeting was being held to determine the participants for each sport in the upcoming ball game tournament. The moderator of the meeting was a member of the school committee, Tooru Kageno-kun. Tooru-kun is a serious-looking student, with black bangs trimmed and glasses that suit him well. Normally hes a calm, smart and very gentle person, but in an event like this, hes also gotten fired up just like everyone else. There arent many students like him, so Im really impressed. Since then, weve been able to experience the main sports in the P.E class, so each of us can choose what were good at, but I was anxious about it. Im still not very good at controlling my power, so when I kicked the ball, just like last time, everyone around me was harmed If that happens, its not even a game anymore. The rest of the events were similar, so in the end, whichever one I end up in, Ill be fine. Rather than get in trouble the best thing to do is to do nothing, and then Ill end up with no trouble. But this is a school event, and theres nothing I can do about it. I want to participate in this event too. The meeting is going on even as Im struggling to think about it, and before I know it, each of my classmates, except me, has decided which event to compete in. And when they all looked at me at once, they all groaned with complicated expressions. Yuuya will U-umu I-I feel sorry about it, somehow. It wasnt just me, everyone else seemed to be wondering where to put me, and I couldnt help but apologize. Dont worry about it! Rather, its more of a luxury concern, you know? T-thats right. Yuuya-kun seems to be able to play well wherever you are placed and thats why we are having trouble with it. Is that right? Ryo and Shingo-kuns words helped me. Im really sorry; my body has become a troublemaker Im usually saved by it, but this time, it has become a problem. Then, as everyone was scratching their heads, Kaede raised her hand. Yes, yes, yes! Well then, Okay, lets pick a leader for each category, and that leader will do rock-paper-scissors with each other, and whoever wins will be the one who can bring in Yuuya-kun! Yuuya-kun originally seemed to be able to play anywhere, so I think this kind of decision would be better Thats it! said everyone. Kaedes idea seemed to have been accepted, and they immediately decided on a leader for each category and began to play rock-paper-scissors. The rock-paper-scissors had an odd atmosphere, and they all had serious expressions on their faces. If we win this, we can get Yuuya If we get Yuuya, then we have a better chance of winning the match. That means the girls will be there to cheer us on as we win. Then. This is a game we cant afford to lose! said all of the leaders. Isnt your motive too impure? Ryo couldnt help but tsukomiing at their enthusiasm for rock-paper-scissors. Well, whatever the reason, Im delighted that they need me like this. I used to be treated as a hindrance, dragging them down no matter what I did, so Im glad to be in a situation where they rely on me. I had to be a little more careful than everyone else, but I wanted to do my best as much as I could in any category. Uh! Look! With this hand, Ill get Yuuya! Fuh Ive already done the calculations to win this rock-paper-scissors! What do you mean? I, this [Rock-paper-scissors young noble], of course, will win it! Rock-paper-scissors. The victory was instantaneous. There was only one person who won the game. Thats I-I won It was Shingo-kun. While everyone else was putting out scissors, only Shingo-kun was putting out the rock. Guaaaaaahhh! Well, I lost and it was supposed to be a perfect calculation. Should I start calling myself an [Unfortunate Young Noble] now? As Shingo-kun looked on helplessly as the defeated men were crushed, Tooru-kun, who was calm as usual, nodded his head. Okay. Since Shingo-kun is in the ping-pong team. Yuuya-kun, Ill also put you on the ping-pong team is it okay with you? Ah, yes. Thus, it was decided that the ball game I would play would be table tennis. Well, what can I say this is the most unexpected part. Is that so? Y-yeah its not something I can say after I won, but I just thought Yuuya-kun would be able to play an active role in basketball or dodgeball or such After school, while coming home with Ryo and the others, we discussed the details of todays meeting. I think Ryo and the others in soccer are more amazing than me, you know? They were all so active in class And Akira, who competes in basketball, even called himself a [Young noble of basketball], so I guess hes amazing, but His young noble thing is ready for anything, you know. Its true, Akira calls himself a young noble in every way possible. As long as he keeps quiet, he really looks like a young noble, I guess? Even though I think its weird to be called a young noble. But maybe hell get a chance to really be called a young noble, who knows. To be honest, I dont know what to say about table tennis, but Ill do my best. I have never played ping-pong in class, so I dont know how far I can go. Nevertheless, I wanted to do my best so that I could meet the expectations of my classmates who have high hopes for me like this. Sorry, are you Yuuya Tenjou-san? Yes? As I walked along in such a conversation with Ryo and the others, I was unexpectedly approached from behind. When I turned my head towards the voice, I saw a man in a black suit and a woman standing there. Ah, yes, but um how did you know my name? When I asked that, the man held out a business card. My name is Kurosawa, and I work at an entertainment agency. Entertainment agency? Eh? Not only me, but Ryo and the others also widened their eyes at the man in front of usat Kurosawa-sans words. Then Kurosawa-san ignored us and continued on with his words. Yuuya Tenjou-san are you interested in the entertainment industry? Book 3: Chapter 3 Heres the bonus thanks to the Patreon, enjoy~No wait, interested in the entertainment world, you said I can only be left dumbfounded by Kurosawa-sans too sudden words. Why me in the first place? I know I got carried away earlier, but if they knew my name, then they must have been looking for me from the beginning I didnt know how the people at the entertainment agency knew who I was. Then, as if sensing my feelings, Kurosawa-san continued with a blank expression on his face. As a matter of fact, the agency I work for has Miu, who did a photoshoot with Yuuya-san in the past, and also the photographer, Hikari. And when the director heard about Yuuya-san from them, she said she wanted you to join us Ah, the one behind me is the director. H-huh To my surprise, it seems that the conversation came about because of the connection between me, Miu-san, and Hikari-san. This was a big surprise to me because I thought I would no longer have anything to do with modeling sessions. I almost let it slide, but the person behind Kurosawa-san is the director of the company? She hasnt said a word to me since a while ago, but the boss herself came to me? But sure, shes got her arms crossed the whole time, and she looks like a big shot with some sense of comfort. Maybe its just a prejudice. I-isnt that amazing, Yuuya! Its the entertainment world, you know? T-thats right, Yuuya-kun! You were really cool in that picture! Ryo and the others, who were just as surprised as I was, came back to their senses and said so with excitement. Well, Yuuya has a different aura, you know. I thought you would definitely enter the entertainment world one day, but I-its rather amazing that youve made it this far in obscurity Oh, indeed. Ive never heard of a guy like Yuuya before. Even though the high school and junior high school that Yuuya went to before was in a neighborhood close to my junior high school. I didnt get the kind of story Ryo was talking about because I only recently got this look in the first place, and its not like it cant be helped or anything More than that, I didnt know there was a fresh and cool boy like Ryo either, so I guess theres not as much talk of such people in the area as people think. As I was convinced by myself, Kurosawa-san, still expressionless as ever, asked me nonchalantly. So, Yuuya-san. What do you think? Are you interested in the entertainment industry? Uhm well Im sorry. Im happy to hear about it, but it was too sudden I cant decide so easily. Im sorry When I said that and bowed my head, Kurosawa-sans eyebrows moved for a moment, and Ryo and the others widened their eyes. When I looked closely, I could see that the director, who was standing behind Kurosawa-san with her arms crossed, was also surprised. Yu-Yuuya! Are you sure? Its the entertainment industry, you know? Y-you might even get to know some of the idols and voice actors on TV, you know? If that happens, please introduce them to me! Arent you being too hasty, Shingo-kun? I dont know much about idols and voice acting, but its rare to see Shingo-kun getting excited like that. Ryo is also slightly surprised. Then the director, who had been silent until now, looked a little impatient and opened her mouth for the first time. H-hey! Are you really going to turn this down? The entertainment industry that everyone dreams about. Moreover, our agency has been doing great business lately, and its got a lot of potential! Its true that as Ryo, Shingo-kun, and you said, the entertainment industry may be everyones dream, but I havent found what I want to do in the future yet. I at least think that I want to do something that I can say, This is it! from the bottom of my heart. And Im here now with my friends. Im happy to be able to spend time in high school in a normal way. Im hoping to enjoy these times more. Well, most importantly, I dont think Im going to do better if I go into the entertainment industry Ive been able to level up in another world and enjoy my life now. Maybe you might say that I should challenge myself because I havent decided what I want to do yet, but I dont think I can say Im going to quit irresponsibly once Ive started. I dont know how Ill be spending my time in the future, but I just want to think about it a little bit more now that Ive got the time to do it this way, I need to carefully think about it. Receiving my words, Ryo and the others gave a bitter smile. Huh I think Yuuya will succeed for sure but well, its true that once youre in the entertainment industry, you wont be able to go back to the carefree Yuuya like this, and we will miss you as well, and above all, I think its best for you to do what you want to do. I-it seems like a waste, but if thats what you think, Yuuya-kun, then well respect that. It was really nice to hear what Ryo and the others had to say because all my life has been in denial until now. Uhm I was delighted to hear your story. But I cant think about being in the entertainment industry right now or anything like that. Im sorry. Then I bowed to Kurosawa-san and the director. The director then looked dismayed and pulled Kurosawa-san a little further away and began to consult with him. Hey, wait, Kurosawa! This is so wrong! Director. Whats wrong? Isnt this scouting thing the director started saying? S-shut up! Just do something about it! Yes. Having decided enough with the consultation, Kurosawa-san came to me again and told me nonchalantly with a blank expression. Then, Ill give up on scouting. Eh? Hey, Kurosawa! The director is appalled behind Kurosawa-san, but Kurosawa-san doesnt seem to be paying any attention to her. What is it? Oh, no, I mean I was admitted so quickly, too Maybe Kurosawa-san and the others arent looking for me as much as Ryo and the others are making a fuss about, after all. If its the kind of person they really want, theyre likely to try to do more to get the job done but the director-san has been saying something to Kurosawa-san all the time, but is it okay? Anyway, Kurosawa-sans reaction made me feel embarrassed that I was thinking so seriously Im so self-conscious, arent I? While I was blushing involuntarily, Kurosawa-san told me without hesitation. Theres nothing assertive about it; I was told by the director to make contact with you, not about bringing you into the entertainment industry without fail. But I belong to an entertainment agency myself, so I just scouted you out. Dont be such a sophism! If I told you to make contact, its just normal for you to scout him as well! The words of Kurosawa-san that I didnt expect were appalling to me. No, I mean I think the words of the director of the company are normal. Still, Kurosawa-san is amazing to say something like that. Director. Please think about it carefully. If you were forcing him to enter the entertainment industry, and people found out about it, they would blame you. Every agency is trying to kick other agencies out after all. I dont think its a good idea to give them an opening like that here. B-but, its the entertainment industry, you know? What kind of a young boy wouldnt jump at that? Isnt it because hes not like a normal boy that we just got rejected? Eh? Did he just say Im not normal? Appalled by Kurosawa-sans nonchalant words, the directors face twisted in frustration as if she couldnt give up. Then a woman approached from behind the director-san and Kurosawa-san. Director, please dont force Yuuya-san to do too much. Mi-Miu-san? To my surprise, the person who interceded with Kurosawa-san and the others was Miu-san, who belongs to the directors agency. H-hey, even Miu, too! You are the one who asked for Yuuya-kun to be scouted, arent you? That may be so, but I dont think its a good idea to force Yuuya-san to join us now that hes clearly refused us. Gununu. Kurosawa-san nodded at Miu-sans opinion, and the director groaned. A-amazing even the popular model Miu-san is here for Yuuya Y-yeah, I know they were together in the previous photoshoot, but I cant believe I got to see the real one Apart from the director, Ryo and the others were impressed with Miu-san. It seems that Miu-san is a very famous model, so shes not someone who would normally have had her picture taken with someone like me Im really lucky to work with someone like that. As I was silently feeling that way, the director showed me that she had come up with something. T-thats right! How about a magazine feature project then? What? F-feature? What made me wonder how such an alternative came about? Ryo and Shingo-kun looked at each other and tilted their heads, just as I did. Despite our bewilderment, the director continued with a proud face. You had your picture taken with my Miu before, and it was published in a magazine. You may not be a member of any agency, but youve already stepped into the entertainment industry. H-huh However, youre still a civilian. So Im going to change the concept a bit. U-um I do not understand your story at all? What does it all mean exactly? How does this go hand in hand with the idea of a feature? Youre students of the Ousei Gakuen, right? Y-yes. Speaking of Ousei Gakuen, the school puts a lot of effort into school festivals, athletic festivals, and various other events. Isnt there going to be a ball game tournament soon? Yes but how did you know that? Its only natural to look into things when youre scouting, right? Eh, is that how it was? What about my privacy? This is a bit of a digression, but since its a special feature on the Ousei Gakuen, I thought Id do a big feature on that ball game for the magazine. [A big sneak into the ball game of the super prestigious school, Ousei Gakuen!]. What do you think of the article? Eehh!? I-I kind of understand the theory, but Um excuse me, but youre from the entertainment agency, right? Can you do a feature on a magazine like that? Then Ryo, who had been listening to us, said one question. S-surely. Ara, dont make fun of us. These days, idols, voice actors, video games, and almost anything else in the industry can be turned into magazines. Besides, my office has a messenger to publishers, of course. I can use that to get as many features as I want. Were going to have to negotiate for that, though Its your job. S§×arch* The novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Kurosawa-san said that with a somewhat puzzled look on his face, but the director didnt seem to be bothered at all. So, what do you think? This way, we can take you on regardless of the entertainment industry or anything like that, right? Uhm I dont know if its fair to say that I was scouted in the first place I wonder if I can just say no to that and then just feature it. Maybe its not something I can properly decide, though. And Im sorry that they came all this way for me and ended up with me refusing. I mean. no, I cant. Im so indecisive Nevertheless, I honestly told the director how I felt right now. Well about the feature, if it has nothing to do with the entertainment industry, Ill do my best to cooperate with you. Its just that its a school matter, and Im not the one who can decide I dont know how far she got the message, but when I told her how I felt, the directors eyes lit up. Thats all I need to hear! Kurosawa! Yes. Make an appointment with the Ousei Gakuen director right now! Its too much trouble for me, why cant the president do it herself? Isnt it about time you had to get to work? Im your boss, after all! Anyway, the director of that school is a very understanding person, so if you tell him that Yuuya-kun is cooperating with us, he will probably give his permission! Okay I understand. Kurosawa-san walks towards the school with a really uncomfortable expression on his face. Ah the appointment isnt with a phone call, theyre instead heading to the school directly Yuuya-kun. Y-yes. Now, if the school director allows it, youll cooperate, right? Yes, but, as I said before, Im not going into the entertainment industry. Im an amateur at being photographed, so I dont know anything about that, is it okay with you? You dont need to worry about that. As a matter of fact, were going to make it a special feature on the Ousei Gakuen; its not a good idea to take a strangely conscious picture. Well, but once we get it in our place, we can do whatever we want with it later on. Eh? No? This is just our story. In the meantime, Im waiting for the directors approval, so Ill withdraw this time. The director said that much and turned her back on us Well, Ill see you later. She left just like that. Then Miu-san gave me an apologetic look. Yuuya-san, Im sorry for getting you into trouble. The director really wanted to know about Yuuya-san N-no, dont worry about it. Besides, maybe this will change some of my own feelings about things again I said that sincerely, and Miu-san smiled as if she was relieved. Im grateful to hear you say that. Miu-san said and left in the same direction as the director. Looking after that figure, Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I looked at each other. Well, its kind of a big talk, huh. T-thats right. For starters, it goes from just Yuuya-kun to the entire school I-Im sorry about that, okay? No need to apologize! Im rather excited to see how theyre going to take my picture. Yeah. Im looking forward to it. Its gotten a lot bigger for me personally, but Ryo and the others laughed and even said they were looking forward to it. What remains to be decided is what the school director will do The rest is up to the board director, Tsukasa-san, if he wants to cooperate with them, and Kurosawa-sans agency will officially come to take pictures at the ball game tournament. Book 3: Chapter 4: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 Kishaaaaa! Night, its coming in your direction! Woof! Gaaaah! We are currently fighting a monster called a Wraith in another world. It looks like a skeletal ghost, and although horror isnt my forte, its not so bad that would make me sit up and just watch, I was able to fight it. Since it was called a ghost, its body was transparent and physical attacks couldnt get through at all. Nights claw attacks and biting were nullified entirely. However, the [Omni-Sword] and [Absolute Spear] that sage-san left behind were able to deal damage without regard to the spirit body, so it wasnt so much of a disadvantage to us. Besides, the strategy of using the newly increased magic was also effective against the Wraith, so Night was also actively participating in the attack. Even now, Night makes compressed water appear in his mouth and shoots it at the Wraith like a laser. But the Wraith also knew that it would take damage from magic, so it dodged the attack just in time. Your opponent isnt just Night alone! Kishaa! I approached the Wraith, who showed an opening after dodging Nights attack, and swung my [Omni-Sword] out at its neck joint. The [Omni-Sword] slashes the Wraiths head off without feeling any resistance. And the Wraith disappeared as a particle of light. Phew I still cant get used to fighting while using magic effectively. Woof. This time, Night was using magic all the time when he found out that physical attacks didnt work. Hence, it wasnt a problem for him, but I was overwhelmingly inexperienced enough to fight with a mixture of [Omni-Sword] attacks and magic attacks. I would inevitably continue to use only one method of fighting. Well, Ill make sure to reflect on it at home or some other calm place, then I went to pick up the drop items, but there was only one S-ranked magic stone that had fallen out. Eeeh? Even though we defeated it with great effort, the one thing we got is only a magic stone well, I guess its weird that a ghost will hold something, but Im still a little shocked. Woof Feeling disappointed, I looked up at the sky. Currently, I was trying to gain a lot of battle experience in this other world, just like I did in the Wraith battle earlier. On Earth, preparations are underway for the ball games, but I have to go to the royal capital as soon as possible in this other world as well, so Im training in case of an emergency. I have gotten much more used to fighting using [Omni-Sword] and [Absolute Spear] compared to the beginning. However, I still have a lot more to do with mixing it up well with magic, so Im fighting together with Night with that in mind. After finishing school today, I also completed my prep and review at home and took a walk. Then I was holed up in another world the whole time, so I noticed that the sky was dark and full of stars. The sky is so clean in this world. To be able to see the stars so close together Woof. It may be a familiar night sky for Night, but its a wonderful thing that is not so familiar for me because there are certain things that humanity has lost in exchange for development on Earth. .. While looking up at the sky, I suddenly think back to the battles weve had so far. Can I become even stronger on my own any further? Woof? Night tilted his head at my muttering. I was able to deal damage in todays battle against the Wraith only with magic, but I do not properly know the combination of magic and weapons in battle. In addition to the fact that I only inherited the magic from sage-san, Im also doing my own style of weaponry by reading books. Perhaps I should take a proper lesson from somewhere. While thinking about this, since I have school tomorrow, I decided to continue exploring a bit more before going home. So we began the exploration again. Ive been thinking about this ever since I left Lexia-san and the others, but since its been confirmed that Im going to the royal castle in the future, I thought I had to be even more prepared, so I started doing more fighting and basic physical and muscular training in order to protect Night and Akatsuki so that we could stay anywhere without any problems. And next time I see Lexia-san and Luna again, I want to show them how much Ive grown, even if its just a little bit. Since Im delaying the visit to the royal capital for that reason, I want to do my best on that. And since I cant expect to grow near my home these days, I decided to take Night and Akatsuki and go deeper into the forest. Oh? Somehow the atmosphere has changed Woof? When we left the house and went deeper into the forest, the atmosphere around us suddenly changed. Rather, the trees growing around us suddenly changed in appearance. They used to be ordinary trees, but now the trees growing around us are somehow darkened, with completely black leaves. Whats with these trees? When I unintentionally activated the [Identification] skill and looked at it, it displayed as follows: [Black Hard Tree] :: An extremely hard black tree. A mere attack or impact wouldnt break it or even scratch it. The vegetation area is shrouded in mystery, and as an extremely valuable material, it can fetch a tremendous amount of money at auctions. It is impossible to cut down or process it without using the elves [Spirit Magic] or the dwarves secret techniques. It was some kind of amazing tree. Rather, the vegetation area is shrouded in mystery, and it says its valuable, but theres so much right in front of me, you know? Whats with this situation? Well, the people who can come casually to this deepest part of the forest are probably only at the level of sage-san, so its not surprising that they are unknown. Considering the level of danger of the monsters we encountered so far; I dont think its worth it to come and collect them. One could indeed build a house out of solid wood, but it doesnt have to be this wood to build a great house. And the elves? And dwarves? It seems that the only way to cut and process it is with their technique, and that makes it even more difficult to handle it. Night, Akatsuki. Although weve been cautious up until now, its only going to get more dangerous from here on out, so lets be more careful. Woof. Fugo. They didnt talk too loudly; both of them responded in small voices. Hmm I cant cut them down myself, but these trees are quite troubling. I have no idea how it will affect me in a battle. But, assuming I get attacked, blown up, and slammed into this tree, Id still likely take a lot of damage. As I proceeded cautiously while activating the [Assimilation] skill for a while, I found the first monster of the day. If Im going to describe that fellow, perhaps wild boar is the right word to use. But it was about the size of a medium-sized truck, with two sharp tusks extending from its lower jaw. In addition, its body was glowing silvery-white, and there was nothing that looked like body hair. It looks like a wild boar, but what is it? This guy. I immediately activated the [Identification] skill. [Mithril Boar] Level: 10 Magic: 1000 Attack: 40,000 Defense: 50,000 Agility: 30,000 Intelligence: 2000 Luck: 500 Skills: [Charge] [Iron Wall] [Magic Reflection] [Super Sense of Smell] Wait a minute. Whats with that status? Why is it that its at level 10 with 50,000 defense and 40,000 attack power? Moreover, the [Magic Reflection] skill doesnt that mean that magic attacks will not work? Im also curious about the word mithril in its name what is it, really? As I was surprised at its messed up status, the Mithril Boar suddenly began to move its nose restlessly. As we tilt our heads, the Mithril Boar, who supposedly hadnt noticed us before, suddenly turned its gaze in our direction! How did it find us? Could it be that its because of that skill called [Super Sense of Smell]? Uh? Woof! Buhii! We were surprised by the sudden revelation of our presence, and then a shock beyond that assaulted us. The Mithril Boar took a step forward and charged at us at high speed. Even though it wasnt running from a long distance, the charge was so intense that it was far beyond my ability to recognize it. By the time I felt it had charged at us, it was already right in front of me. As a result, I couldnt avoid it, and I was blown away by the tremendous momentum. With that momentum, I hit the Black Hard Tree with my back and was eventually unable to move. Gahah! W-woof! Fugo! D-dont come! Night and Akatsuki tried to rush over to me as I was blown away, but I stopped them. Because. Buhiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! The squeal was so loud and powerful that it couldnt be compared to Akatsuki. And once again, my body was easily blown away by the Mithril Boar. Guhh! Although I managed to take a defensive stance on the second attack, its power was tremendous. Even if I was wearing armor, an immense impact hit my entire body. I managed to take a momentary gap and hurriedly drank the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice], but I couldnt stop sweating cold. The reason is, I still cant see the Mithril Boars attack. By the time I noticed, I was blown away. Its okay because I can manage to defend against it now and still have the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice], but even that isnt infinite. If I miss a little bit of defense or are not given time to recover, Ill be struck immediately. Indeed, I was able to fight around the house without any problems but I didnt expect to find an opponent this dangerous! I thought on my own that I could defeat an S-class monster and that I would be fine, but that was just my hubris and ridiculous arrogance. There is not a single part of my current status that exceeds 10,000. And yet I felt as if I was being reminded firsthand that I was able to cross over with an S-class monster because of sage-sans weapons. I-if it keeps going like this Night, Akatsuki. Run away from here now. Woof! Buhii! Both Night and Akatsuki shake their heads in surprise at my words. But I cant bring those two into this situation. This is the result of me being unconsciously arrogant and misjudging the difference in strength. Still, in order to let these two escape, I cant just die immediately. And while holding a strong mind that was about to be broken and desperately looking at the Mithril Boar. (I will help you.) Eh? The airs vibrations spread around me with a loud bang, echoing in the depths of my stomach. And then I happened to catch the identity of the sound with my eyes. Something as cleanly white as Nights black fur and Akatsukis red fur blew the Mithril Boar right from the side. That white being that appeared out of nowhere, charged at the Mithril Boar with an unbelievable speed, spun several times in the air, and landed brilliantly. The true identity is. A-a rabbit? (Yes, a rabbit.) sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. What a cute little rabbit it was. The rabbit, which was covered in pure white body hair, took one look at the surprised us and immediately turned its attention back to the Mithril Boar. When I also looked at the Mithril Boar, the Mithril Boar spewed blood from its large nose and mouth and was outraged. Bubibiiiiiiiii! (Huh?) However, the rabbit in front of me stared at it undaunted and dexterously stood on its tiptoe with one foot and slowly raised its other foot. And then. (Youre so noisy.) Again, the entire forest air shook with a loud bang. I didnt know what was going on, but the place where the Mithril Boar had been a moment ago was splattered with red blood and flesh, and there was nothing else. Besides, the black hard tree, which was supposed to have been explained as unable to be damaged by an ordinary attack or impact, was snapped a dozen or so meters away and sent flying, and where it had taken root, the ground had been scraped away as if it had been gouged out by something. Night, Akatsuki and I watched that scene in a daze. (What a small-fry.) Unlike us, the rabbit was standing on both feet normally, snorting in a boring manner. Book 3: Chapter 4: Part 2 Heres another chapter brought by the Patrons, enjoy~T/n: Changed a skill name Dodge Foresight. Part 2 (Well) Huh! The white rabbit turned his gaze towards us. I mean, why do I hear the white rabbits voice as a subsidiary voice? There is a very stern voice that overlaps with the typical animal cry and is not associated with how it looks. No, its a really nice voice, of course. There are so many mysteries, but I, together with Night, looked at the white rabbit with caution. Is this rabbit an enemy? If hes an enemy, there is no way we can win. This is especially so since its the kind of guy who would instantly kill the Mithril Boar that I couldnt even handle In contrast to the rabbit, who has plenty of room to spare everywhere, Night, Akatsuki, and I stared back with maximum caution. And as I wanted to get as much information as possible, I activated the [Identification] skill. You have acquired the [Field Guide] skill. The skill [Identification] has been upgraded. Whoa! (Hmm?) The moment I activated the skill, a message appeared in front of me, and I couldnt help but shout out. Not good! I hurriedly pressed my mouth down, but the rabbit only tilted his head in wonder and didnt attack me. Well, from the way hes taking down the Mithril Boar, even if Im on guard, Im going to be killed by an attack that exceeds my reflex speed. Id like to check on my newly acquired skill upgrade and such, but I cant do that right now. Swallowing my amazement at the unexpected message, I once again checked the status of the rabbit. [Kick Rabbit] Level: 4 Magic: 10 Attack: 500000 Defense: 10 Agility: 500000 Intelligence: 500000 Luck: 500000 [Racial skills] [Unique Skills] [Martial art skills] [Normal Skill] [Title] This is so baaaaaaad! I mean, I can see a lot of things all of a sudden is this the result of the upgrade? More importantly, this rabbit has a lot of questionable things! How could he have a status of 500,000 other than the magic and defense and yet his level is 4 I cant understand it at all! The skills are too blown away, but theres a lot of things I want to ask about the title also While I was stunned, Rabbit-san turned his gaze to me as he began to adjust his own fur in a carefree manner. Huh? Could it be that he knows Im using my skill to check on him? For some reason, he doesnt seem to be leaving the place, as if to say he just wants to wait for me and let me do it. I dont know what he wants from us, but thankfully theres nothing for now, so I went over the various things that had been added. First of all, the [Identification] skill upgrade is now more detailed, as can be seen when I checked the rabbit in front of me. As a result, the skills have been subdivided and even added a rarity level. This rarity is apparently determined by the difficulty of learning the skill and the rate at which its learned. Rabbit-san possesses the highest level of rarity, U, among the skills. Furthermore, the letter M next to the martial arts skill indicates that he can now fully use it in its true meaning. That is how the upgrade was confirmed, but as for my newly added skill called [Field Guide], it was also a useful thing. It registers the drop items I have, the things Ive collected, and the monsters Ive defeated. It also records in detail the habitat and which monsters I need to defeat to get the drop items. Moreover, even if Ive never fought a monster before, if I find the existence of the monster in a book or something, it seems that it will be added to the database. The more knowledge I acquire of the monsters characteristics and weaknesses, the more advantageous it will be for me to fight and collect, which is a really great skill. Now, the more I know about the skills, the better. And so, I decided to take a look at the rabbits skills and titles Im interested in. Actually, its dangerous to stay in a place like this for a long time. But, I felt some kind of creature leaving in a hurry when Rabbit-san occasionally looked into the forest or deep in the bushes. Hence, I guess its safe here as long as Rabbit-san is here. Rabbit-san, youre so amazing. [Rabbit Kicking Technique] :: A martial art that is mainly based on kicking that is mastered by monsters and races of rabbit lineage. [Rabbit Ear Technique] :: A martial art using the ears mastered by monsters and races of rabbit lineage. [Kicking Sacred Art] :: A technique that only those who have mastered the kick are allowed to handle. That kick shatters the stars. [Ear Sacred Art] :: A technique that only those who have mastered the ear are allowed to use. That ear hears everything. [Magic Combat Art] :: A martial arts technique that coats and strengthens the body with magical power. This is a skill that can only be attained by becoming a master. [Presence Detection] :: The ability to detect the presences. [Magic Detection] :: The ability to perceive the flow of magic. [Minds Eye] :: This is the ultimate version of the [Foresight] skill. It can even detect the activation of the opponents skills. I dont understand it a bit. I got dizzy from the many skills that are beyond the scope of my understanding. However, I can only agree for now that the only reason I was exposed to using [Identification] was that he had the [Minds Eye] skill. Other than that, I dont know anymore. Its out of control. [Holy Kick] :: The title is given to those who have mastered the art of kicking and have reached the pinnacle of the art. That kick has reached the divine realm. [Holy Ear] :: The title is given to those who have mastered the ear and have reached the pinnacle of the art. That ear has reached the divine realm. [Two Heavenly Saint] :: A person who has obtained two Holy titles. A person who has stepped into the divine realm in two fields. [Wandering Rabbit] :: A rabbit that continues his journey of warrior training. [Comforting Shinigami] :: Unlike his lovable appearance, he brings death to his opponents. Somehow I feel my stomach is so full after seeing it. Whats with this Rabbit-san? Mastering the art of kicking well, after seeing his kick to the monster before, thats very understandable. But it says hes reached divine realm. Eh? So this [Holy] is equivalent to God? Isnt this crazy already? And I was ignoring it until now, but not only the kick, the ear is also incredible. Wait, so that means that when he beat the Mithril Boar before, he only used one of his abilities? That means that when hes serious, he can use his ears, too, right? Who can beat this rabbit then? In the first place, what is an ear that has reached the divine realm? As I was thinking like that, a message suddenly appeared with Rabbit-sans [Kick Rabbit] biology written on it. Apparently, the [Field Guide] skill was activated. [Kick Rabbit] :: A mutant breed of the [Fighter Rabbit], which is a fighting race. The only individual who has mastered kicking and reached the top. Its not only a kick, but also a tremendous battle using the ears, but few enemies are capable of doing so. Yes, its fine already. (Hmm?) I gave up thinking at the explanation, which was so full of combat-race feeling like something out of a manga. I dont care anymore. Anyway, it took me a while, but I finished confirming what I wanted to confirm, and as I called out to Rabbit-san again, he said, Are you done? while tilting his head, so I nodded. Then Rabbit-san suddenly stood up and pointed at me with his ears dexterously. (Hey, you. Show me your kick.) Eh, uh? There are a lot of questionable things, but for some reason, Rabbit-san seems to want to see my kick. I just learned that he had mastered the art of kicking, and I was confused with being asked to show my kick to such an individual, then Akatsuki, who had been silent until now, suddenly stepped forward. A-Akatsuki-san? Buhi. Buhibuhi. (Youre going to do it? Well, go ahead.) Instead of treating Akatsuki, who suddenly stepped forward, with malice, Rabbit-san interestedly instructed Akatsuki to try a kick. Then Akatsuki cutely moved his short legs. Buhi! Buhi! (Youre out of the question.) Bu-buhiiii!? The words simply told, and Akatsuki was shocked and fell into a depression on the spot. D-Dont mind it. Woof. Woof, woof! (Its your turn, huh? Okay, let me see it.) Woof! Then, this time Night seemed to take up the challenge as well, and unlike Akatsuki, he performed a sharp kick. Looking at such a kick from Night, Rabbit-san nodded with satisfaction. (Its not quite there yet, but it has some highlights.) For some reason, Night seems to have been approved. Dont mind it, Akatsuki. More importantly, whats the situation here? Akatsuki and Night have both had their kicks watched and judged does this mean my kick will be judged in a similar way? I have no idea why, but he stares at me like its my turn to show off my kick. And since the kicking specialist says hes going to watch me. Ill accept his offer. Hiyaah! As for me, I think I was able to do a good kick, and Rabbit-san nodded a few times. (I see its not that good at this point, but youre showing glimpses of talent.) Rabbit-san used his ears to make a thinking gesture and pointed at me with his ears once more, and then slowly raised his foot as if to tell me to observe. (Fuuh.) Such a bursting sound echoed around me. Upon closer look, there was a single, tiny hole in the trunk of the black hard tree that Rabbit-san had kicked at. Moreover, that hole wasnt just in one tree but also penetrated through about dozens of trees lined up in a straight line behind it. What exactly happened? All I could recognize was Rabbit-san raising his foot. By the time I noticed it, there was a hole in the black hard tree with a loud, sharp bursting sound. (Do it.) While I was stunned, Rabbit-san urged me with his chin. I tried to think of a way to get as sharp as Rabbit-sans kick, which I couldnt refer to, but it was all judged by him. However, from halfway through, if my leg came up wrong or my kicking was strange, he would use his white ears to correct me dexterously. Moreover, Rabbit-san also went out of his way to show me extremely slow kicks other than the one he showed me at the beginning, and little by little, my kicks grew sharper and sharper. As we continued to do what looked like practice, some monsters attacked us, but Rabbit-san literally kicked them all away so I could focus on practicing my kicks in peace. Night and Akatsuki also follow suit, and each practice kicking, but Akatsuki is the only one who is told by Rabbit-san, Stop already, you cant do it, and he cried quietly after that. A-Akatsuki your skill structure is not suitable for close-combat. So, dont worry about it, okay? As I continued to practice kicking for a few hours with physical sensation, Rabbit-san nodded once. (Alright, then its time for you to kick that tree.) Eh? No, as expected, I dont think its going to produce results that quickly (Just do it!) Being urged by Rabbit-san, I released a kick to the black hard tree with all my might while being aware of what I had been taught at first. Then the black hard tree was snapped. A-are you serious (Of course, you can do that.) In contrast to me, who was stunned in front of the broken black hard tree, Rabbit-san nodded with satisfaction. (Alright, from here on out, well have an actual battle.) Heh! I didnt immediately understand the meaning of what Rabbit-san was saying. Eh, actual battle? An actual battle, you said no way I have a bad feeling about this, but then I ask Rabbit-san. Um that actual battle opponent is? (Me, of course.) Right I mean, isnt that impossible? How could I, who had finally managed to break a single black hard tree, be able to compete properly against Rabbit-san who could penetrate dozens of black hard trees altogether? In response to my inner cry, Rabbit-san told me mercilessly. (Its not impossible. You have to do it.) If I could manage it with willpower alone, I wouldnt have a hard time (Stop complaining about it and move now. Lets go.) Eeh, wait! Ignoring the panicked me, Rabbit-san rushed into me at a tremendous speed. That speed is not something that is easy to grasp, even for me, who has leveled up in this other world. The rushing Rabbit-san spun around with his momentum and let loose a kick. I hadnt prepared any weapons in response to that attack, but I succeeded in blocking the attack with a kick immediately. But even so, Rabbit-sans attack was so strong that it made my legs scream. Hyii! S§×arch* The N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (Hmph, you did an excellent job of blocking it with your kick. Try attacking at the same pace) As he says that, I kicked back at Rabbit-san with my opposite foot from the position where I managed to prevent his kick. I will go all out! (Thats good, thats the way it should be.) This is how my kick really got judged in real battles and was also corrected in real battles. Woof~. Fugo~. The battle between Rabbit-san and me was watched by Akatsuki in a daze, while Night was watching intently, trying to steal Rabbit-sans every movement as much as possible. This kind of instructional combat took place for a while, but it finally came to an end. The moment it ended, I didnt think anything of it because I was too desperate during the battle, but all at once, fatigue overwhelmed me, and I sat down on the spot. It was the first time I was this tired since I leveled up in this other world, and to be honest, I was very surprised and felt fresh at the same time. Seeing my exhaustion, Rabbit-san nodded in satisfaction. (Well thats it for today. Well continue tomorrow at your house, so dont forget!) His ears pointed at me sternly. Eh, no way were going to do it again tomorrow? Ive already had my fill for today alone! Despite my surprise, Rabbit-san seemed to really plan to come to my house and looked like it was only natural. I-is it for real? And then. (Goodbye.) As he said that, Rabbit-san kicked the ground lightly. And he jumped up several dozen meters from the spot, and an even more unbelievable sight came into view. (Fuuh.) It was a surprise that Rabbit-san jumped away from the spot at an extraordinary speed, using the empty air as a foothold! The impact of flying away from the foothold in the air was so tremendous that the entire forest was violently shaken by the shock wave, which hit us as well. Ugh! When I managed to withstand the intense wind pressure, Rabbit-san was no longer in the air. As I was stunned by the stormy Rabbit-san from beginning to end, a message appeared. The title [Disciple of the Kicking Saint] has been acquired. It appears that Rabbit-san has become my master. [T/n: master = shishou.] .. Shall we go home? Woof. Buhi. What can I say, I was tired of a lot of things today. Book 3: Chapter 4: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 (Im coming.) Hes really coming The next day after I got a master named Usagi-san, he came to my house as if it were natural. Whats more, he even came into my garden. Up until now, not a single monster had ever tried to break into sage-sans house, but Usagi-san had no trouble getting in Could it be that Master Usagi is not a monster? Or did he simply get in because he has no hostility towards us? Woof, woof! Buhi. There are a lot of things I dont understand, but Night looked excited about Master Usagi, who came over, and Akatsuki looked pale as if he was about to vomit. A-Akatsuki-san. You dont have to be that uncomfortable While I was hushing Akatsuki, Master Usagi looked around sage-sans house and garden curiously. (This place what is it? This is using even more magic than that Magic Saint guy?) Eh? Well, whatever. Today U-um! (Hmm?) I couldnt help but call out to him as the training was about to begin again. Um why are you teaching us about kicking? Can you tell me about it? I didnt understand that point, so I decided to ask him honestly. Then Master Usagi gave an answer that was completely different from what I expected. (Its because I chose you as my successor.) Your successor? And I was chosen? Eh? I didnt even know I was being considered as a successor, you know? Well, he just made me his apprentice out of the blue, so its a bit late for that, isnt it? (Thats right. We who bear the name Holy are obligated to nurture their successors. Thats why I chose you, who happened to be in this dangerous forest, as that successor.) Holy? And the obligation to raise a successor its getting more and more confusing to me Woof. Fugo. Both Night and Akatsuki tilted their heads, not really understanding what Master Usagi meant. Then Master Usagi showed a dumbfounded look. (You guys you really dont know about Holy?) Y-yes. Woof. Buhi. (Seriously people usually call animals bearing the word Holy as Divine Beasts in respect then, of course, you dont know about the Evil, do you?) E-evil? (Alright now.) Master Usagi let out one sigh and began to speak with a serious expression. (There are several people in the world who bear the title Holy like me. Thats the title this planet bestows on those who have mastered their field.) A title was given by the planet? Arent titles something the world gives to you on its own? A new question comes to mind, but now that I hear about Holy, I silently encourage him to continue. (Then why does the planet give the title Holy? Take it as the self-purification process of this planet.) Self-purification? (Yeah. Against Evil. This Evil is an existence where the negative side of the creatures of this world crystallized and came to life.) The negative side? What a fantasy and conceptual story I cant follow the story at all. Im beginning to get a headache from this story that would be unthinkable on Earth. (Evil means the negative crystallization of us. Thats why its only harmful to us. In order to protect other living beings from such Evil, there are beings that bear the name Holy.) Ooh So does that mean that Master Usagi is a hero of justice? I dont have a better analogy for it, so its hard to say. (But for now, do you understand what I am?) K-kinda except that you wanted me to be your successor, but is that something I cant say no to? (You can always refuse.) Oh, I can, huh? I thought it was a non-vetoable thing, so I was a little disappointed. No, Im grateful, though. I dont even know what it means, and even if Im just given the responsibility, I cant do anything. (As you can see from the flow of the story, once you obtain the title of Holy, you will be obligated to fight against the Evil. It will be an extremely fierce battle. And if you challenge such a battle with a half-hearted ability and feeling, youll immediately die, which is obvious. Ive chosen you as my successor candidate because you have a latent ability that even I cant see the bottom of. You would be able to resist Evil) I see So, when one receives the Holy title? Is there anything good that comes with it other than the obligation to fight an opponent who has the Evil title? (I dont know if its a good thing or not, but only when fighting the Evil, our Holy status will be doubled or more. Also, this is rather bad, but those who have the title of Holy are at the pinnacle of their field of expertise. And since the world has decided that this power should be used in the battle against Evil, that means that if we are fighting against creatures other than Evil, we usually fight with our status reduced by half. Well, even so, most enemies wont be a match for us.) Woof Buhii. Master Usagi literally told me the difference in status, and I froze in surprise. Eh, so the status I saw with my [Identification] skill is in a state where its been halved? And yet he killed the [Mithril Boar] in such a state? This is exactly what it means by jaw-dropping; I could not help but be stunned by Master Usagis extraordinary character. (Well Ive talked on at length, but Im not forcing you to take over the title of Holy. Even so, the more I train you, the stronger youll be, and the less unnecessary blood will be spilled. Theres also the hope that you might be able to take care of things that we Saints cant reach.) I still dont know what the opponent with the title of Evil looks like and what kind of abilities they have, but if Master Usagi is right, those who have the title of Holy will be fighting against the Evil together, well, even if some kind of ability of the Evil influences the people around me, even if I dont inherit the title of Holy, I will still help the people around me with my power. So, what would you do? Will you inherit this Holy? Well Ill pass. I cant take over such a position of great responsibility, no matter how hard I try. Moreover, since Im originally from Earth, if by any chance I cant come to this world, there will be that much less power to fight, so I cant even look at it. Fuh I see. Oh well, it doesnt change the fact that Im going to give you practice. Um but why me? (I told you. With your high potential, the rest is at your whim.) If thats the case, I cant afford to have you teach me for nothing which is exactly why I think you should find someone more deserving and devote your time to that person. (Sigh even though Im saying Im fine with it. Youre a stupid, honest guy.) S§×arch* The Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. At my words, Master Usagi let out a sigh of amazement and looked around the house as lightly as he did when he visited my house. (Okay.) What? (If you dont want me to teach you something for nothing, then you should teach me magic too.) Eeh! Once again, as I froze at the unexpected request, Master Usagi continued. (I was surprised when I came here, Ive never seen such a ridiculous barrier before. This time, I didnt have any particular hostile or harmful intentions, so I entered it as is, but this barrier, if I tried to act hostile in the slightest, I would be flung out of the barrier in an instant, and no matter how much I attacked, I wouldnt be able to scratch it. Honestly, I didnt think there was a being that could create such an extraordinary barrier. That would be an Evil class of monster, but I cant even sense a sign of Evil from you, and I know youre not.) As I thought, sage-san was so amazing! Although the title of Holy usually has half the status or is at the pinnacle of their path, Master Usagi, who holds two of them, is surprised this much. It must be quite a feat. (Of course, theres also the Magic Saint who is the pinnacle of magic, but rather, until I checked you, I thought that he was the one who stands at the top in magic That instantly fell apart. Im rather surprised that youve remained unknown until now) Thats because Im from a different world. I usually live on Earth. (Anyway, enough of the jumbled up details. If you dont want to be taught by me one-sidedly, then you can teach me this super magic. That way, we can teach each other, so all will be well.) Um to begin with, can Master Usagi use magic? (I think I saw the skills, but I cant use them at all!) Even though youre so strong It seems that he has excellent ears and feet, but he is incredibly bad at understanding and activating magic. More importantly, can I teach him? I just happened to find a book that looked like sage-sans diary. I only inherited the magic circuit and magic theory from it. Thats why Im not in a position to teach others so proudly. Even so, Master Usagis kicks are very appealing. Just yesterday, I encountered [Mithril Boar] in the depths of the Great Devils Nest, and it was like I couldnt stand up to it. The more ways there are to fight against them, even a little, the better. I nodded and offered my hand to Master Usagi. Then I dont know how far I can teach you, but Ill do my best. (Umu.) In the meantime, I dont understand magic theory myself, but I can teach it, so it wont be as miserable as I thought. (Even so it feels weird to be a master as well as my disciple, doesnt it?) S-sure. I wasnt really aware of it, but it seems that I became a disciple and master of Master Usagi, the divine beast. (Well, this is how we became each others masters and disciples. I dont have a name, but tell me your names.) Oh, Im Yuuya. And this is Night and Akatsuki. Woof. Fugo. Night and Akatsuki dexterously raised their front legs to greet him, and Usagi-san nodded. Then Master Usagi and I lightly told each other what we could teach one another. Then we hunted the monsters for each others kicking and magic training. (Cant you think of anything more interesting to say?) Before Yuuya and Usagi met. Usagi had stepped into the Great Devils Nest, which is a place he usually doesnt go near. Although its not a problem for Usagis abilities, there are still many powerful monsters in this Great Devils Nest, so he doesnt often visit this Great Devils Nest. However, today, for some reason, Usagi had come to this Great Devils Nest. (I wonder whats going on here. Normally I wouldnt even go near a place like this because its so troublesome, but) As expected of an existence bearing the title of Holy, he proceeded to the depths of the Great Devils Nest without any hesitation. Then, Usagis special ears did indeed pick up a faint sound. (Hmm? Territory war?) Usagi couldnt grasp what was going on until he could figure out what was being fought over, but with a bit of interest, he turned his feet towards the sound. Then (Mm? A human?!) The sight of a Mithril Boar, which is one of the strongest in the middle tier of this Great Devils Nest and a humanYuuya fighting, jumped into his eyes. (No, to call it a battle, the Mithril Boar hasnt been damaged, but) As Usagi said, Yuuyas attacks are not very effective against Mithril Boar. Mithril Boars body is wrapped in a rare [Mithril] that shows unparalleled strength against magic attacks and even has a high resistance to physical attacks. It would be difficult for a mere human even to inflict a single wound. And whats more, the troublesome thing about Mithril Boar was its overwhelming defensive power, as well as its rush attacks that smashed its massive body at tremendous speed. Normally, if a mere human received that attack, it would turn into a piece of meat in an instant (What!?!) Yuuya was indeed blown away by Mithril Boars rush, but he survived without causing his body to burst into pieces. He couldnt hide his surprise at that fact, and even more so at the strength of Night, who was fighting with Yuuya. Usagi, who once again observed Yuuya carefully, broke out in a cold sweat inwardly. (That human is the most unreadable. No, I meanthe most invisible.) As for Night and Akatsuki, Usagi was able to predict the strength to some extent. However, it was only a prediction, so it could change significantly with future growth. However, as for Yuuya, even Usagi, who was bearing the Holy title, could not foresee the limits of his growth. (I didnt expect that other than us Holy holders, there was a being with this much potential) What Usagi felt towards Yuuya was fear andjoy. (What if I train that guy?) Usagi has two titles, Holy Ears and Holy Kick, and when it comes to Ears it cannot be taught to humans. But when it comes to kicking, which he takes pride in being the best in this world, its a different story. If possible, he would like to raise him as the successor to Holy Kick, but more than that, he wanted to give his skills to Yuuya, whose bottom of his potential ability is not visible. However, due to the position of Usagi, he couldnt teach the technique so easily. Thats because there might be people who would misuse those skills. Thats why an existence chosen to be the successor of one who was bearing the Holy was required to have a certain level of integrity. When he recalled the troublesome Holy restrictions, Yuuya and the others seemed to feel that they were not good enough and were trying to escape from the Mithril Boar. However, the Mithril Boar would not be so easy to overlook and continued its attack. And in Yuuyas decision to fight Mithril Boar alone, and his willingness to sacrifice himself to protect his friends, Usagi found the final piece of his succession. Originally, he had no intention of leaving him to die, but fortunately, Usagi decided to save Yuuya and the others as soon as possible. Thus, Usagi got an apprentice named Yuuya, but at this time Usagi didnt know that when he saw the barrier that was placed on Yuuyas house, he experienced a talent for magic that surpassed even the Magic Saint and became Yuuyas apprentice, a strange relationship of master and apprentice. Book 3: Chapter 5: Part 1 Another chapter today, thanks to the Patreon~.This is quite a long chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 I got a master and an apprentice named Usagi-san. Since then, Ive continued my life of teaching magic while having him observe my kicking. When I was teaching the magic that I inherited from sage-san, I was surprised to learn that among the many titles of Holy like Usagi-san, there is a person called the Magic Saint who has mastered magic, but the sage-sans magic seems to be even better than his. No, really, sage-san is too amazing. Well, it was written that he had reached the realm of God while he was alive, so if I think about it calmly, theres nothing strange about it. Anyway, I taught Usagi-san my own version of sage-sans magic in my own way and really made me appreciate sage-sans magic circuit once again. It seems that Usagi-san has never been able to use his magic as much as he thought he could. Apparently, I was naive in my perception. I thought that magic could be used by anyone who trained it. However, it seems to be common knowledge in the other world that it is difficult to learn and understand the theory necessary to control and activate magic unless you become a live-in apprentice under an excellent magician. Ive been told that the magic theories that magicians have studied and discovered seem to be an asset to them and that it is normal for them to keep them a secret. I have an image of publishing my research results like the scientists on Earth, but it seems that magicians are not like that. Well, its not hard to understand that when business is involved, the technology is kept secret. Its hard to get someone to teach you that kind of magic theory. Furthermore, the person who understands it, and who can control magic after controlling the magic power, is extremely rare. There was a soldier who had cast what seemed to be a recovery spell on Lexia-san before, but that might be one of the specialized units. If I think about it that way, I thought it was really amazing that a monster could naturally weave magic into a battle and attack from both distance and perspective in a well-balanced way. Now Im making it a challenge to find out how I can use magic to my advantage in battle while fighting such monsters. I heard that Usagi-san also asked the person with the title of Magic Saint to teach him before, but he could not use his magic at all. That is why I wondered if I could be of any help even if I taught him. Still, it seems that sage-sans theories of magic are easy to understand. Usagi-san was happy to learn that he was able to use magic better than before, so I was relieved for now. Im not the type of person who can say whether or not he is good or bad, so I dont know, but I could feel the power of the kick is increasing day by day. And now, as a break in my training, I had been brought before a certain monster. That is. Bururu Um is it really possible for me to win? (Its not that you can win it or not. it is that you have to win it.) Woof The other day, I couldnt compete with it, and Usagi-san easily kicked it away, and it was the Mithril Boar. And if I look closely, its bigger than the one I fought before. No, dont you think the revenge match is too early? Its only been about a week, you know? (Theres no way we would wait for a chance for revenge so leisurely. Since its the same race as before, you should have some idea of their behavior patterns, right?) Huh Realizing that nothing I say will work anymore, I activate the [Identification] skill to confirm the strength. [King Mithril Boar] Level: 3 Magic: 5000 Attack: 60,000 Defense: 100,000 Agility: 50,000 Intelligence: 3000 Luck: 1000 Skills: [Charge] [Iron Wall] [Magic Reflection] [Super Sense of Smell] [Magic Control] [Earth Attribute Magic] No, its not the same! In fact, its stronger than before! I can see why I thought I sensed something different about its dignity and presence! Because it was clearly a different rank! Whats more frightening is that even the previous Mithril Boar had that unbeatable status at a low level of level 10. It was now upgraded to an even lower level of level 3 with an even higher status; it was no joke. Usagi-san, its indeed impossible! (Dont worry. Ill save you before you die.) No, can you just save me before I get hurt! Theres nothing about it that makes it okay! Brrr Burururuuuuu! While Usagi-san and I were arguing with each other, the numbed King Mithril Boar came charging at me with more speed than the Mithril Boar. I managed to spin my body to avoid it, but it shook its head tremendously as it passed me, trying to put its fangs on me. Guh! I quickly manifested the [Infinite Gauntlet] and blocked its attack, but I was easily blown away and slammed into the black hard tree. Woof! (Hey. You cant participate in this fight. He has to get through this much on his own.) Buhi Night is stopped by Usagi-san, and Akatsuki is watching such a situation with a not-so-subtle look on his face. Well, seriously I was hoping for Nights assistance (Whats the matter? If you keep going like that, youll be killed in no time. As Ive told you before, there are people in this world who use the word Evil in their title. Of course, they are much stronger than this boar. You cant protect anyone when facing such a strong enemy.) That is I dont want that. Night and Akatsuki, and then Lexia-san and Luna. If something happens to the people I know in this world, and I cant save them with my own hands I will absolutely hate it. I quickly regain my position and take out the [Absolute Spear]. Even though I was struck by the black hard tree, thanks to my own way of escaping the impact to some extent, I can still move without drinking the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice]. Buhiiiii! Looking at me, the King Mithril Boar, perhaps annoyed by my appearance, charged at me with even greater vigor. In response to the charge, I spun along the side of King Mithril Boar and let the impact go. The moment the King Mithril Boar passed by me, I slammed a direct kick at its ass, directed at Usagi-san! Oraaaaaaa! Buh Bugiiiiiiii! The last time I fought the Mithril Boar, I couldnt do any damage at all, but now in front of me, the King Mithril Boar is plunging face-first into the ground, writhing from the damage caused by my kick. Besides, I couldnt even keep up with the moves last time, but now Im able to keep up with King Mithril Boars movements properly. In training with Usagi-san, my overall leg strength was super-strengthened in proportion to the increase in the kicks power. Thats why a single step into the ground is completely different from before. Im able to move at a speed that I couldnt even imagine before. To the King Mithril Boar, who was rolling on the ground and enduring the pain, I threw the [Absolute Spear] in my hand from the stance that I had kicked at. If it was any other monster, I could attack it with magic, but since King Mithril Boar had [Magic Reflection] in his skill list, I couldnt use magic. So in the true sense, I need to make full use of [Absolute Spear] and Usagi-sans teachings. Then the King Mithril Boar, who noticed the existence of the [Absolute Spear], hurriedly flicked the [Absolute Spear] upwards with its huge tusks. But I didnt let up in my pursuit. Haaaaaaah! I was running towards the King Mithril Boar at the same time as I threw the spear, I took out the [Heavenly Whip] from the item box and swung it at the spear. Then, the [Heavenly Whip], which is aimed at the [Absolute Spear], gets entwined with the handle of the Absolute Spear. I pulled the [Heavenly Whip] simultaneously as I leaped into the air with my strengthened leg power. I pulled the spear closer, and I launched a heel-drop at the [Absolute Spear] that floated in the air above the King Mithril Boars head. Oryyaaaa! Bugihi! The power of the [Absolute Spear] unleashed by using my leg strength forged by Usagi-sans special training was tremendous, easily piercing the brain of the ultra-hard King Mithril Boar, not only sewing it directly to the ground, but also creating a crater on the spot with just the wind pressure of the heel drop. The lifeless King Mithril Boar disappeared as it was, turning into a particle of light, and the spot was littered with drop items. As I landed on the spot, I involuntarily sat there from mental exhaustion. I-I wooonn! (Hmm. To tell you the truth, I would tell you to take him down with just a kick, but this time, Ill give you an even grade.) A-are you serious Even the current battle would honestly have been protracted if I hadnt relied on the weapons that sage-san left behind. Besides, theres no guarantee Ill win. As I was twitching my cheeks at Usagi-sans words, Night and Akatsuki ran up to me. Woof~. Woof? Fugo, fugofugo. You guys worried about me? Thanks. Im fine, as you can see. Both Night and Akatsuki seemed to be worried by the way they were rubbing and licking me. Thank goodness I survived.. (Well, whatever. Our training for today is over. Lets check the dropped items and return after collecting them.) Yes. As Usagi-san said that, I once again gathered the drop items scattered around and checked them one by one. [Great Tusk of the Demon King Boar] :: The great tusk of King Mithril Boar. These tusks are made up of mithril that nullifies all magic, and cannot be scratched by a single half-hearted attack. Special technology is required when processing it as a weapon, but if you process it, it becomes a weapon that reflects magic, or cuts through it. [Great Hide of the Demon King Boar] :: The great hide of King Mithril Boar. It is a skin composed of mithril that nullifies all kinds of magic and boasts a high resistance to physical attacks. It is not mithril itself, but skin, and is, therefore, lighter than mithril. For this reason, it is used for armor and other protective gear. The armor is treated as a rare masterpiece, even among adventurers. [Meat of the Demon King Boar] :: The meat of the King Mithril Boar. The meat has a slightly peculiar taste and smell, but once you eat it, you will be captivated by its taste. Its a good one if it can be found in the market or auction once every few hundred years. For those who know this taste, this is an ingredient that you want so badly that you cant help but want it at your throat. [Magic Stone: Rank SS] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. [Broomstick of the Demon] :: A rare drop item obtained from King Mithril Boar. No matter how stubborn the dirt and dust is, it will clean and purify with just one sweep. The dust automatically lands on the broom, so no matter how hard you sweep, there is no need to worry about the dust flying around. Once the sweeping is done, the dust naturally leaves the broom. In addition to trash, it also has the ability to exorcise spirits and curses. Rank SS!? No, more importantly, where did the broom come from! The fact that the magic stones rank was SS was also a surprise, but it took all the impact away from the super-capable daily necessities series as usual. No, really, the effect of brooms is amazing. I mean, normal brooms dont have that kind of effect on them. Since I was very happy with such a useful broom itself, after collecting it straightforwardly, I thought about the magic stones rank again. Rank SS I thought S rank was the highest (What are you talking about? Not only is the S-rank, but even the SS-rank isnt the highest rank, you know?) Eh, really? Even the SS rank is fantastic, but to think that there are even more than that! I cant imagine it anymore. Night and Akatsuki dont understand more than I do, they tilted their heads and Akatsuki tilted it too much and fell to the side. So cute. As I was being soothed by Night and Akatsuki in a bit of escapism from reality, Usagi-san crossed his arms and told me. (On top of the SS ranks, there are SSS rank, EX rank, and L rank! There were more of them than I expected! Even though there was a higher rank, I thought it was at most one! I didnt think that there were that many of them! I mean, most of the monsters encountered near the entrance of the Great Devils Nest are rank A, but even so, Owen-san and the others said that they were an incredible threat and would be a desperate existence if they encountered them, but what would they do if an unimaginable existence like an EX-rank or even an L-rank showed up? Wouldnt the world be destroyed already? Hii I dont even want to imagine an L-rank (Dont worry, we dont see many of those above the EX rank. Moreover, these kinds of monsters are basically not interested in fighting. As long as you dont mess with them, theyre harmless.) What if if they mess with you? (Every last particle of dust will be erased.) Huh! I have to swallow my breath. If I ever meet one, Ill run away. I dont even want to meet them. By the way, its said that there are EX-ranked and L-ranked monsters around the deepest part of this Great Devils Nest. Were all so close to each other! Well, I guess so! The Great Devils Nest is revered because powerful monsters inhabit it, so its not surprising that theyre there. By the way, Usagi-san well what rank can you take on? (Well, I can manage to fight an EX rank No, I honestly dont know. One thing I can say is that if we fight, we wont be safe at first. And although there is an L-ranked existence with an Evil title, we, the Holy holders, will be fighting against one of them in a group. To begin with, defeating them alone is out of the question.) What? The Evil title is that strong? (Isnt it obvious? They are the crystallization of all the negative aspects of the world. It is impossible for us to defeat them on our own. What do you think? Do you want to be the successor?) Im afraid Im not going to be able to do that forever. Its impossible. In my mind, Usagi-san is the second most powerful person after sage-san, but I cant very well take on the duty of fighting an opponent that such a powerful person would say would never win alone. I dont have that much strength in my heart. When I think about it, how strong was sage-san really? Maybe hes even stronger than that L-ranked one. (Hmm? What are you talking about?) Oh, no, its nothing. (Is that so? Oh well. If you have collected the drop items, well go now.) Yes! When I finished collecting the dropped items and was about to leave, a message suddenly appeared in front of me. Your level has been raised. Since you have reached a certain level, your race will be evolving. Huh? (Hmm? Wha-!?) Before I could react in any way, my whole body suddenly began to glow. Wh-what!? Whats happening? W-woof! Buhiii! Night and Akatsuki try to get close to me, but Im not sure if they can really touch me, and they are busy moving all around me. As everyone, including me, was flustered by the sudden situation, only Usagi-san quickly regained his composure and explained my condition. (Dont worry. Its a preparation for evolution.) E-evolution? What do you mean by evolution? (Just as it is. Since youve reached a certain level, youre evolving to become a better existence. Well, its incredibly rare for a human body to evolve, but) A quick shocking fact! From Usagi-sans initial explanation, I thought that everyone evolves, but apparently, its extremely rare for a human like me to evolve. No, more importantly! Whats going to happen to me? I wont turn into a monster, will I? (Is it the first time youve evolved? Then there shouldnt be so much change. Maybe.) You gave me nothing but anxiety! It would be very troubling if I grew horns or wings here. No, it might not be a problem if I were to live only in this other world, but I have a life on Earth too, you know! Contrary to my thoughts, my body did not stop emitting light, and since there was nothing I could do about it myself, I had no choice but to be quiet. I waited for a while, and eventually, the light subsided, and I was finally able to see myself. H-how is it? I was prepared for the intense pain that I felt when I first came to this other world and leveled up for the first time, but I didnt feel any such pain. I took a quick look at my body and touched my face and head, but there werent any special changes. Um is there anything strange about me? Woof? Fugo? Night and Akatsuki also looked around me, but once again, they both tilted their heads and fell to the side. Adorable. (In terms of looks, theres nothing particularly unusual about you.) R-really? Thank goodness! If this had changed my appearance beyond the first level up, I wouldnt have any more excuses or anything to make. (However, you should check your status once. The evolution itself has indeed taken place.) Oh Y-youre right. As Usagi-san said, I decided to check my own status, which I feel like its been a long time since Ive done so casually. And then. [Yuuya Tenjou] Race: Human (Transcendent Species) Occupation: none Level: 1 Magic: 10000 Attack: 15000 Defense: 15000 Agility: 15000 Intelligence: 9000 Luck: 15500 BP: 10000 Skills: [Identification (SR)] [Endurance (SSR)] [Item Box (SSR)] [Language Comprehension (SSR)] [True Martial Arts (SR): 9] [Presence Detection (N)] [Fast Reading (N)] [Cooking (N): M] [Map (SR)] [Minds EyeRevision (SSR)] [Assimilation (SR)] [Tame (R)] [Mind-Body Unification (R)] [Mental Enhancement (R)] [Field Book (SR)] [Magic Control (R)] [Magic Culmination (U)] [Adjustment (N)] [Kicking Sacred Art (U): 2] [Concealment (R)] Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] [The Sages Apprentice] [The Heir to the Supreme Magic Circuit] [The Heir to Ultimate Sorcery] [The Disciple of the Kicking Saint] [The Master of the Kicking Saint] Theres an increase in a lot of things! There have been times when skill levels have risen without notice, but this is the first time Ive seen an increase or decrease in skills themselves or titles increase this dramatically. First of all, I allocated BP with momentum and intuition. As a result, the final status was this: [Yuuya Tenjou] Race: Human (Transcendent Species) Occupation: none Level: 1 Magic: 11000 Attack: 17000 Defense: 17000 Agility: 17000 Intelligence: 10500 Luck: 17000 BP: 0 A-all right. Lets take it easy for a moment, okay, me. Lets go through this one by one [Human (Transcendent Species)] :: A form of human evolution. There is no change in appearance and so on, but the overall status is enhanced. It has a strong resistance to disease. It sounds kind of amazing! Im genuinely grateful for the enhanced status. Most importantly, Im very happy about the fact that I have a strong resistance to disease. Even though I can cure myself with [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice], I dont know whats going to happen. I usually take care of myself, but this is really reassuring. S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Next up is the skill. The new skill [Minds EyeRevision] is a slightly better version of [Minds Eye] that Usagi-san had, I guess. I understand that its a result of the integration of [Foresight] and [Weakness Detection] skills since theyre no longer there, but other than that I have no idea. Moreover, Ive learned [Kicking Sacred Art] so nonchalantly. Usagi-san has the true Holy Kick, and such a person has taught me, so its not surprising that I learned it, but this [Kicking Sacred Art] is unique in its rarity, isnt it? I dont think its unique when Usagi-san and I can use it already, is that okay? I get back in the swing of things and check out the unfamiliar skills one by one. [Minds EyeRevision] :: [Minds Eye] is the ultimate version of [Foresight] skill, and this skill also gains the effect of [Weakness Detection]. [Magic Culmination] :: It is the result of understanding the special magic theory that differs from the normal attribute magic skills, and as a result, you can use magic regardless of the attribute. The effect of magic depends on the users image and magic power. [Adjustment] :: You can freely adjust the degree of all abilities. However, it takes a certain amount of time to get used to it. [Concealment] :: You can hide a variety of occurrences. When used for status, you can also prevent others from seeing your status. You can also hide magic. All of these skills are immensely useful Im especially grateful for the [Adjustment]. After all, with my evolved status, I might have trouble living on Earth. Besides, I hadnt thought much about [Concealment] either. Still, there are people besides me who can use [Appraisal] or [Identification] skills. I wouldnt want those people to see my [Otherworldly Person] title, which will be useful when Im active in this other world. Well, lastly, the title What I dont remember the most is the title of [The Sages Apprentice]. Its true that I inherited the magic circuits and magic theory from sage-san, but [The Sages Apprentice]: A title given to those who have been exposed to the Sages thoughts and have gained knowledge of his thoughts. It has the effect of reducing magic power consumption. [The Heir to the Supreme Magic Circuit] :: A title given to those who have inherited the supreme magic circuit. [The Heir to Ultimate Sorcery] :: A title given to those who have inherited the ultimate sorcery. [The Disciple of the Kicking Saint] :: A title given to those who have become the disciple of the Kicking Saint. Unlock the [Kicking Sacred Art] skill. [The Master of the Kicking Saint] :: A title given to the person who has become the Master of the Kicking Saint. Isee Its a good thing that Im recognized as an apprentice because I got sage-sans book and was able to use magic. Although from other peoples point of view, it would be strange to call this a master-disciple relationship. I was happy to be able to feel the connection with sage-san. Other than that, I also found out why I was able to use the [Kicking Sacred Art], and I need to work harder every day to live up to this title. However, it seems that the worst part of this evolution was the change in my race. Sigh~ I didnt expect to evolve (What are you complaining about? Normally you should be happy about that.) I-is that so? (Thats probably true. Evolution by itself makes you stronger than before. I dont know about humans, but beastmen and elves will be delighted.) I-I see To be honest, Im not sure what Usagi-san refers to as elves and beastmen, but I guess it doesnt matter as long as theyre getting stronger? It seems this world is still a very dangerous place. But even so just like sage-sans book says, Im not only going to be strong, Im going to get more involved with the people around me. Sage-san took the time to give me this advice. As I realize that again, Usagi-san is staring at me. (Now that youve evolved, youre even more unpredictable I wonder what will happen next) Eh? (Its nothing. Anyway, no more practice today. Go home and get some rest. Ah, and also, if you get into trouble while Im gone, you can try practicing the techniques I taught you. Not to mention training against monsters, the experience of fighting against others is essential.) After telling me that much, Usagi-san jumped up on the spot just as lightly as before, using the air as a foothold and jumping straight away. If I continue to train like this, will I be able to make such a ridiculous move too? Woof? Buhi~. At my question, Night and Akatsuki just tilted their heads. Book 3: Chapter 5: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~T/n: Changed director agency to president agency Part 2 The day before the ball game tournament. The decisions for the event were finished in the previous class, but as each of us were planning our strategies and making careful preparations for the ball game tournament, Ryo suddenly remembered something and opened his mouth. Come to think of it, there will be a photographer coming to the ball game tournament to take Yuuyas picture, right? A-ah, yeah, thats right. Mmm? Ryo-kun, Shingo-kun, what do you mean by that? When Ryo and Shingo-kun remembered the conversation with the entertainment company president the other day and asked that question to me, Kageno-kun, who happened to be listening to the conversation, asked them with a glint in his glasses. The other students were also surprised and turned their attention to us. Um on our way home the other day, a person from an entertainment agency came to scout Yuuya. T-then Yuuya-kun refused the offer, but the agency couldnt give up on Yuuya-kun, and instead of him joining the entertainment industry, they decided to put him in a feature on the Ousei Gakuen, which will be published in a magazine. The staff members are going to come to this ball game since they got permission to photograph the event. I had completely forgotten about it because of Usagi-san and the evolution, but when the classmates heard Ryo and Shingo-kuns explanation, they all started buzzing. I-I didnt know that was going to happen Eh, so theres a chance we could be in a magazine too? Uoooo! Well need to work extra hard on this one! I was worried about what it would be like to have an outsider come to a school event, but everyone seemed to be in a rather welcoming mood, which I was very grateful for. Then, one of the boys suddenly muttered something. Hmm? Wait a minute? If that shoot is for Yuuya, then if we bring Yuuya into the team, we have a better chance of getting into the picture, isnt that right? .. At that word, everyone was silent at once. And then. Yuuya-kuuunnn! By all means please join us in football! Huh? Of course, he will join the basketball team! No, no, no, he should have chosen dodgeball! U-uh? I am very grateful and happy to be recruited, but in the end, trouble is inevitable no matter which event I participate in Besides, I wonder if people have forgotten about it? Um Im supposed to play table tennis, but .. The boys froze in silence at my words. Aahh, thats right! Why why didnt I win at that time! I want to go back to that day and do the rock-paper-scissors again! I didnt know what to say to them, because they were all more frustrated than I thought. Then Ryo looked at them all in a daze and put his hand on my shoulder. Well, dont mind these people, just do your best at table tennis! Y-yeah. I could only nod, with an indescribable expression on my face. The day of the ball game tournament. The school is filled with the unique and fluffy atmosphere of the event, and everyone is already anxious since the time of homeroom. Todays schedule is only for the ball game tournament, so no one is in their school uniforms, but in P.E. clothes and jerseys instead. Alright, its an important ball game tournament for senseis bonus. Be sure not to lose! No, its not like were fighting for you, sensei? Everyone nodded at Ryos calm tsukkomi. Yeah, as usual, Sawada-sensei is very honest well, I think she was saying that just to make the place more relaxed. Is that right? After the briefing, we headed to the venue for our respective events. And along the way, I met Kurosawa-san from the entertainment agency and the president of the agency. Well, Yuuya-kun. Ill make sure to take pictures of your gallant performance today. H-haha Oh, but please dont be strangely conscious of the camera or anything. From what Miu and Hikari have told me, youre not used to being photographed yet, so just be natural. Well Confused by the presidents words, I shifted my gaze to the numerous photographers behind her. Following my gaze, the president and Kurosawa-san also turned their gaze once to the photographers behind them. Dont be nervous! Impossible! Well, there are more photographers than I expected! I had assumed it would be at most two people, but it looks like there are actually about ten photographers who came. And it wasnt just SLR cameras, there was also some kind of T.V. station cameras prepared, so it was a pretty large scale. Its going to be okay! Once youre in the entertainment industry, you will get used to this so quickly! No, I think I declined that offer already, so Ara? I havent given up yet, you know? .. I thought she had given up on me already, so I was dumbfounded when she clearly told me that. But really, you dont need to be so nervous today. Its just that the name of the event is a special feature for the Ousei Gakuen, and were going to be taking photos of the scenery of the school and other students. Well, I would definitely like to have Yuuya-kuns picture, so just keep that in mind. She says that I dont have to be nervous, but if my picture is definitely taken, I cant help but be nervous. Well, it would be all for naught if I lose the game because I get distracted by the photoshoot. So I have to brace myself for it. Uh sorry. Ill be heading to the venue now Yeah. Im looking forward to it. Yuuya-san. Good luck. After separating from Kurosawa-san and the others, I went straight to the venue. L-lets do our best, Yuuya-kun. Yeah! S~ea??h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When I arrived at the gymnasium where the table tennis match was taking place, Shingo-kun and the other classmates, who were also competing in the table tennis match, had gathered there as well. Whoa! Im so nervous I didnt expect Yuuya-kun to join us for table tennis. Yes, yes. I thought you were going to play football or basketball or something like that. Oh, man its not like Im going to be the one to be photographed, but the thought of a photographer coming here to take pictures of Yuuya-kun makes me even more nervous. In this table tennis tournament, other than Shingo-kun, the rest of my classmates werent those who were good at sports like Ryo, but rather more of the indoor type boys like Shingo-kun. I, myself, didnt often go outside before I started going to another world, and its a little comforting to see that many of them are the same type as me. They thought I was going to participate in football and basketball, and the entertainment agencys staff was going to be there, so they thought the photographers wouldnt come here. Was it annoying? Thats what I thought, but everyone was very positive about it, and Im very grateful. There are two different types of table tennis tournaments: doubles, and singles. I will participate in the singles tournament, and Shingo-kun will participate in the doubles tournament. After a little while, the fixture list was posted, and I went to check it. When Shingo-kun saw the list, his expression grew cloudy. Uwahh My first opponent is a student from P.E. class, huh P.E. class? Ah there was no physical education class or anything like that on the field trip the other day, so Yuuya-kun doesnt know about it. When I tilted my head at the words I didnt know, Shingo-kun explained to me gently. To summarize the content of the explanation, it seems that apart from the General Class that Shingo-kun, I, and the others belong to, there is another class called Physical Education Class where students who are admitted through sports recommendations get together. I didnt know about this class because I never met them in school. After all, they were in a different school building, and they didnt participate in the field trip we took part in. However, it seems that this Physical Education Class took another special class instead of the field trip. It was called Physical Education Class, so I guess they were taking a special class that was tougher than our field trip, wasnt it? Well, fortunately, I had some skills, so I didnt have that much trouble with the field trip, but I-I heard that Ryo-kun was supposed to be in P.E. class, but he wanted to focus on something other than sports, so he was put in the same general class as us. Ryo, you really do have the specs like the main protagonist of the story! Rather than the existence of another class, Ryo was more surprising to me. Ugh I would hate to just lose the first game. Shingo-kun walked over to his doubles partner with grief on his shoulders. G-good luck. No, Im worried about Shingo-kun, but I also have to think about my opponent, too, right? I havent even practiced table tennis in class, will I be able to do well? I was getting anxious now, and before I knew it, it had come to my turn. Come on, lets get some pictures! The photographer followed me around tightly. No, I cant be natural in this situation! Um could you please take a few more steps away? I cant do that. Eeh Apparently, I dont have the right of refusal. I give up and head to the assigned table tennis stand. And then Hoo? So youre my opponent here, huh? There was a man with amazing muscles standing in front of me. He was dressed in a tight, short-sleeved, half-pants gym uniform, and looked taller than me, maybe around 190cm tall. And most of all, he has a sharp and piercing face, like a certain sniper who doesnt allow himself to stand behind. [T/n: sorry, I cant get the reference for this.] Hmm? Huh? Is he really a high school student? He doesnt look the same age as me at all! While I was frozen in place by my unexpected opponent, the schoolboy opponent(?) snapped his fingers. Fufufu can you keep up with this delicate technique of mine? By all accounts, he is far from delicate in appearance! If anything, I get the vibe that hes going to say that power is everything! I mean, why would there be a boy like this in table tennis! He doesnt look like a table tennis player by any stretch of the imagination! I mean, isnt there some sport thats more appropriate for him? Doesnt he belong to that P.E. class that Shingo-kun was talking about? I remembered that all of a sudden, but The boy in front of me methodically checks his racket to ensure that its in perfect condition, while I am getting even more anxious. Then he glances at the photographers. Fumu its a little uncomfortable to have a match while feeling the strange stares, but Ah, I-Im sorry. My classmates took it well, but the boy student in front of me seems to dislike it. What, dont be so apologetic. Always perform your best in every situation; thats what being a professional is all about. P-pro? He doesnt look like a high schooler Maybe hes a famous player that I just dont know about. But if anything, hes got the dignity of a professional background. Hmm? H-he is! Isnt he the Sniper? one of the nations regulars? Wha-what!? That Sniper who always hits that exact spot? Speaking of which, he was also a student at Ousei Gakuen, huh Hes so unlucky to have his first match against the sniper. No, wait, hes really famous! And they even call him Sniper? What a perfect fit! But sure, as the staff says, Im not having any luck against such a famous player or anything like that. I dont even practice table tennis in class, so will I be able to compete properly? As I was anxiously holding my racket in my hand, the umpire-sensei came over. Yes, let the match begin. Well then begin! Then, my opponent took a low stance. Fuh my serve is enough to beat you! When he said that, he hit an amazingly spun serve! The ball spins like a bullet and comes towards me. W-what a serve! Hes aiming right at the corner of the opponents court Him being called the Sniper is not just for show huh. Hey staff members, since when did you guys become a live reporter? They are terrified of the skill my opponent possesses in disregarding their job of photographing. I wonder if that is okay? Regardless, I focused on the ball that was coming towards me. U-uoh oh? I was surprised by the momentum of the racket swing and the unusual rotation rate of the racket, but the moment I focused my attention on the ball he had hit, the ball suddenly seemed to move slowly to me. It had been moving at a normal speed, but now the ball and the movement around me appeared to be in slow motion. However, I had a vague recollection of this phenomenon. It also happened when I almost got hit by the male boxer model who came in late when I took photographs with Miu-san before. It seems that my body, which is getting used to the speed of fighting in the other world, doesnt feel its fast anymore unless it is as fast as those monsters. I still cant get used to it, and Im still confused, but if I just stood still like this, he would have scored a point, so I hit the ball back in exactly the same way he hit it. *Poof!* Huh? The ball penetrated the table tennis table and went straight through the gym floor. .. The teacher, the photographer, and I, too, stare at the table tennis table and floor, which have been struck out in silence. Sensei, I forfeit. I gently raised my hand. Book 3: Chapter 5: Part 3 Another chapter brought by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 H-hey did you catch the moment when he hit it? No, thats impossible. I mean, I heard a sound that wouldnt have been possible if you were playing table tennis normally, you know? More importantly, the table tennis table had been penetrated. Yes, I know, I did it! On a level thats irreversible now! The unexpected turn of events caused me to forfeit, but on second thought, I wonder if it was a good idea to forfeit. Although the main reason for this photoshoot was to feature Ousei Gakuen, it was originally supposedly because they wanted to take my picture so maybe it was a bad idea to abandon the photoshoot, right? Even though such thoughts are overwhelming now, Im more afraid of continuing on and injuring someone else, and it wouldnt have been a mistake to forfeit the tournament, after all. Because if something with the power that could penetrate the table tennis table and the gym floor with a table tennis ball hit someone yeah, Id become the real Sniper, instead. As I was letting out a single sigh, the president of the entertainment agency came over to me quickly. H-hey, Yuuya-kun! Id be troubled if you lost in the first round! Moreover, what do you mean by forfeiting N-no, but my opponent is a famous table tennis player, correct? So I think I knew Id lose even if I continued like that No, you werent. You were able to hit your opponents ball back. At least you wouldnt have been beaten to a pulp, you know? .. President-san, youre observing well, arent you? However, I didnt expect you to destroy the table tennis table. You must have something to hide, dont you? H-hahaha theres no way thats possible. T-this president has a sharp intuition! However, since I wasnt going to talk about the other world honestly, I just laughed and fooled around. Well, thats fine. Anyway, if you continue to lose here, we wont be able to achieve our original goal, so please do something about it. Eh? No, wait, what did you mean by that. So, I asked you to do something about it, okay? Before I could stop her, the president left quickly, accompanied by Kurosawa-san. E-eh no way, do I have to somehow participate in another competition or something? I dont know if thats really allowed, though. Anyway, since I decided to forfeit the game early, Ill have to support everyone in the class thats fighting properly until I get to do something about it. First of all, I headed over to Shingo-kun, who was having a doubles match at a nearby table tennis table and cheered them on, but as he said before it started, his opponents were students from the P.E. class, so, unfortunately, he lost. By the way, his opponent, who was from the P.E. class, wasnt muscular like my opponent from earlier; hes just a normal boy. Thank goodness for that, because I wondered what I would do if the standard body type in P.E. class was also that of a muscular guy. Shingo-kun, who has finished his match, notices me and comes over while dropping his shoulders. Ugh it was no good after all But youve got some points, so you shouldnt be that pessimistic, you know? W-well, if you say so, its true that Im not very good at sports, but I did my best, I guess. Also, my partner has helped me so much. Its unfortunate that they lost, but Shingo-kun seemed to have fun in the end, and I couldnt help but smile too. O-oh, by the way, how did Yuuya-kun fare in the end? Eh? L-look, all the photo crew members were nearby, and I believe Yuuya-kun was able to win because of. I forfeited. Eeh? Shingo-kuns eyes widened as I said that while averting my gaze. F-forfeit, you said? What happened? Uhwell the table tennis table and the gym floor had been penetrated by the ball Penetrated!? Well, that will be the reaction I get. I know very well that it isnt realistic for me to be saying it myself. But its the truth, so I cant blame him! I-I dont know how that happened somehow, but thanks for your hard work! Yeah R-right! What are you going to do after this, Yuuya-kun? Im going to go watch Ryo-kuns match outside, but Well actually, as I said before, I had to forfeit the match so they couldnt take a proper picture of me, so they asked me to do something about it thats why I thought Id try to enter another event for now Oh, another game? I wonder if thats acceptable? Well.. To be honest, I dont know if its okay with me either, but I thought Id look for an event I could participate in while cheering for my classmates in the other events in the gym. So, after I look around the gym to a certain extent, if it looked like Ryo was still competing, so Ill show up there as well. I see I guess well have to split up for now. Thus, Shingo-kun and I parted ways, and I began to look around the gym. And then suddenly, a voice calls out to me. Yuuya-kun! Hmm? Ah, Kaede! It was Kaede who came running up to me with a small run. As Kaede came in front of me, she tilted her head curiously. Yoo-hoo! Whats going on? Have you finished your game yet? Ah actually, I had to forfeit it for a variety of reasons. Eh, really? But its unfortunate I wanted to go and cheer you on, you know. Ah Im sorry about that. What about Kaede? I believe youre playing volleyball, right? Yeah, youre right! Ah! Yuuya-kun, that means youre free right now, right? Eh? W-well, I guess? I couldnt see the real meaning of Kaedes words, so I tilted my head, and she took my hand. Please! Can I ask you to join volleyball? Eeh? Kaede told me while I was surprised at the unexpected request. I will be participating in the mixed-match division, but One of our members got hurt earlier, so we have to play with only a small group of players. But our next match will be in a class with a lot of students from the volleyball club, and honestly, if we dont have enough people, its going to be tough what do you think? Will you join us? Kaede looked up at me anxiously. For me, its not a problem to participate but is it okay for non-registered members to participate? Oh, dont worry, its okay! I-is that so? Well, Im going to give it a try then. Really? Thank you, Yuuya-kun! Kaede laughed, looking really happy. As for me, I was grateful for Kaedes offer because I had to participate in some kind of competition again due to the presidents absurdity. Kaede took me to the volleyball team, and I saw Rin there as well. Ooh, isnt that Yuuya? Could it be that you are a helper? Yeah, Kaede asked me to join her. Is that okay? Of course. Right? When Rin called out to the other members, they all nodded with motivation. W-well, I didnt expect to be able to fight with Yuuya-kun! Eh, by the way, if Yuuya is here, does that mean were going to have our picture taken? Wow! This will make me not want to lose even more! As everyone was motivated for the next game, the photographers who followed me started to get ready for the next game. Looks like volleyball is next. And its mixed gender. This is going to make for some great pictures. Besides, all the girls at Ousei Gakuen are high class. Theyll look even more picturesque alongside Yuuya-kun. This is a good target. And as expected, or rather, because the photographers talked about it, my classmates especially the girls for some reason, had a fire in their eyes. This makes me feel so motivated! We might be able to get a picture with Yuuya-kun, right? I definitely wont show him my ugly self! Each of them were prepared for the conditions, and when the match started, they scored one point after another, despite Kaede saying that their opponents were mostly students from the volleyball club. Here, Kaede! Alright! Im coming! Kaede jumped up vigorously to the ball that Rin tossed and decided to spike it beautifully just like that. Then I called out to Kaede with a smile. Thats good, Kaede! Excellent! Wawa, Yuuya-kun is praising me! Kaede, you have a big grin on your face, you know. N-no way! As I watched Kaede hold her own face, Rin approached me with a grin. So, how was it? Yuuya. Hmm? It was amazing. Rin also tossed at the perfect time No, no, its about Kaedes breasts! Bufuuhh! Ueeehh! R-Rin-chan! Rin suddenly walked around behind Kaede and grabbed her chest directly. You see, when she hit that spike earlier, it was super shaky, right? Hmm? S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. No, Im not looking at it like that! Eeh? Isnt that weird? This girls breasts are so amazing Hiyauu! Hey, wait, Rin-chan! Ill get angry if you do this any further! In front of Rin, who continues to rub Kaedes chest without hesitation, I activated the [Mind-Body Unification] and [Mental Enhancement] skills with all my might and desperately removed my gaze. Thanks, my skills! Its not the way it is supposed to be used somehow, but I quieted down Kaedes anger at Rin. Even though we were having such a loose exchange, we were steadily gaining points, and we were steadily getting closer to victory. However, the president, who was watching the development of the game, called out to me. Hey, Yuuya-kun! Dont just support all the time! You need to decide, spike it! Eeh The president was right, I continued to be mostly supporting my team, blocking the opponents spikes and collecting balls that everyone else couldnt reach while trying not to spike during this match. Thats because, as you can see from the table tennis matches, it would be a hell of a lot of work for me to compete in a normal game. Thats why, as I was pondering what to do about the presidents request, Rin and Kaede approached me. Thats right then next time, well support Yuuya so that its easier for him to strike, okay? What? No, no you dont have to do that to accommodate me Its okay! Besides, Yuuya-kun has supported us a lot, hasnt he? So, well support Yuuya-kun this time! Its hard for me to refuse when they say that as a pure favor. Thats why I was extraordinarily worried about what to do, but time never waited, and the game continued. And then, Rin picked up the opponents spike and Kaede tossed it, but Ah, sorry! That was too high! Kaedes toss was raised farther than expected, and if I waited until it fell into a hitting position, the opponent would be able to get the timing of the block perfectly. However. Fuh! Eeehh!? I reflexively kick the ground and jump up at Kaedes ball. My leg strength has increased due to my training with Usagi-san, and even if the ball reaches the ceiling of the gymnasium, Im confident that I can jump up there and get the ball. I thought about it a lot, so I desperately tried to control my power, then I spiked the ball, which was raised high and aimed at the opponents court. Haah! As I heard such a grand bursting sound, the wind pressure created by my spikes momentum tore down the volleyball court net. My spike, which I was supposed to have controlled, caused the ball to explode, blowing the volleyball net off. Luckily, no one was injured, but the students were silent as they looked at the volleyball court that had been turned to nothing. .. Uh, Im sorry. While the photographers, and even the president, who had requested the spike, were stunned, I could only apologize. I knew I shouldnt have spiked it As I was worrying about what they were going to do for the rest of the game, one of the opponents team raised his hand. Im going to forfeit. Thus, the victory was secured, this time due to the opponents surrender. Book 3: Chapter 5: Part 4 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 4 After that, the other classes that were watching our match declared an immediate withdrawal every time they faced our class, so we didnt have to fight until the end to win or rather, we did. To be honest, I cant be honestly happy at all, but Rin and the others rejoiced because a win is still a win, and they comforted me, so my heart felt a little lighter. Im really grateful. And just as we won the volleyball tournament, the winners of other events were also decided, and it seemed that our class won the soccer tournament, too, although I couldnt cheer for them in the end. I didnt do well in the table tennis tournament I participated in, but overall the other events did well, and Sawada-sensei was very happy. She really doesnt try to hide her desire, does she? As I walked around cheering for the other events, I noticed something noisy on the tennis court. When I looked closely, I saw people gathered around the tennis court, and I could even see some kind of stretcher-like object. Im not sure who it is or if its okay, but when I went to look at the center of the commotion. Eh, Kaori? Ah Yuuya-san. The one in the middle of the commotion was, to my surprise, Kaori. Kaori was sitting there looking listless, and I couldnt help but go up to her and ask her about it. What happened to you? It looks like a serious matter Um I participated in this ball game in tennis doubles, and the person I was paired with earlier got injured and couldnt continue the match When I turned my gaze towards the stretcher, there was a male student there, groaning unconscious. From the look of him, he doesnt seem to be seriously injured, but still, he was unconscious, so its difficult to continue, isnt it? Then what will you do? Youre still in the middle of the game, right? Unfortunately, I cant continue without a partner, so I have to forfeit here I found myself opening my mouth to Kaori, who had a sad expression on her face. Well, then, Ill join you. From the looks of it, it was a mixed-gender match, right? Eh? Yes, thats right, but we are in a different class, and as expected Yeah, but at least your current opponent isnt in my class. Besides, it seems that even if someone isnt registered, theyre allowed to play and if your original partner wakes up in the middle of the game, we can just switch again. I managed to convince Kaori, who looked somewhat apologetic, and the opposing team agreed, so I would participate in the tennis match as a limited Kaori pair. W-well then, Yuuya-san. Please! Yeah, you can trust me. It seems that the match was resumed by a serve from Kaori, and while I was standing in a suitable position. Eeiii! Ugh? I suddenly felt a chill and moved my head on the spot, and a tennis ball ran through the position where my head had been a moment ago with great force. I-I-Im sorry, Yuuya-san! Are you okay? I-Im fine. Ahahaha Wait a minute. Could it be that this serve was the reason why Kaoris partner was knocked out? It was a small matter, but I was secretly glad that my otherworldly combat experience, intuition, and reflexes were put to good use. Or maybe I would have fallen prey to it, too. After regaining her composure, Kaori carefully served again, and this time she managed to get into the opponents court. However, the opponent returned the serve by aiming at Kaori instead of me. Wawa! Eii! It was a great strikeout, and sadly, it led to our opponent scoring. Ugh I knew that I would just be a hindrance when it comes to sports I-its fine! Somehow we will manage it! Although I said so, the opponent will probably come after Kaori more aggressively from now on. Thats only natural since they are here to win. Well, then, what should I do? Starting from Kaoris serve again, this time, she entered the opponents court for the first time, and as expected, the opponent returned the shot close to Kaori. And then. Eeii! Oraa! As Kaori was swinging an empty air, I snatched up the ball from a rather tight position and returned it directly to the opponents court. Then, inevitably, Kaori and I are on one side, and the other side is empty, and of course, the opponent is going to aim at that point Haaahh! I used the leg strength that Usagi-san had taught me directly, moved in an instant on the court, and then returned the shot to my opponent. The photographers who were following me were surprised to see that scene. H-hey, hey isnt this Yuuya boy really crazy? Even when he followed up on the girl who swung and hit nothing but air was so incredible, but moving around the court in that split second was just And the ball is precisely aimed at the edge of the opponents court line; its sick. To be honest, I wasnt really paying attention to the photographers situation because it was now just me versus my opponents team. Nevertheless, I managed to keep my strength in check, and while keeping up with Kaori, I kept gaining points, and finally, we reached the point where the game was match point. And as we continued to rally again, my opponent made a mistake and launched the ball high. The ball was now on top of Kaori, and she was full of enthusiasm as she readied her racket. This time, Im going to be useful too! With that enthusiasm, Kaori aimed at the ball and swung her racket down with vigor. Eeeii! Ah. Unfortunately, Kaoris racket sliced through the air without hitting the ball, and not only Kaori and the photographers, but also the president of the agency and the students around her who were watching the event, were shouting at the scene. Haaaaah! I ran to help Kaori out from behind and swung my racket at the ball that bounced up to the highest point in the air. And my racket caught the ball firmly and hit the ball cleanly through the middle of the opponents team. Wawa! Then Kaori, who had just flailed before, almost fell over with the momentum, and I moved to Kaoris side as soon as I landed and held her. Are you okay? Yu-Yuuya-san uh, thank you very much. Im glad that Kaori managed to remain uninjured. Did you get that!? You got it, didnt you!? Thats okay. Alright, alright, alriigghhtt! Now that is perfect! Just then, the president was talking to the photographers with some kind of excitement, but well, its none of my business. Anyway, the one pitch I just made was the final score, and we were able to win the game successfully. Ugh in the end, I could only be a hindrance for Yuuya-san I-I dont think so, but I tried to comfort the depressed Kaori somehow, but no matter what I said to her, she just shook her head. After that game, her partner woke up safely and went to the next game, but her partner fainted on Kaoris serve again. And I couldnt bother them anymore, so, unfortunately, she had to forfeit the game I dont know what the right thing to say to her would be. But the fact that her serve gave me chills even though Im supposed to have evolved, let alone leveled up, in another world must be honestly amazing. While I was seriously unsure of what to say to her, the smiling-faced president and the photographer approached me, as if they had gotten a good picture. Yuuya-kun. That was a great game earlier! Besides, we also took a good shot of the scene where Yuuya-kun held Kaori-san in your arms earlier! Eh?! Apparently, what she was discussing with the photographers earlier was about the scene where I held Kaori in my arms. I didnt particularly care for it at the time, but now that I think about it, I did something incredibly daring, I! Im so embarrassed now! Ugh I was only a hindrance from start to finish To Kaori, who was depressed, the president made an I got an idea expression on her face. Ah, right! Kaori-san, if you dont mind, would you like to take a picture with Yuuya-kun? Eh what? Are you sure about that? Of course! The two of you looked so good together in that scene earlier, and I just need a few more pictures of you two. Yuuya-kun would be fine too, right? Huh? Eh, yeah. Im fine, but By all means, please do so! Kaoris expression brightened at once, to the point where the depression she had felt earlier went away. No, is it really okay? And under the instructions of the president, Kaori and I line up next to each other. Look, Yuuya-kun. Dont be so distant, come closer to each other. Eh, more than this? I dont mean you have to embrace each other, just come closer, okay? The president says so, but Kaori and I are already close enough to touch each others shoulders When I looked to the side, I saw Kaoris eyes met with mine, and we both blushed and looked away involuntarily. Geez, your innocent looks are dazzling for an old lady like me. But I dont need that innocence right now, so make sure you have a smile on your face. I-its impossible. Kaori and I looked at each other as we blurted out the same line at the exact same time. Now is the chance! Shutter, please!!! The moment we laughed, it was truly a professional photographer. They were able to capture those smiles without missing a beat. After the ball game was over without any problems, everyone finished changing out of their P.E. clothes and were about to go home when I saw Kaori standing near the school gate. Huh? Kaori, whats going on? Um, that Kaori stammered while blushing a little, and eventually opened her mouth with a look of determination. Yu-Yuuya-san! Would you like to walk home with me? Hmm? Okay, but whats going on? Um Im sorry for the trouble I caused you today, and more importantly, Im really happy that you helped me out of a difficult situation. So, to thank you for that, why dont we stop somewhere on the way home? Apparently, Kaori is going to thank me for todays ball game tournament. Oh no, you didnt have to worry about that. No! Ive been helped by Yuuya-san many times. Of course, I dont think I can repay you for all of that with this short detour, but still Well, since youre saying that much, I guess I should go for it. R-really? Kaoris eyes sparkled with joy at my words. Its a good thing that shes this happy, to be honest. Besides Well, just being with Kaori is more than enough for me, and that is worth it. Eh? T-thats Ive never had a friend before, so its a real pleasure to be invited to hang out with her like this, and its a precious time for me. I want to have fun with everyone again next time. While thinking like that, Kaori, who froze with a red face for some reason, opened her mouth with a determined look. Yu-Yuuya-san! Um could you please shut your eyes? Sear?h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. My eyes? Im not sure, but Kaori says that with a serious expression, so I honestly shut my eyes. Then, for a moment, a pleasant scent tickled my nose, and I felt as if something really faintly touched my cheek, opposite to the cheek that was kissed by Luna some time ago. T-thats enough. Eh? When I open my eyes, I see Kaoris cheeks are even redder than before. That, what is that exactly? Its a secret. While I tilted my head, Kaori smiled somewhat mischievously and in a charming way. Book 3: Chapter 6: Part 1 Another chapter today thanks to the Patrons, enjoy~Part 1 When Yuuya had the ball game, Owen and the others had arrived safely at the royal capital and were on their way to report to the king. We have returned, father. Oh, Lexia! Are you okay? sea??h th§× NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The king is relieved to see Lexia safe and sound Arnold is pleased with a broad smile on his face and immediately gives instructions to the nearby maids. Lexia must be tired after having just returned, isnt she? Get some rest now. I will hear from you later. I understand. Lexia nodded obediently to Arnolds words and left the room with the maid. Then, to Owen, who was left in the room, Arnold asked him with a serious face, unlike earlier. Owen. I cant see the young man who was said to be in the Great Devils Nest what happened? Ha! It was a lot of things, and we werent able to have him come this time. Fumu does that whole thing have something to do with the woman in there? The one who was ahead of Arnolds sharp gaze was Luna, who had been turned into Lexias guard from an assassin. Although Luna received Arnolds intimidation, the king of the Arcelia Kingdom, head-on, Luna herself replied frankly without seeming particularly overwhelmed. Ah. Its because I tried to assassinate Lexia. So various dates were delayed, and Yuuya couldnt come. H-hey! Hou? Owen looked impatient at Luna, who informed the king too frankly, and that made Arnolds gaze even sharper. You, you mentioned the assassination of my daughter, Lexia? Yes. But as you can see now that Lexia is alive, my assassination attempt failed, however. Then, why are you alive? If youre an assassin, would a failed commission be equivalent to death? In an atmosphere where lying wasnt allowed, Luna still wasnt pressured On the contrary, she remembered that Lexia had approached her about the escort, and she gave a little smile. Of course, I was ready to die, too. But that was stopped by Lexia herself of all people. Thats why Im here now. Hmm I see. The moment Arnold snorted in displeasure. Huh! He drew out the national treasure [Slash Sword Greacle] and then slashed at Luna. However, Luna was in neither hurry for Arnolds action, but instead, she put strings around him and stopped his movement. Hou? You have discovered the characteristics of my sword in an instant. Yeah. If I tried to stop the sword itself with my thread, it would cut through my thread so easily. So I had to stop your arm. Luna was right, the strings that she had stretched out in an instant did not inhibit the movement of the sword, but made Arnolds arm immobile. As a result, Arnold was unable to move his arm and unable to slash Luna with it. Arnold, who laughed in amusement, changed his appearance from earlier and gave a bitter smile. I know what youre capable of. So could you untie this thread? If you promise you wont attack me again, then fine. As the king and Luna continued to stare at each other, Owen pondered what to do, when the door was suddenly opened with great force. Ah! Father, what are you doing to my Luna! Le-Lexia? I thought you were just going to your room. The one who vigorously opened the door was Lexia, who had left earlier. Thats why, in front of his beloved daughter, who suddenly appeared, Arnold was extremely impatient. Because, even though he is unable to move due to Lunas strings, from the side, it looks like Arnold is slashing at Luna. Of course, I tried to go to my room. But then I realized that Luna wasnt following me, so I came back. And then! Lexia, rekindling her anger, glared at her father, Arnold. If you do something horrible to Luna I would hate you, father! H-hate!? Arnold turned as white as ashes and almost collapsed on the spot, but Lunas strings interfered and forced him to maintain his slashing stance. Luna, who was watching such an exchange between father and daughter, snorted. Hmph well, Ill forgive you this time. Showing arrogance against the king, Luna quickly retrieved the thread that was blocking Arnolds movements. When Arnold was finally able to move, he sat down in his chair, staggering as he was, but desperately tried to reason and evaluate Lunas abilities. It was only blocking my movements just now, but I guess you could essentially kill me with that thing, right? Yeah. If I put it around your neck, it would fly off easily. A girl who speaks terrible things even though in my case, Im already dying from Lexias hating on me I dont care about that. Owen himself, for once, inwardly agreed with Lunas statement. Then Lexia, with her arms crossed, asked Arnold. So, father. You already know enough about Lunas abilities, dont you? Yes, well, you seem to be good enough as an escort. What do you think, Owen? Ha! I dont think its a problem for me either. All right. Nodding at Owens words, Arnold looked at Luna again with an air of dignity that made it hard to believe that he was the one who had been overcome earlier. Whats your name? Its Luna. Now, Luna. I now acknowledge you as Lexias bodyguard. You shall protect my daughter. Ha! For the first time on the spot, Luna bowed her head and left the room with Lexia, prompted directly by Arnold. Hmph I cant stand the hate from my daughter Your Majesty is too soft on Lexia-sama. Because my daughter is so cute! Well, lets not talk about that for now. So, Owen. That Luna is not just an ordinary assassin. You said that shes skilled, but shes actually a competent person. Thats right. In the Dark Guild, it seems they called her [Head Hunter]. What! That famous [Head Hunter]? So thats why shes so experienced and the reason why the assassination attempt failed is because of the young man living in the Great Devils Nest? Yes. That young man who prevented the assassinationhis name is Yuuya, and he was the one who captured Luna just now. I havent heard the details, but at that time, Yuuya-dono, who was accompanied by Lexia-samas recklessness, went along with Luna and Lexia-sama to his house in the Great Devils Nest. What? Lexia has gone to a mans house alone? Um Your Majesty? Arnold lifted his eyes at Owens report, not sure where his earlier dignity had gone. Dont tell me that you didnt stay in that mans house, by any chance? .. Owen racked his brain, trying desperately to figure out what the right answer would be. But the silence was the correct answer, and Arnold smiled darkly. He may indeed be Lexias benefactor but I dont remember allowing him to go that far. I will make that guy be the victim of my [Slash Sword Greacle]. As expected, thats not good! Its not like anything in particular happened! You wouldnt know that! You werent even there! Kuh! I dont know anymore if hes calm or agitated! Owen held his head as Arnold showed his calm side while remaining angry at this point. And anyway! Due to Lunas attempted assassination, our schedule was shifted by a day, and Yuuya-dono was unable to come. Hmm. Then when will I get to meet him? Isnt that disrespectful? Hmm? As I mentioned before, Yuuya-dono is probably a noble or royal from another country, and if we do something wrong, it could lead to a diplomatic problem. Besides, do you think we can win against an opponent who lives in the Great Devils Nest. Gunununu Arnold looked seriously frustrated. To such an Arnold, Owen let out a sigh. Sigh For now, Ive told him to come when he can come to the royal castle, so Im sure hell be coming before too long. It cant be helped. I guess Ill have to wait a while longer. In this way, Yuuya is being looked upon by the king as an enemy without even knowing it. After the time Arnold and the others were discussing Yuuya, speculation had begun to move elsewhere as well. Your Highness. There is one thing I would like to hear from you What is it? In a room in the royal castle, a man had received a report from a man wearing a hood. The man was Rhaegar, the First Prince of the Alceria Kingdom. Rhaegar sipped on the liquor he held in his hand without interest but stopped moving at the content of the man in the hoods report. About the existence in the Great Devils Nest What? With a slight opening in his eyes, Rhaegar urges the man in the hood to continue. What do you know? Ha it seems that there is someone who lives in the Great Devils Nest. What?! At the words of the man in the hood, Rhaegars eyes widened. Youre saying there is someone who lives in that Great Devils Nest? Isnt that a mistake? No. At the time of the attack on Lexia-sama before, only Lexia-sama survived from the Great Devils Nest. We didnt know it at the time, but it seems that that person saved Lexia-sama. If there really is someone living in the Great Devils Nest, where did you get that information from? Its hard to imagine that father wouldnt regulate the information around there. It seems that they were planning to invite him to the royal castle, and to receive him, Lexia-sama herself went to the Great Devils Nest with Owen and other guards. I have inferred this from the conversations of the soldiers who were participating as that escort. I see Owen would have noticed your presence as well, but at the general soldier level, theres no way to be noticed. Rhaegar was surprised at the content of the report, but he agreed. Then the man in the hood continued, seemingly with more difficulty speaking. And theres one more thing I have to tell you What, you have more? Yes Actually, it seems that one of the nobles who support Your Highness had asked the Dark Guild to assassinate Lexia-sama Hou? Thats a good sentiment. So what happened? It seems that the person hired by the Dark Guild was a terrific assassin, the [Head Hunter], butthat What a terrible attitude. With a skill like that, the assassination must have been a success, right? The person in the hood sensed that Rhaegar was in a bad mood and had no choice but to continue. It seems that the assassination by [Head Hunter] was prevented by the person who lives in the Great Devils Nest that I told you about earlier, and [Head Hunter] became Lexia-samas bodyguard just like that What?! Rhaegar involuntarily stood up from his seat. Its the [Head Hunter], right!? Leaving aside that terrific assassination being prevented, why would someone like that become an escort for Lexia! Im sorry. I have only. You are useless! Rhaegar shouted in frustration and wandered around the room. Damn not only is there a troublesome existence called Owen near Lexia, but the [Head Hunter] also became her bodyguard? Wouldnt it be even more difficult to touch her? Rhaegar, who had been moving back and forth throughout the room for some time, stopped unexpectedly a little later. It cant be helped. I was still going to save this measure for later, but Rhaegar turns to the figure in the hood and gives him a cold stare. Hey. You said theyre inviting that person who is in the Great Devils Nest to the royal castle? Ha! When was that? Is he already here? No. Apparently, hes not here this time, but Im sure hell be here eventually. I see. Then we have some time to react. The hooded figure asked Rhaegar as he began to think about it. Um what exactly do you have in mind? Then Rhaegar smiles wickedly at the hooded figure. What, I thought it was time for the father to step aside Wha-!? That meant the murder of Arnold, the king, and his father. To the hooded figure who was exclaiming at such a profane statement, Rhaegar continued with a laugh. What surprises you? Eventually, this me will be the king. Thats only going to speed things up a bit, isnt it? B-but assassinating His Majesty is dangerous. His Majesty is protected by several skilled guards, though not as skilled as Owens. Besides, His Majesty himself is powerful, and most importantly, if this becomes public knowledge, His Highnesss own position will be in jeopardy! Did I say anything about doing anything myself? Huh? The hooded figure rolled his eyes at the unexpected words. Certainly, father and his guards must be strong. But you would have no problem with that, would you? Thatsyes, but And Ill even lend you one of my trump cards. I dont know if it will be effective against Owen or the [Head Hunter], but if its my fathers bodyguard, there will be no problem. T-that trump card is? To the fearful hooded man who asked with trepidation, Rhaegar smiled fearlessly. There is an item called [Sealed Magic Barrier] that, if activated, prevents any magic from being used inside it and blocks interference from the outside. And I have it. What! You know what? With this, my fathers guards will be powerless, because father, who is confident in his sword skills, has only wizards at his side. Therefore, if you use the [Sealed Magic Barrier], the only targets you have to worry about are Owen, the [Head Hunter], and my father. If this is the case, you guys can handle it, right? If there is no interference from wizards or Owen or anyone else, we can try, but if we fail, however, your highness will be in a bad position You could just rub it in. Huh! You know that, right? You said that this person who lives in the Great Devils Nest would be coming. It would be quick to blame him for all the crimes and have him killed. On the other hand, if we name Lexia as the mastermind, then we can also bring Lexia herself to justice. The stranger and Lexia, who had brought the stranger with her, would be the most likely to be suspected if father died, right? .. Moreover, if someone who lives in the Great Devils Nest comes, hell definitely have an audience with my father. That will probably be with a minimum number of people. No one would believe theres a person who lives in the Great Devils Nest, and if it were true, they would hide it at first to prevent it from being extracted by other countries. Then, when the time is right, they will make it public. Hence, I can ask the father to leave. We will use the [Sealing Magic Barrier] on a small number of guards, and if you guys attack, everything will be over. As long as you kill them all, all of the testimonies about me will come to pass on Lexia and that stranger, and then blaming them for the crime. What, lets just say to the outside world that the savage living in the Great Devils Nest has gone on a rampage. The hooded figure couldnt say anything to Rhaegar, who wore a dark smile and told him so. Now, prepare yourself. Although he is not here at this time, that doesnt mean you should take it easy. You must make arrangements to ensure that you will kill my father. There is no room for error on this one. Ha! Fufufu I dont know who he is, but at best, he can serve as a stepping stone for me. In the royal capital, apart from the hand that welcomed Yuuya, the side of malice was also reaching out at the same time. While the topic of Yuuya was being discussed in the other world, a magazine featuring the Ousei Gakuen was also published on earth. At first, since it was a famous school, not many people were curious to read the feature article, but the photo that appeared in the magazine caused a sensation in the world. It was a photo of Yuuya jumping up and hitting the ball vigorously while playing tennis, and it didnt take long for people to identify him as the person who had previously been in the news for his photo with the model Miu. As a result, Yuuya still didnt know that the information that he was a student of Ousei Gakuen would spread, and a waiting list would appear. And the other entertainment agencies and others noticed the entertainment agency that was partnering with this magazine had already signed a contract with him. So, they thought and lamented the fact that they were a step too late in pulling him out, but the more powerful agencies were beginning to think about whether they could pull him out of that contracted agency and into their own on better terms. Yuuya, who had gone from a single feature article on the school to a quick buzz, was once again featured heavily on television and online relations, unknowingly creating a large fan base. The female president, who had been watching such a movement in the world, smiled a sinister smile. Fufufu Indeed, Yuuya-kun didnt sign a contract on the spot, but once he fills in the outer ground like this, he wont be able to sign a contract with anyone but us anymore, right? Besides, its only a matter of time before he gets into show business after making such a big deal out of it. The female president muttered this to herself as she held up a magazine with a feature article in her hand, and then her next scenario came to mind. Now that weve come this far, all we have to do now is make our major-label debut. In this way, Yuuyas outer expanse is steadily being filled in without his knowledge. Book 3: Chapter 6: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 The day after the ball game tournament. It was a substitute holiday, and since it was a three-day weekend from the next day, I decided to take this opportunity to go to the royal castle. If I miss this opportunity, I wont have a chance to go there anymore. I told Usagi-san, who came to the house in the other world that day, that I was going to visit the castle. (I see. Well, if you have things to do, theres no choice. Besides, Ive taught you the basics. Now its just a matter of how to train them.) That was what he said when I told him that I would take a break from my training. So, lets go to the royal castle today! Woof! Buhi! Both Night and Akatsuki responded to my call by raising their paws. Yeah, they are cute, as always. Oh, but I dont have this worlds money what should I do? If I think about it, this is my first time in a different world city. Theres no way Id be able to buy anything in my current state if I didnt have money. If possible, I want a map to the royal capital, and even if there is no map at worst, there may be an existence that acts as a bus or a taxi like on Earth, so money is essential. There are some materials in the item box that can be exchanged for cash, but I dont know if its safe to exchange them for money. I already know, but according to Owen-san and the others, and sage-sans book, the monsters inhabiting this forest should be among the most powerful in the world. If I sold the materials of such monsters, it might attract a strange kind of inadequate attention. Hmm how can I make money Due to the effect of the Door to the Other World, all the unwanted materials such as magic stones can be converted into Japanese yen, but the reverse is not possible. While I was pondering this, an idea suddenly came to mind. Huh? If materials from the other world can be converted to Japanese yen at the door, and conversely, if Japanese yen and Japanese things cant be converted to yen at the door why dont I just try to sell those Japanese items in the other world? Woof? I asked Night and Akatsuki who were nearby, but they just tilted their heads, as if to say I dont know. But I have a feeling that this idea isnt a bad one. Just because I cant redeem the money at the door doesnt mean I cant exchange it at the other worlds shops. However, since items from the other world, such as magic and weapons, are weird items that people usually have, its basically difficult to exchange them for something other than at the door. Well, clothing, armor, and dishes may be sold as antiques. I dont know the level of civilization in this world, so I cant say for sure. Still, based on the atmosphere of this house that the sage-san left me and the armor Owen-san wore, I imagine that the civilization is around the medieval period. As long as its tailored to that period and doesnt have electronic devices or anything, I think it will sell. If thats the case, items that could be sold on Earth, like pepper, were worth as much gold back in the middle ages, and other things like soap or a mirror. In times past, they wouldnt be as clean as they are today; even a pinch of soap today can remove dirt and leave a nice smell. However, since there is a concept of drop items in this world, it is really unknown how far the things of the Earth can be used. Well, theres no point in even thinking about it, so lets get everything ready. I had some Japanese yen thanks to the other worlds drop items, so I bought ten bottles of pepper, ten more soap, and ten hand mirrors from the nearest supermarket. Yes, if theres anything Im missing, I can just go home and get it! Woof. Buhi. So, finally, we left for the city. Since we regularly hunt for monsters around the entrance and escort Lexia and the others back to their homes, we didnt have to worry about getting lost until we reached the exit. While I was walking along the road, defeating a Goblin Elite or something like that, Night found a monster Ive never seen before. Woof! Woof! Hmm? Whats wrong? Woof. When I looked in the direction that Night had indicated, I saw a sheep covered in white fuzzy body hair gently eating grass. And after eating a certain amount of grass, it begins to sleep unprotected on the spot. W-what was that sheep For now, I activated [Identification]. [Sleep Sheep] S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Level: 400 Magic: 10000 Attack: 7000 Defense: 8000 Agility: 3000 Intelligence: 10000 Luck: 500 [Skills] Sleep Magic (R), Charge (N), Sleep Healing (SR), Magic Detection (R) It was an indescribable status. It would be an amazing threat for the old me, but my training with Usagi-san made me fight an even more dangerous existence than this, and more importantly, my status is now more than the sheep in front of me because of my own evolution. More than that, the fact that its magic power and intelligence are 10,000, above its other stats, it was expected that I thought it would probably use magic. By the way, is sleep magic, as the name implies, magic related to sleep? I also never saw a skill called [Sleep Healing] before, and its a bit unusual. As I was thinking like that, the sheeps eyes suddenly opened, and it turned its gaze towards me. It seems that its [Magic Detection] skill has seen through my [Assimilation]. As I thought about that, the sheep immediately got up and charged at us. However, from my experience of King Mithril Boars rush, its movement was very slow, and I decided to finish it off with plenty of time to spare. I make [Formless Bow] appear and put the arrow against the string and draw it down. If Im going to aim for it, it would be the large torso as a target, but I feel like it might flick the arrow somehow, so I exclude it. If this were a kick, it wouldnt be a problem, but now that its approaching from the other side, theres no need to jump into that danger. Kicking is a practice, but Id rather train with other weapons as well. And as if to determine my thoughts, my intuition told me that it was better not to aim at the torso. And while I was at it, I also checked the weaknesses with my [Minds EyeRevision] skill, and since the result was that the forehead was the best, I decided to aim at it quietly as well. With a single breatha single arrow. Huh! !? M-mmeeeeeee! Combined with the momentum of the sheeps rush, an arrow pierced its forehead with a force that penetrated through the sheeps brain. Then the sheep screamed and went wild on the spot, but eventually, it turned into a particle of light and disappeared. Phew I managed to finish it off with a single long-range attack. Woof. When I approached the drop items, I found a palm-sized magical stone, meat, and other items, anda futon had fallen out. Why? At any rate, when I tried to check the magic stone with [Identification], it was marked as B-class, so that sheep must have been B-class too. [Meat of the Sleep Sheep] :: Meat from the Sleep Sheep. It has a sticky texture and a strong peculiarity, and its taste can be different in normal cooking. However, smoked meat made from this meat is famous as a very popular snack among drinkers. [Wool of the Sleep Sheep] :: Sleep Sheeps fur. It has excellent heat and moisture absorption characteristics and is very comfortable to the touch, so bedding and clothes made from this wool are popular among the nobility. However, since Sleep Sheep itself is extremely rare, its price is extremely high. [Horn of the Sleep Sheep] :: It cannot be used as material for weapons, but if it is made into a powder, it can be used as a sleeping potion to induce a comfortable sleep. For that reason, it is sometimes used by those who wish to euthanize themselves. Its hard to use any of these things. No, the meat is fine because I personally dont care about the taste, of course, but the wool and horns are fine too especially the horns, the way they are used is a bit scary. Well, thats okay. Rather than this material, the problem is this futon, no matter how I look at it. Fugo? Fugo~. It looks like a very ordinary futon; even the quilt is included in the set. However, I knew instantly that it wasnt an ordinary futon because Akatsuki, who charged at it, was already visibly exposed to a slackened appearance. For now, Ill have to check it out to find out what it is, so as usual, I activated [Identification]. [Paradise Futon] :: A rare drop item obtained from Sleep Sheep. It is always clean and does not require washing. Warm in the winter and always comfortable in the summer without getting sticky with sweat. It can also be used outdoors. There are two modes: Inertial Sleep Mode and Comfortable Sleep Mode. The Inertial Sleep Mode makes you feel as if you are in paradise, and the Comfortable Sleep Mode lulls you into a comfortable sleep as soon as you get into the futon, allowing you to experience overwhelmingly good quality sleep and wake up refreshed in the morning. The texture of the futon is also extraordinary, and just touching it makes you feel happy. While you sleep, your HP and MP will increase, albeit slightly. As always, the Daily Necessities series. Im no longer surprised, but the Daily Necessities series is still a blast. Its no wonder Akatsuki has become so limp. And thankfully, it can be used outdoors as well. What a good omen! Woof. Buhi~. Akatsuki, its time to go. Buhi? B-buhi Akatsuki returned to my feet in a troubled manner, showing his regrets. Dont be so depressed. When we go to bed, well all be sleeping together with this. Woof! Buhi? Buhi! With that promise, we continued onward and finally reached the forest entrance. Were finally here! Woof! Buhi! Well, it was long and short After that, we found another Sleep Sheep again, and since the sheep were in a group, we got about ten additional sets of bedding. Well, it doesnt matter how many we have its not like we have a problem, but considering that we have a spare set, well Hmm? Well, if I had used transition magic to this point, we could have moved faster, and we wouldnt have been attacked by a bunch of Sleep Sheep .. No, this is one of the real thrills in this kind of thing! Yup, yup. Woof? Fugo? Seeing how I was somehow nodding to myself, Night and Akatsuki nodded their heads. Well, as I recall, Owen-san and the others were headed that way, right? Im also wondering whats on the other side of the street where Owen-san and the others were headed, but for now, lets head to the town thats said to be near this Great Devils Nest. When I was taking care of Luna, Owen-san and the others seemed to have gotten some food and other things there. Then Ill get some other world money or something and go to the capital. Alright then, lets get going! Woof! Buhi! And so we set out for the city of the other world. Book 3: Chapter 6: Part 3 Another chapter brought by the Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 After walking for a while, I could see what looked like a city in the distance. Oh, is that the city Owen-san was talking about? Woof. Buhi. Since I finally arrived in the city of the other world, I walked a little faster and approached the city. Then I saw a line of people standing in front of what looked like a huge castle gate, which is something I dont see very often in Japan. Maybe they were doing something like an inspection. When I tried to get in line as well with the others, for some reason, I got a lot of stares. For a moment, I thought Night and Akatsuki were being watched, but after seeing those two, for some reason, they looked at me and were surprised to see me, so the cause must be me. Did I wear something weird? I thought I shouldnt scare them, so I took off my [Bloody War Demon Series] armor and put on the shirt and pants that Sage-san left for me. However, everyone just came to look at it and didnt do anything in particular, so I decided not to worry about it anymore. On the other hand, I also observed the people around me and was very surprised to see someone coming in a carriage. Ive seen the carriage that Lexia-san was riding in, but that time I saw it from a distance. Its quite impressive to see it up close. Ive never ridden in a rickshaw or anything like that, but then again, you dont get to see or ride a horse-drawn carriage very often on Earth. While observing other people without being rude, I was surprised to find someone with specific features that startled me to the point where my eyes widened because that person has some kind of animal ears growing on his head! What is that? Cat ears? No, dog ears? Whatever, but still, its incredible. And when I looked closer, I saw that he even has a tail! Maybe its not uncommon in this other world, but people dont seem particularly surprised to see such people. Well, even in Japan, if you go to Akiba, youll find people wearing cat ears, but those things are just fake. Even though we havent even entered the city of this other world yet, my excitement is already quite high. As I was spending the normally unenjoyable waiting time without worrying about anything at all, it was finally my turn. Yes, the next one? U-um whats wrong? When I go in front of a man in armor who looks like an official, he looks at me and is surprised to see me the same way as the others while Im waiting. No, Im sorry. Im just a little surprised, thats all. Now, do you have any identification or anything else on you? Huh? IDs? .. I dont have oneeeee! No, if I think about it again, thats right, that! I mean, you need a passport to go abroad! Ive never been elsewhere before! I dont know if Im going to get caught if I dont have it, but I have my student ID card no, thats a no-no! In contrast to me, who was very impatient, the official said with a smile. By the looks of it, you dont have any. If you dont have it, you dont have to worry. R-really? Yeah. But youre going to have to cooperate with me on the reason for coming to this city and a little inspection, but once thats done, Ill let you into the city. Thank goodness! I was at a considerable loss! I thought this was the end of my life here! I was deeply relieved, and the official laughed again when he saw that. You dont have to be that nervous, though. Now, first of all, can you tell me your name and why youre here in this town? Ah, Im Tenjou Yuuya. The reason is, its simply for tourism. Yeah, Im pretty sure were going to do some sightseeing. I really need to leave right away to head to the royal capital, but we can look around for a bit. Sear?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I see by the way, are those two animals your companions? Oh, yes. This is Night, and this is Akatsuki. Woof. Buhi. They both raise one hand in greeting as I introduce them. Theyre pretty smart, arent they? Well, I suppose it wont be a problem to get them into the city. Now, now that weve got that out of the way, would you mind touching this crystal? That said, the one presented to me was a round crystal that looked like something a fortune teller might use. Im not sure, but since it was supposed to be an inspection, I touched the crystal without any hesitation. Then the crystal immediately glowed blue. Blue there is no criminal record All right, you are permitted to stay in this city. I hope you enjoy your stay. Apparently, he was able to confirm whether I was a criminal or not. That crystal can tell you if youve committed a crime or not what a useful tool. If we had that on Earth, the number of false convictions would decrease. Even so, its still convenient; the other world is really amazing. While admiring such things, we were able to enter the city safely. Well, now that weve got it in safely, Id like to get some money somewhere soon. Im a tourist, but I dont have enough money for sightseeing. I hope to find a place where I can sell my Japanese items. I took out one pepper and tried to check it with [Identification]. [Pepper] :: Pepper from Earth. The quality is better than the pepper from the other world, and the value of this one bottle in the different world is about five gold coins. When selling it in the merchants guild, if you want to negotiate, you should start negotiating at about 15 gold coins and sell it at around 5-10 gold coins. Its a more detailed explanation than I expected! And it even tells me the selling price? Isnt this too excellent? I do not know for sure, but the [Identification] skill gave me more answers than I was looking for. I dont know how much this thing called a gold coin is worth in this worlds money, but its very helpful. And it even includes the place to buy it, which I wanted to know the most right now. Apparently, there is an organization called the merchants guild, and I can sell it there. Okay, Night, Akatsuki, lets go to the Merchants Guild! Woof. Buhi. However, since I dont know anything about this area, I approached the soldier at the gate and asked him for directions. The soldier who was standing at the gate seemed to be acting like the police on Earth, and he showed me the way in a polite manner, which was very helpful. Then we went down the road we were told, and we saw a beautiful wooden building. There are many carriages and people busily coming and going with wagons and loads of cargo, I thought vaguely that this is the center of the logistics of the city or something. As we walked into the neat and clean building, we were met with many of the same stares as we had been waiting to enter the city. I felt a little uncomfortable, but as I looked around inside, I saw what looked like a receptionists office, so I headed there. Um, excuse me. Y-yes! Can I help you? The woman at the reception desk looks at me in surprise and then immediately responds with a sales smile. Err, I actually have something Id like to sell Huh with all due respect, is this your first time dealing with the merchant guild? Yes. Im actually new to this city, and I dont have any money on hand, so I thought Id sell what I could for now. The receptionist nodded in understanding at my words. Very well. Then I need you to register with the merchants guild first before you can make a sale or anything else, is that alright? Yes, here they are. Registration. I hope it doesnt cost me anything I ask a question despite my anxiety. Does it cost any money, or is there any inconvenience for registering in any way? No, there are no fees. Also, when you belong to a [Guild], you will be issued with an identification card, and above all, each guild will provide you with some accommodations. However, there are cases where misbehaving people are expelled from the guild, but in general, there is no inconvenience. I see, so there are no particular disadvantages to registering with the guild, huh? And its very helpful to know that theyll issue me an ID card. Also, a [Guild] is an organization that exists in each country and is not interfered with by the country. Of course, since we have branches in each country, we will abide by the laws of that country and cooperate with them in case of emergencies, but we can prevent unreasonable interference from the country. Ooh. I couldnt help but raise my voice, but an organization called [Guild] is amazing. On the contrary, its very troublesome to make enemies with an organization like that Well, I dont intend to do anything terrible, so I think its okay, but Im a little afraid. More importantly, from what Ive heard, its obviously only beneficial to register, and if I cant sell the pepper without registering, then its no use. Thank you for the explanation. Then can I ask you to register me with the guild? Very well. Now, please fill this out. That said, what was handed to me was a strange paper made of a different material from the paper I usually use. Its hard to write on it because its so rough And the pen is also a quill pen wait a minute, Ive never used a quill pen before. What? Can I just dip it in this ink? Although I struggled with the unfamiliar paper and pen, I managed to finish filling out the form. The content was only to write my name and hometown, but I had a problem with my hometown, not to mention my name. Well, I ended up writing Japan. Its done. Yes Yuuya-sama, isnt it? Is this place called Japan the name of your country? Yes. Its a small island nation in the east. It was on Earth, though. I see, I thought you were from this continent. If the continent is different, there are places that dont have a merchant guild. Anyway, it looks like theres no problem, so this completes the registration. This is your guild card. What was handed to me was a plate made of a material that was probably iron. There was only one name and one star engraved on it. That guild card of yours, I believe it has a star engraved on it. That star indicates your rank within the guild, and the one-star qualifies you as a traveling merchant, but you cant have an official shop at a stall or in the city. However, you can sell your goods through the merchants guild. If you want to open a stall, you need two stars, and to own a shop, you need three stars. How can I get more of those stars? The Merchants Guild increases the number of stars for your contributions to the guild. When you own a stall or shop, a percentage of the sales will go to the merchants guild. And for those with one star, the amount of money you sell directly to the guild will be converted into a contribution, so you will be able to raise your contribution to three stars without too much difficulty. However, from the four-star level onwards, the criteria for judging is more stringent because it requires trust as a merchant, a track record of sales channel development, and the release of new products. I seewell, I dont have a problem with the qualification of being a traveling merchant, so I dont need to think about it too much. Well, its a long story, but may I see what you would like to sell, Yuuya-sama? Oh, yes. I said and took out some pepper from the item box. Then, for some reason, the receptionist opened her eyes and was surprised. Ah, [Item Box] holder Excuse me? Huh? I-Im sorry! Its very rare to see someone with the [Item Box] skill but to be able to use [Item Box] is a huge advantage for a merchant! Yuuya-sama is very fortunate to be a merchant! R-really? Oh, no. I didnt think [Item Box] was such a rare skill But its not like theres no one else who has it, so its okay, right? As I was thinking about that, the receptionist looked at the pepper that was handed to me and shouted Eh eeeeeeeeeeeehh! I was greatly surprised. When I was startled by the receptionists astonishing voice, the receptionist immediately bowed his head. I-Im very sorry! Ive never seen such high-quality pepper and most importantly, such a beautiful bottle I-is that so? I knew that Earths pepper was of high quality. But, I guess the bottle is rare, too. Excuse me, how many of these items do you have? Eh? Uh I have about ten right now, but if you give me time, I can still get them ready as well, you know? I-I see excuse me, Ill have to check with the guild master in a moment. The receptionist bowed and then opened the door behind her and went away. I mean, whats a guild master? Hmm is this more valuable than I expected? Woof? Buhi? The way Akatsuki and Night tilted their heads was adorable, and I immediately relaxed by them. By the way, I found out later that the receptionist here seems to be using a special magic tool, which works to prevent other people from recognizing the conversation between the receptionist and the merchant. It is said that thanks to this, the receptionists surprise and the communication between us is unknown to the people around us. They say that information is vital for a merchant, and the tools of this world are handy. The baths are taken care of every time. [T/n: Im not sure what this bath is about.] As I waited in a daze for a while, a gentleman-like elderly man with white hair and a neatly trimmed white beard, as well as the receptionist from earlier, appeared. Is that him? Yes! Yuuya-sama, thank you for waiting. This is Reinhardt-san, who is in charge of this merchants guild. Hello. I am Guildmaster Reinhardt. Hello. My name is Tenjou Yuuya. Fumu thats an odd-sounding name. Tenjou is that your name? Ah, no! Yuuya is my name, and Tenjou is my last name? Or a Family name? How do I explain this? And if I think about it, people over here and Japanese names are reversed in order. I felt foreign countries have the same name format as this world, right? For some reason, I was quite rude in answering the question with a questioning form, but Reinhardt-san didnt mind it. Hahahahaha! You are quite an interesting boy. And Ive never heard of this Japan country I often visit this continent as well as other places in my profession, but where is it located? Well its a small island nation in the east. I see umu. You seem to be of a higher class from what I can see. No, no, no! Im just a civilian. Im a high-class person; you said if we talk about a high-class person on Earth, it must be Kaori and people like that. Besides, as someone who also sees the real princess, Lexia-san, I would be embarrassed if someone called me a high-class person. When I was thinking about that, for some reason, both Reinhardt-san and the receptionist widened their eyes and were surprised. I-I see. So youre not a nobleman then? Yeah? Rather, what made you think that? I asked that as a pure question, but Reinhardt-san and the receptionist just looked at each other and smiled bitterly. U-umu. well, is it common for nobles to hide their status? If you say youre a commoner, then well let it be that way. Huh? Huh? I dont know why, but am I under suspicion? And he said I was an aristocrat. When I made a dumbfounded expression, Reinhardt-san took the pepper I brought with me. T-this is! Yuuya-kun, do you really want to hide your identity? As I said, Im a commoner! As I thought, they suspected me! I mean, whether Im a nobleman or not. Well, Im sure there are many ways to be suspected in this world, but being mistaken for a nobleman doesnt happen very often, does it? When I think about it, its a surprisingly valuable experience for me, isnt it? But if I had to lie, wouldnt it be better to lie and pretend to be an aristocrat instead of saying Im a commoner? Whats the sad thing about having to appeal as a commoner? No, Im a small citizen, but Id be an imposing man too if I could. Then Reinhardt-san and the others said, Dont worry, you want to hide your identity, dont you? I see, I see. I cant say anything since they give me a very warm gaze. Regardless, Reinhardt-san looked at the pepper and the pepper bottle from various angles for a while, and eventually, let out a sigh. Sigh I think Ive dealt in a variety of products over the years, but Ive never seen a pepper of such high quality. Moreover, there are nine more like this at the moment, and I heard that you could prepare them again if we give you time are you sure? Yes. Fumu Reinhardt-san looked thoughtful for a moment, then he told the receptionist something and had her bring out a large leather bag. Well, this pepper Ill buy it all for 100 gold coins. 100 gold coins! How much is that? Reinhardt-san and the others shrugged at my question. Im sorry for being ignorant. Nevertheless, when I looked it up in [Identification], it said that it should sell for between 5-10 gold coins, but thats the highest amount I could sell for. I dont know how it came to such an appraisal result, but as someone who wants money now, Im grateful. I-I see. Its not surprising that you dont know the value of the coins since you are not from this country, but let me briefly explain then, there are four types of coins in this country, in order of lower value: copper, silver, gold, and white gold coins. Also, 100 copper coins = one silver coin, and so on, so that 100 lower coins equal one upper coin. Oh, thats easy to understand. And in this country, it takes about five gold coins for the average family of four to live unencumbered for a year which means you now have enough money to live without working for about twenty years. .. What did he just say? A family of four can live with five gold coins for a year? And I can live without working for twenty years? But thats with a family of four, and if Im alone, thats one gold coin and a little more in a year In other words, I dont have to work for about a hundred years. .. Eh eeeeeeeeeeeehh! This time I was greatly surprised. Its not that surprising, is it? Im sure youre used to handling a lot of money like this. Of course not! Sure, I got a lot of money on Earth thanks to the other worlds drop items, but as a former poor man, I still get confused when Im faced with a lot of money! At this rate, I dont know how long Ill be able to break out of my little citizenship! Thats okay. For now, Yuuya-kun will be upgraded to three stars with this sale. Eh?! Even though Im already full when it comes to 100 gold coins, I didnt expect to get a guild rank increase here. Then the receptionist who was surprised collected the guild card that had just been issued from me and went through some procedures. The requirement to become a two-star is to sell one gold coin, and the requirement to become a three-star is to sell ten gold coins. And I think youve already received a brief explanation from the receptionist The requirement to become a four-star is an achievement. But in addition to that, theres a condition that the number of transactions must reach 50 gold coins. You have just registered and do not yet have the trust and so on required as a merchant, but since you have met the 50 gold coin requirement, as soon as you get that achievement, you will be able to become a four-star. I see and even so, I never thought Id be ranked up to three stars in one fell swoop from the first day of registration. I dont have any plans at the moment, but with this, Ive obtained the right to own not only a stall in the other world, but also the right to own a regular store. Is that all thats left to buy? Reinhardt-san asks me that while handing me a guild card with two more stars on it while Im stunned. When I came back to myself with those words, I remembered the matter of the map. Ah, y-yes. That purchase is all I need for now, but do you have a map to the royal capital or something like that for sale? Hmm? A map to the royal capital, do you have something to do in the royal capital? Yes. I have an acquaintance in the royal capital, and Im going to go see them, but I dont know the way, so I thought Id buy one if I could. When I said that, Reinhardt-san and the receptionist looked at each other and told me, looking a little awkward to say. Uh that, Yuuya-kun. I dont know how it is in your country, but it is basically forbidden to make or sell maps in this country. Eh!? I-is that so? When I was surprised by the unfamiliar rule that maps are not allowed to be made, the receptionist replied instead of Reinhardt-san. If the map is handed over to the enemy, there is a possibility that they will read our movements. Thats why its only the military that makes the maps. I-I see It was a reason I, who had never experienced war, could not understand. Indeed, if detailed maps and other information were handed over to the enemy, they would use those maps as a reference to place their armies, and there would be a chance that the movements of this side would be anticipated. However, there are adventurers and merchants making maps under the cover since the country cant control them completely. Well, if they are exposed, it would be a serious matter, so I wouldnt recommend it. Its a death sentence at worst. Death!? A death sentence if I think about it carefully, I dont know anything about the laws of this world, and it would be horrible if I were breaking the law in any way, so I should look into the law as early as possible. But I dont have time for that this time! If the map you need is the one used by the military, then if youre lucky, you may be able to buy that map for a very high price from the military. Nevertheless, its not something to worry about, since you can always earn money if you dont take such a big gamble and make a steady income. Y-youre right. Oh, and if you plan on being an adventurer as well, remember that dungeon maps are allowed to be made and sold. Dungeon? Is there such a thing in this world? Yeah. The information inside the dungeon is the property and lifeline of the adventurer. Buying and selling that information is not forbidden, and if anything, there are merchants who specialize in selling maps of a dungeons interior. As expected of a different world, there seems to be a lot of professions that I dont know about. Anyway, no one can buy the maps since its forbidden to create or sell them outside of dungeon maps. I understand. But what on earth is going on Owen-san says that the road from this city to the royal capital is a straight one While I was wondering how to get to the royal capital, the receptionist gave me some advice. Um, if youre going to go to the royal capital, why dont you use the rideshare carriage that regularly leaves from the rear gate? Rideshare carriage? Yes. Its a carriage that goes out to the royal capital at regular intervals, but if youre registered with the merchants guild, you can ride it for cheap, and with this, you can definitely get to the royal capital without a map! Yes. Besides, there will be adventurers sitting in the rideshare carriage as bodyguards, so its a safe option. I see I knew there were things that served the same role as buses and taxis, but if they actually existed, there was no reason not to use them. Besides, if theres an adventurer in the form of an escort, it certainly seems safe. Like the fact that I was surprised by the amount of pepper money, traveling alone in a strange place, even by earthly standards, is dangerous. And there are monsters on the highways, thats precisely the point. For those who have no way to fight, it would be a relief to have an adventurer. Well then, Ill take that rideshare carriage. Oh, yes, you should. Theyll be leaving in about thirty minutes, so youd better get there a little early. Thanks to the skill [Language Comprehension], it was converted into 30 minutes in my brain Is this worlds sense of time the same? After receiving directions to the rear gate and the means of transportation, I greeted Reinhardt-san and the receptionist and left the merchants guild. Book 3: Chapter 6: Part 4 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 4 Staring at Yuuya after he left, Reinhardt opened his mouth. Even so [Japan], huh Um, Guildmaster. So, even the Guildmaster hasnt heard of it? The receptionist looked at Reinhardt in surprise, but it was related to Reinhardts achievements. Ever since he was young, Reinhardt has been traveling around the world, opening up sales channels for rare ingredients and foodstuffs one after another, and creating specialty products for poor villages to enrich them. Having traveled to many countries and reached the position of guild master of the merchants guild now, Reinhardt was surprised to learn that there were countries that he didnt know about. Yeah. But the guild card did indeed state that. In other words, hes not lying. Although it hadnt been explained to Yuuya, lying on the guild card was not allowed. For this reason, it was common for them not to lie about information that they didnt want to be known, but rather not to include it from the beginning. But, if there were something hidden, it would have not a small impact on the merchants who put trust first, so not many people would hide it. However, it was surprising to see that Yuuya, who looked to be having special circumstances no matter how one looked at it, had sent out a neatly written statement without leaving it blank. And there doesnt seem to be a single lie in that description, which makes Reinhardt snort. Anyway as well as this pepper, what kind of technology does it take to make a glass bottle that is so transparent? With the other worlds technological power, many glass bottles were contaminated with distortions and impurities, so the clear glass bottles Yuuya left behind were impossible to find. This one bottle is going to be bought by all the nobles. Eh? I-is that so? Many noblemen like to be seen as fancy. And they show off their familys wealth by collecting and displaying rare items. Huh I dont understand them at all. Dont worry. I am still not sure what a nobleman would think. Reinhardt, who smiled bitterly at the honest receptionists reaction, looked at the glass bottle again. Hmm I guess I could have recommended an auction for this. Well, this time, it seemed like they wanted money right now, including registration, but Thats right. If its an auction, the pepper will be twice as much as this purchase. Since its a good time, Ill let him know if he stops by this guild again next time. The receptionist nodded at Reinhardts words and went straight back to her duties. Lets keep an eye on his movements. Lets keep an eye on what hes up to and hope that it will benefit us. The day may come when he will change the economy of this world. Then Reinhardt muttered a small word and went back to work as well. As I walked out of the merchants guild and walked up to the rear gates boarding carriage, I saw a lot of people I never see on Earth, such as people with beast ears like I saw at the main gate and a short, muscular man who is as tall as a child. I enjoyed looking at the buildings atmosphere and people in the surrounding area with the feeling like I was a complete country person. What a beautiful place it is even more so than I imagined. Woof~. Fugo. There are things like street trees and flower beds, and the whole place looks clean. I thought the atmosphere was on the civilization level of medieval Europe or so, so I had a prejudice that the streets were very dirty. As I recall, I think Ive learned that in the history of the earth, feces and urine were everywhere around that time. But in this city, I dont feel that way. The air doesnt seem to have a strange smell mixed in with it, and it must be really clean. Rather, the air is cleaner than Japan, where the level of civilization is advanced. Well, I know the air is clean because there is no exhaust gas or anything like that. But its still strange. Is the water and sewage system maintained? As I walked around with that thought in mind, I noticed a small light flying around the city. Eh? The light had colors such as red and blue, and although they were few in number, there were black and gold colors flying around as well. The colored lights were gathering in large numbers in the street trees and flowerbeds, and they looked like they were somehow dancing. Hey, whats that thing? Woof? Buhi? I asked Night and Akatsuki, but they didnt seem to know what I was referring to for some reason. Huh? Cant you see them? You see, there are a lot of them gathered at that street tree and other places Woof-. Fugo. Fugo fugo. Night squealed apologetically in response to my question, and Akatsuki shook his head as if to say, What are you talking about? E-eeh? I rubbed my eyes and looked again, thinking it was an optical illusion, but the ball of light is still there. I looked around to see if the people around me could see it as well, but no one was paying attention to the ball of light. Being curious, I activated my [Identification] skill towards the green ball of light that was nearby. Then, it was displayed as [Wood Spirit], and the other red spheres of light were [Fire Spirit] and so on, and anyway, I knew that the sphere of light was a spirit being. However, for some reason, the skill display that always appears doesnt appear, but why is that? Hmm its a spirit that doesnt exist in Japan, or rather, I have never seen it, but maybe its so normal in this world that I dont pay attention to it, or perhaps Im really the only one who can see it Probably because its so common, they dont care about it. In fact, the spirits dont seem to be approaching humans, and it probably doesnt affect them. After convincing myself that it was appropriate, we started walking again. After a while, we came to a large plaza. There was a large fountain, several benches, and some sort of food stalls around it. In the square, some people are eating food that may have been bought from that stall, and children are playing happily, this may be the citys recreational area. We didnt have enough time to do a solid tour of the city, but we arrived at our destination as we walked around the beautiful city. Is this the rideshare boarding area that Reinhardt-san and the others mentioned? There is a gathering of what looks like a riding carriage, a strong-looking man with armor and swords at his waist, and a group of people dressed normally, just like me. As soon as I approached the carriage, the man who was looking after the horses noticed me. Oh, Welco a nobleman!? No, Im not! The man looked at me and said I was a nobleman, and I immediately denied it. Why is it that they think Im a nobleman like that? Um why do you think Im a nobleman? When I asked that question to the man, he gave me a puzzled look. Its because you you are wearing such an expensive outfit, and the way you behave gives you an air of elegance. Thats why I thought you were a nobleman trying to travel incognito. Apparently, it was because of my clothes and such. I-I see it seems normal clothing and behavior on Earth would make me look like a nobleman here. Well, thats fine um, you are the coachman, right? T-thats right, but do you perhaps want to ride in this carriage? Ah, yes. Is it available? Ah, it is. Thank goodness Ah, and can these boys come along for the ride? Woof. Fugo. When Night and Akatsuki raised their paws in greeting, the coachman-sans eyes widened for a moment, but he immediately smiled. Theyre quite lovely fellows, arent they? As long as they dont go on a rampage, that wont be a problem. Thank you! Well, I forgot all about it until we got here, but there was a possibility that Night and Akatsuki might not get a ride. Here, get in. Were leaving now. When the coachman-san urged me to get into the carriage, there were people sitting side by side who were going to the royal capital just like me. I took a seat at the very edge among them, and the carriage slowly started to move. The royal capital, huh what a place it will be, I cant wait to see it. Woof! S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Buhi! Listening to Night and Akatsukis replies, we were heading to the royal capital. Book 3: Epilogue Another chapter thanks to thePatreon. Heres the epilogue for volume 3, see you next week for vol 4~Enjoy the chapter! Epilogue Oooh! Woof. Buhi. Its been about three hours since we left the city. We finally arrived at the royal capital. We were able to proceed at a moderate speed without any particular monster attacks on the road, but here I experienced the carriages harshness. I-I never thought a carriage would be so uncomfortable to ride in Woof Fugo. Akatsuki didnt seem to mind too much, but Night and I were tired of the carriage ride. Because I completely imagined it to be like an Earth taxi or bus, and I had even imagined the ride to be comfortable. But in reality, the only roads we rode on were only paved ones to some extent, and the wheels were not made of rubber, so the vibrations were incredibly hard on my hips and buttocks. Fortunately, thanks to the leveling up and my evolved body, the pain isnt unbearable, but its enough to make me not want to experience it again. And I even thought about using transference magic on the way back, for sure. Considering the travel time was about three hours in the carriage, it would have been at night if I had walked to get there. Well, maybe I would have gotten there faster if I ran, but its not like there wouldnt be people on the road, and I should avoid being conspicuous as much as possible. It may be too late now. Regardless, we finally got there. The royal capital is ridiculously big, and the main gate where the checkpoint is being held is more than twice as big as the first city we visited. We were able to go through the checkpoint while riding in the carriage, and we were able to enter without a problem when I used the ID I got from the merchants guild right away. And when we arrived at the desired stopping point, I got off the carriage after thanking the coachman for his help. Hmm! As expected, the vibrancy of the royal capital is different. The first town was crowded with people too, but this place is far more crowded than that. How can I say it I even remember the first time I went to Tokyo and was surprised by the number of people there. However, the difference between this place and Tokyo is that even if you look around, there isnt a single skyscraper, and instead, there are many strange sundries? The street is crowded with shops that you wont see on Earth, such as a suspicious-looking shop filled with a variety of items, a shop with swords and other weapons displayed in a disorderly fashion, and a shop decorated with magnificent armor. When I moved my gaze to the end of such a busy street, I saw a white castle that was proud of its grandeur despite the distance between the two. I make a dumb face at that magnificent castle. Eh, could it be that were going to such a magnificent castle? Im not in the right place, am I? I should have decided to go to the royal castle, but I almost wavered in my resolve when I saw the castle. How reminiscent of a famous castle in a certain dreamland. However, I cant stay dumbfounded forever, and now that Ive come this far, I have to get to the castle as soon as possible, or else Im going to get sick to my stomach at the fact that Im keeping the royalty waiting. Having made up my mind, I headed to the castle with Night and Akatsuki in tow, but I was so nervous that I couldnt see my surroundings any more than I did when I just arrived. When I arrived safely at the castles gates, one of the soldiers, who was probably a gatekeeper, noticed me. You. You are not allowed to be up here. U-um my name is Yuuya Tenjou, who was invited by Owen-san and the others The soldier hasnt been particularly threatening, but he still naturally tenses up his shoulders. That one, its like that thing where you naturally tense up when you walk past a policeman, even though you havent done anything bad on Earth. I think its the same thing. As I was thinking about such a trivial thing, the soldier, who had checked my appearance as if surprised, opened his mouth even more hurriedly. Yu-Yuuya-sama, wasnt it! Ive heard the story about you, but please wait a moment! The soldier left his post at full speed and quickly returned with a person in tow. T-this way. Yuuya-dono! Oh! Its been a long time, Owen-san! The person the soldier brought with him was, to my surprise, Owen-san himself. I didnt expect you to be here already I thought it would take you a little longer. Im sorry I just happened to get some time, and I thought it would be best to come as early as possible was it a nuisance? No way! We are grateful to you for thinking that far. Now, come on over. When Owen-san took me through the gate, the soldiers guarding the gate postured and saluted me, and I could not help but feel a sense of dread as they did so. No, I think theyre doing it to Owen-san. When I went under the gate, there was another world beyond it. Fountains, which I dont know by what principle it works in this world, and gardens planted with trees, with many flowers in bloom. And in such a garden, there were many balls of light drifting about, just like the ones I saw in the city I stopped by before coming to the royal capital, and it was very fantastic. Woof~. Buhi! While even Night is impressed by the castles awesomeness, Akatsuki is the only one who walks behind Owen-san with his chest out and proudly follows him. Its really amazing that Akatsuki doesnt lose herself in such a tense place. I asked Owen-san about something that had been bothering me, though it was true that my nerves had relaxed a bit. Speaking of which, where are we headed now? Mmm? Yeah, I didnt tell you. Were on our way to the audience chamber. Huh? S~ea??h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Audience an audience? D-dont tell me were going to meet the king all of a sudden? Excuse me for saying this, but I havent prepared any formal attire for it! I had forgotten all about it with the thought that I had to go to the royal castle as soon as possible, but Im going to meet the countrys head now, and Im wearing normal clothes that the sage-san left me. Owen-san laughed in response to my panic. Hahaha. You dont have to worry about it that much. Even though its an audience, its unofficial. His Majesty wont care that much about your clothes, either. R-really? Besides, is it safe to bring Night and Akatsuki to that audience room? Thats not a problem either. Night-dono was the one who saved Lexia-sama, too. Its just Fugo? As he was about to say that, Owen-san looked at Akatsuki with strange eyes. Um, Yuuya-dono. This little pig was there one before? Oh, this boy his name is Akatsuki, and hes just recently joined the family. Buhi~. Akatsuki responded to my introduction by raising his paws nonchalantly. Hes cute, but isnt he too cavalier? Is everything okay? Owen-san didnt say anything in particular about Akatsukis gestures, but his cheeks twitched a little. I-I see. Yuuya-dono has a very unusual addition to his family I-is that so? And although it wasnt family, I was also able to have a master and apprentice with Usagi-san. There are a lot of strange connections, thats for sure. Im grateful for that, though. Im sure theres no problem with this Akatsuki-dono coming with you. Also, I dont think theres anything to worry about, but I only ask that they do not be rude to His Majesty. Ah. Well yes thats right! I dont even remember what to wear, and I dont even know what etiquette is! You see, I never got to meet royalty on Earth. Do I have to bow ninety degrees? Or should I kneel? Which one! For some reason, I panicked at the unexplained confidence that I could handle it, and I was about to ask Owen-san about etiquette, and before I knew it, I was at the big door. I was completely oblivious to my surroundings because I had so many thoughts and reminders on the road to this point. In front of the heavy, beautifully crafted door, soldiers who looked like guards were waiting on either side of it again, and they called out as we reached the door. Yuuya Tenjou-sama has arrived! Huh? Despite my surprise, the door opened, and I had no choice but to follow as Owen-san walked in without a care in the world. No, wait. What am I really going to do? My head spins to its fullest extent more than ever before, yet I still activate the skill [Mental Enhancement] to calm my mind. Then my vision gradually widened, and I became aware of the scenery around me that I couldnt see before. Looking around the room lightly, there are a number of magnificent pillars standing, and the area we are walking on is covered with a red carpet. At the far end of the staircase, at the top of which was a grand man sitting in an ornate chair. The man wears a bright red cape with a crown on his head. On either side of the man, a black-robed figure, probably the kings guard, was standing by. Looking around a bit more, I saw Lexia-san and Lunas figures right next to the stairs bottom. Both of them smiled when they saw me, and even Lexia-san gave me a big wave. This is should I wave back too? No, but were in front of the king Having found Lexia-san and the others, I regained my composure again, and when I had made some progress, Owen-san knelt down, so I hurriedly imitated him and knelt down as well. Imitating that, Night also got down, but only Akatsuki was flustered, so I hurriedly made him get down just like Night. Your Majesty, I have brought Yuuya Tenjou-dono here. Good. Its just a single word, but his words are so full of dignity that I naturally feel like I will stand tall despite my face being down. S-scary Then, with such a dignified voice, he finally calls out to me. Yuuya, was it? Lift your face. Y-yes When I look up, stiff and nervous, I automatically see the kings face. Hes Lexia-sans father, and hes an amazingly handsome man. So, are you the one who saved Lexia? Y-yes. So, are you the one who was proposed to Lexia? H-huh? H-huh? What is that? What is he asking me all of a sudden? Besides, hes looking grumpy to me! While I was already in a cold sweat, the king finally stood up, glaring at me. So no, you! Youre the bastard who seduced my daughter! Eeeeeeeeeeeeeehh? S-seduce!? What is he talking about? I dont understand whats going on anymore, Im just amazed, while Owen-san, who was also kneeling, suddenly stood up. Your Majesty, even though its unofficial, were in an audience! Cant you endure it? I can! Then, do it! You are still the king, right? Owen-san, who is talking to the king in a rough tone, says so. No, can you please not confuse me further? Im not sure I can keep up with this. After finishing the exchange, which was like a rambling exchange, the king sat down in his chair in a sullen manner, and carelessly opened his mouth. Hmph. I am Arnold, the King of this Arcelia Kingdom. Y-yes Um, Im Yuuya Tenjou. And this is Night and Akatsuki. I introduced myself according to our names formality and introduced Night and Akatsuki, but still, the king. Arnold-sama seems to be in a bad mood. Sure, it must be awful for a father at that age to think that his lovely daughter has a wicked bug on her, but its not like Im the one who asked Lexia-san to marry me, is it too much? Can I cry now? Im already overwhelmed with nervousness, but when I introduced myself, Arnold-sama stuck out his hand. Here. Huh? Arnold-sama furrowed his eyebrows as I tilted my head, unsure of the meaning of that hand. What, you dont know what it means? You come all this way, and you dont have a single souvenir for my little girl? Your Majesty! From what I saw just now, the arrogance is too much! Yuuya-sama is a benefactor of Lexia-sama! Yes, Father! And yet, whats your attitude from earlier? When I was stunned by Arnold-samas behavior, Owen-san and even Lexia-san said that to protect me. But well, thats right. Its strange that I came all of a sudden, and more importantly, that I didnt have a single souvenir for Lexia-san, the kings beloved daughter right? Im so self-centered that I forget that stuff. I should be more careful. As I reflected on my clothes and etiquette, and the souvenirs there as well, I saw that Owen-san and the others still had a lot to say to Arnold-sama. Its my fault, and Im really sorry. Is there anything I can give them right away I desperately thought of the things in the item box and remembered a certain thing I got before coming to this royal city. I got a lot of them along the way, and theres nothing wrong with giving them to Lexia-san. Besides, if I give this to her, she wont dislike it right? U-um! Hmm? When I call out to Arnold-sama and the others who are still arguing with each other, Arnold-sama turns to me with a sullen look. Um I honestly didnt know what would be good for you, Lexia-san how about this one if you dont mind? With that said, what I took out of the item box wasthe [Paradise Futon]. With the effects of this futon, anyone would be happy to receive it. After all, it promises a comfortable sleep! Well, its called a royal gift, so maybe its a weapon? Perhaps it would be better to give the weapons out here, but it would give the soldiers a strange misunderstanding if I gave the weapons out here, and its a gift for Lexia-san. It would be troubling to receive a weapon, but there would be no need to worry about that if its a futon. For some reason, Arnold-samas eyes widened when I took out the futon thinking that. Oh, you have an item box? Oops, is that a surprise here as well? I know its unusual for a merchant guild, but this is all I had to do since I was storing it in the item box. If Im going to hide the item box, Ill have to think of something to do with it. I took out the bedding, and one of the soldiers takes it and hands it to Lexia-san. What is that no way, a futon? A futon! Arnold-sama, who saw the soldier handing Lexia-san a futon by his side, looked at Lexia-sans face with a panicked look as it was. Then for some reason, Lexia-sans cheeks were red. Well, Yuuya-sama! Youre so bold! As I was tilting my head, not understanding the meaning of this, Arnold-sama turned red in the face and shouted. Yooouuuu! You seduced Lexia openly in front of me hereeeee! What are you talking about? Seduction? What does that mean? Do you want to feign ignorance? Enough of this, get out of here now! Eehh? I came here because I was called and now he wants you to leave? Owen-san put his hand on his forehead and lamented to me, as I could no longer understand the reason and was just confused. Thats right I had forgotten all about it, but Yuuya-dono is not from this country. So its not surprising that he doesnt know the customs C-custom? As I paled at some uneasy words, Owen-san gave me a troubled look. Yuuya-dono. In this country, giving bedding to the opposite sex means that you want to marry her or share the bed with her. Eh. In other words, if you gave Lexia-sama a futon as a gift, then Yuuya-dono has made that invitation. If this were a different gift, then nothing would have happened I-it was my fauuuuuultttt! I cant even grasp the customs, thats for sure! Eh, so Ive asked his daughter, Lexia-san, in front of Arnold-samas eyes, for for the night? As my mind was blanked by the gravity of what I had done, I saw that Arnold-sama was receiving a sword from a robed person who was waiting nearby. Enough If you dont leave, then youll be turned into [Slashing Sword Greacle] rust here! Your Majesty, please calm down! Yuuya-dono doesnt know the customs of this country! No, theres no need for discussion any more! No, calm down! Why did you guys give him the sword too? As Owen-san is desperately trying to stop Arnold-sama from coming to cut down on the stunned me, Night, who had been lying on the ground with no regard to the situation until now, suddenly got up. Then Night stares at the ceiling and starts to roar. Gurururu Eh, Night? I was startled by Night, who suddenly began to roar, and when I turned my gaze to where Night was glaring at as well. Huh? Your Majesty! Wha-? Suddenly, several men in black appeared from the ceiling of the room. W-What are these guys? Your Majesty, get behind me now! Lexia, stay with me. Then Owen-san and the wizards who were guarding Arnold-sama stepped forward to protect him, and Luna stood to protect Lexia-san. Who are you people! You who are about to die, you dont need to know. One of the black-robed people told Arnold-samas words with cold words, and as he gestured to search his pocket, he took out what looked like a mysterious crystal. Huh! Hey, stop that guy! Ugh! [Fire Arrow]! The crystal held by the black-robed man shone as the robed people made fire arrows appear to stop the movement of the black-robed figure and released them all at once. [Sealing Magic Barrier]. Wha. At that moment, the arrows of fire that were flying towards the man in black disappeared. Thats too bad. Now no one can enter this place, and no one in this place can use magic. The only people we need to watch out for in your guard are Owen and the court wizards there, but once weve shut down the magic like this, we only need to worry about Owen. My head is so full of people who come here and make no sense to me that they are really for the audience. Stop it already. Come on, Arnold. And now, Lexia. Youre going to die here! As he said that, the men in black all at once attacked Arnold-sama and the others. Owen-san and Luna managed to defend them, but due to their different numbers and apparently moderate skill, even Owen-san and the others were having a hard time dealing with them. The people in robes have tried several times to activate magic, but apparently, the man in black is right, they cant use magic in this room right now, and furthermore, they said that no one could break-in, so even if they wait for reinforcements, they wont come. Lets see I was leaving behind a while ago, but its not good no matter how it looks, isnt it? Feeling this, I immediately gave instructions to Night and Akatsuki. Night, come with me and neutralize the people in black with me. Akatsuki it seems you cant use magic in this place, but Akatsukis [Sanctuary] is a skill, so its probably okay, and if anyone gets hurt, use it to heal them, okay? Woof! Buhi! Both Night and Akatsuki responded cheerfully to that, and I smiled. Well then lets go! As I said, I used my direct leg strength to approach one of the black-robed men who were closest to me. Eh? The man shouts dumbly, surprised to see me suddenly in his back, but I ignore him and, aware of Usagi-sans teachings, I slam a kick into his torso, holding back as best I can. Guhaaaaahhh! The man in black who was kicked by me was blown up, dragged the rest of the group down, and crashed into the wall, knocking them unconscious. Suddenly, a few people had been unconscious due to my attack, which attracted the gazes of not only the men in black but also Owen-san and the others. If I cant use magic, then I shouldnt use it. Or rather, since Im not used to fighting with magic, its easier to fight in my current state. Well, to make sure that I really cant use magic, I tried to conjure up flames in my palms to appear but it came out just fine. What? How can you use magic! The leader of the attackers shouted that at my appearance, but I didnt know that either. Im just checking it out, and it works. Its a very special magic circuit of the sage-sans, could that be the cause? After all, its the magic circuit of someone who seems to have stepped into the realm of God However, since no one but me seems to really be able to use magic, it seems that Im the only one who can currently use magic. Its an indoor room, and if theres a fire or flooding, its hard to clean up. And although I can use all the weapons that arent magic, like magic, Im afraid of wielding a weapon poorly and destroying the room, so this time Im going to defeat them with just a kick. Ive only used all the techniques taught to me by Usagi-san against monsters, and it will be a good training exercise. While the black-robed men stared at me dumbfoundedly, I went straight to kicking with Night, taking away their consciousness one after another. As expected of Yuuya-sama! I cant believe you beat them in an instant! Yuuya, arent you getting stronger than before? W-well, that strength has helped me, though When they saw me fighting the men, Lexia-san and Luna were saying something, but I couldnt hear them well because I was so focused on the fight. Rather, its amazing how normal Lexia-san, the princess, is in this situation. What the what are you! And its only the first person who used the crystal and looks at me and says so, but I ignore his words and hit him with the last kick. I looked around again to see that the person had also hit the wall and passed out. Night had knocked down a few people, and Akatsuki hadnt acted particularly well, so I guess no one was hurt. Thats good. Relieved for the moment, I asked Arnold-sama and the others, who were still stunned. So what do we do with these people? Huh? Owen! Tie these men up now! Ha! Instructed by Arnold-sama, Owen-san, and the others, along with the guards, restrain the unconscious attackers. Then, while restraining them, the hoods of the black-robed men were removed, and as they were carefully examining their belongings, Owen-san found an object and froze. T-this is What is it, Owen. What did you find? Yes. In this man Theres the coat of arms of His Highness Prince Rhaegar What!? Arnold-samas eyes widened more than ever at Owen-sans words, and he sat down on his throne without strength and gave one instruction. Put them in a cell and keep them on high alert. I am sorry but I will return to my room for a moment. Ha. With a dizzy step, Arnold-sama left with his guards. In their place, a new group of soldiers arrived and took the detained assailants under Owen-sans direction. As I helped without understanding, I was just watching the scene with Night and the others, when Owen-san approached me with a serious look on his face. Im sorry, Yuuya-dono. Eh? It pains me to tell you this after you have come to the royal capital, but the kingdom is in a mess now Yuuya-dono. Can you help us for the sake of the royal capital or rather the kingdom? Eeehh!? Without really knowing what was going on, I was getting caught up in the problems surrounding the kingdom. Book 3: Afterword Afterword sea??h th§× Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality.Thank you for picking up this story again. Im the author, Miu. Its been a while since I moved to Tokyo, but Ive been experiencing the pain of the crowded train every time I get on it. And every time I get on a crowded train, I cant help but think about how I wish I could use transfer magic like Yuuya. Now, about this story, Yuuya welcomes Akatsuki as a new family member, and a rabbit appears on the scene to become both master and apprentice. I used to be allergic to dogs and cats, so I always longed for a family of animals. When I moved to Tokyo and had my allergy checked for the first time in more than ten years, my allergies to my favorite food, buckwheat noodles, dogs and cats, disappeared, and I was delighted from the bottom of my heart. I am not allowed to have pets in the house I live in now, but thanks to this, I was really happy to be able to welcome a family member such as a dog or cat into my parents home. The next thing that Yuuya, who had acquired both items and magic and was becoming more and more powerful, acquired was a master named Usagi. Yuuya, who has been growing up in his own way until now, will become even more powerful now that he has a proper master. Along with that, beings with overwhelming power in other worlds such as Holy and Evil. Furthermore, the existence of S-class or higher monsters, and other worlds that Yuuya has yet to see are expanding. Yuuyas interaction with people from other worlds besides Luna and Lexia increased, and little by little, his presence in these other worlds became evident. This is also true in the real world, where Yuuya refuses to enter the entertainment industry, but the people around him have their own agendas that do not allow him to do so, and it is impossible to predict what will happen to him in the future. I hope you will read this story while thinking about what kind of future he will have. On the other side of the seriousness of the story, Ive been able to write a few more of the things I originally wanted to do in this story, such as the appearance of a series of daily necessities that I wish existed in the real world, and the trading of earthly goods for a high price in another world, so I hope youll enjoy it as well. Well, I would like to thank the editor in charge of the book, who helped me to make it even better, despite all the meetings and inconvenience I caused him. Rein Kuwashima-sama for drawing not only the cool and beautiful characters, but also the animal characters such as Night and Akatsuki. Id like to thank all the readers who enjoy Kakuyomu and who have picked up and read this series from the many books on the site. Thank you so much. See you soon. Book 4: Prologue Im sorry to my dear patrons and readers, I just got back from training and business tripm so thats why I wasnt able to deliver the chapters as usual. Im sorry for the inconveniences, and thank you for your patient. And heres the chapter for today, but rest assured, there will be more to come for this week, enjoy~Prologue A lot of mysteries still remain shrouded in the Great Devils Nest. That is where Yuuyas master, the White Rabbit, was confronting a certain monster. (.) Grrrr The one confronting Usagi was a powerful monster called [Lion Emperor], a powerful monster that could only be encountered by going to the Great Devils Nests inner parts. Although it was such a monster, the Lion Emperor could not move in front of the little rabbit. Thats because it knows that if it moves even the slightest bit, it will be defeated at that moment. While the Lion Emperor was desperately trying to figure out how to get out of this situation, Usagi was extremely carefree. (Fumu if its like usual, it will be over instantly, but) As Usagi said that, he looked at his right hand. At that moment, a ball of water emerges in Usagis right hand. (If its only with magic, what would happen) Guh! Gggaaaaahhh! The moment Usagis consciousness shifted to his right hand, the Lion Emperor didnt miss the opening and jumped at Usagi. The moment it jumped on Usagi, the place where the Lion Emperor was standing earlier was severely gouged out, and with the speed at which the Lion Emperor moved, the surrounding [Black Hard Tree] was knocked down by the wind pressure alone. The Lion Emperor was convinced that Usagi had been killed with this full strike. But (Hmph.) Gaah! Usagi lightly jumped and avoided the Lion Emperors attack, and then pushed the water ball he generated with his right hand directly against the Lion Emperors back. (Crush it!) Gaaaaaaaah! What was in Usagis right hand earlier should have been a small water ball. Still, the moment it was pressed against the Lion Emperors back, it turned into a mass of several dozen tons of water, literally crushing the Lion Emperor. Usagi that knocked down the Lion Emperor with that blow tilted his head in frustration as he landed. (U-umu Maybe its because I dont have enough magic power; I guess I can only do that much If possible, I would have liked to use more powerful magic like Yuuyas, but) At the time when Yuuya was involved in the problems of the Alceria Kingdom, this is how Usagi continued to train in the Great Devils Nest, and as a result, he continued to hone his studies in search of a result that was as satisfying as possible. Of course, he didnt miss the training of kicking as well as magic, and he was also thinking about the next content he was going to teach Yuuya. (Sigh well, I guess Ill just have to give up on magic power only because of my race) It was the moment when he said that with some sadness and tried to find a magical cultivation partner again. (Hmm!?) Usagi hurriedly jumped up from the spot. Then something sharp passed through the place where Usagi had been standing just now at a tremendous speed. Using the air as a foothold, Usagi prepared his stance and landed safely, and while he was wary of his surroundings, he shouted. (You have the courage to pick a fight with me. Show yourself.) .. A girl appeared in obedience to Usagis words. Her skin was white and smooth, and her hair was as white as snow. Dressed in a white sleeveless dress, no great emotion was visible on her face. Her gray, somewhat mysterious eyes were coldly staring at Usagi. (Who are you why did you attack me out of the blue?) However, the girl did not answer Usagis question. Nevertheless, the hostility radiating from the girl didnt change, and Usagi narrowed his eyes at such a girl. .. (It seems you dont want to talk. Then Ill have you tell me the reason even if I have to force you to speak up!) When he said that, Usagi accelerated at once and instantly thinned the distance with the girl. (Haaaahh!) Usagi unleashed a kick at the girls head with minimal movement. That kick was indeed a full-bodied blow with no holding back. Even Yuuya was still unable to deal with this Usagis all-out movement. It was expected that the girl would also receive Usagis kick. But Too slow. (Huh?) The girl effortlessly avoided Usagis kick. Then the trees around the position the girl had been standing in just now disappeared. Usagis kick had contained that much power. Seeing that movement, Usagis eyes widened slightly. (You can follow this movement of mine?) .. Once Usagis question was asked, the girl just kept a blank expression on her face. (Refusing to speak, huh Then? Are you one of the Saints? How dare you attack me? Is this a publicity stunt?) Nay. Im here to invite you. (Invite me?) The unexpected words made Usagi tilt his head more and more. Its because the girls purpose is completely unknown. But without paying any attention to Usagis condition, the girl told him calmly. I will destroy everything in this world. This world, which has no salvation, is not worth defending. (What?) Which is why I want you to cooperate. To destroy this world. (What do you mean by that?) Usagi let out a dumbfounded sigh and stared at the girl as if he was shooting through her. (No salvation? Dont decide that on your own. Im fulfilled. Dont drag me into your selfish agenda. What do you want in the first place? Who in the world do you think you are?) Silence. If you refuse it, then Ill just have to kill you. All that is useless will be eliminated. Same goes for you. (Say what you want, girl) Just as Usagi jumped at the girl again and was about to unleash another powerful blow, Usagi felt a chill in his neck and changed direction, following the sensation. Just then, something suddenly fell between Usagi and the girl. It crashed into the ground, causing the ground to cave in significantly, changing the terrain around it. Usagi turned his attention to the thing that had fallen while adjusting his stance in the air and let out a surprised cry. (An arrow!) Its over. After the girls words that told him so matter-of-factly, the sound of many things cutting the wind came into Usagis ears. (This sound is.) He tried to find the sound source, but the sound seemed to be coming from all directions. And then. (Huh?) Suddenly, a huge amount of arrows flew at Usagi. [Arrow Cage]. (Huh! That technique is!) The name of the technique released from the girls mouth sounded familiar to Usagi. He tried to ask her about it, but the arrows that attacked him would not allow him to do so. Each of the arrows had a power that made it a kill, and it was something that could finally be surpassed by using Usagis kicks and ears with all his might. But in a situation where arrows of such power were constantly attacking, it seemed like it was only a matter of time before Usagi would get hit. But that is only if it was Usagi in the past. (Haaah!) Huh! Magic? Usagi created a mass of wind in his palm as he swatted away the incoming arrows. Then he slammed it to the ground as hard as he could, and the compressed air exploded, blowing away all of the flying arrows. Usagi, who finally managed to avoid the arrow attacks, rattled his neck lightly. ([Arrow Cage] As I recall, it was a superb technique to anticipate all of the opponents moves and shoot arrows in advance to attack the opponent from all directions at the same timing? How can you use it? That technique is the Archer Saint technique. Why are you.) Strange. Kicking Saint, Ear Saint. You shouldnt be able to use magic. But you did. Same. [T/n: shes indeed talking like this.] (The same? Im in the middle of learning from Yuuya. No, it doesnt matter. How are you able to use that technique?) Yuuya? Right. Uncertainty identification. Change of target. Cause he taught the Saint. High alert. Temporary return. (Huh? What are you talking.) Thats enough. I wont kill you until I kill Yuuya. (Do you think Im going to let you do that!) While making a mass of compressed water and a mass of wind appears in both palms, he tried to slam a kick into the girl with all his might so that she wouldnt escape, but the sound of something cutting the wind jumped into Usagis ears again. (Wha-!) Thats a shame. Ive still got a lot of arrows to play with. (Damn it!) Although the arrows didnt attack as much as the [Arrow Cage], Usagi couldnt help but scream against the arrows that attacked to make sure he couldnt get close to the girl. (Huh? This girl how many steps is she predicting?) Nevertheless, Usagi and the girls distance was steadily closing, and it looked like she could close in on Usagis attack range in a few more minutes. But. Shocking. This Cant be helped. I cant escape at this rate. Secret skills. (Wha-?!) Then, a black mist suddenly erupted from the girls body. (That power is the aura of Evil?) Usagi had seen that power before. Because that black mist was none other than the power of Evil, which was Usagis nemesis and other Holy bearers, and because of the girls use of the power of the Evil, Usagi couldnt understand the existence of the girl anymore. Thats because the girl, for some reason, wears a sign of Evil, and on top of that, she uses the Archer Sage technique. The girl generates a black mist and takes a tremendous amount of distance from Usagi. Return. I have no use to be here. (Hey!) The girl then disappeared straight into the depths of the forest while Usagi struggled with the arrows. When Usagi managed to finish dealing with the incoming arrow unharmed, he immediately headed towards where the girl disappeared. (Damn. Theres not even a sign of her anymore, huh?) Usagi, who didnt even know which direction the girl was headed in, searched the area for a while, but he had to give up in the end. (That little girl, what the hell is she?) Once he calmed down, Usagi thought about the girls identity. (The technique used by that little girl is definitely the one used by the Archer Saint in the past even the name of the technique should have been the same.) Although he tried to search for the girls identity while sorting through the information little by little, he couldnt get an answer. (I havent seen Archer Saint for several decades now I guess the quickest thing would be to check with the Archer Saint herself, but where is she) The most likely explanation for the girls use of the Archer Saint technique is that the girl is the successor to the Archer Saint, but then again, theres no reason for the girl to attack Usagi or anything like that. If the girl is an Evil, then there is no reason for her to acquire the Archer Saint skill. (Invitation, huh) Sear?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Therefore, Usagis most mysterious thing is that he was attacked and then invited to a very unacceptable purpose, such as the destruction of the world. Moreover, it was towards Usagi, who was supposed to be the worlds guardian and was bearing the name Saint. (Has the Archer Saint gone mad? No, thats not possible for that woman but if its any other SaintFist Saint is a possibility) Once the idea is conceived, various possibilities come to mind one after another, but in the end, none of them determine the identity of the girl. Still, there was one thing that he was understood. (I let her escape, but I cant leave it alone.) No matter what, that girl has the Archer Saint technique and the power of the Evil and is about to destroy the world even more. This had to be stopped at all costs. Usagi looked up at the sky and narrowed his eyes. (I have to teach Yuuya a little bit about my technique. Even if hes not a Saint, he can still be able to resist any enemy) With the appearance of the girl, Usagi decided to reevaluate his training for Yuuya once again. At the same time, Usagi himself, in order to master the new power of magic, began to wander the Great Devils Nest in search of a monster to practice magic with again. Book 4: Chapter 1: Part 1 Im sorry to my dear patrons and readers, I just got back from training and business tripm so thats why I wasnt able to deliver the chapters as usual. Im sorry for the inconveniences, and thank you for your patient. Thanks for the Patrons for bringing us another chapter for today, but rest assured, there will be more to come for this week, enjoy~Part 1 IYuuya Tenjou, who had come to the royal capital of the Alceria Kingdom to meet with Lexia-sans father, King Arnold-sama, and had an audience with him. At that time, I gave Lexia-san a [Paradise Futon] as a souvenir, but it seems that giving bedding to the opposite sex means a marriage proposal in this world, and I made Arnold-sama angry. I was in a panic just to offend the king, Arnold-sama, but then suddenly, an attacker came in during the audience. Moreover, the attacker used some suspicious tools and blocked the magic of Arnold-samas personal guards. Furthermore, it seemed that they had deployed what looked like a barrier during the audience, and it was impossible to expect the support of the guards. I dont know why, but those attackers attacked not only Arnold-sama, but also Lexia-san and the others, and the battle began. I was completely out of the picture, and in order to settle the situation, I defeated the attackers, but one of the attackers apparently possessed something that had the emblem of the prince of this country on it, and it turned out that this attack was all planned by that prince. When Arnold-sama learned of this fact, he went back to his room, and Owen-san asked me to help resolve the ruckus and that was to escort Lexia-san. Of course, I accepted it. All of the soldiers are also busy moving around the castle to take that prince into custody, but I cant just walk around without a second thought as a stranger. It would be a disaster if this makes them suspect me too. Then, when I was wondering what I could do, Lexia-san suggested to me. Then why dont we take a tour of this royal capital? Eh? Lexia-sans eyes lit up when she unexpectedly returned the suggestion with a bare minimum of thought. Yuuya-sama has come to this city and hasnt gone anywhere yet, right? So Im going to show you around! Hey, Lexia. You think you can do that in this situation? Although Luna, the former assassin, said something plausible while dismayed by Lexia-sans words, Lexia-sans attitude remained the same. Ara, its fine. Theres nothing to do here; in fact, wed rather become a hindrance, wouldnt we? Its not up to you to decide whether well be a hindrance or not; its the countrys soldiers. Then, Ill ask. Owen, do you mind if I show Yuuya-sama around? Lexia-san immediately asked Owen-san, who was guarding her nearby, but Owen-san held his head as if to suppress a headache. Lexia-sama as Luna has said, why did you think that would be acceptable in this situation I didnt say anything so strange, did I? Because the mastermind of this attack is. well, you know, my brother. The fact that her own brother, the prince, had tried to kill her made Lexia-san look sad. So, if it turns out that my brother is the culprit, of course, the people around him will be wary, right? Im sure even my brother knew that. And Im pretty sure he planned to kill me after the attack. If they failed to do so, the difficulty of killing me would be much greater. But that didnt happen because of Yuuya-samas contribution. Moreover, the worst thing that could happen is that they found out that the culprit was my brother. So theres no more time left for my brother. Even if he wanted to do something from here, he wouldnt have enough people to do it And it hasnt even been a day since the attack, so even if he wanted to gather people from the outside, that would be impossible in this high state of alert, right? Well Isnt it easier now? I hardly need to worry about the assassins from my brother. He cant even send out subordinates or assassins to gather information. If he does that, and those men follow me, well know where my brother is in one shot. So even if I went out here, my brother wouldnt have any information that I had gone out. If so, dont you think its safer to stay outside than inside the castle, where assassins will be sent to kill me as my brothers last pawns? Lexia-sama you just want to go out, after all, dont you? Isnt it obvious? Without seeming to be offended, Lexia-san replied with pride. No, is that okay? Dont you want to take a tour of the city too, Yuuya-sama? Thats well. I mean, Ive come all this way. Id like to do some sightseeing, too. You know? And thats why Im here. Then it would be better if only Lexia stayed in the castle. Ill guide Yuuya myself. Wha-!? Then suddenly, Luna interrupted Lexia-sans words. For whatever reason, it would be bad for the royalty to leave the castle so easily, wouldnt it? Besides, no matter how unlikely it is that assassins will be sent out, it should be safer inside the castle where many soldiers are on alert. Therefore, Lexia should feel safe and secure staying in the castle. I wont stand for this. Youre my bodyguard! Couldnt Owen here be your bodyguard? Kiiiii! I wont accept that! Or rather, Luna just wants to be alone with Yuuya-sama, right? T-thats not true. This is a respectable job, yeah. Youre lying! Uhm Im completely out of the picture, and Lexia-san and Luna are getting more and more heated up before I could speak. But Well then, if I guide Yuuya-dono, and Luna and Lexia-sama wait in the castle, everything will be fine, right? Rejected! Owen-sans suggestion was exactly what I was thinking too, but it was rejected by the two of them, who were in perfect sync with each other. No, it was either in a good or a bad way. However, the rejected Owen-san also seemed to have expected it to happen and let out a long sigh. Haaahhh I understand. Then, Lexia-sama, Luna, and I will guide Yuuya-dono. Owen, we dont need you. This is non-negotiable. I am Lexia-samas bodyguard. Even if Luna is present, that will not change. Ugh Besides, Ill be escorting you from a little distance. Luna will be by Lexia-samas side, so Ill be guarding from the surrounding area. Is that okay with you? Then, well I dont really need to, but I allow it. It cant be helped. Ill allow it, too. Its strange I am definitely more experienced than you as a guard; why do you have to look down on me? The cold attitude of the two of them made Owen-san hold his head as if he was tired. Really, thank you for your efforts. Well then, Yuuya-sama, lets go right away! Lexia-san pulled my arm, and we went straight to the royal capital. Yuuya-sama! Come on, lets go to that jewelry store! Yuuya. Instead of the jewelry store, lets go to the blacksmiths shop over there. Uhm Although I went out to the royal capital, I didnt have any particular place in mind that I wanted to go. I completely left it up to Lexia-san and Luna, but as a result of that, the two of them said where they each wanted to go, and I was in trouble. First of all, I dont even know the value of things when I go to the jewelry store, and most importantly, I dont have the money to buy something as expensive as jewelry No, I guess I could just sell the pepper or something else again. And about the blacksmith, for now, Im satisfied enough with sage-sans weapons and Bloody Ogres drop items, the [Bloody War Demon Series] By the way, Owen-san is escorting us from a distance, so I cant even get him to do something about this situation. Furthermore, since Lexia-san and Luna took both my arms and entwined them with each other, I can feel the touch of their breasts on my two arms! Besides, Im trying to get rid of consciousness from that feeling, so I cant stop the two of them from arguing even more, and its really chaotic. The two of them are walking down the capital streets, with me between them, while arguing, and as one would expect from such a noisy city, people are starting to pay attention to us. They dont come to stare at us directly, but rather they come to glance at us stealthily. H-hey is that guy a nobleman from somewhere? Maybe but the way he dresses, and the way he acts, is very elegant. Kuh! Having two such beautiful women on the side! Damn it! As expected of such a face. Or is it because of money? I guess its both, huh? Although I can feel the stealthy gaze, I dont feel any killing intent mixed in with the gaze, so I dont have to worry too much about it. If there were a gaze that looked dangerous, Owen-san would notice it, and most importantly, theres no way Night would miss it. This time as well, Night was the first to notice the attack on Arnold-sama. As for Akatsuki Well, yeah. However, I noticed here that even though the princess, Lexia-san, was walking around the city, no one seemed to have noticed, and there was no one who came to observe her in a special way. This is because in case she was going out into the city, Lexia-san had changed out of her dress, and now she was dressed in a simple outfit, just like the people in the city. Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Nevertheless, the clothes themselves are shiny, and if one looks closely, one can see that they are made of good materials, not the stiff clothes that everyone else wears. The reason why shes dressed like a commoner like this is what the high-status people called walking incognito. I have seen something like this in the movie Roman Holiday, and surprisingly, no one has found out so far, and it seems Lexia-san has often walked incognito in a city like this. As they made a bit of noise, I bowed lightly to the surroundings and noticed a certain building. A sign with a sword and shield was posted on the front, and the wooden structure of that building resembled a merchants guild building. Perhaps because of the western doors, the smell inside the building drifted up to me, and it smelled a bit like alcohol. Is it a tavern? Its an odd sign for that As I was looking at the building, Luna noticed it and told me. Whats wrong? What is it, Yuuya? Are you interested in being an adventurer? Adventurer? Yes. The building youre looking at is the adventurers guild. Oh! So this is the adventurers guild. To be honest, I dont know what kind of organization it is. It was easy to understand that the merchant guild was a guild for merchants, but as for adventurers, its hard for me to imagine, and I dont really understand what kind of profession that is. When I first invited Lexia-san and the others to my house, it was briefly explained to me about them, but the only thing I understood was that they were slaying monsters and such. While I was looking at the building with interest, Luna asked me. Do you want to go there? Well, Im interested to know. On the way to this royal capital, I did register with the merchant guild. However, Im rather better at fighting monsters than doing business Its not that I dont like to fight, and the reason I fight monsters is also meant to train and gain the strength needed to survive in this world in a sense, but either way, it can be said that Im better at fighting monsters than working as a merchant. Then hearing my words, for some reason, Luna and Lexia-san make a delicate expression. What kind of joke is it that a person who lives in that Great Devils Nest is rather better at fighting monsters? Yuuya-sama in Yuuya-samas caliber, if you say youre a little good at fighting, its indeed a pity for the others Eh? Is that so? My only experience of fighting against people is the attack in the audience room and the one with Luna before that, and I dont think my personality is suited for combat in the first place. I fight to get stronger for the sake of survival, and I dont find any joy in fighting itself. If possible, Id rather spend my time living comfortably with Night and Akatsuki. In addition, Im currently training under Master Usagi, and I still have a lot of work to do in terms of combat using magic. Well, its okay. Now that were here, why dont you also register as an adventurer? Is that so? The merchant guilds guild card is useful enough as identification, but if you want to trade monster materials or accept requests for a little bit of extra money, the adventurers guild is easier. Basically, the adventurers are doing as they please. I see Nodding at Lunas explanation, Lexia-sans eyes lit up, and she agreed. Thats okay, then! I can see Yuuya-sama in action as an adventurer! No, I havent even registered yet I dont think I can be that useful. For my part, if Im going to take a request, I want something that isnt too dangerous. Fumu then Ill register with Yuuya. That way, Yuuya and I can take the request together! Eh, wait. No way! You cant, Luna! Why not? Youre my bodyguard! But that doesnt mean were going to be together all the time, does it? Because Id like to have other ways to make money, too. Luna tells Lexia-san that and then turns to me. Come on, Yuuya, lets just get the registration over with, shall we? Please waiiittttt! Luna put on a victorious expression and entered the adventurers guild building, dragging Lexia-san, who was trying to keep her back, with her. I looked away from it, appalled, and turned my gaze to Night and Akatsuki. Shall we go too? Woof. Fugo. A little later, we opened the western door and went in, and there was, as expected, a tavern-like area on the right as we entered, with some men and women talking and drinking what appeared to be alcohol. At the front was what appeared to be a reception area, where people with armor and weapons were going through some sort of procedure. There is a large bulletin board to the left, and papers have been pasted up. The moment I entered, I felt a lot of eyes on me. Its as if those eyes are assessing my quality; maybe they measure something like my ability. Could it be that they are looking at me with the [Appraisal] skill? But since Im hiding my status with the [Concealment] skill, I think its okay Maybe. While receiving such a gaze, I was unintentionally impressed by the different atmosphere from the merchants guild. As I was looking around, I was approached by Luna and the others who had entered before me. Hey, Yuuya. This way. LikeIsaid! Luna, you cant register for that! You hear me? Come on; well register together. Listen to meeeee! Without looking at Lexia-san at all, Luna smiles as she says that to me. As I approached her while twitching my cheeks at her sight, I suddenly noticed that Owen-san was not here. Huh? Is Owen-san staying outside? Hmm? Oh, that knight is probably waiting outside. The adventurers and the knights are the complete opposite in nature. The knights who keep discipline and the adventurers who seek freedom. Well, more than that, if he were here, he would stand out. Eh, but is that okay? Will Lexia-sans protection be okay? Im good enough to escort her on my own. No problem. Yes, yes! There is a problem! The problem is that you arent allowed to register! So, lets register. Stop ignoring me! At first, the relationship between the assassin and the assassinations target was complicated, but now they seem to be on good terms with each other. Thats good. Anyway, making too much noise would bother the people around us, so we headed to the empty reception desk. There was a woman at the reception desk dressed in a brown outfit that looked like a uniform, with red eyes and beautiful blonde hair tied up in one piece. Excuse me; wed like to register Eh? Y-yes! Registration isnt it! Um, the one who is registering is Me and Me You cant! Luna admonishes Lexia-san, who still continues to say that even though shes already arrived at the reception desk as if she was dumbfounded. You know what give up for goodness sake. As I said before, Im not guarding you at all times. Or is there something else? Are you saying you wont even give me a day off? I-its not like that, but Besides, being an escort alone will slow me down. Its convenient for me to be an adventurer to prevent that from happening. Of course, I would like to take the request with Yuuya, but Im sure Yuuya will be busy, so we wont be able to take it together so easily. Really? After hearing Lunas words, Lexia-san looks at me but what should I say? As far as Im concerned, I couldnt say anything, so I didnt say anything I turned my gaze to Luna in confusion, and she glared at me as if to say, Just nod off. W-whats that Well the reason I was able to come to the royal capital like this is that I had a little time to spare, and what Luna is saying is correct. Even after the current commotion is over, I have to leave immediately I see Lexia-san found out that I dont receive requests with Luna very often, and for some reason, she seemed relieved. Still, when she heard that I had to leave immediately after the current commotion was taken care of, her expression became cloudy again. These are the only things Im a high school student, anyway. Um? Ah, Im sorry! Its going to be me and this lady who is registering, please. I hurriedly told the receptionist, who watched our exchange with bewilderment, and the receptionist nodded once and took out two sheets of paper. That paper, just like the merchants guild registration, seemed strangely coarse and difficult to write on. If this paper is so mainstream, maybe I can sell some copy paper or something. Then the two of you should fill out this form. Yes oh, by the way, what do you think of these boys? Theyre indeed monsters, but do they need to be registered, too? Woof. Fugo. I take Night and Akatsuki in my arms and show them to the receptionist. Actually, can Night and Akatsuki be considered as monsters? Theyre so much smarter than the monsters Ive fought so far, and when it came to Akatsuki, there was no hostility or harm from the start Then the receptionist looked at them in a bit of surprise but laughed gently. No, youre the only one who needs to register. Okay, thank you. While thanking the receptionist, I was about to fill out the paper that was handed to me when I realized that the contents were similar to what I had written in the merchant guild. However, perhaps because of the dangerous job of being an adventurer, Im supposed to write down the weapons and magic attributes that I can use and so on. Do they look at compatibility with the request or something? However I had to get my head around the magic attributes I could use. Magic attributes? Isnt magic something you can do with most things if you have imagination and magical power? Sage-sans book said that imagination and magic power were important, but he didnt specifically mention attributes. In fact, this method was also used to teach Usagi-san, so Usagi-san can use a variety of magic without being bound by the attributes. However, the magic that can be used depends on the amount of magical power, and imagination And thanks to the magic circuit I inherited from sage-san, I can use magic without having to think about it. Im also increasing my magic power by leveling up. Its really various, sage-san. But when I looked at the section of this form, it seems that the magic attributes are common knowledge. Ah the discrepancy between common sense and the sage-san himself is something that was worried about. In other words, if I try to write all the attributes here, its going to be a big deal. In that case lets write something safe. For now, I think water, fire, and wind I think that if there is a space attribute since I use teleportation magic, that will fall under this category as well, but I think thats just as important as writing all attributes. Lexia-san has told me that I shouldnt tell anyone about the teleportation magic. Its definitely not a good idea to let people know. By the way, the reason why I chose water, fire, and wind is that its a magic that is inconspicuous and yet often used. You can use fire when youre camping out, and water is also useful when youre thirsty and can be drunk right away. And with water, you can use it in the forest without having to worry about your surroundings. Also, the wind is invisible, which is very useful when attacking. When I was filling out the form, my hand stopped at a certain column. Um, whats this [Amount of Magic Power Possessed] category? I tilted my head at the unfamiliar words and asked the receptionist, who was kind enough to tell me. Yes. The column there is for you two to fill in the amount of magic power you both have. There are some requests for which a higher amount of magic power is recommended, so I see But what should I write? Is the amount of magic power I have supposed to be the number in my stats magic power column? As I was thinking this, the receptionist took out a clear crystal from under the desk. Then, I will use this crystal to measure your magic power level. Um, arent those magic power numbers in status? Although that is the amount of magic, adventurers basically hide their private parts in their own hands. Thats why this crystal is a magic tool that changes color depending on the amount of magic power, so it can hide detailed numbers and other details. The measurement seemed to start with Luna first, and Luna placed her hand on the crystal. Then the crystal glowed yellow. Yes, customer-san magic power is yellow. Well, Im not very good at magic, anyway. Luna doesnt seem particularly bothered by this, but how much is yellow? Then, please. I knew that the colors would tell the difference, but I had no idea what color was good and what color was bad. I was going to ask, but it was already prepared, so I put my hand on the crystal for now. *Clank* .. The crystal shattered. Theres an indescribable silence between us. Wait a minute. Its broken, but was it my fault? Eh, could it be that I have to pay for it? To be honest, I dont understand the situation at all, but no matter how I look at it, it was probably my fault that the crystal was broken. In that case, I should have to pay for it, but i-its bad! Will the money I have now be enough? Just as I wondered if I had to sell the pepper again, the receptionist immediately came to her senses. I-its surprising I didnt expect you to have enough magic power to break this crystal When the receptionist said that with a quiver in her voice, Luna was taken aback. Hah I didnt expect it to end normally since its Yuuya, but its really unexpected Yuuya-sama, thats amazing! To break a [Magic Crystal] that is said to be impossible unless youre a legendary elf! For some reason, Lexia-sans eyes sparkled even though I had broken the crystal, and the receptionist didnt seem to be angry at me. Eh? U-um what about the reimbursement? The receptionist smiles and shakes her head when I asked that fearfully. No, its fine. I can see that it wasnt intentional T-thank goodness! Apparently, I dont have to pay any reimbursement. Even so, its amazing. Ive never seen someone break the crystal before As I was relieved from the bottom of my heart, the receptionist said that to me while tightening her cheeks a little. It seems I dont have to pay for it, but apparently, Im a little out of the ordinary. No, I just put my hand on the crystal, and she said theres nothing she can do about Despite the accident, I finished filling out the other sections with a quill pen that Im not used to and handed the paper to the receptionist. Then, just before I finished writing, Luna also seemed to have finished writing and handed the paper to the receptionist. Its done. Yes you must be Luna-sama. The entry itself is fine here. Just one thing Id like to confirm, is there anything else you can use other than the Thread in the Weapons to Use section here? Hmm? Whats the problem with the thread? No, theres nothing wrong with filling out the form itself, but the Thread weapon itself is so rare that if I were to appoint a request to Luna-sama, it would be difficult to make sure it was appropriate for Luna-sama. I see Im sorry to say, but I cant use much of a weapon other than that Thread. If I had to say anything, Id say its only martial arts and dagger well, the Thread is very applicable. Im sure you wont make a big mistake, whether its a designated request or not. Besides, theres no rule that says you must accept a request just because its a designation request, right? Yes, I suppose so. Of course, if the request is urgent, or if its a request that has to do with the survival of the country, it would be difficult to refuse In that case, its not even a question of saying no or refusing, is it? Yes. Then, I have no problem. If its too much for me, I wont take it. Very well. So, I guess well just go ahead with it. The receptionist nodded at Lunas words and removed the paper once and took my paper. Uhm you must be Yuuya-sama. The contents of the form are Eh? You can use three magic attributes as well? Thats right. is there something wrong with that? Eh, its unusual using three attributes is just like the people in legends and fairy tales! Oh, hey Im glad I didnt write all the attributes While I am relieved from the bottom of my heart, Luna stared at me. Yuuya. Magic, other than non-attribute magic and life magic, requires talent to use in the first place. And that, you have three attributes I knew that Yuuya-sama was amazing! Luna seems to be dumbfounded, but Lexia-san looks at me with shining eyes. But this isnt because Im amazing; its just that the magic power circuit I inherited from sage-san is too amazing Besides, I only made the three attributes for the sake of convenience, but in reality, as long as I have magic power and imagination, its almost like its unlimited Ahem. Im sorry for being so distraught. The magic one is fine here. No, its not okay, but this is all self-declared, so Huh Does that mean that if I write a lie, Im going to get ripped off somewhere? Lets be careful. Its not a lie, though. The weapons are mainly spears and swords, correct? Yeah, correct. Those are the two that are used most often. The receptionist nodded in confirmation, and she set the paper Luna, and I gave her into a strange machine that looks like a photocopy machine. And the moment she pressed the button, the paper disappeared, and an iron plate came out. I didnt see it in the merchant guild, but I wonder if the same machine was used to build a guild card? Yes, this is Yuuya-sama and Luna-samas guild cards. Freshly registered like Yuuya-sama and Luna-sama will start at the lowest rank, F-Rank F-Rankers can only receive requests from the same F-Rank or one rank higher in other words, E-Rank requests. Also, regarding rank promotion, it will be based on the results of your requests and your attitude within the guild, so there will not be a specific number to promote you to a higher rank. The content is almost the same as the dark guild Luna murmurs quietly next to me. Is there such a thing as a rank in the dark guild? The receptionist didnt seem to hear Lunas murmurings and continued without seeming to change in any way. Do you have any questions so far? Uhm, the assignments is there a rule that you always have to fulfill the request or something like that? No, thats not particularly true. Some people register with the adventurers guild in order to obtain a guild card to serve as their identification, so we leave it up to you to decide whether or not to accept the request. I was relieved to hear that explanation. If there was some kind of quota, I had to take requests frequently. Thats because its tough from my point of view. After all, I usually want to do some sightseeing or have to go to school in the real world. Next is the explanation of the request. As for the collecting type, you must collect the amount of material listed on the request form, but if you collect a lot of material, there will be additional compensation. However, please be careful not to collect all the plants in a cluster. If you collect all of them, there is a possibility that the plant wont be able to grow Fumu if you collect a lot, you get more money, but that doesnt mean you have to collect all of it. Lets be careful. After that, weve been given some basic information, such as the part of the monster that needs to be presented as proof of defeat when doing a subjugation request. Well, even if you dont bring the proof of defeat, it seems that the information is recorded on the guild card, so there is no way to cheat. I didnt understand what the principle was, though. Welllast but not least, the guild basically does not interfere in conflicts between adventurers. Please be fully aware of that. Eh? Oh, I understand. A conflict between adventurers is this a fight? I dont know, but I dont want to fight like that either, so I nodded obediently. Im sorry for the late introduction; my name is Emilia. And now that we welcomed Yuuya-sama and Luna-sama in the adventurers guild. I look forward to working with you in the future. When she said that, the receptionist Emilia smiled. After we finished registering, we left the receptionist and had a little discussion. Well, what do we do now? Now that weve come to the point, we might as well take the request Eh? Are you sure? I mean, Lexia-san and the others have done all the work to guide me, but Its okay! Ive always wanted to make my adventurers debut too! No, youre not even registered. Come on. Im in the mood. In the mood! I dont mind the mood and the adventurers debut, but would Owen-san allow the princess to be an adventurer? While thinking about that, Lexia-sans momentum pushed us to accept the request that we ended up being able to do right away. Heh there are so many different kinds. Well, weve only just registered, so Im sure the requests well get will be limited. Certainly, Luna was right, as far as the requests we could receive, most of them were of the type of helping people in the city, and beyond that, most of them were to defeat monsters with names I didnt even know. Then, Lexia-san is surprised while looking at the bulletin board as well. Its amazing these many requests are coming in for adventurers every day, right? Yes. The dark guild I belonged to has the same with the so-called adventurers guild designation request, so its refreshing to see the request posted all the time like this, or to be able to choose a request at will. I honestly have no idea what kind of existence the dark guild is and what its for, but just listening to Lunas story, I thought it was a pretty decent organization. While the three of us were looking at the bulletin board for a while, we were suddenly approached by a voice. You there. Eh? I turned around and saw a woman standing there, dressed like a witch with a bright red face. Shes that, a witch in a big black hat and a black dress. However, this womans clothes were, how should I say sensational with her chest open so much that it was hard to look at her. Besides she reeks of alcohol. Shes quite drunk. As Im thinking like that, Luna stands between the woman and me. What, do you need something from us? Oh, dont be so wary. I just saw a nice guy and called him out. Y-you cant! Because Yuuya-sama is mine! No, Im not really Lexia-sans thing, but And Ive turned down the marriage proposal didnt I? I was starting to feel uneasy. As I was thinking like that, the woman in witch form slipped past Lunas side and approached me. Then, she held my arms to her chest just like that. Hmm~! The more I look at you, the more I see you as a fine man! What do you think? Do you want to do something nice with onee-san? Huh!? H-hey! Get away from Yuuya-sama! Eeh? Dont worry about it. Its okay. Onee-san will be sad if you reject her like that. Well, I dont know who you are, but I think youve been drinking a little too much. Luna, looking a little angry, grabs the womans hand in witch appearance and pulls her away from me. I-Im saved. However, the woman in witch appearance shows no signs of discipline and smiles brightly, and looks at me as if shes found some kind of prey. Im sorry, okay? But Im an adventurer myself, and if someone looks a little stronger, Id like to get to know them. Eh? I was watching the interaction at the reception desk earlier. The boy there is great, dont you think? If you can connect with someone like that, it might help you in some way. Mmm Im still new to being an adventurer, but Luna seems to understand what the woman says and gives a small snort. The womans smile deepened at Lunas situation. Well, thats the reason Im Grena. Thats about it for today, but Ill be happy to take the request with you at some other time. After saying that much, the woman in the witchs outfitGrena-san left in a flash. Seeing that figure, I say to Night and Akatsuki. Were not quite there yet, and were not as good as Grena-san says by now, are we? Woof? Fugoo. Night tilted his head, and Akatsuki gave me a subtle look for some reason. No, why? Then Luna also looks at me with a subtle expression. Hey Yuuya Eh? No, its nothing. In a way, Id say its typical of Yuuya What does that matter? Its more of a matter of that woman targeting Yuuya-sama! In order to protect Yuuya-sama from that woman, shouldnt I also have to register as an adventurer? No, this Grena persons existence is indeed a problem, but beyond that, if you move any more freely, that Owen guy will collapse. When Luna admonished her to do so, Lexia-sans mouth twitched in a trivial manner, but Yeah, I think she shouldnt do that either. It would be really hard for Owen-san. Mmm it cant be helped. Then lets take a request that I could do as well! There was a request on the board for a herb collection! Even if I cant register as an adventurer, I can still help you with this, right? Thats fine, but youll have to convince Owen to do that yourself. Of course! Im sorry, Owen-san. I dont think I can stop the two of them from doing this While Lexia-san and the others were moving more and more freely, I apologized in my mind to Owen-san, who was taking care of her. Book 4: Chapter 1: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 After our conversation with Grena-san, we decided to accept the request to collect medicinal herbs according to Lexia-sans idea, so we quickly went to the reception desk to finish the procedure and came outside the capital. As expected, we accepted the request, and although Owen was reluctant to have Lexia-san participate in the request, Lexia-sans momentum overwhelmed him, and in the end, he agreed to allow her. Im really sorry, Owen-san. Well, since Yuuya-dono is present, it wont be a problem, I guess. Ive been trusted mysteriously, but Im causing Owen-san a lot of trouble, so Ill try to live up to that trust. It seems that medicinal herbs grow surprisingly everywhere outside this city, and its not hard to find them. However, Ive never seen any other medicinal herbs other than [Complete Recovery Herb], so I asked the receptionist to show me a sample, butwell, I couldnt understand what the difference was between them and the grasses growing around here and there. Speaking of which, the [Complete Recovery Herb] is very similar, anyway. Fortunately, I dont think I can fail since I can use [Identification], and since Luna seems to know what kind of herbs they are, I dont need to worry about it. In fact, Luna, Lexia-san, and the others had said that it would be okay to make a request to defeat a super easy monster, but as expected, Owen-san had done his best to stop them from doing so. Besides, when I looked at the bulletin board, I noticed that the request form for collecting medicinal herbs seemed to have been abandoned for a long time, and when I asked why, I found out that it was apparently left because it was more profitable to defeat monsters such as slimes and goblins, which were in the weakest category in the world, and thats why it was being left there. I dont know how weak they are because my image of slime and goblins is completely of the monsters in that forest, but if I think of the money from completing the request plus the money from redeeming the drop items, then defeating them is probably more fruitful. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Maybe thats why I decided to accept the request to collect medicinal herbs quietly because I was told that if this were the case, the stock of medicinal herbs would eventually run out, and there would be a problem in case of an emergency. Well, I dont really need the money right now, and Lexia-san seemed to want to help me out as much as possible after hearing about the situation, and Luna didnt have any particular objection to the herb collection. By the way, the number of herbs collected to accomplish the request is ten, but it seems that if you collect more than that, you will be paid an additional reward. However, if you uproot the medicinal herbs around you to get that extra reward, the adventurers guild will find out about it, and youll have to pay a fine. Well, it would be very annoying if I picked them all up and they never grew again. However, its not an amount that can be picked up so easily, and the vitality of the herbs themselves is so strong that theyll grow right back if left unchecked, so theres no need to worry Once again, once I stepped outside the city, a pleasant breeze blew through. Hmm the wind feels nice. Well, yes. I wouldnt have had time to enjoy the wind like this in the past, but it feels good to feel it like this. Yes. I, too, have been on the official business lately, or only in the castle, so its a bit refreshing to get some fresh air shopping in the city is nice, but this kind of time is nice too! Lexia-sama. Dont get too excited, okay? I just want you to avoid moving around too much under the current circumstances Owen-san let out a sigh and told that to Lexia-san. I know, I know. But when things are settled down, Id like to have dinner outside on a nice day like this! Lexia-san looked at us and smiled as she said that. Its certainly a moderate temperature, and most importantly, the air is clear, so a picnic would be nice. Well, there will be danger of monsters and such. We entered the meadow just outside the city and looked around while remembering the medicinal herbs Emilia-san showed us. Hmm oh, this is it, right? Then I immediately found something that looked like the herb, and so I activated [Identification]. [Heal Grass] :: A plant that is called Medicinal Herb in this world. It is mainly treated as an ingredient in recovery medicine. It can be used by grinding the leaves as they are and is effective for grazing wounds, etc. It is highly effective to pull them out while being careful not to damage the roots when you collect them. Fumu it seems like this is definitely the medicinal herb, but I didnt know they had an official name for it. Moreover, thanks to the [Identification], I even figured out the correct way to collect it. As I was lightly digging up the soil with my hands, Lexia-san peeked at it from the side. Heeh thats how to collect medicinal herbs, huh? Ive heard somewhere that the collecting itself is not difficult, but its best not to damage the roots as much as possible. In that sense, Yuuyas collection is very careful. Then I can just do like Yuuya-sama did and collect as many as I want! Hey, have you forgotten what Emilia told you? You cant take too many of them, either. Thats right. The medicinal herbs themselves seem to have a strong life force and fertility, so if you leave a few plants behind, theyll be back to normal in a few days I know! Oh, its so boring just to collect, Luna! Lets have a match! Huh? Luna was taken aback by Lexia-sans sudden suggestion. By the way, Yuuya-sama will be the referee! Eh? Im involved too! Ignoring me and Luna, who were surprised, Lexia-san started to run. The winner gets the right to monopolize Yuuya-sama for a day! Well then, let the game begin! Oh, hey, Lexia! Sigh Yuuya. Ill go to Lexias place, so come over after you get as many of the requests as you can get. Or rather, suddenly starting on those terms would be unfair! After saying that, Luna hurriedly headed towards Lexia-san while holding her head. No, thats fine, but why is the right to monopolize me for a day treated as a prize? And how about my will? I look away from them in a daze, but since theyve already gone, I call out to Night. Uhm, Ill ask you two to help me out then, okay? Woof? Buhi.: Heres the herb, and tell me if you find one just like it, okay? Woof. Fugo. They each put their noses close to the herb, sniffed it, and then went separate. I watched as they went to look for the new ones, and then I started to look for mine, and I found one growing nearby and collected it as well. Its simple, but I like this kind of work. I can become more carefree. After searching for a while like this, Night barked lightly. Woof! Oh, did you find it? When I approached Night, there was something that looked like a medicinal herb growing there. However, I felt somewhat strange with it, and when I activated [Identification], it was displayed like this. [Magic Heal Grass] :: A plant that resembles a medicinal herb. However, this doesnt heal wounds but has the effect of restoring magic power. It is mainly treated as an ingredient in magic power recovery medicine. Even if you put the leaves in your mouth, a very small amount of magic power is recovered. The collection method is the same as for medicinal herbs. Apparently, it was something a little different. Too bad! I think this isnt the herb that we are looking for. Kyuunn Dont look so down. Its a good one, at least. Woof. I gently patted Night, who sounded sad for making a mistake. As I collected magic heal grass with Night, who had regained his spirits, I heard Akatsukis voice this time. Buhi! Buhi buhi! Hmm? Did Akatsuki find it too? As we hurried towards Akatsuki, he looked at us and gave us a smug look. We turned our attention to the medicinal herb that he had found while smiling bitterly at his appearance. Eh? And I was at a loss for words. Uh well Akatsuki? I told you I wanted you to find me some herbs, didnt I? Buhi. And this one? Buhi! Akatsuki pointed with his hoof as if to say, This is the medicinal herb. In case something goes wrong, I activated [Identification]. [Ichikoro Grass] :: A plant that must never be eaten. If you ingest it even once, the last thing youll do is pass away to the other world instantly. Unless you have poison resistance and poison invalidation skills, but even then, no one would like to eat it. However, if mixed with the proper procedures and ingredients, it can be transformed into a Poison Neutralizer. All you have to do is collect the leaves. [T/n: Ichikoro means losing easily, being trounced, being beaten hands down and such.] It was different. Its just as strange as it sounds. Everything around it is green, but the grass is purple. Moreover, it has red and yellow spots. The color combination is just as if to say, Dont eat it. Akatsuki-san. Are you saying that this is the herb? Buhi. Yeah, you should look at it more. Buhi!? Akatsuki was shocked by my words. I dont think of it as a medicinal herb, though it could be used as a poison neutralizer if I got the ingredients and procedures right. Well, since Akatsuki found it, Ill take it anyway. We also found some other medicinal herbs, but we couldnt find them altogether as they were not in a cluster. Then, Lexia-san, who was collecting at another location, comes running towards me. Yuuya-sama, look, look! In Lexia-sans hand, there was something that looked like a medicinal herb, but how could it be she was very muddy. Eh, what happened? As I was surprised to see Lexia-san in her muddy state, a tired-looking Luna also comes from behind her. Hey, Lexia. Are you sure youre royalty? Thats not ladylike or anything at all Ara, excuse me. Ive been doing my official duties as a member of the royal family, and my manners are perfect! And isnt this mud a so-called adventurers courtesy? Whats your image of the adventurer in your mind? Uhm you wont be offended, will you? Theyre so muddy Really, Lexia-san was covered in mud and really a mess I would have believed her if she had told me that she had gone head first into a puddle. Well? Isnt it okay? Im not using a dress, anyway! Im really sorry, Owen-san. By the way, both Luna and Lexia-san had the same number of results in the herb collection battle, and the right to monopolize me for a day never passed to anyone. At the time when Yuuya and the others were receiving requests in the other worldKaori Houjou was in her room doing her prep and review as usual. .. Kaori, who had been studying silently for a while, put down her pen for a break and stretched. Hmm I guess the problem is with English and ancient literature As she realized that again, in todays review, she unexpectedly saw a calendar. Come to think of it its almost time for midterm exams When she was thinking about such a vague thought, Kaori suddenly thought of Yuuya. And at the same time, she remembered the incident on the way home after the ball game tournament the other day. ~~Uh! Her face suddenly flushed red, Kaori stood up from her chair and fell onto her own bed, and writhing. What have I done The day of the ball game tournament. She injured her teammate due to her own lack of athletic ability, and when she was depressed, Yuuya gallantly helped her out. Kaori was attracted to Yuuya, who was always there to help her, but Kaori was confused by the first time she felt that feeling. Thats why, after the ball game, she couldnt help her feelings and lightly kissed Yuuyas cheek. Remembering that, she had to writhe and roll around in shyness when she got home. But if she got to this point, no matter how much she had never experienced it before, Kaori could understand how she felt about Yuuya too. I, Yuuya-san She was about to say all that, and when her face became heated again, she buried her face in the bed. Kaori writhed in shyness for a while, but she suddenly felt uneasy when she eventually cooled down. Yuuya-san, hes so nice and maybe he already has a girlfriend and even if he didnt have one, theres no way another girl would leave him alone Kaori suddenly begins to feel depressed, even though she seemed so happy just now. But I dont want to give up either But what should I do Just as she started to think about how to get as close to Yuuya as possible without losing to the other girls, the calendar came into Kaoris view again. Ah! Then, realizing something, Kaori stood up vigorously. Thats right! How about studying for a test with Yuuya-san! For some reason, Kaori begins a questioning soliloquy in a room with no one but herself. However, Kaori herself was no longer in the mood for that, and the content of her soliloquy seemed like a very good idea. I have decided lets ask him about it next time! Kaori thought of the time and went to her desk again. In this way, Kaori began to study again in preparation for the time when she and Yuuya would study for the test together. Book 4: Chapter 2 Another chapter today thanks to the Patreon, enjoy~We returned to the castle after finishing our request to collect medicinal herbs, but something about the situation had changed a bit from earlier, and we felt a different rush than before we left the castle. What happened? No idea As both Luna and I tilted our heads, not quite sure what had happened, one of the soldiers who noticed us rushed over, and whispered in Owen-sans ear. Then Owen-san frowned for a moment, let out a sigh, and turned to Lexia-san. Lexia-sama. Apparently, weve found out the whereabouts of His Highness. I see. Lexia-sans expression darkened as they apparently found out the location of the prince who had escaped. Owen-san, who was looking at Lexia-san with concern, turns his gaze to me. Um Yuuya-dono Yes? If you dont mind, I would appreciate it if you could help us. Eh? Although its disappointing, we were not immediately aware of it when they attacked His Majesty, and furthermore, the assassins items exposed us to a situation where we couldnt use our magic. Moreover, the assassins were all skilled professionals. Thats why, in securing His Highnesss custody, if an unforeseen situation arose, we might not be able to deal with it ourselves. I want to avoid at all costs letting His Highness escape as a result. That is why I am asking you. Would you be willing to help us? D-dont be so formal like that! I dont mind helping if I can! Thank you very much. Owen-san said and bowed deeply to me. Then the soldiers led us to the place where the said prince was hiding. At that time, Lexia-san had decided to stay at the castle in case something happened. Of course, Lexia-sans bodyguard, Luna, is also staying with her. The place the soldiers brought us to was not inside the castle, but a small house on the outskirts of the royal capital. This place is When I was surprised at the unexpected place, the soldier who was showing us around told us. We were unaware of it, but it seems to be the pavilion that His Majesty had prepared for His Highness. Eh? In fact, His Highness seems to have been isolated, and weve never heard of this place before His Majesty said that there would be no other place for His Highness than this place, and after looking into it, it seems to have been the right one. Uhm first of all, the prince was isolated? Thats surprising but more than that, is that okay for me to know such information? Normally, it wouldnt be allowed, but this time, things are different. And its something that we have to inform as well I see Since its called isolated, there are only a few people around, and its quiet. Probably no one lives in the area. Or rather, why is he isolated? Hes a prince, right? When I walked in with my doubts, I saw that other soldiers had already entered and surrounded one man. The man was dressed in very high-quality clothing even from my ignorant perspective, and what was most distinctive was the mask he wore on his face. I think the man in front of me in the situation is the prince but Im surprised by his unexpected appearance. Your Highness, its over. Please surrender peacefully. Shut up, shut up, shut uuuuup! Who the fuck do you think I am? Your Highness Stay the hell away from me! Huh! The soldiers were gradually surrounding the prince and cornering him, but they couldnt seem to get close enough because the prince was wielding a knife in his hand. If you get any closer, I will kill myself right here! Thats Who cares what happens to me anyway? Who cares if I end up dead at this point? I was surprised that such words came out of the mouth of a prince. Eh, hes a prince, right? So why did he say no one would be sad to see him die? At least, Lexia-san and the others were looking sad When I looked around unintentionally, everyone, including Owen-san, had a complicated expression on their faces for some reason. Why? The prince then scoffed, as if he knew such a reaction from his surroundings. See, you cant say anything, can you? You think it would be better for a nuisance like me to be gone! Then Ill die here, as you wish! Your Highness! At that moment, the prince tried to swing the knife down at his neck. Hey is he seriously trying to die? Night! Bite that mans arm and stop him from moving! Woof! Receiving my words, Night fleshed out the prince with lightning speed and bit down on the princes knife-wielding arm directly. Hyii! Nights jump & bites momentum not only deviated the trajectory of his arm, but the prince dropped his knife from the pain. Now! Owen-san didnt miss the opportunity and immediately flew instructions to the other soldiers, and the soldiers all went to restrain the prince at once. The prince hurriedly tried to grab his knife, but was hindered by Night and was stopped in his tracks by a soldier who was originally near him and restrained him on the spot. Then, Night, who has finished his job, comes back with his chest stretched out proudly. Woof. Thank you, Night! Thanks for your help! Woof~. Fugofugo~. I stroked Night many times, and for some reason, Akatsuki stroked Night with his hooves while acting like a big guy. Hey, you didnt do anything, so why are you so high and mighty? Well, I havent done anything either. But Night doesnt seem particularly bothered by it and seems happy to be petted by Akatsuki and me. Yeah, hes cute. L-let me go! Who the fuck do you think I am? Your Highness, just give up. Its Your Majestys orders. We had forgotten that the prince was in custody, and there was only a relaxed air between us, but Owen-san approached us with a bitter smile. Yuuya-dono. Eh? A-ah! Excuse me! It was No, thats all right. Youre very close to each other. Yes because theyre my precious family. Woof. Fugo. Night and Akatsuki also nodded in agreement with my words. Owen-san also nodded at us, smiling gently, but his expression quickly changed to serious. Thanks to Yuuya-dono and the others, we were able to detain Your Highness successfully. Thank you. N-no! Im glad we were able to be of help, too! Thank you. Now, Your Highness. That was the moment Owen-san was about to say something. Grr!? Woof! Night interrupted Owen-sans words with a panicked look and barked. And then. Wha-!? Guaaaah! Ugh! Suddenly, something flew through the window of this hideout. It instantly collided between the prince and the soldiers, and a tremendous impact spread around them. The soldiers were slammed into the wall by the impact. O-oh! Youre finally here! For some reason, the prince smiled happily as me, Owen-san, and the others hurriedly positioned ourselves for the sudden and mysterious attack. Then, a person broke in through the broken window. Checking the situation done. You, failure. Wha-!? The one who broke in through the window was a girl with white skin and white hair. And it was a slightly inhuman-looking girl with mysterious gray eyes. I was surprised at the intrusion itself, but what surprised me even more was the girls appearance. She was a beautiful girl, so beautiful that it was as if she was a work of art. What the are you! Owen-san drew his sword and held it up to the girl, but the girl didnt even look at him; she just looked at the prince. A failure. Therefore, I dont need you anymore. W-what? You cant just leave me here! This originally happened because you guys from the dark guild were weak! Negative. Simply, your lack of planning. And bad luck. Thats all. W-what? I have promised you a higher position by making me the new king! The prince is indignant at the girls words, but the girl does not change her attitude. Wrong. Its a lie to make you move. The real plan. Making you the king of this country, and using you as a puppet. And to wage war on many fronts, killing many people in the process. Wha wh! The result is a failure. And youre now unnecessary. You are not a sufficient pawn for me. You are now decommissioned. The prince looked for words to return to the girl, but apparently, nothing came out; he just opened and closed his mouth. Or rather, listening to their current conversation, is the girl in front of me related to the dark guild? I thought I heard something else that sounded like a lot of stuff was it my imagination? I cant hear very well from here Theres also the fact that the girls identity is unknown, but the most alarming factor is that Night was unable to notice the girls presence until just before. When it comes to Nights ability to detect a presence, he completely surpasses me, so when it comes to escaping that search for him its outrageous. As I was shuddering at that fact, the girl suddenly took out a knife and raised it towards the prince! Its over. Die. N-nooooo! S-someone! I hurriedly tried to stop her at sight, but Owen-san moved before I could. Your Highness! To the girl who exposed her back defenselessly, Owen-san fired a blow with all his might. That attack would certainly reach the girl no matter who saw itthats what I thought. Wha Guh!? In the next moment, something flew again from the broken window, flicked Owen-sans sword, and deflected its trajectory. Owen-san, whose swords trajectory was deflected, used the momentum to take a gap from the girl again. And as the object that deflected Owen-sans swords trajectory was stuck in the wall straight away, we were finally able to find out what it was. An arrow? To my surprise, it was a very ordinary arrow that flew out the window. Then Akatsuki approached the arrow, put it in his mouth, and brought it under me. Fugo~. Huh, th-thank you but dont get so close to anything, thats dangerous! Buhi? I was unintentionally grateful, but there was no information about the opponent at all, and most importantly, if the weapon had any bad effects, it would be a disaster, but Akatsuki took it without a care in the world. Nevertheless, to be honest, I thought that if I knew what this arrow was, I could get a little closer to the girls true identity, so I took the arrow I received and activated [Identification] to it while being wary of the girl Eh? The result displayed in the [Identification] was that it was a very ordinary arrow. There was no special material used in the arrowhead or anything else, nor was there any effect given to it in any way. It was just a genuine arrow. But that wouldnt explain the power of the arrow when it flew through the window or the power of the arrow that deflected Owen-sans swords trajectory. Besides, even though the girl was here, the fact that the attack came flying means that there must be another companion. Then Owen-san, who has arrived at the same conclusion, berates her while staring out with a grim expression. You who the hell are you? What do you want! Unnecessary. No obligation to answer. What? You! Once again, Owen-san tries to attack the girl, but each time he does, arrows fly in from the outside one after another, interrupting Owen-sans progress. I moved quickly to help Owen-san, but again, I couldnt move as I wanted because of the arrows flying around. Damn! The other guy hiding in there is so troublesome! Other guy? Owen-san muttered annoyingly, and the girl who heard the muttering turned her gaze towards him for the first time. Wrong. Me alone. This attack and everything. Huh? Owen-san and I had to be stunned by those words. This attack from the girl in front of me? I dont get it because the girl didnt make a single attack-like movement. Nonsense! Do you really think Im going to fall for your transparent lies? Anyway, Im going to need you to tell me what you want. Right footstep. Cleave from the left. ? At the moment Owen-san attacked the girl, she uttered a mysterious word. But I would soon understand the meaning of those words because Owen-san acted in exactly the same way as the movement the girl had uttered. Then, as if to inhibit that action, an arrow flew through the window again, changing Owen-sans swords trajectory. Then the girl turned her somewhat mysteriously glowing gray eyes to me emotionlessly. I predict it. Therefore, I unleashed the arrow in advance. What did you say? Objective. Im not interested in this man in the first place. Why? Because I will kill everyone in this place. What? The final objective. To kill all of humanity. That goal will only accelerate if you all die. I was stunned, unable to understand the meaning of the girls words that were spoken while ignoring Owen-sans words. While we were appalled by her words content, arrows rained down on us, piercing windows, doorways, and even walls and roofs! Impossible. There is no escape. I let you gather so that all the arrows would be in line at this moment. Goodbye. Theres so much going on that doesnt make sense anymore that my mind cant keep up with the situation at all, but the arrows are flying with the force of blowing up, not just us, but this building itself. I mean, the girl herself is in this place, and is that okay!? Or is it that shes trying to keep the damage from going to her or something? Thats vile! Be that as it may, me, Night, Akatsuki, and Owen-san might be able to get out of this situation, but the prince and the soldiers who were knocked out by the first blow cant do that. So we have to do something about it Whats the way to get out of this situation! Sage-sans weapon series cant help us! Thats perfectly fine if its just me getting through, but its not at all suitable for protecting the majority of people all at once. This is where magic comes into play, but fire, water, lightning, and such things are completely useless. In order to prevent all the arrows that are flying at us right now, using fire would solve the problem in one shot, but at the same time, this house would burn down in one shot. Then! It was less than a few moments, but my head was spinning at a tremendous rate, searching for a way to get out of this situation. Then, at the last minute, I activated my magic with the utmost urgency and momentum. It was a dome-shaped barrier using the wind, and I thought that by activating it, it would drop all the arrows that were currently flying at us. As a result, I released the wind all at once as the dome spread out around me. The power was so tremendous that not only the soldiers who had been stunned, but the prince rolled on the floor, and even Owen-san and Night and Akatsuki stepped on to the spot as they struggled to withstand the wind. However, the mysterious girl didnt seem to be stepping up against the wind in particular, except for her hands to protect her face. That alone showed that she was stronger than anyone else here. Eventually, when the wind died down, all the arrows that had been flying at us had fallen to the ground. Yuuya-dono, were saved! Yuuya? By dropping the arrows, we got out of the predicament for the time being, but as to the girl, this situation was indeed unexpected even for her, and her eyes were wide open. And then, through that momentary gap, Owen-san successfully retrieved the prince who was fortunate enough to be separated from the girl by my magic. Furthermore, Night and Akatsuki also retrieved the unconscious soldiers at the same time as Owen-san and separated them from the girl. The soldiers were knocked unconscious by the girls first attack, but other than that, there didnt seem to be any other trauma, so they were safe for now. We achieved our goal safely. Finally, the only problem left was the girl. Give up and surrender. Owen-san told her while pointing the tip of his sword at the girl, but for some reason, the girls gaze was directed at me. Question. Are you, Yuuya? Eh? Ah, yes. What kind of a normal response is that? I was just When I answered the girls question, Owen-san tsukomiing us. No, I answered reflexively, but forgive me. I just answered when she asked me my name! Anyway, where did she get my name? Or maybe we used to meet in the past no way. If she has such a strong impact on me, Ill never forget her. The more I think about it, the more the mystery only deepens, but not only Owen-san but I also took out the [Absolute Spear] from the item box and held it at the ready, and Night and Akatsuki also looked at the girl without being careless. However. Lucky. I encountered Yuuya. But alas. Unexpectedly, I ran out of arrows to attack. What? The girls face distorted when I asked her without thinking. Really, I didnt expect that. When youre this strong, I need to use the power of Evil. But I dont have enough magic power. Its because of the fight the other day. She muttered something in a voice I couldnt hear, but eventually, the girl looked over at us slowly and nodded. Sear?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It cant be helped. Temporary return. Goodbye. Wha-!? You dont think you can just leave this place Reserve. Thats enough. Then, after the girls words, an arrow flew at Owen-san, who was about to chase her. Moreover, the arrows rained down so as not to allow the girl to be chased, so I and Night and Akatsuki couldnt bypass them either. Didnt you run out of arrows! Silly question. All sorts of situations are expected. This time, return. Goodbye. As a result, the girl put her foot on the first window she entered and ran out of the house. After preventing the arrow, we immediately followed after her, but the girl was already gone, and even Night couldnt follow any more signs of her. Kuh we let her get away Who is that girl? I dont know but that strength its not normal. Besides, based on her conversation with His Highness, Im sure shes related to the dark guild, but I didnt expect her to be that powerful. This needs to change my perception of the dark guild. Shit. This is another way to get rid of the dark guild. Because with such a powerful person, we cant bypass them. Its true, with an existence like that, we have to act cautiously. Rather, this time, the opponent is out of arrows? The reason seems to be because of that, but that was a statement that was made after completely skipping out on it. In the first place, she didnt even have a bow in her hand. Maybe, but if that girl had come with a bow and arrow in her hand, it wouldnt have happened like this. Thank God for her fancy in a way. I thought Master Usagi was powerful too, but shes pretty much the same. This is like Master Usagi said, if you dont train, you wont be able to protect what you want to protect. I thought of her, the attacker, this time, and I was reminded again that I needed to become strong. Well, lets go back for now. Thus, we secured the princes custody as planned after the mysterious girls attack and returned to the castle. Book 4: Chapter 3 And heres another one brought by the Patreon, enjoy~Yuuya-sama, are you all right? Yuuya, are you okay? Y-yeah After preventing the mysterious girls attack and successfully capturing the prince, I had to wait with Luna, Lexia-san, and Owen-san in a room-like area of the royal castle for a while. Then, as soon as I returned, Lexia-san and the others questioned me, and I had to tell them about the situation that happened when I captured the prince. As a result, they were very worried about me. It seems the opponent didnt really take it seriously, somehow. Is that so No way, I didnt think there was an existence strong enough to overcome Yuuya No, no, Im not that strong, you know? Thats not true, said Lexia-san and Luna in unison. What was that? Thats strange. I was telling the truth so why did both of you have to deny it at the same time? In fact, Master Usagi is very strong, and there are many others just like him. Anyway, Im glad youre okay. However, this hectic situation was caused by that woman Luna was right; its a hectic time in the castle right now. It was not only once, but it was the second attack, and the castle was now on even higher alert, and the castle was in a hurry to prepare for a meeting to begin to decide on the treatment of the first prince. The soldiers who had fainted during the mysterious girls attack had woken up safely and were now back to work without any problems. Are they okay? Incidentally, the prince who was detained, although he attacked Lexia-san, he is still royalty, and more than anything else, he is Arnold-samas son. This may not be the reason, but he cant be handled poorly, and the soldiers seem to have a lot of trouble with him. As a side note, after restraining him, Lexia-san and the others came to see him, and the prince went on a rampage again, but he was not a match for Owen-san and the other soldiers and was seized accordingly. And yet, why was the prince wearing a mask? I havent checked underneath the mask, but Lexia-san and Owen-san said that the person in the mask was definitely the prince It seemed that Luna had the same question, but in the end, Luna and I couldnt get them to tell us. HmmIm curious. As I was thinking about that, Owen-san turned his gaze to me. Im sorry, Yuuya-dono. Id like for Yuuya-dono to participate in the meeting that will determine the treatment of His Highness. Eh? Sure, Ill help you if I can, but Im an outsider, you know? Is everything okay? What can I say, is it right to be in such an important place? In the first place, it seems that Arnold-sama has only a bad impression of me Then Owen-san nodded. I dont think there will be a new attack right after the one we just had, but His Highness might be planning something. No, its possible that the Dark Guild, which is connected to His Highness and the girl from earlier, may be making a move .. When the word Dark Guild was mentioned, Lunas eyebrows moved for a moment, but from the fact that she didnt say anything, its possible that the Dark Guild could actually attack them. And its true that even if that girl herself doesnt come, someone from the Dark Guild might still attack them. Its troublesome. Thats why Id really like Yuuya-dono to stand by in the room as Arnold-sama and Lexia-samas bodyguard. Of course, Night-dono and Akatsuki-dono will be with you, too. Night-dono has saved us many times, after all. Woof. Fugo. As Night nodded, Akatsuki, who hadnt done anything in particular, for some reason raised his legs, confidently telling everyone to leave it to him with his chest stretched out. No, its cute, though. But it was true that Night had noticed when Luna had attacked Lexia-san, and Night had been the first to notice the attack by the men in black this time. And most importantly, Night was also the first to notice that girls attack. It would certainly be impossible to exclude him. Nights search ability and instincts are even better than mine. If thats the case I understand. Im really sorry. Originally, we would like to finish our countrys affairs on our own Owen-san looked apologetic as he said that. Beside her, Lexia-san had a sad expression on her face the whole time. Brother Lexia-san? Um are you okay? Eh? Oh no, its nothing. Its okay, Yuuya-sama. .. Although her mouth says shes fine, Lexia-sans expression remains gloomy. Well, her relatives tried to kill her, so I guess thats natural In the end, with Lexia-sans expression still unclear, we headed for the audience room, which was now prepared for us. When we moved to the audience room, Arnold-sama was already sitting on the throne but he looked very cold and expressionless. However, that expression wasnt directed at me; he was just staring into the void. Next to that Arnold-sama was standing by some sort of pompous-looking elderly man, and across the road leading up to the throne, there were many people lined up in the same way, unlike the knights, they looked like great people. My own guess is that these people are the nobles of this country. Theyre not looking like soldiers or knights by any means if the goal is to make it look that way and get the other person to let their guard down, Im sure Im falling for the trick. Then. Your Majesty, Your Highness has arrived. .. One of the soldiers came into the audience room and told him so. But Arnold-sama remained silent, without a single change in his face. When one of the soldiers was puzzled by his attitude, Owen-san sent out a rescue boat. All right. For now, let him through here. Y-yes! A little while later, a man was detained by the soldiers and brought here. !? And I look at the man and stare in amazement. But it seems I wasnt the only one who was surprised, and Lunas eyes widened as well. In contrast, Arnold-sama moved his eyebrows for a moment, and Lexia-sanlooked very sad. Because the princes facewas burnt out. Although the eyes, nose, and mouth were recognizable, the skin on his face was seared, and his entire body seemed to be severely burned, including his arms and legs, which could be seen through his clothes. I could only gawk at the princes unexpected appearance, but Lexia-san, Owen-san, and Arnold-sama seemed to know, and all I could see was a sad expression on their faces. I didnt think that a face was severely burned underneath that mask, and both me and Luna are speechless. That mask was a tool to hide this true face. The prince is brought by a soldier and brought out in front of Arnold-sama, and is made to kneel on the spot. There was silence for a while, and eventually, Arnold-sama quietly opened his mouth. Do you have any plea to make? Plea? Then the prince twisted his face in displeasure at Arnold-samas words, and then he opened his eyes and shouted to Arnold-sama. Seeing me like this, do you say I have any plea now, father! .. Why did you look away? You should see it. Im your son. .. Brother In response to the prince glaring at Arnold-sama fiercely, Lexia-san mutters quietly, and then the prince turns his sharp gaze to Lexia-san. Hey, Lexia. What, your eyes. Is that sympathy for me? Huh? .. Whose fault is it that caused all this? All this, its all your fault! The prince stared at Lexia-san with tremendous expression. You you caused a magical outburst, and I got caught up in it, thats why I look like this! Dont be ridiculous! Your wounds have certainly healed! And the aftereffects Oh, its definitely healedno aftereffects of my injuries. My body became clean without a scratch. But my body has gone crazy from being exposed to Lexias enormous magical power! I feel like Ive been subjected to a torrent of destruction. I cant get rid of that feeling! The healers say its because Lexias magic has entered my body! It made me want to destroy everything around me. Otherwise, I wouldnt be able to keep my sanity! But I cant stop the urge to destroy! And that impulse would eventually lead me to now, and guess what? I could finally contain my destructive impulse by destroying my own body. You see? I may have made this appearance, but its not my fault. Its on you, Lexia! Sosoif only you werent there! Rhaegar you What is it? Father. You know that, dont you? You know what Ive been through! But you didnt help me! No! Its true that I know youve gone crazy since that incident. But there was nothing I could do about it! We had no choice but to do something about your misery, which can no longer be called a curse. The result of that is isolation! Well, information about the First Prince going crazy is not good news! Rhaegar. Oh that look is driving me crazy again. I have no redeeming qualities while defending that girl who took everything from me! The PrinceRhaegar-sama stared at Lexia-san and Arnold-sama tears were flowing from Lexia-sans eyes. Apparently, it seems that Lexia-san is largely responsible for the reason why this Rhaegar-sama is in his current form. And Arnold-sama hid the current Rhaegar-sama from her. As a royalty, so as not to give an opening to other countries. Why why did you do this! Arnold-sama said that as he squeezed out, but Rhaegar-sama remained glaring at him. Why? There is only one reason. I, who suffered a living hell due to my dirty blood sister, couldnt help but want to kill Lexia! Isnt that better than what Lexia and Father did! I tried to kill you without making you all suffer! .. You have made me look like this. I called for a skilled recuperator, but he couldnt even restore this form, let alone my destructive impulses. Do you understand? All this suffering to you people! I was trying to save you, too! But I couldnt help it! Yeah, I know. Thats why I once wished to be killed! Id rather die than suffer this way! Thats But you didnt kill me! For your silly royal duties! Give me a taste of living hell! Then isolated me as if you didnt want to see me. Your destructive impulses were so dangerous! Thats why I had to isolate you! I told you to kill me. Thats But its too late for everything. I hate Lexia, and I hate you. Thats why I planned it. If you dont kill me, Im going to kill you all! See, this is why I tried to kill you guys! Do you have a problem with that? Rhaegar, you Arnold-sama closes his eyes as if he regrets it. Did my choice cause you to suffer Do you regret this now? I dont want that. I just want this wound to heal. All I want is for you to heal the wounds caused by my destructive urges. You cant, can you? Then kill me. I dont want to live anymore. After saying just that, Rhaegar-sama sat down on the spot quietly. However, neither Arnold-sama nor Lexia-san could say anything to Rhaegar-sama like that. The surrounding nobles also just awkwardly averted their gazes. Well, I dont know the details of the situation, but first of all, in the past, Lexia-san went out of control with her magic power? And thats what caused it, thats whats causing Rhaegar-samas current injuries. So, Rhaegar-samas injuries are the least of his worries, right? I raised my hand in a cursory manner at the thought. Umm You Arnold-sama, who saw my appearance, seems to have recognized my presence by now, and his eyes widened a little. Eh how much wasnt he interested in me No, I felt like he was empty from the beginning when this meeting started. Then seeing me raise my hand, Lexia-san and the others looked surprised, but Arnold-sama furrowed his eyebrows somewhat uncomfortably. .What. Outsiders dont interfere. Oh, well, Im very aware that Im an outsider, but theres something Id like to try. What do you want to do? While everyone tilted their heads at my words, I approached Rhaegar-sama as I took out the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice] from the item box. Wha, what! Hey, dont come near me! Dont be afraid. Like hell, I will believe in you! Whats that thing youre holding in your hand! While not only Lexia-san and the others, but even Arnold-sama is looking at my actions with a pouting expression, Rhaegar-sama desperately writhes away from the soldiers restraint and tries to get away from me. You didnt have to be so scared, you know. As I came in front of Rhaegar-sama just like that, I brought the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice] I was holding close to him. What whats that liquiiidddd! Yes, please excuse me for a moment. Huh? Yu-Yuuya-dono! I fixed Rhaegar-samas face, which was trying to turn away from me, and I made him drink the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice]. Then Owen-san, who quickly came to his senses, hurriedly called out to me, but I had already given Rhaegar-sama a drink of the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice]. Rhaegar-sama tried to refuse at first, but since I suddenly stuck the juice in his mouth, he almost reflexively swallowed the juice before he could spit it out. And then. Wha-!? Whats happening? Rhaegar-samas skin, which had been severely burned, was instantly cleaned up, and in the end, Rhaegar-samas wound had healed completely. In contrast to the burns that made it impossible to recognize the facial structure at all, the current Rhaegar-sama was so handsome that the word prince was appropriate for him. R-Rhaegar-sama that that face Then one of the soldiers, dumbfounded, speaks up about the changes that have happened to Rhaegar-samas body. Myface? Rhaegar-samas face, the place that Rhaegar-sama least wanted to be touched, was pointed out to him, and a tremendous expression appeared on his face, and he reflexively touched his face and froze. Wha-? He touched his own face over and over again, confirming the feel of it, and then shook his head, stunned. Oh, it cant be that cant be my wounds the burns the burns that will never heal again Well I honestly dont know what youre talking about, but I thought that wound was the cause of this case, so I took the liberty of healing it. Was that bad? Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhh! At my statement, the people around me shouted loudly again, and Arnold-sama rose from his throne and came straight to me. You! What the hell did you do? How could my sons Rhaegars face! As I explained, I thought Id take out one of the causes of Rhaegar-samas desire to cause this commotion for a while I had a good recovery potion on hand, so I used it. Just the right recovery potion! Arnold-samas eyes widened as if he couldnt understand me. Its impossible. Its not possible! Rhaegars wounds werent something that could be healed by anyone. Even the highest-ranking healers! And youre telling me that you cured him with a recovery potion, not a recovery spell? Thats a legendary recovery potion! What the hell did you use? Or did you use a forbidden item? N-no! No, its not! I used the [Complete Recovery Herb] [Complete Recovery Herb]? Arnold-samas excitement didnt stop, and he was even more astonished. It wasnt just Arnold-sama, but also Rhaegar-sama, who drank the juice, with a distracted look on his face. H-hey didnt you just say complete recovery herb? H-he just imagines things, doesnt he? Yes, it would be something else. A complete recovery herb is something out of a fairy tale. More importantly, who the hell is he? That man I dont know if they cant believe my words, but the people around me start buzzing as well. I-impossible the [Complete Recovery Herb] is now a legendary herb Well Ive got another one, would you like to appraise it? One more bottle of it!? I took out the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice] that I was still preparing and handed it to Arnold-sama, and he took it with a trembling hand and handed it to one of the soldiers. After a while, that soldier seems to have finished his appraisal and passes it to Arnold-sama with the same hand trembling as when he received it with a blue face. Y-Your Majesty this, here, this is t-the real thing There was silence during the audience. Come to think of it, I read in the description of the complete recovery herb that it was Hard to find and at the legendary level. I knew it was just that hard to find, but I didnt think it was an actually legendary grade. Oh, you let me drink such a national treasure Then, for some reason, Rhaegar-sama also turns blue in the face and mutters something like that. Ah, that? This guy wanted to heal his burns right? Thats not my unwanted meddling, you know? In spite of my anxiety, Arnold-sama turned his gaze to Owen-san with a blue face. O-Owen did you know about this? N-no I havent heard of it either Huh? Didnt I tell you that? Yuuya. If such a blowout story came up, we would have had this reaction at that point For some reason, Luna is stunned by my words. Is that so? Its true that just by drinking it, it can heal any wound, except for dead people, so its amazing. Well, I gave it to her when I met Luna T-that recovery pill was also a [Complete Recovery Herb]? Luna realized now that she had been taking the same thing as Rhaegar-sama and staggered. L-Luna! Keep your mind clear! You let me drink such a precious thing Geez! Its not a new thing that Yuuya-sama is out of standards! And thats what saved your life! Well, thats true. It was only because of that messed up Yuuya that I was saved. Oya? Isnt this being undermined in a roundabout way? I dont think you have to sound so insane. The wound heals perfectly, and its very convenient. Then, Arnold-sama seemed to calm down a bit and asked me with a softened attitude towards me. You no, Yuuya-dono, did you use such a precious thing for my son? I mean, its valuable, but it grows in my garden a lot, so Growing in a gardeeennn!? I cant take it. I dont know what youre talking about. As the astonishment spread again, Arnold-sama laughed powerlessly as if he was burned out. Well for now, I think Rhaegar-samas wounds have healed what do you think? W-what do you mean? Yes. I dont know the details of the situation, but if Lexia-san was involved in Rhaegar-samas wound, and that was the reason why he tried to hurt Lexia-san, I thought that if the wound were gone, for the time being, he would feel a little lighter I understand because I was being bullied as well back then, but even though the wound has healed, I dont think that even the trauma in Rhaegar-samas heart, which had been avoided and looked at by everyone as odd, has healed. Moreover, the reason for that strange gaze was neither injury nor illness, but a destructive impulse caused by a substandard magic power entering his body, and the resulting self-inflicted wound, so he couldnt do anything about it. Still, I hoped that healing that self-inflicted trauma alone would lighten that heart a little. W-why I dont understand why why is this a national treasure-grade item! Confused, Rhaegar-sama still cant believe his appearance, but he keeps touching his face. Well, thats what would happen if the wound suddenly healed. But with this, Rhaegar-samas problem should be solved for now. What do you think? .. In response to my question, Rhaegar-sama slowly lowered his hand from his face and looked down. You are indeed right; the wound has healed. But its too late Ive done something I cant take back. The destructive impulse is gone, the wound is healed, but that doesnt change. So its too late. Rhaegar Brother Arnold-sama and Lexia-san looked at Rhaegar-sama, who was laughing at himself, and a look of regret appeared on his face. But then Lexia-san made an expression as if she noticed something. Father. Hmm? Lexia? Tell me. What was brothers greatest crime? It was of course, aimed to kill you, but Then, Ill forgive that. Wha-!? Lexia-sans statement surprised not only the elders who were around her but also Arnold-sama and Rhaegar-sama. However, Lexia-san, the person in question, firmly told them. If my brothers crime is that he targeted me, then I forgive him. That will make my brothers crime go away, right? But Its not that simple, Lexia! Im going to make you No, its a simple matter. Clearly, Lexia-san told him clearly as she looked around. I am the victim here. Then you dont mind if my opinion comes through, do you? But Rhaegar is with the Dark Guild Oh, then what of my bodyguard, Luna, who is one of the former Dark Guild members? It was you who forced me to Besides! First of all, arent we equally guilty of neglecting the existence of the Dark Guild until now? And the reason why brother wanted to kill me its because you ended up creating an environment where I and everyone else just let it happen, right? Umm yeah, maybe, but Oh, God! Stop whining! I said I forgive him, and thats enough! Okay? Father! Y-Yes! Pressured by Lexia-sans intensity, Arnold-sama straightened his back and replied. Huh? The head of this country is Arnold-sama, right? However, its still not something that can be forgiven so easily from the other great people, so I hurriedly called out to Lexia-san. S§×ar?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. P-Princess-sama! That wont happen! If you forgive His Highness here, you will be allowing other sinners to make exceptions! And besides, His Highness has already joined the Dark Guild. Ara, why dont we just forgive them if its a special case. That means there are extenuating circumstances, right? If it wasnt, then there shouldnt be a special exception in the first place. Besides, if youre saying its wrong to be involved with the Dark Guild, then Ill be executed too. Hey, Lexia. You dont need to say that in front of me so openly, as an employer. Luna lets out a heavy sigh and laughs somewhat amusedly. N-no, but Lexia was attacked too, but since I was attacked too Its not fathers fault. Its my fault he attacked me. Okay? Ugh Okay? Yes. Arnold-sama, are you in a weak position? No, in this case, Lexia is just being pushy, right? Rhaegar-sama watches such an exchange in a daze. Le-Lexia Is this alright with you, brother? Why I, you Can we not talk about it? Besides, I want to get along with my brother again. Lexia Rhaegar-sama cried quietly at Lexia-sans words. Book 4: Chapter 4: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 Rhaegar. I hereby confiscate your territory, and you will not be charged with this matter. Ha! Although Lexia-sans impassioned plea allowed Rhaegar-sama to avoid the death penalty, the crime of attacking the royaltywell, the current king, did not disappear so easily, resulting in the confiscation of the territory that Rhaegar-sama had owned. Although the territory was given to Rhaegar-sama, originally, there were no residents. It was treated as a so-called villa; even if it were confiscated, it wouldnt hurt Rhaegar-sama too much. Or rather, its pretty stubborn to have given that whole territory to build a villa. After the decision on Rhaegar-samas treatment was thus made, the surrounding aristocratic-looking people left, but me, Night, Akatsuki, Lexia-san, Luna, Owen-san, and Rhaegar-sama were left in the audience room. I was worried that there was still some problem since I was also left behind during this audience when Arnold-sama tells me with a serious expression. Yuuya-dono. This time thanks to you, I was saved. Truly, thank you! And Arnold-sama bowed his head to me without any hesitation. Eh? N-no! Please raise your head! I was just fortunate enough to be useful! Thats not true. Even though I treated you unkindly, you did all you could for usYuuya-dono, and Im very grateful to you. Im truly grateful. Let me thank you too. The wounds I thought would never heal again are now healed thank you so much. Rhaegar-sama also speaks words of thanks with a serious expression. Eh, um Well Im glad that I was able to help you. Its more than helpful! Thanks to Yuuya-sama, I was able to get a little closer to my brother. U-un Leave him out of it already. Yuuyas looking embarrassed and confused and doesnt know what to do. Lexia-san thanked me for it, and when I was confused because I didnt know what to do in earnest, Luna told them exactly what I was feeling. Its really true. Thanks to Luna, they managed to raise their heads, and I was relieved for now. Then, Arnold-sama comes looking at me. Well I have to reward Yuuya-dono for this matter, but Oh, no! I didnt do it for a reward, so its okay! Really, I was able to help because I happened to be able to help, not because I wanted something in return. However, Owen-san smiles bitterly at me. Yuuya-dono it cant be like that. Eh? The noblemen who were there already know that His Highness wounds have been healed thanks to Yuuya-dono, and that it was also Yuuya-dono who captured the assassin His Highness had sent out. Therefore, if a reward is not given to Yuuya-dono, the nobles who were there will think that no matter how hard they work for their country, they will not be rewarded. Eh! Its hard to tell my intentions when they bring out the situation in this country like that For me personally, I really dont need a reward; I just happened to be able to help. I understand. Umu, youll accept your reward. Now, what shall I give you Yes, yes! What about me? Rejected. Why?! Lexia-san suddenly raised her hand and said something outrageous, but Arnold-sama and Luna stopped her without pause. A marriage with me? Isnt that reward enough? Marriage to you is a reward? Are you kidding me? Hey, Luna! What do you mean by that! Luna snorted when Lexia-san prodded her in frustration at Lunas words. Its just what it means. When a person marries you, that means theyre going to join the royal family. Yes. Thats good, isnt it? Are you sure about that? What do you think? Yuuya. Ueehh? Eh, uh, well, Id rather not be a royalty Whaaaat! Ive never been in a relationship with a girl before, but I dont understand if they suddenly call it marriage, and most of all, I dont feel like I, a petty citizen, can endure royalty or anything like that. Mainly mentally. Then Owen-san, who was nodding in response to my reply, adds something else. Umu. Besides, Yuuya-dono is a foreign nobleman or royalty. It would be difficult for him to marry someone from another country so easily. Huh? I said Im not an aristocrat or anything, and yet they still misunderstood me? Why are Arnold-sama and Rhaegar-sama also nodding there like Oh, I see? Umm but when you say marriage, you mean Im marrying you, and I dont think it will affect Yuuya-samas country or position that much? I see. So what are the advantages of marrying you? Huh? Cooking, laundry, cleaning can you do all the housework? W-why dont you have a maid to do it? As I thought, that was not good. What does that mean? She was so cool and dignified when she decided on Rhaegar-samas treatment, but now Lexia-san was completely played by everyone. Despite Lexia-sans shouting, Luna turned her gaze to Arnold-sama. So, how about rewarding him this time by having me be Yuuyas wife? What? H-hey, Luna! No, no, no! Thats not gooodd! When the words were too unexpected to freeze, Luna victoriously told Lexia-san. Unlike Lexia, I am an orphan and have no status. So I can marry regardless of this country. Besides, Im very good at housework. For all intents and purposes, Im better suited to be Yuuyas wife than you are, right? A-and what about protecting me? Thanks for everything. I wont forgive you! No, I think youre right, Luna. Why does marriage come up in the first place when youre talking about rewards? Of course, Im happy about that, but I dont know if I want to do that until Ive had more time to think about it, or rather, why do you want me in the first place? Im sure there are people of better status in Lexia-sans case and Luna is beautiful, so Im sure she can find someone better than me When I was thinking about that, before I knew it, Lexia-san and Luna were giving me half-eyes. Luna, I wonder why. Right now, it seemed like Yuuya-sama was thinking something very out of line Well, thats odd. I just felt the same way. Eh, theyre reading my thoughts? I dont know why, but Luna and Lexia-san both looked at me suspiciously. Oh, thats strange even though I didnt say it out loud Even though it was in front of Arnold-sama and the others, as we were having such an exchange, Rhaegar-sama slowly raised his hand. Uh well, father Hmm? What is it? About the reward Hmm? When Arnold-sama raised one eyebrow at Rheagar-samas words, Rhaegar-sama stood up and whispered in Arnold-samas ear. How about we just hand over my mansion and land that was confiscated this time? What? Yuuya-donos power and the items he has, those are very valuable. Rather than going to another country here, it would be more beneficial to have him stay here, right? Well, youre right Thats why I thought if you gave him the land I had, it would at least give him more connection to this country Umu thats a good idea, but isnt it a bit weak? Then how about a title? This work should certainly be honored. Thats true, but the other aristocrats must be annoyed. Besides, Yuuya-dono is a foreign nobleman. No, if its a knight peerage with strong title implications, that problem will be fine. Unlike other nobles, there is no salary from the state, but he will be treated as a noble in this country for a change Fumu I cant hear what theyre talking about because theyre talking within the ear, but Arnold-sama is repeatedly nodding with a serious expression. And then. Umu. As for the reward, I will grant Rhaegars land, which was confiscated due to this matter, to you. Huh? I, therefore, do hereby confer upon Yuuya-dono a knighthood in my kingdom. Yes!? Not only me, but also Lexia-san and Luna were surprised by the unexpected words, but for some reason, Owen-san was the only one nodding in agreement. U-uum what does that mean? Eh? And a knighthood! Even though Im still not fully understanding, due to my surprise, Arnold-sama goes on and on with his story. The land that Rhaegar owned is a complete vacation home where no citizens live. Thats why I thought it would be just right to give it to Yuuya-dono. H-huh but I dont know what Ill do with the land if I get it Yuuya-dono. Dont worry. It was my land, but I also have my own mansion, and more importantly, the ocean is right in front of it. Just think of it as one of your vacation homes, as my father says, and thats all you need to know. Huh yes, no, the land thing too, but what on earth is up with the knighthood? Aah, I thought that land alone was too little to reward Lord Yuuya, so I decided to knight him. But you dont have to worry about it. The title to be given to Yuuya-dono is knight-peerage. The knights title is an honorary title given to the person who has contributed greatly to the Alceria Kingdom. But even if you are a nobleman, you are not obligated to do anything, so there should be no problem for Yuuya-dono either. Apparently, Ive got a villa and a title. No, no, no, really? I dont feel like Im going to be given a villa or a knighthood suddenly, but its no more troubling than being told Im married to Lexia-san and the others. I mean, if something were to happen on Earth in earnest, I could live in this country no, Im not going to cause anything or do anything, right? Anyway, its not like Im under any obligation or anything, but it seems Im going to be a nobleman in this country. sea??h th§× Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Saving the First Prince Rhaegar is such a serious matter. Therefore, I want you to receive the land and the title. W-well, in that case If they say that much already, even for me, I cant say anything. Umu well, if thats the result That would be the most reasonable option. Yes. And I remember brothers land was an amazingly beautiful place and in a way, this is Lexia-san and the others are also somewhat dissatisfied, but they seem to have agreed to a point. Huh? This is talking about my reward, right? Why are you two so unhappy? And Lexia-san, do you have any more ideas? Are you okay? When Arnold-sama puts his head in such a position, as if to say that his head hurts, he regains his mind and turns his gaze to me. Well, Id like to show you the land as soon as possible Speaking of which, is Yuuya-donos time okay? Eh? Oh, well, if that land is so far away, then its a tough one this time Eh!? Yuuya-sama, will you be going home already? W-well. To begin with, I wont be able to stay for that long Eeehh! Lexia-san is blatantly disappointed. Im really glad that she enjoys being with me that much, but its all this. After the holidays, theres a normal school day. So, Im sorry. Umu. I suppose theres nothing I can do then. If you can come back to the royal castle when you have time, Ill show you around. Until then, well take care of things for you. Thank you. Yuuya-sama! Youre staying the night, right? Eh? Well yes. If I could get somewhere to stay Then lets stay here! Its a waste of space, and we have a lot of extra room anyway! Lexia. Even if its true, theres no way you could say that its a necessary dignity for us royalty Oh, yeah. Im not interested. That dignity doesnt make more money or less poor people. When I was surprised at Lexia-sans divided mindset to any extent, Arnold-sama let out a deep sigh. Sigh When it comes to this, I feel like it would have been better to let Yuuya-dono marry Lexia Eh, just get it done right now!? No, Im not changing my mind. Yuuya-dono. You may stay in the castle today, as Lexia insists. We would be happy to entertain you at our own expense. Y-yes Thus, Night, Akatsuki, and I were going to stay at the castle with Arnold-sama and others kindness. What can I say, I was so tired the other day Woof? Fugo~. After they let me stay at the castle, I managed to quiet down Lexia-san and the others who said they would follow me home, and somehow I made it back to my home on Earth safely, but I didnt have much time to rest my mind since I was in the castle. The food was so fancy that I was always nervous, as I dont know any table manners at all, and when I tried to go into the bath in the castle, the maids came in with me to wash me, and I was tired of trying to stop them. This one day alone made me think that royalty is really hard work, but at the same time, I knew I couldnt do it. And Im also tired of Lexia-san and Luna barging in on me when Im going to bed, and Im tired of holding them back I managed to stop Lexia-san and Luna that day, and I was able to get under the blankets safely yeah. It was a little hard in the morning because I was mentally exhausted and wanted to go to bed right away, but I couldnt sleep well due to my suspicions that there was still something wrong with me. Then I made it through another breakfast that required table manners and made it home to Earth safely. Well its best to sleep at home after all. It was already a good nights sleep. As I was thinking about that, I suddenly remembered what Lexia-san had said before I left. Yuuya-sama! Yuuya-sama is here this time, and next time Im going to visit Yuuya-samas house! Eh? You idiot. Dont you have any idea how hard it is to get to Yuuyas house? Oh, so Luna doesnt want to see Yuuya-sama then? T-thats not what I said! Thats good. Itll give Luna and Owen a chance to train! Its not like were in an environment where we can just get away with training, you know! This is how Lexia-san said shes coming to my house againI wonder if its okay. Luna had trained with me for a little while, but isnt it hard for all the soldiers, including Owen-san? I mean, can a princess come to such a danger zone so easily? Well, Ill treat them right when they come. Anyway, today is the start of school again, so I need to get my mind off of it. Ill see you later, Night, Akatsuki. Im off. Woof! Buhi! I said goodbye to them both and left the house. Book 4: Chapter 4: Part 2 Another chapter today brought by the Patrons, enjoy~Part 2 Its almost time for exams. Are you studying for them? Gyaaaa! Dont mention to us about the teeessst! Isnt that obvious! There is no blind spot for this Young noble of countermeasures! I hope not! When Sawada-sensei mentioned the test during homeroom before leaving, Kaede and Akira had reacted in an easy-to-understand way. I-I guess they didnt remember, those two Its going to be a full-fledged exam period from now on, so those of us who are doing club activities will have a break from them, and the time to play after school will decrease. Its going to be tough for Kaede and the others if they dont study soon As I looked at them like that, Shingo-kun and Ryo also approached me, turning their dumbfounded gazes towards them. Akira and the others, they wouldnt have to be in a panic if they studied regularly Ahahaha K-Kaede-san and Akira-kun are both bad at studying, right? It looks that way are Shingo-kun and Ryo doing well in their studies? Its all right, I guess. Ive been studying for the test. I-Im fine too. Ive been studying for the test in addition to my regular revision. I looked around for some reason, but I didnt see anyone else making any noise, and I thought that Kaede and Akira were really the only people who were not studying for the test and were in trouble. Ryo and the others and I were usually going to go home to study for the test now, but today they seemed to have something to do and went back first. This is the first test Ive taken since I came to this school I wonder how it will turn out Im doing the proper prep and review, but Im still worried. Im especially bad at math and physics, which is moderately difficult. And when I level up, my brain doesnt suddenly get better. However, my thinking speed has completely increased, so I think Im able to think overwhelmingly better than I used to. As I was returning home with my mind occupied with the regular exams, I was unexpectedly approached by someone. Huh? Yuuya-san? Eh? Ah, Kaori! The one who called out to me was Kaori, the daughter of the chairman of the school I attend. Kaori ran a little faster to come to me and tilted her head curiously. Are you alone today? Yeah. It seems like Ryo and the others have their own things to do. I see After that exchange, we naturally started walking side by side. We talked about trivial things to each other from then on, but eventually, the topic of conversation turned to the upcoming regular exam. And the next regular exam is coming, but Im not very good at math. Heeh even Yuuya-san has things hes not good at, huh? Eh? I mean, does it look like theres nothing Im not good at? Yes. I had the image of you being able to do almost anything. Seriously Hearing Kaoris impression of me, I was a little taken aback. I didnt know if she thought of me that way. But Im not as good at everything as Kaori thinks I am, and Im not smart enough to get a good score on a test without studying. As for me, Im not good at English and the classics Really? That was exactly what was unexpected. I had taken the liberty of thinking that Kaori seemed to be perfect in relation to her studies. When I think about it, were both in the same boat. As I was thinking about that, Kaori seemed to notice something and suddenly began to fidget next to me. Hmm? Whats wrong? Eh? No, I was just, uh When I twisted my head at Kaori, whom I was becoming more and more suspicious of her behavior, she eventually looked at me with some kind of determination. Yu-Yuuya-san! Y-yes!? Would you like to study for the test with me? Eh? She looked so serious that I wondered what she was going to say Um studying for the test? Yes! Im very good at math, so I think I can teach Yuuya-san a thing or two! I-I appreciate that, and I suppose I could teach you English and the classics too, but So why dont we study together? O-oh. Kaori was getting closer and closer to me, and eventually, she looked up at me from directly below and said so, but well, she was too close to me, and her b-breasts were hitting me right in the front! K-Kaori-san uh, I mean, youre too close, I suppose Eh? Aaaahh! I-Im sorry! Kaoris face turned bright red as she moved away and looked at me as if she were peeking at me. So that what do you think? Uhm Well then, Im counting on you. As I bowed my head, Kaoris face brightened. T-thank goodness! So, um can we study at Yuuya-sans house? Eeh? I was then frozen from the words that came out of Kaoris mouth. My house, is it? Yes. Is it no good? N-no! Its okay! I thought it was at the library or something, but my house To be honest, the only thing I dont want people to see is the door to another world well, I guess its okay. Then, lets study together tomorrow! It was finally decided that we would study at my house, and this day would be dismissed. You have to use this formula for that, you know. I-I see The next day. As promised, Kaori came to my house and started studying for the test straight away. And as Kaori herself said, she was not good at the classics and English, but she taught me math in a very easy to understand way, so I could learn a lot. With this, the test will be safe this time. As expected of Kaori I was bad at maths and such, so its really helpful. N-no! M-me too and besides, Yuuya-san is amazing at classics and English! H-hmm, I guess so. Sorry, its because of the skill [Language Comprehension] Woof? Fugo. As I was thinking about that, Akatsuki and Night were also tilting their heads at my situation. Thats right; I can understand their language somehow, thanks to this skill. This is how we proceeded with our studies, teaching each other our weaknesses. Although I had invited Lexia-san and the others from the other world, I was a little nervous because it was the first time I had invited a girl from the real world, but thanks to Night and Akatsuki, that gradually faded away. Since it had been a long time since we started studying, we decided to take a short break, and Kaori stroked Night, who was nearby while she stretched. Hmmm but then again I knew Night-san, but there was an increased number in your family named Akatsuki-san, too. Yeah. We just recently became a family. I see. again, nice to meet you, Akatsuki-san. Fugo. Akatsuki raised one leg while being stroked and greeted her casually. Ah, excuse me can I borrow your bathroom? Eh? Ah, sure, go ahead. When Kaori asked me that, I gave her permission, and she left the room. The room we are in now is a tatami room, which is not usually used, but it is very convenient for such occasions. The house is quite large, so there is more room left than my living space. While we were waiting for Kaori to come back, I noticed something. Ah. Come to think of it; I didnt tell Kaori where the bathroom is! As I hurriedly left the room and followed Kaori, my eyes suddenly fell on the place where there was the [Door to Another World]. This is because the door was at the end of the broken wall, the wall itself was not repaired, and people who see it for the first time may possibly enter it. When I entered while thinking, it was impossible to imagine that. Um Yuuya-san? This is? Kaori was stunned in front of the [Door to Another World]. Moreover, since Kaori is opening that door, she can see the world beyond in other words, the view of the room in the other world. Ah um that I didnt expect Kaori to find the door to the other world, and I couldnt speak back as a matter of fact. Then, Kaori immediately sighed and made an apologetic expression. Ah! Um Im sorry. I didnt know where the bathroom was, and I happened to find this room I felt something calling me, and then the door Um The fact that she entered the room itself was not a problem, but the fact that Kaori had opened the [Door to Another World] that was placed there was a problem. However, due to the effect of the [Door to Another World], you cant go to the other side without permission, but that means that you cant go to the other side even though the door is open, which is an experience that would be impossible in the normal course of events. After thinking about many things and hesitating about what to say, I decided to be honest with her. One of the reasons was that it was nothing to be ashamed of in the first place, but I thought it would be even more difficult to lie and tell lies in this situation. I hesitated a bit, but I told Kaori the truth. Well you may not believe it, but that door is connected to a different world. D-different worldyou said? Come here Kaoris eyes widened even more as I let her go through the door. I also opened the door and was surprised by the view I saw I was just about to go into the room, but I couldnt get in Im sorry. It seems like this door is only accessible to people I approve of. I-I see Kaori was stunned and managed to squeeze out the words. Uhm you said it was a different world, but what do you mean by that? It is just what it sounds like. Its a different world than Earth. Different from Earth? Yeah. For example, theres magic on the other side, and I got to be able to use it. Magic? In front of Kaoris eyes, who was still amazed by the scene, I formed a mass of water in my palm. Eeh? Thats what Im talking about. I can do things that would never happen on Earth. I-is that real? Do you want to touch it? Y-yes Kaori fearfully touched the mass of water I held out to her, and a look of surprise appeared on her face, which I dont know how many times already. I-its real water This is how I acquired various powers, including magic, that would never have been possible on Earth. This is the reason why I was able to save Kaori and the others when the delinquents came to the school or when the department store caught fire. .. From Kaoris point of view, it was an unbelievable series of things that made her eyes glaze over, but eventually, she seemed to remember something and asked shyly, with a slight blush on her cheeks. S§×ar?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Uhm Im sorry. I want to ask you a lot of questions but first, can you tell me where the bathroom is? Ah. I quickly led Kaori to the bathroom. Book 4: Chapter 4: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 Wow its really different from Earth When Kaori returned from the bathroom, she wanted to go straight to the other world immediately, so we went through the door of another world together. At that time, Night and Akatsuki also followed along and relaxed in the different world house together. So, Night-san and Akatsuki-san are also from this world? Yeah. Night is a wolf called [Black Fenrir], and Akatsuki is [Mouju]? Thats the kind of pig I guess Woof. Fugo? Fugofugo! Night nodded once, but Akatsuki seemed annoyed that I didnt know better, and he tapped the floor with his little legs. Im sorry. But Ive never heard of Mouju before, and if its anything, I honestly cant even tell if its a pig or a boar maybe its a pigbut Kaoris eyes widened at such a reaction as if they understood my words. You really are a creature from this world as expected, its not normal when you can communicate to this extent Ah as you expected? Yes and Im telling Yuuya-san this now that I know who Night-san and Akatsuki-san are, as expected, its best to refrain from taking a walk Eh? People who see it might be able to tell its a wolf, and Ive never seen such a beautiful red pig before, you know? I wonder But I hope Night and Akatsuki will have a normal life on Earth, if possible. I hope that they can see things on Earth and have a good experience, just like I did in the other world. Well, considering the bad air on Earth, I dont think its a good idea to stay on Earth too much Then, just as Kaori thought the same thing, she took a deep breath in the room. Shuuuhaaahhh. By the way, the air here is so good If you look out the window, youll see that were in the forest and theres no car exhaust or anything like that in this world. Its a strange world without cars and since theres no place around Yuuya-sans house that has a forest like this, it must be true that its a different world. As Kaori laughed bitterly, the next moment, a translucent board suddenly appeared in front of Kaoris eyes. Kyaaa! W-what is this? ! Thats Kaori seemed surprised by the board that appeared in front of her, but she immediately read the contents. Title [Otherworldly Person]? In this world, theres a concept of status, and apparently, various parameters are quantified. One of them is a title, which has various effects on I-I see its a world where everything is different from Earth and this status, huh? Then Kaori muttered the word status, and now a board with Kaoris status on it appeared. T-this is Thats Kaoris status in this world. Uhm Yuuya-san. May I have you to look at it for me? Eh? Thats fine, but are you sure? Yes. I dont really know what this is all about, so As Kaori told me that, I looked at Kaoris status. [Kaori Houjou] Occupation: none Level: 1 Magic: 10 Attack: 10 Defense: 10 Agility: 10 Intelligence: 10 Luck: 100 BP: 0 Skills: none. Title: [Otherworldly Person] Oooh H-hows it? Kaori asked me anxiously, but by all accounts, shes stronger than me at the beginning. The only thing I won when I was at the same level 1 was my magic power. No, I had some skills too, however [T/n: I dont know why he said he won in magic stats at level 1. When I checked back at the raw chapter 1, he indeed has 1 stat on magic as well.] Yeah Kaori is stronger than me when I first came here. R-really? I was a small-fry too, you know I still continue the training that Master Usagi taught me, and I do other muscle training as well, but at first, I was so weak that I couldnt even wield a weapon. While remembering those days, I boldly tell Kaori. Well, just as Kaori experienced in her own eyes right now, I came to this world for the first time and improved my level. Eh? Then somehow I lost weight, and I looked different yeah. What Im trying to say is, I cheated. Cheat? Now, although people look at me now, Im really not the great person they say I am. So. No, its not! Eh? Kaori said, glaring at me. Yuuya-san, nothing has changed. Since the first time you saved me N-no, but my appearance has completely changed Ive been watching Yuuya-san from the beginning! Huh? My eyes widened at Kaoris words. It doesnt matter what you look like or how you look. Yuuya-san hasnt changed just because he got a special power in this world. Isnt that right? Its S~ea??h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yuuya-san may indeed have obtained a special power in this world. But that power has always helped me. Since that day when we first met Yuuya-san has helped me a lot. .. So dont despise yourself like that anymore. Im sorry. I apologized to Kaori. But I was even happier than that. The fact that she said I hadnt changed, and that she was looking at me properly Uhm thank you. No, dont mention it. Im just telling the truth. The sight of Kaori smiling at me as she said that is a sight to behold. Then suddenly, Kaoris face turned red, and she began to panic. Ah, t-that The best thing about this place is that it has such a good atmosphere, so why dont we continue our studies here? Y-youre right! Since I have a desk here, too, lets just do that. Ill bring our study tools and stuff. As I said that and was about to go get the study tools, Kaori turned her attention to a part of the other worlds room. Ah, um, Yuuya-san. What is placed in there Eh? When I followed Kaoris gaze, there was the [Bloody War Demon Series] armor that I had put there so that I could wear it at any time. Ah, um this is the one I wear when Im active in this other world Really? I want to see it! I-is that so? Then let me go change into this armor. In order to respond to Kaoris request, while going to pick up the study tools, I returned to the Earth house to change into [Bloody War Demon Series]. Kaoris POV Phew I looked around the house. At first, when I found and opened the door to this world, I thought it was a painting that looked like the real thing, but then I felt a faint breeze from behind the door. Besides, when I touched it, a strange feeling ran through my hand, which confused me even more. When Yuuya-san came over and told me the secret of this room I was surprised and happy at the same time. It was for the fact that he revealed such an amazing secret to me. Well, if I was in the same position as Yuuya-san, I could say that it was a situation that could not be excused no matter what I thought Then I was told about this world, and in front of extraordinary phenomena such as magic, my heart danced with embarrassment. I also realized that Yuuya-san saved me with the power he had acquired in this world. But Yuuya-san said that his current appearance was not his true appearance. He said that his current appearance was the result of his level-up. But that doesnt make any difference from my point of view. Yuuya-san helped me. Thats all there is to it and nothing else. Has this made me a little closer to Yuuya-san? With that thought in mind, I went out into the garden of this house. And there was a small field. I wondered what it was growing. Maybe its a vegetable that is unique to this world. Even so, I strongly feel that this is a different world. Thats what I felt inside the house as well, but the air is very good. Moreover, the area around the house is covered with trees Ive never seen before, and no matter how I look at it, it doesnt look like the Earth. Such a world really exists As I uttered that while looking around, I suddenly found a strange black lump behind the fence that covered this house. Thats? It looks like its somehow pulling and quivering and looks very pretty. I was curious about the object, and I couldnt help but approach it. What is it? Then the object leaped wide open over the fence! I-its alive?! Incredibly, the black, pulpy object moved as if it were alive. Its movements are so cute that I couldnt help but step out over the fence. Hello. What are you. Kaori! Eh? The moment I suddenly heard Yuuya-sans panicked voice, the black object that was swinging adorably in front of me swelled up like a monsters mouth and tried to wrap itself around me. Ah I was unable to move at that scene, and as I watched in a daze Haaahh! Unlike the uniformed figure from earlier, Yuuya-san, who was wearing the black armor that was placed in the room earlier, appeared and held me in the form of a princess carry and kicked the black object away. As I watched the figure in a daze, Yuuya-san asked me with an impatient look. Are you alright! Are you hurt? Ah, y-yes Really? Well, Ill get this over within a minute, just give me a minute. Eh? Night, Akatsuki. Protect Kaori. Woof! Buhi! Yuuya-san said and slowly lowered me to the ground and instructed Night-san and Akatsuki-san to do so. However, the moment I was lowered to the ground, I felt a little lonely. I wish we had a little more time now no, no, its nothing. As I was thinking about that, even though I felt it was a trivial matter, it seems that the black object I saw earlier was not alone, and a number of them appeared from the surrounding bushes. N-no way Im sorry, I should have warned you in the beginning. Unlike Earth, in this world, there are monsters who will mercilessly try to kill you. T-to kill? Yeah. Besides, the place where this house is located seems to be a particular place for those strong monsters I should have told you properly before this happened. While saying that, Yuuya-san made an apologetic expression and then quickly turned his head to the black objects. Well then Ill finish it right away. As he said that, Yuuya-san took out a spear from an empty space. The black object, which seemed to be watching to see how things would go with Yuuya-sans arrival, suddenly attacked Yuuya-san. The speed is not something that I would be able to avoid by myself, and moreover, I could tell from the fact that the ground was gouged out at the moment of the jump that it was a tremendous impact. But Phew! Yuuya-san effortlessly received the attack with his spear, and then swept it away as if to let the pressure escape, and with that momentum, he fired a spinning kick at another individual. The force of the attack was so great that the black object flew off in an instant. From then on, Yuuya-san was able to take advantage of the black object alone, and in the end, he defeated all the black objects. Then the remnants of the black objects turned into particles of light, and afterward, some strange objects fell down. This must be Yuuya-sans true power. I realized once again, that until now, Yuuya-sans activities at school and other places had really suppressed his power. As I watched in amazement as Yuuya-san stored his weapons in an empty space, Night-san and Akatsuki-san, who had been told to protect me, looked up at me with concern. Kyun Fugo? Im sorry. I was just a little startled, but Im fine. Thank you for your concern. Woof! Buhi! As Im stroking them while thanking them both, Yuuya-san approaches me with a somewhat awkward expression on his face. Then he says to me with a look of having made up his mind about something. Is it strange for me to kill a creature so easily, even if its to survive in this world? Seeing Yuuya-san laughing sadly, I couldnt help but lose my temper and shout out. Theres no way thats possible! Eh? Then Yuuya-sans eyes widened as if he didnt expect my reaction. When I manage to calm myself down at the sight of him, I continue. Yuuya-san has saved me again. Thats all that matters. Ah As expected, nothing has changed about Yuuya-san. Since that day when we first met. Thank you. When I told him that again, Yuuya-san smiled shyly. Well, lets go back to the house for now. Its not safe to stay here, you know. Yuuya-san had said that in a cheerful tone as if to change the subject, and I asked him a question that I suddenly felt. Come to think of it the house is in such a dangerous place, is it safe? I mean, the monsters can come on their own, right? Or if something like that comes in Its all right. The previous owner of this house is apparently an amazing person, and thanks to him, the monsters cant get past this fence and into the garden. And maybe its not just monsters, but enemies well, hostile people cant get in either, I guess. Wow thats a lot more impressive than Earths security equipment Since there are always people from the security company in my house, I think the security measures are much stricter than in other peoples houses, but even so, it is never a sure thing. However, if Yuuya-sans words are true, there will be no more security companies in Japan if we can do the same thing. Once again, I was reminded of the mysterious power of magic and skill in this world. Come to think of it, that outfit it looks great on you! R-really? Thank you. Like I said before, I wear it when I fight monsters and stuff in this world. Its still dangerous. Uhm Yuuya-san used to fight as you did earlier? Yuuya-san chuckles at my question. Thats true. Because when youre looking around this world, youll inevitably need a certain amount of self-defense. Besides like the first time I met Kaori, being unable to do anything about it is just painful. I see. Yuuya-san said he couldnt do anything about it, but I was very happy with the fact that he just took the initiative. But I thought that even if Yuuya-san said that, he would probably continue to look for the best he could do. Thinking like that, Yuuya-san smiled bitterly as he remembered something. Uh well its selfish of me, but I dont want you to tell anyone about this world. Eh? Y-you mean thats a secret between us? Well I guess so? I couldnt stop myself from smiling naturally at Yuuya-sans words. Its okay! I wont tell anyone! R-really? Yes! And since were sharing our secrets with each other, I think its fair to say that we have a special relationship? Eh? Ah, i-its nothing! Yes! I-is that so? Well, lets just go back for now. We have some time to study for our tests. Yes! This is the reason why Ive come to know one of Yuuya-sans secrets, and I feel that Ive gotten a little closer to him. Book 4: Chapter 5: Part 1 Another chapter today brought to you by Patreon, enjoy~Part 1 Its been a few days since Kaori learned about the other world. Weve continued to study for tests since then, but one thing has changed between us. That was Kaoris wish to study at the house in the other world. Its not that Kaori doesnt like the house in Japan, but she says the air in the other world is better, so studying there will help her clear her head. Well, now that the existence of the other world has been exposed, there is no particular reason for me to refuse it, so we study in the other world. And along with that, I showed Kaori some dishes made with ingredients from the other world, and she was happy to eat them. By the way, the ingredients I used were a type of food that increases our status. Although Kaoris status has increased thanks to those ingredients, apparently she didnt get the experience value from that group battle with the [Hell Slime], so her level is still at 1. I dont really understand this concept of experience value either. Normally, it wouldnt be possible to experience being attacked by a group of slimes like that, but that experience doesnt add to the experience value either. Assuming the means of gaining experience is that you have to fight and win directly, thats pretty much impossible. Fortunately for me, thanks to Sage-sans weapon, I was able to beat a hundred times stronger monsters when I was at a low level and low status, and I realized once again that I was truly blessed. However, that Sage-sans weapon is exclusive to me, or rather, its been contracted at some point, so I cant lend it out, and if Kaori wants to level up, shell have to find a low-status monster. Or rather, I dont think the experience of killing a creature is a good one, so Id like her to stay calm if possible However, despite being level 1, thanks to the status-raising ingredients in my houses garden that increased her status a bit, Kaori has a superhuman physical ability on Earth. It seems that when she got home, she was able to carry a heavy load with ease, which surprised even Kaori herself but I told her to keep that matter to herself. Well, I havent been able to hide it well myself, so its a bit late to say that. Just like that, we were still taking a break after finishing our studies at the house in the other world. Hmm! As I thought, the air in this world is really good! Yeah. You get used to it when youre over here, but when you come back to Earth, things get a little weird. Ah, I know! What can I say? It feels a little smoky. We talk to each other about the other worlds air and smile, and Kaori starts to soften up after a bit. Hmm? Whats going on? Eh? Ah, no, you see Kaori was a bit hesitant about something, but she immediately looked at me with a determined expression. Yuuya-san, would you be willing to show me around this world? Eh? When my eyes widened at the words I hadnt expected, Kaori looked straight at me. Its partly because I want to know more about this world, but I also want to see the things that Yuuya-san has seen in this world. Thats Is that bad? Ugh I stifle my words to Kaori, who looks up at me anxiously. If I think about it, thats true. If you come to this unknown world, youll want to look around. Its just Its difficult, I guess. Why is that? Just like Kaori was attacked before, there are a lot of monsters in this world. And even if you go to the city, its not as safe as in Japan. Even in the royal capital, there are those who have been caught up in raids, and there is even a disturbing organization called the Dark Guild. I want to take you with me, but Im not strong enough to say that I can absolutely protect you. Are you still not strong enough, Yuuya-san? Yeah, Im not quite there yet. Master Rabbit, the mysterious girl from the other day, there are many opponents I cant compete with anyway. And thats exactly the case with the monsters in the depths of this great devils nest; I wont be able to fight them properly with the current me. Kaori heard my explanation, and her mouth was somewhat aggrieved. Mmm If thats the case, then it cant be helped Im so sorry. But then, if you think its okay, Yuuya-san, will you take me with you? Of course! Then, I forgive you. Kaori gave a slight smile as she said that. So, we might not be able to go outside, but its okay inside this houses garden, right? Oh, thats okay. Then lets go to the garden! Responding to Kaoris request, we go out into the garden. Once again, I think outside; its a strange place. The trees around it are also of a type Ive never seen before Come to think of it, what do you grow in that field? Its a vegetable from the other world that I made Kaori eat the other day, and it has the effect of increasing the stats. Of course, it doesnt rise without limit, but I thought it would be a good idea for Kaori, who has trouble raising her level. I was really surprised when I got home! Well, I was convinced later when I heard the reason but then again, its hard to keep a low profile, but its a little funny to think that I have the power to be like a character in a story. Id appreciate it if you put it that way. Also, Im growing a medicinal herb called [Complete Recovery Herb], but Medicinal herb is it? Yeah. Whats amazing is that these herbs can heal any wound. What kind of wounds? Yeah. For example, even if you lose your arm due to some accident, if you take this [Complete Recovery Herb], that arm will grow back. G-grow Kaoris face paled a bit as she imagined the scene. I wasnt anything like that since fighting monsters in this world became the norm for me to slash off hands and such, but it would normally be a pretty shocking image. And then it does not just heal wounds; it seems to heal diseases as well. Maybe it can heal anything except resurrecting the dead. .. Kaori was at a loss for words when she heard the [Complete Recovery Herb] explanation. If such a thing really existed, I think everyone would seek it out And if there is that herb, it can cure incurable diseases that are still considered incurable all over the world today. Right? Well Its a complete fight-or-flight effect on Earths medical technology Indeed, when I think about it, [Complete Recovery Herb] is a blown effect. Ive already tried not to think too much about it just because its something that Sage-san was growing. Besides, I need to prepare a lot of recovery methods because it would be troublesome if something happened in this world or in the exploration of this great devils nest. As I was thinking like that, Kaori was staring at the field with some kind of difficult expression. That Yuuya-san. Im sure Yuuya-san already understands enough but obviously the crops, concepts, and items here are too dangerous on Earth. Yeah. The spear in and out of empty space the other day was also unique to this world, wasnt it? Yes. Its a skill called [Item Box], but I dont know how much of that skill can be stored, but if it were unlimited, it would overturn all common sense on Earth. .. I also think that the power of magic is a very dangerous thing. If this power is known to Japan and the rest of the world it would not be a good thing. If Kaori is right, if the concept of this worlds magic were brought to Earth, it would be only a matter of time before it was used for warfare. And as Lexia-san said before, teleportation magic is definitely one of the most dangerous types of magic. For me, I can easily go far away and stop being late to school, but I dont want to use it for the extent of that, but thats not the case if I think about it on a nationwide basis. Its really hard to keep up with this world. I think were done for the moment, and we should go back. It was then that Kaori was about to go back to the room with a wry smile as the conversation turned out to be more difficult than expected. Yuuyaaa-samaaaa! Eh? I let out a shout of surprise and turned around to look at Its me! Here! How do we expect to survive if you keep making us do things your way! Shit! Any number of lives wouldnt be enough for Lexias guards! Aah, my head hurts To my surprise, I saw Lexia-san blasting towards this house, and from behind her, Luna and Owen-san jumped in to fight against the monsters that were following further behind them, desperately. Apparently, it seems that the ones chasing after Lexia-san and the others are a group of [Goblin Elite]. Uhm? Kaori stares at me, bewildered by such a scene, and I stare back at Kaori like that. Then Luna notices me in such a state. Ah, hey! Yuuya! Help us! wait, whos that woman next to you? No, I think we have bigger problems right now. Were in danger of becoming the monsters food for thought if were not careful. You will be the sole prey, Owen! Im busy now! S§×arch* The ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It really makes me sick to my stomach! Kuh! For that matter, I can only hold the entire goblin elite back as best I can! Thats what Im doing! Complain to the stupid princess over there! As usual, I mean, Owen-san looks like hes having a very hard time. Is he going to be okay? Ill give him some Earth-grown stomach pills and headache pills next time. As I was looking at the scene in front of me in a daze, thinking that Ill have to go to the pharmacy next time, Lexia-san noticed me too and raised her voice. Yuuya-samaaaaa! Whos the woman next to youuuuu! Eh, Yuuya-san? Those people are? I couldnt help but look up at the sky as I realized that this was going to be complicated. Ah well, can I head over to help first? Eh? Ah, yeah, I know. It sounds like its going to be pretty tough Thanks Night, Akatsuki. Im sure it will be fine, but just in case, watch over Kaori. Woof! Fugo! While laughing at their energetic replies, I quickly changed into my [Bloody War Demon Series] armor and ran off at once. Phew! Then, with the least amount of movement, I released a kick to the forehead of the goblin elite that was closest to Lexia-san, and the face of the goblin elite exploded from the force of the kick. Without killing the momentum, this time, I stepped through the head of the Goblin Elite in Lunas direction, and then I used that leg as an axis to slam a spinning kick into the Goblin Elite that was closing in on Owen-san. Until now, I wasnt able to move this smoothly, but thanks to my training with Master Usagi, I was able to attack like this while smoothly moving on to the next move when it came to kicks. The number of Goblin Elites had decreased with my participation in the fight, and Luna and Owen-san had also successfully defeated the Goblin Elites they were dealing with. When all the Goblin Elites were thus eradicated, Owen-san took a breath. Phew Yuuya-dono, thank you for saving us. N-no, thats fine, but well, what exactly is going on? You went all the way to such a dangerous place There is no longer any need for me to go to the royal capital, so there shouldnt be any need to come all the way to the dangerous great devils nest like this. Then, as if realizing my inner feelings, Luna looks at me in a dumbfounded way. What is it, Yuuya? The other day, Lexia said she was going to visit Yuuyas house. Or are we not allowed to come unless we have something to do? Eh? No, its not like that, but Then thats good. It was Lexia who started it, but I Uhm Ive wanted to meet you too. Seeing Lunas cheeks redden as she says that, I remember being kissed by Luna before, and even I get red in the face. I ask Luna as if to disguise such an expression. C-come to think of it, how did you get here? It must have been hard for you. Yeah but Lexias selfishness means that we have become a little stronger too. I-I see I couldnt help but give a drawn-out smile at Lunas somewhat accomplished reaction, and Luna pointed in a direction. More importantly that, can we leave that alone? Eh? When I turned my gaze toward the direction Luna indicated, I saw the figure of Lexia-san, who had crossed the fence and entered the garden before I knew it, silently confronted Kaori W-what was that atmosphere As I hurriedly returned to my house with Owen-san and the others, Lexia-san and Kaori didnt seem to care about us and continued to stare at each other in silence. .. .. Im not sure what to do with the too heavy atmosphere, so I looked towards Owen-san to ask for help, but he seemed to have his eyes closed and didnt give a damn about it. W-well, hes usually having a hard time Next, I turn my attention to Luna, but for some reason, Luna is staring at me with half-lidded eyes. Eh, why? No one seemed to be able to do anything about the situation anywhere I looked, and when I was in full-blown trouble, Lexia-san slowly opened her mouth. You, whats your name? Im Kaori Houjou. Uhm you are? [T/n: Wasnt Kaori didnt have the language comprehension skill?] Im Lexia von Alceria. I see if you dont know me, then youre from the same country as Yuuya-sama As I watched the course of events to see what would happen once they knew each others names, they suddenly turned their gaze towards me. By the way, Yuuya-san. By the way, Yuuya-sama. What is your relationship with this person? they said in unison. Book 4: Chapter 5: Part 2 Hello everyone, from this chapter onwards, ultrabrandon12 wouldnt able to help with editing again since hes too busy with his school, so this chapter is only edited by me. I hope is still readable and didnt hindrance much of dear readers reading experience.Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 The first thing I asked them to do was to come to my house and sit down with a cup of tea or something. At that time, Kaori introduced herself to Owen-san and Luna as well, so Ill be answering the questions from the two of them earlier I opened my mouth, feeling somewhat uncomfortable with the sharp looks from the two no, three people, including Luna. Well first of all, Kaori, shes a friend of mine. When I said that, Kaori looked a little dissatisfied, but on the contrary, Lexia-san and the others looked like they were missing a beat. Eh? Is that all? Other than that, its hard to explain I sneak an earful to Kaori, who looks at me with a quizzical expression at my stalling. I havent explained our world to those Lexia-san and others. Eh? For some reason, they think Im a foreigner, too I-I see Before Lexia-san and the others arrived, we had talked about the technology and power of this world is dangerous to Earth, and Kaori was convinced that I hadnt told them I was an otherworlder. B-but still only friend is Eh? I-it was nothing! Kaori seems to have muttered something after that well, if she says its nothing, it must be so. The first thing you should know about Lexia-san and the others is that Lexia-san is the princess of a country called Alceria Kingdom. Eeh?! Kaoris eyes widened in surprise at my explanation. Its natural, of course. Its not like shes going to meet a princess in her normal life. And Luna and Owen-san are her bodyguards. A princess and bodyguard She seems surprised at the word princess, but I heard that even Kaori has a bodyguard, so its not that unusual. A knight would be unusual, though. No, if I think about it, Kaori is also a person who lives in a different world than I do, right? Just having a bodyguard on Earth is very impressive, however When I remember again that Kaori is a young lady, she came back to her senses and asked me. S-so, how did that princess, Lexia-sama, and Yuuya-san meet? Ara, you can call me Lexia if you want. You Kaori is the same age as Yuuya-sama, right? Besides, Ill call you Kaori too! Eeh? N-no is that okay? Kaori was feeling pressured by Lexia-sans push as usual, but Lexia-san smiled. Of course. Im the one who told you, after all, so its okay! Lexia-sama. Im sure its fine for this occasion, but if you handle it that way in your official duty, youll have to deal it with more As you said, its fine here, right? I dont care anymore. Really, thank you for your hard work, Owen-san. Now, if youre going to call Lexia like that, you should call me Luna, too. E-err Kaori looked at me as if to say what to do. Well they said its good for them, so I guess its fine. I-is that what it is but Im sorry. At least allow me to call you Lexia-san and Luna-san, please. Hmm well, it cant be helped Kaori is always polite, so it would be difficult for her to call them casually like that for now. Lexia-san seemed to have figured that out, and she nodded while smiling bitterly. So, as for how I met Yuuya-sama one day, I was targeted by assassins who wanted to kill me, and I ran away to this forest to escape from them. A-assassins Kaori is suddenly dumbfounded by a word that is unlikely to be used in normal life in Japan. But those assassins were killed by a monster in this forest, and I thought I would be killed as well. But Yuuya-sama saved me from that! Lexia-san says that with sparkling eyes, and I feel very embarrassed when she says that again. After that, I couldnt stay long; I came here to see Yuuya-sama again and asked him to marry me! M-marriage proposal!? Ah, wait. Thats awkward. This is going to complicate things. As expected, Kaori, who was surprised by Lexia-sans words, looks at me in a daze. Yu-Yuuya-san the marriage proposal, was it true? No, I mean, it was true, but I have refused it properly! Because from my point of view, we were complete strangers at the time! T-thats right Well, Im not giving up on it, though! For some reason, Lexia-san proudly puffed out her chest. Whats really good about me Then this time, Luna also opened her mouth. And while Im at it, Id like to tell you about me, the assassin who attacked Lexia in the story earlier, one of them is me. Eh eeeeehhhh! Lunas words surprised Kaori again. Thats true too. A former assassin and his target are together now. Its usually hard to believe. When I was hired to do that job, I visited this forest to investigate I was also attacked by monsters, and when I was close to death, Yuuya saved me. Well, a lot happened from there but thats a long story, so thats okay. A different world is amazing Kaori was, first of all, stunned by the many stories she had never heard on Earth, and then she muttered of such things. While I was smiling bitterly at Kaoris figure, Lexia-san suddenly stood up. Well then, Yuuya-sama! Eh? Let us take a bath, please! Huh? The request was so abrupt that I involuntarily gave a distracted reply Uhm are you here today to just take a bath? No. I just got sweaty and dirty from running to come here Geez Im sickened by your selfishness, but Im sick of sweat and dirt, too. I-I see It looks like it was really hard to get here, Luna nods, and I guess I have to let them take a bath. Then Kaori, who doesnt know about the bath I have, tilted her head in wonder. A bath? Yes, thats right! Since were here, Kaori should come in with us too! Eh, me too?! Kaori was surprised that she was also invited to join them, but it seems to be the decision between Lexia-san and Luna now. Since I have no reason to refuse to let them take a bath either, I prepare for it without understanding it well. Ah, Yuuya-sama. You refused it last time, but do you want to come in with us this time? Buhoh! When I finished preparing the bath, Lexia-san said something like that again, just like before, no way. Kaori blushes as I gushed at that statement. E-eh!?! come in together!? Yes. Is there something wrong with that? How is that not wrong? Really, whats going on in your mindset? Excuse me, okay! Its perfectly normal! No, I dont think its normal Unable to say so, I managed to convince them to give up, and the three of them went to the bath. Theres really a bath As I took off my clothes, I was surprised to see a bath with steam rising in front of me. At first, I thought that I would take a bath in this house, but it seemed that one of the drop items that Yuuya-san had talked about before was a bath that could be carried around, and that I would be in it. I didnt understand the idea of taking a bath with them, but I dont understand even more about a portable bath than that. How does one go about carrying a bath with them? Thats what I thought, but the moment Yuuya-san somehow took out a square object and placed it on the floor, a bath was instantly created. I was no longer at a loss for words. This world is simply astonishing because it defies all common sense on Earth. However I was told that we would be in this bath together, but even though we are the same girls I was a little nervous about it. When I was waiting without knowing it well, Lexia-san and the others came over and prepared for it. Then we rinsed off, and when it came time to get into the bath. Haaaaahhh I couldnt help but let out a voice at how good it felt. Then Lexia-san and the others, who were also soaking in hot water, also looked comfortably. Phew It feels so good. Yeah as always, the baths Yuuya has are the best I can vaguely guess from their words, but after all, they have been helped by Yuuya-san and have used this bath before. Its probably okay, but I dont think its possible that they are in it with Yuuya-san, right? Earlier, Lexia-san said something about Yuuya-san joining us too, but I think its okay, no, I think its okay to see Yuuya-sans reaction. The two of them told me how they met Yuuya-san, and I was happy to hear that Yuuya-san is still the same in this world. After all, when someone is in trouble, he goes to help Thats probably why Lexia-san was attracted to Yuuya-san like that. And I also. sea??h th§× N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. So, what about Kaori? Eh? I give an unwilling response to Lexia-sans abruptly thrown words. I-is it okay? The other party is a princess. Ive met a number of important people through my fathers relationship, but as expected, I never had the opportunity to meet a princess, so I couldnt help but think so. However, Lexia-san doesnt seem to be particularly bothered by this, and she looks straight at me. So, I mean, what do you think, Kaori? Uh what is it about? Thats Yuya-sama, of course! Huh! I stifled a few words, not expecting her to ask me so straightforwardly. I-Im Uhm You dont have to fake it or anything. I just want to know how Kaori really feels. I couldnt look away from Lexia-sans eyes, which were staring straight at me as if to say that she would not allow me to lie. I like Yuuya-san. From the first time we met, I was unintentionally attracted to Yuuya-sans kindness. .. After that, Yuuya-san never changed and helped me so many times that I found myself feeling emotions that I had never felt before. And I guess this is what it means to love With Lexia-sans prompting, I was finally able to calmly analyze my feelings. I like Yuuya-san. I was confused because it was my first emotion, but when I finally accepted it, I felt embarrassed and somewhat refreshed. Then Lexia heard my words and nodded. I see Luna is the same, but why does everyone want to hide their feelings. Why dont you honestly say you like Yuuya-sama? No, youre just too straightforward. Its okay. You must keep up the positive feelings. Otherwise, people wont be able to understand you very well. That may be but Uhm from what I hear about it is Luna-san also about Yuuya? Uh Yeah, thats right. Luna-san blushed and looked kind of cute as she awkwardly looked away from me. Oh well, fine. Even if I find out Kaori likes Yuuya-sama, it wont change anything I do! Eh? I told you, right? I said I proposed Yuuya-sama. I havent given up yet! Eeehh! B-but isnt it too early to get married? Ara, is that the case in Yuuya-sama and Kaoris country? You know, in our country, marriage is commonplace at this age. What a surprise. Its true that we women are just about the right age to get married on Earth, but Yuuya is not yet 18 years old. But that is the law in Japan on Earth and I guess that would be legal in this world? Lexia-san, who doesnt know that Im confused, continues. So I wont give up on Yuuya-sama! Of course, Im not going to let Luna and Kaori beat me, either! Huh? But Im one step ahead of you at the moment. Mukiii! That was because Owen didnt want to stop the carriageeeee! Well, leave this sorry princess aside as for me, Kaori, you are the biggest obstacle. Eh? Youre from the same country as Yuuya, and from the exchange you just had, you must know a side of Yuuya that we dont know about. Huh? Thats right! Kaori has an advantage that we dont! That means could it be that Im the most late on this case? I dont know what made her think that, but I dont think that she is late about this, at least not when she is asking Yuuya-san to marry her. I just accepted my feelings honestly just now, but I really thought it was amazing that Lexia-san could communicate her feelings so clearly and even more so to her partner. While Im feeling that way, Lexia-san points her finger at Luna-san and me. Okay! Ill turn the tables from here, and Ill be the one to marry Yuuya-sama first! Brace yourself! Hmph, Ill just pull away again soon enough. Somehow, Luna-san laughed wryly at Lexia-sans statement like that, but I felt strange about Lexia-sans statement. What do you mean by, err first? Normally, once you get married, there is no later Then Lexia-san and Luna-san looked at each other. Eh, could it be that its not possible to marry more than one person in Kaori country? T-theres no such thing, eh can you do that on your country? Its pretty standard. Its interesting. Its interesting how these parts of our culture can be so different! Luna-san and Lexia-san looked curious, but I couldnt believe it from my upbringing in the Japanese way of thinking. You mean that polygamy? There are not only polygamy but also polyandry, as well. Especially for royalty and nobility, they have a tendency to do either. My father has taken several other women besides my mother, you know. And I know the female heads of families who have married many men. Im honestly amazed at the explanation of Lexia-san and Luna-san, but when I hear the words nobility and royalty, I feel slightly chilled. Those people have to leave behind an heir, so they will probably marry a lot of women and men. But Im sure that was understandable if you meant among the nobility and royalty. But that idea is indeed unthinkable for the average citizen, isnt it? Well, its rare for a commoner to be polygamous, but thats because they dont have the economic power to do so. A commoner with money would have been married polygamously. A great merchant would be a good example. On this point, theres no problem with Yuuya-sama. The materials of the monsters in this forest are enough to make a tremendous amount of money, and if anything, he can do well as an adventurer. And since hes going to marry me, hes going to be royalty anyway, right? Thats perfectly fine! Im beginning to get a headache from the common sense of the other world that is told too much one after another. Its true that there are countries on Earth where bigamy is allowed, but its unthinkable in Japan, so to think that Yuuya-san would be adapted to that When I was shocked by that one thing, Lexia-san changed the topic in a cheerful tone. Well, well see what happens there! And I have to get Yuuya-sama to go for it too! Right. So, for my part, Id like to ask you about the things Kaori knows about Yuuya-sama! Eh? T-the thing that I know about? Yes! When it comes to this, we should be talking about what we know about Yuuya-sama with each other, right? Im sure Kaori would like to know the side of Yuuya-sama that we all know, wouldnt you? Thats, of course! I certainly dont know about Yuuya-sans activities in this world, so Id like to hear about it. Lexia-san laughed happily at my reaction, and from there, Luna-san and I were included in a discussion about Yuuya-san. It had been a really long time since I had talked this much with a girl my age, and by the time we left the bath, we had become great friends. Book 4: Chapter 5: Part 3 Another chapter brought by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 While Lexia and the others were having a conversation in the bath, Owen tried to gather information on Yuuya and the others. However, because of Kaoris sudden appearance, he has more to look into, and its a bit of a headache. Nevertheless, there are several similarities between Yuuya and Kaori, which can be helpful in gathering information. (Although their hair and eye color are the same, their facial features are not that similar the line of brother and sister is thin, and they are probably really friends. If thats the case, does that mean Kaori-dono is a nobleman or royalty like Yuuya-dono?) Nevertheless, it didnt change the fact that he had little information. Thats why Owens misunderstanding accelerated, and his head ached that he had new things to report when he returned to the royal capital. This was because Owen wanted to gather as much information about Yuuya as possible and report it to Arnold. When Arnold was attacked by Rhaegar, even though those attackers were exceptionally skilled, Yuuya had managed to deal with them effortlessly, and even took out a series of legendary-grade items. There was no way they would let loose a country with such an individual so easily, and Arnold wanted him to stay in the Alceria Kingdom if possible. It was because he believed that if Yuuya were willing to abandon his country and become a citizen of the Alceria Kingdom, it would be of great benefit to the country. In fact, there was no doubt that Yuuyas abilities and legendary grade items would have a tremendous impact on diplomacy. However, since both Owen and Arnold had only seen a small part of Yuuyas abilities yet, it was not known what would happen if they knew about Yuuyas transfer magic and other things. (The best thing is not to bring in only Yuya-dono, but Yuya-dono and Lexia-sama marry and start trading with Yuuya-donos country as it is. But, His Majesty would be reluctant to do so. Well, after the last one, the hostility towards Yuuya-dono is almost gone, anyway) Arnolds assessment of Yuuya had been revised after Yuuya had treated Rhaegar, which Arnold himself had given up on, and that made Arnold revised his opinion of Yuuya. Thats how tremendous Yuuyas actions were, but the man himself was not so aware of it. Still, although Arnold himself still thinks that the current situation of his beloved daughter, Lexia, favoring Yuuya is not pleasant, he was quite troubled by Yuuyas abilities and other factors. Its a great idea to get a chance to connect with Yuuya, but as a parent, he doesnt want to give her to anyone. Nevertheless, there was no need to jump to conclusions just yet, since Yuuya himself, whose favor is directed at him, has refused Lexias marriage proposal. However, the emergence of an uncertain element called Kaori here complicated the battle over Yuuya. (Even so) Owen suddenly turned his attention to Night and Akatsuki, who were relaxing near him. Woof? Fugo? Then they tilted their heads curiously. (They were only briefly introduced to me, but they are Yuuya-donos family. Thats not normal by any stretch of the imagination) With that in mind, Owen took the opportunity to take a good look at Night and Akatsuki. (Night-dono is a dog? Its not hes a wolf. However, when it comes to black wolf monsters, there arent too many types the most famous one is[Black Fang], but theyre a D-class. It wasnt very good. In fact, it wouldnt be able to fight in the Great Devils Nest. Other than that, there are several things that come to mind, such as the[Shadow Wolf]and the[Murder Claw], which are still too weak to survive in the Great Devils Nest. Besides, a search for enemy ability beyond that Yuuya-dono is not normal. If thats the case.) Thinking up to that point, Owens mind was filled with the name of a certain monster. And the moment that monsters name popped into his head, sweat appeared on Owens forehead. (C-could it is that legendary[Black Fenrir] I guess it cant be that Even[Fenrir], who is known as the God Wolf, has been brought to its knees, and has even attacked the three once-glorious nations in a single night) He looked at Night again, but Night still only tilted his head cutely. (No, no, no, no, no, thats indeed not true. Legend has it that it was even described as being large enough to swallow a city in its entirety. By all accounts, Night-dono is too small. Hes probably a monster unique to the Great Devils Nest that is still unknown to me and the rest of the world. If thats the case, Akatsuki-dono is also) This time he looked at Akatsuki, but Akatsuki didnt seem to be interested in Owen; he just rolled around sluggishly on the floor with his belly showing. Fumu. For all intents and purposes, hes just a little piggy. No, that red hair is rare, but he doesnt look particularly amazing. I havent even seen him fighting like Night-dono, and hes probably not very good at fighting.) There was no need to think any further about Akatsuki, Owen decided. In the end, Owen was unable to gather any significant information and continued to ponder. Phew That was a nice bath! Yeah as expected of Yuuyas bath. Its amazing I never thought Id feel so much better after a bath. The three of them came back from the bath, talking happily to each other. Its amazing. They were a bit distant before the bath, but now they seem to be getting along quite well. First, lets ask Kaori what she thought after trying the bath for the first time. Kaori. How was the bath? Its amazing! My skin is feeling smoother, but even more than that, it feels like a power is rising from the bottom of my body! I could tell by the way Kaori said that with sparkling eyes that she was satisfied. Im glad to hear that. That item seems to have various effects, you know. An item from a different world is really amazing and you can take that bath with you, right? Well, yeah. Therefore, you can take a bath wherever you want, and since the effect of the item seems to be to make it invisible to the people around it, you dont have to worry about being seen. But even so, I suppose you still have to choose the place to some extent. But its still amazing! While smiling bitterly at Kaori, who was more into the bath than I expected, I asked Lexia-san and Luna as well. Speaking of which, what did you do here today? You know, I forgot all about it in the introduction of Kaori and the sudden bath Ara, we dont have particular needs, you know? Huh? I froze at the unexpected statement. However, Lexia-san didnt seem bothered by it and puffed out her chest. I came here just to see Yuuya-sama! Ive always wanted to meet Yuuya too, but your location is hard to go This princess doesnt care about that, so I have to put myself in her shoes, as well Eh, no, this place is indeed dangerous, but wait a minute You came here after properly informing Arnold-sama, didnt you? We didnt do it because it was too much trouble! Not good! This is going to piss him off again! As I put my hand over my head, Owen-san let out a sigh and told me. Yuuya-dono. Please be at ease. I have reported to him, just in case. Oh, thats good to know No, really. But if they dont have anything to do, then it might bore them Im sorry that they came all this way, and I tell them honestly. Well, sorry. Ive got another thing to do tomorrow And by things, of course, I mean school. Theres not much time left until the test. Ara, is that so? Does that involve Kaori? Yes, thats right Fumu Im very curious about the details of that when its just the two of you doing things together but its also true that we came here so suddenly that I cant say anything about it. Lexia-san seemed to be convinced, even though she looked a little dissatisfied. If thats the case, its time for us to leave too. My father is going to be angry if we stay too long! No, I think hell be furious when you come out without telling him Lexia-san didnt seem to be bothered by Lunas righteous argument either. She wondered what would happen from her position as a former assassin, but it was good that the two of them seemed to be more compatible than expected. Then the moment Lexia-san and the others said they were leaving, Kaori looked a little sad. I understand that, but when it comes to saying goodbye its a little sad. Oh, its not like its a lifetime farewell. You dont have to be so depressed! If you want, I can come back tomorrow at the same time as today, okay? Lexia-sama. From tomorrow onwards, your official duties will continue for a while. Eh. At Owen-sans words, Lexia-sans expression, which had been so lively a moment ago, froze. Ugh, its not true, right? No, its true. Giving your official duties would make it impossible for you to be selfish, no matter what you say. I advised Lexia-sama that this would be just fine for her. O-Owennnnnnnnnnnn! Lexia-san stared at Owen-san with a devilish look on her face. Thats scary But even though Owen-san looks at Lexia-san like that, he doesnt seem to be affected. Youve been acting a little too freely lately. Ill have you working to your hearts content for a while from tomorrow. N-no! No, no. For now, as far as I know, youll be attending the upcoming social events, and youll be meeting with people from the neighboring kingdom of Rowness. Also, there will be a visit to a provincial city that you were unable to visit last time. N-nooooooo! Lexia-san collapsed on the spot. H-how hard it is for royalty to do that And just by listening to the story like that, I can strongly feel that Lexia-san is a real princess. The world we live in is different, after all. Next to the crumbling Lexia-san, Luna let out a dumbfounded sigh. Sigh I wouldnt say I like it too, but all this. Since Im employed by Lexia, do I have to join in? Sear?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then she heard Lunas words and suddenly regained her energy. L-Luna! Youre with me, right? You dont like it, too, do you? Theres nothing fun about socializing at a dinner party, after all! Yes. But Im just an escort. I dont have to deal with any of the annoying interactions around there, though. Y-you traitooooorrrr! Apparently, Lexia-san doesnt have any allies. So please dont look at me like that. Theres nothing I can do about it. Ugh i-it cant be helped I will finish those things right away and come here again! Yes, yes, thats right. Just one yes is enough! Lexia-sama yelled at Owen-san and then looked at us again. Well then, Its a regret to say goodbye, but well leave now. Oh, do you want me to walk you to the entrance of this[Great Devils Nest]? Thanks, but no thanks. Since were here, its best also to raise Luna and Owens levels! This girl! Luna and Owen-sans eyes were wide open. A-are they going to be okay? Well, the monsters near the entrance to the Great Devils Nest can be dealt with by Luna, even if they come in packs, so its okay. So, Kaori. See you later! Yes! Im sure well have plenty to talk about again! Thats how Lexia-san and the others left. In the meantime, I asked Night to follow them from the shadows, so they should be fine. As we were watching them off, Kaori muttered next to me. Theyve gone Thats right Lexia-san and the others were nice, and we had a lot of fun. I see. Im glad youre getting along so well. At first, I was strangely tense, and I wondered what was going to happen. I chuckled, and I asked her something that was suddenly on my mind. Oh, by the way, you were so close at the end, what exactly did you talk about in the bath? In response to my question, Kaori looked up at me and smiled mischievously. Its a secret! Book 4: Chapter 6: Part 1 Heres the chapter, Im sorry for the delay for and long delay for the others, I got some trouble in this past weeks, I hope I can deliver all of it ASAP, thanks for your understanding, I hope you can enjoy it~Part 1 It was several days after that day when Kaori, Lexia-san, and others met. Phew I guess this is enough for todays study. Woof? When I say that while stretching, Night looked up at me and tilted his head. Come to think of it; I havent been getting myself closer with Night and Akatsuki lately because Ive been studying for the test all the time Yeah, it would be nice to go out with Night and Akatsuki today. Woof? Fugo. Are Night and Akatsuki okay? I look at their face, but they have sparkles in their eyes as if they are looking forward to going outside. It makes me want to go even more when they gave me a look like this, and Im sorry for not so sensitive about it. Its okay. Wherever we go, we can come right away with teleport magic. Woof! Then Night took the Adventurers Guild card that I had left in the room in his mouth and brought it to me. Woof Oh, by the way, we also registered with the Adventurers Guild Could it be that you want to take the request? Woof. Night nodded cheerfully at my question. I see then, lets go take a request at the Adventurers Guild today! Woof! Fugo! While smiling at their energetic appearance, I quickly made preparations and headed straight to the royal capital. However, its not a good idea to move into the city suddenly, so we moved to an unpopular place a bit away from the capital. We went straight to the royal capital from there. Once we could enter the city without any problems, we headed to the Adventurers Guild. If I had more time, I would probably like to look around the royal capital streets, but this time, my primary purpose is to take a request from the Adventurers Guild. I wont be able to look around until after the test is over. As I headed to the Adventurers Guild with that in mind, I saw a certain person walking towards the Adventurers Guild from across the street. Hmm? Yuuya? Oh, Luna! To my surprise, I met Luna near the Adventurers Guild. What brings you here? As I recall, you said you were busy Did you finished your business? No, not yet. I just came here to take a request to take a break from it. You see, I can use teleport magic to get back and forth, after all. Well, its because youre the only one who can use that method, you know? I was aware of that. And Lexia-san had told me a lot about the dangers of teleport magic. More importantly, I was also curious about something. You too, Luna, why are you here? Is it okay with Lexia-sans guard? Yeah, it looks like Owen alone can handle the guards today, so I got a break after a long time. However, not moving my body is also not good Thats why I was taking a walk around the royal capital. I see would you like to join us and take a request from the Adventurers Guild? Eh? For some reason, Luna gives me a dumbfounded look at my suggestion. Oh, is that okay? I thought it would be nice if we could fight monsters together again like we used to train in the past. You know? Woof! Fugo~. Night and Akatsuki are also very positive about Lunas participation, and theyve slipped to Lunas feet. They are cute. Looking at Night and Akatsuki, Luna smiled. I-I see no, I didnt expect that Yuuya and I could really go on a request together I-I guess you could call this a date, right?! Eh? I-its nothing! Anyway, lets find some reasonable requests in the meantime. With Luna leading the way, we approach the bulletin board and check the requests, but the requests we get from our ranks are really simple things. Thats precisely the image I received before harvesting herbs, delivering packages, plucking weeds, and other chores. When I was skimming through the bulletin board, Luna turned her attention to a specific request. Yuuya, how about this? Eh? There was a request form with the words Investigation of Monsters around the Royal Capital written on it. Huh, that sounds good. But is there a place in the vicinity of the royal capital where such monsters can appear? Yeah. Just in case, theres a forest nearby, so I guess it would be in the form of a survey there. I see In the end, there were no other requests that looked good, so I decided to take the request that Luna had recommended in this way for now. Since Emilia-san was at the reception desk, I asked Emilia-san to go through the procedures and ask her for a few more details. Well, regarding the investigation around the royal capital, what is the main thing we should do? Oh, you dont have to think too hard. If you can hunt down just one type of monster that appears in the vicinity of the royal capital, your request will be accomplished. Its easier than I thought. Yes, thats true. And since this is a request that is always posted, other adventurers often receive it as well. Are you okay with this request? Yes, Im fine with it. Okay, Ill just fill out the paperwork. This is how Emilia-san took care of the paperwork, and we used teleport magic to head to the forest near the royal capital. Mmm, Hhmm. Youre in a good mood, arent you? As soon as we left the royal capital after Emilia-san took care of the paperwork, Luna started humming. Then, Luna blushed in embarrassment at my remark. I-is that so? Well, its because I can go out alone with Yuuya So, thats why Ah, um yes. I couldnt help but feel my face heat up at Lunas reaction too. But, indeed, Luna and I havent acted together since our training in the[Great Devils Nest]. No, theres Night and Akatsuki, of course, but in terms of people. Well, even if my training with Luna is no longer there, Im still training with Master Usagi. We arrive at our destination, a forest near the royal capital while being shy of each other. The forest doesnt feel as bad as the[Great Devils Nest]. We brace ourselves. W-well then, lets see if we can find a suitable monster. That was the moment I was about to say that. Kyaaaaaah! Huh!? We look at each other at the sound of a womans shout from the forest. What was that just now! I dont know. But its close! Kuh! Night! Do you know which way the voice is now? Woof! Night moved his nose and ears, barked once, and started to run. Alright, well go too! Yeah! I followed Night, and hurriedly entered the forest. And after a little while, the identity of the voice came into view. T-this wolf Grrrrrr To my surprise, Glenna-san, who had approached me in the Adventurers Guild before, sat down with her back to the tree, and Night stood in front of her, wary of something. Are you alright! Oh, you guys! I dont know what happened, but Ill just check here. N-no! Stay out of it! Woof! Huh! The moment I was about to tell Glenna-san to run away, a sharp attack suddenly flew from an empty place. I quickly took out[Absolute Spear]to prevent it and threw it in the direction of the attacker. Then Keeeeeeeee?! W-what is that thing? Yuuya, thats an[Assassin Chameleon]! Chameleon? I hurriedly check the surroundings, its definitely an extremely thin presence, but I can see that something is encircling us. I look around like Im protecting Glenna-san, and Luna informs me. The[Assassin Chameleon]is a B-class monster. Theyll mimic their surroundings and attack you as they did just now. I see This is the first monster Ive encountered outside of the[Great Devils Nest], but it has a higher rank than I expected. Is this normal? Still, this mimicry ability is pretty tricky. Its a level that even I can barely understand. But since I can understand it to a point, I have no choice but to fight while trying not to miss their presence. I called out to Glenna-san, who was stunned behind me. For now, well take down this monster. Luna! I know! Luna skillfully manipulated the thread in her hand and released it randomly into the surroundings. The thread chopped up the surrounding trees, and the Assassin Chameleons who couldnt avoid it were also damaged and showed up. Keaaaaah! Kukeeeee! The strange screaming Assassin Chameleon was a large chameleon about two meters tall with a green body, big yellow eyes, and a magnificent horn on its forehead. And if it shows itself, not only Luna can deal with it, but I can deal with it as well. Haaah! The Assassin Chameleons neck, which was damaged by Lunas thread and rampaging around, and I switched from[Absolute Spear]to[Omni-Sword]and sliced through it accurately. Ku-kukukeee! Keeeeeee! S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then the surviving Assassin Chameleon turned his back on us and left in a flash. It seems to have escaped. As I was surprised at my first experience of a monster running, Luna came next to me. Assassins Chameleon, as its name suggests, is a monster that is good at attacking by surprise. They have a habit of running away if that surprise attack is blocked or cant get through to their opponents. I-I see When I was surprised at the still unknown ecology, Glenna-san, who had been watching the battle earlier, opened her eyes. A-amazing With that kind of reaction at my back, I let Night and Akatsuki take care of Glenna-san and collect the dropped items. I want to check more slowly since Ive never seen any of these items before, but Glenna-san is here, and this isnt the situation for that. Excuse me. Lets get out of here for now. Y-youre right. As we continued through the forest, we took a breath. Phew that really helped me. Thanks. N-no, Im glad I could help. I didnt expect to run into a bunch of Assassin Chameleons Anyway, since you saved my life, I should thank you for that T-thanking me? For some reason, Glenna-san takes my arm and presses her chest against me. Ah, um! Maybe you could come over to Onee-sans house tonight if you want. I can do nice things for you. N-nice things? Yes. As Onee-san said. Did you forget me here? When I was having trouble dealing with Glenna-san, Luna released me from Glenna-sans arms. And just like that, Luna glares at Glenna-san. If theres gratitude to Yuuya, then, of course, I have one too, right? Um Luna-san? When I called out fearfully to Lunas attitude, Glenna-san gave a wry smile. Its a shame. I dont have any interest in that area so thats about it for today, and Im going to go home. Im indeed tired, after all. Oh, then, do you want me to walk you back? As soon as I suggest that, Glenna-san smiles. Thats a nice suggestion, but thats okay. Besides Im afraid of that girl if Im around any longer Huh? I followed Glenna-sans gaze to find a strangely unhappy Luna staring at me. W-whats wrong? Nothing. I dont think theres nothing wrong with your face like that No matter how many times I asked, Luna would only answer that in the end. Then, Glenna-san thanked us once more and left by herself, while Luna and I resumed our search in the forest, as we had intended. Book 4: Chapter 6: Part 2 Another chapter brought to you by Patreon, Im sorry for the delay for and long delay for the others, I got some trouble in this past weeks, I hope I can deliver all of it ASAP, thanks for your understanding, I hope you can enjoy it~Part 2 A few days after I saved Glenna-san with Luna. I checked the item I had obtained when I defeated the Assassin Chameleon, which I had completely forgotten about. The item was this: [Assassination Chameleons Discoloration Skin] :: Assassin Chameleons skin. Its very flexible and can be processed in various ways. Since its a B-class monster, its defense power is also reasonably high. Besides, because the color changes depending on how it is processed, this is a target material that people involved in armor and clothing work would like to handle at least once. [Cloak of Disguise] :: Assassin Chameleons rare drop item. You can hide your figure from your surroundings while wearing this cloak. It is also possible to make your appearance visible only to any person while you are hiding. However, it is not absolutely undetectable. Once it has been noticed, that person will see through it even if you use it again, so you will need to hide somewhere to break their recognition. [Bracelet of Replacement] :: Assassin Chameleons rare drop item. It is possible to switch to the equipment registered in this bracelet instantly. Although B-class magic stones are also added here, this item is the most common among them. The[Assassination Chameleons Discoloration Skin]is a strange rubbery material that changes color depending on how much light it catches, but since I dont have any plans or the place to process it at the moment, I decided to exchange it for cash at the Door to Another World, just like the Bloody Ogres materials. And although[Cloak of Disguise]didnt seem to be necessary from my point of view as I have the skill[Assimilation], I suddenly thought it would be nice to be able to deceive the eyes of someone who cant use the skill, or who can see that youve used any skill and hide your appearance when they come out. I havent encountered such an opponent yet, but it wouldnt hurt to be prepared. The rest is[Bracelet of Replacement]. This is the most useful for now. The reason for that is that when I registered a couple of sets such as the[Bloody War Demon Series]and the ordinary clothes that Sage-san left for me, I was able to switch into them in an instant. For now, the only armor I have is the[Bloody War Demon Series], but if I get another armor later on, I can change into it in an instant, depending on the situation. This is really convenient. So thats how I spent a fulfilling time in the other world, but on Earth, the test ended yesterday successfully, and all I have to do is wait for the return Im pretty confident this time. How did Ryo and the others do on the test? Im feeling pretty good as usual. But I dont think its that bad, though. I-I think I did pretty well, too. Apparently Ryo and Shingo-kun didnt seem to have any particular problems, but seeing as how Akira and Kaede were burned out, it would be quite dangerous. If it becomes a supplementary exam, Ill help them out. Its not that Im good at math, but Kaori, a powerful helper, helped me out a lot this time. So I understand math tests better than usual, and I think I could answer more than expected in the classics and English by teaching Kaori. However, the study session with Kaori ended when the test was over for the time being. Its a bit lonely. She had been coming over to my house after school to study all through the testing period, so it was a bit lonely when I got alone in this kind of time for the first time in a long time. Besides As I thought, it was fun Since Kaori found out about the other world, Ive been strangely curious about Kaori. Well, the reason was probably that Kaori accepted me after knowing the truth. My appearance has changed a lot, and even though she saw me defeating monsters without hesitation, I was happy that she didnt get scared and told me that I wouldnt change. I initially thought Kaori was a nice girl, but that matter has made me fully aware of her. But even if I like her, it would be a nuisance to Kaori, and I think there are more suitable people for her out there. Maybe its wrong to feel this way, but after years of being bullied, I cant get confident in myself quickly enough. Still, I think Im a lot less prone to that than I used to be, but it still doesnt change the way I think. Oh no. Lets move around a bit. Whenever something was bothering me, I tried to move my body these days. I was Genuinely trying to recreate what Master Usagi taught me. The contents of the various martial arts books I happened to find in the secondhand bookstore I went to when I had just opened the[Door to Another World], and moving my body regardless. Accompanied by Night and Akatsuki, I went out into the garden and mentioned something I suddenly realized. Come to think of it; I havent seen Master Usagi around lately. Woof? Fugo. Night and Akatsuki thought so too, nodding their heads in the same way. Well, I dont think Master Usagi is in danger, but I was a little curious. Then I suddenly thought of the mysterious girl who appeared when I restrained Rhaegar-sama. Maybe Master Usagi would know about that girl. That overwhelming strength was honestly not normal. I was just beginning to gain some confidence in terms of power, but such confidence was quickly shattered because of that girl. The world is still a big place, after all. We should do our own thing and get stronger little by little. Woof! Buhi~. Night nodded vigorously, but Akatsukis paws fluttered as if he was somewhat unmotivated. Well, well, Akatsuki isnt the type to fight. So, even if we were to get stronger, nothing would change if we kept going the way we are. Thats why we need to devise something of our own outside of training with Master Usagi If theres one thing we can do right now that will make us stronger, it will be to combine magic and close combat. Woof? Buhi. Night was listening intently, cutely tilting his head, but Akatsuki was completely disinterested, lying sluggishly on the ground. Yeah, its cute, and Akatsuki is still acceptable. Getting my mind back on track, I explain my thoughts to Night. You see, so far, were fighting in close combat with only weapons and fighting magic with magic, too, right? Woof. So I thought, why dont we just combine them? Woof? In fact, we dont have the luxury of being able to be aware of the use of magic when we fight with our weapons and physical bodies now. Perhaps thats why theres not much variation in our attacks. In the meantime, I, for example, have a lot of Sage-sans weapons, so I can fight while changing those weapons, but thats not the case for Night and Akatsuki. I dont know if they actually exist or not, but there may be an enemy that will fight while switching between physical resistance and magic resistance. When such an enemy comes out, with our current situation, theres a chance that well be killed the moment we switch our attacks. Well, there is talk of such a possibility, but even more than that, if magic and weapon attacks are combined, there is no doubt that the number of hands will increase. However, I dont think its possible to combine the two so easily. If you are suddenly able to avoid an attack, you cant unleash your magic on the point you were avoiding; it would be impossible for me to do that now. Thats why I decided to change my thinking a bit. Sage-sans weapons and stuff, arent they ridiculously strong in their current state? Woof. Could this be stronger? Woof! Well, thats how the reaction would be. For example, wouldnt it be strong if this[Absolute Spear]covered in lightning? I took out the[Absolute Spear]from my item box and said that while showing it to Night. Then Nights eyes widened even more. What Im trying to say is that Im going to clothe the weapon with magic. With this, even the ghostly enemy called[Wraith]that I fought before, Ill be able to defeat them with my weapon. Lets see. When I say that, I raise the[Absolute Spear]in front of me and close my eyes. As it is, the image I imagine was the lightning that clings to the[Absolute Spear]. As the image solidifies, I unconsciously open my mouth. [Magic Attire]. At that moment, lightning suddenly fell from the sky. The lightning struck the[Absolute Spear]directly and continued to charge the[Absolute Spear]as it was. Night and I watched the scene in a daze. I-its a success W-woof. I swung the[Absolute Spear]around as if to confirm it immediately, and the lightning bolt followed the spear as if drawing a line, and even more so, the speed at which the[Absolute Spear]was being wielded seemed to be increasing. N-no way I threw it lightly at a tree outside the yard to see what it felt like. Then. *zugaaannnn!* .. Night and I, and even Akatsuki, who was lying idly, were appalled by the scene. The spear I threw flew at a speed that even my own eyes couldnt follow, and the moment it touched the tree, not only did it pierce it, but for some reason, lightning rained down on the tree from above. The tree, which was carbonized in an instant, was given no time to burn. When I was stunned by the excessive power, the[Absolute Spear]had returned to my hand before I realized it. Moreover, the lightning that the[Absolute Spear]is wearing has not disappeared even though it has returned, and it is still buzzing. S-scary Eh, this is now I imagined lightning, but what would happen if it was fire or water? I figured about the idea already, so lets do everything. So I put magic on the[Absolute Spear]one after another Hmm there are some which can, and some which cannot. This is because, although I succeeded in making it clothed in fire, I couldnt make it clothed in water. Perhaps its a matter of my imagination. It was easy to imagine a spear with fire, but I couldnt imagine a spear with water. I was able to make it clothe with the wind, but not with the earth. And now that Ive made it this far, Ive been thinking about it even more. What would happen if I combined all the things I could do at this stage? I couldnt stop being curious, so I tried it right away, but I was able to do it! S-seriously Woof Fugo. Night and Akatsuki looked at the[Absolute Spear]in my hand and felt somewhat drawn out by it. This is because the current spear Im holding is not in its usual form; it is clothed in a tornado of fire and surrounded by charged lightning. S§×ar?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Moreover, I, who is holding it for some reason, do not feel any particular heat. T-this is, what happens if I throw it? As far as Im concerned, the lightning alone was very dangerous, and if I were to throw it at a tree outside the yard, it would be a disaster. T-this is not an easy one to throw Woof Fugo. Night and Akatsuki nodded fiercely, doing their best to agree. However, this would cover up one issue, the fusion of magic and melee combat. Of course, the best thing would be to mix weapons and magic in a balanced way while also using magic as I do now. But I still lack experience and magical proficiency to do that, so this attempt was made to connect to that Its more than I expected. Woof! Night also nodded with his eyes shining, and he began to try to see if he could wear lightning on his claws, which are his weapons, just like the[Absolute Spear]to me. Then Uu Woof! Ooh! Lightning flashed in Nights claws, and it clad on it. Then Night ran out straight away and jumped out with lightning speed as if it were a lightning strike, cutting down the trees outside the garden. At that moment, just like when I threw the[Absolute Spear]earlier, lightning struck the tree. I dont know what principle its based on, but for some reason, the lightning is falling from the sky. Perhaps the[Absolute Spear]and Nights Claw wrapped in lightning may be acting like a kind of indicator or lightning rod. No, I dont know what that means either. As I was stroking Night, who slid over to me as if to say praise me, praise me, I suddenly had an even more frightening thought. Thats what came to mind when Night moved after wearing lightning on his claws earlier Hey, Night. Woof? Wouldnt it be great if we could move faster than Master Usagi? Woof!? Night was surprised by my statement; his eyes widening just as much as before. Thats natural. Its just that Master Usagi is even called The Kicking Saint, and he actually boasts tremendous leg strength. Thats why his agility is outrageous, and I still cant follow him with my eyes, but I was about to step into that territory suddenly. Naturally, it would be impossible to catch up with him first, as our status is also inferior to Master Usagi. But what if we borrowed the power of magic? According to Sage-san, magic is all about imagination. And I have a magic circuit that I inherited from that Sage-san. Watch me for a moment. I said, and then I meditated on the image. Its the image of the thunder-clad Night I saw earlier. Im just going to change that into me. Earlier, Night had only clothed his claws with lightning, but his movements were the fastest so far as if he was clearly affected by the lightning. Thats why I wondered what would happen if I also wore lightning on myself instead of the[Absolute Spear]. The result was. So, I was able to do it Woof Buhi. Lightning clung to my body, and my armor glowed pale white. N-no, I dont know if Ive succeeded yet. Well have to see it in action. And the moment I took a step forward, I left every view behind. , Huh? My eyes widen as the landscape around me suddenly changes. W-what happened? I was just taking a step forward The moment I thought that, I turned around fearfully at a specific feeling, and I saw. S-seriously Whats this, a path has been created from where I w. Moreover, the path was blackened and scorched, and for some reason, things like lightnings afterglow were shining in places. I, did I make such a long move with just that one step? I conversely became calm at the situation that was too far from reality. I checked my current location with my[Map]skill and muttered that unconsciously. Thats because I seemed to have gone out of the yard in an instant with that one step and came straight to the vicinity of the forest entrance. No, I dont understand what Im saying to myself. Its not a distance that I can move in a single step by any stretch of the imagination, and more importantly, its speed is strange. I dont think maybe Master Usagi would be capable of this but at least its not possible to do it for me until now. But its really possible now. Even so, I still dont see the logic in it. Im stunned yet still physically electrified, so I tried to go home in this situation for a while. Then For real? Woof! Fugoh! Once again, I moved that long-distance in an instant, and before I knew it, I was standing in the position I was in before I moved. I suddenly came back, and Night and Akatsuki were surprised to see me with their eyes wide open. Ive already figured it out, but it still seems that I can gain that much speed if I wear lightning. However, I need to control it, but this is something I have to train well. Because the moment I step out of the door, its normally laughable that if I dont know the place. But then again, it was a dangerous situation. I didnt happen to tear down the house or the fence, but this would be a bad idea if I run into the house with this technique. I regret now that I made a move without thinking about it. However, this ability is very appealing. And if I can master it, it will definitely become a great power. If thats the case, Ill start practicing right away! Woof! Fugo. It looks like Akatsuki will be following our training as well. Im going to start training to master this technique as soon as possible, but I decided to move first. In that case, I removed the[Magic Attire]once. Otherwise, I might end up at the entrance of the forest again. Well, then. Uuuu! Eh? Night? Just as I was about to start now, Night suddenly started growling. Akatsuki and I were confused by it. Andsuddenly I felt a chilling sensation in my back. Huh! I hurriedly held Akatsuki and Night and jumped back to the side at once. What was that! We could see a cloud of dust rising from the spot where we had been standing a moment ago. As I was staring at the scene without caution, a voice suddenly called out from the sky. Astonished. How could you avoid the attack just now You are When I looked up, I saw the mysterious girl who appeared when I restrained Rhaegar-sama, standing leisurely on a tree. Upon closer look, she held a silver bow in her hand, which she hadnt carried the other day. At the girls presence, Night growled, and Akatsuki gave a serious look, which was unusual. Whats wrong? While tilting my head at Akatsukis condition, I quickly put on the[Cloak of Disguise]that I obtained recently to hide Akatsuki, who has the lowest fighting power, as soon as possible. And I ask the girl with caution. Who are you exactly? Why did you attack us? .. She was silent in response to my question, but the next thing I knew, I felt a chill run down my spine. Huh!? Following that sensation, I lifted my[Absolute Spear]while crouching down and cut something off. It was the same arrow I saw during the attack on the royal capital. The arrows flew out of nowhere just like the other day, but the fact that they were aiming at me like this indicates that youre involved, right? Affirmative. It was short, but she was the first to respond to my words. And then. Conviction. You cant be defeated with just the arrows I fired beforehand. Fired beforehand? The other day, she was talking about predictions and other mysterious things I dont think the arrows shes aiming at now may be the things that the girl shot at beforehand, right? If thats the case, then I have no idea what kind of technique shes using. Besides, the fact that she can do such a thing means shes clearly in the Master Usagi class. Seriously? I cant help but spill that out of my mouth, but I guess its inevitable. Just a few minutes ago, I was trying to think of a way to catch up with Master Usagi as much as possible, and I hadnt even been able to control it yet Should I just go for it without preparation? Woof. Night is also ready to go for a fight. Ill ask you again, why are you going after us? A threat. Youre a threat to my plans. And its also just revenge. Revenge? I cant help but tilt my head back at the girls words. Revenge, you said to me? I dont know I ever did something that deserves revenge from this girl? I dont remember that at all, but a level of revenge like this would mean that I must be pretty much hated, right? No matter how much I think about it, I dont remember ever meeting this girl before in the royal capital, and I dont remember doing anything in particular that would get me revenge. If it was revenge for preventing all the arrows in the last attack then theres nothing I can do about it. If I hadnt done that, Id be dead. For now, since it seems like she wont be able to give me a proper answer even if I ask at this point, I also readied my[Absolute Spear]. However, the effect of[Magic Attire]has already expired. Well, I still havent been able to control it, and it cant be helped. I dont understand well, but for now, Im going to defeat you and ask you for more details. Impossible. Youre no match for me. Thats still I wouldnt know if I didnt try it! I threw[Absolute Spear]with all my strength, the girl just twisted her neck to dodge it. However, since[Absolute Spear] pursues until it hits the target, it immediately changes direction and attacks the girl from behind. Shock. Its following me. Dont forget about us, too! Woof! Night and I slashed at the girl who was distracted by the[Absolute Spear]that was approaching from behind, at the same time. In doing so, I swing down my[Omni-Sword], and Night turns his claws down. But Naive. With that word, the girl first caught the[Absolute Spear]with the silver-colored bow in her hand and swept it away at me without killing its momentum. Ugh! I was momentarily disconcerted because the spear that I had thrown with all my strength was swept away towards me, but I quickly calmed down, dodged the attack, grabbed the hilt, and stored it in the item box. At that time, my body opened up due to the momentum of the[Absolute Spear]a bit, but I used that momentum to swing down the[Omni-Sword]in my hand. However, the girl dodged even that attack without difficulty. But, after dodging it, Night was already there. Woof! The girl didnt even turn around and blocked the blow, which could be called a godspeed by Night, with the silver bow in her hand. Wha-! Understood. Its dangerous, but thats the extent of it. Kyaan!? Night! The girl catching Nights attack only seemed to push him lightly, but Night was blown away with great force. Nevertheless, Night adjusted his stance in the air and landed in place and roared again. It only happened for a few moments, but it still made me realize how badly I felt. The girl in front of me is terribly strong. No use. Theres no point in going any further. Ill end it. What? After saying that, she held up the silver bow she was holding. Then, the exact same arrow that flew in the air earlier appeared in her hand. Maybe its an ability similar to an item box, and thats where she stores the arrows. As I was wary of what kind of attack would be flying at me. It was almost like a miracle. I wasnt on the reflex level, but rather an instinctual part of my body was moving unconsciously. And the moment I jumped back to follow that instinct, there was a tremendous shock to my torso. Guh! Woof! Dont come here! I quickly stopped Nights attempt to approach me in surprise. Frighteningly, I was blown away by the force of the arrows that grazed my body. Then, as if to chase after the blown away me, arrows fly in one after another at extraordinary speeds. Its incomparable to the first time I was attacked, and I couldnt even follow it with my eyes anymore. All I could hear was the sound of a bowstring being plucked. The moment I heard the sound, the arrow was right in front of me. Even though I was so alert, I couldnt see the girls attack at all. The arrows that flew at me in the chase, I manage to hold myself up as if to use the[Omni-Sword]as a shield, but with only a single pursuit, I am blown away again. Huh! I tried to escape somehow, but I didnt even have time to do so, and there was already a new arrow in front of me. No matter how I think about it, I cant even defend myself in time. If I continue like thisIll die. I felt the same intense sense of death when I first came to this other world. If it was me before I came to this world, I would have been helplessly swallowed up by that presence and would have died. My body would have frozen in place in fear. But my body was not mysteriously tense. In response to such a presence, a relatively strong sense of resistance grew up in me. Aaaahhhhhhh! Huh! I ignored the idea of controlling or anything like that and immediately activated the lightning[Magic Attire]. At that moment, I felt the pace around me instantly slow down. Thats a phenomenon that didnt happen when I first used[Magic Attire]. But somehow, I can imagine the reason for this phenomenon. When I used[Magic Attire]during my first practice, the effect of lightning only affected my muscle strength. But now Im probably having the effect of lightning on my eyes and brain as well. This is why my brain and eyes are catching up with my bodys movements for the first time. If it were true, I dont think I would have been able to do it this fast. Still, I guess this is an instinct to power up in a dangerous situation. Rather, my body instinctively triggered it as a crisis-avoidance ability because I knew Id die if I didnt do it here. Besides, if I look closely, I see that the lightning was glowing blue-white when I first used it, but now the white and silver lightning is clinging to my body. Apparently, not only did it accelerate my thoughts, but it also strengthened the lightning itself. Anyway, my thoughts acceleration made the arrow approaching in front of me look terribly slow, and I succeeded in avoiding it. Then as soon as I dodged the arrow, the surroundings speed returned to normal, and the arrow slammed into the place I was just at like a machine gun. Huh? The girls eyes widened at the situation where I had moved to another place before she even realized it. Puzzled. The attack just now should have been a hit. Why? The girl couldnt hide her confusion, as if she didnt believe it very much. But I wasnt going to let the opportunity slip away. Night! Woof! Just when I called his name, Night figured out what I was thinking and immediately began to wear lightning all over his body, just like me. And at the same time as me, he runs out of the place. Huh! Fast! The girls eyes widened as our speed increased rapidly. Earlier, I couldnt control this movement, but now I can manage my actions. Haaah! Gaww! Night and I slash at the girl, trapping her between us, and she leaps on the spot. Fuh! With the momentum of the leap, she moved directly over our heads, and while twisting her body in the air, she fired several arrows at divine speed. However, they were no longer effective against us, who were clad in[Magic Attire]. Haaah! Gaaaaaaaah! We quickly came to an abrupt halt on the spot and went straight into the girls direction. Of course, arrows were flying at us, but we managed to get through them. If there were arrows that we still couldnt avoid, we pushed forward while cutting them down. How about this! Huh! I dove into the girls bosom and released a kick as I twisted my body and launched it up into the sky. Finally, she couldnt avoid it and used her silver bow as a shield to prevent the attack. However, the impact was not something that can be eluded. As she struck up into the sky, Night, who was anticipating the attack from me, was already waiting in the sky. While spinning forward with the momentum, Night directly transmitted the foot technique of Master Usagi into the girl. The girl managed to react to Nights attack, and she still managed to block it with her silver bow, just like with me, and was slammed straight into the ground. The impact was tremendous, and a cloud of dust rose to the fullest extent. .. Night, who was up in the sky, landed next to me and stared as alertly as I did at the rising cloud of dirt and smoke. By the feeling that I got, I think the impact wasnt something that she can sweep away easily as well The atmosphere is tense around the area, and a slightly cold voice comes from behind the smoke, still the same as when we first met. Astonished. Huh! Woof And were stunned as the smoke cleared, the girl standing unperturbed despite her wounds in front of us. E-even though we have done so much she still wont fall down! Perhaps its a pure difference in status; the girl still stood firm in her footing even after receiving our full force attack, although she seemed to be taking damage. Then, while we froze in surprise, the girl told us in a matter-of-fact tone. Its confirmed. As I thought, youre a threat. Ill be sure to beat you here. What. The moment she began to say that, she raised her bow again. Master lend me your strength Then she muttered something. Unlike earlier, the arrow in her hand was replaced with a shiny white metal object that I had never seen before. Suddenly the arrow changed, and our alertness level was raised again. But You guys cant do anything from here. At the same time as that word, an arrow was released, but it wasnt as fast as we were warned. Instead, the arrow that had been flying at us earlier was even faster. Despite our bewilderment at this, the girls movements did not end there. She released another arrow at almost the same speed as the one that she had released, and this time she released the same wooden arrows as before. Moreover, it flew along precisely the same firing line as the earlier arrow and finally caught up with the metal arrow. Then the wooden arrow crashed into the metal arrowhead and shattered. And the struck metal arrow acceleratedat a speed far beyond our imagination. Ugh!? The current me, whose brain and eyes should have been strengthened under the influence of the[Magic Attire], still couldnt follow the arrows that flew at me with my eyes. Even so, predicting the line of fire from the arrow before it accelerated, I twisted my neck, and the arrow grazed my cheek. When the arrow I dodged hit the tree behind me, the momentum never stops, and it goes through the tree one after the other. Wa! And that arrow wasnt just once. When I turned my body to the girl again from the stance I had taken to avoid the arrow earlier, there were already dozens No, not dozens, but hundreds of the same arrows as before being released. It cant be true, right? While I wish that were the case, the storm of arrows in front of me is undeniably real. Night, keep avoiding it at all costs! Woof! We continue to avoid flying arrows, judging them only by their initial line of fire. Although I also quickly activated a wind spell similar to the one I used in the royal capital, we had to keep moving as a result in the face of an attack of power that could not be offset by such a wind. However, theres no way we could continue to avoid such an attack for a long time, and both Night and I, even though they were small, the number of scratches we got gradually increased. Damn it! At this rate I cant think of a handful of cards to get through this anymore. As I continued to dodge in an impossibly dangerous situation, the storm of arrows unexpectedly stopped. What. But it was the precursor of an even more powerful attack. At that moment, I saw the girl with her bow drawn so tightly that I could hear the sound even from a distance. And then. [Comet]. A single arrow was released, thrusting forward while gutting the surrounding trees and ground. It is no longer in the same dimension as the previous arrows. I was able to avoid the arrows up until now, but the one that was shot at us now is absolutely unavoidable. It was an overwhelming blow that brought me to that belief. All I could do was watch the attack in stunned amazement and wonder if I could somehow let Night and Akatsuki escape alone. However, the despair looming in front of us would not allow such a thing to happen, and thats when we were about to be swept up by the strike. ([Heaven Fly].) Book 4: Chapter 6: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~T/n: Changed Archer Saint -> Bow Saint. Part 3 The moment when we were about to be swept up by the strike ([Heaven Fly].) ! Something white suddenly interrupted the distance between us and the arrow, which was thrusting forward while wrapping around the surroundings. It stooped down to the ground threshold and jumped up at once at the moment of collision with the arrow. And then, using its momentum, the white something surprisingly kicked the arrow away. The kicked arrow shattered into pieces of wood, and its remnants scattered around. That scattered object alone spread the impact to change the surrounding terrain, but we were strangely unaffected by it. As I watched the scene with Night in a daze, the white something that suddenly appeared turned its gaze towards us. (Im sorry Im late.) M-master Usagi! What a surprise, it was Master Usagi who saved us from our predicament! Master Usagi narrowed his eyes in amusement when he noticed that lightning was clinging to our bodies. (Hou Thats a pretty interesting idea. That kind of idea is a good stimulus for me, who hasnt mastered magic yet. Ill take a look at it for reference, okay?) A-as you wish I mean, its not the time for that now! I couldnt help but reply straightforwardly, but thats not the case right now. I mean, if the current[Magic Attire]could be used by Master Usagi too, wouldnt the distance between us be even further? While simultaneously realizing the current situation and sad reality, Master Usagi turned his gaze to the mysterious girl. (Now, weve met againYuti.) Eh? Huh? How, my name Master Usagis words startled me. Could it be that shes Master Usagis acquaintance? If so, why did I get attacked? Then Master Usagi snorted. (Hmph. After you attacked me, I was just curious, so I looked into you. But thanks to that, Im convinced. Youre the successor of the Bow Saint, right?) Huh? .. The girl called Yuti was silent in response to Master Usagis question. But it looks to me as if shes saying thats the answer. I mean, did master just say that she is the successor of the Bow Saint? Does that mean that the girl in front of me has a master of existence who bears the same Holy title as me? But that makes it even more confusing. The existence of the Holy is to protect the world from the Evil and all the other negative emotions in this world, right? So what does that have to do with me? Eh, am I that Evil or something? Is it because Im from a different world? But then, I should have already been beaten up when I met Master Usagi. Ignoring me, who was already confused for no reason, master continued. (I havent seen that fellow for a long time now, but I never thought that she would have been killed.) Huh! At masters words, Yuti glared at master fiercely and then turned his hateful gaze on me as well. I will avenge my master. So, I will take revenge on this world. (Do you really think thats what she wants?) Shut up. What do you know about any of it? Youre do nothing until the Evil appears. Then she uttered her fury as if her previous attitude were a lie, and continued. No. Master is not like you. She has always protected humans. And yet and yet. Betrayal. You, humans, have betrayed her. You have forgotten about the master. And you killed her. I couldnt hide my surprise at the girls words. I dont know the details of the situation from the current conversation, but at least her master was probably the one who was crowned Holy. A mere mortal killed such a great person. But unlike me, who was surprised, Master Usagi had a somewhat sad expression on his face. (That fellow wouldnt have resisted. Even if she was deemed unnecessary by the people she was protecting, she would have accepted it as good and took it without a word.) .. (But even if thats the case, we Holy must protect the world from Evil. Thats our mission, our contract with this world. We are not allowed to break that and use that technique to destroy the world in the same way as the Evil.) So what? I inherited my skills from my masters. But I didnt inherit the Bow Saint. Thats why I dont know about that Holy contract. (Thats not going to solve anything.) You dont know. Then you can stop. But thats not possible. Because youre going to die here. (Hah! Oy, stop freaking out! Shes coming!) E-eeh! I mean, we have no idea whats going on here! (Do you really look like I can explain this situation to you?) I-I know that! However, if an attack like the one earlier is unleashed, theres nothing I can do about it. However, perhaps sensing my feelings, Master Usagi said simply. (Ill block the big attack. So you guys should do something about that girl.) Thats unreasonable! (You must do it even if its unreasonable. You couldnt fight the Evil if you like that.) No, I dont even want to fight! Of course, in order to live safely in this world, it would be good if I had enough power to resist that Evil, but its not that easy. Or rather, if possible, I just hope that I dont encounter such a dangerous existence. However, Master Usagi doesnt seem to have any intention of changing what he once said, and he keeps rushing in more and more by himself. Aah, geez! We will go too! Woof! We immediately applied our[Magic Attire]and ran at full speed to get to Yuti, and a large number of arrows attacked us to keep us away from her. When will she run out of arrows? There is no end in sight to her attacks, as much as I would like to complain about it, but anyway, we managed to slip into Yutis bosom, dodging the storm of incoming arrows and having Master Usagi block the attacks that we sometimes dont seem to be able to block due to our delayed reaction. Haah! Kuh! I dont know if she knows the effect of the[Omni-Sword]I have, but Yuti is successfully repelling my attacks while using her silver bow to defend against the attacks from Night. (Hey, thats not exactly the way you train! Use your legs!) Are we still training in this situation? (Isnt it obvious?) I dont know whats obvious anymore, but if I didnt use my legs as the main focus here, the rest would be scary, so Id have to deal with it quietly and only with my foot technique. Even so, after the situation remained tense for a while, Yuti suddenly jumped backward as hard as she could, as if taking a considerable distance. Simultaneously, she began to draw her bow to the extreme again, like the arrow she fired just before Master Usagi arrived. Oh, no! I moved quickly to stop her at the sight of that, but for some reason, even though she shouldnt have fired an arrow yet, wooden arrows suddenly flew in from around her. How come!? (Hmph. In the last attack, she had probably sent several arrows flying around the area to blend in. Those arrows flew in advance are just attacking at the exact time she calculated.) J-just as she calculated, you said so how can she aim at me like this! (Who knows, I can only say its because the Bow Saint was doing the same thing.) Its absurd! I really dont see the point of letting an arrow go beforehand and then attacking with it! In response to my unintentional shouting, Master Usagi, who was running along with me, aiming at Yuti, said something even more outrageous. (Well, Yuya.) Yes? (You saw what I did before, right?) Huh? I wonder if he means the move he did before? Is it the one that made that ridiculous arrow leap up from the ground threshold and turn that ridiculous arrow into a piece of wood? As I tilted my head, unable to understand the flow of the conversation, Master Usagi grinned. (For now, you use that technique to stop the arrow. Ill stop the little girls movements while I have the opportunity to do so.) Eh, no, no, no! Thats impossible! (Just do it. Night, follow me. Lets go!) Wait, eeeeehhhhh!? This is a very sudden request. Without the time to complain, Master Usagi ran through at a speed that even I, who was wearing[Magic Attire], couldnt catch up with. Or rather, even with[Magic Armor], I still cant catch up in the end, huh! Then, as soon as Master Usagi sped up, the girl released the arrow shed been pulling out! That arrow, just as before, chopped up the surrounding trees and rammed into me in a kind of tornado form while gouging out the ground. I didnt have time to avoid or defend against it when it came to this point, and as a result, I was forced to move as Master Usagi had said. Aah, geez! I have to do it! I desperately remembered Master Usagis move earlier. As I recall, he had stooped down to the ground thresholds once, but that was to release his power all at once, right? Thinking that, I didnt stoop down like Master Usagi, but instead, I twisted my body and concentrated my power to make my body as compact as possible. And the moment the arrow and I made contact; the concentrated power exploded at once. Haaaaaaah! I jumped up at once, twisting my body into a spiral, and slammed a kick into the arrowhead while letting my body go with the flow. Then, with the addition of the rotation, my kick successfully shattered the arrowhead. Its a bit of a rush, but I was conscious of the spiral that was written in various martial arts books that I got at the secondhand bookstore when I first opened the door to another world. Even the spear books said to be conscious of the spiral, and the spiral concept may be one of the quintessential martial arts concepts. Some of the books I bought said that a spiral represents the whole universe. However, I didnt think I could really do it, so I land safely today, thinking that I have many things to try out in the real world all of a sudden. Huh!? Thats ridiculous! (Now, its over.) Shh. The girls eyes were wide open when I smashed the arrow, but master didnt miss the momentary opening and went into the bosom and hit the girl with a kick that was more powerful than the kick I did before. Wow, its hard to get over that easily. The girl who was kicked off is pushing forward while bending several trees, and after a while, she finally hit a tree and slid down. That was a terrifyingly powerful kick, but is she okay? I dont think Id be able to survive if I took that kick While being alert, I headed down to the girl who had fallen to the ground with Master Usagi. The girl was still conscious despite being tattered. A-amazing Ugh ah (Now, lets get you to speak quietly, shall we?) Hmm? I tilt my head at Master Usagis abrupt words. Hes going to make her talk it seems what is it about? Ooh! It certainly seemed like she had a connection to the Dark Guild in the royal capital, and youd like to hear about her connections there. huh. (No, I dont mean that.) Eh? Thats not what its about well, maybe thats not the point from Master Usagis point of view, but its pretty important from our point of view. But from the expression on Master Usagis face, it seemed that Yuti was hiding something more significant than that. And. (YouWhere did you get the power of the Evil?) Heh!? I widened my eyes at Master Usagis words. You it has nothing to do with you! (How could it not matter? Im the Kicking Saint and also the Ear Saint. In order to protect this world, I have to fight against the Evil.) Shut up! Why? What is the value of those who killed my master? They continue to pollute the earth, growing in vain, and continue their unsightly conflicts. The answer. Worthless. (You are not the one who decides their value. Of course, its not me either.) Master Usagi said coldly, but I couldnt say anything to Yutis words. Her master was undoubtedly killed by us humans, I guess. And that too, by the existence she was supposed to have been protecting. If I were in a similar position that wouldnt be very forgiving. Yuti, despite being dizzy, struggled to get up to the spot, still carrying intense emotions, and stared at us. You people decide what they are worth. Then I will destroy the value! Whoa! (Kuh? As I thought!) Suddenly, a tremendous sense of intimidation was released from Yuti. Then things like a black haze kept pouring out of Yutis body. M-master! Something that looks bad is overflowing! (Remember that carefully. Thats a part of the Evil presence.) Is that it? Moreover, just a part of it? (Thats right. That girl is already like a kind of deity, with the power of evil in her hands.) D-deity, you said (Its like an evil god.) Im already exposed to an intimidating feeling that makes it painful just to stand there, but master says that this is only part of the Evil presence. No way, right? The nearby Night also shuddered at the presence of it, his tail hanging down. Ahhhhhh! The girl wailed in lament and charged at us while wearing the black haze! Gah! I quickly took out my[Omni-Sword]and took a defensive stance, but amazingly, with a powerful attack that penetrated even that defense, blood was spat out of my mouth. (Yuuya!) You, too, will be erased! (Kuh!) Her beautiful gray eyes when we first met turned bright red, and she approached master with a movement like a beast without reason and struck him as hard as she could. Master quickly blocked that attack, but the shockwave from the collision reaches me, where I was blown away. I-it hurts Woof, woof! As Night hurriedly rushed over to me, I patted him to reassure him and quickly took out the[Complete Recovery Herbal Juice]from my item box and drank it down. Then I hurried back to master and was appalled to see the sight of the girl in an evenly matched close combat with master, who is a Kicking Saint. Hey, hey that girls master is called Bow Saint, right? So isnt she good with a bow? She was using a bow before! How is that possible to go head to head with master! I was only stunned by the scene that was so far from reality, but I quickly came to my senses and shouted to master. M-master! What should I do now? (Dont ask me! Im in trouble too! But I do know one thing This girl is not officially Evil!) Huh? What does he mean when she has the power of Evil, but shes not officially an Evil? Explain it to me in a simple way, please! Then, although he may not have read my mind, master told me while fighting. (This girl somehow has the power of the Evil but not the Evil itself! So someday Im sure that the power shes using now will run out but I cant tell when that will be!) N-no way (Even so, if I can manage this girls Evil power now, I should be able to restrain it at least! So I have no choice but to keep fighting until this girls strength is exhausted. Well, that is if I can hold it until then!) How ominous it sounds! If master cant stop her, theres nothing we can do about either! But when I see that even now shes fighting evenly with master, I can see that shes really in trouble. Even if Night and I want to help, we cant go in poorly and interfere with master. Thats when I thought Id have to just watch in silence just like that. Fugo. Heh? A-Akatsuki! Then Akatsuki, who had been hiding under the cloak of disguise, suddenly came towards us. Hey, Akatsuki! Its not safe here; you need to hide somewhere like before! Woof, woof! Night and I say that desperately, but for some reason, Akatsuki shakes his head. Buhi. Buhibuhi. Eh? Akatsuki had a serious look on his face towards Yuti, who was fighting with master. And then. Buhii! Wa? T-this is! Then a blue-white light emanated from Akatsukis body and permeated the surroundings. Furthermore, an equally blue-white light came down from the air like snow. This is Akatsukis[Sanctuary]skill! Its just more divine than the usual[Sanctuary]. For a moment, I thought it would heal me and masters wounds, but right after Akatsuki used the skill, I realized that wasnt the case as Yutis movements suddenly became worse. Wha I-I cant get any power! Amazingly, the black haze that had erupted from Yutis body dissipated the moment it touched the light of Akatsukis[Sanctuary]skill. Master, who was fighting Yuti, also sensed this and even looked at Akatsuki with a surprised expression. (Dont tell me youre not just a normal pig!) Buhi!? Buhi Buhi! Akatsuki stomped on the ground on the spot as if to say that masters words were something he didnt want to hear. Sorry, I thought so for a moment too. However, it seemed that masters reaction was different from my surprise. It was because he had some insight into Akatsukis race. What exactly is that? Well, there are a lot of things I want to ask about from Akatsuki and master, but right now the girl in front of us is first, so master sneaked into Yutis bosom, who was not moving fast enough. Ugh! (Just sleep now!) Guh! After getting struck once more, Yuti fell straight to the ground, and this time she lost consciousness. (Phew It gave me a cold sweat.) Once he was sure that Yuti was completely unconscious, master finally took a breath. Then he turned his gaze to Akatsuki, who was immediately blown out of Yutis black haze. (I didnt realize it myself, but I didnt expect you to have that power) Uhm master. Does master know anything about Akatsukis power? (Of course. Didnt I explain to you before why Evil is born and why we Holy are born?) Y-yes. As I recall, Evil is the crystallization of the negative aspects of this worlds creatures, and Holy is like a self-purification action to eliminate that harmful Evil presence (Thats right. And although I didnt tell you at the time, there are several other beings in this world that play a self-purifying role besides us Holy. One of them is this pig.) Eh!? Buhii! I couldnt help but look at Akatsuki, and he proudly puffed out his chest in response to my gaze. C-cute. Its not the time for that now! When I had Akatsuki use the[Sanctuary]skill for the first time, not only did I feel like my body was recovering, but there was definitely a sensation that my surroundings were being purified. I didnt expect that it was a skill to purify the presence of Evil Um Are there quite a few beings like Akatsuki? (No, these beings are still shrouded in many mysteries After all, they are different from us Holy in the first place. We have mastered our own techniques, and as a result, we are recognized as powerful enough to oppose the Evil and are given a title by the world. On the other hand, this pig is an existence that can resist Evil from birth. In other words, while we are artificial, this one is natural.) I-I see Apparently, Akatsuki was even more amazing than I imagined. Well, he had never been able to fight directly until now. Still, his recovery from the[Sanctuary]skill has been of great help. Its a great help when theres no time to drink[Complete Recovery Herbal Juice]or when there are many injured people. His even greater power has been revealed here So this was the original use of the[Sanctuary], huh? (But it makes me more and more confused about this guys race. When I think about it again, Ive never seen a pig like this before) Buhi. (And Night, too. There are a few races that come to mind if I just look at his color alone, but none of them would be able to reach this level of combat power.) Master looks at Night and Akatsuki with wonderment. Come to think of it; Ive never explained about their races. Lets see From what Ive read, Akatsukis race is called Mouju, and Nights race is called Black Fenrir. () S~ea??h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The moment he heard the name of their species, Master Usagi froze in place. (What did you just say?) Eh? So its Mouju and Black Fenrir. () Master Usagi fell silent again. Did I say something wrong? (Ive never heard of Akatsukis race before, but I didnt expect to meet a legendary being here I see, a child wolf and that ability. I wonder what will happen when he becomes an adult Thats terrifying.) Um, master? (Its nothing. You guys have grown up more than I expected. I was just thinking of a new training program.) Eh. (Rejoice. Its going to get tougher from now on.) S-seriouslyyyyy The training of Master Usagis one-on-one and actual battle style is already hard. How could it be when it gets even harder When I was already frustrated with the training that would become even more severe from now on, Master Usagi turned his attention to the unconscious Yuti. (Now, about this girls treatment) And after saying that much, for some reason, he turns his gaze towards me. (Alright, Ive left it up to you.) Huh? After Master Usagi said just that, he turned his back to us. (Im tired today. Im going home.) H-hey eeh!? Isnt master going to take care of this girl? Moreover, this girl is an Evil one, isnt she?! (Its okay. She doesnt have that kind of power anymore.) No, but isnt he related to master? (Hmph. Rather than me taking care of her, you seem to be better at handling women.) That wont be true! (Bye-bye.) Ah, master! Masteeeerrrrr! Master Usagi ignored my restraint and leaped straight up into the air and flew somewhere else at a tremendous speed, using the air as a foothold just like before. .. The three of us stared at the scene with blank eyes and eventually looked at each other. Then we looked at the unconscious Yuti again. What should we really do about this girl? Woof Buhi~. In the end, I couldnt leave her alone, and I had to carry Yuti on my back and take her into the house. Book 4: Epilogue And finally, we have come to the end of volume 4. Thanks for the fun journey in volume 4 too. We will start with volume 5, possibly in the next week. Stay tuned and stay healthy. And heres the epilogue. Enjoy~Epilogue A dense negative atmosphere is wafting around the[Worlds Disposal Ground]. There is no sign of plants or animals there, and a wilderness spreads out all around. However, in such a dead land, there are three shadows of persons that appear. Their bodies were covered with an unrecognizable black haze, and it was impossible to distinguish their voices, ages, or even genders. One of those shadows opens the mouth. It seems that one of the Pieces has disappeared. He~h? Thats amazing. She was also a disciple of one of those Holy, right? Did they kill her? No idea. But any sign of the power I gave her has been completely obliterated. I see would it be because the world purifying itself? Its troublesome, isnt it? Eeh? I doubt it. Maybe that girl was just too weak? Well I cant say anything about that. At the very least, she had the Holy technique and a piece of our power. And also, she had developed enough negative emotions to accept my power. In that case, she wouldnt give up her power on her own. Then I guess shes either been knocked down by one of the Holy or erased by another self-purification process. This kind of pisses me off. Were here because this world exists after all. Dont be so sulky. Besides, our[Poison]is steadily consuming this world. Some of the Holy have fallen to us, too. Ahahahahaha! Its funny when I think about it! The existence that was created to protect the world from us is now the enemy of the world! Thats great! Well, theyre just the Holy after all. I have no idea what theyre capable of, but its better than nothing. Dont be so careless, okay? Although the power of the individual Holy is frail, it is still a bit troublesome when they are in groups. And above all, we, the so-called Evil ones, have been defeated many times by the hands of the Holy ones. You dont have to worry about it so much, do you? Its been a long time since any other Evil was eliminated. And I heard that at that time, there was only one terribly strong person and that such a person was not born very often. Yes. And that person is just a human being, after all. Hes not even alive anymore. Well, I guess thats true Speaking of which, what happened with the other fellows? Hmm? Everyone else is doing the same as you, corrupting the Holy or some kind of Dark Guild in human society? Im sure they are playing around by instigating people there. Sigh I dont want them to make too many flashy moves. If they move too much, those Holy guys that havent fallen on us yet will start moving. That would be impossible. Were always on a quest to destroy the world, after all. Its rare that youre so careful. Well, thats true too. Now, I think its time for me to go away. Its a hassle, but Id like to check the Piece just in case. Eeh? Why dont you just leave it alone? She could be dead by now, right? Yeah, but Its just in case. That will be good if shes alive. Even if shes dead, her body might be useful for something else. Its a valuable sample, after all. It is definitely worth retrieving. Hmm Well, thats okay. Im going to take a nap then. Yes. Since Im not so interested in the Holy guys, I guess Ill take a break too. Then the three shadows that had gathered together, one by one, left behind a black haze and disappeared as if they were melting into the air. The[Worlds Disposal Ground]was once again enveloped in silence. I wonder if shes really alright now? Woof? Fugo. A few days have passed since I was forced to bring the unconscious Yuti to my house and put her to bed. And when I see Yuti still not waking up, I cant help but ask Night and Akatsuki that. Night is twisting his head the same way I am, but Akatsuki is extremely confident. Thats how powerful the[Sanctuary]skill is. Im worried about this because when the girl who sleeps in front of me wakes up, she might attack me again. I know shes fine because of Akatsukis[Sanctuary], but Still, Im a bit worried about it, so I had her weapon, the bow, evacuated to the Earths house. In order to get to the Earths house, you have to pass through the[Door to Another World], and since that requires my permission, Yuti cant collect it on her own. As I watched her continue to sleep for a while, she woke up! Ngh ah where is? Ah! You wake up. Huh! Uhyaah!? The moment I called out to the awakened Yuti, she got up with a speed that made it hard to believe that she had been unconscious just a moment ago and took a posture to hold the bow. However, Yuti noticed that her important bow was missing. Huh! My, bow! Eh, it looks like shes attacking me even without a bow!? Surprisingly, Yuti made the only arrow appear in her hand, and when she held it in her other hand, she attacked me. But without that black haze and because she just woke up after being knocked out, I succeeded in avoiding the attack without difficulty. When the black haze was present, she was evenly matched with master, but in this way, she seemed to be not very good at close combat. For now, it would be unavoidable if she continued to attack me like this, so I immediately restrained both of Yutis arms. However, Yuti tried to escape from the restraints and started to react violently. My bow, give it back! If I return it, you will attack me! If you dont return it to me, Ill attack you! No, you cant! Indeed, shes still attacking me like this even though I dont give her the bow. However, no matter how bad she is at close combat, shes an existence with a master who is crowned with the same Holy like me. Furthermore, her strength is powerful, so her status is probably higher than mine. Thats why I seriously try to hold her back, but shes also very violent, so a desperate battle ensues. As I was desperately resisting and thinking that I would surely lose in this situation, the door to the room was suddenly opened. (Sorry for the intrusion.) Huh? Ah, master! Help me, please! Master Usagi came over, and I immediately asked him to help me, but he just snorted. (Hmph. Just hold her down.) Dont say something unreasonable. That composure, it wont last forever. Im going to kill him, and then Im going to kill you. Then Yuti, who was desperately wrestling with me, stared at Master Usagi with a tremendous look on her face. But. (Hou? The Evil has tricked you, and you want to kill me?) Eh? At Master Usagis words, Yutis strength suddenly left her. Master Usagi stared straight at such Yuti. (Since that time, Ive looked into a lot of things. About your master, the Bow Saint, and the resurrected Evil. And about the people who killed your master.) Huh! Yeah. Then you should understand. I am not fooled by Evil. It was all because of humans who betrayed us (That betrayal was the work of Evil in the first place, you know?) Huh. Yuti was stunned by Master Usagis words. I dont know, is this something Im allowed to hear? Despite my thoughts, Master Usagi continued. (The Evil instigated the people that the Bow Saint has been protecting and had the Bow Saint killed.) What did you (The people that the Bow Saint had been protecting were taken hostage. And the Evil forced the Bow Saint to die or the people she had been protecting would die.) Eh Thats Master Usagis face twisted as he was speechless at what Evil had done. (Bow Saint chose the lives of the humans she had been protecting. And she accepted to be killed by the humans hands.) No, way While Yuti is even more shocked and stunned than I am, Master Usagi continues further. (But the Evils wickedness doesnt end there. After having the humans kill the Bow Saint, the Evil then killed those humans.) What? Eh The person called Bow Saint laid down her life to protect those people, right? T-then, master was for what (..) Master Usagi did not answer Yutis question. No, he couldnt answer it. Then Yuti began to speak faintly. Master master has been protecting humans all along. Even before she became the Holy protector of the world, she has been protecting humans. I was proud of such a master. But one day, the humans we had been protecting suddenly attacked us. They said they were going to take master somewhere. And the master was taken somewhere. I tried to stop them. But my master wouldnt let me. I tried to stop them from taking my master, even if I had to kill them, the person who was taking my master. But she stopped me. She said its okay. Master didnt come back. She was brutally murdered. The gentle master didnt hurt a human until the end. Thats because shes the Holy. No, its not that. Master is kind. But Im not kind. I dont forgive the humans who killed my master. But if you say that its not just the fault of the humans, but that Evil is also involved, then Yuti stared at her palms in silence, then turned her face down and muttered quietly. Im sorry. I want you to leave me alone. Y-yeah As expected, I couldnt refuse Yutis request now that Id heard this story. We left Yuti in the room and went out into the garden, where Master Usagi stared straight at me. (Bow Saint is also an existence that greatly exceeds the limits of her species, even if its not as great as Evil. There is no way a mere human could easily kill such an existence. Perhaps while the Bow Saint was slowly dying off, the Evil was killing humans right in front of the Bow Saint) No way!? (Thats what the Evil is. After all, they are the lump of maliciousness and other negativity that exists on this planet. It would be best if you remembered that.) R-remember it, you said Even if you say so, I cant do anything about it. The only thing I can do is to quietly continue my training in the[Great Devils Nest]. As I was thinking about that, Master Usagi said with a dumbfounded look on his face. (Hey, why are you holding yourself up as if its a simple matter?) Eh? (The Evil might come to retrieve Yuti. After all, shes a precious existence that has inherited the Holy technique but hasnt become a Holy. Thats probably why she was targeted by the Evil this time And Yuya. You also fall into this category. Thats why, regardless of your intentions, you will be caught up in the battle with Evil.) E-eehh!? Master Usagis unpleasant words surprised me. (Anyway, keep that in mind. Also, Yuti is still very young. Youll take care of her. Okay?) Y-yes Apparently, I had no veto power. And before I realized it, I seemed to have been caught up in a battle between the ridiculous beings of Holy and Evil. Sear?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Book 4: Afterword Heres the afterword~Afterword Thank you for choosing this work again. Im the author, Miku. What do you think about this volume 4? Although Yuuya gets caught up in the other worlds troubles one after another, he still manages to solve them in his own way. Even so, following the appearance of the Divine Beast, how will he continue to deal with the appearance of the Evil God, an opponent that is becoming larger and larger in scale? As the author, I also have no idea. On top of that, this time, a new character, Yuti, appears in the story, and Kaori finally finds out about the existence of the other world, so its an intense story. S§×ar?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I hope youll be interested in the future relationship between Yuti and Yuuya, but more importantly, how the relationship between Kaori and Yuuya, the second person to know about the other world, will change. Im not sure how Yuuya will interact with Yuti and Kaori and the other girls such as Lexia and Luna and the others Please look forward to that as well. However, at this point, I, as the author, have no idea what will happen. I wonder whats going to happen. As for the relationships between the characters, Im hoping that I can come up with something to introduce a new series of too cheaty daily items that unfortunately didnt make an appearance this time around. I have many ideas for things I want to do, interesting items, etc., but the first task is to incorporate them into the story. Because I basically leave most of the work to my future self, I often start writing with the momentum and regret it later, but I dont think about it too much because its fun while Im writing it. Probably that wont change in the future. I apologize for the inconvenience to my editor on that point But Im very grateful to him for allowing me to write very spontaneously. Besides, there is currently a comic book series on Comic Walker and other sites that Im working on. Theres a lot of different things from the novel version, and Id be happy if you could read that as well. Now, thank you to my editor-sama for letting me write the story the way I like it while still discussing the storys content. And also to Rein Kuwashima-sama, who has drawn some fascinating illustrations, including new characters. And most of all, Id like to thank all the readers who took an interest in this work and picked it up from the bottom of their hearts. Thank you very much. Now, see you next time. Book 5: Prologue Heres the chapter, enjoy~Prologue [Forest of Grace]. It is a forest where you can receive all kinds of natural blessings and collect several precious wild plants. However, the blessings are not limited to the plants and trees but also affect the monsters. The monsters that live there have gained their mighty power from eating the precious wild plants and growing up there. Although it is not as dangerous as the[Great Devils Nest], it is still designated as a dangerous area. Although it is a place overflowing with such monsters, there is actually a reason why it is only designated as a dangerous area. Phew Im sweating like crazy today. A man sits on a stump in the Forest of Grace and wipes sweat off his face. He looked like a farmer in his straw hat and his overalls, and the sight of him wiping sweat off with a towel on his shoulder made him look like a middle-aged man who could be found anywhere. However, he was clearly different from the average middle-aged man in several ways. That is, the chopped down trees around him and the monsters corpses. And a supermassive ax, as tall as a middle-aged man, is propped up against a tree. But the trees here grow even if they are cut down. And even if you hunt the monsters, they will still spring up no matter how many times you hunt for it Thats how strong the power of nature is, but its hard to imagine a blessing thats too strong This middle-aged man who sighed while mouthing that was the factor that kept[Forest of Grace]a mere dangerous area, and the guardian of humanity who was bearing the title of Axe Saint. Well, thats fine. If I cut down a bit more trees and thin out the monsters a bit more, those monsters wont even appear in the surrounding villages. It was at that momentthat he picked up the ax that was propped up against the tree and tried to get up from the stump. Huh! Suddenly, intense killing intent was directed at him. After receiving that killing intent, the Axe Saint instantly shifted into a fighting stance and held the ax up without a second thought. What? This killing intent is However, he had never encountered an existence in the[Forest of Grace]that could emit such an intense killing intent towards the Axe Saint. Youve been in a place like this, huh, Axe Saint? Huh! You are Then, a man appeared from the depths of the[Forest of Grace]. That man had red dreadlocks and a black shirt with a large gap in the chest and a white jacket on top of it, and his muscles, which is trained and condensed to the extreme, could be seen through the shirt. He emitted a wild air that reminded one of a beast, and his sharp golden eyes were staring straight at the Axe Saint. And this man was the one who was showering the Axe Saint with powerful killing intent. What the hell are you doing here? Fist Saint. The man called Fist Saint smiled at the Axe Saints reaction. Dont be so wary. What the hell do you think youre talking about, throwing a temper tantrum like that at me? Calm down. Im just here tokill you. What! The Axe Saint received the words of the Fist Sage and immediately raised the ax in his hand. Tearing Scream! Sear?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then, as he slammed the ax into the ground with great vigor, a large ground crack emerged from it and reached the feet of the Fist Saint. But Cmon, is this all you can do? The Fist Saint looked bored, and then he easily dodged the attack of the Axe Saint. Well, even I can do that, too! When the Fist Saint lightly smashed his fist into the ground, a sharp crack in the ground extended to the feet of the Axe Saint, faster than the Axe Saints blow. However, the Axe Saint managed to avoid the attack and shouted at the Fist Saint. Kuh? What do you mean when you say youre going to kill me? Theres nothing to it. However, Im going to kill you. Thats all. Nothing, you said!? You are also the one who is bearing the Holy title, and this is what youre doing Aah, Holy, huh? So what about it? Wha!? The words of the Fist Saint made the Axe Saint loss for words. Im not interested in the role of a Holy or anything else. Its just that I wanted to fight a strong fellow, and thats why I became a Holy. Then why do you want me, the same Holy dude What do you mean? Someone as good as you and I are the Holy, right? So why not fight? I cant keep up with your fighting habits. Besides, Ive recently started to see the Evil movement. And now, I dont have time to fight among friends By Evil, you mean this power? A black haze suddenly erupted vigorously from the Fist Saints body. What? It was the very power of the Evil that the Axe Saint spoke of. In the situation where that power was overflowing from the Fist Saints body, the Axe Saint could not keep up with his understanding. How can you have that power Its all about getting stronger and stronger, you know? Huh! You betrayed us! Well, is that what you think it is? The Fist Saint said that without any offense, the Axe Saint was speechless. I dont care what it is. Im here to kill you. Thats all there is to it. Now that youve betrayed us, I have a reason to kill you too Youre the only one I cant let go. I love the look on your face now. Come on, man, bring it on. [Tearing Sky]! The Axe Saint swiftly swung a huge ax on the spot, and a huge vacuum blade flew towards the Fist Saint. However, the Fist Saint dodged everything without difficulty. What is it, after the ground, is air, huh? But arent you joking when you say youre the Axe Saint with just that one? No, youre done. Huh? The Axe Saints attack didnt just split the ground and air. The vacuum blade that the Fist Saint was supposed to have dodged gradually increased in size and attacked the Fist Saint from behind again, trying to cut him in half. Sigh! Its only a mere tracking ability, dont get too carried away with it. I can just avoid that thing again. Do you think Id let you do that? Wha? In the next moment, the Axe Saint swung the ax in his hand and threw it at the Fist Saint. The attacks momentum was so great that it scattered a new vacuum blade, blocking the Fist Saints retreat for certain and cutting him down between the vacuum blade and the huge ax. Hey, hey, the escape routes arent just left, right, and front, you know? Yet, Fist Saint tried to dodge those attacks by leaping up into the sky. But. Theres no escape for you anymore. Woah? Wha!? Amazingly, the Fist Saint had been guided into a position where he could straddle the first earth crack by the Axe Saint attack. And from that earth crack, a super high energy light poured out. The[Tearing Scream]isnt just a technique that tears the ground. Its a technique that causes the earth to scream. The rush of light was so tremendous that it burned the surrounding trees and the ground. The vacuum blades and the ax that were supposed to have been avoided were still tracking him, so the Fist Saint, who had lost his escape by being in the air, had no way to deal with it. Y-youuuuuuu! For wanting to fight the strong, you let your guard down too much. [Heavens Prison] As soon as the Axe Saint muttered the name of his technique, the vacuum blade, giant ax, and rush of light swallowed the body of the Fist Saint at once. The Axe Saint, staring at the torrent of light, frowned. But I didnt expect someone from the Holy to handle the power of the Evil this is going to make the others. What do you think youre done with? Huh! Axe Saint opened his eyes and turned his gaze in the direction of the voice and saw the figure of Fist Saint standing there unharmed. No way youre completely, with[Heaven Prison]! What a disappointment. Youre not worthy of the Holy title. What did yougahaahh!? The moment the Axe Saint tried to speak, a large amount of blood poured out of his mouth. What, is? There was a huge hole in the Axe Saints chest. You attacked me so weakly that I killed you. If you kill me the strongest and most powerful of us Holy beings the Sword Saint will destroy you Prepare yourself Die quickly, you small fry. The Axe Saint collapsed on the spot and convulsed violently. Watching that figure with cold eyes, the Fist Saint kicked away the Axe Saint, who had already become a silent corpse. Ah, this is so boring. I got the power of the Evil people, and I was able to fight with the Holy people. Thats supposed to be fun. I told you not to do anything of your own accord, didnt I? Huh? Right next to the Fist Saint, a black haze suddenly gathered, forming a human-shaped silhouette, and a voice emanated from it. Whatever I do is up to me. You think that excuse will be accepted? You are only borrowing the power of us, Evil. And even though its a coincidence, that power certainly fits you perfectly. Thats why you should be careful. Shut up! The Fist Saint interrupted the black haze and randomly slammed his fist into the haze. The blow was tremendous and not only blew away the surrounding trees and the ground but also wholly obliterated the black haze. I dont take orders from anyone. And if you think that the power of the Evil is yours forever, youve underestimated me too much. The Fist Saint turned his back to where the black haze was. Im going to do as I please. Then he quietly walked away from the[Forest of Grace] So thats the end, huh? At the[Worlds Disposal Ground], where the Evil resides, the black hazes main body that had warned the Fist Saint earlier muttered bitterly. The main body was even denser and blacker than when it appeared near the Fist Saint. It was covered in an evil haze, making it impossible to confirm its exact appearance. Looks like Ive misjudged his abilities. The Fist Saint is no longer entirely out of the hands of the Evil. Since he is one of the few experimental bodies that were able to conform to the power of the Evil, it was a mistake to underestimate the control of the power we gave him. Theres no choice Since its come to this, Ill have to make him disappear Even as an Evil, he had no use for a piece that didnt listen to him and decided to dispose of the Fist Saint easily. Its a bit of a hassle, but its a small price to pay for the future plan. Theres no way to get rid of him. That means we need to let our shards of the Bow Saint who is still alive to find a new host for it The Evil spoke to himself and then quietly disappeared from the place. Book 5: Chapter 1: Part 1 Heres the chapter brought to you by Patreon, enjoy~Part 1 W-what should we do now? sea??h th§× N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Woof? Fugo. We managed to hold off the attack by a girl named Yuti, who has the same Evil power and the same Holy technique as Master Usagi. The words of Master Usagi, who appeared as our helper, revealed that the Evil had tricked Yuti. As a result, Yuti didnt attack us anymore, but Master Usagi told us to take care of her. However, Yuti herself has been holed up in the room by herself to clear her mind, and she cant be approached for discussion. Well, Im sure a lot of things are messing up in her head right now It cant be helped, Ill just do my daily training routine or something, and then Ill make some dinner. Woof! Fugo. Night and Akatsuki also answered adorably, as if they agreed with my words. Fuh! Fuh! Before coming to the other world, I used to do general push-ups, sit-ups, back-ups, and squats, but I never lost weight for some reason. I didnt skip it, but I continued to do it every day Its not just that Ive become more slender due to leveling up in the other world, but also that Ive suddenly gained muscle mass. Really, the other world is so strange. After finishing the muscle training Ive been doing since before I came to the other world, I was training with Night when I suddenly felt a gaze other than Akatsukis. When I turned my eyes in that direction, I saw Yuti standing there. So Night and I stopped our training once and called out to Yuti. Um, whats up? .. Im also confused by Yuti, who doesnt say anything when I call out to her, but. Grroowwlll~~~~. Suddenly, a sweet sound rang out. The sound comes from Yutis stomach. Uhm could it be that youre hungry? Mmm. Yuti nods a little. Indeed, Ive been moving since then, and Yuti just finished fighting me, too. Besides, its also lunchtime. I understand. Im going to prepare a meal now, so just wait a bit. .. Yuti nodded again at my words and quietly went back to her room. As I saw her off, I called out to Night and Akatsuki. Well then, lets go make some food. Woof. Fugo. However, this time Im tired from the battle with Yuti, so to be honest, its too much of a hassle to cook. But I need to eat something to get my strength up, and since Im hungry, I decided to make a simple pasta dish. Its just a matter of boiling it. The pasta is indeed from the Earth. The sauce is also made by Japanese companies, so I am very grateful for the Earths or even Japanese food technology that makes it easy to eat delicious food. Night and Akatsuki can eat the pasta just like me, or rather the human thing, so I prepare the same thing. Hmm thinking again, the other worlds monsters are still a little different from the creatures of Earth. While thinking about this, the meat sauce pasta was successfully completed. Then, perhaps caught by the smell, Yuti came over before I could call out to her. It smells good. Eh? Oh, that dinner is ready, do you want some? ..Mmm. Oh, by the way, hows your condition? No problem. I-I see. She should have taken a decent hit from Master Usagis attack, but shes just fine. Thats amazing. While surprised by Yutis reply, we sat down at the table. Uhm then, itadakimasu. Woof! Buhi! Mm? Itada, kimasu? At my words, Yuti tilted her head, and then she tilted her head even more, when she saw the pasta placed in front of her. Oh, dont Yuti and the others have a culture of saying itadakimasu and, come to think of it, you havent even seen pasta, too? Affirmative. How do you eat it? This is I show her the gesture of eating while rolling up the pasta with the prepared fork, but Yuti is still tilting her head at it. Then, she nodded with some kind of conviction and, for some reason, offered me the fork. I dont know. So, you feed me. Huh? I almost dropped my fork at the unexpected words. F-feed her, she said? I think I just showed her how to eat it. I was always fed by my mentor. So, feed me? What does she mean that she was fed all the time? No matter how much I think about it, its just wrong Shes not a baby anymore. Or was Yutis mentor that overprotective? Its a big difference from my masters. No, its just uncomfortable to be treated overprotectively by Master Usagi. I cant help but be confused, but theres no sign of Yuti starting to eat it herself; she looks at me with pure eyes and opens her little mouth. Aaann. Ugh I finally let Yuti, who by all appearances didnt seem to be eating herself, eat the pasta, losing my patience. Here. Mmmm! Then Yutis eyes widen, and she looks at me in surprise. Astonished. So delicious. Are you actually a chef? N-no, not that kind of thing, but Indeed if youre a chef, that strength is inexplicable. Its a wonder. She looked at me curiously but continued to eat her pasta at the same pace, and I found that she finished it in no time. It was delicious. Thats good to hear. Well, its a victory for my skills, or rather my corporate efforts. With Yutis meal finished, Im about to start my own meal once again when Yuti looks at me with a serious expression on her face. Hmm? Whats wrong? Demand. Introduce yourself. Eh. Now? And youre just making some pretty crude demands! I know youre a disciple of that Kicking Saint. But as for the rest, I dont know much about you. Now that I am thinking about it She attacked me out of the blue. From that point on, I didnt even have the air to introduce myself, so No, Id like to know what kind of mental structure you have if you can introduce yourself carefree in that situation. Im Yuuya Tenjou. As you know, Im that Master Usagis disciple Understood. Im Yuti. The disciple of the Bow Saint. After I introduced myself, Yuti briefly said so too. And after other brief introductions, I ask her about the current situation where she cant postpone. So, that has that made you feel better? Complicated. I see I was asked to talk to you by Master Usagi As I was pondering how to explain it, Yutis face turned down slightly. The one who killed master was human. But I never knew that there was an Evil behind it. Even now, I cant forgive the humans who killed my master. But if the Usagi story is true, then those humans are no longer around. So I will defeat the Evil that is the source of everything. Thats all. .. When Yuti said that, she looked straight at me again. Im not the one involved in taking revenge or anything like that, I wouldnt be able to say anything about it, and I wouldnt have the right to stop her, as well. By the way, do you have any guesses as to where you will be going from now on? No. If thats the case, what can I do for her? I thought about it a lot, but being just a student, there was no way I could come up with a good idea, and I sighed heavily. When I look up, I suddenly notice that Yutis outfit is covered in mud. Ah she fainted after fighting us, and she stayed in the room as soon as she woke up. That means she doesnt have time to change clothes or anything. This would have been a good idea to prepare a bath for her before dinner As I was thinking about that, I noticed Yuti looking down at her body. Hmm? Whats going on? Im covered in mud. Wish. I need to wash my body. Oh I know you fought us and stayed in the same place. But instead of just washing up, why dont you take a bath? ? A bath? Question. Whats that? Eh? You dont understand bathing, huh? But, you do understand washing your body, right? Affirmation. I used to do that with my master. If the waters warm, its a bath. Understanding. Its interesting. Im going to take a bath or anything like that. All right, well, Ill get it for you in a minute. I could have used a portable open-air bath, but I didnt want to go out of my way to prepare one, so this time I prepared a regular bath at the Earth house. Look, its ready. Hmm. Hmm? Then, for some reason, Yuti raised her arms and looked at me. ? If I want to wash up, I need to take my clothes off. Y-yeah, thats right. Yuuya, undress me. Why? Shes going to take a bath, and she needs to take her clothes off. But Im not going to help her with that! Am I wrong? Master, she always helped me to take it off. Your master? She isnt just overprotective! How far did she dote on her! I dont know how old Yuti really is, but shes probably in middle school from the looks of her. And yet her master fed her and undressed her, was she going to let her stand on her own? Be that as it may, its usually a bad idea for me to take off her clothes, so while I managed to convince Yuti, I took Yuti to the bathroom. When I explained about the shower and shampoo in the bathroom, Yutis eyes widened. This place is full of strange tools. Are they all magic tools? No, its not really a magical tool Because when you twist this obscure thing, water comes out. Amazing. I hadnt imagined it at all, but there would indeed be no such thing as a shower or faucet in the other world. Turning on a faucet to get water coming out is definitely a nice thing to have. This soap is pretty impressive too. It certainly was more bubbly than the one my master used. I-I see. Well, at least you know how to use it, right? Yuti nodded quietly at my words. Alright, then. I will be in immediately. Eeehh!? Yuti took off her white dress on the spot despite my being present. Hey, for someone who was talking about wanting help to take it off earlier, you can do it so easily! Wait, thats not the problem here! Yutis actions froze me, but ignoring me, Yuti took off her clothes on the spot and went into the bathroom. It was so shocking that I froze in place, but. For now, lets do some laundry. Normally I would have dithered over whether I, as a man, could wash a girls clothes, but after the tremendous shock I received earlier and the lack of replacement clothes, I mindlessly did the laundry. As I started to run the washing machine, I felt even more mentally exhausted than I did when I fought with Yuti. Book 5: Chapter 1: Part 2 Shout out to Blast whos now helping me editing the chapters. And heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 Now, I need to get a place for Yuti to sleep or something while shes in the bath Besides though its okay for now if shes going to stay at my house permanently, Ill have to get her a change of clothes or something. We have not discussed it properly yet, but if I were to part ways with Yuti here, she will only pursue her revenge Alone, with no place to rest and no place to go. I hoped that my house could at least be a place for Yuti to rest. Well, if thats really what it means to live in this house, then I guess Id better get some clothes for Yuti, and, if anything, make sure she can live on Earth No, she hasnt really decided to live here, but if shes going to spend time at my house, she needs to know not only about the other world, but also about the Earth that were on now, in case something goes wrong. Whats going to happen now? Woof? Fugo. At my question, Night and Akatsuki tilted their heads in the same direction. At that moment, the Earths house doorbell rang. Hmm? What is it? Maybe a newspaper salesman? I dont remember asking for anything in particular, so with that in mind, I headed to the front door Hello, Yuuya-san. Eh, Kaori? To my surprise, it was Kaori who came to my house. Why are you here? Err, I happened to be passing by Yuuya-sans house, um Yuuya-san, I was wondering what youre doing I-I see. Kaoris words made me unintentionally startled. Its not that Kaori has any other intentions, but I couldnt help but be surprised by her visit. When I was thinking about that, Kaori made an apologetic expression. Umm, was it a bother? Eh? Thats not true! Kaori looked relieved when I hurriedly told her so. Thank goodness Oh, by the way, do you remember what I asked of you before? What you asked of me? Yes! I asked Yuuya-san to take me sightseeing in the other world before, didnt I? At that time, Yuuya-san said it was too dangerous to do so, but I am still curious about it H-hmm Sure, its natural to want to go there when theres a strange place like this other world in front of you. But But its still dangerous. Yuuya. Im done. Huh? Suddenly, a voice called out to me from behind, and I turned around without a second thought Yu-Yuyu-Yuuya-san that, that girl is While still wet from the bath a naked Yuti was standing there! T-thats! Err, a lot is going on! Yuuya. Im done. What should I do now? No, dont do anything, just get dressed! Dont have, clothes. Thats true too! I was in the middle of getting ready for that! Yu-Yuuya-san! Why is this girl naked? ? Yuuya, this woman, who is she? I wanted to look up to the heavens as both of them pressed me at the same time. S-someone, please help me! I-I see so thats what happened After that, I managed to gather up my energy and desperately tried to explain to Kaori about Yuti, ending her misunderstanding. When I imagined that if the misunderstanding had not been cleared up, Kaori would recognize me as a pervert and I would feel dreadful. Thank goodness the misunderstanding has been straightened out As for Yuti thanks to the fact that I had used my magic to dry her clothes that I had washed she has finished changing her clothes for now. And while were at it, I also talked to Kaori about Yuti in the form of a consultation. In fact, it was complicated for me, as a man, to prepare a change of clothes for Yuti. Well, just to confirm one thing, does that mean shes going to live with Yuuya-san from now on? Hmm it depends on what Yuti wants to do No, you cant! How can you and a girl be under the same roof? Ugh, thats Kaori has a point. When Kaori is at a loss for words, Yuti opens her mouth with a serious expression. I, I like this place. Eh? At Yutis unexpected words, Kaori and I shouted at the same time. You like this place, you said? Yuuya, the food is delicious. The bath feels good. Conclusion. Its a good place. Is that why? I dont know where to go anyway. And if he refuses, Ill have to go somewhere else for sleep. T-thats not good! Yeah! Not only me, but Kaori immediately disagreed with Yutis words. Shes a girl, and more importantly, its too dangerous to sleep outside in a world where there are monsters No, maybe shes stronger than me, so I dont need to worry about it. Dont worry. I was living in the forest with my master. I-in the forest? Affirmative. So Im used to being in the wild. No, Yuti may be used to it, but its just that we feel I sighed at Yutis words, but I told her again. Well, since Master requested this of me, lets live here together. Theres plenty of room for you. Fortunately, thanks to the [Door to Another World]s exchanging function, Im not in need of money, so theres no problem with one more person, and this house is actually too big for just me, Night, and Akatsuki. Its a relief. I would be troubled if you said no to be honest. Evil power, its calmed down now, but its not completely gone. Eh. Its okay; I can keep it in check now. I still feel like I have a little Evil left in me though. Wait a minute. This is indeed a story that I cant get past! While I was anxious with Yutis unexpected statement, Kaori, who didnt know what Evil was, tilted her head. Then what is this Evil? Eh? Ah err I dont know how to explain Honestly, I still dont have a proper understanding of it. Master Usagi said that they are like a mass of negative aspects of the world As I fumbled for an answer, Yuti answered for me. The Evil is the negative aspect of the world itself. Its hard to explain in detail. Its just something bad. I-I see? Um, does this mean that these bad things are in your body, Yuti-san? Affirmative. I am only temporarily restrained by the power of the pig there. Buhi!? Fugo, fugo! C-calm down, Akatsuki. Akatsuki didnt like the fact that Yuti called him a pig there, and he protested by stomping the ground on the spot. However, his appearance was just too cute for a complaint. Oh, I see then, will that Evil power go out of control again, or Its possible. Now that Ive decided to turn against the Evil, I may be unable to control my powers as well as I had before. I suppose thats true. If the Evil guys can accurately control the power they themselves have given out, theyll recover that power from those who could be an enemy. Fortunately, there is that pig here. So theres less of a risk of that running amok. Really? If thats the case, I cant afford to let Yuti leave even more. As long as she decided to challenge the Evil, Yuti would be unwilling to harm other humans. As I thought, it would be best for Yuti to stay here. Affirmation. I cant blame you for all of this But, Yuuya-san, youre getting along with a lot of women without my knowledge Uee? I-its just a misunderstanding! It just happened by chance! I wonder if thats true Sure, Lexia-san, Luna, and all the other people that Kaori has met have been women, but thats not true! Probably. Huh, but she knows some men too, right? Like Owen-san, or Arnold-sama, or Uhh, Im getting a little uneasy. Kaori has some kind of a complicated expression on her face. Indeed Im going to live together with a girl, but Im not going to do anything strange. Or rather, I would get beaten back in terms of ability. More importantly, am I that untrustworthy? Its a bit depressing. Although somewhat complicated, the decision to accept Yuti in this house has forced me to look at other issues. However, if this arrangement is done, what will you do while Im at school it frightens me to leave you alone School? She tilted her head as if the word was unfamiliar to Yuti. Night and Akatsuki are good kids and can stay at home properly, but Im not sure about Yuti. Shes pretty naive, just like the food and bath incidents earlier, and Im afraid of what might happen. The safest thing to do is make sure that she cant travel between the worlds while still having her stay in the other world home That would be a tight situation, indeed. Ive been pondering over it for a while now, and Kaori has unintentionally opened her mouth. If thats the case why dont you go to school too, Yuti-san? Eh? Responding to the unexpected words, Kaori continues. How old are you, Yuti-san? ? Age, I dont know. You dont know? But by your appearance alone, you look like a middle schooler, so what about transferring to middle school? Thats Im honestly scared to take her into Earths school out of the blue, but if it gives Yuti a chance to look at things other than just the Evil things, I think its a great idea. However I would be grateful if we could get Yuti into a middle school, but it would be hard. In Yutis case, theres no household registration, and first of all which school If thats the case, then Ousei Gakuen will do just fine. Huh? Theres a school building on the grounds of the school we attend that we dont use, remember? W-well I mean, Ousei Gakuen is still too big to keep track of all the facilities, so to be honest, it doesnt ring a bell when she talks about the school building that wasnt used. At that school building, the middle school students are taking classes. Have you not seen them? Its hard to tell because the uniforms are the same as in high school So thats it When I thought about it, I felt like I saw many students for the number of people per grade level. Thats because there were kids from the middle school as well. If its the middle school of Ousei Gakuen, Yuuya-san can rush right over when something happens, isnt that a relief? Thats really reassuring, but would it be difficult to transfer or anything like that? If youre in high school, its going to be hard to transfer if you do not belong to any high school, but if youre in middle school, you can still get by. After saying that, Kaori gave a reliable smile and then turned her head directly to Yuti. Yuti-san, is it okay with Ousei Gakuen? ? I dont know if its okay or not. But with Yuuya around Im safe. After nodding with satisfaction at Yutis words, Kaori clapped her hands. Then lets go buy some clothes or something for Yuti-san now! And if we go directly to my father and explain the situation to him, we can complete the process right away. After all that, thanks to Kaori, it looks like she can work out the situation with Yuti. Well, thanks. To be honest, I didnt know what to do on my own No, Im glad I could help. If theres anything I can do to thank you for this, or rather, if theres anything I can do to help Hmm Ah! Then Id like to go to a city in the other world! Eh? Is that a no? Ugh S~ea??h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Since shes been helping so much with Yuti, I would make it happen if I could, but While Im at a loss for words, Yuti gave me a strange look. Question. Why dont you take her into town? Eh? I-I mean, its dangerous Dangerous? Yuuya, strange. Danger to Yuuya, a person that reached the realms of Evil and Holy, that kind of opponent doesnt come up often. I havent gotten that strong, though Although Ive gained experience in actual battles against the monsters of the Great Devils Nest, I dont feel like Im getting stronger at all. I guess its because Im comparing myself to Yuti and Master Usagi Regardless, I cant help but have such high expectations I sighed and made one condition. All right. But we have to get Kaoris equipment first. Eh? Kaori gives me a puzzled look at my words. Yuti says its okay, but if something happens, it would be a disaster. Thats why, in order to make sure were prepared, we should get Kaoris equipment first. As long as you have this equipment, Kaori will be able to protect herself in case something happens O-okay! Thats okay! Umm How do I get the equipment? Ill get it for you by next weeks holiday at the latest. Im thinking of going straight to the other worlds royal capital on my day off Is that okay? Im sure I will give Kaoris equipment directly to you that Saturday, and well just leave immediately. Next Saturday or Sunday will be fine! Besides, probably Yuti-sans transfer will be after that holiday, so this is perfect. Kaori nodded happily at my words and once again told Yuti and me. Well then, since you have promised to show me the city of the other world, lets get going, shall we? Kaori took Yuti and me out while Night and Akatsuki stayed at home. Book 5: Chapter 1: Part 3 Heres another chapter brought to you by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 When we left the house, Yuti froze at the scenery outside. Astonishing. Are these buildings? Yeah, these are all houses. Houses of nobility? Huh? Not nobility. Just ordinary common houses. Common!? Yutis eyes widened even more at my words. Its not that surprising no, I recall Ive seen the houses in the other world, but they certainly arent as big as the ones you see in Japan. And many of them are more like an extension of a log cabin. Some of the houses were made of stone or brick though. As soon as Yuti looks around in awe at the houses and streets of Earth, she finds !? Monster!? Yuti? Yuti reacted quickly to a car that happened to be passing by and jumped away from the spot in a big leap. And then she tried to use her bow, which was Yutis weapon. She realized that I still am holding onto it, and she looked impatient. Demand. You must give my weapon back to me. Otherwise, that thing cant be defeated. No, you cant take that down! Theres no car in the other world, after all, right? Kaori seemed to notice this as well and managed to explain the car together with a bitter smile at Yutis reaction. Partly, I understand. I understand that its similar to a carriage. But how is it working? I cant feel any magic. It does not work with magic. Its with gasoline. Gasoline? As expected, it is unknown. Theres no way to explain all of this. How do I give an explanation of gasoline? Once she understood that the car was just like a carriage, we once again headed out to buy clothes and other items for Yuti. But after all, Yuti, who is still unfamiliar with Earths environment, began to act discordantly. Yuuya. Whats that pillar? Thats a telephone pole. Telephone pole? Climb it. Dont climb it! Why would she be climbing it? Yuuya. What is the point of this fence? This isnt going to stop the enemy from attacking. No, there are no enemies so you shouldnt climb it as well! S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yuti seemed to have lived in nature with her master, the Bow Saint, so she wanted to climb up as soon as something went wrong. Is she a monkey? When we met in the other world, Yuti was only focused on fighting. But now, she was curious about everything and was distracted by them. We walked around in such a state, but most importantly, Yutis appearance was quite conspicuous, and the people around us were whispering something to each other when they saw us. Hey, look at that Wow she looks like a doll Is she a cosplayer? No, that hair is too natural for that. The color of her eyes looks different, too I mean, the other girl is so cute too, isnt she? The guy with those two is the one whos been in the news for his previous photoshoot with the model Miu, too, right? Damn it! Being with two cute girls like that Im so jealous! As I was exposed to all sorts of curious eyes, Yuti, who had been looking around, turned to me. Yuuya. Humans, theyre staring at me. Uncomfortable. Can I shoot them? You cant do that, please! You shouldnt shoot people for that kind of reason in the other world. Eh, its terrible, right? Yuti was somewhat unconvinced by my words, but she was still anxious about the eyes in her surroundings, and she was shrinking away. Then, she ran out onto the roadway. In the other world, there were no distinctions between a roadway and a sidewalk. Rather, there was only a road, so it was not surprising that Yuti would jump out onto the roadway. Oh, look out! The moment I heard someones shout, I hurriedly held Yuti in my arms and jumped back from the roadway. O-oohh! What the hell was that? I didnt see that one coming Thats cool While the people around me were shouting in amazement at my actions, Kaori rushed over to me with an anxious look on her face. Yuuya-san, Yuti-san, are you alright! Yeah. Im fine, but I looked down at Yuti, who I was holding as I replied. She looked up at me curiously, too. Unnecessary. Even if you dont help, it doesnt matter. Above all, its the car that will break if it hits me. Thats not the point! I dont think its okay to get hit by a car and end up wrecking someones car! Its difficult to comprehend. Im not that soft with my training. First of all, I need to adjust that muscle brain mindset of yours, I guess I followed Kaori even though I was already exhausted at this point. We finally arrived at the vicinity of our destination. Its a shopping district located close to the school. Some buildings are still under construction, showing that the area is still developing. I think some of the clothes from this store would look good on you, Yuti-san! R-really? I dont know if a girls clothes are good or bad, so I have to answer that. As I was thinking about how Im completely helpless here, I suddenly realized that Yuti was staring blankly into the sky. Hmm? Whats going on? Falling. Eh? Yuti pointed to the building under construction and continued in a matter-of-fact tone. Falling. That pillar over there, its going to fall. That pillar, you said? No way! Yuti was referring to the steel rebar being lifted up using a crane in a building that is currently under construction. However, when I tried to ask again how she knew that, Yuti continued. Parent and child. Dying. Huh? Yuti-san, whats wrong? Kaori asked when she realized we werent following behind her, but I was now stupefied by the Yutis words which I couldnt afford to miss a word of. I immediately looked around the vicinity of where the rebar was being lifted up from and saw Seriously? A woman with a baby in her arms was now trying to pass through under the rebar. And. *Clank* When a tremendous metallic sound rang out, the rebar began to fall on the parent and child in its path! Kyaaaaaahh! O-oyyy! Shit, get away! The woman, who was at the spot where the rebar would have hit her, seemed to be petrified by fear and couldnt move, while those who saw the falling rebar hurriedly tried to put as much distance as possible. Damn it! I rushed out as fast as I could and grabbed the frozen woman in my arms. But I intuitively knew that the rebar would hit me more quickly than I could jump away. Seriously, what am I supposed to do! If Im going to use magic, its not going to be in a busy place like this no, thats not the case! I quickly tried to activate my magic, but before that, my body moved instinctively. This should be the result of the training with Master Usagi and my everyday training. In a very natural way, I swung my leg up and kicked the rebar up. The kick from Master Usagis direct teachings, coupled with my status, could easily shatter the rebar, but if I blew it up ridiculously, honestly, it would cause damage to those around me. Therefore, I tried to put the rebar in place instantly by receiving the rebars impact using a soccer trick. Eeehh? While everyone was expecting a direct hit, there was no sound or impact as expected, and the people around me were baffled. While ignoring those around, I called out to the woman who was still frozen in place. Are you okay? Eh? Y-yes! When I called out to her, the woman came to her senses, but she was shocked again when she saw my face, blushing. H-hey. What happened? W-well For a moment I thought it looked like that guy kicked the rebar No, no, no. Kicking the rebar Thats impossible, isnt it? Look at them; theyre still alive, you know? I-it looked like that to me too It was more conspicuous than I expected, but this was all I could do. When I parted from the woman who was bowing quietly and joined Kaori and the others, Kaori had a complicated expression on her face. Umm I know that Yuuya-san is amazing, but when you go to such a dangerous place without hesitation like that, I still worry about you. Oh well, Im sorry, ? Why? No need to apologize. Yuuya will be fine. Thats not the point. Yuti was told by Kaori to admonish me, but she just tilted her head in question. Even though I just came to buy some clothes for Yuti, I was already impossibly exhausted, but we finally arrived at our destination. But even here, I have an ordeal ahead of me! U-um Kaori-san? Do I have to stay here too? ? Of course. Its a womens clothing store, so its no surprise that they have a lot of female customers. But Im the only male in the store! Hey, hey, that man Isnt that the guy in the magazine with Miu-san before? No way, I thought they edited the pictures, but hes actually handsome in real life, too Is he like tagging along with his girlfriend on her shopping trip? Im seriously jealous! I believe its just my imagination, but I feel like theres a lot of attention around me! In this very uncomfortable situation, I could only wait for Yuti, who was looking at the clothes with Kaori. Oh, customer-san, please wait! Yuti-san, you cant be like that, you know! Hmm? Suddenly the store became noisy and I couldnt help but look in that direction Yuuya. Hows this? Huh? Bufuhh! And there, Yuti was standing in a daunting pose with white underwear! Yu-Yuti-san? Put your clothes on! ? Question. I want you to check my underwear. Then no clothes, unnecessary. Do not make me, a man, check your underwear like that! Why? Why you ask? What kind of logic is that? I desperately looked away from her, but Yuti came towards me and used her physical abilities as a disciple of the Bow Saint to forcefully show me her appearance. Dissatisfied. Why dont you look. Do I need to look at you? ? Yuuyas going to buy it. Then you need to know. I dont care about that! You dont have to show me because Im the one buying it! While I was struggling desperately with Yuti, I managed to escape thanks to Kaori and the shopkeeper who came to us. And even though we bought Yutis underwear and clothes without further troubles, Yuti still didnt seem to be convinced. I dont understand. Yuuya, bought it. Then you need to check. Thats not the problem It looks like theres a lot more to teach you than I expected We bought all the other daily necessities, and as Kaori suggested, we directly went to the headmaster of Ousei Gakuen, whos also Kaoris father, Tsukasa-san. The decision was made to transfer Yuti into the school. Book 5: Chapter 2: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 Thanks to Kaori, Yutis transfer to the middle school was completed, and now, I am in the other worlds [Great Devils Nest] in search of Kaoris equipment in order to fulfill my promise to Kaori. Honestly, even though the equipment is for Kaori, I didnt expect to find armor like the [Bloody War Demon Series] that Im wearing. Its only because I have leveled up, and my status is raised, that Im able to wear it, but it would be difficult for Kaori to equip it. Thats why the equipment for Kaori has to be some kind of accessory that contains a powerful effect Is it possible to get such a convenient item? Sear?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. But, since I hope to have it prepared by this weeks Saturday and Sunday, I still have some time to spare, so Ill try to get some dropped items from the monsters of this [Great Devils Nest] for the time being. Because the [Great Devils Nest]s monsters are strong, the effects on the equipment you can obtain are also powerful. There might be something that would be perfect for Kaori among the items I have yet gotten my hands on. However, there are too many uncertainties about this. So at worst, I think I can go to the royal capital and find equipment thats suitable for Kaori. Im almost ready to settle with this result. Well, but This time, in order to find equipment for Kaori, we will try to fight all the monsters in this [Great Devils Nest] in one go. Woof! Fugo. Okay. At my words, Night, Akatsuki, and Yuti nodded. Eh? Um, is Yuti coming with us, too? ? Cant I? No, its not a good idea, I mean If the Evil power hasnt disappeared, I think its best to not fight too much Im afraid it might go out of control for some reason And besides, you were quite battered from the last battle, so you should probably just rest Thats okay. The fight wasnt the trigger for the outburst. Besides, the wounds from before are already healed. Thanks to the pig. Fugo? Buhi. I dont know why, but Akatsuki threw out his chest in a cute way. I can only guess that he was praised. Indeed, when Akatsuki used his skill [Sanctuary] to calmed Yutis Evil power, he healed her wounds as well Anyway, dont worry. Besides, since its a quiet time right now, Id like to train myself to be able to suppress it if something happens. I-I see? I dont know how to handle the power of Evil, so should I just believe Yutis words? Besides, even if it went out of control, it can be contained by Akatsukis power. With that in mind, we once again set out into the [Great Devils Nest] to search for Kaoris equipment. As expected, when we go in the direction that I usually explore, there were no new monsters. We headed out to a secluded area where the Mithril Boar and the likes would appear in the [Great Devils Nest]. After a period of walking around, being wary of the surroundings and searching for the presence of monsters, Yuti suddenly stopped. At about the same time, Night also appeared to be more vigilant. Hmm? Whats wrong? Monster. Woof I still dont sense it, but it seems that the two of them have detected the presence of a monster. Rather, Yutis ability is still unfathomable Even without the power of the Evil, she has the same level of detection ability as Night For now, we approached the presence that Yuti and Night detected. Each of us eliminated our presence. I didnt forget to cover Akatsuki with [Cloak of Disguise] as well. As we approached with caution, there was a single rabbit there. However, unlike Master Usagi, who taught Night and I, its fur was yellow, and it was wearing a tuxedo, a silk hat, and a red bow tie on its chest a very unusual appearance. What is that monster? When I muttered without thinking about its strange appearance, I noticed that Yuti looked at the monster with wide eyes. Thats [Fantasy Rabbit]. Huh, [Fantasy Rabbit]? Is it strong? Denial. If its in this [Great Devils Nest], it can be considered the weakest one. Even in other places, its considered to be very weak. Its just its very hard to find, and its also known as a [Lucky Rabbit]. [Lucky Rabbit], huh I listened to Yutis explanation and used the [Identification] skill on [Fantasy Rabbit]. [Fantasy Rabbit] Level: 77 Magic: 777 Attack: 777 Defense: 777 Agility: 777 Intelligence: 777 Luck: 777 Skills: [Maximization] [Minimization] [Crisis Detection] [Emergency Avoidance] This is a really lucky status. No, the actual numbers for luck are low. Im more interested in the unfamiliar skills though. Can [Maximize] or [Minimize] change its body size? Affirmative. When it encounters enemies, it can either become big to scare them away or turn small to run away while hiding. But [Crisis Detection] and [Emergency Avoidance] are the more troublesome skills. Eh? The [Crisis Detection] skill can detect even a thin trace of killing, hostile or harmful intentions. So in order to defeat it, you can either kill it without letting it detect your killing intent like from its blind spot or to attack at a speed that makes escaping impossible. However, the other skill, [Emergency Avoidance], will transfer the [Fantasy Rabbit] to a safety zone the moment it detects any killing intent and such. In the end, you have only one way to defeat it, and that is to eliminate your killing intent. Whats with all that? Can you get rid of murderous or hostile intent? Its like being detected when youre about to kill someone, or hit someone, or even try to harm them. It seems like Im very unlikely to be able to do so I sighed involuntarily as Yuti explained. I am doubtful that I would be able to defeat it now. Haaahh Im curious to see what kind of items it would drop, but lets just walk away quietly here. ? Why? Why, you said? Isnt it impossible? How do you defeat it without letting it realize our killing intent? Attention. Yuti uttered that briefly, and then readied her bow that I had returned the other day. She quietly stared at the [Fantasy Rabbit] She unleashed a sharp arrow. The arrow pierced the [Fantasy Rabbit]s neck in an instant. And just like that, the [Fantasy Rabbit] turned into a particle of light and disappeared. After watching it vanish, Yuti let out a small breath. Answer. Eliminate any intent to kill, hostility, or harm. And just kill it. Whats that theory? No, I understand what shes saying, but you cant ask me if I can do it. In fact, its impossible. As I was thinking about that, I suddenly realized something. Huh? If you had used this technique when you were fighting us, maybe we wouldnt have won? Denial. At that time, I couldnt suppress the Evil power, so I was unsuccessful in hiding the presence of the Evil power. But now, the evil power has subsided and I can eliminate the intent to kill. Evil is often linked to murderous and hostile intentions. I see Im not happy about it, but in a way, we were saved by the power of the Evil, werent we? No, if she hadnt gotten the Evil power in the first place, we wouldnt have to worry about being attacked. Anyway, lets check the [Fantasy Rabbit] dropped items. For some reason, theres more of them than the time when I took it down by myself, but said Yuti. I dont know for sure yet, and I havent checked Yutis status, but at least my luck status value is high, so maybe thats what worked. I cant say for sure though, since I wasnt the one who defeated it myself. We all collect the [Fantasy Rabbit]s dropped items and check them out. [Lucky Rabbits Yellow Fur] :: Fantasy Rabbits fur. Its extremely pleasant to the touch, and cloaks made from this fur are very popular among the nobility and sell for a very high price. However, since the existence of the Fantasy Rabbit itself is rare, it is very rare to find one in the world. [Pill of Large and Small Changes] :: Fantasy Rabbits rare drop item. When you consume this pill, you will be able to change your size at will. The effect is permanent. [Ring of Crisis Avoidance] :: Fantasy Rabbits rare drop item. Usable only once per day, the person who wears this ring can transfer the wearer to a safety zone the moment he or she detects danger. The safety zone must be set in advance. [Lucky Robe] :: Fantasy Rabbits rare drop item. Its stats are modified by the luck of the person equipped with it. In addition to this, we obtained a D-class magic stone, a rank thing that Ive never seen before in the [Great Devils Nest] Isnt this quite an extraordinary piece of equipment? Affirmative. And unexpected. Its really amazing that it doesnt make you stronger directly, but it still keeps you safe. Its not like you can suddenly get a superpower as Yuti said. However, its an extraordinary ability to automatically transfer to a safety zone in a critical situation. Its something that fits perfectly for Kaoris equipment. And if you set the safety zone of this ring to the sages house in the other world, then its really safe. Besides, Im also grateful for the equipment item called [Lucky Robe], which is quite plain. It looks like a plain brown robe, but its nice it is affected by the luck stats. Even Kaori would be able to wear this easily. However What is this pill used for? Unknown. I see So we dont need it now, do we? Im concerned about getting bigger or smaller, but I cant bring myself to test it. In the unlikely event that I turn bigger on Earth, I cant even imagine it. I dont think that will happen, but I want to eliminate that possibility as much as possible. But it might be useful for something, so Ill keep it. For example, if the enemies are too strong to fight, maybe if we can turn bigger, our attacks will be stronger. After we obtained the equipment we wanted, we continued our search for a little while longer. I checked my cooperation with Night against the monsters, learned various things from Yutis fighting experience, and so on. We had a fulfilling time. So we managed to get some equipment for Kaori. Is this After fulfilling the promise with Kaori, I handed her the items we obtained. Kaori received it anxiously, but her eyes lit up with anticipation. I was satisfied to see her excitement, and I explained the items properly. And so, first of all, is this ring. If the owner is in danger, it has the effect of forcing the owner to transfer to a safety zone. So even if something happens, I think Kaori will be safe. That safety zone is set up to this house. T-thats kind of an amazing effect Kaori is right; the ring effect is incredible. To be honest, I want one too, but after that, Ive never met another [Fantasy Rabbit], so I only have the one for Kaori. Also, about the robe, the effect seems to be corrected by Kaoris luck status. I dont know how effective it will be. Still, its no better than nothing. And most importantly, Kaoris clothes or rather, Earths clothes would stand out in this other world. Its easy to get caught up in magic and skills, but there are certainly cultural differences, and Im sure there are different clothing designs and technical skills. Thats right. Well, you cant hide everything, but you can hide some of your clothes with this robe on. Thank you! After Kaori uttered that cheerfully, her expression immediately clouded over. Um its strange to say this now, but are you sure it was okay? Eh? I thought maybe I asked Yuuya-san to do something impossible And all these items you are giving me are also valuable no matter what I think of them No, its fine. I owe Kaori a lot for your help in the first place. In fact, besides Yutis transfer, Kaori has been very helpful to me to this day. Because of Kaoris help, Im less worried about Yutis life on Earth than before. Well, Im still worried about it, no denying that. While I am thinking that, Yuti, who is wearing the white dress she originally wore since we are headed to the royal capital together, gave a small nod. Affirmative. Thanks to Kaori, Ive learned a lot. So Im looking forward to the next place called school. Thank you. Yuti-san Yuti herself seems to be very grateful to Kaori for her help. I understand; Ill be grateful for the equipment and use it then. As she said that, Kaori slipped on the ring and put on her robe. Alright, it looks like Kaoris ready to go, so lets get going. Yes! So, how long will it take us to get to the royal capital? Oh, about that, if we walked normally, it would be a day just for the trip alone, so Im going to use teleportation magic to move around this time. Teleportation magic? Kaori only tilted her head because I had never explained this thing called teleportation magic, but Yuti froze with her eyes wide open. Astonishing. Really, you can use teleportation magic? Eh? Well If its true, then Yuuya is outrageous. It is probably impossible even for the Magic Saint. Of course, it might be possible to achieve similar effects with skills and such instead of magic. Thats precisely what the effect is on the ring we gave to Kaori. But that effect only applies to individuals, so its not as applicable as teleportation magic. I-is that so? Lexia-san has said a lot of times, but as expected, teleportation magic is terrible. No, thats why I use it so that people dont see it. Its dangerous if its found out, but its a power thats too good not to use. W-well, were not going to go directly to the royal capital this time so that the people around us dont find out, so were going to teleport to another location thats a little far away. That would be the spot I used the last time I visited the royal capital. That place wasnt even populated. When I used teleportation magic, the space-time in front of us became distorted, and a space large enough for one person to pass through was created. Beyond that, a different landscape than the one were in now stretches out, and beyond that, we can see the royal capital. Kaori and the others are once again surprised by this teleportation magic, but soon Kaoris eyes are drawn to the other world city that appeared before her. Book 5: Chapter 2: Part 2 Heres another chapter brought by Patreon, enjoyPart 2 So, this is a city of the other world! Once we safely entered the royal capital, Kaoris eyes sparkled as she looked around the surroundings enthusiastically. Kaori, if you look around that much, youll get dizzy. Be careful. Yes! Y-youre right. I was just so excited Kaori, you look like a child. No, I mean, Yuti had a similar reaction on Earth too, right? I have no idea about that. In fact, the first time Yuti left my house on Earth, she was much more restless than the current Kaori, and she was on the verge of being out of control. She tried to climb the walls and poles of the houses, and she looked around so much that I was afraid she was going to break her neck. But back then when we were about to enter the royal capital, I was flustered but Yuti, you were able to get in without any problems. I really did worry, since Yuti was the one who wanted to kill Rhaegar-sama before I had forgotten about such things until now, and when I remembered that while we were going through the formalities at the city entrance, I was in a great panic Disregard. I got in, so its fine. No, thats true, but Expectation. The soldiers at the bottom dont even know about me. So they let me in. Hmm is that right? sea??h th§× N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In fact, given Yutis fighting power, if Yuti were to be serious, an ordinary soldier wouldnt even be able to catch her movement in the first place. I was a little concerned that the gatekeepers, or rather, the soldiers would rush around, but Well, I still dont know what would happen, and Im a little afraid thinking about that. But theres no point in worrying about it now. So at this point, I stop thinking about it. Despite being warned by Yuti, Kaori couldnt hold back her excitement anymore and was looking around again, and she suddenly seemed to notice something. Um, Yuuya-san. Hmm? Whats wrong? Um is it always like this in this town? Like what? No, I mean the whole city seemed pretty hectic, so um I mean, it seems to be a different kind of busy than being lively Hmm After being told, I noticed the surroundings. The gatekeepers were very busy, but I saw that many people were also coming and going busily when I looked around the city again. Moreover, there were no scenes of them chatting and laughing right now, as though they dont have any time to spare at all. Indeed, I wonder whats going on Yuuya-dono! Eh? As I was looking at the surroundings, I was unexpectedly approached by a voice. I immediately turned my gaze towards the voice and saw Owen-san standing there with a surprised expression on his face. Owen-san was frozen in surprise that I was here; after a little while, he ran over to me. Yuuya-dono, what are you doing here! No, Kaori wants to see this city, so Im here to visit Kaori-dono, huh? Is it a sightseeing trip? My words startled Owen-san a bit, then he turned his attention to Yuti, who was standing with indifference behind me. He hurriedly jumped back from the spot. Yu-Yuuya-dono! The woman there is! Eh? Ah, no, shes different now! Whats the difference? That woman wants Rhaegar-sama. Uwaa, indeed, Owen-san was one of the people who saw Yutis face up close and personal! Owen-sans cautious atmosphere has caused the surrounding people and even the other soldiers to gather around to see whats going on. The situation is getting worse. Kaori was at a loss about the situation, but Yuti, the person in question, didnt seem to be bothered by it. No, this is happening because of you, you know! Ah, Owen-san, Ill explain it to you somewhere else Alright. In any case, we cant handle that woman here if she rushes out at us, so lets go He looked frustrated at first, but Owen-san listened to my suggestion after a moment. Then, I was taken directly by Owen-san to a less crowded place. And there, I properly explained to him about Yutis attack on my house, and even the things about Holy and Evil. After hearing everything, Owen-san held his head in his hands. Its not that I didnt expect to see such a fairy tale existence as Evil but rather, why is it that only dangerous people gather around Yuuya-dono like this but this is no longer a problem that can be handled by a single country alone. I-I feel like I have to apologize for that No, its not that Yuuya-dono has anything to apologize for and I didnt realize that Yuuya-dono is a disciple of a being who bears the Holy title As for that, Ive become one before I realized it, too Right? At first, even though Master Usagi gave me training in kicking, I didnt expect to get involved with enemies of such existence like the Evil. Thats why I ended up involved with it As I looked at him distantly, Owen-san still seemed a little wary as he asked me. So, that woman Yuti, was it? Is everything okay? Thats Dont worry. Im not interested in the first prince or this country anymore. I will only want to defeat the Evil. Thats it. Yuti-san Then Yuti, who had been uncomfortable until now, opened her mouth and answered. At her conviction, Kaori made a somewhat sad expression on her face. Im sure Kaori doesnt know the details of Yutis situation. Still, from Yutis eyes and the sound of her voice, Kaori must have sensed the weight of what Yuti was holding. As for me, I would like her to forget about the Evil and live her own life, but it will be difficult to do so, and its not something I can easily interfere with. At Yutis behavior, Owen-san also slightly widened his eyes and then sighed. Sigh Considering my position, Id like to arrest you in accordance with the laws of the Kingdom, but first of all, thats impossible in terms of my ability, and there seem to be some intricate circumstances involved. For now, I will trust Yuuya-dono and Yutis words. T-thank you very much! Thank goodness! If things went poorly, or perhaps in a normal situation, I would definitely be treated as an accomplice and be caught as well. Once I felt relieved about Yutis circumstances, I decided to ask Owen-san about the cause of the citys current atmosphere. By the way, we arrived in this city just now; whats going on? It seems to be somewhat frantic, unlike the last time I was here Ah, yeah. Thats something I want to talk to you about As he was about to continue explaining, Owen-san made a face as he thought of something and bowed his head to me. Yuuya-dono! Eh, What? Whats wrong? Can you please help us, Yuuya-dono? Huh? But I dont understand the story. I cant help but give such a dumb response. I looked at Kaori and the others in confusion, but both Yuti and Kaori were equally confused. Night and Akatsuki were yeah, no different than usual. Well, can you explain what you mean by that? To tell you the truth, there is a valley near this Arcelia Kingdom where a legendary dragon is said to sleep Huh Yes. The legendary dragon described in our folklore may have awakened. What? Eh, the legendary dragon has awakened? Eeeeeeehh!? Dragon, a dragon, you say? Eehh! Isnt it a fictional creature? Ive never seen a dragon since I came to this world, so Im just as surprised as Kaori was. And its not just an ordinary dragon. Its a legendary dragon. W-wait a minute! What do you mean by legendary? Of course, people thought its a myth, a fairy tale of sorts, but apparently, it is real. Oh, no. I could see from Owen-sans slack-jawed look that he wasnt lying. Oh, come on, is this for real? No, I dont care if its fictional or not; its surprising to me when they call it a dragon. But as one would expect, since its a legendary creature, even Yuti, who seemed apathetic until now, opened her eyes and froze. Astonishing. Ive only heard stories about it. I thought it was a myth. Well, for me, the existence of Holy and Evil is fairytale enough It seems like this is too late now. I didnt have a clue, but the existence of Holy and Evil is also a legendary class if I think about it normally. And what level is Sage-san at? Im curious. Err well, you know, theres all sorts of surprises there, like the existence of the legendary dragon, and also the fact that it has awakened but looking at the atmosphere of the city, its not a very good thing, is it? Yeah, I think. You think? I couldnt help but ask about the rather vague answer, but Owen-san replied, with a grim expression on his face. Its pathetic, but I just dont understand it. Eh? Anyhow, the Dragon is a mythical entity. I dont know if it is hostile to humans. I-I see As Owen-sans words unwittingly convinced me, Kaori, who was listening in from behind me, opened her mouth. Um, what is the content of the legend? Hmm? The legend says the Dragon that existed with the creation of the world, rested here. Its just that. C-creation of the world, you said? Does that mean its a Dragon that lived as long as this world? How old is it? No, rather, whats going on with its lifespan and stuff like that? That certainly doesnt tell us anything Yeah. And, as I said, I dont know for sure if it has awakened either. So why do these people think that it has awakened? After hearing a roar that seems as though the world was shaking, the monsters inhabiting that valley began to run away, as if they were fleeing from something. Is that so? Do you not hear that at Yuuya-donos house? In the royal capital, the impact of its roar alone was enough to cause the walls of houses and even the castle walls to collapse Was it really that bad? But I didnt hear it. Yuti, you didnt hear it either, did you? Affirmative. I didnt hear the roar. Its strange I thought with that volume, it would definitely reach the [Great Devils Nest] When the Bloody Ogre attacked Sage-sans house, Im pretty sure I heard its voice, so I dont think theres a feature for blocking out sounds No, wait? If its a roar that breaks not only the walls of the house, but even the walls of the castle, as Owen-san described, wouldnt it be considered an attack? It might be blocked by Sage-sans house. If thats the case, then Sage-san, who can easily block the legendary dragons roar, is really dangerous, I mean, amazing Anyway, it was decided that we, the knights, would investigate the valley to check if that legendary dragon had really awakened. However, as I mentioned earlier, as a result of the monsters fleeing the valley, the surrounding villages were attacked, and we were too busy dealing with them that we couldnt proceed to investigate the valley. Moreover, because originally many of the more vicious monsters reside in the depths of that valley, the investigation itself would be difficult Its because of that we couldnt even find out if the legendary dragon existed or not until now I see Therefore, I would like to ask Yuuya-dono, who lives in the [Great Devils Nest], which is an even more dangerous area than the valley where the legendary dragon sleeps, to help me investigate it! Eh? Is the [Great Devils Nest] any worse than that? Ive been told many times that its very dangerous, but whats really going on with [Great Devils Nest]? Hearing Owen-sans words, Kaori, who didnt know that my house was in such a dangerous place, turned blue in the face. I tried to explain to her that Sage-sans influence is protecting it, but I wondered if she believed me Um I feel like after listening to that story. I dont really think my equipment is going to work Thats not true! The only monsters that come out are in the Bloody Ogres class inside the [Great Devils Nest]. Oh, if thats the case, then I guess its alright. Well, from our point of view, if we find a Bloody Ogre, we will be prepared for our deaths, Owen muttered. Eh? Owen-san was muttering something in a low voice, but I couldnt hear it. What did he say? Anyway, as for me, if they are in trouble Id like to help Owen-san and the others, but Um, how far is that valley from the royal capital? Right Its on the opposite side of the [Great Devils Nest], but it should take roughly less than half a day. Half a day? If we go now, we could reach the valley, but it would take us the rest of the day to get there. If thats the case, we wont be able to do any sightseeing in the royal capital today. Thinking about that, I suddenly turned my gaze towards Kaori, and she was looking at me with a serious expression. Um, Yuuya-san. Hmm? If you want, you can accept the request. Eh? If there are people in need right now and theyre looking for Yuuya-sans help, Id want you to help them. And we can do the tour of the royal capital another time. If Kaori says so, Id be grateful for the opportunity to provide help to them too, but Besides, Im curious about that legendary dragon too! Eh? At Kaoris words, not only me, but even Owen-san was dazzled. She said she was curious about the legendary dragon Could it be that!? Kaori is coming with us? Is it no good? No, I mean, it would normally be dangerous, wouldnt it? Its okay. I also have the ring that Yuuya-san gave me! Hmm But as expected, I dont feel comfortable taking her to a place where there are a legendary dragon and other ridiculous beings Yuuya. Im coming too. Eh, Yuti too? Then Yuti also wanted to come along as she replied with an unchanged expression. Affirmative. Legendary dragon, Im curious too. Besides, if its a dangerous place, I would be a part of the fighting force as well. Umm Its complicated for me, but Yutis skills are vastly superior to ours Its very helpful as things stand right now, though While Owen-san groaned with a reluctant face, Yuti didnt seem bothered as she continued. Conveniently. If Im around, I can escort Kaori as well. Eh? Youre going to protect Kaori? Of course. Kaori, you taught me so much in that world. So Ill protect you. Yuti-san Kaori looked touched by Yutis words and muttered that. Hmm, after being told that much, its hard for me to say no Sure, Kaori has the ring we gave her too; but I wonder if its really okay. Alright, Kaori can come with us. Yes! As you see, Owen-san. Well be taking part in the investigation. Ooh, I see! That would be very much appreciated! However, Id like to leave now if possible In that case, Ill give you a map to the valley. Also, if youre really going to go right now, Id suggest you pack some food and other supplies. While receiving such advice, we quickly left for the valley after receiving a map from Owen-san. The food situation that Owen-san mentioned can be managed as long as we get home with teleportation magic, so it should be fine. More importantly I am a little excited to see if there really was a dragon. Book 5: Chapter 3: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 Just as we were told, we spent about half a day to reach the valleys entrance, as it is located half a days walk from the capital. By the way, the time spent traveling was not on foot, but spent in a carriage. If I had been to the valley once, it would have taken us an instant to get there Unfortunately, its my first time there, so thats not going to happen. Therefore, Owen-san arranged for a carriage to drop us off near the valley. Certainly, walking that distance would have been difficult for Kaori. Its not for Yuti, Night, Akatsuki, and me, but Im really grateful. Ugh Ive never ridden in a carriage before; it makes my bottom hurt so much Ive ridden it once, and I didnt feel the pain as much as Kaori did. This is probably because the difference between status values has a lot to do with it. Um are you okay? Do you want to take a little break? Kaori shook her head as I asked her that. I had already planned to proceed according to Kaoris physical condition. No, its fine! More importantly, lets go see the legendary dragon as soon as possible! I couldnt suppress a bitter smile as Kaori pointed to the valley with her eyes shining. What can I say? I didnt know that Kaori has a surprisingly strong sense of adventure until we travelled here. She is not accustomed to the world, even on Earth, so she must be very interested in this kind of new experience. No, its not just Kaori; Im also curious about the legendary dragon. However, I dont even know if it is friendly yet, so we should proceed with caution here. Advice. Kaori, stay close to Yuuya and me. Y-yes! Night should look after Kaori too. And Akatsuki should Well, yeah. Woof. Fugo? Night replied cheerfully, while Akatsuki stomped on the ground as if to say that he was offended. Because well, I cant imagine Akatsuki fighting. Ive never seen him fight before and No, Akatsuki, if we get hurt, make sure you heal us well, okay? Fugo? Buhi. When I quickly followed up on that, Akatsuki seemed to say that it couldnt be helped and squealed proudly. Hes cute. Thus, we were ready to go and stepped into the valley. Yuuya. Monster. Its headed your way. Okay! As Owen-san had described, monsters attacked us one after another a little while after entering the valley. Its also very different from the [Great Devils Nest] where I usually fight. The monsters were all types Ive never seen before. The monsters Im fighting now are the first of its kind that Ive seen in this valley; these drooling wolf-shaped monsters are called [Hungry Fang]s. This monster doesnt have a lot of fur like Night, and is relatively slender, and attacks in packs. However, as Owen-san mentioned beforehand, they were as strong as Bloody Ogre when it came to fighting power, so I was able to deal with them calmly. I finished defeating the Hungry Fang pack that was attacking me and took a deep breath. Phew there seems to be no problem defeating them, but their vigor was frightening Affirmation. Hungry Fangs are always hungry, so their vigor while hunting their prey is incredible. I see Or rather, the only item they dropped is a magic stone The only thing left in the place where a Hungry Fang disappeared was a B-class magic stone. Considering that I got the armor Im wearing now and other things from the Bloody Ogre, its not entirely worthwhile to hunt it, even if its the same rank. Theres always a lot of items that dropped until now, so I feel so disappointed when I dont get them like now. Denial. Theres always something wrong with Yuuya when it comes to dropped items. Eh? Is that right? Every time I defeat them, the enemy usually drops an item of some sort. No, I guess the rare drop items dont drop very often though. As I was picking up the magic stone and getting bored, Kaori, who was being protected by Night and Akatsuki, approached me. Thank you for your hard work. Im sorry, I couldnt do anything to help you No, no, dont worry about it. We decided to have you be protected in the first place. Affirmative. Dont worry about it, Kaori. We each have our own strengths and weaknesses. Thank you very much. Saying that, Kaori lowered her head. Even so its hard to believe that Yuti used the power of the Evil to attack us a few days ago while she showed such compassion towards Kaori. Well, Kaori also took care of Yuti on Earth, so I guess thats why she opened her heart. Whatever the case, its a good indication, considering how Yuti said she would kill humans. Now, its been a little while since we entered the valley, shall we take a break and have a meal? Its an unfamiliar place, and I think its best to take a break early. I agree. Its important to be careful. Yes, I think that sounds about right! Not only Yuti and Kaori, but also Night and Akatsuki responded to my words, so I once again activated my teleportation magic and was ready to return to the Sage-sans house when Yuti suddenly stopped me. Yuuya, Hmm? Suggestion. Lets have lunch here. Eh? Reason. Eating in nature, very good. Its so nice here. Just like Yuti said, as we enter the valley where the legendary dragon is said to sleep, which is surrounded by steep rocky mountains on both sides, the area around the valley part was blessed with nature. Filled with plants that I had never seen even in the [Great Devils Nest], with a lot of humidity and moss due to the river flowing through the valley; it was such a place. If were talking about being in the midst of nature, the [Great Devils Nest] is also sufficient. Still, it is certainly not possible to have a meal near a flowing river in the [Great Devils Nest] like in this valley. Hmm I wonder if it would be okay? You see, dont you think the smell of the food will attract the monsters? Dont worry. We can handle them. If youre still unsure, Ill set up a barrier now. Eh? When I couldnt help but respond to Yutis strange statement, Yuti was in a daze, as if she was looking into the distance. And then I can see it. What did you see? Not responding to my words, Yuti immediately held up her bow and released a large number of arrows into the sky. Now, well be fine. What?! I couldnt understand the meaning of her actions since it made no sense, and I could only be confused. Its not just me, but Kaori and the others as well, each of them looking at each other, unable to ascertain what Yutis intentions are. Then Yuti noticed our confusion and explained. I can see the future. Huh? Of course, its not perfect. But its highly accurate. So I just shot it beforehand so the arrow will strike the prey just as it is coming out, according to that prediction. .. Kaori was speechless at Yutis blunt words. Thats right Yuti was able to do such an outrageous thing. Thats why she was able to predict that rebar would fall on the heads of the mother and her baby when we went shopping for clothes. No, its not all about predicting the future, what does she mean by shooting an arrow ahead of time to match that predicted future But when I think about it, I suddenly recall the time when I fought Yuti, I received such an inexplicable attack. When I fought Yuuya, I also used itlook!? Eh? As Yuti turned her gaze to the forest bushes, Kaori and I followed her sight in that direction too, and suddenly a Hungry Fang, which we had just fought, came charging in from there, drooling. Whoa! Being caught off guard completely, I hurriedly tried to raise my weapon, but an arrow struck the Hungry Fang between its eyebrows, even though Yuti hadnt moved. Then, Hungry Fang turned into a particle of light and disappeared. This is the barrier. It was seriously unreal. No, really, any existence that bears the Holy title is beyond common sense. No, it seems that Yuti isnt an official Holy but a disciple but if this is done by a disciple, and thats even more extraordinary Once again, as I trembled at Yutis extraordinary ability. Yuti looked at me casually. No worries. Now we can eat delicious food in this place. Yuuya, cook. Yes. In the meantime, thanks to Yuti, I start preparing the food without any trouble, so I activate my teleportation magic again and connect the distorted space to my house. Of course, all the cooking and such are done on Earth, so I would have to go back anyway. But I can handle that on my own. Now, what should I make. For some reason, when I thought of food to eat outdoors, either barbecue or curry came to mind, so I decided to make curry this time. When I finished making it quickly and returned to the valley again, Night and Akatsuki were rolling one of the large stones which were scattered around. When I looked closely at it, I saw that Kaori and the others had prepared a simple table and chairs using these stones. Thanks for the preparation. N-no! The cooking was left up to Yuuya-san after all. We should at least do this Kaori smiled as she said that, and then she noticed the smell wafting from the pot in my hand. That smell is curry! Yeah. I dont know what to make, but when I think of food outdoors, curry comes to mind. Well at the field trip the other day, I didnt expect to be tasked with cooking curry, and I also didnt think I would have to procure the ingredients as well. I agree. For a picnic, it would be sandwiches and onigiri (rice balls), but for a camping trip, it would be curry! Curious. Ive never smelled anything like it. This smell, it makes me hungry Yuti, who had never heard of curry, was curious about my pot and rubbed her belly as she described her thoughts. Its true; curry smells appetizing, doesnt it? Im hungry, too, so I quickly poured the curry onto the plates I brought with me and served it. Yuti looked more and more interested in the curry in front of her. The color, too, is strange. Can we really eat it? Of course. Hmm. It takes a little bit of courage. But it smells delicious Its true that the color of curry, for those who dont know well, its a pretty challenging color. Its not a problem for us who are used to eating it. But when Kaori, Night, and Akatsuki began to eat, Yuti finally seemed to have made up her mind and took a bite. Huh! And as her eyes widened, she looked at Kaori and me with an excited look. This, this, this is delicious. Its so good. I-is that so? Thats good to hear. And Im glad youre eating it by yourself too. Hmm. Im growing, after all. Yuuya-san, you are really good at cooking its very delicious! The curry was well-liked by the two of them, but lets just say all I did was cut up vegetables and stew them with a commercial Japanese curry powder Well, Im not making it with one kind of curry powder, but a mixture of two kinds of curry powder, so it might taste a little different. I didnt have that luxury before, but now that Ive gotten money by converting things from the other world, Ive expanded the scope of my cooking, or rather the things I can do. Waguwagu Woof! Fugo. Fugofugo. Night and Akatsuki were also enjoying their curry, so its a relief. As I watched everyone else eat, I brought my portion curry to my mouth and nodded once. Yes, its delicious. As we were each enjoying our curry in this manner, I suddenly realized something. It was so delicious that I had forgotten all about it, but the smell didnt attract monsters or anything, does it? Despite Yutis barrier, its still okay, right? Guooooooooooooooo! ? Buhi! The voice, or rather a roar of something that didnt seem to be from a monster, rang out. Then, just before the roar reached us, it seemed that some kind of light flooded out of Akatsuki as if the [Sanctuary] skill had been activated, but there was no time to check it. That roar shook the surrounding trees and the ground, and caused the rivers water to splash loudly. The mysterious roar made us drop the curry in our hands involuntarily, and we covered our ears, and held our heads up. As we desperately endured the sound, the impact eventually subsided. We started to move, checking it out. What on earth was that noise? Unknown. But its unusual. Even though I had my ears covered, I was still shaken up so much that my head was buzzing. S§×ar?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Kaori, are you okay? Y-yes somehow because, um, Akatsuki-san helped me Buhi. As I thought, it looks like I wasnt mistaken about Akatsuki activating the [Sanctuary] skill. Yuti, Night, Akatsuki, and I can withstand it since we have some abilities, but Kaori is different. However, it seems that Akatsuki recognized that, and reduced the damage by applying the [Sanctuary] skill to Kaori. Thank you, Akatsuki. It was helpful. Buhibuhi. Akatsuki nodded as if to say that it was obvious, but it actually helped Kaori. Besides, its cute to see Akatsuki looking so high and mighty like that. Aaah the curry we were eating was totally ruined, but the portion in the pot still looks like its safe. Regret In front of the curry that had fallen to the ground, Yuti muttered that in a sad voice. And what was that noise earlier? Its not a normal sound by any stretch of my imagination At any rate, the ground and the trees were shaking some of them couldnt withstand the impact of the roar, and there were even trees that were snapped off. It really helped that Akatsuki used [Sanctuary] on Kaori. If it werent for the [Sanctuary] skill, Kaori would have been returned to Sage-sans house for sure. Once everyone was confirmed safe for now, I had to think about the sound from earlier, but thats when Kaori opened her mouth. Well, that sound that sounded like some kind of cry or a roar to me. Roar? Roar, you said? Could it be I had a horrible feeling about it, and suddenly a floating sensation came over us. Huh? Whats going on the ground was shaking even more than before, and I noticed that, with each impact, we were floating off the ground. Just like me, whose face turns blue, Yuti also noticed something and muttered in dismay. This is unpredictable. I couldnt see it. Barrier, it doesnt do any good Its an arrow that Yuti predicted the future and released before, but it doesnt help the situation thats happening now. Because. Yu-YuYuYu-Yu-Yuuya-san .. Ive already guessed everything, but I cant move now. Because as the approaching sounds and impacts got louder and louder, I couldnt stand properly. T-the dragon! Astonishing. This dragon looks exactly like the dragon from the old storybook I turned around fearfully and saw in front of me a mouth shaped like the dinosaurs Ive seen in movies and books. .. .. The deep purple of the scales gave the dragon a fascinating air at our first encounter.. The appearance of the dragon, which had a somewhat sharp impression, was very majestic. As I was about to be blown away by just his breath, my eyes met with the owner of that mouth. I was interested in the dragon himself, but I couldnt do anything about it now that he appeared in front of me. And this is no ordinary dragon by any stretch of the imagination. Because the size of him is strange. Hes big too big. He was as large as a skyscraper thats lying on the side. Because of his size, his body was completely hitting the rocks on both sides of the valley, but it might have forced its way to pass through since even that rocky hills had been scraped away and were crumbling. Everything was outside of the ordinary. Not only the size of him, but also the atmosphere; everything was overwhelming. Even Yuti, who is stronger than me, as well as Night and Akatsuki were stiff and unable to move. And Guuoooooooooooo! The dragon in front of me raised his head high in the heavens and once again let the roar that we heard earlier. In the face of such a ridiculous situation, I had only one thought. Yes, Im going to die. Because no matter what comes to mind, its impossible. No, I originally hadnt planned on fighting, as Owen-sans request was only to investigate. But we ended up encountering him. As my mind went blank and I couldnt let my voice out, I suddenly heard a voice different from the bellowing I heard earlier. Hey, you puny human over there! Book 5: Chapter 3: Part 2 Heres another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 Hey, you puny human over there! .., Huh? I looked around hurriedly as I suddenly heard an unknown voice, but there was no one around who seemed to be the owner of the voice. It seemed that not only me but also Yuti and the others could hear it as well, and they all had puzzled expressions on their faces. As we were all looking for the owner of the voice, we heard the voice again. As a puny human, how dare you ignore me? Eh? I didnt think it was possible, but I looked up at the dragons face. I was looking up towards the sky until my neck hurt. Could it be youre speaking? Indeed. Im talking to you. The dragon is talkinnggggg! What is it, you lot. Is it such a strange thing for me to speak? I wasnt expecting him to really be able to talk, so I reacted in this way. N-no, um Its because this is the first time Ive encountered a dragon, so Hmph. I dont want to be compared to those dragons around here, but I can certainly understand and speak your language. Do you know what that means? Huh? T-that means y-youve worked hard to learn the human language, right? What kind of apprehension is that? For some reason, the dragon was tsukomiing at my words. No, because thats the only thing that comes to mind when being asked if I know what that means Eei! That means that if I can understand your words, I can understand all the insulting things that you humans have said about me! I-I see? What a lack of response! Then, what should I say? Because I by no means have any intent to make fun of the dragon in front of me Seeing the exchange between the dragon and I, Kaori was shaken up. but for some reason, Yuti looked at me as if she wanted to say something to me. What? Is my reaction that strange? Its not that I couldnt stand the stares by everyone, but for now, Im going to ask the dragon a question. Um, can I ask you something? I heard you were asleep at the beginning, but is there any reason why you woke up? Where did that panic of yours earlier go? I felt better after that conversation got derailed. So youre a big shot, huh? At first, I was surprised and thought it was all over, but when I found out that we could communicate with each other, I felt a lot better. If this dragon had intended to kill or eat us in the first place, we wouldnt be here talking right now. Well, thats okay. I was awakened by the annoying smell of the Holy and the Evil And now, for the first time in my life I, who have lived since the creation of the world I never thought that there was a smell that I didnt even know existed. That smell has lured me here. A smell, you say? You want to feign ignorance, huh? Theres a pot lying near you. Its been drifting from there. Huh? I looked at the pot of curry that was miraculously safe from the dragons roar earlier. Um, you mean this curry? Curry, huh? Whats that? Erm, its our meal The dragon heard my words and, for some reason, frowned. Or rather, the expression on the dragons face is so easy to understand. Hmph, dont talk nonsense. Isnt human food supposed to be either boiled or grilled? Do you think that seasoning it with plenty of salt and spices is acceptable? I nod my head at the dragons words, which seem somewhat ridiculous. Could it be that hes been asleep for so many years that he doesnt know that human taste buds and seasonings have changed? Sure, it may have been true in the past, but over the years, humans have also developed their own cooking methods and studied various cuisines. Well, in this world, the cooking techniques may not be that well developed yet. Hmm, in that case, since you are here, would you like to try it? Eh, my curry Then Yuti gave me a sad look at my remark. Aah, Yuti. Ill make another one right after giving this dragon the curry. Hoo? Do you think youre going to get home safely before me? Eh? Arent you gonna let us go? You are somewhat out of tune. Why? I didnt do or say anything strange, didnt I? But even if I were to eat this thing, I wouldnt be satisfied with such a small and insignificant amount of food. What are you going to do? What am I going to do, you said? If you said so Indeed, the dragon was right; even if it were the size of a large pot, the amount would be completely lacking, considering the size of the dragon in front of me. In the first place, its doubtful whether there is even enough for the dragon to taste it. However, theres no better way to deal with this huge body. Ah. Thats it. Mu? What do you mean? No, I just thought Id found a way to reduce the size of dragon-san, so I thought that D-dragon-san? I mean, do you really think theres a way to do that? Yes. As I said that, I took out a certain thing from the item box. It was the [Pill of Large and Small Changes] that was dropped at the time when I got the equipment for Kaoris protection. What, thats not poisonous or anything like that, right? No, no, its just a pill to make you smaller. A pill that could make me smaller? Dragon-san brought his huge face closer from the side and stared at the medicine with his big eyes. Hmph. How can such a thing make me small Well, well, dont say that; you just have to try it. Wheres the attitude you had the first time you saw me? When you become too nervous, you become uncomfortable speaking, dont you think? Well, the reason why Ive been able to be so carefree is that being nervous isnt practical. Besides, Id really want to borrow Japanese companies help and teach dragon-san that human food is wonderful too. With that in mind, I threw the pill into the mouth of the still vigilant dragon. Incidentally, there were a lot of pills in the bottle, and to be honest, I didnt know how many pills it would take for the effect to appear. But as expected, I couldnt use more without knowing the effects, so I kept it to one. No, in the first place, if its unused, Im just saying that you should use it yourself first. Y-you! You really made me eat it! The next moment, however, the dragons body began to glow. What is this? Whats happening! Who knows? Who knows?! Well, maybe its like a sign that its going to start shrinking now. When dragon-san is panicked at the strange phenomenon of his body, Kaori, who has been watching the course of events until now, asked anxiously. W-what an amazing light but is it okay? I think its going to be okay. When I got the item, the description didnt mention anything that looked like a side effect. Yes, that was one of the main reasons why I used it on dragon-san without hesitation. With the [Identification] skill, if there are any side effects, they should be properly explained to me. After all, when I examined the [Ichikoro grass] that Akatsuki brought me when I was collecting medicinal herbs with Lexia-san and Luna, I was properly informed that it was dangerous. Eventually, the light subsided, and there was a small dragon there, about the size that I could carry in my two hands. I-is it done? Why do you people look down on me? Its because dragon-san is now small. What?! Dragon-san received my words and immediately looked over at his body and was stunned. T-this is ridiculous my body is really smaller Now, you can really taste the curry. U-umu No, I mean, thats not it! Its true that if I get smaller, it will let me try the curry, but I cant have it like this! Thats okay too. Perhaps, from now on, dragon-san will be able to change the size of his body at will. What?! The dragons eyes widened as if to say that he couldnt believe my words, but his body began to glow again as he looked up at the sky as if he had decided on something. And when the light subsided, dragon-san in his original size was present. I-I really turned back You really did it. You werent sure about this? I knew that it was possible to change the bodys size thanks to the [Identification] skill, so I didnt think it was impossible to do so. Dragon-san was astonished by my reaction, but soon, when his body glowed again, he changed into a smaller body. Well, fine. No, its not actually good, but lets not worry about it at this time. Now whats in the pot there? Give it to me quickly. Saying that, dragon-san snatched the pot of curry I was holding. Then he opened the pot and took in a full breath. Suuuhh U-umu, as I thought, its an indescribable smell. But from the color, I cant imagine its very good. Disagree. Then give it to me. What is it, little girl? This is mine now! I wont give it to you! At this point, Yuti aimed for the curry, but dragon-san finally stuck his face into the pot! .. I wasnt expecting him to shove his whole face into the pot, so I was a little worried about him. Zugogogo! Eh. I heard what sounded like something being sucked in at an incredible rate. And then Delicious! This is so good? What is this, what the hell is this? This was a victory for the Japanese companies. I answered with a few words with a proud expression, This is human food. Its curry. T-this is! Dragon-san froze for a bit, looking greatly surprised, but then began to eat again in earnest. sea??h th§× Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. While looking at that figure, I suddenly thought back to my conversation with dragon-san earlier and decided to ask him. Um speaking of which, earlier you said something about the smell of Holy and Evil, what do you mean by that?'' Haguhagu Mm? Apparently it means nothing. The disgusting smell of Holy and Evil began to fill the world, so my nose woke me up even though I didnt want to. Theyre spreading disgusting smells Could it be that Master and the others are causing this! Im not sure what to say to that fact, and as he ate, he moved his nose around and smelled us as well. I think I can sense some of that smell from the little girl there and from you as well Mm? You guys have a bit of a strange smell. The little girl smells like a mixture of Holy and Evil. And from you, its As he was about to say that much, dragon-san stopped eating his curry and opened his eyes. R-ridiculous why do you smell like that guy!? T-that guy? Stop playing dumb! If I say that guy, its that guy! No, wait, that doesnt make sense to me Why is it so hard getting through to you? Didnt the humans call him the Sage? Eh!? I was so surprised by dragon-sans words that my eyes widened. Sage, you said? You know sage-san? Huh? I know what he knows, and he should know what I know, too. No, theres a lot of things happening with me at the moment While telling him about the Earth, I explained to dragon-san that I became the new master of Sage-sans house and that I had inherited Sage-sans magic circuit. Then, dragon-san snorted loudly. U-umu, I see But I must admit that Ive never heard of the existence of a different world even though Ive been living since the creation of this world this is the first time Ive heard of it. And to create a connection with it As expected of the Sage. Dragon-san muttered with a somewhat distant look in his eyes. Um whats the relationship between dragon-san and Sage-san? Hm? Thats right I thought we were friends. Eh? But I failed to understand his suffering. I had no concept of life span and thought it was foolish to die of old age. But I didnt think that it was his only salvation With a somewhat sad look on his face, dragon-san says so. Sage-sans book said that he didnt have any close friends, but there were still those who were worried about him like this As I was feeling sad about that misunderstanding, dragon-san finally finished his curry. Puhah! That was good! Oh, yes. Thats good to know. The moment I was about to say that much, a message appeared in front of me. You have succeeded in taming the [Genesis Dragon] Book 5: Chapter 3: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 You have succeeded in taming the [Genesis Dragon] .Eh? Mmm? Whats wrong? I rubbed my eyes involuntarily at the message that appeared in front of me. But no matter how many times I checked, the contents in the message didnt change. I was hesitant to tell Dragon-san about it. W-well Dragon-san, um, You youve been tamed by me. Huh? What did you say? The human food you served was indeed delicious, but that doesnt mean Ill be tamed byIts been dooonneeeee!? Dragon-san seemed to have checked his status, and his eyes were popping out. From Dragon-sans words, it seemed to be the undeniable truth that he was tamed. Yuti also froze with her eyes wide open. Kaori didnt understand the meaning of taming, so she just tilted her head in confusion. Night and Akatsuki didnt seem to be making any particular noise. Why why did this happen? What would happen to me now that Ive been tamed? Err Im sorry? Im not looking for an apology! You must release me now! Eeh!? Even if you ask me to release you, I dont know how No, Im also troubled by taming Dragon-san, too Why have you tamed me in the first place? Im sorry, Im honestly surprised as well. If its a dragon, no matter how hard I tried, I couldnt take him outside on Earth. He might be seen as a rare lizard without the wings, but Dragon-san has magnificent wings and is able to fly. Theres no way to deceive others on Earth with regards to that. Besides Um, speaking of trouble, we originally came here since we heard that Dragon-san has awakened What? What do you mean by trouble? Although there was a legend that Dragon-san was sleeping in this valley, no one believed it. But recently, with the monsters in the valley suddenly becoming active as if they were fleeing from something and, more importantly, with Dragon-sans roar, people thought that the legend might be true And if the legend was true, the people were worried about what kind of action Dragon-san would take, as well as many other factors Hmph. Well, it cant be helped if they dont know about me nowadays After all, its been thousands of years since I had last been awake. T-thousands? Yes. Im sure that it was the smell of Holy and Evil that has awakened me, but as you can imagine, sleeping for so long makes me hungry. That is why I ate the monsters which were reasonably close by and then the other monsters fled from me. I-I see There were many things I wanted to say, but the most important part was that this happened after thousands of years, so Sage-san was a person from at least thousands of years ago Its no wonder that people didnt know about him like Dragon-san. Although the impact of Dragon-sans words was huge, its difficult to comment on Dragon-sans behavior, especially if it seemed to be a bother. Dragon-san looked unperturbed and laid down. Hmph So what are you going to do now? Eh? Well Ive tamed you, for now, so I thought I should give you a name. Youre starting with that? No, its important too, but! Personally, I feel that calling you Dragon-san will be just fine Thats no good! If youre going to give me a name, it should be a cool name thats befitting of me! Since Dragon-san asked, I was thinking of ideas for his name again. But rather, is he already accepting that he was tamed? No, it seems much worse. I looked at Dragon-san again and thought. Dragon-san is a majestic figure worthy of being a legendary dragon; his scales are a mixture of deep purple, black, and vermilion, which creates a feeling of luxuriousness. Hmm then how about Ouma? Ouma? Yes. How should I say this? From Dragon-sans appearance, the word Oumagatoki* just comes to me [T/n: Oumagatoki means twilight, or the time for disasters (similar to the witching hour but not midnight)] Whether Oumagatoki is in the evening or not, thats the kind of color I am reminded of, so I just explained Then, Dragon-san mumbled the name I suggested and nodded his head a few times. Ouma Ouma huh? Its good. Im Ouma from now on. Ah, yes. By the way, what is your name? Although Im still reluctant, youve at least become my master. Is it not strange to not know your name? Dragon-san No, Ouma-sans words reminded us that we never introduced ourselves, so we hurriedly told him our names. After hearing that, Ouma-san nodded again. Yuuya, Kaori, Yuti. And then Night and Akatsuki, huh? When I look around again theres a few unusual individuals here. Is that so? Dont you realize? Yuuya and Yuti have a strange smell which is like a mixture of Holy and Evil. I dont feel any threat from Kaori, so its a mystery as to why she is here. As for Night and Akatsuki U-umu. Looking at these two, isnt it strange that you tamed them? Eh? I-is that so? I highly doubt it, but do you know of Nights race? Akatsuki is a bit special, so its not surprising if you dont know about him I know about Nights race, you know? Its Black Fenrir, right? Eh. Then, for some reason, it wasnt Ouma-san who froze, but Yuti, who was listening in on our conversation behind me. Yuti-san, whats wrong? K-Kaori. Did Yuuya just say Black Fenrir? Y-yes. Thats right. Night-san is that kind of wolf. Thats two legendary species in one place Eeh? Im puzzled by Yuti, who is holding her head. I dont understand what she meant. Then Ouma-san told me with a sigh. Sigh Its no wonder that Yuti is like that. Although Night is not from a species that has lived since the creation of the world. But when it comes to combat power, Black Fenrir is on par with me. Eh. The current Night is just a child and is developing but I have never heard of a tamed Black Fenrir. Considering how he is tamed and raised by Yuuyas hands he could become the most powerful Black Fenrir in history. Huh I didnt expect Night to become as strong as Ouma-san. Well, since he was in the [Great Devils Nest] as a child, I didnt expect him to be weak. Night, youre a terrific guy, arent you? Woof? Woof. Fugo! Fugofugo! Eh? Yeah, I know Akatsuki is amazing too. Buhi? Fugo. Woof. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Night himself didnt seem to understand my question, and after tilting his head, he snuggled up to my leg. Akatsuki rubbed up against my other leg, showing off that hes amazing too. Well, theyre cute, so its okay. Theyre cute, so its not a problem. Theyre a big-shot, you know? Its the same as having a hell of a force! Affirmation. I was nervous about the fight with Evil, but with Ouma in front of me, and Night growing up, its safe to say that it would be a waste of time to worry about Evil. Thats about as strong as a fighting force gets. It is that much Of course. Who do you think I am? Normally, I am not interested in you humans, so I ignore them, but I can put an end to the conflict between the Holy and Evil in an instant if I choose to. H-how? By blowing up this planet. Thats blowing things out of proportion! What do you mean by destroying an entire planet? If you do that, you wouldnt be safe either, would you, Ouma-san? Then, as if he knew what I was thinking, Ouma-san snorted. You may be worried about something trivial, but I can live anywhere. Theres no harm in wiping out a planet; its simply a matter of finding another one. Eh, horrible Yes, I am! I am one to be feared! I am not one to be tamed in any way! But you have been tamed and Thats why, how veeeexxing! Ouma-san lamented incessantly. I dont know even if you ask me that. Gnunu If this cannot be reversed, then I hope it will be more fun than before. If not, my taming is just a loss for me! Yuuya, can you satisfy me? Err? Maybe with the Earth cuisine or information about Earth? Eei, aint that interesting! Itll be okay. Ouma-san looked frustrated for some reason, and I brushed it off inwardly. Well then, shall we go home? The dragon in question, Ouma-san, has been tamed, and if Ouma-san was the cause of the monsters activities, everything will be back to normal once he is gone Hmph. If your business was to investigate me, then youre done here. As Yuuya says, once Im gone, the monsters will naturally return here. Then everything is fine. Lets go with that. As I was about to say lets go home, Kaori raised her hand timidly. Uh Hmm? Whats wrong? Kaori That Ouma-san? However, we were asked to investigate the problems, and of course, Ouma-san is the cause of all these problems, right? Well, I guess so. I dont know much about the situation on the human side, anyway said Ouma-san. Then, what should we tell the people in the royal capital and especially to Owen-san, who made this request to us? said Kaori. Ah. I froze at Kaoris words. Thats right. Originally, Ouma-sans awakening was the cause of much trouble, and Owen-san sent us here to find out if he had awakened. But the most important thing here is that I cant simply say that I took the legendary dragon back with me, can I? W-what should we do? W-well, I guess well just have to be honest with him Thats right I dont know what the reaction will be. But I cant fool him, then Ill just have to be honest. Just when I think we can finally go home, a new problem comes up. But theres no point worrying about it, so Im dragging my heavy feet to return to the capital. Um, Yuuya-dono. Can you repeat it? Um, the one next to me here is the legendary dragon. Yes. After returning to the royal capital, I immediately went to report to Owen-san. But for some reason, I was taken in front of Arnold-sama. Its also that Arnold-sama felt sorry that he had to ask me, a person from another country, to help them out. When the content of the report was about the legendary dragon, he wanted to hear about it in person. Thats very courteous indeed. However, because of this situation, the only people in this audience room right now are us, Owen-san, and Arnold-sama. Id like to say hello to Lexia-san and Luna as well, but they are currently away on official business or something. The princess is very busy, after all. Im trying to escape from reality, but since I have an unfamiliar dragon with me, Owen-san seemed to have guessed the situation and decided to ask me about it in detail with Arnold-sama. Im nervous about going in front of Arnold-sama, perhaps even more nervous than when I met Ouma-san It might lead to misunderstanding if I left the situation up to their interpretation, so I honestly reported it to them. As expected, both Arnold-sama and Owen-san ended up with headaches. Although I was concerned about Arnold-sama and the others, Kaori was also very nervous because she was in front of the King. I wanted her to relax somehow, but in front of Arnold-sama was just On the contrary, Yuti, who had previously attempted to kill the first prince, Rhaegar-sama, was just standing absent-mindedly and did not feel any tension. As I was pondering what to do in this somewhat chaotic atmosphere, Ouma-san, the center of this case, opened his mouth as he laid on the ground annoyed. What, human. What is so strange about this me being tamed? Hmm? N-no! Thats not what. Of course its strange! said Owen-san Eeh? Owen-san tried to butt in in Ouma-sans good mood, and Ouma-san didnt expect to be cut off here and was confused. I dont understand it either! But I cant do anything about it because Ive been tamed just like that. Its not me whos strange but him. I was just making a curry Whats to blame is the human food that tastes so good! Its not my fault after all? No, the curry isnt wrong either. Well, thats okay So, what should I do? W-what should you do, you ask? Arnold-sama replied to my question with a twitch of his cheeks Well, this uproar was caused by Ouma-san and it was this dragon Wha? I didnt do anything wrong! But you shouldnt have caused trouble for other people, should you? I am a dragon; I dont give a damn about human circumstances! You can communicate with both dragons and humans, so you need to be a little more considerate of their situation. Gnununu! As I explained that to Ouma-san, Owen-san and Arnold-sama looked at us with distant eyes. Owen. Did my eyes get screwed up? The legendary dragon is being preached! No, Your Majesty. Its real. Its okay. I am also confused about what I see. R-right wait, who are you? I am Yuti. Yu-Yuti? Owen, do you know who she is? Eh? Ah, well um, its hard to explain, I guess you could say King. Do not worry about the details. You seem very familiar! Yuti, you stay away! My apologies. Shes somewhat out of touch with the world No, I mean, shes quite spirited Anyway, isnt the legendary dragon supposed to be bigger? I cant imagine him raising a roar that could make the whole castle tremble from a small body like that I had no idea that he is the legendary dragon until I led them here, but Yuuya-dono said he had an item that allows one to change the size of their body at will Yuuya-dono, who on earth is he actually? Its one question Id love to know the answer to as well While Ouma-san and I were still discussing, Arnold-sama let out a sigh and continued. So, what do you think we should do? Well First of all, it would be impossible to eliminate him. Y-youre right. Im not sure of his abilities, but if the appearance of a mere dragon can cause the majority of our troops to be lost. In addition to being able to communicate with us, he has been alive since the creation of the world The longer a dragon lives, the stronger and more powerful it becomes in terms of both its magic and its body No matter how you look at it, this is not something that a country could take on. If thats the case, Id like to keep Yuuya-dono in this country Its not easy. Yuuya-dono is obviously a foreign nobleman or royalty Mmmm we really have no choice No, Yuuya-dono can be considered to be a benefactor for Rhaegar and myself. Thats why its best to not ask for cooperation by force If a country hostile to ours could control the legendary dragon at will, there is nothing we can do about it. Yes. Im very grateful to Yuuya-dono for helping us with this incident No, I dont know if Yuuya-donos country is friendly to us or not, but at least Yuuya-dono is very friendly to Lexia! Dont trigger your doting parents foolishness here but I do think well have to leave it all to Yuuya-dono. From the beginning, Yuuya-dono is outstanding in terms of individual capabilities. It wouldnt be a surprise if a dragon that could easily destroy the country joined as his companions after all this time. Otherwise, it would be impossible for him to continue to live in the [Great Devils Nest]. He is truly a mysterious person. The only option is to surrender or be destroyed if the legendary dragon attacks. It is useless to think about it too much. Yuuya-dono. Eh, yes? I was in a heated discussion with Ouma-san about not bothering humans. Unexpectedly I was approached by Arnold-sama. I mean, what am I doing, neglecting the King like that? I wont be executed for impoliteness, will I? Arnold-sama opened the discussion in a dignified manner to me, who was inwardly scared. Yuuya-dono. Regarding that dragon Ill leave everything to you, Yuuya-dono. Eh? We cannot make this matter about the dragon public. So Im sorry that I cannot reward you for your investigation. Of course, we do not demand anything from you either. Thats why we leave this up to Yuuya-dono. Leaving everything up to me? As I was puzzled by Arnold-samas words, Owen-san also chimed in. Yuuya-dono. Ill tell you clearly. Well leave it entirely up to you. Its really clear! Its really clear! Thats right! No one knows what to do with this legendary dragon, right? In the end, as per Arnold-samas decision, there was no mention of Ouma-sans roar or the damage by the monsters caused by Ouma-sans gluttony, and this audience ended. Fortunately, there were no casualties included in the damages caused by the monsters that escaped from the valley, which was probably significant. Nevertheless, too much happened today, and so, in the end, our original goal of showing Kaori around the royal capital could not be achieved. Book 5: Chapter 4: Part 1 Heres another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ED: Blast Part 1 Okay, everyone, take your seats. We have a new transfer student coming today! After they returned from another world for the holidays, Yutis school life at middle school finally began. Everything was new for Yuti, from putting on her unfamiliar uniform to letting go of the bow she always carried around with her, and so on. Until now, Yuti had lived alone with her master, the Bow Saint, and had never practiced communicating with humans. Hence, she was worried about whether she could fit into an environment where Yuuya and Kaori were not present. However, Yuuya and the others were unaware of Yutis anxiety because it did not show on her face, nor did she talk about it. With such thoughts weighing on her, as Yuti waited anxiously in front of the classroom, excited voices could be heard from inside. A new student! Eh, is it a boy or a girl? It will be nice if its a cute girl! Even if its a cute girl, you wont be taken seriously by her either, you know? S-shut up! Yes, yes, please be quiet! Well then, Yuti-san, please come in. .. When Yanagi-sensei, the homeroom teacher who would be taking care of Yuti, gave the signal, she entered the classroom with trepidation. Yutis contact with existences such as Yuuya and Kaori made her feel less hatred and fear towards humans than she had when her Master died. However, she still had mixed feelings when she considered the fact that humans were partly responsible for her Masters death. Still, she was well aware of the fact that the humans here were not responsible for her Masters death. Yanagi-sensei, whos in charge of Yutis homeroom, had a calm personality, which was something that Yuti was grateful for, given her circumstances. .. The moment Yuti entered the classroom, the previously noisy students all turned silent at once. This made Yuti anxious as if something was wrong with her, but Yanagi-sensei didnt seem to pay it any mind and wrote Yutis name on the blackboard. Yes, Yuti-san. Please introduce yourself. A-affirmative. Yuti gave a small nod and opened her mouth slightly, scanning the students in the class fearfully. Im Yuti. N-nice to meet you, all Yuti ended up introducing herself in such a simple manner because she didnt know what to say. Then. S-so cuteeeeeee! Eh!? The whole class erupted in unison. Eh, what!? Isnt she incredibly cute? I was expecting a handsome boy, but a girl this cute is totally fine! Id rather it not be anyone than this girl! She looks like a doll! Yuti, right? Are you a foreigner? Err, um The unexpected reactions of the students left Yuti utterly confused. Until now, she had always solved her problems by force, and Yuti didnt know what to do in this situation where her power was ineffective. Besides, Yuti was not used to being welcomed so favorably in the different world, where human beings would not interact in such a way without caution. Yes, yes, everyone. Yuti-san is feeling troubled! If you have any questions, please do so during the break! Sensing that Yuti was uncertain how to react to this reception, Yanagi-sensei put a stop to the students commotion, and turned to Yuti with a gentle smile. Then Yuti-san, you can sit in that vacant seat. Okay. sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When Yuti got to the seat shown to her by Yanagi-sensei, she took a breath. Then a girl sitting next to her spoke to Yuti. Hey, Yuti-san. Im Haruna! Nice to meet you, okay? N-nice to meet you, too Yuti was surprised to be approached so abruptly, but Harunas cheerful atmosphere eased Yutis nerves a bit. Yuti successfully finished homeroom and started the classes, but a big problem remained. It was . Confused. I cant understand them. Since Yuti has never studied before, it was only natural that she could not solve even simple problems. Fortunately, Kaori taught her about writing and other things in this world. She also acquired the skill [Language Comprehension], so she can speak, read, and write without problems, but she struggled in other areas. Although Yuti stumbled academically, she showed her true potential in the following physical education class. In class, the girls were playing basketball, but Yuti didnt understand the rules. Haruna. Hmm? Whats wrong? Yuti-san. Therefore, when she gathered up the courage to talk to Haruna, who was seated next to her, Yuti asked her about basketball. Unknown. I dont know anything about basketball. Eh, really? You mean youve never played it before? Affirmative. Ive never seen it before either. Hearing Yutis words, not only Haruna but the girls nearby were dumbfounded. Y-you dont know basketball? Is there such a country? Then, Ill teach you. Fortunately, no one made fun of Yuti for not knowing basketball, and everyone was kind enough to teach her. After listening to the conversation, Yuti understood most of the basketball rules and picked up a basketball that was lying nearby. Confirmation. I have to put this ball through that net. Is that correct? Yes, thats right. Can I throw it in from anywhere? Eh? Well, yes. But as expected, at this distance is. Hmm. Yuti lightly jumped up on the spot and threw the ball in the direction of the faraway basketball net. Then the ball went through the net in a straight line without missing a beat. As soon as the ball landed harmlessly on the spot, Yuti turned around to confirm with Haruna. Is that correct? .. However, no one could respond to Yutis question. Not only the girls, but also the boys who were also taking a class in the gym, and even the teacher opened their mouths in astonishment at Yutis physical prowess. Hmm? Whats wrong? Hah! W-what was that just now Yuti-san, is this really your first time playing basketball? Affirmative. No way! Yuti did not know the rules of any sports on Earth, let alone basketball, but no one would believe it after seeing her movements. First, Yuti would confirm the rules and such, and from then on, the actual game will be played Yuti-san! Hmm. Eeeeeeee! Three points again! As a disciple of the Bow Saint, it was no more than a childs play for Yuti to put the ball into an immovable target the net. Whenever she took a shot, the ball went in. It didnt matter how big the court was for Yuti. However, as soon as people around her realized that Yutis scoring prowess was extraordinary, the opposing team tried to stop her. We have to stop Yuti-sans shot! Dont let her shoot! If she shoots it, it will go in! Some of them were from the basketball club, and under normal circumstances, if they marked someone in particular, they would have been stuck and unable to do anything. But even this didnt work against Yuti. No way, how come? W-we cant stop her! Yuti slipped through the group of girls who were trying to stop her and easily escaped from the encirclement. She then received a pass from her teammates. The opposing team was unrelenting and moved in to prevent her from taking a shot. I wont let her shoot! .. Eh? Then, the schoolgirl who came to stop her widened her eyes in surprise. The reason was that Yuti was not looking at the net and just stood there in a daze. Whats more, Yuti then lightly threw the ball, as if she had no thoughts of where the ball would go. Then Eh, what!? When did that happen? The ball thrown by Yuti landed in the hands of a teammate who was passing by, and the teammate who received the ball took a shot in a hurry. Yuti had generously used the Bow Saint technique that she was using when she fought against Yuuya and the others. She had predicted where and when her fellow teammates would pass by, and she did the divine work of presenting the ball precisely in line with that. How can we win this? The opponents dispirited voice unintentionally leaked out, but everyone in the room agreed with their words. After that, Yutis outstanding performance continued, and the match ultimately ended in a one-sided development. Yuti-san, youre amazing! Hmm? Is that so? When the physical education class was over, and Yuti was changing back into her uniform, Haruna said with a sparkle in her eye. Thats right and there were also students from the basketball club on the opposite team! Basketball club? Yeah, thats right! Our basketball club is pretty strong, you know? I cant believe you can win decisively against those girls all by yourself Denial. Its not just me. Everyones got their shots. No, it was all because of Yuti-sans pass! Thats right. Eh? Then one of the students, who was listening in on the conversation between Yuti and Haruna, came to talk to them. She has a short haircut and a somewhat boyish vibe. She approached them while wiping the sweat off her face. Oops, you still dont know my name yet. Im your classmate Natsuki; nice to meet you! Natsuki Yeah, yeah. And I got beaten up in the game earlier, but I am a member of the basketball club. Basketball club member? Un, well, Yuti-san beat us one-sidedly. It was because of her support that the other girls were able to score. Well, Yuti-sans passes were so accurate that its like she knows someone will come there Affirmative. I know, so I threw the ball. If thats the case, thats really great Natsuki thought Yutis words were a joke and laughed. Anyway, since youre so strong, Yuti-san, do you want to join the basketball club? In my opinion, you are most welcome Question. Hmm? What is it? Yuti looked at Haruna and Natsuki with a serious expression and tilted her head. Basketball club, basketball club member, what is that? Eh? I know basketball. But I dont know about the club, or club member. At Yutis words, both of them were perplexed as they did not expect that. However, Haruna, who recovered her senses immediately, asked anxiously. Err Could it be that there were no club activities where you were before, Yuti-san? Club activity? Oh, there were not, huh Judging by Yutis reaction, she could tell. Its so rare that there were no club activities Right. Its more like I cant believe there wasnt a basketball club with such a gem of a person. Its such a waste. At Natsukis words, not only Haruna, but the other girls who were listening around nodded in unison. Unknown. What is this club activity? Ah I dont know what to say about club activities, but I guess its more like a group of people who get together afterschool to do sports and other activities that they want, with a similar goal in mind. Difficult to understand. So, do I have to be in a club? Not that you have to, but is there anything you want to do? Affirmative. Yuti nodded in agreement, as she suddenly remembered that she has not touched a bow in this world. Bow Bow? Maybe you mean Kyd* or Archery? [T/n: Kyd is Japanese Archery.] At Natsukis words, Yuti looked up vigorously, and excitedly approached Natsuki. Kyd? Archery? Unknown. Just a bow, can I use it? Y-you can use it, but Yuti-san, are you interested in trying Kyd or something? Negative. I always use it. You are using it? Im surprised. Well, maybe you should show up and join the Kyd club or something. What do you think? Im off today, so Ill show you around if you want? Ah, me too, me too! Yuti nodded vigorously in response to their grateful offer. Okay, then the three of us will go to the Kyd club after school! Thats right. Still Im a little disappointed that its not basketball, but Im also surprised that its Kyd. Surprised? Why? Because no, if youve been living abroad, its not surprising if you know archery. Natsuki muttered to herself, and Haruna asked Yuti a genuine question. Come to think of it, where did you live, Yuti-san? Forest. Huh? Forest .. Haruna and Natsuki asked again, but Yutis answer did not change. Considering Yutis response, they looked at each other unconsciously. B-by forest, you mean, a real forest? No, not many people live in the forest in this day and age, right? Maybe it was Aomori* Prefecture or something? [T/n: Mori = forest.] Ah, its possible. But, it doesnt sound like thats the case, and it looks like youre a foreigner, right? Hmm your Japanese is fluent, though S-surely The existence of Yuti was becoming more and more of a mystery to them, and they both just nodded their heads. So, where do you live now? Yuuyas House. Huh? Yuuyas House. .. Again, not only the two but everyone who was present was silent. Haruna, who immediately came to her senses, asked fearfully. W-wait a minute. Is Yuuya someone we also know? In our school, theres a very famous person with the same name Hmm? Unknown. But hes in the same school. I think its called high school? B-by the way, whats his last name? As I recall Ten, Ten, Jou? .. And again, silence. And then. Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeehhhh! Huh?! A scream echoed through the womens locker room. No-no-no way! Yuti-san, you live with Tenjou-senpai? No, what kind of relationship do you have with Tenjou-senpai in the first place? Being alone with Tenjou-senpai I-Im so jealous! The barrage of questions that followed made Yutis eyes go black and white. Did I say something strange? No, its not strange or anything, but huh, is that strange? Thats not the point; its the fact that you are living with Tenjou-senpai! What does that mean? Unknown. Not sure. But Im in Yuuyas care. You are not sure?! The words that came out of Yutis mouth one after another stimulated the girls curiosity. Yuti tilted her head at the sight of the excited girls. Question. Yuuya, is he famous? Hes so famous, you know! Because it would be crazy not to get a rumor for being so handsome! Its not only that. He also showed off his tremendous physical abilities in the ball game tournament the other day, and more importantly, he cleared out the delinquents who broke into the school before Oh, that! That was awesome! He was throwing away the delinquents one after the other! Delinquents? Im not sure. But Yuuya is more than capable for that much. Knowing of Yuuyas fighting prowess, Yuti nodded at Haruna and the others words. I cant say for sure because these are only rumors, but I heard he also repelled a bear that attacked during a field trip. Eeh? That has to be a lie. Right, Yuti-san? Denial. Yuuya, if its a bear, he can throw it away. Are you kidding me!? Haruna and the others were increasingly surprised by Yutis words. The girls continued to ask Yuti many questions, and they were almost late for their next class. Book 5: Chapter 4: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 Ive been unusually anxious all day. The reason for this was Speaking of which, I hear an amazing girl is joining the middle school. H-heh, is that so? Shes a foreigner, and now shes the topic in the school. Yes, its about Yuti. While were on break, Ryo was telling me the rumors about Yuti, but from my standpoint, I couldnt help but be at the edge of my seat. S-she didnt make any big mistakes, did she? Everythings okay, right? In addition, Im wondering if Ouma-san, who is currently at home in this world, is behaving properly. I managed to explain the situation to Owen-san and the others and brought him home without any problems, but Ouma-san is a dragon that is considered a legend in the other world. He would not care about human common sense. Moreover, Ouma-san was not happy at first, but his eyes sparkled when he saw the food I had prepared, the tools of Earth, and so on. And he finally admitted that I had tamed him. However, the most memorable part of the exchange with Ouma-san was going back from the capital, and he saw Sage-sans house. This house would be safe, even if I were hit with a full-fledged strike. That guy is the same as always I mean, his very existence itself is no longer relevant Sage-san, you are being recognized as an irregularity by this legendary dragon. I was curious about the relationship between Ouma-san and Sage-san, so I asked. How did Ouma-san and Sage-san meet? The first time we met was a long time ago As he said that, Ouma-san stared somewhere far away. Im not yet as calm as I am now. I was showing off my power when he suddenly appeared and struck me with a blow The shock I received at that time is still fresh in my mind. Sage-san, what are you doing? I never felt fear before in my life. However at that time, I thought I would be killed. But he only lectured me and did not kill me. So, Yuuya was the second person to preach to me in my life. I-I see I didnt mean to give him a sermon; I was just explaining it to him in a normal, convincing way. Anyway, thats where the relationship between Sage and I began, and we spent a long time together, but hes gone. Leaving me alone. The expression on Ouma-sans face was somewhat sad as he said that. Thats why I was so surprised when I could smell him from Yuuya. Your tone and attitude are different, but fundamentally you are similar to him. Ive never thought that you would inherit Sages house, weapons, and abilities. Ouma-san, who was about to say that much, widened his eyes when he noticed something. Could it be that he had foreseen this to send me a new friend? Thats impossible. But its that guy were talking about Kuh Ouma-san? I called out to Ouma-san, who was lost in his thoughts, and started mumbling something in a small voice, but Ouma-san went directly into Sage-sans house. I wonder whats on his mind. Anyway, thanks to Ouma-san, Ive gotten to learn about Sage-san a little bit more, and now I understand that hes, as expected, an extraordinary being. But when I think about it, there were shoes in Sage-sans house, which were not made from Ouma-sans hide, but from the Dragon God. Ouma-sans evaluation of Sage-san was not exaggerated. I wonder who he really is. I had been restless all day given the many situations. I felt sick to my stomach just when Kaede approached me vigorously. Yuuya-kun! Y-yes! Is it true that you live with the new student at the middle school? Oh I was so concerned about the other worlds information and Yutis uncommon physical abilities that I had completely lost my mind. Therefore, I couldnt react immediately to Kaedes words. Involuntarily I froze, and Ryos eyes widened as well. Yuuya, is what Kaede says true? Eh? No, thats Well? Kaede, who was approaching me with such vigor, put pressure on me. H-how should I respond to this? To begin with, how do I explain my relationship with Yuti! As I was frantically thinking of an explanation, I noticed that the hallway was noisy. Not only me, but Ryo also noticed this and turned his attention to the hallway. Hmm? What on earth happened The moment Ryo looked towards the corridor, Shingo-kun came in from the corridor, looking flustered. Yu-Yuuya-kun! You know, that new student is calling you! Heh! As I let out a dumb voice at the unexpected turn of events, Yuti walked into my classroom from behind Shingo-kun. Found. Yuuya, there you are. Yu-Yuti When Yuti spotted me, she came toward me without paying attention to her surroundings. Question. Eh? W-what? I cant help but answer spontaneously since she asked in such a straightforward and natural way. Prevention. Yuuya, you stopped me from carrying a bow. But in todays physical education class, when I said I wanted to use a bow, Haruna said there was the Kyudo club. Anticipation. I want to go. Is that okay? Im just saying its not safe to carry a bow around with you on a daily basis If you want to go to the Kyudo club, I think its fine. ! Really? No reason for me to lie about it, you know. But if Yuti joined the Kyudo club, Im sure she would play a big part in it. Then Yuti gave an unusual little smile, and I froze in place when I saw it. Gratitude. Yuuya, thank you. Y-yeah. Leaving. Then, I will go now. I think I might be sweating a bit, so prepare for my bath, okay? Bye. After saying just that, Yuti left at her own pace. And the name Haruna was mentioned in Yutis words earlier, I wonder if she made a friend without any trouble? As I was relieved to hear Yutis situation, I turned to Kaede and the others again. Well its about my relationship with the transfer student, right? No, you cant fool us anymore! Right. Of course, if we called each other by name right in front of them, we wouldnt be strangers, would we? I gave up and began to explain, choosing my words as clearly as possible. Uhm that girl before is called Yuti, and shes the daughter of an acquaintance of someone that Im indebted to, well that acquaintance had an accident and thus the person I am indebted to had asked me to take care of her because he was busy, or something like that I dont know if such an explanation was acceptable, but this is the limit of details that I can provide. In fact, although Yuti is not the daughter of the Bow Saint, it seems that they were like parent and child in a sense, so theres no problem in referring to Yuti as the child of the Bow Saint. Otherwise, it would be more confusing if I had described her as someone elses disciple. B-but, shes living alone with Yuuya-kun, isnt she? W-well, you know. I was also confused by the suddenness of the situation, but since she had nowhere else to go, she said shed stay out in the wild if I dont take her in U-ugh! Im so jealous that she can live alone with Yu-Yuuya-kun! Hmm? Kaede seemed to want to say something, but she groaned as if she couldnt find the words. No, I also agree that there are many problems for a young man and a young woman to live alone. But I cant say that In the end, I spent an uncomfortable afternoon feeling the eyes of not only Kaede but also the other classmates on me. After school, after receiving permission to visit the Kyudo club by Yuuya, Yuti was led to the Kyudo hall by Haruna and Natsuki. When they arrived, their homeroom teacher, Yanagi-sensei, was there, wearing Kyudo attire, instructing the students. Yanagi-sensei. Ara? Haruna-san, Natsuki-san? Why are you here? Hmm When she was called, Yanagi was momentarily surprised to find Yuti behind Haruna and Natsuki. Yuti-san. Are you perhaps interested in Kyudo? It seems like it! But listen, sensei. In physical education class today, we played basketball with Yuti-san, and she was so strong that no one was able to keep up with her, including me. S~ea??h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Surprised at Natsukis words, Yanagi-senseis calm and gentle eyes widened. Ara ara, is that true? If thats the case, shouldnt she be joining the basketball club? I know. But it is up to her to decide what club to join Right? Yuti-san? .. Yuti-san? Haruna and Natsuki called out to Yuti, but Yuti didnt hear their voices and her focus was drawn to the students who were shooting arrows. At that sight, Yanagi-sensei laughed. Ara ara, Yuti-san seems to be quite interested in archery. What do you think? Do you want to try to shoot it once? Yanagi-sensei handed Yuti the bow and arrows she was holding, and Yuti finally returned her gaze there and looked at the bow and arrows. When Yuti received them, Yanagi-sensei immediately tried to teach her, but Then, Yuti-san. Before shooting it, you need to wear something that makes you comfortable to move. Unnecessary. Eh? Yuti ignored the words of Yanagi-sensei and walked forward slowly, entering the place where the students had just finished shooting. The students who were practicing were surprised to see Yuti and were wondering about what was going on, but Yuti didnt seem to care and stared at the target in the distance and asked Yanagi-sensei behind her. Question. Should I aim at the middle of that target? Y-yeah. Its the target but it is not so easy. Yuti drew the bow before Yanagi-sensei could finish her words and shot an arrow out carelessly. Yuti shot it in her usual way, which ignored the eight stages that Kyudo was based on. But the result was clear. The arrow shot by Yuti pierced the middle of the target set directly in front of them, and the people around were all silenced by the sight of it. However, Yuti did not seem to mind at all and continued to shoot arrow after arrow. W-wait, Yuti-san! With Yutis sudden actions, Yanagi-sensei hurriedly tried to call out to her, but her voice did not reach Yutis ears. And so, Yutis arrows, one after another, struck the middle of the target in rapid succession, creating a large number of Jointed Arrows where the arrowhead pierced the previous shot. But that wasnt enough, Yuti enhanced her focus, and as she entered her own world, she fired off arrows continuously. A-amazing I never thought of hitting the center so precisely like that I-isnt it crazy? Hey, look! The back wall is! Eh, are you kidding me? The students who were watching Yutis performance noticed a problem and began to buzz. Its because the arrows shot by Yuti finally shattered the target and began to penetrate the wall behind it. And then, Haruna and Natsuki, thinking that this was a bad thing, rushed in to stop her. Yu-Yuti-san, Yuti-san! Stop, hey, stop! Huh! Haruna and Natsukis voice finally reached Yuti, as she decisively fired one last arrow to a place where there was not even a wall anymore. After finishing, Yuti turned to Yanagi-sensei and the others with some excitement. Satisfied. .. However, no one was able to comment on Yutis actions, ability, or excessive randomness. In fact, no one expected the target, or even the wall, to be broken down, so they didnt know what to say. Yuti tilted her head at the lack of response, but she suddenly felt an uncomfortable feeling inside her body. It was a sense of discomfort that could only be felt because the nerves had been sharpened by the concentration that had been in place until a moment ago. ? This sensation is Evil? Although she was aware of the discomfort, Yuti decided not to worry about it, as there was nothing particularly wrong with it. Rather than that, right now, her being able to shoot arrows at school was satisfying. When Yuti nodded in satisfaction, Yanagi-sensei finally came to her senses and muttered to herself. J-jointed arrow even one arrow is expensive, though. N-no, more importantly, what do we do about the target and the wall Thats also true ? Yuti did not understand the meaning of Yanagi-senseis words, because until now, she had prepared arrows and targets on her own. Now, finally! The red eyes, which glow strangely in the dark space, laugh happily. I wondered what would happen to me because of that damned pig but it was worth it to persevere somehow. And the red eyes stare upwards. Youre no longer needed. Once I recover a bit more, Ill snap out of here And the red eyes melted into the darkness. Book 5: Chapter 5: Part 1 Heres another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 1 Sear?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Now, lets start training seriously today. Woof. Fugo. About a week after Yuti started school, I decided to intensify my training, as the situation had finally started settling down. The reason for this was that with the fight with Yuti, I realized I was not strong enough. I knew that if I kept things as they were, I wouldnt be able to feel safe in the other world. Its not that Im interested in having great power, but Ive been caught up in the battle between the Holy and the Evil, and gotten involved with Yutis case Sigh I wish I could be in peace in the other world, but not everything goes the way I wanted. Woof. Buhi, buhi. Night and Akatsuki put their paws on each of my legs as if to comfort me in my depression. They are adorable. Just as their appearance began to soothe me, I suddenly realized. Huh? Speaking of which, where is Ouma-san? To be honest, another reason I decided to train this time was because of the appearance of a super-powerful entity in my vicinity, Ouma-san. Although Master Usagi is also powerful, he would come over and teach us about kicking, then take a magic lesson from me and go away again. For this reason, Im very thankful to have a super-strong presence who is always present Answer. Ouma-san, hes sleeping. Eh? When I turned around, I saw Yuti standing there. Whats wrong? Earlier I heard that youre going to study Thats right, although Yuti was able to perform well in physical education classes at school, she couldnt keep up with the other classes. Now she not only prepares and reviews for the classes at home but also studies the contents from elementary school. Luckily, the act of learning itself seems to be fun for her, and Yuti is constantly absorbing more and more knowledge. Ive always hated studying, but thats about the only thing that I could reflect on through my efforts I do study properly now Although I had properly tried dieting and doing muscle training all my life, I never lost any weight nor gained any muscle until I leveled up. To my question, Yuti told me with a straight face. Training. Im going to be Yuuyas partner. Eh? Discomfort. Since yesterday, Ive been feeling strangely unwell. Thats why I move around. So you want to take a break from studying?! How did she jump to the conclusion to move her body? Negative. I feel restless when Im not moving. My chest is all buzzing Even though you say its buzzing, its just I had been a disciple of the Bow Saint before Yuuya learned about it. Seniority. Thats why Im going to take care of Yuuya, too. H-huh? I appreciate that, and its good if you want to move around and maintain your body condition during your break By the way, is Ouma-san really sleeping? Affirmative. After lunch, he said he felt sleepy and went to sleep. He really does as he pleases Ever since Ouma-san arrived at my house, he has been lazing around at home, eating and sleeping all the time. Although, he has always praised all the food I cook for him as being delicious. If it were up to me, Id take him outside the house, but that would cause a big commotion, so I had no choice but to ask him to endure. This is why its difficult for me to complain about Ouma-san slothenly life of eating and sleeping. To begin with, he is a strong legendary dragon, so there is no need to train him. Well, if thats the reason, then it cant be helped So is Yuti going to help us? Affirmative. There are the reasons I mentioned earlier. But I want to practice, too. Even now, the buzzing in my chest is getting stronger and stronger Eh? What does it mean. At the moment I was about to say that. Ugh! Yu-Yuti! Suddenly, Yuti was in pain and collapsed in place. When I held her in my arms, her eyes opened widely. And her eyes werecompletely bright red. Wha!? It took a long time, but I recovered and finally got out. I hear two overlapping voices coming from Yutis mouth. Night steps in between Yuti and me to separate me away from her. Grrrrrr N-Night? Fugo, fugofugo. Then, not only Night but also Akatsuki showed signs of alertness, so I turned my gaze once again to Yuti. Then Yuti stood up unsteadily and looked at me with her red eyes. Hey, hey, dont stare at me like that. Im your precious friend, arent I? What are you talking about? Who the hell are you to begin with? Youre not Yuti! The body and appearance were completely that of Yuti, but the Night and Akatsukis reaction made me realize that the person inside was entirely different. In response to my question, Someone in Yutis appearance grinned and said Is this vessel really that important to you? Then Ill give it back to you! !? In the next moment, a black haze erupted forcefully from Yutis body, and it gradually took shape. The black haze that escaped from Yutis body took a form which looked exactly like Yutis becoming a Black Yuti, so to speak, in contrast to the characteristically white Yuti. Eh, Yuti! Nay? Im Evil. Well, Im just a piece of it Whereas Yuti had characteristic white hair and white eyes, the black haze that escaped from Yutis body was similar to Yuti in shape, but the hair was black, and the eyes were red. When the black hazethe Evilhad escaped from Yutis body, Yuti suddenly lost her strength and collapsed on the spot. Yuti! Oops, it makes me sad that you are ignoring me. With a grin, the Evil in Yutis appearance produced a bow from its body and shot an arrow at me. Ugh! Woof! I-Im fine. That blow was comparable to Yuti, the disciple of the Bow Saint, and if I had continued to stand there in a daze, I would have been killed. However, the Evil looked down at its own hand bitterly. Tsk Its already made me so exhausted with just one attack. Ive got to find the next host as soon as possible. A new host? My guess is that this black haze is the Evil power in Yutis body. As for why it came out of Yutis body, I suppose Why are you coming out of Yutis body now? Oh? Of course, thats because shes no longer useful, you know? No longer useful? Yeah. She was pure and full of dreadful negative emotions. You guys have ruined it, you know. Thats why I waited to recover my powers and came to seek out a new host like this. The Evil laughed and stared at Yuti, then produced an arrow in its hand and aimed it at Yuti. Well lets get rid of the unnecessary stuff quickly! Huh! I wont let you! I instantly equipped my [Bloody War Demon Series] with the effect of [Bracelet of Replacement] in an instant. While at it, I also took out my [Omni-Sword] and immediately activated my [Magic Attire]. I was able to instantly move between Yuti and the Evil. Then, after catching the blow from the Evil, I cut at it immediately. That attack was easily avoided. But Akatsuki was waiting for it and activated his [Sanctuary] skill. Buhi! Ha! You succeeded when I was still inside that immature host, but its not strong enough to deal with me, a pure piece of Evil, pig! Buhi!? Woof! Whats more, as Akatsuki was shocked that [Sanctuary] didnt work, the Evil shot an arrow at Akatsuki. As such an attack is unavoidable for Akatsuki, I hurriedly tried to rush over to him, but Night, who was waiting nearby, instantly took Akatsuki in his mouth and left the spot. Woof. Fugo. Buhii Woof woof. Akatsuki, who was now somehow safe, thanked Night, But he was depressed that his [Sanctuary] didnt work. Thus Night comforted him. I was also surprised to find that Akatsukis [Sanctuary] failed But, from the word of the Evil, it seems to be related to the host or something. If the immature host it described was Yuti I think Akatsukis power could keep it in check when its inside a host, similar to the time when it was in Yuti. If so, the Evil in front of me now couldnt be suppressed unless it is inside someones body? As I was thinking about this and that, and the Evil glared at Yuti again. Tsk I thought about destroying this useless vessel as soon as possible, but it would be a waste of my energy to do so. Then I guess I should get out of here quickly. What? Do you think Ill let you go? Hey, hey, are you trying to beat me? Thats To be honest I mean, its pretty tough. I have already used the [Magic Attire] technique a while ago, so there is no other way to catch it off guard. Besides, if its true that it has stayed in Yutis body, it should have some idea of my moves I couldnt answer its question, and as it had implied, this was the only answer. Its smile deepened. Hmph. Then, I will quickly get out of here and seek out a more suitable host. Wait! At this rate, the power of the Evil is really going to escape. There will be more people like Yuti who will be corrupted and run amok That has to be stopped at all costs! As soon as I thought of this, I naturally replied. Then use me! Woof! Buhi!? Hoo? At my suggestion, the Evil gave a wicked smile that lived up to its name. Sure, I was watching from inside Yuti, but youre that rabbits apprentice, arent you? You looked pretty strong and. The stronger the host, the better. Well, whether you can fit in or not is another matter As the Evil stared at me to observe me, Night and Akatsuki seemed agitated at my suggestion, but I did not say that without a plan. If a host is greatly affected by this Evil power while it is in the host, I thought that by putting it in my body, it could be suppressed by Akatsukis [Sanctuary]. But my plan seemed to be noticed by the Evil as well, and the Evil deepened its smile. By putting me in your body, youre planning to suppress my power with you But, you know, even Yuti couldnt hold me down. Nevertheless As soon as it said that, the Evil eye was blazingly bright and the dark haze came into my body at once. You will regret how naive your idea was! Guh! Woof! Fugo! Night and Akatsuki tried to prevent the Evil from entering my body, but the process was over in an instant. Then, a somehow unpleasant force swirled around inside my body, as if trying to invade my body from the inside. What a stupid guy. How dumb of him to give himself up! The Evil power that jumped into Yuuyas body made a vicious smile inside Yuuya. The idea of containing me inside his own body wasnt a bad one, but how could he think that I dont have any countermeasures after all this time? Not only was the Evil power restored while inside Yutis body, it also took measures to avoid repeating the same mistake the next time. Well, there is a limit as to what I can do if his very soul is dyed black he might die. As the Evil power said, if Yuuyas soul itself had become pitch black due to the influence of the Evil power, then purifying it with Akatsukis [Sanctuary] would end up erasing Yuuyas heart itself. Now, lets dye this guys soul black right away While licking its own lips, the power of the Evil reached out to Yuuyas soul. But Ah? W-whats this? The power of the Evil couldnt help but shout. Because. W-what the hell is this Ive never seen a soul like this its all white! There is not a single black stain! What am I supposed to do with this? Its also unexpected for the Evil. There was not a single black stain in Yuuyas soul that could be used as a catalyst to influence it. No way I cant do anything with this! In order for the Evil power to corrode the heart of the other party, the soul of the host needs to contain dark factors. In order to turn the soul dark, negative emotions are required in order to instigate corruption. But Yuuya, who is gentle in nature, has no negative emotions. So to speak, he has no factors for the Evil to manipulate. Therefore, the Evil cant touch Yuuyas soul devoid of any dark elements. This cant be happening I have to get out of here quickly! The Evil power desperately tried to escape from Yuuya, but the surroundings were as blank as Yuuyas soul, and it found itself trapped without a way out. Oh, hey, are you fucking serious? The Evil was dumbfounded and realized that its power was nearing the limits. I cant do anything about this Haha, how can there be such a person The Evil was unable to do anything inside of Yuuya and gave up powerlessly. Book 5: Chapter 5: Part 2 Heres the chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 Huh? Woof? Fugo? The Evil entered my body and the dangerous presence swirled within my body, but it subsided in an instant. And the next thing I knew, nothing happened. I had Akatsuki remain on standby with [Sanctuary] in case something went wrong Maybe I dont need it? Thats right! I cant believe there are people like you in this world! God damn it! Eh!? Suddenly, I heard the Evils voice from earlier, and I hurriedly looked around, but I could not find it. Then suddenly, I felt as if the inside of my body was being struck. W-what is actually happening? Thats because Im here! Eh, inside of me!? Thats right. Ah, thats right. Im the one who let it into my body. Uhm Im kind of scared. Would you mind if I ask Akatsuki to use his skills to purify you? I dont want that. Why should I choose to disappear voluntarily? Well, no one wants to disappear, do they? I dont know if I can call it a person though. While I ponder about that, the Evil shouted in a shifty manner. Keh I thought I would take over your body from your soul, but I couldnt do anything with a soul that didnt harbor any negative emotions. Id rather be inside that woman lying there Ah, right Yuti! The Evils words reminded me of Yutis condition, so I rushed over to her. After a short groan, she quietly opened her eyes. Mmm where is this? Its in my house garden. Are you okay? Affirmative. My body aches a little. But I feel better than before. Yuti inspected her body as she struggled to stand up on her feet. Then, when I explained to her about the events with the Evil that had just occurred, she said Understood. The black mist, a piece of the power of Evil. I wanted to take revenge on the Evil, and the Evil sensed it. So it came out of my body. I-I see Question. Is that power inside you now? Well, yeah. When I answered, Yutis eyes widened, and then her expression immediately clouded. Worried. Are you okay? She looked up at me with a somewhat anxious look. I wish I could reassure her, but To be honest, I dont know. Theres nothing unusual at the moment. Although that Evil talked to me from inside my body, it seemed to have failed in taking over my body. I mean, is it really possible for an Evil to talk to you when it is inside your body? Affirmative. I heard that voice all the time, too. I kept hearing that voice telling me I should take revenge on humans, that I should hate them, etc Whoaa It must be sickening to hear those voices all the time. Result. I couldnt ignore the voices. And I couldnt suppress my revenge. Well if its being this loud, I guess I cant ignore it either. What do you mean by too loud? Thats what I mean. However, it seemed that Yuti could not hear the words of the Evil, and she spoke with a serious expression. Prediction. It has been inside of me for a long time. Perhaps thats why it took on my shape. It is now inside Yuuya. It will call out to you. I see The Evils power has been inside Yuti for a long time, so maybe Yutis form was the easiest for it to create. Even so, while that form was a complete replica of Yuti with minor changes in hair and eye color it could be made to look much more human. When I thought of such a trivial thing, Ouma-san came out to the garden while yawning. Fuwaahh somehow, theres something strange going on here, Yuuya. Ouma-san. Ouma-san started calling me by my name since he started loitering at my house. In the beginning, he called me kid, you, and quite a few other names, so Im kind of moved by the change I used to smell the Evil from Yuti before but now I smell it from Yuuya. What the hell did you do? asked Ouma-san while sniffing me. Thats Although I told Ouma-san about what just happened, he didnt seem very interested and gave a big yawn. Fuwaahh Good grief, those Evil bastards only do unnecessary things. What do you think, should we just go and destroy them? Oy, could it be that that guy is the legendary dragon!? said the Evil with a surprised voice. Huh? What about it? Then, I noticed that the Evil who was so noisy inside me before had been very quiet in front of Ouma-san. So I involuntarily called out to the Evil inside me, and it replied with an impatient tone. Y-you! It is not fair to call on the legendary dragon! Or rather, the legendary dragon really exists!? Not fair, you said? Well, I can only say that it does exist. As I dont know what the Evil is planning, it cant be that big of a deal when Ouma-san is by my side, right? Ouma? No one thinks that the legendary dragon actually exists!? Thats not surprising. We thought so too at first. While Im talking with the Evil, Ouma-san turned his back and went back into the house. Im just kidding. Im not going to go through all that trouble. I dont give a damn about human circumstances. What do you mean you dont care? But if you try to mess with this house, Ill think about it. Ouma-san I hadnt expected him to say that, so I was unexpectedly touched as Ouma-san left quickly, looking embarrassed. Then, just before entering the house, Ouma-san seemed to remember something. He turned around and called out to me. Yuuya. Yes? Dont let that Evil take over your soul. Eh? If youre captured by it Youll die. Eehh? I-I will die? No, I know its a dangerous power, but! While I was surprised, Ouma-san snorted. Well, if you know how to use it, you can get stronger. At the very least, you should make an effort to use it to your advantage. After saying that, this time, Ouma-san entered the house. I can use it, you said eh, how can the Evil power be used to my advantage? Hah! Who would want to be used by you! Excuse me! Ouma-san, this Evil is Yes, yes, I understand! Of course, itll be up to you, but it seems like some people can master it. Oh wow. To my surprise, the Evil power seems to be something I can use at will. Even so, its convenient in the sense that I can make it cooperate in a straightforward manner just by mentioning Ouma-sans name. Youre a demon or rather, youre a fraud How can your soul be so white with that attitude? I dont know about that either. Putting aside the curses that the Evil is spitting out, I asked Yuti. Ouma-san said that I can learn to use the power from the Evil Do you know how? Unknown. I know how to activate it. But I cant use it. Its out of control. Then can you tell me how to activate it? I feel like its better to know in case of an emergency When the original owner of this Evil power, the so-called main body, attacked us, I could do nothing with my current power alone. Therefore, its important to know about this power to prepare for this threat in the future. And if the Evil power inside me goes out of control, I might be able to restrain it with my own power. These days, in addition to the usual muscle training and practice with Master Usagi, Ive been doing many things, like the [Magic Attire]. Now Ill even be adding another training to master the Evil power To be honest, I dont know how much time I have left today. But considering the events that occured, I was indeed tired. Yuti was supposed to accompany me in my training, but Im worried that having lost the Evil power might affect her in some way, so I think we should just rest for the day. Just as we were about to enter the house following Ouma-san, something suddenly fell from the sky into my garden. My garden had some kind of barrier put up by Sage-san, so whatever fell was supposed to be harmless to us, but sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. We were startled by the sudden intrusion, but when the dust cloud cleared, a familiar face appeared. Master Usagi! (Its been a while.) It was Master Usagi, who we hadnt seen for a long time. Master Usagi tried to approach us, but sensing that something was off, he distanced himself from me. Eh, Master Usagi? (Answer me. Why is there a presence of Evil coming from your body?) I cringed from the tremendous killing intent from Master Usagi, but Master Usagi shifted his gaze to Yuti and gave her a suspicious look. (Hmm? Why is the presence of Evil drifting out from Yuuya, but the presence of Evil in Yuti has disappeared?) T-thats I managed to endure the pressure from Master Usagi and explained what had happened. Then (Hah you are the most idiotic person in the history of humanity. How can you offer yourself) I had no words to reply. When I thought about it, I could have done more. But the spur-of-the-moment decision to give myself up can be called a stupid move. But I didnt agree with being the most idiotic person in the history of humanity. Master Usagi sighed as he erased the intimidation he had been directing towards me. (You havent even mastered a single power yet, and yet you keep trying out new things one after another.) You are absolutely right, sir. (Though what was unexpected was that the Evil power that entered you couldnt do anything to you. This can be considered good news. If you can master its power, it will undoubtedly help you. But dont let it steal your soul.) I-Ill be careful I cant begin to imagine what kind of situation would let the Evil power take my soul, but Ill be careful. As I was reminded of how vicious and difficult it is to handle this power inside, I suddenly asked something that caught my attention. Speaking of which did you come here for something? (Hmm? Ah well, I had some business around here so I wanted to drop by and check on you.) Business? (Theres no need for you to worry about it. Just work hard on your training.) Yes I dont really understand, but if he says so, I shouldnt ask about it. Well, as long as Master Usagi was aware of the situation, theres probably nothing wrong. As soon as I came to this conclusion, Master Usagi turned his back on me. (Well, sorry for the interruption.) And then he jumped up into the air, and just like before, he used the air as a foothold and flew away. (..) After leaving Yuuyas house, Usagi moved about in the sky above the Great Devils Nest for several days. And as he moved through the air, he recalled a certain piece of information which was the reason for his visit this time. (Fist Saint) The Fist Saint, who also bore the name of Holy, had fallen to the Evil, and at this very moment, he was still continuing the Holy Hunt to kill the Holy one after another. Usagi, who was the top of the kicking world as the Kicking Saint, had always competed with the Fist Saint who was the top of the hand combat world. In order to stop this, Usagi was on his way to find the Fist Saint. And now, it seems that the Fist Saint has also been looking for Usagi and was informed that he was in this Great Devils Nest. Thats why Usagi spent many days looking around the vast land of the Great Devils Nest from the sky, searching for the Fist Saint. After moving around in the sky for a while, a tremendous killing intent struck Usagi suddenly. (Ugh!) In response to that killing intent, Usagi stopped abruptly by unleashing a powerful kick against the direction of movement to change directions in midair. And then he plunged at breakneck speed at the source of that killing intent. And then. (Gilbert.) Yo, Usagi. There stood the Fist Saint Gilbert Fister, with a fearless smile on his face. Book 5: Chapter 6: Part 1 Happy new year everyone, hopefully, this year can be much better than the previous one.Stay safe and heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 Sigh! After the Evil power had resided in my body, I began the training to master it, as Ouma-san and Master Usagi had suggested. Of course, I couldnt neglect the other training I had been doing up until now, so I had to do them simultaneously. But that didnt help me improve much. Rather, there was not even a sign that this would even work. Puhaah! I cant use it at all I cant get any stronger like this When I muttered that to myself, the Evil inside me called out to me in a mocking tone. Hee. Its just impossible for you, you know? Why? If its because of you, then Ill tell Ouma-san Do not bring the legendary dragon into this right away! If youre going to play the legendary dragon, you should do so more sparingly! Even if you say so And its not my fault that you cant use this power; its because your soul is too pure. Huh? What do you mean? That reaction is exactly what I mean. Hmm, I dont understand. For the time being, the training to master the Evil ended, and the next part was training with Yuti. After a short break, I called out to Yuti. Im ready now. Roger. Just come at me whenever you want. The training with Yuti was to fight while maintaining my [Magic Attire]. And Then Im coming! I sprinted ahead from the spot while equipping my [Absolute Spear] and thrusted it out. Naive. Yuti lightly dodged the attack and proceeded to shoot a tremendous amount of arrows. Are you serious! I desperately dealt with it with my [Absolute Spear], but each blow was heavy considering the arrows were made of wood, and I couldnt move forward from there. How about this! Mmm. I rotated the [Absolute Spear] with one hand above my head to prevent the arrows from raining down and pointed my other hand at the ground. And immediately, while imagining the eye of a typhoon in my mind, I activated the magic. Just as I had imagined, the magic was activated as a violent wind blew around me. Thanks to that, the arrows were deflected, and I took this opportunity to close in on Yuti at once and threw the [Absolute Spear] at her. Haaahh! Fuuhh! However, Yuti skillfully caught the attack with an arrow in her hand, deflecting the impact and parrying the attack. But, the purpose of my attack was not to inflict damage using the [Absolute Spear], but to create a momentary opening. Haaahh! [Omni-Sword] appeared in my hand and I slashed at Yuti, who had shown an opening. Useless. You cant reach me with that. Wha-!? And then, Yuti sped up her actions further and escaped from my attack without difficulty. When it comes to evasion, Yuti, the disciple of the Bow Saint, was unrivaled, and I could not even get close to her. Although in the end neither of us fell, no matter how I looked at it, I probably lost. I was overwhelmed the whole time. As I sat down to took a break from the training, Yuti approached me. Yuuya. Hmm? Not good. Yuuya, youre not serious. Eeehh? I think I was serious enough Affirmative. That you are. But, Yuuya, you havent used your Evil power yet. Ah, yeah but I cant use it yet, so Final goal. Combine the Evil power with the power of the [Magic Attire] that you have been using in the earlier battle. With that reason, you can use the power of Evil. Hmm I know that, but I laid down on the ground and called out to the Evil residing inside me. I really dont know why I cant use your power. Hmm? Do you really want to use my power that badly? Well, you know. There are more powerful existences than I had expected in this world, and the more ways I have to protect myself from them, the better. And since youre inside me now, why dont we fight together? Haha. You know what? Your soul is the opposite of mine. Im not sure I can fight with someone like that. Were not compatible to begin with. Hmm is that so? Im really enjoying talking to you like this, and I dont think were incompatible. Hmph. Hearing my words, the Evil was silent for a moment and then opened its mouth again. I dont know, but I think its not that bad to live with you either. After I obtained the Evil power, I began to train to use it, and I spent some time with Evil for a while I noticed that it did not try to take over my soul whenever it had a chance, as it did in the beginning. On the contrary, it was interested in everything I did and even enjoyed the unknown world of Earth with curiosity. And its not just you; its this other world called Earth that I enjoy. I think thats also the reason the legendary dragon is attached to you because he can see your world that we dont know of living in this world. It seems like the battle between Holy and Evil is just a small conflict. I wish your main body felt the same way No, thats impossible. My main body is the accumulation of negative emotions from the world itself. Compared to that, Im just a speck of dust, so its relatively easy for me. Its not easy for me, though! I couldnt help but wish that the main body of the Evil could be as reasonable as this one. Well, whatever. Ill leave it at that for now and go back. Ive finished all my daily training Affirmative. Rest is important. I was about to head back home with Yuti, as well as Night and Akatsuki who had been playing in the corner of the garden while we were training when it happened. Huh!? Grrrr Hmm? Whats wrong? Suddenly, Night and Yuti stopped and looked sharply at the entrance of the garden. Then. What? A tremendous roar rang out near the house. What happened? Unknown. But that was definitely the sound of battle. Battle? Ive never heard such a roar before, even though this was one of the most dangerous places in the world. W-what in the world is fighting? Unknown. But if it continues like this, this place is in danger. Yuti? As soon as she said that, Yuti, who didnt know about the protection around Sage-sans house, suddenly ran towards the sound. W-were coming too! Woof! Buhi? In addition to Night, who was already prepared, I took Akatsuki, who had been lazily rolling around, into my arms and followed after Yuti. Its probably better for Akatsuki to stay at home since hes not a good fighter, but if this sound was from another Evil opponent, we could do nothing about it without Akatsuki. As I began to chase after Yuti with that on my mind, I realized that I had left Ouma-san behind at home. Oh, no I should have asked Ouma-san to follow us too I was about to say that, but then I changed my mind. I dont think that Ouma-san would come. It is likely that he is currently sleeping inside the house on Earth, and because he is a dragon that could sleep for thousands of years, once he is asleep, he does not wake up easily. And even if hes awake, he wouldnt be interested in a conflict by humans or the battles between the Holy and Evil in the first place. I deployed my [Magic Attire] at once, and caught up with Yuti at top speed. You came. Yes, I came, but dont go too far ahead. Youll make me worry. Im sorry. In my words, Yutis eyes widened slightly, and then she muttered softly as she looked away. As we ran through the Great Devils Nest in silence, I suddenly noticed an oddity. There are no monsters? I usually ran at my top speed like this, and monsters would attack me regardless. But for some reason, we hadnt encountered any monsters since a while ago. It seemed that Yuti had also noticed this point and she had a similarly suspicious expression on her face. As I continued with my inexplicable anxiety, we finally reached the source of the sound. And. Oh? Who are you? (Yu Yuu, Ya?) Master Usagi? There was a man with dreadlocks who had the dark aura of Evil emanating from his body. He was grabbing the battered Master Usagi by the neck. The situation was so unrealistic that not only me but Yuti and the others also froze. Then, the man threw the Master Usagi away from his grasp carelessly. Hah! I see, so this is your favorite disciple, huh? (You should not touch Yuuya!) What? You shouldnt have the right to order me around when youre weaker than me. The man stomped on Master Usagi. You! (Dont come!) Why? When I tried to run to him immediately, Master Usagi shouted with all his voice. (Get out of here, right now!) Get out from here, you say? I-I cant do that! Yuti, Im going to attack him, so you have to support me! You cant. Huh? I couldnt believe the words that came out of Yutis mouth, and I looked at her. She was looking at the man, shaking and wobbling. Not only Yuti, but even Akatsuki and Night looked frightened of the man. Whats going on, guys? Yuuya, cant you see? Hes dangerous. Its nothing compared to Master, the Kicking Saint, or any of the others. Hes a monster. M-monster, you said? S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When I was utterly confused by Yutis words, the man snorted, looking down at me. Hah Usagi. I wouldnt have thought that your disciples would be someone who couldnt even tell the difference in strength between us. Huh? (Guh!?) You! The moment I couldnt stand it any longer and was about to charge at the man who was stomping on the Master Usagi as if to torture him, the man gave me a very stern look. Annoying. The killing intent from that one word made me fully aware of the situationand the difference in power between us. I was unable to move because I couldnt stop my body from trembling from that killing intent. Aaah a dangerous guy has come. That guy is one of the most intractable troublemakers among the Evil, you know. Well, youre out of luck. Huh? What do you mean? Hes a very different kind of user of the Evil than Yuti. Hes kind of a monster. Even the words of the Evil inside me sounded terribly distant to me. The man seemed to have lost interest and looked down at the Master Usagi as my body remained motionless with fear. Oh, youre so pathetic. I will kill you in front of the disciples that you are teaching with your all. (Kuh) Nevertheless, I was expecting to have more fun with this. This was a huge disappointment. Hey! (Gaahh!) The man pulled away the foot that he had been stomping Master Usagi with, and kicked him straight in the face. What do you think of my kicking from the eyes of the famous Kicking Saint? Its okay, right? Ah? He grabbed the ear of the rolling Master Usagi and forced him to stand up while smiling disgustingly. Stop it Well, dont worry. After killing you, Ill quickly dispose of the other people here as well. Hey, Im kind, arent I? I think its better to get rid of the trash without leaving behind a speck of dust. Right? So, at least as an effective use of garbage, after Ive played around with you, I will cleanly erase you. (Stop it) As I said a small fry has no choice! The man stomped on Master Rabbit over and over again. Stop it Why cant I get my body to move Oh yeah, Ive got an idea. How about I kick you to death, Usagi? That way, Ill be the one to take the title of the Kicking Saint. Woohoo! Im a genius, arent I? Right? (Ugh) Hey, hey, whats your answer, hey! The man relentlessly kicked Master Usagi over and over again. It must be very humiliating for Master Usagi, who bore the title of the Kicking Saint. Its boring if you dont respond. Okay, Ill kill you now. The man simply declared and fixed his gaze to us again. Hey, take a good look, okay? This is the moment when the Kicking Saint is kicked to death by me, and the moment that the new Kicking Saint is born! The man raised his foot vigorously and swung it down without hesitation. For that brief moment, the world in front of me slowed, like a revolving lantern. Stop, stop it; please stop it. Move, please move. Why cant I move? Why cant I move while Master Usagi is being attacked? Whats with this man in front of me in the first place? Hes the one who beat Master Usagi up like that. I will never, never forgive him. While Usagi was about to be kicked to death by the Fist Saint, the Evil power inside Yuuya was relaxing. No, its really bad luck. Yuuya is different from that little girl called Yuti; that girl is completely compatible with the power of Evil Besides, she has the ability to be a Holy too, which is another good thing. The Evil power inside Yuuya is laying around, muttering boringly. Ah, Ive been having fun lately, but my life here is coming to an end. If Yuuya is killed, Ill have to find another host. What a pain in the ass. The Evil power muttered and sat down powerlessly. No. As expected its boring. The Evil power inside Yuuya said so. Although Yuuya and the Evil power were supposed to be incompatible to begin with, a bond was undoubtedly created. Thats why it felt pleasant to try the new emotions that sprouted in it, who had only experienced being a part of the Evil until now. Its a bit sad, isnt it that we have to part ways here. With him as your opponent At that moment when the piece of Evil muttered emphatically, the inside of Yuuya, which was supposed to be a pure white space, was suddenly dyed black at a tremendous speed. W-what is it!? The darkness swallowed even the Evil power that had been relaxing. Uoohh!? W-whats going on? The Evil power was perplexed by the situation that it had never experienced before, but it understood the feelings that Yuuya currently has. Hey, hey Ive never seen anything like this in my life, not even in Yuti. Whats with this pitch-black soul? On top of that, the Evil power smirked at the darkness of Yuuya, as it was trying to sink itself even deeper into the depths. Well, thats fine, Yuuya. Normally, I would have taken over you at this point, but this time Ill lend you my power and you can use it to your advantage. In return. And the red eyes of the Evil power glowed suspiciously. I wont forgive you if you lose. Book 5: Chapter 6: Part 2 Heres another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 Farewell, Usagiiiiiiiiii! The Fist Saints kick was swung down with great force. Although he was not an expert at kicking, the Fist Saints kick was still filled with terrifying power. Not only Yuti, but Night and Akatsuki were also unable to move due to the killing intent and intimidation from the Fist Saint. Everyone expected this to be the end of Usagis life just like that. But Ah? .. Huh!? Yu-Yuuya!? Ah? Outside of everyones expectations, Yuuya intervened by stepping in between Usagi and the Fist Saint, and stopped the kick with his bare hands. Moreover, the aura of Evil was overflowing from Yuuyas body much like the Fist Saint. While Yuti and the others were surprised by this sudden turn of events, the Fist Saint became grumpy at once. Hey, you bastard know your place, small fry. Who permitted you to touch me? Ooh!? And then he kicked out with his other foot, trying to knock away Yuuya who was holding onto his foot. However, Yuuya dodged the attack while releasing the leg of the Fist Saint. What? .. Yuuya turned his back on the Fist Saint and hugged Master Usagi, as though the Fist Saint did not exist. O-oy you bastard what are you doing? .. I said, what are you doing? Im asking youuuuuuu! Being ignored was something that hurt his pride, and the Fist Saint raised his fist while shouting. That fist instantly exceeded the speed of sound, and the shockwave surrounding it blew away the surrounding trees and ground as it approached Yuuya. But W-what? Yuuya stared emotionlessly at the attack and dodged it without difficulty. What Whats going on here? You bastard, did you hide your abilities until now? Ah!? Its amazing Im filled with power I feel like I can destroy everything in this world. Ignoring the existence of the Fist Saint, Yuuya was immersed in his own world. The Fist Saint could not hide his anger, but the anger quickly turned into a ferocious smile. Hahaha! Its good; its excellent! I think I can have a lot more fun with you than with that rabbit! .. I dont know how long you can keep up with that attitude, but dont let me down! The Fist Saint made his hands mimic the claws of a beast and moved them up and down as if clamping them together with great force. Eat him up, [Jaw]! And then the air fangs attacked Yuuya as if they were going to devour him. Yuuya! Even in the face of such an attack, Yuuya didnt show any sign of evading, and Yuti shouted at him unconsciously. Like this? What? Yuuya recreated the exact same movement as the Fist Saint immediately. And then, from both of his hands, the air fangs were created, and they collided with the Fist Saints attack. However, Yuuyas fangs were overwhelmingly larger, and the attack of the Fist Saint was easily swallowed up. Then it directly attacked the Fist Saint. N-no way!? When he avoided the attack, the ground and the trees disappeared as if the space had been hollowed out in the area where he had been standing. D-dont kid around then, how about this? The Fist Saint stopped retreating, and closed in to a distance that was his forte, and went on the offensive immediately. [Tearing Sky Pierce] Haaaaaaa! It was a skill that could be called the special move of the Fist Saint, as it boasted the greatest destructive power with the least amount of movement, aimed at Yuuya from a very close distance. Moreover, normally, such a super-advanced skill should only be able to deliver a single attack, but the Fist Saint was different and could strike a series of these deadly blows. If one were to receive this skill, the body would be destroyed, not only the outside but also the inside, and the surrounding area would be littered with the resulting fragments. But Like this? Ah? Yuuya was unamused and easily replicated the secret technique of the Fist Saint, and released all of them following the fist of the Fist Saint. And the result is Gyaaaaaaaaaa!? M-my arm! The Fist Saint was easily defeated in a battle of fists that should have been the sole domain of the Fist Saint. And the arm of the Fist Saint was shattered without a trace remaining. M-my arm! My arm! Why, how? Stop barking. Hyiie!? This was the first time the Fist Saint realized that he was going to die. A black aura was oozing out of Yuuyas body as he shook it suspiciously for the first time, and his eyes were glowing red. Yuuya stared blankly at the Fist Saint, who had lost both of his arms which were his pride and greatest weapons, and fell down in a miserable state. Whats wrong? Dont you want to fight? N-No No? Thats not acceptable. Yuuya immediately took out the [Complete Recovery Herb Juice] from the item box and sprinkled it carelessly on the Fist Saint. Then, the Fist Saints arm, which should have been lost, miraculously grew back. What? Oh, my arm! What are you doing? Aah? Gyooee? With his arms healed, the Fist Saint started to regian his composure, but Yuuya kicked him in the face without mercy. G-ggaaahh Y-you bastard! .. W-whats with those eyes? Those eyes, do not look down on meeeeeee! The Fist Saint used a number of techniques on Yuuya. Still, all of them were instantly imitated by Yuuya and returned with more than twice the power. And, at last, the Fist Saint realized. His arm being healed was just the beginning of this hell. No matter how much effort he put in, he was no match for Yuuya. On the contrary, he was rolling around in a mess. Even when his arms were blown off, his legs were torn off, or he had a hole in his stomach, Yuuya continued to use items to heal him and forced him to fight. Yuuya kept on inflicting pain on the Fist Saint. What the hell is this? What in the world is this!? Said the Fist Saint in fear. I dont want it Stop! You dont want it? Stop? You wanted this, didnt you? You wanted to fight with the strong, right? The Fist Saint indeed wanted to fight the strong, which was why he acquired the power of Evil and began the hunt for the Holy. However, what was happening to him here was not a fight with a strong person. It was a one-sided beatdown. As Yuuya was still trying to attack, Yuti, who had finally recovered from the Fist Saints intimidation and the shock by seeing Yuuyas change, rushed over to stop him. You cant. Yuuya. Get out of my way. No, I cant. If you keep this up, you wont be able to come back. Cant come back, you said? Thats a funny thing to say. Im just giving him what he wants. Denial. Go back to your normal self, Yuuya. Akatsuki! Buhi! Akatsuki was waiting for Yutis call and immediately activated his [Sanctuary] skill. Then, Yuuya frowned for a moment. Ugh! This is Calm down. Youre back to the gentle Yuuya. Gentle? With that one word, Yuuyas face became expressionless again. Whats the use of being gentle? It does nothing. It cant save anything. Theres no need for it. Denial. Youre the one who is not needed. Give Yuuya back. This is me. No. I see. If youre going to get in my way, Ill get rid of you too. If the need to protect something makes us weak, then it is better not to have it. Huh!? Yuti involuntarily shrunk away from Yuuyas hand, which was slowly extended to her ? Ah Suddenly, Yuyas movements stopped. What is it? The faint instinct that remained in Yuuya was preventing him from crossing the last line. He looked ruthlessly at himself and spat out. You said you wanted this to happen, but you deny it? Its going to be a lot of trouble, I guess. O-Ouma-san! Then, in such a state, Ouma, who was supposed to be sleeping at home, slowly came flying in while yawning absentmindedly. Yuti then rushed over to Ouma. Begging. Please, help me. Yuuyas not coming back. It cant be helped. At Yutis request, Ouma said in exasperation and turned his gaze to Yuuya. If that were the case, Theres no need for me to go through all of this. Ouma? Good grief. You are such a pain in the butt. You should be able to use the power of Evil as quickly as possible. While saying that, Ouma could not suppress his bitter smile. Well this is just like Yuuya. Its also annoying to be too kind. Hey, Akatsuki! Buhi? Ouma threw something to Akatsuki, who was depressed that his powers could not save Yuuya. When Akatsuki caught it in his mouth, he swallowed it without thinking. Bu-buhiii!? Dont worry. Its the same pill I took. The same as Ouma? What, dont you remember? It was the [Pill of Size Change], wasnt it? W-why did you give him that? Ouma grinned in response to Yutis reasonable question. Its definitely for getting bigger. sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Eh? Here, Akatsuki! You have to turn bigger and use your skill! Fu-fugo? Not knowing what to do, Akatsuki started to get bigger, as Ouma directed. Then, as Akatsukis body swelled up more and more, the surrounding trees and the others were buried in Akatsukis hair. This is As for Yuuya, he was buried in the encroaching hair. Akatsuki became super huge, just like Ouma when they first met. At that moment, Akatsuki activated his [Sanctuary] skill. Fugoooooooo! Akatsukis [Sanctuary] spread throughout the entire [Great Devils Nest], and a gentle light enveloped the surroundings. And then. I-its so fluffy. The black aura had disappeared, and the usual Yuuya was smiling happily while being wrapped in Akatsukis fur. Looking at the current Yuuya, the unapproachable atmosphere just a few moments ago disappeared. Even the [Sanctuary]s skill was no longer effective on Yuuya back then. Yuti was surprised by the fact that Yuuya returned in an instant. Astonished. Why? Its simple. As Akatsukis body grew, so did the effectiveness of his skills. Ouma laughed, clearing his throat, and called out to the enlarged Akatsuki. Hey, Akatsuki. Thats enough. Go back. Fugo? Buhi! Akatsuki became smaller and smaller as his response was prolonged due to his larger size. Yuuya was gazing a little regretfully at the shrinking Akatsuki, but then he suddenly realized his surroundings and looked around. H-huh? Whats wrong with me? And how did Akatsuki get so big? Yuuya, thank goodness. Eh? Yuuya looked at Yuti with a dumb expression as Yuti approached him with a smile on her face. He then remembered something and looked around again in a panic. T-thats right, what about Master Usagi? (Im fine.) Master Usagi! In response to Yuuyas call, Master Usagi who was supposed to be in shambles from the earlier fight, was standing and looked to be completely healed. Hey, Master Usagi. What happened to your wounds? Thats because being so close to such a big pig; its only natural that I would also receive the benefits of his skills. I-Im glad to hear that No, I have no idea whats going on (Ill explain it to you later. More importantly whats that dragon? He wasnt there before, was he?) Eh? Ouma-san? Come to think of it, this is the first time for Master Usagi and Ouma-san to meet, isnt it? When he mentioned once again that Ouma-san had been tamed by Yuuya, Master Usagi held his head. (What, you tamed a legendary dragon? Rather than that, is he really a being that can be tamed in the first place? Hes literally the pinnacle of this world, living before we were created) I-I dont know even if youre telling me that (Hmph, Youre a lot different than you were before.) Eh? (Youve caused trouble for Yuti and Akatsuki. Make sure you apologize.) Y-yes Yuuya, who has no memory of the time when the power of Evil swallowed him, can only reply for the moment without understanding. (Now, More importantly Where did the Fist Saint go?) Eh ah, thats right! That guy! Yuuya remembered the existence of the Fist Saint, who the source of this event, and hurriedly looked around, but the Fist Saint was no longer around. (It seems that Akatsukis skills from earlier have also healed his wounds.) Buhi According to Master Usagis words, Akatsuki was unusually dejected when he realized that it was his own fault that the Fist Saint escaped. The Fist Saint was such a vicious being that even the slow-paced Akatsuki felt that he should not be allowed to run wild. Usagi put his hand on Akatsukis head as if to comfort him. (Dont be so depressed. Theres nothing we can do about this. Im not sure if I could have survived without your skill.) Buhi Usagis words were met with a small nod from Akatsuki. However, it was a fact that the Fist Saint had fled from the scene, and the atmosphere of Yuuya and the others darkened. Hmm? Huh? Wheres Ouma-san? Eh? Yuuya suddenly noticed that he could not hear Oumas voice and looked around, but before he knew it, Oumas figure had disappeared. Prediction. He probably went home. I think hes sleeping. Yeah, hes sleeping Agreement. Hes probably not interested. (Not interested, huh We are fighting like hell) Im sorry about Ouma-san Yuuya was uncomfortable and apologized as they all headed home. Book 5: Chapter 6: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 Hah! Hah! Hah! While Yuuya and the others were returning home, the Fist Saint, whose wounds had been healed by Akatsuki by accident, was desperately running through the Great Devils Nest. Damn it damn it damn it damn it! Whats currently on the mind of the Fist Saint was the figure of Yuuya, who messed up the Fist Saint with overwhelming power. The Fist Saint had never known defeat, and he was a talented genius capable of absorbing all kinds of techniques. Thats why he took this title from the previous Fist Saint within a year of becoming his apprentice. From then on, he became even more greedy for power. And his strength led to arrogance, and before long, he found himself not only seeking power but also looking for an opponent to put his acquired skills to use. However, for the overwhelmingly powerful Fist Saint, not many people could receive his techniques. Most were easily broken if the Fist Saint showed a fraction of his true colors. Thats why, for the Fist Saint, other existences were insignificant. And now, that Fist Saint had been defeated without being able to put up any resistance. Even when he made full use of all the techniques he had acquired with his talent, and along with the power of Evil, he still could not reach Yuuya. On the contrary, just as the former Fist Saint stole others techniques and used them in a more perfected form to break their hearts, Yuuya did the same thing to him. Its also as if this result was natural. For the Fist Saint, the people around him were just toys for him to use to test his skills. However, for Yuuya, the Fist Saint was just an object of observation. There are no emotions at all, just indifference. With his gaze, the pride of the Fist Saint was already in tatters. When he retreated to a place where he could no longer be caught by Yuuya and the others, he took a deep breath to fix his ragged breathing. I will never forgive them for making a fool out of me like this I will give them all a hell that they have never tasted! The Fist Saint, who vowed to take revenge on Yuuya and Usagi and everyone else, tried to leave the scene with staggering steps. Next The next one is! Next one? Dont say anything crazy. What, who is it? Suddenly, the response to his words put the Fist Saint in a fighting posture hurriedly. In the past, the Fist Saint would have been astonished by the fact if there were people who could move without his awareness, but now the Fist Saints had no time to mind about that. The owner of the voice appeared in response to the exhausted Fist Saint. What did you say before The one who appeared before the Fist Saint was Ouma, who was thought to have gone home to sleep. In front of Ouma, an unfamiliar anxiety struck him, and he asked in an impatient tone. What did you say before, you bastard! Ouma didnt seem to care as he approached the Fist Saint with his small body and grinned at him. You were saying something strange earlier. What? What do you mean by strange? Ah yeah. Its about the next one. Huh! Whats so strange about it? Next, next time! This time I didnt lose! Im just retreating! Next time, Ill win for sure. The next time, Im definitely going to win, and Im going to give them all hell! I see, I see Ouma laughed in amusement at the words of the Fist Saint. Thats a very clever mindset youve got there. Do you think youll be able to get home safely after fighting with my friends? What? Your friends? Im not sure what youre talking about when youre just a little dragon The next moment, Oumas body returned to its original size. Eh, ah, what? In front of the huge dragon that suddenly appeared, the Fist Saint sat down on the ground, losing his composure. Just a little dragon, huh? Im a dragon that has lived since the beginning of time, you know? N-no way! Since the beginning of time, you say? Are you saying that you are the legendary dragon? That should be just a fairytale! Ouma opened his mouth wide as he brought his face closer to the Fist Saint, who looked up at him dumbly. There is no next time for you. This is where it ends. Oh, Aaah. His words did not last. Ouma chewed and swallowed the food in his mouth. Then he frowned. Its not good. After eating Yuuyas food, my palate has become much more discerning. I have become a so-called connoisseur. While muttering that, Ouma returned to his petite size and started to head back to Yuuya and the others as if nothing had happened. Well, Ive worked hard today, and Im going to ask Yuuya to make something delicious for me. I think hamburgers sound like a good idea. As Ouma left, an air of peace was once again felt in the Great Devils Nest. What? At the World Disposal Ground, one of the three Evil who had gathered there muttered in dismay. No way How come, the presence of the Fist Saint the presence of the Evil that I gave to the Fist Saint is gone? The one who let out a voice of impatience there was the Evil who gave power to the Fist Saint. Its also strange for me. The power that I gave to the disciples of the Bow Saint has been cut off too. In response to the impatient Evil, another Evil with a calm voice replied curiously. Its strange Its not surprising if the disciple of the Bow Saint had died somewhere, but its strange if the signs of the Evil power disappear altogether. Above all, it is impossible for the presence of the Fist Saint, one of the few people who fit the criteria, to just disappear. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. That is true. The shadow alone is no longer enough to deal with the Fist Saint. For this reason, I was thinking of going there to drop a hand on it myself In response to the Evils calm analysis, the first Evil who opened his mouth answered so. But then, its okay, isnt it? It means that there are no more troubles, right? Well, from a simple perspective, yes. But my opinion is not as positive. Eeh, why? Because it means that there are people who can compete with our power. Its too dangerous to let it go unchecked. Isnt that the Holy? Its unlikely. Most of the Holy have either fallen to us or have been killed by the hands of the Fist Saint. There are very few Holy left who can resist us. In addition to that, the only Holy that can compete in terms of power and compatibility with the Fist Saint is probably the Sword Saint, who is the strongest of all the Holy. Still, it is unlikely that the Sword Saint will be able to come out unscathed. The Evil that said that continues to be abhorrent. Thats why I cant let the person who killed the Fist Saint go free. Even if its the Sword Saint, he is still a threat to us. What would you do? Are you going to kill him? Of course, we need to do that. But Ah, I see. In contrast to the polite tone of the Evil, the dignified Evil nodded once. Lets start a war against the rest of the Holy. Eh, really? Its not a lie, is it? Yeaayyy! The Evil who laughs innocently couldnt control his enjoyment and asked excitedly. When? When are we going to kill them!? How many of them will we kill? Is it all of them? Calm down. Of course, we will kill as many as we can, but not all. If you want to come with us, you will need to accept that. Eeh? Why? Of course, its to enslave them. Slave? Yes. Our goal is to take control of the world, as we are the negative side of the world In order to do that, we need to control the threats that can exist. Hmm Something like that? Thats how it works. The innocent Evil seemed to be somewhat depressed, but he quickly regained his composure. Well then, when will we begin the attack? Can I be the first? Yeah, okay. Those who are not here will not complain. Yay! If were going to wage war against the Holy, we cant just let the entity that killed the Fist Saint go free, can we? I think so. Well there are many Holy that have fallen to us as well. The number has already exceeded the Holy that remains hostile to us. I dont think we can lose. While saying that, the Evil stared at the sky, imagining the yet unknown one that defeated the Fist Saint. I dont know who you are, but you will not be able to stop us. And then the three of them disappeared from the place. Book 5: Epilogue We have reached the epilogue of the volume 5, thanks to those who have followed this volume as well, it was so fun and exciting to me. And hope the next volume will be much better than the previous ones.The volume 6 will be released at the next week, so please, keep waiting for it~ And heres the epilogue sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Epilogue While Yuuya and the others were fighting with the Fist Saint, Lexia visited the neighboring Regal Kingdom on official business. The Regal Kingdom and the Alceria Kingdom had been building a friendly relationship for many years. Lexia, who was popular among the royal family members, was appointed as an ambassador for regular exchange. Usually, Owen would be present as a guard for Lexia. But with Luna who was also a strong guard, Owen was now able to stay behind to guard Arnold, the King. The two of them arrived at the capital of the Regal Kingdom safely. They were immediately ushered into a noble room to meet with Royle, the Prime Minister of Regal, and Orghis, the King. Well, well you are as beautiful as ever, Lexia-sama. Ara, thank you. Luna was standing in the back and watching as Lexia smiled at Royle and Orghis for their words. (Good grief, what an outrageous wolf in sheeps clothing. Who is this person?) Luna looked at Lexia, who was smiling and carrying on an amiable conversation, with a dumbfounded gaze. Luna knew that the real Lexia was not so ladylike since she was appointed as Lexias bodyguard. (But, if she cant switch between public and private like that, she might not be able to serve as a member of the royal family) While Luna watched the conversation between Lexia and the others with such thoughts in mind, Orghis opened his mouth as if he remembered something. Aah, come to think of it Ive heard that theres been a bit of a problem in the Alceria Kingdom What is it? No, nothing. Its just a rumor, but it seems that the first prince, Rhaegar, has committed treason Orghis said, but his eyes seemed to have ascertained that the rumor was true. (Oh well royalty is such a pain in the ass searching ones mind in detail. Even though they are a friendly country, they will eat you up if you show them the slightest opening if youre not careful, theyre even scarier than the Dark Guild.) As Luna suspected, although the Regal Kingdom and the Alceria Kingdom were on friendly terms, there were also many problems that they faced because they were neighbors, such as territorial disputes. Therefore, if they show even a small gap, the Regal Kingdom will exploit it, and they may be placed at a disadvantage. (The first princes attempt to assassinate the King has been suppressed on the surface by the Kings secret orders, but even that is not perfect. Although the King and the first prince have now reconciled, there is still a possibility that other countries will take advantage of the first prince and encourage him to rebel. There is no guarantee that the Regal Kingdom might not be interested. We should not be too careless.) While Luna was quietly analyzing this, Lexia smiled leisurely. Ara, you know a lot, dont you? Hmm!? Hou? Lunas eyes widened in surprise as she realized that Lexia was not hiding the incident. (Lexia, what are you thinking? Why would you show such an opening to the other side?) As Luna looked on in bewilderment, Lexia continued without hesitation. However, my brother is His Highness Rhaegar has completely reconciled with His Majesty. There is no longer any chance of His Highness committing treason. But that doesnt change the fact that he did rebel. That means that he was dissatisfied with the King of Alceria, doesnt it? Of course not; they are father and son. It was just a small quarrel between father and son. You call an attempted assassination of the king as a father-son quarrel? Ara, what kind of assassination is that? His Majesty is still alive, and His Highness is fine. Besides, because of this quarrel, the bond between the two of them is now stronger than ever. Royle was appalled while Lexia was unperturbed to any extent, but Orghis laughed out loud, changing his serious expression. Hahahahahaha! Youre sure an extraordinary girl to take it so positively! Im glad to hear that you are enjoying yourself. Yeah, I was satisfied, too. If you show any weaknesses, I will squeeze as much as I could out of you I didnt think youd take it as an advantage instead of a weakness! Orghis laughed and then looked at Lexia again. So, now is the time. Ive got one other thing that caught my interest, and Id like to hear it from you too. A thing that has caught your interest? Yes. In the Alceria Kingdom, there is a valley where the legendary dragon is said to rest, right? Yes. Is it true that the said legendary dragon has awakened? !? Lexia and Luna did not yet know the information that Orghis disclosed just now. It seems that you did not know about it either. Y-yes. Is the story true? Isnt the legendary dragon just a myth? Well, I guess thats the right response Didnt you feel a tremendous shaking on the way here, Lexia-sama? It was like the whole ground was shaking Come to think of it When the legendary dragon, Ouma, woke up, Lexia, who had already left the royal capital, remembered that she had felt a tremendous tremor on the way. In the end, however, nothing happened after that, so she concluded that it was just a temporary phenomenon. The ground shaking is said to be the roar of the legendary dragon. I-is that so? But I think there is a great distance between the Regal Kingdom and that fairytale valley Well, since its a legendary dragon, its not surprising that it has a roar that makes that distance seem insignificant. After all, it has been alive since the beginning of time. Orghis nodded as if his own words convinced him, and his expression became serious again. But the problem is not that the legendary dragon has awakened. Eh? Its the fact that someone in your country may have tamed the dragon is the problem. Eeh? No way! Lexia answered unconsciously to the words of Orghis. However, neither Orghis nor Royle blame her for that. Its because it was so shocking. Who in the world is that? No, thats exactly what I want to ask you A mysterious man with black hair and black eyes went to investigate, and when he returned, there was a small dragon beside him. The roar of the dragon was so loud that it shook the earth, and I think the dragon was huge, but after returning from the valley, he got that dragon I am sure that the small dragon had something to do with it. Perhaps, in some way, he made the legendary dragon smaller. This may be rare, but it is said that you can get a pill that will allow you to change the size of your body freely from the Fantasy Rabbit. .. Lexia and Luna naturally looked at each other at the words of Orghis and Royle. Its Yuuya-sama, right? That must be Yuuya! Yuuya? Ah. She unintentionally said Yuuyas name and hurriedly pressed it with her hand, but it was too late. Orghis grinned and asked Lexia. It seems that you know the man, dont you, Lexia-dono? Ugh, thats Now, why dont you tell us who he is? Lexia was flinching at first at the gazes directed at her by both Royle and Orghis, but as soon as she realized something, she returned to her normal state. And then. Okay, if you want to know so badly, Ill tell youabout the man whos going to be my husband! What, Lexia? Luna panicked at Lexias confident declaration. Hey, Lexia! You What, you got a problem with that? I have no choice but to complain! Isnt it okay? Its just a matter of time! Thats not the point! Since Lexia and Luna started arguing all of a sudden, the neglected Orghis could only watch in amazement. Then Orghis came back to his senses and cleared his throat. Ahem! Ah um, are you done? Ha! Im sorry for neglecting the two of you; I got a little heated. Well, whatever. It seems that the Alceria Kingdom has been blessed with a lot of good people in a short while. At first I was surprised that Owen was not here, but the woman there seems to be terribly skilled, too. Yes, Luna is strong, you know? Right, Luna? Hmph. Luna just snickered when she was suddenly asked to talk. While Orghis laughed at the sight of that, he gave a sharp look that Lexia and the others did not notice for a moment. Well, I envy you. But our country is not to be outdone, is it? Huh? What do you mean? Lexia tilted her head curiously, and Orghis smiled triumphantly. Whats more, our country has succeeded in welcoming the Sword Saint. Eeeh!? Just like the legendary dragon, Ouma, the existences that bore the name Holy were like a fairy tale to Lexia and the others. The fact that they were able to welcome such an entity was no different than acquiring a tremendous amount of strength. So, Im thinking of having them compete in front of us at our countrys upcoming national festival. This year is the 100th anniversary of the founding of the Regal Kingdom, right? Yes. Lexia was no longer using polite language, but Orghis continued without seeming to be bothered by it. Of course, we are planning to invite the Alceria Kingdom as a guest of honor but if youd like, you can make it a prelude to a match between our Sword Saint and that Yuuya of yours. Eh!? Yeah, I dont want to force you. Its a matter of national prestige. It would be too much for him to take on the Sword Saint, wouldnt it? What did you say? Mm? Did I say something strange? This is the Sword Saint after all. You should know the outcome, dont you? Are you saying that Yuuya-sama will lose? H-hey, Lexia.? You dont need to Luna, shut up! Luna, who felt that the situation had become unpleasant, called out to her, but Lexia refused to stop. Its okay, if you say so, then lets do it! Yuuya-sama is definitely stronger than your Sword Saint! S~ea??h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The moment Lexia said that, Orghis lifted the edge of his mouth as if he had trapped her. Is that so? So, youre going to cooperate with the match? Well, well, Im glad. Of course! I cant just keep quiet now that youve said that! Ah, damn it! I dont know anymore! Orghiss purpose was to investigate the mysterious existence of Yuuya, but Lexia, who was unaware of this, was provoked by Orghiss words. Thus, once again, Yuuya was involved in another big event in an unknown place. Book 5: Afterword Heres the afterword, enjoy~Afterword Thank you for reading this story. Im Miku, the author. Thanks to all of you, Ive been able to release the fifth volume of this story. I really appreciate it. This time around, Yuuya has made friends with a legendary dragon and even the Evil that resided in Yuti. As usual, the peaceful and relaxing life that Yuuya wants is getting further away from him. S§×ar?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. And then there was the question of how Yuuya would fight against the Fist Saint who had completely mastered the power of Evil. While Yuuya was getting into trouble, as usual, I was writing at my usual pace, so I continued writing without knowing where Yuuya and the others were heading. As a result, the fifth volume was completed without figuring out what was going on, which is interesting. Now, for the first time, a country other than the Alceria Kingdom, where Lexia and the others live, has appeared on the other world side. The conversation between Lexia and the king of this other country she was visiting will entangle Yuuya in a strange conflict in an unknown place once again. In addition, some of the Holy has fallen to the Evil, and the Evil plans to wage a full scale war on the remaining Holy. Moreover, when the Evil learns of the defeat of the Fist Saint, they become wary of Yuuya, the one who defeated him and has decided to eliminate him. Its a bit of a mess waiting for Yuuya. I hope youll look forward to whats next for Yuuya. I want to thank the editor in charge of working with me on this story. Also, Id like to thank Rein Kuwashima-san for making this story more attractive with her cool illustrations again and again. I would also like to express my heartfelt gratitude to all the readers who have picked up this story. Thank you very much. See you soon. Miku. Book 6: Prologue Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Prologue Part 1 [The Worlds Disposal Ground]. It was a place where negative powers from all over the world gathered and swirled around, and one of the Evil was humming there. Fufun, I wonder how I should kill them. Cutting them up is good, but burning them is also amusing Oh, spraying poison on them sounds interesting too! What kind of screams will they make? Im looking forward to it! sea??h th§× n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. One of the Evil talked about such cruel things with a childlike innocence. His appearance was that of a young boy, with reddish-black hair and odd-eyes of red and blue. Then, another Evil shimmered by and appeared right beside the young boy. This Evil was a young man with blue-black hair and gold eyes, with a somewhat unworldly appearance. Youre in a good mood, arent you? Hmm? Well, yeah. After all, I can finally kill those Holy, right? Im so excited that I cant even sleep. If youre that motivated, itll make it easier for me to ask you. Eh? What is it? Whats the request? The boyish Evil asked about the young mans statement with a somewhat pompous look, brimming with curiosity. The young man smiled at him. Be happy. This is your first job. Go and destroy the Regal Kingdom. Regal Kingdom? It was an unfamiliar name to the boy, and he tilted his head. Hmm Come to think of it, I dont know anything about human countries. Ahahahahaha. Sigh Its not a laughing matter. You should at least know their geography. If you dont, you wont even be able to go there for the task. Yeess. So? Whats the point of destroying that country? The Sword Saint is there. ! The boyish Evils eyes widened at the young mans words. It seems that the Sword Saint is now in the Regal Kingdom. Besides, there will be many people gathering in the Regal Kingdom for the upcoming national celebration how about it? Is this a suitable setting for you? .. The boyish Evil, who was listening to the young mans words with his face looking down at the ground, now raised his head. There wasa malicious smile on his face. Thats amaaaaziinnnggg! What is it? Are you going to give me the Sword Saint? Not only that, but youre even giving me the other humans in that place! Yeah. Youre not lying, right? If you lie to me, Ill kill you! Im not lying. What do you say? Will you do this favor for me? The boyish Evil nodded with a smile at these words. Of course, I will! Phew thats good. But the attack must be timed to occur during the Regal Kingdoms national festival. Do you understand? You dont have to tell me! Thats when many humans will gather, right? Rather, thats the only option! I like it! I like it! Its a slaughter party! Ill make it the best party ever! Actually, the boyish Evil was tempted to go for the killings right now, but he restrained himself as he decided to hold out until the time when he could kill a lot of human beings at once. His excitement was still palpable, but he asked the other Evil about something that had been bothering him. But why did you give this task to me? I thought you were going to kill the Sword Saint. Indeed, it is the Sword Saint who was the most likely candidate for killing the Fist Saint to whom I had lent my power to. But that doesnt mean that I have to kill the Sword Saint. Im no, its fine as long as one of us can destroy the Sword Saint and all of humanity. Hmm well, whatever. Ill let you guys think about the complicated stuff. Wed like you to use your head, too. Thats difficult. Im always trying to think of the most interesting way to kill. I dont have time to think about anything else! Oh well. Anyway, Ill leave you in charge of Regal Kingdom. We will prepare for the attack on the other countries. Okay. So, can I go now? Thats fine, but what are you going to do? Eeh? To put on a nice show, of course. Well, as long as they dont know youre there, you can do whatever you want. Yay! Then Ill be heading there as soon as possible, and then Ill set it up so I can kill all the humans. The boyish Evils mind was already focused on killing the people in the unknown place. Oh, yeah. Can I borrow some of the Fallen Saints? Hmm? The Fallen Saints? Yeah. Thats surprising. I thought you planned on doing this all by yourself Eeh? Thats unexpected, right? You know what? Sometimes its more fun to do things with several people, you know? I see. Well then The Evil with the appearance of a young man snapped his fingers and a crack in space appeared, and two people emerged from it. One of them was a half-naked man, showing a slender yet well-trained body. He had short, dark blue hair and sharp eyes. He was carrying a long spear on his back taller than himself. The other man wore a black costume which looked somewhat like a ninja from Earth. His mouth was covered with a black cloth as well, and his long green hair was pulled up into a single bun. His eyes, which had the same green, looked very cold-hearted. There were two grass-cutting sickles hanging from his waist. The two men immediately knelt down before two Evils. Did you call us? Would these two suffice? Yes. They seem to be the Spear and Sickle Saint, right? Yeah. Although their abilities have been reduced, they are still former Holy. I think it will be no problem. The two new men who appeared were originally bearers of the Holy title that opposed the Evil. Now, they became the pawns of the Evil, and had come to be called the Fallen Saints. The two Fallen Saints quietly bowed their heads, but they could not stop their bodies from trembling in the presence of the two Evils in front of them. The power of the two Evils were so great that they could feel the difference in their abilities. When boyish Evil, who was aware of the twos trembling, looked at them and smiled wickedly, a new distortion in the place was suddenly created. It was a distortion of space that seemed to ooze darkness, but this distortion itself gradually took shape, and eventually, a single [Monster] was created. The monster quietly opened its red eyes. Gugi, Gugyaa What? T-thats The two Fallen Saints took a precautionary stance facing such a monster. Then, when the monster caught sight of the boyish Evil, it attacked him. However, the boyish Evil, who was being attacked, simply looked at the monster with cold eyes. Sigh This is why I hate newborns. They dont know the difference in ability, they dont fear death, and thats why theyre not funWhat a nuisance. Gugyiii? When the boys Evil waved away his hand carelessly, the monster was blown away and rolled on the ground haphazardly. The Spear Saint, who was just staring at the scene in dismay, opened his mouth with a look of surprise. T-that monster Aah, you guys are seeing it for the first time, right? Thats an Evil Beast that is not a part of us. So, thats the Evil Beast Thats right. Well, theyre just the crystallization of our residue. Theyre not perfect, but they can be used if you train them. There are plenty of them out there, after all. They can be a good fighting force. .. The two Fallen Saints could not say anything. Sure, theyre nothing like us, but if you fight those things, even you might die. Ahahahahaha! The two Fallen Saints paled at the sight of the boyish Evils innocent laughter. The reason for this was because they were now aware that the Evil possessed a large number of these creatures that would probably kill them if they had fought. No matter how they looked at it, they couldnt imagine the Holy defeating the Evil. But you have to go a little easier on it. Or else it will become useless. Eeh? Why dont you just heal it? Id rather kill it than to go through such trouble. But its also troublesome to kill it. Therefore, Id just leave it. Ahahahahahaha! Y-youre terrible! There are plenty of them out there, afterall. The boyish Evil, who laughed for a while, told the young man, who was still smiling. Then Ill be off for a while. And while Im at it, could I take a few of those Evil Beasts with me to use as well? Yeah, do what you want. I have high expectations. Yes, yes, yes. Oh hey, you two, whats with your lackluster response? Im gonna kill you if you keep that up. Oh! I-Im sorry The boyish Evil threatened the two Fallen Saints, who were still dumbfounded, and left the place. The young man who saw them off also left for his own business. Only the Evil Beast that was blown away earlier was left behind. Guga, Gugyii The Evil Beast was no longer breathing and looked like it was about to die. But. Gii!? Giii. Suddenly, something that looked like a magic circle unfolded underneath the body of the dying Evil Beast, and the magic circle shone violently. The Evil Beast desperately tried to escape the magic circle, but its body could not move as it wished, and its body became entangled in the magic circles light. And when the light subsided the figure of the Evil Beast was no longer there. Book 6: Prologue Part 2 Another chapter today, enjoy~Part 2 Meanwhile, at the same time that Evil was taking action, a secret experiment was being conducted in the Regal Kingdom, in the basement of the castle that Lexia and Luna had visited the other day. A group of people in black robes surrounded a large magic circle were in discussion, each holding a book in their hands. The people in robes were sorcerers of the Regal Kingdom. How are things going? ! Your Majesty. Then, Orghis, the king of the Regal Kingdom, came down the stairs with a woman in an elegant dress. The woman was about the same age as Yuuya, with long blond hair curled vertically. Her golden eyes carried a mixture of flamboyance and elegance. The woman, with her strong-willed eyes downcast, was standing behind Orghis. Then one of the robed men opened his mouth. Everything is going well. Although I had never imagined that such magic existed Thats only naturalsince it summons heroes and saints from other worlds. The words spoken from Orghiss mouth would not have been missed if Yuuya had been present. Orghis then took a book from a nearby sorcerer and gave it a quick look over. A long time ago in the world of fairy tales where the recently rumored legendary dragons made an appearance, there was another existence in this folklore. This was the only person who reached the level of godthe Sage. The Sage was said to have created magic based on his experience of wandering into another world once. Yes. The Sage recognized the existence of another world and created magic to travel there again. And weve obtained some of his research materials. Hmm. And the application of that research is this magic circle Orghis said and gazed at the huge magic circle drawn in front of him. For a time, many adventurers traveled the world searching for the lost research of the Sage scattered throughout the world, and the many countries fought each other for possession of the knowledge. As time went on, the countries signed a treaty to stop wars to fight over Sages literature, and it was forbidden for adventurers to seek them out. However, the pieces that had already been acquired were treated as the treasures of each country. The countries that possessed them were encouraged to study them. However, the Sages magic was too powerful for ordinary people to control. Moreover, the effects of some of them are unknown until they are activated, and some of them are dangerous. In the story, it was said that in that other world was developed by an unknown technology that we do not know about, and it was very prosperous. Are we so cornered that we have to rely on this unknown technology? Yes. One of the sorcerers nodded gravely at Orghis words. Orghis also lowered his eyes with a bitter look on his face, but his eyes had a look of determination. But, if we dont do this we will be destroyed by the Evil. We have no choice but to do this. .. As Sword Saint-dono is here, theres nothing to worry about, but in many places the Holy, which were supposed to oppose the Evil, had disappeared. This means that its possible that theyve been defeated by the Evil, or perhaps Orghis frowned as he imagined the worst-case scenario. From the Sword Saint that he had welcomed to the Kingdom, Orghis had heard about the return of the Evil as well as the disappearances of an increasing number of the Holy. Of course, the Sword Saint knew that many of the Holy had fallen to the Evil, but it was not disclosed to Orghis because the Sword Saint was aware that it was the Holys role to fight against the Evil. After letting out a big sigh, Orghis called out to the woman who was standing behind him. Layla. The woman called Layla is Orghis daughter and the first princess of this Regal Kingdom. With her good looks, high intelligence, and strong personality, she is adored by the people. Just like Lexia in the Alceria Kingdom, she is very popular. Layla responded to Orghis call elegantly. Yes, father. We will probably be condemned by the whole world when we perform this summoning We are trying to bring people from other worlds to help us solve our problems. Its no different from a kidnapping. Of course, by bringing them in, we intend to entertain them with the whole country. If a hero is summoned, we will give him all kinds of beautiful women. And you may have to be offered as well. I understand. S§×arch* The N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Layla understood the importance of the magic that was performed here and the cruelty of it. If the summoning fails, there will be no future for the human race in this world, and if it succeeds, people from other worlds will be asked to fight for them. Either way, there was no choice. The reason why they still put their faith in this gamble was that no one in this world could fight against the Evil anymore, and they couldnt just sit back and let themselves perish. The only way for humanity to survive and escape from the hands of Evil was to rely on a new power, even if it meant sacrificing another. Even if they had to commit the great sin of kidnapping a hero from another world and having the whole world be their enemy, they had to do it in order for humanity to continue to live in a world overflowing with positive power. And Layla had an even more important responsibility. Originally, the Regal Kingdom was known as the worlds leading nation in magic, with its active research in magic. As such, it had succeeded in reproducing some of the Sages magic, albeit to a limited extent. And the royal family, who are the leaders of this magic superpower, inherited a high amount of magic power from generation to generation, and Layla, who was said to have the highest amount of magic power, was necessary to activate this magic. This magic can only be activated by you, the most powerful magician in this country. For such a heavy responsibility to be placed on you. Father. Im fine. So please, dont worry. Layla smiled gracefully while remaining dignified. Not only Orghis, but the sorcerers who were working nearby as well, could not say anything. Laylas determined smile was very powerful and beautiful. In response to that smile, Orghis was taken aback for a while but eventually responded with a bitter smile. Sigh Really You are a strong girl. This makes me pity the man who will take you as his wife. Of course. Its only natural that the man who marries me should be a strong man. Thats why the man who is summoned has to be as strong as a hero Then, theres no way youre going to find a marriage partner in this world No, come to think of it Father? Suddenly, Orghis remembered something, and Layla tilted her head. No, during the meeting with the princess of the Alceria Kingdom the other day I can hardly believe it, but it seems that there is a person who is followed by the legendary dragon. Wha!? I-is that true? Looking at Princess Lexias reaction, I dont think its a lie but its hard to believe that the legendary dragon exists in the first place. However, the earthquake that shook the earth during that time was unusual. Some folklore says that it was originally sleeping in a valley said to be near the Alceria Kingdom. It is said that the dragon had awakened and was tamed by a man. N-no way So, what is the name of that man? Yes. I believe he was called Yuuya That name sounds quite unfamiliar. Yes. Ive never heard of that name around here either. Its not a common name in the Alceria Kingdom either, so he must be someone from another country. However, it is said that this person is the fiance of Princess Lexia. But I dont know if this is true or not. Sigh But if there were such a man, he would be a suitable husband for you, and more importantly, we could count on him in the fight against the Evil. Layla, who had been listening to Orghis, shook her head. Father. Certainly, if such a man existed, I would gladly give myself to him. But this is impossible. What? In the first place, the legendary dragon is said to have been defeated by the Sage in the Sages mythology, isnt it? I doubt it even existed. Thats but based on Sages research materials, he created magic as such. Perhaps the legendary dragon also existed? Thats exactly the reason. This means that the story of the Sage who defeated the rampaging legendary dragon in the fairy tale is also true, right? I guess thats true too. Sure, the earthquake and the roar were unusual, but I dont think it was because of the legendary dragon. A legend is still just a legend. So I think its probably an Ancient Dragon. I see. But even if it is an Ancient Dragon, just the thought of having one around is a threat. Thats true but according to what father said earlier, isnt that man already engaged to Princess Lexia? Umu. Thats what Princess Lexia said but judging from the reaction of the girl who was escorting her, its doubtful that they are really engaged. Most importantly, when the princess of the Alceria Kingdom becomes engaged, there should be a big announcement. Thats I guess thats true. Hes a mysterious person. But at the national festival, hes going to have a match with the Sword Saint. We should be able to evaluate him there. Im looking forward to it. Yes. Lets enjoy the national festival to our hearts content. Yes. After that, well perform this magic. In the Regal Kingdom, a great plan was being implemented based on a strong conviction. Book 6: Prologue Part 3 And heres a bonus chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 The story is once again set on the Earths Ousei Academy. Phew I really studied hard today! Well, studying is what students are supposed to do anyway. The classes were over for the day, and Kaede stretched in an exaggerated manner. Looking at her friend, Rin laughed in amusement. Uuh yes, I know that but for me, its always better to be moving around But the test is just around the corner. If you get a failing grade, you wont be able to participate in club activities, will you? Noo! I dont want to hear about the test! Rin laughed again at Kaede, who was covering her ears and shaking her head. Geez Ill have to look after you more. T-thank you very much for your help Kaede, who had always relied on Rin to help her study when a test was approaching, bowed her head honestly. Yes, yes By the way, is it okay if you dont go to your club activity? Ah, yes! Ive got the day off. So I can play as much as I want! Isnt this when you should go home and study? R-Rin-chan, youre so mean! Kaede shivered at Rins teasing words. Then Rin spotted Yukine, who was about to leave the classroom. Oh, are you going home too, Yukine? Oh, Yukine-chan, if youre going too, lets go home together! Yukine was surprised for a moment but then shook her head. I have a club activity today. Eh? Oh, youre in a club now, Yukine? The two of them widened their eyes as they realized that Yukine was participating in a club activity for the first time. Yukine-chan, werent you in the going home club before? Yes. But I recently found a club activity that looked interesting, so I joined it. Really? What club is it? Occult Research Club. Occult Research Club? Both Kaede and Rin were surprised by the unexpected club. I-I really thought it would be the light music club or something No, Kaede. That sounded like shes a member of a band or something, but isnt that a bit prejudiced? I-I wonder? Well, I didnt know there was an occult research club. Yukine tilted her head curiously at the twos reaction. What? Is it really that strange? The occult is interesting, you know? R-really? What is it about it, by the way? Its a place where you can study phenomena that dont exist in real life? I-I see. Then Yukine suddenly thought of something and approached the two girls. Since youre free, would you like to come to visit? Eh? Actually, we dont have many members, and even though I joined the club, its about to be closed down. So we need new members. N-no Im already a member of the track and field club Hmm I think its interesting. Eh, Rin-chan? Kaede rolled her eyes at Rins reaction. Well, Ill give it a try! That reasoning is acceptable. Why dont you just visit once and see for yourself? I got some interesting literature just today. Really? Im curious. Ugh Hmm? Are you scared, Kaede? O-of course I am! The occult is about ghosts and devils, right? Yes. See! How can you not be scared? Rin, feeling a bit mischievous at Kaedes frightened appearance, told her with a smile. Well, thats okay! Just listen to me today! Eh, Rin-chan? Hmm. Then I will guide you, said Yukine. Wait, wait, wait! I didnt say I was coming. Hmm? For the test, I will be accompanying Kaede in her studies, so you can accompany me to the club, cant you? You see, the test is coming up soon, right? Ugh! Kaede groaned in pain when she was struck there. Now, lets go! Yeah. This way. Uuh! Rin-chan is really a demon! Kaede was half crying, but she followed behind Rin and Yukine. Kaede and the others arrived at one of the empty classrooms in a place they dont usually frequent. This is the Occult Research Clubs clubroom. Ugh the atmosphere feels a bit gloomy Youre just worrying too much about that, you know? I wonder Despite the hesitation between the two, Yukine opened the door to the classroom. Please come in. When they entered, there was a space with a different atmosphere, with straw dolls, insect specimens, and a large pot filled with a strange colored liquid. There were also books on the desk, some written in Japanese but also others written in various other languages. Rin looked around the room with admiration, as the atmosphere of the club room was more organized than she had expected. Hee its better than I expected. Ri-Ri-Ri-Rin-chan!? Kaede, are you afraid? Because of fear, Kaede grabbed the hem of Rins clothes and shivered, but Rin couldnt help but laugh. By the way, what are you going to do today? Rin asked Yukine. This. In response to Rins question, Yukine took out a book from her bag and showed it to Rin. Whats that? I found it in my favorite secondhand bookstore. Its a book about devil summoning. De-de-devil summoning? Hee, that sounds very occult. Rin laughed brightly at Kaede, who was about to faint. Yukine opened the book and explained while looking through it. I bought this, did some research at home, and bought some materials today, so Im going actually to draw a magic circle. Y-youre going to draw it? Hmm? Well, it seemed that there were no senpai or other members of the club around. Is it okay to do that without permission? Its fine. There are only a few of us, to begin with, but each of us can research any field that interests us. My interest is in devils and stuff like that. I see. Yukine moved her desk to the edge of the classroom and laid a large piece of paper on the empty floor. She then drew a magic circle on the paper with a red magic marker, referring to the book on devil summoning she had picked up from the secondhand bookstore. I thought you were going to use some kind of blood to draw the magic circle, but its just with the magic marker? said Rin. B-b-b-b-blood!? I think its not a problem. Thats very appropriate Because it doesnt really have to be followed exactly. The world is tough, after all. In Yukines words, Rin shrugged her shoulders. Kaede was so shocked at the idea of using blood to draw magic circles that she stopped thinking. In the meantime, Yukine finally finished drawing the magic circle. Its done. Let me see well, I have no idea whats drawn here, though. I-i-i-it is really okay, isnt it? Its okay. You just need to calm down Anyway, once we have this magic circle, all we have to do is read the spell on it. Thats pretty simple, huh? Devils need to be summoned by humans to come to this world. So the simpler the process, the easier it is for them to be summoned by humans. Hee? Is that so? I think it is. Youre just assuming that Rin was involuntarily taken aback by Yukines confident assertion. However, Yukine didnt seem to be particularly bothered by this, and stood in front of the magic circle and began to read the spell in the book. Even Kaede, who had been scared before, looked at Yukine as she read the spell in a serious expression. And then. ! And then she opened her eyes and read the spell out loud. .. .. No change occurred in the magic circle. Yukine closed the book quietly and nodded her head once. Well, I guess I cant summon it, can I? Eeeeehhhhhh! Youre so honest, arent you? Kaede and Rin were amazed and dumbfounded by the fact that Yukine was so straightforward. This kind of thing is good because its unknown. Its not so romantic when you can figure it out. T-then, whats the point of researching it? Anyway, I failed this time. But it was fun, and I enjoyed the atmosphere, so its okay. I didnt bring any other books to try, so thats it for todays experiment. Huh. It ended so quickly. Is todays club activity over then? Yeah. Well, since were here, why dont the three of us hang out and then go home? Okay. Rin decided to make plans for the rest of the day, and the three of them decided to go out together, and Kaede was finally able to relax. But. Yu-Yukine-chan, Rin-chan Hmm? Whats up? T-thats! Kaede, who seemed to have noticed something, pointed in that direction shakily. Rin and Yukine also looked in the direction of the finger pointing. Eh? To their surprise, the magic circle drawn with a red magic marker had begun to emit a mysterious light. W-whats going on here? Amazing. This book is real Thats not the point! I-its bad, Rin-chan, Yukine-chan! The light is getting more intense! Kaede started to panic more than before, but even Rin did not expect this situation and started to panic. Yu-Yukine! What kind of devil did you say you were summoning? I dont know. But I drew a magic circle that can summon the most powerful devil in the book. I knew it Rins cheeks twitched at Yukines response. If what Yukine says is true, then the devil that is about to be summoned is a powerful being. Even the mere idea of a devil being summoned is a serious matter, but when its a powerful devil, its a disaster. However, ignoring the three of them, the light of the magic circle increased, and finally, the entire classroom was filled with light. Ugh! Its so bright! I wonder what will appear. You have to be more serious, Yukine! When the light finally subsided, Kaede and the others fearfully opened their eyes. sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. T-that? That is Its strange. Theres nothing there! There was nothing, not even a devil-like figure, in the magic circle where the light had settled. Yukine. Can we see the devil properly? We should be. Ah, Yukine-chan? Yukine nodded at Rins words and approached the magic circle in question without hesitation. And she tried to touch the magic circle and lifted the paper on which the magic circle was drawn, but no changes occurred. Yes. It glowed that much, but it seems to have failed. Too bad. W-what do you mean by too bad? Well, I was surprised when the light came out of nowhere, but I guess I can understand the disappointment. Its a shame that Yukines experiment failed, considering that they might be able to meet an unknown being, even if the word devil conjured up fear. For a few more moments, Yukine reread the book and checked the magic circle she had drawn, but she could not confirm the devils existence, so she finished cleaning up and left the club room this time. I was afraid of what would happen, but this was a unique experience. I was really scared, though Im sorry! Ill buy you an ice cream or something now. Ugh Then I will forgive you. Sorry you had to wait. No, I didnt mind waiting. Lets go. The three of them had already forgotten what had just happened and were discussing their plans to have fun. At that moment, Yukine felt a vague sense of discomfort that she couldnt put into words and looked around. ..? Whats wrong? No, its nothing. No one noticed that there was something wrong withYukines shadow and that her eyes were red. Thus, various incidents were occurring in three different places at the same time. Book 6: Chapter 1: Part 1 A new chapter sponsored by Patreon today, enjoy~Part 1 The [Orz Forest] was located near the Regal Kingdom. Its a place overflowing with rich nature, and the forest brought a lot of resources and benefits to the Regal Kingdom. At the same time, this forest was known throughout the world as one of the dangerous zones. The danger level was lower than that of the Great Devils Nest because the Great Devils Nest, where Yuuya lives, had been designated as a super-dangerous zone that was even more dangerous than this forest. However, because this [Orz Forest] had valuable resources more accessible than the Great Devils Nest, many adventurers and others come and go, and the monsters were naturally thinned out, so it was safe for people to live in a city near the forest. Furthermore, there was one reason why the Regal Kingdom was a safer place now than ever before. That is. Grrrr Guruahh! Guruaaaah! .. S~ea??h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. A woman was standing there, surrounded by several monsters. She had a wolf cut of peach-colored hair and slit pink eyes. She was wearing a silver breastplate, a jet-black cloak, and a single sword. This place was too dangerous for a person to be visiting alone, and even now, the woman was surrounded by a pack of black tigers, a B class monster with black body hair and white stripes. If its a single tiger, an adventurer of B class or higher can defeat it, but the number of black tigers surrounding the woman now numbered over a dozen. Normally, a party of A-level adventurers or S-level adventurers would be needed to defeat them. However, the black tigers, despite being such dangerous beasts, showed an unusual degree of caution towards the woman in front of them and were reluctant to attack. Grrrr Gaaaaaaaaah! Then one of the black tigers became impatient and finally attacked the woman. Clank. Gah. But in the next moment with a clear metallic sound, the head of the black tiger slipped off its body and fell down without knowing the reason. The other black tigers became more cautious because of their companions death. Still, their anger at the loss of a companion did not subside, and they finally attacked the woman together. Gaaaaaaaahhhhh! Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! In spite of the fact that she was being attacked by the deafening roars that would make an ordinary person faint, the woman herself continued to stand there, looking as if nothing had happened. And then. Clank. Gugahh. Gaah. The black tigers attacked at once, their heads and bodies cut apart in midair, and they fell down. .. The pack of black tigers turned into particles of light and left a drop item on the spot. The woman who was attacked quietly gazed at it, and before long, she sheathed the sword in her hand. Phew This isnt gonna be much of a training session then. The woman who said these unbelievable words was the Sword SaintIris Knowblade, who was currently residing in the Regal Kingdom. I mean, its no good because of the things I say Iris let out a big sigh, disgusted with her own words, actions, and thoughts. Thats. SighIm the only one of my classmates who hasnt married yet and I cant stop training with my sword so what am I supposed to do? The strongest and most famous sword saint was worried about her nearing the end of her marriageable age. Iris has been fascinated with swords ever since she can remember and honed her skills to become a knight eventually. However, the House of Knowblade, where Iris was born, was a great noble family with the title of duke, and Iriss father did not allow Iris to become a knight. Therefore, although Iris originally wanted to attend a knights school, her father forced her to attend a girls school for the daughters of noble families. Naturally, Iris rebelled against her fathers decision. But with the pressure from the Knowblade family, and with the persuasion of those around her, she reluctantly entered the girls school. I was sent to a girls school, but it didnt mean much to me. Gaaaaaah! Suddenly, remembering her old self, Iris sliced through the new monsters that were attacking her. However, Iris does not seem to have pulled out her sword, and only a clear metallic sound echoes. Her parents intended for her to enter a girls school to learn how to behave like a lady and to prepare her to marry into another noble house or royalty eventually. But because she was more interested in swords than romance, and because she hadnt mastered any of the behaviors expected of a noblewoman, her father was unable to find a suitable engagement for his daughter, or even arrange an engagement, with any noble family. There were even some offers from noblemen who could be a great connection for the Knowblade family, but the Knowblade family would lose their dignity and trust if they sent the inexperienced Iris in marriage, so they tearfully turned down the talks of engagement. Guruahh! G-gaaaaah! Iris cut down the monsters one after the other, showing a sense of composure that made it hard to believe that she was being attacked by monsters. She was so bizarre that even the monsters even tried to run away, but they could not escape from Iriss blade. I wanted to give up the path of the sword, but there was no proposal for an arranged marriage for me. Its strange when I think about it I wonder what the reason for that was? Iris, who was unaware of her parents intentions, grew up doing whatever she wanted, even though she was not able to quit the girls school halfway through. However, Iris never abandoned her sword, regardless of the school she attended. Furthermore, the school she entered was not a normal school, but the prestigious Artemia Girls Academy, and the headmistress was a legendary witch who had once worked as an S-class adventurer despite being a noblewoman. Thats why, even though its a girls academy, there were classes to learn how to defend oneself, and Iris didnt neglect to practice voluntarily. As a result, Iris acquired abilities that far exceeded those of her classmates and obtained a power that overwhelmed even the teachers. Then, the headmaster of the school, who was interested in Iris abilities, introduced a certain person to Iris. That person was the former Sword Saint, who would become Iriss master. Gu-guaaaa! Guooooo! When I think about it now, its because of that encounter that I have become the person I am today. Recalling her predecessor, the former Sword Saint, Iris cut down the fleeing monsters. Since her predecessor was also a woman, she took an interest in Iris, who also wanted to pursue the path of the sword. Iris had a talent for swordsmanship, so she officially became an apprentice, and from there, she became even more devoted to swordsmanship. However, she could not neglect her studies, so she reluctantly continued to attend the girls school. Although she devoted herself entirely to the sword, she was blessed with many friends. The other students were all girls who were ladylike and seemed to have a hard time with the self-defense classes, but they were surprisingly compatible with Iris. The girls learned self-defense from Iris, and Iris learned how to act like a lady from them. Gradually, Iriss mindset began to change. At first, Iris had no interest in anything but swords, but by the time she was about to graduate, she was as interested as any woman in topics such as romance and marriage. It was common for the fairy-tale existence of a Holy to be feared more than necessary by those around her, but perhaps because she was blessed with the environment of the girls academy, Iris was surrounded by many friends, which was unusual for a Holy. And when Iris finally graduated from the academy, her father could do nothing about it, as she had already surpassed her predecessor and taken over the title of Sword Saint. No matter how much influence the Knowblade family had as a duke house, a Holy who dealt with the Evil enemy of the world was treated with more importance in some countries, so Iriss father no longer had the power or strength to control Iriss life. Thats why Iriss father had given up on her. He gave up on the idea of marrying Iris off to another family and decided not to interfere with her. This was exactly what Iris had wanted. However, after graduation, her friends got married one after another, and she became the only single person left in her class. This was when she started to think about marriage for the first time. However, since she had never been in love before marriage, she had to learn about love first. Its not right It wasnt supposed to be like this! Iris had reached the turn of her twenties. In this world, it was normal for people to be married by their early twenties at the latest. Iris had not married, or had even been in a relationship with a man. I was approached so many times before, but now no one is talking to me Why why has it become like this? Iris stared at the ground in a dark mood. As Iris said, she was often approached by men when she was a girls school student on the street. Even though she was in her late twenties now, there was no way that Iris, with her overwhelming good looks, would not be approached. But Iris had set conditions for the man she wanted to go out with: he had to be stronger than her, he had to be financially secure, and he had to be good-looking. She had set these conditions. Thats why she turned down all the men, who picked her up or approached her directly about an engagement, as they didnt meet all the requirements. And as a resultno one talked to her anymore as she was unapproachable. I-I know Ive been very strict with my requirements. So now Ive changed my mind! Iris said this in an impatient tone, making excuses to no one in particular. Then, behind such a defenseless Iris, a single monster was quietly creeping up on her. It was a black snake called an Assassins Snake, a rank A monster with a massive body of up to five meters in length, but its skills had completely shut out the sound and presence as it crept closer. It was difficult to detect because it used skills to hide even its huge body, and many adventurers had fallen victim to its surprise attacks. The Assassin Snake quietly and calmly aimed at Iris. Shh! I dont need a man to be rich or cool; I just want someone stronger than me! Clank. When the clear metallic sound was heard again, the assassin snakes neck and torso were split apart, and it died. In Iriss hand, she was holding onto a sword again. I wonder if there is anyone stronger than me Although Iris had completely misjudged which of her conditions should have been loosened, for Iris, wanting someone stronger than herself was unavoidable. She grew up without knowing about romance, and as she developed delusions of being in love, she longed for a prince who could protect her and save her. Iris could not abandon this fantasy she had once yearned for. The somewhat disappointing Sword Saint Iris was overwhelmingly strong, but she was struggling against a powerful enemy called marriage. Book 6: Chapter 1: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~After the fight with the Fist Saint, Master Usagi had completely recovered from his wounds, partly thanks to Akatsukis [Sanctuary] skill. However, the physical strength he had lost could not be easily regained, so he took a break from training with me and went somewhere for rest. Even so, I couldnt skip my regular training, so I continued my own training with the help of Yuti and Night. If I had to, I could have asked Ouma-san to help me. Still, since there was too much of a difference in skills between him and I, it wouldnt have been helpful in my training. More importantly, Ouma-san wasnt very interested in helping me to begin with. Im not saying he should be my sparring partner, but it would have been nice if he could at least give me some advice on where I might be lacking but forcing him to help is not a good idea either. So, after the fight with the Fist Saint, I gradually regained my composure and was living a balanced life with school. After a long time, Master Usagi visited me. (Its been a while.) Ah, Master Usagi! Its been a while. How have you been? (No problem. My wounds were already healed in the first place. All I needed was some rest to regain my strength.) If thats the case, its good then, but As I was worried about whether his strength would return so easily, Yuti came out into the garden of the other worlds house. Dont worry. A Holy is not that weak. Above all, they have a gift from the planet. G-gift from the planet? [T/n: Im not sure if I should translate it as a planet or a star, the kanji is Hoshi ()] Ive been involved with the Holy and the Evil for some time now, but having reached this point, I could tell from what Yuti had said that there were still some abilities that I wasnt aware of. But for me, Id rather live in peace without getting involved. I remembered that when I first met Master Usagi, he explained to me that the title of Holy was granted by the planet. Master Usagi nodded in response to Yutis words. (Yeah. I had briefly mentioned it when I met you. We Holy are chosen by the planet and given the title. And being chosen as a Holy comes with an obligation to raise a successor. By letting that successor inherit the title, the Holy will continue Well, some of them did not find a successor and disappeared in the past. Just like Gilbert who you dealt with recently he has no disciples.) S-so there wont be a next Fist Saint? (No. The disappeared Fist Saint will be selected by the planet again, and the title will be given to that person. I dont know if one will be selected right now, though.) I-I see As I nodded at Master Usagis words, he continued. (As you can guess from what Ive said so far, there is a close relationship between us, the Holy, and the planet. For example, we receive support from the planet, or rather, special benefits One of these benefits is that we recover our strength faster than other living beings. This is because the planet needs us, the Holy, to defeat the Evil. So, dont worry about my strength its back to normal.) I see I was relieved to hear Master Usagis words, but then I suddenly realized something. Huh? In that case, what kind of existence does the Fist Saint and Yuti who attacked us have? Although Yuti has not yet become the Bow Saint, she still has the power of Evil. And as for the Fist Saint, he has both the power of Holy and Evil, right? Isnt this a bad situation for the planet? Master Usagi gave a bitter expression to my pure question. (Your point is correct. This situation is dangerous for the planet. The Holy, which were supposed to counter the Evil, are now turning on the planet and humanity.) If thats the case, wont the title of Holy be taken back by the planet? (Thats impossible. The planet can give the titles, but it cant take it away. I told you before, didnt I? We, the Holy, are like the cleaners of this planet. And examples like the Fist Saint are the so-called outbursts of that function. Its uncontrollable.) Eeh? What an inconvenient existence. A Holy bearer is a powerful force when on your side but a nuisance as an enemy, and you cant even strip them of their title. Also, I was wondering about one more thing, when the Holy fight against the Evil, their stats are doubled, right? When you fought the Fist Saint, did your stats increase? At my question, Master Usagi let out a tired sigh. (I wish that was the case) Eh? (In other words, my status remained halved.) Eeehhhh? I was surprised to hear Master Usagis unexpected remark. Then, Yuti tilted her head in wonder. Question. Is that also the same as when you fought me? (Yes, thats right. We, the Holy, will only have our status unlocked when we fight against the Evil. In other words, if our opponent is a Holy, or if they have acquired just part of the Evils power, our status will not be unlocked. The only time it can be unlocked is when Im fighting the real Evil.) .. I couldnt say anything else. Although it is possible to gain power from the planet, it is still very difficult, isnt it? No, without this kind of restriction, when a person like the Fist Saint comes out with their status unlocked, there is no way to reach their level. S§×arch* The nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The reason why Master Usagi was defeated by the Fist Saint was probably that Master Usagis status was halved, while the Fist Saint was able to borrow the power of Evil. Master Usagi looked at me with serious eyes as I was thinking that it would be bad if there were more and more situations where a Holy being like the Fist Saint gained the Evils power. (And also, Yuuya) Y-yes. (So youve obtained the power of the real Evil.) Huh? I was surprised by the unexpected statement. Yuti was also astonished by Master Usagis words. Denial. Thats not right. The Evil power inside Yuuya was originally mine. In other words, its only a part of the power of Evil. (I thought so too. However, the power that drifted from Yuuya at that time was so dense and powerful that it could not be described as just a borrowed part of the Evil. It can be said that the power of Evil had completely assimilated with him.) Umm (In other words, its a power with the same quality as the Evil that I once faced. At the time with Yuti, it was like the power of Evil was mixed in. But in your case, your whole body was filled with the power of Evil.) I had heard about what happened from Yuti and Master Usagi when the Fist Saint attacked. Its hard to believe, but it seems that I, with the power of Evil running rampant inside of me, defeated the Fist Saint. Even though they told me the situation, I dont remember anything from that time And that rampant power was the power of Evil itself. And it seems that the power of Evil that I took from Yuti had become stronger. Even though this was explained to me, it didnt make sense to me. Then I suddenly heard the voice of the Evil inside me, which I hadnt heard since the fight with the Fist Saint. Fuwahh I slept well Ah! ? (Whats wrong?) As I raised my voice, Yuti and Master Usagi looked at me curiously. I told them that the Evil inside me had just woken up, and Master Usagi suggested that I ask it about my fight with the Fist Saint. Um, good morning. Ah? Ohh. I thought you would be more exhausted! Hahaha. So, whats up? Now that I look more closely, I can see that the Kicking Saint and even my previous host are here. No, the other day, the Fist Saint attacked me, right? It seems that my power that manifested at that time was not the same as it was with Yuti; it was more like the power of Evil itself rather than your power. Do you know anything about that? Ah, so thats what this is about Its simple. The reason is that your heart was too white. Huh? This is the first time Ive ever heard of such a thing. W-what do you mean by too white? Didnt I say it before? I tried to take over you, but your heart was too white for me to take over. But then you saw that bastard Kicking Saint there getting beaten up by the Fist Saint, and you got mad. I got mad? That was unforgivable at the time, so The anger that you felt at that time was so black that it far surpassed even Yutis desire for revenge. That black heart even bottled me up and had certainly created the power of Evil in you. In other words, you are the cause. However, an ordinary person could never create the power of Evil with just anger alone. Thats where my existence comes in as the catalyst. Eeh? And its also great that you have this aptitude for Evil. Its uncommon for a person to generate such emotions and be compatible with the Evil, you know? In most cases, you would end up having your heart swallowed by the Evil as it is. S-seriously? Apparently, the power from the Evil residing inside of me and my anger caused a chemical reaction that resulted in a complete manifestation of the Evil. Also, it seems that I was able to adapt to the Evil. But why was I compatible with the Evil? When I was thinking about it, I suddenly remembered the [Endurance] skill that I originally had. I wondered if this was an effect of this skill? When Master Usagi heard my explanation, he furrowed his face. (Things have gotten complicated, havent they?) Then what am I supposed to do? (You have no choice but to master that power. If not, youll become a target for us, the Holy, to defeat.) Eeh? That would be a problem! Its not funny to be involved in this conflict, and then be defeated. Master Usagi let out a big sigh at my panicked reaction. (Sigh The training from now on will be for you to master this power. One of the tasks is to interact with the Evil inside you but it seems that you can handle that, apparently.) Well, yes, I guess so. Right? Keh youve been talking all the time to me on your own, havent you? The Evil power, which was called out by me, answered in an indifferent manner. Master Usagi and the others are watching the conversation between me and the Evil power. Well, Im the only one who can hear the voice of the Evil power, though. Hmm but Master Usagi is right, if Im going to communicate with you, I need a name for you too, right? Oh? A name? Yes. Well, its not right to call you the Evil power every time, is it? As an entity, it is a piece of the Evil power inside me, but as long as we can communicate like this, I think its better to have a name. It will make it easier to communicate So, do you mind if I give you a name? Keh. Its up to you. It continues to be nonchalant, but it doesnt reject me, so maybe it doesnt hate me that much. Now, when it comes to giving a name it will be that. I had a strong image of it when I first saw it. I was troubled by various things, but I still couldnt get the first image out of my head. Hmm how about Kuro? Huh? Kuro? Yes. Because when I first met you, you were a black version of Yuti. When I said that, both Yuti and Master Usagi looked at me in surprise. H-huh? Surprise. Its too simple. (As expected, thats outrageous.) T-thats just it! No, their reaction is normal. Its too simple, and its just a color. Sorry, I guess its. Thats fine. Kuro, huh? Its easy to understand. Eeh? Are you sure? Its your decision, not mine. No way, I didnt think that the Evil powerKuro, would accept it in such a straightforward manner. Then, Kuro said with a dumbfounded look. Its better than being given an ostentatious name. It makes me sick. I-is that so? As I tilted my head in confusion, Yuti and Master Usagi opened their mouths. Suggestion. The name should be Toto Schwarzer. Thats settled. (Huh. You dont know what youre talking about, do you, little girl? Of course, I prefer Jiromaru. Kuro is a perfect choice, said Kuro immediately. R-really? It seems that Kuro did not like the names that Yuti and Master Usagi proposed. I think theyre both more elaborate than mine, though. Im not sure whats the meaning of the name that Yuti gave, though. (Hmm. Im a little dissatisfied, but it looks like a name has been decided.) Ah, yes. (Then, lets start training right away. Unleash the power of Evil.) Huh? I made a dumb voice at the unexpected remark from Master Usagi. When I looked closely, I saw that Yuti was also surprised. Warning. Yuuyas power is dangerous. If you release it carelessly, it will (Thats why you have to get used to it regularly. Its not just me now; youre here too. The situation is also different from time when the Fist Saint attacked, so it wont go as far as a complete release like that time.) I-is that so? As I tilted my neck, Kuro complimented me languidly. Dont worry. Unlike that time when you accepted me, you should be able to use some of the Evil power to some extent now. At that time, I was the catalyst, and it was as if you had created the Evil yourself. If its a power that you have created yourself, your body will naturally know how to release it. I-is that so? And even if you unleash it, you dont have any negative emotions in you right now that could be used as energy for the Evil. It will not go out of control. In addition to releasing the power of Evil at will, there seems to be no need to worry about it going out of control. In that case, please help me with my training. (Hmm. Leave it to me. Ill go harder than before.) Please just go easy on me With the help of the motivated Master Usagi and Yuti, I began to train in earnest to master the power of Evil. Book 6: Chapter 1: Part 3 Another chapter today sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 Now, I wonder how long it will take for Yuuya to master the power of Evil. When Yuuya began to train with Master Usagi, Ouma, who was taking a nap in the house on Earth, opened one eye and muttered. Geez Holy, Evil, and all that nonsense. Thats too much trouble for Yuuya, who has to train to handle the acquired extra power . Woof? Night, who was also resting in the house on Earth, tilted his head in response to Oumas murmur. Im pitying Yuuya, who is caught up in these things in the other world, even though he belongs to this world called Earth where there is no Holy or Evil. Woof woof. Night made a small thoughtful gesture and then nodded in affirmation to Oumas words. Dont you think so, Night? The Evil are also troublesome existences. If they are attacking in order to gain control of the world lets just destroy the entire planet. Woof. As Night barked strongly as if to say that it is no good, Ouma let out a sigh of annoyance. Dont get so angry. Its just a joke. Yuuya wouldnt want that and more importantly, that guy wouldnt want that either. As he said that, Ouma stared into the distance, thinking of the Sage who was no longer in the world. Then, interrupting the gloomy conversation, the sleeping Akatsuki woke up with his stomach exposed. Fugo fugo? Hmm? So youre awake too, Akatsuki? Fugo Buhi. Buhi Akatsuki woke up and thought that he should get up, but then he realized that Yuuya was not at home and started to sleep again. This guys really got his own pace. Isnt it better if Yuuya is a little more like Akatsuki? W-woof Night couldnt say anything to Oumas words. Well, thats fine. Yuuya also just started his training, so I will take another nap too. The moment Ouma was about to say that. Hmm? Woof? Ouma suddenly sat up with an inexplicable expression on his face and stared towards the front door. His eyes seemed to be fixed on the Earth itself rather than the front door though. Night tilted his head in wonder at Oumas behavior. Didnt you notice, Night? Woof Hmm. It might be difficult for the current Night. I guess youll find out when you grow up As Ouma said that, he turned his attention to the Earth. I felt a faint presence of Evil from this world called Earth but it doesnt seem to be the power of Evil itself Anyway, it is strange that such a being is on this planet. Ive never felt anything like this before. Ouma said to himself. Ouma had sensed a faint presence of Evil from the Earth. Why is there a presence of Evil from the Earth? Also, where did the presence of Evil come from? It was an instantaneous event, so even Ouma did not know. I didnt imagine this I felt it for sure, albeit faintly. But the presence of it has completely disappeared now Hmm. I dont understand. Ouma continued. Although he thought about it, Ouma had no way of confirming the situation since Yuuya told him not to go outside the house because there are no dragons on Earth. Its really inconvenient at times like this. Why dont I just go out without telling Yuuya? Woof!? Woof! Night, startled by Oumas words, rushed to stop him, and Ouma let out a sigh. Sigh Just kidding, just kidding. Im not going to do anything like that. But you should also be aware of my desire to go out there. W-woof. Unlike himself, Ouma was not allowed to leave the house on Earth freely, so Night could not say anything more. Its not Nights fault, but seeing that Night was pouting, Ouma smiled bitterly. Geez hes so cute and obedient, even though hes a Black Fenrir, a legendary race that rivals my own. But should I tell Yuuya that there was a presence of Evil from the Earth? said Ouma. This was the moment when Ouma thought so. *Ring, ring* Mmm! Its time to eat! The clock had just rung for lunch, and Oumas attention went straight to lunch. For Ouma, who couldnt look around the Earth, eating was one of the few things that allowed him to experience the other world, and that was why he looked forward to mealtime more than anything else. Because of this, the thoughts about the presence of Evil that he felt on Earth had slipped entirely from Oumas mind. From Yuuyas perspective, it was a big problem, but from Oumas perspective, it didnt matter where the Evil appeared; he was more interested in the food. This was the gap between the priorities of Yuuya and Ouma, who was an absolute powerhouse. Fumu. Whats todays meal? I want to eat curry after a long time. Ouma said so and then went to urge Yuuya to cook with an exciting look. How will this affect Yuuya no one knows yet. It had been a few days since I started to train the power of Evil with the help of Master Usagi and Yuti. It was true that I was able to release the power of Evil, as Kuro had said. Still, it wasnt easy to adjust the output as I wanted, or rather, to adjust the power. When I unleashed the power of Evil, my stats certainly increased, and I was able to unleash attacks with tremendous power. But it was too powerful, and I was overwhelmed by it. If I were to fight in the city like the time when I first met Yuti, the damage to the people around me would be tremendous. In addition, the power of Evil could not be released for a long period of time. During the training when we were sparring as a pair, the power of Evil was suddenly cut off, and suddenly the fight was done in a normal state. When I had the power of Evil, I was able to fight evenly with Master Usagi, but I was beaten to a pulp as soon as I lost my power. By the way, when I asked Master Usagi if he could double his stats when he fought with me because my power was from the Evil. He said that he could adjust his stats, so when he fought with me, he fought with normal stats. The reason why he still beat me up was purely because of the huge difference in level and the large gap in stats between us. And even now, while using the power of Evil, I was in an even match with Master Usagi. Haah! (Hmph!) My kick, clothed in the power of Evil, was swept away by Master Usagis kick like a soft willow, and he counterattacked. S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. By the way, when I used the power of Evil, a black aura overflowed from my body, and my eyes changed to red. Hey, hey, hey, youre getting it. I know! And when I use the power of Evil, I ask Kuro to help me. Kuro controls the power of Evil inside me so that I can somehow control it. Or how should I say this? Master Usagi is a monster. After all all of my attacks are blocked! However, by watching the movements of Master Usagi, I have been able to adapt his techniques gradually. Im not sure, but lately, Ive been able to catch the movements of Master Usagi and Yuti with my eyes. I wonder why? As I continued to do such practices, I suddenly felt as if I had forgotten something important. Huh? What was it? Then, Master Usagi, who sensed that I was distracted, intensified his attacks. (To be thinking about something else while youre training, youve got some nerve, huh!?) Huh? T-that Whoa!? While dealing with Master Usagis attack, my thoughts were still struggling to remember something that I had forgotten. What am I forgetting? As my mind worked frantically, I finally remembered what I had forgotten! Ah. aaaaah! Im going to have a test soon! It completely slipped my mind! Ive been preparing and reviewing every day, but I-its not good! I have to study for my test! (Concentrate on your training.) B-but, if I dont study for the test, I wont be able to concentrate on my training. (Shut up.) Guh? Finally, I was attacked by Master Usagi and blown away. I I have to study As I said that for the last time, I lost consciousness. Im not sure if I can say that things are going well but my training to handle the power of Evil continues. Book 6: Chapter 2: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 I managed to convince Master Usagi to allow me to seriously study and prepare for the test to my satisfaction. And today was the last day of the regular tests. I-its over! Kaede shouted in a voice that could be heard throughout the classroom as she stretched as hard as she could after handing in the last test. As she did so, I tried my best to avert my gaze from Kaedes chest. When I looked closely, I saw that the other boys were staring at Kaede. Is it okay to look at her so much? She will get angry As I thought about it, Rin approached Kaede. Hey, Kaede? That is, as expected, your service is too good, isnt it? Fuee? Service? Your breasts. As Rin pointed out, Kaede slowly checked her situation. And then ~~! Her face turned bright red, and she immediately stopped stretching. Seeing this, I could hear the blatantly disappointed voices of the boys in the surrounding. Ah! That Kanzaki, she did something unnecessary! It was a momentary Shangri-la Boys, I can hear everything, okay? As soon as Rin said that with her veins stood out, the boys all straightened their posture. T-they are so easy to understand Kaede, who noticed that I was watching their exchange, came over to me, her cheeks still red. H-how was your test, Yuuya-kun? Eh? Ah, yeah. I was wondering if it was able to reflect what I studied properly Is that so? I asked Rin-chan to watch me study. And then I got a lot of the questions that Rin-chan predicted! Eh, thats great! When Kaedes words made me involuntarily turn my gaze towards Rin, she was scratching her head in embarrassment. Its not a big deal. Anyone can make predictions if they know the characteristics of the teacher. Thats absolutely not true. I dont think its that easy either In the first place, what does it mean to grasp the characteristics of the teacher? Well, Im not very good at it to begin with, so I studied the whole test range. Still, perhaps because Ive leveled up, my memory was definitely improving. Also, my eyesight had gotten better as well. The things I had studied instantly flowed into my head What is it? This feeling. Before I leveled up, I couldnt even learn anything from my studies. When I was thinking about this, the others who were getting along with me, such as Ryo and Shingo-kun, gathered around. Oh, everyone is here. Hey, how was everyones test? Well, I think I did better than I expected. I didnt have any problems either. I think Im fine, but No, I want to think Im fine. No, I looked after you, so dont say such pitiful things Rin looked at Kaedes reluctant face with a dumbfounded look. As I smiled bitterly at the interaction, I noticed that Yukine, who was in the seat next to mine, was in a daze. Hmm? Whats wrong, Yukine? Im just tired I-is that so? By the way, how was your test? I just want to think about the fun things in life right now. In other words, it was not so good. While we were having this conversation, other students were heading home or to their club activities. Oh, by the way is Kaede doing okay with her club activities? When Ryo suddenly asked that, Kaede nodded. Yeah. The club activities themselves start tomorrow. Oh yeah, how is your club activity, Yukine? Eh? Hyoudou has club activities? Ryo looked at Yukine with surprise Yukine joined a club activity. What kind of club is it? Is it a light music club? Hmm. Its the occult research club. Youve gone to an unexpected club! However, Kaede and Rin seemed to know about it and didnt seem particularly surprised. Im free from any kind of club activities today. And I havent brought any experiment books with me today either. Y-you have to be very careful with that For some reason, Kaede said that to Yukine with a twitch in her cheeks. Did something happen to them? Well, thats right! Now that the test is over, summer vacation is just around the corner! Ah, youre right. Ive had my hands full with tests lately. Yeah, thats happened to me too! Kaede and Yukine, you should take more time to study. Ahahaha I realized from Kaedes words that the summer vacation was indeed coming soon. That said, I have no particular plans and if I had to pick an activity, it would be to spend more time in the other world. I want to check out the whole area in the Great Devils Nest as soon as possible. When I was thinking about that, Kaede suggested with sparkling eyes. So why dont we all have some fun together! Theres also a summer festival, right? Thats fine, but you know that summer vacation is not only about playing, right? Eh? Is it not? Youve got a serious problem there. U-um we have to do our summer homework, too, dont we? Ugh! And Ive heard theres a lot of it. Uh! Kaede and Yukine were astonished by Shingo-kun and Rins words. Eh, did they really think there was no possibility of that? No, I guess some schools dont have it. S§×ar?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The two of them realized that it was not just a fun summer vacation. As they turned white as burned-out ashes, the classroom door unexpectedly opened. Um, is Yuuya-san here? Eh? Ah, Kaori? Oh, Yuuya-san! The one who came to the classroom was Kaori. As soon as Kaori noticed my presence, she came straight to me. Thank goodness you havent left yet. Well, yeah. Did you need me for something? Thats right! And since everyone is here its just perfect. Everyone seems to be wondering about it. When everyone tilted their heads at Kaoris words, Kaori smiled. Yes! Now that the test is over, summer vacation will soon be coming. So if you dont mind, I thought Id invite you all to my vacation resort A vacation resort? said everyone in unison. We were surprised by the unexpected invitation, raising our voices. V-vacation resort, she said? By the way, Ive almost forgotten that Kaoris family is wealthy. My family vacation resort has a beach nearby, and I was wondering if you guys would like to join me Really? Yay! Its a beach, a beach! T-that would be great for us, but Thats right! But, is it okay? Of course! You all have been treating me so well What do you mean by treating you well? Y-yeah. I dont remember doing anything much for you Of course not! You all invited me to play with you, and now I want to invite you to play with me too! Its not that Kaede and the others had any particular reason for doing so; they were just normal friends and had been inviting people over to play until now. Kaori had never had a chance to hang out with someone her own age, so this was a new experience for her and made her happy. Then Ryo, who was watching Kaori and the others reaction, scratched his cheek as if he was troubled. Ah, um, is it okay if we join you too? Of course. Weve played together before! So please join us too, Ryo-san and Shingo-san. In response to Kaoris words, Ryo and Shingo were also invited. So, Ill let you know when we decide on the details. Kaori said and left the classroom. When Kaede saw her off, she shouted with joy. ~~! Yay! We can all go to the beach together! Right? W-well, I didnt expect Kaori-san to invite me too Thats true. But since were here, lets have some fun! Yeah! While Kaede was excited by Ryos words, Rin grinned. But you have to do your homework before you can play. Ugh! Rins words seemed to have an effect on Yukine too, and she groaned along with Kaede. After being invited to Kaoris vacation resort, we decided on a date that would work for all of us, and we finally entered the summer vacation. And now we were in front of Kaoris vacation resort. S-so big No, I could only imagine it as the same size as the school Y-yeah. When I saw it in person, it was just Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I were stunned to see the vacation resort where we would be staying. The vacation resort we were invited to was a log cottage built surrounded by nature, in one of the most popular places for rich people to build vacation resorts. However, the cottage was fully air-conditioned, and there were even convenience stores and supermarkets nearby, so I guess it was a wonderful place to stay. And above all, there is. Whoa! Beach, its the beach, Rin-chan! Yes, yes, I see it. Hmm, the view is beautiful. There was a swimming beach, just a short walk from the cottage. Kaedes eyes sparkled looking at the beach, and Kaori, who was preparing the cottage, came over with a smile. Im glad you enjoyed it. Of course, I am! Thank you. Fufufu I will show you to your rooms, so please follow me with your luggage. Yeees! said everyone. Kaori urged us to head inside the cottage. Naturally, the bedrooms were separate for men and women, but the room where we boys slept was so spacious that there was plenty of room for all three of us to sleep together. The womens room must be quite spacious as well. Or rather, now that Ive realized it, I cant believe Im spending time under the same roof with girls Of course, theres Yuti staying in my house now, but Im not used to that yet either. In such a situation, I still cant believe that Im having a private sleepover with other girls like this. As I was putting my luggage in my room and taking a breather, Kaede and the others came to the boys room. Come on! Guys! Were going to the beach! Y-youre so energetic, huh, Kaede-san Thats obvious, Shingo-kun! Ive been looking forward to this day! Well, she even worked unusually hard on her summer vacation homework. I dont want to remember that. But I did my best. As Rin said, we each finished our summer vacation homework early for this day. Ive always been the type of person who finishes my homework early, but Kaede and Yukine were different; they were almost dying from the homework before they came to this place. Alright, then, lets get changed quickly and go play on the beach right away, shall we? Yeah! Thats why were going to go change our clothes! After saying that, Kaede and the others went back to the girls room. Then one of the girls, Kaori, stayed behind and beckoned me over. Um, Yuuya-san. Hmm? Whats wrong? Speaking of which, is everything okay with Yuti, Ouma-san, and the others? Ah I smiled bitterly at Kaoris words. Yuti said shed rather not participate. She doesnt like to be around a lot of people. Thats true too So, was it bothering her when I suggested she transfer to the school? Oh, no problem! Apparently, shes having fun at school and making friends. Im glad to hear that! It seems that Yuti had made friends at school, which was a relief to me. She even promised to hang out with her friends during this summer vacation. Also, Ouma-san said hes refraining for the same reason as Yuti. Is that so? Yeah. However, I have to prepare food for Ouma-san, Night, and Akatsuki, so I have to go back using magic for that. Really, Yuuya-sans magic is very useful. Kaori smiled bitterly at my words. As Kaori said, the teleport magic is very convenient. Thats why I had to be careful to not be seen by others. After listening to my explanation, Kaori went back to change with Kaede and the others, and I changed into the swimsuit I had prepared for the day and headed to the beach with Ryo and the others. Book 6: Chapter 2: Part 2 Heres another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 Oh, its so crowded. Y-yeah. I wonder if we can find a spot? Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I arrived at the beach ahead of the others, carrying parasols in our hands and looking for a vacant spot. But since the temperature was high and it was a perfect day for swimming, there were a lot of people. Hmm Oh, its a bit far, but wouldnt that be a good place? The place Ryo pointed to was indeed a little far from the crowd, and there was a space available. Well then, Yuuya. Its a little far, but its a good place. Eh? Sure, but do you need help? Shingo and I can set this up ourselves. Y-yeah. So, Yuuya-kun, why dont you go and call Kaede-san and the others? Okay. Ryo and Shingo-kun asked me to go and bring Kaede and the others. Even so Do I look weird? When I said that, I looked down at my appearance. The only swimwear Ive ever owned was the one I use for school classes. When I talked to Ryo and the others about it, they said that I should have a swimsuit for having fun, so I decided to go a little overboard and buy one Thanks to the materials I got in the other world, I earned some money when I exchanged them for cash. Its a bit of a luxury. As I was checking my appearance, I suddenly noticed that people around me were looking at me. Isnt that guy really cool? Shall we go talk to him? Yeah. But I think Ive seen him somewhere before Ah! Isnt that the guy who was in a magazine before? Thats right! Whoa I thought the photos were edited, but he looks really cool I mean, look at those abs! Isnt it amazing? Theyre so tight! Hmm, those are really nice muscles. Theyre really well-trained. Those abs are like chocolate bars! You could grate daikon with those oblique muscles! I hear some unusual voices, but its probably just my imagination. While feeling strangely uncomfortable and waiting for Kaede to arrive, I suddenly heard a voice calling out to me. U-um Yes? When I turned my gaze toward the voice, I saw several unfamiliar women standing there. C-can I help you? When I asked them, I was so nervous that I was at a loss for words, and they looked at each other. I knew it! Yes! Um, youre the one who was in the magazine with Miu-chan before, arent you? Eh? Ah yes. Thats right, but U-um! Can I take a photo with you? P-photo? Why do they want my photo? As I panicked, the women closed the distance between us and took out their phones to snap a picture with me. Um, thank you! Eh, no, its After taking the pictures, the women left looking happy, although I had no idea why. Oh, I guess this is what people call coming in like a storm and leaving like a storm As I watched them leave in a daze, I heard Kaoris voice. Yuuya-san! Eh? Ah, Kaori! Then I saw Kaoris figure and was transfixed. She was wearing a cute white swimsuit and a hoodie, and when she noticed me, she shyly averted her gaze. U-um My swimsuit Isnt it weird? Huh? N-no! Not at all! It looks good on you! It suits you well! I was so nervous that I didnt know what I was saying, but Kaori smiled happily at my words. I-is that so Im so glad that Yuuya-san said that. .. This is not good. Until I came here, I was completely unaware of the fact that playing on the beach means that everyone will be wearing a swimsuit! Thats right! They said they were going to change their clothes, right? Because of the school lessons, I didnt think anything of it, but after thinking about it, I realized that this is how women get into their beautiful swimsuits. Huh? This means that. Ah, Yuuya-kun! Oooii! Fuh Its so hot outside! I feel like Im melting. After Kaori, Kaede, and the others came to me, despite my nervousness and stiffness. Kaede wore a cute frilly swimsuit and hot pants, Rin wore a black sporty swimsuit, and Yukine wore a salopette swimsuit and carried a floating ring. Each of them looked great W-what should I do? Im not sure where to put my eyes. They are all very attractive, so I had trouble finding a place to look. H-hey, look over there Whoa! Their level is too high! Can we talk to them? No, theyre that guys friends, arent they? I-Im so jealous! The men around me were admiring Kaori and the others in their swimsuits. When I looked closely, I saw that some of the women were also admiring them. They are beautiful even from a womans perspective The sight of Kaori and the others made me feel unrealistic, and I couldnt help but think that while having a faraway look in my eyes. Then, Kaede peeped into my face curiously at my situation. Yuuya-kun? Whats wrong? Huh? Ah, no, its nothing! Really? So, um what do you think of me? Uee? It looks good on you! Y-yeah! When Kaede asked me that, my cheeks flushed red, I replied in a hoarse voice. Is that right? I see Ehehehe Mm I didnt know what the right response would be, as I had only recently been able to have a proper conversation with the opposite sex. However, there was no indication that Kaede was unhappy with the answer, so I think I didnt make a fatal mistake. Yuuya. What about me? I didnt know anything about this topic, but as if chasing after me, Yukine continued the conversation by asking me something like that! Um Im not sure what to say in this situation. Is it enough to say that she looks good as well? What does Yukine want from me in the first place? When I was confused about how to answer, Yukine put her hand on her chest and looked at Kaede for some reason. As expected, its the breasts. How did you come to that conclusion? I didnt think of anything in particular, and I didnt say anything, but Yukine glared at Kaedes breasts with resentment and then looked at me with a frustrated gaze. I didnt even think about the breasts one bit, you know? Its a false accusation! While I was puzzled about the opinions of Kaede and Yukine regarding their swimsuits following Kaoris, I was so flustered and I didnt notice that Kaoris cheeks were puffed up. But seeing my continued fumbling, Rin came up to me with a grin and poked me with her elbow. Oya? Oyaoya? Yuuya. Are you nervous seeing Kaede and the others in their swimsuits? Uh, t-thats of course it is Ahahahaha! Thats surprising. You look like youre already being used to this kind of situation, though. My answer made Rin laugh out loud. She said that Im used to it Theres no way. Where does that come from anyway? I dont know Well, unlike me, Kaede has a great style, Kaori is beautiful, and Yukine is cute. Eh? No, Rin is also very beautiful, though Huh? Because she said something strange, I couldnt help but tell her what I was thinking, and she raised her voice in an unusually indifferent way. In response to Rins reaction, I realized that I had just said something embarrassing. No, it was because Rin said something weird that I reflexively replied! Im not the kind of guy who can say something like that without hesitation. I want to be able to say that out loud one day, though! I mean, Kaori, Yukine, Kaede are all beautiful, but Rin is also very slender, like a model, and looks great in a mature swimsuit. I wasnt sure why she was saying that. Its just that Im so nervous when people approach me so openly I-is that so? Ahahahaha Rin said and quickly walked away from me. On closer look, its unusual to find that Rins cheeks are dyed red, and shes averting her gaze awkwardly. I-it makes me more embarrassed when she reacted like that W-well then, lets get going! Ryo and Shingo-kun have already gone ahead and saved a spot for us. I see If thats the case, we should get there quickly and thank them Youre right! I was not too fond of the situation, so I told everyone about Ryo and Shingo-kun. The atmosphere returned to normal, so I took a breath. T-thank goodness its too stimulating for me to deal with everyone by myself As soon as we met up with Ryo and Shingo-kun, we did some careful warm up exercises and then all headed to the beach to start playing. Ryo seemed to be able to do just about anything, and he showed off his athleticism on the beach as well, swimming far and wide. Shingo-kun was not so good at swimming, so he played in the shallows with a beach ball that Kaori and I had brought with us. Then, when Ryo came back from the long swim, Kaede suggested. Hey! Lets all play beach volleyball together! Oh, that sounds good! We all agreed to Kaedes suggestion, and when it came time to divide the teams, Shingo-kun volunteered to be the referee. So, we decided to make three teams: Kaori and I, Ryo and Yukine, and Rin and Kaede. Yuuya-san, lets do our best! Yes, lets do our best. The moment I nodded to Kaoris words, I remembered the ball game tournament the other day. On that day, due to some trouble, Kaori and I were paired up to play tennis That was where I found out that I should not let Kaori play sports. However, by the time I remembered that, the match was about to start, and our opponents were Kaede and Rin. We immediately get to face Yuuya-kun and Kaori, huh Can we win this? I dont know. Please go easy on us, okay? Well I think I would have to work harder rather than being soft, though. As I thought about it, the match began with Kaoris serve sea??h th§× ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Book 6: Chapter 2: Part 3 Part 3Eeii. Ah! I shifted my body to the side in response to the ball coming at me from behind. The beach ball went right through where I had been a moment ago with great force. Ah! Im sorry, Yuuya-san! I-its okay. I can avoid it, but if Kaede and Kaori were teaming up, it might have been dangerous As I was thinking of that, Rin grinned when she saw Kaoris serve. Heh? It seems that Kaori is not good at sports, huh? Lets aim at her. Eeh? A-as expected thats Kaede. This is a match, you know. Its a great strategy to win. And Rin began to aim at Kaori with the next serve as she declared. Soryaa! Eii! Kaori managed to deal with Rins serve, but the ball flew in the wrong direction. That direction was out towards the sea. However, I thought that I shouldnt let the ball go out. I ran along the surface of the sea without thinking, caught up with the ball, and returned it to Rins court. Haah! Wait how can you pick that up!? I mean, how can you run on the seas surface like that? Eeh? Y-you must have seen it wrong. No, I think so too, but! I was chasing after the ball, but it was definitely not normal to run on the surface of the water! Or rather, Im surprised that I can run on the seas surface myself. It seems that during my training with Master Usagi, my leg strength had become extraordinary. However, after I returned the ball to Rins court, Kaori was the only one left on our court. Rin took advantage of that and scored a point. I tried to get back onto the court, but my feet got caught in the sand. Well I dont have much experience moving in the sand. Its hard to move, and it takes more energy than usual This seems to be a good practice for me. Although I was here to play, I couldnt help but think about such things due to my training with Master Usagi. After that, Kaori was intensively targeted, and Kaedes team defeated our team. Ugh Yuuya-san, Im sorry Im just slowing you down Well, dont mention it. At the time of the ball game tournament, it was still possible to cover since we played tennis, but it wasnt as easy to do so in beach volleyball. Of course, Kaori always tried to keep the ball in play with volleys and receives, but all of them flew at me with lethal force. On the other hand, if there was a competition where that ball could be fully utilized, I think Kaori could compete well enough. After all, it was not only unpredictable but also very fast, so that even I had to rush to avoid it. I think its at a level that even the monsters Ive fought in the Great Devils Nest would be afraid. I was really surprised. After that, we also played against Ryos team, but the result was still our loss. Kaedes team won in the end. Ugh Yuuya-san, Im sorry that we lost because of me N-no! You dont have to worry about it! Im not sure what the right thing to say to her would be, so I just panicked. But then, with a grin on her face, Rin called out to Kaori. Kaoris team lost all of their games Isnt that a sign of a disaster? Y-you dont have to say that! Rin laughed out loud at Kaoris reaction. We enjoyed playing beach volleyball for a while and decided to take a break since we played for a long time. Lets take a break and eat somewhere, shall we? Yes! We all agreed to Ryos suggestion and decided to have lunch at a beach house. The place we were at was far away from the crowds, so there were only a few people at the nearby beach house. When we turned our attention to the more crowded area of the beach, we noticed that the beach houses there were very busy. Even though there seemed to be more people over there, is this beach house okay with you guys? I think its fine. Yeah, I guess so. Its probably only crowded there because its in a good location. The taste wont have much difference. So we headed to the nearest beach house. Oh, Tenjou and the others. What a coincidence. W-what? Im surprised. W-whats Sawada-sensei doing here? Our homeroom teacher, Sawada-sensei, acted as a waitress at the beach house we were headed to! Whats more, she was wearing an apron over a black bikini. Unlike her usual loose shirt and lab coat. I-I dont know where to look No, I always have trouble looking at her! We were surprised, but Ryo, who came to his senses quickly, hurriedly asked. Sensei! What are you doing here? Youre a teacher, arent you? Huh? Is it okay to have a second job? If you ask me that Of course, I was surprised because I hadnt expected to meet her in such a place. She had an image as someone who didnt go out much and might be doing experiments at some facility aside from being a teacher, but now when seeing that she was working as a clerk, I thought it would be unsuitable for her profession to have a second job. Moreover, Kaori, the daughter of Tsukasa-san, the chairman of the board of directors, was also here right now, and I felt like Sawada-sensei couldnt make any excuses for it Then, Sawada-sensei replied in a tone with no particular agitation and without hesitation. Its not a side job. Because this is my parents house. Eh? When I was surprised again by the unexpected answer, a stern man came out from the beach house. The man was wearing the same apron as Sawada-sensei, but he had a very tough expression on his face, which was somewhat mismatched. He also had a large scar on his face, and with his body being large and muscular, he was quite intimidating. Um he didnt look like an average person Hey, Rie! Dont slack off! The man probably called Sawada-sensei by her first name and yelled at her. His loud voice, coupled with his appearance, was quite intimidating. We froze, but Sawada-sensei didnt seem to mind and replied in her usual tone. No, Dad. These are my students. Your students? Dad? We and the manSawada-senseis fatheroverlapped our surprised voices. Eh, he is her father? Even though I knew it was rude, I couldnt help but compare the two of them. D-do they even resemble each other? We were dumbfounded, but as soon as the surprise subsided, the mans expression changed, and he spoke to us with a smile. Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Ah, it cant be helped if you kids are Ries students! Since this girl is like this, you kids must be having a hard time, right? Is she a good teacher? Y-yeah, shes a very good teacher When Kaori, the chairmans daughter, answered in confusion, Sawada-senseis mouth twitched. You dont trust me, do you? I am an excellent teacher, you know? Even if youre talented, I dont know if that makes you a good teacher. Thats for the students to decide. Thats a good point, I guess. Sawada-sensei laughed and nodded. Sawada-senseis father looked at us in amazement. Oh? When I looked closely, I realized that all of the girls were beautiful! And the guys are handsome, too. Whats this? Are all the kids at your school like this? Hmm. All the students are like this. What kind of monster school is that? No, Father-san. I think so too. There are a lot of students with good personalities and have appearances that are beautiful or cool like Kaori and Ryo. Well, as you may have figured out from the conversation, Im Ries father, Ginji. Since youre here, Im going to treat you all to lunch. Eh? N-no. Were sorry for the trouble! Dont worry about it! Hey, Rie! Youre not busy anyway, right? Show them to the tatami room while Im making the food! Hmm, Im not busy, but thats because there are no customers. Shut up! C-certainly, there are a lot of people on the beach, but there are no customers here Is it possible that being just a little bit farther away from the beach can make such a difference? Sawada Senseis father Ginji-san shouted at her, but Sawada Sensei walked out of the reception area and came over to us. So thats it. Senseis family runs this beach house. Thats how I was forced to help out during the summer vacation if I was free. Of course, I dont get paid. I-I see? In other words, it doesnt pay as its an extension of helping out at home, so its not a side job. I dont know if thats really true, but its not something we can talk about. Kaori might be able to say something, though. Sawada-sensei led us to the tatami room, and after waiting for a while, Ginji-san brought us some food. Hey, youre all still growing up, right? Eat a lot, eat a lot! Yeah! What came out in front of us was a large bowl of yakisoba, the aroma of the sauce stimulating our appetite. When we took advantage of Ginji-sans kindness and tried the yakisoba, we were surprised at the taste. Delicious! Amazing I think Ive never had such delicious yakisoba before. *munch**munch*. The yakisoba we were served was delicious. Of course, eating yakisoba at a beach house, combined with the situation, might have made it taste better than usual. However, the yakisoba made by Ginji-san was even better than that. As everyone was absorbed in eating the yakisoba, Kaede muttered to herself. Why are there so few customers when its so good? Kaede. Ah! I-Im sorry! Kaede hurriedly apologized when Rin warned her in a dumbfounded manner. But Ginji-san didnt get angry about it as he smiled bitterly. Its okay; its okay. Its the truth anyway. Well, the location is bad. Its located at the edge of the beach, and when you compare it to the most crowded part of the beach, there are far fewer people here. Thats why we dont get many customers. Besides, Im pretty sure the store over there has a better variety of food than this one. I see Indeed, when I looked at the menu for Ginji-sans beach house, there were only curry and beer on the menu aside from yakisoba. I-its such a shame when the food is so good Its a pity. As Shingo-kun and Yukine said that, Sawada-sensei seemed to notice something and stood up. Right! Oh? Whats the matter, Rie? Senseis got a great idea. Good idea? We tilted our heads in confusion, but Sawada-sensei nodded confidently. Yeah, a good idea. Book 6: Chapter 2: Part 4 Part 4Okay, table three, two yakisoba noodles, please! Here, one glass of beer! S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. U-um, Two curries, please! Before we knew it, we were working at Ginji-sans beach house temporarily, which was different from our original purpose of playing on the beach. Sawada-senseis good idea was for us to work as helpers. I suddenly thought back to Sawada-senseis behavior at that time. Sawada-sensei said, There are some of the most beautiful men and women in the school here. So Id like to ask you to be our sales staff. S-sales staff? Of course, well pay you. With that in mind, we began our work here. Moreover, Ginji-san seemed to be somewhat troubled by the lack of customers, so when he asked us to help him, we took the job. Well, Ginji-san treated us to yakisoba. I also had a chance to taste his curry as well, which was also very tasty. So, I think Ginji-sans food will attract many repeat customers, and Im going to help him with that. As soon as we started working as wait staff, many male customers came to see the beautiful Kaori and the others, and thanks to the handsome Ryo and the cute little animal-like Shingo-kun, many female customers came as well. As the number of customers increased, Ginji-san was cooking at an incredible pace. Ahhhh! Thats a happy cry, oi! Oh, Dad, keep up the good work! Rie, you should at least be able to cook as well! However, since Sawada-sensei couldnt cook, she couldnt help Ginji-san. Instead, she was doing her best to wash the dishes. Ryo and I offered to help with the dishes, but Ginji-san said he would take care of that himself, so we put all our effort into carrying the food out. Two yakisoba and two beers, correct? .. U-um? Please shake my hand! Yes? Oh, thats not fair! Please take a picture with me! I got some weird orders like this quite often, but I think things were generally going well. As the number of customers increased, word of mouth seemed to spread, and eventually, enough customers came to fill Ginji-sans beach house. Arent all the waitresses here high level? The girls are super cute! And the boys are amazing too! I mean, is this some sort of event? The yakisoba is delicious, though! The curry is good too! I could hear the various customers voices, and it seemed that they didnt have anything bad to say. Ginji-sans food was delicious, wasnt it? Now I not only had to carry out the food, but also clean up the dishes after the customers left, and it was getting too much for me to handle. So I increased the number of dishes I carried at a time. H-hey, thats Eh, amazing How many could he carry? I put trays on my hands and arms, placed dishes on top of them, as well as stacked them on my head, and carried a considerable amount of after-dinner dishes. Its a lot of work, but my improved body had the balance and strength to carry it without difficulty. Im glad that Im useful in these areas. Tenjou. I need your help. Yes? Whats the matter? Were about to run out of food, so I need your help to buy more. You seem to have the most strength. I-is that so? What are you talking about? Youre the guy who wrestled a bear on the field trip, arent you? Thats right. So, while Sawada-sensei was taking me to buy food, an incident happened. U-um, please dont! Eehh? Come on, lets have some fun together. Yes, yes, well show you how to have fun. A group of male customers with tanned skin were grabbing Kaoris arms. Seeing that, Kaede, who was nearby, called out to them. Um, cant you stop doing that? Youre troubling her. Oh, youre cute, too! Yes, you can hang out with us, too! Come on, come on, lets bring your other friends. P-please stop! Hey, you guys. Ryo, who was nearby, tried to stop them, but one of the male customers, a muscular man, stood in his way. Dont get in our way. Im not interfering; Im telling you to stop. If you want me to stop, go ahead and try. What can you do, you skinny bastard? Huh? Kuh When one of the men surrounding Kaori and Kaede pushed Ryo away, he staggered heavily. Ryo was good at sports, and he was by no means frail. However, all of the men surrounding Kaori and the others were much more muscular and taller than Ryo, making them quite intimidating. In terms of the number of people, the situation was not good, and the atmosphere in the whole store was getting worse. Oh, excuse me, I need to pass by. Yu-Yuuya-san! Yuuya, who was just coming back from shopping for groceries, came back with both hands full of shopping bags. However, having just returned from shopping, Yuuya couldnt grasp the situation and headed to Kaori and the others without hesitation, as he had something to do. Excuse me. Please excuse me for a moment. Huh? One of the men furrowed his eyebrows in displeasure at the unabashedly approaching Yuuya. Hey you, cant you see that? We are having a nice conversation with these girls right now. Get lost. Huh? Oh, Im sorry. But were a little short-staffed, so we need these two to help us out Huh? You dont understand the situation, do you? Even if you say so Since Sawada-sensei, who returned earlier with more ingredients, the orders that had been stopped began to move and the store became hectic again. For the time being, the two of them have work to do, so Ill take them with me. Ill listen to what you have to say instead You, you just In order to stop Yuuya from taking Kaori and Kaede away, the man grabbed Yuuyas arm, but he didnt falter. Then, Kaori and Kaede were freed from the mans hands and immediately went into Ginjis store. Seeing this, Yuuya felt relieved for a moment, took a breath, and tried to head back as well to put down the bags in his hands. However, the men moved into a position to surround Yuuya. Hey, are you fucking kidding with us? Huh? E-eeh? W-whats. Shut the fuck up! Kyaaaaaaa! The other female customers shouted at the man who suddenly attacked Yuuya. But Yuuya, who was attacked by the man, was in a panic about something else entirely. (To suddenly attack me Its dangerous for the other customers and it will destroy the stores property too!) Not understanding the reason at all, Yuuya was just as confused about being attacked, but he was more worried about the customers around him than about being attacked, as the men went on a rampage. As he avoided one mans attack while thinking about that, the other men attacked Yuuya one after another. In order to do something, Yuuya tried to move but remembered that he still had the shopping bag in his hand. Realizing that he would not be able to move properly, he threw the shopping bag into the air and gently caught the mens fists and kicks, then straightened them all into an upright position and held them there. Just then, the shopping bag came back to Yuuyas hand. Huh? O-oh? The men didnt know what had happened and, for some reason, cocked their heads at the fact that they were standing upright. When Yuuya confirmed that there was no damage to the surrounding objects or customers and that the men were not injured, he took a breath. Um, please dont get violent. There are customers here The men came to their senses when Yuuya told the bewildered men and tried to attack him again, but O-oi, you. I thought it was so noisy when I was concentrating on cooking in the kitchen You people, what are you doing? Huh? Ah? Hyii!? Ginji was glaring at the men with anger on his stern face. His expression was so terrifying that all of the men who had been so energetic earlier were scared out of their wits. You youve got some nerve there. I wonder if youre ready to be chopped up and used as a filling for yakisoba? Huh? I-Im sorrrryyyyyyyy! The men ran out of the beach house with tears in their eyes because of Ginji, who did not look like a regular person. All of them, including the surrounding guests, were stunned by the scene, and Yuuya immediately bowed his head. Im sorry, Ginji-san. Thank you very much. Hmm? I didnt do anything. Are you guys okay? Y-yes! Were fine! Ryo-kun and Yuuya-kun helped us No, I didnt do anything. Yuuya was the one who saved you. I see Yuuya, youre amazing! When I looked closely, I could see that youve been working out like crazy Tenjou is one of the most physically gifted in our school. All of the P.E teachers were amazed. They said he could be in the Olympics. Thats just Ginjis cheeks twitched at the information provided by Sawada-sensei. And then the surrounding guests began to applaud. That was amazing! Yeah, yeah! It was like watching a scene from a movie! I mean, Ive only seen moves like that in the manga! It was so fast; I could barely understand it! Um, well, that Yuuya, who didnt expect to be praised, was bewildered by the reaction of the people around him. Ginji laughed at the situation and turned to his customers. Well, our waiter is awesome, right? Well, please continue to enjoy your meal. Thus, despite the troubles, Ginjis store, thanks to the hard work of Yuuya and the others, as well as Ginjis cooking, achieved the highest sales ever. Book 6: Chapter 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 After we finished our unplanned work at the beach house owned by Sawada-senseis family, we went back to the beach to have fun. At that time, Ryo and Shingo-kun were approached by women. Many people also approached me, probably because I stood out at Ginji-sans beach house, and that confused me. However, we didnt have to worry about anything happening to Kaori and the others again like at the beach house, thanks to the fact that we all stayed together as much as possible. Then we went back to the cottage for our dinner and to have a rest. In the meantime, I moved to a secluded place and went home to prepare dinner for Night and the others. Ouma-san seemed to have slept all day, and everyone stayed quietly at home. When I finished preparing Night and the others meal and snuck back to the cottage, Yukine brought a book with her from her room. Everyone, do you have a minute? Hmm? What is it? Yukine-san. When Kaori tilted her head, Yukine held out the book in her hand and proposed to us. Do you want to test your courage? A test of courage? Rin and Kaede seemed to have realized something especially Kaede, whose cheeks twitched. Yu-Yu-Yu-Yukine-chan? Are you serious about this test of courage? Im serious. Noooooooo! Ka-Kaede-san? We are confused by Kaedes loud shout at Yukines words. W-what happened to her? Then, Rin smiled bitterly and again told us about the occult research club that Yukine is a member of. So, is the test of courage related to that club activity? Its not just because of the club activities. But when I was researching the cottage area before coming here, I found a place that looked like a good place for a test of courage. So I just suggested it. A good place for a test of courage? Kaede continued to react loudly to Yukines words. Maybe shes not very good at ghosts and such Fortunately, Im not so bad at it, so Im fine. In a different world, I had fought with a ghost type monster called Wraith. I dont know if the ghosts in this world have the same characteristics as the monster called Wraith, though. I used to come here a lot with my father, but I didnt know there was such a place Yeah. There seems to be a pretty old shrine. When Yukine replied to Kaoris surprise, Ryo suddenly had a question and asked her. I understand that the shrine is the best place to test our courage, but is it open at night? It looks like its open. But you shouldnt make any noise. Just enjoy the atmosphere. Yeah, thats right. Even though its open even at night, causing a disturbance was out of the question. So, we should all go to the shrine. Kaede raised her hand when Yukine said that with an unusually rough snort. No, no! I dont want to! Lie. Kaede seemed to like it even though she said she didnt. Im not that weird. Its interesting, you know? Ryo-kun? I-Im also a little interested! Even Kaori? Kaede looked around as if she was looking for a friend, as if she didnt expect that there would be so many people interested in a test of courage. T-thats right! Shingo-kun? You dont want to do the test of courage, right? E-eeh? W-well Im sorry about that. I-Im also a little interested in it N-no way Kaedes face turns pale in despair. She seemed to be in a state of shock. Yu-Yuuya-kun, how about you? Eh, I-I was sorry, Im not that bad at it, so Uuugghh. I dont have any friends! Kaede groaned and got teary-eyed. I-Im sorry for what I said. Then, Rin laughed out loud at the sight of Kaede. Ahahahaha! Just give up, Kaede. Besides, the place we are going to is a shrine, you know? Isnt it rather safe? S-safe? You see, a shrine is a place where gods reside, right? There wont be any scary devils or ghosts there, you know? I-I wonder if its? Right. Rin said this to persuade Kaede, but is it really true that a shrine is safe? Although it is open at night, a shrine is like a home for the gods, right? Even humans would not like it if people came into their homes without permission in the middle of the night. I feel it would be somewhat wrong But if that is the case, wouldnt it be a nuisance to make a New Years Eve visit to the shrine? Kaede was about to be persuaded by Rins words, but then she noticed something and shook her head. Ha! B-but if I dont go, Id be safe to begin with! Tsk Rin-chan, why did you click your tongue? Geez, then, do you want to stay here? Huh? When Rins unexpected words surprised not only Kaede but also us, Rin grinned. Well simply go to the shrine to test our courage. If youre scared, you can wait for us here, Kaede. But youll be alone in this cottage, you know? Hyii! Kaede shrieked at Rins smile. Rin-san, you have said a terrible thing Then, Kaede shivered with tears in her eyes and finally screamed. Ri-Rin-chan, youre a demoooonnn! Ahahahahahahaha! Thus, Kaede will also participate in the test of courage. A-Are you okay? I-I-I-Im fine!? S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It doesnt sound like it, but As we approached the shrine, Kaede seemed to get more and more scared and was now clinging to my arm. At first, I was very nervous about Kaede clinging to me, but the way she clung to my arm and how she looked at me made me more worried than nervous. Um If youre so scared, do you want to go back to the cottage? Dont leave me aloneeeeeee! No, if youre going back, Ill stay with you But Kaede didnt seem to hear my words and kept walking while shaking her head. In the end, were going to go with everyone Then I noticed Kaori was watching Kaede and me. .. Kaori? Whats wrong? Huh? N-no, its nothing! Really? If its nothing, then its probably nothing. Ugh I should have been scared from the start too With that thought in mind, I turned my attention to Kaede, who continued to struggle with her fears, and did not notice Kaoris murmur. Yuuya. You are also a sinful man. Huh? I tilted my head when Rin said that in a meaningful way. Sinful, huh did I do something to offend anyone? As we moved forward following Yukine, we stopped when she stopped. This is our destination. Wow. Its huge. Y-yeah. And its pretty mysterious As Shingo-kun said, the shrine in front of us looked more mysterious than scary due to the fact that it was in the middle of a forest with the moonlight shining on the shrine. The beauty of the place made us admire it for a while. I didnt know there was a place like this nearby Its a nice place, regardless of whether this is a test of courage or not. Kaede thinks so too, doesnt she? U-Un. Its beautiful The mystical sight of the shrine seemed to make Kaede forget her fears, even if this was only temporarily. And then Yukine, who was also admiring the shrine and the surrounding atmosphere, muttered. Its beautiful. But it wasnt the right place for a test of courage. Well, thats okay. Thats how we got to see the beautiful scene. It was the moment when Rin was about to say so. I feel some mysterious presence. !? Suddenly, a woman slowly appeared from the shrine. The woman was dressed in a shrine maiden attire. Her glossy black hair was tied on both sides, and her bangs were neatly trimmed. Her eyes were lifted up, and she seemed to have a strong spirit. She looked to be about the same age as us, but she seemed to have a holy aura about her. When all of us were surprised by the shrine maidens sudden appearance, Kaede pointed at such a woman and exclaimed. Ggggggggggg-ghoooooooosssssttt! Eeeeehhh!? Wheres the ghost? The womans words were met with a look of disbelief. We came here to test our courage, so I can understand why Kaede might think shes a ghost. But no matter how you look at it, shes a shrine maiden of this shrine. The shrine maiden let out a sigh and looked over at us. Theres something strange going on here, so I came over to what? You dont look like worshippers, are you? Yukine answered the shrine maidens questioning expression straightforwardly. We came here to test our courage. Test your courage? Eh, youre ..? What is it? As soon as the shrine maiden gave Yukine a sharp look, she moved away from Yukine with an astonishing speed. ! Youre possessed by something outrageous! ? Something outrageous? How could you not notice? Oh, geez! Ill exorcise you right now! The shrine maiden then pulled out what looked like a talisman from out of nowhere. . Then, chanting something in a voice we couldnt hear, she threw the talisman at Yukines shadow! What the hell are you? Gu-gugyaa, gugiiiiii! !? Then, Yukines shadow suddenly swelled, and a black mist appeared. What the heck is this? This is not a different world. Yu-Yuuya-san, what is that Kaori, who also knows about the different worlds, had her eyes wide open, not expecting to see such a monster on Earth. Kaori and I were so surprised, but Kaedes surprise was probably even greater. W-wha No way? Hyiiii!? Yu-Yukine Have you done something again? While Kaede and the others are pale and trembling, Yukine doesnt seem to be too frightened. Is it a daily occurrence in the occult research club? I looked at Yukine, but she kept a straight face and nodded quietly. It surprised me. Dont you understand it? Rin immediately tsukomied her. I-Im glad to hear that I was wondering what I would do if someone told me that this was the norm With that in mind, the shrine maiden who threw the talisman that may have caused the monster to appear in front of her paled as she faced the monster. W-what on earth is this thing! Eh? It is neither an evil spirit nor a youkai Ive never seen such an evil being! It seems that this monster was unexpected even for the shrine maiden. Then the black mist began to change its shape as it looked around. The creature now stood on two legs, its entire body heaving with muscles. The claws and fangs were sharp, and the skin was black as if the shadows and darkness had become flesh. Eh? This is Gugi gugigiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! What? Kuh? E-everyone!? The moment the monster screamed a cry that cut through the air, Kaori and the others fell to their knees. I tried to pick up everyone in a hurry, but the monster threatened me, and I couldnt move as I wanted. What the heck is this thing! Then, the shrine maiden, who was the only one to get down on one knee, looked up at me in pain, and opened her eyes. H-how can you in this situation still remain unaffected! Or rather, theres also a hint of wickedness in you too! W-what do you mean by that I dont know what! Gugigigigi For me, it was as if everyone had suddenly collapsed due to the screaming of the monster in front of me. There was nothing wrong with my body. The monster seemed to be even more alarmed by the fact that I was not affected in any way. While I was confused by the situation, Kuro, who had been quietly sitting inside me all this time, called out to me with a big sigh. Fuwahh There was a strange presence, so I came to check it out Why is this guy here? Hey, Yuuya. This is the place called Earth, right? Yes, but Eh, Kuro! Do you know what this monster is? I know what it is; it is an existence that has failed to become an Evil. So, its an evil beast? When I listened back to the unfamiliar words I couldnt help but ask, the shrine maiden who was moaning in pain looked at me with a doubtful expression. ? Y-you who the heck are you talking to! Eh!? Oh, that Youre so careless, arent you? Oh well. Listen to me without talking. The evil beast in front of you is not a good thing either for you or for this world. I dont know why its in this place at all, but first of all, if you leave it alone, there will be some serious problems. said Kuro. Even if you say that it will cause a lot of trouble! The evil beast is so strong that its called the evil incarnation. Night and the others are not here right now Will I be able to handle this on my own? As I was feeling uneasy, the evil beast, which has been on guard for a long time, attacked me as if it had lost its nerves. Gugigigigi Gugigigyaaa! Ugh? T-thats dangerous! Gugiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! Uh? The shrine maiden tried to take out some kind of talisman again, probably to protect me from being attacked, but she couldnt move her body enough and ended up losing the talisman from her hand. I considered hurrying to avoid it, but I couldnt because Kaede and the others were just behind me. Then, my body, which naturally moved to fight back due to my training with Master Usagi, kicked the evil beast on the side of the head while half dodging its attack. Gugii? The evil beast took my kick and was blown away, hitting a nearby tree and slipping down. Gu-gugii I thought it was a decent kick, but youre still standing, huh? Even though I kicked it with all my might, the evil beast was still alive as it tried to stand up, though it looked like it was in pain. Although not completely, it still has the power of evil and is probably quite strong. If thats the case! At the moment when the evil beast hurriedly tried to retake its stance, the shrine maiden unexpectedly jumped out. She released a talisman at the evil beast. Get out of here! Gugyiigugyaa!? When the talisman touched the evil beast, it began to suffer. Then, it desperately tried to remove the talisman but was unable to do so. Finally it disappeared in a cloud of smoke. T-that talisman is or rather, who the heck is this shrine maiden? More importantly, how is Kaori and the others! I rushed over to Kaori and the others to check on their condition. Then, it seems that all of them are just asleep, which is a relief. Thank goodness Hey, you. Huh? When I turned my gaze towards the voice, I saw a languid-looking shrine maiden glaring at me. Why were you the only one who was safe? And can you explain to me the power that overwhelmed the monster earlier? Um I was at a loss for an answer, not knowing what to say. Book 6: Chapter 4: Part 1 Heres another chapter today sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 1 I was able to get permission for Kaori and the others who were still asleep to rest at the shrine, so I took advantage of the hospitality and carried everyone to bed. So? What was that all about earlier? After putting everyone to bed, I was interrogated by the shrine maiden like that. Um I dont even know what that thing was either Youre lying. You must have something to do with it, right? Otherwise, it wouldnt explain your power to defeat the monster earlier. Even if you say so When asked if that has anything to do with me, it seems that the monster is an evil beast that is a corruption of the evil from the other world, so I cant say that it has nothing to do with me. However, I have no idea why such a being appeared on this Earth. For a moment, I thought that the door to the other world in my house might be the reason why it came out of there. Still, it would have to break through the mysterious barrier covering Sage-sans house in the other world. More importantly, Night and Ouma-san would have noticed it though Ouma-san would likely have left it alone. With that in mind, the shrine maiden, who once again wore a serious expression, opened her mouth. I dont know exactly what, but there is a presence of evil in you, too. So, I will exorcise it. Eh? The sudden offer made me shout in a distracted voice. Do you mind? I dont know if youre aware of it or not, but I can feel the same evil presence in you as in that monster. So if I dont exorcise it right now, youll be in trouble again. Eh, no, thats Hey, is this woman trying to make me disappear? said Kuro. The shrine maidens words made Kuro, who was inside me, panicked. Certainly, the evil beast was extinguished with that talisman, and it may be effective for Kuro as well. Um, Its not like Im. Its okay! For now, take off your clothes for the exorcism. Why? I opened my eyes to the shrine maidens sudden request. Eh, taking off my clothes? I was confused, but the shrine maiden frowned unhappily. Can I? In order to exorcise that evil presence, we need to borrow power from the holy air that floats around the world. So, the more skin you expose, the easier it is for the holy spirit to enter. Thats why Im telling you to take off your clothes because theyre in the way. sea??h th§× novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Eeeeeehhh? Yuuya! You should never take off your clothes! said Kuro in a hurry. No, Im not taking my clothes off! Why not? I said, take them off! The shrine maiden finally took a hard line and tried to pull my clothes off! I know shes trying to be nice, but I dont want Kuro to be exorcised, and I dont want to take off my clothes either. Im stronger than her, but if I resist with all my might, I might injure the shrine maiden, and more importantly, my clothes will tear. W-what should I do with this? Oh, geez! Stop your useless resistance! N-nooooo! Help meeeee! Yuuya-san, what is going on here? Huh! When we were startled by the unexpected voice, Kaori was glaring at us with fierce eyes. Yuuya-san who is that woman over there? And why is it that Yuuya-san is undressed? Kaori was about to say that much, but she seemed to recognize my current appearance once again, and her face gradually turned red. Ka-Kaori! Its a misunderstanding; its a misunderstanding! T-thats right! Its not like Im doing anything wrong! The shrine maiden and I rushed to clear up Kaoris misunderstanding. Then Kaori, who managed to regain her calm after resolving the misunderstanding, looked around again. By the way where are we? We were supposed to have come to test our courage In response to Kaoris reaction, I couldnt help but look at the shrine maiden, who also had a puzzled expression on her face. No way, does she have no memory of meeting that evil beast? Then after Kaori, Kaede, Rin, and the others woke up, and everyone was confirmed to be safe. However, none of them seemed to remember anything about the evil beast. Seeing the reaction of Kaori and the others, the shrine maiden quietly approached me. It seems that everyone doesnt remember anything about that. Y-youre right. Phew I would really like to ask them some questions, but they dont seem to know much about that monster either, so theres no need to tell the rest about it. Im worried about what it might do to their body later, but Ive never seen anything like it before, and theres nothing I can do about it. Well, Ive been attacked in the same way, and theres nothing physically wrong with me, so I think everything will be fine Certainly, considering the fact that everyone suddenly fainted, it would be better to think of some kind of effect. For the time being, I checked the condition of everyone with the [Identification] skill, but I didnt see anything strange. Its okay. Anyway, if you learn anything from this, dont try to test your courage again; just leave quietly. Thats all the shrine maiden said as she turned to leave. W-wait, please! What? When I hastily stopped her, she looked at me with a slightly unhappy expression. But, undaunted by such a gaze, I opened my mouth. Um, Im sorry about this And thank you for letting Kaori and the others rest here. I dont mind, thats about right. But next time, you should be a little more careful. Yes well be careful. As we were about to leave, the shrine maiden unexpectedly called out to us. You! Huh? I-is it me? Yes. The shrine maiden looked at me closely and asked quietly. Whats your name? Eh? Oh, Im Yuuya Tenjou. Fumu Tenjou, right? As the shrine maiden muttered that to confirm, I couldnt help but ask her. Um, and you are? Mai Kagurazaka. Shrine maiden-san, or Kagurazaka-san said and turned her back on us once again. And then I have a feeling Ill be seeing you again at some point. Huh? Well then. That was all Kagurazaka-san said, and this time she left. After that, we went back to the cottage quietly and went to bed immediately. The next day, we made it back to our hometown safely. Well, the beach was fun! Y-yeah. It was fun to play with everyone. Though we were a bit confused when we were suddenly asked to help Sawada-senseis family! Thats true. I was more surprised about meeting Sawada-sensei at the beach. She was boing boing. Yu-Yukine-chan? Rin murmurs with a wry smile as she recalls her memories of the beach. Even so the fun time flies by so fast. Thats right I had a lot of fun playing with you guys too! Thank you very much! That should be our line, you know! Yeah. Thanks to Houjou-san, we were able to play with all our might like this. R-really? If you say so, its worth inviting everyone! But now that the beach is over, the summer vacation will continue for a while. Can we go out again somewhere? When I suddenly suggested this, Kaedes eyes lit up. Thats good, lets play, lets play! Ive already finished my summer homework, after all! Thats because I took care of it for you. Thank you very much for the help, hehe So, whats next, a summer festival? Oh, a festival! That sounds great. Yeah, yeah, yeah! Then lets have a festival next time! So, after promising to go to a summer festival, we parted ways this time. Then I went straight home too Im home! Woof! Youre back, welcome home. Buhi buhi! Mmm? You finally returned. Now, prepare the food. Im starving. Night and the others greeted me. In the past, it would have been hard to imagine. Playing with friends and having someone welcome you home like this. While enjoying such happiness, I prepared food for Night and the others. But as I prepared the food for them, I kept thinking about something. What is that monster the evil beast? Ive heard that its an incarnation of evil Whats more, how can it cross into this world? I asked Ouma-san about something that had been bothering me. Um, Ooma-san What is it? Im hungry now. Go ahead and make me some food! I want to eat curry! Y-yes. I was going to ask him about the evil beast that had crossed into this world, but as I was busy preparing the meal, I missed the chance to ask him. Book 6: Chapter 4: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 It was the next day after I came back from Kaoris vacation house. The summer vacation is still going on, so today, I was thinking of cleaning up my grandpas warehouse, which I hadnt done recently. Then, Ouma-san, Yuti, and others came to see me, as if they were interested in my grandpas warehouse. Hmm Ive always thought this place had a strange vibe, but looking at it again, I can feel it more strongly. Affirmative. Its strange. I-is that so? There are indeed many things in this room that grandpa acquired during his travels, all of which are of unknown use, but As I contemplated and tilted my head, Ouma-san let out a sigh of exasperation. Yuuya youre in a room with all this power swirling around you, and you dont feel a thing? Huh? Its not just one kind of power. Every single one of them has a power that I do not know. Who is this grandfather of yours anyway? W-well There are things that even Ouma-san doesnt understand Grandpa, what did you really have collected? I was going to clean it up now, but Im getting a little afraid to touch it. However, if I dont do it, it wont be finished anytime soon, so I start to sort it out. Ouma-san looked interested in the beginning, but he eventually got bored halfway through and went back to another room in the Earth house. Yuti also said she was going to practice archery and headed to the garden of Sage-sans house in the other world. Well, I was going to do it alone from the beginning, so that was fine. While sorting it out little by little, I also activated my[Identification]skill while I was at it Really, grandpa, where did you get these from? Some things, even with the[Identification]skill, I couldnt even tell the name of the item, let alone its effect. For example, I dont know what the principle of this thing is, but I cant tell the name, the effect, nor the material of this cubic stone (?) floating on a pedestal. No, really, why is it floating? Its not like its magnetic As I continued to sort through the items while activating[Identification]skill, I suddenly found something familiar. Huh? This looks like something a monk would carry, doesnt it? It was something calledKhakkhara, and in my mind, it was a thing that a monk would carry. Im not particularly surprised that such a thing would come out of nowhere in a world overflowing with things whose purpose is unknown, but it does make me curious. I thought that the[Identification]skill would not work on this one either, but this time it did. However [Heavenly Khakkhara], huh Its somewhat quite a bit of a thing, but what is it? This Exorcise is Whats more, there was only one word of effect written on it. I cant understand anything about this. What is it? This is This is similar to the talisman that Kagurazaka-san was using the other day? The other day, when an evil beast attacked me, I suddenly remembered that Kagurazaka-san, the shrine maiden I had met there, had used a talisman to kill the evil beast. I wondered if that was also a kind of exorcism? An item I dont understand? Is it a weapon? As I was bewildered in front of the unfamiliar item or weapon, I noticed Woof woof! Whats wrong? Night. Suddenly, Night barked, and as I wondered what was wrong, I felt the presence of several people following Night. ? What is it? I paused for a moment and put the Khakkhara I had in my hand in the item box, then headed for the garden of the other world house. There, I found Owen-san, Lexia-san, and the others. All of them walked quickly into Sage-sans garden. Hahhah We managed to get here somehow H-hey. Weve set foot in this Great Devils Nest many times already, but I still wonder how weve survived In any case, its thanks to that person, followed by Captain Owen, and Luna, who was appointed as Lexia-samas bodyguard, is also quite strong Rather, except for that person and the two of them, we do not have the ability to enter the Great Devils Nest properly The soldiers already have wounds on their bodies, and Owen-san and Luna are also out of breath. Although I looked around to see if anyone was hurt, fortunately, no one was fully injured, and I didnt need Akatsuki to lend me a hand. I dont know why Lexia-san and the others came to this place, but I think they had something to do with me, so I told Night and the others to rest at the Earth house for the time being. But I wondered who was that person the soldiers were talking about earlier. In the midst of all this, Lexia-san, the only one in good spirits, spotted me, and her eyes sparkled. S§×arch* The N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yuuya-sama! I came to see you! Wait Who is that girl? Huh? ? Yuti, who Lexia-san pointed out, tilted her head in wonder. Luna also nodded several times as she caught her breath at the sight of Lexia-san. Speaking of which, when capturing the first prince of Alceria, Rhaegar-sama, I mentioned that we were attacked, but I didnt tell Lexia-san or Luna who the attacker was Even so, I had already explained this to Owen-san and Arnold-sama when we were discussing Ouma-sans case the other day. Owen-san already knows about it, so when I explained to Lexia-san straightforwardly, including the introduction of Yuti, Lexia-san and others were troubled in their minds. Such a girl is a member of the Dark Guild that conspired with my brother Are there only girls in the Dark Guild? N-no, not really but Ive never seen this girl before either. And Im also surprised that shes a disciple of the Bow Saint Certainly I thought that the Holy was only in fairy tales In response to their reaction, Yuti tilted her head even more and said something outrageous. ? Unknown. Im not involved with the Dark Guild anymore. Huh? That seemed to be the first time Owen-san had heard of it, and everyone rolled their eyes. B-by the way, Lexia-sans words reminded me of the fact that Yuti is related to the Dark Guild More than that, the information that he is a disciple of the Bow Saint is more significant. Before. I tried to kill the people who killed my master. But it was the work of the Evil. So now I have no reason to kill humans. I still hate them, but I wont take that feeling out on people who arent related to me anymore. It seemed that Yuti had made up her mind about other humans in her own way, and unlike when she first attacked me, now she no longer thought of any human being as an enemy. This was probably due in large part to Kaori and the friends she had made at the school on Earth. It really was a good thing that I transferred Yuti to my school. Conclusion. Thats why Im not in contact with the Dark Guild anymore. Theres no need for it. Y-you mean you dont need them? What was your role in the Dark Guild anyway? A bouncer? I dont know why you made that as a question but the Dark Guild even hired bouncers, huh? Youre not a member of the guild like me, but you probably have connections with the upper echelons. No wonder I never see you Affirmative. I used to see him all the time; he seemed like a great guy. Owen-san, who was listening to Yuti, is pondering with a grim expression. In other words, there is no one in the Dark Guild that is as good as Yuti At the time, it was right after I found out that Yuti was a member of the Dark Guild, so I thought it would be very difficult to get rid of the Dark Guild This is something that I will have to tell His Majesty as soon as I get back to the royal capital. By the way, what brings you all here? I believe the road was dangerous According to Owen-san and the others, the place where this house is located is called the Great Devils Nest, and the people of this world rarely go near it, and it is not a place where you can come and go very easily. However, Owen-san and the others had come to such a place many times just to meet me. Theres no convenient item like a telephone, and theres no magic, so theres no way to contact me either. No, even if there were a phone, it wouldnt have been in my house. Oh, about that. (I protected them, you know.) Eh, Master Usagi? Apparently, Master Usagi was the one who escorted them to this house. Was it Master Usagi that the soldier was talking about earlier? What exactly happened? (What? As usual, I was on my way here to train you when I saw a rare human figure, which was unusual. And since they were struggling at the entrance to the Great Devils Nest, and it seemed they wanted to see you, so I brought them along.) I-I see? Its true that if Master Usagi had been escorting them, they would have been safe However, the soldiers were strangely tired of that, so I couldnt help but turn my attention to them. I-its too strict and more than double the usual training Being forced to go one-on-one with a goblin elite What kind of nightmare is that? If we try to escape, well get one hell of a kick in the ass Yeah Its good that were still alive! Master Usagi? (What? Im just giving them a little workout, thats all.) Is this normal in the Great Devils Nest? Hes a rabbit, and hes strong, I dont get it at all And hes speaking normal human language? Apparently, Owen-san and the others were tired because Master Usagi had trained them, and the soldiers were pale in the face. T-thank you for your hard work Owen-san coughed one to change the atmosphere. Ahem! By the way, the reason we came here today is. Oh, thats right! Yuuya-sama, lets go to the festival together! Book 6: Chapter 4: Part 3 Heres another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 Oh, thats right! Yuuya-sama, lets go to the festival together! Huh? Lexia. Thats too much to say, no matter what. When I raised my voice dumbly at Lexia-sans sudden words, she went on with a sparkle in her eyes. Its fine! This girl uh, Yuti, was it? Affirmative. I have a lot of questions I want to ask Yuuya-sama about Yuti, but! But its more important that you go to the festival with me! No, that doesnt explain anything Luna said tiredly at Lexia-sans state and then told me with a serious expression. The fact is, the Regal Kingdom, which has friendly relations with the Alceria Kingdom, is holding a national festival to celebrate its centennial. And Lexia is inviting you. Huh Well, its hard to say without checking my schedule And by the way, you cant say no to that. Why? It would indeed be difficult to refuse the request of the princess, Lexia-san, but? Its not that its difficult; its that its impossible because of my status. Im a commoner, you know. Despite my surprise, Owen-san explained it to me while holding his head. Ah Well, I am very sorry. Lexia-samas behavior has caused the Regal Kingdom to take an interest in Yuuya-dono. Yes? W-why me? What can I say? Im just an ordinary person. Thats not true. You dont have to deny it all at once like that Yuuya. Lexia and I just learned about it in the Regal Kingdom. I heard that you tamed a legendary dragon, didnt you? Oh, you mean Ouma-san? Its not that I tamed him; its that it was a coincidence You should have realized something was wrong at that point. S-surely! No, Id completely lost my senses! Im starting to forget that Ouma-san is a legendary dragon. After all, hes either sleeping or eating all day long. When he first came to Earth, he was interested in my textbooks and books about Earth, but he seems to have gotten bored with them. I need to buy a TV so that he wont be bored anymore. Im really sorry that he cant go around the Earth freely Sigh Anyway, the Regal Kingdom has taken an interest in you. The king of Regal is very interested in you, and we made a promise to him. Eh? What promise? The king wanted you to participate in a tournament in front of the people at the founding festival. What about my will? A tournament, you say? Its that, right? Its where martial artists show off their skills in front of important people. And they will fight each other, right? Why am I involved in such a situation? Lexia-san averted her gaze somewhat awkwardly at the dumbfounded me. U-um The king of that country said that Yuuya-sama is weaker than the Sword Saint Huh? (Little girl. Did you just say Sword Saint?) Master Usagi, who until then seemed uninterested, reacted to Lexia-sans words and asked with a slightly surprised look. However, Lexia-san seemed to be more bothered by Master Usagis words than that. W-who are you call little girl? In the first place, who are you? Youre a bit stronger than Owen and the others, and just because you can speak human language, dont get carried away! (What is it, Yuuya? Didnt you tell these people about me?) Eh? Ah if you ask me that or rather, why Master Usagi didnt tell them your name himself? (I did name myself. Its Usagi.) Can that be called a name? When Master Usagi said that, I tilted my head. W-well, hes telling the truth, but hes not teaching them anything important like hes a Kicking Saint or anything like that. So, thinking about it again, we were being protected without really knowing this person. Since the rabbit suddenly spoke to us and had a power that we could not match, we were forced to follow him quietly Owen-san also muttered in astonishment. Master Usagi can be very forceful. It cant be helped. I awkwardly introduced Master Usagi. Um this is my master, Master Usagi. He is the holder of the titles of Kicking Saint and Ear Saint. Eh? sea??h th§× Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. What? T-this person? Yuuya, how much more do you want to surprise us? When Lexia and the others found out that Master Usagi was a Holy, their eyes widened, and they froze. According to Owen-sans story, just like Ouma-san, Holy is existence in fairy tales that is beyond admiration When I was thinking about that, Master Usagi tilted his head in wonder. (What, you havent fully introduced me yet.) Eh? What else do I have to introduce? (Its true that Im teaching Yuuya the art of fighting, but at the same time, Im also learning magic from Yuuya. In other words, we are both master and apprentice, are we not?) Ah Eeeeehhhhhh Empathy. I agree. Yuuya is quite crazy. Its not only Lexia-san and the others, but even the soldiers who were listening in the back were startled out loud by Master Usagis words. N-no, I can understand being a disciple of the Holy, but Hey, hey, you dont know what a disciple of the Holy means, do you? A disciple and master of the Holy, the master of the legendary dragon who the hell exactly is this Yuuya-dono? I feel that various things are being mentioned about me, but all of them are force majeure! Master Usagi rescued me when I was in a pinch, and I owe him a debt of gratitude, but it wasnt long before I became his disciple and then his master. I have so many things to say, but Master Usagis words completely misunderstood me as an extraordinary person. Not caring about my feelings, Master Usagi smiled fearlessly at Lexia-san. (So, thats why. Do you understand now? Little girl.) U-ugh As expected, when shes dealing with Master Usagi, she has to admit that shes been called a little girl. In fact, I dont know how long Master Usagi has been alive, but hes the best aside from Ouma-san Then Master Usagis smile disappeared, and his expression became serious, and he looked at Lexia-san again. (Now, enough with the teasing. Ill ask you one more time, is there really the Sword Saint in the Regal Kingdom?) Y-yes. Thats what the king over there said. Then, the king heard about Yuuya-samas greatness and said that the Sword Saint was greater than Yuuya-sama! So I denied it, and before I knew it Lexia-sans end of the sentence gradually disappeared. She was really taken for a ride by the king of the Regal Kingdom But this is all there is to it. I dont know why Lexia-san thought that I was stronger than the Sword Saint, but the Sword Saint is the same as Master Usagi, right? I cant even beat Yuti, who was only a disciple, so how could I possibly compete with the Sword Saint? Um, I am sorry. This is only a preliminary match, right? So I will. (You should participate.) Eh? I couldnt help but stare at Master Usagi. Um Master Usagi? What did you just say? I broke out in a cold sweat and asked him again, thinking he was just kidding. Um what did you say? (Didnt you hear me? I told you to participate. You cant refuse it. Its masters order.) Isnt that too arrogant? I couldnt help but exclaim when he said that to me. However, Master Usagi crossed his arms and smirked. (If there really is the Sword Saint in that country, its convenient for me as well. I also need to consult with her about the Evil. But more than that, its perfect for your training.) Eh? (I can teach you how to kick, but I cant teach you how to use a sword. Your fighting style is a mixture of hand-to-hand fighting and a variety of weapons such as swords and spears. So you need to learn to use a sword, right?) Thats, well As Master Usagi said, if anything, I mainly fight using the weapons left behind by Sage-san, such as the [Omni-Sword] and the [Absolute Spear]. Of course, I also do some fighting, including kicking, which I learned from Master Usagi. At my slurred speech, Master Usagi gave me a serious look. (No matter what you think, Evil will no longer let you go. I feel bad that I got you involved in the battle with the Evil, as you are not officially the heir to the Holy. But theres nothing I can do about it. Thats why its my mission to train you so that you can survive as long as possible.) Master Usagi As I thought during the attack on Yuti, I really dont have enough power to live safely in this world. I still regret that when the Fist Saint attacked Master Usagi, I couldnt move properly with my own strength. According to Master Usagi and Yuti, the power of Kuro the Evil inside of me could have defeated him, but the reality is that I couldnt even handle it properly. If I were to become a danger not only to Master Usagi, Yuti, Night, and the others but also to Kaori and the others on Earth, I would never be able to forgive myself. So I have no choice but to get the power so that I can stay safe in this world without relying on Evils power. Are they talking about something outrageous? Lets pretend we didnt hear that. Then, behind me, Lexia-san and the others talked about something, but I didnt pay attention to them now, and finally, I nodded once. I understand. Fortunately, I have some time now, and I dont know how far this will go, but I will accept it. R-really? Thats great! Right, Luna? Y-yeah. But are you sure you want to do this? Yes. But, as I said, Im not as good as Lexia-san expects me to be, so if you can take that with a grain of salt When I said that confidently, Master Usagi smiled ferociously. (Then, I will continue to train you so that you can compete with the Sword Saint at least a little.) Eh? (Little girl. When is this national festival?) Huh? Oh, lets see Its in a week, but (A week Its so short, but Ill make you better than now. Are you ready for that?) Yeah I was trembling with fear, wondering what kind of hellish training awaited me in the week leading up to the national festival. While Yuuya was receiving training from Master Usagi in preparation for his match against the Sword Saint, the young boy Evil and the two Fallen Saints were talking in the Orz Forest in Regal Country. Aah~, I cant wait to go on a rampage! I want to mess up the Sword Saint and hear her scream! Gugyaaaaaaa!? Guruooooooo! The boy with the shining eyes, Evil, was taking out his stress of not being able to attack the Regal Country in front of him on the monsters around him. All of them were A-class or S-class monsters, and they were not the kind that could be easily defeated. However, to the boys Evil, there was no difference in the monsters existence, and he recognized them all as equally weak. Hey, hey, hey! You have to help me pass the time! G-gaaaaah! G-gugee As soon as a black mist seemed to erupt from the boys Evil body, it turned into countless sharp blades that pierced the monsters body or sliced through its flesh. Because the monsters were classified as A-class or S-class, their defenses were not ordinary. Still, the boys Evil attacks easily penetrated the monsters defenses and reaped their lives. The corpses of some of the monsters had already been killed and were being cut up for comfort, and before the boy knew it, a pile of monster corpses had formed around him, and the smell of blood filled the air around him. Then, while the boys Evil was killing and playing with the monsters, the Fallen Spear Saint called out to the boys Evil. Can I have your attention for a moment, sir? Hmm~? Whats the matter? Ive heard that when I went to check on the situation in the Regal Kingdom a while ago it seems that the Sword Saint is also thinning out the monsters in this forest. Huh~! Is that so? So, if you move too flamboyantly, there is a risk that our movements will be detected. It was the spears Fallen Saint who almost said that much, but he couldnt come up with the next word. Suddenly, the overwhelming killing intent that came from the boys Evil made his body unable to move. Hey, why are you the one telling me what to do? I-a a ugh Although he desperately tried to move his mouth to say something, the spears Fallen Saint was unable to speak. Originally, if Holy is against the Evil, not only will their status be fully released, but they will be able to fight Evil with double stats. However, even if the two of them were to attack the boy in front of him, he was sure that neither of them would be able to inflict a single scratch on him. This is the reason why he descended on the Evil as the Fallen Saint because there was such a difference in their abilities, and they had made it clear. Not only the spears Fallen Saint but also the scythes Fallen Saint are stiffened by the killing intent emitted by the boys Evil. It looked like youre getting carried away, but youre just pawns for us. You are a slave. Do you understand? .. A slave expressing their opinion to their master is just disgusting. As the boys Evil waved his arm irritably, a jet-black surge shot out from his arm, wiping out a large portion of the Orz Forest. A huge crater was created there. Suddenly, the boys Evil softened the atmosphere as The Fallen Saints bodies stiffened more and more from the sheer magnitude. Well, I dont care if the Sword Saint finds me here and we fight, but that wouldnt be much fun, would it? Ive done it again, but as you said, Ill be quiet from now on. As for me, I want to hear the best screams in the most fun scenes! The boys Evil smiled innocently and thought about the upcoming national festival. Thus, a variety of thoughts were converging on the Regal Kingdom. Book 6: Chapter 5: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 This is the Regal Kingdom! Oh! Its lively. Woof! Fugo~. Hmm, its noisy. A week later, I met up with Lexia-san and the others who had come to pick me up again at the entrance of the Great Devils Nest, and we now arrived at the Regal Kingdom, which was in a festive mood for its 100th anniversary. In this trip, the distance was not as short as the one to the royal capital of the Alceria Kingdom, which could be reached in a day. We had to camp and pass through several villages along the way That alone was a rare experience and was very refreshing. Of course, I could get home with teleport magic instead of camping out, but its very dangerous for anyone aside from Lexia-san and Luna to find out about my teleportation magic, so I camped out like everyone else and made it safely into the Regal Kingdom. The city was still as lively as the Alceria Kingdom, but the atmosphere was very different. The biggest difference would be the large number of people in robes there was a large number of people doing business using magic. For example, there were people who used magic for street performances such as manipulating many fireballs at once, or people who were shopping and their purchases were floating in the air carried by some kind of membrane of wind. I got the impression that magic was used a lot in daily life. When I asked Lexia-san, she explained to me that magic research was overwhelmingly active in the Regal Kingdom compared to other countries, which was apparent from the city. That makes sense. By the way, when I toured the Alceria Kingdom with Lexia-san and the others before, she was dressed inconspicuously to hide from the public, but now she was properly dressed in luxurious clothes fitting of a princess. The people in town looked at her from a distance, but they didnt call out to her, nor did they give her an unnecessarily welcoming mood. Perhaps, they dont realize that she was the princess of the Alceria Kingdom. I dont know for sure, but unless you go out officially, is this how people in town react? Im grateful for that now. So many people. Woof. Fugo. Hmm noisy. As I looked around unconsciously at my surroundings, Lexia-san asked me in wonder. Speaking of which, where is your master, Yuuya-sama? Eh? Oh, that reminds me He said he was going to see the Sword Saint. Ouma-san said this while staring depressingly at the crowd. Then, seeing the situation, Lexia-san and Luna twitched their cheeks. T-thinking about it again, its hard to believe that this little dragon is the legendary dragon Items that allow you to change the size of your body are extremely rare on their own, but using it on a legendary dragon is even more so When they came to tell me about todays match in the Regal Kingdom, Lexia-san and the others did not meet Ouma-san, so just before we headed for this country, they met him for the first time. When they looked at the small Ouma-san, it seemed that they couldnt believe that he was the legendary dragon, so there was a bit of an argument right before we left, which ended with Ouma-san getting annoyed and tried to enlarge himself. Anyway, according to Ouma-sans story, Master Usagi seems to have left to meet the Sword Saint first but is it possible to meet the Sword Saint without being guided by anyone? Or perhaps, since they are both Holy, they can recognize each other when they are nearby? As I was thinking about that, Lexia-san suddenly held me by the arm. Le-Lexia-san!? More importantly, since weve come all this way, lets take a look around the royal capital! I-its okay, but your chest is I hit it! You hit it!? I didnt think it would be said so openly by such a dignified person, so I just retort on it. Then, Luna rebuked Lexia-san for that. Hey, Lexia. Youre a princess, arent you? Dont be so loose. Ara, Im a woman before Im a princess, you know? Or maybe, Luna, are you jealous of me? Ugh! Luna groaned, her face reddening at Lexia-sans words. T-theres no way that could be! Then you should just be quiet. Im going to have a great time touring the festival with Yuuya-sama! You should just escort us from behind. Gugugugu! Uhm, Lexia-san? And Luna too Yuuya! Y-yes? When Luna suddenly called out, I straightened my back and replied, and Luna quickly took my arm on the opposite side of Lexia-sans! Lu-Luna-san? I-Ill go around the festival with Yuuya too! What? What about the escort? Lexia. Im a woman too before Im a guard, you know? Ugh! For some reason, Luna had a triumphant expression on her face. In contrast, Lexia-san showed a frustrated expression. Um my thoughts were completely stopped by the unbelievable situation of having both of my arms grabbed by the girls. Lexia-san was the one who asked me to marry her, and Luna was the one who gave me um a kiss. It would be impossible not to be concerned about it. First of all, there are not only Yuuya here, but also the legendary dragon, Yuti, Night and Akatsuki. What safer place could there be? T-thats It was true that theres no safer place than here with Ouma-san and the others present. I dont know if Ouma-san would be willing to protect us though. This is probably why Owen-san and the other soldiers were escorting from a little distance away. Now, Yuuya. Lets take a look around here. Ah, wait! Yuuya-sama, lets go over here! Whoaa! I was pulled by both arms and led around by Lexia-san and Luna. Looking at me like that, Ouma-san muttered in a dumbfounded manner. Unexpectedly, his greatest enemy may not be the Evil, but women. ? Question. Then how could he beat me? Hmm. Its not about biological things like that Even the sage was not good with this kind of situation. He also had a hard time with women. When I think about it, he and Yuuya are looking more and more alike I had no way of knowing that such a conversation was taking place behind me. A match in front of a king, huh In a distinguished guest room in the Regal Kingdom, the Sword Saint Iris was resting with a sigh. The work of thinning out the monsters in the Orz Forest was over, and now the king, Orghis, had requested for her to take a rest in preparation for the match. Why should I participate in the match But maybe I can meet a man who is stronger than me? As a condition of her marriage, Iris was looking for a man who was stronger than her. Her eyes lit up but soon a gloomy expression returned. No, its a vain hope. Ive been looking all over for a man, and Ive never met one, its not going to be this easy to find one. Sigh (Hmm. Its rare to see the Sword Saint sighing.) ! Usagi? When Iris was suddenly called to, she turned her gaze in that direction and saw a rabbit standing quietly on the balcony of the guest room. (Its been a while, Iris.) Yes, its been a while. Its unusual for you to come to a place where there are so many people. Is there something wrong? (Well, yes. I had some business to attend to in this country. First of all, I came to your place to exchange information as well as to give you a brief update.) I see Okay, come on in. I will prepare a cup of tea for you now. The rabbit was invited in and looked around the guest room curiously. (Is there no servant for such a luxurious room?) I turned that down. I can take care of myself, and more than anything, they distract me. (I see. More importantly, was it okay to invite me in without permission?) Just come in now Its okay. Above all, you are also an existence that bears the name Holy, so I think you are rather welcomed, dont you? (Hmm. Human nature is really simple to understand.) Oh, if you put it that way, Im also human. (An existence that bears the name Holy is no longer an ordinary human being.) Thats terrible; it sounds like Im a monster After preparing tea for the two of them, Iris sat down in front of the rabbit and asked again. So? You came all the way to see me, and I wonder if something happened? (The Fist Saint has fallen to the Evil.) ! I see. Iris quietly opened her mouth and took a sip of tea. I was able to predict it because of the information I received to some extent. (Yeah. Everyone knew that he was the most uncontrollable of all the Holy. Thats why it wasnt too surprising that he fell into Evil. But he used his power to start hunting other Holy ones.) I see. So thats why we lost contact with many of them. For a moment, a sad expression appeared on her face, but she soon said this in a calm tone. But even if the Fist Saint has fallen into the Evil, there are still some Holy who could stop the Fist Saint from going out of control, right? For example, the Bow Saint is (She was killed by humans.) What? Iris was taken aback by the rabbits words. Holy is an existence that protects human beings from Evil. Yet, she was killed by humans, the object of her protection. It was difficult not to be surprised. W-what do you mean? That girl who loved humans the most was killed by humans (Yeah. But it was the Evil who made it work that way. The humans instigated by the Evil killed the Bow Saint.) Is that so? Thats why I thought Id seen a lot of Evil Beasts lately (Are there a lot of them?) Yes. I had a vague idea about the Evil Beasts from the information of the Fist Saint and the situation of the other Holy, but the fact that the Evil Beasts have sprung up means that they are starting to move in full scale. (I guess. The fact that Evil Beasts are popping up everywhere is proof of how much negative power is pouring out. Its only a matter of time before we have to move.) So, do you know how many Holy are left? When Iris asked him that, Usagi made a pained expression. (Im not sure. It seems that Magic Saint is still alive but the others were either hunted by the Fist Saint or fell into the Evil as well.) As I thought, there are other Holy who have fallen to the Evil Iris, who knew the information but did not want to believe it, let out a sigh of regret. After talking that much, Iris realized something. Come to think of it you said you had business in this country, but were you also invited by the King of Regal? I thought you were a Holy who was not good at interacting with humans (Oh, is that what you think?) The rabbits smiled at Iriss words. (Youre going to have a match today, arent you?) Eh? But how do you know that? What? No way, that opponent is you? (No. Unfortunately not.) So if its not you, then whos it going to be? I havent heard any details about the opponent yet but if I may say so, I dont think there is anyone who can compete with me properly. (Dont worry. Youre dealing with an extraordinary talent.) Wait a minute. Why are you talking like you know about my opponent? (Thats because your opponent is my disciple.) ! The rabbits words caused Iris to widen her eyes. S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Your disciple, you say? Did you take a disciple? It seems to me that youre the most unlikely person to take a disciple, along with the Fist Saint. With Iriss honest impression, the rabbit averts its gaze grimly. (Hmm. You thought of me as the same as the Fist Saint, huh? But Well, I can understand how you feel about that. Im training him because I think hed be an excellent disciple for me.) You praise him so much This disciple of yours seems to be quite strong, doesnt he? (Hmm Well, you can look forward to it. If youre not careful, you could be tripped up.) I see. Ill keep that in mind. After exchanging information that way, Iris, curious about the rabbits disciple, moved to the arena to watch the fighting competition before her match. Book 6: Chapter 5: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 What an amazing crowd After Lexia-san and Luna took us around the city and enjoyed various things, we came to the arena where the match would be held. It seemed that a fighting tournament was being held before the main event, the grand match, and we decided to watch it. However, as soon as the tournament was over, we entered the arena through the back entrance instead of the regular entrance to immediately prepare for the main event. When the arena attendant saw Lexia-san, he led us to a room. It was a room with a massive wooden door, and the decorations were quite luxurious, but I wondered who was inside. His Majesty is waiting for you here. Eh? Very well. To my surprise, it seemed that the king of Regal was in the room, and I panicked at the sudden meeting with the king. W-wait a minute! Im not wearing any formal attire! Dont worry! Yuuya-sama is already a noble even if hes not wearing anything! That doesnt sound like a reason, does it? What does it mean to be noble even if Im not wearing anything? Its not just me, but theres also Yuti, Night, and the others along with me. Luna opened her mouth in a dumbfounded manner, perhaps sensing my concern. Well, I guess everything will be fine. If I may say so, Yuuya was caught up in their convenience. I dont think hes going to get upset over something like this. I-is that so? Suggestion. If he gets mad at you, just leave. That would be even worse! What should I do? Im so nervous! As I panicked, the attendant who had shown us in knocked on the door, and I heard a voice from inside saying that we were allowed to enter. The attendant opened the door, and Lexia-san walked proudly inside. I also hurriedly entered the room while bowing to the attendant who was opening the door for me. Inside the room, there were two cool middle-aged men who looked like foreign actors and a woman in a dress about our age waiting for us. All of us entered the room, but Owen-san and the other soldiers seemed to be waiting outside the room and didnt come in. Well, I suppose since were going to meet the king of another country, they must look intimidating or have some other reason I dont understand. Still, Luna was there, so Lexia-sans escort was in place. Then, a man in exceptionally luxurious clothes welcomes us with open arms. Oh, Lexia-dono! Nice to see you again. Yes, it seems that Orghis-sama has not changed at all While I was completely deflated by the rooms atmosphere, Lexia-san and a person who looked like the King of Regal (?) started the conversation with a smile. However, although the conversation seemed to be friendly, I felt a sense of dread. Luna, as Lexia-sans bodyguard, was standing in the rear, and Night was quiet as usual. Akatsuki and Ouma-san were the only ones who looked bored and were sighing. Yuti looked around curiously as if this room was something unusual, and I was the only one who seemed to be nervous about the situation. Oh, thats strange. Is it weird that Im this nervous? I was frozen in place, but I suddenly felt a gaze on me, and when I turned my head in that direction, I saw the woman in a dress staring blankly at me. U-um is there something wrong? Huh? N-no, its nothing! I-I see My mind almost went blank thinking I had done something wrong, but apparently I had not. If so, why was she watching me? Ah, its probably because she doesnt know who I am, it seems that might be the reason. When I was convinced that way, the man who was conversing with Lexia-san turned his attention to me. Speaking of which is that gentleman? It seems he has a lot of companions with him Yes, thats right. This is my fiance, Yuuya-sama! Eh? Fiance? It was true that she had asked me to marry her, but I refused before. Luna then opened her mouth with a dumbfounded look. Lexia. Dont annoy Yuuya too much. Thats fine! You win when you say it! Thats just a pity. Im sorry, Lexia-san. I think Luna is right, too I bowed my head and introduced myself to the man who was stunned by Lexia-sans words. Im Yuuya Tenjou. Introduction. Im Yuti. After me, Yuti said briefly. I went on to introduce Night and the others as well. These are my family members, Night, Akatsuki, and Ouma-san. Woof! Fugo! Hmph Night barked interestingly, but Akatsuki waved one of his paws indifferently. Ouma-san didnt even move from his prone position. Before I could rush to warn Ouma-san and Akatsuki, the man opened his mouth in surprise. T-this is the first time Ive seen a dragon that speaks human language Ive heard the rumors, but I never thought you really tamed the Ancient Dragon. Eh? When the man said the word Ancient Dragon, I couldnt help but tilt my head. What are you saying? . The next moment, a tremendous amount of intimidation took over the room. It was pressure that came from Ouma-san and was directed at the man in front of me. Nevertheless, all the glass in the room was broken, and the walls even cracked. T-the pressure alone can affect the surroundings to this extent However, for the man who seemed to be the king, the other man, and the woman in the dress who were directly being subjected to the pressure, their faces were white beyond blue, and they were shaking. I will ask you again. What do you call me just now? Ah, thats I froze in surprise, not expecting such a sudden release of pressure, but I hurriedly called out to Ouma-san. O-Ouma-san, stop! You cant do that! Yuuya, why are you stopping me? Theyve lumped me in with the likes of those Ancient Dragon. How can I allow them to insult me like that? No, I dont know what this Ancient Dragon is anyway No way! You have to know at least that! Ouma-san opened his eyes and stared at me as if he couldnt believe what I was saying. At that point, the pressure that had dominated the room earlier disappeared, and the people who had been liberated by the pressure fell to their knees on the ground, panting desperately for breath. Oh, sorry, I am so sorry! I hurriedly approached them, lending them my shoulder and asking them to sit on the chairs in the room. Then, apparently dissatisfied with my words, Ouma-san started to complain. Hey, Yuya. Why are you apologizing? I dont know what was so unpleasant for you, Ouma-san, but if you felt insulted, then it must be the truth that it was so unpleasant for you. But the pressure Ouma-san applied was too much for a normal person to endure, you know? Besides, everyone is meeting Ouma-san for the first time today, so its natural that they dont know about you. Thats why Im apologizing to everyone for not being able to stop Ouma-san. Ugugu Ouma groaned at my words and lay down again, looking dejected. However Im sorry then. Yes, he uttered a single word of apology. The man, who seemed to have finally caught his breath, opened his mouth with a tense look on his face. M-me too I am very sorry it seems that the story about the Genesis Dragon is true Yes. Im not the same as those small fries. You should be aware of that. Eh, an Ancient Dragon is considered a small fry The other man muttered in a shaky voice. Im not sure, but it seems that for Ouma-san, the Ancient Dragon is weak, but for humans, its a tremendous existence. Well, dragons cant be considered weak; on the contrary, Ouma-san is too strong. As I was thinking about this, a woman in a dress opened her mouth with her eyes wide open. B-but the legendary dragon was supposed to have been defeated by the Sage in the legend Layla! The man hurriedly chastised her for her stupefied speech. Did she say Sage just now? When I was surprised by the womans words, Ouma-san averted his gaze awkwardly. I was just in the middle of a youthful rage when he beat me up and stopped me. From that point on, I stayed quiet, and thats probably why everyone is talking about me being defeated. It is true that when I met Ouma-san, he said something like that. The other men were stunned by Ouma-sans explanation, but then a man in gorgeous clothes laughed out loud. Hahahahahaha! I didnt know that! I see. It seems that the Sage in the legend was an extraordinary person, wasnt he? Hmph thats right. I dont think there will be a better person than him. Or maybe. Hmm? For some reason, Ouma-san turned his gaze to me when he was about to say that much. What is it? Then he just laughed at me and said nothing. What is it, really? Then the man in the gorgeous clothes cleared his throat. Ahem. Now, we havent introduced ourselves yet. I am Orghis, the King of Regal. The man over here is the Prime Minister, Royle. And this is my daughter, Layla. Ah, hello I involuntarily gave the two of them an elegant bow and bailed them out. Its not good. Im not sure I have enough manners or class! No, however Yuuya-dono does not seem to be from around here from the sound of his name, but Yuuya-dono is quite a man, isnt he? I-is that so? No, no, you have a legendary dragon with you. If this isnt outstanding, who would you call it? Haha Is that really the case? Its not that Ouma-san wanted to be tamed by me; its just that I happened to tame him S§×arch* The novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thinking about that, the King of the Regal Kingdom Orghis-sama, gave me a sharp look. If this is the case, there is no need to worry when the Evil attacks, right? Eh? No, um I dont think that Ouma-san is going to help us fight the Evil Huh? Hearing my words, not only Orghis-sama but also Royle-san and Layla-sama froze. On the other hand, Lexia-san and the others are also surprised. W-what does that mean? In other words, the legendary dragon Ouma-sama, is not going to lend us a hand? Um While Orghis-sama flinched with a menacing look from Ouma-san, Ouma-san then snickered and opened his mouth. Hmph. Humans are so daring. Im not interested in the Holy or the Evil. You can deal with it on your own. Thats what he said No way Orghis-sama muttered regretfully from the bottom of his heart and sat down helplessly. Although I understand how he feels, it is also true that it has nothing to do with Ouma-san. Although it seems that if he wanted to, he could destroy both the Holy and the Evil, but its not that he himself is being attacked. And from his point of view, hes probably not interested in the existence of humans themselves. If thats the case, the concern about the conflict between the Holy and the Evil is completely for the humans convenience, and it would be strange to involve Ouma-san in it. Well, to be honest, Id be happy if he could help us, but if he doesnt want to, I cant force him. When Orghis-sama and the others were in a darker mood than expected, Lexia-san finally couldnt hold back and spoke up. Youve been talking like this is a fairy tale for a while now, but what do you mean when you say the Evil is going to attack? I see. We have heard about it from the Sword Saint, so we know about it to some extent, but Lexia-dono and the others still dont know about it. Orghis-sama said so quietly. The world is in a crisis right now. I also thought it was only in fairy tales, but the existence of Evil is threatening the world now Evil? Yes. Have you ever heard of the Holy and the Evil? Yes, well Ive heard it in legends, too. I have heard that the Evil, which is a collection of the negative aspects of humanity, and the Holy, which protects humanity from the Evil, have been fighting for a long time Youre right. And they are not just fairy tales; they are actual stories. No way And from what Ive heard from the Sword Saint, it seems that the Evil is on the move again and is trying to attack us, humans. Affirmative. Its true. Yes, it is. I woke up because I was hungry and also because the smell of the Holy and Evil was too intense. Not only did Yuti say that, but Ouma-san also confirmed that and Lexia-san and the others had no choice but to believe it. Then, while Yuti said with great confidence, Orghis-sama tilted his head in wonder. Um Yuti, was it? You said it quite confidently; what is your basis? Foolish question. Im a disciple of the Bow Saint. So I know. What? Ah, Im also a disciple of the Kicking Saint. Eeeeeehhhh!? When I told them that, Orghis-sama and Royle-san, and Layla-sama raised their voices in surprise. N-not only you have a legendary dragon with you, but youre also a disciple of the Holy? W-what an extraordinary person .. While everyone was staring at me, Lexia-san, for some reason, was the only one who seemed to be proud. Thats right! Yuuya-sama is amazing! No, why are you so proud? Because Im his wife! No, youre not! Shes been promoted herself from my fiance to my wife! I could only be amazed at how flexible Lexia-san was. I see If hes this good, its no wonder that Yuuya-dono is as powerful as Sword Saint-dono. Right? But, the Sword Saint is also a monster, you know? Well, Yuuya-dono is a disciple of the Kicking Saint, and I think I dont need to tell you how powerful the Holy is Hahaha Master Usagi is powerful! Thats because I cant fight properly without using the power of Evil, which Ive recently been able to handle a bit. Well, if I use the power of Evil, Master Usagis status as a Holy will be forced to be released and doubled. But the fact that Evils power can be used to fight even such a Holy means that Evils power is that powerful as well. Recalling Kuro, who has been sleeping more often since the Fist Saints attack, I once again recognized the danger of Evil. Well, okay. I would have liked to talk about such difficult topics, but today is our countrys national festival. Lets forget about that and just enjoy today. Y-yes. Oh, yes. We have a good view of the upcoming tournament. Would you like to watch it from here? Yes, lets do that. Lexia-san nodded to Orghis-samas suggestion, and we decided to watch from this special seat. This room is located high up in the arena and overlooks the entire arena, so you can clearly see the battle. Then, Lexia-san pulled my arm. Yuuya-sama, lets watch together! Eh? Ah, yes. I sat down next to Lexia-san while she pulled my arm, and on the opposite side of Lexia-san, Layla-sama, the princess of the Regal Kingdom, sat down. Yuuya-sama. May I sit next to you as well? Eh? Yes, its fine I looked around, but the seat in this special room was still empty. On the contrary, there is a seat available next to the king of this country, Orghis-sama, but is it okay for Layla-sama to watch with us? Ah, rather, because her country is hosting this kind of event that it is necessary to entertain the princess of other countries such as Lexia-san? Mumu As Layla-samas actions convinced me, I suddenly heard such a groan from Lexia-san next to me. Hmm? Whats wrong, Lexia-san? No, nothing. Huh? It doesnt feel any different, but I think its better not to touch In contrast to Lexia-san, Layla-sama smiled and put her hand on my hand. La-Layla-sama!? Ara, you dont have to call me with an honorific. Please feel free just to call me Layla. N-no, thats just T-thats right! Why on earth did you hold his hand in the middle of all this? Yuuya-sama is my fiance! Um, thats a bit of a misstatement Lexia-san said that in panic at Layla-samas behavior, but Layla-sama only smiled leisurely. But Yuuya-sama said its not like that. Isnt it just a misunderstanding on Lexia-samas part? N-no, Im not mistaken! Its true! Its true! In my mind! Im not saying its true, but A-anyway! Please dont interfere with Yuuya-sama and me! In response to Lexia-sans words, Layla-samas smile turned bitter. Since Im the royal family of the Regal Kingdom, where magic research is very active, I think I can give Yuuya-sama a more detailed explanation of the magic that will be used in the upcoming tournament than anyone else, isnt it? Umm, thats Lexia-san closed her mouth involuntarily at Layla-samas words. Certainly, Ive heard that the Regal Kingdom is a magic powerhouse, and as a royal family member of the Regal Kingdom, Layla-sama would be able to explain to me what magic I dont know. I dont have any problem using magic thanks to Sage-sans magic circuits and magic theory, but I dont know anything about other commonly known magic. Id appreciate it if she would explain it to me. So, may I take your word for it? Yes, of course. Mugugu! When I asked Layla-sama again, she smiled, and Lexia-san had a regretful expression on her face. Um Im sorry about that. I was just curious about the magic As I inwardly apologized for Lexia-sans situation, I remembered something. That reminds me, where is the Sword Saint? I heard that the match is going to be held after this tournament, and I asked about the Sword Saint, who will be my opponent. Orghis-sama, who was sitting some distance away, smiled. Oh, Sword Saint-dono is waiting in the guest room until the match. Before the match begins, Yuuya-dono and Sword Saint-dono will be summoned by the officials, so please follow them. Understood. Umu. lets start now. Orghis-sama said, slowly stood up and stood in a position where all the audience could see him. Then, something that looked like a microphone was placed in front of Orghis-sama. Then he opened his mouth to the microphone. At that moment, Orghis-samas voice echoed throughout the arena, and all the excited spectators fell silent to listen to his words. I dont know what the principle is, but it must be a magic tool with the same purpose as a microphone. As I wondered what kind of magic was being used, I couldnt help but notice that Orghis-samas opening speech was over, and the crowd was getting excited. Im sorry I didnt listen to you properly When I moved my gaze to the arena while feeling sorry for myself, I saw that the first match was about to take place, and a strong man and a slender man in robes appeared in the arena. Did they look like two opposites, a magician and a warrior perhaps? When the battle began, the strong man charged the robed man with his huge sword, swinging it as he looked. However, the man in robes kept his distance from the attack, chanted something, and pointed his palm at the strong man. Then, a fireball shot out from his palm, aiming at the strong man. I hadnt had many opportunities to see other people use magic, so it was refreshing to see someone else shoot magic. Thats a fireball, a fire attribute magic. If youre a regular magician, youll need two more chants to cast a spell of that power, but that magician seems to be skilled enough to shorten it. H-hou Layla-sama explained it to me, but I couldnt really understand how amazing it was. Of course, the monsters in the Great Devils Nest use magic, but they dont chant like that. And, as it was written in Sage-sans book, people generally shoot magic while chanting. If Im following Layla-samas explanation, it seems like it takes a bit longer chanting to release the magic of that power, but with the knowledge of Sage-san, I couldnt say for sure. Moreover, when I looked closely, I saw that the man in the robe was only using fire, so there seemed to be a binding attribute as well. According to Sage-sans book, chanting was unnecessary, and attributes were irrelevant, but whats essential was imagination, so I guess this Sage-sans way of thinking differed from other peoples. As I watched the fight with a fresh mind, the warrior man eventually won by cornering the magician man and pushing him away. Ive been training with Yuti a lot lately, so Im slowly gaining experience fighting against others. However, its still not enough, so watching others fight like this is a great learning experience. Its not something that can be applied to all battles in the arenas limited space, but its still a valuable experience. As the matches progressed, the level of the competition increased as the winners fought each other. The final match was swordsman against swordsman, and it was a fierce sword fight. I watched the fight closely and concentrated on trying to make the moves as my own. In the past, it was not easy to watch and learn the moves of those who were stronger than a certain level or to steal their techniques. But now, for some reason, I was confident that I could perfectly master the moves of the swordsmen and magicians who were engaged in fierce battles in the tournament in front of me. What is it? This feeling As I was puzzled by the sensation that I had never felt before, the match finally came to an end. Then there was a knock on the door of the room, and an official walked in. Excuse me. Im here to invite the opponent of Sword Saint-sama Book 6: Chapter 5: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 Excuse me. Im here to invite the opponent of Sword Saint-sama .. Hmm? Yuuya? Eh? Y-yeah, what? Invitation. Yuuya, you have been called. Oh, is it my turn already? Are you okay? Because of my lack of response, Yuti looked into my face with concern. No, Im fine. Its just that I was watching the fight earlier and was surprised that I seemed to be able to handle myself better than I expected I understand. Is it the harmful effects of that time? Or a benefit? That time? Im not sure what Yuti was referring to, but I dont have time to ask. As soon as I tried to follow the attendant, Lexia-san and the others gave me words of support. If its you, Yuuya-sama, you can definitely win! Please do your best! Go show them what youre capable of! Woof! Buhi~. Hmm. Holy, huh? At best, they can only scratch my foot. I dont know if Ouma-san was cheering me on, but Im going to do my best so I dont end up showing disgraceful behavior. I made up my mind and followed the attendant. Please wait in this waiting room. When I entered the waiting room, I found Master Usagi inside. Ah, Master Usagi! (Its finally coming, huh?) When Master Usagi saw me, he smiled. Yes, well or rather, I heard you were headed to the Sword Saint, but what were you doing there? (We just exchanged some information and talked about how good you are. Thats good. The Sword Saint will fight you seriously, you know?) Why did you do that? Im not confident I can last five seconds if the Sword Saint really comes at me, you know? Master Usagi gave a stern look at the dumbfounded me. (What are you talking about? If the opponent isnt serious, it wouldnt be a training exercise.) Uh, that may be true, but (And also, when you fight, dont show a poor appearance, okay? If you lose, the quality of me as your master will be questioned.) You being unreasonable here! Isnt it impossible for me to win if the Sword Saint is serious? What should I do? N-no, this is Master Usagis way of encouraging me! Yes, that must be it! Lets just believe that! I dont know how serious the opponent would be, but if I were to ask Master Usagi that, hed probably tell me to really try and win, so I kept my mouth shut. I was sweating uncontrollably, and I suddenly realized something. C-come to think of it, Master Usagi was here from the beginning, but did anyone guide you here? (No? I entered on my own.) You just do whatever you please, dont you? I had a feeling it was that, but I was stunned by Master Usagis sense of freedom, but I suddenly decided to ask him about the strange feeling I was experiencing with my eyes. Um, Master. Since defeating the Fist Saint, my eyesight has become strangely better. Perhaps I can see faster movement, or perhaps I can absorb the techniques I see (What?) Master Usagi made a dubious expression at my words and pondered on his own. (Could it be that Indeed, at that time too?) Um, Master Usagi? When I tried to call out to Master Usagi, who had started pondering by himself, the attendant came back to call me again. Excuse me. Now Eh, a rabbit? The attendant who came in tilted his head when he saw Master Usagi in the room, and I hurriedly opened my mouth. Oh, dont worry about it! Anyway, can I go now? Eh? Ah, yes. Ill show you the way. Well then, Master Usagi. Ill go now. (Yeah, go ahead.) After being sent off by Master Usagi, I moved to the entrance of the arena. At that time, I have changed my clothes to the [Bloody War Demon Series] so that I can be ready to fight at any time and have everything prepared. However, I took off my helmet so that my face could be seen, as I was about to meet the Sword Saint for the first time. After waiting for a while, I heard the voice of Orghis-sama. It seems that he is giving an explanation about the match I-its not good. Im getting nervous! But unfortunately, time does not wait for me, and before long, Orghis-samas speech seemed to be over, and I went through the entrance. Then, I flinched in the face of the cheers that went up all at once. I-I cant believe the crowd is this huge! When I was in the audience, I didnt particularly care about the number of people watching, probably because I had a strong sense that I was part of the audience, but when I stood in front of them all, the cheers were so overwhelming that I almost backed away. But there was no way I would run away, so I put a lot of pressure on my stomach and managed to hold my ground. So you are the Usagis apprentice, huh? Eh? A womans voice reached my ears as the crowd cheered loudly. As I turned my gaze towards the voice, a woman came through the entrance on the opposite side of the arena from me, her eyes still closed. The woman had an elegant presence that seemed out of place with the arena, and I could have been convinced that she was a noblewoman. However, the sword on her hip and the womans overwhelming presence made me understand that the woman in front of me was my opponent, the Sword Saint. Ah, you are the Sword Saint? Eeeeehh? N-no way! Ive heard that she is the strongest of the Holy, so I thought she would be more stern and scary, but shes not at all what I imagined! Yes, thats right. Im Iris, the Sword Saint. And you! The woman in front of meIris-san slowly opened her eyes and then froze in surprise when she saw my face. Ehwha eh? U-um what is it? When I asked her about her unexpected reaction, she suddenly put her hands on her cheeks and suddenly crouched down. W-whats this feeling in my chest? C-could it be that this is love? U-um? Ah? Its nothing. Im only interested in men who are stronger than me. H-huh? I-is that so? What the heck is she talking about? Iris-san then cleared her throat as I was trying to figure out what was going on. Hmm! And you are? Ah, Im the disciple of the Kicking Saint, Yuuya Tenjou. H-hmm Yuuya-kun, right? B-by the way, how old are you? Huh? Well, Im 16 Kuh! Theres about a ten-year age difference N-no! Its not uncommon for people to have an age difference these days! I mean, its something to be envied! I dont know what shes been talking about since a while ago. I dont know, but Ive been getting chills since a while back As I shivered involuntarily, Iris-san, who had been strangely excited a moment ago, suddenly gave me a sharp look. Well, but if you dont have the ability, we cant talk about it. Of course, Ill give it my all. I took out my [Omni-Sword] and held it up quietly. All right, bring it on. At the end of Iris-sans words, the signal to start the fight was finally given, and I stepped in with all my might and slashed at Iris-san. But You will never reach me with that. !? My attack was deflected with a clear metallic sound before it could reach Iris-san! However, as I did so, I noticed that Iris-sans arm had momentarily blurred. Dont tell me you swung your sword in that instant? Huh? You can see it clearly, huh. It usually ends up that no one can recognize it Seeing Iris-san smiling amusingly, I can not stop my cold sweat. No, no, isnt that too outrageous? What should I do against a sword that was swung at an almost unrecognizable speed? Moreover, looking at Iris-san now, her sword is properly sheathed. Its not a move that can be done in an instant. Then, Iris-san smiled provocatively at the stunned me. By any chance, youre not going to say that this is the end, are you? Of course, I wouldnt say that this was the end, but it was definitely my best effort. But Iris-san easily blocked the attack. Whats more, its not as if its been enhanced by any particular magic. I already knew that, but the difference is so great that I can only smile bitterly. Looking at me like that, Iris-san made a suspicious expression on her face. Hmm? You dont seem to be in too much of a hurry, are you? No, its not I was in such a hurry that I became calm. I see. So, do you want to give up? No way! It was obvious to me that my power would not work. Then I had to do what I could. S~ea??h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When I ran forward again, I put away my [Omni-Sword] and took out my [Absolute Spear] from my [Item Box]. A spear? Haaah! Aiming at Iris-san, who tilted her head, I threw the [Aboslute spear] in all seriousness. However, with a clear metallic sound again, the spear was easily repelled. What do you think youre doing such an attack. Fuh. Wha-? Immediately after I threw the [Absolute Spear], I already had a new weapon in my hand; it was the [Formless Bow ], and then I shot several invisible arrows. Huh? Iris-san didnt seem to understand what I was doing for a moment, but it seems that she sensed the invisible arrows I shot, and a metallic sound rang out again, and all of my arrows were flicked off. Im surprised. My sword can be slashed at a speed that cant be tracked by the eyes, but I didnt think it would really be an invisible arrow. Haaa! T-theres more? It seemed that Iris-san was talking about something, but in order for me to fight Iris-san properly, I could not give Iris-san the time to attack me; I had to attack her one-sidedly with a saturated attack, so I continued to attack her relentlessly. Even so, my attacks were still handled by her sword with a speed that couldnt be followed by the eyes. Then I launched the [Absolute Spear] at Iris-san again, which had just returned to me, with a kick that was directly taught by Master Usagi. Iris-san rolled her eyes when she saw the powerful spear that suddenly entered the uninterrupted barrage of arrows. Wait, no way! The [Absolute Spear], which was more powerful than the one I threw at her a few moments ago, couldnt be easily deflected by Iris-san. Its the first time Ive seen her take it seriously with her sword since the mock battle began. Kuh This is! Iris-san was still able to block the [Absolute Spear] but I was waiting for that momentary gap in her defense. Haaaaaaaaa! Huh? Wait That big hammer of yours, it looks like its something dangerous. Yes, I was preparing to attack with my [World Strike]. Unlike other weapons, this weapon has a large gap, so it is difficult to hit. However, if I could hit it, it would be powerful enough to defeat any opponent. After all, it carries mass equal to that of the world in the attack. In addition, in order to increase the certainty, I also deploy the [Magic Attire] for the first time here. Then, a pale blue light gushed out of my body and burst like a bolt of lightning. Iris-sans eyes widened at the sight of me. Book 6: Chapter 5: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 4 Now what? Thats the best I can do. But. ! Uh? Iris-san stared at my [World Strike] with a thoughtful expression. Just before her sword collided with my [World Strike], she guided its movement with her sword, as if to catch all the impact of the collision. The impact from [World Strike] went straight into the nothingness. However, it seemed that it was not easy to receive this attack, even for Iris-san herself, and she did not have the time to follow up on my gap after the attack. This kind of attack is just not possible Iris-sans face distorted, and she stared at her hands. When I looked closely, her hand was trembling slightly; maybe she was numb. No, I dont think its possible to take on a mass equal to the world and only get numb. However, now that my strongest attack was blocked, I dont think this move will work again in the future. I had taken advantage of an opening since she hadnt seen it before, but I dont think Ill be able to do the same next time. Iris-san had a serious expression on her face as I broke out in a cold sweat. Its not that I was careless, but it was too unexpected. Who are you really? Who am I? Even if you ask me that S§×arch* The n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Okay, fine. But you do understand that your attack is no longer going to work, right? What are you going to do about it? Now that the [World Strike] that has been strengthened by [Magic Attire] was prevented, there is almost nothing else I can do. Iris-san suddenly smiled at me as I desperately thought about it. Fuh Well, Yuuya-kun was the one who attacked until now, so now I will be the one to attack, okay? !? At that moment, the dynamic eyesight and thinking speed enhanced by [Magic Attire] succeeded in barely catching the movement of Iris-san. And when I reflexively took out my [Omni-Sword] and took a defensive posture, I felt a tremendous impact on my hand. Ara, I didnt think you would be able to block the first attack. But if you take it directly, your hands wont be able to withstand it, you know? Kuh! As Iris-san said, my arm was numb from the blow I just received. If I cant take the impact, as well as Iris-san did, Ill probably be killed in no time. However Well, I wont give you time to pass it off. Ugh! I was overwhelmed by the raging sword attack. I managed to hang on by strengthening my physical abilities and eyesight using the [Magic Attire]. Still, if I had been in my normal state, I would have been killed with the first blow. Im surprised you can prevent this as well. Are you really Usagis disciple? Yes, I am! Thats a formidable talent, considering youve just learned to use a sword. But unfortunately, Im going to have to push through. Kuh? Iris-sans attack speed gradually increased, and even my enhanced dynamic eyesight could no longer track her. But ? Iris-san noticed a strange feeling and tilted her head. I also noticed the discomfort later. (Huh? How come I cant follow it with my eyes, but I can react to it?) Yes, Iris-san was swinging her sword at a speed that I could not possibly handle, but somehow I could block her attack. Iris-san tilted her head and increased her speed to push through, but my body still reacted and stopped the attack. In the end, Iris-san rolled her eyes at this situation. No way! How can you still react? I gave up on following it with my eyes and let my body react for some reason, but it seemed to be able to respond to the point where Iris-san was surprised. W-what is it? I was puzzled because I myself didnt know why my body was able to react to such a degree. It was as if my body had experienced combat at this level before Since I could handle all of her attacks, Iris-san once again took distance. Hah hah Its weird. Im not sure why youre reacting when you cant keep up with my movements What on earth did you do? I-I have no idea either Well, so youre not going to tell me that easily, huh? But I wonder if you can outrun this as well! When Iris-san said that, she closed the distance even faster than her first attack. With that, the ground cracked and shook the entire arena. Then. [Sword Flash]! It was still a fast, untraceable slash, but the power put into it was different. Earlier, she had focused on speed and the ability to strike repeatedly, but the blow she had just unleashed on me was a heavy blow that emphasized power. Even if I could react as I had earlier, it would be the end of me if I took it directly. In order to overcome this attack, I have to negate the impact, just as Iris-san taken the impact of the [World Strike] earlier, or I will be cut down like this. However, I dont have that kind of skill But. !? The moment I received Iris-sans sword with my [Omni-Sword], I turned my body around and received the impact while closing in on Iris-san. Kuh! Although Iris-san swung her sword down with all her might, she did not feel it as she drew back her sword and prevented the attack of my sudden approach, and then pushed me away. Are you really Usagis disciple? By all means, you are not at the level of a disciple, but a Holy class no, you should be more than that! Iris-san was sweating as she said this. For some reason, when I saw Iris-sans attack, I instinctively knew that I could pass it off. So, I was able to replicate the movements of Iris-san as she dodged my attack earlier. I not only evade it but also launch a counterattack. However I thought it was perfectly decided just now I thought my counterattack was surprisingly clean, but as it turned out, it was blocked. Its still not possible to win against Master Usagi, and its no surprise that my attack didnt work against Iris-san either, who is the Sword Saint, but I think Im going to lose confidence if Im blocked this easily. In order to counter such Master Usagi, I need to release the Evil power, but Is it really okay to release it now? For the time being, I was able to control the Evil power for a very period, but I was more afraid that by releasing the Evil power, Iris-san would mistake me for the real Evil. I dont know how much Master Usagi has told her about me, but Im sure he hasnt told her about the Evil Power. Master Usagi himself said that I should be careful about showing it to the Holy. When it comes to that, I have to beat Iris-san without the Evil power Eh, its impossible, isnt it? When I was stunned by the situation that I was stuck in, Kuro, who had been asleep inside me until now, woke up with a big yawn. Fuwaaha I slept well. And, oh? Why are you fighting with the Sword Saint? Im sorry, Kuro. I dont have time to explain it in detail, so Ill make it short and simple: it just happened! Whatever happens, but youre fighting the Sword Saint Arent you becoming more and more like the real Evil? I wish you wouldnt say anything so crazy! I also want to live in peace if possible! But the Evil will attack me, so I have to get power to remain safe. The current situation is also a training to gain the power to resist the Evil. Iris-san, who didnt know about Kuro, tilted her head curiously when I complained about Kuros appearance after a long time. Who in the world are you talking to? Eh? Ah, no, its just Oh well. It seems that youve run out of cards, so lets end this now. Iris-san said and turned a tremendous pressure on me. Kuh Iris-san used to move in a state where she was not strengthened by magic, but she seemed to have strengthened her body somehow. Obviously, the pressure I felt was stronger than before. Kuro burst into laughter as I struggled to keep myself from being blown away by the pressure. Hahahaha! Hey, hey, youre about to get hit, you know! What happened to you when you defeated the Fist Saint? A-as I said, I dont remember what happened at that time! Well, I guess youre right. You werent sane at the time, but you had completely transformed into Evil itself. Then, you have no choice but to lose now, right? Ugh Master Usagi will definitely be angry with me As I was thinking about the situation, my face turned pale, and Iris-san quietly set up her sword. Ill finish you off with a real, honest-to-goodness blow. T-then, Ill be dead Well, I guess youre dead, said Kuro. I dont want to die! This is just like a mock battle, isnt it? Its not like anyone died or was seriously injured in the fighting tournament, right? Iris-san smiled at me as if she was enjoying this battle while I was trembling even more. I also enjoyed fighting for the first time in a long time Well, I wish you were stronger than me, though. Huh? [Sacred Heaven Slash]! When Iris-san stepped forward, she moved in front of me in an instant. The speed was so instantaneous that I thought it was really an instantaneous movement, and I didnt even realize that she had moved until she appeared in front of me. And just as she was about to swing her sword down at me, my eyes, enhanced by my [Magic Attire], noticed a black something approaching from behind Iris-san at an unbelievable speed. Then, not only me but also Kuro seemed to have noticed it and shouted in panic. Avoid it, Yuuya! Huh? Eh? I realized that Iris-san didnt recognize the black something, so I pulled Iris-sans arm in front of me and hugged her, and then we fell down together. W-w-w-wha-whaat!? The next moment, Iris-sans face turned red, and she panicked as she was hugged by me. The next moment, the black something pierced the position where Iris-san and I were standing in an instant. Huh? T-that was close Iris-san stared dumbly at the ground where the black something had pierced. When the audience began to rustle at the sudden attack from outside the arena, a voice came from the sky. Accha, its been avoided. Well, it wouldnt be much fun if you died now, would it! Wha! That appearance Shinigami! And why are you with them? Iris-sans eyes widened as she looked up into the sky. I also looked up at the sky and saw a boy, a half-naked man with a long spear on his back, and a ninja-like man with two grass-cutting scythes on his hips, standing there leisurely. Book 6: Chapter 6: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 Spear Saint! Scythe Saint! Ehh? The unexpected words made me involuntarily turn my gaze back to Iris-san, and the half-naked man in the sky and the man in the ninja costume quietly shook their heads. I do regret to inform you that we no longer hold that title. We are the Fallen Saints. Fa-Fallen Saints? As I was tilting my head at the unfamiliar words, a boy with a different presence laughed in amusement. Hey~, thats terrible that you ignored me. Besides, unfortunately~ theyre no longer the Holy that you know. They are the ones who have fallen to us and taken on new powers. Fallen? Uh! Could it be? While Iris-san made a startled expression as she realized something, the boy in the sky deepened his smile. Did you finally notice it? Then lets get started~the destruction. The moment the boys eyes glittered, the jet-black haze that I had seen in the past when I confronted Yuti and the Fist Saint erupted from the boys body. Then, a loud sound of destruction could be heard from far away. The sound of destruction gradually got closer and closer, and finally, the identity of the sound appeared in the arena. What is that? Giiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! The sight made me stare in horror. What? This looks the same as what I saw at the shrine the other day? A large number of what were known as Evil Beasts had rushed into the arena. The audience screamed and ran away from the sudden intruders, but the Evil Beasts attacked them without mercy. Ahahahahaha! The screams are wonderful! The boy who was probably the one who orchestrated this tragedy looked at the carnage around him with an ecstatic expression on his face. Stop it right now! Immediately, Iris-san unleashed a slash with divine speed towards the boy floating in the sky, but the slash was blocked by the black darkness overflowing from the boys body. Dont be so impatient; let me at least introduce myself~. He laughed like a fool and bowed condescendingly. Im Quarro, the Shinigami, and Im one of the Evil. Its nice to meet you. ! The boy who smiled in front of me Quarro, told us that he is one of the Evil, the sworn enemy of Master Usagi, Iris-san, and Yuti. The hint of Evil overflowing from his body was real, and Iris-sans attitude also confirmed that Quarro really is an Evil. Anyway, I hurriedly tried to move to help the audience, but the two men whom Iris-san had just called Spear Saint and Scythe Saint stood in front of me. Im sorry, but I dont want you to disturb us. Thats right. Therefore, we need you to die here. What? Yuuya-kun! Iris-san tried to help me when I was pressured by the tremendous spirit from the two of them, but Quarro stood in front of Iris-sans eyes. Hey, isnt it terrible that youre ignoring me? I came here just to mess you up. I mean, dont you want to run away or call your friends or something? Well, Im not giving you any choice, though. Sure, the situation is bad, and I dont think I can handle it on my own, but Im still a Holy, so I have to fight! Hmm. Well, why dont you come at me? Fuh! While sensing that Iris-san and Quarro had begun fighting behind me, I thought about how I should move against the two Fallen Saints in front of me. If what Iris-san said was true, then I would have to deal with two former Holy. Besides, judging from the situation and the word Fallen Saints, there is a possibility that they have acquired the power of the Evil as a result of them falling to the Evil. That would mean that I would have to deal with two enemies at the same level as the Fist Saint I fought previously. Even Master Usagi couldnt defeat the Evil Fallen Fist Saint, so how can I, in my normal state, win? When one problem is over, another appears. You really have a lot of troubles, dont you? Its not that I like having them, but Kuro was also awake, and even though I dont remember, if I use the Evils full power, as I did when I defeated the Fist Saint, I might be able to defeat them. However, suppose I used this power, it was still unstable and cannot be perfectly controlled. In that case, I will fall and become an Evil, just like Quarro, and I would become a target for the Holy to defeat as well. But even now, as Im struggling with this, the Evil Beasts were. At that moment when I thought about it, Gigi? Gii! Giigigigi! Gigyaaa! I saw countless arrows piercing through the Evil Beasts. This arrow Yuti? Also, following Yutis arrows, I heard the voices of my dependable family members. Grrrr wooooff! Buhi, buhi~. Night and Akatsuki defeated the Evil Beasts one after another and healed the injured audience. In such a scene, the men of the Fallen Saints opened their eyes. Whats with that little wolf? Its not just the little wolf. That pig is also using a strange skill Then, I noticed that Night, who was destroying the Evil Beast, looked at me for a moment. He seemed to be saying, Leave this to me, and so I nodded. Now I can fight you guys with peace of mind. Huh? Dont say anything crazy. Do you really think that you alone can win against the two of us? (Thats why Im also fighting you two.) Huh? M-Master Usagi! Master Usagi appeared out of nowhere next to me and quietly looked at the men in front of us. (Hmph. I thought that some of the Holy had fallen to the Evil, but I didnt expect it to be you two. Spear Saint Ronus, and Scythe Saint Jin.) Hearing Master Usagis words, the half-naked man with the spear on his back who was probably Ronus, frowned slightly. The weak will be eliminated. Im just following that law of nature. (Hou? So, as a result of that, you became a servant of Evil? Fallen Saints, is it? How dare you call yourself that. Youre just a slave to Evil, arent you?) Say what you want. We gained new powers by submitting to the Evil. Those of the Holy who were eliminated were even weaker than us. Ronus and the Scythe Saint, Jin, each quietly raised their weapons. Seeing this, Master Usagi opened his mouth to direct me as he, too, entered a battle stance. (Yuuya.) Huh? (For the moment, Ive given a brief explanation of the current situation to Night, Yuti, and the others. The king of this country is probably planning some sort of countermeasure as well. As for the safety of that little girl, Yuti and the one who was with her as her escort are enough to handle it. So for now, just concentrate on defeating the people in front of you.) Y-yes! It seemed that Master Usagi had made a move, and one of my concerns had been resolved. However, I was wondering what Ouma-san is doing Well, Ouma-san seemed to be sleeping without a care in this situation, so theres no need to worry. I mean, hes so strong that its ridiculous to worry about him. Rather, I should be worried about myself, and I quickly redeployed my [Magic Attire]. Seeing me like that, Ronus swung his spear lightly and laughed with a snort. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Hmph. Did you finish your private conversation? If so, lets go this way! (Yuuya! Ill leave that Ronus to you!) Yes! I immediately took out my [Absolute Spear] and clashed with Ronus spear. Huh! It seems that you want to die so badly that you are challenging me with a spear! If so, I will kill you as you wish. [Whirlwind Drill]! Ronus pulled back his spear and thrust it out with great force. A whirlwind of air swirled around the spear as it pushed forward, cutting the ground. It was deflected by [Absolute Spear] with a narrow margin in the same way that I had deflected Iris-sans attack. What how can you deflect it? What was deflected was not only the spear but also the sharp whirlwind that was gathering on the tip of the spear, which made Ronus surprised. I didnt think Id be able to catch the wind myself, so I was secretly surprised. Kuh! Dont you dare make light of me! Then Ronus unleashed a raging wave of thrusts, piercing everywhere. However, I took a good look at them and carefully handled them one by one. What are you! Youre not even a Holy; youre just a human being. How can you keep up with my techniques! (Hmph. You cant compare him to any other human being. Hes my disciple, after all.) Usagis disciple? Hearing Master Usagis words, Ronus widened his eyes, while Jin took advantage of the opportunity to attack Master Usagi. Its a good thing you have the guts to look the other way! (I can win even if Im looking elsewhere.) Huh! Can you say the same when you see this power? At that moment, a black mist overflows from Jins body, and he unleashes a powerful swing with his grass-cutting scythe at Master Usagi. However, Master Usagi calmly assessed the attack and delivered a kick to his temple, causing the attack to be deflected. However, Jin had another grass-cutting scythe in his hand, which he swung to follow up. Master Usagi moved out of the way as a reaction to the first deflected blow. As I unintentionally followed his movements with my eyes, I received a reprimand from Master Usagi. (Yuuya! If you have time to look at me, take him down quickly!) Ah!? Y-yes! When I hurriedly readied my spear again, Ronus was trembling tremendously. You. Even though you are Usagis disciple, you dont use his technique. Instead, you fight with a spear? Eh? Im not just fighting him with a spear; Im using it now because I cant find an opening to attack Ronus with a kick. Also, its because its easier to take chances with [Absolute Spear] rather than with [Omni Sword], but it didnt appear that way to Ronus. Okay. Ill show you the difference between us. Then, a black mist overflowed from Ronuss body, and the intimidation from him increased. Kuro inside me laughed amusingly at the scene. Hey, hey, the opponent got serious, but what are you going to do? Do you want to borrow the power of the Evil like before? No. Hmm? Even if I use the power of Evil here, the real Evil behind these opponents is still left. Thats why I have to defeat this former Holy, which uses the power of Evil, without relying on the power of Evil itself! For a moment, Kuro seemed surprised by my words, but then he laughed out loud. Hahahahaha! Thats good! No, I cant believe you could say that about a Holy Well then, I guess Ill just have to look at the bigger picture from another perspective. All right! After rounding up the conversation with Kuro, I took a step back from Ronus and immediately switched my weapon to the [Formless Bow] and shot at Ronus from a distance. Haaaahhhhh! Seriously The next moment Ronus emitted a kind of spirit like a shockwave which spread from his body, and all of my arrows were repelled. Die! Uh!? Just like Iris-san, he approached me with a speed that made me think that he had moved instantly, and then he thrust out his spear as if to gouge my stomach. [Rising Dragon Piercing]! An illusion of a dragon seemed to fly out of the tip of the spear and tried to chew through my stomach. I had no choice but to block this attack that was released from a close distance; I switched from the [Formless Bow] to the [Omni Sword] and swung the sword down to meet the momentum head-on. Guuuuhhh!? The shock was transmitted through the sword to my entire body. I knew that I would be defeated at this point, but I suddenly felt my body heat up. It was as if the magic circuit inherited from Sage-san was heating up as if to show me that it existed. Haaaaaaaahh! What? While receiving Ronuss attack, I prepared to unleash a spell, and when the spell became available, I unleashed the very first spell I had learned, a [Water Ball], at Ronus. It seems that he didnt expect me to counterattack while blocking the attack, and Ronus hurriedly interrupted the attack and tried to distance himself. However, without missing a beat, I took a step forward with all my might, using the leg strength I had developed during my training with Master Usagi. With all the momentum I could muster, I slammed a kick into Ronus stomach. Ohhhhh! Guhoaaa! Ronus couldnt block my kick, and he took some serious damage. He stayed in the sky for a moment with his body in a crooked shape. Although I tried to give chase afterward, Ronus clenched his teeth and forced himself into a stance to unleash another technique before I could follow up. D-dont mess with meeeeeeeee! [One Thousand Spear Piercing]! Ronus shot a barrage of raging thrusts at me again in the sky. Its dangerous Theres no way to prevent it The moment I despaired Kuro, who had just said he would only watch, spoke to me in an amused tone. Hey, hey, its no good having you die here, you know? Take a good look at him. You should know what that means. Take a good look? Although the tip of the spear was almost in front of me, I followed Kuros words and watched Ronuss movements, the trajectory of his spear, and everything else. Then I found myself feeling as if the sounds and sights around me had been silenced. It was similar to the feeling I had when I watched the fighting tournament that had just taken place, but to a completely different level. It was as if all unnecessary information were blocked out, and I could just see what was happening in front of me at a frighteningly slow pace as if my brain and body were absorbing all the information in front of me. I later found out that I was in the ultimate state of concentration at that time. And as I watched Ronus movements, I naturally moved my body. ! W-what was that? I also released the same technique that Ronus had used, the [One Thousand Spear Piercing]. The [One Thousand Spear Piercing] I released had countered Ronus [One Thousand Spear Piercing] one after another precisely. T-this is impossible! There is no way that my [Spear Holy Art] can be imitated! Ronus shook his head to deny what was happening in front of his eyes and launched another technique. [Star Pile]! He grasped the spear in his opposite hand and swung it down at me as if it were a flag. When I saw the attack, I dodged it by rolling to the side and avoiding it, and Ronuss spear stood on the ground. It was enough to shake the arena and cause the ground to cave in. But I wasnt even surprised by that; I just calmly looked at Ronus and attacked him with my [Absolute Spear]. T-this is not how its supposed to be This is definitely not how its supposed to be! When Ronus shouted that, he distanced himself from me with all his might and took a stance with his spear drawn back as hard as he could. Dieeeeeeeeeeeeee! [Divine Piercing]! I could tell at a glance that this was the most powerful attack he had ever made. A whirlwind wrapped around the tip of his spear like the [Whirlwind Piercing] that he used before. This time it was so huge that it could be mistaken for a tornado, and the spear was coming at me so fast that it left everything behind. This was why I also released it. The same technique as Ronus. [Divine Piercing]. Ah My move did not create a raging wind like Ronus. The wind and space were unrecognizable. I thrust it at him. The moment my [Absolute Spear] and Ronus spear collided Ronus spear shattered. Book 6: Chapter 6: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 S§×arch* The Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The moment my [Absolute Spear] and Ronus spear collided Ronus spear shattered. Gah. Perhaps Ronus had put all of his energy into this last attack, but after his spear shattered, he fainted and quietly fell to the ground. While looking at this somewhat unrealistic scene, the sounds and sights of my surroundings gradually returned. H-huh? Ro-Ronus? What are you dumbfounded about? You beat him, didnt you? Stunned by Kuros words, I turned my attention to Ronus, who had fallen to the ground. I defeated him? When did that happen? Could it be that the Evil power has gone out of control again? Its not that. Well, its not entirely unrelated but you definitely defeated the Spear Saint lying there with your own hands. What do you mean? You may not remember, but your body remembers the feeling of the Evil when you defeated the Fist Saint. The only difference now is that you pulled the trigger for that power and defeated him. Trigger Thats right. The power of Evil is a power that embraces everything. And maybe because youve activated it once, youve been able to control it subconsciously, albeit only partially. Well, even if you try to control it, you can only do so to the extent that it doesnt go out of control. Huh? Im not sure, but it seems that the reason Ive been able to keep my Evil power from going out of control is not only because of Kuros power but also because of my subconscious. Thanks to your subconscious control of the power of Evil, you have been able to utilize it on a limited basis. Thats whats happening with your eyes. My eyes? I touched my eyes without thinking, and Kuro continued. Yeah. As I mentioned many times, the power of Evil is a power that embraces everything. It does not matter if it is tangible or intangible. It can even be used to strengthen and absorb techniques and movements Thats I somehow understood what Kuro was trying to say and was astonished as I felt him smiling at me. [Evil Dens Eye] now you can absorb any movement with it. I was just dumbfounded by Kuros words. T-that kind of power However, the reason why this power was able to manifest itself was because I followed Kuros advice and watched Ronus movements. I stared at my hands without thinking, but then I remembered that I was still in combat. T-thats right! Master Usagi is. It looks like hes almost done there too, huh? Eh? When I turned my attention to the battle between Master Usagi and the Scythe Saint Jin, I saw Jin bleeding. N-no way We already have the power of Evil, and were still losing! (Hmph. I was indeed defeated by the Fist Saint, who had the power of Evil. However, I polished my own power after that, without the power of Evil, and ended up defeating you like this. Thats all there is to it.) I-I wont admit to it I wont admit that we who have acquired the power of Evil are losing! Jin shouted as he crossed the scythes in front of his face, and swung them out. Master Usagi took a leisurely stance against the cross-shaped slash that was unleashed from there. ([The Three Divine Steps]) And as he muttered this, Master Usagi disappeared from the spot. What? (The first step.) It might seem as if Master Usagi had disappeared, but he just leaned forward and plunged into Jin when he took his first step. But thats only because I was watching this from a distance. For Jin, who was actually receiving the technique, it would still look like hed disappeared. (Second step.) Master Usagi then took advantage of his large first step and leaned forward some more. He rolled his body into a small ball from that position, and with a minimal rotation, dropped his second step over Jins head in a forward somersault. Gah. The second step, delivered with tremendous force, was an extremely powerful heel drop that knocked Jin unconscious. Then, with a momentum from stomping on Jin, he spun in the air and landed. Master Usagi snickered. (Hmph. I didnt need to take the third step, after all, did I?) Master, how much stronger can you get? I dont think I can win against you I couldnt help but feel that way about Master Usagi, who had defeated Jin. As I look at Master Usagi with my cheeks twitching, he turns to look at me. (What are you dumbfounded about? The next one is the Evil.) T- thats right! Iris-san is. Just as I was about to say that much, I heard the tense voice of Quarro from above. Arere? The two of them have already been defeated? They are so useless. Wha-? When I turned my gaze to the sky above, I saw the figure of Quarro, who had black mist spewing from his body and was freely moving it to attack Iris-san. Kuh! (This is not good.) The black mist spewing from Quarros body became countless sharp blades and poured down on Iris-san. Iris-san was desperately trying to deal with it with her sword. However, it seemed that she couldnt handle all of them and was in a difficult position as it appears. Iris-san! M-master! (Yeah. Were coming too!) While Master Usagi charged straight at Quarro, I took out my [Formless Bow] and fired a large number of arrows. But Too bad. That wont reach me. Before the arrows could reach Quarro, they were all blocked by the black mist overflowing from Quarros body. Im not sure why, but you have a piece of us in you. Did one of us give you that power? If so, I should have at least heard about it, and more importantly, its weird that youre fighting against me! Whats going on? Im not going to say anything, but instead Im going to keep shooting arrows at him. They were also easily blocked by Quarros black mist, but Master Usagi took advantage of the gap to close in on Quarro. (How about this!) Master Usagi closed in on Quarro with speed Ive never seen before and unleashed a kick at Quarro that makes the space roar. I see! Because Quarro was a pure Evil, Master Usagis stats had been released and doubled, so hes even more powerful than usual. As I was thinking this, Kuro inside me answered in a stern voice. No good. Eh? You dont even realize it, do you? If the Kicking Saints stats can be released, then, of course, the Sword Saint stats should be released as well. Thats what it is all I heard Quarros amused voice interrupting Kuros words. As I said you wont reach me. (Wha agaaahh!) The black mist easily caught Master Usagis kick, and as the black mist drifting around approached Master Usagi, it transformed into a sharp blade that went straight through him. M-Master Usagi! (I-Im fine! Just stay away from me!) Eh? Master Usagi said to me as he stepped away from me, holding his slashed stomach. (If you get too close to me, you will fall prey to the power of that Evil. Its a surprise attack from one side, but if you came closer, you would have been surrounded and killed.) N-no way (You should continue to attack from a distance with your magic or bow from there. Iris and I will somehow take advantage of the gap and launch a counterattack!) Wait Master! Master Usagi said only that and then went back to fighting with Quarro again. As for me, as Master Usagi directed, I fired arrows and magic from a long distance, but all of them were blocked by Quarros black mist. Isnt that black mist too versatile? How are we supposed to attack him! As I grew increasingly impatient, both Master Usagi and Iris-san received more and more attacks, and they were gradually pushed back. Then, Quarro stretched out his hand and sighed boringly. Fuwahh what a letdown. Ive been told that Sword Saint is the strongest of the Holy, and Ive also been told that Kicking Saint is also one of the strongest, and yet youre not strong at all. The two people I brought with me were also defeated. It would have been better if I had come alone. Quarro then stretched out and gave the two of them a cold stare. Im bored, so lets end this now. Usagiii! (I know!) As the black mist overflowing from Quarros body suddenly thickened and increased in volume, the mist gradually gathered above Quarros head to form a sphere. It gradually grew larger and larger, giving the impression that it would destroy everything which was terrifying. Even though I wasnt looking at it up close, my instincts were screaming facing the sphere. That thing is dangerous! Then Kuro, who was also inside me, said in a cold voice. Hes really going to finish them off. If that thing goes off as is this city will be wiped out. No way! Anyway, I shot arrows, threw the [Absolute Spear], and attacked as much as I could, but all of them were completely blocked. And See you later. At last, the black sphere was released at us. Book 6: Chapter 6: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 At last, the black sphere was released aiming at us. [Holy Sword Barrier]! ([Holy Kicking Wave]! [Holy Ear Impact]!) Immediately after the black sphere was released, Iris-san raised the sword in her hand and thrust it vigorously into the ground. Then, countless shining swords appeared from the ground and shot towards the black sphere. Master Usagi also produced the same light as Iris-sans sword from his leg and shot it at the black sphere, followed by a flash of light from both of his ears. The two lights from Iris-sans sword and Master Usagi collided with the black sphere. Kuh Hahahahaha! ! And then, Iris-sans shining swords and Master Usagis light rays obliterated the black sphere! Hah hah (Kuh my body is) However, both Iris-san and Master Usagi were exhausted after that exchange. They no longer seemed to be able to move properly. Then Quarro opened his mouth, looking slightly surprised. Wow I didnt think that only the two of you could prevent this Im not sure if this means Im the weak one here, or would it be you, the Holy ones? Hah hah But it seems that stopping that was all you could do. So, lets try it one more time. What-!? Quarro said that he would repeat his attack, and a black sphere formed over his head again. Ahahahahaha! Look, look! You have to defend against it once more! Iris-san! Master Usagi! Kuh! No longer following Master Usagis words, I immediately ran out and attacked Quarro with my [Omni-Sword] in hand. But before I could reach him, the black mist blocked my way. Get out of my way! Its no use. Youre not even a Holy; you wouldnt be able to even damage it, you know? As Quarro said, no matter how I attacked, the black mist didnt seem to take any damage and swarmed at me one after another. In addition, Quarro mercilessly directed the black mist at the tired and immobile Master Usagi and Iris-san. Master Usagi and Iris-san responded with all their strength, but they were on the defensive and looked like they were struggling. Kuro, who had been watching from inside me, opened his mouth. It is exactly what he said. The only ones who can defeat the Evil itself are those of the Holy who are recognized by this planet. Just give up. So what am I supposed to do? I shouted while desperately using my [Omni-Sword] and [Absolute Spear] to get rid of the black mist, and Kuro replied disinterestedly. Thats right I can only think of using a weapon that has the power of the Holy in it. A weapon with the power of the Holy? When you first encountered the Evil Beast in the other world, the woman who was with you used a talisman to kill it, right? That was definitely one way to purge the power of Evil. Well, I dont think you have one of those, though. No, I do have it. Im sure it was! What? Kuro seemed to have given up, but I searched desperately in my item box while dealing with the black mist. It appeared that this situation could be overcome by the use of a weapon with a similar effect to the one used by Kagurazaka-san. As I searched for it desperately, Quarro stared amusedly at the black sphere floating above his head. Look, look, its almost finished! Its a real pity, but you should give up. Youve done your best there, havent you? Kuh! I ignored Quarros and Kuros words and continued my search and found it. This is it! Hmm? Yu Yuuya-kun? While the eyes of Quarro and the wounded Iris-san were focused on me, I had a weapon in my hand. Then [Heavenly Khakkhara]! When I first saw the effects of this weapon, I didnt understand what it meant. The description was so vague that there was not a single detailed explanation. But now, I can understand the effect of this weapon properly. I hit the black mist with the khakkhara in my hand while ringing the golden ring. As I said, its usele. Quarro was about to say that much when he noticed something strange. The black mist that I struck dissipated in an instant. What- As expected, this phenomenon was unexpected, and Quarro rounded his eyes. There was only one effect on this [Heavenly Khakkhara], which I had found in my grandfathers warehouse. To exorcise. Thats all. Thinking about it now, the only explanation for the effect was that its a somewhat mysterious weapon, but if it has the power to exorcise, then it will affect the power of Evil just like the talisman at the time, and that was my train of thought. But the results were just right. I smashed all the black mists that surrounded me with the [Heavenly Khakkhara] and rushed straight to Iris-san and Master Usagi, and the black mists that assaulted them also dissipated. Are the two of you okay? (Yeah) .. Then, although Master Usagis voice came back, there was no reply from Iris-san, so I hurriedly checked and found Iris-san staring at me with a dazed expression. Iris-san? Huh? Ah y-yeah! Im fine. Good, then. Ill take care of the rest so please keep an eye on it. I told her that and turned to Quarro again. .. (Hmm it seems like you cant afford to not fall in love in this situation, huh?) Wha T-thats not true! I-it was just that someone was protecting me um it was the first time for me (Hmm Well, now you know how outrageous my disciple is.) Yes. I understand. It seemed that they were talking about something behind me, but I didnt have time to listen in on it because I had already returned my full attention to Quarro. Anyway, I looked at Quarro and called out to Kuro, who was inside me. What do you think? Does this work? Hahaha! Youre a hell of a guy; you know that? No problem, Ill lend you a hand! Kuro laughed in amusement, and a black mist flooded my body. Id like to ask you a question, can Kuros power, which was just a piece of Evil, defeat the main body of Evil? Hah! Ill lend you a hand. Its not about whether or not you could possibly win; its all about winning. Thats just crazy Well, you and I are a good match after all. We can do it. Is that so? I smiled unconsciously at Kuro, who sounded somewhat embarrassed as he spoke. Iris-san, who was behind me, raised an anxious voice at my appearance. What- The power of Evil? Usagi, you! (Calm down. I know what youre going to ask, but Yuuya is sane. For some reason, he has the power of Evil in his body, but its not a problem.) Not a problem, you say? What kind of reason would he have to have that power? (Originally, that power didnt belong to Yuuya but a disciple of the Bow Saint had it in her body. However, Yuuya took over that power, and now its residing in his body.) T-took it over, you say? (Hes really a big idiot, after all.) Quarro was even more surprised and froze at the sight of the Evil overflowing from my body. Wait what does this mean? Its just supposed to be a piece inside you but its power is the same as mine no matter how I look at it What the hell are you? I didnt answer his question. Then, my lack of response seemed to annoy him as Quarro twisted his face in displeasure. You have the nerve to ignore me, dont you? Go. Gigiiiiiiii! When Quarro hurriedly waved his arm, a black mist spread about, and several Evil Beasts appeared and attacked me. This is! *Kiiiiiiin* Just as I was about to dispose of the Evil Beast that was attacking me, that clear metallic sound reached my ears. G-gi..! The Evil Beasts that tried to attack me all fell to the ground. Involuntarily I turned my gaze to Iris-san who was behind me and she smiled fiercely in response. There are many questions that I want to ask you, but leave the Evil Beasts to me. Therefore Im asking you to take care of him, okay? Yes! I nodded vigorously at Iris-sans words and called out to Kuro. Are you ready? Yeah, leave it to me. But, it wont last long. Your power is too strong, after all Thats just fine! In addition to releasing the Evils power, I also deployed my [Magic Attire] and took a step toward Quarro. At that moment, the surrounding scenery was left behind in an instant, and the figure of Quarro was right in front of me. Wha. Haaaaah! Gaaah! I waved the [Heavenly Khakkhara] similar way to how I handle the [Absolute Spear] and slammed it onto Quarros head. Then, Quarro, who could not react to the attack, was slammed into the ground. In that gap, I pierced the black sphere that was accumulating above his head with the [Heavenly Khakkhara]. The black sphere pierced by the [Heavenly Khakkhara] gradually cracked, and light overflowed from it as it burst. No way What the hell are you? Quarro, who was slammed into the ground, shouted as he staggered around in a dizzy state I dont know! What? Quarro was astonished by my answer. Ive been asked that question a lot today, but theres no way I know who I am. Id rather be the one asking. All I could say was that I somehow got caught up in this battle between Evil and Holy, and I had to become stronger to feel safe. But it seemed that Quarro was not satisfied with my answer, and his face turned red with anger. St stop messing around! You come out of nowhere and interrupt my fun Ill kill you! As Quarro spewed a large amount of black mist from his body, they branched out into countless pieces and stabbed at me as sharp blades. While knocking them away with the [Heavenly Khakkhara], I gradually closed the distance between us. Dont come, dont come, dont coooooome! ! In the midst of his raging attacks, Quarro turned his palm toward me, and a small black sphere appeared, shooting a black flash of light at me. In response to the black flash, I took a step forward, keeping in mind the final attack Master Usagi had used against the Scythe Saint. My body moved even faster than before, and the distance separating me and the black flash was already almost gone. In such a situation, I use the [Heavenly Khakkhara] to unleash the [Divine Piercing] still used by the Spear Saint Ronus. [Divine Piercing]! The tip of the [Heavenly Khakkhara] pierced through the black flashes of light and finally struck Quarros body. Gaaaah! Quarros body was bent into a crooked shape, and his voice leaked out in anguish. No way This is not how its supposed to be! Then, perhaps the effect of the [Heavenly Khakkhara] was activated, smoke rose from Quarros body. This me is going to be destroyed! This is a lie This is impossible Quarro desperately grasped the handle of the [Heavenly Khakkhara], trying to escape from my thrust, but the smoke was even coming from his palms touching it, and he could not escape. Eventually, as the amount of smoke increased, and Quarros body gradually began to disappear, he suddenly stopped resisting and spoke in a quiet tone, as if his resistance just a moment ago had been a lie. Hah so this is really the end for me. Its a pretty anticlimactic ending, but well, thats about it. It seems that the Evil Beasts have been defeated as well, and weve lost. I thought I could have more fun playing around. Quarro said with deep regret and then turned a sharp look at me. I didnt expect such an uncertain factor to be mixed in. Its out of my calculation. .. But well now that we know about you, right? ? I tilted my head, not understanding the meaning of Quarros words. However, Quarro did not show any sign of answering and now looked at Master Usagi and Iris-san. I dont know how much you know about us, but we are one. Eh? (What?) Iris-san and Master Usagi did not seem to understand the meaning of Quarros words. They looked at him with a dubious expression while he looked at them with amusement. sea??h th§× N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Well then, try to do your best~. And then, as Quarros body completely disintegrated, the smoke finally dissipated. Quarro is gone? The young man Evil muttered quietly in the Worlds Disposal Ground. Then, he gazed at the palm of his hand as if to confirm his own power. Fumu I see. So its integrated in this way. What are you going to do? The other Evil in the place quietly asked the young man. The other Evil is a somewhat nervous-looking man who looks to be in his thirties. Its a pity that Quarro is gone, but there was also the harvest. Is that an enhancement for you? Fuh its that, but its also something different. Then what? In response to the mans question, the young mans eyes narrowed as if he were gazing into some distant presence. I found it the outsider. In the eyes of the young man, the image of Yuuya, who defeated Quarro, is clearly visible. By the time Yuuya had defeated Quarro, the Evil Beast summoned by Quarro had been defeated by Night and the others with the Regal Kingdom soldiers. Phew I wondered what it was when it suddenly appeared but I guess these are the Evil familiars Luna murmured in front of the dead bodies of the defeated Evil Beasts. The Evil Beast that Yuuya and Kagurazaka defeated in the Earth was purified by Kagurazakas talisman and disappeared cleanly, but the many corpses of the Evil Beast remained in this place now. In response to Luna, Lexia, who had been keeping quiet, puffed out her chest with pride. As expected of my guard! Hmm Well. More importantly, hows Yuuya While saying this, she looked towards Yuuya and saw Quarro just disappearing. It looks like everything went well over there, too. This time, that Yuuya saved the country from a crisis For the Regal Kingdom, Yuuya must be considered a hero. Aaahh Geez! Yuuya-sama was fighting so splendidly against the Sword Saint in the first place! You really cant be shaken, can you? Everyone was stunned and speechless by the earlier battle between the Sword Saint Iris and Yuuya up until the Evil attacked. For the Regal citizens, everyone knew that Iris, the Sword Saint, was strong. Still, the sight of Yuuya fighting on equal footing with her was a shock not only to the Regal citizens but also to Orghis and the others here. In the meantime, when the Evil attacked and interrupted the battle between Iris and Yuuya while unleashing a large number of Evil Beasts into the arena, the entire venue was in an uproar, but the situation ended more easily than expected. The reason for this is Finished. No sign of the Evil Beast anywhere. Woof. For Lexia and the others, the still mysterious Yuti, and Yuuyas partner, Night, have defeated almost all the Evil Beasts. And although Akatsuki didnt take part in the battle itself, he was also very active, using his skills to heal injured civilians and soldiers. Night, Akatsuki. Thank you for saving my life. Woof~. Fugofugo. Luna patted them, Night seemed to feel good, and Akatsuki looked like he deserved it and was proud of it. Even so he was really just sleeping While Luna stroked Night and Akatsuki, she looked at the still sleeping Ouma with a dumbfounded look. Then, Ouma opened one eye. What is it? You seem to have a problem with that? Youre awake? I just woke up. Ouma made a big yawn as he said that and then turned his gaze to Luna. I told you already. I am not interested in the affairs of humans. Im not going to help. I see. Luna couldnt continue conversing with Ouma any longer. As Ouma said, as a legendary dragon he is not concerned with the circumstances of human beings; Luna also knew that. Even if there are people who are dissatisfied with the way it is, they cannot be bothered with it because Ouma has the power to wipe out even that or even the planet itself. Luna breathed a sigh of relief at having gotten through this situation, but then she noticed something. Hmm? Speaking of which where is the royal family of the Regal Kingdom? Huh? Sure, I havent seen them I even remember when they went to give orders to the soldiers, but Although she looked around the entire arena, she couldnt see Orghis and the others, so Luna and the others thought that they had gone to give instructions outside the arena. In the middle of all this, Ouma sighed again and turned his attention to the sky above the arena. Hmm. Scout magic, huh? It wont work on me, but Yuuya. Youve finally been discovered, eh? Ouma said, laughing merrily, and fell asleep again. Book 6: Epilogue Heres the sponsored epilogue by Patreon, enjoy~Epilogue When Quarro attacked, immediately after Orghis gave instructions to his soldiers, he went to the summoning magic circle in the basement of the castle together with Layla. No way, the Evil is attacking us today! Father Layla looked worried as Orghis frowned. Then Orghis noticed her gaze and exhaled slowly. Fuh its unavoidable. For the time being, Ive left the soldiers to Royle. We have no choice but to rely on the other world. Orghis saw the match between the Sword Saint and Yuuya and was impressed by how strong they were, and almost thought that there was no need to rely on the other world to counter the Evil. However, when he saw the Evil that had arrived, he immediately changed his mind. He saw that the Sword Saint, who was supposed to be the strongest Holy, was being overwhelmed by Quarro. Convinced that the country would be destroyed by the Evil if things had continued as they were, Orghis immediately began to move. Even if they were able to defeat Quarro, he did not think that this was enough to eliminate all of the Evil. This was why he finally made up his mind to summon a hero from another world. When he moved to the summoning room, there were the magicians of the Regal Kingdom. They had already completed the magic circle under his direction. Your Majesty. The preparations are in place. We just need to pour in the magic power, and the magic will be activated. Layla. Yes, father. I will bring a hero or a saint into this world. Im sure that person will be able to save this world. Prompted by Orghis, Layla stepped forward and touched the magic circle with her hand. When the magic power was poured in from her hand, the magic circle began to glow mysteriously. Kuh. T-this is At first, Layla was pouring in the magic power smoothly, but gradually the magic circle began to suck the magic power from Layla, and she frowned at the amount of absorption. The magic circle shone brighter and brighter as it tried to suck up all of Laylas magic power at a tremendous rate. How much time had passed? Layla, whose face was pale from her magic power being drained, could not tell, but when her magic power was about to run out it finally stopped. Ah Layla! Orghis hurriedly supported Layla, who was wobbling and about to fall. Then, the shine of the magic circle reached its brightest in front of the two of them, and the light finally burst out. Ugh! F-finally! When the light subsided, there was a single figure floating in the air. Seeing that, Orghis and the others knew that the summoning magic had succeeded. And then. W-what is this? What on earth is going on? What appeared from the magic circle was a girl in a shrine maiden costume Mai Kagurazaka. Hmm for that reason After I finished defeating Quarro, I was interrogated by Iris-san about how I acquired Evils power since I had activated it in front of her. It really was just like Usagi said, wasnt it? (Thats what I told you. Why dont you believe me?) How can I believe you from such a tall tale? (Well, hes just a big idiot, isnt he?) Ugh I shrunk under the stunned gazes of Iris-san and Master Usagi. Then, Kuro, who was inside me, burst into laughter. Ahahahaha! Youre so weak that its hard to believe you were fighting with the Evil until just now! I-it cant be helped, can it? Because Quarro had to be defeated, I fought with him. Otherwise, I would have been killed. And I wasnt that strong to begin with. Iris-san turned a dumbfounded gaze at me, but after letting out a single sigh, she let out a bitter laugh. Well, its true that Yuuya-kun saved my life. I-I was protected. Ive never had such a thing happen to me before Well, I mean, I was happy about it or something like that Eh? (Sigh) The latter half of the words were too small to be heard, but Master Usagi let out a sigh to Iris-san. After that, he immediately returned to his serious expression and stared at me. (Yuuya. You must have understood the threat of Evil from this incident. In addition, he left behind a few mysteries that we dont know about yet We cant let our guard down.) Yes. (And then. The next time, I will increase the intensity of my training so that we can prepare for another attack at any time.) Ugh I understand I would be happier if I could just relax and enjoy my time, but I cant say that, so I nodded to Master Usagis words. For some reason, Iris-san, who was gazing enviously at the exchange between Master Usagi and me, laughed a little sadly. I see So this is where I have to part ways with you, Yuuya-kun Ah thats right. What do you plan to do now? Well, as Master Usagi said earlier, I guess Ill train. It seems that the training was going to be tough. Will I be able to stay safe? I I finally met someone whos stronger than me Eh? With a sad expression, Iris-san muttered something, but I couldnt hear her. Then Iris-san looked up, suddenly realizing something, and her eyes lit up. Yes, thats it! W-whats wrong? The tension was so high that I was slightly pressured to ask. Yuuya-kun! Ill make you my disciple too! Huh? (Hou?) For some reason, Master Usagi nodded in admiration while I looked puzzled at Iris-sans words. (Thats good. My technique is not enough for you. You should train with Iris for a while.) Ueeeee? W-wait! Even if you suddenly say something like that! Its okay, its okay! Please dont be shy; leave it all to this Onee-san! Youre already stronger than me. If we continue to deepen our relationship as master and disciple, we can get married! Im a genius! U-um, Iris-san? Now that weve decided, lets start training right away! Eeeeeeehhh! N-now? We just finished fighting! Thats why! Iris-sans words made my face turn pale. S-seriously the training with Master Usagi was going to be more severe from now on, and now I also have to add the training with Iris-san? Will my stamina really be enough? When I had such a question in my mind, Iris-san and Master Usagi suddenly turned their gazes sharply towards the castle. Whats wrong? Theres an incredible amount of magic power just now (Did you feel it too, Iris? What the heck is that magic power?) It seems that they felt a great magic power from the castle, and they have a stern expression on their faces. Sear?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. However, at this time, I did not think that what was happening in the castle of the Regal Kingdom would be directly related to me at all. Book 6: Afterword Heres the afterword~Afterword Thank you for taking a look at this work. Im Miku, the author. I hope everyone is doing well. As for me, Im in good health. I hope you enjoyed this story as a way to pass the time. S§×arch* The N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As for the story of this volume, Yuuya is once again very busy with the battle against the Sword Saint and the Evils main body. In addition, in the real world, the other worlds influence has started to spread to the Earth, such as meeting the Evil Beast at the place where Kaori and the others went to test their courage. On the other hand, in the other world, in the Regal Kingdom, a ritual of summoning a holy maiden was held in order to fight against Evil. As a result, the holy shrine maiden Mai Kagurazaka, who had been living on Earth, was summoned to the other world What will happen now? Its a mystery to me as well. So I hope youll look forward to the next volume with me. Now, Id like to thank my editor-in-charge-sama for his cooperation again. I would like to thank Reine Kuwashima-sama for the cool illustrations that made this work so wonderful. I would also like to express my heartfelt gratitude to all the readers who have picked up this book and enjoyed it. Thank you very much. See you soon. Miku. Book 7: Prologue Heres the 7th volumes prologue, I hope you can enjoy this volume as well~Prologue The worlds negative energy is swirling. The ground is withering, and it is impossible for living things to survive in the farthest reaches of the [Worlds Disposal Ground]. A while after Yuuyas existence became known to the Evil, the Evil with the form of a young man summoned the group again. Its unusual for us to be summoned this often. A nervous-looking Evil, who had arrived a step ahead of the others, muttered quietly. But will the others come? They didnt even respond to the previous call You dont need to worry about them; its all good. ! When he heard a new voice, the nervous-looking Evil turned around and saw the young-looking Evil there. However, the nervous-looking Evil noticed that there was something a little strange about him. It was similar to the change that occurred immediately after the death of the recently deceased Evil with the form of a boy Quarro. This is what does this mean? You seem to have gotten much stronger in a little while I havent seen you The nervous-looking Evil was overwhelmed by the presence of the young-looking Evil. Its to the extent that the quality of the power emitting from the young man seemed to have improved over the years. So, the nervous-looking Evil came up with a thought. Could it be that you killed the others? There had been several gatherings of the Evil at this Worlds Disposal Ground, but the only ones who gathered previously were the young man Evil, the nervous-looking Evil, and the now-deceased Quarro. However, there was no way that the three of them were the only Evil that existed in the world as a manifestation of the negative energy. There were Evil all over the world, and each of them spent their time as they pleased. This was why nervous-looking Evil thought those Evils had been killed without his knowledge. But Yeah, those guys I killed them all. What. The young mans words, which he had not expected, rendered the nervous-looking Evil speechless. Y-you killed them, you said? What are you thinking about? Quarro had been eliminated, and our strength is now reduced. And yet! Ive realized something. What? No matter how we attack them individually as we are now, we will only lose like Quarro. Thats why we need absolute power not as a group, but as individuals. The young mans Evil did not seem to be particularly concerned about the nervous-looking Evil reaction and told him plainly. And now that Quarro is dead, his power has been passed to me. But thats not enough. The person who killed Quarro is an existence that we never expected. Thats why it will take an overwhelming power to kill him and lay waste to the humans, including the Holy. Rather than gathering together like the weak, it would be better to have a single, overwhelmingly powerful person to overrun them. So I thought to myself. Im going to be that one person, and Im going to destroy everything. No way? Yeah, youve guessed it. I killed all the others, and they became part of me. Youre the only one left. Kuh! The nervous-looking Evil instantly distanced himself from the young-looking Evil. He gathered up the black mist, transformed it into a huge spear, and unleashed it directly at the young man. Facing the massive black spear approaching with terrifying speed and power, the young man Evil did not even show any pretense of avoiding it. At the moment the spear touched him the spear reverted into a black mist and dispersed. R-ridiculous! The quality of my evil power is far superior to yours. Your attack would not leave a single scratch. When he heard the young mans words, the nervous-looking Evil, thinking that he had a slim chance of winning, immediately gathered up the black mist to tried to flee from the place. However What? The black mist that the nervous-looking Evil desperately gathered up had dissipated again, and in contrast, it gathered around the young-looking Evil. I told you already. The quality of my evil power is vastly superior to yours which means that all the negative power in the world has gathered around me. There is not a single evil power you can control anymore. N-no way Before this unreasonable power, the nervous-looking Evil was at a loss for words, and the young man smiled. But, its painful for me too to just kill you after weve been through so much together. Thats why Ill show you the true power of my ultimate perfected Evil. Ah. The dense black mist hovering around the young mans Evil suddenly wriggled and transformed itself into the shape of a hand. Eventually multiple hands appeared as if they were growing out of the back of the young mans Evil. Furthermore, these hands formed by the black mist were holding a variety of weapons. And when he saw the variety of weapons, the nervous-looking Evil noticed something and opened his eyes. T-those weapons are the weapons of the Fallen Saints!? Thats right. I killed the other Evil as well as the Fallen Saints, and this was an unexpected harvest As you can see, Ive even acquired all the skills of the Fallen Saints. Originally, each and every individual Evil was already overwhelmingly powerful. In order to counter them, the human race up until now had managed to combat the Evil by acquiring the title of Holy for those who have mastered the skills in various fields. However, the young-looking Evil was not only powerful as an Evil, but he had also acquired the skills that the Holy had acquired and was becoming a more perfect being. Now, Ill take care of the rest. You can disappear in peace. C-curse yooouuuuuu! The nervous-looking Evil was releasing the faint remaining Evil power desperately. And at the same time, the jet black spear that the young man unleashed had pierced through the nervous-looking Evil with ease. Gahaahhh The nervous-looking Evil had been pierced in the stomach and could no longer move properly glared at the young-looking Evil with eyes filled with tremendous murderous intent. Y-you bastard to do something like this to me! Its become tedious. Just shut up and become my food. At that moment, a black mist gathered around the feet of the nervous-looking Evil. The mist took on the shape of some kind of jaw and ate the nervous-looking Evil. Gyaaaaaaaaaaahh! The sound of ripping flesh, shattering bones, along with the scream of the nervous-looking Evil was heard as he was being chewed. In the end, when the sound disappeared and the black mist dispersed, the young man noticed something unusual with his body. S§×arch* The ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Ugh! O-oooohhh! The negative power surrounding the Worlds Disposal Ground was gathering around the young man. In addition, new energies that were still created by the negative emotions around the world were also flowing into the young-looking Evil. The energy turned into a jet-black sphere that completely enveloped the Evil. Eventually, the jet-black sphere cracked, and the young man appeared from within. He had long jet-black hair that seemed to consume everything and black eyes that looked like bottomless holes. The power of the Evil, concentrated to the utmost limit, was leaking out of his body in a faint aura. The young man looked down at his reborn body and stared at his hands. Ah, I was right after all. When the young man gathers the power of Evil in his right palm, a jet-black sphere the size of a marble emerges. The moment he randomly threw it in front of him, a thunderous roar echoed throughout the Worlds Disposal Ground. Hmm. Is the power still not completely accustomed to my new body? The young mans Evil glared at the distant sky and laughed ferociously. Just wait, you outsider. Im going to wipe you out without a trace. For the first step I will go to the country where Quarro was killed to say hello. After evolving into the ultimate perfect form, the God of Destruction Avis disappeared as if melting into the world. Book 7: Chapter 1: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 1 Its been a few days since I defeated Quarro, one of the Evil. As Master Usagi had said, my training had become more severe than before. [One Thousand Spear Piercing]! (Hmph.) I transformed to the Evil and unleashed the Spear Saint technique that I had acquired during the battle with the Fallen Saint. I had awakened a new power during that battle Thanks to the [Evil Dens Eye], I was able to use some of the Spear Saints technique. But neither the [Evil Dens Eye] nor the Spear Saint technique were reflected in my status. It seemed that I had acquired them as my own unique skills. With my new skills, countless spear attacks were directed at Master Usagi. However, Master Usagi didnt seem to be overwhelmed by the number of attacks and just brushed them off with his legs. S-seriously? (Do you think that your attacks which arent equipped with the [Magic Attire] would hit me? Here, do not let your mind wander!) Whoa! After Master Usagi parried away my attack lightly, he accelerated straight at me and mercilessly directed a kick at my face. I managed to avoid it by turning my upper body. Then I countered by kicking Master Usagi while upside down. Oh? Master Usagi seemed a little impressed by my action, but he casually used my kick as a foothold and moved away from me. sea??h th§× novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (You used to be too preoccupied to avoid it, but now youre fighting back It looks like youre growing up, at least.) I-I wonder if thats true Im not confident at all. After all, my attacks were all deflected, so I didnt feel like I was growing up at all. I know that if I dont use [Magic Attire], I wont be able to land an attack, but this training also has the purpose of raising my natural strength, so I didnt use it on purpose. (Well, thats fine. But if you only attack with your spear and kicks, it wont be any different than before, right?) I know that. I put away my [Absolute Spear] and took out my [Omni-Sword]. And then. [Single Sword Flash]! (!) By applying the kicking technique that was handed down by Master Usagi to attack, I was able to approach Master Usagi with tremendous momentum, and then I was able to swing the whole sword that was in my hand to the side. This technique was a Sword Saint technique which was taught by Iris-san. The strike contained my full power, and for the first time in todays training, Master Usagi took evasive actions instead of just brushing aside my attack. But my attack was not over yet. [Heavenly Rotation]! (What?) One of the Sword Saint techniques was the [Heavenly Rotation], which was an attack that launches a tornado of slashes by slashing the sword upward from the bottom. I learned this technique from Iris-san, but I am not yet able to create a tornado as large as hers. Even so, if I unleashed it at close range, even Master Usagi wouldnt be able to avoid it. (Hmph interesting!) Huh? However, facing my new technique, Master Usagi smiled ferociously, which was completely uncharacteristic of a rabbit, and he dispelled the oncoming tornado of slashes with his foot. (Unfortunately, youre not quite there yet.) I guess? (Mmm?) Master Usagi thought my attack was over, but my focus was on my next attack. This was one of the most powerful techniques that Iris-san taught me. It is. [Heavenly Saint Slash]! While Master Usagi dealt with the tornado of slashes Ive unleashed, I adjusted my stance and took a big step forward as I did with the [Single Sword Flash]. The preliminary movement of the attack was so large that if I were to unleash it normally, Master Usagi would have easily avoided it. But right now, Master Usagi was in the middle of dealing with another of my techniques. There was no way he could prevent it. Haaaaaaah! As I stepped forward with all my might, I poured my magic power into the [Omni-Sword], causing it to glow pale blue and it transformed into a giant light sword. The light sword was swung down with great force at Master Usagi. (Kuhahahahaha! Thats good, thats good! [Breaking Flash Kick]!) However, Master Usagi, who had managed to deal with the tornado of slashes that I had unleashed, pulled his foot back to the extreme and then released it in one fell swoop to unleash a kick. The power of the kick was so great that it pierced the slash of extreme magical power that I had unleashed! It was as if he had focused all his strength to break through at a single point, and his technique easily surpassed the results of my training. Im not a true Holy, so I used the magic power I inherited from Sage-san as a substitute. However, the power was close to that of the actual [Heavenly Saint Slash] and even my full power version of the [Heavenly Saint Slash] still could not reach Master Usagi in the end. Am I really growing up? A weak voice unintentionally leaked out of my mouth, but please forgive me. As I was sighing heavily, Master Usagi broke through my [Heavenly Saint Slash]; he kept his distance and released his fighting stance. (Hmm, do you want to leave it at that for today? Even so, being able to easily absorb not only my technique but also the Sword Saint technique makes me more and more curious about what you are.) A-ahahaha It looks like its over. A female voice called out to me after I finished my training with Master Usagi. When I turned my gaze towards the voice, I saw Iris-san standing there with a towel in her hand. Yes, heres the towel. Ah sorry, thank you. And heres your water. So, are you hurt or something? Are you okay? Eh? I-Im fine! Are you sure? Youre not lying, are you? If theres anything thats bothering you, dont hesitate to tell your Onee-san, okay? Iris-san was taking such good care of me that Im afraid Im going to shrink, but since Master Usagi has never cared for me like this before in my training, Im somewhat confused. However, I was grateful that she was concerned about me, so I thanked her honestly. T-thank you very much. Thank you so much for doing this for me Its okay. I want to be with you as much as possible like this. Eh? Its nothing. H-huh As you may have guessed from Iris-sans presence here, after Quarros attack, not only did the intensity of my training with Master Usagi increase, but Iris-san also began training me. As a result, I was able to use the Sword Saint techniques, like the [Single Sword Flash] that I just unleashed on Master Usagi. The control was still not as good as it should be, and it was not as powerful nor fast as Iris-sans, so I need to continue training well However, just like the Spear Saint technique, the Sword Saint techniques were not reflected in my status for some reason. When I let out a sigh again, Iris-san looked around. Even so I never thought that Yuuya-kun is living in the Great Devils Nest and this house seems to be protected by magic that even I dont understand No wonder that Usagi is learning magic from Yuuya-kun. I wonder if I should learn it too? Yes, Iris-san had come to my house in the Great Devils Nest, just like Master Usagi, to train me. Thats just Im not that good enough to teach you You say this is not good enough? No matter how I look at it, I think youre a better magician than the Magic Saint (I agree with you. The self-enhancement provided by the [Magic Attire] is also powerful. Youre still a little lacking when it comes to combat techniques, Yuuya, but when it comes to magic, theres a lot to learn from you.) Both Master Usagi and Iris-san gave me such praise, but this was all just something that I inherited from Sage-san, or rather, something that was simply given to me. Its not that Im amazing, but its Sage-san that was too amazing. The only thing I can do was to become a person worthy of the power I inherited from Sage-san, even if only a little. I have to work hard. As I was thinking about this, Yuti came over from the house. Suggestion. Yuuya, its time for dinner. Oh, its already that time, huh? Affirmative. Both Ouma-san and I are looking forward to it. Yes, yes. I couldnt help but let out a wry smile at Yutis honest words. Well, Ouma-san could not go out of the house on Earth, so I understood that the only thing he could enjoy was eating. The training with Master Usagi and Iris-san was so intense that I lost track of time, but it was already time to eat. Then Iris-san stared at Yuti and muttered in some dissatisfaction. I still dont agree with it. Eh? Why are you living with a woman other than me? ..What? Iris-san shouted as if she was crying tears of blood. Youre living under the same roof with a beautiful young girl! I dont see how I can win! I mean, no matter what, i-its just so shameful! Hmm? Problem. I have nowhere else to go. Yuuya invited me to live with him. Thats why Im here. H-h-he invited you? Iris-san shouted, her face growing redder and redder. W-well, if I left Yuti alone, she would have continued to live in the wild forever I-I wonder if young people these days are too liberal? Or am I just too far behind? Um, Iris-san? Iris-san was cool and sharp when she was training, but sometimes she said strange things and acted weird. It could be said that this was the reason behind the familiarity. More importantly! I heard that youre the disciple of Bow Saint? Affirmative. Im Yuti, the disciple of the Bow Saint. Yes, Yuti-chan. I want to ask you one question, why are you asking Yuuya to prepare the food for you? If youre the Bow Saints apprentice, Im sure shes taught you well, including household chores, but Hmm? Negative. The only thing I learned from my master was the Bow Saint techniques. My master did everything else. Eh? Ah, no her caring nature may have backfired rather than being overprotective, I think it is beyond that Iris-san was taken aback by Yutis words. No, I was surprised too. She said she couldnt even take off her clothes by herself. Its not a problem now, though. Kaori taught her a lot of things about that, so she was really helpful. Then Iris-san, who had been looking dumbfounded, seemed to notice something, and her face brightened. Sigh! Thats right; if I show off my household skills here, Ill have a chance!? Yuuya-kun! Y-yes. Onee-san will be the one cooking for you today. Eh? I opened my eyes at the unexpected words. Since this is a great opportunity, Yuuya-kun Um, I think Ill cook for you today to deepen our friendship H-how about it? N-no, I mean I appreciate the thought of deepening our friendship, but if thats the case, Id rather be the one to cook Its okay! Please leave this to Onee-san! Ive been doing bridal training for a while now, so Im pretty good at housework though Ive never had anyone to show it off to. In the end, Iris-san muttered something quietly and gave a distant look. Um Is that okay? Of course. Id rather you leave it to me. I-if you say so, then please. Expectations. Lets see what the Sword Saint can do. Why is Yuti looking so high and mighty about this? Yuti, you couldnt do housework I wanted to say that again, but I held back. Then, Master Usagi, who was watching our exchange, turned his back on us. (Hmph. The training for today is over. Do what you want with the rest.) Ah, Master Usagi, arent you going to eat with us? (Its okay. Its more troublesome to get caught up in the fight between those two women.) Eh, a fight? When I turned my gaze to Iris-san and Yuti, I couldnt help but notice that although they were quietly looking at each other, there seemed to be sparks flying between their gazes. W-what is it? (Well, youll just have to do your best.) After saying that much, Master Usagi walked out of the barrier of Sage-sans house, jumped up into the air from there, and flew away somewhere using the air as a foothold. Eeeh? As I looked over at Master Usagi, who had left after saying something disturbingly, Iris-san also turned her gaze in the same direction. Usagi is the same as ever Now then, Id like to cook quickly, may I borrow your kitchen? Ah, c-come this way, please! In this manner, I entered Sage-sans house together with Iris-san and Yuti. Book 7: Chapter 1: Part 2 Hi my dear readers, Im sorry for any bad words since Im not good at composing words. Im also apologize for the late release. As you may know from the announcement on my Discord channel, my brothers newborn baby was diagnosed with liver disorders. The cost of the surgery isnt small. So, I want to help to ease my brothers cost burden for the surgery.And so, I made a goal for it on my Ko-Fis page; Id really appreciate every penny you donate for it. I hope it wont annoy anyone, and thats all for it. Thank you very much, and heres my Ko-Fis page:https://ko-fi.com/nyxtranslation NB: I didnt include different world cheat as its the latest volume published for now. Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 Its not often that I invite someone to Sage-sans house, so it was somewhat refreshing to see Iris-san in Sage-sans house. Until recently, Lexia-san used to come over for whatever reason, but lately, her visits had been decreasing. Well, its strange for a princess to visit such a dangerous place so often, isnt it? But Master Usagi, who I trained with every day, had actually never entered Sage-sans house. Hes always just training with me in the garden. By the way, once there was a time when Lexia-san tried to cook in Sage-sans kitchen No, that cant be considered cooking? The only thing I remembered was that it was very dangerous I was shuddering as I remembered that moment, and Iris-san was looking around the kitchen. Ara its so well maintained. As Yuti-chan said, you are usually the one who does the cooking, arent you? Yes, well Woof? Fugo? Hey, its time to eat. Hurry up. As I explained the cooking utensils places to Iris-san, Night, Akatsuki, and Ouma-san also came to the kitchen. When Iris-san saw Night and the others, she widened her eyes. C-come to think of it Ive been wondering about this since we met at the Regal Kingdom Oh, I havent introduced them to you, by the way. This is my family, Night, Akatsuki, and Ouma-san. Woof. Fugo. Hmph. Night sat up neatly and let out a single bark, while Akatsuki responded at his own pace as his usual self, raising his right paw in a carefree manner. And Ouma-san, needless to say, showed no interest in Iris-san and laid down comfortably on the floor. As I smiled at the three of them, Iris-san froze. Hmm, whats wrong, Iris-san? B-Black Fenrir? Ah, Night, is it? Apparently, hes from such a race. I heard theyre rare and very strong A Black Fenrir is not something that can be described in such simple terms as rare and very strong, you know! Eh? Affirmative. Yuuya, your perception is a little odd. T-thats Ive been told the same thing by Yuti, but did I say something so strange? Ouma-san said that if its only about strength, its a race that is comparable to himself, but I dont really feel that way about it either. More importantly, when I see Night in his daily life, he doesnt seem to be as unpredictable as Ouma-san, and hes very smart, so I dont really understand such a statement. Well, whatever it is, Night is Night, right? When I stroked Night with this in mind, he narrowed his eyes and rubbed his body against my hand. Mmm, as I thought, hes cute. Then, perhaps envying Night, Akatsuki slipped under my other free hand and pressed his head against it. Buhi. Fugo~. Yes, yes, Ill stroke you too. By the way, whats that red pig? Akatsuki? I heard that Akatsukis race is called [Mouju], but I dont know much about them. Master Usagi said that they are one of this planets self-purification mechanisms, and they play a similar role to those of the Holy such as Iris-san and Master Usagi ..Then, what about the little dragon? Ouma-san is an existence from the legend called the [Genesis Dragon]. I dont know much about the details, but I heard that he is incredibly strong Well, Ive never seen him fight. Considering how intimidating he was when I first met him, there was no way he was weak. In fact, its hard to believe that an existence that has been alive since the time this planet was created would be considered weak. More than that, when I introduced Night and the others again like this, it made me realize that I still dont know much about these three at all. However, they are still an important part of my family. When I finished introducing everyone, I looked at Iris-san again, and she had a dumbfounded expression on her face. U-um Iris-san? Sigh! I am really surprised at how crazy it is wait, no, no, no! Its just strange! Eh? How can you be so calm? Its Black Fenrir, you know? Its a race that all of us Holy, and even our enemy, the Evil, would be no match for even if we all joined together. In addition, there is also a holy beast that is born with a special power to fight against Evil. And to top it all off, the Genesis Dragon, you say its really unbelievable! Affirmative. Your reaction is just right. In response to Iris-sans exclamation, Yuti nodded quietly. W-well, Ouma-san is surely an extraordinary existence, but are Night and Akatsuki really that much of a cause for concern? Theyre just cute and dependable family members of mine. Then Ouma-san, who seemed to have been listening to Iris-sans words, opened one eye from his prone position and turned his sharp gaze on Iris-san. Ho? Little girl. You dont believe that Im the Genesis Dragon, do you? Sear?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Huh? It does not affect me, but I could tell that Ouma-san was intimidating Iris-san because her complexion instantly turned white, and she began to sweat profusely. Seeing this, I hurriedly warned Ouma-san. Hey, Ouma-san! Dont be so quick to threaten people like that! W-what is it? Yuuya, you say that, but It would be nice if someone can just accept that Ouma-san is the Genesis Dragon. But, it is a problem if you had to react every time like this happened. M-mm Youre right, but And todays meal will be made by Iris-san. If Ouma-san intimidates her, she wont be able to cook. What? I-it would be bad! Im hungry already! The food must be prepared as soon as possible! Ouma-san seemed to have stopped intimidating Iris-san when he replied in a panic to my words, and Iris-san was gasping for air over and over again. Hah! Hah! Hah! Iris-san! Are you okay? Hah Hah Y-yeah T-thank you No problem! Im sorry, too Its okay. I also made a rude remark Ouma-sama right? Please forgive my rudeness. Iris-san said and bowed to Ouma-san. Then, Ouma-san snorted. Hmph. Just remember that. And there is no need to address me as such. Its annoying. Yes. I understand. Thank you very much. The one who can speak strongly against Ouma-san is only Yuuya. Looks like it Eeeh? I dont think thats the case but I do believe that Ouma-san would understand if I explained it properly. When I thought about that, Iris-san turned her gaze to me once again. As expected, your familys fighting force is crazy. It feels strange for us to be worrying about Evil W-well, isnt that okay? However, Ouma-san said that he wouldnt participate in the battle against Evil Is that so? When it comes to the Genesis Dragon, he probably wont be interested in our fight But will the Black Fenrir Night be participating? Yes. Night will fight with us. Hes still a kid, though, so hes still growing up, just like me. No, even though hes still growing up, its very reassuring to have the legendary Black Fenrir as a companion. Night-chan, please take care of me, okay? Woof! Iris-san bends down and gently pets Night. In response to Iris-san, Night barked cheerfully. Its as if he was saying, Leave it to me! Buhi, buhi, buhi~! Oh, youre going to help too, right, Akatsuki-chan? Buhi When Akatsuki, annoyed by the fact that Iris-san petted only Night, squealed as if to assert himself, Iris-san stroked Akatsuki as well. Then Iris-san, who had petted both of them for a while, stood up and said with a cheerful expression. Now, lets make some food to eat. Can I use the ingredients from this house? Yes, please. Ive got many ingredients, from the outrageous vegetables from Sage-sans garden to the monster materials Ive acquired from training with Master Usagi and from my personal explorations of the Great Devils Nest. When Iris-san got the ingredients, she started cooking, and I decided to watch Iris-san cook for a while. No, its not that I dont trust her, but there are precedents, like Lexia-san. A knife flew into the air at that time, after all When I thought about that, Iris-san picked up one of the ingredients I had prepared, the [Godspeed Potato], and threw it lightly into the air. And then. Kiiiiiiin. Whoa! The potatoes that were thrown into the air were instantly chopped up and fell slowly onto the cutting board. No way, did she use the Sword Saint technique for cooking? Is that okay? That technique is a power to defeat Evil, right? [Thousand Swords]! Not shredded! After that, Iris-san took out a cabbage, which, similarly to the potato, she threw into the air and sliced it into strips in an instant. I dont know if its a good idea to use the Holy technique for mere slicing! [Spiral Rotation Slash]! [Unparalleled War Dance]! [Twilight Slash]! Peeling, chopping, and slicing thinly such casual knife work were all done with the Sword Saint techniques. And at the same time, with the effect of my [Evil Dens Eye], I also mastered each of those techniques. However, I couldnt exactly be happy about it. After all, it was not something that I acquired through training; it was something acquired just by watching a part of the cooking process! As I rolled my eyes at the unexpected cooking method, Kuro, who was inside me, woke up with a yawn. Fuwahhhh. Did you finish your training? Ah? Why is the Sword Saint cooking in this house? N-no, um after the training was over, Yuti told me it was time to eat. Then, in order to deepen the friendship, Iris-san decided to cook for us Heh? That Sword Saint is going to cook for you Kuro seemed to be somewhat impressed, and he turned his attention to Iris-sans cooking as well as mine. Hey, Yuuya. Did my eyes go crazy? That Sword Saint is using Holy technique for cooking? Its not a mistake; shes really using it. The technique of the strongest of the Holy, the Sword Saint, is used for cooking and from the perspective of the Evil, this is a complicated feeling I guess so Kuro was now a part of my life, but originally he was a part of the Evils power. The fact that the techniques of the Sword Saint were used in cooking must be an indescribable feeling. While Kuro and I were talking about this, Iris-sans cooking proceeded, throwing ingredients one after another and chopping them up in an instant. But she wasnt just cutting them up randomly. Each of the ingredients was cut to a specific size. This is the way it is prepared and all the ingredients have a certain extraordinary vibe, and the seasonings are only of the highest quality. How can this be? Iris-san was astonished when she saw the seasonings in the kitchen. W-well, as for the seasonings, theyre all from Earth. Ive moved them to glass jars from this world so that people wont know theyre from Earth though. After the ingredients were prepared, she started cooking using the frying pan in the kitchen, and the food was finally ready. Iris-sans cooking skills were nothing to worry about. Although I was surprised that she used the Sword Saint technique at first, I could tell that she was used to cooking regularly. I-its done. Hmm. Lets see how good it is. Affirmative. Lets see what she can do. I couldnt understand why Ouma-san and Yuti were acting so high While amazed at their behavior, I helped Iris-san carry the food to the table. Let me help you. T-thank you eh, t-t-this feels just like a newlywed couple! Eh? I-its nothing! Come on, lets eat quickly! While tilting my head against the suddenly excited Iris-san, each of us took a seat. Well then Itadakimasu I immediately took a bite of Iris-sans food and was surprised by its taste. Hmm! Its so delicious! R-really? Its the first time Ive served it to someone but Im glad it turned out well. It seemed that we were the first ones to try Iris-sans home cooking. As Iris-sans cheeks reddened slightly at my words, Ouma-san, who had looked up to me just now, gobbled up the food. Ouma-san also seems to find Iris-sans cooking suitable for his taste. Ugh W-w-well, its not bad! Why couldnt he just honestly say its delicious there? No matter how I looked at it, it looked as if he enjoyed Iris-sans cooking. Then Yuti, who was also acting high and mighty, distorted her face in frustration and took a bite of the food. Defeat. The Sword Saints food is delicious No, what were you competing in? I couldnt help but smile bitterly at Ouma-san and Yutis words and actions. By the way, Night and Akatsuki did not particularly complain from the beginning, and they ate Iris-sans food with relish. These two were so cute and honest. Iris-san, who was looking at us with some happiness, suddenly opened her mouth. Thats right. As one of your masters, Im going to continue to teach you many things And whenever you train with me, Ill cook for you. Eh? If you want, I can do your cleaning and laundry too. No, no, no! I cant ask you to do that! Im your apprentice, after all Thats why. If I do the housework for you, you can use that time to train yourself, right? N-no, that may be true, but! Its okay. You can leave it to Onee-san! Yuuya-kun should train without worry! What should I do? Iris-san is spoiling me so much! Ive been training with Iris-san for a while now, and Ive found that shes been more lenient with me than I expected. Of course, the training was tough, but she didnt push me as hard as Master Usagi; she suggested many breaks and tried to take care of me. Thats very helpful, but if she spoils me too much, Ill become a good-for-nothing When I was confused by Iris-sans words, she was somewhat taken aback by the euphoria. Oh my efforts are paying off! If it keeps going like this were going to get married! As I looked at Iris-san, who occasionally departed to some distant world, I pondered how I should persuade her. Book 7: Chapter 1: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 So, Yuuya-kun, Im going to give you a massage. Whats the reason for that? After we finished eating, Iris-san suddenly said that with a lovely smile. And then she tilted her head in wonder. Is there something wrong? Um how did you come up with that idea? Ara, its quite simple. Im your master, and taking care of my apprentices body is one of the most important things a master can do. Thats why Im going to help you relax your tired body. Huh? B-but, Master Usagi has never done that for me before. Well, it cant be helped. Its Usagi, after all. But, Im not Usagi! Therefore, please leave it to me! I was pushed over the edge and ended up accepting a massage from Iris-san. However Hmm? What are you doing? Take off your clothes first. Take off my clothes? Why? Of course, because Im going to use this. S§×arch* The N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. What Iris-san showed me was a thick orange liquid in a clear bottle. W-whats that? Its an oil that I have formulated myself. It can be used to heal your muscles effectively. By infusing my Holy power into it, your body will be healed even more effectively. So come on, take it off! U-ugh Y-yes Fortunately, I had a swimsuit thanks to my trip to the beach with Kaori and the others some time ago, so I changed into that swimsuit. And Iris-san, who had finished her preparations, looked back at me. Now, we are rea dy Huh? I-Iris-san? For some reason, Iris-san froze at the sight of me. Then, gradually, her face turned red, and she turned away from me with great force. W-wait! After thinking about it, its the first time that I will touch a naked man! W-w-w-what should I do? I-Iris-san? Huh? I-Im sorry. W-well then can you lie down there? I was asked to lie face down on the bed. Then, oil dripped on my back. Ugh its a little cold I was surprised at the oils coldness for a moment, but then Iris-sans hand joined in. Ugh! At first, it was very ticklish and embarrassing because of the feeling of the thick oil and the fact that someone was touching my body, but Iris-sans massage was very pleasant. What can I say? Iris-san was right; I could feel that she was rubbing and healing my muscles that I had overworked during my training. Of course, there were no wounds on my body. Still, as Iris-san massaged me with the power of the Holy, I felt the fatigue that had built up in my body disappear, and I was healed from the core of my body. This was going to be addictive But rather than that, I was starting to feel sleepy A message suddenly appeared in front of my eyes as I began to doze off over the pleasant feeling. You have acquired the skill [Holy Soul]. Eeehh? Ho-Holy Soul? Why did I suddenly acquire this skill, and what are its effects? Although I would usually check right away, I was too sleepy to do so right now. At first, I tried to fight the drowsiness, but in the end, I succumbed and fell asleep without checking the new skill I had acquired. .. When the massage caused Yuuya to fall asleep, Iriss mind was in serious trouble. (Wait, wait, wait, wait, wait! I-Im now touching the skin of a man!) While desperately trying to calm her inner turmoil, Iris continued her massage. The only person who had ever given this massage to Iris was her master, the previous generation of Sword Saint. This was the first time she had given a massage to a man, and she was confused. She had never been in any relationship with the opposite sex before. The only man she was close to was her father, so she had never had the opportunity to get this close to a man, much less touch their skin. But Iris wasnt the only one getting flustered. Aaaarrggh! S-Stop it! H-hey, Yuuya! Wake up! Wake up and stop this woman! While Iris continued her massage, Kuro, who was inside Yuuya, was screaming. This was because the massage that Iris was giving used the Holys power, and by pouring it into Yuuyas body, combined with the effects of the oil, it was healing Yuuyas body. Thats why this massage was nothing but torture for the Evil Kuro, who was originally an enemy of the Holy. Hey, Sword Saint! Stop that hand right now! If it continues I will be gone! (W-whoa A-as expected M-men are very strong) N-no, my eyes are completely turned off! Kuros cry did not reach Iris. Instead, Kuros voice can only reach Yuuya, so it could be said that it was a futile resistance. (More than that, Yuuya-kun, hes sleeping right? Its really a beautiful face when I look at him like this). Iris, who was able to look at Yuuyas face more closely than usual, was naturally drawn to his face. (When I think about it, this boy saved me from Quarros attack I never thought of having a man save me before) Iris blushed again as she remembered how Yuuya had held her and saved her when Quarro attacked. Even though Iris didnt seem to be concentrating on the massage, her hands were precisely taking care of Yuuyas body without the slightest hesitation. Damn it! This woman doesnt look like shes concentrating at all, but shes pouring the power of the Holy into Yuuyas body! She shouldnt use her skill as Sword Saint here! Kuros cry was plausible. If Usagi had seen this scene or had witnessed Iriss cooking, he would have been just as appalled as Kuro. Iris used her power as the Sword Saint for her daily life. However, as a result, Iris was able to effectively use her power as the Sword Saint in any situation, which was probably why she was called the strongest among the Holy. In the meantime, Yuuyas lips suddenly entered Iriss field of vision. Hey! Sword Saint? What the hell are you thinking? Your eyes are getting scarier! (Huh? Y-you cant do that, Iris! Yuuya-kun is much younger than you! To do that to such a boy moreover, he is unconscious!) Iris contemplated this, but her gaze remained fixed on Yuuyas lips. And she naturally swallowed her saliva. T-this woman, could it be! She wants to kiss Yuuya? (J-just a little I think its okay if only a little) Kuro finally came to understand what Iris was trying to do to Yuuya. Aside from the panicked Kuro, Iris gradually brought her face closer to Yuuya while her face turned red. H-hey! Yuuya! Wake up quickly! If not you will be kissed by this woman! Kuro repeatedly called out to Yuuya, but Yuuya still would not wake up. And then. Hmm? ? Just before Iriss lips touched Yuuyas lips, Yuuya finally woke up. Iris, who instantly sensed his presence, fully displayed her physical abilities as the Sword Saint and distanced herself from Yuuyas face with unstoppable speed. Yuuya, who had no idea what was happening, rubbed his eyes sleepily. Ah I-Im sorry I must have fallen asleep because it felt so good Iris then shook her head with all her might to Yuuya, who said that with an apologetic expression. I-its okay! I-its not a problem! You must be tired from the training! It cant be helped! T-thank you very much. Um, whats wrong? Huh? Iris made a strange voice in response to Yuuyas question. But Iris did her best to maintain her composure as she answered Yuuya. I-its nothing! Yes, nothing! I-is that so? Thats fine then For Yuuya, who twisted his head with a somewhat strange expression, Kuro was relieved that the power of the Holy was no longer pouring into Yuuyas body, but he also cursed. Nothing, my ass! She afflicted me with a lot of pain, and then she tried to give Yuuya a strange kind of trouble. Eh? Strange kind of trouble? Giku! While confused as to why Kuro seemed to be in a bad mood, Yuuya recited Kuros words. Then, Iris froze when she heard it. W-w-w-what are you talking about? I just wanted to make sure that Yuuya-kuns body was in good shape. Theres nothing else yes, nothing! Yuuya felt a little uncomfortable with Iriss behavior but realized that the treatment was over and stretched out. Hmm! Aaahh! That was amazing! My body feels so much lighter now! R-really? Thats good to hear. Yes! Thank you so much! Ugh! In front of Yuuyas innocent smile and his ignorance of this whole event, Iris turned her face away. However, Iris did not intend to end here. T-then, for the future training Yes. Whenever you finish your training, I will give you a massage, so keep that in mind, okay? Geehh? Eh? T-this is not the only time? Yuuya raised his voice in surprise at Iriss words, and Kuro raised his voice of disgust from the bottom of his heart. However, Kuros voice could not reach Iris, of course, so Iris continued without any sign of concern. Its natural, isnt it? If you dont take care of your body every time you finish your training, its meaningless. Its not that you dislike it, is it? Thats, well Hey, Yuuya! I dont like it! I almost died while you were sleeping. Eeh? Why? Of course its because she poured the power of the Holy into me! Im the Evil! The Holys power is a deadly poison to me! Oh, thats right What do you mean by that? Kuro was speechless when Yuuyas answer was too simple. But its also true that my body felt great Guh its certainly true that the massage itself is painful, but my body is also more comfortable now than before. Is that so? Yuuya did not understand, but it was no exaggeration to say that Kuro lived in Yuuya. The condition of Yuuyas body was directly related to Kuros comfort. Therefore, the healthier Yuuya was, the more comfortable the environment would be for Kuro. Knowing this, Kuro couldnt argue strongly with Yuuyas words. Thinking that by enduring the pain for a short time, he would be able to be more comfortable in Yuuyas body, Kuro did not say anything more. Iris tilted her head at Yuuya, who was lost in conversation with Kuro. Whats wrong? I-its nothing! Really? Well, anyway! Im going to keep massaging you, so please keep that in mind, okay? Y-yes. Well then please take care of me. Iris made an agreement with Yuuya for massages and inwardly posed a gut pose. She had the opportunity to touch Yuuyas body legally This was the result of Iriss persistence, as she had been unlucky with the opposite sex until this age and had missed out on marriage. Thus, the strict and lenient training life of Yuuya continues. Book 7: Chapter 2: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 In a certain high-class restaurant. Its a well-known restaurant that celebrities, presidents of various companies, and politicians visit, and its not a place that ordinary people can often get into. In such a place, Miu was eating somewhat uncomfortably. Miu. You know what were going to talk about today, dont you? Yes. A middle-aged man with a well-developed face that resembled Mius in some way, was eating across from the model with a stern expression on his face. The man in front of her was Mius father and the reason for Mius tension. Then, it will be quick. A marriage proposal has been arranged for you. The other party is a young man who runs several entertainment facilities overseas, including a large casino. Recently, hes been trying to start a new business with the money hes gained from running the casinos. After hearing his story in detail, I feel that he has a very promising future. He will be a good fit for our family. .. It might be suitable for you, but its not for our family. Although Miu felt this way about her fathers words, she did not say it out loud. Mius father was the president of one of Japans largest companies, and Miu was actually the presidents daughter. However, instead of following her fathers ideas and joining his company, Miu jumped into the entertainment industry and became a very famous model. Therefore Im sorry. Im still working as a model. Dont tell me youre turning this down for some silly show business? Ugh! Being pierced by her fathers sharp gaze, Miu tensed up. In fact, she wanted to make him apologize for calling her modeling job a waste of time right now. However, she couldnt control her bodys response, which was a subconscious reflex ingrained in her for years, and she could only remain silent. Mius father spoke to her as if he was talking to a poorly taught daughter. Miu. I approved your entertainment activities because I believe it will lead to an enhancement of our companys image. But apart from that, you have also promised to help our company grow if there is an opportunity to do so. Thats! Dont tell me youve forgotten that? Miu, who was once again being looked at sharply, held her tongue again. Well, this is for your own good, too. I dont know about modeling or whatever, but your future is secure if you work for me instead of being in the unstable and unpredictable world of entertainment. Why cant you understand that? You dont know how I feel about being a model. I dont know. And Im not even interested in that. Huh!? No matter what you say, I intend to proceed with this marriage proposal. .. Miu turned her face down in frustration at her fathers words. Her father let out a sigh of exasperation at the sight of her. Good grief whats wrong with you if you marry someone I introduce you to; your future will be secure Im not looking for that Miu. Dont disappoint me too much. Uh! Mius body tensed up at the sound of her fathers cold voice. You lack awareness as a member of the Midou family. For the sake of the development of the Midou family and for your future, this marriage is very important. Even so, I Miu said this in a faint voice as if she was squeezing it out, but then she thought of a strange idea. W-well then If I can bring a man who can make father feel more at ease, then you will cancel the marriage proposal, wont you? You? Y-yes! Miu stared at her father with a serious expression. But her fathers expression was cold as if he knew that it was impossible. Ive told you many times that this marriage is for your future and will greatly affect the development of the Midou family. However, if you can bring a similar no, an even better partner, I will have no complaints. Well then! Well, I dont think you can. I have some knowledge of your social circle. There has never been a man in your life that you have gotten to know personally, has there? I dont expect you to be able to bring someone who can meet those requirements out of the blue at all. After saying that much, her father resumed his meal. It was as if he had nothing more to say, and Miu couldnt say anything else either. Just when I was getting used to training with Iris-san, I was told by Master Usagi and Iris-san that today would be a day off, as I had been doing a lot of training recently. However, since I was ready to train again today, I was puzzled by the sudden break. What should I do? Ive already finished my summer vacation homework early so that I can hang out with Kaori and the others before, and since I have a break from my usual training, I might as well stop doing voluntary training as well to rest my body. I groaned for a while, but then an idea occurred to me. Thats right! Now that I have a day off, lets go for a walk on Earth after a long while! Woof! Fugo~! Night and Akatsuki squealed cheerfully at my words. Then, Ouma-san, who was lying down in the room, opened one eye. Are you going out? Yes. I see. Well, I dont think its going to be a disaster, but be careful. Eh? Ive felt the presence of Evil before, even here on Earth. Since the worlds are connected through that door, its not surprising that anything can happen. When I went to visit Kaoris vacation house, I met the Evil Beast in the place where we did the test of courage, and it seemed that Ouma-san had sensed the presence of it while he was in this house. As always, hes amazing What about you, Yuti? Stand by. Ill stay home. I havent finished my homework yet. I-is that so? I smiled bitterly when I saw Yuti struggling with her summer vacation homework spread out on the table. Not only did she need to study for junior high school, but she also needed to catch up on the material from elementary school in order to keep up with her classes, so she needed to study more than others. It was a lot of work, but Im always willing to help if she encountered any problems or didnt understand something in her studies. We went out for a walk, leaving Yuti and Ouma-san to take care of things. Its been a while since we took a walk like this. Woof. Fugo. While Night wore a collar and a leash, Akatsuki didnt have anything on him. The reason was that Akatsuki didnt like it. Akatsuki was often at his own pace and did not do anything dangerous, and he listened to me, so Ive left him as is for now. Hmm? As I was walking leisurely along the walking course, I noticed a bulletin board in the town. There was an advertisement for a summer festival to be held tomorrow night. A summer festival? I talked about going with everyone when we came back from Kaoris vacation house but what should I do? Unfortunately, I dont have a smartphone, so I dont have a way to get in touch with everyone. I guess I should just go ahead and buy some new appliances and stuff for the house. Wasnt it impossible to sign up for a smartphone without parental consent? If thats the case, I would like to avoid getting one Even though it was my day off, I felt depressed because I remembered something I didnt like. Woof! Hmm? Whats wrong? I noticed that Night was staring in a certain direction. When I turned my gaze in the same direction, I saw Miu-san sitting on the riverside of our walking course, staring at the river in a gloomy mood. She looks like shes lost in thought Did something happen to her? Fortunately, there werent many people around, and no one seemed to have noticed her, so I called out to her. Miu-san? Eh? Oh, Yuuya-san! When Miu-san recognized me, she raised her voice in surprise. Its been a while, hasnt it? Yes! Ah Im sorry that the president of my office forced you to do that before N-no! Please dont worry about it. I think it was a good advertisement for our school Yes, the president of the agency which Miu-san belonged to had asked me to cover the ball game of the Ousei Academy the other day. Whats wrong? You looked like you had something on your mind Oh, haha Im sorry, I showed my embarrassing side. Oh no! Is something wrong? No, its nothing serious Miu-san was on the verge of saying something, but she shook her head once and looked at the river again. Yes, thats right. As Yuuya-san said, I was in trouble Oh, u-um, its late now, but you dont have to talk about it if you dont want to. Fufufu. Certainly, its a little late. But its okay. Would you mind listening for a moment? Y-yes. As I slowly sat down next to Miu-san, she stared at the river and began to talk in whispers. To tell you the truth I think I might not be able to continue working as a model. Eh? My eyes widened at her unexpected words. After all, Miu-san was an extremely popular model. Shes been on the cover of many magazines, and theres not a day that went by that I dont see her in some advertisements on the street. If I might add, I didnt think the president of the agency to which Miu-san belongs would let her go so easily. Was there some kind of trouble with her work? As if to answer my question, Miu-san continued. Of course, its not that I want to do this. Its just that my family doesnt think I should continue working Your family Miu-sans words brought my parents faces to my mind again, but I quickly shook my head to dismiss the thought. I love my job as a model. I love modeling, and I dont want to quit. But its not a world where I can continue to work while theres friction with my family. I didnt know much about the entertainment industry, so I couldnt say for sure, but Im sure the problems she was facing were pretty complicated. Besides, Ive never met Miu-sans parents, so I couldnt say anything about them, and I shouldnt get involved in their family affairs. I couldnt say a word to Miu-san, who struggled with her thoughts and itching to say something. Miu-san laughed, looking a little refreshed. Im sorry for talking about this to an unrelated Yuuya-san Oh no! Im not No. I like my job. I just wanted someone to hear that I love my work and that its something I can be proud of My father denied me that. I was at a loss for words when Miu-san smiled sadly at me. Suddenly, Miu-san stood up and stretched as hard as she could. Hmm! Its been a while since I went for a walk, but I was able to meet Yuuya-san like this, and more importantly, Yuuya-san listened to me. Its a good idea to take a walk. Ive been a little depressed lately When I saw Miu-san acting cheerfully to hide the mood she was in earlier, my mouth naturally moved. S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Miu-san. Yes? Do you have time tomorrow? Eh? Oh, you mean tomorrow? I dont have any work tomorrow, so I do have time I heard theres a summer festival near here tomorrow. It might take your mind off things a bit Eh? T-t-t-t-that will be a d-d-date. The second half of her words were too small to be heard, but I continued. Of course, as long as youre okay with me N-no! Its okay! Theres no problem! For a moment, I was pressured by Miu-san, who seemed more excited than I expected, but then I breathed a sigh of relief. Im glad then lets meet here tomorrow at 6 pm. Y-yes! Thats how I ended up going with Miu-san to the summer festival tomorrow. Book 7: Chapter 2: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 No, Isnt that too careless of me? I The next day. I started my preparations early so that I wouldnt be late for my appointment with Miu-san, but once again, I felt that I had been too careless in inviting her. The festival we were going to was not as large as the one held in the city. However, it was still a big one, and I didnt need to think about what would happen if Miu-san, a very famous person, showed up at such a place. The biggest problem of all was that I was too mismatched to her. In fact, Im so out of proportion that its almost laughable. Is everything okay? Me Uwaaahh Im suddenly getting anxious Woof As I held my head in my hands, Night barked in concern and put one foot on my leg to comfort me. Thank you, Night. But I wanted to make Miu-san feel better, even if just a little. When I thought of that, my mouth was moving naturally However, when I thought about it more calmly, I realized that even if I wanted to cheer her up, it would be a bit too far-fetched to believe that going to a festival with me might cheer her up. I dont know why I didnt realize that at the time. Well, its time to go! As I was thinking about this and that, the appointed time was fast approaching, and I hurriedly left the house. Night and Akatsuki were staying at home today. Of course, Ouma-san and Yuti, who hadnt finished her homework yet, said she would concentrate on that. Homework was important, but I think its okay to go out with friends. Since it was a summer festival, most people on the street were wearing yukata, but I was dressed in a normal outfit. As you probably expected, I didnt own any yukata or anything like that, so it couldnt be helped, but I had chosen to wear clothes that were as decent as possible so that I wont embarrass Miu-san when I walk next to her As I approached the appointed place, the streets became more and more crowded. And I felt that the people around me were a little buzzed. Yes, Miu-san was standing quietly at the appointed spot. She was dressed in a yukata. I was stunned, but Miu-san noticed my appearance and smiled. Ah, Yuuya-san! Eh, ah, yes! When I replied, my body tensed up. Miu-san walked towards me with a curious expression on her face. Hmm? Whats wrong? N-no! That I didnt expect to see you in a yukata Oh u-um, is it weird? Weird? No, of course not! It looks perfect on you! R-really? Its just that youre a little close Eh? A-aah! I-Im sorry! Miu-san asked if her yukata was weird, so I got closer than I should have Its really a bit of carelessness. I-its not that I dont like it its just that I was a little embarrassed .. When I was working as a model, I was able to stay in close contact without much difficulty, but now that Miu-sans cheeks were dyed red, I felt awkward. I-its embarrassing! As we were both feeling awkward, I noticed that the buzz around us was getting louder. H-hey, thats Ah, yeah. Thats Miu-chan, the model right? Shes wearing a yukata, so I knew she was waiting for someone in private, not at work, but Shes got a hell of a good-looking guy there Its not like Miu-chan being an idol matters, nor does she belong to an agency that prohibits romance, right? Then, its okay, isnt it? Even if I understand it in my head, I cant keep up with my emotions Its just that they are so innocent they havent even touched hands with each other yet, have they? Are they junior high schoolers? I dont know; were standing out more than I expected! Miu-san! Lets move from here for now! A-alright! We quickly made our way to the festival site, feeling slightly awkward. Wow! Its amazing! When we arrived at the festival site, Miu-sans eyes lit up. The festival site had many food stalls along the river, and the fireworks were scheduled to start around 7 pm. Then suddenly, Miu-san smiled a little sadly. Before I started working as a model, I never had the chance to come to a festival like this. So its kind of strange to be able to enjoy a festival like this This is actually the first time Ive been to a festival, too. Really? If its Yuuya-san, I thought you would have come with your girlfriend No, no, no, I never had a girlfriend. Miu-sans words made me smile bitterly. I dont have a girlfriend Its too impossible for me to have a girlfriend. And I didnt remember ever coming to a festival with my parents. Grandpa traveled all over the world, and now that I think about it, Id never participated in a normal event with him like this. Theres nothing I can do about it now, but I wish I could have gone out with my grandpa more when he was still alive When I was a little bit sad, Miu-san turned her head down as if she was thinking about something. I see Yuuya-san, you dont have a girlfriend, huh? Eh? Oh, no! Its nothing! If Miu-san says so, then it must be nothing. When we were both excited about our first festival, we noticed that the surroundings were buzzing again. H-hey, thats! No way, its Miu-chan! More importantly, that guy with her is the male model who was being talked about before isnt he? Are we attracting attention again? R-right. Well, lets not worry about it and just enjoy ourselves, shall we? Yes! Im worried about the stares around us, but we cant do anything about it if we care too much, so we decided just to enjoy the festival. Wow there are so many different food stalls! Yes, there are. Oh, would you like to eat something? Theres a shaved ice shop there Lets try it! I immediately lined up at the shaved ice shop I saw and ordered some. Its been a long time since Ive had shaved ice. You cant have shaved ice unless you have a chance like this. We took a break from the stall and ate the shaved ice we had bought. Did you get the blue Hawaii flavor, Yuuya-san? Yes, and Miu-san has the strawberry flavor, right? Yes! Speaking of which, I heard that shaved ice syrup actually tastes the same. Eh, is that true? Apparently, the base flavor is the same, but just by changing the scent or color, it tastes different. Eeh? If thats true, then it must be an illusion of the brain(?). Human beings are mysterious. As I stared at the shaved ice in my hands, Miu-san chuckled. S§×ar?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. There are two flavors, so why dont we give them a try? Eh? Yes, aaahhn. !? I felt my body tense up at Miu-sans sudden action. Mi-Mi-Mi-Miu-san? Here, eat quickly, or it will melt. Eh, ah, yes! When she said it would melt, I almost reflexively dipped my mouth into the straw-like spoon that Miu-san held out to me. Then Miu-san asked me happily. How is it? Do you feel the same taste? ..I cant taste it at all. Eeehh? Miu-sans mouth twitched in frustration at my answer. No, I was too nervous to taste it! Is it just me? Am I worrying too much? Can I try it too? Eh? Aside from my anguish, Miu-san put the shaved ice that I was scooping up directly into her mouth. Mi-Miu-san? Hmm~ Then, after moving her mouth to taste it for a while, she stuck out her tongue. Im sorry, I couldnt figure it out either. Miu-sans tongue was reddish, as was her cheek. Book 7: Chapter 2: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 After resting, we went around the festival again. Not only me, but it seemed that Miu-san was embarrassed when we were feeding the shaved ice to each other, and the atmosphere remained awkward for a while. However, the nervousness gradually disappeared, and we were able to enjoy the games Ah, target shooting! Miu-san found a target shooting stall and ran over to it. There were a variety of prizes on display, including candy, air guns, and dolls. Oh, that stuffed animal is so cute! Miu-san pointed to a huge stuffed cat. A man who seemed to be the owner of the stall approached us. Oh, what a beautiful Nee-chan. You must be a real challenger to aim at that. Is that one of the prizes? Of course. Everything you see here is a prize; as long as you can knock it down, you get it. How about it? Do you want to try? Yes! Miu-san replied happily, paid the money, and decided to play the target shooting. But H-huh? The stuffed animal that Miu-san wanted was a big target, and although she didnt miss the target, it didnt budge no matter how many bullets hit it. Well, I guess thats natural. The bigger the target, the heavier it is, and its very difficult to drop it with a toy gun and cork bullets. In the end, Miu-san used all her bullets on the stuffed animal, but the stuffed animal did not move at all. Oh Thats too bad. Youll have to try again when you feel like it. As expected, its difficult. Miu-san came back to me with a bitter smile. Today, I invited Miu-san to have fun with me. Therefore Miu-san, please wait a moment. Eh? Mister, please let me try it once. Oh, now the boyfriend is the challenger? N-no, hes not my boyfriend The tease from the target shootings stall owner made both Miu-san and I blush as we remembered the shaved ice event earlier, but I regained my composure, and after paying the stall owner and receiving the bullets, I headed for the table closest to the stuffed animal Miu-san wanted. Does this brother want to try for that stuffed animal as well? Well, I can see that you want to show off to your girlfriend. I could tell that the target shootings stall owner was saying something, but I was focused on the stuffed animal. Then I activated my skill [Weakness Detection] on the stuffed animal. Some parts of the stuffed animal seemed to glow. These glowing areas were probably the stuffed animals weak points. The only question was whether the power of the cork would be enough to drop it I looked at the other prizes as I focused on dropping the stuffed animal again. And then, as if the skill of [Weakness Detection] was showing me the way to get rid of the stuffed animal, shining spots appeared on other prizes. In this case I set my sights on the small box of candy next to the stuffed animal. Huh? B-brother. The stuffed animal is over there. I heard the stall owner was saying something, but I didnt hesitate to fire the gun in that direction. The bullets I fired flew exactly where I aimed. The small box of candy that was hit by the bullet spun and flew away at an incredible speed, hitting another prize nearby. The other prize was a slightly larger box-shaped prize compared to the previous one. The small box almost falls off the shelf, but in the process, it hits another prize. That prize was a large air gun that was placed in a perfect balance. When the air gun fell, the impact shook the entire table on which the prize was placed, and the stuffed animal I was aiming for fell off. Huh? A-amazing! Mister this means I got it, right? He was frozen in surprise, and when I asked him that, he nodded his head repeatedly. Thats good then. After receiving the stuffed animal as a prize from the stall owner again, there were still some bullets left, but I ended the game at this point and handed the stuffed animal to Miu-san. Here it is. Eh? B-but, it was Yuuya-san who obtained it I obtained it for you, Miu-san. So please take it. Yuuya-san Yes, thank you! Miu-san then received the stuffed animal and smiled. Yes, it was worth taking it just for this. And then the target shootings owner who was watching us came in to make fun of us. Hyu! Im so happy for you, Nee-chan! Its a present from your boyfriend! A-as I said, Im not her boyfriend! If such a misunderstanding spreads, it might affect Miu-sans work. Boyfriend As I desperately tried to clear up the misunderstanding, I didnt notice that Miu-san was thinking about something. Then, by winning the large stuffed animal, I attracted the attention of the people around, and once again, people gathered around us. Sensing that I would be stuck in this situation, I immediately suggested Miu-san. T-thats right! Miu-san, lets go see the fireworks now! Y-youre right! After getting Miu-sans approval, we quickly moved to a place where we could get a good view of the fireworks, away from the crowds. However, at this time of the night, everywhere was packed with people; even at our destination, there were many people. However, the fireworks were set off in the sky, so its not impossible to see them. Then. Wow! Its amazing. We shouted in admiration as we watched the fireworks being displayed. The colorful fireworks looked great in the night sky, and with the loud sound and vibration of the fireworks, they resonated well in our eyes and our hearts. Ive never had the chance to see the fireworks like this before. Of course, I knew that there were fireworks displays and festivals, but I had never had the time to enjoy them before. As I stared at the fireworks, I spoke to Miu-san next to me. Miu-san. I dont know how much I can help you with your problems. But if youre having a hard time, you can always invite me to have some fun like this to take your mind off things. Yuuya-san As I stared at the fireworks for a while, I suddenly felt a tug on the hem of my clothes. When I looked in that direction, I noticed that Miu-san was looking at me as if she had made up her mind about something. Miu-san? Whats wrong? Um, Yuuya-san Yes. I with me. Will you go out with me? (T/n: Tsukiattekuremasen ka.) ..Eh? The sound of the fireworks launched felt like it was too far away. Geez Yuuya, you should be more concerned about me. When Yuuya enjoyed the festival with Miu, Ouma, who was unable to go out on Earth, was lying down in the house, looking somewhat sulky. At the sight of Ouma, Yuti, who was doing her homework in the same living room, looked up. Compromise. Ouma-san, you are an unbelievable existence on this Earth. Thats why you cant go out there carelessly. I know that, too! Yes, its really annoying that my body feels this inconvenient. Woof. Fugo. Night was confused by Oumas unfaithfulness. Akatsuki was lying on his belly, looking uninterested. Eeei, its boring, its boring! Im too bored! Ouma was rolling around like a spoiled child, but then he suddenly remembered something and stood up. Thats right. I think theres still a place in this house where Im not bored! Question. Where? The warehouse! When Ouma said that, Yuti immediately understood where Ouma was referring to. The warehouse was the room where Yuuyas grandfather kept his collection of items, including the Door to Another World. Agreed. But, is it okay to enter without permission? Hmm. Its up to me how I spend my time in this house. He should be grateful that I dont walk around outside on this Earth. Confused. As for that, well And Im also a member of Yuuyas family. So, theres nothing wrong with spending time as I please in this house, is there? Whatever. Just make sure Yuuya doesnt get mad at you. Realizing that it was useless to say anything to Ouma, Yuti resumed her homework. Ouma snorted at her. Hmph. Even if you dont tell me, Ive thought of that. Woof However, Night thought that it would be bad if something happened while Yuuya was away, so he turned his head to Ouma in confusion. Then Ouma let out a sigh. Sigh You dont have to worry about that. Im not going to blow up this house or do anything crazy like that. Im just going to spend a little time exploring that warehouse. Woof! Thats obvious! Night barked as if to say that. Fufufu. That room is so creepy that it makes even me flinch. The warehouse was swirling with a dense and impossible torrent of power that even Ouma, the Genesis Dragon, could barely figure out. Ouma decided to move to the warehouse. I dont know why Yuuya cant feel anything when he sees this room. Is he a big deal, or is he just dull He immediately looked around and began to rummage through the items that were placed there. As I thought, this place is interesting. There are many things that even I dont know what they are No. There arent the only things I dont understand! As Ouma said, everything in the warehouse was unknown to him. This is a coffin? Although it is in the shape of a human being it is a very luxurious coffin. The first thing he touched was a golden coffin that looked as if it contained an Egyptian pharaoh. Mmm Its strange. There is no sign of it opening at all. Its certainly locked with a magical device, but its built with a magic system that even I dont know and it would be difficult to open by force. Of course, if I were to go all out, Id probably be able to do it, but if I did, Id probably end up blowing up this house as well Ouma quietly gave up on opening the coffin. It cant be helped So, what about this mask? The next thing that interested Ouma was a black mask with an eerie smile on it. Overall, it had a miserable, devilish appearance, and it seemed like one would be cursed by wearing it. This mask is outrageous. It has a terrifying amount of magical power in it. It seemed to be cursed. No, wait, this is weird. Why would something like this be left out in the open? No matter what he thinks, the mask in front of Oumas eyes is not something that should be left unattended. Because If I were to receive the curse from the magical power of this mask, even I would die if I take it lightly. What a surprise, it seemed that even Ouma could be cursed to death. The warehouse was also filled with various other things, such as old coins, keys of unknown uses, and old Japanese picture scrolls. Ouma muttered in exasperation. Isnt it easy to defeat the Evil with just the items that are here? At least, by using the magical power of that mask, it would be over in one shot. Well, first of all, it shouldnt even be touched, so it cant be carried around In fact, some of the items in the warehouse have far more dangerous powers than the cursed mask, but Ouma and Yuuya, they do not have the option to use them without knowing the details. S§×arch* The N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Well, I feel the similar powers from other things as well As Ouma was about to say that, he turned his gaze to a certain object. I cant feel any power from this. What is it? This is What Ouma was looking at was a cubic object floating on a pedestal. The cubic object has several blue-white lines running through it, giving it a somewhat mechanical appearance. The base on which the cube was floating also had a blue glow in the center. What is this thing? I dont feel any magic or spell power Ouma approached the object and touched it cautiously. U-umu as I thought, its a material I dont know And this pedestal is strange, too. I was thinking maybe it was the wind that was keeping it afloat, but to my surprise, I couldnt feel anything. Ouma moved his hand through the space between the pedestal and the cubic object to ensure there was nothing there. Then what about this? Ouma jumped up and clung to the cube, which was floating in the air. O-oh! Can it withstand my weight? Fumu Then, how about this? While clinging to the cube, Ouma poured his magic power into the cube. He wanted to see if the cubic object would react to some kind of magic. Ouma kept pouring his magic into it, but there was no response at all. As a result, the cubic object was filled with an amount of magic so strong that it could wipe out a whole galaxy. Ouma, who had been clinging to the object for some time and pouring magic into it, eventually let out a sigh. Sigh even after all this, the response is still. The moment Ouma was about to say that much, the blue light that was shining in the center of the pedestal suddenly disappeared. Then, when the light faded, the cube object floating in the air fell to the floor. Owaa! Ouma was flustered by the cubic object that had fallen to the floor; it was apparent that it was Oumas fault. O-oo-oooi! Why did it suddenly fall? It didnt seem to be a problem at all until now. Ouma wandered around in front of the cubic object and slapped it with his hand in a panic. Eeii, float! Float again! Otherwise Yuuya will scold me! The Genesis Dragon was concerned about being scolded by Yuuya. Although having said that, Ouma was incapable in front of Yuuya. He desperately took the cubic object to the pedestal and hit it with his hand. But the cubic object did not float. However. Nu!? Suddenly, a blue line of light running across the surface of the cube object shone strongly, and something translucent emerged from the cube object. W-what is it? This is The thing that emerged from the cubic object was a so-called hologram, and it looked like a blueprint of some kind. Someone with specialized knowledge or the official owner of the object might have understood what it was, but Ouma had no idea what it was. U-umu? What is it? This unfamiliar figure is Ouma tilted his head in front of the blueprint, but after a while, the blueprint disappeared. Good! I didnt see anything! Thats it! Oumas final decision was to pretend that he hadnt seen anything at all. Ouma nodded in satisfaction, placed the cube on the pedestal, and walked back to the living room. Book 7: Chapter 3: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 1 Do I have to go again? You have to go! Yuuya-sama is the savior of the Regal Kingdom, you know! I was currently traveling with Lexia-san and the others in a carriage to the Regal Kingdom. The other day, when the Evil attacked the Regal Kingdom, I defeated it with the help of Master Usagi and the others, and they said they wanted to thank me for that. Of course, this gratitude was not only in words but also in the form of a reward. However, it seemed that they had to rebuild the city that was caused by the Evil Beast right after the incident, so they delayed the invitation. As for me, Im afraid I dont deserve any thanks, but Well, I understand what Yuuya is trying to say, but you have to give up on this one. By the way, I heard that the Kicking Saint and the Sword Saint are already on their way to the Regal Kingdom. So Masters were invited too Master Usagi seemed to be uncomfortable with this kind of formality, but he said that he would go there No, I dont know if Iris-san forced him to go there or not, though. There were many things to be concerned about, but Lexia-san and the others have prepared a carriage for me, so I cant refuse them now. Fortunately, it was during the summer vacation that I was able to get away with it, but if it had been after school started, it would have been difficult to make time for it. I have things to do over there, too Eh? Did you say something? No, its nothing. I was talking about Miu-sans case. I was just surprised at what Miu-san suddenly said to me that day, but when I listened to her carefully, I heard that she was being forced into an arranged marriage that she didnt want and that she needed to introduce her boyfriend to her father in order to stop it. In other words, I was asked to be her temporary boyfriend. I thought she had confessed her feelings to me, and I thought my heart was going to stop I wondered if it was okay for me to be there or if it was okay for me to get involved, but Miu-san asked for my help and I want to help her as much as I can. She said that she should bring her boyfriend along, and there wouldnt be much for me to do. But what do I wear? A jacket? A suit? Whatever it was, she asked me to prepare formal wear, so Id have to do something about that. I dont know where or how to prepare formal wear but the best thing to do would be to ask Tsukasa-san, Kaoris father, but I dont think I could meet the president of the school without an appointment and Tsukasa-san must be busy. If I had his phone number, I could have contacted him, but I dont even have a smartphone. I should go directly to the school and hope that I can meet someone I know. Im relying on my luck stats at this point. While I was thinking about this and that, we finally arrived at the Regal Kingdom. Exhausted. It was long. Well weve been sitting for a while, havent we? While Yuti, who came with me, said this with a slightly tired look, I couldnt help but smile. It was impossible to fall asleep in a chair like in the bullet train on Earth, so it was painful if you werent used to it. Yuti had probably traveled alone on foot rather than in a carriage until now. Even so, the degree of our fatigue was still low, probably because the interior of the carriage was luxurious as it was also ridden by Lexia-san, a member of the royal family. If it werent for that, I would have thought of using transfer magic to sneak around. When the townspeople saw our carriage, they waved at us with bright smiles and thanked us. When I was surprised by this, Lexia-san stretched out her chest. Yuuya-sama! You should be more proud of yourself, okay? Its thanks to you that this country has been saved! N-no, I dont really feel that way But if everyone can be happy like this, Im glad. At the urging of Lexia-san and Luna, I showed my face through the carriage window and waved my hand lightly. That action alone made the cheers louder and more frightening, but Yuti didnt seem bothered and rather waved proudly. Its amazing. I envied her mentality. Night and Akatsuki also participated in this event, but they dont seem to be particularly interested in the scenery outside, so they stayed quiet in the carriage. As for Ouma-san well, he hadnt fought, and he didnt show much interest to begin with. When we arrived at the royal castle safely, we were led directly to the place where the king of this country Orghis-sama was. Im not wearing formal wear this time either, but I hope hell forgive me. Its just too sudden. I didnt want to think that I would have many opportunities to meet with such a great person, but I also had to prepare proper formal attire for Miu-sans situation. As I couldnt help but think about that, we finally arrived at a place called the audience hall. It was similar to the place where I had an audience with Arnold-sama, the king of the Arcelia Kingdom, and Orghis-sama was sitting on a throne in the deepest part of the hall. When I looked closely, I saw that Master Usagi and Iris-san were also there. However, I dont know why, but their expressions were somewhat grim. I wondered if something had happened to them. Thank you for coming, Yuuya-dono. And thank you to all of Yuuya-donos companions for coming all this way. Orghis-sama stood up and bowed as he said this. Thank you very much for saving my Regal Kingdom. Eeeh? P-please raise your head! I dont know if I should say this, but when a great man bows to me, I feel like I will get a stomachache from the stress. Im not that great of a person! Its not that my thoughts were not understood, but Orghis-sama finally raised his head. Thank you very much. As gratitude for this favor, I would like to bestow upon Yuuya-dono a peerage in my country. P-peerage? Ive already received it in Lexia-sans country, and its already too much for me! I couldnt do anything about the numbers of peerage increasing further, but I knew itd be hard to refuse when I already received a peerage in the Arcelia Kingdom. And then Orghis-sama unexpectedly turned his gaze towards Lexia-san. Speaking of which, I heard that you received a peerage in the Arcelia Kingdom but how about it? Our country is thinking of conferring a higher peerage than the Arcelia Kingdom to Yuuya-dono. Eh? W-wait, wait! Im not going to let you do that. I was surprised by what Orghis-sama said, but Lexia-san replied with a straightforward attitude. I-is it okay? Lexia-san the other party is a king No, Lexia-san is also a princess, but When I looked at Luna, who was waiting behind Lexia-san, she had her hand on her forehead as if to suppress a headache. Its a problem even from Lunas perspective Lexia-san, who seemed to be heating up as I gave Luna a sympathetic glance, said. Then, Ill give Yuuya-sama a higher peerage than what this country offers! Hou? What a strange thing to say! Only the father of Princess Lexia, the king, can confer a peerage. I dont think Princess Lexia has the right to do that. Thats where my spirit comes in! Its not good, this girl I wanted to say a few words of encouragement to Luna, who looked more and more tired. Shes really struggling, isnt she? But, Lexia-san. Even though I dont know anything about politics or rules of the country, I understand that she cant just give someone a peerage based on her spirit Although Lexia-san and Orghis-sama continued to glare at each other for a while, Orghis-sama suddenly relaxed his expression. Fuh well, thats okay. Lets talk about this matter after the main topic. I had no choice but to nod in response to Orghis-samas words. There was nothing I was looking for in particular; it was enough for me to be able to relax and have fun. I know its impossible. But I only heard about it from Lexia-san who said that the Regal Kingdom wanted to express their gratitude once again, but it seems that there was something more. As soon as Orghis-sama had finished thanking us, Iris-sama, who had also come here, opened her mouth with a grim expression. Now, may I continue with the previous conversation? Yes. Previous conversation? It seemed that there was some sort of discussion going on before we arrived, and both Master Usagi and Iris-san seemed to have a grim expression about it. But the following words that came out of Iris-sans mouth were something I didnt expect. Ill ask you again. Is it true that you have summoned a saint from another world? Huh? Another world? A saint? Then, Orghis-sama opened his mouth while receiving the gaze of Iris-san and others. Yes. Its true. The problem is that you have brought people from other worlds here. Do you understand that? This is the same as abduction, you know? .. Orghis-sama did not say anything to Iris-sans sharp point. N-no way The Regal Kingdom was doing that Meanwhile, I noticed that Lexia-san was dumbfounded, and I asked her in a low voice. Lexia-san are there any problems with summoning someone from another world? ...There is only one problem. When summoning a person to our world, it means that the person will disappear from the original world. And that too, would be without any warning. Its like suddenly being forcibly brought to a strange land when they were just going about their daily lives. Its considered a form of kidnapping. Yes it might be. I dont know the details, but Ive heard that in many cases, the person who is summoned also has special powers as a Saint. In other words, there is a high possibility that the person is in a special position in the other world. Suppose such a person suddenly disappears and is kidnapped or abducted into another world. In that case, there could even be an all-out war between this world and that world if things go badly. But this country was in dire straits before to do such a thing. We had no choice. .. I dont know much about political matters, but I understood what Lexia-san was saying. Its true. Its not like he or she can come and go as freely as I can, and its not like he or she was summoned to another world with his or her consent. The person who was summoned would be terribly confused. When I distorted my face, Lexia-san said something that surprised me even more. I never thought that the Regal Kingdom was able to recreate the magic of the Sage. Eh, the Sage? Yes. Yuuya-sama knows about it too, doesnt he? After all, he was the one who defeated Ouma-sama. Of course, I know a lot of things. My magic circuit was inherited from Sage-san, and the house, weapons, and items in the Great Devils Nest were all given to me by Sage-san. The magical research materials of the Sage are scattered all over the world, and in the past, there were wars fought over them, but now each country is conducting research based on the materials left behind by the Sage that are in their possession. Of course, the Arcelia Kingdom also has the materials of the Sage. And Sages research materials held by the Regal Kingdom are probably related to the transfer to another world. By arranging it, it led to the summoning of the Saint this time, as His Majesty Orghis said Sage-san, did you do any research regarding the other world? Well, thats fine, but the biggest problem now is the person who was summoned. Even after receiving the sharp glances of Master Usagi and Iris-san, Orghis-sama remains undaunted. Of course, I understand the weight of my sin. And I also understand that this sin is something that I will carry with me forever. And why would you do that? Its simple. I dont believe that the Holy alone can defeat the Evil. !? We were all taken aback by the unexpected statement. As expected, Iris-san and Master Usagi did not expect this, and their eyes widened. Of course, its true that you people, the Holy, saved us. I am truly grateful. But before my eyes, I found out that several Holy people had turned to the enemy. Thats I know that it takes several Holy people to deal with one Evil. Meanwhile, many of the Holy, who are our source of hope, have betrayed us. There is no longer any chance that the Holy can defeat the Evil Dont you think so? Its! Iris-san was about to say something, but she silenced herself in frustration. I could understand what Orghis-sama was saying. In order for humanity to survive, Evil must be defeated. When I suddenly turned my gaze to Yuti, Yuti had a complicated expression on her face. Yutis master, the Bow Saint, was eventually killed at the hands of the humans she was protecting. Then, Orghis-sama turned his gaze towards me. However, if there was one miscalculation it was that there were other beings in this world besides the Holy that could defeat the Evil Well, when it comes to this, its not because of me; its because of the items that my grandfather collected. Also, the power of the [Evil Dens Eye] obtained by taking in Kuro, was significant. Then Yuti opened her mouth. S§×arch* The Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Question. The power of the Holy is indeed insufficient. But that doesnt mean you can suddenly entrust the defeat of Evil to someone who is not even from this world, does it? Id like to reiterate that Im grateful to the Holy for protecting humanity until now. But its also a fact that an existence like the Fallen Saints has appeared. I only made the best choice for this country and this world. For a while, gazes collided between Yuti and Orghis-sama, but Orghis-sama let out a small sigh. Well, thats fine. In order to protect this world, I summoned a new power from another world who has the power to defeat and destroy Evil. As a responsibility, I will give that person whatever she desires. Thats the only way I can atone for my sins now. A period of silence ensues between Orghis-sama and Iris-san. Its not easy They both have their own beliefs, and its hard to say who was wrong. Its the Evil thats bad I wanted to say something too, but I couldnt come up with the words. Can a person whos suddenly been summoned to this world be forced to participate in a battle against Evil without knowing why? That sounds pretty harsh. However, if a person was in a position to take on a countrys responsibility, such a decision may be unavoidable. Its been a long talk, hasnt it? So, thats it for today. Id like to invite the Sword Saint and the others to meet the Saint that we summoned. As the protectors of the same humanity, you will be working together. The moment Orghis-sama was about to say that much. Huh? W-whats that? Suddenly, the entire castle or even the entire country seemed to be shaking as the earth shook. As we were all startled by the suddenness of the situation, Ouma-san, who was still sleeping without any interest, opened one of his eyes. Hou? It came, huh? Eh? Just as I was about to ask him what he meant, Kuro, who had been sleeping inside me, hurriedly spoke to me. Hey, Yuuya! Get out of here right away! Wha? W-whats it? Theres no time for explanations! Oh, shit, its bad! Hes already here! Haha. A creepy, cold laugh sounded. It was as if all the malice in the world was in the voice, and my body instantly froze. <> Table of Content Book 7: Chapter 3: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 A creepy, cold laugh sounded. It was as if all the malice in the world was in the voice, and my body instantly froze. Then, with a deafening echo that made the world scream, a crack appeared in the space. A black haze, devoid of any trace of life, flooded out of the crack. I couldnt afford to stop sweating, and when I turned my gaze toward the voice, I saw a black mass of malice that made the presence of Quarro, one of the Evil seem cute. A young man with a very well-shaped face stood there. He had jet-black long hair, which seemed to absorb everything, and brilliant red eyes, which were piercing through us. Hahahahahahahaha! Just by laughing, a black wave echoed through this audience hall, cracking the walls and floor. Then Master Usagi, who was sweating all over just like me, squeezed out a voice. (W-what w-why you!) Ha! Suddenly, the laughs stopped. And the young man with a terrifyingly black presence bowed his head reverently. Oh my, oh my Excuse me. I am Avis. The malice of this world, all of it. S~ea??h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Malice of this world all of it, you say? When Iris-san managed to open her mouth, the young man in front of her Avis, smiled. Fuh dont you understand? Ill tell you simply. Thats right if you defeat me right here and now, there will be no more Evil in this world. (What?) I am, we are one. No way Iris-sans eyes widened as if Aviss words had given her some idea. It seems that the Sword Saint has noticed I am a perfect Evil, having absorbed the power of all the other Evils. In other words, it is no exaggeration to say that all of the malice that fills this world is me. If Aviss words are valid, it means that he absorbed the other Evils, like Quarro, and became one That means that the power of Evil has evolved to the extreme at the same time. Ive managed to keep my composure, but this situation is dangerous for Lexia-san and the others! When I turned my gaze to Lexia-san and the others, I saw Akatsuki protecting Lexia-san and the others by activating his [Sanctuary] skill with a pained expression on his face. Akatsuki! B-buhi Its not as if he was going at his own pace as usual; Akatsuki was desperately trying to block out the presence of Avis. Avis saw Akatsuki struggle and snorted boringly. Youre not the same as a Holy, but youre also the planets purification system yet youre not as powerful as I thought. Grrrrr Woof! Night! Akatsuki, who was desperately trying to protect Lexia-san and the others, was mocked. Night, angered by this, jumped out at Avis! But Hah! A Black Fenrirs child, huh? If this had been an adult, I would have had to prepare myself for it Kyaan? Night! As Avis waved his hand carelessly, a black mist followed it and attacked Night. Night, who pounced in the air, was hit by the black mist but managed to take a defensive stance. However, the power of Aviss blow was so great that Night was blown away with great force. When I deployed [Magic Attire] reflexively, I reached Night instantly and managed to catch him. Are you okay, Night? Woof While stroking the apologetic Night, I turned my gaze to Avis. For some reason, Avis was also looking at me. I see, so its you Eh? Hah. I guess I didnt need to worry about it. Nothing can stop me now What on earth is he talking about? Definitely, Avis and I are supposed to be meeting for the first time. While staring at Avis with caution, Aviss gaze shifted to Orghis-sama. Orghis-sama was in a position outside the effect of Akatsukis [Sanctuary], so he was completely intimidated by Avis, as his face turned pale and trembled. The soldiers guarding him were also standing by, but they could not move a finger in the face of Aviss intimidation and simply froze. The king of Regal. I was only going to say hello to you today since I have yet to be fully accustomed to my powers Its not a bad idea to say hello and continue with the unfinished business that my compatriots have started, right? Hah hah hah As looking at a stone on the roadside, the gaze of Evils unemotional eye is pierced, and Orghis-sama desperately gasps for air. Now, heres a gift from me Perish. (Iris!) Usagi! As Avis pointed his palm towards Orghis-sama, more and more black mist gathered in his palm, and eventually, it was released as a ray of black light. However, just before the attack was unleashed, Iris-san and Master Usagi jumped out as if they had been hit by a bullet, shouting each others names, and intervened between Orghis-sama and the black light. (Uoooooooooooo!) Haaaaaaaaaahh! The two of them unleash the full force of a blow they could deliver right now at the black light. But. (Gaah!) Kahaah! The two together could not hold back the black light for a moment, and they were blown away with tremendous force and slammed into the wall. The two of them went limp and did not move, as if they had fainted. But just before the black light reached Orghis-sama, Yuti held Orghis-sama in her arms and she succeeded in dodging it. Kuh! However, although the direct hit was avoided, the shockwave from the passage of the black light almost blew away Yuti. Are you okay? Avis looked at us like that and opened his mouth in a boring way. Fuh Its not much more than a mouthful. And youre already so cautious of this kind of thing What? And also the outsider is only on this level? Finally, when Avis muttered something small, he turned his gaze once again to Orghis-sama, who Yuti was holding. Well, whatever. The first gift was interrupted by the Holy Those Holy seem to have been knocked out by the first blow. They wont wake up for at least a few hours But thats okay. There is no need for me to deal with them directly. And youll be receiving another gift from me, okay? Another gift? Wha? When I twisted my head in response to Aviss words, a great deal of shouting echoed through the castle. I have sent a large number of Evil Beasts to this city. In a few hours, this countrys inhabitants will be completely wiped out. No way! Aviss words left us in shock. Now, the two Holy that you rely on are unable to fight. What are you going to do now? King of Regal. Youve been trying to fight against us, but can you do the same in this situation? Oh-oo-o-oh Orghis-sama had summoned a Saint from another world as a non-Holy being in order to protect the human race of this world from Evil. However I dont think that the power of the Saint alone would be enough to defeat the Evil. Besides, the most important problem now was to deal with Avis in front of us. And then, Id like to heal Iris-san and Master Usagi with Akatsukis [Sanctuary] skills, but Akatsuki was too busy protecting Lexia-san and the others, and Avis will probably get in the way if I try to move to give them the [Perfect Recovery Herb Juice]. In a desperate situation, I desperately tried to figure out how to get out of this crisis when Avis suddenly laughed. Well, dont be so cautious. Of course, it would not be out of the question for me to kill you at this point, but now that Ive become the ultimate perfection in the true sense of the word wouldnt you like to be killed by me? .. If what Avis said was true, then his current state was not yet in full power. However, I couldnt see myself beating the current Avis in the future, who was not in peak condition. Of course, if Avis was in full form, then its hopeless In any case, there was no way for us to stop Avis. This is why I said earlier that I was just here to say hello. Yes, to you. Youre here to say hello to me? When I was surprised by his words, Aviss smile deepened. A non-Holy being defeated Quarro the Evil. This is not something that can be overlooked .. Once again, Ive evolved into the ultimate perfection, and Im going to do my best to kill you. So today is just a greeting. Avis said so, looked over at us, and bowed reverently. So enjoy the gift I have prepared for you for today H-hey! As soon as he said that, Avis was enveloped in a black mist and disappeared from the scene instantly. But theres no time to worry about that now. Yuti, Night! You two take over here! Affirmative. Woof! And Akatsuki! Take care of Iris-san and Master Usagi for me! Buhi! I smiled at the three of them as they replied, and I hurried off to the city where a large number of Evil Beasts were approaching. Book 7: Chapter 3: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 Kyaaaaaaaa! Damn it! What are the soldiers doing in the castle? S-somebody! Help me! When I hurriedly changed into my usual armor and left the castle, the Evil Beast had already begun attacking the town. Although the soldiers and guards who were patrolling the city were fighting, they had not yet managed to defeat the Evil Beasts that were brought here by the Evil. Then, in front of such a scene, Kuro, who was inside me, raised his voice. Hyuh! That guys got some nasty tricks up his sleeve. He just unleashed a swarm of Evil Beasts when he had sealed off all the Holy that could fight them. This is no time to be impressed! Kuros comment made me raise my voice, but he didnt seem to care and suddenly continued in a serious tone. Hey, Yuuya. Did you understand that when you confronted that Avis guy earlier? That guy has already been perfected as an Evil. And that strength is something that neither you nor the Holy can touch. Perhaps even the Genesis Dragon will find it difficult to deal with him. Kuro wanted to say that even Ouma-san couldnt win, but I think thats probably not true. After all, even when Avis appeared, Ouma-san remained asleep looking uninterested. Having been defeated by Sage-san, Ouma-san must understand the possibility that there were beings in this world stronger than him. And, of course, he had the ability to see through that. The fact that Ouma-san didnt react to Avis meant that Avis was not worthy of his interest, for him at least. Besides, Sage-san, who was said to be stronger than Ouma-san, was also naturally stronger than Avis. But that didnt mean that Avis was weak Anyway, all you have to do is run away like an adult and hide behind that door. As expected, even he does not have the power to cross the world. You cant beat him, you know. Do you understand? I understood what Kuro was trying to say. With my current strength, Id never be able to beat Avis. And I think hes right that if I ran to Earth, he couldnt come after me. But As I hurriedly moved through the city, I saw a woman holding a child in her arms and trying to protect the child from an Evil Beast. Haaah! Gugyaaah! I took out the [Omni-Sword] from my [Item Box] in an instant, and I cut down the Evil Beast. Are you okay? Eh? Ah, y-yes! T-thank you! I helped the woman up who was staring at me in a daze and told her to run towards the castle. The castle would probably accept the people. While seeing the woman off, I answered Kuro. I dont want to get involved in something like this. If possible, I want to live a happy and peaceful life. But I cant just sit by and watch everyone suffer in front of me. When Kuro heard my true intentions, he let out a sigh of exasperation. Sigh Youre really stupid. Do whatever you want. Ill only lend you my power when you ask for it. Yeah, thanks, Kuro. Keh. In response to my words, Kuro looked embarrassed and then fell silent. Now that Ive got Kuros support, Ill immediately. Why are you here? Huh? A voice that I had heard before reached my ears. When I turned my head to react to the voice, I saw Ka-Kagurazaka-san! When I went on a trip with Kaori and the others, I met a shrine maiden, Mai Kagurazaka, who was there when we had a courage test. W-what are you doing here? That should be my line! What are you doing in this world? We both asked the same question, but it didnt stop the Evil Beasts from attacking us, and one of the nearby Evil Beasts attacked us. Ggaaaaaaah! Get out of my way! Gugyaa! Ggaaaaaaaaaaaa! Then Kagurazaka-san took out that mysterious talisman and threw it at the Evil Beast. The black mist from the Evil Beasts body leaked out and dissipated, and the Evil Beast disappeared in agony. I also used the [Omni-Sword] in my hand to cut down another Evil Beast nearby. Then Kagurazaka-sans expression became distorted. Kuh! By the way, this monster also appeared when you guys came for the test of courage! It was your work at the time, too, huh? N-no, thats not true! I dont even know why this guy showed up that time! So why are you here? You would not be here if you had nothing to do with it. Or maybe you were summoned just like me? Summoned? Before coming here, I suddenly remembered the conversation that Orghis-sama and Iris-san had before we came in. In Orghis-samas story, he said that he had summoned a Saint in order to counteract the Evil. Could it be that the Saint who was summoned was you, Kagurazaka-san? Thats right! When I was suddenly summoned to a place I didnt recognize, I was told that the world was in crisis and they needed my help I dont know what that means at all, but I couldnt just ignore it. As if to vent her frustration, Kagurazaka-san threw out talismans one after the other to eradicate the Evil Beasts. The Evil Beasts disappeared in a puff of smoke at the slightest touch of Kagurazaka-sans talismans. As was the case at that time, there is no doubt that Kagurazaka-san has an extraordinary power against Evil, and the fact that she came to this world, and perhaps the technique that summoned her may have done something that strengthened that power. However, even though she had an incredible power to fight against the Evil, summoning Kagurazaka-san from a different world out of the blue and making her fight against Evil was just When I was stuffed with words, Kagurazaka-sans tone became more and more intense. And from what Ive heard, I cant go back to Earth anymore, can I? They suddenly summoned me and asked me to fight for this world! I dont know why I should be involved in such an unreasonable situation! .. But if theres someone in trouble like this, I cant just leave them alone! ! I believe that Kagurazaka-san must have been bewildered, upset, conflicted, and troubled by the reality that she was suddenly summoned. Even so, when Kagurazaka-san realized that there was someone in need of help right in front of her and that she had the power to help them, she chose to fight like this. Tears well up in her eyes as she deals with the Evil Beast. Really why me? Im scared, I dont understand.., but I cannot just ignore it! Then Kagurazaka-san looked at me again and gave me a soft smile. But Im glad I know at least one person who can help me. You were probably summoned to this world just like I was, right? You were amazing at that time. Even now, youre wielding a sword like that and killing the monsters N-no, Im First of all, lets work together to save as many people as possible! Oh, Kagurazaka-san! As soon as she said that, Kagurazaka-san started to move away from me. She probably thought that by splitting up and dealing with the situation, she could help as many people as possible. However, it was still dangerous. Damn! Theres too many of them! The number of Evil Beasts rushing into the city was too much for me to handle one by one. I would like to use magic to wipe them out, but then the damage might be done to those who have not yet escaped. What the hell should I do? It was the moment when I finished killing the Evil Beast in front of me while thinking desperately. You have acquired the [Holy King] title Huh? A semi-transparent board appeared in front of me. Ive not been able to level up much lately, and my opportunities to acquire skills have dwindled, but I never thought Id get a new title at this time. And whats more, it has a ridiculous sounding name I immediately checked the effects of the title. [Holy King] :: The sole title given to those who have defeated more than 100 of the Evil with the soul of the Holy in their body and have mastered at least three of the Holy techniques. The liberation of the Holy Kings Authority. Im not even a Holy! Whats with this title? As a matter of fact, it looks like its the pinnacle of the Holy! And what is it? This [Holy Kings Authority] is When I turned my attention to the skill [Holy Kings Authority], its effect was now displayed. T-this is! I opened my eyes and moved to the center of the city, defeating the Evil Beast. And then. I dont know, but I have to do it! As I held the [Omni-Sword] in my hand, I gathered my strength. Then, a golden light began to surge from my body. And when the golden energy is concentrated on the sword, I swing it out as hard as I can in a circle. [Holy Kings Authority]! At that moment, a wave of golden slashes, like a dragon, was released from the [Omni-Sword]. The wave is divine, and its momentum is increasing and spreading throughout the city. If I had just released the slash normally, it would have destroyed the surrounding buildings and affected the people as well. But Gyah. Gu-guge. The waves of golden light dispersed the Evil Beasts one after another, without harming the surrounding terrain, buildings, or people. Furthermore T-this light I-its warm Oh! H-hey, look at this! My wound! M-my hand! My hands back to normal! Surprisingly, the wounds of those who were bathed in the light of the [Holy Kings Authority] began to heal. This was the effect of the [Holy Kings Authority], which could only be used by those who had earned the title of Holy King. The power to exert the desired effect only on the things I want. However, it could not be activated without any risk. Ugh! Hah hah hah I-its so intense I involuntarily kneeled down so that I could support my body with the [Omni-Sword]. Yes, it seems that the [Holy Kings Authority] consumed a lot of the users life force when it was activated. Even if its only one time, its already enough to cause a lot of discomforts If its used twice in one day, it would definitely shorten my lifespan. As I was resting, unable to take another step, Kagurazaka-san came back, looking flustered. Hey, there was some kind of divine light coming through, and then those monsters disappeared was that you who did that? W well Hey youre sweating like crazy! Are you okay? D-dont worry about me. M-more importantly T-the Evil Beast? Evil Beast? Do you mean that monster? If its that monster, when its caught in that light, it disappears. I took a quick look around before I got here, and I didnt hear any commotion, so Im pretty sure theyre all gone I I see then, thats good When Kagurazaka-sans words unintentionally distracted me, I fell on my butt on the spot. H-hey? A-ahahaha No need to worry, its just my power is waning Geez, please dont make me worry! I dont want to be alone in this world, even though Ive just met someone from the same world. I told Kagurazaka-san, who looked somewhat frightened, something I hadnt been able to say to her earlier. I failed to mention earlier that I wasnt summoned. Eh? In my house in Japan there is a mysterious door that allows me to travel between this world and Earth No way! Kagurazaka-sans eyes widened at my words. Well, normally, it would be hard to believe, but Kagurazaka-san was summoned to a different world like this. So, if you want to go home, Kagurazaka-san you can always go back to Earth. Thats Kagurazaka-san was stunned by my words. Eventually, she let out a big sigh as if she had cleared her head. sea??h th§× N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Haaaaahh I see. You could go back and forth between this world and Earth, and thats why you were able to exert such power at that time Thats what it is. I managed to recover my strength, so I stood up and replied, and Kagurazaka-san gave me a stern look. Even so, that power is strange. I was summoned to this world and was taught many things, including magic and the concept of skills and status No matter how I look at it, your power is way out of line with normal people, isnt it? I-Im not aware of that, but Well, okay. For me, just knowing that I dont have to spend the rest of my life in this world is a real relief. Kagurazaka-san looked relieved, but her expression turned serious as she gazed at the city where the attack by the Evil Beasts had ended. There are many things Im not happy about and dont agree with, but if people in this world are in danger because of something called Evil, I want to help them. I want to fight for everyone. Its because I know that I can always return to Earth with your help that I can think like that with a relaxed mind. Kagurazaka-san So Im going to stay in this world a little longer. They might attack again. Youre a high school student just like me, right? Eh? Ah, yes. As you can see, Im on summer vacation right now, so Ill be here at least during the summer vacation to watch out for those monsters. Shes a really nice person, isnt she? I understand. Ill come back for you at the end of the summer vacation. Although I ended up meeting Kagurazaka-san again in an unexpected place, Im glad I was able to get through this attack safely. I took a deep breath as I remembered Aviss words that would eventually come back to haunt me. <> Table of Content Book 7: Chapter 3: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 4 No, really, there are too many things happening Affirmative. Thanks for the effort. After the attack, we were able to return home safely. In the end, due to the reconstruction work and other factors, it was inconvenient for us to receive the hospitality of the Regal Kingdom, so we finished our business and were allowed to go home first. I never thought Id see Kagurazaka-san again like that Oh, by the way, I forgot to ask her to keep the fact that I came from Earth to this other world a secret from the people of this world! Well, I dont think anyone would go out of their way to ask Kagurazaka-san about me, so I guess its okay? Lexia-san and the others stayed in the Regal Kingdom to help with reconstruction and for diplomatic discussions, and Kagurazaka-san said she was not returning to Earth yet, so I could return with the usual members in a relaxed manner. When I left, I made sure there was no one around and used teleportation magic to return directly to my house. It would take a long time if I had to use a carriage. So, Im tired from all the things that have happened Isnt it kind of noisy outside? Affirmative. I can hear sounds of fighting. As soon as I got home, I noticed that there was a strange noise outside the garden of Sage-sans house. I really wanted to ignore it because I was tired, but it seemed that the fight was more intense than I expected, and I could feel the vibrations even inside the house. I couldnt calm down without knowing, so I had no choice but to go outside to check. Gaaaaaaah! Gugaaaaaahh! Then I saw two monsters fighting fiercely, something I had never seen before. It looked like an ogre and a goblin, but W-what is that? Unknown. But it looks really desperate. As Yuti said, the ogre and the goblin didnt seem to take a step back from each other; they were just concentrating on killing the enemy in front of them. First of all, since this is the first time Ive seen these monsters, Im going to use [Identification] on both of them. [Kaiser Ogre] Level: 2 Magic: 5000 Attack: 50000 Defense: 10000 Agility: 3000 Intelligence: 1000 Luck: 1000 [Emperor Goblin] Level: 2 Magic: 3000 Attack: 45000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 10000 Intelligence: 1000 Luck: 1000 No, no, no, theyre strong! Or rather, why are these monsters here? At least, Ive never seen one around this Sage-sans house. What the heck is Hmm? Question. What happened? Ah, no I saw a weird stone fall between the two Stone? Yes, a beautiful blue stone shaped like an egg has fallen between the fiercely battling monsters. Ive never seen such a stone before, so I was wondering about it, and for some reason, the Kaiser Ogre and Emperor Goblin that had been fighting seemed to notice my gaze, stopped fighting, and suddenly attacked Sage-sans house. Gaaaaaaaaaaaahh! W-what the heck! Speculation. Those two are fighting over that stone over there. Eeh? W-why? Unknown. But when Yuuya stared at that stone like you wanted it, they thought you were an enemy. Isnt that too unreasonable? I have no intention of wanting that stone. I dont even know what it is in the first place! I mean, whats with all these monsters all of a sudden? Its stronger than the Goblin General and the Bloody Ogre King. Theyre the king of the ogre and goblin species. In other words, the pinnacle. Eeh? That means theyre the strongest of the goblin and ogre species? Affirmative. I really dont know why such monsters are fighting in front of this house! However, its troublesome to have them fighting in front of the house like this. More importantly, it seems that Ive been identified as an enemy. In that case! When I took out the [Absolute Spear], I strengthened my body with [Magic Attire] and also released the power of Evil, and threw the [Absolute Spear] at the Kaiser Ogre with all my might. It may be an excessive attack, but in order to make sure that I kill it, I will give it my all. As a result, my throwing of the [Absolute Spear] flew at an unbelievable speed, directly erasing the upper half of the Kaiser Ogres body. Gah! The Emperor Goblin next to it seemed to think that the Kaiser Ogres upper body had suddenly disappeared, and it turned its head in that direction in surprise. But I didnt miss the opportunity and immediately took out my [Formless Bow] and fired an arrow at the Emperor Goblin. Gaaa? Gugaaaaah! The Emperor Goblin noticed that something was coming towards it and immediately used the sword in its hand to block the invisible arrow. Gaaaaaaaaahh! The Emperor Goblin then shouted at me in anger, but while the Emperor Goblin was blocking the arrow, I threw the [Absolute Spear] that had returned to my hand with all my might again. Similar to the Kaiser Ogre, the Emperor Goblin was unable to respond to the [Absolute Spear], and in the next moment, the upper half of its body disappeared, turning into particles of light and disappearing. But unfortunately, it didnt seem to drop any drop items. Level Up Huh? Then I let out a faint voice at such a message, something I hadnt seen in a long time. When I checked my status in a hurry, I found that my level had indeed increased by one. [Yuuya Tenjou] Race: Human (Transcendent Species) Occupation: None Level: 2 Magic: 12,000 Attack: 18,000 Defense: 18,000 Agility: 18,000 Intelligence: 11500 Luck: 18,000 BP: 100 Huh? I noticed something different when I leveled up. Before I evolved and became a Human (Transcendent Species), my status increased by 10 for every level I gained, but now it has increased by 1000. I wonder if this is another benefit of having evolved? At any rate, there seems to be no change in the BP that can be earned by gaining one level. So, lets think about which status to allocate the current 100 BP. I havent had any drop items earlier, and more importantly, Ive been involved in too many difficult situations lately. I think Im going to increase my luck a little bit. It may not seem like much, but I allocated all of my BP to luck stats. And this is the result. [Yuuya Tenjou] Race: Human (Transcendent Species) Occupation: None Level: 2 Magic: 12,000 Attack: 18,000 Defense: 18,000 Agility: 18,000 Intelligence: 11500 Luck: 18,100 BP: 0 There are only 100 points, and so its only raised by 100 as well. I can only hope that this luck stat will have some effect. As I took a breath after defeating the two monsters and assigning my status, Yuti nodded. Impressive. Yuuya, youre getting stronger. I cant beat you now. I-is that so? In addition to training with Master Usagi, I also started training with Iris-san, so I do think that I am stronger than before For the time being, I went to see the stone on the ground that seemed to be the source of the fight between the monsters earlier. If I just leave it here, the monsters might fight in front of this house again, so I collected it. So what do you think this is? Unknown. No idea. Woof. Fugo. In the house, I took a closer look at the stone I had retrieved. However, it seemed that even Yuti, Night, and Akatsuki didnt know what it was. In this situation, the only person I could ask was Ouma-san Hoo! This is a very unusual thing to pick up, is it not? Eh, do you know what this stone is? Yes. Incidentally, its not a stone; its an egg. Ah, I see, an egg, huh? Eh, an egg? As expected of the Genesis Dragon, he knew what this beautiful blue stone or egg was. I knew it was egg-shaped, but I didnt think it really was an egg If so, what kind of creature would hatch from this egg, I wondered Ouma-san nodded with a triumphant expression, but his expression quickly clouded. Well, I cant be sure, but Eehh? It cant be helped. If it is the egg of the creature I imagined, it is a very extraordinary thing. I-is that so? You must hatch it quickly to be sure. Hatch it, you say? No, it wont hatch that fast, will it? And after all this time, can I raise it on my own? Its really too late for that Dont worry. If my prediction is correct, it will be of a similar type to the Akatsuki and will be of a species that has no parents. B-but if not Eeeii, thats too much to ask! Just hatch it quickly! Ouma-san tapped my foot. I-I get it. So, how do I hatch it? Umu. You need to let your magic power flow into the egg. Fumufumu And then? Thats it. Thats it? No way. Is that all it takes for it to hatch? Its an egg, so shouldnt it be warmed up or something? My question seemed to show on my face, and Ouma-san continued with a dumbfounded look. Well that egg is different from a chicken egg, you know? T-thats true, too. Then, Ill immediately Expectation. Im excited. Yuti was looking at the egg somewhat happily, too. The same was true for the Night and Akatsuki, who were looking at the egg in my hand with great interest. As I poured my magic power into the egg, it gradually began to warm up. Ah! A crack appeared in the egg, and the crack gradually spread. Finally, the creature appeared from inside the egg. Pi. Pi. Pi. Wow What came out of the egg was a small bird with transparent blue feathers. In the beginning, the bird was just chirping with its eyes closed, as if it had just been born and its eyes werent accustomed to it, but eventually, it opened its eyes and stared straight at me. Pi. Pii! Pii! S-so cute Woof! Fugo! Night and Akatsuki nodded at my words and looked at the bird chirping cheerfully in my hand. Beautiful. Its like the blue sky itself. The bird in my hand made Yuti smile, too. However, only Ouma-san was excited in a different way. Oh! I knew it was as I expected! Eh? That bird is a sacred bird called [Luan]*. As I mentioned earlier, it is similar to Akatsuki in terms of the species type. Fugo? [T/n: In Chinese mythology, it is a mythical bird related to the Fenghuang (Phoenix). For this reason, its also called a Phoenix at times. The Luans plumage is blue, as opposed to the red or multi-colored plumage of the Fenghuang.] After hearing Ouma-sans words, Akatsuki tilted his head as if he didnt understand it well. Ouma-san then continued with a bitter smile at the sight of Akatsuki. Well, while both the bird and Akatsuki have holy powers to fight against the Evil, but its essence is different. Different? Whats the difference? The bird is said to appear and guide the one who is worthy of being a true king in this world. H-heh I dont know what it is, but the story is really grand. What is it? This true king stuff Hmm? That means that I shouldnt have hatched it after all! Mmm? Why? Why, you ask? That true king thing, you know? Doesnt that mean it has to go to the right person? Yeah. Thats why youre here, isnt it? Huh? I didnt understand what Ouma-san was saying and let out a silly voice. However, Ouma-san once again explained clearly to me who was dumbfounded. Therefore, Yuuya. It must be because you are the person who deserves to be the true king that it has appeared here. .. Ouma-san said this with a dazed look. On the other hand, Im. Eeeeeeeeehhh! I just screamed. No, this is crazy! What? A true king? I dont remember becoming such a thing. Thinking to that point, I remembered the title [Holy King] that I just acquired today. That title? Astonished. Yuuya, the king? Woof. Fugo. Night and Akatsuki also looked at me in surprise, but Im the most surprised one. What is this, a true king? I dont remember becoming such a thing! Then the blue bird in my hand tilted its head cutely. Pi? No, geez, I feel like anything is fine because its cute. Youre a big shot in an extraordinary way. Im not the type to be called a big shot, but in front of this cuteness, anything goes. Besides, I was surprised to be told that I was a true king. But to be honest, I didnt really feel it at all. After I was convinced to some extent, I asked Ouma-san about something that was bothering me. By the way, you said that this bird is rare even from Ouma-sans perspective, but just how rare is it? Thats right in all the years Ive lived on this planet, Ive only ever seen it once if that helps you to understand. Seriously? Astonished. Thats outrageous. Ive said it many times, but Ouma-san has been alive since the creation of this world. Even for Ouma-san, hes only ever seen it once, so the rarity of it must be pretty serious. Thats why I dont know much about the birds biology. And what kind of abilities it has. I-I see Pii? I tried to activate the [Identification] skill on the blue bird that was sitting quietly in my hand. [Luan] Level: 1 Magic: Attack: Defense: Agility: Intelligence: Luck: Skills: [Hades Return March]* [Resurrection] [Kings Guider] [Blue Flame] [T/n: Im not sure about this, the kanji is , so please let me know if someone can help with a better name.] W-what is this? Its so ridiculous. Ouma-san, who can read the status just like me, was just as puzzled as I was. First of all, none of the statuses are displayed, and all I could see were the names of the skills. And even the names of those skills had a dangerous vibe, to begin with. What? This [Resurrection]. Cant it die? In addition, [Hades Return March] there are only words there that sound dangerous. The rest is the [Blue Flame] skill that this bird looked like and the [Kings Guider] skill that Ouma-san mentioned but none of it rings a bell. What was the effect? [Blue Flame], as the name implied, was probably to manipulate blue flames or something like that. Ouma-san Ill tell you in advance; I dont know any of these skills. Ugh. I was about to ask him, but he said it first. However, to have skills that even Ouma-san did not know its too mysterious. Its just a super cute-looking bird, though. When I stared at the blue bird in my hand, the blue bird shyly hid its face with its wings and twisted its body. Pi, pii. So cute. Youve been saying that for a while now. Its because its cute. When I was relaxing my cheeks, Yuti asked me a question. Question. What are you going to name this little one? Eh? Confirmation. This child is going to be part of the family, right? Pi? Pii! The blue bird repeatedly nodded, as if in sync with Yutis words, and looked at me expectantly. I-its dazzling! I-I dont have much of a naming sense, but But just like when I named the Night and the others, I remembered that it reminded me of a clear blue sky when I first saw this child. Therefore You are Ciel. What do you think of the name Ciel? I believe it means Sky in French Pii! Pii! In my words, the blue bird Ciel flew happily around in my hands. Thats good. So, its nice to meet you, Ciel. Pii! And so, by a strange coincidence, a new member was added to my family. <> Table of Content S§×ar?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Book 7: Chapter 4: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 Pii! Piii! Haha. Are you enjoying your walk? Pi! Im taking the newborn Ciel for a walk around on Earth. I wanted Ciel to get to know Earth as well. Actually, I would have liked to take Night and Akatsuki for a walk with me, but since Ouma-san would be staying at home, as usual, Night and Akatsuki decided to stay home with Ouma-san. Hmm I wanted to show Ouma-san around Earth somehow, but in order to do so, I have to make sure that nobody would find out that he was a dragon. If someone were to find out, it would be a big problem. Thats why, unfortunately, I have no choice but to ask Ouma-san to stay at home for now. Pi, pi, piii! Looks like youre having fun. Pii! Ciel was perched on my right shoulder, rubbing his body against my cheek as she sang happily. Oh, what is it? Pipi. Piii! Youre so cute. Ciel looked at me as if to say, I love you! Maybe he has been emotionally attached to me. Perhaps hes recognized me as his parent since I hatched him from an egg. [T/n: I dont know about Ciels gender yet, so I just used him for now.] Its not strange for a bird like Ciel to be here on Earth, but with his beautiful blue feathers and the fact that he was perched quietly on my shoulder, he caught the attention of many people on the street. Well, I guess it couldnt be helped. Akatsuki was also unusual, so people often look at him too. As I walked along thinking about this, I came close to the Ousei Academy. Suddenly, someone called out to me from behind. Ara? Yuuya-san? Hmm? Oh, Kaori! When I turned my head toward the voice, I saw Kaoris figure there. Even though its summer vacation, Kaori was wearing her school uniform, which meant she probably had something to do at school. What a coincidence! Are you taking a walk? Eh who is this little one? Ah, hes my new family member; his name is Ciel. Pi! When I introduced him, Ciel raised his little wings and greeted Kaori. Hes so cute. Kaori seemed to have the same impression as me, and her eyes sparkled at the sight. Ciel-chan, is it? Um, could it be that Ciel is like Night and the others? Yes, hes a creature from the other world. Kaori knew about the doors existence in my house and had been to the other world. Hence, she immediately realized that Ciel was not a creature from Earth. As we talked, I remembered my promise to Miu-san, so I decided to ask Kaori for advice. Since I would meet Miu-sans father as her boyfriend, I needed to prepare a suit and other formal wear. However, I had no idea where to buy a suit. However, since this was an issue that involved Miu-sans family situation, I couldnt tell Kaori the details, so I consulted Kaori with a very vague explanation, and she told me Hmm first of all, Yuuya-san needs formal wear, and you dont know where to buy it, right? Yes, thats right. Then lets ask my father! Eh, Tsukasa-san? Kaori nodded; I was a little surprised to hear that name come out of nowhere. Yes! Actually, I had some business to attend to with my father, so this is why I was heading to school in my uniform. Today, my father is at school, so I see But Im not wearing my uniform right now, is that okay? Its fine! Then lets go! Thanks to Kaori, I was able to meet with Tsukasa-san, the schools chairman, and after delivering Ciel home with teleport magic, we arrived quickly at the office of the chairman of Ousei Academy. Then, Tsukasa-san seemed to have just finished his work and spoke to us. Im sorry, I kept you waiting. N-no! I apologize too for barging in so suddenly No, its fine. I havent had many opportunities to see you lately, and I wanted to hear what youve been up to. When I saw Tsukasa-san smiling cheerfully, I really felt that he was a good person. Actually, I would have talked to my parents about this kind of thing, but my situation is rather complicated. Even so, considering the fact that I met Tsukasa-san, the best person to consult with this time, Im glad I raised my luck stats. By the way, I heard that you and other friends went with Kaori to visit our vacation house. How was it? Ah, yes! It was very enjoyable. Once again, thank you for inviting me. Hahaha. Dont be so formal. Thats right! I really enjoyed spending time with everyone, too. I cant stop thanking Tsukasa-san and Kaori, who are smiling so cheerfully. Theyre really nice people, arent they? I really respect Tsukasa-san, and when I grow up, I want to be just like him. Then, Tsukasa-san smiled gently, looking somewhat pleased. Kaori had never been able to make friends on an equal footing, partly because of me. Even in junior high school, I feel like she was lonely. But since you came, she has made other friends and is always happy to talk about school. Thank you so much. Father Then Tsukasa-san bowed his head, and I couldnt help but panic. N-no. Me too! Ive been helped many times by Kaori-san! On the contrary, I never thought that I would be able to play with friends as I did during this summer vacation. Thats why Im delighted I was able to transfer to this school. I bowed my head as well, and Tsukasa-san smiled bitterly. Haha. If we continue like this, well end up bowing to each other. T-thats right. Oh, yes. So it seems you had some business with me, what is it? Ah, yes. Actually I quickly summarized what I wanted to discuss with Tsukasa-san and told him about Miu-sans story vaguely. It was a problem that involved Miu-sans family situation, so that I couldnt go into too much detail. When I managed to summarize and explain the main points, Tsukasa-san looked at me with great interest. Fumu youve helped Kaori a lot. If you want a suit as formal wear, I can prepare it for you. N-no! Its okay! Ill buy it myself! Sear?h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Is that so? Well, I guess its more convenient to buy it yourself than to have someone else buy it for you. First of all, you want clothes that you wont be embarrassed to wear in any public place, is that correct? Y-yes. Im embarrassed to admit that I dont really know where to get such things, how much they cost, or what kind of things I should prepare I see Then, lets go to my favorite store now. Eh? I was surprised at the sudden turn of events, but Tsukasa-san invited me to go to a suit store, and we headed there. U-umu in this way, its very troubling Thats right I was taken by Tsukasa-san and arrived at a high-class suit store, but as soon as I arrived at the store, I was made to wear various suits. Kaori also followed us and gave me some advice on how to choose a suit. I guess a womans opinion and a mans opinion are two different things. As I was thinking about this, Tsukasa-san let out a sigh. This is troubling Eh? I-is this really not suitable for me? If it doesnt look that good on me and its terrible no matter which one I choose, then Im completely out of luck I thought so, but apparently not, and Tsukasa-san shook his head. No, its the opposite. The opposite? You look too good in every suit, Yuuya-san. Eeh? I was taken aback by Kaoris words, but I wondered if it was true. There are various patterns of suits. Because of the difference in fabric, the number of buttons, the collar, etc it is possible to decide on a good combination of all of them, but no matter which one you wear, it will look good on you. I was embarrassed when Tsukasa-san said this to me with a smile. I dont really know what makes a good suit, but when someone says it like that However, it was still difficult to decide, and Tsukasa-san and Kaori couldnt help but groan when a new customer walked into the store. Ara? You are Yuuya-kun? Eh? Ah, Hikari-san? He was the photographer who had worked with Miu-san when we did a model shoot for a magazine. What a coincidence. I never thought Id met you here Thats right. By the way, did you go shopping for a suit? Yes. Im thinking of using a suit for an upcoming photoshoot Ara? You are When Hikari-san noticed Tsukasa-san and Kaori, it seemed that Tsukasa-san knew Hikari-san, and they greeted each other. In the meantime, Tsukasa-san seemed to have come up with a great idea and asked Hikari-san about me. When he heard what Tsukasa-san had said, Hikari-sans eyes lit up. I see, you came here to buy a suit for Yuuya-kun, but you cant seem to decide Thats right. Then leave it to me! Eh? Its just a coincidence that we met here. Im a professional in this field, and Ill help find the perfect suit for you! With Hikari-sans words, my suit selection process began again As expected of a professional. Hikari-san immediately decided on my suit, which Tsukasa-san and Kaori had struggled with so much. Indeed, Yuuya-kun looks good in any suit, but from what Ive heard, its better to be seen as earnest as possible, so I think an English-type suit is good for you. An Italian-type suit is also sexy and perfect for you, but I want to show that Ive made a good decision here. Also, a three-piece suit looks better on you. The words related to suits kept popping up one after another, but unfortunately, I couldnt understand any of them. However, thanks to Hikari-sans help, I managed to decide on the suit I would buy. What do you think? Yes, its good, I think? It suits you very well! The suit was well-received not only by Hikari-san but also by Tsukasa-san and Kaori, so I bought a set of formal wear coordinated by Hikari-san. After I finished buying, I thanked him again. Thank you, Hikari-san! Its okay, dont worry about it! I had a lot to choose from, and most importantly, it was fun. R-really? Yes! It would be best if you had more confidence in yourself, Yuuya-kun. I dont know the details, but if you dont have confidence in yourself, youll lose out wearing that suit. Yes! Hikari-san was right. Ive had a lot of trouble choosing the right clothes. In order not to be embarrassed by the suit, at least for the time Im wearing it, I should be proud of it. With that thought in mind, I purchased the first suit of my life. If its a bunch of Evil Beasts of that level, you can easily get rid of them, huh A few days after Yuuya and Mai Kagurazaka worked together to defeat the Evil Beasts, Avis, who had returned to the Worlds Disposal Ground, muttered with some admiration. He looked at his own hand, moved it a few times, and then held it up to the Worlds Disposal Ground. From his palm, a ray of ultra-fine black light shot out. That light ran through the Worlds Disposal Ground and then quietly disappeared. Then, the space where the black light ran was torn apart by the black flash, and exploded. With a tremendous crashing sound, the space exploded, and black flames enveloped everything in the Worlds Disposal Ground. Originally, there was already nothing in the Worlds Disposal ground, but everything was completely obliterated with a single blow from Avis. As if a part of the world had been hollowed out and nothing was left, there was no barren land spreading but a pitch-black space of nothingness. Haha. Its wonderful. Wonderful! In front of that scene, Avis laughed like a madman and looked at his hands again. This is the true power of Evil! Look! This is a blow that gives nothingness! Everything was literally obliterated! Hahahahaha! Its not just the power to clear the surface of the other world, as Avis said, but the terrifying power to literally reduce the very existence of something to nothingness. Fuh Its good that my body is finally familiar with my full power I see Thats why I couldnt find that outsider until now. After confirming his own power, Avis muttered as he stared into the void. At the end of his gaze, he could clearly see the figure of Yuuya. The Great Devils Nest. I didnt expect a human to live in a place like that His eyes glittered with madness, and Avis smiled ferociously. Now that Im accustomed to the power its time to finally kill you, outsider! As Avis laughed loudly, he dissolved into a black mist and disappeared. Book 7: Chapter 4: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 Its been a few days since I bought the suit. The suit that Hikari-san chose for me was of a perfect size, and the material was very high quality. Moreover, I am now wearing the [Royal Silk Shirt] and [Dragon Gods Leather Shoes] that I received from Sage-san. These are probably of a much higher quality than anything that could be bought on Earth. Im nervous I arrived early at the meeting place arranged with Miu-san. The place was also lined with high-class stores, and I did not usually come here. Or rather what kind of person is Miu-sans father? From what Ive heard, he seemed to be very rich, but Although I was curious about what kind of person Miu-sans father was, I was more concerned about myself at the moment. Heh, isnt it weird I hope its okay In addition, this time, I had my hair appropriately styled so that I would not embarrass Miu-san as I would act as her boyfriend. Ive only had my hair cut lightly at a barbershop in the past, so it was refreshing to have my hair styled professionally. Despite my appearance, I was uncomfortable because I felt like I was being watched by people on the street more than usual. There were even people who took the trouble to stop and stare at me. Well I guess its not as dangerous as walking while staring, but It made me so nervous that I thought I might look a bit unattractive, so I used my skills [Mind-Body Unification] and [Mental Enhancement] as I continued to wait naturally. And then. Yuuya-san! Im sorry Im late Miu-san? Miu-san, who was wearing a beautiful dress, found me and waved, but her words were getting smaller and smaller. When I looked closely, I could see someone behind her who looked like her father. I hurried over to Miu-san and her father. Excuse me. Are you okay? Wha? I-Im fine! Its just that Miu-san glanced at me and blushed. H-huh? Do I look strange? Please be honest with me. Is it possible that Im wearing something extremely embarrassing? I wanted to rush off to reevaluate my outfit, but I couldnt act strangely in front of Miu-sans father. I suppressed my panic and asked Miu-san. Um, Miu-san. The one over there? Ah! Im sorry. This is my father. Hideyuki Mido. It looks like my daughter is in your care, correct? Miu-sans father Hideyuki-san, gave me a sharp look. Its not a big deal at all. My name is Yuuya Tenjou. Im very much indebted to Miu-san for her help. Hou? Hideyuki-san opened his eyes slightly as I replied naturally and without any tension. Normally, I would be extremely nervous at this point, but I was able to greet him in a much more relaxed way than I expected. This was probably due to the fact that I had recently met some of the most important people in the other world, such as the King of Arcelia and the King of Regal. Thanks to this, even though I had been very nervous until just a moment ago, now I was calm. Hideyuki-san turned his back on me as if to show me the way. Ive reserved a table for us today. Follow me. As I followed Hideyuki-san, I secretly let out a sigh. It looks like Ive passed the first barrier. I was wondering what I would do if I were turned away at the start. I was taken to a restaurant that looked like a high-class place. Oh, no. I dont know anything about table manners! Suppressing my desperately impatient feelings, I was led to a table for four. Seeing this, Miu-san curiously asked Hideyuki-san. Father. Its just the three of us today, isnt it? No. There will be one more person here with us, the man that is coming is the candidate for Mius marriage proposal. Eh!? .. Miu-san was surprised by Hideyuki-sans words. Of course, I was surprised too, but it seems that Miu-san hadnt been told about it either Despite Miu-sans surprise, Hideyuki-san continued without hesitation. Since were here. Im thinking of letting the boyfriend that Miu brought with her and the marriage partner that I introduced to you meet. Y-you didnt say anything about it! What? Do you have a problem with my decision? Ugh! In front of Hideyuki-sans sharp gaze, Miu-san became silent. Wow Hideyuki-san, you are completely unwilling to listen to Miu-sans words As for me, I never thought that Miu-sans arranged marriage partner would come. But now that it has come to this, I have no choice but to behave honorably as Miu-sans boyfriend. More than that table manners, seriously, what should I do As soon as I took a seat, a person who seemed to be Miu-san arranged marriage partner came over to our table. Im sorry, Hideyuki-san. I was a little overwhelmed with work The man who showed up was in his mid-twenties, dressed stylishly in a good quality suit. He had short brown hair and a neat face that gave him the look of a successful young boss. Oh no, am I already losing? As for me. Look at me my appearance. I look like someone who just put on a suit. On the other hand, the man in front of me is perfectly dressed in a suit. He looked like hes older than me B-but what should I do now? Then, when Hideyuki-san saw the man who appeared, he smiled for the first time today and stood up. No, its no problem. Im sorry I bothered you. Oh no! It was Hideyuki-sans invitation, and more than anything, I wanted to talk to Miu-san too! Hahaha. Im glad if you say that. His communication skills are amazing. I was a bullied child, so no matter how I tried, I couldnt compete with him, right? From my perspective, he seems like a great guy, and I think hed be a good match for Miu-san, but Miu-san herself doesnt like this marriage arrangement A-although Ive already been defeated; Im going to keep fighting until the end! The man suddenly turned his gaze on me just as I made up my mind to fight on. And, this is? ? When the man looked at me, his eyes widened in surprise. W-whats going on? Im the one whos in the lowest position right now, you know I stood up and bowed to the man. Im the one whos been dating Miu-san. My name is Yuuya Tenjou. Dating Miu-san? The man showed a disturbing vibe to my introduction. T-thats right! He might not expect that the person he was looking for in a marriage proposal had a boyfriend. B-but dont be discouraged, me! Its for Miu-sans sake! Im Yuma Yamano. Well, its nice to meet you. Oh, no matter how I look at it, Ive been labeled as an enemy. What should I do? Im starting to get a stomachache. The dinner finally started, with a sudden unsettling feeling in the air. I have absolutely no idea about table manners, but now that Im here, Ill get through it following the mood! I can make it through, cant I? While being conscious of how unsettled I was, I ate my meal paying attention to make sure I ate elegantly. I dont know if it was good or not, but it didnt seem like anyone was particularly pointing it out to me. Am I doing okay? Im going to do my best! Im just sorry that Im so overzealous that I cant taste the food! However, my efforts were meaningless once the conversation started. Its basically because Hideyuki-san and Yuma-san were chatting smilingly; even Miu-san and I were left out of the conversation. When it came to this point, it was pretty refreshing. As I continued to eat in silence, Miu-san spoke to me covertly. Im sorry, Yuuya-san. Im sorry that I involved you in this kind of situation and that you were treated like this No, its okay. Im just trying not to embarrass Miu-san by being her boyfriend. Well, not being able to participate in the conversation between the two of them may be a demerit as Miu-sans boyfriend Yuuya-san Miu-sans cheeks reddened at my sincere words. Then, it seemed that Yuma-san saw what was going on with us and asked us a question. You two seem to be getting along pretty well, dont you? Yes, well. We have been dating for a while now. I hadnt heard, but where did you and Miu-san meet? We met when we worked together as models for a photoshoot for a fashion magazine. As soon as I said that, I saw a hint of contempt in Hideyuki-san and Yuma-sans eyes. I see, so youre a model too? Thats right. Actually, Im not. But it would still be a better advertisement for me as a boyfriend than if I told them I was just a student right now. And its not a lie that Ive been photographed with her. However, Hideyuki-san cut it off mercilessly. I cant leave Miu in your hands if youre doing a job that has no future. Eh? The entertainment industry is an industry where the future can become uncertain at the slightest hint. Im saying that I cant entrust my daughter to you in such a place. Father! Miu, shut up. I see. Well, as a parent, I understand that he wants his daughter to be with someone who is secure in the future. However, I wonder how much he was thinking about Miu-sans feelings. In the first place, Miu-san said she didnt want to go on an arranged marriage, so she must not be thinking about marriage. I cant have a young man with no future like you approaching us Mido family members Hmm, he disliked me surprisingly. Even though weve never met before. But Im used to people hating me. Im sad, but Im not going to let that put a dent in me now. As I stared straight into Hideyuki-sans eyes, Yuma-san intervened. Well, well, Hideyuki-san, please calm down. Hes young, too. Its no wonder hes reckless because of his youth. No, no, youre young, too. Hahaha, thats true Thats right! Well, how about this? Yuma-san, who seemed to have suddenly come up with a good idea, suggested. Ive been telling Hideyuki-san and others about this for a while now, but how about inviting Yuuya-kun to one of my affiliated stores? That way, you can understand the difference in our rank. Yuuma-sans store? When I was tilting my head in confusion, Hideyuki-san told me with a somewhat ridiculous look. Yuma-san runs several entertainment facilities overseas, including a large casino. You are invited to one of his affiliated establishments. Yes. And Id like you to visit my store, too. Hah So he owns a lot of stores. Does that mean hes rich? Not sure. I would like to invite you all to the biggest amusement center in my company to play some coin-operated games, how about it? Not seeming to care about my confusion at the sudden turn of events, Yuma-san and Hideyuki-san continued their conversation. I see. If we go to your store, well see how much we know about our social position. Isnt that good? S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Well, well. But if Miu-san is to marry me, it will prove that she has a secure future? Ugh Hes crazy hostile to me From Yuma-sans point of view, Im a hindrance, so it cant be helped When I couldnt say anything, Miu-san stood up as if she couldnt stand it anymore. Father! Why are you talking so badly about Yuuya-san! I told you to keep quiet, didnt I? Uh! Hah. This is why it is so difficult to have a poorly behaved daughter. No way! Isnt Miu-san a wonderful person? Oh, is that what you say? Of course I do. So, Yuuya-kun? What will you do? Yuuya-san You can refuse if you want. Miu-san gave me a worried yet apologetic look. I understand. Im going to visit Yuma-sans store. Eh? .. It seemed that they didnt expect me to say I would be visiting, and not only Miu-san, but also Yuma-san and the others widened their eyes. Yuma-san looked unhappy for a moment but quickly made up for it. Well, thats fine. If thats the case, please do come to the designated place at a later date. Im sure you understand, but youll be heading overseas, okay? Yes. I nodded straightforwardly at Yuma-sans words. Oh, I need to get my passport made. I wish I could talk to Kaori about it again As I was thinking about this, we ended up having the dinner of the day, and it ended without any problems. On the way home from dinner with Yuuya and the others, Miu was riding in the car with her father, Hideyuki. How about Yuma? Wasnt he a wonderful young man? Hes nothing compared to the young man you brought with you. Thats not true! Yuuya-san is a much more wonderful man! Hah. No matter what you say, once he sees the scale of the facility Yuma runs, hell see the difference in status as a man and give up on you. .. Miu turns her face down in frustration. After this, Miu did not exchange a glance or a word with Hideyuki until the end. Come on, this way. Under Yuma-sans guidance, we were being led to the plane that would take us overseas. After that dinner, with the help of Kaori, Tsukasa-san, and the others, I got my passport without any problems and came to the airport that Yuma-san had designated for us. Im still dressed casually today, but since Yuma-sans affiliated store is said to be a magnificent facility, I dont know what the correct attire is, so I brought the three-piece suit I wore for dinner the other day. As I hadnt had much experience going abroad, let alone going on a long trip, I tried not to look around too much. I-I just have to be graceful and have a relaxed attitude! As if mocking me, Yuma-san led us to a certain plane. Well, this is my private jet. Oh. .. Hideyuki-san seemed impressed by Yuma-sans words, but Miu-san didnt seem to be interested at all. Miu-san said that she actually had a modeling job today, but Hideyuki-san forced her to cancel it to accompany him. To be honest, I had no idea how great Hideyuki-san was, so when I talked to Tsukasa-san about the passport, I asked him if he knew who Hideyuki Mido was, and he told me that he was the president of the Mido Group, one of the largest corporations in Japan. Although I have seen the name Mido in many places, including in electrical appliances, I had no idea that he was the president of such a large company. I was also surprised to find out that Miu-san is the daughter of the president of such a company. Well, from my perspective, everyone is an amazing person, so its not like Im going to change how I treat Miu-san and her father Anyway, if he is the head of such a large company, it must be easy for him to cancel Miu-sans job. However, since Miu-san takes pride in her work as a model, I can understand why she doesnt like Hideyuki-sans methods. More importantly private jets really existed, didnt they? I thought it was something that only existed in fiction. When I boarded the plane thinking about this, Yuma-san approached me with a smile on his face. I hadnt told Yuuya-kun about this, but I work overseas, so all the attendants are foreigners. I dont usually use Japanese either, so please use English if you need to ask for something. Well, if you dont speak English, I suggest you keep a low profile. Yes, I understand. Its so elitist to communicate in English. No, Im pretty sure theyre actually elite. And then, what went wrong? Yuma-san clicked his tongue when he heard my words. Tsk how long can you afford to keep that up? Eh? I could hear the clicking tongue, but I couldnt hear the words that followed it. What did he say? Probably not a very good one Then, eventually, the plane started moving. Miu-san was sitting next to me, and Hideyuki-san and Yuma-san were sitting across the way from us. Miu-san, are you okay? When I called out to Miu-san, who looked somewhat depressed, she gave me an apologetic look. Oh Im sorry. Im fine. How about you, Yuuya-san, are you okay? Im sorry that I suddenly dragged you into something like this Im fine. Ive never been abroad before, so Im looking forward to it. Although this is the first time Ive ever been on a plane, Im not too nervous or scared. Rather, I was excited to be flying. If I could, I would have brought Night and the others with me, but I played the role of Miu-sans boyfriend this time, so they were all staying at home. Ciel was a newborn, and I wanted to stay close to him, but I had to be patient. Once Im settled in the hotel over there, Ill use teleportation magic to get home. A short time after the plane took off, Yuma-san called the attendant and spoke to her in English. Coffee, please. Very well, sir. Yes, would Yuuya-kun and the others like to order something too? Huh? Oh, yes I was momentarily surprised to be suddenly spoken to in Japanese by Yuma-san, and so I asked the attendant. Do you have any kind of menu? Yes, we do. Would you like me to bring it to you? Yes, please. ? When I was using my [Language Comprehension] skills to converse with the attendant in English, Miu-san and Yuma-san and the others looked at me with surprise. Hey, whats going on? Then the attendant brought me a menu, and I thanked her. Excuse me, thank you. No problem. Oh, how about you, Miu-san? Eh? Oh, c-can I have some of this please? Its okay. While confirming Miu-sans choice, I also decided what I wanted and told the attendant immediately. Im sorry. I would like this one and this one, please. Very well. Your English is very good, isnt it? Eh? No, you speak very fluently without any Japanese accent Have you been abroad before? No, this is my first time Hahaha, its nice to be praised for my English by an English speaker. Fufufu Oh, Im sorry. Ah, Im sorry to interrupt you, but Ill have it ready in a moment. Please. The attendant smiled at my words and went back. As I watched her go, Miu-san spoke to me with a somewhat excited look on her face. Yu-Yuuya-san, you speak English too? Y-yes. Sometimes Its all thanks to my [Language Comprehension] skill, so its a bit of a cheat, but please forgive me this time. I cant show my embarrassing side as Miu-sans boyfriend. After that, the drinks we ordered arrived, and after chatting with Miu-san and taking a nap, we arrived at our destination. Tch what the hell is that guy hes getting carried away! Book 7: Chapter 4: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 When the plane arrived at the airport, a car from Yuma-sans company was already there. I got in the car and drove to the hotel, where I changed into formal wear and went to the amusement center that Yuma-san ran. Wow There was a super huge space there. There were glittering neon signs, huge fountains, and a gorgeous atmosphere. As I was stunned by the sight, Miu-san and the others who had also changed into dresses arrived. Now, let me show you the inside. Weve reserved the place for today I see. Thanks for that. Hideyuki-san nodded lightly at Yuma-sans words A huge facility like this was rented out for a day! Normally, there would be a lot of customers Its really outrageous that they would rent it out just for us. The scale was so different. Inside the facility, there was a casino game space that Ive only seen in movies and manga. Well, apparently, its a coin-operated game. I wore a proper suit, but I couldnt help but feel out of place. Rather, Im glad I brought my suit and that I prepared it just in case. When I was thinking about that, Yuma-san called out to me. Right, Yuuya-kun. Yes? Id like you to play with me first Do you have any money with you? Its, well Thats good. The games we have here are coin-operated games, so youll need to convert your money into coins first. Well, thats true. But how many coins do I need to have? Um, would one million yen be enough? ..Huh? I pulled out a wad of cash from my item box as if I were pulling it out of my pocket. T-that money is Im sorry, I have cash But if I can use the money, thats just fine. If possible, it would be better to return the large amount of money that I obtained from defeating monsters in the other world to the Earth. Ive never had the opportunity to spend a lot of money before, so it would be great if I could use this opportunity. As I was thinking about this, I noticed that everyone was staring at me. H-huh? Is it not enough? Then Since Yuma-san and the others didnt react well, I put down two, three, four, and five wads of cash for the time being, and W-wait a minute! Huh? The first million yen will be enough! Apparently, the first million yen was enough, and I retrieved the additional money. So, which game do you want to play? Lets see then the slots over there? Please. I dont know much about slots, but I imagine they are common in Japanese arcades. Therefore, Im sure I can do it. When I was thinking about it, Yuma-san smiled at me. Slots, huh? Thats good, isnt it? Its easy to operate over here, so its a big help. Eh? Its nothing. Its easy to do. You just insert the coins and press the button. First, you have to exchange the money for coins. As he said that, I exchanged my one million yen for the coins Yuma-san had brought with him. I sat down without being prompted, and while Miu-san and Hideyuki-san watched, I put in the coins, but Um, where should I press? Pfft you really dont know anything about this thing, do you? Then, Yuma-san laughed at me. No, that is how it is with beginners I pressed the button he told me to press, and the machine began to rotate. I didnt know what to do to win, so I pressed the three buttons at the right time, and the slot machine stopped. At that moment, the word Jackpot appeared on the screen with a flashy sound and effect. Jack pot? Wha? No way! Hou I dont know whats going on, but it seems Ive won. I-impossible! Im sure I gave them the proper instructions. Why? Yuma-san was muttering something in a somewhat troubled manner, so I couldnt ask him what a jackpot was. However, a lot of coins came out of the machine, so I guessed I had won. I continued to play and saw the word Jackpot again. Again, a lot of coins were coming out of the machine. I pressed the button again and again, but each time the results were the same jackpot. Yuuya-san, youre amazing! Maybe hes just a guy with a little more luck than we thought Miu-san and Hideyuki-san are standing behind me admiringly. Um, is this machine broken? Ive only been getting the same results since a while ago I was grateful that I was apparently winning, but as I continued to win so much, I began to worry that something was wrong with the machine at this place. T-thats right; it might be so Yuma-san said with a somewhat tense look on his face. I dont know if the machine was really malfunctioning or not but even if it wasnt, I guess my luck stats just worked well Damn it! What the hell is going on? Did you maintain it properly? O-of course! Then how come hes always winning? Is it really okay? While watching Yuma-san arguing with the clerk about something, I could not help but feel that way. .. Miu-san was listening to the conversation between the clerk and Yuma-san with a somewhat suspicious look on her face. I wondered what was going on. Then Yuma-san, who had been talking with the clerk, recommended that I play the next game. W-well then, how about roulette next? Roulette, huh? Yes! Its a traditional game, too. As expected, I dont like it when people stick to just one game. You can also play games that you cant normally experience with the coins here. Thats As for me, I think Ive also had enough, but it cant be helped. Okay. Well, Id like to try out some of the other games, so can you tell me the rules as we go? So, I was taught the roulette rules for a while, but then Yuma-san came up with a suggestion. Thats right! Its a rare experience. Why dont you try something that you dont usually do? Something I dont normally do? Yes! If youre a man, why dont you try putting all your coins on a single number? Eh? Putting all my coins on a single number means I only have one chance to win? As I was confused by the risky suggestion, Miu-san, who was standing beside me and could not stand by watching and opened her mouth. Yuma-san, that would be. Can you keep quiet for a moment? Im having a conversation with Yuuya-kun right now. Yuma-san interrupted her words without looking at Miu-san, and smiled. How about it? Yuuya-kun. Its not like anyone can keep playing with you. Id like you to show me how extraordinary you are. Its not like this roulette game is going to show you how extraordinary I am, but its hard to refuse. Im sure Yuma-san has no intention of letting me refuse. Well, in any case, its a chance for me to return the money to Earth, so Ill accept it Very well. Yuuya-san! Miu-san shouted in surprise, while Yuma-san deepened his smile. I see! I was hoping you would say that! So, what do you want to do? What number do you want to put it on? Then black number six. The reason I chose that number was because I suddenly thought of Kuro in my mind. Kuro and Roku. [T/n: Kuro means Black, and Roku means six in Japanese.] In other words, I didnt think too much about it. I think its a matter of luck, just like slots, so theres no point in thinking too much about it. Even if it may not be true, I felt that way as an amateur. I see, the black six Yuma-san, who had a meaningful expression on his face, let the dealer start the roulette. S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Fuh Its almost impossible to guess with only one number Moreover, if I instruct the dealer to block it, he will certainly lose This is what happens when you embarrass me. Yuma-san was staring at the roulette wheel with a smile on his face while muttering to himself. But. Oh, I won. Whaaaaaaaaaaaattttt!? What a surprise, the result of the roulette was black six. No, no I didnt think that the 100 points that I gave to my luck status when I leveled up by defeating the Kaiser Ogre and the others would have this much of an effect. I-impossible! Theres no chance for him to win! Why? Yuma-san? Yuma-kun, whats wrong? Huh? N-next! Theres still another game! Yuma-san said angrily, and I decided to experience all the games Um Amazing N-no way Theres been a mistake .. Wow, Ive won every game Ive played. For example, if I played poker, I would get a royal straight flush on my first hand. If I played blackjack, I would get a blackjack over and over again. B-boss? What should I do? A-all right! The next one is! Oh, I won again. W-whaaaaaaaaattt? I felt Yuma-san and the clerk talking behind my back, but I continued to play the game, but I still ended up winning all of them. What the hell is going on? You guys! Are you following my instructions properly? O-of course! Yuma-san was getting rougher and rougher as he kicked things nearby. As I continued winning, Yuma-sans tone of voice became rougher and rougher, and I couldnt help but feel sorry for him. Impossible, impossible, impossible! Yuma-san was already mumbling something, and I wondered where his initial composure had disappeared to. Im really sorry Anyway, I won and won again, and as a result, the number of coins I had was outrageous. Theres a big pile of coins behind me. Yuuya-san, youre too good! U-um you seem to have some kind of special power perhaps I should reevaluate a bit. Miu-san was greatly pleased whenever I won. Im glad that I was able to show my good side as a boyfriend because Hideyuki-san was also surprised and impressed by my great victory. Then Yuma-san shouted, seemingly at the end of his patience. I-its cheating! You must be cheating! Eeehh? E-even if you say its cheating No, my luck stats are more than just cheating Its not something that was visible, and there was no way to confirm this. Even I, who actually benefited from it, couldnt say anything about luck because its invisible to the eye. As Yuma-san glared at me, Miu-san finally opened her mouth. Youre the one whos cheating, arent you? I know youve been doing something dirty behind our backs! W-what did you say! I have a recording of the conversation between you and the staff here! Guh! Surprisingly, Miu-san was doing that while I was playing the game. I had the feeling that Yuma-san often talked with the clerk in the back, but I was too focused on the game to grasp the content. If what Miu-san says is true, then the recorded content is probably a way to manipulate the outcome of the games Hideyuki-san, who was watching them arguing, called out to Yuma-san with a somewhat confused look. Yu-Yuma-kun? Is it true? I dont believe you would do such a thing. Shut up. Eh? Buh!? Father!? Suddenly, Yuma-san punched Hideyuki-san, who called out to him! W-what are you doing? When I hurriedly tried to help Hideyuki-san stand up, a group of men dressed in black showed up around us, with the appearance of those who specialize in violent activities. This is Yu-Yuuya-san For the sake of Miu-san, who has an anxious expression, I quickly stood in front of her to distance her from the men, and Yuma-san let out a big sigh. Haaahhh. Everything, everything is ruined, isnt it Hah? Yuma-san? Dont you dare to call me casually like that, you little brat? Yuma-san glared at me with a murderous glare. I, Miu-san, and most especially Hideyuki-san, who was at the feet of Yuma-san looking up at him dumbfounded, could not hide our surprise at the sudden change in his atmosphere. Ignoring our gazes, Yuma-san continued languidly. I was so close to getting the Mido Group peacefully The one who was most surprised by what Yuma-san said was Hideyuki-san, who was pushing for the marriage proposal. W-what? What is this all about, Yuma-kun. You still dont get it, do you? I was only thinking of marrying your daughter and using her to take over the Mido Group! Wha Hideyuki-san is in a state of shock at Yuma-sans words. W-what do you Hey, hey, cant you see that after all this? Did you really not see that? Im not just making money by doing things properly, you know. Look, thats the proof! As Yuma-san spread out his hands, the men in black clothes surrounding us pulled out a gun from their pockets! S-seriously? As you can see, Im from the underground world, you know? Im earning a lot of money from these kinds of cheating entertainment facilities as well as others. Yuma-san made a wicked smile as he said this. So, I thought of expanding from overseas to Japan, but these days, Japan has become a troublesome place for people from the underground business like us to operate. So, I decided to use the Mido Group, which has a lot of power in Japan and use them as a cover to move freely in Japan. But that bastard blew the whole plan out of the water. No way Hideyuki-san was stunned, apparently not expecting that the person he had been pushing for a marriage with Miu-san out of concern for her future was a person from the underground business world. Miu-san trembled in fear as a gun was pointed at her head. Yu-Yuuya-san Miu-san. Please rest assured. I will definitely protect you. Eh? Miu-san asked back in a daze. As if to reassure her, I turned back to Miu-san and smiled. Because Im your boyfriend, right? Eh? Miu-sans face flushed red at my words. Thank goodness, she seemed to have calmed down. Then, seemingly unhappy with our exchange, Yuma-san shouted. Damn it! Enough, get rid of that little brat first! Yuuya-san! As soon as Yuma-san gave the order, one of the men dressed in black shot a gun at me. I was trying to be strong in front of Miu-san, but of course, Ive never dealt with a gun before or even seen one. Ive fought many battles against monsters in the other world, but I dont know if my powers would really work against a gun. I had been thinking about how to fight against a gun H-huh? The moment a bullet was fired from the gun, the speed of the surroundings suddenly slowed down. And the bullet that flew towards me was clearly visible as if in slow motion. So I grabbed Miu-san in my arms and pulled her close to me, avoiding the bullet. Then, the speed of the surroundings returned to normal, and the bullet passed through the position where Miu-san and I were just now and made a hole in the wall behind us. Wha!? You avoided the bullet? Yuma-san was surprised, as he didnt think that the bullet would miss the target. When I thought about it, once a bullet was fired from the gun, as long as there were no interference from the outside, the direction it traveled could be easily predicted. Its easier to deal with a bullet since it wouldnt suddenly change direction like Yutis arrow or split into countless branches like the spear of the Spear Saint. In addition, the speed of the bullet was surprisingly slow which I did not realize until I was actually shot at. I know this was abnormal, but I didnt expect the power I acquired in the other world to be so great. Nevertheless, for this occasion, I am very grateful. I didnt want the experience of being shot at if possible, but thats what happened. I mean, if the bullet was this slow, I dont think Id even get a scratch if I actually got hit by the bullet Im too scared to try such an experiment though. I didnt know about it until now, but the training with Yuti, Master Usagi, and Iris-san, as well as the fighting with the monsters in the Great Devils Nest, were all done at a speed that exceeded the speed of sound. Im not aware of this, and I was also so busy keeping up with the daily training that I dont really care if Im really going faster than the speed of sound now. Even so, I still couldnt keep up with the speed of Master Usagi or Iris-san unless I used the power of the [Magic Attire] or Evil. I have to work harder More importantly, I slowly lowered Miu-san, who was frozen in my arms with a red face, to the ground and looked over at the men dressed in black. For the time being, Im going to neutralize them. Huh!? Y-you, guys! Just shoot all of them! Then the men dressed in black all fired their guns at once. But I caught the bullets that were about to hit us with my bare hands and dealt with them. Then, I scattered the bullets I had just caught on the floor around my feet. When Yuma-san saw this, he opened his mouth so wide that I thought his jaw would come off. It was the same for the men dressed in black, who were all looking at me in amazement. Yeah, Im really far from human, arent I? Even so, I still cant catch up with Master Usagi and the others, so the world is a big place. Well then its my turn now, right? Hyiii!? As I sneaked into the bosom of one of the men dressed in black, I used a technique that I had learned from my previous fight with the Fist Saint. [Tearing Sky Pierce]! This technique was a profound technique that unleashed an impact from a very close distance, and if used normally, the men dressed in black would be unable to withstand it. So, I withheld my strength and unleashed the technique with the image of letting the impact penetrate through. This technique of penetrating the impact was actually something that I had been aware of when using the Spear Saint technique during my training with Master Usagi and Iris-san. As the name implied, the technique of the Spear Saint used a spear, so basically, everything was based on the premise of piercing. I was able to make use of that technique in this battle. Kahahh. The man dressed in black, who had been hit by my attack, was knocked unconscious by the blow and collapsed. Okay, that went well! In the same way, I stunned the men dressed in black one after another. Then, at last, Yuma-san was the only one left. Yuma-san looked at me as I slowly approached him and shook his head. A-avoiding and catching bullets, I dont understand it at all what are you what are yoouuuuuuuuuu! Youre not worthy of Miu-san. After saying that, I activate [Tearing Sky Pierce] on Yuma-san. Yuma-san then collapsed and fainted. After that, Yuma-san was caught by the local police. Incidentally, the police told me that the number of coins I had acquired in the game had swelled to the point where I could exchange them for about 500 million yen. M-my stats luck was really outrageous At the airport on the way back to Japan, I ended up sitting in on the discussion between Miu-san and Hideyuki-san. Miu .. Miu-san didnt respond to Hideyuki-sans voice. From what I could see, their impressions of each other were completely reversed from when I first met them. Then Hideyuki-san made a very pathetic and confused expression. I-I was Up until now, father has denied me of everything, of anything. Uh I want you to tell me what I should do from now on, and I want to hear it from fathers mouth. Because of what has happened up until now, Miu-sans words must have resonated strongly in Hideyuki-sans heart. I couldnt interfere in any way in this matter. After all, it was a family matter. It would be strange for me, an outsider, to interfere. In response to Miu-sans words, Hideyuki-san tried to say something but eventually dropped his voice. Im sorry. I thought I knew everything, but I actually didnt know a thing. .. I thought that if you married him, your future and the future of the Mido Group would be safe. But I was wrong about everything. Im sorry that I didnt see through his true nature, and Im sorry that I didnt consider your feelings Im sorry for everything. .. Hideyuki-san lowered his head sincerely. Seeing that, Miu-san quietly opened her mouth. I understand that father was making the decisions for my sake. Even if it is for the Mido Group, I think it is true that father wanted to do so to help me as much as possible. .. But I like what I do now. I love it. I decide what makes me happy! Thats what I wanted to tell you, father. I see. Hideyuki-san nodded slightly and unexpectedly turned his head towards me. Yuuya-kun. Y-yes. Ive said a lot of horrible things to you. Im really sorry. N-no, thats Hideyuki-san suddenly bowed to me, and I was at a loss for words. I was just fulfilling my role as Miu-sans boyfriend. Please take care of Miu. ..Huh? Fa-father? I was stunned by Hideyuki-sans words. Then Miu-san became flustered, her face turning red. What are you panicking about? You and Yuuya-kun are dating, arent you? You can get married anytime you want. W-well, thats not the case no, if that happens Hideyuki-san laughed amusingly at Miu-san, who tried to say something back. When I saw Hideyuki-san, I realized that Miu-san was also being teased, and for the first time, I smiled with Hideyuki-san. Im glad. There may still be some awkwardness, but I hope the two of them can get along from now on. At any rate, I guess my mission is complete, huh? I hope I was able to play the role of a boyfriend without causing any embarrassment for Miu-san Then Hideyuki-san turned to face me again and winked. Whenever you decide to get married, let me know. Ill spare no effort to help you. Father! T-this means that Ive done well as a boyfriend, right? In the end, I finally relaxed my shoulders. (I had no idea it was on such a remote planet) While Yuuya was getting into trouble overseas, Earth was being observed from a planet in the distant universe. A girl was staring at the holographic image of the Earth. She was humanoid like the people on Earth, but her hair and other body parts emit phosphorescence. The girl muttered. (Once more, lets bring that blueprint to our planet.) The wish of the girl on a certain planet in the distant universe Yuuya still has no way of knowing it Book 7: Chapter 5: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon. you can read up to 4 chapters ahead by joining out Patreon!!Enjoy~ Part Haahh! (Naive!) After successfully fulfilling my role as Miu-sans boyfriend, I was once again spending my days in training with Master Usagi. Of course, Iris-san was also with us, and as usual, the two Holy were giving me difficult training. Im glad to see that both of them had recovered from the attack they received from Avis There were no particular after-effects, and theyre able to fight as they always had. Well, this training was so tough that I didnt even have time to think about it. Even so, I had recently been able to use the power of Evil more consistently, so I was still training with Master Usagi to make full use of Kuros power. Yuuya-kun, youre really amazing Youre absorbing more and more of our techniques Affirmative. Yuuya, youre outrageous. I can never win against you. Ara? But Yuti-chan has inherited all the Bow Saints techniques, right? Then you still have a fighting chance, dont you? Negative. The current Yuuya will soon also master my techniques. That will cancel it out. And then he can unleash another Holy technique. There is no way for me to beat Yuuya. I see. While Master Usagi and I were fighting, Iris-san and Yuti observed the progress, and Night and Akatsuki were also doing their own training. Night was training to do high-speed attacks while wearing [Magic Attire], and Akatsuki was training to be able to use his skills more extensively. Ouma-san was sleeping in the house as usual, but there was a new observer of our training starting this time. Pii, pii! Ciel, who had recently joined my family, watched the battle between Master Usagi and me, his eyes shining brightly. He was moving his tiny body as frantically as he could, cheering me on as if to say, Do your best! With such support, I couldnt help but try my best. Haaaaahhh! (Muh!) With the power of Evil in my body, I deploy [Magic Attire] only on my hands and feet. Then, while making full use of the steps that Master Usagi taught before, I threw the [Absolute Spear] with all my might. The spears power was so great that it left even the wind behind as it closed in on Master Usagi. As expected, Master Usagi did not have time to avoid the attack, so he caught the tip of the [Absolute Spear] with both his legs and ears, forcing the attack to deviate from its trajectory. (Ah! To make this me finally use my ears youve grown a lot!) [Three Divine Steps]! My attack did not end with just throwing the [Absolute Spear]. The step that I took when I threw the [Absolute Spear] earlier was a technique that Master Usagi used when he was dealing with the Scythe Saint during Quarros attack. I used that technique to throw the [Absolute Spear] and simultaneously close in on Master Usagis body. It was only because I had the [Evil Dens Eye] that I was able to recreate this fighting technique. Once I was in front of Master Usagis chest, I already decided on my next move. I didnt even give Master Usagi a moment to breathe and unleashed my full power, using Iris-sans signature [Single-Sword Flash] by using the [Item Box] to change my weapon to the [Omni-Sword] immediately. And then. Hah hah (..) The tip of my sword was pointed at Master Usagis neck. Its a point isnt it? (Yeah you win.) No way Usagi lost! Astonishing. No way! I was finally able to obtain a point from Master Usagi! Yeesssss! I lay down on the spot and shouted. Finally I finally scored a point against Master Usagi! Of course, if i try the same move the next time, it wont work, so I wont be able to repeat this. Still this victory was the best proof that I was growing up. Master Usagi looked at me with a dumbfounded look. (Geez even though you got a point I dont know who is actually the winner here.) Master Usagi was right, I was exhausted, but Master Usagi seemed to have already recovered. I-I knew Master Usagi was too strong (Well, whatever. Youve won today. So todays training is over. But from tomorrow on, I will be even more strict, okay?) Y-yes! When I replied while lying down, Ciel flew at me. Pi! Pii! Oh? Ciel! Thank you for your support; I could actually feel it. Pii, pii. Ciel rubbed his face against my chest as if he was happy to hear my words. H-hes so cute. (As usual, strange creatures gather in your house.) I-is that so? (Thats right.) Right. Yuuya-kuns house is strange if I just think about it normally, isnt it? To begin with, the place where the house is located is strange Ah-ahahaha Its not me who built the house, but Sage-san, though. As we talked, I suddenly remembered the title I had gotten the other day when Avis attacked. The other day, when Avis attacked, I was defeating the Evil Beasts one after another, and I got the title [Holy King] (Huh?) No way! Hearing my words, Master Usagi and Iris-san widened their eyes. A-as I thought, its strange to have this title when Im not even a Holy. (In order to obtain the Holy King title, you need to have the soul of the Holy in your body, youre not the Holy itself. So why did you) Eeh? Even if you say so ah! That reminds me, the other day when Iris-san gave me a massage, I got the [Holy Soul] skill (Hmm? Massage?) Yu-Yuuya-kun! You must have gotten the Holy Soul by accident! Ah-ahahaha. (..) W-what is it? If you have something to say, say it clearly! (No, its okay.) Master Usagi was being pressured! When I was surprised by the unusual sight, Iris-san turned her gaze toward me and complained about something but I think it would be better to keep quiet about it. But, after all, the Holy Soul skill that I acquired at that time must have been related While feeling the growth of my own body, I was thinking about such things in a carefree manner. Now, Im here to fulfill my promise, okay? The voice of the God of Destruction echoed. Suddenly, the sky turned dark red. Wha? Woof!? Fugo? Night and Akatsuki, who were also doing their training, noticed the sudden change in the sky and stopped their training to return to me. W-what is it? What on earth When I was startled by the sudden situation, Master Usagi and Iris-san shouted in a hurry. Whats going on here? (Theres no way I could have known! Something is coming!) Eh? As I struggled to keep up with this too-rapid development, I saw what looked like a wave of black power approaching my house. Wha? [Holy Sword Barrier]! ([Holy Kicking Wave]! [Holy Ear Impact]!) The two Holy did not hesitate to unleash their strongest technique, which they had also used when Quarro attacked. Those techniques were their profound skills, and they are also like special moves. In other words, to suddenly use such a technique meant. The technique released by the two of them flew out of the barrier of Sage-sans house and collided with the black wave, but It was only able to deviate the trajectory of the black wave slightly. And the black wave that has deflected landed behind the house. Then a tremendous roar rang out all around. Wha. When I looked at the place where the black wave had landed I couldnt help but exclaim. The reason was that the forest of the Great Devils Nest that stretched behind my house had been obliterated. Not a single plant or tree remained, and a cruel, desolate clearing spread out. In the cleared area, there must have been a bunch of special, incredibly tough trees called black hardwood that I had used in my training with Master Usagi. But now, right in front of my eyes, I cant even find any of those trees. All I could see now was a dead land. While I was looking at the land in a daze, unable to understand what had happened, Iris-san and Master Usagi fell to their knees. Kuh! (Its too much!) Iris-san, Master Usagi! As I hurried to rush over to them, Yuti, who was nearby, shouted while staring at the sky. Detected. Yuuya that guy is here! That guy? Geez, what a creepy presence, hey. Not only did Yuti, but even Kuro inside me woke up and said that, which means! Hou? So you can handle that attack, huh? It seems that you are more powerful than I expected. Sword Saint, Kicking Saint. A young man was standing leisurely in the sky above my house. Yes, it was Avis, the one who had absorbed all the Evil and evolved into the ultimate perfection. The fact that Avis had come here meant that his body had grown accustomed to the complete power of Evil as he mentioned before. However, from the looks of it, you wont be able to prevent it for the second time, will you? Then lets begin. Die. As soon as Avis checked on Master Usagi and the others, he once again shot out the same black wave towards them! I immediately rushed to Master Usagi and Iris-san, who were unable to move from the recoil of the earlier technique. In the meantime, Yuti shot arrows, Night used magic, and Akatsuki intercepted the black wave with his [Sanctuary] skill, but all of them were instantly swallowed. We cant make it in time! Iris-san and Master Usagi forcefully stood up and tried to unleash the same technique again, but before they could, the black wave attacked Sage-sans house. But Hmm? The barrier on Sage-sans house easily blocked even Aviss black wave! Its not only Avis who is surprised by this sight, but we as well. S-sage-san, you As expected, youre outrageous Eh? The attack that we could not prevent even with all our might was easily repelled? Iris-san blinked several times and stared at the sky. Its hard to believe, isnt it? But Avis didnt give up because of that. Hou It doesnt work, huh, outsider? But even if its blocked once, Ill just keep attacking until it gets through. As he said that, he created a large number of black masses that seemed to condense the power of darkness around him and shot them all at once at Sage-sans house. The power and speed of each shot were tremendous, and there was no way to intercept them in time. But. Whats going on? The barrier of Sage-sans house easily prevented them all. Avis was surprised at how unexpected this was. H-however, no matter what happened, I could only say that its because Sage-san is amazing. I was able to get a little mental relief thanks to Sage-sans house, but that was easily blown away by Aviss next words. Hmm. I dont know what principle you are using to prevent my attack but if youre going to holed up in there I might as well do that. Eh? Its just changing the order of my plan Ill just destroy the Regal and Alceria kingdoms first instead of you. What? If you just want to wait here, then fine. I will just burn the sight of your precious human countries falling to your eyes. I can destroy those countries from here, after all. S-top it! Do you think anyone would stop if they were told that? Avis stared at me as if I were a fool and then pointed his palm in the direction of the Alceria and Regal kingdoms. At this rate, that black wave will be unleashed on the two countries! Now, take a good look at this. This is the true power of Evil! Stoooooppppp! Ah!? Avis stopped preparing for the attack and accepted my attack as I threw the [Absolute Spear] with all my might while activating the [Holy Kings Authority]. You.. that power is. the [Holy King]? Avis was looking surprised with his eyes wide open, but his expression quickly changed to a smile. Kukuku Kuhahahaha! If I kill you, the Holy King, there will be no one who can stop me! There is no shortage of opponents. Come and fight me! I dont need to be told! He might not be the kind of opponent that I could beat, but now that Master Usagi and Iris-san were unable to move due to the recoil from the technique they had unleashed, Im the only one who could fight. I grasped the [Absolute Spear] that came back to my hand and immediately released the power of [Magic Attire] and Evil to approach Avis. Haaaaah! Hahahahahaha! Come on, bring it on! Avis didnt even show any signs of running away in response to my attack. Hes just smiling. And then my full force attack was caught by Aviss one hand. Hou? Its strange magic, the same power as ours Interesting! Aaaaah! Nn! My attack was caught lightly, but that was to be expected. Immediately, the [Omni-Sword] appears in my free left hand, and I slash it at him. [Single-Sword Flash]! This is Avis opened his eyes lightly and caught my attack with his other hand, which was covered with a jet-black mist. Do you also use the technique of the Sword Saint? [Flying Heaven]! !? I continued to use the technique without replying to Aviss words. Avis now had both of his hands occupied catching my [Absolute Spear] and [Omni-Sword]. Thats why I slammed Master Usagis technique into Aviss body. But just as I was about to do so, Avis covered his body in a black mist, and even my kick was blocked. In addition, Alvis used the momentum of catching my kick was to make a big leap from the position and created distance. Kukuku hahahahaha! After the Sword Saint technique, next is the Kicking Saint technique, huh? Youre very versatile, arent you? Avis smiled fiercely, showing no signs of injury after enduring all my attacks. Then Avis opened his hands and looked down at me coldly. Next is my turn, okay? !? Then the space behind Avis creaked, and several jet-black hazes began to ooze out like black stains. The innumerable black haze produced gradually surrounded me from all directions, and a tremendous amount of jet-black spears were formed from it. Die! Haaaaaaah! With Avis short command as a signal, countless jet-black spears were unleashed at me. I desperately tried to block the attacks from all directions using my [Absolute Spear]. However, I was about to be swallowed up by the jet-black spears that were being released in an overwhelming number of moves faster than I could wield the [Absolute Spear]. But! Uwwwooooooo! Ho! I activated the [Holy Kings Authority] with all my might and annihilated the jet black spears one after another with a wave of holy power. However, by using the [Holy Kings Authority] now, I ended up with wounds all over my body. Hahahaha! You still refused to die, huh? Youre pretty tough, arent you? Avis was staring at me and laughing happily. If I just keep defending, I will surely die. But theres nothing I can do to damage him. What on earth should I do? I was desperately thinking about it, but then something suddenly pulled my ear. I-it hurts eh, why is Ciel on my shoulder? Stay away from me; its dangerous! Pii. Piii! Eh? I tried to persuade Ciel who was perched on my shoulder before I even realized it, but Ciel said he was going to defeat that Avis eh! No, no, no! Ciel has just been born, right? You cant do that! Piii! I tried my best to persuade him, but he just kept chirping as if to say, I will do it! Where did you get this confidence from? Pipipiii! Aside from me who was surprised, Ciel said to Night and Akatsuki, Senpais will do it too, right? Then, perhaps in response to Ciels voice, Night and Akatsuki also expressed their intentions toward me. Woof! Buhi! Even Night and Akatsuki? It seems that both of them were frustrated by the fact that they were outmatched by Avis the other day in the Regal Kingdom, and apparently, they wanted a rematch. No, I understand that they want revenge, but even Master Usagi and the others were no match for Aviss strength! As I was trying to stop the three of them somehow, Ouma-san came lazily from the house. Interesting. Why dont you just let them do it? Ouma-san! I, for one, am curious to see how far this species called [Luan] can fight. F-for that reason only? Its not just that. Ciel has unknown status and skills. And Ciel himself is so insistent because he thinks he can beat him, right? sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Piii! Ciel In Ouma-sans words, Ciel said, Thats right! Excitedly. Then, Avis, who was watching us, said with an air of ridicule. Hah! What can a little bird like that do? Pi? At that moment, Ciel turned back to Avis and answered in a piercing voice, a complete change from his previous cute appearance. The way he looked at Avis was as if he was giving him a huh? look. U-um Ciel, san? I was surprised at the sudden change in atmosphere, but he answered me in his same cute voice as before when I called out to him. Pii It was as if he was saying, Leave it to me Ciel turned to Avis again and flew straight out. Piiiiiiiii! Ciel-saaaann! Ciel flew out at Avis shouting, Ill kill you, you bastard! The gap! The gap was just tremendous! When Night and Akatsuki saw Ciels action, they looked at each other and started running towards Avis at once. Woooff! Fugoooo! Night! Akatsuki! I tried to stop them in a panic, but since I hadnt yet regained my strength from activating the [Holy Kings Authority], I couldnt muster the strength to move. Then, Ouma-san approached me and said in a relaxed manner. Well, look. Aside from Ciel, Night has the potential to be as powerful as me. And Akatsuki is also one of the few existences that can resist the Evil Dont worry, it will be fine. Y-you say that, but! Did you see how strong he was in the Regal Kingdom? Even so, hes still no threat to me. So it will be fine. It may be so to you, Ouma-san, but! Its not good, Ouma-san wouldnt listen to me! While I was holding my head, Ciel finally reached Avis. Piiiiiiiii! Hmph. Youre just as annoying as a fly Die. Cieeeelll! At that moment, black waves rained down on Ciel and Night and Akatsuki. Night and Akatsuki managed to avoid the attack, but Ciel received the entire attack. Ciel was blown away like dust and crashed to the ground in misery. <> Table of Content Book 7: Chapter 5: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 Ciel! Ouma-san, please stop! No, not yet. Eh? Ouma-san was staring at Ciel with excitement, so I returned my gaze to Ciel again and saw. Whats. going on? Ciels body, which was lying on the ground, was wrapped in blue flames, and the next moment he was restored to an unharmed state. Aviss eyes widened at the sight of this scene. Byuiiii! I dont know what skill you used, but if it doesnt kill you in one hit, Ill just keep attacking until you die. Once again, countless attacks rained down on Ciel, Night, and Akatsuki. And this time, Night and Akatsuki were also taking damage. Kyan! Buhii! Night! Akatsuki! Avis! As I desperately tried to move my body to save them, I was met with another strange scene. Piiiiiiii! The moment Ciel let out a loud chirp in the direction of Night and Akatsuki Wha? Woof! Fugo! Sear?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. To my surprise, both of their bodies were suddenly enveloped in blue flames, and then they started to move again, unharmed. W-whats going on? Master Usagi and Iris-san, who were watching the scene, were just as shocked as I was. In the midst of all this, only Ouma-san was smiling happily. There is only one possible cause for this. Its probably Ciels skills. C-Ciel skills? If you only consider the appearance, it is probably the [Blue Flame] skill, but if you look at the effect, it may be [Resurrection]. But thats not the main issue. Eh? Have you noticed? Ciel is much stronger after he is resurrected compared to when he is first knocked down. Wha? Its the same with Night and Akatsuki. For some reason, they are stronger after they recover than before. Y-you cant be serious As I watched Ciel and the others in dismay, Ciel, Night and Akatsuki all attacked Avis and were blown away by the powerful attacks each time. However, each time they recovered with the mysterious blue flame and went at it again and again. As a result, Ciel died and came back to life like a phoenix, and each time he resurrected, the flames grew in intensity, and now he was so hot and bright that he looked like a miniature sun. W-whats going on? Why isnt he dead? And whats with the heat? What Ouma-san described was right. For some reason, Ciel and the others were getting stronger and stronger every time they were wounded and revived. Eventually, even if Avis attacked them, they did not sustain a single scratch. Piiiiiiiiii! Buufuuuuuuuuuuhh! Avis was struck on the cheek by Ciels small but scorching hot wings and was blown away with tremendous force. As Avis flew away, the appearance of a gigantic Akatsuki intercepted him. Fugoooooo! Kahahh! Akatsuki knocked down the flying Avis with astonishing power. Gruaaaaa! Guheeeeeeee! Night, who was waiting on the ground, bit Avis as he was slammed into the ground with great force, and then violently swung him around and threw him high into the sky. Avis was unable to move in the air with his body already in tatters and could only scream. Its ridiculous, ridiculous, ridiculous! This is not real! Ive absorbed all the power of Evil and become the perfect God of Destruction! And still that little bird. Pi! Gahahh! As Ciel reached the top of Aviss head with a chirp that sounded as if it was saying, Shut up! he struck Avis down to the ground again with his small but sun-like glowing talons. This is not real, is it? N-no way T-this me was! Woof. Fugo. Hyii? With a grin, Night and Akatsuki approach Avis, who had crashed onto the ground. Avis let out a short scream and crawled along the ground to escape somehow, but Ciel landed blocking his way. Pii? Pi? Where do you think youre going? Huh? Said Ciel in an intimidating tone, with a voice so dusky that even professionals in the field would rave about it. Ciel walked up to Avis. S-stop it. stop p-please stop. Grrrrrr! Buhiiiii! Piiiiiiiiiiiii! Gyaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhh! Literally ripped to shreds, Avis finally let out a loud scream and stopped moving before quietly disappearing from Akatsukis [Sanctuary] skill. As I watched in dismay, a message suddenly appeared. Youve earned the title [Master of the Divine Beasts] What can I say? I was so fed up with the whole thing. (This is not real, is it?) After Ciel and the others defeated Avis, Master Usagi asked, but unfortunately, it was all real. (Its just not right! Its Evil, you know!? Its the nemesis of the Holy and the enemy of all humanity! In addition to that, he was a ridiculous guy who absorbed the other Evils and became the ultimate perfection! And its not even a Holy being that destroyed it? Do you have any idea how crazy that sounds?) Pii. Woof Fugo For some reason, Ciel was twisting around in my hands as if to say, Im embarrassed in reaction to Master Usagis words. However, Night and Akatsuki seemed to be somewhat apologetic. (T-this is how it ends! Moreover, the fact that he was a perfect Evil!) No Evil will be born for tens of thousands of years from now. (Eeeehhhh!) When Ouma-san said that, Master Usagi showed his rarely seen wild behavior. I was somehow very sorry about all this What on earth do you have to lament about? For you people, Evil is the enemy, isnt it? If thats the case, shouldnt you be happy that it was destroyed? (I understand that! But if thats the case, what will be the significance of our existence as the Holy?) I dont know. Its your fault for being weak. (Ugh!) No, Ouma-san. Master Usagi is not weak. Hes very strong, so its actually strange that Ouma-san is much stronger than him As my feelings were indescribable, I suddenly noticed that Iris-san had remained silent. Worried. Are you okay? Yeah, Im fine. Im just wondering what Ive been working so hard for Thats whats on my mind She wasnt okay, was she? Like Master Usagi, Iris-san has also worked hard to protect humans from Evil. Its probably because of this staggering end that she cant get her mind straight. Dont worry; I havent been able to keep up with it either! However, Ciel, the person in question, has been glued to me since a while ago, rubbing his body against mine as if to say, Praise me, praise me. Hes so cute. When I looked at Ciel and relaxed my cheeks, Ouma-san continued in a dumbfounded manner. Good grief the Holy of this generation is pathetic. You should learn from the Sage. He destroyed all of the Evil by himself, you know? Wait. I cant see any end to the saga of Sage-san. Isnt Sage-san still too absurd? Then, at Ouma-sans word Sage, Iris-sans eyes widened. Sage, you mean that sage? Hmph. There is only one Sage for me. In fact, I wouldnt even call anyone else a Sage. Anyway, when he was alive, he took care of all the responsibilities of the Holy by himself. One person, to do all the Holy? Really, Sage-san, you can do anything. Master Usagi and Iris-san were amazed, but knowing that the house belonged to Sage-san and that the weapons I usually use belonged to Sage-san, it was too late for me to be surprised. Ouma-san was talking about the greatness of Sage-san, but then he suddenly seemed to notice something. Hmm? Wait a minute. He certainly had all the titles of the Holy. Then he must have had the same title as Yuuya: the [Holy King]. Could it be that the [Luan] that I saw at the time was his? Ouma-san was surprised by this fact and looked at Ciel closely. Pi? However, Ciel doesnt seem to understand whats going on and just tilted his head. As Ouma-san said, if Sage-san had all the titles of Holy, then, of course, he would have had the title of [Holy King], which I now have. I see. I dont know if its a different individual from Ciel or not, I dont know the details, but I think a [Luan] may have guided Sage-san. Well, whatever. Anyway, there is no doubt that it will take tens of thousands of years for an existence like Evil to be born again this time, but even so, malice will be born in the world every day, and Evil Beasts will manifest themselves as a result. You havent finished your role as a Holy yet. Isnt it? Thats (Its just like the Genesis Dragon said. In any case, Im grateful that the Evil is gone. From now on, its our responsibility as the Holy to reduce the damage caused by Evil Beasts as much as possible.) Yes. They still need our help, dont they? Iris-san and Master Usagi, who had finally regained their energy, looked over at us. I would like to thank you again. Thanks to you, the Evil has been destroyed. Thank you. (I thank you too for what youve done. From now on, Ill be working with the rest of the Holy to exterminate the Evil Beasts.) If thats the case, you should let the surviving Holy and their successors know about this. (I dont think theyll believe me.) Well but you dont usually joke around, so Im sure everything will be fine. (I hope youre right So, Yuuya. Were leaving for now. Now that the Evil is gone, there may be no reason for you to continue seeking power Nevertheless, until the next time we meet, you must continue your training. Do you understand?) Oh, and my training, too, okay? Even though Ive found someone to marry ugh. I nodded to Master Usagi and to Iris-san, who was crying for some reason. Of course. Now that the Evil is gone, Im going to try a lot of things to make sure I can use the [Holy Kings Authority]. (Umu Thats right; you should tell the people in the Regal Kingdom and the Alceria Kingdom yourself regarding this.) I understand. (See you.) See you later, Yuuya-kun! Ill come back to see you when Im done with my business! After saying that, Master Usagi and Iris-san departed in high spirits. Book 7: Epilogue Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Epilogue The time goes back a bit. During the time when Yuuya was meeting Ciel after he had defeated a bunch of Evil Beasts, Lexia and the others who remained in the Regal Kingdom were having a conversation with Orghis. He saved us again How is it? Isnt my husband amazing!? Since when did Yuuya become Lexias husband? For some reason, Lexia puffed out her chest with confidence as Yuuya was being praised. Luna couldnt help but smile and retort at the sight of her. However, Orghis did not seem to care about such a Lexia and put on a complicated expression. What on earth is he? I heard that he is the disciple of the Kicking Saint, but I also heard from the Sword Saint that he is not the official successor. In addition, it seems that even the Sword Saint has welcomed Yuuya-dono as her disciple and on top of that, he is the master of the Genesis Dragon; I dont know whats going on anymore Of course, he is my husband, after all! Thats not an answer to anything! And how many times do I have to tell you hes not your husband! What, Luna? Just admit it! I mean, its just so bad! Luna could only hold her head in her hands as Lexias words were so innocent. Orghis himself didnt expect a decent answer, so he didnt pay any attention to it. Then a soldier came over and gave Orghis a whisper. Oh, I see. Then let her through here. Ha! After receiving the order, the soldier left, and Orghis turned to Lexia and the others. Yuuya-dono has left, but now is a good time. Id like you to meet the saint weve summoned. In response to Orghis words, Lexia nodded with a serious expression, which was a complete change from the light-hearted atmosphere of earlier. Yes, I understand. Besides, Id like to help her as well. Thank you. As for Lexia, she was still upset about the fact that Orghis had summoned a saint from another world. However, with how the Holy were unable to do anything against Aviss attack earlier, she could understand what Orghis was thinking. However, summoning a saint from another world was like kidnapping which was still unforgivable, and Lexia wanted to help the saint as much as she could. Then, Mai Kagurazaka appeared in the room of Orghis and the others, looking somewhat frightened. U-um I heard that you wanted to see me, so Ive come Oh, Saint-dono! Im very sorry since youve just finished a battle and youre tired. Theres someone Id like to introduce you to. Oh Orghis introduced Lexia. This is the first princess of the Alceria Kingdom, which has friendly relations with the Regal Kingdom. Princess Lexia. My name is Lexia von Alceria. Im very sorry for making the dangerous request of defeating the Evil to you who has nothing to do with this world originally. Lexia said, and bowed her head towards Mai. Mai panicked at the sight of it. P-please raise your head! I was indeed confused about many things at first, and to be honest, Im still confused now, but the people of this country have been very good to me. Besides, if you say you need my help, Id like to help you all as much as I can. Thank you from the bottom of my heart, Saint-sama. Mai remained hesitant as Lexia lowered her head once again. I-its not necessary to call me a saint Oh, Im sorry! I didnt tell you my name. I am Mai Kagurazaka. Eh? When Lexia heard Mais words, her eyes widened. Its the same with Luna, who has a look of surprise on her face. Mai tilted her head at the sight of the two of them. U-um, what happened? Oh, Im sorry. Your name has a similar vibe to someone I know And when I took a closer look, I noticed that you have similar hair and eye color as well Do you mean Yuuya Tenjou, by any chance? You know Yuuya-sama? Lexia was surprised by Mais words. Orghis, who was watching the exchange, suddenly muttered. If you ask me Yuuya-dono and Saint-dono indeed have a somewhat similar atmosphere Ah, yes. Its because were from the same hometown. Eh? Everyone in the room froze when they heard Mais words, which she said casually. Unbeknownst to Yuuya, his secret was finally exposed. What a crazy day, huh? Agreed. It was astounding and exhausting. As we returned to my home on Earth, I couldnt help but think about the days events and say such things. In my case, my body and mind were completely exhausted. Just when I thought I was finally able to defeat Master Usagi, the person I was supposed to use my power against is now gone. Astonished. Ciel, he was so strong. Is that the [Hades Return March] skill? Looks like it. Ouma-san doesnt seem to know the details, but from what I saw, it seems that every time he takes damage, he recovers, and every time he recovers, he gets stronger Irregularity. Its too strong and its a nightmare for the opponent. Thats for sure. Yuti was right; it will be nothing but a nightmare for those who are fighting it. In addition to the fact that he can heal instantly after an attack, he also gets strengthened every time he heals. Its more terrifying than zombies. Oh well. Now that the battle against Evil has finally come to an end, we can relax in this world from here on out. Just as I was about to say that, suddenly, the entire house began to shake. W-what happened? Confused. I have no idea. Yuti didnt seem to understand the cause either, and we struggled to endure the shaking. It wasnt like an earthquake, but it felt as if the whole space was shaking. Woof, woof! Fugoo Pii! Something is distorting the space Then, Night and the others gathered around us Ouma-san, do you know what this shaking is? Nope. I have no idea. Isnt this some kind of natural disaster unique to this Earth? No, no, no! There have been earthquakes, but they have never distorted space! I would be surprised if there were. We endured the shaking for a while, but eventually, it weakened and finally stopped completely. I-is it over? Maybe. I dont think its going to shake again. S~ea??h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I let out a slow breath as I listened to Yutis words. Phew What was that all about? Ah! Yuuya! Huh? Yutis voice was sharp, but I gave a careless reply. But, Yutis expression remained grim, and her gaze was fixed on my back. I turned around to see if there was something behind me and saw Huh? For some reason, there was a pillar of light pouring down from the ceiling. However, there didnt seem to be any holes in the ceiling. When I was just staring at the pillar of light, something came down from the top of the pillar. W who? Hou? Ouma-san smiled happily at the sight of the thing that came down, but I wasnt focused on that. Because what fell from the sky was a girl who looked like nothing Ive ever seen in this world, or even in the other world. She looked to be about the same age as me, but she had bright blue hair, blue eyes, and a sparkling light that reminded me of the starry sky was dancing around her body. The girl with the mysterious light landed quietly on the floor of my house and looked around at us. Finally, she opened her mouth. (I know that the blueprint is here. Please be mature and hand it over.) Huh? Blueprint? Confused. Yuuya, do you understand a word shes saying? Eh? You dont understand her? Affirmative. I was surprised by Yutis words, but I soon realized that I could understand the girls words thanks to my [Language Comprehension] skill. Then the girl, who seemed to be impatient with the lack of response, opened her mouth again. (I warn you. Please be mature and hand over the blueprint. Otherwise, I will destroy this planet.) Huh? Youre going to destroy this planet? I raised my voice in amazement at this unexpected statement. But the girl had a very serious expression on her face. (We are from a much more advanced civilization than this planet. It would not take much to destroy this planet.) W-wait! I just want to confirm one thing. Are you an alien? I had a vague idea of what she was talking about, but I asked her to confirm it. (Alien certainly, from the point of view of the people of this planet, yes. Oops, I was in such a hurry that I didnt introduce myself) The girl who claimed to be an alien bowed her head reverently as she said this. (Im Merl, from the planet Amel. Please return the blueprint to me.) The girl who said she was from the planet Amel Merl-san, raised her head and spoke to us again. N-no, I have no idea what youre talking about when you ask me to return the blueprint, and what are you referring to when you say that? In response to my question, Merl-san, for some reason, turned her attention to the rectangular machine attached to her arm. (Your heart rate and brain waves both show no signs of lying. All right, Ill explain.) It seems that the machine attached to her hand is to check if the other person is lying or not. Is there such a thing as a portable lie detector? (Its a dearest wish of my planet, Amel, to have something built from the blueprint Im looking for.) Dearest wish? (You may not understand since youre living on this peaceful planet, but in this vast universe, tragic interstellar wars are very common. Once upon a time, our planet was invaded by a certain planet and was in danger of being defeated. In order to counter these invaders, our planet has been developing an anti-astronomical annihilation weapon.) An anti-astronomical annihilation weapon? Whats with the name? (However, due to an accident, the design was almost stolen by the enemy, so our ancestors sealed the design in a certain object and released it into the vastness of space to protect it from the hands of the invaders.) I honestly want to run away right now from this story, but I dont think I can because Merl-san is talking to me with her eyes on me. Oh, Im just an ordinary citizen; why am I getting involved in this grand story? (Then ten thousand years passed.) Ten thousand years? Its too heavy! What does she really want from me? (During those 10,000 years, we managed to stop the invasion Recently, a new bioweapon was created on the enemys planet, and we are once again in a tight spot. This was when it happened. At this time, I detected a sign from this point on the planet that the seal on the blueprint created by our ancestors was about to be broken.) Eh? (As I said earlier, the weapon left behind by our ancestors is our last hope, but if it falls into the hands of the enemy, it will quickly turn into despair. If the weapons blueprint is passed on to the other planet and is developed, our planet will be destroyed. That is why our ancestors used a certain trick when they sealed the blueprint. In order to unseal the blueprint, we need to use the life force of tens of thousands of people or a magic power equivalent to tens of thousands of people. I cant sense any magic power from this planet, so its possible that they prepared the life force, but from the looks of it, theres no evidence of tens of thousands of lifeforms dying, so I dont know why the blueprint was released but since I sensed that the seal that shouldnt have been broken was broken, I came in a hurry to retrieve it. We cannot let it fall into the hands of the enemy.) The more I hear about it, the more disturbing it sounds, and the scale is so large that I cant keep up with the image. (Thats all I have to say. Please hand over the blueprint immediately.) Hmm Even if you say so, I dont know what the blueprint looks like, so I cant give it back to you The thing is, does Merl-san even know where the blueprint is kept in this house? (I can sense the electromagnetic waves of the blueprint were looking for, but it seems to have been interfered with by the presence of the objects that are supposedly stored with it, the electromagnetic waves, and all the forces that are swirling around it, so I cant tell you the exact location of the blueprint.) Hmm? I dont know much about it, but when I think of a place like that the one that comes to mind somehow is the warehouse. Many incomprehensible things are lying around in there, and while Ouma-san enjoys it, Yuti is too scared to go in there. It seems to have many things with a bad aura. I dont really understand it though. I dont know; maybe Im just dull. By the way, what does the blueprint look like? (The blueprint itself is not real, as it is left as a hologram, but it is sealed in a stone box made of cosmonium, the hardest material in the universe. The size of the box is about the size of a cube, like this) Hmm? Ah. I realized that I had an idea of what Merl-san was talking about, but at the same time, Ouma-san suddenly raised his voice. When looking in that direction, Ouma-san has a rare cold sweat on his face. Ouma-san? Whats wrong? I-I-I-I-Im not doing anything wrong! The way he was shaken up was terrific. Rather, I thought that Ouma-san, who usually doesnt get flustered, is not very good at hiding it at times like this. Ouma-san definitely knows something about this As I was thinking this, Ouma-san started digging his own grave, even though no one was listening. W-when I was playing in that warehouse just to kill time, there was no way I hit a mysterious object there with my magic power Pitiful. Woof Fugo He was looked at with pity by Yuti, confusion by Night, and dismay by Akatsuki. The only one who was unfazed by the situation was Ciel, who was sleeping on my shoulder I have a feeling that this little guy was just like Akatsuki. In fact, hes very strong. Thats okay then Lets see (You all seem to know where the blueprint is. Now, tell me immediately.) When I saw Merl-san saying this with a serious expression, I wanted to hold my head. Even though weve just defeated a perfect Evil in a different world, weve once again been caught up in some kind of spectacular event It seems that it will be a long time before I can relax and rest. Book 7: Afterword Heres the afterword~Afterword Thank you for picking up this book. Im Miku, the author. Every time I write a new volume, I always feel like Im already at the end of another volume. This is all thanks to you, the readers. Thank you very much. Now, as for the contents of this volume, I think this seventh volume finally brings the different world cheat to a close. I thought that my bad habit came out again at the ending of the battle with Avis, the ultimate perfection of Evil, but thats okay. After finally being freed from the threat of the Evil, Yuuya was supposed to be relaxing and going sightseeing in the other world but that was not allowed, and he was already caught up in the next event. Sear?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Its tough. Yuuya must be holding his head and wondering why this happened, but please dont worry. Im the author, and Im struggling with it too. Every time I write a story, Im always wondering how it could happen and what will happen next, and before I know it, the story is finished. I wonder if its time for me to take control of the storys development, but its also fun to let it run wild, so I think its okay to keep going like this for a while. Instead, every time I start to write the next story, I find myself scratching my head. In such a work of mine, there is one part that clearly shows my unconscious desire. That is Yuuyas family, the animals. This time, another new family member, Ciel, has appeared. Apparently, I still have a longing for a family of animals. One day I would like to live with an animal family like Night and the others. Id like to thank the editor in charge for working with me again on this project. Id like to thank Rein Kuwashima-sama for the wonderful illustrations that made this story even better. I would also like to express my heartfelt gratitude once again to all the readers who have picked up this work and enjoyed it. Thank you very much. See you next time. Book 8: Prologue Heres the chapter, enjoy~Prologue Tsukasa Houjou, the president of Ousei Academy, was working and looking over various documents, when there was a knock at the door. Come in. Excuse me. The person who entered the room was Tsukasas secretary, who had several letters in her hands. These are the letters that arrived today. Theres also a letter from Kasumi-sama. Oh, thank you. When Tsukasa looked away from the papers and took the letters, the secretary continued with a raised eyebrow. And theres one more thing I want to tell you. Hmm? Over here. Hmm! This is The secretary handed him a sheet of paper with words from a newspaper cut and pasted on it. It was a threatening note to the Houjou family, telling them to prepare money if they didnt want to be in danger. Again how many have you received today? More than ten, I think At first, I thought it was just a malicious prank, but its hard to overlook something like this. In addition, there have been some disturbing developments overseas recently. The other day, the president of an overseas company was arrested for being connected to the underworld. Its also possible that some large organization may be backing the sender of this threatening letter Sorry, but can you call Kaori? Very well. The secretary left the room after receiving Tsukasas instructions, and shortly after, there was another knock on the door of the room. When Tsukasa urged her to enter, Kaori came in. Excuse me. I was told you wanted to see me I really didnt want to worry you too much, but I wanted to make sure that you were aware of this. Hmm? The truth is, weve been receiving threatening letters directed to our family lately. Not just once, but several times Thats Kaoris eyes widened when she heard about the threatening letter for the first time because Tsukasa had kept it a secret so as not to worry Kaori. No matter how wealthy the Houjou family was, she never thought that there would be someone who would send them a threatening note. In addition to that, Kaori sensed from Tsukasas words that it was more than just a prank, which made her tighten up. S§×arch* The ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Um what did that threatening letter say? Its demanding money. It says if we refuse, they will harm us Honestly, with the lack of information, its hard to predict who these people are or where they plan to target us. No way So what should I do? I think its best not to go out, but thats difficult too. For now, I think Ill give you a few more bodyguards to protect you and see how it goes. But even so, be very careful when you go out. I understand. Kaori nodded with a serious expression to Tsukasas words while remembering the [Ring of Crisis Avoidance] that Yuuya had given her. If she has it, she will be able to use magic to move to a safe zone that she has set up in advance the moment she feels she is in danger. Of course, if the power of this ring were to be activated in public, it would cause a huge commotion on Earth, where magic did not exist, but still, it does not compare to a life threat. The best thing would be for nothing to happen though. Tsukasa let out a sigh, then softened his tone and opened his mouth again. Oh, by the way, there was a letter from Kasumi. Eh? A letter from Kasumi? So that means Yeah. Shell be back during this summer vacation. I see! Kaoris eyes sparkled at the cheerful news, which was a complete change from the discussion earlier. Kasumi was the younger sister of Kaori and lived abroad with her mother, so she never had a chance to see her except during long vacations. Now that we know that Kasumi is coming back, is it going to be difficult for mother? Yes, I think so. I read in her letter your mother wont be able to come back during this summer vacation. Is that so? But Im looking forward to Kasumis return! But Im also worried about her coming back alone Yes. Im anxious about the possibility of involving Kasumi in this kind of situation but she wont listen to me She doesnt want to give in to a threatening letter. Lets find out again who sent the threatening letter so that we can feel a little more secure. Despite the unsettling atmosphere, the Houjou family was looking forward to their first family reunion in a long time. [Sky Mountain]. It was a harsh environment where powerful monsters competed for survival, although it was not as bad as the [Great Devils Nest], which was designated as a super dangerous area. However, unlike the [Great Devils Nest], the [Sky Mountain] was home to a wide variety of medicinal herbs, many of which could only be found here. Some of these herbs had the effect of giving a person a tremendous amount of magic power or even regenerating a part of their body that they had lost. That was why there was no end to the number of people who recklessly tried to find these herbs without regard for the danger. In such a dangerous environment, two shadows were moving at high speed through the forest, despite the poor foothold. (Good gracious I never thought this day would come) Thats right The rabbit that bears two Holy titles, Kicking Saint and Ear Saint, muttered in a whisper. Iris, the Sword Saint, replied to these words with a hint of nervousness. (The ending of the conflict with the Evil in our generation not in the hands of a Holy, but in the hands of another When I first met Yuuya, I thought he was just a person with potential, but you never know what will happen in life.) Yeah Next to Usagi who was talking sullenly, Iris was obviously focused on something else than Usagis story, and kept an eye on every corner of the forest as she moved. (I believe there is an important ingredient in this forest that can be used to make a love potion, right? Moreover, it can only be found at this time of year) [T/n: Iris was talking inwardly.] Yes, Iris was thinking about a love potion while Usagi was talking seriously. Why does she think about such a thing? It was, of course, to use on Yuuya. (Im looking forward to seeing how he grows from now on.) (Yuuya-kun in order to get him, I cant choose my means! The last time I cooked something, it didnt win his heart but more importantly, because the Evil was destroyed, he didnt need to train anymore, and that was a good excuse for the massage They were so strong; how could they disappear so easily? Theyre the Evil, right? They ought to have been stronger!) What a wave of unreasonable anger. (Even so, this [Sky Mountain] hasnt changed wait, hey, Iris?) (Well, okay. Thats what the love potion is for. As a last resort in case of emergency, it was worth doing all the research I had done in the past. Potions with side effects and or weak effects are out of the question. For this matter, it seems that the love potion made from the ingredients found in this forest is the ideal love potion!) In this other world, there were many medicines called love potions. However, most of them were harmful to the human body or had questionable effects, so there was no ideal love potion in existence. In such a situation, Iris knew that in this forest where she and Usagi were visiting this time, a herb grows in clusters only once every three years and was used as an ingredient for a love potion that had no risk and maximum effect. Therefore, when it was decided that she and Usagi would go around informing the other surviving Holy and their disciples that the Evil had been defeated, Iris strongly requested that they go to the report from the Magic Saint who lived around this forest. Usagi, not knowing anything about the love potion, was skeptical at first, but since they were going to report it anyway, he didnt really mind. He also saw a few adventurers who were confident in their skills and looked for the same herbs as Iris, which made Iris even more determined in her search. (Ill find it, no matter what!) But (It can be collected only at this time of the year, so if I miss this there will be no next!) (Iris. Are you sure youre listening to me?) Will you stop talking to me for a second? This is not the time for that! (Youre not listening to me, huh?) Usagi could only let out a sigh at Iriss overly blatant attitude. Iris, who seeks a boyfriend, was powerful. However, since the situation would remain as it is, there was no point in rushing a report to the Magic Saint, so Usagi stopped in place. Then, as expected, Iris stopped as well. What happened to you? (That should be my line. I can see it from earlier. But, if you have something to do in this forest, finish it first. Its annoying) W-what do you mean, annoying? You know, my precious future is at stake here! (Really, what is it with you) Usagi put his hand on his forehead to suppress his headache. (I dont care what it is at this point, but hurry up. Weve almost arrived at the Magic Saints house. You never know what kind of magic hes going to shoot at you if you act too stupidly. Even so, we are going to talk about something unbelievable) Ugh I-I know When Iris heard Usagis words, she remembered the Magic Saint that they were going to meet and became a little calmer. The Magic Saint had established a base in the Sky Mountain, where he usually spent his time researching the medicinal plants that grew in the area and researching magic. In addition to the importance of the love potion for Iris, she also knew that the Magic Saint she was about to meet was not a person she could joke with, so she tightened her grip. After all, she had to go and talk to someone who couldnt take any jokes. Its hard to imagine what kind of response will await Iris and Usagi. Was it a mistake to say that we should go report it to the Magic Saint? (Well have to go anyway though. The difference is whether its early or late. If we take care of the trouble first, the rest will be easier, right?) The rest is easy though; the only one thats troublesome is the Magic Saint (Dont say that.) Usagi and Iris breathed a sigh at the same time and resumed moving again. Book 8: Chapter 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon. you can read up to 4 chapters ahead by joining out Patreon!!Enjoy~ While Iris and Usagi took action in the other world, there was a huge panic on Earth. Suddenly, something that looked like a huge spaceship appeared right above a certain house. What the hell is that? A UFO? Could they be filming something? How could they be filming something like that? Hey record, record! Gradually, people began to gather, and even a police helicopter began to move, and the situation developed into a huge commotion. Its no wonder because the spaceship didnt leave the scene but continued to float quietly in the sky. More and more people gather around Yuuyas house in the distance. Suddenly, one of them noticed something strange. H-huh! No way! Amazing Hey, hey, they keep coming! In addition to the spaceship floating right above Yuuyas house, countless other saucer-shaped spaceships with an emblem of a dragon on them arrived one after another. Unaware of the large crowd of people, the police, and the countless spaceships that were arriving, Yuuya was. I was in a tight spot right now. Just when I thought I was finally going to be able to relax, a girl named Merl-san, an alien from the planet Amel, suddenly arrived at my house on Earth. She told me that she was looking for the blueprint of an important weapon hidden in my house. And I managed to figure out what it might be. The only problem was that Ouma-san seemed to have messed with the blueprint somehow, and hes really flustered. There were many things I wanted to say, such as why there was such a thing in my house in the first place and what kind of things my grandfather collected, but first, I need Merl-san to calm down. Just as I was about to open my mouth, Merl-san stuck out her left hand toward me. Then, the terminal-like device attached to her left arm instantly broke apart and began to deform in some mechanical way, eventually transforming into a cannon-like shape. Thrusting out her arm that had been transformed into a cannon that looked dangerous, Merl-san declared with a serious expression. (This is your final warning. Give me the blueprint immediately.) I-Ill give it to you, but. The moment I was about to hurriedly answer Merl-san, Yuti, who was standing next to me watching the proceedings, instantly distanced herself from us, readied her bow, and pointed it at Merl-san! Y-Yuti! (What are you imitating?) Alert. This girls got her weapon up. That means enemy. To Yuti, who could not understand Merl-sans words, it seemed that I had been threatened with a weapon for no reason whatsoever, and she was radiating a murderous spirit that was about to pierce Merl-san. Yuti, a disciple of the Bow Saint, had a ruthlessly high fighting ability. Normally, one would cower at the mere touch of her murderous intent, but Merl-sans expression remained cool. (Youve made a fool of me, havent you? To attack me with such a primitive weapon.) The moment she was about to say that much. Suddenly, the ceiling of my house blew out! M-my house! (T-that dragon crest they already know where it is?) Merl-san was staring at the open ceiling in amazement, but I couldnt be more upset. My grandfathers house was suddenly damaged, after all. I looked up at the sky in dismay and saw countless spaceships floating in the sky. Then, light was emitted from such UFOs, and some kind of humanoid creature came down from inside. (Kukuku its a pity, Amel alien. We know that this place possesses the blueprint you seek.) (Dragonia alien!) If Merl-sans words are correct, then the people floating in the air in front of me must be the Dragonia aliens. Whats unique about them is that while Merl-sans figure is completely the same as Earth people, the Dragonias have dragon-like horns growing out of their temples, and when looking at them closely, I can even see what looks like scales on their bodies. They wore the same tight-fitting, full-body suit that Merl-san also wore, but with a somewhat futuristic armor design, and in their hands, they held what looked like a spear. The spears tip was not made of metal but some kind of glowing mass of energy. The Dragonia smiled derisively. (Now, be a good boy and give me the blueprint.) (I refuse. I cant let you have it!) (Hmph How can you still say that in this situation?) (Oh, no!) The moment one of the Dragonia aliens gave the order to the sky, one of the spaceships floating in the sky exploded and crashed that is, on my house. (My ship!) (Kuhahaha! Now youll never be able to return to your home planet, will you? Well, if youre smart enough to give me the blueprint, Ill take you back to your planet. That will be the end of your planet, though!) Merl-san gave a piercing look at the Dragonia aliens laughing in the sky. (Ill never give it to you!) (If thats the case then well take it by force!) Starting with the words of one of the Dragonia aliens, the other Dragonia aliens came charging towards my house one after another. In front of these Dragonia aliens, Merl-san held up the cannon on her left arm. (Stop it! The people of this planet have absolutely nothing to do with this!) (So what? No one cares how many creatures from this remote planet disappear.) Energy was concentrated in Merl-sans left arm at a tremendous rate. And then, finally, a huge beam was shot at the Dragonia aliens. Some of the Dragonia aliens were instantly obliterated by the blow. (Hmph As expected of the Amel aliens. It seems that they have the technology to do so. But how many more times can you use that weapon?) (Kuh!) While the fierce battle between Merl-san and the Dragonia aliens was unfolding, I hurriedly used my water magic to put out the fire so that the falling debris from the spaceship would not burn my house. Then, Night and the others cooperate with me. And we all succeeded in putting out the fire, running around frantically. In the midst of the fierce firefight, the Dragonia aliens showed their frustration because they could not defeat Merl-san. (Tsk its too much trouble. Ill just wipe out this whole city!) (Wha Are you insane?) (Yes, Im insane! Youll perish for the sake of the prosperity of our planet Dragonia. There is no greater honor than that!) (I wont let that happen!) As the conversation went on and on, leaving the rest of us behind, a somewhat bewildered-looking Yuti approached me with her bow at the ready. Confused. Suddenly, an incomprehensible woman came from the sky, and then an even more incomprehensible group came. Whats going on? .. Yuuya? Yuti called out to me, but I was not paying attention. Theyre going to destroy Grandpas house and this city? Eh? I stared at the people fighting in the sky, despite Yutis confusion. And then. Thats enouuuuugghhgh! (!?) (W-what is this power Guwaaaahhh?) When I activated the [Holy Kings Authority], a golden dragon-like wave motion was released from my body. As if my intentions were reflected directly, the golden dragon attacked the Dragonias one after another. However, their bodies did not seem to be injured, and those who the golden dragon ate seemed to have lost consciousness at that moment. Since I had already activated the [Holy Kings Authority] once during the battle against Avis, I could feel my strength and life force being drained at a tremendous rate. But I couldnt let this happen. I couldnt stand the sight of a stranger suddenly coming and destroying this house full of memories with my grandfather. And the way they talked about how they would easily kill the people of this town who had nothing to do with them! Seeing the [Holy Kings Authority] that I invoked with anger, Ouma-san, who had remained indifferent, murmured with some amusement. Hou? You can now use the power of the [Holy King] as an attack against people other than the Evil, huh Umu umu. As Ouma-san said, it was the first time that the power of the [Holy King] had been activated against an existence other than the Evil, and the Dragonia aliens who had not yet lost consciousness ran away while the others lost consciousness and collapsed one after another. (I-I never heard of this! How could someone with such power exist on a remote planet like this!?) (Report to the mothership immediately!) (W-we need to retreat! Lets go at once.) (I wont let you escape!) As I reached the limit of my physical strength and was about to fall, Yuti supported me, and Merl-san held up her cannon towards the fleeing Dragonia aliens. And then. (Eat this!) The largest amount of energy that had ever been released was focused on the cannon on her left arm and was released at once. The power was so great that it seemed to burn up everything in the sky, not only the Dragonian aliens but also the spaceships that were floating in the sky. Finally, all of the Dragonia aliens, including all of the spaceships floating in the sky, disappeared. Thank goodness S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I was watching the scene, almost fainting, Ouma-san approached me with a look of dismay. You fool You knew what would happen if you used that power twice, didnt you? Its because theyre this city. As I struggled to formulate words in my fading consciousness, Ouma-san let out a sigh. Sigh Well, its my fault this time, too. Take it. And the moment Ouma-san lightly touched me; I felt something warm flow into my body. The warmth was so comforting that I finally let go of my consciousness. I gave away my life force. Now the amount that had been consumed earlier would no longer be a problem. Youre such a troublesome master Just before I lost consciousness, I heard Ouma-sans voice. When Yuuya lost consciousness, Merl, who had been pointing the cannon at the sky, finally released her stance. At that moment, smoke erupted from the cannon with tremendous force. (I must have pushed myself a little too hard. Im afraid the battle mode will be useless for a while.) Merl, who had disarmed herself with a sigh, now turned her attention to the people who had gathered outside the house. Some people were either speechless or struggling to record the unrealistic scene that had suddenly unfolded. (I dont want my existence or the blueprint to be revealed from their memories. Lets just erase the memory here.) Merl then operated the terminal on her left arm, which had just been transformed into a cannon. (The information alteration It seems that its safe. Then.) The moment Merl operated the terminal, a special wave motion was emitted from the terminal. The wave motion easily reached peoples brains and instantly erased all the memories they had seen so far. Moreover, the waves were not limited to Merls vicinity but spread across the entire planet, without a single exception, erasing all records of spaceships, aliens, and even herself. Furthermore, the wave motion affected not only the human brain but also the electronic devices on the planet, completely erasing all the records that had already been released to the sea of the Internet. Those who were directly watching the battle or the videos that had been spread out were momentarily blinded by the erasure of their memories and could only vaguely perceive the situation in front of them and what had just happened. H-huh? What was I doing? Im feeling fuzzy More importantly, why are we in this place? I-I dont know? Its bad! We have to hurry, or well be late! Everyone wondered why they were here, but they returned to their daily lives as if nothing had happened. Originally, they could have guessed that something had happened if their doubts had prevailed when their memories had disappeared or if they had seen Yuuyas house, which was now in a cruel state in front of them. But Merl had already taken care of that as well. (Fuh I was able to falsify the information, guide the thoughts, and deploy camouflage all in time.) Yes, at the same time Merl erased the information, she guided the peoples thoughts towards their daily lives and deployed a wave of camouflage to prevent them from properly perceiving what was happening in front of them. (Now, if I dont get the blueprint back soon Im sure I wont miss a beat, but its only a matter of time before they come back to this place.) As Merl hurried to leave, she thought about how she could get the blueprint back by force this time. (I really wanted to ask them to give it to me peacefully, but I cant stay here long. The Dragonias have already found me, so lets just get it and go home.) Now that the Dragonias had discovered her location, Merl had no time to spare. She immediately decided to rush back to Amel from Earth. But. Dont get carried away! Little girl. (Wha?) Suddenly, Merl was hit by tremendous pressure. Its invisible energy violence, and Merl couldnt stand it, so she was knocked down to the ground and fell to her knees. Then Ouma quietly flew up to her. In the background, Night, Akatsuki, and Ciel are also present. When Merl was sweating profusely because she was completely unable to move, Ouma looked down at her coldly. As long as what you are looking for is in this house and Yuuya has tried to give it to you, there is nothing to complain about. But you dont you know what youve done? (Eh?) When Ouma told her that, Merl took another look at her surroundings. There was a pile of rubble where Yuuyas house was spread out. Grrrrr Fugo? Pi? As if in tune with Oumas words, the usually mild-mannered Night growled, Akatsuki moved his paws quickly like a boxing shadow, and Ciel raised his dusky voice. Merl desperately tried to keep her distance from Night and the others who were slowly closing in on her, but she was finally cornered against the wall. With the added pressure of Night and the others, Merl was finally unable to say anything. Why, dont be so afraid. Youre the one who caused this mess. Then you know what you have to do, dont you? Merl could no longer do anything but nod in response to Ouma and the others words. <> Table of Content Book 8: Chapter 2: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 While Merl and the Dragonias were fighting on Earth, Lexia, Mai Kagurazaka, and the others who had remained in the Regal Kingdom since the recent attack by Avis were enjoying themselves. Mai! Lets go quickly! P-please wait, Lexia-sama! As Mai tried to calm Lexia, who was about to pull Mais hand and rush out right now, Luna sighed and followed as her escort. Mai, give up. If Lexia is like that, theres nothing we can do. Eeh? Hey, Luna! Dont talk about me like Im a wild animal! Isnt that the truth? Thats not true! Mai was disconcerted by the sudden comical exchange. From Mais perspective, Lexia is a princess, and she should not be in a position to walk around the city with her like this. Lu-Luna-san. Its all right. Mmm, really? If Mai says so, then Even so, Mai! Whats with that tone? Eeh? I-is there something wrong? Mais face turned pale as she wondered if she had done something wrong when her tone was suddenly pointed out. But Theres only one problem! Were friends now, arent we? If thats the case, please dont use such formal language; just treat me normally! Eh? N-no, but! I said its okay, so its okay! Do you understand? Answer me! Eh, well, um Even though it was Lexias request, she could not break her formal speech so easily. She was dealing with royalty, after all. But Lexia continued to stare at Mais face as if she was planning to remain there until Mai changed her tone. Luna quietly put her hand on Mais shoulder as Mai was confused. Mai, give up. As I said before, once Lexia has made a decision, she will go through with it. Geez What a selfish princess. What are you talking about? Luna, Im a princess, remember? You should be more careful with me! Is that so? Well then, is this what you want, Lexia-sama? Dont be so mean to me. I prefer the usual Luna. In response to Lunas condescending attitude, Lexia sharpened her tongue. Seeing Lexias appearance, Luna smiled bitterly and turned her gaze to Mai once again. Shes such a princess. Of course, in public, you will be required to use language and attitude appropriate to the occasion but at least in other places, you can treat her just like an ordinary person. Y-yes Of course, not just to Lexia, but to me as well. Dont hesitate to call me Luna. Not only was Luna urging her to do so, but Lexia was also looking at her expectantly, and Mai finally surrendered. Understood No, I get it. Is this okay? Yes! Thats perfect! With a big smile on her face, Lexia pulled Mais hand again and started to move. Better yet, lets get going! W-wait a minute! When you say to go quickly I want you to tell me where we are going! Ara? Didnt I tell you? No, you didnt This is just the same old Lexia. I-its not that Im always like this, you know! I just happened to forget it! Lexia hurriedly clears her throat and tells her again. Since Mai has a special power as a saint, I thought it would be good for you to register as an adventurer. An adventurer? Yes. Doesnt it exist in your world? Its a job that involves exterminating monsters, guarding people, gathering herbs and other things Y-yeah. Ive heard of adventurers, but Ive never heard of them doing anything with monsters and such. But can I really become one? Of course! Besides, you have special powers, dont you? Itll be a piece of cake! W-what do you mean by a piece of cake? Mais cheek twitched at Lexias overly optimistic words. Well, despite what Lexia said, I agree that Mai should become an adventurer. There are many Evil Beasts in the world, not to mention Evil. In order to defeat them, an identity like being an adventurer would be useful. And above all, experience with fighting monsters will be useful in the battle against Evil that will eventually come. Right. sea??h th§× N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Its just, is it okay? Youve been summoned as a saint, but are you allowed to work as an adventurer in this Regal Kingdom? Thats, this country No, I think its because of the circumstances of this world that I was summoned here, and I was allowed to go about doing things quite freely, so it should be fine. Of course, if I were to go out alone, I might have been stopped, but with Luna and the others present I was allowed to move freely for the time being. I see. Youve been summoned for their own selfish reason, so its only natural that you are allowed to be free Luna nodded at Mais words. At this time, Lexia and the others didnt know that Avis, the ultimate perfection of Evil, had already been defeated by Yuuya and the others. Thats why Lexia and the others were still steadily making preparations for the upcoming battle against Evil. But that battle would never come. There it is! Thats the Adventurers Guild! This is Fumu, the atmosphere is no different from the Adventurers Guild in the Alceria Kingdom. When the three of them reached their destination, the Adventurers Guild, they each looked up at the building. However, there is no point in standing around forever, as Lexia quickly entered the building. Hey, Lexia! Is that okay? A princess cant be so defenseless! She wont listen to us, you know. Besides, she is dressed like a commoner, and as long as it is not the Evil or the Holy that are attacking her, I can protect her from here. Lu-Luna is amazing Not really. Come on; we should go in too. When Luna and Mai entered the guild, they found it packed with adventurers and was very lively. Heh theres a lot of people here. Yeah. But its rare to see so many people in a place like this Is this a phenomenon unique to this country? As Luna twisted her head and looked around curiously, a drunken man with a reddish face approached her. Hey, girl. Is this your first time here? Yeah. Is this normal for this place to be packed with people like this? No? Not at all. Its just busy right now; theres a mountain not far from here called [Sky Mountain] where a precious herb that can only be gathered once every three years is being collected, and everyone is getting excited about it. Herb? Havent you ever heard of it? Its called [Hala Grass] [Hala Grass]? Whoa! What did you say? When the drunk man was explaining to Luna, Lexia interrupted with shining eyes. Seeing Lexias reaction, Luna tilted her head even further. Hmm? Ive never heard of it Do you know about it, Lexia? Of course I know about it! More importantly, Luna, how come you dont know about it? W-well. Lexias enthusiasm was so great that Luna was taken aback. However, Lexia did not care about such a situation and continued. You know what? It is one of the materials needed to make the perfect love potion that everyone is chasing, without any side effects! Its a fantastic herb that can only be collected once every three years and rarely grows in clusters! L-love potion? I didnt even know there was such a thing Luna rolled her eyes at the unexpected item, and Mai realized once again that she was in a different world. I cant let this slide! I never thought that this season would be the time to collect [Hala Grass]! Luna, Mai! Are you ready? Were going to get some right now! Thats why you should go and register as an adventurer! Eeh? Hey, Lexia. Its easy for you to say, but We have to collect as much as possible so that we can make the love potion without fail And when I give it to Yuuya-sama Kyaa! Its so embarrassing to be a loving couple! Youre not listening to me When Luna tried to pull Lexia back from her own world, the stunned drunk man laughed unpleasantly. Hey, hey, girls. Youre not going to challenge it alone, are you? Its a dangerous place, and its designated as a dangerous area. You girls cant go there alone, you know. But hey, its okay. Its fate that we met here. Ill take care of it. Shut up! We dont need you, so go away! Eeeehhh? The drunken man was surprised at the sudden dismissal, but he was overwhelmed by Lexias fierce determination and withdrew in a hurry. Geez Who the heck is that guy? He interrupted our conversation N-no, we were talking, and you barged in Thats not important! Were going to get the [Hala Grass], no matter what! Okay? W-wait! You heard what that guy said, right? The place that the [Hala Grass] is located is said to be a dangerous area. Its a place like that. Isnt it much better than the Great Devils Nest? ..Right! Luna shouted in desperation. However, Mai, who had never heard of the Great Devils Nest, hurriedly stopped them. W-wait a minute! Why would I risk myself going to a place that was said to be dangerous? I want to gain some experience in combat, but my powers only work against Evil, and Ive never fought a monster before, so even if I went to a place like that, Id be useless! Dont worry, Mai. Ill take care of the monsters. And compared to the environment of the Great Devils Nest, everywhere is like heaven. What kind of place are you comparing this to? Well, thats not important! Whatever the case may be, I need the [Hala Grass], so I will definitely be going there! I have to get it no matter what in order to become a hot married couple with Yuuya-sama! That guy is in trouble too, huh? Mai couldnt help but take a distant look when she heard Lexias words. Now, hurry up and register as an adventurer! If we dont hurry, the [Hala Grass] will be completely collected! Eh? W-wait! Mai was forcibly dragged to the reception desk. After that, Mai was able to register as an adventurer. Book 8: Chapter 2: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 This is where the [Hala Grass] is located! Hah hah this girl is so careless without even knowing my hardships After Mai had registered as an adventurer, Lexia and the others immediately came to the entrance of the Sky Mountain, where the [Hala Grass] was said to grow. Luna, who had been dealing with the monsters that attacked them one after another until they reached the mountain, was completely exhausted. Seeing this, Mai couldnt help but open her mouth. U-um, Lexia? Do we have to do it today as well? Of course! We have to collect it right now and make a love potion for Yuuya-sama! No, I think its more for Lexias sake than for his Mai couldnt help but blurt it out, but it didnt reach Lexias ears right now. Mai, who decided that there was nothing more she could say, held up the sword that had been provided to her by the Regal Kingdom when she arrived in this world. Im really an amateur when it comes to fighting monsters, as you can probably see from before we arrived here. This sword was also provided to me by the country, but Ive never held a sword in my previous world. Im not going to say that you dont have to worry but I should be able to help you to some extent. So you can fight with all your might, Mai. If you insist, Ill take your word for it and train myself in combat. When Mai made up her mind, Lexia couldnt bear the excitement anymore and finally stepped into the forest. While Lexia and Luna, who had experienced the Great Devils Nest, did not feel suffocated because the atmosphere of this forest was overwhelmingly brighter than in the Great Devils Nest, Mai felt a sense of oppression that she had never felt in Japan, and she felt somewhat suffocated. This was a true sign that the monsters that inhabited the forest were strong. The surge of magic power leaking from the monsters bodies made Mai feel nauseated. As each of them carefully made their way through the forest, Luna quietly told them. Stop. ! Theres a monster. As Luna glared sharply at a certain part of the forest, a boar with magnificent tusks jumped out of the bushes. Charge Boar, huh! Be careful, its a C-class monster. Normally, it was not the kind of monster that a newly registered adventurer like Mai would have to deal with. But since Luna, who was known as an assassin, was here, the danger was minimized. As soon as it spotted Lexia and the others, the monster called Charge Boar made a run, accelerated, and charged at them. Luna swung her arm sharply in the face of the attack, and the Charge Boar stopped moving as if its body had been caught in something. Buruoo! Mai! Okay! Hearing Lunas words, Mai immediately rushed to the Charge Boar and swung down the sword in her hand. When she was first summoned to the other world, she was hesitant to attack, even when the opponent was an Evil Beast. However, in front of the people of the other world who were suffering from Evil, Mai thought that if she didnt do her best, the people of this world would be in danger, and she was able to push aside her aversion to fighting. Perhaps this mental aspect was also one of the reasons why Mai was summoned to this world as a Saint. While Mai was attacking the Charge Boar in cooperation with Luna, Lexia also attacked the Charge Boar with a self-defense knife. Eii! Iyaa! However, as a princess, Lexias strength was feeble, and she didnt seem to be doing any real damage. With the addition of Lexias attack, which was not certain if it was supposed to support them, the Charge Boar finally collapsed and disappeared as a particle of light. Yay! We defeated it! Y-yeah. We managed it somehow Hmph. Putting Mai aside, Im not even sure Lexias contribution is worth mentioning. What did you say? As usual, while Luna tweaked Lexias words and Lexia chewed on them, Mai stared at her palms. (As expected, Im not used to fighting with weapons But its okay. If I do my best, the people of this world can be saved. I have to do my best) Mai? Then Lexia, who sensed something wrong with Mai, looked into her face with concern. Eh? Ah, Im fine! More importantly, lets quickly find the herbs that Lexia is looking for, okay? The longer we wait, the later well get back. Oh, yes! We have to find it quickly! Lexia and the others began their search for the [Hara Grass] again. Im surprised to learn that Mai and Yuuya-sama are from the same world! Whats Yuuya-sama like in your world? Eeh? I dont know much about him either The only time Mai had met Yuuya was at the shrine where he and Kaori had gone for a test of courage. Ara, I see. I like how mysterious he is! Im going to use the love potion to get to Yuuya-sama no matter what it takes! While searching, Lexia is burning with love for Yuuya. In order to do that, I have to find the [Hala Grass] no matter what! However, there is no sign of the [Hala Grass] that Lexia is looking for, and the time is flying by. Hey! We cant find it! I dont need you to tell me that. Youre the one who suggested it, right? You want it too, dont you? The love potion! Im not the same as you! I dont need it. If you have the love potion, you can do anything you want with Yuuya-sama, you know! Alright, lets find it. Luna? Mai retorted to Luna, who immediately switched her mind. While searching for the hard-to-find [Hala Grass], Luna noticed a certain sign. Whats that? Whats wrong? Theres a powerful presence! Lexia! Eh? The strong presence that Luna felt was getting closer and closer to Lexia, she hurriedly called out, but the source of the presence suddenly appeared in front of Lexia. Ara? You ladies are S-Sword Saint-sama! The identity of the strong presence that Luna sensed was actually that of Iris, the Sword Saint. Moreover, behind Iris, theres also Usagi, the Kicking Saint. (What is it? Little girl. You were here too?) Ah, youre Yuuya-samas master why are Iris-sama and Usagi-sama here? Lexia forgot about the [Hala Grass] and asked in surprise. And Usagi nodded once. (Its just perfect. I have to tell you girls about something.) Eh? (Especially that little girl over there.) M-me? Mai, who hadnt expected that she would be called, shouted in surprise. Although Mai herself did not know much about the two people who appeared here, she sensed from Lexias attitude that they were not ordinary. What on earth would such a person want with her? As Mai waited anxiously for Usagis words, Usagi told her plainly. (Your role is over.) Eh? (As I said, your role is over.) .. Not understanding the meaning of Usagis words, Mai fell silent. Then Iris, who was watching the scene, let out a sigh. You know theres no way she can understand with just that, right? (I dont know. Thats just it.) You really are an unreasonable lump of meat Letting out a sigh at Usagis behavior, Iris gave Mai a wry smile. The only thing is, what he said is true. You are the saint who was summoned from a different world, arent you? Y-yes. It is said that I was summoned to defeat the Evil that exists in this world That Evil is no longer around. It has already been defeated. S§×ar?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Eh? No way! What did you say? Mai was stunned by Iriss words, and Lexia and the others widened their eyes in disbelief. Then Lexia quickly came to her senses and opened her mouth in a panic. P-please wait, Iris-sama! It has been defeated, you say? Do you mean that horrible being has been defeated? Yes, thats right. Mai had never seen Avis, so all she knew was that there were such beings called Evil, but Lexia and the others who had seen Avis in person and seen how he had overwhelmed Iris and Usagi with his incredible power could hardly believe it. Who in the world defeated him? Could it have been Iris-sama and the others? As expected of Iris-sama! And Usagi-sama is also very strong, as hes Yuuya-samas master! Amazing the power of those who are called Holy is incredible Lexias gaze shined on Iris and the others. Mai also had been told by the king of Regal when she was summoned to this world that there were people called Holy who opposed the Evil. She, too, was aware of the fact that they were, in fact, extraordinary. However, Iris and Usagi looked at each other and smiled bitterly when such a reaction was directed at them. Im sorry to disappoint you when you are praising us like that but it was Yuuya who defeated the Evil. Eh? To be more precise, its Yuuyas family. As Iris explained, Mai tilted her head because she didnt know much about Night and the others, but Lexia and the others, who knew about Night and the others, opened their eyes even wider. T-those Night and the others no, or did the Genesis Dragon lend them a hand? Nope, not at all. Usagi and I also witnessed the moment directly and before we knew it, Yuuya had taken a bluebird as his new family member, and together, the three of them, including Night and Akatsuki, defeated the Evil. T-thats ridiculous (Its really ridiculous.) Even Usagi seemed somewhat tired when talking about it, which made Lexia and the others realize that this was the truth. And then. As as expected from Yuuya-sama! I knew he was different from the rest of us in this world! As usual, Lexias eyes sparkled at Yuuyas actions. However, Mai would not like to be thought that all earthlings can do such crazy things, so she hurriedly denied it. No, Im not as crazy as that guy! The rest of the people on Earth, including me, are normal! Earth? (Hou? That sounds like an interesting story. Please continue.) Then Iris, who still had no idea that Yuuya was from the same world as Mai, tilted her head. On the contrary, Usagi also urged her to continue with a curious look. Mai, who could not refuse the urging of the two, told them that Yuuya was from the same other world and that he had the power to travel back and forth between the two worlds. I-I see He wasnt a resident of this world, huh? (Even if he was, he wouldnt be able to get that much talent. And even in that world, he is probably not normal. Am I right?) Its not normal at all. Please dont use him as the standard for our world. A world based on him would be too scary. In addition to Usagi, who nodded her head in agreement with Mais words, Iris was somewhat confused. I-Ive found the perfect man for me, but hes not from this world But then again, Yuuya, you can go back and forth between two worlds, right? But is that something that can be done indefinitely? Or is it finite? If its finite, which world will he end up in? Eh? Um Iris-sama? When Mai called out worriedly to Iris, who was acting strangely, Iris abruptly made up her mind. Ive decided! Lets go to Yuuya-kuns house right now to talk to him! <> Table of Content Book 8: Chapter 2: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 Ive decided! Lets go to Yuuya-kuns house right now to talk to him! (Huh?) The decision was so sudden that Usagi couldnt help but raise his voice, but Lexia quickly agreed. Iris-sama! Im coming too! I had a lot of questions I wanted to ask as well! Its just that Ive been searching for something here W-wait a minute, Lexia! As expected, going to the Great Devils Nest without Owen and the others is What are you talking about? Iris-sama and Usagi-sama are here, right? We dont need Owen. Youre right. But dont say that in front of Owen Luna couldnt say anything to Lexia, who answered so matter-of-factly. In fact, if Iris is around, its certain to be safe unless its in the depths of the Great Devils Nest. Besides, Luna must be curious too, right? About Yuuya-sama. Well, yeah. Then lets go! Just as the story was about to be settled, Usagi, who was dumbfounded and was listening to the conversation, hurriedly intervened to stop it. (Wait a minute! Iris, did you forget about our purpose today? Besides, I thought you were looking for something here) Youre talking about telling the Magic Saint about Evil, right? That can wait. Its not like theres any need to hurry since theres no more Evil around anyway, and if anyone has a problem with it, Ill cut them down. And besides, Ive already got everything I came for, so its fine! (When did you get it?) A-aaaahhh! [Hala Grass]! When Lexia saw the grass taken out of the bag on Iriss waist, she shouted out. This was the herb that Lexia had been looking for. Iris smiled somewhat triumphantly at Lexias appearance. Fufu. Unfortunately, Ive already collected all that can be collected at this time of year. So you should just give up. Gnununu Lexia looked at the [Hala Grass] in Iriss hand with bitterness, but couldnt complain anymore because she didnt want to lose her chance of getting taken to the Great Devils Nest if she complained here. As expected, Iris smiled bitterly at the sight of Lexia and told Usagi. So, lets go to Yuuyas house right away! Is that okay? Usagi. (Sigh. Whatever happens later, Im not going to help you.) While saying this, Usagi also seemed to be concerned about Yuuya, and together with Iris and the others, he headed to Yuuyas house. At the same time, a huge spaceship was drifting through space. The ship was shaped like a dragon and flew through space without any trouble. This spaceship was the mother ship of the Dragonia aliens who attacked Merl. Inside the spaceship, one of the Dragonia aliens furrowed his brow. (Its time for the scheduled contact, why is there still no contact?) .. The other Dragonias stiffened at his grumpy look. He wore luxurious clothes that were different from those of the other Dragonias and sat cross-legged like a king. He was Draco III, the ruler of the Dragonias. Draco III didnt try to hide his displeasure and asked again. (Im asking. Why isnt there any regular contact?) .. However, no one could answer Draco IIIs words. The only people gathered here were the commanders who were leading the troops, the warriors who represented the Dragonias. Originally, the Dragonias were a race that boasted powerful bodies and outstanding technology, and they were among the most powerful in the universe. They are terrified of the only one from their kind, Draco III. (In this universe, the slightest delay in communication can lead to death. I have always told them to be on guard. But what is this mess? Answer me.) At that moment, tremendous pressure assaulted the Dragonias who were present. The invisible pressure was so heavy that it seemed as if gravity had been applied, and everyone knelt down, unable to remain standing. (This delay in communication, you lead the platoon directly under the Third Corps, right? Why dont you answer me?) Draco III turned his gaze to one of the kneeling Dragonias. The Dragonia he saw hung his head and struggled to speak. (W-with all due respect, my Lord. We are not entirely sure about this situation) S~ea??h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (You dont have any idea?) The pressure increased. While feeling as if he was about to be crushed, Drade, the captain of the third corps, desperately continued. (Y-yes. We were also suspicious when there was no communication during the regular communication time, and we tried to contact them by various means. But its not that they dont respond to communications; its that we cant connect with them. We assumed and verified various things, including time differences over long distances. But) (Hou?) Draco III leaned back in his chair and lessened the pressure he was exerting on the Dragonias. The sudden release of pressure caused the Dragonias to catch their breath as they tried their best to hide it from Draco III. (So youre saying that our Dragonia soldiers have been killed?) (Y-yes.) (Fumu So I ask you, where were those soldiers headed?) (T-thats a remote planet called Earth in the 983rd universe.) (Earth? Ive never heard of it. What brings them there?) (Apparently, theyre on their way there because theyve received an electromagnetic signal that appears to be the blueprint for a weapon developed by the Amel aliens.) (What?) Draco III raised his eyebrows at Drades words. (A destruction weapon of those damned Amel aliens. I see So? I assume they were able to retrieve it?) (N-no um I havent been able to get in touch with them since) (What did you say?) Draco IIIs face twisted in displeasure once again. The Dragonias stiffened, wondering if they were going to be subjected to intense pressure again, but Draco III only snorted unhappily. (On such a remote planet, there is an entity that can compete with us) (I-Im only talking about a possibility. There is no one better than us, the soldiers of Dragonia) (The possibility should not be dismissed so easily. You see? If we are to remain the strongest, we must not overlook even the slightest possibility. Be on your guard.) (Y-yes. Ill keep that in mind) (Then I command you. Go to that planet and look for any trace of the missing soldiers.) (Ha!) Draco III nodded his head in satisfaction as he looked at Drade who was bowing deeply and accepting his orders. (Umu. Oh, yes. If the planet can be used in any way, you may conquer that Earth. In that case, it would be troublesome to take the time to rebuild it. Do not destroy too much of the planet with your attacks.) (Understood, sir.) Drade immediately withdrew and left, calling his men to follow him. (Commander! Everythings ready!) (I see. Well leave immediately. The king has given us permission. This is the first invasion in a long time. It makes my arms quiver.) While Drade trembled in front of Draco III, he was still one of the most powerful men in the universe, and he smiled ferociously. His subordinates smiled as well, captivated by it. In a place unknown to Yuuya and the others, a new existence began to move. Book 8: Chapter 3: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 1 Hmm Un? Wake up. Yuuya, are you okay? Yuti? Woof. Buhi? Pii. When I woke up, Yuti was looking directly into my face. Night and the others are also near her. I mean, was I asleep? I tried to get up, but my body was too weak. Then Ouma-san, who was sleeping near me as well as Night and the others, opened one of his eyes. Dont push yourself too hard. Your life force consumed by the [Holy Kings Authority] has returned to normal, but your physical strength is still exhausted. You can rest for a while. Ouma-san? [Holy Kings Authority]? Just as I was about to say something, I remembered what was going on! Oh, yeah, the house is? I looked around, but it was the same old house filled with memories of my grandfather, my precious home. H-huh? If I recall, the ceiling of the house was Due to the fierce battle between Merl-san and the Dragonia aliens, the ceiling of this house was supposed to have been blown out or suffered some other disastrous incident, but there is no sign of that. If its about the house, dont worry. I had the little girl there fix it. Little girl? Sear?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I asked back, and Ouma-san gestured to a certain spot with his face. There, in the corner of the room, was Merl-san sitting on her knees in seiza. Me-Merl-san? (Im terribly sorry.) She slowly placed her hands on the floor and bowed her head deeply. It was a form of apology known as Dogeza. Eh Dogeza? Merl-san! When I panicked at her sudden dogeza, Merl-san continued in that position. (In my haste to achieve my goal, I damaged something important to you. I apologize for that. As an apology, Ive used my nanomachine to restore it perfectly.) Nanomachine? I was just amazed by Merl-sans words. C-can nanomachine does such things too? Speaking of which, where are those people? Theyve retreated. So you can rest assured, said Ouma-san. I-I see but Merl-san, please raise your head! As long as you restore it to its original state, I dont really mind about it anymore! (Thank you very much) After my words, Merl-san finally raised her head. Waking up like this is not good for my heart. Rather than that, I didnt know there was a concept of dogeza in space as well I breathed a sigh of relief when Merl-san raised her head, but then I remembered that I hadnt told her my name yet. Ah yes, I havent told you my name yet, have I? My name is Yuuya Tenjou. This is my family: Night, Akatsuki, Ciel, Ouma-san, and Yuti. Woof. Fugo. Pii. Hmph. ? Greeting? The four of them, Night, Akatsuki, Ciel, and Ouma-san, seemed to understand what Merl-san and I were talking about, but Yuti couldnt understand what Merl-san was saying. When I pointed out to her, she seemed to sense from the atmosphere that she was being introduced to Merl-san and bowed her head. Merl-san bowed like usual to Yuti and me, but for some reason, when she saw Night and the others, she cowered. I wondered if something had happened. I was a little concerned about her reaction, but I decided to tell her about the blueprint, which was Merl-sans original purpose. T-then, the blueprint, isnt it? Theres no problem in giving it to you, and Ill have it ready right away. (I appreciate it, but I cant return to Amel even after receiving the blueprint.) Eh? I froze at her unexpected words. (They My spaceship was destroyed in an attack by the Dragonia aliens. The exterior and other parts of the ship can be repaired with the nanomachine that I have, but when the engine was destroyed, all of the fuel energy that was in the ship flowed out and disappeared. So, there was no way for me to bring back the blueprint right now.) I-I see have you contacted your friends? When I asked that, Merl-san shook her head feebly. (I overused this device in the battle just now. It would be no problem to manipulate the information on this one planet, but I have lost the ability to communicate across spaces) Manipulating the information of this single planet is no problem? Space technology is terrific, isnt it? So, what are you going to do then? (Ive been trying to find out if there is any energy on this planet that can be used as a power source, so-called magic power This planet is a rare planet in the universe where magic power does not exist, and I am in serious trouble) Magic? If you have magic, can you go home? Then I have a lot of magic power, thanks to my leveling up in the other world and the magic circuits I inherited from Sage-san. (Its not enough to just have magic power as energy. I need a device to store the magic power However, no material on this planet can hold magic power.) It seems that it is not going to be that easy. Nevertheless, it would be a problem for Merl-san if she couldnt do anything about it. When we were both pondering, Ouma-san, who had been sleeping indifferently, opened his mouth while yawning. Fuwahh What are you worried about? Eh? If there isnt one on Earth, why dont you go to that world to get it? Ah! (That world?) Merl-san doesnt seem to understand what Ouma-san is talking about Its true that if there is no such thing in this world, it can be found in the other world. Come to think of it; the [Magic Stone] seems to be a mass of magic power. Once that was decided, the sooner, the better, so I guided Merl-san to the warehouse where the [Door to the Other World] was located. As we approached the warehouse, Merl-san was staring at the device attached to her arm while breaking out in a cold sweat. (W-whats this force field! No matter how I feel it, the amount of power that one individual can release or even one planet, exceeds the amount of power that can be released by one universe!) H-huh Even if you say so but I also have Merl-sans blueprint here. (What kind of place would you place it in?) I dont know if this room is that dangerous. The only thing Im aware of is that its a place with a certain atmosphere But it seems that Im the only one who feels that way, and even Ouma-san nodded in agreement with her. Your behavior in front of a place where so much power is swirling about is beyond dull, Yuuya. I-is that so? But everything in this place was collected by my grandpa, and I didnt feel anything about it. Because Im sure my grandfather had never been to another world, and unlike me, he was probably a normal person. But since we were at the warehouse, I gave Merl-san the cubic object she was looking for. This is probably the blueprint that Merl-san was talking about, right? (It really was stored in such a ridiculous place. In addition, the signal was so complicated that it was impossible to identify the detailed location. If it was placed in such an overwhelming force field, our equipment would be blurred.) Eeh? But t-that blueprint can destroy a planet, right? How can a mere house have more power than that? (If we convert the force swirling around this room into energy, it could easily wipe out tens of thousands of universes.) No way! I instantly became afraid of this room. H-how could this room be so dangerous? N-no, this is absurd. Ive never had any problems before, so it must be Merl-sans imagination. That must be it. No, thats what Ive decided. Yes, this conversation is over! To distract myself, I walked deeper into the warehouse and arrived in front of the door. This is the door that leads to the other world. (The material and source of power are both unknown Its not even dark matter I cant believe something this incomprehensible exists) She said a lot that I couldnt understand, but from my perspective, Merl-sans device is also incomprehensible enough, so I guess were even. As soon as I opened the door and moved to the other world, Merl-sans eyes widened even more. (Space no, the movement between worlds! Whats more, whats this abundance of magic power!) U-um I think this world probably has what youre looking for, Merl-san (Yes, thats right. If the environment is such that I can feel the magic power so strongly, the possibility is high enough. Do you have any idea what it might be?) Lets see; I think that the magic stones that you get when you defeat the monsters in this world are really a mass of magic power What do you think? As I said this, I took out one of the magic stones from my item box. Ive forgotten what kind of monster I got it from, but since its an S-class magic stone, theres a chance that this one might even be enough. I didnt know what to do with the magic stones until now, so Ive been using the door function to exchange them for cash, but lately Ive been saving some of them. After receiving the magic stone from me, Merl-san began to operate the terminal and look into something. (Indeed, this material seems to contain magic power, but its not enough to be used as fuel) Eh, thats not enough? (Its not enough at all From what youve told me, this is something you can get from a single life form, right? Theres no way a mere lifeform can carry enough energy to travel through space) T-that is also true. When I thought about it again, that might be true. Im not sure. However, theres nothing that can contain more magic power than an S-class magic stone. Ive heard of SS, SSS, EX, and L class monsters from Master Usagi before, but Ive never fought one. For me now, I think I might be able to defeat an SS class or so, but Avis has wiped out the depths of the Great Devils Nest, so I dont even know if there are any such monsters. Speaking of which, Master Usagi said that Evil is the L-class, and Avis is the ultimate perfection of that Evil so I wonder what class he will be? Just when I thought I had found a solution, another problem arose. However, Ouma-san, who presented the idea of going to this world, did not seem particularly bothered by it. What, Yuuyas magic stone is not enough? If thats the case, youll have to go get that thing. That thing? I tilted my head, not knowing what the heck Ouma-san was talking about, but Yuti, an original inhabitant of this world, didnt seem to know either and tilted her head as well. Question. Yuuyas magic stone, the high purity one. If its more than that, it would be SS-class or something. Do you know where they live? I know. Well, we wont be targeting SS-class or EX-class monsters this time. If its still not enough, it would be too much trouble. But if its something I know, I can certainly get it. Its a bit of a pain in the ass, but its just right for Yuuyas training. Eh. I have a bad feeling about the word training that came out of Ouma-sans mouth. I-its strange after weve defeated the ultimate enemy of this world, the Evil Avis, I still have to train But it seems that I did not mishear it, and Ouma-san grinned. Hmm. I dont normally have anything to tell you, but its for the sake of my master. Ill be glad to teach you something special. However, even so, its important to remember that no one was able to go back and forth between that place except for the Sage, and most importantly, no one had the ability to reach there Well, Im sure Yuuya will be fine. Do you have any proof of that? Wheres that place that only someone of Sage-sans level can go? Probably, the atmosphere of that place alone is more dangerous than Avis. Are you sure its safe? I dont want to go anywhere too dangerous Hou, is that okay? If you dont go there, that little girl will never be able to return to her home planet, you know? Ugh (..) When I looked at Merl-san, she was looking at me with a somewhat anxious look. I was very reluctant to do anything dangerous, but when I thought about Merl-san, I couldnt say so, and all I could do was open my eyes wide. <> Table of Content Book 8: Chapter 3: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 Believing in Ouma-sans words about an energy source he knew of that could run Merl-sans spaceship, I wanted to go there right away, but I couldnt right now. Tomorrow was the first day of school since the summer vacation. While the summer vacation itself would continue for a little while longer, there was homework to be submitted on this day so there was no way I could miss it. Fortunately, I had finished my homework early so that I could hang out with Kaori and the others at the beach, so I didnt have to worry about that. It feels like its been a while since Ive seen everyone. Before the summer vacation, we used to see each other every day, but with the summer vacation, that stopped, and I felt a little sad. So when the school day was over, I asked Ouma-san to take me to the place where the energy source was located To my surprise, Ouma-san made a bargain here. I can tell you about it, but if thats all there is to it, theres no benefit for me. So, therefore, if you want the energy source for that little girl, youll have to do me a favor. F-favor? What exactly is it? As I involuntarily tensed up at the mention of a favor from Ouma-san, the Genesis Dragon, Ouma-sans eyes snapped open, and he said. Take me out of the house on Earth! ..Eh? At Ouma-sans unexpected words, not only I froze, but Yuti and the others as well. Without paying any attention to our situation, Ouma-san began to complain like a child. Because its not fair! Night, Akatsuki, Ciel, and Yuti! Besides, Im sure that little girl there can enjoy the Earth too! And yet, Im the only one who is staying at home Its not fair, not fair! Not fair, you say Woof Fugo. Pii. Confused. The dignity of the Genesis Dragon is ruined. As Yuti said, Ouma-san was like a spoiled brat right now, no matter how I looked at him. Night and the others were also confused and dismayed by Ouma-sans behavior. Then Ouma-san noticed our gaze and gave us a look of disapproval. What is it? You guys. Do you have a problem with that? I can never walk around outside of Earths house as you do, can I? Hmm? Thats While you are enjoying yourselves on Earth, I am spending my days in this house just sleeping This is no different from my old life! Thats a problem for me too. If possible, I would like Ouma-san to take a look around the Earth, but no matter how I look at him, Ouma-sans appearance is that of a dragon. E-even if you put it that way, Ouma-san is a kind of creature that doesnt exist on Earth, so your appearance is just Appearance? Whats wrong with that? I-I mean, your wings? If he didnt have wings, wouldnt he be more like a monitor lizard? No, huh? I dont know. Theres no one around me who has a monitor lizard, so I dont know! Ive been thinking about this for a while, and then I suddenly realized something. R-right! The main reason why Ouma-san cant go out of the house is that he looks like a dragon because of his wings. Hmph. Im a Genesis Dragon. It is natural for me to look like a dragon, isnt it? But if you can hide those wings m-maybe we can fake it? Why are you becoming less and less confident? No, its okay to come up with an idea, but I dont know if its a good idea at all. P-please wait for a moment! Then, Ill prepare something for you. After telling Ouma-san, I rushed out to buy something. My destination was the pet store where I had purchased Nights collar before. Thirty minutes later. I-I have bought it! Hou? I didnt know that there were things on Earth that could disguise my appearance. Y-yes. Here it is! I held out the item I had bought to Ouma-san. ..Whats this? ..Its clothes. What? U-um Its pet clothes. Yes what I gave Ouma-san was a small piece of clothing meant for a pet dog or cat. This way, Ouma-sans wings could be hidden by the clothes! No, there might be a great deal of discomfort in his back area, but theres nothing more I can do about it! In order to at least minimize the discomfort, I chose the thick hoodie-type clothing. However, Ouma-san started to shiver in front of the clothes I offered him D dont be silly! Why do I have to wear something like this? And its for pets! B-but, I cant think of any other way to disguise Ouma-sans appearance Ouma-san wants to look around by yourself, dont you? Youve probably figured it out. Of course! Or at least If you just want to take a look at the outside scenery, you can use the cloak of disguise that I gave to Akatsuki, or maybe I can put you in a bag or something and carry you around while you stay quiet. Ugh thats not enough to enjoy as much as I want Yes, there were many ways to hide his appearance. However, Ouma-san did not want to do that; he wanted to take a walk and enjoy the Earth normally. He might have wanted to go out for a bite to eat, but if he were to hide away, he wouldnt be able to eat what we bought immediately. Ouma-san was troubled by my words, but he growled in front of the pet clothes before him. Ughhhh but theres no way Im going to wear this no matter what! I-is that so? What I bought was a pet hoodie it was pink and had a cute heart symbol on the back. Its not something that would look good on me, no matter how you look at it. I dont think so. But, look, since we have it here, why dont you try it on? What? N-no, I dont want to wear something so cute! But you wont be able to go out without it, you know? No, a different color or pattern would be fine! Well, well, you should try putting it on first. H-hey, stop it! Whoaaaaa! I held the struggling Ouma-san in my arms and dressed him in the clothes I had bought. Then Its a humiliation for me, the Genesis Dragon, to be dressed like this! Ouma-san was now dressed in a pink hoodie. The size seemed to be just right, but the wings on the back were still pushing against the costume and looked a bit uncomfortable, but it was acceptable. You dont have to be so gloomy about it It looks good on you, you know? Right everyone? As for me, Im delighted with the new cute side of Ouma-san, so I asked everyone that. W-woof Bu-buhi! Fugo, fugo! Pi! Pii! Silent. Ill refrain from mentioning anything about it. H-huh? Night and Yuti looked somewhat bewildered while Akatsuki was laughing, and Ciels eyes were shining as if to say, Ouma-san, thats great!. Hmm, I thought it looked good on him. I guess I dont have any sense of style. W-well, thats okay. The purpose is to take a walk around the Earth. Clothes are just a trivial matter. I feel like Im being swayed, but so be it. Sigh I never thought I would end up wearing something like this Im not sure if I should be impressed with Yuuya for doing this to me without fear Ouma-san let out a sigh and then continued as if he had regained his composure. Well, okay. I can go out in this outfit, right? Thats right. Well, there are a few other things you should be aware of, such as talking outside, using magic, rampaging, flying, etc But as for the most important issue, I think your appearance is fine. Hmph. If you say this is not good enough, I will not guide you to the place where the energy source I know is. T-that would be a problem Currently, Ouma-san was the only one who knew where an energy source for Merl-sans spaceship might be located. It would be difficult for me and Yuti to find it in the other world by ourselves. S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then, Merl-san, who had been quietly watching our exchange, raised her hand. (Um, I know I shouldnt be using it too much, but since Ouma-san is guiding us to the location where the energy source is if your identity is discovered on Earth, I can use my terminal to erase all records of you from Earth.) The more I hear about it, the more amazing it sounds. Merl-sans own existence, including everyones memories and electronic records, were erased just by operating the terminal on her arm. But if Merl-san is willing to go that far, then we can go out with Ouma-san more safely. Oh, thats great! Then lets go immediately. Ah! But we cant go right now, you know? Tomorrow is the first day of school, so I have to prepare for it Besides, Ouma-san would like to go out in the morning, wouldnt he? Mmm. Thats also true. Ive decided to go out with Ouma-san, but first I have to prepare dinner. Then Ouma-san wanted to eat curry, so I decided to go shopping for the ingredients. At this time, Merl-san expressed interest about Earth, so she decided to take a walk around outside before Ouma-san. Well, Ouma-san complained at the time, but it was indeed difficult to take Ouma-san with us to the supermarket, so I asked him to stay at home once more. H-hey, look What is it, what is it? What happened? Huh Um (Hmm? What is it?) When I thought about it, I realized that Merl-san was dressed in a way that didnt look like an Earthling, and her hair was all shiny. Especially now that it was nighttime, the shine of her hair stood out even more, drawing the gaze of many people on the street. I wonder if its a good thing that I brought her along? She definitely stood out, and her clothes look like full-body tights, so I think its pretty dangerous. However, Merl-san herself didnt seem to be particularly concerned about the stares from the people around her and was totally unaffected. Um, are you okay? Youre standing out (I wonder what makes me stand out?) Eh? Um I mean, the way your hair is shining? (Huh Its a very common phenomenon on the planet Amel Youre right; Earthlings dont glow. Why is that?) Why, you say? I never thought Id be asked that! W-why arent we glowing? Since the question was asked so seriously, I couldnt help but think seriously, but I couldnt come up with an answer. Space is amazing. As we went towards the supermarket, attracting the attention of the people around us, I was suddenly approached by a voice. Oh my? Yuuya-san? Eh? Ah, Kaori! And then I met Kaori, who was probably on her way back from shopping. But unlike before, Kaori was surrounded by a group of women who had some kind of mysterious presence. Um, who are these people around you? Oh these are the guards that my father prepared for me. Guards? Is there something that happened? When I asked her that, Kaori looked gloomy for a moment and then immediately smiled vaguely. N-no, not particularly But my father has been experiencing some disturbances lately, so he assigned them as my guards. I-I see? If you ask me, the Earth has also been dangerous recently? Well, because of me, aliens have been visiting the Earth, so it was indeed a mess. Im really sorry for everyone on Earth. Besides, for rich people like Kaori, there might be dangers lurking in their daily lives that I didnt understand. There would be threats, kidnappings, ransom demands, and so on Thats just to be expected. This is not a drama, though. The strength of a person can not be known without using my [Identification] skill, but the women who were assigned as Kaoris bodyguards seem to have a strong presence. Then Kaori approached me a little confusedly. Then, um whos that woman? Ah this is Merl-san. Merl um, shes not from this world, is she? Is she from the other world? Kaori sensed something and asked me that in a low voice, but I answered with a wry smile. Thats Shes neither from Earth nor from the other world; shes an alien. Eh? Kaori rolled her eyes and stared at Merl-san as if she hadnt expected that answer. S-shes indeed dressed in a somewhat sci-fi design B-but, is she really an alien? Yeah. To be honest, I dont really believe it yet either but apparently, she is. Kaori was taken aback by my explanation. Then, Merl-san, who had been looking around while I was talking to Kaori, tilted her head and spoke to me. (Why dont you finish your shopping early? I think your family is waiting for you) Ah! Thats right. See you later, Kaori! Eh? Y-yes After saying goodbye to Kaori, I hurriedly headed to the supermarket. Yuuya-san, your circle of acquaintances has expanded to the universe Kaori, who was watching us from behind, muttered a few words, but they did not reach my ears. Ojou-sama. I think its time for you to go back. Theres also the matter of the threatening letter Yes, thats right. Now that Ive done my business, lets go home. Sigh I hope Kasumi is okay too (! T-this is so delicious!) T-thats good to hear. Comprehension. Even if I dont understand a word of what you just said, I understand. Yuuyas cooking is delicious. Good grief. The food in this world is really exciting. Refill, please! Yes, yes. As I prepared a refill of curry for Ouma-san, I reflected on todays events. The day after tomorrow is the day Im going to go to the other world, so the question came up as to what to do with Merl-san from today. Originally, she could have stayed in the spaceship she came in, but the Dragonias attack had disabled the engines, so she had to stay in my house until she returned to her planet. Fortunately, my house was big enough for me alone, and I have plenty of room, so its not a problem. I wondered if there were any differences between Merl-san and the people of Earth in terms of eating and sleeping, but it seemed that she could eat the same meals as everyone else and had the habit of sleeping on a futon. Well, it seemed that the futons were not the same as the beds and mattresses that she was used to, but with the drop item, the [Paradise Futon], anyone can get a great nights sleep, so theres no problem. So with that being said, they were still eating the curry I made for them, and Merl-san was bringing the curry to her mouth with a twinkle in her eyes. (Ive never eaten anything as delicious as this before. Earth may be a remote planet, but its really a wonderful place.) Haha Um, what kind of food do you usually eat, Merl-san? (Me? Thats right Well, if I were to compare it to what we eat on our planet, Id say its more like a block of nutritional food or supplement.) Eh is that really what youre eating? (Yes. Despite the taste, they provide all the necessary nutrients and calories.) What a disappointment; I was kind of interested in space cuisine. However, as I could somehow imagine from the tight-fitting tights like the ones worn by Merl-san and the Dragonia aliens, the more science and technology advances, the more everything would change into a more efficient form. As a result, cooking became just a way to prepare nutrients Lets see Theres still plenty of curry to go around, so dont be hesitant to eat it. (Yes!) Just like I thought when I met Ouma-san, Japanese food companies are truly amazing. Thats what I thought. Book 8: Chapter 4: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon. You can read up to 4 chapters ahead by joining our Patreon.And please enjoy the chapter~ Part 1 The next day. As I arrived at the Ousei Academy for the first day of school, everyone greeted me with the same cheerful attitude. As I took my seat after greeting everyone one by one, Ryo and Shingo-kun came over to me. Yuuya! Morning! G-good morning, Yuuya-kun. Oh, Ryo and Shingo-kun! Good morning you two. Long time no see feels weird, but its been a while since we hung out at the beach. Are you enjoying your summer vacation? Yeah. How are you two doing? I went to my grandmothers house and went to a relatives party, so I didnt get to hang out much. Well, Im glad everyone is doing well. I-Ive been playing games with the members of the game club. Also, there were a lot of anime in the summer I see; youre both having fun. In my case, I havent even met my parents, let alone my relatives, so its hard to say. I wonder what everyone is doing now? It must be tough, especially with Yota and Sora As I was thinking about this while talking with Ryo and the others, Kaede came in cheerfully. Good morning! Long time no see, everyone! How have you been? Good morning, Kaede. A lot of things happened after we went to the beach, but Im fine. Huh? Im a little curious about the a lot of things part. Right? Yukine. Morning. Ah, Rin-chan! Yukine-chan! Then, Rin and Yukine gathered around my seat, and it became somewhat lively. I think its very nice. Ive never had the pleasure of talking to anyone at school like this before, but its really fun to catch up on whats going on with everyone and have casual conversations like this. Just when I thought the battle against Evil was over and I could spend my time in peace, Im now caught up in a space quarrel. By the way, Ive asked Merl-san to stay home today. I really dont want to let her out of my sight too much, but I guess it cant be helped. Now that Im trying to bring something from the other world to use as fuel for the spaceship, there shouldnt be any problems in particular. Besides, theres Night and the others. As I was thinking about this, Kaori appeared in our classroom. Ah, everyone! Eh? Kaori! Good morning. Yes, good morning! I met Yuuya-san by chance yesterday, but its been a while since Ive seen you all. After Kaori finished greeting everyone, she secretly asked me. By the way, um the woman who was with Yuuya-san yesterday, is she still? Hmm? Yes, Merl-san is still at my house. I think shell be staying at my house until her spaceship is fixed Well, I heard that Ouma-san knows where to find something that could be used as fuel for the spaceship, so I think it wont be long. I-is that so? Um Nothing has happened, has it? Hmm? sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. What is it that thing that messed up my house? Or is it the alien attack itself? There are a lot of crazy things happening around my house at the moment As I was pondering the meaning of Kaoris question, Kaede noticed what we were doing. Hey, hey, what are you two talking about? It seems like youre whispering to each other Eh? Oyaoya? Maybe you two are dating in secret? Eh? R-really!? Rin commented scandalously, and Kaede, who took the words seriously, shouted in shock. T-thats not true! Ive got an acquaintance staying at my house right now, and Kaori happened to meet this person yesterday, so we were just talking about it. T-thats right! Kaori also said that, and for some reason, Kaede showed a deep sense of relief. I-Im so glad I was just. Just? I-its nothing! Ahahaha. She seemed a bit distracted, but if Kaede says so, its probably best not to ask any more questions. In contrast to Kaede, Rin showed a deliberate look of disappointment. What? Its boring. Even if you say its boring But, whos this person thats staying at your house? As Yukine blurted out, Kaede took up the conversation again. T-thats right! The person whos staying at the moment, c-could it be a woman? Eh? T-thats Um How should I say this? Ah Yuuya? You cant fake that already, can you? No way! I-I think I can cover it up Ryo and Shingo-kun have a bitter smile on their faces but I didnt realize that they knew before I tried to fool them Um Well, shes temporarily at my house now, the same way that Yuti is at my house. Oh. You mean that new transfer student everyones talking about? I-its amazing, isnt it? She was popular in the middle school on her first day, and now shes popular in the high school as well Eh, what happened to Yuti? S-so Yuuya-kun who lives with her doesnt even know about it Well, there is a certain air of unworldliness about Yuti, and her physical abilities, as a disciple of the Bow Saint, are excellent in many ways. These days, Kaori has taught her the common sense of our world, so she no longer acts in an outrageous manner, but even so, the natural parts she shows at a moments notice makes people feel more comfortable with her. In any case, Im glad that everyone seemed to have accepted her. Once the conversation went off-topic, I quickly asked everyone about it. Well, you said earlier that you were meeting with your relatives, but did anyone else visit you or go out with you? Kaori then answered my question with a happy expression on her face. Oh, my little sister is coming home tomorrow! Eh, your little sister? Kaori, you have a younger sister? Not only me but also everyone else seemed to have never heard of it and were surprised by Kaoris words. Yes! My little sister has been following my mother overseas for work, and shes currently attending a school overseas Your mother also works abroad, huh The more I hear about it, the more it sounds like an amazing family. Its really amazing. When Kaede and the others sincerely muttered this, Kaori hurriedly continued. N-no! My father and mother are indeed remarkable, but Im not even close! My sister is also working hard overseas, and as an older sister, I cant afford to lose! I think its already amazing that she can think like that, but I guess thats Kaoris strength. When family members are accomplished, its natural to think that youre great too. I think its hard to think of yourself as separate from your family. Its something Id like to learn from. Kaori had been cheerfully talking about welcoming her sister back, but her expression suddenly became cloudy. Hmm? Whats wrong? No, its just that Im really happy that my little sister is coming home, but recently my father has been receiving a lot of threatening letters. Threatening letters? We were all surprised at the unexpected contents. Arent threatening letters too disturbing? Yes. It demanded money If my father didnt pay it, his daughters life would be in danger I-is that all right? Its okay because nothing has happened yet, but because of that, weve been increasing the number of guards lately. Oh, I see No wonder there were so many people guarding Kaori yesterday. Fortunately, Ive given Kaori a crisis ring, which may be difficult to use at school, but if she wears it regularly, shell be able to transfer to my house in an instant if something goes wrong. In the meantime, she should be careful while shes at school. So, to be safe, I dont really want my little sister to come home but since we cant see each other very often, and since shes more feisty than me she doesnt want to lose to the threats S-shes a pretty amazing sister She didnt want to be defeated by the letters. Kaori also has a strong character, but she has never felt particularly strong-willed, which is strange. In terms of personality, is Kaori like Tsukasa-san? They both seem to be calm and composed. When my sister is coming back, my father has prepared proper guards at the airport, so as long as nothing happens to her before she arrives at the airport, I think she will be fine Kaori looked somewhat uneasy, but she seemed to be really looking forward to seeing her sister and seemed happy. I hope everything is fine. While everyone was giving each other updates, the time for homeroom was approaching, so they went back to their respective classrooms and seats to prepare for their assignments. Book 8: Chapter 4: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 Yuuya! What are you doing? Lets go quickly! P-please wait a minute! The day after the school day. As promised, I was to go outside the Earth house with Ouma-san in the morning. Since Ouma-san was finally able to go out, I suggested that we all go out together, including Night and the others, but they decided to stay at home this time so that Ouma-san could enjoy the Earth to his hearts content. It seems that Yuti had made a promise to her friend on the school day, and she was going to spend the day with her friend. Its just as I thought yesterday Im glad to see that shes making friends. However, Merl-san wanted to observe the Earth again, so the three of us Ouma-san, Merl-san, and I decided to go out this time. If the people find out about Ouma-sans identity, Merl-san would erase their memories and information, so it was very reassuring to have her around. I hurriedly held back Ouma-san, who was about to run outside immediately, and warned him once again. Ouma-san! You cant talk when we are outside! Hmm? I know. I will just need to do this anyway. Eh? Ouma-san suddenly turned his gaze to Merl-san and me and closed his mouth. But. Its okay to talk like this, right? Whoa! This is Is this a form of telepathy? What a surprise, Ouma-sans voice resonated directly into my mind! Ouma-sans face was full of pride as he looked at us who were surprised. Fufun. This way, I could talk without using my mouth, you know? T-thats right. By the way, can we also talk to each other through the mind? Yes. This time, I cast a spell on Yuuya and the little girl, so it will not be a problem for us to communicate in our minds while we are outside But, unlike me, if you spend your time in silence, people will look at you strangely, wont they? T-thats true too. If we just have conversations in our minds, from the other peoples perspective, were just walking in silence. Regardless of whether to talk to Ouma-san or even Merl-san, it will look strange to the people around us if we dont talk to them either. For now, Ill only talk to Ouma-san when I have to, and Ill try to keep the conversation in through telepathy. Well, whatever. The problem is solved now, right? Come on, lets go! O-Ouma-san! As soon as we leave the house, I suddenly notice that the people around are looking at Merl-san again. Well, thats obvious. For all intents and purposes, shes wearing an advanced outfit thats far from modern fashion Um Merl-san. I was wondering about this yesterday Is it possible to change that outfit? (Why is that? This equipment is some of the most advanced available in the universe) N-no, um, I mean, on Earth, youd look very conspicuous in that outfit (Fumu From my viewpoint, the Earthlings appearance is much more primitive and outdated.) What the hell. From the space perspective, were outdated. I dont know what fashion is in space. (Well, I guess thats fine. Now, I would like to collect a little data on the clothing around here) When Merl-san touched the terminal on her arm several times, there was a light electronic sound, and then suddenly, Merl-sans clothes began to glow! Wait Merl-san! (Dont worry. I will instantly delete the memories of anyone who witnesses this scene.) Scary! As expected, space technology is scary! Im afraid of memory manipulation and all that. There are no side effects to this, right? Im getting really scared. As I was terrified by the alien technology, the glow of Merl-sans clothes eventually subsided, and she changed into clothes that looked like something a normal woman would wear. (I guess its like this. Ive gathered information from the Earths network, so I dont think its strange looking) Y-yes. I dont think youll have any problem looking like that I didnt know space technology could do that. (Its not a problem. This terminal collects information, and the nanomachines will automatically change my clothes to match the information.) I-I see. By the way, have you already erased the memories of the person who was watching you transform? (Yes. As a reminder, Amels memory manipulation technology is very advanced, so manipulating memories and information will not have any negative effects on anything.) I-I see. Thank goodness! I was wondering what Id do if she said this had any side effects! What can I say? Merl-san and her peoples technology seems to have already stepped into the realm of the gods, and in fact, almost anything that happens in the world could be solved with their technology. However, if Merl-san and her people continue to wage war with the planet Dragonia, it will be terrible if the Earth gets involved in this Regardless of that, Merl-san is now dressed in a way that would be appropriate for walking around the Earth. But her hair still emits phosphorescence, so I cant say that she has completely blended in with the people of Earth Hey, what are you doing? Lets get moving! As we were talking about Merl-sans clothes, the impatient Ouma-san urged us to hurry. We followed him as he started running. Oh! Ouma-sans eyes lit up at the unfamiliar surroundings. This is the world where Yuuya lives, huh The architecture and clothing are different from that world. Well, yes. Especially since Japan is prone to earthquakes, many of the buildings are designed to be resistant to earthquakes Earthquake? Hmm? Does it not exist in the other world? Its like the ground shaking Mm? Of course, the ground shakes when I walk on it No, its not like that Its because the plates are overlapping deep underground, and the impact of them shifting causes the ground to shake. Its a kind of disaster. Oh, so there are natural disasters like that It seems that there are no earthquakes in the other world, and Ouma-san had never heard of it. It was the same for Merl-san, who was listening to the conversation with great interest. (I see. Is it a disaster unique to this planet?) Y-yeah, is that what it is? Well, I dont know about other planets, so I cant say for sure (Right On our planet, there is a disaster called a star storm that occurs periodically.) Star storms? (Yes. I think its the same as a tornado on Earth, but its a disaster where asteroids drifting in space pass by in a spiral, spinning at high speed.) Scary! I think Im going to be minced just by touching it. Are you okay with that? The scale of disasters in space is also very different Of course, earthquakes are also terrifying, but As we proceeded with this conversation, Ouma-san reacted to a car running on the road. Mm? Yuuya, what the hell is that? I cant feel any magic in that thing. Its a car, you know. Its not powered by magic; its powered by a fuel called gasoline. How can it be powered by anything other than magic? (Well, its a rather primitive energy source, isnt it? Nowadays, the mainstream is using starlight as energy or even magic power) Heh.. by the way, Merl-sans spaceship doesnt work with that starlight? (Yes, unfortunately I dont have the parts on hand.) Apparently, thats not going to work. While I was talking with Merl-san and admiring the alien technology, I suddenly realized something and asked Ouma-san in my mind. Speaking of which, Ouma-san, arent you interested in Merl-sans planet and the spaceship? Yes, Merl-sans planet is definitely more civilized than Earths, and I think it would be much more fun than seeing Earths civilization Then Ouma-san snorted. Hmph. Id be lying if I said it didnt bother me, but Its boring. B-boring? The little girls planet has advanced to a level of civilization that I find hard to imagine. The technology on her planet is close to the realm of the gods. (Right. I believe that most things can be done. With our technology, we could extend the lifespan of the people of Earth by a thousand years, and there is no such thing as death by disease on our planet.) Eeh? T-thousand years, you say? And there is no such thing as death by disease? The space is amazing. Theres nothing interesting about it anymore. In comparison, this Earth where Yuuya lives is a civilization that my imagination can barely catch up with, and every single thing about it is very interesting. S-so, thats how it is I dont know about it, but I guess a TV that can project images at a distance is just within the range of Ouma-sans imagination. Its a difficult thing to figure out. From my perspective, all the things on Earth are natural and convenient, but from Merl-sans perspective, they must all be inefficient and inconvenient. Yet, from Merl-sans perspective, these inconveniences may be exquisitely interesting. Its a realm I dont understand anymore. So with that in mind, Ouma-san and Merl-san continued to walk happily, reacting to everything they saw, but Ouma-sans figure seemed to stand out, and people on the street looked at him with wide eyes. Whoa? W-whats that? That pet Wa eh? Thats the guy who appeared in the magazine, isnt it? Eh? Ah, yeah! Whats that animal? I dont know? Its like a monitor lizard, maybe? I see a monitor lizard, huh? I didnt know there were dragon-like reptiles like that I mean, taking a walk with a lizard like that is rare. Well, a lizard that size probably needs to be taken for a walk. They looked at him curiously, but fortunately, they didnt seem to be disgusted by him, which was a relief. Some people were not fond of reptiles. Well I dont know if the Genesis Dragon can be classified as a reptile though. As I was about to reassure myself, one of the people looking at me suddenly opened his mouth in displeasure. Dont bring your pets into the city. Youre disturbing me Ah? At that moment, Ouma-sans eyes suddenly sharpened, and he tried to put tremendous pressure on the person who had just muttered those words! I was so panicked that I immediately stopped him in my mind. Stop, Ouma-san, stop! Youre supposed to be a lizard right now! And yet, if you go out of control here, youll ruin everything! But, Yuuya. That human said I was disturbing I understand how you feel, but you have to be patient here! Mm Im annoyed, but Ill leave it at that just this once After one last glare, Ouma-san turned his head away. Then, it seems that my restraint was just a little too late, and the man who made the remark earlier walked away quickly with a pale face. Im really sorry Ah! Its a lizard! Eh? Mmm? As we continued our walk, we attracted the attention of the people around us. A group of children from the nursery school, who also seemed to be out on a walk, noticed Ouma-san and raised their voices. The children approached Ouma-san without fear. W-what is it? Its Lizard-san! Awesome! Cool! Its so big! The nursery school teacher bowed her head apologetically to the bewildered Ouma-san, who was suddenly surrounded by children. I-Im so sorry! The children are No, no, its okay. Hey, hey! Can I touch it? Me, me! Ill touch it too! Then the children shouted to touch Ouma-san, and the teacher looked more and more troubled. I watched them and talked to Ouma-san in my mind. Hey, Ouma-san. The kids want to touch you, is that okay? What? Why should I allow that? But look at the kids. Look at their eyes; theyre so excited Ugh? As I said, the children were itching to touch Ouma-san, and their eyes were shining as they stared at him. As expected, Ouma-san couldnt bear the pure gaze of the children and nodded reluctantly. Eei, it cant be helped However, you must cut it out in moderation! I still want to enjoy the Earth! S~ea??h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thank you. I thanked Ouma-san and told the nursery school teacher. Its okay to touch him. But please dont be too rough. Im really sorry Look, everyone. Lets take turns stroking it gently. Yes! The children responded cheerfully and took turns touching Ouma-sans body. Whoa! So smooth! So cool! It looks like a dragon! Its so thick! H-hey, thats enough, isnt it? Right? Well, well. Just a little more. No, but Hey, kid! Dont grip my tail so hard! Oh, dont touch my horn so carelessly! Youll hurt yourself! Hey, dont get carried away! The arrogant and self-righteous Ouma-san faltered in front of the children. After children were satisfied with some touches, they smiled. Thank you, Onii-chan! Bye, bye, lizard-san! Im really sorry Thank you very much. No, no. Im glad they enjoyed it too. After waving goodbye to the children and the nursery school teachers, who bowed repeatedly, Ouma-san laid down on the spot, looking exhausted. T-those children are fearless I never thought they would be so unreserved with me But werent they cute? Well, I guess. Unlike those ugly people who have aged unnecessarily, children are pure and good. Well, theres a certain recklessness that comes with being a child. Mmm, wasted age is not that there arent adults like that, but. A few moments later, Ouma-san got up and began to walk again, regaining his composure. Now, were still going. Follow me closely! Yes, yes. Merl-san and I followed Ouma-san as he continued on his way. Book 8: Chapter 4: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 Even after we parted ways with the children from the nursery school, we were often approached by people who wanted to know more about Ouma-san. Some of them were knowledgeable about reptiles, and they would eagerly ask questions about Ouma-san, who was obviously not a creature of the Earth, but those people were having their memories of Ouma-san erased by the terminal attached to Merl-sans arm. If left unchecked, it could lead to troublesome situations like, New species discovered! and I was grateful for that because it would have turned out to be troublesome. Space technology is really amazing. While all this was going on, we decided to take a break at a nearby cafe. Ouma-san wanted a cake, so I bought one and placed it in front of him. There was a problem with showing Ouma-san eating the cake, so I had him wear a cloak to hide himself. However, from the other peoples perspective, it would look as if the cake on the ground was disappearing by itself. Of course, I made sure that the cake would not be visible to others. I dont understand why it has to be hidden from view Umu, delicious! (Its really delicious. In terms of nutrition, its inefficient, and eating too much of it may be harmful to your health, but in terms of taste, its very good.) I-Im glad you like it. Ouma-san continued to eat the cake, his mouth covered in cream. So, what do you want to do after this? The place is Well, I dont think you know anything about Earth, but do you want to go somewhere? Umu, yeah I would prefer to go to a place with a lot of people. Eh, a place with a lot of people? Yeah. I was surprised by Ouma-sans unexpected request. Ive always had the impression that he hated being in crowded places. Hmm? Dont get me wrong. I dont like noisy places either. T-then why? Its simple. I thought it would be fun to go to a place where many people from this world gather. I see At the moment, I was taking a walk around my neighborhood, but as Ouma-san said, if we went to a place with a lot of people, there would be a lot to do. I dont know what Ouma-san is really interested in, but if he wants to go, Ill just go along with it. I understand. Then, lets go to a place with many people. Umu! If it were really the case, I might take him to an amusement park, a zoo, or an aquarium, but as expected, its a bit far from my house, so Ill pass this time. Besides, even if we could get into the park, there is no guarantee that I could take Ouma-san to all the attractions. So we resumed our walk, and as Ouma-san requested, we came to a busy downtown area O-oh! Whats with all the people here? Is there a festival going on? No, its like this every day. Every day? Why? W-why, you ask? Well, thinking purely about it, is it because there are various shopping facilities here? Ive been thinking seriously about the reason why there are so many people in this place, and then Ouma-san spoke into my mind again. Hey, Yuuya! Whats that? Eh? Oh, thats a large screen. What interested Ouma-san was the large TV set embedded in the wall of the building. It seemed to be broadcasting the news right now. Hoho this is the kind of thing that can be found on Earth. (When the technology gets a little more advanced, itll turn into a hologram.) Whats that? (Its a technology that creates three-dimensional images instead of just projecting them on a screen like that.) I still dont understand your technology. And dont interfere with my enjoyment of the show. (I-Im sorry.) Merl-san averted her gaze awkwardly as Ouma-san glared at her. From Merl-sans perspective, the scenery here is probably full of outdated things. As I was thinking about this, Ouma suddenly asked me. By the way, Yuuya. Whats a hijacking? Eh? I was startled by the sudden outrageous word, but Ouma-san continued to stare at the large screen. What was that hijacking on the large screen? The only thing thats been shown there is something about a hijacking. Is that all theyre going to show? N-no, not really like that, but When I turned my attention to the large screen, the newscaster reported that one of the planes heading to Japan had been hijacked. Breaking news. Currently, a plane scheduled to arrive at XXX airport has been hijacked. Hijacked. Seriously? Isnt that bad? I mean, is that really possible? As the people in the surrounding area looked up at the news on the large screen, I had a bad feeling about it. Then the newscaster confirmed my bad premonition. The hijackers are demanding a ransom from the Houjou family, one of the wealthiest families in Japan, for the people on board the plane. ! Houjou? Kaoris family! As I recall, she said her sister was supposed to be back today, but could it be When I was stunned by the content of the news, Ouma-san asked me again. Whats going on? Yuuya. And what is hijacking anyway? There are airplanes that fly in the sky carrying people on this planet, and criminals hijack them. I see In other words, the airplane has been hijacked and is in trouble right now. So why are you looking so pale? Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Err the plane thats being hijacked right now seems to have Kaoris family, who Ouma-san has also met before, on it I want to go help her somehow. But how should I do that? Ive no way to fly in the sky. Theres a chance that I could use magic, but even while Im taking the time to do that What are you thinking about? You should just go. But how do I get to the sky? Yuuya. Who do you think is in here? Eh? No way! As my eyes widened in surprise, Ouma-san grinned at me. Well lets enjoy the Earths blue sky! Kasumi Houjou was glaring at one of the hijackers in front of her. Contrary to Kaoris neat and clean image, Kasumis short haircut with outer split ends gave her a somewhat lively impression. In contrast, the hijackers all wore ski masks and were armed with guns. Do you know who I am? Yeah, of course I know who you are. Youre the daughter of one of the worlds wealthiest families, the Houjou family, which has branched out into various fields in Japan, including school management, right? And its your fathers fault for ignoring all the threatening letters we sent him. So, if we kidnap you, we can collect ransom money. It wont be that easy. Hmph. What an impolite thing to say for a rich girl. This is just enough for people like you. Dont piss us off too much, okay? If you want to get home in one piece, that is. ! With the gun pointed at her head, Kasumi wanted to cry out, but she held it back and stared at the hijacker in front of her. She lived abroad with her mother and only had the chance to see her father Tsukasa and her sister Kaori a few times a year when they were on vacation. Although Tsukasa had told her not to come back this time because of the threatening letters that had been sent to her house, she didnt want to miss this rare opportunity to see her older sister, so she boarded the plane to Japan. Of course, she had hired an escort to make sure everything was safe on the plane However, the hijackers posed not only as passengers but also as a member of the crew, and they neutralized Kasumis escorts one after another. Normally, Kasumi had a strong temperament like her mother, but now she was quiet. It was difficult for a junior high school student like Kasumi to remain strong in a situation where even the adults were afraid. The man holding the gun to her head snorted as Kasumi glared at the criminal with all her might. Hah. That was cute. At best, you can be a hostage for us to make money. Then another man asked a question. Hey, if we get the money, are we really going to give her back? I mean, shes so cute when you look at her face; what a waste, right? !? The man let out a sigh as Kasumi stiffened in the unpleasant gaze that was suddenly directed at her. Hmph I dont understand how you can lust after a kid like this. Well, Im not saying Im going to return her when we get the money. After getting what we want, you can do whatever you want with her. Hyahh! Im getting excited! Kasumi stiffened more and more against the man who was giving her the vilest gaze. As the hijackers continued their despicable assault, Kasumi closed her eyes and prayed for help to arrive. (Father, Nee-chan, help me!) It was then that Kasumi suddenly noticed the window behind her. (If I could just jump out of this window) Even though she knew it was impossible, she couldnt help but think about it as she looked out the window Thats when it happened. ..Eh? Outside the window, she saw two people, a young man, and a woman, who were in parallel with the horizon. Eh, wa Eh? This is in the sky, right? Why are there people? Whats really happening? Kasumi is confused. One of them, the young man, noticed Kasumi and waved his hand to her with a wry smile. Kasumi shook her head in panic as the young man waved his hand, catching her by surprise. Whats going on? There was a very handsome man and a woman with strange hair outside the window, but Is it my hallucination? As Kasumi continued to be confused on her own, the plane suddenly shook loudly. Kyaa! W-what? Hey, just fly this goddamn thing properly! The hijackers were also shouting at the sudden shaking when one of them came rushing from the cockpit. L-listen! I dont know why, but the plane has landed! Huh? What do you mean it landed? Were in the sky! B-but its true! I cant control the plane at all, and it wont move from the spot as if it had landed! The hijackers immediately rushed to the window to look out. Then. W-what the hell is this? Hey, hey, whats this rugged land? Is it even a land? Its dark purple and doesnt look right to me! The commotion spread not only among the hijackers and Kasumi but also among the other passengers, leading to a huge commotion. Tsk Hey, you bastards! Just go and shut the passengers up! A-alright. The moment the hijackers tried to rush to the place where the other passengers were. Guaaaaahh? Wa? One of the hijackers, who was supposed to be heading towards the passengers just now, was blown back in a big way. While everyone was confused by the incomprehensible situation, a man approached Kasumi. It was. Ah, the guy from earlier! Ah, yes. When Kasumi pointed at him, he smiled as if he was in trouble. Book 8: Chapter 4: Part 4 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 4 This was before I rushed into the plane. We moved from the downtown area to a nearby park. With a mischievous smile on his face, Ouma-san proposed a ridiculous idea: he would return to his normal size and make us ride on his back and then he would fly to the bottom of the hijacked plane. Indeed, if he did that, we can fly through the sky without any problem, but Ouma-sans existence will definitely be exposed What are you worrying about? That little girls machine can erase human memories, anyway. (Yes, I can erase it.) How can you be so casual? Sure, it doesnt matter if there are no side effects! But dont just talk about erasing memories so easily! B-but if the hijackers get out of control and crash the plane Then I would just keep it on my back. Wha? When I froze at this outrageous statement, Ouma-san continued. You remember why Im this size in the first place, dont you? Y-yes. Its the effect of the [Pill of Large and Small Changes] Ah! You realized? By taking that pill, I can become even bigger than my original size. If I do that, I will be able to put the plane on my back. Ouma-sans original form was indeed more than big enough, but if he becomes even bigger I cant imagine how it would be. Of course, if I just place it on my back, the wind will blow it off. Ill use my magic to keep it in place. Ouma-san, youre amazing! Fuhahaha! I know, I know! Im the Genesis Dragon, after all! Ah, thats right! Are you forgetting it? No, its not that I forgot about it, but I didnt get a chance to see much of what hes capable of as the Genesis Dragon. W-well, isnt that nice? Then lets go right to it! Mm Youve seemed to have avoided the question somehow but thats okay. Then, stay away for a while! When Ouma-san took off his pet clothes, he grew larger and larger on the spot. The people around us widened their eyes at the sight of Ouma-sans huge size, since he was no longer trying to hide from the people. W-what is that? W-what the hell is going on here? N-no way? A dragon? Hey take a photo! As everyone rushed to take pictures and videos, Merl-san jumped on the back of the enlarged Ouma-san and said plainly. (Okay, Ill erase it then.) Eh ah H-huh? The eyes of the people nearby gradually became vacant, and they began to stare blankly. Eh, there are really no side effects, right? This is really okay, isnt it? What are you doing? Get on my back now. (Thats right. Their consciousness is clouded by the effects of the memory manipulation right now, but if they wake up again, Ill have to erase their memories again) I-I understand! Even if there are no side effects, it would not be good to have your memory manipulated repeatedly. I hurriedly jumped on Ouma-sans back, and he smiled. Now that youre on board. Then P-please wait! If I dont hold on properly, the wind will Just when I thought Ouma-san had just spread his wings we were already above the clouds. N-no way Hmph. Im not just a dragon that you can find anywhere. Its no big deal to soar into the sky like this. (A-amazing) I didnt feel the movement as we flew up into the sky, and in an instant, we were above the clouds. Merl-san seemed to be surprised and dumbfounded by this. (W-who the heck is Ouma-san exactly? How can he fly so high in an instant?) Hmm. There is no way that others can measure who I am, you know? More importantly I can see it now. Eh? Ouma-sans words caught my attention and I looked ahead to see a plane. Is that the plane that was hijacked? Thats right. Ouma-san, can you fly alongside it? Id like to check the situation inside through the window Fine. Ouma-san quietly accelerated and was instantly alongside the plane. The flight was so smooth that I didnt feel the slightest bit of the jerk. Hows it? Whats it like inside? Um When I looked into the window, I saw a group of men wearing ski masks, holding guns, and walking around, clearly indicating that they were criminals. Yeah, it seems that they are on this plane Just as I was about to say that, I saw a girl notice us outside the window and stare at us in amazement. The girl looked so appalled that I smiled and waved my hand lightly. The girl followed suit and waved back but then immediately shook her head. Apparently, she couldnt believe what she was seeing. I guess thats understandable. If I were in her shoes, Id doubt my eyes and brain, too. Hmm? Hey, Yuuya. Whats the result? Oh, Im sorry! This is the right plane! I see. Then Ill immediately use binding magic to hold this plane to my back! As soon as he said that, Ouma-sans figure grew larger and larger until it was so huge that it looked like an island. Then, despite being such a giant, he moved right underneath the plane without making a sound and then floated up to the sky to put the plane on his back. Ouma-san activated his magic to bind the plane on his back. Umu. The binding was completed without any problems. You take care of the inside. U-understood! Ive had Ouma-sans help up to this point. I cant afford to fail on my part. As I approached the plane to board it, I noticed something. How am I supposed to get into this plane? Sear?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thats right; I dont have any way to get inside the plane. If I were to simply break down the door, I could get in, but if I did that, theres a chance that the air pressure or something would suck the things out from the cabin, like in the movies. Since Merl-san and I are able to stand on Ouma-sans back without any problems, it seems that Ouma-san has taken care of the air pressure and wind pressure, but I want to be sure. Then, Merl-san opened his mouth. (You just need to get inside this plane, right?) Eh? Ah, yes. Can you do something about it? But even if you do, Id like to make sure theres no danger to the passengers inside (Please leave this to me. Amels technology is far ahead of this planets.) Space technology is so amazing. No, in this case, is it the planet Amel thats amazing? Anyway, I can only thank Merl-san for her technology. When Merl-san lightly operated the terminal in place, something like a vortex appeared at the planes boarding gate. (If you dive through this, you can get inside.) Thank you very much! While thanking Merl-san, I hurriedly entered the plane and tried to get to the men with the ski masks I had seen earlier. As I did so, I walked down the passenger corridor, and everyones eyes widened at the sudden appearance of Merl-san and me. W-what? Where did you come from? Then, one of the men in a ski mask appeared from the other side of the corridor. Wha? Hey, why are you wandering around The man said something as he held up his gun, but I didnt listen to him until the end. I closed the distance between us and unleashed a palm strike on the mans body. Guaaaaahhhh! Wha? The man was blown away, breaking the walls of the plane and plunging into a certain area. There were other men in ski masks who seemed to be with the man, as well as a girl. Ah, the guy from before! Ah, yes. The girl pointed at me and shouted, to which I responded by raising my hand. But when the men saw me, they all raised their guns at once. Then, one of them pulled the girl closer and pointed his gun at her. Hey, dont move! .. Who are you? Are you some kind of special forces? Youve got a lot of nerve coming in here with just two people, huh? I dont know how you got here, but you need to disarm yourself and put your head on the floor. If you dont, this woman will As the man said that, he brought the gun even closer to the girl, and the girls face tightened with fear. At that moment, I released all the power from the [Magic Attire], the Evil and [Holy Kings Authority]. In an instant, I approached the man who was holding the girl hostage, and I knocked him away and took the girl in my arms. Gugyaaahhh! Eh? Are you okay? The girl didnt seem to understand what had happened and stared at me in a daze, but eventually, she realized her situation and nodded while her face turning red. Huh? This girl seems to be somewhat similar to Kaori Could it be that you are Kaoris? Eh!? D-do you know my sister? Ah, no ahahaha. The girl who heard my mumbling opened her eyes and stared at me. I was just surprised that I slipped my mouth. I laughed at the girls reaction as if to cover it up, but I had to deal with this situation first. But for now, Im glad shes okay. Merl-san, can I ask you to take care of this girl? (Yes, Ill take care of her.) I left the girl in Merl-sans care and turned my gaze to the hijackers, who were stunned not only by the instantaneous rescue of the hostage but also by the defeat of their comrades. Are you the only people left? Wha? H-hey, you guys! Kill them now! B-but the ransom It doesnt matter! The plan has failed. Were going to take them all out! Just do it! Y-yeah! The men took up what looked like machine guns and fired mercilessly at us. They were firing wildly without regard for the other passengers or the plane, and if they continued, they might break the planes windows and cause damage to other passengers. So I carefully retrieved all the bullets that had been fired. Now that Ive activated my [Magic Attire], Evil, and even [Holy Kings Authority], the speed of the bullets is very slow, and I have plenty of time to collect them without causing any damage to my surroundings. The men were shooting their bullets, and when they finally ran out of ammunition, their faces turned pale. H-hey, whats going on with why are the passengers and the plane unharmed! H-hes not human this isnt the world of manga! I may indeed be unreasonable from their perspective. But if I can save someones life, I wouldnt care for the method. Haah! I threw away the bullets I had collected on the spot, and this time I put the men out of their consciousness one after another and finally succeeded in restraining them, including the hijackers who were in the cockpit. Book 8: Chapter 4: Part 5 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ED: Blast Part 5 I-Im so tired After all the hijackers were restrained, and the plane was safely secured, I quickly returned to Ouma-sans with Merl-san and left the place. Ah, Merl-san, Im sorry, but can you please erase the memory of everyone there regarding Ouma-san? (Yes. Ill take care of it.) Thank you very much! Phew Thats a relief. This should take care of the cleanup. Ouma-san seemed to be more satisfied with the air trip than expected, and after defeating the hijackers, we returned and decided to rest at home. I didnt expect to move so much In the end, as a result of putting the girls safety as the top priority, I even activated the [Holy Kings Authority] even though there is no Evil anymore. But I never thought Id see Kaoris sister in a situation like that. Im glad that I could save everyone, including Kaoris sister, thanks to me activating the [Holy Kings Authority]. When I was relaxing at home, Yuti came home from playing with her friends today. Returning home. Im back. Oh, welcome back. Question. Yuuya, were you on a plane today? Eh? When I froze at the unexpected question, Yuti continued. I watched it. When I was playing with Haruna and the others, I heard the news. The hijacking of a plane was already a huge fuss, but now a single young man has defeated the hijackers and solved the problem. What? Thats ridiculous! Merl-san certainly has the memories related to Ouma-san. A Aaaahhh! Merl-san, when I say related to Ouma-san, it doesnt include me? As I shouted out, Merl-san approached me, tilting her head. (Is there any problem?) Um, you erased the memory related to Ouma-san, right? (Yes, thats right. I completely erased all memories related to Ouma-san.) About Ouma-san, you say? C-could it be, though, that about Merl-san and me? (Hmm? I didnt erase it.) I knew it, aaaaahhh! In other words, she erased the memories relating to Ouma-san, who managed to bind the plane on his back and flew gracefully in the sky, but she did not erase the memory relating to me, who fought the hijackers in the plane. Merl-san! Please erase that memory too, right now! (Thats going to be difficult.) ..Eh? (Memories and records need to be erased as soon as possible after the event has taken place. This time, it cant be erased anymore since quite a lot of time has passed already) N-no waaayyy! I was hoping for a little more help from space technology! Convinced. I knew it was Yuuya. Ugh W-what should I do But, now that I think about it, I moved to a place where the passengers were so early, so they didnt see my face that much right? The only people who have seen my face are the hijackers I beat and Kaoris sister, who I rescued. I-it will be fine. I believe it wont be a big deal! Even though deep down I felt it was too late, I told myself that. Kasumi! Father, Nee-chan! When Kasumi Houjou arrived safely at the airport, there were many people there, including the police and the media. In the midst of all this, Kasumi found her father Tsukasa and her sister Kaori first and rushed over to them. Tsukasa hugged Kasumi tightly. Im glad Im really glad Y-yeah sorry for worrying you Kasumi, who was usually energetic and strong-willed, was quite gloomy at this moment. However, Tsukasa shook his head slowly and smiled warmly. No, Im just glad Kasumi is safe. Yeah By the way, I heard that a young man defeated the hijackers? When Tsukasa asked, Kasumis eyes brightened as if her earlier gloominess had been a lie. Yes, yes! Its amazing! A very handsome Onii-san and a strange haired Onee-san appeared out of nowhere, and the Onii-san defeated the hijackers in an instant! U-ugh Its hard to believe, but the other passengers also said they saw a young man and a girl. Tsukasa could only groan at the unrealistic situation. But Kaori had an idea of the young man and muttered to herself in dismay. A woman with unusual hair? Dont tell me Yuuya-san? That Onii-san was so cool! I wonder if we can meet again? S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Eh? Kaori reacted to Kasumis words, which were muttered in a somewhat dreamy way. Hmm? Nee-chan, whats wrong? Eh? I-its nothing! More importantly, Im really glad that Kasumi is safe Yeah, thanks, Nee-chan. Kasumi smiled embarrassedly, as she hugged Kaori, and told her cheerfully. Im back! Welcome back! In this way, the happiness of the Houjou family was preserved through the efforts of Yuuya. <> Table of Content Book 8: Chapter 5: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 1 Well are there any materials in this direction that could be used to power a spaceship? Yeah. Where are we headed, by the way? Youll find out when we get there. Thats obvious, isnt it? The next day. After waking up in the morning and finishing breakfast, we decided to leave immediately and walked through the wilderness with Ouma-san leading the way. You might be wondering why we were suddenly in the wilderness. But we hadnt been teleported anywhere, nor had we been carried by Ouma-san, who had returned to his original size. We were really walking in the wilderness right after leaving the house. It seemed that the place where we live was originally a part in the depths of the [Great Devils Nest]. In the depths of the Great Devils Nest, there were many black hardwood trees and powerful monsters like the Mithril Boar. In addition, in the depths of the forest there should have been magic stones SS-grade or higher that could be used to power the spaceship. Ive never seen them, though. During the battle with Avis, his attack wiped out the entire forest behind Sage-sans house, and the vastness of the [Great Devils Nest] was reduced to nothing. But Hmm? Hyii? Yuuya!? As I was walking, I suddenly felt a strange sensation on the bottom of my foot, and the moment I moved my foot, a tree grew out of the ground where my foot had just been, piercing the sky! W-what is that? Why is it suddenly growing out of nowhere? As I stepped away in surprise, I placed my foot on another spot and felt the same sensation on the sole of my foot again. C-could it be When I moved my foot, I had a terrible premonition that a tree was growing out of the ground again! Hey whats going on here? sea??h th§× Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I moved from one place to another, trees began to grow one after another in an instant, transforming themselves into magnificent black hardwood trees. Astonished. This growth rate is out of the ordinary. (Even if this is a phenomenon unique to this land its out of the ordinary for a mature tree to suddenly grow out of the barren ground!) Yuti, Merl-san, Night, and others continued to avoid the black hardwood tree that suddenly sprouted as if attacking. Then, Ouma-san, who was flying in the lead, told us with a dumbfounded look. What are you surprised about? The amount of magic power floating around in the [Great Devils Nest] is the highest in this world. The life force of the plants that grow there is also extraordinary. These [Black Hardwood Trees] were once wiped out by that Evil attack, but I guess they left their seeds in the ground and were ready to revive at the slightest stimulus. It would take some time for the monsters to return to their original numbers, but nature should be able to revive soon. The impact of your feet may have accidentally triggered the regeneration. Isnt the life force too strong? How could they just skip the budding and suddenly become mature trees? As I was bewildered by the unbelievable vitality of the Great Devils Nest, Ouma-san laughed. Well, even though the number of monsters has yet to return to normal, it doesnt mean they arent around. Eh? The moment I was about to ask what he meant, I felt the strong presence of a monster. In addition, the location is! Under our feet again? We immediately jumped away from the spot, and something jumped out from the ground where we were just now with tremendous force! And this time, its not a tree. Kishaaaaaaa! T-thats? Astonished. Thats the [Gluttony Worm]. Gluttony Worm? The name gave off a very bad vibe. It looked terrifying, and although there were no eye-like parts, it had a huge mouth that could easily swallow up a dozen people and had a huge amount of teeth lined up in a row. Its skin was slimy and gnarly, and it looked like a giant worm. I immediately activated my [Identification] skill. [Gluttony Worm] Level: 5 Magic Power: 2,000 Attack: 100,000 Defense: 5,000 Agility: 1,000 Intelligence: 10,000 Luck: 1,000 100,000 Attack Power? Whats with the outrageous stats? I havent seen this aside from Master Usagi who has over 100,000! However, this monster seemed to be an ambush-type monster, and it was a relief that its agility was not that high. But its still dangerous Merl-san, who was seeing the monster of this world for the first time, groaned as she operated her terminal. (Is this the creature of this planet? I understand that this planet is different from Earth, but the patterns of life and genetic information are also very different. Even so its amazing that a single creature can possess so much power.) Um, Merl-san. I know its a little late to ask, but can you fight, Merl-san? (Unfortunately, I cant use the battle mode on this device yet.) I see So, Akatsuki, will you stay here and protect Merl-san? Buhi! When I asked him to do so, Akatsuki raised his paw as if to say, Leave it to me. Pi! Pii! Hey, you stay over here. If you go out there, its not good for Yuuyas training. Pi? Ciel offered to help fill the hole left by Akatsuki but was stopped by Ouma-san. Ugh, it would have been reassuring to have Ciels support Well, I somehow expected this to happen, so no problem. Well then, Yuti, Night. We are the only ones fighting; can we do this? I asked, and Yuti gave me an indescribable look. Unknown. Gluttony Worm is a legendary monster. Legendary? Affirmative. Its the same as Ouma-san, the kind of monster that appears in legends. I believe it was one of the Seven Deadly Sins. Seven Deadly Sins? Are they the same as the Seven Deadly Sins that also appear in stories on Earth? Well, its called Gluttony, so its probably the same. So in terms of the name, it bears the name [Violent Eating]? Isnt that right? I dont know the details, though. But why is it that the same or similar concept as Earths Seven Deadly Sins exists in this world? I wonder. The more I hear about it, the worse it sounds, but cant we just avoid it It seems impossible, huh? Affirmative. We are definitely being targeted. It seems to move slowly, but we dont know what kind of attack it has. As I listened to Yutis words, I turned my gaze to Ouma-san, but Ouma-san was not looking at me as he held Ciel. It must have been hungry because of the lack of food since the forest in this area was wiped out. If you dont defeat it, it will eat you. So it will be difficult to escape Even Ouma-san, as expected, would say something if it was an enemy we couldnt defeat, which probably means we can defeat it. Maybe. It cant be helped. Yuti, Night. Lets handle this on our own. Affirmative. Ill do my best. Woof! With the reliable voices of the two as a signal, I took out my [Omni-Sword] and slashed at the Gluttony Worm. (Wha whats that weapon?) As Yuuya and the others begin to battle the Gluttony Worm, Merl rolled her eyes when she saw the weapon Yuuya was holding. Its something my friend, the Sage, left behind. (The Sage? No, more importantly, how could a single individual have created such a thing?) Yeah. Because there was nothing he couldnt do. (Thats absurd) Unlike Yuuya, Merl came from a planet where science and technology were at their most advanced and could infer the power contained in various objects from the electromagnetic waves that flooded them. Moreover, the terminal attached to Merls arm can be used to make more accurate measurements. It was only when she saw the weapon in Yuuyas hand and the storage room of Yuuyas house that Merl felt that it was outrageous without the need to even use the terminal. Even Merl, who had traveled through various universes in search of the blueprint, didnt know of any other place where such extraordinary power was swirling around. In addition, the wave of power in the storage room would have easily collapsed not only the Earth but also the entire universe, but somehow it has remained in that space, perfectly intact. It was no exaggeration to call it an act of God, and Merl could not prove it with the science she knew. And the surprise didnt end there. Hey This guys skin is too slippery to cut! Surprisingly, even though Yuuya slashed at the Gluttony Worm with his [Omni-Sword], the blade could not penetrate the Gluttony Worms skin properly to cut it. (That weapon didnt work?) Its certified as an S-class because of the small amount of magic power it contains within its body, but if you look at its ability alone, its one of the best among the monsters. They called it one of the Seven Deadly Sins for that very reason. (What are the Seven Deadly Sins?) I dont know much about it. Its a title that humans have given them arbitrarily. No, was it the Sage? I dont know where he got the idea from, but he said something like that a long time ago. In any case, there are at least six more troublesome types of monsters like the Gluttony Worm inhabiting this world. (What do you mean, there are still six more kinds of creatures like that?) Merls eyes widened at the fact that Ouma had told her. In the meantime, when Yuuya found out that the [Omni-Sword] could not be used, he stored the [Omni-Sword] in his item box and took out the [Absolute Spear]. (Wha? Whats with those weapons? Is there more than one weapon that can contain that much power?) Hahahahaha! Is that your common sense? Dont talk about the Sage with such a narrow view. (Its not just my common sense, its the common sense of the universe) Merl began to feel dizzy. Originally, she had come to collect the blueprint for an anti-celestial annihilation weapon to protect her planet from the Dragonia aliens. No one would have thought that there would be a weapon that surpassed all the technology of Amel on such a remote and empty planet. Merl was surprised and fatigued, but Ouma laughed in amusement. Its nice to be amazed by Sages weapon, but its not just the weapon thats amazing. (Eh?) Although there are still many things that are lacking, I sense a similar vibe in master Yuuya as in the Sage. Even I cannot measure his potential. When Ouma had just said this, Yuuya unleashed his [Magic Attire] and Evils power that had laid dormant within him, as he overwhelmed the Gluttony Worm. However, as a last-ditch effort, the Gluttony Worm went on a rampage, its huge body undulating wildly. Then, the aftermath of the attack headed towards Merl. (Ah!) Merl, who had been caught completely off guard, was unable to avoid the stone pebbles launched by the Gluttony Worms violent movements. In addition, Merl was still unable to use her battle mode. Watch out! In an instant, Yuuya came to Merls side and held her in his arms. Im sorry! My lack of power has put Merl-san in danger Are you okay? (Eh Ah Yes) I see Please stay here for now. Ill defeat it properly this time. Thats all Yuuya told her, and then he put Merl down at a further distance and headed straight for the Gluttony Worm. Merl was taken aback by the sight. In response to Merle, Ouma smiled proudly. Do you understand now? That guy is amazing. But Merl could not say anything. Book 8: Chapter 5: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 I-Im tired Affirmative. I need to rest. Woof. After we managed to defeat the Gluttony Worm, I crouched down. Although we were not injured in any way, facing an attack power of 100,000 was mentally exhausting. The threat forced us to fight while being conscious of the fact that even a single blow was dangerous. If it were only about status, it would be close to Mithril Boar or something like that, but no matter how I looked at it, the Gluttony Worm was by far the stronger opponent. After all, as the name [Violent Eating] implies, it would eat anything. Moreover, since it compresses the food it eats inside its body and spits it out at super high speed, it is powerful both as a long-range and a short-range attack Furthermore, even though I defeated such a powerful enemy, my level did not increase. Seriously? Then, Ouma-san and the others who had been watching our battle approached us. Hmph. Why dont you take that thing down as quickly as possible? Even though the arrogant Evil from before can do it the current master should be able to handle it as well. Thats how strong youve become, you know? N-no, as expected, I cant be compared to Avis, but still, it was strong, and theres no way I can have any leeway fighting it. If anything, its one of the strongest monsters Ive ever fought What are you talking about? Its good to be humble, but its also true that the results of your daily training are showing. You need to compliment yourself a little bit, too. Thats But that doesnt change the fact that youre still inexperienced. Which one is the right one? I dont know if I can compliment myself if you say so. As I let out a sigh at Ouma-sans words, I looked at the dropped items with my [Identification] skill. [Violent Eating Helminth Skin] :: The skin of the Gluttony Worm, which is said to devour everything with its limitless appetite. The skin of the Gluttony Worm is constantly secreting slippery mucus from its surface, making it incredibly soft and difficult to cut. [Magic Stone : S] :: Rank S. A special ore that can be obtained from monsters with magic power. [Violent Eatings Cleaner] :: Rare drop item for Gluttony Worm. A cleaner that bears the name of one of the Seven Deadly Sins, Violent Eating. It only sucks in objects that its owner recognizes as garbage. On the other hand, it does not suck in anything that the owner does not recognize as garbage. There is no limit to the amount of garbage it can suck in, and the garbage it sucks in can be converted into energy. However, it cannot suck in living organisms. It is very light and does not require a power source because it works by converting the garbage it sucks in into energy. A portable cordless cleaner that is easy to use. It is the only cleaner that does not change its suction power. What the heck is this? Nothing was shocking about the skin or the magic stone. If I had to say one thing, it would be that the skin of the Gluttony Worm was a material that slipped on the surface even when I slashed it with my [Omni-Sword], so it literally didnt stand up to the blade. As for the magic stone, I thought it would be at least an SS grade if I were to consider the monsters strength alone, but its not. Thats ridiculous. I wonder if it had something to do with the amount of magic power it possessed in its body. Well, I was able to defeat it, so thats good, but whats more shocking is the cleaner! It had been a long time since Ive had a drop item among the daily necessities series, but I didnt expect a cleaner! And theres a violent sounding name to it! No, lets look on the bright side. Its not that theres anything wrong with it; its just nice. Itll make cleaning a lot easier! After I stored the dropped items in my item box, Ouma-san took the lead again and started to go further. Are you done? Then lets go ahead. Oh, yes. By the way, how far are we from the destination? What, were almost there. He just smiled meaningfully as he said that but didnt give me any details. Then, after a while, I realized that what Ouma-san said was true. Here. T-this is As we walked through the wilderness after that, it suddenly appeared. (This hole is) Astonished. Ive never seen a hole this big before. Woof. Buhi. Pipi? Yes, we were suddenly in a place where there was a hole in the ground. The diameter of the hole was so large that I couldnt even tell. And when I peeked down lightly so I wouldnt fall in, all I saw was a pitch-black space. While suppressing a terrible feeling, I asked Ouma-san. E-err this place is Ah, this is the deepest part of the [Great Devils Nest]. It is also our destination this time. Well, to be precise, its the depths of this hole. .. I had a hunch that I didnt want it to come true, but it did. Or rather No, no, no, this is impossible! Look at this hole! Yeah, its a hole. Im not talking about that. How are you going to get down? What is this hole in the first place? There are so many things I want to say that I feel confused and more confused, but Ouma-san just laughed. This is the place that connects to the planets core. The planets core? (Wha?) S§×arch* The Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I twisted my head around, unable to keep up with the imagination, Merl-san seemed to have understood the exact meaning of Ouma-sans words and was in shock. (T-this is the hole that connects to the planets core? And in such a bare place? Do you realize that? The core is synonymous with the heart of the planet! How can it be in a place where its so easy to reach?) As you say, beyond this point lies the core, the heart of the planet. But dont get it wrong, okay? This place hasnt been bare from the start. Its just bare like this because of that Evil idiot. If it were in its original state, people would not be able to come here. Its in the innermost part of the Great Devils Nest, after all. T-thats right It was only after Ouma-sans explanation that I understood that this was the deepest part of the Great Devils Nest that I had always wanted to reach. I didnt think there would be a hole like this, but I guess its still an important place for this planet. But why is there a hole in the ground? A long time ago, the Sage showed interest in the core of this planet. However, as you can imagine, he couldnt open a hole leading to the center of the planet in a crowded place, so he chose the innermost part of this Great Devils Nest, where people wouldnt bother him. It would be impossible for a human being to reach here, and there is no sign of anyone around. What are you doing, Sage-san? Youre drilling a hole that connects to the core of the planet just out of curiosity? Isnt that a bit out of the ordinary? As I was surprised by Sage-sans outrageous story, Merl-sans voice trembled as if she had noticed something. (Huh? C-could it be that you are planning to use the planets core to power my ship? If the planets core disappears, this planet will be destroyed!) Eehh? I was surprised by the sudden word destroy, but Ouma-san let out a sigh. Are you stupid? As a matter of fact, I would never do such a thing. Rather, this planet will not allow it. The planet wont allow it? I wont bother you with the explanation. If youre lucky, youll find out about it. Y-yes Anyway, the planets core itself will not be used. However, there will be energy crystals overflowing from the core lying around the core. I thought of using those. (I-I see) Ill have to go in to find out the details, but there may be something there that can power Merl-sans spaceship. But if we were to go to the end of this hole, how would we get down? Besides, if we are going to the center of the planet it must be very hot, right? I had an image of the center of the planet, but it didnt sound like a place where people could go because of the magma. But Ouma-san didnt seem to mind and looked at the hole. Oh well. My magic will protect you from the heat, as Im sure you cant do anything about it. And as for the way to get to the bottom of the hole, as long as you follow the right procedure, youll be fine. Procedure? Just watch. As Ouma-san approached the edge of the hole, he suddenly began to release a tremendous amount of magic from his body. Then something like a magic circle appeared above the hole. If you pour in a certain amount of magic power like this, a magic circle will appear to help you get down the hole safely. If you ride this, you can safely reach the center of the planet without falling and being killed. I-I see As I nodded to Ouma-sans explanation, a pale blue light gently enveloped my body. Look, Ive cast a spell on you. This way, you wont die from the heat or the lava. Although its a bit of a hassle, Ill also protect your clothing. Now, you will have no problem soaking in the lava. Do you want to give it a try? Eh, Ill pass As expected, I dont want to be soaked in lava. Or rather, how does Ouma-san know about such things? Hey, Yuuya. You didnt forget that Im the Genesis Dragon, didyou? Ah, thats right. Did you really forget that? N-no, um I mean, I know that youre the Genesis Dragon, but I had a stronger sense of you as a family than that, so Ugh Y-you cant fool me by saying that! Good gracious Ouma-san got on top of the magic circle in anger. What are you doing? Come on, get your ass over here! Ah, yes. Shame. Ouma-san, youre embarrassed. Eh? Yuti! Even though Ouma-san was angry with her, Yuti got on top of the magic circle without seeming to care. Night and the others and me followed, and finally, Merl-san stepped onto the magic circle with some hesitation. Book 8: Chapter 5: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 3 Then the magic circle began to descend slowly. Oh Its like an elevator The only difference was that the destination was in total darkness, so its a little scary. However, the magic circle was much better than I had expected, and as the darkness gradually reduced my vision, the magic circle glowed pale blue and white, and even though I could not see my surroundings clearly, I could at least see everyones faces. As we continued to dive underground, the scenery around us changed drastically. I began to see brightly glowing magma-like objects. Its about time. You need to be ready to fight at any time. Eh? Before I could ask him back what he meant, we finally arrived at what seemed to be our destination. Thanks to the magic that Ouma-san had cast for us beforehand, we were fine, but we were in the middle of a sea of lava, and if we had come down without taking any precautions, we would have already been burnt to a crisp. I never thought that I would be in a situation where I would be immersed in lava We came to such a super dangerous place, but Merl-san looked around and opened her eyes. (This is) Merl-san, is there something wrong? (Y-yes. Please take a good look, Yuuya-san. There are pale blue ores around) When Merl-san told me, I noticed that there were indeed some pale blue minerals peeking out from the sea of swirling lava. I was so caught up in the surrounding lava that I didnt notice it, but what could it be? When I was thinking about it, Merl-san told me with a nervous look on her face. (Thats the crystal of energy from this planet.) Eh? (To be precise, its crystallized energy from the core of this planet, so even if you bring it back, it wont affect the planet directly, but its still a tremendous amount of energy.) I-I see So, if we use that mineral, will Merl-sans ship work? (Yes, Im sure it will.) If thats the case, lets settle this quickly. Unfortunately, I didnt have any items to chisel at the ore, but if I could bring those back, Merl-san would be able to return to her home planet. Then, Ouma-san urged us to look at a certain place. Look at that. Eh? Wha? As Ouma-san urged me, I turned my gaze in that direction and saw a huge pale blue sphere floating in the air and spinning. The sphere had yellow lines running through it, and the light was pulsating as if it was moving. I wondered what it was, but I felt as though something would fly away after chanting the spell of destruction from that famous anime movie*. [T/n: Kamehameha from Dragon Ball?] This is the deepest part of the hole, and thats the planets core. Thats Astonished. Ive never seen such tremendous power before Although I cant quantify the energy like Merl-san did, I can still feel the tremendous power of the planets core in front of me. (A-amazing Thats the planets core) Merl-san, who had never seen a planets core before, stared at it in amazement. Now that you know what it is, you can start collecting the ore around it. Oh, yes. I was preoccupied with the planets core, but our goal is the energy crystals overflowing from that core. Im afraid of what might happen if I touch that core, and I need to make sure that I dont touch that While I was thinking about this, I was about to mine the pale blue mineral called the energy crystal when suddenly my surroundings began to shake. W-what? As each of us took a precautionary stance against the sudden situation, Ouma-san quietly informed us. As expected, it wont let us do anything for free Eh? Yuuya, dont let your guard down. The one whos coming out now is the guardian of the planet. The moment Ouma-san said that, the surrounding magma erupted violently. In addition, the energy crystals we were trying to mine also glowed and floated up one after another. The magma swelled and gradually converged, eventually transforming into a huge mass. Then, in the same way, one lump of magma after another was created, and gradually more and more of these lumps gathered, and the energy crystals that existed around them joined in and finally transformed into the shape of a giant! Wha Stunned. What is that? Hmph. Its just like the old no, its gotten a little bigger? Yuti and I were overwhelmed by the giant in front of us and were at a loss for words, while Ouma-san was carefree as he looked at the giant. The giant radiated a stronger presence than any monster Ive ever seen and showed us its overwhelming presence. Guooooooooo! When the lava giant shouted, there was a shockwave that made us think that the planet itself was shaking violently. It struck us as well. I had to do my best to hold on to my position. O-Ouma-san! What the heck was that? Didnt I tell you before? Its the guardian of this planet. Guardian? Yeah. To exterminate the undesirables who have come to steal the energy of this planet. Eeeeeehhhh? Theres no other way to put it but to scream at the simple fact that he told me. No, the undesirables, you say? Ouma-san said that he knew a place where there was a good energy source, so we came here, and we were not told that we would be treated as undesirables! Well, when it comes to planet energy, I cant blame it for thinking that way! In fact, thats what we came here for! However, since we hadnt taken any precautions or prepared ourselves, we were in a panic. Can we defeat it? This thing! Its the planets guardian, you know? And even if we could defeat it, it would be awkward What should we do? Since you seem to be thinking about something strange, Ill tell you first that defeating this thing will not affect this planet. It will come back after some time anyway. So give it your best shot. If you dont you will die. No way! We had just defeated Avis, and we were celebrating it with joy! I thought I was going to be able to enjoy sightseeing in this other world from now on! Whats so sad about this is that we have to do something dangerous like this? Kuh Yuti, Night, Cie! Lets do it! Okay. Woof! Pii! You must not fight. Pii? Just like in the case of the Gluttony Worm, Ciel, who tried to fight with me, was stopped by Ouma-san. S~ea??h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Well, I kind of expected it, but Merl-san cant use the battle mode of her device yet, either. So it would be better to have her stay near Ouma-san and the others and have Akatsuki recover her immediately if anything happened. As a result, just like the time of the Gluttony Worm, the three of us were going to fight, me, Yuti, and Night. No, three is not enough! This! [Thousand Spear Piercing]! I immediately took out my [Absolute Spear] and unleashed the Spear Saint technique, and the countless branching stabs attacked the lava giant. But. Guoooooooo! No way? The giant bent down just before it was hit by my attack and jumped up from the spot with tremendous force! As I was astonished by the giants unbelievable movements, which seemed to be several tens of meters in height, Yuti, who had already predicted the giants movement, quietly told me. Prediction. Ive already placed an arrow there. Guooooooo? Just at the moment when the giants flight reached its peak, the arrow pierced the giant with tremendous force, as if it had been aimed right at it. Whats more, the blow of the arrow by Yuti was heavy and crushed the lava armor of the giant. Its done. Thats Wha? Seriously? Yutis attack partially damaged the giants body, but when the surrounding lava floated up again, it attached itself to the giants body and the giant returned to its original form. Could it be that It can recover infinitely from the lava? I have a bad feeling about this, but it sure looks like it! Now completely back to normal, the giant sticks to the wall and uses it as a foothold to jump at us all at once. Guoooooooo! Avoid it! In order to avoid the attack, we jumped away from the spot as fast as we could. Immediately after that, the giant crushed the point where we were standing a moment ago without mercy. Monster. The power is ridiculous! Grrrrr. wooof! Night, who was looking for an opening, did not miss the chance when the giant hit the ground and used magic to launch a compressed water bullet at the giant. Gaaaaaaaah! Guooooooo! The giant was hit by the Nights water magic. The flames on that part of the body were extinguished, and for a moment, a black rocky surface could be seen. But as soon as the flames rekindled, it began to move again as if nothing had happened. Book 8: Chapter 5: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 4 Guuooooooo! Then how about this! [Heavenly Saint Slash]! While unleashing the [Magic Attire] and Evils power, I swung down the [Omni-Sword] that I took out of the item box. S§×arch* The N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then, a massive slash of light approached the lava giant and cut off the giants arm. Astonishing. Woof! Yuti and Night also widened their eyes in surprise at the sight, but their surprise turned into something else. H-hey, hey are you kidding me? The lava giant showed no signs of damage from my attack and regenerated its lost arm immediately. In addition, the arm that was slashed away remained in shape, but with the addition of the surrounding lava, it eventually became an arm that would move automatically to attack us. Wait how can you expect that detaching a part of its body will increase the number of moves it can make? In addition to the automatic recovery ability, it also increased its means of attack, so there was no way for us to counterattack seriously. Whenever we attack, we strengthen the opponent, so there is nothing we can do about it. While desperately trying to avoid the lava giants attacks, I activated my [Identification] skill to see if there was any clue how to attack it. [Guardian of The Planet] Level: Magic Power: Attack: Defense: Agility: Intelligence: Luck: That thing is it the same type as Ciel? Rather than having no numbers, its impossible to measure; its insanely strong! I thought I would get its weakness with [identification], but instead, I feel like Ive been confronted with despair! I couldnt attack it and just kept running away when Merl-san, who was watching our battle, started to operate the device attached to her arm. (Yuuya-san! Ill search for that giants weak point on my part!) Eh? Y-you can do that? (Its probably possible! The fact that its moving like this means that there must be a part of it that serves as its core somewhere! But itll take some time to find it!) U-understood! So, until you find it Yuti! Night! What? Woof! Merl-san is currently investigating this giants weak points! Until then, well buy as much time as possible while trying not to provoke it any further! Confused. Yuuya, you say it like its easy. But understood. Woof! Smiling at the sound of their encouraging voices, I continued the battle against the lava giant. Prediction. Yuuya! Two oclock, the attack! Two oclock is this direction! Thanks to Yutis prediction, I was able to avoid the giants attack with enough margin. Guoooooo! Its so hard not to attack! Up until now, when dealing with monsters, I have been exchanging blows with them without holding back my own power. Even now, in terms of defeating them, its no different. However, this was the first time that I couldnt attack my opponent until I found its weak point, and it was quite tough. As we managed to survive the giants attack, relying on Yutis instructions, the giant made a new move. Guooooooo! What? !? Evade! Yuuya, Night, jump! Both Night and I did as we were told and jumped as fast as we could, and the giant raised both arms and slammed them into the ground at once! The force of the blow was so great that huge cracks appeared in the ground, and magma spewed out from between them. If I had been standing on the ground, I wouldnt have been able to move properly. That was the extent of the impact on the ground. When I looked at Merl-san to see if she was okay under such circumstances, I saw that Akatsuki was deploying his [Sanctuary] skill, and Ciels blue flames were enveloping Merl-san and the others. It looks like theyre okay. But were not in a safe enough situation to be worrying about others. The magma that erupted from the cracks in the ground and covered in flames swelled up like a giant snake with its own will and attacked us together with the giant! Its increased its fighting force now? Attack! Yuuya, its okay to attack the flame serpents! Really? Grrrr wooof! Immediately after hearing Yutis information, Night once again released compressed water on the flame serpent. Then, the serpent was hit by a water bullet and lost more and more of its heat, turning into a blackened rock that crumbled into pieces. Its true! But theres still too many of them! The first thing I did was to unleash the [Thousand Spear Piercing] at a flame serpent, which is one of the reinforcements for the giant. Its not that theres any particular magic in it, but the serpent collapsed as it was after being hit by the [Thousand Spear Piercing]. It seemed that not only water-attribute magic but also physical attacks could defeat the flame serpent. And so, as we continued to neutralize the flame serpent while avoiding the giants attacks, Merl-san finally found the giants weak point. (Yuuya-san! Ive found that giants weak point! Theres a tremendous energy reaction in the center of the giants chest! Perhaps thats where the energy crystals it took in are!) Center of the chest? (Yes! However, as you can see from the battle so far, even if you gradually remove the armor from the chest area, it will return to its original state! Besides, if you attack it half-heartedly, there is a possibility that it will split like that arm! So please attack with the intention of blowing off all the armor with one blow!) Youre being unreasonable there! Even Yutis bow and Nights magic can barely scrape off the lava armor covering the giants body. In addition, the giants chest armor is thicker than other parts of its body. Now that Ive heard Merl-sans words, I can see that the armor is thicker because thats where the energy source is. Yuti! Night! Its weakness seems to be the crystals in the inside of its chest! Affirmative. In the chest? Woof. Ahh! If we attack it half-heartedly, we will be the ones who suffer the most! Thats why we need to blow it up with maximum firepower! Understood. Then Yuuya is the right person for the job. Well assist you so that you can attack. Woof! I dont know what made her think that I was the right person for the job, but I guess Yuti saw something in me. More importantly, now that I have been entrusted with this task, I must fulfill my job. In the meantime, Ive just come up with a way to blow up that armor. While Yuti and Night are using their own attacks to distract the giant, I used my [Magic Attire] and also the [Three Divine Steps] to close in on the giant. Goooooooo! The giant seemed to realize what I was trying to do. It ignored Yuti and Night, and started to crush me. But Useless. I wont let you get in Yuuyas way! Gruaaaaaa! Yuti unleashed her greatest technique, the [Comet], and Night, while deploying the [Magic Attire] as I did, slashed the giants arm with his magic-infused claws! Guooooooooo! I finally succeed in slipping into the giants bosom, which was left open by the attacks of Yuti and Night. And then. [Heavenly Saint Slash]! I ducked into the giants bosom, jumped up in front of it, and used a technique I learned directly from Iris-san and swung the [Omni-Sword] down with such force that it cut the giant in half from the top of its head. However, it seems that the title of guardian of the planet is not just flattery, and even with a single strike of the [Heavenly Saint Slash], it was only able to slash through the giants armor, and the energy crystals hidden deep in its chest were unharmed. However, it seems to have succeeded in tearing off the giants armor. Shocking. That hit it, and the inside was still safe! Yuti seemed to think that my attack had completely defeated it and shuddered at the giant that was still moving. In addition, the lava that was supposed to have exploded began to gather again and try to wrap around the energy crystals. Not good! We have to stop it! Woof! As Yuti and Night hurriedly attempted to attack the gathering lava, I was still in the air and switched my weapon from the [Omni-Sword] to the [World Strike]. If that one is a planet, this one is a world! While making full use of the [Magic Attire] and the Evils power, I slammed the [World Strike] in my hand into the exposed energy crystal of the giant. In an instant, with a tremendous bursting sound, the energy crystals exploded. In any case, with my full power, I struck a blow with the same mass as the world. There was no way it could be unharmed. The giant, whose energy crystals were blown to smithereens by me, collapsed into a heap and finally fell completely silent. Oh is over! I couldnt help but shout as I sat down on the ground. We won! No, I really didnt know what to do, but we managed to win! It was a terrible feeling of despair when I was fighting Avis, but it was a different kind of despair this time. I mean, its the guardian of the planet, you know? You have no idea how to fight it. Even so, we were able to defeat it only because of the cooperation of Yuti and the others and Merl-sans help in finding its weak points. As Yuti and the others crouched there, looking exhausted, Ouma-san, who had been watching the battle unfold, approached us. Hmm. Its finally over. N-no, we barely won No one can beat something like that normally. You should not be so foolish. Im not going to let you fight an opponent you cant beat. R-really? When it comes to training, I shouldnt trust Ouma-san as much as Master Usagi. They both think in terms of their own standards, so they mistakenly believe that it is possible for me to do something that is incredibly difficult. When I looked at Ouma-san with bitterness, he laughed and muttered. Kukuku its good that you were able to defeat it, isnt it? Well then Its time for you to stop being quiet and let your voice be heard. Eh? Ouma-san talked to the emptiness, which surprised me. Hmph As I thought, when Yuuya and the others reached the center of the planet, they would be able to hear your voice too. Right Argena. Youre still the same as always, Genesis Dragon. Suddenly, the soft voice of a woman echoed in our minds. Book 8: Chapter 6 T/n: I really apologize for the mistake I made after all of this. After being confirmed in this chapter, the title that Yuuya got after crossing the door of the other world is [The First Person To Visit The Other World] not [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time]; once again, I really apologize for this mistake.And heres a sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ A-Argena? Wh-whats this voice? Surprised by the sudden womans voice, it seemed that it was not only me but everyone here could also hear this voice, and everyone looked around to search for the owner of the voice. Merl-sans eyes widened even more than before. (T-the voice of the planet! No way Then this planet has been in existence since the primordial space age?) Merl-san? Merl-san sank into a sea of thoughts, muttering something to herself. Apparently, Merl-san perceives this situation as even more extraordinary than the rest of us. Even Yuti was speechless and stunned by this situation. More importantly, where the hell did the voice come from? Ouma-san smiled at us amusingly. Kukuku you wont find her even if you look for it. The planet youre standing on right now is Argena. !? We were all stunned by Ouma-sans words. In other words, the owner of this voice was the planet itself. Then the womans voice Argena-sans dumbfounded voice sounded. The way that you make fun of people like this hasnt changed either. That is why Zenovis beat you. Huh? T-that guy is special, you know? Hes the only one who can beat me! E-err As we were in a state of confusion, completely left behind, Argena-san suddenly called out to me. The young man over there is Yuuya, right? Eh? Ah, y-yes! Eh, but? How did you know my name? If she had watched us in battle, she probably would have known, but I dont remember saying my name. When I was surprised that Argena-san knew my name, she laughed at me amusingly. Fufu. Its another nostalgic presence. N-nostalgic you say? Yes. How is Yuunosuke? Is he doing well? Eh? I was astonished at the name that Argena-san mentioned. Because that name is! Y-you know my grandfather? Thats right, the Yuunosuke that Argena-san mentioned was none other than my grandfather, Yuunosuke Tenjou. I was surprised, but Argena-san told me gently. I know him well. I know your grandfather, Yuunosuke, very well No way When I heard Argena-sans words, I couldnt believe them. Because I have the title [The First Person To Visit The Other World]. In other words, if my grandfather had come to this world, it would have been false. Then, Argena-san answered my question. Oh, youre concerned about the title that you have, arent you? That title is not wrong. I didnt meet Yuunosuke directly, after all. Directly? And how do you know about my title? Fufufu I know everything that happens on this planet. So, I also know how Yuuya came to be in this world I-I see? I dont know, but if Ouma-san is right, then Argena-san is this planet itself, and she must know everything that is going on on this planet. Perhaps the title of Holy is also given by Argena-san. Of course. Im the one who chose the Holy. Eh!? She read my mind! When I was even more surprised by the unexpected phenomenon, Argena-san laughed amusingly. Ive already told you, didnt I? I know everything about this planet. In other words, I can understand all of your thoughts on this planet. A-amazing Hmph whats so great about that? Its just a bad taste, isnt it? Were both in the same boat in that regard, Genesis Dragon. No youre Ouma now. Call me what you like. Ouma-san said so in an unamused manner and laid down on the spot. I-I see. Ouma-san had been alive since the birth of this planet. Since he was the Genesis Dragon, he and Argena-san were childhood friends, so to speak. The word planet and childhood friend together was amazing. Um Argena-san. You mentioned earlier that youve never met my grandfather in person What does that mean? Thats right Yuunosuke didnt come to this world with his own body like Yuuya, but only with his spiritual body in the form of a dream through Zenovis magic. Spiritual body? And Zenovis-san is Zenovis is one you know well, the one the humans call the Sage. A-as I thought! It was the first time I heard Sage-sans name, although I had somehow guessed it from the flow of the conversation earlier! Or rather, grandpa and Sage-san were acquainted? Thats right. Zenovis once failed in a magic experiment and accidentally crossed over to a different world. That is the world that Yuunosuke was in In other words, the planet that Yuuya lives on. Sa-Sage-san came to Earth Hes on Earth? No, if its that guy, he might do it. Its not just me that was surprised by the shocking fact that Argena-san revealed, but also Ouma-san. I-if its Sage-san, he might be able to do it I couldnt help but frown at Ouma-sans words, but then I realized something. B-but, Sage-san is a person from a long time ago, right? No matter how I think about this, the times they lived in dont match Grandpa had been alive just a while ago, but Sage-san was someone from hundreds of years ago, right? I dont think the timeline fits together no matter what you think Its simple. The flow of time is inherently different between this world and the world you live in. In such a situation, Zenovis not only crossed the worlds but even transcended time to meet Yuunosuke. Sage-san, you can do anything you want, huh! As expected of someone whos been invited to the realm of the gods, theres a lot to be said for being recruited by the gods Hundreds of years after Zenovis death, two worlds that were never meant to meet were connected through a doorway that appeared in the house you now live in the old Zenovis house, to be exact. This means that the flow of time in this world is now connected with the flow of time in your world as well. I-I see. The conversation was a bit difficult, and I couldnt understand it completely. Still, I think I kind of understood it somehow. Unfortunately, while I can understand everything that happens on this planet, I cant understand anything that happens on other planets. So there is no way to know what Zenovis experienced on your planet, except for what he told me after he came back. She said it so casually, but even if she cant understand what happened on Earth, isnt it outrageous to think that she knows everything that happened on this planet? He came back to this world and created the ultimate magic to traverse the two worlds with Yuunosuke. But the magic was so dangerous that it could have destroyed both worlds if it hadnt worked. Therefore, Zenovis decided to just invite Yuunosukes spirit from the other world to visit this planet without announcing or using the magic he had created. The world where Yuuya lives is less dangerous than this world, isnt it? T-thats right. This is also one of the reasons why Zenovis only invited Yuunosukes spiritual body. If its just the spiritual body, it wont get a scratch even if its attacked by the monsters of this world. But if hes with Zenovis, its hard to say if theres any chance of him getting hurt How amazing is it that even the planet itself, Argena-san, has such a high opinion of Sage-san? In any case, I know very well about Yuunosuke, who was a close friend of Zenovis. By the way, how is Yuunosuke doing? Oh well, my grandpa is As I was about to speak, Argena-san, who must have been able to read my mind, quietly said. I see. How quickly does time pass, Ouma? Hmph I dont know Yuuyas grandfather, so I cant speak for him. But you can never get used to losing a friend. Youre right. A somewhat somber air passed between Ouma-san and Argena-san. These two have been together since birth and have probably seen the end of many lives at the same time. I heard that Sage-san was chosen by God, so he had the possibility of becoming immortal Thats true. His talent was a little too far out of the ordinary to be called human. Um Is there really such a thing as a God? Of course there is. But they are in a higher dimension than this one, so we cant recognize them. They wont be able to recognize us, and they wont care about us either. What does that mean? They dont care what happens to you humans or any other beings. In the first place, we are not created by them; we are born from nothing. There is no connection to begin with. But Zenovis has crossed that dimensional barrier as well, so they contacted Zenovis from their side. No, really Sage-san, youre amazing! Id like to see what kind of life youve been through. It would definitely be interesting to have a story where Sage-san is the main character. Yes He was a very interesting person, including his friendships. Youre right. He could do anything, but he was not good at interacting with people. That was one of the things that made him human Yeah Ahh, I can talk to you forever at this rate. This is also because Ouma never visits, you know? No one can talk to me if they dont come here, and no one is strong enough to arrive here in the first place. I also miss having someone to talk to, you know? Im free to show up wherever I want. But well now that I live nearby. Ill show up when I feel like it. Ouma said this with some embarrassment. Indeed, its not that far from Sage-sans house to here. Now its time to clean up the [Great Devils Nest]. Let us not, when we are old, we tend to talk too long So Merl. (Y-yes!) When Merl-san was suddenly called out, she replied while stiffening her body. If it were true, Merl-san is not a resident of this planet and should not be able to understand the language, but for Argena-san, such language barrier can be easily overcome. Its more like shes talking to her mind, so shes able to convey the exact meaning. You came here to get the energy crystals, right? (Y-yes) Please, take as many as you like. (Eh, youre just going to let that happen?) Its okay. Merl-san was taken aback by the words that were spoken so simply. And suddenly, the remnants of the lava giants we defeated or rather the energy crystals we shattered, began to glow! They floated up into the air and then merged together. At that moment, a tremendous light enveloped the area. I was so dazzled that I covered my face with my arms and waited for the light to subside. I felt the light gradually fading, and when I looked back, I saw a crystal that had come together as one. (This is) It doesnt change the fact that you guys defeated this giant. So you can take these crystals with you, but it would have been difficult to take them home in their previous state, right? Thats why I condensed it into one. Its outrageous that its so easy to fuse them into one. No, originally, the energy that overflowed from Argena-san was crystallized, and it might not be so difficult to unite? Its that simple. You read my mind again Fufu Its not that hard to unite them. Also, Yuuya. Im going to give you something else. Eh? S-something else? This time, a huge sphere that originally existed in this space and looked like it might have appeared in an anime movie emitted a violent light. The light eventually converged together and slipped straight into my body. Seeing the light, Ouma-san raises one eyebrow. Hou? Youre really excited about this, arent you? Argena. Um what was that? I gave you the planets blessing. The planets blessing? Yes its the power of the [Creation of The Holy and Evil]. T-the creation of the Holy and Evil? Yes. I there is a conflict between the Holy and the Evil on this planet. You know that, dont you, Yuuya? Y-yes. You may be wondering why an existence like the Evil is born and why it is left unchecked. Both negative and positive power needed to exist in order for the planet to continue its work. Without either of them, nothing would exist. Its But in terms of the strength of the two forces flowing through the world, the Evil is probably the stronger by far. People tend to hold onto their anger much more strongly than they do their joy. .. In the past, Yuti herself had been swept up in the anger of revenge, so she listened to Argena-sans story in silence. Thats why Ive taken various measures to help people resist the Evil. Thats what the Holy system is designed for, and thats what holy beasts like the red pig Akatsuki is there for. Fugo? Woof! Buhi! He was surprised to be mentioned, but when Night looked at him with respect, he got carried away and stretched his chest. Akatsuki is amazing, but Night, youre also amazing, you know? In this planet, the power of Holy and Evil influence each other more than in other planets. So, if you receive my blessing, you will be able to use both the Holy and Evil powers that lay dormant in your body, not just as an individual, but as the power of this planet. I-is it going to get even stronger than it is now? No problem. Aside from becoming stronger, it also makes it more difficult for you to be taken in by the Evil. So, you can say that even if you use power of the Evil as before, there is almost no risk of it going out of control. I-Id certainly appreciate that, but I cant even hold it in my hand right now, so what am I supposed to do with it when it gets even stronger? Then Kuro, who had been asleep inside me until now, seemed to wake up and called out to me in a panic. H-hey, Yuuya! I feel that my power has suddenly become much stronger Are you about to be taken in by the Evil again? Eh? Ah, t-thats okay. Because Ive just been strengthened with the blessing of this planet. What kind of situation is that, then? Thats true. The more I say it out loud, the more it doesnt make sense. What does it mean to get a blessing from the planet? Well, its fine. For now, its not like youre going to be bottled up by the Evil or anything like that, right? Yeah. Rather, it looks like even if I use Kuros power, its less likely to go out of control. I see Then, its fine. I couldnt help but ask Kuro, who seemed a little relieved. Could it be that you were worried about me? Huh? Theres no way thats true. Dont say anything stupid! I-its just that! Im only saying that because it would be boring if you were easily taken in by my power. Dont misunderstand me. After telling me that in a reproachful way, Kuro withdrew inside me again. Hmm, it looks like he wont respond to me for a while, even if I call out to him. While we had this exchange, Argena-san, who can read my mind, said in a soft voice. Yuuya. You can face the power of your own Evil on an equal footing, cant you? S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Eh? W-well, Kuro has helped me a lot Kuro helped me once when I went out of control in a battle with the Fist Saint, and also when I fought against Quarro, and now I recognize him as an important part of my body. With that heart, youll be able to master my blessing. Y-yes. Ill do my best. Fufufu I have talked for so long You must have your own things to do. Determine what you need to do and move on. Y-yes! Then Ouma. Please take care of the rest, okay? Hmph. Ill just do what I want to do. Geez, youre such a dragon At last, with an exasperated laugh at Ouma-san, Argena-sans voice disappeared. After a few moments of sentimentality, Ouma-san opened his mouth. Hey, weve done our business here. Lets get the hell out of here. Im hungry. I-I understand. And dont forget about the crystal, okay? We came here to get them, after all. So many things had happened that I had almost forgotten our original purpose, but Ouma-san was right; our main purpose was to get these energy crystals. If we leave without it, theres nothing we can do. (What should I do? Normally, I can retrieve it without any problems using subspace transfer technology, but unfortunately, if I use my resources on it, other functions will be affected) In that case, shall I use my item box to transport it? (Item Box Come to think of it, Yuuya-san can carry things with a strange technology that is different from ours. Then, may I ask for your help?) Yes. Im glad I can be of help! After storing the energy crystals in my item box, we escaped from the bottom of this hole. He will transcend many worlds, I suppose. Argena-san muttered quietly behind me, but I could not hear her words. Book 8: Chapter 7: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 1 While Yuuya and the others were returning from the bottom of the hole, the third Dragonia force was closing in on Earth with their fleet in space. In the control room of the flagship of the Third Force, a huge hologram was floating, showing the Earth. (Commander! Traces of the missing troops confirmed! It seems they were visiting this planet after all!) (I see) Upon hearing his subordinates words, the commander Drade, nodded quietly. He had come to the vicinity of Earth following the orders of Draco III, the ruler of the Dragonias. (Any sign of that units ship?) (Unfortunately, we were unable to observe any signals from their ship) (As my Lord said, there is an existence on this planet that can stand up against us.) Drade had a smile on his face as he muttered this. The Dragonias had invaded many planets to achieve supremacy in the universe and were still wandering around the universe with a large fleet. This was because the Dragonias did not have a home planet. Therefore, the giant spaceships were their home, and they were looking for a planet that could become their second home as they continued to invade other planets. However, they were unable to find the ideal planet for them, and they continued to invade other planets and use them as colonies. This time it would be the same again, Drade thought as he asked his subordinate. (Yeah. I dont think its likely, but you should check out the environment on Earth. In case it might be an ideal planet for us) (T-this is!?) (Whats wrong?) Drades eyebrows furrowed as his men suddenly raised their voices. Then one of his subordinates answered, his voice trembling. (W-we have discovered this planet Earth, is the ideal planet for us!) (What?) (Observations have shown that Earth is the planet with the ideal environment for us!) (What do you mean? Explain it to me!) (Y-yes! First of all, Earths atmospheric composition, water quality, geology, temperature, etc., are all ideal for us! Furthermore, there are no foreign enemies in the surrounding galaxy, making it the perfect home for us! The only concern we have is the lifespan of the sun that sustains the Earths activities) (We can handle that with our technology. But I never imagined that an ideal planet really existed) (Co-commander. And I have one more thing to report) (What is it?) (Amels electromagnetic waves have been detected at a certain point on Earth!) (What? Do you mean to tell me that the Amelian is still on Earth?) (Yes!) (What do you mean? My direct unit, which was supposed to have come to this planet to seek out the Amelian annihilation weapon, had disappeared, and the Amelian, who was the target, is still on Earth Normally, they would have fled by now. If anything, I was planning to follow the traces of that Amelian in anticipation of that. But if theyre in some kind of trouble and cant get off the planet) When he said that much, Drade smiled ferociously. (Its the best. Nothing could be better!) His men also caught on to Drades smile and smiled like a predator. (Our prey, the Amelians, are on Earth without their annihilation weapon, and the Earth is our ideal planet We have no choice but to invade! We will kill the natives, including the Amelians, and take both the planet and the Amelian annihilation weapon! It will be ours!) (Ha!) (First, we hunt the Amelians. Leave the people of Earth alone. Were not going to stop for those fools who dont even have the technology to cross the universe. Hey, do you know exactly where the Amelians are?) (Yes, sir! The coordinates are fixed, sir!) (Then isolate that point in subspace from Earth first. The Amelians wont go down without a fight. Thats why I dont want the ideal planet to be destroyed in a battle between the Amelians and us. After we have the weapons to destroy the Amelians, we will slowly invade Earth. Do you understand?) (Ha!) At the sound of his subordinates voice, Drade nodded in satisfaction, raised his voice, and gave an order. (Move! The target is Earth. Now, lets plant the flag of our Dragonia on Earth! Drade, thinking only of conquest, had completely forgotten the advice he had received from Draco III before setting out. If there is even the slightest possibility that an entity can compete with the Dragonias, do not let your guard down. This was how the third unit, led by Drade, approached the Earth. Um, is it going to be fixed? (Yeah. Everythings fine.) We returned from Argena-sans place. After having lunch, Merl-san immediately started to refuel the spaceship with the obtained energy source. However, there was no place to work on the Earth, so we decided to bring the spaceship to the other world and work on the cleared land in the Great Devils Nest. As soon as Ouma-san returned home and ate lunch, he fell asleep. I wonder why he is so interested in Earths culture but not in Merl-sans advanced technology? I dont really understand. On the other hand, Night and the others seemed to be as curious about Merl-sans spaceship as I was and watched her work with great interest. What impressed me was the special technology that housed the spaceship and the nanomachines. Just by operating the terminal on Merl-sans arm, the spaceship instantly changed its size to the size of the palm of her hand, and when she operated it again, it returned to its original size. I really dont know what the logic behind this is. Also, the nanomachines that were used while I was unconscious were quickly adjusting the ship. Its called a nanomachine, so its invisible to the naked eye, and from the side, it looks like its just going through the motions. Unlike me, this was the second time Yuti had seen it, and she was amazed at the sight. Surprise. Merl, its amazing. Is this technology from beyond the sky, from outer space? I guess so. I wonder if this kind of technology is commonplace Space is a big place, after all. The Earth is working hard to send rockets and satellites into space, but we dont yet have the technology to travel freely in space. On the other hand, Merl-san and the Dragonias could travel freely in space If you think about it normally, there was such a big difference in technology, and the Earth would be easily invaded. Then, Merl-san, who had just been able to load the energy crystals she had brought back into the ship, took a breath. (Phew I managed to finish it.) Thank you for your hard work! (No, its me who should thank you. Id like to thank you for all your help. If it werent for your help, I would never have been able to leave Earth.) Were glad we could be of some help. So, is that spaceship going to work? (Yes. Its still in the trial run stage, but it looks like its ready to go. So, now that my ship is fixed, Ive been using the functions that I couldnt use while it was broken to measure which is closer to Amel, this planet, or Earth It seems that Earth is closer, so Id like to go back to Earth. Is that okay?) Thats fine, of course But if you launch a regular spaceship on Earth, there will be chaos, wont there? (Thats not a problem. I can control the memories and records of all the people on Earth with this terminal.) Oh, I forgot she could do that too Space technology is really outrageous If I ask any more questions, Im sure other scary stories will pop up, so Ill leave it at that. So in order to fly the spaceship, we went back to the Earth house and went outside. But. Eh? Sear?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. What I saw, instead of the scenery of Earth, was an eerie empty space. Book 8: Chapter 7: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 2 (Wha!? This is!) Instead of the usual view of the city, we were in a strange space with an indescribable color, as if various colors of paint had been mixed together. As I was stunned by the unusual sight, a distortion appeared at a part of the space. And then Wha (The Dragonias!) From the distorted space, a large number of spaceships with dragon emblems appeared. The number of them was much larger than the last time they attacked. In the center of the ship stood a large, dragon-shaped spaceship. (Ive isolated your dwelling place in this subspace. Think of it as a place with no escape.) As I stared up at the group of spaceships in dismay, I heard the voice coming from the largest of them. (Hou? I never thought that the Amelian was really still here It looks like my men have been defeated after all.) (You are) As Merl-san stared at the group of spaceships, a hologram was projected from the largest ship. There was a figure of a Dragonia alien with long hair pulled back in a single bun, with similar features as the ones that had attacked us before. I dont know if hes male, middle-aged, or if these features even show in their appearance like how it is for us on Earth, but his appearance alone gave him the dignity of a man in a period drama. The middle-aged Dragonia opened his mouth in a somewhat irreverent manner. (Im Drade, the proud commander of the third unit of the Dragonia planet.) (C-commander!?) Merl-sans eyes widened at the words of the Dragonia Drade. U-um Merl-san? I dont understand. Is it so great to be a commander? (Yes. The ones who attacked the other day were so-called low-ranking soldiers from the Dragonias end. But even among the Dragonias, who are known for their martial prowess, a commander is a position that could only be held by those with a high level of ability.) I-I see In addition, the fact that the commander has come directly to us means that the soldiers here this time are probably far more skilled and capable than the soldiers before. To that extent? But if Merl-san uses that armament youve been using, it will be (With the energy crystals leftover from the repair of the spaceship, the battle mode can now be used safely. However it wont last more than a few seconds against the division commander) How strong is the commander? And on top of that, I dont think I will be able to win against a whole fleet of these enemy ships. W-why dont we just run away somehow? (It seems to be impossible to escape This space is a subspace that they have developed In other words, it is a place that is isolated from Earth. In order to get out of this space, we have to bring down their ship that deployed this subspace. Considering the scale, the ship that is deploying this space is probably the largest flagship with the commander on board. The fact that we dont have to worry about damage to other inhabitants or manipulating information is helpful, but theres nothing else we can do under the circumstances) It seems like we really are stuck on all sides. And why is my house even involved in this again? Fortunately, Night and the others are also here, groaning against the spaceship floating in the sky. Night is a species that has the potential to become as powerful as Ouma-san, but at this stage, there is too much of a difference in size for that to be true. As I was thinking about this, somewhat escaping reality, Yuti asked me. Confirmation. Yuuya, are you sure they are enemies? Yeah. They are likely to be from the Dragonia aliens, Merl-sans enemies This space is also the work of those people, and it seems that they isolated us from the Earth. Understood. Thats why this space is so strange. But can you defeat them? Even with my arrows, Im not sure I can damage that ship. Even Yuti showed signs of weakness facing the spaceship fleet. In any case, it was even more so because she had seen how Merl-san repaired the spaceship and other technical aspects. It seemed that even a slight damage would be repaired just like the guardian of that planet. As for the nanomachines, I thought they would be useful considering that I had seen Merl-san use them and that they had fixed my house, but they would be extremely troublesome if used by the enemy. Then, Merl-san operated the terminal on her arm. At that moment, something that looked like a translucent soap bubble appeared from Merle-sans spaceship. The membrane grew larger and larger until it completely enveloped my house. Merl-san, this is (I extended the defense mechanism of my ship to the entirety of Yuuya-sans house. Thanks to the energy of that planet, I was able to cover it somehow, but it wont last for long. But for a little while, we should be able to fight without worrying about the house.) I-I see As I nodded at Merl-sans words, the holographic Drade snickered. (Hmph. Impudent How much longer can you hold out with that kind of trickery?) (I wont give you the blueprint.) (Then youll regret it in the afterlife.) Ah! Yuuya! The moment Drades mood changed, Yuti shouted sharply. Then I can see the energy concentrating one after another on the gun barrel part of the spaceship that was floating in the sky. This is a sign that we are going to be attacked all at once, no matter how I look at it! Kuh! [Rising Dragon Piercing]! I immediately took out the [Absolute Spear], and unleashed the [Magic Armor] and Evil power, together with the Spear Saint technique. In the next moment, the technique became a dragon that was much more massive than the one used by the Spear Saint, and was released towards the spaceship fleet! Whoa! I was surprised to see that the attack was much bigger than I had expected Is this the power of the [Holy and Evil Creation] that Argena-san was mentioning? Even though I havent used the [Holy Kings Authority] yet, my attack with the [Rising Dragon Piercing] turned into a huge dragon, with the white light of the Holy and the black light of the Evil mixing together. (Wha!?) In the face of my technique, the hologram of Drade had a look of surprise on his face. My technique just swallowed up some of the spaceships. As expected. Yuuya is so strong. But Im getting stronger too. Yuti looked at me, but her bow was firmly pointed at the spaceship. [Death Comet]. The technique handed down from the Bow Saint was unleashed with more power than when we fought before. The arrow that became a ray of light penetrated the spaceship and easily pierced the spaceships armor. The blow seemed to have hit the spaceship directly in the core, causing the huge ship to explode and crash. Yuti, that attack was Of course. I aimed for it. As I thought. Lately, Yuti and I have not been doing much training. This is because, according to her, there is already a gap between us, but looking at the attack she just delivered, I dont think so. Perhaps she had been training in a place where I couldnt find her. I have to work harder too Grrrr gaaaaaaah! Fugo! Buhi! Night unleashed the same kind of [Magic Armor] as I did, and in an instant, he was closing in on one of the spaceships. And when he swung his claws with magic power, the spaceship was easily torn apart! I was a bit skeptical, but then again, maybe Night does have the potential to be as good a fighter as Ouma-san. Akatsuki turned into a giant and charged into the groups of spaceships, moving around violently and knocking them down. Pi. Piiiiiiii! Ciel was covered in blue flames, just as in the battle with Avis, and charged straight at the spaceships, destroying them one by one. There are still many mysteries about Ciel, but it seems that there is nothing to worry about. (What the hell is that creature? And what the hell is that energy?) Seeing Ciel like that, Drade shouted in surprise, but it seems that Ciel is a special existence even from the perspective of aliens. (Kuh! What are you doing! Hurry up and aim at them!) The sudden dropping of several spaceships may have triggered a sense of crisis, and Drade was sending out instructions. But (Youre not going to hit anything.) Merl-san, as a matter of course, floated up in the air and raised her left arm, which had been transformed into battle mode, and shot a beam at the enemy spaceship. The attack was so powerful that several spaceships were caught up in it and exploded. (Certainly, your attacks are more powerful than mine. But do you think you can aim at us with such a huge size?) (Guh Then all I have to do is hit you directly! My third unit! Show them what youre capable of!) The next moment, just as they had done the other day, the Dragonia soldiers descended from the spaceship at once and attacked us directly. The number of soldiers was tremendous, easily over a thousand, and they began to swarm us. Wait this number is, as expected! (They are certainly many, but thanks to them, the enemy cant use their beam weapons.) As Merl-san said, the attack from the spaceship stopped as soon as the Dragonia soldiers descended. I think the reason for this was to avoid involving their allies. If thats the case [Thousand Spear Piercing]! In order to cope with the large number of opponents, I aggressively unleashed a large number of techniques. Fortunately, there are no soldiers that are that strong on an individual level, so Ive been able to deal with them so far, but I dont feel like Ive reduced their numbers at all. As I was wondering why, Merl-san shouted as if she noticed something. (This is No way! Living weapons? A living weapon? Thats (Its what is known as a cloning weapon! Theyre creating cloned soldiers in the spaceship and sending them at us!) Eeeh? H-how is that even possible? (Yes. Cloning technology is a specialty of the Dragonias. However, as for how this situation is going, they seem to be taking quantity over quality. In fact, each one of them is far from the level of the Dragonia elites. It takes a lot of energy to create a clone soldier, so I guess they dont have unlimited resources, but I dont know how much longer this situation will continue) Is this a normal fighting style in space? (No, its not normal! Its true that if you think of them as soldiers to be used and discarded here, its very easy to get enough of them because you can just create them and order them to attack. However their energy is finite, and considering that, why would they want to use such a strategy?) Merl-san was about to say something when she suddenly turned her attention to the enemys flagship which Drade was onboard. (Could it be!? Its not good!) Eh? (The reason they didnt fire isnt to keep their allies from getting involved, they did it to buy time!) I also turned my attention to the flagship, where I saw a ship with a huge barrel that was gathering energy. (That energy cannon is not good. No matter how hard I try, the barrier Ive deployed wont be able to stop it!) That meant that an attack would be unleashed that would not leave Merl-sans spaceship or my house unscathed. Then the hologram appeared again in the sky. There was Drades figure with a triumphant expression. (Hahahahaha! You fool! Theres no way Im going to do anything directly for you lowly creatures, is there? You can disappear into the dust right here.) (A-are you sure? You wanted our blueprint, didnt you? If you unleash an attack like that here, the blueprint will disappear too!) (Do you think I dont know what protects that blueprint?) (Kuh!) As I recall, the blueprint that Merl-san and the others were looking for was inside a stone box made of something called [Cosmonium], which was said to be the hardest material in the universe. Looking at Drade and Merl-san, it must be so sturdy that it will not be destroyed by the attack that was about to be unleashed. I wanted to do something to stop that flagship from attacking, but the living weapons swarming around us were getting in the way, and I couldnt push forward. This was what Drade was after. (Hahahahaha! Now, lets all be obliterated by the roaring dragon cannon, the wisdom of our Dragonia!) With a single word from the smiling Drade, the attack was finally unleashed! The compressed energy was so huge that it instantly swallowed up the nearby clone soldiers. In the face of such an overwhelming attack, I desperately tried to think of a way to prevent it, but nothing came to mind. If I, Yuti, and the others can avoid it at all costs, we may be able to survive. But my house, which was still here, was different. Even the barrier that Merl-san had deployed would not be able to prevent this attack. S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Are we really going to be wiped out like this? Is there anything I can do? As I desperately tried to think I remembered the existence of a certain item. Book 8: Chapter 7: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 There was certainly a possibility that this attack could be prevented by using that item. But it was an item that I couldnt comprehend. Still, I couldnt think of any other options. I made up my mind and took out the item! Astonishment. Yuuya, thats Woof. Fugo. Pi? (Yuuya-san!) Everyone present was stunned when they saw the item I had taken out. But theres no time to answer that now. I used the item as if I were praying. Absorb it [Violent Eatings Cleaner]! When I took out the [Violent Eatings Cleaner] and activated it, it made a very quiet driving sound. However, the vacuum cleaners suction power was incredible, and it collided head-on with the energy cannon that was roaring and approaching. And then Uoooohh oooohhhh! The vacuum cleaner really did start to absorb the opponents beam! It looked like a normal cordless cleaner, small in size in comparison to the beam. However, the beam was no match for it and it was swallowed up very quickly. T-this is the only vacuum cleaner that has this suction power! (W-whaaaaaatttt!? W-what is happening? How is it possible that the Dragonia cannon, which is the epitome of our technology, is being prevented!) Unable to believe the scene in front of his eyes, Drade was shouting distraughtly in the hologram, but the energy cannon continued to be absorbed into the vacuum cleaner and finally it finished absorbing the entirety of the beam that was released. The situation was so incomprehensible that not only Drade but also Yuti and the others froze. If anything, Im also frozen. I cant believe that it can really absorb the energy! W-what an amazing vacuum cleaner (V-vacuum cleaner? Did it lose to a vacuum cleaner? Our technological masterpiece has been defeated by a vacuum cleaner from a remote planet?) I-it seems so. (Dont be ridiculous!) As Drades roar rang out, a part of the flagship opened, and a figure emerged from it. It was the very same Drade himself who had been looking down on us using the hologram just a moment ago. (Ive never been so humiliated in my life.) As he approached us, Drade vigorously raised his right arm to the side. And then a beam-like spear was released from there. I-its not that I was trying to mock him at all; its just that I was desperately trying to protect my house I guess it didnt look that way to him. As I broke out in a cold sweat, Drade thrust a spear at us that showed his skill at a glance . (I thought my clone soldiers would be able to kill you, but youre much better than I expected. The roaring dragon cannon should have been able to wipe out a large spaceship but thats okay. To make sure that you are killed, Ill kill you myself.) Guh!? The killing intent that was released from Drade was tremendous, and the power that was released was incomparable to the energy cannon that was shot earlier. His power took the form of a blue dragon, which enveloped him. Drade, clad in the aura of a blue dragon, finally came at us. (Now Die!) And then Drade unleashed a blow of divine speed. While Yuuya and the others were fighting Drade, Ouma, who was sleeping at Yuuyas house, opened one eye. Hmm? A visitor? The reason for this was because he sensed that someone had come to Sages house on the other world side, but Yuuya and the others who should have been dealing with them were fighting the Dragonias. Geez There are a lot of troublesome people in the universe. Ouma sighed, stretched, and slithered to his feet. At that moment, he noticed from inside the house that Yuuya had blocked a blow from the Dragonias roaring cannon. S§×ar?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Hmph. I could prevent that blow, but if he could have dealt with it himself, it would have been better. More importantly Isnt this going to be interesting? Ouma could tell from their presence who had arrived on the other world side, and he smirked. Thats right If I dont lend a hand once in a while, Yuuya might forget that Im the Genesis Dragon again. He should be able to understand the value of my work here After saying that, he headed to the storage room where the [Door to the Other World] was located. Yuuya-sama! We are coming! At the same time, on the other world side, Lexia and the others were visiting Yuuyas house. Lexia and the others have visited Yuuyas house several times, so it should be a familiar sight, but Luna is appalled by the way in which Yuuyas house and the surrounding area of the Great Devils Nest have been completely obliterated. D-did my eyes go crazy? The land shouldnt have been a clearing like this before Iris gently tapped Luna on the shoulder. You are not crazy, Luna-chan. The ultimate perfection of the Evil that Luna-chan also knows Aviss blow has cleared the land from this point onwards. With a blow? B-but, why is this house safe? Who knows? I still dont understand it either (Yeah. The only person I can think of that can prevent that blow is the Genesis Dragon. But that dragon should not have lent a hand to us. So, I cant think of any reason why this house is safe.) Both Iris and Usagi didnt know that Yuuyas house belonged to a famous sage in the other world, so they still didnt know why it was able to prevent Aviss attack. In the midst of all this, Mai, the only one among them who had never been to this place before, was looking around in a daze. Oh, he lives in such a dangerous place? I mean, I was supposed to be fighting a guy who could clear a forest with a single blow? Before they came here, they were attacked by a pack of monsters several times, but Iris and Usagi easily dealt with them. In addition to that, the content of the conversation between Iris and the others suggests that the battle against the Evil that Mai was originally supposed to fight took place in this place, and she was appalled when she imagined the scale of the battle. Mai, who had been fortunate enough to have never encountered Avis, realized for the first time how powerful the enemy was. Then Lexia, who had run up to Yuuyas house first, tilted her head. Its strange Theres no response from Yuuya-sama. I think hes not home. We are actually forcing ourselves to come here without any kind of promise, after all. No way! Lexia was disappointed by Lunas words. But Luna had a point, and there was a good chance that he was not home. But in this case, the absence depended on whether it was because he was present in the other world where Lexia and the others lived or because he was back to his original world Earth. They came all the way to his house, but there was nothing they could do if he werent here, so they had no choice but to leave. Youve come to the right place, little girls. Eh? When Lexia and the others turned around, there was Ouma smiling at them. Book 8: Epilogue Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoyPart 4 (Haah!) Kuh! I blocked Drades blow with my [Absolute Spear] b-but his attack was heavy! As I was blown away, Drade yawned as if he was bored. (Hmph. I was expecting a little bit more from you, but I guess this is all you can do.) Biiiiiiiiiiii! And then, as if to say, Where are you looking? Ciel charged at Drade, but Drade just took one look at Ciel and waved his arm lightly. At that moment, a mysterious cage appeared around Ciel, trapping him in place. Ciel!? Pi!? Pii! In an attempt to destroy the cage, Ciel immediately wrapped his body in blue flames and rushed at the cage, but Pii! Just as Ciel was about to charge, some force pulled him back to the center of the cage. After that, Ciel moved around several times trying to get out but couldnt reach the cage before he was pulled back to the center. Pii! Pii! (Useless. It is a cage that utilizes universal gravitation. Once inside, it can never be broken from the inside. I was watching the fight earlier and I had never seen your power before. Im going to take you home and study your abilities to the fullest.) Wha? Ciel! In order to save Ciel, I ran towards the cage, but Drade came around before me. (Dont even think about saving your friends with me in front of you, okay?) Get out of my waaaaay! I released all of my limiters and unleashed the power of the [Holy Kings Authority], the power of Evil, and the [Magic Armor]. (Wha!? Youve still been hiding your power!) In order to save Ciel as quickly as possible, I used a variety of Holy techniques to attack Drade. Drade managed to survive my attack, but his body had sustained several wounds. (Kuh! No way this is!) Backup. Yuuya, Im here to help! (Im here too!) Grrrrrr Guoooo! Furthermore, in coordination with me, Yuti and the others started attacking at once, but Drade shouted and released all his energy to prevent Yuti and the others from attacking. (Nuooooooaaaaaa!) Yuti and the others, whos attacks were negated, couldnt help but let out a word of surprise. Amazing he prevented that? (This is the class of a Dragonia planet commander!) (This is not enough to stop me!) Then how about this! In response to the rough breathing Drade, I switched the [Absolute Spear] to [Omni-Sword] and unleashed a technique handed down from Iris-san! [Heavenly Saint Slash]! The attack, which was a truly all-out effort, became a dazzling slash of light high in the sky and swung down on Drade. However. (Guh Dont underestimate the Dragonias!) S§×arch* The nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When Drade crossed his arms, a barrier of some sort appeared, blocking my attack head-on! And in the end, it prevented me from landing the blow which was made with all my might. No way Kuh! (Looks like that was the best you can do, huh?) As a matter of fact, even Drade was not unscathed, and although he had wounds all over his body, he stood firm while I fell to my knees, feeling tremendously fatigued from the recoil of the [Holy Kings Authority]. Moreover, there were still several spaceships floating in the sky, and many Dragonia aliens were still inside them. (Come on, Dragonia elites! Start the invasion!) (Uoooooooooooo!) Then, behind Drade, there was a legion of Dragonia aliens rushing towards me. Predicament. That number is indeed Wow. Im sure they are not the cloned soldiers weve been dealing with, but real, well-trained soldiers. (The winner is decided. Then, Ill take that creature.) Woof! Pi! Pii! I desperately tried to move my body to save Ciel, but the recoil of the [Holy Kings Authority] prevented me from moving my body as I wanted. In fact, if this continues, instead of being killed by Drade, we will be killed by those soldiers. There was no reinforcement for us, and it was at this moment that I thought it was going to end. Permission to pass through the door is requested. Do you wish to grant permission? Permission to pass the door? I read the message that suddenly appeared in front of me in a daze. Y-yes. I nodded in reflex, not entirely understanding what it meant. Then. [Heavenly Saint Slash]! ([Violent Wind Legs]!) (Hmm? Wha!?) Suddenly, two attacks struck the soldiers of Dragonia aliens. They were accompanied by voices I knew well. I turned my gaze toward the voice and was stunned. Because W-why Why are the masters here? Were finally here! (Whats with that mess? Yuuya.) To my surprise, Iris-san and Master Usagi appeared here! No way, was the permission for that door about Iris-san and the others? However, the door is in Sage-sans house. Normally, it should not even be possible to find How did you get here? My dear apprentice is in trouble. Its only natural to come to the rescue, isnt it? (Hah Just ignore what shes saying. The only reason were here is because the Genesis Dragon invited us in.) Eh, Ouma-san? I turned my gaze to the house and saw Ouma-san lying down as usual at the entrance. When he noticed my gaze, he opened one eye and grinned. (Wha!?) Eh? While I was moved by Ouma-sans help, I heard Drades impatient voice, so I looked back again. Then, to my surprise, the cage that Ciel was trapped in came flying towards me, floating in midair! I hurriedly caught it. Then I noticed that there was a thin thread wrapped around the cage that I couldnt see unless I strained my eyes. This is Im not as dependable as the Sword Saint or the Kicking Saint, but Im here too! Luna! Yuuya-sama! Me! Im here too! Eeeh? Le-Lexia-san is here too! I cant hide my surprise at the members of the other world group that appear one after another. And finally, Kagurazaka-san was looking around with an indescribable expression on her face. Hey is this really Japan? Its not even Japan; it doesnt even look like Earth Err well As I wondered how I should respond to Kagurazaka-sans words, Master Usagi, who had moved to stand next to me, spoke up. (Well talk later. Are those people over there your enemies?) Y-yes! When Master Usagi heard my answer, he smiled ferociously. U-um, Master? No matter how I look at it, its the kind of smile that herbivores dont do? (Fuh this is just right. Thanks to you, we, the Holy, didnt know what to do with our power. But if those are your enemies, then Ill repay my debt to you here. You can use me to your hearts content.) Yuuya-kun, its the same for me. If they are your enemies, they are also my enemies as your master. Lets fight together. Master Usagi, Iris-san When I had finally recovered enough to move, I stood up with all my strength and broke the cage that had trapped Ciel. Ciel, stay with Ouma-san and the others! Pi! Pii! When I tried to lower Ciel to safety, Ciel fiercely opposed me, but now that I knew Ciel was being targeted, I couldnt let Ciel fight. I picked up Ciel and went over to Lexia-san and the others and left Ciel with Lexia-san. Lexia-san, can you take care of Ciel for me? Yes, of course. But is Yuuya-sama going to be okay? Lexia-sans concern was understandable. I was so tired that I couldnt move a moment ago. But Im fine now. After all, a reassuring ally has arrived. After leaving Ciel in Lexia-sans care, I faced Drade and his men once again. Master Usagi, Iris-san! Please lend me your strength. (Fine!) Yes! The two of them ran out as soon as they replied and jumped into the crowd of Dragonia soldiers at once! (Kuh! What can they do with just a few more people! Kill them all! (Oooooohhhh!) The enemy soldiers also shouted and rushed towards Master Usagi and the others, but there was no urgency in their expressions. (I dont know what they are saying, but they are sure making light of us.) Thats right. We cant afford to lose to people who arent Evil. Iris-san held her sword low and slashed it up with great force. [Heavenly Rotation]! A tornado of slashes was generated, and it engulfed the soldiers of the Dragonia planet, cutting them up one after another. ([Breaking Kick Flash]!) Master Usagi pulled his legs to the limit of his body and released them at once. At that moment, a blow of extreme compression was released from Master Usagis leg, piercing through the Dragonia aliens who were rushing towards him in an attempt to corner him. In addition, the aftermath of this technique pierced not only the soldiers around him but also the spaceship that was floating in midair. Seeing the actions of Master Usagi and the others, Merl-san, who had never seen the other world group before, was stunned and muttered. (A-amazing that they could so easily defeat those formidable Dragonia aliens) W-well, those two are special, after all. Then, like Merl-san, Drade, who had witnessed the strength of the other world group for the first time, opened his eyes. (Ridiculous nonsense!? What the hell are these people?) Your opponent is me! (Nnh!) I left the other Dragonia aliens to Master Usagi, Merl-san, and the others for the moment, and I attacked Drade. Drade immediately crossed his arms, as he had done when he received my [Heavenly Saint Slash], and deployed what looked like a barrier to intercept my [Omni-Sword], but the barrier was easily cut through by the [Omni-Sword]. (W-what!?) I see When I think about it, Holy was originally a power to counter Evil, and this weapon has a non-standard power that I originally inherited from Sage-san! While [Heavenly Saint Slash] attacks the opponent with the blade of light created by the power of the Holy, now Im using the original power of Sage-sans [Omni-Sword] that can cut anything. So even if it were just a normal attack, Drades barrier would have been sliced through. However, Drade quickly distanced himself from it, just as his arm was about to be cut in half. (What What is that weapon? Im pretty sure I blocked your attack with that weapon earlier! But why is it that when youre weakened, your attack?) It would be a confusing situation for Drade. If looking at the power alone, it is obvious that I have weakened because I dont have the physical strengthening of the [Holy Kings Authority]. I myself was exhausted and not as strong as I was before. However, Sage-sans weapons have more power than that. I thanked Sage-san once again for leaving these weapons to me and held up the [Omni-Sword]. Im going to beat you here. (Stop being cocky, you lowlife creatures! The Earth you live on, and the annihilation weapons of planet Amel! All of it! All of it will belong to us, the Dragonias!) Drade charged, shouting and thrusting out the spear in his hand. However, the attack was not as refined as the first time. [Spiral Slash]! [Unparalleled War Dance]! [Twilight Slash]! In response to Drade, I unleashed all of the techniques of the Sword Saint that Iris-san had unleashed when she was cooking. But even with that attack, Drade was able to handle it and counterattacked. (I cant lose Im the commander of the Dragonia planet! I will not be defeated!) I wont lose either! (Wha?) While I was attacking Drade, I instantly switched from the [Omni-Sword] to the [Absolute Spear]. Drade had been responding to my sword attacks up until now, so he couldnt immediately respond to the spear attack that I switched to in an instant. I made sure not to let that gap slip away. !? In the next moment, something strange happened to my body. I had been fighting with only my energy and no longer had the strength to use the [Holy Kings Authority], but suddenly a golden aura, the same as the [Holy Kings Authority], overflowed from my body. And thats not all. Along with the.golden aura I was also clad in a silver aura that I had never seen before. I-Im not sure what this power is but I know that the golden aura is the Holy power. I felt the pure power of the Holy from this golden aura, even more so than when I activated the [Holy Kings Authority]. And this silver power is similar to the Evil? Its essence was also more pure than that of Kuro and Avis Well, this is not a superficial Evil power of only hatred, but a pure Evil that is necessary in the world I was confused by the suddenness of the situation, but then I thought of the [Holy and Evil Creation] that Argena-san had given me. Could it be this is the true power of [Holy and Evil Creation]? (What kind of power is that? Where did you get that kind of power?) ! Uoooooohhh! Taking advantage of this opportunity, I unleashed my most powerful attack on Drade. Drade tried to block the attack somehow, but Sage-sans weapon, the [Absolute Spear], had pierced everything, including Drade as well. (Kahah) Drade spat out what appeared to be blue blood, different from that of humans. (No, way this me, is losing) He fell down, and for a moment, the surroundings went silent. And then. (Co-commander has been defeated!) (U-uwaaaaaaa!) (R-retreat! Report to the main ship immediately!) (Recover the commander! We need to deactivate the subspace and retreat immediately!) The Dragonia aliens hurriedly fled disorderly into their spaceships and flew away. As all the spaceships disappeared from this mysterious space, the space itself which was distorted at the same time returned to the original Earth. Epilogue We defeated the Dragonia aliens. Immediately after that mysterious space was dispersed, the streets immediately returned to the familiar streets as usual, and we hurried back into the house. Fortunately, there werent that many people near my house, so it didnt cause any commotion, but it would have been a surprise just to see someone suddenly appear, and anyone would have been surprised to see a person with a sword and another clearly dressed like a princess. Thats why we went back to my house before we created a ruckus Everyone was looking around my house with curiosity. So I decided to ask them questions one by one. U-um why did you come to my house? Sorry, it was my fault. Eh? Kagurazaka-sans fault? Then, an unexpected person answered, and as my eyes widened, Kagurazaka-san told me somewhat awkwardly. Um I told Lexia-san and the others that you live in the same world as me. So in the adventurers guild, we heard about a love potion. So, when we went to the forest to look for the ingredients for the love potion, we happened to meet Iris-san and the others, who I also told that you were from the same world as mine. And then we all decided to go talk to you I-I see It was true that if someone had asked Kagurazaka-san about me, they would have known at once that I was from a different world. Its not like I asked Kagurazaka-san to keep quiet about it, so it was probably just a matter of time before someone found out. After I understood the reason why everyone was here, I touched on something in Kagurazaka-sans words that bothered me. Even so Is there such a thing as a love potion? I was surprised, too. And its for you. Aaaaahhhh! !? As soon as Kagurazaka-san was about to say something, Lexia-san and Iris-san covered Kagurazaka-sans mouth with unbelievable speed. W-what is it? Ma-Ma?! You cant say that! T-thats right! As the Sword Saint No, it will affect my reputation as the master! B-but. But theres nothing to say! Its not a problem. This is an order from a princess, okay? I cant do that here! O-okay The conversation seemed to be over, with Kagurazaka-san somewhat limp and Lexia-san smiling dryly. Um What was that all about? I-its nothing! It has nothing to do with you, Yuuya-sama! Huh Is it really nothing to do with me? Kagurazaka-san, I thought she was about to say You for a moment However, looking at the two of them, they didnt seem to be able to answer, so I decided not to pursue the matter any further. Then Iris-san changed the subject. ..Yuuya, you really are from this other world? Eh? Ah, yes. Thats right. I mean, Im sorry for not telling you It doesnt matter! Until we heard about the saint and hero summoning in the country of Regal, we too thought that other worlds were something from fairy tales! (Its true. In fact, I was able to see the other world for a moment just now, but it was different from the world we know. Its just that, Yuuya. It seems to me that the fact that you are special is no different in this world) I-is that so? Yes. Ive been looking around for signs of life, but none of them are as strong as yours. Apparently, they were able to find out that much in just a few moments before entering the house. These two people are amazing Master Usagi had been looking around the house for a while when he suddenly stood up. (Well there are many questions I want to ask you, but for now, lets go back for today.) Eh? Ara? Youre leaving already? Iris-san was also looking at Master Usagi curiously, but Master Usagi frowned. (What do you mean, you have nothing to do with it? You guys are going back too.) Eeh? W-why? At Master Usagis words, Iris-san and Lexia-san raised their voices. But Master Usagis stance did not change. (Is there anything else you can do about it? Looking at Yuuyas condition, at least he needs some rest. Cant you even understand that?) Indeed, when we arrived, Yuuya was completely wounded Luna also nodded to Master Usagis words, and both Lexia-san and Iris-san were at a loss for words. Master Usagi let out a sigh to the two, who were still somewhat dissatisfied. (Hah Its not like its a goodbye. In any case, youre going to explain this, including what happened this time. Do you mind, Yuuya?) Y-yes. Im fine with it. (Right, thats it. Lets get back home.) Ugh yes. Both Lexia-san and Iris-san reacted in the same way and went straight to the storage room where the door was. As soon as I was about to follow them and see them off, Merl-san, who had been silently listening to the conversation, raised her voice. (U-um!) Merl-san? Unfortunately, Merl-sans words were only understood by me, but Master Usagi and the others all stopped as one of the people they were interested in spoke up. Then Merl-san told us in a language that was not very clear to everyone. (Our our planet, please save us!) These words were not only for me but for everyone present. Book 8: Afterword Thanks for your support, its really means a lot to me, and also, it was a nice ride, I hope you all can enjoy this as much as me ????I heard that vol 9 would be released at 20th October, so yeah, maybe I will pick up another novel to replace this one (I wont drop it, its just the replacement while waiting for vol 9 to be released). so let me know if someone have any good novel in mind, I will pick the one that interest me the most ???? Heres the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for reading this book. Im Miku, the author. I feel like Im saying the same thing every time, but this is already the eighth volume over this very short period. I would like to thank all the readers who have been reading my work. Thank you very much. In the midst of this difficult situation that has been continuing since last year, I hope that this work has become one of the things that you are looking forward to. Now, about this story, Ouma was finally able to take a walk outside the house on Earth. However, it cant be just a normal walk, and even on Earth, Ouma showed off his full power. Other than that, there was a full-scale alien attack, and their technological power was overwhelming Kaoris sister also made an appearance, and I think this volume had a lot going for it. While a lot of things were happening in the real world, in the other world, Usagi and the others came to Yuuyas house; Yuuya went on an adventure to the planets core to find the energy that will power Merls spaceship, and so on And after, Ouma, Usagi, Iris, Lexia, and the rest of the people from the other world had all come to Earth in this volume. I cant exactly say that theyd come to Earth properly yet, but Im sure theyll be there soon I have no idea how this story is going to turn out, but Im relieved that its now finished. Sear?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Im just relieved that its finished. But Im going to have to worry about what to do with the next volume again When I read about the technology of Merl and the other aliens again, I think its a mess, but at the same time, I feel like they can actually do things like this. As usual, I dont have any idea what to do with the next volume, but I think I was able to bring out a lot of elements in this volume that will allow me to expand the story. Next time, it might be interesting to have Lexia, and the others tour the Earth properly or focus on the real world. I dont know how it will turn out until I start writing it. I hope you and I can look forward to seeing how the next volume will turn out. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge for his help again. Id like to thank Reine Kuwashima-sama for the wonderful illustrations that make my work so gorgeous every time. I would also like to express my heartfelt gratitude to all the readers who have enjoyed this book. Thank you very much. See you soon. Book 9: Prologue Heres the prologue, please enjoy~Prologue (Please save us please save our planet!) Thanks to Ouma-sans help, Master Usagi, Iris-san and the others arrived, and we managed to defeat the Dragonias army. Merl-san, who witnessed the abilities of Master Usagi and the others here, called out to them. However (Hey, Yuuya. What is that woman there saying?) Eh? When I looked closely, not only Master Usagi but also Iris-san and the others were staring at Merl-san with puzzled expressions. Come to think of it, Merl-sans words werent understood by Yuti either, so the only people who could understand Merl-sans words here were just Ouma-san and me. So, for now, Im just going to tell Master Usagi and the others exactly what Merl-san said. At the same time, I also explained to them about this matter from the beginning. After listening to the shortened, but complete series of events, Master Usagi and the others had indescribable expressions on their faces. (I thought they were a bunch of incomprehensible people, but I didnt expect them to be inhabitants of outer space) I thought their equipment looked unfamiliar The other world alone is an extraordinary situation for me, but now we have aliens who are you really? Kagurazaka-san gave me a stare, but Im not particularly eager to get into all kinds of trouble too, you know (Oh well. For the time being, I understand the contents of the conversation. So what are you going to do about it?) Of course Ill help her! (You idiot. Think about it a little. In all likelihood, we wont have enough strength on our own. Thats not the only opponent, is it?) When I conveyed Master Usagis question directly to Merl-san, she nodded with a nervous expression. (If thats the case, we are still lacking in strength. We need at least one person who is as strong as Iris and me.) If you say its someone equal to Master Usagi and Iris-san, it would be another Holy, right? But will they cooperate with us? In fact, the Fist Saint and Spear Saint had fallen to the Evil as Fallen Saints. In addition, it seemed that the Fist Saint had been going around beating the other Holy But (I dont know if I should say were lucky, but I have a guess.) Right As Yuuya said, the numbers of the Holy itself have indeed been drastically reduced. But its also true that there are still some Holy left. Usagi and I were just on our way to meet him. R-really? (Yeah. Its not just that guy; I also had to tell the other Holy that the Evil has been defeated.) Master Usagi mentioned that after Night and the others defeated Avis, he had to go and report this to the other Holy Who is this Holy that you mentioned? (The Magic Saint) When Yuuya and the others had defeated the Dragonia aliens on Earth, there was a new movement in the other world. The time of resurrection is near. At the far end of the world, where people dont live, and monsters dont exist, there is [The Worlds Disposal Ground]. In the past, this was the base of operations for the Evil that Yuuya and the others defeated, and it was originally a place where people did not exist. But now, there were countless groups of people in [The Worlds Disposal Ground]. All of them wore black robes and hoods to hide their faces. Among them, one man in a particularly gorgeous robe spread his hands and spoke eloquently. Foolish mortals seem to think that our God is dead, but that is not true! Our God is now awakening with a new power! Right! Our God is immortal! The group of people who were fanatical to any extent radiated a negative emotion an emotion that was close to Evil. They were the very group that believed in Evil as the only absolute God. As the words of the surrounding believers heated up, the group leader raised his hand, and the crowd instantly quieted down. I understand the anger of our people painfully They thought they hurt and destroyed our God. But hear me! They would never expect this. They would never have crossed their minds that our God would be resurrected by the skill of a sage who had once destroyed our God as well! The man who shouted this held up a piece of paper in his hand. [Swapping Time Magic] Fufufu. I never thought this kind of magic existed. With this magic, we can resurrect our God from the past! Oh! Founder! Lets use that magic right now! One after another, the believers appealed for the use of this magic. But the man who was called the founder appeased them. Hold on. Id certainly like to use this magic right now, but Im afraid it comes at a price. A price? Whatever the price is, we will pay it! Yes. But dont be so hasty. This magic works by replacing a person from this period with a being from a past period. Then lets replace it with one of us! As the believers raise their hands in sacrifice for the resurrection of God, the founder laughs. There is no need to sacrifice my people. I have already selected the target. W-whos that? What, its simple I will use the same being who destroyed our God. The believers eyes widened at the founders words. The magic that the abominable sage left behind is, as I said before, magic that replaces an existence of the past with an existence of the present. And this time, as well as in the past with the sage, our God has been defeated Our God who has become the ultimate perfection should not have been defeated by the Holy of this age. S-so, who the hell is responsible for our Gods destruction? Im not sure about the details, but our God was defeated on his way to the [Great Devils Nest]. At the same time, there was a rumor circulating in the Alceria Kingdom. A rumor that a person was living in the [Great Devils Nest]. !? Everyone present widened their eyes at the founders words. Thats how dangerous the [Great Devils Nest] was, and its difficult to believe that there were people living there. I understand your surprise. I couldnt believe it either, but it seems that the person who lives in the [Great Devils Nest] is a close friend of the first princess of the Alceria Kingdom. Its been confirmed that the first princess often takes a small number of guards with her to the [Great Devils Nest] and heads there maybe this is why. In that [Great Devils Nest] if she goes this far, theres no doubt that someone lives there. T-then youre saying that this person destroyed our God? Its a possibility. The believers were silent at the founders words. Naturally, the believers did not doubt that Evil was the most potent and most supreme existence, but they still perceived the [Great Devils Nest] as a dangerous place. There was no such thing as an ordinary being living there. But Thats why Im going to use that being. ! The believers opened their eyes to the founder who was smiling fearlessly. If that being has defeated our God, it could very well be an obstacle to our God after the resurrection. But what if we sacrifice that being to resurrect our God? Then there will be no more obstacles to our long-cherished desire! The believers eyes lit up at the founders words. Thats right. But in order to do so, we must find out the identity of the person living in the [Great Devils Nest] It will be a dangerous path, but will you lend me your strength? Yes! For the sake of our God! And so, in a place unknown to Yuuya and the others, a new agenda began to unfold. Meanwhile, in the Regal Kingdom, King Orghis decided on a matter at an important meeting of his vassals. Ill open the [Kings Council]. Your Majesty! The vassals were surprised by Orghis statement. The [Kings Council] that Orghis announced was literally a meeting where the Kings of the world would gather. Since it was a conference of a very large scale, with the gathering of the Kings of the world, it could not be held so easily. There were countries that have taken an aggressive stance against other countries, so if they tried to hold a meeting with inappropriate content, the position of the Regal Kingdom would be adversely affected, and in the worst-case scenario, the Regal Kingdom might come under concentrated fire from many countries. Even so, there was a reason why Orghis wanted to hold the council. As you all know, the Evil has attacked our country in its full form. And even the Sword Saint Iris-dono and the Kicking Saint Usagi-dono were helpless against the perfect Evil this a situation we can no longer handle alone. T-thats B-but that would mean that other countries would have to know about Mai-donos existence! Orghis, who did not know that the Evil had already been destroyed by Yuuya and the others, heated up at the discussion. As one of the vassals said, the Regal Kingdom had summoned an existence called Mai from another world, using a skill left behind by the sage a skill that was banned by the world. And, as Orghis said, in order to gain the cooperation of other countries to fight against the Evil, there was no way to avoid telling them about Mai. Even if it was unavoidable in order to fight against Evil, it was obvious that it would be condemned. However, no matter how serious the discussion was, the Evil did not exist anymore because it had already been defeated. The only things that exist now were the Evil Beast. Orghis, who didnt know this, nodded firmly with a grim expression on his face. Ive been prepared for this from the beginning. I will accept the blame from other countries. It would be a small price to pay if the world could unite with only us being blamed. Your Majesty Its inconvenient for everyone. I should be the only one to take all the blame No, Your Majesty. We agree with the decision that you made. We feel bad for the person involved, but if we didnt do this, it would be the end of our country no, humanity would end! As if sympathizing with the vassal who spoke up, the other vassals nodded with serious expressions. Everyone in the room clearly understood that the power of this world the power of the Holy was not enough to handle the tremendous power of Avis, because they had seen it firsthand. The only thing was that Avis, the person they needed to defeat, no longer exists in this world. After looking over each of the vassals faces, Orghis nodded firmly. Everyone I appreciate your support. Then lets get to work. These days, the movement of the cult that worships the Evil has become more and more active It has been a disturbing presence for some time, but now finally? The cult that Orghis was talking about was a group that believed in Evil. Although they have never been involved in any kind of terrorist activity before, they still needed to be more vigilant because you never know what they might plan to do now that Avis, the ultimate perfect form of Evil, had been born. As mentioned many times already, Avis was already dead. In other words, they were now having a very serious discussion about someone who did not exist. As the vassals who received Orghis instructions immediately began to move to deliver the letters to the various countries, Orghis sank deeper into his chair. There are many things that I have to inform them about Evil, about Mai-dono. Its not something that is easily believable, but if I can get Lexia-dono, who knows about the situation, to join me, things will be different. Its unusual to invite a princess to the Kings Council, but it cant be helped now. Orghis quickly put together a plan for the future in his mind and waited for Lexias return. (Your Majesty! Commander of the Third Division, Drade-sama, has returned!) (Let him through!) The Third Division was defeated in the battle against Yuuya and has retreated. Although the unit commander, Drade, was receiving medical treatment aboard the ship during his return, his wounds were still not completely healed because his ship did not have the same advanced facilities as the mother ship. Still, in order to be the first to announce the existence of the threat of Yuuya, Drade immediately went before Draco III, the king of the Dragonia aliens. After being escorted to Draco IIIs room, he stepped forward and prostrated himself with tremendous vigor. (Your Majesty I shall be punished for this!) (..) Draco III gave him a cold stare and slowly opened his mouth. (What happened?) (Ha Upon Your Majestys order, I immediately went to the remote planet where the Amelians were hiding out. We were supposed to battle the target Amelians, but we ended up fighting their collaborators and we were defeated..) (Collaborators?) Draco III raised his eyebrows slightly. (Was there anyone else in this universe besides the planet Amel who would be foolish enough to stand up to us? Or were there others who had already shown their reverence and were hiding and secretly building up their forces?) (N-no, thats we were defeated by the humans of the planet where the target the Amelians were hiding out) (What did you say?) Draco III couldnt believe his ears at Drades report. He had thought that they controlled the entire universe except for the planet Amel, so he hadnt expected to find any threatening beings outside of Amel. Of course, when they found out that Merl was hiding on Earth, they also investigated the planet, and they knew that with the level of technology on Earth and the fighting power of the people living there, there was no way that the Dragonias could be defeated. Thats why he couldnt believe that people from that planet had defeated Drade. (Its hard to believe. Are you saying that Amel has succeeded in developing a new weapon?) Draco III was more inclined to believe that the Amelians had created a new weapon that the Dragonias did not know about and that the Earthlings had used it to defeat Drade. Draco III was silent for a while, but then he turned his gaze to Drade again. Sensing the gaze on his skin, Drade shrunk even more and rubbed his forehead against the ground. (Y-you can punish me any way you want!) (I dont care about your will. Normally, Id ask you to disappear, but I cant afford to have my forces diminished here.) (..) (You were the bravest of all our Dragonias. If you are defeated, it will affect the morale of our nation. But at the same time, we cant let those who are helping the Amelians go unchecked. Once youve healed your wounds, the Third Division should capture the Amelians and their collaborators as soon as possible!) (Ha! Thank you for your generous offer!) Drade bowed once more and stared into the void as he exited the room. sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (Just wait for me and I will pay you back for this wound!) Thus, various parties began to move. Book 9: Chapter 1: Part 1 Sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~Part 1 Um are you sure this is okay? Of course! After that, Master Usagi went back to the other world to recruit a person called the Magic Saint into our group. In the first place, Master Usagi was on his way to tell the other Holy and their disciples that Night and the others had defeated Evil, and Iris-san was accompanying him. On the way, they happened to meet up with Lexia-san and the others, which was how they heard about me from Kagurazaka-san, so they came to the Sage-sans house in the other world to confirm the truth. Just as I was fighting the Dragonias on Earth, they decided to join me. So, now that the Dragonias had been defeated, he needed to return and explain the situation to the Holy, but Iris-san didnt go with him and stayed here. And. Heh! So this is Yuuya-samas house, huh! Its very different from our world Mai, is this the way houses are generally built in this world? Well, yes. Although there are a few things missing Its not just Iris-san, but Lexia-san and others had also remained here. Its not surprising that Kagurazaka-san, who was originally from Earth, was still here, but I wonder if its okay for a princess like Lexia-san to be in a place like this? I thought about Owen-san, one of Lexia-sans guards, who was not here at the moment. Then, Iris-san said with a serious expression. In fact Merl-san, was it? Considering what Yuuya-kun told me about her, Im worried that this place will be targeted again. But right now, Yuuya is still damaged from the previous battle, and if that happens, were worried about your current strength. Thats why we stayed behind. I see Thats right! So dont worry about it, Yuuya-sama! Well, I dont know what Lexia can do, but Ill help you in my own way. Hey, Luna! Ill do anything if I have to! Thank you very much, everyone I bowed my head towards Lexia-san and the others who said they were worried about me and would help me. And then Merl-san, who was watching the situation, also bowed her head along with me. (Me too Id like to thank you for your help as well.) Hey, raise your head! Were only helping you because we want to help Yuuya-kun. Even so its strange to look at Merl-sans outfit again. In addition to all of the things in your world that we dont have, there are also different designs and different languages, so its a little difficult to communicate with her As Iris-san said this, I suddenly asked Merl-san. You know, Iris-san just said that its hard for her to communicate with Merl-san because she doesnt understand your language. Isnt it possible to somehow communicate with her using Amelians technology? (I didnt pay attention to it until now because it was working for Yuuya-san Indeed, it should be possible. Please wait a moment.) As Merl-san said this, she operated the terminal attached to her left hand, and after a while, an electronic sound played. (I have just sent the language information of my planet to everyone here. What do you think?) Then, in response to Merl-sans words, not only Iris-san, Lexia-san and the others, but also Yuti, who had been with her until now, was surprised. Astonished. I can suddenly understand Merls words now. This is Its not like magic, and I didnt feel any magic at all Lexia-san and Luna seemed to be surprised, but the most surprised one was Kagurazaka-san. No way, you can understand the language just by operating the terminal earlier? Isnt that insanely convenient! With that, I wont ever get a red mark on my English test again! Eh? Oh, i-its nothing! Forget what you just heard! Y-yes. All I could do was nod to Kagurazaka-san, whose face had turned bright red as she told me that. While we were having this conversation, Lexia-san, who had been looking around the inside of the house with great interest, raised her voice. Hey, hey, Yuuya-sama! Id really like to see the world where you live! Eeh? Ara, Im curious about that, too. T-thats Hey, Lexia. Dont bother Yuuya too much Well, Id be lying if I said it didnt interest me, though. Luna too But, as Lexia-san said, I can understand why they are concerned about this world. Thats what happened with Yuti and Ouma-san, too Then Iris-san continued with a slightly serious expression. Of course, its partly out of curiosity, but its also to get an idea of the surroundings in case those people come back to attack you. Well, it seems that we were isolated in a strange space at that time, but it cant be like that every time, can it? I-I see. If she said that, I would think so, but I didnt know the details either. Im not a professional fighter myself, even if I got involved in various things lately and had to fight. I understand. I dont have a problem showing you around the Earth, but Whats wrong? When I hesitated, Iris-san and the others tilted their heads. But Kagurazaka-san, who understood what I was trying to say, spoke for me. Um the problem is the way Lexia and the others are dressed, isnt it? sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Eeh? O-our clothes? Yes. No one on Earth dresses like a princess. Its just as Kagurazaka-san said. Although Lexia-san was wearing an outfit that was a bit more comfortable to move around in, it still looked like a princess dress, and Lunas outfit was not as flashy as a dress, but it looked like it could be considered cosplay. And Iris-san, too, not only had on her the same kind of cosplay as Luna, but she also had a magnificent sword hanging from her waist. Besides Lexia-san and the others may be able to change their outfits, but Iris-sans sword is definitely no good Eeeh? What do you mean by no sword? What are you going to do if you get attacked in that condition? Um our world isnt as dangerous as yours, so theres no need to carry weapons around Its not a completely safe place, of course, but still, compared to other worlds, Japans security was much better. Its not like there are monsters out there that would kill you for no reason. When Iris-san and the others heard what Kagurazaka-san and I had said, they looked incredulous and surprised. No way I cant believe were in a world where we dont need to carry any weapons Thats a little hard to believe But now that you mention it, I understand a little more. When I first came to this world and investigated the surroundings a little, I thought that no one gave off as strong a presence as you did, but its not that you were special; its just that this world itself is peaceful, so there was no strong presence W-wait! Then we can not look around your world? H-hmm To be honest, I dont know what will happen to Lexia and the others since youll probably stand out, but as long as you change your clothes, itll be a little better, right? Kagurazaka-san said with an indescribable expression on her face; it is true that Lexia-san and the others would stand out Lexia-san had the elegance of a princess, and Luna and Iris-san each had a different aura. If thats the case, then Mai! Can you prepare the clothes of this world for us? Eeh? If we do that, then we can take a look around Yuuya-samas world, right? So, please! Kagurazaka-san was confused when she was asked to do so, but overpowered by Lexia-sans pleading gaze and Iris-san and Lunas expectant gaze, she nodded. I-I understand! But I dont know anything about fashion, so dont complain about what I bought you! Thank you, Mai! Of course! Lexia-san was overjoyed and hugged Kagurazaka-san. Good grief Then I need to find out your clothing size Wait, you, get out of this room. Y-yes! I nodded to Kagurazaka-sans words and hurriedly left the room. How did this happen? Well then, Yuuya-kun! Youre still recovering, so take it easy and get some rest! Yuuya-sama! Please wait for my homemade cooking! Yuuya, dont worry. Its not just me this time, but Iris-sama will also be present. The two of us will be able to control Lexia Sorry, that might be impossible Dont just give up like that! Currently, the situation was that Kagurazaka-san, who measured each size, had just left to go shopping to prepare clothes for Lexia-san and the others to tour the Earth together. If I were to buy clothes for the three of them suddenly, I would have to spend a fair amount of money, but since I could use the features of the [Door to the Other World] to exchange items I had acquired in the other world for cash, I managed to prepare the money. So, when Kagurazaka-san went out to buy clothes for the three of them, to my surprise, Iris-san offered to do the housework for me. Yuuya-kun, Its my role as a master to take care of my apprentice! You should get some rest and let this Onee-san take care of you for now! It was true that I was still exhausted from the battle with Drade, the commander of the Dragonia aliens, so I was grateful for the offer. But as expected, I felt bad and tried to refuse. But then Lexia-san raised her voice. Iris-sama, please wait! In that case, Ill take care of Yuuya-sama! Yes, first of all, lets have a home-cooked meal! Ara, thats exactly what Ill do. Ive had Yuuya-kun eat my cooking before, and of course, he said it was delicious. What did you say? Ive never cooked for Yuuya-sama before! Let me cook for him this time! Inspired by Iris-sans words and seeing Lexia-sans motivation, Luna also raised her voice in panic. W-wait! If Lexia is going to do it, then Im going to do it too! I dont know what will happen if you leave it to this girl alone! W-well, I want to take care of Yuuya, too When I was really grateful that all of them wanting to do something for me, I suddenly heard a lovely sound. When I looked towards the sound, I saw that Yuti was looking at us with a straight face. Hungry. I want a good meal. Right. Im hungry too. Ouma-san, who had been sleeping disinterestedly until now, sighed and said so, and the three of them began to cook in earnest. I led them to the kitchen of my house, and everything there was strange to them. T-this is You can start a fire just by turning the knob, and you can also adjust the heat!? This one produces water just by twisting it! And it even has hot water! W-what is this box its cold inside! B-but I dont feel any magic in any of them Could it be that theyre working without magic? The three of them were amazed by the stove, water supply, and refrigerator, respectively. For me, its all very common, but from the point of view of people from the other world, I guess its all fresh and strange. I was also surprised when I saw magic for the first time, after all. Merl-san, who was standing next to me watching the three of them amazed by the things in the house, muttered to herself. (Interesting to be surprised by this level of science and technology when they have so much power) I think its because the type of technology is different from that of the other world. Of course, Merl-san and the others technology was out of the norm in comparison. As I was thinking about this, Iris-san, who seemed to have some idea of what was going on in the kitchen and was wearing an apron from the house, started to cook. There are plenty of spices; I can make anything with this. Well then [Twilight Slash]! I-Iris-sama! Lexia-san and Luna were surprised to see Iris-san generously using her skill as a Sword Saint in cooking. But without paying attention to these two, she continued to use her skills one after another to prepare the food. (Really, how can she use that much swordsmanship in her cooking?) Merl-san. I dont understand that either. Lexia-san was impressed with the way Iris-san handled the ingredients with her amazing sword skills as always, but she quickly came to her senses. Hah!? I cant stay like this! I have to get started too Eii! (!?) !? The moment Lexia-san swung the knife and brought it down with great force, the knife passed right between Merl-san and me in a flash. We both turned around fearfully to see the knife sticking out of the wall. Ara? Where did the knife go? I asked fearfully, overhearing the innocent voice of Lexia-san. Um Lexia-san? Since then, have you learned how to cook? Of course, I learned how to cook! But theres something strange. I dont know why the chefs at the castle dont want me to cook for them. Well, I guess theyre afraid of me because Im so good! Sorry, Yuuya. I cant stop it! Hey, Luna! If you give up right there, Im in big trouble! If Luna cant do it, then I will! I tried to help her, but Lexia-san was stubborn and would not let me help her. Yuuya-sama! I have to do this myself! Besides, you didnt let me cook last time either This is where I have to show you my skills! Ara, so you cook too, Lexia-chan? Alright, lets see which one of us can win Yuuya-kuns stomach! Iris-san? If you say such an incendiary thing. Yuuya-samas stomach Yes, Im in for that match! Im not going to lose to Iris-sama! Im not going to go easy on you just because youre a princess, you know? As you wish! Sure enough, Lexia-san, inspired by Iris-sans words, started cooking with even more enthusiasm! Luna! I want you to stop those two When I looked at Lexia-san and the others, I turned my gaze to the last resort, Luna, who also had a motivating look on her face. Fufufu Well, if thats the case, I wont hold back either! Lu-Luna? Yuuya! Ill be cooking for you too, so you can look forward to it! Eeeehh? Luna, who I thought was going to be helping with stopping Lexia-san, had now declared that she will cook too! Moreover, just like Iris-san, she throws the ingredients into the air and cuts them up with her favorite weapon, the thread. [Unparalleled Dance]! Eeiii! Haaahh! The ingredients danced around them, and sometimes the utensils flew through the air as the three of them cooked. (..) .. Merl-san and I quietly left the kitchen. Book 9: Chapter 1: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~Part 2 Sensing danger, I left the kitchen and played with Night and the others to relieve my fatigue. Then, for some reason, Lexia-san, who had black scorch marks all over her body, came to me with a smile. Yuuya-sama, its ready! Err are those scorch marks? Oh, this? Dont worry! It was just a little mistake! A little? I was too afraid to ask what happened next, but I didnt hear any explosions, so I guess it wasnt too disastrous. Behind Lexia-san, Luna turns white as if she has run out of steam, but she must be okay. Lets just hope so! Ah, I have prepared for Night and the others as well, so dont worry about it! W-woof Fugo. Pi? Night looked somewhat bewildered, as did I. Akatsuki seemed to have realized something from Lexia-sans appearance and now wore a peaceful expression like a bodhisattva. Ciel is twisting his head curiously as if he still doesnt understand W-well, I guess its okay! Fuwaahh Its finally done, huh.? Good grief, to make me wait so long Limit. My stomach wont stop rumbling. Ouma-san and Yuti seemed to be unconcerned about Lexia-sans condition from the start. Its amazing Merl-san and I looked at each other, made up our minds, and moved to the dining table. Then, Iris-san had prepared all the dishes and was waiting for us. Originally, my grandfather and grandmother lived in this house together, but since my grandmother passed away, my grandfather had been living alone. I used to come and visit them often, and my grandpa had bought this big table for me to have dinner with him. At the time, I thought the table was too big for the two of us, but my grandpa had taken the trouble to prepare it for me in case my friends came to stay some time. Thanks to this, we were able to have a large group of people around the table: me and Yuti, plus Iris-san, Lexia-san, Luna, and Merl-san. Incidentally, Ouma-san and Night and the others have their own plates and luncheon mats, which they always use to eat their meals. Oh, youve come. Im sorry you had to go through all this No problem! I already told you, right? Its the masters role to take care of the apprentices. But Lexia-chans cooking was so creative that it made things difficult. Iris-san told me with a distant look in her eyes, perhaps remembering the time of cooking. U-um, what kind of cooking did you do to make that Sword Saint say that much, Lexia-san! Well, Iris-sans cooking method is also quite unique. As I took my seat, Iris-san and Lexia-sans eyes lit up brightly. Yuuya-kun, can I sit next to you? Yuuya-sama! Excuse me for sitting next to you! Eh? I was surprised by the words that were said at the same time, but Lexia-san and Iris-san faced each other with smiles on their faces. But even though they should be smiling at each other, their appearance was somehow frightening. Lexia-chan? I think you should give up your seat here to me, Yuuya-kuns master. No, no, Iris-sama. Im very close to Yuuya-sama and even asked him to marry me! Ill sit next to him here. No, wait a minute. If Lexia and Iris-sama cant decide, Ill be the one to take. No! I wont even give it to Luna! W-wait a moment! D-d-did you just say marriage? Yu-Yuuya-kun! What the heck does that mean? Eehh? The situation was so chaotic that I was taken aback because I didnt expect it to come crashing down on me. Its true that when I first met Lexia-san, she asked me to marry her out of the blue, but I guess that was like a suspension bridge effect, and now were friends or it should be. In the first place, there was no way that an ordinary person like me could be matched with a princess like Lexia-san. N-no way B-but, when I look at the way Yuuya-kun is acting, I think your proposal ended in failure, dont you think so? Ugh! Fufu, it seems I got it right, doesnt it? By the way, Ive seen Yuuya-kun naked before! Eeeeehhhhhh!? Iris-saaann! The way you said it! Thats going to cause a huge misunderstanding! After being trained by Iris-san, Iris-san herself gave me a massage, and Im pretty sure I was only naked on the top half of my body at that time But it was really just my upper body! And its not like Im the one who offered it! Lexia-san and Luna shouted in astonishment at Iris-sans tone-deaf remark, and Merl-san also widened her eyes. When I hurriedly tried to clear up the misunderstanding, Lexia-san looked at me with tears in her eyes. fair. Eh? Thats not fair! I want to see Yuuya-sama naked too! Lexia-saaan? Thats a horrible thing to say! sea??h th§× NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When I was no longer in the mood to eat, Yuti sat down next to me with an unconcerned look on her face. Ah! Pointless. Hurry up and eat. I dont want to be bothered by your petty squabbles. How long do you intend to leave us here? .. Overwhelmed by the presence of not only Yuti but also a slightly irritated Ouma-san, Iris-san, Lexia-san, and Luna sat down on the empty seat quietly. Seeing this, Merl-san also sat down at the last available seat, and we finally began to eat Here, Yuuya-kun? U-um Iris-san? For some reason, Iris-san offered me a spoon with an amazing smile. The spoon was topped with a dish that Iris-san had made this time. Um I can eat it myself No! You have not yet recovered your strength, right? So, be quiet and let me take care of you. Its not that serious. Im not so tired that I cant eat by myself, regardless of how exhausted I am. But Iris-san ignored my words and offered me a spoonful. Dont worry about that; just eat. What do you mean? Yuuya-sama! You have to eat the food I made too! Eeh? Uhh? This time, Lexia-san also offered me a spoon, but what was on it was a mysterious purple object that I couldnt figure out how it was cooked. Moreover, the food on the spoon looked like magma, with bubbles bursting out of it, even though the spoon that was held close to me was filled with cold air. What kind of cooking did you really do? As I was puzzled in a different way from Iris-sans offer, a third spoon was offered to me from another direction. Eh? Eat up. Ive made it for you. Lunas cheeks flushed with embarrassment as she held out the spoon. As the three spoons approached me, I was confused as to what to do, and Merl-san, who was watching the scene, muttered. (This planet no, is it the culture of the world beyond that door? Its very interesting that you would offer a piece of your food to another person. Delicious. Its delicious. Looking at Yuti and Merl-san, who were going at their own pace, I felt a lot of envy, but I kept thinking desperately about how I could get out of this situation. Err what the heck happened while I went shopping? There were various things. Various things Kagurazaka-san looked at me with a puzzled expression as I finished eating Iris-sans homemade meal, and instead of resting my body, I was mentally exhausted. This may be the first time Ive ever had a meal that exhausted me to this extent By the way, Kagurazaka-sans meal was also prepared for her while she was out shopping, and when she finished eating it, we finally got to see the clothes she had bought. I think Ive bought clothes that will suit everyone, so check them out for yourself. So these are clothes from the other world! This is amazing It feels different from linen and silk The design of the clothes is also very different from our world. Yes. What can I say? It doesnt look very comfortable to move around in, though. Lexia-san and the others held the clothes that Kagurazaka-san had bought in their hands and observed them with great interest. Speaking of which, there are no clothes made of chemical fiber in the other world, and in this world, you dont have to worry about being attacked by monsters, so most of the clothes are made with the priority of design rather than ease of movement. But even so, some Earth clothes are easier to move in than they look, and there are also clothes like jerseys and gym uniforms that are designed for movement, so I guess its hard to say. Well, the purpose of this trip was to allow Lexia-san and the others to go sightseeing normally, so I asked Kagurazaka-san to prepare some fashionable clothes that were common on Earth. Ill try it on right away! Eh? When Lexia-san said that, she suddenly started to take off her clothes! W-wait, Lexia! Dont change your clothes while he is still here! Eh? Why not? For some reason, when Kagurazaka-san desperately tried to stop her, Lexia-san had a strange expression on her face. Luna pressed her forehead in response to Lexia-sans actions. This fool Mai, forgive her. Lexia is royalty, you know. She doesnt have much of a sense of shame about it, probably because shes used to having people take her clothes off for her. Ah well, even nobles have similar customs, but not all of them, you know? I dont know if Lexia-chan is special or if its her fathers education policy, but I think she hasnt learned these things properly yet. Kagurazaka-sans eyes widened at Luna and Iris-sans explanation. Considering how her father, Arnold-sama, doted on Lexia-san, I think Iris-sans words were not a lie. T-the other world, or rather the royal family, is amazing but thats not the point! Because bad things are still bad things. You too, dont just sit there and do nothing, get out of here right now! Y-yes! With Kagurazaka-sans words, I left the room as if I had been shot. After spending some time interacting with Night and the others, Kagurazaka-san gave me permission to come back. Then What do you think, Yuuya-sama? I dont know what to say I feel strange because Im not used to wearing normal clothes, but its surprisingly easy to move around. Yes. Its easier to move than I thought I think I can handle an enemy attack in this. In contrast to her usual gorgeous dress, Lexia-san has the air of a secluded young lady, and Luna is wearing a skirt instead of her usual pants. And Iris-san wore a shirt with a large opening at the chest, giving her the air of a mature woman. All of them were wearing Earth clothes in a very fashionable way. I-its amazing I know I picked it out myself, but doesnt it look too good on everyone? Its on a level that most celebrities cant compete with. As Kagurazaka-san said, each of them had their own unique atmosphere and an overwhelming aura comparable to that of the top model Miu-san. As I was being pressured by the three of them, Lexia-san came close to me. So, what do you think? Y-yes. I think it looks great on everyone I thought so from the bottom of my heart, but I was too embarrassed to praise them face to face, so I managed to squeeze it out, and Lexia-san gave me a slightly dissatisfied look. Mmm I would like to hear some more from you, but oh well! More importantly, lets go see the world where Yuuya-sama lives as soon as possible! H-hey! Ah! Its not fair, Lexia-chan! Yuuya-kun belongs to me, his master! No! He belongs to me! I dont belong to anyone! Geez I wonder if this is going to be okay While Luna sighed behind my back, Lexia-san and Iris-san took my arm, and we went out of the Earths house. Book 9: Chapter 1: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~Part 3 A-amazing! There really is no magic at all No one even carries a weapon As soon as they left the house, Lexia-san and the others were stunned as they looked at the people and the streets on the way. For your information, Night and Merl-san did not come with us on this sightseeing trip. I thought that Ouma-san would come along with us, but he seemed to be staying at home because it was too noisy with Lexia-san and the others around. Yuti was also staying at home to do some training, probably because she received a request from Merl-san, and Merl-san will accompany her in her training. I wanted to train too, but Iris-san had stopped me from doing so To be honest, the fight with Drade was so close that I was impatient to restart my training right away, but the fatigue from the battle hadnt worn off yet, and I was told that pushing too hard now would have the opposite effect. If thats the case, I think it would be better for me to stay home and relax but the momentum of Lexia-san and Iris-san pushed me over the edge, and I decided to go with them. Fortunately, Kagurazaka-san is also coming along, so even if something happens, it will be possible to deal with it to some extent. However H-hey Whoa! W-what the heck is that group? Are they celebrities? But Ive never seen such a beautiful group of people. Lexia-san and the others were very conspicuous. When people on the street saw Lexia-san and the others, they would stare at them with wide eyes. Some of them were so fascinated with us that they turned around and almost bumped into other people, making us feel on edge. Then Lexia-san tilted her head in response to the stares. Isnt that strange? Thanks to Mai, we should feel comfortable with our appearance, so why are people looking at us like this? Surely the people of this world wouldnt know that Lexia is a princess. Its not like they know Im a Sword Saint either so Im not sure. You really dont get it, do you? Oh, hahaha I could only smile bitterly in response to Kagurazaka-sans tired tone. The people in the surroundings were in a buzz because of the appearance of the three of them, who were not surprised to be called celebrities. But it was because Lexia-san and the others, who did not know the concept of celebrities, did not understand. There may be stage actors and the like in the other world, but since there is no TV or movies like on Earth, there must be a big difference like that. As I continued sightseeing while thinking about this, We were suddenly approached by a voice. U-um! May I have a moment of your time? Eh? When we turned toward the voice, there was a woman there. The woman seemed to be looking at Lexia-san and the others, and although Luna and Iris-san looked slightly alarmed at the contact from an unknown person, the woman did not notice. And Lexia-san, who was approached, lightly restrained Luna and spoke to her with a smile. No problem. What can I do for you? !? The woman admired the elegant smile on Lexia-sans face. As I looked around and wondered who the woman was, I suddenly realized something. Eh? Do Lexia-san and the others understand Japanese? Thinking about it, I usually casually talk with Lexia-san and the others, but without the [Language Comprehension] skill, I would not be able to understand them However, when I think back on it now, Yuti, Kaori, and even Kagurazaka-san were having very normal conversations with their counterparts in the other world. Whats really going on here? Its possible that when Kagurazaka-san was summoned, something that allowed her to learn languages was incorporated into her magic. However, Kaori and Yuti could carry out conversations themselves even in a situation where they didnt have any special skills. I wonder if the language learning function was attached to the basic feature of the [Door to Another World]? If so, its so strange that they couldnt understand Merl-sans words Or is it because the worlds that are connected are the other world and the Earth, and it is set to learn only the language of those two? I didnt realize this until recently It might be a good idea to look into the [Door to Another World] more. Rather, it was wrong that I didnt look into it properly until now. The woman who was admiring Lexia-sans smile quickly came to her senses as I was thinking about the door again and took out something from her bag. Im from Star Production Production? The woman who approached us was a scout for an entertainment agency! The buzz around us grew louder at the sight of us. H-hey, Star Productions is Its an agency that has very famous celebrities, right? Yes, yes! The model Miu is very popular these days, isnt she? Its not real, is it? Scouting on the street nowadays is suspicious, isnt it? Real or fake, if they look like that, its no wonder they were scouted It seemed that the agency of the woman who approached us was from the same agency that Miu-san belonged to. Then I noticed that Kagurazaka-san was stunned. Kagurazaka-san? Are you okay? Ha! Im not okay! Its that Star Production, you know!? I-I heard its some kind of amazing place. Why are you so calm? Star Production is one of the most popular entertainment agencies in Japan, and all the actresses and actors belonging to them are top class, you know? I didnt know that Miu-san belonged to such a great agency Im not familiar with the entertainment industry, so I cant say for sure, but from the looks of Kagurazaka-san, there are probably actors and actresses I know who are from there. As Kagurazaka-sans momentum was getting the better of her, the scout lady didnt try to solicit her enthusiastically on the spot but instead handed over her business card and simply told Lexia-san to contact her if she was interested, and then left. Then, Lexia-san looked at the business card in her hand, and her eyes widened. Lexia-san, what happened? This card the material its made of and the printing its made with incredible technology, right? Is that where youre surprised? If its a business card from a famous agency, its likely to be made from high-quality paper. Phew, Im really tired. After that, Lexia-san and the others went for a very long walk in the streets near my house. From my point of view and Kagurazaka-sans point of view, it was refreshing to see how surprised they were by the cars and traffic lights, which were not particularly unusual. We decided to take a short break, so we stopped at a nearby park. Children were playing in the park, and there was a little food stall nearby, which smelled good. It smells so good just now What is that smell? Thats a sweet food called crepes. Sweet It looks like theres a lot more to it than that At a quick glance, I saw that there were more varieties of tapioca and kebabs than I expected. I wonder if there are always this many stalls here. I finished my explanation, but Lexia-san and the others were all staring at the crepe stall. um, would you like to try some? I want it! A-amazing I thought we just had lunch a while ago! I guess they have a different appetite for sweets. When all three of them said that at the same time, we headed to the crepe stall. T-there are so many kinds of crepes But we cant read the words here Eh? Youre right we do seem to understand the language, but why? As expected, Lexia-san and the others can not read the menu of the crepe stall, and they are confused. I think its fair to say that its the [Doorway to Another World] that allows conversations to work. As for reading and writing, language skills are essential. I explained the menu to the three of them as an interpreter, and they each decided on their own. Um Lexia-san ordered a strawberry crepe, Luna ordered a chocolate banana crepe , Iris-san ordered a caramel crepe, and Kagurazaka-san ordered a berry crepe, right? Ill bring them to you, and you can all sit on an empty bench somewhere and wait. I said this to Lexia-san and the others and waited alone for the crepes to be prepared. Five minutes later. I dexterously took the finished crepe and looked for Lexia-san and the others. Then I was able to find them without any trouble, but I noticed that there was an unfamiliar group of men there. I wonder what it is; I have a bad feeling about this As I approached them with this in mind, sure enough, Lexia-san and the others were getting tangled up with the men. Hey, hey, come on! Just play with us a little. Yeah, yeah! Its definitely more fun to play with us than with that guy! If he sees us, hell back off gracefully! It seems that they are being seduced, and they all have troublesome expressions on their faces. As I hurried to join them, one of the men in the group tried to grab Lexia-sans hand, perhaps having lost his nerve! Dont be like that Hey, lets go together! Lexia-san! The moment I tried to intervene between the men and Lexia-san, the men stopped moving as if they were tied to the spot. S§×ar?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. A-ah? W-what the hell is this? I-I cant move! I-it hurts! When I looked closely, I could see strings wrapped around the mens bodies before long. Is this Lunas work? I had said that it was not allowed to carry weapons when touring the Earth, but if it were Lunas weapon, it certainly wouldnt normally be seen, and more importantly, since she was Lexia-sans escort, she couldnt really be without a weapon. Then Luna stood in between Lexia-san and the men and let out a sigh. Sigh how dare you interfere with the fun we were having here? H-huh? W-what is this? Is this your doing? They were desperately trying to escape from Lunas thread, but the more they moved, the more the thread dug into their bodies. It hurts! Why is it digging into me? I couldnt just sit here and watch, so I quickly joined them. E-excuse me! Are you okay? Oh, Yuuya-sama! Of course, were fine! Sure, youre fine, but Luna, you know, she was hiding it, after all. Kagurazaka-san let out a sigh of disbelief. If possible, the two of us would have preferred it to end without any trouble, but its hard to do that when so many outstanding people are together. Damn it! Let me go right now! I had a lot on my mind, but as Im thinking about what to do about this situation, Luna, who had heard the mens words, told them with a look of disgust. You think Im going to let you go quietly after you say that? Youre going to stay like that for a while Luna-san, you should let them go. What? Iris-sama? Luna looked surprised at Iris-sans words. Sure, we can just leave them here and go, but we dont want them messing with the other girls again, do we? Thats why I think we should make sure they understand whats going on here. I-Iris-san? As Luna-sans cheeks twitched, it seemed as if she understood what Iris-san meant, and she released the men from their restraints. Huh! I can move! Tch! If you think you can get away with this dont joke with me! Iris-san! Its okay. The men who were able to move suddenly attacked Iris-san, and I tried to move to deal with them immediately, but Iris-san stopped me. And then. Fuh! Gaahh!? When Iris-san unleashed a brilliant spinning kick at the nearest man, the other men were caught up in it and were blown away! The impact was so great that the men seemed to have been knocked unconscious by a single kick from Iris-san. Theyre so sloppy, arent they? I wonder if we can just go about normally without any danger? While Kagurazaka-san and I were appalled by Iris-sans actions, Lexia-san and Luna nodded to Iris-sans words. I think so. Ive seen a lot of things over the day, and Ive learned a lot about the world that Yuuya lives in and it really doesnt seem to be dangerous. Well, thats why we can go sightseeing with peace of mind, right? More importantly, lets eat the crepes that Yuuya-sama bought for us! With Lexia-sans words, each of them started to eat their crepes. Then, all three of them widened their eyes at the same time. T-this is its ridiculously delicious! Ive never tasted anything so delicious before! Even Lexia, a member of the royal family, said that. It must be a very expensive food and there is no way that such delicious food can be easily obtained Iris-san and Lexia-san were enjoying themselves without hesitation, but Luna seemed to have misunderstood something Um well, its not something I eat that often, but crepes arent particularly rare, you know? Yeah its not like these crepes are particularly expensive either As Kagurazaka-san and I explained, Lexia-san stared at the crepe in her hand in astonishment. Thats I never thought such delicious food could be so common Ive decided. I will live in this world! Lexia-san! Hey, Lexia! Youre the princess of the Alceria Kingdom! I cant resist it! I mean, I can get all these amazing things, and there are all sorts of other delicious things too! How can you not want to live in such a fascinating world? Thats true, but Well, Im afraid you cant, Lexia-chan, because youre royalty. Since Im not royalty, maybe Ill live in this world? Of course, in Yuuya-kuns house! H-hey, Iris-sama! I cant let you do that! Right, Yuuya-sama? Even if you were to refuse me right there As the three of them continued to talk at their own pace, Kagurazaka-san and I could only pray that nothing more would happen. Book 9: Chapter 1: Part 4 Book 9: Chapter 1: Part 4Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 While Yuuya and the others were sightseeing on Earth In the other world, Usagi was on his way to the place where the Magic Saint lived in order to help Merl. Previously, Usagi and Iris had been traveling to the Magic Saints place, but they ended up seeing Yuuya, so they postponed it. As a result, he was once again pushing forward through the mountains against the powerful monsters of [Sky Mountain]. (Fuh!) Gugyaaaa! However, even the powerful monsters were powerless in front of Usagi and each of them was brought down with a single kick. (Good grief to live in such a troublesome place. I wish you would consider the people who are going to visit your home.) Usagi went on, complaining about the Magic Saint who was not present. However, after a certain amount of progress, he suddenly stopped. (Well this is where it starts.) Unlike before, Usagi braced himself and took a step forward. At that moment. (Tch!) A magic circle appears above Usagis head, and a huge water spear emerges from it and tries to pierce through Usagi relentlessly. He jumped to avoid it, but as if his movements had been predicted, several magic circles appeared in other places, from which water spears were released one after another. (The number of these traps is why I hate this) Usagi nimbly dodged the magic while making a disgusted expression from the bottom of his heart facing the magic that came towards him. Then, using a tree as a foothold, he gathered all his strength at once and gazed toward the mountain summit. (Its too much trouble. Im going to go through with this!) When he released all of his accumulated power at once, the trees and ground that Usagi had used as footholds flew apart from the impact. The speed was incredible, and Usagi flew towards the top of the mountain like a single bullet. More and more magic circles were added in an attempt to shoot down Usagi as he ran across the mountain, but they were unable to catch him. In the end, the magic didnt hit Usagi until the end, and he reached the top of the mountain. (I have arrived, huh?) In front of Usagis eyes, there stood a wooden house that gave off an atmosphere similar to that of Yuuyas house in the [Great Devils Nest], and it was surrounded by a fence. As Usagi approached the house without any particular hesitation, a figure appeared from the inside of the fence. Huh? Is someone here? Huh? It looks like someones here. Do you know Master? You must know Master. Then there were two girls looking around. Moreover, the girls had identical faces and were definitely twins. Usagi was also faintly surprised, as she hadnt expected to find another human in the place where the Magic Saint lived but was quickly convinced. (Did he take a disciple too? Even though he was originally a misanthrope I guess its not completely impossible, huh?) The twins eyes widened when they finally saw Usagi as he headed towards the entrance while muttering this. Wow! Is that a rabbit? Wow! Its a rabbit! The twins had not expected the visitor (?) to be a rabbit. They ran back toward the house, their eyes shining with excitement. Master! A rabbit is coming? Master! A rabbit is coming! Whats all the noise? Then another figure appeared from inside the house. The person had slightly different features from a normal human. He had long blond hair, green eyes, and long pointed ears. His eyebrows were wrinkled, and he wore glasses, which suggested that he had a somewhat serious personality. The guy who had just appeared seemed to be bothered by the twins but suddenly seemed to notice a presence at the entrance Hmm? You are (You look no different, Odis.) The man Usagi addressed as Odis widened his eyes slightly, but his expression quickly changed to one of annoyance. So, Usagi, huh? As you can see, Im busy. Go back now. (You dont look so busy, though.) Odis let out a big sigh at Usagi, who didnt seem to be leaving. Sigh. Its okay. So, what are you doing here? Did you encounter any Evil guy? (You really dont know anything, do you?) Mmm? Wow. Master is confused, isnt he? Yes. Master is confused. (Well, I cant understand what is going on either. But its also true that I actually saw them and fought them.) For a while, Usagi ignored Odis, who could not seem to recover from his confusion and turned his gaze to the twins. (So, what about you two?) Ah! We havent introduced ourselves yet? We didnt introduce ourselves! Im Ruri! Im Rill! sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Its nice to meet you! Ruri and Rill bowed together. Both of them have green hair in side-tails, each tied on the opposite side. Although there are some differences other than their appearance, such as how Ruri often speaks in the question form, it would be hard to tell them apart if you are not used to it. While listening to the names of these two, Usagi was assessing their abilities. (Fumu Rather than saying that each person is complete, would it be correct to say that the two of them are one person?) Oh, you understand perfectly, dont you? Were only half a person when were alone, but our master says that when were together, were one person. Well, Id like to be called full-fledged when Im alone Hmm. Even with two, youre still only half as good, you idiot. Eeh? After recovering from his confusion, Odis said to them and faced Usagi again. I understand the situation for the moment. So what do you want from me? (Its not that difficult. I just need you to lend us a hand. As I said before, the alien is asking for our help. My apprentice is going to take care of it, and Iris and I will lend a hand with it. Thanks to my apprentice, we were able to defeat the Evil. We can say that we will repay that debt. However, as we found out after fighting the aliens, we are not strong enough to fight them alone. Thats why Ive come to ask for your help as well.) Cooperation, huh? From what Ive heard, that world and universe seem to be an environment where the power of science, not magic, has a strong influence. Id be interested to see if theres any new magic technology out there that I havent seen before When Odis said that, Usagi suddenly remembered Yuuyas house. (By the way, the house where my apprentice lives uses barrier magic that Ive never seen before.) What? (Ive seen many of the magic you use, but its even more powerful than that. Its a barrier that allows him to live safely in the [Great Devils Nest], after all. Barrier? (Yeah. Its a ridiculous barrier that prevents any physical or magical attack. In fact, even the attacks of the ultimate perfections Evil had no effect at all) Wha!? That would be impossible without the magic of the legendary sage. Hearing Usagis words, Odis was once again stunned. This is because the place where Odis and the others live is also a dangerous place, and the house where they live now has a magic barrier around it, just like Yuuyas house. However, the barrier was not perfect, and sometimes monsters entered beyond the barrier. Despite this, Odis could not imagine that Yuuyas house was completely protected from the threat of monsters by the barrier alone, even though it was located in the more dangerous area called the [Great Devils Nest]. (And then, just as the barrier magic on the house, of course, the magic controlled by my apprentice who lives there is also non-standard and powerful. This is a great chance to meet such a man Are you interested?) Odis looked thoughtful for a while, but then he let out a sigh. Sigh If you say so, Ill have to check. When he said that, Odis straightened his posture. Alright. Ill help you fight this alien thing. (Is that so?) And, is it okay to bring the twins? Master? (Thats fine, but are you sure? The destination is an unknown universe, and its also quite dangerous, you know?) The twins, as well as Usagi, were surprised by Odiss words, and he nodded. Im aware of that. But you want a fighting force, dont you? Then you can use my apprentice. One, or even two, would be of help. Master. That means that the two of us can be a full-fledged. Dont get carried away, fool. Although Odis had said so, Usagi had intuitively sensed that the two of them would actually be able to help. Usagi nodded while laughing at Odiss untruthful attitude. (I understand. Then well head to my apprentice as soon as possible. Is that okay?) Yeah. Yes! In this way, the Magic Saint and his disciple joined the group. Book 9: Chapter 2: Part 1 Book 9: Chapter 2: Part 1Supported chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 (Im back.) Ah, welcome back! After we finished the sightseeing tour on Earth, we were relaxing at my house when Master Usagi returned. He went out of his way to ask for help from the Magic Saint in order to help Merl-sans request as we were sightseeing on Earth. Before Master Usagi said anything, Merl-san first operated the terminal so that Master Usagi could also understand the language of planet Amel. (Yes. I think you can understand my language now.) (Its true.) Master Usagi was surprised that he could now understand Merl-sans words. Then Iris-san called out to Master Usagi. So, how did it go? Is he going to help us? (Yeah. And his disciple too.) His disciple? He has a disciple? (Yeah, and its a human twin.) No way Seeing Iris-san in a daze, I, Lexia-san and the others tilted our heads. I wonder if it is that strange for the Magic Saint to take a disciple? Could it be that hes a difficult person? Well, thats fine. So, where is the Magic Saint? (Oh hes outside the other worlds house. Lets meet him first.) (R-right. And since he will be helping me this time) Merl-san nodded to Master Usagis words, and we all headed for the garden of Sage-sans house. Then W-what is this place? Amazing, isnt it, Rill? Yes, it is, Ruri! There was a man who was looking around Sage-sans house in somewhat of a daze and two girls whose faces looked exactly alike. The girls seemed to be human, but the surprised man had long ears and looked like an elf from a fairy tale. Kagurazaka-san seemed to think the same as I did, and her eyes widened. O-oh Hes not a human, is he? P-probably Well, Ive met a lot of non-human beings: the Evil isnt human, Master Usagi is a rabbit, and Merl-san is an alien, but Im still surprised every time I see a race different from humans. The man who was looking around seemed to have noticed something and opened his eyes even wider. W-wait. This magic could it possibly belong to the sage? (Odis. I know youre interested, but why dont you introduce yourself first?) You still look like an idiot researcher, huh? Master Usagi and Iris-san said to the surprised man perhaps he is the Magic Saint. As if their words had reached his ears, the man looked a little uncomfortable and came over with the girls. U-umu Im sorry. I had heard about it from Usagi, but when I saw it myself, I just couldnt resist Thats Masters bad habit, isnt it? Yes, Masters bad habits. Shut up, you two. The man was tediously dealing with the girls words. Maybe those girls were his disciples. The man then came out into the garden and looked over at us. S§×ar?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. So, whos the owner of this house? Oh, thats me! My name is Yuuya. Youre Usagi and Iris Rather than that, what kind of magic is this! The man stared at my body and then opened his eyes. You have very sophisticated magic power constantly flowing through your magic power circuit which is nothing short of perfect, and you have a huge amount of magic power, and yet you are a disciple of the Kicking Saint and the Sword Saint? Thats nonsense! Well, everyone feels that way at first, right? (Hmph. He has to be that good to be my disciple.) What nonsense No, its going to take a long time if we argue here. Im Odis, the Magic Saint. And these two are my unworthy disciples Im Ruri! Im Rill! Nice to meet you! Thats how the Magic Saints Odis-san and the others introduced themselves. L-listen, Yuuya-dono! The sage is a legendary existence that everyone who lives in this world has heard of! He is a miraculous person who is said to have died as a human being while holding the power of a god in his possession! Every country is searching for the research materials and magic left behind by such a sage and is desperately studying them. But, to inherit the legacy of the sage in such a simple way and even though you are from another world how can anyone not be surprised by that? A-as expected of Sage-san Its really amazing that even after death, he can still have such an impact on future generations. Then Odis-san shouted as if he noticed something. You said that you inherited but are you sure that the sage hasnt died yet? Ah, no Sage-san is already dead. I didnt even know that I had inherited it until I read the letter that was left in the house Y-you mean he foresaw that someone would come to this place sooner or later? I should say that he was indeed a sage, but as legend has it, he is no longer with us Yes.. it seems that he died quietly in a cave in the depths of this [Great Devils Nest]. A cave? Yes. Thats where I found Sage-sans body. What? Is that true? Y-yes. Odis-san came up to me while breathing hard. Where is it? Does it still exist? Um Of course, I remember the place where I found Sage-sans body. However, the area was recently wiped out by Avis, so I did not know what happened to it. I remember the location, but the battle with Avis the other day wiped out most of the [Great Devils Nest] Im not sure if its still safe or not .Its hard to believe that most of the [Great Devils Nest] were wiped out, but thats how strong the ultimate perfections Evil was. But even if they are not safe, as a magician, I still want to take a look at the place where the sage lies. Please, take me there. Odis-san lowered his head as he said that. I dont mind that, but Merl-san is also in a difficult situation, so I looked at her, and she nodded. (Its fine with me. The place where this sage lies isnt far away, is it?) Yes, youre right. (If thats the case, lets head there once and then depart again. Since youre helping me, I have no problem with that.) As we were preparing to leave immediately, Ouma-san, who had been sleeping at home, came over. Hmm? Whats wrong, Ouma-san? You are going to the place where the sage is lying, arent you? If so, Im coming with you. By the way, I never properly explained to Ouma-san where Sage-san was lying As I was regretting that I should have told him earlier, I saw Lexia-san and Luna. Im so excited to be going to the place where that sage is lying! No, wed better get back. Eh? W-wait, Luna! It seems that Luna has decided to leave at this time. Just like Lexia-san, Kagurazaka-san was surprised by the suddenness of the event, but she also understood and nodded in agreement. We went out to register Mai in the adventurers guild to give her some combat experience. So we happened to head to Yuuyas house As expected, we cant just follow him. Were not going to hold them back any longer. N-no way! What about Mai? Do you want to leave Yuuyas house and go back to your world? Yes. But the Evil Beasts are still in this world, arent they? If thats the case, Ill stay here for a little while longer. I see that makes sense. Lexia, the three of us are going back to the Regal Kingdom. N-nooooooo! Lexia-san, who was acting like a spoiled child, was not very princess-like. However, Iris-san and the others agreed with Lunas idea, so in the end, she agreed. Once the preparations were complete, we took Lexia-san and the others to the [Great Devils Nest] entrance and parted ways with the three of them once again. See you then. I think its safe to say that youll be fine with such a strong lineup, but be careful. Yes, thank you. When I nodded at Lunas words, Lexia-san looked at me with tears in her eyes. Ugh Yuuya-sama W-well I didnt know what to say to her in this situation, and I could only be confused. Ah, Kagurazaka-san, if you want to come back to Earth, you can always go back from my house, so dont worry. As expected, its dangerous to go through the [Great Devils Nest] alone, so youll probably have to go back with Iris-san or me, but at least you can go home by yourself. Yes, I understand. I will continue to work in the Regal Kingdom for a while, so please come and get me if anything happens. Yes! After exchanging a few words with each of the three, they left. And Alright, then lets head to the cave! I once again head to the place where Sage-san lies. Book 9: Chapter 2: Part 2 Book 9: Chapter 2: Part 2Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 Its amazing It looks as though its almost back to normal already. As we all walked through the [Great Devils Nest] on our way to the place where Sage-san lies, I couldnt help but look around at my surroundings and say that. S§×ar?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The depths of the [Great Devils Nest], which had been obliterated by Aviss attack and reduced to nothing but a desolate wasteland, were already covered with plants that were close to the original [Great Devils Nest]. Crazy. The growth rate of the organisms here is strange. (I guess the environment of this forest is special after all) Yuti and Merl-san could not help but be astonished at the scene before their eyes. However, as expected, the monsters had yet to completely return, and there was no sign of them attacking at all. So this is the vegetation of the [Great Devils Nest], huh? Then Odis-san observed the surrounding vegetation with interest and collected some of them. Um are you going to use those plants for something? Hmm? No, this is just my research. As you can see, Im an elf and Im studying plants all over the world to see if theres anything that can help me develop my magic. Heh! So the plants that grow here are not normal? Yes. First of all, Im surprised that the black hardwood tree can grow here in such a normal way There are also many other plants that Ive never seen before. I really wish I could have explored this place earlier but its just too dangerous here. I dont think Id want to come to a place like this on my own if I didnt have Usagi, Iris, or even Yuuya-dono to help me. B-but Iris-san and Master Usagi come to my house rather normally, you know? Yes, I often hear about the dangers of the [Great Devils Nest] from the people around me, but for all that, the two of them came to my house without hesitation. But Odis-san shook his head at my words. Dont lump me in with those two. They are out of the ordinary among the Holy, you know. Besides, Im not that good at fighting. Hey! You cant talk about me like Im a monster. (Thats right. And its no different from the fact that this place is dangerous for us as well. Its just that the area around Yuuyas house is still manageable. As expected, I cant even think about living there.) As I always thought, Sage-san, who would build a house in such a place, was a crazy person. With a wry smile on my face, I called out to one of the twins Ruri-san, who was looking at the surrounding plants in the same way as Odis-san. Ruri-san, youre looking at the plants so intently. Are you interested in them too? Hmm unlike Master, its just a hobby, but Rill isnt interested, is she? Yeah, Im not interested. I see Even though they are twins, they have different hobbies and interests. When I was thinking about this, Ruri-sans eyes lit up, and she looked at me. More importantly, you are amazing, arent you? Weve only known each other a short while, and you can already tell us apart? W-well, yeah, I guess so. By the way, how do you tell us apart? Is it from our hair? No, its your atmosphere. Atmosphere? Not only were they surprised by my answer, but also Odis-san. Thats amazing Even I made a mistake sometimes How can that be for the master? Well, they indeed look exactly alike, and its no wonder that people mistake them, isnt it? Brother Yuuya is amazing, isnt he? Youre the first person who said you could tell by our atmosphere! I-is that so? I mean Brother Yuuya? [T/n: They called him Yuuya-Ani or ] When I asked them back about the unfamiliar words, they smiled and nodded. Yeah! You seem to be older than us, so its Brother Yuuya, right? Yes, yes! Thats why you dont have to use honorifics either! I-I see. I was overwhelmed by the two energetic people, so I nodded obediently. I was embarrassed by the way they referred to me, as I had never been referred to as a brother before, even by my actual brother and sister, Sora and Yuuta. As we continued on our way, deepening our friendship, we finally reached our destination. This is the place where Sage-san lies. Oh! In front of us, there was a single cave that had not collapsed in any particular way. This area also received Aviss attack, and I thought that it had been blown up, but it seemed to be undamaged. Could it be that Sage-sans power also protected this cave? Then Ouma-san, who was the only one who knew about Sage-san, narrowed his eyes nostalgically. This presence is without a doubt. Its his. So, youve been sleeping in a place like this, huh and yet youre still as eccentric as ever. His voice sounded both appalled and saddened. Everyone could hear Ouma-sans voice, and they kept silent. Hmph. I showed you something out of place. Lets get going. Ah, wait! After saying that, Ouma-san quickly went into the cave, and we hurriedly followed him. Ridiculous! Ive never seen magic this complicated before! Judging from the reaction of Odis-san, the Magic Saint, who was the most knowledgeable about magic in this group, this magic circle must be out of the ordinary. Then, Merl-san also opened her eyes to the magic circle in front of her. (I-I know about magic as part of our knowledge, and Ive seen a few planets that have actually developed magical civilizations but Ive never seen magic in this form before!) Sage-sans magic was described to be out of the ordinary even when considered on a universe-wide scale. As everyone was immensely shocked by the fact, the magic circle eventually transformed, and letters appeared on the surface. T-this is Question. What does it say? Eh? I looked at Yuti, who seemed to be unable to read the letters that had appeared, and tilted her head. I didnt think it was possible, so I looked around at the others, but they all had the same strange expression on their faces. It looks like some kind of text, but I wonder what it says? (Ive never seen it before.) I dont know any of these letters either. Its kind of cool, right? Its kind of awesome! (No way even my language converter cant translate it!) Amazingly, no one could read the letters that appeared on the rock wall. I tried to look at Ouma-san, who was closest to Sage-san, but .Zenovis. Do you really want to hide it like that? He must have constructed his magic in such a way that only Yuuya can read it. What does it say, Yuuya? Woof Fugo? Pi. Aside from the Night and the others, even Ouma-san didnt seem to be able to read it as well. But. Um it described the location where Sage-sans legacy is kept. !? When I read the words and told them so, they all looked at me at once. Yes for some reason, I can read the words that appear on the rock wall. I wondered if it was the effect of being qualified to carry on Sage-sans legacy, as Ouma-san had said. Everyone was appalled by my words, but Odis-san, who has quickly recovered, asked excitedly. Yu-Yuuya-dono! So, where in the world is the sages legacy hidden? E-err Im not sure about the details, but it seems to be sealed in a certain planet in space. (Space?) How did it get there? Unlike Merl-sans planet Amel, there is no way to cross over into space, so how did he seal his legacy on a distant planet? While Master Usagi and the others were surprised at the location of Sage-sans absurd legacy, Merl-san was both surprised and calm. (A planet? Do you know the exact location?) Thats the thing Sage-san, although he sealed the legacy on a certain planet, he didnt know what that planet was called or how to tell where it was, so he couldnt write about its location (Indeed, Ive been exposed to the civilization of Yuuyas world and this world, but I havent seen technology advanced enough to sail through space. If this is the case, as the Sage wrote, it will be difficult to tell where it is. I hope it exists at least in close proximity to this planet) As Merl-san said, it would take a ridiculous amount of time if we try to find the legacy that Sage-san sealed on a certain planet in the universe if we searched normally. But Um I dont know the logic behind it, but it seems to me that as long as you get close enough to the planet, youll inevitably be able to find out where the legacy is. (Such an ambiguous thing would normally have been dismissed, but considering the particulars of the magic that was just shown and the fact that the user of that magic is the former owner of the weapon that Yuuya-san is using, its no wonder that such a thing is possible) To be honest, Im wondering what Sage-san has sealed on a certain planet in the universe, but it seems that we cant find out here. Then Odis-san, who had originally said he wanted to come to this place, nodded in satisfaction. Now I have accomplished my purpose here. But there is still the legacy of the sage sleeping in the universe, isnt there? Then lets get moving! O-Odis-san? That is, of course, but you should make some preparations or I just need this feeling! Just a feeling? Do you really not need any weapons or items? I wonder if it is because he is the Magic Saint, and magic is his main focus? In any case, I realized that Odis-san really worshiped Sage-san. I laughed at Odis-sans reaction and called out to everyone. Well it seems that Odis-san doesnt need any particular preparation, but what about the rest of you? Im ready whenever needed. (Me too.) Master Usagi and the others dont seem to need to make any special preparations either, so I turn to Merl-san again. Then Its time to leave for space. It seems that everyone is prepared, but is there anything I can do to help you personally? (No. Its quite a distance to my home planet, but thanks to the energy Ive acquired here, Ill be able to use the warp function, and more importantly, Ive got plenty of food onboard. So we can board the ship and leave at any time.) Then wed better hurry. The other days attack ended up with them just retreating, so if we hurry, we can cut down on the time they have to prepare. We all nodded at Iris-sans words, and we finally set off into space. Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 1 Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 1Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 W-wow so this is the spaceship After the trip into the forest, we went back to my house on Earth and finished all the preparations. The spaceship was still floating above my house, waiting for us, but Merl-san had operated the terminal on her left arm so that others would not be able to recognize it. (Now then, lets get on board.) When Merl-san operated the terminal on her left arm again, a circle of light, different from a magic circle, appeared at our feet, and before we knew it, we had all been transferred to the inside of the spaceship. (Since it was originally designed for a small number of people, it could barely fit this number of people aboard, but Im glad everyone managed to get on.) As Merl-san said, there were 12 of us, including me, so it felt quite cramped. However, it was fortunate that Night and the others were small and did not take up that much space. Inside the spaceship, there were a lot of holographic touch panels and machines that I didnt know how to operate, just like the spaceships in famous science fiction movies. I wanted to look around, but I didnt want to push any buttons and get into trouble, so I didnt dare touch anything. S~ea??h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Rill! Its amazing, isnt it? Ruri! Its amazing! Hey, dont touch anything inappropriate. Yes. The twins seemed to be even more curious than I was and were unafraid to try and touch the machines around them, but Odis-san got angry at them. .. Ouma-san, please dont touch anything either, okay? What do you think I am? When I told Ouma-san that because I was anxious, he shouted in annoyance. However, Night and the others have an indescribable expression on their faces. Woof Fugo. Pi. W-what do you want to say? Hmm!? Woof Night shook his head tiredly at Ouma-sans reaction. I cant speak for others much, but Ouma-san had a record back in the storage room. As a result of that, Merl-san came to us and gave us a chance to learn more about Sage-san (Energy replenishment has been completed. Everyone, please take your seats.) While we were exchanging various information, Merl-san, who was nonchalantly going about the preparations, told us to sit down in an empty seat. The seat was pure white and futuristic in design, but the moment we sat down, something that looked like jelly enveloped us! W-what in the world is this? We were completely enveloped by the jelly-like stuff, including our heads. We were panicked by the situation, but we didnt feel like we couldnt breathe, and it actually gave us a very comfortable feeling. Then Merl-san, also wrapped in jelly-like stuff, explained the situation. (We will now travel into outer space, and there will be a strong shock. However, by being wrapped in this protective gel, the shock will be completely mitigated, and at the same time, your body will absorb this gel so that you can function in space without any problems. To put it simply, it will modify your body to be able to move outside the spaceship without any special equipment.) In space? Does that mean I dont need a spacesuit as we know it on Earth? As each of us was relaxing on the ship, I asked Merl-san about something that had been on my mind. By the way, I hadnt heard any details about your hometown, but what kind of place is it? (Yeah As I told you the other day, we Amelians are adversaries to the Dragonias. The Dragonias are one of the most powerful species in the entire universe, but we also pride ourselves for being the best in the universe in terms of scientific power.) T-the best in the universe All the technology Merl-san had shown me so far were indeed so amazing that I could honestly agree with her when she said that. In addition to being able to easily erase a persons memories and information, according to our talk, they never die of disease and have a ridiculously long lifespan. When I was thinking about Merl-sans past, Merl-sans expression became a little cloudy. (Therefore. The Dragonias have been trying to force us into servitude or to rob us of our technology since long ago to gain access to our scientific power. Our ancestors created an anti-celestial annihilation weapon to counter them, but as a result, it only intensified the attacks by the Dragonias Thats what I think.) Why is that? (Because we have created a weapon that can easily destroy a planet, and the Dragonias feel threatened by it, so they attack us even more. Of course, if it werent for the anti-celestial annihilation weapons and other weapons packed with Amel technology, the Dragonias would have already invaded and taken everything from us) I guess they didnt expect the weapons they created to repel the Dragonias would end up intensifying the battle (Anyway, with the blueprints of the anti-celestial annihilation weapon that I have obtained, and with your help, I hope to end all battles. So please lend me your strength.) Merl-san bowed to us once again, and everyone nodded vigorously, including me. She smiled at us and turned her attention to the terminal. (Thank you for your help I think its time to release the warp. Theres a possibility of another impact, so please take a seat in your chairs.) (Hmm? Are we arriving at Amel yet?) (No, no matter how long a distance we can travel instantly through the warp, we cant travel a distance that would normally take hundreds of years in a single pass. Warp requires an enormous amount of energy, and more importantly, the ship wont last) I wonder if its like the phenomenon of a computer getting hot when its on for a long time? When I think of it that way, it becomes all the more ordinary. With Amels technologies, there must be some sort of cooling function, but it might not be that simple when it came to warp, which was an unimaginably advanced function. I followed Merl-sans instructions and took my seat again, only to have my body enveloped in the jelly-like stuff again. (Then, I will deactivate it.) As Merl-san operated the terminal on her left arm, the color of the mysterious space outside the window gradually faded, turning into countless lines of light that eventually returned to normal space. As each of us observed our changed surroundings, the jelly-like stuff that had enveloped us was absorbed by the chair. (Warp release has been successful. We will normally navigate for about an hour from here and then warp again.) At that moment, our spaceship suddenly shook violently. W-what is it? (No way?) Merl-san hurriedly operated the terminal on the spaceship. As we were getting up from our chairs and ready to move at any time, Master Usagi muttered with a grim expression. (It seems were under attack.) Under attack? Thats Its probably the Dragonias who are the enemy this time. (Too bad! Im aware of all of your movements! Ill spare your life if you surrender meekly and hand over the blueprint for the anti-celestial annihilation weapon. But if you refuse you will be trashed here in space!) As if to affirm Iris-sans words, a transmission from what appeared to be a Dragonia alien came from the ship that had probably attacked us. But we have no intention of surrendering to them. (Im not going to surrender!) (Then youll die here!) Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 2 Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 2Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 (Im not going to surrender!) (Then you can die here!) As soon as Merl-san said that, the Dragonias attacked at once. In the midst of this, Merl-san shouted while operating her terminal. (I apologize, everyone! It seems that the Dragonias calculated the warp release point and ambushed us! Ive deployed the shields, but brace for impact just in case!) Merl-san operated a holographic touch panel that appeared and disappeared again at great speed. Then, it seemed that a shield had enveloped the spaceship, and a blue film covered the outside of the window. As we continued to look out the window, we saw several Dragonia spaceships approaching. Oh, so thats the Dragonia spaceship. huh? They look like the dragons of our world, dont they? Yes, they look like dragons. I was surprised to see how calm Odis-san, Ruri, and Rill were, even though we were under attack. Y-youre so calm, arent you? Well, it wont change the situation that were being attacked even if I make a fuss here. But the number of enemies is less than I expected As Odis-san said, although we were ambushed, there were only about five Dragonia spaceships in the area that we could confirm. Could it be that the main force was somewhere else? However, the fact remained that we were only one ship. Merl-san, what kind of weapons does this ship have? sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (Although there is one installed, it is impossible to deal with that number of ships and the enemy ships are designed for space combat, while this ship is designed for transportation, so it will be very difficult to fight a full-scale battle) No way In other words, if we dont escape from this bunch of spaceships, were going to be shot down right here. As I was thinking about what to do, the Dragonia spaceship fired an energy cannon at us, indicating that there was no time for us to think about it! (Ill avoid it!) Whoa! While the spaceship was moving so fast that it almost flipped me over, everyone except me remained calm and composed. T-theyre amazing Then, Master Usagi, who watched the enemy attack, asked Merl-san, who was frantically operating the spaceship. (Hey, Merl. Our bodies can adapt to outer space thanks to that protective fluid you just gave us, is that correct?) (Y-yes!) (If thats the case, well go outside the ship and fight them off.) Eehh? I was surprised by the unexpected words but its true that even if were on the spaceship, we could only escape, so its better for us to intercept them directly huh? Were dealing with spaceships, you know? Right, I was also dealing with a spaceship when we were attacked by Drade, but this is in space. The situation was different from that time. Right that seems to be the only way, but its also dangerous to go outside in this situation. As Iris-san said, the spaceship we were on was exposed to a storm of bombardments, and the ship was not flying in a stable state, probably because of the many complicated evasive maneuvers. If we jumped out of the spaceship in such a state, we would be blown away. As I was thinking about this, Odis-san nodded his head. Fumu then Ill take care of their attack for a while. Eh? As expected of Master! Youll do it, wont you? As expected of Master! Youll do it! Idiot. You two help me too! Tsk. Ruri and Rill nodded reluctantly and immediately moved next to Odis-san, holding out their weapons. Then! As magic circles emerged from the palms of their hands, the two circles overlapped and became one. So, I quickly added some wind magic to propel me forward. Whoa! Its not the same as a [Magic Armor], but its very fast. I wonder if this can be crossed with the lightning attribute of the [Magic Armor]? Im not sure if I can control it if I try it suddenly, but I think its worth a try. It might be a good idea to practice it after we settle things down. While I was thinking about this, Iris-san, Master Usagi, and Night also used their own methods to get to the Dragonia spaceship. Iris-san is running through space, using the earth attribute magic to create footholds, while Night and Master Usagi use wind magic on their feet to create a foothold in space and move forward at great speed. Ciel didnt seem to be using any particular magic, but he was just flapping his wings and going very fast as usual. I wonder how? When we almost reached the Dragonia spaceships, the enemy seemed to have noticed us, and several energy cannons were pointed at us. Mm. Im sorry, but were too busy defending the spaceship. Youll have to take care of any attacks coming your way. Prediction. No problem. Ill shoot them down for you. And then, Yuti, who was the only one left standing on Merl-sans spaceship, took up her bow and fired an arrow against the bombardment that was being fired at us. [Meteor Shower]. It was a terrifying series of powerful single-arrow shots called [Death Comet], which were used when the Dragonia aliens had attacked before. The arrows released at a furious pace were sure to pierce through the Dragonia aliens bombardment and damage the spaceship itself. (Hmph As expected of a disciple of the Bow Saint. Iris and I wont lose either, but Yuuya, you should do your best too. If you show a disappointing performance, Ill give you even more severe training than before.) I-Ill do my best! I was happy to see Yutis growth, but as a result, I had to work hard too. In the meantime, when we finally reached the Dragonia spaceship, Iris-san made the first move. [Fallen Sky]! The slash that was released from below, as if cutting up, accurately slashed through the part of the Dragonia spaceship that looked like an exhaust port on a car. (Hmph thats good. Then me too [Piercing Leg]! In the same way, Master Usagi also dexterously used magic to create a foothold and instantly approached the spaceship, and then kicked through the ships hull, creating a huge hole. It was the first time I had seen the two of them perform such a feat, but they were all so powerful that they could easily destroy a ship several dozen meters in length. Grrrr Gaaaaa! Night rushed in while deploying his [Magic Armor] and pierced the ships hull with his body! I dont know why but I feel like Night is more energetic or stronger than usual Is it only my imagination? Piiiiiiiiii! With the usual blue flames on his body, Ciel flew right on top of the Dragonian spaceship and plummeted straight down, piercing its hull. As everyone destroyed the Dragonia spaceships one by one, I also took out my [World Strike] from the item box to deal with the spaceship in front of me. It is possible to destroy the spaceship with Sage-sans weapons, such as the [Omni-Sword] and [Absolute Spear], but I chose to use the [World Strike] in order to deal with it without fail. Besides, since I was dealing with a big target like a spaceship, the [World Strike] would be a good choice. Haaaaaahhh! While holding the [World Strike] in my hand, I accelerated at once and swung the [World Strike] as if I were pushing up from right under the spaceship. (Shit! If this continues contact headquarters immediately.) At that moment, the spaceship created a shield just like the one on Merl-sans spaceship for a split second, but the [World Strike] easily shattered it all and left it in pieces. Iris-san and Master Usagi widened their eyes as they witnessed the power of the [World Strike] for the first time. T-thats what you were using when you were fighting me before, but its such a terrible thing! (That spaceship was destroyed like a piece of wood I guess its one of the Sages weapons, but thats outrageous) So, in the end, I relied on the performance of my weapon, but youd have to forgive me for that When I was feeling that way, I heard Odis-sans voice in my mind again. I saw something outrageous but thats okay. Id like to hear more about it, but Merl-dono tells you all to come back here right now. Were going to move out from here. I understand! As per Odis-sans words, we immediately returned to Merl-sans spaceship, and Merl-san took control of the spaceship and immediately left the area. Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 3 Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 3Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 (Theres no sign of spaceships in the vicinity. I think its safe to say weve escaped.) Haah thats good to hear. I was relieved hearing Merl-sans words, and was finally able to relax my shoulders. But why were we ambushed, anyway? (As I said before, they calculated the distance we traveled by warp from our path. Immediately after the warp is deactivated, the spaceship has no choice but to be in a vulnerable situation) Its true, as Merl-san said, we were sitting in our seats when the warp was deactivated, and more importantly, the ambushers could just aim at us and attack. (However, since there are several possible locations for us to release the warp besides the place where we were ambushed, the Dragonias must have been waiting in several units. Fortunately, thanks to that, the number of spaceships waiting in ambush was small) It seemed that as a result of a combination of various luck, we were able to get through this safely. I didnt expect to be attacked at that moment, but it was still a great experience to be able to battle in space. I dont know what will happen next time we fight the Dragonias, but I think I will be able to move better. As I was thinking about this, I suddenly had a strange feeling. H-hmm? W-what is it? Yuuya-kun? Whats wrong? Iris-san, who noticed my strange reaction, called out to me. However, I dont know what to say I feel strangely shivery. Um I cant really describe it, but I feel like something is calling me. Something? S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Its the Sages sign. Ouma-san? Then Ouma-san, who had been sleeping at his own pace despite everything that had happened, only woke up at this point. More importantly, what is Sage-sans sign? When all of us were surprised by Ouma-sans words, he continued on, yawning unconcernedly. Fuwah what? Didnt we go to the cave where the Sage rests before we came to space? Its just that I felt the same vibe as when I was there. Could it be the sign of Sage-sans legacy? Its true that at that time, it was written that the location of the legacy sealed on a certain planet in the universe can be found by approaching but is it really in this vicinity? Then Ouma-san turned his gaze to Merl-san. Little girl. Proceed in that direction. Hey Ouma-san!? What is it? Dont you ever wonder what the sages legacy is? No, Im curious about that, but Im also curious about Merl-sans homeland I said that, but Merl-san shook her head. (Its okay, Yuuya-san. Although we were able to avoid the attack by the Dragonias, they will probably come after us soon. So, there is a risk that our current route we are taking to my homeland will be easily predicted. Therefore, Id like to change course to shift the time and distract the pursuers.) I-I see If Merl-san is willing to accept it, I am honestly interested in Sage-sans legacy. The weapons and magic circuit alone are outrageous, but what in the world did he hide in space? (By the way, were close to the sages sign, arent we?) Youre right Its not that far away. At the rate were going, we should arrive soon. (I understand. Then please guide me there.) Following Merl-sans words, Ouma-san and I worked together to lead the way in the direction of Sage-sans sign. Eventually, a planet came into view. Yuuya-sama? Hes not a Holy, but hes a special person who can resist the Evil Lexia-dono may want to hide his existence from the outside world, but I think it should be announced to the Kings. Orghis looked straight at Lexia and told her this. Lexia also looked back at Orghis, but Lexia did not realize that she had forgotten to tell Orghis about something. Of course, Lexia knew that the Evil had been destroyed, but soon afterward, she went to the Earth and witnessed a shocking event that made her forget about the Evil, and she forgot to inform Orghis that the Evil had been destroyed. On top of that, when Orghis told her that she should tell the Kings about the greatness of Yuuya, Lexias enthusiasm was triggered. As a result, Lexias reaction was different from what Orghis had imagined. Right! Lets make the other Kings understand how amazing Yuuya-sama is! Huh? Orghis looked uncomfortable at Lexias reaction. Lexia then tilted her head curiously. Ara? Whats wrong? N-no, um is that okay? For the Alceria Kingdom, he is like a final secret weapon, isnt he? Maybe he will be recruited by other countries Yes if we publicize Yuuya-sama, there will be people who will approach him for his power. But more than that, I think everyone should understand that Yuuya-sama is amazing! S-sigh And besides, Yuuya-sama and I are engaged! I dont have to worry about him being taken away! Youre not engaged to him. What, Luna! Is it not good? Is it selfish of me to say so? Youre too selfish. Luna was taken aback by Lexias words. Mai also smiled bitterly at this side of Lexia. It was supposed to be a serious consultation for Orghis, but in the end, it was decided that Lexia and the others would participate in the council in a rather sloppy manner. Inside the Dragonia mothership, a Dragonia alien was running in a hurry. When the Dragonia alien reached the room where Draco III was waiting, he hurriedly knocked on the door. (Your Majesty! I have something to report to you immediately!) (Come in.) After receiving permission, the Draconia alien entered the room and immediately knelt down. (What do you want?) (Y-yes! The third unit has received orders from Your Majesty to capture the Amelians and their collaborators, but weve lost contact with one of the platoons) (What? Whats going on?) The Draconian alien was about to be crushed by the enormous pressure emanating from Draco III, but he continued desperately. (I-it seems that all of them were wiped out in an engagement with the Amel aliens in question. We had received a report that they were going into battle, but communication from that point forward was cut off) (We got hit in return, huh.) Draco III let out a heavy sigh, and the Dragonia who reported it stiffened. Draco III took no notice of the situation and opened his mouth. (Good work. Go back now.) (Y-yes!) The Draconia bowed again and left the room. Draco III was left alone, sitting deep in his chair. (I guess Ive underestimated them. Even though Drade is out, the third unit cant handle it And this is in a space battle? I had thought that the special environment of the subspace was a major factor in the Drades defeat, but it seems that this was not the case. The Amelian collaborators must have excellent individual combat skills. Thats why they are so much better than my troops at fighting in space) After pondering for a while, Draco III eventually came to a decision. (A change of plans. Although we could not take the blueprints from the Amelian, we should destroy the planet Amel itself before the blueprint reaches them. It may take a little bit of our strength, but with our current power, we will definitely be able to destroy the planet Amel) Unbeknownst to Yuuya and the others, Draco III had finally begun to make his move. Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 4 Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 4Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 After somehow escaping the attack by the Dragonias, we came across a strange temple-like building on a planet. The temple stood alone on the planet, but its unusual size bothered me more than its appearance. Is this really a human temple? As Iris-san noted, the size of the temple didnt look like it was built for humans. From a distance, I could see that there was only one entrance. There was no door; just a gaping hole that led into the structure. However, the size of the entrance was strange. It was so huge that even the huge spaceship of the Dragonias that we had just fought could easily fit through it, not to mention Merl-sans spaceship that we were currently on. In order to explore the planet first, Merl-san lightly operated the panel, and the spaceship landed quietly. We arrived safely on the planet, but the closer we got to the temple, the more I realized how huge it was. When I stood at the entrance and looked up, I couldnt even see the top of the entrance from directly below. T-this is really built by Sage-san, isnt it? I was overwhelmed by its size. No matter how I looked at it, I couldnt imagine that it was built for humans Even from the alien Merl-sans perspective, the building in front of us seemed strange, and her eyes widened. (This is the first time Ive seen such a strange structure Was it built for some giant race?) Yes, as Merl-san said, the size would be more convincing if we were told that it was built for gods or giants. However, as if to deny our idea, Ouma-san, who landed on the planet with us, shook his head. No. This is exactly what the Sage created and what Yuuya should inherit. E-even if you say I should inherit it what was the purpose of building such a large temple? I dont know what hes thinking. Lets just go. Wait! As Ouma-san walked into the temple without hesitation, we hurriedly followed after him. Once inside the temple, the walls were covered with a strange, slippery material that looked like marble. Meanwhile, Odis-san touched the wall and tried to channel some magic power, but he quickly shook his head. Fumu I have no idea what it is. Ive never seen anything like this in our world either. But given that this wall is impervious to magic, Im guessing that this material is used to protect something from magical attacks. As I was listening to the results of Odis-sans brief analysis, I suddenly heard a tremendous sound. I hurriedly turned my attention towards it and saw Master Usagi kicking at the wall. Master Usagi! (Mm? Oh, Im sorry. Ive never seen this material before. I was curious about its durability, but I didnt expect it to be unbreakable.) Even if you were curious, would you normally kick it? (Dont be so angry. It didnt break, so its fine, right?) Thats not the point though! Isnt everyone really acting too freely? Or am I just too nervous? Then, like Odis-san, Merl-san also touched the wall and seemed to be operating her device to check something. (This is an unknown material that hasnt been registered in our database. I did a contact analysis, and as Odis-san said, this material is quite resistant to magic power. In addition, as for its strength Was it called the [Black Hardwood Tree] that grew in the [Great Devils Nest]? It seems to be even harder than that.) Its more than that tree? [Black Hardwood Tree] is an extraordinary plant that can not be damaged by Master Usagis skills or Sage-sans weapon, but this material is harder than that I hadnt even gotten to Sage-sans legacy yet, but even here at the entrance, I was already preoccupied with other things. I couldnt see the ceiling because its too high so I didnt know what kind of light source was used, but the building was brightly lit The more I searched, the more strange things I discovered. Look at that. !? As we walked down the corridor for a while, a huge door suddenly appeared in front of us. It was a door as big as the entrance, with a sci-fi design on the surface. There were glowing lines running all over the door, rather than otherworldly feel, it gave it a futuristic look. There is nothing here, is there? Theres nothing here. The material of the walls of the room itself is no different from the corridor weve been walking through. Either way, its an unfamiliar material (Its a bit of a letdown, considering how ostentatious the staging was.) I still cant believe it, just like Master Usagi said. Woof Buhi. Pi? Night and the others were also looking around the room, but they couldnt find anything in the end. Then Ouma-san tilted his head. Its strange Before we opened the door, I could strongly sense the presence of the Sage from the inside of the room, and then all of a sudden that presence disappeared What the hell is going on? As everyone was puzzled by this situation, Iris-san looked at me with a sudden realization. Ara? Yuuya-kun, have you ever worn a bracelet like that? Eh? I also looked at where Iris-san was looking, and surprisingly, I saw an unfamiliar bracelet on my arm! W-what the heck is this? I dont remember wearing it at all, so I hurriedly tried to take it off, but Fuh Nnggh!? Nnngghhhh! No matter how hard I pull, it wont come off my arm! No way! I immediately activated my [Identification] skill and found that it was [Contract Bracelet] :: A contract bracelet. What is the meaning of this skill! What do you mean the items name and description are the same! What does the contract say in the first place? As I was confused by the questions that were coming out of my mouth at an alarming rate, Ouma-san approached the bracelet. I see. The Sages presence I had felt in this room was from that bracelet U-um I mean, what is this? Perhaps the bracelet is the legacy of the Sage. What do you think? Do you know how to use it? Not at all. Well, thats just the way he is. He must have set it up so that youll know how to use it at some point. I hope so I tried to use my skills to look into it, but nothing came up, and I also tried to channel my magic power, but it didnt work. However, if Ouma-san is right and this item is Sage-sans relic, then we have no more business in this place. When we left the room, the door that had just reappeared just disappeared again like smoke. It really is a strange building. The Sages magic is unfathomable Odis-san said while observing the door disappearing. Even from the perspective of a magic specialist, Sage-sans magic was still outstanding. S~ea??h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Umu. Other than the bracelet in Yuuyas hand, there is no other sign of the Sage in this place. Yes Im not particularly attracted to anything anymore either. Whenever I came to this place, I felt as if I was being called by something, but after I got the bracelet, I didnt have that feeling anymore, so I could assume that our business here was over. Merl-san, its been a little long, but were good to go here. Lets go. (I understand. From here, we can warp all the way to the area around Amel, so lets leave right away.) After nodding to Merl-sans words, we left the planet. Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 1 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 1Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 While Yuuya and the others were exploring the temple, a meeting was being held in the Regal Kingdom. Not only the King of Regal, Orghis, but also the King of Alceria, Arnold, and other kings from various countries had gathered for the meeting. Because, first and foremost, Orghis officially announced that he had summoned a saint at this [Kings Council]. It was obvious that he would be condemned by other countries. Schleimann, the emperor of the Romel Empire in the northern land, turned his sharp gaze to Orghis. Orghis-dono. Do you understand what youve done? Following his words, Braha, the king of the Sahar Kingdom in the south, also opened his mouth. sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Indeed! Summoning people from other worlds is no different from abducting them. And what does your country intend to do with the strength of the saint you summoned? As if in agreement with the two of them, the other participants raised their voices one after another and nodded. Orghis was blamed for two things: abducting people from other worlds and possessing such a force for new novels But then Lexia and the others, who had been watching the meeting quietly, spoke up. As you may already know the Evil has returned. .. When the kings of each country and Orghis heard the words of Lexia and the others, they looked at Lexia with sorrowful expressions. Its not just the Regal Kingdom, but other countries as well that have been affected by the Evil Beast and have been somewhat aware of the appearance of the Evil. Therefore, each country was on the alert for the appearance of the Evil, gathering various information and preparing their forces. The moment they were about to discuss the resurrection of the Evil and the existence of the ultimate perfection Avis Lexia dropped another bomb. But that Evil has already been destroyed. What? Huh? Im sorry, Orghis-sama! I forgot to tell you until now! You forgot? The content was no more believable than the return of Evil. Above all, even Orghis, who initiated this meeting, had never heard of it before. As soon as Orghis recovered from his shock, he immediately asked. W-what do you mean by destroyed? It means exactly what it means. You dont need to worry about Evil anymore. .. He could not help but be appalled. He said he was going to talk about what to do, but the target, the Evil, was already gone. Then a voice came from the king of another country. While suppressing his surprise, Orghis began to make various calculations in his mind at the fact that there is a means of communication with the new world, but Lexia cut him off immediately. I think its best not to think too deeply, though? What? The door belongs to Yuuya-sama, and if you try to get him involved in something strange, I dont think the Genesis Dragon will stay silent. Ugh Remembering the intimidation he had received from Ouma, Orghis was at a loss for words. And even though the Evil is gone, the Evil Beasts are still lurking in many places, so its too early to relax. Youre right. I also heard that some strange people have been moving around lately. Eh? Orghis let out a sigh and looked around at Lexia and the others. Have you ever heard of a group called the Evil Cult? Evil cult? Which gods do they worship? No, it is not a cult that is generally accepted in this world. Its a group that worships the Evil. The Evil? Yeah. There are not many of them, but they have been working in the dark in various countries with the cause of saving humanity through Evil since before the revival. In the past, they have not directly caused any major damage to the country, so we have kept our guard up and have not done anything to crack down on them. But recently, these people have been strangely active. There is such a group? Lexia was surprised to hear of the existence of such a group for the first time. But Luna was the only one who knew of their existence, having belonged to the Dark Guild. I know of their existence, but I dont know what they do. Although their ideology is dangerous, they havent caused any major incidents in the past. There are also some of them in the Alceria Kingdom, but I have not heard of any of them being caught Right. Ive been vigilant of them because of what they worship, but there has been no particular movement. However, the fact that the activity has increased recently suggests that not only us but also the Evil cult have sensed the resurgence of Evil However, now that the Evil has been destroyed, they must be beginning to make other moves. Another movement? Yes. Perhaps they are aware of the fact that Evil has been destroyed. And recently, there have been sightings of Evil cult followers searching for something in various places. Is it something about Evil? I dont know. It could be that they are looking for something or someone. Its not a problem that can be left unattended, even if it hasnt caused any real harm up until now. So I ordered a search of the base of the Evil cult, but it was empty. So youre saying they escaped? In response to Mais question, Orghis nodded with a mysterious expression. Yeah. Perhaps they sensed our movement. Its also possible that theyve already found what they were looking for Either way, now that we dont know what they were looking for, we can only remain vigilant. B-but then again, the Evil has been destroyed, and there is no such thing as more of it, is there? In the worst-case scenario, it could be that they have found a way to resurrect the destroyed Evil, but in a more enhanced form. .. Imagining the worst-case scenario described by Orghis, Lexia and the others could only stay silent. Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 2 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 (Warp, release.) With Sage-sans legacy in my possession, we set off for the planet Amel once again. We were not attacked by the Dragonia aliens this time and successfully completed the warp. Its amazing, isnt it? To be able to travel through such a vast universe so easily But we cant tell the difference between places, can we? Are we really moving? Yeah, we cant tell the difference between places. But I think were moving. Ruri and Rill were right when they commented on traveling at warp speed. To be honest, I couldnt really feel like we were moving because I couldnt see that much of a change in the surroundings. Well, I couldnt see the Earth already, so there was no doubt that we were moving, but the speed at which the spaceship was moving was so great that it felt like we were going on a short excursion like on Earth. As I was thinking about this, Merl-sans voice sounded up. Everyone, were about to arrive at the planet Amel. (Hmph finally, huh?) In a place like this where its always dark, our sense of time gets a little out of sync. In fact, how long has it been since we left? (Weve been using the warp function, so there shouldnt be that much of a time discrepancy from everyones experience It should be about ten hours, I think.) We can travel in less than a day As Odis-san said, it was amazing that we were moving between the planets in such a way that it was like traveling abroad in an airplane. (Oh, look at that, everyone! That is the planet Amel Eh?) At the sound of Merl-sans voice, we all turned our gaze in the same direction as she did. There was a blue planet, similar to Earth, spread out on the window of the cockpit. However, many spaceships from the Dragonia were floating in the vicinity of the planet. (They are attacking the planet!) The spaceships of the Dragonias were firing energy cannons at the planet one after another. The power of the cannons was so great that if this spaceship were hit by even one of them, there would be no escape. However, the planet Amel was covered by a kind of magical barrier like the one deployed by Ruri and Rill, and it was able to withstand the attack of the Dragonias. There were also several other spaceships they did not belong to the Dragonias and probably belonged to Amel, as they were engaged in a fierce battle with the Dragonias spaceships. However, it was obvious that they were at a disadvantage because they were outnumbered. Hey, thats a hell of a lot of them! Dont tell me that this is only a part of them! (If thats the case, no matter how many of us there are, well never be able to defeat them.) As Iris-san and Master Usagi stared at the Dragonias spaceship with grim expressions, Merl-san came to her senses and shook her head. S§×ar?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (N-no! It seems that the Dragonias are serious about destroying the planet Amel! As proof, the huge spaceship floating over there is the Dragonias mothership the Dragoon!) In the direction that Merl-san was pointing, there was a spaceship floating in the air that was so huge that it was incomparable to the spaceships of the Dragonias that we had been fighting. The ship, which resembled a giant dragon, was fully armed with a large number of weapons. (You cant be serious; they were trying to settle the war! We have to hurry!) Merl-san quickly took control of the terminal and accelerated our spaceship as we approached the planet Amel. The Dragonias seemed to notice us, and several spaceships came towards us. It looks like theyre not letting us pass easily! (Well have to go out there and intercept them again!) Following Master Usagis lead, we immediately jumped out into space and charged at the Dragonias spaceship. Then, unlike in the previous battle, a large number of Dragonias came out of the spaceship. Are those the clones just like the previous battle? It seemed that the Dragonias have excellent cloning technology, and their usual method was to create an inexhaustible supply of clone soldiers and send them into battle. !? When Iris was about to rush towards Yuuya, a Dragonian alien dressed in equipment similar to Drades stood before Iris. I have to go to Yuuya. Out of my way. (Hey, hey, dont be stupid, okay? If you want to go there so badly youll have to defeat me first!) The Dragonia alien slashed at Iris as he responded. Unlike Drade, this Dragonia alien wielded a sword. And its not just a longsword. He was handling a huge sword as tall as Iris with ease. (Im Drad, commander of the second unit of the Dragonian planet.) .. When Drad introduced himself, Iris kept her calm expression and swung her sword without opening her mouth. Dont you have a name too? I feel lonely. If thats the case then let me give you a name.) !? Drads pupils suddenly narrowed into a sharp vertical slit, and he swung the sword in his hand quickly. The sword, which was swung with no special technique but only with the tremendous strength of his arms, engulfed even the surrounding Dragonias and cut them into small pieces with ease. Arent they with you? (Huh? Such disposables? Dont be ridiculous. They are just a tool to wear down the enemy. And its bad enough that theyre so close to me. If they cant be used, they should just get the hell out of my sight!) ! In response to the forceful blow swung down, Iris immediately abandoned the choice of defense and jumped away from the spot. Then, despite having a sufficient distance, a tremendous shockwave struck Iris. Kuh! What ridiculous power! (Hey, hey! Whats with the surprise? I havent even started to take it seriously yet!) When Iris realized that there was no way to avoid the huge sword that attacked her like a storm, she held the sword up to her eyes and slowly exhaled. And then. [Wind Willow Slash]! Ah!? Iris, like a willow, brushed aside the impact of the attack and inflicted one wound after another on Drads body. Although each attack was not very powerful, the countless cuts all over his body caused Drad to frown and distance himself from Iris. (Youre not bad Huh!? .. While Drad was enraged, Iris had a clear expression on her face. (You bastard I dont care what your name is. Ill just crush you right here and now!) Drad became angrier at Iriss attitude and began to attack even more violently. He attacked in a huge storm, cutting up the surrounding Dragonia clone soldiers with just the wind pressure of his sword. The blow was so powerful that it could easily shatter a small meteorite and this was not something that a human could approach. But even in the face of such a Drad, Iris remained calm. You are so barbaric. (Ah!) Iris moves forward with a calm face through the raging storm of swords. Not just swords, but even the wind pressure is easily avoided as she finally closed in on Drads body. (Wha!?) This is the end [Heavenly Saint Slash]! Iriss sword, which was swung from below, sliced through Drad from his groin all the way up to his brain and then went on to engulf other Dragonia soldiers and one of the spaceships, obliterating it. A sword like a wild beast is no match for a human sword. Remember that though, its too late to tell you this. More importantly, I have to save Yuuya-kun! Iris had been looking at the place where Drad disappeared for a while, but she hurriedly headed towards Yuuya. Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 3 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 3Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 (I see. I guess that means youre my opponent.) (..) On the other hand, Usagi was confronting another one of the Dragonia aliens. The Dragonia didnt have any weapons and was wearing a pair of gauntlets and leg armor. (From the looks of it, it seems that you fight with hand-to-hand combat) (What an odd little animal. But since you are here, I will not show you any mercy.) Usagi laughed in amusement at the Dragonia, who readied himself while saying that. (Kukuku Its been a long time since Ive been treated as a small animal. Dont worry. There is no need for mercy or hesitation. Youre going to lose to me here anyway.) (Hmph Do you think this First Unit Commander, Dran, will be defeated by a small animal like you? What a funny joke!) In an instant, the Dragonia alien, who called himself Dran, closed the distance to Usagi and kicked at his small body mercilessly. But (!?) (I told you, didnt I? Theres no need for mercy or hesitation.) Usagi countered Drans kick with a similar kick, easily offsetting the attack. Dran quickly distanced himself and smiled ferociously. (Fufu Youre so cocky for a small animal. Do you think youre on the hunters side with that level of power?) (..) (I dont know where you got that kind of power, but dont get carried away!) Dran wrapped his body with a kind of fighting spirit, and he closed in on Usagi with a speed that was incomparable to the first strike. He then lowered his body at once and unleashed a powerful fist that struck at Usagi. (Nnngghh!) Although it was just a fist attack, the multiple shock waves released easily destroyed not only the surrounding Dragonia clone soldiers but also the asteroids floating in space. But even in the face of such an attack, Usagi was in no hurry to evade and stepped on top of Drans outstretched fist. (Wha?) (Thats the extent of your barking, huh?) (Screw you!) (Oh?) Against Usagi, who stood on top of his fist, Drans gauntlet changed instantly, and suddenly an energy cannon was fired from it. However, Usagi was not flustered by such an attack and jumped up to avoid the gunfire with a relaxed attitude. (Whats wrong? Is that equipment just for decoration?) (Dont you ever underestimate me!) At Usagis provocation, Dran deployed a variety of weapons. In addition to the energy cannons, Drans gauntlets were equipped with energy shields to cover the defensive aspect. Furthermore, his leg armor was equipped with a jet mechanism, and his toes were also equipped with energy cannons, just like his gauntlets. Making full use of these armaments, Dran unleashed a series of powerful attacks, but Usagi easily avoided all of them. On top of that, while avoiding Drans attacks, Usagi analyzed the characteristics of the Dragonia aliens from their attacks. (Fumu Ive never encountered such weapons before, but it seems that your pure combat power is not that high.) (What the! What are you trying to say?) (Im saying that while your weapons are flashy, your skills are not. Thats why one of your people has already been defeated.) (Wha Drad?) Sear?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In response to Usagis words, Dran immediately turned his attention to Drad, who was fighting Iris. At that moment, he saw Drad being sliced open by Iris. And then (How dare you to look away so casually?) (!?) Usagi didnt miss the moment when Dran took his eyes off him and dove straight into his chest, taking advantage of his small body to deliver a sharp kick to his torso. ([Kicking Flash]) (Gaaahh!?) Dran was blown away by the kick before he could defend himself. Usagi didnt even give him time to regain his stance, and in an instant, he went behind Dran and kicked him in the back. ([Heaven Leg]) (Guaah!?) In space, where there is no ground, to begin with, it is difficult to hold on unless one uses magic or science technology to adjust ones stance. So, Dran was sent upward without being able to catch himself. He managed to adjust his stance and looked around frantically, trying to locate Usagi. (W-where is he!? Where) (Here.) (Gueeeeee!) Before he knew it, Usagi had moved above Drans head and slammed a kick into his head. Dran continued to plummet at an incredible speed. (Its impossible This cant be happening! My weapons, filled with Dragonia technology! Why doesnt it work? How can a mere small animal attack!) ([Star Drop]) In addition to creating a foothold with magic, Usagi also used the magic he learned from Yuuya to clothe his legs with magic power. He approached the falling Dran, spinning like a wheel, and struck him with a powerful heel drop. It was the best blow that Usagi could deliver right now, and it sent shockwaves around him, blowing away a spaceship that had been waiting nearby. Usagi stared at Dran, who disappeared like Drad, and snorted. After destroying hundreds of asteroids, Dracul finally succeeded in adjusting his stance and vomiting a large amount of blue blood from his mouth; he desperately searched for the presence that had attacked him. (W-what the hell is going on?) Woof. (Eh) A shadow landed behind Dracul noiselessly. When Dracul hurriedly turned his attention to the shadow, he saw that a huge [Night] was standing there. (H-huh? What the heck what is it with you?) The jet-black fur was reminiscent of the night sky. And with sharp red eyes, the dignity that emanated from a huge body was second to none, even compared to the Genesis Dragon. Akatsuki and the Ciel were well aware of such a wolf. B-buhi. P-piii! It was Night, who had been blown away by Dracul. For the first time, Night, who had only been a puppy before, appeared as such a large, magnificent figure. This was the effect of a skill that Night had never been able to use before, the [Night God Wolfs Divine Authority]. He had never been able to use this skill before because he was too young, and the conditions for activating the skill were not met. However, it was the feeling of helplessness that he had felt in the battle with Drade the other day and experiencing it again in this battle with Dracul. In addition, the fact that Akatsuki was trying desperately to help Ciel made him even angrier at himself for being so helpless. And the most important trigger was the name of Nights skill [Night]. [T/n: The skills name is Yoru, which means Night too.] While in the other world and on Earth, [Night] had a time constraint, but in space itself, there was no sunlight, and therefore it was [Night] and the power to release this skill was stored in Nights body without his knowledge. With all these conditions in place, Night was able to activate the skills that he should not have been able to use yet and transformed himself into a magnificent Black Fenrir with a fighting strength that rivaled Ouma. Night, who had been calmly staring at Dracul, shifted his gaze to Ciel and barked lightly again. Woof. Pi? Pi! Wha? With just that, the cage that held Ciel was destroyed, and Ciel was free once again. However, Dracul, who was temporarily removed from Nights consciousness because of his gaze on Ciel, immediately took up his axe and attacked Night, taking advantage of the momentary gap. (You idiot! You turned your back on me!) Pi? Buhi! Ciel and Akatsuki rushed to stop Dracul, who was about to deliver a blow with tremendous force to Night, but they could not do so in time. (Fooooollll! Dieeeeeee!) It was a ruthless attack by Dracul with all his might. But Woof. (Wwha?) It was Draculs axe that was obliterated. Dracul watches in dismay as his axe disappears from his hand. He quickly came to his senses and fired the energy cannon mounted on his full body armor at close range. (W-what the hell did you do, you bastard!) However, Draculs excessively fierce attack was easily crushed. Woof! Night barked again. In fact, Draculs entire body armor shattered in an instant, and even the bones in his body were shattered as he flew through the air helplessly. (Aaghh Gaaaahh!?) Dracul was no longer able to move, let alone adjust his stance in the air. As if to crush him, Night raises his arm. Woof! (Hyii. W-wait) When Night swung his arm down, the surrounding clone soldiers and spaceships, including Dracul, disappeared into dust. Night, who was quietly watching the scene, suddenly began to groan in pain. Uoo Grrr Pi! Pii! Fugo! Buhi! Ciel and Akatsuki hurriedly rushed over and tried to save Night by using their respective skills. However, instead of recovering, Night suffered even more and finally let out a loud howl. Awwoooooooo! And then, as Night slumped down, his body began to glow. After a while, the light subsided, and the usual young Night was lying there. Pii! Buhi! As Ciel and Akatsuki used their skills with all their might, Night roared slightly and quietly opened his eyes. W woof? Pi! Pii! Fugo! Woof? Ciel and Akatsuki immediately hugged Night, but Night tilted his head, not seeming to understand what was going on. When Night returned to his normal state, he had no memory of the time when he was the Black Fenrir. Although it was good that he was awake, he was still exhausted, so Night and the others looked worriedly at Yuuya and prayed for his safety. Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 4 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 4Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 4 Thats Black Fenrir? Why is it here? Answer. Thats Night. Hes been with us this whole time. That one? Whats going on with Yuuya-donos family While Yuuya and the others were dealing with their respective commanders, Yuti, who was standing on top of the spaceship that Merl was desperately trying to control, and Odis, who was dealing with the bombardment from the Dragonia spaceship, were having a conversation. S~ea??h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Not only Odis but also Merl and the others were astonished by the sudden appearance of the legendary being. (Oh, so thats Night-sans true form) Thats amazing, isnt it? Thats amazing! As Ruri and Rill also became excited, Ouma, who had been sleeping for a long time now, opened his mouth and sighed absently. Fuwahh Ive been expecting his awakening to come soon, but I didnt expect it to happen here. Its not a complete awakening, it seems Fufufu. As expected of a race that can rival me. Its not perfect, yet it gave me a shiver. Over the course of working with Yuuya, Ouma had never once mentioned such a thing, but is now commenting on the presence that emitted from Night. This was literally proof that Night possessed a power rivaling the Genesis Dragon. Affirmative. Night is a capable boy. Thats right. To think that hes already that smart as a kid, its going to be scary when he grows up. I dont know, but why cant I see that Black Fenrir anymore? When Odis asked this, Ouma replied while laying down again. Its simple. As I said before, he is not fully awake yet. The burden on the body is too great. So he wont be able to use that skill for a while. I see If we had that power, this battle would have been over in an instant It cant be helped. Odis was right. If Night had been able to maintain that awakened state, this battle would have been settled literally in an instant. However, since it was his first awakening, Night was still unable to control his power. Immediately after defeating Dracul, he returned to his normal state. If Night in that state had gone on a rampage without being capable of thinking, he could have destroyed not only the Dragonias but also Yuuya and the others, and even the planet Amel. However, Night had instinctively sensed this. When he defeated Dracul, he canceled his awakened state. This was the reason why, from Oumas point of view, Nights latent abilities were so frightening. However, even though they had defeated most of the Dragonias leaders, they still had to deal with Drade, the clone soldiers, and the biggest problem of all, the giant spaceship Dragoon. Even so it seems that Iris and the others fought quite spectacularly. I thought they would struggle more, even if they could not overwhelm them like Night-dono did Of course. They are strong. But theres no end to the number of spaceships the enemy has (Kuh! Theres still way too many of them!) Hmm, I wonder how long the magic power used to defend this ship will last? Its pretty intense, you know? As soon as Odis said that, he immediately formulated his magic power. Then, as if in response to Odis, a magic sphere appeared outside Merls spaceship, and it gradually grew larger. Yuti watched the scene as she shot down the bombardment. Astonishing. Amazing magic power this is the Magic Saint Merl also operated the spaceship more carefully so as not to interfere with Odis concentration and continued to avoid being hit. And then. [Destruction Magic]. The moment Odis slowly opened his eyes and chanted that, the magic power that had already formed into a huge mass shrank at once and was released in the direction where there were many spaceships. The mass of magic power that had shrunk to a tiny size reached the center of the swarm without difficulty, unnoticed by not only the clone soldiers but even the Dragonia spaceships. Blast them all! At that moment, the magic that had been compressed exploded all at once, and the mass of magic power became a destructive force that wiped out all the surrounding spaceships. The aftermath was tremendous, and the impact was fierce. It was felt not only on Merls spaceship, which was far away, but also by Usagi and the others who were fighting the enemy. The impact was so great that Usagi voiced his complaint. (Hey, Odis! If youre going to unleash such crazy magic, give me a word first!) Thats right! You almost got us caught up in that! Odis was on his knees in the spaceship, breathing hard as he replied to Usagi and the others who were complaining. Hah hah Youre safe, arent you? Thats okay then Hey, are you okay? Youve been reckless, havent you? Of course I cant shoot that thing many times but I took care of most of the spaceships. Ill leave the rest to you (Hmph. Id like to complain about this to your face, but for now, rest. But remember that this when all is said and done?) Huh I dont want to Master! Odis finally couldnt take it anymore and collapsed on the spot. Ruri and Rill immediately rushed to embrace him, and Merl gave instructions as she piloted. (Theres a bed over there. There is also a medical function installed in that bed, so please let him sleep there.) U-understood! Ruri and Rill carried Odis to the bed as instructed by Merl. As she watched them go, Merl steeled her resolve even more. (We were able to reduce the strength of the Dragonias in one move thanks to Odis-san. However, it seems that the Dragoon is completely locked onto us, but at the same time, my compatriots on Amel must have noticed my presence. The only thing left to do is to see how far Yuuya-san and the others can go) Merl maneuvered her spaceship to avoid the attacks from the remaining Dragonia aliens while praying for Yuuya and the others to put up a good fight. Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 5 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 5Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 5 (No way! The Dragonia elites those commanders were defeated?) Drade, who had been fighting with me, was astonished that the other commanders had been defeated. I was really surprised about Night, not to mention Iris-san and Master Usagi. S~ea??h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I suddenly felt a tremendous pressure similar to Ouma-sans, and when I turned my gaze towards it, I saw a huge jet-black wolf. I was surprised by his appearance, but I knew immediately that the wolf was Night. It seemed that Night had also unleashed his power for some reason. Ill have to make sure of that when this battle is over. In order to do that, I need to defeat Drade in front of me now. Unlike the time of the previous attack, I was able to activate both [Holy Kings Authority] and [Holy Evil Creation] from the start in this fight. (Kuh! What the hell is this power!) [Thousands Spear Piercing]! (Gaahh!) Drade, who could not handle my attack, suffered many wounds on his body. Then he distanced himself from me and looked at me in disbelief. (Impossible! I was defeated once, and in order to defeat you, I made further modifications to this body! So why am I being overwhelmed?) It seems that after Drade was defeated by me and was retrieved back, he further modified and strengthened his body. It is true that in this fight, I felt that each blow was more powerful than the last, and it was obvious that if I took even one hit, I would take a lot of damage. But now that I could use the power of the [Holy and Evil Creation] even more than before, I was able to overwhelm Drade. Then, Kuro, who was inside me, raised his voice in amusement. Hahahahahaha! This is so good! I wonder what it feels like to be beaten by someone you thought you could beat? Hey, Kuro? Isnt it nice? And Im helping you, too. You should be a little grateful. Yeah, thanks a lot for that. Ive been fighting with the help of Kuro, as he said. This is because I needed to activate the power of Evil to match the power of the Holy that was strengthened by the [Holy Kings Authority], so I borrowed the power of Kuro. Thanks to that, I am now able to draw out the full potential of the [Holy and Evil Creation], and in combination with Sage-sans weapon, I am now overwhelming Drade. Drade shook his head as if to say that he didnt approve of such a situation. (Unbelievable There is no way that we, the Dragonias, can lose We cant lose!) ! In an enraged state, a tremendous fighting spirit rose from Drades body, and he thrusted out his spear with a speed that was incomparable to anything he had ever done before. Those were the words that were muttered unconsciously. Then, Kasumi reacted to the murmur, and her eyes lit up. Onee-chan? Who is Yuuya-san! Could he be your boyfriend? Eh!? As well as mumbling unconsciously, Kaori was very flustered because she didnt think that Kasumi would notice it. Kasumi smiled more and more at the sight of her. Looking at you like that, I guess its true? N-no! We are not in that kind of relationship yet! Yet~? ~~! Stop teasing me, or I wont help you with your homework! Wawa! I-Im sorry! When Kaori turned her face away from Kasumi, Kasumi hurriedly apologized. However, Kasumi immediately continued with a look of interest. Hey, hey, Onee-chan. What kind of person is this Yuuya-san? Eh? Youre so naive, you know? You might have been deceived by a bad guy! N-naive, you say? Kaori couldnt help but smile bitterly at Kasumis words, but since she didnt know much about the outside world, she couldnt say anything back. Then how is it? T-thats right hes very kind. As Kaori answered, she remembered the first time she met Yuuya. A few months ago I was being tangled up with a few men, and while the others pretended not to see it, Yuuya-san was the only one who had the courage to help me Hes such a kind person! I want to return the favor to such a kind Yuuya-san, even if only a little, so I decided to invite him to our school. Now, he is the closest person to me in the school, and he is very important to me Hmm. Huh? W-what is it, Kasumi? Nothing~? Kaori reacted immediately to the smirking Kasumi. However, the expression on Kaoris face did not stop, and she also let out a sigh of exasperation and looked up at the sky from the window again. (The summer vacation will soon be over I hope we can meet soon) With these thoughts in mind, the sisters daily lives pass by. Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 6 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 6Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 6 Yuuya and the others were struggling in the vast universe far away from the peaceful time of the Earth, but someones voice was suddenly directed at them. The weight of the voice almost crushed not only me but also Iris-san and Master Usagi just by hearing the voice. W-what the heck is this! If I hadnt used magic to create a foothold, I would have been knocked off to the edge of the universe Thats the kind of pressure I felt. This feeling is very similar to the time when I faced Avis, who became the ultimate perfection of Evil. But the big difference is that the Dragonias have the technology to neutralize Ciels attack, which overwhelmed Avis. In other words, we cant expect Ciel and the others to defeat him as they did with Avis. I managed to resist the pressure and looked up to see the Dragoon, the mother ship of the Dragonias, pointing its hull in our direction. And at the front of the ship, there was a figure of a Dragonia alien. That Dragonia alien was different from all the other Dragonias we had fought, with magnificent horns and royal-looking clothes. He looked down at us coldly and continued to speak. (You who permitted you to look at me? Kneel down!) Guhh! Another pressure was exerted on us. The pressure was like gravity multiplied by hundreds of times, and such a force continued to be applied from above our heads. In order to withstand the pressure, I thrust my spear into the foothold I had created with magic. Then the Dragonia alien in front of us suddenly appeared and smiled with interest. (Oh? You can withstand the pressure of my words fine. For your small resistance, you will have the honor of hearing my noble name.) The Draconia alien said with an attitude of utter arrogance, addressing us, Merl-sans spaceship, and the planet Amel. (I am Draco III. I am here to tell you, impudent people that you may die now.) Kuh? [Heavenly Saint Slash]! I had a bad premonition and immediately unleashed the [Heavenly Saint Slash] with all my might. And the next moment, the Dragoon unleashed a blast at us that was more massive than any bombardment Ive ever seen! When my full power strike collided with that blast, it looked like a tense fight for a while, but it couldnt be completely canceled out, and the huge blast scattered all around. Guh!? Kyaaa! (Kuh!) The impact was so great that even Merl-sans spaceship, which was far away, had to endure it desperately to avoid being blown away. In contrast, those of us who received the impact up close were badly damaged. Me, in particular, had already lost all strength in my body due to the fact that I had exerted all my power to stop the attack. At such a sight, Draco III once again raised his voice with interest. (Oh? You blocked a blow from my Dragoon?) Kuhah! Hah! Hah! Yuuya-kun! Iris-san hurriedly called out to me, but I did not have enough time to respond to her. I had done everything in my power to intercept the attack, and I had no confidence in my ability to defend myself if the same attack was unleashed again. Even the [Violent Eating Cleaner], which had sucked up Drades attack last time, would not be able to absorb this attack. I was certain because it was that powerful. I tried to catch my breath before Draco III made his next move, but he continued to ridicule me. (I could give you the same attack again but if I give you more despair, youll give up on living, wont you?) Wha Its not just the main cannon on the front of the dragon-shaped Dragoon, but the other cannons as well, and the gathered energy was on the same scale as the one that was just released. This was despair itself. Even if I could have prevented the first blow, I could not prevent the second. On top of that, several attacks of the same scale as the previous one were coming at us at the same time, and it was nothing but a nightmare. Not only me but also Iris-san and Master Usagi could not help but be stunned by the situation. (It was a bit of amusement, wasnt it, all of you? Well then farewell.) Suddenly, a magic circle appeared at my feet, and the next moment I was standing in a strange space. There were no pilot seats or machines lined up like in a robot animation, but purely wide open space. However, in front of me was a reflection of the scenery outside, and I could see Draco III, who was more stunned to see this knight than me As he looked around, Draco III, who had come to his senses, raised his voice. (Kukuku kuhahahaha! After all, I am the one who deserves to be the ruler of the world! I never thought Id see the legendary great giant here! I will defeat him and make the great giant mine!) Just as he announced that he would take this knight, the energy began to gather in the Dragoons cannons again! T-this is bad! What should I do? Please remain calm. You can control this by actually moving your body. For the time being, I followed the knights words and moved my arms, and the giant moved in sync with me! S§×arch* The nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I was impressed by this, a voice called out to me. Its fine that youre impressed, but are you sure you dont want to block his attacks? T-thats right! Um like this? The moment I finished confirming how to move, the Dragoon unleashed an energy cannon! (You shall bow down to the majesty of my Dragoon! Hahahahahaha!) As Draco IIIs sneer echoed through the air, I swung my sword with the same feeling I always have when Im wielding the [Omni-Sword]. Then (What?) The knights sword easily sliced through the barrage from the Dragoon. As I was surprised by this, the knight called out to me. I am powered by the magic of my contractor. So, taking into account the current amount of magic power of the contractor, the next three minutes should be the limit of activity. Is that so? I thought it was some kind of robot, but the activity time is special effects? But should I think that being able to move such a huge knight for three minutes with only my magic power is amazing? If I think about it normally, my magic power should be depleted in an instant. Thinking about this, I believed the knights words and decided to defeat the Dragoon in front of me before it reached its three-minute activity limit. Then, Draco III hurriedly gave the order. (S-shoot! Just keep up the bombardment! Dont let it get any closer!) As if in response to Draco IIIs words, not only the Dragoon but all the other Dragonia spaceships pointed their cannons in my direction and began to accumulate energy! But even in the face of this scene, I was not panicked. Hah! (W-what!?) Despite being so huge, this knight could move as agilely as I could. In addition, it seems that if I use the [Holy Kings Authority] or [Holy Evil Creation] together, their effects will be reflected in the knights attacks. As a result, this knight could move around the universe at a ridiculous speed. The other Dragonia spaceships attacked me one after another as if they were forming a shield, but I didnt stop. [Unparalleled War Dance]! Even the techniques of the Sword Saint were reflected in the movements of the giant knight, and all the spaceships that approached were cut down. And finally, I reach the Dragoon. (Nonsense Is this the power of the great giant? Why is this power not mine? I-it should be for meeeeeeee!) The attack with the largest amount of energy here was unleashed from the front of the Dragoon. In the face of the mighty attack, I calmly held my sword at the top. And then [Heavenly Saint Slash]! As I swung down the strike with all my might, the bombardment from the Dragoon was slashed apart, and a sword flash of fierce power approached the Dragoon itself. (S-stop This me losing in a place like thiiiiiissssss!) Immediately afterward, a huge explosion occurred. I immediately set up the shield to protect Iris-san and Merl-sans spaceship and prevent the shockwave from the explosion. Did we win? When the explosions subsided, and I looked beyond my shield, I saw that the Dragonia spaceship fleet had vanished without a trace. Book 9: Epilogue Part 1 Book 9: Epilogue Part 1Heres the epilogue part 1, enjoy~ Epilogue Part 1 We had successfully defeated the Dragonia aliens. Once I confirmed that all the Dragonias had disappeared, the giant knight I controlled suddenly began to glow. W-what is it? I have reached my limit of activity. The summoning will now be canceled. Ah After hearing this announcement, the knight disappeared, and I was thrown out into space. Fortunately, thanks to Merl-san, I was able to adapt to outer space but if I hadnt, it would have been horrible Yuuya-kun! Iris-san! As I was dumbfounded, Iris-san and Master Usagi came running up to me. Are you okay, Yuuya-kun? Are you hurt? I-Im fine! Im fine! Immediately after Iris-san came running up to me, she touched my body here and there to make sure I wasnt injured. Im glad shes worried about me, but its embarrassing Then, Master Usagi muttered to Iris-san with a look of disbelief. (What are you worried about? Its obvious that Yuuya will be fine, no?) Hey, Usagi! He was indeed riding that ridiculous golem so that he might be fine, but you know firsthand how bad the enemy was, right? (Hmph Its true, that guys the master of all of them, so hes of a different class.) As Master Usagi said, the power of Draco III was incomparable to that of Drade and the other commanders. Although he hadnt fought Draco III directly, the sense of intimidation that seemed crushing down just by speaking was on par with when he faced Avis. S§×ar?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In addition, the energy cannons of the Dragoon, the mothership of the Dragonias, were also a terrible thing. If it werent for the power of the giant knight entrusted to me by Sage-san, I would have lost for sure. When I was trembling thinking about it, Master Usagi told me with a serious expression. (By the way Sages legacy is a crazy one. I didnt know that he had built such a huge golem) And its made of Orichalcum, thats crazy As expected, but this is Sage-san that were talking about Moreover, the reason behind the creation of such a ridiculous thing is that when he was transferred to Earth, he was exposed to a subculture and wanted to create his own I think its too frivolous and overdone In addition, Draco III talked about the great giant and many other meaningful things After building that knight, did Sage-san do something in space? I wouldnt be surprised if he saved a single planet, saying it was a trial run. That knight seemed to have disappeared into my bracelet Now I couldnt hear the voice of the knight who had taught me so much, and the bracelet didnt seem to respond. As I was staring at the bracelet, Merl-sans spaceship was coming towards us. (Everyone! Are you okay?) Oh, Merl-san! Were fine over That was the moment I was about to say that. In the exact moment, another fleet of spaceships, different from those of the Dragonias, appeared around Merl-sans spaceship and us as they approached. (Dont move! Who are you people? And wheres the great giant that just appeared?) This voice came from a fleet of spaceships, presumably from the planet Amel. Indeed, we came close to the planet Amel, but we immediately started fighting with the Dragonias Its kind of disturbing. (Its no wonder. You cant blame them. We started the battle without even coming forward.) As Master Usagi said, from the perspective of the people of planet Amel, they may not be able to determine whether we are friend or foe. I-I see The story was so grand that I honestly couldnt really feel it, but I couldnt help but agree that it was possible for Sage-san. Ouma-san is also a bit dumbfounded while listening to Marl-sans story. Ah, that guy Hes not satisfied with just that world, and hes been rampaging in the outside world as well. Good grief, I could not have said that about myself As a result, Sage-san is bringing peace to the universe, but as Ouma-san said, Sage-san was also quite free to do as he pleased. When I unintentionally chuckled at Ouma-sans words, Marl-sans eyes lit up. (Now, Apostle-sama. As for whats to come, I would love to have you participate in the celebration of the universe being at peace!) Huh? (Ive already notified the other planets, so the celebration can take place at any time! It would be a great honor for us to continue the festival for ten years!) Ten years? What kind of crazy period is that? When I was startled by Marl-sans words, he tilted his head curiously. (Did I say something strange? You may think that ten years is a short time when you consider that the universe has become peaceful, but each of our fellow planets has its own various circumstances. And there may be people who will follow in the footsteps of the Dragonias) I-its not that. I cant stay here for ten years! If anything, summer vacation is almost over, and I have to prepare for school, pick up Kagurazaka-san, and many other things to do. But for some reason, Marl-sans eyes widened. (What are you talking about? I said the festival would be for ten years, but Im planning to have Apostle-sama live on this planet permanently) No, no, no, I cant accept that! Whats going on that he even wants me to live here permanently? When I was seriously troubled, Marl-san, with a difficult expression on her face, began to converse with the other Amel people, calling Merl-san in the middle of the conversation. Meanwhile, I moved over to Iris-san and the others. W-what do you think will happen? Hmm I doubt they will force you to stay on this planet, but if they do you might have to give them a hard time. Eehh? You saved their lives, didnt you? You saved their lives, after all. As Ruri and Rill said, we originally came here because of Merl-sans request, but to have that happen to me is just too much! But if we collided with the people of Amel, we wouldnt have any way to get home from here. We dont have the skills to pilot a spaceship, and that knight can only be used for three minutes. In addition, the warp function has been used to get here, so it will not be so easy to return. Could it be possible to use teleportation magic to bring everyone back? As I was thinking about this, Merl-san and the others came back, probably having finished their discussion. (Apostle-sama. Im very sorry to hear this, but I understand that Apostle-sama has his own circumstances, so I wont ask you to do anything. If you ever come to this planet again, please take your time.) Y-yes, of course! I dont have any means of transportation at the moment, but if I could come back, Id like to do some sightseeing next time. When I was thinking like that, Marl-san nodded his head in satisfaction. (Thank you very much. Now, let my daughter, Merl, guide you to Apostle-samas home planet again.) (Yes. Ill send them back safely.) Merl-san said this with a serious expression on her face, but for some reason, her cheeks were strangely red. I wondered if something had happened to her. What is it? Merl-san, whats wrong? (N-no! Its nothing! Lets move out now!) Y-yes. I feel like Ive been misled Did something happen with Merl-san during their discussion? With these thoughts in mind, we boarded Merl-sans spaceship once again and departed the planet Amel as is. Book 9: Epilogue Part 2 Book 9: Epilogue Part 2Heres the part 2 sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Epilogue Part 2 At the time when Yuuya was worried about the conflict with the people of planet Amel, Merl had an anxious look on her face when Marl called her over. (Um, father what are you going to do with Yuuya-san and the others?) (What do you mean by what am I going to do? Of course, were going to make them stay here for the rest of their lives.) (You cant do that! They have their own lives to lead!) (But how can we not entertain the Apostle who brought peace to the universe?) The other Amelians nodded in agreement with Marls words. However, Merl stated with a resolute attitude. (Thats only for our convenience. The reason we were able to obtain the blueprint for the anti-astronomical annihilation weapon, and the reason we were able to defeat the Dragonias, was because of the goodwill of Yuuya-san and the others who helped us! And now youre trying to hurt them?) (They wouldnt have any means of space travel anyway, would they? If thats the case, theyll have no choice but to listen to us. And were not trying to hurt them in any way, okay? Im just trying to arrange for them to live comfortably on this planet.) (Forcing and threatening things just for our convenience like that is just like the Dragonias, who were our enemies.) (!) Merl looked straight at the Amelians and told them so. (Ive been saved by them. Now its my turn to help them. If father and the others want to force them to stay on this planet, I will take the spaceship and send them back to their home planet!) (..) Marl and Merl stared at each other for a while. Then Marl let out a sigh and dropped his gaze. (Hah I wonder who she got that spirit from) (..) (Okay, okay. If you insist, lets send them home.) (!) (Marl-sama!) (But!) While controlling the surprised Amelians with his hand, Marl continued. (Merl. I have a mission for you.) (Eh?) Merl froze at the unexpected words. However, despite Merl, who was frozen, Marl told her clearly. (You must deepen your relationship with the Apostle and take his genes.) (What?) At this unexpected statement, Merl was surprised, and at the same time, her cheeks turned red. (W-what do you mean by that!) (I mean exactly what I said. Im sure the Apostle will eventually die of old age. But if the genetic descendants of our planet Amel inherit the Apostles genes, then that great giant will inevitably belong to Amel. In addition, if you and the Apostle get to know each other, he might change his mind and decide to move to this planet, which is your home.) (N-no way) (Im telling you, if you disapprove of this, Im not going to let them leave this planet.) Merl fell silent at Marls words. At last, Merl nodded, feeling her face heat up as she thought back to her previous actions with Yuuya. (I understand. I will somehow do my best to get to know Yuuya-san better) (Umu. Im counting on you.) Thus, a great deal of talk was going on in a place unknown to Yuuya. We made it back safely! We took Merl-sans spaceship and came back to Earth without any problems. When we got off the spaceship, Iris-san stepped on the ground with a strange feeling. I dont know what to say; it feels weird to be on the ground, doesnt it? As Iris-san said, most of the time we were sailing in space, we were either inside the ship or using magic as a foothold, so it felt strange to have a ground we could walk on like this. When one of the cult members replied to the man who was called the founder, the other members of the cult around them began to buzz. No way, he really is living in the [Great Devils Nest] But if it were not for that, our God would not have been defeated But who the hell is he? In the midst of all the speculation, the founder calmly asks the believer who made the report. And did you get any more information about this person? Yes! After investigating, it seems that there is no doubt that he is a young man. However, it is doubtful that he is from this continent S§×ar?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. What do you mean by that? According to my investigation, he has an unusual name: Yuuya Tenjou I see A name like that sounds unheard of in any of the countries on this continent In fact, I wanted to find out what continent he was from, but even the Alceria Kingdom, where the rumor originated, doesnt seem to know that much about him No, thank you for your efforts. What we need to know now is whether or not any humans are living in the [Great Devils Nest]. And this time, it has become clear. Then theres no need to hesitate any longer. But if that person has defeated our God, will we be able to defeat him on our own? In response to the believers words, the founder shook his head. No. If we fought normally, our defeat would be inevitable. But this time, there is no need to fight. We have the magic of the abominable Sage who once destroyed our God. If we use it, we can simply switch the existence of that person and our God and accomplish our longing without fighting him The power of the Sage who destroyed our God will be our power this time! Oh! The founder stood up vigorously and looked around at all of the believers. Gentlemen! Our divine enemy is in the [Great Devils Nest]! That land is extremely dangerous, and there is no guarantee that you will be safe. But in order to extinguish the hated divine enemy and revive our God, I ask you to entrust me with your lives! For the sake of our God! A crazy light lit up in the eyes of all the believers present. Seeing them, the founder nodded in satisfaction and raised his arms high in the air. Lets go! To eliminate our enemy Yuuya Tenjou! Thinking that peace had finally arrived, Yuuya was greeted with a new trouble. During a new movement of Evil believers in another world, Kaori was called to the chairmans office of the [Ousei Academy]. You said you wanted to talk to me. What is it? Oh. Actually, I wanted Kaori to take care of the new student again. Eh, the new student? Kaori was surprised by the unexpected words from her father, Tsukasa, but she quickly understood. I see The summer vacation will soon be over, so it might be the right time for a transfer student. Thats why. So, since Kaori took care of Yuuya-kun and Yuti-san, I wanted to ask you again. What do you think? Yes, its fine! When Kaori nodded in response, Tsukasa also smiled as if relieved. However, his expression soon changed to one of slight suspicion. Um, whats wrong? Hmm? Oh, Im sorry. As Kaori said, its not particularly strange that the transfer student happened after the summer vacation, but my memory is a little fuzzy. I dont remember being consulted about or giving permission for this new student. Huh Kaori tilted her head curiously at Tsukasas words. The reason for this is that when a student from another school moves into this academy, it is natural that the schools president, Tsukasa, should have been consulted for his approval, but Tsukasa had no memory of such procedures. However, since Tsukasa had the documents in his possession, he was sure that he had confirmed this matter. As the two of them puzzled over the strange phenomenon, Kaori suddenly remembered and asked. What kind of person is the new student, by the way? Oh, its this girl. Tsukasa handed her a document with a picture of the new student, and Kaori checked it. And Kaori was somewhat familiar with the picture. Huh? This person is The document showed the face of a girl with phosphorescent blue hair. Book 9: Afterword Book 9: AfterwordHeres the afterword. Enjoy and hope to see you again soon~ S§×arch* The n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Afterword Thank you for picking up this book. Im Miko, the author. Id like to thank Reine Kuwashima-sama for drawing the characters in such a cool and cute way again. I would also like to express my heartfelt thanks to all the readers who have been enjoying this series. Thank you very much. See you soon! Book 10: Prologue Part 1 Book 10: Prologue Part 1So here you go, the 10th vol prologue. And if you want to ask questions, discuss and find out more about this novel, you can also join our discord and this novel subredit at this link /r/CheatSkill/. I hope you can enjoy this volume as well~ Prologue Part 1 Once upon a time, a baby was born. His name was Zenovis, a son of an ordinary farmer, and grew up with all the love and affection of his parents. However, the boy who was born into such an ordinary family was also the most out of the ordinary in the world of Argena. The first glimpse of his abnormality was seen when he was five years old. The boy, who normally ran around in the fields and mountains like other children in the village, realized that he was alone, swinging a wooden stick in his hand. Everyone thought that the child was just swinging a wooden stick around, yearning to be a knight. But the boy never got tired of swinging. And a week after, the boy started swinging at targets. To everyones surprise, he cut down a tree in the forest with just a wooden stick. At first, no one thought the boy had actually cut down the tree. In the first place, it was impossible for a child to cut down a tree, and moreover, the cut on the tree was so smooth that it looked as if it had been cut by a sharp sword. The boy had wielded a wooden stick and not a sword. That is why the adults in the village tried to treat this incident as one of the strange happenings. However, when the trees in the forest continued to be cut down for two or three days from there, a commotion broke out in the village, saying that this was not a normal occurrence. So when the village adults tried to find out who was cutting down the trees, they found the boy going out to do his usual pretend play. And when they followed the boy the boy, with his wooden stick, cut down the mountain. Amazingly, the boy had gotten tired of cutting down trees with the wooden stick and finally cut down the mountain in one fell swoop. The scene was so unrealistic that the boy came to be treated as an eerie presence in the village. However, the boys parents remained affectionate toward him. This had a positive effect on him. They learned of the boys unusual talent and began to try to encourage him to do whatever he wanted to do as much as possible. And when the boy showed interest in magic, they managed to save up enough money to buy him a tattered book about magic. The book was not the kind of book a child would read, and its contents were so crude that it was hard to believe that the boy could learn to use magic from this one book. However, the boy read the book, and after his own interpretation and research, he found himself becoming a great magician. It would be a waste for the boys life to remain in this village. His parents decided to enroll him in a famous magic school of the time. The parents, who lived in a rural village, could not afford the tuition fees, but the school had a system for special students, which allowed them to enter without paying any tuition fees if they achieved excellent results in the entrance examination. The boy naturally became a special student and attended the magic school. Moreover, not only in the entrance examination, but even after entering the school, the boys talent was demonstrated beyond measure, and he always maintained the top grades in his school year. His combat skills soon became the best in the school. However, even such a perfect boy was not very good at socializing with others. Because of an incident when he was five years old, he was never treated normally by anyone other than his parents, and because he was not a very outgoing person, he was always isolated at school. However, the boy himself did not regret his inability to socialize but instead began to explore all areas of life, always following his curiosity. He was interested in martial arts other than swordsmanship, and also studied weapons, armor, and other tools, as well as the arts, such as singing and painting. Sear?h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It would take a lifetime to master a single art form for an ordinary person. If one seeks too much, one will end up only becoming half accomplished. That was the norm. Except for him. By the time the boy turned into a young man, he had mastered every field. Swordsmanship, magic, blacksmithing, art. There was not a single thing he could not do. Even if he saw something unknown, he could learn it instantly and sublimate it into his own skill. Why was such a being born? Even Argena, the planet on which the young man lives, doesnt know. It is genuinely a heresy to humanity. Then, far in the future in the era in which Yuuya and the others live. So this is the [Great Devils Nest] The man, the founder of the evil cult, was staring at the forest spread out before him. Behind him, there is a line of followers of the evil cult who are accompanying him. The reason they had visited the [Great Devils Nest] was to search for Yuuya, who was said to be living here. But Nu Facing the [Great Devils Nest], the founder was unable to take the first step. There was a powerful presence wafting from the [Great Devils Nest]. Founder! Why are you standing still? The enemy is now within our reach! Right! Come on, lets get going! H-hey! A few believers, getting impatient with such a founder, step into the [Great Devils Nest] without hesitation. Immediately after, the founder tried to stop them, but that did not succeed. Kah. Eh? It was only a moment. The moment he stepped into the [Great Devils Nest], the upper body of one of the believers disappeared. Blood spurted violently from the remaining lower half of his body, and collapsed lifelessly as it was. Without knowing what had happened, the death of their companion caused the believer, who had also stepped into the land, to stop. Hey! Run away quickly! The founder shouted frantically, but his thoughts were in vain as the body of another believer disappeared once again. The believers, finally realizing that they had entered a terrible place here, screamed. U-uwaaaaahhhh! N-no! I dont want to die From there, it was carnage. The believers, who did not heed the founders warning and entered the [Great Devils Nest], died without understanding what was happening. W-what happened? One of the believers, who just now witnessed the scene where his friends were killed in an instant, muttered to himself as if he were trying to squeeze it out. Then, the founder, with a grim expression on his face, pointed his finger. Thats it. Eh? The founder pointed to a seemingly ordinary tree. However, they noticed that the vines hanging from the branches of the tree were stained reddish-black. Its an [Assassin Tree] an A class monster. S-such a monster The monsters that inhabited this place never leave the [Great Devils Nest]. This is because the [Great Devils Nest] is an ideal place for monsters, a land full of magic power. However, living in such an ideal land requires strength. As a result, the monsters here have evolved in their own unique way, minimizing their appetites and sexual desires, and instead honed their ferocity and the desire to fight. And that [Assassin Tree] has also evolved to suit this land. The only saving grace is that they are few in number, but all the monsters that lost in this race for survival in this land and flee will fall prey to it Listen, dont forget that the [Great Devils Nest] is overrun with such monsters. Ugh After the founders explanation, the believers are left to their own devices. However. O, believers! Do not be afraid! For the sake of the resurrection of our God, we must turn to the divine enemy that lies ahead! For the sake of our scattered brethren, we must press forward! Our future awaits us after we overcome this grueling ordeal! The light in the eyes of the believers, who had been depressed by the situation, lit up once again. The light was somewhat dark and fanatical. Come on, lets go! The divine enemy, Yuuya Tenjou, is right ahead! Ooooohhh! The members of the evil cult raised a war cry and finally set foot in the [Great Devils Nest]. Book 10: Prologue Part 2 Book 10: Prologue Part 2This chapter is supported by Patreon. As always, you can read up to 4 chapters by joining our Patreon. Any kind of support will always be appreciated. And please enjoy~ Part 2 Meanwhile, on Earth at that time. A few days had passed since the fierce battle in space. I Yuuya Tenjou, after a busy trip, was finally able to enjoy a holiday. In fact, there are still some evil beasts left to be defeated in the other world, but Iris-san and the others ordered me to take a rest before parting ways. I thought it would be better to help defeat the evil beasts, but Odis-san also expressed his desire to make up for his inability to participate in the fight against Avis. Still unlike previous summer vacations, there was really so much going on this time that it didnt really feel like a vacation The only memories that I have of the summer vacation were of going to the beach with Kaori and the others and going to the summer festival with Miu-san. No, I also took Lexia-san and the others sightseeing around the Earth, does that count as having fun too? I didnt really feel like I was on vacation, but I was really happy to be able to play with my friends, unlike before. So, as if to relieve the fatigue of the past, I was lounging around the house with Night and the others. The summer vacation will be over in a little while. Woof? Night cocked his head curiously at my soliloquy. It was less than a week before the end of summer vacation, but I had finished my homework as soon as the vacation started, so there was no need to rush to do anything. However, I should be preparing so that I dont panic on the first day of school Ah! Right! Fugo! Pi? I remember something and suddenly raise my voice, and Akatsuki, who was lying down next to me, jumps up in surprise and gives me a reproachful look. I-Im sorry. Youre making too much noise. What in the world is wrong with you? As I apologized to Akatsuki and the others, Ouma-san, who was also sleeping, asked me so with a sigh of absence. Well, summer vacation is almost over, and I thought I should go call on Kagurazaka-san, who is still in the other world Yes, I need to call out to Kagurazaka-san, who still remained in the other world. I mean, I neglected to do that until now because of my sense of things, but I-is it okay? Each school might have a different date for the end of summer vacation or something like that W-what should I do? N-no, I have to tell her anyway before worrying about it! Hmph, so youre off to the other world today? Woof! Fugo. Pi! Night and the others get up as soon as I speak and get ready to head off to the other world. I should have said a few words to Yuti, but she was not there, as she was visiting a school friends house. I am relieved to see that she seems to be adjusting well to her school. For now, lets go to the Regal Kingdom where Kagurazaka-san is! I went through the [Door To Another World] and traveled to the Regal Kingdom by teleportation magic. Now that were here, what are we supposed to do? We arrived safely in the Regal Kingdom, but when it came to meeting with Kagurazaka-san, I was troubled by the means. Since she was treated as an important guest in the Regal Kingdom, I knew that she would be at the royal castle, but I did not know whether I could go directly to the castle or not. Last time I was with Lexia-san and the others, so there was no problem, but this time I was on my own. Since there was no one to vouch for my status, I wondered if I would be able to enter the royal castle easily I hope one of the soldiers remembers me, but as expected As I was thinking about this, Ouma-san looked at me in dismay. What, you didnt think anything of it? Ugh Oh well. You dont have to worry about it that much. If anyone tries to interfere, well just force our way in. We cant do that! That may be true if thats how Ouma-san perceives it, but as I said, I cant do such a thing. As I wandered around near the castle, thinking seriously about what I should do, I was unexpectedly approached by a voice. You, what are you doing? Eh? Kagurazaka-san! The voice was, to my surprise, Kagurazaka-san, whom I had been looking for. I was surprised because I didnt expect to see her so suddenly, and then, Kagurazaka-san continued with an air of disappointment. If you keep wandering around like that, people will think youre suspicious, you know? I followed Kagurazaka-san into the royal castle for the time being, and as Kagurazaka-san had said, the treatment was very good, and we were soon able to meet with Orghis-sama. After waiting for a while in what looked like a reception room, Orghis-sama arrived. I apologize for keeping you waiting. And Yuuya-dono, its been a while. And all your friends too Hmph. Y-yes! Im sorry, I didnt mean to bother you out of the blue What? Dont worry about it. Yuuya-dono is a benefactor of our country, after all. Orghis-sama smiles cheerfully as he says so. It is true that I responded to the attack by Quarro and Avis, but when you even call me a benefactor, I feel indescribable sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Speaking of which, Lexia-san and the others Oh, they have already returned to the Alceria Kingdom. Thanks to the Holy including Mai-dono and Iris-dono, the damage caused by the evil beasts has been decreasing recently. After exchanging various information, they returned to their country. I see While I was resting after returning from space, Iris-san and the others were working hard in the other world Although Iris-san and Master Usagi told me that I could rest, I feel bad that I have done nothing so far. After some light chit-chat, Orghis-sama asked. So, what brings you here? I am sorry, Your Majesty. May I ask for a moment of your time? Mm? Kagurazaka-sans words startled Orghis-sama. From the very beginning, Mai-dono has been helping us because of our selfishness. That is why we have no right to say anything to Mai-dono. And thanks to Yuuya-dono, the Evil king has been defeated, so there is nothing we want Mai-dono to do right now. Just what are you going to do with your time off? Well, I was wondering if I could go back to my world for a while What? Oh, yes I heard that Yuuya-dono can go back and forth between worlds Y-yes. I can come and go. So, Kagurazaka-san and I can continue our lives in our original world It seems that Orghis-sama already knows that I can freely come and go between this world and Earth, besides the fact that I am from another world. I wonder if Lexia-san or Kagurazaka-san taught him that? I understand the situation. As I said before, I summoned Mai-dono for our own reasons. As long as she can return to her world, there is no problem. The matter of the evil beast has settled down. Im sorry No need to apologize. We are the ones who are sorry for bringing two unrelated people into this mess. Since you are with Yuuya-dono, Im sure it will be alright, but please be careful on your journey. Thank you! After getting approval for Kagurazaka-san to return to Earth for the time being, I was taking a breather when Orghis-sama showed a sign of remembering something. Right! I had one thing to tell Yuuya-dono. Eh? Have you ever heard of the Evil cult, Yuuya-dono? Evil cult is it? I had never heard of it before. As I tilted my head at the unfamiliar word, Orghis-sama continued. To put it simply, it is a religion that believes in Evil, but some suspicious activities are happening among its followers. There is nothing serious going on, but I would like you to keep this in mind. I-I understand. I didnt know there were people who believed in Evil I dont know what they are thinking, but I hope it doesnt turn out to be too disturbing. After we finished talking while thinking about this, Kagurazaka-san and I greeted Orghis-sama once again and left the royal capital of Regal Kingdom. After walking for a while out of the city, Kagurazaka-san opened her mouth. So, how long does it take to get to your house from here? Oh, it wont take long since we will be returning home by magic. By magic? While Kagurazaka-san, who was unaware of the existence of teleportation magic, was surprised, I confirmed that there were no signs of people around us at first, then I activated the teleportation magic and returned to Sage-sans house. We then passed through the door and returned to the Earth. Yes, we are back. I-it really only took a moment Well, I would appreciate it if you could keep the teleportation magic a secret. Eh? Why? It seems that teleportation magic is considered legendary not only on Earth but also the other world, and there are a lot of problems if I can use it No, your very existence is already outrageous, so why do you care about the legends now? W-well, that may be so, but it is better to be cautious. Well, thats all right. If thats the case, Ill keep my mouth shut. Id better hurry home and get ready for school Oh, excuse me! Shall I teleport you directly to the front of the shrine? You dont have to go that far. I want to do some shopping on the way home Anyway, thank you so much for always looking out for me. After saying this, Kagurazaka-san went straight back toward the shrine that was her home. Book 10: Chapter 1: Part 1 Book 10: Chapter 1: Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ for new novels Part 1 Finally, tomorrow I Merl muttered inside the spaceship. In my hand, I had the uniform of an educational institution called Ousei Academy, which Yuuya-san attends. Its strange, isnt it? When Yuuya-san guided me around Earth before, I looked into this planet, so I knew there was such a thing as school uniforms but I never thought I would be wearing one like this The suit I normally wear is made to be comfortable in space and is made to fit the wearer in the most comfortable way possible. Moreover, if I operate the device on my left arm and collect data on clothing on Earth, I can use that data to adapt my suit to match the outfits on Earth. However, what I have in my hands now is a uniform that was authentically made on this Earth, not a suit with the student uniform data put into it. So it has this kind of feel to it although Im concerned that the lower half of the body is not very protective This skirt, a garment that I had worn before, albeit on data, was a type of shape that I had not seen on Planet Amel, so it was very new to me, but at the same time, it was somewhat embarrassing to expose my legs to this extent. Why am I holding the same school uniform as Yuuya-san like this? It was because of my fathers order when I was escorting Yuuya-san and the others back to Earth. .. Orders from my father. That is, to obtain Yuuya-sans genes. If this were just to create a clone, it would have been enough to bring back some of Yuuya-sans body tissues, such as her body hair. Of course, even so, I could not create a clone without asking for Yuuya-sans permission. But that is not what my father wants from me. He wants me to bring back the genes in other words, he wants me to give birth to a child with Yuuya-san. Uh My face heated up as I realized this again. After I escorted Yuuya-san back to Earth and parted from him, I compared and verified my body with that of the human race on Earth to see if I could really carry out my fathers orders. As a result, I found that it was possible for Yuuya-san and me to have a child, although there were some differences in the way our bodies were built. The method for having a child is apparently the same on my planet as it is on Earth, so there is no problem there either. S§×ar?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. However I had no such experience yet. On Earth and on Planet Amel, the relationship between men and women is exactly the same. They are connected to each other through their hearts. In some planets, men and women do not communicate with each other, and this is common to the entire universe. There are also cultures that share partners throughout the planet, but this is not the case on my planet and on Earth. Regardless of that, I had never experienced a heart-to-heart or, in other words, love. No way, this me As the daughter of a father who is the representative of the planet Amel, I have lived my dream of ending the war with the Dragonias since I was born. That is why I had no time to even think about love. W-what in the world am I supposed to do? In the meantime, I have been gathering information about attending an academy on Earth. For example, the range of subjects students will study and what is popular among students today. In that sense, I dont think I will have any problems adjusting to the school. The only problem was how to get closer to Yuuya-san From the perspective of Earth values, it is not a good idea to suddenly ask for genes. I-Im in trouble too. As everyone took their seats, they tilted their heads at Sawada-senseis words. Then Sawada-sensei grinned. Yes, thats right. What a surprise, we have another transfer student coming to this class. Eeh!? At Sawada-senseis words, the whole class began to murmur at once. Is the transfer student a girl? Or is it a boy? More importantly, arent there a lot of transfer students lately? It started with Yuuya-kun, and then Yuti-chan came to the middle school as well Whatever it is, its unusual. It seems to be a rare situation where transfer students arrive one after another, starting with me, after all. I wonder what kind of person is coming? Hey, come in! Yes. !? When I heard the voice that answered Sawada-senseis call, my eyes widened. Eh? That voice was! To my surprise, it was a phosphorescent blue-haired girl Merl-san who entered the classroom! Unlike her previous suit, Merl-san is now dressed in the same uniform as the rest of us. While everyone was stunned, Merl-san looked around at us and smiled when she spotted me among them. Im Merl, and Ill be transferring to this school starting today. I dont know much about this country yet, so I hope you can teach me a few things. And well, as you just heard, shes not from this country, so take care of her in many ways! .. Sawada-sensei tells us so quite naturally, but it is not so for me. I know that Merl-san is an alien, so I couldnt think of anything yet I know its an unusual name, but I wonder if shes similar to Yuti-san? Its more unusual to have blue hair, though, isnt it? Whats with the glowing? Huh? Is it just my imagination? No, its normal to have glowing hair, isnt it? Normal so, was it? Huh? Is it possible that it is accepted as normal? It seemed that Merl-san had already performed some kind of cognitive manipulation on the students in the class, and they all naturally accepted the fact that Merl-sans hair was glowing. Ugh, space technology is as outrageous as ever For the time being, your seat is behind Yuuya. You see, its behind that prominent boy over there. Yes, I understand. As I stared at Merl-san with an indescribable expression on my face, she whispered to me as she passed by me. Its good to see you again. Ah-ahaha I could only smile dryly at the unexpected reunion. Book 10: Chapter 1: Part 2 Book 10: Chapter 1: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 That day, many students, not only our classmates but also from other classes, came to catch a glimpse of Merl-san and asked her many questions. I was afraid that they would find out that Merl-san was an alien somewhere along the way, but as one would expect from space technology. It seemed that Merl-san manipulated peoples perceptions so that she could fit in perfectly on the Earth, and she got through the ordeal without any problems. As I watched her from a distance, I noticed Kaori at the entrance to the classroom. Kaori also found me and beckoned to me in a somewhat reserved manner. What is the matter? Kaori, its been a while. Its been a while, hasnt it? The last time we met was when Yuuya-san showed Merl-san around the town, right? Thats right Huh? Perhaps Kaori knows about Merl-san Yes, I remember. Um, the space one, right? Kaori had encountered Merl-san when she and I were together before, and to my surprise, Merl-sans cognitive manipulation didnt work on her. When my father told me about the new student, I was surprised that the person was Merl-san, you know? I think it is difficult in many ways for Merl-san, an alien, to attend this school, but her documents were accepted as if it were a matter of course, and Oh, haha well, about Merl-san, you see, it seems that space technology can manipulate perceptions in that area. So even though she has features that dont seem earthly, everyone just naturally accepts her. That is kind of amazing, but also terrifying at the same time I understand what Kaori is trying to say. I am genuinely impressed by space technology, but more than that, it is a very frightening thing to be able to change perceptions, etc., without realizing it. Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I dont think Merl-san would abuse that technology, though But why did she decide to transfer to this academy? Umm thats what I dont really understand either Eh? It is true that Merl-san said she had something to do on Earth but was it to enroll in this academy? Well, I dont think shes trying to do anything wrong, and if I get a chance, Ill ask her, okay? Right haha. But even so, with Yuti-san, who is from another world, and Merl-san, who is an alien, coming to this school Its not at the level of internationalization anymore, isnt it? Well, sort of. And, if its possible, about Merl-san Its a secret, right? I know. I mean, under the circumstances, if I told anyone, they wouldnt believe me. Since their perception has already been manipulated, they would not believe it even if we told them that Merl-san is an alien. As I was exchanging information with Kaori like that, I did not notice that Merl-san looked at me for a moment. After that, I tried to ask Merl-san why she came to this school, but the wave of people coming from other classes to take a glance at her, the transfer student, was so constant that I could not go to ask her. Well, it seems that she is accepted by the students without any problem, which is a relief for me After school, I was finally able to find Merl-san alone and called out to her. Merl-san! Oh Yu-Yuuya-san! W-whats wrong? Oh, no, um I was just wondering why you came to this school Even though the ruckus with the Dragonia aliens was over, I thought that there must be something to do on the planet Amel, but Merl-san is now on Earth. So I thought she must have some purpose In response to my question, Merl-san began to fidget, and her gaze wandered. N-no, that ah! Well, since Ive come all the way to Earth, I was told to go study the culture of this planet! Yes! I-I see. Is it like studying abroad? It is true that the people of Planet Amel seem to have a long lifespan, so they may be able to have this kind of experience casually. As I was thinking about this, Merl-san said something in a whisper. So, I was thinking that if you would like, as part of this cultural research, maybe we could go to an amusement park together sometime No, there is no limit to the number of events you can participate in. However, everyone must participate in at least one event. And no matter how athletic you are and how much you want to participate in all the events, you may not have the physical strength to do so. Thats why it would be best to give preference to those who are confident in the events they want to win. I-I see What can I say? The school I used to go to before was a very normal school, so there were no particular strategies or detailed rules, but in such a large-scale event, the strategy that each class chooses is important Then Ryo raised his hand this time. I understand the general outline of the event, but has the second prize been announced yet? No, we wont know until the day of the event. So you should be fully prepared to compete in any of the events. From what Ive heard, theres a very good chance that the second prize for an unexpected event could be very lavish. Now any more questions? If there are none, lets decide which events to compete in. Ive said many things, but honestly, I think its best to pick an event that you like, regardless of whether you win or lose. Theres no need to go out of your way to enter an event you dont like. Hey, Kageno. I dont want us to lose. No, Sensei We dont want to lose either, but its important to have fun too Kageno-kun smiled bitterly at the teachers words. Thanks to Kageno-kuns quick and efficient progress like this, the events in which the students would compete were smoothly decided. Although my physical abilities have improved dramatically thanks to my level-up in the other world, I was never very good at sports, to begin with. They probably wouldnt believe me if I told them that with how my body is now. Anyway, the only experience I had in the athletic festival at my previous school was in the steeplechase, so I hoped to do that again this time. In addition, I was recommended by others to participate in a cavalry battle and a tug-of-war. [T/n: Kibasen, which literally translates to Cavalry Battle, is a type of piggyback riding sport that is played in Japan.] Tug of war is fine because its an event that involves a lot of people, but Im not sure if I can handle the cavalry battle I am a little worried, but since I was recommended, I will do my best. Incidentally, Merl-san, who probably doesnt know much about Earth culture yet, seems to be participating in events where she has to cooperate with others, such as ball tossing and tug-of-war, for the time being. In space, Merl-san was fighting with the help of an extraordinary machine, but I wonder about her muscular strength and physical ability. And so the events were being decided, and finally, it came down to the last event. Now, all that remained was the mixed-gender three-legged race Yes, the last remaining event was the three-legged race, in which men and women were paired together. Up until now, we have been able to choose to some extent based on foot speed and strength, but this one is a little more difficult If the height difference between the pairs is too great, it will be difficult to run At any rate, is there anyone who wants to participate at this point? When Kageno-kun asked this, several people raised their hands. But Kanzaki-sans partner, huh? Haha its kinda bad Rin had also raised her hand, but there were no boys who could be Rins pair. If we could find a pair for Rin, we would just fill in the number of participants Hmm Rin-chan is so fast, isnt she? As I said, Im not as good as Kaede. Its just that Im so tall If you want, I can decline and give it to someone else Rin says so, but that would be a waste after she had gone to the trouble of raising her hand and expressing her intentions. Since Kaede, a track team member, also said shes fast, Rin must be pretty fast too. Um I-Ill run if its okay with you Eh, Yuuya? I raised my hand timidly, and Rin looked at me in surprise. Then Kageno-kun nodded in satisfaction. Yes, Yuuya-kun, the height difference between you and Kanzaki-san isnt that big, not to mention your physical abilities. May I ask you to do it for us? Yeah. I dont have any experience with three-legged races, but Ill do my best. No, Id be grateful if youd just run with me. Lets work together! Rin smiled as she said this. Thus, the events for the athletic festival were decided. Book 10: Chapter 1: Part 3 Book 10: Chapter 1: Part 3Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 See you later, Yuuya-kun! Yeah, see you. After school. As I parted ways with Kaede and the others who were on their way to club activities, I was unexpectedly approached by Merl-san. Yuuya-san. Hmm? Merl-san, whats wrong? Actually, I have a favor to ask of Yuuya-san Sear?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. A favor? What is it? Could it be something related to the planet Amel? As I was thinking this, Merl-san told me with a serious expression on her face. D-do you know what an amusement park is? ..Yes? The unexpected words make me ask back. Eh, an amusement park? Why? As I told you before, I came to this institution, this school, to learn about the culture of this planet. There is not much to learn in terms of science and technology, but in terms of culture, this planet is full of very interesting things. In fact, it is rare for me to find a school, an institution dedicated to education So you dont have schools on the planet Amel? Yes. All the necessary knowledge is inserted into the brain by electromagnetic transmission. Space technology is amazing, as always! Speaking of which, where do you live now? For the time being, my ship is stationed above the academy, and Im living there Ive already manipulated the perception of those around me so that others dont feel uncomfortable when I move around, and Ive also activated the camouflage function so that the ship cant be seen. Its outrageous because she uses space technology so casually. I was relieved to see that life seemed to be going well for the time being. W-well, I understand that you want to learn about culture, but why an amusement park? Ive been doing a lot of research on my own, learning from classmates about this country rather than the planet. I found out that I am what is referred to as a JK, and at the same time, I found data that JKs in this country often go to amusement parks. So, in order to understand what a JK is, I would like to go to an amusement park, and I would like to ask Yuuya-san to guide me there. [T/n: As you probably already know, JK = Joshi Ksei, means High school girl.] Isnt the information too biased? I wonder what kind of research method was used to obtain such biased data. Besides, Ive never even been to an amusement park Um is it not good? N-no, not at all! Of course not! When I responded to Merl-sans sad expression, her face brightened up. Thank goodness! Then we should definitely go together on our upcoming vacation! Y-yes The decision has been made, but W-will it be okay? As I was feeling uneasy, Merl-san looked at her watch. I suddenly imagined Kaori doing the ball throw, but lets not discuss how I could only imagine hard balls flying all over the place. Ill shut up about it. When I parted from Kaori and went home, I found that Yuti had already returned home. Huh? Youre home early today, arent you? Affirmative. No club activities today. I see. Question. Yuuya, what group are you in for the athletic festival? Im in the red group. When I answered this, it seemed as if a fire was in Yutis eyes. Fighting spirit. Im in the white group. We are enemies. Eehh? It turns out that Yuti is also in the same group as Kaori, and this time we are enemies. T-this will be tough! Knowing that I had a strong opponent in the white group, Yuti, I was once again bracing myself for the athletic festival. While Yuuya was thinking about the athletic festival, in the [Great Devils Nest] in the other world, a group of people were pushing forward toward the inner lands. Guaahh! Kuh! Hold the line! We cannot die here! We must reach Yuuya Tenjou at all costs! The group that kept advancing, desperately shouting warnings against the oncoming monsters, was the evil cult that Orghis were concerned about. They were gravely wounded, but they never stopped moving forward. After struggling through an attack by an unknown number of monsters, they took a breather. Everyone, be vigilant of your surroundings. After a short rest, we will set out again! Founder. Whats wrong? I have one question. From which era is the God we are summoning for this mission? The god that the believers are referring to is not the Evil that Yuuya and the others recently destroyed, but the Evil that once existed in history. Therefore, when asked again which eras Evil they are summoning Right. The one we are summoning this time is the one who is called the most powerful of all time. The most powerful? Yeah. But the abominable thing is that there was a sage in those days. Therefore, our God could not wield his power to the fullest and was defeated by the sage But not this time! If we bring him to this age, there will no longer be anyone to stand in the way of our God. Besides, the abominable Yuuya Tenjou can also be buried in the place of our God. For this reason, we will surely reach the divine enemy Yuuya Tenjou! I-I see! But I understand that Yuuya Tenjou is to be sacrificed, but is it possible for us to summon a God? Dont worry about that either. Certainly, in order to summon a targeted person from the past, it is necessary to have a catalyst for it. But the magic of the sage that we will use this time is the catalyst that will bring our God to us! Aah! Because the God was defeated by the sage, the sages magic is the catalyst! Exactly! Besides, we have a very small amount of Evil power given to us by God. If we use the magic of the sage and the residue of our Evil as a catalyst, we will surely be able to summon our God, who is said to be the most powerful of all time! Oh! Come on, believers! The divine enemy is already there! Unbeknownst to Yuuya, the hand of Evil was steadily growing. Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 1 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 1Heres the chapter, and dont forget, you can also read up to 4 chapters for all novels by joining our >>Patreon Enjoy~ Part 1 A few days have passed since we decided on the events to participate in the athletic festival. S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. We were getting ready for the festival. In addition to competitions and entrance/exit practice, the boys practiced for the cheer squad, and the girls practiced their cheerleading. Even at my previous school, the boys did the cheer squad during the athletic festival, but this was the first time for me to participate properly. However, the steeplechase, cavalry battle, and tug-of-war which I will be participating in will only require a simple explanation of the rules and confirmation of the course, and the other details will only be known at the actual event. Instead, I was practicing the mixed-gender three-legged race with Rin. One, two, one, two. The two of us circled the schoolyard, shoulder to shoulder. At first, we could only walk with some degree of control, but now we were able to run quite fast. Whew isnt that nice! Yuuyas great after all. I-I dont think so. Rin is the one who matches my breath, so its very easy for me to move around. Rin grinned when I answered that. But its bad, isnt it? You were with a girl like me. If it were Kaede, she would have been more comfortable hugging you. Buh!? H-hug, you say!? I know shes teasing me completely, but thats just too much for people to hear! Well, I know you dont feel like youre getting any perks with me, but bear with me, okay? I-its not like that! But youre very beautiful too Um Eh? Im not used to this kind of thing so much, so I ended up saying some weird things, but in fact, when I ran shoulder to shoulder with Rin, she smelled kind of nice, and her body was so soft that it was impossible not to notice. Thats why, um it still bothers me a lot, or maybe Im just trying not to care Sorry, thats a weird thing to say. N-no, its me that, Im sorry for saying weird things As we were both feeling awkward, Rin changed the subject. B-by the way, the new student, Merl, is amazing, isnt she? Yes Merl was assigned to participate in the athletic festival soon after transferring to the school, and just as in the case of Yuti, she demonstrated her abilities to the fullest extent. In my mind, Merl was a girl who made full use of her extraordinary space technologies, but she was also good at actual physical exercises. She is not as specialized in physical exercise as Yuti, Iris-san and the others, but even so, there is no doubt that she has extraordinary physical abilities when viewed on the Earths level. It was reassuring that Merl was on our team, but I could not let my guard down since Yuti was in the white group. Well, but isnt it Yuuya who is the center of attention the most? Eh? Besides, it looks like some TV stations will be there on the day, so Im looking forward to seeing what happens. TV stations are coming? Huh? You didnt know? I was astonished by Rins words. It was true that there had been reporters at the ball game related to Miu-sans entertainment agency, but that was not the case this time. Speaking of Ousei Academys events, theyre so flashy every year that many viewers look forward to them. Y-youre right Is that it, or is it the feeling of watching the Olympics or a marathon? For that matter, its not like athletes are competing against each other But then again, Ousei Academy has a lot of students who excel in sports, so does that make it look good on TV? Thats why. I have to do my best so that I wont be a burden to Yuuya. Rin laughed again, and we resumed our practice once again. Sorry! Have you waited long? No, its all right. On my day off, I was meeting Merl before the opening of the park in order to head to the amusement park that I had promised her before. Merl was dressed in plain clothes that properly fit in on Earth, just as when I showed her around the Earth some time ago. Merl noticed my gaze and lightly spun around on the spot. How do you like it? I tried on a slightly different kind of clothing than before Yeah, it looks really good on you. Im glad to hear that! So, heres the Amusement park. A large facility was spread out before us. It was not only Merls first time visiting the largest amusement park near where we live, but it was also my first time to visit one myself, so I was very excited. However, since it was a holiday, there were many people. Wow, thats a lot of people Are they JKs, too? for new novels No, theyre not! In the first place, amusement parks are not facilities where only JKs gather, you know? Is that so? No, come to think of it, it only says that JKs go there often. Let me correct the data. Im curious as to what the data is Regardless, when the amusement park opened, we too bought tickets and entered. Oh! I am impressed by the scenery that unfolds there. I had only seen the Ferris wheel from afar and the huge roller coaster. And there was a delicious or rather peculiar smell wafting through the air in the surrounding area. Moreover, the staff greeted us with smiles, and there was an extraordinary space. Maybe there is nothing extraordinary for me when I am experiencing other worlds and space, but still, this place just for enjoyment was very new to me. Its amazing how different and unique the place is from the air outside Merl also seemed amazed at the atmosphere of the amusement park. Lets not be dumbfounded by this; lets go on something. Now that you mention it, Id like to ride on something called a roller coaster first. It is said to be one of the most popular rides in amusement parks. I see. Lets go then. Ive never ridden a roller coaster before either, so Im pretty curious. Moreover, I heard that there is not only one roller coaster in the amusement park but also several different types. When we headed for the biggest of them all, there was already a long line of people waiting to get on the roller coaster. Wow, thats a lot of people As I thought, the data was correct. That must be why this roller coaster is such a great attraction. We got in line and waited our turn. H-hey, that thats a really flashy hair color I mean, isnt it glowing? No, its normal to be glowing, right? I like that couple over there! Its like a beautiful man and a beautiful woman. After all, Merls appearance was very prominent and attracted the attention of other visitors. It seems were attracting some strange gazes here. Could it be that your perception manipulation was not as good as it could have been? !? You should praise me for not raising my voice. What a surprise A child was standing in the direction Merl pointed. With his feet missing. The fact that I didnt notice it before shows that this child doesnt respond to the [Presence Detection] skill for some reason. In other words Gho-gho Gho! I dont believe it; I dont believe it, I dont believe it. I dont believe in such an unscientific existence! Merl shook her head vigorously as if she had seen nothing. But the next moment. Lets play! ~~! Kyu Meeeeerl! Suddenly, Merl fainted at the sound of the childs voice coming from behind her! I hurriedly took Merl in my arms and dashed straight to the exit! Whooaaaaaa! It would be disturbing to shout so loudly, but fortunately, this is a haunted house. Even if I screamed a little, no one would think it was strange, and we succeeded in escaping. I-I never thought that a real ghost would appear. Did it come by because of the atmosphere of the haunted house? Whatever the case, Im glad we were able to escape Merl had passed out but woke up the moment we got out of the haunted house and we were exposed to the light outside. Huh! T-this is Its outside. I made it out of the haunted house without incident. I-I see Ah. Merl looked relieved from the bottom of her heart, and then she noticed something and blushed. Merl? U-um Its all right now, so if you could put me down Ah? S-sorry! As I hurriedly put Merl down, an indescribable air passed between us. So I opened my mouth to change the atmosphere. R-right! Lets go to the next attraction! Y-yeah, youre right. However, I am not quite sure what to go to next. After all, the roller coaster wasnt going so well, and we were not sure if we would be able to enjoy the other attractions. We were worried about that, but we decided to just go for the time being and got in line for the other attractions. As a result, we could enjoy the merry-go-round and go-carts without any problem. The coffee cups were not as exciting as the roller coaster, but Merl, who rides on a spaceship, seemed to find the go-carts refreshing, and the merry-go-round was relaxing enough to enjoy the atmosphere. After enjoying some other mini-games, such as Struck Out and Free Throw, and getting a few prizes, we decided to have lunch. Hows that? This is an amusement park are you enjoying yourself? When I asked her that again, Merl smiled. Yes, I am enjoying it. There were a few attractions that I didnt expect I never thought Id be this incompatible with a roller coaster, the centerpiece of amusement parks No one could have predicted that, indeed. Well, Merl and I are just too unique So, what do you think? I think I enjoyed it to some extent If so why dont we take a ride on that thing at the end? She then pointed to the Ferris wheel, another symbolic attraction of the amusement park. However Is that okay? You usually ride on a spaceship, and the height of a Ferris wheel doesnt That may be so, but after all, I could see it from outside this amusement park. Id like to take a ride. Certainly, I would like to ride on the Ferris wheel, which was visible from a distance on our way to this amusement park. As soon as we decided on our next move, we quickly made our way to the Ferris wheel, and this time we were able to ride it easily. We gradually ascended the Ferris wheel, feeling strangely embarrassed at the thought of being alone in such a small space. The scenery around us became more and more distant, and we came to a position where we could look down at the roller coaster we had ridden in the first place. Having ridden spaceships before, I had initially wondered how the Ferris wheel would be, but it was interesting to watch it slowly rise higher and higher, and I was genuinely enjoying myself. When I was on Merls spaceship, the Earth itself became distant in an instant, but it is nice to look at the scenery slowly like this. Yes, youre right. While I was relaxing and enjoying the scenery outside, Merl opened her mouth, looking somewhat nervous. Um once again, Im really sorry about what my fathers said to you on the planet Amel. Eh? Ah, no! I dont mind. At first, I didnt know what to do, but now we are back, and thats how it happened In fact, it was only because Merl covered for us that we were able to come back like this. Then Merl continues, still looking nervous. U-um its strange, but what do you think of Planet Amel, Yuuya-san? Well I was too busy to see it properly before, but its still very different from Earth, and the technology is way ahead of us. I hope I can go sightseeing next time under calmer circumstances. In that case, I would like to take Night and Iris-san and the others with me. As I was thinking like that, Merl continued. How about living on the planet Amel? Eeh? A-as expected, thats I did think it sounded like an interesting planet, but when asked if I would live there, I indeed couldnt immediately nod my head. R-right Merl looked a little dejected at my response. T-then, um my l-lover n-no, its too early for that Will you become my friend? Eh? T-thats of course! A pleasure for me too. Why did she suddenly ask me that? As for me, I already thought we were friends As I was thinking this, the Ferris wheel finally reached the top. Wow! Its such a nice view .. The view of the city, which had always been so casual, seemed special, glistening in the sunlight. I suddenly shifted my gaze to Merl, who was also stunned by the view in front of her. It was thanks to Merls invitation that I was able to see such a view Merl. Yes? Thank you for inviting me out today. I had a lot of fun. Yes! We laughed again and enjoyed the Ferris wheel to the end. Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 2 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 2Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 While Yuuya and Merl were enjoying the amusement park. Orghis was working in his office at the castle. Suddenly, one of the soldiers arrived in a hurry. Your Majesty! Whats the matter? We have succeeded in capturing one of the believers of the Evil cult! What? It was a report that they had captured a member of the Evil cult who was currently marching through the [Great Devils Nest] in search of Yuuya. I understand; I will be there soon. Orghis put down the papers in his hand and immediately headed for the believer, guided by the soldier. The believer was in the interrogation room, and upon his arrival, Orghis was immediately escorted into the room. for new novels There sat a man with his hands and feet bound, and the soldiers watched him to ensure he did not do anything strange. Orghis sat down in front of the man and asked him directly. Are you a believer of the Evil cult? The mans tone was one of uncertainty, but he answered matter-of-factly, without pressure. If so, what would you say? What? What did we do? Thats Orghis could not answer the mans question. The reason was that, although the Evil cult was a dangerous group that worshipped Evil, they did not harm the people in their surroundings in any particular way. The idea of worshipping Evil, the enemy of mankind, was dangerous in itself, but it was not enough to catch them and punish them. This country has become quite barbaric, hasnt it? You! Fine. The mans words immediately prompted one of the soldiers to slash at him, but Orghis restrained him. You are right. The members of the Evil cult did not directly cause damage to our country. But it is also true that this country has suffered tremendous damage due to the Evil you worship. That is why we cannot leave your ideology unchecked. You also stand in our way. The man muttered quietly in response to Orghis words, his expression disappearing. But he quickly smiled. But its too late, you know? Our plan is already in motion. Plan? Yes! We will summon our God by offering Him our divine enemy who has arrogantly defied us! Wha-? Orghis and the others widened their eyes at what the man had just said. If the mans words were true, then Evil that is the incarnation of despair would be resurrected. Hey, you! What kind of Am I the only one surprised here? Despite my surprise, after the opening ceremony was over, Shirase-san made another announcement. The venue seems to be getting more and more excited! Lets move on to the first competition! All contestants, please assemble at the entrance! Thus, at last, the curtain rose on the Ousei Academys athletic festival. Now, the bread-eating contest! The bread you will be eating this time is from Yakitate-do! If youd like to try some freshly baked, delicious bread, please come to Yakitate-do! Are you going to advertise here? M-maybe we are supposed to advertise in exchange for support from companies in this way? By the way, there will be a slice of very spicy bread among the breads prepared for you! This will test not only your foot speed but also your luck. Youre adding a gambling element here! Several boys from my class are going to participate in this race, led by Akira Well, then, lets move on to the introduction of the athletes First of all, Akira! Its his first appearance after a long time! Just leave it to me! Let this [Bread-Eating Nobleman] set an example for you! Akiras spirit of nobility is truly unfathomable. But is he going to be okay? I have a strange and bad feeling about this As I had a mysterious bad feeling, the bread-eating contest finally started. Akira was originally good at physical exercise itself and got to the bread place faster than anyone else. Fuhahahahaha! Behold this magnificent way of eating bread! Akira bites down vigorously on the dangling bread. And then. S S-spicyyyyyyyyyyyyy! Akiras face turned bright red, and fire erupted from his mouth! Oops, Akira! It looks like he got himself into some super spicy breeaaaadddd! W-water! Give me some wateeeeeerrrrrr! Akira went straight off the course and rushed off to get a drink of water. In the meantime, the other students would swallow their bread and reach the finish line without any problems. When Akira returned to the class-waiting tent, his lips were bright red and swollen. Fu-fufufu as expected, I couldnt beat that spiciness Um are you okay? My lips still hurt Right its swollen up as far as I can see S§×arch* The N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I was treating Akira, the next competition was about to start. Well, next up is the scavenger hunt! After the players start in unison, they are asked to draw a piece of paper from which the contents are hidden. Then, reach the goal with what is written on it in your hand! Kaede! Dont lose! Fight. Rin-chan, Yukine-chan, thank you! Ill do my best! It looks like Kaede will be competing in the scavenger hunt, and Ill be cheering her on. Kaede! Good luck! Yu-Yuuya? Y-yeah! Ill do my best! Kaede was determined and headed to the starting point. Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 3 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 3Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 Kaedes POV Wawa Yuuya-kun cheered me up! As Kaede moved to the starting point, she thought back to Yuuyas words earlier and blushed. Although she felt that they had become a little closer again after spending the summer vacation playing together, Kaede wanted to get even closer to him. Hah I wish I were a little taller That is why Kaede was honestly envious when it was decided that Rin would participate in the three-legged race with Yuuya. She was confident in her running speed, but there was nothing she could do about that. No, no, no! Since Yuuya-kun cheered me on, I have to do my best in the scavenger hunt! As she braced herself once again, Shirases announcement rang out. The next scavenger hunt will be decided by two things: how easy a subject you can draw and how quickly you can find the item you need to borrow! Are you all ready? Now then Following Shirases announcement, the event finally gets underway. Then, all the students started running at once, but Kaede, who was confident in her speed, was the first to reach the platform where the subjects were lined up. Lets see, if I draw one from here, its! Kaede takes a sheet of paper without hesitation and opens it on the spot. And. Eh? Kaede froze at the subject written there. The other students also picked up the subject one after another and started to check it on the spot. Haaaaaahhh? W-what is the legendary sword? V-vice principals wig, you say? Is there such a thing as the Greatest Treasure of Human Connections? Damn it! A girlfriend, you say You were taking advantage of me being singleeeeeee! It is truly an agonizing scream. None of the subjects were straightforward, and they all had everyone scratching their heads. Oops! All players have not moved from their assigned locations! Ohki-sensei, what do you expect to happen from here? Yes, well the organizers have tried to make some of them achievable while mixing in some crazy ones but unfortunately, it seems that all of them didnt get the right one Hmph! At Shirase-sans signal, Yuti was the first to move and kicked up the countless balls rolling on the ground in one go. Then, in an instant, she retrieved the balls floating in the air and tossed them one after another into the basket. [Meteor ShowerAthletic Festival Version]. Whoa! After Yuuya just now, Yuti is the next most talked competitor from the middle school division! With her incredible physical ability and throwing technique, she manages to put one ball after another into the basket! Oh Tenjou is tremendous in PE, but shes amazing too. Im looking forward to seeing her come to the high school. [T/n: PE = Physical Education.] As expected, the game was Yutis sole domain, with Yuti accurately placing balls into the basket from one end to the other. Incidentally, the number of balls prepared for this ball game was much larger than that of a regular school, and on top of that, the baskets were large and multiple. Therefore, a very intense game of ball throwing was being played Eii! Guhahhh! Ta-Tanaka! Bwaaah! Sa-Saitoooooo Gahahh? Oh, participant Kaori! All the balls are flying in the wrong direction and Its dangerous! Kaori, a member of the same white group as Yuti, had sent every ball she threw flying in an unbelievable direction. Moreover, whether on purpose or by accident, the balls struck the students of the red group, and one after another, the red groups camp fell. W-what is this? Kaoris violent throw caused the number of participants in the red group to decrease! W-wild pitch! [T/n: In baseball, a wild pitch (WP) is charged against a pitcher when his pitch is too high, too short, or too wide of home plate for the catcher to control with ordinary effort, thereby allowing a baserunner, or the batter (on an uncaught third strike), to advance.] Kaori is shocked by Shirases announcement, but T-this might be called a violent throw The red group, who managed to survive in front of their fallen comrades, had to avoid the still continuing throws from Kaori as the ball was being thrown in the air. Ueeeeeee! I-its impossible to throw while avoiding this! Dont worry! I, the [Ball-Throwing Nobleman], am going to Buhh? Akiraaaaaa! I-Im sorry! B-but if I dont throw, the game is! Kaori apologizes for her poor control but continues to throw it seriously because it was a game. S§×ar?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As a result, the game had turned into yet another competition in which they had to keep avoiding balls of a speed that even I, who was improving my level, would lose sight of. After the wildly exciting ball game was over, the results were announced. L-lets see just now, thanks to the efforts of Yuti and Kaori, the red group has a total of fifty balls, and the white group has three hundred balls, so the white group is the winner Victory. Ahaha Yuti mouthed the words in her usual tone, then turned her gaze to me and sent me a V-sign. Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 4 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 4Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 T-then, lets move on to the next competition! Next up, the obstacle race! Oh, its my turn. Yu-Yuuya-kun! Good luck! If its Yuuya, hell be fine. Well, Im sure Yuuya will do just fine. While receiving words of support from Kaede and the others, I made my way to the starting point, but when I arrived there, I felt my jaws gradually drop at the sight of the obstacles being set up on the ground. I-is this the track? What a surprise, a full-scale obstacle course had been prepared on the ground that would challenge any physical fitness enthusiast. Now, the annual popular Ousei Academy specialty, the full-scale obstacle race! Try to overcome the obstacles on each course and reach the goal! Wait, wait, wait! Dont tell me that obstacle course is the specialty? No, but it makes sense when you see obstacles of this magnitude! I myself had no idea that Ousei Academys athletic festival was so popular that it was broadcast on TV until I heard about it from Rin and the others. Thats why I expected it to be an obstacle race a little bigger than a regular school, but Once again, looking around at the participating students there were only strong-looking boys there Finally, this day has come My body has been tuned up for this day lets see how far it goes! The atmosphere in the competition is such that reaching the finish line itself seems difficult! Will it be all right? sea??h th§× n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Now, what great games will be contested this year? So lets get into position, everyone! Go Bang! With a lively signal, we all started running at once. Then, the first obstacle stood in our way. A steep wall, about five meters high, is the first obstacle that stands in the contestants way! You will not be able to overcome this obstacle unless you have a solid run-up and the strength to run up the wall. Shirase-san was right; an almost vertical wall appeared in front of us. This much is phew! I jumped up toward the wall with a little momentum, put my hand on the top of the wall, and climbed over. Oh, participant Yuuya! He conquered this obstacle in an instant! As expected. This should be easy for him normally. But will he be able to keep his composure after this? The students followed me, overcoming obstacles one after another, even though they were not as smooth as I was. A second obstacle stood in our way. Eh? The next obstacle was a balance beam placed on a high platform with a simple pool of water underneath. Moreover, the platform was not designed to be crossed normally. The second area awaiting the contestants required them to push forward while avoiding the pendulums that strike one after the other! Yes, large cushioned pendulums attacked us as we moved forward on the balance beam, blocking our path. Of course, you can go ahead and hang on. But then there is the concern of interference by the following contestants. Ohki-sensei is right, if the contestants behind me catch up with me as I am crossing the rope super-carefully, the rope could be shaken, and I could be dropped. Fortunately or unfortunately, this summer vacation has been full of battles in the other worlds and outer space, and I have enough strength left to balance this much without any problem, but Yuuya-kun, keep up the good work! Yuuya! You can do it! Everyone Cheers flew one after another from the red groups tent. With that cheering, I decided to give one a try. Oh, at last, the followers have arrived! Will this be a disadvantage for participant Yuuya? No, wait! That Tenjou is he going to walk on the tightrope normally in this situation? Perhaps Ohki-sensei and the organizers were thinking that this tightrope walker was supposed to proceed ahead while hanging on, rather than just walking across normally. That is why they were surprised that I took a step onto the rope without any hesitation. But I wasnt going to be a regular tightrope walker. Hmph! Wh-whaaaaaaattt? The rope was so tight that it was made to twist and turn as I took a step forward. Then, using the elastic force of the rope, I jumped all the way to the opposite side. H-he jumped! Participant Yuuya, using the recoil from the taut rope, forced himself to jump over the rope! Thats absurd! Even if you are using a rope, can you jump a distance of more than 10 meters? Despite the reaction of the surprised Shirase-san and the others, I landed safely on the other side and ran through in a single bound, reaching the goal. G-goooooaaal. Participant Yuuya has reached the finish line at an overwhelming speed! And that clearance time is a new meet record! Or rather, will there ever be a contestant who can surpass it? N-no, I dont think it will be possible I think it will be tough even for a professional contestant of this kind I dont understand what you mean by surpassing professional athletes!'' Im glad I won for the time being, despite all thats being said. As I returned to the tent, I was greeted by Ryo and the others. Yuuya, that was awesome! Yeah, you clear every obstacle in an instant! It was great to watch you. I-is that so? Thank you. B-but, Yuuya-kun, are you okay? Next up is the tug of war Shingo-kun said this with concern, but I had no problem with it. Yeah, Im fine with this much. T-this much, you say youre too much of a monster, arent you? Look at all the other contestants. Rin was right, the other contestants were exhausted, and they all limped back to their tents with heavy feet and collapsed in a heap. W-well, I wouldnt have cleared it very well either if I hadnt been leveled up in the other world. But these days, in addition to training with Master Usagi and Iris-san, I had to fight in outer space, and I was in a situation where my physical strength was increasing whether I wanted it to or not. Since I couldnt give a detailed explanation, I tried to cover it up with a vague smile and headed to the next competition, tug-of-war. Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 5 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 5Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 5 The tug of war was played separately for men and women. As a result, the red team won the mens team, but the white team was now ahead of the womens team. The reason was that the white team had Yuti. Kuh! We cant let this happen! Merl, who was participating in the tug-of-war, seemed to try to use some technology from the planet Amel, perhaps to counter the white teams Yuti, but Preventing it. Ill beat you before you do! At that moment, Yutis eyes glowed. Wha-? Uwaaaaa? Before Merl could do anything, Yuti pulled the rope as hard as she could, and all the girls in the red group were pulled, like fish from water. Naturally, it would have been dangerous if they had fallen, but Yuti jumped out instantly, caught them all in the air one by one, and carefully brought them down. Secured. Are you okay? Y-yes! Some of them had reddened faces and sparkling eyes for Yuti. Its frustrating because I really wanted to win, but Yuti-san did it better than me. W-well, Yuti is strong but even Merl did a great job for her first athletic festival. Yes, Merl had attracted a lot of attention from people around her because she was a transfer student, and she contributed to the victory to live up to their expectations. In fact, even during the ball throw, most of the red groups points were scored by Merl. I really didnt calculate it during the ball throw I didnt expect such a powerful attack from the white group! Ah-ahaha I could only smile wryly at Merls words. She called it a powerful attack, but that was just a ball Kaori threw out of control, flying all over the place but Merl was right. The power of that flying ball is extraordinary. Kaori was usually not good at exercise, but in this respect alone, she may be one of the best in the world. I couldnt even react to it More importantly, isnt Yuuya the one who did a great job? The obstacle race was amazing, wasnt it? Besides, the mens tug of war could be won only with Yuuyas help. I am indeed much more powerful than most people now, but that didnt mean I thought I could have won on my own. Next up were the cheer squad and the cheerleaders, right? Aside from my side, will Merl be participating in cheerleaders as well? Yes. I did my best to learn it. Um I hope you can look forward to that, okay? Merls cheeks flushed a little red, and after saying so, she walked away quickly. Fight. We were cheered on by Kaede and the others as we made our way to the starting point. Hmm The white group seems to have a lot of track and field students. Is that so? There are some track and field students in the red group, but there are more in the white group. How tough can this be? Either way, weve been practicing, and were going to give it our all. With all the players once again bracing themselves, they all got together and started off at the teachers signal. Huff, huff, huff, huff! Rin and I continued to run smoothly, breathing in unison to show the results of our practice. However, as Rin had said before we started, there were many track and field pairs in the white group, and their three-legged speed was quite fast. Kuh! If we dont do something about it, were! Ah, Rin! Impatient with the speed of the people around, Yuuya sensed that Rin was about to pick up the pace and quickly matched it, but perhaps because she had never run at speed like that in practice, her legs got tangled, and she almost fell over. Uh!? Sear?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. But I managed to prevent Rin from falling by supporting her with my hands around her waist, but she rolled her eyes and looked disappointed. I-Im sorry. I was impatient No, its fine. More importantly, is your leg okay? Oh, Im fine Ugh! I was able to prevent her from falling down, but it seemed that Rin had sprained her leg, and her face was contorted. Rin? I was in such a hurry that I tried to speed up and ended up getting hurt Deciding that it was impossible to continue running, I told the teachers right then and there that we were going to forfeit from the race. Yuuya, I am so sorry. Then Rin said this in a depressed tone, but it was important to carry Rin to the nursing tent for the time being. We have no choice in the matter. Ill carry you to the tent. No, Im fine walking Kyaa! While holding Rin, who was trying to walk alone, I quickly took her in my arms and carried her to the nursing tent. Meanwhile, Rins face was flushed , and she was trying to say something, but in the end, no words came out. W-well, it might be embarrassing to be carried in a princess carry in front of everyone, but I hope she could bear with it. After I finished carrying Rin and returned to the red groups waiting tent, Kaede and the others approached me with concern, but I told them that everything would be all right for the time being. After all, once again, the gap in points with the white group was not decreasing. Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 6 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 6Part 6 And the afternoon events continued to progress and the competition finally came down to the last event, the cavalry battle. This is the last event This year was by far the much more intense competition compared to a normal athletic festival. I guess so. And its going to be nationally televised, so thats great. I-I can relate to why people would want to see this when the event is this spectacular. It may not be comparable to the Olympics or the National Athletic Meet, but it is still very exciting. Yes! And this time, its a very close match with the white team. Were losing now, but if we win this cavalry battle, we will be the winners! Ryo was right, so far, it was a close match, and the pair that wins this cavalry battle would likely determine the outcome of this competition. So, are you ready? Of course! Leave it to me! I, the [Nobleman of Cavalry], will support you well! I-Ill do my best! It was decided that our horses would be Ryo, Shingo-kun, and Akira, and I would be the rider on top. I asked them if they were sure it should be me, but all three nodded vigorously and unanimously agreed that only I could do it. Since they expect so much from me, I must do my best Well, the next cavalry battle will be the last event in the athletic festival. With the intense fight up to this point, the current scores are very competitive, and the winner of this cavalry battle will be the athletic festival champion! As for this cavalry battle, the teachers, including myself, will be there to support students. I know everyone is tired because they have given their all so far, but that is why you must be careful not to get hurt. After all, competition is a competition, and it seems to be conducted with the support of the teachers. So, all the boys formed up on horseback, and I got on top of them, and then the game started. The rules of the cavalry match itself were to fight freely for a certain period, and then the remaining pairs would fight one-on-one. You guys! Drag down the general of the red teeaaamm! Go for the general of the white team! There was also a general cavalry rider from each team, both were strong seniors in their third year. Following the instructions of these seniors, the riders maneuver their horses, and finally, the battle between the riders begins. Bring me that head! Sink they down! Isnt it too noisy? When the charge began, everyones eyes were bloodshot, and they madly headed for the other rider to take him down! Oooh, theres some fierce fighting going on! However, looking at the situation, I would say that the white team has a slight advantage. I fought to not lose to the other seniors, but I couldnt move as fast as I wanted because of the crowded battlefield and the possibility of injuring my opponent if I really tried to beat him. As I tried to find the right balance of strength under these circumstances, the match progressed. T-the white team! Theyre making it look like they are going after the red teams general, but they are cutting down the forces around them! As Shirase-san announced, before I knew it, the other riders in the red team were overwhelmed by the white riders who were teaming up, and by the time the time limit approached, there were only three riders left in the red team including me and the generals rider. In contrast, the white team had more than ten riders left. This is a complicated situation for the red team! Is victory for the white team sealed at this point? In accordance with the rules, the one-on-one battles would start here, but the general cavalry would be last, and we would be the team ahead of him. I-I wonder if well be alright Umm indeed, I must say that it seems quite hopeless even for me, the [Nobleman of Cavalry], to turn this situation around Akira is right; it will be very tough for the red team to regain ground from here. When it came time to start the single horse race, the red teams riders, who had remained until then, lost in that first race. Now there were only two riders in the red team, us and the generals cavalry. With the difference being so great, the white team was now confident of victory and could see that they had enough time to win. Ryo and the others tried to fend off the onslaught of the seniors somehow, but it didnt work. I tried to beat the general as quickly as possible, but the cavalry was so skillful that when I tried to engage them, they quickly pulled away. This caused Ryo and the others to lose their balance, and this continued as a vicious cycle. But! Haaa! W-what? The generals cavalry charged when Ryo and the others had lost their balance, but I took advantage of that by supporting my almost collapsing balance with my torso, and I finally caught the other general! Whooaaaaaaa! Haaaaaaah! The opponent was not giving up but fought back desperately. I tried to use my strength to dismount the general of the white team, but. I-Im sorry, Yuuyaaaaa! ! Finally, Ryo and the others ran out of stamina, and our horses fell apart. But I took advantage of the momentum to grab the other general, and dragged him to the ground with me! Then, the other general and I landed on the ground at the same time. I-its settled! What a surprise, participant Yuuya has collided with the white teams general cavalry! With this, the cavalry battle was won by the red team! The red team is the winner of this years athletic festival! WHOAAAAAAAAA! When Shirase-san made the announcement, loud cheers echoed through the ground. Yu-Yuuya! You did it! We won! What do you think? This [Nobleman of Cavalry] lives up to the name with this strength of mine! A-as expected of Yuuya-kun! I cant believe you took the opponent out in that situation, too! As Ryo and the others ran up to me and told me this in hushed tones, the senior, who was the general of the white team, held out his hand to me. It was a good match. A total defeat for us. T-thank you very much! I shook hands with my senior. All the athletic events had been completed, but everyone decided to do a folk dance at the end of the festival. Naturally, the students had practiced in advance, but it was a different feeling when we danced after the competition. We switched one by one, and regardless of whether we were in the white or red group, we danced with Kaede and the other girls in the red group, as well as with Yuti from the middle school. I was nervous because I had never danced with girls my own age before, and I ended up dancing with Kaori. Yuuya-san! Kaori! As we took each others hands and began to dance, I was still embarrassed. Then Kaori opened her mouth. Congratulations to the red team for winning the competition. Yuuya-san was really cool in the cavalry battle, you know? I-is that so? Um T-thank you My face gets all flushed when someone tells me to my face that Im cool Since Im in the white group, I really should be cheering for the white group, but I ended up cheering for Yuuya-san. Kaori laughed like a child who had just been caught in a prank, and I couldnt help but be amused. But it was really fun, wasnt it? Yeah, it was fun. We look at each other and laugh. S§×ar?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. My first athletic festival after coming to Ousei Academy ended in this way. Book 10: Chapter 3 Book 10: Chapter 3Heres the chapter, enjoy~ A few days after the athletic festival. Ouma-san seemed bored, but as for me, the peaceful days I had been waiting for continued. Then, on the weekend, a certain person visited my house. Kagurazaka-san! Long time no see. Surprisingly, Kagurazaka-san came to visit me at my house. Since it was not a good idea to keep her at the door, I invited her in, and she continued. Well, things have calmed down a bit at my place, so I came to ask if you could take me back to the other world. Apparently, Kagurazaka-san, after carefully considering her promise to Orghis-sama and the meaning of her own summoning, was going to the other world to defeat the evil beasts that were spreading in the other world. Then, Ouma-san, who was listening to the conversation, opened his mouth with a sigh. Thats good, isnt it? Nothing much happens these days. It would be good to go to the other world after a long time. As Ouma-san said, I had not been able to visit the other world recently because I had been enjoying the peace and tranquility of this world. Besides, isnt Yuuyas body becoming dull too? At this rate, that Kicking Saint guy will give you another hard time. Ugh I-its true that I havent been training lately, but I dont really want to fight, so I dont have to train, but I still need a level of strength to stay safe in the other world. I have realized this more and more in my battles with Avis and other Evil. Moreover, in the battle against the invaders from space, Ciel was almost taken away from me, and I had to fight a difficult battle. I understand. Lets go to the other world to train there after a long time. So the decision was made to head to the other world, and in addition to Night and the others, Yuti said she would be coming along this time. This is because Training. I havent been moving my body as much as I wanted lately. This seems to be the case. I thought she did a lot of physical activity at the athletic festival, but from her point of view, I guess it didnt count as physical activity. So, I got ready and headed to the other world with Kagurazaka-san, when Ouma-san opened his mouth again. Yuuya. Are you going to send this little girl to the Regal Kingdom with the teleportation magic? Eh? Y-yes. That was the plan, but Its been a while since we have been in this world. But, just in case, you should go through the forest to get used to your body. Eh? G-going through the forest? Isnt this place super dangerous? Kagurazaka-san was surprised to hear Ouma-sans words, but Yeah, thats right. Well, since were here, lets walk to the [Great Devils Nest] entrance. Are you insane? S§×ar?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Well, to a stranger, it would be insane to dare to go through a dangerous forest. However, I am familiar with the path to the entrance, and it is far safer than dealing with the monsters that inhabit the depths of this [Great Devils Nest]. In a sense, this was just right for me to regain my sense of combat. Kagurazaka-san was eventually persuaded by Ouma-san and reluctantly agreed. Haah! Yaah! As we proceeded to the entrance of the [Great Devils Nest], we appropriately dealt with the monsters that came at us. At first, Kagurazaka-san was not able to fight properly due to the difference in level between her and the monsters, but as I assisted her in the battle, her level quickly increased, and she was now able to deal with the monsters near the entrance of the [Great Devils Nest] on her own. I-I never thought that I, like you, would stop being human No, I didnt stop being human! That may be an incredible power for people on Earth, but I never intended to stop being human. As I was going along like that, I suddenly felt the presence of a group of people coming toward us, and I stopped in my tracks. What is it? Ive never felt anything like it around here, but theres some presence coming this way Then, Ouma-san, who must have noticed the presence before I did, gave me a dubious look. What is that? A faint sign of the sage? Eh? Surprisingly, he said he could feel the presence of Sage-san from the group coming toward us. When surprised by his unexpected words, Night growled out. Grrrrr Fugo? Pi? Akatsuki and Ciel are surprised to hear Nights growl but are they enemies? As I readied my weapon, ready to fight at any moment, the group finally revealed itself. Huh! Y-you! W-weve found him! As if he no longer needed to talk, the young man held up his sword and swung it down carelessly. ! But the blow was sharper and more precise than any attack Ive ever seen. This is no time to admire! I rushed back to my senses and avoided the young mans attack again, but another slash was already flying ahead of it as if he knew in advance that I would move there! No way! Even for the Sword Saint Iris-san, such a feat would be impossible. Rather, all of the attacks from the young man were so overwhelming that Iris-sans attacks were overshadowed, and all of the slashes from his random swings were already far beyond the skills of a Sword Saint. I would have liked to contemplate this more carefully, but the current situation would not allow me to do so. Thrown into the air, I decided that it was impossible to avoid no matter how I tried, and although unwilling to fight, I took out my [Omni-Sword] and tried to block the young mans slash Ugh! ! Somehow, before I could prevent it with [Omni-Sword], I was repelled by the young mans slash, as if magnets repelled each other. I was surprised to be repelled by the mysterious force, but the force was stronger than I had ever felt before, and because I was in the air, I was blown away before I had time to stand my ground. In a situation for which I had no idea why, I managed to adjust my stance, landed well, and immediately prepared for a follow-up attack from the young man. But. Eh hes not here! Why do you have that sword too? Gah!? In an instant, the young man grabbed me by the arm and knocked me to the ground. The young man then quietly asked me, holding his sword to my neck. Let me ask you again. Why do you have it? W-what are you are saying I was about to say that when my eyes widened when I saw the weapon in the young mans hand. Because T-thats [Omni-Sword]! What the young man was holding was none other than the sword that I am holding in my hand right now The [Omni-Sword]. But it is impossible for two [Omni-Sword] to exist at the same time. The one I inherited from Sage-san should be the real one. The reason why the young mans attack was blocked by something invisible earlier is because of the collision between the Omni-Swords that can cut anything? If one side loses, that will create a contradiction. So in this world, when a situation is about to create that contradiction, there are forces at work to stop it When I was unable to answer the young mans question because my mind could not keep up with the inexplicable situation, he stared at me, thought about something, and quietly removed his hand from mine. Eh? I understood, although I couldnt confirm it. It seems you are not my enemy. W-what does that mean? I dont know for what reason, but for the moment, I am relieved that he has determined that I am not his enemy. N-no, more importantly, who exactly is this young man? I thought my vision was darkened by the magic of those men, and then suddenly I was attacked by the young man in front of me, rather than that where am I? I looked around again, but it was a different place from the [Great Devils Nest] I had just been in. Whereas the [Great Devils Nest] was surrounded by magnificent nature, the place where I am now is the exact opposite of that, just a desolate expanse of land with no sign of life at all. Then, perhaps seeing me like that, the young man quietly tells me. This is the [Worlds Disposal Ground]. This is the place where all the negative emotions of the world gather. N-negative emotions? That means? Yeah, thats where Im from. Kuro! While I had not had much opportunity to talk to Kuro recently, it had been a long time since I had heard his voice. But now, before I could be happy about that, I was more concerned about what Kuro had said. W-wait. If you mean your homeland, then this is the home base of the Evil? Well, thats what it means. Anyway, Yuuya. You, dont ever mess with that guy, okay? Eh? Kuros words, which seemed to be more serious than ever, were tinged with fear, and I was puzzled. Even with Avis, Kuro had never looked this frightened, but he was extremely frightened with the young man in front of me. Dont be so scared. I have no intention to do anything to you. I-Im glad thats the case Eh, wait, can you hear Kuro? Yes. I was simply stunned by the casual way he said it. W-who in the world is this guy? My name is Zenovis. The young man in front of me told me so as if he had heard my inner thoughts. Book 10: Chapter 4 Book 10: Chapter 4Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Yuuya disappeared due to a magic casted by a mysterious assailant the Evil cult. Yuuya! Yuti tried to rush to the position where Yuuya had been but was unable to do so. Because. Oh, ooohhh! At last at last, our God has been resurrected! Where Yuuya was just a moment ago, there was another figure. Where is this place? It was a person clad in an ominous presence that was reminiscent of Avis, the king of Evil, who was supposed to have been defeated by Night and the others before. Even standing there, Yuti, Night, and even Ciel, who had defeated Avis, were overwhelmed and unable to move properly. Without paying attention to his surroundings, Evil appeared on the spot and looked down at his own body in wonder. Hmm strange things happen. My body, which was injured by his attack, is somehow healed That is because we have summoned you! Hmm? Then that Evil, which first noticed the existence of the Evil cult, quietly asked. You said you summoned me. Why? Y-yes! We are the Evil cult. We are Evil worshippers! But our God of this time has been destroyed by a certain person What? In this time? What do you mean? This world has advanced far more than the time when you were alive. A certain man destroyed our God in this time but by invoking the ultimate magic invented by the sage who had fought you, we succeeded in replacing him with you! Yes you, who fought that sage. You who is the most powerful Evil of all time! You mean to say that you have replaced me with the one who destroyed the Evil of this time? Yes! Now there will be no more obstacles in your way this time! Hearing the words of the Evil cults founder, Evil shook his shoulders with a look of satisfaction. I see, so thats how it is. kukuku hahahahahaha! This is brilliant! I never thought that the magic of the one who tried to destroy me would end up unleashing me into this world! Kuhahahaha! The Evil continued to laugh, but there was one person left who calmly spun his words against such Evil. Unfortunately, your days will not be long. Hmm? Ouma was silently outraged by the misuse of his friend, the sages magic, and the fact that Yuuya was made to disappear. Seeing Ouma like this, Yuti and the others can finally feel relief. Thats what they thought What, look who it is the Genesis Dragon who was pathetically beaten up by the sage. I have no interest in a small fry like you. Get lost. .. Surprisingly, the Evil that appeared did not push back against the pressure released by Ouma but rather countered it. Astonished. N-no way, Ouma-san is Yuti stares at the Evil that appears as if in disbelief. Then, Ouma himself quietly opened his mouth. Its not particularly strange. The Evil of this era that Yuuya and the others defeated was far weaker. But this one is different. After all, even though he was defeated, he is still fighting against that sage. Hahahahaha! You know exactly what youre talking about! The Evil smiles at Oumas words. And then. Yes, I am the King of Evil Evil himself! [T/n: Yes, his name is Evil () in Katakana. It would be pretty odd to translate this from now on since his name is also Evil.] A tremendous aura of Evil erupted from his body. I couldnt understand the young mans words for a moment. But Ze-Zenovis, you say? Eh, Zenoviisss!? Wait, that cannot be true! The young man in front of me is that Sage-san!? While the information poured in one after another at a rate that my brain couldnt process, the young man Zenovis-san nodded his head without changing color. Yes. I am Zenovis. .. I was no longer even able to speak. Wasnt Zenovis-san supposed to have died a long time ago in the first place? But if he wasnt Sage-san, that couldnt explain how he had that [Omni-Sword] Anyway, a lot of guesses were going through my mind. The only thing I can say is that the attack I saw just now was of the highest caliber I have ever seen. At any rate, the slash that was swung at random far exceeded the polished skills of Iris-san and Master Usagi. And if he really is Sage-san, then it makes sense that Kuro was so frightened. In the first place, there was absolutely no way I could win. I was puzzled by the unbelievable situation, but Zenovis-san raised his eyebrows a little. Even so thats troubling. Eh? I was just in this place fighting the Evil king or something like that. But just as I was about to finish him off you appeared. Oh Having said that much, I once again recall how I suddenly came to this place. If I think about it in an orderly fashion, I must have been transported to this place by the magic of Sage-san that the mysterious man used. Moreover, looking at the situation, it seems that I was not just transported to a different place but was sent back in time far into the past. And, judging from the words and actions of those men, they must have been the Evil cult that Orghis-sama had told me about the other day. In other words, I was switched with the Evil of this era by that magic. Oh no what in the world am I supposed to do? While I held my head in complete confusion, Zenovis-san called out to me. I need you to tell me your situation. Eh? B-but its a lot of speculation It doesnt matter. As Zenovis-san said this, I took a moment to explain my current situation in my own way. Please dont say that like Im a woman of leisure! I-its just that well how should I say it What have you done? Sensing something in the sudden change in Lanael-sans demeanor, Zenovis-san asked with a light furrow of his brow. W-wait a minute! Why are you talking on the assumption that Ive done something wrong! You could have done it. What a disgusting trust! No, its not! Its not that I did anything, but it seems that um the power of that false god has flowed into this world. What do you mean? For the first time here, Zenovis-san turned a distinctly different color. What are the observers doing? They call themselves gods, but cant they even do their jobs properly? Ugh. Well, thats okay. But if the power of the false god has flowed into this world, why am I supposed to help solve it there? If its an observers problem, deal with it yourself. Dont bring your problems into this world. T-there is no other choice! Observers are always shorthanded! Thats why they invited Zenovis-sama to join A-anyway! Observers are busy dealing with the main body of the false god! So I havent even gotten into the matter of the power of the false god that has flowed into this world! Lanael-san exclaimed in desperation. Zenovis-san also let out a loud sigh, perhaps thinking that there was no point in talking anymore. Hah so who did the power of the false god flow to, and who became the sentinels of the false god? U-um thats What? Come on, say it. ..the Genesis Dragon. Maybe I should go and fight you, the observers, once and for all. Gyahhhh! Im sorry, Im sorry, Im sorry! Lanael-san apologizes desperately. To be honest, I have no idea what the story is about Genesis Dragon, you mean, Ouma-san? Well, surely there is Ouma-san in this period! But he wouldnt know about me I mean, observers are gods, right? Zenovis-san, who could normally say that hes going to pick a fight with them, is As I think about this, Zenovis-san notices that I am the only one left behind and tells me about the situation again. Well I said that the observers are beings from a higher dimension, but there is a fight going on in that higher dimension, just like ours. That opponent is the false god. False god Well, I only know it as knowledge; I have never seen the real thing. After all, it is essentially irrelevant to me. What happens in the upper dimension is resolved in the upper dimension. It should be so, but sometimes the observer cannot contain the false god, and the power of the false god flows into this world. And that power has a will, and when that power flows to those who seek power, they become the cusp of the false god. Yes, it becomes a sentinel but more than that, the Genesis Dragon Um, is that the Genesis Dragon thats sleeping in the valley? Hmm? Oh yeah. In Yuuyas time, yes. But it wouldnt be that guy. That guy takes pride in his power. Come to think of it, he was flaunting it the other day and was acting up, so I just beat him to quiet him down Hes not the kind of guy who would want to borrow someone elses strength to get stronger just because he lost to me. It appears that Ouma-san is not the one who has become the sentinel of that imaginary god. Zenovis-san is right, Ouma-san would probably refuse Gods offer to give him power Hmm? Wait a minute? But then, that Genesis dragon is U-um, I have one question: how many Genesis Dragons are there? Two. Eeeh? I am appalled at the fact that I never expected that. I had spent a lot of time with Ouma-san, but I had never heard of such a story. In fact, when Lexia-san and others told me about the Genesis Dragon, they only mentioned Ouma-san Could it be that he is still alive in that era, but we just dont know about him? And you want me to take care of it? Ugh B-because I cant possibly win against the Genesis Dragon with the power of a false god Is that so? I-Im an angel sent by an observer, after all! Even though I live in a higher dimension, Im not that strong! H-huh S§×ar?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I hope you wont be relying on me for manpower as a result. From what I hear now, if it were true, the observers would have to do something about the incident, but they themselves are stuck in a battle with the main body of the false god, and Lanael-san, an angel, alone is no match for them, so Zenovis-sans help is needed so it seems. Zenovis-san looked stunned, but suddenly he seemed to have thought of something and opened his mouth. Hmm it cant be helped. I wasnt eager to do it, but I can help you with that story. Eh, really? Well, then, lets get on with. But I have a condition. C-condition? As Lanael-san waited with bated breath to see what kind of conditions would pop up, Zenovis-san told her as if nothing was wrong. Yeah. In exchange for helping you with this matter you will return Yuuya back to his original time. Eh? Hmm? That is I am sure the observers will allow me to use that much power if you help us I didnt think they would make it conditional on me going back to my own time. A-are you sure? Under those conditions, Zenovis-san wouldnt get anything out of it What are you talking about? You do it. Huh? I couldnt believe my ears when I heard the words, but Zenovis-san continued without changing his expression at all. Youre going to be dealing with the sentinels of a false god. With this, it stands to reason that you would accept the reward, right? Eeeeehhhh? N-no, no, it is impossible! Because Im weak, you know? Dont worry. Ill help you. H-help? I wonder. I have a very bad feeling about this! Then, as if to say that my imagination was right, Zenovis-san smiled the biggest smile Ive seen since I met him today. Well, lets get you trained right away, shall we? N-nooooooo! My screams echoed through the [Worlds Disposal Ground]. Book 10: Chapter 5: Part 1 Book 10: Chapter 5: Part 1Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 It was decided that I would train for the battle with the false gods sentinel, but Zenovis-san did not start the training immediately. You must have exhausted your strength during the attack earlier. Therefore, we will begin the training after a short rest. T-thats Just as I was about to reject the offer, my nerves began to fail, and fatigue began to take its toll on my body. Hhuh? S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. You should take a rest. You will continue your training anyway, even if you dont want to. Whoops! This is the same as Master Usagis, or even more spartan than that. As my bad premonition continued, Zenovis-san lightly waved his arm, and a magic circle unfolded at my and Zenovis-sans feet. Eh? Were going back to my house for now to rest. When Zenovis-san said that, the scenery changed in the blink of an eye and there was a somewhat familiar view of the forest. This is My home. Yes, the place we were teleported to was the very house of Sage-san in the [Great Devils Nest]. This place was much the same as the house of the future Sage-san where I lived, and in the garden, very rare goods such as the Complete Recovery Grass were growing. I was surprised to see the house with no major changes, but I suddenly remembered the magic that was used when we moved to this place. Huh? I casually went along with it, but can Sage-san use the teleportation magic? Moreover, while I could not teleport to another place without manifesting the magic in the form of a door, Sage-san was able to teleport to the place he specified in an instant. Surprised by this fact, I entered the house as Zenovis-san urged me and found that the houses structure was no different from that of the future Sage-sans house. However, there were some differences. First of all, in addition to the weapons that I had already inherited, such as the [Omni-Sword] and the [Absolute Spear], there were many unfamiliar weapons and armor lying around haphazardly. Then, Zenovis-san asked me. What do you think? Have you seen everything here? Eh? N-no, Ive never seen some of them before, like those over there Oh the ones lying over there are failures. Ill get rid of them soon. Failures? Those look like excellent weapons to my eyes, but according to Zenovis-san, those were failures. For example the gauntlet lying there. Once you put it on, youll never be able to take it off again. Eh? Also, that sword requires a lot of the users blood. The more you use it, the more it consumes your life force Well, I dont have to explain it to you. Its very dangerous! Theyre all so dangerous, its no wonder they were called failures. Well, Im going to get rid of it one of these days, but dont touch it. Um if its that dangerous, I think youd better do something about it as soon as possible Its dangerous for Zenovis-san, too, isnt it? Probably because it was disposed of properly, this weapon was not found in the future Sage-sans house, but even then, Zenovis-san would be in trouble if he accidentally touched it. But Mhm? I dont have a problem with it. It doesnt work on me. It doesnt work? Thats absurd I looked at Zenovis-san with my eyes wide open, and he didnt care about that; he was preparing tea at his own pace. Not only in terms of combat power, but after all, Sage-san is an extraordinary person. I strongly felt it. After a certain amount of rest, I would begin my training with Zenovis-san once again. Thats why we were once again teleported to the [Worlds Disposal Ground]. Now, before the training, since you apparently dont know about the Genesis Dragon that became the sentinel of the false god, let me give you an explanation of it. P-please Since I could no longer escape from my training, I made up my mind and once again listened to Zenovis-san talk about a different Genesis Dragon from Ouma-san. By the way, Lanael-san, in case you were wondering, returned to the upper dimension to confirm with the observers whether she could use her power to return me to my original time. I dont know how much you know about this world, but in this world Argena, there are two concepts: Holy and Evil. Simply put, the two Genesis Dragons also govern them. I-I see! The two Genesis Dragons are also in charge of these two concepts.UppTodated from I was thinking, Is Ouma-san a Holy? I had such a thought, but that was quickly denied by Zenovis-san. The one I beat to a pulp and is now sleeping in the canyon is in charge of Evil. Really? Yes. The Evil I fought before you came here and the Evil that the Genesis Dragon governs have slightly different meanings. The actual Evil that gathers in this [Worlds Disposal Ground] is the very essence of Evil. However, the Evil controlled by the Genesis Dragon is something more fundamental and is necessary for Argena to manage the world. The world cannot revolve around the Holy alone. It is only when there is also an aspect of Evil that the world can exist. Therefore, although the two Genesis Dragons have different attributes, they actually contain both of them. If the technique exists, what else do you do when you are in a cutting contest? Do you just swing your sword around? N-no, its not like that Thats what I call weak. You know what? If you are a true Sword Saint, every casual blow you deliver must be as powerful as the technique that you, or the Sword Saint who taught you, would deliver. Y-yes Actually, I still didnt quite understand the concept, I just gave a curt reply, and Zenovis-san picked up the wooden sword just like I did. It would be hard to comprehend with just talking. Let me show you just once. Eh? Then, Zenovis-san just casually swung the sword in his hand toward me. ? But I didnt understand what had happened or what he had done in the first place. There was nothing strange about it, after all. But. Now that I pointed my sword at you and swung it down why didnt you avoid it? !? After being told that much, I finally understood. Zenovis-san accepted the series of actions of picking up the sword, swinging it down, and slashing it as a very natural and natural thing, just like a human being breathes. That was why, even though a weapon was pointed at me, and even though a threat was directed at me, I could not react. If the person in front of me had been an enemy, I would have accepted the fact that I had been killed as a matter of course. As I felt a cold sweat break out all over my body at the horrifying fact, Zenovis-san continued as if nothing had happened. You seem to have understood. I pointed my sword at you and swung it down. Of course, I didnt really cut you down because I didnt mean to hurt you, but if I had cut you down like that, you would be dead. This is the state of the sword that I am talking about. That is why I say it is weak. Every time you fight an enemy, do you put all your strength into the technique you just performed and get stuck? T-thats The next moment, Zenovis-san swung his sword carelessly again. Then, a slash came out far more powerful than the [Heavenly Sacred Slash] that I had just unleashed, and a deep slash mark was etched into the ground. First of all, you need to change your way of thinking. Then, make each casual swing the same as the techniques youve acquired up to now. Y-yes. I could only nod in agreement with Zenovis-sans words. Unaware that Yuuya had been teleported to the past, Merl, who had come to Earth on a mission, was communicating with her home planet, Planet Amel. (Merl. How are things going over there?) Theres no particular problem. The person on the other side of the line was Merls father, Marl. (Merl, do you understand? The future of the planet Amel depends on your actions.) .. Marl was planning to somehow attract Yuuya, who controlled the Great Giant which was the legacy of the Sage, to the planet Amel. The power of the Great Giant was so powerful that he could not be more reliable if he were on their side. (If all we had to do was to create a clone of him, even a single hair on Yuuya-donos body would do the trick but then we would not get our hands on the Great Giant. That machine can only be controlled by Yuuya-dono himself. Do you understand that?) Yes. (Then, in order to obtain that power, you must directly commune with Yuuya-dono and give birth to a child. Then not only the Great Giant but all of Yuuya-donos legacy will be passed on to his children, resulting in the prosperity of the planet Amel.) Originally, the planet Amel had been oppressed by the Dragonias, and perhaps as a result of that, they began to seek greater military power so that they would never be oppressed again. Most of the Amelians, including Marl, were unaware that they were following the same path as the Dragonias. (Besides, if you and Yuuya-dono become a couple, Yuuya-dono might move to our planet, too. Remember, you have such an important mission.) Yes. (Well then, thats all for todays communication. Im counting on you.) Marl announced unilaterally and disconnected the communication. Merl remained in front of the communication device for a while and muttered quietly. Is this really the best solution? The murmur faded into nothingness. And the time returns back to the past when Yuuya was sent away. At the [Dragon Valley]. This was the place where a Genesis Dragon different from Ouma resided, and the surrounding area was filled with ferocious monsters, perhaps under the influence of the dragons magical power. The Genesis Dragon, the ruler of the valley, was lying quietly on the ground. .. The Genesis Dragon quietly lurked in the valley. However, the atmosphere overflowing from its body was not only its own magic power but also the power it had borrowed from the false god. Then, as if realizing something, the dragon quietly opened its eyes and stared at the sky. More just a little more, the power to completely annihilate mankind There was a reason why the Genesis Dragon was hiding in the valley like this. The Genesis Dragon had become the sentinel of the false god, but it seemed that the power of the too mighty false god needed time to finally be stabilized in its body. The sage has started to make some kind of move but it doesnt matter to me right now. I will destroy the sage and all the others The Genesis Dragon muttered quietly and closed its eyes to gather its strength again. Book 10: Chapter 5: Part 2 Book 10: Chapter 5: Part 2Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 Thus began the days of training with Zenovis-san. My current goal was not only to reach the ultimate form in swordsmanship that I was made to experience that day, but also to be able to cut anything with the wooden sword that I continue to train with today. Incidentally, if I use the sword with the power of the [Holy Kings Authority], I will be able to cut through a certain amount of things with this wooden sword, just as I was able to cut through the ground that day. However, that was not what Zenovis-san was expecting. He wanted me to be able to cut anything by simply swinging the wooden sword without any enhancements. Therefore, I was forbidden to use Holy and Evil power, even magic power, and spent many days just swinging the wooden sword. I wondered if I could practice for days like this, but with the help of Lanael-san, I was able to practice without worrying about the time. Well, I was glad to have Observer-samas permission! Now you can train as much as you want, and if you can solve this case safely, I can send you back to your original time! As I had heard from Zenovis-san, the individuals in the upper dimension had power beyond my imagination, and it seemed that manipulating time was no big deal. However, since Argenas world had nothing to do with observers, observers could not use their power as they wished, and the time manipulation was limited to me only. Well, even this is quite reckless. Thats why Ill definitely have Yuuya-san become stronger and defeat the sentinel of the false god! I-I will do my best Thats all I could answer now. In any case, the state that Zenovis-san was looking for was for the sword and I to be completely united, and all the movements of the sword swing must be natural. There was no way I could learn it overnight. However, Zenovis-san, who was extremely spartan, would bring in super-powerful monsters from somewhere and then make me fight them without any kind of reinforcement. Hah! Guoooooooo! I didnt know how much time had passed already, but I thought I had improved my sword handling compared to when I first started. Even now, I managed to fight against the SS-class monster Tyrant Wolf. Grrrrrrrrrrrrr! Guhh! Sorry, I lied. As expected, I think its impossible to fight an SS-class monster without using Holy power or magic power! However, Zenovis-san would never accept the voice of my heart, and he told me something even more hopeless. Im telling you, that monster is clothed in a special magic power, so physical attacks wont work. How am I supposed to defeat it? How can I defeat it with a mere wooden sword if physical attacks were ineffective? Its no wonder it didnt respond to my slashing at it earlier! Sear?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. While I was desperately trying to escape, the Tyrant Wolf unleashed its magic mercilessly! Gaaaaaaaah! Huh!? I realized that I couldnt avoid the fire that was being unleashed at the rate that it filled my field of vision. I thought it was a futile resistance, but as I took a defensive stance, the fire suddenly split in half. Dont try to defend it. Cut it down. Mmh, this is ridiculous I was surprised to hear that Zenovis-san, who was in a remote position, had cut that fire in half. However, its not just that I dont want that to be required of me, or Then, Zenovis-san continued. Listen, even magic can be cut. You cant cut it because you think that magic is not something that can be cut. You have to believe strongly. Thats more important than you might think. T-thats a powerful belief Magic is not effective against physical attacks. The most important thing is to strongly remind yourself that you are going to cut the other persons magic power. Dont worry. You are stronger than you think. Believe in yourself. .. I was suddenly told this in a gentle voice, and strangely enough, the words entered my mind easily. I had been somewhat unsure of my own strength until now. There were many strong people like Master Usagi and Iris-san But now that I am fighting with just a wooden sword and Zenovis-san says I am strong, I think I can believe in myself a little bit From that point on, I kept telling myself over and over in my head that it would be okay, that I would definitely be able to cut it without any basis to back it up. Gaaaaaaaaaah! .. Cut it. Cut it. Cut it. I can cut it. My thoughts were rapidly disappearing, and the scenery around me was losing its color. I only recognized the opponent that stood in front of me. Somehow I forgot to breathe, and I didnt even know what I was doing. And then. Hmm Youve finally reached it, huh? ! Suddenly, Zenovis-sans words jumped into my ears, and my vision quickly returned to normal, and I regained consciousness. At that moment, even though I was on the ground, I desperately sought air as if I had drowned. Well, then, keep your eyes open. You have inherited the power of my magic! The next moment, Zenovis-san thrust his right hand into the void, and a tremendous amount of magic power began to gather in his right arm all at once! Then, as he made a gesture of grasping something, the space distorted greatly, and a jet-black vortex appeared in the sky. The vortex grew larger and larger and soon developed to such a scale that it enveloped the entire area of the [Worlds Disposal Ground] and covered the sky above. In the midst of all this, Zenovis-san deepens his ferocious smile. Hoh? Do you resist me? But dont think you can escape, okay? Zenovis-san gripped his right hand, which was imbued with enormous magic power, and something was dragged out of the vortex! Guoooooooooo! Ze-Zeenovisssss! It was a huge dragon with scales the color of a sunset, the same size as Ouma-sans true form. At the time when Yuuya was undergoing Zenovis training. In the [Nittei Academy] student council room in a distant era in Japan, a student was staring regretfully at the television. Kuh! How did they get a student like that? The one who muttered this was Kamiyama Mirei, the student council president of Nittei Academy. The Nittei Academy is an elite school for children of rich and famous families and has long been a rival of the Ousei Academy. However, only Nittei Academy sees them as rivals, while Ousei Academy is unaware of anything in particular. The reason for this is that while Ousei Academy is open to anyone regardless of family background, Nittei Academy requires a certain level of prestigious family background to even take the entrance exam. However Recently, more and more people from prestigious families are flowing to Ousei Academy If this continues, the prestige of our academy may be called into question! In recent years, graduates from Ousei Academy had become active in various industries one after another, and before long, students from famous families were also enrolling in Ousei Academy instead of Nittei Academy. However, it is not that the education at Nittei Academy is inferior. In fact, due to a large amount of money it receives from alumni, the facilities at Nittei Academy are always well prepared with the most advanced equipment, providing the best possible environment for its students. Therefore, to obtain the status of the best school in Japan no matter what it takes, Nittei Academy is gradually closing in on Ousei Academy because of its persistence I never thought there was such a student The one thing Kamiyama was looking at was the footage of the athletic festival that took place the other day at Ousei Academy. There, Yuuyas figure can be seen clearing obstacles one after the other. The Nittei Academy was also a prestigious school like Ousei Academy, whose athletic festival was broadcast on TV. Naturally, Nittei Academys athletic festival was also a large-scale event, but because of Yuuyas appearance and performance, the athletic festival of Ousei Academy became the talk of the town, and there was an overwhelming difference in the viewer ratings. Kamiyama, who had been staring at the TV in frustration, shifted her gaze to the material at hand. Yuuya Tenjou originally attended another school but was invited by Kaori Houjou, the daughter of the director of Ousei Academy, to transfer The material in Kamiyamas hand contained detailed information about Yuuya. That is why Kamiyama was furrowing her brow and tilting her head. This is really accurate information, right? No matter how I look at it, it doesnt match what is written here She also found some information about Yuuyas past, which she could not match with the image of Yuuya that was currently active on TV. I heard that he was treated unfairly not only throughout the school but also by his parents and siblings but looking at this video, he doesnt really look like that and I cant help but think that someone who was mistreated that much would have such a change. In addition, its hard to believe that someone who was abused that much could work with that model Miu Kamiyama suspected that she had deliberately been given false information, but she quickly dismissed the idea. Well, perhaps Im overthinking it. Even though he is a great student, there is no way you could control so much information about a single high school student Kamiyama, who has stopped thinking about Yuuya for the time being, once again considers the future. What we have to focus on is the school festival that follows. At this rate, we will surely lose the school festival as well Although Nittei Academy was behind Ousei Academy in many areas, the only thing they excelled in was their school festival. The reason is that both schools are the same in that they are large and spend a great deal of money. In the same way that Ousei Academy invites famous artists, Nittei Academy also invites artists, but in addition, using the schools origins, they have gained popularity for their prestigious events that are not generally available to the general public. However, this advantage was about to be lost with the arrival of Yuuya. The gap between the two schools is growing wider and wider but what should we do? The students of Ousei Academy did not know that Kamiyama was secretly plotting a way out of the current situation. At the very same time that Yuuya was sent back in time to switch places with Evil, Usagi, Iris, and Odis were working together to let the other Holy know that Evil had been defeated. However. !? Suddenly, the three of them sensed an ominous presence that they had never felt before, and they turned their gazes in that direction. And in that direction, Evil had just reappeared in this period. T-the presence just now (Yeah. Evil, right?) W-wait! That disaster is indeed Evil, but the king of Evil was completely defeated by you guys, wasnt he! Why do I sense the presence of such a powerful Evil now! Odis was right, and all three of them knew that the Evil had been destroyed, which was why they were traveling like this to report it to the other Holy. However, if the current presence was really from Evil, the story would be different. Moreover, Iris and Usagi, who had confronted Avis directly, sensed that the presence that was still being emitted was much more than that. However That direction I believe it is the one where Yuuya-kuns house is, right? (Yes, thats right.) I think we should go to see whats going on. Iris and the others looked at each other and quickly changed direction and ran towards the [Great Devils Nest] where Yuuyas house was located. Book 10: Chapter 6 Book 10: Chapter 6Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Zenovissssss! You bastaaaarrddd! Hmph. No need to shout like that. I just called you a little forcefully, thats all. What fell from the sky was a huge dragon the same size as Oma-san. Moreover, the dragon did not fly but was forcibly dragged out by Zenovis-sans magic. However, he was a Genesis Dragon and a being who had also received the power of the false god. Even though he was dragged out by Zenovis-sans magic, he adjusted his stance in mid-air and opened his mouth wide to face us! I will obliterate you right here! As a tremendous amount of magic power converged in the opened mouth of the sunset-colored dragon, it was released all at once. Facing the dragons breath, Zenovis-san lightly waved his right hand without breaking into a smile. Dont be a bore. Come hang out with us. Nuuuuuu!? Then, a thin membrane was deployed enveloping us. The dragons breath hit it hard, but it could not destroy the membrane that Zenovis-san had deployed. While Zenovis-sans defensive magic was repelling the breath right in front of me, Zenovis-san turned his attention to me. Yuuya. That is the Genesis Dragon that has obtained the power of the false god. No, he should no longer be called the Genesis Dragon, but rather the False Gods Sentinel the False Dragon. The False Dragon As you can see, he looks flashy, but I think it will be fine. Arent you taking this a little too lightly here? Not only does he look dangerous, but he looks powerful as well! After all, the area outside Zenovis-sans defensive range is obliterated by the false dragons breath. Originally, there was nothing in the [Worlds Disposal Ground], but the terrain has changed drastically with that breath attack alone. I-I mean, if you can pull out such an extraordinary dragon from hiding and also defend against his attack, wouldnt it be better for Zenovis-san to fight him instead of me? No, thats not the case. When he was just a mere Genesis dragon, that would not be a problem, but since hes a sentinel of the false god, its a different story. If I were to completely destroy him, I would have to increase my output a bit. But if I do, this planet will be destroyed. It would be too powerful and troublesome. Eehh? The planet will be destroyed? No, well, I knew Ouma-san was also in this class, but to be able to cause this level of destructiveness just by exerting a little power is too crazy, Zenovis-san! While I was astonished by the story of a completely different dimension, the false dragon, whose attack was blocked, exclaimed abhorrently. Zenovis! I dont like you! Why do you, a mortal with power that surpasses my own and with that much power. not use it to maintain balance in the world! It is true that you are in charge of maintaining the balance between the Holy and the Evil on this planet. However, a balance maintained by any existence alone will eventually collapse. Therefore, it is necessary for humans to maintain the balance by themselves. As a result, the humans have drawn the boundaries of this planet! They claimed Argena as their own! The humans are evil who are simply devouring the planet Argena! Not knowing anything about the background of this time period, I could not understand what the false dragon was shouting. However, I could sense in his words his strong feelings for this planet. Zenovis-san also sensed this. Is this the result of that? Yes, thats right. I am the Holy, but I am not the Holy for the humans! I am the Holy for this planet, Argena! That is why I become the sentinel of the false god, and I will bury the humans and return this planet to its primordial state once again! The false dragon held a fierce hatred for humans and did not even try to hide it. The pressure almost crushed me, but Zenovis-san kept a calm face. Hmph. That would have been possible without becoming a sentinel of the false god, wouldnt it? Speak nonsense. Without the help of the false god, I cant defeat you. You will get in my way anyway. You know exactly what it means. That gap between us is going to be disappear today! The dragon flapped his wings powerfully, opened his mouth wide again, and began to converge his magic power. Now, Yuuya. Lets start from here. I forbade you to use your special powers in training, but in this battle, you can use them to your hearts content. But you must use them with the wooden sword. Y-yes. But will it be okay? Dont be so tense. I will support you. At the same time as I held up the wooden sword, I released all the power that I could use, such as the [Holy Kings Authority], the [Holy Evil Creation], and the [Magic Armor]. I was a bit nervous about the whole thing. I just barely succeeded in avoiding it, but just as it passed in front of me, a tremendous amount of wind pressure struck me. As expected of a Genesis Dragon, just like Ouma-san I wouldnt have been able to fight properly if I hadnt received Zenovis-sans training and support. Once I was further away, the dragon was even more aggressive in sending out magic and breath attacks. Gradually, I began to feel a strange sensation. It was the same sensation I had experienced while fighting the Tyrant Wolf, as the scenery and movement around me began to fade away. Of course, when I woke up that time, I was in an unfamiliar situation, and I knew that if I continued to let this feeling take over, the same thing would happen to me. However, as I was concentrating to the utmost limit, I had no resistance to surrendering to the sensation. In the midst of all this, I sensed a new movement of the false dragon in my fading consciousness. Originally, I was going to save it to make sure Zenovis was killed! Mmm! In an instant, the false dragon soared high into the sky, spread his wings wide, and began to converge more magic power ever above his head. Moreover, it contains the same Holy and Evil power as me, as well as the power of the false god; if it is released, not only this [Worlds Disposal Ground] but this planet itself could be destroyed. You have lost your mind. You, who spoke of the planets sake, do you intend to destroy it? If you had not interfered, this would not have happened! But now that you have taken humanitys side, I will end it all here, for the sake of this planet! S§×ar?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thats a very convenient way of thinking. But this is a little too much for Yuuya, isnt it? I could faintly sense Zenovis-san muttering something in my little bit of consciousness left, but I didnt pay any attention to it and approached the false dragon. Yuuya! Fuhahahaha! Apparently, the human there wants to rush to his death! Just as you wish, vanish here! The false dragon flapped his wings vigorously and released the mass of energy that converged above his head toward me or rather, toward the ground. Normally I would have despaired in the face of such a blow. But strangely enough, I had no feelings about the scene in front of me. I just cut. As if it was a matter of course. The blow was released quite naturally. Cut. With this single thought in mind, my flash of light cut down the mass of power that was approaching in front of me with a single stroke. No way Ridiculous!? To the astonished false dragon, I do not stop my swinging hand, and with a returning flash, I cleave the false dragons neck. Then the false dragon was beheaded, with a look of incomprehension on his face as to what had happened. Having been exterminated by my blow, the false dragon fades away as light. Then my consciousness gradually returned to normal, and the scenery and movements around me went back to normal. Hah! Hah! Hah! Hah! Just like before, I was drowning, desperately seeking air. But whats definitely different from last time is that I remember exactly what happened. Tthat was Well done, Yuuya. That was one of the things you should aim for. I think back to what Ive done, to Zenovis-sans words. I dont think I could do it at all if I were asked to do it again, but the fact that this is the second time is definitely imprinted on my body. That split-second feeling was exactly what Zenovis-san was expecting from me. Now, you cannot enter that state in an instant. But if you take the time, you can reach that state the [Idle Blow]. The idle blow The next challenge will be sustaining that feeling and avoiding exhaustion like you did this time. Nevertheless, well done. When I saw Zenovis-san smiling gently at me, I finally relaxed. Book 10: Epilogue Part 1 Book 10: Epilogue Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Epilogue Part 1 Well, thank you so much! Youve been a big help! N-no problem. A little while after I finished slaying the false dragon, Lanael-san came back. I really wish I could have helped you, but there was a movement with the main body of the False God just above and I was called back. Im sorry. Lanael-san bowed her head apologetically. But Zenovis-san indifferently told her. If you and the others in the upper dimension had been more firm, this wouldnt have happened. Ugh T-thats true, but Be that as it may, the false dragon has been defeated. You have no more business with us, do you? As promised, return Yuuya to his original time. Of course, of course! B-but Observer-samas still want Zenovis-sama to cooperate with us What? Zenovis-san looked at Lanael-san in a troublesome manner. Ive told you many times, settle matters in the upper dimension in the upper dimension. Dont involve me in it. I-I know that! Thats why Observer-sama says he will welcome Zenovis-sama into the upper dimension! I have told you repeatedly that I refuse to do so. Why do you insist on me so much? In response to Zenovis-sans genuine question, Lanael-san seemed reluctant to answer but spoke honestly. The truth is, in the battle between the False God and Observer-samas, Observer-samas side is currently at a disadvantage The reason is that the False God is trying to invade our world using a large number of sentinels, just like the Genesis Dragon that the two of you defeated. Their number is more than Observer-samas expected Hmm In order to counter this army of false gods, we need to ask for help from beings with power equal to that of Observer-samas! But such beings are few and far between A-and Zenovis-san is one who fulfills that condition, isnt he? Yes Lanael-san drooped down powerlessly. In this case, I should say that Zenovis-san is too amazing or that the observers are too different in dimension Zenovis-san, who heard Lanael-sans story, nodded without changing a single expression on his face. I see. I understand what you said. T-then! I understand and refuse. No way! Zenovis-san ruthlessly refused, and this time Lanael-san sank to the ground. But there was more to Zenovis-sans words. I refuse, but as an alternative I recommend Yuuya. Eh? Yuuya-san? I was stunned by these unexpected words. I immediately understood the meaning of the words and shook my head in panic. W-wait! To recommend me thats impossible, isnt it? Im not as strong as you, Zenovis-san! For now, yeah. Eh? I told you, right? You are strong. And theres a good chance youll surpass me. Sear?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. N-no way Thats why Im recommending you. Of course, it will be tough at this stage, but Im sure the observers will do something about that. Zenovis-san seemed to have already decided in his mind that I was going to go, and he turned to Lanael-san once again. So, thats it. You can take him with you. I have had encounters with Lexia-san, Luna, Yuti, and Kuro. I met wonderful people like Master Usagi, Iris-san, Odis-san, and others. And Night, Akatsuki, Ouma-san, and Ciel. I wouldnt have the family I have today without Sage-sans legacy. Without anything else, I was just an abused high school student. I would still be spending miserable days on Earth. But now I have a place on Earth. I cant thank Zenovis-san enough. That is why I understand. I dont know how much I can replace Zenovis-san, but if I can be of any help to Zenovis-san even just a little! I shook Zenovis-sans hand. Thank you. When Zenovis-san smiled gently, something warm permeated my body through my hand and Zenovis-sans. It stayed around my heart for a while, and then it seeped into my body. This concludes the soul contract. You are now my successor. Zenovis-san When Zenovis-san told me this with a somewhat radiant expression on his face, my eyes lit up. Well Zenovis-sama is as extraordinary as ever Its amazing that you succeeded so effortlessly in making a soul contract that has a terribly low success rate and, if it fails, will destroy both souls Zenovis-san!? Hahaha! While I was surprised by the bombshell from Lanael-san at the last minute, Zenovis-san laughed out loud for the first time here. The next moment, my body was gradually enveloped in light. W-what is this? Oh, it looks like its started! I was panicked by the suddenness of the situation, but Lanael-san continued calmly. Dont worry! Its just that Observer-samas are preparing to send Yuuya-san back to your original time. I-I see For the moment, I realize that it is not dangerous, so I look at the situation. What can I say its a strange feeling, a little like the scene when you defeat a monster. Its like my body is gradually turning into particles of light and disappearing but strangely enough, it wasnt terrifying. After all, the sage, Zenovis-san, is right in front of me. So Im sure everything will be fine. Well then, Yuuya. Im really glad to have met you. M-me too! When it comes time to say goodbye, sadness comes over me. Perhaps sensing my feelings, Zenovis-san smiled softly. After you leave, I will forget you. But my soul will remember you. May your future be blessed. Yes! At last, I can return to my original time. Just as I thought that, Lanael-san dropped another bombshell. Oh, by the way, the Evil that was fighting Zenovis-sama here was called forth in the time when Yuuya-san was originally present, and that Evil will be brought back to this time with Observer-samas power, but it will be troublesome if he resists, so it would be helpful if you could hurt him moderately! Hey! Eeehh The Evil is supposed to appear right in front of you, so dont think too much about it and just slash it with your sword! I hurriedly tried to ask for more information, but to no avail; I was sent back to my original time. Book 10: Epilogue Part 2 Book 10: Epilogue Part 2 sea??h th§× n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality.Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 Immediately after Yuuya was transported to a past era. The Evil Evil, who was fighting the sage, smiled wickedly. [T/n: The second Evil was his name.] Well then let the carnage begin. Do you think Ill allow that? When Ouma returned to his original non-standard size, he opened his mouth and his magic power converged into it. But Evil was still smiling wryly when he saw it. Hahahaha! If you want to shoot me, then shoot! Then, after I have prevented it perfectly, I will teach you what defeat is! Stop. I wont let you! Woof! Then Yuti and Night jumped on Evil simultaneously and attacked him with everything they had, but Evil just stared at them blankly. You are just a nobody. Dont get in my way. Kyaa! Kyaan! Piii! Piiiiiiiiiiiii! Night and Yuti are blown away by the wind pressure from a light wave of his arm. At the sight of the two, Ciels body was filled with flames of anger, and he charged straight at Evil. But Hmph. Now a fly. You seem quite confident in your power, but it wont work on me. Pii! Fugo! B-buhi Ciel, who at the time of Avis had recovered instantly no matter how much damage he took and had attacked many times, for some reason could not heal the wounds inflicted by Evils attack and was blown away, as were Night and Yuti. Quickly, Akatsuki transformed into a giant and caught Ciel with his body, but the impact alone nearly knocked Akatsuki down. As purely Evil as I am, I can block any ability and take away any life. There will never be another Evil as perfect as I am. You bark so much! Having finished converging his magic power, Ouma compressed it to the utmost limit and released it at the Evil. The magic power that was released like a ray of light contained such power that even a slight brush of it could erase the persons existence. But Perish here! Facing such an attack, Evil held out both hands without even a thought of avoiding it. Stepping as hard as he could on his feet, he caught the incoming ray of light with his hands. Nnn nuoooooooooo! What? As expected, Ouma did not think his attack could be caught with bare hands, and his eyes widened at Evils action. Evil was desperately enduring while raising a tremendous cloud of smoke from his feet. T-the blessing of our goooooooooddddddd! Hooray, hoor! The impact of the attack released by Ouma obliterated all the evil cult members present. But. Ku kukuku Nonsense Despite having injured his arm, Evil was able to survive Oumas blow. Kuhu kuhahahahaha! How is this, O Genesis Dragon! This is my power! Now, next is my. Haaaaaaaaaaaaaa! Wha gyaaaaaah! Eh Yuuya! Evil, who was continuing to laugh loudly, had his body bashed by Yuuya, who appeared in front of him without notice. The space in front of Evils eyes suddenly seemed to distort, and a glowing vortex appeared from it, and suddenly Yuuya appeared. Waah! Everyone, including Yuti, hugged me, and I managed to hold on without collapsing. A-ahahaha Im back. Question. Where in the world were you, Yuuya? The moment Yuti tilted his head in wonder, I encountered a situation that had a sense of dj vu. It was Aaaaaaahhhh! Eh? A voice was falling from the sky. Yuuya-saaann! Im here to pick you uuuppp! When everyone looked toward the voice there was the figure of Lanael-san, falling with tremendous force. Meanwhile, on Earth. Shirai. You are sure this information is correct, arent you? Of course it is. Then there must be a chance for us too! The document she was holding in her hand from the Ousei Academy has Yuuyas picture pasted on it, and it contains detailed information, including his background up to this point. If only he would transfer to Nittei Academy, we would no longer be afraid of Ousei Academy! Shirai, Im going to go scout for him right now! Understood. Thus, a new movement concerning Yuuya also began on Earth. Evil returned to his original time after being seriously wounded by Yuuya. Gahah! As soon as he returned to his original time, the wound he received from Yuuya had opened wide, and he fell to his knees as he vomited blood. D-damn it! This is for this me to experience this! Struggling desperately, Evil managed to stand up and tried to leave the scene to heal his wounds as best he could. Yes, I have to hurry and heal my wounds! Kuh I have been so seriously injured by that incomprehensible being I will never forget this What are you talking about? Huh? The words thrown at him so casually made Evils body stiffen. It was the voice of Zenovis himself; the very person Evil should be avoiding most at this moment. Ze-Zenovisssss! Hmm. I was about to slay you, but I didnt realize you were already dying With a curious expression on his face, Zenovis looked at Evils wounds and smiled, his eyes widening faintly. Hoh. Its wonderful. Apparently, there is a swordsman somewhere who can reach you. If only you if only you werent hereeeeeeee! Evil used all his remaining strength to unleash an all-out attack. But. I dont know what youre talking about. A single strike. Evil could not even comprehend what had happened. He was cut to pieces by Zenoviss attack, which was seemingly slashs at random, and he found himself with a single line running down his neck. N-nonsense. Evils head rolled off his torso and disappeared as it was, becoming a particle of light. When Zenovis saw this, he quietly looked at his hands. What a strange feeling. I feel an inexpressible sense of satisfaction, even though it was just defeating an Evil. Its as if Ive had some kind of interesting experience Zenovis muttered quietly and smiled. Right. With this feeling, it might be a good idea to research new magic again. For example magic that crosses over to a different world than here Zenovis decided quickly and left the place. Book 10: Afterword Book 10: AfterwordHeres the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for picking up this work. I am the author, Miku. This is the 10th volume of the series. I would like to thank all the readers who have read this far. In this memorable 10th volume, the sage, which can be said to be the beginning of everything for Yuuya, has finally appeared. At any rate, I think I enjoyed writing this 10th volume more than any other volume I have written so far. However, as usual, I have no particular plan for the next development, so I do not know what will happen next, but I hope you can look forward to it. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge for his great help this time as well. Reine Kuwashima-sama, who draws cool illustrations for us every time. And I would like to express my heartfelt thanks to all the readers who have been with me this far. S§×ar?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thank you very much. See you soon. Book 11: Prologue Part 1 Book 11: Prologue Part 1And now heres the new volume, hope you can enjoy this ride as well~ Prologue Part 1 Star Productions. Its an entertainment production agency that has various talented actors, models, and artists and even that very popular fashion model, Miu, belonged to the agency. In a room of such an office, a woman is approached by her manager with a certain request. Eh? A live performance at Ousei Academy? The woman, with a somewhat neutral look, was surprised. Her hair was cut just above her shoulders, and she wore a T-shirt and jeans. This woman was Kanade Utamori, a famous artist belonging to Star Production. Yes. Have you ever heard of the Ousei Academys school festival? I dont know much about it, but its kind of a hot topic every year. You can watch it on TV. The managers words made Kanade tilt her head to the side. The reason why it becomes a hot topic is because the scale of the school festival is incredibly huge. So much so that an artist like you has been invited to the festival. Hmm? But dont other schools do something similar? There are other schools that invite artists as well, but the scale of the stalls in Ousei Academy is also very large. The schools own rules determine the budget for the school festival. The manager explained this to Kanade, but she didnt really understand what was going on. This was because, no matter how much budget would be allotted, it was only a school event and would not be that large-scale. Anyway, the school contacted me and said they wanted to invite you. The president also said that you must go The president? Its unusual. Kanade herself had been with the agency for some time, so she knew the presidents personality. The president did not make such moves without any gain, and if she did, she must expect some significant benefit. Kanade could not believe that the president would make a move for just one school. Speaking for myself, I think it would cost quite a bit of money to invite me. Does that mean the school is going to pay me that well? That doesnt seem to be a problem. But thats not what the president is after; its one of the boys at the school. Eeehh? The manager showed a picture to Kanade, who was surprised and in disbelief. This is the boy the president is looking for. Huh? This girl is Miu-chan and It was a part of a magazine that Miu and Yuuya had been photographed together before. This boy is who the president is looking for. Isnt that amazing? He just happened to be there and suddenly ended up doing the shoot, you know? Unbelievable! He has such an aura about him, but hes just a regular guy? Kanades eyes widened when she saw Yuuya in the picture there. She was surprised to see that Yuuya, whose aura was not inferior to Mius, was just an ordinary person because she had known Miu for a long time and felt Mius aura close to her. No, no, no, there cant be any ordinary person like him! He definitely belongs to an agency somewhere! But youve never seen him before, have you? I never thought that Miu-chan would react this way Im looking forward to seeing him in person too! Kanade looked at the photo again. Yuuya, who had an aura that rivaled that of the top model Miu, became even more intriguing to Kanade. As the place changed, a limousine was driving on the road to Nittei Academy, where the sons and daughters of many prestigious families attend. Shirai. Have you gathered any information? Riding in the limousine is Kamiyama Mirei, the student council president of Nittei Academy. She said a few words to Shirai, her butler, and he quickly handed her a stack of papers. Here it is. Thank you. Hmm, he doesnt go out much, does he? The document that Shirai handed her detailed a record of Yuuyas activities over the past few weeks. As you can see in the document, this young man basically goes home straight after class. I wonder if hes active in any clubs? I have no information on that. Well, if he were involved in club activities, he would be the talk of the town, wouldnt he? While saying this, Kamiyama remembered the Ousei Academys athletic festival that was broadcast on TV the other day. The Ousei Academys athletic festival is a hot topic every year, and this year was the most exciting ever. Most of it could be attributed to Yuuyas presence. His activities were broadcast on TV, and the programs ratings reached a record high. Other special students such as Yuti and Merl also participated, and the competition became very strong. So, for now, the best time to pick him up is on his way home after school. Kamiyamas current plan was to abduct Yuya and take him directly to Nittei Academy, where he would complete the transfer procedures. This is why she had Shirai investigate Yuuyas activities in detail. However Ojou-sama. Is it going to be that easy? I suppose you are right. The video shows that his physical capabilities are far from those of a normal high school student but it will be fine since we will use them. N-no way Shirai rolled his eyes when he realized Kamiyamas intention. Kamiyama then smiled wryly. Yes. We will use the special forces that Kamiyama Group prides itself on! B-but, do we really need to go that far against just one high school student? Of course, it may not be that big of a deal. But I will do my best not to fail to secure him. Besides, not only for the development of our Nittei Academy, if his personal qualities are really great, then he can be my close associate. I see S~ea??h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Kamiyama turned her eyes out of the window as if she were looking for prey. I will definitely get him! In this manner, various moves were being made, without the knowledge of Yuuya. Book 11: Prologue Part 2 Book 11: Prologue Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 As I exhaled a breath of fresh air after slaying the Evil summoned from the past world, Lanael-san came from the sky. As she landed with a flourish, Lanael-san smiled. Well, Im glad to see that you have safely returned to this era! Oh, and thank you for the Evil too! Ive returned him safely to his original era! Y-yes. As Lanael-sans momentum pushed me along, Yuti, who didnt know her, cautiously asked me a question. Question. Who is she? Oh, shes Yuuya-kun! Eh? I was about to introduce Lanael-san to Yuti when I was suddenly approached by a voice. I looked in that direction in surprise and saw Iris-san coming at me at breakneck speed! Yuuya-kun, are you all right? Y-yes, Im fine, but why are you here? The appearance of an unexpected person surprised me, but Iris-san was not the only one who came. (Hey, dont just rush off on your own!) Hah hah Y-youre forgetting Im here, dont you? (Odis, you should work on your body.) To my surprise, even Master Usagi and Odis-san showed up. U-um why are you all here? As I recalled, Master Usagi and the others were going around telling the other Holys that the Evil had disappeared. And even though the Evil was gone, the Evil Beast remained, and Im sure they were busy dealing with that as well Master Usagi then told me with caution. (Of course, its because we sensed a strong presence of Evil from this place.) Thats right! Thats why I came here so quickly, thinking that something might have happened to Yuuya-kun! Ah I had completely forgotten about it because so much had happened, but that Evil was summoned to this era in the form of replacing me and the Evil of the era in which Sage-san was alive. I-I am sorry. Im sorry for worrying you about that but its fine now. All right, you say? Was it Avis? I feel it was a stronger sign of Evil than that one, you know? You are right. But I managed to do something about it. What do you mean, managed to? Iris-san is appalled by my words. But there was really too much going on for me to give a simple explanation. Then, Iris-san shifted her gaze to Lanael-san. Oh well. More importantly who is that girl? W-what is it though Iris-sans mood seems to be slightly prickly While puzzled, I will try to introduce Lanael-san once again. Um, this is Lanael-san. Well, its a long explanation Oh, Ill explain myself from here! Lanael-san spoke and explained to them that I had been sent to the past world and about the battle between the observers and the false gods that are taking place in the world of the dimension above. Well, she did not tell me that I had trained with Zenovis-san or that the opponent I had defeated was the Genesis Dragon, which had become a sentinel of the false gods. This was because it would be very difficult to explain such things since the information would have been erased from this world. Of course, it was an outlandish story, so it should not be so easy to believe I see. You met him. Only Ouma-san seemed convinced and nodded quietly. W-wait a minute! How can the Genesis Dragon easily believe this story? And what is the upper dimension, even before we talk about the past world? Sear?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Incomprehensible. I dont understand either (Was this guy born under a star where if he walks around, hes bound to get into trouble?) I have a feeling that Master Usagi is now correct. However, Lanael-san only explained that I had been called to fight in the dimension above and did not mention the contract between Sage-san and me. Then, Odis-san quietly opened his mouth. Hmm to summarize, the observers, who are like gods, are fighting a fierce battle with the false gods in the dimension above, and they are taking Yuuya-dono with them as a part of their forces, is that right? Thats right! T-then take me with you, too! Iris-san? Im going to see him! Are you an idiot? Luna was taken aback by Lexia, who was not thinking and was honestly saying what she thought. You know you should think a little more about your own status. How can a princess move about so easily? But And even if you go to see him, it doesnt change the fact that Yuuya has his own life and will soon be away from you. Then it wont be a problem if Yuuya-sama and I get married! Theres a big difference, you idiot. First of all, youve already been rejected once, right? Then you should just give up. In exchange, Ill stay by Yuuyas side instead. Heyyyyyy! I wont allow you to do that! The soldiers working at the castle laughed at the exchange between Lexia and Luna as if to say, Not again. After arguing for a while, they sighed again, looking tired. Hah no matter how much I argue with Luna here, I cant see Yuuya-sama, right? Naturally. You have a duty as a princess, dont you? What are my duties as a princess? No, dont ask me Well, you have a role as a princess in strengthening the bonds between countries and in many other diplomatic ways. Thats what youve been doing since before I became your bodyguard. Well but I have to go to the academy soon. Academy? When Luna tilted her head curiously, Lexia continued tediously. Yes. Have you ever heard of the Aurelia Academy in the Luminous Empire? Hmm Ive heard something about it. However, when I belonged to the Dark Guild, I never did any work in the Luminous Empire, so I dont know much about it The academy is attended by the royalty of various countries and the sons and daughters of nobles. Most of the countrys royalty will go there when the time comes. Why is that? For networking, diplomacy, and many other reasons, but in the end, its for the good of the country. Its not a pleasant place to be, as you can imagine. So youre going there, too? Age-wise, I guess. Luna told Lexia, who looked deeply disgusted that she was sorry for him. I see well, good luck. Huh? What are you talking about? Youre coming with me too, Luna! Wha!? Why do I have to go with you? Youre my escort, arent you? Of course, youre going with me. I dont want to go to such a troublesome school! I dont want to go there either! Besides, if I enter the academy, I wont be able to see Yuuya-sama anymore! For Lexia, the fact that she would have fewer opportunities to meet Yuuya was more unbearable than dealing with nobles and royalty from other countries. Then, Lexia suddenly looked up as if a revelation had come to her. Thats right its the academy! Huh? Luna was taken aback by the way that Lexia, who had been saying that she hated academy, now exclaimed academy with glee. Thats why its an academy! Have you finally lost your mind? Why? You still dont get it, do you? If we are going to the academy, we should go to the same academy as Yuuya-sama! Oh Lunas eyes widened at Lexias completely unexpected statement. As Mai said, theres no doubt that theres an academy in Yuuya-samas world too! So, I should be studying abroad, not at Aurelia Academy, but at the academy that Yuuya-sama attends on Earth! T-thats good, but would the king allow such a thing? It is customary for the princesses of this country to go to that Aurelia Academy, isnt it? Of course, Im going to push through for that! No way! Luna was surprised to hear Lexia say that she was just going to push the idea, thinking that she has some kind of plan. But Lexia also had a good reason. I was only half joking. Its a school on Earth, you know. Dont you think theres more to learn there than in the Luminous Empire? T-thats true, but Its important to learn about this world, but if I could learn about other worlds, I might be able to contribute greatly to the Alceria Kingdom! This should be enough to get my father to forgive me! Is it going to be that easy? If not, Ill just push through! I knew it Once the desire to attend Yuuyas school had developed in Lexia, there was no longer anything Luna could say that would stop her. So, lets go to my father right away! Thus, Lexia and Luna began to move without Yuuyas knowledge. Book 11: Chapter 1: Part 3 Book 11: Chapter 1: Part 3Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 As the school festival approached, most of our daily classes were devoted to preparing for the festival. sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The butler and maid cafe that we were going to be working at this time needed to prepare not only the menu of food to be served to the customers but also the costumes. If this were a normal school, we would have used commercially available cosplay goods, but since we had a large budget, we decided to prepare full-fledged maid and butler outfits. However, I didnt really care about it because I just thought that I could just cook in the background Yuuya-kun! Yes? While I was thinking about the menu for the school festival with Kageno-kun and the others, I was approached by Kaede. Im going to measure your size, so come here! Eh!? When I was surprised by the unexpected words, Kaede and Rin hugged both sides of me. Come on, come on, hurry up! W-wait a minute! Why did you take my size? Eh? Because Yuuya-kun, youre going to be a butler too, right? Is that so? I was surprised because I had no intention of doing so, and to my surprise, all my classmates in the classroom nodded their heads. E-eehh? I-I thought Id just concentrate on cooking T-thats such a waste! Everyone wants to see Yuuya-kun as a butler, too, right? Yeah. Everyone? They nodded in unison again, and I couldnt help but be appalled. Look, look, everyone else is saying this, too, so you should just be quiet and let us take the measurements. Uh-huh. Rin and the others urged me on, and one after another, I was measured in the necessary areas. There you go! Oh, Yuuya-kun, youre going to be the butler, but Im expecting you to cook too! Oh, Im going to be doing that too? I thought the cooking job was going away, but it seems not. Well, as far as Im concerned, I like cooking too, so its not a problem for me. And so, little by little, preparations for the school festival progressed, the food menu was decided, and finally, the maid and butler outfits arrived. Well, the outfits have arrived! So, maids and butlers who are supposed to be in charge of the floor, try on the sleeves! Kaede urged us, and I picked up the butlers uniform that had been prepared for me as well. O-oh amazing. I can tell by holding it in my hand that its not a flimsy fabric but a proper butlers uniform I was unintentionally impressed but moved to the changing room with the other boys and changed my clothes. Ryo and Akira were among the members who were butlers like me. Amazing! Im so excited to be dressed so well. Right. Its perfect for me, the [Noble Butler]! What is a noble butler? Akira was the same as usual. Be that as it may, as each of us was changing, Kageno-kun, who was also dressed in a butlers uniform, appeared. I wondered when he had changed. Has everyone finished getting dressed? O-oh Our eyes widened when we saw Kageno-kun in his butlers uniform. He tilted his head at our reaction. Hmm? Is something wrong? N-no, its just that it looks really good on you. Kageno-kun had been transformed into a butler with perfectly groomed hair and glasses that fit him well. Hes kind of like a butler chief or something like that When I unintentionally looked at him like that, he laughed a little shyly. I wonder if theres finally a scene where I can play an active role too As for me, I think Kageno-kun has been very active in every event, but I dont think he was aware of it. I think Im going to express my gratitude in a way thats more understandable. After confirming that there were no problems with the clothes, we changed back into our uniforms and moved on to check on the food. This time, our class was to prepare not only desserts such as pancakes and shortcakes but also light meals such as omelets and sandwiches. In a normal school, it would be difficult to serve cakes and omelets, but since we had successfully rented a kitchen, we were able to cook a lot at once. T-this is Yuuyas cooking! This omelet is so fluffy! (Hmph!) Usagis legs and Iriss sword clash violently with each other. Then, a tremendous mass of magical power flew between the two. ! (Its still an insidious attack!) Hmph, call it what you will. This is how a magician fights. Odis floats a mass of magical power around him, shoots them out precisely, and continues to attack while keeping his distance. But Iris and Usagi would not be silently beaten, and they repelled his attacks with their swords and legs. The three continued their training in this way, but after a while, they took a break. Phew Usagi, you are stronger than when we fought in the past, arent you? (Well) I was surprised too. It was the same when we fought the Dragonia aliens, but I didnt think you could handle magic that well The Magic Saint, Odis, was amazed that Usagi was continuing to fight while strengthening himself with magic. Thats exactly what Iris said. You used to be bad at handling magic (I learned it from Yuuya.) From Yuuya-dono? Oh, no he was the successor of the sage, wasnt he? Is it any wonder then? Yuuya-kun, hes growing at a tremendous rate The expression on the face of Usagi, Yuuyas first master, was hard as Iris said so with a sly look on her face. ? Whats wrong, Usagi? (I thought it would be a bad idea to keep going on like this.) Mm? About Yuuya-dono? (No, about us.) Iris nodded to Usagi, who said it clearly, and Odis tilted his head. Well, as Usagi said, we, the Holy, are also training to become stronger than before Usagi, you mean to tell me that our current training isnt good enough? (Yeah. Odis, do you remember that? The reason why we rushed to Yuuyas side.) Mm? It was because we felt a strong presence of Evil in the direction of Yuuya-donos house (Then who defeated it?) Oh After being told that much, Odis realized. Indeed, by the time Usagi and the others arrived, the sign of the Evil had disappeared cleanly, and Yuuya and the others were there. (Otherwise, he would not be able to calm down. Hes already experienced the threat of the Evil, too, after all.) But, although I thought that he was indeed a very powerful man in the battle in space, I didnt think that he was strong enough to take on the main body of the Evil that you guys talked about before. Thats why Im surprised. (Since he said that he had been transported to the past world something must have happened there, but either way, Yuuyas experience in that world was the catalyst for him to enter the battle in the upper dimension. Because it was decided to do so, in order to win the battle against the false god, it is necessary to have the ability to be able to take on the completed form of Evil as Yuuya has done in the past.) I-is that so? In that sense, our ability is still not enough, is it? (Yeah. Its not enough at all.) Well, you say so, but what are we going to do? It is impossible for a normal person to suddenly become as strong as he is, isnt it? As Odis said, the three who bear the title of Holy had already perfected their abilities. Of course, if Zenovis were here, he would kick those words to the curb and then forcibly raise the threes abilities, but since he was not here, it was impossible. However (No, there is a way.) What? Usagis assurance took them both by surprise. What do you mean by a way? (The fact is that our training up to now has been to continue to hone our skills, so to speak. Thats not wrong, and it has made us stronger. But that alone isnt good enough.) Well, I feel like Ive hit the ceiling. (There are three Holy gathered here. In other words, there are those who have mastered the three paths.) ! You, no way When Iris noticed something that startled her, Usagi smiled with a ferocity that one would not expect from a herbivore. (We will teach each other and absorb each others skills.) This was unthinkable from the perspective of the Holy until now. The Holy were so confident in their own skills that they continued to master them and did not pay attention to any other paths. However, Usagi, who had become stronger after learning magic from Yuuya, was keenly aware of the importance of adopting other techniques. (There is no time to waste. From here on out, its a matter of how far we can take you and your Holy techniques. Once that is decided, we will quickly resume our training. As a master, we cant let him see that were not up to the task.) Yes. Y-yeah. The two agreed to Usagis proposal and began training to absorb each others techniques in search of even more power. Book 11: Chapter 1: Part 4 Book 11: Chapter 1: Part 4Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 4 Alright, Its nice, isnt it? T-thats good While preparations for the school festival were underway, I also practiced with the band. This time we are going to play three songs. I wondered if I could do three songs even though I was a beginner, but since we chose songs that seemed easy, it seemed manageable. I had found out that the Flame Guitar that I got when I defeated the devil bear a long time ago could be connected to the Earths amp through a connector, so I was assigned to play the guitar. Well, its only natural since Im the [Nobleman of the Drums]! Ahaha At first, the plan was for me, Ryo, and Shingo-kun to form a band, but I became the guitarist, Ryo became the bassist, and Shingo-kun became the keyboardist. Akira was also a novice drummer, but perhaps it was because he was a [Nobleman of the Drums], as he said earlier, and he was improving quite quickly. However, since everyone, including Akira, was still a beginner, we couldnt try out the more difficult songs, but even so, I think we are getting good enough. However The song is also very good. Is it really? Yes, this bandI sing in it. At first, I thought that since Ryo had invited me to join the band, he would also be the vocalist, but when we started practicing, he asked me to be the vocalist. Naturally, I refused, saying I couldnt handle such a big role, but I couldnt say no to Ryo and Shingo-kun, who both agreed on the idea. After all, its just as I thought. If Yuuya is going to be the vocalist in the center, it will look great on stage. Y-yes! Yuuya-kun were so good! You are indeed my rival! Sear?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I wonder if thats true Although Ryo and the others praised me in this way, I was not confident at all. I didnt know any popular songs, and I had never even heard of the songs we were going to perform this time. I had never even been to a karaoke club, and my singing experience was limited to chorus singing in music class. But now, the [Hells Microphone] that I got from the hell frog had a positive effect on me. I had started taking lessons by mistake right after I got that microphone, and I had gotten myself into a lot of trouble, but after I was chosen as a vocalist, I had been actively taking lessons in my free time. To be honest, I was hesitant to use that microphone due to the trauma of the first lesson, but having no experience singing in front of others, I had no choice but to rely on it to avoid dragging everyone down as much as possible. I had no choice but to rely on that microphone to keep up with the others. Ill do the best I can. That was all I could say. After practicing a few more times, it was time to go, so we decided to split up. Akira had a different route home, so we parted ways, and the three of us, Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I, headed home. Well, I said it in the heat of the moment at first, but I guess it turned out alright! I-I guess so. Ive never touched a musical instrument outside of music class before, but its fun. Right! This could be a good hobby for the rest of my life. Ryo was right. After practicing this time, I realized that it would be a shame for it to be a one-time-only experience. Thats how interesting it is to play a musical instrument. Ive never been able to find the time to use the [Flame Guitar] properly, but now Im thinking Ill be more proactive about using it from now on. Speaking of which, I didnt know what kind of artists were invited after all. Y-yeah. I guess its a surprise on the day, after all. Were going to be on the same stage as them, arent we? Kuh! Im looking forward to it! As each of them was walking around talking about the upcoming school festival, they were suddenly approached by a voice. Huh? Yuuya-san? Eh? Mi-Miu-san? Wha!? S-shes the real one! W-who are these people? As I and the others were surprised at the sudden appearance, one of the black-clad men standing in a circle around us opened his mouth. Are you Yuuya Tenjo-sama? Huh? Y-yes, I am, but I didnt expect my name to come up, so I gave a curt response and the black-clad person who asked me contacted somewhere with what appeared to be a radio. Here, target confirmed. Im going to secure it. Yes? Secure? I twisted my head at the completely unexpected words, and the black-clad men swarmed me at once and restrained me as I was! Ueee? Yu-Yuuya! I was put into the car before I had time to resist, and the car started off without any resistance. Hah? W-what the hell was that? B-but more importantly, Yuuya-kun was kidnapped! T-thats right! Is that kidnapping? Thats a lie! A-anyway, call the police and the school Ara? Whats going on? Oh! Ryo and Shingo turned around to find Kaori standing there. Around the time when Yuuya was kidnapped by a mysterious group and Ryo and the others were in turmoil. Lanael had returned to a place called the [Heavenly Realm], which was located in a different dimension from the world where Earth and Argena exist. Then, she explained the situation to her superiors, the observers, and advised them about the participation of Iris and the others in addition to Yuuya. One of the observers raised his voice. Even I am annoyed that we have to depend on people from lower worlds, and now you want to add more? I wont accept such a thing! But it is also true that our forces are inadequate. Shouldnt we bring them in? It will be of no use to us to borrow the strength of those from the lower worlds! Those who cant even inflict a single wound on us cant possibly be able to deal with the false gods! I agree. Even if we were to give them the means to oppose the false gods, would they be worth the trouble? Starting with the first observers opinion, words were exchanged one after another. However, many of the opinions were rather negative toward Yuuya and the others. Then one observer, the only one who was silently watching the situation, quietly clapped his hands. Quiet. .. With that single word, the observers who had been exchanging so many opinions became silent. After confirming that the surroundings had become quiet, the observer who clapped his hands asked Lanael. Zenovis isnt coming, is he? Y-yes. As I told you before, Zenovis has completely handed over his role to Tenjou Yuuya. I see However, not only this Yuuya but also his friends wish to lend their help. T-thats right. How good are they from your point of view, Lanael? When asked this question, Lanael answered honestly, remembering Iris and the others. If it is a battle without the [Divine Authority] I think they are stronger than us apostles. However, compared to the observers, I cant say that they are any better I see. After listening to Lanaels words, the observer pondered for a while. Then he made a decision. I understand. Lets first confirm it by meeting them in person. And bring them with you. ! Yes! Thus, it was decided that not only Yuuya but also Iris and the others would be called to the [Heavenly Realm]. Book 11: Chapter 2: Part 1 Book 11: Chapter 2: Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 I was kidnapped all of a sudden by a group of strangers in black clothes and stuffed into a car before I had time to resist, as I did not expect to be in such a situation on Earth and especially in Japan, and I could not use my power as I did in the other world. When I finally understood that I was involved in an abnormal situation, I immediately tried to leave the place, but Good day to you, Yuuya Tenjou-san. Eh? I turned my head toward the voice that called me unexpectedly. Then, there was a girl in a school uniform from somewhere sitting there, sipping tea gracefully. I was taken aback by the situation, but I quickly came to my senses and asked her in caution. Um who are you? I am the student council president of Nittei Academy, and my name is Mirei Kamiyama. Nittei Academy The name was vaguely familiar to me. While Ousei Academy is famous among the public as a super elite school, Nittei Academy could be perceived by the public as a school attended by many super-rich people. How could someone from such a school do such a thing? S~ea??h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. This may seem a little harsh, but we have no intention of harming Yuuya-san. Then what is it that you want? I asked this. Kamiyama-san put down her tea and looked straight at me. Ill be straight to the point. Yuuya Tenjou, would you like to come to our Nittei Academy? Eh? I was surprised at the unexpected words, and Kamiyama-san continued. Our Nittei Academy and Ousei Academy have a somewhat close relationship and have been rivals with each other. However, in recent years, people have begun to say that Nittei Academy is inferior to Ousei Academy. H-huh. Therefore, we were beginning to work to restore even a little bit of dignity to Nittei Academy Yuuya-san, you have just transferred to Ousei Academy. After saying that, Kamiyama-san picked up some documents and began to read them. The more I look into it, the more mysterious your background is. However, from what I have seen in the videos of your performance at the athletic festival and ball game competitions, your ability is immeasurable. I had no idea that such talent existed in Japan. .. The gap between your school and ours has widened even more now that you have joined Ousei Academy. Therefore, we are thinking of closing the gap with Ousei Academy by bringing you, the cause of the gap, to our Nittei Academy. If a student with as much talent as Yuuya-san comes to Nittei Academy, it will be an easy task. I-I see? I understood what she was saying, but I couldnt imagine Im that big of a deal, and more importantly, the scale of the story was so large I didnt know much about Nittei Academy in the first place, so I didnt even know that it was in a rivalry with Ousei Academy. However Um Im sorry about that. Im happy you think so highly of me, but I have no intention of leaving Ousei Academy at all. Kaori encouraged me to transfer, and thats why I am where I am today. Besides, I really enjoy my life at Ousei Academy and cant imagine leaving. Thats why I firmly refused Fufu well, even if I suddenly offer you something like this, Im sure you wont immediately agree to it. So, I thought I would invite Yuuya-san to the Nittei Academy once. Eh? T-thats right! How about we have a match? Eh? As I was taken aback by this sudden proposal, Kamiyama-san continued. It seems that Yuuya-san thinks that Ousei Academy is such an excellent place. You must think you are in a wonderful environment. But after all, thats just a school for commoners it cant be any better than this school! Kamiyama-sans unabashed assertion made me feel a little peeved. The reason was that she has clearly ridiculed Ousei Academy and everyone else involved. Even Ousei Academy has many great things to offer! When I mentioned this, Kamiyama-san smiled as if she had been waiting for this. Then, isnt it obvious that you can win against the students who are spending their time in our schools facilities? Huh? I dont know what to do; I cant understand what shes talking about at all. Then Kamiyama-san smiled with a relaxed smile. So, I want you to compete with the students who are the pride and joy of our school. C-competition? Yes. Its a little after school now, and there are a lot of clubs in action. So, Yuuya-san, I want you to compete with our schools athletic club. W-why? I told you, didnt I? If Ousei Academy is so superior, Yuuya-san should be able to exercise in a better environment than our students If Yuuya-san loses to our students, it will prove that Ousei Academys facilities are not that great. Thats why I dont believe that an extraordinary person like Yuuya-san will be able to grow in such an environment. So, for Yuuya-sans sake, I will have you compete with the athletic department that our school prides itself on. T-thats I tried to get her to stop somehow, but she wouldnt listen to me; she just called the butler and started to prepare. I was no longer pushed through the messed-up logic and was taken on a tour of the athletic club by Kamiyama-san. The first place Kamiyama-san took me to was the baseball club. The baseball club had its own baseball field and quite a few members. Now, this is our baseball club. The contest is simple. If you can get a hit on even one pitch thrown by the baseball teams pitcher, Yuuya-san will win. Hmph. I dont know who you are, but youll have to struggle for it at best, wont you? N-no, I mean, Id like to go home My words were futile; before I knew it, I was handed a helmet and bat that had been prepared for me, and I had nowhere to run. I had no choice but to stand in the batters box and get ready to bat. I dont know how this happened, but I hope Ill be able to go home when this is over While thinking about this and waiting for the pitcher to throw the ball, the other guy smiled wryly at me. Hmph Sorry, but your bat will never touch my ball! With that said, the ball was thrown, and it flew straight at me. A closer inspection of the ball confirmed that it was spinning beautifully. Perhaps because I had fought so many opponents in the past, I was able to predict how the ball would move based on its rotation, and based on that prediction; I swung the bat at the right time. The bat struck the ball perfectly, and the ball flew away with tremendous momentum. The balls momentum did not stop, and when I noticed it, it disappeared like a star in the sky beyond my sight. .. U-uh Is this the end? ! N-not yet! Book 11: Chapter 2: Part 2 Book 11: Chapter 2: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 After the game with the baseball team, I was taken to the soccer field, where the soccer team was waiting for me. As if they had already heard the story, just like the baseball team, Now were going to have a penalty kick showdown! The penalty shootout was a three-round game, with me and one of the soccer players going head-to-head, each taking turns as keeper, with the winner scoring the most goals. And, of course, the ace student of the soccer team came to the fore. Heh! Dont get carried away just because you beat the baseball team, okay? Youre done here! With these words, we began our showdown. I was the first to kick the ball as the attacker, but as I watched the opposing goalkeeper, I somehow understood where the keepers attention was focused. This sense, too, must have been acquired through various battles. And by using the Weakness Detection skill, I can aim my shot at the point where the opponent is weak and make a more reliable decision. Remembering my training with Master Usagi, I kicked the ball. The ball flew in the direction the keeper was most concerned about. Heh! I knew youd come there! As soon as the keeper turned his body in that direction, as if he had been waiting for it, the ball took an unbelievable arc and changed course to the point that the keeper had been most afraid of. And just like that, the ball rattled the goal net. What!? It was a spur-of-the-moment performance, but the ball moved just as I had imagined thanks to the physical control I had acquired through my various experiences. I-it was a fluke! Ill score next anyway! S§×arch* The novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. We switched sides, and as soon as I was set up as keeper, the other player kicked the ball as hard as he could. However, I could guess which course the ball was going to take from the movement of his body and the way he looked at me, so I easily succeeded in blocking his shot. N-no way After that, all my shots scored, and all my opponents shots were blocked, so my victory was confirmed. I felt bad for my opponent, but I couldnt lose for the honor of Ousei Academy either. However, now that I had won this way, Kamiyama-san would have no complaints. L-let me go home this time N-not yeeetttt! Eeeehhh!? Kamiyama-san still did not accept defeat, and after that, I was forced to face off against various other sports clubs. But in every match, I continued to fight using the experience I gained in the other world, I was finally able to defeat all the sports clubs. N-no way this cant be possible N-now, youre not complaining about me being at Ousei Academy, are you? As I was inwardly freaking out about what I would do if I were told it wasnt over yet, Kamiyama-san raised her voice again as if she had just thought of something. T-thats right! The battle up to this point has only been a contest of physical ability! However, since the main task of a student is to study, dont you think the best way to do that is to compete in a contest of academic ability? Eehh! Dont tell me that we will compete in studies this time? Y-yes. We are currently preparing for the school festival as well. And you know what? The dates of this years school festival are the same as those of Ousei Academy How about we have a school festival competition? A school festival competition? Yes. We will start advertising at the same time and compete to see who has more visitors on the day of the festival. If Ousei Academy wins this match, we will recognize the appeal of Ousei Academy and give up asking Yuuya-san to transfer to our school. However, if we win, Yuuya-san will be handed over to us. What? Very well. Kaori? I look at her, not expecting Kaori to accept it. Then Kamiyama-san smiled fearlessly. Fufu Then, the negotiations were concluded. Im looking forward to seeing the outcome of the match. And so, with the school festival competition decided, we left the Nittei Academy. On the way home from Nittei Gakuen. Kaori got in her car, and I joined her for a ride home. There, I asked Kaori. Um why did you accept that match? It all started because I couldnt say no firmly enough, but I thought that Kamiyama-san had a point. Eh? Kaori looked a little anxious. I believe that Yuuya-san is a more amazing person than you think you are. Of course, my father and I want Yuuya-san to be free to do what he wants to do. However, as Kamiyama-san said, I also feel that Yuuya-san is not making the most of your overflowing talent Thats To be honest, I dont know if Im that great or not. After all, I was lucky enough to find the [Doorway to Another World], where I inherited the legacy of Sage-san and became the person I am today. None of this is my power; its just something I got by chance. Thats why its not something that Kaori has to worry about, whether I make use of my power or not. Kaori. Eh? Im not the grand person everyone thinks I am. But thanks to Kaori, Im really enjoying my school life right now. I never thought Id be able to have so much fun in high school, so thats why, for me, its not about what I can do; its more important to be able to spend time with everyone! Yuuya-san I told Kaori not to worry about weird stuff for me or anyone else, but this is how I really feel. W-well, anyway, Kamiyama-san was pretty pushy, too, and if that school festival competition makes her give up on this one, then I guess thats okay? Yes, thats right Sorry, I was just being a little weak-minded. Kaori tightened her expression and smiled again. Still, I am very glad to hear you say so, Yuuya-san! I am really grateful to you for inviting me to Ousei Academy at that time, too. We thanked each other and laughed at each other because we thought it was so funny. To be honest, I dont know how the school festival will turn out, but I hope to have a good time with everyone before the competition. Book 11: Chapter 3: Part 1 Book 11: Chapter 3: Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 While Yuuya and the others were preparing for the school festival on Earth, Lexia visited her father, King Arnold. Father! Please allow me to go to Yuuya-samas world! W-what is this all of a sudden? Yuuya-donos w-world? Arnold was surprised at Lexias sudden arrival and her attempts to force the conversation without any context. As Ive said, Im asking you to let me and Luna go to the world where Yuuya-sama lives! No, I dont really understand the meaning of the word Its okay; just allow us to go! Isnt that unreasonable! As Lexia wanted to head to Yuuyas place as soon as possible, she vented her anger at the indecisive Arnold. Watching this in silence, Luna let out a sigh and explained on Lexias behalf. According to what I heard, Lexia-sama is about to start attending the Aurelia Academy of the Luminous Empire as a princess, isnt that right? Y-yeah. After considering her position, Luna informed Arnold in a polite manner. However, Lexia-sama doesnt like the idea of attending there and wants to choose a more meaningful place to study. H-hmm? Arnold was puzzled, as the chain of events was not yet clear. Then Lexia, who had calmed down a bit, took over and continued. I dont think theres anything to learn at Aurelia Academy. N-no, you may be right, but there are other reasons besides study, such as building connections as a princess, you know? For that reason. From Fathers perspective, what do you think is more valuable, the connections obtained at Aurelia Academy or those obtained in Yuuya-samas world? Im not quite sure what you mean by Yuuya-donos worldsince a while ago Finally realizing that Lexia was not just talking selfishly, Arnold put on a serious face. Father, you know that the saint summoned by the Regal Kingdom is a girl from another world, dont you? sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Y-yeah. Actually, Yuuya-sama is from the same world as that saint. Huh? This was a new thing for Arnold. So youre saying Yuuya-dono is from another world too? Yes. And Yuuya-sama, unlike Mai that saintess, can freely travel between this world and the other world. [T/n: Geez, is there a limit to your stupidity, Lexia?] Arnold was absolutely stunned at the seemingly unbelievable content. But he soon came to his senses and began to understand the meaning of what Lexia was saying. D-do you mean to say that Yuuya-dono is from another world and that Lexia wants to study in the other world where Yuuya-dono lives? Thats what I mean! N-no, but aside from the matter of summoning the saint, to simply acknowledge the existence of another world Ive been to that other world once, Luna and I! Huuuuuh! When another bomb was dropped, Arnolds thoughts went blank. The fact that Yuuya was from another world alone was a big enough piece of information, but combined with the power to freely travel between this world and another world and to say that Lexia and the others also had set foot in another world. This was more information than his brain could process right now. However, Lexia, who did not care about such things, continued innocently. So, Ive already confirmed that other worlds exist! And I heard from the saint that Yuuya-sama attends an academy in the other world. That is why I came to ask Fathers permission for me to attend that school. So thats how it is After somehow managing to wrap his head around the story, Arnold let out a deep sigh. If Lexias words were true, it was clear that they would provide valuable information and connections beyond what one would learn at Aurelia Academy. Arnold was troubled, but Lexia took the opportunity to begin her presentation. May I? You may not be able to imagine this, but there is no magic in Yuuya-samas world. What? Nittei Academys opponent, it seems, is the Ousei Academy, which is holding its school festival on the same day. Now its Ousei Academy? Its another famous name that has come up Thats right. However, I think it would be tough, even for a super prestigious school like Ousei Academy. Theyre going up against a school full of rich people, the Nittei Academy, you know? That is also true. And as for Ousei Academy, they didnt even do a commercial for the school festival Well, whatever the case may be, lets go there when the school festival starts. In this way, while there was a great deal of talk about the Nittei Academys school festival, rumors were gradually spreading about the school festival showdown. It was not only among the general public, but TV shows and famous video distributors, who were requested by Nittei Academy, began to mention the school festival as a topic for their programs. Oh no, did you guys see that commercial? I never thought I would see a commercial for a school festival on TV, though. And apparently, it was not a regular school festival, but a rivalry contest with the Ousei Academy! So Im hoping to show up at one of the school festivals that day! Were planning to stream it live, so be sure to check it out! Meanwhile, Kanade, who was scheduled to perform at the Ousei Academy, was also aware of the rumor. Its kind of important without me knowing it, but Im looking forward to it. However, she was preparing for the concert as relaxed as usual. The time was steadily approaching as rumors of the school festival spread throughout the public. A few days after the talk with Kamiyama-san. I continued to practice vocals without a break using the Hells Microphone I got from the Hell Frog, and finally, the day of the school festival arrived. The school festival showdown with Nittei Academy was decided because of me, but Nittei Academys publicity power was so strong that the showdown with Ousei Academy spread as a rumor, and as a result, a tremendous number of people gathered at this school. When I looked closely, I could see many people, not only TV stations but also people who were filming the school festival with their smartphones while doing some kind of live action. A-amazing After changing into the butlers uniform, which is the costume of the caf, and finishing the preparations for the opening of the caf, I was looking out the window of the kitchen when Kaede called out to me. Yuuya-kun! Ah, Kaede! I turned my gaze in Kaedes direction, and there she was, dressed in a maids uniform. Actually, since the first time we tried on the maid and butler uniforms, both men and women were kept in the dark until the day of the event, so we were not able to see each other in them. That is why this was the first time I saw the girls in their maid uniforms A-amazing It looks good on you. I was taken aback by the sight of everyone in maid uniforms, including Kaede. Then Kaede smiles bashfully. D-do you think so? Rather than that, Yuuya-kun, it looks really good on you too! T-thank you. When I tried it on, I was puzzled by the unfamiliar butlers uniform, but I wondered if it was just flattery. For the time being, Kaede said it looked good on me, so Ill honestly believe her. However, I feel like Im attracting more stares than usual I wonder if its because Im wearing an unusual outfit Well, I guess I wont have to worry about that once the caf opens. As I checked my outfit again, Kaede asked me as if she had just remembered. By the way, Yuuya-kun, you are going to do something on stage with Ryo-kun and the others, arent you? Yeah. Thats right. I knew it. Then I will be there to see it too! Really? Thank you. I didnt advertise it, but Im glad to hear that people are coming to see it. Ill have to work harder for that. Speaking of stages, I wonder what kind of artists are coming this year? Certainly. Im looking forward to it. Yes! While we were talking about that, Sawada-sensei came in. Oh, looks like everythings ready! Then she looked over at us and grinned. By the way, if we make good sales, the budget we get for next years school festival will increase, and so will my bonus. Do it properly, okay? After saying that, the teacher left as if she had to make the rounds of the school. After seeing her off, Kageno-kun stood in front of everyone. W-well, Sensei says so, but lets do our best with the basic premise of having fun! Oooh! When everyone raised their voices, the school festival was finally about to begin. Book 11: Chapter 3: Part 2 Book 11: Chapter 3: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 Im looking forward to working with you today, okay? Kaori-san. Yes, Kamiyama-san. A little after the school festival started, Kamiyama visited Ousei Academy. Since Nittei Academy also started its school festival at the same time, it was originally strange for Kamiyama to be at Ousei Academy. However, Kamiyama was here to see if Ousei Academy was really a suitable place for Yuuya. That was why Kaori, who had heard about it beforehand, welcomed Kamiyama and showed her around. Hmm It didnt look like Ousei Academy was putting much effort into advertising the school festival, but there were quite a few people here, werent there? .. Kamiyama was right. Ousei Academy had not done much publicity compared to Nittei Academy. This was because, unlike Ousei Academy, Nittei Academy had many upper-class families children attending the school and therefore had a large budget for advertising. In contrast, Ousei Academys school festival was originally decided by Kaori on her own initiative, and from the point of view of other students, it was just the same school festival as usual. However, since Yuuyas performance in the ball game tournament and the athletic festival were featured on TV programs, Ousei Academy was already attracting attention, and as a result, the school had drawn in such a large number of people without any advertising. As Kamiyama and Kaori looked around the school, there was one classroom with many people lined up. W-whats that? Kamiyama was surprised at the sheer number of people and asked Kaori. Kaori was also surprised at the number of people and remembered the class that was using the classroom with the rows of people. That is Yuuya-sans class. What? Kamiyama was surprised to hear that. But soon, she came to her senses and hurriedly peeked through the window to see what was happening inside. Welcome. Have you decided what you want to order? Your order has been placed! Have a nice day, Ojou-sama. Kaede and others in maids uniforms and Ryo and others in butlers uniforms could be seen busily at work. Tea and pancakes are served here! Kaede was moving around energetically, and many male customers were glued to the sight of her. Lets see sandwiches and coffee, isnt it? Please wait a moment. sea??h th§× Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Rin, also dressed in a maids uniform, was shy at first, but after that, she looked calm and served the customers in her usual manner. Her language was a bit rough, but she was popular with both men and women alike, which was also lovely. Sorry to keep you waiting. Yukine nonchalantly served customers with almost no change in her expression, but this also made her popular with some male customers, and she was also viewed as a mascot by female customers. Other butler-like appearances by Ryo and Shingo and the others were also popular, and Yuuyas class was a big success. Among them, Yuuya, also dressed as a butler, was particularly eye-catching. Welcome back, Ojou-sama. Where had Yuuya learned to do this? Even from Kamiyamas perspective, Yuuya was able to serve the customers with flawless poise and grace. His movements were so brilliant that all of the customers present were in awe. Kamiyama, too, was taken aback by Yuuyas movements, but she soon came to her senses. W-well, I didnt expect it to go this far Frankly speaking, Kamiyama had underestimated the Ousei Academy. Yes, he smiled at me. I thought my eyes were going to get crushed. He seems to have a very nice personality. The vlogger, who was about to lose her mind again because of Yuuyas smile, realized something. C-come to think of it. Can you draw something on this omu-rice for me? Eh? The drawing that the vlogger was referring to was the drawing of pictures and characters on the omu-rice with ketchup, which was common in maid cafes and other places known to the general public. However, Yuuya, who did not know such a thing, was puzzled. What does that draw mean? Huh? You see, using ketchup H-huh we dont do that kind of thing in particular in this caf, but Even though it is a butler & maid cafe, it is not the type of cafe you would find in the world, and since they only dress and behave like maids and butlers, they did not have any particular service in mind. However, having been told so by the vlogger, Yuuya wondered if perhaps that was normal and picked up the ketchup. And Yuuya himself felt that it would be interesting to draw something with ketchup. Well, since this is so interesting, lets give it a try. Eh? I-is that okay? Yes, its okay. But this is my first time to do so, so I may not be good at it. W-well, how about you draw a cute little doggy? Yuuya pondered for a bit about the vloggers suggestion. Hmm. A dog. If you mean a dog The cutest doggy I know is And Yuuya drew a dogNight, deformed with ketchup, although he was not used to it. Perhaps because this was his first time, there was a little faltering, but there was an adorable dog there. I-is this how it should look like? Ill give him a million. No, ten million. Therefore, please draw it for me, too. This man is so handsome and can also draw cute pictures. What can I say? The gap is amazing! The chat section was again lively. The vlogger herself, who had received a picture of Night, was thrilled but then tasted the omu-rice and was surprised again at how good it tasted, and finally, she went back to her home, firmly promoting Yuuya and his class. Perhaps due to the effect of the live vlog, by the end of Yuuyas shift, the number of customers visiting the caf had doubled, and the Ousei Academys school festival became even livelier. Kamiyama was astonished by the wave of visitors that came with ever-growing momentum. N-no way S-Shirai! Whats the situation at Nittei Academy right now? The situation is that many visitors are flowing to Ousei Academy. I-I cant stay like this! We must return to our school immediately! Ah! The school festival showdown, which they had expected to win based on the number of visitors, took an unexpected turn, and Kamiyama and Shirai rushed back to Nittei Academy. Kaori looked on in dismay. U-um I think Yuuya-san is fine for the time being, right? Once again, Kaori, feeling relieved, returned to participate in the school festival herself. Book 11: Chapter 3: Part 3 Book 11: Chapter 3: Part 3Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 Ah, Yuuya-san! Kaori! After finishing my shift, I was on my way to the locker room to change into my uniform when I ran into Kaori. How are you doing? Are you enjoying the school festival? Yes Its a lot of fun. I say this from the bottom of my heart. At my previous school, I had never been able to enjoy the school festival. Every year, people around me treated me like an obstacle and wouldnt even let me participate properly. But this time, for the first time, I was able to cooperate with everyone in the class from the preparations and all the way to the school festival. At first, I was confused because I had to wear unusual costumes and volunteer to form a band, but now I am really glad that I tried. Kaori smiled kindly at me. I see. If you say so, it makes it worthwhile for me to have you join this academy. Ah speaking of which, how about the Nittei Academy? To begin with, this years school festival was different from previous years; it became a rivalry with Nittei Academy because of me. In case youre wondering, even though I didnt mention it openly, and Ousei Academy didnt advertise it widely, Nittei Academy advertised it extensively so that it had become a half-known fact. Right Kamiyama-san was here just a while ago, but she left in a hurry when she saw how excited Yuuya-sans class was, you know? Eh, Kamiyama-san was here? Kaoris cheeks flushed a little red when she was surprised because I had not noticed it at all. Yes. Um Yuuya-sans working appearance was cool. Ah Once again, remembering that I am now in my butlers uniform, I feel embarrassed. The air was indescribable, and at this moment, a person wearing a hat and sunglasses, obviously in disguise, was approaching. Oh! The person let out a shout at the sight of us. Huh? That voice just now I instinctively turned to the person and asked. A-are you, by any chance Miu-san? Eh? Kaori was surprised at my words and looked at me. Then, the person took off the sunglasses after hearing my words. A-ahahaha Ive been exposed. I-it really was Miu-san After saying this to myself, I was surprised that Miu-san was at the school festival as I was not expecting her to be here. Miu-san smiled bitterly and turned to Kaori. Kaori-san, wasnt it? Its been a while. Y-yes! Its been a while! So, that did you come to visit us today? No, actually I wanted to see how cool Yuya-san looks Eh, what? Oh! I met Yuuya-san on his way home from school the other day, and he told me that he was going to perform in a band at the school festival, so I was really interested in seeing him Eehh? I didnt expect her to come to see us on stage, so I couldnt help but shout. I was initially going to come just to see Yuuya-sans band performance, but this school festival has been talked about a lot, and I was curious, so I came a little early. That makes me very happy to hear you say that. As a student council member of Ousei Academy, Kaori had been working hard to make this school festival a success, so she was happy to be praised in this way. By the way that outfit of Yuuya-san, is it a butler outfit? Oh, yes, thats right. It looks great on you! As soon as the band started to play the intro, the audience was suddenly enveloped in a stir. Eh? I was puzzled, not knowing what everyone was surprised about when I suddenly noticed someone standing next to me. I hurriedly turned my gaze in that direction and saw a mysterious woman standing there. She was holding an acoustic guitar and smiling at us. Sorry, sorry! You guys played so beautifully; I just had to come out. Y-yes As I was puzzled, not knowing who it was, Ryo, Shingo-kun, and Akira raised their voices at the same time. Ka-Ka-Kanadeeeee! Ka, nade? I tilted my head for a moment at that word, but then I suddenly remembered that the original singer of our last song was named Kanade. I looked at the woman, wondering if it could be true, and she gave me a mischievous smile. Hehehe. Im Kanade. Im the artist who was invited to this stage this time. Eh eeeehhhhh!? I-it was real! I was surprised too, and Kanade-sans eyes brightened up. Hey, hey, what are you going to play at the end? Eh? U-um Actually I told Kanade-san the title of the last song we were going to play. Then she said No way, thats my song! Thats perfect! Lets play it together! Eeeeeeeehhhh! We were surprised at the unexpected proposal. However, despite our surprise, Kanade-san started to play the intro with her guitar. Then, Kanade-san looked at us. We tightened up and began to play the last song. As expected of Kanade-san, she sang the song herself, but more importantly, her singing ability was incomparable to mine. In addition to that, her guitar skills were also excellent, which made me feel that professionals are amazing. I had a great time playing with Kanade-san. I was able to sing my best while listening to Kanade-sans clear voice. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When we finished the last song, the audience fell silent for a moment and then cheered loudly. A-amazing! How wonderful to have Kanade here at our school festival! Everyone was so good! While the applause was still pouring in, and we were still stunned by the afterglow of the performance, Kanade-san suddenly reached out her hand to me. Im sorry for interrupting all of a sudden. Your performance was so good; I just had to join in. N-no! We are honored to have you here! When I said that, Kanade-san stared at me. U-um, is there something wrong? I was just thinking how amazing you are. The president was right! The president? Ara? Havent you heard? Im in the same agency as Miu-chan. R-really? I was surprised to find such a connection, and Kanade-san smiled. Anyway, it was a pleasure to play with you guys. If there is another opportunity, lets do it together again! ! Yes! We shook hands with Kanade-san and left the stage. Alright! Now that things are heating up, lets get started! Everyone ready? And as Kanade-sans stage started, we enjoyed her performance as part of the audience. Book 11: Chapter 4: Part 1 Book 11: Chapter 4: Part 1Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ sea??h th§× n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Part 1 A few days after the school festival was over. I continued my training with Night and the others in the other world, preparing for when Lanael-san would come to pick me up. Then I felt a familiar presence approaching my house. Is this Iris-san and the others? Astonished. Yuuya, how did you recognize them? It was something I suddenly said unconsciously, but Yuti, who was training with me, was surprised by my words. H-huh? Now that you mention it, how did I recognize the presence? I didnt even activate my Presence Detection skill As I was surprised at what I had done, Ouma-san, who had been watching our training, told me with a yawn. Fuwahh I guess that means Yuuya has become strong enough to reach that state. Eh? It is indeed true that skill exists as a mechanism in this world, but it is naturally possible to acquire such power even if it is not in the form of skill. You know that now, dont you? T-thats right. Certainly, Zenovis-sans strength was a strength that was far removed from the laws of this world and so on Its impossible to call that as a skill. So, it must really mean that Ive become able to detect nearby signs without any skill, just as Ouma-san said. I never thought I would reach such a state of mind, and while I was stunned, Iris-san and the others appeared. Yuuya-kun, its been a long time! (Have you been training properly?) Phew running is tiring after all Hey, everyone! Its been a while! And now that youre all here, it means Yuuyaaaa-saaaannnnn! Ah! I felt a familiar presence approaching from the sky above me, and when I turned my head to look, I saw Lanael-san falling from the sky! Lanael-san adjusted her stance before she reached the ground and quietly landed on her feet. Lanael has arrived! A-ahahaha! Lanael-san was as energetic as ever, and while smiling, I asked her. Um, the fact that Iris-san and the others came to this place like this means that Yes! The upper dimensional worldthe [Heavenly Realm]is ready and you all are authorized, so I am here to pick you up! (FuhSo we can finally fight against the false god.) By the way, how are we going to get to the [Heavenly Realm]? Do you use magic or something? When Odis-san asked that, Lanael-san smirked. Its not the same as magic, but moving to the [Heavenly Realm] is instantaneous, you know? See? Woof! Hugo! The moment Lanael-san snapped her fingers, the view we were in changed in an instant! It was a strange place, whether it was above the sky or above the clouds. The surroundings were as dim as dawn, with stars twinkling and constantly streaming in the sky above us. There was a white haze around our feet as if we were above the clouds, and the ground could not be seen. The sensation in my feet was strange, and although I was supposed to be standing in place I felt as if I were floating in the air. When I was surprised by the sudden change, Odis-san shouted. Gwen! Thats enough! Dea-san rebuked the agitated observer, but the other observers also raised their voices in sympathy with the observer called Gwen. No, Dea-sama! We are of the same opinion as Gwen. Yes. Indeed, we do not have enough hands. But even if that were the case, I dont think that a mere existence from a lower world would be able to help us! Let me tell you you have a lot of nerve. Finally, Odis-san also expressed his anger, and the atmosphere became completely awkward, and I panicked. Everyone, please calm down There is no way we can calm down! Whether theyre observers or not, they just say whatever they want (Absolutely.) Maybe we should show them a little of what we can do. E-eehh? Im already baffled by the three of them, who are already motivated, and Yuti tugged at my clothes. Useless. The Holy has high self-esteem. Thats because theyve been working out that much. T-that may be true, but! I dont think we should be fighting here when were about to fight together Then Ouma-san, who had looked uninterested until now, laughed amusedly. Kukuku isnt it good? I think they should know what youre capable of once and for all, dont you? Woof! What? Hey, why are you hitting me? As if to stir up the pot, Ouma-san was scolded by the Night by slapping him. However, perhaps in response to Ouma-sans words, Dea-san pondered for a bit and then let out a sigh. Hah It cant be helped. It is certainly better to see each others abilities once in order to get to know each other. Is that okay with Gwen and everyone else? Of course! Yes, no problem. A-are we really going to fight? Just accept it. You have no choice about it. S-seriously? No matter what I said, there was no indication that it would be changed, and we ended up having a contest with Gwen-san, the observer. When Yuuya and the others decided to compete with Gwen in the [Heavenly Realm], Kamiyama was having a hard time contemplating in the Nittei Academy on Earth. I-I never thought that our academy would lose The school festival battle between Nittei Academy and Ousei Academy ended in a victory for Ousei Academy, which drew more visitors than Nittei Academy. Despite all the publicity, no way In fact, the Nittei Academy had prepared for the festival by advertising in all kinds of media. Of course, it was safe to say that not only the publicity but also the contents of the school festival were among the most spectacular of all time. But even so, they still lost. Moreover, Ousei Academy did not do any special publicity. However, the number of visitors increased dramatically due to the buzz generated by the live streaming by a well-known vlogger. More importantly, Yuuya Tenjou was featured in the vlog. I didnt know he had this much influence Well, he was actually an extraordinary man Kamiyama muttered as he recalled Yuuya. Then she looked frustrated. This time, our school lost, but that doesnt mean we have given up! If I have the chance, I will definitely take you! Kamiyama was filled with such determination. Book 11: Chapter 4: Part 2 Book 11: Chapter 4: Part 2Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 At this different world, in the [Heavenly Realm] where Yuuya and the others had set foot. The moment Dea-san snapped her fingers, we had moved to another location. The surrounding scenery was the same again, but there was an arena-like ground set up there. Perhaps we would fight here. Then, Gwen-san was the first to stand inside the arena and look at us. Im ready anytime. Well then, Ill be the first What are you talking about? You three, come at me at once. Huh? While we were all stunned by this unexpected declaration, only the observers remained silent, as if it were a matter of course. D-did I mishear you? Three people at the same time, you say? Are the lower world beings deaf as well? I said the three of you should all come at me at the same time. Gwen-san said condescendingly. In the next instant, dense killing intents are emitted from Iris-san, Master Usagi, and Odis-sans bodies! I dont know how great you observers are, but youre going to regret those words. Then, as the three of them faced Gwen-san, Master Usagi made the first move. ([Three Divine Walking Techniques]!) He approached Gwen-san, and at the same time, he released a heel drop to the top of his head. And then, in time with Master Rabbits attack, Iris-san quickly drew her sword [Heavenly Saints Slash]! She unleashed a slash that was wrapped in Holy aura in a horizontal slash. This is the end[Destruction Magic]. And then Odis-sans magic attack was added to the mix, and everything struck Gwen-san with perfect timing. This was indeed a tough attack, even if the observers are amazing beings Thats what I thought, but none of the observers, including Dea-san, were panicking. Is this the best you people can do? Amazingly, Gwen-san lightly avoided the threes attack! No way How could Master Usagi and the others attacks possibly not get through I was surprised at Gwen-sans unexpected ability, but Iris-san and the others remained calm. Well, no surprise. Rather, Itd be a problem if you were to be knocked down by an attack like the one youve just had. (Yes, thats right. As I thought, it was worth training with the other Holy.) Well, Ive already learned my lesson The three of them calmly told him that, and Gwen-san grimaced. What? Are you trying to tell me that you havent gotten serious yet? Yes. Thats my intention. Sobe prepared. ! The moment Iris-san said that, her body was covered with magic power. It seemed to be exactly the same Magic Armor I used. Iris-san, you were able to use enhancement magic? I had never seen Iris-san use magic in battle before, so when I was surprised by that, Master Usagi, who had also enhanced his physical abilities with magic power, jumped out. (Iris wasnt the only one who wasnt taking it seriously.) Wha-!? Master Usagi leaped up into the air and swung his leg down at Gwen-san in a heel-drop motion. What the heck is that Mm? Even the heel drop, which was swung down with tremendous force, seemed to be easily avoided by Gwen-san but to my surprise, Master Usagis attack was not finished there. ([Kicking Saints Slash]You wont be able to avoid it so easily.) Master Usagi released a slash like the [Heavenly Sacred Slash] that Iris-san, the Sword Saint, had just released at Gwen-san! Dont think that my magic is the same as before! [Holy Magic Ball of Destruction]! As Gwen-san tried to avoid Master Usagis slash that flew after him, Odis-sans magic attacked him. The magic was a dense mass of magical power, just like the [Destruction Magic] he had just unleashed, but the difference was that the Holy power flowed into the mass. As soon as the mass of magic was released, it split into countless branches, some like slashes, and some like bullets, surrounding Gwen-san. (With this, there is no escape.) Hmph. No matter how many moves you make, there is no way you can stop Really? ! In a moment. Iris-sans body, strengthened by the magic power, showed such speed that you would think she had disappeared, and by the time you realized it, she was in front of Gwen-san! As I was astonished at how fast she moved, Yuti, who also looked astonished and gasped. Astonished. All three of them have adopted the techniques of the other Holy and are getting stronger. Eeh? I-I see. It seems that Master Usagi and the others have become even stronger by absorbing each others techniques. I think the battle is as good as decided, isnt it? Iris-san was already in range of Gwen-san, and he was surrounded by the magic of Master Usagi and Odis-san. There was no way he could escape, no matter how you look at it. And Iris-san and the others, convinced of their victory, unleash the finishing blow. But. Is this all you got? (Wha-!?) Gwen-san didnt even move his eyes; he caught Iris-sans oncoming fist with one hand and threw her towards Master Usagi and Odis-sans magic! Iris-san tried to adjust her stance, but the force of Gwen-sans throw was so strong that she couldnt move properly and collided with the [Kicking Saints Slash]. (Iris!) Moreover, Iris-san flew straight ahead and collided heavily with Odis-san, who had just released a magic spell. Gahah! Kuh! S§×arch* The N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (Iris, Odis!) Gwen-san hardly moved from the spot, and after rendering both Iris-san and Odis-san incapable of combat, he appeared behind Master Usagi in the next instant. Is this the time to be worrying about others? (!?) Huh! Gwen! You cant block that! Wha-! Dea-san shouted in a panic to Gwen-san, who was trying to block my attack, but it was already too late. My wooden sword sliced through Gwen-sans aura and reached his arm. However, Gwen-san also noticed something unusual when his aura was slashed, and he instantly distanced himself from me with a special power, just like how he had instantly closed the distance to Master Usagi before. W-what the hell is going on! For Gwen-san, it was apparently very unbelievable that his aura, which had cloaked his body, had been cut through. It was the first time I had seen an observer clearly upset since I came to this realm, and now I was thinking about something else. Ah, hes distanced himself from me. What would I do then? What would Zenovis-san say at this point? Distance can be slashed. That would be such a screwed-up word to come back to me. While smiling unintentionally, my body was unconsciously trying to realize those words. What ! !? The moment I swung my sword carelessly, a huge slash flew toward Gwen-san. W-what the hell is this guy? Gwen-san avoided the slash and then wrapped his arms in the aura and swung them in a cross-motion. Then, the aura attacked me in the form of a slash. Slash. But still, what I do is the same. I just simply slashed. That is all. As I continued to slice through the countless auras Gwen-san sent flying at me, I felt my vision and the sounds around me gradually fade away, just as I did when I fought that false dragon. I turned my attention only to Gwen-san, who was right in front of me and closed the distance between us. However, Gwen-san could not simply sit back and let me close the distance, and he was using his special technique to evade me by instantly warping from one place to another. How dare you, a mere being of a lower world, come this close to me! But it is impossible for you to catch me! Indeed, it would be difficult to capture Gwen-san, who was moving instantaneously with his mysterious power. However, I, who am now concentrated to the utmost limit, unconsciously sense where Gwen-san is going to move to next perhaps this was from my sharpened senses and attack precisely. W-what? Gwen-san tried to use his aura to defend himself against my attacks, but I cut through all of them and finally cornered him with myself holding the wooden sword to his throat. Hah hah R-ridiculous Gwen-san gasped and stared at my wooden sword. I quietly open my mouth, feeling my vision and the sounds around me returning to normal. This is the power of the sage you made fun of. W-what the hell? Do you still want to continue this battle? I asked, and Gwen-san shook his head with a frustrated look on his face. No, I lost. The moment Gwen-san admitted defeat, I heard the sound of applause. I looked in that direction and saw Dea-san smiling. Thats wonderful. So this is the power of the sage Mm surely, if youre good enough to defeat Gwen, then youre a force to be reckoned with. But what about those three? They may not be of any use to us at this stage No, its terrible to compare them to us, but for someone from a lower world, they do have something to offer. If they receive divine authority and train themselves, they can at least deal with the sentinels. Apparently, not only me but also Iris-san and the others were able to meet the observers expectations. Then Dea-san clapped her hands once. Silence. It seems that there is no problem accepting you as our friends. However, it is also true that you are not yet enough to fight against the false gods. Therefore, I would like you all to once undergo training here in the [Heavenly Realm]. Training? Iris-san, who had recovered her strength thanks to Akatsukis [Sanctuary] skill, tilted her head quizzically. Yes. The three of you must have learned the hard way that your abilities are far below the level of us observers, right? .. (Tch Its frustrating.) But Ive already trained for this The fact that they were unable to do anything at all against Gwen-san, Iris-san, and the others distorted their faces in frustration. So, of course, it is necessary for you to train more to develop your abilities, but there is one more power that you absolutely must acquire in order to fight against the false gods. W-what is it? This. What Dea-san expressed from her body was the mysterious aura that Gwen-san had used earlier in the battle. The aura shone in rainbow colors and shimmered divinely. This is the power called [Divine Authority]. Divine authority? Yes. It can be used in a wide variety of ways. It can be sent out as an attack, like a slash, or it can be wrapped around something to increase its strength. If you completely wrap yourself in divine authority, you can move instantaneously and use it for evasion. In other words, it seems that all of Gwen-sans special movement methods were based on this power of divine authority. And if you dont use this power in your attacks, you wont even be able to injure the false god with a single scratch. Wha-!? Thats why I need you all to acquire this power. T-thats something that can be acquired through ordinary training? No, it is not something that can be acquired so easily. In any case, this power is originally usable only by us, the observers. It is impossible for those in the lower worlds to acquire it through ordinary training. Then what should we do? From what Ive heard, it doesnt sound like a power we could ever acquire. But I had never thought that without this power, it would be impossible even to damage the false god, so as long as we are going into battle, we must get it. I thought that it would require very severe training . I ask you all to quit being human. The words I had not expected to hear were uttered from Dea-sans mouth. Book 11: Chapter 4: Part 3 Book 11: Chapter 4: Part 3Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 While Yuuya and the others were testing their strength in the [Heavenly Realm], Lexia and Luna, who had received permission from her father, King Arnold, were moving forward with their plan to study abroad in the world where Yuuya was living. As Lexia walked down the castles corridor in high spirits, Owen looked at her strangely. Then Lexia noticed Owen and immediately gave him an order. Owen, lets go to the Great Devils Nest. ..Huh? The remark was so out of the blue that it made Owen freeze. But Lexia did not seem to mind and continued. The sooner, the better, you know! We have to leave as soon as possible! W-wait a minute! I wont wait! Weve got to get ready now! Eehh? Ah, Le-Lexia-sama! Hah. I cant wait to see whats ahead of us Luna sighed in vain as she walked behind Lexia, and Owen was forced to head for the Great Devils Nest without knowing anything about the situation. Then the scene was once again set in the [Heavenly Realm]. This is our base. Oh A few moments after Dea-sans shocking words, we went to visit the base of the observers. Normally, we could move around in an instant with Dea-san and her groups divine authority, but they went out of their way to make us move around on foot so that we could see as much of this world as possible. The scenery of this town of these observers was very simple, with only a few small houses dotting the streets, just like Kamakura houses. There were no distinctive buildings, nor were there any vehicles coming and going. It was really just a row of houses that looked like Kamakura houses. It was very fantastic with the surrounding atmosphere, but I was a little surprised because I expected the observers to be living in a more amazing place. Perhaps sensing my feelings, Gwen-san, who had been assigned to show us around, told us. From your perspective, it looks like a simple town, doesnt it? T-thats right. But that is from the perspective of those in the lower worlds, where it takes a lot of effort to get something. Eh? We can create anything we want. For example tell me what you want. Eehh? E-even if I suddenly asked for something I wanted W-what do I want? U-um a TV? After all, we dont have a TV in our house on Earth. Oh, by the way, we must have run out of eggs, and I want some eggs too. Ill have to go buy some when I get back. As I recall the things I need for daily life on Earth, Gwen-san gave me a subtle look. sea??h th§× ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. How should I put it? Even though youre from the lower world, youre strangely ordinary. I-is that so? Well, thats fine. Just watch. After saying that, Gwen-san stuck out his right hand. The next moment, the [Divine Authority] explained early by Dea-san appeared on Gwens right palm. It shook greatly, and transformed into a huge flat-screen TV! E-eehh! (A truly mysterious power.) While everyone was amazed at Gwen-sans power, he continued indifferently. This is the power of the divine authority, the power of us observers. Because of this power, we can create anything we need. Hence, we dont need things. Y-you can create anything, you say? Even human beings? When Iris-san asked this, Gwen-san tilted his head in wonder. Why do you think it cant be created? What? Ah, come to think of it neither your world of Argena nor the Earth was directly created by us. However, there are countless worlds in this world that we observers have created from scratch. It is observers like us who have created the great ancestors of the human beings who now live there. Besides, we do not have the same basic needs as you do. You mean, like appetite? Yes. Therefore, we do not need entertainment; we do not need to eat or sleep. We dont need to reproduce, and we only create our mates with our divine authority. There is no concept of life span. Perhaps that is why you call us gods. I see So you are indeed gods. There was no way we could win from the beginning. When Odis-san recalled the battle with Gwen-san and had a bitter look on his face, Iris-san came up to me as if she had just remembered. I mean, Yuuya-kun! You won against this god-like being, didnt you? When did you become so strong? (Speaking of which I never thought youd become that strong, no matter how much I told you to train yourself.) Rather, you were strong enough to make us, the Holy, lose face. Iris-san and the others, including Yuti and Gwen-san, asked me with interest. Interested. Yuuya, you were sent to the past world after the attack of the Evil cult, and as soon as you came back from there, you became abnormally strong. Id like to know about that too. How did you get that much power while being from a lower world? U-uh its a long story, but (We were told that our bodies would stop aging, but it appears that were not hungry either.) Oh, now that you mention it Since I had moved quite a bit in the previous battle, it would not be surprising if I was hungry, but I did not feel particularly hungry, as if I were in a state of fullness, and it did not seem to matter if I ate or not at this point. I wonder if we really need to sleep as well? When Odis-san mentioned this, Ouma-san, who had been sleeping at his own pace since he came to this world, opened his mouth. Fuwahh you can sleep if you want to. Just like that guy said, you have a lot of things to do tomorrow, dont you? I think you should focus on getting some rest instead of thinking about this and that right now. Woof Fugo. Pii. Night and the others looked at Ouma-san, dumbfounded, but Ouma-san fell asleep again without paying attention to them. W-well, putting aside Ouma-san himself, I think what he is saying is right, so lets rest for the time being. Affirmative. Ill take a look at the room. Right. Suggestion. Yuuya. Eh? While I was thinking that each of us would be resting in our respective rooms, Yuti told me with a serious expression on her face. Rest. I dont feel sleepy, but I need rest. So let me use Yuuyas bath. Bath? Ara, Yuuya, you have such a useful item! If thats the case since you have it, lets use it. The unexpected turn of events surprised everyone, and they all ended up taking a bath before going to bed altogether. This is the first time for Yuti-chan and me to spend time together alone like this, isnt it? Affirmative. After Yuuya prepared the bath, Yuti took a bath with Iris as the ladies took the first bath. Originally, Yuti came to live at Yuuyas house and started taking baths there habitually, and before she knew it, she had come to like the idea of taking baths. Seeing Yuti relaxing slowly, Iris smiles and looks a little sad. It would have been better if she had been here, too. .. Iris was referring to the Bow Saint who had been Yutis master, and Yuti understood immediately that she was talking about her. Then Iris bowed her head to Yuti. I am sorry. When your master was in trouble, we couldnt do anything about it. Thats why you are Stop. Thats enough. Yuti says quietly. Useless. Master is dead, and I tried to destroy the world. No matter what I say, the past will never change. .. Yuti is right; even if Iris apologizes here, Yutis master will not come back, and Yuti herself cannot undo her own mistakes. However. Change. Before, I wanted to take revenge on this world that abandoned my master. But Yuuya accepted me like that. It is true that my heart is still painful, and I cannot forgive those who betrayed my master. But I know that Im not the only one like that now. Its okay. I see. Iris smiled gently at Yuti, who looked straight ahead. Alright! Then Onee-san will wash your back, Yuti-chan! Excited. Please do. Ill wash Iriss back, too. Thus, Yuti and Iris enjoyed the bath while deepening their friendship. Meanwhile, Yuuya and the others bathed after Iris and Yuti, but (..) .. .. Woof Fugo~ Piii~ There was an indescribable feeling in the air. Both Usagi and Odis were immersed in the bathtub, silent, not moving a muscle. .. (..) Unable to bear this situation, Yuuya finally opened his mouth. U-um would you like me to wash your backs? (Hmm. You dont have to be concerned about it.) N-no. Ill wash Night and the others, too, anyway (Is that so? Then, please.) Yes. Please do me too. When Yuuya and the others got out of the bath, they each chose a room and rested their bodies in preparation for tomorrow. Book 11: Chapter 5: Part 1 Book 11: Chapter 5: Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 Then lets go. The next day. Gwen-san came to pick us up in front of the house, and as soon as we gathered, he snapped his fingers. At that moment, the scenery changed in an instant. Whereas the space we had been in until now was a vague scene like the border between the sky and space, the space we had just arrived at had a view as if we had been thrown out into the middle of the universe. However, unlike the outer space that we traveled through with Merl, there were rainbow-colored auras floating here and there like the aurora borealis, and countless galaxies seemed to be twinkling in the sky. As I gazed at the view, Gwen-san showed a mysterious expression on his face. This is the world of trials. Here you will undergo trials, and by overcoming them, you will gain divine authority. I-I see Rest assured. There is no danger of death in this trial. Is that so? I thought for sure that without almost dying, you couldnt get divine authority While everyone was puzzled, Gwen-san grinned. However, once you start the trials, you cant quit halfway through. Eh? As I explained yesterday, here in the [Heavenly Realm], your bodies will stop aging. And you didnt have an appetite, did you? I-indeed, I rested yesterday because you asked me to, but I didnt feel hungry or even sleepy. Thats right. Once you start a trial, you will be trapped in the world of trials forever until you get over it. Now, let me ask you one last question. After hearing all this, do you still want to go through the trials? .. We looked at each other and nodded toward Gwen-san. Yes! Affirmative. If it makes me stronger, Ill do anything. Me, too. I dont like to be left on the receiving end. (Thats for sure. Ill beat you after I acquire that divine authority. Well, Im not that particular about it, but I cant help my curiosity in the face of unknown power. Each of us had different reasons, but we were all very motivated. Then, even Night and the others raised their voices. Woof! Woof, woof! Fugo! Buhi! Pii! Eh? A-are Night and the others going to take part in the trials too? I was surprised because I didnt think that even Night and the others would show their willingness to participate in the trials, but Gwen-san nodded his head. If you want to take the trials, you can take them. If you dont regret it, that is. Woof! Night nodded vigorously at the somewhat provocative words of Gwen-san. Hmph. Then I will stay here and wait for you while I sleep. O-Ouma-san, you are not going to take the trials? I dont need it. A-ahahaha. I laughed at Ouma-san, who was always going at his own pace. W-well, Ouma-san is an extraordinary being called the Genesis Dragon, and maybe he can actually use power like divine authority just because I dont know about it. In that sense, could Zenovis-san also use divine authority? I thought it was necessary to quit being a human being in order to obtain divine authority No, I think Zenovis-san would be able to use divine authority without doing anything in particular. I got a little sidetracked in my thinking, but at any rate, the members who would undergo the trials were decided. When Gwen-san confirmed it, he snapped his fingers. At that moment, a huge black vortex, like a black hole, appeared in front of us. This is Now, let the trials begin. Last warning, once you start the trials, you will not be able to come back from the other side until you conquer it. Are you ready? Yes. Thenbegin the trials. With the signal from Gwen-san, our bodies were sucked into the black vortex. !? T-this is As I was sucked into the black vortex, my vision blacked out for a moment, but the next moment, I was surrounded by a new landscape again. There was nothing in the sky, nothing on the ground, nothing but pitch-black space. And it was not only the environment that had changed. What is that? My clothes! And this body is! For some reason, I was no longer in the armor I was wearing before, and I was wearing the uniform of the school I was in before I transferred to Ousei Academy. In addition before I knew it, my physique had reverted to my pre-level-up appearance. W-why? Like myself, this space itself was strange. At first glance, I almost thought I had been thrown into a world of total darkness, but I could see my body clearly, so it was different from the usual darkness. W-what in the world is going on here? This is the trial. Ive been trying to do the best I can, just as the other guy said. But still, there was no change in my body. My body had not gained any muscle or strength. Every day I was avoided, shunned, and despised by those around me, even though I had done nothing to deserve it. What was I supposed to do? Am I really cursed by something? If so, why? Why me? And for that matter, look at me! I have nothing, but as if to show off the difference, the other me opened his arms and released all kinds of power from his body. It was all the power I had acquired up to now, such as [Magic Armor], [Holy King Authority], and [Holy Evil Creation]. Besides Look, look at this. This is the divine authority youve been looking for. In addition to the power I had used up to that point, the other person was now clad in divine authority as well. Hows that? Unlike you, I can do anything. Can you still say that you and I are the same beings? You cant say that, can you? Hahahahahaha! The other me, who had laughed for a while, clapped his hands as if he had just thought of a good idea. Oh, yes! Ill make you disappear completely, and Ill become the real Yuuya Tenjou. Dont you think that would be better for the world? I wanted to deny what the other me said, but the words to refute him never came out of my mouth. Because somewhere in the back of my mind, I had to admit it. The other guy in front of me is more suitable for the world, not me. There is no merit for the world to have me, who can do nothing. But the person in front of me can do anything. Even save the world. Hey, hey, the more I think about it, the more I like it! If Im the one who can do anything, it shouldnt be impossible for me to get out of this space. Kukuku This is exactly what I call a revelation. .. So thats how it is. You can disappear without worry, okay? Ill save the world or whatever in your place. The other guy laughed happily. Then, he thought of something more. If I switched places with you, it wouldnt be a bad idea to rule the world! Because I have that much power! W-what? My eyes widened at the mans words. What are you surprised at? Superior humans dominate the inferior creatures. Its natural, isnt it? No, you cant do that Oh? Who are you talking to? Gah!? I was kicked in the stomach by the other guy with all kinds of enhancements applied to his body. The power of the kick caused my body to explode, but a few moments later, my body was back to normal again. Then, my head was restored to its normal state, and the other guy released his enhancements and stomped on my head. Ugh! You, who are lower than anyone else, what are you talking back to me about? You have no rights. I am everything. Kuh T-thats not true You pissed me off. As the emotions drained from his expression, the other guy increased the force with which he stomped on me. Guh! Thats right as punishment for challenging me as a lowly creature, Im going to mess up your precious things after I switch places with you. sea??h th§× N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Wha!? Im going to kill that dog, that pig, that bird, that lizard, and all the people at your school! N-no! ASISAID Dont you dare tell me what to do! Gahah! Well, I guess its decided that Im going to mess up your precious things now. No, youre going to die here anyway, so if you consider that I am sending your precious things together with you, its not a punishment but a reward, isnt it? Ahahahaha! I tried to stop the guy who was smiling innocently, but helpless as I was, I couldnt do anything. U-ugh! Ah, good grief, keep struggling, keep struggling. What a nuisance When the man uttered that in a truly troublesome manner, he moved his foot away from my head and took out the [Omni-Sword]. And then he released all of his power again, including his divine authority. Im tired of dealing with incompetent people like you anymore. So die. With a blank look on his face, he swung down [Omni-Sword]. Then that strike, which I had not even been able to react to before, seemed to slow down very much. At the same time, the memories of the past run through my mind. I guess this is what they call a running memory. Looking back, until I found the [Door to Another World], I really had nothing to show for my life. Then I stepped into the other world and inherited Zenovis-sans legacy, and my life changed in one fell swoop. Without what Sage-san gave me, I would have been nothing to begin with. So when the person in front of me said that he would switch places with me, I couldnt even retort because I know that a man who can do anything is better for the world than me who cant do anything. Even though I am such a person who can do nothing, there is one thing I can never back down from. The man in front of me said he would destroy what I hold dear. I dont care what happens to me. Even if it means risking everything I have, I want to protect the people I care about. I cant believe how frustrating it is to be so helpless I just stared at the approaching blade, unable to do anything about it. At that moment. Hmm? Wha-? Just as the [Omni-Sword] blade touched my neck, the blade was repelled by something! Book 11: Chapter 5: Part 2 Book 11: Chapter 5: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 W-what happened? How could the [Omni-Sword] be repelled? The man was right; it was inconceivable that the [Omni-Sword], which was said to cut through everything, would be repelled. The other man swung the [Omni-Sword] at me many times, but for some reason, all of them were repelled before they touched my body. As I was stunned by this impossible scene, I suddenly became aware of a faint aura of something being emitted from my body. It was not magic, not Holy or Evil power, not even that divine authority. I looked down at my body and saw that my entire body was enveloped in a dark purple aura of misery. W-what is this? What is that power? Tell me! The man asked in an intense tone, but I myself had no idea what was going on. I had never seen such power before. The shimmering purple aura was so bewitching that I was horrified, and yet it radiated an ominous presence. I was surprised by a power I didnt remember at all, but there was something else that caught my attention even more. My body is getting lighter! After this aura was emitted, I felt as if my body had become lighter than before. It was not a feeling as if I had been strengthened by magic power, but purely as if my body weighthad been reduced. The mans expression was bitter as he was stunned by the unknown situation. It aint possible. Your power, whatever it is, was given to you by the sage. Thats why you should have no power in this space. Its supposed to be that way! And yet, what is that power? Are you saying you were born with it? .. While the man was saying all sorts of things, I was staring at this purple aura. I have no idea what this power is. But somehow, I understood how to use the power. I could move it as if it were my own limbs as if it were a skill I had used for many years. Apparently, this aura, like magic, not only strengthens me but also allows me to shape something. As I checked the purple aura, I unconsciously formed a sword with it. In response to me, the man said something as if he had regained his composure. Hah! Do you want to fight me with that strange sword? Do you really think you can win? .. I dont know what this power is, but it would be difficult to defeat the man who has been enhanced with all kinds of power, including divine authority. Even if Im enhanced by some mysterious aura, the difference must be obvious. But No matter what happens, I will stop you. Ah, I see. Then Ill kill you quickly and mess up your precious things, just as planned! ! As soon as the man finished saying that, he instantly took out the [Absolute Spear] and threw it at me with all his might. After coming to this space, the spear, which had pierced my body many times, was coming at me again. I am really scared. But I am more afraid that the people I care about will get hurt. Then, in my unconsciousness, a violet aura appeared in both of my eyes. At that moment, the approaching [Absolute Spear] slowed down. Haaaaah! Not missing that opportunity, I caught it with my aura sword and let the impact of the [Absolute Spear] escape before it pierced through me. But then the other man took advantage of the opportunity and slashed at me. Its impossible for you to beat me, you foooooollllll! The man smiled victoriously. He was right; it would be impossible for me to win. At that moment, the image of Zenovis-san appeared in my mind. The great man who changed my life after I came to another world. If Zenovis-san were here, what would he say? Its obvious. You can just cut the impossible! What I clung to was the Idleness Strike that I learned from Zenovis-san. In an instant, I entered a state of extreme concentration and slashed through the mans [Omni-Sword] with my aura sword. Ah, I-Im fine! Im fine! As I was telling this to Iris-san, who was touching my body and checking me over and over again, Master Usagi came over to me. (You were the last one.) What? I-is that so? (Yeah. Iris and I came back here at about the same time, but at that time, only Akatsuki had already passed the trial.) Eh? Buhi. Akatsuki was somewhat proudly puffing out his chest. In other words, Akatsuki was the first to clear the trial. (Then Odis, Yuti, Night, and the others came back, and finally, you.) I-I see Thats how tough Yuuya-donos trial was, huh? Yes, thats right? I was about to answer Odis-sans words when I realized that I couldnt remember the details of the trial. H-huh? I am sure that I had the trial, but I cant remember what it was about As I thought, you too, Yuuya-kun Eh? T-that means you all are also Affirmative. I dont remember either. Woof. Apparently, none of us remember what the trial was about. No surprise you dont remember. Gwen-san! Then Gwen-san quietly approached us. What do you mean by no surprise? In order for you to attain divine authority, you must be outside the human frame of reference. And that requires the awakening of the soul. Awakening of the soul? Yes. The soul is the most important power in your world and in this [Heavenly Realm] as well. The soul can exist on its own in that space, where it is refined and awakened to obtain divine authority. So this is the outline of the trial. I-I see. The soul stores all kinds of information about your past lives. But you will never know or remember it. Am I right? Yes You mean that the records imprinted on our souls will not be remembered by us? Thats what I mean. The contract between Zenovis-san and me was also supposed to be a contract through the soul. That is why the strange situation occurs that Zenovis-san forgets about me, but his soul remembers me? Anyway, even if you yourself dont remember it, your soul remembers it. As proof of that how about it? I believe you are now able to use your divine authority? Yes. Saying this, Iris-san erupted a rainbow-colored aura from her palm. Following that, everyone activated their divine authority. I tried it myself and was able to activate it without any problem. Mysterious. I dont remember it, but I can use it. (Well, its just like training, isnt it? Its similar to being able to use a technique unconsciously.) I-is it really so? Well, since I can use it like this, I have nothing to complain about. While each of us was manipulating the divine authority as we wished, I had the feeling that I had forgotten something crucial. I dont know what it was, but something must have happened during the trial Then Gwen-san continued. At any rate, you have gone through the trial and attained divine authority. The process of that trial must have helped you a great deal. Even if you dont remember it now, your soul will remember it. And you will remember it at some point. According to Gwen-sans words, I will remember what I have forgotten in due time. I felt a little queasy, but I forced myself to accept it. Good. Anyway, you guys received divine authority. The rest is up to. That was the moment he was about to say that. As if knocked off his feet, Gwen-san looked up and stared off into the distance with a startled expression on his face. R-ridiculous! ? What in the world is wrong with you? We were alarmed by his unusual reaction, and he raised his voice. That guys here! That guy? The false god! It seemed that we were going to have a real battle with the false god. Sear?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Book 11: Chapter 6 Book 11: Chapter 6Heres the chapter, enjoy~ As soon as Gwen-san sensed the invasion of the false god, he immediately snapped his fingers, and we returned to that simple city. But Oh no! To our surprise, the place was already in a state of destruction. As we stared at the scene in dismay, we saw two rapidly approaching presences. When I turned my gaze in the direction of the presence, I saw Lanael-san and a strange monster violently colliding with each other there. Lanael-san! Yu-Yuuya-san! Lanael-san noticed us and took advantage of an opening by the monster to deliver a powerful kick, then quickly flew down to us from a distance. Everyone, your return means Affirmative. Weve got the divine authority without problems. (More importantly, what on earth is that thing?) Master Usagi was staring sharply at the figure of the monster that was kicked away by Lanael-san just now. With six sharp limbs like a praying mantiss sickle, its round, octopus-like body was covered with various kinds of eyes. When we were startled by its eerie appearance, Gwen-san told us. Thats the False Gods Sentinel the False Soldier. The False Soldier Lanael! Is it the only one here? N-no! There are other false soldiers and us apostles right there. And Dea-sama and the others are fighting with the false god! The moment Lanael-san reported this, a tremendous explosion sounded in a distant direction. The shockwave reached here, and I was almost blown away. Kuh! Lanael! You and your fellows deal with the false soldiers! Yuuya and the others, follow me! Gwen-san snapped his fingers again as he gave the order. At that moment, our view switched to the fierce battlefield. W-what is this There was, indeed, a hellscape. Aaaaaaaaaaah! H-help! I-I dont want to disappear! I dont The apostles were hit by tremendous shockwaves one after another, and when the haze disappeared, even the apostles figures were cleanly obliterated. And then, the entity that was probably the source of the shockwave was sitting right in front of us. That is the false god! It was a faceless, gigantic god. It was a translucent humanoid figure walking leisurely through the city of observers. The place where the false god passed through was empty as if everything had vanished into emptiness. The ground, the sky, everything was being transformed into a dark void. If such a being were to descend upon another world, that world would easily be destroyed. While we were stunned by the tremendous size of this being, there was a person who was trying his best to attack the false god. Dea-sama! Ugh! Gwen! You made it in time! Dea-san gave instructions to the other observers, and while moving at high speed, she fired her divine authority from all directions and attacked the false god. But. Oooooooooooooooooo! At that moment, the faceless god howled. At that moment, a tremendous shockwave hit us! Kuh! [Heavenly Saint Slash]! ([Piercing Leg]!) [Destroyer Magic]! Iris-san and the others immediately reacted, and while activating their newly acquired divine authority with all their strength, they unleashed their skills at the incoming shockwave. Iris-san and the others skills reached the shockwave, but after a brief struggle, they were blown away by the shockwave. Unbelievable! Iris-san and the others were stunned to see their full power of the skill being blown away, but the shockwave that reached us was weakened by the threes attack, and all of us managed to hold our ground. Wait a minute! How are we supposed to defeat such a thing! Sear?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Unknown. Its too big! Yuti was right; this false god was too huge. It was far bigger than Ouma-san, who could transform into a giant. Hou? Is it bigger than me? Ouma-san seemed to be bothered by the size of the false god, and as if to compete with it, he turned into a giant and unleashed a super-sized breath without hesitation. The breath engulfed the surrounding false soldiers and crushed them all at once. A-amazing Hmph. Its nothing compared to what Im used to. However, it did not seem to have any effect on the main false god, and despite Ouma-sans powerful breath, it did not seem to have done any damage. Tsk this divine authority thing is a pain in the ass to deal with The earlier breath was apparently an attack mixed with divine authority as well, which was probably why the false soldiers were crushed. I mean, Ouma-san, you really could use divine authority While I was thinking about that, despite the situation, Dea-san flew to us. Everyone! Since you have gathered like this, it seems that you have successfully mastered the divine authority. Yes! Thats good to hear. The only thing is, as you can see, its huge. I didnt expect such a thing to attack our base out of the blue We cant observe their movements, so there is nothing we can do about it. Gwen-san replied to Dea-san, who muttered in frustration. Um, that is the false god, isnt it? Yes. That guy is definitely the main body of the false god. Does it have an ego? Furthermore, the attack reached the main body of the false god, and the false god that was chasing Ouma-san was slightly shaken. Perhaps because of such a powerful attack, the false god also turned its attention to Iris-san. (Iris is not the only one who has become stronger.) Then, Master Usagi followed Iris-san and jumped out at once into the fierce battle area where the false soldiers were densely concentrated. There, Master Usagi, with his legs and ears clothed in Holy aura and divine authority, reaped the false soldiers. ([Divine Leg]!) Master Usagi distracted the false soldiers by using his divine power to move instantaneously and kicked them down one after another. Finally, he reached right in front of the main body of the false god. (I know it wont work, but it would be good to give it a try.) Saying this, Master Usagi smiled ferociously, which is unbecoming of a herbivore, and then he unleashed a kick with his Holy and divine authority aura concentrated in a single point, right at the body of the false god. ([Divine Flash Leg]!) The aura, which was like a laser, did inflict damage on the body of the false god. However, even so, it only distracted the false god and did not inflict any major wounds. (Hmph. Its always troublesome when dealing with such a big figure.) Then, me too! Odis-san then produced a mass of extremely compressed magic power, which he had also used in the battle against the Dragonia aliens. If I add my divine authority to this [Destroyer Magic]! A rainbow aura enveloped the jet-black sphere of magic power, and it flew to the point where the false soldiers were most concentrated. Then. Blast them all! At that moment, a huge explosion erupted. The three powers of magic, Holy power, and divine authority were released all at once, wiping out the surrounding false soldiers. Kuh As I thought, one strike is my limit. The only thing is, because of the excessive use of powerful magic power, Odis-san looked sluggish. Question. Night, can you be as big as you were during the space war? Woof Roger that. Then well all do our best. Ciel! Piii! As Yuti called out, Ciels blue flame enveloped Yuti and Nights bodies. The blue flames were also mixed with the rainbows aura. Next. Akatsuki! Buhii! Akatsuki transformed into a giant on the spot and became about the same size as Ouma-san. But Akatsuki had no means of attack, so he concentrated on healing his surroundings. Buhi, buhi! When Akatsuki shouted powerfully, the [Sanctuary] skill was activated in the entire surrounding area. The skill healed the wounds and restored the energy of the apostles, who had been nearly extinguished in the battle against the false soldiers, and it even granted them the ability to be Holy just like a holy beast to the surrounding area. And then. Satisfied. Then, Night, lets go. Woof! The blue flame from Ciel and Akatsukis Holy power also joined forces to annihilate the false soldiers one after the other. Among the false soldiers, some of them were quite huge, although not as big as the false god. But even against such an enemy, Night did not take a single step back. Grrr Gaaaah! By using his divine authority, he jumped into the false soldiers chest and sliced through them entirely with his fangs and claws. Yet, Night, who charged in alone, was a good target for the false soldiers, and they took this opportunity to swarm him at once. However, the false soldiers were also a good target for one girl. Aim. Shoot them all at once! Yuti quietly looked at the false soldiers who were swarming around Night and released an arrow that she drew. [Divine Rain]. It was like a rain of blessings pouring down from the heavens. Countless arrows, strengthened by Yutis divine authority, shot precisely through the heads of the false soldiers. As the false soldiers fell one after another, Yuti nodded her head. Done. Now no one will get in Yuuyas way. Ha-hahaha everyone is getting so much stronger The false god was also wary of me because I had summoned a huge golem, a legacy of Sage-san. At this point, the main target of the false god was Ouma-san, but it was also trying to deal with this huge golem as soon as possible by sending large-sized false soldiers toward me. I was heading toward the false god while cutting them down, but everyone else defeated the false soldiers who stood in my path. Ill decide the rest in one fell swoop! I, who activated my divine authority in this instant when the false soldiers were gone and moved close to the false god. Then, as expected, the huge existence ignored Ouma-san and changed its attack target to me, probably because of my sudden intrusion into its proximity. Oooooooooooo! Kuh! A translucent shockwave erupted from the body of the false god and attacked me. If I take this in stride, even if it is this golem, I dont know what will happen. Thats why Wooooaaaaaahhh! [Magic Armor], [Holy King Authority], [Holy Evil Creation], and the divine authority. I used all the power I could muster right now to strengthen the golem. And then, a flash. There is nothing that cant be cut The two had been fighting so fiercely, but now silence reigned around them. O-ooohhh! A line ran through the body of the false god. With that line as the center, one half of the false gods body shifted and fell away and then disappeared just like sand. The other half of the body, which was left behind, also disintegrated into particles, as if melting into the atmosphere. As soon as the false god disappeared, the remaining false soldiers disappeared in the same way. This was the very meaning of our victory. Book 11: Epilogue Book 11: EpilogueSponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Epilogue The activity limit has been reached. From now on, the summons will be canceled. After watching the false god disappear, it seemed that the golem had just reached its activity limit, and the summoning of the giant soldier was canceled. Then W-we won We won! Woaaaahhhh! The entire [Heavenly Realm] cheered in unison. After that, it was confirmed that the false god had completely disappeared, and once again, cheers echoed through the city of the observers. However, that base of Dea-san and the others were also destroyed, and on top of that, it was a jet-black void with no evidence of restoring after defeating the false god, so it could not be said that complete peace had come to the [Heavenly Realm]. According to Dea-san and others, the broken cityscape could be quickly restored by divine authority, but even divine authority could not do anything about that jet-black space. Sear?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. That is because that space is nothingness. The only thing that matters is whether or not the space can be restored to its original state, just as there is no point in giving anything to a state of nothingness. But after defeating the false god in such a way, there is nothing more for us to do in the [Heavenly Realm]. I-its over Good work. I was wondering what was going to happen, but it turned out to be a lot more manageable than I thought. (Thats right. Weve got a new power, too.) Umu. Im very happy to have more things to study. A-ahahaha After such a spectacular fight, Iris-san and the others were so relaxed that I couldnt help but chuckle. At any rate, this is how the battle with the false god ended. In other words, I have also fulfilled my soul contract with Zenovis-san. W-with this, there should be no more big trouble! Conviction. When Yuuya says so, something probably happens. Yuti-san. Dont say that I believe that nothing will happen anymore! Well, anyway, Im sure the fight is over here, so lets go back to our world. I wonder if we should ask Lanael-san to help us again? Can you wait a minute? Oh, Dea-san! As we were all talking about going home, Dea-san, who had been giving instructions to the observers and apostles, came in. Behind her, there were other observers as well, including Gwen-san. Whats wrong? We apologize for involving you in the problems of our world. And thanks to all of you, we were able to defeat the false god without this world being destroyed. On behalf of this world, I would like to thank you all. Thank you very much. At the same time as Dea-san bowed her head, the other observers also bowed their heads. P-please raise your heads. Im glad we could be of help to you, too. Thank you so much. When Dea-san and the others raised their heads, I asked them about something that was suddenly bothering me. Come to think of it, is the false god going to come back? As for that, to be honest, we dont know either. It is the false god who brings everything back to emptiness. Even if we think it has disappeared, it is quite possible that it has gone to some other world. I-is that so? In this world, no matter what it is, it cannot be truly and completely erased. It would not be surprising if an extinguished false god resurrected somewhere. I-I see So that means that that guy might come back to life again? Thats indeed a problem I think Ill take my leave now. Master Usagi and Odis-san said so, and then they just left. And, perhaps as an experiment in divine authority, they both disappeared in an instant. Geez, they are both so impatient A-ahahaha. Yuuya. There seems to be some kind of conflict between humans and a bunch of monsters in the Great Devils Nest. Shouldnt you go and help them? Eh? Iris-sans words made me laugh bitterly, and Ouma-san suddenly said so. It seems some of the women you know are being attacked? Eehh? I rushed out of the garden and headed for the scene. Then, I saw the soldiers of the Alceria Kingdom, including Owen-san, there. And then I saw Lexia-san and Luna. Lexia-san! Ah, Yuuya-sama! Despite being attacked by a group of goblin elites, Lexia-san turned to me and raised her hand smilingly. Surprised by her, I quickly took out my [Omni-Sword] and defeated the goblin elites. Phew nevertheless, whats the matter with you all? Ive actually come to ask a favor of Yuuya-sama. A favor? When I tilted my head and wondered what it was, Lexia-sans eyes lit up, and she said something surprising. I want Yuuya-sama to let me and Luna enroll in the school in Yuuya-samas world! The content of the request was so abrupt that it made my eyes widen. In the dark, cold depths of the ground. The groaning voices of the dead resounded there, and the air was thick with the presence of death. The name of this place was the [Underworld]. It was a place where the souls of all the dead reached. The underworld existed for each planet and each world, and there existed a certain boundary line that was never crossed. Because of these boundaries, the order of the Underworld was maintained, and the inhabitants of hell were unable to escape from their respective worlds. In one such underworld, a soul flowed into the underworld. It was the soul of the false god who was killed by Yuuya. It was not strange for a soul to flow into the underworld, but the problem was that the power contained within this soul was extraordinary. The soul, shimmering translucently, annihilated everything around the [Underworld], and furthermore, the nefarious deceased began to be activated by the power released from the soul. And the most important effect was thatthe boundaries of the underworld disappeared, and the underworlds of each world became interconnected. Strange souls are pouring in. While the surroundings are buzzing, a voice echoes through the underworld. The voice belonged to an old man wearing a ragged robe. Hah cant you find peace even after death? The owner of the voice, somewhat mournful, let out a sigh again and stared off into the distance. And then. But I look forward to seeing him again. The old man muttered and laughed. Book 11: Afterword Book 11: AfterwordHeres the afterword~NewW novels updates at novelhall.com See you at the next volume~ Afterword S~ea??h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thank you for picking up this work. I am the author, Miku. This is the 11th volume, and this time, in the real world, a school festival was held, and in the other world, observers, god-like beings, finally appeared. And this time, Yuuya has acquired a new power, the [Divine Authority], that is used by the observers. I myself am looking forward to it very much. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge for his great help again. To Reine Kuwashima-sama, who colors the work with beautiful illustrations every time. I would also like to express my heartfelt thanks to all the readers of this work. Thank you very much. See you soon. Book 12: Prologue Part 1 Book 12: Prologue Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Prologue Part 1 A dark, cold world[Underworld]. It is an afterlife world composed of many layers, and the souls in each layer are assigned. In the uppermost layer, you can feel the warmth of the earth, and this is where the souls of those who did good deeds during their lives rest peacefully. Descending deeper from there, the lower level is an underground prison where the souls of those who had done evil in their lives are sent to. Ah G-get out It hurts it hurts The underworld, where the world itself is a prison. The prison is made of special cages and bare rock surfaces that mercilessly harm the specters and souls housed there. By nature, souls and specters do not exist as entities. Therefore, a special power called [Mystical Power] or [Spiritual Power] was needed to harm them. And in this underworld, everything is imbued with mystical and spiritual power to prevent them from escaping from their prisons. In this underworld, where the screams of specters echo through the air, there is only one building. In contrast to the dark and gloomy atmosphere of the underworld, the building is decorated with goldsmiths work and is extremely luxurious. The floor is also covered with polished tiles, making it hard to believe that it is a building in the underworld.Upstodatee from In the center of the building, there is a hall where criminals are judged. On an honorary seat, as if overlooking everything in the underworld, sat a young girl. Im bored. She was wearing a little civil officials hat on her bobbed hair, a royal scepter in her hand, and luxurious clothes that looked like some countrys official uniform. This girl was the king of the underworldReimei, and the master of this building. [T/n: Let me know if someone can provide a better name for this , maybe Dark Soul?] Reimei cheekily poked her head in boredom. The dead used to come here so often, but recently there have been fewer and fewer of them Well, it means that time has moved on, and the world over there has become more peaceful, hasnt it? Reimei looked like a young girl, but her age was much older than anyone else in the underworld. In ancient times, there were many conflicts in various parts of the world, and medical technology was not developed, so many people flowed into this underworld. However, as time passed and technology developed, the number of souls flowing into the underworld at one time decreased, and eventually, Reimeis work also decreased. Well, peace is the best thing. There will be no major work for me to do today, so I will take a nap Reimei-samaaaaaa! .. Just as Reimei jumped down from her chair, seemingly determined that todays work was done, a muscular creature burst into the building. It was humanoid in appearance, with red skin and two large horns on its forehead, resembling the Bloody Ogre of the other world. However, in its eyes, there was a light of reason that was different from that of a monster, and in addition, there was a sense of charm. Suddenly, Reimei, who had been caught off guard, stared at the red oni with a blue vein on her forehead. What is it, Nikkaku? Im just about to go to sleep [T/n: She called him Nikkaku or two horns (), should I just use the Japanese, or just translate his name?] This is not the time to say such a thing! T-the underworld is in trouble! Huh? At the plea of the oni called Nikkaku, Reimei tilted her head and sat back in her chair again. Yes! Did you call for me? S§×ar?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. At Reimeis call, Nikkaku and the blue-skinned oni known as Ikkaku appeared and kneeled there without a sound. Nikkaku. Have some of the oni guard the perimeter, and gather the rest of the oni in this hall. As you wish! Ikkaku, while the oni are gathering, investigate the cause of this disturbance. Understood. Both oni immediately disappeared from the scene, and a few moments later, Nikkaku gathered all the available oni under his command, just as Reimei had ordered. Then, Reimei looked around at the assembled oni and began to speak in an imposing tone. Thank you, all of you, for gathering here. There is an emergency in the underworld. As you all know, the boundary between the underworld and the living world has disappeared, and specters have escaped into the living world. I immediately resealed the prison and was able to seal the escaped specters before they headed to the living world, but it is a fact that some of them have managed to escape. And now that the boundary has disappeared, it has become necessary to be vigilant to prevent those from the living world from wandering into this one. Of course, I am still working to repair the boundary, but a complete repair will not be a quick process. After sealing the specters that escaped from the prison, Reimei had also begun to reconstruct the boundary with her own mystical power. However, reconstructing the boundary between the living world and the underworld is different from reinforcing the prison of the underworld, and it will not be an easy task. Therefore, everyone should be more vigilant and watch the boundary between the living world and the underworld than ever before! Understood! And, Ikkaku! What have you found out? When Reimei finished giving instructions to the oni, Ikkaku appeared from among the group. Yes. The cause of this incident was a single soul that flowed into the underworld. What do you mean? Reimei tilted her head at Ikkakus words. This is because Reimei had assumed that the specters in the prison had cooperated with each other to escape from the prison and, at the same time, had somehow worked out the boundary with the living world. In reality, however, Reimei was surprised to find that the cause was a single soul that had drifted into the underworld that is, a soul before it had been judged by Reimei. What in the world is going on? Actually, that soul that drifted into the underworld belonged to a false god. False god? When Reimei twisted her head in response to the unfamiliar word, Ikkaku explained. The false god is a kind of disaster that appears in the [Heavenly Realm] where the gods live. Their power is such that they annihilate everything they touch, and to counteract them, one must have a power called divine authority. I know about divine authority. The power of these observers is the very embodiment of omniscience and omnipotence. But still, who would have thought that there is an existence that cannot be defeated without such power? Reimei also knew of the existence of the heavenly realms, but since the observers living in the heavenly realms have no concept of life or death, and the only threat to their existence is annihilation by the false gods, thus their souls have never been able to flow into the underworld. So what? What does this false god have to do with this case? As I mentioned earlier, the false god has the power to annihilate everything it touches. That does not change, even if he is only a soul. In other words, anything that touches the soul of the false god will also be annihilated. What? No way This time, his soul touched the boundary between the living world and the underworld, and that boundary disappeared. If Ikkakus story is true, the soul of the false god could erase any boundary or, worse, even the concept of existence in it just by its presence, and if left unchecked, the underworld would surely be in turmoil. Where is that soul now? Fortunately, the soul of the false god was already weakened by the time it arrived in the underworld, and its spontaneous extinction has just been confirmed. Oh Once it was clear that the damage would not spread any further, Reimei leaned back deeply in her chair with relief. W-what a troublesome existence Reimei was left scratching her head, wondering why this had happened! Book 12: Prologue Part 2 Book 12: Prologue Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 Let me and Luna attend the academy in Yuuya-samas world! After the battle with the false god, we returned to our original world. Then, Ouma-san told me that my acquaintances were being attacked by monsters in the [Great Devils Nest], so I went to help them and found Lexia-san and Luna there. After rescuing them, I asked them why they had visited the [Great Devils Nest], and this was what they answered. As I froze at Lexia-sans unexpected comment, Iris-san, who had come with me to see what was going on, raised her voice. W-wait a minute! What do you mean by the school in Yuuya-kuns world? I mean it as it is, Iris-sama. We want to attend the school that Yuuya-sama attends! I thought I had misheard something, but it seems to be true. I finally finished digesting Lexia-sans words and hurriedly asked. U-um, you want to attend the school I go to What happened? The truth is, it is customary for us royalty to enroll in the Aurelia Academy in the Luminous Kingdom when we reach a certain age. The school attracts children of royalty and nobility from countries other than ours in the Kingdom of Arcelia, so I was to enroll there for networking, diplomacy and other such reasons. Y-yes But its boring to go to school for political reasons or to look the part of a princess like that! If thats the case, I thought it would be more fun to go to the school that Yuuya-sama goes to! Eeeehhh? The reason was even crazier than I thought! I-is that okay? If you have such a diplomatic reason, you should go to that Aurelia Academy Its fine! It is far more important to deepen my relationship with Yuuya-sama than it is to deepen the connections I can get there! And there are many things in Yuuya-samas world that I can never experience in this world so it would be best if I could experience many things in Yuuya-samas world and bring what I learned there back to the Kingdom of Arcelia. I dont really understand, but I guess Earth is a more valuable place for Lexia-san and the others than for them to deepen their relationships with other countries in this other world That being said, if it were the other way around, would that be the case? I guess its like saying that the other world might have resources lying around that we dont have on Earth and are worth exploring, rather than diplomacy among the countries that exist on Earth today. When I was thinking about this, Luna let out a sigh. Hah well, you see. Lexia is ready to go to the academy that Yuuya is attending Ara, so Luna isnt going too? Thats fine if thats the case, though? Wha!? I-Im not saying that! A-anyway, if she goes to the Aurelia Academy, I will have to accompany her as her escort. And that would inevitably lead me to participate in the troublesome exchange between nobles. I dont want that either. Thats why, this plan includes me too, I would like to be taken care of in Yuuyas world W-wait a minute! Then Iris-san hurriedly interrupted Lunas words. I understand that you dont want to go to Aurelia Academy. I know what kind of academy it is, and Im sure its a hassle but what do you mean youll be taken care of by Yuuya-kun! Actually, Ive already talked to my father about it. Then my father said that if he knew that the Earth where Yuuya-sama lives, is a safe world, he would be willing to change my study destination to the academy where Yuuya-sama attends! Then, the only acquaintance we can rely on is Yuuya-sama, and I thought it was inevitable that we would be under Yuuya-samas care. Why? You see, that Saintess called Mai is on Earth, too, right? Why dont you live with her! Unfortunately, Mai goes to a different school than Yuuya-sama. I got permission from my father to go to the school where Yuuya-sama is. Ugh! Iris-san bit her teeth in frustration as Lexia-san told her so in a happy mood. As I was appalled by their exchange, Lexia-san suddenly took my arm. So, Yuuya-sama! Will you please come with me? Eh? W-where are we going? To the royal castle, of course! I want you to explain to my father that Earth is a safe place! The conversation went on and on, and it was decided that I was going to head to the Royal Capital. With Iris-san present, we were able to get out of the [Great Devils Nest] without incident, but there we parted ways with Iris-san. The truth is I really want to go with you! If anything, I want to spend my school life with Yuuya-kun too! T-thats Unfortunately, Iris-san and I are obviously different in age, so no matter how hard we try, we wont be able to spend our school life together. Anyway, Iris-san was reluctant to part with me until the very end, but I guess she was still busy with her duties as a Sword Saint, and she left with regret. After parting with Iris-san, we headed directly to the Royal Capital. When I arrived safely at the royal castle in the Royal Capital, I found myself being taken to the audience chamber, where I was to have an audience with Arnold-sama. Then, sitting in the depths of the audience chamber, Arnold-sama stared at me with a somewhat tired look on his face. Oh, Yuuya-dono its been a while. I-its been a long time Now, Father! Ive brought Yuuya-sama! Hmm what a lot of energy she has, despite being my daughter Seeing their extreme reactions, Kitaraku laughed happily. Hahahaha! Thats good! You have to challenge everything! Thats right! The last time you said that you even suggested that we do some weird project like Nagashi Soumen It was a pain to have to stop that one! That would have been fun Im glad they stopped it, though If you want to know, the teachers said a lot of things about it during the athletic festival Was it? Hahaha! But the athletic festival itself was a success, wasnt it? Well The student council takes the lead in planning and carrying out school events at Ousei Academy, so all the events that Yuuya has participated in so far have also been held under the leadership of this student council. At the recent athletic festival, the student council was able to incorporate a number of new events and activities, and they were able to do just about anything they desired. Naturally, the teachers tried to stop them at least once, but because of their strong pushiness and the fact that all the past events were a great success, the council and their outlandish plans were tolerated at any rate. However, there is a limit to how much they can do, and the teachers will stop them if their plans are too outrageous. The teachers were always nervous about what Kitaraku would say because they never knew what he would say. Kaori, who belongs to such a unique student council, raised her hand ostentatiously. Um specifically, what do you mean by promotion? Thats a good question! What are we going to do I havent decided on anything yet! You havent decided what youre going to do? Kaori was surprised to hear Kitaraku say it so matter-of-factly. Its obvious! I just came up with the idea, after all! Do we always get pushed around by your ideas? Hey, hey, Nekota! Are you complaining about what Kitaraku-senpai is doing? You are too thoughtless. What? W-well, well While Kaori is quieting them down, Kitaraku is lost in thought. Fumu Id like to do some big promotions, but when it comes to concrete ideas hah! Thats right! Eh? How about a school idol? School Idol? While the three tilted their heads at Kitarakus outlandish statement, Kitaraku nodded his head as if saying it was a good idea. Yeah! School idols have been the subject of many anime and video games, right? However, there are only a few schools that actually do it So! If our school has a school idol, it will definitely increase the schools recognition more than ever before! A-as expected of Kitaraku-senpai! No, no, no! I dont think the teachers will give us permission if we suddenly propose such a thing! Ill push through! You always do that, dont you? B-but, isnt the idol a bit too much? When Kaori uttered this, Kitaraku thought for a moment since she was the board chairmans daughter. Mm, if Houjou-san says so no, but the board chairman is a man who can understand what Im talking about, and Im sure it will be alright? Even if the board chairman allows it, Im sure the other teachers will oppose it Is that so? Well, the school festival was also a spectacular one, following the athletic festival. It was a lot of fun! Its strange that you can call that fun, Kitaraku-senpai I-I apologize for the inconvenience The school festival showdown between Nittei Academy and Ousei Academy over the enrollment of Yuuya was decided to be carried out at the sole discretion of Kaori, so the student council, which was planning the school festival as usual at the time, became very flustered. Although they did not actively advertise the festival externally, they instead carefully selected the artists they invited every year and strengthened the schools security, and there was a lot of hard work that was not visible to the public. However, even these hardships are done by Kitaraku because it was fun, and the hardships of the student council members who had to go along with it were immeasurable. In the first place, who will be in charge of this idol project? I know you know that, but we cant do it, can we? Mm? Is that so? If we work hard, we can manage Sear?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. No, we cant. Nekota anticipated and crushed Kitarakus statement. And Im sure its going to be tough to select those school idols, to find someone to take charge of the project itself, and most of all, to convince the teachers! Its all going to be tough! As Nekota said this while exhaling a sigh, Kitaraku pondered. Hmm Nekota has a point Cant we somehow convince the teachers while selecting the candidates for the school idols, as well as deciding who will be in charge of the project? I dont think thats possible Thus, Kitaraku began to think of ways to move forward with the school idol project. Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 Although it was decided that Lexia was going to study at Ousei Academy, there were many things I couldnt do on my own. So, just as I did with Yuti, I decided to ask Kaori for advice, and after school, I approached her. Kaori! Yuuya-san! Whats wrong? Actually, theres something I want to talk to you about What do you want to talk about? I look around, lower my voice a little and tell Kaori. Um Do you remember Lexia-san and Luna? Yes, of course, I remember them. Lexia-san was the princess of the other world, right? Yeah. It seems that Lexia-san wants to study in this world Eh? As expected, Kaori also raised her voice, probably because she was not expecting it. Then the people around us looked at us in surprise, and Kaori hurriedly dropped her voice. Study in this world Do you mean that she will be living in this world? Yes, thats right. U-um We cant stop Lexia-san and the others, of course, but will it be alright? Lexia-san is a princess, isnt she? It doesnt seem to matter. Rather, Lexia-sans father, the King, has allowed it Well, he has given me a lot of conditions. S§×arch* The Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Conditions? Yeah. I will take care of her at my house, along with Yuti. At Yuuya-sans house? W-why? The moment I said I would take care of Lexia-san and the others, Kaori rushed over to me. But when she noticed the stares from the people around us again, she moved away from me with an embarrassed look on her face. I-Im sorry I was just surprised B-but how did that happen? It seems that the King feels it is safer if shes with me, I guess. That That may be true, but Kaori has a complicated expression on her face after hearing my explanation. Well, thats just natural. Even now, I live with a girl named Yuti, and soon Lexia-san and the others will join us. From the outside, its natural to worry that something might go wrong. Im also worried about many things and Arnold-sama told me to be very careful and not to do anything strange Kaori, deep in thought, eventually let out a sigh. Sigh I understand. As long as the conversation has already been decided, theres nothing I can say So, youre talking about studying abroad, but what will you do about the school? Um I dont know if its a good idea to discuss this kind of thing but is it possible for them to study at Ousei Academy?UppTodated from ally, there is no way you can immediately study abroad when asked in this way. However, if this Ousei Academy is no good, the Nittei Academy is the only other school that I know of or can introduce them to Lexia-san and the others said they wanted to study at the same school as me, and more importantly, Arnold-sama made it a condition of their study abroad that they be safe. In that sense, if they could attend the Ousei Academy with me, I would be able to protect Lexia-san in case something were to happen. U-uh It really suits you? Geez! I wish youd call me cute. After trying on one outfit after another at the clothing store, Lexia-san and Luna asked for my opinion every time. To be honest, shopping with women is a very high hurdle for me, but when I am asked to give feedback on their clothes, it is a very difficult thing for me to do. Above all, from a few moments ago, there was a great deal of staring from those around me. Hey, that A-amazing! Are they celebrities? They are all beautiful, and the man is handsome Well, its a pleasure to the eye. Kuh! That guy I-Im so jealous! Some of the men glared at me as if they were about to shed tears of blood, which was very scary. I was so terrified that I could not relax as I stayed vigilant about my surroundings in case something happened to Lexia-san and the others. Thus, as we finished shopping with my nerves on edge, the last thing to do was to try on the Ousei Academy uniforms that Kaori had prepared for them. Wow! This outfit is so cute! Y-yeah. Um, Kaori. Are you really going to wear this kind of clothes to school? Yes, we do. If its a different school, the uniform will be different again I see There are a lot of pretty uniforms in the academies of our world, but the uniforms of the academies attended by royalty and nobility are strangely formal, difficult to move around in, and troublesome. Kaori and the other students who attend the school all wear the same uniform, right? That part is different from ours. Heh I was surprised at Lunas explanation. Since it is a school, I thought there would be no major differences in appearance, only something different to represent each grade level, even if the designs were different. But listening to Lexia-san and Luna, it seems that there are quite a few differences. As I was thinking about this, Lexia-san smiled mischievously and turned her gaze toward me. So, what do you think? Does this uniform suit me? O-of course, it looks good on you. Then Am I cute? Ugh! I-its cute Fufu! Yuuya-sama said Im cute! Now we have no choice but to get married! Eehh? You forced him to say it. In addition, he never said that you are cute. He said you were cute in your uniform. What did you say? Ahaha Theyre so lively, arent you? R-right. Lexia-san pressed Luna and showered her with one complaint after another. But Luna brushed Lexia-san off and did not seem to respond at all. This is how the preparations for Lexia-sans and Lunas study abroad program ended without incident. Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 A few days after the shopping trip with Lexia-san and the others. Thanks to Kaoris efforts to talk to Tsukasa-san about the transfer and to follow up on the procedures, it was officially decided that Lexia-san and Luna would be studying at our school. After that, just as with Yuti, Lexia-san and Luna also acquired the [Language Comprehension] skill under Kaoris guidance before they started their school life. As for speaking the language, apparently due to the effects of the [Doorway to Another World], it was not a problem from the start, so all they had to do was to learn to read and write. Thinking about it, I tried to find out more about the door before Lexia-san and Luna came to visit, but I put it off until later. I need to look into it properly eventually. And so the preparations proceeded smoothly, and finally, it was the first day of their study abroad program. At first, Lexia was ready to study in the same class as Yuuya, but because of her age, she ended up in middle school. She cried and ended up in the same class as Yuti. On the other hand, Luna, being the same age as Yuuya, was placed in the same class as him. No fair, no fair, no fair! I want to be in the same class as Yuuya-sama too! Hmph youd better give up like a grown-up. Mukiii! Why is Luna in the same class as Yuuya-sama? Thats because we are the same age. Oops, that means Lexia is going to be my junior. Kiiiiii! After being teased a bunch, Lexia looked seriously frustrated, but in the end, she managed to swallow the reality of the situation and found her own satisfaction. This cant be helped. Besides, being a junior means that Yes! I can call Yuuya-sama Yuuya-senpai! Thats just great! Lexia was positive to no end. After this agonizing rebuttal, the two students decided to go to their classes, and it was their first day of school. Hi, everyone. Take your seats! Yanagi-sensei, who had been assigned as Yutis and Lexias homeroom teacher, asked the students to sit down in a calm tone. Before we start homeroom, Id like to introduce you to a foreign student who will be joining us today. !? Yutis classmates were astonished at the completely unexpected situation. A foreign exchange student! I wonder what kind of student it is? I wonder if the foreign student will have different hair color like Yuti-san Im looking forward to it! While each student was looking forward to the discussion, Yutis friend Haruna called out to Yuti in an excited tone. Hey, hey! Sensei said it was a foreign exchange student! As a fellow foreigner, are you curious about it too, Yuti-san? Hmm? Negative. I already know. Eh? D-do you already know the person who is coming today? Affirmative. What kind of Yes, come in then! The moment Haruna was about to ask Yuti a series of questions, a female student came into the classroom after receiving a signal from Yanagi-sensei. That student had beautiful overflowing blonde hair and clear azure eyes, and the Ousei Academy uniform fits her well. Seeing such a studentLexia, Yutis class fell silent. Overwhelmed by Lexias presence, the silence continued, and Lexia bowed gracefully without seeming to mind it. Nice to meet you. I am Lexia von Arcelia. There is still a lot I dont know about this country, but I look forward to learning with you. Then, raising her head, Lexia added as if remembering something. Ah, also! Yuuya-sama, who is in high school, is my fiance! Best regards to you Eh. The class froze at the words told so casually. And then. Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeehhhh! A loud voice echoed through the middle school building. Hmm!? W-whats that? It seems like a terrible misunderstanding just occurred somewhere Today is Lexia-san and Lunas first day of study in Japan. At least, there seemed to be no information about Lexia-san and Luna in the high school yet, and as the morning hours passed by as usual, I was struck by a strange chill. While I was twisting my neck because I had no idea what the chill was, Sawada-sensei entered the class. Alright, Id like to start homeroom, but theres actually a new transfer student coming into this class. Eehh? By the way, the transfer student is a foreigner and an exchange student as well. Eehhhh? The sudden information about the foreign student caused a stir in the class. T-transfer student How can I put it? There seems to be a lot happening since Yuuya-kun? I was surprised at the time of Merl-sans arrival. I wonder what kind of student is coming? Its a foreigner, isnt it? Its rareand so was Merl-san. I-it just happened? Is that too harsh an excuse? Rin gave me a puzzled look when I managed to squeeze out an answer. That being said, I cant talk about the other world and have no way to explain it. Then, Luna dropped another bomb, wondering what she would think when she saw Kaedes astonished look. By the way, Yuuya and I have quite a deep relationship. D-d-d-d-deep relationship!? Luna-san! Why do you talk in such a confusing way? Its true that we trained together in the Great Devils Nest in the other world, but you dont have to say it like that! When I looked at Kaede, it seemed as if her soul had been drained from her mouth, as if she had been burned out, but everyone elses reaction was different. A-as expected of Yuuya-kun I didnt know you had already made a move on Luna-san Well It cant be helped if its Yuuya; I guess its understandable Kuh! Im so jealous For you to have such a deep relationship with a beautiful silver-haired girl! Um, its a misunderstanding! Everyone has misunderstood me! I desperately tried my best to speak up and clear up everyones misunderstandings. Perhaps it was because of this that by the end of the break, everyone seemed convinced that Luna and I didnt have that kind of relationship. In the end it was only that some people, such as Kaede, still seem to have doubts about it I-Im tired Mm you dont have to deny it so desperately, do you? Its really hurting me too. Oh, I-Im sorry! But it would be a problem for Luna if such misunderstandings were to occur. I dont know what she meant by that comment, but it must have been a nuisance to Luna if someone thought of her as my lover. That low self-esteem is really Yuuyas bad point. Eh? Its nothing. Anyway! Since Yuya is the senior here. Youre going to teach me a lot, okay? O-okay. The class became lively again after welcoming Luna as a foreign exchange student. Homeroom was over, and it was time to go home. Just as we were about to leave, Sawada-sensei announced something to the class as if she had just recalled something. Oh, yes, thats right. Recently, there have been some suspicious incidents here and there in the vicinity of the school, so be careful not to get involved. If you do encounter anything suspicious, be sure to call your teacher, okay? Suspicious incidents? I twist my head, not knowing what she is talking about, and Yukine tells me. Recently, there have been some strange incidents in the city, such as buildings being damaged and things that were supposed to be there disappearing. Have you heard about it? I-Ive never heard of that before. But that means theres someone who did it and it was done by that suspicious person, right? I think so too, but they havent come up with any evidence. The area that was also damaged had surveillance cameras installed, but nothing was caught on camera, and yet only things were stolen. T-that kind of thing cant be true How can something be stolen and the surveillance cameras dont even show the culprit? No way, youre saying its the work of a ghost? Then Merl thought the same thing and denied it with an impatient look. I-I cant believe in such an unscientific existence. There is no such thing as a ghost! Merl may want to deny the existence of ghosts, but both Merl and I have encountered real ones in the amusement parks haunted house. I was really surprised at that time Well, there are people from the other world and aliens, so its not so much of a surprise if you think about it calmly. As I involuntarily look away, Yukine turns her gaze toward me. So, Im going to investigate this mysterious phenomenon what do you think? M-mysterious phenomenon? And youre looking into it? Since its a big deal, why dont you and Merl-san and Luna-san join me and look into it together? M-me too!? Hmm thats fine, but why me too? Luna has not yet become that close to Yukine, so she seems to be questioning the fact that she was invited. Since you live in the same house as Yuuya, I was wondering if it would be better for us to work together. Besides, in order to investigate this mysterious phenomenon, we will look around various places in the city, and Luna-san probably doesnt know that much about this city yet, so Ill serve as your guide as well. I-I see. It is true that Luna has only been in this world for a short period. In that sense, I was grateful that we could look around the city together, regardless of whether or not we seriously investigate the mysterious phenomenon. If thats what you mean, Id be grateful too. However, may I invite someone else to join us? Ah, Lexia-san? S§×arch* The N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yes. It would be very noisy if she found out that I left her and went out with you. Hahaha I could easily imagine Lexia-san complaining about it, and I couldnt help but let out a wry smile. Yukine nodded to Lunas words. Its okay, anyway, lets call on others, and we can all look around the city together. In this way, Yukine called out to various people, and as a result, the usual group of people, such as Kaede, Rin, Ryo, and Shingo-kun, gathered together. Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 3 Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 3Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 My name is Lexia von Arcelia! Its nice to meet you! After school. When everyone gathered to begin the investigation of the mysterious phenomenon proposed by Yukine, Lexia-san, and Yuti, whom Luna had called in advance, were present. They also decided to ask Kaori to join the investigation team, and before long, the group had grown fairly large. Seeing Lexia, the princess of another world, Ryo and the others squinted in dazzlement. A-amazing! What is this aura? Y-yes! Im just standing here, but Im overwhelmed! Hahaha! It may seem a bit exaggerated, but the actual atmosphere around Lexia-san is somewhat overwhelming and makes you realize that she really is a princess. Then, seeing such a Lexia, Kaede looked somewhat anxious. U-um Lexia-san is also living in Yuuya-kuns house, correct? Oh, Y-yes. Thats right, but just like Luna, its a homestay! I understand that, but Mmm Hahaha! Kaede, you dont have to be so pouty! You know, isnt it good if you can turn things around from here? R-Rin-chan!? What do you mean by turning things around Ah, thats right, but! While such an exchange was taking place, Kaori also had a difficult expression on her face. To move so boldly does it mean that both Lexia-san and Luna-san are that serious about it? Kaori? Whats wrong? Ah! N-no, its nothing at all! More importantly, its fun to go out with everyone like this! Yes, thats right. This is what Japanese JK should be all about. Merl, as usual, where do you get that eccentric information from? At any rate, I was looking forward to it, too, because it was a new experience for me to play after school with such a large group of people. But then, it would have been nice if Akira had been with us too. Certainly! I think hes the type of guy who wants to be a part of this kind of fun, but hes kind of busy every day! Akira was also invited to participate in this investigation, but he seemed to have something to do and was returning home with tears in his eyes. Ryo was right. He always seems to be busy. As each of us gathered in this way to deepen our friendship, Yukine opened her mouth. Were all here now, so lets get going. Y-yeah! Im a little scared, but with this number of people As usual, Kaede is scared. But have you decided where to go? Yeah. Theres actually this mysterious phenomenon happening right next to the school, so I thought wed go check it out there. This time, the investigation was to find the cause of the mysterious phenomena, but it also included the purpose of showing Lexia-san and Luna around the city. There is nothing wrong with that, but I have some concerns about the mysterious phenomena. I called out to Kuro, the Evil power lurking in my body. (Hey, Kuro. I wonder if its possible for an evil beast to be summoned to this world like before?) Huh? Well, thats not going to happen in a normal way, though. But it has actually appeared before. It would not be surprising if it appeared in this world again by some chance. (As I thought) I wondered if an evil beast might be involved in this mysterious phenomenon. If the identity of the culprit was unknown even after such a public uproar, it no longer seemed as if the crime was committed by human hands. And if it really was the work of an evil beast, I couldnt just leave it at that. While I was making a difficult face, Yuti looked at me curiously. Question. Whats wrong? Hmm? A-ah, nothing. Hey, Yuuya! Lets go first. Yes! For now, I put off thinking about difficult things and followed Yukine to the site where the mysterious phenomenon had occurred. On the way there, Lexia-san came up next to me and smiled. Hey, what do you think of me in my uniform? Yuuya-senpai? S-senpai? Isnt that right? Im in the grade below Yuuya-sama. In that case, its normal for me to call you senpai, isnt it? Ara? Are we done with this place? I guess so. I dont think were going to find out anything more by staying here Hmm I dont know about it, but are there creatures in this world that can leave those claw marks? No way! Ive never seen claw marks that big before! Hmm? Then what are those claw marks, then? Lexia-san and the others seemed to find the place itself, a back alley on Earth, unusual, and looked around, but for the moment, there was no point in staying here, so we agreed to leave. Right! Now that were all here, lets all go somewhere and have fun! Oh! That sounds great! With this many people, maybe a sports center? O-or maybe karaoke? While everyone was talking about what to do, we were about to leave the back alley thats when it happened. !? Suddenly, I felt a terrible chill, and a cold sweat broke out on my back. How can I describe it? I felt an irresistible sense of disgust. S~ea??h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I was bewildered by the sudden situation, and it seemed that I was not the only one who was feeling this sensation. W-what is that? Suddenly, I feel cold Maybe we hit the jackpot? What do you mean, jackpot? Yukine was the only one who spoke carefree, but everyone looked around and was on the lookout. Luna was also protecting Lexia-san behind her back, and before long, she was also preparing her weapon, a string. Yuuya, do you know what this presence is? N-no. Ive never felt this kind of presence before either Ill tell you one thing; theres no sign of an Evil beast or an evil beast. If Kuro says so, then this chill must be caused by a totally unknown entity. I looked at Merl, who was operating a device attached to her left arm while hiding from Ryo and the others. Its strange. I dont see any particular life forms in the vicinity Ive been trying as well with my [Presence Detection] skill, and there are no reactions around me that seem to be that. To get out of this situation, for the time being, we try to get out of the back alley. At that time. Kiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! !? Suddenly, a monster we had never seen before appeared right in front of us! The monster had the physique of a seemingly elementary school student at first glance, but its head was bald and clean, it wore no clothing on its body, its belly was greatly swollen, and its entire body was covered with reddish-black skin. The most distinctive feature of its body is its claws, which are unusually long and sharp, disproportionately so for a childlike figure. Because the claws were so huge, the monster in front of us was walking while dragging its claws. The sudden appearance of this unknown monster made everyone in the place gasp in awe. Then, the monster turned its sunken eyes toward us. Kuh! Yuuya! It was almost a reflex. As soon as I quickly thrust the bag in my hand in front of my body, the monster pierced the bag with its claws! Hah! Kii! After blocking the monsters attack, I threw the bag away, and at the same time, I flung myself at the monster and slammed a kick into its torso. The monster was blown away by my kick, and I shouted to everyone while it was still in the air. Everyone, run! R-run, you say! Kishaaaaaa! Shocked. Yuuyas kick didnt work at all! The monster in front of us did not seem to have suffered any damage at all, although I thought I had released the kick with a lot of force. However, even if I tried to fight the monster, Kaede and the others would be caught in the middle of it, and I couldnt take out my sword or spear in the middle of the city. What should I do! Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 4 Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 4Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 4 What should I do! Then Merl quickly operated the device attached to her arm, and the next moment, Kaede and the others suddenly collapsed on the spot. H-huh? Im suddenly sleepy I-I have to get away from here The next instant, the group suddenly collapsed in this place. Due to an emergency situation, I have temporarily put everyone to sleep. At the same time, I have also sent out a radio signal to inhibit recognition, so it is safe to fight here! Thank you! Thanks to Merl, we confirmed that we could fight, and we each readied our weapons. Kaori, Lexia-san! You two watch over everyone whos sleeping! A-alright! Leave it to me! We were going to face the monster while the two who didnt have the strength to fight were watching Kaede and the others. At that time, I activated my [Identification] skill Wha-? Its been blocked! I was surprised that my skill did not work. While I was surprised, Luna shouted. Yuuya, its coming! Kishaaaaa! At one time. Well take it down for now. Yuti foresaw the movement of the monster and tried to release an arrow, but !? Confused. I cant predict it? Eh? Change. Shifting to a normal attack. Unexpectedly, even Yutis foresight could not be used, but Yuti quickly calmed her agitation and fired a sharp arrow. S§×ar?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. However, the monster blocked the attack by using its own claws as a shield. Moreover, even though the claw was hit when it was used as a shield, even Yutis arrow, which flew at a furious pace, did not seem to do any damage at all. However, the fact that the claws were huge meant that the opponents vision was also blocked, and Luna did not miss that opportunity. Take this! Spiral! The countless threads that Luna unleashed were combined into one, and they spun at great speed, heading toward the monster. This attack is a vicious technique that not only pierces the opponents body but also inflicts even more damage by tearing up the inside Kiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! What? The attack, which was released by precisely exploiting an opening in the monster, did indeed reach the monsters body. However, Lunas threads did not penetrate the monsters body and dissipated on the spot. How can this be? My attack doesnt work? Then how about this! Then Merl raised a small knife she had taken from somewhere and thrust it at the monsters claws. This is a mono-molecular knife! With this, any armor can be Kishaaaaaaa! Kyaaaah! Merl! Surprisingly, Merls knife was repelled without being able to inflict even a scratch. Merl was blown away by the monsters swing of its arm, but after adjusting her stance in mid-air, she landed safely. No way such an attack couldnt get through at all! If physical attacks dont work, then! I quickly deployed my Magic Armor, clothed my body with magic power, and attacked again with the [Omni-Sword] in my hands. I thought I could definitely finish it this time with the reinforcement from the magic power and the effect of the [Omni-Sword], but. Kishaaaaaaa! Kuh! Suddenly, the monster screamed. The shockwave from its voice had a physical impact, causing the surrounding walls to crack and the windows of the building to shatter. But even as I endured the shockwave, I managed to get within the monsters chest and drew my sword. Eh? The [Omni Sword] did not slice through the monsters body but passed through it as if it had just slashed through a cloud. In the same way, I had fought with wraiths in the other world as opponents that were ineffective using physical attacks. Observers can even create life with this divine authority, but we do not have such power. This is probably the result of the fact that the observers had to stop being human once and for all. But even so, it seems that even my divine authority can do things like restore buildings like this to their original state with no problem. Lets leave this place for now. Right. Lets use the anti-gravity device to carry everyone away while activating the radio waves that inhibit recognition. If we stayed here too long, there was no guarantee that the monster would not appear again, so we slipped out of the back alley and rested in a nearby park, waiting for everyone to wake up. Hmm? H-huh? Where am I? Oh, youre awake? Huh? Yu-Yuuya-kun! When I called out to Kaede, who was the first to wake up, she jumped up in a panic. Perhaps caught by the voice, everyone else wakes up as well. Hmm? W-was I asleep? Nn! What is it? Why am I here? A-as I recall, Yukine-san suggested that we go to see where the mysterious phenomenon occurred A-ahaaaahhh! Yes! What happened to that mysterious creature? Kaede looked around in a panic as she remembered that monster. In fact, Merl had put everyone to sleep in an emergency, but the memory of seeing the monster could not be erased. Hearing Kaedes words, Rin and the others also remembered that time and hurriedly looked around H-huh? This place, the park? Yeah. That creature has vanished. Vanished, you say? Too bad. I wanted to take a picture. Unbelievable! For the time being, we kept it under wraps that we had defeated the monster, and the story went in the direction of the monsters spontaneous disappearance How could Yukine say such a thing after what happened before? She must have a lot of guts. Anyway, after what happened, I didnt feel like hanging out anymore, so we decided to part ways here. Thats what happened. Monster, huh Woof? Fugoo. Pii! When I returned home, I told Ouma-san and the others about todays incident, but he looked at me in a somewhat suspicious way. An unknown monster, neither an evil beast nor anything else, suddenly appeared in the city? I didnt feel any such presence, you know? Eh, you didnt notice it, Ouma-san? Oh. Isnt it just your imagination? Its not my imagination I actually fought with it Certainly, Ouma-san would be able to sense immediately if an evil beast appeared on Earth in the state of being in this house. Even Ouma-san, who has that much power, could not detect the monster this time. Im not lying! I had a pretty tough time with it! T-thats right. I saw it with my own eyes. Affirmative. I cant believe it? Lexia-san and the others told him so, but Ouma-san still didnt believe it. As I tried to figure out how I could get him to believe me, that mysterious purple aura suddenly overflowed from my body! E-eeh? Why all of a sudden? Yu-Yuuya? What is that power? Ouma-san didnt seem to know about this power and looked at me with an astonished expression. I noticed that the purple aura overflowing from my body was reacting to something. Earlier it was shimmering as if rising from my body, but now it was flowing in that direction as if being pulled by something. Over here? H-hey! As if guided by the purple aura, I arrived at the storage room where the [Door to Another World] was placed. There were a lot of mysterious things that Grandpa had collected in the room. Then, I saw what looked like a very old scroll on a shelf in the storage room. It seemed that the purple aura was responding to this scroll. Lexia-san and the others looked at me with interest as I moved as if guided by the purple aura. And when I reach for the scroll. Hohoho! Its been a long time since Ive been in this worldCough, cough, cough! Eh, whats with all the dust? The purple aura and the old scroll reacted with each other, and suddenly a man appeared in the storage room. Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 W-why dont you clean it up a little bit? Yuck! Cough! A mysterious man suddenly appeared. The man was dressed like a nobleman of the Heian period, something rarely seen in this era. In addition, he was well-dressed and gave the impression of being a good-natured person. Of course, I was curious about the mans unusual appearance, but what surprised me even more was the fact that he was. Oh Hmm? Oh? A ghooossstt!? Eeeeehhhh! G-ghost!? Where, where? Im talking about you, though! Huh? Me? I couldnt help but retort to the man who was looking around in fear. Rather than that, the man in front of me had the appearance of a ghost, just like how everyone imagined. I looked down at the mans feet and saw that he had no feet, and they were thin and transparent. Even Ouma-san and the others who were watching the exchange between the man and me looked astonished. Mmm Ive seen insubstantial beings like wraiths before, but they have a certain presence. But I dont feel any presence at all from this ghost Woof Fugo? Pippi! Night also seems to be puzzled, but Akatsuki and Ciel only twisted their heads curiously and did not seem to be that bothered by it. Astonishment. Ghosts, theyre real? Thats amazing! I mean, what is that outfit? I havent seen anyone wearing that since I came to Earth Hey, Lexia! How can you be so calm? Eh? Because its Yuuya-samas house, and I was wondering if something like this could happen Thats true too. Youre convinced? Its difficult to be convinced that a startling situation can happen just because its my house, but I cant remain surprised forever. I called out to the man who was strangely convinced by my tsukkomi. Well, I am dead, arent I? I inadvertently accidentally U-um Hmm? Oh, youre the one that put me on Right! First of all, Im not a ghost! W-well, Im dead, sure. But Im not one of those youkais! Okay? [T/n: I decided to change specter to youkai from this chapter onwards, youkai basically means strange apparition. Since thats too long, so I just decided to use the Japanese word for it, and I think everyone knows about youkai at this point.] I-Im sorry! I called out to him, but after his flowing speech, I apologized to him. But the man seemed satisfied with that and nodded his head. Umu, well, thats good. So, what is it? N-no, um I was wondering who you are When I finally said what I wanted to ask, the man smiled and puffed out his chest. I am so glad you asked! I am the most powerful sorcerer of the Heian period, Tenjou Kuuya! The man with the most confident look on his face is named Tenjou Kuuya-san. Hmm? Tenjou? When I responded to the unexpected last name, Kuuya-san grinned. Well, its nice to meet youDescendant. Eh Eeeeeeeeeeeehhh! My screams echoed throughout the house. Muhoo! Modern confectionery is so sweet! Its the best, the best, the best! Y-yes After that, I moved to the living room with Kuuya-san in order to calm down and listen to his story. When I introduced myself again, I prepared some sweets, and he reacted strongly to them. It seems that Kuuya-san is a fan of sweets. Even now, he is stuffing his mouth full of sweets and looking like a squirrel. Well, you dont have to be in such a hurry, no one is going to take it Astonishing. Nobody can take that much candy in their mouth. Thats amazing. Well, if he eats that many sweets, its no wonder hes like that. Right. However, he is Yuuyas ancestor, isnt he? They dont look much alike Is that so? I think they have the same airiness about them. Hmm? When you say it they look completely different, but both of them have this kind of mysterious air that envelops them Seeing Kuuya-san engrossed in the sweets in front of them, Lexia-san and the others were whispering something to each other, but the content of their conversation did not reach my ears. Phew~. It was very delicious, wasnt it? T-thats good to hear. By the way, I dont see any of my descendants here except for you. Oh T-thats I was wondering what to say when Kuuya-sans eyes suddenly flashed with a mysterious light. It was only for a moment, but I could see it glowed purple as its gaze rested on me. Hoho I see. Its a pity. How can a child of the same blood not be loved equally? Huh? H-how can you I looked at Kuuya-san, who seemed to see through everything I said and did, even though I hadnt told him anything. However, Kuuya-san stares at me in disbelief at my reaction. Didnt I tell you? I am the most powerful sorcerer. Compared to destroying a great youkai, seeing through peoples minds is nothing. Pii! Thank you all. Im having fun living like this now! Youre such a good descendant; its hard for me. I was happy that everyone was being so frank and gentle with me, and as Night and others rubbed up against me, I patted them gently. Thats nice; I wish I could be petted by Yuuya-sama too! No, thats Not that thats bad, but These guys are as if theyre on their last days. As I was enjoying the feel of Night and the others, I heard Ouma-sans dismayed voice. Whats wrong with him? Then Kuuya-san, who was watching our exchange, let out a sigh. Hah you say so, but as for me, I must reflect on what I have done to cause your suffering But then again, its a strange world. As for the Night and your family members, they are exquisitely different from Earths monsters, although their presence may be similar. However, it seems that the dragon there is not so different from the dragon on Earth. Eh? What? Are there beings like me in this world? Kuuya-sans unexpected comment made my eyes widen. Rather, I wonder how Kuuya-san recognized the existence of the other world, and in addition, that Night and the others came from the other world, when I have not yet properly explained about the other world to him Maybe he learned about the other world in the same way, just as he has been aware of many things about my situation since a while ago? For example, maybe hes looking at the memories of everyone here Whatever it is, its a tremendous power. When I thought about that, Kuuya-san nodded like it was nothing. You dont see dragons in this day and age, but in the past, I saw them aplenty, and I slayed a lot of them. Eeeehhh!? There were dragons on Earth in the past? Yes, there were. I am a sorcerer, you know. Besides dragons, I have exterminated most of the famous youkai. Well, Im sure few people in this world know about it, and the ones that do are probably credited to other people, not to me. Eh? I-is that right? Hmm? Thats fine. The important thing is the result of exterminating them, and it doesnt matter who exterminated them. Besides, its a dangerous world, and its not for the people to know about it. And I will fight to keep it that way. The fact that no one knows about the danger is a sign of peace. It is a good thing that these stories, which have been passed down to this time, are still being enjoyed as fairy tales. Seeing Kuuya-san with such a bright and cheerful expression on his face, I felt proud to be his descendant. As we talked, I remembered that I had a question I wanted to ask him. Right! Actually, a purple power rose from my body a while ago, and as a result of being guided by it, I touched the scroll and met Kuuya-san Do you have any idea about that purple power? What are you talking about? Thats the spiritual power, of course. Is that it? Well, since knowledge of spiritual power has been lost, its no wonder you dont know how to use it I did have that feeling from earlier when I saw Kuuya-sans eyes glowing purple from time to time. However, I just dont understand why this power suddenly became accessible. Thats exactly what happened when I fought the monster in that alleyway and was that monster a youkai that Kuuya-san was talking about? Um, actually, I encountered a strange monster today, and when I fought it, I was able to use my spiritual power. Mm? A monster, you say? Speaking of which, the scroll that sealed this me is now unsealed Kuuya-san was about to say that much when he seemed to notice something and looked at me with a serious expression on his face. Wait, what did that monster look like? Eh? It looked like a child, just about my waist height, with huge claws that it dragged behind it. Ive never seen a creature like that before. Come to think of it, you mentioned something like that. Were they really there? Ouma-san was still skeptical, but Kuuya-san seemed to believe my story and continued without any mischievousness. sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. There is no doubt about it. Its a demon. Demon? Moreover, judging from its appearance, it must be a demon that has escaped from the lower levels of the underworld. Eh, u-underworld? The explanation continued one after the other, and my head was confused, but Kuuya-san explained it to me slowly. First of all, sorcerers like me dealt mainly with demons. A youkai, to put it simply for you, is a being similar to a demon. I-I see. The demon is slightly different from the youkai and refers to the soul of a dead creature that has been transformed. Therefore, unlike a youkai, it is already dead. Eehh? The souls of dead creatures originally do not emerge from the underworld. Especially the souls that transform into demons are more strictly controlled in the underworld. However, in order to be able to deal with demons should they appear in this world for any reason, I sealed my thoughts in that picture scroll before my death. So that future generations of sorcerers will have no difficulty in exterminating demons. So The trigger for Kuuya-san to be released from the scroll was for the scroll to be touched by a person with spiritual power in their body, but it seemed that another condition that needed to be met was for demons to appear in this world. I see I understand what you said. But the demons you mentioned earlier have already been defeated by Yuuya, right? Yes! Yuuya-sama defeated it in a cool way! If that is the only demon that appeared in this world, that would be fine. But thats not the case, is it? Thats From what Ive heard from Sawada-sensei and Yukine, it seems that strange phenomena are occurring in various places, and when I think about it, I cant believe that the demons are just that one. However, Ouma-san, who had not seen any demons, sniffed in a bored manner. Hmph. No matter how many of them appear, Im going to wipe them out. Not so fast. I told you, didnt I? I told you that demons are already dead. I ask you, can you make a dead person disappear? T-thats That is where a sorcerer like me comes in. With the spiritual power that resides in Yuuya and me or another kind of power, it is possible to interfere with the demons of the dead. I see. As I was convinced by Kuuya-sans words, Kuuya-san gathered the spiritual power in his eyes and looked at me again. Fumu you seem to have suddenly released your spiritual power, but you still cant manipulate it as you wish, can you? T-thats right. I answered, and Kuuya-san laughed and puffed out his chest. Dont worry! You have me here with you! I will raise Yuuya to be a great sorcerer! Eeeeeehh! Before I knew it, it was decided that I would become a sorcerer, and this was how it was decided that I was to learn about spiritual powers from Kuuya-san. Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 We are now changing places to the world after death, the underworld. Reimei-sama. I have more to tell you. More? Reimei had finished dealing with the demons in the underworld that had escaped from the seal and did not want any more trouble, but one of her subordinates wonderfully ignored her wishes and continued. The soul of the false god has indeed disappeared, but it doesnt change the fact that his soul has moved on until it came to this place. W-what? So what about it? Tell me without any pretense! It seems that not only the boundary between this world and the underworld, but also the boundaries between the various parallel worlds that the soul of the false god touched before reaching this place, and even the boundaries of the time axis, have disappeared. Reimei almost fainted. Originally, this world and the underworld were considered two in one. But if what Ikkaku said is true, this incident is no longer something that can be dealt with in one world. Because it means that the underworld in which they are now living has become connected to countless other worlds.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com Moreover, if even the boundaries of the time axis had disappeared, the worlds could collide, and one of them could swallow the other and merge. I-if, as I suspect, the boundary with the other underworlds is also? Its gone. Rather, the soul that caused trouble this time is a soul that originally existed in another world, and it just arrived at this underworld while destroying the boundary between worlds. It was beyond the realm of what Reimei alone could solve. In other words, my underworld was hit by a stray bullet that flew in from another world what a mess If it had happened in the underworld under her control, she would be willing to take responsibility and deal with it, but this time, since it was the victim of a false gods soul that came from a completely different world, Reimei could only hold her head in her hands. Then, Ikkaku added another blow to Reimeis mind. And one more thing. One more thing? Meikos seal is also gone. .. Reimei looked up to the heavens at the words she did not want to hear the most at this moment. So seal her again? It is not impossible, but like the restoration of the boundary between this world and the next, it will take time. Fortunately, Meiko herself seems to be still quiet Besides the restoration of the boundary, the resealing of Meiko. I dont know what to do anymore When Reimei was in tears, wondering where to start, Ikkaku made a suggestion. Reimei-sama. I have one suggestion for you. What is it? You may already know this, but this matter cannot be solved by Reimei-sama or us alone. So, Id like to bring in some collaborators. Collaborators? Im telling you, you cant get people from the heavenly realms. You think that with the divine authority of those who live in the heavenly realms, the boundaries between the various worlds can be quickly restored, dont you? I certainly think it is a good idea, but since divine authority was necessary to defeat the false god, there is a high possibility that the boundaries of the worlds annihilated by the false god cannot be restored quickly even with the available divine authority. Above all, the heavenly world is too far away from this underworld. The longer it takes now, the more damage will spread, wont it? Yes, I am well aware of that. I am not talking about the observers in the heavenly realm. Besides, I am asking this person to seal up Meiko. What? Reimeis eyes widened at the unexpected words. The truth is, I had tried to find out how the soul of the false god drifted to this underworld before it was annihilated. As a result, I found out that it was sent to the underworld of another world by the hand of a single person. What? You mean that this person defeated the false god As you may have guessed, this person seems to be able to use divine authority. Hmm But he is from a different world, isnt he? No. He is from the Earth, the counterpart of our underworld. What? There is someone with that kind of power on Earth? Although there are not many, there are a few people with special powers on Earth as well. However, Reimei could not hide her surprise at the fact that a person with such a powerful power, like divine authority, existed on Earth. No? The demon spreads the stain of death to its surroundings, but for me it is no big deal to keep that stain inside my own body. Therefore, Yuuya and the others will not be affected. After saying all that, Kuuya-san gathered his spiritual power in his eyes and stared up at the sky. Hmm I wonder how much information about the spiritual power and the impurities is left in this world but it seems that there are people who have the power to purify the impurities. If you go there Uh? Good, Ive found it. Is that okay? You will be exorcised at the place I am about to tell you. Its And so, I was reminded by Kuuya-san to go for an exorcism. Certainly, I felt a somewhat sinister presence from that monster that demon, and regardless of whether it was just me who had an effect, it would be bad to have a bad influence on everyone else. Hmm well, its surely weird to keep going like this. I agree! I think I should go for an exorcism too! You are too scared, Kaede. Are you not scared, Rin-chan? Well, I think its creepy, but I dont know if its that bad. Eeehhh? W-what about Kaori? Im not that bothered by it either Unbelievable! Well, as for Kaori, she knows about the existence of the other world, so theres a good chance that when she sees that monster, shes just as likely to recognize it as a monster from the other world. While Kaede was surprised at the lack of rejection from everyone, Merl opened her mouth with a serious expression on her face. Kaede-san. I do understand. Me-Merl-san! Such an unscientific existence cant possibly be believed! Its impossible its impossible! Me-Merl-san? I think Merls way of being scared is scarier than yours. As she smiled bitterly at that, Rin turned her gaze toward me. So, I understand the exorcism, but where are we going? Lets see, do you remember the shrine where we tried to test our courage during the summer vacation? Eh? If Im not mistaken, thats the place where a girl named Mai Kagurazaka was, right? Hey, hey, are we going to get exorcised at the place where we tested our courage? S§×ar?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. But if you think about it, that place is a shrine, right? If its Mais place, you can be certain! When Lexia-san, who knows Kagurazaka-san well, said so, Kaede and the others, who did not know the situation, tilted their heads. Huh? Lexia-san, do you know Kagurazaka-san? Of course! Mai is on the other side of the worldMmgh! Ah! Ignore what this girl says. We just happen to know each other by chance. I-is that so? Luna hurriedly held Lexia-sans mouth, and Lexia-san, who finally got out of that restraint, was angry at Luna. Hey, what are you doing? What do you mean what am I doing to you, you idiot! We are from another world is a secret, you know? Oh, thats right. You well, fine. Anyway, dont say or do anything that might raise suspicion. Do you understand? It cant be helped. Lexia-san, who was whispering with Luna, nodded her head reluctantly, perhaps convinced. A-anyway! Ive heard that they have a great reputation for exorcisms there. I see. Well, Im a little nervous about spending the rest of my life like this, so I thought, why not? T-thats right! Now that its decided, lets go right away! We decided to go to Kagurazaka-sans shrine, so we made our plans together and headed once again to Kagurazaka-sans shrine on the next day off. Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 3 Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 3Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 Around the time Yuuya and the others were talking about exorcism. At Ousei Academy, the student council president, Kitaraku, was beginning to push forward with the school idol project. So, school idol, lets do it! What are you talking about? The gym teacher, Ohki, was tired of dealing with Kitarakus frequent and sudden arrivals. What, you ask? Its school idols, you know! No, I dont understand what youre talking about in the first place In response to Ohki, who was simply bewildered, Kitaraku continued with his usual tone. Oh, right. Actually, Im thinking of making this school even more exciting Making this school even more exciting? The teachers, including Ohki, are aware that Ousei Academy has already become the talk of the town. The reason is that every year, the school held large-scale athletic and school festivals, and this year, with the arrival of Yuuya, who was a remarkable newcomer, each school event had become more exciting than ever before. But Kitaraku is not satisfied with that and wants to make the school even more exciting. Surely, even now, the school has already become a hot topic of conversation. R-right? In that case, Its not Thats naive! !? Youre being too naive, Ohki-sensei! Kitaraku interrupted Ohkis words and declared so. S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Didnt you realize something at the school festival the other day? W-what do you mean? What did you think of it? Certainly, thanks to me, the school is now showing a great deal of excitement. You say that it is thanks to you? The other day, at the school festival we ended up competing with Nittei Academy, and I was made keenly aware of this. I was struck by how much effort they put into advertising their products and services, while ours did not. Y-you say so, but in the end, we won. That perception is naive. We managed to win that competition because of Yuuya Tenjou, who has recently been the talk of the town in our school Without him, it wouldnt have even been a contest. Thats Ohki could not deny Kitarakus words. In fact, Yuuyas existence made it possible to win the competition against Nittei Academy. However, no one here pointed out that if not for Yuuya, the school festival competition with Nittei Academy wouldnt have happened in the first place. Of course, winning or losing the school festival competition is one thing, but what I am more concerned about is what lies in our future. What? Unfortunately, I will be graduating from this academy and going on to higher education next year. This means that I will no longer be able to make this school as exciting as it is now. The current third-year student, Kitaraku, will be entering the University Affiliate of the same Ousei Academy next year. Although he will still be in the same academy, he will no longer be able to meddle in the policies of the high school. When the next student council president is chosen, Ohki knows that there is no way his successor would be able to act in the same way as him. It will be fine while I am here. I can take every possible means to publicize the charms of Ousei Academy to the outside world. However, once I am gone, there will be no one left to take on that role. Then, this school, even though it is currently attracting a lot of attention, will gradually lose its appeal. In the school festival competition, they won against Nittei Academy, but Nittei Academy was clearly superior in terms of the quality of its facilities, and the teachers there were also excellent. Moreover, perhaps because of the defeat in the school festival, Nittei Academy, which until now had only admitted students from well-financed families, began to actively accept talented commoners, just as Ousei Academy had done.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com Studying abroad? When I lightly explained the situation, Kagurazaka-san let out a sigh of exasperation. There are really too many things happening Lexia-san and the others are studying abroad, but then suddenly there are demons those are different from evil beasts, arent they? I suppose so I really wish you would give me a break. No, really. Of course, I welcome Lexia-san and Luna to this world, but I dont want them to get into trouble with demons and other needless trouble, you know? As I nodded my head in agreement with Kagurazaka-sans words, for some reason, she gave me a cold look. You are nodding about something, but its mostly your fault, isnt it? Eh? Hah well, thats okay. You want an exorcism, right? To be honest, I dont really know what this spiritual power or demon is, but Ill do what I can to help. We were led to the shrine and made to sit there. Other places have a lot of chanting and other rituals, but ours is just this. While saying that, Kagurazaka-san pulled out a mysterious talisman. Well, you probably dont understand even if I explain the details, so Ill just do it quickly. First, close your eyes. We sat down and were instructed to close our eyes, and we did so obediently. I know that Kagurazaka-san was fighting the evil beasts with those talismans, but how would she perform the exorcism? But since we were told to close our eyes, there was no way to check. As I waited, somewhat somberly, a sacred presence was suddenly released from Kagurazaka-sans side. As I recall, Kagurazaka-san was summoned to the Regal Kingdom as a saint and should be able to use the same Holy power as me. However, I think the feeling Im getting now is something different from the Holy power. I cant say which is better or worse compared to Holy power but this feeling seems to penetrate deep into my body, and its very comfortable. It felt as if it was purifying all the bad energy that had built up inside my body. After a while of surrendering to this comforting feeling, Kagurazaka-san called out to us. Phew thats enough. Oh As expected of Mai! How can I say this? I feel refreshed! Whats that abstract impression but Lexia is right. I felt like I was being healed from the inside out. Im glad you felt that way. Kagurazaka-san smiled after hearing Lexia-sans and Lunas impressions and shifted her gaze toward me. I think youre all good now for now. As I said at your last test of courage, these things need to be done in moderation or youll be in trouble someday, you hear me? R-right, Yukine-chan! Be careful, okay? Ill think about it a little bit when you say that much. Not just a little, but think about it properly! While I was smiling at Yukine, who didnt seem to have learned her lesson at all, Rin suddenly mentioned something that was bothering her. I was wondering what this shrine is known for? Oh, certainly. The exorcism earlier was amazing, but is it also known for warding off bad luck? I wonder what god they worship. As each of us talked about the shrines deity, Kagurazaka-san answered. We are a matchmaking shrine. Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 4 Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 4Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 4 We are a matchmaking shrine. Matchmaking? Lexia-san, Luna, Yuti, and Merl twisted their necks, perhaps not being accustomed to hearing this word. Yes. There are various requests to get a job at a good company or to connect with friends, but the most obvious request is to find love. Love? The moment they heard those words, I thought the eyes of Lexia-san and the others had changed. For example, we have a lot of things like love fortune and spots to increase your luck in love. Heh I didnt know it was a place like that. Because I came here before for a test of courage, I didnt have that impression. After a brief explanation, Lexia-sans eyes lit up. I-I want to do all of that! No, Ill do it! R-right. It is also important for us to investigate the God of this country. Yes. I-Im curious too! Is that so? Then go ahead and do it. Thus, overwhelmed by the enthusiasm of some of the girls, we were led by Kagurazaka-san. First, we were taken to a place where we could draw fortunes. sea??h th§× ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. You can draw the omikuji here. Whats an omikuji? Well, to put it simply, it is something that predicts a persons fortune Ours is a love omikuji, so it only predicts things related to love. What do you do? Do you want to draw it? Of course! O-oh everyones so motivated! Y-yeah women in love are so strong Ryo and Shingo-kun were a little taken back in front of the exploding enthusiasm of the girls. I-its true that its a great amount of energy However, since were here, we decided to join in as well. Lexia-san and the others seemed a little hesitant to see the contents, so they decided to read the fortune that Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I had drawn first. Hmm, Shokichi, huh? What is it? Since you have a good sense of humor, although you have many friends of the opposite sex, it is unlikely that you will be able to make progress beyond that point. Therefore, it is difficult for them to realize that you are interested in them, and it is important that you are able to recognize this. Its kind of specific, isnt it? [T/n: Shokichi = Slightly good luck.] Im Chukichi Enjoy your hobbies and interests to the fullest and expand the circle of your community. You may talk passionately with other people who share your interests, but it is also important to stay cool and not get too passionate. Thats what it says [T/n: Chukichi = Medium luck.] What can I say? I am quite surprised at the content of the omikuji, which seems to be tailored to Ryo and Shingo-kun. Although I dont know what the two of them are actually like, I didnt think the content would be so suited to them. I know you were surprised, werent you? The omikuji at this shrine often come true. O-often comes true Well, but you shouldnt worry too much about it. It is important how you feel and how you act after reading it. Thats certainly true While admiring Kagurazaka-sans words, I checked my omikuji too. Lets see Eh? The omikuji should have said Shokichi or Chukichi, but what was written on it was the symbol? a mark question symbol. W-what is it? This is Hmm? What is that? I want to know about it too, though I was so confused that Kagurazaka-san peeked into my hand, and her eyes widened at the omikuji I had drawn. What did you do to get such incomprehensible luck? Is it my fault? I dont think its my fault at all Anyway, although my fortune was ? just like Ryo and the others, there was an explanation written under it, and the content is: What is it? This strange destiny is so complicated with various connections that I cant see whats to come but if you do well, you could be connected to all of these connections. Im curious too, so please do your best. What is it? Its like its talking to me!? The content is a mess, and what is this omikuji? I mean, is my connection so complicated? Is this also something to do with spiritual power? Im curious about that too, but isnt it bad to be tied to all the connections? This is a love fortune, right? This country isnt monogamous I cant imagine myself being that way in the first place I felt indescribable: I believed in the existence of God because of the fortune that spoke clearly to me, but I didnt really believe in the content of the fortune itself. Well, I have met an observer, a being close to God, and it would not be surprising if God existed on this Earth. While I was pondering the contents of my own omikuji, Rin, Yuti, and Yukine were reading the contents of the omikuji that they had drawn. Its good luck Think about your own happiness, huh? Medium luck. Engage with others as much as possible and learn the subtleties of the heart. Difficult to understand. Small fortune. Be moderate in your hobbies. I think its working for me right now. Each of them groaned in front of the omikuji as if they had their own thoughts on the subject. And Lexia-san and the others, who are the most serious about their omikuji, have finally made up their minds and decided to read whats inside. Lets go Eeehh! Eh? Eehh? I-it was like in a manga Ah Kaori was depressed by Ryo and Shingo-kuns impressions. D-dont mind it While Lexia-san, Luna, and Kaori continued to fail, Kaede and Merl also tried, but both ended up failing. N-no way I-its strange both the force and angle of the throw should have been calculated Merl even seemed to have done the calculations using the technology of the planet Amel, but suddenly a strong wind blew, agitating the coin and causing it to fall into the pond. As the most motivated of them all went down, we were a little nervous, but then Yuti raised her hand and said. Challenge. Ill give it a try. Eh? I was surprised that Yuti raised her hand because I thought she was not interested in this kind of event in the first place. But when I heard what she said, I understood. Question. Since a while ago, it seems that something has been blocking the coins with a strange force. I want to see if my technique will work. Ah, I see. The most likely to succeed, Luna also failed, so as a disciple of the Bow Saint, she probably wanted to test her own abilities. In that sense, Im certainly concerned because, looking at the flow of events up to this point, I couldnt help but think that a great invisible power, like God, was affecting the small coins that were being thrown. As everyone watched, Yuti gazed at the small island in the pond with a serious expression on her face. And then. Saw it. [Comet]! Youre going to use that? I couldnt help but raise my voice at the unexpectedly exquisite technique. The coin was thrown with such force that it pierced through the gusts of wind that blocked the path and the twigs that flew up in the air and pierced into a small island in the pond. Oooohhhh! A-amazing! I-it went straight through! N-no way! D-did we lose? Unlike Ryo and the others, who were excited by Yutis divine feat, Lexia-san and the others had a despairing look on their faces, like it was the end of the world. Thats how depressed they are! I was surprised at the extreme reactions of everyone, and then Yuti came in front of me. Show off. Yuuya, is it great? Eh? Ah, y-yeah. That was amazing! I see. When I told her honestly, Yuti hid her face as if she was a little embarrassed. Kiiiii! I wanted to be praised by Yuuya-sama too! Mai! Is there anything else out there? Something even we could do! Eehh? I thought you did that one just now well enough, but well, okay. Theres one last thing, and Ill take you there. As we followed Kagurazaka-san, who had an indescribable expression on her face, we saw a magnificent tree growing there. The size of the tree was overwhelming, but combined with the serene atmosphere of the surroundings, it seemed sacred. This tree is called the great tree of the rim, do you see the hollow there? Oh, its true. I looked in the direction indicated by Kagurazaka-san, and sure enough, there was a hole just large enough for one person to pass through. It is said that if you can go through that hole in a figure of eight, you will be blessed with the chance to be united with the person you love. It is said that it means to mesh the ties by going through in a figure of eight.'' That sounds like something we can do! Indeed, while the previous wish involved physical ability and luck, this one seemed easy enough to do since all we had to do was go through the hole. The hole is certainly narrow, but it seems that the girls here could at least get through it. So Lexia-san was the first to try, and this time she succeeded in making a wish. I did it I did it! Mai, I succeeded! Mhm then me too! Following Lexia-sans lead, Luna and the others also tried, and all succeeded. I succeeded too! I think were in the clear. I thought it would be a relief if they all succeeded, but it didnt work out that way. Ueeeeeee! Something got stuck, and I cant get through! To my surprise, It was Kaede.. that, her chest got stuck in the hole, and she couldnt get through. We boys felt uncomfortable with this situation, but the girls were in despair when they saw the reason for Kaedes failure. S-so this is what you call a gap in strength Its strange we should have succeeded, but why do we feel so defeated.! Kaede, its not fair Yeah. Kaede, its not fair. Eeeeeeeehhhh!? Why am I being blamed for this? Kaede must have felt terrible because even though she failed to make a wish, she was blamed by everyone. Thus, despite all the happenings, we were able to accomplish the goal of the exorcism as originally planned. Book 12: Chapter 3: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 3: Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 After the exorcism by Kagurazaka-san. I was being trained by Kuuya-san to practice spiritual power. .. Good, keep it up. If you are in a hurry, it will end up with an outburst of spiritual power. So, it is important to continue your training slowly. sea??h th§× Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The goal of my current training was to be able to freely release my spiritual power at will and to be able to circulate my spiritual power freely within my body. As a way to achieve this, I first needed to face my own spiritual power, so I focused on my own body while sitting in meditation. This method was similar to the first time I sensed magic power, but at that time, I was unaware of this spiritual power that was lurking in my body. It was only after I completed the trial in the heavenly realm that I became able to sense the spiritual power in my body. I dont remember what kind of trial it was, but it was a test to cease being human, and I guess it was that act that led me to face my own existence, and this was how I came to manifest my spiritual power. As I was thinking about this and manipulating the spiritual power inside my body, Kuuya-san gave me the signal to end the session. Alright, lets call it a day. Hmm Umu, umu. As expected of my descendant. You have quickly mastered the art of using spiritual powers. As Kuuya-san said, it had not been that long since I began training, but I was able to freely release and move spiritual power within my body without any particular difficulty. The only thing I had to be careful about was that I dont spread my spiritual power around too vigorously, but since Kuuya-san was watching over my training, I dont have to worry about that at the moment. In other words, I could say that my training was going quite well. I continued with my training regarding spiritual power, but there were still many things I didnt know about it. Um, Kuuya-san. I am training in this way, but what can I actually do with spiritual power and sorcery? Well, right It seems that there is a technique called magic in the other world, it can definitely do something similar to it. If magic consumes magic power to cause phenomena, then similarly, sorcery is a technique that consumes spiritual power to cause phenomena. Does that mean you can create flames? Yes. The only clear difference between magic and sorcery is that sorcery is more offensive. Offensive? I tilted my head, and Kuuya-san continued. As I mentioned before, spiritual power is the result of the stain of death becoming a power. Therefore, its power is also close to death. In other words, the sorcery that is released by consuming this power also has a high ability to kill. For example, if you compare a flame created by magic and a flame created by sorcery, the flame created by sorcery is much hotter, and above all, it does not disappear. It doesnt disappear? Yes. Just as you cannot attack a demon without spiritual power, a phenomenon created with spiritual power can basically only be canceled by another phenomenon that is also filled with spiritual power. You must remember that. Indeed, the difference would be quite large since a flame created by magic can be extinguished even by water that is not separately imbued with magical power. I see In addition to this, the training you are currently undergoing to manipulate the spiritual power within your body, if you are able to do this, you will naturally be able to continue strengthening your body. In other words, it would be a sorcery version of the physical ability through magic. Due to having the demons constitution, you and I have never been able to develop proper muscles, but if you can handle your spiritual power, you will always be able to exert a force that cannot be compared to muscular strength. Unlike sorcery, which releases spiritual power out of the body, this one does not consume spiritual power If it werent for this power, I wouldnt have been able to fight against those demons. Thus, I spent peaceful days with Kuuya-san training me to control my spiritual power. To be honest, Im curious about the demons that appeared in this world and the reason why they appeared in this world. But I couldnt exterminate the demons on my own. I think Kuuya-san was concerned about this, too. You shouldnt worry too much about it. Right now, you should only think about helping the people around you. Its not a laughing matter its true that all the events youve been involved in have been successful, but you certainly cant take it lightly with the effort that went into them Thats why the other teachers are stopping you. If you would just think a little more about what youre doing, youd be able to act as a normal student council president, you know? I wont be such a boring student council president! Do as you please Apparently, this student council president is quite a unique person. So, Kitaraku. I have a very bad feeling about this you, whats your business with Tenjou? Oh, thats right! The student council president Kitaraku, who remembered his purpose thanks to Sawada-senseis words, said to me with his chest puffed out. Yuuya Tenjou-kun! I would like you to raise the school idols of our school! ..Yes? I couldnt help but ask back at the unexpected words of the student council president. The other classmates who were listening around the room were also darting their eyes at the student council presidents words. However, only one person, the student council president, alone was convinced and took my hand. Oh, youll take care of it! Then lets start talking about the details W-wait a minute! I didnt say Id take on the job. Hmm? Didnt you just say yes? I was asking back! It should not have looked like I agreed to it by any stretch of the imagination, but apparently, the student council president didnt think so. Thats strange is it possible for there to be such a difference in perception? Then the student council president let go of my hand and tilted his head. Hmm that I was mistaken. But what do you want to ask back? No, I want to hear it all back from the beginning As well as the school idol, and Im the one who will raise it, and I dont understand the situation from what its all about. Sawada-sensei, who had been quietly watching what was going on, let out a sigh. Hey, Kitaraku are you trying to start something weird again? What do you mean by strange? Im just proposing a means to spread the word about how wonderful this academy is! This direction is too crazy Everyone in the class, not just me, nodded in agreement with Sawada-senseis words. Then Luna, who was getting ready to leave as well, asked in a whisper. I dont know what it is, but what is this school idol thing that guy was talking about? U-um To be honest, I dont know how to explain it. I am not very familiar with those things as well. Shingo-kun, perhaps sensing my concern, appeared out of nowhere. Lu-Luna-san! Oh! W-where did you come from? T-thats not the point. School idol is Shingo-kuns explanation, which was even more enthusiastic than usual, helped not only Luna but also me to understand the school idol thing somewhat. I see So, there is such a culture in this world and when it comes to a position of gaining popularity among the people, it may be similar to that of a saint or a hero, like Mai. Luna was a little overwhelmed but seemed to understand the concept of idols by matching it with her own knowledge. Ah, Kitaraku-senpai! I-Ive been looking for you! Kaori? Book 12: Chapter 3: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 3: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 While everyone in the surroundings was buzzing at the student council presidents surprising statement, another two people came to this class. One is Kaori, and the other is a female student whom I have seen greeting at an event. So, this person must also be a student council member Then, the girl and Kaori came straight to the student council president. Senpai! I thought I couldnt find you but what are you doing without telling us? No, I think momentum is important in everything! Please put yourself in the shoes of those who have to deal with it! The student council president didnt seem to respond at all but simply laughed cheerfully. W-what amazing mental fortitude The student council president then stopped the female student with his hand. Well, calm down! Im just trying to persuade Tenjou-kun. E-even if you put it that way Yuuya-san, youre having trouble because hes talking too much all of a sudden, arent you? I guess so Thanks to Kaoris words, I managed to nod my head, albeit a little hesitantly. I dont even know what made you decide to start that school idol project, but what Im most curious about is why you consulted me about it That reminds me, I didnt tell you about that, did I? Senpai! You should explain it to him if you want to get him involved! Thats fine; Im going to tell you now! Well, regarding the school idol project, the purpose is to promote this academy. The other day, the school festival showdown with Nittei Academy made me think of something. It seems that the school had a lot to think about after witnessing the publicity power of Nittei Academy during the school festival showdown. This is because Ousei Academy only conducted its publicity as it had in previous years, while Nittei Academy, on the contrary, advertised through all kinds of media, including TV and the Internet. I think the current Ousei Academy is attractive enough, but I think we can create a different atmosphere by introducing a new approach here and there. As part of that, I decided to start the school idol project. H-huh And thats why I chose you to be in charge of the project, because frankly speaking, you make a good impression on the teachers! Youre so frank! I was surprised to hear him say that so openly. B-but I dont think I have a good reputation among the teachers Thats not true, you know. Hey, Sawada-sensei. I didnt want to say it in front of Kitaraku, but its right! Its because you are active in all the ball games, the athletic festival, and the school festival, and on top of that, you dont go out of control like this Kitaraku. In that sense, the teachers think very highly of you. So thats how it is. As you can hear, Ive gone a little overboard, and the teachers are watching me closely! I thought it would be a good idea to appoint you, who has a good reputation among the teachers, to be in charge of this project! Youre really frank, arent you? As was the case earlier, the student council president seems to say what he thinks too much But I guess thats also his charm. Now, Ive explained all this to you! Tenjou-kun, would you be willing to take on this project? Im I was about to decline the offer since I still didnt know what exactly I was going to do, and more importantly, I didnt know if I could be of any use to them. Hey, Luna! You have the nerve to keep me waiting! Bored. I couldnt wait any longer. Ah I forgot about Lexia and Yuti Lexia-san and Yuti couldnt wait any longer and even came to this class in the high school. Although Lexia-san came to this world as an exchange student, she is still royalty, and no matter how safe the environment in Japan is, there is no guarantee that something dangerous will not happen to her. That said, there have been incidents related to demons recently. So, although we were in different grades, we would meet up and go home together every time. Since we were going home from the same place and, more importantly, we were not involved in any club activities, it was easy for us to meet up. Lexia-san and Yuri were already at the meeting place as usual, but when we didnt show up no matter how long they waited, they came to pick us up. Then, seeing Lexia-san and Yuti, the student council presidents eyes lit up. You! Eh? M-me? Yes, its you! That overflowing aura why dont you become a school idol of our school? At the student council presidents words, the female student council member let out a tired sigh. Despite her, the student council president looked around the class. For now, I think three is fine but its worth the effort. Is anyone in this class interested in becoming a school idol? We will probably put out a call for applications to the entire school later, but wed appreciate it if you could come forward here! The whole class was abuzz at the student council presidents call for applications. H-how about you? It sounds kind of fun, but Im not sure Id feel comfortable lining up with those three. What about the boys? Im curious, but then theres Yuuya, the absolute idol As I expected, it was too sudden, and although everyone discussed it, no one in particular seemed to come forward. The student council president, who took notice of the situation, nodded his head once. Fumu Well, it was very sudden, after all. For the time being, its just these three U-um! Hmm? It was the moment when the student council president was about to close the recruitment process. To my surprise, Kaede raised her hand, looking a little embarrassed. T-that school idol thing? Can I participate, too? Then, following Kaedes lead, Merl raised her hand as well. I have little basis for judgment and was going to wait and see what would happen This would be a great experience, and I would like to be a part of it! Oh, two more participants! Thats great! I hope you will contribute to our school as a school idol! S§×arch* The N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Since there were no additional applicants other than Kaede and Merl, it was decided that Lexia-san, Luna, Yuti, Kaede, and Merl would become the school idols. From the student council president suddenly coming to me to this point, I was surprised that the story had already taken shape so far, despite the fact that I was told about it out of the blue, Sawada-sensei, who had remained silent up until now, let out a sigh. Hah I didnt stop you because I thought it would be a futile attempt, but its still going as smoothly as ever How can this guys ideas go so smoothly? Dont just say its useless to try; I was hoping youd stop him Nekota, thats impossible. This guy wont stop at anything. Or rather, he never listens to people in the first place How can he be the student council president if hes like that? I guess its another one of those qualities that make him a leader. The female student council members who came with Kaori also let out a tired sigh along with Sawada-sensei. W-what can I say? Good luck. Nevertheless, Ive also been determined to be in charge of the school idol project without knowing the reason why. What am I going to do now? While I had such anxieties, Kaori approached me. Yuuya-san. Um Im sorry. You got caught up in our circumstances N-no, thats fine, but it looks like Kaori is having a hard time too. W-well but its more fun than just trouble. Kaori was smiling bitterly, but she probably meant what she said. The fact is, the conversation was carried out quite forcefully, but I guess this student council president Kitaraku has the ability to make everyone around him smile. But I wonder if Im up to the task. I dont even know what Im going to do yet Dont worry! Im sure Yuuya-san will do well! R-really? Yes! If only I didnt have to work for the student council, I would be joining Lexia-san and the others Eh? Ah, i-its nothing! As we had this exchange, the student council president was thinking about something with a serious expression on his face. Since we have gathered so many attractive people, we have to put more effort into other parts of the school so as not to waste the charm of these girls First of all, the music is right! Lets ask that popular artist Kanade Utamori-san! Weve already made a connection at the school festival! We also have to think about costumes and hahaha, you have a lot to think about, Nekota-kun! And please put yourself in the shoes of those of us who get caught up in it every time Isnt that great! Its more fun than that! Alright, lets get moving right now! So, Tenjou-kun! Well talk more about it soon! See you later! Ah! The student council president said all he had to say and left. W-what can I say.? He really came and went like a storm I had never met the student council president before, but I just kept being overwhelmed by him. Book 12: Chapter 4: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 4: Part 1Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 Haah! Kikiii! I thrust out the [Absolute Spear], which was imbued with spiritual power, at the small creature in front of me. The enemy I am dealing with now looked like the demon I first encountered, but it was even shorter and looked like a goblin from another world, and it was called an imp. I was currently training under Kuuya-sans guidance on how to handle spiritual power, and as part of that training, the imp was specially created by Kuuya-san using his own spiritual power. The creature, pierced through the torso by my attack, vanished like dust. Kuuya-san watched the scene and nodded. Umu. Youve mastered the use of spiritual power quite well. Youve passed your first goal of applying the power to an object. Phew Thank you very much. I let out a sigh of relief when I managed to get a pass from Kuya-san. Then, Ouma-san, who had been watching my training, had a curious look on his face. Hmm the more I look at it, the stranger the power is Ive never seen anything like it before. Moreover, unlike Evil, it is not a negative power, but I didnt know a power with such a dense sense of death existed So even Ouma-san is not familiar with this power By the way, is it possible to acquire this spiritual power after birth? When I asked Kuuya-san what was suddenly on my mind, he shook his head. It would be difficult. As I have explained, spiritual power in other words, the power of spirits, is a power that should be avoided by the living. The degree of defilement by death is much stronger. Therefore, it is necessary to have a body that can originally store spiritual power. If you are born with a small amount of spiritual power, it is possible to increase it. Well one thing I was wondering is that if you dont have the power originally, it is difficult to acquire it later, isnt it? Then why did I or Kuuya-san, for that matter, have the spiritual power in our bodies? Its simple. It means that our ancestors had demons blood running through their veins. Huh? I was not expecting that, and my eyes widened. I explained that demons are souls that have somehow escaped from the underworld and have been transformed In the days even before I was born, the boundary between the underworld and this world was less defined than it is now. Therefore, demons sometimes traverse into this world. Such a time was At that time, some people were forcibly attacked by demons and became pregnant with demon children, while others genuinely fell in love with demons and had children born with both human and demon blood. Such was the case with our ancestors, and as a result, the blood of demons flowed through the Tenjou family. I-I see. So, it is almost impossible for a living person to acquire the power of a demon. There is nothing to do but to give up. Mmm Woof!a-san seemed to be interested in the spiritual power, and he was not so amused when he heard that he couldnt acquire it. In the same way, Night had hoped to acquire spiritual power, but he seems disappointed that this possibility has vanished. It is impossible for you guys to acquire the spiritual power, but there is a way for Yuuya to raise his own spiritual power. Eh? Well, its not a method I recommend, but its a method of forcing another persons spiritual power to dwell in your body. Dwell? Yes. It would be similar to when you took that strange power inside of you. This guy, is he aware of my existence? Kuro was surprised by Kuuya-sans words, as he didnt expect that he would in this discussion. It was the same for me. I had not explained Kuro to Kuuya-san, but he easily saw it right through. Dont be so surprised, okay? I can detect the presence of power just as you can. I can also tell you how you obtained that power. If Yuuya can sharpen your sense of power, you will be able to do it. I-I see. I know this is a bit off-topic, but it seems that Yuuya has taken on this power and put it in your body, right? In the same way, you can increase your own power by absorbing the power of another. Can you do that to any demon? Well, you can, but as I said at the beginning, I dont recommend it. Whats more, you cant just absorb the power of one demon after another; in other words, it is the same as receiving the stain of death into yourself. Moreover, most of the demons that you have encountered are those that have been tainted with evil, even in the underworld, and even their souls are tainted with malice. You and I have demon blood in our veins, so our bodies are accustomed to the power of demons, but if one suddenly accepts such power, it will have an adverse effect on them as well. I-I see The safest way to increase your power is to use up all the power stored in your body. Even if a person who has spiritual power in their body uses up that power, they will recover little by little. And with each recovery, the amount of spiritual power stored in the body increases, albeit only slightly. Yuuya and I have a lot of power, so it is difficult for us to consume it, but this is the safest and most reliable way to do so. Everything is best done steadily. Its true; Ive seen firsthand how sudden gains of power result only to be swept away While I was getting a lecture from Kuuya-san on the subject of spiritual power, I suddenly realized something. Come to think of it, where are Lexia-san and the others? Hmm? They went shopping. Lexia-san and the others didnt just come to Earth to study. By looking around the Earth, I guess there are some things that can benefit the Kingdom of Arcelia. I wondered what would happen to them at first, but Im glad to see that they seem to be adjusting well to Earth. Yuti also made some friends a short time after arriving on Earth. Surprised by the sudden intruder, I heard Kuuya-sans voice from behind me. Phew you suddenly started fighting, so I hurried to protect this house with my spiritual power but Im tired. Eh? Oh S-sorry! It seems that Kuuya-san tried to break into the fight against the oni, but rather than that, he divided his efforts so that this house would not be destroyed. Its okay; its okay. In fact, it would have been better if it had been stopped earlier. I didnt expect the oni, messengers of Reimei-sama, to come. It seems that the underworld is finally getting quite noisy. You I see, you are a thought body. It seems that you had great sorcery skills in your life to be able to leave such a beautiful thought body. The blue oni was surprised at Kuuya-sans appearance, but Kuuya-san shook his head. Please stop. Im not that big of a deal. More importantly, are you looking for Yuuya over there? Oh, yes, I was I am one of Reimei-samas messengers. I am sure you have heard from these onis, but our lord, Reimei-sama, has summoned you. So I sent these oni to pick you up It seems that there has been some rough treatment on our part. I am very sorry. Ikkaku-san bowed his head without hesitation as he said this. Oh, please raise your head! Im not particularly hurt, and Im fine! More importantly, why is it that I am being called by the one called Reimei-sama? I was surprised to be suddenly attacked by these onis, but that was still fine. More than that, I couldnt understand why Reimei-sama, the supposed master of these onis, was calling me all of a sudden. Regarding that, I would like you to hear from Reimei-sama herself I would like for you to come to the underworld and talk with her. Eeehhh? U-underworld? An underworld is a place where the dead go, right? Im invited to a place like that, and Im still alive Is that okay? Im not going to die from this, am I? Perhaps my concern was conveyed, Ikkaku-san continued. You must be worried if you are suddenly told to go to the underworld. However, if it is Yuuya-sama, you seem to have spiritual power in your body, and more than anything else, you are invited by Reimei-sama. There is no need to worry about that sort of thing. S§×ar?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I-I see. But unfortunately, only Yuuya-sama has been invited, and I cant take everyone over there with us. Eh? Woof? Buhi? Pii! What did you say? Even if we were to head to the underworld, I had assumed that Night and the others would be able to go with us, and my eyes widened involuntarily. I know you may disagree, but its something that cant be helped. As you all know, the underworld is the land of the dead. The land of the dead is permeated with the stain of death. In order to spend time there, you must have spiritual power. If thats the reason then what about Kuuya-san? I think he is much more skilled in the use of spiritual powers than I am I introduced him as such, and Kuuya-san shook his head. No, it is impossible. Even though I have spiritual power, I am originally just a thought that I left behind in that scroll before I died. Therefore, my true body exists in the underworld. So, I cant follow you now. No way Dont worry. I can still exchange memories with my body, and my body in the underworld will know about Yuuya. Im sure my body will serve you well when you go to the underworld. I understand that you are confused by the suddenness of the situation. But I really want Yuuya-sama to come to the underworld. Please, can you help us? After saying this, Ikkaku-san bowed his head again. Then, as if to help Ikkaku-san, Kuuya-san also asked me for help. Sorry, Yuuya. If you can, will you lend them a hand? These oni serve the lord of the underworld, Reimei-sama. This one, in particular, can be called the right hand of Reimei-sama. The fact that they came directly to this place must mean that something terrible is happening in the underworld. Thats why To be honest, I am still puzzled. Nevertheless, I cannot just sit back and be silent after being bowed down to. I understand. I dont know what I can do, but please take me to that Reimei-sama. Thank you very much! Ikkaku-san snapped his fingers as he said this. At that moment, a black vortex appeared in front of him, same as the one the oni had first crawled out of. This way, then. So Im off to the underworld. I dont know what will happen, but please keep watch at home. Woof! Woof, woof! Buhi! Pii! Well, if youre the only one who can go, then so be it. Ill take care of the house for a while. Night and the others raised their hands as if to say, Leave it to me, and Ouma-san turned away and said so. Im sorry, Yuuya. Please take care of it. Yes! When Kuuya-san said this to me for the last time, I stepped into the vortex. Book 12: Chapter 4: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 4: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 Around the time Yuuya was heading to the underworld. At Ousei Academy, the student council president, Kitaraku, was finally moving forward with the school idol project. Now, the most important idol candidates and Yuuya-kun have been secured. Huh youre really going to go ahead with it now that youve come this far, but whats next? Right after all, when it comes to idols, the stage is important, isnt it? Well, thats right. But I dont have the know-how for that! Even if you say it so refreshingly then what are you going to do about it? In response to Nekotas question, Kitaraku smiled. As a matter of fact, Im going to ask for help from Star Productions, which has connections with our academy. Eh? The company that Kitaraku mentioned is a leading entertainment agency to which Miu and Kanade belong, and it has been involved with Ousei Academy in many events, such as ball games and school festivals. Besides having a large number of entertainers, they also have Kanade, whom we invited to the school festival. The direction of the idol project is different, but the setting of the stage is the same. I-I see Besides, I already have their contact information! When did you get that? The teachers had forcibly pulled him off the stage, but behind their backs, Kitaraku had been able to get a hold of a variety of contacts. Ill have to get in touch with them right away! Oh, hey! Before Nekota could stop him, Kitaraku was already on the move. After successfully making an appointment, he visited the agency once again. I see. So thats why you came to us. Thats an impressive plan The president of the company smiled amusedly in front of Kitaraku, who visited the office, while employee Kurosawa had an indescribable expression on her face. So, what do you think? Can you help us? Hmm as for me, its an interesting project, and Id be happy to help you, but President. If you decide so easily When Kurosawa was about to say so, the president restrained her with her hand. Of course, its not so easy for us to decide just like that. We have our own work to do, and more importantly we dont know how much it will benefit us because there is no precedent. .. With the company on her shoulders, the president could not proceed just because it looked interesting. However, Kitaraku already had a card in his hand to persuade the president. Certainly, it is a new venture, and there is no doubt that there are many uncertainties. But I am already convinced that this attempt will be a success. Heh? Why is that? Since you have already been to our school, you have seen our students, and there are many very attractive students at Ousei Academy. Thats true. They were all idol-caliber girls. Right, Kurosawa? Yes. I wanted to bring some of them out of the school. But its a mistake to think that just being cute is enough to attract attention when it comes to idols. What do you think about that? The president shot a sharp look at Kitaraku. However, Kitaraku is not intimidated by this gaze and smiles. Yuuya Tenjou. !? He is the key to this project. Dont tell me hes going to be an idol! The president and Kurosawa, who had once been rejected by Yuuya to enter the entertainment business, were surprised by Kitarakus statement, as they had not expected Yuuyas name to be mentioned. No, we are only going to have him work as the person in charge of this project. But if the school idol project progresses, he will be forced to take the front stage. There is no way he wont attract attention then. Thats Besides, Im thinking of having him work as a school idol eventually. Wha!? Is that possible? He has refused to enter the entertainment industry before In response to Kurosawas concern, Kitaraku nodded. There is no problem. Perhaps he refused to enter the entertainment industry because of his earnestness and sense of responsibility School idols are only for the time they are students. In other words, as long as he has a fixed period to be active, I believe the emotional hurdle would be less than if he were to enter the entertainment industry as an ordinary person. I-I see And if he tries out as a school idol.. he might even be interested in the entertainment industry, right? When I asked this, Reimei-samas face took on a somewhat sad expression. You have to seal a certain being. S§×arch* The NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. A certain being? Yes. She is called Meiko. She is a being born in the underworld. I tilted my head when I heard that explanation. In the underworld? This is the world where the dead end up, isnt it? And yet, how can something be born in this world? No, perhaps both the demons and Reimei-sama are beings born in this world? Then, Reimei-sama seemed to read my thoughts like that and continued speaking. I understand what you are thinking. This underworld is indeed the land of the dead. Something is not born anew. The demons here were originally different beings, and they became demons because they have lived in the underworld for so many years. T-then, what exactly is this Meiko? Meiko is a being born from the crystallization of all the evil intentions of the demons in the underworld. When I heard those words, what came to my mind was the existence of Evil in the different world. That, too, was born from the crystallization of the malice that arose in the other world of Argena. Does that mean that this Meiko is the same kind of being? Thats what I thought Ive been researching, and it seems that there is a similar existence in a certain world. But it is nothing compared to that. The one you know of is called Evil, I believe. It is a being with a will, a being in which the malice of the world is actualized. On the other hand Meiko is the crystallization of the malice of the ultimate sinners imprisoned in the lowest levels of the underworld. How many years do you think it took for the souls of the dead sinners to drift down to this underworld? The negative power of a single world is not enough to bring about the quality and quantity of the souls of the deadly sinners. .. I couldnt help but be struck by Reimei-samas words. I cant believe that even Avis, the God of Destruction with that mighty power, or the most powerful Evil in the past with Zenovis-san, are no match for Meiko How can I fight against such a being? Its impossible for you right now. Above all, it is said that you have only just awakened your powers. You havent even mastered the art of sealing with your spiritual power yet, have you? Then how? Ikkaku. Bring those people here. Eh? I asked, and Reimei-sama called out to Ikkaku-san. You will need to seal Meiko by your own hand, but I will not spare you any assistance in getting there. In other words, you will have to do a little training here. Training? Yes. We have a master for that Were here. Im looking forward to working with you. Oh! You must be Yuuya! Ive heard so much about you from myself in the present world! ! Reimei-samas words were interrupted by three voices. When I turned my gaze in the direction of the voices, I saw an old man wearing a tattered cloth, a woman with a beaming smile, and Kuuya-san, whom I had left on Earth. For a moment, I was surprised to see Kuuya-san there, but the Kuuya-san on Earth is a thought body sealed in a scroll, not the main body. In other words, Kuuya-san here must be the main body. The old mans clothes were in tatters, but he did not look dirty. This is probably due to the atmosphere that the old man exudes. His back is not bent, and he even looks somewhat graceful. And the woman wears a gentle air, and I feel my heart naturally relax. Are these the people who will be my mentors in the underworld? I can say that this is definitely the first time Ive met the woman, but I had a strange feeling when I saw the old man. I did not feel as if I was meeting this old man for the first time. I was puzzled, but the old man smiled kindly. Its been a long time, Yuuya. Eh? Its been a long time? That means we definitely havent met for the first time. Then this person is? Then the old man saw me puzzled and gave a wry smile. I see this is the first time youve seen me at this age. Then the old man looked straight at me again. I am Zenovis. Yuuya, its nice to see you again. Eh? I froze at the old mans words. Zenovis. That was the name of the sage who had changed everything in my life. And if I look closely at the old man in front of me, I can see the face of Zenovis-san. In other words, this man is. Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeehhhhhh! My exclamation echoed through the underworld. Book 12: Chapter 5: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 5: Part 1A short chapter but, hope you can enjoy it~ Part 1 I had a shocking reunion with Zenovis-san, but he was not the only mentor from the underworld. Seeing my surprise, the woman I assumed to be the other mentor deepened her smile. Ara ara, its so interesting to see the newest addition to Yuti-chans family Eh, Yuti? I didnt expect her name to come up here, and I was surprised. Then, the woman continued with a gentle smile on her face. I am Yuty-chans master Bow Saint Archer Arrow. Nice to meet you, Yuuya-chan! Eeeh? To my surprise, this woman Archer-san was Yutis late master! Reimei-sama laughed amusedly at my continued astonishment. Hohoho, thats a good reaction! Those three are your mentors. Well, Sage-sama and I are just helping Yuuya-chan seal Meiko-chan. Is that so? Umu. As I said before, Meiko is the crystallization of the malice of all the great sinners imprisoned in the underworld. Even the slightest overflow of its power can create all kinds of evil beings in its surroundings. Thats why Ive asked Archer and the others there to take care of it. Evil beings are different from demons, arent they? No, it is not. They cant be defeated without the same kind of spiritual power as demons do, but in their essence, the malice that overflowed from the body of Meiko has transformed into a different form and started to move. Since it is originally malevolent, once it is unleashed, it will attack those around it without regard. Therefore, this existence cannot be left unchecked. We have obtained a power called spiritual power instead of mystical power because of our death. But with this spiritual power, it would be enough to deal with the creatures produced by Meiko and the like. Therefore, I have decided to train Yuuya so that you will be able to fight Meiko alone. I-I will be trained by Zenovis-san again! The training was quite tough, but there was no doubt that I acquired my strength thanks to his training. While the thought of undergoing that painful training once again made me feel a bit intimidated, its an opportunity that Im going to take advantage of. I will do my best again. Whew I didnt expect you to still be so motivated after all the hard work I put you through. If so, then I will respond to that motivation. Unfortunately, I personally dont have any idea about spiritual power. So I will mainly teach you how to use weapons and magic. Well then, about spiritual power Yes! I will teach you! Kuuya-sans expression showed his pride as he said this. I have heard about you from my thought body in the present world! Now that I think about it, its amazing that he can communicate between the main body here in the underworld and the thought body he left behind on Earth. To put it another way, its quite a feat to be able to seal ones own thought body in a scroll. Youve become splendid, Yuuya! Yeah yeah! I was sobbing, but Grandpa gently held me in his arms. Yes, Grandpa always soothed me like this. S~ea??h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I thought I would never see him again. I never thought I would see him again like this In any way, being able to see Grandpa again was the best thing that could have happened to me. Now, have you calmed down? I-Im sorry When my tears had finally subsided, and my heart had calmed down, Reimei-sama called out to me. Reimei-sama smiled gently at me as I felt my cheeks heat up. Dont worry about it. You must have had strong feelings for him, which is rare among humans these days. Thats nice. Id like to meet Yuti-chan, too. Archer-san, who was watching the reunion between me and my grandfather, said so enviously. Im sorry I wish I could have brought Yuti along Its fine, dont worry about it~. After I died, Yuti-chan went down the wrong path once. But thanks to Yuuya-chan, shes looking straight ahead now and thats all I need to be happy about. I see Seeing Archer-san smiling kindly, I knew that she truly cared about Yuti. Thus, after everyone had been introduced, Reimei-sama clapped her hands. Alright! This concludes our conversation here. Ill immediately ask Yuuya to train hard for the sealing of Meiko! I-I understand! Huff Leave it to me. Onee-san will do her best, too. Fumu, for the first time in a long while, I can feel my skills as a sorcerer ringing. We each responded to Reimei-samas words. .. At that time, I didnt realize that Grandpa was thinking about something else. Book 12: Chapter 5: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 5: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 Haaaaah! Kiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! How much time has passed since I met Zenovis-san and the others again? Now I was wielding the [Omni-Sword] clothed with my own spiritual power against the kobolds that Kuuya-san had created with his spiritual power. When I started my training in this underworld, I had no idea how long it would take to resolve this situation, and I had many things to worry about because of my life on Earth. However, the underworld had a separate flow of time from the present world, just like the heavenly realm, and on top of that, it was said that one does not age while in this place. Therefore, I dont have to worry about the time it took to train, and I had spent a considerable amount of time training here. In the beginning, I concentrated too much on manipulating my spiritual power, and when there were more than two kobolds to deal with, I often became careless with my handling of my spiritual power. Now, however, I am able to handle multiple kobolds while manipulating spiritual power in a natural way. Nevertheless, as I became more adept at using my spiritual power, Kuuya-san made the kobolds he produced stronger, so my training was quite painful. Yuuya. Relax your body. If you keep exerting yourself so much, you will collapse soon. I-I understand! In addition to operating my spiritual power, Zenovis-san taught me how to handle weapons, just as I had done when I was sent to the past. However, this time I was allowed to use [Omni-Sword] from the beginning, so this would be a big difference. You can cut anything you want to cut without having to rely on weapons anymore. So adding restrictions to your weapons now will have no effect. Zenovis-san said so, but Im probably still relying on my weapon. I had also taught some various sorcery from Kuuya-san to seal Meiko, but it was also difficult. Because of this, the only new sorcery I was learning here was the sealing technique, and I didnt have time to learn any other types of sorcery. Well, since all I needed now was the sealing technique, there would be no problem if I could learn the other arts at another time. I continued my training in this way, but then I was allowed to take a break. I-Im tired Thanks for your hard work, Yuuya-chan. Oh, thank you, Archer-san. I dont know exactly what it is, but Yuuya, youve gotten a lot stronger, havent you? I-is that so? Im glad to hear you say so. While receiving a towel from Archer-san, I cant help but smile at my grandfathers words. Then Archer-san opened her mouth, looking a bit dazed, as she sat down next to me. Even so Sage-sama training is outrageous, isnt it? I-is that so? Yes, it is. I had only known Sage-sama as a character from a fairy tale, but seeing him in person like this, I realized that all those fairy tales were true. A-ahahaha Anyway, you have to remember that the training youre undergoing right now is quite frankly outrageous, even from my perspective as the holder of the title of Holy. I-I understand. However, if Yuuya-chan is that strong, Yuti-chan will be safe, and I am very grateful for that. I couldnt help but ask Archer-san, who looked somewhat sad. Um How did you get acquainted with Yuti? Well when she was a baby, she was abandoned in the forest near the village where I lived. Eh? I found her by chance when I was making my rounds outside the village, so I was able to protect her I dont know what would have happened to her if I hadnt found her then. I see Amidst the surprise that Yuti was an abandoned child, Archer-san continued. The villagers were scared of her because she looked and sounded so out of touch with the world and because she seemed to be a seer due to her excessive insight. Besides, it wasnt a very wealthy village, and there was no one to take her. So I decided to take her in and raise her. According to Archer-san, while raising Yuti, she also taught her the art of Bow Saint so that she could live on her own. But even though Archer-san, who was already a Bow Saint at that time, was protecting the village where she lived, her power was feared, and she was kept away from the people of the village. I tried my best to help the villagers as much as I could. But the harder I tried, the more they saw me as different, and I was always alone. .. Villagers kept Archer-san away from them despite the fact that she protected them. I cant say anything because I think its selfish, but maybe there was something in that village that I dont understand. But there was no doubt that Archer-san was seriously trying to reach out to the villagers. I was always alone like that, and Yuti-chan was the first family I had ever had. Thats why I was so attached to her. I knew I had to let her do a lot of things on her own, but I was overprotective. Ah When I heard Archer-sans words, I recalled the early days when Yuti first came to live at my house. Back then, she was trying to get me to do whatever she wanted Now, shes trying hard to correct herself and is able to do a lot of things on her own But was that all a problem with the way Archer-san had raised her? Because it cant be helped! Yuti-chan is just too cute! Isnt she? T-thats right. I felt pressured by Archer-sans tone that I couldnt help but nod. She nodded her head in satisfaction at my reaction. Yeah, yeah, you know what I mean, right, Yuuya-chan? Thats why I can leave her in your care with peace of mind Please continue to take good care of Yuti-chan, okay? Yes. Certainly, the creature that we just saw was probably created because of the overflow of the power that came from Meikos seal being broken. But it was not the will of Meiko herself. Besides, as Grandpa said, Meikos seal had been broken before I came to the underworld. And yet, the fact that the creature did not appear until just a few moments ago suggested that Meiko was trying to stop herself from going out of control as much as possible. We dont know much about this being, and to just seal her up unconditionally is just It seems that Meiko hurts those around her regardless of her own will, but we dont know if Meiko herself is at fault or not. Its not very nice, but I dont think she should be sealed under those circumstances. Grandpas figure, who told us so with a resolute attitude, had not changed at all since he was still alive. While I was being pressured by his imposing attitude, Zenovis-san confronted Grandpa head-on. Do you understand? Yuusuke. If that creature escapes into the present world, those without spiritual power will be overrun in an instant. Knowing that, you think you can save them from that creature? Thats what Im saying. If there is a chance that I can save her, I will pursue it. Im not as optimistic as you are about the slim chance of saving her. If you try to stand in our way any longer, I will not tolerate it. At that moment, Zenovis-san released a pressure that almost choked us as we watched. But even in the face of such pressure, Grandpa did not change color. Thats scary. I dont have strength like you, so Im sure Ill be easily defeated. Still, I will continue to insist on this. Are you sane? Of course Im sane. What makes you so stubborn? I just dont like the idea of unilaterally deciding something is evil and sealing it up. The idea of just sealing it up and getting it over with, without considering other options. If you cant find a way to do that, its all for nothing. But you still want to persist? Of course. Ill persist even if it ends in failure or is a waste of time. Because that would be the human thing to do, wouldnt it? ! Those words penetrated deep into the heart of Zenovis-san, who wished to die as a human being. That was why Zenovis-sans eyes widened at Grandpas words. And then. Kukuku Hahahaha! Well, thats certainly true! Zenovis-san laughed out loud. Yes thats right. Humans are foolish beings, to begin with. Even though we know it in our heads, our hearts often fail to agree with us. And then we follow our hearts and fail. But I used to love them and think they were the way they should be I didnt realize Id forgotten that before I knew it Zenovis-san Then, in a complete change of mood from earlier, Zenovis-san smiled ferociously. And theres nothing that I cant do. Thats right Hmph thats what it is, Zenovis. Grandpa and Zenovis-san laughed happily. Seeing them, Archer-san and Kuuya-san smiled as if they knew they were in for trouble. Ara ara, this is a big trouble, isnt it? Thats right. But thats what makes it so worthwhile! I heard that Archer-san and Kuuya-san were willing to help as well. But W-wait a minute! You cant just go ahead with this on your own! We dont have time to waste on something we dont even know will succeed! From Nikkakus point of view, this is a crisis in the underworld and the present world, and he probably doesnt have time to think about Meiko. However, Zenovis-san had already begun to think of measures to rescue Meiko. And I, too, had already discarded the idea of simply sealing Meiko up after hearing Grandpas story. Enough said, Nikkaku. Re-Reimei-sama! Just as we and Nikkakus arguments were reaching a crossroads, Reimei-sama appeared out of nowhere. When she looked over at us, she had a sad expression on her face. Ill tell you all about it. About Meiko .. As you say Meiko herself has done nothing wrong. It is merely the crystallization of the malice of the deadly sinners in the underworld. Meiko has no will herself. And the power that resides in her body had never been wielded by herself. She must have known from birth that if she used her powers, the world would collapse. Despite being born from the malice of the deadly sinners, Meiko herself was surprisingly pure and kind. However Regardless of Meikos will, the power that resides in her body goes out of control. The result is that she continually hurts those around her, and she has asked me to seal her up. That is how she has been sealed for tens of thousands of years. No way The reason why Meiko was sealed was because she herself wanted to be sealed. And for an amount of time that I cant even imagine After she had said all that, Reimei-sama looked us straight in the eye. Now that Meikos power is out of control, we have no time to waste. It would be next to impossible to find any means other than sealing under such circumstances. Even so I still dont want to give up on rescuing Meiko. For Reimei-sama, those words must have been heavier than anything else. It was not something that could be easily spoken out because it was Reimei-sama who bore the burden of the underworld. Even so, Reimei-sama did speak up and said that she wanted to save Meiko. If thats the case, then its decided what Ill do. Grandpa laughed gently at Reimei-sama, who was about to start crying. Well just have to dig our feet in until the end. Besides, if you see someone in trouble We will help them, right? Grandpa. Yeah, thats right. Hearing my words, Grandpa smiled happily. Reimei-sama. I dont know how it will turn out, but Ill try to hold my ground and see it through to the end. Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thank you. I accepted his words, and we headed off to Meikos place. Book 12: Chapter 5: Part 3 Book 12: Chapter 5: Part 3Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 While Yuuya was on his way to Meiko in the Underworld, Lexia and the others were shopping on Earth. Hmm! After all, this world is full of all sorts of unusual things! Yes, indeed. I was amazed when I came here before, but I still cant believe it when I see it again. Unknown. I still dont know anything about it. Because Lexia, Luna, and Yuti had lived in a world where magic was natural, they couldnt help but wonder about a world without magic and without monsters like this. This world is full of machines, and they help peoples lives Whats wrong? Luna looked around the city, then saw Lexia with a difficult look on her face and tilted her head. No, Im thinking about how we can make use of it in our country, but I dont know where to start Well, the fastest way would be to develop it into a magic tool, wouldnt it? Thats true. Im currently thinking of the smartphone that everyone in town has! Ah That board-like thing, huh? Agreed. As I understand it, everyone has one. Although Yuuya does not have one, most people living in Japan have smartphones in their hands, and Lexia and the others have often seen them operating them on the streets. Im also curious about the car vehicle, but dont you think it would be easier to replicate the smartphone than the car? Well, a smaller one would be less hassle than a bigger one, but what does that thing actually do? Answer. Its a tool for communicating with people who are far away from you. What? Such a valuable thing so easily In the other world, the means of communicating with distant people are greatly limited, so the fact that such means are widely available to the public was a shock to them. In the other world, if there was a tool that could easily communicate with distant places, there was no doubt that it alone would create a great change. Well, it seems to have many other functions, but thats still what Im interested in. It would be best if we could figure out the principles behind it, but I dont know if I can be technical enough to understand it. Neither do I That being said, we cant invite people from the other world to come here, so its not easy. In the beginning, Lexias goal was to somehow avoid admission to the Aurelia Academy. She thought that if she could study abroad at Yuuyas school, she could be with Yuuya and also avoid admission to Aurelia Academy, but her ostensible reason was to bring back Earth technology. Lexia, who was hoping to make life a little more comfortable for the citizens of the Kingdom of Arcelia, was unconsciously carrying out her ostensible goal of bringing back Earths technology. Luna noticed such thoughts of Lexia and gave a small laugh. Fuh As expected. Hmm? Luna, whats wrong? Sear?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It is nothing. Hmm? Well, okay! We dont know much about this world yet. Were going to have a look around! Yes, yes, princess. And so the three of them continued to enjoy the Earth to the fullest. When Nikaku took us to Meiko, we found that the place was overflowing with the creatures that had just attacked us previously, and the onis were struggling against them. There are already so many monsters You were right to leave Yuunosuke behind. As Zenovis-san said, I asked Grandpa to stay where we were training. The reason being was that as long as we were going to Meiko, there was no doubt that it would be a fierce battle, and it would be dangerous for Grandpa, who didnt have the strength to fight. Grandpa was worried about Meiko and wanted to come with us at first, but Zenovis-san convinced him to entrust us with taking care of Meiko. So the four of us Me, Zenovis-san, Archer-san, and Kuuya-san were going into battle When I looked closely, in the center of the battlefield where monsters were being created one after another, I saw a woman releasing a dark mystical power like a raging storm. Is that Meiko!? Ugh Aaaaahhhh! Meiko groaned, shaking her long black hair as if she was desperately trying to suppress her own power. And every time she cried out, her voice was imbued with a spiritual power that caused cracks to appear here and there in the underworld. Lets get rid of those monsters first Thats obvious! I said, moving the vacuum cleaner while dealing with the monster that attacked me. But just how much more of this spiritual power would continue to overflow!? As long as the vacuum cleaner was working, I just had to keep fighting the monsters until this vacuum cleaner absorbed all the spiritual power. And if I keep going like this, Ill be able to absorb all of Meikos power Or so I thought. !? A-ah N-no it overflowed again Aaaaaaahhhh! Wha-!? The spiritual power overflowing from Meikos body became even more intense and erupted with more force as if she was fighting against the vacuum cleaner with all her power. As a result, the vacuum cleaner could no longer keep up with the speed at which it was absorbing the overflowing power, and finally, it overheated and stopped! Oh no! Ugh Aaaaaaaaahhhh! Kuh! With the vacuum cleaner stopped, there was nothing to stop the momentum. Meikos spiritual power came forth with the greatest force ever and attacked me. Yuuya! No way! At this rate, all of us will be swallowed up by her power! The wave of Meikos power did not only attack us, but it also created a new wave of monsters, and they too, attacked us. What to do What should I do!? Is there no other way but to give up here and seal up Meiko!? When I thought about it I remembered something. I dont know what will happen, but this is the only way! I stopped resisting in the face of Meikos spiritual power and opened my arms as if to embrace it. Yuuya-chan! What are you doing? Yuuya! Get out of here! While Zenovis-san and the others were shouting that, only Kuuya-san noticed my intention. Dont tell me youre! No, Yuuya! That method is! What I was going to do was accept all of Meikos spiritual power into my body. This is the method that Kuuya-san had taught me before as a way to increase my own spiritual power. But this method was said to be very dangerous. Still if there is even the slightest possibility, I would like to take a chance on it! Uooooooooooooohhh! I was swallowed up by Meikos spiritual power. Even in such a situation, my body accepted and absorbed Meikos spiritual power. However, unimaginable pain struck me. Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! It was as if my entire body was being devoured from the inside out. In addition, the dark feelings and evil intentions of the sinners in the underworld were also invading my mentality. Certainly this is painful. Still, compared to what Meiko had endured until now! It was a battle of willpower and guts from here on out. With the intention of absolutely saving Meiko, I just keep on absorbing Meikos spiritual power. I wonder how much time has passed since then. The wave of overflowing power from Meiko finally stopped. R-really my spiritual power is? Hah hah Im glad I managed it Ah! My vision blacked out like a broken thread from the relief that I had managed, although I thought I would never make it if I collapsed. Good grief, you are so reckless. But well done. And just before I lost consciousness, I heard such a voice as someone held me up. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 12: Epilogue & Afterword Book 12: Epilogue & AfterwordHeres the epilogue and the end of this volume. Another volume has finished, and I think there will still be more to come! As always, thank you for your overflowing support, and I hope it can bring joy to everyone who reads it. Thank you very much, and see you at the next volume~ Epilogue Several days had passed since Meiko was released. The underworld had been devastated by Meikos overflowing spiritual power, and there was a flurry of work to repair the damage. At the same time, while we were dealing with Meiko, Reimei-sama was able to reestablish the boundary with the present world, so it seems that no more demons will appear in the present world. However, it seems that Reimei-sama and the others cannot directly go to the present world to deal with the demons that had already escaped, and those demons could only be dealt with by people like me in the present world who possessed spiritual power. Since demons could harm people and damage things if left unchecked, they cannot be left unattended and must somehow be found and defeated. Also, Reimei-sama said that only the boundary between the present world and this underworld could be restored and that other boundaries with other worlds that have disappeared could not be restored but to be honest, I didnt really understand that part of it. What are the boundaries with other worlds? And I also didnt really understand what would happen if those boundaries disappeared. At any rate, peace has finally come to the underworld, and there have been major changes for me as well. One of them is. Master. Is there anything I can do to help? U-um, its okay Meiko. Surprisingly, I had absorbed all of Meikos spiritual power, and she had become my subordinate.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com I didnt understand the meaning at first, but it seems to be similar to the so-called tamers in the other world, and it seemed that by accepting all of Meikos spiritual power, a soul connection was created between Meiko and me, and she was tamed by me. I immediately tried to free her, but I changed my mind because I knew that if I did so, the power I had accepted might return to Meiko. And then, the very same Meiko insisted on making me her master and tries to devote herself to me while dressed as a maid. But when I asked her why she dressed as a maid, she said. Is it strange? I was taught that a servant is supposed to dress like this H-hmm I guess youre right but also wrong Where did that perception come from in the first place? As you know, Master, I was born from the negative side of the great sinners trapped in this underworld. And the knowledge I possess was also obtained from the souls of those sinners. Therefore, I think that this current knowledge also came from one of the deadly sinners from whom I was born This is the underworldthe Maid of the Underworld Doesnt that sound perfect to me? I dont think thats how the word maid came about What kind of a great sinner would have such biased knowledge of maids in the first place and its too silly Putting that aside, Meiko seemed to like the way maids dressed and the way they acted as well. I told her softly that it was fine, but I didnt think it was right for her to serve me, and I didnt feel comfortable, so I asked her if she could stop, but Understood. If there is anything I can do for you, please dont hesitate to ask. Like this, she shows no sign of stopping at all. Well, maybe its my fault for not stopping her earlier. But, in this way, Meiko was released from the seal and became free. Id like for her to do what she wants and well, all I can do is be patient. At any rate, Meiko no longer needs to be sealed. And the other big change is about my spiritual power. I absorbed Meikos spiritual power in a way that Kuuya-san prohibited me from doing, and if I hadnt been able to absorb it fully, my body would have exploded. But as it turned out, I had succeeded in taking on all of Meikos spiritual power. I later heard from Kuuya-san why I was able to do this, and it seems that even before I leveled up in the other world, I was already a world-class holder of spiritual power, but after I leveled up and my body changed, I became an even more excellent reservoir of spiritual power. However, since Meikos spiritual power was originally born from the malice of the great sinners, it should have had some effect on me if I accepted it normally, but I was able to manage that as well. I originally had a similar power called Evil in my body, and thanks to the fact that I was able to control it, I was able to control Meikos negative power with relative ease. I had fainted right after freeing Meiko from the burden of the spiritual power, but in the past few days, my body and mind have recovered, and I have completed everything I needed to do in the underworld. In other words, it is time to say goodbye to everyone in the underworld. Ikkaku-san made a black vortex appear, just as he did when I arrived in the underworld. What am I talking about, huh? Of course, its about the school idols. Huh? Didnt we just decide on the members the other day? How can you be so sure that the stage has already been decided? A-as expected, I think its a little too early to say We havent even decided on the costumes or songs yet, have we? Its okay! Well do something about that! Can you please stop involving us so casually? No matter how much Nekota complained, as long as Kitaraku had made the decision, it was almost a given that the student council would be pushed towards dealing with these things. However Lets say we could arrange costumes and songs by the time the stage is set up. Even so! Even if we could arrange the costumes and songs before the stage, the idols would still have to sing and dance on stage, right? Do you really think the idols who have agreed to participate in this event will be able to prepare so quickly? Thats where those girls will take care of it. And yet another victim Everyone was getting more and more overwhelmed by Kitarakus momentum. The one at the center of the commotion, Kitaraku, just laughed happily. Its alright; its alright! The stage is still a long way off, even though its been decided! Well just have to make it work by then! Huh are you sure everything is going to be okay? Despite Nekotas anxiety, Kitaraku is extremely optimistic. Thus, even at Ousei Academy, it was only a matter of time before Yuuya would be assigned the ridiculous task of being in charge of the school idol project. Afterword Thank you for picking up this work. sea??h th§× novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I am the author, Miku. This is the 12th volume, and we have finally revealed the [spiritual power] that was hidden in Yuuyas body. Along with this, the ancestor Kuuya, who had appeared in the Kakuyomu arc, also made his appearance. In addition, many new characters appeared in this volume, including Reimei, Meiko, and the student council president, Kitaraku. I had been vaguely thinking about writing a story about the underworld for some time, so I am glad that I was able to give it shape this time. Also, Lexia and the others have started their lives at Ousei Academy, and on top of that, with the addition of another new event, School Idol, it looks like their school life will be even more lively than before. However, there are also some disturbing signs approaching, and it seems that Yuuyas daily life is going to be busy. But I dont know what will happen from now on either. I look forward to seeing Yuuyas future activities with you all. And with the release of this volume, a spin-off, Girls Side, will also be released. This one features Lexia and Luna as the main characters, and there are also a number of new characters. I have read the book myself and enjoyed it very much. I am already looking forward to the next story. It is very interesting, and I hope you will read it as well. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge for his great help again. Reine Kuwashima-sama, who always draws cool illustrations. And to all the readers of this work, I would like to express my sincere appreciation. Thank you very much. See you soon. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Prologue Book 13: PrologueVolume 13th, here we go. Hope you can enjoy this volume as well, cheers~ Prologue A few days have passed since the battle with the false god. The Magic Saint Odis devoted himself to researching magic at his residence located on Heavenly Mountain as if to relieve the fatigue of the recent fierce battles. Theoretically, if we combine this magic with another magic, it should be more powerful Odis wrote something down in detail on a piece of paper in his hand. It was hard to believe that research could lead to relief from fatigue. However, Odis loved to study magic, and this time was more important to him than anything else. But Master! Somethings coming, you know? Master! Somethings coming! His twin apprentices, who were tending to the medicinal herbs in the garden Ruri and Rill called out to him, and his research was interrupted. What is it? What in the world As Odis headed out, looking annoyed, Ruri handed what looked like a letter to Odis. Yes, Master! This just came for you, you know? A letter? Yes! A cool bird flew over and dropped the letter, you know? Yeah. Just when I thought I saw a cool bird fly by, it dropped the letter. Who in the world? Odis received the letter, and his eyes widened when he saw the name of the sender written on it. This is Odis looked at the letter immediately, but his expression became more and more clouded. The twin noticed the change in Odis and looked at each other. Master? Are you okay? Master? Something seems to be wrong, isnt it? No, Im fine. Im sorry, but Im going to be away from home again. Eehh!? You just got home, didnt you? You just got home! The twins were complaining, but Odis quickly prepared and ran out of the house. What in the world that guy is thinking? I have to go join Usagi and the others first He then headed for Usagi, recalling the contents of the letter. Meanwhile, Iris, who likewise has been spending her days in training while hunting evil beasts since the battle with the false god Pwiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! Hmm? While training with her sword, Iris suddenly heard the sound of a birds cry. She stopped her training and looked in the direction of the birds voice to see a hawk monster [Assault Hawk] flying toward Iris. Rin was not often described as pretty because she had a different atmosphere from Kaede, but there was no doubt that she still had a gorgeous appearance. But Rin did not have much awareness of this. Hahaha! Thank you. But I dont think being an idol would suit me. I dont think so Besides, Rin is also good at athletics, and I think youre definitely suited for it What do you think? Do you want to give it a try? Hey, hey, why are you trying to get me involved too? When Rin unintentionally retorted to Kaedes words, Kaede plunged forward on the table. Well If Rin-chan is there, I can feel at ease So, be confident. Kaede is not that bad at athletics, and you are a good singer, too. I-is that so? Thats right. Besides, you havent even started practicing yet. If you give it a try, it might be perfect for Kaede! I doubt it Kaede was still somewhat in doubt. However, her expression was more relaxed than when she was first consulted. Whatever it is, I said youre going to do it, so youre going to have to do your best. Youre right its a great opportunity, and I hope I can enjoy it. Besides You have to show off your cute side to Yuuya, dont you? R-R-Rin-chan!? In the end, Kaede regained her vigor with Rins words. Rin smiled at Kaedes reaction and clapped her hands. Now! Lets not think about it too hard; were going to have fun today! Right Oh, by the way, I heard theres a new sweets store opened near here? Oh, thats nice! Shall we go over there then! Thus, Kaede and Rin went on to enjoy their holiday to the fullest. The boundary between the underworld and the present world, which was destroyed by the soul of the false god, has now been restored. S§×ar?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. However, the soul of the false god had annihilated not only the boundary between the underworld and the present world but also the boundary between the various worlds. Here is another While the inhabitants of each world began their own activities, a young man landed in the world of Yuuya and the others. The young man was short, with a plump build and an overall sense of roundness. The hair on his head was rather thin and extended down to his eyes, giving him a dark impression. The young man looked around as if trying to catch his breath. I-I have to take over this world The young man looked at nobody, but it was as if he was afraid of something. He stared at his trembling hands and muttered quietly. The foreigner to this world is me. But I have to do it or everyone else will! The young man gritted his teeth and eventually made a decision and looked forward. And then, as if to blend in with the crowd, he disappeared. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 1 Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 1Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 1 Im back Oh, youre back! When I returned home safely from the underworld, Kuuya-san greeted me. Umu, umu. I know what went on over there, thanks to my main body in the underworld. And that girl is My name is Meiko. Im very sorry for the trouble Ive caused you Meiko had met the main body of Kuuya-san in the underworld and had informed her in advance that the Kuuya-san, who was now in front of her, was a thought body in this world. And Meiko had apologized to many people, including me, for the trouble she had caused in the underworld with her power. Even though I told her that we didnt mind, its probably not the case from her own point of view. Good, good. Ive already received your apology. Above all, there was nothing you could do about it. As for me, Im just happy that youre safe and sound. Thank you very much. With the warm words of Kuuya-san, Meiko bowed her head deeply. As we had this exchange, Night and the others came over and jumped into my chest. Woof! Woof, woof! Buhi! Pii! Oops everyone, Im home. Woof! As I petted Night, who was licking my face, Ouma-san came in next. Hmph, it seems that the problems of the underworld have been taken care of. However, it seems that you are bringing a strange being with you Oh, let me introduce you. This girl is My name is Meiko, and I will be staying with Master. We are connected through a soul contract, and I hope that we will be able to live together in this house from now on After saying this, Meiko bowed deeply. I dont have the right to decide whether or not you live here but a soul contract? What does that mean? Well you know there was a problem in the underworld, right? That is. I dont know the reason, but The reason for that is me. Meiko explained about herself while lowering her voice. That she had been sealed in the underworld, and that she was the crystallization of the malice of the great sinners of the underworld I had no desire to destroy the underworld or anything like that. However, regardless of my intention, the spiritual power that resides in my body had gone out of control My spiritual power contains heinous malice condensed from the great sinners of the underworld so if left unchecked, it would have a great impact not only on the underworld but also on this present world. Mmm I still dont understand what you mean by spiritual power, but is it safe? I think you are right to be concerned about that. But thanks to Master all the spiritual power that was in my body was absorbed into his body. What are you doing? After listening to Meikos story, Ouma-san looked at me with a look of astonishment. That spiritual power or whatever it is that originally resides in your body must be dangerous to some extent. And that, too, there is enough spiritual power of Meiko to cause problems in the entire underworld, and it includes the malice of the great sinners, right? How can you take that on yourself!? T-that was the only thing I could think of at the time Even if thats the case, think a little about your own safety! What if something happens to you? I-Im sorry Woof. Ouma-san was worried and angry at me. Besides, Night also gently patted my hand as if to reprimand me a little. Then Kuro, who was inside my body, muttered in dismay. You really are reckless, arent you? Just like you were when you took me in from Yuti. Speaking of which, I put the spiritual power inside my body without your permission, but is Kuro okay with that? At that time, I was in such a hurry to absorb the spiritual power that I didnt have time to think about Kuro living inside my body. Yeah, Im fine on that point. From the start, Meiko is close to the origin of our Evil. The wave of incredible power thats swirling around inside of you right now is, from my point of view, quite comfortable. I-I see. Im glad to hear that. If anything, its more amazing that you can take in so much malicious power into your body while it has no effect on you. Y-yes? While Meiko was puzzled by the sudden pointing of a finger, Lexia-san continued without concern. I understand that you were saved by Yuuya-sama and became Yuuya-samas maid as a favor to him. Therefore! You should also serve me, the future wife of Yuuya-sama! Fufuture wife!? Lexia-san? While everyone was surprised by the unexpected statement, Meiko was shocked that Lexia-sans words seemed to have been taken seriously. I apologize, Im terribly rude! No, its not! I dont have that kind of relationship with Lexia-san Thats right. Lexia just keeps saying it unilaterally. What? Its going to happen someday. Where does your confidence come from? After I managed to clear up the misunderstanding with Meiko and finished introducing Lexia-san and the others once again, Lexia-san and the others accepted Meiko somehow. I thought about it when we went shopping today, but I figured I wanted a maid! I may have to ask Meiko to do a lot of things for me from now on! Dont bother her too much, okay? Unlike us, Meiko is new to this world I-Ill do my best! Support. Dont worry; well support you too. Meiko breathed a sigh of relief at Yuti and Lunas words. Then, Lexia-san seemed to have thought of something. Right! Meiko is a maid, a maid in this world, isnt she? If thats the case, Ill see if she has maid power! M-maid power? What is that power? As I tilted my head at the unfamiliar words, Luna retorted in exasperation. Lexia What are you talking about? Is there something wrong with that? She is going to work as a maid in this house, right? Then, dont you think its necessary to find out if she really has the ability to work as a maid? N-no, Lexia-san. You dont have to go that far No, Master. I will accept this challenge! Meiko? When I was surprised that Meiko would accept Lexia-sans challenge, Ouma-san, who was also watching the proceedings, let out a sigh. Hah Is the important talk over for the time being? If so, Im going to go now. W-woof. Buhi. Pii. Y-yes. I guess Ill be leaving now. Eehh? Night and the others, including Kuuya-san, were a little taken aback by Lexia-san and Meikos situation and went to another room with Ouma-san to keep their distance. Ara, I thought Id let you all do the judging since youre here Judging? What are you going to do? First of all, the food! I want to show you the results of my training as a bride, and well see whos a better cook. Oops, I want to get out of here, too S§×arch* The ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I wont let you go! And neither will you, Yuti! Failure. Lexia, so sharp. Lexia-san caught Luna, who was about to leave the place and gave Yuti a sharp look as well. W-will it be okay? Lexia-sans cooking is Oh, I want to head to the room where Ouma-san and the others are too! Meiko was also sealed in the underworld until now, so I wonder if she can cook Despite these concerns, Meiko shows a willingness to do it. That is fine. I will show you my power as a maid! Then let the cooking competition begin! Why are you even doing this? Thus began the cooking duel between Meiko and Lexia-san. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 2 Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 2Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 I-I wonder if its okay The two of them lined up in the kitchen, and I watched them from behind, feeling a little nervous. In the end, Luna and the others escaped early but if possible, I also want to escape. After all, the last time Lexia-san cooked, a knife flew toward me from behind. S§×ar?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. W-well, she did say that she had practiced cooking since then, so I guess it will be fine. Do you have to measure this properly? Well, its not like Im going to put different things in it or anything. I-I hope its okay. As with Lexia-san, what is unknown is Meikos cooking. In the first place, Meiko has been sealed in the underworld for an uncanny number of years. That is why she has probably never cooked, and since she is from the underworld and her existence is similar to that of a demon, it is likely that she does not need to eat. Then again, I cant imagine Meiko being able to cook .. Meiko stared at the knife with a devilish expression, overflowing with spirit, as if she was about to go to war. U-um I wondered about that spirit in mere cooking. But when the time came to start cooking, she was fearful at first of the knife in her hands to cut the ingredients, but she soon got used to it, and from there, the cooking proceeded incredibly smoothly. And even though she had not followed any particular recipe, from what I could see from the back, it looked like it was a well-made dish. Next I can just cut this up, right? Hah! Oh! Surprisingly, just like Iris-san from the other day, Meiko used her spiritual power when cutting the ingredients to complete the process in an instant. To be honest, Im not sure about using spiritual power in cooking, but I-its okay, right? What shes doing seemed pretty messed up, but the procedure and the handiwork itself looked pretty good. C-could this be? As I was holding out hope for Meikos cooking skills, something suddenly passed right by me. Huh? I fearfully looked to the side and saw a kitchen knife stuck in the wall. Ah! Im sorry! It slipped out of my hand I-is that so? Ah-ahahaha It was just a coincidence, wasnt it? Yes, it just happened Well the color is kind of plain isnt it! Lets add some blue here B-blue? What on earth is she cooking! I had no idea what Lexia-sans cooking was, and I was just terrified. After that, I continued to be appalled by the cooking utensils and ingredients that flew in from Lexia-sans side, but the two of them were ready to complete their meal. Now, its done! Hope it suits your palate Oh Astonished. Its done. This looks delicious. Luna and Yuti, who were already sitting at the table side by side, were wide-eyed as I carried the dishes they had prepared. Kuuya-san doesnt know Lexia-sans original cooking skills, so he is genuinely enjoying looking at the food in front of him. Ouma-san, who had also come to the dining table, was amazed at the food laid out before him. Oh? I wasnt expecting much since the girls were going to make it, but it looks quite tasty. Woof! Buhi! Pii! Hahaha, wait a minute. Night was waiting with good manners, but Akatsuki and Ciel were looking at me as if they couldnt wait any longer, as if they were rushing me. But still I wondered what would happen at first, but the finished dishes looked quite delicious, including the one made by Lexia-san. Meiko looked so skillful during the cooking that I wanted to ask her where she got her skills, and Lexia-san, on the other hand, despite her messed-up cooking, the finished dish in front of me now looked very delicious. After placing the dishes in front of everyone, they immediately began to eat. Now, lets start with the one Lexia made first. Fufu! Be amazed by my cooking! Affirmative. The difference between the two is like heaven and earth. Hey, shut up! If youre going to go that far, why dont you try it, Luna? Huh? Why should I? Luna frowned at Lexia-sans sudden words. But Lexia-san continues, unconcerned. Its true that Luna is my bodyguard, but you are also my attendant, right? Then, its not surprising that you and Meiko are competing with each other. Even if thats the case, Im not going to do it. To Luna, who stubbornly refused to accept, Lexia-san smiled and whispered softly in her ear. I know youre training to be a bride, too, right? Wha-!? W-where did you hear that? The color of Lunas face changed at once. I couldnt hear them from here, but I wondered what they were talking about? Well, what are you going to do? As for me, I can divulge it to Yuuya-sama, you know? Eh? M-me? T-thats Its okay. Since we are here, why dont we just check out your skill once and for all? Right? Luna, who was admonished by Lexia-san, looked thoughtful for a while but then reluctantly nodded her head. Alright. If you insist, lets do it. Thats how its got to be! Im sorry, Meiko, but Im going to have to ask you to have another bout! T-thats not a problem, but what are we going to do? Weve already eaten and Then how about a dishwashing match this time? Dishwashing match? Luna and Meiko tilted their heads, their voices sounding in unison. Yes! If you are an attendant, you should not only cook but also clean up afterward perfectly, right? Thats why youre going to have a dishwashing match! H-hah thats fine, but And, since theres so many dishes, youre joining too, Yuti! Not expecting the fire to fly to her, Yutis eyes widened. Astonished. Why? Because it would be more fun. You decide on your own again Luna held her head in this situation, which had completely become Lexia-sans sole domain. Then, Ouma-san, who had finished eating, opened his mouth. I dont know what it is, but you have no more use for us, right? W-woof Buhi~ Pii! Eh? E-everyone! Ouma-san quickly went to another room, and Night followed him with an apologetic look on his face. Akatsuki waved his hand cheerfully, and Ciel squealed cheerfully as if cheering us on and followed Ouma-san. Well, I guess Ill go over there too Even Kuuya-san? The rest of you youngsters can have fun with each other He left with an air of aloofness. W-what should I do should I run away before I get involved in something weird too? Ara, everyone has gone Well, if only Yuuya-sama is here, then it would be fine! No, theyve blocked my escape route! So, me and Yuuya-sama will be the judges! Fine. Give up. It cant be helped; Ill do my best. Ill win the next match, too! Meiko and Luna were motivated, but Yuti, who was completely caught up in it, let out a deep sigh. Well then lets get started! .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 3 Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 3Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 After moving to the sink, each with a dish in hand, Lexia-san gave the signal for the contest to begin. I wasnt an expert in cooking, but I know how to wash dishes. All I have to do now is to strike with my hands! Using all of her spiritual power, Meiko made the dishes float in the air one after another, grabbed them before they fell, cleaned them one by one, and laid them out in the blink of an eye. A-amazing I havent mastered how to handle spiritual power yet, but Meiko, who has spent so many years with spiritual power, can handle it at will as if it were her own limbs Not bad. But I wont lose to you either! Luna smiles wryly in the face of Meikos strange technique. At that moment, she threw a plate into the air, just like Meiko. However, the plate did not fall but was fixed in the air. T-thats I see; the plates are being held in place by Lunas strings. While everyone was amazed at the sight of so many plates floating in the air, Lexia-san gave a calm commentary. W-whats this strange situation Thats not all [Streamline]! Then suddenly, bubbles began to adhere to the plates that had been fixed in mid-air, and they moved dexterously and began to wash the plates! W-what in the world is going on? T-that! Thats the advanced skill of washing many dishes at the same time by attaching bubbles to different strings and manipulating them! Lexia-san? For some reason, Lexia-sans live commentary just wouldnt stop. Fufufu Of course, unlike the strings I usually use, I use a material that is gentle to dishes and is specially designed for dish-washing. I-is there such a thing as a dish-washing-specific string? The world of strings is too big. I could only twitch my cheeks at Lunas words. Thus, while Luna and Meiko were engaged in a fierce battle, Yuti is Haah! Like the two of them, she tossed the dishes into the air and, using her precognition, accurately washes them in the order in which they fall. And when she finished washing each and every plate [Comet]! She threw the dishes at the drainer rack. Yuti threw the dishes precisely at the draining rack one after the other. After throwing all the dishes, Yuti finished washing the dishes before the two of them. Finished. I win. Um Yuti? While Yuti was taking a break from washing the dishes, I called out to her. ? Whats wrong? The dishes are broken Ah Naturally, there was no special processing on the draining rack, and all the dishes thrown in were broken. Seeing this, Yuti froze and turned a fearful glance in my direction. Afraid. Yuuya, are you angry? N-no, its not like that, but for the time being, lets not throw things unless youre in battle. Its dangerous if it hits someone Affirmative. Ill be careful I didnt say anything more to the frustrated Yuti. It was unfortunate that the plates broke, but I was relieved that no one was hurt. Thus, despite a little trouble, the matter was finally settled. I-Im done! It was Meiko who finished washing the dishes first. Kuh! I was so close too! Next to her, Luna, who finished washing the dishes by a really close margin, looked frustrated. When I checked the dishes that had been washed, I found that they had both washed them properly without leaving a single stain, and I had nothing to complain about. Thats too bad for you, Luna! I wont lose the next time. Thank you for your concern. But it is enough for me to stay in this house. Besides, I will take good care of this house while Master is away. And so, she was now staying at home with Night and the others. In fact, it seemed to be fun for Meiko, and I didnt have anything more to say to her. Lexia-san and the others seemed a little disappointed But I wanted to let Meiko do what she wanted to do. If she wanted to stay at home, thats fine. And also, because of the way she was, it seemed that Meiko didnt age with her appearance, so if she wanted to go to school later, then she could think about it then. So, after returning from the underworld, I was able to spend relatively peaceful days. And today, my classes at school ended without incident, and I was about to go home, when. Tenjou-kun! Ki-Kitaraku-senpai? The door to the classroom was opened vigorously, and from there, the student council president of this school, Kitaraku-senpai, appeared. When everyone in the class was surprised by the sudden situation, Kitaraku-senpai came to me, paying no attention to the surroundings. Tenjou-kun, listen to me! W-what is it? The School Idol Projects stage has been decided! ..Eh? For a moment, I couldnt understand the meaning of Kitaraku-senpais words. W-what did he just say? The School Idol Projects stage has been decided!? Eeehhh!? I-isnt that too soon? S~ea??h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It was understandable that I was surprised. After all, I had only just heard about School Idol a short while ago. Well, I visited the president of Star Productions the other day! We talked about a lot of things there, and the stage was decided right away! When did that happen? Even if thats the case, I think everything happened too fast! Kitaraku-senpai, not caring about my reaction, laughed it off. Hahahaha! What are you saying? When I get an idea, I act on it! Thats my good point! That may be so, but! In the first place idol stage, what about the songs and choreography! I understood that the stage had been decided. But nothing has been prepared for the stage. Then, Kitaraku-senpai grinned. Dont worry. Ive got that all prepared too! By the way, I asked Kanade Utamori-san, who came to the last school festival, to write the song, and the choreography was done by a very famous choreographer who is the pride of Star Productions! Eeehhh!? T-thats a lot of information! Ive also prepared a place for you to practice for the stage, so from today, you can start practicing there right away! Oh, no, wait! Kitaraku-senpai ended the conversation almost unilaterally and left happily. I was appalled at the sight of him. And thus, the preparation for the school idol stage started without me understanding the reason. After the class buzz subsided, I quickly set to work to prepare for the stage. Then, Ryo and Shingo-kun, who apparently were not in the classroom at the time of the earlier commotion, came up to me and started to talk. Yuuya. Wanna go play? T-there is a new game center near here. Do you want to join us? Ah Im sorry. The school idol project started today, so I-I see that youve already started. Shingo-kuns eyes widened at my words. That surprised me too, you know I see then it cant be helped. Akira also seemed busy, so well do it another time Huh? Is that so? Y-yeah. But Akira always seems to be busy Thats true if you ask me. Ive hardly ever hung out with him after school or anything Heh Shingo-kun and Ryo had not had much time to play with Akira, either. What is he doing, that Akira? Is there some reason why he cant play with his friends? With these thoughts in mind, I parted from them and hurried to the room prepared by Kitaraku-senpai. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 4 Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 4Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 Um everyones stage is set. Eh? I had gathered Lexia-san and the others who had become members of the school idol group and arrived at the lesson room that Kitaraku-senpai had prepared for us. This lesson room was usually used for physical education dance classes, the front of the room was covered with mirrors and even had a barre for ballet. On the way to this place, I was handed a certain DVD by Kitaraku-senpai. This DVD contains the music and choreography for the song that the idol will be singing, so please take care of it! After telling me that the DVD contained the song and choreography, he stormed off again. Then Kaede, who had been listening to me, raised her hand. Um I think we just talked about school idols the other day, and the stage has already been set? Or rather, is it going to be okay? I think its up to everyones hard work Eeehhh!? It was too sudden not only for me but also for Kaede and the others, and they all looked at me with wide eyes. I-in the first place, isnt there someone like a teacher prepared for us? I dont think so. Isnt that too unreasonable? I thought so, too. The student council president wanted them to learn the song and choreography on their own. But even though I expressed my concern, Kitaraku-senpai did not listen to me at all Dont worry, dont worry! You guys can do it! Hahahaha! Thats how it went. By the way, has anyone ever sung or danced before? I asked, and no one raised their hand except Lexia-san. Ive danced a few times in social gatherings, but this one is probably not the kind of dancing that Im thinking of, isnt it? Certainly, Lexia-san, in her position as the princess of the Kingdom of Arcelia, had probably experienced ballroom dancing in the other world. However, what I am asking everyone to do this time was to dance as an idol. The direction of the dance was completely different. Well I havent checked the DVD yet, so I cant say for sure, but I think its very different from the kind of dance Lexia-san is imagining Hmm then lets check out the song and dance as soon as possible. I agree. Now that the stage has been set, we have no choice but to do it At the urging of Luna and Merl, everyone decided to watch the DVD that had been given by Kitaraku-senpai for the time being. After playing the video on the monitor provided in the room and finishing checking the contents of the DVD T-this is quite I broke out in a cold sweat when I saw the dance recorded on the DVD. Kaede and the others are still the only students who are willing to cooperate with the school idol project, and none of them has any experience in dancing or singing. So, I thought the songs and choreography would be somewhat easy to follow I-its a pretty up-tempo song although its certainly a very good idol song Kaede was right; I thought the song was very good as if just listening to it would cheer me up. Its no wonder, because it was Kanade Utamori-san, who was invited to the last school festival, who wrote the lyrics to the song. I was surprised once again because I had never thought that Kitaraku-senpai had asked someone so famous to write a song for him. It was hard to believe that a mere student could do such a thing, but that Kitaraku-senpai managed to do it without any difficulty, so it was still terrifying Anyway, what we thought was the biggest problem when we saw the DVD was A-are we going to dance like this? Its pretty intense, but It looks difficult, isnt it? The choreography was set to the speedy tune of the song. It was not extremely difficult, but I think it would still be too difficult for an amateur dancer to dance. Fortunately, the formation didnt seem to change, so they only needed to learn the dances and songs recorded on this DVD As I was making a sour face at the unexpected level of difficulty, Luna, who was watching the monitor with a serious expression on her face, opened her mouth. Yuuya, can you show me the DVD just one more time? Eh? Ah, yeah. I did as I was told and played the video once more, and Luna continued to stare at it intently. Then. I memorized it. Huh? As everyones eyes widened at Lunas unexpected statement, Luna suddenly stood up and moved to the center of the room. Yuuya, play the video for me. G-got it. When I started playing the video again, Luna started dancing to the music of the video. And Luna continued to dance without making a single mistake. It was hard to believe that she was a beginner dancer. Whats more, she had only seen the video twice. But to my surprise, Luna danced through the song perfectly. Hmm Something like this. A-amazing! Luna-san, youre just amazing! I-is that so? Perhaps because of this, evil beasts and others with the presence of Evil cannot even approach this area. However, instead, powerful monsters are attracted by the presence of the Holy and gather here, making the area as dangerous as the Great Devils Nest, where Yuuya lives. For the monsters, the presence of the Holy in this land was comfortable, and since the power of the Holy also had the ability to strengthen their bodies, it was easy to see how powerful the Holy were at the time when such terrain was created. In the Sacred Valley, many Holy had already gathered. Some of the Holy, including the Fist Saint, had already disappeared after their minds were controlled by Evil, but there are still some Holy left in the world. Then one of the Holy noticed Iris and the others. Iris! Gloria! Its been a long time! The woman who came to Iris and the others was a beast-woman with long azure hair and deep purple eyes. She had a black steel prosthetic arm from her right shoulder down, and the way she carried herself made it clear at first glance that she was no ordinary woman. The woman, whom Iris called Gloria, turned her attention to Usagi and Odis. I see youre with Usagi and Odis, too. (Its been a long time.) How are the children? Gloria smiled at Odis question. Yeah, theyre doing too well. It would be great if everyone could come and play with them. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (I dont like human children.) Hey! What are you talking about? Iris was quick to quip at Usagis words but then turned her gaze once again to the Holy gathered in the place. But why did the Katana Saint decide to hold the Heavenly Sacred Festival? Who knows I wondered that myself. But now that were all here, I think its It seems that theres definitely something hes after. Iris intuitively felt that way. This was because she had sensed a strange presence from some of the Holy since she arrived at the venue. In addition This sign could also be felt from the organizer of this event, the Katana Saint, Shu Zakuren. Hmm Its a strange sign or perhaps a strange pressure from some people. I think weve been through a lot, and were getting stronger As Odis said, the three of them, including Iris and Usagi, should have been much stronger than the other Holy because they had many opportunities to work with Yuuya. However, some of the Holy gathered here were giving off a strange pressure that made even the three of them wary of each other. As the three of them were observing the scene in the venue, a man came out to the center of the venue. He had long, deep purple hair that was tied up in one bun and dark purple eyes. He wore exotic clothing reminiscent of Japanese kimonos and had a katana at his waist. His face was covered with an unreadable smile. .. That man was Shu Zakuren, the Katana Saint who initiated this [Heavenly Sacred Festival]. Shu looked around and bowed. I thank you for agreeing to this sudden call. Unfortunately, it seems that some of the Holy have already passed away, but it is a great pleasure for me to meet again with so many of you here. Some of the Holy presents were surprised by Shus statement. I thought there were some Holy who are not present, but they have passed away? Oh I guess we havent told Gloria yet Or rather, we havent been able to tell most of the Holy. Do Iris and the others know anything about this? Gloria was surprised at Shus words, while Iris and the others smiled bitterly at her. In fact, if it were the case, they would have already informed the Holy that Avis, the pinnacle of Evil, had been defeated. But after that, they were still involved in Yuuyas troubles, and as a result, they were unable to tell many of the Holy about it. Um You know those Evil, dont you? Thats because they are our sworn enemies. The leader of it has already been defeated. Eh? Gloria looked stunned at Iriss words. W-wait a minute. Its been defeated, you say (It means exactly what Iris said. There is no Evil in the world today. Though evil beasts are still around.) .. Gloria could not help but be appalled. In the midst of all this, Shus words continued. This unforeseen situation where several Holy died at the same time. The cause of this is unknown to me either, but it is highly likely to be related to the presence of Evil. Therefore, I felt it was necessary for the Holy to communicate with each other and enhance our unity. And we must not forget to check each others skills and improve each other. .. The Evil had already been destroyed, and Shu had not been told about it, but when Shu said that the purpose of the exchange between the Holy was still the same, Iris and the others looked more and more doubtful. (If all he wants is to communicate with the Holy, there are other ways to do it) I think the main purpose is to confirm the skills of the Holy, isnt it? If so, I dont know why that Shu guy suddenly started talking like that and I dont understand his aim When the three of them were showing their caution, Shus gaze suddenly caught the three of them. It was only a fleeting moment, but Iris did not miss it. The talk has gotten long, but Im sure everyone is busy in their own way. Lets start the [Heavenly Sacred Festival] right away. Lets decide once again who is the strongest among the Holy. And about the future. Thus began the [Heavenly Sacred Festival] by the Holy. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 1 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 1Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ S§×arch* The ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Part 1 This was just a day before Kuuya and Meiko started living at Yuuyas house. Night woke up early in the morning. Woof Night always woke up at the same time, and after giving a small yawn, he went to the bedroom of Yuuya, his master, and his beloved family. He then stood by Yuuyas bedside, stopped the alarm clock just before it rang, and gently tapped Yuuyas face with his paw. Woof. Nn? Nn ah, good morning, Night Yuuya looked at Night gently with somewhat sleepy eyes. Night liked the way Yuuya looked at him and slid his face close to his. Haha thank you for everything. Woof! Yuuya also set an alarm clock, but instead of that alarm clock, Night was the one who always woke him up. After completely waking up, Yuuya went straight to the kitchen and started to prepare breakfast. After seeing Yuuya off to the kitchen, Night went to Akatsuki and the others bedrooms. There, he found Akatsuki and Ciel sleeping peacefully. And Ouma was there. Night went to Akatsuki and dexterously shook Akatsukis body with his paw. Woof. Fugo fugo But Akatsuki showed no sign of waking up at all. Woof As Akatsuki breathed pleasantly in his sleep, Night sighed helplessly and gently pulled him with his mouth, carrying him to the dining table. After carrying Akatsuki to the place where he usually ate, Night called out to Ciel. Woof. Suu pii Pii Woof Ciel, too, did not seem to wake up at all. Again, like Akatsuki, Night carried Ciel to the dining table and gently set Ciel down in the seat. Then Yuuya, who was cooking, noticed Night and smiled bitterly. Haha You shouldnt bother with it, Night. Woof. Night shook his head. Yuuya could get up on his own without being woken up by Night, but waking Yuuya up was also an enjoyable morning routine for Night. In contrast, Akatsuki and Ciel were brought to the table like this by Night each and every time, and while it was certainly disheartening, Night had no intention of changing this routine. Night is like a big brother, isnt he? Woof? Although Night was unaware of it, the way he was dumbfounded and hands-on made him seem like an older brother to Akatsuki and Ciel. In fact, Yuuyas firm eldest son is Night, and Akatsuki is the second son who goes at his own pace. He considers Ciel, who is very sweet, to be the third son. As for Ouma, he is much older than the others, so he has never really looked at him in that way. Despite this, Ouma still slept freely in his room. And it was Nights job to wake him up. Woof! Mm? Night, huh? Im still sleepy. Let me sleep like this Woof, woof! No, I mean hey! Dont bite my tail! Alright, alright! Ill walk by myself! When Night bit Oumas tail and dragged him away, Ouma quickly surrendered and reluctantly followed Night to the dining table. By this time, Yuuya had also finished preparing breakfast, and Akatsuki and the others were beginning to wake up, albeit gradually. Fugo fugo? Supi pii? Hey, Akatsuki, Ciel. Its time for breakfast, so get up. And good morning, Ouma-san. Umu. Then, lets eat. While everyone was eating breakfast together, Night suddenly remembered something from the past. It was true that the house that Yuuya inherited from his grandfather was big, but Yuuyas house, which was originally poor, did not even have a television. And since the storage room where the most valuable items were kept was located behind the bathroom, no burglar would have thought to search there. Moreover, the items in the storage room were all of tremendous value, but to a common thief, they would be considered nothing more than junk. It might have been unlucky for the burglars to target such a house. But the most unlucky of all is. Woof. Whoaa? Eh W-what is it, a dog? It surprised me The man recognized Night and panicked for a moment, but when he realized that Night was still a puppy, he patted his chest. Heh you think youre a guard dog? In such a spacious house, no one will notice the barking of a puppy like you. Now, if you understand that, go away. Or else Grrrr Woof! Gaaahh!? Before the man could finish his sentence, Night pounced on him. The man quickly covered his face with his arm, and Night bit into that arm. Ouch, ouch, ouch. Y-you! L-let go of. Woof. Guheeh! When Night lightly twisted his body while biting the mans arm, the man was effortlessly knocked to the floor. At first glance, Night looked like a puppy, but he was, in fact, a child of [Black Fenrir], who was comparable to Ouma, and a mere thief could not possibly be a match for him. Moreover, unlike Ouma, Night was very gentle with the man, biting his arm but never ripping it off. W-what the hell is this dog? Woof. Night released the mans arm, jumped up nimbly, and swung his paw in the mans face. Woof! Bueee! The man was knocked unconscious in an instant. After confirming that the man had fainted, Night walked out of the house with the burglar by the scruff of the neck in his mouth. Then, dragging the man, who was still unconscious Night headed to what turned out to be a police station. Night carelessly lowered the man to the ground and barked lightly toward the police station. Woof! Hmm? Eh What is this? The police officer who came out of the police station rolled his eyes when he saw the man lying on the ground in front of him and Night sitting a little next to him. But the policeman soon realized that the mans face was familiar. Ah! I-isnt this guy the burglar who was recently wanted! Woof. Eh? Oh, hey! After Night saw that the police officers had taken the man into custody, he hurried straight back to the house. Remembering that Night had caught a pickpocket before and that criminals were to be turned over to the police, Night delivered the burglar to the police station this time as well. When Night returned home after a days work, Ouma and the others were still lounging around as usual. Woof Mhm? It looks like its all over. Fugo! Pii! Woof! Night was once again spending his time at home, being amazed at the state of the three of them, when Yuuya came home from school. Im home. Woof! Oh, Night! Im home. Is everything alright today? Woof! The truth was that the house was burglarized, but Night prevented the damage before it happened, so he decided to keep quiet so that Yuuya wouldnt worry about it. After seeing this, Ouma and the others also seemed to have decided not to say anything unnecessary and remained silent. I see. Thank you for always keeping watch over the house. Woof! After being petted by Yuuya, Night barked happily. This was the daily life of Night. He protected the house so that Yuuya could go to school with peace of mind. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 2 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 2Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 And time returns to the present. A few days have passed since we started practicing for the stage. Actually, we didnt receive any information from Kitaraku-senpai except the music and choreography data. Thus we didnt know when the show would be in the first place, and we didnt know what to do about the costumes and so on. Well, Im sure Kitaraku-senpai will prepare those things for us At any rate, despite all the uncertainty, our practice was going well. Lexia, youre running late! I-I know! Even now, Luna-led dance lessons are taking place, and Lexia-san, who is a little less athletic than everyone else, is doing her best while struggling. At first, I wondered what would happen, but as the practice progresses like this, I feel like they are getting into shape, which is amazing. In comparison, I have nothing to do, or I cant do anything I wonder why Kitaraku-senpai put me in charge of this project? No matter how I think about it, its like Im just in the way When I thought about that myself and felt miserable, it seemed that the dance session had just come to an end, and each of them had started to take a break. Phew! The water tastes so good! Its not often that I get to move my body this much. Merl-san is an alien from the planet Amel, whose science and technology are far more advanced than that of the Earth, and since she usually lives using various Amel technologies, she probably has fewer opportunities to move her body than people from the Earth. It seems like Lexia is having a hard time keeping up with the music. I-I cant help it, can I? Im not as physically strong as Luna! Effort. Lexia should exercise more. Hey, Yuti! You make it sound like Im lazy! You are, arent you? I-Im not, right? Yuuya-sama? A-ahahaha I could only laugh at the topic that was suddenly thrown at me. The reason was when she first came to this world, she was interested in a lot of things, but as she got more and more accustomed to it, she was corrupted by the convenient tools of the Earth Above all, now that a maid named Meiko was also living in the house, Lexia-san was moving around the house less and less often. W-well, Lexia-san was usually working hard as a princess in the other world, so its fine if she took it easy, at least in this world. Well, putting Lexia aside I was surprised that Kaede was able to move more than I expected. Eh, m-me? Affirmative. Kaede, excellent. Having been praised by Luna and Yuti, Kaede was flustered. T-thats not true! I was just trying to keep up with the others in dance, and Im not as good a singer as Lexia-san and the others Lexia-san was certainly not good at dancing, but when it came to singing, she had an outstanding talent a singing voice that really attracted you. It is true that I am not a good dancer, but I am a good singer! When it comes to singing, Im the one whos going to teach Luna! Kuh! Im so pissed off at the look of pride on her face! Weak. Singing is hard Well, maybe its a matter of whether or not youre used to singing on a regular basis. Doubt. Merl is good at it too. Do you sing a lot? Yeah, I do. When I was in my hometown, I used to sing a lot. Just like Yuti said, I was actually surprised by Merls singing ability as well. If Lexia-sans songs appealed to the emotions, Merl sang with such precision that the word precise was the perfect word to describe her singing. Perhaps there is a culture of music on the planet Amel. Even though their science and technology are very different, the enjoyment of such a culture is probably the same. I was defeated by everyones pressure, and I focused my mind only on healing everyones body, and while frantically dispelling unnecessary thoughts, I accomplished the massage. And so it went smoothly(?). Todays practice was over, and I decided to go home. Then Good, you guys havent gone home yet Whats wrong? The girls are looking awfully shiny Sawada-sensei! Ah, um there are various things Our homeroom teacher, Sawada-sensei, came to the lesson room we were using. So, whats going on? Thats right. Actually, Im here to tell you that Ive received the thing that that guy Kitaraku asked me to deliver, so I came to tell you about it he just pushed me to do the work and then went away. Haha By the way, these are your stage costumes. Eh!? We were surprised to hear these words. I knew that Kitaraku-senpai had been preparing for this, but is it already done? Yeah. Hes always quick to act on these things. I asked Sawada-sensei, who looked somewhat taken aback, about something that had been bothering me. Um It seemed like the other day Sensei was against Kitaraku-senpai in a lot of ways, but are you helping him out now? Thats right Well, its because he was able to get you in well. Eh? No, Im talking about this side. Besides, before I knew it, he was in talks with Star Productions, and he even got permission from the board chairman. I dont think a single teacher can overturn it now. Kitaraku-senpai is really fast at his work, isnt he? I didnt realize that he had already received permission from Tsukasa-san, the board chairman Well, to put it another way, we cant do such a big project without Tsukasa-sans permission, can we? So, I wanted to bring over the costumes that had arrived. Since I cant catch Kitaraku, I thought Id ask Tenjou to help me. No problem. Oh, then well help too! Kaede raised her hand and said so, but No, Kaede and the others can go home first. But To make Yuuya-kun work alone is No problem. Rather, Kaede and the others are probably more tired from practicing. In fact, although I have been appointed by my Kitaraku-senpai to be in charge of this project, I have not been able to do anything that resembles work so far. So, if I dont move even at a time like this, I would feel uncomfortable If Yuuya says its okay, then I will take your word for it. Right! Since were all here, it wouldnt be a bad idea if we all went home together! Come to think of it; we havent really hung out together outside of this practice. Then, we could go out afterward, couldnt we? No, its possible! If thats the case, lets go right away! Eeehhh? Geez, Lexia It seems that Lexia-san and the others are going to have a little fun and go back home. It is true that Lexia and Yuti are in different grades with each other, and they dont have a chance to talk to each other except when practicing on the idol stage. You can go play, but be careful! Yes! Taking Sawada-senseis advice, Lexia-san and the others left the classroom. I then went to work carrying out the costumes that had arrived. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement S~ea??h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 3 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 3Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 Yuuya and the others were in the midst of their school idol project. In the afterlife [the underworld], the boundary with the present world has been successfully restored, and normal daily life has returned. And today, too, a sinner is brought to Reimei. Let go of me! Who do you think I am? Im the son of that Kuzunoichi! The man who was being brought in by the oni was screaming, perhaps not grasping the exact situation in which he was placed. Seeing him like this, the oni tried to silence the man. Shut up. The air was quiet yet heavy with pressure.UppTodated from The man who had been screaming just a moment ago shut his mouth and began to tremble under the tremendous pressure that suddenly hit him. What put the man in such a state was a very young-looking girlReimei, in front of him. Reimei was looking down at the man, a sinner, with her legs crossed on an honorary seat. Her appearance was the face of the master of the underworld, which Yuuya and the others had never seen before, and it gave the impression that she was ruthless to no end. The man looked up at Reimei and tried to escape his gaze, but he was too afraid to move properly due to the fact that he was being held down by the oni. Then, Reimei pointed her index finger at the man and made a motion as if she was going to pull something out. At that moment, a purple aura appeared on the mans forehead in the form of threads. The thread-like aura drifted through the air, and when it reached Reimei, it transformed into a scroll. The scroll, transformed from an aura, opens on its own and exposes itself to Reimei. Adultery, murder, theft oh oh oh, you have committed countless crimes The man smiles, freed from his intimidation by the fact that Reimeis attention has turned to the scroll. He-hehe thats right! Im not like those other people. Hows that? Isnt that awesome? The man talked as if committing a crime was a great thing. The surrounding oni frowned at the man, who showed no signs of remorse. But nothing changed in Reimeis expression. Oh, whats the difference? I am the son of Kuzunoichi. No matter what I do, my father will always cover it up! No matter how much the lowly people cry out, I will never be judged. I am the chosen one! That was when you were alive, wasnt it? Reimei said, and the man smiled. Well, yes! But that doesnt change the fact that I am the chosen one! Now, hurry up and release me and bring me back to life! Shouldnt there be some service that goes with being the chosen one? Despite his absurdity, the man continued to speak as if it were a matter of course. Then Oh, so you are the chosen one, are you? Ive been saying that for a while now! Get these guys out of my way and get me out of here quickly At that moment, as if interrupting the mans speech, a purple light shot out from Reimei. The light went straight ahead and penetrated the mans face. And a few moments later, the mans body exploded. But. Gaaaahhhh! Hah! Hah hah! The man whose body had just exploded desperately checked his own body. Certainly, the man had just exploded. However, the man was in this underworld because he was already dead. However I thought it was decided just now. Hmph Sure, I was surprised, but Im not soft enough to be hit by that strike now, okay? Shu quickly slipped his katana into his bosom and caught Iriss attack. Ara, really? Then how about this! Kuh! As they had been involved in battles with Yuuya, Iris and the others had also fought many more powerful enemies than ever before. In addition, Yuuya was sent to a world in the past where he received guidance from the sage Zenovis, making him a force that Iris and the others could no longer match in terms of combat power. Although Iris and the others managed to keep up with Yuuya due to the difference in experience, there was still a limit to what they could do. That was why, in order to keep up with Yuuya in the future, Iris needed to gain even more strength. Haaagh! Tsk! Im amazed that a mere sword strike has this power! In the past, Iris relied heavily on skill in many of her battles. Even Usagi, who had trained his groundwork, used a lot of skill in battle. However, after witnessing Yuuyas stronger fighting, Iris realized that this alone was not enough, and she fully demonstrated her talent and had already reached the point where she could unleash many skills as a single casual blow. In addition, Iris had begun training in other areas of magic that she had not developed before. S§×arch* The n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Instead of focusing on her newly acquired power, she focused on developing the power that already existed. As a result, she was naturally able to strengthen her body with magic power, just as she had just blown Shu away. Now, if you have some hidden power, youd better get it out quickly, or itll be over! Iris was able to catch up to Shu without missing a beat, but Shu was not to be outdone. The physical capabilities of Iris, strengthened by magic power, were superior to Shus, but Shu covered them with his skills. Shu was able to survive the fierce sword fight with only one katana. Gloria and the others were amazed to see the two of them. Amazing when did Iris become so strong? (Weve been through a lot. More importantly) Usagis eyes narrowed as he saw Shu defending against Iriss attack. It was a faint sense of discomfort that spread through Usagi. Indeed, Shu looked like he was doing his best to prevent Iriss attack. But (Its strange Its as if hes investigating something rather than just enduring it) Iris herself, who was fighting, felt that Usagi was right. (This guy He precisely defends against all of my attacks. Of course, Im not giving it my all either, but its creepy that he seems to be able to see through my attacks) For a while, Iriss one-sided attack continued, but eventually, Shu, who had taken his distance, unexpectedly raised his hand. I surrender. Eh? It was too sudden. Not expecting Shu to surrender here, Iris was puzzled. Shu continued with a calm face. You can see that, cant you? I cant beat Iris. Im sorry, but thats it. .. After announcing this, Shu silently walked off the stage. (After all, I couldnt find out the reason why he opened this [Heavenly Sacred Festival], and most importantly, I couldnt figure out the power that Shu is hiding). Iris did not pursue Shu any further, but the result of the match left somewhat of a lingering impression. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 4 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 4Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 Its as lively as ever! After the practice for the stage was over, Lexia and the others came to a shopping mall. I thought about it the last time I was here with Luna and the others, but its amazing how many different stores are in one building, isnt it? Huh? Is it unusual in Lexia-sans country? Kaede was the only one among them who did not know that Lexia and the others were from a different world, and she was mystified when she noticed Lexias amazement at the shopping mall. Id like to have one in our country, too, seeing as its so convenient. Thats true! There are a lot of problems with the land, but well manage! ? Listening to the words alone, it was as if Lexia was saying that she would build this shopping mall-like facility in her own country, which made Kaede, who thought she was just an exchange student, tilt her head in confusion even more. Nevertheless When I first came to this world, I was hoping to learn just a little bit about the culture, but after taking a closer look around, Im learning a lot! Well, your real purpose was Yuuya, after all. Thats obvious! But this world and the science and technology that Merl uses are also interesting to learn about, but the intangible things like architectural styles and commercial forms like this are also very informative. Lexias eyes were somewhat serious as she said this. However, she soon returned to her usual demeanor and turned her head to everyone else. Well! Lets take a look around then! Ive always wanted to go to a place called a game center! Is that so? Oh, but I wonder if game centers are unusual for people from other countries? At least, there arent any in my country! When I was looking around the city with Luna and the others before, we passed by a game center Not only Lexia but also me and Yuti didnt know, so we didnt stop by, did we? Affirmative. When it comes to the unknown, its best not to touch it. Come to think of it; Im curious too. Merl-san, too? Although the planet Amel has more advanced science and technology than Earth, it seems that science and technology are not used much for entertainment, which has been one of her concerns since she came to Earth. Besides, I didnt have that much money at the time. Well, it wasnt money to play with; it was money to buy what we needed. Secured. Im getting money from Yuuya today. Although they could not play the other day due to financial reasons, this time, they could play because Yuti had received money from Yuuya in advance. Lexia and the others, who had thus decided on a game center as their destination did not go there directly. Huh? What is that? Hey, Lexia! Lexia spotted a sign that said Tapioca and moved to it. Tapioca? What is that? Luna, do you know about it? I dont know but what are those creepy, black lumps? Its sweet. I had it once with a friend. Eehh? Yuti, you have friends? Protest. I have good friends. Yuti was displeased with Lexias reaction. However, Lexia did not care and continued. But that means that is sweet food, right? Thats right. It may look weird, but the texture is interesting and tasty. Satisfied with Kaedes explanation, Lexia began to look around again. Interesting! Oh, and over there too! As I said, dont move on your own! And Lexia never made it to the game center, as she would find something that caught her interest and head in that direction. Look! Its ice cream! Lets try some! Ice cream? Whats that? Huh? Luna-san, have you never had ice cream before? Its a cold sweet Cold sweets? I-it cant be helped. If Lexia wants to eat it, lets eat it. Affirmative. Sugar content is important. Fufu, thats good. After each of them finished ordering and received the order Mmmm! Its so cold and delicious! A-amazing The crepe I had before was amazing, but I didnt know there was such a sweet Delicious. I guess this planet has made great progress in entertainment and food culture.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com As they ate the ice cream and shared their impressions, Lexia and the others attracted a lot of attention from the people around them. Hey, that Wow, theyre so pretty! They look like foreigners, but they are beautiful! Hey, lets go talk to them, shall we? Stop it; youre not going to get any attention. Lexia and the others were attracting attention, but they were too engrossed in their ice cream to pay any attention. After finishing their ice cream, Lexia and the others finally arrived at the game center. This is it! What can I say its pretty noisy when youre near Affirmative. I didnt recognize it from a distance before, but up close, it looks completely different. So you can play with everything here? As each of them looked around the game center, Lexia noticed something. T-thats so cute! Lexia was interested in a stuffed bear inside a crane game machine. Hey, Kaede! How do you play with this? Well, its, you know After a brief lecture from Kaede, Lexia rolled up her arms. I see. Well, Ill give it a try then! Lexia tries it, putting in her money in high spirits. However H-hey! Youre pushing it too far! Lexias button operation failed to move the arm to the desired position. On the contrary Aaaaah! No, no, no, no! Theres nothing there! Pfft thats brilliant. Its such a big target, and you didnt even graze it Kiii! If youre going to go that far, Luna should try it! In the end, Lexia was unable to win the stuffed bear and was quickly replaced by Luna. And Good grief Youre totally hopeless if you cant do such a simple thing, Lexia! This is how you do it H-huh? However, Luna also could not move the arm to the targeted position, and as a result, she could not win the prize. Arara~? I thought this was supposed to be easy. Kuh! N-no, its not me! There is something wrong with this strange machine! Is that so? Unfortunately, we have no intention of doing so. Youll have to find someone else. Well, well, dont say that. Eh, u-uh Kaede! Luna replied in a nonchalant manner, and one of the men put out his hand to Kaede. The people around them knew that something was going on, and although some of them went to contact the police or security guards, no one was going to stop them. Luna and Yuti, who had decided that they would be harmed if they did not do something, immediately tried to subdue the man.. U-um those girls I dont think they like Huh? At that moment, a young man stopped the men. The young man appeared frail at first glance, with a generally gloomy air about him. However, there was a strong will in his eyes, and one could sense his desire to help Kaede and the others who were in trouble right in front of him. Then, one of the men came up to him, perhaps offended by the young mans attitude. Whats the matter with you? You got a problem with us? T-the girls look like they dont want to go with you, and I dont think its a good idea to force them to go with you. The man looked down at the young man in a somewhat intimidating manner, but the young man paid no attention to that intimidation and said so. You bastard Dont get carried away! ! Hey! Irritated by the young mans attitude, the man pushed him away forcefully. Lexia tried to stop him in a hurry, but Luna restrained her with her hand. Luna! Dont move. Im your guard. But! As Lexia tried to argue with Luna, who had a serious expression on her face, the other men began to surround the young man. They could have left at any moment, but they could not leave the young man who came out to help them. You! Leave us alone and get out of here! I-its okay! But even after Lexias words, the young man did not stop facing the men. Are you alright? I was just in the mood to talk to the girls when you interrupted me. Seriously, its people like you that get on my nerves the most! ! S§×arch* The n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Hey! At that moment, one of the men punched at the young man. The other men followed suit, assaulting the young man one after the other. Lu-Luna! Stop those men right away! Kuh! Luna, unable to leave the scene of the young man being assaulted, tried to subdue the men as if following Lexias orders. But You people! What are you doing! Shit! Lets get the hell out of here. You bastard, I will remember your face, okay? The men left in a hurry when a police officer rushed to the scene after receiving a call. For the remaining young man, Lexia immediately rushed over to him. A-are you okay? Are you hurt? I-Im fine. The young man was startled by the hand that was extended to him, but he fearfully took the hand and got up. The young man then spoke softly to Kaede, who had frozen up earlier when the man grabbed her hand. U-um are you alright? Eh? Ah, yes! Im fine! Or rather Its me who should ask you if youre okay! Kaede came to her senses and asked the young man in a hurry, and he smiled softly. I-Im fine. Im glad nothing happened to you. You all, are you okay? One of the police officers then approached Lexia and the others. Were here because of a report Can you explain to us what happened? Y-yes. Actually, some men came in and messed with us, and we were in trouble, and then this guy H-huh? The young man was gone before anyone knew it, though Lexia tried to explain the young man to the police officer. Aside from Kaede and Lexia, everyone was surprised that the young man disappeared without anyone being able to detect him, even in the presence of such powerful people as Luna and Yuti. However, Luna and Yuti were also surprised by something else about the young man. Yuti, the man from earlier Astonished. There wasnt a single scratch on him Luna and Yuti had seen that the young man who had just been assaulted, albeit for a short time, had not a single wound. Moreover, the young man had disappeared without being detected by the two girls, which raised more and more questions. Who exactly was the young man? In the end, Lexia and the others were unable to find the young man who had helped them after that, so after a brief question, they decided to go home. Haaaa. I was in such a good mood, but those people ruined it! It cant be helped, can it? Lexia-san attracts attention, so Negative. Its not just Lexia. Merl stands out enough, too. I-is that so? If you say so, then so does Yuti It doesnt matter! I wonder who that man was, after all. While everyone else pretends not to see anything he was a very nice person to come out to help in that way! Right, Kaede? .. Kaede? Huh? Oh, I-Im sorry! Whats wrong? I was just asking about the person from earlier whats happening with you? When Lexia asked this to the strange-looking Kaede, Kaede spoke with a slightly puzzled look on her face. U-um Im not sure how to say it I thought the person who tried to help us looked like Yuuya-kun Yuuya-sama? Yes How should I put it? The atmosphere? I felt at ease I had a feeling like that. Kaede was bewildered by emotions she did not understand. However, Lexia and the others seemed to understand it and were equally puzzled. If you say so Affirmative. It was a very gentle presence. Yuuya-sans presence is unique. I thought that there were not many people who have such a sign as Yuuya-sans He suddenly disappeared, and there are many mysteries, but he saved us. Hes not a bad guy, is he? Thats true! If we meet again some other time, lets thank him again! Lexia and the others returned home safely and without incident, determined to one day express their gratitude to the mysterious young man. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 5 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 5Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 5 Hah they looked like they were in trouble, so I couldnt help myself The young man who had saved Lexia and the others was in a deserted back alley muttered to himself. The young man was not injured at all despite being beaten and kicked, as Luna and Yuti had figured out. As if to confirm this, he looked down at his body. I protected myself with spiritual power for the time being but it doesnt look like anyone, in particular, has found out? The young man, who once again confirmed that there were no people around, let out a sigh and looked at his own hands. I dont know what Im doing. Im an enemy to this world Even though his head understood it, his heart was not convinced, and his body was moving when he realized it. The young man stared painfully at his own hands and eventually made up his mind. I dont need this kindness. I am the enemy of this world And then he disappeared into the city. Meanwhile, in the other world I wish I could have avoided this. (What a weak-minded thing to say) On the stage of the [Heavenly Sacred Festival], Odis, the Magic Saint, and Usagi, the Two Saints, were confronting each other. I dont have a choice, do I? You and I have too much difference in combat experience. It is only natural that I want to avoid being hit as much as possible. (Dont be ridiculous. You are an elf, arent you? You could have had more experience in combat in your long life if you wanted to. If you still think Im more experienced than you, its only because youve been cooped up studying magic for too long.) Ugh when you say it like that (Well, thats okay. Anyway, Im not saying Im going to go all out, but Im going to do it in moderation.) Hah please go easy on me. The next moment, the signal was given to begin the battle. (Its a preliminary check. Hmph!) Usagi stamped on the ground forcefully and crushed the distance between him and Odis in one fell swoop. You call this a preliminary check? Unable to cope with the sheer speed of the attack, Odis managed to dodge the attack by rolling away. (Whats wrong? Youve been cooped up for so long; your body must be slowing down.) You may be right. But I cant keep getting beat up, can I? (Mmm!) The moment Usagi saw Odis smiling fearlessly, he realized the situation he was in. To his surprise, before long, countless magic bullets had been placed around him. (You set up this amount of magic in that split-second evasion?) Thats exactly it. Now, dance! The magic bullets were fired at Odiss signal. These bullets, which had no attributes and were simply a mass of pure magic power, easily pierced the ground. Even a single hit was powerful enough to inflict a certain amount of damage. Such bullets rush toward Usagi, numbering in the hundreds and thousands. But Hey, hey are you a monster? (How rude. Im just a rabbit.) How can there be such a rabbit? Usagi leapt from the spot and dodged all the bullets. Odis cursed at Usagis brilliant maneuvering, but he did not let up on his attack. Then how about this! [Magic Flash]! Odis thrust out his palm as if to aim at Usagi, who was advancing through a hail of bullets. Then, a line of magic power was released from his palm. It was like a ray of light, but Usagi barely dodged it by twisting his body. (Tsk! Thats depressing!) Its getting a little late. S§×ar?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Having finished helping Sawada-sensei, I was finally about to head home. It seemed that club activities had just ended, and many students had also begun to return home. Huh? Yuuya? Eh? Ryo, Shingo-kun! When I was suddenly called out and looked toward the voice in surprise, I saw Ryo and Shingo-kun there. Are you two finished with your club activities? No, Shingo was actually helping me with my studies. Actually, Im not good at math, you know. So I really appreciate his help! D-dont worry about it. I always get help from Ryo-kun too Really? I dont think I did anything, though Ryo tilted his head curiously at Shingo-kuns words. Maybe Ryo doesnt mind, but there are many things that are helpful to Shingo-kun. Anyway, it seems the two of them stayed until this late to study. I should study properly, too Theres been so much going on lately that I might be neglecting my studies Aside from us, what was Yuuya doing? Ah, could it be that youre preparing for that school idol? Um, we had that practice, but after that, Sawada-sensei asked me to help out until now. T-thats right! But I never thought Id see school idols at this school, so Im looking forward to it. I didnt really feel it because we just had to work hard, but when people look forward to it like this, it makes me feel like I have to work harder. Thats right! Lets take a little detour before heading home. A little detour? Yeah! Theres a new hamburger store near the school that looks really good. Ive never been there before. Oh, I didnt know there was such a place. Recently, Ive been spending most of my time outside of school in the heavens, the underworld, and in a sense, in a different world than this one, so I had no idea that such a place had opened up in my neighborhood. So we were on our way to the hamburger store. Then Huh? Isnt that Akira? Eh? Suddenly, we saw Akira handing out flyers around town. Surprised by the unexpected appearance of someone, Akira also noticed our appearance. Oh! Its Yuuya-kun and the others!? Whats the matter? No, were on our way to a newly opened hamburger store What are you doing here? Ryo asked, and Akira handed us a flyer. Sweet Magic? A pastry shop? Thats right! Im currently working here as the nobleman of the pastry store! Uh you mean youre working part-time? Yes! It seems that Akira is working part-time at this pastry store. Oh I didnt know this kind of store had opened. Its still a new place. Thats why were advertising it like this! Im sorry, but Im still in the middle of being [the nobleman of advertising]. See you later! After saying that, Akira went back to handing out flyers. I had an image that this kind of flyer distribution would be difficult to get people to accept, but Akira easily slipped it into the other persons pocket, handed it to them, and then walked away. A-amazing So thats the nobleman of advertising, huh? While I was impressed by Akiras mysterious skills, Ryo muttered. So, we havent had a chance to hang out with him much so far, but maybe he couldnt because of his part-time job? I-I wonder. Surprisingly, I think he might be working while calling himself [the part-time nobleman] When I think about it, there is still a lot I dont know about Ryo and Shingo-kun, as well as Akira. One of these days, I hope there will come a day when we can all play Shingo-kuns recommended games We enjoyed hamburgers at a newly opened store and then split up for the day. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 3 Book 13: Chapter 3Heres the chapter, enjoy~ When Yuuya and the others were working on the idol project. The Heavenly Sacred Festival in the other world was reaching its climax. I never thought my opponent in the finals would be you. (Hmph. Im going to win this time.) After many battles, the ones who reached the final were Iris, the Sword Saint, and Usagi, the one who bears two Holy titles, the Kicking Saint and the Ear Saint. In the previous matches, Iris and the others had tried to uncover the plans of Katana Saint Shu, but as a result, they had come to the final without learning anything. The reason was that, since Shu held the Heavenly Sacred Festival in this way, they also thought that Shu had a secret plan that would make him the winner, but without getting a glimpse of it, Shu fought Iris in the middle of the tournament and was defeated. In the end, we couldnt figure out what he was thinking. (But Im sure hes hiding something.) Youre right. And its not just Shu, but some of the other Holy as well However, Iris and Usagi accurately saw that some Holy, including Shu, were hiding their power. However, since these Holy were eventually defeated without showing their power, it remained unclear what they were hiding or what their aim was in hiding their power in the first place. At first, I thought they might have obtained the power of Evil like the Fist Saint, but it doesnt seem that way. (Yes. Above all, if you have the power of Evil, it will be hard just to stay in this place.) Thats also true. Due to the dense Holy power floating in the Sacred Valley, it was almost impossible for someone with half-baked Evil power such as a Fallen Saint to stay in this place. In any case, as long as Shu and the others are hiding their power, we cant just show our power unnecessarily either. (Hah I wanted to fight you with all my might, though.) We dont have a choice. For now, without any special powers (Now) There was a moment of silence. After that, Usagi and Iris collided at a blinding speed. Kuh! Usagi, youre getting better at handling magic! (Thanks to the help of my monstrous apprentice!) Id say the same thing if you put it that way! Iris and Usagi, although they had not activated their divine authority, each had their swords and feet covered with magical power and engaged in a battle that caused shockwaves to be generated around them. Seeing them, Gloria was appalled. T-those two, were they that strong? Well, weve had our fair share of experience. Speaking of which, Odis was using some unfamiliar magic too. What in the world happened to you guys? Well, I was outmatched by Usagi, who closed the distance before I could give it my best shot, you know? Odis also gained power, as did Iris and Usagi, but unfortunately, he had to fight Usagi and was defeated before he could give it his all. So, to Gloria, who was unaware of the situation, the battle between Iris and Usagi seemed to be of a different dimension. It seemed that the other Holy thought the same way, and they were surprised to see the two fighting. The organizer of the event, Shu, was the most surprised. Wonderful Shu smiled maniacally but soon returned to his usual emotionless smile. But Odis didnt miss it. (What is that smile?) Odis? Whats wrong? No, its nothing. Its just that the two of them are fighting a little too hard, dont you think? Youre right Along with Odis, whose cheeks were drawn back, Gloria was also somewhat taken aback by the battle between Iris and Usagi. The terrain around them changed every time they collided, and the already thick atmosphere of Holy became even denser. Wha-!? While Iris and the others froze at this unexpected statement, Shu continued. If we manage humanity collectively, no new Evil will be born. What do you think? There couldnt be a more perfect plan, dont you think? Dont be silly! How can you even consider such an idea? Iris immediately pressed him on it, but Shu simply looked down at Iris with incomprehension. S§×ar?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then, do you intend to spend the rest of your life hunting for Evil? No matter how hard we try, if we dont change the root of the problem, nothing will change. Even if that were true, the result will be the same even if you manage it! There is always a negative side to the human heart. I know that. Thats whywe have to take away the heart. !? The heart, self-consciousness, everything is managed by us, the Holy. There will be no room for the negative side to enter there. And if there are those who resist it, then we will have no choice but to select outstanding people and weed them out in order to eradicate the Evil. How can you! (Iris, youre wasting your time. This guys eyes are serious.) Usagi was already in a state of alert, ready to pounce on Shu at any moment. But Hah What a disappointment. How can there be a Holy who cant understand this noble idea? So youre just one of those who will be weeded out, after all. Ara, really? I won this competition that you organized, didnt I? Who do you think will be eliminated here? Iris smiled triumphantly at Shu, who sneered at her. You really think so? What a naive but unfortunately, you cant stop me. Besides Wha-!? Shu gave the signal, and several Holy came forward as if to protect Shu. There are already a number of Holy here who agree with my ideas. No matter how strong you may be, you cant possibly take on this number of Holy, can you? I am sorry, but I will not join you. Gloria, who had been watching the proceedings, took the side of Iris and the others. Your way of thinking is to deny the existence of the children in my care. I cant agree with you. I cant agree with you either. I dont think there will be any magical development at the end of the control. I see. But there is nothing wrong with that. You may want to rethink this once again. You can choose to fight an endless battle against Evil and evil beasts from now on, or you can choose to be free. We will always accept you ! The next moment, a circle of light appeared around Shus feet. The same circle of light then appeared around the feet of the Holy who had joined Shu. I hope that you will make a wise decision. Wait! Sacred Flash Legs! In order not to let Shu escape, Usagi closed the distance in an instant while activating his divine authority. But the circle of light floating at Shus feet emitted an exceptionally strong radiance, and in the next instant, Shu disappeared from the scene. (Tch! I missed it) What was that power? Next to the frustrated Usagi, Odis was thinking about the nature of the light that had just floated by the feet of Shu and the others. Ive had some pretty unique experiences, too, but even so, Ive never seen the power that Shu and the others just used. If Odis says so, then that thing isnt magic, is it? Definitely not. I dont feel the presence of Evil or the depths of Holy. It is also hard to believe that they have acquired divine authority like we have (Whatever it is, its getting very troublesome) Usagis gaze was on the Holy, who was neither on the side of Iris and the others nor on the side of Shus group. However, Shus words had definitely affected their minds, and each of them was pondering with a serious expression on their faces. What in the world is going on here? Unbeknownst to Yuuya, a sense of disquiet begins to drift in the other world. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 4: Part 1 Book 13: Chapter 4: Part 1Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 1 We had made steady preparations for the idol stage. However, there was not much I could do, and I had to do what I could behind the scenes. On the other hand, Lexia-san and the other girls have been practicing more and more, and I think they have become really great school idols. And today was the day they were to show the results of all their practice on stage. I never thought they would actually finish it! Was that a joke? I met up with Kitaraku-senpai before the show and I was appalled when he said that out of the blue. No, no, I was serious! But it is true that I thought it would be very tough. But you guys really pulled it off. Thats fantastic! Y-yes While I was happy that Lexia-san and the others seemed to have been recognized for their hard work, I also had the indescribable feeling that if I knew it was a reckless goal, I wouldve wanted a little more leeway. And above all. As this project progressed, I thought I had gained some understanding of senpai, but Hmm? Thats nice to hear! He was a man who loved to have fun, and he would spare no effort to do so. Moreover, the scale of what he wanted to do was always large, and this time, too, it was an idol stage involving Star Productions. However, it was quite irregular for a professional entertainment production to cooperate with a school idol stage that was not planned by the production itself but by amateur students. Of course, from my point of view, Lexia-san and the others are attractive, and I can say with confidence that they will be successful from a commercial point of view, but I dont know if that is the same from a professional point of view. In such a situation, thanks to the efforts of Kitaraku-senpai, we were treated unbelievably well when we were provided with splendid costumes and, above all, even a song by the famous singer-songwriter Kanade Utamori. In other words, we couldnt have asked for better support I never thought the stage could be this big The stage wasnt very big, but it was certainly big enough for a newcomer and a school idol to stand on for the first time. The stage that had been prepared was much larger than expected. Hahahaha! Thats because it was the memorable first stage! I couldnt have been more fired up! T-that may be so, but Im not sure if the audience will show up For me, seeing how hard Lexia-san and the others have been working, Id like to see a lot of audiences, but no one knows how this will turn out for sure. But You dont have to worry about that! T-thats right! Fufu Thanks to Lexia-san, Im feeling much more relaxed now. Everyone seemed to have changed from nervous expressions to lively smiles. Kitaraku-senpai, who was watching the situation, grinned. Yes, yes, its really wonderful! Dont you think this is the real thrill behind the scenes? Youre absolutely right. Ueh! P-President-san! A cameraman? Yuuya-kun, its been a while. I reacted to the voice I suddenly heard, and there was the president of Star Productions standing there with a cameraman. W-what are you doing here? Its a project were helping out with, so its only natural that wed be here to see it. Besides, if we get some good footage behind the scenes, we might be able to use it for another project, dont you think? I-I see Sigh But, it was a little surprising to find out that the person with whom we were working closely was you. Then, Kitaraku-senpai, who had given the impression of being pushy until now, told us so, as if a little taken aback. Eh, is this the person youre in close contact with, Kitaraku-senpai? S§×arch* The ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yes, thats right. If we were to suddenly get up close and personal with the girls who are going to be our school idols this time, we would make them shrivel up, wouldnt we? Then, dont you think it would be best if we could get close to them and capture them on camera at the right time? T-thats Above all, I believe Kitaraku-kun has the potential to be a great idol! Hahahaha! Its an honor to have the president of an entertainment agency say so! But theres still something else I want to do, so please save that talk for another time! Ara, Ive been rejected. W-what can I say? Kitaraku-senpai is really amazing As I was thinking about this, the stage was finally set to begin. Everyone, lets go! Everyone responded energetically to Lexia-sans final call, and they ran out onto the stage. The girls looked more radiant than anyone else as they stood in the spotlight on stage for the first time. The audience was captivated by the sight of the girls and was instantly drawn into the performance. The girls captured the hearts of the audience with their singing and dancing. Amazing One of the audience members muttered, and as if caught by the sound of their voices, more and more people began to cheer, and by the end, the entire venue was in a frenzy. The first idol stage was thus a success. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 4: Part 2 Book 13: Chapter 4: Part 2Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 While Lexia, the first princess of the Kingdom of Arcelia, is somehow singing and dancing as an idol in a different world called Earth. Sigh Arnold, the king of the Kingdom of Arcelia and Lexias father, was sighing heavily in his office. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Seeing this, Owen, the knight captain who had been Lexias escort, held his head up. Haahh Your Majesty. Haaaaah Your Majesty! Please stop sighing, for goodness sake! Finally, unable to bear it any longer, Owen shouted so, but Arnold didnt seem to mind it and leaned on his elbow. Shut up. Cant you understand the trouble Im going through? Its an exaggeration to say its trouble Its just that Lexia-sama went to study abroad, isnt it? Thats the problem, isnt it? Arnold had been sighing earlier because he was thinking about his daughter Lexia, who was currently studying on Earth with Yuuya. What are you talking about? It was originally decided that Lexia-sama would study abroad, wasnt it? Its just that the place of study has changed It never occurred to me that the place she was going to study was in a different world! That may be true, but Besides living under the same roof with a man Nugaaaaah! After all, its no good! Bring Lexia back now, Owen! Theres no way I can do that! Arnold was going on a rampage as he said that, but Owen was trying his best to quiet him down. In the first place, you need Yuuya-donos power to go to the other world, you know? The house of this Yuuya-dono is in the middle of the Great Devils Nest and cannot be reached so easily. Why is he living in such a dangerous place? Well, I wonder? Yuuya was given the house of the sage in the Great Devils Nest by chance, and it was not that he had planned to live there from the beginning. But to the two people who did not know such circumstances, they saw him as an oddity who had deliberately chosen a dangerous place to live. B-but, with Yuuya-donos ability, living in that place must be no problem, right? That may be so, but Lexia is different! Besides, if anything should happen between them! That would be a good thing, wouldnt it? We can establish a solid connection with Yuuya-dono. Nuh-uh Arnold couldnt say anything back to Owens words. This is because Arnold also understands Yuuyas superior ability, and if such a connection between Yuuya and Lexia is established, it will be possible to welcome Yuuyas power and his blood into the royal family. That is why, from the kings point of view, he would welcome the tie between Lexia and Yuuya. But I know that I know that, but! Its painful; its painfuuulllll! Sigh its so bothersome Did you say its bothersome? No? Owen lets out a sly lie. The reason why Owen was able to be so open with the king was because he and Arnold had an old relationship, and they were the only two of them in the room. First of all, I dont think Yuuya-dono is the kind of person who would do such a thing. Thats also true. Arnold recalled Yuuyas personality and suddenly became calm. Owen followed Arnolds lead. Sigh Like this, once he decides, hell just push forward Hes really just like Lexia-sama What did you say? No, nothing Just, are you sure you want to do this? Youre such a pain in the ass. When I say Ill look into it, I look into it. She will hate you, you know? Fuggghhhh! Owens words struck deep into Arnolds heart. The reason was that Lexias treatment of Arnold was becoming cruder and cruder these days. If she really hated him here, Arnold was not confident that he could recover. But But still, there are things I need to know as a parent! Its definitely not normal No longer moved by what was said any longer, Arnold finally stepped into Lexias room. Upon entering, he found a somewhat cute atmosphere, and although nothing fancy was placed there, Lexias tastes were evident in the little furnishings. The room was always cleaned by the maids, and the air was clean, but there was only one thing that gave off an odd vibe. Wh what is this? It was a painting depicting Yuuya. Moreover, it is unusually large. The Yuuya painted on such a large canvas was a cool and dynamic figure in armor, taking on monsters. However, it was somewhat shoujo manga style and uselessly sparkling To Arnold, who was surprised at the unexpected painting, Owen clapped his hands as if remembering. Oh, come to think of it Lexia-sama invited a famous painter to draw something for her before. I didnt know what she had him paint at that time but I didnt realize the painting was of Yuuya-dono In fact, when Lexia first met Yuuya, she could not forget the image of Yuuya and went to the trouble of calling in a painter and having him draw a picture of Yuuya based on her own memory. The artist who painted the picture was a well-known artist in the Kingdom of Arcelia, but Lexia was relentless in her demands. Its not bad at all! Yuuya-sama is much cooler! Its just not powerful enough Cant you draw it more like this, like a zubaass, like that? Its just a little bit! Its not shiny enough! Can you make it shinier? It is very difficult for even the most talented painter to paint according to Lexias abstract requests without a subject. As a result, the invited painter, who had prided himself on his solid skills, had his heart broken. When Arnold heard Owens words, he was stunned and muttered. I-I didnt know Lexia had such feelings for Yuuya-dono Well, it was a chance encounter, you know. Besides, Yuuya-dono is actually a good man. What are the chances of Lexia and Yuuya-dono getting together? Hmm I cant say anything Lexia-sama is passionate, just like Your Majesty, but Yuuya-dono is quite reserved. But I dont think we can say that there isnt a complete connection. I see Arnold, aware of his daughters strong feelings, staggered back to his room. I enjoy watching my daughter grow up but this kind of thing is hard The happiness of the child is more important than the heart of the parent. Thats true Arnold thought of Lexia, who was studying abroad. The Kingdom of Arcelia was peaceful today as well. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 4: Part 3 Book 13: Chapter 4: Part 3Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 After all, when you think of idols, its the photo session, isnt it! After the stage was over, I thought we were going to start the clean-up work, but suddenly, Kitaraku-senpai said something like that. As I tilted my head at the unfamiliar words, he told me. Many people would like to take pictures with their idols, you know. I-I see However, since this is the first time Ive heard about this today, Im wondering how Lexia-san and the others will react I dont know what that photo thing is, but I think its good, isnt it? Hey, dont be so quick to accept something you dont understand. But theyve prepared it for us, you know? Besides, its a social event with our audience, isnt it? They came today, so we have to ensure they have a good memory of the event! Lexia-sans words were the deciding factor, and to my surprise, a photo session was held. I had expected that most of the audience would be male idol-loving fans, but since the venue was mainly junior high schools, many of the audience were girls, and they enjoyed taking pictures with Lexia-san and the others. At first, Lexia-san and the others did not seem to understand what photography was all about, but soon they understood, and they began to devise various ways to entertain their audience, posing in idol-like ways. U-um! Can I take a picture with you? Hmm? Its okay. Come on, come closer. Hiyaaaahh! Luna gallantly pulled the girl audiences hand and held it as if to take a picture with her. Another member of the audience took a picture with Yuti and Merl. Um Can I have a photo with both of you at the same time?Upstodatee from ative. No problem. Fufu. Then, please come between Yuti-san and me. Kaede, on the other hand, is Can I have a photo with you, please! W-with me? Yes! While being pressured by the girls, she smiled somewhat shyly and took a picture. And Lexia-san is Look, you should look more graceful! L-like this? Ara, thats great! Keep it up, and lets take the picture! For some reason, she was taking pictures while instructing the audience on how to pose. As the photo session progressed smoothly U-um! I really enjoyed your performance earlier! So, uh! It was a boy, probably a junior high school student, who seemed to be trying to tell Lexia-san and the others what he thought of the stage, but perhaps because he was nervous, his words were not quite coherent. However, there were still others in the audience waiting in line to take pictures, so we couldnt spend much time on this boy alone. Lexia-san and the others were seriously listening to the boys impressions, and even I would like to let them continue the conversation, but Hey! How long are you going to make me wait! One of the audience, who was waiting for his turn, said so impatiently. Asked this by the president, Kitaraku stared off into the distance. Well first of all, we will continue to plan around those five members, but we may increase the number of members or create another idol group, and so on. I see. Of course, we can help you with that, cant we? If you want to help us, then by all means. I wont allow you to come all the way out here and say goodbye. Hahaha, thats scary. Also, since this stage was a success, I thought we could make use of the girls for the open campus as well Come to think of it, the idea behind the project was to increase the number of students applying to Ousei Academy. Now that I think about it, I think its pretty messed up but I wonder if its okay. Unlike other schools, Ousei Academy focuses more on the inside, right? If there are too many applicants suddenly, it will be a lot of work. Well, Ill let the teachers do their best. Its so refreshing to leave everything to others. The next plan for the Kitaraku is to start looking at the open campus. Phew its getting all late I was finally on my way home after the stage was cleared out. In the midst of all this, the image that came to my mind was that of Lexia-san and the others. They were all so beautiful I could see Lexia-san and the others shining brightly as they danced on stage, as well as all the hard work they had put in up to this point. People who can work hard toward a single goal were just that amazing. On the other hand, Im Lexia-san and the others had come to study abroad in order to bring back as much of this worlds technology and culture to the Kingdom of Arcelia. Even Kaede was working hard in club activities as well as practicing for this idol stage. Everyone was living their lives with some kind of goal in mind. But I dont have any goals at the moment. Since I went to the other world, I had experienced many things, but I hadnt thought about what I want to do in the future. Whats going to happen to me in the future? I involuntarily look up at the sky in vague anxiety about the future. As I was walking around thinking about that. Eh? Suddenly, the sky turned red. It was not the color of a sunset or anything like that, but literally, the sky turned bright red. What happened? Moreover, the sky was not the only thing that had changed. The surrounding buildings were the same as usual, but for some reason, there was no sign of life in the area. While I was puzzled by this mysterious phenomenon, a voice called out to me from behind. sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I found you. Eh? I turned around in a hurry toward the voice and was absolutely stunned. Because there I found. Im going to defeat you. The me who I was before the level-up, was standing there. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Chapter 5 Book 13: Chapter 5Heres the chapter, enjoy~ My mind was not able to process the situation in front of me. Because what was standing in front of me now was definitely me. It was also the me before the level up For a moment, I thought it was a dream or some kind of misunderstanding, but then Kuro inside me shouted in surprise. Hey, hey, whats this situation? You look different, but I can see it. Its you. No, why is there another you? Why do you look different? Kuro also did not seem to understand the situation and was puzzled. When we were at such a loss for words, the me in front of me opened his mouth. I dont know why you look like that, but you are me, right? I-if you say it like that, its me! Why is there another me? But the me in front of me does not answer my question. And then. Sorry. Wha-!? The next moment, I thought he had disappeared instantly, and then he suddenly slipped into my bosom, and then he thrust his hand out like he was going to pierce my heart. And when I looked closely, I saw a purple aura on his hand! Thats spiritual power! The power the me was using had to be spiritual power. Certainly, I am now able to use spiritual power, but unlike the me in front of me, I didnt even know that spiritual power existed before I leveled up, so if the person in front of me was the me before the level up, there was no way he could use spiritual power. I was surprised, and in contrast, he was also looking at me with wide eyes. Y-you didnt use your spiritual power, yet you were able to avoid me! Indeed, Im not using my powers right now but if he knows who I am now, he must also know that my physical abilities have improved as I leveled up in the other world. But from the looks of it, he doesnt seem to know that. What in the world is this me in front of me? W-wait a minute! Who in the world are you! Why are you attacking me? ! However, he did not seem to be willing to discuss the matter and resumed his attack. He spread out his hands, and countless purple spheres floated between them. Spiritual Ball! Kuh! The attack was none other than the technique Kuuya-san used against monsters in the underworld. But I dont know how to use this technique. In other words, he is more skilled than I am in the handling of spiritual power. The masses of spiritual power poured toward me like machine guns, but I kept dodging them by activating my Magic Armor and Holy King Authority. Whats with that power? As I thought, youll be the biggest obstacle to me! O-obstacle! Seeing my power, he widened his eyes, but he soon increased the number of his attacks. Not only did he increase his spiritual power, but he also used a lot of other spiritual power techniques. Spiritual Chain! Wha-!? A purple chain suddenly erupted from under my feet and wrapped around my arms and legs, pinning me tightly in place. I tried to escape, but it didnt budge. Its no use. It is a chain made of spiritual power. No ordinary force can break it. In other words, this chain is like a kind of sorcery and cannot be destroyed without using spiritual power If so, then! Haaaaaaah! What? You can also use spiritual power? The me in front of me was amazed that I was able to destroy the chain by using my spiritual power, probably because I had been fighting with powers other than spiritual power until now. And then he charged straight at me. For now, Ill just suppress you and let us talk! If thats the case! The Gate of the Underworld! I closed the distance in a split second, but he gathered up the spiritual power in his hands and clapped his hands together. Then, the shockwave of the spiritual power spread out at once with the sound and attacked me. I couldnt help but move away from him, but that was not the end of his attack. When he spread his hands again, a deep vortex of darkness appeared in between them. And when he slammed the vortex to the ground, a dreadful, rusty gate appeared from the ground, emanating a terrifying atmosphere. When the gate quietly opened, a large number of demons flooded out from within! Wha-!? I I have to rule this world! What? I was surprised by his unexpected words, but the demons that emerged from the gate attacked me without regard. Im finding it more and more necessary to listen to what you have to say. I took out my [Omni-Sword] and held it quietly. I slashed through the Spiritual-Mystical Break and destroyed the restraint at the same time. As it was, I used Master Usagis skill, Three Divine Steps, to close the distance and slipped into his chest. Oh no! Ohhhhhhhh! I put all my strength into it and slammed my fist into his stomach. He seemed to quickly strengthen his abdomen with his spiritual and mystical powers, but he was unable to withstand my full force and was blown away. Ugh N-no way Its my win. When I thrust my sword at him and declared that, he bit his lip in frustration and fell to the ground. Hey! Hah hah After all, just like that time I remained weak and couldnt do anything about it I couldnt say anything as I looked at him, who sadly told me so. I knew. I was wrong and there was no way I could control the people living in this world and offer them up to him I was doing the same thing as he was I knew it. .. Still I wanted to reclaim my world once again He was desperately trying to hold back his tears. I guess he was also living a peaceful life like me until this him appeared. Unlike me, he is skilled in the handling of spiritual power and may have been able to use spiritual power from birth. It is even possible that he was born in a parallel world full of sorcery users, just like Kuuya-san. He staggered to his feet and bowed his head to me. Im sorry I got you involved in my selfishness. More importantly, what are you going to do now? It seemed that he had been resurrected by someone else, and the reason for this was that someone wanted him to rule this world. But he was defeated by me, and he was unable to fulfill that condition. I think you know this, but if I fail, I will be erased again. My life is only in his hands. This life will soon be over. .. This was the moment when I was searching for the words to say to him. You will not be alone, though. !? W-why are you here? Without any sound or sign, a man suddenly appeared in front of us. The man was dressed in a suit and a plain mask, and above all, he was completely unrecognizable. Thats why I couldnt take any position. Goodbye. The mans piercing hand was thrust out toward me, who was defenseless. Just when that hand was about to touch me. Ggh! The other me protected me and was pierced in the chest by that man. The man looked at him for a moment, and his eyes widened. Youre stubborn, arent you? Get away from heeereeee! Oops. I immediately drew my [Omni-Sword] and slashed at the man, but he lightly avoided the attack. Well, well, well you have a rather troublesome weapon The man then stares at the weapon in my hand and turns away. Ive confirmed its existence, at any rate. I think its time for me to leave. Wait! In order not to let him escape, I activated my trump card, the divine authority, and closed the distance between me and the man in an instant, but The next target is this world. The man told me that much and vanished at a speed faster than the divine authority, again without any sound or sign of his presence. I approached the other me in a hurry, keeping a wary eye on the surroundings. H-hey! Hang in there! R-right, I have the Complete Recovery Grass Juice! I took out the juice and tried to give it to him, but he stopped me with a trembling hand. II cant be saved anymore Why the hell did you say that? I-Im already dead Thats why As he said, his body was already dead, and when I looked closely, I saw that there was no blood flowing. And also, his body was gradually beginning to disappear as particles. I was stunned, but he turned a powerful gaze on me. H-hear me out. That thing is our enemy. Next time, hell come after this world But dont let him do what he wants again. He laughed softly. Dont worry Im stronger than you Ill protect everyone S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. After saying this at the end, his body had all turned into particles and wrapped around my body, and then rose up into the sky and disappeared. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Epilogue Book 13: EpilogueSponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Epilogue Im back. It was a mysterious space. Numerous galaxies drifted through space, and the activities of people from various worlds continued to flow at the feet as if they were video images. In the center of the space, there was an oddly shaped being. Juru.gujuru First of all, can it be described as a body? The spherical object was entangled with numerous tentacle-like tubes that pulsate like blood vessels. Suddenly, a portion of the tubes extended into a galaxy drifting in space and pierced it, and then, as if sucked up with a straw, the galaxy disappeared. The sucked-in galaxy is absorbed directly into the sphere through the tube of the oddly shaped being. And then. Aahh It was delicious. Suddenly, the strange creature spoke a human language. Not paying any attention to this eerie situation, the masked man continued to speak. Thats very good to hear. So, what happened? The man replied to the strange creatures question. Well It was a failure. Hmm that spiritual or mystical power is a power that even I could not obtain. So I had high hopes for it but thats all it was? Yes. I thought there was no need to use him as a pawn. Well, thats all right. What about that world? About that its a little strange there, too Strange? Yes. The pawn fought against another him in another parallel world, but that being was more powerful than the pawn, and on top of that, he was using an unknown power. Hou? The strange creature listened to the mans story with interest. Then, suddenly, the tentacles and tubes that were entangled around the sphere began to converge and were sucked into the sphere more and more. Then the sphere shrank more and more as if compressed and eventually became as small as the size of the masked man in front of it. From there, the sphere transformed its shape and eventually changed into a humanoid form. Gradually, the sphere transformed into a head, face, body, arms, and legs, and finally into a bald-headed, muscular man. The unknown power This is also a world worth taking from. I hope I can take it away next time Thus, an unknown threat crept into the world of Yuuya and the others from the shadows. While Yuya was fighting his other self, Meiko was cleaning the storage room of his house. T-this is tremendous, isnt it? From the perspective of Meiko, who had originally been sealed in the underworld for a long time and who, because of her origins, had acquired a great deal of knowledge from the great sinners, the storage room in Yuuyas house was filled with extraordinary items. W-what is this space? After all, even from your point of view, it looks amazing. Oh, Kuuya-sama! While Meiko was overwhelmed by the presence emanating from the storage room, Kuuya also came to the storage room to see what was happening. I was originally resurrected from a scroll on a shelf in this room I thought I was going to faint when I resurrected! T-to that extent? Thats right. Just as I woke up, I was suddenly exposed to an immense rush of power that I had no idea about. It would be impossible not to be surprised. I-I see I can also understand things related to spiritual or mystical power After saying this, Meiko turned her gaze toward a coffin that looked as if a pharaoh was sleeping inside. Thats got contents in it, doesnt it? There must be something in it. It is certainly a man of tremendous mystical power. From the two people who could sense mystical power, the mystical power emanating from the coffin was extraordinary. However The frightening thing is that even the mystical power that can be felt from that coffin is only a small part of the power that swirls around this room What in the world is in there, including that coffin, and if you carelessly touch it, you will not only end up with serious injuries. Y-youre right. There are many forces that we dont understand I really wanted to clean it, but I think its better not to touch it. That would be the wisest thing to do. The two of them then left the storage room. At that moment, however, they did not notice that the coffin had moved slightly. When he said that, Usagi put a lot of strength into his legs. The next moment, he released the power that he had been holding back and leaped into the sky at once. (I will go all the way deep into the forest in a single breath.) Usagi jumped into the air and reached a position where he could look down on the forest. There, he shifted his stance, compressed the air, and kicked through it with all his might. S§×arch* The n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Using the air as a foothold, Usagi, pushing forward with tremendous momentum, flew toward the depths of the forest. On the way, some forest monsters noticed Usagi flying in the sky but were unable to even react because of his speed. (Now, where is it?) Looking for the desired carrot, Usagi immediately turned on the spot due to a sudden chill he felt. At that moment, something passed by the position where he had just tried to pass with great force. (What is it?) Turning his eyes toward the object with alarm, he saw, to his surprise, that it was a vine growing out of the forest. (Hou? First was an insect, now a plant?) Having had his momentum killed, Usagi spontaneously fell down. Perhaps seeing him as an easy target, sharp vines attacked him from the forest one after the other. (No easy task, I see!) Usagi repelled the vines by using them as footholds and kicking at them. (Its hard) However, even under the kick of Usagi, who until now had slaughtered monsters with a single blow, the vines simply bounced back without exploding. Slightly surprised by this, Usagi smiled. (Interesting how about this?) The next moment, Usagis body was covered with a thin aura of magic power. (Hmm its not as evenly distributed as Yuuyas.) It was the Magic Armor that he was able to use after learning magic from Yuuya. Although he was not very satisfied with the results, he still succeeded in strengthening his body with magic power. (Now, can you withstand even this?) As Usagi stepped forward forcefully, the vines he was using as a foothold were snapped off with a single blow. With such forceful steps, Usagi pushed forward, following the vines, toward the culprit who had attacked him. Then (This guy, huh?) What was there was a sphere of intricately intertwined vines. The sphere, which looked as if it was protecting something, made countless vines appear and attack Usagi again. Usagis smile deepened as he dodged them all with aplomb. (This monster might have been difficult for me in the old days.) As Usagi said, this tree vine is a kind of monster, and its rank is classified as SS rank. Without the power of the Holy, it would have been a difficult existence to deal with. However, the current Usagi does not use the power of the Holy and only uses his polished technique and magic power to fight with it. (Unfortunately, I dont intend to waste my time here. Lets finish this.) As soon as he said that, Usagi disappeared and moved right in front of the vine sphere. This was a gesture using the divine authority he had acquired in the heavenly realm. The current Usagi had become stronger by using a new power in addition to the one he had previously possessed. (Haaaaaah!) Having thus moved in an instant, Usagi then kicked into the sphere with great vigor. At that moment, the vines that had formed the sphere shredded and burst one after another. And then (Mm!?) When all the vines were shredded, a carrot came out from inside. Usagi was surprised at the unexpected situation but soon came to terms with it. (I see this was the [King Carrot], huh?) With the protection of the vines gone, Usagi was left with a carrot that kept floating in midair. After landing lightly, Usagi put the carrot in his mouth. (This is delicious. Its worth all the trouble I went through to get here.) Usagi ate the carrot with satisfaction, as it tasted just as he had heard in the rumors. When he finished eating all of it, he looked up at the sky. (This is not the end. There are many other carrots that I dont know about such as the Sky Carrot and the Hell Carrot.) Usagi was thinking about carrots he hadnt seen yet. The daily life of Usagi, which even Yuuya and Iris, who is also a Holy, do not know, is a gourmet one. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Book 13: Afterword Book 13: AfterwordHeres the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for picking up this copy of my work. I am the author, Miku. This is the 13th volume, and I myself did not expect that Yuuya would be fighting against Yuuya from a parallel world. Yuuya from the parallel world exists in the world line where he was able to handle spiritual power from the beginning, so he has not experienced any particularly cruel treatment. I would also like to thank Reine Kuwashima-sama for the wonderful illustrations. I would also like to express my heartfelt thanks to all the readers of this book. Thank you very much. See you soon. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Sear?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Book 14: Prologue Part 1 Book 14: Prologue Part 1Hello everyone, we meet again~ And here we go, the 14th volume, I hope you can enjoy it as well~ Prologue Part 1 In the Star Productions office. While Kanade Utamori, a very popular artist, was resting in her office room, Miu Midou, another very popular model, came in. Huh? Kanade-san? Oh, Miu-chan! Its been a while. Although they were both in the same office, the singer and the model rarely had a chance to see each other. Is your work going well? Yes. I was recently asked to be on the cover of a new magazine and Im very grateful. Thats great! What about you, Kanade-san? When Miu asked this, Kanade put on a happy expression. Well, Im working on new songs and stuff, but I had an interesting job the other day. An interesting job, you say? Yes! Do you remember when I was invited to the school festival of the Ousei Academy? Yes. Somehow, I got another offer from Ousei Academy. Is that so? Miu was surprised by the unexpected words. Then Kanade continued. I was surprised too, but they asked me to prepare a song for them. Could it be a request for a school song or a cheer for the school?ally you would think so, wouldnt you? But it wasnt! Eh? While Miu was surprised, Kanade grinned. It was kind of a request for a song for school idols. S-school idol? Thats right! I didnt think that Ousei Academy would plan a school idol project, you know? And the President even asked me to accept this request. The President is so involved Could it have something to do with Yuuya-san again? Kanade also knew Yuuya because she had performed on stage with him at the school festival. I thought so too at first, but the school idol seems to be a group of girls, you know? I-is that so? Yeah. I also wrote a cute and energetic song for them. I heard that the first stage was a big success. Having said that, Kanade leaned back on the sofa. But what in the world is Ousei Gakuen up to suddenly planning a school idol event? The President seemed to know something about it Miu-chan, do you know anything about it? No, I just heard about it for the first time. Hmph. The more I think about it, the more I realize how annoying that is. Yes, thats right. The boundary between the Underworld and this world was restored by the Lord of the Underworld, Reimei-sama. But the boundary between dimensions is still gone. As a result Yuuya, you fought against your other self, didnt you? Wha!? Woof? In response to Ouma-sans voice of surprise, Night and the others look at each other and tilt their heads, perhaps still not understanding. T-The other him? That kind of thing I was surprised too. I had no idea that he would be a greater user of spiritual power than this Yuuya, and that he would even use his spiritual power. But its more trouble than that. What? I think its already a big problem to say that another lord has appeared, but theres even more trouble than that? S§×arch* The N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yes. I dont know the details, but according to that other Yuuya, there are strange people going around conquering all kinds of worlds, right? Yes, thats right. Conquer the world? Hmph, thats ridiculous I agree, but I dont know what theyre capable of. And from what the other Yuuya said, theyre not going to conquer the planet; theyre going to literally take over the world and its whole dimension. And their next target is this world. Hmm. Why does the Lord always get noticed by such strange people? I dont want it either Even I dont like getting into all kinds of trouble More importantly, what do you think we should do from now on? Well it would be difficult for us to initiate an attack on a dimension-spanning being like them I guess we have to train ourselves to be ready for the attack Yes It is hard to say yet since the strength of the opponent is uncertain, but it is better to be stronger. The other Yuuya I saw with my sorcery was not a bad fighter. In fact, he was no worse than me when it came to mastering sorcery. But even the other Yuuya was just a pawn of these mysterious beings and I wonder how good they really are The air was dark and gloomy, and I made another decision. Kuuya-san. Please teach me more about sorcery. Because the other me asked me to. The other me asked me to protect this world. And while he was disappearing, he entrusted me with the sorcery power he possessed. Although he came from a parallel world, we are the same being, so receiving an enormous amount of spiritual power from him did not seem to affect me in any particular way. I was entrusted with his will and power. Most importantly, I had no intention of letting them have their way in this world. Kuuya-san nodded in response to my decision. Of course. We dont even know when the opponent will come, but Ill give you a little bit of my sorcery, Yuuya. Thank you very much! And Ill try to work with me as well. Eh? I cant do anything on my own, but maybe Reimei-sama will know how to handle this situation. I see Surely, Reimei-sama, the Lord of the Underworld, might know who the mysterious attacker is. If it were just me, it would be impossible to contact Reimei-sama, but since Kuuya-sans main body was in the underworld, he should be able to contact Reimei-sama somehow. So we started preparing for the mysterious attacker. Advertisement Book 14: Prologue Part 2 Book 14: Prologue Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 While Yuuya and the others prepare for trans-dimensional invaders, in another world Begin. Shu Zakuren, the Katana Saint, quietly announced. At Shus command, a man wearing a silk hat took out a horn and blew it vigorously. At that moment, an enormous surge of magic power spread out from the mans horn. In the blink of an eye, the sound spread throughout the world, and people everywhere heard it. What is it? That sound Where is it coming from? What is happening? The mysterious sound threw the inhabitants of the world into confusion. Countries immediately mobilized their armies to find the source of the mysterious sound, but no one was able to locate Shu and his group. Then, a huge image appeared in the sky above. It was the image of Shu with an emotionless smile on his face. W-what! Who the hell is that? Is it some kind of festival? To the people of the world who still did not understand what was happening, Shu quietly opened his mouth. Hello everyone; how are you? I am Katana SaintShu Zakuren. The people who heard Shus introduction widened their eyes. Katana Saint, you say Is that the same as the Sword Saint, Iris-sama? There are people like that? The same Holy, but unlike Iris, the existence of Shu, who rarely appeared in public, became known for the first time at this time. At the same time, the mysterious sound and the fact that this image magic turned out to be from a being that was Holy made the people watching the images let down their guard. But sea??h th§× Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. This is a bit sudden, but we have decided to take control of you, humanity. The words were so abrupt that everyone was at a loss for words. Of course, since it was visual magic, Shu himself could not see the scene. You must be confused by the suddenness of the situation. But you had plenty of time. And yet, it was you who did not change your ways. Therefore, this is a natural outcome. W-what is he talking about? What does he mean by control? I dont know, but hes joking, right? To the confusion of the people of the world, Shu continued. We, the Holy, have been fighting with our lives against the Evil and Evil Beasts created by the negative aspects of humanity and have been protecting you. However, you did not pay attention to such things and fought among yourselves, and as a result, you spread negative feelings all over the world. You really are stupid. Shus eyes were so ruthless that many people trembled under his gaze, even through the image. So we will control it. We will control everything, from your emotions to everything else, to eliminate the reasons for the appearance of Evil and Evil Beasts from the very source. Do you understand? Controlling emotions, you say! I would never submit to such a thing! Where did that image come from? Naturally, people were outraged by Shus remarks. In some countries, there were even leaders who were ready to go and hunt down Shu and his group right now. However, no one could locate Shu and his group. Even the Sword Saint Iris and the others who were watching the images could not find them. That guy He really meant what he said back then Iris looked at the giant image floating in the air as if she were staring at it. Immediately after the Heavenly Sacred Festival ended, Iris and the others began working to stop Shus actions. Me neither. The Katana Saint must have tremendous skill with the katana, but this image is clearly a magic technique. And if the images are being spread around the world on such a large scale, it is possible that one of the Katana Saints associates is skilled in magic. Just like Iris and the others, Arnold deduced various information from Shus images. Then Owen asked with a serious look on his face. Your Majesty What are you going to do now? Of course, I cant accept such a proposition. However the other party is a Holy. Of course, it might be a lie to claim that he is the Katana Saint, but the fact remains that there are people on his side who are capable of activating magic to such an extent. Can we really compete with such people? Im always ready to fight. Arnold nodded at Owen, who straightened his back and put his hand on his chest. Yes. Im counting on you. And Im also worried about the movements of the other countries. Thats But will they reject it as Your Majesty does? In response to Owens question, Arnold shook his head quietly. Sure, that would be normal but in some countries, thats not the case. Fortunately, this country is not at war with any other country, but it would not be surprising if some citizens of war-torn countries agreed with Shus words. And if more people agree with him, there might be a civil war a revolution in that country! What! Anyway, the best thing we can do is to prepare our forces for their attack. Its a good thing Lexia-sama isnt here. Yes. Even they would not be able to reach the other world. Besides, there is Yuuya-dono in that world. If only Yuuya-dono would come Dont say that. He has his own world In this way, the higher-ups in each country also began to move in response to the declaration of war by Shu and the others. In the pitch-black space, there are countless worlds covered with a transparent membrane like soap bubbles. These bubbles are literally the crystallization of the worlds. A universe, including galaxies and stars, is spread out in these small, confined membranes. If a bubble were to burst, that world would end. Such an impossible event happened here and there in space. This place where many worlds were drifting was the space calledBetween Worlds. Monsters lurk in such between worlds. Mysterious spherical life forms with countless tentacles, like sea anemones and mollusks, with the grotesque appearance of octopuses and squids. These monsters crowded together and fought fiercely, sometimes destroying the surrounding bubble world. Then a white beast walked gracefully through the desolate between worlds. It looked like a cat, its long, pure white fur shining in various colors. Meow. The white cat showed no interest in the battle between the monsters nor in the bubbles crystallizing the world. It simply walked with graceful steps through this space where the concept of time did not exist. As usual, the white cat was strolling leisurely through between worlds when it suddenly noticed something and caught sight of a world. It was a world of transparent cubes, different from the world of soap bubbles that had appeared in the between worlds before he knew it. There were countless such cubic worlds floating around, the one the white cat noticed is but one of many others. Meow? The white cat tilted its head as it had never seen such a strange world suddenly appearing in countless numbers before. The reason why this cube-shaped world appeared was because the boundary between dimensions disappeared due to the influence of a false god, and Yuuyas world, which existed in another dimension, flowed into it. Because of these events, the beings who had been using Yuuya from the parallel world as a pawn became aware of the existence of another dimension and decided to invade it. However, the white cat was unaware of these circumstances and simply turned its eyes to the strange world that had suddenly appeared. As it turned its space-like black eyes toward the cubic world, information about that world began to flow into the cats brain. Since there is no concept of time in Between Worlds, the white cat could see from the oldest information in the world to the far future. In the midst of all this, the white cat noticed a planet that existed within the cubic world. The white cat did not know why it noticed the planet. But as if attracted by something, its eyes were drawn to the planet. The history of the planet flowed into the white cats brain as images and finally stopped when it showed a young man. It was the image of Yuuya before he set foot in the other world. Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 1Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 1 It was a few days after the battle with the me from the parallel world. I was preparing for the mysterious mans attack and spending my time learning sorcery from Kuuya-san. Hmm even after seeing it again and again, its a tremendous spiritual power. I was practicing sorcery in the garden of Sage-sans house in another world when Kuuya-san suddenly said this. Is it that much? The amount of Yuuyas spiritual power was amazing originally, but now that same spiritual power No, its actually much greater; with the spiritual power of Yuuya from the parallel world has been combined; I cant see the bottom of it anymore. To be honest, I dont really feel that. When I absorbed Meikos spiritual power, I was in extreme pain. But when I took in the spiritual power that me from the parallel world entrusted to me, I didnt feel anything special. This is probably because we are the same being. Well, thats okay. Anyway, lets review the sorcery youve learned. Here. Kuuya-san waved his arm lightly, and countless imps appeared in the courtyard of the house. These imps were the same ones that were created for me to learn how to use the power when I first came in contact with Kuuya-san, and they could only be defeated with an attack imbued with spiritual power. And then Im going to make it a little more difficult this time. Guoooooooooo! As Kuuya-san continued to move his arm, not only imps appeared, but also huge demons like those in the underworld. However, the demons produced did not have the same intelligence as Ikkaku-san and Nikkaku-san. As you can see, it is an embodiment of the demons of the underworld. Although I cannot reproduce their intelligence, they have an ego and are powerful. As Kuuya-san said, countless demons began to appear. Now the preparations are complete. Lets see the results of your training! sea??h th§× N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Gaaaaaaaah! With Kuuya-sans signal, the demons rushed at me. I held both palms in front of my chest and stared at them calmly. Then, a ball of spiritual power was born between my palms. Spirit Ball! As I opened my palms to release the Spirit Ball, it split into countless pieces and attacked the demons. Gaaaaaah! Guooooooo! This attack destroyed the imps, but it was not enough to defeat the larger demons. Then! Spirit Chain! I immediately activated another sorcery, and several purple chains appeared under the demons feet, restraining their bodies. Seeing me like this, Kuuya-san nodded in satisfaction. Umu, you can now use the techniques of Yuuya from the parallel world. And the flow of activating the sorcery has not been interrupted. But thats not enough to defeat these demons. As Kuuya-san said, the technique of me from the parallel world alone is not enough to defeat the demons. Thats why Ive spent the last few days not only learning the techniques of me from the parallel world but also doing another kind of training. Oops You have to make sure the fields arent damaged Kuuya-san was casually talking about such things. I immediately activated the Spirit Chain and bound the giant demons body, and immediately created the Spirit Sword and slashed at it. However, just like the Spirit Spear, the attack did not go through. Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! What? The giant demon tore off the Spirit Chain that was restraining it and attacked. Hmm Is it too early for this giant demon? Kuuya-san said as he watched the battle between me and the giant demon. But I would not give up. I was able to dodge the giant demons attacks and predict its actions with my Spirit Eye, so I took advantage of the opportunity and moved away from it. Hmm? What are you going to do? While Kuuya-san tilted his head, I focused all my attention on it. And then. Spirit Magic Armor! The moment I said that, a purple aura and a pale aura enveloped my body. Yes, this sorcery that I invoked was developed based on the image of the Magic Armor. From the very beginning of my use of spiritual power, I had been able to envelop my weapons and my body with spiritual power. However, this was only to channel the spiritual power to the surface of the body, and it could not strengthen it significantly. So I was able to strengthen my physical abilities with spiritual power by circulating it at high speed inside my body, not just on the surface. Then I combined this with the original idea of the Magic Armor. The result was a successful fusion of the two powers. Even Kuuya-san seemed surprised by this sorcery, and his eyes were wide open. T-This power is Haaaaaaah! As I stepped forward with great power, my first step instantly reduced the distance between me and the giant demon to zero. Kicking the ground and jumping up, I made the Spirit Sword appear in my right hand. Then I created an airborne foothold with magic, took another hard step, and swung the Spirit Sword in my hand. The Spirit Sword sliced off the giant demons head, and it quietly disappeared. I let out a sigh of relief after defeating the last of the demons and turned my attention to Kuuya-san. H-how was it? How was it, you ask? When you show me such a fusion with the magic power you possess I have no complaints. Youve grown up so well. Thank you very much! I was relieved to see that I had reached the level of competence that Kuuya-san was looking for. Umu. However, there are still some sorcery techniques that I have not been able to pass on to you, and you will be able to use them more skillfully if you continue to train yourself. Most importantly, you have been able to merge it with magic power. Perhaps you can think of ways to fuse it with other powers as well. As Kuuya-san said, this time, I have mainly been training to merge it with magic. But I also have other powers like Holy Evil Creation and Divine Authority in me. I dont know how much power that masked man has, but I need to become stronger to protect this world I decided to train once again. Advertisement Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 When Yuuya was continuing his training. The royal family of a certain country in Europe was in the midst of a hectic atmosphere. Please reconsider, Your Highness! An old butler complained in a room furnished with fine furniture. A young man with neatly arranged brown hair received such an appeal. The young man, who was called Your Highness, said to the butler who tried to stop him. Dont stop me. I have already made up my mind. No, thats not allowed! Please reconsider! Huh James, why wont you agree? Sear?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Im not saying its me who cant approve it; Im saying its the royal family who cant approve it! What did you say? The young man frowned at the words of the butler named James. What are you objecting to now? I have long made it known that I have someone in mind. And both my dear father and dear mother approved. Yes, indeed, they did. However! His Majesty and Her Majesty both approved it because they thought the person Your Highness had in mind was a person from this country! James caught his breath and announced again in a clear tone. But you say that the person you seek is a commoner of Japan. Certainly, there are those who have established connections with the royal family from the standpoint of commoners. But with people from other countries Kaoris family must have been quite wealthy, even if they were not a noble family. Even so, the countrys standard is very high. The future queen must learn the history and traditions of this country. Etiquette is also a must. Do you have any idea how much work that is? No problem. Kaori is an excellent woman. She will surely become a worthy queen. First of all! Are you sure that this Kaori doesnt already have a special partner? Of course not. I was the one who looked at her. Nobody would be stupid enough to touch her. .. James head hurt from this baseless statement. Ive told you time and time again that my mind was made up from the beginning. When I come of age, I will bring Kaori as my queen. James, realizing that there was nothing he could say that would help, let out a heavy sigh and said something that suddenly caught his attention. Where did you meet this woman named Kaori? At a party at our academy. The academy? Oh, sponsored by the royal family Thats right. At the entrance party of the second class there, I think. Kaori was there as a family member of one of the students who will be admitted to our academy. The world seemed to shine so brightly after seeing the girl that he felt as if the world he had seen before was dull. The other partygoers who had called out to the stunned young man had strange looks on their faces. Yo-Your Highness? They all shouted worriedly, but nothing reached the young mans ears. He simply surrendered to his current sensations. At the same time, he realized what that feeling was. I found it. Thus, the young man fell in love with the woman of his destinyKaori. Ill never forget the shock of that moment The young man who told the story of his encounter with Kaori thought back to that moment, chewing over his words. I never thought something like that would happen at that party Indeed, and I intended to ask Your Highness to join at some point in the future. And that included, in no small part, the name of finding a partner for Your Highness. That was the first and Oh. I never thought this would happen at that party, either. But the moment I saw her, I fell in love. I see And then you got to know this girl named Kaori? No, I just watched her from a distance. Huh? You didnt even talk to her? What do you mean? I greeted her, but just briefly. J-just greeted her? Yes, Kaoris charm was so great that I couldnt speak at that time Im sure my feelings were conveyed to her! .. James was speechless. Such a thing was not even a relationship anymore. And he was absolutely sure that it was not a relationship of a lover. But for some reason, the prince was convinced that he and Kaori would be together. James was unable to say anything about the situation, which was too absurd, but then he suddenly realized. No, wait? If the relationship has not been established, then His Highness confession will surely fail Then, even if I dont convince him here, he will fail and give up? It doesnt matter what I say; once he feels the pain Whats wrong? No, nothing? James, who had collected his thoughts in an instant, changed from before and put on a serious expression. I understand Your Highnesss serious thoughts. Let us prepare for the journey immediately. Oh, you finally understand! Im counting on you! James bowed respectfully and left the room. The young man looked out of the window and stared into the distance. Kaori I can finally come for you The young man, blinded by love, did not know that his feelings were one-way. Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 3 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 3Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 3 I had to continue my training with Kuuya-san, but of course, I also had to go to school. Also, as the person in charge of the school idol project, I received a new request from the student council president, Kitaraku-senpai. We had just finished our first idol stage the other day, and soon we were practicing for the open campus stage again. Whew! We danced a lot! Lexia-san said as soon as the practice was over. Compared to last time, everyones moves are more in sync. Were dancing to the same song we danced to on stage the other day. It hasnt been that long since the last stage Its not like were learning new choreography, so its a little easier, right? Yes, I think so. I think we will be able to present a more complete performance. Going well. If it continues like this, we will be fine for the next stage. Everyone seemed to be getting a feel for it, and I felt it myself as I watched from the sidelines. By the way Kaede and Lexia-san were incredible. Compared to Luna and the others, their physical abilities may not be as high, but still, their dancing was definitely better than the last time they were on stage. I also prepared sports drinks and towels to support them as much as possible, just like a club manager. While everyone was practicing their dances and songs, the door to the practice room opened. Excuse me Kaori? It was Kaori standing there. In order not to disturb everyone, I immediately went to Kaoris side. Whats wrong? I asked her, and Kaori opened her mouth, looking a little uncomfortable. Oh, actually The student council president asked me to ask Yuuya-san if you could help us at the open campus Help? Is that different from the school idol? Yes. Specifically, he wants Yuuya-san to participate in the introduction of the clubs activities. Introduce the clubs activities? I tilted my head at the unexpected content. I am a member of the go-home club, so there is no way that I can introduce the clubs activities. According to the student council president, he wants the students to participate in the introduction of the sports clubs to impress the potential students who might enroll in this academy next year Whats with this fluffy request? Im sorry, the student council president asked me to I-I mean, Im happy to help, but what about the details? W-well Ive only been told what I just told you, so What to do, I have no idea what to do. Why me in the first place? Is everything okay? Im not a member of any club, and Im such an outsider that I cant introduce the activities of the club I dont think you need to worry about that. And everyone is very positive about Yuuya-sans participation, and they want it to be a spectacular event Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Spectacular? I dont know if introducing club activities is such a spectacular thing. I think its a far cry from the introduction of club activities I know I heard that there will be instructions on the day of the event, so I think it will be okay if you follow them. Th-thats fine, then If there are instructions, is it okay if I follow the instructions? Isnt it? Im a little worried. Kaori panicked, as if the voice of my heart was showing on my face. I-Im sure itll be fine! Ill be there to support Yuuya-san on the day! I-is that so? Thats reassuring but what about the idol stage? The other student council members will support that as well. First, the gods began to dominate the life forms born on Earth. They could not interfere with the Earth itself, but they could interfere with what it produced. In this way, the gods took control of the humans on Earth. The dominated humans were treated as slaves of the gods. To escape such a situation, the Earth, unlike other beings, consumed the power of the planet itself and created a woman named Saara. Saara, imbued with the power of the planet star power, descended to Earth as the only being capable of resisting the gods. She freed the humans from the gods one by one and eventually built a great civilization on the land. The continent where this civilization was built was called Moatra. This was the name of the only continent that has disappeared from Earths current history. In Moatra, Saara used her star power to create magic power that was distributed to the people who had freed themselves from the gods. Moatra quickly became the largest supercontinent on Earth. But the gods did not stand idly by. To invade Moatra, the gods gathered their power and created a single beastthe Divine Beast. The beast had silver fur and golden scales, looked like a dragon, wolf, or lion, and was half the size of Moatra, a huge continent. A single step by the Divine Beast that was born would cause a tectonic shift, and the surrounding countries would be destroyed in an instant. This was a warning and an example from the gods. What happens if you defy the gods? And what are the consequences of people who abandon the gods, they say? But the people of Moatra were not intimidated. To protect their dignity, they decided to fight the divine beast, using the magic power given to them by Saara and the technology of Moatra. But the enemy was too great. The people of Moatra, led by Saara, desperately resisted the Divine Beast, but they were gradually pushed back. Unlike the people of Moatra, Saara, who was directly connected to the Earth and could manipulate star power, saw her star power depleted in the battle with the gods. At the same time, this also meant the depletion of the power of the Earth itself. When this star power was depleted, the Earth would be destroyed. Although Saara and the others continued their desperate resistance, there was no longer any way for Earth to defeat the Divine Beast. It seemed that they would be ruled by the gods, but the people of Moatra took a last resort to prevent the gods from taking over the Earth. That was, they forced Saara to escape from Moatra, and the people of Moatra made a suicide attack against her. Of course, if they told Saara, she would not approve of such a plan. After spending so many years with the people of Moatra, Saara could not make the decision to leave them. Therefore, the people did not tell Saara anything, and they sent their wishes to the Earth as one. No matter what it took, they wanted Saara to escape. The Earth granted their wish. This was because Earth could not afford to lose Sarla. However, it was painful to see the humans the Earth had created scattered in a suicide mission. Nevertheless, at the request of the people of Moatra, Earth created a special coffin with its remaining star power, sealed Sarla inside, and allowed her to escape from Moatra. The people who remained in Moatra then fought the Divine Beast in their land and unleashed the magic power they had once received from Saaras star power, sealing the entire continent of Moatra. Although the Divine Beast was sealed, the continent of Moatra was destroyed as a result. In addition, Earths ego was finally put to sleep, and Saara, who had been the greatest obstacle to the gods, was sealed in a coffin. The Gods thought that it would no longer be difficult to rule the Earth or so they thought. However, the gods power was greatly weakened when the Divine Beast created by combining their powers was sealed away along with the Moatra Continent. The human race, which had been ruled by the gods, rose up en masse and rebelled against the gods. When the gods were finally overthrown, the Age of the Gods became the Age of Humans. After the gods lost their power, Saaras sealed coffin drifted through the world. If it were true, Earth should have released Saara when the gods disappeared, but the battle with the gods consumed so much star power that Earths ego fell into a slumber, and this did not happen. Therefore, Saaras coffin went from place to place around the world without being unsealed, and after many years, it passed into the hands of a humanYuunosuke Tenjou. He displayed the coffin in the storage room of his house as usual, not knowing that it had such a history. Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 4 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 4Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier since you can now choose a tier for specific novels, so please go check it out, and also new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 4 Open Campus Day. It was a holiday, but today, junior high school students and their families from various areas were visiting the school, thinking about enrolling in Ousei Academy. Yes, the school idol stage will be right after this.UppTodated from Here, we will give you a tour of the school building. Those who want to experience classes, please gather here. Its not as big as a school festival, but there are some small performances, and its more like a regular festival or maybe as big as a typical school festival if its not too big. Also, I did not expect that there would be a tour guide at the open campus. A-amazingdo this many people come to the event every year? As expected, weve never had so many visitors before. This must be the main reason why the student council president is actively promoting the news of the school idol. I see Listening to Kaoris explanation, I was once again reminded of Kitaraku-senpais incredible capabilities. That man seemed to be acting in a chaotic manner, but it was truly amazing that he was constantly meeting his goals in such a manner. W-well, it might be difficult for those who are swept away by his reckless behavior, though So? What should I do? Oh, yes. First, well go to the field where well introduce the baseball and soccer teams. I understand. As I walked with Kaori to the field, our first destination, there were many junior high school students gathered there, perhaps for the introduction of the club activities. While I was watching my surroundings, a voice suddenly approached me. Hey! Tenjou-kun! Oh, Kitaraku-senpai! And there, waving happily, was Kitaraku-senpai. When I quickly joined him, he smiled at me. Thanks for coming today! N-no problem. So what exactly am I supposed to do? Im not in any special club activities or anything like that, but Dont worry, dont worry! The student council will be doing the introductions for each club, and I want you to attend the events we have prepared for each club. Y-yes. Then it looks like people have gathered, so lets get started! The introduction of the club activities began without a clear understanding of what was happening, and as Kitaraku-senpai said, the explanation of each club was done by a male student council officer. The content itself was the past achievements and main activities of each club; there was no special change in the content. I mean, do I really have to do anything? From the looks of it, I think this explanation alone is enough The student council officer who explained the situation looked at me for a moment. Well, now that the explanation is over since we gathered you all like this, lets play a little game today! The student council officer continued as the surrounding people suddenly buzzed with excitement at his sudden words. Lets start with the baseball team! Youre going to have a showdown with the students from the baseball team! Huh? I was completely distracted and surprised to be nominated here all of a sudden. W-what do you mean, a showdown? Some of you here might be thinking about joining the baseball team. So were planning to let you actually compete against the best our school has to offer and experience how great our club is! Oh! No, no, no! The students who came to see the event seemed very interested, but I am not a member of the baseball team, and I am not the best player! Nevertheless, I was in no position to talk about such things, and things just went on. The rules are simple! You, the challengers, will choose to be either a pitcher or a batter. If you choose to be the pitcher, Tenjou-kun will be the batter. On the other hand, if you choose to be the batter, Tenjou-kun will be the pitcher, and you will get one try. I see I dont know what his level is, but Im sure its difficult for him to play both sides, right? ..! Despite being battered all over his body, the catcher turned around and gave a thumbs up with a smile as if to say that this was exactly what he wanted. Eehh? I thought maybe it was just my imagination, but it looked like I really did throw hard. Still, the catcher, its amazing As expected, he had tremendous fortitude, probably because he catches a variety of pitches in his daily club activities. Then the batter, a junior high school student, opened his eyes again. Ri-ridiculous I cant even see the ball? Th-This is! In this situation, the catcher seemed to be looking for an even stronger pitch on the next pitch and sent a more intense signal than before. W-what an amazing determination! So I threw the third pitch a little harder than before. This time I tried to throw the ball with an awareness of putting my finger on it, or rather, giving it a little rotation. The ball accelerated more than I expected and made the loudest noise of the day. At the same time, the catcher also flew backward with great force and hit the fence with a loud bang. S§×arch* The n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I panicked and tried to run over to the catcher, but he immediately stood up and gave me a thumbs-up. I was able to defeat the first challenger, but by that time, the way the junior high school students looked at me had changed drastically. Oh, man Theres no way I can hit with that speed No, no, no, its so fast that the ball disappears. Isnt that the best magic ball? As Kitaraku-senpai and the baseball team members nodded their heads as if they were satisfied with the reactions of the people around them, the student council officer raised his voice again. Well, the first game was won by Tenjou-kun! What do you think? Who wants to try next? W-well, then Ill be next! The one who said that was a junior high school student who was taller and had longer arms and legs than the boy who had just stepped out. Unlike the boy who just stepped out, he picked up a ball and a glove. Im going to try out as a pitcher. Then, Tenjou-kun, youll take the batters position, right? Y-yes. Now Ill play as the batter I played as a batter at the Nittei Academy the other day, so its still possible. Then, when they saw me getting ready, the observers started murmuring again. H-hes really going to play as a batter as well? No, no, as expected, he cant be at the level of greatness either, can he? You know, Tanaka, who just batted, is famous for being the best batter here Anyway, Yamada, who is going to pitch next, is also said to be the best pitcher in the area The other male student looked at me as I stood in the batters box amidst the various words flying around. Sure, the pitching earlier was great. But thats not going to happen this time! Saying this, he took a big swing and released the ball right at me. I took a good look at the ball and immediately realized its range. At the same time, I activated my Weakness Detection skill and immediately understood where to hit the ball with the bat to make it fly the farthest. I then swung the bat to that point. I timed it perfectly, and the ball went straight over the fence. W-what? I-I wonder whats going to happen to this one? I hit it because I could aim from the first pitch, but maybe I have to play three pitches? I thought about that, but with that one pitch, the other male student seemed to lose his will to fight and opened his mouth. Im completely defeated. I dont even think its a coincidence that he hit it so perfectly. Oh, the winner has already been decided. Now, who else wants to try their hand? .. The student council officer urged again, but no one present raised their hand. Table of Content Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 5 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 5Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 5 After that, I was then made to participate in a variety of club activities, including soccer and basketball, where I was forced to play games similar to baseball before, but Wherever I kick it, he stops it! Oh, come on, can you shoot it from that distance and score? What kind of power does he have to make a volleyball explode? Speaking of which, the ping-pong ball shattered! In tennis, the rackets string was burned out For the time being, I tried not to exaggerate, but I did my best in my own way. However, as for volleyball and ping-pong, Kitaraku-senpai knew what happened in the ball game tournament and made a strange request to make the ball burst or shatter. I myself have been able to control my power more than before, thanks in part to the fact that I can now handle my spiritual power, but I never thought that I would be forced to do the opposite here But seeing me move like that, Kitaraku-senpai seemed satisfied. Hahahahaha! Its more than I imagined! I knew I was right to ask you, Tenjou-kun! Yu-Yuuya-san was indeed amazing, but is this really what you want? Hmm? Is there something on your mind, Houjo-san? Um, Im also happy to see Yuuya-sans achievements, but Yuuya-san is in the going-home club, and I think it would be a problem if students joined their respective club activities for the sake of this experience Its all right! Ive properly told them in advance that hes a special guest for today only and that they can see him in action during the explanation of the school festival and sports events! Maybe theyll be interested in seeing him there. Yo-youre very well prepared No, no, no, what do you mean, see me? I dont want them to make an important decision like choosing a school for that reason. W-well, even without me, this school has a lot of club activities, interesting classes, and fun events to participate in. Most of all, it is full of good people, and I can recommend it with confidence. Then Kitaraku-senpai gave a fresh smile in response to my words. Of course, it would be a problem if they enrolled just for the sake of it. Ive already advertised the good points of this school. Besides, the school idol show seems to have been a success. T-Thats right! How did everyone else do? I was so focused on introducing the club activities that I didnt pay much attention to it Dont worry. As I said, the Open Campus stage was also a success. According to Nekota, who was there to support the girls, it was even better than the last time they performed. I see I was relieved to hear that the stage was a success because everyone had practiced hard. Then Kitaraku-senpais smile deepened. Im convinced this time. I knew I was on the right track! So, as a new plan, Im thinking of forming a male idol unit as well. M-male idols? While I was surprised by the unexpected words, Kitaraku-senpai nodded. Thats right. So, Tenjou-kun! I want you to be a part of this male idol unit! Eeeehhhh!? Yu-Yuuya-san being an idol? Seeing that Kaori was also surprised by Kitaraku-senpais words, this must have been another out-of-the-box idea of Kitaraku-senpais. No, no, no, wait! Its impossible for me to be an idol! Ive been approached by Star Productions before about joining the entertainment industry, but I turned them down Thats because its a full-fledged entertainment business, right? Thats right, but The only reason I turned it down was because I wanted to have a normal student life. And I also didnt think it was right for me, who had no idea about the future, to do this to people who were seriously trying to become idols. As you know, Im only talking about school idols. This is not a typical idol group where the focus is on TV appearances. Thats why its possible to balance your life as a student with your idol activities. I-I know that, but I can understand why you might want to step aside and think about those who take their idol work seriously. But dont you think it would be a waste to refuse a challenge in a world you havent even touched? Even if you dont feel like it now, you might be interested in it when you try it. In that sense, I think this male school idol project is perfect for you. .. Yu-Yuuya-san I couldnt say anything back to Kitaraku-senpais words. Right now, I am not thinking about the future, and I am not even trying to challenge myself. Besides, the environment that surrounded me now was pushing me to find something I want to do, but I was so surprised that I fell silent, and Kitaraku-senpai smiled gently at me. Well, take it easy. So, I ended up participating as one of the school idols with a somewhat confused feeling. Just as the open campus was being held at Ousei Academy, the rival school, Nittei Academy. School Idol, you say? In the student council presidents office at Nittei Academy, the student council president, Mirei Kamiyama, was receiving a report about Ousei Academy from her butler, Shirai. Thats right. No way, such a plan Maybe it was the idea of their student council president. Its that eccentric son of the Kitaraku group, isnt it? I see Its like a vocational school run directly by another agency, isnt it? Yes, thats right. Star Productions doesnt have a vocational school yet, does it? Yes, well. Basically, we only scout for talent or select talent by auditioning selected individuals from the big vocational schools, you know? Thats why wed like to take on the role of a vocational school. When Kitaraku said that, the presidents eyes narrowed. What advantages would there be for us to do this at Ousei Academy? Of course, its an exclusive contract for the school idols we have now. In addition to the previous stage, I think we got a lot of publicity from this open campus. Also, we had reporters on stage at the open campus, so I am sure that the news will continue to spread after tomorrow. Thats how you sign a contract with a group like this. Hmm but isnt that a bit weak? After all, we are already supporting you. Exactly. Star Productions can get a famous idol group with a small amount of money. On top of that, you can choose from a variety of other options. That includes Tenjou-kun, of course. Youve hit on exactly what we want. But even if they become school idols, it doesnt necessarily mean that they will pursue a career in the entertainment industry, right? Thats true. But the possibility is not zero. When he says this, Kitarakus smile deepens. Actually, Tenjou-kun has also been chosen to be one of the school idols in the next group to be formed. What did you say? The president involuntarily stood up at Kitarakus unexpected words. Well, what do you think? You might be able to sign a contract with an idol group that he will join, you know? Besides, if we set up an entertainment department, talented kids who aspire to the entertainment industry will gather in that department, so we will be more certain to get the talent the president is looking for. I dont want to put it this way, but there are a lot of talented kids in our school. Kitaraku closed his mouth as if to say that he had already told the president what he wanted to say. Faced with such a Kitaraku, the president broke out in a cold sweat. Did you foresee this from the beginning? No? Im just doing what I think is fun. The president let out a sigh while relaxing her shoulders at the indescribable words of Kitaraku. Sigh Thats okay. Ill take your suggestion! With that, a lot of things started moving without Yuuyas knowledge. At that time, in Between Worlds.. So? What about the rest of the world? A bald, muscular man asked softly. The masked man behind him bowed respectfully. The invasion is complete. I see They are fragile. If I give my power to a pawn, he can easily defeat even himself in a parallel world. That makes me wonder more and more about the defeat of the previous pawn. Oh, the piece that uses that strange power. The piece that the masked man and his master were talking about was the very Yuuya of the parallel world. Even though I didnt give him my power, when he lost his life, he had obtained a strange power called spiritual power. Therefore, I dont understand why he was defeated by the same being in the parallel world. I thought our pawn, with the same specifications and the power available to him after his death, would have been stronger I dont know the details either, but it seemed that the counterpart in that pieces parallel world had acquired another unknown power that our piece did not have. S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Unknown power I couldnt take away that spiritual or mystical power either. This time, I hope to get that power but thats okay. But more importantly, where is the world you invaded? This way. The rest is yours to eat as you please At that moment, countless worlds were laid out like soap bubbles in front of the man called Master. The bald man grabbed one of the worlds with his hand, brought it to his mouth, slurped it down, and immediately absorbed it into his body. Then he took the other worlds one by one and opened his mouth happily. A little more, a little more. I wonder, will this world be the last? Yes. If we can absorb the world we failed to invade; we will be able to achieve our long-cherished dream. The bald man said so clearly, while the masked man opened his mouth somewhat uneasily. Is that really possible? What? Do you really think we can create a world we can live in? .. In response to the masked mans words, the bald man kept his mouth shut for a moment. We have no choice but to create it. You know that, dont you? .. We have been rejected by the world since we were born, and we have lived in this Between Worlds. I can only look at the workings of the world from the outside. But I have gained the power and the means to intervene in the world! But only for a moment. Did you feel that when you killed that pawn? Yes, I did. As soon as I killed that pawn, I was thrown out of that world. Yes. No matter how much power we gain or rather, the more power we gain, the more the world rejects us. In the end, there is no world for us to live in. The bald man said this with sadness, but his eyes were immediately filled with anger. But! We were lucky. What has happened is that the dimensional boundary that even we could not cross has disappeared, and the worlds floating in this Between Worlds has doubled! After saying this, the bald man clenches his fist. If the world rejects us, then we must absorb it and use its power to create a world we can live in! We have no choice but to do so. .. First of all, for this purpose I will take the power I just ingested completely into my body. And once that is done I will eat the last world. In Between Worlds, the preparations of the invaders were in full swing. Book 14: Chapter 2: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 2: Part 1Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier since you can now choose a tier for specific novels, so please go check it out, and also new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 1 While various speculations are going on in various places, in the other world. I finally found you, Shu. Iris and the others have tracked down the whereabouts of Katana Saint Shu Zakuren and his group. Shu confronted them with several Holy in tow. Hou? I didnt expect you to find this place Are these all of you? It seems that the number of people I saw at the Heavenly Sacred Festival was not the same as the number of people here The number of Holy that Shu brought with him now did not match the number of Holy that was at Shus side at the Heavenly Sacred Festival, just as Iris said. Of course, this isnt all of them its just that were already on the move. Tch I guess were a little late. (It cant be helped. The dragons of Dragon Valley are tough, and it takes some time to defeat them. I never thought that you would use this land for your own purposes.) Yes, Shu and his group hid in the Dragon Valley, which was said to be as dangerous as the Great Devils Nest. There was a dragon that had become a false gods sentinel in the past, but since Yuuya had defeated it, its existence was not exactly known, and it was only told as a fairy tale. However, the dragons that inhabit the land are still strong, and ordinary people cannot even get close to this place. Thanks to your flashy use of visual magic, we were able to track you. Its not something thats easy to notice but it seems like youre still holding back at the Heavenly Sacred Festival, isnt that right? Thats right. And were here to stop you, who even lost to us back then. Iris pointed her sword at Shu. But Shu showed no sign of being swayed. I see. So you dont agree with us after all. Of course not. Its crazy to think that well let you control humanity To control the world. You dont understand anything youre just puppets, playing the role youve been given without thinking. (Hmph. No matter what you say, Im doing the Holy work because I like it. Even if I could eliminate the cause of Evil itself, I would not even think of controlling humanity.) That is true As you say, sometimes I think humanity is stupid. But not all of them. To control the will of humanity as a whole is beyond my comprehension. Usagi and Odis also turned to Shu and told him this. Then Shu shook his head. Its a pity. You and I dont seem to understand each other. Yes, you are right. Thats why were here to stop you. Iris immediately took a fighting stance, followed by Usagi and Odis. Do you really think you can do that? I said Ill do it! Iris stepped forward with tremendous force, closing the distance between her and Shu in an instant. Heavenly Sacred Slash! And then she unleashed an attack that unleashed the full force of her Holy power. But I wont let you do it. ! Suddenly, the sound of a plucked stringed instrument rang out through the air. At that moment, the sound became a mass of magical power, and it repelled the Sword Saint Iris sword that was approaching Shu. How outrageous of you to fail to understand our noble principles. Tone. Iris attack was blocked by Tone, a bard-like manwho held a lyre-like instrument in his hand. Then, following Tone, two new men stepped forward to protect Shu. If you try to interfere with us, we wont show you any mercy. At the Heavenly Sacred Festival, we had a hard time because Shu told us to hold back, but from now on, we can really get serious, right? Leo, Seras. The new men standing in front of Iris were a lion-type beastman and a deer-horned beastman. The lion beastman was Leo Vanguard, the Fang Saint. The deer-horned beastman was Seras Reinhorn, the Horn Saint. Each of them was a member of the Holy with their own characteristics as a race. Leo made a movement as if he was relaxing the muscles in his neck and shoulders; then he smiled wildly. Then he bared his fangs at Iris with tremendous force. I have long been convinced that you are the strongest in the Heavenly Sacred Festival! (Hmph!) ! But when Leo attacked Iris, Usagi rushed in and kicked him. Leo noticed the kick, stopped suddenly, and jumped back. Usagi! (Your opponent is me!) Hah! You think you can beat me, you herbivore? As soon as Leos whole body erupted with Holy power and magic, he jumped at Usagi. But Usagi stared calmly at the attacker, dodged just in time, and kicked Leo in the torso. (Hah!) Mghh! Leo! I wont let you. As Seras was about to move to support Leo, Odis instantly created countless magic bullets and fired them at Seras. The barrage was so great that even though it was a small mass of magical power, it approached Seras while causing considerable damage to the ground. Tsk! Annoying! Iris! Get Shu while you still can! Yes! While Usagi and Odis held back the two Holy, Iris jumped at Shu. But Tone moved to block Iris attack. I wont let you do it! Sound Domination! The moment Tone strummed his lyre, the sound became a wave of magical power that destroyed everything it touches. Iris, however, was undaunted by such an attack and met the wave of magical power head-on. Haaaaaaah! What? Gahah! And the sword that Iris swung down annihilated the sound wave of magic power and slashed at Tones body in a fluid motion. Thus removing the obstacle for Shu, Iris instantly closed the distance with Shu so that he could not escape while activating her Divine Authority. As Shu said, the Divine Authority of Iris and the others had been absorbed by the difference in power in the face of the Sacred Power of Shu and his group. Of course, since the observers were not technically gods, they could not use the Sacred Power, but if the Divine Authority released here had been that of the observers, the result might have been different. However, this was the limit of the Divine Authority that Iris and the others who were not observers could handle. For Iris, who desperately tried to stand up, Shu cast a cold glance at her. Hah Its boring. Even Iris, who was once called the strongest Holy, is no match for a god like this After saying this, Shu turned his back on Iris and the others. Ill leave the rest to you. W wait! She held out her hand to Shu as he walked away, trying to stop him, but Shu simply used his Sacred Power and vanished from the scene in an instant. Leo looked down at Iris after seeing Shu off. Isnt it a shame? You cant even stop us, let alone Shu. Lets get rid of Iris first. I wonder what kind of sound the screams of the Sword Saint will make. Leo, Seras, and Tone began to surround Iris as if they were slowly hunting her down. Then Farewell! Fang Disorder! Horn Piercing! Sound Splitting! A series of biting attacks and a powerful blast of horns. Then, a wave of sound that ripped through the surroundings hit Iris at once. Almost unconsciously, Iris raised her sword and took the brunt of the attacks. However, Iris, who had almost no strength left, could not withstand the attacks of Leo and the others who used the Sacred Power. Nevertheless, Iris was able to keep her balance just in time, thanks to the basic skills she had acquired through her long training. Oh! Youre so stubborn! Just die already! Leo is impatient with Iris, who doesnt seem to be falling. As Iris consciousness fades, she desperately concentrates on surviving the situation. That concentration eventually reaches its limit, and the sounds and smells around her fade. And then. (Huh Leo and the others attacks seem slow). For some reason, all the attacks directed at her seemed to slow down. Since Iris is about to lose consciousness, she doesnt have time to think much about the situation. Instinctively, however, Iris moved. ! A perfect strike, cutting the gap between Leo and the others attacks. No killing intent, no hostility, just the pure thought of cutting what was there. It was nothing more than the Idle Strike that Yuuya had learned from the sage. The inevitable attack was drawn into Leos neck and immediately cut off his head. Ah? Leo! This is ridiculous! Leo and the others had no idea what was happening. By the time they realized what had happened, Leos head had been severed, and he was dead. As it was, if Iris had moved, Seras and the others would have been able to defeat her easily. However, just like when Yuuya had first unleashed the idle strike, a tremendous feeling of exhaustion overtook Iriss body. She was on the verge of collapsing before, and Iris could not take it anymore and collapsed on the spot. Oh Hey, Tone. Did you see what happened? N-no but as long as there is a possibility that she has some unknown power, we need to eliminate her as soon as possible Seras and Tone launched their moves at Iris again to make sure she was eliminated. Horn Piercing! Sound Domination! Iris was no longer even able to prevent the attack. It seemed as if Seras and the others attack was about to reach Iris, but at that moment. Holy Magic Bullet! ! Between the two of them and Iris, magic bullets rained down with tremendous force. Sensing the attack, the two of them immediately jumped back, and a white shadow jumped out as if chasing them. (I wont let you escape! Three Divine Steps! Usagi! It was Usagi and Odis who had been blown away by Leo and the others. While Usagi was busy with Tone and Seras, Odis went to Iris and gave her a sip of the healing potion he had with him. Iris wounds healed quickly, and she was able to move again. Thanks for your help Umu. More importantly did Shu manage to get away? S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yes. Also, there is a possibility that the Holy who have already followed Shu will come back here. If thats the case, its our loss this time. Odis muttered with a grim look on his face and stood up vigorously. Iris. You go to Yuuya-kun right away. Huh? I know it sounds pathetic, but we cant handle Shu on our own. Thats why we need the help of Yuuya-kun and the Genesis Dragon-dono. Then Usagi and Odis We will stay here and try to delay them. To get you out of here. No way! Ill stay here too Just go! As long as my Divine Authority is not working properly, I cannot teleport you directly to Yuuya-kuns house. Thats why you need to leave as soon as possible. Im counting on you! Odis! Iris called, but Odis went to Usagi. Frustrated, Iris looked at Odis and the others, but then she got up and ran to Yuuyas house. Wha! Hey, Iris is running away! Kuh! Sound of Chaos! Seeing Iris running away, Tone sent out countless clusters of sound magic from his lyre. (I wont let you do that! Kicking Flash Legs!) But Usagi blocks all attacks with his legs and lands in front of Seras and the others. (We will be your opponents.) Dont look down on me! Thus, Iris went to Yuuya. Usagi and Odis fought with Seras and the others to stop them. Table of Content Book 14: Chapter 2: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 2: Part 2Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 2 Ive brought everyone! T-this is Yuuya-kuns Excuse me for disturbing you. It was the day after the open campus. It was a compensatory holiday for us, but Lexia-san wanted to have a party at my house, so I invited Kaori, Kaede, and the others to my house today. It was no problem for Night, Akatsuki, and Ciel, but it would be a surprise to see Ouma-san and Kuuya-san, so I asked them to stay at the other worlds house just for today. Still, to have so many people come to my house to play I was impressed by this situation which would have been unimaginable in the past. To begin with, I dont have that many things at home, but now that I know Im going to have guests, Ive worked even harder than usual to clean up. By the way, not only Lexia-san and the members of the school idol group, but also Kaori, who had been supporting the school idol group, came to the party. When I looked closely, I saw that Kaori was carrying a large bag. What did she bring? As soon as I led everyone into the guest room, Kaede looked around the house with a curious expression on her face. Yuuya-kuns house is so big! By the way, where are your parents? Uh this house is my grandfathers house. I live here by myself. Really? You have connections with people from other countries like Lexia-san Could it be that they live abroad? Yuuya-samas parents! Im certainly curious. Id like to greet them as soon as possible! Greet them? What are you going to do? Well, since Im Yuuya-samas fiance, isnt it obvious? No, youre not. Ahaha Luna replied calmly to Lexia-san, who had jumped on Kaedes words. But not only Kaede and Lexia-san; for some reason, everyone was staring at me as if they were concerned about my parents. Unfortunately, that wasnt the reason. No, its not that Um, you see, me and my parents dont get along. Oh S-so thats it Im-Im sorry. Kaede looked apologetic at my words. But now I have Night and the others and everyone else plays with me like this. So I didnt really care that I didnt get along with my family. Its okay, dont worry about it. I wonder how Yuta and Sora are doing? And my father and mother, too Now that Ive been able to properly control the spiritual power that was the cause of their dislike, I thought it would be nice to be able to talk about it properly one day. Woof! Buhi~ Pii! Oh, let me introduce you. This is my family, Night, Akatsuki, and Ciel. When the atmosphere became delicate because of me, Night and the others showed their appearance. Kaedes eyes lit up when she saw Night and the others. Wow! So this is the Night-kun that Yuuya-kun is keeping? You also kept a mini-pig and a bird? Buhi!? Buhi, buhi! Woah, did I offend him in any way? Perhaps not liking being called a pig, Akatsuki stomped his feet in protest. Its hard to say what Akatsukis ang, but he gets angry when people call him a pig Is he more of a boar? Anyway, Akatsuki is Akatsuki. But even though Im able to communicate with Akatsuki and the others thanks to my Tame skill, to Kaede, who doesnt have the skill, he just seemed to be an angry pig. I calmed Akatsuki down for the time being, and Kaede slowly stroked Akatsuki. Then Akatsuki lay down on the spot as if he felt good. Fugoo. Woof Pii! Ahahaha! Thats so cute! Night and the others looked stunned at the too-easy Akatsuki. After introducing Night and the others to everyone, Lexia-san raised her hand. Well! Now that were all here, lets do something! Thats fine, but have you prepared anything? Nothing? Its really just spontaneity Yuuya, is there anything in this house we can all play with? Um sorry, there is nothing like that in my house I dont even have a TV in my house. You could say there is no entertainment at all. If I look in the storage room, I might find something, but While I was thinking about it, Kaede raised her hand. Yes! If youre interested, I brought something we can all play with! Saying that, Kaede spread out various things from her luggage, including what looked like board games and other things that looked like they could be played. Really? Im sorry you had to go through all this trouble. After that, we followed the instructions to move our left foot, right hand, and so on, moving our bodies as instructed. Then. Ka-Kaori! Cant you move your body a little more? I-I cant go any further! Hey, Yuti! Are you sure this is the right color? Objection. Im doing it right. We got into more and more impossible positions and found ourselves tangled up in a very uncomfortable position. W-what a terrible game! At first, I thought it would be a game we would play while doing simple stretches, but this was outrageous. I had my arms and legs between Kaoris and Lexia-sans legs, and vice versa, Lexia-sans arms and legs between my sides, and so on Anyway, it was not a good picture! Kuh what an enviable no, its an unforgivable game! Is this the game of Earth? This will surely bring men and women closer together! I-Im sorry to bring this up, but this is the one you shouldnt play with skirts, you know? As Kaede said, since everyone is wearing skirts, its hard to look at them. I desperately tried to avert my eyes while holding an impossible position, but Yuti told me nonchalantly. Decision. Lift your right foot. Lift? Is there such an instruction? Affirmative. Roulette is absolute. Whats the matter, Yuti? S§×ar?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. You were never such a roulette believer! But the rules of the game require us to put our feet up here. But this is very bad. No, its really bad! After all, my right leg is between Lexia-sans legs right now. If I lift it, Lexia-sans skirt will be! N-no, its too early to give up. If I lift it just a little! When I tried to raise my leg just a little, Yuti didnt miss it. Violation. Yuuya, you cant do that. Lift your leg properly. Yuti-san! Expectation. Its exciting. Yuti, you are enjoying this situation, arent you? Maybe, but did she see something interesting in the future? Even if she did, its not funny for me as I am the person concerned! It cant be helped Im going to lose here and end the game somehow. At that moment, I deliberately tried to lose to get out of this situation. I-I cant do it anymore! Aah! Kyaaa! Finally, Kaori couldnt take it anymore and just collapsed. Moreover, she collapsed as if leaning on our bodies, so both Lexia-san and I collapsed as if caught in Kaoris arms. I held on to them as fast as I could so that they wouldnt get hurt, but in many ways, my body position was in bad shape. U-uh Kaori, Lexia-san? If you feel okay, um could you please move away Kaoris face turned bright red when I calmly told her. Ah S-s-sorry! Wow, Yuuya-sama, youre so bold! Lexia-san? Kaori hastily jumped away from me, but somehow Lexia-san stayed right on top of me! As my mind was suddenly racing, Luna picked Lexia-san up. Hey, what are you doing? Hey, Luna! I was just about to leave, dont interrupt me! No, I cant overlook something so enviable I mean, so shameless! Youre a princess, after all! Have some modesty! You dont need modesty when youre in love! Its necessary, you idiot! The two of them exchanged words as usual, but Kaede covered her face with her hand, looking at me through her fingers, her face blushing. Le-Lexia-san is so bold! I see To deepen your relationship with the opposite sex, you also need that kind of aggressiveness. Im learning a lot. What are you learning about? Merl said strange things, and it was a mess anyway. Then Yuti, who was acting as referee, opened her mouth with a satisfied look on her face. Satisfied. It was interesting. R-right Stand by. Im next. Do you still want to do this? I wanted to put an end to this dangerous game, but in the end, Yuti, Merl, and Luna were eager for me to try again. I didnt want to participate anymore, but for some reason, I was forced to, and I wasnt even allowed to lose on purpose. In the end, I survived the twister game with everyone else without a care in the world. Book 14: Chapter 2: Part 3 Book 14: Chapter 2: Part 3Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier since you can now choose a tier for specific novels, so please go check it out, and also new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 After we finished the Twister game and I felt exhausted, Merl raised her hand. Um, theres a game Id like to try too What kind of game? I asked Merl what kind of game she wanted to try, as long as it wasnt Twister. I want to play something called the Kings Game. Huh? I was surprised at the name of the game, which I had not expected, and Merl went on. I heard that young men and women on this planet play this game to get to know each other better. Wait, where did you get this information? I got this information using technology from the planet Amel.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com I have a feeling its wrong! No, I dont know what kind of games young people play in the world, so I cant say Then Lexia-san and the others showed interest. Ara, that sounds interesting! Yeah, I guess it is. Im curious too! As for me, I couldnt say anything because I dont know how to play the Kings Game either, but it wont be like the Twister game, anyway. I got an explanation of the rules from Merl, who said that she had been thinking about it for a while and had prepared a raffle. Then Whos the king? All at once we opened the raffle and checked what was inside. Ah, I am the king! Apparently, the first king was Lexia-san, who held up the raffle and puffed out her chest. Kuh I didnt expect Lexia to be the first king It must be a result of my daily deeds! Thats not true. Why not? Luna was playing around with Lexia-san, but then Lexia-san regained her composure and declared. Then Ill give you an order! Yuuya-sama hug me! Eeeeeeehhhhhh! Hey, wait! Thats not in the rules! When I was surprised by that, Luna quickly added. The rule of this game is that the King specifies a number and orders the person with that number. However, the King does not know who has which number. Therefore, it is not possible to suddenly appoint me Eh, isnt it okay? If its against the rules, its a no-no! You better follow the rules! Mmm then, number three! You hug me! I froze at Lexia-sans words. Because my number was number three. Seeing my suspicious behavior, Lexia-sans eyes lit up. Ara? Dont tell me Yuuya-sama is number three? Y-yes What? Lexia-san, youre cheating For some reason, Kaori and the others were looking at Lexia-san with resentment, but I had none of it. Its strange I thought that once I was free from the Twister game, I would be fine U-um cant you give me another order? No! What the King says is absolute! Right? What am I supposed to do if Lexia-san, who is a real royalty, says it, its unfashionable, or! Why? Why do I have the number one ticket in my hand? Where did my Luck status, which had been so well demonstrated during the Old Maid game, go? Could it be that I used it all up playing Old Maid? I mean, for a while now, the King has only been giving orders that involve the King! Is that how the game was originally played? Seeing me break out in a cold sweat, Kaori realizes something, and her expression brightens. I-is it possible that Yuuya-san is number one? Yes. U-um then the legs I nervously grabbed Kaoris leg as she held it out to me. That must be nice, Kaori. Sure, if you decide that its until the next order, you can stay with Yuuya-kun for a long time Why why cant I have the kings ticket! Everyone seemed to be thinking a lot, but I was still preoccupied. I was massaging Lexia-san and the others as a manager, though! Kaori also looked embarrassed, but she looked at me and blushed. I became more and more nervous at the sight of her. I-is it okay Is my hand sweating or is it just uncomfortable? (I-I said massage in the heat of the moment, but I didnt really expect Yuuya-san Ah, the sweat and all that, is it okay?) Kaori looked pensive for a moment, and my anxiety grew. The king game started with Merls suggestion, but after that, the King never came to me, and for some reason, I ended up getting involved in the Kings orders every time. I guess my Luck status was not working after all. Anyway, the party went on happily. It has been some time since many worlds that had never existed before began to flow into the Between Worlds. Meow. Since then, the white cat had been watching and observing Yuuyas life before his level-up. The white cat could not take its eyes off Yuuya. Yuuya had been born with spiritual power, so his parents shunned him, while his younger siblings, who had not acquired spiritual power, were adored by their families. The white cat could not understand this. Why were they treated so differently, even though they were siblings? It was a feeling that was completely incomprehensible to the white cat, who had never known the existence of a family. After that, the white cat continued to watch Yuuyas growing figure. Yuuya lived a miserable life, bullied by children his own age. He tried again and again, but under the influence of an invisible power called Spiritual Power, he was always hated by others. However, only Yuuyas grandfather was on Yuuyas side. Maybe it was because of his grandfathers teachings, or maybe it was because of his gentle nature. Despite the fact that Yuuya had been through a miserable experience himself, he would always lend a helping hand whenever he found someone in need. Witnessing such kindness, the white cat became more and more curious about Yuuyas existence. But Yuuyas misfortunes did not end there. His grandfather, the person who understood him best, passed away. Meow Seeing Yuuya in despair, unable to do anything but mourn, the white cat wanted to comfort him. But the white cat who lives in Between Worlds cant even get close to Yuuya. However, when the white cat saw that Yuuya was still living with kindness, it was completely drawn to him. Then Yuuya is subjected to even more insidious and violent abuse at the junior high school he enters. S§×ar?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Hissss! Seeing the student laughing like a devil and abusing Yuuya, the white cat wanted to jump on him and protect him. But that will not happen yet. Meow Overwhelmed by its own helplessness, the white cat became sad. After that, Yuuyas sad past was too much for the white cat to bear, and it involuntarily left the scene. Table of Content Book 14: Chapter 3: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 3: Part 1Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 1 The center of the vast Pacific Ocean. There were some figures there. Its a horrible place. One of them was dressed in a uniform white robe with a hood covering his face. The appearance alone was bizarre, but these people were clearly different from ordinary humans. They were not standing on land but in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. Instead of standing on land somewhere, they were floating in the air as if they were looking down at the Pacific Ocean. It took us a long time to get to this point It cant be helped. It is all the fault of this Earth and that woman. But the will of that damned Earth is gone, and that woman is missing too. Now is the perfect time The robed figures spoke. One of them had a bitter look on his face. Kuh The more I think about it, the more humiliating it is. We, who are gods, are imitating humans, the creatures of the Earth! Yes, the gods who had been overthrown long ago were gathered here in the Pacific Ocean. The gods, with their powers diminished when their the Divine Beast was sealed by the people of Moatra, were destroyed in the rebellion of the humans whom they had treated as slaves. Thus, humans were to create their Age In fact, the gods had prepared these human bodies in case of an emergency. But the gods, who originally recognized humans only as toys, could not bear to be demoted from gods to humans. Most of all, the gods thought that they could destroy Moatra with their Divine Beast, so they only considered this as an insurance policy. As it happened, Moatras power sealed the Divine Beast, and the gods were forced from their position. Believing that they would be truly destroyed if nothing was done, they made the painful decision to use the bodies they had prepared to transform themselves into humans. Though weakened, they were still gods and powerful, but by turning into humans, they lost even more of their power to an even greater degree. Still, the gods had no choice. Fortunately, by hiding as humans, they were able to escape the scourge of Earth, Saara, and the people of Moatra. Moreover, even though their physical bodies had fallen to the human form, the faint remaining godly power was still alive and well, and they had transcended their human lifespan and gained an immortal body. Therefore, they have spent a long time trying to recover their lost godly power. I understand how you feel, but you can take out your resentment on this planet after you restore the Divine Beast. Thats also true. But the power is not at full strength yet. Even if we revive the Divine Beast, will it be able to defeat the humans in this state? As one god spoke, another opened his mouth. Do not worry. It is true that humanity has multiplied explosively during this long period of time. But only in numbers. Without technology like that of Moatra, there is no one who can use that terrible star power and magic. Our victory is unassailable. That is also true. S§×arch* The N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As one god nodded in agreement with the explanation, another frowned. The only thing that worries me is that we havent found the womans coffin. Hmph. After all, the coffin was created with the little energy left of Earth. It would be impossible to continue protecting her with such a coffin. That may be so, but I am not that optimistic. We must eliminate the uncertainties if we want to rule this world. The others felt the same way, Utterly despicable. If only we could regain our power as gods and use our omnipotent power Even if we could use it, we wouldnt know anything about this planet and that woman. Thats why we tried to eliminate their existence. One of the gods sighed heavily. Still, what can we do about something we cant find? What are you going to do about it? Theres one place Im curious about. What? The other gods stared at the god who had made the unexpected statement. Despite the stares, the god continued to speak. In fact, I have sensed a strange surge of power coming from a place called Japan. What? Could it be the power of that woman? I dont know. But do you remember the plane hijacking in that country not too long ago? Yes, I remember. As I recall, a man solved it or something The case the gods were talking about was the one where Yuuya saved Kaoris sister Kasumi from the hijackers. In response to Ikkakus relentless pursuit, Reimei shouted and paid Ikkaku the 10,000 yen she owed him. While such an unbelievable scene was taking place in the underworld, an Oni arrived on the scene. Reimei-sama! Huh? Whats going on? You have a visitor! A visitor? After the change in the laws of the underworld, the number of visitors to Reimeis place had decreased dramatically. In particular, it was very rare for a visitor to come and not someone who was waiting for a verdict. Long time no see, Reimei-sama. Behind the Oni was the main body of Kuuya in the underworld. The unexpected person startled Reimei. You are Kuuya, arent you? I am honored that you remember me. What do you mean? You helped me save Meiko. Besides, there are not many people in the underworld who can handle the spiritual power to move freely. As Reimei said, originally, the dead could not move freely in the underworld. This was to protect the order of the underworld, and if they needed to move, they were usually taken around by the Oni. Most importantly, it was extremely difficult to move without the protection of the Oni, as they could be crushed by the mystical and spiritual power of the underworld. However, Kuuya, with his enormous spiritual power and his newfound spiritual power from death, had become one of the few beings in this underworld who could move freely. How did you end up here? Reimei asked as he helped Ikkaku and the others to clean up the board game. Then Kuuya opened his mouth with a serious look on his face. Actually I see The things you feared Kuuya explained to Reimei what happened in the present world. He reported that Yuuya had fought with himself from a parallel world and that he had been attacked by a mysterious man from outside the world. Reimei-sama. Do you have any idea who this mysterious attacker might be? I have an idea. Anyway, I cant say that I had nothing to do with their attack. Ikkaku! Yes. At Reimeis call, Ikkaku, who had been putting the board game away, stopped. Now go to the present world and bring Yuuya here. As you wish. And as soon as Ikkaku nodded his head, he disappeared like a mist. So this is Japan, huh? When Kuuya was in contact with Reimei in the underworld. A young man had arrived in Japan. However, unlike ordinary tourists, the young man was greeted at the airport by a large number of media representatives and a group of imposing security police. The young man was stunned by the over-the-top welcome. Hey, James, you dont have to make such a big deal What are you talking about? Your Highness is the Crown Prince of our country, so it is only natural that security police should be deployed. Besides, there has been some disturbing news lately, and to be honest, I dont think there are enough personnel. The young man sighs at the words of James, the butler. Hah I was hoping for a romantic reunion alone with Kaori Please give it up. This is also for the sake of Your Highness. If something should happen to the girl named Kaori, Your Highness will be troubled, wont you? Thats true, but If you are unhappy with the number of security personnel, I, for one, cannot understand why the press is rushing to this airport. Its only natural for them to do so since Im coming here. Besides, if I can show the world the relationship between Kaori and me here, the engagement is sure to happen. James raised his eyebrow at the young man who said that so vividly. Um I didnt expect His Highness to make the first move If His Highness is right and makes contact with the girl named Kaori in this situation, it might be difficult to cancel the engagement Whats wrong? No, its nothing. Unhappy with the way things were going according to the young mans plan, James now wondered what he should do. Book 14: Chapter 3: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 3: Part 2Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier since you can now choose a tier for specific novels, so please go check it out, and also new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 It had been a week since the open campus. On my day off, I went to practice sorcery in preparation for the attackers. Suddenly, a mysterious black vortex appeared in front of me. W-what is that? No way, the attackers are already here! I hurriedly took out my Absolute Spear and prepared it, and then Kuuya-san came over to me. Wait. That portal belongs to Ikkaku-sama, just like last time. Eh? I said I would use my body to contact Reimei-sama, didnt I? Thats why Reimei-sama moved so fast. I-I see. As soon as I lowered my weapon, Ikkaku-san emerged from the vortex. Its been a while, Yuuya-sama. I-its been a while As usual, Ikkaku-san exuded an aura of serenity, and I felt terrible. Then everyone gathered, including Night and the others from inside the house. Woof! I thought I felt a strange presence again H-hey, Yuuya-sama! Could it be that one Oh this is Ikkaku-san. I told you earlier about Meiko, the one from the underworld. When I introduced them, Ikkaku-san bowed his head reverently. Lexia-san and the others also bowed their heads and immediately noticed something. W-wait a minute! Why is someone from the underworld here? Could it be related to Meiko? N-no, its not about that I hadnt told Lexia-san and the others about the parallel universe yet, so I didnt know how to explain it to them. If possible, I didnt want to make everyone uncomfortable, and I wanted to keep quiet Then Ikkaku-san, perhaps sensing my feelings, offered a helping hand. Actually, now that the situation in the underworld has calmed down, my Lord Reimei-sama wants to thank Yuuya-sama again, so this time, I have come to pick him up. Yuuya-sama, can you spare some time? Y-yes, Im fine! Um, cant we go with you? When Lexia-san said this quickly, Ikkaku-san shook his head apologetically. Im sorry, but the underworld is the land of the dead. It is a place where only the dead or those with spiritual power can go I see Spiritual power was Yuuyas newfound power, wasnt it? Its outrageous to hear again that it also allows you to go to the underworld. So, Yuuya-sama. We will go there as soon as possible. Is that okay? U-um! The moment I was about to nod at Ikkaku-sans words, Meiko raised her voice. S~ea??h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. C-can you take me with you? You are Ikkaku-sans eyes widened slightly, but he quickly smiled and nodded. If it is you, it should be fine. Im sure Reimei-sama will be rather pleased to see you. Thank you very much! So it was decided that I would go to the underworld with Ikkaku-san but if the attackers came while I was away from this world, it would be a problem. Thats why Ouma san. Please take care of everyone. Hmph. I have no choice And Night, too, please. Woof! Buhi! Buhi! Pi! Piii! Hahaha. Of course, Im counting on you two. After being amused by Akatsuki and Ciel raising their voices to compete with Night, Me and Meiko went to the underworld for the first time in a long time. Around the time Yuuya left for the underworld. At the Nittei Academy, Kamiyama was given a certain document by Shirai. Here is the information on the student candidates. Thank you for your hard work.Findd new stories at novelhall.com The document given to Kamiyama contained detailed information about the students of the Nittei Academy, along with their portraits. This is good. With this, I think we can form a school idol group at our academy. Yes, Kamiyama was thinking of forming a school idol program at Nittei Academy as well to compete with the school idol program being promoted at Ousei Academy. In order to select the members for this project, she asked her butler, Shirai, to gather information about the students. The scale is too large for me to fully understand, but I have a vague idea. The world we live in is surrounded by something like a bubble. And the space in which the world exists like a myriad of soap bubbles is the Between Worlds. .. I was struck by the sheer magnitude of it all. In other words, could it be that the soap bubbles in our world and the other soap bubbles in another world are parallel worlds? Reimei-sama had an apologetic look on her face as I was confused. I would like to give you a more detailed explanation, but we dont have much time. Lets just assume that you understand Between Worlds and proceed. Y-yes. In Between Worlds, there are those who cannot exist in their respective worlds or who have been rejected by their respective worlds. Rejected? What do you mean by rejected? Simply put, the scale of their existence is too great for the world to bear. Earlier, we compared the world to a soap bubble. If a person with a large scale of existence enters the bubble, the bubble will burst, and the world will be destroyed. That is why the world bursts those who are too big in order to defend itself. The destination of the bubbles is Between Worlds, and there are other worlds floating around it, arent there? Wont those worlds be attacked? Well Ive never set foot in that Between Worlds, so I dont know the details. Reimei-sama reigns as the Lord of this underworld, and I doubt she can afford to go to the Between Worlds. But the fact that you were attacked indicates that the people in the Between Worlds have the power to interfere with the inside of the world that is floating around in there. Conversely, if they could easily destroy the world from the outside, they would have done so from the beginning. Maybe they are using this momentary interference to undermine the inner world so that they can interfere from the outside. I see but if the enemy is in such a place, what should we do? If the enemy is in an incomprehensible place like Between Worlds, there is nothing I can do. Reimei-sama predicted that the enemy could only interfere for a moment, but even with that, they could do a lot of things, which is why the me from the parallel world lost, and that world was taken away from him. But I cant just sit back and wait for them to come back. Then Reimei-sama opened her mouth with a grim expression on her face. There is a way to get to the Between Worlds. Eh? I was surprised by these unexpected words, and Reimei-sama continued. With my power, I can send you to the Between Worlds. Well then! But then! I dont know if youll be able to come back. Eh Reimei-samas words made me hold my breath. W-what does that mean? As I said, I can send you to the Between Worlds, but you will need my power to return from the other side. But as you know, I am the Master of the underworld, so I cannot move from this place. .. Besides, I do not know what kind of place Between Worlds is. I dont know what kind of power those people, whose existence is so great that the whole world has rejected them could use. There is no way to return home, and their power is unknown. Normally, one would not take on such an opponent recklessly. But in my minds eye, I saw the image of the other me fading away. Dont worry youre stronger than me so protect everyone Thats what the other me had entrusted to me. Thats why. Reimei-sama. I am asking you, please. Please send me to Between Worlds. Are you sure? Yes. I nodded strongly, and suddenly a warm feeling spread over my right hand. I looked at the touch and saw that Meiko was holding my hand. Ive never heard of parallel worlds or Between Worlds before but Im going there with you. Eh, b-but I was saved by Master. Besides now I am one with Master. Meiko I dont want you to forget, but Im here too, you know? Then Kuro, who had been quiet lately, unexpectedly called out to me. Yes Kuro is with me. Im not alone, and just knowing that Im not alone makes my heart lighten. Reimei-sama, who watched our exchange, let out a sigh. You seem to have made up your mind. The boundary line between the dimensions that existed in Between Worlds has probably disappeared this time But is there anyone who can repair it? While Reimei-sama made a somewhat offensive remark, she clapped her hands vigorously. At that moment, waves of mystical and spiritual power spread out from both of her hands at once. Ill say it again! If I send you over there, I dont know if youll ever be able to return to the present world! Please! Ive been saved by many people in my life. Therefore, when the world is in danger I want to fight to protect everyone. Hearing my words, Reimei-sama nodded and put her hands, which were filled with tremendous power, on the ground. At that moment, the waves of mystical and spiritual power intertwined and enveloped the bodies of myself and Meikoand we were sent to the Between Worlds. Table of Content Book 14: Chapter 4: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 4: Part 1Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 1 (Rebellion Flash Legs!) Usagi managed to distract Tone and Seras and let Iris escape, and then unleashed a series of blows from his legs. Each one was strong enough to tear the ground and deform the surrounding terrain, but Tone and the others remained calm. Rebellion Sound. Tone struck his lyre and let out a myriad of sounds that paralyzed all of Usagis attacks. But Usagi had already anticipated that. (Odis!) Holy Magic Beam! Odis, who had prepared himself behind Usagis attack, released a beam of black-and-white magic. The rays spiraled and intertwined and hit Tone with enormous speed. Horn Thrust! Seras stepped between Tone and the rays of light and hit them with his horn. The moment the rays collided with the horns, a tremendous shock spread around them. However, Seras was unharmed. sea??h th§× NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. You act smart. But you can barely stand up, can you? (..) As Seras said, Usagi and Odis were already wounded to the core. Holy, who had received the Divine Power, was that powerful. Hah because of your useless efforts, well be blamed by Shu. Really. Leo was killed, and Iris escaped its annoying, isnt it? Hmph. I dont know if its the power of God or what, but I guess youre just on that level. Odis laughed hard as if he was provoking them. But Tone and the others did not react to the provocation. Sure, that may be so. Were not used to this power yet, so its just right. (What?) The next moment, Tone smiled wickedly. Because you know, right? We have just the right training subject in front of us! We can use you to further develop our Divine Power! (What did you say?) Usagi frowned at Tones strange announcement. But The conversation is over. Divine Sound! (! Twin Holy Impulses!) When Tone played his lyre again, a powerful sound wave, incomparable to the previous ones, attacked Usagi and Odis. Since it was impossible to evade the attack, Usagi used his ears and legs to release a huge shock wave as well. The shock wave collided with Tones sound wave, but because of the Divine Power of Tone and Sera, Usagis attack was easily deflected. Holy Magic Cannon! At the same time, Odis fired a volley of Holy Power and magic at Tones Divine Sound and tried to stop it in combination with Usagis attack, but it was not enough to stop it. Hey, hey you havent forgotten that I am here, have you? Divine Horn! Seras horns were covered in a rainbow-colored aura, and when they resonated with each other, a bombardment of rainbow aura shot out from between his horns. This bombardment immediately merged with Tones Divine Sound and became an enormous stream of power that engulfed the attacks of Usagi and Odis. Wha!? (!) The two of them tried to avoid it, but they could not move from the spot due to the recoil caused by the successive release of the great force and ended up in a state full of wounds. And then. (Damn it) Usagi and Odis survived by quickly using magic power, holy power, and Divine Authority, which they were able to activate only slightly, perhaps out of survival instinct. But that was all they could do. With even the smallest power left to move gone, Usagi and Odis fell to the ground. Tone sighed in front of them. Phew they were a stubborn pair. More importantly, Seras. You almost killed them, didnt you? Oh? Why dont we just kill them? Leos getting beat up over there, you know? I know that. But these two have their uses. Tone played his lyre as he said this, and with a wave of Divine Power and magic, he lifted the bodies of Usagi and Odis, who had collapsed. Then he fixed their bodies in the air as if he wanted to crucify them. It is a kind of show. There are still some people who dont understand our noble principles, arent there? And that is why when they try to defy us, we will show that even the Holy, who was once the hope of humanity, become like this if they defy us. I see. Besides if we crucify these two, Iris might come back, right? Tone smiled as he said this, imagining Iris in despair. But Seras tilted his head. Will she come back? Shes not stupid enough to not understand the difference in power, is she? Shell come back, of course. If need be, she may join forces with the opposing forces of humanity or with the Holy who dont understand our ideas. But thats okay. If Iris can gather allies and appear before us again, that will be enough to crush the opposition in one fell swoop I cant help it; Im curious! Arent you curious too, Luna? No, it bothers me, but Im your bodyguard, remember? I wont let you go all the way to such a dangerous place Oh, dear! No need to go into details! Anyway, Im coming in! Kuuya sighed when Lexia said that, cutting off Lunas petulant words. Sigh do whatever you want. But dont touch anything in the storeroom without permission, okay? I understand. Kuuya told her with a serious expression, and Lexia nodded with a serious look on her face. So they all entered the storage room together and I didnt have a good look at the inside of this room, but theres really a lot of stuff in here, right? Unknown. What is the purpose of all this stuff? Lexia and the others looked curiously at the items in the storage room. Meanwhile, Kuuya and Ouma searched for the owner of the presence. As I thought, there is a strange presence. But I never thought that I would come this far and still not know where the presence is It cant be helped. There are too many forces swirling around here. Because these forces interfere with each other, it is impossible to properly search for a presence. In fact, it would be a miracle if we could even detect a presence at this distance. As Ouma said, there were so many different forces swirling around this storeroom that it was extremely difficult to pinpoint the source of the presence. For now, lets split up and look for anything strange. But if you find something, dont touch it, okay? Listening to Kuuyas warning, everyone searched the storage room. Lexia is not a fighter by nature and does not have the ability to sense power or presence. Therefore, she looked around with curiosity. Luna and Yuti, on the other hand, are people who throw themselves into battle, so they carefully examine the items in the room and break into a cold sweat at the sheer force of the power they contain. I-its surprising it doesnt look like magic or anything like that, but if you pay attention, you can see that theres tremendous power in it Affirmative. If that power is unleashed, it will not only destroy this house but the entire city. I feel a terrible power in these wooden sticks and dolls of unknown use Agreed. That key over there, too, I dont know what its used for, but it has more power in it than Ive ever seen before. The items that Yuti and Luna were looking at were seemingly ordinary items, but when they sensed the power that was put into them, they also seemed to be items that were known to be of great value. Although Kuuya had already explained the situation to them, they became more cautious when they realized the danger of the items in the storage room. Meanwhile, Akatsuki and Ciel, like Lexia, looked around at the various items and let their curiosity get the better of them. Buhi! Buhi, buhi! Piii! Woof! Fugo! Piii! However, they were retrieved by Night, who thought that if he left them alone, they would start touching everything on their own. At that moment, he tried to force them out by putting his mouth on their backs Woof? Suddenly, Night felt a strange surge of power and a look. Buhi? Pii? Akatsuki and Ciel tilted their heads at Night, who suddenly stopped moving. Night immediately looked around, thinking that the owner of that power and look might be the one responsible for the presence they had felt before they came here. Then he saw a group of countless masks hanging on the wall. They were mysterious masks that looked like they might be used in some kind of ritual. Night looked at the masks cautiously. Soon after, Night tried to move away from the masks, but Akatsuki, who was interested in the masks, scratched the wall where the masks were hanging. Then Woof! Fugo? Pii! The slight vibration caused the masks to fall, and they were attached to the faces of Night and the others as if they had been sucked into the masks. At that moment, a dark green light appeared in the eyes of the masks. The light grew stronger and spread throughout the room. Huh? What is that? Kuuya and the others, who immediately sensed that something was wrong, rushed into the room to find the masked Night and the others. He rushed to remove the masks, but there was no sign of them coming off at all. What? Night? Whats going on? On Nights face is a vicious wolf mask. Akatsuki got the mask of a ferocious boar, and Ciel got the mask of a ruthless bird. Kuuya and Ouma immediately approach to remove the masks from Night and the others, but. Kyain Buhii Piii The dark green light emanating from the masks enveloped the bodies of Night and the others, and then the three of them disappeared in an instant. Book 14: Chapter 4: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 4: Part 2Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 2 This is the Between Worlds. Meiko and I, who had been sent to the Between Worlds by the power of Reimei-sama, were absolutely amazed at the space that spread out in front of us. There was a world that looked like soap bubbles floating here and there, just as Reimei-sama had explained to me. Moreover, the worlds were very small, about the size of the palm of my hand. Besides the bubble-like world floating in the air, there was nothing but pitch-black space. Although I feel like I am standing here, I am not even sure if the ground exists in this black space. Is this bubble really a world? How could it be smaller than us? Its not like were getting bigger? I couldnt understand why the size was so strange, but suddenly I felt a strange sensation of power in my body. W-what is this? This power is Did you feel it too, Master? Does that mean that you felt it as well, Meiko? Meiko nodded in response to my question, but she also looked a bit puzzled. Then Kuro spoke. I was surprised by the suddenness of it, but it was as if a new power had risen from within you. In other words, you dont mean the power that came from outside, but the power that was originally within us? Thats what Im saying. According to the explanation of the master of the underworld, this space is a place where people with a large existence drift around, isnt it? Could it be that the dimension of their existence is so great that they have a power that can be called the power of existence? Its as if it appeared in their bodies when they came to this dimension, isnt it? [T/n: Dang, a new power?] The Power of Existence I dont know how much of Kuros explanation is true, but for now, lets assume that this Power of Existence is a power that suddenly appeared in my body.Upstodatee from Its a power that I didnt notice when I lived in the world, or rather, I didnt need to be aware of it, but now that Im here in this Between Worlds, I definitely need to be aware of it. Ma-Master! Look at that thing! While I was still thinking about it, Meiko suddenly raised her voice. I looked in the direction she indicated, and to my surprise, there was a strange creature floating there that looked like a sea anemone. W-what is that? That thing I let out an involuntary gasp and activated my Identification skill. Then. Drifter Level: Magic Power: Attack: Defense: Agility: Intelligence: Luck: Nothing was displayed on the screen except its name. While I was surprised, the drifter noticed us. Kishaaaaaaaaa! It then let out a deafening scream, moved its anemone-like tentacles like wings, and flew towards us, accelerating at once! I wont let you! Immediately, Meiko stood between me and the drifter and raised her right hand. At that moment, a surge of spiritual power came out of Meikos right arm. Spirit Ball! Kishaaaaa! The drifter who was directly attacked by Meiko was pierced in the torso. However, no blood or other bodily fluids flowed out from the hole. It was just a hollow. We were surprised to see such a drifters body, but it seemed that Meikos attack had worked, and the drifter disappeared as if dissolving into the space between worlds. D-did we defeat it? I dont know Even though I had activated my Presence Detection skill and other skills, I had no way of confirming whether or not the drifter had been defeated, partly because I had not been able to detect the drifters presence before. sea??h th§× N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. But still So Meiko can fight with sorcery, too? Since she said that she would follow me, I knew that Meiko had the means to fight as well. Besides, the most important part was that Reimei-sama didnt stop Meiko from following me. Yes, thats right. Before Master accepted my spiritual power, I couldnt even control it, but now I can control it delicately. However, the only sorcery I can use is the sorcery that Master has taught me. Does this mean that the more sorcery I learn, the stronger Meiko will become? Yes! By taking over Meikos spiritual power, I had truly become one with her, but I had no idea that we were also connected in terms of sorcery. As we talked about it, I looked around again. Well I suddenly found myself in a battle, but theres an attacker here somewhere I couldnt think of any way to find the masked man here, except for the countless bubble-shaped worlds floating by, otherwise nothing but pitch-black space. I dont know how big this world is, but they might attack our world before we find them That was the moment I thought that. Suddenly, a surge of spiritual power overflowed out from my heart, and it began to glow purple. Eh? A-are you all right, Master? Y-yeah. Im fine, but As I was suddenly confused, a ray of light appeared, pointing in a certain direction. I stroked the white cat gently and held her in my arms. The cat did not seem to put up any particular resistance but settled quietly in my arms and purred. As I watched the cat, I gave her the words that came to mind. Your name is Stella. Seeing her shining like a star, I gave her that name. Hearing my words, Stella, the white cat meowed somewhat happily. At the same time, I also activated the Identification skill on Stella, but I couldnt find anything except her species name, Dimension Cat. Well we added a friend named Stella to our unexpected attack and now were going to defeat a certain enemy. Can you help us? Meow! Stella nodded happily at my question, jumped down from my arms, and began to take the lead, following the light that was still radiating from my heart. Stella-sama is apparently a creature that lives in this Between Worlds? Yes. I thought it was a space inhabited by all those drifters, but I wonder if its not so surprising. Well, that attacker was also humanoid, and there may be a variety of beings if you look for them. As we continued in this manner, Stella suddenly stopped. Fushaaaah! Stella? And then, as she emitted a fierce and threatening voice. I didnt expect you to attack us instead. Out of nowhere, the masked man who had killed the other me appeared. Around the time Yuuya went to the Between Worlds. At Ousei Academy, Kaori was working for the student council for the next event and so on. Since it was a holiday, there was no need to go to school if there were no club activities, but Kaori liked the work of the student council, so she did not find it hard to work like this on holidays. So Kaori looked through some papers, took a break, and stared at the window of the student council room. The look in her eyes seemed to be troubled by something. School idol, is it? Actually, Kaori was worried about something related to the school idol project that Kitaraku had started since the open campus. Is Yuuya-san really going to start as a school idol too? It was the male school idol plan that Kitaraku had told her the last time. Originally, Kaori could not hide her surprise because she thought that the plan was only for female school idols. On top of that, seeing Lexia and the others practicing for the open campus stage and Yuuya supporting them, Kaori felt a slight sense of impatience. If I can move more freely I, too, can be taken care of by Yuuya-san as a school idol Kaori blushed and shook her head when she said that. N-no, thats not what Im trying to do! Kaori said without thinking, even though she had no one to make an excuse to. But that doesnt change the fact that Im envious At first, she was content to just support Yuuya, who was entrusted with the school idol project. However, when she saw Lexia and the others getting closer and closer to Yuuya, her impatience began to grow. If she was athletic enough, Kaori wanted to join the school idol program and get to know Yuuya better. I cant help but think about it. I am me, more with Yuuya-san Houjou-kun! Eh? Then the door to the student council room suddenly opened, and Kitaraku appeared. Kaoris eyes widened as she did not expect Kitaraku to come to the student council office to work on his day off. P-President? Why are you here? Well, I know that youve been busy lately, moving a lot of plans around. So I thought Id do something I could help with on my days off. Besides, Im not the kind of person who stays at home and does nothing! I see. Considering Kitarakus personality, Kaori agreed that it was only natural. But there was another reason why he visited the student council office. Oops, I actually came to ask about you. Huh? When Kitaraku said that, a puzzled look appeared on his face, which was unusual for him. Theres someone calling for you at the school gate right now. C-calling for me? Yes. If possible, you should hurry to the school gate. I-I understand. Seeing a somewhat nervous appearance that she could not imagine from the usual Kitaraku, Kaori tilted her head and headed for the school gate. Then she saw a number of luxurious-looking black cars parked there. W-what in the world is this? Kaori! While she was stunned, not knowing what was happening, a young man appeared from one of the luxury cars. Y-youre Kaoris eyes widened at the sight of the young man, and at the same time, she was confused. First of all, the young man and Kaori had met once in the past, but they were not close friends at all. And most importantly the young man was not the kind of person who could just show up at a place like this. Despite Kaoris confusion, the young man comes over and kneels down. Wha!? He then took Kaoris hand and declared with dignity. Kaori! Will youmarry me! While Yuuya was away, many things started to happen around Kaori. Table of Content Book 14: Chapter 5: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 5: Part 1Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 1 At the Star Productions office. What in the world do they want us to do, to be called out on such short notice? I dont know Kanade and Miu had been summoned to the Presidents office. They did not understand why they were summoned all the way to the Presidents office since their work would normally be communicated through their respective managers. They knocked on the door of the Presidents office together and were granted permission to enter. The President and her secretary, Kurosawa, were there. I have been waiting for you! Please sit over there. Judging from the Presidents appearance, the two assumed that nothing bad had happened, and after looking at each other, they sat down on the sofa as they were told. Then the President sat down on the opposite side of the sofa and opened her mouth. Well, Im sorry for calling you out of the blue. N-no, thats fine, but what is it that you want? The company president smiled and turned her attention to Kanade. Remember the other day when I offered you a job as a songwriter? Huh? Oh its that Ousei Academy, isnt it? I think its about the school idol Thats right. Its somehow related to that Is there a problem by any chance? The President shook her head in response to Kanades immediately worried expression. There is no problem. I heard they already had a second stage, and it was a great success as well. Thats good to hear, but The President turned her attention to Kurosawa while Kanade tilted her head, not understanding why she was being called. Then Kurosawa took over the Presidents words and opened her mouth. Actually, the Ousei Academy and this Star Production are cooperating to establish a new public entertainment department at the Ousei Academy. Public Entertainment Department? Is that like a so-called training school? Thats exactly it. At Kurosawas words, Miu and Kanade looked at each other. Oh when I was invited to the school festival, I thought it looked like an interesting school, but I didnt know that such a plan was in the works. Was it because of the school idol thing? Yes. We did not think this far at first, but it seems that Ousei Academy was working on establishing a public entertainment department. I-I see Sure, Star Productions doesnt have a training school Thats right! Thats why by cooperating with the establishment of the public entertainment department, we can attract the stars of the future to our company. The President opened her mouth again, and Kanade tilted her head. But shouldnt we just set up a normal training school without going to the trouble of partnering with another institution? Of course, I thought about it. But then you have to think about the location of the training center, and the cost is much higher than expected. But if we cooperate with the public entertainment department of the Ousei Academy, we can solve all the problems of location and so on. After saying that, the President looked at them. And besides, there are a lot of potential stars lying dormant at Ousei Academy. D-do you mean Yuuya-san? The President nodded when Miu mentioned this, her eyes wide open. Thats right! It seems that there is a high possibility that Yuuya-kun will be a part of Ousei Academys school idol project. If that is the case, if we can set up a public entertainment department there and connect through our channels, our chances of bringing Yuuya-kun into our ranks will increase dramatically! I-I see. Ah, its that boy with the amazing aura, isnt it? Sure, that boy was incredible. Kanade smiled as she remembered the time she performed on stage with Yuuya at the school festival. Then Kurosawa opened her mouth again. The Presidents first goal is to secure Yuuya-kun, but the other school idol participants are just as attractive as he is. There must be many other such gems among the students who have not yet participated in the school idol project. Thats why were working with Ousei Academy on this project. With the explanation of the President and Kurosawa, the two understood what kind of plan was now underway. However I understand what youre saying but whats the reason why we were called? Thats right, thats right! You may be a Holy or whatever you call yourself, but you are nothing more than a commoner, and it pains me to see you trying to control us, the privileged class! The surrounding nobles also verbally abused Shu, as if they agreed with Orons words. So you mean you refuse our control? Shu asked calmly in the midst of all this. But Oron and the others just scoffed at such a question. I told you already! Or what? Do you want to force us to do what you say? You idiot! I am sorry to say this, but the elite of our nation is gathered here! I dont know how you managed to get into this place all by yourself! As Oron shouted this, soldiers appeared one by one in the regular meeting room, all of them pointing their swords at Shu at the same time. Shu stared at them and then asked softly. Do you think the same way as these fools? While the people are exhausted, do you really think it makes sense for them to serve? Hah! I dont know who you are, but we are having a good time. If you try to interfere with that, we will not tolerate it. Although there are many conscripts in the military, many of the top ranks are from the nobility, and there is a big difference in treatment between them and the commoner soldiers. Moreover, being from the noble class of the Orus Empire, they had little interest in the commoners and welcomed the current situation as it was a good environment for them. Therefore, be quiet. The words of the soldier approaching Shu were cut off. That was because the soldiers head was cut off in an instant. Wha!? It happened in the blink of an eye, and Oron and the others did not understand what had happened. In the midst of all this, Shu, who had cut off the soldiers head, opened his mouth softly. I see; I understand what you think. Then you are unnecessary. From then on, it was a one-sided carnage. Every time Shu took a step forward, the heads of those present flew off one by one. The scene was so gruesome that even the most elite soldiers tried to escape, but no one could escape from Shus grasp. The heads of those present were blown off one by one, and in the end, only Oron was left. Y-y-you bastard who do you think I am? Oron fell onto his buttocks, shaking. Shu looked down at Oron coldly. I dont care who you are. Before us, the godsyou are nothing more than a speck of dust. And without a moments hesitation, Orons head was cut off. The privileged class of the Orus Empire was destroyed in an instant. Shu then held up Orons head and used his Divine Power to project his own image throughout the Orus Empire, to declare his message. Citizens of the Orus Empire, here and now, the evil ones are gone! It was an incredible sight for the people who had been oppressed for so many years. The people who had done the utmost in tyranny and were exhausted of the nation where they were being killed and exposed without a second thought. The people were horrified at the unrealistic scene but gradually began to understand the situation. We did it we did it! The Emperor is dead! We are free! A whirlwind of elation swept through the Orus Empire. And then. This is This is the power of Shu-sama! Oh, Shu-sama Shu-sama! Long live Shu-sama! Long live Shu-sama! S~ea??h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Voices praising Shu could be heard throughout the empire. Oh, I can feel it I can feel it Shu spread out his hands and surrendered to the voices directed at him. Soon the fervor turned to faith, and the voice of the people became Divine Power and flowed into Shus body. Now give me more faith! Thus began Shus steady march toward divinity. Book 14: Chapter 5: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 5: Part 2Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 2 The masked man looked at us and squinted but then turned to Stella. Its strange, isnt it? To think that the creatures of this world would side with you Who on earth are you? Meiko and I each took an alert position. Then. What is it, Veda? !? Yin-sama Following the masked manVeda, a muscular man with a bald head suddenly appeared. He was dressed like a human in appearance but I knew it when I saw him. This bald manYin, was not normal. Even though there was no sign of him until he appeared, the moment this man named Yin appeared, I felt such a strong pressure that this Between World seemed to creak. Is this guy the enemy my other self was talking about? I raised my guard to the maximum and pointed my Omni-Sword at the man named Yin. Yin looked at us and widened his eyes slightly. Oh? I didnt expect you to come to us and from your appearance it seems that you also possess a considerable Power of Existence.'' What do you mean? I asked, and Yins brow furrowed. Did you set foot in this place without even knowing what it was? You fool Well, thats okay. It would be better if it were easier for us to conquer your world. What? This is the Between World. This is the world where those who have been denied existence by the world because of the sheer magnitude of their existence. Therefore, those who do not have a certain Power of Existence cannot sustain themselves in this space. And the size of that Power of Existence is directly related to the strength in this space In other words, you already have the Power of Existence that can even take over the world. This was exactly what Kuro expected. Then, Yins face twisted uncomfortably. It is unforgivable. How can you still be accepted by the world when you have so much Power of Existence Its unpleasant. Wha!? At that moment, most of the bubbles floating around the world burst and disappeared! The world! The world? Oh, the floating ones. They were mine to begin with. What? Your world is all that is left of the Between Worlds. I took over and absorbed all the others. This space became too desolate. So I made fake ones and floated them around just for fun. Yin spoke as if he were redecorating a room. But in the process, many worlds were absorbed and disappeared. The world where the other me lived was also taken Why are you doing this? I shouted, unable to stand it any longer, and Yin turned his sharp gaze on me. Why, you ask? Do you, who are accepted by the world, understand how we feel? ! Do you think you can understand the feelings of those who have been rejected by the world simply because they are alive? You do not understand. You are someone who received the worlds grace. In this land where even the concept of time does not exist, our feelings of longing for the existence of the world are! Yin shouted with all the hatred he could muster. Then Yin suddenly laughed. Thats what I was thinking. If it doesnt exist, I will create it. But creating a world requires an enormous amount of energy. And what I want to create is a world we can live in It cannot be created with half-hearted energy. So I decided to use it. The energy of your world. What did you say? What is the problem? Youre just consuming the worlds energy and not giving it back to anything. All you are doing is foolishly consuming the resources of a world until they run out. You are just clinging to the grace of the world, and you have no productivity. Therefore, I will use them to create an ideal world for us to live in. It was an insane statement. No matter how much I begged him, this man would not stop. Then Yin turned his sharp gaze back to us. Well, Im done talking. By defeating you here and making you our pawn, we will soon conquer your world as well. I wont let that happen! I used the Holy Evil Creation and the Magic Armor, instantly closing the distance between me and Yin. Oh? Is there such power too! What? But before my attack could reach him, Yin disappeared as if melting into this space. At the same time, Veda stood before me. I offer you to my lord. I wont let you! Spirit Chain! Meiko released chains of spiritual power from her hands, and they immediately entwined themselves around Vedas limbs. I see; this is the power that that pawn also used. But Veda broke the chains of spiritual power with a slight movement of his limbs. It doesnt seem to be as skillful as that pawn. Its really fragile Meowwwww! Mm! Then, as if Stella had disappeared into space just like Yin, she suddenly appeared near Veda and mowed down Vedas body with her claws. Veda could not dodge the attack and raised his arms in defense, but his arms were slashed wide open. Kuh you are rejected ones just like us, why are you siding with them! Hissssss! Veda shouted, but Stella showed no sign of concern and continued her attack. Dont forget me. Meow! Stella! But when Yin, who had disappeared, appeared to protect Veda, he grabbed Stellas paw and stopped her. Even though you are just like us, how can you not agree with my long-cherished wishes? Get your hands off her! I activated my Divine Authority so that he could not escape this time and instantly moved in front of Yin. Yins eyes widened when he saw this. What? Haaaahhhh! Yin-sama! There was no way I could let that happen. That would be an act of disrespect for both my thoughts and the thoughts of the other me. That is why! I held onto Yins hand as it pierced my chest. Wha!? W-why can you move? Let go of meeeee! S§×ar?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. At that moment, a prismatic white light spread from my heart. Agh! N-no way! The white aura burned Yins hand that was holding my heart. Unable to bear the intense pain, Yin took his hand away from my heart and quickly pulled it out. At the same time, the wound in my chest healed and closed instantly. T-this is This power is Mystical power? But it is different from the mystical power I know! Is this really mystical power? But mystical power is supposed to be a power that only dead people can acquire. Its true that I almost died from Yins attack just now. But I am not dead. Thats why its strange that I can activate my mystical power The moment I thought that, I remembered the time when the power of the other me entered my body. Could it be that what was entrusted to me back then was not only the spiritual power but the mystical power as well? Another power has awakened, so what? I have absorbed the power of countless worlds! Ggh! At that moment, another overwhelming Power of Existence crashed into my body. But Hah!? As my heart pulsed violently, not only the white aura symbolizing mystical power but also all the other powers I possessed was simultaneously and powerfully released from around my heart. These different auras blended together to catch Yins Power of Existence directed at me. And then Yins Power of Existence that touched my aura was absorbed into me as it was. W-what? My power is being absorbed? Yins Power of Existence was being absorbed by me, and he immediately stopped activating his Power of Existence, but for some reason, the Power of Existence naturally flowed out of his body without stopping and flowed into my body as before. S-stop it! This is my power! This is my power to create our world! Yins Power of Existence that had been pressing down on me disappeared, and I was able to move, so I readied my Omni Sword again. Its over! Dont mess with me! Seeing that it was impossible to stop the absorption of the Power of Existence, Yin instead poured all the remaining power out towards me. However, while absorbing it, I pushed forward with my Omni Sword in my hand. As a result, I absorbed all of Yins Power of Existence. Dont be ridiculous absorbing my collected Power of Existence I refuse to admit it I refuse to admit ittttt! Not long after Yin shouted this, his body suddenly began to wriggle and writhe. His arms and body were covered with flesh that rose and fell, expanding more and more, eventually turning into a huge mass of flesh. The mass of flesh was tangled and pulsating with what appeared to be countless tentacles. Amidst the surprise of the sudden change, there was a voice so heavy that it echoed throughout the space. Do not interfere with my our long-cherished wish! Along with Yins roar, countless tentacles were released. They immediately flew towards me. But in the face of such a massive attack I was completely calm. Omni Sword. I picked up the Omni Sword and slashed the tentacles away. Absolute Spear. I took out the Absolute Spear from my Item Box and pierced the remaining tentacles. Formless Bow. The combination of the Omni Sword and the Absolute Spear blew away all the approaching tentacles, and I used the Formless Bow to shoot through the newly generated tentacles. Can you still stop this? However, even with the increased speed at which the tentacles were generated, Yin was unable to keep up with my Formless Bow. Then, more tentacle attacks than ever before came at me. Hahahahahahaha! Sink under my attack! Heavenly Whip. I took out the Heavenly Whip from my Item Box and swung it wildly. With that, the number of tails on the Heavenly Whip continued to increase, automatically following Yins tentacles and wrapping around them, pushing them all away. After all of his own attacks had been dealt with. Yin shouted impatiently. Kuh If the numbers dont work, then! Then he gave up on attacking with numbers, and this time he gathered the tentacles into one, forming a shape like a giant hammer, and swung it down on me as it was. World Strike! However, before that attack, I took out the World Strike and struck the tentacles directly with the hammer. After a moments struggle, the World Strike crushed Yins tentacle hammer. As a result, Yin lost his means of attack and became distraught without admitting it. I-impossible D-dont come Stoooopppp! Finally, as I drew out the Omni Sword again, with nothing left to hinder me, with every step I took, my newly absorbed power ran through my entire body, accelerating faster and faster. And then. Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! Idle Strike. Leaving all the scenery behind, I slashed Yin down. N no way my our world is. As he muttered this, Yins body collapsed and disappeared. Yi Yin-samaaaaaa! There! Meow! Gaaaaaahhhh! Immediately after Yin was defeated, Veda was attacked by Meikos Spirit Ball and Stellas claws and Veda disappeared just like Yin. Book 14: Chapter Epilogue Book 14: Chapter EpilogueHeres the chapter. Enjoy~ Epilogue Night, Akatsuki, Ciel? Sensing a strange presence, Kuuya and the others were searching the storage room for the source of the presence when the masks in the storage room suddenly reacted strangely and stuck to the faces of Night and the others. At that moment, all three of them disappeared from the storeroom. H-hey! Night and the others are gone! Astonished. They have completely disappeared. What in the world happened? Luna and the others, who had not yet fully grasped the situation, were simply confused. Immediately, Ouma, who had been searching for Night and the others presence, opened his eyes. This is ridiculous not only on this Earth but in Argena as well, the presence of Night and the others has completely disappeared! As a Genesis Dragon, Ouma was able to sense the presence of objects beyond the worlds borders because the worlds were connected, albeit only through a doorway. However, even Ouma could not find the presence of Night and the others who had disappeared. This is bad, this is bad, this is bad! How am I going to explain this to Yuuya! D-do you have any clues? Speaking of clues, that mask left on the wall might be a clue, but I dont know what will happen if we touch it carelessly! Lexia, dont touch it, okay? I-I know! sea??h th§× ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Something had happened to Night and the others despite the fact that Yuuya had entrusted him to take care of them. Kuuya was devastated. But the trouble was not over yet. Mm! Lexia, go back. Found. The owner of the presence? Suddenly, a strong presence took over the storage room. The presence was exactly what Kuuya and the others were looking for, and they hadnt expected to find it at this time. And the place where that presence was felt was. A coffin? Theres a presence coming from inside this strange coffin. It is a magnificent coffin as if it housed Egyptian royalty. It is covered with gold ornaments and jewels, and you can tell at a glance that it is no ordinary coffin. Ouma and the others look at the coffin with alarm. Finally the lid of the coffin slips off. Ugh Where is this place? Is it over? I murmured, still wary of my surroundings. There was no sign of Yin and Veda coming back to life. Just as I was convinced of that, a sudden feeling of exhaustion overcame me, and I fell to my knees in place. Master! Meoww! Oh thank you, Meiko. I was so tired that I couldnt even stand up. Because you two were able to stop Veda, I was able to face Yin. Thank you very much. N-no. I was saved by Master and I am very happy to be of service to you in this way. Meow. No doubt, without Meiko and Stella, I would not have been able to defeat Yin. And most importantly, if it wasnt for the thoughts and power that the other me had entrusted to me When I suddenly remembered the other me that had disappeared, I felt gloomy, and Kuro called out to me. Hey! The Power of Existence you absorbed is about to overflow! Eh? As soon as I replied with such a timid response, a light suddenly began to emanate from my chest. W-what in the world is going on? Doesnt your body hurt? Im fine, but While I was stunned by the sudden phenomenon, a particularly strong light was emitted from my chest. It erupted like a geyser and poured down into this jet-black room. T-this is Then a world of soap bubbles was born from the rain of light! Could these be the worlds that Yin absorbed? Whether my prediction was correct or not, I dont know, but every time the light fell on this Between World, the number of bubble worlds increased. And before I knew it, there were countless bubble worlds floating around in the Between Worlds. At the same time, the light overflowing from my chest stopped. No, um Im just wondering how to get home now You really are reckless. Argena-san sounded more and more dismayed by my answer. I-Im sorry Its okay. If its Yuuya who has the Holy Evil Creation, then you should be able to come back to me directly. I-is that so? Yes. Activate the Holy Evil Creation and approach the world in front of you. When you do, its power will lead you back to me Argena-san told me this, and then I heard no more voices. I had received a solution from an unexpected source, and I activated the Holy Evil Creation again. Meiko! If we approach this world in this state, it seems that we can return home. If its Meiko who made a soul contract with me, I think we can return together without any problem. So please come closer to me. Yes! After saying that, Meiko hugged me. I-I was very embarrassed to be held so tightly, even if it was for the sake of returning to our world, but I quickly shook off those thoughts, and we went to Argena-sans world. And then. ! With tremendous speed, all kinds of scenery passed through my field of vision. As I looked at the scene I found myself back at Sage-sans house, which I knew so well. D-did we make it back? I looked around again, but I was sure it was Sage-sans house that I knew so well. W-we made it! I let out a shout of joy at having made it home safe and sound. For a while, I wondered what was going to happen, but Im so glad to be back! Well according to Yin, it seemed that Between Worlds had no concept of time, but I wonder if there is a time shift? I dont know either way, I think we need to report this to Reimei-sama. Thats right. Then, when we return to the house on the other side. Yuuya-kun! Eh? Just as I was about to enter the house, I was called out and turned my eyes to the voice. It was Iris-san who was in tatters. I-Iris-san. I ran to her, but she seemed to lose her nerve when she saw me and collapsed on the spot. I held her in my arms for a moment, and then she let out a cry. H-help us! Immediately after returning to this world, I found myself in a new kind of trouble. Meanwhile, at the time W-woof? Buhi. Pii? Mysterious masks were attached to their faces, and Night and the others who had been thought to be lost were standing in a strange space. In the devastated land, the wreckage of a civilization that must have perished. Two red moons floated in the purple sky. Woof The world was not one Night and the others had ever known, and though they looked around carefully, they could see nothing that looked like life. Then Night noticed that the mask that had been the source of his being sent here had fallen at his feet. Woof. He touched the mask cautiously for a moment, but there was no particular reaction. Buhi. Buhi~ Piii! Woof! Woof! Akatsuki and Ciel picked up the fallen masks and put them on their faces without any hesitation as if they thought that they could shift back they put the masks on like they did when they first came here. Night hastily tried to stop them, but Akatsuki and Ciel continued to wear the masks without paying any attention to him. However, since there was no reaction when the masks were put on, Night was relieved for the moment. Woof Fed up with the two who are going at their own pace to no end, he looked forward. Where is this world? Why have they been sent to this world alone? Despite not knowing anything, Night and the others must return to Yuuya somehow. Woof, woof! Buhi? Fugo! Pii! Night took the initiative and called the two beasts, and they decided to explore this strange world. What in the world awaited them? The three friends journey had just begun. Book 14: Chapter Afterword Book 14: Chapter AfterwordHeres the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for reading this story. I am the author, Miku. This is the 14th volume, and we are in a situation where there are problems in various places. I thought it must be hard for Yuuya to deal with each of them. Especially this time, there is even a place called Between Worlds, which even I, the author, dont understand how it happened. I hope you will all watch it. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge once again for his great help. Reine Kuwashima-sama for the cool illustrations. And to the readers of this work, I would like to express my sincere appreciation. Thank you very much. See you soon. Table of Content S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Book 15: Prologue Part 1 Book 15: Prologue Part 1And here it is, volume 15. And as usual, you can read up to 6 chapters ahead by subscribing to our Patreon here~ TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Prologue Part 1 I had the same dream again. Saara-sama, please run away! The people of Moatra said to me, The Earth spent many years creating these humans. But the gods treated humans like toys and ruled over them. Therefore, the Earth created me to save her beloved children, the humans. To protect the mission given to me by the Earth, I liberated the humans from the gods and founded a great nation called Moatra. Moatra developed various technologies through the hands of humans and grew into a beautiful country. Butthere is no trace of it anymore. The gods summoned the divine beast, and it was destroyed. The beast has a huge body, almost half the size of Moatras, and is still slaughtering people. How could I escape and leave you all behind? I, who was created to be the protector of mankind, could not possibly run away and leave my people behind. But the people would not give in. No. They are not after us; they are after you. !!! You must have noticed. They are trying to drain the star power to take complete control of the Earth! Yes, as the humans said, the gods target was not me but the Earths star power. Although it is already in a state of destruction, the reason we are still able to fight the divine beast is largely due to the star power we get from the Earth. However, this star power is not infinite.Findd new stories at novelhall.com The more people, including myself, resist the gods, the more the star power will be depleted. If the star power continues to be depleted at this rate, the Earth will face extinction. When that happens, this land will belong to the gods. I had to avoid that. But. Even so, I, who was created to be the protector of humanity, cannot abandon you. Saara-sama! Besides! Just as our power is limited, even the gods are not absolute. It is true that the divine power of the gods is terrifying and powerful. You could say they are omnipotent. With this power, they can create not only human beings but also an infinite number of other life forms and even rewrite the laws of the world. But it is the Earth and the star power that blocks such a powerful force. This land did not belong to the gods. It belongs to the Earth. There was no way I could allow such an outrage on Earth. So I will never give up. You, too, must lend me your strength! Saara-sama Nevertheless, the gods gathered divine power and created a disaster called the divine beast. Unlike the gods, the divine beast cannot create life, nor can it rewrite the laws of the world. But as the incarnation of destruction, it destroys all life on this planet. We fought such a monster. People fell one by one. However, I did not give up and continued to fight. But then. Wha? Suddenly, my body was pushed down considerably. It was trying to drag me, who had star power, down without even a moments resistance. Confused by the sudden situation, I turned my eyes to see what it was. Following Meikos words, I took Stella with me and returned to my house on Earth. Then, for some reason, everyone, including Lexia-san, were gathered in the room where the Door to Another World was placed that is, in the storage room. Yuuya-sama! Meanwhile, Lexia-san was the first to notice me, and as soon as she ran up to me, she hugged me with all her might. Le-Lexia-san! Yuuya-sama, are you okay? Y-yes. Im fine, but I was confused because I didnt expect to be hugged by her. Then Luna immediately came over and grabbed Lexia-sans neck. What are you doing? Get away from him! Im not leaving him! You will leave him! After Luna forcibly pulled away Lexia-san, the two began to argue as usual. But as soon as the argument was over, Luna turned her attention to me. More importantly Welcome back, Yuuya. T-thank you. What can I say? Im happy to hear someone welcome me back. When I smiled at Luna, she looked at Lexia with a triumphant expression on her face for some reason. Hows that? This is what you call the right distance with Yuuya. Mukiiii! What? But its okay! Unlike Luna, I already hugged him! What did you say? Somehow, they started arguing again. While I was smiling at the two of them, Kuuya-san and Ouma-san came up to me. Youre back. Ouma-san, Kuuya-san! How are you? How was the between world? There was a lot going on, but we made it. Again, I briefly explained what had happened in the between world. After listening to my story, Kuuya-san groaned. I see Because they were rejected by their world they invaded different worlds to get their ideal lands Hmm. Thats a pretty big story. But I am more surprised that this one who was rejected from the world is here than those people Nya~ Ouma-san looked at Stella as he said that. The one in question, Stella, was not paying any attention to Ouma-san and was just sitting there absentmindedly. While watching her, I asked about something that was on my mind. Speaking of which Whats going on with everyone gathered here? Oh, thats right! Yuuya-sama, there is a big problem! Eh? I tilted my head at the agitated Lexia-san, and Kuuya-san opened his mouth with a confused look on his face. I dont know where to start I think we should start with that woman, right? A woman? Look here. In the direction Luna pointed, there was a strange woman with red hair. The woman seemed to be unconscious and asleep. W-who is she? When I said this, everyone looked at each other, surprised to see a complete stranger in the room. Then Ouma-san opened his mouth on behalf of everyone. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The woman came out of a coffin that was lying there. A coffin? When I turned my head, Ouma-san pointed in a certain direction. There, I saw what looked like a pharaohs coffin, which I had seen many times before, lying completely open. Eh eeehhhhhh! Th-There was a person in there? I see that you didnt know about it eithe Book 15: Prologue Part 2 Book 15: Prologue Part 2TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Prologue Part 2 I see that you didnt know about it either Thats only natural. After all, everything in that storeroom was collected by my grandfather, and I had nothing to do with it. S~ea??h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. But from the look of that coffin, I thought maybe there was a real mummy in there I-I mean, theres no way Id think a living person would be in there I agree. Everyone was surprised. Only Yuti was as excited as usual, but from the looks of everyone else, even Ouma-san didnt seem to notice. Rather, how long has she been in there? How was she even still alive? Im confused by the situation. And I cant stop thinking about it. But then another bomb was dropped on me. Well, Yuuya. There is something else I have to tell you. Y-yes? Its about Night and the others Night? Huh? Speaking of which, where are Night and the others? If everyone was here, it was not surprising that Night and the others were here, but for some reason, not only Night but even those who go at their own paces, like Akatsuki and Ciel, were not here in this storage room. While I looked around, Kuuya-san continued, looking like he was having a hard time explaining. Night and the others disappeared. ..Huh? I couldnt understand what Kuuya-san meant, so I just kept asking back. What do you mean by disappeared? It means exactly what it says. Night and the others were in this room with us. But a piece of the mask that was hanging there fell on them, and when they touched it, they disappeared. Eh. There are indeed some creepy masks hanging on the wall in the place Kuuya-san pointed out. However, the number of masks had decreased. Disappeared, you say? Where? I never had much of a feeling about it, but Ouma-san and the others said that this room was a dangerous place where various powers swirl around. And one of them, the mask, was not considered normal, of course. If something happened to Night and the others! I panicked, but Ouma-san opened his mouth. I can understand your concern, but Im sure theyll be fine. H-how can you be so sure? Night is a Black Fenrir, comparable to me, you know. Besides, Akatsuki is also a special being, and even the Luan Ciel is with them. No matter what happens, Im sure theyll be fine. M-maybe, but I know that Night and the others are also strong. But there was another concern besides that and my feelings. More importantly, you have a lot of work to do right now, dont you? The same goes for the little girl sleeping there, but isnt there something going on in the other world as well? .. Ouma-san was right, and Iris-san asked for my help. But I still dont know what it meant. Then Kuuya-san put his hand on my shoulder. For now, just do what you can, one thing at a time. Ill look into the masks with Ouma. Dont worry; Night and the others will be fine. Our eyes widened at Iris-sans words. I thought it was possible that the remnants of the Evil cult had resurrected another Evil from another era, but that was not the case. Surprisingly, the opponent was the same Holy as Iris-san. W-why did the same, Holy Could it be that they received the power of Evil just like before? No. It was not the power of Evil It was a power similar to the Divine Authority we had acquired. Huh? Divine Authority was the power we acquired to defeat the false god under the Observers. As the name implied, its a god-like power, but while the Observers could do anything with it, our Divine Authority can do small things like instant movement and body enhancement. However, in order to acquire this power, we had given up being human, and even though it was not perfect, it was a power worthy of the name Divine Authority. The opponent was using Divine Power and while ours was imperfect, theirs was like the power of a perfect God. P-perfect Does that mean they are the same as the Observers? No, I think its more mysterious and thats what a real god is like. Certainly, the Observers were just denizens of the dimension above, and although their power was tremendous, they were different from God. However, the Holy who possessed Divine Power, as described by Iris-san, were beings similar to the God we know. The Holy who possesses this Divine Power have declared war on the world. They want people to surrender to their control. And if anyone refuses they will kill them. .. We were horrified. H-how could they do such a thing? They only want one thing. They want to take control of the world and create a world where no more Evil is born. Huh? It was so far-fetched that I couldnt keep up with what was happening. How is the management of the world related to a world where no Evil will ever be born? As you probably know, Yuuya-kun, Evil is an entity that collects the negative emotions of all beings living in this world. Thats why, in order to eliminate the negative emotions of all living beings they want to manage the emotions of all humanity. No way! Thats ridiculous! Lexia-san shouted at Iris-sans words. Of course, what Lexia-chan said is true; its a messed up idea. It is true that we, the Holy, have received the power from this planet to fight against Evil. But controlling all the beings on this planet to destroy the Evil is unacceptable. I have a question: How can they act so ruthlessly and not be stripped of their Holy power? When Luna mentioned the question she had in mind, Iris-san shook her head. Normally, they would be stripped of their power. But these people Maybe it is because of the influence of the Divine Power, the power of the Holy is still intact. From this planet Argena-san, I also received the power of Holy Evil Creation. As the name suggests, this power can manipulate the two powers of Holy and Evil. It was true that Evil was a threat to the creatures of this world, but the Evil aspect itself was necessary for the world. Trying to erase it completely, let alone manage people who had nothing to do with it, was So, you mentioned a declaration of war. Is that against some country? No, the whole world. This must be the power of the Divine Power They projected themselves into the sky above the whole world and told the world from there. So what happened? When Lexia-san asked this, Iris-san had a difficult expression on her face. Regardless of whether they are part of the Holy, no country would accept such a ridiculous idea of managing humanity. So right now, the situation has begun to divide into two main groups: those who are just standing by and watching the situation quietly and those who are organizing a strike force. As I recall, the Kingdom of Arcelia has been quiet about this Father The Kingdom of Arcelia, ruled by Lexia-sans father, Arnold-sama, seems to be watching the situation for now. They are in no way obeying this Holy; they are just working to understand the situation. Iris-san. Who is this Holy who is trying to control humanity? The Katana Saint Shu Zakuren. With an expression of disgust on her face, Iris-san spoke the name. Table of Content Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 1TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 1 Woof While Yuuya and the others were learning about Shus story. Night and the others were stumped. The power of the eerie mask in the storage room of Yuuyas house had suddenly transported them into a mysterious world. There was no sign of life around them, not even human beings. However, buildings that were clearly remnants of civilization were buried in the sandy expanse in a state of decay. It had been some time since they arrived in this mysterious world, but there was no particular indication that they would be able to return to their original world. Deciding that there was no point in thinking about it any further, Night asked Akatsuki and the others to explore the surrounding buildings for the time being. Woof! Woof! Fugo! Pi! Woof But Akatsuki gave up thinking from the beginning and just nodded to Nights words. Ciel was the same way and never denied that what Night, his senior, said was absolute. Despite his uneasiness about their situation, Night went to a nearby building. It was the same structure as the buildings on Earth, which Night also knew. After telling them to split up and search the area, they began to move individually. Woof. Night was interested in the building itself at first. He was cautious and tried to touch the walls of the building, but nothing happened. Woof! Then, with a little more energy, Night attacked the wall of the building in front of him with his claws. S~ea??h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The wall was easily torn apart by his attack. Woof! Looking at the result, he decided for the moment that the building itself was not made of any special material. He also examined the interior, but unlike the building itself, it had already decayed, and nothing decent remained. When the search was over, and he returned to his original location, he found Akatsuki sleeping peacefully. Woof! Buhi? Woof When Night asked if something was wrong, Akatsuki seemed not to have moved from the beginning and only gave a dull, indifferent answer. Ciel returned when Night was startled by Akatsukis pace. Woof! Pii! Woof? He asked Ciel if something was wrong after his return, but there was no change. No, the fact that there was no change was the most unusual thing about this place. The reason was that despite being in such a special place, the materials and architectural style of this building were no different from those on Earth. In other words, this world must be related to Earth? That was, maybe the things from Earth have somehow drifted to this world, just like Night and the others. Or it could be another world similar to Earth With the little information he had, Night made a lot of assumptions. As he started to move, he suddenly felt the appearance of something nearby. Woof! Night was startled by the presence. For Night had not let his guard down while moving. However, the presence appeared and penetrated Nights vigilance. Woof, woof! Pii! Buhi! Night immediately called to the others to be alert, and Ciel and Akatsuki took up their fighting stance. And then. Guooooooooooooooo! A strange monster appeared in front of Night and the others. After listening to Iris-sans story in more detail since then, we returned to the house on Earth at once. In fact, if it were true, I would have liked to keep it somewhere safe and secure right now. However I learned a bit about Divine Power. Really? Although I had heard a little about Iris-san, I did not seem to have a firm grasp on the nature of this power. I would be grateful if I could find out here. I thought so, but after listening to Kuuya-sans explanation, I realized just how powerful the existence of Shu really is. First of all, the Divine Power is basically the same thing as the Divine Authority that Yuuya and the others can handle. It is literally the power of a god, and it can do anything. It can literally create or destroy the world. Yes. I knew this because I had seen the power of the Observers in action. The only thing is, Im not sure if it could actually create the world but its still a powerful thing. But my and Iris-sans Divine Authority isnt perfect. Could it be that Shu and the others Divine Power is perfect? Even I dont know. But considering the fact that Iris-dono was able to reach Yuuyas house and the fact that the world is still out of control, Shus Divine Power must be incomplete as well. Huh? Think about it. If he really can handle a complete Divine Power, why doesnt he just use it to rule the world on his own without having to deal with such troublesome things like declaring war? Kuuya is right. They dont have the power to do that, so they take the roundabout way out. But here comes the problem. The Divine Authority of Yuuya and the others will probably not become extremely strong. This is because the higher beings, the Observers, were originally born with these qualities, and they were forcibly implanted into the human Yuuya and the others. In fact, you gave up being human to obtain the Divine Authority, didnt you? W-well Its an extraordinary story when I hear it again, isnt it? I dont see anything special about his appearance. Lexia-san and Luna, who had stopped arguing before I knew it, muttered this with somewhat distant eyes. W-well, in my case, even before I got my Divine Authority, Ive already deviated from a normal human with the benefit of leveling up Anyway, Yuuya and the others Divine Authority cant improve you right away, while Shu and the others Divine Power increases their power by gaining faith, just like a god. Faith? Thats right. The power of people who pray to God becomes the Divine Power as it is. Shu is probably acting now to gain that faith. I see Does this mean that we have to defeat Shu before he can gain enough Divine Power to easily change the world? Thats right. I dont know how long this Shu guy has been in the works but hes quite a troublemaker. That means we have to move faster and faster! The only thing is, if Iris-san doesnt recover, it will be difficult for us to move. The reason was that in order to move with Divine Authority to the vicinity of the base where Shu and the others were, we needed Iris-sans power. It was difficult to move instantly with Divine Authority unless you had been there before, just like with teleportation magic. I alone, who did not know the place, could not move there. As I thought about it, I suddenly remembered something Iris-san had told me that bothered me. Speaking of that I heard that Iris-san tried to use Divine Authority when she escaped from Shu and his groups base, but she said that it didnt activate properly Theres a reason for that, too. It might be different if you originally had a powerful Divine Authority, but as long as you have an imperfect Divine Authority, it will not activate properly when it is consumed by the Divine Power that becomes more powerful with the power of faith. N-no waythen how can we fight? If our Divine Authority doesnt work, it will be a very tough battle. After all, while we cant use our Divine Power well, our opponents can use not only Divine Power but the power of the Holy as well. And when you add magic power to that, there is nothing we can do. In my case, I think I can use magic, sorcery, spiritual power, and the power of existence in the Holy Evil Creation What are you worried about? It is true that the power of a completed god would be mighty, but as long as it is not completed, your power should be enough to deal with them. You dont need to worry about it. I-is that so? Yes. Thats right. After all, you wont know until you actually fight. It is true; there is no point in worrying about it here. In the end, I have to fight. Ill just do my best, thats all. Oh, by the way what about that woman? After we finished talking about Shu and the others, I asked about the woman who came out of the coffin. Then U-umu I dont know what to say Im sure shes unconscious right now. I just dont know when shell wake up. Huh? I guess you could say shes sleeping but she seems to be missing some kind of power, and she wont wake up until she gets it back. Power like magic power? Thats right. But instead of magic power, should I say star power? Anyway, it will take a while for her to wake up. I see For a moment, I wondered if she was okay not eating, but then I thought about it and realized that I didnt know how long shed been in that coffin. Of course, theres no way she could have eaten while she was in the coffin, so maybe she doesnt need to eat. Its more likely that shes not a human being, even though she looks like one or else there would be a lot of things wrong with her. Before, I would have fainted, not only because of the fact that shes not human, but now that I know about other worlds and have interacted with aliens, Observers, and other non-humans, Im not so surprised. Is that a good thing? After that, we discussed a lot of things, and I rested to prepare for tomorrow. Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 2 Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 2TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 2 Sear?h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As Yuuya and the others rested. May I hear your answer, King Arcelia? The important figures of the Kingdom of Arcelia, including the king, Arnold, his bodyguard, Owen, and the prince, Rhaegar, were gathered in the audience chamber. Before Arnolds eyes, the figure of Shu Zakuren floated in the air. Arnold lashed out at Shu, who was being disrespectful to the point of insolence. An answer? Thats already decided! I have no intention of accepting your control! Hearing Arnolds words, Shu frowned in displeasure. Thats a foolish answer for King Arnold, who is known for his intelligence. If our answer is foolish to you, so be it. We have no intention of accepting your ideals. Can you really say the same for your people? What? Arnold frowned at Shus words. You are already in a high position. You have been surrounded by good things since your birth, and you have lived a life without any discomfort. Can your thinking and the thinking of the people really coincide? Thats Those who always live on the edge of life and death will agree with us. .. Your Majesty! Do not listen to him! Thats right! Fathers reign has brought happiness to the people! Arnold was silenced by Shus words. Then Owen and Rhaegar immediately raised their voices. Owen then turned his sharp gaze to Shu. Katana Saint. As you say, if humanity is controlled, Evil will disappear, and there will be no more useless conflicts. But can we really call a world where even emotions are controlled a happy world? I dont think so. That is also the way of thinking of those who are born strong. Thats why Father and the rest of us are taking steps forward and worrying so that people can live in peace and security. Arnold, who had been listening to Owen and Rhaegars words, opened his mouth again. Yes, thats right. We should not manage the people, but work hand in hand, talk to each other, and cooperate to achieve our ideal world. Shus eyes narrowed as he met Arnolds powerful gaze. Hmph Whatever. Well see. No matter what choice you make, Gods will is absolute With these last words, Shus figure disappeared. Arnold watched the situation and sighed. Hah Is this really the right thing to do? Of course, Your Majesty. As Father said, its only worth it if we work together to seek the ideal world. A controlled world is no better than livestock or slavery. I agree Arnold silently looked up at the ceiling. What in the world drove him to do that? Arnold muttered somewhat sadly. The next day. I got ready and went to see Iris-san. Iris-san, are you okay? Yes, Im fine. Yuuya-kun healed my wounds, and I have enough strength after a good nights sleep! Iris-san smiled strongly as she said this. It might not be perfect yet, but it seemed to be okay for now. Ah, and this time, Ill be bringing Meiko and Stella along with me. Nya. I look forward to working with you. Stella casually lifted her paw, and Meiko bowed beautifully. I couldnt check yesterday because of the situation, but this is the first time Ive met them, isnt it? Well, there was a lot going on To explain about Meiko, I had to talk about what happened in the underworld, and for Stella, I had to explain about the between worlds, which is another complicated situation. Whips swing the whip in her hand, and it collides with the barrier, a tremendous sound roaring through the air. Aaaaahhhh! Annoying, annoying, annoying! She swung the whip again and again, but there was no sign of the barrier being broken. Still, I didnt know what would happen if I left it like this. Haaaaaaaaaaaaah! I took out my Absolute Spear and threw it at Whips with great force. But Hmph! Whips reacted immediately and blocked the spear with her whip. Huh? Are you kidding me that your attack can pass, but ours cant? No, um if I were in the opponents position, I would think the same thing, but this time, I was very much grateful. It might not be fair, but if I continue to attack them from inside this barrier, I wont have to worry about getting damaged. While I was thinking about it, Whips glared at me. Who the hell are you? Who do you think you are, throwing a spear at me out of the blue? This is why I dont like savage commoners. How could Whips know how nice Yuuya-kun is? Huh? Um, Iris-san? I didnt really care about me While the two continued their indescribable exchange, the attacks of the white knights and Whips did not stop. However, when Whips realized that the barrier would not be broken no matter how long it took, she suddenly stopped attacking as if she had thought of something. Seriously, what is this? Whats with these barriers? Why dont you just give up and go home? Whips sneered at Iris-san, who smiled provocatively. Not that I mind, okay? Ill justwipe out the nearby cities. Wha? What are you talking about? Why are you so surprised? What does it matter if some ordinary people disappear? Dont be silly! Are you serious? I am serious. If you dont like it, why dont you stop me? But if youre too scared and stay inside the barrier, theres nothing you can do! Hahahaha! Whips laugh foolishly, and all the white knights surrounding the garden levitate and gather around Whips. Then bye-bye! Whips smiled foolishly and seriously tried to fly away. I cant let you do that! I wont let you go! Spiritual Chain! I immediately jumped out of the barrier and threw the Absolute Spear. Meiko followed suit, jumping out of the barrier and unleashing a chain of spiritual power to capture Whips. Then Ahahahahaha! Arent you idiots! Whips deflected the flying Absolute Spear and the Spiritual Chain, then turned to us and pointed the white knights at us. Thats why it helps if youre a small fry with a weak spot! Hey, just hurry up and die! The white knights rushed in like an avalanche. I immediately tried to pull out my Omni-Sword, since I didnt have my Absolute Spear in my hand right after the attack. I wont let you! But before I could pull out my weapon, Iris-san stepped between me and the white knights and slashed the attacking white knights. Wha? Whips did not seem to expect that the god soldiers would be defeated, and her eyes widened when she saw Iris-san slashing down the white knights. How could you, who are not a god, kill my knights? Well? Isnt it because they are weak? As Iris-san fearlessly told the astonished Whips, a blue vein appeared on Whips forehead. Youre just a small fry, dont you dare make fun of me! ! At that moment, as the magic power overflowed from Whips body, a large number of god soldiers appeared. Come, be swallowed by the power of the gods! Table of Content Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 3 Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 3TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 3 Come, be swallowed by the power of the gods! ! A large number of god soldiers rushed in like a wave. As we were about to intercept them, a white shadow jumped in front of us. Nya! Stella! Immediately after jumping out, Stella charged straight into the crowd of god soldiers, weaving between them and destroying everything in her path. Wha? Whips were surprised, but Stella reached below her and jumped at Whips. Fushaaaaaah! W-wait? What is this beast? Whips swung her whip at Stella as if to drive her away, but Stella dodged it all as smoothly as if she were liquid and swung her claws at Whips. Kyaaaah! The attack grazed Whips body, but she quickly twisted her body and moved out of the way. However, the attack left a single scar on Whips face, and blood poured down. Then Whips touched the blood, trembling. Blood? This is my face, a scar! Screw you, you beast! Whips brandished her whip angrily. However, as if to take advantage of Whips weakness, Meikos Spiritual Chain bound Whips body. I got her! W-what the hell is this? Whips tried desperately to escape, but Meikos chains were so strong that she seemed unable to break free. Hey, what are you doing? Hurry up and stop that bitch! Whips yelled at the god soldiers around her, and they came at Meiko. Haaah! Nya! However, Stella and Iris-san stopped them all. Haaaaah! I felt that now was my chance, so I seized the opportunity and approached Whips. Sear?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. But as if they had anticipated my move, the god soldiers surrounded me. Wha? Ahahahahaha! You must be an idiot to isolate yourself in this situation! Whips scoffed at my impatience. Nya! Stella quickly moved to save me, but a new god soldier was spawned next to her, and she could not get close to me. Kuh! I wanted to use my Heavenly Whip if possible, but I didnt have time to switch weapons, so I fought back with my Omni-Sword. The Absolute Spear also returned to my hand, but I didnt have time to use it either. Master! Yuuya-kun! Seeing me like this, Iris-san and the others immediately started to move. Then, Whips smile deepened as if she had been waiting for them. You fool! My target is you! Wha? The moment Iris-sans attention turned to the god soldiers swarming around me, Whips broke Meikos chain. Then she immediately swung her whip, and it tried to wrap around Iris-sans body. Kuh! She quickly dodged, but the whip moved as if it had a mind of its own, relentlessly chasing after Iris-san. Hahahaha! You let your guard down, didnt you? Your so-called Divine Authority is so unpleasant that Im going to make you disappear right here! Iris-sama! Nya, nya! You two watch over there! Seeing the situation, Meiko and Stella immediately tried to move, but the god soldiers stood in their way and could not help Iris-san. Then the whip finally reached Iris-san, who ran away while dealing with the god soldiers. Its ba Ahahahahahahahaha! Ive got you! If this continued, Iris-sans body would be in danger. I thought so and unconsciously moved my body. Ooooooooh! I swung my sword with all my might and wiped out the swarm of god soldiers. That is the Divine Power! Then, once again! Meiko again uses the Spiritual Chain to try to bind Whips body. In addition, she also released Spirit Balls to match the attack there. The chains and the masses of spiritual energy all rushed towards Whips at the same time. However, Whips did not even try to dodge these attacks. Useless, useless, useless! N-no way As soon as they touched Whips, both the chains and the orbs disappeared. Theres no way a mortal can harm a gods body! Its all useless! I have become a god! You mortals cant stop me now! Such a thing Youll never know until you try! Iris-san shouted as she jumped at her. Then, the god soldiers attacked all at once. Hahahahaha! There is no need for me to do anything! Let the god soldiers kill you like this! Haaaaah! I immediately took out my Omni-Sword as well and slashed at the god soldiers to cover Iris-san. Hmph! The god soldiers immediately raised their shields to defend against my attack, but ordinary defenses are meaningless in the face of the Omni-Sword. I slashed them along with their shields. Huh? What in the world is that guy with the barrier and the sword! Whips, who had been watching me fight, twisted her face in disapproval. Defeating the god soldiers is beyond disrespectful! Youre not a god; youre just a human! Iris-san waded through the attacks of the god soldiers and reached Whips, then slashed at her. But just as she did not dodge Meikos attack, Whips smiled again and did not move. You fools! I cant believe you attacked Haaaaah! Wha gyaaaaahh! Whipps had a victorious smile on her face, but Iris-sans sword sliced right through her body. Perhaps not expecting to take damage herself, Whips screamed as she sent a new god-soldier at Iris-san and left the scene. W-w-why? Why did Iris attack! Ara, it looks like I can do some damage if I use my Divine Authority, huh? Huh! Divine Authority? Upon closer inspection, a rainbow-colored aura similar to Divine Power emanated from Iris-sans sword in her hand. I see; if the attack is imbued with Divine Authority, it will be able to damage Whips If thats the case, then Iris-san and I were the only ones who could use Divine Authority in this place right now. Meiko, Stella! Cover me and Iris-san! Understood! Nya! Both of them seemed to understand my thoughts immediately, and they changed their actions to help me as I ran under Whips and Iris-san, who is attacking again. The god soldier approaching Iris-san was destroyed by Meiko and Stella. And apparently, the god soldier could be easily defeated even without Divine Authority. However Whips had been wounded, but the wounds were gradually fading. Normal attacks either didnt work or heal instantly, but if its imbued with Divine Authority, will it slow down the healing of the wounds? Shit shit, shit, shit! Dont get cocky with me, you fucking impostor! Kuh! Whips yelled, swinging her whip around. Die already, Whip Rebellion! The whip moved faster than the speed of sound, coming at us from all directions. I wont let you! Fushaaaah! But Meiko and Stella blocked these attacks. I followed suit, cutting down the god soldiers as I approached Whips. Ah! But before I could get close to Whips, she instantly moved away from us with her Divine Power, just like the instant movement we used with the Divine Authority. Dont come any closer, you small fry! And as soon as the distance was taken, she produced new god soldiers one by one. How many in the world are you going to summon! The number of them would have exceeded a hundred by now. No matter how many were defeated, more and more god soldiers were created. Dont tell me that she could summon an infinite number of these god soldiers? Besides, even if Iris-san inflicted damage with an attack using Divine Authority, she would recover after some time. The more time passes, the more disadvantageous it would be for us Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 4 Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 4TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 4 The more time passes, the more disadvantageous it would be for us Whips smiled with a lecherous smile as if she could sense our thoughts. Hahahahaha! What? No matter how hard you try, you are nothing before the power of God! Just die quietly! Nyaa! Wha? Then, taking advantage of Whips high laughter, Stella approached her again and attacked her.Upstodatee from But Whips dodged the attack in a split second. Tch Know your place, you fucking beast; youre annoying me to no end! Stella! Nyaa! The attack of the god soldiers was focused on Stella. However, Stella let out a single reassuring cry and continued to dodge the attacks of the god soldiers smoothly. Watching Stella like that, I suddenly realized something. Why did she dodge Stellas attack? I think that out of all of us here, the only one who could use Divine Authority to Whips knowledge was Iris-san. Thats why she would be wary of other humans attacks, but Meikos attacks did reach Whips from time to time. However, there was no pretense that Whips avoided those attacks. Well, Divine Authority emitted a rainbow-colored aura, so as long as she was careful with it, it might not be too difficult to keep track of who could use it Besides, it would be to say that it was a reflex to avoid her But I had a strange feeling of uneasiness. When I tried to find out what that strange feeling was, my eyes fell on a certain spot on Whips face. It was the scar that Stella had inflicted on Whips face. The hole in her chest that I had pierced was closed, but why hadnt the wound on her face healed? After thinking about it so much, I came up with an idea. Could it be possible to defeat her by using the Power of Existence? The Divine Authority attack was also effective, but it only slowed down the healing of the wounds, and it did not remain like the wounds on that face. If that was the case, then the only possible reason for that wound to remain was the Power of Existence. Ouma-san and Kuuya-san also said that if I could use the Power of Existence, I would be fine, but how did they know that? No, thats not the point now. If it turned out that way! Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhh! I took out the Absolute Spear again and threw it at Whips with the Power of Existence. Whips face contorted as the Absolute Spear flew by at a tremendous speed. That spear again? How can it be in the same move over and over again? Wha Whips swung her whip, and it wrapped around the Absolute Spear, slowing it down. Here, Ill give it back to you! She threw it back at me. Kuh! I caught it and put it back in my Item Box. No, she was already on the lookout for the Absolute Spear and the Omni-Sword Then! Formless Bow! I took out my invisible bow and silently aimed it at Whips. What? No matter what you do, your attacks wont work anymore! Whips smiled victoriously. Ignoring her, I fired an invisible shot. The arrow I fired went straight through the god soldiers and pierced Whips body. Joshua raised his eyebrows at James words. Who is that guy? Its just a hypothetical. If there is one, you cant force I wont accept it, I wont accept it! Interrupting James and shaking his head, Joshua turned back to Kaori. Kaori! Do you have someone you have feelings for? Huh!? Kaori, who had been completely left out of the conversation, opened her eyes at the sudden mention of someone she had a crush on. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. At the same time, the image of Yuuya came to Kaoris mind. Th-thats Seeing Kaoris reddened cheeks and subdued voice, Joshua knew exactly what she was thinking. N-no way You left me here for another man? Your Highness, please give up. You should be quiet here in her homeland. Who is it? Huh? Who the hell is that man? Joshua shouted and turned back to Kaori. Kaori. Im serious. I came here to marry you. E-Even if you say that You see? I am a prince. I will succeed to the throne and become king. Im saying that I want to take you as my wife. Are you saying that youd rather be with some random guy from who-knows-where than the wife of the king? Yu-Yuuya-san is no good-for-nothing! When Kaori shouted, Joshua narrowed his eyes in surprise. I see. Kaoris love interest is named Yuuya, huh? Ah James, I want you to find out more about this Yuuya person right away. Understood. James looked a bit surprised, but Joshuas orders were absolute, and he bowed his head reverently. Then Joshua turned to Kaori. Kaori. Im going to retire today. But I will show you that I am better than this man. And when that happens you will be mine. With that, he got back into his luxury car and drove away. Kaori watched in bewilderment. W-what am I going to do? When Kaori decides that this is too much for her, she immediately called her father, Tsukasa. There was also another movement on Earth. As expected, that woman has awakened. In the sky above Japan, a person in a white robe opened his mouth softly. These robed humans were the gods who once ruled the Earth, and they were searching for the whereabouts of Saara, who was sealed in a coffin. Then, another human in the same outfit followed. What on earth are you doing? If the seal was broken, well have to go through the same thing again. No, I think well be fine. What? One of his friends, surprised by his unexpected words, continued. I think everyone feels it, but the resurrected womans sign is very weak. We should assume that the influence of the seal was inevitable. We have been preparing for this for a long time. It would be no small feat to deal with a weakened opponent after all this time. Hmm I suppose thats true. But we cant just leave it at that. Lets send in the god soldiers to take care of her. And what about us? We will go back to the Divine Beast. If we continue with our plan, this planet will be ours The white-robed humans then silently disappeared from the sky over Japan. Table of Content Book 15: Chapter 2: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 2: Part 1TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 1 Two red moons in a purple sky. In the devastated land, strange architectural structures remained in a crumbling state, perhaps the remnants of a civilization that had perished. And then. Gaaaahhh! A strange creature whose body was partly mechanical but whose entire form was that of a quadruped animal fought while letting out a roar. Wooooooooooooonnn! Moreover, the opponent was Night, who had been transported to this mysterious world. The creature, which was at least ten times larger than Night, repeatedly tried to trample him with its front legs, but Night brilliantly dodged the attempts, and when he saw an opening, he attacked with his sharp claws and fangs, tearing at the monsters gray skin. Gaaaaaaaah! Considering its huge size, the damage from Nights attack was insignificant, but still, its body was slashed here and there, blue bodily fluids gushed out, and its body was gradually showing its limits. Furthermore Piiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! Ciels blue flaming body spun around at high speed and plunged into the monster, piercing it. Guooooooo! The monster, apparently reacting to being pierced, fell to its knees. Night, Ciel, and the remaining Akatsuki Buhii, fugo! Woof He shouted thoughtlessly from a short distance as if he was cheering them on. In other words, he did nothing. While Night was dismayed by Akatsukis behavior, he braced himself and bit into the monsters neck, ripping out its throat. Guaaaaaaaaaah! The monster, which let out a particularly loud scream, seemed to struggle for a while but then became weaker and weaker until it finally died. Then, the body of the fallen monster collapsed like sand and disappeared into the wind. When the body was gone, a mysterious green shard appeared from inside. The shard emitted a blinding light for a moment, then split into three pieces and flew to Night, Ciel, and Akatsuki. Woof! Pii! Fugo! Buhi! They panicked at the unexpected turn of events, but they could not avoid it, and the fragments disappeared as if melting into their bodies. Night and the others quickly checked their own condition, and Akatsuki also activated his Sanctuary skill, but nothing unusual appeared in their bodies. Woof? The three animals looked at each other and tilted their heads. Hours had passed since they arrived in this mysterious world. The three of them had been wandering around, trying to somehow return to their original world, but they had been unable to find any clues, and the earlier battle with the monster and the appearance of the green shards were the first things that had happened to them. Woof? Pipi? Fugo~ There was nothing wrong with their bodies for the time being, so Night and the others started to move again, looking for a clue. Fortunately, they had been able to work without feeling hungry since they came to this world. However, as soon as they started to move. Grrrr Pii. Buhi? Night felt the presence of a creature. However, the only thing that could be sensed from its presence was hostility, and it didnt seem very friendly. As soon as they were alerted, the space near Night and the others distorted, and something appeared from it. It was a huge, single eye with tentacles wrapped around the eye. This was also the first time they had seen such a monster, and not only Night but also Ciel began to be wary of it. Night and the others were surprised by the sudden appearance of the monster. The fact that it suddenly appeared where there had been no sign of the monster made Night wonder what caused it to appear. For example, did it hear the sound of the battle with the monster earlier, or was it attracted by something that brought it here? Then, the monster attacked Night and the others relentlessly. Shururururu! Woof! Night and the others started to fight again. At that time, they had no idea that such a battle would continue over and over again. We defeated Whips. Then Iris-san knelt down as if she had lost her strength. Kuh Iris-san! Agreed. Its impossible to read the presence across worlds. Well, detecting signs between worlds is quite difficult. It seems that Ouma-sama and Kuuya-sama were the only ones who were aware of the attack by Whips and the others. So what happened? Actually, the Whip Saint came to Sage-sans house. We fought with her, but the Divine Power was more troublesome than I expected and numerous knight-like beings called god soldiers were summoned and attacked us. God soldiers is another grand name, isnt it? Yes, it is. But actually, as the name implies, they were like messengers of god. As Iris-san said, I felt that they were god soldiers not only in appearance but also in power. Most importantly, although it was very small, I could feel the Divine Power of the god soldier. Fortunately, compared to the Whip Saint, the Divine Power of the god soldiers was so small that it was able to damage them even without the Power of Existence. However, when it came to the level of the Whip Saint, we still needed to have either the Power of Existence or the Divine Authority to inflict damage. After we eat, we will leave, but another Holy might come. Well, dont worry about that. Im here too, and they cant get past Zenovis barrier. Thats true. Instead, you should worry about yourselves. You cant do anything if youre tired every time you fight the Holy. Thats a shame. Iris-san made a regretful expression. Hmph. Well, but it was all right, wasnt it? You found out that the Divine Authority and the Power of Existence could work together before you fought the main culprit, didnt you? Sear?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yes. Ouma-san was right; in a way, it was a great help that Whips attacked us at this place. If I had to fight Shu without knowing anything, I would have struggled even more than before. While we were discussing such things, Lexia-sans eyes lit up. That reminds me, Yuuya-sama! I havent been properly introduced to this child yet! Nya? When Lexia-san looked at Stella as she said this, Stella herself looked up for a moment but immediately started licking her fur as if she had lost interest. Sure, Ive been wondering about her for a long time. Affirmative. New family? I had told them that Stella and I had met in between worlds, but I hadnt told them much about the rest, had I? Yes. New family member, Stella. Nya. As I introduced her, Stella raised her hand slightly. As I told you before, we met when I went to the between worlds. Well, I dont know exactly how we became a family, but Even Yuuya doesnt understand I believe she was a Dimensional Cat, wasnt she? What in the world is that? Even if you ask me, I cant answer. I no longer cared what Stella was. When I thought about it, Stella was kind to me from the moment we met. But even though she had such a beautiful appearance, she had the same Power of Existence as Yin and the others, so much so that she was cast out of the world. If you looked at her like that, shes just a cat with amazingly beautiful fur. While I was thinking about that, Lexia-san continued in an excited tone. It doesnt really matter! More importantly, can I pet her? Well, um if its okay with Stella Its okay, right? Lexia-san asked with a snort. Stella looked at her for a moment. Nya. But as if rejecting Lexia-san, she immediately turned her face away from her. Seeing Stella like that, Lexia-sans eyes widened. Wha-! Hahaha! Give it up, Lexia. Apparently, she doesnt want to be touched by you? What did you say? Then Luna immediately started provoking Lexia-san as usual. H-hmm Originally, Lexia-san was a princess, and Luna was her escort, so it would be disrespectful but the two of them really got along. While I was thinking about them, Luna suddenly held out her hand to Stella. Even if you cant, I will Nya. Smack. Stella slapped Lunas hand away. After a moment of silence, Lexia-san blurted out. Pfft! Luna, you got rejected too! Kuh! Hey, Stella! Let me pet you! Irritated, Luna stretched out her hand again. But Nya! Wha-? Again, Stella slapped Lunas hand away. After that, Luna reached out her hand to Stella as if to challenge her several times, but she was easily dodged or could not touch her properly. Book 15: Chapter 2: Part 2 Book 15: Chapter 2: Part 2TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 2 After Stella dodged Lunas hand Hahahahaha! Thats too bad! Hmph! Unlike me, she wasnt even interested in you! What? Oh They started to argue again. Then Yuti opened her mouth. Challenge. Ill touch her, too. As soon as she said that, Yuti stared at Stella. Nya? .. Stella tilted her head to look at Yuti, but neither of them looked away. After staring at each other for a while, Yuti reached out her hand to Stella. And then Nya. .. Stella slapped Yutis hand away as well. Another moment of silence passed, and Yuti reached out to Stella with tremendous speed, a complete change from the previous moment. But Nya, nya~ Yawning, Stella easily dodged Yutis fierce attempts. This sight made Yutis pursuit even more fierce, but she still couldnt catch Stella. Seeing such a tremendous battle, Luna and the others opened their eyes. Th-thats amazing O-oh I knew that Yuti was awesome, but I never thought that Yuti would be so helpless Yutis lack of facial expressions made it difficult to read what she was thinking. However, it was obvious to everyone that she was now pissed off at Stella. On top of that, shes surprised and impatient about the situation where she couldnt touch her at all. Nya! Uu! The attack and defense continued for a while but finally came to an end when Stella pushed Yutis hand away. Yuti rubbed the hand that had been hit and muttered in frustration. Defeated. Stella, strong. Nya~ Stellas attitude, as if to say, You can come anytime, made Yuti frown more and more. In the midst of all this, Iris-san, who had been watching the exchange between us until now, opened her mouth. Everyone, you are not ready yet. Leave this to me! Iris-sama! Surely Iris-sama would be able to touch her. Observe. Find the weak spot. Nya? The eyes of Lexia-san and the others lit up as Iris-san showed her motivation. Ive already watched Stella-chan fight, so dont expect me to do the same as the others. Nyaaa. Iris-san smiled fearlessly, but Stella was completely unconcerned and yawned. Stella was so careless that Iris-san twitched her cheeks and reached out her hand even faster than Yuti had done. Just be quiet and let me stroke you! It was truly a move that could be called divine speed. Was that unreadable, even for Stella? Thats what I thought Nya, nya! Stella jumped back slightly and dodged Iris-sans hand. But Iris-san seemed to have anticipated that and had already moved on to the next action. Th-thats a super high-quality ingredient Luna gushed at Meikos words, and Lexia-sans cheeks twitched. Come to think of it, I had given Meiko the monster ingredients I had left in my Item Box. Ive eaten monster ingredients several times, so I dont feel repulsed by them now. In fact, the monster ingredients were so much tastier than Earth food. I wonder if it had something to do with their magic power? Whatever it was, I felt full of energy. Then Iris-san, who was also eating, looked down at her own body. As expected from the meat of King Orc my strength was restored immediately. Well Im glad I kept it. With this, I think we can leave right away. Thanks to Meikos quick thinking, Iris-san was able to regain her strength. I wasnt particularly aware of it, but Im glad we used the ingredients from the Item Box. Then Luna, who had a mouthful of miso soup, opened her eyes. Mmm! What, what is this soup! U-um, did I do something wrong? Lunas reaction made Meiko ask anxiously. Seeing Meikos reaction, Luna hurriedly continued. Ah, no, there was nothing wrong with the cooking. This miso soup. The taste of the soup is certainly unfamiliar to me, but it is delicious. Thats right. Ive never tasted it before, either. But it is very comforting! Lexia-san was right; there was something so comforting about miso soup. But Then whats wrong with it? The problem is the meat in it! As Luna said, there was meat in the miso soup this time. I hadnt touched the miso soup yet, so I didnt know what it tastes like What is this meat? Its so delicious that it makes King Orcs meat taste hazy! Huh? I was surprised by the unexpected words. Thats because the King Orc meat was also very tasty, to the point of being impressive. And that kind of meat tastes hazy I took a sip of the miso soup, feeling that Lunas words were exaggerated. Sear?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. !? My eyes widened at that moment. W-what is this? I thought it looked like pork, but it wasnt. While pork was much lighter, this meat had a unique flavor, and it immediately spread in my mouth. But it was not bad at all. Rather, it was too delicious. Me-Meiko! What kind of meat is this? When I asked without thinking, Meiko replied in surprise. L-lets see its the King Mithril Boar meat that Master gave me. Ah! Hearing Meikos words, I was convinced. If I remember correctly, I got something like Demon King Boar Meat as a drop item from the King Mithril Boar. I also heard that the meat has a strange taste and smell, but once you eat it, you would be captivated by its flavor. After trying it, I could understand that explanation. The meat was that good. While they were impressed by the taste, Lexia-san and the others were even more surprised than when they ate the King Orc meat. Ki-King Mithril Boar, you say? Its a monster that hasnt been defeated in the past few hundred years. I never thought that I would eat the meat of such a monster Delicious. While Luna was on the verge of giving up, Yuti continued to eat without a care in the world. Since the meat of King Mithril Boar was originally obtained during my training with Master Usagi, Iris-san, who was also a Holy, enjoyed her meal very calmly. Well, now that we have eaten our fill lets get going! After enjoying a short rest in this way, we once again made our way to Shus place. Table of Content Book 15: Chapter 2: Part 3 Book 15: Chapter 2: Part 3TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 3 Hail, Shu-sama! Hail, Shu-sama! The people spread out below. The faces of the people were uniformly cheerful, rejoicing at the birth of their new savior. .. Hearing the enthusiasm of the people, a man stretched his arms wide. S~ea??h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It was the Katana SaintShu Zakuren. Immersed in the voices of the people, Shu opened his eyes softly. Finally halfway, huh? Shu was now working towards the complete annihilation of the Evil, with the goal of controlling all of humanity. The Evil was the crystallization of the negative aspects of all living creatures in Argena. Therefore, he wanted to create a world in which Evil would never be born by controlling and managing the emotions of humans, who were the main source of Evil. However, there was no way that any country would accept such a plan. Naturally, countries began to move to defeat Shu, but Shu and his followers had the mighty Divine Power, and any country that resisted them was defeated. On top of that, he beheaded all the core people of the countries who opposed him. Normally, those countries should have fallen into chaos, but they did not. The soldiers to protect the people were replaced by Shus god soldiers, and the barren land was transformed into fertile land by the power of the gods. This made the people accept Shu even in countries that had lost its core people. To further win over the people, he also beheaded the leaders of other countries that were still ruled by bad governments and saved their people. As a result, Shu was worshipped as a savior in half the countries of the world, and this worship also turned into Shus Divine Power, and he was steadily on his way to becoming a god. How about that? This is happiness through the power of God. .. (Kuh) As Shu asked this question, he looked at Odis and Usagi. The two were bound and placed in a rainbow-colored cage, unable to move. Now, for heavens sake, prostrate yourselves before me. (I refuse! The happiness you speak of is nothing but a lie!) A lie? Do you still believe that when you see the faces of these people? Saying this, Shu moved the rainbow cage so that they could see the faces of the people better. And there they were, full of hope and smiling brightly. Are you telling me this is all a lie? Yes, thats right. This happiness is an illusion created by you. Binding peoples hearts, uniting their emotions There is no way they could approve of that! Right, Shus purpose was to lead all of humanity to eradicate Evil. The people gathered here had already been stripped of their emotions by Shus power and were no longer able to grieve or be angry. They were just fanatics who rejoiced in the events before them and worshipped Shu. This was the reality of the scene. Whats wrong with that? What? But Shu continued without a trace of remorse. Anger and sadness are unnecessary before happiness. Why cant you see that a world overflowing with joy is true happiness? (Indeed, anger and sadness will make people unhappy. But they can also be a driving force for people to move forward! To take that away from people because of your own selfishness is absolutely unforgivable!) I am allowed to do this. I am God, after all. When Shu said this, an overwhelming amount of Divine Power poured out of his body. As the aftermath of this power reached the people gathered under Shu, they were overcome with ecstasy. Oh this is the power of God! Shu-sama, Shu-samaaaaaaa! The people were intoxicated with the power of God. In front of them, Odis distorted his face. This is no different from conquering the world. How is this different from the Evil? Dont you dare mix me with them! ! Shu raised his voice at Odis words. They must They must not exist. They must all be exterminated. Shus eyes were etched with deep hatred as he said this. Katana Saint Shu Zakuren. He was born in an ordinary family in a village. But the village was always poor because the country fought senseless wars, and the greedy feudal lords imposed unjust taxes on them. Yet, he was happy. His father, his mother, his childhood friends. To make everything right, I will become a god. Thats what he swore. From then on, Shus actions were swift. He received the Divine Power and immediately went to the lord. W-what are you? A god. Shu simply told him that and cut off the head of the frightened lord. Then he went to the lords and nobles who were oppressing the rest of the people and wielded the blade of absolution again. S-sto Gyaaaaah! S-save me! You people have made too many mistakes. Shu, not listening to their pleas for life, simply cut off their heads without hesitation. The nobles, horrified by this situation, immediately tried to defeat Shu, but they were all turned back and purged one by one. Thus, a storm of blood raged throughout the country. We did it! Theyre dead! Thanks to Shu-sama! But despite the misery, the people rejoiced and worshipped Shu. After all, my actions were right As he realized his growing Divine power, Shu found righteousness in his actions. I see if God rules and manages everything the world will be happy. And as he came to this thought, he brought the Holy into his ranks one by one and set out to create his ideal world. Recalling his past memories and regaining his composure, Shu turned back to Usagi and Odis. If you say that my actions are delusional, then your actions are immature and half-baked, not even capable of being delusional. If you are not willing to change the current situation, then you are just a fool who is carried away by your role Dont talk about ideals in front of me. (Kuh!) Well, thats okay. I didnt expect you to be so stubborn. I also didnt know that you could use the power of a half-god like Divine Authority, even if its just an imitation. Otherwise, I could have shared my ideals with you. What is sharing ideals? Its just brainwashing. What choice do we have? For those who are too stupid to understand our ideals, we have no choice but The moment he was about to say it. Shu blinked at the distant sky. Whips presence has disappeared? It was because he noticed that the presence of Whips, who had moved to capture Iris, had vanished. Nonsense Iris must have been wounded by now. And yet Whips, one of the gods, was defeated? When he saw that Shu muttered this with a grim expression, Usagi smiled secretly when he guessed what was going on. (Iris She was able to meet Yuuya safely.) Usagi was convinced that Iris had been able to reach Yuuya. But when he kept silent without anyone noticing, Shu put him under pressure. Usagi. You know something, dont you? (! Who knows.) .. Shu stared at Usagi. But soon, the pressure disappeared, and the rainbow cage with Usagi and Odis in it was lifted into the air. We have lost Leo and then Whips. We cant afford any more losses. Then he turned on his heel and. Ill go. And with that, he disappeared from the scene together with Usagi and Odis. At that time, Shu began to make his move. Kaori, who had been proposed to by Joshua, went to the chairmans office to discuss the matter with her father, Tsukasa. Such a thing When Tsukasa heard the details from Kaori, he was troubled. What should I do now And Kaori, the one who had been proposed to, also had a confused look on her face. Let me ask you one thing, are you seriously not interested in marrying Joshua-sama? No! At Tsukasas words, Kaori panicked. I see even I think that Kaori is not ready to get married yet. Then But the other person is a prince and also the first in line to the throne, Joshua-sama. If we are careless, it could lead to an international problem No way! Of course, I will refuse the offer but I wonder what will really happen No matter how much they thought about it, they could not come up with an answer. Book 15: Chapter 3: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 3: Part 1TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 1 Night and the others were transported to a mysterious world, where they walked through a devastated world while dealing with monsters that attacked them one by one. They also accumulated more and more green power in their bodies from the mysterious shards they acquired each time they defeated a monster. Finally, as they continued on without knowing what this power was, a being appeared in front of them that had a particularly strong presence among the monsters they had dealt with so far. It was a humanoid creature, more than 20 meters long. The human face had no eyes or nose, and its entire body was covered with a thick layer of gray skin. Mechanical-like objects protruded from its limbs in places, and several tentacles extended from its back. Grrrrr For Night and the others, this was the first time they had seen such a creature. It was definitely different from the monsters they had fought before. Facing such a monster, Night and the others were ready to fight. Then. Woof? The tentacles on the creatures back approached Night and the others at a tremendous speed. Night immediately jumped back, holding Akatsuki in his mouth, and Ciel also dodged them. However, the tentacles changed their trajectory mid-air and continued to chase Night and the others. Piiiiiiiiiiiiii! In response to the tentacles, Ciel plunged into the tentacles, his entire body covered in blue flames. Then, burning off the tentacles one by one, he charged at the main body of the humanoid creature. But Piii!? The humanoid creature caught Ciels powerful blow with its machine-like arms. . Piiiiiiiii! The creature swung its arm carelessly, and Ciel was blown away. S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then Night, who had placed Akatsuki in a safe zone, immediately caught Ciel and landed with him. Piii Woof! As if to comfort the depressed Ciel, Night attacked the monster this time. At that moment, the tentacles poured down like rain again. Grrrrrrrr woof, woof! However, while brilliantly dodging these attacks, Night dived into the monsters chest and slashed at its torso with his sharp claws. Kiiiiiiiiiiiiaaaaaaaaaa! Woof! P-piiii Suddenly, the monster let out a deafening scream. The face was flat, but at that moment, the area around the mouth seemed to be torn open, and what looked like a mouth appeared from inside. The green light that had been absorbed by Nights body shimmered and rose from his body. Ciel and Akatsuki were surprised by the sudden change, but it was Night himself who was most astonished. Wo-woof? Night had awakened during the battle with the Dragonia aliens, but this was the first time he recognized this state of being. He had heard about the giant transformation, but he had no memory of it, so he was skeptical about it. Anyway, after awakening in this way, Night grew enormously, overpowering even the monster in front of him. Ki-kiiiiiiii. The monster was also overwhelmed by the huge Night that suddenly appeared. At the same time, however, it turned its attention to the green light emanating from Nights body and attacked with even more ferocity than before. Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! A continuous attack with all of its tentacles and both arms and legs. All of them smashed into Nights body. But Woof. The green light acted like a shield, preventing all of these attacks. As a result, there was not a single scratch on Nights body. Aaaaaaaaaaaah! The monster was still angry and continued to attack, but the result remained the same. And then. Woooooof! ! As Night howled, a tremendous shock wave swept through the entire mysterious world. The creature that was hit by the shockwave at close range was instantly blown away, and its body was unable to withstand the force and was shredded into pieces. Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! The monster screamed. However, no matter how much it screamed, Nights howl did not stop, and more importantly, the monster was unable to recover, and just like the other monsters, it crumbled and disappeared like sand. After defeating the monster that suddenly appeared, Nights body glowed again, and he returned to his original size. Woof? In the end, Night could not understand why he suddenly grew to a giant size, but he breathed a sigh of relief that he had defeated the monster. Pipi! Woof? In response to Ciels voice, a mysterious piece that he had seen before appeared from where the creature had just disappeared. However, the piece was larger than any they had seen before, and Night and the others were overwhelmed. Woof. Fugu? Pii. Without knowing what this piece was, they watched it for a moment, and then it broke into three pieces and was absorbed by Night and the others, just as it had been before. The next moment. Woof! Unlike before the memories of the defeated monster began to flow into Night and the others brains. Table of Content Book 15: Chapter 3: Part 3 Book 15: Chapter 3: Part 3TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 3 Around the time Yuuya met Shu. Something unusual happened to the body of the woman who was in the coffin. Ah The woman groaned in agony with sweat on her forehead. This voice was noticed by Lexia, who had come to check on the woman. Hmm? H-hey, Luna! Whats wrong? She looks like shes in a lot of pain! What? Luna checked her immediately and put her hand on the womans forehead. She has a terrible fever The woman had a fever, and her temperature had risen considerably. After hearing Lunas words, Lexia involuntarily panicked. Oh, no! W-what shall we do? Calm down. But healing magic doesnt work on sick people If this were an injury, it could be treated with healing magic. However, the only way to treat an illness was with medicine. However, the woman was currently unconscious and could not be given the medicine. Still, they could not just leave her like that, and as they thought about what to do, Lexia had an idea. T-Thats right! Lets ask Ouma-sama to take her somewhere cold! Are you an idiot? Why? She has such a fever she needs to be cooled down! Thats true, but somethings wrong! Then what do you want me to do? Thats In her haste, Lexia had said something outrageous, but she didnt realize it. Then Yuti came in. She was holding a bucket of water and a towel. Bring. I brought wet towels. Lexia and Luna were stunned. Lexia immediately opens her mouth in admiration. Well done, Yuti. In fact, why cant you think of something so simple? Hey! Even Luna didnt think of this! The two started to argue again. By the way, Lexia was not the type to catch a cold very often, and Luna had been doing her job regardless of her health, so both of them had almost no experience in taking care of sick people. In response, Yuti placed a towel on the struggling womans forehead, even though the two of them were arguing. Yuti herself had received care from Archer every time she fell ill, so she was able to take care of her in this way. Ouma, who had come to see how the three of them were doing, muttered in dismay. Good grief, what are you going to do? Then he gently poured cold air into the room with magic and left. Mmm Huh? Oh, Lu-Luna! W-wasnt there a voice just now! Lexia, who quickly sensed the presence of an awakening woman, called to Luna. Then the next moment. Ah! L-look! Shes awake! I know, so dont make a fuss! The woman opened her eyes softly. Lexia called the woman. Are you okay? Can you hear my voice? .. It was scary to look at her, but for now, Luna concentrated on cooking her own food. Knives and pans flew at her as if she had forgotten them, but each time, Luna threw out her strings and saved the wall from further damage. Thank you, Luna! Its disturbing to see frying pans flying through the air. I know. Luna had no more time to complain to Lexia. While Lunas cooking went well, Lexias dish was ready one step ahead of hers. Its done! Lexias dish, just like the previous one, looked very tasty. But the actual taste could not be determined without tasting it. Lunas cooking was almost finished. Its ready, too. But yours is Lets feed her right away! H-hey! And before Luna could stop her, Lexia grabbed her own food and went straight to the woman. I brought it! Worried. Is it okay? sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As Yuti looked at Lexia with an unusually worried expression on her face, Lexia proudly held out her chest. Im fine, of course! If she eats my cooking, she will recover in no time! Negative. Im not worried about that Although she worries about the women, Yutis biggest concern was how Lexias cooking would turn out. But despite Yutis concerns, Lexia spooned up the finished stew-like dish and gently tried to feed it to the woman. Here you go! .. The womans nose moved slightly, and the frail woman reflexively took a mouthful of Lexias dish. Then. !? Tremble, tremble H-hey, whats wrong with her? Bulls eye. I knew it Then the woman started foaming at the mouth and widened her eyes. Just as Yuti had feared, Lexias cooking was terrible. The woman was foaming at the mouth because she had tasted such a dish. However, Lexia, who did not think her cooking was the cause in the least, held out a spoon to feed the woman more food. I knew you were hungry and sick! Then eat more! The woman still had a blank expression on her face, but her body was already rejecting the food, and she shivered slightly, breaking into a cold sweat. Just then, Luna came over as well. Hey, you idiot, stop it! Idiot, you say! Whats the matter? Luna quickly gave the woman a drink of water she had brought with her, ignoring Lexias anger at being called an idiot. At that moment, even though the woman had not yet woken up, she swallowed the water as if she was going to devour it. Seeing her like that, Luna took a deep breath. Thank goodness she seems to have survived What do you mean? You dont need to know. More importantly, try this. This time, Luna took a spoonful of the food she had prepared and held it out to the woman, who put her mouth to the spoon with a blank expression on her face. Seeing this, Lexia was surprised. Huh? Has she recovered enough to eat by herself? I knew my cooking was Thats not true, dont worry. Why not? The woman continued to eat while the two of them exchanged their usual banter. And eventually, a light came into the womans eyes. Ugh ah I-Im And so the woman finally regained consciousness. Table of Content Book 15: Chapter 4: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 4: Part 1TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 1 When Kaori rejected Joshuas proposal, he immediately instructed James to gather information about Yuuya. Well, did you look into it? Yes this is it. And as soon as he received the collected documents, he began to look through them. However, as he read through the documents, Joshuas face became stern. What is this? Are you kidding me? What was written there was indeed information about Yuuya. And it was all about Yuuya that is, from when he was bullied before he entered Ousei Academy to the present information. No matter how you look at it, they are two different people. Why is the information about two different people compiled together? N-no, I mean, uh that these two people are really the same person Huh? No matter how many times he looked at them, Joshua could not believe that they were the same person. Dont be ridiculous. Theres no way total plastic surgery would change that much. According to the specialist, there were no signs of plastic surgery on this Yuuya guy. Thats even stranger! If he had changed so much and it wasnt plastic surgery, what on earth could have happened to him? But that wasnt the only unbelievable thing. And what? Whats with all these ball games and sports festivals? Even though Japan is a great animation country, there is no way that such a ridiculous story could have happened in reality! Yes, the documents contained detailed descriptions of Yuuyas performances in ball games and sports festivals. As one would expect, the feats were not something a human could do. Pierce a table with a ping-pong ball? Blow up the court with a volleyball spike? If youre going to lie, at least lie better than this! .. James was so offended, but he himself thought that Joshuas reaction was inevitable. However, no matter how much Joshua made a fuss, all this information was true. It was just that James and Joshua, who had not seen the situation firsthand, could not believe it. Joshua bit his nails as he threw down the compiled documents. Damn it my Kaori is in love with this incomprehensible man? She doesnt belong to Joshua-sama Shut up! But I know something from this information. What is it? James asked and Joshua replied in a dismissive tone. S§×arch* The nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It means that Yuuya here is the biggest liar of the century! B-but, sir, this information is accurate How is that possible? I dont know how he did it, but this Yuuya guy is convincing Kaori of some bullshit information! Maybe he has some special power, like hypnosis. Thats In all likelihood, what Joshua said was messed up, but just as messed up was Yuuyas information. Therefore, even for James, it was hard to find the words to deny it. But if that turns out to be the case, then more and more, I cant leave Kaori in this place and if this continues, shell be at the mercy of that swindler named Yuuya or something like that. But Kaori-sama didnt seem to have any intention of leaving this place U-umu Joshua is disturbed by James words. But in the next moment, he has an idea. Thats right! Just send her to an exchange program. Exchange program? Yes. It would be difficult to bring Kaori to our country now. If I were to take her as my wife, she would have to live in my country for the rest of her life, not just temporarily. But if this is an exchange program, we can invite her to our country temporarily, cant we? That depends on whether or not the other party accepts the invitation. Of course, she would accept. She has already refused my marriage proposal. So she would not turn down my offer of an exchange student program. Besides, the proposal is not marriage, but a real study abroad program. Its a win-win situation for her. Indeed James nodded at Joshuas words. But is it right? Its a study abroad program, and shell be returning to this country in due course It doesnt matter. The important thing is to get her away from that swindler named Yuuya and to get Kaori to open her eyes. When Kaori wakes up, she will accept my love. Will it go that well? Joshua smiled triumphantly at James, who looked a bit worried. What? No need to worry. If it werent for that swindler, Kaori would soon recognize my charms. Sigh And so, unbeknownst to Kaori, a new story was about to unfold. However, what made him different from Night and the others was the fact that his world had already been destroyed. The stars core had gone out of control, and the world must have been destroyed Is this the afterlife? The man doubted that it was an afterlife, but he soon changed his mind when he saw the creature that appeared. Kishaaaaah! W-what is that monster? Suddenly, a deformed creature not much taller than the man appeared. Although humanoid, its face was like that of a beast, and it had sharp fangs and claws. The creature attacked without mercy, biting the mans shoulder. Guaaahhh! L-let me go! The man immediately gathered magic power in his hands and managed to pull it off by hurling it at the creature. Then, in order to kill the monster immediately, he gathered magic power in his hand again and continued to hit the monster until it stopped moving. Aaaaaaah! Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! The monster screamed in despair, but eventually ran out of power and disappeared like sand. Then, a mysterious part appeared from the monsters body. Hah hah W-what is it? Alarmed by the situation, the shard turns into a green light and is absorbed into the mans body before he has time to react. Then. W-whats Guaaaahhhh! All sorts of information flooded into the mans brain. About this mysterious world and the creatures that roamed it, the information the man needed was flowing in. Not only that, the man felt pain as if his whole body was being rebuilt. When the pain finally subsided, the mans arm was transformed into a deformed form that did not seem human. Seeing such an arm, the man raised a dry voice. Ha-hahahaha T-This is what a discarded beast looks like According to the mans knowledge, this place was a world where the remnants of various possibilities that might have existed in the Abandoned World Line were lying around. And the creatures that wander in such a world are the Discarded Beasts, and the man was also transformed into one of them. The only purpose for such a discarded beast to wander in this world is one thing. By defeating other discarded beasts and collecting the fragments of the world, he could sublimate his body into the world and obtain the world of transmigration. Since he came from an abandoned world with no future, he can see the future again by transforming himself into the world again. Those who had thus attained the world of transmigration are established as one world, and they could escape from the world in which this world lineage had been discarded. Therefore, in order to escape from that world, the discarded beasts that wandered around that land continued to hunt the same discarded beasts and collect fragments of the world. Therefore, the man who has realized the rules of this world continues to hunt the discarded beasts in order to escape from this world. But the more he hunted, the more he lost his mind and form as a human being. In the end, he could not even remember why he was hunting the discarded beast, and even the thought of escaping this world did not enter his mind. However, because Night and the others were originally powerful, unlike the man, they did not lose their rationality even though they continued to hunt the discarded beasts. At that time, the man met and fought with Night and the others, and as a resulthe was defeated. And the power, knowledge, and memories that he had accumulated over the years flowed directly into Night and the others. Woof Fugo. Pii After reliving the mans memories, Night and the others learned about this world, and at the same time, they were saddened by the mans end. However, the man was freed from the chain of hell when he was defeated by Night and the others. Night also understood why he was able to become such a huge being. When Night absorbed fragments of the world and constructed the world, he unconsciously constructed the world of Night. This allowed Night to use the divine power of the Night God Wolf regardless of time or place. As he was reliving all of the human memories, he also finished absorbing the fragments. At that time, a green light overflowed from the bodies of Night and the others. Woof! Fugo! Pipii! Night and the others were startled by the suddenness of it, but they soon realized what was happening. It was the acquisition of the transmigration world. The green light that overflowed from Nights and the others bodies gathered in one place, eventually forming a whirlpool. Seeing this, Night and the others were convinced. If they could break through this vortex, they would be able to return to their original world Woof! Buhi! Pii! Night and the others looked at each other and jumped into the vortex with great force. Thus, Night and the others finally managed to escape from the mysterious world. Book 15: Chapter 4: Part 2 Book 15: Chapter 4: Part 2TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 2 Haaaaaaaaaaaaaahhh! When Iris-san unleashed a Divine Authority-covered slash, the swarming god soldiers instantly disappeared. However, new god soldiers were immediately spawned and rushed in as they were. That is useless. You could have dealt with Whips and Tone, but you are dealing with a true god. Be swallowed by my infinite power. Heavenly Whip! Hmm? I took out my Heavenly Whip from my Item Box and gave it a big swing. The tail of the Heavenly Whip branched out and wrapped around the approaching god soldiers. Then it crushed and broke the bodies of all the god soldiers. Is that weapon Conceptual Armament? Omni-Sword! Even though the Heavenly Whip defeated all the god soldiers for a moment, new god soldiers were summoned in the next instant. However, I did not miss the gap of a few moments, I closed the distance with Shu and then went straight to slash with the Omni-Sword. Of course, it is in a state strengthened by Divine Authority and the Power of Existence. But Hmph. Wha? Surprisingly, Shu caught the Omni-Sword with the katana in his hand. No way Something that cant be cut with the Omni-Sword! While I stared in disbelief at the situation in front of me, Shu continued quietly. That weapon, it certainly seems to have the concept of cutting through everything, but in the presence of God, it would be an easy task to cancel that concept. Kuh! I wont let you go. The moment I tried to distance myself, Shu approached me at a blinding speed and swung his sword. I quickly unleashed all of my powers, including my Magic Armor, Spiritual Energy, and Holy Evil Creation, to intercept Shus sword. Kuh! Oh? You Not only can you use Divine Authority, but you can also use strange powers. No wonder the interference of Divine Power doesnt work. Haaaaah! Hmph. I managed to push Shu back and slash at him, but Shu made a momentary shift and stood behind me. Hmph. Kuh! I immediately prepared my Omni-Sword to block Shus follow-up attack, but I was blown away. I dont understand. With so much power, why cant you understand my ideals Your ideals are nothing but the ego of the strong. Even the weak have the right to feel and think about something! I slashed at him again, and Shu made a momentary change and moved to my back again. The rights of the weak? What the hell is the right of the weak? When I managed to block Shus attack, he looked directly at me. In this rotten world, the weak can do nothing. That is why the righteous and strong must guide and protect the weak! Kuh! But there are too many corrupt authorities in the world today. What is wrong with purging them and creating a world where the righteous strong like us are the ideal for the weak in the true sense of the word? Gahaahh! Master! Shu hit me with a sharp kick to the stomach. Even though I was blown away, I managed to adjust my stance and hold on. Hah hah! Whats wrong? Is something wrong? Shu said, not doubting his own absoluteness. But How can you say that you are right? What? A world without sadness and anger would be very attractive. But you dont get that by stopping to think. .. What youre trying to do is take away peoples right to think and just impose it one way or another. I dont think thats right. Even though it was painful, my feelings were mine. To have them unilaterally taken away, let alone declared unwanted, was very unacceptable. Was it really possible to be happy if you were deprived of your feelings of anger and sadness and just be happy? I looked directly at Shu, and when I told him this, he let out a sigh. Hah no matter how far I go, you still cant seem to understand what Im thinking. Yeah. Then thats fine. I will defeat you and prove myself right. I will stop you and make you realize that you are wrong! When I regained my grip on the Omni-Sword, Shu used his Divine Power and disappeared before my eyes once again. Hmph! Hah! ! Then Shu moved to my blind spot and delivered a sharp blow. But I anticipated it and blocked it. Then Shu moved again and again, attacking again and again from each blind spot. Deadly Katana Game. ! Slashes came from all directions. Iris was about to turn her attention to Yuuya, but there was no time to look away. If she showed the slightest sign of weakness, the god soldiers would attack her mercilessly. Therefore, Iris and the others had no choice but to just keep on defeating the god soldiers. As the endless battle continued, only Stella saw something different from Iris and Meiko. Nya~ Stellas eyes narrowed as she defeated the god soldiers. Her eyes were dimly lit by something Iris and Meiko could not see, something like a thread. She followed the thread and noticed that it was coming from Shus body. Nya! Stella immediately cut off the thread with her Power of Existence. However, the defeated god soldier returned to Shus body when it turned into a particle of light that was invisible to the ordinary eye, just like the thread in Stellas eyes. When that light entered Shus body, the god soldier who was supposed to be defeated reappeared. In other words, the thread in Stellas eyes was none other than Divine Power. Nya, nya! The light was so powerful that it was thought to be Divine Power, but it only dissipated and returned to Shus body, where it was recovered and another god soldier was created. Fuuuuuuu Stella, frustrated by this, unleashed the Power of Existence she had been suppressing. At that moment, the world began to shake and space began to creak. W-what? S-Stella-sama? Iris and Meiko were stunned by the sudden situation. The next moment, Stella hissed. Hushaaaaaaaaaaa! Her hiss was so powerful that it wiped out all the god soldiers that had gathered in the area. N-no way what in the world is Stella-chan? The sheer power made Iris wonder about Stellas true identity. Moreover, Shu also sensed that all the god soldiers were destroyed by a single attack, and his eyes widened. Nonsense what happened! However, the destruction did not stop the resummoning of the god soldiers, and a large number of god soldiers were produced once again. Nya~! Please give me a break! Nya? While Stella was expressing her dissatisfaction at this sight, a voice unexpectedly entered Stellas mind. This voice was exactly the voice of the other world, where Yuuya and the others now spend their time from Argena. Stella, too, had heard the voice before in between worlds, so she immediately understood who the voice belonged to. Then, Argena continued in a tired manner. I wont be able to handle it if you really get out of control. Nya~ But thats not it. Originally, you are not the kind of existence that I can accept. But because you suppressed your power and fit into the vessel called Yuuya, and because I tried my best to accept you, you are able to live in this world like this, you know? Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Nyah. Argena continued as if she were having a conversation with Stella. Indeed, I understand that in this world right now, an existence calling itself gods has appeared and you and Yuuya are fighting against them. I am the one who originally gave them the title of Holy, but because of the Divine Power, I cannot take away the power of the Holy. Once I even asked for a dialogue, but they would not listen to me. So now I am of no use to you. However, if you take this seriously, my vessel will be broken even before the gods are involved. Nya Perhaps because Stella herself understood this, her shoulders slumped a bit at Argenas words. Above all, there was nothing Argena could do about it anymore, even if it was happening in Argena. The Divine Power that Shu and the others had received was that powerful. Therefore, although she had watched quietly, she had to stop Stellas actions, so she approached her like this. Stella quickly regained her composure and continued. Nya, nya nya? Dealing with the infinite number of god soldiers that appear? Thats what youre good at, right? Nya? When Stella tilted her head at the unexpected words, Argena replied. Its simple. You can use your Power of Existence to swallow the Divine Power of the god soldier. Nya, nya! I didnt know there was a way to do that! Stella rolled her eyes as if to say that. In response to Stella, Argena continued. It is not only impossible for me, but also for that Sword Saint and Meiko there, but I think it is possible for you. Nya! Argena smiled bitterly at Stella, who nodded confidently. In any case, please do it in moderation, wont you? Argenas voice faded away. Then Iris, who had noticed that Stella had stopped moving, called out to her. Hey, Stella-chan? Are you okay? Nya. Stella replied by raising her hand to Iris and attacking the god soldier once again. Fushaaaaaaaah! Stella once again ran in all directions, destroying the god soldier. However, there was one difference from before. Nyah. When the defeated god soldier returned to the state of Divine Power, Stella ate the Divine Power. This would make it impossible to recover the Divine Power, which had been impossible to prevent until now. In addition, Stellas body, which ate the Divine Power, began to glow bit by bit. Nya, nya~ In this way, Stella defeated the god soldiers one by one and took the Divine Power from them. Table of Content Book 15: Chapter 5: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 5: Part 1TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 1 Around the time Yuuya won the fierce battle. At Ousei Academy, Joshua was on his way to the chairmans office. When he arrived at the chairmans office, he knocked on the door. Come in. Excuse me! What? Jo-Joshua-sama! The chairman, Tsukasa, who had not expected Joshua to come in, opened his eyes wide. W-what on earth can I do for you? Could it be? Is it about the marriage? Thats one thing. But Kaori rejected me Joshua said. Tsukasa answered while looking at him. Y-yes. Kaori has her own feelings, but even if I, as a parent, think that Kaori is not ready for marriage yet Hmph Well, thats okay. Ive convinced myself of that for now. T-Then, is there anything else When Tsukasa asks this, Joshua raises his eyebrows. Would you consider sending Kaori on an exchange program? ! The unexpected suggestion took Tsukasa by surprise. Then, as if to press him, Joshua continued. As you know, there are excellent schools in our country. I would like to welcome Kaori there. What do you think? Wouldnt that be a good idea for Kaori? Thats Kaoris sister and her mother are in our country as well. I think it would be a good idea for Kaori. Of course, you dont have to worry about the costs. I will take care of everything. .. Tsukasa could not find the words to refuse Joshuas suggestion. In fact, studying abroad would be a good experience for Kaori, and the destination was one of the most prestigious schools in the world. It was not a school where you could just study abroad because you wanted to. Joshua also invited Kaori to such a school. Normally, he would have accepted the invitation with open arms, but since Joshua has asked Kaori to marry him, Tsukasa sensed the underlying motive behind it. Nevertheless, he could not simply refuse. Joshua was only proposing that she study abroad, and if there was an environment where she could receive a higher level of education due to the nature of the school, she should connect with that environment. Joshuas face contorted. Most importantly we need to wake Kaori up as soon as possible. Huh? W-what are you talking about? When Tsukasa asked this, Joshuas eyes went up sharply. Im talking about that swindler named Yuuya! Yu-Yuuya-kun? And you mean swindler Joshua continued to look dumbfounded at Tsukasas growing confusion. Is Tsukasa being deceived as well! That incomprehensible person is nothing but a swindler! No, thats not true Hes a very good boy. What? From Tsukasas point of view, Yuuya was a serious and sincere boy, even if he was a bit shy. But for Joshua, it was different. This is more serious than I expected I have to hurry and wake up Kaori! Seeing that Tsukasa seriously believed that Yuuya was a good boy, Joshua felt even more strongly that it was bad that he had to get Kaori out of this school. Anyway, you will allow Kaori to study abroad, right? Thats Even if he wanted to refuse, Joshuas proposal of marriage had already been turned down, and he couldnt refuse a mere offer to study abroad on top of that. Nevertheless, Tsukasa, who was worried about Kaori, did not want to send her away. Tsukasa thought about what to do, but then he thought of something. In that case, Joshua-sama. I have a favor to ask of you. What is it? S§×arch* The n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. First of all, is Kaoris study abroad confirmed? Of course. Im suggesting this because of Kaori. I have no intention of sending anyone else to study abroad. I understand. But is it possible to send one more person to study abroad? What? Since this is an opportunity for a student to study at your prestigious school, I was wondering if you would be willing to send one of our students to study there in addition to my daughter Anyway It seems like you did a great job again. Ahaha Somehow. More importantly, how are Night and the others? Unfortunately, they havent returned yet. I see Im worried, but there was nothing I could do about it now. However, if the worst comes to the worst, Ill touch the mask and help them as well. Then, Lexia-san raised her voice as if she had just remembered. Oh, yes! Yuuya-sama, that girl has woken up! Eh? Surprised by these unexpected words, I was led away by Lexia-san and Luna. There, I found a woman who had been unconscious before I went to the other world in an awakened state. Kuuya-san, who was observing the womans condition, noticed me. Hmm? You returned safely, huh? Ah, yes. Well, that person over there I havent heard all the details yet, but is it okay? Yes. The woman nodded softly and turned her attention to us. First of all, thank you for your help. N-no well, its not that we helped you, its more that you just showed up out of the blue We didnt do anything, so it was very strange to be told that we helped her. Sorry for the late introduction; my name is Saara. When Saara-san introduced herself, we introduced ourselves. Then, with a somewhat gloomy expression on her face, she continued. I am the one who led Moatra. Moatra? I tilted my head at the unfamiliar word and involuntarily looked at Kuuya-san and Ouma-san. But they both shook their heads as if they didnt know. Could it be someone from another world other than Argena-san? Im sorry I dont know what that Moatra is Is that so? Upon hearing my words, Saara-san looked extremely sad. .After all, Moatra was destroyed, wasnt it? .. Why were you in the coffin? Lexia-san asked, and Saara-san laughed sadly. That was created by the people of Moatra and Earth to let me escape. Huh? I was curious about the escape part, but Saara-san had actually said the Earth. In other words, the Moatra that Saara-san was talking about must have existed on Earth. From there, Saara-san told us what happened to her. The content of what she said was not something that I, who live on the same Earth, could believe. G-God existed in this world too? Considering the way you speak, have you never seen God? Yes, thats right. Ive never seen Him in this world Its a strange feeling for me since I just fought with Shu, who became a god in another world, but Ive never seen a god on Earth. Of course, the concept of God existed in religions and ideas, but it was unlikely that anyone had ever seen it. If Yuuya doesnt know, then maybe this god is gone? When Luna mentioned this, Saara-san shook her head. There is no one on this planet who can destroy them except me. So instead of being gone, they are somewhere That was the moment she wanted to say that much. At that moment, Saara-san turned her eyes in a certain direction as if she had been hit by a bullet. This presence as expected! Um, what in the world It seems you have a visitor. Eh? When Ouma-san opened his one eye and told me this, I felt the presence of something coming towards my house. The presence was like the same Divine Power that Shu and the others had created. Table of Content Book 15: Epilogue Book 15: EpilogueWell, this will be the end of volume 15, I hope you enjoy it, and see you at the next volume~ TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Heres the epilogue. Enjoy~ Epilogue This is a story of the future. The area around it was a burned-out field; buildings were crumbling, and there were human corpses and pieces of machinery lying around. Clank, clank, clank. The sound of machines echoed through this war-torn area. The ones making this sound were mechanical knights who looked like robots. These mechanical knights were marching in a line. What were these mechanical knights marching against? It was. Damn it. Theyre not getting any fewer...! A young man swore as he saw the mechanical knights approaching, hiding in the shadows. Yes, they were the humans fighting the mechanical knights. This young man was wearing a suit that made him look somewhat futuristic. Then, the young mans companion, a girl, opened her mouth. Stop it. Even if you complain here, their numbers wont decrease. I know. In any case, if we dont deal with some of them here, well have a hard time again anyway. The young man said this, but his expression was somber. The reason was that while the young man and his partner were only two people, the other sides fully armed mechanical knights numbered nearly a hundred. It would be a ruthless battle no matter how you looked at it. But... ...Thats true. But we must do it for our own survival. The young man and his partner had to reduce the number of mechanical knights here in order to survive. The young man sighed at the girls words. Huh... We really have created a troublesome existence here, havent we? Yes, thats true. But it is a punishment for the greed of mankind. ..... The young man could only remain silent at the girls words. The girl is right, for it is undeniably their own fault, mankinds own fault, that mankind is now in the predicament it is in. But that doesnt mean Im giving up. Of course not. I dont want to die either. ...Thats right. Then... its time to get to work! Yes! The two looked at each other and nodded, then began to act. The moment the mechanical knight approached the predetermined point, they launched a surprise attack. Take this! The girl held out her hands, and flames of tremendous heat poured down on the mechanical knight. A few moments later, the knight thrust out his shield. However, when the girls flames collided with the shield, they burned through the shield and swallowed the mechanical knight. As soon as the mechanical knights attention was drawn to the girl by the surprise attack, the girl screamed, Now! Uooooooooooooooooo! At the girls signal, the young man attacked the mechanical knights. In the young mans hand was a sword wrapped tightly in cloth. The sword did not look like it could function as a sword at all. However, as the young man swung the sword, countless shining swords appeared behind him and rained down on the mechanical knights, following the swords trajectory. While many of the mechanical knights fell to the ground from this attack, the girl smiled. As expected, your Sword Light of the Sword Saint is amazing. If you say so, so is your Hellfire Player. After praising each others abilities, they quickly pulled themselves together to fight the remaining mechanical knights. After winning the fierce battle, the two returned to their hideout feeling dizzy. Then, a woman in a technical position waiting at the hideout called out to the young man. Ah, youre back! Weve been waiting for you! Huh? The young man was surprised by the unexpected words. Then the woman smiled. Finallywe were able to build a device that will take you to your great-grandfather. What? Really? The young man and his partner were surprised by the womans words. It is true. But... I am still skeptical that we can really get out of this situation by bringing your great-grandfather here. ..... As the woman said, the young man was also very skeptical that simply relying on his own great-grandfather would improve this situation. But what he found in the young mans house before the invasion of the mechanical knights intensified was his sword wrapped in cloth, and the person who used it was the young mans great-grandfather. And when those who had awakened to the ability of predicting the future investigated the means of escaping this situation, they were shown to bring the young mans great-grandfather to them. S~ea??h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The moment the power was applied to her hand to pull out the old maid, Reimei was convinced that she had won. Thats naive, isnt it? But the next moment... Ikkaku changed his target before drawing the whole card, and he drew the... winning card. Wha... Reimei, who was sure to win, was speechless. Then Ikkaku discarded his cards and... stood up. I won, Reimei-sama. No way! Reimei held her head. But the result was cruel, and Reimeis loss was not reversed. Immediately, Reimei gathered the cards and clung to Ikkaku. One more time! One more time! No. Theres no end to it. Do something! No matter how much she screamed, Ikkakus attitude remained the same. Then... U-um... Nikkaku! You think Ikkaku should play with me, dont you? N-no, I dont think so... W-why... The other subordinate, Nikkaku, rejected Reimei as well. W-we have a guest. Huh? A guest? Its Kuuya-sama. When Reimei heard that Kuuya-sama wanted to visit Yuuya, she immediately gave her permission. Ikkaku, bring Yuuya and the others to me right away. Very well. A few moments later, Ikkaku brought Yuuya and Meiko. Reimeis eyes widened when she saw the power Yuuya was holding. This power is... Reimei-sama! I apologize for the delay in thanking you. Thank you again for the other day. When Reimei was surprised by Yuuyas power, Yuuya bowed his head. Its okay, its okay. If left unchecked, it would have affected the underworld as well. Anyway, Im glad that everything ended well. After saying that, she turned her attention to Meiko this time. Im glad to see that youre okay too, Meiko. Thank you very much! Thanks to Master and all of you, Im having a great time! Umu. By the way... Yuuya. Youve gained some power again, havent you? I-is that so? Yes, you have. You have the power of existence, but have you also acquired the star power? Star power? When Yuuya was surprised by the name of a power he could not remember, Reimei was surprised as well. What? You dont know? I can feel a faint star power... Um... What kind of power is that? Well... as the name implies, it is the power of the star... In your case, is it the power of the Earth? I thought it had disappeared... The moment Reimei said this, Yuuya looked at Meiko. Um... the truth is, besides thanking you, I wanted to ask you something else, Reimei-sama. Hmm? What is it? When Reimei asked him about it, Yuuya immediately told her about an event that had happened on Earth. He was talking about the god soldier who had attacked them, in addition to the Saara who had appeared from the coffin. I think the star power Reimei-sama is talking about is probably the power of this Saara-san... I see... After listening to the story, Reimei showed a grim expression. And then... Yuuya. You seem to have gotten yourself into trouble again. I never thought that you would have to deal with an ancient god... W-what do you mean...? Reimei replied to the confused Yuuya. Your opponent is the god who once ruled the earth. Yuuya finally solved the case of the other world, but... now it seems that he might get involved in the problems of Earth. *** ! Suddenly, particles of light rained down on a deserted alley. The particles gradually formed the shape of a person, and soon, a young man stood there. This is... the age of our ancestors... This was not the war-torn world the young man knew, but a world where he could feel peaceful human life. The young man was stunned for a while, but eventually, he came to his senses and braced himself. I cant stay like this. I must find my ancestor as soon as possible...! And so, a new trouble secretly loomed over Yuuya. Book 15: Afterword Book 15: AfterwordAnd heres the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for purchasing this book. I am the author, Miku. Well, this time, we have the battle with Shu, the great adventure of Night and the others. Also, I think it was a very busy volume... with the appearance of Saara and the arrival of mysterious people on Earth. I hope that we can look forward to the release of more information in the future. S§×ar?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I would also like to thank all the readers of this work. Thank you very much. See you soon. Table of Content Book 16: Prologue Book 16: PrologueTN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Prologue Your opponent is the god who once ruled the Earth. Huh? I... Tenjou Yuuya, opened my eyes wide at Reimei-samas words. Rei-Reimei-sama, do you know about this god? According to Saara-san, there was a god on Earth in the past, but... Well, I dont know much about it, but I do know that they were beings that were destroyed by humanity. By humanity?! I was surprised by the unexpected words. Thats right. You probably dont know about it because its already part of history, but... a long time ago, God existed on Earth. Saara-san said the same thing. Umu. Besides, the circumstances of Earths birth are very different from what you learn. Eh?! This world... that is, the universe and the earth, was suddenly born from nothing. I-isnt that what they call the Big Bang? Hmm... I guess you could say that, but you could also say its something else... Its really hard to explain... For now, I can say that this world was created by mysterious forces, not by any scientific forces you know of. Uh-huh... Well, just keep it in mind for now. Anyway, the Earth, which came out of nothing, has a will of its own, and it is this will that created and allowed the current life forms on Earth to flourish. I see. By the way, I was born the moment the Earth gave birth to life. Eehh?! I was taken aback by the incredible fact she told me so casually. W-Why at that moment... Because the concepts of life and death were first born on Earth. I was naturally born as an existence that manages dead things. I knew that Reimei-sama was a powerful being, but I had no idea that she was so powerful. Well, enough about me. Anyway, all the beings that live in this world were created by the will of the Earth. However, there were those who wanted to rule the Earth. Those were the gods who once ruled the Earth. ..... The scope of the story was too large...! The ancient gods were born out of nothing, just like the Earth. Therefore, they are equal to the Earth. However, the gods tried to become the rulers of the Earth. The being that was created to oppose them was the girl named Saara that Yuuya was talking about. I see... A long time ago, as the girl named Saara says, there was a continent called Moatra. But in the end, it rebelled against the gods and disappeared with them. And then the Earth took on its present form and things settled down. I could only remain silent as I listened to the story of the people of the continent of Moatra, which Saara-san had not told me about. Then Reimei-sama raised her eyebrows. Well, from what Yuuya told me, it doesnt look like it was destroyed. After all, the other party is a god, even if they are corrupt. Unless they have star power or divine power, they cant destroy humanity. Wait a moment. Reimei-sama said this and then quietly closed her eyes, releasing her spiritual and mystical power. A short time later, Reimei-sama quietly opened her eyes. Hmm. This is strange. Huh? I just checked the situation on Earth. I could definitely confirm the presence of divine power. Those must be the divine soldiers that attacked Yuuya and the others. However, I cant detect the presence of the gods themselves. What... does that mean...? Now that the divine soldiers have appeared, there must be a god who summoned them. However, as far as I could tell from what Reimei-sama said, there was no god-like presence. I dont know about that either. Maybe they hide their power well, or maybe there is some other factor at play... Anyway, even if the existence of a god cannot be confirmed, as long as the divine soldiers have appeared, there must be a reason. Dont let your guard down. S§×ar?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. And so, after hearing from Reimei-sama, I returned to the real world. *** Im home. Ah, Yuuya-sama! Welcome back! Lexia-san greeted me when I returned from the underworld. So, how was it? Well, I heard many stories. Anyway, how is Saara-san? Oh, thats right! That girl has woken up! Lexia-san led me to where Saara-san was, lying on her futon with her upper body raised. Luna, Yuti, Night, and the others were gathered around her. Ah, Yuuya-san... Are you okay? ...Yes. Im sorry for showing you such an embarrassing sight just now. Saara-san bowed her head as she said that. So, I decided to tell Saara-san about the story I had heard earlier in the underworld. Please dont worry about it. More importantly, I heard your story. Eh? H-how did you... ...If you ask me how I did it... I went to the underworld... but theres no way shed understand that... Lexia-san puffed out her chest as she looked at me. Of course, its because its Yuuya-sama! That doesnt explain anything! I-I see. Youre convinced?! Maybe because Lexia-san was so confident, Saara-san was confused, but she also came to accept it. The super-popular model had been called in by the president of her talent agency, Star Productions. Excuse me. You came. When Miu entered the presidents office, she found the president there. I heard that you wanted to talk to me... Yes. First of all, please take a look at this. Kurosawa. Yes... here it is. Kurosawa handed Miu a piece of paper at the presidents request. Um... a movie poster? The poster Miu was handed was for a certain foreign movie. Miu was confused by being handed a movie poster out of the blue. Um, what is this...? You dont know this movie? I think its that movie thats been in the news lately thats in production, right? Its being directed by a rather unconventional and famous movie director... When Miu replied like that, the president grinned. Thats right! The director whose movies always break the 10 billion yen box office mark is currently filming her latest movie! Huh...? As a model, Miu was at a loss to understand why the president had brought up this topic and was simply stunned. Then Kurosawa spoke up. As a matter of fact, the president has a personal relationship with this director, and one of our agencys models has been chosen to appear in the movie. I see. The director of the poster Miu was holding was known for his ability to guarantee box office success with his movies, so acting in a movie directed by him was a very important career move for actors. Thats why Miu was really surprised to hear that the president knew the movie director personally. Then the president spoke. Thats why I invited you. M-me?! The president said to Miu, who looked up in confusion. Youyou have to appear in this movie. Eh?! Miu was taken aback by the unexpected order. However, she quickly came to her senses and opened her mouth in panic. W-wait a minute! Why me? Im a model, and besides... I dont even have any acting experience! It was a reaction that could be considered natural, but the president didnt seem to mind. I know that. But I thought this would be a good opportunity for you to try your hand at acting. Well... but theres someone else in our agency who wants to appear in this movie... Then Kurosawa spoke up. Unfortunately, due to scheduling problems, there are no actresses available to participate. Thats the situation. But even so, we cant pass up the chance to appear in this geniuss work, can we? Thats why I asked you to participate. ..... Miu was lost for words. However, the president continued without flinching. You have certainly had great success as a model. But I think it would be good for you to try something in the wider world. Thats why I think this offer wont be a bad thing for you. B-but acting... Dont worry about that. I heard from the director that you dont need any acting experience. Eehh...? Miu was confused by the offer. In fact, the fact that they were willing to hire someone with no acting experience made her feel that they must be a genius. Then, ignoring the confused Miu, the president continued. So Ill let the director know about you. Eh, um, really me?! Thats right! So pack your things now! Right now? U-um, what about my other job? As Miu was about to say this, the president simply told her. All of them are canceled! Eehhh?! Dont worry, I already told them! Still, you cant just suddenly... By the way, where are they filming...? Overseas. Overseas?! Miu was surprised by the unexpected location of the filming. However, the president continued to speak in a matter-of-fact manner. Of course! After all, the other party is a movie maker based overseas. Well, that may be the case, but... if theyre coming to our agency, I thought for sure they were going to film in Japan! Of course not! If that were the case, it would have been all over the news by now. Anyway, youd better get ready! Eehh... Miu cant keep up with the fast-moving story. However, the president immediately contacted the director, and Mius appearance in the movie was officially decided. Book 16: Chapter 1: Part 1 Book 16: Chapter 1: Part 1TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by our Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 1 It was around that time that it was decided that Saara would live in Yuuyas house. Prince Joshua, who had returned to his own country, was talking to his butler James. Well... now that I can invite Kaori to my country. However, there is another person who will be coming to study abroad as well... but I suppose thats not important. Your Highness... thats not right... I know. I wont say it out loud, but my goal is still Kaori. Ill make sure that I receive her in the best possible way and win her over, James. I want to tell you something about that... Hmm? James told Joshua with a stern look on his face. Actually... we have received information that anti-royalist activities have increased in the last few days... What? At a time like this?! In Joshuas country, an anti-monarchy organization had continued its activities underground. However, they had not shown their true colors, and the police had been unable to make any arrests. The exchange program is only for a month! What if they get in the way during that time...! Havent they caught them yet?! Unfortunately... Damn it... this is all the fault of those nobles! If they hadnt been fooling around...! In fact, many of those who advocated anti-monarchism were not criticizing Joshua and the other royals but rather the attitude of the nobles who used their powerful position to impose their will on others. As a result, however, they still turned their fangs against the royal system. Joshua spits out his anger. Tch... you have to catch those bastards before Kaori gets here! Thats the top priority right now! Do you understand? ...Understood. James, who had received his orders from Joshua, bowed his head in silence. S§×arch* The Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. *** Hahh... At school. Just after the end of homeroom. I couldnt help but sigh. It had been a few days since Saara-san came to my house. At first, Saara-san was surprised by the different civilizations from the ones she knew, but she adapted more quickly than I expected. This was because, in Saara-sans time, some aspects of civilization were more advanced than they were now. For example... Whats that thing outside? Eh? Oh, its a car. A car... its probably something that carries people, but on the ground? Eh? On the ground, youre limited to where you can go depending on the terrain. Why dont you use the sky? There were similar things in our time, but everyone moved through the sky. ..... ...Like this, incredible episodes that seemed too unbelievable to be true from long ago begin to appear. Just listening to it felt similar to Merl. However, only a few technologies were superior, and most things were more advanced in modern civilization. So, while Saara-san was adapting to the modern world, she continued to receive treatment. But Im sure Tsukasa-san and the others dont know about that. Well, the main reason is that Kaori will feel more comfortable with Yuuya-kun around, but you live with foreigners, including Yuti-san, right? Thats why I thought you would be more used to dealing with foreigners than the other kids. Ah... Also, thanks to your recent activities, the schools fame has increased greatly. Thats why I thought you would be the most suitable person to study abroad. I see, Kaori knows that Yuti and the others are from another world, but she explained to Tsukasa-san that theyre foreigners, right? Also, Im just living a normal high school life, but it seems that my actions have made Ousei Academy more known to the public than before. I dont know if thats a good thing or a bad thing, but judging from the way Tsukasa-san reacted, its probably not a bad thing. More importantly... I understand what youre saying. But... are you sure its me you want? To be honest, if Im given the opportunity to study abroad, Id like to go for the experience. I couldnt think about the future right now, but this study abroad experience might be the catalyst for me to make a decision in the future. And even if something happened in Japan again, I could use the Transfer Magic and come back immediately. Kaori responded to my words with enthusiasm. Yes! I really want to ask you, Yuuya-san! I agree. Its comforting to know that Yuuya-kun will be with Kaori. When they said that, I couldnt refuse. I understand. I accept your offer. And so, in the blink of an eye, my decision to study abroad was made. *** When Yuuya left the principals office, Kaori took a deep breath. Phew... Im so glad that Yuuya-kun agreed to study abroad. Yes. She thought he might refuse, but Yuuya agreed to study abroad. Because, although Tsukasa doesnt know it, Kaori knows that Yuuya has gotten into various trouble because of his ability to travel between different worlds. More importantly... are you sure its okay that we didnt tell him about Joshua-sama? Well... This study abroad program started when Joshua proposed to Kaori. For some reason, Joshua had made Yuuya, who was close to Kaori, his sworn enemy, and the study abroad proposal was made in the hope that it would wake Kaori up. Of course, if they had told Yuuya about this, he would probably have been able to help them solve the situation. But... I dont really want anyone to know... Hmm... Kaori didnt want Yuuya to know that Joshua was pressuring her to get married. Besides, I dont want to worry him too much. Seeing his daughter smiling like that, Tsukasa smiled gently. Well, do what you want. The study abroad is only for a short month this time. If Kaori doesnt change her mind, even if the other party is the crown prince, I will firmly refuse the marriage proposal, so dont worry. Besides, youll be able to visit them when you go there, so it wont be all bad. In fact, the country where Kaori was going to study was where her mother and younger sister, who she usually lived apart from, lived. Yes! Such a conversation took place without Yuuyas knowledge. Table of Content Book 16: Chapter 2: Part 1 Book 16: Chapter 2: Part 1TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 1 While Yuuya was preparing to study abroad. In the country where he was going to study abroad, a certain organization had begun to move behind the scenes. How are the preparations going? It was a man who said that. This man was the leader of an anti-monarchy terrorist group. Such a man was surrounded by like-minded comrades, and a tense atmosphere hung in the air. Everything is going smoothly. Weve already procured the weapons. Weve also shared the route with everyone. I see... So the chance to bring them to justice has finally come, has it? The group leader looks deeply moved as he says this. For a long time, these men have been waiting for an opportunity to rebel against the country. S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. This was because, in this country, the gap between the upper class and the common people was much greater than in other countries with monarchies. And the people who gathered here were those who had suffered from this gap. My family was killed in a traffic accident caused by them. Of course, under normal circumstances, they would have faced justice. But these people... the aristocrats. They covered up the fact that they were responsible and got away with it, living their lives as if nothing had happened! How can something like that be allowed to happen? There is no way that can be forgiven! Me too! Because of them, my girlfriend...! The terrorists all shouted in response to the leaders cry. Actually, the royal family of this country had done nothing wrong. However, the nobles among them were different. As a long-established family of noble lineage, they had infiltrated the heart of the country and wielded such powerful influence that even the royal family could not ignore them. To change this situation, the terrorists planned to start a revolution to create a truly equal society. However, the royal familys security was always tight, and the terrorists were unable to move. But this time, they had an opportunity. Im sure you already have the information in your head, but in a few days, the First Prince will invite a certain foreign exchange student to a big party. That night we will make our move. Failure is not an option. If we miss this opportunity, the revolution will be even more difficult. Then, one of the members raised his hand. What is it? Is this information really true? Could it be a trick to lure us out? Isnt it strange that they would invite foreign students at this time of year? As the others looked worried, the group leader spoke up. Hmm... your concerns are valid. But Ive investigated this matter thoroughly and Im convinced. First of all, weve sent people to Japan to confirm that it is Japanese students who are coming here to study. Oh! And as for how the student was selected to study abroad... it seems that the students background is related. Huh? It seems that the First Prince has taken a liking to this Japanese student and is trying to win her over by inviting her to our country. I see... I guess the First Prince really likes that student. It was a rather sudden story, so the information was poorly controlled. And a welcome party will be held at the palace to invite that student. As you all know, that is the place we will attack in this operation. When he finished speaking, the man looked around at the members. We wont get another chance like this. Listen up, were going to make this revolution a success no matter what! Ohh! And so, without Yuuyas knowledge, a plot began to unfold in another country. *** Time went by, and before I knew it, the day of my study abroad trip had arrived. I boarded the plane with Kaori, using the plane tickets Tsukasa-san had prepared for us, and we arrived safely at our destination. Phew... Its been a while since Ive been on a plane, but its still tiring. I guess so. Kaori had visited this country several times before, but she still didnt seem to be used to flying. As we walked through the airport, collecting our checked luggage and other items... Nee-chan! Ah, Kasumi! I saw a girl running towards us. That girl... The girl reached Kaori and jumped into her arms with all her strength. Long time no see, Nee-chan! Its been a while! How have you been, Kasumi? Yup! Thats right, this girl was Kaoris younger sister. The younger sister was overjoyed to see Kaori again, but then she suddenly noticed my presence. Hey, that person... Oooohhh! Ka-Kasumi? The younger sister looked at me and shouted loudly. W-what is it? Kasumi-san approached me in surprise. Hey, Onii-san! Youre that Onii-san, right? That went without saying. Im not the kind of person who would normally be selected to study abroad. Thats why I fully understood that I was here thanks to Kaori. Seeing my reaction, Joshua-sama looked displeased. Its not worth the effort... Ive approved your study abroad, but I have no intention of providing a place for you to stay. As for that, we have arranged everything, so there is no need to bother you, Joshua-sama. Kaori told him with a calm expression. Yes, the house where I would stay while I study abroad had been prepared in advance through the arrangements of Tsukasa-san. Or rather, Id be renting a room in Kaoris house. At first, I refused, saying that I felt bad, but Tsukasa-san said that it would be more reassuring if I stayed nearby, and Kaori said the same thing, so I decided to accept their offer. I am really grateful for everything. When I thanked Kaori and the others again, Joshua-sama raised an eyebrow. What? Where will you let him stay? Of course, its my house. Wha!? Ka-Kaoris house? I wont allow it! Why not? Since we are the ones who invited Yuuya-san, I think it is only natural. No! Kaori is the one who made it possible for him to study abroad, right? Theres no need to go that far! Anyway, its our house, so its none of Joshua-samas business. Kuh! Joshua-sama was at a loss for words in response to her firm statement. Then he looked at me with a grim expression and opened his mouth. ...Well, never mind. Just make sure that you dont do anything stupid. Y-yes. A-anything stupid? As I scratched my head, not knowing what was going on, Joshua-sama finally left with his bodyguards. While I watched in amazement, Kaori let out a sigh. Haah... Yuuya-san, Im sorry for keeping quiet. N-no, thats not a problem, but... are you okay? Thats right, Nee-chan! The other party is the Crown Prince, right? Yes, theres nothing to worry about. Father said it would be fine too. Thats good to hear... As she said this, she looked in the direction Joshua-sama had gone. Still... I never thought Joshua-sama would be like this. Eh? Come to think of it, youve seen Joshua-sama before, havent you, Kasumi? Yes, I was with Nee-chan at a party. At that time, Joshua-sama was surrounded by a lot of people, and I thought he seemed like a really amazing person, but I never imagined that he would hit on Nee-chan! W-what do you mean hit on me? Thats the truth! You turned him down, right? And yet hes too persistent! Kasumi continued to speak her mind, and both Kaori and I couldnt help but smile wryly. More importantly, about this study abroad, I think you could guess from our earlier exchange that it was something that Joshua-sama suggested. At first, he proposed marriage to me, but when I turned him down, the study abroad came up... I-I see. I didnt want to worry you, Yuuya-san, so I kept quiet about it. Im sorry. Kaori said and bowed her head. N-no, dont worry about it! Actually, I feel bad that Ive been living without knowing about the situation. But instead of that, there was one thing that made sense after hearing Kaoris explanation. The reason was that, for some reason, I had been told to prepare an outfit that matched the dress code for this study abroad trip. Fortunately, I had a suit ready to wear when I met Miu-sans parents, so there was no problem. However, I wondered if there was a dress code for studying abroad? However, if this study abroad was a proposal by the Crown Prince, Joshua-sama, then things would be different. As Kasumi mentioned, there was a possibility that there would be a party or some other event. So I guess Id have to wear something that fits the dress code. Well, it seemed unlikely that Id be invited, judging by that Joshua-samas attitude. Anyway, it seems that this study abroad is not like the normal one I had imagined. Oh well, lets go home! Kasumi said and started walking ahead of us. Then Kaori approached me quietly and lowered her voice. By the way, it was thanks to Yuuya-san that Kasumi was saved in the hijacking incident, right? Eh? That was... well, yes. Since Kaori knew about the other world and such, there was no need to hide anything. When I confirmed it, Kaori said, Thank you again for your help back then. Thanks to you, Kasumi was safe. Thats...! It was good that I could help too. While we were having this exchange, Kasumi noticed that we werent following her and called out to us. Hey, whats wrong with you two? Nothing at all! Well, Yuuya-san, lets go! And so we went to Kaoris house. If you like my translations, please support me on Ko-Fi and subscribe my Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Book 16: Chapter 3: Part 1 Book 16: Chapter 3: Part 1TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by our Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 1 I happened to pass by a movie set and got into trouble again. After that, I used my Assimilation skill to hide from the onlookers chasing me and decided to stay at home quietly. The original plan was for Saara-san to use my tendency to get involved in things to try to make contact with the gods, but... it seems that Saara-san also decided that the gods wouldnt be coming today, and she agreed to go home. But still... even though it had nothing to do with the gods, I ended up getting into trouble... I wonder if I should finally go and get purified? The last time I drew a fortune at Kagurazaka-sans shrine, the result was also strange. Next time, Ill ask Kagurazaka-san to perform a purification ceremony for me. While I was making up my mind, I was relaxing at home when, before I knew it, it was time to go to the welcome party. Of course, I couldnt take Saara-san with me, so I asked her to stay at home quietly. Then, as I was getting ready to go to the party, I suddenly heard a knock at the door. Yuuya-san, are you ready? Yes, Im coming. It had been a while since I last put on a suit, but it still felt strange, maybe because I wasnt used to wearing one. When I finished getting ready and walked over to her... Ah... There, standing in a pale blue dress, was Kaori. She looked different and glamorous and even gave me the impression of being somewhat mysterious. I couldnt help but be captivated by her appearance, and Kaori noticed how I looked at her. Wow... Yuuya-san, you look so dignified... I came to my senses when I saw Kaori, who looked somewhat moved, saying that to me. N-no, Kaori, youre... um, beautiful... I just said what I thought, but my face started to heat up. Then Kaoris face turned red when she heard what I had to say. An indescribable atmosphere hung in the air, and then. You twowow, amazing! Kasumi looked at us, and her eyes widened. Then Kaya-san also came from behind Kasumi. Ara... you both look wonderful. Yeah, yeah! Nee-chan looks beautiful and Yuuya-niichan is so cool too! R-really?! Its true that just wearing a suit can make you look sharp and professional. Thats right! Even Joshua-sama would be jealous! Huh? Why does Joshua-sama come up in this conversation? When I first met him, I had the impression that Joshua-sama didnt like me. But after all, Im just a commoner. I cant compare myself to Joshua-sama, who is a member of the royal family and the next king. While I was thinking about this, I suddenly realized something. Speaking of which, are we going to the party location? Well... thats a little difficult for me too, since Im dressed like this. Oh, I see... but then how are we going to get there? I wonder if Kaya-san will take us there? Just then, the sound of the intercom echoes through the apartment. Looks like they just arrived. Huh? To my surprise, Kaya-san continued to speak with a smile. The person who will take us to the party location. To my surprise, they had even arranged for a driver and a car to pick us up. Whats more, it seems that Joshua-sama had arranged everything, and the car that had been prepared was a black car that looked luxurious from every angle. ...Yes, theres no comparison for me. The sheer extent of the treatment made me smile wryly. *** We got into the car that Joshua-sama had prepared for us and arrived at the party site. It was a white castle that looked like the royal palace of the kingdom of Alceria. The garden was filled with fountains and various flowers in bloom, giving it an atmosphere like a ballroom in a fairy tale. I cant believe it, but... were not going to dance, are we? We entered the venue, feeling nervous in the face of such an extravagant atmosphere, and found men and women in dresses and suits chatting elegantly. W-wow... The more I looked, the more out of place I felt. Whats more, part of the ceiling of the place is made of glass, and moonlight shines in from the sky. The other windows also look expensive. There are expensive-looking things everywhere you look, from the furniture to the sculptures. S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. While I was overwhelmed by the atmosphere of the place, Kaori laughed. Fufu... It really is amazing. Ive been invited a few times myself, but Im always overwhelmed. Um... I didnt want to bother telling her, but now that Ive come this far, I guess I have no choice but to tell her. When I briefly told her what had happened earlier in the day, Kaori looked a little jealous. Another woman, huh... Huh? Its nothing. But the way you immediately helped her when you sensed danger is so like you, Yuuya-san. Is that so? I think Im just reckless... Thats not true! Im telling you this because I was the one who was saved. Kaori laughed as she said this. As the party continued with such a little drama, Joshua-sama stood in front of everyone again. Well, I think weve all had enough talking for now, so lets dance! As soon as Joshua-sama said this, many musicians with musical instruments appeared out of nowhere. The musicians then prepared themselves and began to play a relaxed melody. Then, to the accompaniment of the music, something like a ballroom dance began to take place around us. Oh, there is really going to be dancing! No, theres no need for everyone here to dance; itll be fine... I was surprised by the scene in front of me, but somehow, I managed to convince myself that it was okay... and then it happened. Oh? Youre not going to dance? Joshua-sama, who had just finished his speech on stage, came over to me. He continued to talk to me as if making fun of me, as I was overwhelmed by the people dancing in front of me. If you cant dance, theres nothing you can do. Just watch from here. Then he just held out his hand to Kaori. Kaori? Lets dance together. ...By all means. Kaori looked displeased for a moment but quickly hid her expression and took Joshua-samas hand. When the crown prince himself asked her to dance, Kaori couldnt refuse. And so the dance between Joshua-sama and Kaori began. As one would expect from the Crown Prince, he seemed to have studied this kind of dance well, and even I could see that. Kaori also seemed to be used to this kind of situation and was able to react well to Joshua-samas dance. People in the surrounding area watched the two of them with sparkling eyes. As expected from Joshua-sama... That young lady, Kaori-san, is amazing as well. I heard that Joshua-sama wanted to take her as his bride, didnt he? What? The other person is a foreigner, right? But they look so perfect together, right? The two people who looked perfect together continued to dance and finished their dance at the end of the song. At that moment, everyone applauded. Joshua-sama came over to me while responding to the applause. How about that? That is the difference between the world you and I live in. If you understand that, youll behave yourself and Yuuya-san! Then Kaori suddenly interrupted Joshua-samas words and ran over to me. Then. Would you like to dance with me? She looked at me kindly and said those words. But Id never danced like that before. Thats why Joshua-sama made fun of me... Despite my inner thoughts, Kaori continued to speak. Youll be fine, Yuuya-san! Besides, Ill be there with you. ! Hearing those words, I felt my courage return. Thats right. Kaori went out of her way to invite me. Then...! Yes, lets dance. I took Kaoris hand, and we started to dance together. I had no experience in dancing. But Im going to enjoy this time to the fullest. Wha?! I heard Joshua-samas surprised voice behind me, but the moment I started dancing, I stopped noticing the sounds around me. I danced with Kaori, copying her moves and letting the music take over. As expected from Yuuya-san! Youre doing great! T-thank you... I couldnt help but blush when Kaori praised me. But still... Kaori wasnt good at sports, but shes okay at dancing. After I got used to it a little bit, I started to feel more comfortable, and I found myself thinking about things like that. If you like my translations, please support me on Ko-Fi and subscribe my Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Table of Content Chapter 1 - Book 1: Prologue Here it is, our new project , this one is a Light Novel from the same author as Shinka no Mi novel. Since Strongest Blacksmith had also almost caught up with the raw, we decided to bring a new project and reduce the weekly released chapter for it. Release schedule for this novel will be 1 to 2 chapters per week, and as the others, you could read upto 4 chapters ahead by joining our Patreon. And you can find the volume 1 illustration in Here , it may contains spoilers, so look at your own risk x) Enjoy the chapter~ Prologue I, Tenjou Yuuya, am being bullied. That''s not a recent development; it''s been that way for a long time¡­ ever since kindergarten. No matter how much I asked them to stop, they''d only find it funnier and escalate things, and no matter how much I told the teacher about it, they wouldn''t help. On the contrary, they''d even end up saying that I was the one in the wrong. It would have been fine if I was only mistreated by those guys at school and the teachers¡­ but I had reached the point that I didn''t even get any affection from my family. Right after I was born, my parents thought I would be a cute child. After all, I was their firstborn. However, they eventually gave up on those thoughts. My face only got uglier over time, regardless of what I did. Even though I only ate a normal amount of food, my body got fatter and fatter. I tried to exercise, but my weight continued increasing, as if my own body was ridiculing me. Even though I didn''t change the amount of food I was eating. [ED: Well there''s your problem] It may be some kind of illness. By the time that thought occurred to me¡­ the affection from my parents was completely gone. The reason was my twin brother and sister had been born. Unlike me, both of them were beautiful, and my parents showered them with affection. Their treatment of me completely changed then. The twins would always eat good fresh food, and I''d only get yesterday''s leftovers. Really, leftovers were the best I got, and mostly it was only scraps and things that had expired or soured. I wasn''t allowed to wash my clothes together with the twins'' because they said the twins'' clothes would get dirty if I washed them together, and my clothes would then go unwashed because it would "only waste the water bill." So, since elementary school, I had always washed my clothes by myself using the park drinking fountain. Speaking of clothes, the twins could buy new ones, but I always wore only tattered clothes. From elementary school to senior high school, my bags were ratty and tattered, but the twins always had brand new stuff. The twins were one year younger than me, and for these reasons I had to do a lot of things myself since I entered kindergarten. I envied them a lot. I didn''t do anything to deserve this¡­ or did I? No matter how much I tried to appeal to them, my parents didn''t give me the time of day. Even at times when I thought I might be sick, I wasn''t allowed to see a doctor. I thought of it as a blessing that I was able to eat the bare minimum amount of food, even though the reason was they still cared about their reputation. But there were still people who were kind to me, as well. My grandfather, who had already passed away, was one of them. He was always traveling around and would come back with peculiar souvenirs, and was rarely home. But when he came back, grandpa always loved me, the ugly kid. That was the only way in which I got much more affection compared to the twins. Grandpa was considered a freak for flying around the world for so long and collecting only weird stuff, and my parents were prejudiced against him. When I was in elementary school, my grandpa''s house was close, so I always went out to play there when he was home. Even though my grandpa was incensed at how I was treated, and appealed to the people around me, my appearance and the way people talked about him being a freak caused that to go nowhere. Such a kind grandfather to me¡­ had already died. "Yuuya, never give up. Look, it''s alright. Even if it''s hard, if you smile, happiness will surely come. Someday, you''ll be able to look back at those people who have done terrible things to you¡­ besides, you still have a long life ahead of you. Don''t be impatient, but move slowly and steadily in the right direction. It''s okay, Yuuya, I know you can do it." Those were grandpa''s last words. In his will, he gave me the house where he lived and all of his property. Of course, my parents tried to take it away, but my grandpa had made thorough arrangements, so they failed. But as a result, my parents completely abandoned me. Well, when you think about it, that result was obvious. So I left home and decided to live in my grandpa''s house. He didn''t have a lot of assets, by any means, and I didn''t receive any money from my parents, but even so, my grandpa did have enough money for me to enter an integrated junior high school and attend senior high school. Thanks to him, I was able to pay the entrance fee and tuition, but the other living expenses were strict, with only the money that my grandfather had left me, and I lived everyday while working part-time jobs. And now, if I didn''t go quickly, I would be late for my part-time job, but I was stopped and forcibly taken to the back of the gym. To be perfectly clear about what was going to happen©¤©¤ "Know your place, you shitty fat-ass!!" "Gah!?" It was group bullying. I was beaten and kicked many times. I could barely breathe, and since I didn''t have any money, I always skipped lunch, so the only thing that came out of my mouth was stomach juices. After a while, maybe because he got tired of beating me, Takeshi Araki from my class, the main offender of this bullying, grabbed my hair and lifted my face as I was coughing violently. Araki was the so-called delinquent guy with piercings and blonde hair. He was also wearing a uniform, and was a member of a delinquent group called [Red Ogre], which was active around this high school. I cried out from the way he was handling me. "Oi, fat-ass. Aren''t you forgetting your place? You''re my sandbag, and I''ll beat my sandbag whenever I want. That''s your role¡­ so why are you going home all of a sudden?" A sharp knee kicked me directly in the face. Blood was streaming from my nose, and my face was in agony. "Hey, Araki, do you think maybe you shouldn''t be so hard on his face? If you hurt him there, everyone can see it, you know?" "It''s fine. No one''s gonna look at this kind of trash." "Kyahahaha! But seriously, this is fun!" Some flashy looking girls took pictures of me with their smartphones. Araki seemed to come up with something as he watched, and a wicked grin spread across his face. "Oh right, if you''re going to take pictures, why don''t you do it when he''s butt-naked?" "Oh! How nice! In that case, let''s get more people over here." "Great, just message everyone you know." "Ugh!? S-sto¡­" "Shut your fucking mouth, you piece of shit!" Once again, a kick landed right in my face. My consciousness grew hazy, and I felt like I could pass out at any moment, but if I did that, I had no idea what might happen. However, I was still helpless to change anything, and the people Araki and the others called had already gathered around. "Hey hey, you said if I came here, there''d be something fun¡­" "I never thought I''d see the face of this garbage here." When I managed to look at the cold voice that was suddenly thrown at me, there stood a very similar brother and sister with well-defined faces. Tenjou Youta and Tenjou Sora¡­ in other words, my own brother and sister. Since they were one year younger than me, whenever we came across each other in middle school, they had reached the point of looking at me with disdain. This would be my first year in high school, and they were in their third year of junior high, but maybe there would eventually be a chance for us to meet. They normally wouldn''t have any business being here, in the back of this school building, but Araki might have called them over. "Ah? Youta, do you know him?" "Yeah, well. I hate to admit it, but he''s sort of my big brother¡­ that''s what it should be." "Big brother!? Oi oi, seriously!?" Araki looked at me and laughed. "He looks nothing like you!" "Well, you know, it''s only a relationship on paper, so I don''t care about him at all." "I see I see¡­ Well, that''s fine. Let''s just have fun today." By then, nearly 20 people had gathered around, and Araki started stripping me naked. I resisted desperately, and begged him to stop, but after he beat me again, I was completely silenced, and was finally stripped of all my clothes. Araki laughed triumphantly. "Oi oi, don''t try to hide it!" "What a disgusting body!?" Words of contempt and condescension poured in from my surroundings. With regret and embarrassment, I desperately grit my teeth and endured. Pretty soon, the sound of camera shutters echoed all around, and Araki spoke up. "Thank you for gathering here today! Well then, time for the closing act!" He looked at me and made a demented smile. "Take this, you fat-ass! Hi-ya!" I was knocked out by a powerful blow to my jaw. By the time I woke up, there was no one around, and the moon was already floating in the sky. When I checked my belongings, they had stolen what little money I had, my textbook was torn up and thrown away, and muddy water had been poured onto my clothes. I wept bitterly on the spot, so overcome with self-pity that it was painful. Sear?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Grandpa. What should I do¡­? This¡­ was my daily life. Chapter 2 - Book 1: Part 1 Here we go for chapter 1 part 1 Volume 1 Chapter 1 ¨C Into A Different World Part 1 Overcoming those difficult times, I was now fully enjoying a rare period of recovery. After the middle school graduation ceremony was over, we went on a short break before starting high school. Realistically, I should have had a part-time job during this break, but that was gone now, because of the group bullying from the other day. Because I was absent that day, I was fired; obviously it wasn''t possible to go to it. I was fired from my other part-time job as well, because of all the bruises on my body. I thought it was unreasonable, and I was frustrated, but I couldn''t do anything about it. I wondered if I should do muscle training during this break, even though I didn''t think it would change anything. I had a lot of things to worry about, but first I had to find a new part-time job. At any rate, for now, I had a little time to spare, so I decided to clean this house for the first time in a long time. I immediately got out a rag and vacuum cleaner and started cleaning the house. Even though I often did light cleaning, a thorough cleaning revealed a lot of dirt. My grandpa''s house was quite large, so it would have been difficult to clean all the rooms properly without an opportunity like this. ¡­No, I knew the truth. I was doing this to avoid thinking about what had happened. During a surge of depression, I went to the washbasin to replace the water in the bucket, and there, like it or not, I could see my face reflected in the mirror. Thin, small eyes. A huge pig nose with small nostrils. Rounded cheeks, and although my cheekbones were defined, my whole face was fat, swollen, and covered in acne and freckles. My lips were thick, and covered my crooked teeth. My hair was so thin it felt like premature baldness. This was my face. A face that doesn''t at all resemble my parents or those twins. When I looked at it now, the accumulated resentment inside of me overflowed. I yelled in rage, and punched the mirror over and over again, desperately trying to erase the picture in front of me. I kept hitting it long after my fist was covered in blood. Breathing hard, I then grabbed the big bucket and smashed it into the mirror, breaking it instantly. With the mirror broken, I was able to calm down a little, but mentally, I was still in a fog. Fragments of the mirror fell onto the floor and mingled with my blood. No matter how much I shout, my situation won''t change. I wanted to undergo plastic surgery if I could. But I couldn''t even come close to doing that without any money. The fact was, I had to work with all my strength just to barely earn enough for my living expenses. In the face of such a sorrowful reality, my heart sank even more. What exactly do I want to be? I couldn''t see my future anymore. I wouldn''t be able to find a job properly. Considering how things are now, it was only natural that I''d never thought about what I wanted to be in the future. Dream¡­ a dream, huh? Even if I had a dream, it would be meaningless anyway. I don''t have the ability or the will to make a dream come true¡­ "Fuck!" Frustrated by my powerlessness, I hit the wall forcefully ¨D and at that moment¡­ "Huh?" All of a sudden, the wall rotated, like a secret door in a ninja mansion, and revealed a room I had no idea existed. "Wh¡­ What the¡­?" I''d lived in my grandpa''s house for a long time, and I''d never seen a room like this before. "What is this place¡­" I had stumbled on a mysterious hidden room. I was cautious at first, but soon my curiosity won out, and before I knew it, I was already inside. "This is¡­" As it turned out, this was a room where grandpa put many of the things he collected when he flew around the world. My grandpa was always traveling around and coming back with souvenirs, but I didn''t know where he put them all. I was stunned to realize all of them had been stored in a secret room. When I was looking in amazement at the goods obtained from all over the world, I suddenly got a strange feeling. "Wha¨D What the hell is this?" It was a puzzling feeling, one I had never felt before, and it now guided me through the room. I passed by many things, some of which grandpa had shown me in the past, and others that were totally new to me. "¡­What is that? That mask. It''s frightening, and it kind of looks like a kijin¡­ hmm? Oh wow¡­ What''s that doll?" It was like the kijin mask, and a mannequin that was bigger than me. There were also some basketball-sized red cubes, and although I didn''t know the principle behind it, there were also some strange stones floating around an equally strange pedestal. Apart from that, there was even a coffin that looked like an Egyptian sarcophagus, the kind that usually contained a mummified pharaoh. As I walked around, looking at the various objects and artifacts around me, I started to get that funny feeling again, like something was calling to me. I continued on, like being led by the hand. Grandpa¡­ collected all of this¡­ In the past, he had often boasted about his collection, but I didn''t realize how great it really was. Memories of a casually cheerful grandpa resurfaced, and it was almost enough to make me cry again. It was grandpa''s collection of items, but it was full of things I had no idea what the uses were, so it was almost like junk now. If grandpa was still alive, he would have taught me a lot once more¡­ "What should I do with all this¡­ hmm?" Even though I felt a bit uneasy, like something scary would happen if I even touched these items, my eyes were drawn to one particular item placed at the very back of the room. It was a door that existed as if it had been pulled out of the wall. There was a large owl carved on the middle of the wooden door, and trees carved on the edge of it. "Did grandpa bring this back, too?" This door? If he brought this back, where would this door lead to? Well, it''s just a door anyway, so I should only see the wall behind it, if I open it. But the moment I saw the door, the strange feeling that I was having grew stronger. "Could it be¡­ from this door?" I couldn''t recognize anything about the door in front of me, but it demanded my attention, and my eyes were glued to it. I wonder if this door was the thing calling me this whole time¡­ "Is there anything on this door?" With that in mind, I reached for the door knob and opened it. "¡­Huh?" S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It was an unfamiliar room. It''s decorated similar to a log house, with a large wooden table and chairs, and a wooden closet. Weapons such as swords and axes were piled up like mountains. "Huh? Wha-?" I felt like my head was about to explode upon seeing such an incomprehensible situation. Then, something like a translucent board suddenly appeared in front of me. "Whoa!" Since it appeared so suddenly, I cried out like a wimp and fell on my ass. However, the translucent board moved with me, and remained at the same place in my vision. "W-What is this¡­" Feeling flustered, I focused on the translucent board, and saw the text written on it: "Huh?" There, something like a message from games was displayed. A-Appraisal? Endurance? More importantly, a different world? For now, I got up and went back to my house and checked around the door again. "A-As I thought, there''s nowhere to go?" The only thing behind the door was just the wall of my house. Yet through the door was an unfamiliar room like in a log house, extending beyond the other side. "Seriously, what is this thing¡­" What the heck is this door? The moment I thought that, the translucent board that had disappeared suddenly appeared again. [Door To Another World] :: A door which suddenly appeared on Earth and leads to some other world. Even the Gods do not know why these doors appear, or how. The destination is unknown, and once you cross to a different world, the location becomes fixed. Those who become the door''s master can manipulate various functions. The door is indestructible. How? Suddenly I know all this information about the door. No wait, I understand it perfectly well, but it''s still absurd! At this point, I finally calmed down and arrived at the answer. "Perhaps¡­ it''s the effect of this [Appraisal] skill?" No, but wait¡­ I''m in the room at my house right now, not in that log house style room. So¡­ why is that thing still showing up? "I don''t really get it, but¡­ is there any way I can check the effect of the skills?" The board appeared again when I muttered that, and displayed the following: [Appraisal] :: Skills to appraise various things. [Endurance] :: You have acquired great resistance to abnormal states, mental interference, or physical stress. "There it is again¡­" I understood it now. I was probably able to examine the door a little while ago because of this [Appraisal] skill. Even so¡­ this was too far detached from reality. "If that''s how it is, can I examine the titles, too?" I muttered, roughly accepting my present circumstances, and the message appeared as expected. [Master of The Door] :: The master of the door leading to another world. You can use the menu function. [Master of The House] :: The new master of the house where the wise man is said to have once lived. You have obtained ownership of this house. [Otherworlder] :: A person from another world. You will be given a special growth boost, allowing you to obtain more experience than normal. It will also be easier for you to learn skills. Level cap has been removed. [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] :: The person who visited another world for the first time. A distinct title that makes it easier for you to invent skills and magic compared to the effect of similar titles such as [Pioneer]. The process of your growth will proceed in an ideal direction. In addition, you will be able to use [Item Box]. "Oh." For some reason, despite how amazing it all sounded, it didn''t affect me that much. [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] seems to be a superior title compared to [Pioneer], and it also apparently makes me able to use [Item Box]. ¡­What''s [Item Box]? And which house is the [Master of The House] description talking about? Then I noticed the part of the description of [Master of The Door] that mentioned a menu function. "Menu function? What the heck is that¡­ oh, wow!" Another message was displayed in front of me. This is¡­ [Door To Another World] Owner: Tenjou Yuuya Functions: That was displayed. "Money Conversion? Can I convert something into money? And what are Transfer and Entry Restriction¡­" As I asked, the message changed to show detailed descriptions. [Money Conversion] :: Everything can be converted into money. [Transfer] :: The door can be summoned to the owner''s current location at any time. [Entry Restriction] :: Only those specified by the owner can pass through the door. "It''s more sophisticated than I expected!" In other words, even if someone finds this place, they can''t go any further. In addition, if someone were to try to steal this door, it would return to me¡­ "I honestly don''t know how to use this Money Conversion, but, well, there''s no downside from having it, so that''s fine for now." Honestly, everything I''ve seen until now feels like something you''d see in a game, so there must be something like a status panel, right? I thought about it excitedly, and another message appeared. [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 1 Magic: 1 Attack: 1 Defense: 1 Agility: 1 Intelligence: 1 Luck: 1 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] It''s hopeless. This thing can''t be serious, all of my stats are 1¡­ even in school, I never had grades this bad¡­ Well, somehow I knew where that was coming from. Apart from that, what was this BP? And [Item Box] was added to my skill column for some reason¡­ [BP] :: Abbreviation for Bonus Points. When leveling up, you will receive 10 BP, and can assign them to any stat you like. If you are an otherworlder, you will instead receive 20 BP. If you have the title [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time], you will instead receive 100 BP. [Item Box] :: You can manipulate a special region of space that allows you to store and retrieve things as much as you like. However, it''s not possible to store living beings. There is no capacity or size limit for things you want to store. "¡­Ooh." First of all, I realized I was able to distribute points into my status, and that was an advantage for me. [Item Box] also functioned like a game''s inventory, as I understood it. Well, now that I''d confirmed this much, the only thing left to confirm was¡­ "That room¡­ that''s right¡­" There was nobody in there a while ago, but no matter how I thought about it, wasn''t that trespassing? So if the other party got angry and attacked, I''d need to bear with it, wouldn''t I? I also got the [Master of The House] title, which I''m not sure about; I hadn''t confirmed anything about it at all¡­ Fortunately, no one else can go through the door except me, so I should be able to manage it somehow if I just run back into my house. "¡­Let''s take another look." I decided to go back to that room again. ED: I''m amazed this MC doesn''t seem to recognize a screen or window when they see one. "Translucent board" my ass. Chapter 3 - Book 1: Part 2 New chapter today. "There''s no one here¡­ right¡­?" I peeked timidly out the door to confirm my surroundings, but as I had hoped, there were no signs of people. I stepped into the room again, overwhelmed once more by the sensation of trees and wood all around me. When I entered the room, I saw a wooden closet next to the desk and chair, and inside that closet were pairs of slim shirts, trousers, and underwear that obviously weren''t my size. It was a bit disappointing, since it felt unexpectedly nice when I touched it. "Oh, I didn''t notice it until now, but there''s a window in here." I approached the window and looked outside. And then¡­ "Whoa¡­" The area beyond the window was dense with trees. The house I lived in wasn''t anything like a mountainous area. It was in a residential area, and normally you could see cars passing by, both in front and behind the lot. However, this cabin was completely surrounded by forest¡­ "As I thought, it''s a different world¡­ well, the only other possibility is that it''s connected to another place on Earth." I thought the window might just be a super realistic picture, but when I opened the window, I had to abandon that thought. Pure air flowed into my lungs which I couldn''t imagine breathing from a city. I couldn''t hear the sound of any cars, nor were there any construction noises, just a tranquil silence. I closed the window and looked around the room again, and noticed a paper on the desk. "What''s this?" I picked up the paper and tried to read it, but it had strange characters that I didn''t recognize. "I can''t read this. Is it a language from this other world?" Despite my lack of understanding, a message appeared when I stared at the letter for a few moments longer. You have acquired the skill [Language Comprehension]. Hey, hey! What''s this useful skill? I appraised it immediately. [Language Comprehension] :: A skill that grants you the understanding to read and write in any language. It was such a useful skill. If this is also effective on Earth, wouldn''t English be a piece of cake? Anyway, since I''d gotten such a long-awaited skill, I turned my eyes back to the letter and was able to comprehend the mysterious script that I couldn''t read before. To summarize, the previous owner of this house had decided to part with this cabin, because his life was soon to come to an end. Because he had no family, if anyone found this house, he would give that person ownership, along with everything inside the house. The registration of ownership was also updated somehow, with the power of magic, such that it wouldn''t be possible for anyone other than the owner to enter the house. This was probably because I got the title of [Master of The House], so I became its owner. From the description of the title, I could understand that a wise man once lived here, but how amazing was he? Personally, I think it''s incredible to prevent anyone other than the owner from entering, but was that a normal thing in this world? How can I put this? I think I was incredibly lucky that the door connected to this place¡­ I''m very grateful for that. "It''s only just now hitting me, but there''s something else: this world also has magic¡­" No, the situation itself was too unrealistic. Even if it described the existence of magic, it still didn''t feel like a fantasy world. [ED: He literally just walked through a magic door¡­] It surprised me a little, but still, the line about magic caught my interest. Would I be able to use it too? "Well, whatever¡­ first of all, I''m relieved to know there''s nobody else in this house, and that means no one but me will ever come here." As soon as I discovered this house was mine, all of my wariness went right out the window. Since things had turned out like this, I decided to check out everything in this place¡­ "Is all this real¡­?" There were so many kinds of weapons all over the place. I tried to pick up the first sword I saw. "Whoa!? It-It''s heavy¡­" Obviously, my physical strength was pretty low, so just holding up a sword is almost enough to make me fall over. I guess I need to do full-on muscle training. Well, I used to do that in the past, but I didn''t get any muscle at all after a whole year. "Even so¡­ it''s a splendid sword." It was a double-edged sword that gleamed as if it had just been polished, and the blade clearly reflected my face. The handle was almost completely undecorated, but there was still something familiar about this sword in my hand, so much that even an amateur like me could feel it. I immediately tried using [Appraisal] on the sword, out of curiosity. [Omni-Sword] :: The pinnacle of all swords. The blade remains shiny without tarnishing, and the edge is always perfectly sharp. It''s said to be capable of cutting anything, but that depends on the contractor. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. "Seriously!?" It''s more incredible than I could have imagined! Moreover, I''d signed the contract before I knew it! Even if you say it''s not for sale, there''s no way I could sell this kind of thing, right!? It''s too amazing! Wait, what kind of person was that wise man again? To think he''d just leave this sword lying around in that disorderly pile of weapons!? Something this amazing should be handled appropriately¡­ I was surprised at the wise man who I''d never be able to meet anyway, but I wanted to give this sword a swing. "As a man, I should try it out at least once, right?" I don''t know who I was making an excuse to, but I just wanted to force someone else to justify my actions¡­ guess that wasn''t really necessary. Well, since I wanted to check the outside, I timidly opened the front door of the house. "Ooh!" Apparently, the land this house was built on was pretty spacious, and the front area was like a garden. There were also fields to cultivate fruits or vegetables. "Is this all included as part of the house?" If it wasn''t, I couldn''t go out carelessly¡­ but when I wondered about it, a message appeared. The inside of the fence surrounding this house is the owner''s land. Oh, so in other words, no one can even enter this garden! Neat! Now I can go outside and swing this sword to my heart''s content! I don''t know who you are, but thank you, Mr. Message! I went outside in high spirits unbecoming to my age. Then I tried to swing the heavy sword however I pleased, but¡­ "Whoa!?" It was hopeless. The end result was more like me being swung around by the sword rather than the other way around. I couldn''t even swing it properly¡­ No, in hindsight, that result was obvious. I panted. "Well¡­ uh¡­ that was fun¡­" Even though I couldn''t do anything, I laid down on the spot, with an odd feeling of satisfaction. Then the message appeared again in front of me. You have acquired the skill [Swordsmanship: 1] "Huh!?" S§×arch* The Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. [Swordsmanship] skill!? Just by swinging it around!? Besides that, what was the number next to it? When I focused on [Swordsmanship: 1], a detailed explanation was displayed. That''s the [Appraisal] skill for you. [Swordsmanship: 1] :: Skills to handle swords. The numbers represent proficiency, with a highest value of 10. In other words, was I now a super beginner when it came to handling a sword? No, I honestly think it''s presumptuous to even call myself a beginner¡­ Still, is this skill something that can be learned so easily? "Ah, maybe it''s the effect of the [Otherworlder] title?" That might be the case. "Even so, it''s weird that I was able to learn this quickly¡­ what about the other weapons?" Inspired by my new curiosity, I put the sword back where it was and went out into the garden with other weapons. As a result of appraising them one by one, I started to get the sense that anything I picked up was going to be an amazing item. [Absolute Spear] :: The one and only spear that exceeds the Divine Spear. It''s said that this spear can pierce anything, depending on the contractor. This spear can''t be broken. If you throw it, it will always hit the target and will return to your hand. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. [TLN: The kanji is ½~˜Œ. I''m not sure about this name to be honest; if anyone can come up with a good translation, please let me know.] [Death Scythe] :: A scythe that could even kill the God of Death. It is said to be capable of cutting anything the contractor wants. Any existence cut by this scythe, no matter how small is it, will give a fatal wound. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. [Infinity Gauntlet] :: Not only does this increase striking power, this gauntlet can also be used for protection. One blow is equal to infinite attacks. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. [Formless Bow] :: The ultimate bow without physical form. Depending on the contractor''s will, it can produce an infinite number of arrows. The arrows are said to be capable of shooting through the world. It will absolutely hit whatever target the contractor desires. Not for sale. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. And so on¡­ Well, there were a considerable number of weapons, but I was able to touch all of them. Therefore, I only have one impression for everything: All of them are stupendous. I don''t know why this stuff was just scattered around, and I don''t know what kind of person the wise man was, but more than that, it''s amazing that of all people, I''m the contractor. Now, this is my current status¡­ [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 1 Magic: 1 Attack: 1 Defense: 1 Agility: 1 Intelligence: 1 Luck: 1 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [Swordsmanship: 1] [Spearmanship: 1] [Scythe Technique: 1] [Hand-to-Hand Combat Technique: 1] [Archery: 1] [Whip Technique: 1] [Axe Technique: 1] [Hammer Technique: 1] [Staff Technique: 1] [Club Technique: 1] ¡­ Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] I no longer understand what any of this means. I first noticed this when I was playing with all the weapons, but it still feels strange. When my face twitched involuntarily, a message appeared. You have met the required condition. Integrating all martial arts skills. You have acquired the skill [True Martial Art: 1] What''s this [True Martial Art]!? I used [Appraisal] immediately, and it displayed as follows: [True Martial Art] :: A state that can only be reached by those who have learned all weapons and hand-to-hand combat arts. You can master all weapons and hand-to- hand combat. But I can''t use it!? It''s impossible, no matter what you think! I was just swinging those weapons around! However, regardless of my intentions, the text on my status has been changed, and that massive list of weapon skills has disappeared, replaced with [True Martial Art]. Did Mr. Wise Man also have this outrageous skill¡­? I guess he did. Without even knowing what was happening, I''d suddenly gotten an incredible bonus. Chapter 4 - Book 1: Part 3 Bonus chapter brought to you by Patreon. After that, I tried to tidy up all of the weapons that scattered outside, when I remembered that I had acquired the [Item Box] skill, and decided to use it. However, when I tried to use it, I realized I didn''t know how to activate it, and so I tried to chant [Item Box] in my mind, at which point a black space suddenly appeared in front of me. I was quite startled by that, but when I realized I could make it appear or disappear with just a thought, I threw a ballpoint pen in the house into the black space. After I tried to make the black space appear and disappear again, I timidly reached out into the space, and soon the information about the ballpoint pen flowed into my mind. After that, I went about my business smoothly, throwing the scattered weapons one after another into the [Item Box] to tidy up. Of course, I confirmed that I could freely store and retrieve things from it. It would be surprising to show it off on Earth. After I had finished all this testing, I was mentally exhausted, and I went through the mysterious door with halting steps, back into grandpa''s hidden room. It''s¡­ not a dream¡­ When I instinctively looked at it from a distance, my stomach suddenly grumbled. I checked my watch, and it was right at lunch time. Now that I thought about it¡­ the other side of that door had the same timeflow as here. I was grateful for that. I opened the refrigerator in my house to satisfy my hunger, but it was empty. "Aw, man¡­ I thought I already bought groceries, but apparently not¡­" It was a real drag, but if I ignored it, I''d collapse from hunger, so I picked up my wallet and decided to go to a nearby convenience store to buy some food. Outside, I was exposed to intense sunlight, even though it was still early spring, and I started sweating immediately. Yup¡­ it was a result of being fat¡­ I was already getting tired, but I managed to get to a nearby convenience store, where I encountered an unpleasant scene. "Hey hey, it''s okay, isn''t it? Come have tea with us." "I already said no, I''ve refused you so many times already! Please, let me go!" "Don''t say that, darlin''~" A girl about the same age as me was getting caught up in a group of men that really stood out. The convenience store I went to was in a residential area after all, and there were a lot of people walking by. To think that they would try to seduce a girl out in the open like this, and right in front of a convenience store, on top of that¡­ The girl didn''t like it, and tried to get away from the men, but they persistently surrounded her. When I looked around, there were people in the area, but everyone pretended not to see them. Finally, one of the men grabbed her arm. "Hey, come on, let''s go." "It''s okay, nothing bad''s gonna happen." "I don''t wanna! Let go of me, please!" "E-excuse me!" "¡­Huh?" The men all turned to look at me. Their collective gaze was sharp, and it was clear they were looking down on me. To be honest, I was terrified, and wanted to ignore the situation, but if my grandpa was here, he wouldn''t have hesitated to help. He was the kind of person who would always help someone if they were in trouble. I loved my grandpa, and was proud of him for not changing his beliefs, even if he was treated like a hypocrite or a weirdo. With that in mind, I spoke up without even thinking. "What is it, fat-ass? Do you have business with us or something? Huh?!" I almost squealed, but kept it under control. "N-no¡­ uh¡­ she¡­ I don''t think she likes you." They almost growled in offense. They ignored the girl and surrounded me instead. "You making fun of us, huh? You little bastard." "No, that''s not what I¡­" "Stop nagging, asshole!" I cried out as one of the men mercilessly punched me in the face. I rolled into a ball, in so much pain, but the men didn''t let up, and kept kicking me while I was down. "Don''t mess with us¡­ you son of a bitch!" "You disgusting piggy!" "Die, you fucker!" My face, my chest, my belly. Every time a sharp kick drove into my body, I felt like I was going to pass out. Then, abruptly, the men who were so viciously beating me suddenly stopped and ran off. "Hey, police are coming!" "Man, what!? You gotta be kidding!" "Someone reported us, let''s scram!" Apparently, someone reported them to the police, and those men quickly fled the scene. My whole body was in pain, but not to the point that I couldn''t endure it. It didn''t seem like anything was broken. S~ea??h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Jeez, I didn''t have to show my usual resistance in a place like this. But thinking about it again, it''s a little strange. Until now, I usually would have lost consciousness at a time like this, but now, I managed to stay awake, though just barely. Could it be that the [Endurance] skill activated? I knew I was able to use [Appraisal] at home before, but to think I could also use a skill on Earth as well¡­ The girl who was being harassed earlier came running over and helped me get up. "Are you alright? I''ll call an ambulance right away¡­!" "It-it''s okay, it''s okay¡­ it''s okay, so¡­ I don''t need an ambulance¡­" "B-but¡­" "No, really¡­ it''s okay." I was moved by the girl being so worried about an ugly person like me, so enduring the pain, I stood up. "It''s¡­" "By all means, lean on my shoulder, I''ll help you walk¡­" "N-no, it''s okay¡­ it''s okay already." "B-but¡­" "It''s really okay now¡­ rather than that, you were getting harassed, weren''t you? Please be careful from now on." I don''t really know what I''m saying, but I got my distance from the girl who was worried about me. She just got attacked by a man, so she shouldn''t want to be by a man''s side, right? I think that would be a natural course of action. Well, it might not matter if she didn''t even recognize me as a man, or as a human. The police came rushing over while I was having those self-deprecating thoughts. The police officers were two women and one man, so the girl might be relieved with this. "We just got a report¡­" "Ah, I was surrounded by a group of men, and this person helped me when I was in trouble! Therefore¡­" The girl explained to the police in detail that I was the only one injured, so it didn''t seem to matter that much. It was like a weird story that I was the only one to get hurt. After a short series of questions, the police officer apparently decided to send the girl home. Then they turned to me. "We''ll send you home, as well. Where do you live?" "N-no, it''s okay¡­ I''ll go home by myself, I came here to get groceries¡­" "I see¡­ well then, please be careful." When the police officers started to take the girl with them, she suddenly turned to me and bowed her head. "Thank you for your help this time!" "Huh? Ah, no, don''t worry about it¡­ I couldn''t do anything, after all." "That''s not true! In fact, you made me so happy! Thank you very much. I''ll be sure to repay you for this." "P-please don''t mind it¡­ W-well then, I''ll take my leave¡­" I don''t usually talk to people, but I managed to say that much, and cut off the conversation to part ways with her. ¡­I couldn''t look her in the eye at all. In the first place, I rarely talk to women, and when I do, it''s just a bunch of swearing directed at me. Because I''ve been through that experience for so long, I have zero defense against women, mentally. But that girl, even if maybe she was only being polite, was worried about me. I thought she was a good girl¡­ ah, a girl like that deserves to be happy. Thinking like that, before I bought the other things I wanted, I stretched my legs a little more and went to the supermarket for the groceries, then stopped at the convenience store again on my way back, before finally going home. Chapter 5 - Book 1: Part 4 New chapter today. I''ll post the next chapter as soon as possible. Also, I''m looking for an Editor only for this novel, email me at [email protected] if you interested. Enjoy~ After having lunch and cleaning up the house, I went to the other side of that mysterious door again, and outside of the room to look over the garden once more. "It''s so big¡­ I still can''t believe all of this is mine now." No, not only is the garden and the house unbelievable, but also that this is a different world in the first place. It''s quite mysterious. However, when I examined the door with the [Appraisal] skill, apparently even God doesn''t know where it came from. I mean, wouldn''t this imply the existence of God?! God was here! I looked around, and suddenly had a terrible chill. My body froze up instantly, with a suffocating feeling, my breathing came in stops and starts. Sweat beaded up all over my body, and I was confused for a moment as to why this suddenly happened before frantically looking around. At the entrance, which was the boundary between the outside of the fence and the garden, I saw the culprit of the chill assaulting me. A creature with the overwhelming aura of a warrior stood there staring at me. Its body was massive, in excess of two meters in height, and its skin was dark red, as if smeared with blood. Its bulging biceps were as thick as my fat torso, and its face resembled an oni, a fictional existence, with the two splendid and sharp fangs growing from its lower jaw. In the face of that beast''s imposing glare, what little part of my rational mind was left tried to activate [Appraisal]. [Bloody Ogre] Level: 300 Magic: 100 Attack: 5000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 1000 Intelligence: 500 Luck: 100 I don''t get it. What the hell are these ridiculous stats? All of mine are at 1. In the first place, isn''t it weird to pit a level 1 like me against a level 300!? S§×arch* The N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. My heart sank further looking at its name. Bloody Ogre¡­ it reminded me of Araki, my bully; he belonged to a group with a similar name, [Red Ogre]. My confusion only deepened as I read the details of its stats ©¤©¤ and then the monster roared. I fell on my butt and almost wet myself, but my last shred of pride wouldn''t allow that. However, with my terrified self still sitting on the ground and unable to move, the Bloody Ogre rushed toward me. I was certain that I was about to die. However¡­ The ogre grunted as it stopped short, as if blocked by an invisible wall. It couldn''t enter the yard. "Ah¡­" I see¡­ no one but me can enter this property! That''s when I remembered it, but that still didn''t mean I could do anything about the situation. In fact, the ogre was still banging his fist against an invisible wall at a frightening speed, in an effort to enter the yard. Its thunderous roar echoed through the surroundings. Just like I couldn''t do anything against it, the ogre also couldn''t do anything to this house, and continued to uselessly attack it. Somehow, it didn''t seem like there would be a problem if I just ignored it. In that way, the moment I relaxed a little, the Bloody Ogre also stopped attacking and reached for a nearby tree. After easily uprooting it, the monster threw it towards the house. I screamed in fear, in spite of myself. Even if living creatures can''t enter, does that apply to other things!? I was absolutely terrified by the Bloody Ogre''s assault, but the defensive performance of this house exceeded my expectations, and even the tree it threw bounced off. It really can''t do anything against this house. Both direct and indirect attacks are blocked. At any rate, I came to understand that the Bloody Ogre was no threat while I was here, but it still didn''t give up and resumed its attacks. Even if I know it can''t get to me, this wasn''t very good for my mental health. Is there anything I can do¡­ Suddenly a thought occurred to me. "Can my attacks from inside leave the property?" Right, all external attacks seem to be prevented, but what happens if something attacks from the inside out? To solve that question, I took out the [Absolute Spear] from [Item Box]. The reason I took out [Absolute Spear] instead of [Formless Bow] was actually kind of shameful: I couldn''t draw the [Formless Bow] with my current physical strength. In spite of that, I was somehow still able to learn [Archery]. On the other hand, the [Absolute Spear] was heavy, and it seemed impossible for me to throw it at the Bloody Ogre, but this spear could set its target, and the target was set, even if it only left my hand by a few millimeters, it would surely fly into that target, and return to my hand automatically. I had confirmed that much when I played around with all the other weapons, and tried [Absolute Spear] right after swinging [Omni-Sword]. In that case¡­ "Should I throw it?" As a kind of experiment, I decided to throw the spear at the ogre, which continued thrashing around in front of me. Normally, throwing this deadly weapon at a creature was something I would never do, but the fear of that monster overrode my usual sensibilities. "Alright." My decision made, I held the spear firmly. [Absolute Spear] was a weapon specifically designed to pierce the enemy, without any gorgeous decorations. However, it was very easy to use, and even if a super beginner like me held it, it was a good fit. It was still heavy, though, and I managed to throw it while staggering. The Bloody Ogre seemed to go on alert, possibly due to sensing the intimidating air released from [Absolute Spear]. Even though I threw it with all my might, it was too heavy to go more than a few centimeters, a lousy throw. The monster understood what was happening instantly and put up its guard. However, as if to say that my power wasn''t needed at all, the spear still reached the Bloody Ogre in another instant, and pierced through its entire body without slowing down. Groaning its last breath, the Bloody Ogre fell down with a big hole in its chest, eyes still wide open, as if unable to comprehend what just happened. "I¡­ I did it¡­" Honestly, saying that now might raise another flag, but there was no need to worry. The Bloody Ogre''s body dissolved into particles of light, and disappeared on the spot. My legs turned to jelly, and I found myself sitting on the ground again. For some reason, I haltingly started laughing. The feeling of being alive and the realization that I had killed a living being were mixing together, and all I could do was smile. However, even though I killed something, I wasn''t as shocked as I expected to be. It was probably fortunate that I didn''t feel it. I was stunned in place for a while, but I eventually noticed that a bunch of items had fallen on the ground where the Bloody Ogre died. I wanted to move to look at it, but my legs still had no strength in them. It was pathetic. I felt like if I were to move right now, my hips would come loose, and my knees would just buckle under me. That was when a message suddenly appeared in front of me. Level Up "Huh?" I was dumbfounded once again. Chapter 6 - Book 1: Part 5 Good day my dear readers, my PC will be fixed by today, and I''ll start to do all of my debts afterwards, once again I''m really sorry for the inconveniences. Also, I''m still looking for a native speaker and fantasy lover to help me specifically for this novel. Hit me up at [email protected] if someone interested for it. S§×arch* The n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Enjoy the chapter~ L-Level up¡­? I was dumbfounded by that sudden message. No, if I can just calm down for a second, it makes total sense. I''m at level 1 and I defeated a level 300 enemy. Although my attack power was 1, it might be that the attack power of [Absolute Spear] was so high that it could overcome even a 300-level difference. "This [Absolute Spear] is freaking awesome¡­" Moreover, there are still a lot of weapons of the same power level as [Absolute Spear] on hand. It would be terrifying if I could use them all effectively¡­ Anyway, it said I leveled up, so what''s different? I displayed the status and check the changes. [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 100 Magic: 1000 Attack: 1000 Defense: 1000 Agility: 1000 Intelligence: 1000 Luck: 1000 BP: 10000 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 1] Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] No, no, no, no¡­ that''s too much. But the enemy was level 300, so is this normal¡­? And for every level I gain, all of my stats go up by 10. I don''t know if that''s normal for this world''s inhabitants. Even so, it was clear that my BP was very unusual compared to anyone else. I knew that for sure thanks to the description of [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time]. "I can sort out this BP as I please, right¡­?" I could do that, but I was more concerned at the moment about the stuff scattered around where the Bloody Ogre was. I went to check on that first. Still trembling, I walked over there step by hesitant step. "What is this stuff?" The items I found included some kind of palm sized jewel that was a mysterious color, and a splendid fang, similar to that which grew from the Bloody Ogre''s mouth. There was also some dark red, sinister-looking armor. "Well for now, let''s just take these¡­" Thanks to it dying near the gate, I was able to collect them quickly. There weren''t even that many items, but they had an indescribable¡­ aura? Like, they were intimidating? Anyway, even an amateur like me could tell these were amazing items. However, I wouldn''t learn anything else just by looking at it, so I activated the [Appraisal] skill. I was already starting to activate them like it was natural. [Bloody War Demon''s Great Fang] :: Fangs of the Bloody Ogre. Its fangs are not particularly massive, but when combined with the Bloody Ogre''s bite force, it could easily penetrate the skin of any prey. If processed, it could be made into a sturdy and sharp weapon. [Magic Stone: Rank B] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. The ranks are, in ascending order: F, E, D, C, B, A, S. The higher the rank, the more expensive a stone will be. [Bloody War Demon''s Body Armor] :: A drop from Bloody Ogres, made from their strong skin and muscle fibers. This armor can''t be scratched by typical attacks. The wearer''s attack power is modified. [Bloody War Demon''s Gauntlet] :: A drop from Bloody Ogres, made from their strong skin and muscle fibers. This gauntlet can''t be scratched by typical attacks. The wearer''s attack power is modified. [Bloody War Demon''s Waist Armor] :: A drop from Bloody Ogres, made from their strong skin and muscle fibers. This gauntlet can''t be scratched by typical attacks. The wearer''s agility is modified. [Bloody War Demon''s Leg Armor] :: A drop from Bloody Ogres, made from their strong skin and muscle fibers. This leg armor can''t be scratched by typical attacks. The wearer''s agility is modified. The items were overwhelmingly fantastical. Magic stones and fangs¡­ where can I, an ordinary person, use these? No wait, I couldn''t even use armor on modern earth. I didn''t know how to wear it, in the first place. The weapons might still have a use, and for magic stones, I could only see that their rank was indicated. Moreover, the size of the armor didn''t fit me, being a fat guy, and it''s not possible to equip it. Seriously, how am I supposed to use these? That said, the body armor was somewhat shaped like the Bloody Ogre''s abdominal muscles, and overall, the gauntlet was somewhat thorny. The waist armor looked just as sharp as the body armor and the gauntlet, and the red cloak was attached. Even the leg armor was very cool, with the feeling that its design was adjusted to match the wearer''s legs. "I managed to collect all this, but¡­ I''m not sure how to use it." I got the feeling that it might not have been good to keep postponing the allocation of BP. With that in mind, I decided to go ahead and distribute the BP this time. "Hmm¡­ I can''t use magic even if I raise it, and I''d like to increase my attack power anyway." I originally liked physical combat styles in games, so I just increased my attack power. (Actually, since I never owned or even played any forms of entertainment like video games, this was just my own delusion!) At any rate, that amount of magic was enough, since I couldn''t use it anyway, and above all, since I was constantly getting bullied, I felt it was a good idea to also raise my defenses. "But¡­ even luck¡­" Originally, luck, unlike physical strength, wouldn''t go up no matter how hard you tried, but actually, it was now increasing by the same amount as everything else when I leveled up. When I thought about that, I was itching to assign even more points to luck. "This makes me so excited¡­" In the first place, to me, who had never played a game, this situation was becoming more and more like a game. Of course, I was afraid to face that killing intent from before, but this strange situation was still fascinating. Well, my level increased, and my attack power increased, but there were no other changes in particular. I don''t really care that much, actually ¨D it just feels good that I could put points into my stats like in games. I thought optimistically, and assigned the BP as I wanted. And the results¡­ [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 100 Magic: 1500 Attack: 3000 Defense: 3000 Agility: 3000 Intelligence: 1500 Luck: 4000 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 1] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] That''s how it was. Magic was something I couldn''t use, and intelligence, while it would be nice if my pure knowledge would also increase because of it, if I thought about it like in games, it would only increase the power of magic, so that''s why I didn''t allocate much to it. Instead, I tried to improve the balance by raising attack, defense, and agility. I''m not sure, but it seems unlikely for me to have good luck even if I make a great effort, so that''s why I assigned most of the remaining points into luck. Anyway, that''s what I decided. "¡­Nothing''s happened, huh?" After all, the display was just like in a game, so I didn''t think it would affect my body, right? "Well, yeah¡­ anyway, I''m tired. Since so many things happened today, let''s go home¡­" Wait, this was originally inside my house. While having stupid thoughts like that, I put in a great deal of effort into moving my body (which was no longer disabled from fear like before), and approached the [Door To Another World]. Suddenly a message appeared in front of me. Items can be converted into money. Would you like to cash in [Bloody War Demon''s Great Fang] [Magic Stone: Rank B] [Bloody War Demon''s Body Armor] [Bloody War Demon''s Gauntlet] [Bloody War Demon''s Waist Armor] [Bloody War Demon''s Leg Armor]? "Huh?" C-Convert into money? I didn''t know what it meant for a moment, but then I remembered there was a thing called [Money Conversion] in the door functions I was able to use by acquiring the title [Master of The Door]. "What will happen¡­ if I use this money conversion?" I didn''t know, but I certainly had no use for those items. However, I removed the pieces of armor from the candidates because I might wear them someday, and used [Money Conversion] on the rest. [Blood War Demon''s Great Fang] cashed in for 500,000 Yen. [Magic stone: Rank B] cashed in for 1,000,000 Yen. "Huuuh?" I let out a stupid voice on reflex. Bundles of paper fell from an empty space, as if to deal me the final blow. I didn''t understand what was happening. When I looked closely, they were bundles of £¤10,000 bills. I picked them up in stunned silence and confirmed the total was indeed the 1.5 million yen displayed in the message. I used every method I knew of to see if the money was fake, but it was absolutely authentic. Instinctively, I used the [Appraisal] skill to examine it. [1.5 Million Yen] :: Obtained by cashing in items from another world. Genuine £¤10,000 bills created by manipulating information on Earth, such as serial numbers, so as not to disrupt the global economy. I was so confused. What was that about manipulating information on Earth!? No wait, I know it''s genuine! But¡­ I didn''t know how much I could believe in [Appraisal], but if the contents of the appraisal were true, I had just earned 1.5 million yen. It may have been vague so far, but I could only think that it had told the truth so far. In the first place, this door seems to be something that even God doesn''t know much about, and it wouldn''t be strange that it could manipulate information on Earth. My brain was fried from all the new information coming in, and I could hardly think anymore. But¡­ "Y-yeah¡­ it''s really 1.5 million yen¡­ What am I supposed to do with it?" Well, considering how harsh my life had been so far, I was extremely grateful for it. I was useless, and I wasn''t smart, either [ED: Yes, we noticed], even though people said I was a good-for-nothing, and that I should think and act more carefully. If there''s immediate profit to be had, I''ll go for it easily. Therefore¡­ "I''ll accept it." But I couldn''t just put it in the bank, so I threw it into [Item Box] with all the armor. Yes, let''s use it little by little. I''d been given a great shock at the last minute, and went back home in a daze. Chapter 7 - Book 2: Part 1 Here''s the new chapter today. I''m sorry for the late release, I''m kinda busy these days, and also, I''m still looking for whoose a fantasy lover and a native speaker to help me to become an editor for this novel. Contact me at [email protected] if someone interested, thank you. Please enjoy the chapter. Part 1 I''d accumulated a lot of mental fatigue over the course of the day, so I fell asleep quickly when it was bedtime, but I woke up again from a sudden discomfort. "Hmm? Why am I so¡­?" My body felt very hot, as if I had a high fever. When I tried to move my neck, intense pain shot through my entire body. It was so extreme, I immediately started screaming. The pain wasn''t localized to just the part of me that moved; absolutely everything hurt. My body started making weird sounds all over it, like my bones, muscles, and nerves were shifting and changing¡­ No, it was more like being transformed at a genetic level while I was awake. The pain continued for quite a while because of that. It sounds crazy when I say it like that, but my instincts insisted that my impression of what was happening was correct. sea??h th§× Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Unusual groans and growls came out from my mouth. I couldn''t even speak properly. With one final whimper, I blacked out from the pain. £ª£ª£ª "Mmm¡­ huh?" It was morning. When I woke up, the pain in my body was completely gone, making the pain from last night seem like a bad dream. My body actually felt extraordinarily light. "What even happened last night¡­" I didn''t have a clue why I went through that much pain. I only moved my neck, after all. I was hungry, though, so I got up to make breakfast. "¡­Hmm?" As soon as I stood up, my pants and underwear slipped right off. Moreover, when I looked down I saw an incredible set of six-pack abs, and my privates were rather¡­ majestic. H-huge¡­ When I touched the abs involuntarily, it certainly felt like I was touching my own stomach, so it was definitely my body. There was a long pause before I finally shouted in amazement. What the hell was this!? Was this really my body!? I ran my hands over my stomach over and over again, but it really was me, and the other parts¡­ When I touched my face and head, my acne, ulcers and the like had vanished without a trace, and even my hair now had a healthy volume to it. I was dumbfounded by my body suddenly changing so much, but my stomach growled, so I decided to just go ahead and make breakfast. When I went into the kitchen, I realized my height had changed, and I almost stopped again, but I managed to keep going and start cooking. However, when breakfast was done, I sat in a daze, eating without thinking. If you asked me how it tasted, I wouldn''t be able to tell you. After finishing, I took a break to think some more about the changes I just went through. No matter what perspective I took, I could only conclude that yesterday''s level-up must have been the cause. I remembered that my level had increased, and that thought calmed me down, so I immediately thought that it was the cause. Other than that, there''s no other reason for this to happen. As of yesterday, there was no change aside from leveling up, and what happened while I slept last night was some kind of growth process, wasn''t it? It was a dramatic change. "I wish I had a mirror ¨D oh, right¡­" I was trying to find a mirror to see how I looked now, but right when I said it, I remembered I broke it yesterday. It was only now that I realized there was no other mirror in the entire house. However, even if I couldn''t see how my appearance had changed, there was no problem so far. My appearance was terrible in the first place, but I didn''t care how it changed anymore, and I didn''t know what to do about it, either. Right now, I had more important things to worry about. Specifically¡­ "I don''t have any clothes¡­" Yeah, the only clothes I had didn''t fit my new size. I could still wear my big jacket for my top clothes, if I wanted to, but I had no idea what to do about my pants and underwear. They were too big, and no matter how hard I tried, they would slip down. I never needed a belt before, so I didn''t have a way to fix it to my waist. Well, as a last resort, I might be able to manage it with string or something, but¡­ Either way, I don''t want this situation to continue. It''s very troublesome. I can''t go shopping for clothes that fit, nor can I go shopping for food. I can''t even wear my uniform, it doesn''t fit me anymore either. Oddly enough, high school uniforms were the same design as junior high school uniforms; you distinguished them by the color of the name tags distributed every year. So even my junior high school uniforms wouldn''t possibly be the right size for me. "Seriously, what am I supposed to do now¡­" I really started to worry, but then I remembered something. "Oh yeah, now that I think about it, there were some clothes in that other house''s closet, right¡­?" The house in the other world had a closet, in which there were some clothes and underwear that were too small to wear at the time. "I guess I''ll just wear that, then¡­" Since I had no other choice, I immediately went through the otherworld door into the other house, and opened the closet. Some clothes and underwear were still inside, including a white shirt and black pants. They were simple clothes, but somewhat modern-looking. "I''m saved¡­ I can just wear these for now, right?" It doesn''t mean anything, but for some reason I thought to appraise them. [Royal Silk Shirt] :: A very soft shirt made of the highest quality royal silk. Automatically adjusts size according to the body shape of the wearer. Maintains a comfortable temperature for the wearer. Immune to dirt. Contains an auto-repair function. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. [Royal Silk Pants] :: Very soft pants made of the highest quality royal silk. Automatically adjusts size according to the body shape of the wearer. Maintains a comfortable temperature for the wearer. Immune to dirt. Contains an auto-repair function. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. "You''re kidding, right?" What kind of broken ability is this? Clothes shouldn''t be this incredible. When I first found this, I was still fat, but with that function, if I wanted to wear it, I still could have. Whether it''s cold or hot, I''ll be perfectly comfortable if I wear it, huh? That makes no sense. And it says it won''t even get dirty? That would bring a huge amount of joy to the housewives of the world if that was typical. By the way, I didn''t specifically pick these clothes because of the explanation, I just felt that they had a strangely elegant atmosphere. I really just felt it. I don''t have an eye for aesthetics, normally. Now what about even the clothes treating me as their contractors? Is this normal in this world? It can''t be, right? I''m sure it can''t. If the clothes have this ability, how about the underwear? I thought about it, and used appraisal on the underwear, but it was just an ordinary pair of comfortable underwear, with no special effects on it. However, as usual, I had become its contractor as well. By the way, the underwear consisted of black boxers and other black underclothes. "It really is perfectly useful, huh¡­" No, I don''t think that Mr. Wise Man used it practically like this, but it was a big help to me. In addition, when I looked in the closet again, there were even shoes and socks. The socks were comfortable, and its effect was that it wouldn''t get stuffy. There was a golden spot on the back of it, so it was really cool. Again, I became its contractor. But the shoes were even more amazing. [Dragon God''s Leather Shoes] :: Shoes made from the skin of a dragon god, the pinnacle of the dragon species. It ignores environmental effects or features. No matter how much the wearer walks or runs, they won''t get tired, and the shoes won''t be damaged. The size changes to fit the wearer. Immune to dirt. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. I finally found equipment made from a godlike material. So, what should I even do when I find something like this? As a matter of course, I''m still its contractor, so really, I''m very grateful, but still¡­ Isn''t it just too much? This goes far beyond the scope of ordinary shoes, right? However, these shoes are also glossy bluish-black, and they''re very cool. I really want to wear them. Actually my foot size had also changed, so I had to wear it anyway. I got clothes, shoes, and so on, so with that, I could go out for now. Chapter 8 - Book 2: Part 2 Here''s the new chapter today. I''m sorry for the late release, I''m kinda busy these days, and also, I''m still looking for whoose a fantasy lover and a native speaker to help me to become an editor for this novel. Contact me at [email protected] if someone interested, thank you. Please enjoy the chapter. "Now that I think about it, what''s growing in that field?" After I got clothes, a moment of curiosity inspired me, so I decided to examine the property again. I''d finished my spring break homework anyway. Furthermore, I''d acquired by chance an amount of money that would normally take me years to earn. That''s why I had so much free time. Importantly, I''d be busy again when spring break was over. I left the house and went to check the field. "Oh¡­ I''m not sure what kind of herbs or vegetables were planted here?" There were a lot of herbs there likely to be mistaken for weeds, as well as tomato-like and radish-like vegetables. Since the herbs grew in a neat line, I could tell they weren''t weeds. "Hmm? O-oh, so this was for watering it, huh?" A silver watering can was placed to the right, near the field. It already had water inside of it. "¡­is it possible that this watering can is also something special?" I appraised it at once¡­ [Infinite Watering Can] :: Watering Can which contains an infinite spring of water. The water inside is Holy Water, and even a dead or dying plant will quickly become healthy with this water. The water is always perfectly pure and drinkable, and upon imbibing, will not only recover fatigue throughout the body, but also increase magical power. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. "Turns out I''m already used to this kind of thing." Yeah, I predicted it. I completely predicted it would be something like this. I had already internalized how amazing this place''s original landlord was. The Wise Man''s capabilities were far beyond my imagination. I felt doubtful that such a person had really died. "So? What''s this crop?" I went ahead and started appraising herbs. [Complete Recovery Herb] :: Consuming this herb can cure all kinds of wounds and diseases, even if you are missing limbs or blinded. In addition, the herb can also function to restore magical power. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. This herb exceeds any legendary-class herb. "Nope, I actually still haven''t gotten used to it." I never thought the effect would be so incredible! This plant alone would put doctors completely out of business. At any rate, it was good to know that it was so easy to raise. "Well then, what else?" Still feeling a little nervous, I tried to appraise all the crops that were planted. [Super Power Tomato] :: A tomato that can increase attack power when eaten. In addition, it will also increase physical strength and energy, and reduce fatigue. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. [Invincible Pumpkin] :: A pumpkin that can increase defenses when eaten. In addition, it also has the effect of improving mental stability, and makes one more resistant to mental attacks and debuffs. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. [Winter Radish of Wisdom] :: A winter radish that can increase intelligence when eaten. In addition, it makes you better able to cope with special mind enhancements such as parallel thinking and high-speed thinking. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. [Godspeed Potato] :: A potato that can increase agility when eaten. In addition, it also enhances visual acuity and perception. When picked, it leaves seeds behind to quickly regrow. All right, there''s a lot of things I want to say. These are definitely stat-boosting items! Just how high was the wise man aiming? And I don''t know what it means for a plant to leave its seeds behind! Is it like picking the vines off a potato plant, or something different? These fantastical vegetables¡­ wait, they just look like the vegetables I know. "Well, they''re edible, and above all, my stats will increase, so¡­ should I eat them?" In the first place, if I can eat them, my food costs can be reduced, so I''d be grateful for that. Just as long as it doesn''t have some kind of strange medicinal effects, that is. "What am I supposed to do¡­ it''s only morning and I''m already tired." It wasn''t even noon yet, but my mental fatigue was already building up. Well, it can''t be helped, I thought. Immediately, I felt an intimidating pressure, like when I met the Bloody Ogre yesterday. As soon as I turned my eyes in that direction, I saw a pitch black slime-like object. "What''s that?" I appraised it instinctively: [Hell Slime] Level: 200 Magic: 5000 Attack: 1000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 100 Intelligence: 100 Luck: 100 "Are you serious¡­" Yesterday was a Bloody Ogre, now it''s a Hell Slime, huh? Well, no matter how I thought about it, this forest was definitely not a place for beginners, right? I mean, it makes sense, I don''t think the Wise Man would have lived in some kind of beginner''s paradise. However, I was strangely calm, even though it was supposedly the same pressure as the Bloody Ogre I met yesterday, if you count only its magic and defensive power. I certainly felt intimidated, but for some reason it wasn''t as scary as yesterday. I''m still scared, actually, but it''s not enough to turn my legs to jelly like last time. It''s not because my level is higher than yesterday, or because this hell slime is a lower level than the Bloody Ogre. I think it''s because my mental structure has changed since yesterday. I''m actually quite scared if I''m being perfectly honest, but I''m grateful to be able to think calmly now. As I focused on observing the Hell Slime, it was struggling to get inside this land like the Bloody Ogre did yesterday. "No, seriously, creatures in this world are too scary¡­" Am I being too forgiving? If it finds a person, it might attack them with all its might, right? Am I just like that because Earth is too peaceful? [TLN: It seems he forgot that he constantly getting bullied xD.] "Well, whatever. I don''t want to leave this land too much, but I''d like to at least check the area around the house. So I wonder if fighting is really inevitable like in the current situation¡­" Thinking that way, I took out the [Absolute Spear] from [Item Box]. "Huh? I can just hold it normally¡­" What''s this? I can hold the [Absolute Spear] with just one hand! Yes, I know it was actually normal, but still, it was amazing for me. I didn''t think I could hold the spear with one hand, so I involuntarily swung the spear around on the spot. Then, although I only casually swung it around, somehow its weight was quite manageable. "Good grief, the benefit from leveling is incredible. If I knew about this, I wouldn''t have bothered with muscle training like before¡­" I felt like I was just flailing around since I didn''t know how to use the spear properly. I wonder what would happen if I looked up how to use a spear in some book and learned from that? It wouldn''t be easy, and yet, that''s the way for me to use this spear properly. Most of all, as a man, it''s a very attractive prospect¡­ Yup, I want to become stronger, little by little. [ED: It''s a bit late for "little by little" my dude¡­] "For that, I have to deal with this first." I grabbed the spear again, and decided to throw it like yesterday, though last time couldn''t even be called a throw. I completely dispelled my hesitation, brandish the spear and threw it with one hand. "No way!? Immediately, the spear flew at a faster speed than I could have imagined, and there was a hole in the body of the Hell Slime before I knew it. My power seemed to have been even greater than I thought, and I never would have expected it to fly even faster than the person who threw it could see. As a matter of course, I was dumbfounded when the spear came back. The Hell Slime''s body quivered a little, like when the Bloody Ogre was defeated, and then it disappeared into particles of light. Once again, various objects appeared scattered where the creature was. "¡­Let''s pick those up." It was still an unrealistic and bizarre situation, but I was curious about what dropped, so I immediately headed to the entrance. Wary of the surroundings, I quickly collected the dropped objects and appraised them. [Hell Slime Core] :: The heart of the Hell Slime. It''s filled with a huge amount of magical power, and can be used in the process of creating armor. [Hell Slime Jelly] :: A coffee-flavored jelly. Consuming it can increase magical power and defence. [Magic Stone: Rank C] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. "Coffee jelly!? Really, I didn''t think anything was close to coffee jelly among the things that I''d already gotten. On the contrary, it was a stat-boosting item, just like the crops of the field! There was also a magic stone this time, too. ¡­ Is this another item that can be converted for a high price? It would be a lie to say I didn''t expect it. My life was tough, so I wanted money if I could get it. I didn''t know how to use the Hell Slime Core, so I wanted to cash it in if I could. I''ll just bring back the Hell Slime Jelly. When I was appraising the items that dropped, I noticed I missed one. "Oh, there was one more thing." It was a silver necklace, holding a fashionable crescent moon embedded with something like a black jewel. "No way, it''s an accessory!?" I don''t know, since I''m not familiar with games, but is it normal for these accessories to drop? Or was that Hell Slime wearing it? If so, it must have been a fashionable slime. When I thought about it, the Bloody Ogre also dropped armor and stuff. I was too stunned to think about it at the time, but it seems normal to not only get materials, but equipment as well. For now, since it looked nothing like the other items I got from the Hell Slime, I appraised it. [Black Moon Necklace] :: Rare drop from Hell Slimes. It can increase various stats if worn at night. It also collects sunlight and converts it into magic power, and constantly restores the wearer''s magic power. Contractor: Tenjou Yuuya. It was a rare drop. Well, it didn''t say anything about the slime being fashionable. Kind of disappointing. But the effect seems quite good. Even if it''s only at night, it can increase stats, and can also restore magic power. Though I don''t know how to use magic power anyway. Since it was the first time I got a rare drop, and I''d never worn a necklace before, I decided to try equipping it. "Does it look good on me?" I wasn''t asking anyone in particular, but only said it involuntarily. It wouldn''t have been very suitable for me a couple days ago, but now that I''d lost a bit of weight, I wanted to believe it looked good on me. A message appeared while I was distracted with that. Level Up You have acquired the skill [Presence Detection] "Huh." No, wait a minute. Do I have to taste that severe pain again!? It''s true that the opponent''s level was higher, and I can understand my level going up, but even if I recognize that, should I just accept it? I don''t wanna! I still wanted to escape from reality, even if temporarily, so I checked the skill. [Presence Detection] :: Makes it possible for you to detect presences. It was a very simple explanation. In other words, in a manga it would be something like, "I know you''re there!" I''m just happy that this one was normal. Like I said before, when I collect items, I have to leave this protected land, so this could reduce my risk during that window of time. Satisfied with the new skill, I finally moved on to checking my status. [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 150 Magic: 2000 Attack: 3500 Defense: 3500 Agility: 3500 Intelligence: 2000 Luck: 4500 BP: 5000 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Arts: 1] [Presence Detection] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] It went up quite a bit. Or rather, isn''t everything just too good? Is that a thing? Well, whatever. It''s fine, since it''s easy to think about. "Okay. So, time to allocate BP." After thinking about it for a moment, I started spending BP. This was the result. [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 150 Magic: 2000 Attack: 4500 Defense: 4500 Agility: 4500 Intelligence: 2000 Luck: 6500 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Arts: 1] [Presence Detection] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] Unlike last time, I didn''t allocate BP into magic or intelligence. Instead, I allocated about 2000 to luck because there I''d gotten something like a rare drop item just now. It''s pure speculation, but if my luck stat is high, I might get more of those rare drop items like before. And it kind of makes me happy to be lucky. Those were the morning''s events, and by now it was noon, so I went back to my house at once. £ª£ª£ª Once I got into the house, a message displayed asking whether to cash in the items again or not, and I decided to cash in [Magic Stone: Rank C] and [Hell Slime''s Core]. And then¡­ [Hell Slime''s Core] cashed in for 500,000 Yen. [Magic stone: Rank C] cashed in for 500,000 Yen. S~ea??h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. So, I ended up getting a large sum of money again, a total of 1 million yen. It was almost bewildering to think that I got 2.5 million yen in just two days, but I managed to get back home to have lunch. In addition, I immediately tried using the ingredients I got from the field that morning. The menu this time was "Super Power Tomato salad", "Invincible Pumpkin and Winter Radish of Wisdom boiled in soy sauce", and "Meat and Godspeed Potato stew". All these dishes were made with Holy Water from the [Infinite Watering Can]. The idea for cooking these wasn''t particularly different from tomatoes or potatoes from Earth, I was only nervous about the taste. However, that ended up being needless anxiety. "D-delicious!" It was surprisingly delicious. My cooking skills were average, so this flavor could only be coming from the quality of the ingredients themselves. After finishing the meal, I checked my status, and there were various changes. [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 150 Magic: 2500 Attack: 5000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 5000 Intelligence: 2500 Luck: 7000 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Arts: 1] [Presence Detection] [Cooking: 1] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] "It really went up!?" My stat values had risen by 500. In addition, [Cooking] had been added to the skill list. The reason for my stats increasing and for me to gain skills was all because I ate the ingredients from different worlds. Somehow, the food ingredients of the other world are a cheat. It''s so enviable. No wait, I''m the one who got the benefit of it just now. £ª£ª£ª I thought about what happened before, and the fact I''d gained the strength to handle those weapons. I decided to go to a nearby secondhand bookstore to find something about martial arts. I didn''t want to go to the library because there were a lot of people, and every time I went there, I only got an unpleasant gazes from the people there. Since the secondhand bookstore I was going to now was small, it was perfect for me, because there wouldn''t be any people. I finished preparing and left home immediately, going straight to the secondhand bookstore. There was no sign of people along the way, and even when I arrived at the bookstore, I was the only customer. Hmm, where was the martial arts section again¡­ "Whoa, amazing¡­" I eventually found the shelf I was looking for, with a huge amount of books on martial arts and the martial way. [1] On top of that, there were a wide variety of books, not only about standard swordsmanship, but also about the spearmanship and pole arts I wanted, and even sickle and chain arts and assassination techniques. Where am I supposed to use assassination techniques!? That''s scary! I didn''t know if the library had these kinds of books, but at this rate, I was sure there were a lot of old books there. As I thought, I didn''t have the confidence to buy or read everything, so when I was looking at the shelves, my eyes naturally stopped on some books. These books were all about those scattered weapons and schools, and weren''t consolidated, but somehow my instinct seems to whisper to choose them. Was that the influence of the [True Martial Arts] skill? I wasn''t sure, but it would be easy to buy a few books and go back, so I bought them without thinking too much about it and went home. After that, I immediately read one of the books until I took a break for dinner, read it some more after dinner, and before I knew it, I got a new skill called [Fast Reading], and read the whole rest of the book. However, it was already late at night, so the actual battle would be tomorrow. After taking a bath, I prepared a futon and went to sleep. ©¤©¤ And then I experienced that terrible pain again, and blacked out. [1] It was written as "Bujutsu" and "Bud¨­", google for more information ???? Chapter 9 - Book 3: Part 1 Here is the new chapter. Part 1 It''s been one week. I realized yet again that my title and skills have ridiculous effects, specifically the [Otherworlder] and [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] titles that I got when I first visited a new world. First of all, thanks to the [Otherworlder] title, I can level up easily, and it applies to all levels; even skill levels go up at a rapid pace¡­ I think. I can''t say for sure since I don''t know how it compares to other people. In spite of that, the [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] title was even more insane. I already thought it was amazing when I first read its effects, but the higher my level gets, the more I realize how incredible it is. Anyhow, in terms of BP gained per level, the difference between me and normal inhabitants of that world is a factor of ten, and even for other Earthlings who might visit, it''s a factor of five. That alone was ludicrous. I''m indeed getting stronger because of the wise man''s house and weapons, but I felt strongly that this title was giving me something more important. The title is fantastic, but the skills themselves are actually effective in my world, which is quite helpful. For example, the [Appraisal] skill lets me easily obtain information on everything, such as finding the freshest vegetables at the supermarket, and the [Language Comprehension] skill lets me read, write, and even speak in various foreign languages. I mean it when I say I''m very grateful for that. The titles and skills sure had the greatest effect, but one of the other things that happened is related to the food ingredients that were cultivated in the field. I''ve been eating food that increased my stats, but as soon as I reached a certain level, my stats stopped going up. Maybe there''s a limit to how much they can raise my stats. To be honest, it was weird from the start that eating would make me stronger, so I didn''t really feel bad about it. Even if it doesn''t increase my stats, the flavor is just as tasty as ever. Oh, I also tried the [Hell Slime Jelly], and it really was coffee jelly. Yup, that was tasty, too. In addition, I also started testing things out with my body. While referring to the book from the secondhand bookstore, I started swinging weapons around properly, and since [True Martial Arts] became level two before I knew it, I found that the skill level would increase from my actions even if I didn''t kill a monster. When I think that this is also thanks to the [Otherworlder] title, it brings me a greater understanding of this title''s power. At level two of [True Martial Arts], I didn''t really feel any big change compared to level one, but I felt that my weapons handling had become slightly sharper. It''s just a feeling, though. As I began to notice more and more things like this, I was actually starting to feel quite depressed. The beginning of the next academic year was approaching. If I became a high school student, it meant my environment would change as well. I had no choice, it would only give me anxiety. No, I''d actually be excited about my new life during a time I''d usually be anxious, but I didn''t have the courage to make a high school debut in a high school where I already knew everyone from junior high. If I did, the bullying will only be more cruel than before. I wish I could just explore the other world from now on, but I can''t say that. "Sigh¡­ I don''t want it." Even though I said I don''t want it, I still need to go to school. I wish I could be a good-for-nothing, but that would completely end my life¡­ when I think about it that way, I can''t not go to school. So, I went to visit a store selling uniforms to replace my current uniforms that no longer fit. It''s not unusual to come to buy uniforms at this time of year because the new school year is about to start, but the people in the shop that sell uniforms stared at me. I wasn''t leaving my fly open, was I? Well, as a result of taking the courage to go shopping, I was fortunate there were only a few people, so I didn''t see anyone I knew. It was good. Anyway, today I''m determined to¡­ explore the surroundings of the house in the other world. It''s scary to think that there''s still a lot of things like Bloody Ogres and Hell Slimes, but more than that, curiosity has overcome my fear. I would never have gone out before, but after I leveled up, I''m not sure why, even I''m confident, but I still had a sense of adventure to act according to my curiosity. It may be dangerous from the perspective of others, but I was honestly happy about this change. It helped me think positively. "This may be careless, but let''s go." I was equipped with the [Bloody War Demon Series] equipment, including the [Blood War Demon''s Body Armor] and the [Bloody War Demon''s Gauntlet], along with the clothes left by the wise man. When I put them on as a test, they were perfect for my body. This would have guaranteed some defense. By the way, when I wore it for the first time, my excitement went up considerably, it was really cool¡­ Well, I''m a guy, after all, so it can''t be helped! Because it''s so cool! And just in case, of course, I''ll also bring [Complete Cure Herb]. This means I''ll be fine unless I get killed instantly¡­ well, I might be too optimistic. I took a deep breath as I approached the entrance of the fence which marked the border between the garden where I''ve killed two monsters before and the outside. Weapon? Check. Armor? Check. Recovery grass? Check. "All right." When I decided to do so, I took a step out with my trembling legs. Step by step, I walked out of my land. And then ©¤©¤ "Ah¡­" I managed to get out completely. The scenery outside should have been the same as when I saw it from inside the fence, but it looked more colorful in my eyes and I was stunned for a while. As I gradually began to feel it, I began to walk with a certain step. Even if I say to explore the surroundings this time, I don''t have the courage to go too far away, so I will only explore at a distance where I still can see the house. Someday, I''ll go farther away while considering the house as the mark. I held the [Absolute Spear] as my weapon, and proceeded while watching my surroundings. It was the first time I saw the forest''s trees up close, but they all had leaves I''d never seen before. There were many flowers amidst a poisonous-looking rainbow of colors, and even flowers that emitted pale light. Looking at this really drives home the fact that it''s a different world. While I was taking in the fantastical sights, I suddenly felt the presence of creatures. The [Presence Detection] skill must have been working. While steadying my breathing, I followed the presence of the creature and caught sight of it. It was a child-like creature with green skin, dressed in shabby armor, with sharp eyes, an aquiline nose, and some awfully sharp fangs lined up in its mouth. Actually, the Bloody Ogre was more terrible than this. While not being noticed by the creature, I tried to activate [Appraisal]. [Goblin Elite] Level: 120 Magic: 100 Attack: 1500 Defense: 1000 Agility: 1500 Intelligence: 100 Luck: 100 I had somehow already guessed it was a goblin. But it wasn''t a normal goblin, it was an elite. I guessed it was a high class goblin. So enviable. [TL: Because of his terrible life so far, he even envied a goblin, lol.] Anyway, how should I put it? I know I''m above it in terms of stats, but¡­ is this goblin really an enemy? Perhaps in this world goblins and humans are in a symbiotic relationship. If that''s the case, I''m the one to blame if I launch an attack here first. A Bloody Ogre and Hell Slime were the first ones to point their killing intent at me, and most of all, they tried to break into my yard, so it was easy to tell they were enemies. This time, I don''t really know. The Bloody Ogre was an enemy, and honestly, I feel the goblin is probably an enemy as well, but let''s be careful here. I wanted to avoid unnecessary trouble and conflict if I could, so I quietly tried to escape. *crack* Then I stepped on the tree''s branch under my feet and made a sound. When I timidly turned to look back at the goblin©¤©¤ Oh cool, our eyes met. The moment of silence continued. I couldn''t bear to talk to it with a smile to act as friendly as possible. "H-hey!" It babbled incoherent sounds at me. "Right!" As a matter of course, the Goblin Elite rushed in, wielding a shabby sword. Previously, I would have fallen on my butt, but now I could''ve seen the movement of the Goblin Elite closely and succeeded in evading it with plenty of room. The Goblin Elite looked a little surprised by my dodging movement, the tone of its babbling reflecting its emotional state, but it immediately attacked again in order to kill me. I understood now that the goblin was, as I expected, an enemy. If I knew it was an enemy, I wouldn''t be in the wrong even if I killed it, so when I brandished the [Absolute Spear], I remembered the contents of the book I bought. It did not actually say how to hold a spear. At the time, I wondered if I had already made a mistake in getting that book, but as I read on, the objective of the book was apparently to allow the reader to merely adjust their posture such that you can move more easily, with tips such as taking care to push it out while twisting when you thrust. That''s the kind of thing that was written there. Well, you could summarize it as "twist it while you thrust it" so in that sense, I appreciated it as a beginner. As I looked calmly at the attacking Goblin Elite, I could immediately see that the Goblin Elite was swinging its sword from one side. In other words, the head and lower body were full of gaps. Without overlooking it, I remained calm, using the length of the reach of the spear, twisting it not only with my arms but also with my whole body. Then, a spiral wind wrapped around the [Absolute Spear], and pierced the Goblin Elite''s forehead precisely as intended. It managed to grunt with surprise. While I only pierced the goblin elite''s forehead, the spiral wind wrapped around the spear was too powerful, and blew up the Goblin Elite''s head. When I pulled the spear back, the Goblin Elite''s head had already disappeared. As its body staggered a few steps on the spot, it sprayed a tremendous amount of blood, before eventually disappearing into light particles. "Phew¡­" S~ea??h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. For the first time, I actually felt the sensation of taking a life through the spear, directly in my hand. But strangely, my mind was calm. In actual fact, it was a miserable sight that would make me want to empty the contents of my stomach onto the ground, but I was fine. Of course, there was still the feeling that I had taken a life, so I understood the importance of that, but my instincts were saying that if I hadn''t killed it, I would have been killed myself, so I felt that my mind and body had naturally adapted. "The drops are¡­ [Magic Stone: Rank D], [High Grade Demon''s Fang], and [High Grade Demon''s Skin], huh?" To be honest, the skin was disgusting, and as one might expect, I had no use for it, so I just threw everything into the [Item Box]. Come to think of it, this was the first time I moved in armor, but my movement wasn''t hindered at all. I personally liked it; it was good armor. At first I wanted to avoid fighting, but considering I was able to check on some things like this, in that sense it might have been good to fight something. "Umm¡­ It seems my level didn''t go up." I didn''t level up, but it was good that I was able to practice the movement from that book against a monster. Moving my body in the garden was fine, but actual combat was a different story. Regardless of the contents, I was glad the book was a good purchase. It was a different world and the opponent was a monster, but Earth''s martial arts could still be used properly even there, so I hoped I could maintain that positive momentum. "Alright, should I just continue exploring?" Since the level between me and the enemy was close, there was no level up, but I regained my mind and resumed the search to check around. Chapter 10 - Book 3: Part 2 Here''s a bonus chapter brought to you by Patreon. And also, please welcome DarkBlazeWolf in this project, he will help me for this novel as an Editor from today onwards. I hope it will give a better reading experience for you all dear readers. Please enjoy the chapter~ "Hah¡­ Hah¡­¡­!" A girl was running desperately through the forest. However, the pale white dress that the girl is wearing, which can be seen as fine quality by anyone, isn''t suitable for running. Not only that, but the beautiful blonde hair that looks to be extracted from the sunlight has become dirty while running, and now has lost its radiance. Several people who hid their faces behind a hood were chasing behind such a girl. S§×ar?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Kuh¡­" The girl was running barefoot in the forest with a bad footing. "Ah!?" However, she stumbled over a tree''s root because of the dress that is unsuitable for running and the forest environment. The mysterious group couldn''t miss that chance and immediately surrounded the girl. The girl realizes that there is no longer to escape, but she sharpened her jade eyes and glares at the group. "You people! Do you know with whom you''re chasing, I am the first princess of Alceria Kingdom!?" The mysterious group exchanged glances at the girl''s bullish attitude while sneering. "Hahahaha! We know that, Lexia Von Alceria." "Then why¡­" "Why, you said? Saying such a ridiculous thing. As for what reason you''re getting attacked¡­ Should I make you remember with your body?" "T-that''s¡­" The girl ©¤ Lexia became lost for words at what the assailant said. "You''re a hindrance, you know. You filthy mixed blood!" "My blood is not dirty¡­" "Don''t talk back!" "Kyaaa!" One of the mysterious people magically created a mass of soil and shot it at her, who was resolutely appealing. Lexia instantly rolled over the ground, but his magic power was apparently high, and the impact caused more damage than expected. "U-uhh¡­" "Quit stalling for time. It''ll be better if you just obediently die from the beginning¡­" "Your escort is pitiful, too, right? As a result of escorting you, they''re getting attacked by us." "They were desperate to let you escape, but aren''t those Knights dead by now?" The mysterious group threw unpleasant words at Lexia, who was crouching in pain. Lexia was the first princess, but she was a child born between the present King and a concubine ©¤ a slave. More to say, her mother was not a "Human". She was a "High-Elf" which has even better appearance among the excellent appearance of an "Elf". The King fell in love at the first sight with such a High-Elf slave and loved her as a concubine, and before long, Lexia was born. However, soon after giving birth to Lexia, her mother died. The king was very sad and raised Lexia with a worthy of care. But one day, an incident occurred. High-Elf who originally possessed high magic and Lexia even as a Half-Human inherited their excellent appearance and magic, and one day her magical power went out of control. As a result, the first prince who was nearby was seriously injured. Fortunately, there were no after-effects left, and he had been healed completely, but¡­ Lexia was alienated by the queen, the mother of the first prince, and the nobles which on the first prince faction. Due to her origin of birth, she has been subjected to various types of harassment behind the King''s back. "U¡­ Uhh¡­". She''s grateful to her mother for giving birth to her, and she doesn''t have a grudge against her father. However, the surroundings attack such a Lexia mercilessly. Even if she''s from the royal family, it will become misfortune depending on the circumstances. Lexia had been desperately living before such an unavoidable reality, but now she is about to be killed like this, she looks back on her life and tears fall involuntarily. If she had lived a more normal life¡­ Yes, she had thought about it. "Now, it will be silly to have an idle-talk and be attacked by monsters. Go die quickly." Lexia could only sob, muffling her voice in this very miserable and helpless situation. One of the men of the mysterious group tried to shoot his magic mercilessly toward Lexia ©¤ it was at that moment. "Guooooooooooo!" "What!? Goblin General!?" Suddenly, a monster attacked the mysterious group. With dark brown skin and golden eyes like those of reptiles. Bulging muscles, with a height as tall as an adult man, and wore a fine-quality armor on its body which gave off a very intimidating aura. Gushing nasal breath from its big aquiline nose, and then released a strong swing from its giant sword that was as tall as itself. The blow was tremendous, and the mysterious group that tried to unleash their magic at the Goblin General turned into a mass of meat in front of its giant sword. The mysterious group cried miserably. Those who were about to kill Lexia were killed in an instant. Lexia''s expression was tinged with fear by that fact, and she tried to run away in a hurry, but she doesn''t have the strength to move her legs. While she was unable to move, the Goblin General had already annihilated the mysterious group with its overwhelming power. A large amount of blood and pieces of flesh were scattered all over the area, and the goblin general was covered in blood. ©¤ It was an absolute being that cannot be denied. Before that, Lexia''s body has given up the will to live despite her intentions. No matter how much she tried to escape, her body won''t listen at all. After it finished the slaughtering of those mysterious group, the Goblin General turned its eyes to Lexia, who was tinged with fear and despair. She was shot by a sharp glance, and finally, even her will to live was lost. "Ah¡­" The Goblin General calmly approached the stunned Lexia. And when it arrived in front of Lexia, it lifted up its giant sword. The Goblin General roared. She will die here without any suffering. With murky thoughts of death, she watched the sword that slaughtered the mysterious group. "Daaaaaaaaaaaaaa!" "Gugyaa!?" Suddenly, something flew toward the Goblin General. However, the Goblin General sensed it just before the flying object collided, and prevented it with the giant sword which had been swung up before. But it wasn''t the only attack. Further impacts striking the giant sword which had prevented the flying object. The impact is tremendous, and even the goblin general who possessed a strong body can''t endure it and is greatly blown away. The Goblin General turned its gaze which was been filled with anger to the new intruder as it regained its posture. The Goblin General cried furiously. And when Lexia turned her gaze in the same direction as the Goblin General ©¤. "Are you alright?" She found out an elegant young man rushed over in a hurry, with glossy black hair and eyes that reminiscent of the night sky, which somehow brought up an atmosphere of a foreign country. Despite the desperate situation, Lexia for some reason felt a bit reassured the moment she saw the young man. Thus, because of that feeling of security, her thread of the tension has broken, and she fainted on the spot. <> Table of Content Next >> Chapter 11 - Book 3: Part 3 New chapter today. A few days after fighting the Goblin Elite. my exploration has progressed considerably, and after getting some useful skills along the way, I don''t need to put any marks to lead back home anymore. In addition to new skills, fighting against new monsters has also improved my levels and combat skills. I cashed in on the items I got and got a good amount of money from it. And so, this is my current status; [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 200 Magic: 5000 Attack: 7000 Defense: 7000 Agility: 7000 Intelligence: 4500 Luck: 7500 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 4] [Presence Detection] [Fast Reading] [Cooking: 3] [Map] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Assimilation] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] I grew up more than I expected and was experiencing severe pain while I was sleeping, but recently I''ve gotten used to it¡­ or rather, it seems that the severe pain and the noises are gone. I guess it seems the structure of my body is already complete, huh? It means there''s no way to remodel anymore. But still, my physical strength is obviously increasing, so it''s probably hasn''t stopped growing completely yet, well, I don''t actually care about it. I''m happy as long as it doesn''t hurt anymore. Also, these are the effect of the new skills; [Map] :: It will show you the map for places you''ve visited once. [Dodge] :: It''s easier to avoid the opponent''s attack. [Weakness Detection] :: Find out your opponent''s weaknesses. [Assimilation] :: It allows you to become one with nature to erase your presence and magic signature. All of them are useful skills, especially thanks to the [Map], my exploration has become much easier. [Dodge] has somehow made me understand the timing of the enemy attack, and [Weakness Detection] make me know the point where I can give a great deal of damage to my opponent. [Assimilation] is very useful and helpful if I need to hide while scoping out the state of the monsters, and I mastered these in only a short amount of time. It''s a great skill for me who had no fighting experience, and thanks to these, I''ve been able to fight from the front these days. Also, the drop items that I obtained from the battle were all worth 10 million yen, gotten from [Money Conversion], I managed it all in the [Item Box]. I don''t have a PC or anything, but I think it''ll be useful so I wanted to buy one. Anyway, my high school life has almost started. In other words, those hellish days will be started again. Above all, it''ll be very hard for me since it''ll limit my time to enjoy this unknown world. Of course, I also need to study, but going to school is still only a pain for me. "Sigh¡­ Let''s put it aside. I don''t want to think about school since I''m in a fun place now¡­" I know it''s just escapism, but I have to leave anything about school out of my head now. Exploring this different world has become my daily routine. This routine will continue until high school begins. I hold the [Absolute Spear] in my hand now, but in these past few days, I also fight with other weapons or bare hands, and if you ask me why I keep holding the spear is simply because handling the spear is suitable for my character. Though I often use [Omni-Sword] as well. I wandered through the forest for a while now, but no monsters came out in particular. Nevertheless, I also appraised the strange mushrooms and nuts along the way and threw them into the [Item Box]. Sometimes I also cashed it in, and depending on the effects, I also ate it at home. I can choose the thing that I want to cash in, that''s why I can also take it back to Earth. In a sense, this different worlds were food storage for me. By the way, I tried to eat the [High-Grade Pig Man''s Meat] that I got when I defeated a bipedal pig monster called [Orc Elite], it was very delicious. There''s no problem to eat it according to appraisal anyway. That''s why the drop item also becomes my food and financial source. I was glad that I didn''t have to go shopping outside thanks to it. I don''t want to waste my time to go outside, after all. And then, as I was walking through the forest while collecting things, I heard some violent noises. "What is that?" I was surprised by the loud sound and impact, so I proceeded in that direction carefully. "Huh!?" What came into my view was a monster which more prominent than the Goblin Elite, it stood covered in blood. When I looked closely, there are scattered things like meat around the goblin that I don''t know what meat it is. I lost my words involuntarily looking at this tragedy, but I quickly returned my mind and activated [Appraisal]. [Goblin General] Level: 200 Magic: 1000 Attack: 9000 Defense: 3000 Agility: 500 Sear?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Intelligence: 500 Luck: 100 It seems to be the general after the elite. And it''s a monster I that haven''t seen yet in these past few days. Anyway, my status balance is better than it, but its attack power is dangerous. ¡­ I don''t know what caused it to rampage like that, but I think it''s better to just wait-and-see. I want to fight against a monster who has a little more status and gain more fighting experience. So I decided to leave quietly. But¡­ "What!?" I saw a girl about the same age as me sitting in the direction of the Goblin General. She''s wearing a dress that looks like somehow from good quality, and I''m not sure why she is in the forest like this, but anyway, she''s the first person I''ve ever met in this world. I was supposed to be happy, but not in this situation. When the Goblin General lifted its sword, I threw the [Absolute Spear] that I had in my hand. "Daaaaaaaaaaaaaa!" "Gugyaa!?" The Goblin General instantly noticed it and prevented it with the sword it had waved at a tremendous speed. I run with all my might in that opportunity, I put my whole weight in my leg and leaped into the Goblin General''s sword. "Doryaa!" "Guoo!?" The Goblin General flew away greatly because of my blow from full speed. After landed, I approached the girl while collecting [Absolute Spear] that came back to my hand. "©¤©¤ Are you alright?" The moment I called her, she looked at me and looked surprised, and then she fell as if her thread had broken. "Hey, hey, hey!" Is she dead!? I was impatient, but when I looked again, she''s still breathing, so she just fainted it seems. While relieved, I felt a tremendous sense of intimidation, and I quickly turned my eyes at that direction. The Goblin General is staring at me furiously. I held the [Absolute Spear] back and faced the Goblin General. We set up our weapons to each other and look for a chance to attack. However, there seemed to be no gap in the Goblin General from my view, and I didn''t seem to give any chance as well, and it seemed as though we didn''t know how to attack each other. The Goblin General roared. It finally lost its temper and the ground was crushed from the force of its step and dragged its huge sword from the side. When I saw the attack, my instinct told me that it can''t be prevented, and then I held the girl who was lying down in a hurry, and took a great distance. I put the girl down, and then attacked the Goblin General immediately. "Haaaa!" "Gaaaa!" But the Goblin General took my blow easily. And then reacting from that state, it swung its sword with a power that can blow away my very existence. "Gahh!?" I was sent flying by that power. But I managed to regain my posture in the air as I was about to hit the trees, and landed on the tree where I was blown. "That was dangerous, hey¡­" Cold sweat was flowing involuntarily on my body after feeling the power of the Goblin General. It only has a high attack power, and honestly, I will definitely lose even if I fight it foolishly. The only way to win is to give it a sudden blow somehow. Fortunately, I have a better status except for my attack. I have to take advantage of this status and my weapon as well. I immediately made the tree as a foothold and charged toward the Goblin General. It tried to cut me off with its huge sword, and swing it at the timing when I approached like a baseball batter. If I just stick like this, I will definitely die. And when I almost bumped into the Goblin General''s sword, I thrust my [Absolute Spear] to the ground. "Gaaaaa!?" The Goblin General''s sword swung in the air as I stopped suddenly. I jumped up vigorously as I thrust the [Absolute Spear] in a way like a pole vault. As I moved past the Goblin General, I took out the [Formless Bow] from the [Item Box] and shot several of an invisible arrow. However, the Goblin General, who sensed the attack, swung up its huge sword in the empty air and prevented the arrow. But, in that chance, I landed on a tree and threw the [Absolute Spear] that just returned to my hand toward the Goblin General. "Gu-Guguga!?" The Goblin General prevented even the attack in a difficult position. But that was not my only attack. At the same time as throwing the [Absolute Spear], I leaped toward the Goblin General with the tree as a foothold while holding the [Omni-Sword] in my right hand. "Gaaaaa!?" The Goblin General, who finally noticed me, is desperately trying to prevent me. "It''s too late¡­" The Goblin General squealed in agony. I cut its body in half with the same momentum. It slowly falls, and then becomes a particle of light and disappeared. After confirming that, I turned my eyes to the girl who was still blacking out. "What should I do with her¡­?" A message appeared in front of me who is seriously confused with this situation. Level Up Ah, yeah. * * * For the time being, I quickly collect the Goblin General drop items and then approached the girl. The girl was dressed in high-quality clothes that weren''t really suitable for a place like this. It''s also my first time to see such pure clothes. When I was seriously thinking about what to do, I suddenly felt the presence of someone approaching. "©¤ Ma! ©¤©¤ Lexia-sama!" I can hear human voices as the presence approaching. I mean, Lexia-sama¡­ is this girl? Thinking about it, I looked around for a moment and remembered that there was a rather grotesque scene, such as blood and pieces of meat. ¡­ yes, I''m feeling sick to see it, but it''s not enough to make me vomit. However, if I meet those who are looking for this girl in such a scene, I can tell that it will become a misunderstanding¡­ ¡­ Should I just hide? I hurriedly hid in the nearby bushes and activated my skill [Assimilation]. As soon as I did, some swordsman-like soldiers appeared. While everyone was wearing a similar armor, a middle-aged man wearing a black cloak from the top of his armor was speechless to see the surrounding scenery. "Th-this is¡­!" After all, it was correct not to meet these people in this spectacle. Well, I know that I''m not normal anymore anyway. The soldiers that were searching finally noticed the girl fainted at the base of a nearby tree. "Le-Lexia-sama!" The soldiers rushed to her to check her safety. One of the soldiers muttered something, then emitted a pale white light from his right hand and applied it to the girl''s body. Huh¡­ is that magic!? Whoaa, amazing! As I was excited to see the magic, the soldiers sighed as if they were relieved from the bottom of their hearts. "Now that I''ve used recovery magic, the wounds have been healed. It seems like she''s just fainted now." "Haaahh¡­ I felt relieved it was only a minor injury¡­" After confirming her safety, the soldiers were relieved, then gently lifted her and stood up while being careful of the surrounding. "¡­ I''m curious about what happened here, but it''s bad to stay here for a long time. Let''s go back for now." ""Yes!"" Everyone replied to the middle-aged knight''s words and quickly walked away from the place. After confirming it, I then take a breather. "Phew¡­ I was wondering what to do before, but now I''m glad it was solved it safely¡­" I was pretty confused, but this was my first encounter with someone from another world¡­ even though I couldn''t talk with them. Chapter 12 - Book 4: Part 1 Another chapter brought to you by Patreon. Part 1 Today is finally my school entrance ceremony. In the end, during this holiday, I was just collecting drop items in the other world, so yeah, I didn''t take any part-time job interviews at all. On the contrary, since it''s possible to be self-sufficient in that other world house, I almost never leave the house in Japan. Well, fortunately, thanks to continually cashing in the drop items, I have an amazing amount of money right now, but¡­ it was really frightening, and I can''t take it out of the [Item Box] carelessly. And these are my current status; [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Level: 233 Magic: 5880 Attack: 7880 Defense: 7880 Agility: 7880 Intelligence: 5380 Luck: 8380 BP: 0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 6] [Presence Detection] [Fast Reading] [Cooking: 5] [Map] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Assimilation] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] My level is up, including the skills level, and if we talk about the [True Martial Art] skill, It''ll sometimes make me laugh since I can easily do a manga-like movement now. The book''s contents I bought for this [True Martial Arts] was also usable in actual battle. Well, but I still can''t use magic though. By the way, as for the Goblin General''s drop items, I found out that it was an A-class monster since its [Magic Stone] was an A rank. Other than that, I didn''t get any special or unusual items. But to think that an A rank magic stone is worth 5 million yen, I was unable to stand up due to surprise because of it. I can''t go back to that time even if I think back, and on the contrary, the entrance ceremony is just around the corner now. "Sigh¡­ It makes me depressed¡­" However, I don''t have the option of being absent from school. Moreover, it''s an entrance ceremony. No matter how much I''m disturbed during the class, I have to pay for it, and most of all, I couldn''t see the future so I have to do my best to study. "¡­ Yup, let''s go." No matter how much I tried to inspire myself, in the end, my depression still didn''t change, and I was leaving home in a newly bought uniform with a sinking mood. * * * ¡­ Yeah, what now. "Hey, hey, that guy¡­" "Is he a transfer student?" "Whoa¡­ his long legs¡­" "R-rather, isn''t it really well-shaped?" "Is he some kind of model?" "I don''t know, but I''ve never seen such an amazingly handsome guy¡­" When I leave the home and go to the school with my depressed mood, I feel like I''m being watched, it''s not like I''m being overly self-conscious though. I don''t know why, but I don''t have a propensity of being happy to be watched like this, so it''s very uncomfortable. No wait, I used to be looked down on in the past, and what I feel from myself now is still the same, but¡­ I''m not sure why, somehow, I feel that the kind of gaze is different now. What''s really going on? Also, there were times when I was usually messed with on my way to school, and on a bad day there were times when I got beaten and kicked, assaulted and my money was taken, but today, such troubles didn''t occur. And without knowing why people were watching me before I''ve finally arrived at the school. At the entrance, a class-division paper was pasted, and there was a huge crowd and I couldn''t get close to it, but surprisingly, after someone noticed me they also looked surprised, and whether that surprise was contagious or not, there were no people in front of me anymore now. Geez, I''m not Moses, you know. But, if so many people are using it, I can''t use it either without permission, so yeah, it''s good for me if they give me the way to check it. As I checked the paper, there was Araki name in my class, the main offender of my bullying. Even though it was mostly the same as junior high school, Still, I thought the class would change, too. Sigh¡­ I don''t like it¡­ I couldn''t wipe away my dismay, so I left the entrance and headed straight to the gym. The entrance ceremony will be held in the gym, and after that, we supposed to be moved to the new classroom. When I arrived at the gym, the venue for the entrance ceremony, I was still receiving strange glances from the people on the surrounding, but strangely, no one was troubling me, and I was able to come to the entrance ceremony safely. No, it''s should be just normal. Anyway, after the end of the entrance ceremony, we''re supposed to be be given the explanation related to this high school by the homeroom teacher until lunch break, and the schedule would be ended after that. As I think of today''s schedule, I get closer to the new classroom, and I just feel more and more depressed. Sigh¡­ I really don''t like it. When I entered the classroom, I was getting an uncertain gaze by the people in the class, and then I sat in an empty seat trying not to worry about it as much as possible. Then, Araki suddenly called me out as soon as I sat down in this new classroom. "Hey." "Eh!? W-what is it?" I tried to look at him timidly after he called me in a suspicious manner. "Who are you? I haven''t seen your face before. Are you a transfer student?" "Ehh? Umm¡­ But, I''m Tenjou Yuuya, you know¡­" "¡­¡­. Wha-?" Araki showed a stupid face which I had never seen before. However, it''s not only Araki but for some reason, all of the people in the class have the same expression. "Stop joking. No matter how I look at you, you''re not like that shitty pig bastard, you know. You''re a transfer student, aren''t you?" "N-no, as I said, I''m that person himself¡­" "¡­ No, no, no, no, it doesn''t make sense, you know!?" Araki shouted. Although I was surprised by his voice, I felt that not only Araki but everyone in the class has thought the same thing, and everyone had their eyes wide open. "Huh? Then what? You bastard¡­ You want to say you''ve done some plastic surgery, huh?" "I-I don''t have money for that kind of thing, you know. I just did my best to diet during the holiday." No, I just actually improved my level, but if I think about the battle with the monsters again, I think it''s okay to say that I have worked hard, right? Even though I tell him the truth, Araki remained with a stunned expression. When I looked around involuntarily, everyone also remained stunned. Then, Araki finally came back to his senses, he tried to say something, but at that moment, the teacher has come into the classroom, he returned to his seat while clicking his tongue. * * * "¡­ Eh?" It was a lunch break. I was always getting bullied, so I went to the toilet which is a quiet place, I wanted to relax slowly at the toilet, but I was stunned to see myself reflected in the mirror there. It''s rare I was not entangled with Araki and his gang, and it''s a really peaceful time. Well, I''m a little afraid since I don''t know how long this peaceful time will last. No wait, rather than that, it''s about my face reflected in the mirror. "Is this¡­ really me¡­?" In the mirror, there was a face that did not look like me before, showing a surprised expression. The face which was full of acne before is now smooth and clean. The thinning-hair in my head before also becomes thick and smooth. The squared-jaw has become sharp and small, and my thin lips before have become plump. The nose like a pig has turned straight now. I touch my face that is completely different from my face before, I touch it to confirm. Yes, it''s my face now. I was lost for words. "Ueeeeeeeeeee!?" I shouted unintentionally. No wait, who is this really!? Me!? Is it really me!? The complex that has been tormenting me until now is clearly disappeared. I touch my face again in amazement. And at the same time, I was convinced. "¡­ If it changes to this extent, everyone will obviously be surprised." This may also be a benefit from the level up. My face has become so good that it''s incomparable than before. "At this rate, I wonder if people will stop looking at me in disgust." It''s difficult to properly evaluate your own face, after all. Above all, I had hated my face and appearance. But now that I''m at the level that can be shown to people, honestly, I''m so happy. However, for someone who knew me before, it may not change their unpleasantness even if my appearance has changed. "¡­ I don''t have to walk while looking down like before anymore, do I?" Now I have a face that can be seen differently from me before. I looked in the mirror for a while without feeling any reality, but before long, I remembered that it was a lunch break time and hurried back to the class. My steps at this time were very light compared to before. * * * "¡­ I mean, it was so quick¡­" S~ea??h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. This week, there wasn''t anyone who picked a fight with me, including Araki. They just watched me from distance, and they hadn''t even spoken to me. Even Araki and his gang are like that, so I thought my change was truly extraordinary. In addition to such a rarely peaceful time, there was something nice as well. As I thought, my [Languange Comprehension] skill was really activated, it made the English class easier, I was not good at English before, after all. And today is the long-awaited holiday, I felt like it just came so fast. I have to enjoy it. Well, since I have to do washing too, it''s also considerably wasted my time. "But, it''s just the same clothes all the time¡­" The clothes I''m wearing now was something I got in that other world, and I don''t have any other clothes that match my current body except for uniforms and gym clothes. I''m not interested in fashion anyway, and I don''t have a good sense of it in the first place, but it''s not good to just wear the same clothes all the time. Although I''m washed my former clothes, it doesn''t change the way it looks, so it''ll still look dirty from other people''s views. But I''ve never liked going out to town either. Because every time I went to town, I''ve always been exposed to looks of contempt, and if I have bad luck, I''d get entangled with the delinquents and get beaten by them. However, since I don''t have a PC to do online shopping, I have to go out to the town to buy the necessity. "Apart from the ingredients, I''ve run out of some daily necessities." I reluctantly got out of the house while sighing, I wouldn''t leave if not for necessities anyway. "I absolutely need to buy daily necessity now, apart from that, should I buy some clothes, too?" As I heading to the city, I think about the clothes I should buy. I''ve taken out 50,000 yen from the [Item Box] beforehand and put it in my wallet, so I think, it will be enough. "Back then, I didn''t have many kinds of clothes to wear, so it was easy to choose from. But now, it''s just strange to wear the same clothes all the time¡­" In the end, I didn''t know where to buy clothes, so I decided to put it aside for now and go to buy daily necessities first. Chapter 13 - Book 4: Part 2 Here''s a new chapter, I''m sorry for the delay, had so much IRL stuffs yesterday. Please enjoy~ "Let''s see¡­ it seems like this is all." I had finished buying more daily necessities, which was one of my original purposes of going to town. There''s a big shopping mall in town, and you can find most things there, so I''ve been going there to shop for a long time already. ¡­ Well, because of that, I''ve also been in a lot of trouble, such as entangling with bad guys or such. And when I go to a place where there are so many people''s eyes, I don''t feel very good. But this time it''s not like the usual me. I have a different look, so I don''t have to walk looking down like I was before. Unlike usual, I''ve gained a little bit of confidence, so I walk looking at the front now. "Ne, ne, look at that guy¡­" "No way, who is that? An entertainer?" "He''s handsome and has a good style, he''s seriously extraordinary¡­" "Isn''t he too sexy!?" "Come to think of it, I heard there''s a fashion magazine photoshoot in here today¡­" "L-let''s talk to him for a moment." "Eh, you serious!?" When I was walking around while thinking that many people were whispering around me, I was suddenly called by an unfamiliar woman. "Ne, ne, you." "Eh!?" I thought the ones who called were the delinquents, so I was kinda surprised at first. Apparently, there was a group of women. "Right. If you''re free, why don''t you play with us onee-chan here?" "Ne, is it okay?" "Eh, ah, umm¡­" What is this, a sales trick!? I was panicked by the call from these unfamiliar women, but I managed to calm down and try to refuse politely. You see, in this case, I need to make an apologetic expression so as not to offend the other party! Anyway, I would pass out now if it was me from before¡­ Probably! "I''m sorry¡­ I have something to do¡­" I tried to show an apologetic look as much as possible, the women who were amazed for a moment, conversely started to panic this time. "I-it''s okay, don''t worry about that!" "Yeah yeah, I''m sorry to bother you!" The women drew back obediently, it seems my apologetic feeling was transmitted to them. Thank goodness! I would definitely be either reported or terribly abused if this was the previous me. I was relieved from the bottom of my heart and left the place, but I still can hear whispering voices from behind. "¡­ Did you look at his face before?" "¡­ It was really dangerous for my heart." "I thought it was cool¡­ His apologetic expression looked like a small animal¡­" "Anyway, it was dangerous." I somehow felt a shiver from my spine. W-what is this? "W-well, that''s good. Rather than that, I wonder where I can buy clothes¡­" I muttered that while walking around the shopping mall. When I came here, I was checking the men''s fashion floor, but there are a variety of brands so I don''t know which one I should look at. "I was living a life that had never thought about fashion before¡­and I didn''t have any money either." Well, my appearance is also too simple now. I just wearing a white shirt and black pants, after all. And also the luster bluish-black leather shoes and the black moon necklace which is the rare drop items that I obtained by defeating the Hell Slime. Yeah, thinking about it again, it''s just a simple outfit that is far from fashionable. Well, I don''t really get that impression because these clothes themselves are so high quality. Sear?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I walked around the shopping mall, I suddenly heard a yell. "Hey! How long are you going to keep me waiting!?" "I''m sorry! I''m sorry!" "It''s not enough with just apologies! I''ve been waiting for more than an hour in here!? You really have guts to make me wait!?" "I''m sorry, I''m really sorry¡­!" "Errr¡­ Hikari-san. I don''t really mind it." "Miwa-chan! You must not spoil him! It''s not good for the other party if you overslept!" "Y-yes, but¡­" "Also, if you hear his reason for oversleeping was because of a hangover, then there''s no room for apologies anymore¡­ It''s natural for me to be angry! Compared to that, Miwa-chan is admirable. You''re serious with this even though you''ve become very famous now¡­ I just want this bastard to follow you as an example to not always fall behind schedule." "A-ahahaha¡­" Looking at the yell direction, a muscular man dressed in a flashy pink shirt was yelling at a man in a suit with his head down, in a diminished appearance. Behind them, there''s a woman with loose wavy brown hair, whose excellent appearance could be seen from a distance, was soothing the man with a muscular figure. ¡­ What is this chaos? When I look closely, the muscular man was holding a camera and something like photography equipment? There are many things like that lined up around him. Is it some kind of photoshoot? Well, there seems to be a kind of a celebrity around here, and they might do something like drama or photoshoot in here. Actually, there are a lot of ordinary people gathered around here, and I think there will be something more amazing than just photoshoot. Hmm, is that woman an actress? When I checked on the situation, it seems that she''s pretty famous. I don''t have a TV at home, and I practically don''t know about celebrities, that''s why I don''t know anything about that woman. "I won''t be able to see the shop over there in this state, let''s look at the other place, then." With that said, I turned my back from the photoshoot area. "But you also have another schedule, right? Therefore, it will be bad for you, so this time I''ll just do it with Miwa-chan alone." "T-that''s¡­" "There''s no problem, right? I''m a professional, so I''ll be sure to do it! It''s not like I''m saying I''ll only use one model like this from now on, you know. Well, of course, I''ll never use someone who likes to be late like this guy again." "Y-yes¡­" "But I''m in trouble. As for today''s composition, I was thinking of using another male model at this time with Miwa-chan since it was a product for a couple¡­ Hey, on this occasion, we might use an acceptable ordinary man in this shopping mall. You have all the size of clothes, don''t you?" He asked the staff. "Yes, we have everything." "Okay, then¡­ Ah, what about the man over there? Hey! You there!" Even if I was thinking to see other places, their clothes just look all the same no matter where I look. Has my sense of fashion become devastating, too? "Hey you there, the one who seems to be thinking about something!" ¡­ Hmm? What is it, it seems like someone is calling. When I looking around instinctively, I heard the call from behind. "Yes, you. The one who''s looking around! Can you wait for a moment?" "Huh?" I turned back spontaneously, but the muscular man in that flashy shirt looked at me stunned. Not only the muscular man but also the other staff and the beautiful girls were looking at me stunned. For a moment, I thought it wasn''t me, but I don''t know why, there was only me here for some reason, and the others are in a position to look at me from the distance¡­ Why is it? I don''t know why they''re staring at me like that, but it seems like they need something from me, so I headed towards them. "Uhm, what happened?" When I asked the most prominent here, the muscular man, I could''ve seen an image of a bolt of lightning striking in his background for some reason. Eh, what''s that. This time, it was me who''s stunned in surprise, and then I suddenly slapped my both cheeks with my hands to restore my calm. "You! Would you like to participate in this photoshoot!?" "¡­¡­¡­¡­ Huh?" I could only be dumbfounded. Chapter 14 - Book 4: Part 3 Another chapter, please consider to be my Patreon and read up to 4 chapters ahead. Please enjoy~ Why did it become like this? "Yeees! It looks good! Yes yes! Ah, I want him to have more sexy feelings here! look sideways, please look sideways!" It''s not good, I don''t understand at all. I was supposed to come to this shopping mall to buy clothes and daily necessities, but before I know¡­ I''m in an awkward situation which is having to be a model. Moreover, I''m not doing the photoshoot alone, but also with a very beautiful woman. "Yuuya-kun! Your expression is too stiff! Smile, smile!" It''s not good even if you said that! I know that my expression is getting stiffer, I was thinking about what should I do, and there''s a woman model that will do the photoshoot with me this time ©¤ Miwa-san smiled looking at me. "Yuuya-san. Everyone is also nervous like that for their first time, so you don''t have to worry about it." "O-okay." I took a deep breath once and looked at my appearance again. Right now I''ve changed from my simple white shirt and black pants to a white drape shirt and put on a thin black short-sleeved cardigan on top of that, and wine-red skinny pants. All of these are clothes that I''ve never worn before, and I was more nervous about this dress itself rather than the photoshoot. I suddenly noticed that there were many people around me. I guess they''re the customer who came to this shopping mall, but now they''re looking at this photoshoot scene of me and Miwa-san from the distance. Some people have their smartphones pointed here, so they seem to be taking photos, too. "Amazing. It''s my first time to see Miwa-chan in person." "Yes that''s Miwa-chan, but who''s the boy doing the photoshoot together with her!? Doesn''t he have a super good style!? "Isn''t he a model? He''s with Miwa-chan, and above all, he''s so handsome and stylish¡­" "No way!? Then, let''s find out about him when the magazine is released!" Yup, As I thought, I''ll stand out if doing a photoshoot in a big shopping mall like this. "Well, please link your arms for a moment." "Eh?" The photographer said that when I was distracted by the surrounding gaze. But, what''s that link¡­ arms? Err, do I need to stand tall while folding my arms? As I was in a hurry by the sudden order, Miwa-san gently entwined her left arm with my right arm. "Ueee!" "Yuuya-san? What''s wrong?" "Eh, no, n-nothing!" No, no, it wasn''t just nothing, was it!? Is this what he meant by linking arms? I surely thought that I just need to fold my arms at that moment. I never had a chance to get close to a woman, so I became much tenser than before. N-no, I''m doing photoshoot now. I have to regain my mind as usual somehow¡­ This photoshoot seems to be for couples, so of course, it''s impossible for me to do that kind of movement. I can''t afford to be so panicked at this moment! To begin with, I can''t even imagine a movement like that! Nevertheless, I''ve calmer than before. Considering this far, it''s good she''s not notice it yet. No¡­ shit, she noticed. "Oh my. Yuuya-kun, your expression much more stiffer than before." "I-i-i-is that so?! I-i-i-it''s just normal, you know!? "Yeah. I mean, you''re a little unusual." Hikari-san smiled bitterly¡­ It can''t be helped, you know! Because¡­ Miwa-san''s¡­ ch¡­ chest¡­! "Yuuya-san?" "It''s hitting me!" "Eh?" "Ah, i-it''s nothing! Yes!" I said that unintentionally, but¡­ Miwa-san''s chest is on my arm! It''s on my aaaarrrm! Is Miwa-san not aware of it?! I thought so and glancing at her, but she''s just made an expression like a professional who''s doing a photoshoot now. This is not a matter of noticing or not. Looking at Miwa-san''s serious yet natural expression, I became much more calmer. Let''s just put it aside. I have to concentrate on this photoshoot now. After diverting my mind, Hikari-san also gave instructions for various other poses. "Yes, then Miwa-chan, please hug on to Yuuya''s neck." "Fueee!" "Yes!" Despite my being surprised again, Miwa-san posed her arms around my neck without hesitation. It''s not good. Unlike the previous arm, I could feel a lot of things all over my body now! Although I have diverted my mind, eventually my expression and body become much stiffer than a little while ago. Then I tried to calm down while doing other poses, but I was still stiff, after all, so I had to take a break. S§×ar?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Sigh¡­" "Thank you very much for your work." "Ah, you too, thank you very much." "Can I sit next to you?" "Ah, yes! It''s okay!" Miwa-san talked to me as she sat on a bench in this shopping mall and took a breather. When Miwa-san sat next to me, I uttered what I thought honestly. "Miwa-san, that''s amazing." "Eh?" Miwa-san was surprised to hear my sudden compliment. "I''ve never worn this kind of clothes before¡­ and on the contrary, I lived a life that had never thought about fashion. So, when I looked at models in the magazine, I never thought anything in particular. I just experienced it in a short period of time today and I came to understand how hard it was." "It''s because¡­ you''re just not used to it yet! At first, I was just a failure, and often getting scolded." "Even so, I think it''s difficult for me. I didn''t think it would require an expression too, not just a pose alone." "Ahahahaha¡­ Hikari-san is famous because of his particular focus on facial expressions in the modeling industry." Hikari-san was the muscular man wearing that flashy shirt, and he was also a photographer. He doesn''t look like that at all. "Sigh¡­ But I don''t know how to do that." As when doing the photoshoot, I was reminded of my useless when I saw Miwa-san, who is not that old, was able to play an active role so far. I think it''s also changing my mental little by little, but it''s still a long way to go. Apparently, she seemed to see my uneasy expression, and she kindly told me; "Yuuya-san. I think you don''t need to rush it. Just take it slowly¡­ at its own pace. Be more confident! And I also thought that I was having fun today because I was able to do a photoshoot with Yuuya-san like this¡­ so I''d be happy if you would think so, too." "Ah¡­" "Of course, it''s not just about the photoshoot, it''s about enjoying everything, don''t you think so?" "¡­ Enjoying¡­ huh?" Until recently, I couldn''t afford to have fun. I was so desperate to live, and it was painful and was unbearable every day. But now it''s different. After I found the door that connects to the other world, I¡­ "I¡­ Can I enjoy it?" "Yes, of course!" When I turned to Miwa-san, she gave me a gentle smile, I noticed that it was a natural smile. "Shutterrrrrrrrrrrrrr!" I heard a strange voice from the distance, but I have no idea what that is. Chapter 15 - Book 4: Part 4 New chapter today. "Thanks! You''ve been really helpful!" "N-no problem, I''m glad that I could help, but¡­ Uhm¡­ was it really good?" After the break, the photoshoot session didn''t resume for some reason. On the contrary, Hikari-san thanked us with a satisfied face. ¡­ No, wait, if the pro in business said that it was good, it''s safe to say that there will be nothing to worry about, right? But¡­ I wonder which photos will be used? I didn''t know since I haven''t seen it yet. When I thought of that, Hikari-san suddenly gave me a big paper bag. "Here, take this." "Huh? W-what is it? This is¡­" I looked at the contents, there was a lot of clothes in it. "I really want to give you money, but since you''re an amateur, it''s a bit tough on the office for that. Therefore, I''ll give you these clothes instead, as thanks! Please be assured, it''s all fitted to your size. I''ve also carefully selected clothes that look good on you!" "Eeh!? T-there''s no need for this! It was a good experience for me, too¡­" "It''s okay, just accept it! Basically, there will be some kind of reward for those who work. This is common sense in society, you know." "Y-yes¡­ If that''s the case¡­ Uhm¡­ thank you very much." When I thanked him, Hikari-san nodded with a smile. He''s a good person. As I thought so about Hikari-san, Miwa-san also talked to me. "Yuuya-san. Thank you very much for your time today." "No, it is me who should say so. It was a really valuable experience for me, and above all¡­ I think that being able to do this with a professional who worked earnestly will be a good thing for me in the future." I told her that with a smile, Miwa-san seemed surprised for a moment, but not long after, she''s also smiled. "That was good then! If there''s an opportunity for us to meet again, please treat me well at the time!" "Yes, me too, I''ll be cheering on you, Miwa-san!" Then, when I tried to leave this place with a peaceful atmosphere. "Sup. I''m late." A cool man walked toward us. A blonde hair styled in wax and stylish piercings on his ears. He was also well dressed, and his atmosphere somehow felt something like Miwa-san''s. But at the same time, I also felt something completely different from Miwa-san, but I didn''t know what it was. I was not sure who he was, but looking at Hikari-san who had been smiling a little while ago, now has a vein bulging on his forehead. "This damned kid¡­!" His tone is really back to being a man! Making Hikari-san leaked out his manly tone, who on earth is that guy? "Umm¡­ Miwa-san. Who''s that guy?" I asked Miwa-san. "Err¡­ he''s a male model who was supposed to have a photoshoot with me today." I was convinced just by Miwa-san''s explanation. I thought there was an atmosphere that was somehow close to Miwa-san''s, was it because they''re in the same profession? I was convinced by that, and then the man noticed Miwa-san''s presence and approached her while grinning. "Miwa-chaaan! You have a photoshoot with me today, right? How is it? It makes you happy, aren''t you?" "U-uhm¡­" "Well, let''s finish this session quickly, and then we''ll go to eat some delicious food together." When the man put his hand on Miwa-san''s shoulder, she was puzzled and I felt that she didn''t know what to do from her expression. This is... "Hey, hey, no worries." "Excuse me¡­" I tried to cut in. "Huh?" When I called out, the man looked at me annoyingly. "Who are you? Don''t talk to me. You''re annoying, get out of here!" Thereupon, even though I only called him, I was somehow abused. Why? I was dumbfounded for a moment, but I firmly told the man again; "No, that''s¡­ Miwa-san seems troubled, so I think it''s better for you to step away from her a little bit." "Yu-Yuuya-san!" "¡­ Huh?" Miwa-san called my name in a bit of a panic, and the man shoots me a glare. He took his hand off of Miwa-san''s shoulder and approached me. "You, who are you talking to?" "Eeh?" To whom¡­ Well, I actually didn''t know this man is, but¡­ Is he a celebrity? The man glared at me even harder, it seems he didn''t like my behavior. "Actually, I don''t understand even if I say it with my own mouth¡­" "Haahh¡­" The man suddenly attacked me, to think that it had become a somewhat dangerous atmosphere. "That attitude irritated me¡­!" "Yu-Yuuya-san!" I was surprised that I was suddenly attacked, but it was so slow, it was incomparable to Goblin Elite or Goblin General''s attacks. I also didn''t have the hobby to be pleased and silent when being attacked, so my body reacted on its own without me knowing. I caught the man''s fist that flew toward my face with my right palm, twisted his arm, took it to my back, and throw him down. "Gahh!?" "A-amazing¡­" I was attacked by him without me knowing, my body reacted reflexively and held him down, but¡­ Is it okay? This wasn''t my fault, right? He''s a good-looking guy, the good-looking guy is usually innocent and I''ll be found guilty if he complains. well, I''ll just run to a different world at that time! When I was thinking about silly things in my mind, the man who had been held to the ground shouted at me. "Gaah, I was trained in boxing!? How can you do that so easily¡­!" Err, I don''t know either. In the first place, I don''t know if this man has practiced boxing or not just by looking at his punch. Or rather, everyone''s punch just looks the same for me, since they''re all slow compared to the Goblin General¡­ Well, at the Goblin General''s level, just a single blow from its brute force has an outrageous power already, it''s not a state that can be reached by ordinary people even if they learn martial arts. I can fight with those monsters that have a big physical difference was thanks to my improving skills and stats. Come to think of it, Miwa-san was panic before maybe because of her knowing that this guy had learned boxing, I guess? However, to think that she was emphasizing that, I wonder if this man has only solved anything by force. Well, in fact, I wouldn''t have been able to do anything before I leveled up. Yep, when I was weak, I wouldn''t have been sure if I can see the man''s punch. Or rather, any attack would''ve finished me anyway. S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It made me feel somewhat sad. Hikari-san squatted down looking at the man, and he declared to him with a very big smile. "Since you showed a violent, your entertainer''s life will be over. Even if you''re not an entertainer, it''s normally a crime, you know. What a pity!" "Wha-?! T-there''s no evidence! Actually, I''m the one who had been beaten!?" No, you see, I think people around here were watching, but¡­ as I thought, they''ll choose to be a good-looking guy''s ally, right? Should I prepare to cry now? However, I didn''t have to cry. Hikari-san smiled like a devil while flaunting the camera he was carrying to the man. "I recorded everything from the beginning until the end, you know ?." "D-dammmiiiitttttt!" The man resisted violently on the spot but finally gave up since my body didn''t shudder at all while holding him down, and finally he was taken by the staff. "Geez¡­ I didn''t think it''d be ended like this at first! But¡­ Yuuya-kun is very strong, isn''t he? Even though that guy''s looked like that, he was actually pretty good at boxing." "It just happened by chance! Ahahahaha¡­" I can''t say anything. I can''t say I was training in a different world, after all. Anyway, I called Miwa-san. "Miwa-san, were you alright?" "Eh? Ah¡­ uh¡­¡­ Thank you very much!" Miwa-san was a little surprised when I called her, and she lowered her head, her cheeks were beet red. "It''s just like that¡­ don''t mind it! I was just a little confused since you didn''t say a single word before." "Err¡­ I was relieved, because that person had always followed me around, so it was really helpful!" Eh, what was that? Scary. Did he even act like a stalker, too? "It was kind of weird, but again¡­ Thank you very much for today. I hope we can meet again somewhere." "Yes, let''s meet again somewhere!" "Yuuya-kun, thanks for today!" As I left the place, I recalled what had happened today. I was suddenly asked to be a model, I was wondering about what to do, but it turned out to be a good experience, I was truly glad. As for the clothes. I got clothes that were chosen directly by a professional in the field, so the result was splendid. Anyway¡­ I don''t know what will happen to that guy but, the entertainment world is actually quite frightening, huh. I couldn''t help but think so. * * * "I wonder who he is¡­" After Yuuya left, Hikari let out a sigh of admiration. "A good-looking boy with such great style¡­ I''ve been in the entertainment world for a long time already, but I''ve never seen someone like him before. Furthermore, he''s just an amateur¡­" "He was really amazing, wasn''t he? I got fascinated by him even though I''m a man." "Oh, you''re right! I mean¡­ he seems to have a charm that can attract everyone." "Well yeah, but since it''s the first time for him to do a photoshoot, he still looks awkward." "But, he also brings a good atmosphere, doesn''t he? So it was amazing!" The staff who were involved in the photoshoot talked about Yuuya, they seemed to get lured by Hikari''s words. Hikari smiled bitterly looking at them, but then seeing Miwa who was preparing to go back home, he approached her. "Hey, Miwa-chan. Do you want to check the photos now?" "Ah, please, is it okay?" "Of course! Here, you can take a look as much as you want." All the previous photos data had been transferred to a laptop, and so, Miwa checked the photos from the laptop instead of the camera. "¡­ When I look at it again, Yuuya-san is really amazing. It''s inevitable that his expression is still stiff since he isn''t a pro after all, but I feel like I can''t take my eyes off him, to the point that such a thing isn''t important anymore¡­" "Right? This time we were shooting for a fashion magazine, so the main focus is about the clothes, but¡­ sure, I was inspired when I looked at his eyes, you know." Yes, originally, for a fashion magazine photoshoot, the main focus must be about the clothes more than the models themselves. However, in order to increase the value of the clothes, they''ll use a famous model like Miwa, and she''s also performed her job perfectly. But in Yuuya''s case, he was more prominent, it was like he had swallowed up the clothes itself, even though it should be the main focus. "Moreover, look at this, I was thinking to retake the photo since Yuuya stands out too much¡­ But, it can''t be helped, I think it''s like the charm of the clothes themselves had been raised to the utmost in order to make Yuuya shine." Yes, he didn''t re-take it although Yuuya was like the main focus, the clothes themselves become more attractive than before, and as a result, they fulfilled their purpose. Miwa smiled bitterly hearing Hikari''s trouble. And then, her eyes stopped at one photo. "Eh? This photo¡­" "Oh, did you noticed it, Miwa-chan?" Reflected on Miwa''s eyes is a photo of her and Yuuya chatting during the break. The photo seemed to be casual just like in an everyday scene, however, it looks very natural and that makes them look like a real couple, and this was originally Hikari''s photography concept. Miwa in the photo also had a natural and attractive smile, and Yuuya was so full of charm that it makes one seem to feel drawn into the photo without realizing it. "I was thinking to make that photo as the main part this time. It''s really good, isn''t it?" "Y-yeah¡­ Yuuya-san in this photo is very¡­ um¡­ charming¡­" Miwa herself had been fascinated by Yuuya''s extraordinary appearance from the first time she met him, but when she saw Yuuya''s photo in front of her, she felt that her cheeks were heating up naturally. "Oh my? Oh my, oh my? Miwa-chan, your face is red, you know?" "Eeeh!? T-that''s not true!?" Hikari who had noticed the change in Miwa''s expression looked at her with a grin. "Well, I''ll leave it at that for today." "U-uh¡­ is my face really red?" "It''s like an apple. But now, Miwa-chan is also very attractive, you know." "I-is that so?" Miwa tilted her head looking at Hikari who''s suddenly showing a gentle eye. "Fufu¡­ Miwa-chan in the photo is also full of charm, it was different from the usual Miwa-chan. From now on, I think you''ll have a lot of photoshoots, but don''t forget your expressions and feelings today, okay?" "Ah¡­ Yes!" This photoshoot, which was a valuable experience for Yuuya, also gave valuable experience to everyone who had been involved in it. Chapter 16 - Book 4: Part 5 Bonus chapter!! Want to support me? You can subscribe to my Patreon and read up to 4 chapters for each novel. Enjoy the chapter~ The next day after I helped work as a model. I went home and regretted that I should have bought something like home appliances other than daily necessities. Anyhow, my TV at home can''t be used anymore. It''s not digital, but an analog TV. I don''t subscribe to the newspaper, so I wouldn''t know the latest news without watching TV. There are also some other home appliances that have already worn out with age. "I''ve failed¡­ But I need to go to school again today¡­" Unfortunately, school starts again today. "I need money for living, for that, I have to go to a different world¡­ Sigh¡­ It''s really easier to beat monsters in a different world rather than going to school¡­" Even while complaining, I still went to school, I don''t want to be a useless person anyway. But still, it makes me depressed to think that I should attend school for another week from today, but when I left home, suddenly someone called me. "Hey, you." "Eh?" I turned toward the voice, apparently, it was my younger brother, Tenjou Youta, and his twin sister Tenjou Sora, staring at me. ¡­ Uwaa, I''ve met someone that I don''t want to see. No, I thought we''d see each other eventually, but you don''t have to come now, you know¡­ Even though I was reluctant, but I ask them just in case. "Umm¡­ what¡­ do you want from me?" "What, you said? Your behavior is really like that useless big brother of mine." I don''t know why he said something like that. I was really confused, and then Sora opened her mouth as if looked down on me. "Recently, a friend of ours was talking about it. My big brother has become super handsome. Anyway, I told them it was just a rumor, but they were so persistent, thus we came here to check it." "Huh¡­?" Rumor? Eh, are people talking about me? "Because of that, we''ve come to check it¡­ you, shitty big brother¡­ What the hell did you do?" "What I did¡­?" "Stop playing dumb! You have really changed!" Aah¡­ yep. Surely, my appearance has changed a lot. My body has become thinner, and my face has changed greatly. But I can''t explain I had changed because I raised my level in a different world, can I? ¡­And in the first place, I don''t want to tell these two even if they believe about a different world. These two not only made fun of me but also to grandfather. I¡­ don''t want to tell about grandpa''s things to them. Thinking so, I calmed myself, but they start to talk again, still looking down on me. "Hmm. After all, you did plastic surgery, right? I can''t believe that to think you changed your face with plastic surgery. It''s just a fake change, after all. So, where did you get the money from? Or did you sell your house? Hahahaha!" But, you see, it wasn''t plastic surgery¡­ Nevertheless, maybe my body has completely changed from the genetic structure, somehow my instinct told me that. Youta said that plastic surgery is just a fake change, but that''s people''s effort who are trying to be a little beautiful, at least they''re trying instead of just giving up. That Youta, he''s denying it, and making fun of it. Are there a lot of people who think like Youta? If so¡­ that''s so sad. But, I really thought that, and I could feel that when you want to polish yourself up to get better. We were arguing in public, so the people around us were watching with great interest. It''s embarrassing¡­ "Whatever. Either way, there''s a part of you, shitty brother, that can''t win against us." "Yeah. You''re an idiot, and even if you think about the future, you don''t have a future anyway." "You can''t study, you''re also bad at sport¡­ After all, you''re an inferior being!" They completely made fun of me, and I wasn''t able to retort because everything they said was true, I could do nothing but be silent. Thereupon, the curious students who were just silently watching at our dispute until now suddenly became noisy. "Hmm? What is it?" Youta and Sora also noticed the commotion, they''re tilted their heads out of curiosity, and suddenly a limousine stopped near us. "Wha-!?" "Eh?" A long limousin that is usually driven by those rich people came out of all of a sudden. The three of us were lost for words looking at it, and then, the limousine''s door opened, and then two women appeared from inside. One is a very beautiful woman dressed in butler clothes, and the other is ©¤©¤. "Tenjou Yuuya-san¡­ right?" "Eh?" I feel like I had heard her voice somewhere. She''s dressed in a blazer-type uniform based on white, and how should I say it, a straight, glossy black hair? Stretched to her waist. She has somehow an overwhelming aura that is different from the ordinary people, she reminds me of words of sweet flower and a woman who displayed the feminine virtues of old Japan. And I was¡­ I was captivated. She''s a very beautiful girl, and also, her beauty is different from the model, Miwa-san. As well as her appearance, I was completely captivated by her clear eyes and soft atmosphere that stared straight at me. ¡­ Anyway, which uniform is that? As I was absent-minded unintentionally, Youta suddenly shouted gave me back my consciousness. "O-oh, that''s the uniform of "Ousei Gakuen"!?" "Eh!" "Ousei Gakuen" I''ve heard that name before, it was the name of a famous high school, and after graduation, you can go on to "Ousei University" without having to pass the entrance exam. It''s a high school where you can quickly become an elite, to a world completely different from us. Let alone study, there''s a lot of people who enrolled in that school to play an active role in every field, and the school graduates to take the position as a top-level in each field. It''s a high school that can be said will secure your future. So everyone aimed and dreamed of being enrolled in that school. ¡­ Well, since it was such a school, you will understand if you think for a moment, it''s not a school for an ordinary person to enter. And so, why a student from such school to be in a place like this¡­? The girl in front of me laughed elegantly as if that thought were described in my expression. "Fufu. Don''t you remember? I used to be involved with a group of a man at a convenience store¡­" "Eh? A¡­ aaahhh, yeah!?" I remembered. Sure, I''ve helped a girl from a group of men before¡­ I mean, I was fully beaten instead. At the time, I wasn''t used to talking to girls so much that I couldn''t even see her face¡­ "Did you just remember it?" "Y-yes. Or rather, how did you know my name¡­?" "In order to thank Yuuya-san, I''ve investigated various things while thinking that it was my impoliteness." "Eeeh!?" Investigation¡­ what did she investigate? Well, I don''t think there''s much information that can be investigated. The girl tilted her head as if curious about something when I was concerned about what was being investigated. "Even so¡­ Yuuya-san, did you lost your weight?" "Eh? Y-yeah." I think that it was a change that wasn''t so obvious, but looking at the reaction of the girl in front of me, maybe, it seems my transformation is really visible. No, it seems really is. S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When I was completely confused, the woman in butler''s clothes quietly informs the girl. "Milady. Let''s put aside the introduction first and proceed to the main subject¡­" "You''re right!" With an expression that''s like remembered something, the girl opened her mouth and saying a ridiculous thing with a smile. "Yuuya-san ©¤©¤ Why don''t you come to "Ousei Gakuen"?" Chapter 17 - Book 4: Part 6 New chapter today. Please enjoy~ I couldn''t immediately understand what she said. I could only be dumbfounded by her words, while she continued to speak. "I''m sorry for saying it this late, but my name is Kaori Houjou. And I''m a student council staff members at "Ousei Gakuen"." The girl bowed beautifully ©¤©¤ I was still amazed to see Houjou-san. And, when I finally returned to my sanity, I squeezed out my voice to ask her. "U-um¡­ what do you mean me to come to "Ousei Gakuen"?" For some reason, the woman dressed in butler''s clothing answered my question, instead of Houjou-san. "Tenjou-sama. Kaori-sama''s father is the board chairman of "Ousei Gakuen", and he has already heard about the story of Tenjou-sama protecting Kaori-sama from the scoundrels before, and he told me to bring you to our school without fail." "That kind of thing¡­ I was just¡­" It can''t be said that I was protecting her. It was just shameful since it was me who got beaten one-sidedly. However, whether she guessed my feelings, Houjou-san said with a gentle expression; S§×ar?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Yuuya-san. You were the only one who moved while other people just pretended not to look. It isn''t something that just anyone can do. You certainly protected me." "Ah¡­" I was struck with a genuine feeling of gratitude, and at the same time, I felt warm yet a little embarrassed. And then Houjou-san asked me again. "Therefore, how about it? Do you want to come to our school?" "¡­I''m very thankful for the talk so far, I don''t have anything I particularly excel at. My academic ability to be transferred to "Ousei Gakuen" is also¡­" "Oh, that''s ©¤ " "Errr!" The moment Houjou-san tried to say something, Youta who had been silent until now, cut off her by calling out to her. Despite being interrupted by his words, Houjou-san responded with a gentle expression. "What happened?" "Will you let us enroll?" "Eh?" Youta said so with a confident expression. "We''re far better than the guy over there, and it''s definitely better to get us into that school instead!" "That''s right! We always keep the top grades in our current school, and it''s not a mistake to say we''re playing a big role in terms of sport. We also participate a lot as an assistant in various club activities of the school!" Sora said so in the form of taking the opportunity to guarantee Youta''s words. "Therefore, next year we''ll definitely ©¤ " "I refuse." "¡­¡­ Huh?" This time Houjou-san cut off Youta''s words who tried to continue with confidence. "Eh, no, um¡­ what was that just now¡­?" "I said, I refuse." Youta and Sora are dumbfounded, they never thought they would be turned down. I also didn''t expect they would be rejected so clearly. In fact, Youta and Sora are indeed better than me. Even if I was to review or prepare for the lessons every day, the result wasn''t very good, and it''s also the same with sports. Youta and Sora who''s not convinced asked Houjou-san again. "W-why? We''re better than that guy ©¤©¤ " "I won''t talk." "Eh¡­" Houjou-san who had a gentle mood and smiling until recently said that frankly to Youta and Sora in a resolute manner. "I consider Yuuya-san as my benefactor. Why should I let those who insult Yuuya-san enroll?" "T-that''s¡­" "Besides, we''ve also investigated your daily behavior." "Eh!?" Youta and Sora raised their voices in surprise at Houjou-san''s words. Houjou-san gestured to the woman in butler appearance next to her, and then the woman informed them indifferently. "When we invited Tenjou-sama to the "Ousei Gakuen", we conducted investigations of his surroundings. Of course, human relationship as well¡­ As a result, we found that you have committed extreme cruelty not only to Tenjou-sama but also to other students. Of course, not only you but many other students and¡­ Also, we have found that even teachers are oppressing him as well." "Wha-¡­" Youta and Sora were speechless at the woman butler''s words. Of course, me too. What they had investigated wasn''t only about my name but also human relationships!? As I was bewildered, Sora immediately rebutted. "I-is there any evidence of that?" "How does the existence of evidence relate to it?" "That''s because we''re trying to prove our innocence ©¤©¤ " "Is that so? Then, let me say it clearly. There is evidence. There''s evidence, but from our very best view, it doesn''t matter." "It doesn''t matter, you said¡­?" "It doesn''t matter, does it? We just want to invite Tenjou-sama to the "Ousei Gakuen". And from the information we''ve got, we''ve concluded that we don''t want both of you to enroll. Oh, rest assured. we won''t leak your information to the media. Well¡­ It may remain as our private report." The words of the woman butler, left Sora and Youta no room to argue. Houjou-san gestured again to the butler woman, and then she bowed sophisticatedly and returned behind Houjou-san. "As I was saying earlier, admission to and transferring to our school is not so difficult." "Eh!?" "Someone can easily be transferred or transferred to the "Ousei Gakuen" if they''re doing good deeds on a regular basis. You can do whatever you like on your academic ability and other studies. Instead of that, we value humanity. So it''s impossible for both of you to enter our school." Youta and Sora were so desperate. Although this high school mostly consists of the same student from junior high school, of course, there are also those who want to go to another high school. These students usually choose a higher level of a school than their current one. And looking at Youta and Sora''s reaction, they seemed to be thinking about going to another school, and maybe the high school they were aiming for was "Ousei Gakuen". Sure, since there is such a top-level high school in this vicinity, it''s inevitable that they aim for such a school. There was no problem with Youta and Sora''s academic ability, after all. However, since the student at the school that they were aiming for¡­ since the board chairman''s daughter told them frankly that it was impossible for the both of them to enroll, this reaction of them would be inevitable. Unlike when she was talking to Youta and Sora, Houjou-san turned to me with her usual gentle expression. "I''m sorry, the talk has gone wrong¡­ but for the reasons I mentioned earlier, there''s no problem for Yuuya-san to be transferred to "Ousei Gakuen"." "I-I see¡­" In a sense, the policy of "Ousei Gakuen" was different. Normally, academic ability and athletic ability are involved in a lot of things, but for them to say that it doesn''t matter so clearly¡­ My face was twitching involuntarily, and then Houjou-san said with a smile; "Why don''t we go to my school for now? So it won''t be a problem if you talk to father, no, board chairman, and then decide after that." Saying that Houjou-san invited me to the limousine. The butler woman, knowing what Houjou-san said, already opened the door and was on standby. "Ah, Yuuya-san. I mentioned earlier that I wouldn''t disclose any information about those two, but please be assured that the teachers have already been disciplined and dismissed." "Eeh!?" What''s reassuring!? I feel only fear in their information-gathering power and speed of action!? No, I was certainly oppressed by the teachers! Corporal punishment is a matter of course, and they were telling the whole class to increase the cruelty. When I was surprised again at her unexpected words, Houjou-san smiled and bowed to the dumbfounded Youta and Sora. "Well then¡­ farewell." And, we went to the "Ousei Gakuen" just like that. £ª£ª£ª The place was noisy after Yuuya and the others left. "Those people earlier were amazing, weren''t they?" "As expected of the elite from "Ousei Gakuen"¡­ their aura is really different from us." "The girl and the butler were beautiful!" "The boy who was talking to them was also very handsome¡­ it was a feast for the eyes." "And also, the two over there¡­ I don''t know what it was, but it seems that their admission was denied by "Ousei Gakuen"." "Wha-? Well, don''t mind them anyway." Youta and Sora, who were said to be doing whatever they please until now, their faces turned deep red. "I-I won''t forgive this¡­ making us look like a fool¡­!" "Yes, I absolutely won''t forgive this¡­!" Youta was staring daggers at the direction in which the limousine had left. "I''ll definitely make you regret¡­" That murmur was diverted by the noise around them. Chapter 18 - Book 5: Part 1 Another chapter today, thanks to the Patrons. Part 1 While I was trying to wrap my head around the rapid development of the situation so far, I noticed that we had arrived at the front gate of "Ousei Gakuen". A splendid thing, that seems to be in a western castle that you can never think of as a school gate, jumped into my eyes. Not only that but on the other side of the gate, there were school buildings and vast grounds that were so large that they could only be seen as a palace. No, well, um¡­ It''s big. "Welcome to the "Ousei Gakuen"!" Houjou-san told that to the dumbfounded me, with a smile. And as I was in a somewhat dreamy state of mind, she led me through the school gate. It seems we arrived when homeroom is about to start since I can''t see any students walking in the corridor except us. "U-um¡­ Are you alright?" I said. "What is it?" "Well¡­ There doesn''t seem to be any students around, it seems the homeroom has already started¡­" As a coward, I was too afraid to be late, so I wondered if it would be okay if she was late. But rather, on the contrary, Houjou-san laughed elegantly. "Fufufu. It''s okay. As I said before coming here, the board chairman of this school is my father. And also I''ve notified the school beforehand that I would be late today, so it will be fine." "I see¡­" It seems like it was only my needless anxiety. It was good then. If she gets scolded because of me, I''d be truly sorry. Nevertheless, the board chairman of such a big school, huh¡­ I thought that Houjou-san''s behavior was elegant, but as I thought, she''s really a rich person. Elegance? I guess that was indeed something she had. As for me, I''m overflowing with the poor man''s aura. Oh, come to think of it¡­ I have to stop by the supermarket on my way home since there''s an egg special sale today. When I was following Houjou-san while thinking about such a commoners thought, we arrived in front of the door written as the Chairman''s Office before I knew it. Houjou-san knocked on the door, then I heard an elegant man''s voice from the inside. "Come in." "Excuse me." "E-excuse me!" I answered with all of the strength in my body and entered the room following Houjou-san. Inside, there was a leather sofa, a suited light-brown table, a desk to do the duty, which everyone could see them as good quality, and then a cool middle-aged man sitting in the back of the desk. That man must be Houjou-san''s father. When I look at him closely, I can feel they look alike somehow. The man looked surprised for a moment when he saw me as I entered the room, but he immediately greeted me with a gentle look. "I''m glad you came. I''m Tsukasa Houjou the chairman of this "Ousei Gakuen". Tenjou Yuuya-kun¡­ I''ve heard about you from my daughter, Kaori. Thank you for saving my daughter." After the polite greeting, he bowed his head, I was flustered and quickly told him to raise it. "P-please raise your head! I wasn''t that big of a help¡­" "No, no matter what you think, you had certainly taken action at the time. That''s something to be proud of." "That''s right, Yuuya-san. Once again, thank you very much." When they told me that, it left me a shameful impression. "I-I understand." "¡­ Thank you." They raised their head since I''ve accepted their gratitude. And I asked them something that was bothering me. "Come to think of it, why was Houjou-san alone at that time? Don''t she have an escort or¡­" "Yuuya-san, you don''t need to be so formal to call me Houjou-san like that, please just call me Kaori, honorific or title of honor is unnecessary, you know?" "Eh!? But¡­" "My daughter says she''s good with it, and since you''re in the same age, you don''t need to be so respectful, do you?" "Well, I guess you''re right¡­" I answered so while thinking that it was awesome, Houjou-san¡­ No, Kaori smiled. "Now Yuuya-kun, about your question earlier, I want Kaori to live a normal life, and she hasn''t had an escort since she was young." "That''s what I wanted personally. I won''t be able to be independent if there is always an escort with me, and I don''t need them to find a job too, right? But because of that one case before, I need to bring her with me now." Kaori said while looking at the woman in butler''s appearance. "I was feeling sorry too, but she''s still my daughter. She''s important to me." "I see¡­" Rich people have their own troubles too. Especially, a poor man like me is unlikely to be kidnapped because there won''t be a ransom or shit, but if you''re rich, you''re at risk. No, I think kidnapping is really dangerous. It was a seducer at that time, but still, they''re also in the same bad team as Araki and others belong to, and the security around there can''t be said as good, too. After talking like that, we finally entered the main subject. "Well now, I''ve had Yuuya-kun to come this way, but you''ve heard the reason, haven''t you?" "Y-yes, I was asked to transfer to this "Ousei Gakuen"." The chairman nodded when I answered that. "That''s right. For me, I''d like you to enroll in this "Ousei Gakuen"¡­ How about it? Of course, this is also my expression of gratitude for saving my daughter, so you don''t have to worry about the tuition." "That''s! Even so, you didn''t have to go that far¡­" "I already told you, didn''t I? She''s my important daughter. This much is cheap." The chairman says that while laughing, Kaori''s cheeks turned red shyly hearing that. They''re a good father and daughter. It''s really a big difference from my house. "So¡­ what would you do?" "I¡­ is it okay for me to go to the same school as the geniuses?" "Ousei Gakuen" is a school that''s so famous that no one doesn''t know about this school in Japan. That''s why most of the people who play an active part in Japan and the world are from this school. In other words, a small part of the chosen existence¡­ A school where the only genius can attend. But, I don''t have any special skills to be in such a school. The chairman spoke in a gentle tone, asked me who looks down. "Yuuya-kun. What kind of person do you think ''genius'' refers to?" "Eh? ¡­Someone that can do anything?" "That''s right. And I think genius is someone who works on things and finds the right answer and the right effort in a shorter time than others. ©¤ On the other hand, you are with other people. If you make an effort, you''re going to get closer to the truth." "¡­.." "Of course, apart from genius, there will be different talents. But it''s not something you can decide from a young age like you. Try a lot of things, have fun¡­ it''s still not too late to try. And this school was built because I want those young people to have a lot of experience. So you don''t have to despise yourself. From now on, you just need to face yourself slowly." The chairman''s words have soaked into my heart. Nobody ever told me like that except grandfather. No matter what I did, I was compared to Youta and Sora, and whatever I did, I was labeled incompetent, and after my grandfather died, I could only accept it. That''s why I was shaken because there''s still someone who told me like that¡­ The chairman suggested one thing when various feelings swirled up in me and made me confused. "Well, you must be troubled when being told various things so suddenly. So how about experiencing it, attending this school for just one day today?" "Eh?" Suddenly a dumb voice came out of me, but the chairman kept smiling without concern. "If you want to experience this school today and decided to enter the school, I''ll officially welcome you again at the time." I was dumbfounded by such a proposal and suddenly heard a knock on the door. "It looks like she''s here¡­ Comes in." "Thanks." It was a woman to have appeared while saying so. She was a woman wearing a lab coat with a languid impression, and she was wearing a worn-out shirt under the coat. Moreover, since the shirt is plain and it was slipping to her shoulder, the chest is¡­ Is she properly wearing something under that!? I can''t see the straps of her bra!? No, it would trouble me if I can see the strap! The chairman smiled bitterly when I was surprised to see the overall lax impression of the woman. "You''re just the same as ever¡­ Yuuya-kun, I want you to have experience classes in this woman''s class." "I see. Well, don''t be so nervous. Sensei will teach you properly." Sear?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "U-umm¡­" I-I wonder if it''s okay. I couldn''t say anything, but when I clogged with the words, the chairman spoke up in an amazing state. "¡­ Well, you may have a lot to say, but even though she looks like this and she has the mindset of a scientist. Her classes are also easy to understand and are popular with students. That''s why take it easy, don''t be nervous." "That''s right. Sensei is amazing." "¡­ It''s good if you can feel at ease." This makes me even worried, you know! Despite all the worries about the atmosphere of the chairman and the woman in the lab coat, I was going to experience studying in "Ousei Gakuen" today for a day. Chapter 19 - Book 5: Part 2 Enjoy the chapter~ "Okay, take a seat. We just finished homeroom some time ago, but I have one more message to add." One of the students asks at the words of the female teacher. "Yes yes yes! What message is that?" "I was just about to say it now." "Ah, you''re right. Please continue!" "What a fast switchover." The class was wrapped in a gentle laugh hearing the teacher''s remark. And then, the teacher floated a meaningful smile. "Listen well. Today, I''m in charge of someone who will try to get personal experience in this school, the person will be in this class." The moment the teacher said so, the class started to get buzzing. As one would expect, transfer students and special admittance students are unusual in any school. Then, the student who asked a question before asks once again. "Yes yes yes! Is it a man or a woman?!" "It''s a man." The reaction was clearly divided hearing the teacher''s words just now. The boys look blatantly discouraged, the girls are the opposite, they look in high spirits, and the students start talking to each other about what kind of student is coming. However, since the boys weren''t that discouraged, they also started to get excited about the same topic as the girls. "It''s good to get excited, but I don''t have much time. You''ll have a normal class after this. Well then, you can come in now." After saying that, the teacher looked at the students with a smile. "Don''t be surprised, okay?" The students were puzzled by the teacher''s words as if they had a question mark floating on their heads. Understanding the meaning of the teacher''s words, Yuuya finally came into the classroom while the students were tilting their heads. £ª£ª£ª I ©¤ Tenjou Yuuya, decided to enter the "Ousei Gakuen" for one day today after being recommended by the board chairman, and then I was taken by the teacher who would take care of me and went to the front of a classroom. By the way, I was walking with Kaori, but because her class is different, we parted on the way. ¡­I''m really nervous. However, thanks to that teacher, I was more relaxed than at the beginning. Anyway, because it''s a super-elite high school, I thought that the teacher was all strict, but that teacher is super relaxed. The chairman said she was very good and trusted by her students. I don''t know if I can endure mentally if the teacher was too strict, though. Whatever the case, let''s think the teacher that''s in charge of me is a good person. Aside from that, I need to do greeting from the time I entered the classroom, right? I was a part-timer worker, so there''s nothing that I can call a hobby¡­ Huh? This is fatal to introduce oneself, isn''t it? T-this is bad¡­ What should I do¡­ I thought that I was starting to relax, but with this, I started to get nervous again. "Hey, you can come in." The teacher called me to come in when I was desperately working my head to think about what I should do. ¡­ Eeii, the future me¡­ will do it somehow! I didn''t understand what it meant to be someone else''s duty and ended up doing all the things myself, but I never went to the classroom for something like this. Encouraging myself, I enter the classroom. Eh? The first thing I felt when I entered was the students'' gaze. This is not particularly strange because I have to introduce myself as a trial student. However, I wasn''t sure what the big surprise that followed after. I stand in front of the blackboard, wondering why everyone in the class was dumbfounded with round eyes. "Ok, then, lightly introduce yourself." "Y-yes. My name is Tenjou Yuuya. This time, I''ll participate in this class as a trial student. Nice to meet you." I said that and bowed my head, and the moment I raised my head, no reaction is returned with everyone still being dumbfounded. Eh, can I cry now? I was about to cry involuntarily, but the teacher who laughed strangely for some reason sent out a rescue boat. "Kukuku¡­ Hey, do you want to be like that forever? Tenjou is troubled. ¡­Alright, Tenjou. You sit at the very back of that window." "Y-yes." Under the teacher''s direction, I sat down at the designated seat and greeted the student next to me. "Um¡­ Nice to meet you." "Eh? Ah¡­ yeah. ¡­Nice to meet you too." S§×arch* The N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The student next to my seat was a female student who somehow got a cool impression with a short-cut hairstyle. She had a choker around her neck, but¡­ Isn''t this kind of accessory there prohibited? Either way, it''s a scene that I can''t see in my school except for the delinquents. Accessories are forbidden, and of course, you can''t dye your hair either. However, a lot of students have dyed their hair in this class, and they also wear fashionable accessories. When I was thinking about such a thing, the teacher clapped her hands. "Hey, everyone, come back now. The class is about to start." She said so, but it was only a minute after, everyone started to move in earnest. £ª£ª£ª After that, I mixed with other students to experience the class. I thought that I wouldn''t able to follow the class speed, but it was nothing like that, the class speed was no different from my school. However, the content was quite amazing. I was supposed to be taking classes with the same content that I learned in my school, but the clarity is different. I thought it would be boring, but I enjoyed it normally. They devised various ideas for teaching such as using manga and games as figures of speech. And what I felt after taking the class was the sense of distance between the teacher and the students. The sense of distance is exquisite at this school. Even though they were on good terms, they had a clear line drawn between the teacher and the student, and I was surprised by them who could do it well. After such a morning lesson, I am now in the middle of my lunch break. "Oh, Hyoudou-san. Thank you for the textbook." "¡­Hmm, don''t worry about it." Even though I was going to take classes, I had no textbooks, and the cool impression girl ©¤ Yukine Hyoudou-san who''s sitting next to me helped me by showing her textbook. Hyoudou-san has a short-cut hairstyle with a light blue mesh which was given a cool impression on her, and her long eyes always look half-open and sleepy. She wore her school uniform fashionably just like a casual fashion combined with a choker, she looks like a member of a musical band somehow. At first glance, Hyoudou-san has a difficult atmosphere to talk to, but she was very kind when I tried to talk with courage. When I thanked Hyoudou-san, the other students called out to me. "Hey hey, there''s something I want to ask!" "Which high school did you attend?" "Are you learning something?" "Ah, what about club activities?" "Hey, hey! Do you have a girlfriend?" "Could it be that you''re an entertainer?" "Ah, eh, um¡­" The question from pure curiosity was something I had never experienced before, and I was at a loss of how to respond. ¡­ After all, transfer students and special admittance students are the subjects of concern. Though I''m actually a trial student. I don''t detest it, but I was confused because I didn''t know what to do, and then a boy student calmed everyone up. "Hey, hey, you''re troubling Tenjou, you know? It''s still lunchtime, so let''s calm down for now, okay?" The boy student was a handsome man with a rather short dyed brown hair and a friendly smile. He''s much more handsome than my little brother or the male model who came in at the photoshoot the other day. Although he had his hair dyed, I didn''t get the impression that he''s a delinquent, and on the contrary, I got the impression that he was a refreshing sportsman. As he spoke up, everyone who asked me a question apologized. "Ah, I''m sorry!" "I didn''t intent to do bad things." "I''ll ask about you again after school!" "Ah, yes." Everyone apologized and each of them started to move for lunch. Looking at them, the boy student called me. "I''m sorry. They''re just interested in you, including me." "Eh? Ah, yes. Thank you! Uh¡­" "I''m Ryo Igarashi. Ryo is fine. Is it okay if I call you Yuuya, too? Best regards." The boy student ©¤ Ryo said so with a refreshing smile. Whoa¡­ his smile is dazzling. I was squinted my eyes unintentionally, Ryo tilted his head curiously. "Hmm. What''s wrong?" "No¡­ It''s just dazzling¡­" "Eh? What''s that, saying something strange." Ryo smiled even more dazzlingly. Yep, my eyes are going to collapse. "Ah, yeah. You don''t know where''s the cafeteria of this school is, do you? Want to go with me?" "Oh, is that okay?" "Yeah, you''re not going to say no, are you? Let''s go then!" What''s with this ikemen. I feel like I''m about to fall in love, but I can''t fall in love with a guy. "I''ll take your word then." "Yes, can I call another friend?" "It''s okay." I answered so and Ryo called his friend. "I-I''m Shingo Kurata. N-nice to meet you, Yu-Yuuya-kun." It was a boy student who wore glasses and looked timid somehow. ¡­Yep, I feel a sense of intimacy with him. However, it''s kind of an interesting combination¡­ I thought that Ryo''s friend would be a sportsman, but Shingo-kun has an indoor impression. I had such a question, but the mystery was solved immediately. "Hey, Shingo! Did you see "Super Heavy Machinery God Robo" yesterday?" "I-I saw it." "Is that so!? It was the hottest thing right now! Hey, let me know if there are any other interesting anime or tokusatsu!" "Y-yes. Of course¡­!" Apparently, Ryo had been taught the recommended anime from Shingo-kun. I mean¡­ He''s an ikemen and a person who has a fondness of sub-culture¡­ Geez. But I think it''s good. When I was looking away, Ryo spoke to me. "Oh, do you watch anime Yuuya? I started watching it recently, but it''s really interesting!" ¡­Ryo is a good boy. I was able to realize it in this short time. Chapter 20 - Book 5: Part 3 Another chapter, thanks to my Patrons "This is the cafeteria of the Ousei Gakuen." I was speechless. Ryo brought me to a very large space with a style that was completely different from the cafeteria I knew. Many round tables and simple chairs arranged like the terrace of a coffee shop. Students enjoy eating and chatting at each table. ...My school also has a cafeteria, but it''s a common cafeteria that you can find everywhere, and it wasn''t this clean either. I was stunned by the sight in front of me, and then Ryo called out with a laugh. "Hahahaha! Everyone will be surprised at first! But that''s not all, you know? Here, look at this." "Eh?" The next thing Ryo showed me was the menu table. And when I read it, I was dumbfounded once again. First of all, the variety was overwhelming. Japanese, Chinese and Western foods are commonplace, in addition to that, there were Spain and Russian cuisine, too¡­ there was international cuisine from all over the world that you can''t usually eat unless you go to the specialty restaurant. Moreover, dishes for each religion were prepared as well. "I-it seems that the dishes here are made by the chefs who worked at a three-star restaurant." "Three stars!?" I opened my eyes hearing Shingo-kun''s words. No, no, no. even if I can pay for it now, I can''t just eat such high-class dishes all the time! I thought that then Ryo smiled broadly as if he could read what I thought. "Shall I surprise you more? The food here ©¤©¤ all of them is only for 500 yen!" "¡­.." I really had no choice but to be speechless. Eh, is this heaven? You can eat three-star dishes with just one coin? I don''t know what it means anymore. "Well, even though it''s only 500 yen, there are certainly students who live alone and are financially hard up, and so there is a thing called "Student''s Daily Lunch" prepared for such students. "Daily lunch?" "Yeah, you can''t choose the contents since it was changed daily, but the price is¡­ It''s free." "¡­.." S§×ar?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I already knew it from the level of classes, but it''s become very clear here. This school is too different from the others. While listening to Ryo and Shingo-kun''s words, I decided on a menu and when we received our meal, we sat down at a nearby seat. Ryo''s meal is crab tomato cream pasta, and Shingo-kun is a pork cutlet. Since I heard it was 500 yen, so I decided to try something that seems to be as expensive as possible, I decided to have a set meal of Japanese black beef hamburger. Well, no, actually I just want to eat something a little luxurious. "Alright, let''s eat!" """Itadakimasu.""" After the pre-meal greetings, we concentrated on each meal. I put the hamburger in my mouth and was frozen by the excessive delicacy. Hey, what on earth is this? The juices are splashing inside my mouth! It feels so soft! D-delicious! (T/N: He said "nikuj¨± ga dob¨¡-tte! kuchi no naka de fuwa-tte! u,umai!) The hamburger was delicious enough to deprive me of my vocabulary. Ryo and Shingo-kun were laughing while eating their own foods as they watched me eating innocently. "Hey, hey¡­ Take a look!" "Who is that man¡­?" "A transfer student?" "So cool¡­" When I was eating, I suddenly noticed that my surroundings were noisy. "What happened? It seems to be noisy." "Hmm? It was because you''re here, you know?" "Because I''m here? Oh, it''s because my uniform was different. Looks like I became too conspicuous¡­" "¡­.." "Hmm? What is it?" "¡­No, it''s nothing." Why, I wonder? I feel that Ryo looked at me as if to say, "Hey, seriously?" but it seems just to have been my imagination. As we proceed to eat while having a friendly conversation, Ryo suddenly asked me as if he was just noticed it. "Speaking of which, Yuuya, are you taking part in club activity?" "Eh?" "This school is very strong in every club, but they''re focusing more on sports." "Oh, I see¡­" "So, if you''re doing club activities at the school you''re currently attending, I wonder if you''ll also take part in here." Obviously, I didn''t do any club activities. It would be difficult if I have to pay for the club''s expense too, and in the first place, I wasn''t permitted to have such an adolescent life¡­ I responded to Ryo with a wry smile. "I''m sorry, but I''m not doing club activities." "He~e? Seriously? It''s unexpected." "Then, what about Ryo and Shingo-kun?" "Me? I''m also in the "going home" club." "Eh? I see. I thought you were a member of a sports club¡­" Even though it''s just my prejudice, I was surprised because Ryo''s appearance made me feel like he''s a refreshing sportsman. Then Shingo-kun told me while laughing. "R-Ryo-kun is good at various sports, he was invited by the various club at the beginning of his entry, he was really in great demand at the time." "Really!? Then why?" I asked while thinking that there may be other things he likes, such as manga, but he answered without hesitation. "Hmm¡­ it because I wanted to do a lot of things¡­ maybe?" "A lot of things?" "Yeah.. I used to play soccer in junior high school, and went to a fairly good line¡­ but after I entered this school, I thought playing soccer was good, however, I wanted to experience various things, and so I just ended up in a going home club." "A-as Ryo-kun''s assistant, I know that he had truly participated in a lot of different clubs, and I had to follow him as well, and each time he left, he was leaving with great results." "Haha, stop, that''s embarrassing." Ryo laughed shyly as he looked really embarrassed. He''s really like a character in a manga. It''s not a bad thing, he''s a really good guy anyway, he''s a popular person, too. "I see¡­ Is that allowed?" "Yeah. If you join this school, you can have various experiences without having to do club activities. In that sense, Shingo''s club activities have also changed." "He~e? What club does Shingo-kun belong to?" I asked him and he told me while smiling. "I-I belong to the Game Club." "Game Club!? The game, you mean? Video games?" "That''s right." Seriously? ¡­Can you bring a game to this school so openly? I thought that you can do as you please wearing accessories and hair color, but I wonder if they''re really allowed to do that¡­ I was surprised by the unusual freedom in this Ousei Gakuen, but Shingo-kun told me the reason. "O-of course, I can''t do it during class, but you can play games and smartphones during the break. It would be strictly prohibited in ordinary high schools. No students are playing around with their smartphones or games during class, and that''s why even in school, the game club is allowed." "Sigh¡­" I could only breathe a sigh of admiration. In other words, this school trusts students and allows both smartphones and games. But the best part is that the students are also trying not to betray their trust. Something like that, I was able to have a very fulfilling lunch by listening to many other surprising stories. After lunch, I talked a lot with people other than Ryo and Shingo-kun and all of them looked straight at me. Until now, everyone has looked down on me, though the students at this school treat me as a human being on an equal footing. I may look different than I used to, but I was very happy because I found out that everyone recognized me and looked from inside me. £ª£ª£ª After school, I visited the chairman''s office and talked with Tsukasa Houjou-san. "So, how was this school?" "¡­It was amazing. The classes are easy to understand and the facilities are well-equipped¡­ But what impressed me the most was that the students seemed to have a lot of fun." I told the chairman what I honestly thought with a smile. Yes, the students at this school were all bright. In my current school, everyone was just bored every day. The students who joined club activities often said "it was dull" or "just want to go home" during classes and breaks during the day. But I haven''t heard that word since I came to this school today. No, I''m not saying that it won''t happen, but I still haven''t heard of it. Everyone seems to have fun and enjoys this school from the bottom of their heart. I was able to feel it strongly by today''s experience¡­ And everyone recognized and accepted this me who was always being bullied. That''s what I was really happy about. Not only is everyone enjoying themselves, but they also acknowledge me and see me properly as a person¡­ To be honest, I really want to be here, at this school. But¡­ When he heard my words, the chairman nodded in satisfaction. "Is that so? I''m glad if you said that. ¡­So, how''s it? Why don''t you go to this school?" "¡­Is it really okay for me to be here?" Am I really worth attending this school? I haven''t found anything I''m good at or proud of. There''s a better child than me who doesn''t know anything. Thinking so, the chairman gently said as if he had read what was in my mind. "Yuuya-kun. Your value is what you decide, and you can also decide for others." "Eh?" "And now you know that it''s worth it to go to this school, don''t you? ¡­That''s what you think, right? I put a little time thinking of it, and answer, "Yes." "But I think you''re worthy to attend this school." "Ah¡­" Hearing his words, I looked straight at the chairman. "It''s okay. If you haven''t found your value yet and want to find it¡­ Find it at this school. You have time anyway." I can only be silent, the chairman''s words came straight into my chest. And then ©¤ "Err¡­ I''m just like this, but if you don''t mind, please let me attend this school" "Of course! We welcome you." I was officially attending this Ousei Gakuen. Chapter 21 - Book 5: Part 4 A bonus chapter at the end of the month, also, thank you very much for all of your support for this month, especially for the Patrons, I cannot thank you enough for all the support you have given me, and hopefully, this will continue in the future. Please enjoy the chapter~ Warning!! It''s a lewd chapter ( ?¡ã ?? ?¡ã) "I''ll excuse myself." "Thank you for your hard work today." "Eh?" After received my uniform, I left the chairman''s office. Apparently, Kaori was waiting in front of it holding her bag. "It looks like you decided to attend this school." "¡­I''m not confident in myself yet, but I still wanted to go to this school." "My father and I are delighted if you think like that." I was feeling kind of embarrassed by Kaori''s gentle smile so I forced myself to change the subject. "C-come to think of it, why are you here? Ah, do you have any business with the chairman?" "No, I actually wanted to do something for Yuuya-san." "Oh, me?" I was surprised by her unexpected reply. She wanted to do something for me¡­ What is that actually? "This "Ousei Gakuen" is in the opposite direction from the high school where Yuuya-san attended before, isn''t it?" "Eh? Well¡­" "If so, you weren''t familiar with the surrounding area of this school yet, were you?" ¡­Sure, I didn''t often go out because of my appearance. I basically just buy the things I need on my way home from school. Therefore, I rarely went in the opposite direction from the school I attended. "S-since we have this chance, I was wondering if I could show you around, Yuuya-san. A-and, besides! I want to thank you again, personally." "T-that''s! You''ve already done it, didn''t you? And most of all, It''s already more than enough to get me to go to this school." Really, I got more than I should have. If I have to receive anything more¡­ While I think that, Kaori opened her mouth again after she feels a little about something. "¡­I mean, It''s because I do want to hang out with Yuuya-san¡­ Do you not want to?" "Eh?" "It''s embarrassing, but I didn''t have a chance to hang out with guys¡­" "Eeh!? Why?" "It''s unavoidable, but I think everyone is a little restrained because of my household and also because of my father''s work¡­ However, I thought Yuuya-san could be my first one to get close with." Kaori said so with lonely expression. I see¡­ I thought it was nice to be rich, but it looks like there are still some problems that I don''t understand. Kaori looked at me, anxiously. Seeing her figure like that, the feeling I unilaterally decided that we''re from a different dimension is suddenly crumbled. We''re all human, after all. I also confided to Kaori while being embarrassed. "Um¡­ I was also embarassed since I''ve never hung out with a girl either." "Eh?" "So, if you don''t mind me like this¡­ Can you show me around?" "¡­Yes! There are a lot of delicious things around the school, so let''s go!" It was a good feeling to see Kaori''s sparkling eyes. £ª£ª£ª "I hear that after school, students hang out together at the coffee shops and restaurants around here, is that true?" "Yeah¡­!" There were many shops lined up along this straight wide road. Vehicles are prohibited here, and not only students from "Ousei Gakuen" but also students of other schools can be seen as well. In the middle of the road, street trees and street lights were standing at equal intervals. "It was such a stylish place¡­" "Yes, There are also some shops that sometimes get interviews on TV." I see, there are many famous shops for young women. While looking at the surrounding shops, I suddenly asked her what I was curious about. "Now that I think about it¡­ How did Kaori know it was me at that time?" "Eh?" "Even if I say it myself, but I think I look really different from the time I was badly beaten by those delinquents, however¡­" "Is that so? But you have the same eyes as when you helped me, so I immediately knew that it was you, you know?" "Eh, eyes?" "Yes." I''m surprised at Kaori, who declared so with a smile. "Yuuya-san''s appearance may have changed, but his straight, gentle eyes haven''t changed. That''s why I immediately realized that it was you, Yuuya-san." Straight and gentle eyes¡­ I don''t know if I have such eyes, but Kaori seemed to think me like that. Even though my outward appearance has changed surprisingly, it appears that rather than on my transformation, Kaori looked more into my unchanging eyes. From Kaori''s speech, she seemed to be looking at me; personally, I was pleased. Sear?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As we went on with the conversation, Kaori found something. "Yuuya-san, why don''t we go there?" "Hmm?" In the direction Kaori points out, high school girls are eating crepes deliciously. "Crepe shop?" "Yes! The crepes there are popular, so I wanted to try it once! Let''s go!" "Eh? Uwaa!" Kaori, who seemed to be very happy after coming to this place, suddenly pulled my hand and went to the crepe shop. Perhaps because it has a reputation for being delicious, there are quite a few people in line. "Ne, ne! Look at that." "Eh? Whoa! He''s so handsome! Is he alone?" "Apparently not. Look, there''s a lovely girl next to him." "Ah, you''re right. A couple of a handsome man and a beautiful girl, huh? ¡­I''m so jealous!" "Yeah. The girl is neat and clean, and the boy is cool¡­" "Oh no¡­ it''s so enviable, but more than that, it feels like a feast for my eyes." There are only sweets shops here, and there are many women lined up. Oh, it''s not strange for a man to line up here, right? I''m anxious about this. When I was lined up worriedly, Kaori just realized that I was here. "Ah¡­ aah!? I-I-I''m sorry. I just pulled your hand in reflex¡­" "Eh? Ah¡­aah! I''m also sorry!" As our face turned bright red, we released our hands vigorously. Kaori and I were utterly unconscious of it, so we suddenly got embarrassed. The surroundings were also watching us in such a state. "¡­ Hey." "¡­.What is it?" "Aren''t those two too cute?" "¡­ I know, right?" ""I was honored to see that."" H-holding a girl''s hand¡­ Uuh¡­ It''s so embarrassing. Was it okay? She wouldn''t hate me, would she? Up to this moment, if my hand touching a girl even for a bit, they will be so disgusted, and also the things I touched would be treated as filth. Oh, it makes me want to cry when I remembered that. I timidly looked at Kaori, she was staring at her hand with a blushing face. "I-I¡­ This is the first time I''ve held hands with a man other than my father." "¡­.." Gaaaaaahhhhhh! It''s embarrassiiiiiiiinnnng! I fixed my facial expression with all I could and kept a poker face. Otherwise, I''ll die in shame! My inner thought was growing awfully wild, but apparently, she didn''t hate me, I was relieved from the bottom of my heart¡­ As I always thought, Kaori is really kind. But still, I''m sorry that the person who held her hand for the first time was someone like me. Meanwhile, it was our turn to see the menu. "Oh, there''s a lot of things¡­" "Everythings looks really delicious! I don''t know what to choose¡­" Kaori seemed to be quite troubled, but she eventually chose strawberry creme crepe, whereas I decided blueberry creme crepe. There were several benches on the road for people to take a rest, and one of them was empty, so we sat there. Speaking of which¡­ This might the first time for me to eat a crepe. I knew what it looked like and what it was, but I didn''t have a chance to eat it. I couldn''t buy it because I had no money. Without further ado, we grab a bite to it, and then we reflexively looked at each other. "Delicious!" we say in unison. The sourness of blueberries and sweet fresh cream match exquisitely, and the moist dough gently wraps¡­ Yes, I now knew why women love sweets. I''ve come to like it, too. But if I keep eating it, I might get fat again like before, so I have to be careful. "It''s happiness¡­ As I thought, I really liked sweets." "Yes. If it''s so delicious like this one, I feel like I want to try and complete all the flavors." If I have a chance to come here again, I''ll try for another taste. I decided to do so in my mind, then Kaori smiled, offered her strawberry crepe to me. "Would you like to take a bite?" "Eh!?" T-to takes a bite¡­ Wouldn''t it actually be an indirect kiss!? In contrast to the panicking me, Kaori gently brought the crepe to my mouth while looking curiously. "Here, it''s delicious, you know!" *munch* I ate it for reflexively¡­ "How''s it?" "¡­It''s delicious." My face was heated up that I couldn''t help it, and I honestly can''t feel the taste properly because it was in such a situation. As I nervously chewing the crepe, Kaori seemed to notice that it was an indirect kiss. She looked at her crepe in silence, and at the next moment, she screamed with a blushing face. I wonder if she''ll actually hate me this time? I looked at her thinking that way, she noticed my gaze and tried to hide her face, shielding it with her crepe. "I-I''m sorry¡­ I''m so embarrassed now that I can''t see Yuuya-san¡­" "Err¡­ I should be the one to¡­ I''m sorry. You didn''t like it, did you?" "N-no! I don''t hate it, but¡­ That¡­ I-i-indirect kiss¡­ Um¡­ uhh¡­" Phew, that''s really a relief. I''m sorry to make you feel embarrassed, but I''m glad you didn''t hate it. Once again, I was relieved from the bottom of my heart, but it seems I was still being puzzled and said something ridiculous. "Umm¡­ Ah, right! Does Kaori want to eat mine, too? ¡­.Ah." "Eh!?" What did I just say? She had just felt so embarrassed and what the heck am I doing¡­! H-however, I had Kaori shared hers to me, and I really want to return her the favor¡­! Dumbfounded by what I said, her face was redder than before and answered with a tiny voice while looking downward. "¡­I¡­I''ll take it¡­" "¡­.." ©¤©¤ I don''t really remember the rest after this. Both me and Kaori were nervous from beginning to end, and after eating the crepes, I feel dizzy. In the end, she offered to drive me home in her car. Even in the car, we couldn''t have a conversation and be face to face directly. The woman in the butler''s clothes who was with Kaori when inviting me to "Ousei Gakuen" looked at our state with a warm and gentle gaze. Even until we left, the people around us were actually looking at us with friendly eyes. "¡­Hey." "¡­What?" "It''s nice to be young, huh?" "Yeah, it''s amusing to be young." "They were so cute, right?" "Yeah, they were so cute." "Sigh¡­ That was priceless," everyone says simultaneously. We didn''t realize that such a conversation was taking place. Chapter 22 - Book 5: Part 5 Sorry for the wait, I''d try to bring the others as soon as possible. Enjoy the chapter~ I hung out with Kaori yesterday after having experienced the trial day at "Ousei Gakuen." However, I still can''t enter right away today since there''s still some necessary process for it. On the other hand, I got a day off because of the transfer procedure from my previous school has done. Recently, I couldn''t go to the different world, so I decided to go there after a long time. "It doesn''t look any different¡­" Although it''s been a while, there was no particular change in the house or garden in the other world. By the way, to work in the different world, I wear a set of blood war demon armor over my shirt and trousers made of royal silk. My plan for today was to explore the hinterland of the forest, which I haven''t explored much of yet. So, I need to prepare recovery medicine for it as well. "I have learned the skill [Map] now, so I don''t need to be afraid of getting lost." I went out to the fence of the house cautiously and began to explore the forest. I have been exploring the direction straight out of the fence until now. So today, I''m planning to explore the other side of this house. Come to think of it; it seems that the path I''ve been exploring until now was leading to the outside of this forest since I met that girl and those soldiers from that direction. Yeah, it seems that way since the forest Is getting denser in the direction I am going now. Not only with the [Presence Detection] skill, but I also proceeded while being wary with everything, and then I noticed the reaction of one living being. I activated my [Assimilation] skill, and when I approached the reaction while holding my breath, a huge bear killing its prey and eating it comes to my sight. The bear has three atrocious horns growing on its forehead and deep crimson fur. In addition to jaws and fangs that easily crush the flesh and bones of the creatures it killed. In terms of size, it''s two times larger than me. I activated the [Appraisal] skill to look at its status. [Devil Bear] Level: 450 Magic: 4500 Finally, I met an enemy that has stats more than 10,000. I''m more balanced if comparing the stats between us, but despite that, its attack power that has over 10,000 is still troublesome. ¡­Can I kill it? I can''t think of that in peaceful Japan, but since I came to this world, I''ve had that dangerous thought circuit in me. However, I didn''t think that that thought circuit was scary because I felt it was necessary in order to live in this world. When I spend time on earth, I don''t have that kind of thing anyway, so I reckon that that feeling is only limited in this different world. In the end, I decided to attack the Devil Bear. I''ll eventually fight with it anyway, and I don''t know how strong the monsters in this hinterland is, nor I know where this Devil Bear''s caste is, so I want to measure a standard of the strength of the monsters here. I immediately took out [Formless Bow] from the [Item box]. This [Formless Bow] is a bow without a shape. In other words, it''s invisible to the eye. However, I could recognize it since I got a feeling I firmly held the bow. Furthermore, I could also generate an invisible arrow, depending on my will. I attached an invisible arrow to the bow and aimed it quietly at the Devil Bear while holding my breath. And then ©¤©¤ "Gaaaaaaaaahhhhhh!?" It was a bull''s eye, the invisible arrow pierced in the Devil Bear''s left eye. The Devil Bear screamed in agony by the sudden attack. However, as one would expect from the monsters in the hinterland of the forest, it immediately noticed me, who was supposed to hiding from the direction where the arrow flew and stared daggers at me. "It seems the bow is could only go this far¡­ Well then, the next will be this!" I took out the [Absolute Spear], which I had been using the most, I approached the Devil Bear straightaway to give it a sharp blow. "Haahh!" "Guoooooo!" However, the Devil Bear uses its sharp claws to meet my [Absolute Spear] right from the front. As a result, I was blown away by its attack power. "Kuh!" I managed to regain my posture in the air, and as soon as I landed, I took distance. Sure enough, The Devil Bear seems to have planned to chase me but turned vigilant due to our range. The two of us have remained vigilant to each other, but the Devil Bear seems to lose its patience and is the first one to move. "Gurururu¡­ Gaaaaaaaaaaahh!" "What!?" The Devil Bear is spouting a scorching flame from its mouth. I quickly rolled over from the spot, trying to avoid it. ¡­No matter how I think about it now, it was magic, wasn''t it? The monsters that I''ve fought until now had never used magic, so I was more than surprised to see the Devil Bear''s flames. You see, I also want to use magic like this Devil Bear and that soldier. I guess that''s that, huh? Do I have to wait until I''m thirty? I think I have the qualities to be a great wizard[1]¡­ Oh my? My eyes are sweating now[2]¡­ Thinking about such nonsense, I thought again about how to deal with the Devil Bear''s magic. I feel I''d be just its magic''s prey if I just approach it carelessly. When I was thinking about my plan, the Devil Bear spouted another flame, but this time, it made it in a spherical shape and shot it. I twisted my body and kept avoiding them, but if it stays like this, I''ll just keep on slowly losing out. Whether it will be the Devil Bear''s magic, or will it be my stamina which will be exhausted first. To be honest, this guy is a superior opponent, so I feel that it will be the later. So when it comes to this, I had no choice but to be careful to feint it and defeat it in an instant after all, right? I''m not good with tactics yet, so I can only think of such a simple thing. ¡­Eeii, it''s no use to think about it! Let''s try it anyway! I decided to do so and then ran toward the Devil Bear. "Gaaahhh!" Hereupon, the Devil Bear was spreading the flame like a flamethrower as if it was saying that it wouldn''t let me approach. Hey, what if there is a fire, huh? Fortunately, the Devil Bear''s flame doesn''t seem to burn down the trees so it might be a unique flame. It''s not worth worrying about, and I also understood that I couldn''t get close to the fire, so I took a back-step just barely at the scope of the flame''s range. "Guuaaaaahhh!" The Devil Bear made a startling voice at my sudden movement. Ignoring it, I stepped backward and threw [Absolute Spear] at the same time toward the Devil Bear. "Gaaaaahhhhhhh!" At first, it seemed that this fellow was going to shoot the [Absolute Spear] down with its flames but then decided that it was impossible because of the characteristics of the spear, and instead tried to counter it with its heinous claws. "Now!" Since that fellow decided to oppose it with its claws, that meant that it wouldn''t use its flames, right? I didn''t miss that opportunity and closed the distance. "Gaaaaahh!" The Devil Bear raised its voice in surprise as I approached it at a tremendous speed but quickly tried to cut me with its sharp claws. "Haaaaahh!" I thought I wouldn''t be able to get close anymore if I take a distance here, so I throw a kick with all my might aimed at the Devil Bear''s arm. "Oryaaaaa!" "Guuooooooo!" I stepped on the ground with all my strength and used my whole body to kick it while remembering the contents of the book I had bought at the secondhand bookstore. As a result, the Devil Bear''s arm was knocked away by my kick and destroyed its posture. I quickly slipped into the bosom of the Devil Bear, who became defenseless as it loses its stance. And then I equipped the [Infinity Gauntlet] on my arm. "Uuoooooooooo!" While using the kick''s momentum, I throw an attack loaded with my full power at the Devil Bear''s abdomen. "Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhh!" It''s just one blow. However, it''s combined with the effect of [Infinity Gauntlet]. The effect is when you hit something, the same powerful attack will repeatedly occur in the same place. The only way to prevent it is to defend against that attack or repel it. And the devil bear had no way to prevent my attack. The overwhelming series of attacks were repeated indefinitely on the Devil Bear''s abdomen. Finally, the Devil Bear was blown off vomiting blood from its mouth, fell, and died behind me. I somehow won in a posture like a boxing champion with my fist pumped up to the sky. £ª£ª£ª "Now, let''s look at the item drops¡­" These are the sort of materials dropped by the Devil Bear; [Red Hair of The Evil Bear] :: The Devil Bear''s fur. Resistant to fire and very warm, but also has a soft texture. [Meat of The Evil Bear] :: The Devil Bear''s meat. The meat will be hard when baked, but very soft when cooked. [Blood of The Evil Bear] :: The Devil Bear''s blood. Sometimes it is used as an item for magic tools, but you can also drink it accordingly. It has a refreshing taste, and it doesn''t smell like iron. This blood also can be used for dashi soup. You can acquire resistance to flames by drinking it. "Hey, this blood¡­" The drop items I got were a large solid red fur, a large amount of meat wrapped in mysterious grasses, and a large amount of blood stuffed in a large bottle. "I''m not sure about this resistance to the flames, but¡­ If I can eat it, I''ll use it for cooking next time." Normally, I may be reluctant to use blood for cooking, but I would gladly eat it if I knew it was edible. There''s nothing wrong with being frugal anyway. After checking the effect and throwing it into the item box, I turned my eyes to the rest. [Magic Stone: Rank A] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. [Flame Guitar] Rare drop items that can be obtained from Devil Bear. Playing with this guitar will make you feel uplifted and passionate. If you can master it, you''ll be able to manipulate the flames. "Eh, aside from the magic stone, what the heck is this guitar¡­" No, I was a little surprised that the rank of the magic stone was A. The Devil Bear''s level was high, and it can use magic as well, so I thought it would be an S-rank monster. However, it''s just an A-rank monster. It has the same rank as Goblin General. Thinking it again, I can''t even imagine what kind of monsters the S-rank one is. "I guess that''d be okay. Now I don''t know whether this guitar is better than the magic stone¡­" And this guitar also seemed to be a rare drop item, but why a guitar? It would be better to get accessories like the [Black Moon Necklace], the rare drop item that I got from the Hell Slime, however¡­ Besides, I¡­ I''ve only used recorders and keyboard harmonica as musical instruments. I couldn''t afford to touch other instruments for entertainment or hobbies, after all. A-and it''s also written that I would be able to manipulate flames if I can master it¡­ It seems that it''s something different from using magic, what is it actually? "¡­Well, now I have a little extra room¡­ I wonder if I should buy a guitar textbook for beginners at a bookstore and practice it?" I''ve never had a hobby before, but it might be a good idea to start something with this opportunity. When I thought so, a familiar message suddenly appeared in front of me. Level-Up "Oh, my level went up." Yep, the level will be easy to rise if you defeat enemies who have a status above you. And then I immediately checked my status; [Tenjou Yuuya] Occupation: None Magic: 5900 BP:200 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 7] [Presence Detection] [Fast Reading] [Cooking: 5] [Map] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Assimilation] Title: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] "I went up two levels." Not only my own level, but the level of [True Martial Arts] also went up. This is a good sign then. For now, there''s not much BP that I got, so I just swung it all to my luck stats, and it''s become 8600 now. "Yosh, then, should I go a little further?" After checking various things, I stepped back into the forest again. £ª£ª£ª At the time when Yuuya was exploring the forest, there''s been a significant occurrence in the entertainment world on earth. "Hey, did you see that photo?" "I saw it! That one who''s in the photo with Miwa-chan, right?" "Who''s that boy? From which agency is he?" "I really have no idea about that." The time when Miwa did a photoshoot together with Yuuya in the shopping mall became a hot topic in the agency where she belongs. The information network of the entertainment world cannot be underestimated anyway, and the man who did a photoshoot with Miwa hasn''t only become a topic in the agency where Miwa belongs to, but also in the others agencies¡­ In other words, there was a lot of talk about Yuuya right now, in spite of only a short amount of time passing since the photoshoot. And on that matter, not only did the model on the photo, Miwa, become even more popular but also the photographer, Hikari, who took the photo, has become a super famous person in the entertainment world. "Hey, investigate the things about that boy!" "What is the boy''s name!?" "What the hell are the scouts doing now!?" S§×ar?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "We''ll definitely find him!" The various fashion-related agencies were starting to make a move to scout Yuuya. And yet even the agency where Miwa belongs to has also asked her about Yuuya''s name. Still, since it was Yuuya''s personal information, Miwa decided not to tell them about it. The photographer''s Hikari is also one of the rare people who wasn''t interested in the agency idea, and he also didn''t tell Yuuya''s name for the same reason as Miwa. Therefore, Yuuya''s name was never known by the agency. Miwa and Hikari, or even Yuuya himself, did not know whether this decision was good or bad. But, both Miwa and Hikari have conducted it for Yuuya''s sake, and it wasn''t so relevant because Yuuya himself hadn''t even dreamed the topic about him had become a hot issue now. Besides, the current Yuuya is a hikikomori. He only goes out when he''s run out of his daily necessities or when he goes to the school, and his daily needs have just been replenished the other day, so it would be even more difficult to meet him. It''s more fun to spend time in a different world for the current Yuuya, and unless there''s something happening, he won''t stop exploring in a different world. ©¤©¤ However, it was only a matter of time before Yuuya was known to society. [1]- One of Japanese internet slang which stating that a person can be endowed with magical powers and become a "wizard" if they reach the age of 30 without engaging in sexual intercourse. [2]- A retarded way to say you are crying. Chapter 23 - Book 6: Part 1 Another chapter for today, join my Patreon to read up to 4 chapters ahead. Part 1 From this sunny day, I will be attending school as a student of "Ousei Gakuen". I was wondering about the transfer procedure, but apparently, the board chairman had also handled it, so there was almost nothing I could do. I really feel indebted to him. Be that as it may, I couldn''t help but to excited to think that I could go to that "Ousei Gakuen" from now on. However, although I received my uniform, I don''t have a textbook or P.E uniform yet, so I''m going to receive it tomorrow. Until then, I''ll have to ask the person next to me to show her textbooks and just observe during P.E class. I was attending school while thinking about such things, and students in uniforms from "Ousei Gakuen" began to come into my sight here and there. "Hey, hey, that¡­" "The person rumored yesterday!". "Wait¡­ Isn''t he much more handsome!?" "Amazing¡­ from which model agency is he?" "No, I''ve never seen such a handsome model before, you know?" Hmm¡­ Strangely, their eyes are gathered on me. Is there a problem with my uniform? I arrived at the school with some anxiety, but, first, I went to greet Tsukasa-san in the chairman''s office. Then, like yesterday, he welcomes me with a gentle smile. "Oh, it looks good on you." "I-is that so? Somehow, there were a lot of eyes on me, so I wonder if it really suits me¡­" "Umu¡­ You might have to start with confidence in yourself." "Eh?" "No, it''s nothing. Leaving that aside, you''re going to begin your life at this school from today. As I said yesterday, I couldn''t prepare your textbooks and P.E uniform until tomorrow. I''m sorry about that." "No, no! It''s okay." "It saves me if you say that. I''ll get it ready tomorrow morning." "Yes, thank you very much." After finishing the necessary conversation, the chairman and I chatted a little bit. And for the last one when it was time to head to the classroom, he told me; "If you have any problems, don''t hesitate to tell me. However, there might be a case where I''m not in school and tell my daughter, Kaori, at that time. I don''t mind just hearing the story later." "Really¡­ thank you very much for everything." I bowed my head with a whole lot of gratitude. "Don''t worry about it. Now, it''s time to go to the classroom. Your new school life is waiting for you from now on." "Yes!" I bowed once again and went to the classroom where I am going to spend my time. £ª£ª£ª "©¤ Then, Yuuya Tenjou decided to spend another time in this class. It''s been a while, but everyone should get along, okay?" "Yes!" said everyone in the class. My class was the same as before, and Ryo and Shingo-kun looked at me, waving their hand with a smile. ¡­It''s amazing. I can''t believe there''s someone who accepts me properly. I almost cried because of the difference in treatment I got until now, but I finished a simple greeting and took the same seat as yesterday. And greet Hyoudou-san in the seat next to me again. "Hyoudou-san, please take care of me again, umm, I''m sorry, but¡­ I didn''t get my textbook yet, it should be ready tomorrow, so can you show me yours again for today?" "¡­Hmm, please take care of me, too. Ah yeah, got it, I don''t mind, and you can just call me Yukine, anyway." "Thank you!" Truly, Hyoudou-san¡­ I mean, Yukine is a good person. I will thank her again if there is an opportunity for it. And, that''s how I started taking classes in my new class. £ª£ª£ª "Amazing¡­" It was in the afternoon class. After finishing lunch with Ryo and the others, it was the time for P.E class. Moreover, it will last for two hours. Since I becomes strangely sleepy after lunch, I''m grateful for this kind of physical activity class. However, I couldn''t participate because I didn''t have the P.E uniform, so, I will only observe for now. In front of me, there was a scene in which Ryo keeping the soccer ball dribbling it and pulled out many students. By the way, Shingo-kun is in the same team as Ryo and standing in front of the goal. Yep, I''m also not good at sports, so I know why he wants to be in that position. "Wai-! Somebody, go stop Ryooo!" "No, wait, he has marked by three people, you know!?" "If with three people aren''t enough, five will do!" Then, five students rush to Ryo alone, but Ryo is just broadly grinning, looking at the spectacle as if to ridicule it. "That''s a bad move, you know? Oops." "Geeeeeeee!?" the five students shouted in amazement. Ryo kicked the ball up with his heels, he let it pass over the heads of five people, and he himself followed the ball and slipped out between them. "No¡­ Shingo-kun said Ryo was amazing, but¡­ hey, it wasn''t just a joke, he''s really amazing¡­" "Right? The boys who on his team might be relieved, but the boys who became his enemy will be desperate." "Eh?" When I involuntarily muttered that, I hear a voice that answered my mutter. I turned toward the voice in surprise, and there was a cheerful girl with a ponytail. "Ah, did I surprise you?" "Just a little¡­ Uhm¡­?" I know the students who are in the same class as me, but I still don''t remember their names. And, it seemed to have transmitted to the other party, and the girl said while making an apologetic face. "Sorry, sorry, you must be wondered about my name, right? ¡­I''m Kaede Kazama! Nice to meet you, Yuuya-kun." "Nice to meet you, too. Kazama-san." When I answered so, Kazama-san smiled bitterly. "You can just call me Kaede, you know! I''ll also call you Yuuya-kun." "I-is that so? Alright, then." If I think about it, everyone just calls out with a given name¡­ It''s too friendly. When I thought so, the other girls also came near us and supporting the boys. "Do your best, everyone." "Go, go, go!" "Hey, run even more!" Although I was a little surprised at the scene, I asked Kaede. "Are the girls taking a break?" "Yes. That''s why the girls come to see the boy like this. The boys are different from us in terms of strength, after all!" "I see¡­" I was convinced by Kaede''s words and shifted my gaze to the field again; the boys'' morale exploded because the girl had come to see them, and their movement has improved because of that. You guys are really easy to understand, oi. "Yooshaaa! Please look at my brilliant footwork¡­!" "No, no, you should look at me instead!" "That''s also good, but more than that¡­" "LET''S STOP RYO!" they said in unison. Then, unlike before, everyone except the goalkeeper went to stop Ryo. "Whoa!? W-what is it!?" "Hand me the ball!" "No, I''d be the one who''s taking it!" "Get out of my way! You''re just a hindrance!" Ryo''s face has to twitch, looking at the opponent''s team rushes to him as the same as the scene of carnage. "A-as expected, I won''t be able to handle this much¡­" "TAKE THISSSS!" Ryo laughed as the enemy team shouted out a war-cry as they plunged toward him. "Oi oi¡­ Football is a team game, you know?" "HEEEE!?" the enemy''s team shouted in unison. Ryo passed the ball he was keeping to one of his teammates. "AAAAAHHHH!?" they were clamoring as if just realized about it. "You''re all idiots¡­" Everyone, except the keeper, was heading to Ryo, so the enemy space was defenseless. The student who received the ball was a smooth blonde ikemen guy. "Fufufu¡­ It was me who got the ball. You couldn''t win anymore! Look, this is my special shoot¡­!" After he brushed his hair with his hand, he shot the ball with great strength ©¤ toward here. "Heh!?" "Hey, idiot! Where are you kicking it?" Ryo said so involuntarily, but he was stunned. However, the ball is approaching here at a terrible speed at such a time. How much power did he put into it? Leaving that aside, the girls, including Kaede, were close to this unexpected situation, they were unable to move, and some screamed and crouched on the spot. When I saw it, my body was naturally moving, and when I noticed it¡­ I stood in front of Kaede, who was on the straight line of the ball and did a jumping volley aiming at the ball that flew here. Despite the flying ball, my kick hit beautifully and went straight to the goal that Ryo and his team were originally aiming for. And then ©¤©¤ "N-no way¡­" "T-that''s a goal¡­" "Are you serious¡­" The ball which flew at an astonishing speed made a beautiful goal. I landed without difficulty and called out to Kaede, who had dumbfounded behind me. "Are you okay?" "¡­Eh!? Eh, ah, u¡­un! I''m fine!" "Is that so? That''s good, then." No, I was delighted. Since I went to the different world, my physical abilities have dramatically improved, and I was able to contain the girls without harming them. I wonder if I''ve become pretty strong in here too? This is including with the man who once disturbed Miwa-san before. Anyway, it was good; I still had the time to do that. The reason why I was able to move quickly was that I had a lot of experience kicking and knocked its strong-arm away in the battle with the Devil Bear. I was relieved of that, and when I smiled, Kaede''s face turned beet red, but she immediately shook her face and asked me as if she just remembered something. "¡­Ah!? Yu-Yuuya-kun! What''s that movement just now!? I''ve only seen such movement in the manga, you know!?" "Eh? U-um¡­ No matter what it was¡­ I just could do it." S§×ar?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Recently, learning how to move my body in the different world, I was able to reproduce the movements I imagined. Well, I had a hard time. My body moves, but my consciousness couldn''t catch up. Nevertheless, what would she think when Kaede sees the movement when I fight against the Devil Bear? During such a conversation, the other girls also say thanks to me. Then, Ryo came to us. "I''m sorry, were you all right?" "Yep, Yuuya-kun protected me." "That''s good, then. Or rather, Yuuya, that was really amazing. Isn''t it okay for you to join the club?" "Eh!? Yuuya-kun, are you in the going home club!?" "W-well¡­" Until now, I''ve barely been able to move because of that damn fat, anyway. "Yuuya-kun, you don''t look so muscular, though." "K-Kaede!" When I remember my old days, Kaede touched my arm and stomach. "Wow, that''s amazing. I couldn''t tell it from the top of your clothes, but when I touch it, you have a great muscle! I was surprised by how stiff it was!" "I-I wonder if it is right?" "I''m serious, you know. I''m training in the track and field club, but I really couldn''t get any muscle. Look, it''s soft, isn''t it?" "Ueeee!?" I was ultimately off guard, and Kaede guided my hand to touch her stomach. It''s soft¡­ No, it''s not what I mean! "K-Kaede-san? This is¡­ I think it''s not a good idea to let a boy to touch your body." "Eh? Ah, s-sorry. I was doing it unconsciously." Kaede hurriedly released my arm and pulled her head with her face turning red. No, I don''t think you''re doing it unconsciously! I think you''re just a little defenseless! "A-ano!" Suddenly, we heard a loud voice. I turned my face to the voice and saw a blonde boy who kicked the ball before. Wondering what had happened, he immediately does dogeza with a flowing movement. "I''m really sorrrryyyyyyyy!" I was fascinated by a moment looking at the excessively beautiful dogeza, Kaede, immediately told him. "It''s ok. It''s ok. I didn''t get hurt at all!" "Oh¡­ Will you forgive me¡­? I will serve you for my whole life¡­!" "Eh¡­ No, I don''t need that¡­" "Goddamn!" He''s kind of funny, isn''t he? He''s a student of the type I had never seen before in high school, but he seemed to be a good boy. He stood up and said, "Well¡­ You saved me as well. Thank you." he thanked me, too. "Yes, well, I''m glad I could handle it, too. Be careful next time." "I''ll be handling it carefully next time!" Replying to that, he introduced himself as he just recalled it. "Oh, since you don''t remember my name yet, so I''ll do it again. My name is Akira Ichinose. I''m the one who''s called [Young Noble of The Ousei Gakuen]¡­!" "No, I''ve never heard of it before." Ryo smiled bitterly, hearing my tsukomi. "As you can see, Akira has some habits, but he''s not a bad guy. Well, it may take some time for you to get used to his joke." "What did you say. I''m very normal, you know? Hey, look at me!" While saying that he brushed his hair, it might be an action that looks pretentious if he did it normally, but it suits Akira''s well. He''s amazing. Indeed, he has a weird habit, but he seems to be a good boy¡­ This school is really interesting. I can''t think of it in my previous high school. That''s what I thought again. Chapter 24 - Book 6: Part 2 Here''s today''s chapter. I''m sorry, there will be only one chapter this week. I''ll try to bring more on the next week, enjoy~ After the physical education class, Kaede and the other girls went to the changing room to change their clothes. Also, the girls from the next class had already begun to change their clothes there. There is Kaori in it, too, and Kaede, who acquainted with her, called out to her while changing clothes. "Ah, Kaori-san! Could it be that your class after this is P.E class?" "Yeah, how was that?" Kaede''s eyes shined at the words. "Listen, listen. The transfer student, Yuuya-kun, is amazing, you know!" "Eh? Yuuya-san?" "Yes, yes! Today''s boy''s class was football, but the ball that Akira kicked flew towards us who were watching. More precisely, the ball happened flew towards me! I thought, ah, it will hit me! But, Yuuya-kun kicked the ball back with an amazing movement. Moreover, the ball went straight to the goal! Wasn''t it amazing!?" "A-amazing movement, you said?" The confused Kaori asked Kaede, who spoke with excitement. Then, Yukine, who dressed next to Kaede, spoke up while taking off her P.E uniform. "¡­Hmm. As Kaede said. It''s like in a manga or an anime¡­ It was like a movement in such a world." "Right!? It was really amazing!" "Is that so¡­?" "It was cool, you know!" "Yup, yup. I mean¡­ Don''t you feel that he''s like a "Prince"?" "Oh, I know that. I feel like that kind of atmosphere from Yuuya-kun, too." Following Kaede and Yukine, other girls began to talk about Yuuya. By looking at the situation, Kaori knew that Yuuya was accustomed to the class and was relieved. And then, Kaede blurted something out of the blue. "I wonder if Yuuya-kun has a girlfriend." "Eh!? Y-Yuuya-san, has a girlfriend¡­?" "Ah, no! I also don''t know the truth, you know? It''s just that he''s so cool." "Ah¡­ y-you''re right." Kaori, who was surprised hearing Kaede''s words, was relieved by the words that followed after, but this time she tilted her head in puzzlement as to why she was relieved after knowing that. "Ah, if I don''t hurry, the class will start!" "Really!? Sorry to keep you here." "No, don''t worry about it." "Do your best in physical education!" After looking at the clock, Kaede and the others realized that it had been quite a while, rushed to change their clothes, and immediately jumped out of the changing room. "What is this feeling¡­?" Kaori murmured after Kaede and the others came out of the room. She was just confused by the emotions she had never experienced before. £ª£ª£ª "¡­Lexia-sama has returned safely." "¡­ What?" It was at the royal capital "Montres" located in the center of Alceria Kingdom. A man had received a report in a room at the royal castle located in that royal capital. "In other words, you have failed?" "¡­That''s what it''s all about." "¡­Tell me more about what happened." "Yes¡­ it went well until we separated Lexia-sama from the knights who escorted her, but the place where she ran to was¡­"the Great Devil''s Nest". "What?" The man frowned at the words of the person wearing the hood. "Great Devil''s Nest¡­ Why did she go into that land?" "It seems Lexia-sama herself didn''t know that she went to the "Great Devil''s Nest", and the people who were on the task were also chasing her too far, and as a result¡­ they''re all dead." "Fool¡­ The monsters of that land are unusually strong. That¡­ Wait, you mean Lexia survived?" S§×arch* The NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Yes¡­ It seems that the escort knights who survived from the attacks of my brethren protected Lexia-sama." "¡­I don''t understand. They all set their feet in the "Great Devil''s Nest", but why was only Lexia is safe and my assassins were killed? Did a monster attack them? Or did the knights chase them in time and kill the assassins?" "My apologies, the information I got is only up to there¡­" "Sigh¡­ Useless." The person wearing the hood told that apologetically. The man looked down on him and closed his eyes, but he immediately opened it up and turned a sharp glance at the hooded figure who was lowered his head in front of him. "Could it be¡­ Did they tell about my identity?" "¡­I can''t say for sure, but I don''t think there''s any concern about that." The man then sat on a luxurious chair and poured the glass of liquor that he had on his hand into his mouth. And then, threw the glass to the person wearing the hood in front of him. "You can''t say, you said? Don''t spit out anything silly. Who you think picked you bastards up and raised you, filthy orphans?" "¡­ It was Your Highness." "Then don''t ever open your mouth about my information even if you die¡­ Sigh. Considering that there''s no soldier coming here, it seems that they still do not know about this." As the man says, the identities of the people that attacked Lexia weren''t confirmed yet. It was also because the goblin general had disfigured them to the point that they cannot be recognized anymore, but above all, they did not divulge a single word of information about the man, who was their lord, to Lexia. "But there''s no doubt that this will make them more vigilant. Lexia''s own strength is known, but the knights who follow her are also troublesome. Do you understand?" "¡­Yes." "This failure is bigger than you think. If my mistake is known, it will shake my position¡­" The person wearing the hood can only be silent, hearing the man''s words. "¡­Next. If you screw up your next mission¡­ You won''t be of use anymore." "I''ll keep that in mind¡­" "Good then, you can leave now." "Ha!" Then, the person wearing the hood disappeared from the place as if melting in the darkness. The man leans his back on the chair, then muttering something with a disputing mind. "Dirty blood¡­ Your presence in the royal family¡­ is a hindrance to me¡­ I''ll definitely kill you next time." The muttering had swallowed up in the darkness. £ª£ª£ª The location has changed, and Lexia is resting in her own bed in the royal castle of Alceria Kingdom. On Lexia''s side, a middle-aged knight ©¤ Owen, asked her with a worried expression. "Excuse me, Lexia-sama. How is your condition?" "Yeah, I''m fine." After a mysterious group attacked Lexia, she returned safely to the royal capital and has reported the matter about the incident. Still, the King couldn''t make a big move because there was not much information about the mysterious group. "¡­Are you really sure?" "¡­Yes. I don''t want my father to worry about it anymore. I''m safe like this, so that''s enough." Owen realizes that there is no use to asking about her condition for more than this and decided to asked Lexia for another matter. "Lexia-sama. Could you tell me what had happened in that Great Devil''s Nest?" "I already said it when I woke up, didn''t I? I have no idea about who that group was or who sent them. And, it was the Goblin General who killed them all¡­" "That''s strange. When we rushed there, we didn''t see the Goblin General. And considering the situation, it''s hard to believe that only Lexia-sama was being overlooked¡­" "Even if you say so¡­" While saying that Lexia remembered something, the appearance of a certain young man crossed her mind even though it''s also a bit vague because of the shock and the fatigue that she received after attacked by the Goblin General. "Come to think of it¡­! I was saved by a man!" "A man?" said Owen with a wondered expression on his face. "Yes, he was about the same age as me." "As Lexia-sama!? He beat the Goblin General at an age that seemed to have just come of age¡­" Owen was deeply surprised by Lexia''s words. Even for Owen, he could barely subdue a Goblin Elite alone, and it wasn''t very unthinkable to defeat the Goblin General that is above it in terms of rank and power. Moreover, Owen is a talented person so that his name is not only known in this Alceria kingdom but also other countries. Unlike in Japan, in this country, one''s could be recognized as an adult at the age of fifteen, and it is hard to believe that a young man of that age has a much higher ability than Owen. However, Lexia herself was aware of how far her words were from common sense, so she immediately tried to deny it. "B-but, it could be what I saw was only a mistake or illusion due to my despair, yeah, maybe that." "No, that''s not true." "Eh?" Lexia, who never thought she would also be denied, let out her voice involuntarily. "Actually, when we perceived Lexia-sama''s presence, there was another presence near you. However, that presence was disappeared cleanly for some reason, so I thought that I misunderstood it." "W-well then, that man is real¡­" "Yes, I don''t know who it is, but he certainly existed. So, how does he look?" "Well, let me see¡­ A beautiful black hair and black eyes. I kind of feel like he was like a foreign aristocrat." "Black hair and black eyes, huh? It''s certainly rare in this Alceria Kingdom¡­ Moreover, if he''s a foreign noble, it might be a little troublesome." "Troublesome?" "¡­No, we can''t find anything, for now, let''s stop speculating things. It''s not clear why that young man erased his presence, but I think there''s no such thing as hostility or harm from him, and I think thus far, there''s no need to be very vigilant about him." Owen couldn''t welcome more people targeting Lexia. However, considering that he didn''t kill Lexia under those circumstances, he thought it would be too early to conclude that he was an adversary, so he decided internally to take the same precautions as the other nobles. Not knowing about the decision Owen had made, Lexia looked out the window and sighed. "I wonder who he was¡­ If I could see him again¡­" Lexia breathe out a small sigh again. "He saved me, and I must thank him immediately!" "Wha-?" Owen raised such a voice at Lexia''s words and had a bad feeling at the same time. And yes, that feeling was right. "I''ve decided. Let''s go to the "Great Devil''s Nest" once again! We may be able to meet that person again!" "L-Lexia-sama!? That''s dangerous! And you also just got attacked by assassins¡­" "It''s fine. We''re going to "Great Devil''s Nest", right? So, no one will come after me." "The problem is with that "Great Devil''s Nest" itself. You''ve just experienced it yourself, right? That''s very dangerous!" "Yes. But if you come with me, I''ll be fine, right?" "Even if I''m with you, the "Great Devil''s Nest" is still a very dangerous place. First of all, what are you going to say to His Majesty!?" Owen is undoubtedly strong, but the story changes when it comes to whether his strength is acceptable in the "Great Devil''s Nest". He might be able to deal with it if a Goblin Elite attacked them, but if it were a Goblin General, that would be impossible. Before that, he didn''t think that the King would send out his beloved daughter, who was just attacked. "It''s okay. I''ll convince father. And it is not good for the royal family to not express their gratitude after being saved¡­ I want to meet him in person and say my gratitude!" "B-but¡­!" "I''ve already decided. I''ve already decided to do so, and I''ll go to my father right away!" "P-please wait, Lexia-sama¡­!" In the end, Owen couldn''t stop Lexia, and Lexia went to talk directly to her father, the King. Chapter 25 - Book 6: Part 3 While the story progressed with Yuuya''s ignorance, Japanese trends were all about a certain person. "Hey, did you see this month''s CutieBeauty?" "I saw it! Who was the boy next to Miwa-chan!?" "He looks like an ordinary person, but¡­ he''s super cool, isn''t he?" ©¤Yes, a fashion magazine that uses the photo of the model Miwa and Yuuya has been released. There were many subscribers in the magazine in which Miwa, a model soaring in popularity, was listed in it. They were mostly young women. But, their eyes were snatched away by Yuuya, who was in a two-shot photo with Miwa in that magazine. "That photoshoot was probably done in a nearby shopping mall, but¡­ I wonder if he''s a localperson!?" "He''s like at the same age as us¡­ most likely a high school student, too, right?" "Eh!? If so, I''d be super jealous of the girls in the same school as him!" "I might become a fan¡­" "I mean, that smile is dangerous, right? The photographer''s skill is good, too!" The subscribers are not only people who don''t know Yuuya but of course, some people know him, too. "Eh¡­ This is, Yuuya-kun!?" "No way, are you serious!?" "Is he the rumored special admittance student?" "Yes, yes! He''s in the same class as me, but he''s super cool! He''s so amazing at the P.E class the other day!" "Eh, tell me about that in detail!" "I can''t believe there''s such a handsome guy exist¡­ Honestly, he looks better than any idol or actor that I''ve seen on TV." "Ah, I thought so too!" "No, you don''t even have to compare it." It was well-known to the people of the same "Ousei Gakuen", but the topic of Yuuya was also in a particular scene ©¤©¤ . "©¤ Miwa-chan!" "Ah, Hikari-san! Good morning." "Good morning. The magazine with a photo of you and Yuuya-kun is selling greatly now, and it seems to be inundated with orders." "Eh!? I-is that right?" The topic of Yuuya came out again, even among Miwa and Hikari, who had taken the photoshoot with Yuuya. "Yes, I''ve been a photographer for quite a long time, but this is the first time that a magazine that has my photo to be sell this well." "Amazing, Yuuya-san¡­" "What are you talking about? Miwa-chan''s popularity has also risen, right? The director was also laughing a lot when she suddenly got a lot of work to do." "Ah-ahahahaha¡­" Miwa smiled bitterly as she imagined the director of the agency they belonged to. "But Yuuya-kun is really amazing. Only one photoshoot of him has already made a lot of noise in society. How''s it? Miwa-chan. Why don''t you ''attack'' Yuuya-kun now?" "Eh!? T-that''s impossible! Yuuya-san is indeed very kind, and he had helped me when that male model harassed me, but¡­ because he''s so cool, he probably already has a girlfriend." "Ara, I don''t know that. But, it''s hard to find such a good boy, so if you get a chance, try to ''attack'' him." Miwa tried to react to Hikari''s words, but he had gone away just like that, so she could only mumble. "Geez, Hikari-san¡­ But if Yuuya-san really doesn''t have a girlfriend ©¤©¤" The story was getting bigger and bigger without Yuuya knowing about it. What will happen to him when he goes to school tomorrow¡­ He doesn''t know yet. £ª£ª£ª It''s been a while since I started attending "Ousei Gakuen", but I felt a lot more gazes toward me than usual. There were a lot of girls who turned their glances at me, too. "Wa-wait! Isn''t he that man in the magazine!? "Eh, no way! Isn''t that Ousei Gakuen''s uniform!?" "He looks cooler than in the photos!" "Thank God~, I could see him here." Some people have pressed their hands together while looking at me for some reason. Is there someone behind me?! What is that? Scary!? (T/N: Pray posture.) Then, one of the girls who was looking at me spoke to me. "A-ano!" "Yes?" "Can we shake hands?" "Eeh!?" S-shake hands? What? This is. What''s with this situation? I was confused by this unreasonable situation. Then, the other girls who were looking at me also came to me all at once. "M-me too, please!" "Ah, you unfair!" "Can I take a picture?" "Please, become my friend¡­!" No, wait, I really don''t know why!? Perhaps¡­ they mistook me for someone? Other than that, I couldn''t think of any other reason why strangers would ask me to shake hands, so I hurriedly turned it down. "S-sorry. Probably you''re mistaking me with someone else! I-I¡­ I have to go now!" "Ah!" Feeling a little fear in a situation where I was suddenly surrounded by strangers, I went to the school to run away. In the school, When I walked in the corridor, somehow, many students also looked at me while whispering, so the doubt inside me only expanded. What''s really going on here? ¡­Could it be, my zipper is open!? ¡­No, it would be strange to ask such a person to shake hands. I checked my pants, but there was nothing unusual about it. It would be the end if I were told that it was weird. In the end, I arrived in the classroom without knowing anything and sat down in my seat, but then, Kaede came over to me in excitement. "Ah, Yuuya-kun, Yuuya-kun! Good morning!" "Good morning. You''re already in full spirits in the morning huh, anything happened?" "I''m always like this, aren''t I? Rather than that, look at this!" "Eh?" Kaede suddenly placed a magazine on my desk. "Here! This page! It''s Yuuya-kun who''s in the picture with Miwa-chan, right!? "Ah yeah, it''s me. The book has been released, huh¡­" Some time ago, I had a photoshoot with a model, Miwa-san, at a shopping mall. ¡­But when was this picture taken? What''s in the magazine was a photo of Miwa-san and I chatting happily on a bench. However, it''s not a pose that instructed by Hikari-san; this scene was¡­ I wonder if it was taken when I was talking about modeling with Miwa-san¡­ So, that''s why we didn''t take anymore shoot after that, huh? Anyway¡­ I was laughing naturally in this photo, so in the end, I guess it was good, right? Other photos were also used, but the photos on the bench were the biggest; they were used in two facing pages. Kaede let out a small breath as she was convinced while looking at the magazine alone. "Haahh~¡­¡­ So, it''s really Yuuya-kun, huh. This photo is so good." "Really? Thank you. But the photographer''s skill was excellent. And Miwa-san is amazing, too." "No, no, no! It''s because Yuuya-kun is in the photo with that Miwa-san, that''s why the photo looks amazing!?" Kaede says so, but if she looked at the scene of the photoshoot, she wouldn''t be able to say so. My face and body were so tense. Then, Kaede suddenly pointed at one photo while pouting her cheeks. "But, isn''t this a little too close?" "Eh?" The photo that Kaede pointed to was the one pose that Miwa-san hugged me. "I know it''s a job, but¡­ are you two going out?" "Eeh!? N-no, we''re not!" "Hmm¡­ I see¡­ You aren''t dating yet, huh¡­" I hurriedly denied it, but looking at Kaede, why did she look somewhat relieved? And while I was talking with Kaede, a lot of other students were also talking while looking at me. "Look, look, it''s Yuuya-kun!" "The photos are cool, but still, the difference in experience is still visible." "Haahh¡­ I thought he was cool, but I never thought that he would do a photoshoot alongside with the popular model Miwa-chan¡­" "But Yuuya-kun is so kind. I somehow calm down when I see him talking with Ryo-kun and the others." "Tell me more about that!" "Eh, w-what? You scared me¡­" Looking at the classroom, I guess there are a lot of students who saw the magazine other than Kaede. Wait, did the person who asked me for a handshake while I was on my way to school had also look at the magazine? But, did I really give this much impact in just one shot? I''m not a great model like Miwa-san¡­ If someone wants to shake hands, then they should ask it to Miwa-san instead. While I had that thought, Ryo and Shingo-kun entered the class, and as soon as they found me, they rushed at me with high speed. "Hey, Yuuya! I knew that you were amazing!" "Amazing?" "Yeah, you were featured on TV!" "Eh?" I could only let out a dumb voice hearing Ryo''s words. Me¡­ on TV? "No, no, stop joking. I don''t remember being on TV." "It-it''s true, you know. Who is the man in the photo with Miwa-san, a model whose popularity is skyrocketing¡­" "¡­Seriously?" "I''m serious. Here, look!" Ryo showed me some of the news posted on the video site with his smartphone. (©¤©¤ Anyway, who is the man in the photo with Miwa-chan?) (He''s just like a supernova that suddenly appears.) (Yes. His appearance is good, but that aura that can be seen even from the photo is a little different from idols and actors, that elegance isn''t something that everyone can bring out. I can''t believe it''s just an ordinary person, let alone a rookie!) (It''s strange that there hasn''t been any fuss about him until now.) (The people in the industries also wish to bring him, don''t they?) (That''s amazing, isn''t it?) I was mute in amazement, seeing the video. This is¡­ is it really about me? Not another person? "¡­As far as I watched how Yuuya was, I can''t believe it was you¡­" "Eh, is that so?" "B-but, Yuuya-kun, you''re completely frozen¡­" I still didn''t understand it, but I remembered what happened this morning. "¡­So that''s why I was seen and talked to by so many people this morning¡­" As I thought, it was so odd. I don''t believe that one magazine has an influence on it, and yet, it''s hard to imagine that it would make a situation where so many people are calling out to me. However, the story would substantially change if it were featured on a TV like this. As I watched the video on the smartphone completely dumbfounded, Kaede told me excitedly. "It''s amazing. Yuuya-kun has become a hot topic among the girls right now!" "I don''t know why people get excited by the topic of me like that¡­ After all, I am nothing, I''m not an active idol either¡­ in the first place, why me?" The moment I said so, the three people floated an expression as if the emptiness had pierced them. "Eh? What''s wrong?" "U-um, Yuuya? Are you serious about what you just said?" "Yeah." Hikari-san is really amazing. Other than the photo on the bench, he could make me look cool in the other photos, too. "Yu-Yuuya-kun¡­ Isn''t your self-confidence too low?" "I wonder? I think it''s appropriate, however¡­" As everyone says, I think my appearance has changed. But I can''t like myself. My previous appearance has etched into my brain and can''t be separated, and I don''t know how many times I wanted to quit that body even if my appearance changed. Youta and Sora, which should have the same blood as me, were blessed with their appearance, and that just makes me more severed. That''s why I don''t really like myself. ¡­Well, unlike before, I''ve ranked a little bit from "completely hate" to "I don''t like it that much". This is also thanks to me leveled-up in the different world. It would be nice if I could build up my confidence little by little, but I can''t believe my inferiority will suddenly disappear, and I can''t like myself right away. With a slightly dark expression on my face, Ryo said to me with a serious look. "Yuuya. I don''t know what you had experienced in the past, but what are you going to do without admitting yourself?" "Eh?" "That''s why you have to be more confident and honest with yourself!" "¡­Can I be confident?" "It''s okay if you decided that yourself, right?" "I''m not sure¡­ but it''s okay, isn''t it?" "I''m not sure if you aren''t sure either¡­" "Ryo-kun, you don''t have to worry about the details." said Kaede. "I-I''ll help you too. I understand that because I don''t have confidence myself." said Shingo-kun. ¡­This school is really full of warm people. I felt my heart warmed up, hearing the words of these three people. S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Chapter 26 - Book 7 Another chapter for today, and it''s a whole chapter 7. Please enjoy~ During the class, I was vaguely looking out the window. The words of Ryo and the others this morning made me think about various things. ¡­I have to be more confident, huh? I was writing the contents on the blackboard instinctively in my notebook without paying attention to the teacher''s words. ¡­I should not, and I''m in the class right now, so I have to listen to the teacher seriously, but¡­ I can''t concentrate. Looking at the outside, another class was doing the P.E class right now at the sports ground. And when I looked closely, I could also see Kaori there. I was looking at such a class scene, and our eyes happened to meet; she waved her small hand at me. I also shook my hand to her reflexively, but then I remember that I was in the middle of the classes, I immediately tried to get my consciousness back on the blackboard. "©¤©¤ Hey!? What the heck are you all doing!?" Suddenly the sports ground became noisy. The commotion reaches our classroom, and not only me but also, but the other students also notice it. "What''s wrong?" "What happened?" When everyone looked out the window, there were men with flashy looks running around the sports ground on their bikes. There were dozens of them. Moreover, every motorcycle was basically a two-seater, and they also held nailed baseball bats and other dangerous objects in their hands. The students who were studying on the sports ground panicked, and the teacher was frantically soothing them, but before they knew it, those flashy men already surrounded them. "What are you all doing?" "You''re annoying, shut up!" One of the men swung the bat mercilessly to the P.E teacher who approached to warn them. Since he''s a P.E teacher, he somehow managed to avoid the attack. Then, several teachers came out of the staff room. "You guys, continue the study by yourself." My class teacher also went out of the classroom in a hurry after telling us to self-study. However, since everyone was worried, they couldn''t study and rushed to the window to look at the outside. "What? What''s going on?" "Hmm? That demon''s emblem, I feel like I''ve seen it somewhere¡­" "I-isn''t that the "Red Ogre''s emblem!?" "Red Ogre!?" I was startled by those words. Why is that? Because that''s a group belongs to Araki, who had bullied me in my previous school. No way¡­ Why are they here!? When I saw the teachers desperately trying to persuade the delinquents on the sports ground, there were people I knew among them. "Wh-¡­ Youta¡­ Sora¡­?" I found Youta and Sora standing while smiling behind the delinquents. Moreover, when I look carefully, there are also other people who had bullied me with Araki at first on the list. S§×ar?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I was overcome in surprise and couldn''t understand why were they here, and then Kaori talked resolutely to the delinquents on the surroundings, even though she had been encircled. "What do you want from our school? Sorry, but my father is not in school right now¡­" "What do we want? Of course, to make a mess, it had been decided, you know?" Kaori''s question wasn''t answered by one of the delinquents but by Youta. "You''re¡­" "Oh, you remembered me. I thought the elite-sama had forgotten about me. But if you do remember, I don''t need to explain it, right?" "¡­What would you do with this? The police will be here soon. Why are you doing this¡­?" "But you can''t do anything until they come, can you? We have more people here than the teachers there. Most of all, we have many hostages here, yes, it''s you guys!" Kaori was surprised at Youta''s words. As Youta says, there are only a dozen or so teachers, and it''s not very good, they wouldn''t be able to deal with all the members of the "Red Ogre". Rather, Youta smiled unpleasantly in front of the teachers, Kaori, and the others, who were not able to move. A particular muscular man among the delinquents called out to Youta. "Oi, Youta, are you sure you want to do this? It will be troublesome if the cops come. If your purpose is the woman there, you can just take her, right?" "Ah yeah, but¡­ If he''s really here, I''ve also had some business with my shitty big brother, but that''s fine. Well then, let''s just take that person back." "Yeahhh. Let''s do it flashy when we get back!" A man with a glint in his eye began to close the distance to catch Kaori. The teachers tried to stop him, but the other delinquents restrained them. Besides, they were unable to barge because the delinquents are showing movement to harm other students. "Wait, this is horrible!!" "B-but, what should we do?" Ryo and the other students feel that it''s a terrible situation, but they also can''t move frightened by the delinquents. I¡­ honestly scared, too. The memories when I had been bullied had flashed back, and my body is still trembling now. However, while I''m shaking, the delinquents are getting closer to Kaori. I¡­ I¡­ "Hmm? Hey, Yuuya¡­ Are you okay?" "You look pale, you know?" "Want to go to the infirmary?" Looking at me trembling, Ryo and the others showed me how they were worried from the bottom of their heart. That kind of treatment made me ashamed of myself. They were concerned, I just trembling and couldn''t move¡­ This is, well, isn''t this no different from before I leveled up? I then remembered Ryo''s words in the morning¡­ I don''t have confidence in myself, no matter what I do now. No, I don''t want to have one. I was scared and was unable to move, even though Kaori is about to be taken in front of me. What would grandpa say when he saw me like this? When I first met Kaori, I just made a scared voice. I wasn''t able to help her in a cool way at that time, and I only unilaterally was beaten. But¡­ I should have been more proud of myself now. My body has become stronger, but my heart is getting weaker¡­ I have to apologize to grandpa, to the different world, too¡­ and above all, to my old self. I can''t immediately have confidence, but¡­ Still, when I have one someday, I want to be more proud of myself¡­! Then, what should I do now!? That will be ©¤©¤ "Eh!? Yuuya!?" "Hey, wait a minute, wha-! Whoa!?" My body was moving when I thought about that. I put my foot on the window frame and jumped down¡­ "Uoooooh!? What are you doing!?" "Yuuya-kun!? It''s on the fourth floor, you knooowwww!?" Ryo and Kaede screamed, leaning their body out of the window, looking at my action jumped down in front of their eyes. However, I landed on the ground unscathed after a jump-off from the fourth floor. "Are you alright?! Yuuya!" "I''m fine!" "Oh, that''s good then ©¤©¤ that''s not what I mean! Hey, what are you doing!?" "I''m going to step in for a moment!" "They''re not like a convenience store!!" I thought it was terrible for Ryo and the others up there, but I rushed to Kaori and the others anyways. "©¤©¤ Youta, Sora¡­!" "Yu-Yuuya-san!?" "¡­ Shitty big brother." "What is it, isn''t he saved us the trouble to look for him." The teachers, Kaori, and Youta and the others were surprised that I came. Then, Araki smiled and asked Youta. "Hey, Youta. This guy, can I do it?" "Yeah, just do it moderately and then take him together with that girl." "Hehehe¡­ It''s been a while, you son of a bitch. I''m going to mess up your annoying face right now and put it back to what it was." Araki said that and surrounded me with the other people who used to bully me. Each hand is holding a metal bat and a wooden sword. ¡­I used to be trembling or just being unilaterally done. But I''ve grown and leveled-up in the different world. I''m no longer afraid of Araki and the others. I just want to help Kaori and the other students and teachers now¡­! "Well, then¡­ First, I''ll beat you with this one-strike¡­!" Despite using a metal bat, Araki just swung it with all his might without any hesitation. The teachers and students around me who saw it screamed. However, a completely different feeling came to my mind. ¡­H-huh? Isn''t it too slow? Immediately after making a big decision, I suddenly amazed before the attack. Now that I think about it, I heard the male model who was harassed Miwa-san at the time when I did the photoshoot was a former boxer, but he wasn''t strong at all. In the end, it was nothing compared to the monsters in the different world. Despite being in a more critical situation than when with the male model, Araki''s attack didn''t seem to be a threat compared to the monsters in the different world. Uhm¡­ At any rate, it appears to be safe to receive this attack, but it might not be so from the perspective of the people who don''t know the reason¡­ well anyway, it''s bad to take it directly. "Yotto." "Aah?" I shifted my body upfront to avoid it, Araki opened his eyes for a moment, he didn''t think that I could avoid it, and immediately wrinkled his brow like he was displeased. "You¡­ What are you doing, bastard!" "Oh, I just don''t want to get hit¡­" "Huh? Don''t get cocky¡­ You just avoided it by chance. I''ll get rid of your impertinent attitude right now¡­!" As a matter of fact, Araki swings his metal bat again, but none of it is hitting me. It doesn''t have the amazing power of Goblin General, let alone the techniques that have accumulated over many years. An attack that just simply swings just like that wouldn''t hit me. "Dammit, dammit, dammit! Stop avoid it!" "A-Araki? We''ll go, too!" The other delinquents who were puzzled by Araki''s looks also attacked me all at once, but even as the number increased, none of them could hit me. These delinquents other than Araki doesn''t have particularly unique martial arts nor do they have a superhuman stats. On the contrary¡­ "Oryaaa!" "Agahh!?" "A-Araki! What are you doing!?" "Huh!? That guy approached me. It was his fault!!" He was hitting his ally instead of hitting me. I deliberately moved to a position where they could beat each other, but this went unexpectedly well. This technique seems to be usable in the different world, too. I used to be frightened by Araki and the others, but the fear has wholly disappeared while avoiding their attacks. If the fear is gone, the rest is just to do the same as when fighting in the different world. All I have to do is to use my surroundings and move according to my advantage. This time, the target to be used is the other delinquents. Seeing Araki, who has run out of stamina due to striking at the empty air and friendly fire, the muscular man who was approaching Kaori before, had become irritated and shouted. "What are you bastard doing? That''s enough. Hey! You go." "Usu." It was a man who was like a wrestler coming over and pushing Araki and the others aside. He has dreadlock hair and a lot of piercings, and he has an unmatched big body compared to the other delinquents. "Hahaha, that guy was so brutal that he was expelled from the sumo wrestling industry. Hey, defeat that man quickly." "That''s why you were out of luck, brother. Oraa, go to sleep!" The giant sumo-wrestler man gave me a sharp slap. But¡­ "Oops." "Huh?" I grabbed his wrist, stopped the slap. "Th-This is!" I stopped the giant whole might slap, but he began to slap with his other hand. On the other hand, I let go of his wrist and reciprocate by slapping his hand, too. "Haahhh!" "Guaahh!" I only slapped it lightly, but because of the overwhelming difference in stats, my opponent had received a backlash more than I expected. "S-son of a bitch¡­" The giant distanced himself once after the backlash for being slapped and tried to strike me with his body while showing an angry face. If I''m just an ordinary person, I would have been blown away. On the contrary, it might have become a terrible experience since he will get a mount position. However, I currently caught his body strike right from the front, and hold him without moving even for one step. "Gu-Gugigigi!?" The giant tried to push me while scraping the ground. And then, the muscular man who instructed him showed an irritation when he saw me still moving. "Hey! What are you doing!? Don''t play around and kill him!" "U-usu! ¡­Guuuuu!? Wh-why it''s not moving!?" He seems to have put more power into it, but my looks haven''t changed at all. ¡­Amazing. As a result of fighting directly with the Devil Bear and Goblin General, it seems that I won''t be losing by being overmatched against an ordinary person. I was thinking that while watching the giant, who is desperately trying to push me away. However, I can''t keep this position forever, so I put my hand on the giant''s body and tried to lift him slightly. "Hoo~" "Uuaaaaahh!?" I lifted him very easily. I reflexively lift him with one hand since it was too light, but the weight didn''t change at all. And since it was too light, I spontaneously threw him like a ball. "Guoooohhhh!?" I played and tossed the giant with just one hand; he just could scream at this absolutely impossible situation. "What''s going on with my physical strength¡­?" "H-help meeeeee!" "Ah." "Gyaaaaaaaahh!?" As a result of the giant''s struggling to escape from my palm, I lost control of him, and the giant flew to the distance with a great force. He fell to the ground from a considerable height, then fainted with blank eyes. Everyone is at a loss for words looking at the scene. No, wait, I''m surprised as well. I thought I was certainly getting stronger, but it was unthinkable for me to have this insane strength on the earth, too¡­ It would be too hard to understand throwing a person just like a baseball ball. But, even though I gained this strength up to this point, it was still dangerous since I could still be overwhelmed in the different world; I have to be stronger. While I clutched and opened my palm to ascertain the feeling, the muscular man who had returned to his sanity shouted, getting impatient. "Hey, you! Get rid of that guy first, before taking care of the teachers!" "Y-yes!" the delinquents shouted in unison. "Oh¡­" The other delinquents who''re keeping the teachers in check gathered and started targeting me. ¡­I was ultimately out of hands, right? And even the giant, too¡­ More than that, it would be troublesome to be involved with the police. No, it may be too late. Well then, I''ll make them attack each other. "Guee!?" "Hey, move, you''re in my way!" "You''re the one who''s in my way ©¤©¤ guhaahh!?" While carefully positioning, I keep avoiding the delinquents'' attacks within a hair''s breadth, and gradually reduce their number. However, since their number has decreased, the frequency of them hitting each other would also be reduced, so I''ll have to move directly soon. "That''s enough, you guys, step back! I''ll do it myself." At last, the muscular man who might be the leader came to me. He probably couldn''t endure it anymore. "You bastard¡­ How dare you make fun of us "Red Ogre", huh!? I''ll kill you regardless of your relationship with Youta¡­" The muscular man standing in front of me, he had blonde hair and was full of piercings like the giant. He has a flame tattoo or something like that on his right arm, and a red demon emblem embroidered on the back of his black jacket. He said such a dangerous thing while cracking his knuckle, and then throw his fist aimed at my face. "Oraaa!" "Haaaa!" I responded to it by deflecting the man''s fist with my palm. "Tch¡­ You son of a bitch¡­!" Yep, as one would expect from a leader of a delinquent group, he was hitting me continuously at a speed that was unmatched by the other delinquent until now. I can tell that each blow will cause considerable damage to the ordinary person. But, I deflected them all with my palm. "Shit¡­ Do you do some martial arts!?" I didn''t really learn martial arts, I just read various martial arts books that I found at the second-hand bookstores, and put it into practice when I fought in the different world, but even if I say that, he won''t believe me, not that I want to tell him anyway. "Stop it and die already¡­!" The leader who has been hitting consecutively until now suddenly launch a sharp kick aiming at my temple. I was thinking about something while avoiding it. ¡­The monsters in the different worlds fight instinctively, but when it comes to human opponents, they are different. The instinctive attack is unpredictable, but the man''s attack just now is mixed with feints, It''s related to human strategy. From a close look, I could imagine from the movement of the man in front of me was probably doing some kind of martial arts. Although I have real fighting experience against monsters, I only have a little experience in interpersonal fighting, so it gives me a bit of experience against this muscular man. In some of the martial arts books I bought at the second-hand bookstore, The writer said he could steal another style technique just by looking when fighting against them, and I already remembered the movements of this muscular man regardless of whether I can use them or not. "T-this guy!" Perhaps he felt something from my gaze as that was observing him, the man attacked me even harder, hitting and kicking me using another technique. But I avoided it all unscathed, and I burned his movement to my eyes. "You bastaarrrdddd!" The man took the soil of the ground when realizing that it wasn''t possible to win by the straightforward attack, and threw it to my face. Thus, my sight is deprived, showed him a chance for just a moment. "Go to heeelll!" The muscular man didn''t miss the moment; he launches his best attack that he can do aimed at my face. However, my body reacted to the attack, and while I am in a position to receive his blow, I threw him as if I was carrying a backpack. "Agaahhh!?" The man was thrown to the ground vehemently. I won''t give him the time to rest, and just like the time with the male model, I locked his arm to his back and held it like that so he couldn''t move. "Kuh!? Let me go!" The man''s arm is completely locked, and with his movements sealed, he desperately tries to escape from my restraint, but my body doesn''t move at all. Then, the police came, and the delinquents were detained one after another with the help of the other teachers. "B-bastard! Let me go!" "Shit!" The delinquents continued to curse while being detained by the police. The muscular man I was holding was also handed over to the police and was about to be taken away. "N-no way¡­ That "Red Ogre" is¡­" Seeing the delinquents detained in front of them, Youta and Sora looked pale. I was relieved that most of the delinquents were arrested in this way. "Shit, shit, shit¡­ Youtaaaaaa! This is because of you¡­!" Youta was shrieking in fear, the muscular man who might be the leader of "Red Ogre" escaped from the police restraint by force, and run toward Youta as it is. Then, he gripped Youta''s collar, who wasn''t able to move as if his vigor leaving his hips. "If you hadn''t planned this, we wouldn''t have had this kind of thing¡­! You are absolutely unforgivable¡­!" "No, stop it¡­!" "H-hey! Let Youta go!" "Shut up! You''re also guilty!" "Hyiii!" Sora insists asked the man to release Youta, but the muscular man''s vigor completely withered her. And, the man turns his bloodshot eyes to Youta. "That''s enough. I''ll strangle him to death here and kill you, a shitty woman in the same way!" "Oh, ah, ah! No, no, noooo! A-anyone, anyone! H-h-help¡­!" The muscular man put his hand on Youta''s neck, who''s crying and shouting with his face messed up. The police tried to stop it, but while the other bad guys were detained, they would start to rampage again, they lack manpower. And the moment the muscular man tried to strangle Youta, I noticed that my body was moving. "Let him go." "Ah?" "B¡­ Big brother¡­?" I hold the man''s arm and pull it off of Youta''s neck. "Guuh!? W-what is this power!?" The leader desperately resisted, but he couldn''t match my power and released his hands from Youta as is. I pulled the man off of Youta, and he released his arm obediently. "Gahakk! Oeekkk!" "¡­Are you okay?" I rubbed Youta''s back, who had been choked off violently and asked him. Then, Youta muttered at me, stunned. "W-why¡­ Why, I was¡­" "I don''t know why¡­ Well, you''re my little brother, after all." He seemed to be very shocked by hearing my words. "Bastaaarrdddd! Don''t get in my waaayyyy!" Without minding the interaction between Youta and me, the muscular man charged straight to kill Youta. But ©¤©¤ "¡­ As I thought, I can''t let you do that to my family." "Wh-!? Gahaahh!?" I closed the distance with the man in an instant and kicked his unprotected belly as it was. Even though I''m still holding back, the power of the kick from my leveled-up body was tremendous; the impact penetrated to the back of the muscular man, I chased after him who was floating in the air and gave him a roundhouse kick in the air. Then, the man blew away for a few meters, and when he fell to the ground, his eyes turned white and he blacked out. Everyone has a loss for words looking at it. After a series of flows, the place went quiet. And then ©¤©¤ "Uoooooooohh!" Cheers rose from the school building. "That was awesome!" "What was that movement!? Isn''t it so cool!? "Or rather, he wasn''t hit even once by those delinquents attacks!". "No, wait, I thought my motor nerves were already amazing when I was in a physical education class, but I can''t say that anymore¡­" "I''ve never seen someone getting blown off like that!" The students who had been watching the turmoil from the window were talking about my action. And then, Kaori was running toward me while I was watching at the surroundings. "Yuuya- san! Are you all right!?" "Ah, yep. I''m okay. What about Kaori, are you okay?" "Eh? Oh, y-yes! I''m fine as well!" I briefly looked at Kaori''s whole body, but it seemed that she was not injured. It''s good then¡­ I was able to help her before something happened to her. I was relieved from the bottom of my heart, and then Kaori collapsed on the spot, probably because her thread of tension has broken. "Are you okay!?" "Eeeh, I''m sorry¡­ I felt relieved, and then, it''s like my power left me all at once." "Big brother¡­" While doing such an exchange, Youta and Sora came to me with a sad face. Kaori, who was looking at them, tried to stand again to protect me, but I told her to step back. "Yuuya-san?" "It''s okay." I smiled to reassure her and faced Youta and Sora. "Big brother¡­ Why did you do that, even though I¡­ I''ve been bullying you¡­" "¡­ Sure, I''ve had a lot of trouble. Seeing you two who are much better than me, I felt like my heart would break many times. And yet¡­ Yeah, if my family is in trouble, I have to help them¡­ That''s what I thought." From someone else''s perspective, I''m probably a soft-hearted and naive person. If I think about what I''ve been through, it can''t be helped usually. I couldn''t forgive Youta and Sora, either. I can never forgive them for making a fool of grandpa, and given the many things, I''ve received so far¡­ Various dark feelings come to mind. However, it''s still¡­No matter how sweet it is from the surrounding people say, this is me. I can''t abandon my family. After hearing my words, Youta opened his eyes and started to shed tears. "I¡­ I¡­! I''m sorry¡­ I am so sorry¡­!" Sora was also crying next to Youta, and then, they''re also taken by the police. While seeing them off, Kaori asked, worrying about me. "¡­Was it okay?" "Eh?" "Yuuya-san must have had a hard time because of those two¡­ So¡­" "¡­Yeah. There''s been a lot of things, and I didn''t forgive them either." Kaori fell silent. "But¡­ It''s okay. Because this is me." "Oh¡­ So that''s it." Kaori, who felt something in my words, was surprised for a moment and immediately smiled. And the smile on her face turned into a slightly mischievous smile. "Come to think of it¡­ I was helped again." "Eh? Ah¡­ Was I able to help properly this time?" "It''s not just this time. Even before, Yuuya-san helped me properly. Yuuya-san is my hero!" Despite blushing hearing of Kaori''s words, I was delighted that I really moved to help¡­ I thought that from the bottom of my heart. £ª£ª£ª The commotion quickly settled. All of the delinquents were detained by the police and taken to the police station. The commotion seems to have originated from Youta and Sora, who knew that they were not able to enter "Ousei Gakuen". Each of the members of the "Red Ogre", including Araki, originally had a problem with their conduct, so they had been sent to the reform school after being expelled from their original school, but Kaori more or less helped Youta and Sora, so they weren''t expelled. But still, it will resonate greatly in their report and the grades. It was quite a big fuss, but thanks to the board chairman, there was no particular trouble in the media. Speaking of the chairman, when the delinquents came to the school, he wasn''t in the school because of his work, and when the case was resolved, he came back immediately. When he discovered that Kaori was in danger again this time, he showered me with his gratitude as much as he did before. He showered his gratitude again and again, but I was already delighted that I could attend this "Ousei Gakuen"¡­ Well, I had no choice but to receive it. Anyway, in the end, the injured people had been handled¡­ And, the next day, I was a little afraid to go to school. Regardless of the circumstances of what had been occurred, I easily kicked people and send him flying like that. Therefore, when I think about the gaze of fear, even just a little from those kind people¡­ It''s horrifying. I arrived in the classroom while thinking that. I timidly opened the class'' door while feeling depressed ©¤©¤ "Oh, Yuuya! I was anxious about yesterday, you know?" "Yuuya-kun! You didn''t get any injury, right? Are you really okay?" "I-I was really scared just looking at it¡­" "Eh? Eh?" I had no choice but to be perplexed in front of Ryo and the others who had suddenly come to me. The other classmates also called out to me with a smile. "Yuuya-kun, you were so amazing yesterday!" "I can''t believe you could win against that many delinquents, let alone unscathed¡­ It''s really amazing!" "I mean, that big guy, you lifted him with just one hand!? How did you do that?" "In the first place, you jumped off from the fourth floor, didn''t you? Are you sure you''re okay?" "Yuuya-kun! By all means, why don''t you come to the aikido club!?" "No, no, no, It''s better for you to join the judo club!" "Didn''t you guys see that kick!? So, it has to be my taekwondo club!" Everyone treated me gently and brightly. I thought everyone might be afraid, but they all are kinder and warmer than I expected. There was nothing like before I leveled-up in the different world. I thought that only the different world would make me feel at ease¡­ That''s not entirely right. I was able to level up and meet kind people like this. "Thank you, everyone!" Leveled-up has really changed my life. Chapter 27 - Book 1: Epilogue And here''s bonus chapter as a closure for the volume 1. Please enjoy~ Epilogue ©¤©¤ In a room in a certain building¡­ "I finally found you¡­ Yuuya Tenjou¡­!" A woman laughs fearlessly in front of a series of Yuuya''s photos spread out on her desk. "I can''t let you go with that outstanding talent you have, right?" Muttering so, the woman stood up and called one of her subordinates. "Kurosawa!" "Are you calling me, Manager?" "It''s a job. Please contact this young man." "Understood." The woman smiled deeply when she saw her subordinates leave. "I''ll be the one who will get him¡­!" Looking at the woman, the two people who were invited to this room ©¤ Hikari and Miwa, looked bewildered. Both of them had tried to hide about Yuuya somehow, but they failed. "Manager¡­ What are you going to do when you find Yuuya-kun?" "No matter what it takes, I''m going to bring him to my agency. With Miwa and Yuuya-kun, who is now so popular, we''ll be even bigger!" "But¡­ We have to think about Yuuya-san''s feelings, too¡­" The woman opened her eyes in surprise, looking at Miwa, who told her opinion, despite her modestness. "Nonsense, It''s a chance to get into the entertainment world. No one would refuse this." Not only Miwa but also Hikari couldn''t say anything to this woman who says so with absolute confidence. "Fufufu¡­ Yuuya Tenjou¡­ I want to see you with my very own eyes as soon as possible¡­" £ª £ª £ª The location has changed, and there was a certain rumor in the Alceria Kingdom when the person who was trying to make contact with Yuuya appeared. "Hey, did you hear about that?" "Oh, the thing about Lexia-sama?" "Yes. It seems that something happened during the last visit, and because of that, she''s going to go to the Great Devil''s Nest." "It''s strange, isn''t it? Speaking of the "Great Devil''s Nest", it''s a place that even adventurers can''t get close. There are strong monsters, and there are also rumors that say that there is material for making elixir in there¡­" "It also seems to be a person living in the Great Devil''s Nest, and Lexia-sama is going to meet that person." "Huh!? Do people live in such a place!? Or rather, why is she going to meet that person?" "I don''t know if that''s it, but¡­ If there''s such a person living in there, that person must be eccentric." It was a place that Yuuya didn''t know, and there was no doubt that his very existence was rumored. £ª £ª £ª "Well, I think I''ll go to the different world today." A little after the things with Youta and the others, I decided to go to the different world after a while. I''ve been exploring the forest, but I haven''t met anyone from this world besides the ones from the Goblin General''s battle. "¡­Well, I''ll come across them sooner or later." Someday, I want to go out of that forest and do some sightseeing in that world, too. I finished eating and went to the different world. I''m currently fighting against a monster that would''ve killed me if I met them in the past. It''s because I became stronger now, and because I think I could still become stronger, and it''s also training that helps me to spend time in this world. "Haahhh!" "Guoooooo!" For that reason, I encountered a Bloody Ogre along the way, and I was actively fighting it now. It''s very different from when I met it before. Stepping in with all its might and making a big fissure on the ground, the Bloody Ogre shook its strong arms to resist my [Omni-Sword]. "Haaaahh!" S§×arch* The n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Gugaaaaaahh!" However, I cut its arm, jumped up without killing the momentum, and cut the Bloody Ogre from its head. At the same time, when I landed with ease, the Bloody Ogre has became a particle of light and disappeared. "Phew¡­ Hmm?" When I was collecting the drop item of the defeated Bloody Ogre, there was a reaction from my [Presence Detection] skill. However, the reaction is not only one, but many. "What is it?" I was kind of worried about the identity from those presences, I moved while erased my presence with [Assimilation], and finally reached the target location ©¤©¤. "Gaaaaaaaahh!" "Guoooohh!" "Shit! To think we would meet a group of Goblin Elites¡­!" "What''s wrong with this forest? Even if when only one appear, it''s already dangerous¡­!" "Don''t just move your mouth. Protect Lexia-sama no matter what!" Four goblin elites are fighting against the soldiers that I saw in this forest before. Among them, the middle-aged knight was fighting alone against one of the goblin elites, but the other soldiers aren''t doing the same, and although it seems like they are somehow managing to hold them up now, they will soon be defeated. Honestly, I don''t know the affiliation of those soldiers, and I don''t know if they are enemies or allies, but I had no choice but to help them. With [Assimilation] activated, I approached one of the goblin elite, and then swung my [Omni-Sword] and beheaded it as it is. "Eh!?" "W-what the hell is going on¡­" By attacking the goblin elite, the [Assimilation] skill was canceled. Still, I pierced the [Omni-Sword] through the heart of the other goblin elite, I just flowed without worrying about it. "Gaaaaaaa!" Then, another goblin elite who returned to its senses attacked me, but I just calmly watched its movements, it swung its large sword. I shifted my body to avoid it within a hair''s breadth, I come into its bosom''s as is, right below its swinging arm, and beheaded it with [Omni-Sword]. "A-amazing¡­" "What''s going on¡­?" "Is that the person that Lexia-sama talked about?" I turned my eyes to the last one, the middle-aged knight just pierced it to put it an end, it seems like my help was not needed. Well¡­ What am I going to do now? It''s nice to have helped them quickly, but I don''t know these people very well¡­ Moreover, the soldiers seem to be somehow wary of me¡­ It was difficult to speak somehow, and when I was thinking about leaving, the middle-aged knight called out to me. "I''m sorry, we are safe, thanks to you. Thank you." "Eh!? Oh, no, don''t worry about it. I just happened to pass by¡­" "I see¡­ Could it be, you''re really¡­" "Yes?" The middle-aged knight folded his arms as if pondering something, and the other soldiers began to talk in a whisper. "S-so he really exists¡­" "Then, he?" "Yes, he actually defeated that number of goblin elites alone¡­" "He looks to be about the same age as Lexia-sama¡­" "More than that, look at his atmosphere¡­ Is he a noble?" "Uhm?" When I was confused, looking at these soldiers, a girl came out of among them. "Ah!" A Goblin General previously attacked this girl. At that time she was muddy, but now she has a beautiful appearance. The girl opened her eyes widely when she looked at me, and then©¤©¤ "S-say." "Y-yes!?" "©¤©¤Please marry me." "¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­Yes?" She said something outrageous. Chapter 28 - Book 1: Afterword Here''s the afterword, thank you very much for following it. We''ll start for the next volume on the next week. Afterword S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. On this occasion, I really want to say thank you very much for buying this book. I am the author called Miku. This work was posted on the web novel posting site "Kakuyomu", and I received the grand prize in the modern fantasy category of the contest held on that site. Thus I was able to make it into a book. I have made a significant addition and correction from what I had posted on the Web, and I think that the degree of perfection is considerably higher than the content on the Web. As I was writing this work, I discovered many things that I had never been aware of before, and I think I was able to grow a little bit as a writer. Currently, as a fourth-year student at university, I''m going to graduate from college next year, and I''m in the process of preparing to make my dream come true. Therefore, I''m very sorry to all of you the readers, I think that the content on the Web should also be updated, but I don''t have much time to do it. I''ll do my best to update it as soon as possible. Finally, I would like to take this opportunity to express my gratitude to the people involved ¡ª everyone on the selection committee of the Kakuyomu Web Novel Contest. I was really happy when I won the grand prize. Thank you for choosing my work. Editor in charge. Thanks to unfamiliar meetings and lots of advice for improving the work, I was able to complete the work more than I did on the Web. Thank you very much. I think that I am still inexperienced and I may bother you even more, but I hope you can associate with me To Kuwashima Rein-sama. Really, thank you very much for drawing the cool and cute characters. I was really impressed when I received the illustrations. Please help with it again in the future. And to all the readers who read this work. I think there are many poor-quality parts, but I would like to devote myself to making it a little more interesting. I''m looking forward to seeing you again. Miku Chapter 29 - Book 2: Prologue Here''s the new chapter and prologue for the volume 2. Eid mubarak for those who celebrating. Enjoy~ Prologue I, Yuuya Tenjou©¤was a victim of bullying on earth, but one day I found a mysterious door in my house. Beyond that door is a super-dangerous different world where monsters that you have never seen on earth are running rampant. As a legacy of a person that calls himself a sage, I decided to take over a house that monsters could not even invade along with super-powerful weapons and items. I managed to make full use of the skills and titles I acquired by coming to the different world, as well as the items that I had inherited from that sage. Moreover, I leveled-up by defeating those monsters and was able to live a life that is one hundred percent the opposite of what I''ve lived until now. I could even make friends in the real world and grow up little by little in the different world¡­ After I spent many satisfying days like I had never experienced before, one day, I encountered a human in the different world for the first time. Before this I''ve only been fighting monsters, so to meet someone was very refreshing. Well, there''s that sage anyway, so I could tell that humans existed there¡­ However, my first encounter with the otherworlder wasn''t satisfying; it ended up with me saving a girl in a dress that was attacked by a monster. I thought that I wouldn''t meet people again unless I went out of the forest. But now, I meet the girl again in the same way as before. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤ Please marry me." "¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­..Yes?" I could only be dumbfounded, hearing the sudden words of the girl wearing a gorgeous dress. ¡­What is this girl talking about? I wracked my brain thinking that the thing that I just heard might be a mistake, but then the middle-aged knight rushed to the girl; he seemed to be in a panic. "L-Lexia-sama!? What on earth are you thinking?" "What''s wrong¡­? That was a marriage proposal, you know?" "I know that! What I am asking is, why did you say such a thing all of a sudden? Aren''t you aware of the fact that you''re a princess? And you didn''t know about him yet¡­!" "It''s love at first sight! Do you have a complaint?" "Why are you mad at me despite being in the wrong!" ¡­Uhm, is this something like a show? I was dumbfounded seeing the manzai-like interaction that took place in front of me; then I involuntarily looked over the surroundings, the other soldiers shrugged their shoulders like saying, "Oh, it started again". Eh? Was it a daily occurrence? T-that sounds quite troublesome, huh¡­ (T/N: Manzai is a traditional style in Japanese culture similar to double-act comedy or stand-up comedy. ) While thinking that, I looked back at the middle-aged knight and the girl. The middle-aged knight who noticed my gaze cleared his throat and said: "Ahem! Pardon my impoliteness. I showed you something unsightly. If possible, I''d like to introduce myself and talk in a place where we could calm down¡­" "I''m Lexia von Alceria! W-what''s your name!?" "¡­Lexia-sama. Didn''t you hear me say to talk about in a safer place?" "I asked before you decided that!" "I-I don''t know anymore¡­" Hearing the girl''s words, The middle-aged knight put his hand on his forehead and looked up to the sky. "Well, uh¡­ If you don''t mind, wanna come to my house?" The middle-aged knight looked pitiful, but since I could only think that my house as a safer place, I suggested so. ¡­It''s quite dangerous to invite someone who I didn''t know whether they''re an ally or enemy yet, but considering that they had a hard fight against those goblin elites, I think I''d be able to manage it even if that''s not their real strength. If the worst comes to the worst, I''ll just escape to Earth. Only me who can pass through that door, after all¡­ But, well, somehow these people don''t seem to be bad. I can''t say that''s the truth since it''s just my intuition anyway. The soldiers who heard my suggestion seemed to be more agitated than I expected. "A-a house!? In this Great Devil''s Nest!?" "I don''t know anymore¡­ He seems to live here." "Really, who the hell is he?" As the same as the soldiers, the middle-aged knight opened his eyes in surprise, but he immediately nodded. "That''s good then. Thank you very much." "He suddenly invited me to his house! W-wait a minute, I need to prepare my heart first¡­" "Lexia-sama, please stop talking already¡­" The middle-aged knight sighed as if he were tired. £ª£ª£ª "There really is a house¡­" "¡­Isn''t this a completely different space?" "Why is this kind of heartwarming space in the middle of this this Great Devil''s Nest?" At the house¡­ or rather, when I invited them to the safe area around the house, the soldiers were stunned, looking at their surroundings. I guided them to the house as it is, but since there''s not enough space for everyone to enter, only the middle-aged knight and the girl will come in, and the others will be waiting outside. We sat on a chair, facing each other, and after taking one breath, the middle-aged knight opened his mouth. "Once again, I''ll introduce myself. My name is Owen. I am a knight who serves Lexia-sama in the Alceria Kingdom. This time, I want to thank you for saving Lex¡­ No, I have to thank you for saving all of us. Thank you very much." "P-please raise your head! I just happened to pass by at that time!" He suddenly bowed his head, so I hurriedly asked him to raise it, but the middle-aged knight¡­ Owen-san didn''t want to hear me at all. "¡­No, although it was just a coincidence, this is the Great Devil''s Nest, after all. It''s a miracle that we were able to get out safely after we stepped on this dangerous place. For that reason, I want you to receive my gratitude." "I-I understand¡­" If he takes it that far, I can''t say anything more. My cheeks were twitching involuntarily, hearing the common sense about this forest, even though I''ve done it smoothly so far, but this place is still a dangerous place from the perspective of the people from this different world. While I was having that thought, the girl introduced herself once again. "I''m Lexia von Alceria, the first princess of the Kingdom of Alceria. Thank you very much for saving me!" "N-no, it''s okay, I''m glad that you''re safe¡­Hmm? Princess?" My mind had stopped. ¡­Now that I think about it again, before we came here, Owen-san and the girl¡­ When they were arguing, surely, Owen-san said that Lexia-san is a princess¡­ "¡­Umm, Owen-san." "What is it?" "Err¡­ Lexia-san is¡­ a princess?" "That''s right. She''s also the first princess." "¡­I''ve had treated her impolitely, but¡­ Was that okay?" Once I calmed myself, I asked Owen-san, and he nodded with a smile. "Yeah, don''t mind that, it''s okay. This is an informal meeting anyway, and most of all, you''re our benefactor." "¡­Still, I thought I was famous, but¡­ do you actually mean that¡­?" "Oh, uh¡­ I''m sorry." I apologized involuntarily. Please forgive me. I have no idea about the common sense of this world¡­ No, it might be something that one should know about. "T-then, should I call you Lexia-sama?" "Lexia will do! Please just drop the honorific!" I asked since I didn''t know what to call her. She was depressed a little while ago, but this time she said so with enthusiasm¡ªwhat a fast switchover. No, wait, even so, if you think about it normally, isn''t it wrong to call out a princess without honorific? Thanks to Owen-san I somehow managed to make her understand¡­ In the end, I''ll call her "Lexia-sama" only in public, and "Lexia-san" when in private. I-I wonder if it''s really fine? I''m just a minor citizen; after all, I''m somewhat scared of it¡­ Now that Owen-san and Lexia-san have finished introducing themselves, it''s time for me to introduce myself. "Um¡­ I''m Yuuya Tenjou. I''m living in this forest." I have nothing else to say¡­ I mean, I do have something else but, as expected, I can''t tell them that I''m an otherworlder, right?. While in that thought, Lexia-san and Owen-san were talking in a whisper. "Tenjou Yuuya?¡­ It''s a name that I never heard before. It really sounds unfamiliar in our kingdom¡­" "But the fact that he has a family name¡­ As I said before, probably he really is royalty or a noble from another country." "That''s true¡­ There''s too little information. Anyhow, our common sense had stopped being valid since the moment we heard he''s living in this Great Devil''s Nest¡­" "A-ano¡­?" "Ah, pardon me¡­ So, Tenjou is your name, isn''t it?" "Eh? Ah¡­ no, Yuuya is my given name, and Tenjou is my surname." sea??h th§× N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Fumu¡­ The name''s order is different from our country. Well then, Yuuya-dono. To tell you the truth, we came to this Great Devil''s Nest in order to looking for Yuuya-dono." (T/N: In Japanese, the surname comes before the given name, for example, Yuuya''s name would be "Tenjou Yuuya", but in the order of English, his name would be "Yuuya Tenjou", I also made a mistake for his name before, so I would also use "Yuuya Tenjou" from now on. My apologies.) "Eh? Looking for me?" From the atmosphere, "Great Devil''s Nest" probably refers to this area, but¡­ it sounds dangerous. Well, it''s really dangerous, though. Rather than that, did they come to such a dangerous place just to look for me? And then Lexia-san leaned her body forward with glittering eyes. "That''s right. I came here because I wanted to meet with Yuuya-sama again!" "E-ehh? Yuuya-sama is¡­ I''m not someone befitting of something like that, so if you call me Yuuya¡­ "Rejected!" "That''s too unreasonable¡­" Why do I have to be called like that by a princess of a country? That''s not funny. "I¡­ Ah, do you want to meet me with the same reason as Owen-san?" (T/N: He called himself "Ore" at first and corrected it to "Watashi" to talk more politely.) "That''s right. I wanted to meet you in person by all means and give you my gratitude." I see¡­ Obviously, I''d never imagined that royalty would say thanks directly, and I can''t think of her situation, but Lexia-san is an honest person. I remember the situation when the goblin general attacked her, and the fact that she came to give me her thank is¡­ "So, please marry me!" "Where''s the gratefulness in that?" Yep, why and how does she use the word marriage for that? Is marriage equal as to thanks in this world? It''s different, isn''t it? "W-wait¡­ Lexia-san and I just met and talked in person for the first time. And also, why me?" "Why not¡­ The goblin general attacked me, and I fell in love at first sight with the figure that helped me so gallantly!" "I indeed saved you when the goblin general attacked you, I also don''t know what to do now¡­ but as expected, it''s too forced. Can you think a little more about it? Lexia-san is a princess, isn''t she?" "That''s not good! It''s written in the books that there is love which begins from at the first sight, too!" "No, no¡­ Yuuya-dono also have to study a little more about you first¡­" said Owen-san. I-I''m not sure, but I''m having a hard time here, Owen-san. "Ano¡­ Excuse me. Um¡­ I''m glad Lexia-san feels like that toward me, but it''s too sudden¡­" Yup, that must be a suspension bridge effect, right? I mean, I guess she''s too excited and isn''t able to make a calm decision since she just got out of the situation of being attacked by a group of goblin elites. I can''t talk about love, but I think she should calm down and think about it¡­ And also, Lexia-san is a princess, right? Our social status are just like heaven and earth. I''m just a minor citizen, after all. When I apologized and declined, Owen-san didn''t seem to be particularly concerned, but Lexia-san flashed her eyes for some reason. "I see¡­ This love doesn''t seem to be easy! But, I got more fired up! There''s always an obstacle in every love story!" "Eh?" "No, it''s nothing. T-then, what if we started as friends?" "Friends?" "That''s right¡­ It''s okay, right?" I''m delighted if you call me a friend. I hadn''t had anyone that I could call a friend until a while ago. It was an unprecedented experience to say so clearly. But Lexia-san is a princess. Is it okay to quickly decide on being friends with me? Owen-san, who realized my feelings, answered before I asked the question. "It wouldn''t be a problem if it is Yuuya-dono. ¡­You seem to be a foreign aristocrat or royalty, and on top of that, you live in this Great Devil''s Nest. There should be no problem with your surroundings¡­" I couldn''t hear well because the words in the latter half were sloppy. Why do I have no problem? But I wonder if it''s okay even if he approves that. I suddenly turned my eyes to Lexia-san; she was looking at me with hopeful eyes. Ugh¡­ If you see me like that¡­ "¡­Etto, best regard from now on." "Yes! Likewise!" That''s what she said; she was very happy and gripping my hand. To be so happy just to be friends with me¡­ I''m so glad, too. "Now that we were able to express our gratitude, actually¡­ In fact, I have something to discuss with Yuuya-dono." "Discuss with me?" Owen-san''s corrected his seating posture. I also stretched my back. "Yeah, because of the story of Yuuya-dono helping Lexia-sama, His Majesty, the king decided to meet Yuuya-dono to express his gratitude. So, I would like you to come to the royal castle with us." "R-royal castle!?" Royal Castle is the place where the king lives, right? "No, no, no, please wait! Even if you suddenly told to come to royal castle¡­!" "I''m sorry¡­ I know that''s too much. However, His Majesty would like to thank Yuuya-dono directly because Lexia-sama is very important to him." "Y-yes, but¡­" "Also, it''s not good to say nothing to the benefactor of a member of the royal family. Excellent intelligence agents of other countries will soon find out that Lexia-sama has been attacked and that there is someone who helped her. If we don''t do it early, they''ll have a chance to get in." "Ugh¡­" The countries here¡­ I can''t say anything when it comes to different world cultures. I''m just an outsider who was lucky enough to come to this word, after all. Obviously, I have to follow this world''s culture as well. "Ano¡­ Is it okay for me to go to the royal castle? I don''t know about the etiquette at all¡­" "It''s okay! Not even I am perfect!" "Why are you saying that so proudly, Lexia-sama? And as for Yuuya-dono, I don''t think there''s anything in your behavior that bothers me particularly." "No, it might not bother you, but what about the king? Aren''t you supposed to speak politely in front of the king? There''s no way that this level can be considered proper etiquette!" ¡­Still, Hearing Owen-san''s story, I have to go to the royal castle. "One question, how long does it take from here to the place where the royal castle located?" "It''s not too far. Around one day''s journey." "I see¡­" In other words, it takes two days to make a round trip, one day to greet the king, one day for the unforeseen situation¡­ at least it needs four to five days, huh¡­ I have to go to school, so it seems like the only way is to use the closest golden week holidays. "Excuse me, could you wait for another month?" "A month? In other words, in thirty days?" Oh, right. I casually said a month, but even if the flow of time is the same, it may not be the same as how to count the days and months! Fortunately, it''s roughly the same as on earth, but¡­ I''m going to the royal castle, and I have the opportunity to spend time in a different world as well, so I have to be careful about that. The thirty days that Owen-san says were just the same as the number of days until the golden week. In response to my request, Owen-san showed a little trouble but nodded. "¡­I know this is unreasonable to say. We''ll definitely wait for a month. After a month, it will be fine, right?" "Yes. I can leave the house for a little while at the time." "You did it. Owen! It''s the best thing you''ve ever done!" "Isn''t that really terrible? Lexia-sama¡­" Owen-san sighed; he looked tired. Then, they suddenly looked around inside the house, impressed. "Nevertheless¡­ This house is amazing. There is no sign of monster attacks at all, even though it''s in the middle of Great Devil''s Nest. It looks simple, but the house and furniture seem to be made of some fine wood¡­ How on earth is it even possible?" "A-ahahaha¡­ that''s a secret¡­" Since I am only benefiting from the wise man, I can''t explain why monsters can''t attack it. If there''s something I can say that is that the wise man-san is impressive. Yup, he really is! "I won''t force you to answer. For a magician the results of their research are assets, after all¡­ I don''t think it''s so easy to teach because magic created in the process of research is an arcane technique. But still, if we could learn how to safely stay in the super-dangerous zone such as this Great Devil''s Nest, all of our common sense would be overturned from the root¡­" Yep. Wise man-san, who are you actually? It''s not normal to overturn common sense, you know? "Come to think of it; I''d like to ask you one thing¡­" "Hmm? What is it?" "That''s¡­ Is this forest really dangerous?" "Huh?" Hearing my question, Lexia-san and Owen-san were dumbfounded. "W-wait a minute! Wasn''t Yuuya-dono living here knowing what kind of place it is?" "No, no, that''s not how it was¡­" The only thing that happens was the door that I found was connected to a different world, to be precise, it''s connected to this house where this wise man lived, and I do not know anything about this Great Devil''s Nest that has appeared in the conversation a while ago. Well, if I say that they won''t believe me¡­ "Aah¡­ Yuuya-dono. Are you serious?" "Yes." As I nodded with a serious expression, Owen-san sighed. "Haah¡­ I''ve never thought that someone would live in this forest without knowing anything." I looked straight at his face; he corrected his posture and started to inform me about this forest. "This is a place called Great Devil''s Nest, and it is said to be the top-class among the super-dangerous zones that many countries decided." "He~h!" I-is that so!? "Why is it dangerous¡­ The reason is simple. The deeper you go, the more super-powerful monsters are running rampant. There are lots of monsters inhabiting, right? Even though just one of them has the power to destroy the city or even the whole country. Moreover, since the monsters compete for survival, they also have territory. However, the adjacent entrance area isn''t safe either, since the monsters that could destroy a large-scale town such as goblin elites are common to be found there. This isn''t a nightmare anymore." I can''t say anything after hearing that, I-I didn''t think it was such a terrible place. Sure, when I helped Owen-san and the others, who were attacked by the group of goblin elites, Owen-san was crossing his sword alone against a goblin elite, but the other soldiers weren''t able to compete with them, they were pushed all together. If they continued fighting like that, they would have been killed there. "Now I''ve talked about this Great Devil''s Nest lightly, but if I had to put it together in one simple phrase¡­ I think it''s the most brutal land where the living creatures live by the rule of the survival of the fittest." "Huh¡­" "And since it''s such a dangerous place, it''s not possible to collect special medicinal plants in this forest¡­ No, it just not confirmed since no one has ever reached the hinterland, but there would be no one looking for a super valuable herbs without any information. After all, if you enter this Great Devil''s Nest, you will lose your life." I couldn''t say anything hearing a lot of menacing stories about this Great Devil''s Nest. Wise man-san¡­ Why did you live in such a place? My face couldn''t stop twitching hearing that, then suddenly Lexia-san murmured something while looking around the room. "Come to think of it, we have to go back through this Great Devil''s Nest again, don''t we? That''s so troublesome." "Ah." Owen-san looked pale as if he completely forgot about that. "Y-you''re right. Even to get here was risking our life¡­ Still, we have to go back, right!? And if a group of goblin elite¡­ No, if a goblin general attacks us¡­" Just after I heard the story, I completely understood why Owen-san turned pale. Well, it''s unpleasant just to think about going home in a horrible place. I wonder if it exists? Uh¡­ The magic that makes you able to go back to the place where you want to go in an instant. I know magic itself exists since I''ve seen the soldier treated Lexia-san injuries before, and on top of that, the devil bear also used it against me. "Ano¡­ If you know the way, I''ll accompany you back." "Eh!?" they were surprised, hearing my suggestion and then started looking at me. "No, I mean, it''s dangerous around here, and I''m used to it¡­ Ah, I mean, I¡­" (T/N: the same as before, he used "ore" at first then corrected it to "watashi", I don''t know how to put it in English, so bear with it :D) "No, you don''t have to correct it. There is only us and Yuuya-dono here. More than that, is it really okay? No matter how many monsters reside in, letting you accompany us along this Great Devil''s Nest is just¡­" "It''s alright. Oh, but if it''s late at night, the monsters will get stronger, you know? So if you want to return, you''d better go early." I haven''t experienced it that much, but sometimes when I explore this forest at night, I encounter a strangely strong individual of the same kind of monster. Therefore, daytime is preferable if I want to explore safely in the forest. The visibility is excellent, too. And on top of that, now that I know the true nature of this forest, I don''t want to know how strong the monsters I encountered at night are. Because, you know, there''s that monster that can destroy a country. I don''t want to think about it¡­ Seeing me looking at the distance, Owen-san nodded with a little trouble. "I-I see. Then, we''d better leave now!" "Yuuya-san still with us, right? This is a chance to get along!" "Lexia-sama. You''re a princess, so please be a little more modest¡­" "I''ve abandoned that!" Apologize to modesty. Lexia-san¡­ It''s a pity to throw away your modesty, so please don''t do that. Just like that, I accompanied Owen-san and the others to the entrance of the forest. £ª£ª£ª "It''s here¡­ Isn''t it?" "Y-yeah¡­ That''s right¡­" Following Owen-san''s immediate decision to leave the house, I''m currently at the entrance to the forest with Lexia-san and the soldiers. Of course, I followed them to protect them from the monsters, but if I have to go to the royal castle a month later, I thought it''d be better for me to know the way to the entrance of this forest. They went into the forest to find me, it was dangerous, so I thought I had to remember the path to the entrance, so they just need to wait for me and go from there together to the royal castle. "Nevertheless, I''m glad we didn''t find a very powerful monster." "Eh?" the soldiers were stunned. Perhaps, we''re lucky since the strongest monster that appeared was a devil bear, and the others were just a group of the bloody ogres, goblin elites, and hell slimes. In other words, I didn''t find a new monster. "¡­H-hey, did I just misheard that? I heard that he said those weren''t powerful monsters." "I-I think so. It''s said that a country has to mobilize an army for a devil bear, or that hell slime, it would be the end once you meet it." "Huh? Weren''t we just got attacked by one? And we''re still alive." "¡­Sigh, I don''t know what anything means anymore¡­" "As expected from Yuuya-sama¡­! Yuuya-sama is my prince, after all¡­!" Hmm? I somehow feel like I''m being seen with mixed emotions. I didn''t do anything wrong, did I? Owen-san looked at me while I was thinking about that. "Sigh?! I wasn''t thinking about how big the impact was¡­" "Eh, are you alright?" "I''m fine. This is just a personal problem¡­ Even so, it seems Yuuya-dono alone could break this world''s balances. This¡­ I wonder if it''s good to have Lexia-sama do her best here¡­?" Hmm? I don''t know; I didn''t hear it, I thought it would be a pain to back to my world again when I returned. "Yuuya-sama!" "Yes? Eh!?" I turned around, reacting to Lexia-sama''s voice, but she suddenly hugged me!? "Yuuya-sama, I don''t want to say goodbye here¡­ I''ll be so lonely¡­" "Eh, ah, no, that¡­ I understand if you''re lonely, but what are you doing?" Lexia-sama was hugging me from the front; her whole body transmitted directly, but¡­ Perhaps because I exceeded the allowable range that can be processed with my brain, I had returned to the original tone unintentionally. No, wait, but this situation is too bad! "Yuuya-sama had indeed refused my marriage proposal, but¡­ I won''t give up! I''m getting more and more attracted to Yuuya-sama''s gallant figure and the kindness that cares for the soldiers and me along the way." "Uh!?" "Therefore, when we meet again in a month¡­ I''ll captivate Yuuya-sama''s heart at that time! No, I''ll show you!" Lexia-san ended up changing her tone and using her finger to point at me. "Be prepared." All I could do was nod. Chapter 30 - Book 1: Part 1 Another chapter for today, thanks to the Patrons Also, to those who read it from NU, the NU bot hasn''t posted the illustration and prologue yet, so you need to search it normally on my site, or hit the previous button below. Sorry for the inconveniences. Enjoy~ Part 1 "Whew¡­" The day after I met Lexia-san and the others. I hadn''t quite gotten my head around it yet, so I was exploring the other world for a change. ¡­I never thought someone would return a favor in such a straightforward way¡­ Because there had been so much malice directed at me until a while ago, Lexia-san''s marriage proposal was too shocking¡­ and it was a big confusion. Why did she want me to¡­ she says it was love at first sight, but it was really just a miraculous coincidence that I was able to save her¡­ Well, even if I think about it, I don''t know how Lexia-san feels. I''m here for a change, so let''s just keep exploring in peace. If I start fighting a monster, I won''t have the time to think about it. I shook my head and restarted the exploration, but I haven''t met a single monster yet. "Hmm¡­ I wonder if I could see more monsters if I went further inside¡­" My thoughts, or my spirit, have become much tougher. If it were me in the past, I would have fainted at the mere sight of a monster and refused to even meet one, let alone fight it. Now I use it as a means of calming my mind. It''s a dangerous tendency. Let''s be careful. "It can''t be helped¡­ Let''s finish it here and continue on another day." Since I can''t use magic, I was exploring the hinterland with a little trouble; if I want to resume my search from my current position, I''ll have to walk from my house to this place. A complete waste of time¡­ maybe not quite, but still inefficient. Apparently, the door that leads to this world can be made to appear to me so that I can go back soon¡­ "If I''m going to walk to and from, I might as well walk back and see if I''ve missed anything." I cut my exploration short because I was expecting to walk back to that house on foot, so there were no major problems. As soon as I decided to do so, I decided to go back the way I came. After all, if I had magic, I could get back and forth to this place in an instant, I guess. As I was longing for the magic I couldn''t use, I unexpectedly heard a small sound. Something is groaning and shrieking. From the feel of the voice, it''s not very human-like¡­ As I was curious, I activated the [Assimilation] skill and approached the sound, holding my breath. And then¡­ "Fugooooo!" "Kyain!" A big monster, humanoid and pig-faced, was attacking a single black dog. The pig monster''s weapon may be inferior to mine, but it still uses a good-quality weapon even to the layman''s eye. On the contrary, the black dog has a very small body, which makes it look like a newborn puppy. The puppy was battered and covered in blood, but standing there desperately. Then something like a steamy black thing rose from its body, but it quickly disappeared, and then the dog got dizzy and fell on its knees. The pig monster had a wicked grin on its face that even I could clearly see¡­ What''s with that, no matter how I look at it, that pig monster just looks like a bad guy. It should be a battle of nature, according to the law of the jungle. Yes, the pig monster can''t be that bad. It''s just that it was fighting the puppy in front of me. But from my perspective, I can''t help but think that it was doing something wrong. This is entirely a matter of my sensibility. It looks like the pig monster is tormenting a puppy, but I can''t help it if it''s said that this is also the rule of nature. We humans also do the same kind of things anyway. However, since I had met a monster I had never seen before, I decided to use my appraisal skills to check its status at the very least. [Orc King] Level: 600 Magic: 5000Attack: 20000Defense: 15000Agility: 5000Intelligence: 5000Luck: 1000 Hey, what''s with this guy? You''re kidding me, it has an attack power of over 20,000? And it''s got a very high defense¡­ I''m still under 10,000 in any status. Moreover, the level is much higher than the devil bear and goblin general, let alone me. Is this¡­a so-called S-class monster? It''s not easy to determine that the orc king is an S-class monster, because even a monster with S-class potential can be a low-level monster, and vice versa. It looks like a pigman dressed in gorgeous equipment¡­ but since it''s an orc "king", there must be ordinary orcs too. That''s what we got with the goblins. I was also a pigman until I lost my weight¡­ What''s with this disparity. It''s unreasonable. That orc king is fatter than I was, and yet it''s so powerful! It''s not fair! (T/N: LMFAO.) It doesn''t matter. This orc king is clearly out of my league. I think a single attack is enough to kill me instantly. With the devil bear, I still seemed to be able to beat it, but this guy''s level and status were too overwhelming. It''s going to be difficult unless I get a little stronger. ¡­It''s unfortunate, but I guess I''m better off just ignoring the sight in front of me and going. I thought so and tried to leave the place quietly¡­ "Fugogogogogo!" "Kyaain!" "¡­.." My legs stopped at the sound of a mournful puppy. ¡­Sigh. What can I say, I must be an irredeemably stupid person. Just what would grandpa do in this situation? ¡­There''s no way I could ignore it after all. It''s really reckless, and above all, hypocrisy is a good part of it. But I really can''t help it, because somewhere in my heart I also want to help if I can. Eventually, I stopped running, and again, I stared at the orc king in front of me. Luckily, it doesn''t seem to have found me yet. ¡­In the meantime, let''s make a surprise attack to get its attention. No matter how I look at it, it will repel my attack, but then if it''s turned its attention to me¡­ Yup, I''ll just do something about it later. I can''t help thinking about it. Some say it''s called escapism. I took out [Absolute Spear] from the item box, and quietly entered a throwing position on the spot. And©¤©¤ "One, two¡­ Go!" I threw [Absolute Spear] at the orc king with all the strength I could muster. And I immediately took out the [Omni-Sword] and jumped out of the place where I was hiding so that its consciousness would be directed towards me. "Come on, bring it on!" Shouting like a roar, I held up my [Omni-Sword] so that I could prepare for its attack at any moment. "¡­.." The upper half of the orc king''s body had disappeared. "¡­¡­¡­..Eh?" If I look closely, there is a mark that looks like it was hollowed out with a spear-like object. ¡­Hey, no way¡­ Just when I''ve come to one conclusion, and think that there''s no way such a thing happened, the bloody [Absolute Spear] came back to my hand. "¡­.." After seeing [Absolute Spear], I''m convinced. Apparently, the orc king''s life was brought to an end by the stroke of the [Absolute Spear]. The remaining orc king''s lower body fell to its knees on the spot, and as it did so, it disappeared as a particle of light. "Eeeeehhhh¡­" Are you kidding me? You''re not really dead, are you? Eh, then, what about my determination? I appeared here while screaming!? Wow, you''re embarrassing me! I didn''t think for a moment that I could take it down with a single blow, and all I could do is expose a dumb expression. ¡­No, if I think about it calmly, it''s not that strange. After all, When I was level one, and all my stats were one, I had already defeated the bloody ogre whose stats were far above me at the time. The [Absolute Spear] in my hand is a genuinely fantastic weapon. "What kind of person was the wise man again¡­?" The identity of the wise man who left these weapons and house behind was starting to bother me in earnest. I feel like I would believe him even if he says he''s a god. Well, I heard he already died, though. "Well, whatever¡­ More importantly¡­" "Whooof¡­" I turn my gaze to the puppy, who is breathing hard but still threatening me. Ah¡­.come to think of it, I''ve always been hated by animals¡­ If I approach a dog or cat, I will be barked at, fouled, and scratched. It''s such a harrowing experience that the only thing I know, I''m not good with dogs and cats. I don''t dislike them just because I''m not good at them. Well, if the stinky, ugly me had come near, even dogs and cats would have hated it. You can guess that. It made me want to cry when I said it myself. I let out a sigh and took out the [Complete Recovery Herb Juice] from the item box. "Well¡­you know, you might not like it, but¡­ You''re covered in wounds, aren''t you? If you drink this, you will get better, so¡­well¡­can you just drink it?" When I timidly approach it, the puppy starts to threaten me at first, but then, as it gets closer to the limit of its physical strength, it slumps to the ground. "Hey!" I quickly grabbed the puppy and got him to drink the juice. ¡­I''m sorry if this dog hates citrus, but for now, I hope he can be patient. I managed to get the nearly unconscious puppy to finish drinking the juice, and the wounds all over his body healed in a matter of minutes. The puppy also looked at his own body curiously as he gradually awakened his consciousness. "Phew ¡­ I managed to make it on time." I''m pausing to take a breath, and then the puppy unexpectedly licks my hand. "Hmm?" "Woof!" The puppy was barking like that and patted my leg¡­.so cute. I almost grinned at the cuteness of the puppy, but I asked what bothered me. "Hey, what happened to your parents? Isn''t it too dangerous for you to wandering alone?" You may think I''m talking to a puppy, but I had a feeling he could understand my words, so I was talking to him like this. Then, the puppy makes a sad sound and shakes his head. "Uhm¡­ are you lost?" "Woof." The puppy shakes his head. "Then¡­you don''t have parents?" S~ea??h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Woof¡­" The puppy nodded sadly. Hmm¡­ "Hey, wanna come to my house?" "Woof?" "My home isn''t a rented house, and even if it doesn''t work out that way, there''s still a place for you to live." Yes, if it''s the home in this world, it won''t be a problem even if I can''t keep him on Earth. "What will you do?" As for me, it saved me the trouble, but more than anything else, I''ve developed feelings for this guy in the short time I''ve been here. I mean, he''s so cute. Then the puppy barked once with a twinkle in his eye. "Woof!" It meant that he would take my word for it. At that moment, a message appears in front of me. You have acquired [Tame] skills. [Black Fenrir] has been successfully tamed. Eh, what''s [Tame]? Besides, I didn''t appraise this guy yet¡­ Is "Black Fenrir" his race? ¡­hmm? I feel like I''ve heard of Fenrir before¡­well, never mind. While I tilted my head at the message, the puppy slipped into my lap. "Woof, woof." You''re so cute, boy. With an unbearable, shily expression on my face, I confirmed the skill that I had acquired. [Tame] :: You can make a monster your companion with a certain probability. He~e, there''s such a thing as a skill for making monsters into friends, huh? With these thoughts in mind, I appraised the puppy as well. [Black Fenrir] Level: 500 Magic: 10000Attack: 10000Defense: 10000Agility: 15000Intelligence: 10000Luck: 10000 Note: Yuuya Tenjou''s Follower. "You''re strong!?" "Woof?" The puppy tilted his head, not knowing what I was talking about, was overwhelmingly stronger than me. I mean, with this status, you could take out the orc king, right? Well, he may have been hit by surprise and suffered a great deal of damage before he could fight properly. That''s just how I suddenly defeated the orc king. "I mean, you''re under my command now, and you''re stronger than me¡­" It''s not that I''m sad or anything, it''s just that I''m genuinely okay with it. I''m just a petty citizen. I can''t win against the strong. But the puppy didn''t seem bothered and wagged his tail happily. "Woof,! woof!" "Well, whatever. More importantly, if you''ve become my friend, I''ll have to decide on your name as well¡­" It''s weird to keep calling him a puppy, and I can''t call him Black Fenrir because it''s too long. As I watched the puppy looking at me with curious eyes, one image came to mind. That''s what I thought when I saw the glossy, jet-black fur. And with that image in mind, I decided on a name. "Alright, your name is Night." Night©¤©¤in other words, night. (T/N: The Author wrote in English at first and in Japanese for the second one.) It''s so cheap, right? Well, night is in my name too, so I guess that''s fine¡­ (T/N: Yuuya''s name in Japanese is ƒžÒ¹, Ò¹ = Yoru = Night. Sorry for the bad explanation :P) And then the puppy©¤Night wagged his tail even more intensely; he seemed to like the name. "Woof!" With a bark, Night jumped right into my chest. "Whoa¡­ yeah, let''s go home." "Woof!" While hugging Night, I threw the orc king drop items into the item box and headed home. I can check the drop items at home as well. ©¤©¤Just like this, I got a lovely companion and a family named Night. Chapter 31 - Book 1: Part 2 Here''s today chapter, please be patient ???? I''ll post the next part tomorrow. Enjoy~ Back in my home in the different world, I looked at Night. "Now that we''re going to living together¡­ for the time being, I want Night to stay in this house." "Woof?" Why? Night tilts his head as if to say that. "Hmm¡­ as much as I''d like to take good care of you, that would require a stroll or something¡­ so to sum it up, I''m not quite ready to live with Night in a home on Earth!" "Kyuun¡­" When I say that, Night become downhearted. Damn, he''s so cute! "I''m really sorry, okay? I''ll prepare as soon as possible so that you can live at my house on Earth." Currently, without a collar or leash, it''s still unsettling to take him to Earth. Since we can communicate like this, I don''t think it''s going to be a big deal, but still, it''s better to be cautious. After all, Night is a creature from another world. "But when it comes to preparing it, it will inevitably be going to the pet shop¡­" There seems to be a very convenient thing called net shopping in that world, but in my house where I lived in poverty for a long time, there is not even a smartphone, let alone a PC, and I don''t have an internet connection as well. And I don''t know where the pet shops are in the vicinity of my home in the Earth. As I said, I don''t have the internet, so I can''t look it up easily¡­ so I guess I''ll just have to ask my friends. Maybe Ryo and the others know about it. Well, as far as getting ready for Night is the priority, I''d like to get some other books and stuff to practice the guitar I got from the devil bear. ...Since I''m going to buy it, and since I have the money now, why don''t I just buy a new book? Yup, I think that might be a good idea. I haven''t bought a new book since I had a textbook prepared. I don''t usually buy anything but textbooks¡­ "¡­Huh? Tears¡­" "Woof¡­" Night put his hand on my knee and licked me gently. Apparently, he''s comforting me. Night''s healing effect is tremendous. "Night¡­ thank you. Yep! Now that I''ve decided what I''m going to do let''s check out the results of today''s battle!" "Woof!" I hadn''t checked the drop item and just throw them in the item box after defeating the orc king, so I decided to check it now. The first thing I took out was some delicious looking meat. [Pig King''s Meat] :: Orc King''s meat. It''s a super high-quality foodstuff that continues to attract many royalty and aristocrats. However, since the Orc King itself is a disaster-class existence and rare even to appear, its meat is said to be a mirage. If you eat it, you will get peerless energy. "Hey, wait a minute." I''ve only seen a few disturbing words written in it. First of all, it seems that this meat is an extremely rare foodstuff. In addition to the fact that I''ve able to kill it with a single blow of the [Absolute Spear], the other world''s perception about the orc king is that it''s a disaster. I''ve done it. Also, why do you get peerless energy if you eat the meat? Doesn''t that build stamina or something? ¡­No, wait, energy and stamina are the same. "Well, whatever. As long as it tastes good, anything is good. And the rest¡­" The next thing I took out was the armor and sword that the orc king wore. [The Pig King''s Sword] :: The Orc King''s Great Sword. It''s a super-heavy sword, and cannot even be lifted by an ordinary strength. It''s not sharp, but instead, it crushes the target with its overwhelming weight and sturdiness. [The Pig King''s Armor] :: Armor worn by the Orc King. It''s a super-heavy armor, and cannot even be lifted by an ordinary strength. It''s made to be worn by the orc king, so humans cannot wear it. It''s pretty sturdy and impossible even to get a scratch from an ordinary weapon. It''s recommended to melt it down and make it into a new weapon. "¡­I don''t know; it''s kind of hard to use¡­" As someone who uses such an extraordinary weapon like [Absolute Spear], I have such an impression. Or rather, it''s more like¡­ "¡­.." I easily lifted the greatsword and armor, each using one hand. "Eehh¡­" Since when did I have a monster-like strength? It is said it''s impossible even to lift it with ordinary strength, right? Is it a lie? ¡­No, maybe this is the norm in this other world. Anyway, the original owner of the [Absolute Spear], wise man-san, is recognized as a supernatural being in my mind. Maybe it''s not a mistake. Let me think so. After convincing myself to do so, I turned my attention back to the remaining drop items. [Magic Stone: Rank S] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. [Brush of The Pig King''s Hair] :: Rare drop item obtained from the Orc King. It''s gentle to any hair, nourishes it and makes it shiny. It can also be used on the heads of people who have thinning or balding hair to revive dead hair roots and grow the hair. Due to its effects, it''s traded at an extremely high price among aristocrats who suffer from hair problems, but it rarely comes out, and it is even said that it''s only once every few thousand years that a new one is obtained. "I don''t know what to say anymore!" First of all, the magic stone, I finally got the S-rank. In other words, the orc king is an S-class monster. However, the concept of the different world level is very troublesome, for example, if the level of another A-class monster is higher than the level of the S-class monster such as orc king, then the A-class monster may be stronger. It''s not a bad thing, however, to have encountered an S-class monster once. I''m not sure what to do with this magic stone, so I''ll just sell it as it is, but I wonder how much the S-ranked one will cost? For the time being, putting aside the magic stone, the problem is the brush. What''s this brush? Even if you''re not an aristocrat of the different world, if there''s a person who''s normally suffering from hair loss, it''s something you''d want so badly that you''d want it out of your throat. In fact, it seems to be traded for a huge amount of money¡­ What can I say? I''ve suddenly got something that looks like a daily necessity. The effect is crazy, though. "Woof?" As my face twitched looking at the brush, Night tilted his head as if to say, "What happened?", and rubbing my leg. So cute. "¡­No, it''s nothing¡­ Ah, right! Night, come here." "Woof!" A thought occurred to me, and I put Night on my lap. And then©¤©¤ "Kyuuun¡­" I brushed Night with the [Brush of The Pig King''s Hair]. Can it use to Night''s fur? But, the [Brush of The Pig King''s Hair] exerted its effect, his fur has become lustrous and beautiful, and they have changed to an enchanting texture that makes you unintentionally want to touch them for a long time. Simply put, it''s a seductive collaboration of the smoothly and fluffiness. I don''t know what I''m talking about. "Does it feel good?" "Woooof." In the state as if completely weakened, Night replied pleasantly. Good, good. I appreciate the guitar and the necklace, but it''s nice to be able to get something that works like this. I mean, what''s the deal with this situation where it''s a rare drop item, and I''m just getting it normally? Is rarity just a lie? Well, from my point of view, it''s okay because I''m getting nothing but benefits. With that in mind, I decided to take a look at my status for one last check. I didn''t get any messages or anything in particular after defeating the orc king, but I think it''s normal for my level to rise. After all, it''s a superior opponent. With that thought in mind, I checked the status¡­ "Huh¡­ Despite that, my level didn''t go up¡­?" As there was no message, my level hadn''t gone up. "It''s strange¡­ I thought I''d beaten a superior opponent¡­" Well, if there is a concept of experience value, and the level is rising because of that, what is the experience value in that battle? I''m not sure. Because I just threw the spear. Still, I''m sure I''ve defeated the bloody ogre and the hell slime in the same way¡­ No, but¡­ Sure, when it comes to the bloody ogre or the hell slime, I have no fighting experience at all. Then I''ve come to a state where I was just regularly slashing a monster such as a goblin general now, but just throwing a spear doesn''t get any experience at all? "¡­I can''t help thinking about it. I''ll figure out how the mechanism to level up. I mean, even if I didn''t level up this time, I just have to work hard to level up from now on." "Woof!" At my words, Night also raised his voice in response. £ª£ª£ª In the morning, after preparing breakfast and lunch for Night, I go to school. Usually, when I called out, "I''m off" no one replied¡­ "Well, I''m off then." "Woof!" ¡­.And now I have Night. Smiling at Night''s reply, I left the house. When I arrive at the school safely, Ryo and the others call out to me. "Oh, Yuuya, good morning!" "G-good morning." "Morning~! Yuuya-kun!" "Yeah, good morning, everyone." After the greeting, I sat on my seat and started chatting lightly until the homeroom started. During that time, I remembered about Night''s collar and decided to ask Ryo and the others about it. "Hey, is there a pet shop around here?" "Pet shop?" "Yeah. I''ve been getting a dog since yesterday¡­." "Oh, you''re keeping a dog!? What kind of dog is he!? Show me the picture!?" "C-calm down¡­!" Kaede was into it more than I expected; she was leaning closer to me. Perhaps because of that, the distance between her face and mine became closer all at once, and I was so embarrassed that I looked away involuntarily. S~ea??h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Um¡­.Kaede¡­ you''re so close, however¡­" "Huh? Ah! I-I''m sorry!" Kaede also noticed her posture, and her face was a little red, though she hurriedly distanced herself. Thank goodness I wasn''t the only one who was embarrassed. "Hmm! Continuing the conversation earlier¡­ but unfortunately, I don''t have any pictures. I don''t have a smartphone." "¡­I''m surprised there are people who don''t have a smartphone nowadays¡­" "Y-yeah¡­isn''t it inconvenient?" Ryo and Shingo-kun looked at me in surprise. It''s true. There are very few people who don''t have a cell phone nowadays¡­ I have more money now, and I can buy¡­ no, should I make my debut with a cell phone now? I don''t keep in touch with many people, so there''s not much advantage to having a cell phone, but if I think about taking Night photo¡­ wait? Isn''t it better with a camera? While I was thinking about it alone, Ryo and the others told me about the pet shop. "Talking about the pet shop around here¡­ it''s probably the one in the shopping district near the school." "Oh, there! Surely you''d feel reassuring there. It looks like they''re doing it as an animal hospital as well, so it''s a good idea to go there just in case something happens! "He~e, there''s such a place, huh¡­?" I''m having trouble deciding whether I can take Night, who is a resident of a different world, to a hospital in this world¡­ But if there''s such a place, it would be better to know when something happens¡­ But again, there''s [Complete Recovery Grass] at the wise man-san house anyway. The different world is amazing, after all. "I wish I could have gone with you to that shopping district, but¡­ sorry, I can''t help today." "I-I also have some things to do today¡­" "I see¡­ Well then, it can''t be helped." "Uhm¡­ I can go with you, you know? "Eh?" "I don''t have any club activities today¡­ if you''re fine with it, I can go with you. How about it, Yuuya-kun?" I nodded meekly in response to Kaede''s words. "Can you please, then?" "Y-yeah! It''s okay! ¡­Hmm? Isn''t this supposed to be a date¡­!? Yay! "Eh?" "No, it''s nothing!" I didn''t particularly care because Kaede said so in a hurried manner. For the time being, I''m going to be heading to the pet shop and the animal hospital after school, with Kaede leading the way. Chapter 32 - Book 1: Part 3 Here''s the next part, enjoy~ "I''m home." "Woof!" When I got home, Night jumped to my chest as if to say, "I''ve been waiting". I caught him in a hurry and patted his head. "I''m sorry to have you stay at home, okay? It''s going to be like this from now on, but¡­" "Kyuun." As I said that apologetically, Night was gently rubbing his cheek on my chest. So cute. "¡­Ah, yeah! Night, I bought a collar and other things for you earlier!" "Woof." The pet shop that Ryo and the others taught me at school was a very nice place, so I was able to get a collar, a leash, and other things I needed there. (T/N: What''s wrong with Kaede, Author-san yo? You just skipped her, lol. I''m sorry to everyone who was waiting for it :P) "You don''t have to do it in the house, but you have to wear this collar when I take you outside. Okay?" "Woof!" "¡­Alright." Night replied pleasantly and offered his own head. I know it''s kinda late, but Night is really smart. You''re smarter than me, aren''t you? Anyway, I bought a white collar for Night, hoping that it would stand out against his black fur. I''m relieved that it looks good on him when I actually put it on. "That''s good¡­ How''s it? Does it hurt?" "Woof¡­ woof!" Night moved around a bit with the collar on to make sure, then finally nodded and barked. "Alright! So¡­ what do you think? Do you want to go outside?" "Woof? Woof!" Now that I''ve bought a collar and leash, I want to take Night for a walk with me. I thought so and asked him out, and he replied cheerfully. I naturally smile when I hear that reply. "All right then, I''ll get ready, so wait for me." "Woof!" I get ready to go for a walk while putting the things I bought in the refrigerator. Since it''s Night we''re talking about, I don''t think he will defecate carelessly outside, but still, it''s the etiquette or manners¡­ So, I headed for the front door with a shovel, work gloves, and a plastic bag. "Now that we''re ready, let''s go!" "Woof!" And so we went out. £ª£ª£ª "Woof! Woof!" "Hey, Night. Don''t get too carried away, it''s dangerous!" Since it was the first time he''s outside the home in the Earth, I thought that Night would be intimidated by cars and such, but it''s just my needless anxiety. Night''s curiosity was piqued as he gazed at the various things that existed on Earth. But he''s smart, so he doesn''t rush in and check-in my direction correctly. He''s cute. I''m only saying he''s cute, but he''s really cute. Nevertheless¡­ I thought it would be less crowded due to the time, but a lot of people were jogging and walking with their dogs just like me. Well, up until now, I just went straight home and didn''t come out if there wasn''t anything important, so I didn''t know much about what was going on outside. As I thought, my Night is very cute, and all the people who pass by are staring at us. He''s cute, isn''t he? I think so too. Up until now, I''ve only been looked by them with disdain¡­ it''s great progress. As we continue our walk in peace, people passing by greeted us. "Good evening." "Eh? Ah, g-good evening!" I was surprised because no one had ever greeted me when I walked by before. I can''t believe I get a greeting just for walking around¡­ well, Night is cute, so it can''t be helped. After enjoying our walk, we went home. When we get home, I say something that occurred to me to Night. "Ah, right. After dinner, why don''t we take a walk in a different world to get some exercise?" "Woof!" From Night''s perspective, this Earth is a different world, but let''s put it aside. Anyway, Owen-san and the others had visited the forest before, and I thought I''d reduce the number of monsters to the forest entrance even a little to make it easier for them to come next. I don''t think the number will diminish so easily, even if we killed the monsters. Well, it''s too dangerous to call it a walk, though. However, if I keep doing it steadily, something may change, so I will continue to do it every day from now on. I''m sure my physical strength would increase like an idiot. On top of all, I think it''s great that I can gain more combat experience. I don''t know how dangerous this place is in this world, but it shouldn''t hurt to keep your strength up. That''s all it takes to stay safe in this world, after all. After deciding on my future policy, I finished my dinner, just as I had declared, and went for a walk in the forest with Night for some combat training. £ª£ª£ª ©¤©¤The day Yuuya went for his first walk with Night, people who saw him took pictures and videos of him and posted them on SNS, where rumors began to spread. "Who is this guy? "Oh, I know this place!" "He''s so handsome¡­ I mean, isn''t the dog super-cute, too?" "What''s the breed of this dog? I''m not sure at all¡­" As rumors of Yuuya spreading, Yuuya, who doesn''t even have a cell phone, let alone social media, found out about it¡­ but it was still a long way off. £ª£ª£ª The last few days have been really fulfilling. I enjoyed casual conversations with Ryo and the others at school, and when I return home, my family, Night, is waiting for me. Until now, I had no place in either school or home¡­ now I have a place in both. "¡­Thank you." "Woof?" I said that while picking Night up and stroking him, and he tilted his head curiously. Cute. I put on the leash to Night to go out for the walk, which I make a habit of doing, and we start walking our usual walk. We walked from the riverbank to the park near my house, and we ended up playing in the park, which has become a fun place for Night and me. At first, the curious Night had been full of vigor with this and that, but now he was quietly enjoying his leisurely walk with me. And even though it''s not quite there yet, some people have come to remember my face as I walk around and greet them, and more and more people are greeting me oppositely. ¡­But I don''t think there were so many people before, but recently people have been¡­ especially, I think that the number of women has increased on our walking course. Is it just my imagination? "Huh? Yuuya-san?" "Hmm? Ah, Kaori!" As we continued our leisurely walk, we ran into Kaori by chance. Kaori is carrying a shopping bag of some kind, so she must be on her way home from shopping. "Hello. Uhm¡­ Who''s this child?" "Oh, I''ll introduce you. This is Night. He''s my new family." "Woof!" When I introduced Kaori to Night, he barked cheerfully with his chest out. I''m sure he''s trying to look cool, but when the little Night does it, he''s just plain cute. "He''s so cute! I-is it okay if I touch him?" "Night, is that okay?" "Woof." As Night approached Kaori on his own, Kaori slowly began to stroke him. "Whoa! Night-san''s fur is very fluffy and smooth!" "Woof." Night was pleased with Kaori''s reaction and leaned into her. "This child is adorable, isn''t he? What is his type?" "Huh? Um¡­well¡­I-I don''t know. He''s just a child I picked up!" "Is that so? But from the state of this child, he seems glad that Yuuya-san picked him up." "Woof!" Night barked once as if to affirm Kaori''s words. Uh¡­ I''m glad you feel that way¡­ But that was a close one. If you asked me what breed of dog Night was, I wouldn''t have an answer¡­ Black Fenrir? It''s a different world race that I''m not sure about¡­ "Night-san is very clever, isn''t he? It''s as if he knows what I''m saying¡­" "Woof?" I''m not sure how it actually is, but Night is pretty smart. This child is capable. While Kaori was playing with Night for a while, I noticed that people around us were looking at us. "What, that''s¡­!" "A good-looking man and a cute doggie are precious enough¡­" "There you go, a set with a dog and a beautiful girl! The dazzling light will crush your eyes!" "Uhm¡­Kaori, we''re getting a lot of attention somehow, so why don''t we move around a bit?" "Huh? Ah, you''re right." Just as I was about to move from the spot, someone called out to me again. "©¤©¤Yuuya-san?" "Eh?" Surprised, I turned to the voice, and there she was, eyes wide open and frozen¡­ the popular model Miwa-san. "Mi-Miwa-san!? Why are you here?" "Uhm¡­I actually live in this neighborhood, and I usually go for a walk at this time¡­" "Yuuya-san, the one over there¡­" Kaori''s voice reminded me that they were meeting for the first time, and I quickly introduced Miwa-san to her. "Uhm, this is Miwa-san, she''s the model I took a photoshoot together in the shopping mall before. Miwa-san, this is my friend, Kaori, and my family, Night." "N-nice to know you¡­" "Woof!" While Kaori greeted her with a strangely tense state, Night barked so friendly as usual. "Kaori-san and Night-kun¡­? I''m Miwa, a model." Miwa-san expressing an adult-like smile, and the people who had been watching us until now began to murmur even more. "H-hey¡­ Another beautiful woman has joined that handsome man and beautiful woman¡­!?" "Isn''t that girl the model, Miwa?" "Eh? No way? Are you serious?" Apparently, with Miwa-san''s arrival, the people who had noticed Miwa-san began to gather. And Miwa-san seemed to notice it too; she just smiled bitterly. "Ahahaha¡­ It seems like we stand out a little too much¡­ Does Yuuya-san plan on walking around here in the future?" "Eh? Ah, yes. That''s what I''m going to do." I will try to find other routes, but for a while, I will enjoy walking near this riverbank. Then, Miwa-san smiled softly at my words. "I thought it would be nice to see you again during the previous shoots, but¡­ I''m happy to see it happen sooner than I thought. Besides, if you''re going to walk around here, maybe we''ll see each other again like this." "Ah¡­ You''re right." "Fufu, it will be more fun to go for a walk again. Well¡­ It''s time for me to go. There are also more people here. Both Kaori-san and Night-kun, too, see you later¡­" "Oh, yes!" "Woof!" Miwa-san said that and walked away. As we were seeing her off, Kaori asked with a subtle expression on her face. "Um¡­ Yuuya-san." "Hmm?" "Yuuya-san¡­ Uhm¡­¡­ Are you going out with Miwa-san¡­?" "Eh? No, no, no, we''re not! Like I said before, Miwa-san and I just happened to be together in the photoshoot, and I do not match for Miwa-san in the first place." "It can''t be¡­" "Eh?" "Oh! N-no, it''s nothing¡­" I''m not sure, but if Kaori says so, it''s probably nothing. It was when we tried to move while tiling my head at Kaori''s reaction. "T-thief, a thief!!" "Eh?" I heard what sounded like a scream, and as I glanced in the direction of the voice, I saw an older woman fall to the ground, desperately reaching for her hand. At the end of her hand, a man in a black jersey was running away at a tremendous rate. "A-a thief¡­ what should we do!?" While the suddenness of the situation flustered Kaori, I quickly gave instructions to Night. "Night! Go after that man!" "Woof!" With one bark, Night rushed from the spot at an alarming speed. "N-Night-chan!?" Kaori was surprised at his speed, but I rushed up to the old lady with the surprised Kaori. "Are you all right?" "Y-yes. I''m fine¡­ but my bag¡­" I told the old lady who floated a sad look on her face in the gentlest voice as possible. Sear?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "It''s okay. Oba-san''s bag must be¡­ oh, look!" "Eh?" As I pointed, the thief was being dragged along by Night. "H-help me! What''s up with this dog?" "Woof." To the Night who slowly dragged the man who was twice as big as himself, Kaori and the old lady looked at the scene in disbelief. "Kaori, can you call the police?" "Oh¡­ Y-yes!" It was when Kaori took out her smartphone from her bag and went to call the police. The moment Night released the restraints and completed his mission by bringing the thief to me, the man stood up with enthusiasm and lunged at me. "You¡­ don''t fuck with me!" "Hyii!?" "Yuuya-san!?" Moreover, the man has a knife and tries to stab me with it. But in the other world, where I''ve dealt with attacks of outrageous speed, I''m not impatient, grab the wrist of the man''s knife-wielding hand, twist it straight outward, and the man drops the knife with a pain. "I-i-it''s hurt!" "Phew!" Not wanting to miss the opportunity, I swatted the man''s legs away and immediately restrained him in place, pinning his hands behind his back where he had fallen. "Fuh¡­" "Ooh!" "Eh?" I was surprised by the sudden rise in cheers and looked around, but before I knew it, people were clapping at me. As I was puzzled by the surroundings, Kaori comes running up to me hurriedly. "Yuuya-san, are you all right?" "Eh? Yeah, I''m fine." "Thank goodness¡­ I was worried, so please don''t be too reckless!" "S-sorry." Surely my actions are dangerous from other people''s perspectives¡­ While apologizing to Kaori, I complimented Night on catching the thief and returned the bag properly to the old lady. Afterward, Kaori handed over the thief to a police officer who had come due to Kaori''s report, and Night was thanked by not only the old lady but also by the police. Chapter 33 - Book 1: Part 4 Another chapter today, thanks to the Patrons. I never thought I''d see the day when going to school would be so much fun¡­ It was something I couldn''t think of before. That''s why I feel a little lonely on holidays. "¡­But, we have to capture this forest as soon as possible." "Woof!" It''s time for me and Night to proceed with the exploration as far as we can this weekend so that we can come and go as freely as we want in the depths of the forest. And if I meet an enemy that I have never seen before, I will fight aggressively with all I can. ¡­Once this forest has been conquered, let''s go to the outside. It''s a different world, so I want to enjoy it. "Alright¡­ Let''s go!" I regained enthusiasm and headed for the depths of the forest with Night. Along the way, we fought not only with the goblin general and devil bear but also with the orc king, Night''s destined enemy. He was attacked by surprise by the orc king at the last time, so this time, he fought and beat it in a relatively solid state. By the way, Night''s level had improved so far, and his status had also risen so that he was able to take on and defeat the orc king alone. Immediately after the successful revenge, Night let out a howl of triumph and looked very chivalrous. But it''s cute. After dealing with a familiar monster for a while, I finally found a monster I had never seen before. "Oh, that''s¡­" The monster I found was looked like a deer with two huge antlers that seemed to be made of crystal. Moreover, the color is different, one is a crimson crystal, and the other is an azure crystal. As I was admiring the beauty of it, Night quietly tapped my foot. "Woof?" "Ah, sorry. I just zoned-out¡­" It''s dangerous. In this different world, if I let my guard down, I might die instantly¡­ With renewed vigor, I appraise the monster. [Crystal Deer] Level: 630 Magic: 15000 I mean, crystal deer? The name was just like what it looks. Well, it''s good because it''s easy to understand¡­ More troubling than that is its level and stats. It''s a higher level and stats than the S-class monster, orc king. Besides, looking at these stats, it seems like it is a magic-user¡­ "Now, what should we do¡­?" "Woof¡­" I looked at Night as he was making the same gesture of thinking as I was, and then I suddenly felt a gaze. I turned my eyes in that direction and saw the source of trouble was the crystal deer looking at me. "H-hey¡­ are you kidding me? Night aside, I''m using my [Assimilation] skill¡­" I don''t know why, but it seems that it knows exactly my existence and are on the alert. No, it''s too early to be pessimistic. It was good to know that [Assimilation] wasn''t a perfect skill at this stage. Besides, since I was found like this, there was no way I could take it by surprise, so I had to fight it fair and square. I let the [Absolute Spear] appear in my hand and jumped out with Night. "Kuaaaaaaaaaaa." the crystal deer let out a war cry. "Is that really the sound of a deer?" At the same time we jumped out, the crystal deer rushed in with a strange squeal. The crystal horns are sharp, and if we hit by them, we''ll be helpless. Night and I each dodged to either side and after Night landed, he immediately jumped on it. "Woof!" "Kuaah!" A steamy black thing was rising from Night''s body, showing more movement than usual. Even when I first met Night, he had almost spewed this steamy black thing, but that time it was incomplete, and the orc king had gotten him. Even so, the current Night is at a level where he could easily defeat even the orc king, let alone the goblin elite, by raising this black steam. Such Night swung his sharp claws at the crystal deer, but the crystal deer quickly turned its head to catch it with its horn. At this point, the crystal deer before us was more of an enemy than the orc king. But¡­ "You''re not fighting with Night alone!" I also put out a spiral thrust with the [Absolute Spear]. In response to the wind-covered spear, the crystal deer countered with a flame generated from between the horns. "What!?" As I thought, it used something like special magic! However, I never thought it would come from between the horns, instead of shooting it from the mouth¡­ Even though I was expecting it, I still hadn''t gotten used to the magic attack, And I was a little exposed by the flames. "It''s hot!" "Woof!?" "I''m fine!" Night was surprised and tried to run to me, but I stopped him and rolled on the ground, escaped from the flames. Fortunately, thanks to the clothes the wise man-san left behind, my body wasn''t damaged, but my unprotected face still felt hot. As I moved away from the crystal deer, Night jumped again. "Woof!" "Kuuaaaaaaa!" "Wha-!?" Then the crystal deer, instead of flames, came spouting a fierce stream of water. "This guy has two magic powers¡­!" Not knowing the nature and special characteristic of magic, let alone how it was treated in this world, I was surprised that the crystal deer used two magic. No, it would be strange to decide that only one magic can be used in the first place¡­ I have to reflect on that. Having the crystal deer unleashed a fierce stream of water, Night immediately stopped his attack and left the area. That''s not a simultaneous attack, but it''s going to be tough if we don''t separate the roles properly. "Night! Isn''t there anything you can do to make an opening on this guy?" "¡­Woof!" With a slight thoughtful gesture, Night jumped to the crystal deer with a dependable reply. "Woof!" "Kuaaaaaaa!" Instead of lunging head-on, Night used his quickness to bewilder the crystal deer as he approached. The crystal deer also threw flames and water streams at him to keep him away, but it was very difficult to catch the quick Night as he was still a child. And then©¤©¤ "Gaaaa!" "Kuaaaaaaaaa!" Night bit the base of the crystal deer''s throat. Fouled, the crystal deer screamed in agony but immediately went on a rampage, trying to shake off Night. But it''s made it much less wary of me. "There¡­!" "Kuuuaaaaaaaa!" This time, instead of using the spiral thrust, I just plunged the spear straight into the crystal deer''s neck. Night, who was quick to sense that I was going to attack, moved away from the crystal deer. And when the spear cleanly pierced the crystal deer''s throat, I slashed up the tip of the spear! "Kuuaaaaaaa! Kua, Kuuaaa¡­" The crystal deer that fell down while raising blood splatters quickly disappeared as a particle of light. "W-we won, huh¡­" "Woof¡­" It''s not really a hard win, but it''s mentally exhausting¡­ I was almost burned for a moment, but thanks to my clothes, it wasn''t a life-threatening situation. Still, it underscored my poor fighting skills and inability to respond. ¡­Well, since I''ve been living in an environment where there is no combat, so it''s only natural, but¡­ "As we go to the deep inside of this forest, we have to be more and more flexible¡­ though that''s a great training exercise until we go out of the forest." "Woof." Apparently, Night felt the same way I did, so he nodded and barked once. After I patted him, I moved on to check the drop items. [Crystal Deer Fur] :: Crystal Deer fur. It''s very comfortable and very popular among royalty and nobles. It has some cold resistance, but the effect is very small. [Crystal Deer Meat] :: Crystal Deer meat. It goes well with a variety of dishes. It''s very easy to eat because it has little fat and fresh. [Crystal Deer''s Twin Antlers] :: Crystal Deer''s antlers. The horns are special crystals called [Flame Crystal] and [Aqua Crystal], which are traded at a very high price. It can be transformed into a magical weapon called [Magic Weapon]. (T/N: The name is just simple as that ¡²¡ä?£à¡³) "Isn''t this amazing?" I was shocked when I got a material that looked more valuable than I expected. The fur is certainly silky and comfortable to the touch, but not as good as Night''s. However, it makes sense if it''s said to be popular among royalty and aristocrats. And the meat looks very tasty from what I read in the description. I''m happy. And now, the problematic horns. If the description is believable, it seems it''s traded for a very high price in this world. What''s more, I don''t know how, but it can be transformed into a [Magic Weapon]. S§×ar?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Well, it''s still something I don''t need, so I''m going to cash it in. "Well, the next one is the magic stone, which is one of the objects to be redeemed." I appraise the magic stones in the same way. [Magic Stone: Rank S] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. "As I thought, it was an S-rank." If you go to the hinterland, S-class monsters will be your basic opponents. Be that as it may, this means that we''ve got a lot of money again. Hooray¡­Jeez. The amount of money is too much, so I''m getting it every time with a sense of trepidation. Poverty is too attached to me. Honestly, if I put it in the bank, they''d be suspicious of its source, so I''m really glad I had an item box, I really appreciate it from the bottom of my heart. "¡­Now, what the heck is this¡­?" "Woof?" Night and I are tilting our heads to look at the object in front of us. Because what we have in front of us is a cube the size of the palm of my hand. "What is it¡­?" As I tilted my head, I appraised it, and it reads: [Ultra-Luxurious Portable Outdoor Bath Set] :: A rare drop item that can be obtained from the Crystal Deer. A bath that you can take with you. You can easily enjoy various types of baths, such as cypress, stone, jacuzzi, and electric baths everywhere. You can also choose the effect of the tub. The bathtub and water are always clean, so no cleaning or maintenance is required. It also has privacy protection and can be wrapped in a special veil that is not visible from the outside. I didn''t even pause to tsukomi at the drop items. No, why is the crystal deer drop item a bath in the first place? What''s the connection? Don''t tell me it''s a bath because the crystal deer uses fire and water to make hot water? If so, it''s a complete waste of ability! Well, it''s peaceful, and I like it, though! In the meantime, I can''t say anything without using it, so I picked up the bath set. Then a translucent board appears in front of me. There was an entry to select the type and efficacy of the bath and whether you want to use the veil or not. At first, I selected without a veil for confirmation, then the cube emerged from my hand, and a magnificent hinoki bath appeared in front of me. "¡­It''s amazing¡­" "¡­Woof¡­" It was a hinoki (Japanese cypress) bath with a super high-class feel, and it was large enough to hold about five people. "Wow¡­ I''d love to go in, but it''s too dangerous here¡­" After trying the veiled version and other baths, I put the bath set in the item box. With the veil on, I couldn''t really see the presence of the tub from the outside, but I could see the outside from the inside. It''s too hi-tech. And when I want to put it away, it''s back in the palm-sized cube again and returned to my hand¡ªwhat a handy feature. Lately, the rare drop items have been daily necessities¡­ no, baths are too big to be daily necessities. Still, there are many things that are useful in everyday life. I used to think I''d rather have a piece of equipment like an accessory, but now I''m happy with this one. Today, besides the Night''s one, I was delighted that I was able to secure my share of the [Brush of The Pig King''s Hair] obtained from the orc king¡­ And I was even happier to get this bath set. ¡­.Alright. I decided and called out to Night. "Night. Why don''t we explore a little more and then go home and warm up in this bath?" "Woof? Woof!" I was determined to move on with my exploration today, but these expressions. I hope you''ll forgive me. I couldn''t resist the bath¡­ I''m Japanese, after all¡­ With Night''s approval, we went back to the house to enjoy the bath after exploring a bit more. Chapter 34 - Book 1: Part 5 New chapter for today. Please enjoy~ Yesterday, we ended up getting a bath, so we cut our exploration short early, but today we were pretty far out in the depths. ¡­Because, you know, it''s a bath. You Japanese don''t understand? It''s a greater bliss¡­ you know? Even though I''m still not of age, I thought I could understand how the adults felt to want to drink in hot water in an open-air bath. That''s because it feels too good. Be that as it may, I continued to explore with more effort than yesterday. As a result, I encountered a new monster again. "Night, it''s headed to your way!" "Woof!" "Shaaaaaaaa!" The enemy we''re fighting now is an armadillo-like monster with a long needle-like a porcupine on its back. Or maybe it looks like a hedgehog, but I think the armadillo with a needle is the best way to describe it. By the way, the status is like this. [Needle Roller] Level: 610 Magic: 3000 Although its level is lower than the crystal deer we fought yesterday, none of the stats are comparable. The most troubling thing is that it charges at a speed like a bullet while curling up and spinning at high speed. The needles that grew from its back also boast tremendous hardness, and it can even hold against my [Absolute Spear] and [Omni-Sword]. ¡­No, it''s a bit wrong. Because, whenever it needles exchange blows against the [Omni-Sword], it always aimed at the flat part of the sword, so I can''t slash it. In the same way, [Absolute Spear] will always be able to pierce the target if the spearhead catches it. Still, if the spearhead is swept away like a clean stream, it will only be like to hit it with a blunt weapon. Even so, it''s strong enough, but the throwing [Absolute Spear], which had been a one-strike kill up until now, has also been avoided away nicely in the same way as the spearhead flows. On top of that, even though it was parried off, it doesn''t change the fact that it was hit, so the [Absolute Spear] will be back in my hand¡­ As I thought, when it comes to S-class monsters, the throwing [Absolute Spear] won''t work unless I strike them unexpectedly. I got lucky with the orc king. In fact, the reason the crystal deer was able to fight [Absolute Spear] was probably because it was dealing with it in the same way. I didn''t want to think about what would happen if such an S-class monster''s needle stabbed me. As Night avoided the needle roller that was charging at him at high speed, the needle roller returned its body to normal the moment it hit the tree that was ahead of it, and as it landed on the tree with its momentum, it used the tree as its foothold, accelerating and now flying towards me. "Kishaaaaaaaa!" "Ugh!" I manage to dodge at the very last minute, but my cheek is cut pretty deep. "It hurts¡­" "Woof!" As I said, the needle roller was slower than it had been the first time. We''re a little tired too, but the advantage of two against one is huge. "Maybe it''s time to end this. Let''s brace ourselves." "Woof!" "¡­Kishaaaaaaaa!" "Sooo, here it comes again¡­!" The needle roller, poised, came charging at us again. Night was quick to leave the spot, but I kept the needle roller engaged until the very last minute. In fact, after watching the needle roller''s movements earlier, I had a plan that I wanted to put into action. I fought the urge to avoid it quickly and timed it well. And then©¤©¤ "Now!" "Kisha!?" I dodged it jumped sideways at the last moment, and the needle roller couldn''t even slow down, so it went right through me and slammed right into a nearby rock wall. The needle roller''s defense is quite high, so even if it were to smash into a rock wall, it wouldn''t do much damage, no matter how fast it was going. But that''s not what I''m here for. "Kishaaaaaa!?" "Yeaaahh!" The needle roller slammed into the rock with such force and made the sharp needles that it was proud of thrust into the wall. It stuck into the rock wall. It desperately clutches its limbs, but because it''s an armadillo-type monster and its needles are quite long, it cannot do anything while its limbs are floating in the air. It would have been a lot harder to beat this one if it had the ability to shoot out needles, but it doesn''t look like that, so I''m relieved. "Haaaaah!" "Kishaaaaaaaa!" As long as the movement stops, I can slash it with [Omni-Sword]. Of course, it doesn''t matter how hard the armor is. As soon as I make [Omni-Sword] appear in my hand, I activated the [Weakness Detection] skill and swung down from the upper level at the weak point at once. Even if I can slash it, it''s meaningless if I can''t kill it with a single blow. The [Omni-Sword] that I swung down, entered the weak point cleanly. As it was, I slashed at it without feeling any resistance. Then the needle roller screamed and disappeared as a particle of light. "W-we managed to take it down somehow¡­" "Woof¡­" Thanks, Night." I hugged Night as he came closer, and he licked my cheek. I immediately take out the [Complete Recover Herb Juice] and drink it down in one breath. There''s still plenty of stock to go around. The juices seeped into my body, and my vitality came back at once. "You have to drink it too, Night." "Woof!" After a long time, the message appeared when the juice was given to the Night in the same way. Level-Up. You have acquired [Mind-Body Unification]* and [Mental Enhancement] skills. (T/N: Let me know if someone can come up with a better name for this skill "ÐÄÉí½yÒ»".) "I''ve leveled up and gained some skills!" "Woof!" "Eh? Did Night leveled up too?" "Woof!" Night barked like that, so I appraised him, and he really did level up. That''s nice! After allocating the appropriate level-up BP, I looked back at my status again. [Yuuya Tenjou] Occupation: None Magic: 6050 BP:0 Skills: [Appraisal] [Endurance] [Item Box] [Language Comprehension] [True Martial Art: 8] [Presence Detection] [Fast Reading] [Cooking: 7] [Map] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Assimilation] [Tame] [Mind-Body Unification] [Mental Enhancement] Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] Before I know it, my [True Martial Arts] and [Cooking] levels have gone up! I can''t tell the difference since it''s my own cooking, but somehow I felt sharper when I attacked in the martial arts than before. For now, let''s check out the existing skills and check out the new skills. [Mind-Body Unification] :: It unifies the mind and body and gives you more control over your own body. [Mental Enhancement] :: Increased resistance to mental attacks such as fear states. "Oh! Every single one of them looks useful." Mind-body unification can be recognized as being able to move my body as I imagined. And mental enhancement! Earlier, I was terrified when the needle roller came at me, but I was able to move without cowering. I think that was the groundwork to learn this skill. Sear?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Alright¡­ let''s keep up the leveling at this rate." "Woof!" "Ah, let''s check Night''s level, too." "Woof." I stroked Night as I appraised him. The result is this: [Night] Race Name: Black Fenrir Magic: 10100 Note: Yuuya Tenjou''s Follower. What can I say, the way his status raising is the same as mine. The only difference with me is that he doesn''t have BP, and his luck is not rising. Maybe it''s just that it didn''t go up this time, but luck isn''t something that''s going to matter when the level goes up. Nevertheless, Night has a well-balanced rise in agility, and his status isn''t too far behind that of S-class monsters. It''s not an exaggeration to say that thanks to the presence of Night, I can compete with S-class monsters. In terms of status, I''m overwhelmingly defeated by S-class monsters; I''m just aided by Night and the outrageous weapons that the sage-san left behind. Well, I''m able to cope with the S-class monsters with such a dangerous weapon, but when I think about it, Night''s existence is essential. In terms of my mentality. ¡­I want to raise my level quickly so that I can take on an S-class monster with ease. Thinking about that, I went to look for the drop items. [Strong Needle of The Armadillo Needle] :: Needle of the needle roller. With its sharpness, it can easily pierce even thick steel. They are mainly used to make spears and arrowheads, and these weapons are traded at very high prices. "This is seriously dangerous¡­" This was the only material it dropped, but it seems that the needle of the needle roller was a very dangerous thing. I don''t know if it''s an armadillo or not, but if it''s not an armadillo, what kind of creature is it?* I also retrieved the magic stone while thinking about what kind of creature it was in the unexpected notation. The magic stone is, as I thought, an S-class item. (T/N: Kinda confused with this, it''s written with English at the first one and Japanese at the second one, the name of the strong needle is also written with Japanese. "¥¢¥ë¥Þ¥¸¥í and áìáü.) And then©¤©¤ "¡­No matter how I look at it, it''s a toothbrush, right?" "Woof." There was a black toothbrush in my hand. It''s probably the needle roller rare drop item. ¡­But even if this were a rare drop item, it shouldn''t be a toothbrush, right? I mean, it''s a needle that can pierce steel. And if I brush my teeth with it, my mouth will be getting shredded. No, I don''t think the brush part of this toothbrush is that needle. I don''t even want to think about it! After an appraisal with anxiety, it was displayed as follows: [Extreme Toothbrush] :: Brushing your teeth with this item will completely eliminate the bacteria that cause bad breath and will significantly change the color of your teeth from ivory to white. It also removes plaque and tartar without missing, making the user feel comfortable and enjoy brushing their teeth. "It''s absolutely awesome!" What a usefulness of this daily necessities series! It''s a little crazy, don''t you think? I mean, it''s beneficial to me personally, but are rare drop items mostly just the daily necessities items? I''ve never played a game before, but is that normal? Did I just assume, as a stereotype, that a weapon or armor is the only item that can be dropped? "Well, whatever¡­ in the meantime, let''s go a little further inside, shall we?" "¡­.." "Night?" As I retrieved the drop item and called out to Night, Night stared silently in a certain direction. When I followed his gaze, I saw that the rock where the needle roller had been sticking into had collapsed, and something that looked like the entrance to a cave had appeared. "Eh, what is that?" "Woof¡­" Even Night didn''t seem to understand, so he tilted his head, but he kept on approaching the cave entrance. "Ah, hey! It''s dangerous!" When I said that, Night made a gesture of thinking and turned back to me. "¡­Woof." The expression on his face looks like he''s saying let''s go to the inside of this¡­ It''s true, this cave that suddenly appeared was worrisome. It just so happened that the position where we had fought the needle roller was at the bottom of the cliff, so I hadn''t expected such a cave entrance to appear. I could ignore it and go deeper into the forest, but Night seems strangely concerned, and above all, Night''s wild instincts tell him there''s something to it. It''s as if he said, "I''ve got a hunch something''s up!" with a high level of confidence. I was also concerned about the "Something" that Night felt, so I followed behind with Night in the lead. This was the first time I had been in a cave like this since I was in a forest. I was on the alert for any monsters to appear, but my [Presence Detection] skill didn''t catch any signs of monsters. No, it''s too early to be relieved. Just as crystal deer detected my [Assimilation] skill, there may be something that can slip through my [Presence Detection]. I was only worried about the monster when I thought about it, but if there are people in this cave, they might be setting a trap or something¡­ Well, if there is a trap, I don''t have the skills to avoid it, so it can''t be helped. I was wary of traps as well as monsters and proceeded without carelessly touching the walls or the ground. Just when I thought it was getting dark, a torch on the wall caught fire. "Whoa! Why did it suddenly catch on fire?" "Woof?" In contrast to me, who was very surprised, Night was unconcerned¡­ for the time being, Night isn''t alarmed, and we''re not in danger. More importantly, the torch on the wall means that there''s a human hand in it. It''s nothing right now, but there could be a trap somewhere. I lost more and more of my understanding of what this cave was, but after a while, we reached the deepest part of the cave. The deepest part is a slightly larger space, and a large number of torches are held up on the surrounding walls. "This place is¡­" "Woof!" "Night?" Suddenly, Night rushed out, and I hurriedly chased after him. Then©¤©¤ "Huh!?" A skeleton in a robe is sitting, leaning against the innermost wall. I thought it was a monster for a moment, but it seems to be completely dead with no sign of movement at all. I didn''t expect to see a white skeletal corpse¡­ if it weren''t for the [Mental Enhancement] skill, I''d have peed in fear, wouldn''t I? Just as I thought about that, Night patted something that was placed in front of the skeleton with his foot. "Woof!" "Eh?" I approached Night and looked at the thing that had fallen at his feet¡­ it was a thick book. "A book?" What kind of book is that? When I picked up the book, the cover said "The Sage''s Book", but I had no idea what it was. I had no choice but to open it and check it©¤©¤©¤ To those who have reached this point, ~the sage~. ©¤©¤©¤That''s what it was written. Chapter 35 - Book 2: Part 1 Here''s another chapter thank to the Patrons! Enjoy~ Part 1 "S-sage¡­" I stared in disbelief at the book in my hand. This is because the sage described here is probably the former landlord of the house that I use in this other world. Furthermore, it is safe to say that I couldn''t do anything without the sage''s help. I''m very indebted to him for the weapon and armor, and numerous materials such as the complete recovery grass. In the first place, if the house didn''t have the barrier ability, I would have been dead the moment I stepped outside the door, connecting the house to the other world. The book of the sage¡­ moreover, who else could have reached this place¡­ I opened the book with a slight shudder. One of the contents spelled out the following: Well¡­I know this is sudden, but let''s talk about the past. It''s my past. I know it''s boring but listen to me. ©¤©¤I could do anything. Yes, ever since I was born¡­ There was nothing I couldn''t do. Magic, swordsmanship, cooking, singing, painting, blacksmithing¡­ I could really do everything in this world. And I had the power to master it, too. As a result, I stepped into "God''s realm" while I was alive. It was one of my few astonishing events; the gods encouraged me to become a god directly. Well, the other people would have gladly accepted it. After all, if you agree, you will be able to join the divinity and gain immortality. Before this, even if I could revive the dead, I couldn''t become an immortal. But¡­ I refused. Those around me were surprised, and some of them scolded me for being arrogant. But I still refused. I''ve talked about this at length, but there is one thing I would like to tell you as you read this book. You are good enough to be able to come to this place. I''m not sure how you perceive that, now that I''m dead. I don''t know what you think of other people. I don''t know, but it will eventually make those around you afraid¡­ like me. It may be an afterthought, but as a predecessor, I don''t want you to lead a life like mine. ¡­I haven''t told you why I refused to become a god, have I? It''s because¡­I wanted to die as a "person". I, who could do anything and reach the divinity while I was alive¡­ could only die as a "person" in this way. I don''t want you to end up in the same position. It''s truly selfish of me. "¡­.. " I''ve read this far, and I''m amazed at the kindness of the sage. My image of the sage was that he was the type of person who had no interest in other people and was only interested in himself because he was building a house in the middle of the forest like that. In fact¡­ because he was able to do anything, he was a pitiful person who was more lonely than anyone else and had lost the ability to die as a "person" other than dying at the end of his life. If what he says is true, then my power is probably one of the most powerful among humans. If things continue like this, as sage-san said, I might be feared off by the people around me. ¡­I don''t want that. But what should I do? As I continued to read the book with these thoughts, there was more information. It''s a bit scary, but to solve this is simple¡­ Well, for someone other than me. The answer is to get someone you can trust. It could be a friend, a lover, or a parent. Make someone who will lay everything on the line and still be there for you. ¡­I was good at building relationships when I was alive, but I didn''t get someone to expose everything like that. If you have the time, don''t be afraid and look for such a person positively. "U-umm¡­" That is, well¡­..I guess it is, but¡­ I''m the kind of person who didn''t have any friends until recently, you know? I feel like that''s a pretty high hurdle¡­ Sage-san, don''t you think that in terms of your own standards? You''re going to be fine. Don''t rush, take your time¡­go at your own pace and get a lifetime friend. Not only do you have to deal with your friends, but you have to deal with yourself. You''re reading my mind! While doing tsukomi inwardly, I was reminded of my deceased grandfather by the words of the sage. ¡­Grandpa said the same thing to me before he passed away¡­ It may take some time, but I''ll make my own way, little by little. As I turned the page with that thought in my mind, there was a continuation. Thank you for keeping me company this far, and I apologize for that, but¡­ I''ll write one thing you want to know in this book. "Eh!?" When I saw the letters written, I let out a hysterical voice. Then, what do I want to know¡­ or rather, I feel like my mind is really being read. Even if suddenly said, nothing honestly comes to mind. I have too many things to know. ¡­But speaking of what I want to know now¡­ "Magic¡­ I wonder¡­" I''ve never used magic since I came to this world. That''s why I long for magic. It''s exciting to think about being able to make fire out of my hands like that. As I was thinking about it, a new character is written on the page that had been blank until now. It seems like you want to know about magic. "I knew you''d read my mind!" It turned into a conviction inside of me. Ignoring me like that, additional letters emerge on the blank page. I''ve packed all of my magic theories into this continuation. However¡­ you have no knowledge of magic¡­ no, on the contrary¡­ you''re not a resident of this world. "How could you possibly know that?" It seems that sage-san can see everything. Even so, I didn''t think he''d be able to figure out that I was an otherworlder. What''s going on actually? What on earth¡­? But unfortunately, even if you have the magic theory drilled into your head, you''re not capable of using magic. That''s because every human in this world has¡­ [Magic Circuit] in their body that allows them to use magic. Simply put, it''s like a blood vessel. Unlike you, humans in this world produce not only blood but also magic power from their hearts, and it runs through their entire body. However, being an otherworlder, you don''t have this circuit. Therefore, you can''t use magic. "W-what?" T-then¡­I can''t use magic for the rest of my life¡­? There''s nothing I can do about it if he says it''s different because of how my body is built. When it comes to magic, I had been hoping to use it someday since I came to this world, and that fact was quite a shock. But sage-san''s words didn''t end there. ©¤©¤Therefore, I will give you my magic circuit. Yeah, I don''t exist anymore. But my magic circuit is so precious that it can be said to be a treasure of this world. It would be better for you to use it than just to make it disappear. "Eh!?" Can a magic circuit be passed on to other people? Besides, is it okay for an outsider like me to take such a precious thing? Despite my anxiety, the sage''s words were written in a light tone on the page more and more. If you don''t use it, it''s just going to disappear. But now you''re here. There''s nothing wrong with that, just that the existence that inherits it just happens to be an otherworlder. It''s decided that it''s better for people who can use it. In the first place, how many people can get to this place¡­? "¡­.." It''s true, I knew from what Owen-san and the others said about how dangerous this place is. Well, don''t think too hard about it, but be happy that you just happen to have the world''s best magic circuit. "I wonder if I can take it so lightly¡­" Well, it''s not something I could have said at this point where I''m already using the sage''s weapons and house, but even so, I feel apologetic when he treats me so well. I''m really sorry¡­ ¡­Well, whatever. I have nothing to say to you if you will eventually become worthy of that power and live a life that you can hold your heart out for. "¡­." I am admonished by sage-san who should no longer be in this world. Even so, if I can live up to what sage-san says¡­ if I can become that kind of person who lives up to the power sage-san gave me¡­no, I should try to become that kind of person. Just as I was making that determination, suddenly, the sage''s book began to shine. "Huh!?" Now that you''ve made your decision, let''s get you started. This is my magic circuit that the whole world has wanted¡­! I had been turning the pages by hand before, but suddenly the book jumped out of my hand and was fixed in the air, and the pages were being turned more and more. Then, as the page stopped, a large number of characters that I had never seen before emerged there and jumped off the page. "Wha-!?" The string of letters undulates like a snake. It''s crawled up from my feet to all over my body; the characters filled from the top of my head to the toes of my feet, eventually covering my entire body and disappearing into my body. At that moment, my heart felt like it was on fire. I dropped to my knees in place without thinking, but this time the heat rushed through my entire body from my heart, and eventually, it quietly receded. "Hah, hah, hah, hah¡­!" "Woof?" Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Night stares at me anxiously as I try to catch my breath desperately. I managed to return a grin to him, and the book that was glowing in front of me fell to the spot. Then, a page just came into my sight. It looks like you''ve safely inherited my magic circuit. Now you''re ready to use magic. And as I said at the beginning, I''ve packed all the magic theories into this one ahead¡­ Well, I rarely need to read it. If it''s another person, they will need to learn the magic theory written there, but it''s unnecessary for you, who inherited my magic circuit because my magic theory itself is already etched into that circuit on a genetic level. I managed to catch my breath and flipped through the book as if to confirm it. Just like sage-san said, there was a lot of information about magic. It was full of jargon that I didn''t know what it was. I wondered if I had to understand all of this in order to be able to use magic, so I was very grateful for the words of the sage-san. I''m sure I have the skills to understand language, but there are so many words I don''t understand at all¡­ I took a look at it for now, and when I looked at the last page, it ended with the words that were directed at me again. ¡­I''ve said it many times, I want you to be happy reading this book now. An existence who was human and yet was not human¡­ I am alone was enough. There will be times in your life that are irrevocably painful. Therefore, you should walk your life with no regrets. I''m happy if this book and my magic circuit can help with that in some small way. I wish you all the best in your life, ~from the sage~. "¡­Thank you, sage-san. You, too, may you be at peace¡­" I put the book in the item box and joined my hands, praying to the remains of sage-san in front of me. Next to me, Night is mimicking me, closing his eyes and lowering his head. After a while, I turned up and said to Night. "Okay, Night¡­ we''re going home for the day!" "Woof?" "Are we done?" Night tilted his head as if to say that. "Yeah. That''s enough for today. More importantly, I need to read the book that the sage-san left for me right now. Besides, maybe Night will be able to use magic too." "Woof!" Night nodded happily, and we walked home with him in the lead, just as we had done when we came. Chapter 36 - Book 2: Part 2 Here''s a new chapter today, enjoy~ Part 2 ©¤©¤Magic is the embodiment of the imagination. I took the book that sage-san had left behind and quickly went through the pages of magic theory, and the first thing it said was that. The embodiment of the imagination¡­ the words are quite tricky, I wonder if it''ll be alright? However, the embodiment of imagination¡­ even if you use magic, you can''t use it without the underlying [Magic Power]. I''m sure it is. Otherwise, the magic on the stats would really be meaningless. You have to start by feeling the magic to begin with, or you won''t be able to use magic. ©¤©¤That means, I''ve got to learn how to control magic before I can use it. As I read through the book, it was mentioned that in order to deal with magic, one must first feel one''s own magic, and meditation was mentioned as a way to do so. I don''t understand what meditation is, but should I just sit with my eyes closed for now? I set the book down in front of me, closed my eyes, and sat down. Then I felt a presence next to me, so I opened my eyes a little, and Night, imitating me, closed his eyes, and sat down quietly. It''s cute. After sitting side by side for a while, I felt that the heart part of my body was strangely hot. "¡­Hmm? What is this? This is¡­" The moment I felt the heat, it ran through my entire body, giving me the illusion that I was somehow experiencing blood flow. "Wait¡­what is this feeling¡­!" I was perplexed by a situation I had never experienced before. Still, I didn''t see any abnormality, such as pain in my body or something negligent. Then, a semi-transparent message appeared in front of me. You have acquired [Magic Control] skill. "Huh¡­ the source of this heat was magic?" I soon found out from the sage''s book that apparently magic is something similar to blood flow and is always running through the body. Usually, I don''t feel anything unless I''m aware of it, so I guess it''s only this time. "This is¡­ the magic circuit I inherited from sage-san¡­" As I murmured that to myself, Night, who had been meditating next to me, barked as if to tell me something. "¡­Woof! Woof, woof!" "Hmm? Perhaps you could feel it too, Night?" "Woof!" "Ooh! You did it!" That means that Night was able to learn the [Magic Control] skill just like me. Even though it''s called control, I could just feel my magic. In addition to the fact that I''m not from this world, even if I have magic in my status, I couldn''t use magic because I didn''t have the circuit. Since Night is originally from this world, I''m sure he has the magic circuit. By the way, since I was able to sense my own magic, I could adjust the speed of the magic running through my body. I was able to move it as I wanted, such as staying in one place, so it may be that other people will be able to control it as soon as they can sense it. "Now that I can feel the magic, and I''m able to control it, what''s the next step?" Once you can handle the magic, the rest is easy. For example, if you want the flame to come out of your palm, you can imagine gathering magic in your palm so that it will come out. There is also such a thing as long spell chanting, but this is not necessary as it only serves as an aid to solidify the image. However, if you come up with your own name for the magic, it will be easier when you activate it. It''s also a matter of preference since it''s the same to utter that magic name and chant it in your mind. However, in actual battle, it is recommended that you chant it in your mind in order to prevent your opponent from predicting magic. "He~h¡­ magic doesn''t require chanting, huh? Besides, chanting magic names in my mind would be more useful in battle¡­" It''s useless on Earth, though. I can''t imagine a situation where I would have to use magic. As I turned the page, I found the rest of the story written. If you''re going to use it for the first time, it''s best to imagine water-based magic. Flames and the like can cause disaster in some places, but with water, the damage is relatively small. Consider it. "That was dangerous! I was ready to let out a full flame¡­" If I hadn''t read ahead of time, I might have let the flames appear. I have to read it to the end properly before I can put it into practice. I told Night to do the same, and I quickly thrust out my palm. I envision a basketball-sized water ball floating on my palm. ¡­I read that I should think of a magic name, so I guess [Water Ball] will do. It''s a cheesy name, but thanks to it, the image and the skill''s name have come together. As soon as I solidified the image, I quickly activated the magic. "It''s fine, right¡­? [Water Ball]!" Then, water appeared in my palm, undulating out of the empty space. Before long, a mass of water the size of my imagination was formed. S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Uoooohh! I did it. I did it!" "Woof! Woof!" "Hmm?" When I was impressed by the water ball in my palm, I saw Night barking next to me, and there was a water ball of the same size as mine hovering over his head. "Whoa! You did it too, Night!" "Woof!" With an empty hand, I stroked Night with all my might. "Alright, alright! Now we''re magicians, too!" "Woof!" I want to use some other magic right now, but I need to do something about the water ball that I spawned. I imagined in my mind that I would shoot a water ball at high speed at the tree outside my yard. In that moment©¤©¤ "¡­Wow¡­" "¡­Woof¡­" The water ball snapped a few trees outside. It''s more powerful than I ever imagined; it makes me twitch my cheek. ¡­It really works as intended. Also, I''ve figured it out through the use of magic, but I definitely feel like I''m losing a little bit of magic from my body. But if I believe in the feeling of losing magic this time, it would be possible to create a large number of water balls with this outrageous power. Earlier, I imagined the [Water Ball] just to make it appear, but now that I''ve seen the scene, the image of the [Water Ball] has been overwritten by the image of when I shoot it out. I could just make a water ball appear, though. "¡­Alright, let''s keep going and use more and more magic!" "Woof!" I said that to Night, and we continue to use magic as long as our time allowed us to. Chapter 37 - Book 3 Here''s another chapter for today, thanks to the Patrons. Please enjoy~ After parting ways with Yuuya, Owen and the others returned to the royal castle to tell the king that Yuuya had promised to visit the castle. Last time, Lexia was attacked by an assassin, but this time there was no attack except for the monsters because Owen and the others were more vigilant. "©¤©¤Raise your face. S~ea??h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Ha!" Owen replied briefly, then turned his attention straight to the figure sitting in front of him. An elderly man with blond hair and blue eyes sat quietly in a high, opulent chair, dressed in glittering clothes. Owen''s body naturally tensed up in front of his gaze, which conveyed a sense of compassion and dignity. ©¤©¤Arnold von Alceria. He is the current king of the Alceria kingdom and Lexia''s father. At present, the royal castle''s audience chamber in this royal capital of Montres has only the appearance of the king, Arnold, and Owen. "So, did you meet him? The aforementioned young man." "Ha! Just as Lexia-sama said, we were able to make contact with him in the Great Devil''s Nest." "U-umu¡­ It was unexpected in that Great Devil''s Nest¡­ And he''s from a foreign country, was he?" "Yes. His name sounded very different from ours. In addition, his appearance was very prominent in this country, with dark hair and dark eyes." "I see¡­" At Owen''s report, Arnold nodded quietly. Watching the situation, Owen continued. "Even so¡­ Your Majesty, please somehow reprimand Lexia-sama. When she met the young man in question, I was astonished because she suddenly asked the young man to marry her¡­ Ah." Owen said that much and hurriedly pressed his mouth down¡­ it was too late. He turned his gaze fearfully toward Arnold, where an expressionless Arnold was staring intently at him. "What did you just say?" "N-no, it''s nothi¡­" "What did you say?" "T-that''s just¡­" "What did you say?" Owen had no choice but to answer truthfully. It wasn''t because Arnold silently began to pull out the national treasure [Slash Sword Greacle] from its sheath. Eventually, he ended up reporting Lexia''s series of actions since her reunion with Yuuya. In the end, Arnold started brandishing his national treasure in a fit of rage. "Who''s thaaattttt!? The bastard who seduced my cute Lexiaaaaa!" "Ahhhhhh! Why is royalty such a pain in the ass!?" Owen tries desperately to calm Arnold down, partly because of his own verbal slip. £ª£ª£ª "It''s here, huh¡­" It''s at the royal capital, Montres. In the alleyway of the block where the vagrants and pickpockets live, there is a hooded robed figure. The figure, concerned about his surroundings, reaches an alley and holds out his hand against an empty wall. And then, with a gesture as if he were switch on a dial, the wall disappeared, and a single path emerged. He checked his surroundings for the last time and then walked in, and soon the walls were back to normal. As he proceeded to the inside, he finally reached an ample space. Only a few lamps dimly lit the space, and the inside was made to look like an encampment. There are a variety of people; some dressed in a robe like the person himself, some wearing masks, and others hiding their identities and enjoying drinking. ©¤©¤However, as he can see from the looks and the atmosphere around them, they don''t just enjoy a drink. This is a place to buy and sell various information and a place to request "work". "If I take a feat here¡­ My Cornes house''s position will be unshakeable¡­" The person moved in a straight line to the counter, where he called out to the man who was washing dishes, cups, etc., expressionlessly. "I want to request a job." "¡­ The content?" "Investigation and killing of the target." The man''s expression at the counter didn''t move at all at the disturbing contents of the request. This is because the entire exchange of requests here is from the illegitimate underworld. The man at the counter paused to wash his dishes, then pulled out a parchment bundle from under the counter. "¡­Here''s the list of people who are available at the moment." The client man is immediately checking the backgrounds and status of those on the parchment, as well as the money requested. Then he noticed a piece of paper. "Huh? Don''t tell me¡­ he''s free right now?" "¡­Yes. In that sense, you''re lucky. He''s still here, but as you know, he''s popular. What about it?" "T-this guy! I want this guy! It''s fine, right?" The client man looked impatient as he asked, but the man at the counter was expressionless as ever, he pulled out a parchment with a description of the person and pointed to one of the rooms. "¡­Go over there. He''s in there." "A-alright." Following the man''s words, the client man went to a private room at the far end of the tavern. The client man came to the front of the room and eventually went in. "©¤©¤A request, huh?" If he had to describe the person there in one word, it would be "black"¡ªa dark green hooded robe and an eerie black mask covering his entire face. Blue eyes glinted under the mask''s eyes. The client man was almost swallowed up by the overwhelming feeling that overflowed from his body, even though he was just sitting there. "A-are you¡­ the [Head Hunter]?" As if answering that question, something is shimmering around the neck of the client man. "The answer is already around your neck, you know?" "Hyii!" "Hmph¡­ if I had gone one step further, your head would have been flying instead of answering." Something shiny disappeared from the client man''s neck at once as the dark figure lightly moved his fingers, and he caught his breath, drenched in sweat. "Hah, hah, hah¡­!" "I guess I''ve threatened you too much. Well, now I don''t have to introduce myself, do I? I''m the one they call [Head Hunter]." "Ah¡­ I-I am¡­" The client man who had managed to catch his breath was about to open his mouth, but the dark figure controlled him with his hand. "No, I only need to be paid. I''m not the least bit interested in your own information." At the dark figure''s words that he didn''t care from the bottom of his heart, the client man frowned for a moment but quickly returned to his original expression. "So you''re here to ask me a request, right? ¡­Do you understand it? Hiring me costs a lot of money, you know?" "Yes, I know that! Still, there''s someone I''d like you to erase!" As the client man said that, he took a sheet of paper from his pocket. "Here''s a rundown of what''s been going around lately." "Hmph¡­." Once he received the paper, the dark-skinned figure skimmed over it. "¡­Oh, you mean in relation to the attack on that first princess. In the Great Devil''s Nest, those attackers lost their lives, and the princess was saved¡­" "Ah, yeah. The assassination of the princess was quite a bit of work, but more than that, the environment of the Great Devil''s Nest was even more dangerous. That''s how only the princess survived¡­" "Humph¡­ everyone knows that Great Devil''s Nest is dangerous. Forgetting that, the moment they go after the princess, they''ll know what they''re up to¡­but certainly, you''re right, it''s unnatural that only the princess survived. Looking at this content, it seems that Owen, the princess''s escort, was also away at that time. If the princess is the only one who survived in a situation where Owen isn''t there¡­ it''s very likely that someone else was." "Therefore, I''d like the [Head Hunter] to assassinate the princess. However, there may be an existence nearby that is said to have protected the princess. Keep that in mind." "I see¡­ I understand the contents of the request. I guess it''s mostly about making the first prince happy¡­" "Huh? Wh-why do you say that¡­?" At the client man, who was clearly shaken, the [Head Hunter] sighed in disbelief. "You¡­ you''re not cut out to be a nobleman. With such a face, how can you get along in the noble society that is more chaotic than that Great Devil''s Nest?" "Sh-shut up! I''m aware of it without being told!" "¡­Well, whatever. Anyway, I understand the request. As you say, I will undertake the job to assassinate the princess." "Y-yeah!" "Then, let''s deal with 500 gold coins as a down payment, shall we?" "Guh!? A-alright¡­" After the client man left the room once to prepare the advance money, the [Head Hunter], who remained in the room, leaned far back in his chair. "¡­I wonder how long I''ll have to keep doing this¡­" ©¤©¤The dark guild. It is a group of criminals who have a lot of illegitimate requests. The people who belong to them are all dangerous people, such as those who have dangerous ideas or are born evil¡­ but there were certainly some people who belonged to them unavoidably. The encounter that will change the fate of [Head Hunter] is just around the corner. Chapter 38 - Book 4: Part 1 This is the chapter today, enjoy~ Part 1 "I''m too excited¡­" The next day. I was reflecting on it a bit as I headed to school. Yesterday, I continued to use magic for as long as I could, until I ran out of time and imagination, but in the end, I had caused a phenomenon called magic depletion. From what I read in sage-san''s book, I heard that magic depletion could be recovered over time, but it''s not a very complimentary thing. That''s because when I run out of magic, my body becomes sluggish all at once. It''s already so uncommon. I''m so physically lazy that it''s almost impossible to stand up, and it''s horrible. If this happened in the middle of a battle, I would be killed in an instant. There was something else that bothered me as well. It was a word written at the end of the book¡­ ©¤Now, since what I''ve told you up to this point is the result of my research, you should not think that this is widespread, and think carefully about where to use the knowledge you''ve gained. Apparently, this magic theory is sage-san''s original one. From the feeling I get from reading this sentence, the content of the book left by sage-san must be uncommon. I was by no means, thinking that, but it''s heresy! It would be troublesome if I told this to an otherworlder, so let''s be careful. So far, there were more dangerous things or that I had to be careful about, but it wasn''t all bad. It turns out that one of the effects of the rare drop item, the Portable Open-air Bath Set, is that it can also produce a hot spring that has the effect of restoring magic power! Yaaah, that drop item is a great hit! I can''t do anything without it now! And the toothbrush is just as effective, it''s amazing how fresh my mouth is, and it''s transformed into really clean white teeth. And it felt super lovely to brush with it. I was thinking about that as I headed to school, and before I realized it, I had arrived at school. It seems that Kaori and Kaede had just arrived at school as well, and when they saw me, they smiled and greeted me. "Ah, Yuuya-kun! Good morning!" "Good morning, Yuuya-san." "Good morning, you two." When I returned the greeting as well, I suddenly realized something. Kaori and Kaede look strangely happy. Is something wrong? "You look like you''re having fun. What''s going on?" "Eh?" They were surprised and looked at each other at my words. £ª£ª£ª "Now, as stated in the annual event schedule, we have a field trip next week¡­ Are you all done with the preparations?" "Huh?" "Yes!" On the contrary, everyone answered in unison. After the morning exchange, the homeroom teacher, Sawada-sensei, said that in the H.R. session. Field trip? What? I''ve never heard of this. "That''s good. You''ll be in a position to be called an elite in the future. In fact, all the graduates of this "Ousei Gakuen" are active in various industries. We want you to experience the harshness of nature so that you will be able to survive the rough seas of society. We''re trying to get you to develop the mental capacity to endure any kind of hardship." When I was confused by the sudden words, Yukine, who was sitting next to me, told me. "¡­Well, the teacher says that, but the point is that we''re just going to camp to get used to a new environment. Well, it''s going to be a valuable experience and will help us grow. It''s just a night and two days, and I''m sure they''ll give you a sheet of paper with a list of things you''ll need to prepare, so you can use that as a guide. I think." "I see¡­" Come to think of it, I got textbooks and stuff like that, but I didn''t get a yearly schedule of events. To be honest, I''m not bothered by it, or¡­ how should I say it, until now, I hated school so much that I didn''t really care about the events. But¡­ Oh, I see. Kaori and the others knew that this explanation was going to be given today, so they seemed to be enjoying themselves oddly. As I thought back to the two of them in the morning, Sawada-sensei said: "However, we can''t start preparing or anything else without deciding on a group. That''s why sensei will decide it appropriately." "Eeh~" When Sawada-sensei said this, many students voiced their dissatisfaction. "Sensei! Why don''t you just let us manage the group ourselves?" "That''s right!" "That''s a tyranny!" "Yes, yes, be quiet. Stop criticizing me at once. Do you want me to give you more homework?" Everyone was silenced as sensei used homework as a way to make a deal. Looking at these students, the teacher lets out a sigh. "As I said before, although the content is a camp, it''s still an outdoor learning experience. The purpose of this is to deepen the friendships among the students. But if you just make a group with your friends, it won''t help you build new relationships. This is the time to widen your circle of friends. Do you all understand?" "Yes." In other words, the division of students into groups by the teacher this time is a clear intention on the school side. I have yet to speak to any of the students except Ryo and Shingo-kun, so I''m grateful for this event. But I''m also troubled by this. ¡­What should I do with Night during this field trip? The best thing is to use magic to get back and forth to my house¡­ but as of yesterday, I still couldn''t use any magic like instant travel or anything like that; it''s hard to visualize it. So what should I do? I was holding my head because the problem of not being able to use movement-type magic came up in unexpected situations. Then Sawada-sensei wrote the result of the group division on the blackboard. "This is the division of the groups this time. The number assigned to each of you is your group number, and now, you will be moving to your groups accordingly. Okay, start moving." I looked at the blackboard, and I was in group 5. I move to the position where the members of that group are sticking together. And there were two familiar faces there. "Ah, Kaede." "Yuuya-kun! We''re in the same group. Please treat me well!" That''s right; I''m in the same group as Kaede. And the other familiar face is¡­ "Hey, Yuuya-kun! We''re in the same group!" "Uhm, Akira-kun. Best regards." "It feels so distant to call me with an honorific! You can call me Akira! Or maybe young noble©¤©¤." "You''re too long! Get out of my way!" "That''s cruel!" S~ea??h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I''m also in the same group with Akira, the one who made a mistake at the time when playing soccer. However, the one who pushed Akira away and came over was a girl I had never been involved with before. A tall, slender, beautiful girl with long black hair, she''s tall for a girl. Her face also seems to show her strength of character somehow. "I''m Rin Kanzaki. I don''t mind if you call me by my name too. Please treat me well from now on, Yuuya." "Yes, likewise, Rin." I didn''t really like getting involved with new people before, but now I like it because it''s exciting. That''s why I smiled spontaneously, but Rin looked at my face intently and nodded. "I see¡­ there are just so many rumors going around." "Eh?" "No, I''m talking about that. If that idiot over there keeps his mouth shut, I can understand if he''s called [Young Noble]." "Eh, really? I''d love it if you call me that!" said Akira. "¡­Although at this rate, I doubt you''ll get that chance forever." "Why!" I''m already having fun with this group. When I thought about that, Kaede called out to me. "For now, it seems that we''re a group of four, so it seems we''ll be working with these members this time. I''m looking forward to it." "Me too. I don''t get many chances to do this." I couldn''t even go on a school trip in junior high school because I didn''t have any money. No, even if I had, whether I would have enjoyed it or not is another matter. Sawada-sensei opened her mouth as each group finished confirming its members. "Alright, I think we''re done with the group confirmation. I''ll give you a brief overview of the event, and then I''ll hand out a sheet of paper that summarizes what you''ll need for the day." In response to her voice, the students turned their attention to the teacher. "First of all, the destination. There''s a vast land owned by this school, and it''s surrounded by nature, so don''t think there''s a convenience store or anything convenient like that! And as for the activities, well¡­ that''s for you to look forward to when you get there. Well, good luck with that!" I thought she said she was going to give us an overview, but she''s keeping the important part secret?I wonder what kind of things we''re going to do¡­ Yukine said it was camping¡­ Or rather, I was lightly drifting off, but what is this vast land owned by the school? That such a thing exists¡­? This school is more and more out of the norm. It seems that the teacher''s explanation is really only that much, and this time around, a paper was handed out with things to bring or something written on it. Let''s see¡­ It''s obvious, isn''t it? If it''s not the person themselves, who''s going to go? Don''t suddenly return to normal. I can''t keep up with my emotions. And suddenly, it''s something I don''t have. I mean, I couldn''t even afford to travel before, so I don''t have a backpack or any such travel bag in my house. My grandpa loved to travel, so maybe he has a bag if I search carefully, but¡­ huh? Come to think of it; I don''t think I''ve ever seen my grandpa on a trip with a bag¡­? It''s a mystery. Well, now that I have a bit of money to spare, I''ll buy it. I don''t really need it because I have an item box, but it would be an uproar if I used it in this world. And when I read on, I found out that I just need something like a change of clothes and a P.E. uniform. There''s nothing that I especially need to buy, except for the bag. It was a bit of a relief. But Kaede and the others seemed to be different. "Hey, hey, what do you want to bring?" "As expected, we need to bring playing cards or something like that, right?" "You''re right. What about you, Akira-kun?" "If you guys are in charge of the games, I think I''ll bring the snacks!" "Eh? Eh? Cards? Snacks? Can you bring something like that?" I was surprised and asked that involuntarily, but Kaede and the others are also surprised and looked at me. "Yeah? We need some things to play with since we''re camping." "That''s right. I mean, that kind of thing is also allowed in middle school, isn''t it?" "What is it, Yuuya? Are you a beginner at camping? In that case, this [Young Noble of The Camp] will¡­" "You shut up." "Why don''t you let me talk?" It seems my perception is wrong. No, I thought it was a school event and games were not allowed¡­ but is that what camping is all about¡­? The difference in perceptions troubled me again, but in the end, since I didn''t seem to have any particular items to prepare, I just referred to the paper that was handed out to prepare what I needed to bring for myself. Chapter 39 - Book 4: Part 2 Here''s another chapter, the next part would be tomorrow. Part 2 "Alright! Let''s hang out!" After school, me, Ryo, Shingo-kun, Kaede, Rin, and©¤©¤. "Please take care of me today, everyone." ©¤©¤Kaori, the six of us went out to have some fun. sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It started with a talk about me not having a backpack or anything else necessary for the field trip, and then they decided to hang out with me while I was shopping. "I-I never thought I''d be able to hang out with Kaori-san¡­" Then Shingo-kun said that with a bit of trepidation. I also invited Akira to join us, but he had some business to attend to, so he''s not here. And while the five of us were about to go out, Kaori was nearby, so I asked her to join, too, and she accepted it. "I was surprised. I didn''t expect Yuuya to be acquainted with Kaori-san¡­" "Mm-hm. Kaori-san is the daughter of the chairman of this academy, and more importantly, the aura she wears is too noble!" Kaori chuckles at Ryo and Rin''s words. "I''m not like that. It''s my father who has that position. Please feel free to call me Kaori, too, everyone." "R-really? Well then¡­ Kaori! Nice to know you!" Just like that, Kaori got used to Rin and the others without any problems. The destination we went to was not the area around the school where Kaori and I ate crepes before, but a department store that is a little far away. Since I left it to Ryo and the others who are familiar with this area, there is no need to worry about many things. Along the way, Kaori told the story of how she met me and how I came to the school, and everyone listened to it with interest. "How should I put it¡­ Yuuya is amazing." "Y-yeah. If it were me, I''d be too scared to help¡­" Shingo-kun is a little shaken when he hears about the first time I met Kaori. She didn''t tell them about the fact that I was beaten up by the delinquent, it seems she''s considering my feelings, so they all praise me for it. W-well¡­ that''s embarrassing, you know. While having this conversation, we arrived at our destination. "Let''s go shopping here. There''s also a game center inside." I was led to a department store, which probably had about eight floors. When looking at such a building, Kaori was a little impressed and said, "This is my first time hanging out in a place like this with friends!" "Oh, yeah, me too." "Wait, what did you say?" It''s not just Kaori, I''ve never played with this many friends in the first place. Despite that, I''ve had my grandfather take me to the game center before, even though it was only a few times. Hearing our words, Kaede and the others were surprised with their eyes wide open. "I-I can''t believe there are two such endangered species¡­" "Endangered species¡­" I couldn''t help but laugh at Kaede''s words. "Well then, the two of you should have some fun today." "That''s right. Kaori, Kaede, we will go look at some clothes later." "That sounds great, Rin-chan!" "Hey, come on, first of all, we''ll start with Yuuya''s backpack." "Okaay." As Ryo said, we quickly went inside the department store. Since I don''t have any special preferences to begin with, I can easily find and buy the backpack. Then, after getting advice from Ryo and the others, I bought the other recommended items, and then we finally came to the floor where the game center is located. "This whole floor is the game center, huh?" "Yeah¡­" "It''s amazing!" It was a place with a UFO catcher, arcade games, other medal games, and various other gaming machines. "Hmmm¡­ although we often go to the game center, it still looks amazing." "Well, whatever. Let''s just have some fun." Just like Ryo said, we wandered around the game center. Then Shingo-kun stopped in front of one UFO catcher. "T-this is¡­" "What''s wrong?" "Ah¡­ N-no, I just saw a figurine of my favorite character from the anime I watch, so¡­" A figurine of a girl that looked like a magical girl was placed at the end of Shingo-kun''s gaze. "B-but I''m not very good at this type of crane game¡­ I don''t have much money this time, so I''ll do it another time." "Really? Then, since we''re here, let me try it." I''ve never played a crane game before because I don''t have any of the things I want, but because Shingo-kun said he wanted that figurine, I decided to try to get it. "Oh, you''re going to do it, Yuuya?" "I''ll do my best!" I was nervous about my first ever crane game in my life, but I was able to control the crane and move it to the desired location. For my first time operating the crane, I was able to move it the way I wanted to, but I guess that was thanks to my improved body. Here it is! My hand moves at the right time, so there''s no problem. Besides, I also used my [Weakness Detection] skill in order to find out where on the figure to aim, so it will make it easier to get at, as well, so it won''t be a disastrous result. [T/n: Uwakimonooo!!] I seriously stared at the crane and the box of figures and determined where to aim. And as I stared at the box, a part of the figure box seemed to be vaguely glowing. This shining place is the weak point of this figure box, and if I strike this spot, its balance will slip off, and It will fall as it is. I moved the crane further to the location of the box of figures I was aiming for and pressed the button at best possible time. And then¡­ "Eh, no way!" "Incredible¡­" What a surprise, I was able to get it off in one shot. I didn''t expect to get it off in one shot. Because I thought the arm of the crane was weak, so I should do it at least twice. But I guess the part I aimed for was weaker than I expected. "Ooh, you got it in one go!" "Wait, wait, wait, isn''t this a probability machine? But that''s amazing!" I don''t know what a probability machine is, but I managed to get one, so I gave it to Shingo-kun. "Here you go." "E-eeeh? I-I can''t accept it!" "But I only did it because I wanted to give it to Shingo-kun, so¡­ ah, how about we trade it with 100 yen? If so, I''ll get my hundred yen back too!" "I-if Yuuya-kun''s okay with it, then¡­" Shingo-kun looked very happy to trade the figurine for a hundred yen with me, but then Kaede, who was watching what had happened with the others, pulled me along. "Y-Yuuya-kun! Can you get this one?" "Eeh?" Kaede pulled me to a large stuffed animal of an adorable cat. When I look at it again, I can see that she has already put her money in it. "Wait, you have already put money in it, and if I fail¡­" "I don''t care about the money, just try it once!" I felt sorry if I failed with someone else''s money, but Kaede permitted me to do it, so I''ll just try it, I guess. Of course, I''m using the [Weakness Detection] skill as well. And just like when I took the figurine earlier, I moved the crane''s arm towards the shiny part of the stuffed animal, and accurately hit the weak point of it. "Ah, I got it!" "Really?" The stuffed animal came off without a hitch. "Yay! I''ve always wanted this stuffed animal! Thank you, Yuuya-kun!" Kaede said as she hugged the stuffed animal. Maybe it''s because I succeeded twice in a row, but everyone, including Ryo, takes me to the thing they want. "Y-Yuuya! I''ve always wanted this game! Can you get it?" "I want this stuffed animal." "I¡­ I have never seen any of it before, but I think this stuffed animal is adorable!" As a result, I was able to get it all in one shot. H-huh? Is the UFO catcher really that easy? No matter how much I''m using [Weakness Detection], it''s too easy to take it out, so when I think about that, Ryo opened his mouth with a look of admiration. "No, it ain''t a coincidence when it gets to this point. This is the first time I''ve ever seen someone take the UFO catcher prize so easily¡­" "I-is that so?" "That''s right¡­ it''s my first time in a game center, but I can see how amazing Yuuya-san is." Apparently, it''s unusual even from Kaori''s perspective, who''s a newbie to the game center like me. W-well, it''s okay. I''m not losing anything! After enjoying the UFO catcher like that, we played a certain car racing game. "Uhm, is this the right direction?" "No, it''s backward! Kaori, go back as fast as you can right now!" "Move out of my way! I''ll come through!" "Wha-! Yuuya''s too fast! What kind of driving technique is that? Can you move like that in this game?" "I-is that so?" "Yuuya-kun, that''s amazing¡­" In the end, I am in the first position, and the bottom one was Kaori, who was new to the game like me. Then, after also enjoying various other shooting games, we decided to take a break. "Phew¡­ it''s been a while since I had a good time like this." "M-me too¡­" "Now that I think about it, isn''t Yuuya amazing?" "Right. he got a high score on the shooter game too¡­" "Shingo''s drumming was pretty intense too. I couldn''t follow it with my eyes anymore." "A-anyone can do that if they know the music." "No, that''s impossible." As everyone takes a breath, Kaori smiles gently. "I''ve never hung out with so many friends like this before, so¡­ it''s a lot of fun." "Kaori¡­!" Kaede''s eyes turn moist at Kaori''s words, and then she and Rin made Kaori stand up. "Alright, then let''s go look at some clothes now!" "Eh? C-clothes?" "Yes, that''s right. High school girls like us have to take care of their appearance. So, we''ll go upstairs to look at some clothes, so let''s meet up here later." "Hmm? Aren''t we also coming out with you?" Ryo says that to Rin and the others, and Kaede grins at him. "Are you sure, Ryo-kun? Girls shopping takes longer than you think, you know?" "¡­Then, I''ll pass on that." So we parted for once, and the ladies went upstairs to look at the women''s clothing section. "Well then, should we go downstairs and have a look?" "Yes." "Alright." And thus, we headed off to look at the other floor, which was different from the ladies. Chapter 40 - Book 4: Part 3 Here''s a new chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 On the lower floor, there were shops related to decorations, a bookstore, and a grocery store. I didn''t buy anything in particular, and when I was looking around©¤©¤. "A-a fire! There''s a fireeee!" "Huh?" One of the customers suddenly shouted that. The other customers who heard that voice looked surprised and doubtful at first, but when they saw the smoke flowing from the upper floor, their expression changed. "U-uwaaaa!" "Hey! Don''t push me!" "Just get downstairs already!" After we looked at each other, Ryo hurriedly took out his smartphone and called Kaede and the others. "¡­Not good, I can''t contact them!" "A-ano! Which floor is on fire?" I asked one of the customers heading for the exit, and it seemed that the fire had broken out in the corner of the game center. If it were true, we''d have to rush out and wait for the fire-engine, but we''d come to the escalator to get to the upper floor. "Game center¡­ Kaede and the others are right up there! But with all this smoke¡­" "W-what should we do!?" As Ryo said, the smoke was more intense than I expected, and the heat could be felt near the escalators and stairs. But I spontaneously moved once I arrived at the location of the escalator. "Yu-Yuuya! Wait! Hey!" "Eeeehhhh!?" I could hear Ryo and the others'' surprising voices behind me, but I had already run upstairs. In hindsight, I would have had to act more calmly and thoughtfully. But as soon as I realized that Kaori and the others were in danger, I couldn''t stand still. "Kuh!" The heat gets stronger and stronger on my way upstairs. My clothes right now are just a uniform, so I don''t have any protection. If I went into them at this rate, I would die too. Then I suddenly remembered that I had recently become able to use magic. "That''s right¡­ magic would be useful in a situation like this!" At first, I thought about creating a large amount of water, but I dismissed it because I thought the floor might collapse under the weight of the water while it was brittle from the fire. So first, I use magic to put a thin veil of water and air over my body. At that moment, I''m free from the suffocation and heat. "Alright, now¡­!" In front of the raging flames, I jumped in with determination. The floor of the game center was already entirely on fire, and if I didn''t have magic, I wouldn''t have been able to proceed at all. I immediately activated my skill [Presence Detection] and checked to see if there were any people in the vicinity who had failed to escape. "There''s no one on this floor¡­" As soon as I made sure no one was there, I ran upstairs again. While searching for Kaori and the others in this way, I detected three signs frozen in place. When I hurried to the location, I found Kaede and the others collapsed in pain. "Kaori! Kaede! Rin!" "Yu-Yuuya¡­kun¡­?" The three of them were right in front of the women''s restroom, and they probably didn''t notice the fire. The fire alarm wasn''t even ringing in the first place, so it''s probably broken, or no one pushed it. They should maintain it properly! I couldn''t help but swear, and I checked with my skills to see if there were any other people left. It looks like it''s really just Kaori and the others, and if I save the three of them, it will be over. But all three of them fainted the moment they saw me, so I would have to hold them all alone. I used my own uniform jacket, Kaori, and the others'' jackets, and first tied Kaori to my back to secure her in place. Then I carried Kaede and Rin on each of my shoulders and hurriedly ran from the location. All three of them must have inhaled too much smoke. I have to hurry and get out of the building. But it''s impossible to jump into the flames of that game center floor with three people like this in my arms. "¡­Alright." After thinking about it for a bit, I''m going to do something super reckless that I can only do because it''s me now. That is to©¤©¤ "©¤©¤¡­ break it!" I stomped on the floor as hard as I could. A hole in the floor caused us to go straight down. Moreover, instead of destroying one floor, I also destroyed the floor right below it. I was falling faster and faster with the three of them in my arms, passing the floor of the game center where the fire originated in one fell swoop and approaching the first floor. But if I landed like this, I might give the three of them a tremendous impact. I used my magic as I imagined my body wrapped in the wind. Then, just before we landed, our falling speed slowed down, and we succeeded in landing gently. Then, when we landed, I ran straight to the exit and kicked the door open. S~ea??h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Whoa!" said the people outside. When I went outside, the firefighters had already arrived and were working to put out the fire. "Hah¡­ hah¡­" "Are you okay? Hey, you! Bring a stretcher!" As I left Kaori and the others with the paramedics, I dropped down on the spot. "Haaaahhh! I made it in time!" I loosen my uniform tie and exhale as hard as I can. "Yuuya!" "Yu-Yuuya-kun!" Ryo and the others, who had escaped safely, rushed to my helpless body. "You¡­ don''t be reckless! I was so worried about you!" "T-that''s right!" "Ah¡­ well¡­ sorry." Ryo and Shingo-kun were right; my actions were quite reckless. Even if I, myself, had some leeway due to my ability to use magic, it would have looked like a suicide mission to others who didn''t know that. Sure enough, the firefighters were very angry at me. The fire was safely extinguished, and we were safe for the time being. I found out later that the reason the fire alarm didn''t go off was not because of poor maintenance, but because of bad luck. However, the game center where the fire started seems to have been caused by the mishandling of the wiring cords. At any rate, Kaori and the others who were transported to the emergency room woke up safely. Thanks to that, Kaori''s father, Kaede, and Rin''s parents flew over after receiving a call from the firefighters, and then they gave me their extreme gratitude, and I felt grateful for that. "Thanks to you, Kaori is safe¡­ thank you. Thank you so much¡­!" When I saw him tell me that with tears in his eyes, I felt both tender and lonely at the same time¡­ I didn''t have a family that worried about me anymore¡­ I felt a little gloomy, but I had to answer the question of what happened at the time of the fire. But when the topic of why I was able to save the three of them safely comes up, there was no way I could say I used magic, so it was very hard to cover it up. Eventually, I settled on the conclusion that I was super lucky, which was also as unrealistic as magic, but if I didn''t tell the truth, no one would know the truth. I managed to get home, being both berated and thanked for it. "I''m home¡­" "Woof!" Then Night greeted me. "Night¡­ you''ve been waiting for me?" "Woof." Night rubs his face against my chest as I hug him. I couldn''t help but hug him tightly for his cuteness. "Thank you." "Woof." "Alright, then, let''s get some food." "Woof!" Now I have Night in my life. I smiled because I loved his existence so much. Chapter 41 - Book 5: Part 1 Bonus chapter brought to you by the Patron, Enjoy~ There''s an error before, I posted this chapter instead of the chapter 4 part 3, I''ve edited it already, please check it again and sorry for the inconveniences. Part 1 "Hmm¡­ I don''t know how to do this¡­" "Woof?" I was now trying to figure out what to do for transfer-based magic. This is a top priority for Night and me now that I''ve decided to go for a field trip. However, I didn''t have any good ideas in mind. First of all, it''s hard to imagine moving from one place to another. Because I can''t get a clear image for my destination, at such level, no matter how I try to memorize it, it doesn''t come to my mind. It would be different if I had a special skill like perfect memory, though. Besides, if there is a stone or tree in the destination, and I think about getting buried in it, I''m even more scared and can''t move. "¡­Not good, my head is getting confused. Let''s take a break." "Woof." I moved through the different world door into my own home. "¡­Hmm?" I feel something tugging at me and move to another world once more. "¡­Hmm?" "Woof?" What''s wrong with Night? But I was too focused on the situation to speak back. What is it¡­what''s the thing that obstructed me©¤©¤. "Hmm! Aaaaahhhhhh!" "W-woof!?" I screamed, and Night was startled by my voice. Sorry, Night! But I understand now! "That''s right¡­ it''s hard because I think of instant travel and all that kind of stuff! Just think of it as moving through a door or a gate or something, and it''ll solve the problem!" First, I won''t have to worry about getting buried under a rock or a tree or any of those scary experiences! "¡­That''s right; I can put a feature on that door that will allow me to remember the location!" For example, if I develop some kind of magic to take a picture, and then combine that magic with that transfer-door magic, I could move to the location of that picture. "Now that it has come to mind, I guess I''ll just have to try and do it!" "Woof!" Act on the spur of the moment! And so I immediately began to develop the magic. Then the magic was made so easy that it was anticlimactic. The effect of this magic is, I can move to a place that I have been to even once. The problem with this magic is probably the location I''ve been to. I''ve created magic to take pictures¡­ or rather magic to memorize them in my brain as vividly as photographs, and then integrated them into this transfer-door magic, but when I tried to move around by memorizing a scene from a textbook about an American scenery I''d never been to, I couldn''t do so. Maybe it matches the scenery in my brain with the kind of information I''ve experienced in my body. I think that''s selfish. It''s uselessly powerful and subtly inconvenient, but it''s not a problem for me because all I need is to get between this house and the destination. "Now I can take care of Night without any problems while I''m going to the field trip. Well, it''ll only be at night or for a short time, but¡­" "Woof." As if to tell me not to worry about it, Night raised one of his front legs. It''s cute. "Well, now that I''ve created the transfer-type magic I''ve always wanted, I can finally travel through another world!" Even if when I am traveling, when the time comes, I can just go back to this house and go back to the same place again with magic, which is excellent. No! Don''t tell me about ruining the fun of the trip! Forgive me, but I''m short of time. "Alright, then we need to finish exploring this forest as soon as possible! So, let''s go!" "Woof!" Night and I stepped into the forest after a quick preparation. £ª£ª£ª "Yeah, let''s take down a few of monsters near the entrance to the forest for the next time we meet Owen-san and the others again." "Woof." I don''t know how much that action will affect, but if I can reduce the number of monsters, even if it''s just a little bit, it will make it easier when I meet Owen-san and the others again. Maybe I will go to the forest entrance after a month, but it''s also possible that Owen-san and the others will come to my house anytime¡­ Perhaps it was because I had been stepping more in-depth into the forest, opposite of the entrance until now, the monsters inhabiting the entrance felt a little weaker. Some monsters seemed to use magic in the depths of the forest, but near the entrance, only familiar monsters like the goblin elite, bloody ogre, and hell slime could be seen. Nevertheless, I''m sure that I have defeated quite a few goblin elites, but there are still too many of them, it doesn''t seem to have decreased. As I thought, there''s no point for me trying hard to beat it all, right? "Woof!" "Hmm? What''s wrong?" Night barked all of a sudden; I called out to him, he looked at me once but then suddenly started to run. "Eh, what happened?" It''s the same situation as when he found sage-san''s book before, so maybe Night has noticed something. As I continued to follow Night so as not to fall behind, his presence suddenly faded. "Woof." "Eh? Erase my presence?" "Woof!" I don''t know why, but if Night says so, I guess it''s better to follow him. I''m sure Night knows better than me what it''s like to live in the forest. I immediately activate the [Assimilation] skill and follow after Night while holding my breath. Then some kind of battle sound reached my ears. "Kuh!" A closer look revealed a girl dressed in tattered clothes, standing alone against a group of goblin elites. Her silver hair, which been tied together, was shaking with her each intense movement, and her blue eyes were drawing lines. I looked around to see if there were any other people around, but all I could see was only the girl in front of me. It''s like with Lexia-san before, why is there a girl in this place? "A-anyway, let''s help her©¤©¤." "Woof." I hurriedly tried to move from my location, but for some reason, Night held me back by biting the hem of my clothes. "What''s wrong, Night? We''ve to help her quickly¡­" "¡­.." I don''t know why, but Night won''t let go of my clothes. Even now, the girl is still in danger, and I felt uncomfortable thinking about that. ¡­That girl is standing alone against a group of goblin elites, you know? At the time with Lexia-san, her opponent was a goblin general; she hadn''t shown any signs of fighting. However, the girl in front of me was still being attacked by the goblin elites, but she managed to continue to avoid them. It''s obvious that she is used to fighting. Despite that, for some reason, there are no swords or other weapons found in the girl''s hands. ...Did she come to this forest empty-handed? What does she think? The more I looked at her calmly, the more the mystery to the girl only deepened. As I was thinking like that, the girl raised her right hand, which shouldn''t be holding anything, with all her might. "Hah!" "Guoooooooo!" At that moment, the right arm of one of the goblin elite was suddenly cut off. "Eh!?" What happened now? The goblin elite was just as baffled as I was, but another individual who took advantage of the girl''s opening approached the girl from behind. "Guh!? Crap©¤©¤." "Gugaaahh!" She tries to avoid it somehow, but the goblin elite thrusts its fist at the girl faster. And when the girl realized she couldn''t avoid it, she crossed her arms as quickly as she could to prevent it, but she was blown wide open and hit the tree and fell down. "Night, as expected, I can''t just watch! Let''s go!" "¡­Woof!" Night looked troubled for a moment, but he quickly followed me and ran from the location. First of all, I ask night to draw the attention of the group of goblin elites at the same time as I run-up to the girl. "Woof!" "Gogaahh!?" The surprise strike by Night had left one of the goblin elite unable to do anything just like that; Night''s sharp claws had decapitated it. His attack completely distracts the goblin elites'' attention from me, and I reached the girl safely. "¡­Thank goodness. She just blacked out¡­" As I managed to hold her in my arms, some of the goblin elite that had been at Night''s mercy noticed my actions. "Guo?" "Gugaaa!" "Whoa¡­ now we have to do something about this situation¡­ Night! I''ll leave some of them to you, are you okay with that?" "Woof!" Night nodded vigorously to my request. I knew I could count on Night, he''s reliable, after all! "Well then, I guess I''ll just have to take care of this one!" "Guoo!" While holding the girl in my arms, I made one of the sage-san''s weapons¡­ the [Heavenly Whip] to appear in my free hand. The [Heavenly Whip] is a long, pure white whip, and there were no other features that seemed to be distinctive in its appearance. However, the effect of this whip is©¤©¤. "Hah!" "Guooh! Gwaahh!" I lightly swung the whip on the spot, and it surged forward towards the goblin elite as if it were a living creature. The goblin elite managed to avoid the attack, but the whip automatically followed the goblin elite and wrapped itself around the goblin elite''s arm. As the whip wrapped around the goblin elite''s arm, only the part of the whip that was wrapped around it turned black, and with a light tug, the arm was easily squeezed and shredded. The goblin elites are momentarily trembling when their companion''s arm is knocked down. I didn''t miss the opening that was created there, and I swung the whip in succession. Then, even though only one whip existed, the tip of the whip appeared as many times as it was swung, and it automatically attacked the goblin elite again, it''s really like a living creature. This [Heavenly Whip] makes the tip of the whip appear as many times as it''s swung, and yet it automatically attacks the target I set. Furthermore, once wrapped, it automatically tightens up the opponent and even shreds the body as it is. Even in the forest, an environment where there are many obstacles, it''s really just a matter of shaking it a little bit, and it will attack the monsters on its own. I''m really grateful for this. I mean, as usual, there are too many strong things in sage-san''s weapons¡­ When I safely finished defeating the goblin elite on my side, Night had just defeated the goblin elite that he was dealing with. After collecting the drop items scattered around the area for the moment, I turn my attention once again to the girl passed out in my arms. "Now¡­ what should we do with her? I think it''d be better to take her home so she can get a good rest¡­" "Woof." Night biting on the hem of my clothes, just like he did before, and he shook his head lightly. I''m not sure, but Night seems to be against bringing this girl into the house. Hmm¡­ but there must be some reason for Night to react like that. There''s indeed the possibility that this girl is a bad person, and it''s dangerous to bring her into the house carelessly. Even from the girl''s point of view, it would be scary to wake up in a strange man''s house. But as it turned out, Night didn''t strongly object to helping this girl, so I think she''s not that bad. I think that selfishly that she''s not a bad person. But I really hoped that. "Woof¡­ woof!" "Hmm? You think we should move to the forest entrance for now?" "Woof, woof!" I followed Night''s lead, and we made it through the forest safely. Outside the forest, the visibility cleared at once, and a grassy field spread out all around. The grass was ankle-length at most, so it would be nearly impossible for a monster to hide in it. For now, I put the girl down under a nearby tree and waited for her to wake up. Once she wakes up, I can make her drink the [Complete Recovery Herb Juice]. I''m sorry if she dislikes citrus''s taste, but you''ll have to put up with it. Anyway, it''s a relief to get this far, but considering that Night thinking it''s better not to go to my house, it''s probably not a good idea for this girl to know about my house. I''m not sure why, but I can''t blame Night for being wary. Then I''d have to figure out how to explain it to the girl when she wakes up¡­ Yeah, honestly, I can''t think of any idea. What should I do? If I have to lie, probably, I''d say I was about to train in this forest and happened to find her being attacked by the goblin elites and saved her. Well, it''s an impossible setup, but I feel like this is the sanest one yet. That''s it. As I was miscellaneous thinking about it, the girl woke up. "Hmm¡­ Uu¡­ Aa¡­ Where¡­ is¡­ this?" She woke up, but she still seemed to have the damage from the battle with the goblin elites, and she quickly grimaced. "Are you okay?" "Huh! Hyii¡­! Y-you¡­" The moment I called out to her, she tried to raise her body with great vigor, but it seems the damage was still severe, and she quickly returned to her original position. "Uhm¡­ would you mind drinking this for now? In case you''re wondering, it works the same way as a recovery pill¡­" When I took out the [Complete Recovery Herb Juice] in a plastic bottle and put it in front of the girl, the girl looked cautious. "What is it? This container¡­ and the contents¡­" Since I had no choice, I drank it in front of her to prove that it wasn''t poisonous, and the girl let down her guard a bit and eventually drank the [Complete Recovery Herb Juice]. "Huh!? T-this is¡­!" The effect was immediately apparent, and the girl''s body, which should have been covered in scars, instantly returned to a clean state. It''s indeed the sage-san''s house medicinal herb. "So, what are you doing here?" After her wounds had healed and she had calmed down to some extent, I asked that and she tensed up for a moment and then opened her mouth. "¡­I came here to train." "Train?" I didn''t think it was for the same reason I made up! No, wait, I didn''t mean to look at people just from their outward appearances¡­ but she didn''t have any equipment or anything for her training¡­ Ah, could it be that fighting with light gear is one of her training? "Woof¡­" For some reason, Night let out a sigh as I thought about that. Huh? What''s with that? "Ahem! Ah¡­ well¡­ what are you doing in a place like this? Besides, I was supposed to have been attacked by a group of goblin elites¡­" "Eh? Ah, yeah¡­ me too¡­ that¡­ training! I came to this forest to train as well!" "W-what?" The girl was shocked by my words. "I-I never thought anyone would actually practice¡­" "Eh?" "I-it''s nothing! You and I have the same purpose!" "T-that''s right!" "A-ahahaha." we both laughed. ¡­I don''t know why, but we both had a hollow laugh. "So¡­ may I ask your name?" "Eh? A-ah¡­ name¡­ name, huh¡­" The girl makes a little troubled gesture and looks a little hard to say. "Ah, um¡­ I''m not going to force you if you don''t want to, you know?" "¡­No, no problem. I''m Luna. Nothing more, nothing less." "O-okay¡­" Is there more or less to the name originally? "Oh, I''m¡­ Yuuya Tenjou. And, this child is Night." T/n: He changed the order of his name.] "Woof!" "A family name? Are you noble? And this black¡­ dog? Is¡­" "No, it''s not like that, but¡­" In this world, the order seems to be "name and surname", so I did that¡­ but now that I think about it, having a surname seems to be unusual, to begin with. "Luna-san, I heard that you were training just like me¡­ but do you plan to continue your training here in the future?" "¡­Well, that''s not the case. I can''t go home until the request is complete¡­" "Eh? Aah¡­ but isn''t that a little dangerous? If you get attacked by a group of goblin elites again like before¡­" I don''t know for what reason Luna-san is training in this dangerous forest. That''s why I don''t have the right to stop her, but I''m still worried about her, so I said it out loud. "U-umu¡­ Even so, I can''t oppose it¡­ ah!" Luna-san seemed to know that it was dangerous, and she seemed to be much troubled by it, but then she screamed out as if she noticed something. "Then, Yuuya. Would you be willing to join me in my training for a while?" "Eh?" "I have a reason why I have to stay in this Great Devil''s Nest. But Yuuya said it''s too dangerous to do that, right? And Yuuya is also training in this Great Devil''s Nest¡­ then I will also train with Yuuya, who seems to be capable of taking down a group of goblin elites." "Huh¡­" "What do you think? Would you be willing to join me in my training for a while?" [T/n: it''s actually the same with above from the raw.] "Uhm¡­" ¡­As for me, I don''t have a problem with going along with Luna-san''s training. But, I just don''t know how long I''ll be able to stick with that practice thing. Rather, I''d be more worried about refusing here, and then she would force herself to train in this forest alone. "¡­I understand. I''ll go along with your training for a while." "Really? That would be a big help!" "However! I sometimes can''t go along with the training, so I''m sorry about that. Also, it''s not good for you to train today, you must go home quietly. If you can take these terms, I''ll help you." "Mu¡­ I have no problem with not being able to go along with the training sometimes. I can''t always be here, either. But do I have to go home today?" "Yes, of course. Because even though you''ve recovered, you''ve still done some damage. Get a good night''s rest for today." Luna-san seemed unhappy with my terms, but eventually, she agreed, though she puffed up her cheeks. "¡­All right. I''ll take Yuuya''s words for today." "Thank you." S~ea??h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "But! You have to accompany me tomorrow, okay?" "I understand." I replied, and Luna-san nodded in satisfaction. "Un¡­ So we''re going to train together from now on. You don''t need to call me with an honorific. I don''t mind if you call me by my name too." "I-is that so? Then¡­ again, best regards." "Yeah!" Thus, it was decided that I would train with Luna for what it''s worth. As I was thinking about how strange this was, I noticed that Luna was looking at her own body and was concerned about something. "What''s wrong?" "Hmm? Ah¡­ I was attacked by the goblin elite earlier, and my body was pretty dirty from running away so desperately. I''ve been sweating a lot and¡­" Luna frowned as she said that, sniffing herself and reassessing her current outfit again. "¡­No. I can''t go back to town looking like this. If only there was a river somewhere¡­" "If that''s the case¡­ Do you want to take a bath?" "Huh?" Luna tilted her head at my suggestion. "Bath you mean¡­ that bath?" "I don''t know what the perception of a bath is in Luna''s mind, but since I have a bath right now, I thought it would be a good idea to go for it." "You have a bath?" Luna''s eyes widened at my words. Well, that''s the kind of reaction that I''ll get. But I do have a bath that I can actually carry around with me, so I can''t blame her. It has become one of the amusement items for Night and me, but it''s a pretty nice item to have in these situations. "Yuuya¡­ I don''t want to doubt you, but there''s no way I''m going to believe you if you tell me you have a bath or something. Besides, baths are a luxury that only nobles or rich people can afford, you know? Moreover, we are at the entrance to the Great Devil''s Nest¡­" "Ah, as for the bath¡­ If I remember correctly, it''s from crystal deer? It''s a drop item I got from a monster, and I can make it invisible to those around me when I''m using it. You don''t have to worry about the monsters, either. Also, Night and I will be watching around for you." "C-crystal deer?" Luna looked even more surprised and nodded quietly after thinking for a moment. "¡­If you say that much. I will accept your kindness." "Alright, then I''ll prepare for it." Afterward, I set up the bath in front of Luna, she had a big surprise looking at it, and then she was obsessed with the charm of the bath. Chapter 42 - Book 5: Part 2 Here''s a new chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 "Is this¡­ a bath¡­?" I, Luna©¤was dumbfounded in front of a huge bathtub filled with hot water, which gave off a strange presence in front of me. According to a mysterious young man named Yuuya, whom I met in this Great Devil''s Nest, it''s called a [Hinoki Bath], but¡­ "You really had it. A bath." Normally, if someone tells you they are carrying a bath, everyone would think it''s a lie. In the first place, baths are a super-luxury thing that only royalty, aristocrats, or the rich are allowed to enjoy. I never thought there''s one that can be carried around, but also that I would experience it too¡­ Moreover, it even has a feature that is not supposed to be attached to a bath; it''s a feature that hides its appearance, which doesn''t make sense anymore. Still, as a precaution, Night and Yuuya are going to keep an eye on it outside. I take off my clothes and scoop up some hot water from the tub provided and pour it over my body. "Huh!?" At that moment, an electric current ran through my body. What is this hot water? Even though I just poured it on my body, it was like my fatigue was instantly healed¡­ Besides, the unthinkable is happening. Normally, when you wash yourself with water, the dirt doesn''t come off so easily, and you have to scrub it off with a cloth. But this hot water¡­ I was instantly enveloped in a crisp sensation of being cleaned off by pouring it over my body. I was confused by the situation, yet I fearfully entered the bathtub. And then©¤©¤. "Ah¡­ haahh~~~" ©¤©¤I was instantly captivated by the bath. £ª£ª£ª "Luna, they''re coming your way!" sea??h th§× N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Okay! Night, please!" "Woof!" It had been a few days since Luna and I had decided to train together. At first, we worked awkwardly with each other, but now we''re working together moderately well, including Night. Now, she had managed to stand up against a group goblin elites, which had beaten her before. "Guoooo!" "Woof!" "Gogaa!?" Night took the goblin elite by surprise when they tried to attack Luna, and the goblin elite was forced to stop attacking Luna to prevent Night''s attack. And there was no way Luna was going to miss that opening. "Now!" "G-gugaaahh!" Luna waved her hands wide, and the goblin elite''s body fell apart as if it had been slashed by something. At first, I thought Luna was empty-handed, but I found out that she was actually using a special weapon called [Thread]. Moreover, this thread was quite strong, and even a goblin elite''s physical strength couldn''t tear it apart. On the contrary, the more they tried to shred it, the more the threads bit into it and tore into its body. Since I''m used to fighting the goblin elite, I''m now working with Night to support Luna. "Eat this! [Spiral Line]!" As Luna put her hands on the ground, the threads that had been stretched around her gathered and spun like a single drill, piercing the goblin elite. And the moment it was pierced, the threads unraveled from the goblin elite''s body in one fell swoop, leaving its entire body full of holes. W-wow¡­ As I was pulled back from the much too gory scene, Luna and Night were clearing out the rest of the goblin elite before I knew it. "I guess you can take out the goblin elite without a problem now." "¡­No, it would still be dangerous without the help of Yuuya and Night. That''s especially so when fighting a group of them." From my perspective, I think she''s already strong enough, but it doesn''t seem to be enough for Luna. But alas, time is running out¡­ "¡­Luna. Unfortunately, I don''t think I''m going to be able to attend training for a while after tomorrow." "What?" In fact, with the field trip starting the day after tomorrow, I can come back to prepare dinner for Night, but I can''t take enough time to keep up with Luna''s training. However, Luna will not understand if I''m honest about this, so I''ll just let it slip away, though I''m feeling sorry for her. "Hmm¡­ well, I have some personal things to do. Sorry." "¡­No, never mind. So if it''s no good from the day after tomorrow, does that mean it''s okay tomorrow? In that case, I''ll have you to come with me for more training tomorrow." "Hahaha, please go easy on me." I smiled bitterly at Luna, who smiled mischievously. At first, she was very cautious at me, but now she has opened up to me, and I''m very happy that she''s starting to show me her various expressions like this. Even though it was only for a few days, because we fought for our lives against the monsters together, I feel like we became real friends rather than training partners. Despite all that has happened, it was nice to meet Luna. I would be glad if Luna felt the same way. By the time the monster was defeated to some extent, Luna had stretched one out. "Well¡­ let''s call it a day." "Hmm? Are we done?" "Yeah. So, let''s take a quick bath, shall we?" "Okay." Since the day I met Luna, and showed her the bath, she loved it so much that she would always take a bath at the end of her training in this way and go home. In addition to that, I brought in earth shampoo and conditioner for her bath, and she began to value her bath time even more. And I thought she was beautiful to begin with, but the bath made her even more beautiful. As usual, Night and I tried to keep an eye on the situation while Luna was taking a bath, but then she grabbed my hand. "Eh?" "You''ll have to come in first today, Yuuya." "Huh? Are you sure?" "Yeah. Today, I''m in the mood to go in later." "I-is that so? Well then¡­ I''ll take your offer and enter it first." I was a little surprised since Luna usually went in first, but I nodded obediently and decided to take a bath first. "Aah¡­ it feels so good." "Wooof." Night also makes a pleasant voice next to me. It''s nice to take a bath after all¡­ the fatigue of our training is soothing at once. But then, when I was completely relaxed with that in mind©¤©¤. "Hmm? ¡­Eh? Lu-Luna-san!?" "¡­.." I felt the presence of someone and turned my gaze in that direction, and Luna, who was supposed to be waiting outside, walked in with a towel wrapped around her. When I was too confused to say anything, Luna quietly approached me and hugged me just like that. ©¤©¤She hugged me!? The moment I recognized that fact, my body completely froze. Well, uh, that¡­ W-what should I do!? What am I supposed to do right now? I thought I was supposed to be the first one to enter the bath! Eh, but that doesn''t make sense in a situation where Luna is hugging me and¡­ what''s actually happened? Luna muttered to me, who was too confused to make a calm decision. "¡­Thank you." "Eh?" "I really appreciate the fact that you went along with my selfishness. Thanks to Yuuya, I became stronger." "T-that''s not¡­ you say that you''re stronger, but Luna was strong to begin with, and training is something I wanted to do too, so you don''t have to thank me for that." In fact, Luna had a very high physical ability, along with her other attributes, compared to when she was first attacked by the goblin elite. She just happened to be working with us, and she moved even better from the effects of being leveled-up. Besides, I''d rather be the one to thank her for the training, because it''s something that even Night and I needed, and thus it''s become such a good time I spent with Luna. But Luna shook her head slightly as she hugged me. "¡­No, Yuuya really helped me, as was the case with the goblin elites, but more than that¡­ I could see the bright world again. I will treasure this time for the rest of my life. Thank you so much." "Eh? What does that actually mean¡­?" Luna stood up with great vigor as I tried to hear the truth of her words. "Now, let''s get up there, shall we? You don''t want to take a bath too long and then feel dizzy, right?" "Eh? Ah, Yeah¡­ that''s right©¤buhohh!?" "Hmm? What''s going on?" The moment Luna stood up, I was grabbed and shifted my gaze to Luna¡­ and to my surprise, with Luna''s momentum standing up, her towel fell off, and the sight of a naked Luna came into view. I mobilize every nerve in my leveled up body to turn my face away at an unseen speed, and Luna looks at me curiously like that, coming around to look into my face as if she doesn''t realize what she''s doing now! "What''s wrong with you? You suddenly erupted and then looked away¡­" "T-towel! Your towel is falling off!" "Eh? ¡­Ugh!" Luna finally figured it out when I pointed it out, and she crouched down on the spot, hurriedly trying to cover herself with the towel that had fallen into the hot water. I was still too awkward and embarrassed to properly look at Luna, and she glared at me weakly, with blushing cheeks. "¡­Did you see it?" "¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­I''m sorry." I seriously considered what to say, but after a long thought, I chose to apologize honestly. Then Luna blushed even more, but she didn''t say anything else. ©¤©¤While Luna and I are in a state of awkwardness with each other at the end of the last minute like this; Night raises his voice in a pleasant way, not caring about such a situation. "Woof~" Chapter 43 - Book 6: Part 5 Here''s the chapter for today, enjoy~ Part 5 The next morning, with most of the class groups having set up their tents solidly in the same location, there were a lot of students around who were starting to move. Among them were Ryo and the others. "I don''t like this anymore¡­ this isn''t at all what I imagined camping to be like¡­ to start looking for ingredients again¡­!" "Even if we complain here, we won''t get any food." "I know, but I just don''t understand it!" "For now, let''s just get through the day." It was at that time when everyone around us was discussing their plans for their upcoming activities as well with a friendly atmosphere in the air. "I-it''s a beaaarrrr!" "Huh?" "A-a bear?" I saw one of the students running over, shouting out loud. When I looked closely, I saw a bear running at high speed behind him. "A-a bear? And that''s the same one that tried to eat me yesterday!" "Seriously? Hey, Akira, you go ahead and lure it again! You can also beat it if you want!" Said Rin. "That''s ridiculous! Not even I call myself a bear-killing young noble!" "Even if you can''t beat it, you can be a decoy!" "Ha, I''ve been deceived againnnnn!" Even Akira, who was at the limit of his physical strength until a moment ago, was jumping up and down on the spot when the bear appeared. Then, it seemed that one of the students had gone to call the teachers, and Sawada-sensei and the other teachers came over. "Hey, are you all okay?" "Listen, students, get behind the teachers right now! When you move, make sure there are as many obstacles between you and the bear as possible!" Fortunately, there are no students near the bear, so we manage to take shelter behind the teachers. However, the bear also came running after us. "As expected, there''s no one among the teachers who can use a hunting rifle." "Hihihi¡­ C-can I use this medicine¡­?" "Yo-Yomikawa-sensei, calm down! Won''t that kill us all if you use it?" "Why is there a bear on our property in the first place? I''m sure we''ve got that area under control, but¡­" "They probably came from the nearby mountains and breached the fence. We''ll have to investigate that area as well¡­" "Anyway, we''ll just have to wait it out until the police arrive." While the teachers were discussing this, Sawada-sensei, who was distracted by the students, fell down. "Oops¡­" "Sawada-sensei!" Exposing an opening in front of the bear would be quite dangerous. Therefore, the other teachers hurriedly tried to help her up, but the next thing they knew, the bear was nearby. "Guoooh!" "¡­Oh my, we have a problem." Sawada-sensei says such things in a carefree manner. If I look closely, I see that cold sweat is running from her forehead. She tried to slowly, slowly retreat from the spot, but the bear didn''t even miss her movement. "Gaaaah!" "L-look out!" The moment the agitated bear raised its thick arm and was about to swing down on Sawada-sensei©¤I found myself running. "Yu-Yuuya-kun!" Kaede, who was nearby, raised her voice with a surprised look, but by that time, I was already standing between Sawada-sensei and the bear. And then I catch the arm that is swinging down vigorously with one hand. "Guo!?" "Te-Tenjou!?" Not only the bear, but also Sawada-sensei was surprised at my intrusion, and her eyes widened at the scene in front of her. Ah¡­ what''s my excuse? It''s not like I''m just a slightly athletic person anymore. But I can''t just sit back and watch it happen when people are being attacked. I don''t know how it''s going to turn out, but well, it''ll turn out the way it will! The difference between dealing with monsters and dealing with wild animals is that for me, dealing with animals is not a big deal at all. After all, in another world, I even killed a fire-breathing bear¡­ the devil bear. "Gu-guoooohh!" The bear, having its hand attack blocked, hurriedly raised its other hand and swung it down at me. But I caught the attack with my other hand and went into a four-handed stance. "H-he''s grappling with a bear!" S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "What''s happening?" "What kind of a man fights a bear with his bare hands?" As everyone''s eyes widened at the unbelievable situation, I bounced the bear''s arms up from the four-handed position to end it quickly and put my arms around its torso and hugged it as if it were a wrestling match. "Guuooooo!?" "Is he Kintaro?" [T/n: Kintaro is a hero boy of Japanese folklore, who befriended animals and had supernatural strength.] "No, no, no, before that, how can he compete on equal strength with a bear?" I lifted the bear as it was, while Ryo and Kaede both tsukomi at it together. "Soryaa!" "Guuoooooo!" "H-he lifted iiitttt." "Doseiii!" I lifted the bear up and threw it straight into the distance. Then the bear flies off easily and falls down, rolling on the ground as it is, and then it faints. I lightly brush my hand away and call out to the bear that fainted. "Phew¡­ if you learn from this, don''t you dare to attack people recklessly again, okay?" "No, no, no, no, no! That''s weird!" said everyone in unison. All the people who were watching me and the bear were tsukomiing. "Te-Tenjou! Are you okay?" "Ah, Sawada-sensei. I''m fine, you know? What about sensei, are you okay?" "Eh? A-ah, sensei is fine¡­ and nothing is wrong! You have to take a check-up with Yomikawa-sensei right now!" "Eeh? B-but really, I''m just fine¡­" "Just get her to check on you." At the urging of Sawada-sensei, who had an unusually serious expression on her face, I reluctantly decided to have Yomikawa-sensei examine me. £ª£ª£ª I ended up having Yomikawa-sensei examine me, but when she found out that my body was all right, Sawada-sensei thanked me again. "Thank you, Tenjou. If truth be told, as a teacher, I should be punishing you for committing such a dangerous act, but¡­ this time, you saved my life. How about me as your reward?" "Eh, I''ll hold back¡­" "Is that so? Well, then I guess I''ll just wait patiently." Um, I don''t want you to wait too long¡­ I thought it was the end of the matter for now since it was all taken care of to a certain extent, but there was still the biggest problem. That was©¤©¤. "Guo¡­" "What are we going to do about this bear?" The bear has become completely docile. If it continues like this, it will be treated as a potential target for killing. Or, if it is lucky, maybe it''ll end up in a zoo? As I was thinking about that, Kaori came over. "About the bear over there¡­ since we''ve had to go through all this trouble, we''ve decided to keep it at this facility. "Eh? Keeping it!" I was surprised by the unexpected words, and Kaori smiled at me. "Yes. We have permission from the city, so there is no problem in keeping it. As a crime prevention measure, we would like to raise it as a watchdog, a guardian bear." "Guardian bear¡­" What a powerful word. "How did you get the permit so easily?" "That part¡­ well¡­ it''s my father''s power, so to speak¡­" Political power is amazing. The bear also looked at Kaori with shining eyes, as if it understood Kaori''s words. "But¡­ is it okay? Even though there was no damage, it''s still dangerous to have a bear¡­" "It''s okay! If this bear ever attacks a person, we plan to eat it as delicious bear meat!" "G-guo!? Ku-Kuma. Kumakuma." "Didn''t you used to say "Guooh"? Could that be a flattering voice? But even if it''s a flattery voice, "Kuma" is strange!" Although there are still many things to worry about, the bear is safe(?). It would be kept at the school''s facility, and our field trip had ended. Chapter 44 - Book 6: Part 1 Another bonus chapter for this week, thanks to Patrons, enjoy~ Part 1 The training with Luna was over, and it was the day of the field trip. I''ve never had the pleasure of participating in a school event like this before, so I was so excited like a child that I couldn''t get to sleep the night before. But I was able to get up in the morning as usual with no problems at all due to my improved body. What a convenient body¡­ Anyway, after preparing the necessary things and properly greeting Night, I left my house in high spirits. "©¤©¤Yes, it''s my win." "Goddamn it!" And now we spent our time playing on the bus to the field trip location. I didn''t bring any cards or anything like that, but Akira, Rin and the others had prepared snacks as well as games for us so that we wouldn''t be bored. Rather, since I didn''t bring any games or snacks, I feel very sorry for them¡­ "Why! Why can''t I win? Why do I always have the old maid at the end?" "It''s because it''s so obvious on your face¡­" "Akira-kun, you''re well-liked by the old maid!" "I don''t like it!" Just now, we were still playing old maid, but Akira kept losing in consecutive games. "More importantly, Yuuya-kun, that''s amazing! You''ve come in first place every time¡­" "That''s not true. It''s just all a fluke." And somehow I didn''t draw a single old maid, and I always drew a card that matched my hand, so it was over in an instant. ¡­Maybe, but I think it''s related to my luck status. Because every time I try to draw a card¡­ This card¡­ no, wait. I''m not sure why, but I don''t think this card is good. On the contrary, there''s a good feeling coming from this card¡­ and I think I''ll take this one. And so I had a tremendous hunch and kept winning¡­ yeah, it''s not fun. If that''s the case, then I guess I won''t be able to enjoy these games from now on. Being lucky is supposed to be a good thing, but I''m not very happy about it. Besides, sorry, I feel like I''m cheating¡­ I wonder, if I play any games that involve luck, will they be like this from now on? While feeling the unexpected negative effects, I suddenly remembered the fire at the department store the other day. ¡­Now, Kaede and the others are here laughing like this, but it was really dangerous at that time¡­ I shudder to think if I hadn''t gotten any skills or anything else in another world. I''m delighted I was able to save them. And so we headed off to the field trip in an amicable atmosphere©¤©¤without knowing that it''s harder than we expected. £ª£ª£ª "It''s big¡­" The place they brought us to was like an inn on top of a mountain. I wonder if this is where we''re going to have our field trip? As I thought that, the homeroom teacher of each class called for a meeting. "Hey, let''s gather here! I will explain everything to you. Oh, you should split up into groups!" As we sat down in groups as instructed by the teacher, Sawada-sensei looked over at us and grinned. "Now then¡­ you guys are gonna have to do some survival." "Huh?" everyone screamed in a daze. The teacher''s words drew everyone''s attention. Then one of the students immediately asked a question. "W-what do you mean by survival? There''s a building that looks like an inn, and we''re going to stay there, right¡­?" "What are you talking about? This inn is a facility for teachers to stay, you know?" "Huh? T-then, what about us?" "Of course, you''ll be outside." "No way!" Sawada-sensei''s words left all the students speechless. A-are we really going into survival? "I told you in school that this field trip is training for you to run for the elite path in the future, didn''t I? I''ll continue to explain. You guys will be given the bare minimum amount of supplies, and then you guys will spend two days and one night in an outdoor camp. As for your bath, there is a hot spring somewhere in the mountains on these grounds, so you can find it and use it. You can use the hot springs, so be thankful!" "Eeeeehhhhhh!?" Everyone screamed at the unexpected development. No, I''m pretty sure I heard it was some kind of camping thing, but I didn''t expect to sleep outside¡­ I mean, The teacher said she''d only give us the bare essentials, but does that mean©¤©¤. There seemed to be some people who came up with the same conclusion as me and asked a question again. "U-um! Could it be that the cooking is also¡­" "Of course you''ll have to prepare your own food. You can use all the vegetation such as mushrooms and wild grasses that grow in this area." "No way!" Seriously, they''re gonna make us do that? I mean, isn''t there a dangerous mushroom, too¡­? "We''re being provided with the bare minimum amount of rice, and that''s all we will have. That''s not even enough to fill our stomachs." "No, I think it''s safer to put up with that for now¡­" I thought the same thing, but that''s where the teacher turned serious. "Unfortunately, it''s not just one competition, you know? It''s a class competition too." "C-class competition?" Somehow the story has gotten bigger. "As you may know, except for Tenjou, the "School Festival" held in the fall is a big event with lots of visitors. There, each class has its own stall¡­ and the budget allocation is determined by this competition. In other words, if you have a good result in this survival, you''ll be one step ahead of the rest of the class, and make a gorgeous program at the school festival." S-so that''s how it works¡­ but am I crazy to think it sounds interesting? It would have never happened at my previous high school, and no other high school would have had this format. "And it would be related to a bonus for us teachers, too! Do your best as if you were going to die!" "Isn''t that what you really want?" Everyone in the class complained. sea??h th§× n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. No, wait, that determines even the teacher''s bonus? Anything is related now! "B-but aren''t mushrooms dangerous? And the only things that can be found here are mushrooms and wild grasses¡­ so how is the competition going to work?" "Since there''s a river, you can catch any fish you want. You have to bring the collected things to the teacher, and we''ll sort them out and grade them. The class that collects the most non-dangerous ingredients and cooks the tastiest meal wins. By the way, you can''t go back to pick up the ingredient because we''ll only grade it once. Don''t cook and eat the food you''ve collected without showing it to the teacher, you hear me? And also, I won''t be responsible if you''re dead." It''s scary, right? Hey. Everyone is determined, perhaps the teacher''s threats got through to them, or maybe they''re all in the mood to properly show the teacher what they''re made of. But, well, the teacher said she wouldn''t grade you otherwise. " Well, if you happen to be poisoned, the school doctor, Dr.Yomikawa will treat you. I don''t know if that''s fine though¡­" At the moment the teacher said that, a ghostly woman in a white coat suddenly appeared. She has beautiful black hair, but it was stretched forward long enough to hide her face, and only her left eye was peeking out through her hair. "Hihihi¡­ p-please don''t worry¡­ w-with this medicine¡­ h-hihihi¡­" Can I really be relieved? Just look at the colour of the pills in her hand! It''s purple! Isn''t that a poison pill instead? I don''t mean to criticize people''s names, but Yomikawa also means unfortunate. [T/n: »ÆÈª = Yomi = Underground world/hades/hell, etc.] It''s the first time I''ve seen the school''s doctor, and her personality is just too explosive. The other teachers are somehow also very quirky¡­ no, it''s fine because their teaching style is very good and interesting. When I was inwardly complaining about various things, Kaede taught me while trembling. "A-anone¡­ Yuuya-kun might not know this, but the infirmary where Dr.Yomikawa is located is always covered in darkness, and whenever you walk by, you can always hear someone screaming¡­ so no one wants to get close, and no one gets a temporary medical treatment either¡­" "What''s with that novelty infirmary." That''s awesome, right? But as a result, if the students are taking their classes seriously and taking care of themselves from illnesses and injuries, wouldn''t that be a good thing? I don''t know about the scream, though. What Kaede said seems to be true, and as I look around, I see that every student is determined to show the teacher what they are going to do more than they did earlier. Yup, I guess it''s all right. "Are you getting the gist of it? In the meantime, I''ll give you a picture book of wild vegetables and such, so do your best for my bonus. And secondly, it''s for the school festival too." "You should be the second!" Said everyone. That''s exactly right. Aside from the teacher''s bonus, if we accumulate points by winning this competition, we can put on a spectacular display at the school festival, so let''s do our best. We received the bare minimum amount of items from the teacher and gathered in groups once. "Now¡­ what should we do?" "Don''t worry! I can do go fishing, gather mushrooms and other edible wild plants, and©¤©¤." "Forgetting this idiot, don''t you think we should split up?" "Split up?" When Rin suggested that, she took out the illustration book and fishing rod. "Yuuya and Kaede will go fishing, while this idiot and I go and collect mushrooms and other edible wild plants. That would be more efficient, right?" "Yeah, certainly¡­ I don''t mind." "Fishing, huh¡­.I''m not sure I can handle it since I''ve never done it before." "I haven''t experienced it either, but I think I can handle it. Let''s just do our best!" "Okaaayy!" Said Kaede and Rin in unison. "Hello? Isn''t everyone cruel to me? Hey, are you listening to me?" While only Akira is left behind, we decide on our future course of action and start assembling the tent first. Chapter 45 - Book 6: Part 2 Here''s a chapter today, enjoy~ Part 2 "Now that we''ve finally arrived at the river, but¡­" "What should we do?" Kaede and I arrived at the river, but we were at a loss as to what to do. Since it''s school-owned land, the path to the river is correctly marked on the map, so it feels like a very big campground. I looked at the fishing rod in my hand and looked for a place where I could fish, but¡­ "¡­It''s so crowded." "¡­Yeah, that''s true." Since everyone comes to the river for fish, it can be a bit tough. I don''t know much about it, but it looks like the fishing line might get tangled up or something. While I was looking around, Kaede asked me. "What should we do? At this rate it''s going to be hard to fish now, should we just help Rin-chan and Akira-kun?" "Well¡­" I casually¡­ or rather, almost unconsciously activated my [Presence Detection] skill and searched for a less popular place. "Hmm?" I could sense the presence of people, but apart from that, I could also sense the presence of fish. Of course, there were fish in the area where everyone was fishing, but there was another area where many fish were found as well. I immediately turned my gaze in that direction and saw that the water was rather shallow and not a good place to fish. Hmm¡­ there are so many fish, but it''s hard to catch them¡­ No, wait. I think I can grab it with my hands, can''t I? Yeah, I think that''s it. I suddenly thought about that, and suddenly wanted to try it out, so I had a word with Kaede. "There''s something I want to try out, so can we meet up with Rin and Akira afterwards?" "Eh? I don''t mind that, but what are you going to do?" "Watch this." I pulled up my trouser''s cuffs and walked into the river. "Y-Yuuya-kun! What are you doing?" Kaede shouted in surprise at my actions. In response to her voice, the surrounding students also turn their gazes towards us. ¡­Ooh, I didn''t expect to get so many gazes, but¡­ w-well, that''s okay, I''ll just concentrate on the fish for now. I turn my attention to the fish in front of me, or rather, around me. ¡­Yeah, As I thought, I can grab them with my hands. Even if I''m considering the resistance of the water, if I think about the movement of the S-class monsters and the like, it will be perfectly fine. If I understand that, it''s easy to put it into action. Although the moment I entered the river and Kaede''s words drew attention and made the fish wary of me, I activated the skill [Assimilation]. Normally, it shouldn''t be effective if the opponent has found me, but this isn''t another world, it''s Earth. Because the monsters of the other world are more sensitive to presence than the creatures of this Earth, once they find me, my skills will not work, but the creatures of this Earth are less vigilant than the monsters in the other world. No, it''s not just vigilance but¡­ a sixth sense? The monsters in the different world probably have that. Anyway, the moment I activated the skill [Assimilation], Kaede and the others, who had been watching me until now screamed in surprise. "H-huh? Where''s Yuuya-kun?" "W-wasn''t he in there just now?" "Where did he go?" It''s not just Kaede and the others who are surprised, but the fishes as well, and the fishes panicked for a moment as my presence disappeared, but eventually, they began to calm down as they could no longer sense my presence. I didn''t miss the opportunity to take advantage of that calmness and set my sights on a fish. "©¤©¤Fuuh!" I plunged my right arm into the water and grabbed a fish that was swimming near me in one fluid motion. The water was quiet at the moment I plunged my arm into the water and pulled it out, and it was only for a moment. I looked at the fish and nodded to myself. "Yep, I knew it was going to be okay." "Whooaaaaa!" "Eeehh!?" I was surprised by the sudden cheers that rose up. And when I turned my gaze in the voices'' direction, the other students who had been looking at me earlier were making a lot of noise. "Did you see that! He caught a fish with his hand!" "No, I know he caught it, but I didn''t see his hand because it was too fleeting!" Sear?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Or rather, didn''t he just disappear before¡­?" "It''s like he really just showed up with a fish in his hand when I realized¡­" "That''s no longer a human''s work¡­ what''s going on¡­?" I break out in a cold sweat at the unexpected reaction. ¡­Was it such an out-of-human move? I thought I caught the fish quickly, but¡­ well, it seems the fact that I''ve disappeared seems to be more of a surprise than the movement when I caught the fish. As I was thinking about that, Kaede came running up to me excitedly. "T-that''s awesome, Yuuya-kun! I can''t believe you caught a fish with your hand¡­" "Ah-ahahaha I just wondered if I could do it somehow, and I did." "¡­Just like at the previous P.E. class, Yuuya-kun has high specs in general." "I-I wonder?" Well, if they remember what I did in the P.E class, I''m sure they''ll understand that my physical abilities are unusually high. "For now, it seems like I can secure the fish, so I''ll just catch them all at once. I''m sorry, but I''m going to put the caught fish in a bucket, so Kaede, can you watch over it?" "Yeah, I understand!" Once I got Kaede''s approval, I headed to the river to catch fish again. By the way, I have confirmed that the fish can be eaten with the [Appraisal] skill, so there should be no problem. ¡­Ah, once we meet up with Rin and Akira-kun, I guess I''ll check everything with [Appraisal] before showing it to the teacher. That way, we could be sure that we can eat them safely. While I was thinking this and that, many students came to the shallows to try to catch fish with their bare hands, just like me, but they were struggling. I caught more and more fish while they were struggling, and finally, I succeeded in catching eight. £ª£ª£ª "Welcome back! So how''d it go over there?" When we return to the tent location, we find Rin greeting us cheerfully and Akira collapsing down with his butt sticking out. But¡­ What happened to Akira? "I managed to catch the fish somehow." "Listen, Rin-chan! Yuuya-kun is incredible, you know? He caught all these fish with his hands!" "With hands? Sigh~¡­ just like in the P.E class the other day, you''re more active than you look, huh¡­" "Hmm?" Well, I already loved exercise even when I was fat! And I wouldn''t have looked like someone who loved that no matter how hard I tried. I don''t know now for sure. "Anyway, what''s going on with Akira?" "Huh? Aah¡­ you can leave that guy alone." "So cruel! You have worked me around so hard!" "Ah, you''re still alive." Akira, who got up vigorously, began to talk about what the situation was like while feeling dizzy. "¡­it was fine at first. We were gathering mushrooms and wild plants and stuff like that, even though we weren''t used to it. But you know what? Before long, I found myself being forced to look at wild plants growing on steep cliffs, or foretaste the mushrooms I wasn''t familiar with. I could be a bear bait as well¡­!" "Foretaste it? The teacher told us not to eat it before showing it to her! And there''s a bear in here? This place is dangerous!" You did the survival thing more than I expected, dude! I was surprised, and Akira gave me a thumbs up with a powerless smile. "D-don''t worry about it. If it makes you guys smile¡­ it''s not a problem." "It''s a big problem, you know!" Especially about the bear! What are we going to do about it? I briefly examined the condition of Akira''s body with [Appraisal], but no poison was detected, so it seemed to be fine. Seriously, it''s a relief¡­ "Well then, can you show me what you picked, too?" "Yeah, of course, I don''t mind." With Rin''s approval, I used [Appraisal] of what Akira and Rin had risked their lives to pick. Black Truffle *[1] Truffle? Did you get a truffle? This mountain! How far out of bounds is this school? There are a lot more outrageous ingredients that came out of nowhere. Japanese Yam *[2] Japanese yam! Awesome, it''s the real thing! I heard they also grow in some places, but it''s in this mountain, too! Tonbi Maitake *[3] This is the first time I''ve seen this mushroom. As the name implies, it looks similar to a maitake mushroom, but the size of the umbrella is completely different. It''s not poisonous, so there is no problem. This is how I went about confirming it, but there were poisonous things mixed in as well. ¡­Thank goodness. If Akira had to foretaste this, it would have been irreversible. I mean, that''s really dangerous! Well, I''m assuming the teacher will confirm that. More importantly, there''s mushrooms and some kind of potatoes, but honestly, I''ve never cooked them before. "Hey, how many people can cook in here?" "¡­.." "That''s a lie, isn''t it?" The three of them looked away at my question. Apparently, I''m the only one who can cook. Seriously? I have something to say, but for now, let''s just go together to show the teacher what we picked. When I went to the place where the teachers were waiting, there were already other students ahead of us, and Kaori was among them. "Kaori!" "Eh? Ah, Yuuya-san! How''s your group doing?" "Hmm¡­ well I guess it''s good? ¡­If it wasn''t survival, I think I would have enjoyed it more genuinely¡­" When I let out my true feelings, Kaori gave a bitter smile. "I''m sure you''re right. But it''s fun too, right?" "¡­Well, yes." Sure, it''s dangerous, but it''s just generally fun. That was the unmistakable truth of the matter. Then it seemed that Kaori''s group had finished sorting, and a member of the group called out to Kaori. "Kaori, we''re done¡­ Eh, Tenjou-kun?" "Yes, I understand¡­ Then Yuuya-san, see you again¡­" Kaori went to her group members who were surprised to see me in some way and left with a lively look on their faces. "Yu-Yuuya-kun. Are you an acquaintance of that Kaori-sama?" Akira asked me. "Heh? K-Kaori-sama? W-well¡­ the reason I came to this school was also Kaori¡­" Ah, Akira wasn''t there when we hung out the other day, was he? So he doesn''t know then. There was no need to hide it, so I told the truth as it was, and Akira came close to me while biting his handkerchief. "I''m jealous! I''m jealous of you! I can''t believe you''re acquainted with "Princess" Kaori¡­!" "P-Princess?" When I was unable to follow the flow of the conversation, Rin told me while I was dumbfounded. "Aside from that idiot, Kaori-san is the daughter of the headmaster of this school, and they call her "Princess" because of her elegant appearance and kindness of character." "Hee~¡­" There''s definitely a sense of elegance about her. And yet, she''s friendly and¡­ when I think about it again; she''s really an amazing person. While we were thinking about this, we asked the teacher to sort out the wild plants and other things we had picked. Chapter 46 - Book 6: Part 3 Here''s a new chapter. Thank you very much for your support and donation for this month as well, really appreciated it, it''s really helped me through this hard time since my business and work haven''t progressed much due to the coronavirus outbreak, hope we will pass it quickly and get back to the normal and healthy life, and all for the readers in my blog or Patreon, thank you very much, for your kind and supportive comment, I''ll try to do my best for the next and next as well. Thank you, thank you very much, stay safe and please enjoy the chapter~ Part 3 "¡­Perfect. This is the first time a group has gathered this many ingredients, but all of them are edible." When I showed Sawada-sensei what we picked up and asked her to examine it, she said that it was as expected. Well, I don''t know if it''s cheating or unfair¡­ I used [Appraisal] to check it, but I''m afraid of what would happen if we picked wrong stuff, so please forgive me. "The rest of the group seemed to make it barely, but thanks to you guys, we got close to the bonus. Kukuku¡­" "Hahaha¡­" We smiled bitterly at Sawada-sensei''s wicked smile. "But don''t let your guard down just yet! Cooking is also a part of the scoring. By the way, who can cook in this group?" They all pointed at me. "Seriously?" "Yes, it''s serious." Sawada-sensei held her head but then grabbed both my shoulders firmly. "Tenjou, do your best. Everything depends on you. Sensei''s bonus is¡­!" "Can''t you try to hide your ulterior motives at least a little?" The main thing is that our school festival program is going to be spectacular, right? My cheeks are twitching thinking that, and Sawada-sensei has moved on to examine the next group. "Haah¡­I''ve got a lot to say, but shall we just cook now?" "I''ll take care of the errands." "Ha, I could do the serving!" "And I will enjoy my food." "Rin, at least help me with the chores." Letting out a sigh again, I checked the seasonings and cooking tools I could use. Just like the teacher said at the beginning, we only have the bare minimum of rice, and we have been prepared separate tools for cooking the ingredients obtained in this mountain, so it seems that we can cook without any worries. Thinking of the ingredients we have on hand¡­ Deep-fried char and landlocked salmon. Rape blossoms and Japanese yam with black truffle dressing. Tombi Maitake Soup. The menu was going to be like that. Once the menu was decided, I quickly decided to make it and went to the kitchen to start cooking. I don''t know how to handle the Japanese yam and black truffle, but I thought it would be okay if I used them after I grated them. And although the char and the landlocked sea trout are made into deep-fried fish, it would be great to be able to take the broth from the bones and combine it with the tonbi maitake to make a soup. As I was cooking as usual, I suddenly felt a gaze on me, so I turned toward that gaze and saw not only Kaede and the others, but also many people with puzzled expressions on their faces. "Hm? What''s wrong?" "N-no¡­ err¡­ Yuuya-kun''s skill was just so brilliant¡­" "Really? I think it''s normal¡­" Well, I think I''m cooking just like I normally do, but perhaps my [Cooking] skill is also activated. While everyone was stunned to see me cooking, I just continued to cook. £ª£ª£ª The cooking ended more quickly than I expected. It doesn''t take a lot of time and effort, because there are no otherworldly ingredients this time, and I cooked a very ordinary food. I''ve tested it briefly, but I think it''s normally delicious. In the case of the other world, it''s just that the ingredients in the other world are blown up and so delicious. "Okay, it''s ready." "¡­.." Everyone was all staring at the food when I placed it in front of them. Then the teachers, including Sawada-sensei, arrived to judge the food. Looking closely, Sawada-sensei seemed to be in a somewhat good mood and slightly smelled of alcohol, well I didn''t think she drank alcohol¡­ Wait, could it be that she really drank it? We''re still in the middle of the field trip, you know! "Iyaaa~, drinking alcohol in the mountains is delicious¡­ huh, what''s this?" When Sawada-sensei saw the food I made, her eyes widened in surprise. The other teachers also reacted in the same way when they saw my cooking. "Hey, Tenjou! Did you make this?" "Y-yes, that''s right, but¡­" "Can I taste it?" "Ah, I have prepared some for you." It was only a small amount, but we had prepared some for the teachers to taste, so they ate those. And then©¤©¤. "¡­¡­¡­." The teachers were silent. "A-ano? What do you think¡­?" I asked that with some trepidation, but there was no response from the teachers. "Yu-Yuuya-kun! Can we eat it too?" "Eh? It''s okay, but¡­" Once I agreed to Kaede''s words as she couldn''t stand it anymore, Kaede and the others put the food into their mouths as if to say they were waiting for it. "¡­¡­¡­." "So why is there no reaction for it!?" For some reason, just like the teachers, Kaede and the others froze in their spot once they put the food in their mouths. Could it be that the food was bad? As far as I tested it, it seemed okay¡­ but maybe my tongue is stupid? I was very anxious because of the lack of reaction from everyone, but then©¤©¤. "Deliciooouussss!" "Eh?" They all shouted in unison. Then Kaede excitedly said to me. "Yuuya-kun, what is this? It''s so delicious!" "R-really? I''m glad if it''s really del©¤©¤." "It''s not just delicious, you know!" "Eh?" Sawada-sensei said to me with more force than I can imagine from her usual languid atmosphere. "The teachers are eating lunches prepared by the school''s first-class chefs at a bargain price. And yet your food tastes better¡­ who are you really?" "Even if you say so¡­" "It doesn''t matter anyway, because it''s so good!" It wasn''t just Sawada-sensei, everyone ate the food I made, saying it was delicious. ¡­It''s something new. I''ve only cooked enough for me to eat, and I''ve never really paid much attention to the taste of the food since I''ve been eating it myself¡­ but I''m very happy to hear people say that it''s delicious. I''ve been cooking for a long time, and I''ve got [Cooking] skills, so I guess it''s truly delicious. When everyone was eating it very well; the students around us who were looking at it were drooling. "T-that looks delicious¡­" "It''s strange¡­ our dinner is so simple, why is it so luxurious over there¡­!" "He''s good at sports, he has a good face, and he can cook as well¡­ it seems the heavens grant too many gifts for him!" Hmm¡­ I want to make it for everyone if they see me that much, but as expected, I don''t have the ingredients or time for it¡­ While feeling a little uncomfortable, I too began to eat the food I had made. When everyone finished eating, Sawada-sensei rubbed her stomach in a satisfied manner. "Haa¡­ I''m so full." "M-my apologies if the food isn''t enough." I''m so happy that everyone ate it so well. It was worth the effort. "¡­Hey, Tenjou." "Yes?" "Would you like to marry sensei?" "Ueehh?" "Sa-Sawada-sensei?" Sawada-sensei''s sudden words startled not only me but everyone around me. "Iyaaa. It''s because I am like this. I can''t do the house chores; I can''t even cook and do the laundry¡­ When I was a student, I only did the things I liked to do and studied, and thanks to that, I haven''t had a single good story to tell until I''m old enough! ¡­That''s not good, is it?" "H-huh¡­?" "So, you, Tenjou. Yup, there''s no one else as good as you. I never thought I''d get such good food like that. So, having come this far, there''s no way I could miss it, right? So, marry me and provide for me!" "What are you talking about?" I didn''t respond to Sawada-sensei''s words, but the other teachers and students all snapped at her in unison. "Sawada-sensei, you''re too drunk for your own good! No more alcohol, please!" "Stop it! We''ve come all this way to the mountain, so it''s time to have a drink! And then, Tenjou will marry me!" "No, it''s not good to put your hand on a student!" "I understand that it''s a complex that your age is equal to your history of not having a boyfriend, but be a moderate and appropriate adult!" "To tell you the truth, do you think Tenjou is a match for Sawada-sensei? Stop dreaming!" "Whoa? Sawada-sensei is going to cry if she''s abused to that extent!" Sawada-sensei was, as I said, a little teary-eyed. A-as expected, I feel sorry for her¡­ However, no matter how I look at it, Sawada-sensei seemed to be very drunk due to the alcohol, so I wonder if this is also a kind of drunkard''s trait? "Sa-Sawada-sensei! It''s not good if it''s Yuuya-kun! The reason is¡­ there are many reasons, but it''s not good if it''s Yuuya-kun!" Whenever Kaede desperately told Sawada-sensei that it was no good if it''s me, my heart was getting wounded. What''s that mean by no good? I mean that Sawada-sensei and I are unethical in many ways, and I''m not good at it myself. Isn''t that right? It''s so true! Despite my unexpected damage, Sawada-sensei said to me without seeming to have learned a lesson. "Well, it''s difficult to answer right now. All right, Sensei will wait forever! Or rather, I''m not going to let you go." "Come back to your senses, sensei!" "Don''t let bad adults steal the future of our youth!" S§×arch* The nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "That''s right, that''s right!" "¡­Can I cry?" Sawada-sensei was in tears again at the many words that were thrown at her. "Um¡­ it''s not good if you suddenly talk about marriage or something like that, and above all, it''s between a student and a teacher. ¡­But I think Sawada-sensei is a good teacher, you know? So everyone doesn''t have to say that much¡­" Yup, I think it''s a little problem trying to put a hand on a student, but other than that, she''s just a good teacher in general. Well, I don''t know the details of her private life at all, so I can''t say more about her. "Oh, Tenjou! You''re really a good guy! Sensei is happy." "Muguh!" When I softly followed up, Sawada-sensei was so moved by that and then hugged me. As a result, Sawada-sensei''s breasts are in my face¡­! "Aaahh! S-sensei! What are you doing? Please let Yuuya-kun go!" "Yuuya¡­ I''m so jealous of you¡­ nay, I mean, it''s outrageous¡­!" Kaede also pulls my arms to separate me from Sawada-sensei as she holds my head in her arms. And for some reason, Akira just blasted me with resentment. H-help me¡­ Sawada-sensei pats me on the head without my words reaching her. "There''s nothing wrong with it! Sensei is just praising a good boy!" "It''s clearly beyond the scope of normal teacher behaviour!" "No¡­ You can''t believe how much trouble I get for being single¡­!" While Sawada-sensei and the others were arguing with each other, Rin, who was the only one staying calm, pointed at me and said. "Um¡­ Yuuya looks very painful, but¡­" "Eh?" "M-mugaga¡­" Before sensei''s chest or anything else, I was dying because I couldn''t breathe at all. A panicked Sawada-sensei and Kaede immediately let go of me, and I could finally breathe. "Buhaha! Hah¡­ hah¡­" "Haha! Yuuya, how is it? Have you seen heaven?" "I don''t see heaven. I just see the Sanzu River¡­" [1] To the laughing Rin, I could only answer that. In the end, I avoided Sawada-sensei''s words while making it vague, and I succeeded in getting through the situation¡­ but Sawada-sensei''s gaze as she walked away still hadn''t given up, and Kaede was also glaring at Sawada-sensei as if to counteract it somehow. So, Akira. Please don''t look at me while crying tears of blood like that, either. It''s not my intention. Chapter 47 - Book 6: Part 4 Another chapter today thanks to my Patrons. Part 4 "Night! I''ll be right back, but for now, I''m home!" "Woof!" After the exchange with Sawada-sensei and the others, I moved to a quiet area and used my teleport magic to return to my home. I''ll have to be careful when I return to the other side again, but first, I''ll have to prepare Night''s food. I cooked over there as well, but when I returned, I started cooking to prepare Night''s meal. Of course, it''s not survival, so I''m cooking with proper ingredients. When I served the finished meal using ingredients from another world as well, he ate it with great relish. "What do you think? Does it taste good?" "Woof!" "Good then." ¡­Just like I was happy to have Kaede and the others enjoy eating my food, I seem to like cooking for people and making them happy. Well, I guess no one likes to be hated by people, and I''m not the only one who has this sentiment. "Alright, I''ll be back then. Be a good boy, okay?" "Woof!" After hearing a cheerful reply, I pet Night and carefully returned to the campsite. When I got back to the campsite, it was apparently time for a bath, and we went to the hot springs in the middle of this vast land. It was hard to find, but everyone else seemed to have found it, and quite a few of the students were gathered there. "Well then, I''ll see you later~." When we parted from Kaede and Rin, we moved to the men''s bath, and many boys were already in there. Even though it''s not physically problematic, I feel like taking a bath and relaxing, so Akira and I hurriedly take off our clothes as well¡­ "¡­Hey, why are you looking at me like that?" For some reason, the boys around me froze as they looked at me. "N-no¡­ it''s because Yuuya''s body is outrageous¡­" To my question, Akira answered with a dangerous statement, depending on how you ask. The surrounding boys also shook their heads vigorously at such an answer from Akira. "Hey, is there something wrong with that?" "It''s not strange or anything! No, it''s strange in a way, right¡­? A-anyway! What''s with your abs! I mean, that whole muscle mass! I can''t believe you''re in the return home club!" ¡­Maybe it''s because I trained in another world? I can never tell them that, and they won''t believe me either. Not only do I level up in another world, but I also do muscle training¡­ I don''t know if it works, but I do push-ups, sit-ups, and squats about 500 times a day. [T/n: Tf? it''s more than Saitama''s training!] However, my body has become much tighter than before¡­ "Seriously, it''s amazing¡­" "A good-looking guy with good style, what are we supposed to do now¡­?" "I mean, like the muscles¡­" "That thing is big, too!" "Where are you looking!" I quickly covered it up with a towel when I realized the boys were looking at my crotch. Despite this exchange, I managed to get into the hot spring. "Oh, it''s so wide¡­!" "It''s because the school has money, this kind of place is just as expected¡­ Huh? Why are we doing a survivalist thing in a school like that?" "Hahaha¡­" I gave a wry smile at Akira''s words. But the hot spring is really large, and there''s enough space for all of us boys to enter at once. As I looked around the hot spring with admiration, I saw Ryo and Shingo-kun. "Oh, Yuuya!" "T-this is the first time we have talked today." "Ryo, Shingo-kun!" "Yo, how''s it going on your side?" Ryo and Shingo-kun gave a wry smile at Akira''s words. "Well, I''ve done some camping before, but I''ve never done any local procurement or anything up to food, so it''s a lot of work." "B-both Ryo-kun and I can do the cooking, so it''s not a problem. It''s just that it''s generally hard work." Apparently, Ryo and Shingo-kun had a lot of trouble in their own way. Well, I''m not struggling thanks to not only a kind of cheat called [Appraisal], but also thanks to my levelled-up superhuman body. "Speaking of which, I''ve heard about it, Yuuya, you caught the fish with your hands, huh?" "W-well, yeah." "I''ve heard other things about your food that were very good, too?" "Hahahaha¡­" But I wouldn''t have had a good meal otherwise. I hope they will forgive me. As I couldn''t help but smile vaguely at Ryo and Shingo-kun''s words, Akira nodded heavily. "Yeah¡­ Yuuya-kun''s cooking was great¡­ I might have seen the god of cooking for the first time¡­" "O-oh? I didn''t know it was that good¡­ I mean, it was the same in the last P.E. class, as I thought Yuuya is amazing! Looking at your body like this, you don''t really feel like someone from the return home club. It looks like a boxer or a karate practitioner or a martial artist''s body." "R-Ryo-kun, you''re pretty much the same, though." While I nodded at Shingo-kun''s words, I was inwardly surprised by Ryo''s observation. Certainly, my body should be specialized in fighting rather than sports. After all, I''ve been fighting and killing each other with the monsters. To be able to see through that just by looking at one''s body¡­ or is it something that other people can also understand? While realizing once again how impressive Ryo was, we exchanged information with each other as we soaked in the long-awaited hot spring. By that time, the sky was already dark. The stars were shining in the night sky, and the atmosphere was different from that of another world. "Ah¡­ it feels so good¡­" Ryo and the others agree when I say that in a voice that comes out unintentionally when I get in hot water. "But I wonder what we''ll be doing tomorrow?" "Who knows? But just like today, we''ll have to go to the mountains or the river to get some food, however¡­" "I don''t want to be a bear bait anymore!" "Ah, what happened to Akira-kun¡­?" Actually, what are we doing tomorrow¡­ I''m also curious about tomorrow''s schedule, but for now, each of us will end the conversation here in order to recover from today''s fatigue. Then, in a relaxed atmosphere, we enjoyed the hot spring. S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. £ª£ª£ª "I''m looking forward to the hot springs!" While Yuuya and the others were relaxing in the men''s bath, Kaede and the others were also getting ready to enter the hot spring. Then, one of the girls was staring at Kaede, who was undressing next to her. "Kaede!" "Eh? Uhiyaa!" The schoolgirl who was staring at Kaede suddenly squeezed her breasts. "Your breasts are really big~." "H-hey!" "You''re in the track and field club with these breasts¡­ are you going to kill the boys?" "What?" "Aah¡­ indeed. You have murderous breasts." "Even Rin-chan?" Rin, who was like a close friend, also said that while looking at Kaede''s chest. "Oya? What are you doing, everyone?" "Ah, Kaori-san and Yukine-chan!" Kaori and Yukine came to Kaede and the others with a curious expression on their faces. Then Kaede hurriedly left Rin and the others and tried to have Kaori shelter her. "You two, listen to me~. Rin and the others are going to bully me~." "E-eh?" "¡­What do you mean?" "Ah no, Kaede has big breasts and does track and field, so she can trouble the boys, right? That''s what we''re talking about." After hearing that much, they both looked at Kaede''s breasts in unison and then touched their own. "Kaede-san¡­ it''s not fair." "¡­Mine is disappointing." "What was that? I didn''t do anything wrong!" "Hahahahaha! Well, well, don''t stare at Kaede like that! You two have slender, beautiful bodies, too." "Speaking of which¡­ Rin is the one with a model''s figure, you know?" As Kaede says, Rin is tall for a woman and has long limbs. "Well, I''ll call that individuality¡­ oh, speaking of breast size, Sawada-sensei is big too, isn''t she?" "Sawada-sensei?" As Kaori tilted her head at the teacher''s name that suddenly came up in the conversation, Kaede told her what happened today. "Yes, that''s right! Sawada-sensei asked Yuuya-kun¡­ to marry her after she ate Yuuya-kun''s cooking!" "Eeh? M-marriage? Uh, what exactly are you talking about?" "Kaede, you can''t convey it by being so straightforward. Listen, at the dinner this evening, Yuuya made a very tasty food using the things we collected. And then the teachers, who are the judges, ate it, too¡­ and because it was so good, Sawada-sensei asked Yuuya to marry her." "How can that be connected to a marriage¡­" "¡­Well, I saw it up close, and it looked delicious. I wanted to eat it too¡­" "Even Yukine-san¡­ nevertheless, a teacher marrying a student¡­ there''s a lot of problems with that, isn''t there?" "Hahaha! Well, I guess. But Sawada-sensei has breasts like Kaede''s. Isn''t it normal for a boy to be knocked out if that breasts press him?" "N-no way¡­" Kaori staggered in shock at Rin''s words. But Kaede, in direct contrast to Kaori, burns with a fighting spirit. "I-it''s okay! If Sawada-sensei is willing to do so, then so am I¡­!" "Eh? Kaede-san, that means Yuuya-san¡­" "Huh? Aaaahh! N-no, it''s not! It''s not just because it''s Yuuya-kun¡­!" Rin calmly looks at Kaede, who is flustered as her face turns bright red. "¡­You''re as straightforward as ever, huh?" "¡­Your breasts are also big, that''s not fair." "You''re still saying that¡­" Kaori, who was facing Kaede''s determination, looked down at her own chest again and muttered softly. "Yuuya-san¡­ would you rather have a woman with bigger breasts¡­?" As such, they were excited even before they entered the hot spring and finally soaked in hot water. Then, just like the boys, Kaede and the others were enraptured by how good it felt. "It feels so good!" "You''re right~." "It''s a camping trip! I came here with that feeling to enjoy this camping, but I was really surprised that they made us do something like survival." "Right? But we have to prepare a meal tomorrow in the same way, too, don''t we?" "Ugh¡­ that''s right¡­" When Kaede stifled her words at Rin''s words, the surrounding girls joined in the conversation. "Eh! But Kaede and Rin are just fine! You''re with that Tenjou-kun, right?" "Yes, yes! He already became the subject of a rumour by the entire school as soon as he came to our school." "Besides, the famous magazine [CutieBeauty] had a picture of him alongside Miwa-chan, who was rapidly rising in popularity!" The main topic of conversation was Yuuya, and they were having a lot of fun with the typical boisterous nature of female students. "I also heard today''s story, Tenjou-kun was catching fish with his hands, right? And I heard his cooking was great, too?" "Yup, it was so good!" "I''m jealous!" When Kaede spoke in an enthralling manner, the surrounding female students raised their voices in envy. "Sigh¡­ I''m already jealous of you for just being in the same group with Tenjou-kun, but to be able to eat even his home-made cooking¡­" "It''s kind of like we''re living in a comic book when there are so many amazing people around!" "Oh, I can understand that!" After that, the atmosphere was different from that of Yuuya and the others, and the girls were able to spend a leisurely time talking about the school, the boys, and tomorrow''s events, just like in the girls-only gathering. Chapter 48 - Book 2: Epilogue Part 1 Another chapter thanks to the Patrons, enjoy~ Epilogue Part 1 "¡­That was fun¡­" The [Head Hunter] who had been continuing the investigation in the Great Devil''s Nest after receiving the request, muttered in a small voice. However, that fun was coming to an end, and she was planning to no longer have the opportunity to come to this Great Devil''s Nest. [T/n: It''s confirmed that who''s the head hunter, so yeah, I changed "he" to "she" now :P] While she still couldn''t catch the existence of the person who saved Lexia, there was talk of inviting that person to the royal castle. The day of the invitation is finally approaching tomorrow. Nevertheless, she caught wind of the fact that Lexia and the others would be coming to pick up the mysterious person who saved Lexia at the entrance of this Great Devil''s Nest. [Head Hunter] was planning to eliminate Lexia and the mysterious person on that day according to the request of his client, a nobleman. "¡­Is he doing well?" What comes to [Head Hunter]''s mind right now is the image of a young man. The young man who had saved her from near death when a group of goblin elites attacked her during her first investigation©¤Yuuya. He is a mysterious young man with an extravagant atmosphere, and he has a black dog named Night with him. "Fufu¡­" No matter how many times I recall it, I can''t help but laugh. The lie I had made on the spur of the moment¡­ that I was coming to this Great Devil''s Nest to train. If I really wanted to train, I wouldn''t suddenly go to a dangerous place like the Great Devil''s Nest. Because if something happened, I would be directly linked to death. [T/n: POV changed the narrator to Head Hunter.] Besides, the Great Devil''s Nest would not be suitable for training in the first place. That''s because there are many monsters that act in groups such as the goblin elite, who can be a threat with just one of them. No one would be foolish enough to train in a place where there is a swarm of monsters that can barely take on a single one. It''s difficult even to defeat one of them. It''s obvious that they would be killed on the spot before they trained. That''s why when I uttered such absurd words, I couldn''t help but want to hold my mouth, but now that I''ve already said it, I can''t take it back now. This will make me even more suspicious¡­ yeah, that''s what I thought. "Eh? Ah, yeah¡­ me too¡­ that¡­ training! I came to this forest to train as well!" ¡­I didn''t think that there really was a person who was choosing this Great Devil''s Nest for training. That made me behave strangely suspiciously, but since Yuuya never pointed that out, he probably didn''t notice it. And although I was on the side of being suspected before, this time it made me also suspicious as to whether or not Yuuya was really coming to the Great Devil''s Nest under the guise of ''training''. However, after talking with Yuuya, when we challenged the Great Devil''s Nest under the name of training together¡­ I found out that Yuuya was telling the truth. After all, he had eliminated a group of goblin elites¡­ alone¡­ or with only Night. If I think about it again, if he didn''t have that much strength, he wouldn''t be able to save me from that situation. Anyway, when I found out that Yuuya had really come to this place to train, I was able to make friends with them little by little from there. Yuuya is a strange man, and although he looks and wears first class, and behaves like a nobleman or royalty, his knowledge is quite skewed. When it comes to language and etiquette, he is no different from those of the upper class. Still, he doesn''t know much about the Great Devil''s Nest that he should have chosen as his training ground. On the contrary, he was unfamiliar with the common sense of this world itself. However, I still didn''t have a problem with it. While I entrusted my life to them, such things became a trivial matter. ¡­I genuinely enjoyed my time with them, even though I had accepted the request. One thing I didn''t expect here was that the item that Yuuya has, the item that made me fall in love with baths, a portable bathtub. A bathtub is a luxury thing that only noblemen are allowed to bathe in. In addition to his combat prowess, I was also surprised by Yuuya''s possession of this as a portable item. ¡­I, who until now had spent every day just washing away the blood in the river, discovered the warmth of hot water. I was completely captivated by the magic of the warm bath that seemed to melt even the coldest of hearts. Of course, I wasn''t just indulging in the bath. Before I knew it, I could take on up to three of the goblin elite, and I think I''ve gotten pretty strong too. So I would like to continue to be strong with them in the future¡­ I thought about that, but my work kept me from thinking about it. I''ve already killed so many people. That''s why I know that¡­ Yuuya is clean. I doubt that he has ever killed a single being other than a monster. In comparison, I''ve buried a number of lives in order to survive. I was born as an orphan, and with the strength I''ve struggled to acquire to protect myself¡­ I have survived. Because I am a woman, I''ve been in danger many times, but I''ve come through all of it in one piece. And I gained strength so that no one could take anything away from me, and before I knew it¡­ I became a feared being as a [Head Hunter]. I do not know how to live in this world. Hiding the fact that I am a woman, I only kill the target by force. That''s the only way¡­ I don''t know how to live other than that. My hands are dirty. They are stained with countless amounts of blood. I can''t have a clean Yuuya next to me like that. His hands should never be dirty. "And yet¡­ that guy was so dazzling¡­" He has a purity that made me able to express the emotions of that moment honestly. I had killed my emotions to survive¡­ so I found it so dazzling. I felt that I too could bask in the light and live¡­ it was so bright that I was under the illusion that I could do so. "But¡­ that''s not going to happen anymore." When Yuuya told me that he was going to stop the training, I felt really sad and lonely. However, at the same time, I myself somehow sensed that the end was already near. The reason was, after all, the story that Princess Lexia and the others were going to go to the Great Devil''s Nest. It had already been rumored in the city before I heard from the nobleman who requested me. How could I, who belonged to the dark guild, not know about it? And because of that request, I will not be able to stay with Yuuya¡­ "¡­What would Yuuya think if he knew the real me?" I''m afraid to know the answer to that question, but I''d like to ask it. But that''s not going to happen anymore. "¡­.." I silently reached for my mask and put it on my face. I am an assassin¡ªa member of the dark guild, the [Head Hunter]. So©¤©¤. "©¤©¤Goodbye, Yuuya." I rush out of the city towards the Great Devil''s Nest as if to hide in the darkness. As if to shake off the memories with Yuuya, I just moved mindlessly. Even so, the days I spent with Yuuya¡­were irrepressibly precious memories for me. I have killed others in order to live. Feelings of wanting or not wanting should not accompany the act of killing. That is one of the respects I have for the people I have killed to live. ¡­And yet, I can''t help but think. "If¡­ if Yuuya and I had met in a different situation than we do now¡­" If my life was a normal life, unrelated to the blood of others¡­ "¡­Yuuya. Would I have been able to stand beside you with pride?" My mutterings were swallowed up by the darkness. £ª£ª£ª "Now then, Night. Shall we go?" "Woof!" After returning safely from the field trip, I decided to take Night and go to the entrance of the Great Devil''s Nest as promised. By the way, it''s Golden Week from today, so I was able to take some time like this¡­ In addition to this holiday, there''s also a replacement holiday for field trips, so it''s actually a longer holiday. I don''t think I''ll ever use this holiday weekend to its fullest, but if I have this much time off, I''ll be able to get it done before school starts properly. But if it doesn''t work, I can just use my magic to get home. I''m more worried about Night now. When I met with Lexia-san and the others before, Night wasn''t there, but now Night is my family. If it were possible, I would take him with me. There''s no answer to this question here, so I have to ask in person now. "Okay, we''re off!" The things I prepare are all in the item box, so I left with only wearing the [Bloody War Demon Series] armor on my body. Normally I would move deep into the forest in the exact opposite direction, but today it''s in the direction of the entrance to the Great Devil''s Nest. I had gone on a monster hunt with Luna, which I was pretending to be training¡­ but I guess the monsters would be a little less, right? No, I haven''t been near the entrance during the field trip, so I shouldn''t expect much. "But then again, I wonder how Luna is doing?" "¡­Woof." At my words, Night barked with an indescribable expression. After advancing for a while, I unexpectedly sense the presence of monsters. "Oops¡­ it seems the number of monsters hasn''t changed much after all." "Woof." I immediately activated the [Assimilation] skill and approached that presence with caution¡­ "¡­What''s that¡­?" There was one unfamiliar monster there. No, there are multiple monsters themselves, and¡­ they are all bloody ogre. And the unfamiliar monster was an even larger body among the bloody ogre, an individual with a darker, reddish-black and more ominous overall appearance. When I activated [Appraisal] on that individual while holding my breath¡­ [Bloody Ogre Lord] Level: 500 Magic: 4000 Attack: 25000 Defense: 10000 Agility: 10000 Intelligence: 3000 Luck: 1000 Huh? I didn''t expect it to be in the orc king class! When it comes to attacking power and agility, it''s even more agile than the orc king! ¡­Apparently, this bloody ogre lord or something like that is definitely a higher-ranking species of the bloody ogre. What should we do¡­ even though I''m planning to meet with Lexia-san and the others today, if we don''t defeat this monster here¡­ "¡­Okay, Night. Let''s take them down here. And if this monster moves towards Lexia-san and the others, it will be dangerous. "Woof." S~ea??h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Fortunately, we didn''t specify a time, and thanks to the fact that we''re leaving the house early, I think we''ll be fine on time. "Alright¡­ I''ll give the signal and you, Night, will take care of the regular bloody ogre. "Woof!" "Then¡­ Go!" "Guruuoooooo!" "Gugaaa!?" With my signal, Night charged in with a growl. The sudden attack left the group of bloody ogres slow to react for a moment, and as it was, some of them fell prey to Night''s claws. But, the bloody ogre lord is different and is not carelessly wary of Night. ©¤©¤However, Night isn''t the only one you''re dealing with. "There it is!" I have been hiding my presence until now with my skill, and the moment the bloody ogre lord focused its attention onto Night, I threw the [Absolute Spear] with all my might. This attack couldn''t be prevented even by the orc king, so perhaps the bloody ogre lord too¡­? "Guooooooooo!" "What!" The bloody ogre lord caught the tip of the [Absolute Spear] I threw with both hands in between its hands! Moreover, it grabs the handle of the spear and throws it back at me! "Whoa¡­" As I hurriedly jumped back from my spot, [Absolute Spear] passed through the place where I was just a moment ago at a tremendous speed. Fortunately, [Absolute Spear] can only be handled properly by me, so unless there''s a guarantee that it will definitely hit me, I didn''t even have to worry about the bloody ogre lord returning it toward me. The [Absolute Spear] that the bloody ogre lord threw at me is properly back in my hand. However, I didn''t expect that the sage-san''s weapon would be thrown back to me¡­ I was seriously surprised by the unexpected attack. If it weren''t for the restriction that only I could handle it, it would have been quite troublesome. I quickly stored the [Absolute Spear] in the item box and took out another weapon. That is¡­ "Then¡­ what about this one?" "G-guoooooo!?" I swung a giant hammer, more than my own height, at the bloody ogre lord without hesitation. The bloody ogre lord thrust out its arms to catch the attack, but the arms were easily destroyed and exploded without being blasted away. [World Strike]. It''s one of the weapons in the sage-san''s house, and it is a giant hammer that is as tall as my height¡­ that is, over 180 cm. All of the sage-san''s weapons are the same, they don''t have any special decorations on them, and if you just look at it, it is completely nothing more than a giant wooden hammer. But the effect is tremendous. I myself feel this hammer weighs about the same as an adult male, but whoever I''m hitting with it will be hit with the same mass as this planet, which is the world. It is unlikely that there are any beings that can withstand being hit by a world. Or rather, what kind of weapon are you making, sage-san¡­? However, there are disadvantages to this weapon as well. As I said earlier, it''s the point that I feel the same weight as an adult male¡­ with my current status, it still not enough, it still feels very heavy. That''s why it''s not dependent on status when it comes to the weight of this hammer, and I really feel it the same weight as an adult male in my hands. Besides, since this hammer has to hit an opponent in order to be effective, it is not suitable for ranged attacks, and no matter how much I swing it around, it cannot cause massive results in terms of damage to the entire environment. Even so, it can still hit a single opponent with the same mass as the world, so if I hit it first, it will be the end¡­ ¡­Well, if it''s against an opponent with high agility, it''s probably hard to hit them considering its weight. This is a weapon that has a rather sharp ability in this Great Devil''s Nest, which allows for a lethal gap and a one-hit kill instead of a large swing. Level-up Suddenly, a message appeared announcing the level up. "Whoa, it''s a good start." "©¤©¤Woof!" "Hmm? Ooh, Night, you''ve finished too!" "Woof, woof!" Night had destroyed the group of bloody ogres by himself before I knew it, and there were drop items scattered around. After collecting the bloody ogre drop items first, I now collect the bloody ogre lord''s drop items. And there were fangs, magic stones, and armor that were similar to the ones I got from the bloody ogre, so I decided to appraise them one by one. [Bloody Warlord Demon''s Great Fang] :: The fangs of the bloody ogre lord. The superior species of the bloody ogre, a strong fang worthy of a lord. When it comes to a lord, it doesn''t use this fang to attack much, but its power is even more vicious than those of the bloody ogre. [Magic Stone: Rank S] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. [Bloody Warlord Demon''s Demon Helmet] :: A drop item from the bloody ogre lord. It is a helmet that resembles the face of the bloody ogre lord and gives the selected target an intimidation effect with a probability. This probability will increase the higher the difference in ability between the opponent and the target. Oh, aside from the magic stone, aren''t the fangs and the helmet both pretty good items? But unfortunately, I don''t have the means to make effective use of the fangs right now. And this [Bloody Warlord Demon''s Demon Helmet] is a full-face type helmet that fits with the [Bloody War Demon Series] I''m wearing right now. How should I say it, it has two horns sticking out like an ogre, and depending on how you look at it, it may look like a sentai''s* full face mask. No, maybe a villain in terms of color and shape? Anyway, I don''t know what this intimidating effect is, but it wouldn''t hurt to wear it. [T/n: Click here for the information about sentai, the example for it is such as Super Sentai, Power Ranger, or Kamen Rider.] I just put it on and show it to Night. "How''s it? Does it look good on me?" "Woof!" Yep, it looks good on me. But, well, I guess it doesn''t look really good on me because it hides my whole face. "Okay, let''s go to the forest entrance again, shall we?" "Woof!" Although there was a bit of a battle after this, no bloody ogre lord class enemies came out, and we were able to reach the entrance safely. Chapter 49 - Book 2: Epilogue Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Editor: ultrabrandon12 T/n: I''m sorry, I''ve mistaken it, so changed Miwa''s name to Miu now. Epilogue Part 2 "Okay, we''ve arrived now, but¡­" I walked around the area outside of the forest, but I couldn''t see any appearances of Lexia and the others. "Hmm¡­ Night, did we come a little too early?" "¡­Woof." "Hmm? Night?" I called out to Night, but for some reason, Night just gave a small nod with a murderous sign. Could it be that he''s wary because I''m not paying attention? I have to be more careful. Just as I decided to do so, I saw something approaching from far away from the forest. "Hmm? That is¡­" If I look closely, I see a gorgeous carriage surrounded by many soldiers. "Ooh, I''ve never seen a carriage before! But there''s no proper path around here, is it okay?" I''ve heard that you can ride in a carriage in some places on Earth, but at least I''ve never ridden in one or seen one, so I''m genuinely surprised to see a carriage. However, there is a lot of grass around here, not asphalt, cobblestone, or even gravel roads like on Earth, or anything that is suitable for carriage wheels. It would normally break down if the carriage drove up here, right? As I was worried about that, the carriage stopped when it got some distance away, and someone got down from inside and then approached us, followed by the soldiers. When I got to a position where I could properly see their faces, I realized that the soldiers were Lexia-san''s guards I had met before, and when I looked more closely, I could see Owen-san and Lexia-san as well. And when they were about to reach me, I noticed something. ¡­Huh? I was standing here waiting¡­ but shouldn''t I be the one to head towards them? Ugh, I did something terrible¡­ I can''t help but hold my head up, but Lexia-san and the others are already right in front of me. ¡­I guess this is what they call being inconsiderate. And the other party is royalty; it''s not going to be disrespectful or anything¡­ right? As I waited, freaked out and scared, Owen-san noticed me and raised his hand, and then stiffened when he realized something. Hmm? What''s going on? As I was wondering, Owen-san spoke up while twitching his cheeks. "A-are you¡­ Yu-Yuuya-dono¡­?" "Eh? Oh, I''m sorry! That''s right; it''s me!" When Owen-san heard my voice, he showed a sigh of relief, and Lexia-san, who was behind him, for some reason had a twinkle in her eyes. "Yuuya-sama, your helmet is fantastic! It looks great on you!" "R-really? Thank you very much." "Aah¡­ right. So, Yuuya-dono. What''s that helmet? I don''t think you were wearing it when we met before¡­" "This one? On the way here, I ran into a monster called bloody ogre lord, and I got it when I defeated it. It''s the same design as my armor, so I thought it would be just right." As I said that, the soldiers who were listening to our conversation began to buzz. "O-oy, bloody ogre lord, he said¡­?" "I think that was the name of the monster that destroyed a small country a long time ago¡­" "If it shows up, isn''t that something the country needs to defeat with all of its resources?" "Yeah, but didn''t he just say he had defeated it as if he''d gone for a walk?" "he''s in a different dimension¡­" "Uhm¡­?" Did I say something strange¡­? Ah, maybe what they are talking about is that this mask actually does suit me? Then I wish you''d say it clearly¡­ "Hmm! Ah¡­ Yuuya-dono. In any case, we''re going to the royal castle now¡­ is that all right?" "Oh, yes. It''s fine." "I see¡­ Then, once again." S§×ar?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When Owen-san said that, the soldiers, along with Owen-san himself, took the form of a salute in unison. As I was overwhelmed by the scene, Lexia-san, who was in the center, bowed in a ladylike manner. "Thank you for accepting our invitation. We will now escort Yuuya-sama to the royal castle." "Y-yes¡­" Um¡­ I suddenly felt uneasy, but what should I do? Despite my nervousness, Owen-san and Lexia-san try to lead me to the carriage parked nearby. "Then, over here." "Yes¡­ ah, I''m sorry! Please wait a minute!" "Yes?" I was so swallowed up in the atmosphere of Lexia-san and the others that I forgot to tell them about Night! "Um, actually, there''s another child I''d like to take with me©¤©¤." "Grrrrrr¡­ awooo!" "Kyaaa!" "Lexia-sama!" "Night!" Just as I was about to introduce Night, Night, who had been out of sight until now, jumped on Lexia! As I rushed over to Lexia-san, I saw something pass by the place where Lexia-san had been standing a moment ago. When I turned my gaze to the end of that passing thing, I saw the tree behind where Lexia-san had been standing a moment ago was cut down. If Night hadn''t pushed Lexia-san down, she would be cut down like a tree in front of me right now. "W-what''s with this dog?" "Lexia-sama, are you okay?" "Y-yes. I''m fine, but¡­" Despite the stunned Lexia-san and the others, I raised my alertness at once and looked around with Night. "Night¡­ was it because you were noticing this that you were erasing your presence?" "Woof." "I''ve got a lot of questions, but right now we''re going to have to do something about it. In the meantime, let''s take care of the guy who attacked¡­!" "Woof!" The moment I said that, I noticed the invisible something that attacked Lexia-san earlier, and I immediately took out the [Omni-Sword] and cut it off. Then, I feel a touch that seems to cut off something. This feeling is¡­a "Thread"? Luna''s face passes through my mind, but I quickly shake my head to erase that thought. No¡­ that can''t be her¡­ "Yuuya-dono! What''s going on here?" "I don''t know what''s going on, but it seems that someone is after Lexia-san! And the one who pushed down Lexia-san just now is the little guy I wanted to introduce to you; his name is Night..!" "What? So the dog''s on our side then?" "Yeah! I''ll explain the details later, so for now; please protect Lexia-san!" "¡­I understand!" For starters, this would reduce my need to devote a little bit of my attention to Lexia-san. And then¡­ "¡­Night. Do you have any idea where the person making this attack is?" "¡­Woof." Night replied shortly and ran towards the entrance of the forest. I quickly followed him, and at the same time, I activated the skill [Assimilation], although I was not sure if it would work. And right after we entered the entrance of the Great Devil''s Nest, that person was there. "Wha¡­.where did they disappear¡­?" A figure in a dark green robe looks around busily, apparently having lost sight of us. He has a mask on his face as well, so we can''t see his expression. "Huh!" "Wha-? Gaaah!" As I approached the figure from behind, I saved my strength to some extent and blew the figure wide open. The black-masked figure was blown away and hit a tree, knocking him unconscious. When I approached the person timidly, the mask on his face had fallen to the ground. And then©¤©¤. "¡­Why is Luna¡­" The one who was fainting there silently was Luna, who had trained in this Great Devil''s Nest with me. As I looked at Luna, who was fainting in front of me in a daze, I felt the presence of a person approaching from outside the Great Devil''s Nest. "Yuuya-sama!" "Lexia-sama!" When I turned my gaze towards the presence, Lexia-san ran up towards us. Behind her, I could see Owen-san and the others hurriedly chasing after her, so she must have come here on her own. When Lexia-san came to us, she turned her attention to Luna, who was unconscious in front of her, and her eyes widened. "Eh? She''s¡­" "¡­She''s the one who targeted Lexia-san." I wondered what I should do, but I still decided to be honest with her. I realized that lying here and defending Luna wouldn''t help. However, Lexia-san, who noticed that I was acting strangely, looks at me with concern. "Yuuya-sama? Could it be that¡­ this girl is an acquaintance of Yuuya-sama?" "¡­¡­¡­Yes." How could Luna¡­ even if I thought about this or that, I wouldn''t get an answer from a fainting Luna. However, if I think about it calmly, there were many things that were strange. The fact that a normal-looking girl who didn''t have a single weapon and was dressed normally was alone in the Great Devil''s Nest where even Owen-san, the country''s knight and soldier, was in danger, and above all, it''s about Night''s actions before finding Luna. Probably because Night subconsciously sensed something about Luna, so when he found Luna, he didn''t try to move willingly. When I realized this, I looked at Night and saw that he had an apologetic look on his face. Perhaps he thinks he should have kept me harder when I tried to help Luna. Because then I wouldn''t have to meet Luna and I wouldn''t have to feel like this. I made a wry smile at Night for caring for me so much and stroked him gently. And then I approached Luna and picked her up as it was. "¡­Lexia-san, I''m sorry. Can you wait for a moment?" "Eh?" "I just want to take care of this girl at my house." "That''s¡­" "Will you allow me to have one last conversation with her? I just can''t see this girl as a bad person by any means¡­" I know it''s a ridiculous request that wouldn''t normally be granted. I''m asking her to leave the person who tried to kill her, even if only for a short while. Moreover, Lexia-san is royalty. Even if I said I wanted Luna, who attacked Lexia-san like that, not only to talk to her but also to treat her, it would normally be©¤©¤. "It''s fine." "Are you sure?" I was very surprised to hear her say that so quickly. Are you really sure to decide so easily? In spite of my confusion, Lexia-san laughed like a naughty child and shouted to Owen-san, who was following her from behind. "Owen! I''m going to Yuuya-sama''s house again for a little while!" "Huh?" "Huh¡­ Huuuhhhh?" "Lexia-sama, what are you doing?" The soldiers were shouting in astonishment just like me. And Owen-san''s face had turned pale. I was also stunned, Lexia-san patted me on the shoulder and said: "Come on, let''s go quickly! Otherwise, Owen will catch us." "Eh, yeah!" I still can''t understand the situation, leaving me confused, Lexia-san is going deeper and deeper into the Great Devil''s Nest. Seeing that, I realized that she was seriously following me home, so I hurriedly chased after Lexia-san. Then Lexia-san says to me as I chase after her. "I''m also curious about what kind of relationship Yuuya-sama and that girl have, so¡­ if I don''t know why, it''s okay if I just go with you, right? And I am also wondering why that girl attacked me, too!" "A-are you sure? It''s just my subjective opinion that this girl isn''t a bad person, but¡­" Yes, in my subjective opinion, I just couldn''t see Luna as a bad person. If she was really a bad person, it could be that Night would have defeated her without question, but¡­ "I don''t care if it''s subjective or not. I''ll listen to you because I want to hear what you have to say! Just let''s get away from Owen for now!" Owen-san is approaching from behind us at an incredible speed, with Lexia-san running very happily as she says that. "Lexia-sama! Wait¡­ are you really going to go? Explain! Please explain it to meeeeee!" As I heard Owen-san''s voice shouting behind me, I did a dogeza to him in my mind. I''m really sorry. But there are some circumstances over here too¡­! I frantically apologized in my mind and grabbed Lexia-san''s hand. "Eh? Yuuya-sama?" "We'' re in a hurry, so I''ll use my magic." "Magic¡­?" I immediately activated my teleport magic and went straight back home with Lexia-san, Luna, and Night. £ª£ª£ª "This is¡­ teleport magic!?" When I returned home with magic, Lexia-san, who hadn''t been able to comprehend the situation at first, rolled her eyes in surprise. While looking at Lexia-san at the side, I move to put Luna to bed in the house in this other world. And when I put Luna safely to bed, Lexia-san came over. "¡­Yuuya-sama. Can you explain it to me?" "¡­.Yes. This girl¡­ Luna is a girl I met by chance when I was living my life as usual in this Great Devil''s Nest." "By chance?" "¡­No, considering what happened this time, maybe it wasn''t a coincidence. Anyway, the fact is, I saved her from being attacked by a group of goblin elites at the entrance of the Great Devil''s Nest. And then we started practicing together for a while." At first, I thought she was a mysterious girl, but considering the circumstances, I guess she knew that Lexia-san was coming to this place today, and she was coming to the Great Devil''s Nest as a prelude to aiming for that. I then told Lexia-san about the training I''ve spent with Luna up until today, and properly explained my relationship with her. And then¡­ "It''s not fair¡­ it''s not fair!" "Huh?" "Because she was with Yuuya-sama the whole time when she was training, right? I wish I could be with you, too!" "E-eeh?" I don''t know how to respond to this unexpected reaction. However, despite my confusion, Lexia-san suddenly asks me with a serious expression. "So, what are you going to do with this girl, Yuuya-sama?" "As I explained to you before we came here, I''m going to treat her, and when she wakes up, I''m going to ask her about this case." "But you were supposed to come to the royal castle today, right?" "That''s¡­ I''m sorry. But I''ll make sure to send Lexia-san to Owen-san properly." I had made a promise to Lexia-san, but now I couldn''t leave Luna sleeping in front of me. Did I disappoint her? As I was thinking about this, Lexia-san stood up vigorously. "I''ve decided! I''ll be here to nurse her too!" "¡­¡­¡­.Eeh?" For a moment, I didn''t understand what was being said, and when I raised a dumb voice, Lexia-san said with a glint in her eye. "If Yuuya-sama doesn''t come to the royal castle in order to take care of this girl, then it''s okay for me to stay here, right?" "But isn''t Lexia-san a princess¡­!?" "All the more so, don''t you think? I can''t just leave the assassin who targeted that princess without being so easily placed under surveillance. So, I''ll take care of her as well as keep an eye on her!" I can only be stunned by Lexia-san''s declaration. "This is a bit like we are living together, isn''t it?" And Lexia-san gave a final, teasing smile. £ª£ª£ª At the time when Yuuya was involved in a strange incident involving Luna in the other world, there was also talk of Yuuya in the entertainment industry on Earth. "Hmm¡­ he started keeping a black dog, huh¡­" The female director of the agency to which Miu belonged muttered as she sat quietly in her chair. "¡­Well, this is becoming more and more of a hot topic. According to Miu, it is an adorable puppy¡­ and either way, there''s still a gap between his appearance. We can target a wide fan base." The director''s eyes sharpened, like a predator that had found its prey. "I won''t let you get away, you know? Yuuya Tenjou¡­" ©¤©¤Thus, on Earth as well, Yuuya is unknowingly caught up in a troublesome situation without realizing it. Chapter 50 - Book 2: Afterword Here''s the afterword, thanks for the support in this second volume as well, see ya in the volume 3, which is probably at the next week, enjoy~ Afterword It''s been a while since I''ve been here, it''s me, Miku. Thank you for picking up this work again. In this second volume, Yuuya''s preparations for his new environment are progressing as he steps out of the forest in the other world. And I myself will be moving to Tokyo this april to start a new life. I spent four years in Osaka for my university studies, but because I rarely left my home for anything other than classes and hanging out with friends, I didn''t really experience Osaka that much. So when a local friend of mine visited my university''s campus festival, I was invited to tour Osaka with him, and that was the first time I saw the Glico sign, even though I had been there for about four years. [T/n: Click here for the info about Glico sign.] I''m coming to Tokyo to pursue my dream once again¡­ but I can already see a future where I won''t be leaving home much. However, I am coming to Tokyo for the sake of it. In the same way that Yuuya in this story is invited to the royal capital and jumps back into a new environment, I hope that I myself will be able to create new relationships in Tokyo life. By the way, the editor in charge of this project has been working with me to make this work even better in our meetings. And then there''s Rein Kuwashima-sama, who made this work even more appealing with yet another cute and cool illustration. I''d also like to thank the readers of Kakuyomu, as well as all the readers who picked up this work from among the many books available and read it from the bottom of their hearts. Thank you so much. I look forward to seeing you all again. S§×arch* The n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Chapter 51 - Book 3: Prologue Let''s go with the volume 3, here''s the prologue, enjoy~ Prologue With a new family called Night, my life on Earth began to be more fulfilling, but in the other world, I was supposed to head to the royal castle to fulfill my promise to Lexia-san and the others, but we were interrupted by a mysterious attacker. And that mysterious attacker was the one who trained in this Great Devil''s Nest together with me, albeit for a short amount of time©¤Luna. Why Luna attacked Lexia-san, I don''t know the reason behind it. But now that she attacked Lexia-san, the princess, she would be treated as a felon. Even though it was to save Lexia-san, I attacked and defeated Luna, and I told Lexia-san that I wanted to at least take care of her at home until her wounds were healed without handing her over immediately¡­ and to my surprise, she followed me straight to my house. Once I shook off the fact that Owen-san was chasing after us, I had no choice but to allow Lexia-san to take care of Luna at home as well. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤And so, Yuuya-sama. I''ve vaguely understood the relationship between Yuuya-sama and this girl. Then what is the magic that moved us to this house in an instant just now?" "Eh?" When I was sitting near the bed where Luna was sleeping for a little while to see how she was doing, Lexia-san, who had a somewhat serious expression on her face, asked me that. "What can I say¡­ it''s a new magic I created for transportation." "You created it?" "Y-yes." Huh? Did I say something strange? "Yu-Yuuya-sama? Do you have any idea how amazing that was? Speaking of teleportation magic, it''s the kind of magic that can only be described in legends!" "I-is that so?" "Yes! Therefore, your magic is a historic achievement. Everything will be fundamentally overturned!" Despite her serious expression, Lexia-san is closing in on me as if she can''t control her excitement. "With Yuuya-sama''s magic, you can limit the damage of bandits and monsters when moving through the city and¡­ More than anything else, you''re able to rush to the actual scene in case of an emergency, it''s a magic that only existed in fairy tales¡­ Until Yuuya-sama used it before." "T-to go that far¡­" For me, I created it because I needed it at the time for field study, and other than that, I just thought it was useful magic that made it easier to explore the Great Devil''s Nest. However¡­ "But¡­ you can''t show this to the public." "W-why?" "I told you before, right? Everything is going to be turned upside down. And that includes¡­ war." "Ugh!" If I think about it carefully, Lexia-san is right. Even on Earth, if there is a power like mine, it can be abused in any number of ways. And that''s also the case in this world. Rather, why didn''t I think of that possibility¡­ I''m afraid of my own optimism. As I realize the dangers of teleport magic after all this time, my face turns blue, but Lexia-san''s eyes shine in spite of such a look on my face. "Well, all I have to do is to keep my mouth shut, and it must be more convenient than anything else! As I expected of Yuuya-sama!" "Eh, that was light? Are you sure you want to be that light?" "It''s fine. Ah, but, Yuuya-sama. You should not tell people about that magic unless you''re sure about it, okay?" "O-of course!" "Okay, then. Well, I don''t think anyone would be able to use it even if you taught them." "Eh? Why?" When I asked that straightforwardly, on the contrary, Lexia-san gave me a strange look. "Why, you ask? It''s because teleportation magic is a legendary level of magic, a magic that''s packed with all kinds of complicated and esoteric magic theories. At least, not even the best magician today would be able to do that." "¡­.." As expected of sage-san. I really did create and use magic unconsciously, but the sage-san''s magic circuit is so different. In fact, if it weren''t for sage-san''s magic circuit, I wouldn''t have been able to use a single magic like I imagined. Well, besides magic theory, my transfer magic includes ideas unique to Earth, such as taking pictures and recording the location, so even if I had to teach it to people, people in this other world might not understand it in that way. "So? How long will you continue to pretend to be asleep?" "Geh." Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Eh?" As we were having this conversation, Lexia-san suddenly called out to Luna, who was sleeping in the bed. When I looked at the bed in surprise, Luna slowly got up with an awkward expression on her face. "¡­How long have you been aware of me?" "From the beginning. You were already awake when we arrived at this house, weren''t you?" "Eh? Eeh!?" Was she awake? From the moment we arrived at this house? When I was unable to hide my surprise at the unexpected fact, Luna''s cheeks twitched. "Y-you knew that much, but why didn''t you point it out?" "Of course, it''s because I wanted to have a private conversation with Yuuya-sama. But since Yuuya-sama is so kind, I pretended not to notice and kept an eye on you in this room." "Ugh¡­" Eh, she didn''t point out that Luna was awake for that reason? You were attacked, you know! And I¡­ I didn''t even notice it¡­ "Woof." "Fufu. With Night around, I guess I couldn''t have been alone with Yuuya-sama anyway." "Woof!" I was appalled, but when Night barked cutely at me, Lexia-san stroked Night gently. "But is it time for you to explain why you attacked me?" "¡­Do you think I''m going to be honest with you about that?" "Ara, why do you think you have the option not to talk to me about it?" "¡­.." W-what is this atmosphere? Is this a psychological warfare being played out like a movie or a story? I-I don''t understand¡­ As I was surprised by the exchange between Lexia-san and Luna, eventually Luna let out a small sigh. "¡­Hmph. Even if I tell you, the fact that I attacked you won''t change anyway. Just kill me." "Right. It doesn''t change the fact that you attacked me. But I want to know about you." "What would be the point of you knowing it?" "I don''t know? But you couldn''t kill me. You had already lost at that point. And since you lost, you will obey me, the winner!" Luna''s eyes widened as she looked overwhelmed by Lexia-san, who told her that with a chest full of royal dignity. And then¡­ "¡­I''m jealous of you." "Eh?" Smiling yet somewhat sadly, Luna dropped her gaze. "What, it''s not much of a story. It''s a boring story that can be found lying around everywhere¡­ Do you still want to hear it?" "Yeah." "I¡­ I want to get to know Luna too." It wasn''t just Lexia-san. I myself didn''t know anything about Luna, even though we had trained together for a short time. That''s why I wanted to know about Luna. "¡­Haah, the two of you beat me to it. As I said, it''s not much of a story. I was an orphan, struggling to get through the day. Scavenging trash, drinking muddy water, and stealing¡­ Fortunately, I managed to live with that, so I didn''t have to sell myself. Well, no one would have bought the dirty me at that time anyway." "¡­.." "In addition to living that life, I also developed my own powers to protect myself. Then one day, I was picked up by someone. That person was the master of the assassination business who apparently sensed something in my thieving movements and the power I had acquired in my own way, and then he trained me. From then on, I worked with him as my master. He taught me a variety of knowledge and skills¡­ And many of those skills were mainly assassination-related. Well, that was the way the master worked." "¡­The dark guild, huh?" "Dark guild?" I tilted my head at the unfamiliar words, and then Luna informed me about it. "The dark guild is¡­ well, to put it bluntly, it''s a group of criminals. Theft, fraud, drugs, murder¡­ It''s a place where you''re not tied to a specific job, and you take every possible criminal activity as a request." "¡­Basically, they''re a group of bad people, but just like everything can''t be done on a clean slate, there''s not a few relationships between the dark guild and aristocratic society. Well, I suppose that''s the connection that resulted in me being attacked anyway." said Lexia-san. The aristocratic society is scary! You can''t spend your time in peace! No, I thought it was a murky world even when I studied history and such, but it''s even more so when I hear such stories from a real princess. "¡­As the princess said, I belonged to the dark guild just like my master, but one day¡­ my master broke the rules of the dark guild, and I was chosen to deal with it. I killed the man who raised me¡­ in spite of all the conflicts I had to face, my master passed away with a relieved look on his face the moment he was killed by me. That''s because he believed that I would be able to live in this dark world. From there, I decided to take over my master''s work and live in the dark world. And as I worked in the dark guild in my own way, I ended up being called the [Head Hunter] or something like that before long." "Kuh, the [Head Hunter], you said? I heard about you, aren''t you a brilliant assassin? Were you really that person?" I don''t quite understand what they''re talking about, but it seems that Luna was an amazing person in her field. "¡­Hey, Night. Did you know that?" "Woof?" "It sounds like you knew something¡­" Maybe he didn''t actually know that Luna was a terrific assassin. Still, Night was more alert to Luna from the beginning than anything. He must have sensed something, after all. As expected of my Night. He''s cute. "Anyway, as the princess said. I was sent by a nobleman to kill her¡­ the result is this." Luna mocked herself as it concluded. But then she turned her gaze towards Lexia-san with a somewhat clear expression. "Now I have told you everything. Do what you want." "Do what I want, you said¡­" "Yuuya. You know what I''m talking about, right? The moment I attack the princess, and you prevent me from killing her, I have no choice but to die. In the dark guild, one mistake can lead to death. If you overlook me here, the dark guild will send assassins to silence me to keep my mouth shut." "No way!" ...I know in my head. That when Luna attacked the princess, Lexia-san, it was already irreversible. But¡­ still, I can''t dismiss it so easily. When Luna saw my face, she smiled bitterly. "Hey, hey, Yuuya. Are you worried about me like this? We only trained together in a short amount of time. That''s all there is to it. It''s nothing more or less than that. So there''s no need to be worried about it©¤©¤." "How could it not be?" "Huh?" Luna laughed as if she had given up on everything, and I was spontaneously burning in anger. "Why do you say such tragic things? I enjoyed my time training with Luna, and I already think of you as a friend!" I was too embarrassed to say it out loud, but Luna and I had naturally become very close friends since we had been training together. That''s because, in the course of our training, we entrusted our lives to each other and laughed at the little things we did with the monsters. Unlike Lexia-san and Owen-san, I felt that I had made friends as equals for the first time in the other world, like Ryo and the others on Earth¡­ "¡­Woof. Woof." "¡­Night?" Night jumped on the bed and gently licked Luna''s cheek as he quietly approached her. Night, even though he was wary, in his heart, he wanted to get along with Luna, too. "Hey, Luna. Do you really think that Night and I are just mere people who trained together with you?" "¡­.." Luna didn''t answer my question. "¡­Yuuya. Regardless of what you say, the future can''t be changed anymore. Therefore©¤©¤." "Hey, can you just stop putting me on the sideline?" "Huh?" Suddenly, Lexia-san said that while puffing out her cheeks. On the contrary to the dark atmosphere of Luna and I, I was unconsciously taken aback by the somewhat comical atmosphere of Lexia-san. "You, can you not flirt with Yuuya-sama without my permission? I will be the one to flirt with Yuuya-sama!" "Eh, is that what the whole conversation sounded like?" I think it was a pretty serious conversation! Luna and I had felt that way, but apparently, it was different for Lexia-san. "And that''s not fair! Even though Yuuya-sama had also called me his friend! And yet you still address me with an honorific!" "T-that''s¡­ sorry. As I thought, against royalty is¡­" "It''s okay! I''ll make sure you get rid of the honorific one day!" "What an amazing positivity." Lexia-san''s world is in full swing everywhere, and I''m caught up in her atmosphere. Then, with a self-mocking laugh, Luna asked Lexia-san. "Did you see my interaction with Yuuya like that? Unfortunately, even if it looks like that, I''m pretty sure I''m going to die since the moment I failed to attack you. You can rest easy and go after Yuuya." "You see, why do you have to assume you''re going to die?" "Huh?" Not only Luna, but I was also taken aback by Lexia-san''s words. "What do you mean by that¡­ I attacked you, a royalty. Isn''t that a definite death sentence?" "Yes. But no one except Yuuya-sama and I know that you attacked me. Owen didn''t see your true face." "¡­D-do you think you can overlook it? As I said before, the assassins will go over¡­" "No. Now that you''re here, you''re going to serve me." "¡­¡­¡­.Heh?" A dumb voice came out of my dumb face for I don''t know how many times today. "That''s why I''m hiring you as my escort." "D-do you know what you are talking about? I''m a murderer. That''s what I am, a criminal who''s killed a lot of people!" "God, you''re so detailed! I know you''re good at what you do, so why don''t you work for me? Then you can protect us from the assassins of the dark guild. And Owen, who is also my guard, is very strong as well!" "¡­.." Luna was just frozen, thinking about Lexia-san''s words. As expected of royalty. The way she thinks and the size of her capacity is different from a small citizen like me. I''m still cringing because I don''t know what''s going to happen, but Night seemed relieved, and now he began to sleep at my feet. Eh, is this okay? Does he feel like Luna is safe? "Princess. The dark guild is stronger than you think. Besides, I am too dirty to stand next to a light like you. With my hands, I have killed and defiled many people. Even if I killed someone for the sake of the country¡­" "What are you talking about? You have beautiful hands." "Huh!" Lexia-san took Luna''s hand without any hesitation. And after looking at that hand for a bit, her eyebrows furrowed. "¡­It''s really beautiful. What did you do to make it so smooth?" "T-that''s because of Yuuya''s bath¡­ Wait, no! That''s not what I''m trying to say©¤©¤." "Shut up, shut up, shut uuuuuup! Shut up and obey me!" Lexia-san said as she stood on the bed and pouted. "Besides, you might get Yuuya-sama¡­ anyway! You are my guard now! It''s been decided!" Perhaps because Lexia-san''s momentum was too great, Luna spontaneously nodded her head. £ª£ª£ª "Kuh! Lexia-sama, Lexia-samaaaa!" By the time Lexia had succeeded in convincing Luna, Owen was desperately trying to get to the depths of the Great Devil''s Nest in order to get to Lexia in a hurry. "It''s no good, Commander! The monsters are too strong¡­!" "Did we actually come back through this place?" "No, it wasn''t because of us. It was because of that young man!" "W-we can''t do it anyway!" However, the monsters in the Great Devil''s Nest were overwhelming, and they were driven to the vicinity of the entrance while desperately fighting against a group of goblin elites. "Ah, damn it! It''s because His Majesty spoiled her that she became such a stubborn tomboy! When we return to the royal capital, I will definitely tell His Majesty¡­!" When the hard-working Owen made that decision, he had no choice but to retreat from the Great Devil''s Nest temporarily. Chapter 52 - Book 1: Part 1 Bonus chapter brought to you by the Patrons, please thank them and enjoy the chapter~ Part 1 Luna was pushed by Lexia''s vigor to serve her. "A-are you really sure?" "Geez, you''re such a worrywart. I said it would be fine, right? And also, I''m going to call you Luna, too. You can call me Lexia. This is my decision too." "¡­What a tyrannical princess you are." I can''t say it directly, but¡­ Owen-san, thank you for your hard work all this time. As I was sincerely thanking Owen-san in my heart, Lexia-san snapped at Luna as if she had remembered something. "Ah, right! Earlier, when I mentioned Luna''s smooth skin, didn''t Yuuya-sama''s name come up for a moment? What on earth does that mean?" "Uee?" I wasn''t expecting to be talked about, so I was completely caught off guard, and I couldn''t help but let out a weird voice. Then, instead of me, Luna starts talking proudly. "Listen and be surprised. Yuuya has obtained and possesses a bath drop item from this Great Devil''s Nest''s monster! If you take a bath in it, you''ll be able to get rid of your fatigue, your magic power recovers, and as you can see, it even has some beauty effect!" "What is that? That''s not fair! Let me in too! Yuuya-sama, is that okay?" "A-alright!" "Yay! Luna, let''s go in together!" "W-what?" "It''s okay; it''s okay!" As I was about to take the bath set out of the item box as Lexia-san told me to, she asked me. "Oh, do you want to come in with us too, Yuuya-sama?" "H-huh?" "H-h-hey, Lexia! Yuuya is a man, you know! And y-you''re a princess. You need to have some self-control!" Luna. You said that, and yet you also came in while I was bathing, didn''t you? For some reason, Lexia-san just tilted her head curiously at Luna as she said that while shelving her own affairs. "It''s fine. We''re going to get married anyway." "Wait, wait, wait. Are you marrying Yuuya? Stop talking nonsense!" "It''s not a problem, you know! I''ve made up my mind!" "You are so insistent, you little princess¡­" Looking at Luna with her hand holding her head, I gave Owen-san one more round of applause. Really, thank you for all your hard work. And Lexia-san, I thought I had refused the marriage proposal once too¡­ "Well, uh¡­ I''ll refrain from it." I smiled bitterly and took out the bath set. "Ara, too bad. Well then, Luna, let''s get in quickly!" As she said that, Lexia-san pulled Luna''s hand and went straight to the dressing room. £ª£ª£ª "Wow! This is the bath that Yuuya-sama has? This can''t be compared to the one in the royal castle!" "I''m not sure if Yuuya''s bath is better than the one in the royal castle. It''s becoming more and more of a mystery¡­" Lexia and Luna entered the bath Yuuya had prepared for them, and then went straight to enjoying a relaxing bath. "¡­It feels so good. As I thought, Yuuya''s bath is the best after all¡­" "It feels really good¡­ and Luna''s right, I feel like my magic power is being revitalized¡­" Lexia was amazed at the effects of Yuuya''s bath, but she surrendered herself to the pleasantness of it. "©¤©¤So, does Luna like Yuuya-sama?" "Buh!" Luna gushed at the too abrupt words and turned to Lexia with a red face. "W-what are you talking about? As I said before, Yuuya and I are¡­ well¡­ friends!" "Are you sure about that? I didn''t really see it that way, you know? I felt a faint fondness during your exchange with Yuuya-sama. Well, I''m not sure if Yuuya-sama is aware of that." "¡­It''s probably just your imagination. Besides, it''s normal to like your friends." "Ara, is that so? Then it won''t matter if I marry Yuuya-sama!" "T-that''s no good! Huh?" Luna hurriedly held her mouth after she said that, but it was too late for any of that. "Hah¡­ if you''re just a friend, it wouldn''t matter if Yuuya-sama and I got married, right? And that refusal of yours¡­ you don''t need to tell me that, do you?" "Uh¡­" Luna twitched her mouth to say something for a while, but eventually let out a loud sigh, as if she had given up. "¡­Well, I honestly don''t know what to say. I''ve really spent time with Yuuya as a training partner¡­ but before I attacked you, I certainly valued my time with Yuuya. I knew deep down in my heart that that time was precious." "Is that so¡­?" Lexia gave a small nod to Luna''s words, then fell silent. And then¡­ "¡­Un, I''ve decided!" "Eh?" S§×arch* The N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Suddenly, Lexia stood up from the bathtub and pointed her finger at Luna. "I''m declaring war on you!" "De-declare war?" "Yes! You don''t realize it, but if you''re even a little bit attracted to Yuuya-sama, that means you''re in love with him! And I''m in love with Yuuya-sama too." "W-what do you mean by love¡­" "Luna can deny that she''s not in love, but I believe that Luna is in love with Yuuya-sama. And after this, let''s make our move, shall we?" "W-what do you mean by love¡­" "I mean! I''m going to do my best to not lose to Luna and to make Yuuya-sama look at me! I''m not going to give up, no matter what Luna says! Of course, if I can marry Yuuya-sama, then I''ll be the winner!" "Wha-!" "Now what do you want to do? Do you want me to take Yuuya-sama away from you?" Lexia stared straight at Luna. Her gaze pressured Luna, and she imagined Lexia and Yuuya getting married. And for some reason, that imagination made Luna want to cry, and she uttered her one emotion clearly. "¡­I don''t want to." "Hmm?" "I-I don''t want that! Yuuya is¡­ h-he''s mine!" Right now, Luna still didn''t know the name of the emotions that had arisen in her mind. Still, she knew clearly that she didn''t want to let Yuuya just be taken by someone else. "Does that mean you''re going to accept my declaration of war?" "Bring it on." Lexia smiles at Luna''s gaze, which is filled with a clear will, unlike before they took a bath. "Right. Well then, from now on you will be my guard and my rival!" "All right. Don''t cry when you lose later, okay?" ©¤©¤In this way, Luna and Lexia were able to move away from the relationship between the attacker and the target in a true sense. £ª£ª£ª Lexia-san and Luna got out of the bath, and I decided to discuss the future with them. "Um, Lexia-san. Now that Luna has woken up like this, how about we go back to Owen-san for the time being?" I was here with the momentum, and also with the two people, Luna, the attacker, and Lexia-san, the princess, but as expected, we did not explain it too thoroughly. From Owen-san and the others'' point of view, they would be worried, and more importantly, I want to discuss the matter of going to the royal capital. "Eeh? No! I''m staying here! Besides, Luna''s strength hasn''t fully recovered either, right?" "Muh? That''s not©¤©¤." "Shut up, Luna!" "Eeh¡­?" Luna was completely confused by Lexia-san''s unreasonable words. No, isn''t that indeed too unreasonable¡­? However, Lexia-san has a point. Even if [Complete Recovery Herb Juice] can heal wounds and illnesses, it can''t restore strength to the original state. I thought about it for a bit, but Lexia-san''s gaze defeated me as she stared at me. "¡­Sigh. I understand. But in return, it''s just for today, okay? Oh, and make sure you explain it to Owen-san later." "Of course! We did it, Luna!" "Y-yeah." "Woof." Night was also happy to be with Luna and barked adorably while wagging his tail. "Well then, I''ll prepare a meal for Luna so that she can regain her strength as soon as possible." As I said that, Lexia-san raised her hand with a glint in her eye when I was about to head to the kitchen in this other world home. "Yes! Yuuya-sama!" "Huh? Um, what''s wrong?" "Let me cook." "Eh?" Not only me, but even Luna makes a dumb voice at Lexia-san''s words. However, in spite of us, Lexia-san was full of enthusiasm. "If I show my cooking skills here, Yuuya-sama will be madly in love with me!" "I think you''re leaking your thoughts." Regardless of the reason, I''ve already given up because Lexia-san said she would make it and wouldn''t listen to me. As expected, I can''t complain to a royal persona¡­ Huh? ¡­Huh? Wouldn''t it be more impolite to have royalty cook¡­? I think about this and that, but I don''t know what''s common in this world, so I decided to let Lexia-san cook for us, just this once. Then I led her to the kitchen and prepared the seasonings, ingredients and cooking utensils. "You can use whatever things are in here." "Oh my! As expected, it''s not as big as the kitchen in the castle, but it''s so beautiful!" Even though it''s sage-san''s house, I don''t think it can be compared to a castle. After checking the ingredients and utensils, Lexia-san took the potatoes and put them on the cutting board as it was, and grabbed a knife, and then©¤©¤. "Eeii!" ©¤©¤She swung it down with great force. "Ara? I missed my target. It''s harder than I thought." "U-uhm, Lexia-san? Lexia-saan?" I called out Lexia-san''s name over and over again in a cold sweat, but Lexia-san didn''t notice my voice and just kept fighting with the potatoes. "Geez! Why can''t I hit it¡­ Allri! Ara?" "Hyii!" The knife that Lexia-san swung at had slipped completely out of her hand, passed over my cheeks, and went straight and stuck to the wall. Scaryyyyyy! "¡­Hey, Yuuya. Are you sure it''s safe to leave the cooking to Lexia? It can make us die, you know?" Luna, who had gotten up from the bed and was watching Lexia-san''s cooking scene just like me, told me that while twitching her cheeks. "I-I''ll take it baaacckk!" As one would expect, I hurriedly retrieved the knife stuck in the wall and went to persuade Lexia-san. "Le-Lexia-san! Lexia-san, do you have any experience in cooking¡­?" "Eh? This is my first time. Why?" "Okay, you''re out." I should have asked her first! It''s my fault! "Lexia-san, I''m very sorry but would you mind letting me cook for you today?" "Eh? Why?" "That¡­ I want to serve the food quickly for Luna to recover her strength, and since the ingredients for the food are all from this Great Devil''s Nest, I thought it would be quicker for me, who is used to it, to finish it¡­" "Ha, I''m starving. I can''t wait to eat." Luna nodded at my words as best she could and followed me reading my intention. "I-is that so? Well then, I guess it can''t be helped." Lexia-san couldn''t ignore Luna''s words, which were not as perfect as expected, and although she seemed reluctant to say it, she passed the torch to me. "But I''ll cook next time! You two should look forward to it!" "Y-yes, ahahaha¡­" "¡­Well we were saved for now, but it seems that the princess will kill us the next time. What a pity." Don''t say that! Look, if she learns from a chef in the castle or something, we''ll probably be fine! While exchanging the unavoidable promise with Lexia-san, I quickly started cooking. I''m very careful with the ingredients, such as using "Orc King" meat so that it will be easier to recover the strength. Lexia-san and Luna kept watching me cooking like that. "Yuuya-sama, you''re even good at cooking¡­" "I understand Yuuya less and less¡­ how is he able to do everything? Is he really the same species of human as us?" Ugh¡­ I''m not used to cooking with people looking at me like I did on the field trip. It makes me nervous¡­ is there something wrong with it? Anyway, I wanted the two of them to eat something delicious, so I made it while making full use of my [Cooking] skills. After I managed to finish making it, despite being even more nervous than usual, I put the food in front of the two of them and Night. "Now then, let''s eat." "Woof!" "It looks really good!" "Yeah¡­ I''m so hungry now." Thankfully, they both seemed to enjoy my food, and I was relieved to see that they were looking forward to my cooking. "Hmm~! This is really good! As expected from my Yuuya-sama!" "Ueee!?" As she said that, Lexia-san suddenly hugged my arm. Le-Lexia-san? "H-hey, Lexia! Get away from Yuuya!" In place of my sudden freezing, Luna pulled Lexia-san out of my arms. R-really, Lexia-san is so bold¡­ "W-well¡­ I''m glad if it suited your taste." At any rate, I thought I could make it well, but I''m glad to actually hear that. As I was smiling at Lexia-san''s words, Luna was looking at the food with a thoughtful face. "Hmm? Luna, what''s wrong?" I call out to her, but Luna doesn''t respond and mumbles a little something. "¡­I have to prevent Lexia from taking Yuuya¡­" "Hmm?" "Yu-Yuuya!" "Y-yes!" Luna suddenly called my name loudly, and I couldn''t help but respond by straightening my posture. Lexia-san is also surprised as she tries to bring the food to her mouth. "Yuuya¡­ um, can you feed me?" "Huh?" "Hey, Luna!" "I haven''t regained my strength yet. I''m too weak to do anything." "You''re lying! It''s not like eating has anything to do with physical strength or anything else!" "That''s not true. If I move too much, my wound might open up. Yeah, it can''t be helped. You can''t blame me for this; it''s a matter of course that Yuuya feeds me." No, Luna-san. I believe you were moving just fine before, right? You moved more than just eating. As I thought that while twitching my cheeks, Luna-san looked up at me. "¡­Is that no good?" "Ugh¡­" I don''t know if it''s a no-no, or¡­ well, if she really can''t even afford to eat, then it''s because it was I who did the damage to Luna¡­ "¡­Fine. Here, open your mouth." "U-un. Aaahh¡­" "Aargh!" Lexia-san was screaming next to Luna, but I didn''t have time to turn my attention to that because of the embarrassment. "¡­How''s it?" "¡­Hmm. It''s good; this is¡­ very delicious." Luna, who was enjoying the food, swallowed once and turned her gaze to Lexia-san. "Fufu¡­" "Mukii! Yuuya-sama! Me too, I want you to feed me like Luna!" "Eeh? B-but¡­ Lexia-san isn''t injured¡­" "It''s a princess'' order!" "Royalty is scary." Political power is impossible. No matter how hard I try, I can''t go against it. I''m just a minor citizen. I had no choice but to do the same to Lexia-san as well as Luna, and this time Luna prompted me again¡­ I didn''t have time to eat my own food. Why does it have to be like this? I managed to get them both to eat all the food, and I was finally ready to start on my own food. "It''s okay now, isn''t it? I''m going to eat now, just wait©¤©¤." "No, Yuuya-sama! Now we''ll be the ones to feed you, Yuuya-sama!" "Huh?" "That''s right, Yuuya. It''s our thanks for earlier." "¡­.." I couldn''t keep my mouth open at these two''s remarks. I mean, Luna-san. If you had the strength to feed me, why didn''t you just eat it yourself? Despite my astonishment, they each offered me the food in my bowl. "Yes, ahhh!" "Come on, eat up." "¡­Yes." I will only say one thing. I''m very tired of eating today. Chapter 53 - Book 1: Part 2 Here''s the chapter today, enjoy~ Part 2 After the meal, there was some struggle over what to do with the bed and so on, but as I was mentally exhausted, I managed to get through it, and I was able to go to bed safely. And the next day, I found out that Luna''s physical condition was okay now, after having rested for a day, so we once again decided to go to the place where we left Owen-san and the others. It would be quicker if we moved with teleport magic, but since Luna wanted to move her body as well as rehabilitate, we''re moving on foot. ¡­Honestly, I took Lexia-san and Luna, the attacker, without explaining anything to Owen-san. So it''s complicated for me to face him, but I can only apologize honestly. I''m the one who''s to blame. And there''s no guarantee that Owen-san and the others are still in that place. "Truly, Yuuya and Night are just ridiculous¡­ To think that you can proceed in battle with an advantage against the monsters of this Great Devil''s Nest¡­" "Woof?" Luna says that with a somewhat distant look in her eyes, but¡­ I still haven''t gone that far into the depths of this Great Devil''s Nest, and to be honest, given the fact that I know of the existence of sage-san, I think I still need to train. Well, the sage warned me not to go too far in possessing too much power, though. Although, I do want to be strong enough to protect Night and my friends at least. "Oh, that''s the entrance!" When the entrance of the forest finally came into view, Lexia-san pointed happily and told us that. Along the way, we encountered a group of goblin elites, but there were no monsters near the exit, and we were able to pass through the Great Devil''s Nest safely. Then¡­ "Ah! Commander, Commander! Look, look over there!" "Huh? Lexia-sama!" I heard a voice and turned my gaze toward it, and I saw Owen-san and the others, just as they were when I first met them. Apparently, they''d been waiting here all day long. When Owen-san saw us, he rushed over to us. Lexia-san just smiled, looking at Owen-san. "Ara, Owen. Good day." "Don''t just ''good day'' me like there''s nothing! Please refrain from acting arbitrarily! We are your guards!" As expected, Lexia-san felt bad about this situation, and she bowed her head obediently. "I''m sorry." "U-um! Owen-san. I''m sorry for bringing Lexia-san along with me¡­" When I think about it calmly, it''s like some kind of kidnapping, isn''t it? Is that okay? I wonder if I''m still going to be charged for a crime? When I looked at Owen-san''s face with anxiety, Owen-san was about to say something for a second, but he let out a big sigh. "Sigh¡­ there are a lot of things I want to say, but considering Lexia-sama''s position and Yuuya-dono''s position, it would have been difficult to go against what Lexia-sama said." "No! It wasn''t Lexia-san''s fault; it was just that I got swept away in the moment¡­" Owen-san and I were both apologizing to each other, but we cut off the conversation once we knew it wasn''t going to progress at this point. "Ahem! Ah¡­ so, Lexia-sama. I''ve been wondering since earlier, who''s that woman over there? And I also heard that the little wolf at your feet is Yuuya-dono''s companion, but¡­" "Oh, come to think of it, I didn''t introduce him properly. This little boy is my family, and his name is Night." "Woof!" After being introduced by me, Night dexterously raised his paw and responded. "¡­You seem to be a very clever wolf. Night-dono, thank you for saving Lexia-sama at that time." "Woof." Night barked as if to say, "Don''t mind it." "Well, you''re really clever, aren''t you¡­? And what about that woman over there?" "Yeah, she is©¤©¤." The moment I was about to speak about Luna, Lexia-san, for some reason, puffed out her chest and answered on my behalf. "She''s Luna, the assassin who attacked me! And now she''s my new bodyguard!" "Wha-?" "¡­Hey, Yuuya. Is this woman an idiot?" I can only return a drawn-out smile to Luna, who says that while holding her head. Nah, I didn''t expect her to be that honest¡­ Owen-san''s expression froze at Lexia-san''s words, but he immediately jumped back with Lexia-san in his arms and drew his sword when he got a distance away from Luna. Taking that as a cue, the other soldiers also draw their swords and point their blades at Luna. "Hey, Owen! Why do you keep pointing your sword at Luna? Put it down now!" "What do you mean, Lexia-sama? This woman is the assassin who attacked you, isn''t she?" "Yes, she was. Therefore, I''ve hired her as my bodyguard!" "It''s too unclear how we arrived at that ''Therefore''!" Lexia-san, you''re leaving out too many explanations. Owen-san is really having a hard time with this, isn''t he? I can''t say anything about it because I''m involved with one of them this time. Luna herself, whose sword was pointed at her, raised her hands in a bitter smile, showing her non-resistance. "Lexia. Do something about them." "Geez, it''s too much trouble. Can''t you just go ahead and do it yourself?" "What? Are you an idiot?" "What does that mean!" When Lexia-san''s mouth suggested an unexpected physical solution, Luna half-eyedly clicked her tongue at that. "Um, Owen-san! As for Luna, Lexia-san was right; she is now Lexia-san''s bodyguard, so she is no longer dangerous!" "Are you expecting me to just believe in your word? If that''s what the assassins are after, then Lexia-sama is in danger." "Ugh¡­" I really don''t have anything to say about this overly sane opinion. It''s pitiful, but as a proper bodyguard, Owen-san''s words are correct. As I was thinking desperately about what I should say to make him believe me, Luna let out a sigh. "Sigh¡­ I can''t blame you for not trusting me, but if I wanted to kill Lexia, I could have done it yesterday¡­ that''s exactly what I could have done while we were sleeping together." "¡­Lexia-sama?" "What? We were staying at Yuuya-sama''s home together, so it''s only natural that we slept together, right?" "¡­Yuuya-dono?" "I''m sorry." All I can do is apologize. Really, I''m sorry. Owen-san wanted to say a lot of things, but when he looked at me, Lexia-san''s face, and Luna, he let out another sigh and put his sword back down. "Sigh¡­ I still can''t completely trust you, but I''ll just stop pointing my sword at you." "C-commander? Are you sure?" "It can''t be helped. In fact, if you looked at her skill during the first attack, she could have killed Lexia-sama when she went to bed with her. It was either because of Yuuya-dono''s power that she didn''t do that, or, it is as Lexia-sama said. Maybe it''s because she''s now Lexia-sama''s guard¡­ whatever it is, we can''t judge it now." "Geez, you''re so specific with every single detail. Luna is now my guard, so you should just be obedient and delighted! She''s still a brilliant assassin!" "That was too much." Owen-san, who looked completely drained of his poisonous energy, looked at Lexia-sama with a dumbfounded face and then immediately looked at Luna with a serious expression. "Well then, assuming I believe Lexia-sama''s words that you have become her guard. Would you like to tell me about the person who asked you to assassinate Lexia-sama?" "Hmm, I don''t mind." Luna spoke honestly about the details of the request as if she was no longer completely wary of the dark guild. "However, most people who make a request to the dark guild hide their identity. But this time, it was definitely a request from a noble of the kingdom. Apparently, it was also to curry favor with the first prince." "What?" "No way¡­ why¡­" I''m completely an outsider, and I don''t know the situation in their country, so it''s hard to say, but Lexia-san, who was so innocent until now, made a shocked face. The first prince means¡­ eh, Lexia-san''s big brother or younger brother? No, but¡­ royalty is kind of complicated, so it''s not just like the common sibling¡­ "However, as for the first prince''s favors, it''s a matter of speculation. In the underground world, stories about the first prince often come up, but that story has not been completely confirmed." "Story about what?" "Hmm? That is, of course, about the first prince hating the first princess¡­ that is to say, he hates Lexia." "Uh¡­" S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Lexia-san''s expression grew tense as Luna informed her of the fact that her brother might hate her. Night approaches Lexia, seemingly worried, and slips closer to her leg. Noticing Night, Lexia-san holds him in her arms. "Ah¡­N-Night." "Woof¡­ Woof." "¡­Thank you." Although she wouldn''t be able to understand what Night was saying, Lexia-san smiled gently, knowing that Night was worried about her, nonetheless. "Well, let''s continue the story. Anyway, I received a request for Lexia''s assassination, and in the request, it also included the information about Yuuya." "Huh? M-me?" I thought it was completely unrelated to me, so I suddenly became nervous when I was brought up. "Yeah. However, the existence of Yuuya is not completely known; it''s just vague information that says someone in the Great Devil''s Nest." "Even so, why would anyone want to know my information¡­" For some reason, Luna replied to my words with a dumbfounded look. "You know what, Yuuya? Lexia was attacked once, before I attacked her. It seems that some professionals had been sent at that time, but then Lexia escaped to the Great Devil''s Nest. Well, their mistake back there was that they drove her deep into the Great Devil''s Nest, and as expected, those who were sent to do it never came back©¤yes, except for Lexia herself." "Ah¡­" "Did you notice? If monsters killed the attackers, then it would be strange if Lexia wasn''t attacked as well. Who else would have the skills to hide in the Great Devil''s Nest¡­ Yeah, there''s none other than Yuuya and Night. That isn''t normal when Lexia just returned normally like that." "Is that a roundabout way of saying I''m not normal?" "¡­If Lexia is the only survivor, and the skilled assassin is dead, the only conceivable possibility is that someone saved her." She ignored me. "They''re going to assassinate the princess. The assassins must have planned it carefully, so they must be thinking that the assassins separated Lexia and Owen and the other guards. That would force them to consider the existence of a third party. They could think of it as a monster attack¡­ but then, as I said in the beginning, it''s unlikely that only Lexia would be lucky enough to survive. After all, all those skilled assassins are dead." "U-umu¡­" Owen-san snorted at Luna''s explanation. I feel like I want to hold my head up myself. What Luna says about the assassins she''s talking about is probably from the first time I met Lexia-san. I didn''t understand it at the time, but there was definitely blood and flesh splattered around the goblin general. In other words, that was¡­ Thinking up to that point, I felt a sudden rush of blood. "¡­Woof?" "Yuuya-sama?" "Eeh? A-ah, I''m sorry. It''s okay." Night and Lexia noticed that I was acting strangely and called out to me in concern. I''m not going to say that life weighs differently because they''re humans or anything like that, but it''s still something that comes to my mind. ¡­It''s not something I can say after taking the lives of monsters so many times. That''s what I thought, and while the shock still hasn''t left me, I managed to recover. "I knew that someday people would discover Yuuya-dono''s existence, but it was sooner than I expected¡­ for that reason, I would like Yuuya-dono to meet His Majesty." "Ah, a-about that¡­" Owen-san''s words reminded me that I had another purpose other than to send Lexia-san and Luna here, and I cut his words off with trepidation. "Um¡­ I''m sorry. If we had left yesterday, it would have been fine¡­" "Y-you''re not gonna¡­" I feel even more guilty as I see Owen-san''s face turned pale as he looks at me. "I''m sorry! Can I have an audience with the king at another time? I have a schedule to keep¡­" "Eeehh? Yuuya-sama, you won''t come to the royal capital with me?" Lexia-san shouted in surprise, but once this golden week is over, the school will start as usual. "I''m really sorry! I don''t know when the next opportunity will come¡­ but I will definitely be coming over¡­!" I know it''s rude, but all I can do is apologize. In response to me, Owen-san gave me a look as if his soul had been drained. "I-is¡­ that so¡­ haha, hahaha¡­ if you have other plans, it can''t be helped, right¡­" "¡­Hey, Lexia. Is this guy really okay? He looks like he''s going to die." "It''s okay. It happens all the time." "What does that mean¡­?" Luna looks at Owen-san with an indescribable expression. No, I''m very sorry for piling up your anxiety¡­ After I desperately apologized, Owen-san corrected his posture as if to regain his composure. "Hmph! Then when do you think we will meet next?" "It''s¡­ it''s hard to say because my schedule is still very uncertain." I''m still trying to figure out what the school''s events are going to be, too. In my old high school, I could have predicted it to some extent, but in my current high school, that prediction can''t be relied upon¡­ "I see¡­ Then I would like you to come to the royal capital at a convenient time for Yuuya-dono." "Eh? Are you sure? Um¡­ what about the king''s convenience¡­?" I can''t hide my surprise at the statement that said I could go whenever I want. I mean, how can I meet with the head of a country without making an appointment? "It may be difficult to say you have to come as soon as possible, but the next time will certainly give you more time, right? There are no major conflicts these days, and diplomatic and domestic politics have settled down. ¡­Well, there''s also the first prince, but that''s a matter of speculation, as she says." "Y-yes¡­" Is it really okay? However, it is also true that it helps me. "Well¡­ I''m really sorry, but I''ll visit at my convenience for the next time." "Umu, that''s fine. If you go straight down the street right there, you''ll find the city. And if you follow the single road that continues beyond that, you''ll be able to reach the royal capital. Unfortunately, I can''t arrange for a carriage or anything like that, but¡­" "D-don''t mind it! I''m really sorry and thank you very much!" There was indeed a single paved road leading in the direction that Owen-san pointed to. If it''s a single road, then I won''t get lost. "Well, I guess we should be leaving now. There''s a lot more we have to investigate now." "Leave it to me to deal with those who are in the same profession as me and to be vigilant. I''ve been hired to do that." "¡­I''ll be expecting you for that." I was worried about how Luna would be treated, but I was relieved to see that they didn''t seem to be concerned with anything more than caution. "Uh~¡­ Yuuya-sama, are you sure you can''t come?" "Uh¡­ sorry. Next time, I''ll go to the royal capital myself." "Well, it would be a nuisance to Yuuya-sama if I kept him too long. Fine, I''ll give up this time! But you''ll definitely come to the royal capital, won''t you? Can you promise it?" "Yes, I promise." Lexia-san nodded with satisfaction at my words, and then went straight to the luxurious carriage that had been prepared for her. As Night and I watched that scene, Luna approached me with nervousness. "Um¡­ Yuuya. I''m sorry for all the trouble I''ve caused you." "That''s not really a bother¡­ I was confused and really worried about a lot of things, but I''m just relieved that Luna was able to be safe like this." "Yuuya¡­" "Woof, woof!" "Night, too¡­ I see. You were worried about me¡­" Luna muttered that softly as if holding her words. Then, as they got ready to return, Lexia-san called out to Luna from inside the carriage. "Luna! We''re going to move, so get in the carriage now!" "Yeah, I''m coming." It''s a short exchange, but that''s enough to make me feel like she''ll be able to get along with Lexia-san, and I couldn''t help but smile looking at them. I hope they will get to know each other better and better over time. Luna was about to chase the carriage that began to go slowly, but then she suddenly stopped and ran towards Night and me. And then Luna kissed me on the cheek©¤©¤. "Yuuya." "Eh? Eeehh!?" "Aaaaaahhhhhh!" I heard Lexia-san''s scream from the advancing carriage, but I could not understand it for what it was exactly for at this point. While I froze in surprise to that extent, Luna blushed and said. "T-this kiss is¡­ a way of expressing gratitude and¡­ uh¡­ a-a declaration of war!" "What?" "I don''t know! Figure it out for yourself!" As soon as Luna said that, she ran off towards the carriage with great speed. "Hey, Owen! Stop the carriage now! I''m going to kiss Yuuya-sama, too!" "Iyaa, the weather is so great." "Owennnnnnnnnn!" Apart from Lexia''s loud voice, Owen-san said that in a heartfelt, soothing voice. "Stop! Please stop it! I¡­ I want to kiss Yuuya-sama toooooo!" Lexia-san leaned out of the carriage and desperately reached out her hand. While watching the scene in a daze, I unintentionally touched my cheek as if to confirm the feeling I had just experienced. Chapter 54 - Book 2: Part 1 Bonus chapter thanks to the Patrons, and also, we have a poll for the next project, so feel free to take part Here. Enjoy the chapter~ Part1 Today, after I parted from Luna and the others, and the golden week has ended, I was still thinking about the meaning of Luna''s actions. "What the heck was that¡­ and that declaration of war¡­ I don''t know¡­ I have no idea¡­" I had no idea what a girl was thinking, and all I could do was hold my head in my hands. And no matter how long it went on, that scene kept popping up in my head, and to be honest, I was in constant agony, so I woke up early in the morning and took a little walk in the other world to clear my mind. Then©¤©¤. "Whoa¡­" "Woof." Both Night and I marveled at the scene in front of us. A part of the forest was opened up as if a hole had been made in it, and a lake that glistened in the morning sun was spread out. "Wow¡­ I didn''t know there was a place like this¡­" "Woof." Night and I unexpectedly forgot to be cautious and approached the lake. I looked into the water of the lake and saw that it was surprisingly clear and visible all the way to the bottom. As I recall, I''d heard that clear water is devoid of nutrients, but the water plants were vibrant, and we could see fish swimming gracefully in the lake. Since it''s a relatively large lake, I wondered if there were aquatic monsters or something like that, but I couldn''t see anything like that in both the range of visibility and my [Presence Detection] skill. "¡­Ah, yes! Night, do you want to take a bath here today? It''s not every day that we get to experience a bath with a view like this." "Woof!" Once I got Night''s approval, I brought out my bath set. I just wanted to take a bath to get rid of my sweat from the walk. The atmosphere seemed more Western than Japanese, so I decided to go with the jacuzzi this time. As soon as I got into the bath and enjoyed the scene in front of me, I couldn''t help but think how luxurious it was. "Hahhh¡­ what nice warm water¡­" "Woof~." "Fugo~." ¡­Hmm? I heard an unfamiliar voice, so I involuntarily looked up at what was next to me¡­ and there was a little piggy that I had never seen before enjoying the bath as much as we did. "You¡­ where did you come from?" "Buhi?" I lifted the strange little piggy that had been in the bath for some time, and we made eye contact, but the little piggy is adorable, and all he was doing was tilting his head. No, I''m the one who wants to tilt my head here¡­ Hmm¡­ if I can think of it, was he already near the bath set when I took out the bath set and hid his appearance? When I looked at the little piggy again, he was covered in short red fur, and his eyes were black and just stared at me without any hostility. The fur felt different and silky to the touch than Night''s. "I do not really understand, but do you want to take a bath with us just like this?" "Buhi!" When I said that, the little piggy settled down at my feet. ¡­What''s with this guy, he''s so cute. While petting the little pig together with the approaching Night, I activated the [Appraisal] skill on the little pig. [Mouju] Level: 490 Magic: 60,000 Attack: 5000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 3000 Intelligence: 10000 Luck: 10000 "Mouju?" [T/n: I''m not so sure if it''s right, but I found it as a name of a myth pig monster in China, the name is meng huai in Chinese. Please let me know if someone got a better idea of this, and this is the kanji: ÃÏ»±.] "Buhi?" I tilted my head at the name of a race I''d never heard of. No, we''re in a different world, and it''s only natural that there are monsters of a race I don''t know. But I get the feeling that it has a Chinese background in terms of atmosphere¡­ But still, the stats are pretty unbalanced as well. His attack power and defense are too low for his level, and instead, his magic power is outstandingly high. "You''re an odd one, aren''t you?" "Buhihi~." "No, that''s not a compliment, you know?" The little piglet dexterously made a head-scratching gesture with its paws. Well, it''s okay because it was cute. As I was pondering that, a message unexpectedly appeared in front of me. The skill [Appraisal] has met a certain level of proficiency; it has changed to [Identification]. [Mouju] has been successfully tamed. "What?" How could I have possibly tamed this guy? Uh, we''re just taking a bath together! Does that mean it''s because we''ve had a naked relationship? Not that it bothers me at all, this guy is cute, and I''m more than happy to welcome him, but¡­ "Hey, you''re supposed to be tamed by me, but is that okay?" "Fugo? ¡­Buhi!?" You didn''t even notice it! The little pig looked very surprised, but eventually, he nodded and turned to me. "Buhi. Buhibuhi." "I don''t know what you''re talking about¡­" I don''t understand the details of what this guy is talking about, but somehow this guy seems to have agreed to stay with us. Is that okay with him? He''s so wild. Or rather, it''s the same with Night, the [Language Comprehension] skill isn''t working. Somehow, it''s not something that has been properly verbalized, and in the first place, Night and the others aren''t communicating with their own kind with their cries as a language, they are communicating and signaling with their instincts, so I guess that''s why the [Language Comprehension] skill isn''t working. Instead, although I don''t understand the language clearly, I can understand that they are saying something like that to me. As we were exchanging these words, Night looked up at me. "Woof?" "Hmm? Yeah, this guy just became one of us. Get along with him, okay?" "Woof!" ¡­Hmm? Night and I have a certain amount of communication with each other rather than with the little piggy¡­ well, whatever. It''s not like Night can completely understand what I''m saying either. And since I''ve known Night longer than him, it''s only natural that I would understand. The little piggy will eventually get used to it and learn to understand. "For now, since we are now friends¡­ no, we''re family, I''ll have to give you a name." "Woof!" "Buhii!" Hmm¡­ what would be good¡­ In the first place, I''ve never heard of [Mouju] before¡­ I look at the little piggy again while thinking of a name. And just like with Night, I decided on a name based on the appearance. "¡­Yup. Your name is [Akatsuki]." From his red fur and black eyes, I vaguely imagined the sky before the dawn, so I decided to give him the name Akatsuki. I won''t accept any complaints since it''s already completely a matter of my senses. After being named, Akatsuki let out a cheerful voice. "Buhi! Buhibuhi!" "Oh, you''re happy, huh? That''s good." I was trying not to give him a weird name, but I''m glad he''s happy with it. Night and Akatsuki immediately discussed something with each other and began to enjoy the bath from a little distance from me. Now¡­ "¡­What exactly is [Identification]¡­" I neglected it once, but now that I''ve decided on Akatsuki''s name, it''s time to think about it in regards to this skill. Looking at the description of the message, my constant use of [Appraisal] has led to some proficiency? I''ve heard that the change is because it has reached a certain level¡­ but what''s the difference? And if there''s this change, it means that maybe other skills might change as well, right? "¡­Since it''s already come to this point, let''s just look into this [Identification] with the [Identification] itself." I immediately activated the skill, and it displayed like this: [Identification] :: This is a higher-level skill of [Appraisal]. You can examine the target in more detail than [Appraisal], and you can also look at the target''s skill structure. "I don''t really understand it, but it''s become very convenient, right?" I would have more impressions and surprises, but for me, this was the best I could think of. For now, being able to see the skill structure of the target means that I''ll be able to see the enemy''s skill structure, which I hadn''t been able to see before. That''s very gratifying. It''s because it allows us to avoid even more danger. But what about seeing the status and skills of a human or the like? I guess it''s like one''s personal information, and it''s not a good idea to use it implicitly¡­ I still don''t know exactly how to use the skill, so I''ll keep it to monsters for now. So, I decided to take a look at the skill structure of Night and Akatsuki. "Hey, Night, Akatsuki. Can I check out your skills?" It''s weird to ask for confirmation just here, even though I can look at their status on my own, but I asked anyway. "Woof!" "Buhi!" sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Once I got permission from these two, I decided to look at it from Night''s skill structure. [Night] [Bite Attack Technique: 10] [Claw Technique: 10] [Magic Control] [Chantless] [Presence Detection] [Dodge] [Weakness Detection] [Super Senses] [Divine Authority of the Night God Wolf ] "You''re so ridiculous!" "Woof?" Night only tilted his head adorably at my tsukkomi. No, no, no, what''s with all these blown-up skills! He has learned [Chantless] before I knew it, and his claws and biting attacks are at the maximum level of proficiency, and most importantly, what''s that [Divine Authority of the Night God Wolf]? Though, it doesn''t look like it can be used right now. "Night you''re going to be a big-shot one day. I''m sure of it." "Woof? Kyun." I pet his head and Night rubs his body against mine. He''s going to be a big-shot in the future, but right now he''s so spoiled and cute. Since he''s so cute, I don''t care for anything else! "Okay, how about Akatsuki?" "Buhi." Looking at Akatsuki''s skill structure¡­ [Akatsuki] [Magic Control] [Exorcism] [Curse Removal] [Sanctuary] "Looks like you''re just the same as Night, huh?" "Buhi?" I don''t know if these skills are all usable in battle or not, but [Sanctuary] is a strange one to think about. "Hey, Akatsuki. Can you try out this [Sanctuary] skill?" "Fugo." To be honest, I had no idea what kind of skill it was, but when I asked Akatsuki that, he activated the skill without any hesitation. And then¡­ "Ooh!" "Woof!" With Akatsuki in the center, some kind of warm light flooded out and spread throughout the forest. And the lake that received that light emitted a pale gleam, and the trees, plants and flowers changed to a more vibrant state. "Is this¡­ could this be¡­ a restorative skill?" "Buhi." Akatsuki nodded adorably as if to say that my thoughts were correct. But to be honest, this [Sanctuary] skill seems to have more effect. While it was beautiful, so was the fact that the otherwise normal lake was glowing faintly, but the entire area around it felt purified¡­ I felt somewhat refreshed. I couldn''t look into it any further now, but for now, I thought that Akatsuki would be able to play a significant role in recovery and support, rather than a battle type like Night. "Anyways, it turns out that you''re so great as well." "Buhi~." There were a lot of things going on, like new skills and Akatsuki becoming a family member, but none of them was bad, so that''s fine. I''m enjoying a full bath while petting Akatsuki and Night when Night suddenly jumps out of the bath and runs towards the house. "Eh, Night?" I go to chase after Night, but remembering that I''m not dressed, I hurry to put on my clothes, and Night comes back with something in his mouth. "Woof." "What on earth are you doing? You just ran out of the blue¡­ you startled me, you know?" "Woof. Woof!" "Eh? This is?" Night brought me a watch, and he placed it skillfully in front of me and tapped it with his foot in a cute manner. I looked closely at it and saw that it was the time which is when I usually start getting dressed for school. "Eeh! Is it time already?" The fact that the golden week is over means that classes will start normally, and I hurry to get ready. "I''m sorry. Night! Thanks! I''m sorry, Akatsuki, but I''m leaving right now!" "Woof~." "Buhii!" I hurriedly used the teleport magic to get home, and after quickly finishing dressing, I had a light breakfast and ran out of the house without further ado. And by that time, I had a clear head, and as a result, I succeeded in changing my mood. Chapter 55 - Book 2: Part 2 Here''s the chapter today, enjoy~ Part 2 "All right, let''s start the homeroom!" Sawada-sensei announced that in her usual unmotivated voice and lightly talked about today''s program. After announcing the program, Sawada-sensei suddenly seemed to remember something and smiled unpleasantly. "Oh, come to think of it¡­ it''s almost time for the ball game tournament." As I tilted my head at Sawada-sensei''s words, the rest of my classmates were filled with motivation. "Yeaaahhh! Let''s get a good result here and get more budget for the school festival!" "The ball games are a great opportunity to get more budget!" Apparently, the school festival budget changes depending on the ranking of the ball game, just like in the field study. Or rather, does the difference in the budget change the stalls that much? As I was wondering, Sawada-sensei noticed my expression and told me. "Hmm? I think I explained the school festival lightly during the field trip the other day¡­ oh, so you don''t understand its scale, huh?" "Eh? Ah, yes." "I see¡­ to make a long story short. Our school festival is on a completely different scale from other festivals. The television station comes to cover the festival every year, and there are live performances by famous artists." It''s already in a different dimension! "It is not much different from other high schools to have a stall with a minimal budget. We borrowed desks from other classrooms and set up our stall." "Huh¡­" Well, isn''t that what every high school is like? As I thought that, Sawada-sensei grinned. "But you know what? The extravagant part of our school festival is that we can hire a vendor to make all the stalls for us. If it''s a haunted house, you can use the interior design and mechanism for professional purposes. If you''re putting on a drama, you can use gorgeous costumes and outsource all the scenery and lighting equipment with the budget you''ve got." Is this really a school festival? This is quite different than what I was expecting. When I was immensely impressed by the sheer scale of the event, Sawada-sensei nodded with satisfaction. "It seems you understand how great our school festival is now. Then, based on that, I''ll tell you, the events will begin to increase now. The first event is the ball game tournament, but as you know, the results of this event will be reflected in the school festival, so do your best!" All of them are essential events¡­ However, I was filled with the feeling that I was looking forward to it now. Everyone else seems to be looking forward to it as well. "Alright, then, do your best for the rest of the day." Sawada-sensei ended her homeroom with that final word. £ª£ª£ª In preparation for the ball game tournament that Sawada-sensei mentioned during homeroom, the P.E class we''re about to attend now will be devoted to practicing in advance for the tournament. It appears that each student will be asked to choose one of the following sports: soccer, basketball, dodgeball, tennis, table tennis, and so on, to select a team for the class. The first-place winner of each sport will receive 10 points, the second-place winner will receive 5 points, the third-place winner will receive 3 points, and the rest of the teams will be scored with 1 point. "Now, today, we will play soccer. The teams have been selected at random so that you will play with that team. The positions and so on are to be decided by the team. And also, if I tell you in advance that you''ll be playing basketball in the next P.E. class, consider it as such." "Yes." said the students in unison. Everyone responded energetically to the words of Oiwa-sensei, who was in charge of the P.E class. Looking at the team division announced by Oiwa-sensei, I was placed on the same team as Ryo and Shingo-kun, but Akira was on the enemy''s team. Besides, if I looked carefully, it seemed that the ball game tournament was a mixed team competition for men and women, and Kaede, Rin, and even Yukine were also named in our team. "Ya-hoo, everyone!" "We''re on the same team. So let''s do our best!" "With Ryo here, it will be a relief." "¡­You''re right." "I-I may not be much help to everyone, but¡­ I''ll try my best." said Shingo-kun. "I''ve never played football properly, to begin with." I had soccer classes in elementary and junior high school, but they never explained the rules to me in detail. Well, it was like there were no rules at all. Moreover, the school assumes that I have been playing soccer or baseball since I was a child, but I''ve never really played football or baseball before, and I have no idea of the detailed rules. Maybe I should look them up, but I wasn''t really interested in them¡­ and that made me look like a total idiot. As I looked far away from them, Ryo and the others widened their eyes at my remarks. "Yuuya, you really haven''t played soccer before?" "Yeah¡­ well, I haven''t played outside for a long time, and I never learned the rules in school either." "I see¡­ then, do you know what a keeper is? You could stand in front of the goal and take the ball that the opponent kicked, but¡­" "Oh, I know that. But somehow, I don''t know where I should use my hands or any of that." The keeper can''t just take the ball, and I heard that there are cases where you shouldn''t take it with your hands, depending on the position. Well, I''m not sure. Then Ryo kindly moved to the field and pointed to a certain line. "You can use your hands within this line. So, if you don''t really understand the detailed rules, why don''t you participate as a goalkeeper this time?" "You sure you want to let me be the keeper?" "Yeah. I can''t say it''s all perfect, but I''ll try to keep them as far away from the goal as possible." "Yes, yes! Besides, if it''s Yuuya-kun, I''m sure you can protect it!" Ryo laughed, showing his white teeth, and Kaede smiled as well. "Well then, I guess I''ll play as a keeper this time." "I-I''ll be around, and I''ll explain the rules when I get a chance." said Shingo-kun. "Really? Thank you!" "Oya oya, you''re quite reluctant, aren''t you? Well, maybe this time, it''s a good idea to teach Yuuya the rules." "¡­Also, with the strategy." I know that Shingo is not good at sports, so he was standing near the goal the last time they played soccer. That''s why he''s willing to teach me the rules when he has time. I''m really grateful. Moreover, this time, with Ryo on my side, I can go to the P.E class with a lot of peace of mind. As I was confirming the positions and movements of others, the game finally began. As expected, as soon as Ryo kept possession of the ball, he rushed into the enemy line with tremendous speed. "Daaaaah! Seriously, Ryo is too strong!" "I''ll absolutely stop him here©¤©¤ah, he''s gone." "He passed me so quickly!" "As expected of Ryo-kun!" "As I thought, I''m glad to be on the same team as him!" The girls also supported Ryo nicely, so as not to lose to the boys. Ryo continued his rapid attack, but on the way, he was surrounded by almost all of the opponents and was unable to move. "Kuh¡­! I cannot move in this situation¡­!" "Hahahaha! What do you think? This is my footwork as the young noble of this Ousei Gakuen!" "No, Akira! It''s fine to aim at Ryo''s ball, but that move, that move was quite disturbing even for us on the same team!" It''s quite a distance, but thanks to my leveled-up eyesight in another world, I could see Ryo and the others fighting intensely for the ball. However, as expected of Ryo, when he sees an opening in the opponents, he passes the ball to a nearby teammate and begins to attack at once. He passed the ball to one of the teammates to confuse them, and then the ball was given back to him, and he scored a goal. "Yeaaaahh!" "Damn it! Ryo is too strong¡­!" "It''s fine because we''re on the same side at the ball game, but when it comes to the enemy, he will be too annoying!" It''s true that we''re all on the same team in terms of the ball game, so there couldn''t have been a more encouraging ally. After that, just as he said at the beginning, Ryo did not let the opponents get close to the goal I was defending, and he took more and more shots. "Oh¡­ really, Ryo is a fighter¡­" "Haha¡­ it seemed that some of the other classes and seniors are just as good or better than Ryo-kun, though." "For real?" "Yeah. Our soccer team is always in the national championships, you know?" The fact that there might be more than Ryo who continues to be a warrior right in front of me just now simply astonishes me. I was aware that the Ousei Gakuen was a place for elites to go to, but I didn''t know that it was also that strong in sports¡­ Nevertheless, our opponent''s team gradually got better at coordinating to stop Ryo''s movements, and they got the ball more often than before. Then, I saw some kind of wicked smile on Rin''s face, and she went up to Kaede. "Ah yeah, Kaede. I''ve come up with a good plan, do you want to try it?" "Good plan?" "Yeah. What? It''s not that hard, you know? You just have to jump." "J-jump?" They were conversing fluently even though they were in the middle of a game, but suddenly Kaede started jumping on the spot. "Um¡­ like this?" "Buh!" At that moment, Kaede''s chest shook significantly, both Shingo-kun and I gushed and hurriedly removed our gaze from her. But the boys, who were engaged in a fierce battle on the field, stared at Kaede as if to devour her. "Nuoooooo! It''s shaking. It''s shaking¡­!" "There''s an Eden in the middle of nowhere¡­" "How about we quit soccer and do a little observation?" "Are you crazy? You know we''re in a game right now!" Ryo was perplexed by the boys stretching their noses out underneath their opponents, and the girls had a dumbfounded look on their faces. "I didn''t expect it to be this effective¡­" "Hey, Rin-chan! What the heck did you mean by that? Why did everyone suddenly burst out?" "¡­I think Kaede is a bit too defenseless." "That''s right! You! Walking oppai weapon!" "Rin-chan, aren''t you being too cruel? Uh.. eh¡­ what¡­?" "Buhaaaaaahhhhh!" At that moment, Rin rubbed Kaede''s chest as if it was a prank, and almost all of the boys who were watching the scene fell down with their noses bleeding. I made full use of my leveled-up physical abilities and looked away, so I didn''t suffer any damage. ¡­.Well, my face is soooo red! Shingo-kun, like all the other boys, had seen the fascinating scene, and it seemed that he had seen it all before, and he looked away with his face turning red. Apparently, it seems that Rin was aiming for this situation. W-what a frightening girl¡­! In a field that has become a pandemonium, Ryo, whose face is also reddening, covers his cheeks. "Ah¡­ shall we attack now?" Then Ryo took a shot for what seemed to be the umpteenth time. "As expected of Kaede. Aren''t the boys almost all wiped out?" "¡­What a nightmare." "I wonder if this could be used for the ball game? Maybe we can win it." "Uh, ~! Rin-chan¡­!" "I''m sorry, I''m sorry! Look, why don''t we just support the boys for now?" "How am I supposed to support them? Aah¡­ I''m so embarrassed¡­" "¡­But, maybe, they''ll probably keep looking at your breasts for the rest of the game." "N-noooooooo!" Kaede and the others were also very excited. Yeah¡­ I''m glad they''re enjoying themselves¡­ even though a number of boys were sacrificed¡­ no¡­ In this case, isn''t Kaede the biggest victim? When the game resumes once again, the boys who had fallen down stand up, despite being dizzy. "Fu¡­fufufu¡­I can see¡­I can see that¡­ the great swinging Shangri-la¡­!" "Ahhhh ¡­ the power that comes with it ¡­" "At this rate, I won''t be able to follow Ryo''s footsteps anymore¡­!" It was undeniable; there was a fierce fighting spirit in the boys'' eyes as they remembered the scene earlier. I don''t know if that''s a good thing or not since it''s not a friend or foe thing, but¡­ At the very least, they have a lot of fighting spirit, even though the reason is impure. Pure in a roundabout way, though. Sear?h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In general, everyone was moving better than ever before, and Akira, who had been moving particularly well, finally took the ball away from Ryo. "That''s bad¡­!" "Hahahaha! How about that! I couldn''t show you any more of my clumsiness! I''m invincible from here on out!" The reasoning is absurd, but in reality, Akira uses his tremendous ball-handling skills to dodge my teammates'' attacks and get closer and closer to the goal. "Take this, Yuuya! My shot, which was touted as the [Young Noble of Soccer]¡­!" In the previous class, Akira kicked the ball in the wrong direction, but this time, he fired a powerful shot at my goal that I was protecting. Moreover, he shot at me at a speed that would be difficult for a normal person to catch. "Wawawa! I-I''m sorry, Yuuya-kun! It was impossible for me¡­!" It was too fast for Shingo-kun to keep up with, and no one was standing in front of me, the keeper. Furthermore, the ball took a sharp curve and was heading towards the goal post. While everyone watching was convinced of the goal, I reacted to the ball in an instant and snatched it up. "Eh?" "H-hey¡­ did you see his movement before¡­?" Then it seems that the others did not follow my movements with their eyes, and I seemed to have moved at a moment''s notice. Anyway, I asked Ryo, who was also stunned. "What am I supposed to do with the ball when I get it?" "O-oh¡­ just pass it to one of us, and you''ll be fine. Or, throw or kick it as hard as you can near the opponent''s goal, and one of us will pick up the assist." "Is that okay?" "Oh, if it''s come to this, why don''t you go ahead and throw it?" "¡­Okay." Ryo told me that much and left with Akira. Hmm¡­ All I need to do is just send it away for now, right? Okay, let''s try to fly it as far away as possible. While being careful not to go out of the line taught by Ryo, I held the ball. And since I always throw the [Absolute Spear], I threw it while being mindful of it¡­ "Hoo!" The air shuddered. "Gyaaaaaaa!" "¡­Huh?" The tremendous speed of the ball sent out a shock wave of sorts, and as it passed by, the boys nearby were blown away. In the midst of everyone''s amazement, the ball I threw finally engulfed the opposing goalkeeper and shook the goal net as it was. "¡­Is this a goal¡­?" "Is that what you''re wondering now?" They all told me that in unison. £ª£ª£ª After experiencing a whole range of sports in the P.E class, a certain tension was floating around in my class. "©¤©¤Now, let''s pick the team members for the ball game!" "Uoooooooo!" The voices of both men and women were raised. In fact, a meeting was being held to determine the participants for each sport in the upcoming ball game tournament. The moderator of the meeting was a member of the school committee, Tooru Kageno-kun. Tooru-kun is a serious-looking student, with black bangs trimmed and glasses that suit him well. Normally he''s a calm, smart and very gentle person, but in an event like this, he''s also gotten fired up just like everyone else. There aren''t many students like him, so I''m really impressed. Since then, we''ve been able to experience the main sports in the P.E class, so each of us can choose what we''re good at, but I was anxious about it. I''m still not very good at controlling my power, so when I kicked the ball, just like last time, everyone around me was harmed¡­ If that happens, it''s not even a game anymore. The rest of the events were similar, so in the end, whichever one I end up in, I''ll be fine. Rather than get in trouble¡­ the best thing to do is to do nothing, and then I''ll end up with no trouble. But this is a school event, and there''s nothing I can do about it. I want to participate in this event too. The meeting is going on even as I''m struggling to think about it, and before I know it, each of my classmates, except me, has decided which event to compete in. And when they all looked at me at once, they all groaned with complicated expressions. "¡­Yuuya will¡­ U-umu¡­" "I-I feel sorry about it, somehow." It wasn''t just me, everyone else seemed to be wondering where to put me, and I couldn''t help but apologize. "Don''t worry about it! Rather, it''s more of a luxury concern, you know?" "T-that''s right. Yuuya-kun seems to be able to play well wherever you are placed¡­ and that''s why we are having trouble with it." "¡­Is that right?" Ryo and Shingo-kun''s words helped me. I''m really sorry; my body has become a troublemaker¡­ I''m usually saved by it, but this time, it has become a problem. Then, as everyone was scratching their heads, Kaede raised her hand. "Yes, yes, yes! Well then, Okay, let''s pick a leader for each category, and that leader will do rock-paper-scissors with each other, and whoever wins will be the one who can bring in Yuuya-kun! Yuuya-kun originally seemed to be able to play anywhere, so I think this kind of decision would be better¡­" "That''s it!" said everyone. Kaede''s idea seemed to have been accepted, and they immediately decided on a leader for each category and began to play rock-paper-scissors. The rock-paper-scissors had an odd atmosphere, and they all had serious expressions on their faces. "¡­If we win this, we can get Yuuya¡­" "If we get Yuuya, then we have a better chance of winning the match." "¡­That means the girls will be there to cheer us on as we win." "Then©¤©¤." "This is a game we can''t afford to lose!" said all of the leaders. "Isn''t your motive too impure?" Ryo couldn''t help but tsukomiing at their enthusiasm for rock-paper-scissors. ¡­Well, whatever the reason, I''m delighted that they need me like this. I used to be treated as a hindrance, dragging them down no matter what I did, so I''m glad to be in a situation where they rely on me. I had to be a little more careful than everyone else, but I wanted to do my best as much as I could in any category. "¡­Uh! Look! With this hand, I''ll get Yuuya!" "Fuh¡­ I''ve already done the calculations to win this rock-paper-scissors!" "What do you mean? I, this [Rock-paper-scissors young noble], of course, will win it!" "Rock-paper-scissors©¤©¤©¤." The victory was instantaneous. There was only one person who won the game. That''s¡­ "I-I won¡­" It was Shingo-kun. While everyone else was putting out scissors, only Shingo-kun was putting out the rock. "Guaaaaaahhh!" "Well, I lost¡­ and it was supposed to be a perfect calculation." "¡­Should I start calling myself an [Unfortunate Young Noble] now?" As Shingo-kun looked on helplessly as the defeated men were crushed, Tooru-kun, who was calm as usual, nodded his head. "Okay. Since Shingo-kun is in the ping-pong team. Yuuya-kun, I''ll also put you on the ping-pong team¡­ is it okay with you?" "Ah, yes." Thus, it was decided that the ball game I would play would be table tennis. £ª£ª£ª "Well, what can I say¡­ this is the most unexpected part." "Is that so?" "Y-yeah¡­ it''s not something I can say after I won, but I just thought Yuuya-kun would be able to play an active role in basketball or dodgeball or such¡­" After school, while coming home with Ryo and the others, we discussed the details of today''s meeting. "I think Ryo and the others in soccer are more amazing than me, you know? They were all so active in class¡­ And Akira, who competes in basketball, even called himself a [Young noble of basketball], so I guess he''s amazing, but¡­" "His young noble thing is ready for anything, you know." It''s true, Akira calls himself a young noble in every way possible. As long as he keeps quiet, he really looks like a young noble, I guess? Even though I think it''s weird to be called a young noble. But maybe he''ll get a chance to really be called a young noble, who knows. "To be honest, I don''t know what to say about table tennis, but I''ll do my best." I have never played ping-pong in class, so I don''t know how far I can go. Nevertheless, I wanted to do my best so that I could meet the expectations of my classmates who have high hopes for me like this. "©¤©¤Sorry, are you Yuuya Tenjou-san?" "Yes?" As I walked along in such a conversation with Ryo and the others, I was unexpectedly approached from behind. When I turned my head towards the voice, I saw a man in a black suit and a woman standing there. "Ah, yes, but¡­ um¡­ how did you know my name?" When I asked that, the man held out a business card. "My name is Kurosawa, and I work at an entertainment agency." "Entertainment agency? ¡­Eh?" Not only me, but Ryo and the others also widened their eyes at the man in front of us©¤at Kurosawa-san''s words. Then Kurosawa-san ignored us and continued on with his words. "Yuuya Tenjou-san¡­ are you interested in the entertainment industry?" Chapter 56 - Book 3 Here''s the bonus thanks to the Patreon, enjoy~ "No wait, interested in the entertainment world, you said¡­" I can only be left dumbfounded by Kurosawa-san''s too sudden words. Why me in the first place? I know I got carried away earlier, but if they knew my name, then they must have been looking for me from the beginning¡­ I didn''t know how the people at the entertainment agency knew who I was. Then, as if sensing my feelings, Kurosawa-san continued with a blank expression on his face. "As a matter of fact, the agency I work for has Miu, who did a photoshoot with Yuuya-san in the past, and also the photographer, Hikari. And when the director heard about Yuuya-san from them, she said she wanted you to join us¡­ Ah, the one behind me is the director." "H-huh¡­" To my surprise, it seems that the conversation came about because of the connection between me, Miu-san, and Hikari-san. This was a big surprise to me because I thought I would no longer have anything to do with modeling sessions. I almost let it slide, but the person behind Kurosawa-san is the director of the company? She hasn''t said a word to me since a while ago, but the boss herself came to me? But sure, she''s got her arms crossed the whole time, and she looks like a big shot with some sense of comfort. Maybe it''s just a prejudice. "I-isn''t that amazing, Yuuya! It''s the entertainment world, you know?" "T-that''s right, Yuuya-kun! You were really cool in that picture!" Ryo and the others, who were just as surprised as I was, came back to their senses and said so with excitement. "Well, Yuuya has a different aura, you know. I thought you would definitely enter the entertainment world one day, but¡­" "I-it''s rather amazing that you''ve made it this far in obscurity¡­" "Oh, indeed. I''ve never heard of a guy like Yuuya before. Even though the high school and junior high school that Yuuya went to before was in a neighborhood close to my junior high school." I didn''t get the kind of story Ryo was talking about because I only recently got this look in the first place, and it''s not like it can''t be helped or anything¡­ More than that, I didn''t know there was a fresh and cool boy like Ryo either, so I guess there''s not as much talk of such people in the area as people think. As I was convinced by myself, Kurosawa-san, still expressionless as ever, asked me nonchalantly. "So, Yuuya-san. What do you think? Are you interested in the entertainment industry?" "Uhm¡­ well¡­ I''m sorry. I''m happy to hear about it, but it was too sudden¡­ I can''t decide so easily. I''m sorry¡­" When I said that and bowed my head, Kurosawa-san''s eyebrows moved for a moment, and Ryo and the others widened their eyes. When I looked closely, I could see that the director, who was standing behind Kurosawa-san with her arms crossed, was also surprised. "Yu-Yuuya! Are you sure? It''s the entertainment industry, you know?" "Y-you might even get to know some of the idols and voice actors on TV, you know? If that happens, please introduce them to me!" "Aren''t you being too hasty, Shingo-kun?" I don''t know much about idols and voice acting, but it''s rare to see Shingo-kun getting excited like that. Ryo is also slightly surprised. Then the director, who had been silent until now, looked a little impatient and opened her mouth for the first time. "H-hey! Are you really going to turn this down? The entertainment industry that everyone dreams about. Moreover, our agency has been doing great business lately, and it''s got a lot of potential¡­!" "It''s true that as Ryo, Shingo-kun, and you said, the entertainment industry may be everyone''s dream, but I haven''t found what I want to do in the future yet. I at least think that I want to do something that I can say, "This is it!" from the bottom of my heart. And I''m here now with my friends. I''m happy to be able to spend time in high school in a normal way. I''m hoping to enjoy these times more. Well, most importantly, I don''t think I''m going to do better if I go into the entertainment industry¡­" I''ve been able to level up in another world and enjoy my life now. Maybe you might say that I should challenge myself because I haven''t decided what I want to do yet, but I don''t think I can say I''m going to quit irresponsibly once I''ve started. I don''t know how I''ll be spending my time in the future, but I just want to think about it a little bit more¡­ now that I''ve got the time to do it this way, I need to carefully think about it. Receiving my words, Ryo and the others gave a bitter smile. "Huh¡­ I think Yuuya will succeed for sure but¡­ well, it''s true that once you''re in the entertainment industry, you won''t be able to go back to the carefree Yuuya like this, and we will miss you as well, and above all, I think it''s best for you to do what you want to do." "I-it seems like a waste, but if that''s what you think, Yuuya-kun, then we''ll respect that." It was really nice to hear what Ryo and the others had to say because all my life has been in denial until now. "Uhm¡­ I was delighted to hear your story. But I can''t think about being in the entertainment industry right now or anything like that. I''m sorry." Then I bowed to Kurosawa-san and the director. The director then looked dismayed and pulled Kurosawa-san a little further away and began to consult with him. "Hey, wait, Kurosawa! This is so wrong!" "Director. What''s wrong? Isn''t this scouting thing the director started saying?" "S-shut up! Just do something about it!" "Yes." Having decided enough with the consultation, Kurosawa-san came to me again and told me nonchalantly with a blank expression. "Then, I''ll give up on scouting." "Eh?" "Hey, Kurosawa!" The director is appalled behind Kurosawa-san, but Kurosawa-san doesn''t seem to be paying any attention to her. "What is it?" "Oh, no, I mean¡­ I was admitted so quickly, too¡­" Maybe Kurosawa-san and the others aren''t looking for me as much as Ryo and the others are making a fuss about, after all. If it''s the kind of person they really want, they''re likely to try to do more to get the job done¡­ but the director-san has been saying something to Kurosawa-san all the time, but is it okay? Anyway, Kurosawa-san''s reaction made me feel embarrassed that I was thinking so seriously¡­ I''m so self-conscious, aren''t I? While I was blushing involuntarily, Kurosawa-san told me without hesitation. "There''s nothing assertive about it; I was told by the director to "make contact" with you, not about bringing you into the entertainment industry without fail. But I belong to an entertainment agency myself, so I just scouted you out." "Don''t be such a sophism! If I told you to make contact, it''s just normal for you to scout him as well!" The words of Kurosawa-san that I didn''t expect were appalling to me. No, I mean¡­ I think the words of the director of the company are normal. Still, Kurosawa-san is amazing to say something like that. "Director. Please think about it carefully. If you were forcing him to enter the entertainment industry, and people found out about it, they would blame you. Every agency is trying to kick other agencies out after all. I don''t think it''s a good idea to give them an opening like that here." "B-but, it''s the entertainment industry, you know? What kind of a young boy wouldn''t jump at that?" "Isn''t it because he''s not like a normal boy that we just got rejected?" Eh? Did he just say I''m not normal? Appalled by Kurosawa-san''s nonchalant words, the director''s face twisted in frustration as if she couldn''t give up. Then a woman approached from behind the director-san and Kurosawa-san. "Director, please don''t force Yuuya-san to do too much." "Mi-Miu-san?" S~ea??h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. To my surprise, the person who interceded with Kurosawa-san and the others was Miu-san, who belongs to the director''s agency. "H-hey, even Miu, too! You are the one who asked for Yuuya-kun to be scouted, aren''t you?" "That may be so, but I don''t think it''s a good idea to force Yuuya-san to join us now that he''s clearly refused us." "Gununu." Kurosawa-san nodded at Miu-san''s opinion, and the director groaned. "A-amazing¡­ even the popular model Miu-san is here for Yuuya¡­" "Y-yeah, I know they were together in the previous photoshoot, but I can''t believe I got to see the real one¡­" Apart from the director, Ryo and the others were impressed with Miu-san. It seems that Miu-san is a very famous model, so she''s not someone who would normally have had her picture taken with someone like me¡­ I''m really lucky to work with someone like that. As I was silently feeling that way, the director showed me that she had come up with something. "T-that''s right! How about a magazine feature project then?" "What?" "F-feature?" What made me wonder how such an alternative came about? Ryo and Shingo-kun looked at each other and tilted their heads, just as I did. Despite our bewilderment, the director continued with a proud face. "You had your picture taken with my Miu before, and it was published in a magazine. You may not be a member of any agency, but you''ve already stepped into the entertainment industry." "H-huh¡­" "However, you''re still a civilian. So I''m going to change the concept a bit." "U-um¡­ I do not understand your story at all¡­?" What does it all mean exactly? How does this go hand in hand with the idea of a feature? "You''re students of the Ousei Gakuen, right?" "Y-yes." "Speaking of Ousei Gakuen, the school puts a lot of effort into school festivals, athletic festivals, and various other events. Isn''t there going to be a ball game tournament soon?" "Yes¡­ but how did you know that?" "It''s only natural to look into things when you''re scouting, right?" Eh, is that how it was? What about my privacy? "This is a bit of a digression, but since it''s a special feature on the Ousei Gakuen, I thought I''d do a big feature on that ball game for the magazine. [A big sneak into the ball game of the super prestigious school, Ousei Gakuen!]. What do you think of the article?" "Eehh!?" I-I kind of understand the theory, but¡­ "Um¡­ excuse me, but you''re from the entertainment agency, right? Can you do a feature on a magazine like that?" Then Ryo, who had been listening to us, said one question. S-surely. "Ara, don''t make fun of us. These days, idols, voice actors, video games, and almost anything else in the industry can be turned into magazines. Besides, my office has a messenger to publishers, of course. I can use that to get as many features as I want." "We''re going to have to negotiate for that, though¡­" "It''s your job." Kurosawa-san said that with a somewhat puzzled look on his face, but the director didn''t seem to be bothered at all. "So, what do you think? This way, we can take you on regardless of the entertainment industry or anything like that, right?" "Uhm¡­" I don''t know if it''s fair to say that I was scouted in the first place¡­ I wonder if I can just say no to that and then just feature it. Maybe it''s not something I can properly decide, though. And I''m sorry that they came all this way for me and ended up with me refusing. I mean¡­. no, I can''t. I''m so indecisive¡­ Nevertheless, I honestly told the director how I felt right now. "Well¡­ about the feature, if it has nothing to do with the entertainment industry, I''ll do my best to cooperate with you. It''s just that it''s a school matter, and I''m not the one who can decide¡­" I don''t know how far she got the message, but when I told her how I felt, the director''s eyes lit up. "That''s all I need to hear! Kurosawa!" "Yes." "Make an appointment with the Ousei Gakuen director right now!" "It''s too much trouble for me, why can''t the president do it herself?" "Isn''t it about time you had to get to work? I''m your boss, after all! Anyway, the director of that school is a very understanding person, so if you tell him that Yuuya-kun is cooperating with us, he will probably give his permission!" "Okay¡­ I understand." Kurosawa-san walks towards the school with a really uncomfortable expression on his face. Ah¡­ the appointment isn''t with a phone call, they''re instead heading to the school directly¡­ "Yuuya-kun." "Y-yes." "Now, if the school director allows it, you''ll cooperate, right?" "Yes, but, as I said before, I''m not going into the entertainment industry. I''m an amateur at being photographed, so I don''t know anything about that, is it okay with you?" "You don''t need to worry about that. As a matter of fact, we''re going to make it a special feature on the Ousei Gakuen; it''s not a good idea to take a strangely conscious picture. ¡­Well, but once we get it in our place, we can do whatever we want with it later on." "Eh?" "No? This is just our story. In the meantime, I''m waiting for the director''s approval, so I''ll withdraw this time." The director said that much and turned her back on us¡­ "Well, I''ll see you later." She left just like that. Then Miu-san gave me an apologetic look. "Yuuya-san, I''m sorry for getting you into trouble. The director really wanted to know about Yuuya-san¡­" "N-no, don''t worry about it. Besides, maybe this will change some of my own feelings about things again¡­" I said that sincerely, and Miu-san smiled as if she was relieved. "I''m grateful to hear you say that. " Miu-san said and left in the same direction as the director. Looking after that figure, Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I looked at each other. "¡­Well, it''s kind of a big talk, huh." "T-that''s right. For starters, it goes from just Yuuya-kun to the entire school¡­" "I-I''m sorry about that, okay?" "No need to apologize! I''m rather excited to see how they''re going to take my picture." "Yeah. I''m looking forward to it." It''s gotten a lot bigger for me personally, but Ryo and the others laughed and even said they were looking forward to it. What remains to be decided is what the school director will do¡­ ©¤©¤The rest is up to the board director, Tsukasa-san, if he wants to cooperate with them, and Kurosawa-san''s agency will officially come to take pictures at the ball game tournament. Chapter 57 - Book 4: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 "Kishaaaaa!" "Night, it''s coming in your direction!" "Woof! Gaaaah!" We are currently fighting a monster called a Wraith in another world. It looks like a skeletal ghost, and although horror isn''t my forte, it''s not so bad that would make me sit up and just watch, I was able to fight it. Since it was called a ghost, its body was transparent and physical attacks couldn''t get through at all. Night''s claw attacks and biting were nullified entirely. However, the [Omni-Sword] and [Absolute Spear] that sage-san left behind were able to deal damage without regard to the spirit body, so it wasn''t so much of a disadvantage to us. Besides, the strategy of using the newly increased magic was also effective against the Wraith, so Night was also actively participating in the attack. Even now, Night makes compressed water appear in his mouth and shoots it at the Wraith like a laser. But the Wraith also knew that it would take damage from magic, so it dodged the attack just in time. "Your opponent isn''t just Night alone!" "Kishaa!" I approached the Wraith, who showed an opening after dodging Night''s attack, and swung my [Omni-Sword] out at its neck joint. The [Omni-Sword] slashes the Wraith''s head off without feeling any resistance. And the Wraith disappeared as a particle of light. "Phew¡­ I still can''t get used to fighting while using magic effectively." "Woof." This time, Night was using magic all the time when he found out that physical attacks didn''t work. Hence, it wasn''t a problem for him, but I was overwhelmingly inexperienced enough to fight with a mixture of [Omni-Sword] attacks and magic attacks. I would inevitably continue to use only one method of fighting. Well, I''ll make sure to reflect on it at home or some other calm place, then I went to pick up the drop items, but there was only one S-ranked magic stone that had fallen out. "Eeeh? Even though we defeated it with great effort, the one thing we got is only a magic stone¡­ well, I guess it''s weird that a ghost will hold something, but I''m still a little shocked." "Woof¡­" Feeling disappointed, I looked up at the sky. Currently, I was trying to gain a lot of battle experience in this other world, just like I did in the Wraith battle earlier. On Earth, preparations are underway for the ball games, but I have to go to the royal capital as soon as possible in this other world as well, so I''m training in case of an emergency. I have gotten much more used to fighting using [Omni-Sword] and [Absolute Spear] compared to the beginning. However, I still have a lot more to do with mixing it up well with magic, so I''m fighting together with Night with that in mind. After finishing school today, I also completed my prep and review at home and took a walk. Then I was holed up in another world the whole time, so I noticed that the sky was dark and full of stars. "¡­The sky is so clean in this world. To be able to see the stars so close together¡­" "Woof." It may be a familiar night sky for Night, but it''s a wonderful thing that is not so familiar for me because there are certain things that humanity has lost in exchange for development on Earth. "¡­.." While looking up at the sky, I suddenly think back to the battles we''ve had so far. "Can I become even stronger on my own any further¡­?" "Woof?" Night tilted his head at my muttering. I was able to deal damage in today''s battle against the Wraith only with magic, but I do not properly know the combination of magic and weapons in battle. In addition to the fact that I only inherited the magic from sage-san, I''m also doing my own style of weaponry by reading books. ¡­Perhaps I should take a proper lesson from somewhere. While thinking about this, since I have school tomorrow, I decided to continue exploring a bit more before going home. So we began the exploration again. £ª£ª£ª I''ve been thinking about this ever since I left Lexia-san and the others, but since it''s been confirmed that I''m going to the royal castle in the future, I thought I had to be even more prepared, so I started doing more fighting and basic physical and muscular training in order to protect Night and Akatsuki so that we could stay anywhere without any problems. And next time I see Lexia-san and Luna again, I want to show them how much I''ve grown, even if it''s just a little bit. Since I''m delaying the visit to the royal capital for that reason, I want to do my best on that. And since I can''t expect to grow near my home these days, I decided to take Night and Akatsuki and go deeper into the forest. "Oh? Somehow the atmosphere has changed¡­" "Woof?" When we left the house and went deeper into the forest, the atmosphere around us suddenly changed. Rather, the trees growing around us suddenly changed in appearance. They used to be ordinary trees, but now the trees growing around us are somehow darkened, with completely black leaves. What''s with these trees? When I unintentionally activated the [Identification] skill and looked at it, it displayed as follows: [Black Hard Tree] :: An extremely hard black tree. A mere attack or impact wouldn''t break it or even scratch it. The vegetation area is shrouded in mystery, and as an extremely valuable material, it can fetch a tremendous amount of money at auctions. It is impossible to cut down or process it without using the elves'' [Spirit Magic] or the dwarves'' secret techniques. It was some kind of amazing tree. Rather, the vegetation area is shrouded in mystery, and it says it''s valuable, but there''s so much right in front of me, you know? What''s with this situation? Well, the people who can come casually to this deepest part of the forest are probably only at the level of sage-san, so it''s not surprising that they are unknown. Considering the level of danger of the monsters we encountered so far; I don''t think it''s worth it to come and collect them. One could indeed build a house out of solid wood, but it doesn''t have to be this wood to build a great house. And the elves? And dwarves? It seems that the only way to cut and process it is with their technique, and that makes it even more difficult to handle it. "Night, Akatsuki. Although we''ve been cautious up until now, it''s only going to get more dangerous from here on out, so let''s be more careful." "Woof." "Fugo." They didn''t talk too loudly; both of them responded in small voices. Hmm¡­ I can''t cut them down myself, but these trees are quite troubling. I have no idea how it will affect me in a battle. But, assuming I get attacked, blown up, and slammed into this tree, I''d still likely take a lot of damage. As I proceeded cautiously while activating the [Assimilation] skill for a while, I found the first monster of the day. If I''m going to describe that fellow, perhaps wild boar is the right word to use. But it was about the size of a medium-sized truck, with two sharp tusks extending from its lower jaw. In addition, its body was glowing silvery-white, and there was nothing that looked like body hair. It looks like a wild boar, but¡­ what is it? This guy. I immediately activated the [Identification] skill. [Mithril Boar] Level: 10 Magic: 1000 Attack: 40,000 Defense: 50,000 Agility: 30,000 Intelligence: 2000 Luck: 500 Skills: [Charge] [Iron Wall] [Magic Reflection] [Super Sense of Smell] Wait a minute. What''s with that status? Why is it that it''s at level 10 with 50,000 defense and 40,000 attack power? Moreover, the [Magic Reflection] skill¡­ doesn''t that mean that magic attacks will not work? I''m also curious about the word mithril in its name¡­ what is it, really? As I was surprised at its messed up status, the Mithril Boar suddenly began to move its nose restlessly. As we tilt our heads, the Mithril Boar, who supposedly hadn''t noticed us before, suddenly turned its gaze in our direction! How did it find us? ¡­Could it be that it''s because of that skill called [Super Sense of Smell]? "Uh?" "Woof!" "Buhii!" We were surprised by the sudden revelation of our presence, and then a shock beyond that assaulted us. The Mithril Boar took a step forward and charged at us at high speed. Even though it wasn''t running from a long distance, the charge was so intense that it was far beyond my ability to recognize it. By the time I felt it had charged at us, it was already right in front of me. As a result, I couldn''t avoid it, and I was blown away by the tremendous momentum. With that momentum, I hit the Black Hard Tree with my back and was eventually unable to move. "Gahah!" "W-woof!" "Fugo!" "D-don''t come!" Night and Akatsuki tried to rush over to me as I was blown away, but I stopped them. Because©¤©¤. "Buhiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!" The squeal was so loud and powerful that it couldn''t be compared to Akatsuki. And once again, my body was easily blown away by the Mithril Boar. "Guhh!" Although I managed to take a defensive stance on the second attack, its power was tremendous. Even if I was wearing armor, an immense impact hit my entire body. I managed to take a momentary gap and hurriedly drank the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice], but¡­ I couldn''t stop sweating cold. The reason is, I still can''t see the Mithril Boar''s attack. By the time I noticed, I was blown away. It''s okay because I can manage to defend against it now and still have the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice], but even that isn''t infinite. If I miss a little bit of defense or are not given time to recover, I''ll be struck immediately. Indeed, I was able to fight around the house without any problems¡­ but I didn''t expect to find an opponent this dangerous¡­! I thought on my own that I could defeat an S-class monster and that I would be fine, but that was just my hubris and ridiculous arrogance. There is not a single part of my current status that exceeds 10,000. And yet I felt as if I was being reminded firsthand that I was able to cross over with an S-class monster because of sage-san''s weapons. I-if it keeps going like this¡­ "¡­Night, Akatsuki. Run away from here now." "Woof!" "Buhii!" Both Night and Akatsuki shake their heads in surprise at my words. But I can''t bring those two into this situation. This is the result of me being unconsciously arrogant and misjudging the difference in strength. Still, in order to let these two escape, I can''t just die immediately. And while holding a strong mind that was about to be broken and desperately looking at the Mithril Boar©¤©¤. (I will help you.) "Eh?" S~ea??h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The air''s vibrations spread around me with a loud bang, echoing in the depths of my stomach. And then I happened to catch the identity of the sound with my eyes. Something as cleanly white as Night''s black fur and Akatsuki''s red fur blew the Mithril Boar right from the side. That white being that appeared out of nowhere, charged at the Mithril Boar with an unbelievable speed, spun several times in the air, and landed brilliantly. The true identity is©¤©¤. "A-a rabbit?" (Yes, a rabbit.) What a cute little rabbit it was. The rabbit, which was covered in pure white body hair, took one look at the surprised us and immediately turned its attention back to the Mithril Boar. When I also looked at the Mithril Boar, the Mithril Boar spewed blood from its large nose and mouth and was outraged. "Bubibiiiiiiiii!" (Huh?) However, the rabbit in front of me stared at it undaunted and dexterously stood on its tiptoe with one foot and slowly raised its other foot. And then©¤©¤. (You''re so noisy.) Again, the entire forest air shook with a loud bang. I didn''t know what was going on, but the place where the Mithril Boar had been a moment ago was splattered with red blood and flesh, and there was nothing else. Besides, the black hard tree, which was supposed to have been explained as unable to be damaged by an ordinary attack or impact, was snapped a dozen or so meters away and sent flying, and where it had taken root, the ground had been scraped away as if it had been gouged out by something. Night, Akatsuki and I watched that scene in a daze. (What a small-fry.) Unlike us, the rabbit was standing on both feet normally, snorting in a boring manner. Chapter 58 - Book 4: Part 2 Here''s another chapter brought by the Patrons, enjoy~ T/n: Changed a skill name Dodge ? Foresight. Part 2 (Well¡­) "Huh!" The white rabbit turned his gaze towards us. I mean, why do I hear the white rabbit''s voice as a subsidiary voice? There is a very stern voice that overlaps with the typical animal cry and is not associated with how it looks. No, it''s a really nice voice, of course. There are so many mysteries, but¡­ I, together with Night, looked at the white rabbit with caution. ¡­Is this rabbit¡­ an enemy¡­? If he''s an enemy, there is no way we can win. This is especially so since it''s the kind of guy who would instantly kill the Mithril Boar that I couldn''t even handle¡­ In contrast to the rabbit, who has plenty of room to spare everywhere, Night, Akatsuki, and I stared back with maximum caution. And as I wanted to get as much information as possible, I activated the [Identification] skill. You have acquired the [Field Guide] skill. The skill [Identification] has been upgraded. "Whoa!" (Hmm?) The moment I activated the skill, a message appeared in front of me, and I couldn''t help but shout out. Not good! I hurriedly pressed my mouth down, but the rabbit only tilted his head in wonder and didn''t attack me. ¡­Well, from the way he''s taking down the Mithril Boar, even if I''m on guard, I''m going to be killed by an attack that exceeds my reflex speed. I''d like to check on my newly acquired skill upgrade and such, but I can''t do that right now. Swallowing my amazement at the unexpected message, I once again checked the status of the rabbit. [Kick Rabbit] Level: 4 Magic: 10 Sear?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Attack: 500000 Defense: 10 Agility: 500000 Intelligence: 500000 Luck: 500000 [Racial skills] [Unique Skills] [Martial art skills] [Normal Skill] [Title] This is so baaaaaaad! I mean, I can see a lot of things all of a sudden¡­ is this the result of the upgrade? More importantly, this rabbit has a lot of questionable things! How could he have a status of 500,000 other than the magic and defense¡­ and yet his level is 4¡­ I can''t understand it at all! The skills are too blown away, but there''s a lot of things I want to ask about the title also¡­ While I was stunned, Rabbit-san turned his gaze to me as he began to adjust his own fur in a carefree manner. ¡­Huh? Could it be that he knows I''m using my skill to check on him? For some reason, he doesn''t seem to be leaving the place, as if to say he just wants to wait for me and let me do it. I don''t know what he wants from us, but thankfully there''s nothing for now, so I went over the various things that had been added. First of all, the [Identification] skill upgrade is now more detailed, as can be seen when I checked the rabbit in front of me. As a result, the skills have been subdivided and even added a rarity level. This rarity is apparently determined by the difficulty of learning the skill and the rate at which it''s learned. Rabbit-san possesses the highest level of rarity, "U", among the skills. Furthermore, the letter "M" next to the martial arts skill indicates that he can now fully use it in its true meaning. That is how the upgrade was confirmed, but as for my newly added skill called [Field Guide], it was also a useful thing. It registers the drop items I have, the things I''ve collected, and the monsters I''ve defeated. It also records in detail the habitat and which monsters I need to defeat to get the drop items. Moreover, even if I''ve never fought a monster before, if I find the existence of the monster in a book or something, it seems that it will be added to the database. The more knowledge I acquire of the monster''s characteristics and weaknesses, the more advantageous it will be for me to fight and collect, which is a really great skill. Now, the more I know about the skills, the better. And so, I decided to take a look at the rabbit''s skills and titles I''m interested in. Actually, it''s dangerous to stay in a place like this for a long time. But, I felt some kind of creature leaving in a hurry when Rabbit-san occasionally looked into the forest or deep in the bushes. Hence, I guess it''s safe here as long as Rabbit-san is here. Rabbit-san, you''re so amazing. [Rabbit Kicking Technique] :: A martial art that is mainly based on kicking that is mastered by monsters and races of rabbit lineage. [Rabbit Ear Technique] :: A martial art using the ears mastered by monsters and races of rabbit lineage. [Kicking Sacred Art] :: A technique that only those who have mastered the kick are allowed to handle. That kick shatters the stars. [Ear Sacred Art] :: A technique that only those who have mastered the ear are allowed to use. That ear hears everything. [Magic Combat Art] :: A martial arts technique that coats and strengthens the body with magical power. This is a skill that can only be attained by becoming a master. [Presence Detection] :: The ability to detect the presences. [Magic Detection] :: The ability to perceive the flow of magic. [Mind''s Eye] :: This is the ultimate version of the [Foresight] skill. It can even detect the activation of the opponent''s skills. I don''t understand it a bit. I got dizzy from the many skills that are beyond the scope of my understanding. However, I can only agree for now that the only reason I was exposed to using [Identification] was that he had the [Mind''s Eye] skill. Other than that, I don''t know anymore. It''s out of control. [Holy Kick] :: The title is given to those who have mastered the art of kicking and have reached the pinnacle of the art. That kick has reached the divine realm. [Holy Ear] :: The title is given to those who have mastered the ear and have reached the pinnacle of the art. That ear has reached the divine realm. [Two Heavenly Saint] :: A person who has obtained two "Holy" titles. A person who has stepped into the divine realm in two fields. [Wandering Rabbit] :: A rabbit that continues his journey of warrior training. [Comforting Shinigami] :: Unlike his lovable appearance, he brings death to his opponents. Somehow I feel my stomach is so full after seeing it. What''s with this Rabbit-san? Mastering the art of kicking¡­ well, after seeing his kick to the monster before, that''s very understandable. But it says he''s reached divine realm. Eh? So this [Holy] is equivalent to God? Isn''t this crazy already? And I was ignoring it until now, but not only the kick, the ear is also incredible. Wait, so that means that when he beat the Mithril Boar before, he only used one of his abilities? That means that when he''s serious, he can use his ears, too, right? Who can beat this rabbit then? In the first place, what is an ear that has reached the divine realm? As I was thinking like that, a message suddenly appeared with Rabbit-san''s [Kick Rabbit] biology written on it. Apparently, the [Field Guide] skill was activated. [Kick Rabbit] :: A mutant breed of the [Fighter Rabbit], which is a fighting race. The only individual who has mastered kicking and reached the top. It''s not only a kick, but also a tremendous battle using the ears, but few enemies are capable of doing so. "Yes, it''s fine already." (Hmm?) I gave up thinking at the explanation, which was so full of combat-race feeling like something out of a manga. I don''t care anymore. Anyway, it took me a while, but I finished confirming what I wanted to confirm, and as I called out to Rabbit-san again, he said, "Are you done?" while tilting his head, so I nodded. Then Rabbit-san suddenly stood up and pointed at me with his ears dexterously. (Hey, you. Show me your kick.) "Eh, uh¡­?" There are a lot of questionable things, but for some reason, Rabbit-san seems to want to see my kick. I just learned that he had mastered the art of kicking, and I was confused with being asked to show my kick to such an individual, then Akatsuki, who had been silent until now, suddenly stepped forward. A-Akatsuki-san? "Buhi. Buhibuhi." (You''re going to do it? Well, go ahead.) Instead of treating Akatsuki, who suddenly stepped forward, with malice, Rabbit-san interestedly instructed Akatsuki to try a kick. Then Akatsuki cutely moved his short legs. "Buhi! Buhi!" (You''re out of the question.) "Bu-buhiiii!?" The words simply told, and Akatsuki was shocked and fell into a depression on the spot. D-Don''t mind it. "Woof. Woof, woof!" (It''s your turn, huh? Okay, let me see it.) "Woof!" Then, this time Night seemed to take up the challenge as well, and unlike Akatsuki, he performed a sharp kick. Looking at such a kick from Night, Rabbit-san nodded with satisfaction. (It''s not quite there yet, but it has some highlights.) For some reason, Night seems to have been approved. Don''t mind it, Akatsuki. More importantly, what''s the situation here? Akatsuki and Night have both had their kicks watched and judged¡­ does this mean my kick will be judged in a similar way? I have no idea why, but he stares at me like it''s my turn to show off my kick. And since the kicking specialist says he''s going to watch me. I''ll accept his offer. "Hiyaah!" As for me, I think I was able to do a good kick, and Rabbit-san nodded a few times. (I see¡­ it''s not that good at this point, but you''re showing glimpses of talent.) Rabbit-san used his ears to make a thinking gesture and pointed at me with his ears once more, and then slowly raised his foot¡­ as if to tell me to observe. (Fuuh.) Such a bursting sound echoed around me. Upon closer look, there was a single, tiny hole in the trunk of the black hard tree that Rabbit-san had kicked at. Moreover, that hole wasn''t just in one tree but also penetrated through about dozens of trees lined up in a straight line behind it. ¡­What exactly happened¡­? All I could recognize was Rabbit-san raising his foot. By the time I noticed it, there was a hole in the black hard tree with a loud, sharp bursting sound. (Do it.) While I was stunned, Rabbit-san urged me with his chin. I tried to think of a way to get as sharp as Rabbit-san''s kick, which I couldn''t refer to, but it was all judged by him. However, from halfway through, if my leg came up wrong or my kicking was strange, he would use his white ears to correct me dexterously. Moreover, Rabbit-san also went out of his way to show me extremely slow kicks other than the one he showed me at the beginning, and little by little, my kicks grew sharper and sharper. As we continued to do what looked like practice, some monsters attacked us, but Rabbit-san literally kicked them all away so I could focus on practicing my kicks in peace. Night and Akatsuki also follow suit, and each practice kicking, but Akatsuki is the only one who is told by Rabbit-san, "Stop already, you can''t do it", and he cried quietly after that. A-Akatsuki¡­ your skill structure is not suitable for close-combat. So, don''t worry about it, okay? As I continued to practice kicking for a few hours with physical sensation, Rabbit-san nodded once. (Alright, then it''s time for you to kick that tree.) "Eh? No, as expected, I don''t think it''s going to produce results that quickly¡­" (Just do it!) Being urged by Rabbit-san, I released a kick to the black hard tree with all my might while being aware of what I had been taught at first. Then¡­ the black hard tree was snapped. "A-are you serious¡­" (Of course, you can do that.) In contrast to me, who was stunned in front of the broken black hard tree, Rabbit-san nodded with satisfaction. (Alright, from here on out, we''ll have an actual battle.) "Heh!" I didn''t immediately understand the meaning of what Rabbit-san was saying. "Eh, actual battle? An actual battle, you said¡­ no way¡­" I have a bad feeling about this, but then I ask Rabbit-san. "Um¡­ that actual battle opponent is¡­?" (Me, of course.) "Right¡­ I mean, isn''t that impossible?" How could I, who had finally managed to break a single black hard tree, be able to compete properly against Rabbit-san who could penetrate dozens of black hard trees altogether? In response to my inner cry, Rabbit-san told me mercilessly. (It''s not impossible. You have to do it.) "If I could manage it with willpower alone, I wouldn''t have a hard time¡­" (Stop complaining about it and move now. Let''s go.) "Eeh, wait!" Ignoring the panicked me, Rabbit-san rushed into me at a tremendous speed. That speed is not something that is easy to grasp, even for me, who has leveled up in this other world. The rushing Rabbit-san spun around with his momentum and let loose a kick. I hadn''t prepared any weapons in response to that attack, but I succeeded in blocking the attack with a kick immediately. But even so, Rabbit-san''s attack was so strong that it made my legs scream. "Hyii!" (Hmph, you did an excellent job of blocking it with your kick. Try attacking at the same pace) As he says that, I kicked back at Rabbit-san with my opposite foot from the position where I managed to prevent his kick. "I will go all out!" (That''s good, that''s the way it should be.) This is how my kick really got judged in real battles and was also corrected in real battles. "Woof~." "Fugo~." The battle between Rabbit-san and me was watched by Akatsuki in a daze, while Night was watching intently, trying to steal Rabbit-san''s every movement as much as possible. This kind of instructional combat took place for a while, but it finally came to an end. The moment it ended, I didn''t think anything of it because I was too desperate during the battle, but all at once, fatigue overwhelmed me, and I sat down on the spot. It was the first time I was this tired since I leveled up in this other world, and to be honest, I was very surprised and felt fresh at the same time. Seeing my exhaustion, Rabbit-san nodded in satisfaction. (Well¡­ that''s it for today. We''ll continue tomorrow at your house, so don''t forget!) His ears pointed at me sternly. Eh, no way¡­ we''re going to do it again tomorrow? I''ve already had my fill for today alone! Despite my surprise, Rabbit-san seemed to really plan to come to my house and looked like it was only natural. I-is it for real? And then©¤©¤. (Goodbye.) As he said that, Rabbit-san kicked the ground lightly. And he jumped up several dozen meters from the spot, and an even more unbelievable sight came into view. (Fuuh©¤©¤.) It was a surprise that Rabbit-san jumped away from the spot at an extraordinary speed, using the empty air as a foothold! The impact of flying away from the foothold in the air was so tremendous that the entire forest was violently shaken by the shock wave, which hit us as well. "Ugh!" When I managed to withstand the intense wind pressure, Rabbit-san was no longer in the air. As I was stunned by the stormy Rabbit-san from beginning to end, a message appeared. The title [Disciple of the Kicking Saint] has been acquired. It appears that Rabbit-san has become my master. [T/n: master = shishou.] ¡­.. "¡­Shall we go home?" "Woof." "¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­Buhi." What can I say, I was tired of a lot of things today. Chapter 59 - Book 4: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 (I''m coming.) "He''s really coming¡­" The next day after I got a master named Usagi-san, he came to my house as if it were natural. What''s more, he even came into my garden. Up until now, not a single monster had ever tried to break into sage-san''s house, but Usagi-san had no trouble getting in¡­ Could it be that Master Usagi is not a monster? Or did he simply get in because he has no hostility towards us? "Woof, woof!" Sear?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Buhi." There are a lot of things I don''t understand, but Night looked excited about Master Usagi, who came over, and Akatsuki looked pale as if he was about to vomit. A-Akatsuki-san. You don''t have to be that uncomfortable¡­ While I was hushing Akatsuki, Master Usagi looked around sage-san''s house and garden curiously. (This place¡­ what is it¡­? This is using even more magic than that Magic Saint guy¡­?) "Eh?" "¡­Well, whatever. Today¡­" "U-um!" (Hmm?) I couldn''t help but call out to him as the training was about to begin again. "Um¡­ why are you teaching us about kicking? Can you tell me about it?" I didn''t understand that point, so I decided to ask him honestly. Then Master Usagi gave an answer that was completely different from what I expected. (It''s because I chose you as my successor.) "Your successor? And I was chosen?" Eh? I didn''t even know I was being considered as a successor, you know? Well, he just made me his apprentice out of the blue, so it''s a bit late for that, isn''t it? (That''s right. We who bear the name "Holy" are obligated to nurture their successors. That''s why I chose you, who happened to be in this dangerous forest, as that successor.) "Holy? And the obligation to raise a successor¡­ it''s getting more and more confusing to me¡­" "Woof." "Fugo." Both Night and Akatsuki tilted their heads, not really understanding what Master Usagi meant. Then Master Usagi showed a dumbfounded look. (You guys¡­ you really don''t know about "Holy"?) "Y-yes." "Woof." "Buhi." (Seriously¡­ people usually call animals bearing the word "Holy" as "Divine Beasts" in respect¡­ then, of course, you don''t know about the "Evil", do you?) "E-evil?" (Alright now.) Master Usagi let out one sigh and began to speak with a serious expression. (There are several people in the world who bear the title "Holy" like me. That''s the title this planet bestows on those who have mastered their field.) "A title was given by¡­ the planet?" Aren''t titles something the world gives to you on its own? A new question comes to mind, but now that I hear about "Holy", I silently encourage him to continue. (Then why does the planet give the title "Holy"? Take it as the self-purification process of this planet.) "Self-purification?" (Yeah. Against "Evil". This "Evil" is an existence where the negative side of the creatures of this world crystallized and came to life.) "The negative side?" What a fantasy and conceptual story¡­ I can''t follow the story at all. I''m beginning to get a headache from this story that would be unthinkable on Earth. ("Evil" means the negative crystallization of us. That''s why it''s only harmful to us. In order to protect other living beings from such "Evil", there are beings that bear the name "Holy".) "Ooh¡­" So does that mean that Master Usagi is a hero of justice? I don''t have a better analogy for it, so it''s hard to say. (But for now, do you understand what I am?) "K-kinda¡­ except that you wanted me to be your successor, but is that something I can''t say no to?" (You can always refuse.) "Oh, I can, huh?" I thought it was a non-vetoable thing, so I was a little disappointed. No, I''m grateful, though. I don''t even know what it means, and even if I''m just given the responsibility, I can''t do anything. (As you can see from the flow of the story, once you obtain the title of "Holy", you will be obligated to fight against the "Evil". It will be an extremely fierce battle. And if you challenge such a battle with a half-hearted ability and feeling, you''ll immediately die, which is obvious. I''ve chosen you as my successor candidate because you have a latent ability that even I can''t see the bottom of. You would be able to resist "Evil"¡­) "I see¡­ So, when one receives the "Holy" title? Is there anything good that comes with it other than the obligation to fight an opponent who has the "Evil" title?" (I don''t know if it''s a good thing or not, but only when fighting the "Evil", our "Holy" status will be doubled or more. Also, this is rather bad, but those who have the title of "Holy" are at the pinnacle of their field of expertise. And since the world has decided that this power should be used in the battle against "Evil", that means that if we are fighting against creatures other than "Evil", we usually fight with our status reduced by half. Well, even so, most enemies won''t be a match for us.) "Woof¡­" "Buhii." Master Usagi literally told me the difference in status, and I froze in surprise. Eh, so¡­ the status I saw with my [Identification] skill is in a state where it''s been halved? And yet he killed the [Mithril Boar] in such a state? This is exactly what it means by jaw-dropping; I could not help but be stunned by Master Usagi''s extraordinary character. (Well¡­ I''ve talked on at length, but I''m not forcing you to take over the title of "Holy". Even so, the more I train you, the stronger you''ll be, and the less unnecessary blood will be spilled. There''s also the hope that you might be able to take care of things that we "Saints" can''t reach.) I still don''t know what the opponent with the title of "Evil" looks like and what kind of abilities they have, but if Master Usagi is right, those who have the title of "Holy" will be fighting against the "Evil" together, well, even if some kind of ability of the "Evil" influences the people around me, even if I don''t inherit the title of "Holy", I will still help the people around me with my power. "So, what would you do? Will you inherit this "Holy"?" "Well¡­ I''ll pass." I can''t take over such a position of great responsibility, no matter how hard I try. Moreover, since I''m originally from Earth, if by any chance I can''t come to this world, there will be that much less power to fight, so I can''t even look at it. "Fuh¡­ I see. Oh well, it doesn''t change the fact that I''m going to give you practice." "Um¡­ but why me?" (I told you. With your high potential, the rest is at your whim.) "If that''s the case, I can''t afford to have you teach me for nothing¡­ which is exactly why I think you should find someone more deserving and devote your time to that person." (Sigh¡­ even though I''m saying I''m fine with it. You''re a stupid, honest guy.) At my words, Master Usagi let out a sigh of amazement and looked around the house as lightly as he did when he visited my house. (¡­Okay.) "What?" (If you don''t want me to teach you something for nothing, then you should teach me magic too.) "Eeh!" Once again, as I froze at the unexpected request, Master Usagi continued. (I was surprised when I came here, I''ve never seen such a ridiculous barrier before. This time, I didn''t have any particular hostile or harmful intentions, so I entered it as is, but¡­ this barrier, if I tried to act hostile in the slightest, I would be flung out of the barrier in an instant, and no matter how much I attacked, I wouldn''t be able to scratch it. Honestly, I didn''t think there was a being that could create such an extraordinary barrier. That would be an "Evil" class of monster, but¡­ I can''t even sense a sign of "Evil" from you, and I know you''re not.) As I thought, sage-san was so amazing! Although the title of "Holy" usually has half the status or is at the pinnacle of their path, Master Usagi, who holds two of them, is surprised this much. It must be quite a feat. (Of course, there''s also the "Magic Saint" who is the pinnacle of magic, but rather, until I checked you, I thought that he was the one who stands at the top in magic¡­ That instantly fell apart. I''m rather surprised that you''ve remained unknown until now¡­) That''s because I''m from a different world. I usually live on Earth. (Anyway, enough of the jumbled up details. If you don''t want to be taught by me one-sidedly, then you can teach me this super magic. That way, we can teach each other, so all will be well.) "Um¡­ to begin with, can Master Usagi use magic?" (I think I saw the skills, but I can''t use them at all!) "Even though you''re so strong¡­" It seems that he has excellent ears and feet, but he is incredibly bad at understanding and activating magic. More importantly, can I teach him? I just happened to find a book that looked like sage-san''s diary. I only inherited the magic circuit and magic theory from it. That''s why I''m not in a position to teach others so proudly. ¡­Even so, Master Usagi''s kicks are very appealing. Just yesterday, I encountered [Mithril Boar] in the depths of the Great Devil''s Nest, and it was like I couldn''t stand up to it. The more ways there are to fight against them, even a little, the better. I nodded and offered my hand to Master Usagi. "Then¡­ I don''t know how far I can teach you, but I''ll do my best." (Umu.) In the meantime, I don''t understand magic theory myself, but I can teach it, so it won''t be as miserable as I thought. (Even so¡­ it feels weird to be a master as well as my disciple, doesn''t it?) "S-sure." I wasn''t really aware of it, but it seems that I became a disciple and master of Master Usagi, the divine beast. (Well, this is how we became each other''s masters and disciples. I don''t have a name, but tell me your names.) "Oh, I''m Yuuya. And this is Night and Akatsuki." "Woof." "Fugo." Night and Akatsuki dexterously raised their front legs to greet him, and Usagi-san nodded. Then Master Usagi and I lightly told each other what we could teach one another. Then we hunted the monsters for each other''s kicking and magic training. £ª£ª£ª (©¤©¤©¤Can''t you think of anything more interesting to say?) Before Yuuya and Usagi met. Usagi had stepped into the Great Devil''s Nest, which is a place he usually doesn''t go near. Although it''s not a problem for Usagi''s abilities, there are still many powerful monsters in this Great Devil''s Nest, so he doesn''t often visit this Great Devil''s Nest. However, today, for some reason, Usagi had come to this Great Devil''s Nest. (¡­I wonder what''s going on here. Normally I wouldn''t even go near a place like this because it''s so troublesome, but¡­) As expected of an existence bearing the title of "Holy", he proceeded to the depths of the Great Devil''s Nest without any hesitation. Then, Usagi''s special ears did indeed pick up a faint sound. (Hmm? Territory war?) Usagi couldn''t grasp what was going on until he could figure out what was being fought over, but with a bit of interest, he turned his feet towards the sound. Then¡­ (Mm? A human?!) The sight of a Mithril Boar, which is one of the strongest in the middle tier of this Great Devil''s Nest and a human©¤©¤Yuuya fighting, jumped into his eyes. (¡­No, to call it a battle, the Mithril Boar hasn''t been damaged, but¡­) As Usagi said, Yuuya''s attacks are not very effective against Mithril Boar. Mithril Boar''s body is wrapped in a rare [Mithril] that shows unparalleled strength against magic attacks and even has a high resistance to physical attacks. It would be difficult for a mere human even to inflict a single wound. And what''s more, the troublesome thing about Mithril Boar was its overwhelming defensive power, as well as its rush attacks that smashed its massive body at tremendous speed. Normally, if a mere human received that attack, it would turn into a piece of meat in an instant¡­ (What!?!) Yuuya was indeed blown away by Mithril Boar''s rush, but he survived without causing his body to burst into pieces. He couldn''t hide his surprise at that fact, and even more so at the strength of Night, who was fighting with Yuuya. Usagi, who once again observed Yuuya carefully, broke out in a cold sweat inwardly. (¡­That human is the most unreadable. No, I mean¡­the most invisible.) As for Night and Akatsuki, Usagi was able to predict the strength to some extent. However, it was only a prediction, so it could change significantly with future growth. However, as for Yuuya, even Usagi, who was bearing the "Holy" title, could not foresee the limits of his growth. (I didn''t expect that other than us "Holy" holders, there was a being with this much potential¡­) What Usagi felt towards Yuuya was fear and©¤©¤joy. (What if I train that guy?) Usagi has two titles, "Holy Ears" and "Holy Kick", and when it comes to "Ears" it cannot be taught to humans. But when it comes to kicking, which he takes pride in being the best in this world, it''s a different story. If possible, he would like to raise him as the successor to "Holy Kick", but more than that, he wanted to give his skills to Yuuya, whose bottom of his potential ability is not visible. However, due to the position of Usagi, he couldn''t teach the technique so easily. That''s because there might be people who would misuse those skills. That''s why an existence chosen to be the successor of one who was bearing the "Holy" was required to have a certain level of integrity. When he recalled the troublesome "Holy" restrictions, Yuuya and the others seemed to feel that they were not good enough and were trying to escape from the Mithril Boar. However, the Mithril Boar would not be so easy to overlook and continued its attack. And in Yuuya''s decision to fight Mithril Boar alone, and his willingness to sacrifice himself to protect his friends, Usagi found the final piece of his succession. Originally, he had no intention of leaving him to die, but fortunately, Usagi decided to save Yuuya and the others as soon as possible. ©¤©¤Thus, Usagi got an apprentice named Yuuya, but at this time Usagi didn''t know that when he saw the barrier that was placed on Yuuya''s house, he experienced a talent for magic that surpassed even the "Magic Saint" and became Yuuya''s apprentice, a strange relationship of master and apprentice. Chapter 60 - Book 5: Part 1 Another chapter today, thanks to the Patreon~. This is quite a long chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 I got a master and an apprentice named Usagi-san. Since then, I''ve continued my life of teaching magic while having him observe my kicking. When I was teaching the magic that I inherited from sage-san, I was surprised to learn that among the many titles of "Holy" like Usagi-san, there is a person called the "Magic Saint" who has mastered magic, but the sage-san''s magic seems to be even better than his. No, really, sage-san is too amazing. Well, it was written that he had reached the realm of God while he was alive, so if I think about it calmly, there''s nothing strange about it. Anyway, I taught Usagi-san my own version of sage-san''s magic in my own way¡­ and really made me appreciate sage-san''s magic circuit once again. It seems that Usagi-san has never been able to use his magic as much as he thought he could. Apparently, I was naive in my perception. I thought that magic could be used by anyone who trained it. However, it seems to be common knowledge in the other world that it is difficult to learn and understand the theory necessary to control and activate magic unless you become a live-in apprentice under an excellent magician. I''ve been told that the magic theories that magicians have studied and discovered seem to be an asset to them and that it is normal for them to keep them a secret. I have an image of publishing my research results like the scientists on Earth, but it seems that magicians are not like that. Well, it''s not hard to understand that when business is involved, the technology is kept secret. It''s hard to get someone to teach you that kind of magic theory. Furthermore, the person who understands it, and who can control magic after controlling the magic power, is extremely rare. ¡­There was a soldier who had cast what seemed to be a recovery spell on Lexia-san before, but that might be one of the specialized units. If I think about it that way, I thought it was really amazing that a monster could naturally weave magic into a battle and attack from both distance and perspective in a well-balanced way. Now I''m making it a challenge to find out how I can use magic to my advantage in battle while fighting such monsters. I heard that Usagi-san also asked the person with the title of "Magic Saint" to teach him before, but he could not use his magic at all. That is why I wondered if I could be of any help even if I taught him. Still, it seems that sage-san''s theories of magic are easy to understand. Usagi-san was happy to learn that he was able to use magic better than before, so I was relieved for now. I''m not the type of person who can say whether or not he is good or bad, so I don''t know, but I could feel the power of the kick is increasing day by day. And now, as a break in my training, I had been brought before a certain monster. That is©¤©¤. "Bururu¡­" "Um¡­ is it really possible for me to win?" (It''s not that you can win it or not. it is that you have to win it.) "Woof¡­" The other day, I couldn''t compete with it, and Usagi-san easily kicked it away, and it was the Mithril Boar. And if I look closely, it''s bigger than the one I fought before. "No, don''t you think the revenge match is too early? It''s only been about a week, you know?" (There''s no way we would wait for a chance for revenge so leisurely. Since it''s the same race as before, you should have some idea of their behavior patterns, right?) "Huh¡­" Realizing that nothing I say will work anymore, I activate the [Identification] skill to confirm the strength. [King Mithril Boar] Level: 3 Magic: 5000 Attack: 60,000 Defense: 100,000 Agility: 50,000 Intelligence: 3000 Luck: 1000 Skills: [Charge] [Iron Wall] [Magic Reflection] [Super Sense of Smell] [Magic Control] [Earth Attribute Magic] "No, it''s not the same!" In fact, it''s stronger than before! I can see why I thought I sensed something different about its dignity and presence! Because it was clearly a different rank! What''s more frightening is that even the previous Mithril Boar had that unbeatable status at a low level of level 10. It was now upgraded to an even lower level of level 3 with an even higher status; it was no joke. "Usagi-san, it''s indeed impossible!" (Don''t worry. I''ll save you before you die.) "No, can you just save me before I get hurt!" There''s nothing about it that makes it okay! "Brrr¡­ Burururuuuuu!" While Usagi-san and I were arguing with each other, the numbed King Mithril Boar came charging at me with more speed than the Mithril Boar. I managed to spin my body to avoid it, but it shook its head tremendously as it passed me, trying to put its fangs on me. "Guh!" I quickly manifested the [Infinite Gauntlet] and blocked its attack, but I was easily blown away and slammed into the black hard tree. "Woof!" (Hey. You can''t participate in this fight. He has to get through this much on his own.) "Buhi¡­" Night is stopped by Usagi-san, and Akatsuki is watching such a situation with a not-so-subtle look on his face. Well, seriously¡­ I was hoping for Night''s assistance¡­ (What''s the matter? If you keep going like that, you''ll be killed in no time. As I''ve told you before, there are people in this world who use the word "Evil" in their title. Of course, they are much stronger than this boar. You can''t protect anyone when facing such a strong enemy.) "That is¡­" I don''t want that. Night and Akatsuki, and then Lexia-san and Luna. If something happens to the people I know in this world, and I can''t save them with my own hands¡­ I will absolutely hate it. I quickly regain my position and take out the [Absolute Spear]. Even though I was struck by the black hard tree, thanks to my own way of escaping the impact to some extent, I can still move without drinking the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice]. "Buhiiiii!" Looking at me, the King Mithril Boar, perhaps annoyed by my appearance, charged at me with even greater vigor. In response to the charge, I spun along the side of King Mithril Boar and let the impact go. The moment the King Mithril Boar passed by me, I slammed a direct kick at its ass, directed at Usagi-san! "Oraaaaaaa!" "Buh¡­ Bugiiiiiiii!" The last time I fought the Mithril Boar, I couldn''t do any damage at all, but now in front of me, the King Mithril Boar is plunging face-first into the ground, writhing from the damage caused by my kick. Besides, I couldn''t even keep up with the moves last time, but now I''m able to keep up with King Mithril Boar''s movements properly. In training with Usagi-san, my overall leg strength was super-strengthened in proportion to the increase in the kick''s power. That''s why a single step into the ground is completely different from before. I''m able to move at a speed that I couldn''t even imagine before. To the King Mithril Boar, who was rolling on the ground and enduring the pain, I threw the [Absolute Spear] in my hand from the stance that I had kicked at. If it was any other monster, I could attack it with magic, but since King Mithril Boar had [Magic Reflection] in his skill list, I couldn''t use magic. So in the true sense, I need to make full use of [Absolute Spear] and Usagi-san''s teachings. Then the King Mithril Boar, who noticed the existence of the [Absolute Spear], hurriedly flicked the [Absolute Spear] upwards with its huge tusks. But I didn''t let up in my pursuit. "Haaaaaaah!" I was running towards the King Mithril Boar at the same time as I threw the spear, I took out the [Heavenly Whip] from the item box and swung it at the spear. Then, the [Heavenly Whip], which is aimed at the [Absolute Spear], gets entwined with the handle of the Absolute Spear. I pulled the [Heavenly Whip] simultaneously as I leaped into the air with my strengthened leg power. I pulled the spear closer, and I launched a heel-drop at the [Absolute Spear] that floated in the air above the King Mithril Boar''s head. "Oryyaaaa!" "Bugihi!" The power of the [Absolute Spear] unleashed by using my leg strength forged by Usagi-san''s special training was tremendous, easily piercing the brain of the ultra-hard King Mithril Boar, not only sewing it directly to the ground, but also creating a crater on the spot with just the wind pressure of the heel drop. The lifeless King Mithril Boar disappeared as it was, turning into a particle of light, and the spot was littered with drop items. As I landed on the spot, I involuntarily sat there from mental exhaustion. "I-I wooonn!" (Hmm. To tell you the truth, I would tell you to take him down with just a kick, but¡­ this time, I''ll give you an even grade.) "A-are you serious¡­" Even the current battle would honestly have been protracted if I hadn''t relied on the weapons that sage-san left behind. Besides, there''s no guarantee I''ll win. As I was twitching my cheeks at Usagi-san''s words, Night and Akatsuki ran up to me. "Woof~. Woof?" "Fugo, fugofugo." "You guys worried about me? Thanks. I''m fine, as you can see." Both Night and Akatsuki seemed to be worried by the way they were rubbing and licking me. Thank goodness I survived.. (Well, whatever. Our training for today is over. Let''s check the dropped items and return after collecting them.) "Yes." As Usagi-san said that, I once again gathered the drop items scattered around and checked them one by one. [Great Tusk of the Demon King Boar] :: The great tusk of King Mithril Boar. These tusks are made up of mithril that nullifies all magic, and cannot be scratched by a single half-hearted attack. Special technology is required when processing it as a weapon, but if you process it, it becomes a weapon that reflects magic, or cuts through it. [Great Hide of the Demon King Boar] :: The great hide of King Mithril Boar. It is a skin composed of mithril that nullifies all kinds of magic and boasts a high resistance to physical attacks. It is not mithril itself, but skin, and is, therefore, lighter than mithril. For this reason, it is used for armor and other protective gear. The armor is treated as a rare masterpiece, even among adventurers. [Meat of the Demon King Boar] :: The meat of the King Mithril Boar. The meat has a slightly peculiar taste and smell, but once you eat it, you will be captivated by its taste. It''s a good one if it can be found in the market or auction once every few hundred years. For those who know this taste, this is an ingredient that you want so badly that you can''t help but want it at your throat. [Magic Stone: Rank SS] :: A special ore that can be obtained from magical beasts. [Broomstick of the Demon] :: A rare drop item obtained from King Mithril Boar. No matter how stubborn the dirt and dust is, it will clean and purify with just one sweep. The dust automatically lands on the broom, so no matter how hard you sweep, there is no need to worry about the dust flying around. Once the sweeping is done, the dust naturally leaves the broom. In addition to trash, it also has the ability to exorcise spirits and curses. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Rank SS!? No, more importantly, where did the broom come from!" The fact that the magic stone''s rank was SS was also a surprise, but it took all the impact away from the super-capable daily necessities series as usual. No, really, the effect of brooms is amazing. I mean, normal brooms don''t have that kind of effect on them. Since I was very happy with such a useful broom itself, after collecting it straightforwardly, I thought about the magic stone''s rank again. "Rank SS¡­ I thought S rank was the highest¡­" (What are you talking about? Not only is the S-rank, but even the SS-rank isn''t the highest rank, you know?) "Eh, really?" Even the SS rank is fantastic, but to think that there are even more than that! I can''t imagine it anymore. Night and Akatsuki don''t understand more than I do, they tilted their heads and Akatsuki tilted it too much and fell to the side. So cute. As I was being soothed by Night and Akatsuki in a bit of escapism from reality, Usagi-san crossed his arms and told me. (On top of the SS ranks, there are SSS rank, EX rank, and L rank! "There were more of them than I expected!" Even though there was a higher rank, I thought it was at most one! I didn''t think that there were that many of them! I mean, most of the monsters encountered near the entrance of the Great Devil''s Nest are rank A, but even so, Owen-san and the others said that they were an incredible threat and would be a desperate existence if they encountered them, but what would they do if an unimaginable existence like an EX-rank or even an L-rank showed up? Wouldn''t the world be destroyed already? "Hii¡­ I don''t even want to imagine an L-rank¡­" (Don''t worry, we don''t see many of those above the EX rank. Moreover, these kinds of monsters are basically not interested in fighting. As long as you don''t mess with them, they''re harmless.) "What if¡­ if they mess with you¡­?" (Every last particle of dust will be erased.) "Huh!" I have to swallow my breath. If I ever meet one, I''ll run away. I don''t even want to meet them. By the way, it''s said that there are EX-ranked and L-ranked monsters around the deepest part of this Great Devil''s Nest. We''re all so close to each other! Well, I guess so! The Great Devil''s Nest is revered because powerful monsters inhabit it, so it''s not surprising that they''re there. "By the way, Usagi-san¡­ well¡­ what rank can you take on?" (Well, I can manage to fight an EX rank¡­ No, I honestly don''t know. One thing I can say is that if we fight, we won''t be safe at first. And although there is an L-ranked existence with an "Evil" title, we, the "Holy" holders, will be fighting against one of them in a group. To begin with, defeating them alone is out of the question.) "What? The "Evil" title is that strong?" (Isn''t it obvious? They are the crystallization of all the negative aspects of the world. It is impossible for us to defeat them on our own. What do you think? Do you want to be the successor?) "I''m afraid I''m not going to be able to do that forever." It''s impossible. In my mind, Usagi-san is the second most powerful person after sage-san, but I can''t very well take on the duty of fighting an opponent that such a powerful person would say would never win alone. I don''t have that much strength in my heart. ¡­When I think about it, how strong was sage-san really? "Maybe he''s even stronger than that L-ranked one." (Hmm? What are you talking about?) "Oh, no, it''s nothing." (Is that so? Oh well. If you have collected the drop items, we''ll go now.) "Yes!" When I finished collecting the dropped items and was about to leave, a message suddenly appeared in front of me. Your level has been raised. Since you have reached a certain level, your race will be evolving. "¡­Huh?" (Hmm? Wha-!?") Before I could react in any way, my whole body suddenly began to glow. "Wh-what!? What''s happening?" "W-woof!" "Buhiii!" Night and Akatsuki try to get close to me, but I''m not sure if they can really touch me, and they are busy moving all around me. As everyone, including me, was flustered by the sudden situation, only Usagi-san quickly regained his composure and explained my condition. (Don''t worry. It''s a preparation for evolution.) "E-evolution? What do you mean by evolution?" (Just as it is. Since you''ve reached a certain level, you''re evolving to become a better existence. ¡­Well, it''s incredibly rare for a human body to evolve, but¡­) "A quick shocking fact!" From Usagi-san''s initial explanation, I thought that everyone evolves, but apparently, it''s extremely rare for a human like me to evolve. No, more importantly! "What''s going to happen to me? I won''t turn into a monster, will I?" (Is it the first time you''ve evolved? Then there shouldn''t be so much change. ¡­Maybe.) "You gave me nothing but anxiety!" It would be very troubling if I grew horns or wings here. No, it might not be a problem if I were to live only in this other world, but I have a life on Earth too, you know! Contrary to my thoughts, my body did not stop emitting light, and since there was nothing I could do about it myself, I had no choice but to be quiet. I waited for a while, and eventually, the light subsided, and I was finally able to see myself. "H-how is it¡­?" I was prepared for the intense pain that I felt when I first came to this other world and leveled up for the first time, but I didn''t feel any such pain. I took a quick look at my body and touched my face and head, but there weren''t any special changes. "Um¡­ is there anything strange about me?" "Woof?" "Fugo?" Night and Akatsuki also looked around me, but once again, they both tilted their heads and fell to the side. Adorable. (In terms of looks, there''s nothing particularly unusual about you.) "R-really?" Thank goodness! If this had changed my appearance beyond the first level up, I wouldn''t have any more excuses or anything to make. (However, you should check your status once. The evolution itself has indeed taken place.) "Oh¡­ Y-you''re right." As Usagi-san said, I decided to check my own status, which I feel like it''s been a long time since I''ve done so casually. And then©¤©¤. [Yuuya Tenjou] Race: Human (Transcendent Species) Occupation: none Level: 1 Magic: 10000 Attack: 15000 Defense: 15000 Agility: 15000 Intelligence: 9000 Luck: 15500 BP: 10000 Skills: [Identification (SR)] [Endurance (SSR)] [Item Box (SSR)] [Language Comprehension (SSR)] [True Martial Arts (SR): 9] [Presence Detection (N)] [Fast Reading (N)] [Cooking (N): M] [Map (SR)] [Mind''s Eye?Revision (SSR)] [Assimilation (SR)] [Tame (R)] [Mind-Body Unification (R)] [Mental Enhancement (R)] [Field Book (SR)] [Magic Control (R)] [Magic Culmination (U)] [Adjustment (N)] [Kicking Sacred Art (U): 2] [Concealment (R)] Titles: [Master of The Door] [Master of The House] [Otherworlder] [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time] [The Sage''s Apprentice] [The Heir to the Supreme Magic Circuit] [The Heir to Ultimate Sorcery] [The Disciple of the Kicking Saint] [The Master of the Kicking Saint] "There''s an increase in a lot of things!" There have been times when skill levels have risen without notice, but this is the first time I''ve seen an increase or decrease in skills themselves or titles increase this dramatically. First of all, I allocated BP with momentum and intuition. As a result, the final status was this: [Yuuya Tenjou] Race: Human (Transcendent Species) Occupation: none Level: 1 Magic: 11000 Attack: 17000 Defense: 17000 Agility: 17000 Intelligence: 10500 Luck: 17000 BP: 0 "A-all right. Let''s take it easy for a moment, okay, me. Let''s go through this one by one¡­" [Human (Transcendent Species)] :: A form of human evolution. There is no change in appearance and so on, but the overall status is enhanced. It has a strong resistance to disease. "It sounds kind of amazing!" I''m genuinely grateful for the enhanced status. Most importantly, I''m very happy about the fact that I have a strong resistance to disease. Even though I can cure myself with [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice], I don''t know what''s going to happen. I usually take care of myself, but this is really reassuring. "Next up is the skill. The new skill [Mind''s Eye?Revision] is a slightly better version of [Mind''s Eye] that Usagi-san had, I guess. I understand that it''s a result of the integration of [Foresight] and [Weakness Detection] skills since they''re no longer there, but other than that¡­ I have no idea." Moreover, I''ve learned [Kicking Sacred Art] so nonchalantly. Usagi-san has the true "Holy Kick", and such a person has taught me, so it''s not surprising that I learned it, but¡­ this [Kicking Sacred Art] is unique in its rarity, isn''t it? I don''t think it''s unique when Usagi-san and I can use it already, is that okay? I get back in the swing of things and check out the unfamiliar skills one by one. [Mind''s Eye?Revision] :: [Mind''s Eye] is the ultimate version of [Foresight] skill, and this skill also gains the effect of [Weakness Detection]. [Magic Culmination] :: It is the result of understanding the special magic theory that differs from the normal attribute magic skills, and as a result, you can use magic regardless of the attribute. The effect of magic depends on the user''s image and magic power. [Adjustment] :: You can freely adjust the degree of all abilities. However, it takes a certain amount of time to get used to it. [Concealment] :: You can hide a variety of occurrences. When used for status, you can also prevent others from seeing your status. You can also hide magic. "All of these skills are immensely useful¡­" I''m especially grateful for the [Adjustment]. After all, with my evolved status, I might have trouble living on Earth. Besides, I hadn''t thought much about [Concealment] either. Still, there are people besides me who can use [Appraisal] or [Identification] skills. I wouldn''t want those people to see my [Otherworldly Person] title, which will be useful when I''m active in this other world. "Well, lastly, the title¡­" What I don''t remember the most is the title of [The Sage''s Apprentice]. It''s true that I inherited the magic circuits and magic theory from sage-san, but¡­ [The Sage''s Apprentice]: A title given to those who have been exposed to the Sage''s thoughts and have gained knowledge of his thoughts. It has the effect of reducing magic power consumption. [The Heir to the Supreme Magic Circuit] :: A title given to those who have inherited the supreme magic circuit. [The Heir to Ultimate Sorcery] :: A title given to those who have inherited the ultimate sorcery. [The Disciple of the Kicking Saint] :: A title given to those who have become the disciple of the Kicking Saint. Unlock the [Kicking Sacred Art] skill. [The Master of the Kicking Saint] :: A title given to the person who has become the Master of the Kicking Saint. "I¡­see¡­" It''s a good thing that I''m recognized as an apprentice because I got sage-san''s book and was able to use magic. Although from other people''s point of view, it would be strange to call this a master-disciple relationship. I was happy to be able to feel the connection with sage-san. Other than that, I also found out why I was able to use the [Kicking Sacred Art], and I need to work harder every day to live up to this title. However, it seems that the worst part of this evolution was the change in my race. "Sigh~¡­ I didn''t expect to evolve¡­" (What are you complaining about? Normally you should be happy about that.) "I-is that so?" (That''s probably true. Evolution by itself makes you stronger than before. I don''t know about humans, but beastmen and elves will be delighted.) "I-I see¡­" To be honest, I''m not sure what Usagi-san refers to as elves and beastmen, but I guess it doesn''t matter as long as they''re getting stronger? It seems this world is still a very dangerous place. But even so¡­ just like sage-san''s book says, I''m not only going to be strong, I''m going to get more involved with the people around me. Sage-san took the time to give me this advice. As I realize that again, Usagi-san is staring at me. (¡­Now that you''ve evolved, you''re even more unpredictable¡­ I wonder what will happen next¡­) "Eh?" (¡­It''s nothing. Anyway, no more practice today. Go home and get some rest. ¡­Ah, and also, if you get into trouble while I''m gone, you can try practicing the techniques I taught you. Not to mention training against monsters, the experience of fighting against others is essential.) After telling me that much, Usagi-san jumped up on the spot just as lightly as before, using the air as a foothold and jumping straight away. "¡­If I continue to train like this, will I be able to make such a ridiculous move too?" "Woof?" "Buhi~." At my question, Night and Akatsuki just tilted their heads. Chapter 61 - Book 5: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ T/n: Changed director agency to president agency Part 2 The day before the ball game tournament. The decisions for the event were finished in the previous class, but as each of us were planning our strategies and making careful preparations for the ball game tournament, Ryo suddenly remembered something and opened his mouth. "Come to think of it, there will be a photographer coming to the ball game tournament to take Yuuya''s picture, right?" "A-ah, yeah, that''s right." "Mmm? Ryo-kun, Shingo-kun, what do you mean by that?" When Ryo and Shingo-kun remembered the conversation with the entertainment company president the other day and asked that question to me, Kageno-kun, who happened to be listening to the conversation, asked them with a glint in his glasses. The other students were also surprised and turned their attention to us. "Um¡­ on our way home the other day, a person from an entertainment agency came to scout Yuuya." "T-then Yuuya-kun refused the offer, but the agency couldn''t give up on Yuuya-kun, and instead of him joining the entertainment industry, they decided to put him in a feature on the Ousei Gakuen, which will be published in a magazine. The staff members are going to come to this ball game since they got permission to photograph the event." I had completely forgotten about it because of Usagi-san and the evolution, but when the classmates heard Ryo and Shingo-kun''s explanation, they all started buzzing. "I-I didn''t know that was going to happen¡­" "Eh, so there''s a chance we could be in a magazine too?" "Uoooo! We''ll need to work extra hard on this one!" I was worried about what it would be like to have an outsider come to a school event, but everyone seemed to be in a rather welcoming mood, which I was very grateful for. Then, one of the boys suddenly muttered something. "Hmm? Wait a minute? If that shoot is for Yuuya, then if we bring Yuuya into the team, we have a better chance of getting into the picture, isn''t that right¡­?" "¡­.." At that word, everyone was silent at once. And then©¤©¤. "Yuuya-kuuunnn! By all means¡­ please join us in football!" "Huh? Of course, he will join the basketball team!" "No, no, no, he should have chosen dodgeball!" "U-uh¡­?" I am very grateful and happy to be recruited, but in the end, trouble is inevitable no matter which event I participate in¡­ Besides, I wonder if people have forgotten about it? "Um¡­ I''m supposed to play table tennis, but¡­" "¡­.." The boys froze in silence at my words. "Aahh, that''s right!" "Why¡­ why didn''t I win at that time¡­!" "I want to go back to that day and do the rock-paper-scissors again¡­!" I didn''t know what to say to them, because they were all more frustrated than I thought. Then Ryo looked at them all in a daze and put his hand on my shoulder. "Well, don''t mind these people, just do your best at table tennis!" "Y-yeah." I could only nod, with an indescribable expression on my face. £ª£ª£ª The day of the ball game tournament. The school is filled with the unique and fluffy atmosphere of the event, and everyone is already anxious since the time of homeroom. Today''s schedule is only for the ball game tournament, so no one is in their school uniforms, but in P.E. clothes and jerseys instead. "Alright, it''s an important ball game tournament for sensei''s bonus. Be sure not to lose!" "No, it''s not like we''re fighting for you, sensei?" Everyone nodded at Ryo''s calm tsukkomi. Yeah, as usual, Sawada-sensei is very honest¡­ well, I think she was saying that just to make the place more relaxed. ¡­Is that right? After the briefing, we headed to the venue for our respective events. And along the way, I met Kurosawa-san from the entertainment agency and the president of the agency. "Well, Yuuya-kun. I''ll make sure to take pictures of your gallant performance today." "H-haha¡­" "Oh, but please don''t be strangely conscious of the camera or anything. From what Miu and Hikari have told me, you''re not used to being photographed yet, so just be natural." "Well¡­" Confused by the president''s words, I shifted my gaze to the numerous photographers behind her. Following my gaze, the president and Kurosawa-san also turned their gaze once to the photographers behind them. "¡­Don''t be nervous!" "Impossible!" Well, there are more photographers than I expected! I had assumed it would be at most two people, but it looks like there are actually about ten photographers who came. And it wasn''t just SLR cameras, there was also some kind of T.V. station cameras prepared, so it was a pretty large scale. "It''s going to be okay! Once you''re in the entertainment industry, you will get used to this so quickly!" "No, I think I declined that offer already, so¡­" "Ara? I haven''t given up yet, you know?" "¡­.." I thought she had given up on me already, so I was dumbfounded when she clearly told me that. "But really, you don''t need to be so nervous today. It''s just that the name of the event is a special feature for the Ousei Gakuen, and we''re going to be taking photos of the scenery of the school and other students. Well, I would definitely like to have Yuuya-kun''s picture, so just keep that in mind." She says that I don''t have to be nervous, but if my picture is definitely taken, I can''t help but be nervous. ¡­Well, it would be all for naught if I lose the game because I get distracted by the photoshoot. So I have to brace myself for it. "Uh¡­ sorry. I''ll be heading to the venue now¡­" "Yeah. I''m looking forward to it." "Yuuya-san. Good luck." After separating from Kurosawa-san and the others, I went straight to the venue. "L-let''s do our best, Yuuya-kun." "Yeah!" When I arrived at the gymnasium where the table tennis match was taking place, Shingo-kun and the other classmates, who were also competing in the table tennis match, had gathered there as well. "Whoa! I''m so nervous¡­" "I didn''t expect Yuuya-kun to join us for table tennis." "Yes, yes. I thought you were going to play football or basketball or something like that." "Oh, man¡­ it''s not like I''m going to be the one to be photographed, but the thought of a photographer coming here to take pictures of Yuuya-kun makes me even more nervous." In this table tennis tournament, other than Shingo-kun, the rest of my classmates weren''t those who were good at sports like Ryo, but rather more of the indoor type boys like Shingo-kun. I, myself, didn''t often go outside before I started going to another world, and it''s a little comforting to see that many of them are the same type as me. They thought I was going to participate in football and basketball, and the entertainment agency''s staff was going to be there, so they thought the photographers wouldn''t come here. Was it annoying? That''s what I thought, but everyone was very positive about it, and I''m very grateful. There are two different types of table tennis tournaments: doubles, and singles. I will participate in the singles tournament, and Shingo-kun will participate in the doubles tournament. After a little while, the fixture list was posted, and I went to check it. When Shingo-kun saw the list, his expression grew cloudy. "Uwahh¡­ My first opponent is a student from P.E. class, huh¡­" "P.E. class?" "Ah¡­ there was no physical education class or anything like that on the field trip the other day, so Yuuya-kun doesn''t know about it." When I tilted my head at the words I didn''t know, Shingo-kun explained to me gently. To summarize the content of the explanation, it seems that apart from the "General Class" that Shingo-kun, I, and the others belong to, there is another class called "Physical Education Class" where students who are admitted through sports recommendations get together. I didn''t know about this class because I never met them in school. After all, they were in a different school building, and they didn''t participate in the field trip we took part in. However, it seems that this "Physical Education Class" took another special class instead of the field trip. It was called "Physical Education Class", so I guess they were taking a special class that was tougher than our field trip, wasn''t it? Well, fortunately, I had some skills, so I didn''t have that much trouble with the field trip, but¡­ "I-I heard that Ryo-kun was supposed to be in P.E. class, but he wanted to focus on something other than sports, so he was put in the same general class as us." Ryo, you really do have the specs like the main protagonist of the story! Rather than the existence of another class, Ryo was more surprising to me. "Ugh¡­ I would hate to just lose the first game." Shingo-kun walked over to his doubles partner with grief on his shoulders. G-good luck. No, I''m worried about Shingo-kun, but I also have to think about my opponent, too, right? I haven''t even practiced table tennis in class, will I be able to do well? I was getting anxious now, and before I knew it, it had come to my turn. "Come on, let''s get some pictures!" The photographer followed me around tightly. No, I can''t be natural in this situation! "Um¡­ could you please take a few more steps away¡­?" "I can''t do that." "Eeh¡­" Apparently, I don''t have the right of refusal. I give up and head to the assigned table tennis stand. And then¡­ "Hoo? So you''re my opponent here, huh?" There was a man with amazing muscles standing in front of me. He was dressed in a tight, short-sleeved, half-pants gym uniform, and looked taller than me, maybe around 190cm tall. And most of all, he has a sharp and piercing face, like a certain sniper who doesn''t allow himself to stand behind. [T/n: sorry, I can''t get the reference for this.] ¡­Hmm? Huh? Is he really a high school student? He doesn''t look the same age as me at all! While I was frozen in place by my unexpected opponent, the schoolboy opponent(?) snapped his fingers. "Fufufu¡­ can you keep up with this delicate technique of mine?" By all accounts, he is far from delicate in appearance! If anything, I get the vibe that he''s going to say that power is everything! I mean, why would there be a boy like this in table tennis! He doesn''t look like a table tennis player by any stretch of the imagination! I mean, isn''t there some sport that''s more appropriate for him? ¡­Doesn''t he belong to that "P.E. class" that Shingo-kun was talking about? I remembered that all of a sudden, but¡­ The boy in front of me methodically checks his racket to ensure that it''s in perfect condition, while I am getting even more anxious. Then he glances at the photographers. "Fumu¡­ it''s a little uncomfortable to have a match while feeling the strange stares, but¡­" "Ah, I-I''m sorry." My classmates took it well, but the boy student in front of me seems to dislike it. "What, don''t be so apologetic. Always perform your best in every situation; that''s what being a professional is all about." "¡­P-pro?" He doesn''t look like a high schooler¡­ Maybe he''s a famous player that I just don''t know about. But if anything, he''s got the dignity of a professional background. "Hmm? H-he is! Isn''t he the "Sniper?" one of the nation''s regulars?" "Wha-what!? That "Sniper" who always hits that exact spot?" "Speaking of which, he was also a student at Ousei Gakuen, huh¡­" "He''s so unlucky¡­ to have his first match against the sniper." No, wait, he''s really famous! And they even call him "Sniper"? What a perfect fit! But¡­ sure, as the staff says, I''m not having any luck against such a famous player or anything like that. I don''t even practice table tennis in class, so will I be able to compete properly¡­? As I was anxiously holding my racket in my hand, the umpire-sensei came over. "Yes, let the match begin. Well then¡­ begin!" Then, my opponent took a low stance. "Fuh¡­ my serve is enough to beat you¡­!" When he said that, he hit an amazingly spun serve! The ball spins like a bullet and comes towards me. "W-what a serve!" "He''s aiming right at the corner of the opponent''s court¡­" "Him being called the "Sniper" is not just for show¡­ huh." Hey staff members, since when did you guys become a live reporter? They are terrified of the skill my opponent possesses in disregarding their job of photographing. I wonder if that is okay? Regardless, I focused on the ball that was coming towards me. "U-uoh¡­ oh?" I was surprised by the momentum of the racket swing and the unusual rotation rate of the racket, but the moment I focused my attention on the ball he had hit, the ball suddenly seemed to move slowly to me. It had been moving at a normal speed, but now the ball and the movement around me appeared to be in slow motion. However, I had a vague recollection of this phenomenon. It also happened when I almost got hit by the male boxer model who came in late when I took photographs with Miu-san before. It seems that my body, which is getting used to the speed of fighting in the other world, doesn''t feel it''s fast anymore unless it is as fast as those monsters. I still can''t get used to it, and I''m still confused, but if I just stood still like this, he would have scored a point, so I hit the ball back in exactly the same way he hit it. *Poof!* "Huh?" The ball penetrated the table tennis table and went straight through the gym floor. "¡­.." The teacher, the photographer, and I, too, stare at the table tennis table and floor, which have been struck out in silence. "Sensei, I forfeit." I gently raised my hand. S~ea??h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Chapter 62 - Book 5: Part 3 Another chapter brought by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 "H-hey¡­ did you catch the moment when he hit it¡­?" "No, that''s impossible. I mean, I heard a sound that wouldn''t have been possible if you were playing table tennis normally, you know?" "¡­More importantly, the table tennis table had been penetrated." Yes, I know, I did it! On a level that''s irreversible now! The unexpected turn of events caused me to forfeit, but¡­ on second thought, I wonder if it was a good idea to forfeit. Although the main reason for this photoshoot was to feature Ousei Gakuen, it was originally supposedly because they wanted to take my picture¡­ so maybe it was a bad idea to abandon the photoshoot, right? Even though such thoughts are overwhelming now, I''m more afraid of continuing on and injuring someone else, and it wouldn''t have been a mistake to forfeit the tournament, after all. Because if something with the power that could penetrate the table tennis table and the gym floor with a table tennis ball hit someone¡­ yeah, I''d become the real "Sniper", instead. As I was letting out a single sigh, the president of the entertainment agency came over to me quickly. "H-hey, Yuuya-kun! I''d be troubled if you lost in the first round! Moreover, what do you mean by forfeiting¡­" "N-no, but¡­ my opponent is a famous table tennis player, correct? So I think I knew I''d lose even if I continued like that¡­" "No, you weren''t. You were able to hit your opponent''s ball back. At least you wouldn''t have been beaten to a pulp, you know?" "¡­.." President-san, you''re observing well, aren''t you? "However, I didn''t expect you to destroy the table tennis table. You must have something to hide, don''t you?" "H-hahaha¡­ there''s no way that''s possible." T-this president has a sharp intuition! However, since I wasn''t going to talk about the other world honestly, I just laughed and fooled around. "Well, that''s fine. Anyway, if you continue to lose here, we won''t be able to achieve our original goal, so please do something about it." "Eh? No, wait, what did you mean by that©¤©¤©¤." "So, I asked you to do something about it, okay?" Before I could stop her, the president left quickly, accompanied by Kurosawa-san. E-eh¡­ no way, do I have to somehow participate in another competition or something¡­? I don''t know if that''s really allowed, though. Anyway, since I decided to forfeit the game early, I''ll have to support everyone in the class that''s fighting properly until I get to do something about it. First of all, I headed over to Shingo-kun, who was having a doubles match at a nearby table tennis table and cheered them on, but as he said before it started, his opponents were students from the P.E. class, so, unfortunately, he lost. By the way, his opponent, who was from the P.E. class, wasn''t muscular like my opponent from earlier; he''s just a normal boy. Thank goodness for that, because I wondered what I would do if the standard body type in P.E. class was also that of a muscular guy. Shingo-kun, who has finished his match, notices me and comes over while dropping his shoulders. "Ugh¡­ it was no good after all¡­" "But you''ve got some points, so you shouldn''t be that pessimistic, you know?" "W-well, if you say so, it''s true that I''m not very good at sports, but I did my best, I guess. Also, my partner has helped me so much." It''s unfortunate that they lost, but Shingo-kun seemed to have fun in the end, and I couldn''t help but smile too. "O-oh, by the way, how did Yuuya-kun fare in the end?" "Eh?" "L-look, all the photo crew members were nearby, and I believe Yuuya-kun was able to win because of©¤©¤." "¡­I forfeited." "¡­Eeh?" Shingo-kun''s eyes widened as I said that while averting my gaze. "F-forfeit, you said? ¡­What happened?" "¡­Uh¡­well¡­ the table tennis table and the gym floor had been penetrated by the ball¡­" "Penetrated!?" Well, that will be the reaction I get. I know very well that it isn''t realistic for me to be saying it myself. But it''s the truth, so I can''t blame him! "I-I don''t know how that happened somehow, but¡­ thanks for your hard work!" "Yeah¡­" "R-right! What are you going to do after this, Yuuya-kun? I''m going to go watch Ryo-kun''s match outside, but¡­" "Well actually, as I said before, I had to forfeit the match so they couldn''t take a proper picture of me, so they asked me to do something about it¡­ that''s why I thought I''d try to enter another event for now¡­" "Oh, another game? I wonder if that''s acceptable¡­?" "Well¡­.. To be honest, I don''t know if it''s okay with me either, but I thought I''d look for an event I could participate in while cheering for my classmates in the other events in the gym. So, after I look around the gym to a certain extent, if it looked like Ryo was still competing, so I''ll show up there as well." "I see¡­ I guess we''ll have to split up for now." S§×ar?h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thus, Shingo-kun and I parted ways, and I began to look around the gym. And then suddenly, a voice calls out to me. "Yuuya-kun!" "Hmm? Ah, Kaede!" It was Kaede who came running up to me with a small run. As Kaede came in front of me, she tilted her head curiously. "Yoo-hoo! What''s going on? Have you finished your game yet?" "Ah¡­ actually, I had to forfeit it for a variety of reasons." "Eh, really? But it''s unfortunate¡­ I wanted to go and cheer you on, you know." "Ah¡­ I''m sorry about that. What about Kaede? I believe you''re playing volleyball, right?" "Yeah, you''re right! ¡­Ah! Yuuya-kun, that means you''re free right now, right?" "Eh? W-well, I guess?" I couldn''t see the real meaning of Kaede''s words, so I tilted my head, and she took my hand. "Please! Can I ask you to join volleyball?" "Eeh?" Kaede told me while I was surprised at the unexpected request. "I will be participating in the mixed-match division, but¡­ One of our members got hurt earlier, so we have to play with only a small group of players. But our next match will be in a class with a lot of students from the volleyball club, and honestly, if we don''t have enough people, it''s going to be tough¡­ what do you think? Will you join us?" Kaede looked up at me anxiously. "For me, it''s not a problem to participate¡­ but is it okay for non-registered members to participate?" "Oh, don''t worry, it''s okay!" "I-is that so? Well, I''m going to give it a try then." "Really? Thank you, Yuuya-kun!" Kaede laughed, looking really happy. As for me, I was grateful for Kaede''s offer because I had to participate in some kind of competition again due to the president''s absurdity. Kaede took me to the volleyball team, and I saw Rin there as well. "Ooh, isn''t that Yuuya? Could it be that you are a helper?" "Yeah, Kaede asked me to join her. Is that okay?" "Of course. Right?" When Rin called out to the other members, they all nodded with motivation. "W-well, I didn''t expect to be able to fight with Yuuya-kun¡­!" "Eh, by the way, if Yuuya is here, does that mean we''re going to have our picture taken?" "Wow! This will make me not want to lose even more!" As everyone was motivated for the next game, the photographers who followed me started to get ready for the next game. "Looks like volleyball is next." "And it''s mixed gender. This is going to make for some great pictures." "Besides, all the girls at Ousei Gakuen are high class. They''ll look even more picturesque alongside Yuuya-kun." "This is a good target." And as expected, or rather, because the photographers talked about it, my classmates¡­ especially the girls for some reason, had a fire in their eyes. "This¡­ makes me feel so motivated!" "We might be able to get a picture with Yuuya-kun, right?" "I definitely won''t show him my ugly self!" Each of them were prepared for the conditions, and when the match started, they scored one point after another, despite Kaede saying that their opponents were mostly students from the volleyball club. "Here, Kaede!" "Alright! I''m coming!" Kaede jumped up vigorously to the ball that Rin tossed and decided to spike it beautifully just like that. Then I called out to Kaede with a smile. "That''s good, Kaede! Excellent!" "Wawa, Yuuya-kun is praising me¡­!" "Kaede, you have a big grin on your face, you know." "N-no way!" As I watched Kaede hold her own face, Rin approached me with a grin. "So, how was it? Yuuya." "Hmm? It was amazing. Rin also tossed at the perfect time¡­" "No, no, it''s about Kaede''s breasts!" "Bufuuhh!" "Ueeehh! R-Rin-chan!" Rin suddenly walked around behind Kaede and grabbed her chest directly. "You see, when she hit that spike earlier, it was super shaky, right? Hmm?" "No, I''m not looking at it like that!" "Eeh? Isn''t that weird? This girl''s breasts are so amazing¡­" "Hiyauu! Hey, wait, Rin-chan! I''ll get angry if you do this any further!" In front of Rin, who continues to rub Kaede''s chest without hesitation, I activated the [Mind-Body Unification] and [Mental Enhancement] skills with all my might and desperately removed my gaze. Thanks, my skills! It''s not the way it is supposed to be used somehow, but I quieted down Kaede''s anger at Rin. Even though we were having such a loose exchange, we were steadily gaining points, and we were steadily getting closer to victory. However, the president, who was watching the development of the game, called out to me. "Hey, Yuuya-kun! Don''t just support all the time! You need to decide, spike it!" "Eeh¡­" The president was right, I continued to be mostly supporting my team, blocking the opponent''s spikes and collecting balls that everyone else couldn''t reach while trying not to spike during this match. That''s because, as you can see from the table tennis matches, it would be a hell of a lot of work for me to compete in a normal game. That''s why, as I was pondering what to do about the president''s request, Rin and Kaede approached me. "That''s right¡­ then next time, we''ll support Yuuya so that it''s easier for him to strike, okay?" "What? No, no¡­ you don''t have to do that to accommodate me¡­" "It''s okay! Besides, Yuuya-kun has supported us a lot, hasn''t he? So, we''ll support Yuuya-kun this time!" It''s hard for me to refuse when they say that as a pure favor. That''s why I was extraordinarily worried about what to do, but time never waited, and the game continued. And then, Rin picked up the opponent''s spike and Kaede tossed it, but¡­ "Ah, sorry! That was too high!" Kaede''s toss was raised farther than expected, and if I waited until it fell into a hitting position, the opponent would be able to get the timing of the block perfectly. However©¤©¤. "Fuh!" "Eeehh!?" I reflexively kick the ground and jump up at Kaede''s ball. My leg strength has increased due to my training with Usagi-san, and even if the ball reaches the ceiling of the gymnasium, I''m confident that I can jump up there and get the ball. I thought about it a lot, so I desperately tried to control my power, then I spiked the ball, which was raised high and aimed at the opponent''s court. "Haah!" As I heard such a grand bursting sound, the wind pressure created by my spikes'' momentum tore down the volleyball court net. My spike, which I was supposed to have controlled, caused the ball to explode, blowing the volleyball net off. Luckily, no one was injured, but the students were silent as they looked at the volleyball court that had been turned to nothing. "¡­.." "Uh, I''m sorry." While the photographers, and even the president, who had requested the spike, were stunned, I could only apologize. I knew I shouldn''t have spiked it¡­ As I was worrying about what they were going to do for the rest of the game, one of the opponent''s team raised his hand. "I''m going to forfeit." ©¤©¤Thus, the victory was secured, this time due to the opponent''s surrender. Chapter 63 - Book 5: Part 4 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 After that, the other classes that were watching our match declared an immediate withdrawal every time they faced our class, so we didn''t have to fight until the end to win¡­ or rather, we did. To be honest, I can''t be honestly happy at all, but Rin and the others rejoiced because a win is still a win, and they comforted me, so my heart felt a little lighter. I''m really grateful. And just as we won the volleyball tournament, the winners of other events were also decided, and it seemed that our class won the soccer tournament, too, although I couldn''t cheer for them in the end. I didn''t do well in the table tennis tournament I participated in, but overall the other events did well, and Sawada-sensei was very happy. She really doesn''t try to hide her desire, does she? As I walked around cheering for the other events, I noticed something noisy on the tennis court. When I looked closely, I saw people gathered around the tennis court, and I could even see some kind of stretcher-like object. I''m not sure who it is or if it''s okay, but when I went to look at the center of the commotion. "Eh, Kaori?" "Ah¡­ Yuuya-san." The one in the middle of the commotion was, to my surprise, Kaori. Kaori was sitting there looking listless, and I couldn''t help but go up to her and ask her about it. "What happened to you? It looks like a serious matter¡­" "Um¡­ I participated in this ball game in tennis doubles, and the person I was paired with earlier got injured and couldn''t continue the match¡­" When I turned my gaze towards the stretcher, there was a male student there, groaning unconscious. From the look of him, he doesn''t seem to be seriously injured, but still, he was unconscious, so it''s difficult to continue, isn''t it? "Then¡­ what will you do? You''re still in the middle of the game, right?" "Unfortunately, I can''t continue without a partner, so I have to forfeit here¡­" I found myself opening my mouth to Kaori, who had a sad expression on her face. "Well, then, I''ll join you. From the looks of it, it was a mixed-gender match, right?" "Eh? Yes, that''s right, but¡­ we are in a different class, and as expected¡­" "Yeah, but at least your current opponent isn''t in my class. Besides, it seems that even if someone isn''t registered, they''re allowed to play¡­ and if your original partner wakes up in the middle of the game, we can just switch again." I managed to convince Kaori, who looked somewhat apologetic, and the opposing team agreed, so I would participate in the tennis match as a limited Kaori pair. "W-well then, Yuuya-san. Please!" "Yeah, you can trust me." It seems that the match was resumed by a serve from Kaori, and while I was standing in a suitable position©¤©¤. "Eeiii!" "Ugh?" I suddenly felt a chill and moved my head on the spot, and a tennis ball ran through the position where my head had been a moment ago with great force. "I-I-I''m sorry, Yuuya-san! Are you okay?" "I-I''m fine. Ahahaha¡­" Wait a minute. Could it be that¡­ this serve was the reason why Kaori''s partner was knocked out¡­? It was a small matter, but I was secretly glad that my otherworldly combat experience, intuition, and reflexes were put to good use. Or maybe I would have fallen prey to it, too. After regaining her composure, Kaori carefully served again, and this time she managed to get into the opponent''s court. However, the opponent returned the serve by aiming at Kaori instead of me. "Wawa! Eii!" It was a great strikeout, and sadly, it led to our opponent scoring. "Ugh¡­ I knew that I would just be a hindrance when it comes to sports¡­" "I-it''s fine! Somehow¡­ we will manage it¡­!" Although I said so, the opponent will probably come after Kaori more aggressively from now on. That''s only natural since they are here to win. Well, then, what should I do©¤©¤? Starting from Kaori''s serve again, this time, she entered the opponent''s court for the first time, and as expected, the opponent returned the shot close to Kaori. And then©¤©¤. "Eeii!" "©¤©¤©¤Oraa!" As Kaori was swinging an empty air, I snatched up the ball from a rather tight position and returned it directly to the opponent''s court. Then, inevitably, Kaori and I are on one side, and the other side is empty, and of course, the opponent is going to aim at that point¡­ "Haaahh!" I used the leg strength that Usagi-san had taught me directly, moved in an instant on the court, and then returned the shot to my opponent. The photographers who were following me were surprised to see that scene. "H-hey, hey¡­ isn''t this Yuuya boy really crazy¡­?" "Even when he followed up on the girl who swung and hit nothing but air was so incredible, but moving around the court in that split second was just¡­" "And the ball is precisely aimed at the edge of the opponent''s court line; it''s sick." To be honest, I wasn''t really paying attention to the photographers'' situation because it was now just me versus my opponent''s team. Nevertheless, I managed to keep my strength in check, and while keeping up with Kaori, I kept gaining points, and finally, we reached the point where the game was match point. And as we continued to rally again, my opponent made a mistake and launched the ball high. The ball was now on top of Kaori, and she was full of enthusiasm as she readied her racket. "This time, I''m going to be useful too¡­!" With that enthusiasm, Kaori aimed at the ball and swung her racket down with vigor. "Eeeii!" "Ah." Unfortunately, Kaori''s racket sliced through the air without hitting the ball, and not only Kaori and the photographers, but also the president of the agency and the students around her who were watching the event, were shouting at the scene. "Haaaaah!" I ran to help Kaori out from behind and swung my racket at the ball that bounced up to the highest point in the air. And my racket caught the ball firmly and hit the ball cleanly through the middle of the opponent''s team. "Wawa!" Then Kaori, who had just flailed before, almost fell over with the momentum, and I moved to Kaori''s side as soon as I landed and held her. "Are you okay?" "Yu-Yuuya-san¡­ uh, thank you very much." I''m glad that Kaori managed to remain uninjured. "Did you get that!? You got it, didn''t you!?" "That''s okay." "Alright, alright, alriigghhtt! Now that is perfect!" Just then, the president was talking to the photographers with some kind of excitement, but well, it''s none of my business. Anyway, the one pitch I just made was the final score, and we were able to win the game successfully. "Ugh¡­ in the end, I could only be a hindrance for Yuuya-san¡­" "I-I don''t think so, but¡­" I tried to comfort the depressed Kaori somehow, but no matter what I said to her, she just shook her head. ©¤©¤After that game, her partner woke up safely and went to the next game, but her partner fainted on Kaori''s serve again. And I couldn''t bother them anymore, so, unfortunately, she had to forfeit the game¡­ I don''t know what the right thing to say to her would be. But the fact that her serve gave me chills even though I''m supposed to have evolved, let alone leveled up, in another world must be honestly amazing. While I was seriously unsure of what to say to her, the smiling-faced president and the photographer approached me, as if they had gotten a good picture. "Yuuya-kun. That was a great game earlier! Besides, we also took a good shot of the scene where Yuuya-kun held Kaori-san in your arms earlier!" "Eh?!" Apparently, what she was discussing with the photographers earlier was about the scene where I held Kaori in my arms. I didn''t particularly care for it at the time, but now that I think about it, I did something incredibly daring, I¡­! I''m so embarrassed now! "Ugh¡­ I was only a hindrance from start to finish¡­" To Kaori, who was depressed, the president made an "I got an idea" expression on her face. "Ah, right! Kaori-san, if you don''t mind, would you like to take a picture with Yuuya-kun?" "Eh¡­ what? Are you sure about that?" "Of course! The two of you looked so good together in that scene earlier, and I just need a few more pictures of you two. Yuuya-kun would be fine too, right?" "Huh? Eh, yeah. I''m fine, but¡­" "By all means, please do so!" Kaori''s expression brightened at once, to the point where the depression she had felt earlier went away. No, is it really okay? And under the instructions of the president, Kaori and I line up next to each other. "Look, Yuuya-kun. Don''t be so distant, come closer to each other." "Eh, more than this?" "I don''t mean you have to embrace each other, just come closer, okay?" The president says so, but Kaori and I are already close enough to touch each other''s shoulders¡­ When I looked to the side, I saw Kaori''s eyes met with mine, and we both blushed and looked away involuntarily. "Geez, your innocent looks are dazzling for an old lady like me. But I don''t need that innocence right now, so make sure you have a smile on your face." "I-it''s impossible." Kaori and I looked at each other as we blurted out the same line at the exact same time. "Now is the chance! Shutter, please!!!" The moment we laughed, it was truly a professional photographer. They were able to capture those smiles without missing a beat. £ª£ª£ª After the ball game was over without any problems, everyone finished changing out of their P.E. clothes and were about to go home when I saw Kaori standing near the school gate. "Huh? Kaori, what''s going on?" "Um, that¡­" Kaori stammered while blushing a little, and eventually opened her mouth with a look of determination. "Yu-Yuuya-san! Would you like to walk home with me?" "Hmm? Okay, but¡­ what''s going on?" "Um¡­ I''m sorry for the trouble I caused you today, and more importantly, I''m really happy that you helped me out of a difficult situation. So, to thank you for that, why don''t we stop somewhere on the way home?" Apparently, Kaori is going to thank me for today''s ball game tournament. "Oh no, you didn''t have to worry about that." "No! I''ve been helped by Yuuya-san many times. Of course, I don''t think I can repay you for all of that with this short detour, but still¡­" "Well, since you''re saying that much, I guess I should go for it." "R-really?" Kaori''s eyes sparkled with joy at my words. It''s a good thing that she''s this happy, to be honest. Besides¡­ "Well, just being with Kaori is more than enough for me, and that is worth it." "Eh? T-that''s¡­" Sear?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I''ve never had a friend before, so it''s a real pleasure to be invited to hang out with her like this, and it''s a precious time for me. ¡­I want to have fun with everyone again next time. While thinking like that, Kaori, who froze with a red face for some reason, opened her mouth with a determined look. "Yu-Yuuya-san! Um¡­ could you please shut your eyes?" "My eyes?" I''m not sure, but Kaori says that with a serious expression, so I honestly shut my eyes. Then, for a moment, a pleasant scent tickled my nose, and I felt as if something really faintly touched my cheek, opposite to the cheek that was kissed by Luna some time ago. "T-that''s enough." "Eh?" When I open my eyes, I see Kaori''s cheeks are even redder than before. "That, what is that exactly?" "It''s a secret." While I tilted my head, Kaori smiled somewhat mischievously and in a charming way. Chapter 64 - Book 6: Part 1 Another chapter today thanks to the Patrons, enjoy~ Part 1 When Yuuya had the ball game, Owen and the others had arrived safely at the royal capital and were on their way to report to the king. "We have returned, father." "Oh, Lexia! Are you okay?" The king is relieved to see Lexia safe and sound¡­ Arnold is pleased with a broad smile on his face and immediately gives instructions to the nearby maids. "Lexia must be tired after having just returned, isn''t she? Get some rest now. I will hear from you later." "I understand." Lexia nodded obediently to Arnold''s words and left the room with the maid. Then, to Owen, who was left in the room, Arnold asked him with a serious face, unlike earlier. "Owen. I can''t see the young man who was said to be in the Great Devil''s Nest¡­ what happened?" "Ha! It was¡­ a lot of things, and we weren''t able to have him come this time." "Fumu¡­ does that whole thing have something to do with the woman in there?" The one who was ahead of Arnold''s sharp gaze was Luna, who had been turned into Lexia''s guard from an assassin. Although Luna received Arnold''s intimidation, the king of the Arcelia Kingdom, head-on, Luna herself replied frankly without seeming particularly overwhelmed. "Ah. It''s because I tried to assassinate Lexia. So various dates were delayed, and Yuuya couldn''t come." "H-hey!" "©¤©¤Hou?" Owen looked impatient at Luna, who informed the king too frankly, and that made Arnold''s gaze even sharper. "You, you mentioned the assassination of my daughter, Lexia?" "Yes. But as you can see now that Lexia is alive, my assassination attempt failed, however." "Then, why are you alive? If you''re an assassin, would a failed commission be equivalent to death?" In an atmosphere where lying wasn''t allowed, Luna still wasn''t pressured¡­ On the contrary, she remembered that Lexia had approached her about the escort, and she gave a little smile. "Of course, I was ready to die, too. But that was stopped by Lexia herself of all people. That''s why I''m here now." "Hmm¡­ I see." The moment Arnold snorted in displeasure©¤©¤. "Huh!" He drew out the national treasure [Slash Sword Greacle] and then slashed at Luna. However, Luna was in neither hurry for Arnold''s action, but instead, she put strings around him and stopped his movement. "Hou? You have discovered the characteristics of my sword in an instant." "Yeah. If I tried to stop the sword itself with my thread, it would cut through my thread so easily. So I had to stop your arm." Luna was right, the strings that she had stretched out in an instant did not inhibit the movement of the sword, but made Arnold''s arm immobile. As a result, Arnold was unable to move his arm and unable to slash Luna with it. Arnold, who laughed in amusement, changed his appearance from earlier and gave a bitter smile. "I know what you''re capable of. So could you untie this thread?" "If you promise you won''t attack me again, then fine." As the king and Luna continued to stare at each other, Owen pondered what to do, when the door was suddenly opened with great force. "Ah! Father, what are you doing to my Luna!" "Le-Lexia? I thought you were just going to your room." The one who vigorously opened the door was Lexia, who had left earlier. That''s why, in front of his beloved daughter, who suddenly appeared, Arnold was extremely impatient. Because, even though he is unable to move due to Luna''s strings, from the side, it looks like Arnold is slashing at Luna. "Of course, I tried to go to my room. But then I realized that Luna wasn''t following me, so I came back. And then¡­!" Lexia, rekindling her anger, glared at her father, Arnold. "If you do something horrible to Luna¡­ I would hate you, father!" "H-hate!?" Arnold turned as white as ashes and almost collapsed on the spot, but Luna''s strings interfered and forced him to maintain his slashing stance. Luna, who was watching such an exchange between father and daughter, snorted. "Hmph¡­ well, I''ll forgive you this time." Showing arrogance against the king, Luna quickly retrieved the thread that was blocking Arnold''s movements. When Arnold was finally able to move, he sat down in his chair, staggering as he was, but desperately tried to reason and evaluate Luna''s abilities. "¡­It was only blocking my movements just now, but I guess you could essentially kill me with that thing, right?" "Yeah. If I put it around your neck, it would fly off easily." "A girl who speaks terrible things¡­ even though in my case, I''m already dying from Lexia''s hating on me¡­" "I don''t care about that." Owen himself, for once, inwardly agreed with Luna''s statement. Then Lexia, with her arms crossed, asked Arnold. "So, father. You already know enough about Luna''s abilities, don''t you?" "Yes, well, you seem to be good enough as an escort. What do you think, Owen?" "Ha! I don''t think it''s a problem for me either. " "All right." Nodding at Owen''s words, Arnold looked at Luna again with an air of dignity that made it hard to believe that he was the one who had been overcome earlier. "What''s your name?" "It''s Luna." "Now, Luna. I now acknowledge you as Lexia''s bodyguard. You shall protect my daughter." "Ha!" For the first time on the spot, Luna bowed her head and left the room with Lexia, prompted directly by Arnold. "Hmph¡­ I can''t stand the hate from my daughter¡­" "Your Majesty is too soft on Lexia-sama." "Because my daughter is so cute! Well, let''s not talk about that for now. So, Owen. That Luna is not just an ordinary assassin. You said that she''s skilled, but she''s actually a competent person." "That''s right. In the Dark Guild, it seems they called her [Head Hunter]." "What! That famous [Head Hunter]? So that''s why she''s so experienced¡­ and the reason why the assassination attempt failed is because of the young man living in the Great Devil''s Nest?" "Yes. That young man who prevented the assassination©¤his name is Yuuya, and he was the one who captured Luna just now. I haven''t heard the details, but at that time, Yuuya-dono, who was accompanied by Lexia-sama''s recklessness, went along with Luna and Lexia-sama to his house in the Great Devil''s Nest©¤©¤." "What? Lexia has gone to a man''s house alone?" "Um¡­ Your Majesty?" Arnold lifted his eyes at Owen''s report, not sure where his earlier dignity had gone. "Don''t tell me that you didn''t stay in that man''s house, by any chance?" "¡­.." Owen racked his brain, trying desperately to figure out what the right answer would be. But the silence was the correct answer, and Arnold smiled darkly. "He may indeed be Lexia''s benefactor¡­ but I don''t remember allowing him to go that far. I will make that guy be the victim of my [Slash Sword Greacle]." "As expected, that''s not good! It''s not like anything in particular happened!" "You wouldn''t know that! You weren''t even there!" "Kuh! I don''t know anymore if he''s calm or agitated¡­!" Owen held his head as Arnold showed his calm side while remaining angry at this point. "And anyway! Due to Luna''s attempted assassination, our schedule was shifted by a day, and Yuuya-dono was unable to come." "Hmm¡­. Then when will I get to meet him? Isn''t that disrespectful? Hmm?" "As I mentioned before, Yuuya-dono is probably a noble or royal from another country, and if we do something wrong, it could lead to a diplomatic problem. Besides, do you think we can win against an opponent who lives in the Great Devil''s Nest." "Gunununu¡­" Arnold looked seriously frustrated. To such an Arnold, Owen let out a sigh. "Sigh¡­ For now, I''ve told him to come when he can come to the royal castle, so I''m sure he''ll be coming before too long." "It can''t be helped. I guess I''ll have to wait a while longer." ©¤©¤In this way, Yuuya is being looked upon by the king as an enemy without even knowing it. £ª£ª£ª ©¤©¤After the time Arnold and the others were discussing Yuuya, speculation had begun to move elsewhere as well. "¡­Your Highness. There is one thing I would like to hear from you¡­" "What is it?" Sear?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In a room in the royal castle, a man had received a report from a man wearing a hood. The man was Rhaegar, the First Prince of the Alceria Kingdom. Rhaegar sipped on the liquor he held in his hand without interest but stopped moving at the content of the man in the hood''s report. "©¤©¤About the existence in the Great Devil''s Nest¡­" "¡­What?" With a slight opening in his eyes, Rhaegar urges the man in the hood to continue. "What do you know?" "Ha¡­ it seems that there is someone who lives in the Great Devil''s Nest." "What?!" At the words of the man in the hood, Rhaegar''s eyes widened. "You''re saying there is someone who lives in that Great Devil''s Nest? Isn''t that a mistake?" "No. At the time of the attack on Lexia-sama before, only Lexia-sama survived from the Great Devil''s Nest. We didn''t know it at the time, but it seems that that person saved Lexia-sama." "¡­If there really is someone living in the Great Devil''s Nest, where did you get that information from? It''s hard to imagine that father wouldn''t regulate the information around there." "It seems that they were planning to invite him to the royal castle, and to receive him, Lexia-sama herself went to the Great Devil''s Nest with Owen and other guards. I have inferred this from the conversations of the soldiers who were participating as that escort." "I see¡­ Owen would have noticed your presence as well, but at the general soldier level, there''s no way to be noticed. " Rhaegar was surprised at the content of the report, but he agreed. Then the man in the hood continued, seemingly with more difficulty speaking. "And there''s one more thing I have to tell you¡­" "What, you have more?" "Yes¡­ Actually, it seems that one of the nobles who support Your Highness had asked the Dark Guild to assassinate Lexia-sama¡­" "Hou? That''s a good sentiment. So what happened?" "¡­It seems that the person hired by the Dark Guild was a terrific assassin, the [Head Hunter], but¡­that¡­" "What a terrible attitude. With a skill like that, the assassination must have been a success, right?" The person in the hood sensed that Rhaegar was in a bad mood and had no choice but to continue. "¡­It seems that the assassination by [Head Hunter] was prevented by the person who lives in the Great Devil''s Nest that I told you about earlier, and [Head Hunter] became Lexia-sama''s bodyguard just like that¡­" "What?!" Rhaegar involuntarily stood up from his seat. "It''s the [Head Hunter], right!? Leaving aside that terrific assassination being prevented, why would someone like that become an escort for Lexia!" "I''m sorry. I have only¡­." "You are useless!" Rhaegar shouted in frustration and wandered around the room. "Damn¡­ not only is there a troublesome existence called Owen near Lexia, but the [Head Hunter] also became her bodyguard? Wouldn''t it be even more difficult to touch her¡­?" Rhaegar, who had been moving back and forth throughout the room for some time, stopped unexpectedly a little later. "It can''t be helped. I was still going to save this measure for later, but¡­" Rhaegar turns to the figure in the hood and gives him a cold stare. "Hey. You said they''re inviting that person who is in the Great Devil''s Nest to the royal castle?" "Ha!" "When was that? Is he already here?" "No. Apparently, he''s not here this time, but I''m sure he''ll be here eventually." "I see. Then we have some time to react." The hooded figure asked Rhaegar as he began to think about it. "Um¡­ what exactly do you have in mind?" Then Rhaegar smiles wickedly at the hooded figure. "What, I thought it was time for the father to step aside¡­" "Wha-!?" That meant the murder of Arnold, the king, and his father. To the hooded figure who was exclaiming at such a profane statement, Rhaegar continued with a laugh. "What surprises you? Eventually, this me will be the king. That''s only going to speed things up a bit, isn''t it?" "B-but assassinating His Majesty is dangerous. His Majesty is protected by several skilled guards, though not as skilled as Owen''s. Besides, His Majesty himself is powerful, and most importantly, if this becomes public knowledge, His Highness''s own position will be in jeopardy!" "Did I say anything about doing anything myself?" "Huh?" The hooded figure rolled his eyes at the unexpected words. "Certainly, father and his guards must be strong. But you would have no problem with that, would you?" "That''s¡­yes, but¡­" "And I''ll even lend you one of my "trump cards". I don''t know if it will be effective against Owen or the [Head Hunter], but if it''s my father''s bodyguard, there will be no problem." "T-that¡­ "trump card" is¡­?" To the fearful hooded man who asked with trepidation, Rhaegar smiled fearlessly. "There is an item called [Sealed Magic Barrier] that, if activated, prevents any magic from being used inside it and blocks interference from the outside. And I have it." "What!" "You know what? With this, my father''s guards will be powerless, because father, who is confident in his sword skills, has only wizards at his side. Therefore, if you use the [Sealed Magic Barrier], the only targets you have to worry about are Owen, the [Head Hunter], and my father. If this is the case, you guys can handle it, right?" "If there is no interference from wizards or Owen or anyone else, we can try, but if we fail, however, your highness will be in a bad position¡­" "You could just rub it in." "Huh!" "You know that, right? You said that this person who lives in the Great Devil''s Nest would be coming. It would be quick to blame him for all the crimes and have him killed. On the other hand, if we name Lexia as the mastermind, then we can also bring Lexia herself to justice. The stranger and Lexia, who had brought the stranger with her, would be the most likely to be suspected if father died, right?" "¡­.." "Moreover, if someone who lives in the Great Devil''s Nest comes, he''ll definitely have an audience with my father. That will probably be with a minimum number of people. No one would believe there''s a person who lives in the Great Devil''s Nest, and if it were true, they would hide it at first to prevent it from being extracted by other countries. Then, when the time is right, they will make it public. Hence, I can ask the father to leave. We will use the [Sealing Magic Barrier] on a small number of guards, and if you guys attack, everything will be over. As long as you kill them all, all of the testimonies about me will come to pass on Lexia and that stranger, and then blaming them for the crime. What, let''s just say to the outside world that the savage living in the Great Devil''s Nest has gone on a rampage." The hooded figure couldn''t say anything to Rhaegar, who wore a dark smile and told him so. "Now, prepare yourself. Although he is not here at this time, that doesn''t mean you should take it easy. You must make arrangements to ensure that you will kill my father. There is no room for error on this one." "¡­Ha!" "Fufufu¡­ I don''t know who he is, but at best, he can serve as a stepping stone for me." ©¤©¤In the royal capital, apart from the hand that welcomed Yuuya, the side of malice was also reaching out at the same time. £ª£ª£ª While the topic of Yuuya was being discussed in the other world, a magazine featuring the "Ousei Gakuen" was also published on earth. At first, since it was a famous school, not many people were curious to read the feature article, but the photo that appeared in the magazine caused a sensation in the world. It was a photo of Yuuya jumping up and hitting the ball vigorously while playing tennis, and it didn''t take long for people to identify him as the person who had previously been in the news for his photo with the model Miu. As a result, Yuuya still didn''t know that the information that he was a student of "Ousei Gakuen" would spread, and a waiting list would appear. And the other entertainment agencies and others noticed the entertainment agency that was partnering with this magazine had already signed a contract with him. So, they thought and lamented the fact that they were a step too late in pulling him out, but the more powerful agencies were beginning to think about whether they could pull him out of that contracted agency and into their own on better terms. Yuuya, who had gone from a single feature article on the school to a quick buzz, was once again featured heavily on television and online relations, unknowingly creating a large fan base. The female president, who had been watching such a movement in the world, smiled a sinister smile. "Fufufu¡­ Indeed, Yuuya-kun didn''t sign a contract on the spot, but once he fills in the outer ground like this, he won''t be able to sign a contract with anyone but us anymore, right? Besides, it''s only a matter of time before he gets into show business after making such a big deal out of it." The female president muttered this to herself as she held up a magazine with a feature article in her hand, and then her next scenario came to mind. "Now that we''ve come this far, all we have to do now is make our major-label debut." In this way, Yuuya''s outer expanse is steadily being filled in without his knowledge. Chapter 65 - Book 6: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 The day after the ball game tournament. It was a substitute holiday, and since it was a three-day weekend from the next day, I decided to take this opportunity to go to the royal castle. If I miss this opportunity, I won''t have a chance to go there anymore. I told Usagi-san, who came to the house in the other world that day, that I was going to visit the castle. (I see. Well, if you have things to do, there''s no choice. Besides, I''ve taught you the basics. Now it''s just a matter of how to train them.) That was what he said when I told him that I would take a break from my training. "So, let''s go to the royal castle today!" "Woof!" "Buhi!" Both Night and Akatsuki responded to my call by raising their paws. Yeah, they are cute, as always. "Oh, but I don''t have this world''s money¡­ what should I do?" If I think about it, this is my first time in a different world city. There''s no way I''d be able to buy anything in my current state if I didn''t have money. If possible, I want a map to the royal capital, and even if there is no map at worst, there may be an existence that acts as a bus or a taxi like on Earth, so money is essential. There are some materials in the item box that can be exchanged for cash, but I don''t know if it''s safe to exchange them for money. I already know, but according to Owen-san and the others, and sage-san''s book, the monsters inhabiting this forest should be among the most powerful in the world. If I sold the materials of such monsters, it might attract a strange kind of inadequate attention. "Hmm¡­ how can I make money¡­" Due to the effect of the Door to the Other World, all the unwanted materials such as magic stones can be converted into Japanese yen, but the reverse is not possible. While I was pondering this, an idea suddenly came to mind. "Huh? If materials from the other world can be converted to Japanese yen at the door, and conversely, if Japanese yen and Japanese things can''t be converted to yen at the door¡­ why don''t I just try to sell those Japanese items in the other world?" "Woof?" I asked Night and Akatsuki who were nearby, but they just tilted their heads, as if to say "I don''t know". But I have a feeling that this idea isn''t a bad one. Just because I can''t redeem the money at the door doesn''t mean I can''t exchange it at the other world''s shops. However, since items from the other world, such as magic and weapons, are weird items that people usually have, it''s basically difficult to exchange them for something other than at the door. Well, clothing, armor, and dishes may be sold as antiques. I don''t know the level of civilization in this world, so I can''t say for sure. Still, based on the atmosphere of this house that the sage-san left me and the armor Owen-san wore, I imagine that the civilization is around the medieval period. As long as it''s tailored to that period and doesn''t have electronic devices or anything, I think it will sell. If that''s the case, items that could be sold on Earth, like pepper, were worth as much gold back in the middle ages, and other things like soap or a mirror. In times past, they wouldn''t be as clean as they are today; even a pinch of soap today can remove dirt and leave a nice smell. However, since there is a concept of drop items in this world, it is really unknown how far the things of the Earth can be used. "¡­Well, there''s no point in even thinking about it, so let''s get everything ready." I had some Japanese yen thanks to the other world''s drop items, so I bought ten bottles of pepper, ten more soap, and ten hand mirrors from the nearest supermarket. "Yes, if there''s anything I''m missing, I can just go home and get it!" "Woof." "Buhi." So, finally, we left for the city. Since we regularly hunt for monsters around the entrance and escort Lexia and the others back to their homes, we didn''t have to worry about getting lost until we reached the exit. While I was walking along the road, defeating a Goblin Elite or something like that, Night found a monster I''ve never seen before. "Woof! Woof!" "Hmm? What''s wrong?" "Woof." When I looked in the direction that Night had indicated, I saw a sheep covered in white fuzzy body hair gently eating grass. And after eating a certain amount of grass, it begins to sleep unprotected on the spot. "W-what was that sheep¡­" For now, I activated [Identification]. [Sleep Sheep] Level: 400 Magic: 10000 Attack: 7000 Defense: 8000 Agility: 3000 Intelligence: 10000 Luck: 500 [Skills] Sleep Magic (R), Charge (N), Sleep Healing (SR), Magic Detection (R) It was an indescribable status. It would be an amazing threat for the old me, but my training with Usagi-san made me fight an even more dangerous existence than this, and more importantly, my status is now more than the sheep in front of me because of my own evolution. More than that, the fact that its magic power and intelligence are 10,000, above its other stats, it was expected that I thought it would probably use magic. By the way, is sleep magic, as the name implies, magic related to sleep? I also never saw a skill called [Sleep Healing] before, and it''s a bit unusual. As I was thinking like that, the sheep''s eyes suddenly opened, and it turned its gaze towards me. It seems that its [Magic Detection] skill has seen through my [Assimilation]. As I thought about that, the sheep immediately got up and charged at us. However, from my experience of King Mithril Boar''s rush, its movement was very slow, and I decided to finish it off with plenty of time to spare. I make [Formless Bow] appear and put the arrow against the string and draw it down. If I''m going to aim for it, it would be the large torso as a target, but I feel like it might flick the arrow somehow, so I exclude it. If this were a kick, it wouldn''t be a problem, but now that it''s approaching from the other side, there''s no need to jump into that danger. Kicking is a practice, but I''d rather train with other weapons as well. And as if to determine my thoughts, my intuition told me that it was better not to aim at the torso. And while I was at it, I also checked the weaknesses with my [Mind''s Eye?Revision] skill, and since the result was that the forehead was the best, I decided to aim at it quietly as well. With a single breath©¤©¤a single arrow. "Huh!" "!? M-mmeeeeeee!" Combined with the momentum of the sheep''s rush, an arrow pierced its forehead with a force that penetrated through the sheep''s brain. Then the sheep screamed and went wild on the spot, but eventually, it turned into a particle of light and disappeared. "Phew¡­ I managed to finish it off with a single long-range attack." "Woof." When I approached the drop items, I found a palm-sized magical stone, meat, and other items, and©¤©¤a futon had fallen out. "Why?" At any rate, when I tried to check the magic stone with [Identification], it was marked as B-class, so that sheep must have been B-class too. [Meat of the Sleep Sheep] :: Meat from the Sleep Sheep. It has a sticky texture and a strong peculiarity, and its taste can be different in normal cooking. However, smoked meat made from this meat is famous as a very popular snack among drinkers. [Wool of the Sleep Sheep] :: Sleep Sheep''s fur. It has excellent heat and moisture absorption characteristics and is very comfortable to the touch, so bedding and clothes made from this wool are popular among the nobility. However, since Sleep Sheep itself is extremely rare, its price is extremely high. [Horn of the Sleep Sheep] :: It cannot be used as material for weapons, but if it is made into a powder, it can be used as a sleeping potion to induce a comfortable sleep. For that reason, it is sometimes used by those who wish to euthanize themselves. It''s hard to use any of these things. No, the meat is fine because I personally don''t care about the taste, of course, but the wool and horns are fine too¡­ especially the horns, the way they are used is a bit scary. "Well, that''s okay. Rather than this material, the problem is this futon, no matter how I look at it." "Fugo? Fugo~." It looks like a very ordinary futon; even the quilt is included in the set. However, I knew instantly that it wasn''t an ordinary futon because Akatsuki, who charged at it, was already visibly exposed to a slackened appearance. For now, I''ll have to check it out to find out what it is, so as usual, I activated [Identification]. [Paradise Futon] :: A rare drop item obtained from Sleep Sheep. It is always clean and does not require washing. Warm in the winter and always comfortable in the summer without getting sticky with sweat. It can also be used outdoors. There are two modes: Inertial Sleep Mode and Comfortable Sleep Mode. The Inertial Sleep Mode makes you feel as if you are in paradise, and the Comfortable Sleep Mode lulls you into a comfortable sleep as soon as you get into the futon, allowing you to experience overwhelmingly good quality sleep and wake up refreshed in the morning. The texture of the futon is also extraordinary, and just touching it makes you feel happy. While you sleep, your HP and MP will increase, albeit slightly. As always, the Daily Necessities series. I''m no longer surprised, but the Daily Necessities series is still a blast. It''s no wonder Akatsuki has become so limp. And thankfully, it can be used outdoors as well. "What a good omen!" "Woof." "Buhi~." "¡­Akatsuki, it''s time to go." "Buhi? B-buhi¡­" Akatsuki returned to my feet in a troubled manner, showing his regrets. "Don''t be so depressed. When we go to bed, we''ll all be sleeping together with this." "Woof!" "Buhi? Buhi!" With that promise, we continued onward and finally reached the forest entrance. "We''re finally here!" "Woof!" "Buhi!" Well, it was long and short¡­ After that, we found another Sleep Sheep again, and since the sheep were in a group, we got about ten additional sets of bedding. Well, it doesn''t matter how many we have¡­ it''s not like we have a problem, but considering that we have a spare set, well¡­ ¡­Hmm? Well, if I had used transition magic to this point, we could have moved faster, and we wouldn''t have been attacked by a bunch of Sleep Sheep¡­ ¡­.. "No, this is one of the real thrills in this kind of thing! Yup, yup." "Woof?" "Fugo?" Seeing how I was somehow nodding to myself, Night and Akatsuki nodded their heads. "Well, as I recall, Owen-san and the others were headed¡­ that way, right?" I''m also wondering what''s on the other side of the street where Owen-san and the others were headed, but for now, let''s head to the town that''s said to be near this Great Devil''s Nest. When I was taking care of Luna, Owen-san and the others seemed to have gotten some food and other things there. Then I''ll get some other world money or something and go to the capital. "Alright then, let''s get going!" "Woof!" "Buhi!" And so we set out for the city of the other world. S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Chapter 66 - Book 6: Part 3 Another chapter brought by the Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 After walking for a while, I could see what looked like a city in the distance. "Oh, is that the city Owen-san was talking about?" "Woof." "Buhi." Since I finally arrived in the city of the other world, I walked a little faster and approached the city. Then I saw a line of people standing in front of what looked like a huge castle gate, which is something I don''t see very often in Japan. Maybe they were doing something like an inspection. When I tried to get in line as well with the others, for some reason, I got a lot of stares. For a moment, I thought Night and Akatsuki were being watched, but after seeing those two, for some reason, they looked at me and were surprised to see me, so the cause must be me. Did I wear something weird? I thought I shouldn''t scare them, so I took off my [Bloody War Demon Series] armor and put on the shirt and pants that Sage-san left for me. However, everyone just came to look at it and didn''t do anything in particular, so I decided not to worry about it anymore. On the other hand, I also observed the people around me and was very surprised to see someone coming in a carriage. "I''ve seen the carriage that Lexia-san was riding in, but that time I saw it from a distance. It''s quite impressive to see it up close. I''ve never ridden in a rickshaw or anything like that, but then again, you don''t get to see or ride a horse-drawn carriage very often on Earth." While observing other people without being rude, I was surprised to find someone with specific features that startled me to the point where my eyes widened because that person has some kind of animal ears growing on his head! What is that? Cat ears? No, dog ears? Whatever, but still, it''s incredible. And when I looked closer, I saw that he even has a tail! Maybe it''s not uncommon in this other world, but people don''t seem particularly surprised to see such people. Well, even in Japan, if you go to Akiba, you''ll find people wearing cat ears, but those things are just fake. Even though we haven''t even entered the city of this other world yet, my excitement is already quite high. As I was spending the normally unenjoyable waiting time without worrying about anything at all, it was finally my turn. "Yes, the next one¡­?" "U-um¡­ what''s wrong?" When I go in front of a man in armor who looks like an official, he looks at me and is surprised to see me the same way as the others while I''m waiting. "No, I''m sorry. I''m just a little surprised, that''s all. Now, do you have any identification or anything else on you?" "Huh?" IDs¡­? ¡­.. I don''t have oneeeee! No, if I think about it again, that''s right, that! I mean, you need a passport to go abroad! I''ve never been elsewhere before! I don''t know if I''m going to get caught if I don''t have it, but I have my student ID card¡­ no, that''s a no-no! In contrast to me, who was very impatient, the official said with a smile. "By the looks of it, you don''t have any. If you don''t have it, you don''t have to worry." "R-really?" "Yeah. But you''re going to have to cooperate with me on the reason for coming to this city and a little inspection, but once that''s done, I''ll let you into the city." Thank goodness! I was at a considerable loss! I thought this was the end of my life here! I was deeply relieved, and the official laughed again when he saw that. "You don''t have to be that nervous, though. Now, first of all, can you tell me your name and why you''re here in this town? "Ah, I''m Tenjou Yuuya. The reason is, it''s simply for tourism." Yeah, I''m pretty sure we''re going to do some sightseeing. I really need to leave right away to head to the royal capital, but we can look around for a bit. "I see¡­ by the way, are those two animals your companions?" "Oh, yes. This is Night, and this is Akatsuki." "Woof." "Buhi." They both raise one hand in greeting as I introduce them. "They''re pretty smart, aren''t they? Well, I suppose it won''t be a problem to get them into the city. Now, now that we''ve got that out of the way, would you mind touching this crystal?" That said, the one presented to me was a round crystal that looked like something a fortune teller might use. I''m not sure, but since it was supposed to be an inspection, I touched the crystal without any hesitation. Then the crystal immediately glowed blue. "Blue¡­ there is no criminal record¡­ All right, you are permitted to stay in this city. I hope you enjoy your stay." Apparently, he was able to confirm whether I was a criminal or not. That crystal can tell you if you''ve committed a crime or not¡­ what a useful tool. If we had that on Earth, the number of false convictions would decrease. Even so, it''s still convenient; the other world is really amazing. While admiring such things, we were able to enter the city safely. £ª£ª£ª "Well, now that we''ve got it in safely, I''d like to get some money somewhere soon." I''m a tourist, but I don''t have enough money for sightseeing. "I hope to find a place where I can sell my Japanese items." I took out one pepper and tried to check it with [Identification]. [Pepper] :: Pepper from Earth. The quality is better than the pepper from the other world, and the value of this one bottle in the different world is about five gold coins. When selling it in the merchants'' guild, if you want to negotiate, you should start negotiating at about 15 gold coins and sell it at around 5-10 gold coins. "It''s a more detailed explanation than I expected!" And it even tells me the selling price? Isn''t this too excellent? I do not know for sure, but the [Identification] skill gave me more answers than I was looking for. I don''t know how much this thing called a gold coin is worth in this world''s money, but it''s very helpful. And it even includes the place to buy it, which I wanted to know the most right now. Apparently, there is an organization called the merchant''s guild, and I can sell it there. "Okay, Night, Akatsuki, let''s go to the Merchant''s Guild!" "Woof." "Buhi." However, since I don''t know anything about this area, I approached the soldier at the gate and asked him for directions. The soldier who was standing at the gate seemed to be acting like the police on Earth, and he showed me the way in a polite manner, which was very helpful. Then we went down the road we were told, and we saw a beautiful wooden building. There are many carriages and people busily coming and going with wagons and loads of cargo, I thought vaguely that this is the center of the logistics of the city or something. As we walked into the neat and clean building, we were met with many of the same stares as we had been waiting to enter the city. I felt a little uncomfortable, but as I looked around inside, I saw what looked like a receptionist''s office, so I headed there. "Um, excuse me." "Y-yes! Can I help you?" The woman at the reception desk looks at me in surprise and then immediately responds with a sales smile. "Err, I actually have something I''d like to sell¡­" "Huh ¡­ with all due respect, is this your first time dealing with the merchant guild?" "Yes. I''m actually new to this city, and I don''t have any money on hand, so I thought I''d sell what I could for now." The receptionist nodded in understanding at my words. "Very well. Then I need you to register with the merchant''s guild first before you can make a sale or anything else, is that alright?" Yes, here they are. Registration. I hope it doesn''t cost me anything¡­ I ask a question despite my anxiety. "Does it cost any money, or is there any inconvenience for registering in any way?" "No, there are no fees. Also, when you belong to a [Guild], you will be issued with an identification card, and above all, each guild will provide you with some accommodations. However, there are cases where misbehaving people are expelled from the guild, but in general, there is no inconvenience." I see, so there are no particular disadvantages to registering with the guild, huh? And it''s very helpful to know that they''ll issue me an ID card. "Also, a [Guild] is an organization that exists in each country and is not interfered with by the country. Of course, since we have branches in each country, we will abide by the laws of that country and cooperate with them in case of emergencies, but we can prevent unreasonable interference from the country." "Ooh." I couldn''t help but raise my voice, but an organization called [Guild] is amazing. On the contrary, it''s very troublesome to make enemies with an organization like that¡­ Well, I don''t intend to do anything terrible, so I think it''s okay, but I''m a little afraid. More importantly, from what I''ve heard, it''s obviously only beneficial to register, and if I can''t sell the pepper without registering, then it''s no use. "Thank you for the explanation. Then can I ask you to register me with the guild?" "Very well. Now, please fill this out." That said, what was handed to me was a strange paper made of a different material from the paper I usually use. It''s hard to write on it because it''s so rough¡­ And the pen is also a quill pen¡­ wait a minute, I''ve never used a quill pen before. What? Can I just dip it in this ink¡­? Although I struggled with the unfamiliar paper and pen, I managed to finish filling out the form. The content was only to write my name and hometown, but I had a problem with my hometown, not to mention my name. Well, I ended up writing "Japan". "It''s done." "Yes¡­ Yuuya-sama, isn''t it? Is this place called "Japan" the name of your country?" "Yes. It''s a small island nation in the east." It was on Earth, though. "I see, I thought you were from this continent. If the continent is different, there are places that don''t have a merchant guild. Anyway, it looks like there''s no problem, so this completes the registration. This is your guild card." What was handed to me was a plate made of a material that was probably iron. There was only one name and one star engraved on it. "That guild card of yours, I believe it has a star engraved on it. That star indicates your rank within the guild, and the one-star qualifies you as a traveling merchant, but you can''t have an official shop at a stall or in the city. However, you can sell your goods through the merchants'' guild. If you want to open a stall, you need two stars, and to own a shop, you need three stars." "How can I get more of those stars?" "The Merchant''s Guild increases the number of stars for your contributions to the guild. When you own a stall or shop, a percentage of the sales will go to the merchants'' guild. And for those with one star, the amount of money you sell directly to the guild will be converted into a contribution, so you will be able to raise your contribution to three stars without too much difficulty. However, from the four-star level onwards, the criteria for judging is more stringent because it requires trust as a merchant, a track record of sales channel development, and the release of new products." I see¡­well, I don''t have a problem with the qualification of being a traveling merchant, so I don''t need to think about it too much. "Well, it''s a long story, but may I see what you would like to sell, Yuuya-sama?" "Oh, yes." I said and took out some pepper from the item box. Then, for some reason, the receptionist opened her eyes and was surprised. "Ah, [Item Box] holder¡­" "Excuse me?" "Huh? I-I''m sorry! It''s very rare to see someone with the [Item Box] skill¡­ but to be able to use [Item Box] is a huge advantage for a merchant! Yuuya-sama is very fortunate to be a merchant!" "R-really?" Oh, no. I didn''t think [Item Box] was such a rare skill¡­ But it''s not like there''s no one else who has it, so it''s okay, right? As I was thinking about that, the receptionist looked at the pepper that was handed to me and shouted¡­ "Eh¡­ eeeeeeeeeeeehh!" I was greatly surprised. When I was startled by the receptionist''s astonishing voice, the receptionist immediately bowed his head. "I-I''m very sorry! I''ve never seen such high-quality pepper and¡­ most importantly, such a beautiful bottle¡­" "I-is that so?" I knew that Earth''s pepper was of high quality. But, I guess the bottle is rare, too. "Excuse me, how many of these items do you have?" "Eh? Uh¡­ I have about ten right now, but if you give me time, I can still get them ready as well, you know?" "I-I see¡­ excuse me, I''ll have to check with the guild master in a moment." The receptionist bowed and then opened the door behind her and went away. I mean, what''s a guild master? "Hmm¡­ is this more valuable than I expected?" "Woof?" "Buhi?" The way Akatsuki and Night tilted their heads was adorable, and I immediately relaxed by them. By the way, I found out later that the receptionist here seems to be using a special magic tool, which works to prevent other people from recognizing the conversation between the receptionist and the merchant. It is said that thanks to this, the receptionist''s surprise and the communication between us is unknown to the people around us. They say that information is vital for a merchant, and the tools of this world are handy. The baths are taken care of every time. [T/n: I''m not sure what this bath is about.] As I waited in a daze for a while, a gentleman-like elderly man with white hair and a neatly trimmed white beard, as well as the receptionist from earlier, appeared. "Is that him?" "Yes! Yuuya-sama, thank you for waiting. This is Reinhardt-san, who is in charge of this merchant''s guild." "Hello. I am Guildmaster Reinhardt." "Hello. My name is Tenjou Yuuya." "Fumu¡­ that''s an odd-sounding name. Tenjou¡­ is that your name?" "Ah, no! Yuuya is my name, and Tenjou is my¡­ last name? Or a Family name?" How do I explain this? And if I think about it, people over here and Japanese names are reversed in order. I felt foreign countries have the same name format as this world, right? For some reason, I was quite rude in answering the question with a questioning form, but Reinhardt-san didn''t mind it. "Hahahahaha! You are quite an interesting boy. And I''ve never heard of this "Japan" country¡­ I often visit this continent as well as other places in my profession, but where is it located?" "Well¡­ it''s a small island nation in the east." "I see¡­ umu. You seem to be of a higher class from what I can see." "No, no, no! I''m just a civilian." I''m a high-class person; you said¡­ if we talk about a high-class person on Earth, it must be Kaori and people like that. Besides, as someone who also sees the real princess, Lexia-san, I would be embarrassed if someone called me a high-class person. When I was thinking about that, for some reason, both Reinhardt-san and the receptionist widened their eyes and were surprised. "I-I see. So you''re not a nobleman then?" "Yeah? Rather, what made you think that?" I asked that as a pure question, but Reinhardt-san and the receptionist just looked at each other and smiled bitterly. "U-umu¡­. well, is it common for nobles to hide their status? If you say you''re a commoner, then we''ll let it be that way." "Huh?" Huh? I don''t know why, but am I under suspicion? And he said I was an aristocrat. When I made a dumbfounded expression, Reinhardt-san took the pepper I brought with me. "T-this is¡­! ¡­Yuuya-kun, do you really want to hide your identity?" "As I said, I''m a commoner!" As I thought, they suspected me! I mean, whether I''m a nobleman or not. Well, I''m sure there are many ways to be suspected in this world, but being mistaken for a nobleman doesn''t happen very often, does it? When I think about it, it''s a surprisingly valuable experience for me, isn''t it? But if I had to lie, wouldn''t it be better to lie and pretend to be an aristocrat instead of saying I''m a commoner? What''s the sad thing about having to appeal as a commoner? No, I''m a small citizen, but I''d be an imposing man too if I could. Then Reinhardt-san and the others said, "Don''t worry, you want to hide your identity, don''t you? I see, I see". I can''t say anything since they give me a very warm gaze. Regardless, Reinhardt-san looked at the pepper and the pepper bottle from various angles for a while, and eventually, let out a sigh. "Sigh¡­ I think I''ve dealt in a variety of products over the years, but I''ve never seen a pepper of such high quality. Moreover, there are nine more like this at the moment, and I heard that you could prepare them again if we give you time¡­ are you sure?" S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Yes." "Fumu¡­" Reinhardt-san looked thoughtful for a moment, then he told the receptionist something and had her bring out a large leather bag. "Well, this pepper¡­ I''ll buy it all for 100 gold coins." "100 gold coins! ¡­How much is that?" Reinhardt-san and the others shrugged at my question. I''m sorry for being ignorant. Nevertheless, when I looked it up in [Identification], it said that it should sell for between 5-10 gold coins, but that''s the highest amount I could sell for. I don''t know how it came to such an appraisal result, but as someone who wants money now, I''m grateful. "I-I see. It''s not surprising that you don''t know the value of the coins since you are not from this country, but let me briefly explain then, there are four types of coins in this country, in order of lower value: copper, silver, gold, and white gold coins. Also, 100 copper coins = one silver coin, and so on, so that 100 lower coins equal one upper coin." Oh, that''s easy to understand. "And in this country, it takes about five gold coins for the average family of four to live unencumbered for a year¡­ which means you now have enough money to live without working for about twenty years." "¡­.." What did he just say? A family of four can live with five gold coins for a year? And I can live without working for twenty years? But that''s with a family of four, and if I''m alone, that''s one gold coin and a little more in a year¡­ In other words, I don''t have to work for about a hundred years. ¡­.. "Eh¡­ eeeeeeeeeeeehh!" This time I was greatly surprised. "It''s not that surprising, is it? I''m sure you''re used to handling a lot of money like this." "Of course not!" Sure, I got a lot of money on Earth thanks to the other world''s drop items, but as a former poor man, I still get confused when I''m faced with a lot of money! At this rate, I don''t know how long I''ll be able to break out of my little citizenship! "That''s okay. For now, Yuuya-kun will be upgraded to three stars with this sale." "Eh?!" Even though I''m already full when it comes to 100 gold coins, I didn''t expect to get a guild rank increase here. Then the receptionist who was surprised collected the guild card that had just been issued from me and went through some procedures. "The requirement to become a two-star is to sell one gold coin, and the requirement to become a three-star is to sell ten gold coins. And I think you''ve already received a brief explanation from the receptionist¡­ The requirement to become a four-star is an achievement. But in addition to that, there''s a condition that the number of transactions must reach 50 gold coins. ¡­You have just registered and do not yet have the trust and so on required as a merchant, but since you have met the 50 gold coin requirement, as soon as you get that achievement, you will be able to become a four-star." I see¡­ and even so, I never thought I''d be ranked up to three stars in one fell swoop from the first day of registration. I don''t have any plans at the moment, but with this, I''ve obtained the right to own not only a stall in the other world, but also the right to own a regular store. "Is that all that''s left to buy?" Reinhardt-san asks me that while handing me a guild card with two more stars on it while I''m stunned. When I came back to myself with those words, I remembered the matter of the map. "Ah, y-yes. That purchase is all I need for now, but¡­ do you have a map to the royal capital or something like that for sale?" "Hmm? A map¡­ to the royal capital, do you have something to do in the royal capital?" "Yes. I have an acquaintance in the royal capital, and I''m going to go see them, but I don''t know the way, so I thought I''d buy one if I could." When I said that, Reinhardt-san and the receptionist looked at each other and told me, looking a little awkward to say. "Uh¡­ that, Yuuya-kun. I don''t know how it is in your country, but it is basically forbidden to make or sell maps in this country." "Eh!? I-is that so?" When I was surprised by the unfamiliar rule that maps are not allowed to be made, the receptionist replied instead of Reinhardt-san. "If the map is handed over to the enemy, there is a possibility that they will read our movements. That''s why it''s only the military that makes the maps." "I-I see¡­" It was a reason I, who had never experienced war, could not understand. Indeed, if detailed maps and other information were handed over to the enemy, they would use those maps as a reference to place their armies, and there would be a chance that the movements of this side would be anticipated. "However, there are adventurers and merchants making maps under the cover since the country can''t control them completely. Well, if they are exposed, it would be a serious matter, so I wouldn''t recommend it. It''s a death sentence at worst." "Death!?" A death sentence¡­ if I think about it carefully, I don''t know anything about the laws of this world, and it would be horrible if I were breaking the law in any way, so I should look into the law as early as possible. But I don''t have time for that this time¡­! "If the map you need is the one used by the military, then if you''re lucky, you may be able to buy that map for a very high price from the military. Nevertheless, it''s not something to worry about, since you can always earn money if you don''t take such a big gamble and make a steady income." "Y-you''re right." "Oh, and if you plan on being an adventurer as well, remember that dungeon maps are allowed to be made and sold." "Dungeon?" Is there such a thing in this world? "Yeah. The information inside the dungeon is the property and lifeline of the adventurer. Buying and selling that information is not forbidden, and if anything, there are merchants who specialize in selling maps of a dungeon''s interior." As expected of a different world, there seems to be a lot of professions that I don''t know about. "Anyway, no one can buy the maps since it''s forbidden to create or sell them outside of dungeon maps." "I understand." But what on earth is going on¡­ Owen-san says that the road from this city to the royal capital is a straight one¡­ While I was wondering how to get to the royal capital, the receptionist gave me some advice. "Um, if you''re going to go to the royal capital, why don''t you use the rideshare carriage that regularly leaves from the rear gate?" "Rideshare carriage?" "Yes. It''s a carriage that goes out to the royal capital at regular intervals, but if you''re registered with the merchant''s guild, you can ride it for cheap, and with this, you can definitely get to the royal capital without a map!" "Yes. Besides, there will be adventurers sitting in the rideshare carriage as bodyguards, so it''s a safe option." "I see¡­" I knew there were things that served the same role as buses and taxis, but if they actually existed, there was no reason not to use them. Besides, if there''s an adventurer in the form of an escort, it certainly seems safe. Like the fact that I was surprised by the amount of pepper money, traveling alone in a strange place, even by earthly standards, is dangerous. And there are monsters on the highways, that''s precisely the point. For those who have no way to fight, it would be a relief to have an adventurer. "Well then, I''ll take that rideshare carriage." "Oh, yes, you should. They''ll be leaving in about thirty minutes, so you''d better get there a little early." Thanks to the skill [Language Comprehension], it was converted into 30 minutes in my brain¡­ Is this world''s sense of time the same? After receiving directions to the rear gate and the means of transportation, I greeted Reinhardt-san and the receptionist and left the merchant''s guild. Chapter 67 - Book 6: Part 4 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 Staring at Yuuya after he left, Reinhardt opened his mouth. "Even so¡­ [Japan], huh¡­" "Um, Guildmaster. So, even the Guildmaster hasn''t heard of it?" The receptionist looked at Reinhardt in surprise, but it was related to Reinhardt''s achievements. Ever since he was young, Reinhardt has been traveling around the world, opening up sales channels for rare ingredients and foodstuffs one after another, and creating specialty products for poor villages to enrich them. Having traveled to many countries and reached the position of guild master of the merchants'' guild now, Reinhardt was surprised to learn that there were countries that he didn''t know about. "Yeah. But the guild card did indeed state that. In other words, he''s not lying." Although it hadn''t been explained to Yuuya, lying on the guild card was not allowed. For this reason, it was common for them not to lie about information that they didn''t want to be known, but rather not to include it from the beginning. But, if there were something hidden, it would have not a small impact on the merchants who put trust first, so not many people would hide it. However, it was surprising to see that Yuuya, who looked to be having special circumstances no matter how one looked at it, had sent out a neatly written statement without leaving it blank. And there doesn''t seem to be a single lie in that description, which makes Reinhardt snort. "Anyway¡­ as well as this pepper, what kind of technology does it take to make a glass bottle that is so transparent?" With the other world''s technological power, many glass bottles were contaminated with distortions and impurities, so the clear glass bottles Yuuya left behind were impossible to find. "This one bottle is going to be bought by all the nobles." "Eh? I-is that so?" "Many noblemen like to be seen as fancy. And they show off their family''s wealth by collecting and displaying rare items." "Huh¡­ I don''t understand them at all." "Don''t worry. I am still not sure what a nobleman would think." Reinhardt, who smiled bitterly at the honest receptionist''s reaction, looked at the glass bottle again. "Hmm¡­ I guess I could have recommended an auction for this. Well, this time, it seemed like they wanted money right now, including registration, but¡­" "That''s right." "If it''s an auction, the pepper will be twice as much as this purchase. Since it''s a good time, I''ll let him know if he stops by this guild again next time." The receptionist nodded at Reinhardt''s words and went straight back to her duties. "¡­Let''s keep an eye on his movements. Let''s keep an eye on what he''s up to and hope that it will benefit us. The day may come when he will change the economy of this world." Then Reinhardt muttered a small word and went back to work as well. £ª£ª£ª As I walked out of the merchants'' guild and walked up to the rear gate''s boarding carriage, I saw a lot of people I never see on Earth, such as people with beast ears like I saw at the main gate and a short, muscular man who is as tall as a child. I enjoyed looking at the buildings'' atmosphere and people in the surrounding area with the feeling like I was a complete country person. "What a beautiful place it is¡­ even more so than I imagined." "Woof~." "Fugo." There are things like street trees and flower beds, and the whole place looks clean. I thought the atmosphere was on the civilization level of medieval Europe or so, so I had a prejudice that the streets were very dirty. As I recall, I think I''ve learned that in the history of the earth, feces and urine were everywhere around that time. But in this city, I don''t feel that way. The air doesn''t seem to have a strange smell mixed in with it, and it must be really clean. Rather, the air is cleaner than Japan, where the level of civilization is advanced. Well, I know the air is clean because there is no exhaust gas or anything like that. But it''s still strange. Is the water and sewage system maintained? As I walked around with that thought in mind, I noticed a small light flying around the city. "Eh?" The light had colors such as red and blue, and although they were few in number, there were black and gold colors flying around as well. The colored lights were gathering in large numbers in the street trees and flowerbeds, and they looked like they were somehow dancing. "Hey, what''s that thing?" "Woof?" "Buhi?" I asked Night and Akatsuki, but they didn''t seem to know what I was referring to for some reason. "Huh? Can''t you see them? You see, there are a lot of them gathered at that street tree and other places¡­" "Woof-." "Fugo. Fugo fugo." Night squealed apologetically in response to my question, and Akatsuki shook his head as if to say, "What are you talking about?" E-eeh? I rubbed my eyes and looked again, thinking it was an optical illusion, but the ball of light is still there. I looked around to see if the people around me could see it as well, but no one was paying attention to the ball of light. Being curious, I activated my [Identification] skill towards the green ball of light that was nearby. Then, it was displayed as [Wood Spirit], and the other red spheres of light were [Fire Spirit] and so on, and anyway, I knew that the sphere of light was a spirit being. However, for some reason, the skill display that always appears doesn''t appear, but¡­ why is that? Hmm¡­ it''s a spirit that doesn''t exist in Japan, or rather, I have never seen it, but maybe it''s so normal in this world that I don''t pay attention to it, or perhaps I''m really the only one who can see it¡­ Probably because it''s so common, they don''t care about it. In fact, the spirits don''t seem to be approaching humans, and it probably doesn''t affect them. After convincing myself that it was appropriate, we started walking again. After a while, we came to a large plaza. There was a large fountain, several benches, and some sort of food stalls around it. In the square, some people are eating food that may have been bought from that stall, and children are playing happily, this may be the city''s recreational area. We didn''t have enough time to do a solid tour of the city, but we arrived at our destination as we walked around the beautiful city. "Is this the rideshare boarding area that Reinhardt-san and the others mentioned?" There is a gathering of what looks like a riding carriage, a strong-looking man with armor and swords at his waist, and a group of people dressed normally, just like me. As soon as I approached the carriage, the man who was looking after the horses noticed me. S§×arch* The n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Oh, Welco¡­ a nobleman!?" "No, I''m not!" The man looked at me and said I was a nobleman, and I immediately denied it. Why is it that they think I''m a nobleman like that? "Um¡­ why do you think I''m a nobleman?" When I asked that question to the man, he gave me a puzzled look. "It''s because you¡­ you are wearing such an expensive outfit, and the way you behave gives you an air of elegance. That''s why I thought you were a nobleman trying to travel incognito." Apparently, it was because of my clothes and such. I-I see¡­ it seems normal clothing and behavior on Earth would make me look like a nobleman here. "Well, that''s fine¡­ um, you are the coachman, right?" "T-that''s right, but¡­ do you perhaps want to ride in this carriage?" "Ah, yes. Is it available?" "Ah, it is." "Thank goodness¡­ Ah, and can these boys come along for the ride?" "Woof." "Fugo." When Night and Akatsuki raised their paws in greeting, the coachman-san''s eyes widened for a moment, but he immediately smiled. "They''re quite lovely fellows, aren''t they? As long as they don''t go on a rampage, that won''t be a problem." "Thank you!" Well, I forgot all about it until we got here, but there was a possibility that Night and Akatsuki might not get a ride. "Here, get in. We''re leaving now." When the coachman-san urged me to get into the carriage, there were people sitting side by side who were going to the royal capital just like me. I took a seat at the very edge among them, and the carriage slowly started to move. "The royal capital, huh¡­ what a place it will be, I can''t wait to see it." "Woof!" "Buhi!" Listening to Night and Akatsuki''s replies, we were heading to the royal capital. Chapter 68 - Book 3: Epilogue Another chapter thanks to the Patreon. Here''s the epilogue for volume 3, see you next week for vol 4~ Enjoy the chapter! Epilogue "Oooh!" "Woof." "Buhi." It''s been about three hours since we left the city. We finally arrived at the royal capital. We were able to proceed at a moderate speed without any particular monster attacks on the road, but here I experienced the carriage''s harshness. "I-I never thought a carriage would be so uncomfortable to ride in¡­" "Woof¡­" "Fugo." Akatsuki didn''t seem to mind too much, but Night and I were tired of the carriage ride. Because I completely imagined it to be like an Earth taxi or bus, and I had even imagined the ride to be comfortable. But in reality, the only roads we rode on were only paved ones to some extent, and the wheels were not made of rubber, so the vibrations were incredibly hard on my hips and buttocks. Fortunately, thanks to the leveling up and my evolved body, the pain isn''t unbearable, but it''s enough to make me not want to experience it again. And I even thought about using transference magic on the way back, for sure. Considering the travel time was about three hours in the carriage, it would have been at night if I had walked to get there. Well, maybe I would have gotten there faster if I ran, but it''s not like there wouldn''t be people on the road, and I should avoid being conspicuous as much as possible. It may be too late now. Regardless, we finally got there. The royal capital is ridiculously big, and the main gate where the checkpoint is being held is more than twice as big as the first city we visited. We were able to go through the checkpoint while riding in the carriage, and we were able to enter without a problem when I used the ID I got from the merchant''s guild right away. And when we arrived at the desired stopping point, I got off the carriage after thanking the coachman for his help. "Hmm! As expected, the vibrancy of the royal capital is different." The first town was crowded with people too, but this place is far more crowded than that. How can I say it¡­ I even remember the first time I went to Tokyo and was surprised by the number of people there. However, the difference between this place and Tokyo is that even if you look around, there isn''t a single skyscraper, and instead, there are many strange sundries? The street is crowded with shops that you won''t see on Earth, such as a suspicious-looking shop filled with a variety of items, a shop with swords and other weapons displayed in a disorderly fashion, and a shop decorated with magnificent armor. When I moved my gaze to the end of such a busy street, I saw a white castle that was proud of its grandeur despite the distance between the two. I make a dumb face at that magnificent castle. Eh, could it be that we''re going to such a magnificent castle? I''m not in the right place, am I? I should have decided to go to the royal castle, but I almost wavered in my resolve when I saw the castle. How reminiscent of a famous castle in a certain dreamland. However, I can''t stay dumbfounded forever, and now that I''ve come this far, I have to get to the castle as soon as possible, or else I''m going to get sick to my stomach at the fact that I''m keeping the royalty waiting. Having made up my mind, I headed to the castle with Night and Akatsuki in tow, but I was so nervous that I couldn''t see my surroundings any more than I did when I just arrived. When I arrived safely at the castle''s gates, one of the soldiers, who was probably a gatekeeper, noticed me. "You. You are not allowed to be up here." "U-um¡­ my name is Yuuya Tenjou, who was invited by Owen-san and the others¡­" The soldier hasn''t been particularly threatening, but he still naturally tenses up his shoulders. That one, it''s like that thing where you naturally tense up when you walk past a policeman, even though you haven''t done anything bad on Earth. I think it''s the same thing. As I was thinking about such a trivial thing, the soldier, who had checked my appearance as if surprised, opened his mouth even more hurriedly. "Yu-Yuuya-sama, wasn''t it! I''ve heard the story about you, but please wait a moment¡­!" The soldier left his post at full speed and quickly returned with a person in tow. "T-this way." "Yuuya-dono!" "Oh! It''s been a long time, Owen-san!" The person the soldier brought with him was, to my surprise, Owen-san himself. "I didn''t expect you to be here already¡­ I thought it would take you a little longer." "I''m sorry¡­ I just happened to get some time, and I thought it would be best to come as early as possible¡­ was it a nuisance?" "No way! We are grateful to you for thinking that far. Now, come on over." When Owen-san took me through the gate, the soldiers guarding the gate postured and saluted me, and I could not help but feel a sense of dread as they did so. No, I think they''re doing it to Owen-san. When I went under the gate, there was another world beyond it. Fountains, which I don''t know by what principle it works in this world, and gardens planted with trees, with many flowers in bloom. And in such a garden, there were many balls of light drifting about, just like the ones I saw in the city I stopped by before coming to the royal capital, and it was very fantastic. "Woof~." "Buhi!" While even Night is impressed by the castle''s awesomeness, Akatsuki is the only one who walks behind Owen-san with his chest out and proudly follows him. It''s really amazing that Akatsuki doesn''t lose herself in such a tense place. I asked Owen-san about something that had been bothering me, though it was true that my nerves had relaxed a bit. "Speaking of which, where are we headed now?" "Mmm? Yeah, I didn''t tell you. We''re on our way to the audience chamber." "Huh?" Audience¡­ an audience? "D-don''t tell me we''re going to meet the king all of a sudden? Excuse me for saying this, but I haven''t prepared any formal attire for it!" I had forgotten all about it with the thought that I had to go to the royal castle as soon as possible, but I''m going to meet the country''s head now, and I''m wearing normal clothes that the sage-san left me. Owen-san laughed in response to my panic. "Hahaha. You don''t have to worry about it that much. Even though it''s an audience, it''s unofficial. His Majesty won''t care that much about your clothes, either." "R-really? Besides, is it safe to bring Night and Akatsuki to that audience room?" "That''s not a problem either. Night-dono was the one who saved Lexia-sama, too. It''s just¡­" "Fugo?" As he was about to say that, Owen-san looked at Akatsuki with strange eyes. "Um, Yuuya-dono. This little pig¡­ was there one before?" "Oh, this boy¡­ his name is Akatsuki, and he''s just recently joined the family." "Buhi~." Akatsuki responded to my introduction by raising his paws nonchalantly. He''s cute, but isn''t he too cavalier? Is everything okay? Owen-san didn''t say anything in particular about Akatsuki''s gestures, but his cheeks twitched a little. "I-I see. Yuuya-dono has a very unusual addition to his family¡­" "I-is that so?" And although it wasn''t family, I was also able to have a master and apprentice with Usagi-san. There are a lot of strange connections, that''s for sure. I''m grateful for that, though. "I''m sure there''s no problem with this Akatsuki-dono coming with you. Also, I don''t think there''s anything to worry about, but I only ask that they do not be rude to His Majesty." "Ah." Well yes¡­ that''s right! I don''t even remember what to wear, and I don''t even know what etiquette is! You see, I never got to meet royalty on Earth. Do I have to bow ninety degrees? Or should I kneel? Which one! For some reason, I panicked at the unexplained confidence that I could handle it, and I was about to ask Owen-san about etiquette, and before I knew it, I was at the big door. I was completely oblivious to my surroundings because I had so many thoughts and reminders on the road to this point. In front of the heavy, beautifully crafted door, soldiers who looked like guards were waiting on either side of it again, and they called out as we reached the door. "Yuuya Tenjou-sama has arrived!" "Huh?" Despite my surprise, the door opened, and I had no choice but to follow as Owen-san walked in without a care in the world. No, wait. What am I really going to do? My head spins to its fullest extent more than ever before, yet I still activate the skill [Mental Enhancement] to calm my mind. Then my vision gradually widened, and I became aware of the scenery around me that I couldn''t see before. Looking around the room lightly, there are a number of magnificent pillars standing, and the area we are walking on is covered with a red carpet. At the far end of the staircase, at the top of which was a grand man sitting in an ornate chair. The man wears a bright red cape with a crown on his head. On either side of the man, a black-robed figure, probably the king''s guard, was standing by. Looking around a bit more, I saw Lexia-san and Luna''s figures right next to the stairs'' bottom. Both of them smiled when they saw me, and even Lexia-san gave me a big wave. This is¡­ should I wave back too¡­? No, but we''re in front of the king¡­ Having found Lexia-san and the others, I regained my composure again, and when I had made some progress, Owen-san knelt down, so I hurriedly imitated him and knelt down as well. Imitating that, Night also got down, but only Akatsuki was flustered, so I hurriedly made him get down just like Night. "Your Majesty, I have brought Yuuya Tenjou-dono here." "Good." It''s just a single word, but his words are so full of dignity that I naturally feel like I will stand tall despite my face being down. S-scary¡­ Then, with such a dignified voice, he finally calls out to me. "Yuuya, was it? Lift your face." "Y-yes¡­" When I look up, stiff and nervous, I automatically see the king''s face. He''s Lexia-san''s father, and he''s an amazingly handsome man. "So, are you the one who saved Lexia?" "Y-yes." "¡­So, are you the one who was proposed to Lexia?" "H-huh?" H-huh? What is that? What is he asking me all of a sudden? Besides, he''s looking grumpy to me! While I was already in a cold sweat, the king finally stood up, glaring at me. "So¡­ no, you! You''re the bastard who seduced my daughter!" "Eeeeeeeeeeeeeehh?" S-seduce!? What is he talking about? I don''t understand what''s going on anymore, I''m just amazed, while Owen-san, who was also kneeling, suddenly stood up. "Your Majesty, even though it''s unofficial, we''re in an audience! Can''t you endure it?" "I can!" "Then, do it! You are still the king, right?" Owen-san, who is talking to the king in a rough tone, says so. No, can you please not confuse me further? I''m not sure I can keep up with this. After finishing the exchange, which was like a rambling exchange, the king sat down in his chair in a sullen manner, and carelessly opened his mouth. "Hmph. I am Arnold, the King of this Arcelia Kingdom." "Y-yes¡­ Um, I''m Yuuya Tenjou. And this is Night and Akatsuki." I introduced myself according to our name''s formality and introduced Night and Akatsuki, but still, the king. Arnold-sama seems to be in a bad mood. ¡­Sure, it must be awful for a father at that age to think that his lovely daughter has a wicked bug on her, but it''s not like I''m the one who asked Lexia-san to marry me, is it too much? Can I cry now? I''m already overwhelmed with nervousness, but when I introduced myself, Arnold-sama stuck out his hand. "Here." "Huh?" Arnold-sama furrowed his eyebrows as I tilted my head, unsure of the meaning of that hand. "What, you don''t know what it means? You come all this way, and you don''t have a single souvenir for my little girl?" "Your Majesty! From what I saw just now, the arrogance is too much! Yuuya-sama is a benefactor of Lexia-sama!" "Yes, Father! And yet, what''s your attitude from earlier?" When I was stunned by Arnold-sama''s behavior, Owen-san and even Lexia-san said that to protect me. But¡­ well, that''s right. It''s strange that I came all of a sudden, and more importantly, that I didn''t have a single souvenir for Lexia-san, the king''s beloved daughter¡­ right? S§×arch* The N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I''m so self-centered that I forget that stuff. I should be more careful. As I reflected on my clothes and etiquette, and the souvenirs there as well, I saw that Owen-san and the others still had a lot to say to Arnold-sama. It''s my fault, and I''m really sorry. Is there anything I can give them right away¡­ I desperately thought of the things in the item box and remembered a certain thing I got before coming to this royal city. I got a lot of them along the way, and there''s nothing wrong with giving them to Lexia-san. Besides, if I give this to her, she won''t dislike it¡­ right? "U-um!" "Hmm?" When I call out to Arnold-sama and the others who are still arguing with each other, Arnold-sama turns to me with a sullen look. "Um¡­ I honestly didn''t know what would be good for you, Lexia-san¡­ how about this one if you don''t mind¡­?" With that said, what I took out of the item box was©¤©¤the [Paradise Futon]. With the effects of this futon, anyone would be happy to receive it. After all, it promises a comfortable sleep! Well, it''s called a royal gift, so maybe it''s a weapon? Perhaps it would be better to give the weapons out here, but it would give the soldiers a strange misunderstanding if I gave the weapons out here, and it''s a gift for Lexia-san. It would be troubling to receive a weapon, but there would be no need to worry about that if it''s a futon. For some reason, Arnold-sama''s eyes widened when I took out the futon thinking that. "Oh, you have an item box?" Oops, is that a surprise here as well? I know it''s unusual for a merchant guild, but this is all I had to do since I was storing it in the item box. If I''m going to hide the item box, I''ll have to think of something to do with it. I took out the bedding, and one of the soldiers takes it and hands it to Lexia-san. "What is that¡­ no way, a futon? A futon!" Arnold-sama, who saw the soldier handing Lexia-san a futon by his side, looked at Lexia-san''s face with a panicked look as it was. Then for some reason, Lexia-san''s cheeks were red. "Well, Yuuya-sama! You''re so bold!" As I was tilting my head, not understanding the meaning of this, Arnold-sama turned red in the face and shouted. "Yooouuuu! You seduced Lexia openly in front of me hereeeee!" "What are you talking about?" Seduction? What does that mean? "Do you want to feign ignorance¡­? Enough of this, get out of here now!" "Eehh?" I came here because I was called and now he wants you to leave? Owen-san put his hand on his forehead and lamented to me, as I could no longer understand the reason and was just confused. "That''s right¡­ I had forgotten all about it, but Yuuya-dono is not from this country. So it''s not surprising that he doesn''t know the customs¡­" "C-custom?" As I paled at some uneasy words, Owen-san gave me a troubled look. "Yuuya-dono. In this country, giving bedding to the opposite sex means that you want to marry her or share the bed with her." "Eh." "In other words, if you gave Lexia-sama a futon as a gift, then Yuuya-dono has made that invitation. If this were a different gift, then nothing would have happened¡­" I-it was my fauuuuuultttt!" I can''t even grasp the customs, that''s for sure! Eh, so I''ve asked his daughter, Lexia-san, in front of Arnold-sama''s eyes, for¡­ for the night? As my mind was blanked by the gravity of what I had done, I saw that Arnold-sama was receiving a sword from a robed person who was waiting nearby. "Enough¡­ If you don''t leave, then you''ll be turned into [Slashing Sword Greacle] rust here¡­!" "Your Majesty, please calm down! Yuuya-dono doesn''t know the customs of this country!" "No, there''s no need for discussion any more!" "No, calm down! Why did you guys give him the sword too?" As Owen-san is desperately trying to stop Arnold-sama from coming to cut down on the stunned me, Night, who had been lying on the ground with no regard to the situation until now, suddenly got up. Then Night stares at the ceiling and starts to roar. "Gurururu¡­" "Eh, Night?" I was startled by Night, who suddenly began to roar, and when I turned my gaze to where Night was glaring at as well©¤©¤. "Huh? Your Majesty!" "Wha-?" Suddenly, several men in black appeared from the ceiling of the room. "W-What are these guys?" "Your Majesty, get behind me now!" "Lexia, stay with me." Then Owen-san and the wizards who were guarding Arnold-sama stepped forward to protect him, and Luna stood to protect Lexia-san. "Who are you people!" "You who are about to die, you don''t need to know." One of the black-robed people told Arnold-sama''s words with cold words, and as he gestured to search his pocket, he took out what looked like a mysterious crystal. "Huh! Hey, stop that guy!" "Ugh! [Fire Arrow]!" The crystal held by the black-robed man shone as the robed people made fire arrows appear to stop the movement of the black-robed figure and released them all at once. "[Sealing Magic Barrier]." "Wha©¤©¤." At that moment, the arrows of fire that were flying towards the man in black disappeared. "That''s too bad. Now no one can enter this place, and no one in this place can use magic." "The only people we need to watch out for in your guard are Owen and the court wizards there, but once we''ve shut down the magic like this, we only need to worry about Owen." My head is so full of people who come here and make no sense to me that they are really for the audience. Stop it already. "Come on, Arnold. And now, Lexia. You''re going to die here¡­!" As he said that, the men in black all at once attacked Arnold-sama and the others. Owen-san and Luna managed to defend them, but due to their different numbers and apparently moderate skill, even Owen-san and the others were having a hard time dealing with them. The people in robes have tried several times to activate magic, but apparently, the man in black is right, they can''t use magic in this room right now, and furthermore, they said that no one could break-in, so even if they wait for reinforcements, they won''t come. Let''s see¡­ I was leaving behind a while ago, but it''s not good no matter how it looks, isn''t it¡­? Feeling this, I immediately gave instructions to Night and Akatsuki. "Night, come with me and neutralize the people in black with me. Akatsuki¡­ it seems you can''t use magic in this place, but Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary] is a skill, so it''s probably okay, and if anyone gets hurt, use it to heal them, okay?" "Woof!" "Buhi!" Both Night and Akatsuki responded cheerfully to that, and I smiled. "Well then¡­ let''s go!" As I said, I used my direct leg strength to approach one of the black-robed men who were closest to me. "Eh?" The man shouts dumbly, surprised to see me suddenly in his back, but I ignore him and, aware of Usagi-san''s teachings, I slam a kick into his torso, holding back as best I can. "Guhaaaaahhh!" The man in black who was kicked by me was blown up, dragged the rest of the group down, and crashed into the wall, knocking them unconscious. Suddenly, a few people had been unconscious due to my attack, which attracted the gazes of not only the men in black but also Owen-san and the others. If I can''t use magic, then I shouldn''t use it. Or rather, since I''m not used to fighting with magic, it''s easier to fight in my current state. Well, to make sure that I really can''t use magic, I tried to conjure up flames in my palms to appear¡­ but it came out just fine. "What? How can you use magic!" The leader of the attackers shouted that at my appearance, but I didn''t know that either. I''m just checking it out, and it works. It''s a very special magic circuit of the sage-san''s, could that be the cause? After all, it''s the magic circuit of someone who seems to have stepped into the realm of God¡­ However, since no one but me seems to really be able to use magic, it seems that I''m the only one who can currently use magic. It''s an indoor room, and if there''s a fire or flooding, it''s hard to clean up. And although I can use all the weapons that aren''t magic, like magic, I''m afraid of wielding a weapon poorly and destroying the room, so this time I''m going to defeat them with just a kick. I''ve only used all the techniques taught to me by Usagi-san against monsters, and it will be a good training exercise. While the black-robed men stared at me dumbfoundedly, I went straight to kicking with Night, taking away their consciousness one after another. "As expected of Yuuya-sama! I can''t believe you beat them in an instant!" "¡­Yuuya, aren''t you getting stronger than before? W-well, that strength has helped me, though¡­" When they saw me fighting the men, Lexia-san and Luna were saying something, but I couldn''t hear them well because I was so focused on the fight. Rather, it''s amazing how normal Lexia-san, the princess, is in this situation. "What the¡­ what are you!" And it''s only the first person who used the crystal and looks at me and says so, but I ignore his words and hit him with the last kick. I looked around again to see that the person had also hit the wall and passed out. Night had knocked down a few people, and Akatsuki hadn''t acted particularly well, so I guess no one was hurt. That''s good. Relieved for the moment, I asked Arnold-sama and the others, who were still stunned. "So¡­ what do we do with these people?" "Huh? Owen! Tie these men up now!" "Ha!" Instructed by Arnold-sama, Owen-san, and the others, along with the guards, restrain the unconscious attackers. Then, while restraining them, the hoods of the black-robed men were removed, and as they were carefully examining their belongings, Owen-san found an object and froze. "T-this is¡­" "What is it, Owen. What did you find?" "¡­Yes. In this man¡­ There''s the coat of arms of His Highness Prince Rhaegar¡­" "What!?" Arnold-sama''s eyes widened more than ever at Owen-san''s words, and he sat down on his throne without strength and gave one instruction. "¡­Put them in a cell and keep them on high alert. I am sorry¡­ but I will return to my room for a moment." "¡­Ha." With a dizzy step, Arnold-sama left with his guards. In their place, a new group of soldiers arrived and took the detained assailants under Owen-san''s direction. As I helped without understanding, I was just watching the scene with Night and the others, when Owen-san approached me with a serious look on his face. "I''m sorry, Yuuya-dono." "Eh?" "It pains me to tell you this after you have come to the royal capital, but the kingdom is in a mess now¡­ Yuuya-dono. Can you help us for the sake of the royal capital¡­ or rather the kingdom?" "Eeehh!?" Without really knowing what was going on, I was getting caught up in the problems surrounding the kingdom. Chapter 69 - Book 3: Afterword Afterword Thank you for picking up this story again. I''m the author, Miu. It''s been a while since I moved to Tokyo, but I''ve been experiencing the pain of the crowded train every time I get on it. And every time I get on a crowded train, I can''t help but think about how I wish I could use transfer magic like Yuuya. Now, about this story, Yuuya welcomes Akatsuki as a new family member, and a rabbit appears on the scene to become both master and apprentice. Sear?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I used to be allergic to dogs and cats, so I always longed for a family of animals. When I moved to Tokyo and had my allergy checked for the first time in more than ten years, my allergies to my favorite food, buckwheat noodles, dogs and cats, disappeared, and I was delighted from the bottom of my heart. I am not allowed to have pets in the house I live in now, but thanks to this, I was really happy to be able to welcome a family member such as a dog or cat into my parents'' home. The next thing that Yuuya, who had acquired both items and magic and was becoming more and more powerful, acquired was a master named Usagi. Yuuya, who has been growing up in his own way until now, will become even more powerful now that he has a proper master. Along with that, beings with overwhelming power in other worlds such as "Holy" and "Evil". Furthermore, the existence of S-class or higher monsters, and other worlds that Yuuya has yet to see are expanding. Yuuya''s interaction with people from other worlds besides Luna and Lexia increased, and little by little, his presence in these other worlds became evident. This is also true in the real world, where Yuuya refuses to enter the entertainment industry, but the people around him have their own agendas that do not allow him to do so, and it is impossible to predict what will happen to him in the future. I hope you will read this story while thinking about what kind of future he will have. On the other side of the seriousness of the story, I''ve been able to write a few more of the things I originally wanted to do in this story, such as the appearance of a series of daily necessities that I wish existed in the real world, and the trading of earthly goods for a high price in another world, so I hope you''ll enjoy it as well. Well, I would like to thank the editor in charge of the book, who helped me to make it even better, despite all the meetings and inconvenience I caused him. Rein Kuwashima-sama for drawing not only the cool and beautiful characters, but also the animal characters such as Night and Akatsuki. I''d like to thank all the readers who enjoy Kakuyomu and who have picked up and read this series from the many books on the site. Thank you so much. See you soon. Chapter 70 - Book 4: Prologue I''m sorry to my dear patrons and readers, I just got back from training and business tripm so that''s why I wasn''t able to deliver the chapters as usual. I''m sorry for the inconveniences, and thank you for your patient. And here''s the chapter for today, but rest assured, there will be more to come for this week, enjoy~ Prologue A lot of mysteries still remain shrouded in the Great Devil''s Nest. That is where Yuuya''s master, the White Rabbit, was confronting a certain monster. (¡­.) "Grrrr¡­" The one confronting Usagi was a powerful monster called [Lion Emperor], a powerful monster that could only be encountered by going to the Great Devil''s Nest''s inner parts. Although it was such a monster, the Lion Emperor could not move in front of the little rabbit. That''s because it knows that if it moves even the slightest bit, it will be defeated at that moment. While the Lion Emperor was desperately trying to figure out how to get out of this situation, Usagi was extremely carefree. (Fumu¡­ if it''s like usual, it will be over instantly, but¡­) As Usagi said that, he looked at his right hand. At that moment, a ball of water emerges in Usagi''s right hand. (If it''s only with magic, what would happen¡­) "Guh! Gggaaaaahhh!" The moment Usagi''s consciousness shifted to his right hand, the Lion Emperor didn''t miss the opening and jumped at Usagi. The moment it jumped on Usagi, the place where the Lion Emperor was standing earlier was severely gouged out, and with the speed at which the Lion Emperor moved, the surrounding [Black Hard Tree] was knocked down by the wind pressure alone. The Lion Emperor was convinced that Usagi had been killed with this full strike. But¡­ (Hmph.) "Gaah!" Usagi lightly jumped and avoided the Lion Emperor''s attack, and then pushed the water ball he generated with his right hand directly against the Lion Emperor''s back. (©¤©¤©¤©¤Crush it!) "Gaaaaaaaah!" What was in Usagi''s right hand earlier should have been a small water ball. Still, the moment it was pressed against the Lion Emperor''s back, it turned into a mass of several dozen tons of water, literally crushing the Lion Emperor. Usagi that knocked down the Lion Emperor with that blow tilted his head in frustration as he landed. (U-umu¡­ Maybe it''s because I don''t have enough magic power; I guess I can only do that much¡­ If possible, I would have liked to use more powerful magic like Yuuya''s, but¡­) At the time when Yuuya was involved in the problems of the Alceria Kingdom, this is how Usagi continued to train in the Great Devil''s Nest, and as a result, he continued to hone his studies in search of a result that was as satisfying as possible. Of course, he didn''t miss the training of kicking as well as magic, and he was also thinking about the next content he was going to teach Yuuya. (Sigh¡­ well, I guess I''ll just have to give up on magic power only because of my race¡­) It was the moment when he said that with some sadness and tried to find a magical cultivation partner again. (Hmm!?) Usagi hurriedly jumped up from the spot. Then something sharp passed through the place where Usagi had been standing just now at a tremendous speed. Using the air as a foothold, Usagi prepared his stance and landed safely, and while he was wary of his surroundings, he shouted. (You have the courage to pick a fight with me. Show yourself.) "¡­.." A girl appeared in obedience to Usagi''s words. Her skin was white and smooth, and her hair was as white as snow. Dressed in a white sleeveless dress, no great emotion was visible on her face. Her gray, somewhat mysterious eyes were coldly staring at Usagi. (Who are you¡­ why did you attack me out of the blue¡­?) However, the girl did not answer Usagi''s question. Nevertheless, the hostility radiating from the girl didn''t change, and Usagi narrowed his eyes at such a girl. "¡­.." (¡­It seems you don''t want to talk. Then I''ll have you tell me the reason even if I have to force you to speak up¡­!) When he said that, Usagi accelerated at once and instantly thinned the distance with the girl. (Haaaahh!) Usagi unleashed a kick at the girl''s head with minimal movement. That kick was indeed a full-bodied blow with no holding back. Even Yuuya was still unable to deal with this Usagi''s all-out movement. It was expected that the girl would also receive Usagi''s kick. But¡­ "¡­Too slow." (Huh?) The girl effortlessly avoided Usagi''s kick. Then the trees around the position the girl had been standing in just now disappeared. Usagi''s kick had contained that much power. Seeing that movement, Usagi''s eyes widened slightly. (You can follow this movement of mine¡­?) "¡­.." Once Usagi''s question was asked, the girl just kept a blank expression on her face. (Refusing to speak, huh¡­ Then? Are you one of the "Saints"? How dare you attack me? Is this a publicity stunt?) "Nay. I''m here to invite you." (Invite me¡­?) The unexpected words made Usagi tilt his head more and more. It''s because the girl''s purpose is completely unknown. But without paying any attention to Usagi''s condition, the girl told him calmly. "I will destroy everything in this world. This world, which has no salvation, is not worth defending." (What?) "Which is why I want you to cooperate. To destroy this world." (What do you mean by that¡­?) Usagi let out a dumbfounded sigh and stared at the girl as if he was shooting through her. (No salvation? Don''t decide that on your own. I''m fulfilled. Don''t drag me into your selfish agenda. What do you want in the first place? Who in the world do you think you are?) "Silence. If you refuse it, then I''ll just have to kill you. All that is useless will be eliminated. Same goes for you." (Say what you want, girl¡­) Just as Usagi jumped at the girl again and was about to unleash another powerful blow, Usagi felt a chill in his neck and changed direction, following the sensation. Just then, something suddenly fell between Usagi and the girl. It crashed into the ground, causing the ground to cave in significantly, changing the terrain around it. Usagi turned his attention to the thing that had fallen while adjusting his stance in the air and let out a surprised cry. (An arrow!) "It''s over." After the girl''s words that told him so matter-of-factly, the sound of many things cutting the wind came into Usagi''s ears. (This sound is©¤©¤.) He tried to find the sound source, but the sound seemed to be coming from all directions. And then©¤©¤. (Huh?) ©¤©¤Suddenly, a huge amount of arrows flew at Usagi. "[Arrow Cage]." (Huh! That technique is¡­!) The name of the technique released from the girl''s mouth sounded familiar to Usagi. He tried to ask her about it, but the arrows that attacked him would not allow him to do so. Each of the arrows had a power that made it a kill, and it was something that could finally be surpassed by using Usagi''s kicks and ears with all his might. But in a situation where arrows of such power were constantly attacking, it seemed like it was only a matter of time before Usagi would get hit. ©¤©¤But that is only if it was Usagi in the past. (Haaah!) "Huh! Magic?" Usagi created a mass of wind in his palm as he swatted away the incoming arrows. Then he slammed it to the ground as hard as he could, and the compressed air exploded, blowing away all of the flying arrows. Usagi, who finally managed to avoid the arrow attacks, rattled his neck lightly. ([Arrow Cage]¡­ As I recall, it was a superb technique to anticipate all of the opponent''s moves and shoot arrows in advance to attack the opponent from all directions at the same timing? ¡­How can you use it? That technique is the "Archer Saint" technique. Why are you©¤©¤.) "Strange. ''Kicking Saint'', ''Ear Saint''. You shouldn''t be able to use magic. But you did. Same." [T/n: she''s indeed talking like this.] (The same? I''m in the middle of learning from Yuuya. ¡­No, it doesn''t matter. How are you able to use that technique?) "Yuuya? ¡­Right. Uncertainty identification. Change of target. Cause he taught the "Saint". High alert. Temporary return." (Huh? What are you talking©¤©¤.) "That''s enough. I won''t kill you until I kill Yuuya." (Do you think I''m going to let you do that¡­!) While making a mass of compressed water and a mass of wind appears in both palms, he tried to slam a kick into the girl with all his might so that she wouldn''t escape, but the sound of something cutting the wind jumped into Usagi''s ears again. (Wha-¡­!) "That''s a shame. I''ve still got a lot of arrows to play with." (Damn it!) Although the arrows didn''t attack as much as the [Arrow Cage], Usagi couldn''t help but scream against the arrows that attacked to make sure he couldn''t get close to the girl. (Huh? This girl¡­ how many steps is she predicting?) Nevertheless, Usagi and the girl''s distance was steadily closing, and it looked like she could close in on Usagi''s attack range in a few more minutes. But¡­. "Shocking. This¡­ Can''t be helped. ¡­I can''t escape at this rate. Secret skills." (''Wha-?!) Then, a black mist suddenly erupted from the girl''s body. (That power is¡­ the aura of "Evil"?) Usagi had seen that power before. Because that black mist was none other than the power of "Evil", which was Usagi''s nemesis and other "Holy" bearers, and because of the girl''s use of the power of the "Evil", Usagi couldn''t understand the existence of the girl anymore. That''s because the girl, for some reason, wears a sign of "Evil", and on top of that, she uses the "Archer Sage" technique. The girl generates a black mist and takes a tremendous amount of distance from Usagi. "¡­Return. I have no use to be here." (Hey!) The girl then disappeared straight into the depths of the forest while Usagi struggled with the arrows. When Usagi managed to finish dealing with the incoming arrow unharmed, he immediately headed towards where the girl disappeared. (¡­Damn. There''s not even a sign of her anymore, huh?) Usagi, who didn''t even know which direction the girl was headed in, searched the area for a while, but he had to give up in the end. (¡­That little girl, what the hell is she?) Once he calmed down, Usagi thought about the girl''s identity. (The technique used by that little girl is definitely the one used by the "Archer Saint" in the past¡­ even the name of the technique should have been the same.) Although he tried to search for the girl''s identity while sorting through the information little by little, he couldn''t get an answer. (I haven''t seen "Archer Saint" for several decades now¡­ I guess the quickest thing would be to check with the "Archer Saint" herself, but where is she¡­) The most likely explanation for the girl''s use of the "Archer Saint" technique is that the girl is the successor to the "Archer Saint", but then again, there''s no reason for the girl to attack Usagi or anything like that. If the girl is an "Evil", then there is no reason for her to acquire the "Archer Saint" skill. S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (¡­Invitation, huh¡­) Therefore, Usagi''s most mysterious thing is that he was attacked and then invited to a very unacceptable purpose, such as the destruction of the world. Moreover, it was towards Usagi, who was supposed to be the world''s guardian and was bearing the name "Saint". (Has the "Archer Saint" gone mad? ¡­No, that''s not possible for that woman¡­ but if it''s any other "Saint"¡­"Fist Saint" is a possibility¡­) Once the idea is conceived, various possibilities come to mind one after another, but in the end, none of them determine the identity of the girl. ©¤©¤Still, there was one thing that he was understood. (I let her escape, but¡­ I can''t leave it alone.) No matter what, that girl has the "Archer Saint" technique and the power of the "Evil" and is about to destroy the world even more. This had to be stopped at all costs. Usagi looked up at the sky and narrowed his eyes. (¡­I have to teach Yuuya a little bit about my technique. Even if he''s not a "Saint", he can still be able to resist any enemy¡­) With the appearance of the girl, Usagi decided to reevaluate his training for Yuuya once again. At the same time, Usagi himself, in order to master the new power of magic, began to wander the Great Devil''s Nest in search of a monster to practice magic with again. Chapter 71 - Book 1: Part 1 I''m sorry to my dear patrons and readers, I just got back from training and business tripm so that''s why I wasn''t able to deliver the chapters as usual. I''m sorry for the inconveniences, and thank you for your patient. Thanks for the Patrons for bringing us another chapter for today, but rest assured, there will be more to come for this week, enjoy~ Part 1 I©¤©¤Yuuya Tenjou, who had come to the royal capital of the Alceria Kingdom to meet with Lexia-san''s father, King Arnold-sama, and had an audience with him. At that time, I gave Lexia-san a [Paradise Futon] as a souvenir, but it seems that giving bedding to the opposite sex means a marriage proposal in this world, and I made Arnold-sama angry. I was in a panic just to offend the king, Arnold-sama, but then suddenly, an attacker came in during the audience. Moreover, the attacker used some suspicious tools and blocked the magic of Arnold-sama''s personal guards. Furthermore, it seemed that they had deployed what looked like a barrier during the audience, and it was impossible to expect the support of the guards. I don''t know why, but those attackers attacked not only Arnold-sama, but also Lexia-san and the others, and the battle began. I was completely out of the picture, and in order to settle the situation, I defeated the attackers, but one of the attackers apparently possessed something that had the emblem of the prince of this country on it, and it turned out that this attack was all planned by that prince. When Arnold-sama learned of this fact, he went back to his room, and Owen-san asked me to help resolve the ruckus¡­ and that was to escort Lexia-san. Of course, I accepted it. All of the soldiers are also busy moving around the castle to take that prince into custody, but I can''t just walk around without a second thought as a stranger. It would be a disaster if this makes them suspect me too. Then, when I was wondering what I could do, Lexia-san suggested to me. "Then why don''t we take a tour of this royal capital?" "Eh?" Lexia-san''s eyes lit up when she unexpectedly returned the suggestion with a bare minimum of thought. "Yuuya-sama has come to this city and hasn''t gone anywhere yet, right? So I''m going to show you around!" "Hey, Lexia. You think you can do that in this situation?" Although Luna, the former assassin, said something plausible while dismayed by Lexia-san''s words, Lexia-san''s attitude remained the same. "Ara, it''s fine. There''s nothing to do here; in fact, we''d rather become a hindrance, wouldn''t we?" "It''s not up to you to decide whether we''ll be a hindrance or not; it''s the country''s soldiers." "Then, I''ll ask. Owen, do you mind if I show Yuuya-sama around?" Lexia-san immediately asked Owen-san, who was guarding her nearby, but Owen-san held his head as if to suppress a headache. "Lexia-sama¡­ as Luna has said, why did you think that would be acceptable in this situation¡­" "I didn''t say anything so strange, did I? Because the mastermind of this attack is¡­. well, you know, my brother." The fact that her own brother, the prince, had tried to kill her made Lexia-san look sad. "So, if it turns out that my brother is the culprit, of course, the people around him will be wary, right? I''m sure even my brother knew that. And I''m pretty sure he planned to kill me after the attack. If they failed to do so, the difficulty of killing me would be much greater. But that didn''t happen because of Yuuya-sama''s contribution. Moreover, the worst thing that could happen is that they found out that the culprit was my brother. So there''s no more time left for my brother. Even if he wanted to do something from here, he wouldn''t have enough people to do it¡­ And it hasn''t even been a day since the attack, so even if he wanted to gather people from the outside, that would be impossible in this high state of alert, right?" "Well¡­" "Isn''t it easier now? I hardly need to worry about the assassins from my brother. He can''t even send out subordinates or assassins to gather information. If he does that, and those men follow me, we''ll know where my brother is in one shot. So even if I went out here, my brother wouldn''t have any information that I had gone out. If so, don''t you think it''s safer to stay outside than inside the castle, where assassins will be sent to kill me as my brother''s last pawns?" "Lexia-sama¡­ you just want to go out, after all, don''t you?" "Isn''t it obvious?" Without seeming to be offended, Lexia-san replied with pride. No, is that okay? "Don''t you want to take a tour of the city too, Yuuya-sama?" "That''s¡­ well." I mean, I''ve come all this way. I''d like to do some sightseeing, too. "You know? And that''s why I''m here©¤©¤." "Then it would be better if only Lexia stayed in the castle. I''ll guide Yuuya myself." "Wha-!?" Then suddenly, Luna interrupted Lexia-san''s words. "For whatever reason, it would be bad for the royalty to leave the castle so easily, wouldn''t it? Besides, no matter how unlikely it is that assassins will be sent out, it should be safer inside the castle where many soldiers are on alert. Therefore, Lexia should feel safe and secure staying in the castle." "I won''t stand for this. You''re my bodyguard!" "Couldn''t Owen here be your bodyguard?" "Kiiiii! I won''t accept that! Or rather, Luna just wants to be alone with Yuuya-sama, right?" "T-that''s not true. This is a respectable job, yeah." "You''re lying!" "Uhm¡­" I''m completely out of the picture, and Lexia-san and Luna are getting more and more heated up before I could speak. But¡­ "Well then, if I guide Yuuya-dono, and Luna and Lexia-sama wait in the castle, everything will be fine, right?" "Rejected!" Owen-san''s suggestion was exactly what I was thinking too, but it was rejected by the two of them, who were in perfect sync with each other. No, it was either in a good or a bad way. However, the rejected Owen-san also seemed to have expected it to happen and let out a long sigh. "Haaahhh¡­ I understand. Then, Lexia-sama, Luna, and I will guide Yuuya-dono." "Owen, we don''t need you." "This is non-negotiable. I am Lexia-sama''s bodyguard. Even if Luna is present, that will not change." "Ugh¡­" "Besides, I''ll be escorting you from a little distance. Luna will be by Lexia-sama''s side, so I''ll be guarding from the surrounding area. Is that okay with you?" "Then, well¡­ I don''t really need to, but I allow it." "It can''t be helped. I''ll allow it, too." "It''s strange¡­ I am definitely more experienced than you as a guard; why do you have to look down on me¡­?" S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The cold attitude of the two of them made Owen-san hold his head as if he was tired. Really, thank you for your efforts. "Well then, Yuuya-sama, let''s go right away!" Lexia-san pulled my arm, and we went straight to the royal capital. £ª£ª£ª "Yuuya-sama! Come on, let''s go to that jewelry store!" "Yuuya. Instead of the jewelry store, let''s go to the blacksmith''s shop over there." "Uhm¡­" Although I went out to the royal capital, I didn''t have any particular place in mind that I wanted to go. I completely left it up to Lexia-san and Luna, but as a result of that, the two of them said where they each wanted to go, and I was in trouble. First of all, I don''t even know the value of things when I go to the jewelry store, and most importantly, I don''t have the money to buy something as expensive as jewelry¡­ No, I guess I could just sell the pepper or something else again. And about the blacksmith, for now, I''m satisfied enough with sage-san''s weapons and Bloody Ogre''s drop items, the [Bloody War Demon Series]¡­ By the way, Owen-san is escorting us from a distance, so I can''t even get him to do something about this situation. Furthermore, since Lexia-san and Luna took both my arms and entwined them with each other, I can feel the touch of their breasts on my two arms¡­! Besides, I''m trying to get rid of consciousness from that feeling, so I can''t stop the two of them from arguing even more, and it''s really chaotic. The two of them are walking down the capital streets, with me between them, while arguing, and as one would expect from such a noisy city, people are starting to pay attention to us. They don''t come to stare at us directly, but rather they come to glance at us stealthily. "H-hey¡­ is that guy a nobleman from somewhere?" "Maybe¡­ but the way he dresses, and the way he acts, is very elegant." "Kuh! Having two such beautiful women on the side¡­! Damn it!" "As expected of such a face. Or is it because of money? ¡­I guess it''s both, huh?" Although I can feel the stealthy gaze, I don''t feel any killing intent mixed in with the gaze, so I don''t have to worry too much about it. If there were a gaze that looked dangerous, Owen-san would notice it, and most importantly, there''s no way Night would miss it. This time as well, Night was the first to notice the attack on Arnold-sama. As for Akatsuki¡­ Well, yeah. However, I noticed here that even though the princess, Lexia-san, was walking around the city, no one seemed to have noticed, and there was no one who came to observe her in a special way. This is because in case she was going out into the city, Lexia-san had changed out of her dress, and now she was dressed in a simple outfit, just like the people in the city. Nevertheless, the clothes themselves are shiny, and if one looks closely, one can see that they are made of good materials, not the stiff clothes that everyone else wears. The reason why she''s dressed like a commoner like this is what the high-status people called walking incognito. I have seen something like this in the movie Roman Holiday, and surprisingly, no one has found out so far, and it seems Lexia-san has often walked incognito in a city like this. As they made a bit of noise, I bowed lightly to the surroundings and noticed a certain building. A sign with a sword and shield was posted on the front, and the wooden structure of that building resembled a merchant''s guild building. Perhaps because of the western doors, the smell inside the building drifted up to me, and it smelled a bit like alcohol. Is it a tavern? It''s an odd sign for that¡­ As I was looking at the building, Luna noticed it and told me. "What''s wrong? What is it, Yuuya? Are you interested in being an adventurer?" "Adventurer?" "Yes. The building you''re looking at is the adventurer''s guild." "Oh¡­!" So this is the adventurer''s guild. To be honest, I don''t know what kind of organization it is. It was easy to understand that the merchant guild was a guild for merchants, but as for adventurers, it''s hard for me to imagine, and I don''t really understand what kind of profession that is. When I first invited Lexia-san and the others to my house, it was briefly explained to me about them, but the only thing I understood was that they were slaying monsters and such. While I was looking at the building with interest, Luna asked me. "¡­Do you want to go there?" "Well, I''m interested to know. On the way to this royal capital, I did register with the merchant guild. However, I''m rather better at fighting monsters than doing business¡­" It''s not that I don''t like to fight, and the reason I fight monsters is also meant to train and gain the strength needed to survive in this world in a sense, but either way, it can be said that I''m better at fighting monsters than working as a merchant. Then hearing my words, for some reason, Luna and Lexia-san make a delicate expression. "¡­What kind of joke is it that a person who lives in that Great Devil''s Nest is rather better at fighting monsters?" "Yuuya-sama¡­ in Yuuya-sama''s caliber, if you say you''re a little good at fighting, it''s indeed a pity for the others¡­" "Eh?" Is that so? My only experience of fighting against people is the attack in the audience room and the one with Luna before that, and I don''t think my personality is suited for combat in the first place. I fight to get stronger for the sake of survival, and I don''t find any joy in fighting itself. If possible, I''d rather spend my time living comfortably with Night and Akatsuki. In addition, I''m currently training under Master Usagi, and I still have a lot of work to do in terms of combat using magic. "Well, it''s okay. Now that we''re here, why don''t you also register as an adventurer?" "Is that so?" "The merchant guild''s guild card is useful enough as identification, but if you want to trade monster materials or accept requests for a little bit of extra money, the adventurer''s guild is easier. Basically, the adventurers are doing as they please." "I see¡­" Nodding at Luna''s explanation, Lexia-san''s eyes lit up, and she agreed. "That''s okay, then! I can see Yuuya-sama in action as an adventurer!" "No, I haven''t even registered yet¡­" I don''t think I can be that useful. For my part, if I''m going to take a request, I want something that isn''t too dangerous. "Fumu¡­ then I''ll register with Yuuya. That way, Yuuya and I can take the request together!" "Eh, wait. No way! You can''t, Luna!" "Why not?" "You''re my bodyguard!" "But that doesn''t mean we''re going to be together all the time, does it? Because I''d like to have other ways to make money, too." Luna tells Lexia-san that and then turns to me. "Come on, Yuuya, let''s just get the registration over with, shall we?" "Please waiiittttt!" Luna put on a victorious expression and entered the adventurer''s guild building, dragging Lexia-san, who was trying to keep her back, with her. I looked away from it, appalled, and turned my gaze to Night and Akatsuki. "¡­Shall we go too?" "Woof." "Fugo." A little later, we opened the western door and went in, and there was, as expected, a tavern-like area on the right as we entered, with some men and women talking and drinking what appeared to be alcohol. At the front was what appeared to be a reception area, where people with armor and weapons were going through some sort of procedure. There is a large bulletin board to the left, and papers have been pasted up. The moment I entered, I felt a lot of eyes on me. It''s as if those eyes are assessing my quality; maybe they measure something like my ability. Could it be that they are looking at me with the [Appraisal] skill? But since I''m hiding my status with the [Concealment] skill, I think it''s okay¡­ Maybe. While receiving such a gaze, I was unintentionally impressed by the different atmosphere from the merchant''s guild. As I was looking around, I was approached by Luna and the others who had entered before me. "Hey, Yuuya. This way." "Like©`I©`said! Luna, you can''t register for that! You hear me?" "Come on; we''ll register together." "Listen to meeeee!" Without looking at Lexia-san at all, Luna smiles as she says that to me. As I approached her while twitching my cheeks at her sight, I suddenly noticed that Owen-san was not here. "Huh? Is Owen-san staying outside?" "Hmm? Oh, that knight is probably waiting outside. The adventurers and the knights are the complete opposite in nature. The knights who keep discipline and the adventurers who seek freedom. Well, more than that, if he were here, he would stand out." "Eh, but is that okay? Will Lexia-san''s protection be okay¡­?" "I''m good enough to escort her on my own. No problem." "Yes, yes! There is a problem! The problem is that you aren''t allowed to register!" "So, let''s register." "Stop ignoring me!" At first, the relationship between the assassin and the assassination''s target was complicated, but now they seem to be on good terms with each other. That''s good. Anyway, making too much noise would bother the people around us, so we headed to the empty reception desk. There was a woman at the reception desk dressed in a brown outfit that looked like a uniform, with red eyes and beautiful blonde hair tied up in one piece. "Excuse me; we''d like to register¡­" "Eh? Y-yes! Registration isn''t it! Um, the one who is registering is¡­" "Me and¡­" "Me¡­" "You can''t!" Luna admonishes Lexia-san, who still continues to say that even though she''s already arrived at the reception desk as if she was dumbfounded. "You know what¡­ give up for goodness sake. As I said before, I''m not guarding you at all times. Or is there something else? Are you saying you won''t even give me a day off?" "I-it''s not like that, but¡­" "Besides, being an escort alone will slow me down. It''s convenient for me to be an adventurer to prevent that from happening. Of course, I would like to take the request with Yuuya, but I''m sure Yuuya will be busy, so we won''t be able to take it together so easily." "¡­Really?" After hearing Luna''s words, Lexia-san looks at me¡­ but what should I say? As far as I''m concerned, I couldn''t say anything, so I didn''t say anything¡­ I turned my gaze to Luna in confusion, and she glared at me as if to say, "Just nod off". W-what''s that¡­ "Well¡­ the reason I was able to come to the royal capital like this is that I had a little time to spare, and what Luna is saying is correct. Even after the current commotion is over, I have to leave immediately¡­" "I see¡­" Lexia-san found out that I don''t receive requests with Luna very often, and for some reason, she seemed relieved. Still, when she heard that I had to leave immediately after the current commotion was taken care of, her expression became cloudy again. These are the only things¡­ I''m a high school student, anyway. "Um¡­?" "Ah, I''m sorry! It''s going to be me and this lady who is registering, please." I hurriedly told the receptionist, who watched our exchange with bewilderment, and the receptionist nodded once and took out two sheets of paper. That paper, just like the merchant''s guild registration, seemed strangely coarse and difficult to write on. If this paper is so mainstream, maybe I can sell some copy paper or something. "Then the two of you should fill out this form." "Yes¡­ oh, by the way, what do you think of these boys? They''re indeed monsters, but do they need to be registered, too?" "Woof." "Fugo." I take Night and Akatsuki in my arms and show them to the receptionist. Actually, can Night and Akatsuki be considered as monsters? They''re so much smarter than the monsters I''ve fought so far, and when it came to Akatsuki, there was no hostility or harm from the start¡­ Then the receptionist looked at them in a bit of surprise but laughed gently. "No, you''re the only one who needs to register." "Okay, thank you." While thanking the receptionist, I was about to fill out the paper that was handed to me when I realized that the contents were similar to what I had written in the merchant guild. However, perhaps because of the dangerous job of being an adventurer, I''m supposed to write down the weapons and magic attributes that I can use and so on. Do they look at compatibility with the request or something? However¡­ I had to get my head around the magic attributes I could use. ¡­Magic attributes? Isn''t magic something you can do with most things if you have imagination and magical power? Sage-san''s book said that imagination and magic power were important, but he didn''t specifically mention attributes. In fact, this method was also used to teach Usagi-san, so Usagi-san can use a variety of magic without being bound by the attributes. However, the magic that can be used depends on the amount of magical power, and imagination¡­ And thanks to the magic circuit I inherited from sage-san, I can use magic without having to think about it. I''m also increasing my magic power by leveling up. It''s really various, sage-san. But when I looked at the section of this form, it seems that the magic attributes are common knowledge. Ah¡­ the discrepancy between common sense and the sage-san himself is something that was worried about. In other words, if I try to write all the attributes here, it''s going to be a big deal. In that case¡­ let''s write something safe. For now, I think water, fire, and wind¡­ I think that if there is a space attribute since I use teleportation magic, that will fall under this category as well, but I think that''s just as important as writing all attributes. Lexia-san has told me that I shouldn''t tell anyone about the teleportation magic. It''s definitely not a good idea to let people know. By the way, the reason why I chose water, fire, and wind is that it''s a magic that is inconspicuous and yet often used. You can use fire when you''re camping out, and water is also useful when you''re thirsty and can be drunk right away. And with water, you can use it in the forest without having to worry about your surroundings. Also, the wind is invisible, which is very useful when attacking. When I was filling out the form, my hand stopped at a certain column. "Um, what''s this [Amount of Magic Power Possessed] category?" I tilted my head at the unfamiliar words and asked the receptionist, who was kind enough to tell me. "Yes. The column there is for you two to fill in the amount of magic power you both have. There are some requests for which a higher amount of magic power is recommended, so¡­" "I see¡­" But what should I write? Is the amount of magic power I have supposed to be the number in my stats'' magic power column? As I was thinking this, the receptionist took out a clear crystal from under the desk. "Then, I will use this crystal to measure your magic power level." "Um, aren''t those magic power numbers in status?" "Although that is the amount of magic, adventurers basically hide their private parts in their own hands. That''s why this crystal is a magic tool that changes color depending on the amount of magic power, so it can hide detailed numbers and other details." The measurement seemed to start with Luna first, and Luna placed her hand on the crystal. Then the crystal glowed yellow. "Yes, customer-san magic power is yellow." "Well, I''m not very good at magic, anyway." Luna doesn''t seem particularly bothered by this, but¡­ how much is yellow? "Then, please." I knew that the colors would tell the difference, but I had no idea what color was good and what color was bad. I was going to ask, but it was already prepared, so I put my hand on the crystal for now. *Clank* "¡­.." The crystal shattered. There''s an indescribable silence between us. Wait a minute. It''s broken, but¡­ was it my fault? Eh, could it be that I have to pay for it? To be honest, I don''t understand the situation at all, but no matter how I look at it, it was probably my fault that the crystal was broken. In that case, I should have to pay for it, but¡­ i-it''s bad! Will the money I have now be enough? Just as I wondered if I had to sell the pepper again, the receptionist immediately came to her senses. "I-it''s surprising¡­ I didn''t expect you to have enough magic power to break this crystal¡­" When the receptionist said that with a quiver in her voice, Luna was taken aback. "Hah¡­ I didn''t expect it to end normally since it''s Yuuya, but¡­ it''s really unexpected¡­" "Yuuya-sama, that''s amazing! To break a [Magic Crystal] that is said to be impossible unless you''re a legendary elf!" For some reason, Lexia-san''s eyes sparkled even though I had broken the crystal, and the receptionist didn''t seem to be angry at me. "Eh? U-um¡­ what about the reimbursement¡­?" The receptionist smiles and shakes her head when I asked that fearfully. "No, it''s fine. I can see that it wasn''t intentional¡­" T-thank goodness! Apparently, I don''t have to pay any reimbursement. "Even so, it''s amazing. I''ve never seen someone break the crystal before¡­" As I was relieved from the bottom of my heart, the receptionist said that to me while tightening her cheeks a little. It seems I don''t have to pay for it, but apparently, I''m a little out of the ordinary. No, I just put my hand on the crystal, and she said there''s nothing she can do about¡­ Despite the accident, I finished filling out the other sections with a quill pen that I''m not used to and handed the paper to the receptionist. Then, just before I finished writing, Luna also seemed to have finished writing and handed the paper to the receptionist. "It''s done." "Yes¡­ you must be Luna-sama. The entry itself is fine here. Just one thing I''d like to confirm, is there anything else you can use other than the "Thread" in the Weapons to Use section here?" "Hmm? What''s the problem with the thread?" "No, there''s nothing wrong with filling out the form itself, but the "Thread" weapon itself is so rare that if I were to appoint a request to Luna-sama, it would be difficult to make sure it was appropriate for Luna-sama." "I see¡­ I''m sorry to say, but I can''t use much of a weapon other than that "Thread". If I had to say anything, I''d say it''s only martial arts and dagger¡­ well, the "Thread" is very applicable. I''m sure you won''t make a big mistake, whether it''s a designated request or not. Besides, there''s no rule that says you must accept a request just because it''s a designation request, right?" "Yes, I suppose so. Of course, if the request is urgent, or if it''s a request that has to do with the survival of the country, it would be difficult to refuse¡­" "In that case, it''s not even a question of saying no or refusing, is it?" "Yes." "Then, I have no problem. If it''s too much for me, I won''t take it." "Very well. So, I guess we''ll just go ahead with it." The receptionist nodded at Luna''s words and removed the paper once and took my paper. "Uhm¡­ you must be Yuuya-sama. The contents of the form are¡­ Eh? You can use three magic attributes as well?" "That''s right. ¡­is there something wrong with that?" "Eh, it''s unusual¡­ using three attributes is just like the people in legends and fairy tales!" Oh, hey¡­ I''m glad I didn''t write all the attributes¡­ While I am relieved from the bottom of my heart, Luna stared at me. "¡­Yuuya. Magic, other than non-attribute magic and life magic, requires talent to use in the first place. And that, you have three attributes¡­" "I knew that Yuuya-sama was amazing!" Luna seems to be dumbfounded, but Lexia-san looks at me with shining eyes. ¡­But this isn''t because I''m amazing; it''s just that the magic power circuit I inherited from sage-san is too amazing¡­ Besides, I only made the three attributes for the sake of convenience, but in reality, as long as I have magic power and imagination, it''s almost like it''s unlimited¡­ "Ahem. I''m sorry for being so distraught. The magic one is fine here. ¡­No, it''s not okay, but this is all self-declared, so¡­" "Huh¡­" Does that mean that if I write a lie, I''m going to get ripped off somewhere? Let''s be careful. It''s not a lie, though. "The weapons are mainly spears and swords, correct?" "Yeah, correct." Those are the two that are used most often. The receptionist nodded in confirmation, and she set the paper Luna, and I gave her into a strange machine that looks like a photocopy machine. And the moment she pressed the button, the paper disappeared, and an iron plate came out. I didn''t see it in the merchant guild, but I wonder if the same machine was used to build a guild card? "¡­Yes, this is Yuuya-sama and Luna-sama''s guild cards. Freshly registered like Yuuya-sama and Luna-sama will start at the lowest rank, F-Rank¡­ F-Rankers can only receive requests from the same F-Rank or one rank higher¡­ in other words, E-Rank requests. Also, regarding rank promotion, it will be based on the results of your requests and your attitude within the guild, so there will not be a specific number to promote you to a higher rank." "¡­The content is almost the same as the dark guild¡­" Luna murmurs quietly next to me. Is there such a thing as a rank in the dark guild¡­? The receptionist didn''t seem to hear Luna''s murmurings and continued without seeming to change in any way. "Do you have any questions so far?" "Uhm, the assignments¡­ is there a rule that you always have to fulfill the request or something like that?" "No, that''s not particularly true. Some people register with the adventurer''s guild in order to obtain a guild card to serve as their identification, so we leave it up to you to decide whether or not to accept the request." I was relieved to hear that explanation. If there was some kind of quota, I had to take requests frequently. That''s because it''s tough from my point of view. After all, I usually want to do some sightseeing or have to go to school in the real world. "Next is the explanation of the request. As for the collecting type, you must collect the amount of material listed on the request form, but if you collect a lot of material, there will be additional compensation. However, please be careful not to collect all the plants in a cluster. If you collect all of them, there is a possibility that the plant won''t be able to grow¡­" Fumu¡­ if you collect a lot, you get more money, but that doesn''t mean you have to collect all of it. Let''s be careful. After that, we''ve been given some basic information, such as the part of the monster that needs to be presented as proof of defeat when doing a subjugation request. Well, even if you don''t bring the proof of defeat, it seems that the information is recorded on the guild card, so there is no way to cheat. I didn''t understand what the principle was, though. "Well¡­last but not least, the guild basically does not interfere in conflicts between adventurers. Please be fully aware of that." "Eh? Oh, I understand." A conflict between adventurers¡­ is this a fight? I don''t know, but I don''t want to fight like that either, so I nodded obediently. "I''m sorry for the late introduction; my name is Emilia. And now that we welcomed Yuuya-sama and Luna-sama in the adventurer''s guild. I look forward to working with you in the future." When she said that, the receptionist¡­ Emilia smiled. After we finished registering, we left the receptionist and had a little discussion. "Well, what do we do now? Now that we''ve come to the point, we might as well take the request¡­" "Eh? Are you sure? I mean, Lexia-san and the others have done all the work to guide me, but¡­" "It''s okay! I''ve always wanted to make my adventurer''s debut too!" "No, you''re not even registered." "Come on. I''m in the mood. In the mood!" I don''t mind the mood and the adventurer''s debut, but would Owen-san allow the princess to be an adventurer¡­? While thinking about that, Lexia-san''s momentum pushed us to accept the request that we ended up being able to do right away. "Heh¡­ there are so many different kinds." "Well, we''ve only just registered, so I''m sure the requests we''ll get will be limited." Certainly, Luna was right, as far as the requests we could receive, most of them were of the type of helping people in the city, and beyond that, most of them were to defeat monsters with names I didn''t even know. Then, Lexia-san is surprised while looking at the bulletin board as well. "It''s amazing¡­ these many requests are coming in for adventurers every day, right?" "Yes. The dark guild I belonged to has the same with the so-called adventurer''s guild designation request, so it''s refreshing to see the request posted all the time like this, or to be able to choose a request at will." I honestly have no idea what kind of existence the dark guild is and what it''s for, but just listening to Luna''s story, I thought it was a pretty decent organization. While the three of us were looking at the bulletin board for a while, we were suddenly approached by a voice. "You there." "Eh?" I turned around and saw a woman standing there, dressed like a witch with a bright red face. She''s that, a witch in a big black hat and a black dress. However, this woman''s clothes were, how should I say¡­ sensational with her chest open so much that it was hard to look at her. Besides¡­ she reeks of alcohol. She''s quite drunk. As I''m thinking like that, Luna stands between the woman and me. "What, do you need something from us?" "Oh, don''t be so wary. I just saw a nice guy and called him out." "Y-you can''t! Because Yuuya-sama is mine!" "No, I''m not really Lexia-san''s thing, but¡­" And I''ve turned down the marriage proposal¡­ didn''t I? I was starting to feel uneasy. As I was thinking like that, the woman in witch form slipped past Luna''s side and approached me. Then, she held my arms to her chest just like that. "Hmm~! The more I look at you, the more I see you as a fine man! What do you think? Do you want to do something nice with onee-san?" "Huh¡­!?" "H-hey! Get away from Yuuya-sama!" "Eeh? Don''t worry about it. It''s okay. Onee-san will be sad if you reject her like that." "¡­Well, I don''t know who you are, but I think you''ve been drinking a little too much." Luna, looking a little angry, grabs the woman''s hand in witch appearance and pulls her away from me. I-I''m saved. However, the woman in witch appearance shows no signs of discipline and smiles brightly, and looks at me as if she''s found some kind of prey. "I''m sorry, okay? But I''m an adventurer myself, and if someone looks a little stronger, I''d like to get to know them." "Eh?" "I was watching the interaction at the reception desk earlier. The boy there is great, don''t you think? If you can connect with someone like that, it might help you in some way." "Mmm¡­" I''m still new to being an adventurer, but Luna seems to understand what the woman says and gives a small snort. The woman''s smile deepened at Luna''s situation. "Well, that''s the reason¡­ I''m Grena. That''s about it for today, but I''ll be happy to take the request with you at some other time." After saying that much, the woman in the witch''s outfit¡­Grena-san left in a flash. Seeing that figure, I say to Night and Akatsuki. "We''re not quite there yet, and we''re not as good as Grena-san says by now, are we?" "Woof?" "Fugoo." Night tilted his head, and Akatsuki gave me a subtle look for some reason. No, why? Then Luna also looks at me with a subtle expression. "¡­Hey Yuuya¡­" "Eh?" "¡­No, it''s nothing. In a way, I''d say it''s typical of Yuuya¡­" "What does that matter? It''s more of a matter of that woman targeting Yuuya-sama! In order to protect Yuuya-sama from that woman, shouldn''t I also have to register as an adventurer?" "No, this Grena person''s existence is indeed a problem, but beyond that, if you move any more freely, that Owen guy will collapse." When Luna admonished her to do so, Lexia-san''s mouth twitched in a trivial manner, but¡­ Yeah, I think she shouldn''t do that either. It would be really hard for Owen-san. "Mmm¡­ it can''t be helped. Then let''s take a request that I could do as well! There was a request on the board for a herb collection! Even if I can''t register as an adventurer, I can still help you with this, right?" "That''s fine, but you''ll have to convince Owen to do that yourself." "Of course!" ¡­I''m sorry, Owen-san. I don''t think I can stop the two of them from doing this¡­ While Lexia-san and the others were moving more and more freely, I apologized in my mind to Owen-san, who was taking care of her. Chapter 72 - Book 1: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 After our conversation with Grena-san, we decided to accept the request to collect medicinal herbs according to Lexia-san''s idea, so we quickly went to the reception desk to finish the procedure and came outside the capital. As expected, we accepted the request, and although Owen was reluctant to have Lexia-san participate in the request, Lexia-san''s momentum overwhelmed him, and in the end, he agreed to allow her. ¡­I''m really sorry, Owen-san. "Well, since Yuuya-dono is present, it won''t be a problem, I guess." ¡­I''ve been trusted mysteriously, but I''m causing Owen-san a lot of trouble, so I''ll try to live up to that trust. It seems that medicinal herbs grow surprisingly everywhere outside this city, and it''s not hard to find them. However, I''ve never seen any other medicinal herbs other than [Complete Recovery Herb], so I asked the receptionist to show me a sample, but¡­well, I couldn''t understand what the difference was between them and the grasses growing around here and there. Speaking of which, the [Complete Recovery Herb] is very similar, anyway. Fortunately, I don''t think I can fail since I can use [Identification], and since Luna seems to know what kind of herbs they are, I don''t need to worry about it. In fact, Luna, Lexia-san, and the others had said that it would be okay to make a request to defeat a super easy monster, but as expected, Owen-san had done his best to stop them from doing so. Besides, when I looked at the bulletin board, I noticed that the request form for collecting medicinal herbs seemed to have been abandoned for a long time, and when I asked why, I found out that it was apparently left because it was more profitable to defeat monsters such as slimes and goblins, which were in the weakest category in the world, and that''s why it was being left there. ¡­I don''t know how weak they are because my image of slime and goblins is completely of the monsters in that forest, but if I think of the money from completing the request plus the money from redeeming the drop items, then defeating them is probably more fruitful. Maybe that''s why I decided to accept the request to collect medicinal herbs quietly because I was told that if this were the case, the stock of medicinal herbs would eventually run out, and there would be a problem in case of an emergency. Well, I don''t really need the money right now, and Lexia-san seemed to want to help me out as much as possible after hearing about the situation, and Luna didn''t have any particular objection to the herb collection. By the way, the number of herbs collected to accomplish the request is ten, but it seems that if you collect more than that, you will be paid an additional reward. However, if you uproot the medicinal herbs around you to get that extra reward, the adventurer''s guild will find out about it, and you''ll have to pay a fine. Well, it would be very annoying if I picked them all up and they never grew again. However, it''s not an amount that can be picked up so easily, and the vitality of the herbs themselves is so strong that they''ll grow right back if left unchecked, so there''s no need to worry¡­ Once again, once I stepped outside the city, a pleasant breeze blew through. "Hmm¡­ the wind feels nice." "Well, yes. I wouldn''t have had time to enjoy the wind like this in the past, but it feels good to feel it like this." "Yes. I, too, have been on the official business lately, or only in the castle, so it''s a bit refreshing to get some fresh air¡­ shopping in the city is nice, but this kind of time is nice too!" "Lexia-sama. Don''t get too excited, okay? I just want you to avoid moving around too much under the current circumstances¡­" Owen-san let out a sigh and told that to Lexia-san. "I know, I know. But when things are settled down, I''d like to have dinner outside on a nice day like this!" Lexia-san looked at us and smiled as she said that. It''s certainly a moderate temperature, and most importantly, the air is clear, so a picnic would be nice. Well, there will be danger of monsters and such. We entered the meadow just outside the city and looked around while remembering the medicinal herbs Emilia-san showed us. "Hmm¡­ oh, this is it, right?" S§×arch* The Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then I immediately found something that looked like the herb, and so I activated [Identification]. [Heal Grass] :: A plant that is called "Medicinal Herb" in this world. It is mainly treated as an ingredient in recovery medicine. It can be used by grinding the leaves as they are and is effective for grazing wounds, etc. It is highly effective to pull them out while being careful not to damage the roots when you collect them. Fumu¡­ it seems like this is definitely the medicinal herb, but I didn''t know they had an official name for it. Moreover, thanks to the [Identification], I even figured out the correct way to collect it. As I was lightly digging up the soil with my hands, Lexia-san peeked at it from the side. "Heeh¡­ that''s how to collect medicinal herbs, huh?" "I''ve heard somewhere that the collecting itself is not difficult, but it''s best not to damage the roots as much as possible. In that sense, Yuuya''s collection is very careful." "Then I can just do like Yuuya-sama did and collect as many as I want!" "Hey, have you forgotten what Emilia told you? You can''t take too many of them, either." "That''s right. The medicinal herbs themselves seem to have a strong life force and fertility, so if you leave a few plants behind, they''ll be back to normal in a few days¡­" "I know! ¡­Oh, it''s so boring just to collect, Luna! Let''s have a match!" "Huh?" Luna was taken aback by Lexia-san''s sudden suggestion. "By the way, Yuuya-sama will be the referee!" "Eh?" I''m involved too! Ignoring me and Luna, who were surprised, Lexia-san started to run. "The winner gets the right to monopolize Yuuya-sama for a day! Well then, let the game begin!" "Oh, hey, Lexia! Sigh¡­ Yuuya. I''ll go to Lexia''s place, so come over after you get as many of the requests as you can get. ¡­Or rather, suddenly starting on those terms would be unfair¡­!" After saying that, Luna hurriedly headed towards Lexia-san while holding her head. No, that''s fine, but¡­ why is the right to monopolize me for a day treated as a prize? And how about my will? I look away from them in a daze, but since they''ve already gone, I call out to Night. "¡­Uhm, I''ll ask you two to help me out then, okay?" "Woof?" "Buhi.: "Here''s the herb, and¡­ tell me if you find one just like it, okay?" "Woof." "Fugo." They each put their noses close to the herb, sniffed it, and then went separate. I watched as they went to look for the new ones, and then I started to look for mine, and I found one growing nearby and collected it as well. It''s simple, but I like this kind of work. I can become more carefree. After searching for a while like this, Night barked lightly. "Woof!" "Oh, did you find it?" When I approached Night, there was something that looked like a medicinal herb growing there. However, I felt somewhat strange with it, and when I activated [Identification], it was displayed like this. [Magic Heal Grass] :: A plant that resembles a medicinal herb. However, this doesn''t heal wounds but has the effect of restoring magic power. It is mainly treated as an ingredient in magic power recovery medicine. Even if you put the leaves in your mouth, a very small amount of magic power is recovered. The collection method is the same as for medicinal herbs. Apparently, it was something a little different. "Too bad! I think this isn''t the herb that we are looking for." "Kyuunn¡­" "Don''t look so down. It''s a good one, at least." "Woof." I gently patted Night, who sounded sad for making a mistake. As I collected magic heal grass with Night, who had regained his spirits, I heard Akatsuki''s voice this time. "Buhi! Buhi buhi!" "Hmm? Did Akatsuki find it too?" As we hurried towards Akatsuki, he looked at us and gave us a smug look. We turned our attention to the medicinal herb that he had found while smiling bitterly at his appearance. "¡­Eh?" And I was at a loss for words. "Uh¡­ well¡­ Akatsuki? I told you I wanted you to find me some herbs, didn''t I?" "Buhi." "And this one?" "Buhi!" Akatsuki pointed with his hoof as if to say, "This is the medicinal herb." In case something goes wrong, I activated [Identification]. [Ichikoro Grass] :: A plant that must never be eaten. If you ingest it even once, the last thing you''ll do is pass away to the other world instantly. Unless you have poison resistance and poison invalidation skills, but even then, no one would like to eat it. However, if mixed with the proper procedures and ingredients, it can be transformed into a "Poison Neutralizer". All you have to do is collect the leaves. [T/n: Ichikoro means losing easily, being trounced, being beaten hands down and such.] It was different. It''s just as strange as it sounds. Everything around it is green, but the grass is purple. Moreover, it has red and yellow spots. The color combination is just as if to say, "Don''t eat it." "Akatsuki-san. Are you saying that this is the herb?" "Buhi." "Yeah, you should look at it more." "Buhi!?" Akatsuki was shocked by my words. I don''t think of it as a medicinal herb, though it could be used as a poison neutralizer if I got the ingredients and procedures right. Well, since Akatsuki found it, I''ll take it anyway. We also found some other medicinal herbs, but we couldn''t find them altogether as they were not in a cluster. Then, Lexia-san, who was collecting at another location, comes running towards me. "Yuuya-sama, look, look!" In Lexia-san''s hand, there was something that looked like a medicinal herb, but how could it be¡­ she was very muddy. Eh, what happened? As I was surprised to see Lexia-san in her muddy state, a tired-looking Luna also comes from behind her. "Hey, Lexia. Are you sure you''re royalty? That''s not ladylike or anything at all¡­" "Ara, excuse me. I''ve been doing my official duties as a member of the royal family, and my manners are perfect! And isn''t this mud a so-called adventurer''s courtesy?" "What''s your image of the adventurer in your mind¡­?" "Uhm¡­ you won''t be offended, will you? They''re so muddy¡­" Really, Lexia-san was covered in mud and really a mess¡­ I would have believed her if she had told me that she had gone head first into a puddle. "Well? Isn''t it okay? I''m not using a dress, anyway!" I''m really sorry, Owen-san. ©¤©¤By the way, both Luna and Lexia-san had the same number of results in the herb collection battle, and the right to monopolize me for a day never passed to anyone. £ª£ª£ª At the time when Yuuya and the others were receiving requests in the other world©¤©¤Kaori Houjou was in her room doing her prep and review as usual. "¡­.." Kaori, who had been studying silently for a while, put down her pen for a break and stretched. "Hmm¡­ I guess the problem is with English and ancient literature¡­" As she realized that again, in today''s review, she unexpectedly saw a calendar. "Come to think of it¡­ it''s almost time for midterm exams¡­" When she was thinking about such a vague thought, Kaori suddenly thought of Yuuya. And at the same time, she remembered the incident on the way home after the ball game tournament the other day©¤©¤. "~~Uh!" Her face suddenly flushed red, Kaori stood up from her chair and fell onto her own bed, and writhing. "¡­What have I done¡­" The day of the ball game tournament. She injured her teammate due to her own lack of athletic ability, and when she was depressed, Yuuya gallantly helped her out. Kaori was attracted to Yuuya, who was always there to help her, but¡­ Kaori was confused by the first time she felt that feeling. That''s why, after the ball game, she couldn''t help her feelings and lightly kissed Yuuya''s cheek. Remembering that, she had to writhe and roll around in shyness when she got home. But if she got to this point, no matter how much she had never experienced it before, Kaori could understand how she felt about Yuuya too. "¡­I, Yuuya-san¡­" She was about to say all that, and when her face became heated again, she buried her face in the bed. Kaori writhed in shyness for a while, but she suddenly felt uneasy when she eventually cooled down. "Yuuya-san, he''s so nice¡­ and maybe he already has a girlfriend¡­ and even if he didn''t have one, there''s no way another girl would leave him alone¡­" Kaori suddenly begins to feel depressed, even though she seemed so happy just now. "But I don''t want to give up either¡­ But what should I do¡­" Just as she started to think about how to get as close to Yuuya as possible without losing to the other girls, the calendar came into Kaori''s view again. "¡­Ah!" Then, realizing something, Kaori stood up vigorously. "That''s right! How about studying for a test with Yuuya-san!" For some reason, Kaori begins a questioning soliloquy in a room with no one but herself. However, Kaori herself was no longer in the mood for that, and the content of her soliloquy seemed like a very good idea. "I have decided¡­ let''s ask him about it next time!" Kaori thought of the time and went to her desk again. ©¤©¤In this way, Kaori began to study again in preparation for the time when she and Yuuya would study for the test together. Chapter 73 - Book 2 Another chapter today thanks to the Patreon, enjoy~ We returned to the castle after finishing our request to collect medicinal herbs, but something about the situation had changed a bit from earlier, and we felt a different rush than before we left the castle. "What happened?" "No idea¡­" As both Luna and I tilted our heads, not quite sure what had happened, one of the soldiers who noticed us rushed over, and whispered in Owen-san''s ear. Then Owen-san frowned for a moment, let out a sigh, and turned to Lexia-san. "©¤©¤©¤©¤Lexia-sama. Apparently, we''ve found out the whereabouts of His Highness." "¡­I see." Lexia-san''s expression darkened as they apparently found out the location of the prince who had escaped. Owen-san, who was looking at Lexia-san with concern, turns his gaze to me. "Um¡­ Yuuya-dono¡­" "Yes?" "If you don''t mind, I would appreciate it if you could help us." "Eh?" "Although it''s disappointing, we were not immediately aware of it when they attacked His Majesty, and furthermore, the assassins'' items exposed us to a situation where we couldn''t use our magic. Moreover, the assassins were all skilled professionals. That''s why, in securing His Highness''s custody, if an unforeseen situation arose, we might not be able to deal with it ourselves. I want to avoid at all costs letting His Highness escape as a result. That is why I am asking you. Would you be willing to help us?" "D-don''t be so formal like that! I don''t mind helping if I can!" "¡­Thank you very much." Owen-san said and bowed deeply to me. Then the soldiers led us to the place where the said prince was hiding. At that time, Lexia-san had decided to stay at the castle in case something happened. Of course, Lexia-san''s bodyguard, Luna, is also staying with her. The place the soldiers brought us to was not inside the castle, but a small house on the outskirts of the royal capital. "This place is¡­" When I was surprised at the unexpected place, the soldier who was showing us around told us. "We were unaware of it, but it seems to be the pavilion that His Majesty had prepared for His Highness." "Eh?" "In fact, His Highness seems to have been isolated, and we''ve never heard of this place before¡­ His Majesty said that there would be no other place for His Highness than this place, and after looking into it, it seems to have been the right one." "Uhm¡­ first of all, the prince was isolated? That''s surprising¡­ but more than that, is that okay for me to know such information¡­?" "¡­Normally, it wouldn''t be allowed, but this time, things are different. And it''s something that we have to inform as well¡­" "I see¡­" Since it''s called isolated, there are only a few people around, and it''s quiet. Probably no one lives in the area. Or rather, why is he isolated? He''s a prince, right? When I walked in with my doubts, I saw that other soldiers had already entered and surrounded one man. The man was dressed in very high-quality clothing even from my ignorant perspective, and what was most distinctive was the mask he wore on his face. I think the man in front of me in the situation is the prince¡­ but I''m surprised by his unexpected appearance. "Your Highness, it''s over. Please surrender peacefully." "Shut up, shut up, shut uuuuup! Who the fuck do you think I am?" "Your Highness¡­" "Stay the hell away from me!" "Huh!" The soldiers were gradually surrounding the prince and cornering him, but they couldn''t seem to get close enough because the prince was wielding a knife in his hand. "If you get any closer, I will kill myself right here!" "That''s¡­" "Who cares what happens to me anyway? Who cares if I end up dead at this point?" I was surprised that such words came out of the mouth of a prince. Eh, he''s a prince, right? So why did he say no one would be sad to see him die? At least, Lexia-san and the others were looking sad¡­ When I looked around unintentionally, everyone, including Owen-san, had a complicated expression on their faces for some reason. Why? The prince then scoffed, as if he knew such a reaction from his surroundings. "See, you can''t say anything, can you? You think it would be better for a nuisance like me to be gone! Then I''ll die here, as you wish¡­!" "Your Highness!" At that moment, the prince tried to swing the knife down at his neck. Hey¡­ is he seriously trying to die? "Night! Bite that man''s arm and stop him from moving!" "Woof!" Receiving my words, Night fleshed out the prince with lightning speed and bit down on the prince''s knife-wielding arm directly. "Hyii!" Night''s jump & bite''s momentum not only deviated the trajectory of his arm, but the prince dropped his knife from the pain. "Now!" Owen-san didn''t miss the opportunity and immediately flew instructions to the other soldiers, and the soldiers all went to restrain the prince at once. The prince hurriedly tried to grab his knife, but was hindered by Night and was stopped in his tracks by a soldier who was originally near him and restrained him on the spot. Then, Night, who has finished his job, comes back with his chest stretched out proudly. "Woof." "Thank you, Night! Thanks for your help!" "Woof~." "Fugofugo~." I stroked Night many times, and for some reason, Akatsuki stroked Night with his hooves while acting like a big guy. Hey, you didn''t do anything, so why are you so high and mighty? Well, I haven''t done anything either. But Night doesn''t seem particularly bothered by it and seems happy to be petted by Akatsuki and me. Yeah, he''s cute. "L-let me go! Who the fuck do you think I am?" "Your Highness, just give up." "It''s Your Majesty''s orders." We had forgotten that the prince was in custody, and there was only a relaxed air between us, but Owen-san approached us with a bitter smile. "Yuuya-dono." "Eh? A-ah! Excuse me! It was¡­" sea??h th§× Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "No, that''s all right. ¡­You''re very close to each other." "Yes¡­ because they''re my precious family." "Woof." "Fugo." Night and Akatsuki also nodded in agreement with my words. Owen-san also nodded at us, smiling gently, but his expression quickly changed to serious. "Thanks to Yuuya-dono and the others, we were able to detain Your Highness successfully. Thank you." "N-no! I''m glad we were able to be of help, too!" "¡­Thank you. Now, Your Highness©¤©¤." That was the moment Owen-san was about to say something. "Grr!? Woof!" Night interrupted Owen-san''s words with a panicked look and barked. And then©¤©¤. "Wha-!?" "Guaaaah!" "Ugh!" Suddenly, something flew through the window of this hideout. It instantly collided between the prince and the soldiers, and a tremendous impact spread around them. The soldiers were slammed into the wall by the impact. "O-oh! You''re finally here!" For some reason, the prince smiled happily as me, Owen-san, and the others hurriedly positioned ourselves for the sudden and mysterious attack. Then, a person broke in through the broken window. "Checking the situation¡­ done. You, failure." "Wha-!?" The one who broke in through the window was a girl with white skin and white hair. And it was a slightly inhuman-looking girl with mysterious gray eyes. I was surprised at the intrusion itself, but what surprised me even more was the girl''s appearance. She was a beautiful girl, so beautiful that it was as if she was a work of art. "What the¡­ are you¡­!" Owen-san drew his sword and held it up to the girl, but the girl didn''t even look at him; she just looked at the prince. "A failure. Therefore, I don''t need you anymore." "W-what? You can''t just leave me here! This originally happened because you guys from the dark guild were weak¡­!" "Negative. Simply, your lack of planning. And bad luck. That''s all." "W-what? I have promised you a higher position by making me the new king!" The prince is indignant at the girl''s words, but the girl does not change her attitude. "Wrong. It''s a lie to make you move. The real plan. Making you the king of this country, and using you as a puppet. And to wage war on many fronts, killing many people in the process." "Wha¡­ wh¡­!" "The result is a failure. And you''re now unnecessary. You are not a sufficient pawn for me. You are now decommissioned." The prince looked for words to return to the girl, but apparently, nothing came out; he just opened and closed his mouth. ¡­Or rather, listening to their current conversation, is the girl in front of me related to the dark guild? I thought I heard something else that sounded like a lot of stuff¡­ was it my imagination? I can''t hear very well from here¡­ There''s also the fact that the girl''s identity is unknown, but the most alarming factor is that Night was unable to notice the girl''s presence until just before. When it comes to Night''s ability to detect a presence, he completely surpasses me, so when it comes to escaping that search for him¡­ it''s outrageous. As I was shuddering at that fact, the girl suddenly took out a knife and raised it towards the prince! "It''s over. Die." "N-nooooo! S-someone!" I hurriedly tried to stop her at sight, but Owen-san moved before I could. "Your Highness!" To the girl who exposed her back defenselessly, Owen-san fired a blow with all his might. That attack would certainly reach the girl no matter who saw it©¤©¤that''s what I thought. "Wha¡­ Guh!?" In the next moment, something flew again from the broken window, flicked Owen-san''s sword, and deflected its trajectory. Owen-san, whose sword''s trajectory was deflected, used the momentum to take a gap from the girl again. And as the object that deflected Owen-san''s sword''s trajectory was stuck in the wall straight away, we were finally able to find out what it was. "An¡­ arrow?" To my surprise, it was a very ordinary arrow that flew out the window. Then Akatsuki approached the arrow, put it in his mouth, and brought it under me. "Fugo~." "Huh, th-thank you¡­ but don''t get so close to anything, that''s dangerous!" "Buhi?" I was unintentionally grateful, but there was no information about the opponent at all, and most importantly, if the weapon had any bad effects, it would be a disaster, but Akatsuki took it without a care in the world. Nevertheless, to be honest, I thought that if I knew what this arrow was, I could get a little closer to the girl''s true identity, so I took the arrow I received and activated [Identification] to it while being wary of the girl¡­ "Eh?" The result displayed in the [Identification] was that it was a very ordinary arrow. There was no special material used in the arrowhead or anything else, nor was there any effect given to it in any way. It was just a genuine arrow. But that wouldn''t explain the power of the arrow when it flew through the window or the power of the arrow that deflected Owen-san''s sword''s trajectory. Besides, even though the girl was here, the fact that the attack came flying means that there must be another companion. Then Owen-san, who has arrived at the same conclusion, berates her while staring out with a grim expression. "You¡­ who the hell are you? What do you want!" "Unnecessary. No obligation to answer." "What¡­? You¡­!" Once again, Owen-san tries to attack the girl, but each time he does, arrows fly in from the outside one after another, interrupting Owen-san''s progress. I moved quickly to help Owen-san, but again, I couldn''t move as I wanted because of the arrows flying around. "Damn! The other guy hiding in there is so troublesome¡­!" "Other guy?" Owen-san muttered annoyingly, and the girl who heard the muttering turned her gaze towards him for the first time. "Wrong. Me alone. This attack and everything." "Huh?" Owen-san and I had to be stunned by those words. This attack¡­ from the girl in front of me? I don''t get it because the girl didn''t make a single attack-like movement. "Nonsense! Do you really think I''m going to fall for your transparent lies? Anyway, I''m going to need you to tell me what you want." "¡­Right footstep. Cleave from the left." "?" At the moment Owen-san attacked the girl, she uttered a mysterious word. But I would soon understand the meaning of those words because Owen-san acted in exactly the same way as the movement the girl had uttered. Then, as if to inhibit that action, an arrow flew through the window again, changing Owen-san''s sword''s trajectory. Then the girl turned her somewhat mysteriously glowing gray eyes to me emotionlessly. "I¡­ predict it. Therefore, I unleashed the arrow in advance." "What did you¡­ say¡­?" "Objective. I''m not interested in this man in the first place. Why? Because I will kill everyone in this place." "What?" "The final objective. To kill all of humanity. That goal will only accelerate if you all die." I was stunned, unable to understand the meaning of the girl''s words that were spoken while ignoring Owen-san''s words. While we were appalled by her words'' content, arrows rained down on us, piercing windows, doorways, and even walls and roofs¡­! "Impossible. There is no escape. I let you gather so that all the arrows would be in line at this moment. Goodbye." There''s so much going on that doesn''t make sense anymore that my mind can''t keep up with the situation at all, but the arrows are flying with the force of blowing up, not just us, but this building itself. I mean, the girl herself is in this place, and is that okay!? Or is it that she''s trying to keep the damage from going to her or something? That''s vile! Be that as it may, me, Night, Akatsuki, and Owen-san might be able to get out of this situation, but the prince and the soldiers who were knocked out by the first blow can''t do that. So we have to do something about it¡­ What''s the way to get out of this situation! Sage-san''s weapon series can''t help us! That''s perfectly fine if it''s just me getting through, but it''s not at all suitable for protecting the majority of people all at once. This is where magic comes into play, but fire, water, lightning, and such things are completely useless. In order to prevent all the arrows that are flying at us right now, using fire would solve the problem in one shot, but at the same time, this house would burn down in one shot. Then¡­! It was less than a few moments, but my head was spinning at a tremendous rate, searching for a way to get out of this situation. Then, at the last minute, I activated my magic with the utmost urgency and momentum. It was a dome-shaped barrier using the wind, and I thought that by activating it, it would drop all the arrows that were currently flying at us. As a result, I released the wind all at once as the dome spread out around me. The power was so tremendous that not only the soldiers who had been stunned, but the prince rolled on the floor, and even Owen-san and Night and Akatsuki stepped on to the spot as they struggled to withstand the wind. However, the mysterious girl didn''t seem to be stepping up against the wind in particular, except for her hands to protect her face. That alone showed that she was stronger than anyone else here. Eventually, when the wind died down, all the arrows that had been flying at us had fallen to the ground. "Yuuya-dono, we''re saved¡­!" "Yuuya¡­?" By dropping the arrows, we got out of the predicament for the time being, but as to the girl, this situation was indeed unexpected even for her, and her eyes were wide open. And then, through that momentary gap, Owen-san successfully retrieved the prince who was fortunate enough to be separated from the girl by my magic. Furthermore, Night and Akatsuki also retrieved the unconscious soldiers at the same time as Owen-san and separated them from the girl. The soldiers were knocked unconscious by the girl''s first attack, but other than that, there didn''t seem to be any other trauma, so they were safe for now. We achieved our goal safely. Finally, the only problem left was the girl. "Give up and surrender." Owen-san told her while pointing the tip of his sword at the girl, but for some reason, the girl''s gaze was directed at me. "Question. Are you, Yuuya?" "Eh? Ah, yes." "What kind of a normal response is that?" "I was just¡­" When I answered the girl''s question, Owen-san tsukomiing us. No, I answered reflexively, but forgive me. I just answered when she asked me my name! Anyway, where did she get my name? Or maybe we used to meet in the past¡­ no way. If she has such a strong impact on me, I''ll never forget her. The more I think about it, the more the mystery only deepens, but not only Owen-san but I also took out the [Absolute Spear] from the item box and held it at the ready, and Night and Akatsuki also looked at the girl without being careless. However©¤©¤. "Lucky. I encountered Yuuya. But alas. Unexpectedly, I ran out of arrows to attack." "What?" The girl''s face distorted when I asked her without thinking. "¡­Really, I didn''t expect that. When you''re this strong, I need to use the power of "Evil". But¡­ I don''t have enough magic power. It''s because of the fight the other day." She muttered something in a voice I couldn''t hear, but eventually, the girl looked over at us slowly and nodded. "It can''t be helped. Temporary return. Goodbye." "Wha-!? You don''t think you can just leave this place¡­" "Reserve. That''s enough." Then, after the girl''s words, an arrow flew at Owen-san, who was about to chase her. Moreover, the arrows rained down so as not to allow the girl to be chased, so I and Night and Akatsuki couldn''t bypass them either. "Didn''t you run out of arrows¡­!" "Silly question. All sorts of situations are expected. This time, return. Goodbye." As a result, the girl put her foot on the first window she entered and ran out of the house. After preventing the arrow, we immediately followed after her, but the girl was already gone, and even Night couldn''t follow any more signs of her. "Kuh¡­ we let her get away¡­" "Who is that girl¡­?" "I don''t know¡­ but that strength¡­ it''s not normal. Besides, based on her conversation with His Highness, I''m sure she''s related to the dark guild, but I didn''t expect her to be that powerful. This needs to change my perception of the dark guild. ¡­Shit. This is another way to get rid of the dark guild. Because with such a powerful person, we can''t bypass them." It''s true, with an existence like that, we have to act cautiously. Rather, this time, the opponent is out of arrows? The reason seems to be because of that, but that was a statement that was made after completely skipping out on it. In the first place, she didn''t even have a bow in her hand. Maybe, but if that girl had come with a bow and arrow in her hand, it wouldn''t have happened like this. Thank God for her fancy in a way. ¡­I thought Master Usagi was powerful too, but she''s pretty much the same. This is like Master Usagi said, if you don''t train, you won''t be able to protect what you want to protect. I thought of her, the attacker, this time, and I was reminded again that I needed to become strong. "Well, let''s go back for now." Thus, we secured the prince''s custody as planned after the mysterious girl''s attack and returned to the castle. Chapter 74 - Book 3 And here''s another one brought by the Patreon, enjoy~ "Yuuya-sama, are you all right?" "Yuuya, are you okay?" "Y-yeah¡­" After preventing the mysterious girl''s attack and successfully capturing the prince, I had to wait with Luna, Lexia-san, and Owen-san in a room-like area of the royal castle for a while. Then, as soon as I returned, Lexia-san and the others questioned me, and I had to tell them about the situation that happened when I captured the prince. As a result, they were very worried about me. "It seems the opponent didn''t really take it seriously, somehow." "Is that so¡­" "¡­No way, I didn''t think there was an existence strong enough to overcome Yuuya¡­" "No, no, I''m not that strong, you know?" "That''s not true," said Lexia-san and Luna in unison. "What was that?" That''s strange. I was telling the truth¡­ so why did both of you have to deny it at the same time? In fact, Master Usagi is very strong, and there are many others just like him. "Anyway, I''m glad you''re okay." "However, this hectic situation was caused by that woman¡­" Luna was right; it''s a hectic time in the castle right now. It was not only once, but it was the second attack, and the castle was now on even higher alert, and the castle was in a hurry to prepare for a meeting to begin to decide on the treatment of the first prince. The soldiers who had fainted during the mysterious girl''s attack had woken up safely and were now back to work without any problems. Are they okay? Incidentally, the prince who was detained, although he attacked Lexia-san, he is still royalty, and more than anything else, he is Arnold-sama''s son. This may not be the reason, but he can''t be handled poorly, and the soldiers seem to have a lot of trouble with him. As a side note, after restraining him, Lexia-san and the others came to see him, and the prince went on a rampage again, but he was not a match for Owen-san and the other soldiers and was seized accordingly. ¡­And yet, why was the prince wearing a mask? I haven''t checked underneath the mask, but Lexia-san and Owen-san said that the person in the mask was definitely the prince¡­ It seemed that Luna had the same question, but in the end, Luna and I couldn''t get them to tell us. Hmm¡­I''m curious. As I was thinking about that, Owen-san turned his gaze to me. "I''m sorry, Yuuya-dono. I''d like for Yuuya-dono to participate in the meeting that will determine the treatment of His Highness." "Eh? Sure, I''ll help you if I can, but I''m an outsider, you know? Is everything okay?" What can I say, is it right to be in such an important place? In the first place, it seems that Arnold-sama has only a bad impression of me¡­ Then Owen-san nodded. "I don''t think there will be a new attack right after the one we just had, but His Highness might be planning something. No, it''s possible that the Dark Guild, which is connected to His Highness and the girl from earlier, may be making a move¡­" "¡­.." When the word Dark Guild was mentioned, Luna''s eyebrows moved for a moment, but from the fact that she didn''t say anything, it''s possible that the Dark Guild could actually attack them. And it''s true that even if that girl herself doesn''t come, someone from the Dark Guild might still attack them. It''s troublesome. "That''s why I''d really like Yuuya-dono to stand by in the room as Arnold-sama and Lexia-sama''s bodyguard. Of course, Night-dono and Akatsuki-dono will be with you, too. Night-dono has saved us many times, after all." "Woof." "Fugo." As Night nodded, Akatsuki, who hadn''t done anything in particular, for some reason raised his legs, confidently telling everyone to leave it to him with his chest stretched out. No, it''s cute, though. But it was true that Night had noticed when Luna had attacked Lexia-san, and Night had been the first to notice the attack by the men in black this time. And most importantly, Night was also the first to notice that girl''s attack. It would certainly be impossible to exclude him. Night''s search ability and instincts are even better than mine. "If that''s the case¡­ I understand." "I''m really sorry. Originally, we would like to finish our country''s affairs on our own¡­" Owen-san looked apologetic as he said that. Beside her, Lexia-san had a sad expression on her face the whole time. "Brother¡­" "Lexia-san? Um¡­ are you okay?" "Eh? Oh¡­ no, it''s nothing. It''s okay, Yuuya-sama." "¡­.." Although her mouth says she''s fine, Lexia-san''s expression remains gloomy. Well, her relatives tried to kill her, so I guess that''s natural¡­ In the end, with Lexia-san''s expression still unclear, we headed for the audience room, which was now prepared for us. £ª£ª£ª When we moved to the audience room, Arnold-sama was already sitting on the throne¡­ but he looked very cold and expressionless. However, that expression wasn''t directed at me; he was just staring into the void. Next to that Arnold-sama was standing by some sort of pompous-looking elderly man, and across the road leading up to the throne, there were many people lined up in the same way, unlike the knights, they looked like great people. My own guess is that these people are the nobles of this country. They''re not looking like soldiers or knights by any means¡­ if the goal is to make it look that way and get the other person to let their guard down, I''m sure I''m falling for the trick. Then©¤©¤. "©¤©¤Your Majesty, Your Highness has arrived." "¡­.." One of the soldiers came into the audience room and told him so. But Arnold-sama remained silent, without a single change in his face. When one of the soldiers was puzzled by his attitude, Owen-san sent out a rescue boat. "¡­ All right. For now, let him through here." "Y-yes!" A little while later, a man was detained by the soldiers and brought here. "!?" And I look at the man and stare in amazement. But it seems I wasn''t the only one who was surprised, and Luna''s eyes widened as well. In contrast, Arnold-sama moved his eyebrows for a moment, and Lexia-san¡­looked very sad. Because the prince''s face©¤©¤was burnt out. Although the eyes, nose, and mouth were recognizable, the skin on his face was seared, and his entire body seemed to be severely burned, including his arms and legs, which could be seen through his clothes. I could only gawk at the prince''s unexpected appearance, but Lexia-san, Owen-san, and Arnold-sama seemed to know, and all I could see was a sad expression on their faces. I didn''t think that a face was severely burned underneath that mask, and both me and Luna are speechless. ¡­That mask was a tool to hide this true face. The prince is brought by a soldier and brought out in front of Arnold-sama, and is made to kneel on the spot. There was silence for a while, and eventually, Arnold-sama quietly opened his mouth. "©¤©¤Do you have any plea to make?" "¡­Plea?" Then the prince twisted his face in displeasure at Arnold-sama''s words, and then he opened his eyes and shouted to Arnold-sama. "Seeing me like this, do you say I have any plea now, father!" "¡­.." "Why did you look away? You should see it. I''m your son." "¡­.." "Brother¡­" In response to the prince glaring at Arnold-sama fiercely, Lexia-san mutters quietly, and then the prince turns his sharp gaze to Lexia-san. "Hey, Lexia. What, your eyes. Is that sympathy for me? Huh?" "¡­.." "Whose fault is it that caused all this? All this, it''s all your fault!" The prince stared at Lexia-san with tremendous expression. "You¡­ you caused a magical outburst, and I got caught up in it, that''s why I look like this!" "Don''t be ridiculous! Your wounds have certainly healed! And the aftereffects¡­" "Oh, it''s definitely healed¡ªno aftereffects of my injuries. My body became clean without a scratch. But my body has gone crazy from being exposed to Lexia''s enormous magical power! I feel like I''ve been subjected to a torrent of destruction. I can''t get rid of that feeling! The healers say it''s because Lexia''s magic has entered my body! It made me want to destroy everything around me. Otherwise, I wouldn''t be able to keep my sanity! But I can''t stop the urge to destroy! And that impulse would eventually lead me to now, and guess what? I could finally contain my destructive impulse by destroying my own body. You see? I may have made this appearance, but it''s not my fault. It''s on you, Lexia! So¡­so¡­if only you weren''t there¡­!" "Rhaegar¡­ you¡­" "What is it? Father. You know that, don''t you? You know what I''ve been through! But you didn''t help me!" "No! It''s true that I know you''ve gone crazy since that incident. But there was nothing I could do about it! We had no choice but to do something about your misery, which can no longer be called a curse." "The result of that is isolation! Well, information about the First Prince going crazy is not good news!" "¡­Rhaegar." "Oh¡­ that look is driving me crazy again. I have no redeeming qualities while defending that girl who took everything from me!" The Prince©¤©¤Rhaegar-sama stared at Lexia-san and Arnold-sama¡­ tears were flowing from Lexia-san''s eyes. ¡­Apparently, it seems that Lexia-san is largely responsible for the reason why this Rhaegar-sama is in his current form. And Arnold-sama hid the current Rhaegar-sama from her. As a royalty, so as not to give an opening to other countries. "Why¡­ why did you do this¡­!" Arnold-sama said that as he squeezed out, but Rhaegar-sama remained glaring at him. "Why? There is only one reason. I, who suffered a living hell due to my dirty blood sister, couldn''t help but want to kill Lexia¡­! Isn''t that better than what Lexia and Father did! I tried to kill you without making you all suffer!" "¡­.." "You have made me look like this. I called for a skilled recuperator, but he couldn''t even restore this form, let alone my destructive impulses. Do you understand? All this suffering to you people!" "I was trying to save you, too! But I couldn''t help it!" "Yeah, I know. That''s why I once wished to be killed! I''d rather die than suffer this way!" "That''s¡­" "But you didn''t kill me! For your silly royal duties! Give me a taste of living hell! Then isolated me as if you didn''t want to see me." "Your destructive impulses were so dangerous! That''s why I had to isolate you!" "I told you to kill me." "That''s¡­" "But it''s too late for everything. I hate Lexia, and I hate you. That''s why I planned it. If you don''t kill me, I''m going to kill you all! See, this is why I tried to kill you guys! Do you have a problem with that?" "¡­Rhaegar, you¡­" Arnold-sama closes his eyes as if he regrets it. "¡­Did my choice cause you to suffer¡­" "Do you regret this now? I don''t want that. I just want this wound to heal. All I want is for you to heal the wounds caused by my destructive urges. You can''t, can you? Then kill me. I don''t want to live anymore." After saying just that, Rhaegar-sama sat down on the spot quietly. However, neither Arnold-sama nor Lexia-san could say anything to Rhaegar-sama like that. The surrounding nobles also just awkwardly averted their gazes. ¡­Well, I don''t know the details of the situation, but first of all, in the past, Lexia-san went out of control with her magic power? And that''s what caused it, that''s what''s causing Rhaegar-sama''s current injuries. So, Rhaegar-sama''s injuries are the least of his worries, right? I raised my hand in a cursory manner at the thought. "Umm¡­" "You¡­" Arnold-sama, who saw my appearance, seems to have recognized my presence by now, and his eyes widened a little. Eh¡­ how much wasn''t he interested in me¡­ No, I felt like he was empty from the beginning when this meeting started. Then seeing me raise my hand, Lexia-san and the others looked surprised, but Arnold-sama furrowed his eyebrows somewhat uncomfortably. "¡­.What. Outsiders don''t interfere." "Oh, well, I''m very aware that I''m an outsider, but there''s something I''d like to try." "What do you want to do¡­?" While everyone tilted their heads at my words, I approached Rhaegar-sama as I took out the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice] from the item box. "Wha, what! Hey, don''t come near me!" "Don''t be afraid." "Like hell, I will believe in you! What''s that thing you''re holding in your hand!" While not only Lexia-san and the others, but even Arnold-sama is looking at my actions with a pouting expression, Rhaegar-sama desperately writhes away from the soldier''s restraint and tries to get away from me. You didn''t have to be so scared, you know. As I came in front of Rhaegar-sama just like that, I brought the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice] I was holding close to him. "What¡­ what''s that liquiiidddd!" "Yes, please excuse me for a moment." "Huh? Yu-Yuuya-dono!" I fixed Rhaegar-sama''s face, which was trying to turn away from me, and I made him drink the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice]. Then Owen-san, who quickly came to his senses, hurriedly called out to me, but I had already given Rhaegar-sama a drink of the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice]. Rhaegar-sama tried to refuse at first, but since I suddenly stuck the juice in his mouth, he almost reflexively swallowed the juice before he could spit it out. And then©¤©¤. "Wha-!?" "What''s happening?" Rhaegar-sama''s skin, which had been severely burned, was instantly cleaned up, and in the end, Rhaegar-sama''s wound had healed completely. In contrast to the burns that made it impossible to recognize the facial structure at all, the current Rhaegar-sama was so handsome that the word "prince" was appropriate for him. "R-Rhaegar-sama¡­ that¡­ that face¡­" Then one of the soldiers, dumbfounded, speaks up about the changes that have happened to Rhaegar-sama''s body. "My¡­face¡­?" Rhaegar-sama''s face, the place that Rhaegar-sama least wanted to be touched, was pointed out to him, and a tremendous expression appeared on his face, and he reflexively touched his face¡­ and froze. "¡­Wha-?" He touched his own face over and over again, confirming the feel of it, and then shook his head, stunned. "Oh, it can''t be¡­ that can''t be¡­ my wounds¡­ the burns¡­ the burns that will never heal again¡­" "Well¡­ I honestly don''t know what you''re talking about, but I thought that wound was the cause of this case, so I took the liberty of healing it. ¡­Was that bad?" "Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhh!" At my statement, the people around me shouted loudly again, and Arnold-sama rose from his throne and came straight to me. "You¡­! What the hell did you do? How could my son''s¡­ Rhaegar''s face¡­!" "As I explained, I thought I''d take out one of the causes of Rhaegar-sama''s desire to cause this commotion for a while¡­ I had a good recovery potion on hand, so I used it." "Just the right recovery potion!" Arnold-sama''s eyes widened as if he couldn''t understand me. "It''s impossible. It''s not possible! Rhaegar''s wounds weren''t something that could be healed by anyone. Even the highest-ranking healers! And you''re telling me that you cured him with a recovery potion, not a recovery spell? That''s a legendary recovery potion! What the hell did you use? Or did you use a forbidden item?" "N-no! No, it''s not! I used the [Complete Recovery Herb]¡­" "[Complete Recovery Herb]?" Arnold-sama''s excitement didn''t stop, and he was even more astonished. It wasn''t just Arnold-sama, but also Rhaegar-sama, who drank the juice, with a distracted look on his face. "H-hey¡­ didn''t you just say complete recovery herb?" "H-he just imagines things, doesn''t he?" "Yes, it would be something else. A complete recovery herb is something out of a fairy tale." "More importantly, who the hell is he? That man¡­" I don''t know if they can''t believe my words, but the people around me start buzzing as well. "I-impossible¡­ the [Complete Recovery Herb] is now a legendary herb¡­" "Well¡­ I''ve got another one, would you like to appraise it?" "One more bottle of it!?" I took out the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice] that I was still preparing and handed it to Arnold-sama, and he took it with a trembling hand and handed it to one of the soldiers. After a while, that soldier seems to have finished his appraisal and passes it to Arnold-sama with the same hand trembling as when he received it with a blue face. "Y-Your Majesty¡­ this, here, this is¡­ t-the real thing¡­" "¡­¡­" There was silence during the audience. ¡­Come to think of it, I read in the description of the complete recovery herb that it was "Hard to find and at the legendary level". I knew it was just that hard to find, but I didn''t think it was an actually legendary grade. "Oh, you let me¡­ drink such a national treasure¡­"'' Then, for some reason, Rhaegar-sama also turns blue in the face and mutters something like that. Ah, that? This guy wanted to heal his burns¡­ right? That''s not my unwanted meddling, you know? In spite of my anxiety, Arnold-sama turned his gaze to Owen-san with a blue face. "O-Owen¡­ did you know about this¡­?" "N-no¡­ I haven''t heard of it either¡­" "Huh? Didn''t I tell you that?" "¡­Yuuya. If such a blowout story came up, we would have had this reaction at that point¡­" For some reason, Luna is stunned by my words. Is that so? It''s true that just by drinking it, it can heal any wound, except for dead people, so it''s amazing. "Well, I gave it to her when I met Luna¡­" "T-that recovery pill was also a [Complete Recovery Herb]?" Luna realized now that she had been taking the same thing as Rhaegar-sama and staggered. "L-Luna! Keep your mind clear!" "¡­You let me drink such a precious thing¡­" "Geez! It''s not a new thing that Yuuya-sama is out of standards! And that''s what saved your life!" "¡­Well, that''s true. It was only because of that messed up Yuuya that I was saved." "Oya? Isn''t this being undermined in a roundabout way?" I don''t think you have to sound so insane. The wound heals perfectly, and it''s very convenient. Then, Arnold-sama seemed to calm down a bit and asked me with a softened attitude towards me. "You¡­ no, Yuuya-dono, did you use such a precious thing for my son¡­?" "I mean, it''s valuable, but¡­ it grows in my garden a lot, so¡­" "Growing in a gardeeennn!?" "I can''t take it. I don''t know what you''re talking about." As the astonishment spread again, Arnold-sama laughed powerlessly as if he was burned out. "Well¡­ for now, I think Rhaegar-sama''s wounds have healed¡­ what do you think?" "W-what do you mean?" "Yes. I don''t know the details of the situation, but if Lexia-san was involved in Rhaegar-sama''s wound, and that was the reason why he tried to hurt Lexia-san, I thought that if the wound were gone, for the time being, he would feel a little lighter¡­" I understand because I was being bullied as well back then, but even though the wound has healed, I don''t think that even the trauma in Rhaegar-sama''s heart, which had been avoided and looked at by everyone as odd, has healed. Moreover, the reason for that strange gaze was neither injury nor illness, but a destructive impulse caused by a substandard magic power entering his body, and the resulting self-inflicted wound, so he couldn''t do anything about it. Still, I hoped that healing that self-inflicted trauma alone would lighten that heart a little. "W-why¡­ I don''t understand why¡­ why is this a national treasure-grade item¡­!" Confused, Rhaegar-sama still can''t believe his appearance, but he keeps touching his face. Well, that''s what would happen if the wound suddenly healed. But with this, Rhaegar-sama''s problem should be solved for now. "What do you think?" "¡­.." In response to my question, Rhaegar-sama slowly lowered his hand from his face and looked down. "¡­You are indeed right; the wound has healed. But it''s too late¡­ I''ve done something I can''t take back. The destructive impulse is gone, the wound is healed, but that doesn''t change. So it''s too late." "Rhaegar¡­" S~ea??h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Brother¡­" Arnold-sama and Lexia-san looked at Rhaegar-sama, who was laughing at himself, and a look of regret appeared on his face. But then Lexia-san made an expression as if she noticed something. "Father." "Hmm? Lexia¡­?" "Tell me. What was brother''s greatest crime?" "It was¡­ of course, aimed to kill you, but¡­" "Then, I''ll forgive that." "Wha-!?" Lexia-san''s statement surprised not only the elders who were around her but also Arnold-sama and Rhaegar-sama. However, Lexia-san, the person in question, firmly told them. "If my brother''s crime is that he targeted me, then I forgive him. That will make my brother''s crime go away, right?" "But¡­" "It''s not that simple, Lexia! I''m going to make you¡­" "No, it''s a simple matter." Clearly, Lexia-san told him clearly as she looked around. "I am the victim here. Then you don''t mind if my opinion comes through, do you?" "But¡­ Rhaegar is with the Dark Guild¡­" "Oh, then what of my bodyguard, Luna, who is one of the former Dark Guild members?" "It was you who forced me to¡­" "Besides! First of all, aren''t we equally guilty of neglecting the existence of the Dark Guild until now? And the reason why brother wanted to kill me it''s because you ended up creating an environment where I and everyone else just let it happen, right?" "Umm¡­ yeah, maybe, but¡­" "Oh, God! Stop whining! I said I forgive him, and that''s enough! Okay? Father!" "Y-Yes!" Pressured by Lexia-san''s intensity, Arnold-sama straightened his back and replied. ¡­Huh? The head of this country is Arnold-sama, right? However, it''s still not something that can be forgiven so easily from the other great people, so I hurriedly called out to Lexia-san. "P-Princess-sama! That won''t happen! If you forgive His Highness here, you will be allowing other sinners to make exceptions! And besides, His Highness has already joined the Dark Guild©¤©¤." "Ara, why don''t we just forgive them if it''s a special case. That means there are extenuating circumstances, right? If it wasn''t, then there shouldn''t be a special exception in the first place. Besides, if you''re saying it''s wrong to be involved with the Dark Guild, then I''ll be executed too." "¡­Hey, Lexia. You don''t need to say that in front of me so openly, as an employer." Luna lets out a heavy sigh and laughs somewhat amusedly. "N-no, but¡­ Lexia was attacked too, but since I was attacked too¡­" "It''s not father''s fault. It''s my fault he attacked me. Okay?" "Ugh¡­" "O?k?a?y?" "¡­Yes." Arnold-sama, are you in a weak position? No, in this case, Lexia is just being pushy, right¡­? Rhaegar-sama watches such an exchange in a daze. "Le-Lexia¡­" "Is this alright with you, brother?" "Why¡­ I, you¡­" "Can we not talk about it? Besides, I want to get along with my brother again." "Lexia¡­" Rhaegar-sama cried quietly at Lexia-san''s words. Chapter 75 - Book 4: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 "©¤©¤Rhaegar. I hereby confiscate your territory, and you will not be charged with this matter." "¡­Ha!" Although Lexia-san''s impassioned plea allowed Rhaegar-sama to avoid the death penalty, the crime of attacking the royalty¡­well, the current king, did not disappear so easily, resulting in the confiscation of the territory that Rhaegar-sama had owned. Although the territory was given to Rhaegar-sama, originally, there were no residents. It was treated as a so-called villa; even if it were confiscated, it wouldn''t hurt Rhaegar-sama too much. ¡­Or rather, it''s pretty stubborn to have given that whole territory to build a villa. After the decision on Rhaegar-sama''s treatment was thus made, the surrounding aristocratic-looking people left, but me, Night, Akatsuki, Lexia-san, Luna, Owen-san, and Rhaegar-sama were left in the audience room. I was worried that there was still some problem since I was also left behind during this audience when Arnold-sama tells me with a serious expression. "Yuuya-dono. This time¡­ thanks to you, I was saved. Truly, thank you¡­!" And Arnold-sama bowed his head to me without any hesitation. Eh¡­? "N-no! Please raise your head! I was just fortunate enough to be useful¡­!" "That''s not true. Even though I treated you unkindly, you did all you could for us¡­Yuuya-dono, and I''m very grateful to you. I''m truly grateful." "Let me thank you too. The wounds I thought would never heal again are now healed¡­ thank you so much." Rhaegar-sama also speaks words of thanks with a serious expression. Eh, um¡­ "Well¡­ I''m glad that I was able to help you." "It''s more than helpful! Thanks to Yuuya-sama, I was able to get a little closer to my brother." "U-un¡­" "¡­Leave him out of it already. Yuuya''s looking embarrassed and confused and doesn''t know what to do." Lexia-san thanked me for it, and when I was confused because I didn''t know what to do in earnest, Luna told them exactly what I was feeling. It''s really true. Thanks to Luna, they managed to raise their heads, and I was relieved for now. Then, Arnold-sama comes looking at me. "Well¡­ I have to reward Yuuya-dono for this matter, but¡­" "Oh, no! I didn''t do it for a reward, so it''s okay¡­!" Really, I was able to help because I happened to be able to help, not because I wanted something in return. However, Owen-san smiles bitterly at me. "Yuuya-dono¡­ it can''t be like that." "Eh?" "The noblemen who were there already know that His Highness'' wounds have been healed thanks to Yuuya-dono, and that it was also Yuuya-dono who captured the assassin His Highness had sent out. Therefore, if a reward is not given to Yuuya-dono, the nobles who were there will think that no matter how hard they work for their country, they will not be rewarded." "Eh!" It''s hard to tell my intentions when they bring out the situation in this country like that¡­ For me personally, I really don''t need a reward; I just happened to be able to help. "¡­I understand." "Umu, you''ll accept your reward. Now, what shall I give you¡­" "Yes, yes! What about me?" "Rejected." "Why?!" Lexia-san suddenly raised her hand and said something outrageous, but Arnold-sama and Luna stopped her without pause. "A marriage with me? Isn''t that reward enough?" "Marriage to you is a reward? Are you kidding me?" "Hey, Luna! What do you mean by that!" Luna snorted when Lexia-san prodded her in frustration at Luna''s words. "It''s just what it means. When a person marries you, that means they''re going to join the royal family." "Yes. That''s good, isn''t it?" "Are you sure about that? What do you think? Yuuya." "Ueehh? Eh, uh, well, I''d rather not be a royalty¡­" "Whaaaat!" I''ve never been in a relationship with a girl before, but I don''t understand if they suddenly call it marriage, and most of all, I don''t feel like I, a petty citizen, can endure royalty or anything like that. Mainly mentally. Then Owen-san, who was nodding in response to my reply, adds something else. "Umu. Besides, Yuuya-dono is a foreign nobleman or royalty. It would be difficult for him to marry someone from another country so easily." Huh? I said I''m not an aristocrat or anything, and yet they still misunderstood me? Why are Arnold-sama and Rhaegar-sama also nodding there like "Oh, I see"? "Umm¡­ but when you say marriage, you mean I''m marrying you, and I don''t think it will affect Yuuya-sama''s country or position that much?" "I see. So what are the advantages of marrying you?" "Huh?" "Cooking, laundry, cleaning¡­ can you do all the housework?" "W-why don''t you have a maid to do it?" "As I thought, that was not good." "What does that mean?" She was so cool and dignified when she decided on Rhaegar-sama''s treatment, but now Lexia-san was completely played by everyone. Despite Lexia-san''s shouting, Luna turned her gaze to Arnold-sama. "So, how about rewarding him this time by having me be Yuuya''s wife?" "What?" "H-hey, Luna! No, no, no! That''s not gooodd!" When the words were too unexpected to freeze, Luna victoriously told Lexia-san. "Unlike Lexia, I am an orphan and have no status. So I can marry regardless of this country. Besides, I''m very good at housework. For all intents and purposes, I''m better suited to be Yuuya''s wife than you are, right?" "A-and what about protecting me?" "Thanks for everything." "I won''t forgive you!" No, I think you''re right, Luna. Why does marriage come up in the first place when you''re talking about rewards? Of course, I''m happy about that, but I don''t know if I want to do that until I''ve had more time to think about it, or rather, why do you want me in the first place? I''m sure there are people of better status in Lexia-san''s case¡­ and Luna is beautiful, so I''m sure she can find someone better than me¡­ When I was thinking about that, before I knew it, Lexia-san and Luna were giving me half-eyes. "¡­Luna, I wonder why. Right now, it seemed like Yuuya-sama was thinking something very out of line¡­" "¡­Well, that''s odd. I just felt the same way." Eh, they''re reading my thoughts¡­? I don''t know why, but Luna and Lexia-san both looked at me suspiciously. Oh, that''s strange¡­ even though I didn''t say it out loud¡­ Even though it was in front of Arnold-sama and the others, as we were having such an exchange, Rhaegar-sama slowly raised his hand. "Uh¡­ well, father¡­" "Hmm? What is it?" "About the reward¡­" "Hmm?" When Arnold-sama raised one eyebrow at Rheagar-sama''s words, Rhaegar-sama stood up and whispered in Arnold-sama''s ear. "How about we just hand over my mansion and land that was confiscated this time?" "What?" "¡­Yuuya-dono''s power and the items he has, those are very valuable. Rather than going to another country here, it would be more beneficial to have him stay here, right?" "Well, you''re right¡­" "That''s why I thought if you gave him the land I had, it would at least give him more connection to this country¡­" "Umu¡­ that''s a good idea, but isn''t it a bit weak?" "Then how about a title? This work should certainly be honored." "That''s true, but the other aristocrats must be annoyed. Besides, Yuuya-dono is a foreign nobleman." "No, if it''s a "knight peerage" with strong title implications, that problem will be fine. Unlike other nobles, there is no salary from the state, but he will be treated as a noble in this country for a change¡­" "Fumu¡­" I can''t hear what they''re talking about because they''re talking within the ear, but Arnold-sama is repeatedly nodding with a serious expression. And then©¤©¤. "Umu. As for the reward, I will grant Rhaegar''s land, which was confiscated due to this matter, to you." "Huh?" "I, therefore, do hereby confer upon Yuuya-dono a knighthood in my kingdom." "Yes!?" Not only me, but also Lexia-san and Luna were surprised by the unexpected words, but for some reason, Owen-san was the only one nodding in agreement. U-uum¡­ what does that mean? Eh? And a knighthood! Even though I''m still not fully understanding, due to my surprise, Arnold-sama goes on and on with his story. "The land that Rhaegar owned is a complete vacation home where no citizens live. That''s why I thought it would be just right to give it to Yuuya-dono." "H-huh¡­ but I don''t know what I''ll do with the land if I get it¡­" "Yuuya-dono. Don''t worry. It was my land, but I also have my own mansion, and more importantly, the ocean is right in front of it. Just think of it as one of your vacation homes, as my father says, and that''s all you need to know." "Huh¡­ yes, no, the land thing too, but what on earth is up with the knighthood¡­?" S§×ar?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Aah, I thought that land alone was too little to reward Lord Yuuya, so I decided to knight him. But you don''t have to worry about it. The title to be given to Yuuya-dono is knight-peerage. The knight''s title is an honorary title given to the person who has contributed greatly to the Alceria Kingdom. But even if you are a nobleman, you are not obligated to do anything, so there should be no problem for Yuuya-dono either." Apparently, I''ve got a villa and a title. No, no, no, really? I don''t feel like I''m going to be given a villa or a knighthood suddenly, but it''s no more troubling than being told I''m married to Lexia-san and the others. I mean, if something were to happen on Earth in earnest, I could live in this country¡­ no, I''m not going to cause anything or do anything, right? Anyway, it''s not like I''m under any obligation or anything, but it seems I''m going to be a nobleman in this country. "Saving the First Prince Rhaegar is such a serious matter. Therefore, I want you to receive the land and the title." "W-well, in that case¡­" If they say that much already, even for me, I can''t say anything. "Umu¡­ well, if that''s the result¡­" "That would be the most reasonable option." "¡­Yes. And I remember brother''s land was an amazingly beautiful place¡­ and in a way, this is¡­" Lexia-san and the others are also somewhat dissatisfied, but they seem to have agreed to a point. ¡­Huh? This is talking about my reward, right? Why are you two so unhappy? And Lexia-san, do you have any more ideas? Are you okay? When Arnold-sama puts his head in such a position, as if to say that his head hurts, he regains his mind and turns his gaze to me. "Well, I''d like to show you the land as soon as possible¡­ Speaking of which, is Yuuya-dono''s time okay?" "Eh? Oh, well, if that land is so far away, then it''s a tough one this time¡­" "Eh!? Yuuya-sama, will you be going home already?" "W-well. To begin with, I won''t be able to stay for that long¡­" "Eeehh!" Lexia-san is blatantly disappointed. I''m really glad that she enjoys being with me that much, but it''s all this. After the holidays, there''s a normal school day. "So, I''m sorry." "Umu. I suppose there''s nothing I can do then. If you can come back to the royal castle when you have time, I''ll show you around. Until then, we''ll take care of things for you." "Thank you." "Yuuya-sama! You''re staying the night, right?" "Eh? Well¡­ yes. If I could get somewhere to stay¡­" "Then let''s stay here! It''s a waste of space, and we have a lot of extra room anyway!" "¡­Lexia. Even if it''s true, there''s no way you could say that¡­ it''s a necessary dignity for us royalty¡­" "Oh, yeah. I''m not interested. That dignity doesn''t make more money or less poor people." When I was surprised at Lexia-san''s divided mindset to any extent, Arnold-sama let out a deep sigh. "Sigh¡­ When it comes to this, I feel like it would have been better to let Yuuya-dono marry Lexia¡­" "Eh, just get it done right now!?" "No, I''m not changing my mind. Yuuya-dono. You may stay in the castle today, as Lexia insists. We would be happy to entertain you at our own expense." "Y-yes¡­" Thus, Night, Akatsuki, and I were going to stay at the castle with Arnold-sama and others'' kindness. £ª£ª£ª "What can I say, I was so tired the other day¡­" "Woof?" "Fugo~." After they let me stay at the castle, I managed to quiet down Lexia-san and the others who said they would follow me home, and somehow I made it back to my home on Earth safely, but I didn''t have much time to rest my mind since I was in the castle. The food was so fancy that I was always nervous, as I don''t know any table manners at all, and when I tried to go into the bath in the castle, the maids came in with me to wash me, and I was tired of trying to stop them. This one day alone made me think that royalty is really hard work, but at the same time, I knew I couldn''t do it. "And I''m also tired of Lexia-san and Luna barging in on me when I''m going to bed, and I''m tired of holding them back¡­" I managed to stop Lexia-san and Luna that day, and I was able to get under the blankets safely¡­ yeah. It was a little hard in the morning because I was mentally exhausted and wanted to go to bed right away, but I couldn''t sleep well due to my suspicions that there was still something wrong with me. Then I made it through another breakfast that required table manners and made it home to Earth safely. Well¡­ it''s best to sleep at home after all. It was already a good night''s sleep. As I was thinking about that, I suddenly remembered what Lexia-san had said before I left. "Yuuya-sama! Yuuya-sama is here this time, and next time I''m going to visit Yuuya-sama''s house!" "Eh?" "You idiot. Don''t you have any idea how hard it is to get to Yuuya''s house?" "Oh, so Luna doesn''t want to see Yuuya-sama then?" "T-that''s not what I said!" "That''s good. It''ll give Luna and Owen a chance to train!" "It''s not like we''re in an environment where we can just get away with training, you know!" This is how Lexia-san said she''s coming to my house again¡­I wonder if it''s okay. Luna had trained with me for a little while, but isn''t it hard for all the soldiers, including Owen-san¡­? I mean, can a princess come to such a danger zone so easily? Well, I''ll treat them right when they come. Anyway, today is the start of school again, so I need to get my mind off of it. "I''ll see you later, Night, Akatsuki. I''m off." "Woof!" "Buhi!" I said goodbye to them both and left the house. Chapter 76 - Book 4: Part 2 Another chapter today brought by the Patrons, enjoy~ Part 2 "It''s almost time for exams. Are you studying for them?" "Gyaaaa! Don''t mention to us about the teeessst!" "Isn''t that obvious! There is no blind spot for this ''Young noble of countermeasures''! ¡­I hope not!" When Sawada-sensei mentioned the test during homeroom before leaving, Kaede and Akira had reacted in an easy-to-understand way. I-I guess they didn''t remember, those two¡­ It''s going to be a full-fledged exam period from now on, so those of us who are doing club activities will have a break from them, and the time to play after school will decrease. It''s going to be tough for Kaede and the others if they don''t study soon¡­ As I looked at them like that, Shingo-kun and Ryo also approached me, turning their dumbfounded gazes towards them. "Akira and the others, they wouldn''t have to be in a panic if they studied regularly¡­" "Ahahaha¡­ K-Kaede-san and Akira-kun are both bad at studying, right?" "It looks that way¡­ are Shingo-kun and Ryo doing well in their studies?" "It''s all right, I guess. I''ve been studying for the test." "I-I''m fine too. I''ve been studying for the test in addition to my regular revision." I looked around for some reason, but I didn''t see anyone else making any noise, and I thought that Kaede and Akira were really the only people who were not studying for the test and were in trouble. Ryo and the others and I were usually going to go home to study for the test now, but today they seemed to have something to do and went back first. "This is the first test I''ve taken since I came to this school¡­ I wonder how it will turn out¡­" I''m doing the proper prep and review, but I''m still worried. I''m especially bad at math and physics, which is moderately difficult. And when I level up, my brain doesn''t suddenly get better. However, my thinking speed has completely increased, so I think I''m able to think overwhelmingly better than I used to. S~ea??h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I was returning home with my mind occupied with the regular exams, I was unexpectedly approached by someone. "Huh? Yuuya-san?" "Eh? Ah, Kaori!" The one who called out to me was Kaori, the daughter of the chairman of the school I attend. Kaori ran a little faster to come to me and tilted her head curiously. "Are you alone today?" "Yeah. It seems like Ryo and the others have their own things to do." "I see¡­" After that exchange, we naturally started walking side by side. We talked about trivial things to each other from then on, but eventually, the topic of conversation turned to the upcoming regular exam. "©¤©¤©¤And the next regular exam is coming, but I''m not very good at math." "Heeh¡­ even Yuuya-san has things he''s not good at, huh?" "Eh? I mean, does it look like there''s nothing I''m not good at?" "Yes. I had the image of you being able to do almost anything." "Seriously¡­" Hearing Kaori''s impression of me, I was a little taken aback. I didn''t know if she thought of me that way. But I''m not as good at everything as Kaori thinks I am, and I''m not smart enough to get a good score on a test without studying. "As for me, I''m not good at English and the classics¡­" "Really?" That was exactly what was unexpected. I had taken the liberty of thinking that Kaori seemed to be perfect in relation to her studies. ¡­When I think about it, we''re both in the same boat. As I was thinking about that, Kaori seemed to notice something and suddenly began to fidget next to me. "Hmm? What''s wrong?" "Eh? No, I was just, uh¡­" When I twisted my head at Kaori, whom I was becoming more and more suspicious of her behavior, she eventually looked at me with some kind of determination. "Yu-Yuuya-san!" "Y-yes!?" "©¤©¤©¤Would you like to study for the test with me?" "Eh?" She looked so serious that I wondered what she was going to say¡­ "Um¡­ studying for the test?" "Yes! I''m very good at math, so I think I can teach Yuuya-san a thing or two!" "I-I appreciate that, and I suppose I could teach you English and the classics too, but¡­" "So why don''t we study together?" "O-oh." Kaori was getting closer and closer to me, and eventually, she looked up at me from directly below and said so, but¡­ well, she was too close to me, and her b-breasts were hitting me right in the front¡­! "K-Kaori-san¡­ uh, I mean, you''re too close, I suppose¡­" "Eh? ¡­Aaaahh! I-I''m sorry!" Kaori''s face turned bright red as she moved away and looked at me as if she were peeking at me. "So¡­ that¡­ what do you think?" "Uhm¡­ Well then, I''m counting on you." As I bowed my head, Kaori''s face brightened. "T-thank goodness! So, um¡­ can we study at Yuuya-san''s house¡­?" "Eeh?" I was then frozen from the words that came out of Kaori''s mouth. "My¡­ house, is it¡­?" "Yes. Is it no good¡­?" "N-no! It''s okay!" I thought it was at the library or something, but my house¡­ To be honest, the only thing I don''t want people to see is the door to another world¡­ well, I guess it''s okay. "Then, let''s study together tomorrow!" ©¤©¤It was finally decided that we would study at my house, and this day would be dismissed. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤You have to use this formula for that, you know." "I-I see¡­" The next day. As promised, Kaori came to my house and started studying for the test straight away. And as Kaori herself said, she was not good at the classics and English, but she taught me math in a very easy to understand way, so I could learn a lot. With this, the test will be safe this time. "As expected of Kaori¡­ I was bad at maths and such, so it''s really helpful." "N-no! M-me too¡­ and besides, Yuuya-san is amazing at classics and English!" "H-hmm, I guess so." Sorry, it''s because of the skill [Language Comprehension]¡­ "Woof?" "Fugo." As I was thinking about that, Akatsuki and Night were also tilting their heads at my situation. That''s right; I can understand their language somehow, thanks to this skill. This is how we proceeded with our studies, teaching each other our weaknesses. Although I had invited Lexia-san and the others from the other world, I was a little nervous because it was the first time I had invited a girl from the real world, but thanks to Night and Akatsuki, that gradually faded away. Since it had been a long time since we started studying, we decided to take a short break, and Kaori stroked Night, who was nearby while she stretched. "Hmmm¡­ but then again¡­ I knew Night-san, but there was an increased number in your family named Akatsuki-san, too." "Yeah. We just recently became a family." "I see¡­. again, nice to meet you, Akatsuki-san." "Fugo." Akatsuki raised one leg while being stroked and greeted her casually. "Ah, excuse me¡­ can I borrow your bathroom?" "Eh? Ah, sure, go ahead." When Kaori asked me that, I gave her permission, and she left the room. The room we are in now is a tatami room, which is not usually used, but it is very convenient for such occasions. The house is quite large, so there is more room left than my living space. While we were waiting for Kaori to come back, I noticed something. "Ah. Come to think of it; I didn''t tell Kaori where the bathroom is!" As I hurriedly left the room and followed Kaori, my eyes suddenly fell on the place where there was the [Door to Another World]. This is because the door was at the end of the broken wall, the wall itself was not repaired, and people who see it for the first time may possibly enter it. When I entered while thinking, it was impossible to imagine that©¤©¤. "Um¡­ Yuuya-san? This is¡­?" ©¤©¤Kaori was stunned in front of the [Door to Another World]. Moreover, since Kaori is opening that door, she can see the world beyond¡­ in other words, the view of the room in the other world. "Ah¡­ um¡­ that¡­" I didn''t expect Kaori to find the door to the other world, and I couldn''t speak back as a matter of fact. Then, Kaori immediately sighed and made an apologetic expression. "Ah! Um¡­ I''m sorry. I didn''t know where the bathroom was, and I happened to find this room¡­ I felt something calling me, and then the door¡­" "Um¡­" The fact that she entered the room itself was not a problem, but the fact that Kaori had opened the [Door to Another World] that was placed there was a problem. However, due to the effect of the [Door to Another World], you can''t go to the other side without permission, but that means that you can''t go to the other side even though the door is open, which is an experience that would be impossible in the normal course of events. After thinking about many things and hesitating about what to say, I decided to be honest with her. One of the reasons was that it was nothing to be ashamed of in the first place, but I thought it would be even more difficult to lie and tell lies in this situation. I hesitated a bit, but I told Kaori the truth. "Well¡­ you may not believe it, but that door¡­ is connected to a different world." "D-different world¡­you said?" "Come here¡­" Kaori''s eyes widened even more as I let her go through the door. "I also opened the door and was surprised by the view I saw¡­ I was just about to go into the room, but I couldn''t get in¡­" "I''m sorry. It seems like this door is only accessible to people I approve of." "I-I see¡­" Kaori was stunned and managed to squeeze out the words. "Uhm¡­ you said it was a different world, but what do you mean by that¡­?" "It is just what it sounds like. It''s a different world than Earth." "Different from Earth?" "Yeah. For example, there''s magic on the other side, and I got to be able to use it." "Magic?" In front of Kaori''s eyes, who was still amazed by the scene, I formed a mass of water in my palm. "Eeh?" "That''s what I''m talking about. I can do things that would never happen on Earth." "I-is that¡­ real¡­?" "Do you want to touch it?" "Y-yes¡­" Kaori fearfully touched the mass of water I held out to her, and a look of surprise appeared on her face, which I don''t know how many times already. "I-it''s real water¡­" "This is how I acquired various powers, including magic, that would never have been possible on Earth. This is the reason why I was able to save Kaori and the others when the delinquents came to the school or when the department store caught fire." "¡­.." From Kaori''s point of view, it was an unbelievable series of things that made her eyes glaze over, but eventually, she seemed to remember something and asked shyly, with a slight blush on her cheeks. "Uhm¡­ I''m sorry. I want to ask you a lot of questions¡­ but first, can you tell me where the bathroom is¡­?" "Ah." I quickly led Kaori to the bathroom. Chapter 77 - Book 4: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 "Wow¡­ it''s really different from Earth¡­" When Kaori returned from the bathroom, she wanted to go straight to the other world immediately, so we went through the door of another world together. At that time, Night and Akatsuki also followed along and relaxed in the different world house together. "©¤©¤So, Night-san and Akatsuki-san are also from this world?" "Yeah. Night is a wolf called [Black Fenrir], and Akatsuki is¡­ [Mouju]? That''s the kind of pig¡­ I guess" "Woof." "Fugo? Fugofugo!" Night nodded once, but Akatsuki seemed annoyed that I didn''t know better, and he tapped the floor with his little legs. I''m sorry. But I''ve never heard of Mouju before, and if it''s anything, I honestly can''t even tell if it''s a pig or a boar¡­ maybe it''s a pig¡­but¡­ Kaori''s eyes widened at such a reaction as if they understood my words. "You really are a creature from this world¡­ as expected, it''s not normal when you can communicate to this extent¡­" "Ah¡­ as you expected?" "Yes¡­ and I''m telling Yuuya-san this now that I know who Night-san and Akatsuki-san are, as expected, it''s best to refrain from taking a walk¡­" "Eh?" "People who see it might be able to tell it''s a wolf, and I''ve never seen such a beautiful red pig before, you know?" "I wonder¡­" But I hope Night and Akatsuki will have a normal life on Earth, if possible. I hope that they can see things on Earth and have a good experience, just like I did in the other world. Well, considering the bad air on Earth, I don''t think it''s a good idea to stay on Earth too much¡­ Then, just as Kaori thought the same thing, she took a deep breath in the room. "Shuuu¡­haaahhh. By the way, the air here is so good¡­" "If you look out the window, you''ll see that we''re in the forest¡­ and there''s no car exhaust or anything like that in this world." "It''s a strange world without cars¡­ and since there''s no place around Yuuya-san''s house that has a forest like this, it must be true that it''s a different world." As Kaori laughed bitterly, the next moment, a translucent board suddenly appeared in front of Kaori''s eyes. "Kyaaa! W-what is this?" "! That''s¡­" Kaori seemed surprised by the board that appeared in front of her, but she immediately read the contents. "Title [Otherworldly Person]¡­?" "In this world, there''s a concept of status, and apparently, various parameters are quantified. One of them is a title, which has various effects on¡­" "I-I see¡­ it''s a world where everything is different from Earth¡­ and this status, huh?" Then Kaori muttered the word status, and now a board with Kaori''s status on it appeared. "T-this is¡­" "That''s Kaori''s status in this world." "Uhm¡­ Yuuya-san. May I have you to look at it for me?" "Eh? That''s fine, but¡­ are you sure?" "Yes. I don''t really know what this is all about, so¡­" As Kaori told me that, I looked at Kaori''s status. [Kaori Houjou] Occupation: none Level: 1 Magic: 10 Attack: 10 Defense: 10 Agility: 10 Intelligence: 10 Luck: 100 BP: 0 Skills: none. Title: [Otherworldly Person] "Oooh¡­" "H-how''s it?" Kaori asked me anxiously, but by all accounts, she''s stronger than me at the beginning. The only thing I won when I was at the same level 1 was my magic power. No, I had some skills too, however¡­ [T/n: I don''t know why he said he won in magic stats at level 1. When I checked back at the raw chapter 1, he indeed has 1 stat on magic as well.] "Yeah¡­ Kaori is stronger than me when I first came here." "R-really?" "I was a small-fry too, you know¡­" I still continue the training that Master Usagi taught me, and I do other muscle training as well, but at first, I was so weak that I couldn''t even wield a weapon. While remembering those days, I boldly tell Kaori. "¡­Well, just as Kaori experienced in her own eyes right now, I came to this world for the first time and improved my level." "Eh?" "Then somehow I lost weight, and I looked different¡­ yeah. What I''m trying to say is, I cheated." "Cheat?" "Now, although people look at me now, I''m really not the great person they say I am. So©¤©¤." "No, it''s not!" "Eh?" Kaori said, glaring at me. "Yuuya-san, nothing has changed. Since the first time you saved me¡­" "N-no, but my appearance has completely changed¡­" "I''ve been watching Yuuya-san from the beginning!" "Huh?" My eyes widened at Kaori''s words. "It doesn''t matter what you look like or how you look. Yuuya-san hasn''t changed just because he got a special power in this world. Isn''t that right?" "It''s¡­" "¡­Yuuya-san may indeed have obtained a special power in this world. But that power has always helped me. Since that day when we first met¡­ Yuuya-san has helped me a lot." "¡­.." "So don''t despise yourself like that anymore." "¡­I''m sorry." I apologized to Kaori. But I was even happier than that. The fact that she said I hadn''t changed, and that she was looking at me properly¡­ "Uhm¡­ thank you." "No, don''t mention it. I''m just telling the truth." The sight of Kaori smiling at me as she said that is a sight to behold. Then suddenly, Kaori''s face turned red, and she began to panic. "Ah, t-that¡­ The best thing about this place is that it has such a good atmosphere, so why don''t we continue our studies here?" "Y-you''re right! Since I have a desk here, too, let''s just do that. I''ll bring our study tools and stuff." As I said that and was about to go get the study tools, Kaori turned her attention to a part of the other world''s room. "Ah, um, Yuuya-san. What is placed in there¡­" "Eh?" When I followed Kaori''s gaze, there was the [Bloody War Demon Series] armor that I had put there so that I could wear it at any time. "Ah, um¡­ this is the one I wear when I''m active in this other world¡­" "Really? I want to see it!" "I-is that so? Then let me go change into this armor." In order to respond to Kaori''s request, while going to pick up the study tools, I returned to the Earth house to change into [Bloody War Demon Series]. £ª£ª£ª Kaori''s POV "Phew¡­" I looked around the house. At first, when I found and opened the door to this world, I thought it was a painting that looked like the real thing, but then I felt a faint breeze from behind the door. Besides, when I touched it, a strange feeling ran through my hand, which confused me even more. When Yuuya-san came over and told me the secret of this room¡­ I was surprised and happy at the same time. It was for the fact that he revealed such an amazing secret to me. ¡­Well, if I was in the same position as Yuuya-san, I could say that it was a situation that could not be excused no matter what I thought¡­ Then I was told about this world, and in front of extraordinary phenomena such as magic, my heart danced with embarrassment. I also realized that Yuuya-san saved me with the power he had acquired in this world. But Yuuya-san said that his current appearance was not his true appearance. He said that his current appearance was the result of his level-up. But that doesn''t make any difference from my point of view. Yuuya-san helped me. That''s all there is to it and nothing else. "¡­Has this made me a little closer to Yuuya-san?" With that thought in mind, I went out into the garden of this house. And there was a small field. I wondered what it was growing. Maybe it''s a vegetable that is unique to this world. Even so, I strongly feel that this is a different world. That''s what I felt inside the house as well, but the air is very good. Moreover, the area around the house is covered with trees I''ve never seen before, and no matter how I look at it, it doesn''t look like the Earth. "Such a world really exists¡­" As I uttered that while looking around, I suddenly found a strange black lump behind the fence that covered this house. "That''s¡­?" It looks like it''s somehow pulling and quivering and looks very pretty. I was curious about the object, and I couldn''t help but approach it. "What is it?" Then the object leaped wide open over the fence! "I-it''s alive?!" Incredibly, the black, pulpy object moved as if it were alive. Its movements are so cute that I couldn''t help but step out over the fence. "Hello. What are you©¤©¤." "©¤©¤Kaori!" "Eh?" The moment I suddenly heard Yuuya-san''s panicked voice, the black object that was swinging adorably in front of me¡­ swelled up like a monster''s mouth and tried to wrap itself around me. "Ah¡­" I was unable to move at that scene, and as I watched in a daze¡­ "Haaahh!" ©¤©¤Unlike the uniformed figure from earlier, Yuuya-san, who was wearing the black armor that was placed in the room earlier, appeared and held me in the form of a¡­ princess carry and kicked the black object away. As I watched the figure in a daze, Yuuya-san asked me with an impatient look. "Are you alright! Are you hurt?" sea??h th§× ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Ah, y-yes¡­" "Really? Well, I''ll get this over within a minute, just give me a minute." "Eh?" "Night, Akatsuki. Protect Kaori." "Woof!" "Buhi!" Yuuya-san said and slowly lowered me to the ground and instructed Night-san and Akatsuki-san to do so. However, the moment I was lowered to the ground, I felt a little lonely. I wish we had a little more time now¡­ no, no, it''s nothing. As I was thinking about that, even though I felt it was a trivial matter, it seems that the black object I saw earlier was not alone, and a number of them appeared from the surrounding bushes. "N-no way¡­" "I''m sorry, I should have warned you in the beginning. ¡­Unlike Earth, in this world, there are monsters who will mercilessly try to kill you." "T-to kill¡­?" "Yeah. Besides, the place where this house is located seems to be a particular place for those strong monsters¡­ I should have told you properly before this happened." While saying that, Yuuya-san made an apologetic expression and then quickly turned his head to the black objects. "Well then¡­ I''ll finish it right away." As he said that, Yuuya-san took out a spear from an empty space. The black object, which seemed to be watching to see how things would go with Yuuya-san''s arrival, suddenly attacked Yuuya-san. The speed is not something that I would be able to avoid by myself, and moreover, I could tell from the fact that the ground was gouged out at the moment of the jump that it was a tremendous impact. But¡­ "Phew!" Yuuya-san effortlessly received the attack with his spear, and then swept it away as if to let the pressure escape, and with that momentum, he fired a spinning kick at another individual. The force of the attack was so great that the black object flew off in an instant. From then on, Yuuya-san was able to take advantage of the black object alone, and in the end, he defeated all the black objects. Then the remnants of the black objects turned into particles of light, and afterward, some strange objects fell down. ¡­This must be Yuuya-san''s true power. I realized once again, that until now, Yuuya-san''s activities at school and other places had really suppressed his power. As I watched in amazement as Yuuya-san stored his weapons in an empty space, Night-san and Akatsuki-san, who had been told to protect me, looked up at me with concern. "Kyun¡­" "Fugo?" "¡­I''m sorry. I was just a little startled, but I''m fine. Thank you for your concern." "Woof!" "Buhi!" As I''m stroking them while thanking them both, Yuuya-san approaches me with a somewhat awkward expression on his face. Then he says to me with a look of having made up his mind about something. "¡­Is it strange for me to kill a creature so easily, even if it''s to survive in this world?" Seeing Yuuya-san laughing sadly, I couldn''t help but lose my temper and shout out. "There''s no way that''s possible!" "Eh?" Then Yuuya-san''s eyes widened as if he didn''t expect my reaction. When I manage to calm myself down at the sight of him, I continue. "¡­Yuuya-san has saved me again. That''s all that matters." "Ah¡­" "As expected, nothing has changed about Yuuya-san. Since that day when we first met." "¡­Thank you." When I told him that again, Yuuya-san smiled shyly. "¡­Well, let''s go back to the house for now. It''s not safe to stay here, you know." Yuuya-san had said that in a cheerful tone as if to change the subject, and I asked him a question that I suddenly felt. "Come to think of it¡­ the house is in such a dangerous place, is it safe? I mean, the monsters can come on their own, right? Or if something like that comes in¡­" "It''s all right. The previous owner of this house is apparently an amazing person, and thanks to him, the monsters can''t get past this fence and into the garden. And maybe it''s not just monsters, but enemies¡­ well, hostile people can''t get in either, I guess." "Wow¡­ that''s a lot more impressive than Earth''s security equipment¡­" Since there are always people from the security company in my house, I think the security measures are much stricter than in other people''s houses, but even so, it is never a sure thing. However, if Yuuya-san''s words are true, there will be no more security companies in Japan if we can do the same thing. Once again, I was reminded of the mysterious power of magic and skill in this world. "Come to think of it, that outfit¡­ it looks great on you!" "R-really? Thank you. Like I said before, I wear it when I fight monsters and stuff in this world. It''s still dangerous." "Uhm¡­ Yuuya-san used to fight as you did earlier¡­?" Yuuya-san chuckles at my question. "That''s true. Because when you''re looking around this world, you''ll inevitably need a certain amount of self-defense. Besides¡­ like the first time I met Kaori, being unable to do anything about it¡­ is just painful." "¡­I see." Yuuya-san said he couldn''t do anything about it, but I was very happy with the fact that he just took the initiative. But I thought that even if Yuuya-san said that, he would probably¡­ continue to look for the best he could do. Thinking like that, Yuuya-san smiled bitterly as he remembered something. "Uh¡­ well¡­ it''s selfish of me, but¡­ I don''t want you to tell anyone about this world." "Eh? Y-you mean that''s a secret between us¡­?" "Well¡­ I guess so?" I couldn''t stop myself from smiling naturally at Yuuya-san''s words. "It''s okay! I won''t tell anyone!" "R-really?" "Yes! ¡­And since we''re sharing our secrets with each other, I think it''s fair to say that¡­ we¡­ have a special relationship¡­?" "Eh?" "Ah, i-it''s nothing! Yes!" "I-is that so? ¡­Well, let''s just go back for now. We have some time to study for our tests." "¡­Yes!" This is the reason why I''ve come to know one of Yuuya-san''s secrets, and I feel that I''ve gotten a little closer to him. Chapter 78 - Book 5: Part 1 Another chapter today brought to you by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 It''s been a few days since Kaori learned about the other world. We''ve continued to study for tests since then, but one thing has changed between us. That was Kaori''s wish to study at the house in the other world. It''s not that Kaori doesn''t like the house in Japan, but she says the air in the other world is better, so studying there will help her clear her head. Well, now that the existence of the other world has been exposed, there is no particular reason for me to refuse it, so we study in the other world. And along with that, I showed Kaori some dishes made with ingredients from the other world, and she was happy to eat them. By the way, the ingredients I used were a type of food that increases our status. Although Kaori''s status has increased thanks to those ingredients, apparently she didn''t get the experience value from that group battle with the [Hell Slime], so her level is still at 1. ¡­I don''t really understand this concept of experience value either. Normally, it wouldn''t be possible to experience being attacked by a group of slimes like that, but that experience doesn''t add to the experience value either. Assuming the means of gaining experience is that you have to fight and win directly, that''s pretty much impossible. Fortunately for me, thanks to Sage-san''s weapon, I was able to beat a hundred times stronger monsters when I was at a low level and low status, and I realized once again that I was truly blessed. However, that Sage-san''s weapon is exclusive to me, or rather, it''s been contracted at some point, so I can''t lend it out, and if Kaori wants to level up, she''ll have to find a low-status monster. Or rather, I don''t think the experience of killing a creature is a good one, so I''d like her to stay calm if possible¡­ However, despite being level 1, thanks to the status-raising ingredients in my house''s garden that increased her status a bit, Kaori has a superhuman physical ability on Earth. It seems that when she got home, she was able to carry a heavy load with ease, which surprised even Kaori herself¡­ but I told her to keep that matter to herself. Well, I haven''t been able to hide it well myself, so it''s a bit late to say that. Just like that, we were still taking a break after finishing our studies at the house in the other world. "Hmm! As I thought, the air in this world is really good!" "Yeah. You get used to it when you''re over here, but when you come back to Earth, things get a little weird." "Ah, I know! What can I say? It feels a little smoky." We talk to each other about the other world''s air and smile, and Kaori starts to soften up after a bit. "Hmm? What''s going on?" "Eh? Ah, no, you see¡­" Kaori was a bit hesitant about something, but she immediately looked at me with a determined expression. "Yuuya-san, would you be willing to show me around this world?" "Eh?" When my eyes widened at the words I hadn''t expected, Kaori looked straight at me. "It''s partly because I want to know more about this world, but I also want to see the things that Yuuya-san has seen in this world." "That''s¡­" "Is that bad¡­?" "Ugh¡­" I stifle my words to Kaori, who looks up at me anxiously. ¡­If I think about it, that''s true. If you come to this unknown world, you''ll want to look around. It''s just¡­ "¡­It''s difficult, I guess." "Why is that¡­?" "Just like Kaori was attacked before, there are a lot of monsters in this world. And even if you go to the city, it''s not as safe as in Japan." Even in the royal capital, there are those who have been caught up in raids, and there is even a disturbing organization called the Dark Guild. "I want to take you with me, but I''m not strong enough to say that I can absolutely protect you." "Are you still not strong enough, Yuuya-san?" "Yeah, I''m not quite there yet." Master Rabbit, the mysterious girl from the other day, there are many opponents I can''t compete with anyway. And that''s exactly the case with the monsters in the depths of this great devil''s nest; I won''t be able to fight them properly with the current me. Kaori heard my explanation, and her mouth was somewhat aggrieved. "Mmm¡­ If that''s the case, then it can''t be helped¡­" "I''m so sorry." "¡­But then, if you think it''s okay, Yuuya-san, will you take me with you?" "Of course!" "Then, I forgive you." Kaori gave a slight smile as she said that. "So, we might not be able to go outside, but it''s okay inside this house''s garden, right?" "Oh, that''s okay." "Then let''s go to the garden!" S§×arch* The N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Responding to Kaori''s request, we go out into the garden. "Once again, I think outside; it''s a strange place. The trees around it are also of a type I''ve never seen before¡­ Come to think of it, what do you grow in that field?" "It''s a vegetable from the other world that I made Kaori eat the other day, and it has the effect of increasing the stats. Of course, it doesn''t rise without limit, but I thought it would be a good idea for Kaori, who has trouble raising her level." "I was really surprised when I got home! Well, I was convinced later when I heard the reason¡­ but then again, it''s hard to keep a low profile, but it''s a little funny to think that I have the power to be like a character in a story." "I''d appreciate it if you put it that way. Also, I''m growing a medicinal herb called [Complete Recovery Herb], but¡­" "Medicinal herb¡­ is it?" "Yeah. What''s amazing is that these herbs can heal any wound." "What kind of wounds?" "Yeah. For example, even if you lose your arm due to some accident, if you take this [Complete Recovery Herb], that arm will grow back." "G-grow¡­" Kaori''s face paled a bit as she imagined the scene. I wasn''t anything like that since fighting monsters in this world became the norm for me to slash off hands and such, but it would normally be a pretty shocking image. "And then it does not just heal wounds; it seems to heal diseases as well. Maybe it can heal anything except resurrecting the dead." "¡­.." Kaori was at a loss for words when she heard the [Complete Recovery Herb] explanation. "¡­If such a thing really existed, I think everyone would seek it out¡­ And if there is that herb, it can cure incurable diseases that are still considered incurable all over the world today. Right?" "Well¡­" "It''s a complete fight-or-flight effect on Earth''s medical technology¡­" Indeed, when I think about it, [Complete Recovery Herb] is a blown effect. I''ve already tried not to think too much about it just because it''s something that Sage-san was growing. Besides, I need to prepare a lot of recovery methods because it would be troublesome if something happened in this world or in the exploration of this great devil''s nest. As I was thinking like that, Kaori was staring at the field with some kind of difficult expression. "That¡­ Yuuya-san. I''m sure Yuuya-san already understands enough¡­ but obviously the crops, concepts, and items here are too dangerous on Earth." "¡­Yeah." "The spear in and out of empty space the other day was also unique to this world, wasn''t it?" "Yes. It''s a skill called [Item Box], but¡­" "I don''t know how much of that skill can be stored, but if it were unlimited, it would overturn all common sense on Earth." "¡­.." "I also think that the power of magic is a very dangerous thing. If this power is known to Japan and the rest of the world¡­ it would not be a good thing." If Kaori is right, if the concept of this world''s magic were brought to Earth, it would be only a matter of time before it was used for warfare. And as Lexia-san said before, teleportation magic is definitely one of the most dangerous types of magic. For me, I can easily go far away and stop being late to school, but I don''t want to use it for the extent of that, but that''s not the case if I think about it on a nationwide basis. It''s really hard to keep up with this world. "¡­I think we''re done for the moment, and we should go back." It was then that Kaori was about to go back to the room¡­ with a wry smile as the conversation turned out to be more difficult than expected. "©¤©¤Yuuyaaa-samaaaa!" "Eh?" I let out a shout of surprise and turned around to look at¡­ "It''s me! Here!" "How do we expect to survive if you keep making us do things your way! Shit! Any number of lives wouldn''t be enough for Lexia''s guards¡­!" "Aah, my head hurts¡­" To my surprise, I saw Lexia-san blasting towards this house, and from behind her, Luna and Owen-san jumped in to fight against the monsters that were following further behind them, desperately. Apparently, it seems that the ones chasing after Lexia-san and the others are a group of [Goblin Elite]. "Uhm¡­?" Kaori stares at me, bewildered by such a scene, and I stare back at Kaori like that. Then Luna notices me in such a state. "Ah, hey! Yuuya! Help us! ¡­wait, who''s that woman next to you¡­?" "No, I think we have bigger problems right now. We''re in danger of becoming the monsters'' food for thought if we''re not careful." "You will be the sole prey, Owen! I''m busy now! "It really makes me sick to my stomach¡­! Kuh! For that matter, I can only hold the entire goblin elite back as best I can¡­!" "That''s what I''m doing! Complain to the stupid princess over there!" As usual, I mean, Owen-san looks like he''s having a very hard time. Is he going to be okay? I''ll give him some Earth-grown stomach pills and headache pills next time. As I was looking at the scene in front of me in a daze, thinking that I''ll have to go to the pharmacy next time, Lexia-san noticed me too and raised her voice. "Yuuya-samaaaaa! Who''s the woman next to youuuuu!" "¡­Eh, Yuuya-san? Those people are¡­?" I couldn''t help but look up at the sky as I realized that this was going to be complicated. "Ah¡­ well, can I head over to help first?" "Eh? Ah, yeah, I know. It sounds like it''s going to be pretty tough¡­" "Thanks¡­ Night, Akatsuki. I''m sure it will be fine, but just in case, watch over Kaori." "Woof!" "Fugo!" While laughing at their energetic replies, I quickly changed into my [Bloody War Demon Series] armor and ran off at once. "Phew!" Then, with the least amount of movement, I released a kick to the forehead of the goblin elite that was closest to Lexia-san, and the face of the goblin elite exploded from the force of the kick. Without killing the momentum, this time, I stepped through the head of the Goblin Elite in Luna''s direction, and then I used that leg as an axis to slam a spinning kick into the Goblin Elite that was closing in on Owen-san. Until now, I wasn''t able to move this smoothly, but thanks to my training with Master Usagi, I was able to attack like this while smoothly moving on to the next move when it came to kicks. The number of Goblin Elites had decreased with my participation in the fight, and Luna and Owen-san had also successfully defeated the Goblin Elites they were dealing with. When all the Goblin Elites were thus eradicated, Owen-san took a breath. "Phew¡­ Yuuya-dono, thank you for saving us." "N-no, that''s fine, but¡­ well, what exactly is going on¡­? You went all the way to such a dangerous place¡­" There is no longer any need for me to go to the royal capital, so there shouldn''t be any need to come all the way to the dangerous great devil''s nest like this. Then, as if realizing my inner feelings, Luna looks at me in a dumbfounded way. "What is it, Yuuya? The other day, Lexia said she was going to visit Yuuya''s house. Or are we not allowed to come unless we have something to do?" "Eh? No, it''s not like that, but¡­" "Then that''s good. It was Lexia who started it, but I¡­ Uhm¡­ I''ve wanted to meet you too." Seeing Luna''s cheeks redden as she says that, I remember being kissed by Luna before, and even I get red in the face. I ask Luna as if to disguise such an expression. "C-come to think of it, how did you get here? It must have been hard for you." "Yeah¡­ but Lexia''s selfishness means that we have become a little stronger too." "I-I see¡­" I couldn''t help but give a drawn-out smile at Luna''s somewhat accomplished reaction, and Luna pointed in a direction. "More importantly¡­ that, can we leave that alone?" "Eh?" When I turned my gaze toward the¡­ direction Luna indicated, I saw the figure of Lexia-san, who had crossed the fence and entered the garden before I knew it, silently confronted Kaori¡­ W-what was that atmosphere¡­ As I hurriedly returned to my house with Owen-san and the others, Lexia-san and Kaori didn''t seem to care about us and continued to stare at each other in silence. "¡­.." "¡­.." I''m not sure what to do with the too heavy atmosphere, so I looked towards Owen-san to ask for help, but he seemed to have his eyes closed and didn''t give a damn about it. W-well, he''s usually having a hard time¡­ Next, I turn my attention to Luna, but for some reason, Luna is staring at me with half-lidded eyes. Eh, why? No one seemed to be able to do anything about the situation anywhere I looked, and when I was in full-blown trouble, Lexia-san slowly opened her mouth. "¡­You, what''s your name?" "¡­I''m Kaori Houjou. Uhm¡­ you are?" [T/n: Wasn''t Kaori didn''t have the language comprehension skill?] "¡­I''m Lexia von Alceria. I see¡­ if you don''t know me, then you''re from the same country as Yuuya-sama¡­" As I watched the course of events to see what would happen once they knew each other''s names, they suddenly turned their gaze towards me. "By the way, Yuuya-san©¤©¤." "By the way, Yuuya-sama©¤©¤." "What is your relationship with this person?" they said in unison. Chapter 79 - Book 5: Part 2 Hello everyone, from this chapter onwards, ultrabrandon12 wouldn''t able to help with editing again since he''s too busy with his school, so this chapter is only edited by me. I hope is still readable and didn''t hindrance much of dear readers reading experience. Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 The first thing I asked them to do was to come to my house and sit down with a cup of tea or something. At that time, Kaori introduced herself to Owen-san and Luna as well, so I''ll be answering the questions from the two of them earlier¡­ I opened my mouth, feeling somewhat uncomfortable with the sharp looks from the two¡­ no, three people, including Luna. "Well¡­ first of all, Kaori, she''s a friend of mine." When I said that, Kaori looked a little dissatisfied, but on the contrary, Lexia-san and the others looked like they were missing a beat. "Eh? Is that all?" "Other than that, it''s hard to explain¡­" I sneak an earful to Kaori, who looks at me with a quizzical expression at my stalling. "I haven''t explained our world to those¡­ Lexia-san and others." "Eh?" "For some reason, they think I''m a foreigner, too¡­" "I-I see¡­" Before Lexia-san and the others arrived, we had talked about the technology and power of this world is dangerous to Earth, and Kaori was convinced that I hadn''t told them I was an otherworlder. "B-but still¡­ only friend is¡­" "Eh?" "I-it was nothing!" Kaori seems to have muttered something after that¡­ well, if she says it''s nothing, it must be so. "The first thing you should know about Lexia-san and the others is that¡­ Lexia-san is the princess of a country called Alceria Kingdom." "Eeh?!" Kaori''s eyes widened in surprise at my explanation. It''s natural, of course. It''s not like she''s going to meet a princess in her normal life. "And Luna and Owen-san are her bodyguards." "A princess and¡­ bodyguard¡­" She seems surprised at the word princess, but I heard that even Kaori has a bodyguard, so it''s not that unusual. A knight would be unusual, though. ¡­No, if I think about it, Kaori is also a person who lives in a different world than I do, right? Just having a bodyguard on Earth is very impressive, however¡­ When I remember again that Kaori is a young lady, she came back to her senses and asked me. "S-so, how did that princess, Lexia-sama, and Yuuya-san meet?" "Ara, you can call me Lexia if you want. You¡­ Kaori is the same age as Yuuya-sama, right? Besides, I''ll call you Kaori too!" "Eeh? N-no¡­ is that okay?" Kaori was feeling pressured by Lexia-san''s push as usual, but Lexia-san smiled. "Of course. I''m the one who told you, after all, so it''s okay!" "¡­Lexia-sama. I''m sure it''s fine for this occasion, but if you handle it that way in your official duty, you''ll have to deal it with more¡­" "As you said, it"s fine here, right?" "¡­I don''t care anymore." Really, thank you for your hard work, Owen-san. "Now, if you''re going to call Lexia like that, you should call me Luna, too." "E-err¡­" Kaori looked at me as if to say what to do. "Well¡­ they said it''s good for them, so I guess it''s fine." "I-is that what it is¡­ but I''m sorry. At least allow me to call you Lexia-san and Luna-san, please." "Hmm¡­ well, it can''t be helped¡­" Kaori is always polite, so it would be difficult for her to call them casually like that for now. Lexia-san seemed to have figured that out, and she nodded while smiling bitterly. "So, as for how I met Yuuya-sama¡­ one day, I was targeted by assassins who wanted to kill me, and I ran away to this forest to escape from them." "A-assassins¡­" Kaori is suddenly dumbfounded by a word that is unlikely to be used in normal life in Japan. "But those assassins were killed by a monster in this forest, and I thought I would be killed as well. But¡­ Yuuya-sama saved me from that!" Lexia-san says that with sparkling eyes, and I feel very embarrassed when she says that again. "After that, I couldn''t stay long; I came here to see Yuuya-sama again and asked him to marry me!" "M-marriage proposal!?" Ah, wait. That''s awkward. This is going to complicate things. As expected, Kaori, who was surprised by Lexia-san''s words, looks at me in a daze. "Yu-Yuuya-san¡­ the marriage proposal, was it true¡­?" "No, I mean, it was true, but¡­ I have refused it properly! Because from my point of view, we were complete strangers at the time!" "T-that''s right¡­" "Well, I''m not giving up on it, though!" For some reason, Lexia-san proudly puffed out her chest. What''s really good about me¡­ Then this time, Luna also opened her mouth. "And while I''m at it, I''d like to tell you about me, the assassin who attacked Lexia in the story earlier, one of them is me." "Eh¡­ eeeeehhhh!" Luna''s words surprised Kaori again. That''s true too. A former assassin and his target are together now. It''s usually hard to believe. "When I was hired to do that job, I visited this forest to investigate¡­ I was also attacked by monsters, and when I was close to death, Yuuya saved me. Well, a lot happened from there¡­ but that''s a long story, so that''s okay." "¡­A different world is amazing¡­" Kaori was, first of all, stunned by the many stories she had never heard on Earth, and then she muttered of such things. While I was smiling bitterly at Kaori''s figure, Lexia-san suddenly stood up. "Well then, Yuuya-sama!" "Eh?" "Let us take a bath, please!" "¡­Huh?" The request was so abrupt that I involuntarily gave a distracted reply¡­ "Uhm¡­ are you here today to just take a bath¡­?" "No. I just got sweaty and dirty from running to come here¡­" "Geez¡­ I''m sickened by your selfishness, but I''m sick of sweat and dirt, too." "I-I see¡­" It looks like it was really hard to get here, Luna nods, and I guess I have to let them take a bath. Then Kaori, who doesn''t know about the bath I have, tilted her head in wonder. "A bath¡­?" "Yes, that''s right! Since we''re here, Kaori should come in with us too!" "Eh, me too?!" Kaori was surprised that she was also invited to join them, but it seems to be the decision between Lexia-san and Luna now. Since I have no reason to refuse to let them take a bath either, I prepare for it without understanding it well. "Ah, Yuuya-sama. You refused it last time, but do you want to come in with us this time?" "Buhoh!" When I finished preparing the bath, Lexia-san said something like that again, just like before, no way. Kaori blushes as I gushed at that statement. "E-eh!?! come in together!?" "Yes. Is there something wrong with that?" "¡­How is that not wrong? Really, what''s going on in your mindset¡­?" "Excuse me, okay! It''s perfectly normal!" No, I don''t think it''s normal¡­ Unable to say so, I managed to convince them to give up, and the three of them went to the bath. £ª£ª£ª "There''s really a bath¡­" As I took off my clothes, I was surprised to see a bath with steam rising in front of me. At first, I thought that I would take a bath in this house, but it seemed that one of the drop items that Yuuya-san had talked about before was a bath that could be carried around, and that I would be in it. I didn''t understand the idea of taking a bath with them, but I don''t understand even more about a portable bath than that. How does one go about carrying a bath with them? ©¤©¤That''s what I thought, but the moment Yuuya-san somehow took out a square object and placed it on the floor, a bath was instantly created. I was no longer at a loss for words. This world is simply astonishing because it defies all common sense on Earth. However¡­ I was told that we would be in this bath together, but even though we are the same girls¡­ I was a little nervous about it. When I was waiting without knowing it well, Lexia-san and the others came over and prepared for it. Then we rinsed off, and when it came time to get into the bath©¤©¤. "Haaaaahhh¡­" I couldn''t help but let out a voice at how good it felt. Then Lexia-san and the others, who were also soaking in hot water, also looked comfortably. "Phew¡­ It feels so good." "Yeah¡­ as always, the baths Yuuya has are the best¡­" I can vaguely guess from their words, but after all, they have been helped by Yuuya-san and have used this bath before. It''s probably okay, but I don''t think it''s possible that they are¡­ in it with Yuuya-san, right? Earlier, Lexia-san said something about Yuuya-san joining us too, but¡­ I think it''s okay, no, I think it''s okay to see Yuuya-san''s reaction. The two of them told me how they met Yuuya-san, and I was happy to hear that Yuuya-san is still the same in this world. After all, when someone is in trouble, he goes to help¡­ That''s probably why Lexia-san was attracted to Yuuya-san like that. And I also©¤©¤. "©¤©¤So, what about Kaori?" "Eh?" I give an unwilling response to Lexia-san''s abruptly thrown words. I-is it okay¡­? ¡­The other party is a princess. I''ve met a number of important people through my father''s relationship, but as expected, I never had the opportunity to meet a princess, so I couldn''t help but think so. However, Lexia-san doesn''t seem to be particularly bothered by this, and she looks straight at me. S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "So, I mean, what do you think, Kaori?" "Uh¡­ what is it about?" "That''s Yuya-sama, of course!" "Huh!" I stifled a few words, not expecting her to ask me so straightforwardly. "I-I''m¡­ Uhm¡­" "You don''t have to fake it or anything. I just want to know how Kaori really feels." I couldn''t look away from Lexia-san''s eyes, which were staring straight at me as if to say that she would not allow me to lie. "¡­I like Yuuya-san. From the first time we met, I was unintentionally attracted to Yuuya-san''s kindness." "¡­.." "After that, Yuuya-san never changed and helped me so many times that¡­ I found myself feeling emotions that I had never felt before. And I guess this is what it means to love¡­" With Lexia-san''s prompting, I was finally able to calmly analyze my feelings. I like Yuuya-san. I was confused because it was my first emotion, but when I finally accepted it, I felt¡­ embarrassed and somewhat refreshed. Then Lexia heard my words and nodded. "I see¡­ Luna is the same, but why does everyone want to hide their feelings. Why don''t you honestly say you like Yuuya-sama?" "¡­No, you''re just too straightforward." "It''s okay. You must keep up the positive feelings. Otherwise, people won''t be able to understand you very well." That may be¡­ but¡­ "Uhm¡­ from what I hear about it¡­ is Luna-san also¡­ about Yuuya?" "Uh¡­ Yeah, that''s right." Luna-san blushed and looked kind of cute as she awkwardly looked away from me. "Oh well, fine. Even if I find out Kaori likes Yuuya-sama, it won''t change anything I do!" "Eh?" "I told you, right? I said I proposed Yuuya-sama. I haven''t given up yet!" "Eeehh! B-but isn''t it too early to get married¡­?" "Ara, is that the case in Yuuya-sama and Kaori''s country? You know, in our country, marriage is commonplace at this age." What a surprise. It''s true that we women are just about the right age to get married on Earth, but Yuuya is not yet 18 years old. But that is the law in¡­ Japan on Earth and I guess that would be legal¡­ in this world? Lexia-san, who doesn''t know that I''m confused, continues. "So I won''t give up on Yuuya-sama! Of course, I''m not going to let Luna and Kaori beat me, either!" "Huh? But I''m one step ahead of you at the moment." "Mukiii! That was because Owen didn''t want to stop the carriageeeee!" "Well, leave this sorry princess aside¡­ as for me, Kaori, you are the biggest obstacle." "Eh?" "You''re from the same country as Yuuya, and from the exchange you just had, you must know a side of Yuuya that we don''t know about." "Huh? That''s right! Kaori has an advantage that we don''t! That means¡­ could it be that I''m the most late on this case?" I don''t know what made her think that, but I don''t think that she is late about this, at least not when she is asking Yuuya-san to marry her. I just accepted my feelings honestly just now, but I really thought it was amazing that Lexia-san could communicate her feelings so clearly and even more so to her partner. While I''m feeling that way, Lexia-san points her finger at Luna-san and me. "Okay! I''ll turn the tables from here, and I''ll be the one to marry Yuuya-sama first! Brace yourself!" "Hmph, I''ll just pull away again soon enough." Somehow, Luna-san laughed wryly at Lexia-san''s statement like that, but I felt strange about Lexia-san''s statement. "What do you mean by, err¡­ first?" Normally, once you get married, there is no later¡­ Then Lexia-san and Luna-san looked at each other. "Eh, could it be that¡­ it''s not possible to marry more than one person in Kaori country?" "T-there''s no such thing, eh¡­ can you do that on your country?" "It''s pretty standard." "It''s interesting. It''s interesting how these parts of our culture can be so different!" Luna-san and Lexia-san looked curious, but I couldn''t believe it from my upbringing in the Japanese way of thinking. "You mean that¡­ polygamy?" "There are not only polygamy but also polyandry, as well. Especially for royalty and nobility, they have a tendency to do either. "My father has taken several other women besides my mother, you know. And I know the female heads of families who have married many men." I''m honestly amazed at the explanation of Lexia-san and Luna-san, but when I hear the words nobility and royalty, I feel slightly chilled. Those people have to leave behind an heir, so they will probably marry a lot of women and men. But¡­ "I''m sure that¡­ was understandable if you meant among the nobility and royalty. But that idea is indeed unthinkable for the average citizen, isn''t it¡­?" "Well, it''s rare for a commoner to be polygamous, but that''s because they don''t have the economic power to do so. A commoner with money would have been married polygamously. A great merchant would be a good example. On this point, there''s no problem with Yuuya-sama. The materials of the monsters in this forest are enough to make a tremendous amount of money, and if anything, he can do well as an adventurer." "And since he''s going to marry me, he''s going to be royalty anyway, right? That''s perfectly fine!" I''m beginning to get a headache from the common sense of the other world that is told too much one after another. It''s true that there are countries on Earth where bigamy is allowed, but it''s unthinkable in Japan, so to think that Yuuya-san would be adapted to that¡­ When I was shocked by that one thing, Lexia-san changed the topic in a cheerful tone. "Well, we''ll see what happens there! And I have to get Yuuya-sama to go for it too!" "Right." "So, for my part, I''d like to ask you about the things Kaori knows about Yuuya-sama!" "Eh? T-the thing that I know about?" "Yes! When it comes to this, we should be talking about what we know about Yuuya-sama with each other, right? I''m sure Kaori would like to know the side of Yuuya-sama that we all know, wouldn''t you?" "That''s, of course!" I certainly don''t know about Yuuya-san''s activities in this world, so I''d like to hear about it. Lexia-san laughed happily at my reaction, and from there, Luna-san and I were included in a discussion about Yuuya-san. It had been a really long time since I had talked this much with a girl my age, and by the time we left the bath, we had become great friends. Chapter 80 - Book 5: Part 3 Another chapter brought by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 While Lexia and the others were having a conversation in the bath, Owen tried to gather information on Yuuya and the others. However, because of Kaori''s sudden appearance, he has more to look into, and it''s a bit of a headache. Nevertheless, there are several similarities between Yuuya and Kaori, which can be helpful in gathering information. "(Although their hair and eye color are the same, their facial features are not that similar¡­ the line of brother and sister is thin, and they are probably really friends. If that''s the case, does that mean Kaori-dono is a nobleman or royalty like Yuuya-dono¡­?)" Nevertheless, it didn''t change the fact that he had little information. That''s why Owen''s misunderstanding accelerated, and his head ached that he had new things to report when he returned to the royal capital. This was because Owen wanted to gather as much information about Yuuya as possible and report it to Arnold. When Arnold was attacked by Rhaegar, even though those attackers were exceptionally skilled, Yuuya had managed to deal with them effortlessly, and even took out a series of legendary-grade items. There was no way they would let loose a country with such an individual so easily, and Arnold wanted him to stay in the Alceria Kingdom if possible. It was because he believed that if Yuuya were willing to abandon his country and become a citizen of the Alceria Kingdom, it would be of great benefit to the country. In fact, there was no doubt that Yuuya''s abilities and legendary grade items would have a tremendous impact on diplomacy. However, since both Owen and Arnold had only seen a small part of Yuuya''s abilities yet, it was not known what would happen if they knew about Yuuya''s transfer magic and other things. "(The best thing is not to bring in only Yuya-dono, but Yuya-dono and Lexia-sama marry and start trading with Yuuya-dono''s country as it is. ¡­But, His Majesty would be reluctant to do so. Well, after the last one, the hostility towards Yuuya-dono is almost gone, anyway¡­)" Arnold''s assessment of Yuuya had been revised after Yuuya had treated Rhaegar, which Arnold himself had given up on, and that made Arnold revised his opinion of Yuuya. That''s how tremendous Yuuya''s actions were, but the man himself was not so aware of it. Still, although Arnold himself still thinks that the current situation of his beloved daughter, Lexia, favoring Yuuya is not pleasant, he was quite troubled by Yuuya''s abilities and other factors. It''s a great idea to get a chance to connect with Yuuya, but as a parent, he doesn''t want to give her to anyone. Nevertheless, there was no need to jump to conclusions just yet, since Yuuya himself, whose favor is directed at him, has refused Lexia''s marriage proposal. However, the emergence of an uncertain element called Kaori here complicated the battle over Yuuya. "(Even so¡­)" Owen suddenly turned his attention to Night and Akatsuki, who were relaxing near him. "Woof?" "Fugo?" Then they tilted their heads curiously. "(They were only briefly introduced to me, but¡­ they are Yuuya-dono''s family. That''s not normal by any stretch of the imagination¡­)" With that in mind, Owen took the opportunity to take a good look at Night and Akatsuki. "(Night-dono is a¡­ dog? It''s not¡­ he''s a wolf. However, when it comes to black wolf monsters, there aren''t too many types¡­ the most famous one is [Black Fang], but they''re a D-class. It wasn''t very good. In fact, it wouldn''t be able to fight in the Great Devil''s Nest. Other than that, there are several things that come to mind, such as the [Shadow Wolf] and the [Murder Claw], which are still too weak to survive in the Great Devil''s Nest. Besides, a search for enemy ability beyond that Yuuya-dono is not normal. If that''s the case©¤©¤.)" Thinking up to that point, Owen''s mind was filled with the name of a certain monster. And the moment that monster''s name popped into his head, sweat appeared on Owen''s forehead. "(C-could it is¡­ that legendary [Black Fenrir]¡­ I guess it can''t be that¡­ Even [Fenrir], who is known as the "God Wolf," has been brought to its knees, and has even attacked the three once-glorious nations in a single night¡­)" He looked at Night again, but Night still only tilted his head cutely. "(No, no, no, no, no, that''s indeed not true. Legend has it that it was even described as being large enough to swallow a city in its entirety. By all accounts, Night-dono is too small. He''s probably a monster unique to the Great Devil''s Nest that is still unknown to me and the rest of the world. If that''s the case, Akatsuki-dono is also¡­)" This time he looked at Akatsuki, but Akatsuki didn''t seem to be interested in Owen; he just rolled around sluggishly on the floor with his belly showing. "¡­Fumu. For all intents and purposes, he''s just a little piggy. No, that red hair is rare, but he doesn''t¡­ look particularly amazing. I haven''t even seen him fighting like Night-dono, and he''s probably not very good at fighting.)" There was no need to think any further about Akatsuki, Owen decided. ©¤©¤In the end, Owen was unable to gather any significant information and continued to ponder. £ª£ª£ª "Phew¡­ That was a nice bath!" "Yeah¡­ as expected of Yuuya''s bath." "It''s amazing¡­ I never thought I''d feel so much better after a bath." The three of them came back from the bath, talking happily to each other. ¡­It''s amazing. They were a bit distant before the bath, but now they seem to be getting along quite well. First, let''s ask Kaori what she thought after trying the bath for the first time. "Kaori. How was the bath?" "It''s amazing! My skin is feeling smoother, but even more than that, it feels like¡­ a power is rising from the bottom of my body!" I could tell by the way Kaori said that with sparkling eyes that she was satisfied. "I''m glad to hear that. That item seems to have various effects, you know." "An item from a different world is really amazing¡­ and you can take that bath with you, right?" "Well, yeah. Therefore, you can take a bath wherever you want, and since the effect of the item seems to be to make it invisible to the people around it, you don''t have to worry about being seen. But even so, I suppose you still have to choose the place to some extent." "But it''s still amazing!" While smiling bitterly at Kaori, who was more into the bath than I expected, I asked Lexia-san and Luna as well. "Speaking of which, what did you do here today? You know, I forgot all about it in the introduction of Kaori and the sudden bath¡­" "Ara, we don''t have particular needs, you know?" "Huh?" I froze at the unexpected statement. However, Lexia-san didn''t seem bothered by it and puffed out her chest. "I came here just to see Yuuya-sama!" "¡­I''ve always wanted to meet Yuuya too, but your location is hard to go¡­ This princess doesn''t care about that, so I have to put myself in her shoes, as well¡­" "Eh, no, this place is indeed dangerous, but wait a minute¡­ You came here after properly informing Arnold-sama, didn''t you¡­?" "We didn''t do it because it was too much trouble!" Not good¡­! This is going to piss him off again¡­! As I put my hand over my head, Owen-san let out a sigh and told me. "Yuuya-dono. Please be at ease. I have reported to him, just in case." "Oh, that''s good to know¡­" No, really. But if they don''t have anything to do, then it might bore them¡­ I''m sorry that they came all this way, and I tell them honestly. "Well, sorry. I''ve got another thing to do tomorrow¡­" And by things, of course, I mean school. There''s not much time left until the test. "Ara, is that so? Does that involve Kaori?" "Yes, that''s right¡­" "Fumu¡­ I''m very curious about the details of that when it''s just the two of you doing things together¡­ but it''s also true that we came here so suddenly that I can''t say anything about it." Lexia-san seemed to be convinced, even though she looked a little dissatisfied. "If that''s the case, it''s time for us to leave too. My father is going to be angry if we stay too long!" "No, I think he''ll be furious when you come out without telling him¡­" Lexia-san didn''t seem to be bothered by Luna''s righteous argument either. She wondered what would happen from her position as a former assassin, but it was good that the two of them seemed to be more compatible than expected. Then the moment Lexia-san and the others said they were leaving, Kaori looked a little sad. "I understand that, but when it comes to saying goodbye¡­ it''s a little sad." "Oh, it''s not like it''s a lifetime farewell. You don''t have to be so depressed! If you want, I can come back tomorrow at the same time as today, okay?" "Lexia-sama. From tomorrow onwards, your official duties will continue for a while." "Eh." sea??h th§× NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. At Owen-san''s words, Lexia-san''s expression, which had been so lively a moment ago, froze. "Ugh, it''s not true, right?" "No, it''s true. Giving your official duties would make it impossible for you to be selfish, no matter what you say. I advised Lexia-sama that this would be just fine for her." "O-Owennnnnnnnnnnn!" Lexia-san stared at Owen-san with a devilish look on her face. That''s scary¡­ But even though Owen-san looks at Lexia-san like that, he doesn''t seem to be affected. "You''ve been acting a little too freely lately. I''ll have you working to your heart''s content for a while from tomorrow." "N-no!" "No, no. For now, as far as I know, you''ll be attending the upcoming social events, and you''ll be meeting with people from the neighboring kingdom of Rowness. Also, there will be a visit to a provincial city that you were unable to visit last time." "N-nooooooo!" Lexia-san collapsed on the spot. H-how hard it is for royalty to do that¡­ And just by listening to the story like that, I can strongly feel that Lexia-san is a real princess. The world we live in is different, after all. Next to the crumbling Lexia-san, Luna let out a dumbfounded sigh. "Sigh¡­ I wouldn''t say I like it too, but all this. Since I''m employed by Lexia, do I have to join in¡­?" Then she heard Luna''s words and suddenly regained her energy. "L-Luna! You''re with me, right? You don''t like it, too, do you? There''s nothing fun about socializing at a dinner party, after all!" "Yes. But I''m just an escort. I don''t have to deal with any of the annoying interactions around there, though." "Y-you traitooooorrrr!" Apparently, Lexia-san doesn''t have any allies. So please don''t look at me like that. There''s nothing I can do about it. "Ugh¡­ i-it can''t be helped¡­ I will finish those things right away and come here again!" "Yes, yes, that''s right." "Just one ''yes'' is enough!" Lexia-sama yelled at Owen-san and then looked at us again. "Well then, It''s a regret to say goodbye, but we''ll leave now." "Oh, do you want me to walk you to the entrance of this [Great Devil''s Nest]?" "Thanks, but no thanks. Since we''re here, it''s best also to raise Luna and Owen''s levels!" "This girl¡­!" Luna and Owen-san''s eyes were wide open. A-are they going to be okay? Well, the monsters near the entrance to the Great Devil''s Nest can be dealt with by Luna, even if they come in packs, so it''s okay. "So, Kaori. See you later!" "Yes! I''m sure we''ll have plenty to talk about again!" ©¤©¤That''s how Lexia-san and the others left. In the meantime, I asked Night to follow them from the shadows, so they should be fine. As we were watching them off, Kaori muttered next to me. "They''ve gone¡­" "That''s right¡­" "¡­Lexia-san and the others were nice, and we had a lot of fun." "I see. I''m glad you''re getting along so well." At first, I was strangely tense, and I wondered what was going to happen. I chuckled, and I asked her something that was suddenly on my mind. "Oh, by the way, you were so close at the end, what exactly did you talk about in the bath?" In response to my question, Kaori looked up at me and smiled mischievously. "¡­It''s a secret!" Chapter 81 - Book 6: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, I''m sorry for the delay for and long delay for the others, I got some trouble in this past weeks, I hope I can deliver all of it ASAP, thanks for your understanding, I hope you can enjoy it~ Part 1 It was several days after that day when Kaori, Lexia-san, and others met. "Phew¡­ I guess this is enough for today''s study." "Woof?" When I say that while stretching, Night looked up at me and tilted his head. Come to think of it; I haven''t been getting myself closer with Night and Akatsuki lately because I''ve been studying for the test all the time¡­ "¡­Yeah, it would be nice to go out with Night and Akatsuki today." "Woof?" "Fugo." Are Night and Akatsuki okay? I look at their face, but they have sparkles in their eyes as if they are looking forward to going outside. It makes me want to go even more when they gave me a look like this, and I''m sorry for not so sensitive about it. "It''s okay. Wherever we go, we can come right away with teleport magic." "Woof!" Then Night took the Adventurer''s Guild card that I had left in the room in his mouth and brought it to me. "Woof" "Oh, by the way, we also registered with the Adventurer''s Guild¡­ Could it be that you want to take the request¡­?" "Woof." Night nodded cheerfully at my question. "I see¡­ then, let''s go take a request at the Adventurer''s Guild today!" "Woof!" "Fugo!" While smiling at their energetic appearance, I quickly made preparations and headed straight to the royal capital. However, it''s not a good idea to move into the city suddenly, so we moved to an unpopular place a bit away from the capital. We went straight to the royal capital from there. Once we could enter the city without any problems, we headed to the Adventurer''s Guild. If I had more time, I would probably like to look around the royal capital streets, but this time, my primary purpose is to take a request from the Adventurer''s Guild. I won''t be able to look around until after the test is over. As I headed to the Adventurer''s Guild with that in mind, I saw a certain person walking towards the Adventurer''s Guild from across the street. "Hmm? Yuuya?" "Oh, Luna!" To my surprise, I met Luna near the Adventurer''s Guild. "What brings you here? As I recall, you said you were busy¡­ Did you finished your business?" "No, not yet. I just came here to take a request to take a break from it. You see, I can use teleport magic to get back and forth, after all." "¡­Well, it''s because you''re the only one who can use that method, you know?" "I was aware of that." And Lexia-san had told me a lot about the dangers of teleport magic. More importantly, I was also curious about something. "You too, Luna, why are you here? Is it okay with Lexia-san''s guard?" "Yeah, it looks like Owen alone can handle the guards today, so I got a break after a long time. However, not moving my body is also not good¡­ That''s why I was taking a walk around the royal capital." "I see¡­ would you like to join us and take a request from the Adventurer''s Guild?" "Eh?" For some reason, Luna gives me a dumbfounded look at my suggestion. "Oh, is that¡­ okay?" "I thought it would be nice if we could fight monsters together again like we used to train in the past. You know?" "Woof!" "Fugo~." Night and Akatsuki are also very positive about Luna''s participation, and they''ve slipped to Luna''s feet. They are cute. Looking at Night and Akatsuki, Luna smiled. "I-I see¡­ no, I didn''t expect that Yuuya and I could really go on a request together¡­ I-I guess you could call this a date, right¡­?!" "Eh?" "I-it''s nothing! Anyway, let''s find some reasonable requests in the meantime." With Luna leading the way, we approach the bulletin board and check the requests, but the requests we get from our ranks are really simple things. That''s precisely the image I received before¡­ harvesting herbs, delivering packages, plucking weeds, and other chores. When I was skimming through the bulletin board, Luna turned her attention to a specific request. "Yuuya, how about this?" "Eh?" There was a request form with the words "Investigation of Monsters around the Royal Capital" written on it. "Huh, that sounds good. But is there a place in the vicinity of the royal capital where such monsters can appear?" Sear?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Yeah. Just in case, there''s a forest nearby, so I guess it would be in the form of a survey there." "I see¡­" In the end, there were no other requests that looked good, so I decided to take the request that Luna had recommended in this way for now. Since Emilia-san was at the reception desk, I asked Emilia-san to go through the procedures and ask her for a few more details. "Well, regarding the investigation around the royal capital, what is the main thing we should do?" "Oh, you don''t have to think too hard. If you can hunt down just one type of monster that appears in the vicinity of the royal capital, your request will be accomplished." "It''s easier than I thought." "Yes, that''s true. And since this is a request that is always posted, other adventurers often receive it as well. Are you okay with this request?" "Yes, I''m fine with it." "Okay, I''ll just fill out the paperwork." This is how Emilia-san took care of the paperwork, and we used teleport magic to head to the forest near the royal capital. £ª£ª£ª "Mmm, Hhmm?." "You''re in a good mood, aren''t you?" As soon as we left the royal capital after Emilia-san took care of the paperwork, Luna started humming. Then, Luna blushed in embarrassment at my remark. "I-is that so? ¡­Well, it''s because I can go out alone with Yuuya¡­ So, that''s why¡­" "Ah, um¡­ yes." I couldn''t help but feel my face heat up at Luna''s reaction too. But, indeed, Luna and I haven''t acted together since our training in the [Great Devil''s Nest]. No, there''s Night and Akatsuki, of course, but in terms of people. Well, even if my training with Luna is no longer there, I''m still training with Master Usagi. We arrive at our destination, a forest near the royal capital while being shy of each other. The forest doesn''t feel as bad as the [Great Devil''s Nest]. We brace ourselves. "W-well then, let''s see if we can find a suitable monster©¤©¤©¤." That was the moment I was about to say that. "Kyaaaaaah!" "Huh!?" We look at each other at the sound of a woman''s shout from the forest. "What was that just now¡­!" "I don''t know. But it''s close¡­!" "Kuh! Night! Do you know which way the voice is now?" "¡­Woof!" Night moved his nose and ears, barked once, and started to run. "Alright, we''ll go too!" "Yeah!" I followed Night, and hurriedly entered the forest. And after a little while, the identity of the voice came into view. "T-this wolf¡­" "Grrrrrr¡­" To my surprise, Glenna-san, who had approached me in the Adventurer''s Guild before, sat down with her back to the tree, and Night stood in front of her, wary of something. "Are you alright!" "Oh, you guys¡­!" "I don''t know what happened, but I''ll just check here©¤©¤." "N-no! Stay out of it!" "Woof!" "Huh!" The moment I was about to tell Glenna-san to run away, a sharp attack suddenly flew from an empty place. I quickly took out [Absolute Spear] to prevent it and threw it in the direction of the attacker. Then¡­ "Keeeeeeeee?!" "W-what is that thing?" "Yuuya, that''s an [Assassin Chameleon]!" "Chameleon?" I hurriedly check the surroundings, it''s definitely an extremely thin presence, but I can see that something is encircling us. I look around like I''m protecting Glenna-san, and Luna informs me. "The [Assassin Chameleon] is a B-class monster. They''ll mimic their surroundings and attack you as they did just now." "I see¡­" This is the first monster I''ve encountered outside of the [Great Devil''s Nest], but it has a higher rank than I expected. Is this normal? Still, this mimicry ability is pretty tricky. It''s a level that even I can barely understand. But since I can understand it to a point, I have no choice but to fight while trying not to miss their presence. I called out to Glenna-san, who was stunned behind me. "¡­For now, we''ll take down this monster. Luna!" "I know¡­!" Luna skillfully manipulated the thread in her hand and released it randomly into the surroundings. The thread chopped up the surrounding trees, and the Assassin Chameleons who couldn''t avoid it were also damaged and showed up. "Keaaaaah!" "Kukeeeee!" The strange screaming Assassin Chameleon was a large chameleon about two meters tall with a green body, big yellow eyes, and a magnificent horn on its forehead. And if it shows itself, not only Luna can deal with it, but I can deal with it as well. "Haaah!" The Assassin Chameleon''s neck, which was damaged by Luna''s thread and rampaging around, and I switched from [Absolute Spear] to [Omni-Sword] and sliced through it accurately. "Ku-kukukeee!" "Keeeeeee!" Then the surviving Assassin Chameleon turned his back on us and left in a flash. It seems to have escaped. As I was surprised at my first experience of a monster running, Luna came next to me. "Assassin''s Chameleon, as its name suggests, is a monster that is good at attacking by surprise. They have a habit of running away if that surprise attack is blocked or can''t get through to their opponents." "I-I see¡­" When I was surprised at the still unknown ecology, Glenna-san, who had been watching the battle earlier, opened her eyes. "A-amazing¡­" With that kind of reaction at my back, I let Night and Akatsuki take care of Glenna-san and collect the dropped items. I want to check more slowly since I''ve never seen any of these items before, but¡­ Glenna-san is here, and this isn''t the situation for that. "Excuse me. Let''s get out of here for now." "Y-you''re right." As we continued through the forest, we took a breath. "Phew¡­ that really helped me. Thanks." "N-no, I''m glad I could help." "I didn''t expect to run into a bunch of Assassin Chameleons¡­ Anyway, since you saved my life, I should thank you for that¡­" "T-thanking me?" For some reason, Glenna-san takes my arm and presses her chest against me. Ah, um! "Maybe you could come over to Onee-san''s house tonight if you want. I can do nice things for you?." "N-nice things?" "Yes. As Onee-san said©¤©¤©¤." "©¤©¤©¤Did you forget me here?" When I was having trouble dealing with Glenna-san, Luna released me from Glenna-san''s arms. And just like that, Luna glares at Glenna-san. "If there''s gratitude to Yuuya, then, of course, I have one too, right?" "Um¡­ Luna-san?" When I called out fearfully to Luna''s attitude, Glenna-san gave a wry smile. "It''s a shame. I don''t have any interest in that area¡­ so that''s about it for today, and I''m going to go home. I''m indeed tired, after all." "Oh, then, do you want me to walk you back?" As soon as I suggest that, Glenna-san smiles. "That''s a nice suggestion, but that''s okay. Besides¡­ I''m afraid of that girl if I''m around any longer¡­" "Huh?" I followed Glenna-san''s gaze to find a strangely unhappy Luna staring at me. "W-what''s wrong?" "¡­Nothing." "I don''t think there''s nothing wrong with your face like that¡­" No matter how many times I asked, Luna would only answer that in the end. Then, Glenna-san thanked us once more and left by herself, while Luna and I resumed our search in the forest, as we had intended. Chapter 82 - Book 6: Part 2 Another chapter brought to you by Patreon, I''m sorry for the delay for and long delay for the others, I got some trouble in this past weeks, I hope I can deliver all of it ASAP, thanks for your understanding, I hope you can enjoy it~ Part 2 A few days after I saved Glenna-san with Luna. I checked the item I had obtained when I defeated the Assassin Chameleon, which I had completely forgotten about. The item was this: [Assassination Chameleon''s Discoloration Skin] :: Assassin Chameleon''s skin. It''s very flexible and can be processed in various ways. Since it''s a B-class monster, its defense power is also reasonably high. Besides, because the color changes depending on how it is processed, this is a target material that people involved in armor and clothing work would like to handle at least once. [Cloak of Disguise] :: Assassin Chameleon''s rare drop item. You can hide your figure from your surroundings while wearing this cloak. It is also possible to make your appearance visible only to any person while you are hiding. However, it is not absolutely undetectable. Once it has been noticed, that person will see through it even if you use it again, so you will need to hide somewhere to break their recognition. [Bracelet of Replacement] :: Assassin Chameleon''s rare drop item. It is possible to switch to the equipment registered in this bracelet instantly. Although B-class magic stones are also added here, this item is the most common among them. The [Assassination Chameleon''s Discoloration Skin] is a strange rubbery material that changes color depending on how much light it catches, but since I don''t have any plans or the place to process it at the moment, I decided to exchange it for cash at the Door to Another World, just like the Bloody Ogre''s materials. And although [Cloak of Disguise] didn''t seem to be necessary from my point of view as I have the skill [Assimilation], I suddenly thought it would be nice to be able to deceive the eyes of someone who can''t use the skill, or who can see that you''ve used any skill and hide your appearance when they come out. I haven''t encountered such an opponent yet, but it wouldn''t hurt to be prepared. The rest is [Bracelet of Replacement]. This is the most useful for now. The reason for that is that when I registered a couple of sets such as the [Bloody War Demon Series] and the ordinary clothes that Sage-san left for me, I was able to switch into them in an instant. For now, the only armor I have is the [Bloody War Demon Series], but if I get another armor later on, I can change into it in an instant, depending on the situation. This is really convenient. So that''s how I spent a fulfilling time in the other world, but on Earth, the test ended yesterday successfully, and all I have to do is wait for the return¡­ I''m pretty confident this time. "How did Ryo and the others do on the test?" S§×arch* The NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "I''m feeling pretty good as usual. But I don''t think it''s that bad, though." "I-I think I did pretty well, too." Apparently Ryo and Shingo-kun didn''t seem to have any particular problems, but seeing as how Akira and Kaede were burned out, it would be¡­ quite dangerous. If it becomes a supplementary exam, I''ll help them out. It''s not that I''m good at math, but Kaori, a powerful helper, helped me out a lot this time. So I understand math tests better than usual, and I think I could answer more than expected in the classics and English by teaching Kaori. However, the study session with Kaori ended when the test was over for the time being. "¡­It''s a bit lonely." She had been coming over to my house after school to study all through the testing period, so it was a bit lonely when I got alone in this kind of time for the first time in a long time. Besides¡­ "As I thought, it was fun¡­" Since Kaori found out about the other world, I''ve been strangely curious about Kaori. Well, the reason was probably that Kaori accepted me after knowing the truth. My appearance has changed a lot, and even though she saw me defeating monsters without hesitation, I was happy that she didn''t get scared and told me that I wouldn''t change. I initially thought Kaori was a nice girl, but¡­ that matter has made me fully aware of her. ¡­But even if I like her, it would be a nuisance to Kaori, and I think there are more suitable people for her out there. Maybe it''s wrong to feel this way, but after years of being bullied, I can''t get confident in myself quickly enough. Still, I think I''m a lot less prone to that than I used to be, but¡­ it still doesn''t change the way I think. "Oh¡­ no. Let''s move around a bit." Whenever something was bothering me, I tried to move my body these days. I was Genuinely trying to recreate what Master Usagi taught me. The contents of the various martial arts books I happened to find in the secondhand bookstore I went to when I had just opened the [Door to Another World], and moving my body regardless. Accompanied by Night and Akatsuki, I went out into the garden and mentioned something I suddenly realized. "Come to think of it; I haven''t seen Master Usagi around lately." "Woof?" "Fugo." Night and Akatsuki thought so too, nodding their heads in the same way. Well, I don''t think Master Usagi is in danger, but I was a little curious. Then I suddenly thought of the mysterious girl who appeared when I restrained Rhaegar-sama. "¡­Maybe Master Usagi would know about that girl." That overwhelming strength was honestly not normal. I was just beginning to gain some confidence in terms of power, but such confidence was quickly shattered because of that girl. The world is still a big place, after all. "We should do our own thing and get stronger little by little." "Woof!" "Buhi~." Night nodded vigorously, but Akatsuki''s paws fluttered as if he was somewhat unmotivated. Well, well, Akatsuki isn''t the type to fight. So, even if we were to get stronger, nothing would change if we kept going the way we are. That''s why we need to devise something of our own outside of training with Master Usagi¡­ "If there''s one thing we can do right now that will make us stronger, it will be to combine magic and close combat." "Woof?" "Buhi." Night was listening intently, cutely tilting his head, but Akatsuki was completely disinterested, lying sluggishly on the ground. Yeah, it''s cute, and Akatsuki is still acceptable. Getting my mind back on track, I explain my thoughts to Night. "You see, so far, we''re fighting in close combat with only weapons and fighting magic with magic, too, right?" "Woof." "So I thought, why don''t we just combine them?" "Woof?" In fact, we don''t have the luxury of being able to be aware of the use of magic when we fight with our weapons and physical bodies now. Perhaps that''s why there''s not much variation in our attacks. In the meantime, I, for example, have a lot of Sage-san''s weapons, so I can fight while changing those weapons, but that''s not the case for Night and Akatsuki. I don''t know if they actually exist or not, but there may be an enemy that will fight while switching between physical resistance and magic resistance. When such an enemy comes out, with our current situation, there''s a chance that we''ll be killed the moment we switch our attacks. Well, there is talk of such a possibility, but even more than that, if magic and weapon attacks are combined, there is no doubt that the number of hands will increase. However, I don''t think it''s possible to combine the two so easily. If you are suddenly able to avoid an attack, you can''t unleash your magic on the point you were avoiding; it would be impossible for me to do that now. That''s why I decided to change my thinking a bit. "Sage-san''s weapons and stuff, aren''t they ridiculously strong in their current state?" "Woof." "Could this¡­ be stronger?" "Woof!" Well, that''s how the reaction would be. "For example, wouldn''t it be strong if this [Absolute Spear] covered in¡­ lightning?" I took out the [Absolute Spear] from my item box and said that while showing it to Night. Then Night''s eyes widened even more. What I''m trying to say is that I''m going to clothe the weapon with magic. With this, even the ghostly enemy called [Wraith] that I fought before, I''ll be able to defeat them with my weapon. "Let''s see." When I say that, I raise the [Absolute Spear] in front of me and close my eyes. As it is, the image I imagine was the lightning that clings to the [Absolute Spear]. As the image solidifies, I unconsciously open my mouth. "[Magic Attire]." At that moment, lightning suddenly fell from the sky. The lightning struck the [Absolute Spear] directly and continued to charge the [Absolute Spear] as it was. Night and I watched the scene in a daze. "I-it''s a success¡­" "W-woof." I swung the [Absolute Spear] around as if to confirm it immediately, and the lightning bolt followed the spear as if drawing a line, and even more so, the speed at which the [Absolute Spear] was being wielded seemed to be increasing. "N-no way¡­" I threw it lightly at a tree outside the yard to see what it felt like. Then©¤©¤. *zugaaannnn!* "¡­.." Night and I, and even Akatsuki, who was lying idly, were appalled by the scene. The spear I threw flew at a speed that even my own eyes couldn''t follow, and the moment it touched the tree, not only did it pierce it, but for some reason, lightning rained down on the tree from above. The tree, which was carbonized in an instant, was given no time to burn. When I was stunned by the excessive power, the [Absolute Spear] had returned to my hand before I realized it. Moreover, the lightning that the [Absolute Spear] is wearing has not disappeared even though it has returned, and it is still buzzing. S-scary¡­ "Eh, this is¡­ now I imagined lightning, but what would happen if it was fire or water?" I figured about the idea already, so let''s do everything. So I put magic on the [Absolute Spear] one after another¡­ "Hmm¡­ there are some which can, and some which cannot." This is because, although I succeeded in making it clothed in fire, I couldn''t make it clothed in water. Perhaps it''s a matter of my imagination. It was easy to imagine a spear with fire, but I couldn''t imagine a spear with water. I was able to make it clothe with the wind, but not with the earth. And now that I''ve made it this far, I''ve been thinking about it even more. ©¤©¤What would happen if I combined all the things I could do at this stage? I couldn''t stop being curious, so I tried it right away, but I was able to do it! "S-seriously¡­" "Woof¡­" "Fugo." Night and Akatsuki looked at the [Absolute Spear] in my hand and felt somewhat drawn out by it. This is because the current spear I''m holding is not in its usual form; it is clothed in a tornado of fire and surrounded by charged lightning. Moreover, I, who is holding it for some reason, do not feel any particular heat. "¡­T-this is, what happens if I throw it¡­?" As far as I''m concerned, the lightning alone was very dangerous, and if I were to throw it at a tree outside the yard, it would be a disaster. "T-this is not an easy one to throw¡­" "Woof¡­" "Fugo." Night and Akatsuki nodded fiercely, doing their best to agree. However, this would cover up one issue, the fusion of magic and melee combat. Of course, the best thing would be to mix weapons and magic in a balanced way while also using magic as I do now. But I still lack experience and magical proficiency to do that, so this attempt was made to connect to that¡­ "It''s more than I expected." "Woof!" Night also nodded with his eyes shining, and he began to try to see if he could wear lightning on his claws, which are his weapons, just like the [Absolute Spear] to me. Then¡­ "Uu¡­ Woof!" "Ooh!" Lightning flashed in Night''s claws, and it clad on it. Then Night ran out straight away and jumped out with lightning speed as if it were a lightning strike, cutting down the trees outside the garden. At that moment, just like when I threw the [Absolute Spear] earlier, lightning struck the tree. I don''t know what principle it''s based on, but for some reason, the lightning is falling from the sky. Perhaps the [Absolute Spear] and Night''s Claw wrapped in lightning may be acting like a kind of indicator¡­ or lightning rod. No, I don''t know what that means either. As I was stroking Night, who slid over to me as if to say ''praise me, praise me,'' I suddenly had an even more frightening thought. That''s what came to mind when Night moved after wearing lightning on his claws earlier¡­ "¡­Hey, Night." "Woof?" "Wouldn''t it be great if we could move faster than Master Usagi¡­?" "Woof!?" Night was surprised by my statement; his eyes widening just as much as before. That''s natural. It''s just that Master Usagi is even called "The Kicking Saint," and he actually boasts tremendous leg strength. That''s why his agility is outrageous, and I still can''t follow him with my eyes, but¡­ I was about to step into that territory suddenly. Naturally, it would be impossible to catch up with him first, as our status is also inferior to Master Usagi. But what if we borrowed the power of magic? According to Sage-san, magic is all about imagination. And I have a magic circuit that I inherited from that Sage-san. "Watch me for a moment." I said, and then I meditated on the image. It''s the image of the thunder-clad Night I saw earlier. I''m just going to change that into me. Earlier, Night had only clothed his claws with lightning, but his movements were the fastest so far as if he was clearly affected by the lightning. That''s why I wondered what would happen if I also wore lightning on myself instead of the [Absolute Spear]. The result was©¤©¤. "So, I was able to do it¡­" "Woof¡­" "Buhi." Lightning clung to my body, and my armor glowed pale white. "N-no, I don''t know if I''ve succeeded yet. We''ll have to see it in action©¤©¤." And the moment I took a step forward, I left every view behind. "¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­, Huh?" My eyes widen as the landscape around me suddenly changes. W-what happened? I was just taking a step forward¡­ The moment I thought that, I turned around fearfully at a specific feeling, and I saw©¤©¤. "S-seriously¡­" What''s this, a path has been created from where I w. Moreover, the path was blackened and scorched, and for some reason, things like lightning''s afterglow were shining in places. "¡­I, did I make such a long move with just that one step?" I conversely became calm at the situation that was too far from reality. I checked my current location with my [Map] skill and muttered that unconsciously. That''s because I seemed to have gone out of the yard in an instant with that one step and came straight to the vicinity of the forest entrance. No, I don''t understand what I''m saying to myself. It''s not a distance that I can move in a single step by any stretch of the imagination, and more importantly, its speed is strange. I don''t think maybe Master Usagi would be capable of this¡­ but at least it''s not possible to do it for me until now. But it''s really possible now. Even so, I still don''t see the logic in it. I''m stunned yet still physically electrified, so I tried to go home in this situation for a while. Then¡­ "¡­For real?" "Woof!" "Fugoh!" Once again, I moved that long-distance in an instant, and before I knew it, I was standing in the position I was in before I moved. I suddenly came back, and Night and Akatsuki were surprised to see me with their eyes wide open. I''ve already figured it out, but it still seems that I can gain that much speed if I wear lightning. However, I need to control it, but¡­ this is something I have to train well. Because the moment I step out of the door, it''s normally laughable that if I don''t know the place. But then again, it was¡­ a dangerous situation. I didn''t happen to tear down the house or the fence, but this¡­ would be a bad idea if I run into the house with this technique. I regret now that I made a move without thinking about it. However, this ability is very appealing. And if I can master it, it will definitely become a great power. "If that''s the case, I''ll start practicing right away!" "Woof!" "Fugo." It looks like Akatsuki will be following our training as well. I''m going to start training to master this technique as soon as possible, but I decided to move first. In that case, I removed the [Magic Attire] once. Otherwise, I might end up at the entrance of the forest again. "Well, then©¤©¤." "Uuuu¡­!" "Eh? Night?" Just as I was about to start now, Night suddenly started growling. Akatsuki and I were confused by it. And©¤©¤suddenly I felt a chilling sensation in my back. "Huh!" I hurriedly held Akatsuki and Night and jumped back to the side at once. "What was that¡­!" We could see a cloud of dust rising from the spot where we had been standing a moment ago. As I was staring at the scene without caution, a voice suddenly called out from the sky. "©¤©¤Astonished. How could you avoid the attack just now¡­" "You are¡­" When I looked up, I saw the mysterious girl who appeared when I restrained Rhaegar-sama, standing leisurely on a tree. Upon closer look, she held a silver bow in her hand, which she hadn''t carried the other day. At the girl''s presence, Night growled, and Akatsuki gave a serious look, which was unusual. What''s wrong? While tilting my head at Akatsuki''s condition, I quickly put on the [Cloak of Disguise] that I obtained recently to hide Akatsuki, who has the lowest fighting power, as soon as possible. And I ask the girl with caution. "Who are you exactly? Why did you attack us?" "¡­.." She was silent in response to my question, but the next thing I knew, I felt a chill run down my spine. "Huh!?" Following that sensation, I lifted my [Absolute Spear] while crouching down and cut something off. It was the same arrow I saw during the attack on the royal capital. "¡­The arrows flew out of nowhere just like the other day, but the fact that they were aiming at me like this indicates that you''re involved, right?" "©¤©¤©¤Affirmative." It was short, but she was the first to respond to my words. And then©¤©¤©¤. "Conviction. You can''t be defeated with just the arrows I fired beforehand." "Fired beforehand¡­?" The other day, she was talking about predictions and other mysterious things¡­ I don''t think the arrows she''s aiming at now may be the things that the girl shot at beforehand, right? If that''s the case, then I have no idea what kind of technique she''s using. Besides, the fact that she can do such a thing means she''s clearly in the Master Usagi class. "Seriously?" I can''t help but spill that out of my mouth, but I guess it''s inevitable. Just a few minutes ago, I was trying to think of a way to catch up with Master Usagi as much as possible, and I hadn''t even been able to control it yet¡­ "Should I just go for it without preparation?" "Woof." Night is also ready to go for a fight. "¡­I''ll ask you again, why are you going after us?" "A threat. You''re a threat to my plans. And it''s also just revenge." "Revenge¡­?" I can''t help but tilt my head back at the girl''s words. Revenge, you said¡­ to me? I don''t know I ever did something that deserves revenge from this girl? I don''t remember that at all, but a level of revenge like this would mean that I must be pretty much hated, right? No matter how much I think about it, I don''t remember ever meeting this girl before in the royal capital, and I don''t remember doing anything in particular that would get me revenge. If it was revenge for preventing all the arrows in the last attack¡­ then there''s nothing I can do about it. If I hadn''t done that, I''d be dead. For now, since it seems like she won''t be able to give me a proper answer even if I ask at this point, I also readied my [Absolute Spear]. However, the effect of [Magic Attire] has already expired. Well, I still haven''t been able to control it, and it can''t be helped. "¡­I don''t understand well, but for now, I''m going to defeat you and ask you for more details." "Impossible. You''re no match for me." "That''s still¡­ I wouldn''t know if I didn''t try it!" I threw [Absolute Spear] with all my strength, the girl just twisted her neck to dodge it. However, since [Absolute Spear] pursues until it hits the target, it immediately changes direction and attacks the girl from behind. "Shock. It''s following me." "Don''t forget about us, too!" "Woof!" Night and I slashed at the girl who was distracted by the [Absolute Spear] that was approaching from behind, at the same time. In doing so, I swing down my [Omni-Sword], and Night turns his claws down. But¡­ "Naive." With that word, the girl first caught the [Absolute Spear] with the silver-colored bow in her hand and swept it away at me without killing its momentum. "Ugh!" I was momentarily disconcerted because the spear that I had thrown with all my strength was swept away towards me, but I quickly calmed down, dodged the attack, grabbed the hilt, and stored it in the item box. At that time, my body opened up due to the momentum of the [Absolute Spear] a bit, but I used that momentum to swing down the [Omni-Sword] in my hand. However, the girl dodged even that attack without difficulty. But, after dodging it, Night was already there. "Woof!" The girl didn''t even turn around and blocked the blow, which could be called a godspeed by Night, with the silver bow in her hand. "Wha-!" "Understood. It''s dangerous, but¡­ that''s the extent of it." "Kyaan!?" "Night!" The girl catching Night''s attack only seemed to push him lightly, but Night was blown away with great force. Nevertheless, Night adjusted his stance in the air and landed in place and roared again. ¡­It only happened for a few moments, but it still made me realize how badly I felt. The girl in front of me is terribly strong. "No use. There''s no point in going any further. I''ll end it." "What?" After saying that, she held up the silver bow she was holding. Then, the exact same arrow that flew in the air earlier appeared in her hand. ¡­Maybe it''s an ability similar to an item box, and that''s where she stores the arrows. As I was wary of what kind of attack would be flying at me©¤©¤©¤. "©¤©¤" It was almost like a miracle. I wasn''t on the reflex level, but rather an instinctual part of my body was moving unconsciously. And the moment I jumped back to follow that instinct, there was a tremendous shock to my torso. "Guh!" "Woof!" "Don''t come here!" I quickly stopped Night''s attempt to approach me in surprise. Frighteningly, I was blown away by the force of the arrows that grazed my body. Then, as if to chase after the blown away me, arrows fly in one after another at extraordinary speeds. It''s incomparable to the first time I was attacked, and I couldn''t even follow it with my eyes anymore. All I could hear was the sound of a bowstring being plucked. The moment I heard the sound, the arrow was right in front of me. Even though I was so alert, I couldn''t see the girl''s attack at all. The arrows that flew at me in the chase, I manage to hold myself up as if to use the [Omni-Sword] as a shield, but with only a single pursuit, I am blown away again. "Huh!" I tried to escape somehow, but I didn''t even have time to do so, and there was already a new arrow in front of me. No matter how I think about it, I can''t even defend myself in time. If I continue like this©¤©¤I''ll die. I felt the same intense sense of death when I first came to this other world. If it was me before I came to this world, I would have been helplessly swallowed up by that presence and would have died. My body would have frozen in place in fear. But my body was not mysteriously tense. In response to such a presence, a relatively strong sense of resistance grew up in me. "Aaaahhhhhhh!" "Huh!" I ignored the idea of controlling or anything like that and immediately activated the lightning [Magic Attire]. At that moment, I felt the pace around me instantly slow down. That''s a phenomenon that didn''t happen when I first used [Magic Attire]. But somehow, I can imagine the reason for this phenomenon. When I used [Magic Attire] during my first practice, the effect of lightning only affected my muscle strength. But now I''m probably having the effect of lightning on my eyes and brain as well. This is why my brain and eyes are catching up with my body''s movements for the first time. ¡­If it were true, I don''t think I would have been able to do it this fast. Still, I guess this is an instinct to power up in a dangerous situation. Rather, my body instinctively triggered it as a crisis-avoidance ability because I knew I''d die if I didn''t do it here. Besides, if I look closely, I see that the lightning was glowing blue-white when I first used it, but now the white and silver lightning is clinging to my body. Apparently, not only did it accelerate my thoughts, but it also strengthened the lightning itself. Anyway, my thoughts'' acceleration made the arrow approaching in front of me look terribly slow, and I succeeded in avoiding it. Then as soon as I dodged the arrow, the surroundings'' speed returned to normal, and the arrow slammed into the place I was just at like a machine gun. "Huh?" The girl''s eyes widened at the situation where I had moved to another place before she even realized it. "Puzzled. The attack just now should have been a hit. Why?" The girl couldn''t hide her confusion, as if she didn''t believe it very much. But I wasn''t going to let the opportunity slip away. "Night!" "Woof!" Just when I called his name, Night figured out what I was thinking and immediately began to wear lightning all over his body, just like me. And at the same time as me, he runs out of the place. "Huh! Fast!" The girl''s eyes widened as our speed increased rapidly. Earlier, I couldn''t control this movement, but now I can manage my actions. "Haaah!" "Gaww!" Night and I slash at the girl, trapping her between us, and she leaps on the spot. "Fuh!" With the momentum of the leap, she moved directly over our heads, and while twisting her body in the air, she fired several arrows at divine speed. However, they were no longer effective against us, who were clad in [Magic Attire]. "Haaah!" "Gaaaaaaaah!" We quickly came to an abrupt halt on the spot and went straight into the girl''s direction. Of course, arrows were flying at us, but we managed to get through them. If there were arrows that we still couldn''t avoid, we pushed forward while cutting them down. "How about this!" "Huh!" I dove into the girl''s bosom and released a kick as I twisted my body and launched it up into the sky. Finally, she couldn''t avoid it and used her silver bow as a shield to prevent the attack. However, the impact was not something that can be eluded. As she struck up into the sky, Night, who was anticipating the attack from me, was already waiting in the sky. While spinning forward with the momentum, Night directly transmitted the foot technique of Master Usagi into the girl. The girl managed to react to Night''s attack, and she still managed to block it with her silver bow, just like with me, and was slammed straight into the ground. The impact was tremendous, and a cloud of dust rose to the fullest extent. "¡­.." Night, who was up in the sky, landed next to me and stared as alertly as I did at the rising cloud of dirt and smoke. ¡­By the feeling that I got, I think the impact wasn''t something that she can sweep away easily as well¡­ The atmosphere is tense around the area, and a slightly cold voice comes from behind the smoke, still the same as when we first met. "©¤©¤Astonished." "Huh!" "Woof¡­" And we''re stunned as the smoke cleared, the girl standing unperturbed despite her wounds in front of us. E-even though we have done so much¡­ she still won''t fall down¡­! Perhaps it''s a pure difference in status; the girl still stood firm in her footing even after receiving our full force attack, although she seemed to be taking damage. Then, while we froze in surprise, the girl told us in a matter-of-fact tone. "It''s confirmed. As I thought, you''re a threat. I''ll be sure to beat you here." "What©¤©¤©¤." The moment she began to say that, she raised her bow again. "Master¡­ lend me your strength¡­" Then she muttered something. Unlike earlier, the arrow in her hand was replaced with a shiny white metal object that I had never seen before. Suddenly the arrow changed, and our alertness level was raised again. But¡­ "You guys can''t do anything from here." At the same time as that word, an arrow was released, but it wasn''t as fast as we were warned. Instead, the arrow that had been flying at us earlier was even faster. Despite our bewilderment at this, the girl''s movements did not end there. She released another arrow at almost the same speed as the one that she had released, and this time she released the same wooden arrows as before. Moreover, it flew along precisely the same firing line as the earlier arrow and finally caught up with the metal arrow. Then the wooden arrow crashed into the metal arrowhead and shattered. And the struck metal arrow accelerated©¤©¤at a speed far beyond our imagination. "Ugh!?" The current me, whose brain and eyes should have been strengthened under the influence of the [Magic Attire], still couldn''t follow the arrows that flew at me with my eyes. Even so, predicting the line of fire from the arrow before it accelerated, I twisted my neck, and the arrow grazed my cheek. When the arrow I dodged hit the tree behind me, the momentum never stops, and it goes through the tree one after the other. "Wa¡­!" And that arrow wasn''t just once. When I turned my body to the girl again from the stance I had taken to avoid the arrow earlier, there were already dozens¡­ No, not dozens, but hundreds of the same arrows as before being released. "It can''t be true, right¡­?" While I wish that were the case, the storm of arrows in front of me is undeniably real. "Night, keep avoiding it at all costs¡­!" "Woof!" We continue to avoid flying arrows, judging them only by their initial line of fire. Although I also quickly activated a wind spell similar to the one I used in the royal capital, we had to keep moving as a result in the face of an attack of power that could not be offset by such a wind. However, there''s no way we could continue to avoid such an attack for a long time, and both Night and I, even though they were small, the number of scratches we got gradually increased. "Damn it! At this rate¡­" I can''t think of a handful of cards to get through this anymore. As I continued to dodge in an impossibly dangerous situation, the storm of arrows unexpectedly stopped. "What©¤©¤." ©¤©¤But it was the precursor of an even more powerful attack. At that moment, I saw the girl with her bow drawn so tightly that I could hear the sound even from a distance. And then©¤©¤. "[Comet]." ©¤©¤A single arrow was released, thrusting forward while gutting the surrounding trees and ground. It is no longer in the same dimension as the previous arrows. I was able to avoid the arrows up until now, but the one that was shot at us now is absolutely unavoidable. It was an overwhelming blow that brought me to that belief. All I could do was watch the attack in stunned amazement and wonder if I could somehow let Night and Akatsuki escape alone. However, the despair looming in front of us would not allow such a thing to happen, and that''s when we were about to be swept up¡­ by the strike. (©¤©¤[Heaven Fly].) Chapter 83 - Book 6: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ T/n: Changed Archer Saint -> Bow Saint. Part 3 The moment when we were about to be swept up by the strike¡­ (©¤©¤[Heaven Fly].) "!" Something white suddenly interrupted the distance between us and the arrow, which was thrusting forward while wrapping around the surroundings. It stooped down to the ground threshold and jumped up at once at the moment of collision with the arrow. And then, using its momentum, the white something¡­ surprisingly kicked the arrow away. The kicked arrow shattered into pieces of wood, and its remnants scattered around. That scattered object alone spread the impact to change the surrounding terrain, but we were strangely unaffected by it. As I watched the scene with Night in a daze, the white something that suddenly appeared turned its gaze towards us. (I''m sorry I''m late.) "M-master Usagi!" What a surprise, it was Master Usagi who saved us from our predicament! Master Usagi narrowed his eyes in amusement when he noticed that lightning was clinging to our bodies. (Hou¡­ That''s a pretty interesting idea. That kind of idea is a good stimulus for me, who hasn''t mastered magic yet. I''ll take a look at it for reference, okay?) "A-as you wish¡­ I mean, it''s not the time for that now!" I couldn''t help but reply straightforwardly, but that''s not the case right now. I mean, if the current [Magic Attire] could be used by Master Usagi too, wouldn''t the distance between us be even further? While simultaneously realizing the current situation and sad reality, Master Usagi turned his gaze to the mysterious girl. (Now, we''ve met again©¤©¤Yuti.) "Eh?" "Huh? How, my name¡­" Master Usagi''s words startled me. Could it be that¡­ she''s Master Usagi''s acquaintance? If so, why did I get attacked? Then Master Usagi snorted. (Hmph. After you attacked me, I was just curious, so I looked into you. But thanks to that, I''m convinced. ¡­You''re the successor of the "Bow Saint," right?) "Huh?" "¡­.." The girl called Yuti was silent in response to Master Usagi''s question. But it looks to me as if she''s saying that''s the answer. I mean, did master just say that she is the successor of the "Bow Saint"? Does that mean that the girl in front of me has a master of existence who bears the same "Holy" title as me? But that makes it even more confusing. The existence of the "Holy" is to protect the world from the "Evil" and all the other negative emotions in this world, right? So what does that have to do with me? Eh, am I that "Evil" or something? Is it because I''m from a different world? But then, I should have already been beaten up when I met Master Usagi. Ignoring me, who was already confused for no reason, master continued. (I haven''t seen that fellow for a long time now, but¡­ I never thought that she would have been killed.) "Huh!" At master''s words, Yuti glared at master fiercely and then turned his hateful gaze on me as well. "¡­I will avenge my master. So, I will take revenge on this world." (Do you really think that''s what she wants?) "Shut up. What do you know about any of it? You''re do nothing until the "Evil" appears." Then she uttered her fury as if her previous attitude were a lie, and continued. "No. Master is not like you. She has always protected humans. And yet¡­ and yet. Betrayal. You, humans, have betrayed her. You have forgotten about the master. And you killed her." I couldn''t hide my surprise at the girl''s words. I don''t know the details of the situation from the current conversation, but at least her master¡­ was probably the one who was crowned "Holy." A mere mortal killed such a great person. But unlike me, who was surprised, Master Usagi had a somewhat sad expression on his face. (¡­That fellow wouldn''t have resisted. Even if she was deemed unnecessary by the people she was protecting, she would have accepted it as good and took it without a word.) "¡­.." (But even if that''s the case, we "Holy" must protect the world from "Evil." That''s our mission, our contract with this world. We are not allowed to break that and use that technique to destroy the world in the same way as the "Evil.") "So what? I inherited my skills from my master''s. But I didn''t inherit the "Bow Saint." That''s why I don''t know about that "Holy" contract." (That''s not going to solve anything.) "You don''t know. Then you can stop. But that''s not possible. ©¤©¤Because you''re going to die here." (Hah! Oy, stop freaking out! She''s coming!) "E-eeh! I mean, we have no idea what''s going on here!" (Do you really look like I can explain this situation to you?) "I-I know that!" However, if an attack like the one earlier is unleashed, there''s nothing I can do about it. However, perhaps sensing my feelings, Master Usagi said simply. (I''ll block the big attack. So you guys should do something about that girl.) "That''s unreasonable!" (You must do it even if it''s unreasonable. You couldn''t fight the "Evil" if you like that.) "No, I don''t even want to fight!" Of course, in order to live safely in this world, it would be good if I had enough power to resist that "Evil," but it''s not that easy. Or rather, if possible, I just hope that I don''t encounter such a dangerous existence. However, Master Usagi doesn''t seem to have any intention of changing what he once said, and he keeps rushing in more and more by himself. "Aah, geez! We will go too!" "Woof!" We immediately applied our [Magic Attire] and ran at full speed to get to Yuti, and a large number of arrows attacked us to keep us away from her. When will she run out of arrows? There is no end in sight to her attacks, as much as I would like to complain about it, but anyway, we managed to slip into Yuti''s bosom, dodging the storm of incoming arrows and having Master Usagi block the attacks that we sometimes don''t seem to be able to block due to our delayed reaction. "Haah!" "Kuh!" I don''t know if she knows the effect of the [Omni-Sword] I have, but Yuti is successfully repelling my attacks while using her silver bow to defend against the attacks from Night. (Hey, that''s not exactly the way you train! Use your legs!) "Are we still training in this situation?" (Isn''t it obvious?) I don''t know what''s obvious anymore, but if I didn''t use my legs as the main focus here, the rest would be scary, so I''d have to deal with it quietly and only with my foot technique. Even so, after the situation remained tense for a while, Yuti suddenly jumped backward as hard as she could, as if taking a considerable distance. Simultaneously, she began to draw her bow to the extreme again, like the arrow she fired just before Master Usagi arrived. "Oh, no!" I moved quickly to stop her at the sight of that, but for some reason, even though she shouldn''t have fired an arrow yet, wooden arrows suddenly flew in from around her. "How come!?" (Hmph. In the last attack, she had probably sent several arrows flying around the area to blend in. Those arrows flew in advance are just attacking at the exact time she calculated.) "J-just as she calculated, you said¡­ so how can she aim at me like this!" (Who knows, I can only say it''s because the "Bow Saint" was doing the same thing.) "It''s absurd!" I really don''t see the point of letting an arrow go beforehand and then attacking with it! In response to my unintentional shouting, Master Usagi, who was running along with me, aiming at Yuti, said something even more outrageous. (Well, Yuya.) "Yes?" (You saw what I did before, right?) "Huh?" I wonder if he means the move he did before¡­? Is it the one that made that ridiculous arrow leap up from the ground threshold and turn that ridiculous arrow into a piece of wood? As I tilted my head, unable to understand the flow of the conversation, Master Usagi grinned. (For now, you use that technique to stop the arrow. I''ll stop the little girl''s movements while I have the opportunity to do so.) "Eh, no, no, no! That''s impossible!" (Just do it. Night, follow me. ¡­Let''s go!) "Wait, eeeeehhhhh!?" This is a very sudden request. Without the time to complain, Master Usagi ran through at a speed that even I, who was wearing [Magic Attire], couldn''t catch up with. Or rather, even with [Magic Armor], I still can''t catch up in the end, huh! Then, as soon as Master Usagi sped up, the girl released the arrow she''d been pulling out! That arrow, just as before, chopped up the surrounding trees and rammed into me in a kind of tornado form while gouging out the ground. I didn''t have time to avoid or defend against it when it came to this point, and as a result, I was forced to move as Master Usagi had said. "Aah, geez! I have to do it!" I desperately remembered Master Usagi''s move earlier. As I recall, he had stooped down to the ground thresholds once, but that was to release his power all at once, right? Thinking that, I didn''t stoop down like Master Usagi, but instead, I twisted my body and concentrated my power to make my body as compact as possible. And the moment the arrow and I made contact; the concentrated power exploded at once. "Haaaaaaah!" I jumped up at once, twisting my body into a spiral, and slammed a kick into the arrowhead while letting my body go with the flow. Then, with the addition of the rotation, my kick successfully shattered the arrowhead. ¡­It''s a bit of a rush, but I was conscious of the spiral that was written in various martial arts books that I got at the secondhand bookstore when I first opened the door to another world. Even the spear books said to be conscious of the spiral, and the spiral concept may be one of the quintessential martial arts concepts. Some of the books I bought said that a spiral represents the whole universe. However, I didn''t think I could really do it, so I land safely today, thinking that I have many things to try out in the real world all of a sudden. "Huh!? That''s ridiculous!" (©¤©¤©¤Now, it''s over.) "Shh©¤©¤©¤." The girl''s eyes were wide open when I smashed the arrow, but master didn''t miss the momentary opening and went into the bosom and hit the girl with a kick that was more powerful than the kick I did before. Wow, it''s hard to get over that easily. The girl who was kicked off is pushing forward while bending several trees, and after a while, she finally hit a tree and slid down. That was a terrifyingly powerful kick, but is she okay? I don''t think I''d be able to survive if I took that kick¡­ While being alert, I headed down to the girl who had fallen to the ground with Master Usagi. The girl was still conscious despite being tattered. A-amazing¡­ "Ugh¡­ ah¡­" (¡­Now, let''s get you to speak quietly, shall we?) "Hmm?" I tilt my head at Master Usagi''s abrupt words. He''s going to make her talk it seems¡­ what is it about? "¡­Ooh! It certainly seemed like she had a connection to the Dark Guild in the royal capital, and you''d like to hear about her connections there. huh." (No, I don''t mean that.) "Eh?" That''s not what it''s about¡­ well, maybe that''s not the point from Master Usagi''s point of view, but it''s pretty important from our point of view. But from the expression on Master Usagi''s face, it seemed that Yuti was hiding something more significant than that. And©¤©¤. (You©¤©¤Where did you get the power of the "Evil"?) "Heh!?" I widened my eyes at Master Usagi''s words. "You¡­ it has nothing to do with you¡­! " (How could it not matter? I''m the "Kicking Saint" and also the "Ear Saint." In order to protect this world, I have to fight against the "Evil".) "Shut up¡­! Why? What is the value of those who killed my master? They continue to pollute the earth, growing in vain, and continue their unsightly conflicts. The answer. Worthless." (You are not the one who decides their value. Of course, it''s not me either.) Master Usagi said coldly, but I couldn''t say anything to Yuti''s words. Her master was undoubtedly killed by us humans, I guess. And that too, by the existence she was supposed to have been protecting. If I were in a similar position¡­ that wouldn''t be very forgiving. Yuti, despite being dizzy, struggled to get up to the spot, still carrying intense emotions, and stared at us. "You people decide what they are worth. Then I will destroy the value¡­!" "Whoa!" (Kuh? As I thought¡­!) Suddenly, a tremendous sense of intimidation was released from Yuti. Then things like a black haze kept pouring out of Yuti''s body. "M-master! Something that looks bad is overflowing¡­!" (¡­Remember that carefully. That''s a part of the "Evil" presence.) "Is that it? Moreover, just a part of it?" (That''s right. That girl is already like a kind of deity, with the power of evil in her hands.) "D-deity, you said¡­" (It''s like an evil god.) I''m already exposed to an intimidating feeling that makes it painful just to stand there, but master says that this is only part of the "Evil" presence. No way, right? The nearby Night also shuddered at the presence of it, his tail hanging down. "Ahhhhhh!" The girl wailed in lament and charged at us while wearing the black haze! S~ea??h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Gah!" I quickly took out my [Omni-Sword] and took a defensive stance, but amazingly, with a powerful attack that penetrated even that defense, blood was spat out of my mouth. (Yuuya!) "©¤©¤You, too, will be erased¡­!" (Kuh!) Her beautiful gray eyes when we first met turned bright red, and she approached master with a movement like a beast without reason and struck him as hard as she could. Master quickly blocked that attack, but the shockwave from the collision reaches me, where I was blown away. "I-it hurts¡­" "Woof, woof!" As Night hurriedly rushed over to me, I patted him to reassure him and quickly took out the [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice] from my item box and drank it down. Then I hurried back to master and was appalled to see the sight of the girl in an evenly matched close combat with master, who is a "Kicking Saint." "Hey, hey¡­ that girl''s master is called "Bow Saint," right? So isn''t she good with a bow? She was using a bow before! How is that possible to go head to head with master¡­!" I was only stunned by the scene that was so far from reality, but I quickly came to my senses and shouted to master. "M-master! What should I do now?" (Don''t ask me! I''m in trouble too! But I do know one thing¡­ This girl is not officially "Evil"!) "Huh?" What does he mean when she has the power of "Evil," but she''s not officially an "Evil"? Explain it to me in a simple way, please¡­! Then, although he may not have read my mind, master told me while fighting. (This girl¡­ somehow has the power of the "Evil" but not the "Evil" itself! So someday I''m sure that the power she''s using now will run out¡­ but I can''t tell when that will be¡­!) "N-no way¡­" (Even so, if I can manage this girl''s "Evil" power now, I should be able to restrain it at least! So I have no choice but to keep fighting until this girl''s strength is exhausted. Well, that is if I can hold it until then¡­!) How ominous it sounds! If master can''t stop her, there''s nothing we can do about either! But when I see that even now she''s fighting evenly with master, I can see that she''s really in trouble. Even if Night and I want to help, we can''t go in poorly and interfere with master. That''s when I thought¡­ I''d have to just watch in silence just like that. "Fugo." "Heh? A-Akatsuki!" Then Akatsuki, who had been hiding under the cloak of disguise, suddenly came towards us. "Hey, Akatsuki! It''s not safe here; you need to hide somewhere like before!" "Woof, woof!" Night and I say that desperately, but for some reason, Akatsuki shakes his head. "Buhi. Buhibuhi." "Eh?" Akatsuki had a serious look on his face towards Yuti, who was fighting with master. And then©¤©¤. "Buhii¡­!" "Wa? T-this is¡­!" Then a blue-white light emanated from Akatsuki''s body and permeated the surroundings. Furthermore, an equally blue-white light came down from the air like snow. This is¡­ Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary] skill! It''s just more divine than the usual [Sanctuary]. For a moment, I thought it would heal me and master''s wounds, but¡­ right after Akatsuki used the skill, I realized that wasn''t the case as Yuti''s movements suddenly became worse. "Wha¡­ I-I can''t get any power¡­!" Amazingly, the black haze that had erupted from Yuti''s body dissipated the moment it touched the light of Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary] skill. Master, who was fighting Yuti, also sensed this and even looked at Akatsuki with a surprised expression. (Don''t tell me¡­ you''re not just a normal pig!) "Buhi!? Buhi Buhi!" Akatsuki stomped on the ground on the spot as if to say that master''s words were something he didn''t want to hear. Sorry, I thought so for a moment too. However, it seemed that master''s reaction was different from my surprise. It was because he had some insight into Akatsuki''s race. What exactly is that? Well, there are a lot of things I want to ask about from Akatsuki and master, but right now the girl in front of us is first, so master sneaked into Yuti''s bosom, who was not moving fast enough. "Ugh!" (©¤©¤Just sleep now!) "Guh!" After getting struck once more, Yuti fell straight to the ground, and this time she lost consciousness. (Phew¡­ It gave me a cold sweat.) Once he was sure that Yuti was completely unconscious, master finally took a breath. Then he turned his gaze to Akatsuki, who was immediately blown out of Yuti''s black haze. (¡­I didn''t realize it myself, but I didn''t expect you to have that power¡­) "Uhm¡­ master. Does master know anything about Akatsuki''s power?" (Of course. Didn''t I explain to you before why "Evil" is born and why we "Holy" are born?) "Y-yes. As I recall, "Evil" is the crystallization of the negative aspects of this world''s creatures, and "Holy" is like a self-purification action to eliminate that harmful "Evil" presence¡­" (That''s right. And although I didn''t tell you at the time, there are several other beings in this world that play a self-purifying role besides us "Holy." One of them is this pig.) "Eh!?" "Buhii!" I couldn''t help but look at Akatsuki, and he proudly puffed out his chest in response to my gaze. C-cute. ¡­It''s not the time for that now! When I had Akatsuki use the [Sanctuary] skill for the first time, not only did I feel like my body was recovering, but there was definitely a sensation that my surroundings were being purified. I didn''t expect that it was a skill to purify the presence of "Evil"¡­ "Um¡­ Are there quite a few beings like Akatsuki?" (No, these beings are still shrouded in many mysteries¡­ After all, they are different from us "Holy" in the first place. We have mastered our own techniques, and as a result, we are recognized as powerful enough to oppose the "Evil" and are given a title by the world. On the other hand, this pig is an existence that can resist "Evil" from birth. In other words, while we are artificial, this one is natural.) "I-I see¡­" Apparently, Akatsuki was even more amazing than I imagined. Well, he had never been able to fight directly until now. Still, his recovery from the [Sanctuary] skill has been of great help. It''s a great help when there''s no time to drink [Complete Recovery Herbal Juice] or when there are many injured people. His even greater power has been revealed here¡­ So this was the original use of the [Sanctuary], huh? (But¡­ it makes me more and more confused about this guy''s race. When I think about it again, I''ve never seen a pig like this before¡­) "Buhi." (And Night, too. There are a few races that come to mind if I just look at his color alone, but none of them would be able to reach this level of combat power.) Master looks at Night and Akatsuki with wonderment. Come to think of it; I''ve never explained about their races. "Let''s see¡­ From what I''ve read, Akatsuki''s race is called Mouju, and Night''s race is called Black Fenrir." (©¤©¤©¤©¤) The moment he heard the name of their species, Master Usagi froze in place. (¡­What did you just say?) "Eh? So it''s Mouju and Black Fenrir." (¡­¡­¡­¡­) Master Usagi fell silent again. Did I say something wrong? (I''ve never heard of Akatsuki''s race before, but¡­ I didn''t expect to meet a legendary being here¡­ I see, a child wolf and that ability. I wonder what will happen when he becomes an adult¡­ That''s terrifying.) "Um, master¡­?" (¡­It''s nothing. You guys have grown up more than I expected. I was just thinking of a new training program.) "Eh." (Rejoice. It''s going to get tougher from now on.) "S-seriouslyyyyy¡­" The training of Master Usagi''s one-on-one and actual battle style is already hard. How could it be when it gets even harder¡­ When I was already frustrated with the training that would become even more severe from now on, Master Usagi turned his attention to the unconscious Yuti. (Now, about this girl''s treatment¡­) And after saying that much, for some reason, he turns his gaze towards me. (Alright, I''ve left it up to you.) "Huh?" After Master Usagi said just that, he turned his back to us. (I''m tired today. I''m going home.) "H-hey¡­ eeh!? Isn''t master going to take care of this girl? Moreover, this girl is an "Evil" one, isn''t she?!" (It''s okay. She doesn''t have that kind of power anymore.) "No, but isn''t he related to master?" (Hmph. Rather than me taking care of her, you seem to be better at handling women.) "That won''t be true!" (Bye-bye.) "Ah, master! Masteeeerrrrr!" Master Usagi ignored my restraint and leaped straight up into the air and flew somewhere else at a tremendous speed, using the air as a foothold just like before. "¡­.." The three of us stared at the scene with blank eyes and eventually looked at each other. Then we looked at the unconscious Yuti again. "¡­What should we really do about this girl¡­?" "Woof¡­" "Buhi~." ©¤©¤In the end, I couldn''t leave her alone, and I had to carry Yuti on my back and take her into the house. Chapter 84 - Book 4: Epilogue And finally, we have come to the end of volume 4. Thanks for the fun journey in volume 4 too. We will start with volume 5, possibly in the next week. Stay tuned and stay healthy. And here''s the epilogue. Enjoy~ Epilogue ©¤©¤©¤A dense negative atmosphere is wafting around the [World''s Disposal Ground]. There is no sign of plants or animals there, and a wilderness spreads out all around. However, in such a dead land, there are three shadows of persons that appear. Their bodies were covered with an unrecognizable black haze, and it was impossible to distinguish their voices, ages, or even genders. One of those shadows opens the mouth. "©¤©¤It seems that one of the "Pieces" has disappeared." "He~h? That''s amazing. She was also a disciple of one of those "Holy," right? Did they kill her?" "No idea. But any sign of the power I gave her has been completely obliterated." "I see¡­ would it be because the world purifying itself? It''s troublesome, isn''t it?" "Eeh? I doubt it. Maybe that girl was just too weak?" "Well¡­ I can''t say anything about that. At the very least, she had the "Holy" technique and a piece of our power. And also, she had developed enough negative emotions to accept my power. In that case, she wouldn''t give up her power on her own." "Then I guess she''s either been knocked down by one of the "Holy" or erased by another self-purification process." "This kind of pisses me off. We''re here because this world exists after all." "Don''t be so sulky. Besides, our [Poison] is steadily consuming this world. Some of the "Holy" have fallen to us, too." "Ahahahahaha! It''s funny when I think about it! The existence that was created to protect the world from us is now the enemy of the world! That''s great!" "Well, they''re just the "Holy" after all. I have no idea what they''re capable of, but it''s better than nothing." "Don''t be so careless, okay? Although the power of the individual "Holy" is frail, it is still a bit troublesome when they are in groups. And above all, we, the so-called "Evil" ones, have been defeated many times by the hands of the "Holy" ones." "You don''t have to worry about it so much, do you? It''s been a long time since any other "Evil" was eliminated. And I heard that at that time, there was only one terribly strong person and that such a person was not born very often." "Yes. And that person is just a human being, after all. He''s not even alive anymore." "Well, I guess that''s true¡­ Speaking of which, what happened with the other fellows?" "Hmm? Everyone else is doing the same as you, corrupting the "Holy" or some kind of Dark Guild in human society? I''m sure they are playing around by instigating people there." "Sigh¡­ I don''t want them to make too many flashy moves. If they move too much, those "Holy" guys that haven''t fallen on us yet will start moving." "That would be impossible. We''re always on a quest to destroy the world, after all. It''s rare that you''re so careful." "Well, that''s true too. ¡­Now, I think it''s time for me to go away. It''s a hassle, but I''d like to check the "Piece" just in case." "Eeh? Why don''t you just leave it alone? She could be dead by now, right?" "Yeah, but¡­ It''s just in case. That will be good if she''s alive. Even if she''s dead, her body might be useful for something else. It''s a valuable sample, after all. It is definitely worth retrieving." "Hmm¡­ Well, that''s okay. I''m going to take a nap then." "Yes. Since I''m not so interested in the "Holy" guys, I guess I''ll take a break too." Then the three shadows that had gathered together, one by one, left behind a black haze and disappeared as if they were melting into the air. ©¤©¤The [World''s Disposal Ground] was once again enveloped in silence. £ª£ª£ª "¡­I wonder if she''s really alright now?" "Woof?" "Fugo." A few days have passed since I was forced to bring the unconscious Yuti to my house and put her to bed. And when I see Yuti still not waking up, I can''t help but ask Night and Akatsuki that. Night is twisting his head the same way I am, but Akatsuki is extremely confident. That''s how powerful the [Sanctuary] skill is. I''m worried about this because when the girl who sleeps in front of me wakes up, she might attack me again. I know she''s fine because of Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary], but¡­ Still, I''m a bit worried about it, so I had her weapon, the bow, evacuated to the Earth''s house. In order to get to the Earth''s house, you have to pass through the [Door to Another World], and since that requires my permission, Yuti can''t collect it on her own. As I watched her continue to sleep for a while, she woke up! "Ngh¡­ ah¡­ where is¡­?" "Ah! You wake up©¤©¤." "Huh!" "Uhyaah!?" The moment I called out to the awakened Yuti, she got up with a speed that made it hard to believe that she had been unconscious just a moment ago and took a posture to hold the bow. However, Yuti noticed that her important bow was missing. "Huh! My, bow¡­!" "Eh, it looks like she''s attacking me even without a bow!?" Surprisingly, Yuti made the only arrow appear in her hand, and when she held it in her other hand, she attacked me. But without that black haze and because she just woke up after being knocked out, I succeeded in avoiding the attack without difficulty. ¡­When the black haze was present, she was evenly matched with master, but in this way, she seemed to be not very good at close combat. For now, it would be unavoidable if she continued to attack me like this, so I immediately restrained both of Yuti''s arms. However, Yuti tried to escape from the restraints and started to react violently. "My bow, give it back!" "If I return it, you will attack me!" "If you don''t return it to me, I''ll attack you!" "No, you can''t!" Indeed, she''s still attacking me like this even though I don''t give her the bow. However, no matter how bad she is at close combat, she''s an existence with a master who is crowned with the same "Holy" like me. Furthermore, her strength is powerful, so her status is probably higher than mine. That''s why I seriously try to hold her back, but she''s also very violent, so a desperate battle ensues. As I was desperately resisting and thinking that I would surely lose in this situation, the door to the room was suddenly opened. (Sorry for the intrusion.) "Huh?" "Ah, master! Help me, please!" Master Usagi came over, and I immediately asked him to help me, but he just snorted. (Hmph. Just hold her down.) "Don''t say something unreasonable." "¡­That composure, it won''t last forever. I''m going to kill him, and then I''m going to kill you." Then Yuti, who was desperately wrestling with me, stared at Master Usagi with a tremendous look on her face. But©¤©¤. (Hou? The "Evil" has tricked you, and you want to kill me?) "Eh?" At Master Usagi''s words, Yuti''s strength suddenly left her. Master Usagi stared straight at such Yuti. (Since that time, I''ve looked into a lot of things. About your master, the "Bow Saint," and the resurrected "Evil." And¡­ about the people who killed your master.) "Huh! ¡­Yeah. Then you should understand. I am not fooled by "Evil." It was all because of humans who betrayed us¡­" (That betrayal was the work of "Evil" in the first place, you know?) "Huh©¤©¤." Yuti was stunned by Master Usagi''s words. I don''t know, is this something I''m allowed to hear? Despite my thoughts, Master Usagi continued. (¡­The "Evil" instigated the people that the "Bow Saint" has been protecting and had the "Bow Saint" killed.) "What did you¡­" (The people that the "Bow Saint" had been protecting were taken hostage. And the "Evil" forced the "Bow Saint" to die or the people she had been protecting would die.) "Eh¡­" "That''s¡­" Master Usagi''s face twisted as he was speechless at what "Evil" had done. (¡­"Bow Saint" chose the lives of the humans she had been protecting. And she accepted to be killed by the humans'' hands.) "No, way¡­" While Yuti is even more shocked and stunned than I am, Master Usagi continues further. (But the "Evil''s" wickedness doesn''t end there. After having the humans kill the "Bow Saint,"¡­ the "Evil" then killed those humans.) "What?" "©¤©¤©¤©¤" Eh¡­ The person called "Bow Saint" laid down her life to protect those people, right? S~ea??h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "T-then, master was¡­ for¡­ what¡­" (¡­..) Master Usagi did not answer Yuti''s question. No, he couldn''t answer it. Then Yuti began to speak faintly. "¡­Master¡­ master has been protecting humans all along. Even before she became the "Holy" protector of the world, she has been protecting humans. I was proud of such a master. But one day, the humans we had been protecting suddenly attacked us. They said they were going to take master somewhere. And the master was taken somewhere. I tried to stop them. But my master wouldn''t let me. I tried to stop them from taking my master, even if I had to kill them, the person who was taking my master. But she stopped me. She said it''s okay. ¡­Master didn''t come back. She was brutally murdered. The gentle master didn''t hurt a human until the end. That''s because she''s the "Holy." No, it''s not that. Master is kind. But I''m not kind. I don''t forgive the humans who killed my master. ©¤©¤But if you say that it''s not just the fault of the humans, but that "Evil" is also involved, then¡­" Yuti stared at her palms in silence, then turned her face down and muttered quietly. "¡­I''m sorry. I want you to leave me alone." "Y-yeah¡­" As expected, I couldn''t refuse Yuti''s request now that I''d heard this story. We left Yuti in the room and went out into the garden, where Master Usagi stared straight at me. (¡­"Bow Saint" is also an existence that greatly exceeds the limits of her species, even if it''s not as great as "Evil." There is no way a mere human could easily kill such an existence. Perhaps while the "Bow Saint" was slowly dying off, the "Evil" was killing humans right in front of the "Bow Saint"¡­) "No way!?" (That''s what the "Evil" is. After all, they are the lump of maliciousness and other negativity that exists on this planet. It would be best if you remembered that.) "R-remember it, you said¡­" Even if you say so, I can''t do anything about it. The only thing I can do is to quietly continue my training in the [Great Devil''s Nest]. As I was thinking about that, Master Usagi said with a dumbfounded look on his face. (Hey, why are you holding yourself up as if it''s a simple matter?) "Eh?" (The "Evil" might come to retrieve Yuti. After all, she''s a precious existence that has inherited the "Holy" technique but hasn''t become a "Holy." That''s probably why she was targeted by the "Evil" this time¡­ And Yuya. You also fall into this category. That''s why, regardless of your intentions, you will be caught up in the battle with "Evil.") "E-eehh!?" Master Usagi''s unpleasant words surprised me. (¡­Anyway, keep that in mind. Also, Yuti is still very young. You''ll take care of her. Okay?) "Y-yes¡­" Apparently, I had no veto power. And before I realized it, I seemed to have been caught up in a battle between the ridiculous beings of "Holy" and "Evil." Chapter 85 - Book 4: Afterword Here''s the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for choosing this work again. I''m the author, Miku. What do you think about this volume 4? Although Yuuya gets caught up in the other world''s troubles one after another, he still manages to solve them in his own way. Even so, following the appearance of the "Divine Beast," how will he continue to deal with the appearance of the "Evil God," an opponent that is becoming larger and larger in scale? As the author, I also have no idea. On top of that, this time, a new character, Yuti, appears in the story, and Kaori finally finds out about the existence of the other world, so it''s an intense story. S§×ar?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I hope you''ll be interested in the future relationship between Yuti and Yuuya, but more importantly, how the relationship between Kaori and Yuuya, the second person to know about the other world, will change. I''m not sure how Yuuya will interact with Yuti and Kaori and the other girls such as Lexia and Luna and the others¡­ Please look forward to that as well. However, at this point, I, as the author, have no idea what will happen. I wonder what''s going to happen. As for the relationships between the characters, I''m hoping that I can come up with something to introduce a new series of too cheaty daily items that unfortunately didn''t make an appearance this time around. I have many ideas for things I want to do, interesting items, etc., but the first task is to incorporate them into the story. Because I basically leave most of the work to my future self, I often start writing with the momentum and regret it later, but I don''t think about it too much because it''s fun while I''m writing it. Probably that won''t change in the future. I apologize for the inconvenience to my editor on that point¡­ But I''m very grateful to him for allowing me to write very spontaneously. Besides, there is currently a comic book series on Comic Walker and other sites that I''m working on. There''s a lot of different things from the novel version, and I''d be happy if you could read that as well. Now, thank you to my editor-sama for letting me write the story the way I like it while still discussing the story''s content. And also to Rein Kuwashima-sama, who has drawn some fascinating illustrations, including new characters. And most of all, I''d like to thank all the readers who took an interest in this work and picked it up from the bottom of their hearts. Thank you very much. Now, see you next time. Chapter 86 - Book 5: Prologue Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Prologue ©¤©¤©¤[Forest of Grace]. It is a forest where you can receive all kinds of natural blessings and collect several precious wild plants. However, the blessings are not limited to the plants and trees but also affect the monsters. The monsters that live there have gained their mighty power from eating the precious wild plants and growing up there. Although it is not as dangerous as the [Great Devil''s Nest], it is still designated as a dangerous area. Although it is a place overflowing with such monsters, there is actually a reason why it is only designated as a dangerous area. £ª£ª£ª "Phew¡­ I''m sweating like crazy today." A man sits on a stump in the Forest of Grace and wipes sweat off his face. He looked like a farmer in his straw hat and his overalls, and the sight of him wiping sweat off with a towel on his shoulder made him look like a middle-aged man who could be found anywhere. However, he was clearly different from the average middle-aged man in several ways. That is, the chopped down trees around him and the monsters'' corpses. And a supermassive ax, as tall as a middle-aged man, is propped up against a tree. "But¡­ the trees here grow even if they are cut down. And even if you hunt the monsters, they will still spring up no matter how many times you hunt for it¡­ That''s how strong the power of nature is, but it''s hard to imagine a blessing that''s too strong¡­" This middle-aged man who sighed while mouthing that was the factor that kept [Forest of Grace] a mere dangerous area, and the guardian of humanity who was bearing the title of "Axe Saint." "Well, that''s fine. If I cut down a bit more trees and thin out the monsters a bit more, those monsters won''t even appear in the surrounding villages." It was at that moment©¤©¤that he picked up the ax that was propped up against the tree and tried to get up from the stump. "Huh!" Suddenly, intense killing intent was directed at him. After receiving that killing intent, the Axe Saint instantly shifted into a fighting stance and held the ax up without a second thought. "What? This killing intent is¡­" However, he had never encountered an existence in the [Forest of Grace] that could emit such an intense killing intent towards the "Axe Saint." "©¤©¤©¤You''ve been in a place like this, huh, Axe Saint?" "Huh! You are¡­" Then, a man appeared from the depths of the [Forest of Grace]. That man had red dreadlocks and a black shirt with a large gap in the chest and a white jacket on top of it, and his muscles, which is trained and condensed to the extreme, could be seen through the shirt. He emitted a wild air that reminded one of a beast, and his sharp golden eyes were staring straight at the "Axe Saint." And this man was the one who was showering the Axe Saint with powerful killing intent. "What the hell are you doing here? ©¤©¤Fist Saint." The man called "Fist Saint" smiled at the "Axe Saint''s" reaction. "Don''t be so wary." "What the hell do you think you''re talking about, throwing a temper tantrum like that at me?" "Calm down. I''m just here to©¤©¤kill you." "What!" The "Axe Saint" received the words of the "Fist Sage" and immediately raised the ax in his hand. "Tearing Scream!" Then, as he slammed the ax into the ground with great vigor, a large ground crack emerged from it and reached the feet of the "Fist Saint." But¡­ "C''mon, is this all you can do?" The Fist Saint looked bored, and then he easily dodged the attack of the Axe Saint. "©¤©¤Well, even I can do that, too!" When the Fist Saint lightly smashed his fist into the ground, a sharp crack in the ground extended to the feet of the Axe Saint, faster than the Axe Saint''s blow. However, the Axe Saint managed to avoid the attack and shouted at the Fist Saint. "Kuh? What do you mean when you say you''re going to kill me?" "There''s nothing to it. However, I''m going to kill you. That''s all." "Nothing, you said!? You are also the one who is bearing the "Holy" title, and this is what you''re doing¡­" "Aah, "Holy," huh? So what about it?" "Wha!?" The words of the "Fist Saint" made the "Axe Saint" loss for words. "I''m not interested in the role of a "Holy" or anything else. It''s just that I wanted to fight a strong fellow, and that''s why I became a Holy." "Then why do you want me, the same "Holy" dude¡­" "What do you mean? Someone as good as you and I are the Holy, right? So why not fight?" "¡­I can''t keep up with your fighting habits. Besides, I''ve recently started to see the "Evil" movement. And now, I don''t have time to fight among friends¡­" "By "Evil," you mean this power?" A black haze suddenly erupted vigorously from the "Fist Saint''s" body. "¡­What?" It was the very power of the "Evil" that the "Axe Saint" spoke of. In the situation where that power was overflowing from the "Fist Saint''s" body, the "Axe Saint" could not keep up with his understanding. "How can¡­ you have that power¡­" "It''s all about getting stronger and stronger, you know?" "Huh! You betrayed us¡­!" "Well, is that what you think it is?" The Fist Saint said that without any offense, the Axe Saint was speechless. "I don''t care what it is. I''m here to kill you. That''s all there is to it. "¡­Now that you''ve betrayed us, I have a reason to kill you too¡­ You''re the only one I can''t let go." "I love the look on your face now. Come on, man, bring it on." "©¤©¤[Tearing Sky]!" The Axe Saint swiftly swung a huge ax on the spot, and a huge vacuum blade flew towards the Fist Saint. However, the Fist Saint dodged everything without difficulty. "What is it, after the ground, is air, huh? But¡­ aren''t you joking when you say you''re the Axe Saint with just that one?" "No, you''re done." "Huh?" The Axe Saint''s attack didn''t just split the ground and air. The vacuum blade that the Fist Saint was supposed to have dodged gradually increased in size and attacked the Fist Saint from behind again, trying to cut him in half. "Sigh! It''s only a mere tracking ability, don''t get too carried away with it. I can just avoid that thing again©¤©¤." "Do you think I''d let you do that?" "Wha?" In the next moment, the Axe Saint swung the ax in his hand and threw it at the Fist Saint. The attack''s momentum was so great that it scattered a new vacuum blade, blocking the Fist Saint''s retreat for certain and cutting him down between the vacuum blade and the huge ax. "Hey, hey, the escape routes aren''t just left, right, and front, you know?" Yet, "Fist Saint" tried to dodge those attacks by leaping up into the sky. But©¤©¤. "There''s no escape for you anymore." "Woah? ¡­Wha!?" Amazingly, the Fist Saint had been guided into a position where he could straddle the first earth crack by the Axe Saint attack. And from that earth crack, a super high energy light poured out. "The [Tearing Scream] isn''t just a technique that tears the ground. It''s a technique that causes the earth to scream." The rush of light was so tremendous that it burned the surrounding trees and the ground. The vacuum blades and the ax that were supposed to have been avoided were still tracking him, so the Fist Saint, who had lost his escape by being in the air, had no way to deal with it. "Y-youuuuuuu!" "For wanting to fight the strong, you let your guard down too much. ©¤©¤[Heaven''s Prison]" As soon as the Axe Saint muttered the name of his technique, the vacuum blade, giant ax, and rush of light swallowed the body of the Fist Saint at once. The "Axe Saint," staring at the torrent of light, frowned. "But¡­ I didn''t expect someone from the "Holy" to handle the power of the "Evil"¡­ this is going to make the others©¤©¤." "©¤©¤What do you think you''re done with?" "Huh!" Axe Saint opened his eyes and turned his gaze in the direction of the voice and saw the figure of Fist Saint standing there unharmed. "No way¡­ you''re completely, with [Heaven Prison]¡­!" "What a disappointment. You''re not worthy of the "Holy" title." "What did you©¤©¤gahaahh!?" Sear?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The moment the Axe Saint tried to speak, a large amount of blood poured out of his mouth. "What, is¡­?" There was a huge hole in the Axe Saint''s chest. "You attacked me so weakly that I killed you." "If you kill me¡­ the strongest and most powerful of us "Holy" beings¡­ the Sword Saint¡­ will destroy you¡­ Prepare yourself¡­" "Die quickly, you small fry." "©¤©¤©¤©¤" The Axe Saint collapsed on the spot and convulsed violently. Watching that figure with cold eyes, the Fist Saint kicked away the Axe Saint, who had already become a silent corpse. "Ah, this is so boring. I got the power of the "Evil" people, and I was able to fight with the "Holy" people. That''s supposed to be fun." "©¤©¤I told you not to do anything of your own accord, didn''t I?" "Huh?" Right next to the Fist Saint, a black haze suddenly gathered, forming a human-shaped silhouette, and a voice emanated from it. "Whatever I do is up to me." "You think that excuse will be accepted? You are only borrowing the power of us, "Evil." And even though it''s a coincidence, that power certainly fits you perfectly. That''s why you should be careful©¤©¤." "Shut up!" The Fist Saint interrupted the black haze and randomly slammed his fist into the haze. The blow was tremendous and not only blew away the surrounding trees and the ground but also wholly obliterated the black haze. "I don''t take orders from anyone. And if you think that the power of the Evil is yours forever, you''ve underestimated¡­ me too much." The Fist Saint turned his back to where the black haze was. "I''m going to do as I please." Then he quietly walked away from the [Forest of Grace] £ª£ª£ª ©¤©¤So that''s the end, huh? At the [World''s Disposal Ground], where the Evil resides, the black haze''s main body that had warned the Fist Saint earlier muttered bitterly. The main body was even denser and blacker than when it appeared near the Fist Saint. It was covered in an evil haze, making it impossible to confirm its exact appearance. "Looks like I''ve misjudged his abilities." The Fist Saint is no longer entirely out of the hands of the Evil. "Since he is one of the few experimental bodies that were able to conform to the power of the Evil, it was a mistake to underestimate the control of the power we gave him. There''s no choice¡­ Since it''s come to this, I''ll have to make him disappear¡­" Even as an Evil, he had no use for a piece that didn''t listen to him and decided to dispose of the Fist Saint easily. "It''s a bit of a hassle, but it''s a small price to pay for the future plan. There''s no way to get rid of him. That means we need to let our shards of the Bow Saint who is still alive to find a new host for it¡­" The Evil spoke to himself and then quietly disappeared from the place. Chapter 87 - Book 1: Part 1 Here''s the chapter brought to you by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 "W-what should we do now¡­?" "Woof?" "Fugo." We managed to hold off the attack by a girl named Yuti, who has the same "Evil" power and the same "Holy" technique as Master Usagi. The words of Master Usagi, who appeared as our helper, revealed that the Evil had tricked Yuti. As a result, Yuti didn''t attack us anymore, but Master Usagi told us to take care of her. However, Yuti herself has been holed up in the room by herself to clear her mind, and she can''t be approached for discussion. Well, I''m sure a lot of things are messing up in her head right now¡­ "It can''t be helped, I''ll just do my daily training routine or something, and then I''ll make some dinner." "Woof!" "Fugo." Night and Akatsuki also answered adorably, as if they agreed with my words. "Fuh! Fuh!" Before coming to the other world, I used to do general push-ups, sit-ups, back-ups, and squats, but I never lost weight for some reason. I didn''t skip it, but I continued to do it every day¡­ It''s not just that I''ve become more slender due to leveling up in the other world, but also that I''ve suddenly gained muscle mass. Really, the other world is so strange. After finishing the muscle training I''ve been doing since before I came to the other world, I was training with Night when I suddenly felt a gaze other than Akatsuki''s. When I turned my eyes in that direction, I saw Yuti standing there. So Night and I stopped our training once and called out to Yuti. "Um, what''s up?" "¡­.." I''m also confused by Yuti, who doesn''t say anything when I call out to her, but©¤©¤. Grroowwlll~~~~. Suddenly, a sweet sound rang out. The sound comes from Yuti''s stomach. "Uhm¡­ could it be that you''re hungry?" "¡­Mmm." Yuti nods a little. Indeed, I''ve been moving since then, and Yuti just finished fighting me, too. Besides, it''s also lunchtime. "I understand. I''m going to prepare a meal now, so just wait a bit." "¡­.." Yuti nodded again at my words and quietly went back to her room. As I saw her off, I called out to Night and Akatsuki. "Well then, let''s go make some food." "Woof." "Fugo." However, this time I''m tired from the battle with Yuti, so to be honest, it''s too much of a hassle to cook. But I need to eat something to get my strength up, and since I''m hungry, I decided to make a simple pasta dish. It''s just a matter of boiling it. The pasta is indeed from the Earth. The sauce is also made by Japanese companies, so I am very grateful for the Earth''s¡­ or even Japanese food technology that makes it easy to eat delicious food. Night and Akatsuki can eat the pasta¡­ just like me, or rather the human thing, so I prepare the same thing. Hmm¡­ thinking again, the other world''s monsters are still a little different from the creatures of Earth. While thinking about this, the meat sauce pasta was successfully completed. Then, perhaps caught by the smell, Yuti came over before I could call out to her. "It smells good." "Eh? Oh, that¡­ dinner is ready, do you want some?" "¡­..Mmm." "¡­Oh, by the way, how''s your condition?" "No problem." sea??h th§× novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "I-I see." She should have taken a decent hit from Master Usagi''s attack, but she''s just fine. That''s amazing. While surprised by Yuti''s reply, we sat down at the table. "Uhm¡­ then, itadakimasu." "Woof!" "Buhi!" "Mm? Itada, kimasu?" At my words, Yuti tilted her head, and then she tilted her head even more, when she saw the pasta placed in front of her. "Oh, don''t Yuti and the others have a culture of saying itadakimasu¡­ and, come to think of it, you haven''t even seen pasta, too?" "Affirmative. How do you eat it?" "This is¡­" I show her the gesture of eating while rolling up the pasta with the prepared fork, but Yuti is still tilting her head at it. Then, she nodded with some kind of conviction and, for some reason, offered me the fork. "I don''t know. So, you feed me." "Huh?" I almost dropped my fork at the unexpected words. F-feed her, she said? ¡­I think I just showed her how to eat it. "I was always fed by my mentor. So, feed me?" What does she mean that she was fed all the time? ¡­No matter how much I think about it, it''s just wrong¡­ She''s not a baby anymore. Or was Yuti''s mentor that overprotective? It''s a big difference from my master''s. No, it''s just uncomfortable to be treated overprotectively by Master Usagi. I can''t help but be confused, but there''s no sign of Yuti starting to eat it herself; she looks at me with pure eyes and opens her little mouth. "Aaann." "Ugh¡­" I finally let Yuti, who by all appearances didn''t seem to be eating herself, eat the pasta, losing my patience. "Here." "Mm¡­mm!" Then Yuti''s eyes widen, and she looks at me in surprise. "Astonished. So delicious. Are you actually a chef?" "N-no, not that kind of thing, but¡­" "Indeed¡­ if you''re a chef, that strength is inexplicable. It''s a wonder." She looked at me curiously but continued to eat her pasta at the same pace, and I found that she finished it in no time. "It was delicious." "That''s good to hear." Well, it''s a victory for my skills, or rather my corporate efforts. With Yuti''s meal finished, I''m about to start my own meal once again when Yuti looks at me with a serious expression on her face. "Hmm? What''s wrong?" "Demand. Introduce yourself." "Eh." Now? And you''re just making some pretty crude demands! "I know you''re a disciple of that Kicking Saint. But as for the rest, I don''t know much about you." "Now that I am thinking about it¡­" She attacked me out of the blue. From that point on, I didn''t even have the air to introduce myself, so¡­ No, I''d like to know what kind of mental structure you have if you can introduce yourself carefree in that situation. "I''m Yuuya Tenjou. As you know, I''m that Master Usagi''s disciple¡­" "Understood. I''m Yuti. The disciple of the Bow Saint." After I introduced myself, Yuti briefly said so too. And after other brief introductions, I ask her about the current situation where she can''t postpone. "So, that¡­ has that made you feel better¡­?" "¡­Complicated." "I see¡­ I was asked to talk to you by Master Usagi¡­" As I was pondering how to explain it, Yuti''s face turned down slightly. "¡­The one who killed master was human. ¡­But I never knew that there was an "Evil" behind it. Even now, I can''t forgive the humans who killed my master. But if the Usagi story is true, then those humans are no longer around. So I will defeat the Evil that is the source of everything. That''s all." "¡­.." When Yuti said that, she looked straight at me again. I''m not the one involved in taking revenge or anything like that, I wouldn''t be able to say anything about it, and I wouldn''t have the right to stop her, as well. "By the way, do you have any guesses as to where you will be going from now on?" "No." If that''s the case, what can I do for her? I thought about it a lot, but being just a student, there was no way I could come up with a good idea, and I sighed heavily. When I look up, I suddenly notice that Yuti''s outfit is covered in mud. Ah¡­ she fainted after fighting us, and she stayed in the room as soon as she woke up. That means she doesn''t have time to change clothes or anything. This would have been a good idea to prepare a bath for her before dinner¡­ As I was thinking about that, I noticed Yuti looking down at her body. "Hmm? What''s going on?" "I''m covered in mud. Wish. I need to wash my body." "Oh¡­ I know you fought us and stayed in the same place. But instead of just washing up, why don''t you take a bath?" "? A bath? Question. What''s that?" "Eh? You don''t understand bathing, huh? ¡­But, you do understand washing your body, right?" "Affirmation. I used to do that with my master." "If the water''s warm, it''s a bath." "Understanding. It''s interesting. I''m going to take a bath or anything like that." "All right, well, I''ll get it for you in a minute." I could have used a portable open-air bath, but I didn''t want to go out of my way to prepare one, so this time I prepared a regular bath at the Earth house. "Look, it''s ready." "Hmm." "¡­Hmm?" Then, for some reason, Yuti raised her arms and looked at me. "? If I want to wash up, I need to take my clothes off." "Y-yeah, that''s right." "Yuuya, undress me." "Why?" She''s going to take a bath, and she needs to take her clothes off. But I''m not going to help her with that! "Am I wrong? Master, she always helped me to take it off." "Your master?" She isn''t just overprotective! How far did she dote on her! I don''t know how old Yuti really is, but she''s probably in middle school from the looks of her. And yet her master fed her and undressed her, was she going to let her stand on her own¡­? Be that as it may, it''s usually a bad idea for me to take off her clothes, so while I managed to convince Yuti, I took Yuti to the bathroom. When I explained about the shower and shampoo in the bathroom, Yuti''s eyes widened. "This place is full of strange tools. Are they all magic tools?" "No, it''s not really a magical tool¡­" "Because when you twist this obscure thing, water comes out. Amazing." I hadn''t imagined it at all, but there would indeed be no such thing as a shower or faucet in the other world. Turning on a faucet to get water coming out is definitely a nice thing to have. "This soap is pretty impressive too. It certainly was more bubbly than the one my master used." "I-I see. Well, at least you know how to use it, right?" Yuti nodded quietly at my words. "Alright, then©¤©¤." "I will be in immediately." "Eeehh!?" Yuti took off her white dress on the spot despite my being present. Hey, for someone who was talking about wanting help to take it off earlier, you can do it so easily! ¡­Wait, that''s not the problem here! Yuti''s actions froze me, but ignoring me, Yuti took off her clothes on the spot and went into the bathroom. It was so shocking that I froze in place, but¡­. "¡­For now, let''s do some laundry." Normally I would have dithered over whether I, as a man, could wash a girl''s clothes, but after the tremendous shock I received earlier and the lack of replacement clothes, I mindlessly did the laundry. As I started to run the washing machine, I felt even more mentally exhausted than I did when I fought with Yuti. Chapter 88 - Book 1: Part 2 Shout out to Blast who''s now helping me editing the chapters. And here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 Now, I need to get a place for Yuti to sleep or something while she''s in the bath¡­ Besides ¨C though it''s okay for now ¨C if she''s going to stay at my house permanently, I''ll have to get her a change of clothes or something. We have not discussed it properly yet, but if I were to part ways with Yuti here, she will only pursue her revenge¡­ Alone, with no place to rest and no place to go. I hoped that my house could at least be a place for Yuti to rest. Well, if that''s really what it means to live in this house, then I guess I''d better get some clothes for Yuti, and, if anything, make sure she can live on Earth¡­ No, she hasn''t really decided to live here, but if she''s going to spend time at my house, she needs to know not only about the other world, but also about the Earth that we''re on now, in case something goes wrong. "What''s going to happen now?" "Woof?" "Fugo." At my question, Night and Akatsuki tilted their heads in the same direction. At that moment, the Earth''s house doorbell rang. "Hmm? What is it? Maybe a newspaper salesman?" I don''t remember asking for anything in particular, so with that in mind, I headed to the front door¡­ "Hello, Yuuya-san." "Eh, Kaori?" To my surprise, it was Kaori who came to my house. "Why are you here?" "Err, I happened to be passing by Yuuya-san''s house, um¡­ Yuuya-san, I was wondering what you''re doing¡­" "I-I see." Kaori''s words made me unintentionally startled. It''s not that Kaori has any other intentions, but I couldn''t help but be surprised by her visit. When I was thinking about that, Kaori made an apologetic expression. "Umm, was it a bother?" "Eh? That''s not true!" Kaori looked relieved when I hurriedly told her so. "Thank goodness¡­ Oh, by the way, do you remember what I asked of you before?" "What you asked of me?" "Yes! I asked Yuuya-san to take me sightseeing in the other world before, didn''t I? At that time, Yuuya-san said it was too dangerous to do so, but I am still curious about it¡­" "H-hmm¡­" Sure, it''s natural to want to go there when there''s a strange place like this other world in front of you. But¡­ "But it''s still dangerous©¤©¤." "©¤©¤Yuuya. I''m done." "Huh?" Suddenly, a voice called out to me from behind, and I turned around without a second thought¡­ "Yu-Yuyu-Yuuya-san¡­ that, that girl is¡­" While still wet from the bath¡­ a naked Yuti was standing there! "T-that''s! Err, a lot is going on!" "Yuuya. I''m done. What should I do now?" "No, don''t do anything, just get dressed!" "Don''t have, clothes." "That''s true too¡­!" I was in the middle of getting ready for that! "Yu-Yuuya-san! Why is this girl naked?" "? Yuuya, this woman, who is she?" I wanted to look up to the heavens as both of them pressed me at the same time. "S-someone, please help me¡­!" £ª£ª£ª "I-I see¡­ so that''s what happened¡­" After that, I managed to gather up my energy and desperately tried to explain to Kaori about Yuti, ending her misunderstanding. When I imagined that if the misunderstanding had not been cleared up, Kaori would recognize me as a pervert and I would feel dreadful. Thank goodness the misunderstanding has been straightened out¡­ As for Yuti ¨C thanks to the fact that I had used my magic to dry her clothes that I had washed ¨C she has finished changing her clothes for now. And while we''re at it, I also talked to Kaori about Yuti in the form of a consultation. In fact, it was complicated for me, as a man, to prepare a change of clothes for Yuti. "Well, just to confirm one thing, does that mean she''s going to live with Yuuya-san from now on?" "Hmm¡­ it depends on what Yuti wants to do¡­" "No, you can''t! How can you and a girl be under the same roof?" "Ugh, that''s¡­" Kaori has a point. When Kaori is at a loss for words, Yuti opens her mouth with a serious expression. "I, I like this place." S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. ""Eh?"" At Yuti''s unexpected words, Kaori and I shouted at the same time. "You like this place, you said?" "Yuuya, the food is delicious. The bath feels good. Conclusion. It''s a good place." "Is that why?" "I don''t know where to go anyway. And if he refuses, I''ll have to go somewhere else for sleep." "T-that''s not good!" "Yeah!" Not only me, but Kaori immediately disagreed with Yuti''s words. She''s a girl, and more importantly, it''s too dangerous to sleep outside in a world where there are monsters¡­ No, maybe she''s stronger than me, so I don''t need to worry about it. "Don''t worry. I was living in the forest with my master." "I-in the forest?" "Affirmative. So I''m used to being in the wild." "No, Yuti may be used to it, but it''s just that we feel¡­" I sighed at Yuti''s words, but I told her again. "Well, since Master requested this of me, let''s live here together. There''s plenty of room for you." Fortunately, thanks to the [Door to Another World]''s exchanging function, I''m not in need of money, so there''s no problem with one more person, and this house is actually too big for just me, Night, and Akatsuki. "It''s a relief. I would be troubled if you said no to be honest. Evil power, it''s calmed down now, but it''s not completely gone." "Eh." "It''s okay; I can keep it in check now. I still feel like I have a little "Evil" left in me though." Wait a minute. This is indeed a story that I can''t get past¡­! While I was anxious with Yuti''s unexpected statement, Kaori, who didn''t know what "Evil" was, tilted her head. "Then¡­ what is this "Evil"¡­?" "Eh? Ah¡­ err¡­ I don''t know how to explain¡­" Honestly, I still don''t have a proper understanding of it. Master Usagi said that they are like a mass of negative aspects of the world¡­ As I fumbled for an answer, Yuti answered for me. "The "Evil" is the negative aspect of the world itself. It''s hard to explain in detail. It''s just something bad." "I-I see¡­? Um, does this mean that these bad things are in your body, Yuti-san?" "Affirmative. I am only temporarily restrained by the power of the pig there." "Buhi!? Fugo, fugo!" "C-calm down, Akatsuki." Akatsuki didn''t like the fact that Yuti called him a pig there, and he protested by stomping the ground on the spot. However, his appearance was just too cute for a complaint. "Oh, I see¡­ then, will that "Evil" power go out of control again, or¡­" "It''s possible. Now that I''ve decided to turn against the "Evil", I may be unable to control my powers as well as I had before." I suppose that''s true. If the "Evil" guys can accurately control the power they themselves have given out, they''ll recover that power from those who could be an enemy. "Fortunately, there is that pig here. So there''s less of a risk of that running amok." "Really¡­?" If that''s the case, I can''t afford to let Yuti leave even more. As long as she decided to challenge the "Evil," Yuti would be unwilling to harm other humans. "As I thought, it would be best for Yuti to stay here." "Affirmation." "¡­I can''t blame you for all of this¡­ But, Yuuya-san, you''re getting along with a lot of women without my knowledge¡­" "Uee? I-it''s just a misunderstanding! It just happened by chance!" "I wonder if that''s true¡­" Sure, Lexia-san, Luna, and all the other people that Kaori has met have been women, but that''s not true! ¡­Probably. Huh, but she knows some men too, right? Like Owen-san, or Arnold-sama, or¡­ Uhh, I''m getting a little uneasy. Kaori has some kind of a complicated expression on her face. Indeed I''m going to live together with a girl, but I''m not going to do anything strange. Or rather, I would get beaten back in terms of ability. More importantly, am I that untrustworthy¡­? It''s a bit depressing. Although somewhat complicated, the decision to accept Yuti in this house has forced me to look at other issues. "However, if this arrangement is done, what will you do while I''m at school¡­ it frightens me to leave you alone¡­" "School?" She tilted her head as if the word was unfamiliar to Yuti. Night and Akatsuki are good kids and can stay at home properly, but I''m not sure about Yuti. She''s pretty naive, just like the food and bath incidents earlier, and I''m afraid of what might happen. The safest thing to do is make sure that she can''t travel between the worlds while still having her stay in the other world home¡­ That would be a tight situation, indeed. I''ve been pondering over it for a while now, and Kaori has unintentionally opened her mouth. "If that''s the case¡­ why don''t you go to school too, Yuti-san?" "Eh?" Responding to the unexpected words, Kaori continues. "How old are you, Yuti-san?" "? Age, I don''t know." "You don''t know¡­? But by your appearance alone, you look like a middle schooler, so what about transferring to middle school?" "That''s¡­" I''m honestly scared to take her into Earth''s school out of the blue, but if it gives Yuti a chance to look at things other than just the "Evil" things, I think it''s a great idea. However¡­ "I would be grateful if we could get Yuti into a middle school, but it would be hard. In Yuti''s case, there''s no household registration, and first of all which school¡­" "If that''s the case, then Ousei Gakuen will do just fine." "Huh?" "There''s a school building on the grounds of the school we attend that we don''t use, remember?" "W-well¡­" I mean, Ousei Gakuen is still too big to keep track of all the facilities, so to be honest, it doesn''t ring a bell when she talks about the school building that wasn''t used. "At that school building, the middle school students are taking classes. Have you not seen them? It''s hard to tell because the uniforms are the same as in high school¡­" "So that''s it¡­" When I thought about it, I felt like I saw many students for the number of people per grade level. That''s because there were kids from the middle school as well. "If it''s the middle school of Ousei Gakuen, Yuuya-san can rush right over when something happens, isn''t that a relief?" "That''s really reassuring, but would it be difficult to transfer or anything like that?" "If you''re in high school, it''s going to be hard to transfer if you do not belong to any high school, but if you''re in middle school, you can still get by." After saying that, Kaori gave a reliable smile and then turned her head directly to Yuti. "Yuti-san, is it okay with Ousei Gakuen? "? I don''t know if it''s okay or not. But with Yuuya around¡­ I''m safe." After nodding with satisfaction at Yuti''s words, Kaori clapped her hands. "Then let''s go buy some clothes or something for Yuti-san now! And if we go directly to my father and explain the situation to him, we can complete the process right away." After all that, thanks to Kaori, it looks like she can work out the situation with Yuti. "Well, thanks. To be honest, I didn''t know what to do on my own¡­" "No, I''m glad I could help." "If there''s anything I can do to thank you for this, or rather, if there''s anything I can do to help¡­" "Hmm¡­ Ah! Then I''d like to go to a city in the other world!" "Eh?" "Is that a no?" "Ugh¡­" Since she''s been helping so much with Yuti, I would make it happen if I could, but¡­ While I''m at a loss for words, Yuti gave me a strange look. "Question. Why don''t you take her into town?" "Eh? I-I mean, it''s dangerous¡­" "Dangerous¡­? Yuuya, strange. Danger to Yuuya, a person that reached the realms of "Evil" and "Holy," that kind of opponent doesn''t come up often." "I haven''t gotten that strong, though¡­" Although I''ve gained experience in actual battles against the monsters of the Great Devil''s Nest, I don''t feel like I''m getting stronger at all. I guess it''s because I''m comparing myself to Yuti and Master Usagi¡­ Regardless, I can''t help but have such high expectations¡­ I sighed and made one condition. "All right. But we have to get Kaori''s equipment first." "Eh?" Kaori gives me a puzzled look at my words. "Yuti says it''s okay, but if something happens, it would be a disaster. That''s why, in order to make sure we''re prepared, we should get Kaori''s equipment first. As long as you have this equipment, Kaori will be able to protect herself in case something happens¡­" "O-okay! That''s okay! Umm¡­ How do I get the equipment?" "I''ll get it for you by next week''s holiday at the latest. I''m thinking of going straight to the other world''s royal capital on my day off¡­ Is that okay? I''m sure I will give Kaori''s equipment directly to you that Saturday, and we''ll just leave immediately." "Next Saturday or Sunday will be fine! Besides, probably Yuti-san''s transfer will be after that holiday, so this is perfect." Kaori nodded happily at my words and once again told Yuti and me. "Well then, since you have promised to show me the city of the other world, let''s get going, shall we?" Kaori took Yuti and me out while Night and Akatsuki stayed at home. Chapter 89 - Book 1: Part 3 Here''s another chapter brought to you by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 When we left the house, Yuti froze at the scenery outside. "Astonishing. Are these¡­ buildings?" "Yeah, these are all houses." "Houses¡­ of nobility?" "Huh? Not nobility. Just ordinary common houses." "Common!?" Yuti''s eyes widened even more at my words. It''s not that surprising¡­ no, I recall I''ve seen the houses in the other world, but they certainly aren''t as big as the ones you see in Japan. And many of them are more like an extension of a log cabin. Some of the houses were made of stone or brick though. As soon as Yuti looks around in awe at the houses and streets of Earth, she finds¡­ "!? Monster!?" "Yuti?" Yuti reacted quickly to a car that happened to be passing by and jumped away from the spot in a big leap. And then she tried to use her bow, which was Yuti''s weapon. She realized that I still am holding onto it, and she looked impatient. "Demand. You must give my weapon back to me. Otherwise, that thing can''t be defeated." "No, you can''t take that down!" "There''s no car in the other world, after all, right?" Kaori seemed to notice this as well and managed to explain the car together with a bitter smile at Yuti''s reaction. "¡­Partly, I understand. I understand that it''s similar to a carriage. But how is it working? I can''t feel any magic." "It does not work with magic. It''s with gasoline." "Gasoline? ¡­As expected, it is unknown." There''s no way to explain all of this. How do I give an explanation of gasoline? Once she understood that the car was just like a carriage, we once again headed out to buy clothes and other items for Yuti. But after all, Yuti, who is still unfamiliar with Earth''s environment, began to act discordantly. "Yuuya. What''s that pillar?" "That''s a telephone pole." "Telephone pole? ¡­Climb it." "Don''t climb it!" Why would she be climbing it? "Yuuya. What is the point of this fence? This isn''t going to stop the enemy from attacking." "No, there are no enemies¡­ so you shouldn''t climb it as well!" Yuti seemed to have lived in nature with her master, the "Bow Saint," so she wanted to climb up as soon as something went wrong. Is she a monkey? When we met in the other world, Yuti was only focused on fighting. But now, she was curious about everything and was distracted by them. We walked around in such a state, but most importantly, Yuti''s appearance was quite conspicuous, and the people around us were whispering something to each other when they saw us. "Hey, look at that¡­" "Wow¡­ she looks like a doll¡­" "Is she a cosplayer?" "No, that hair is too natural for that. The color of her eyes looks different, too¡­" "I mean, the other girl is so cute too, isn''t she?" "¡­The guy with those two is the one who''s been in the news for his previous photoshoot with the model Miu, too, right?" "Damn it! Being with two cute girls like that¡­ I''m so jealous!" As I was exposed to all sorts of curious eyes, Yuti, who had been looking around, turned to me. "Yuuya. Humans, they''re staring at me. Uncomfortable. Can I shoot them?" "You can''t do that, please!" You shouldn''t shoot people for that kind of reason in the other world. Eh, it''s terrible, right? Yuti was somewhat unconvinced by my words, but she was still anxious about the eyes in her surroundings, and she was shrinking away. Then, she ran out onto the roadway. In the other world, there were no distinctions between a roadway and a sidewalk. Rather, there was only a road, so it was not surprising that Yuti would jump out onto the roadway. "Oh, look out!" The moment I heard someone''s shout, I hurriedly held Yuti in my arms and jumped back from the roadway. "O-oohh!" "What the hell was that?" "I didn''t see that one coming¡­" "That''s cool¡­" While the people around me were shouting in amazement at my actions, Kaori rushed over to me with an anxious look on her face. "Yuuya-san, Yuti-san, are you alright!" "Yeah. I''m fine, but¡­" I looked down at Yuti, who I was holding as I replied. She looked up at me curiously, too. "Unnecessary. Even if you don''t help, it doesn''t matter. Above all, it''s the car that will break if it hits me." "That''s not the point! I don''t think it''s okay to get hit by a car and end up wrecking someone''s car!" "¡­It''s difficult to comprehend. I''m not that soft with my training." "First of all, I need to adjust that muscle brain mindset of yours, I guess¡­" I followed Kaori even though I was already exhausted at this point. We finally arrived at the vicinity of our destination. It''s a shopping district located close to the school. Some buildings are still under construction, showing that the area is still developing. "I think some of the clothes from this store would look good on you, Yuti-san!" "R-really?" I don''t know if a girl''s clothes are good or bad, so I have to answer that. As I was thinking about how I''m completely helpless here, I suddenly realized that Yuti was staring blankly into the sky. "Hmm? What''s going on?" "Falling." "Eh?" Yuti pointed to the building under construction and continued in a matter-of-fact tone. "Falling. That pillar over there, it''s going to fall." "That pillar, you said? ¡­No way!" Yuti was referring to the steel rebar being lifted up using a crane in a building that is currently under construction. However, when I tried to ask again how she knew that, Yuti continued. "Parent and child. Dying." "Huh?" "Yuti-san, what''s wrong?" Kaori asked when she realized we weren''t following behind her, but I was now stupefied by the Yuti''s words which I couldn''t afford to miss a word of. I immediately looked around the vicinity of where the rebar was being lifted up from and saw¡­ "Seriously?" A woman with a baby in her arms was now trying to pass through under the rebar. And©¤©¤. *Clank* When a tremendous metallic sound rang out, the rebar began to fall on the parent and child in its path! "Kyaaaaaahh!" "O-oyyy!" "Shit, get away!" The woman, who was at the spot where the rebar would have hit her, seemed to be petrified by fear and couldn''t move, while those who saw the falling rebar hurriedly tried to put as much distance as possible. "Damn it¡­!" I rushed out as fast as I could and grabbed the frozen woman in my arms. But I intuitively knew that the rebar would hit me more quickly than I could jump away. Seriously, what am I supposed to do! If I''m going to use magic, it''s not going to be in a busy place like this¡­ no, that''s not the case! I quickly tried to activate my magic, but before that, my body moved instinctively. This should be the result of the training with Master Usagi and my everyday training. In a very natural way, I swung my leg up and kicked the rebar up. The kick from Master Usagi''s direct teachings, coupled with my status, could easily shatter the rebar, but if I blew it up ridiculously, honestly, it would cause damage to those around me. Therefore, I tried to put the rebar in place instantly by receiving the rebar''s impact using a soccer trick. "Eeehh?" While everyone was expecting a direct hit, there was no sound or impact as expected, and the people around me were baffled. While ignoring those around, I called out to the woman who was still frozen in place. "Are you okay?" "¡­Eh? Y-yes!" When I called out to her, the woman came to her senses, but she was shocked again when she saw my face, blushing. "H-hey. What happened?" "W-well¡­" "For a moment I thought it looked like that guy kicked the rebar¡­" "No, no, no. Kicking the rebar¡­ That''s impossible, isn''t it? Look at them; they''re still alive, you know?" "I-it looked like that to me too¡­" It was more conspicuous than I expected, but this was all I could do. When I parted from the woman who was bowing quietly and joined Kaori and the others, Kaori had a complicated expression on her face. "Umm¡­ I know that Yuuya-san is amazing, but when you go to such a dangerous place without hesitation like that, I still worry about you." "Oh¡­ well, I''m sorry," "? Why? No need to apologize. Yuuya will be fine." "That''s not the point." Yuti was told by Kaori to admonish me, but she just tilted her head in question. Even though I just came to buy some clothes for Yuti, I was already impossibly exhausted, but we finally arrived at our destination. ©¤©¤But even here, I have an ordeal ahead of me! "U-um¡­ Kaori-san? Do I have to stay here too?" "? Of course." Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It''s a women''s clothing store, so it''s no surprise that they have a lot of female customers. But¡­ I''m the only male in the store! "Hey, hey, that man¡­" "Isn''t that the guy in the magazine with Miu-san before?" "No way, I thought they edited the pictures, but he''s actually handsome in real life, too¡­" "Is he like tagging along with his girlfriend on her shopping trip?" "I''m seriously jealous!" I believe it''s just my imagination, but I feel like there''s a lot of attention around me¡­! In this very uncomfortable situation, I could only wait for Yuti, who was looking at the clothes with Kaori. "Oh, customer-san, please wait!" "Yuti-san, you can''t be like that, you know!" "Hmm?" Suddenly the store became noisy and I couldn''t help but look in that direction¡­ "Yuuya. How''s this?" "Huh? Bufuhh!" And there, Yuti was standing in a daunting pose with white underwear! "Yu-Yuti-san? Put your clothes on!" "? Question. I want you to check my underwear. Then no clothes, unnecessary." "Do not make me, a man, check your underwear like that!" "Why?" "Why you ask?" What kind of logic is that? I desperately looked away from her, but Yuti came towards me and used her physical abilities as a disciple of the "Bow Saint" to forcefully show me her appearance. "Dissatisfied. Why don''t you look." "Do I need to look at you?" "? Yuuya''s going to buy it. Then you need to know." "I don''t care about that¡­!" You don''t have to show me because I''m the one buying it¡­! While I was struggling desperately with Yuti, I managed to escape thanks to Kaori and the shopkeeper who came to us. And even though we bought Yuti''s underwear and clothes without further troubles, Yuti still didn''t seem to be convinced. "I don''t understand. Yuuya, bought it. Then you need to check." "That''s not the problem¡­" "¡­It looks like there''s a lot more to teach you than I expected¡­" We bought all the other daily necessities, and as Kaori suggested, we directly went to the headmaster of Ousei Gakuen, who''s also Kaori''s father, Tsukasa-san. The decision was made to transfer Yuti into the school. Chapter 90 - Book 2: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 Thanks to Kaori, Yuti''s transfer to the middle school was completed, and now, I am in the other world''s [Great Devil''s Nest] in search of Kaori''s equipment in order to fulfill my promise to Kaori. Honestly, even though the equipment is for Kaori, I didn''t expect to find armor like the [Bloody War Demon Series] that I''m wearing. It''s only because I have leveled up, and my status is raised, that I''m able to wear it, but it would be difficult for Kaori to equip it. That''s why the equipment for Kaori has to be some kind of accessory that contains a powerful effect¡­ Is it possible to get such a convenient item¡­? But, since I hope to have it prepared by this week''s Saturday and Sunday, I still have some time to spare, so I''ll try to get some dropped items from the monsters of this [Great Devil''s Nest] for the time being. Because the [Great Devil''s Nest]''s monsters are strong, the effects on the equipment you can obtain are also powerful. There might be something that would be perfect for Kaori among the items I have yet gotten my hands on. However, there are too many uncertainties about this. So at worst, I think I can go to the royal capital and find equipment that''s suitable for Kaori. I''m almost ready to settle with this result. Well, but¡­ "This time, in order to find equipment for Kaori, we will try to fight all the monsters in this [Great Devil''s Nest] in one go." "Woof!" "Fugo." "Okay." At my words, Night, Akatsuki, and Yuti nodded. ¡­Eh? "Um, is Yuti coming with us, too?" "? Can''t I?" "No, it''s not a good idea, I mean¡­ If the "Evil" power hasn''t disappeared, I think it''s best to not fight too much¡­ I''m afraid it might go out of control for some reason¡­ And besides, you were quite battered from the last battle, so you should probably just rest¡­" "That''s okay. The fight wasn''t the trigger for the outburst. Besides, the wounds from before are already healed. Thanks to the pig." "Fugo? Buhi." I don''t know why, but Akatsuki threw out his chest in a cute way. I can only guess that he was praised. Indeed, when Akatsuki used his skill [Sanctuary] to calmed Yuti''s "Evil" power, he healed her wounds as well¡­ "Anyway, don''t worry. Besides, since it''s a quiet time right now, I''d like to train myself to be able to suppress it if something happens." "I-I see?" I don''t know how to handle the power of "Evil," so should I just believe Yuti''s words? Besides, even if it went out of control, it can be contained by Akatsuki''s power. With that in mind, we once again set out into the [Great Devil''s Nest] to search for Kaori''s equipment. £ª£ª£ª As expected, when we go in the direction that I usually explore, there were no new monsters. We headed out to a secluded area where the Mithril Boar and the likes would appear in the [Great Devil''s Nest]. After a period of walking around, being wary of the surroundings and searching for the presence of monsters, Yuti suddenly stopped. At about the same time, Night also appeared to be more vigilant. "Hmm? What''s wrong?" "¡­Monster." "Woof¡­" I still don''t sense it, but it seems that the two of them have detected the presence of a monster. Rather, Yuti''s ability is still unfathomable¡­ Even without the power of the "Evil," she has the same level of detection ability as Night¡­ For now, we approached the presence that Yuti and Night detected. Each of us eliminated our presence. I didn''t forget to cover Akatsuki with [Cloak of Disguise] as well. As we approached with caution, there was a single rabbit there. However, unlike Master Usagi, who taught Night and I, its fur was yellow, and it was wearing a tuxedo, a silk hat, and a red bow tie on its chest ¨C a very unusual appearance. "What is that monster¡­?" When I muttered without thinking about its strange appearance, I noticed that Yuti looked at the monster with wide eyes. "That''s¡­ [Fantasy Rabbit]." "Huh, [Fantasy Rabbit]? Is it strong?" "Denial. If it''s in this [Great Devil''s Nest], it can be considered the weakest one. Even in other places, it''s considered to be very weak. It''s just¡­ it''s very hard to find, and it''s also known as a [Lucky Rabbit]." "[Lucky Rabbit], huh¡­" I listened to Yuti''s explanation and used the [Identification] skill on [Fantasy Rabbit]. [Fantasy Rabbit] Level: 77 Magic: 777 Attack: 777 Defense: 777 Agility: 777 Intelligence: 777 Luck: 777 Skills: [Maximization] [Minimization] [Crisis Detection] [Emergency Avoidance] This is a really "lucky" status. No, the actual numbers for luck are low. I''m more interested in the unfamiliar skills though. "Can [Maximize] or [Minimize] change its body size?" "Affirmative. When it encounters enemies, it can either become big to scare them away or turn small to run away while hiding. But [Crisis Detection] and [Emergency Avoidance] are the more troublesome skills." "Eh?" "The [Crisis Detection] skill can detect even a thin trace of killing, hostile or harmful intentions. So in order to defeat it, you can either kill it without letting it detect your killing intent ¨C like from its blind spot ¨C or to attack at a speed that makes escaping impossible. However, the other skill, [Emergency Avoidance], will transfer the [Fantasy Rabbit] to a safety zone the moment it detects any killing intent and such. In the end, you have only one way to defeat it, and that is to eliminate your killing intent." "What''s with all that¡­?" Can you get rid of murderous or hostile intent? It''s like being detected when you''re about to kill someone, or hit someone, or even try to harm them. It seems like I''m very unlikely to be able to do so¡­ I sighed involuntarily as Yuti explained. I am doubtful that I would be able to defeat it now. "Haaahh¡­ I''m curious to see what kind of items it would drop, but let''s just walk away quietly here." "? Why?" "Why, you said? Isn''t it impossible? How do you defeat it without letting it realize our killing intent?" "Attention." Yuti uttered that briefly, and then readied her bow that I had returned the other day. She quietly stared at the [Fantasy Rabbit]¡­ "©¤©¤©¤©¤" She unleashed a sharp arrow. The arrow pierced the [Fantasy Rabbit]''s neck in an instant. And just like that, the [Fantasy Rabbit] turned into a particle of light and disappeared. After watching it vanish, Yuti let out a small breath. "Answer. Eliminate any intent to kill, hostility, or harm. And just kill it." "What''s that theory?" No, I understand what she''s saying, but you can''t ask me if I can do it. In fact, it''s impossible. As I was thinking about that, I suddenly realized something. "Huh¡­? If you had used this technique when you were fighting us, maybe we wouldn''t have won¡­?" "Denial. At that time, I couldn''t suppress the "Evil" power, so I was unsuccessful in hiding the presence of the "Evil" power. But now, the evil power has subsided and I can eliminate the intent to kill. "Evil" is often linked to murderous and hostile intentions." "I see¡­" I''m not happy about it, but in a way, we were saved by the power of the "Evil," weren''t we? No, if she hadn''t gotten the "Evil" power in the first place, we wouldn''t have to worry about being attacked. "Anyway, let''s check the [Fantasy Rabbit] dropped items. For some reason, there''s more of them than the time when I took it down by myself, but¡­" said Yuti. I don''t know for sure yet, and I haven''t checked Yuti''s status, but at least my luck status value is high, so maybe that''s what worked. I can''t say for sure though, since I wasn''t the one who defeated it myself. We all collect the [Fantasy Rabbit]''s dropped items and check them out. [Lucky Rabbit''s Yellow Fur] :: Fantasy Rabbit''s fur. It''s extremely pleasant to the touch, and cloaks made from this fur are very popular among the nobility and sell for a very high price. However, since the existence of the Fantasy Rabbit itself is rare, it is very rare to find one in the world. [Pill of Large and Small Changes] :: Fantasy Rabbit''s rare drop item. When you consume this pill, you will be able to change your size at will. The effect is permanent. [Ring of Crisis Avoidance] :: Fantasy Rabbit''s rare drop item. Usable only once per day, the person who wears this ring can transfer the wearer to a safety zone the moment he or she detects danger. The safety zone must be set in advance. [Lucky Robe] :: Fantasy Rabbit''s rare drop item. Its stats are modified by the luck of the person equipped with it. In addition to this, we obtained a D-class magic stone, a rank thing that I''ve never seen before in the [Great Devil''s Nest]¡­ "Isn''t this quite an extraordinary piece of equipment¡­?" "Affirmative. And unexpected. It''s really amazing that it doesn''t make you stronger directly, but it still keeps you safe." It''s not like you can suddenly get a superpower as Yuti said. However, it''s an extraordinary ability to automatically transfer to a safety zone in a critical situation. It''s something that fits perfectly for Kaori''s equipment. And if you set the safety zone of this ring to the sage''s house in the other world, then it''s really safe. Besides, I''m also grateful for the equipment item called [Lucky Robe], which is quite plain. It looks like a plain brown robe, but it''s nice it is affected by the luck stats. Even Kaori would be able to wear this easily. However¡­ "What is this pill used for¡­?" "Unknown." "I see¡­ So we don''t need it now, do we?" I''m concerned about getting bigger or smaller, but I can''t bring myself to test it. In the unlikely event that I turn bigger on Earth, I can''t even imagine it. I don''t think that will happen, but I want to eliminate that possibility as much as possible. "But it might be useful for something, so I''ll keep it." For example, if the enemies are too strong to fight, maybe if we can turn bigger, our attacks will be stronger. After we obtained the equipment we wanted, we continued our search for a little while longer. I checked my cooperation with Night against the monsters, learned various things from Yuti''s fighting experience, and so on. We had a fulfilling time. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤So we managed to get some equipment for Kaori." "Is this¡­" After fulfilling the promise with Kaori, I handed her the items we obtained. Kaori received it anxiously, but her eyes lit up with anticipation. I was satisfied to see her excitement, and I explained the items properly. "And so, first of all, is this ring. If the owner is in danger, it has the effect of forcing the owner to transfer to a safety zone. So even if something happens, I think Kaori will be safe. That safety zone is set up to this house." "T-that''s kind of an amazing effect¡­" Kaori is right; the ring effect is incredible. To be honest, I want one too, but after that, I''ve never met another [Fantasy Rabbit], so I only have the one for Kaori. "Also, about the robe, the effect seems to be corrected by Kaori''s luck status. I don''t know how effective it will be. Still, it''s no better than nothing. And most importantly, Kaori''s clothes¡­ or rather, Earth''s clothes would stand out in this other world." "It''s easy to get caught up in magic and skills, but there are certainly cultural differences, and I''m sure there are different clothing designs and technical skills." "That''s right. Well, you can''t hide everything, but you can hide some of your clothes with this robe on." "Thank you!" After Kaori uttered that cheerfully, her expression immediately clouded over. "Um¡­ it''s strange to say this now, but are you sure it was okay¡­?" "Eh?" "I thought maybe I asked Yuuya-san to do something impossible¡­ And all these items you are giving me are also valuable no matter what I think of them¡­" "No, it''s fine. I owe Kaori a lot for your help in the first place." In fact, besides Yuti''s transfer, Kaori has been very helpful to me to this day. Because of Kaori''s help, I''m less worried about Yuti''s life on Earth than before. ¡­Well, I''m still worried about it, no denying that. While I am thinking that, Yuti, who is wearing the white dress she originally wore since we are headed to the royal capital together, gave a small nod. "Affirmative. Thanks to Kaori, I''ve learned a lot. So I''m looking forward to the next place called school. Thank you." "Yuti-san¡­" Yuti herself seems to be very grateful to Kaori for her help. "¡­I understand; I''ll be grateful for the equipment and use it then." As she said that, Kaori slipped on the ring and put on her robe. "Alright, it looks like Kaori''s ready to go, so let''s get going." "Yes! So, how long will it take us to get to the royal capital?" "Oh, about that, if we walked normally, it would be a day just for the trip alone, so I''m going to use teleportation magic to move around this time." "Teleportation magic?" Kaori only tilted her head because I had never explained this thing called teleportation magic, but Yuti froze with her eyes wide open. "¡­Astonishing. Really, you can use teleportation magic?" "Eh? Well¡­" "If it''s true, then Yuuya is outrageous. It is probably impossible even for the "Magic Saint." Of course, it might be possible to achieve similar effects with skills and such instead of magic. That''s precisely what the effect is on the ring we gave to Kaori. But that effect only applies to individuals, so it''s not as applicable as teleportation magic." "I-is that so¡­?" Lexia-san has said a lot of times, but as expected, teleportation magic is terrible. No, that''s why I use it so that people don''t see it. It''s dangerous if it''s found out, but it''s a power that''s too good not to use. "W-well, we''re not going to go directly to the royal capital this time so that the people around us don''t find out, so we''re going to teleport to another location that''s a little far away." sea??h th§× N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. That would be the spot I used the last time I visited the royal capital. That place wasn''t even populated. When I used teleportation magic, the space-time in front of us became distorted, and a space large enough for one person to pass through was created. Beyond that, a different landscape than the one we''re in now stretches out, and beyond that, we can see the royal capital. Kaori and the others are once again surprised by this teleportation magic, but soon Kaori''s eyes are drawn to the other world city that appeared before her. Chapter 91 - Book 2: Part 2 Here''s another chapter brought by Patreon, enjoy Part 2 "So, this is a city of the other world¡­!" Once we safely entered the royal capital, Kaori''s eyes sparkled as she looked around the surroundings enthusiastically. "Kaori, if you look around that much, you''ll get dizzy. Be careful." "Yes! Y-you''re right. I was just so excited¡­" "Kaori, you look like a child." "¡­No, I mean, Yuti had a similar reaction on Earth too, right?" "¡­I have no idea about that." In fact, the first time Yuti left my house on Earth, she was much more restless than the current Kaori, and she was on the verge of being out of control. She tried to climb the walls and poles of the houses, and she looked around so much that I was afraid she was going to break her neck. "But back then¡­ when we were about to enter the royal capital, I was flustered¡­ but Yuti, you were able to get in without any problems." I really did worry, since Yuti was the one who wanted to kill Rhaegar-sama before¡­ I had forgotten about such things until now, and when I remembered that while we were going through the formalities at the city entrance, I was in a great panic¡­ "Disregard. I got in, so it''s fine." "No, that''s true, but¡­" "Expectation. The soldiers at the bottom don''t even know about me. So they let me in." "Hmm¡­ is that right¡­?" In fact, given Yuti''s fighting power, if Yuti were to be serious, an ordinary soldier wouldn''t even be able to catch her movement in the first place. I was a little concerned that the gatekeepers, or rather, the soldiers would rush around, but¡­ Well, I still don''t know what would happen, and I''m a little afraid thinking about that. But there''s no point in worrying about it now. So at this point, I stop thinking about it. Despite being warned by Yuti, Kaori couldn''t hold back her excitement anymore and was looking around again, and she suddenly seemed to notice something. "Um, Yuuya-san." "Hmm? What''s wrong?" "Um¡­ is it always like this in this town?" "Like what?" "No, I mean¡­ the whole city seemed pretty hectic, so um¡­ I mean, it seems to be a different kind of busy than being lively¡­" "Hmm¡­" After being told, I noticed the surroundings. The gatekeepers were very busy, but I saw that many people were also coming and going busily when I looked around the city again. Moreover, there were no scenes of them chatting and laughing right now, as though they don''t have any time to spare at all. "Indeed, I wonder what''s going on¡­" "©¤©¤Yuuya-dono!" "Eh?" As I was looking at the surroundings, I was unexpectedly approached by a voice. I immediately turned my gaze towards the voice and saw Owen-san standing there with a surprised expression on his face. Owen-san was frozen in surprise that I was here; after a little while, he ran over to me. "Yuuya-dono, what are you doing here!" "No, Kaori wants to see this city, so I''m here to visit¡­" "Kaori-dono, huh? Is it a sightseeing trip¡­?" My words startled Owen-san a bit, then he turned his attention to Yuti, who was standing with indifference behind me. He hurriedly jumped back from the spot. "Yu-Yuuya-dono! The woman there is¡­!" "Eh? Ah, no, she''s different now!" "What''s the difference? That woman wants Rhaegar-sama©¤©¤." Uwaa, indeed, Owen-san was one of the people who saw Yuti''s face up close and personal¡­! Owen-san''s cautious atmosphere has caused the surrounding people and even the other soldiers to gather around to see what''s going on. The situation is getting worse. Kaori was at a loss about the situation, but Yuti, the person in question, didn''t seem to be bothered by it. No, this is happening because of you, you know! "Ah, Owen-san, I''ll explain it to you somewhere else¡­" "¡­Alright. In any case, we can''t handle that woman here if she rushes out at us, so let''s go¡­" He looked frustrated at first, but Owen-san listened to my suggestion after a moment. Then, I was taken directly by Owen-san to a less crowded place. And there, I properly explained to him about Yuti''s attack on my house, and even the things about "Holy" and "Evil." After hearing everything, Owen-san held his head in his hands. "It''s not that I didn''t expect to see such a fairy tale existence as "Evil"¡­ but rather, why is it that only dangerous people gather around Yuuya-dono like this¡­ but this is no longer a problem that can be handled by a single country alone." "I-I feel like I have to apologize for that¡­" "No, it''s not that Yuuya-dono has anything to apologize for¡­ and I didn''t realize that Yuuya-dono is a disciple of a being who bears the "Holy" title¡­" "As for that, I''ve become one before I realized it, too¡­" Right? At first, even though Master Usagi gave me training in kicking, I didn''t expect to get involved with enemies of such existence like the "Evil." That''s why I ended up involved with it¡­ As I looked at him distantly, Owen-san still seemed a little wary as he asked me. "So, that woman¡­ Yuti, was it? Is everything okay?" "That''s¡­" "Don''t worry. I''m not interested in the first prince or this country anymore. I will only want to defeat the "Evil." That''s it." "Yuti-san¡­" Then Yuti, who had been uncomfortable until now, opened her mouth and answered. At her conviction, Kaori made a somewhat sad expression on her face. I''m sure Kaori doesn''t know the details of Yuti''s situation. Still, from Yuti''s eyes and the sound of her voice, Kaori must have sensed the weight of what Yuti was holding. As for me, I would like her to forget about the "Evil" and live her own life, but it will be difficult to do so, and it''s not something I can easily interfere with. At Yuti''s behavior, Owen-san also slightly widened his eyes and then sighed. "Sigh¡­ Considering my position, I''d like to arrest you in accordance with the laws of the Kingdom, but¡­ first of all, that''s impossible in terms of my ability, and there seem to be some intricate circumstances involved. For now, I will trust Yuuya-dono and Yuti''s words." "T-thank you very much!" Thank goodness! If things went poorly, or perhaps in a normal situation, I would definitely be treated as an accomplice and be caught as well. Once I felt relieved about Yuti''s circumstances, I decided to ask Owen-san about the cause of the city''s current atmosphere. "By the way, we arrived in this city just now; what''s going on? It seems to be somewhat frantic, unlike the last time I was here¡­" "Ah, yeah. That''s something I want to talk to you about¡­" As he was about to continue explaining, Owen-san made a face as he thought of something and bowed his head to me. "Yuuya-dono!" "Eh, What? What''s wrong?" "Can you please help us, Yuuya-dono?" "Huh?" But I don''t understand the story. I can''t help but give such a dumb response. I looked at Kaori and the others in confusion, but both Yuti and Kaori were equally confused. Night and Akatsuki were¡­ yeah, no different than usual. "Well, can you explain what you mean by that?" "¡­To tell you the truth, there is a valley near this Arcelia Kingdom where a legendary dragon is said to sleep¡­" "Huh¡­" "Yes. The legendary dragon described in our folklore may have awakened." "¡­What?" Eh, the legendary dragon¡­ has awakened? "¡­Eeeeeeehh!?" "Dragon, a dragon, you say? ¡­Eehh! Isn''t it a fictional creature?" I''ve never seen a dragon since I came to this world, so I''m just as surprised as Kaori was. And it''s not just an ordinary dragon. It''s a legendary dragon. "W-wait a minute! What do you mean by "legendary"¡­?" "Of course, people thought it''s a myth, a fairy tale of sorts, but¡­ apparently, it is real." "Oh, no." I could see from Owen-san''s slack-jawed look that he wasn''t lying. Oh, come on, is this for real? No, I don''t care if it''s fictional or not; it''s surprising to me when they call it a dragon. But as one would expect, since it''s a legendary creature, even Yuti, who seemed apathetic until now, opened her eyes and froze. "Astonishing. I''ve only heard stories about it. I thought it was a myth." "Well, for me, the existence of "Holy" and "Evil" is fairytale enough¡­" It seems like this is too late now. I didn''t have a clue, but the existence of "Holy" and "Evil" is also a legendary class if I think about it normally. And what level is Sage-san at? I''m curious. "Err¡­ well, you know, there''s all sorts of surprises there, like the existence of the legendary dragon, and also the fact that it has awakened¡­ but looking at the atmosphere of the city, it''s not a very good thing, is it?" "Yeah, I think." "You think?" I couldn''t help but ask about the rather vague answer, but Owen-san replied, with a grim expression on his face. "It''s pathetic, but I just don''t understand it." "Eh?" "Anyhow, the Dragon is a mythical entity. I don''t know if it is hostile to humans." "I-I see¡­" As Owen-san''s words unwittingly convinced me, Kaori, who was listening in from behind me, opened her mouth. "Um, what is the content of the legend?" "Hmm? The legend says "the Dragon that existed with the creation of the world, rested here." ¡­It''s just that." "C-creation of the world, you said¡­?" Does that mean it''s a Dragon that lived as long as this world? How old is it? No, rather, what''s going on with its lifespan and stuff like that? "That certainly doesn''t tell us anything¡­" "Yeah. And, as I said, I don''t know for sure if it has awakened either." "So why do these people think that it has awakened?" sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "After hearing a roar that seems as though the world was shaking, the monsters inhabiting that valley began to run away, as if they were fleeing from something." "Is that so?" "Do you not hear that at Yuuya-dono''s house? In the royal capital, the impact of its roar alone was enough to cause the walls of houses and even the castle walls to collapse¡­" "Was it really that bad? But I didn''t hear it. Yuti, you didn''t hear it either, did you?" "Affirmative. I didn''t hear the roar." "It''s strange¡­ I thought with that volume, it would definitely reach the [Great Devil''s Nest]¡­" When the Bloody Ogre attacked Sage-san''s house, I''m pretty sure I heard its voice, so I don''t think there''s a feature for blocking out sounds¡­ No, wait? If it''s a roar that breaks not only the walls of the house, but even the walls of the castle, as Owen-san described, wouldn''t it be considered an attack? It might be blocked by Sage-san''s house. If that''s the case, then Sage-san, who can easily block the legendary dragon''s roar, is really dangerous, I mean, amazing¡­ "Anyway, it was decided that we, the knights, would investigate the valley to check if that legendary dragon had really awakened. However, as I mentioned earlier, as a result of the monsters fleeing the valley, the surrounding villages were attacked, and we were too busy dealing with them that we couldn''t proceed to investigate the valley. Moreover, because originally many of the more vicious monsters reside in the depths of that valley, the investigation itself would be difficult¡­ It''s because of that we couldn''t even find out if the legendary dragon existed or not until now¡­" "I see¡­" "Therefore, I would like to ask Yuuya-dono, who lives in the [Great Devil''s Nest], which is an even more dangerous area than the valley where the legendary dragon sleeps, to help me investigate it!" "¡­Eh? Is the [Great Devil''s Nest] any worse than that?" I''ve been told many times that it''s very dangerous, but what''s really going on with [Great Devil''s Nest]? Hearing Owen-san''s words, Kaori, who didn''t know that my house was in such a dangerous place, turned blue in the face. I tried to explain to her that Sage-san''s influence is protecting it, but I wondered if she believed me¡­ "Um¡­ I feel like after listening to that story. I don''t really think my equipment is going to work¡­" "That''s not true! The only monsters that come out are in the Bloody Ogre''s class inside the [Great Devil''s Nest]." "Oh, if that''s the case, then I guess it''s alright." "¡­Well, from our point of view, if we find a Bloody Ogre, we will be prepared for our deaths," Owen muttered. "Eh?" Owen-san was muttering something in a low voice, but I couldn''t hear it. What did he say? Anyway, as for me, if they are in trouble I''d like to help Owen-san and the others, but¡­ "Um, how far is that valley from the royal capital?" "Right¡­ It''s on the opposite side of the [Great Devil''s Nest], but it should take roughly less than half a day." "Half a day¡­?" If we go now, we could reach the valley, but it would take us the rest of the day to get there. If that''s the case, we won''t be able to do any sightseeing in the royal capital today. Thinking about that, I suddenly turned my gaze towards Kaori, and she was looking at me with a serious expression. "Um, Yuuya-san." "Hmm?" "If you want, you can accept the request." "Eh?" "If there are people in need right now and they''re looking for Yuuya-san''s help, I''d want you to help them. And we can do the tour of the royal capital another time." "If Kaori says so, I''d be grateful for the opportunity to provide help to them too, but¡­" "Besides, I''m curious about that legendary dragon too!" ""Eh?"" At Kaori''s words, not only me, but even Owen-san was dazzled. She said she was curious about the legendary dragon¡­ Could it be that!? "Kaori is coming with us?" "Is it no good?" "No, I mean, it would normally be dangerous, wouldn''t it?" "It''s okay. I also have the ring that Yuuya-san gave me!" "Hmm¡­" But as expected, I don''t feel comfortable taking her to a place where there are a legendary dragon and other ridiculous beings¡­ "Yuuya. I''m coming too." "Eh, Yuti too?" Then Yuti also wanted to come along as she replied with an unchanged expression. "Affirmative. Legendary dragon, I''m curious too. Besides, if it''s a dangerous place, I would be a part of the fighting force as well." "Umm¡­ It''s complicated for me, but Yuti''s skills are vastly superior to ours¡­ It''s very helpful as things stand right now, though¡­" While Owen-san groaned with a reluctant face, Yuti didn''t seem bothered as she continued. "Conveniently. If I''m around, I can escort Kaori as well." "Eh? You''re going to protect Kaori?" "Of course. Kaori, you taught me so much in that world. So I''ll protect you." "Yuti-san¡­" Kaori looked touched by Yuti''s words and muttered that. Hmm, after being told that much, it''s hard for me to say no¡­ Sure, Kaori has the ring we gave her too; but I wonder if it''s really okay. "¡­Alright, Kaori can come with us." "Yes!" "As you see, Owen-san. We''ll be taking part in the investigation." "Ooh, I see! That would be very much appreciated!" "However, I''d like to leave now if possible¡­" "In that case, I''ll give you a map to the valley. Also, if you''re really going to go right now, I''d suggest you pack some food and other supplies." While receiving such advice, we quickly left for the valley after receiving a map from Owen-san. The food situation that Owen-san mentioned can be managed as long as we get home with teleportation magic, so it should be fine. More importantly¡­ I am a little excited to see if there really was a dragon. Chapter 92 - Book 3: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 Just as we were told, we spent about half a day to reach the valley''s entrance, as it is located half a day''s walk from the capital. By the way, the time spent traveling was not on foot, but spent in a carriage. If I had been to the valley once, it would have taken us an instant to get there¡­ Unfortunately, it''s my first time there, so that''s not going to happen. Therefore, Owen-san arranged for a carriage to drop us off near the valley. Certainly, walking that distance would have been difficult for Kaori. It''s not for Yuti, Night, Akatsuki, and me, but I''m really grateful. "Ugh¡­ I''ve never ridden in a carriage before; it makes my bottom hurt so much¡­" I''ve ridden it once, and I didn''t feel the pain as much as Kaori did. This is probably because the difference between status values has a lot to do with it. "Um¡­ are you okay? Do you want to take a little break?" Kaori shook her head as I asked her that. I had already planned to proceed according to Kaori''s physical condition. "No, it''s fine! More importantly, let''s go see the legendary dragon as soon as possible!" I couldn''t suppress a bitter smile as Kaori pointed to the valley with her eyes shining. What can I say? I didn''t know that Kaori has a surprisingly strong sense of adventure until we travelled here. She is not accustomed to the world, even on Earth, so she must be very interested in this kind of new experience. No, it''s not just Kaori; I''m also curious about the legendary dragon. However, I don''t even know if it is friendly yet, so we should proceed with caution here. "Advice. Kaori, stay close to Yuuya and me." "Y-yes!" "Night should look after Kaori too. And Akatsuki should¡­ Well, yeah." "Woof." "Fugo?" Night replied cheerfully, while Akatsuki stomped on the ground as if to say that he was offended. Because¡­ well, I can''t imagine Akatsuki fighting. I''ve never seen him fight before and¡­ "No, Akatsuki, if we get hurt, make sure you heal us well, okay?" "Fugo? Buhi." When I quickly followed up on that, Akatsuki seemed to say that it couldn''t be helped and squealed proudly. He''s cute. Thus, we were ready to go and stepped into the valley. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤Yuuya. Monster. It''s headed your way." "Okay¡­!" As Owen-san had described, monsters attacked us one after another a little while after entering the valley. It''s also very different from the [Great Devil''s Nest] where I usually fight. The monsters were all types I''ve never seen before. The monsters I''m fighting now are the first of it''s kind that I''ve seen in this valley; these drooling wolf-shaped monsters are called [Hungry Fang]s. This monster doesn''t have a lot of fur like Night, and is relatively slender, and attacks in packs. However, as Owen-san mentioned beforehand, they were as strong as Bloody Ogre when it came to fighting power, so I was able to deal with them calmly. I finished defeating the Hungry Fang pack that was attacking me and took a deep breath. "Phew¡­ there seems to be no problem defeating them, but their vigor was frightening¡­" "Affirmation. Hungry Fangs are always hungry, so their vigor while hunting their prey is incredible." "I see¡­ Or rather, the only item they dropped is a magic stone¡­" The only thing left in the place where a Hungry Fang disappeared was a B-class magic stone. Considering that I got the armor I''m wearing now and other things from the Bloody Ogre, it''s not entirely worthwhile to hunt it, even if it''s the same rank. "There''s always a lot of items that dropped until now, so I feel so disappointed when I don''t get them like now." "Denial. There''s always something wrong with Yuuya when it comes to dropped items." "Eh?" Is that right? Every time I defeat them, the enemy usually drops an item of some sort. No, I guess the rare drop items don''t drop very often though. As I was picking up the magic stone and getting bored, Kaori, who was being protected by Night and Akatsuki, approached me. "Thank you for your hard work. I''m sorry, I couldn''t do anything to help you¡­" "No, no, don''t worry about it. We decided to have you be protected in the first place." "Affirmative. Don''t worry about it, Kaori. We each have our own strengths and weaknesses." "Thank you very much." Saying that, Kaori lowered her head. Even so¡­ it''s hard to believe that Yuti used the power of the "Evil" to attack us a few days ago while she showed such compassion towards Kaori. Well, Kaori also took care of Yuti on Earth, so I guess that''s why she opened her heart. Whatever the case, it''s a good indication, considering how Yuti said she would kill humans. "Now, it''s been a little while since we entered the valley, shall we take a break and have a meal? It''s an unfamiliar place, and I think it''s best to take a break early." "I agree. It''s important to be careful." "Yes, I think that sounds about right!" Not only Yuti and Kaori, but also Night and Akatsuki responded to my words, so I once again activated my teleportation magic and was ready to return to the Sage-san''s house when Yuti suddenly stopped me. "Yuuya," "Hmm?" "Suggestion. Let''s have lunch here." "Eh?" "Reason. Eating in nature, very good. It''s so nice here." Just like Yuti said, as we enter the valley where the legendary dragon is said to sleep, which is surrounded by steep rocky mountains on both sides, the area around the valley part was blessed with nature. Filled with plants that I had never seen even in the [Great Devil''s Nest], with a lot of humidity and moss due to the river flowing through the valley; it was such a place. If we''re talking about being in the midst of nature, the [Great Devil''s Nest] is also sufficient. Still, it is certainly not possible to have a meal near a flowing river in the [Great Devil''s Nest] like in this valley. "Hmm¡­ I wonder if it would be okay? You see, don''t you think the smell of the food will attract the monsters?" "Don''t worry. We can handle them. If you''re still unsure, I''ll set up a barrier now." "Eh?" When I couldn''t help but respond to Yuti''s strange statement, Yuti was in a daze, as if she was looking into the distance. And then¡­ "¡­I can see it." "What did you see?" Not responding to my words, Yuti immediately held up her bow and released a large number of arrows into the sky. "Now, we''ll be fine." "What?!" I couldn''t understand the meaning of her actions since it made no sense, and I could only be confused. It''s not just me, but Kaori and the others as well, each of them looking at each other, unable to ascertain what Yuti''s intentions are. Then Yuti noticed our confusion and explained. "I can see the future." "Huh?" "Of course, it''s not perfect. But it''s highly accurate. So I just shot it beforehand so the arrow will strike the prey just as it is coming out, according to that prediction." "¡­.." Kaori was speechless at Yuti''s blunt words. That''s right¡­ Yuti was able to do such an outrageous thing. That''s why she was able to predict that rebar would fall on the heads of the mother and her baby when we went shopping for clothes. No, it''s not all about predicting the future, what does she mean by shooting an arrow ahead of time to match that predicted future¡­ But when I think about it, I suddenly recall the time when I fought Yuti, I received such an inexplicable attack. "When I fought Yuuya, I also used it©¤©¤look!?" "Eh?" As Yuti turned her gaze to the forest bushes, Kaori and I followed her sight in that direction too, and suddenly a Hungry Fang, which we had just fought, came charging in from there, drooling. "Whoa!" Being caught off guard completely, I hurriedly tried to raise my weapon, but an arrow struck the Hungry Fang between its eyebrows, even though Yuti hadn''t moved. Then, Hungry Fang turned into a particle of light and disappeared. "This is the barrier." It was seriously unreal. No, really, any existence that bears the "Holy" title is beyond common sense. No, it seems that Yuti isn''t an official "Holy" but a disciple¡­ but if this is done by a disciple, and that''s even more extraordinary¡­ Once again, as I trembled at Yuti''s extraordinary ability. Yuti looked at me casually. "No worries. Now we can eat delicious food in this place. Yuuya, cook." "¡­Yes." In the meantime, thanks to Yuti, I start preparing the food without any trouble, so I activate my teleportation magic again and connect the distorted space to my house. Of course, all the cooking and such are done on Earth, so I would have to go back anyway. But I can handle that on my own. "Now, what should I make." For some reason, when I thought of food to eat outdoors, either barbecue or curry came to mind, so I decided to make curry this time. When I finished making it quickly and returned to the valley again, Night and Akatsuki were rolling one of the large stones which were scattered around. When I looked closely at it, I saw that Kaori and the others had prepared a simple table and chairs using these stones. "Thanks for the preparation." "N-no! The cooking was left up to Yuuya-san after all. We should at least do this¡­" Kaori smiled as she said that, and then she noticed the smell wafting from the pot in my hand. "That smell is¡­ curry!" "Yeah. I don''t know what to make, but when I think of food outdoors, curry comes to mind." Well at the field trip the other day, I didn''t expect to be tasked with cooking curry, and I also didn''t think I would have to procure the ingredients as well. "I agree. For a picnic, it would be sandwiches and onigiri (rice balls), but for a camping trip, it would be curry!" "¡­Curious. I''ve never smelled anything like it. This smell, it makes me hungry¡­" Yuti, who had never heard of curry, was curious about my pot and rubbed her belly as she described her thoughts. It''s true; curry smells appetizing, doesn''t it? I''m hungry, too, so I quickly poured the curry onto the plates I brought with me and served it. Yuti looked more and more interested in the curry in front of her. "The color, too, is strange. Can we really eat it?" "Of course." "¡­Hmm. It takes a little bit of courage. But it smells delicious¡­" It''s true that the color of curry, for those who don''t know¡­ well, it''s a pretty challenging color. It''s not a problem for us who are used to eating it. But when Kaori, Night, and Akatsuki began to eat, Yuti finally seemed to have made up her mind and took a bite. "Huh!" And as her eyes widened, she looked at Kaori and me with an excited look. "This, this, this is delicious. It''s so good." "I-is that so? That''s good to hear. And I''m glad you''re eating it by yourself too." "Hmm. I''m growing, after all." "Yuuya-san, you are really good at cooking¡­ it''s very delicious!" The curry was well-liked by the two of them, but let''s just say all I did was cut up vegetables and stew them with a commercial Japanese curry powder¡­ Well, I''m not making it with one kind of curry powder, but a mixture of two kinds of curry powder, so it might taste a little different. I didn''t have that luxury before, but now that I''ve gotten money by converting things from the other world, I''ve expanded the scope of my cooking, or rather the things I can do. "Waguwagu¡­ Woof!" "Fugo. Fugofugo." Night and Akatsuki were also enjoying their curry, so it''s a relief. As I watched everyone else eat, I brought my portion curry to my mouth and nodded once. Yes, it''s delicious. As we were each enjoying our curry in this manner, I suddenly realized something. ¡­It was so delicious that I had forgotten all about it, but the smell didn''t attract monsters or anything, does it? Despite Yuti''s barrier, it''s still okay, right? "Guooooooooooooooo!" """?""" "Buhi!" ©¤©¤The voice, or rather a roar of something that didn''t seem to be from a monster, rang out. Then, just before the roar reached us, it seemed that some kind of light flooded out of Akatsuki as if the [Sanctuary] skill had been activated, but there was no time to check it. That roar shook the surrounding trees and the ground, and caused the river''s water to splash loudly. The mysterious roar made us drop the curry in our hands involuntarily, and we covered our ears, and held our heads up. As we desperately endured the sound, the impact eventually subsided. We started to move, checking it out. "What on earth was that noise?" "Unknown. But it''s unusual." Even though I had my ears covered, I was still shaken up so much that my head was buzzing. "Kaori, are you okay?" "Y-yes¡­ somehow¡­ because, um, Akatsuki-san helped me¡­" "Buhi." As I thought, it looks like I wasn''t mistaken about Akatsuki activating the [Sanctuary] skill. Yuti, Night, Akatsuki, and I can withstand it since we have some abilities, but Kaori is different. However, it seems that Akatsuki recognized that, and reduced the damage by applying the [Sanctuary] skill to Kaori. "Thank you, Akatsuki. It was helpful." "Buhibuhi." Akatsuki nodded as if to say that it was obvious, but it actually helped Kaori. Besides, it''s cute to see Akatsuki looking so high and mighty like that. "Aaah¡­ the curry we were eating was totally ruined, but the portion in the pot still looks like it''s safe." "Regret¡­" In front of the curry that had fallen to the ground, Yuti muttered that in a sad voice. "And what was that noise earlier? It''s not a normal sound by any stretch of my imagination¡­" At any rate, the ground and the trees were shaking ¨C some of them couldn''t withstand the impact of the roar, and there were even trees that were snapped off. It really helped that Akatsuki used [Sanctuary] on Kaori. If it weren''t for the [Sanctuary] skill, Kaori would have been returned to Sage-san''s house for sure. Once everyone was confirmed safe for now, I had to think about the sound from earlier, but that''s when Kaori opened her mouth. "Well, that sound¡­ that sounded like some kind of cry or¡­ a roar to me." "Roar?" Roar, you said? Could it be¡­ I had a horrible feeling about it, and suddenly a floating sensation came over us. "Huh?" What''s going on¡­ the ground was shaking even more than before, and I noticed that, with each impact, we were floating off the ground. Just like me, whose face turns blue, Yuti also noticed something and muttered in dismay. "This is unpredictable. I couldn''t see it. Barrier, it doesn''t do any good¡­" It''s an arrow that Yuti predicted the future and released before, but it doesn''t help the situation that''s happening now. Because©¤©¤. "Yu-YuYuYu-Yu-Yuuya-san¡­" "¡­.." I''ve already guessed everything, but I can''t move now. Because as the approaching sounds and impacts got louder and louder, I couldn''t stand properly. sea??h th§× ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "T-the dragon¡­!" "Astonishing. This dragon looks exactly like the dragon from the old storybook¡­" I turned around fearfully and saw in front of me a mouth shaped like the dinosaurs I''ve seen in movies and books. "¡­.." "¡­.." The deep purple of the scales gave the dragon a fascinating air at our first encounter.. The appearance of the dragon, which had a somewhat sharp impression, was very majestic. As I was about to be blown away by just his breath, my eyes met with the owner of that mouth. I was interested in the dragon himself, but I couldn''t do anything about it now that he appeared in front of me. And this is no ordinary dragon by any stretch of the imagination. Because the size of him is strange. He''s big ¨C too big. He was as large as a skyscraper that''s lying on the side. Because of his size, his body was completely hitting the rocks on both sides of the valley, but it might have forced its way to pass through since even that rocky hills had been scraped away and were crumbling. Everything was outside of the ordinary. Not only the size of him, but also the atmosphere; everything was overwhelming. Even Yuti, who is stronger than me, as well as Night and Akatsuki were stiff and unable to move. And¡­ "Guuoooooooooooo!" The dragon in front of me raised his head high in the heavens and once again let the roar that we heard earlier. In the face of such a ridiculous situation, I had only one thought. Yes, I''m going to die. Because no matter what comes to mind, it''s impossible. No, I originally hadn''t planned on fighting, as Owen-san''s request was only to investigate. But we ended up encountering him. As my mind went blank and I couldn''t let my voice out, I suddenly heard a voice different from the bellowing I heard earlier. "Hey, you puny human over there!" Chapter 93 - Book 3: Part 2 Here''s another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 "Hey, you puny human over there!" "¡­¡­¡­.., Huh?" I looked around hurriedly as I suddenly heard an unknown voice, but there was no one around who seemed to be the owner of the voice. It seemed that not only me but also Yuti and the others could hear it as well, and they all had puzzled expressions on their faces. As we were all looking for the owner of the voice, we heard the voice again. "As a puny human, how dare you ignore me?" "Eh?" I didn''t think it was possible, but I looked up at the dragon''s face. I was looking up towards the sky until my neck hurt. "Could it be¡­ you''re speaking?" "Indeed. I''m talking to you." "The dragon is talkinnggggg!" "What is it, you lot. Is it such a strange thing for me to speak?" I wasn''t expecting him to really be able to talk, so I reacted in this way. "N-no, um¡­ It''s because this is the first time I''ve encountered a dragon, so¡­" "Hmph. I don''t want to be compared to those dragons around here, but I can certainly understand and speak your language. Do you know what that means?" "Huh? ¡­T-that means y-you''ve worked hard to learn the human language, right¡­?" "What kind of apprehension is that?" For some reason, the dragon was tsukomiing at my words. No, because¡­ that''s the only thing that comes to mind when being asked if I know what that means¡­ "Eei! That means that if I can understand your words, I can understand all the insulting things that you humans have said about me!" "I-I see?" "What a lack of response!" Then, what should I say? Because I by no means have any intent to make fun of the dragon in front of me¡­ Seeing the exchange between the dragon and I, Kaori was shaken up. but for some reason, Yuti looked at me as if she wanted to say something to me. What? Is my reaction that strange? It''s not that I couldn''t stand the stares by everyone, but for now, I''m going to ask the dragon a question. "Um, can I ask you something¡­? I heard you were asleep at the beginning, but is there any reason why you woke up?" "Where did that panic of yours earlier go?" "I felt better after that conversation got derailed." "So you''re a big shot, huh?" At first, I was surprised and thought it was all over, but when I found out that we could communicate with each other, I felt a lot better. If this dragon had intended to kill or eat us in the first place, we wouldn''t be here talking right now. "Well, that''s okay. I was awakened by the annoying smell of the "Holy" and the "Evil"¡­ And now, for the first time in my life¡­ I, who have lived since the creation of the world¡­ I never thought that there was a smell that I didn''t even know existed. That smell has lured me here." "A smell, you say?" "You want to feign ignorance, huh? There''s a pot lying near you. It''s been drifting from there." "Huh?" I looked at the pot of curry that was miraculously safe from the dragon''s roar earlier. "Um, you mean this curry?" "Curry, huh? What''s that?" "Erm, it''s our meal¡­" The dragon heard my words and, for some reason, frowned. Or rather, the expression on the dragon''s face is so easy to understand. "Hmph, don''t talk nonsense. Isn''t human food supposed to be either boiled or grilled? Do you think that seasoning it with plenty of salt and spices is acceptable?" I nod my head at the dragon''s words, which seem somewhat ridiculous. Could it be that he''s been asleep for so many years that he doesn''t know that human taste buds and seasonings have changed? Sure, it may have been true in the past, but over the years, humans have also developed their own cooking methods and studied various cuisines. Well, in this world, the cooking techniques may not be that well developed yet. "Hmm, in that case, since you are here, would you like to try it?" "Eh, my curry¡­" Then Yuti gave me a sad look at my remark. "Aah, Yuti. I''ll make another one right after giving this dragon the curry." "Hoo? Do you think you''re going to get home safely before me?" "Eh? Aren''t you gonna let us go?" "¡­You are somewhat out of tune." Why? I didn''t do or say anything strange, didn''t I? "But even if I were to eat this thing, I wouldn''t be satisfied with such a small and insignificant amount of food. What are you going to do?" "What am I going to do, you said? If you said so¡­" Indeed, the dragon was right; even if it were the size of a large pot, the amount would be completely lacking, considering the size of the dragon in front of me. In the first place, it''s doubtful whether there is even enough for the dragon to taste it. However, there''s no better way to deal with this huge body©¤©¤. "Ah. That''s it." "Mu? What do you mean?" "No, I just thought I''d found a way to reduce the size of dragon-san, so I thought that¡­" "D-dragon-san? I mean, do you really think there''s a way to do that?" "Yes." As I said that, I took out a certain thing from the item box. It was the [Pill of Large and Small Changes] that was dropped at the time when I got the equipment for Kaori''s protection. "What, that''s¡­ not poisonous or anything like that, right?" "No, no, it''s just a pill to make you smaller." "A pill that could make me smaller?" Dragon-san brought his huge face closer from the side and stared at the medicine with his big eyes. "Hmph. How can such a thing make me small¡­" "Well, well, don''t say that; you just have to try it." "Where''s the attitude you had the first time you saw me?" When you become too nervous, you become uncomfortable speaking, don''t you think? Well, the reason why I''ve been able to be so carefree is that being nervous isn''t practical. Besides, I''d really want to borrow Japanese companies'' help and teach dragon-san that human food is wonderful too. With that in mind, I threw the pill into the mouth of the still vigilant dragon. Incidentally, there were a lot of pills in the bottle, and to be honest, I didn''t know how many pills it would take for the effect to appear. But as expected, I couldn''t use more without knowing the effects, so I kept it to one. No, in the first place, if it''s unused, I''m just saying that you should use it yourself first. "Y-you! You really made me eat it!" The next moment, however, the dragon''s body began to glow. "What is this? What''s happening!" "Who knows¡­?" "Who knows?!" Well, maybe it''s like a sign that it''s going to start shrinking now. When dragon-san is panicked at the strange phenomenon of his body, Kaori, who has been watching the course of events until now, asked anxiously. "W-what an amazing light¡­ but is it okay?" "I think it''s going to be okay. When I got the item, the description didn''t mention anything that looked like a side effect." Yes, that was one of the main reasons why I used it on dragon-san without hesitation. With the [Identification] skill, if there are any side effects, they should be properly explained to me. After all, when I examined the [Ichikoro grass] that Akatsuki brought me when I was collecting medicinal herbs with Lexia-san and Luna, I was properly informed that it was dangerous. Eventually, the light subsided, and there was a small dragon there, about the size that I could carry in my two hands. "I-is it done¡­? Why do you people look down on me?" "It''s because dragon-san is now small." "What?!" Dragon-san received my words and immediately looked over at his body and was stunned. "T-this is ridiculous¡­ my body is really smaller¡­" "Now, you can really taste the curry." "U-umu¡­ No, I mean, that''s not it! It''s true that if I get smaller, it will let me try the curry, but I can''t have it like this!" "That''s okay too. Perhaps, from now on, dragon-san will be able to change the size of his body at will." "What?!" The dragon''s eyes widened as if to say that he couldn''t believe my words, but his body began to glow again as he looked up at the sky as if he had decided on something. And when the light subsided, dragon-san in his original size was present. "I-I really turned back¡­" "You really did it." "You weren''t sure about this?" I knew that it was possible to change the body''s size thanks to the [Identification] skill, so I didn''t think it was impossible to do so. Dragon-san was astonished by my reaction, but soon, when his body glowed again, he changed into a smaller body. "¡­Well, fine. No, it''s not actually good, but let''s not worry about it at this time. Now what''s in the pot there? Give it to me quickly." Saying that, dragon-san snatched the pot of curry I was holding. Then he opened the pot and took in a full breath. "Suuuhh¡­ U-umu, as I thought, it''s an indescribable smell. But from the color, I can''t imagine it''s very good." "Disagree. Then give it to me." "What is it, little girl? This is mine now! I won''t give it to you!" At this point, Yuti aimed for the curry, but dragon-san finally stuck his face into the pot! "¡­.." I wasn''t expecting him to shove his whole face into the pot, so I was a little worried about him©¤©¤. "Zugogogo!" "Eh." I heard what sounded like something being sucked in at an incredible rate. And then¡­ "Delicious! This is so good? What is this, what the hell is this?" This was a victory for the Japanese companies. I answered with a few words with a proud expression, "This is human food. It''s curry." "T-this is¡­!" Dragon-san froze for a bit, looking greatly surprised, but then began to eat again in earnest. While looking at that figure, I suddenly thought back to my conversation with dragon-san earlier and decided to ask him. "Um¡­ speaking of which, earlier you said something about the smell of "Holy" and "Evil," what do you mean by that?''" "Haguhagu¡­ Mm? Apparently¡­ it means nothing. The disgusting smell of "Holy" and "Evil" began to fill the world, so my nose woke me up even though I didn''t want to. They''re spreading disgusting smells¡­" Could it be that Master and the others are causing this¡­! I''m not sure what to say to that fact, and as he ate, he moved his nose around and smelled us as well. "I think I can sense some of that smell from the little girl there and from you as well¡­ Mm? You guys have a bit of a strange smell. The little girl smells like a mixture of "Holy" and "Evil." And from you, it''s¡­" As he was about to say that much, dragon-san stopped eating his curry and opened his eyes. "R-ridiculous¡­ why do you smell like that guy!?" "T-that guy?" "Stop playing dumb! If I say that guy, it''s that guy!" "No, wait, that doesn''t make sense to me¡­" "Why is it so hard getting through to you? Didn''t the humans call him the Sage?" "Eh!?" I was so surprised by dragon-san''s words that my eyes widened. "Sage, you said? You know sage-san?" "Huh? I know what he knows, and he should know what I know, too." "No, there''s a lot of things happening with me at the moment¡­" While telling him about the Earth, I explained to dragon-san that I became the new master of Sage-san''s house and that I had inherited Sage-san''s magic circuit. Then, dragon-san snorted loudly. "U-umu, I see¡­ But I must admit that I''ve never heard of the existence of a different world¡­ even though I''ve been living since the creation of this world¡­ this is the first time I''ve heard of it. And to create a connection with it¡­ As expected of the Sage." Dragon-san muttered with a somewhat distant look in his eyes. "Um¡­ what''s the relationship between dragon-san and Sage-san?" "Hm? That''s right¡­ I thought we were friends." "Eh?" "But I failed to understand his suffering. I had no concept of life span and thought it was foolish to die of old age. But I didn''t think that it was his only salvation¡­" With a somewhat sad look on his face, dragon-san says so. Sage-san''s book said that he didn''t have any close friends, but there were still those who were worried about him like this¡­ As I was feeling sad about that misunderstanding, dragon-san finally finished his curry. "Puhah! That was good!" "Oh, yes. That''s good to know©¤©¤." The moment I was about to say that much, a message appeared in front of me. S~ea??h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. You have succeeded in taming the [Genesis Dragon] Chapter 94 - Book 3: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 You have succeeded in taming the [Genesis Dragon] "¡­¡­¡­.Eh?" "Mmm? What''s wrong?" I rubbed my eyes involuntarily at the message that appeared in front of me. But no matter how many times I checked, the contents in the message didn''t change. I was hesitant to tell Dragon-san about it. "W-well¡­ Dragon-san, um, You¡­ you''ve been tamed by me." "Huh? What did you say? ¡­The human food you served was indeed delicious, but that doesn''t mean I''ll be tamed by©¤©¤It''s been dooonneeeee!?" Dragon-san seemed to have checked his status, and his eyes were popping out. From Dragon-san''s words, it seemed to be the undeniable truth that he was tamed. Yuti also froze with her eyes wide open. Kaori didn''t understand the meaning of taming, so she just tilted her head in confusion. Night and Akatsuki didn''t seem to be making any particular noise. "Why¡­ why did this happen? What would happen to me now that I''ve been tamed?" "Err¡­ I''m sorry?" "I''m not looking for an apology! You must release me now!" "Eeh!? Even if you ask me to release you, I don''t know how¡­ No, I''m also troubled by taming Dragon-san, too¡­" "Why have you tamed me in the first place?" I''m sorry, I''m honestly surprised as well. If it''s a dragon, no matter how hard I tried, I couldn''t take him outside on Earth. He might be seen as a rare lizard without the wings, but Dragon-san has magnificent wings and is able to fly. There''s no way to deceive others on Earth with regards to that. Besides¡­ "Um, speaking of trouble, we originally came here since we heard that Dragon-san has awakened¡­" "What? What do you mean by trouble?" "Although there was a legend that Dragon-san was sleeping in this valley, no one believed it. But recently, with the monsters in the valley suddenly becoming active as if they were fleeing from something and, more importantly, with Dragon-san''s roar, people thought that the legend might be true¡­ And if the legend was true, the people were worried about what kind of action Dragon-san would take, as well as many other factors¡­" "Hmph. Well, it can''t be helped if they don''t know about me nowadays¡­ After all, it''s been thousands of years since I had last been awake." "T-thousands?" "Yes. I''m sure that it was the smell of "Holy" and "Evil" that has awakened me, but as you can imagine, sleeping for so long makes me hungry. That is why I ate the monsters which were reasonably close by¡­ and then the other monsters fled from me." "I-I see¡­" There were many things I wanted to say, but the most important part was that this happened after thousands of years, so Sage-san was a person from at least thousands of years ago¡­ It''s no wonder that people didn''t know about him like Dragon-san. Although the impact of Dragon-san''s words was huge, it''s difficult to comment on Dragon-san''s behavior, especially if it seemed to be a bother. Dragon-san looked unperturbed and laid down. "Hmph¡­ So what are you going to do now?" "Eh? Well¡­ I''ve tamed you, for now, so I thought I should give you a name." "You''re starting with that? No, it''s important too, but¡­!" "Personally, I feel that calling you Dragon-san will be just fine¡­" "That''s no good! If you''re going to give me a name, it should be a cool name that''s befitting of me!" Since Dragon-san asked, I was thinking of ideas for his name again. But rather, is he already accepting that he was tamed? No, it seems much worse. I looked at Dragon-san again and thought. Dragon-san is a majestic figure worthy of being a legendary dragon; his scales are a mixture of deep purple, black, and vermilion, which creates a feeling of luxuriousness. "Hmm¡­ then how about Ouma?" "Ouma?" "Yes. How should I say this? From Dragon-san''s appearance, the word ''Oumagatoki*'' just comes to me¡­" [T/n: Oumagatoki means twilight, or the time for disasters (similar to the ''witching hour'' but not midnight)] Whether Oumagatoki is in the evening or not, that''s the kind of color I am reminded of, so I just explained¡­ Then, Dragon-san mumbled the name I suggested and nodded his head a few times. "Ouma¡­ Ouma¡­ huh? It''s good. I''m Ouma from now on." "Ah, yes." "By the way, what is your name? Although I''m still reluctant, you''ve at least become my master. Is it not strange to not know your name?" Dragon-san¡­ No, Ouma-san''s words reminded us that we never introduced ourselves, so we hurriedly told him our names. After hearing that, Ouma-san nodded again. "Yuuya, Kaori, Yuti. And then Night and Akatsuki, huh? ¡­When I look around again¡­ there''s a few unusual individuals here." "Is that so?" "Don''t you realize? Yuuya and Yuti have a strange smell which is like a mixture of "Holy" and "Evil." I don''t feel any threat from Kaori, so it''s a mystery as to why she is here. As for Night and Akatsuki¡­ U-umu. Looking at these two, isn''t it strange that you tamed them¡­? "Eh? I-is that so?" "¡­I highly doubt it, but do you know of Night''s race? Akatsuki is a bit special, so it''s not surprising if you don''t know about him¡­" "I know about Night''s race, you know? It''s Black Fenrir, right?" "Eh." Then, for some reason, it wasn''t Ouma-san who froze, but Yuti, who was listening in on our conversation behind me. "Yuti-san, what''s wrong?" "K-Kaori. Did Yuuya just say Black Fenrir?" "Y-yes. That''s right. Night-san is that kind of wolf." "That''s two legendary species in one place¡­" "Eeh?" I''m puzzled by Yuti, who is holding her head. I don''t understand what she meant. Then Ouma-san told me with a sigh. "Sigh¡­ It''s no wonder that Yuti is like that. Although Night is not from a species that has lived since the creation of the world. But when it comes to combat power, Black Fenrir is on par with me." "Eh." "The current Night is just a child and is developing¡­ but I have never heard of a tamed Black Fenrir. Considering how he is tamed and raised by Yuuya''s hands¡­ he could become the most powerful Black Fenrir in history." "Huh¡­" I didn''t expect Night to become as strong as Ouma-san. Well, since he was in the [Great Devil''s Nest] as a child, I didn''t expect him to be weak. "Night, you''re a terrific guy, aren''t you?" "Woof? Woof." "Fugo! Fugofugo!" "Eh? Yeah, I know Akatsuki is amazing too." "Buhi? Fugo." "Woof." Night himself didn''t seem to understand my question, and after tilting his head, he snuggled up to my leg. Akatsuki rubbed up against my other leg, showing off that he''s amazing too. ¡­Well, they''re cute, so it''s okay. "They''re cute, so it''s not a problem." "They''re a big-shot, you know? It''s the same as having a hell of a force!" "Affirmation. I was nervous about the fight with "Evil," but with Ouma in front of me, and Night growing up, it''s safe to say that it would be a waste of time to worry about "Evil." That''s about as strong as a fighting force gets." "It is that much¡­" "Of course. Who do you think I am? Normally, I am not interested in you humans, so I ignore them, but I can put an end to the conflict between the "Holy" and "Evil" in an instant if I choose to." "H-how?" "By blowing up this planet." "That''s blowing things out of proportion!" What do you mean by destroying an entire planet? If you do that, you wouldn''t be safe either, would you, Ouma-san? Then, as if he knew what I was thinking, Ouma-san snorted. "You may be worried about something trivial, but I can live anywhere. There''s no harm in wiping out a planet; it''s simply a matter of finding another one." "Eh, horrible¡­" "Yes, I am! I am one to be feared! I am not one to be tamed in any way!" "But you have been tamed and¡­" "That''s why, how veeeexxing!" Ouma-san lamented incessantly. I don''t know even if you ask me that. "Gnunu¡­ If this cannot be reversed, then I hope it will be more fun than before. If not, my taming is just a loss for me! Yuuya, can you satisfy me?" "Err¡­? Maybe with the Earth cuisine or information about Earth?" "Eei, ain''t that interesting¡­!" It''ll be okay. Ouma-san looked frustrated for some reason, and I brushed it off inwardly. "Well¡­ then, shall we go home¡­? The dragon in question, Ouma-san, has been tamed, and if Ouma-san was the cause of the monsters'' activities, everything will be back to normal once he is gone¡­" "Hmph. If your business was to investigate me, then you''re done here. As Yuuya says, once I''m gone, the monsters will naturally return here." "Then everything is fine. Let''s go with that." As I was about to say "let''s go home", Kaori raised her hand timidly. "Uh¡­" "Hmm? What''s wrong? Kaori" "That¡­ Ouma-san? However, we were asked to investigate the problems, and of course, Ouma-san is the cause of all these problems, right?" "Well, I guess so." "I don''t know much about the situation on the human side, anyway" said Ouma-san. "Then, what should we tell the people in the royal capital¡­ and especially to Owen-san, who made this request to us?" said Kaori. "Ah." I froze at Kaori''s words. That''s right. Originally, Ouma-san''s awakening was the cause of much trouble, and Owen-san sent us here to find out if he had awakened. But the most important thing here is that I can''t simply say that I took the legendary dragon back with me, can I¡­? "W-what should we do¡­?" "W-well, I guess we''ll just have to be honest with him¡­" "That''s right¡­" I don''t know what the reaction will be. But I can''t fool him, then I''ll just have to be honest. Just when I think we can finally go home, a new problem comes up. But there''s no point worrying about it, so I''m dragging my heavy feet to return to the capital. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤©¤©¤Um, Yuuya-dono. Can you repeat it?" "¡­Um, the one next to me here is the legendary dragon. Yes." After returning to the royal capital, I immediately went to report to Owen-san. But for some reason, I was taken in front of Arnold-sama. It''s also that Arnold-sama felt sorry that he had to ask me, a person from another country, to help them out. When the content of the report was about the legendary dragon, he wanted to hear about it in person. That''s very courteous indeed. However, because of this situation, the only people in this audience room right now are us, Owen-san, and Arnold-sama. I''d like to say hello to Lexia-san and Luna as well, but they are currently away on official business or something. The princess is very busy, after all. I''m trying to escape from reality, but since I have an unfamiliar dragon with me, Owen-san seemed to have guessed the situation and decided to ask me about it in detail with Arnold-sama. I''m nervous about going in front of Arnold-sama, perhaps even more nervous than when I met Ouma-san¡­ It might lead to misunderstanding if I left the situation up to their interpretation, so I honestly reported it to them. As expected, both Arnold-sama and Owen-san ended up with headaches. Although I was concerned about Arnold-sama and the others, Kaori was also very nervous because she was in front of the King. I wanted her to relax somehow, but in front of Arnold-sama was just¡­ On the contrary, Yuti, who had previously attempted to kill the first prince, Rhaegar-sama, was just standing absent-mindedly and did not feel any tension. As I was pondering what to do in this somewhat chaotic atmosphere, Ouma-san, the center of this case, opened his mouth as he laid on the ground annoyed. "What, human. What is so strange about this me being tamed? Hmm?" "N-no! That''s not what©¤©¤." "Of course it''s strange!" said Owen-san "Eeh¡­?" Owen-san tried to butt in in Ouma-san''s good mood, and Ouma-san didn''t expect to be cut off here and was confused. "I don''t understand it either! But I can''t do anything about it because I''ve been tamed just like that. It''s not me who''s strange but him." "I was just making a curry¡­" "What''s to blame is the human food that tastes so good!" It''s not my fault after all? No, the curry isn''t wrong either. Well, that''s okay¡­ "So, what should I do?" "W-what should you do, you ask?" Arnold-sama replied to my question with a twitch of his cheeks¡­ "Well, this uproar was caused by Ouma-san¡­ and it was this dragon¡­" "Wha? I didn''t do anything wrong!" "But you shouldn''t have caused trouble for other people, should you?" "I am a dragon; I don''t give a damn about human circumstances!" S§×ar?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "You can communicate with both dragons and humans, so¡­ you need to be a little more considerate of their situation." "Gnununu!" As I explained that to Ouma-san, Owen-san and Arnold-sama looked at us with distant eyes. "¡­Owen. Did my eyes get screwed up? The legendary dragon is being preached!" "¡­No, Your Majesty. It''s real." "It''s okay. I am also confused about what I see." "R-right¡­ wait, who are you?" "I am Yuti." "Yu-Yuti? Owen, do you know who she is?" "Eh? Ah, well¡­ um, it''s hard to explain, I guess you could say¡­" "King. Do not worry about the details." "You seem very familiar!" "Yuti, you stay away! ¡­My apologies. She''s somewhat out of touch with the world¡­" "No, I mean, she''s quite spirited¡­ Anyway, isn''t the legendary dragon supposed to be¡­ bigger? I can''t imagine him raising a roar that could make the whole castle tremble from a small body like that¡­" "I had no idea that he is the legendary dragon until I led them here, but Yuuya-dono said he had an item that allows one to change the size of their body at will¡­" "¡­Yuuya-dono, who on earth is he actually? "¡­It''s one question I''d love to know the answer to as well¡­" While Ouma-san and I were still discussing, Arnold-sama let out a sigh and continued. "So, what do you think we should do?" "Well¡­ First of all, it would be impossible to eliminate him." "Y-you''re right. I''m not sure of his abilities, but if the appearance of a mere dragon can cause the majority of our troops to be lost¡­. In addition to being able to communicate with us, he has been alive since the creation of the world¡­" "The longer a dragon lives, the stronger and more powerful it becomes in terms of both its magic and its body¡­ No matter how you look at it, this is not something that a country could take on." "If that''s the case, I''d like to keep Yuuya-dono in this country¡­" "It''s not easy. Yuuya-dono is obviously a foreign nobleman or royalty¡­" "Mmmm¡­ we really have no choice¡­ No, Yuuya-dono can be considered to be a benefactor for Rhaegar and myself. That''s why it''s best to not ask for cooperation by force¡­" "If a country hostile to ours could control the legendary dragon at will, there is nothing we can do about it." "Yes. I''m very grateful to Yuuya-dono for helping us with this incident¡­ No, I don''t know if Yuuya-dono''s country is friendly to us or not, but at least Yuuya-dono is very friendly¡­ to Lexia¡­!" "Don''t trigger your doting parents'' foolishness here¡­ but I do think we''ll have to leave it all to Yuuya-dono. From the beginning, Yuuya-dono is outstanding in terms of individual capabilities. It wouldn''t be a surprise if a dragon that could easily destroy the country joined as his companions after all this time. Otherwise, it would be impossible for him to continue to live in the [Great Devil''s Nest]." "He is truly a mysterious person. The only option is to surrender or be destroyed if the legendary dragon attacks. It is useless to think about it too much. ¡­Yuuya-dono." "Eh, yes?" I was in a heated discussion with Ouma-san about not bothering humans. Unexpectedly I was approached by Arnold-sama. I mean, what am I doing, neglecting the King like that? I won''t be executed for impoliteness, will I? Arnold-sama opened the discussion in a dignified manner to me, who was inwardly scared. "Yuuya-dono. Regarding that dragon¡­ I''ll leave everything to you, Yuuya-dono." "¡­Eh?" "We cannot make this matter about¡­ the dragon¡­ public. So I''m sorry that I cannot reward you for your investigation. Of course, we do not demand anything from you either. That''s why we leave this up to Yuuya-dono." "Leaving everything up to me¡­?" As I was puzzled by Arnold-sama''s words, Owen-san also chimed in. "Yuuya-dono. I''ll tell you clearly. We''ll leave it entirely up to you." "It''s really clear!" It''s really clear! That''s right! No one knows what to do with this legendary dragon, right? In the end, as per Arnold-sama''s decision, there was no mention of Ouma-san''s roar or the damage by the monsters caused by Ouma-san''s gluttony, and this audience ended. Fortunately, there were no casualties included in the damages caused by the monsters that escaped from the valley, which was probably significant. Nevertheless, too much happened today, and so, in the end, our original goal of showing Kaori around the royal capital could not be achieved. Chapter 95 - Book 4: Part 1 Here''s another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ ED: Blast Part 1 "Okay, everyone, take your seats. We have a new transfer student coming today!" After they returned from another world for the holidays, Yuti''s school life at middle school finally began. Everything was new for Yuti, from putting on her unfamiliar uniform to letting go of the bow she always carried around with her, and so on. Until now, Yuti had lived alone with her master, the "Bow Saint," and had never practiced communicating with humans. Hence, she was worried about whether she could fit into an environment where Yuuya and Kaori were not present. However, Yuuya and the others were unaware of Yuti''s anxiety because it did not show on her face, nor did she talk about it. With such thoughts weighing on her, as Yuti waited anxiously in front of the classroom, excited voices could be heard from inside. "A new student!" "Eh, is it a boy or a girl?" "It will be nice if it''s a cute girl!" "Even if it''s a cute girl, you won''t be taken seriously by her either, you know?" "S-shut up!" "Yes, yes, please be quiet! Well then, Yuti-san, please come in." "¡­.." When Yanagi-sensei, the homeroom teacher who would be taking care of Yuti, gave the signal, she entered the classroom with trepidation. Yuti''s contact with existences such as Yuuya and Kaori made her feel less hatred and fear towards humans than she had when her Master died. However, she still had mixed feelings when she considered the fact that humans were partly responsible for her Master''s death. Still, she was well aware of the fact that the humans here were not responsible for her Master''s death. Yanagi-sensei, who''s in charge of Yuti''s homeroom, had a calm personality, which was something that Yuti was grateful for, given her circumstances. "¡­.." The moment Yuti entered the classroom, the previously noisy students all turned silent at once. This made Yuti anxious as if something was wrong with her, but Yanagi-sensei didn''t seem to pay it any mind and wrote Yuti''s name on the blackboard. "Yes, Yuti-san. Please introduce yourself." "A-affirmative." Yuti gave a small nod and opened her mouth slightly, scanning the students in the class fearfully. "I''m Yuti. ¡­N-nice to meet you, all¡­" Yuti ended up introducing herself in such a simple manner because she didn''t know what to say. Then©¤©¤©¤. "S-so cuteeeeeee!" "Eh!?" The whole class erupted in unison. "Eh, what!? Isn''t she incredibly cute?" "I was expecting a handsome boy, but a girl this cute is totally fine! I''d rather it not be anyone than this girl!" "She looks like a doll!" "Yuti, right? Are you a foreigner?" "Err, um¡­" The unexpected reactions of the students left Yuti utterly confused. Until now, she had always solved her problems by force, and Yuti didn''t know what to do in this situation where her power was ineffective. Besides, Yuti was not used to being welcomed so favorably in the different world, where human beings would not interact in such a way without caution. "Yes, yes, everyone. Yuti-san is feeling troubled! If you have any questions, please do so during the break!" Sensing that Yuti was uncertain how to react to this reception, Yanagi-sensei put a stop to the students'' commotion, and turned to Yuti with a gentle smile. "Then Yuti-san, you can sit in that vacant seat." "Okay." When Yuti got to the seat shown to her by Yanagi-sensei, she took a breath. Then a girl sitting next to her spoke to Yuti. "Hey, Yuti-san. I''m Haruna! Nice to meet you, okay?" "N-nice to meet you, too¡­" Yuti was surprised to be approached so abruptly, but Haruna''s cheerful atmosphere eased Yuti''s nerves a bit. £ª£ª£ª Yuti successfully finished homeroom and started the classes, but a big problem remained. It was¡­ ¡­¡­. "¡­Confused. I can''t understand them." Since Yuti has never studied before, it was only natural that she could not solve even simple problems. Fortunately, Kaori taught her about writing and other things in this world. She also acquired the skill [Language Comprehension], so she can speak, read, and write without problems, but she struggled in other areas. Although Yuti stumbled academically, she showed her true potential in the following physical education class. In class, the girls were playing basketball, but Yuti didn''t understand the rules. "Haruna." "Hmm? What''s wrong? Yuti-san." Therefore, when she gathered up the courage to talk to Haruna, who was seated next to her, Yuti asked her about basketball. "Unknown. I don''t know anything about basketball." "Eh, really? You mean you''ve never played it before?" "Affirmative. I''ve never seen it before either." Hearing Yuti''s words, not only Haruna but the girls nearby were dumbfounded. "Y-you don''t know basketball¡­? Is there such a country?" "Then, I''ll teach you." Fortunately, no one made fun of Yuti for not knowing basketball, and everyone was kind enough to teach her. After listening to the conversation, Yuti understood most of the basketball rules and picked up a basketball that was lying nearby. "Confirmation. I have to put this ball through that net. Is that correct?" "Yes, that''s right." "Can I throw it in from anywhere?" "Eh? Well, yes. But as expected, at this distance is©¤©¤©¤." "Hmm." Yuti lightly jumped up on the spot and threw the ball in the direction of the faraway basketball net. Then the ball went through the net in a straight line without missing a beat. As soon as the ball landed harmlessly on the spot, Yuti turned around to confirm with Haruna. "Is that correct?" "¡­.." However, no one could respond to Yuti''s question. Not only the girls, but also the boys who were also taking a class in the gym, and even the teacher opened their mouths in astonishment at Yuti''s physical prowess. "Hmm? What''s wrong?" "Hah! W-what was that just now¡­ Yuti-san, is this really your first time playing basketball?" "Affirmative." "No way!" Yuti did not know the rules of any sports on Earth, let alone basketball, but no one would believe it after seeing her movements. First, Yuti would confirm the rules and such, and from then on, the actual game will be played¡­ "Yuti-san!" "Hmm." "Eeeeeeee! Three points again!" As a disciple of the "Bow Saint," it was no more than a child''s play for Yuti to put the ball into an immovable target¡­ the net. Whenever she took a shot, the ball went in. It didn''t matter how big the court was for Yuti. However, as soon as people around her realized that Yuti''s scoring prowess was extraordinary, the opposing team tried to stop her. "We have to stop Yuti-san''s shot!" "Don''t let her shoot! If she shoots it, it will go in!" Some of them were from the basketball club, and under normal circumstances, if they marked someone in particular, they would have been stuck and unable to do anything. But even this didn''t work against Yuti. "No way, how come?" "W-we can''t stop her!" Yuti slipped through the group of girls who were trying to stop her and easily escaped from the encirclement. She then received a pass from her teammates. The opposing team was unrelenting and moved in to prevent her from taking a shot. "I won''t let her shoot!" "¡­.." "Eh?" Then, the schoolgirl who came to stop her widened her eyes in surprise. The reason was that Yuti was not looking at the net and just stood there in a daze. What''s more, Yuti then lightly threw the ball, as if she had no thoughts of where the ball would go. Then¡­ "Eh, what!?" "When did that happen?" The ball thrown by Yuti landed in the hands of a teammate who was passing by, and the teammate who received the ball took a shot in a hurry. Yuti had generously used the "Bow Saint" technique that she was using when she fought against Yuuya and the others. She had predicted where and when her fellow teammates would pass by, and she did the divine work of presenting the ball precisely in line with that. "How can we win this¡­?" The opponent''s dispirited voice unintentionally leaked out, but everyone in the room agreed with their words. After that, Yuti''s outstanding performance continued, and the match ultimately ended in a one-sided development. £ª£ª£ª "Yuti-san, you''re amazing!" "Hmm? Is that so?" When the physical education class was over, and Yuti was changing back into her uniform, Haruna said with a sparkle in her eye. "That''s right¡­ and there were also students from the basketball club on the opposite team¡­!" "Basketball club?" "Yeah, that''s right! Our basketball club is pretty strong, you know? I can''t believe you can win decisively against those girls all by yourself¡­" "Denial. It''s not just me. Everyone''s got their shots." "No, it was all because of Yuti-san''s pass!" "That''s right." "Eh?" Then one of the students, who was listening in on the conversation between Yuti and Haruna, came to talk to them. She has a short haircut and a somewhat boyish vibe. She approached them while wiping the sweat off her face. "Oops, you still don''t know my name yet. I''m your classmate Natsuki; nice to meet you!" "Natsuki¡­" "Yeah, yeah. And I got beaten up in the game earlier, but I am a member of the basketball club." "Basketball club member?" "Un, well, Yuti-san beat us one-sidedly. It was because of her support that the other girls were able to score. Well, Yuti-san''s passes were so accurate that it''s like she knows someone will come there¡­" "Affirmative. I know, so I threw the ball." "If that''s the case, that''s really great¡­" Natsuki thought Yuti''s words were a joke and laughed. "Anyway, since you''re so strong, Yuti-san, do you want to join the basketball club? In my opinion, you are most welcome¡­" "Question." "Hmm? What is it?" Yuti looked at Haruna and Natsuki with a serious expression and tilted her head. "Basketball club, basketball club member, what is that?" ""Eh?"" "I know basketball. But I don''t know about the club, or club member." At Yuti''s words, both of them were perplexed as they did not expect that. However, Haruna, who recovered her senses immediately, asked anxiously. "Err¡­ Could it be that there were no club activities where you were before, Yuti-san?" "Club activity?" "Oh, there were not, huh¡­" Judging by Yuti''s reaction, she could tell. "It''s so rare that there were no club activities¡­" "Right. It''s more like¡­ I can''t believe there wasn''t a basketball club with such a gem of a person. ¡­It''s such a waste." At Natsuki''s words, not only Haruna, but the other girls who were listening around nodded in unison. "Unknown. What is this club activity?" "Ah¡­ I don''t know what to say about club activities, but I guess it''s more like a group of people who get together afterschool to do sports and other activities that they want, with a similar goal in mind." "¡­Difficult to understand. So, do I have to be in a club?" "Not that you have to, but¡­ is there anything you want to do?" "Affirmative." Yuti nodded in agreement, as she suddenly remembered that she has not touched a bow in this world. "Bow¡­" "Bow? ¡­Maybe you mean Ky¨±d¨­* or Archery?" [T/n: Ky¨±d¨­ is Japanese Archery.] At Natsuki''s words, Yuti looked up vigorously, and excitedly approached Natsuki. "Ky¨±d¨­? Archery? Unknown. Just a bow, can I use it?" "Y-you can use it, but¡­ Yuti-san, are you interested in trying Ky¨±d¨­ or something?" "Negative. I always use it." "You are using it?" "I''m surprised. Well, maybe you should show up and join the Ky¨±d¨­ club or something. What do you think? I''m off today, so I''ll show you around if you want?" "Ah, me too, me too!" Yuti nodded vigorously in response to their grateful offer. "Okay, then the three of us will go to the Ky¨±d¨­ club after school!" "That''s right. Still¡­ I''m a little disappointed that it''s not basketball, but I''m also surprised that it''s Ky¨±d¨­." "Surprised? Why?" "Because¡­ no, if you''ve been living abroad, it''s not surprising if you know archery." Natsuki muttered to herself, and Haruna asked Yuti a genuine question. "Come to think of it, where did you live, Yuti-san?" "Forest." ""Huh?"" "Forest" ""¡­.."" Haruna and Natsuki asked again, but Yuti''s answer did not change. Considering Yuti''s response, they looked at each other unconsciously. "B-by forest, you mean, a real forest?" "No, not many people live in the forest in this day and age, right? Maybe it was Aomori* Prefecture or something?" [T/n: Mori = forest.] "Ah, it''s possible. ¡­But, it doesn''t sound like that''s the case, and it looks like you''re a foreigner, right?" "Hmm¡­ your Japanese is fluent, though¡­" "S-surely¡­" The existence of Yuti was becoming more and more of a mystery to them, and they both just nodded their heads. "So, where do you live now?" "Yuuya''s House." ""Huh?"" "Yuuya''s House." ""¡­.."" Again, not only the two¡­ but everyone who was present was silent. Haruna, who immediately came to her senses, asked fearfully. "W-wait a minute. Is Yuuya someone¡­ we also know? In our school, there''s a very famous person with the same name¡­" "Hmm? Unknown. But he''s in the same school. I think it''s called high school?" "B-by the way, what''s his last name¡­?" "As I recall¡­ Ten, Ten, Jou?" "¡­.." And again, silence. And then©¤©¤. "Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeehhhh!" "Huh?!" A scream echoed through the women''s locker room. "No-no-no way! Yuti-san, you live with Tenjou-senpai?" "No, what kind of relationship do you have with Tenjou-senpai in the first place?" "Being alone with Tenjou-senpai¡­ I-I''m so jealous¡­!" The barrage of questions that followed made Yuti''s eyes go black and white. "Did I say something strange?" "No, it''s not strange or anything, but¡­ huh, is that strange¡­?" "That''s not the point; it''s the fact that you are living with Tenjou-senpai! What does that mean?" "Unknown. Not sure. But I''m in Yuuya''s care." "You are not sure?!" The words that came out of Yuti''s mouth one after another stimulated the girls'' curiosity. Yuti tilted her head at the sight of the excited girls. "Question. Yuuya, is he famous?" "He''s so famous, you know! Because it would be crazy not to get a rumor for being so handsome!" "It''s not only that. He also showed off his tremendous physical abilities in the ball game tournament the other day, and more importantly, he cleared out the delinquents who broke into the school before¡­" "Oh, that! That was awesome! He was throwing away the delinquents one after the other!" "Delinquents? ¡­I''m not sure. But Yuuya is more than capable for that much." Knowing of Yuuya''s fighting prowess, Yuti nodded at Haruna and the others'' words. "I can''t say for sure because these are only rumors, but I heard he also repelled a bear that attacked during a field trip." "Eeh? That has to be a lie. Right, Yuti-san?" "Denial. Yuuya, if it''s a bear, he can throw it away." "Are you kidding me!?" S~ea??h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Haruna and the others were increasingly surprised by Yuti''s words. The girls continued to ask Yuti many questions, and they were almost late for their next class. Chapter 96 - Book 4: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 I''ve been unusually anxious all day. The reason for this was¡­ "Speaking of which, I hear an amazing girl is joining the middle school." "H-heh, is that so?" "She''s a foreigner, and now she''s the topic in the school." ¡­Yes, it''s about Yuti. While we''re on break, Ryo was telling me the rumors about Yuti, but from my standpoint, I couldn''t help but be at the edge of my seat. S-she didn''t make any big mistakes, did she? Everything''s okay, right? In addition, I''m wondering if Ouma-san, who is currently at home in this world, is behaving properly. I managed to explain the situation to Owen-san and the others and brought him home without any problems, but Ouma-san is a dragon that is considered a legend in the other world. He would not care about human common sense. Moreover, Ouma-san was not happy at first, but his eyes sparkled when he saw the food I had prepared, the tools of Earth, and so on. And he finally admitted that I had tamed him. However, the most memorable part of the exchange with Ouma-san was going back from the capital, and he saw Sage-san''s house. "¡­This house would be safe, even if I were hit with a full-fledged strike. That guy is the same as always¡­ I mean, his very existence itself is no longer relevant¡­" Sage-san, you are being recognized as an irregularity by this legendary dragon. I was curious about the relationship between Ouma-san and Sage-san, so I asked. "How did Ouma-san and Sage-san meet¡­?" "The first time we met was¡­ a long time ago¡­" As he said that, Ouma-san stared somewhere far away. "I''m not yet as calm as I am now. I was showing off my power when he suddenly appeared and struck me with a blow¡­ The shock I received at that time is still fresh in my mind." Sage-san, what are you doing? "I never felt fear before in my life. However at that time, I thought I would be killed. But he only lectured me and did not kill me. ¡­So, Yuuya was the second person to preach to me in my life." "I-I see¡­" I didn''t mean to give him a sermon; I was just explaining it to him in a normal, convincing way. "Anyway, that''s where the relationship between Sage and I began, and we spent a long time together, but¡­ he''s gone. Leaving me alone." The expression on Ouma-san''s face was somewhat sad as he said that. "That''s why I was so surprised when I could smell him from Yuuya. Your tone and attitude are different, but fundamentally you are similar to him. I''ve never thought that you would inherit Sage''s house, weapons, and abilities." Ouma-san, who was about to say that much, widened his eyes when he noticed something. "Could it be that¡­ he had foreseen this to send me a new friend¡­? That''s impossible. But it''s that guy we''re talking about¡­ Kuh¡­" "Ouma-san?" I called out to Ouma-san, who was lost in his thoughts, and started mumbling something in a small voice, but Ouma-san went directly into Sage-san''s house. I wonder what''s on his mind. Anyway, thanks to Ouma-san, I''ve gotten to learn about Sage-san a little bit more, and now I understand that he''s, as expected, an extraordinary being. But when I think about it, there were shoes in Sage-san''s house, which were not made from Ouma-san''s hide, but from the Dragon God. Ouma-san''s evaluation of Sage-san was not exaggerated. I wonder who he really is. I had been restless all day given the many situations. I felt sick to my stomach just when Kaede approached me vigorously. "Yuuya-kun!" "Y-yes!" "Is it true that you live with the new student at the middle school?" Oh¡­ I was so concerned about the other world''s information and Yuti''s uncommon physical abilities that I had completely lost my mind. Therefore, I couldn''t react immediately to Kaede''s words. Involuntarily I froze, and Ryo''s eyes widened as well. "Yuuya, is what Kaede says true?" "Eh? No, that''s¡­" "Well?" Kaede, who was approaching me with such vigor, put pressure on me. H-how should I respond to this? To begin with, how do I explain my relationship with Yuti! Sear?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I was frantically thinking of an explanation, I noticed that the hallway was noisy. Not only me, but Ryo also noticed this and turned his attention to the hallway. "Hmm? What on earth happened¡­" The moment Ryo looked towards the corridor, Shingo-kun came in from the corridor, looking flustered. "Yu-Yuuya-kun! You know, that new student is calling you!" "Heh!" As I let out a dumb voice at the unexpected turn of events, Yuti walked into my classroom from behind Shingo-kun. "Found. Yuuya, there you are." "Yu-Yuti¡­" When Yuti spotted me, she came toward me without paying attention to her surroundings. "Question." "Eh? W-what?" I can''t help but answer spontaneously since she asked in such a straightforward and natural way. "Prevention. Yuuya, you stopped me from carrying a bow. But in today''s physical education class, when I said I wanted to use a bow, Haruna said there was the Kyudo club. Anticipation. I want to go. Is that okay?" "I''m just saying it''s not safe to carry a bow around with you on a daily basis¡­ If you want to go to the Kyudo club, I think it''s fine." "! Really?" "No reason for me to lie about it, you know." But if Yuti joined the Kyudo club, I''m sure she would play a big part in it. Then Yuti gave an unusual little smile, and I froze in place when I saw it. "Gratitude. Yuuya, thank you." "Y-yeah." "Leaving. Then, I will go now. I think I might be sweating a bit, so prepare for my bath, okay? Bye." After saying just that, Yuti left at her own pace. ¡­And the name Haruna was mentioned in Yuti''s words earlier, I wonder if she made a friend without any trouble? As I was relieved to hear Yuti''s situation, I turned to Kaede and the others again. "Well¡­ it''s about my relationship with the transfer student, right?" ""No, you can''t fool us anymore!"" Right. Of course, if we called each other by name right in front of them, we wouldn''t be strangers, would we? I gave up and began to explain, choosing my words as clearly as possible. "Uhm¡­ that girl before is called Yuti, and she''s the daughter of an acquaintance of someone that I''m indebted to, well¡­ that acquaintance had an accident and thus the person I am indebted to had asked me to take care of her because he was busy, or something like that¡­" I don''t know if such an explanation was acceptable, but this is the limit of details that I can provide. In fact, although Yuti is not the daughter of the "Bow Saint," it seems that they were like parent and child in a sense, so there''s no problem in referring to Yuti as the child of the "Bow Saint." Otherwise, it would be more confusing if I had described her as someone else''s disciple. "B-but, she''s living alone with Yuuya-kun, isn''t she?" "W-well, you know. I was also confused by the suddenness of the situation, but since she had nowhere else to go, she said she''d stay out in the wild if I don''t take her in¡­" "U-ugh¡­! I''m so jealous that she can live alone with¡­ Yu-Yuuya-kun¡­!" "Hmm?" Kaede seemed to want to say something, but she groaned as if she couldn''t find the words. No, I also agree that there are many problems for a young man and a young woman to live alone. But I can''t say that¡­ In the end, I spent an uncomfortable afternoon feeling the eyes of not only Kaede but also the other classmates on me. £ª£ª£ª After school, after receiving permission to visit the Kyudo club by Yuuya, Yuti was led to the Kyudo hall by Haruna and Natsuki. When they arrived, their homeroom teacher, Yanagi-sensei, was there, wearing Kyudo attire, instructing the students. "Yanagi-sensei." "Ara? Haruna-san, Natsuki-san? Why are you here? Hmm¡­" When she was called, Yanagi was momentarily surprised to find Yuti behind Haruna and Natsuki. "Yuti-san. Are you perhaps interested in Kyudo?" "It seems like it!" "But listen, sensei. In physical education class today, we played basketball with Yuti-san, and she was so strong that no one was able to keep up with her, including me." Surprised at Natsuki''s words, Yanagi-sensei''s calm and gentle eyes widened. "Ara ara, is that true? If that''s the case, shouldn''t she be joining the basketball club?" "I know. But it is up to her to decide what club to join¡­ Right? Yuti-san?" "¡­.." "¡­Yuti-san?" Haruna and Natsuki called out to Yuti, but Yuti didn''t hear their voices and her focus was drawn to the students who were shooting arrows. At that sight, Yanagi-sensei laughed. "Ara ara, Yuti-san seems to be quite interested in archery. What do you think? Do you want to try to shoot it once?" Yanagi-sensei handed Yuti the bow and arrows she was holding, and Yuti finally returned her gaze there and looked at the bow and arrows. When Yuti received them, Yanagi-sensei immediately tried to teach her, but¡­ "Then, Yuti-san. Before shooting it, you need to wear something that makes you comfortable to move©¤©¤." "Unnecessary." "Eh?" Yuti ignored the words of Yanagi-sensei and walked forward slowly, entering the place where the students had just finished shooting. The students who were practicing were surprised to see Yuti and were wondering about what was going on, but Yuti didn''t seem to care and stared at the target in the distance and asked Yanagi-sensei behind her. "Question. Should I aim at the middle of that target?" "Y-yeah. It''s the target but¡­ it is not so easy©¤©¤©¤." Yuti drew the bow before Yanagi-sensei could finish her words and shot an arrow out carelessly. Yuti shot it in her usual way, which ignored the eight stages that Kyudo was based on. But the result was clear. The arrow shot by Yuti pierced the middle of the target set directly in front of them, and the people around were all silenced by the sight of it. However, Yuti did not seem to mind at all and continued to shoot arrow after arrow. "W-wait, Yuti-san!" With Yuti''s sudden actions, Yanagi-sensei hurriedly tried to call out to her, but her voice did not reach Yuti''s ears. And so, Yuti''s arrows, one after another, struck the middle of the target in rapid succession, creating a large number of "Jointed Arrows" where the arrowhead pierced the previous shot. But that wasn''t enough, Yuti enhanced her focus, and as she entered her own world, she fired off arrows continuously. "A-amazing¡­" "I never thought of hitting the center so precisely like that¡­" "I-isn''t it crazy?" "Hey, look! The back wall is¡­!" "Eh, are you kidding me?" The students who were watching Yuti''s performance noticed a problem and began to buzz. It''s because the arrows shot by Yuti finally shattered the target and began to penetrate the wall behind it. And then, Haruna and Natsuki, thinking that this was a bad thing, rushed in to stop her. "Yu-Yuti-san, Yuti-san!" "Stop, hey, stop!" "¡­Huh!" Haruna and Natsuki''s voice finally reached Yuti, as she decisively fired one last arrow to a place where there was not even a wall anymore. After finishing, Yuti turned to Yanagi-sensei and the others with some excitement. "Satisfied." "¡­.." However, no one was able to comment on Yuti''s actions, ability, or excessive randomness. In fact, no one expected the target, or even the wall, to be broken down, so they didn''t know what to say. Yuti tilted her head at the lack of response, but she suddenly felt an uncomfortable feeling inside her body. It was a sense of discomfort that could only be felt because the nerves had been sharpened by the concentration that had been in place until a moment ago. "? This sensation is¡­ Evil?" Although she was aware of the discomfort, Yuti decided not to worry about it, as there was nothing particularly wrong with it. Rather than that, right now, her being able to shoot arrows at school was satisfying. When Yuti nodded in satisfaction, Yanagi-sensei finally came to her senses and muttered to herself. "J-jointed arrow¡­ even one arrow is expensive, though." "N-no, more importantly, what do we do about the target and the wall¡­" "¡­That''s also true¡­" "?" Yuti did not understand the meaning of Yanagi-sensei''s words, because until now, she had prepared arrows and targets on her own. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤©¤Now, finally!" The red eyes, which glow strangely in the dark space, laugh happily. "I wondered what would happen to me because of that damned pig¡­ but it was worth it to persevere somehow." And the red eyes stare upwards. "You''re no longer needed. Once I recover a bit more, I''ll snap out of here¡­" And the red eyes melted into the darkness. Chapter 97 - Book 5: Part 1 Here''s another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 "©¤©¤©¤Now, let''s start training seriously today." "Woof." "Fugo." About a week after Yuti started school, I decided to intensify my training, as the situation had finally started settling down. The reason for this was that with the fight with Yuti, I realized I was not strong enough. I knew that if I kept things as they were, I wouldn''t be able to feel safe in the other world. It''s not that I''m interested in having great power, but I''ve been caught up in the battle between the "Holy and the "Evil," and gotten involved with Yuti''s case¡­ "Sigh¡­ I wish I could be in peace in the other world, but¡­ not everything goes the way I wanted." "Woof." "Buhi, buhi." Night and Akatsuki put their paws on each of my legs as if to comfort me in my depression. They are adorable. Just as their appearance began to soothe me, I suddenly realized. "Huh? Speaking of which, where is Ouma-san?" To be honest, another reason I decided to train this time was because of the appearance of a super-powerful entity in my vicinity, Ouma-san. Although Master Usagi is also powerful, he would come over and teach us about kicking, then take a magic lesson from me and go away again. For this reason, I''m very thankful to have a super-strong presence who is always present¡­ "Answer. Ouma-san, he''s sleeping." "Eh?" When I turned around, I saw Yuti standing there. "What''s wrong? Earlier I heard that you''re going to study¡­" That''s right, although Yuti was able to perform well in physical education classes at school, she couldn''t keep up with the other classes. Now she not only prepares and reviews for the classes at home but also studies the contents from elementary school. Luckily, the act of learning itself seems to be fun for her, and Yuti is constantly absorbing more and more knowledge. I''ve always hated studying, but that''s about the only thing that I could reflect on through my efforts¡­ I do study properly now¡­ Although I had properly tried dieting and doing muscle training all my life, I never lost any weight nor gained any muscle until I leveled up. To my question, Yuti told me with a straight face. "Training. I''m going to be Yuuya''s partner." "Eh?" "Discomfort. Since yesterday, I''ve been feeling strangely unwell. That''s why I move around." "So you want to take a break from studying?!" How did she jump to the conclusion to move her body? "Negative. I feel restless when I''m not moving. My chest is all buzzing¡­" "Even though you say it''s buzzing, it''s just¡­" "I had been a disciple of the "Bow Saint" before Yuuya learned about it. Seniority. That''s why I''m going to take care of Yuuya, too." "H-huh¡­? I appreciate that, and it''s good if you want to move around and maintain your body condition during your break¡­ By the way, is Ouma-san really sleeping?" "Affirmative. After lunch, he said he felt sleepy and went to sleep." "He really does as he pleases¡­" Ever since Ouma-san arrived at my house, he has been lazing around at home, eating and sleeping all the time. Although, he has always praised all the food I cook for him as being delicious. If it were up to me, I''d take him outside the house, but that would cause a big commotion, so I had no choice but to ask him to endure. This is why it''s difficult for me to complain about Ouma-san slothenly life of eating and sleeping. To begin with, he is a strong legendary dragon, so there is no need to train him. "Well, if that''s the reason, then it can''t be helped¡­ So is Yuti going to help us?" "Affirmative. There are the reasons I mentioned earlier. But I want to practice, too. Even now, the buzzing in my chest is getting stronger and stronger¡­" "Eh? What does it mean©¤©¤©¤." At the moment I was about to say that. "Ugh!" "Yu-Yuti!" Suddenly, Yuti was in pain and collapsed in place. When I held her in my arms, her eyes opened widely. And her eyes were©¤©¤completely bright red. "Wha!?" ""It took a long time, but I recovered and finally got out."" I hear two overlapping voices coming from Yuti''s mouth. Night steps in between Yuti and me to separate me away from her. "Grrrrrr¡­" "N-Night?" "Fugo, fugofugo." Then, not only Night but also Akatsuki showed signs of alertness, so I turned my gaze once again to Yuti. Then Yuti stood up unsteadily and looked at me with her red eyes. ""Hey, hey, don''t stare at me like that. I''m your precious friend, aren''t I?"" "What are you talking about¡­? Who the hell are you to begin with? You''re not Yuti!" The body and appearance were completely that of Yuti, but the Night and Akatsuki''s reaction made me realize that the person inside was entirely different. In response to my question, Someone in Yuti''s appearance grinned and said¡­ ""Is this vessel really that important to you? Then¡­ I''ll give it back to you¡­!"" "!?" In the next moment, a black haze erupted forcefully from Yuti''s body, and it gradually took shape. The black haze that escaped from Yuti''s body took a form which looked exactly like Yuti''s ¨C becoming a "Black" Yuti, so to speak, in contrast to the characteristically white Yuti. "Eh, Yuti!" ""Nay? I''m "Evil." Well, I''m just a piece of it¡­"" Whereas Yuti had characteristic white hair and white eyes, the black haze that escaped from Yuti''s body was similar to Yuti in shape, but the hair was black, and the eyes were red. When the black haze©¤©¤the Evil©¤©¤had escaped from Yuti''s body, Yuti suddenly lost her strength and collapsed on the spot. "Yuti!" "Oops, it makes me sad that you are ignoring me." With a grin, the "Evil" in Yuti''s appearance produced a bow from its body and shot an arrow at me. "Ugh!" "Woof!" "I-I''m fine." That blow was comparable to Yuti, the disciple of the "Bow Saint," and if I had continued to stand there in a daze, I would have been killed. However, the "Evil" looked down at its own hand bitterly. "Tsk¡­ It''s already made me so exhausted with just one attack. I''ve got to find the next host as soon as possible." "A new host?" My guess is that this black haze is the "Evil" power in Yuti''s body. As for why it came out of Yuti''s body, I suppose¡­ "Why are you coming out of Yuti''s body now?" "Oh? Of course, that''s because she''s no longer useful, you know?" "No longer useful?" "Yeah. She was pure and full of dreadful negative emotions. You guys have ruined it, you know. That''s why I waited to recover my powers and came to seek out a new host like this." The "Evil" laughed and stared at Yuti, then produced an arrow in its hand and aimed it at Yuti. "Well¡­ let''s get rid of the unnecessary stuff quickly!" "Huh! I won''t let you!" I instantly equipped my [Bloody War Demon Series] with the effect of [Bracelet of Replacement] in an instant. While at it, I also took out my [Omni-Sword] and immediately activated my [Magic Attire]. I was able to instantly move between Yuti and the "Evil." Then, after catching the blow from the "Evil," I cut at it immediately. That attack was easily avoided. But Akatsuki was waiting for it and activated his [Sanctuary] skill. "Buhi!" "Ha! You succeeded when I was still inside that immature host, but it''s not strong enough to deal with me, a pure piece of "Evil," pig!" "Buhi!?" "Woof!" What''s more, as Akatsuki was shocked that [Sanctuary] didn''t work, the "Evil" shot an arrow at Akatsuki. As such an attack is unavoidable for Akatsuki, I hurriedly tried to rush over to him, but Night, who was waiting nearby, instantly took Akatsuki in his mouth and left the spot. "Woof." "Fugo. Buhii¡­" "Woof woof." Akatsuki, who was now somehow safe, thanked Night, But he was depressed that his [Sanctuary] didn''t work. Thus Night comforted him. I was also surprised to find that Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary] failed¡­ But, from the word of the "Evil," it seems to be related to the host or something. If the immature host it described was Yuti¡­ I think Akatsuki''s power could keep it in check when it''s inside a host, similar to the time when it was in Yuti. If so, the "Evil" in front of me now couldn''t be suppressed unless it is inside someone''s body? As I was thinking about this and that, and the "Evil" glared at Yuti again. "Tsk¡­ I thought about destroying this useless vessel as soon as possible, but it would be a waste of my energy to do so. Then I guess I should get out of here quickly." "What? Do you think I''ll let you go?" "Hey, hey, are you trying to beat me?" "That''s¡­" To be honest¡­ I mean, it''s pretty tough. I have already used the [Magic Attire] technique a while ago, so there is no other way to catch it off guard. Besides, if it''s true that it has stayed in Yuti''s body, it should have some idea of my moves¡­ I couldn''t answer its question, and as it had implied, this was the only answer. Its smile deepened. "Hmph. Then, I will quickly get out of here and seek out a more suitable host." "Wait!" At this rate, the power of the "Evil" is really going to escape. There will be more people like Yuti who will be corrupted and run amok¡­ That has to be stopped at all costs¡­! As soon as I thought of this, I naturally replied. "Then use me!" "Woof!" "Buhi!?" "¡­Hoo?" At my suggestion, the "Evil" gave a wicked smile that lived up to its name. "Sure, I was watching from inside Yuti, but you''re that rabbit''s apprentice, aren''t you? You looked pretty strong and©¤©¤©¤. The stronger the host, the better. Well, whether you can fit in or not is another matter¡­" As the "Evil" stared at me to observe me, Night and Akatsuki seemed agitated at my suggestion, but I did not say that without a plan. If a host is greatly affected by this "Evil" power while it is in the host, I thought that by putting it in my body, it could be suppressed by Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary]. But my plan seemed to be noticed by the "Evil" as well, and the "Evil" deepened its smile. "By putting me in your body, you''re planning to suppress my power with you¡­ But, you know, even Yuti couldn''t hold me down. Nevertheless¡­" As soon as it said that, the "Evil" eye was blazingly bright and the dark haze came into my body at once. "You will regret how naive your idea was¡­!" "Guh!" "Woof!" "Fugo!" Night and Akatsuki tried to prevent the "Evil" from entering my body, but the process was over in an instant. Then, a somehow unpleasant force swirled around inside my body, as if trying to invade my body from the inside©¤©¤. £ª£ª£ª "What a stupid guy. How dumb of him to give himself up!" The "Evil" power that jumped into Yuuya''s body made a vicious smile inside Yuuya. "The idea of containing me inside his own body wasn''t a bad one, but how could he think that¡­ I don''t have any countermeasures after all this time?" Not only was the "Evil" power restored while inside Yuti''s body, it also took measures to avoid repeating the same mistake the next time. S§×arch* The nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Well, there is a limit as to what I can do¡­ if his very soul is dyed black¡­ he might die." As the "Evil" power said, if Yuuya''s soul itself had become pitch black due to the influence of the "Evil" power, then purifying it with Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary] would end up erasing Yuuya''s heart itself. "Now, let''s dye this guy''s soul black right away¡­" While licking its own lips, the power of the "Evil" reached out to Yuuya''s soul. But¡­ "Ah? ¡­W-what''s this?" The power of the "Evil" couldn''t help but shout. Because©¤©¤. "W-what the hell is this¡­ I''ve never seen a soul like this¡­ it''s all white! There is not a single black stain! What am I supposed to do with this?" It''s also unexpected for the "Evil." There was not a single black stain in Yuuya''s soul that could be used as a catalyst to influence it. "No way¡­ I can''t do anything with this¡­!" In order for the "Evil" power to corrode the heart of the other party, the soul of the host needs to contain dark factors. In order to turn the soul dark, negative emotions are required in order to instigate corruption. But Yuuya, who is gentle in nature, has no negative emotions. So to speak, he has no factors for the "Evil" to manipulate. Therefore, the "Evil" can''t touch Yuuya''s soul devoid of any dark elements. "This can''t be happening¡­ I have to get out of here quickly¡­!" The "Evil" power desperately tried to escape from Yuuya, but the surroundings were as blank as Yuuya''s soul, and it found itself trapped without a way out. "Oh, hey, are you fucking serious?" The "Evil" was dumbfounded and realized that its power was nearing the limits. "I can''t do anything about this¡­ Haha, how can there be such a person¡­" The "Evil" was unable to do anything inside of Yuuya and gave up powerlessly. Chapter 98 - Book 5: Part 2 Here''s the chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 "¡­Huh?" "Woof¡­?" "Fugo¡­?" The "Evil" entered my body and the dangerous presence swirled within my body, but it subsided in an instant. And the next thing I knew, nothing happened. I had Akatsuki remain on standby with [Sanctuary] in case something went wrong¡­ "Maybe¡­ I don''t need it¡­?" "That''s right! I can''t believe there are people like you in this world! God damn it¡­!" "Eh!?" Suddenly, I heard the Evil''s voice from earlier, and I hurriedly looked around, but I could not find it. Then suddenly, I felt as if the inside of my body was being struck. "W-what is actually happening?" "That''s because I''m here!" "Eh, inside of me!?" "That''s right." Ah, that''s right. I''m the one who let it into my body. "Uhm¡­ I''m kind of scared. Would you mind if I ask Akatsuki to use his skills to purify you?" "I don''t want that. Why should I choose to disappear voluntarily?" Well, no one wants to disappear, do they? I don''t know if I can call it a person though. While I ponder about that, the Evil shouted in a shifty manner. "Keh¡­ I thought I would take over your body from your soul, but I couldn''t do anything with a soul that didn''t harbor any negative emotions. I''d rather be inside that woman lying there¡­" "Ah, right¡­ Yuti!" The Evil''s words reminded me of Yuti''s condition, so I rushed over to her. After a short groan, she quietly opened her eyes. "Mmm¡­ where is this¡­?" "It''s in my house garden. Are you okay?" "¡­Affirmative. My body aches a little. But I feel better than before." Yuti inspected her body as she struggled to stand up on her feet. Then, when I explained to her about the events with the Evil that had just occurred, she said¡­ Sear?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Understood. The black mist, a piece of the power of Evil. I wanted to take revenge on the Evil, and the Evil sensed it. So it came out of my body." "I-I see¡­" "Question. Is that power inside you now?" "Well, yeah." When I answered, Yuti''s eyes widened, and then her expression immediately clouded. "Worried. Are you okay¡­?" She looked up at me with a somewhat anxious look. I wish I could reassure her, but¡­ "To be honest, I don''t know. There''s nothing unusual at the moment. Although that Evil talked to me from inside my body, it seemed to have failed in taking over my body. I mean, is it really possible for an Evil to talk to you when it is inside your body?" "Affirmative. I heard that voice all the time, too. I kept hearing that voice telling me I should take revenge on humans, that I should hate them, etc¡­" "Whoaa¡­" It must be sickening to hear those voices all the time. "Result. I couldn''t ignore the voices. And I couldn''t suppress my revenge." "Well¡­ if it''s being this loud, I guess I can''t ignore it either." "What do you mean by too loud?" That''s what I mean. However, it seemed that Yuti could not hear the words of the Evil, and she spoke with a serious expression. "Prediction. It has been inside of me for a long time. Perhaps that''s why it took on my shape. It is now inside Yuuya. It will call out to you." "I see¡­" The Evil''s power has been inside Yuti for a long time, so maybe Yuti''s form was the easiest for it to create. Even so, while that form was a complete replica of Yuti with minor changes in hair and eye color¡­ it could be made to look much more human. When I thought of such a trivial thing, Ouma-san came out to the garden while yawning. "Fuwaahh¡­ somehow, there''s something strange going on here, Yuuya." "Ouma-san." Ouma-san started calling me by my name since he started loitering at my house. In the beginning, he called me "kid," "you," and quite a few other names, so I''m kind of moved by the change¡­ "I used to smell the Evil from Yuti before¡­ but now I smell it from Yuuya. What the hell did you do?" asked Ouma-san while sniffing me. "That''s¡­" Although I told Ouma-san about what just happened, he didn''t seem very interested and gave a big yawn. "Fuwaahh¡­ Good grief, those Evil bastards only do unnecessary things. What do you think, should we just go and destroy them?" "Oy, could it be that¡­ that guy is the legendary dragon¡­!?" said the Evil with a surprised voice. "Huh? What about it?" Then, I noticed that the Evil who was so noisy inside me before had been very quiet in front of Ouma-san. So I involuntarily called out to the Evil inside me, and it replied with an impatient tone. "Y-you! It is not fair to call on the legendary dragon! Or rather, the legendary dragon really exists!?" "Not fair, you said? ¡­Well, I can only say that it does exist. As I don''t know what the Evil is planning, it can''t be that big of a deal when Ouma-san is by my side, right?" "Ouma? No one thinks that the legendary dragon actually exists!?" That''s not surprising. We thought so too at first. While I''m talking with the Evil, Ouma-san turned his back and went back into the house. "I''m just kidding. I''m not going to go through all that trouble. I don''t give a damn about human circumstances." "What do you mean you don''t care?" "But if you try to mess with this house, I''ll¡­ think about it." "Ouma-san¡­" I hadn''t expected him to say that, so I was unexpectedly touched as Ouma-san left quickly, looking embarrassed. Then, just before entering the house, Ouma-san seemed to remember something. He turned around and called out to me. "Yuuya." "Yes?" "Don''t let that Evil take over your soul." "Eh?" "If you''re captured by it¡­ You''ll die." "Eehh?" I-I will die? No, I know it''s a dangerous power, but¡­! While I was surprised, Ouma-san snorted. "¡­Well, if you know how to use it, you can get stronger. At the very least, you should make an effort to use it to your advantage." After saying that, this time, Ouma-san entered the house. "I can use it, you said¡­ eh, how can the Evil power be used to my advantage?" "Hah! Who would want to be used by you¡­!" "Excuse me! Ouma-san, this Evil is¡­" "Yes, yes, I understand! Of course, it''ll be up to you, but it seems like some people can master it." Oh wow. To my surprise, the Evil power seems to be something I can use at will. Even so, it''s convenient in the sense that I can make it cooperate in a straightforward manner just by mentioning Ouma-san''s name. "You''re a demon¡­ or rather, you''re a fraud¡­ How can your soul be so white with that attitude?" I don''t know about that either. Putting aside the curses that the Evil is spitting out, I asked Yuti. "Ouma-san said that I can learn to use the power from the Evil¡­ Do you know how?" "Unknown. I know how to activate it. But I can''t use it. It''s out of control." "Then can you tell me how to activate it? I feel like it''s better to know in case of an emergency¡­" When the original owner of this Evil power, the so-called main body, attacked us, I could do nothing with my current power alone. Therefore, it''s important to know about this power to prepare for this threat in the future. And if the Evil power inside me goes out of control, I might be able to restrain it with my own power. These days, in addition to the usual muscle training and practice with Master Usagi, I''ve been doing many things, like the [Magic Attire]. Now I''ll even be adding another training to master the Evil power¡­ To be honest, I don''t know how much time I have left today. But considering the events that occured, I was indeed tired. Yuti was supposed to accompany me in my training, but I''m worried that having lost the Evil power might affect her in some way, so I think we should just rest for the day. Just as we were about to enter the house following Ouma-san, something suddenly fell from the sky into my garden. My garden had some kind of barrier put up by Sage-san, so whatever fell was supposed to be harmless to us, but¡­ We were startled by the sudden intrusion, but when the dust cloud cleared, a familiar face appeared. "Master Usagi!" (It''s been a while.) It was Master Usagi, who we hadn''t seen for a long time. Master Usagi tried to approach us, but sensing that something was off, he distanced himself from me. "Eh, Master Usagi?" (¡­Answer me. Why is there a presence of Evil coming from your body?) I cringed from the tremendous killing intent from Master Usagi, but Master Usagi shifted his gaze to Yuti and gave her a suspicious look. (Hmm¡­? Why is the presence of Evil drifting out from Yuuya, but the presence of Evil in Yuti has disappeared?) "T-that''s¡­" I managed to endure the pressure from Master Usagi and explained what had happened. Then¡­ (Hah¡­ you are the most idiotic person in the history of humanity. How can you offer yourself¡­) I had no words to reply. When I thought about it, I could have done more. But the spur-of-the-moment decision to give myself up can be called a stupid move. But I didn''t agree with being the most idiotic person in the history of humanity. Master Usagi sighed as he erased the intimidation he had been directing towards me. (You haven''t even mastered a single power yet, and yet you keep trying out new things one after another.) "You are absolutely right, sir." (¡­Though what was unexpected was that the Evil power that entered you couldn''t do anything to you. This can be considered good news. If you can master its power, it will undoubtedly help you. But don''t let it steal your soul.) "I-I''ll be careful¡­" I can''t begin to imagine what kind of situation would let the Evil power take my soul, but I''ll be careful. As I was reminded of how vicious and difficult it is to handle this power inside, I suddenly asked something that caught my attention. "Speaking of which¡­ did you come here for something?" (Hmm? Ah¡­ well, I had some business around here¡­ so I wanted to drop by and check on you.) "Business?" (¡­There''s no need for you to worry about it. Just work hard on your training.) "Yes¡­" I don''t really understand, but if he says so, I shouldn''t ask about it. Well, as long as Master Usagi was aware of the situation, there''s probably nothing wrong. As soon as I came to this conclusion, Master Usagi turned his back on me. (Well, sorry for the interruption.) And then he jumped up into the air, and just like before, he used the air as a foothold and flew away. £ª£ª£ª (¡­..) After leaving Yuuya''s house, Usagi moved about in the sky above the Great Devil''s Nest for several days. And as he moved through the air, he recalled a certain piece of information which was the reason for his visit this time. (Fist Saint¡­) The "Fist Saint," who also bore the name of "Holy," had fallen to the "Evil," and at this very moment, he was still continuing the "Holy Hunt" to kill the "Holy" one after another. Usagi, who was the top of the kicking world as the "Kicking Saint", had always competed with the "Fist Saint" who was the top of the hand combat world. In order to stop this, Usagi was on his way to find the "Fist Saint." And now, it seems that the" Fist Saint" has also been looking for Usagi and was informed that he was in this "Great Devil''s Nest." That''s why Usagi spent many days looking around the vast land of the Great Devil''s Nest from the sky, searching for the "Fist Saint." After moving around in the sky for a while, a tremendous killing intent struck Usagi suddenly. (Ugh!) In response to that killing intent, Usagi stopped abruptly by unleashing a powerful kick against the direction of movement to change directions in midair. And then he plunged at breakneck speed at the source of that killing intent. And then©¤©¤. (©¤©¤Gilbert.) "©¤©¤Yo, Usagi." There stood the "Fist Saint"©¤©¤ Gilbert Fister, with a fearless smile on his face. Chapter 99 - Book 6: Part 1 Happy new year everyone, hopefully, this year can be much better than the previous one. Stay safe and here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 "©¤©¤©¤Sigh!" After the Evil power had resided in my body, I began the training to master it, as Ouma-san and Master Usagi had suggested. Of course, I couldn''t neglect the other training I had been doing up until now, so I had to do them simultaneously. But that didn''t help me improve much. Rather, there was not even a sign that this would even work. "Puhaah! I can''t use it at all¡­ I can''t get any stronger like this¡­" When I muttered that to myself, the Evil inside me called out to me in a mocking tone. "Hee. It''s just impossible for you, you know?" "Why? If it''s because of you, then I''ll tell Ouma-san¡­" "Do not bring the legendary dragon into this right away! If you''re going to play the legendary dragon, you should do so more sparingly!" "Even if you say so¡­" "And it''s not my fault that you can''t use this power; it''s because your soul is too pure." "Huh? What do you mean?" "That reaction is exactly what I mean." Hmm, I don''t understand. For the time being, the training to master the Evil ended, and the next part was training with Yuti. After a short break, I called out to Yuti. "I''m ready now." "Roger. Just come at me whenever you want." The training with Yuti was to fight while maintaining my [Magic Attire]. And©¤©¤ "Then¡­ I''m coming!" I sprinted ahead from the spot while equipping my [Absolute Spear] and thrusted it out. "Naive." Yuti lightly dodged the attack and proceeded to shoot a tremendous amount of arrows. "Are you serious¡­!" I desperately dealt with it with my [Absolute Spear], but each blow was heavy considering the arrows were made of wood, and I couldn''t move forward from there. "How about this¡­!" "Mmm." I rotated the [Absolute Spear] with one hand above my head to prevent the arrows from raining down and pointed my other hand at the ground. And immediately, while imagining the eye of a typhoon in my mind, I activated the magic. Just as I had imagined, the magic was activated as a violent wind blew around me. Thanks to that, the arrows were deflected, and I took this opportunity to close in on Yuti at once and threw the [Absolute Spear] at her. "Haaahh!" "Fuuhh!" However, Yuti skillfully caught the attack with an arrow in her hand, deflecting the impact and parrying the attack. But, the purpose of my attack was not to inflict damage using the [Absolute Spear], but to create a momentary opening. "Haaahh!" [Omni-Sword] appeared in my hand and I slashed at Yuti, who had shown an opening. "Useless. You can''t reach me with that." "Wha-!?" And then, Yuti sped up her actions further and escaped from my attack without difficulty. When it comes to evasion, Yuti, the disciple of the "Bow Saint," was unrivaled, and I could not even get close to her. Although in the end neither of us fell, no matter how I looked at it, I probably lost. I was overwhelmed the whole time. As I sat down to took a break from the training, Yuti approached me. "Yuuya." "Hmm?" "Not good. Yuuya, you''re not serious." "Eeehh? I think I was serious enough¡­" "Affirmative. That you are. But, Yuuya, you haven''t used your Evil power yet." "Ah, yeah¡­ but I can''t use it yet, so¡­" "Final goal. Combine the Evil power with the power of the [Magic Attire] that you have been using in the earlier battle. With that reason, you can use the power of Evil." "Hmm¡­ I know that, but¡­" I laid down on the ground and called out to the Evil residing inside me. "I really don''t know why I can''t use your power." "Hmm? Do you really want to use my power that badly?" "Well, you know. There are more powerful existences than I had expected in this world, and the more ways I have to protect myself from them, the better. And since you''re inside me now, why don''t we fight together?" "Haha. You know what? Your soul is the opposite of mine. I''m not sure I can fight with someone like that. We''re not compatible to begin with." "Hmm¡­ is that so? I''m really enjoying talking to you like this, and I don''t think we''re incompatible." "¡­Hmph." Hearing my words, the Evil was silent for a moment and then opened its mouth again. "¡­I don''t know, but I think it''s not that bad to live with you either." After I obtained the Evil power, I began to train to use it, and I spent some time with Evil for a while¡­ I noticed that it did not try to take over my soul whenever it had a chance, as it did in the beginning. On the contrary, it was interested in everything I did and even enjoyed the unknown world of Earth with curiosity. "And it''s not just you; it''s this other world called Earth that I enjoy. I think that''s also the reason the legendary dragon is attached to you because he can see your world that we don''t know of living in this world. It seems like the battle between "Holy" and "Evil" is just a small conflict." "I wish your main body felt the same way¡­" "No, that''s impossible. My main body is the accumulation of negative emotions from the world itself. Compared to that, I''m just a speck of dust, so it''s relatively easy for me." It''s not easy for me, though! I couldn''t help but wish that the main body of the Evil could be as reasonable as this one. "Well, whatever. I''ll leave it at that for now and go back. I''ve finished all my daily training¡­" "Affirmative. Rest is important." I was about to head back home with Yuti, as well as Night and Akatsuki who had been playing in the corner of the garden while we were training when¡­ it happened. "Huh!?" "Grrrr¡­" "Hmm? What''s wrong?" Suddenly, Night and Yuti stopped and looked sharply at the entrance of the garden. Then©¤©¤. "What?" A tremendous roar rang out near the house. "What happened?" "Unknown. But that was definitely the sound of battle." "Battle?" I''ve never heard such a roar before, even though this was one of the most dangerous places in the world. "W-what in the world is fighting¡­?" "Unknown. But if it continues like this, this place is in danger." "Yuti?" As soon as she said that, Yuti, who didn''t know about the protection around Sage-san''s house, suddenly ran towards the sound. "W-we''re coming too!" "Woof!" "Buhi?" In addition to Night, who was already prepared, I took Akatsuki, who had been lazily rolling around, into my arms and followed after Yuti. It''s probably better for Akatsuki to stay at home since he''s not a good fighter, but if this sound was from another Evil opponent, we could do nothing about it without Akatsuki. As I began to chase after Yuti with that on my mind, I realized that I had left Ouma-san behind at home. "Oh, no¡­ I should have asked Ouma-san to follow us too¡­" I was about to say that, but then I changed my mind. I don''t think that Ouma-san would come. It is likely that he is currently sleeping inside the house on Earth, and because he is a dragon that could sleep for thousands of years, once he is asleep, he does not wake up easily. And even if he''s awake, he wouldn''t be interested in a conflict by humans or the battles between the "Holy" and "Evil" in the first place. I deployed my [Magic Attire] at once, and caught up with Yuti at top speed. "You came." "Yes, I came, but¡­ don''t go too far ahead. You''ll make me worry." "¡­I''m sorry." In my words, Yuti''s eyes widened slightly, and then she muttered softly as she looked away. As we ran through the Great Devil''s Nest in silence, I suddenly noticed an oddity. There are no monsters¡­? I usually ran at my top speed like this, and monsters would attack me regardless. But for some reason, we hadn''t encountered any monsters since a while ago. It seemed that Yuti had also noticed this point and she had a similarly suspicious expression on her face. As I continued with my inexplicable anxiety, we finally reached the source of the sound. And©¤©¤. "Oh? Who are you?" (Yu¡­ Yuu, Ya¡­?) "Master Usagi¡­?" There was a man with dreadlocks who had the dark aura of Evil emanating from his body. He was grabbing the battered Master Usagi by the neck. The situation was so unrealistic that not only me but Yuti and the others also froze. Then, the man threw the Master Usagi away from his grasp carelessly. "Hah! I see, so this is your favorite disciple, huh?" (You should not touch¡­ Yuuya¡­!) "What? You shouldn''t have the right to order me around when you''re weaker than me." The man stomped on Master Usagi. "You¡­!" (Don''t¡­ come¡­!) "Why?" When I tried to run to him immediately, Master Usagi shouted with all his voice. (Get out of here, right now¡­!) "Get out from here, you say¡­? I-I can''t do that! Yuti, I''m going to attack him, so you have to support me!" "¡­You can''t." "Huh?" I couldn''t believe the words that came out of Yuti''s mouth, and I looked at her. She was looking at the man, shaking and wobbling. Not only Yuti, but even Akatsuki and Night looked frightened of the man. "What''s going on, guys?" "Yuuya, can''t you see? He''s dangerous. It''s nothing compared to Master, the Kicking Saint, or any of the others. He''s a monster." "M-monster, you said?" When I was utterly confused by Yuti''s words, the man snorted, looking down at me. "Hah¡­ Usagi. I wouldn''t have thought that your disciples would be someone who couldn''t even tell the difference in strength between us. Huh?" (Guh!?) "You¡­!" The moment I couldn''t stand it any longer and was about to charge at the man who was stomping on the Master Usagi as if to torture him, the man gave me a very stern look. "Annoying." "©¤©¤©¤" The killing intent from that one word made me fully aware of the situation¡ªand the difference in power between us. I was unable to move because I couldn''t stop my body from trembling from that killing intent. "Aaah¡­ a dangerous guy has come. That guy is one of the most intractable troublemakers among the Evil, you know. Well, you''re out of luck." "Huh? What do you mean¡­?" "He''s a very different kind of user of the Evil than Yuti. He''s kind of a monster." Even the words of the Evil inside me sounded terribly distant to me. The man seemed to have lost interest and looked down at the Master Usagi as my body remained motionless with fear. "Oh, you''re so pathetic. I will kill you in front of the disciples that you are teaching with your all." (Kuh¡­) "Nevertheless, I was expecting to have more fun with this. This was a huge disappointment. Hey!" (Gaahh¡­!) The man pulled away the foot that he had been stomping Master Usagi with, and kicked him straight in the face. "What do you think of my kicking from the eyes of the famous "Kicking Saint"? It''s okay, right? Ah?" He grabbed the ear of the rolling Master Usagi and forced him to stand up while smiling disgustingly. ¡­Stop it¡­ "Well, don''t worry. After killing you, I''ll quickly dispose of the other people here as well. Hey, I''m kind, aren''t I? I think it''s better to get rid of the trash without leaving behind a speck of dust. Right? So, at least as an effective use of garbage, after I''ve played around with you, I will cleanly erase you." (Stop¡­ it¡­) "As I said¡­ a small fry has no choice!" The man stomped on Master Rabbit over and over again. Stop it¡­ Why can''t I get my body to move¡­ "Oh yeah, I''ve got an idea. How about I kick you to death, Usagi? That way, I''ll be the one to take the title of the "Kicking Saint." Woohoo! I''m a genius, aren''t I? Right?" (Ugh¡­) "Hey, hey, what''s your answer, hey!" The man relentlessly kicked Master Usagi over and over again. It must be very humiliating for Master Usagi, who bore the title of the "Kicking Saint." "It''s boring if you don''t respond. Okay, I''ll kill you now." The man simply declared and fixed his gaze to us again. "Hey, take a good look, okay? This is the moment when the "Kicking Saint" is kicked to death by me, and the moment that the new "Kicking Saint" is born!" The man raised his foot vigorously and swung it down without hesitation. For that brief moment, the world in front of me slowed, like a revolving lantern. Stop, stop it; please stop it. Move, please move. Why can''t I move? Why can''t I move while Master Usagi is being attacked? What''s with this man in front of me in the first place? He''s the one who beat Master Usagi up like that. ©¤©¤I will never, never forgive him. £ª£ª£ª While Usagi was about to be kicked to death by the "Fist Saint," the Evil power inside Yuuya was relaxing. "No, it''s really bad luck. Yuuya is different from that little girl called Yuti; that girl is completely compatible with the power of Evil¡­ Besides, she has the ability to be a Holy too, which is another good thing." The Evil power inside Yuuya is laying around, muttering boringly. "Ah, I''ve been having fun lately, but my life here is coming to an end. If Yuuya is killed, I''ll have to find another host. What a pain in the ass." The Evil power muttered and sat down powerlessly. "¡­No. As expected¡­ it''s boring." The Evil power inside Yuuya said so. Although Yuuya and the Evil power were supposed to be incompatible to begin with, a bond was undoubtedly created. That''s why it felt pleasant to try the new emotions that sprouted in it, who had only experienced being a part of the Evil until now. "It''s a bit sad, isn''t it¡­ that we have to part ways here. With him as your opponent¡­" At that moment when the piece of Evil muttered emphatically, the inside of Yuuya, which was supposed to be a pure white space, was suddenly dyed black at a tremendous speed. "W-what is it!?" The darkness swallowed even the Evil power that had been relaxing. S§×ar?h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Uoohh!? W-what''s going on?" The Evil power was perplexed by the situation that it had never experienced before, but it understood the feelings that Yuuya currently has. "Hey, hey¡­ I''ve never seen anything like this in my life, not even in Yuti. What''s with this pitch-black soul¡­?" On top of that, the Evil power smirked at the darkness of Yuuya, as it was trying to sink itself even deeper into the depths. "Well, that''s fine, Yuuya. Normally, I would have taken over you at this point, but this time I''ll lend you my power and you can use it to your advantage. In return©¤©¤©¤." And the red eyes of the Evil power glowed suspiciously. "I won''t forgive you if you lose." Chapter 100 - Book 6: Part 2 Here''s another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 "Farewell, Usagiiiiiiiiii!" The Fist Saint''s kick was swung down with great force. Although he was not an expert at kicking, the Fist Saint''s kick was still filled with terrifying power. Not only Yuti, but Night and Akatsuki were also unable to move due to the killing intent and intimidation from the Fist Saint. Everyone expected this to be the end of Usagi''s life just like that. But¡­ "Ah?" "¡­.." "Huh!? Yu-Yuuya!?" "Ah¡­?" Outside of everyone''s expectations, Yuuya intervened by stepping in between Usagi and the Fist Saint, and stopped the kick with his bare hands. Moreover, the aura of Evil was overflowing from Yuuya''s body much like the Fist Saint. While Yuti and the others were surprised by this sudden turn of events, the Fist Saint became grumpy at once. "Hey, you bastard¡­ know your place, small fry. Who permitted you to touch me? Ooh!?" And then he kicked out with his other foot, trying to knock away Yuuya who was holding onto his foot. However, Yuuya dodged the attack while releasing the leg of the Fist Saint. "What?" "¡­.." Yuuya turned his back on the Fist Saint and hugged Master Usagi, as though the Fist Saint did not exist. "O-oy¡­ you bastard¡­ what are you doing¡­?" "¡­.." "I said, what are you doing? I''m asking youuuuuuu¡­!" Being ignored was something that hurt his pride, and the Fist Saint raised his fist while shouting. That fist instantly exceeded the speed of sound, and the shockwave surrounding it blew away the surrounding trees and ground as it approached Yuuya. But¡­ "W-what?" Yuuya stared emotionlessly at the attack and dodged it without difficulty. "What¡­ What''s going on here? You bastard, did you hide your abilities until now? Ah!?" "It''s¡­ amazing¡­ I''m filled with power¡­ I feel like I can destroy everything in this world." Ignoring the existence of the Fist Saint, Yuuya was immersed in his own world. The Fist Saint could not hide his anger, but the anger quickly turned into a ferocious smile. "Hahaha! It''s good; it''s excellent! I think I can have a lot more fun with you than with that rabbit!" "¡­.." "¡­I don''t know how long you can keep up with that attitude, but don''t let me down!" The Fist Saint made his hands mimic the claws of a beast and moved them up and down as if clamping them together with great force. "Eat him up, [Jaw]!" And then the air fangs attacked Yuuya as if they were going to devour him. "Yuuya!" Even in the face of such an attack, Yuuya didn''t show any sign of evading, and Yuti shouted at him unconsciously. "©¤©¤Like this?" "What?" Yuuya recreated the exact same movement as the Fist Saint immediately. And then, from both of his hands, the air fangs were created, and they collided with the Fist Saint''s attack. However, Yuuya''s fangs were overwhelmingly larger, and the attack of the Fist Saint was easily swallowed up. Then it directly attacked the Fist Saint. "N-no way!?" When he avoided the attack, the ground and the trees disappeared as if the space had been hollowed out in the area where he had been standing. "D-don''t kid around¡­ then, how about this?" The Fist Saint stopped retreating, and closed in to a distance that was his forte, and went on the offensive immediately. "[Tearing Sky Pierce] Haaaaaaa!" It was a skill that could be called the special move of the Fist Saint, as it boasted the greatest destructive power with the least amount of movement, aimed at Yuuya from a very close distance. Moreover, normally, such a super-advanced skill should only be able to deliver a single attack, but the Fist Saint was different and could strike a series of these deadly blows. If one were to receive this skill, the body would be destroyed, not only the outside but also the inside, and the surrounding area would be littered with the resulting fragments. But¡­ "Like this?" "Ah?" Yuuya was unamused and easily replicated the secret technique of the Fist Saint, and released all of them following the fist of the Fist Saint. And the result is¡­ "Gyaaaaaaaaaa!? M-my arm!" The Fist Saint was easily defeated in a battle of fists that should have been the sole domain of the Fist Saint. And the arm of the Fist Saint was shattered without a trace remaining. "M-my arm! My arm! Why, how?" "Stop barking." "Hyiie!?" This was the first time the Fist Saint realized that he was going to die. A black aura was oozing out of Yuuya''s body as he shook it suspiciously for the first time, and his eyes were glowing red. Yuuya stared blankly at the Fist Saint, who had lost both of his arms which were his pride and greatest weapons, and fell down in a miserable state. "What''s wrong? Don''t you want to fight?" "N-No¡­" "No? That''s not acceptable." Yuuya immediately took out the [Complete Recovery Herb Juice] from the item box and sprinkled it carelessly on the Fist Saint. Then, the Fist Saint''s arm, which should have been lost, miraculously grew back. "What? Oh, my arm!" "What are you doing?" "Aah? Gyooee?" With his arms healed, the Fist Saint started to regian his composure, but Yuuya kicked him in the face without mercy. "G-ggaaahh¡­ Y-you bastard¡­!" "¡­.." "W-what''s with those eyes? Those¡­ eyes, do not look down on meeeeeee!" The Fist Saint used a number of techniques on Yuuya. Still, all of them were instantly imitated by Yuuya and returned with more than twice the power. And, at last, the Fist Saint realized. His arm being healed was just the beginning of this hell. No matter how much effort he put in, he was no match for Yuuya. On the contrary, he was rolling around in a mess. Even when his arms were blown off, his legs were torn off, or he had a hole in his stomach, Yuuya continued to use items to heal him and forced him to fight. Yuuya kept on inflicting pain on the "Fist Saint." What the hell is this? What in the world is this¡­!? Said the Fist Saint in fear. "I don''t want it¡­ Stop¡­!" "You don''t want it? Stop? You wanted this, didn''t you? You wanted to fight with the strong, right?" The Fist Saint indeed wanted to fight the strong, which was why he acquired the power of Evil and began the hunt for the Holy. However, what was happening to him here was not a fight with a strong person. It was a one-sided beatdown. As Yuuya was still trying to attack, Yuti, who had finally recovered from the Fist Saint''s intimidation and the shock by seeing Yuuya''s change, rushed over to stop him. "You can''t. Yuuya." "Get out of my way." "No, I can''t. If you keep this up, you won''t be able to come back." "Can''t come back, you said? That''s a funny thing to say. I''m just giving him what he wants." "Denial. Go back to your normal self, Yuuya. Akatsuki!" "Buhi!" Akatsuki was waiting for Yuti''s call and immediately activated his [Sanctuary] skill. Then, Yuuya frowned for a moment. "Ugh! This is¡­" "Calm down. You''re back to the gentle Yuuya." "¡­Gentle? With that one word, Yuuya''s face became expressionless again. "What''s the use of being gentle? It does nothing. It can''t save anything. There''s no need for it." "Denial. You''re the one who is not needed. Give Yuuya back." "This is me." "No." "¡­I see. If you''re going to get in my way, I''ll get rid of you too. If the need to protect something makes us weak, then it is better not to have it." "Huh!?" Yuti involuntarily shrunk away from Yuuya''s hand, which was slowly extended to her¡­ "?" "Ah¡­" Suddenly, Yuya''s movements stopped. "What is it?" The faint instinct that remained in Yuuya was preventing him from crossing the last line. He looked ruthlessly at himself and spat out. "You said you wanted this to happen, but¡­ you deny it?" "©¤©¤It''s going to be a lot of trouble, I guess." "O-Ouma-san!" Then, in such a state, Ouma, who was supposed to be sleeping at home, slowly came flying in while yawning absentmindedly. Yuti then rushed over to Ouma. "Begging. Please, help me. Yuuya''s not coming back." "It can''t be helped." At Yuti''s request, Ouma said in exasperation and turned his gaze to Yuuya. "If that were the case, There''s no need for me to go through all of this." "Ouma¡­?" S§×arch* The N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "¡­Good grief. You are such a pain in the butt. You should be able to use the power of Evil as quickly as possible." While saying that, Ouma could not suppress his bitter smile. "Well¡­ this is just like Yuuya. It''s also annoying to be too kind. Hey, Akatsuki!" "Buhi¡­?" Ouma threw something to Akatsuki, who was depressed that his powers could not save Yuuya. When Akatsuki caught it in his mouth, he swallowed it without thinking. "Bu-buhiii!?" "Don''t worry. It''s the same pill I took." "The same as Ouma?" "What, don''t you remember? It was the [Pill of Size Change], wasn''t it?" "W-why did you give him that?" Ouma grinned in response to Yuti''s reasonable question. "It''s definitely for getting bigger." "Eh?" "Here, Akatsuki! You have to turn bigger and use your skill!" "Fu-fugo?" Not knowing what to do, Akatsuki started to get bigger, as Ouma directed. Then, as Akatsuki''s body swelled up more and more, the surrounding trees and the others were buried in Akatsuki''s hair. "This is¡­" As for Yuuya, he was buried in the encroaching hair. ©¤©¤©¤Akatsuki became super huge, just like Ouma when they first met. At that moment, Akatsuki activated his [Sanctuary] skill. "Fugoooooooo!" Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary] spread throughout the entire [Great Devil''s Nest], and a gentle light enveloped the surroundings. And then©¤©¤©¤. "I-it''s so fluffy." ©¤©¤The black aura had disappeared, and the usual Yuuya was smiling happily while being wrapped in Akatsuki''s fur. Looking at the current Yuuya, the unapproachable atmosphere just a few moments ago disappeared. Even the [Sanctuary]''s skill was no longer effective on Yuuya back then. Yuti was surprised by the fact that Yuuya returned in an instant. "Astonished. Why?" "It''s simple. As Akatsuki''s body grew, so did the effectiveness of his skills." Ouma laughed, clearing his throat, and called out to the enlarged Akatsuki. "Hey, Akatsuki. That''s enough. Go back." "Fugo? Buhi!" Akatsuki became smaller and smaller as his response was prolonged due to his larger size. Yuuya was gazing a little regretfully at the shrinking Akatsuki, but then he suddenly realized his surroundings and looked around. "H-huh? What''s wrong with me¡­? And how did Akatsuki get so big¡­?" "Yuuya, thank goodness." "Eh?" Yuuya looked at Yuti with a dumb expression as Yuti approached him with a smile on her face. He then remembered something and looked around again in a panic. "T-that''s right, what about Master Usagi?" (©¤©¤I''m fine.) "Master Usagi¡­!" In response to Yuuya''s call, Master Usagi who was supposed to be in shambles from the earlier fight, was standing and looked to be completely healed. "Hey, Master Usagi. What happened to your wounds?" "That''s because being so close to such a big pig; it''s only natural that I would also receive the benefits of his skills." "I-I''m glad to hear that¡­ No, I have no idea what''s going on¡­" (I''ll explain it to you later. More importantly¡­ what''s that dragon¡­? He wasn''t there before, was he?) "Eh? Ouma-san? ¡­Come to think of it, this is the first time for Master Usagi and Ouma-san to meet, isn''t it?" When he mentioned once again that Ouma-san had been tamed by Yuuya, Master Usagi held his head. (What, you tamed a legendary dragon? Rather than that, is he really a being that can be tamed in the first place? He''s literally the pinnacle of this world, living before we were created¡­) "I-I don''t know¡­ even if you''re telling me that¡­" (¡­Hmph, You''re a lot different than you were before.) "Eh?" (You''ve caused trouble for Yuti and Akatsuki. Make sure you apologize.) "Y-yes¡­" Yuuya, who has no memory of the time when the power of Evil swallowed him, can only reply for the moment without understanding. (Now, More importantly¡­ Where did the Fist Saint go?) "Eh¡­ ah, that''s right! That guy¡­!" Yuuya remembered the existence of the Fist Saint, who the source of this event, and hurriedly looked around, but the Fist Saint was no longer around. (¡­It seems that Akatsuki''s skills from earlier have also healed his wounds.) "Buhi¡­" According to Master Usagi''s words, Akatsuki was unusually dejected when he realized that it was his own fault that the Fist Saint escaped. The Fist Saint was such a vicious being that even the slow-paced Akatsuki felt that he should not be allowed to run wild. Usagi put his hand on Akatsuki''s head as if to comfort him. (Don''t be so depressed. There''s nothing we can do about this. I''m not sure if I could have survived without your skill.) "Buhi¡­" Usagi''s words were met with a small nod from Akatsuki. However, it was a fact that the Fist Saint had fled from the scene, and the atmosphere of Yuuya and the others darkened. "¡­Hmm? Huh? Where''s Ouma-san?" "Eh?" Yuuya suddenly noticed that he could not hear Ouma''s voice and looked around, but before he knew it, Ouma''s figure had disappeared. "Prediction. He probably went home. I think he''s sleeping." "Yeah, he''s sleeping¡­" "Agreement. He''s probably not interested." (Not interested, huh¡­ We are fighting like hell¡­) "I''m sorry about Ouma-san¡­" Yuuya was uncomfortable and apologized as they all headed home. Chapter 101 - Book 6: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 "Hah! Hah! Hah! While Yuuya and the others were returning home, the Fist Saint, whose wounds had been healed by Akatsuki by accident, was desperately running through the Great Devil''s Nest. "Damn it¡­ damn it¡­ damn it¡­ damn it! What''s currently on the mind of the Fist Saint was the figure of Yuuya, who messed up the Fist Saint with overwhelming power. The Fist Saint had never known defeat, and he was a talented genius capable of absorbing all kinds of techniques. That''s why he took this title from the previous Fist Saint within a year of becoming his apprentice. From then on, he became even more greedy for power. And his strength led to arrogance, and before long, he found himself not only seeking power but also looking for an opponent to put his acquired skills to use. However, for the overwhelmingly powerful Fist Saint, not many people could receive his techniques. Most were easily broken if the Fist Saint showed a fraction of his true colors. That''s why, for the Fist Saint, other existences were insignificant. ©¤©¤And now, that Fist Saint had been defeated without being able to put up any resistance. Even when he made full use of all the techniques he had acquired with his talent, and along with the power of Evil, he still could not reach Yuuya. On the contrary, just as the former Fist Saint stole others'' techniques and used them in a more perfected form to break their hearts, Yuuya did the same thing to him. It''s also as if this result was natural. For the Fist Saint, the people around him were just toys for him to use to test his skills. However, for Yuuya, the Fist Saint was just¡­ an object of observation. There are no emotions at all, just indifference. With his gaze, the pride of the Fist Saint was already in tatters. When he retreated to a place where he could no longer be caught by Yuuya and the others, he took a deep breath to fix his ragged breathing. "I will never forgive them¡­ for making a fool out of me like this¡­ I will give them all a hell that they have never tasted¡­!" The Fist Saint, who vowed to take revenge on Yuuya and Usagi and everyone else, tried to leave the scene with staggering steps. "Next¡­ The next one is¡­!" "©¤©¤©¤Next one? Don''t say anything crazy." "What, who is it?" Suddenly, the response to his words put the Fist Saint in a fighting posture hurriedly. In the past, the Fist Saint would have been astonished by the fact if there were people who could move without his awareness, but now the Fist Saints had no time to mind about that. The owner of the voice appeared in response to the exhausted Fist Saint. "What did you say before¡­" The one who appeared before the Fist Saint was Ouma, who was thought to have gone home to sleep. In front of Ouma, an unfamiliar anxiety struck him, and he asked in an impatient tone. "What did you say before, you bastard!" Ouma didn''t seem to care as he approached the Fist Saint with his small body and grinned at him. "You were saying something strange earlier." "What? What do you mean by strange?" "Ah yeah. It''s about the next one©¤©¤." "Huh! What''s so strange about it? Next, next time! This time I didn''t lose! I''m just retreating! Next time, I''ll win for sure. The next time, I''m definitely going to win, and I''m going to give them all hell!" "I see, I see¡­" Ouma laughed in amusement at the words of the Fist Saint©¤©¤. "That''s a very clever mindset you''ve got there. Do you think you''ll be able to get home safely after fighting with my friends?" "What? Your friends? I''m not sure what you''re talking about when you''re just a little dragon¡­" The next moment, Ouma''s body returned to its original size. "Eh, ah, what?" In front of the huge dragon that suddenly appeared, the Fist Saint sat down on the ground, losing his composure. "Just a little dragon, huh? I''m a dragon that has lived since the beginning of time, you know?" "N-no way! Since the beginning of time, you say? Are you saying that you are the legendary dragon? That should be just a fairytale!" Ouma opened his mouth wide as he brought his face closer to the Fist Saint, who looked up at him dumbly. "There is no next time for you. This is where it ends." "Oh, Aaah©¤©¤©¤." His words did not last. Ouma chewed and swallowed the food in his mouth. Then he frowned. "It''s not good. After eating Yuuya''s food, my palate has become much more discerning. I have become a so-called connoisseur." While muttering that, Ouma returned to his petite size and started to head back to Yuuya and the others as if nothing had happened. "Well, I''ve worked hard today, and I''m going to ask Yuuya to make something delicious for me. I think¡­ hamburgers sound like a good idea." As Ouma left, an air of peace was once again felt in the "Great Devil''s Nest." £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤What?" S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. At the World Disposal Ground, one of the three "Evil" who had gathered there muttered in dismay. "No way¡­ How come, the presence of the Fist Saint¡­ the presence of the Evil that I gave to the Fist Saint¡­ is gone?" The one who let out a voice of impatience there was the Evil who gave power to the Fist Saint. "It''s also strange for me. The power that I gave to the disciples of the Bow Saint has been cut off too." In response to the impatient Evil, another Evil with a calm voice replied curiously. "It''s strange¡­ It''s not surprising if the disciple of the Bow Saint had died somewhere, but it''s strange if the signs of the Evil power disappear altogether. Above all, it is impossible for the presence of the Fist Saint, one of the few people who fit the criteria, to just disappear." "That is true. The shadow alone is no longer enough to deal with the Fist Saint. For this reason, I was thinking of going there to drop a hand on it myself¡­" In response to the Evil''s calm analysis, the first Evil who opened his mouth answered so. "But then, it''s okay, isn''t it? It means that there are no more troubles, right?" "Well, from a simple perspective, yes. But my opinion is not as positive." "Eeh, why?" "Because it means that there are people who can compete with our power. It''s too dangerous to let it go unchecked." "Isn''t that the Holy?" "It''s unlikely. Most of the Holy have either fallen to us or have been killed by the hands of the Fist Saint. There are very few Holy left who can resist us. In addition to that, the only Holy that can compete in terms of power and compatibility with the Fist Saint is probably the Sword Saint, who is the strongest of all the Holy. Still, it is unlikely that the Sword Saint will be able to come out unscathed." The Evil that said that continues to be abhorrent. "That''s why I can''t let the person who killed the Fist Saint go free. Even if it''s the Sword Saint, he is still a threat to us." "What would you do? Are you going to kill him?" "Of course, we need to do that. But¡­" "Ah, I see." In contrast to the polite tone of the Evil, the dignified Evil nodded once. "Let''s start a war against the rest of the Holy." "Eh, really? It''s not a lie, is it? Yeaayyy!" The Evil who laughs innocently couldn''t control his enjoyment and asked excitedly. "When? When are we going to kill them!? How many of them will we kill? Is it all of them?" "Calm down. Of course, we will kill as many as we can, but not all. If you want to come with us, you will need to accept that." "Eeh? Why?" "Of course, it''s to enslave them." "Slave?" "Yes. Our goal is to take control of the world, as we are the negative side of the world¡­ In order to do that, we need to control the threats that can exist." "Hmm¡­ Something like that?" "That''s how it works." The innocent Evil seemed to be somewhat depressed, but he quickly regained his composure. "Well then, when will we begin the attack? Can I be the first?" "Yeah, okay. Those who are not here will not complain." "Yay!" "¡­If we''re going to wage war against the Holy, we can''t just let the entity that killed the Fist Saint go free, can we?" "I think so. Well¡­ there are many Holy that have fallen to us as well. The number has already exceeded the Holy that remains hostile to us. I don''t think we can lose." While saying that, the Evil stared at the sky, imagining the yet unknown one that defeated the Fist Saint. "I don''t know who you are, but¡­ you will not be able to stop us." And then the three of them disappeared from the place. Chapter 102 - Book 5: Epilogue We have reached the epilogue of the volume 5, thanks to those who have followed this volume as well, it was so fun and exciting to me. And hope the next volume will be much better than the previous ones. The volume 6 will be released at the next week, so please, keep waiting for it~ And here''s the epilogue sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Epilogue While Yuuya and the others were fighting with the Fist Saint, Lexia visited the neighboring Regal Kingdom on official business. The Regal Kingdom and the Alceria Kingdom had been building a friendly relationship for many years. Lexia, who was popular among the royal family members, was appointed as an ambassador for regular exchange. Usually, Owen would be present as a guard for Lexia. But with Luna who was also a strong guard, Owen was now able to stay behind to guard Arnold, the King. The two of them arrived at the capital of the Regal Kingdom safely. They were immediately ushered into a noble room to meet with Royle, the Prime Minister of Regal, and Orghis, the King. "Well, well¡­ you are as beautiful as ever, Lexia-sama." "Ara, thank you." Luna was standing in the back and watching as Lexia smiled at Royle and Orghis for their words. (¡­Good grief, what an outrageous wolf in sheep''s clothing. Who is this person?) Luna looked at Lexia, who was smiling and carrying on an amiable conversation, with a dumbfounded gaze. Luna knew that the real Lexia was not so ladylike since she was appointed as Lexia''s bodyguard. (But, if she can''t switch between public and private like that, she might not be able to serve as a member of the royal family¡­) While Luna watched the conversation between Lexia and the others with such thoughts in mind, Orghis opened his mouth as if he remembered something. "Aah, come to think of it¡­ I''ve heard that there''s been a bit of a problem in the Alceria Kingdom¡­" "What is it?" "No, nothing. It''s just a rumor, but it seems that the first prince, Rhaegar, has committed treason¡­" Orghis said, but his eyes seemed to have ascertained that the rumor was true. (Oh well¡­ royalty is such a pain in the ass¡­ searching one''s mind in detail. Even though they are a friendly country, they will eat you up if you show them the slightest opening¡­ if you''re not careful, they''re even scarier than the Dark Guild.) As Luna suspected, although the Regal Kingdom and the Alceria Kingdom were on friendly terms, there were also many problems that they faced because they were neighbors, such as territorial disputes. Therefore, if they show even a small gap, the Regal Kingdom will exploit it, and they may be placed at a disadvantage. (The first prince''s attempt to assassinate the King has been suppressed on the surface by the King''s secret orders, but even that is not perfect. Although the King and the first prince have now reconciled, there is still a possibility that other countries will take advantage of the first prince and encourage him to rebel. There is no guarantee that the Regal Kingdom might not be interested. We should not be too careless.) While Luna was quietly analyzing this, Lexia smiled leisurely. "Ara, you know a lot, don''t you?" "Hmm!?" "¡­Hou?" Luna''s eyes widened in surprise as she realized that Lexia was not hiding the incident. (Lexia, what are you thinking? Why would you show such an opening to the other side¡­?) As Luna looked on in bewilderment, Lexia continued without hesitation. "However, my brother is¡­ His Highness Rhaegar has completely reconciled with His Majesty. There is no longer any chance of His Highness committing treason." "But that doesn''t change the fact that he did rebel. That means that he was dissatisfied with the King of Alceria, doesn''t it?" "Of course not; they are father and son. It was just a small quarrel between father and son." "You call an attempted assassination of the king as a father-son quarrel?" "Ara, what kind of assassination is that? His Majesty is still alive, and His Highness is fine. Besides, because of this quarrel, the bond between the two of them is now stronger than ever." Royle was appalled while Lexia was unperturbed to any extent, but Orghis laughed out loud, changing his serious expression. "Hahahahahaha! You''re sure an extraordinary girl to take it so positively!" "I''m glad to hear that you are enjoying yourself." "Yeah, I was satisfied, too. If you show any weaknesses, I will squeeze as much as I could out of you¡­ I didn''t think you''d take it as an advantage instead of a weakness!" Orghis laughed and then looked at Lexia again. "So, now is the time. I''ve got one other thing that caught my interest, and I''d like to hear it from you too." "A thing that has caught your interest¡­?" S§×arch* The Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Yes. In the Alceria Kingdom, there is a valley where the legendary dragon is said to rest, right?" "Yes." "Is it true that the said legendary dragon has awakened¡­?" ""!?"" Lexia and Luna did not yet know the information that Orghis disclosed just now. "It seems that you did not know about it either." "Y-yes. Is the story true? Isn''t the legendary dragon just a myth?" "Well, I guess that''s the right response¡­" "Didn''t you feel a tremendous shaking on the way here, Lexia-sama? It was like the whole ground was shaking¡­" "Come to think of it¡­" When the legendary dragon, Ouma, woke up, Lexia, who had already left the royal capital, remembered that she had felt a tremendous tremor on the way. In the end, however, nothing happened after that, so she concluded that it was just a temporary phenomenon. "The ground shaking is said to be the roar of the legendary dragon." "I-is that so? But I think there is a great distance between the Regal Kingdom and that fairytale valley¡­" "Well, since it''s a legendary dragon, it''s not surprising that it has a roar that makes that distance seem insignificant. After all, it has been alive since the beginning of time." Orghis nodded as if his own words convinced him, and his expression became serious again. "But the problem is not that the legendary dragon has awakened." "Eh?" "It''s the fact that someone in your country may have tamed the dragon is the problem." "Eeh? No way!" Lexia answered unconsciously to the words of Orghis. However, neither Orghis nor Royle blame her for that. It''s because it was so shocking. "Who in the world is that?" "No, that''s exactly what I want to ask you¡­ A mysterious man with black hair and black eyes went to investigate, and when he returned, there was a small dragon beside him. The roar of the dragon was so loud that it shook the earth, and I think the dragon was huge, but after returning from the valley, he got that dragon¡­ I am sure that the small dragon had something to do with it." "Perhaps, in some way, he made the legendary dragon smaller. This may be rare, but it is said that you can get a pill that will allow you to change the size of your body freely from the Fantasy Rabbit." ""¡­.."" Lexia and Luna naturally looked at each other at the words of Orghis and Royle. "It''s Yuuya-sama, right?" "That must be Yuuya!" "Yuuya?" ""Ah."" She unintentionally said Yuuya''s name and hurriedly pressed it with her hand, but it was too late. Orghis grinned and asked Lexia. "It seems that you know the man, don''t you, Lexia-dono?" "Ugh, that''s¡­" "Now, why don''t you tell us who he is?" Lexia was flinching at first at the gazes directed at her by both Royle and Orghis, but as soon as she realized something, she returned to her normal state. And then©¤©¤. "Okay, if you want to know so badly, I''ll tell you©¤©¤about the man who''s going to be my husband!" "What, Lexia?" Luna panicked at Lexia''s confident declaration. "Hey, Lexia! You¡­" "What, you got a problem with that?" "I have no choice but to complain!" "Isn''t it okay? It''s just a matter of time!" "That''s not the point¡­!" Since Lexia and Luna started arguing all of a sudden, the neglected Orghis could only watch in amazement. Then Orghis came back to his senses and cleared his throat. "Ahem! Ah¡­ um, are you done?" "Ha! I''m sorry¡­ for neglecting the two of you; I got a little heated." "Well, whatever. It seems that the Alceria Kingdom has been blessed with a lot of good people in a short while. At first I was surprised that Owen was not here, but¡­ the woman there seems to be terribly skilled, too." "Yes, Luna is strong, you know? Right, Luna?" "¡­Hmph." Luna just snickered when she was suddenly asked to talk. While Orghis laughed at the sight of that, he gave a sharp look that Lexia and the others did not notice for a moment. "Well, I envy you. But our country is not to be outdone, is it?" "Huh? What do you mean?" Lexia tilted her head curiously, and Orghis smiled triumphantly. "What''s more, our country has succeeded in welcoming the Sword Saint. ""Eeeh!?"" Just like the legendary dragon, Ouma, the existences that bore the name "Holy" were like a fairy tale to Lexia and the others. The fact that they were able to welcome such an entity was no different than acquiring a tremendous amount of strength. "So, I''m thinking of having them compete in front of us at our country''s upcoming national festival." "This year is the 100th anniversary of the founding of the Regal Kingdom, right?" "Yes." Lexia was no longer using polite language, but Orghis continued without seeming to be bothered by it. "Of course, we are planning to invite the Alceria Kingdom as a guest of honor¡­ but if you''d like, you can make it a prelude to a match between our Sword Saint and that Yuuya of yours." "Eh!?" "Yeah, I don''t want to force you. It''s a matter of national prestige. It would be too much for him to take on the Sword Saint, wouldn''t it?" "What did you say?" "Mm? Did I say something strange? This is the "Sword Saint" after all. You should know the outcome, don''t you?" "Are you saying that Yuuya-sama will lose?" "H-hey, Lexia¡­.? You don''t need to¡­" "Luna, shut up!" Luna, who felt that the situation had become unpleasant, called out to her, but Lexia refused to stop. "It''s okay, if you say so, then let''s do it! Yuuya-sama is definitely stronger than your "Sword Saint"!" The moment Lexia said that, Orghis lifted the edge of his mouth as if he had trapped her. "Is that so? So, you''re going to cooperate with the match? Well, well, I''m glad." "Of course! I can''t just keep quiet now that you''ve said that!" "Ah, damn it! I don''t know anymore!" Orghis''s purpose was to investigate the mysterious existence of Yuuya, but Lexia, who was unaware of this, was provoked by Orghis''s words. ©¤©¤©¤Thus, once again, Yuuya was involved in another big event in an unknown place. Chapter 103 - Book 5: Afterword Here''s the afterword, enjoy~ Afterword S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thank you for reading this story. I''m Miku, the author. Thanks to all of you, I''ve been able to release the fifth volume of this story. I really appreciate it. This time around, Yuuya has made friends with a legendary dragon and even the "Evil" that resided in Yuti. As usual, the peaceful and relaxing life that Yuuya wants is getting further away from him. And then there was the question of how Yuuya would fight against the "Fist Saint" who had completely mastered the power of "Evil." While Yuuya was getting into trouble, as usual, I was writing at my usual pace, so I continued writing without knowing where Yuuya and the others were heading. As a result, the fifth volume was completed without figuring out what was going on, which is interesting. Now, for the first time, a country other than the Alceria Kingdom, where Lexia and the others live, has appeared on the other world side. The conversation between Lexia and the king of this other country she was visiting will entangle Yuuya in a strange conflict in an unknown place once again. In addition, some of the Holy has fallen to the Evil, and the Evil plans to wage a full scale war on the remaining Holy. Moreover, when the "Evil" learns of the defeat of the "Fist Saint", they become wary of Yuuya, the one who defeated him and has decided to eliminate him. It''s a bit of a mess waiting for Yuuya. I hope you''ll look forward to what''s next for Yuuya. I want to thank the editor in charge of working with me on this story. Also, I''d like to thank Rein Kuwashima-san for making this story more attractive with her cool illustrations again and again. I would also like to express my heartfelt gratitude to all the readers who have picked up this story. Thank you very much. See you soon. Miku. Chapter 104 - Book 6: Prologue Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Prologue Part 1 ©¤©¤©¤[The World''s Disposal Ground]. It was a place where negative powers from all over the world gathered and swirled around, and one of the "Evil" was humming there. "Fufun?, I wonder how I should kill them. Cutting them up is good, but burning them is also amusing¡­ Oh, spraying poison on them sounds interesting too! What kind of screams will they make? I''m looking forward to it!" One of the Evil talked about such cruel things with a childlike innocence. His appearance was that of a young boy, with reddish-black hair and odd-eyes of red and blue. Then, another Evil shimmered by and appeared right beside the young boy. This Evil was a young man with blue-black hair and gold eyes, with a somewhat unworldly appearance. "©¤©¤You''re in a good mood, aren''t you?" "Hmm? Well, yeah. After all, I can finally kill those Holy, right? I''m so excited that I can''t even sleep." "¡­If you''re that motivated, it''ll make it easier for me to ask you." "Eh? What is it? What''s the request?" The boyish Evil asked about the young man''s statement with a somewhat pompous look, brimming with curiosity. The young man smiled at him. "Be happy. This is your first job. Go and destroy the Regal Kingdom." "Regal Kingdom?" It was an unfamiliar name to the boy, and he tilted his head. "Hmm¡­ Come to think of it, I don''t know anything about human countries. Ahahahahaha." "Sigh¡­ It''s not a laughing matter. You should at least know their geography. If you don''t, you won''t even be able to go there for the task." "Yeess. ¡­So? What''s the point of destroying that country?" "The Sword Saint is there." "!" The boyish Evil''s eyes widened at the young man''s words. "It seems that the Sword Saint is now in the Regal Kingdom. Besides, there will be many people gathering in the Regal Kingdom for the upcoming national celebration¡­ how about it? Is this a suitable setting for you?" "¡­.." The boyish Evil, who was listening to the young man''s words with his face looking down at the ground, now raised his head. There was©¤©¤©¤a malicious smile on his face. "That''s amaaaaziinnnggg! What is it? Are you going to give me the Sword Saint? Not only that, but you''re even giving me the other humans in that place!" "Yeah." "You''re not lying, right? If you lie to me, I''ll kill you!" "I''m not lying. What do you say? Will you do this favor for me?" The boyish Evil nodded with a smile at these words. "Of course, I will!" "Phew¡­ that''s good. But the attack must be timed to occur during the Regal Kingdom''s national festival. Do you understand?" "You don''t have to tell me! That''s when many humans will gather, right? Rather, that''s the only option! I like it! I like it! It''s a slaughter party! I''ll make it the best party ever!" Actually, the boyish Evil was tempted to go for the killings right now, but he restrained himself as he decided to hold out until the time when he could kill a lot of human beings at once. His excitement was still palpable, but he asked the other Evil about something that had been bothering him. "But¡­ why did you give this task to me? I thought you were going to kill the Sword Saint." "Indeed, it is the Sword Saint who was the most likely candidate for killing the Fist Saint to whom I had lent my power to. But that doesn''t mean that I have to kill the Sword Saint. I''m¡­ no, it''s fine as long as one of us can destroy the Sword Saint and all of humanity." "Hmm¡­ well, whatever. I''ll let you guys think about the complicated stuff." "We''d like you to use your head, too." "That''s difficult. I''m always trying to think of the most interesting way to kill. I don''t have time to think about anything else!" "¡­Oh well. Anyway, I''ll leave you in charge of Regal Kingdom. We will prepare for the attack on the other countries." "Okay. So, can I go now?" "That''s fine, but what are you going to do?" "Eeh? To put on a nice show, of course?." "¡­Well, as long as they don''t know you''re there, you can do whatever you want." "Yay! Then I''ll be heading there as soon as possible, and then I''ll set it up so I can kill all the humans." The boyish Evil''s mind was already focused on killing the people in the unknown place. "Oh, yeah. Can I borrow some of the Fallen Saints?" "Hmm? The Fallen Saints?" "Yeah." "¡­That''s surprising. I thought you planned on doing this all by yourself¡­" "Eeh? That''s unexpected, right? You know what? Sometimes it''s more fun to do things with several people, you know?" "I see. Well then¡­" The Evil with the appearance of a young man snapped his fingers and a crack in space appeared, and two people emerged from it. One of them was a half-naked man, showing a slender yet well-trained body. He had short, dark blue hair and sharp eyes. He was carrying a long spear on his back taller than himself. The other man wore a black costume which looked somewhat like a ninja from Earth. His mouth was covered with a black cloth as well, and his long green hair was pulled up into a single bun. His eyes, which had the same green, looked very cold-hearted. There were two grass-cutting sickles hanging from his waist. The two men immediately knelt down before two Evils. ""©¤©¤©¤©¤Did you call us?"" "Would these two suffice?" "Yes. They seem to be¡­ the Spear and Sickle Saint, right?" "Yeah. Although their abilities have been reduced, they are still former Holy. I think it will be no problem." The two new men who appeared were originally bearers of the Holy title that opposed the Evil. Now, they became the pawns of the Evil, and had come to be called the Fallen Saints. The two "Fallen Saints" quietly bowed their heads, but they could not stop their bodies from trembling in the presence of the two "Evils" in front of them. The power of the two Evils were so great that they could feel the difference in their abilities. When boyish Evil, who was aware of the two''s trembling, looked at them and smiled wickedly, a new distortion in the place was suddenly created. It was a distortion of space that seemed to ooze darkness, but this distortion itself gradually took shape, and eventually, a single [Monster] was created. The monster quietly opened its red eyes. "Gugi, Gugyaa¡­" "What?" "T-that''s¡­" The two "Fallen Saints" took a precautionary stance facing such a monster. Then, when the monster caught sight of the boyish Evil, it attacked him. However, the boyish Evil, who was being attacked, simply looked at the monster with cold eyes. "Sigh¡­ This is why I hate newborns. They don''t know the difference in ability, they don''t fear death, and that''s why they''re not fun©¤©¤©¤What a nuisance." "Gugyiii?" When the boy''s Evil waved away his hand carelessly, the monster was blown away and rolled on the ground haphazardly. The Spear Saint, who was just staring at the scene in dismay, opened his mouth with a look of surprise. "T-that monster¡­" "Aah, you guys are seeing it for the first time, right? That''s an Evil Beast¡­ that is not a part of us." "So, that''s the Evil Beast¡­" "That''s right." "Well, they''re just the crystallization of our residue. They''re not perfect, but they can be used if you train them. There are plenty of them out there, after all. They can be a good fighting force." "¡­.." The two "Fallen Saints" could not say anything. "Sure, they''re nothing like us, but if you fight those things, even you might die. Ahahahahaha!" The two "Fallen Saints" paled at the sight of the boyish Evil''s innocent laughter. The reason for this was because they were now aware that the Evil possessed a large number of these creatures that would probably kill them if they had fought. No matter how they looked at it, they couldn''t imagine the Holy defeating the Evil. "But you have to go a little easier on it. Or else it will become useless." "Eeh? Why don''t you just heal it?" "I''d rather kill it than to go through such trouble. But it''s also troublesome to kill it. Therefore, I''d just leave it." "Ahahahahahaha! Y-you''re terrible!" S§×ar?h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "There are plenty of them out there, afterall." The boyish Evil, who laughed for a while, told the young man, who was still smiling. "Then I''ll be off for a while. And while I''m at it, could I take a few of those Evil Beasts with me to use as well?" "Yeah, do what you want. I have high expectations." "Yes, yes, yes. ¡­Oh hey, you two, what''s with your lackluster response¡­? I''m gonna kill you if you keep that up." "Oh! I-I''m sorry¡­" The boyish Evil threatened the two Fallen Saints, who were still dumbfounded, and left the place. The young man who saw them off also left for his own business. Only the Evil Beast that was blown away earlier was left behind. "Guga, Gugyii¡­" The Evil Beast was no longer breathing and looked like it was about to die. But©¤©¤. "Gii!? Giii©¤©¤©¤." Suddenly, something that looked like a magic circle unfolded underneath the body of the dying Evil Beast, and the magic circle shone violently. The Evil Beast desperately tried to escape the magic circle, but its body could not move as it wished, and its body became entangled in the magic circle''s light. And when the light subsided¡­ the figure of the Evil Beast was no longer there. Chapter 105 - Book 6: Prologue Part 2 Another chapter today, enjoy~ Part 2 Meanwhile, at the same time that Evil was taking action, a secret experiment was being conducted in the Regal Kingdom, in the basement of the castle that Lexia and Luna had visited the other day. A group of people in black robes surrounded a large magic circle were in discussion, each holding a book in their hands. The people in robes were sorcerers of the Regal Kingdom. "©¤©¤©¤How are things going?" "! Your Majesty." Then, Orghis, the king of the Regal Kingdom, came down the stairs with a woman in an elegant dress. The woman was about the same age as Yuuya, with long blond hair curled vertically. Her golden eyes carried a mixture of flamboyance and elegance. The woman, with her strong-willed eyes downcast, was standing behind Orghis. Then one of the robed men opened his mouth. "Everything is going well. Although I had never imagined that such magic existed¡­" "That''s only natural©¤©¤©¤since it summons heroes and saints from other worlds." The words spoken from Orghis''s mouth would not have been missed if Yuuya had been present. Orghis then took a book from a nearby sorcerer and gave it a quick look over. "A long time ago¡­ in the world of fairy tales where the recently rumored legendary dragons made an appearance, there was another existence in this folklore. This was the only person who reached the level of god©¤©¤the Sage. The Sage was said to have created magic based on his experience of wandering into another world once. "Yes. The Sage recognized the existence of another world and created magic to travel there again. And we''ve obtained some of his research materials." "Hmm. And the application of that research is this magic circle¡­" Orghis said and gazed at the huge magic circle drawn in front of him. For a time, many adventurers traveled the world searching for the lost research of the Sage scattered throughout the world, and the many countries fought each other for possession of the knowledge. As time went on, the countries signed a treaty to stop wars to fight over Sage''s literature, and it was forbidden for adventurers to seek them out. However, the pieces that had already been acquired were treated as the treasures of each country. The countries that possessed them were encouraged to study them. However, the Sage''s magic was too powerful for ordinary people to control. Moreover, the effects of some of them are unknown until they are activated, and some of them are dangerous. "In the story, it was said that in that other world was developed by an unknown technology that we do not know about, and it was very prosperous." "Are we so cornered that we have to rely on this unknown technology?" "¡­Yes." One of the sorcerers nodded gravely at Orghis'' words. Orghis also lowered his eyes with a bitter look on his face, but his eyes had a look of determination. "¡­But, if we don''t do this¡­ we will be destroyed by the Evil. We have no choice but to do this." Sear?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "¡­.." "As Sword Saint-dono is here, there''s nothing to worry about, but in many places¡­ the Holy, which were supposed to oppose the Evil, had disappeared. This means that it''s possible that they''ve been defeated by the Evil, or perhaps¡­" Orghis frowned as he imagined the worst-case scenario. From the Sword Saint that he had welcomed to the Kingdom, Orghis had heard about the return of the Evil as well as the disappearances of an increasing number of the Holy. Of course, the Sword Saint knew that many of the Holy had fallen to the Evil, but it was not disclosed to Orghis because the Sword Saint was aware that it was the Holy''s role to fight against the Evil. After letting out a big sigh, Orghis called out to the woman who was standing behind him. "¡­Layla." The woman called Layla is Orghis'' daughter and the first princess of this Regal Kingdom. With her good looks, high intelligence, and strong personality, she is adored by the people. Just like Lexia in the Alceria Kingdom, she is very popular. Layla responded to Orghis'' call elegantly. "Yes, father." "We will probably be condemned by the whole world when we perform this summoning¡­ We are trying to bring people from other worlds to help us solve our problems. It''s no different from a kidnapping. Of course, by bringing them in, we intend to entertain them with the whole country. If a hero is summoned, we will give him all kinds of beautiful women. And¡­ you may have to be offered as well." "¡­I understand." Layla understood the importance of the magic that was performed here and the cruelty of it. If the summoning fails, there will be no future for the human race in this world, and if it succeeds, people from other worlds will be asked to fight for them. Either way, there was no choice. The reason why they still put their faith in this gamble was that no one in this world could fight against the Evil anymore, and they couldn''t just sit back and let themselves perish. The only way for humanity to survive and escape from the hands of Evil was to rely on a new power, even if it meant sacrificing another. Even if they had to commit the great sin of kidnapping a hero from another world and having the whole world be their enemy, they had to do it in order for humanity to continue to live in a world overflowing with positive power. And Layla had an even more important responsibility. Originally, the Regal Kingdom was known as the world''s leading nation in magic, with its active research in magic. As such, it had succeeded in reproducing some of the Sage''s magic, albeit to a limited extent. And the royal family, who are the leaders of this magic superpower, inherited a high amount of magic power from generation to generation, and Layla, who was said to have the highest amount of magic power, was necessary to activate this magic. "¡­This magic can only be activated by you, the most powerful magician in this country. For such a heavy responsibility to be placed on you©¤©¤." "Father. I''m fine. So please, don''t worry." Layla smiled gracefully while remaining dignified. Not only Orghis, but the sorcerers who were working nearby as well, could not say anything. Layla''s determined smile was very powerful and beautiful. In response to that smile, Orghis was taken aback for a while but eventually responded with a bitter smile. "Sigh¡­ Really¡­ You are a strong girl. This makes me pity the man who will take you as his wife." "Of course. It''s only natural that the man who marries me should be a strong man. That''s why the man who is summoned¡­ has to be as strong as a hero¡­" "Then, there''s no way you''re going to find a marriage partner in this world¡­ No, come to think of it¡­" "Father?" Suddenly, Orghis remembered something, and Layla tilted her head. "No, during the meeting with the princess of the Alceria Kingdom the other day¡­ I can hardly believe it, but¡­ it seems that there is a person who is followed by the legendary dragon." "Wha!? I-is that true?" "Looking at Princess Lexia''s reaction, I don''t think it''s a lie¡­ but it''s hard to believe that the legendary dragon exists in the first place. However, the earthquake that shook the earth during that time was unusual. Some folklore says that it was originally sleeping in a valley said to be near the Alceria Kingdom. It is said that the dragon had awakened and was tamed by a man." "N-no way¡­ So, what is the name of that man?" "Yes. I believe he was called Yuuya¡­" "¡­That name sounds quite unfamiliar." "Yes. I''ve never heard of that name around here either. It''s not a common name in the Alceria Kingdom either, so he must be someone from another country. However, it is said that this person is the fianc¨¦e of Princess Lexia. But I don''t know if this is true or not." "Sigh¡­" "But if there were such a man, he would be a suitable husband for you, and more importantly, we could count on him in the fight against the Evil." Layla, who had been listening to Orghis, shook her head. "Father. Certainly, if such a man existed, I would gladly give myself to him. But this is impossible." "What?" "In the first place, the legendary dragon is said to have been defeated by the Sage in the Sage''s mythology, isn''t it? I doubt it even existed." "That''s¡­ but based on Sage''s research materials, he created magic as such. Perhaps the legendary dragon also existed?" "That''s exactly the reason. This means that the story of the Sage who defeated the rampaging legendary dragon in the fairy tale is also true, right?" "¡­I guess that''s true too." "Sure, the earthquake and the roar were unusual, but I don''t think it was because of the legendary dragon. A legend is still just a legend. So I think it''s probably an Ancient Dragon." "I see. But even if it is an Ancient Dragon, just the thought of having one around is a threat." "That''s true¡­ but according to what father said earlier, isn''t that man already engaged to Princess Lexia?" "Umu. That''s what Princess Lexia said¡­ but judging from the reaction of the girl who was escorting her, it''s doubtful that they are really engaged. Most importantly, when the princess of the Alceria Kingdom becomes engaged, there should be a big announcement." "That''s¡­ I guess that''s true." "He''s a mysterious person. But at the national festival, he''s going to have a match with the Sword Saint. We should be able to evaluate him there." "I''m looking forward to it." "Yes. Let''s enjoy the national festival to our heart''s content." "Yes. After that, we''ll perform this magic©¤©¤©¤." In the Regal Kingdom, a great plan was being implemented based on a strong conviction. Chapter 106 - Book 6: Prologue Part 3 And here''s a bonus chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 The story is once again set on the Earth''s "Ousei Academy." "Phew¡­ I really studied hard today!" "Well, studying is what students are supposed to do anyway." The classes were over for the day, and Kaede stretched in an exaggerated manner. Looking at her friend, Rin laughed in amusement. "Uuh¡­ yes, I know that¡­ but for me, it''s always better to be moving around¡­" S§×arch* The N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "But the test is just around the corner. If you get a failing grade, you won''t be able to participate in club activities, will you?" "Noo! I don''t want to hear about the test!" Rin laughed again at Kaede, who was covering her ears and shaking her head. "Geez¡­ I''ll have to look after you more." "T-thank you very much for your help¡­" Kaede, who had always relied on Rin to help her study when a test was approaching, bowed her head honestly. "Yes, yes¡­ By the way, is it okay if you don''t go to your club activity?" "Ah, yes! I''ve got the day off. So I can play as much as I want!" "Isn''t this when you should go home and study?" "R-Rin-chan, you''re so mean!" Kaede shivered at Rin''s teasing words. Then Rin spotted Yukine, who was about to leave the classroom. "Oh, are you going home too, Yukine?" "Oh, Yukine-chan, if you''re going too, let''s go home together!" Yukine was surprised for a moment but then shook her head. "¡­I have a club activity today." "Eh?" "Oh, you''re in a club now, Yukine?" The two of them widened their eyes as they realized that Yukine was participating in a club activity for the first time. "Yukine-chan, weren''t you in the going home club before?" "¡­Yes. But I recently found a club activity that looked interesting, so I joined it." "Really? What club is it?" "Occult Research Club." ""Occult Research Club?"" Both Kaede and Rin were surprised by the unexpected club. "I-I really thought it would be the light music club or something¡­" "No, Kaede. That sounded like she''s a member of a band or something, but isn''t that a bit prejudiced?" "I-I wonder?" "¡­Well, I didn''t know there was an occult research club." Yukine tilted her head curiously at the two''s reaction. "What? ¡­Is it really that strange? The occult is interesting, you know?" "R-really?" "What is it about it, by the way?" "¡­It''s a place where you can study phenomena that don''t exist in real life?" "I-I see." Then Yukine suddenly thought of something and approached the two girls. "¡­Since you''re free, would you like to come to visit?" "Eh?" "¡­Actually, we don''t have many members, and even though I joined the club, it''s about to be closed down. So we need new members." "N-no¡­ I''m already a member of the track and field club¡­" "Hmm¡­ I think it''s interesting." "Eh, Rin-chan?" Kaede rolled her eyes at Rin''s reaction. "Well, I''ll give it a try!" "¡­That reasoning is acceptable. Why don''t you just visit once and see for yourself? I got some interesting literature just today." "Really? I''m curious." "Ugh¡­" "Hmm? Are you scared, Kaede¡­?" "O-of course I am! The occult is about ghosts and devils, right?" "¡­Yes." "See! How can you not be scared?" Rin, feeling a bit mischievous at Kaede''s frightened appearance, told her with a smile. "Well, that''s okay! Just listen to me today!" "Eh, Rin-chan?" "¡­Hmm. Then I will guide you," said Yukine. "Wait, wait, wait! I didn''t say I was coming©¤©¤." "Hmm? For the test, I will be accompanying Kaede in her studies, so you can accompany me to the club, can''t you? You see, the test is coming up soon, right?" "Ugh!" Kaede groaned in pain when she was struck there. "Now, let''s go!" "¡­Yeah. This way." "Uuh! Rin-chan is really a demon!" Kaede was half crying, but she followed behind Rin and Yukine. £ª£ª£ª Kaede and the others arrived at one of the empty classrooms in a place they don''t usually frequent. "¡­This is the Occult Research Club''s clubroom." "Ugh¡­ the atmosphere feels a bit gloomy¡­" "You''re just worrying too much about that, you know?" "I wonder¡­" Despite the hesitation between the two, Yukine opened the door to the classroom. "¡­Please come in." When they entered, there was a space with a different atmosphere, with straw dolls, insect specimens, and a large pot filled with a strange colored liquid. There were also books on the desk, some written in Japanese but also others written in various other languages. Rin looked around the room with admiration, as the atmosphere of the club room was more organized than she had expected. "Hee¡­ it''s better than I expected." "Ri-Ri-Ri-Rin-chan!?" "Kaede, are you afraid¡­?" Because of fear, Kaede grabbed the hem of Rin''s clothes and shivered, but Rin couldn''t help but laugh. "By the way, what are you going to do today?" Rin asked Yukine. "¡­This." In response to Rin''s question, Yukine took out a book from her bag and showed it to Rin. "What''s that?" "¡­I found it in my favorite secondhand bookstore. It''s a book about devil summoning." "De-de-devil summoning?" "Hee, that sounds very occult." Rin laughed brightly at Kaede, who was about to faint. Yukine opened the book and explained while looking through it. "¡­I bought this, did some research at home, and bought some materials today, so I''m going actually to draw a magic circle." "Y-you''re going to draw it?" "Hmm? Well, it seemed that there were no senpai or other members of the club around. Is it okay to do that without permission?" "¡­It''s fine. There are only a few of us, to begin with, but each of us can research any field that interests us. My interest is in devils and stuff like that." "I see." Yukine moved her desk to the edge of the classroom and laid a large piece of paper on the empty floor. She then drew a magic circle on the paper with a red magic marker, referring to the book on devil summoning she had picked up from the secondhand bookstore. "I thought you were going to use some kind of blood to draw the magic circle, but it''s just with the magic marker?" said Rin. "B-b-b-b-blood!?" "¡­I think it''s¡­ not a problem." "That''s very appropriate¡­" "¡­Because it doesn''t really have to be followed exactly." "The world is tough, after all." In Yukine''s words, Rin shrugged her shoulders. Kaede was so shocked at the idea of using blood to draw magic circles that she stopped thinking. In the meantime, Yukine finally finished drawing the magic circle. "¡­It''s done." "Let me see¡­ well, I have no idea what''s drawn here, though." "I-i-i-it is really okay, isn''t it?" "It''s okay. You just need to calm down¡­" "¡­Anyway, once we have this magic circle, all we have to do is read the spell on it." "That''s pretty simple, huh?" "¡­Devils need to be summoned by humans to come to this world. So the simpler the process, the easier it is for them to be summoned by humans." "Hee? Is that so?" "¡­I think it is." "You''re just assuming that¡­" Rin was involuntarily taken aback by Yukine''s confident assertion. However, Yukine didn''t seem to be particularly bothered by this, and stood in front of the magic circle and began to read the spell in the book. "©¤©¤©¤" Even Kaede, who had been scared before, looked at Yukine as she read the spell in a serious expression. And then©¤©¤©¤. "©¤©¤©¤©¤!" And then she opened her eyes and read the spell out loud. "¡­.." "¡­.." No change occurred in the magic circle. Yukine closed the book quietly and nodded her head once. "¡­Well, I guess I can''t summon it, can I?" "Eeeeehhhhhh!" "¡­You''re so honest, aren''t you?" Kaede and Rin were amazed and dumbfounded by the fact that Yukine was so straightforward. "¡­This kind of thing is good because it''s unknown. It''s not so romantic when you can figure it out." "T-then, what''s the point of researching it¡­?" "¡­Anyway, I failed this time. But it was fun, and I enjoyed the atmosphere, so it''s okay. I didn''t bring any other books to try, so that''s it for today''s experiment." "Huh. It ended so quickly. Is today''s club activity over then?" "¡­Yeah." "Well, since we''re here, why don''t the three of us hang out and then go home?" "¡­Okay." Rin decided to make plans for the rest of the day, and the three of them decided to go out together, and Kaede was finally able to relax. But©¤©¤©¤. "Yu-Yukine-chan, Rin-chan¡­" "Hmm?" "What''s up?" "T-that''s¡­!" Kaede, who seemed to have noticed something, pointed in that direction shakily. Rin and Yukine also looked in the direction of the finger pointing. ""Eh?"" To their surprise, the magic circle drawn with a red magic marker had begun to emit a mysterious light. "W-what''s going on here?" "¡­Amazing. This book is real¡­" "That''s not the point!" "I-it''s bad, Rin-chan, Yukine-chan! The light is getting more intense!" Kaede started to panic more than before, but even Rin did not expect this situation and started to panic. "Yu-Yukine! What kind of devil did you say you were summoning?" "¡­I don''t know. But I drew a magic circle that can summon the most powerful devil in the book." "I knew it¡­" Rin''s cheeks twitched at Yukine''s response. If what Yukine says is true, then the devil that is about to be summoned is a powerful being. Even the mere idea of a devil being summoned is a serious matter, but when it''s a powerful devil, it''s a disaster. However, ignoring the three of them, the light of the magic circle increased, and finally, the entire classroom was filled with light. "Ugh!" "It''s so bright¡­!" "¡­I wonder what will appear." "You have to be more serious, Yukine!" When the light finally subsided, Kaede and the others fearfully opened their eyes. "¡­T-that¡­?" "That is¡­" "¡­It''s strange. There''s nothing there!" There was nothing, not even a devil-like figure, in the magic circle where the light had settled. "Yukine. Can we see the devil properly?" "¡­We should be." "Ah, Yukine-chan?" Yukine nodded at Rin''s words and approached the magic circle in question without hesitation. And she tried to touch the magic circle and lifted the paper on which the magic circle was drawn, but no changes occurred. "¡­Yes. It glowed that much, but it seems to have failed. Too bad." "W-what do you mean by too bad¡­?" "Well, I was surprised when the light came out of nowhere, but I guess I can understand the disappointment." It''s a shame that Yukine''s experiment failed, considering that they might be able to meet an unknown being, even if the word "devil" conjured up fear. For a few more moments, Yukine reread the book and checked the magic circle she had drawn, but she could not confirm the devil''s existence, so she finished cleaning up and left the club room this time. "I was afraid of what would happen, but this was a unique experience." "I was really scared, though¡­" "I''m sorry! I''ll buy you an ice cream or something now." "Ugh¡­ Then I will forgive you." "Sorry¡­ you had to wait." "No, I didn''t mind waiting. Let''s go." The three of them had already forgotten what had just happened and were discussing their plans to have fun. At that moment, Yukine felt a vague sense of discomfort that she couldn''t put into words and looked around. "¡­..?" "What''s wrong?" "¡­No, it''s nothing." No one noticed that there was something wrong with©¤©¤Yukine''s shadow and that her eyes were red. Thus, various incidents were occurring in three different places at the same time. Chapter 107 - Book 1: Part 1 A new chapter sponsored by Patreon today, enjoy~ Part 1 ©¤©¤©¤The [Orz Forest] was located near the Regal Kingdom. It''s a place overflowing with rich nature, and the forest brought a lot of resources and benefits to the Regal Kingdom. At the same time, this forest was known throughout the world as one of the dangerous zones. The danger level was lower than that of the Great Devil''s Nest because the Great Devil''s Nest, where Yuuya lives, had been designated as a super-dangerous zone that was even more dangerous than this forest. However, because this [Orz Forest] had valuable resources more accessible than the Great Devil''s Nest, many adventurers and others come and go, and the monsters were naturally thinned out, so it was safe for people to live in a city near the forest. Furthermore, there was one reason why the Regal Kingdom was a safer place now than ever before. That is©¤©¤©¤. "Grrrr¡­" "Guruahh!" "Guruaaaah!" "¡­.." A woman was standing there, surrounded by several monsters. She had a wolf cut of peach-colored hair and slit pink eyes. She was wearing a silver breastplate, a jet-black cloak, and a single sword. This place was too dangerous for a person to be visiting alone, and even now, the woman was surrounded by a pack of black tigers, a B class monster with black body hair and white stripes. If it''s a single tiger, an adventurer of B class or higher can defeat it, but the number of black tigers surrounding the woman now numbered over a dozen. Normally, a party of A-level adventurers or S-level adventurers would be needed to defeat them. However, the black tigers, despite being such dangerous beasts, showed an unusual degree of caution towards the woman in front of them and were reluctant to attack. "Grrrr¡­ Gaaaaaaaaah!" Then one of the black tigers became impatient and finally attacked the woman. Clank©¤©¤©¤. "Gah©¤©¤©¤." But in the next moment¡­ with a clear metallic sound, the head of the black tiger slipped off its body and fell down without knowing the reason. The other black tigers became more cautious because of their companions'' death. Still, their anger at the loss of a companion did not subside, and they finally attacked the woman together. "Gaaaaaaaahhhhh!" "Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaah!" In spite of the fact that she was being attacked by the deafening roars that would make an ordinary person faint, the woman herself continued to stand there, looking as if nothing had happened. And then©¤©¤©¤. Clank©¤©¤©¤. "Gugahh©¤©¤©¤." "Gaah©¤©¤©¤." The black tigers attacked at once, their heads and bodies cut apart in midair, and they fell down. "¡­.." The pack of black tigers turned into particles of light and left a drop item on the spot. The woman who was attacked quietly gazed at it, and before long, she sheathed the sword in her hand. "Phew¡­ This isn''t gonna be much of a training session then." The woman who said these unbelievable words was the "Sword Saint"©¤©¤©¤Iris Knowblade, who was currently residing in the Regal Kingdom. "¡­I mean, it''s no good because of the things I say¡­" Iris let out a big sigh, disgusted with her own words, actions, and thoughts. That''s©¤©¤©¤. "Sigh¡­I''m the only one of my classmates who hasn''t married yet¡­ and I can''t stop training with my sword¡­ so what am I supposed to do¡­?" The strongest and most famous sword saint was worried about her nearing the end of her marriageable age. Iris has been fascinated with swords ever since she can remember and honed her skills to become a knight eventually. However, the House of Knowblade, where Iris was born, was a great noble family with the title of duke, and Iris''s father did not allow Iris to become a knight. Therefore, although Iris originally wanted to attend a knight''s school, her father forced her to attend a girls'' school for the daughters of noble families. Naturally, Iris rebelled against her father''s decision. But with the pressure from the Knowblade family, and with the persuasion of those around her, she reluctantly entered the girls'' school. "I was sent to a girls'' school, but it didn''t mean much to me." "Gaaaaaah!" Suddenly, remembering her old self, Iris sliced through the new monsters that were attacking her. However, Iris does not seem to have pulled out her sword, and only a clear metallic sound echoes. ©¤©¤©¤Her parents intended for her to enter a girls'' school to learn how to behave like a lady and to prepare her to marry into another noble house or royalty eventually. But because she was more interested in swords than romance, and because she hadn''t mastered any of the behaviors expected of a noblewoman, her father was unable to find a suitable engagement for his daughter, or even arrange an engagement, with any noble family. There were even some offers from noblemen who could be a great connection for the Knowblade family, but the Knowblade family would lose their dignity and trust if they sent the inexperienced Iris in marriage, so they tearfully turned down the talks of engagement. "©¤©¤©¤Guruahh!" "G-gaaaaah!" Iris cut down the monsters one after the other, showing a sense of composure that made it hard to believe that she was being attacked by monsters. She was so bizarre that even the monsters even tried to run away, but they could not escape from Iris''s blade. "I wanted to give up the path of the sword, but there was no proposal for an arranged marriage for me. It''s strange when I think about it¡­ I wonder what the reason for that was¡­?" Iris, who was unaware of her parents'' intentions, grew up doing whatever she wanted, even though she was not able to quit the girls'' school halfway through. However, Iris never abandoned her sword, regardless of the school she attended. Furthermore, the school she entered was not a normal school, but the prestigious Artemia Girls'' Academy, and the headmistress was a legendary witch who had once worked as an S-class adventurer despite being a noblewoman. That''s why, even though it''s a girl''s academy, there were classes to learn how to defend oneself, and Iris didn''t neglect to practice voluntarily. As a result, Iris acquired abilities that far exceeded those of her classmates and obtained a power that overwhelmed even the teachers. Then, the headmaster of the school, who was interested in Iris'' abilities, introduced a certain person to Iris. That person was the former "Sword Saint," who would become Iris''s master. "Gu-guaaaa!" "Guooooo!" "When I think about it now, it''s because of that encounter that I have become the person I am today." Recalling her predecessor, the former "Sword Saint," Iris cut down the fleeing monsters. ©¤©¤©¤Since her predecessor was also a woman, she took an interest in Iris, who also wanted to pursue the path of the sword. Iris had a talent for swordsmanship, so she officially became an apprentice, and from there, she became even more devoted to swordsmanship. However, she could not neglect her studies, so she reluctantly continued to attend the girls'' school. Although she devoted herself entirely to the sword, she was blessed with many friends. The other students were all girls who were ladylike and seemed to have a hard time with the self-defense classes, but they were surprisingly compatible with Iris. The girls learned self-defense from Iris, and Iris learned how to act like a lady from them. Gradually, Iris''s mindset began to change. At first, Iris had no interest in anything but swords, but by the time she was about to graduate, she was as interested as any woman in topics such as romance and marriage. It was common for the fairy-tale existence of a Holy to be feared more than necessary by those around her, but perhaps because she was blessed with the environment of the girl''s academy, Iris was surrounded by many friends, which was unusual for a "Holy." And when Iris finally graduated from the academy, her father could do nothing about it, as she had already surpassed her predecessor and taken over the title of "Sword Saint." No matter how much influence the Knowblade family had as a duke house, a "Holy" who dealt with the "Evil" enemy of the world was treated with more importance in some countries, so Iris''s father no longer had the power or strength to control Iris''s life. That''s why Iris''s father had given up on her. He gave up on the idea of marrying Iris off to another family and decided not to interfere with her. This was exactly what Iris had wanted. However, after graduation, her friends got married one after another, and she became the only single person left in her class. This was when she started to think about marriage for the first time. However, since she had never been in love before marriage, she had to learn about love first. "It''s not right¡­ It wasn''t supposed to be like this¡­!" Iris had reached the turn of her twenties. In this world, it was normal for people to be married by their early twenties at the latest. Iris had not married, or had even been in a relationship with a man. "I was approached so many times before, but now no one is talking to me¡­ Why¡­ why has it become like this¡­?" Iris stared at the ground in a dark mood. As Iris said, she was often approached by men when she was a girls'' school student on the street. Even though she was in her late twenties now, there was no way that Iris, with her overwhelming good looks, would not be approached. But Iris had set conditions for the man she wanted to go out with: he had to be stronger than her, he had to be financially secure, and he had to be good-looking. ¡­She had set these conditions. That''s why she turned down all the men, who picked her up or approached her directly about an engagement, as they didn''t meet all the requirements. And as a result©¤©¤no one talked to her anymore as she was unapproachable. "I-I know I''ve been very strict with my requirements. So now I''ve changed my mind¡­!" Iris said this in an impatient tone, making excuses to no one in particular. Then, behind such a defenseless Iris, a single monster was quietly creeping up on her. It was a black snake called an "Assassin''s Snake," a rank A monster with a massive body of up to five meters in length, but its skills had completely shut out the sound and presence as it crept closer. Sear?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It was difficult to detect because it used skills to hide even its huge body, and many adventurers had fallen victim to its surprise attacks. The Assassin Snake quietly and calmly aimed at Iris©¤©¤©¤. "Shh!" "©¤©¤©¤I don''t need a man to be rich or cool; I just want someone stronger than me!" Clank©¤©¤©¤. When the clear metallic sound was heard again, the assassin snake''s neck and torso were split apart, and it died. In Iris''s hand, she was holding onto a sword again. "I wonder if there is anyone stronger than me¡­" Although Iris had completely misjudged which of her conditions should have been loosened, for Iris, wanting someone stronger than herself was unavoidable. She grew up without knowing about romance, and as she developed delusions of being in love, she longed for a prince who could protect her and save her. Iris could not abandon this fantasy she had once yearned for. The somewhat disappointing "Sword Saint" Iris was overwhelmingly strong, but she was struggling against a powerful enemy called marriage. Chapter 108 - Book 1: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ After the fight with the Fist Saint, Master Usagi had completely recovered from his wounds, partly thanks to Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary] skill. However, the physical strength he had lost could not be easily regained, so he took a break from training with me and went somewhere for rest. Even so, I couldn''t skip my regular training, so I continued my own training with the help of Yuti and Night. If I had to, I could have asked Ouma-san to help me. Still, since there was too much of a difference in skills between him and I, it wouldn''t have been helpful in my training. More importantly, Ouma-san wasn''t very interested in helping me to begin with. I''m not saying he should be my sparring partner, but it would have been nice if he could at least give me some advice on where I might be lacking¡­ but forcing him to help is not a good idea either. So, after the fight with the Fist Saint, I gradually regained my composure and was living a balanced life with school. After a long time, Master Usagi visited me. (It''s been a while.) "Ah, Master Usagi! It''s been a while. How have you been?" (No problem. My wounds were already healed in the first place. All I needed was some rest to regain my strength.) "If that''s the case, it''s good then, but¡­" As I was worried about whether his strength would return so easily, Yuti came out into the garden of the other world''s house. "Don''t worry. A Holy is not that weak. Above all, they have a gift from the planet." "G-gift from the planet?" [T/n: I''m not sure if I should translate it as a planet or a star, the kanji is Hoshi (ÐÇ)] I''ve been involved with the Holy and the Evil for some time now, but having reached this point, I could tell from what Yuti had said that there were still some abilities that I wasn''t aware of. But for me, I''d rather live in peace without getting involved. I remembered that when I first met Master Usagi, he explained to me that the title of "Holy" was granted by the planet. Master Usagi nodded in response to Yuti''s words. (Yeah. I had briefly mentioned it when I met you. We "Holy" are chosen by the planet and given the title. And being chosen as a Holy comes with an obligation to raise a successor. By letting that successor inherit the title, the Holy will continue¡­ Well, some of them did not find a successor and disappeared in the past. Just like Gilbert who you dealt with recently¡­ he has no disciples.) "S-so there won''t be a next Fist Saint?" (No. The disappeared Fist Saint will be selected by the planet again, and the title will be given to that person. I don''t know if one will be selected right now, though.) "I-I see¡­" As I nodded at Master Usagi''s words, he continued. (As you can guess from what I''ve said so far, there is a close relationship between us, the Holy, and the planet. For example, we receive support from the planet, or rather, special benefits¡­ One of these benefits is that we recover our strength faster than other living beings. This is because the planet needs us, the Holy, to defeat the Evil. So, don''t worry about my strength ¨C it''s back to normal.) "I see¡­" I was relieved to hear Master Usagi''s words, but then I suddenly realized something. "¡­Huh? In that case, what kind of existence does the Fist Saint and Yuti who attacked us have? Although Yuti has not yet become the Bow Saint, she still has the power of Evil. And as for the Fist Saint, he has both the power of Holy and Evil, right? Isn''t this a bad situation for the planet?" Master Usagi gave a bitter expression to my pure question. (¡­Your point is correct. This situation is dangerous for the planet. The Holy, which were supposed to counter the Evil, are now turning on the planet and humanity.) "If that''s the case, won''t the title of Holy be taken back by the planet?" (That''s impossible. The planet can give the titles, but it can''t take it away. I told you before, didn''t I? We, the Holy, are like the cleaners of this planet. And examples like the Fist Saint are the so-called outbursts of that function. It''s uncontrollable.) "Eeh¡­?" What an inconvenient existence. A Holy bearer is a powerful force when on your side but a nuisance as an enemy, and you can''t even strip them of their title. "¡­Also, I was wondering about one more thing, when the Holy fight against the Evil, their stats are doubled, right? When you fought the Fist Saint, did your stats increase?" At my question, Master Usagi let out a tired sigh. (I wish that was the case¡­) "Eh?" (¡­In other words, my status remained halved.) "Eeehhhh?" I was surprised to hear Master Usagi''s unexpected remark. Then, Yuti tilted her head in wonder. "Question. Is that also the same as when you fought me?" (Yes, that''s right. We, the Holy, will only have our status unlocked when we fight against the Evil. In other words, if our opponent is a Holy, or if they have acquired just part of the Evil''s power, our status will not be unlocked. The only time it can be unlocked is when I''m fighting the real Evil.) "¡­.." I couldn''t say anything else. Although it is possible to gain power from the planet, it is still very difficult, isn''t it¡­? No, without this kind of restriction, when a person like the Fist Saint comes out with their status unlocked, there is no way to reach their level. The reason why Master Usagi was defeated by the Fist Saint was probably that Master Usagi''s status was halved, while the Fist Saint was able to borrow the power of Evil. Master Usagi looked at me with serious eyes as I was thinking that it would be bad if there were more and more situations where a Holy being like the Fist Saint gained the Evil''s power. (And also, Yuuya) "Y-yes." (©¤©¤So you''ve obtained the power of the real Evil.) "Huh?" I was surprised by the unexpected statement. Yuti was also astonished by Master Usagi''s words. "Denial. That''s not right. The Evil power inside Yuuya was originally mine. In other words, it''s only a part of the power of Evil." (¡­I thought so too. However, the power that drifted from Yuuya at that time was so dense and powerful that it could not be described as just a borrowed part of the Evil. It can be said that the power of Evil had completely assimilated with him.) "Umm¡­" (In other words, it''s a power with the same quality as the Evil that I once faced. At the time with Yuti, it was like the power of Evil was mixed in. But in your case, your whole body was filled with the power of Evil.) I had heard about what happened from Yuti and Master Usagi when the Fist Saint attacked. It''s hard to believe, but it seems that I, with the power of Evil running rampant inside of me, defeated the Fist Saint. Even though they told me the situation, I don''t remember anything from that time¡­ And that rampant power was the power of Evil itself. And it seems that the power of Evil that I took from Yuti had become stronger. Even though this was explained to me, it didn''t make sense to me. Then I suddenly heard the voice of the Evil inside me, which I hadn''t heard since the fight with the Fist Saint. "Fuwahh¡­ I slept well¡­" "Ah!" "?" (What''s wrong?) As I raised my voice, Yuti and Master Usagi looked at me curiously. I told them that the Evil inside me had just woken up, and Master Usagi suggested that I ask it about my fight with the Fist Saint. "Um, good morning." "Ah? Ohh. I thought you would be more exhausted! Hahaha. So, what''s up? Now that I look more closely, I can see that the Kicking Saint and even my previous host are here." "No, the other day, the Fist Saint attacked me, right? It seems that my power that manifested at that time was not the same as it was with Yuti; it was more like the power of Evil itself rather than your power. Do you know anything about that?" "Ah, so that''s what this is about¡­ It''s simple. The reason is that your heart was too white." "Huh?" This is the first time I''ve ever heard of such a thing. "W-what do you mean by ''too white''¡­?" "Didn''t I say it before? I tried to take over you, but your heart was too white for me to take over. But then you saw that bastard Kicking Saint there getting beaten up by the Fist Saint, and you got mad." "I got mad? That was unforgivable at the time, so¡­" "The anger that you felt at that time was so black that it far surpassed even Yuti''s desire for revenge. That black heart even bottled me up and had certainly created the power of Evil in you. In other words, you are the cause. However, an ordinary person could never create the power of Evil with just anger alone. That''s where my existence comes in as the catalyst." "Eeh?" "And it''s also great that you have this aptitude for Evil. It''s uncommon for a person to generate such emotions and be compatible with the Evil, you know? In most cases, you would end up having your heart swallowed by the Evil as it is." "S-seriously¡­?" Apparently, the power from the Evil residing inside of me and my anger caused a chemical reaction that resulted in a complete manifestation of the Evil. Also, it seems that I was able to adapt to the Evil. But why was I compatible with the Evil? When I was thinking about it, I suddenly remembered the [Endurance] skill that I originally had. I wondered if this was an effect of this skill? When Master Usagi heard my explanation, he furrowed his face. (¡­Things have gotten complicated, haven''t they?) "Then¡­ what am I supposed to do?" (You have no choice but to master that power. If not, you''ll become a target for us, the Holy, to defeat.) "Eeh? That would be a problem!" It''s not funny to be involved in this conflict, and then be defeated. Master Usagi let out a big sigh at my panicked reaction. (Sigh¡­ The training from now on will be for you to master this power. One of the tasks is to interact with the Evil inside you¡­ but it seems that you can handle that, apparently.) "Well, yes, I guess so. Right?" "Keh¡­ you''ve been talking all the time to me on your own, haven''t you?" The Evil power, which was called out by me, answered in an indifferent manner. Master Usagi and the others are watching the conversation between me and the Evil power. Well, I''m the only one who can hear the voice of the Evil power, though. "Hmm¡­ but Master Usagi is right, if I''m going to communicate with you, I need a name for you too, right?" "Oh? A name?" "Yes. Well, it''s not right to call you the Evil power every time, is it?" As an entity, it is a piece of the Evil power inside me, but as long as we can communicate like this, I think it''s better to have a name. It will make it easier to communicate¡­ "So, do you mind if I give you a name?" "¡­Keh. It''s up to you." It continues to be nonchalant, but it doesn''t reject me, so maybe it doesn''t hate me that much. Now, when it comes to giving a name¡­ it will be that. I had a strong image of it when I first saw it. I was troubled by various things, but I still couldn''t get the first image out of my head. "Hmm¡­ how about Kuro?" "Huh? Kuro?" "Yes. Because when I first met you, you were a black version of Yuti." When I said that, both Yuti and Master Usagi looked at me in surprise. H-huh? "Surprise. It''s too simple." sea??h th§× ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (¡­As expected, that''s outrageous.) "T-that''s just it!" ¡­No, their reaction is normal. It''s too simple, and it''s just a color. "Sorry, I guess it''s©¤©¤." "That''s fine. Kuro, huh? It''s easy to understand." "Eeh? Are you sure?" "¡­It''s your decision, not mine." No way, I didn''t think that the Evil power©¤©¤Kuro, would accept it in such a straightforward manner. Then, Kuro said with a dumbfounded look. "It''s better than being given an ostentatious name. It makes me sick." "I-is that so?" As I tilted my head in confusion, Yuti and Master Usagi opened their mouths. "Suggestion. The name should be "Toto Schwarzer." That''s settled." (Huh. You don''t know what you''re talking about, do you, little girl? Of course, I prefer Jiromaru." "¡­Kuro is a perfect choice," said Kuro immediately. "R-really?" It seems that Kuro did not like the names that Yuti and Master Usagi proposed. I think they''re both more elaborate than mine, though. I''m not sure what''s the meaning of the name that Yuti gave, though. (Hmm. I''m a little dissatisfied, but it looks like a name has been decided.) "Ah, yes." (Then, let''s start training right away. Unleash the power of Evil.) "Huh?" I made a dumb voice at the unexpected remark from Master Usagi. When I looked closely, I saw that Yuti was also surprised. "Warning. Yuuya''s power is dangerous. If you release it carelessly, it will¡­" (That''s why you have to get used to it regularly. It''s not just me now; you''re here too. The situation is also different from time when the Fist Saint attacked, so it won''t go as far as a complete release like that time.) "I-is that so?" As I tilted my neck, Kuro complimented me languidly. "Don''t worry. Unlike that time when you accepted me, you should be able to use some of the Evil power to some extent now. At that time, I was the catalyst, and it was as if you had created the Evil yourself. If it''s a power that you have created yourself, your body will naturally know how to release it." "I-is that so¡­?" "And even if you unleash it, you don''t have any negative emotions in you right now that could be used as energy for the Evil. It will not go out of control." In addition to releasing the power of Evil at will, there seems to be no need to worry about it going out of control. "In that case, please help me with my training." (Hmm. Leave it to me. I''ll go harder than before.) "Please just go easy on me¡­" With the help of the motivated Master Usagi and Yuti, I began to train in earnest to master the power of Evil. Chapter 109 - Book 1: Part 3 Another chapter today sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 "¡­Now, I wonder how long it will take for Yuuya to master the power of Evil." When Yuuya began to train with Master Usagi, Ouma, who was taking a nap in the house on Earth, opened one eye and muttered. "Geez¡­ Holy, Evil, and all that nonsense. That''s too much trouble for Yuuya, who has to train to handle the acquired extra power ." "Woof?" Night, who was also resting in the house on Earth, tilted his head in response to Ouma''s murmur. "I''m pitying Yuuya, who is caught up in these things in the other world, even though he belongs to this world called Earth where there is no Holy or Evil." "Woof¡­ woof." Night made a small thoughtful gesture and then nodded in affirmation to Ouma''s words. "Don''t you think so, Night? The Evil are also troublesome existences. If they are attacking in order to gain control of the world¡­ let''s just destroy the entire planet." "Woof." As Night barked strongly as if to say that it is no good, Ouma let out a sigh of annoyance. "Don''t get so angry. It''s just a joke. Yuuya wouldn''t want that¡­ and more importantly, that guy wouldn''t want that either." As he said that, Ouma stared into the distance, thinking of the Sage who was no longer in the world. Then, interrupting the gloomy conversation, the sleeping Akatsuki woke up with his stomach exposed. "Fugo¡­ fugo?" "Hmm? So you''re awake too, Akatsuki?" "Fugo¡­ Buhi. Buhi¡­" Sear?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Akatsuki woke up and thought that he should get up, but then he realized that Yuuya was not at home and started to sleep again. "¡­This guy''s really got his own pace. Isn''t it better if Yuuya is a little more like Akatsuki?" "W-woof¡­" Night couldn''t say anything to Ouma''s words. "Well, that''s fine. Yuuya also just started his training, so I will take another nap too©¤©¤." The moment Ouma was about to say that. "©¤©¤©¤Hmm?" "Woof?" Ouma suddenly sat up with an inexplicable expression on his face and stared towards the front door. His eyes seemed to be fixed on the Earth itself rather than the front door though. Night tilted his head in wonder at Ouma''s behavior. "Didn''t you notice, Night?" "Woof¡­" "¡­Hmm. It might be difficult for the current Night. I guess you''ll find out when you grow up¡­" As Ouma said that, he turned his attention to the Earth. ¡­I felt a faint presence of Evil from this world called Earth¡­ but it doesn''t seem to be the power of Evil itself¡­ Anyway, it is strange that such a being is on this planet. I''ve never felt anything like this before. Ouma said to himself. Ouma had sensed a faint presence of Evil from the Earth. Why is there a presence of Evil from the Earth? Also, where did the presence of Evil come from¡­? It was an instantaneous event, so even Ouma did not know. I didn''t imagine this¡­ I felt it for sure, albeit faintly. But the presence of it has completely disappeared now¡­ Hmm. I don''t understand. Ouma continued. Although he thought about it, Ouma had no way of confirming the situation since Yuuya told him not to go outside the house because there are no dragons on Earth. "It''s really inconvenient at times like this. Why don''t I just go out without telling Yuuya?" "Woof!? Woof!" Night, startled by Ouma''s words, rushed to stop him, and Ouma let out a sigh. "Sigh¡­ Just kidding, just kidding. I''m not going to do anything like that. But you should also be aware of my desire to go out there." "W-woof." Unlike himself, Ouma was not allowed to leave the house on Earth freely, so Night could not say anything more. It''s not Night''s fault, but seeing that Night was pouting, Ouma smiled bitterly. Geez¡­ he''s so cute and obedient, even though he''s a Black Fenrir, a legendary race that rivals my own. But¡­ should I tell Yuuya that there was a presence of Evil from the Earth? said Ouma. This was the moment when Ouma thought so. *Ring, ring* "Mmm! It''s time to eat!" The clock had just rung for lunch, and Ouma''s attention went straight to lunch. For Ouma, who couldn''t look around the Earth, eating was one of the few things that allowed him to experience the other world, and that was why he looked forward to mealtime more than anything else. Because of this, the thoughts about the presence of Evil that he felt on Earth had slipped entirely from Ouma''s mind. From Yuuya''s perspective, it was a big problem, but from Ouma''s perspective, it didn''t matter where the Evil appeared; he was more interested in the food. This was the gap between the priorities of Yuuya and Ouma, who was an absolute powerhouse. "Fumu. What''s today''s meal? I want to eat curry after a long time." Ouma said so and then went to urge Yuuya to cook with an exciting look. ©¤©¤How will this affect Yuuya¡­ no one knows yet. £ª£ª£ª It had been a few days since I started to train the power of Evil with the help of Master Usagi and Yuti. It was true that I was able to release the power of Evil, as Kuro had said. Still, it wasn''t easy to adjust the output as I wanted, or rather, to adjust the power. When I unleashed the power of Evil, my stats certainly increased, and I was able to unleash attacks with tremendous power. But it was too powerful, and I was overwhelmed by it. If I were to fight in the city like the time when I first met Yuti, the damage to the people around me would be tremendous. In addition, the power of Evil could not be released for a long period of time. During the training when we were sparring as a pair, the power of Evil was suddenly cut off, and suddenly the fight was done in a normal state. When I had the power of Evil, I was able to fight evenly with Master Usagi, but I was beaten to a pulp as soon as I lost my power. By the way, when I asked Master Usagi if he could double his stats when he fought with me because my power was from the Evil. He said that he could adjust his stats, so when he fought with me, he fought with normal stats. The reason why he still beat me up was purely because of the huge difference in level and the large gap in stats between us. And even now, while using the power of Evil, I was in an even match with Master Usagi. "Haah!" (Hmph!) My kick, clothed in the power of Evil, was swept away by Master Usagi''s kick like a soft willow, and he counterattacked. By the way, when I used the power of Evil, a black aura overflowed from my body, and my eyes changed to red. "Hey, hey, hey, you''re getting it." "I know!" And when I use the power of Evil, I ask Kuro to help me. Kuro controls the power of Evil inside me so that I can somehow control it. Or how should I say this? Master Usagi is a monster. After all¡­ all of my attacks are blocked! However, by watching the movements of Master Usagi, I have been able to adapt his techniques gradually. I''m not sure, but lately, I''ve been able to catch the movements of Master Usagi and Yuti with my eyes. I wonder why? As I continued to do such practices, I suddenly felt as if I had forgotten something important. Huh? What was it? Then, Master Usagi, who sensed that I was distracted, intensified his attacks. (To be thinking about something else while you''re training, you''ve got some nerve, huh¡­!?) "Huh? T-that¡­ Whoa!?" While dealing with Master Usagi''s attack, my thoughts were still struggling to remember something that I had forgotten. What¡­ am I forgetting? As my mind worked frantically, I finally remembered what I had forgotten! "Ah¡­. aaaaah! I''m going to have a test soon!" It completely slipped my mind! I''ve been preparing and reviewing every day, but¡­ "I-it''s not good! I have to study for my test¡­!" (Concentrate on your training.) "B-but, if I don''t study for the test, I won''t be able to concentrate on my training©¤©¤." (Shut up.) "Guh?" Finally, I was attacked by Master Usagi and blown away. "I¡­ I have to study¡­" As I said that for the last time, I lost consciousness. ©¤©¤I''m not sure if I can say that things are going well¡­ but my training to handle the power of Evil continues. Chapter 110 - Book 2: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 I managed to convince Master Usagi to allow me to seriously study and prepare for the test to my satisfaction. And today was the last day of the regular tests. "I-it''s over!" Kaede shouted in a voice that could be heard throughout the classroom as she stretched as hard as she could after handing in the last test. As she did so, I tried my best to avert my gaze from Kaede''s chest. When I looked closely, I saw that the other boys were staring at Kaede. Is it okay to look at her so much¡­? She will get angry¡­ As I thought about it, Rin approached Kaede. "Hey, Kaede? That is, as expected, your service is too good, isn''t it?" "Fuee? Service?" "Your breasts." As Rin pointed out, Kaede slowly checked her situation. And then¡­ "~~!" Her face turned bright red, and she immediately stopped stretching. Seeing this, I could hear the blatantly disappointed voices of the boys in the surrounding. "Ah¡­!" "That Kanzaki, she did something unnecessary¡­!" "It was a momentary Shangri-la¡­" "©¤©¤Boys, I can hear everything, okay?" As soon as Rin said that with her veins stood out, the boys all straightened their posture. T-they are so easy to understand¡­ Kaede, who noticed that I was watching their exchange, came over to me, her cheeks still red. "H-how was your test, Yuuya-kun?" "Eh? Ah, yeah. I was wondering if it was able to reflect what I studied properly¡­" "Is that so? ¡­I asked Rin-chan to watch me study. And then I got a lot of the questions that Rin-chan predicted!" "Eh, that''s great!" When Kaede''s words made me involuntarily turn my gaze towards Rin, she was scratching her head in embarrassment. "It''s not a big deal. Anyone can make predictions if they know the characteristics of the teacher." "¡­That''s absolutely not true." "I don''t think it''s that easy either¡­" In the first place, what does it mean to grasp the characteristics of the teacher? S§×arch* The n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Well, I''m not very good at it to begin with, so I studied the whole test range. Still, perhaps because I''ve leveled up, my memory was definitely improving. Also, my eyesight had gotten better as well. The things I had studied instantly flowed into my head¡­ What is it? This feeling. Before I leveled up, I couldn''t even learn anything from my studies. When I was thinking about this, the others who were getting along with me, such as Ryo and Shingo-kun, gathered around. "Oh, everyone is here." "Hey, how was everyone''s test?" "Well, I think I did better than I expected." "I didn''t have any problems either." "I think I''m fine, but¡­ No, I want to think I''m fine." "No, I looked after you, so don''t say such pitiful things¡­" Rin looked at Kaede''s reluctant face with a dumbfounded look. As I smiled bitterly at the interaction, I noticed that Yukine, who was in the seat next to mine, was in a daze. "Hmm? What''s wrong, Yukine?" "¡­I''m just tired¡­" "I-is that so? ¡­By the way, how was your test?" "¡­I just want to think about the fun things in life right now." In other words, it was not so good. While we were having this conversation, other students were heading home or to their club activities. "Oh, by the way¡­ is Kaede doing okay with her club activities?" When Ryo suddenly asked that, Kaede nodded. "Yeah. The club activities themselves start tomorrow." "Oh yeah, how is your club activity, Yukine?" "Eh? Hyoudou has club activities?" Ryo looked at Yukine with surprise¡­ Yukine joined a club activity. What kind of club is it? Is it a light music club? "¡­Hmm. It''s the occult research club." "You''ve gone to an unexpected club!" However, Kaede and Rin seemed to know about it and didn''t seem particularly surprised. "¡­I''m free from any kind of club activities today. And I haven''t brought any experiment books with me today either." "Y-you have to be very careful with that¡­" For some reason, Kaede said that to Yukine with a twitch in her cheeks. Did something happen to them? "Well, that''s right! Now that the test is over, summer vacation is just around the corner!" "Ah, you''re right." "¡­I''ve had my hands full with tests lately." "Yeah, that''s happened to me too!" "¡­Kaede and Yukine, you should take more time to study." "Ahahaha¡­" I realized from Kaede''s words that the summer vacation was indeed coming soon. That said, I have no particular plans¡­ and if I had to pick an activity, it would be to spend more time in the other world. I want to check out the whole area in the Great Devil''s Nest as soon as possible. When I was thinking about that, Kaede suggested with sparkling eyes. "So why don''t we all have some fun together! There''s also a summer festival, right?" "That''s fine, but you know that summer vacation is not only about playing, right?" "Eh? Is it not?" "¡­You''ve got a serious problem there." "U-um¡­ we have to do our summer homework, too, don''t we?" ""Ugh!"" "And I''ve heard there''s a lot of it." ""Uh!"" Kaede and Yukine were astonished by Shingo-kun and Rin''s words. Eh, did they really think there was no possibility of that? ¡­No, I guess some schools don''t have it. The two of them realized that it was not just a fun summer vacation. As they turned white as burned-out ashes, the classroom door unexpectedly opened. "©¤©¤Um, is Yuuya-san here?" "Eh? Ah, Kaori?" "Oh, Yuuya-san!" The one who came to the classroom was Kaori. As soon as Kaori noticed my presence, she came straight to me. "Thank goodness you haven''t left yet." "Well, yeah. Did you need me for something?" "That''s right! And since everyone is here¡­ it''s just perfect." Everyone seems to be wondering about it. When everyone tilted their heads at Kaori''s words, Kaori smiled. "Yes! Now that the test is over, summer vacation will soon be coming. So if you don''t mind, I thought I''d invite you all to my vacation resort¡­" "A vacation resort?" said everyone in unison. We were surprised by the unexpected invitation, raising our voices. V-vacation resort, she said? ¡­By the way, I''ve almost forgotten that Kaori''s family is wealthy. "My family vacation resort has a beach nearby, and I was wondering if you guys would like to join me¡­" "Really? Yay! It''s a beach, a beach!" "T-that would be great for us, but¡­" "That''s right!" "¡­But, is it okay?" "Of course! You all have been treating me so well¡­" "What do you mean by¡­ treating you well?" "Y-yeah. I don''t remember doing anything much for you¡­" "Of course not! You all invited me to play with you, and now I want to invite you to play with me too!" It''s not that Kaede and the others had any particular reason for doing so; they were just normal friends and had been inviting people over to play until now. Kaori had never had a chance to hang out with someone her own age, so this was a new experience for her and made her happy. Then Ryo, who was watching Kaori and the others'' reaction, scratched his cheek as if he was troubled. "Ah¡­, um, is it okay if we join you too?" "Of course. We''ve played together before! So please join us too, Ryo-san and Shingo-san." In response to Kaori''s words, Ryo and Shingo were also invited. "So, I''ll let you know when we decide on the details." Kaori said and left the classroom. When Kaede saw her off, she shouted with joy. "~~! Yay! We can all go to the beach together! Right?" "W-well, I didn''t expect Kaori-san to invite me too¡­" "That''s true. But since we''re here, let''s have some fun!" "Yeah!" While Kaede was excited by Ryo''s words, Rin grinned. "But you have to do your homework before you can play." ""Ugh!"" Rin''s words seemed to have an effect on Yukine too, and she groaned along with Kaede. £ª£ª£ª After being invited to Kaori''s vacation resort, we decided on a date that would work for all of us, and we finally entered the summer vacation. And now we were in front of Kaori''s vacation resort. "S-so big¡­" "No, I could only imagine it as the same size as the school¡­" "Y-yeah. When I saw it in person, it was just¡­" Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I were stunned to see the vacation resort where we would be staying. The vacation resort we were invited to was a log cottage built surrounded by nature, in one of the most popular places for rich people to build vacation resorts. However, the cottage was fully air-conditioned, and there were even convenience stores and supermarkets nearby, so I guess it was a wonderful place to stay. And above all, there is©¤©¤. "Whoa! Beach, it''s the beach, Rin-chan!" "Yes, yes, I see it." "¡­Hmm, the view is beautiful." There was a swimming beach, just a short walk from the cottage. Kaede''s eyes sparkled looking at the beach, and Kaori, who was preparing the cottage, came over with a smile. "I''m glad you enjoyed it." "Of course, I am!" "¡­Thank you." "Fufufu¡­ I will show you to your rooms, so please follow me with your luggage." "Yeees!" said everyone. Kaori urged us to head inside the cottage. Naturally, the bedrooms were separate for men and women, but the room where we boys slept was so spacious that there was plenty of room for all three of us to sleep together. The women''s room must be quite spacious as well. ¡­Or rather, now that I''ve realized it, I can''t believe I''m spending time under the same roof with girls¡­ Of course, there''s Yuti staying in my house now, but I''m not used to that yet either. In such a situation, I still can''t believe that I''m having a private sleepover with other girls like this. As I was putting my luggage in my room and taking a breather, Kaede and the others came to the boys'' room. "Come on! Guys! We''re going to the beach!" "Y-you''re so energetic, huh, Kaede-san¡­" "That''s obvious, Shingo-kun! I''ve been looking forward to this day!" "Well, she even worked unusually hard on her summer vacation homework." "¡­I don''t want to remember that. But I did my best." As Rin said, we each finished our summer vacation homework early for this day. I''ve always been the type of person who finishes my homework early, but Kaede and Yukine were different; they were almost dying from the homework before they came to this place. "Alright, then, let''s get changed quickly and go play on the beach right away, shall we?" "Yeah! That''s why we''re going to go change our clothes!" After saying that, Kaede and the others went back to the girls'' room. Then one of the girls, Kaori, stayed behind and beckoned me over. "Um, Yuuya-san." "Hmm? What''s wrong?" "Speaking of which, is everything okay with Yuti, Ouma-san, and the others?" "Ah¡­" I smiled bitterly at Kaori''s words. "Yuti said she''d rather not participate. She doesn''t like to be around a lot of people." "That''s true too¡­ So, was it bothering her when I suggested she transfer to the school?" "Oh, no problem! Apparently, she''s having fun at school and making friends." "I''m glad to hear that!" It seems that Yuti had made friends at school, which was a relief to me. She even promised to hang out with her friends during this summer vacation. "Also, Ouma-san said he''s refraining for the same reason as Yuti." "Is that so?" "Yeah. However, I have to prepare food for Ouma-san, Night, and Akatsuki, so I have to go back using magic for that." "¡­Really, Yuuya-san''s magic is very useful." Kaori smiled bitterly at my words. As Kaori said, the teleport magic is very convenient. That''s why I had to be careful to not be seen by others. After listening to my explanation, Kaori went back to change with Kaede and the others, and I changed into the swimsuit I had prepared for the day and headed to the beach with Ryo and the others. Chapter 111 - Book 2: Part 2 Here''s another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 "Oh, it''s so crowded." "Y-yeah." "I wonder if we can find a spot?" Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I arrived at the beach ahead of the others, carrying parasols in our hands and looking for a vacant spot. But since the temperature was high and it was a perfect day for swimming, there were a lot of people. "Hmm¡­ Oh, it''s a bit far, but wouldn''t that be a good place?" The place Ryo pointed to was indeed a little far from the crowd, and there was a space available. "Well then, Yuuya. It''s a little far, but it''s a good place." "Eh? Sure, but¡­ do you need help?" "Shingo and I can set this up ourselves." "Y-yeah. So, Yuuya-kun, why don''t you go and call Kaede-san and the others?" "Okay." Ryo and Shingo-kun asked me to go and bring Kaede and the others. "Even so¡­ Do I look weird?" When I said that, I looked down at my appearance. The only swimwear I''ve ever owned was the one I use for school classes. When I talked to Ryo and the others about it, they said that I should have a swimsuit for having fun, so I decided to go a little overboard and buy one¡­ Thanks to the materials I got in the other world, I earned some money when I exchanged them for cash. It''s a bit of a luxury. As I was checking my appearance, I suddenly noticed that people around me were looking at me. "¡­Isn''t that guy really cool? Shall we go talk to him?" "Yeah. But I think I''ve seen him somewhere before¡­ Ah! Isn''t that the guy who was in a magazine before?" "That''s right! Whoa¡­ I thought the photos were edited, but he looks really cool¡­" "I mean, look at those abs! Isn''t it amazing? They''re so tight!" "Hmm, those are really nice muscles. They''re really well-trained." "Those abs are like chocolate bars! You could grate daikon with those oblique muscles!" ¡­I hear some unusual voices, but it''s probably just my imagination. While feeling strangely uncomfortable and waiting for Kaede to arrive, I suddenly heard a voice calling out to me. "U-um¡­" "Yes?" When I turned my gaze toward the voice, I saw several unfamiliar women standing there. "C-can I help you?" When I asked them, I was so nervous that I was at a loss for words, and they looked at each other. "I knew it!" "Yes! ¡­Um, you''re the one who was in the magazine with Miu-chan before, aren''t you?" "Eh? Ah¡­ yes. That''s right, but¡­" "U-um! Can I take a photo with you?" "P-photo?" Why do they want my photo? As I panicked, the women closed the distance between us and took out their phones to snap a picture with me. "Um, thank you!" "Eh, no, it''s¡­" After taking the pictures, the women left looking happy, although I had no idea why. Oh, I guess this is what people call coming in like a storm and leaving like a storm¡­ As I watched them leave in a daze, I heard Kaori''s voice. "Yuuya-san!" "Eh? Ah, Kaori¡­!" Then I saw Kaori''s figure and was transfixed. She was wearing a cute white swimsuit and a hoodie, and when she noticed me, she shyly averted her gaze. "U-um¡­ My swimsuit¡­ Isn''t it weird¡­?" "Huh? N-no! Not at all! It looks good on you! It suits you well!" I was so nervous that I didn''t know what I was saying, but Kaori smiled happily at my words. "I-is that so¡­ I''m so glad that Yuuya-san said that." "¡­.." This is not good. Until I came here, I was completely unaware of the fact that¡­ playing on the beach means that everyone will be wearing a swimsuit! That''s right! They said they were going to change their clothes, right? Because of the school lessons, I didn''t think anything of it, but after thinking about it, I realized that this is how women get into their beautiful swimsuits. ¡­Huh? This means that©¤©¤©¤. "Ah, Yuuya-kun! Oooii!" "Fuh¡­ It''s so hot outside!" "¡­I feel like I''m melting." After Kaori, Kaede, and the others came to me, despite my nervousness and stiffness. Kaede wore a cute frilly swimsuit and hot pants, Rin wore a black sporty swimsuit, and Yukine wore a salopette swimsuit and carried a floating ring. Each of them looked great¡­ W-what should I do? I''m not sure where to put my eyes. They are all very attractive, so I had trouble finding a place to look. "H-hey, look over there¡­" "Whoa! Their level is too high!" "Can we talk to them?" "No, they''re that guy''s friends, aren''t they?" "I-I''m so jealous!" The men around me were admiring Kaori and the others in their swimsuits. When I looked closely, I saw that some of the women were also admiring them. They are beautiful even from a woman''s perspective¡­ The sight of Kaori and the others made me feel unrealistic, and I couldn''t help but think that while having a faraway look in my eyes. Then, Kaede peeped into my face curiously at my situation. "Yuuya-kun? What''s wrong?" "Huh? Ah, no, it''s nothing!" "Really? So, um¡­ what do you think of me?" "Uee? It looks good on you! Y-yeah!" When Kaede asked me that, my cheeks flushed red, I replied in a hoarse voice. "Is that right? ¡­I see¡­ Ehehehe¡­" "Mm¡­" I didn''t know what the right response would be, as I had only recently been able to have a proper conversation with the opposite sex. However, there was no indication that Kaede was unhappy with the answer, so I think I didn''t make a fatal mistake. "¡­Yuuya. What about me?" I didn''t know anything about this topic, but as if chasing after me, Yukine continued the conversation by asking me something like that! "Um¡­" I''m not sure what to say in this situation. Is it enough to say that she looks good as well? What does Yukine want from me in the first place? When I was confused about how to answer, Yukine put her hand on her chest and looked at Kaede for some reason. "¡­As expected, it''s the breasts." "How did you come to that conclusion?" I didn''t think of anything in particular, and I didn''t say anything, but Yukine glared at Kaede''s breasts with resentment and then looked at me with a frustrated gaze. I didn''t even think about the breasts one bit, you know? It''s a false accusation! While I was puzzled about the opinions of Kaede and Yukine regarding their swimsuits following Kaori''s, I was so flustered and I didn''t notice that Kaori''s cheeks were puffed up. But seeing my continued fumbling, Rin came up to me with a grin and poked me with her elbow. "Oya? Oyaoya? Yuuya. Are you nervous seeing Kaede and the others in their swimsuits?" "Uh, t-that''s¡­ of course it is¡­" "Ahahahaha! That''s surprising. You look like you''re already being used to this kind of situation, though." My answer made Rin laugh out loud. She said that I''m used to it¡­ There''s no way. Where does that come from anyway? I don''t know¡­ "Well, unlike me, Kaede has a great style, Kaori is beautiful, and Yukine is cute." "Eh? No, Rin is also very beautiful, though¡­" "Huh?" Because she said something strange, I couldn''t help but tell her what I was thinking, and she raised her voice in an unusually indifferent way. In response to Rin''s reaction, I realized that I had just said something embarrassing. No, it was because Rin said something weird that I reflexively replied! I''m not the kind of guy who can say something like that without hesitation. I want to be able to say that out loud one day, though! I mean, Kaori, Yukine, Kaede are all beautiful, but Rin is also very slender, like a model, and looks great in a mature swimsuit. I wasn''t sure why she was saying that. "It''s just that I''m so nervous when people approach me so openly¡­" "I-is that so? Ahahahaha¡­" Rin said and quickly walked away from me. On closer look, it''s unusual to find that Rin''s cheeks are dyed red, and she''s averting her gaze awkwardly. I-it makes me more embarrassed when she reacted like that¡­ "W-well then, let''s get going! Ryo and Shingo-kun have already gone ahead and saved a spot for us." "I see¡­ If that''s the case, we should get there quickly and thank them¡­" "You''re right!" I was not too fond of the situation, so I told everyone about Ryo and Shingo-kun. The atmosphere returned to normal, so I took a breath. T-thank goodness¡­ it''s too stimulating for me to deal with everyone by myself¡­ As soon as we met up with Ryo and Shingo-kun, we did some careful warm up exercises and then all headed to the beach to start playing. Ryo seemed to be able to do just about anything, and he showed off his athleticism on the beach as well, swimming far and wide. Shingo-kun was not so good at swimming, so he played in the shallows with a beach ball that Kaori and I had brought with us. Then, when Ryo came back from the long swim, Kaede suggested. "Hey! Let''s all play beach volleyball together!" "Oh, that sounds good!" We all agreed to Kaede''s suggestion, and when it came time to divide the teams, Shingo-kun volunteered to be the referee. So, we decided to make three teams: Kaori and I, Ryo and Yukine, and Rin and Kaede. "Yuuya-san, let''s do our best!" "Yes, let''s do our best." The moment I nodded to Kaori''s words, I remembered the ball game tournament the other day. On that day, due to some trouble, Kaori and I were paired up to play tennis¡­ That was where I found out that I should not let Kaori play sports. S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. However, by the time I remembered that, the match was about to start, and our opponents were Kaede and Rin. "We immediately get to face Yuuya-kun and Kaori, huh¡­ Can we win this?" "I don''t know. Please go easy on us, okay?" "Well¡­" I think I would have to work harder rather than being soft, though. As I thought about it, the match began with Kaori''s serve¡­ Chapter 112 - Book 2: Part 3 Part 3 "Eeii." "Ah!" I shifted my body to the side in response to the ball coming at me from behind. The beach ball went right through where I had been a moment ago with great force. "Ah! I''m sorry, Yuuya-san!" "I-it''s okay." I can avoid it, but if Kaede and Kaori were teaming up, it might have been dangerous¡­ As I was thinking of that, Rin grinned when she saw Kaori''s serve. "Heh? It seems that Kaori is not good at sports, huh? Let''s aim at her." "Eeh? A-as expected that''s¡­" "Kaede. This is a match, you know. It''s a great strategy to win." And Rin began to aim at Kaori with the next serve as she declared. "Soryaa!" "Eii!" Kaori managed to deal with Rin''s serve, but the ball flew in the wrong direction. That direction was out towards the sea. However, I thought that I shouldn''t let the ball go out. I ran along the surface of the sea without thinking, caught up with the ball, and returned it to Rin''s court. "Haah!" "Wait¡­ how can you pick that up!?" "I mean, how can you run on the sea''s surface like that?" "Eeh? Y-you must have seen it wrong." "No, I think so too, but¡­!" I was chasing after the ball, but it was definitely not normal to run on the surface of the water! Or rather, I''m surprised that I can run on the sea''s surface myself. It seems that during my training with Master Usagi, my leg strength had become extraordinary. However, after I returned the ball to Rin''s court, Kaori was the only one left on our court. Rin took advantage of that and scored a point. I tried to get back onto the court, but my feet got caught in the sand. Well¡­ I don''t have much experience moving in the sand. It''s hard to move, and it takes more energy than usual¡­ This seems to be a good practice for me. Although I was here to play, I couldn''t help but think about such things due to my training with Master Usagi. After that, Kaori was intensively targeted, and Kaede''s team defeated our team. "Ugh¡­ Yuuya-san, I''m sorry¡­ I''m just slowing you down¡­" "Well, don''t mention it." At the time of the ball game tournament, it was still possible to cover since we played tennis, but it wasn''t as easy to do so in beach volleyball. Of course, Kaori always tried to keep the ball in play with volleys and receives, but all of them flew at me with lethal force. ¡­On the other hand, if there was a competition where that ball could be fully utilized, I think Kaori could compete well enough. After all, it was not only unpredictable but also very fast, so that even I had to rush to avoid it. I think it''s at a level that even the monsters I''ve fought in the Great Devil''s Nest would be afraid. I was really surprised. After that, we also played against Ryo''s team, but the result was still our loss. Kaede''s team won in the end. "Ugh¡­ Yuuya-san, I''m sorry¡­ that we lost because of me¡­" "N-no! You don''t have to worry about it¡­!" I''m not sure what the right thing to say to her would be, so I just panicked. But then, with a grin on her face, Rin called out to Kaori. "Kaori''s team lost all of their games¡­ Isn''t that a sign of a disaster?" "Y-you don''t have to say that!" Rin laughed out loud at Kaori''s reaction. We enjoyed playing beach volleyball for a while and decided to take a break since we played for a long time. S§×arch* The novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Let''s take a break and eat somewhere, shall we?" "Yes!" We all agreed to Ryo''s suggestion and decided to have lunch at a beach house. The place we were at was far away from the crowds, so there were only a few people at the nearby beach house. When we turned our attention to the more crowded area of the beach, we noticed that the beach houses there were very busy. "Even though there seemed to be more people over there, is this beach house okay with you guys?" "I think it''s fine." "Yeah, I guess so. It''s probably only crowded there because it''s in a good location. The taste won''t have much difference." So we headed to the nearest beach house©¤©¤. "Oh, Tenjou and the others. What a coincidence." "W-what?" "¡­I''m surprised." "W-what''s Sawada-sensei doing here?" Our homeroom teacher, Sawada-sensei, acted as a waitress at the beach house we were headed to! What''s more, she was wearing an apron over a black bikini. Unlike her usual loose shirt and lab coat. I-I don''t know where to look¡­ No, I always have trouble looking at her! We were surprised, but Ryo, who came to his senses quickly, hurriedly asked. "Sensei! What are you doing here? You''re a teacher, aren''t you? Huh¡­? Is it okay to have a second job?" "If you ask me that¡­" Of course, I was surprised because I hadn''t expected to meet her in such a place. She had an image as someone who didn''t go out much and might be doing experiments at some facility aside from being a teacher, but now when seeing that she was working as a clerk, I thought it would be unsuitable for her profession to have a second job. Moreover, Kaori, the daughter of Tsukasa-san, the chairman of the board of directors, was also here right now, and I felt like Sawada-sensei couldn''t make any excuses for it¡­ Then, Sawada-sensei replied in a tone with no particular agitation and without hesitation. "It''s not a side job. Because this is my parents'' house." "Eh?" When I was surprised again by the unexpected answer, a stern man came out from the beach house. The man was wearing the same apron as Sawada-sensei, but he had a very tough expression on his face, which was somewhat mismatched. He also had a large scar on his face, and with his body being large and muscular, he was quite intimidating. Um¡­ he didn''t look like an average person¡­ "Hey, Rie! Don''t slack off!" The man probably called Sawada-sensei by her first name and yelled at her. His loud voice, coupled with his appearance, was quite intimidating. We froze, but Sawada-sensei didn''t seem to mind and replied in her usual tone. "No, Dad. These are my students." "Your students?" "Dad?" We and the man©¤©¤Sawada-sensei''s father©¤©¤overlapped our surprised voices. Eh, he is her father? Even though I knew it was rude, I couldn''t help but compare the two of them. D-do they even resemble each other? We were dumbfounded, but as soon as the surprise subsided, the man''s expression changed, and he spoke to us with a smile. "Ah, it can''t be helped if you kids are Rie''s students! Since this girl is like this, you kids must be having a hard time, right? Is she a good teacher?" "Y-yeah, she''s a very good teacher¡­" When Kaori, the chairman''s daughter, answered in confusion, Sawada-sensei''s mouth twitched. "You don''t trust me, do you? I am an excellent teacher, you know?" "Even if you''re talented, I don''t know if that makes you a good teacher. That''s for the students to decide." "That''s a good point, I guess." Sawada-sensei laughed and nodded. Sawada-sensei''s father looked at us in amazement. "Oh? When I looked closely, I realized that all of the girls were beautiful! And the guys are handsome, too. What''s this? Are all the kids at your school like this?" "Hmm. All the students are like this." "What kind of monster school is that¡­?" No, Father-san. I think so too. There are a lot of students with good personalities and have appearances that are beautiful or cool like Kaori and Ryo. "Well, as you may have figured out from the conversation, I''m Rie''s father, Ginji. Since you''re here, I''m going to treat you all to lunch." "Eh? N-no. We''re sorry for the trouble!" "Don''t worry about it! Hey, Rie! You''re not busy anyway, right? Show them to the tatami room while I''m making the food!" "Hmm, I''m not busy, but that''s because there are no customers." "Shut up!" C-certainly, there are a lot of people on the beach, but there are no customers here¡­ Is it possible that being just a little bit farther away from the beach can make such a difference? Sawada Sensei''s father¡­ Ginji-san shouted at her, but Sawada Sensei walked out of the reception area and came over to us. "So that''s it. Sensei''s family runs this beach house. That''s how I was forced to help out during the summer vacation if I was free. Of course, I don''t get paid." "I-I see¡­?" In other words, it doesn''t pay as it''s an extension of helping out at home, so it''s not a side job. I don''t know if that''s really true, but it''s not something we can talk about. Kaori might be able to say something, though. Sawada-sensei led us to the tatami room, and after waiting for a while, Ginji-san brought us some food. "Hey, you''re all still growing up, right? Eat a lot, eat a lot!" "Yeah!" What came out in front of us was a large bowl of yakisoba, the aroma of the sauce stimulating our appetite. When we took advantage of Ginji-san''s kindness and tried the yakisoba, we were surprised at the taste. "Delicious!" "Amazing¡­ I think I''ve never had such delicious yakisoba before." "¡­*munch**munch*." The yakisoba we were served was delicious. Of course, eating yakisoba at a beach house, combined with the situation, might have made it taste better than usual. However, the yakisoba made by Ginji-san was even better than that. As everyone was absorbed in eating the yakisoba, Kaede muttered to herself. "Why are there so few customers when it''s so good?" "Kaede." "¡­Ah! I-I''m sorry!" Kaede hurriedly apologized when Rin warned her in a dumbfounded manner. But Ginji-san didn''t get angry about it as he smiled bitterly. "It''s okay; it''s okay. It''s the truth anyway." "Well, the location is bad. It''s located at the edge of the beach, and when you compare it to the most crowded part of the beach, there are far fewer people here. That''s why we don''t get many customers." "Besides, I''m pretty sure the store over there has a better variety of food than this one." "I see¡­" Indeed, when I looked at the menu for Ginji-san''s beach house, there were only curry and beer on the menu aside from yakisoba. "I-it''s such a shame when the food is so good¡­" "¡­It''s a pity." As Shingo-kun and Yukine said that, Sawada-sensei seemed to notice something and stood up. "Right!" "Oh? What''s the matter, Rie?" "Sensei''s got a great idea." "Good idea?" We tilted our heads in confusion, but Sawada-sensei nodded confidently. "Yeah, a good idea." Chapter 113 - Book 2: Part 4 Part 4 "Okay, table three, two yakisoba noodles, please!" "Here, one glass of beer!" "U-um, Two curries, please!" ©¤©¤Before we knew it, we were working at Ginji-san''s beach house temporarily, which was different from our original purpose of playing on the beach. Sawada-sensei''s good idea was for us to work as helpers. I suddenly thought back to Sawada-sensei''s behavior at that time. Sawada-sensei said, "There are some of the most beautiful men and women in the school here. So I''d like to ask you to be our sales staff." "S-sales staff?" "Of course, we''ll pay you." ©¤©¤With that in mind, we began our work here. Moreover, Ginji-san seemed to be somewhat troubled by the lack of customers, so when he asked us to help him, we took the job. Well, Ginji-san treated us to yakisoba. I also had a chance to taste his curry as well, which was also very tasty. So, I think Ginji-san''s food will attract many repeat customers, and I''m going to help him with that. As soon as we started working as wait staff, many male customers came to see the beautiful Kaori and the others, and thanks to the handsome Ryo and the cute little animal-like Shingo-kun, many female customers came as well. As the number of customers increased, Ginji-san was cooking at an incredible pace. "Ahhhh! That''s a happy cry, oi!" "Oh, Dad, keep up the good work!" "Rie, you should at least be able to cook as well!" However, since Sawada-sensei couldn''t cook, she couldn''t help Ginji-san. Instead, she was doing her best to wash the dishes. Ryo and I offered to help with the dishes, but Ginji-san said he would take care of that himself, so we put all our effort into carrying the food out. "©¤©¤©¤Two yakisoba and two beers, correct?" ""¡­.."" "U-um?" "Please shake my hand!" "Yes?" "Oh, that''s not fair!" "Please take a picture with me¡­!" ¡­I got some weird orders like this quite often, but I think things were generally going well. As the number of customers increased, word of mouth seemed to spread, and eventually, enough customers came to fill Ginji-san''s beach house. "Aren''t all the waitresses here high level?" "The girls are super cute!" "And the boys are amazing too!" "I mean, is this some sort of event?" "The yakisoba is delicious, though!" "The curry is good too!" I could hear the various customers'' voices, and it seemed that they didn''t have anything bad to say. Ginji-san''s food was delicious, wasn''t it? Now I not only had to carry out the food, but also clean up the dishes after the customers left, and it was getting too much for me to handle. So I increased the number of dishes I carried at a time. "H-hey, that''s¡­" "Eh, amazing¡­" "How many could he carry¡­?" I put trays on my hands and arms, placed dishes on top of them, as well as stacked them on my head, and carried a considerable amount of after-dinner dishes. It''s a lot of work, but my improved body had the balance and strength to carry it without difficulty. I''m glad that I''m useful in these areas. "Tenjou. I need your help." "Yes? What''s the matter?" "We''re about to run out of food, so I need your help to buy more. You seem to have the most strength." "I-is that so?" "What are you talking about? You''re the guy who wrestled a bear on the field trip, aren''t you?" That''s right. So, while Sawada-sensei was taking me to buy food, an incident happened. £ª£ª£ª "U-um, please don''t!" "Eehh? Come on, let''s have some fun together." "Yes, yes, we''ll show you how to have fun." A group of male customers with tanned skin were grabbing Kaori''s arms. Seeing that, Kaede, who was nearby, called out to them. "Um, can''t you stop doing that? You''re troubling her." "Oh, you''re cute, too!" "Yes, you can hang out with us, too!" "Come on, come on, let''s bring your other friends." "P-please stop!" "Hey, you guys©¤©¤." Ryo, who was nearby, tried to stop them, but one of the male customers, a muscular man, stood in his way. "Don''t get in our way." "I''m not interfering; I''m telling you to stop." "If you want me to stop, go ahead and try. What can you do, you skinny bastard? Huh?" "Kuh¡­" When one of the men surrounding Kaori and Kaede pushed Ryo away, he staggered heavily. Ryo was good at sports, and he was by no means frail. However, all of the men surrounding Kaori and the others were much more muscular and taller than Ryo, making them quite intimidating. In terms of the number of people, the situation was not good, and the atmosphere in the whole store was getting worse©¤©¤. "©¤©¤©¤Oh, excuse me, I need to pass by." "Yu-Yuuya-san!" Yuuya, who was just coming back from shopping for groceries, came back with both hands full of shopping bags. However, having just returned from shopping, Yuuya couldn''t grasp the situation and headed to Kaori and the others without hesitation, as he had something to do. "Excuse me. Please excuse me for a moment." "Huh?" One of the men furrowed his eyebrows in displeasure at the unabashedly approaching Yuuya. "Hey you, can''t you see that? We are having a nice conversation with these girls right now. Get lost." "Huh? Oh, I''m sorry. But we''re a little short-staffed, so we need these two to help us out¡­" "Huh? You don''t understand the situation, do you?" "Even if you say so¡­" Since Sawada-sensei, who returned earlier with more ingredients, the orders that had been stopped began to move and the store became hectic again. "For the time being, the two of them have work to do, so I''ll take them with me. I''ll listen to what you have to say instead¡­" "You, you just¡­" In order to stop Yuuya from taking Kaori and Kaede away, the man grabbed Yuuya''s arm, but he didn''t falter. Then, Kaori and Kaede were freed from the man''s hands and immediately went into Ginji''s store. Seeing this, Yuuya felt relieved for a moment, took a breath, and tried to head back as well to put down the bags in his hands. However, the men moved into a position to surround Yuuya. "Hey, are you fucking kidding with us? Huh?" "E-eeh? W-what''s©¤©¤©¤." "Shut the fuck up!" "Kyaaaaaaa!" The other female customers shouted at the man who suddenly attacked Yuuya. But Yuuya, who was attacked by the man, was in a panic about something else entirely. (To suddenly attack me¡­ It''s dangerous for the other customers and it will destroy the store''s property too!) Not understanding the reason at all, Yuuya was just as confused about being attacked, but he was more worried about the customers around him than about being attacked, as the men went on a rampage. As he avoided one man''s attack while thinking about that, the other men attacked Yuuya one after another. In order to do something, Yuuya tried to move but remembered that he still had the shopping bag in his hand. Realizing that he would not be able to move properly, he threw the shopping bag into the air and gently caught the men''s fists and kicks, then straightened them all into an upright position and held them there. Just then, the shopping bag came back to Yuuya''s hand. "Huh?" "O-oh?" The men didn''t know what had happened and, for some reason, cocked their heads at the fact that they were standing upright. When Yuuya confirmed that there was no damage to the surrounding objects or customers and that the men were not injured, he took a breath. "Um, please don''t get violent. There are customers here¡­" The men came to their senses when Yuuya told the bewildered men and tried to attack him again, but¡­ "O-oi, you©¤©¤." "©¤©¤I thought it was so noisy when I was concentrating on cooking in the kitchen¡­ You people, what are you doing? Huh?" "Ah? Hyii!?" Ginji was glaring at the men with anger on his stern face. His expression was so terrifying that all of the men who had been so energetic earlier were scared out of their wits. "You¡­ you''ve got some nerve there. I wonder if you''re ready to be chopped up and used as a filling for yakisoba? Huh?" """I-I''m sorrrryyyyyyyy!""" The men ran out of the beach house with tears in their eyes because of Ginji, who did not look like a regular person. All of them, including the surrounding guests, were stunned by the scene, and Yuuya immediately bowed his head. "I''m sorry, Ginji-san. Thank you very much." "Hmm? I didn''t do anything. Are you guys okay?" "Y-yes! We''re fine!" Sear?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Ryo-kun and Yuuya-kun helped us¡­" "No, I didn''t do anything. Yuuya was the one who saved you." "I see¡­ Yuuya, you''re amazing! When I looked closely, I could see that you''ve been working out like crazy¡­" "Tenjou is one of the most physically gifted in our school. All of the P.E teachers were amazed. They said he could be in the Olympics." "That''s just¡­" Ginji''s cheeks twitched at the information provided by Sawada-sensei. And then the surrounding guests began to applaud. "That was amazing!" "Yeah, yeah! It was like watching a scene from a movie!" "I mean, I''ve only seen moves like that in the manga!" "It was so fast; I could barely understand it!" "Um, well, that¡­" Yuuya, who didn''t expect to be praised, was bewildered by the reaction of the people around him. Ginji laughed at the situation and turned to his customers. "Well, our waiter is awesome, right? Well, please continue to enjoy your meal." ¡­Thus, despite the troubles, Ginji''s store, thanks to the hard work of Yuuya and the others, as well as Ginji''s cooking, achieved the highest sales ever. Chapter 114 - Book 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 After we finished our unplanned work at the beach house owned by Sawada-sensei''s family, we went back to the beach to have fun. At that time, Ryo and Shingo-kun were approached by women. Many people also approached me, probably because I stood out at Ginji-san''s beach house, and that confused me. However, we didn''t have to worry about anything happening to Kaori and the others again like at the beach house, thanks to the fact that we all stayed together as much as possible. Then we went back to the cottage for our dinner and to have a rest. In the meantime, I moved to a secluded place and went home to prepare dinner for Night and the others. Ouma-san seemed to have slept all day, and everyone stayed quietly at home. When I finished preparing Night and the others'' meal and snuck back to the cottage, Yukine brought a book with her from her room. "¡­Everyone, do you have a minute?" "Hmm? What is it? Yukine-san." When Kaori tilted her head, Yukine held out the book in her hand and proposed to us. "¡­Do you want to test your courage?" "A test of courage?" Rin and Kaede seemed to have realized something ¨C especially Kaede, whose cheeks twitched. "Yu-Yu-Yu-Yukine-chan? Are you serious about this¡­ test of courage?" "¡­I''m serious." "Noooooooo!" "Ka-Kaede-san?" We are confused by Kaede''s loud shout at Yukine''s words. W-what happened to her? Then, Rin smiled bitterly and again told us about the occult research club that Yukine is a member of. "So, is the test of courage¡­ related to that club activity?" "¡­It''s not just because of the club activities. But when I was researching the cottage area before coming here, I found a place that looked like a good place for a test of courage. So I just suggested it." "A good place for a test of courage?" Kaede continued to react loudly to Yukine''s words. Maybe she''s not very good at ghosts and such¡­ Fortunately, I''m not so bad at it, so I''m fine. In a different world, I had fought with a ghost type monster called "Wraith." I don''t know if the ghosts in this world have the same characteristics as the monster called Wraith, though. "I used to come here a lot with my father, but I didn''t know there was such a place¡­" "¡­Yeah. There seems to be a pretty old shrine." When Yukine replied to Kaori''s surprise, Ryo suddenly had a question and asked her. "I understand that the shrine is the best place to test our courage, but is it open at night?" "¡­It looks like it''s open. But you shouldn''t make any noise. Just enjoy the atmosphere." "Yeah, that''s right." Even though it''s open even at night, causing a disturbance was out of the question. "¡­So, we should all go to the shrine." Kaede raised her hand when Yukine said that with an unusually rough snort. "No, no! I don''t want to!" "¡­Lie. Kaede seemed to like it even though she said she didn''t." "I''m not that weird." "It''s interesting, you know?" "Ryo-kun?" "I-I''m also a little interested!" "Even Kaori?" Kaede looked around as if she was looking for a friend, as if she didn''t expect that there would be so many people interested in a test of courage. "T-that''s right! Shingo-kun? You don''t want to do the test of courage, right?" "E-eeh? W-well¡­ I''m sorry about that. I-I''m also a little interested in it¡­" "N-no way¡­" Kaede''s face turns pale in despair. She seemed to be in a state of shock. "Yu-Yuuya-kun, how about you¡­?" "Eh, I-I was¡­ sorry, I''m not that bad at it, so¡­" "Uuugghh. I don''t have any friends!" Kaede groaned and got teary-eyed. I-I''m sorry for what I said. Then, Rin laughed out loud at the sight of Kaede. "Ahahahaha! Just give up, Kaede. Besides, the place we are going to is a shrine, you know? Isn''t it rather safe?" "S-safe?" "You see, a shrine is a place where gods reside, right? There won''t be any scary devils or ghosts there, you know?" "I-I wonder if it''s¡­?" "Right." Rin said this to persuade Kaede, but is it really true that a shrine is safe? Although it is open at night, a shrine is like a home for the gods, right? Even humans would not like it if people came into their homes without permission in the middle of the night. I feel it would be somewhat wrong¡­ But if that is the case, wouldn''t it be a nuisance to make a New Year''s Eve visit to the shrine? Kaede was about to be persuaded by Rin''s words, but then she noticed something and shook her head. "Ha! B-but if I don''t go, I''d be safe to begin with!" "Tsk¡­" "Rin-chan, why did you click your tongue?" "Geez,¡­ then, do you want to stay here?" "Huh?" When Rin''s unexpected words surprised not only Kaede but also us, Rin grinned. "We''ll simply go to the shrine to test our courage. If you''re scared, you can wait for us here, Kaede. But you''ll be alone in this cottage, you know?" "Hyii!" Kaede shrieked at Rin''s smile. Rin-san, you have said a terrible thing¡­ Then, Kaede shivered with tears in her eyes and finally screamed. "Ri-Rin-chan, you''re a demoooonnn!" "Ahahahahahahaha!" ©¤©¤Thus, Kaede will also participate in the test of courage. £ª£ª£ª "A-Are you okay?" "I-I-I-I''m fine!?" "¡­It doesn''t sound like it, but¡­" As we approached the shrine, Kaede seemed to get more and more scared and was now clinging to my arm. At first, I was very nervous about Kaede clinging to me, but the way she clung to my arm and how she looked at me made me more worried than nervous. "Um¡­ If you''re so scared, do you want to go back to the cottage?" "Don''t leave me aloneeeeeee!" "No, if you''re going back, I''ll stay with you¡­" But Kaede didn''t seem to hear my words and kept walking while shaking her head. In the end, we''re going to go with everyone¡­ Then I noticed Kaori was watching Kaede and me. "¡­.." "Kaori? What''s wrong?" "Huh? N-no, it''s nothing!" "Really?" If it''s nothing, then it''s probably nothing. "Ugh¡­ I should have been scared from the start too¡­" With that thought in mind, I turned my attention to Kaede, who continued to struggle with her fears, and did not notice Kaori''s murmur. "Yuuya. You are also a sinful man." "Huh?" I tilted my head when Rin said that in a meaningful way. Sinful, huh¡­ did I do something to offend anyone? As we moved forward following Yukine, we stopped when she stopped. "¡­This is our destination." "Wow. It''s huge." "Y-yeah. And it''s pretty mysterious¡­" As Shingo-kun said, the shrine in front of us looked more mysterious than scary due to the fact that it was in the middle of a forest with the moonlight shining on the shrine. The beauty of the place made us admire it for a while. "I didn''t know there was a place like this nearby¡­" "It''s a nice place, regardless of whether this is a test of courage or not. Kaede thinks so too, doesn''t she?" "U-Un. It''s beautiful¡­" The mystical sight of the shrine seemed to make Kaede forget her fears, even if this was only temporarily. And then Yukine, who was also admiring the shrine and the surrounding atmosphere, muttered. "¡­It''s beautiful. But it wasn''t the right place for a test of courage." "Well, that''s okay. That''s how we got to see the beautiful scene©¤©¤." It was the moment when Rin was about to say so. "©¤©¤I feel some mysterious presence." "!?" Suddenly, a woman slowly appeared from the shrine. The woman was dressed in a shrine maiden attire. Her glossy black hair was tied on both sides, and her bangs were neatly trimmed. Her eyes were lifted up, and she seemed to have a strong spirit. She looked to be about the same age as us, but she seemed to have a holy aura about her. When all of us were surprised by the shrine maiden''s sudden appearance, Kaede pointed at such a woman and exclaimed. "Gggggggg¡­ggg-ghoooooooosssssttt!" "Eeeeehhh!?" "Where''s the ghost?" The woman''s words were met with a look of disbelief. We came here to test our courage, so I can understand why Kaede might think she''s a ghost. But no matter how you look at it, she''s a shrine maiden of this shrine. The shrine maiden let out a sigh and looked over at us. "There''s something strange going on here, so I came over to¡­ what? You don''t look like worshippers, are you?" Yukine answered the shrine maiden''s questioning expression straightforwardly. "¡­We came here to test our courage." "Test your courage? Eh, you''re¡­" "¡­..? What is it?" As soon as the shrine maiden gave Yukine a sharp look, she moved away from Yukine with an astonishing speed. "! You''re possessed by something outrageous!" "¡­¡­? Something outrageous?" "How could you not notice? Oh, geez! I''ll exorcise you right now!" The shrine maiden then pulled out what looked like a talisman from out of nowhere. "©¤©¤©¤." Then, chanting something in a voice we couldn''t hear, she threw the talisman at Yukine''s shadow! "What the hell are you©¤©¤©¤?" "©¤©¤©¤Gu-gugyaa, gugiiiiii!" "!?" Then, Yukine''s shadow suddenly swelled, and a black mist appeared. What the heck is this¡­? This is not a different world. "Yu-Yuuya-san, what is that" Kaori, who also knows about the different worlds, had her eyes wide open, not expecting to see such a monster on Earth. Kaori and I were so surprised, but Kaede''s surprise was probably even greater. "W-wha¡­" "No way¡­?" "Hyiiii!?" "Yu-Yukine¡­ Have you done something again?" While Kaede and the others are pale and trembling, Yukine doesn''t seem to be too frightened. Is it a daily occurrence in the occult research club? I looked at Yukine, but she kept a straight face and nodded quietly. "¡­It surprised me." "Don''t you understand it?" Rin immediately tsukomied her. I-I''m glad to hear that¡­ I was wondering what I would do if someone told me that this was the norm¡­ With that in mind, the shrine maiden who threw the talisman that may have caused the monster to appear in front of her paled as she faced the monster. "W-what on earth is this thing¡­!" "Eh?" "It is neither an evil spirit nor a youkai¡­ I''ve never seen such an evil being!" It seems that this monster was unexpected even for the shrine maiden. Then the black mist began to change its shape as it looked around. The creature now stood on two legs, its entire body heaving with muscles. The claws and fangs were sharp, and the skin was black as if the shadows and darkness had become flesh. ¡­Eh? This is¡­ "Gugi¡­ gugigiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!" "What?" "Kuh?" "E-everyone!?" The moment the monster screamed a cry that cut through the air, Kaori and the others fell to their knees. I tried to pick up everyone in a hurry, but the monster threatened me, and I couldn''t move as I wanted. What the heck is this thing¡­! Then, the shrine maiden, who was the only one to get down on one knee, looked up at me in pain, and opened her eyes. "H-how can you¡­ in this situation¡­ still remain unaffected¡­! Or rather, there''s also a hint of wickedness in you too¡­!" "W-what do you mean by that¡­ I don''t know what¡­!" "Gugigigigi¡­" For me, it was as if everyone had suddenly collapsed due to the screaming of the monster in front of me. There was nothing wrong with my body. The monster seemed to be even more alarmed by the fact that I was not affected in any way. While I was confused by the situation, Kuro, who had been quietly sitting inside me all this time, called out to me with a big sigh. "Fuwahh¡­ There was a strange presence, so I came to check it out¡­ Why is this guy here? Hey, Yuuya. This is the place called Earth, right?" "Yes, but¡­ Eh, Kuro! Do you know what this monster is?" sea??h th§× Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "I know what it is; it is an existence¡­ that has failed to become an Evil." "So, it''s an evil beast?" When I listened back to the unfamiliar words I couldn''t help but ask, the shrine maiden who was moaning in pain looked at me with a doubtful expression. "? Y-you¡­ who the heck are you talking to¡­!" "Eh!? Oh, that¡­" "¡­You''re so careless, aren''t you? Oh well. Listen to me without talking. The evil beast in front of you is not a good thing either for you or for this world. I don''t know why it''s in this place at all, but¡­ first of all, if you leave it alone, there will be some serious problems." said Kuro. Even if you say that it will cause a lot of trouble¡­! The evil beast is so strong that it''s called the evil incarnation. Night and the others are not here right now¡­ Will I be able to handle this on my own? As I was feeling uneasy, the evil beast, which has been on guard for a long time, attacked me as if it had lost its nerves. "Gugigigigi¡­ Gugigigyaaa!" "Ugh? T-that''s dangerous!" "Gugiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!" "Uh?" The shrine maiden tried to take out some kind of talisman again, probably to protect me from being attacked, but she couldn''t move her body enough and ended up losing the talisman from her hand. I considered hurrying to avoid it, but I couldn''t because Kaede and the others were just behind me. Then, my body, which naturally moved to fight back due to my training with Master Usagi, kicked the evil beast on the side of the head while half dodging its attack. "Gugii?" The evil beast took my kick and was blown away, hitting a nearby tree and slipping down. "Gu-gugii¡­" "I thought it was a decent kick, but you''re still standing, huh¡­?" Even though I kicked it with all my might, the evil beast was still alive as it tried to stand up, though it looked like it was in pain. Although not completely, it still has the power of evil and is probably quite strong. "If that''s the case¡­!" At the moment when the evil beast hurriedly tried to retake its stance, the shrine maiden unexpectedly jumped out. She released a talisman at the evil beast. "Get out of here!" "Gugyiigugyaa!?" When the talisman touched the evil beast, it began to suffer. Then, it desperately tried to remove the talisman but was unable to do so. Finally it disappeared in a cloud of smoke. T-that talisman is¡­ or rather, who the heck is this shrine maiden? "More importantly, how is Kaori and the others!" I rushed over to Kaori and the others to check on their condition. Then, it seems that all of them are just asleep, which is a relief. "Thank goodness¡­" "©¤©¤Hey, you." "Huh?" When I turned my gaze towards the voice, I saw a languid-looking shrine maiden glaring at me. "Why were you the only one who was safe? And can you explain to me the power¡­ that overwhelmed the monster earlier?" "Um¡­" I was at a loss for an answer, not knowing what to say. Chapter 115 - Book 4: Part 1 Here''s another chapter today sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 I was able to get permission for Kaori and the others who were still asleep to rest at the shrine, so I took advantage of the hospitality and carried everyone to bed. "©¤©¤©¤So? What was that all about earlier?" After putting everyone to bed, I was interrogated by the shrine maiden like that. "Um¡­ I don''t even know what that thing was either¡­" "You''re lying. You must have something to do with it, right? Otherwise, it wouldn''t explain your power to defeat the monster earlier." "Even if you say so¡­" When asked if that has anything to do with me, it seems that the monster is an "evil beast" that is a corruption of the "evil" from the other world, so I can''t say that it has nothing to do with me. However, I have no idea why such a being appeared on this Earth. For a moment, I thought that the door to the other world in my house might be the reason why it came out of there. Still, it would have to break through the mysterious barrier covering Sage-san''s house in the other world. More importantly, Night and Ouma-san would have noticed it¡­ though Ouma-san would likely have left it alone. With that in mind, the shrine maiden, who once again wore a serious expression, opened her mouth. "I don''t know exactly what, but there is a presence of evil in you, too. So, I will exorcise it." "Eh?" The sudden offer made me shout in a distracted voice. "Do you mind? I don''t know if you''re aware of it or not, but I can feel the same evil presence in you as in that monster. So if I don''t exorcise it right now, you''ll be in trouble again." "Eh, no, that''s¡­" "Hey, is this woman trying to make me disappear?" said Kuro. The shrine maiden''s words made Kuro, who was inside me, panicked. Certainly, the evil beast was extinguished with that talisman, and it may be effective for Kuro as well. "Um, It''s not like I''m©¤©¤©¤." "It''s okay! For now, take off your clothes for the exorcism." "Why?" I opened my eyes to the shrine maiden''s sudden request. Eh, taking off my clothes? I was confused, but the shrine maiden frowned unhappily. "Can I? In order to exorcise that evil presence, we need to borrow power from the holy air that floats around the world. So, the more skin you expose, the easier it is for the holy spirit to enter. That''s why I''m telling you to take off your clothes because they''re in the way." "Eeeeeehhh?" "Yuuya! You should never take off your clothes!" said Kuro in a hurry. "No, I''m not taking my clothes off!" "Why not? I said, take them off!" The shrine maiden finally took a hard line and tried to pull my clothes off! I know she''s trying to be nice, but I don''t want Kuro to be exorcised, and I don''t want to take off my clothes either. I''m stronger than her, but if I resist with all my might, I might injure the shrine maiden, and more importantly, my clothes will tear. W-what should I do with this? "Oh, geez! Stop your useless resistance!" "N-nooooo! Help meeeee!" "¡­Yuuya-san, what is going on here?" ""Huh!"" When we were startled by the unexpected voice, Kaori was glaring at us with fierce eyes. "Yuuya-san¡­ who is that woman over there? And why is it that Yuuya-san is undressed¡­?" Kaori was about to say that much, but she seemed to recognize my current appearance once again, and her face gradually turned red. "Ka-Kaori! It''s a misunderstanding; it''s a misunderstanding!" "T-that''s right! It''s not like I''m doing anything wrong¡­!" The shrine maiden and I rushed to clear up Kaori''s misunderstanding. Then Kaori, who managed to regain her calm after resolving the misunderstanding, looked around again. "By the way¡­ where are we? We were supposed to have come to test our courage¡­" In response to Kaori''s reaction, I couldn''t help but look at the shrine maiden, who also had a puzzled expression on her face. No way, does she have no memory of meeting that evil beast? Then after Kaori, Kaede, Rin, and the others woke up, and everyone was confirmed to be safe. However, none of them seemed to remember anything about the evil beast. Seeing the reaction of Kaori and the others, the shrine maiden quietly approached me. "¡­It seems that everyone doesn''t remember anything about that." "Y-you''re right." "Phew¡­ I would really like to ask them some questions, but they don''t seem to know much about that monster either, so there''s no need to tell the rest about it. I''m worried about what it might do to their body later, but I''ve never seen anything like it before, and there''s nothing I can do about it. Well, I''ve been attacked in the same way, and there''s nothing physically wrong with me, so I think everything will be fine¡­" Certainly, considering the fact that everyone suddenly fainted, it would be better to think of some kind of effect. For the time being, I checked the condition of everyone with the [Identification] skill, but I didn''t see anything strange. "It''s okay. Anyway, if you learn anything from this, don''t try to test your courage again; just leave quietly." That''s all the shrine maiden said as she turned to leave. "W-wait, please!" "¡­What?" When I hastily stopped her, she looked at me with a slightly unhappy expression. But, undaunted by such a gaze, I opened my mouth. "Um, I''m sorry about this¡­ And thank you for letting Kaori and the others rest here." "¡­I don''t mind, that''s about right. But next time, you should be a little more careful." "Yes¡­ we''ll be careful." As we were about to leave, the shrine maiden unexpectedly called out to us. "You!" "Huh? I-is it me?" "Yes." The shrine maiden looked at me closely and asked quietly. "¡­What''s your name?" "Eh? Oh, I''m Yuuya Tenjou." "Fumu¡­ Tenjou, right?" As the shrine maiden muttered that to confirm, I couldn''t help but ask her. "Um, and you are¡­?" "¡­Mai Kagurazaka." Shrine maiden-san, or¡­ Kagurazaka-san said and turned her back on us once again. And then¡­ "I have a feeling I''ll be seeing you again at some point." "Huh?" "Well then." That was all Kagurazaka-san said, and this time she left. After that, we went back to the cottage quietly and went to bed immediately. £ª£ª£ª The next day, we made it back to our hometown safely. "Well, the beach was fun!" "Y-yeah. It was fun to play with everyone." sea??h th§× ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Though we were a bit confused when we were suddenly asked to help Sawada-sensei''s family!" "That''s true. I was more surprised about meeting Sawada-sensei at the beach." "¡­She was boing boing." "Yu-Yukine-chan?" Rin murmurs with a wry smile as she recalls her memories of the beach. "Even so¡­ the fun time flies by so fast." "That''s right¡­ I had a lot of fun playing with you guys too! Thank you very much!" "That should be our line, you know!" "Yeah. Thanks to Houjou-san, we were able to play with all our might like this." "R-really? If you say so, it''s worth inviting everyone!" "But now that the beach is over, the summer vacation will continue for a while. Can we go out again somewhere?" When I suddenly suggested this, Kaede''s eyes lit up. "That''s good, let''s play, let''s play! I''ve already finished my summer homework, after all!" "That''s because I took care of it for you." "Thank you very much for the help, hehe¡­" "¡­So, what''s next, a summer festival?" "Oh, a festival! That sounds great." "Yeah, yeah, yeah! Then let''s have a festival next time!" So, after promising to go to a summer festival, we parted ways this time. Then I went straight home too¡­ "I''m home!" "Woof!" "You''re back, welcome home." "Buhi buhi!" "Mmm? You finally returned. Now, prepare the food. I''m starving." Night and the others greeted me. ¡­In the past, it would have been hard to imagine. Playing with friends and having someone welcome you home like this. While enjoying such happiness, I prepared food for Night and the others. But as I prepared the food for them, I kept thinking about something. What is that monster¡­ the evil beast? I''ve heard that it''s an incarnation of evil¡­ What''s more, how can it cross into this world? I asked Ouma-san about something that had been bothering me. "Um, Ooma-san¡­" "What is it? I''m hungry now. Go ahead and make me some food! I want to eat curry!" "Y-yes." I was going to ask him about the evil beast that had crossed into this world, but as I was busy preparing the meal, I missed the chance to ask him. Chapter 116 - Book 4: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 It was the next day after I came back from Kaori''s vacation house. The summer vacation is still going on, so today, I was thinking of cleaning up my grandpa''s warehouse, which I hadn''t done recently. sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then, Ouma-san, Yuti, and others came to see me, as if they were interested in my grandpa''s warehouse. "Hmm¡­ I''ve always thought this place had a strange vibe, but looking at it again, I can feel it more strongly." "Affirmative. It''s strange." "I-is that so?" There are indeed many things in this room that grandpa acquired during his travels, all of which are of unknown use, but¡­ As I contemplated and tilted my head, Ouma-san let out a sigh of exasperation. "Yuuya¡­ you''re in a room with all this power swirling around you, and you don''t feel a thing?" "Huh?" "It''s not just one kind of power. Every single one of them has a power that I do not know. Who is this¡­ grandfather of yours anyway?" "W-well¡­" There are things that even Ouma-san doesn''t understand¡­ Grandpa, what did you really have collected? I was going to clean it up now, but I''m getting a little afraid to touch it. However, if I don''t do it, it won''t be finished anytime soon, so I start to sort it out. Ouma-san looked interested in the beginning, but he eventually got bored halfway through and went back to another room in the Earth house. Yuti also said she was going to practice archery and headed to the garden of Sage-san''s house in the other world. ¡­Well, I was going to do it alone from the beginning, so that was fine. While sorting it out little by little, I also activated my [Identification] skill while I was at it¡­ "¡­Really, grandpa, where did you get these from?" Some things, even with the [Identification] skill, I couldn''t even tell the name of the item, let alone its effect. For example, I don''t know what the principle of this thing is, but I can''t tell the name, the effect, nor the material of this cubic stone (?) floating on a pedestal. No, really, why is it floating? It''s not like it''s magnetic¡­ As I continued to sort through the items while activating [Identification] skill, I suddenly found something familiar. "Huh? This looks like something¡­ a monk would carry, doesn''t it?" It was something called Khakkhara, and in my mind, it was a thing that a monk would carry. I''m not particularly surprised that such a thing would come out of nowhere in a world overflowing with things whose purpose is unknown, but it does make me curious. I thought that the [Identification] skill would not work on this one either, but this time it did. However¡­ "[Heavenly Khakkhara], huh¡­ It''s somewhat quite a bit of a thing, but¡­ what is it? This "Exorcise" is¡­" What''s more, there was only one word of effect written on it. I can''t understand anything about this. "What is it? This is¡­ This is similar to the talisman that Kagurazaka-san was using the other day?" The other day, when an evil beast attacked me, I suddenly remembered that Kagurazaka-san, the shrine maiden I had met there, had used a talisman to kill the evil beast. I wondered if that was also a kind of exorcism? An item I don''t understand? Is it a weapon? As I was bewildered in front of the unfamiliar item or weapon, I noticed¡­ "Woof¡­ woof!" "What''s wrong? Night." Suddenly, Night barked, and as I wondered what was wrong, I felt the presence of several people following Night. "? What is it?" I paused for a moment and put the Khakkhara I had in my hand in the item box, then headed for the garden of the other world house. There, I found Owen-san, Lexia-san, and the others. All of them walked quickly into Sage-san''s garden. "Hah¡­ hah¡­" "We managed to get here somehow¡­" "H-hey. We''ve set foot in this Great Devil''s Nest many times already, but I still wonder how we''ve survived¡­" "In any case, it''s thanks to that person, followed by Captain Owen, and Luna, who was appointed as Lexia-sama''s bodyguard, is also quite strong¡­ "Rather, except for that person and the two of them, we do not have the ability to enter the Great Devil''s Nest properly¡­" The soldiers already have wounds on their bodies, and Owen-san and Luna are also out of breath. Although I looked around to see if anyone was hurt, fortunately, no one was fully injured, and I didn''t need Akatsuki to lend me a hand. I don''t know why Lexia-san and the others came to this place, but I think they had something to do with me, so I told Night and the others to rest at the Earth house for the time being. But I wondered who was "that person" the soldiers were talking about earlier. In the midst of all this, Lexia-san, the only one in good spirits, spotted me, and her eyes sparkled. "Yuuya-sama! I came to see you! Wait¡­ Who is that girl?" "Huh?" "?" Yuti, who Lexia-san pointed out, tilted her head in wonder. Luna also nodded several times as she caught her breath at the sight of Lexia-san. Speaking of which, when capturing the first prince of Alceria, Rhaegar-sama, I mentioned that we were attacked, but I didn''t tell Lexia-san or Luna who the attacker was¡­ Even so, I had already explained this to Owen-san and Arnold-sama when we were discussing Ouma-san''s case the other day. Owen-san already knows about it, so when I explained to Lexia-san straightforwardly, including the introduction of Yuti, Lexia-san and others were troubled in their minds. "Such a girl is a member of the Dark Guild that conspired with my brother¡­ Are there only girls in the Dark Guild?" "N-no, not really¡­ but I''ve never seen this girl before either. And I''m also surprised that she''s a disciple of the Bow Saint¡­" "Certainly¡­ I thought that the "Holy" was only in fairy tales¡­" In response to their reaction, Yuti tilted her head even more and said something outrageous. "? Unknown. I''m not involved with the Dark Guild anymore." "Huh?" That seemed to be the first time Owen-san had heard of it, and everyone rolled their eyes. B-by the way, Lexia-san''s words reminded me of the fact that Yuti is related to the Dark Guild¡­ More than that, the information that he is a disciple of the "Bow Saint" is more significant. "Before. I tried to kill the people who killed my master. But it was the work of the Evil. So now I have no reason to kill humans. ¡­I still hate them, but I won''t take that feeling out on people who aren''t related to me anymore." It seemed that Yuti had made up her mind about other humans in her own way, and unlike when she first attacked me, now she no longer thought of any human being as an enemy. This was probably due in large part to Kaori and the friends she had made at the school on Earth. It really was a good thing that I transferred Yuti to my school. "Conclusion. That''s why I''m not in contact with the Dark Guild anymore. There''s no need for it." "Y-you mean you don''t need them? What was your role in the Dark Guild anyway?" "A bouncer?" "I don''t know why you made that as a question¡­ but the Dark Guild even hired bouncers, huh? You''re not a member of the guild like me, but you probably have connections with the upper echelons. No wonder I never see you¡­" "Affirmative. I used to see him all the time; he seemed like a great guy." Owen-san, who was listening to Yuti, is pondering with a grim expression. "In other words, there is no one in the Dark Guild that is as good as Yuti¡­ At the time, it was right after I found out that Yuti was a member of the Dark Guild, so I thought it would be very difficult to get rid of the Dark Guild¡­ This is something that I will have to tell His Majesty as soon as I get back to the royal capital." "By the way, what brings you all here? I believe the road was dangerous¡­" According to Owen-san and the others, the place where this house is located is called the "Great Devil''s Nest," and the people of this world rarely go near it, and it is not a place where you can come and go very easily. However, Owen-san and the others had come to such a place many times just to meet me. There''s no convenient item like a telephone, and there''s no magic, so there''s no way to contact me either. ¡­No, even if there were a phone, it wouldn''t have been in my house. "Oh, about that©¤©¤©¤." (©¤©¤©¤I protected them, you know.) "Eh, Master Usagi?" Apparently, Master Usagi was the one who escorted them to this house. Was it Master Usagi that the soldier was talking about earlier? "What exactly happened?" (What? As usual, I was on my way here to train you when I saw a rare human figure, which was unusual. And since they were struggling at the entrance to the Great Devil''s Nest, and it seemed they wanted to see you, so I brought them along.) "I-I see¡­?" It''s true that if Master Usagi had been escorting them, they would have been safe¡­ However, the soldiers were strangely tired of that, so I couldn''t help but turn my attention to them. "I-it''s too strict¡­ and more than double the usual training¡­" "Being forced to go one-on-one with a goblin elite¡­ What kind of nightmare is that?" "If we try to escape, we''ll get one hell of a kick in the ass¡­" "Yeah¡­ It''s good that we''re still alive¡­!" "¡­Master Usagi?" (What? I''m just giving them a little workout, that''s all.) "¡­Is this normal in the Great Devil''s Nest?" "He''s a rabbit, and he''s strong, I don''t get it at all¡­" "And he''s speaking normal human language¡­?" Apparently, Owen-san and the others were tired because Master Usagi had trained them, and the soldiers were pale in the face. T-thank you for your hard work¡­ Owen-san coughed one to change the atmosphere. "Ahem! By the way, the reason we came here today is©¤©¤©¤." "Oh, that''s right! Yuuya-sama, let''s go to the festival together!" Chapter 117 - Book 4: Part 3 Here''s another chapter sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Part 3 "Oh, that''s right! Yuuya-sama, let''s go to the festival together!" "Huh?" "¡­Lexia. That''s too much to say, no matter what." When I raised my voice dumbly at Lexia-san''s sudden words, she went on with a sparkle in her eyes. "It''s fine! This girl¡­ uh, Yuti, was it?" "Affirmative." "I have a lot of questions I want to ask Yuuya-sama about Yuti, but! But it''s more important that you go to the festival with me! "No, that doesn''t explain anything¡­" Luna said tiredly at Lexia-san''s state and then told me with a serious expression. "The fact is, the Regal Kingdom, which has friendly relations with the Alceria Kingdom, is holding a national festival to celebrate its centennial. And Lexia is inviting you." "Huh¡­ Well, it''s hard to say without checking my schedule¡­" "And by the way, you can''t say no to that." "Why?" It would indeed be difficult to refuse the request of the princess, Lexia-san, but¡­? It''s not that it''s difficult; it''s that it''s impossible because of my status. I''m a commoner, you know. Despite my surprise, Owen-san explained it to me while holding his head. "Ah¡­ Well, I am very sorry. Lexia-sama''s behavior has caused the Regal Kingdom to take an interest in Yuuya-dono." "Yes? W-why me? What can I say? I''m just an ordinary person©¤©¤." """That''s not true.""" "You don''t have to deny it all at once like that¡­" "Yuuya. Lexia and I just learned about it in the Regal Kingdom. I heard that¡­ you tamed a legendary dragon, didn''t you?" "Oh, you mean Ouma-san? It''s not that I tamed him; it''s that it was a coincidence¡­" "You should have realized something was wrong at that point." "S-surely¡­!" No, I''d completely lost my senses! I''m starting to forget that Ouma-san is a legendary dragon. After all, he''s either sleeping or eating all day long. When he first came to Earth, he was interested in my textbooks and books about Earth, but he seems to have gotten bored with them. I need to buy a TV so that he won''t be bored anymore. I''m really sorry that he can''t go around the Earth freely¡­ "Sigh¡­ Anyway, the Regal Kingdom has taken an interest in you. The king of Regal is very interested in you, and we made a promise to him." "Eh? What promise?" "The king wanted you to participate in a tournament in front of the people at the founding festival." "What about my will?" A tournament, you say? It''s that, right? It''s where martial artists show off their skills in front of important people. And they will fight each other, right? ¡­Why am I involved in such a situation? Lexia-san averted her gaze somewhat awkwardly at the dumbfounded me. "U-um¡­ The king of that country said that Yuuya-sama is weaker than the Sword Saint¡­" "Huh?" (Little girl. Did you just say Sword Saint?) Master Usagi, who until then seemed uninterested, reacted to Lexia-san''s words and asked with a slightly surprised look. However, Lexia-san seemed to be more bothered by Master Usagi''s words than that. "W-who are you call little girl? In the first place, who are you? You''re a bit stronger than Owen and the others, and just because you can speak human language, don''t get carried away!" (What is it, Yuuya? Didn''t you tell these people about me?) "Eh? Ah¡­ if you ask me that¡­ or rather, why Master Usagi didn''t tell them your name himself?" (I did name myself. It''s Usagi.) "Can that be called a name¡­?" When Master Usagi said that, I tilted my head. W-well, he''s telling the truth, but he''s not teaching them anything important like he''s a Kicking Saint or anything like that. "¡­So, thinking about it again, we were being protected without really knowing this person. Since the rabbit suddenly spoke to us and had a power that we could not match, we were forced to follow him quietly¡­" Owen-san also muttered in astonishment. Master Usagi can be very forceful. It can''t be helped. I awkwardly introduced Master Usagi. "Um¡­ this is my master, Master Usagi. He is the holder of the titles of Kicking Saint and Ear Saint." "Eh?" "What? T-this person?" "Yuuya, how much more do you want to surprise us¡­?" When Lexia and the others found out that Master Usagi was a Holy, their eyes widened, and they froze. According to Owen-san''s story, just like Ouma-san, Holy is existence in fairy tales that is beyond admiration¡­ When I was thinking about that, Master Usagi tilted his head in wonder. (What, you haven''t fully introduced me yet.) "Eh? What else do I have to introduce¡­?" (It''s true that I''m teaching Yuuya the art of fighting, but at the same time, I''m also learning magic from Yuuya. In other words, we are both master and apprentice, are we not?) "Ah¡­" "Eeeeehhhhhh" "Empathy. I agree. Yuuya is quite crazy." It''s not only Lexia-san and the others, but even the soldiers who were listening in the back were startled out loud by Master Usagi''s words. "N-no, I can understand being a disciple of the Holy, but¡­" "Hey, hey, you don''t know what a disciple of the Holy means, do you?" "A disciple and master of the Holy, the master of the legendary dragon¡­ who the hell exactly is this¡­ Yuuya-dono¡­?" I feel that various things are being mentioned about me, but all of them are force majeure! Master Usagi rescued me when I was in a pinch, and I owe him a debt of gratitude, but it wasn''t long before I became his disciple and then his master. I have so many things to say, but Master Usagi''s words completely misunderstood me as an extraordinary person. Not caring about my feelings, Master Usagi smiled fearlessly at Lexia-san. (So, that''s why. Do you understand now? Little girl.) "U-ugh¡­" As expected, when she''s dealing with Master Usagi, she has to admit that she''s been called a little girl. In fact, I don''t know how long Master Usagi has been alive, but he''s the best aside from Ouma-san¡­ Then Master Usagi''s smile disappeared, and his expression became serious, and he looked at Lexia-san again. (Now, enough with the teasing. I''ll ask you one more time, is there really the Sword Saint in the Regal Kingdom?) "Y-yes. That''s what the king over there said. Then, the king heard about Yuuya-sama''s greatness and said that the Sword Saint was greater than Yuuya-sama! So I denied it, and before I knew it¡­" Lexia-san''s end of the sentence gradually disappeared. She was really taken for a ride by the king of the Regal Kingdom¡­ But this is all there is to it. I don''t know why Lexia-san thought that I was stronger than the Sword Saint, but the Sword Saint is the same as Master Usagi, right? I can''t even beat Yuti, who was only a disciple, so how could I possibly compete with the Sword Saint? "Um, I am sorry. This is only a preliminary match, right? So I will©¤©¤." (You should participate.) "Eh? I couldn''t help but stare at Master Usagi. Um¡­ Master Usagi? What did you just say? I broke out in a cold sweat and asked him again, thinking he was just kidding. "Um¡­ what did you say?" (Didn''t you hear me? I told you to participate. You can''t refuse it. It''s master''s order.) "Isn''t that too arrogant?" I couldn''t help but exclaim when he said that to me. However, Master Usagi crossed his arms and smirked. (If there really is the Sword Saint in that country, it''s convenient for me as well. I also need to consult with her about the Evil. But more than that, it''s perfect for your training.) "Eh?" (I can teach you how to kick, but I can''t teach you how to use a sword. Your fighting style is a mixture of hand-to-hand fighting and a variety of weapons such as swords and spears. So you need to learn to use a sword, right?) "That''s, well¡­" As Master Usagi said, if anything, I mainly fight using the weapons left behind by Sage-san, such as the [Omni-Sword] and the [Absolute Spear]. Of course, I also do some fighting, including kicking, which I learned from Master Usagi. At my slurred speech, Master Usagi gave me a serious look. (No matter what you think, Evil will no longer let you go. I feel bad that I got you involved in the battle with the Evil, as you are not officially the heir to the Holy. But there''s nothing I can do about it. That''s why it''s my mission to train you so that you can survive as long as possible.) "Master Usagi¡­" As I thought during the attack on Yuti, I really don''t have enough power to live safely in this world. ¡­I still regret that when the Fist Saint attacked Master Usagi, I couldn''t move properly with my own strength. According to Master Usagi and Yuti, the power of Kuro¡­ the Evil inside of me could have defeated him, but the reality is that I couldn''t even handle it properly. If I were to become a danger not only to Master Usagi, Yuti, Night, and the others but also to Kaori and the others on Earth, I would never be able to forgive myself. So I have no choice but to get the power so that I can stay safe in this world without relying on Evil''s power. "¡­Are they talking about something outrageous?" "Let''s pretend we didn''t hear that." Then, behind me, Lexia-san and the others talked about something, but I didn''t pay attention to them now, and finally, I nodded once. "¡­I understand. Fortunately, I have some time now, and I don''t know how far this will go, but I will accept it." "R-really? That''s great! Right, Luna?" "Y-yeah. But are you sure you want to do this?" "Yes. But, as I said, I''m not as good as Lexia-san expects me to be, so if you can take that with a grain of salt¡­" When I said that confidently, Master Usagi smiled ferociously. (Then, I will continue to train you so that you can compete with the Sword Saint at least a little.) "Eh?" (Little girl. When is this national festival?) "Huh? Oh, let''s see¡­ It''s in a week, but¡­" (A week¡­ It''s so short, but I''ll make you better than now. Are you ready for that?) "Yeah¡­" I was trembling with fear, wondering what kind of hellish training awaited me in the week leading up to the national festival. £ª£ª£ª ©¤©¤©¤While Yuuya was receiving training from Master Usagi in preparation for his match against the Sword Saint, the young boy Evil and the two Fallen Saints were talking in the Orz Forest in Regal Country. "Aah~, I can''t wait to go on a rampage! I want to mess up the Sword Saint and hear her scream!" "Gugyaaaaaaa!?" "Guruooooooo!" The boy with the shining eyes, Evil, was taking out his stress of not being able to attack the Regal Country in front of him on the monsters around him. All of them were A-class or S-class monsters, and they were not the kind that could be easily defeated. However, to the boy''s Evil, there was no difference in the monsters'' existence, and he recognized them all as equally weak. "Hey, hey, hey! You have to help me pass the time!" "G-gaaaaah!" "G-gugee¡­" As soon as a black mist seemed to erupt from the boy''s Evil body, it turned into countless sharp blades that pierced the monster''s body or sliced through its flesh. Because the monsters were classified as A-class or S-class, their defenses were not ordinary. Still, the boy''s Evil attacks easily penetrated the monsters'' defenses and reaped their lives. The corpses of some of the monsters had already been killed and were being cut up for comfort, and before the boy knew it, a pile of monster corpses had formed around him, and the smell of blood filled the air around him. Then, while the boy''s Evil was killing and playing with the monsters, the Fallen Spear Saint called out to the boy''s Evil. "©¤©¤©¤Can I have your attention for a moment, sir?" "Hmm~? What''s the matter?" "I''ve heard that when I went to check on the situation in the Regal Kingdom a while ago¡­ it seems that the Sword Saint is also thinning out the monsters in this forest." "Huh~! Is that so?" "So, if you move too flamboyantly, there is a risk that our movements will be detected©¤©¤©¤." It was the spear''s Fallen Saint who almost said that much, but he couldn''t come up with the next word. Suddenly, the overwhelming killing intent that came from the boy''s Evil made his body unable to move. "Hey, why are you the one telling me what to do?" "I-a¡­ a¡­ ugh¡­" Although he desperately tried to move his mouth to say something, the spear''s Fallen Saint was unable to speak. Originally, if Holy is against the Evil, not only will their status be fully released, but they will be able to fight Evil with double stats. However, even if the two of them were to attack the boy in front of him, he was sure that neither of them would be able to inflict a single scratch on him. This is the reason why he descended on the Evil as the Fallen Saint because there was such a difference in their abilities, and they had made it clear. Not only the spear''s Fallen Saint but also the scythe''s Fallen Saint are stiffened by the killing intent emitted by the boy''s Evil. "It looked like you''re getting carried away, but you''re just pawns for us. You are a slave. Do you understand?" "¡­.." "A slave expressing their opinion to their master is just¡­ disgusting." As the boy''s Evil waved his arm irritably, a jet-black surge shot out from his arm, wiping out a large portion of the Orz Forest. A huge crater was created there. Suddenly, the boy''s Evil softened the atmosphere as The Fallen Saints'' bodies stiffened more and more from the sheer magnitude. "¡­Well, I don''t care if the Sword Saint finds me here and we fight, but that wouldn''t be much fun, would it? I''ve done it again, but as you said, I''ll be quiet from now on. As for me, I want to hear the best screams in the most fun scenes!" The boy''s Evil smiled innocently and thought about the upcoming national festival. ©¤©¤Thus, a variety of thoughts were converging on the Regal Kingdom. Chapter 118 - Book 5: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 "This is the Regal Kingdom!" "Oh!" "It''s lively." "Woof!" "Fugo~." "Hmm, it''s noisy." A week later, I met up with Lexia-san and the others who had come to pick me up again at the entrance of the Great Devil''s Nest, and we now arrived at the Regal Kingdom, which was in a festive mood for its 100th anniversary. In this trip, the distance was not as short as the one to the royal capital of the Alceria Kingdom, which could be reached in a day. We had to camp and pass through several villages along the way¡­ That alone was a rare experience and was very refreshing. Of course, I could get home with teleport magic instead of camping out, but it''s very dangerous for anyone aside from Lexia-san and Luna to find out about my teleportation magic, so I camped out like everyone else and made it safely into the Regal Kingdom. The city was still as lively as the Alceria Kingdom, but the atmosphere was very different. The biggest difference would be the large number of people in robes ¨C there was a large number of people doing business using magic. For example, there were people who used magic for street performances¡­ such as manipulating many fireballs at once, or people who were shopping and their purchases were floating in the air carried by some kind of membrane of wind. I got the impression that magic was used a lot in daily life. When I asked Lexia-san, she explained to me that magic research was overwhelmingly active in the Regal Kingdom compared to other countries, which was apparent from the city. That makes sense. By the way, when I toured the Alceria Kingdom with Lexia-san and the others before, she was dressed inconspicuously to hide from the public, but now she was properly dressed in luxurious clothes fitting of a princess. The people in town looked at her from a distance, but they didn''t call out to her, nor did they give her an unnecessarily welcoming mood. Perhaps, they don''t realize that she was the princess of the Alceria Kingdom. I don''t know for sure, but unless you go out officially, is this how people in town react? I''m grateful for that now. "So many people." "Woof." "Fugo." "Hmm¡­ noisy." As I looked around unconsciously at my surroundings, Lexia-san asked me in wonder. "Speaking of which, where is your master, Yuuya-sama?" "Eh? Oh, that reminds me¡­" "He said he was going to see the Sword Saint." Ouma-san said this while staring depressingly at the crowd. Then, seeing the situation, Lexia-san and Luna twitched their cheeks. "T-thinking about it again, it''s hard to believe that¡­ this little dragon is the legendary dragon¡­" "Items that allow you to change the size of your body are extremely rare on their own, but using it on a legendary dragon is even more so¡­" When they came to tell me about today''s match in the Regal Kingdom, Lexia-san and the others did not meet Ouma-san, so just before we headed for this country, they met him for the first time. When they looked at the small Ouma-san, it seemed that they couldn''t believe that he was the legendary dragon, so there was a bit of an argument right before we left, which ended with Ouma-san getting annoyed and tried to enlarge himself. Anyway, according to Ouma-san''s story, Master Usagi seems to have left to meet the Sword Saint first¡­ but is it possible to meet the Sword Saint without being guided by anyone? Or perhaps, since they are both Holy, they can recognize each other when they are nearby? As I was thinking about that, Lexia-san suddenly held me by the arm. "Le-Lexia-san!?" "More importantly, since we''ve come all this way, let''s take a look around the royal capital!" "I-it''s okay, but your¡­ chest is¡­" "I hit it!" "You hit it!?" Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I didn''t think it would be said so openly by such a dignified person, so I just retort on it. Then, Luna rebuked Lexia-san for that. "Hey, Lexia. You''re a princess, aren''t you? Don''t be so loose©¤©¤." "Ara, I''m a woman before I''m a princess, you know? Or maybe, Luna, are you jealous of me?" "Ugh!" Luna groaned, her face reddening at Lexia-san''s words. "T-there''s no way that could be!" "Then you should just be quiet. I''m going to have a great time touring the festival with Yuuya-sama! You should just escort us from behind." "Gugugugu¡­!" "Uhm, Lexia-san? And Luna too¡­" "Yuuya!" "Y-yes?" When Luna suddenly called out, I straightened my back and replied, and Luna quickly took my arm on the opposite side of Lexia-san''s! "Lu-Luna-san?" "I-I''ll go around the festival with Yuuya too!" "What? What about the escort?" "Lexia. I''m a woman too before I''m a guard, you know?" "Ugh¡­!" For some reason, Luna had a triumphant expression on her face. In contrast, Lexia-san showed a frustrated expression. Um¡­ my thoughts were completely stopped by the unbelievable situation of having both of my arms grabbed by the girls. Lexia-san was the one who asked me to marry her, and Luna was the one who gave me¡­ um¡­ a kiss. It would be impossible not to be concerned about it. "First of all, there are not only Yuuya here, but also the legendary dragon, Yuti, Night and Akatsuki. What safer place could there be?" "T-that''s¡­" It was true that there''s no safer place than here with Ouma-san and the others present. I don''t know if Ouma-san would be willing to protect us though. This is probably why Owen-san and the other soldiers were escorting from a little distance away. "Now, Yuuya. Let''s take a look around here." "Ah, wait! Yuuya-sama, let''s go over here!" "Whoaa!" I was pulled by both arms and led around by Lexia-san and Luna. Looking at me like that, Ouma-san muttered in a dumbfounded manner. "¡­Unexpectedly, his greatest enemy may not be the Evil, but women." "? Question. Then how could he beat me?" "Hmm. It''s not about biological things like that¡­ Even the sage was not good with this kind of situation. He also had a hard time with women. When I think about it, he and Yuuya are looking more and more alike¡­" I had no way of knowing that such a conversation was taking place behind me. £ª£ª£ª "A match in front of a king, huh¡­" In a distinguished guest room in the Regal Kingdom, the Sword Saint Iris was resting with a sigh. The work of thinning out the monsters in the Orz Forest was over, and now the king, Orghis, had requested for her to take a rest in preparation for the match. "Why should I participate in the match¡­ But maybe I can meet a man who is stronger than me?" As a condition of her marriage, Iris was looking for a man who was stronger than her. Her eyes lit up but soon a gloomy expression returned. "¡­No, it''s a vain hope. I''ve been looking all over for a man, and I''ve never met one, it''s not going to be this easy to find one. Sigh¡­" (©¤©¤Hmm. It''s rare to see the Sword Saint sighing.) "! Usagi?" When Iris was suddenly called to, she turned her gaze in that direction and saw a rabbit standing quietly on the balcony of the guest room. (It''s been a while, Iris.) "Yes, it''s been a while. It''s unusual for you to come to a place where there are so many people. Is there something wrong?" (Well, yes. I had some business to attend to in this country. First of all, I came to your place to exchange information as well as to give you a brief update.) "I see¡­ Okay, come on in. I will prepare a cup of tea for you now." The rabbit was invited in and looked around the guest room curiously. (Is there no servant for such a luxurious room?) "I turned that down. I can take care of myself, and more than anything, they distract me." (I see. More importantly, was it okay to invite me in without permission?) "Just come in now¡­ It''s okay. Above all, you are also an existence that bears the name Holy, so I think you are rather welcomed, don''t you?" (Hmm. Human nature is really simple to understand.) "Oh, if you put it that way, I''m also human." (An existence that bears the name Holy is no longer an ordinary human being.) "That''s terrible; it sounds like I''m a monster¡­" After preparing tea for the two of them, Iris sat down in front of the rabbit and asked again. "So? You came all the way to see me, and I wonder if something happened?" (©¤©¤The Fist Saint has fallen to the Evil.) "! ¡­I see." Iris quietly opened her mouth and took a sip of tea. "¡­I was able to predict it because of the information I received to some extent." (Yeah. Everyone knew that he was the most uncontrollable of all the Holy. That''s why it wasn''t too surprising that he fell into Evil. But he used his power to start hunting other Holy ones.) "¡­I see. So that''s why we lost contact with many of them." For a moment, a sad expression appeared on her face, but she soon said this in a calm tone. "But even if the Fist Saint has fallen into the Evil, there are still some Holy who could stop the Fist Saint from going out of control, right? For example, the Bow Saint is¡­" (¡­She was killed by humans.) "What?" Iris was taken aback by the rabbit''s words. Holy is an existence that protects human beings from Evil. Yet, she was killed by humans, the object of her protection. It was difficult not to be surprised. "W-what do you mean? That girl who loved humans the most was killed by humans¡­" (¡­Yeah. But it was the Evil who made it work that way. The humans instigated by the Evil killed the Bow Saint.) "Is that so? ¡­That''s why I thought I''d seen a lot of Evil Beasts lately¡­" (Are there a lot of them?) "Yes. I had a vague idea about the Evil Beasts from the information of the Fist Saint and the situation of the other Holy, but the fact that the Evil Beasts have sprung up means that they are starting to move in full scale." (¡­I guess. The fact that Evil Beasts are popping up everywhere is proof of how much negative power is pouring out. It''s only a matter of time before we have to move.) "So, do you know how many Holy are left?" When Iris asked him that, Usagi made a pained expression. (I''m not sure. It seems that Magic Saint is still alive¡­ but the others were either hunted by the Fist Saint or fell into the Evil as well.) "As I thought, there are other Holy who have fallen to the Evil¡­" Iris, who knew the information but did not want to believe it, let out a sigh of regret. After talking that much, Iris realized something. "Come to think of it¡­ you said you had business in this country, but were you also invited by the King of Regal? I thought you were a Holy who was not good at interacting with humans¡­" (Oh, is that what you think?) The rabbits smiled at Iris''s words. (You''re going to have a match today, aren''t you?) "Eh? But how do you know that? What? No way, that opponent is you?" (No. Unfortunately not.) "So¡­ if it''s not you, then who''s it going to be? I haven''t heard any details about the opponent yet¡­ but if I may say so, I don''t think there is anyone who can compete with me properly." (Don''t worry. You''re dealing with an extraordinary talent.) "Wait a minute. Why are you talking like you know about my opponent?" (That''s because your opponent is my disciple.) "!" The rabbit''s words caused Iris to widen her eyes. "Your disciple, you say¡­? Did you take a disciple? It seems to me that you''re the most unlikely person to take a disciple, along with the Fist Saint." With Iris''s honest impression, the rabbit averts its gaze grimly. (Hmm. You thought of me as the same as the Fist Saint, huh? But¡­ Well, I can understand how you feel about that. I''m training him because I think he''d be an excellent disciple for me.) "You praise him so much¡­ This disciple of yours seems to be quite strong, doesn''t he?" (Hmm¡­ Well, you can look forward to it. If you''re not careful, you could be tripped up.) "¡­I see. I''ll keep that in mind." After exchanging information that way, Iris, curious about the rabbit''s disciple, moved to the arena to watch the fighting competition before her match. Chapter 119 - Book 5: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 "What an amazing crowd¡­" After Lexia-san and Luna took us around the city and enjoyed various things, we came to the arena where the match would be held. It seemed that a fighting tournament was being held before the main event, the grand match, and we decided to watch it. However, as soon as the tournament was over, we entered the arena through the back entrance instead of the regular entrance to immediately prepare for the main event. When the arena attendant saw Lexia-san, he led us to a room. It was a room with a massive wooden door, and the decorations were quite luxurious, but I wondered who was inside. "His Majesty is waiting for you here." "Eh?" "Very well." To my surprise, it seemed that the king of Regal was in the room, and I panicked at the sudden meeting with the king. "W-wait a minute! I''m not wearing any formal attire¡­!" "Don''t worry! Yuuya-sama is already a noble even if he''s not wearing anything!" "That doesn''t sound like a reason, does it?" What does it mean to be noble even if I''m not wearing anything? It''s not just me, but there''s also Yuti, Night, and the others along with me. Luna opened her mouth in a dumbfounded manner, perhaps sensing my concern. "Well, I guess everything will be fine. If I may say so, Yuuya was caught up in their convenience. I don''t think he''s going to get upset over something like this." "I-is that so?" "Suggestion. If he gets mad at you, just leave." "That would be even worse!" What should I do? I''m so nervous¡­! As I panicked, the attendant who had shown us in knocked on the door, and I heard a voice from inside saying that we were allowed to enter. The attendant opened the door, and Lexia-san walked proudly inside. I also hurriedly entered the room while bowing to the attendant who was opening the door for me. Inside the room, there were two cool middle-aged men who looked like foreign actors and a woman in a dress about our age waiting for us. All of us entered the room, but Owen-san and the other soldiers seemed to be waiting outside the room and didn''t come in. Well, I suppose since we''re going to meet the king of another country, they must look intimidating or have some other reason I don''t understand. Still, Luna was there, so Lexia-san''s escort was in place. Then, a man in exceptionally luxurious clothes welcomes us with open arms. "Oh, Lexia-dono! Nice to see you again." "Yes, it seems that Orghis-sama has not changed at all¡­" While I was completely deflated by the room''s atmosphere, Lexia-san and a person who looked like the King of Regal (?) started the conversation with a smile. However, although the conversation seemed to be friendly, I felt a sense of dread. Luna, as Lexia-san''s bodyguard, was standing in the rear, and Night was quiet as usual. Akatsuki and Ouma-san were the only ones who looked bored and were sighing. Yuti looked around curiously as if this room was something unusual, and I was the only one who seemed to be nervous about the situation. Oh, that''s strange. Is it weird that I''m this nervous? I was frozen in place, but I suddenly felt a gaze on me, and when I turned my head in that direction, I saw the woman in a dress staring blankly at me. "U-um¡­ is there something wrong?" "Huh? N-no, it''s nothing!" "I-I see¡­" My mind almost went blank thinking I had done something wrong, but apparently I had not. If so, why was she watching me? ¡­Ah, it''s probably because she doesn''t know who I am, it seems that might be the reason. When I was convinced that way, the man who was conversing with Lexia-san turned his attention to me. "Speaking of which¡­ is that gentleman? It seems he has a lot of companions with him¡­" "Yes, that''s right. This is my fianc¨¦e, Yuuya-sama!" "Eh? Fianc¨¦e?" It was true that she had asked me to marry her, but I refused before. Luna then opened her mouth with a dumbfounded look. "¡­Lexia. Don''t annoy Yuuya too much." "That''s fine! You win when you say it!" "That''s just a pity." I''m sorry, Lexia-san. I think Luna is right, too¡­ I bowed my head and introduced myself to the man who was stunned by Lexia-san''s words. "I''m Yuuya Tenjou." "Introduction. I''m Yuti." After me, Yuti said briefly. I went on to introduce Night and the others as well. "These are my family members, Night, Akatsuki, and Ouma-san." "Woof!" "Fugo!" "Hmph¡­" Night barked interestingly, but Akatsuki waved one of his paws indifferently. Ouma-san didn''t even move from his prone position. Before I could rush to warn Ouma-san and Akatsuki, the man opened his mouth in surprise. "T-this is¡­ the first time I''ve seen a dragon that speaks human language¡­ I''ve heard the rumors, but I never thought you really tamed the Ancient Dragon." "Eh?" When the man said the word "Ancient Dragon," I couldn''t help but tilt my head©¤©¤©¤. "©¤©¤What are you saying?" "©¤©¤©¤." The next moment, a tremendous amount of intimidation took over the room. It was pressure that came from Ouma-san and was directed at the man in front of me. Nevertheless, all the glass in the room was broken, and the walls even cracked. T-the pressure alone can affect the surroundings to this extent¡­ However, for the man who seemed to be the king, the other man, and the woman in the dress who were directly being subjected to the pressure, their faces were white beyond blue, and they were shaking. "I will ask you again. What do you call me just now?" "Ah, that''s¡­" I froze in surprise, not expecting such a sudden release of pressure, but I hurriedly called out to Ouma-san. "O-Ouma-san, stop! You can''t do that!" "Yuuya, why are you stopping me? They''ve lumped me in with the likes of those Ancient Dragon. How can I allow them to insult me like that?" "No, I don''t know what this Ancient Dragon is anyway¡­" "No way! You have to know at least that!" Ouma-san opened his eyes and stared at me as if he couldn''t believe what I was saying. At that point, the pressure that had dominated the room earlier disappeared, and the people who had been liberated by the pressure fell to their knees on the ground, panting desperately for breath. "Oh, sorry, I am so sorry!" I hurriedly approached them, lending them my shoulder and asking them to sit on the chairs in the room. Then, apparently dissatisfied with my words, Ouma-san started to complain. "Hey, Yuya. Why are you apologizing?" "I don''t know what was so unpleasant for you, Ouma-san, but if you felt insulted, then it must be the truth that it was so unpleasant for you. But the pressure Ouma-san applied was too much for a normal person to endure, you know? Besides, everyone is meeting Ouma-san for the first time today, so it''s natural that they don''t know about you. That''s why I''m apologizing to everyone for not being able to stop Ouma-san." "Ugugu¡­" Ouma groaned at my words and lay down again, looking dejected. However¡­ "¡­I''m sorry then." Yes, he uttered a single word of apology. The man, who seemed to have finally caught his breath, opened his mouth with a tense look on his face. "M-me too¡­ I am very sorry¡­ it seems that the story about the Genesis Dragon is true¡­" "Yes. I''m not the same as those small fries. You should be aware of that." "Eh, an Ancient Dragon is considered a small fry¡­" The other man muttered in a shaky voice. I''m not sure, but it seems that for Ouma-san, the Ancient Dragon is weak, but for humans, it''s a tremendous existence. Well, dragons can''t be considered weak; on the contrary, Ouma-san is too strong. As I was thinking about this, a woman in a dress opened her mouth with her eyes wide open. "B-but the legendary dragon was supposed to have been defeated by the Sage in the legend¡­" "Layla!" The man hurriedly chastised her for her stupefied speech. Did she say Sage just now? When I was surprised by the woman''s words, Ouma-san averted his gaze awkwardly. "¡­I was just in the middle of a youthful rage when he beat me up and stopped me. From that point on, I stayed quiet, and that''s probably why everyone is talking about me being defeated." It is true that when I met Ouma-san, he said something like that. The other men were stunned by Ouma-san''s explanation, but then a man in gorgeous clothes laughed out loud. "Hahahahahaha! I didn''t know that! I see. It seems that the Sage in the legend was an extraordinary person, wasn''t he?" "Hmph¡­ that''s right. I don''t think there will be a better person than him. Or maybe©¤©¤©¤." "Hmm?" For some reason, Ouma-san turned his gaze to me when he was about to say that much. What is it? Then he just laughed at me and said nothing. What is it, really? Then the man in the gorgeous clothes cleared his throat. "Ahem. Now, we haven''t introduced ourselves yet. I am Orghis, the King of Regal. The man over here is the Prime Minister, Royle. And this is my daughter, Layla." "Ah, hello¡­" I involuntarily gave the two of them an elegant bow and bailed them out. It''s not good. I''m not sure I have enough manners or class! "No, however¡­ Yuuya-dono does not seem to be from around here from the sound of his name, but¡­ Yuuya-dono is quite a man, isn''t he?" "I-is that so?" "No, no, you have a legendary dragon with you. If this isn''t outstanding, who would you call it?" "Haha¡­" Is that really the case? It''s not that Ouma-san wanted to be tamed by me; it''s just that I happened to tame him¡­ Thinking about that, the King of the Regal Kingdom¡­ Orghis-sama, gave me a sharp look. "If this is the case, there is no need to worry when the Evil attacks, right?" "Eh? No, um¡­ I don''t think that Ouma-san is going to help us fight the Evil¡­" "Huh? Hearing my words, not only Orghis-sama but also Royle-san and Layla-sama froze. On the other hand, Lexia-san and the others are also surprised. "W-what does that mean? In other words, the legendary dragon¡­ Ouma-sama, is not going to lend us a hand?" "Um¡­" While Orghis-sama flinched with a menacing look from Ouma-san, Ouma-san then snickered and opened his mouth. "Hmph. Humans are so daring. I''m not interested in the Holy or the Evil. You can deal with it on your own." "That''s what he said¡­" "No way¡­" Orghis-sama muttered regretfully from the bottom of his heart and sat down helplessly. Although I understand how he feels, it is also true that it has nothing to do with Ouma-san. Although it seems that if he wanted to, he could destroy both the Holy and the Evil, but it''s not that he himself is being attacked. And from his point of view, he''s probably not interested in the existence of humans themselves. If that''s the case, the concern about the conflict between the Holy and the Evil is completely for the humans'' convenience, and it would be strange to involve Ouma-san in it. Well, to be honest, I''d be happy if he could help us, but if he doesn''t want to, I can''t force him. When Orghis-sama and the others were in a darker mood than expected, Lexia-san finally couldn''t hold back and spoke up. "You''ve been talking like this is a fairy tale for a while now, but what do you mean when you say the Evil is going to attack?" "¡­I see. We have heard about it from the Sword Saint, so we know about it to some extent, but¡­ Lexia-dono and the others still don''t know about it." Orghis-sama said so quietly. "The world is in a crisis right now. I also thought it was only in fairy tales, but the existence of Evil is threatening the world now¡­" "Evil?" "Yes. Have you ever heard of the Holy and the Evil?" "Yes, well¡­" "I''ve heard it in legends, too. I have heard that the Evil, which is a collection of the negative aspects of humanity, and the Holy, which protects humanity from the Evil, have been fighting for a long time¡­" "You''re right. And they are not just fairy tales; they are actual stories." "No way¡­" "And from what I''ve heard from the Sword Saint, it seems that the Evil is on the move again and is trying to attack us, humans." "Affirmative. It''s true." "Yes, it is. I woke up because I was hungry and also because the smell of the Holy and Evil was too intense." Not only did Yuti say that, but Ouma-san also confirmed that and Lexia-san and the others had no choice but to believe it. Then, while Yuti said with great confidence, Orghis-sama tilted his head in wonder. "Um¡­ Yuti, was it? You said it quite confidently; what is your basis?" "Foolish question. I''m a disciple of the Bow Saint. So I know." "What?" "Ah, I''m also a disciple of the Kicking Saint." """Eeeeeehhhh!?""" When I told them that, Orghis-sama and Royle-san, and Layla-sama raised their voices in surprise. "N-not only you have a legendary dragon with you, but you''re also a disciple of the Holy¡­?" "W-what an extraordinary person¡­" "¡­.." While everyone was staring at me, Lexia-san, for some reason, was the only one who seemed to be proud. "That''s right! Yuuya-sama is amazing!" "No, why are you so proud?" "Because I''m his wife!" "No, you''re not!" She''s been promoted herself from my fianc¨¦e to my wife! I could only be amazed at how flexible Lexia-san was. "I see¡­ If he''s this good, it''s no wonder that Yuuya-dono is as powerful as Sword Saint-dono." "Right?" "But, the Sword Saint is also a monster, you know? ¡­Well, Yuuya-dono is a disciple of the Kicking Saint, and I think I don''t need to tell you how powerful the Holy is¡­" "Hahaha¡­" Master Usagi is powerful! That''s because I can''t fight properly without using the power of Evil, which I''ve recently been able to handle a bit. Well, if I use the power of Evil, Master Usagi''s status as a Holy will be forced to be released and doubled. But the fact that Evil''s power can be used to fight even such a Holy means that Evil''s power is that powerful as well. Recalling Kuro, who has been sleeping more often since the Fist Saint''s attack, I once again recognized the danger of Evil. "Well, okay. I would have liked to talk about such difficult topics, but today is our country''s national festival. Let''s forget about that and just enjoy today." "Y-yes." "Oh, yes. We have a good view of the upcoming tournament. Would you like to watch it from here?" "Yes, let''s do that." Lexia-san nodded to Orghis-sama''s suggestion, and we decided to watch from this special seat. This room is located high up in the arena and overlooks the entire arena, so you can clearly see the battle. Then, Lexia-san pulled my arm. "Yuuya-sama, let''s watch together!" "Eh? Ah, yes." I sat down next to Lexia-san while she pulled my arm, and on the opposite side of Lexia-san, Layla-sama, the princess of the Regal Kingdom, sat down. "Yuuya-sama. May I sit next to you as well?" "Eh? Yes, it''s fine¡­" I looked around, but the seat in this special room was still empty. On the contrary, there is a seat available next to the king of this country, Orghis-sama, but is it okay for Layla-sama to watch with us? Ah, rather, because her country is hosting this kind of event that it is necessary to entertain the princess of other countries such as Lexia-san? "Mumu¡­" As Layla-sama''s actions convinced me, I suddenly heard such a groan from Lexia-san next to me. "Hmm? What''s wrong, Lexia-san?" S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "¡­No, nothing." "Huh¡­?" It doesn''t feel any different, but I think it''s better not to touch¡­ In contrast to Lexia-san, Layla-sama smiled and put her hand on my hand. "La-Layla-sama!?" "Ara, you don''t have to call me with an honorific. Please feel free just to call me Layla." "N-no, that''s just¡­" "T-that''s right! Why on earth did you hold his hand in the middle of all this? Yuuya-sama is my fianc¨¦e!" "Um, that''s a bit of a misstatement¡­" Lexia-san said that in panic at Layla-sama''s behavior, but Layla-sama only smiled leisurely. "But Yuuya-sama said it''s not like that. Isn''t it just a misunderstanding on Lexia-sama''s part?" "N-no, I''m not mistaken! It''s true! It''s true! In my mind!" "I''m not saying it''s true, but¡­" "A-anyway! Please don''t interfere with Yuuya-sama and me!" In response to Lexia-san''s words, Layla-sama''s smile turned bitter. "Since I''m the royal family of the Regal Kingdom, where magic research is very active, I think I can give Yuuya-sama a more detailed explanation of the magic that will be used in the upcoming tournament than anyone else, isn''t it?" "Umm, that''s¡­" Lexia-san closed her mouth involuntarily at Layla-sama''s words. Certainly, I''ve heard that the Regal Kingdom is a magic powerhouse, and as a royal family member of the Regal Kingdom, Layla-sama would be able to explain to me what magic I don''t know. I don''t have any problem using magic thanks to Sage-san''s magic circuits and magic theory, but I don''t know anything about other commonly known magic. I''d appreciate it if she would explain it to me. "So, may I take your word for it?" "Yes, of course." "Mugugu¡­!" When I asked Layla-sama again, she smiled, and Lexia-san had a regretful expression on her face. Um¡­ I''m sorry about that. I was just curious about the magic¡­ As I inwardly apologized for Lexia-san''s situation, I remembered something. "That reminds me, where is the Sword Saint?" I heard that the match is going to be held after this tournament, and I asked about the Sword Saint, who will be my opponent. Orghis-sama, who was sitting some distance away, smiled. "Oh, Sword Saint-dono is waiting in the guest room until the match. Before the match begins, Yuuya-dono and Sword Saint-dono will be summoned by the officials, so please follow them." "Understood." "Umu. ©¤©¤let''s start now." Orghis-sama said, slowly stood up and stood in a position where all the audience could see him. Then, something that looked like a microphone was placed in front of Orghis-sama. Then he opened his mouth to the microphone. At that moment, Orghis-sama''s voice echoed throughout the arena, and all the excited spectators fell silent to listen to his words. I don''t know what the principle is, but it must be a magic tool with the same purpose as a microphone. As I wondered what kind of magic was being used, I couldn''t help but notice that Orghis-sama''s opening speech was over, and the crowd was getting excited. I''m sorry¡­ I didn''t listen to you properly¡­ When I moved my gaze to the arena while feeling sorry for myself, I saw that the first match was about to take place, and a strong man and a slender man in robes appeared in the arena. Did they look like two opposites, a magician and a warrior perhaps? When the battle began, the strong man charged the robed man with his huge sword, swinging it as he looked. However, the man in robes kept his distance from the attack, chanted something, and pointed his palm at the strong man. Then, a fireball shot out from his palm, aiming at the strong man. I hadn''t had many opportunities to see other people use magic, so it was refreshing to see someone else shoot magic. "That''s a fireball, a fire attribute magic. If you''re a regular magician, you''ll need two more chants to cast a spell of that power, but that magician seems to be skilled enough to shorten it." "H-hou¡­" Layla-sama explained it to me, but I couldn''t really understand how amazing it was. Of course, the monsters in the Great Devil''s Nest use magic, but they don''t chant like that. And, as it was written in Sage-san''s book, people generally shoot magic while chanting. If I''m following Layla-sama''s explanation, it seems like it takes a bit longer chanting to release the magic of that power, but with the knowledge of Sage-san, I couldn''t say for sure. Moreover, when I looked closely, I saw that the man in the robe was only using fire, so there seemed to be a binding attribute as well. According to Sage-san''s book, chanting was unnecessary, and attributes were irrelevant, but what''s essential was imagination, so I guess this Sage-san''s way of thinking differed from other people''s. As I watched the fight with a fresh mind, the warrior man eventually won by cornering the magician man and pushing him away. I''ve been training with Yuti a lot lately, so I''m slowly gaining experience fighting against others. However, it''s still not enough, so watching others fight like this is a great learning experience. It''s not something that can be applied to all battles in the arena''s limited space, but it''s still a valuable experience. As the matches progressed, the level of the competition increased as the winners fought each other. The final match was swordsman against swordsman, and it was a fierce sword fight. I watched the fight closely and concentrated on trying to make the moves as my own. In the past, it was not easy to watch and learn the moves of those who were stronger than a certain level or to steal their techniques. But now, for some reason, I was confident that I could perfectly master the moves of the swordsmen and magicians who were engaged in fierce battles in the tournament in front of me. What is it? This feeling¡­ As I was puzzled by the sensation that I had never felt before, the match finally came to an end. Then there was a knock on the door of the room, and an official walked in. "Excuse me. I''m here to invite the opponent of Sword Saint-sama¡­" Chapter 120 - Book 5: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 "Excuse me. I''m here to invite the opponent of Sword Saint-sama¡­" "¡­.." "Hmm? Yuuya?" "Eh? Y-yeah, what?" "Invitation. Yuuya, you have been called." "Oh, is it my turn already¡­? "¡­Are you okay?" Because of my lack of response, Yuti looked into my face with concern. "No, I''m fine. It''s just that I was watching the fight earlier and was surprised that I seemed to be able to handle myself better than I expected¡­" "¡­I understand. Is it the harmful effects of that time? Or a benefit?" "That time?" I''m not sure what Yuti was referring to, but I don''t have time to ask. As soon as I tried to follow the attendant, Lexia-san and the others gave me words of support. "If it''s you, Yuuya-sama, you can definitely win! Please do your best!" "Go show them what you''re capable of!" "Woof!" "Buhi~." "Hmm. Holy, huh? At best, they can only scratch my foot." I don''t know if Ouma-san was cheering me on, but I''m going to do my best so I don''t end up showing disgraceful behavior. I made up my mind and followed the attendant. "Please wait in this waiting room." When I entered the waiting room, I found Master Usagi inside. "Ah, Master Usagi!" (It''s finally coming, huh?) When Master Usagi saw me, he smiled. "Yes, well¡­ or rather, I heard you were headed to the Sword Saint, but what were you doing there?" (We just exchanged some information and talked about how good you are. That''s good. The Sword Saint will fight you seriously, you know?) "Why did you do that?" I''m not confident I can last five seconds if the Sword Saint really comes at me, you know? Master Usagi gave a stern look at the dumbfounded me. (What are you talking about? If the opponent isn''t serious, it wouldn''t be a training exercise.) "Uh, that may be true, but¡­" (And also, when you fight, don''t show a poor appearance, okay? If you lose, the quality of me as your master will be questioned.) "You being unreasonable here!" Isn''t it impossible for me to win if the Sword Saint is serious? What should I do? N-no, this is Master Usagi''s way of encouraging me! Yes, that must be it! Let''s just believe that¡­! I don''t know how serious the opponent would be, but if I were to ask Master Usagi that, he''d probably tell me to really try and win, so I kept my mouth shut. I was sweating uncontrollably, and I suddenly realized something. "C-come to think of it, Master Usagi was here from the beginning, but¡­ did anyone guide you here¡­?" (No? I entered on my own.) "You just do whatever you please, don''t you?" I had a feeling it was that, but¡­ I was stunned by Master Usagi''s sense of freedom, but I suddenly decided to ask him about the strange feeling I was experiencing with my eyes. "Um, Master. Since defeating the Fist Saint, my eyesight has become strangely better. Perhaps I can see faster movement, or perhaps I can absorb the techniques I see¡­" (¡­What?) Master Usagi made a dubious expression at my words and pondered on his own. (¡­Could it be that¡­ Indeed, at that time too¡­?) "Um, Master Usagi?" When I tried to call out to Master Usagi, who had started pondering by himself, the attendant came back to call me again. "Excuse me. Now¡­ Eh, a rabbit?" The attendant who came in tilted his head when he saw Master Usagi in the room, and I hurriedly opened my mouth. "Oh, don''t worry about it! Anyway, can I go now?" "Eh? Ah, yes. I''ll show you the way." "Well then, Master Usagi. I''ll go now." (Yeah, go ahead.) After being sent off by Master Usagi, I moved to the entrance of the arena. At that time, I have changed my clothes to the [Bloody War Demon Series] so that I can be ready to fight at any time and have everything prepared. However, I took off my helmet so that my face could be seen, as I was about to meet the Sword Saint for the first time. After waiting for a while, I heard the voice of Orghis-sama. It seems that he is giving an explanation about the match¡­ I-it''s not good. I''m getting nervous¡­! But unfortunately, time does not wait for me, and before long, Orghis-sama''s speech seemed to be over, and I went through the entrance. Then, I flinched in the face of the cheers that went up all at once. I-I can''t believe the crowd is this huge¡­! When I was in the audience, I didn''t particularly care about the number of people watching, probably because I had a strong sense that I was part of the audience, but when I stood in front of them all, the cheers were so overwhelming that I almost backed away. But there was no way I would run away, so I put a lot of pressure on my stomach and managed to hold my ground. "©¤©¤©¤So you are the Usagi''s apprentice, huh?" "Eh?" A woman''s voice reached my ears as the crowd cheered loudly. As I turned my gaze towards the voice, a woman came through the entrance on the opposite side of the arena from me, her eyes still closed. The woman had an elegant presence that seemed out of place with the arena, and I could have been convinced that she was a noblewoman. However, the sword on her hip and the woman''s overwhelming presence made me understand that the woman in front of me was my opponent, the Sword Saint. "Ah, you are the Sword Saint¡­?" Eeeeehh? N-no way! I''ve heard that she is the strongest of the Holy, so I thought she would be more stern and scary, but she''s not at all what I imagined! "Yes, that''s right. I''m Iris, the Sword Saint. And you©¤©¤!" The woman in front of me©¤Iris-san slowly opened her eyes and then froze in surprise when she saw my face. "Eh¡­wha¡­ eh?" "U-um¡­ what is it?" When I asked her about her unexpected reaction, she suddenly put her hands on her cheeks and suddenly crouched down. "W-what''s this feeling in my chest¡­? C-could it be that¡­ this is love?" "U-um¡­?" "Ah? It''s nothing. I''m only interested in men who are stronger than me." "H-huh¡­? I-is that so?" What the heck is she talking about¡­? Iris-san then cleared her throat as I was trying to figure out what was going on. "Hmm! And you are?" "Ah, I''m the disciple of the Kicking Saint, Yuuya Tenjou." "H-hmm¡­ Yuuya-kun, right? ¡­B-by the way, how old are you?" "Huh? Well, I''m 16¡­" "Kuh! There''s about a ten-year age difference¡­ N-no! It''s not uncommon for people to have an age difference these days! I mean, it''s something to be envied!" sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I don''t know what she''s been talking about since a while ago. I don''t know, but I''ve been getting chills since a while back¡­ As I shivered involuntarily, Iris-san, who had been strangely excited a moment ago, suddenly gave me a sharp look. "Well, but¡­ if you don''t have the ability, we can''t talk about it." "¡­Of course, I''ll give it my all." I took out my [Omni-Sword] and held it up quietly. "All right, bring it on." At the end of Iris-san''s words, the signal to start the fight was finally given, and I stepped in with all my might and slashed at Iris-san. But¡­ "You will never reach me with that." "!?" My attack was deflected with a clear metallic sound before it could reach Iris-san! However, as I did so, I noticed that Iris-san''s arm had momentarily blurred. "Don''t tell me¡­ you swung your sword in that instant?" "Huh? You can see it clearly, huh. It usually ends up that no one can recognize it¡­" Seeing Iris-san smiling amusingly, I can not stop my cold sweat. No, no, isn''t that too outrageous? What should I do against a sword that was swung at an almost unrecognizable speed? Moreover, looking at Iris-san now, her sword is properly sheathed. It''s not a move that can be done in an instant. Then, Iris-san smiled provocatively at the stunned me. "By any chance, you''re not going to say that this is the end, are you?" Of course, I wouldn''t say that this was the end, but it was definitely my best effort. But Iris-san easily blocked the attack. What''s more, it''s not as if it''s been enhanced by any particular magic. ¡­I already knew that, but the difference is so great that I can only smile bitterly. Looking at me like that, Iris-san made a suspicious expression on her face. "Hmm? You don''t seem to be in too much of a hurry, are you?" "No, it''s not¡­ I was in such a hurry that I became calm." "I see. So, do you want to give up?" "No way¡­!" It was obvious to me that my power would not work. Then I had to do what I could. When I ran forward again, I put away my [Omni-Sword] and took out my [Absolute Spear] from my [Item Box]. "A spear?" "Haaah!" Aiming at Iris-san, who tilted her head, I threw the [Aboslute spear] in all seriousness. However, with a clear metallic sound again, the spear was easily repelled. "What do you think you''re doing¡­ such an attack©¤©¤©¤." "Fuh." "Wha-?" Immediately after I threw the [Absolute Spear], I already had a new weapon in my hand; it was the [Formless Bow ], and then I shot several invisible arrows. "Huh?" Iris-san didn''t seem to understand what I was doing for a moment, but it seems that she sensed the invisible arrows I shot, and a metallic sound rang out again, and all of my arrows were flicked off. "¡­I''m surprised. My sword can be slashed at a speed that can''t be tracked by the eyes, but I didn''t think it would really be an invisible arrow©¤©¤©¤." "Haaa!" "T-there''s more?" It seemed that Iris-san was talking about something, but in order for me to fight Iris-san properly, I could not give Iris-san the time to attack me; I had to attack her one-sidedly with a saturated attack, so I continued to attack her relentlessly. Even so, my attacks were still handled by her sword with a speed that couldn''t be followed by the eyes. Then I launched the [Absolute Spear] at Iris-san again, which had just returned to me, with a kick that was directly taught by Master Usagi. Iris-san rolled her eyes when she saw the powerful spear that suddenly entered the uninterrupted barrage of arrows. "Wait, no way!" The [Absolute Spear], which was more powerful than the one I threw at her a few moments ago, couldn''t be easily deflected by Iris-san. It''s the first time I''ve seen her take it seriously with her sword since the mock battle began. "Kuh¡­ This is¡­!" Iris-san was still able to block the [Absolute Spear]¡­ but I was waiting for that momentary gap in her defense. "Haaaaaaaaa!" "Huh? Wait¡­ That big hammer of yours, it looks like it''s something dangerous." Yes, I was preparing to attack with my [World Strike]. Unlike other weapons, this weapon has a large gap, so it is difficult to hit. However, if I could hit it, it would be powerful enough to defeat any opponent. After all, it carries mass equal to that of the world in the attack. In addition, in order to increase the certainty, I also deploy the [Magic Attire] for the first time here. Then, a pale blue light gushed out of my body and burst like a bolt of lightning. Iris-san''s eyes widened at the sight of me. Chapter 121 - Book 5: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 4 " ¡­Now what¡­?" That''s the best I can do. But©¤©¤©¤. "©¤©¤©¤!" "Uh?" Iris-san stared at my [World Strike] with a thoughtful expression. Just before her sword collided with my [World Strike], she guided its movement with her sword, as if to catch all the impact of the collision. The impact from [World Strike] went straight into the nothingness. However, it seemed that it was not easy to receive this attack, even for Iris-san herself, and she did not have the time to follow up on my gap after the attack. "This kind of¡­ attack¡­ is just not possible¡­" Iris-san''s face distorted, and she stared at her hands. When I looked closely, her hand was trembling slightly; maybe she was numb. No, I don''t think it''s possible to take on a mass equal to the world and only get numb. However, now that my strongest attack was blocked, I don''t think this move will work again in the future. I had taken advantage of an opening since she hadn''t seen it before, but I don''t think I''ll be able to do the same next time. Iris-san had a serious expression on her face as I broke out in a cold sweat. "It''s not that I was careless, but¡­ it was too unexpected. Who are you really?" "Who am I? Even if you ask me that¡­" "Okay, fine. But you do understand that your attack is no longer going to work, right? ¡­What are you going to do about it?" Now that the [World Strike] that has been strengthened by [Magic Attire] was prevented, there is almost nothing else I can do. Iris-san suddenly smiled at me as I desperately thought about it. "Fuh¡­ Well, Yuuya-kun was the one who attacked until now, so now I will be the one to attack, okay?" "!?" At that moment, the dynamic eyesight and thinking speed enhanced by [Magic Attire] succeeded in barely catching the movement of Iris-san. And when I reflexively took out my [Omni-Sword] and took a defensive posture, I felt a tremendous impact on my hand. "Ara, I didn''t think you would be able to block the first attack. But if you take it directly, your hands won''t be able to withstand it, you know?" "Kuh!" As Iris-san said, my arm was numb from the blow I just received. If I can''t take the impact, as well as Iris-san did, I''ll probably be killed in no time. However¡­ "Well, I won''t give you time to pass it off." "Ugh!" I was overwhelmed by the raging sword attack. I managed to hang on by strengthening my physical abilities and eyesight using the [Magic Attire]. Still, if I had been in my normal state, I would have been killed with the first blow. "I''m surprised¡­ you can prevent this as well. Are you really Usagi''s disciple?" "Yes, I am¡­!" "¡­That''s a formidable talent, considering you''ve just learned to use a sword. But unfortunately, I''m going to have to push through." "Kuh?" Iris-san''s attack speed gradually increased, and even my enhanced dynamic eyesight could no longer track her. But¡­ "?" Iris-san noticed a strange feeling and tilted her head. I also noticed the discomfort later. (Huh¡­? How come I can''t follow it with my eyes, but I can react to it¡­?) Yes, Iris-san was swinging her sword at a speed that I could not possibly handle, but somehow I could block her attack. Iris-san tilted her head and increased her speed to push through, but my body still reacted and stopped the attack. In the end, Iris-san rolled her eyes at this situation. "No way! How can you still react?" I gave up on following it with my eyes and let my body react for some reason, but it seemed to be able to respond to the point where Iris-san was surprised. W-what is it? I was puzzled because I myself didn''t know why my body was able to react to such a degree. It was as if my body had experienced combat at this level before¡­ Since I could handle all of her attacks, Iris-san once again took distance. "Hah¡­ hah¡­" "¡­It''s weird. I''m not sure why you''re reacting when you can''t keep up with my movements¡­ What on earth did you do?" "I-I have no idea either¡­" "Well, so you''re not going to tell me that easily, huh? But I wonder if you can outrun this as well¡­!" When Iris-san said that, she closed the distance even faster than her first attack. With that, the ground cracked and shook the entire arena. Then©¤©¤©¤. "[Sword Flash]!" It was still a fast, untraceable slash, but the power put into it was different. Earlier, she had focused on speed and the ability to strike repeatedly, but the blow she had just unleashed on me was a heavy blow that emphasized power. Even if I could react as I had earlier, it would be the end of me if I took it directly. In order to overcome this attack, I have to negate the impact, just as Iris-san taken the impact of the [World Strike] earlier, or I will be cut down like this. However, I don''t have that kind of skill¡­ But©¤©¤. "!?" The moment I received Iris-san''s sword with my [Omni-Sword], I turned my body around and received the impact while closing in on Iris-san. "Kuh!" Although Iris-san swung her sword down with all her might, she did not feel it as she drew back her sword and prevented the attack of my sudden approach, and then pushed me away. "Are you really Usagi''s disciple? By all means, you are not at the level of a disciple, but a Holy class¡­ no, you should be more than that!" Iris-san was sweating as she said this. For some reason, when I saw Iris-san''s attack, I instinctively knew that I could pass it off. So, I was able to replicate the movements of Iris-san as she dodged my attack earlier. I not only evade it but also launch a counterattack. However¡­ "I thought it was perfectly decided just now¡­" I thought my counterattack was surprisingly clean, but as it turned out, it was blocked. It''s still not possible to win against Master Usagi, and it''s no surprise that my attack didn''t work against Iris-san either, who is the Sword Saint, but I think I''m going to lose confidence if I''m blocked this easily. In order to counter such Master Usagi, I need to release the Evil power, but¡­ Is it really okay to release it now? For the time being, I was able to control the Evil power for a very period, but I was more afraid that by releasing the Evil power, Iris-san would mistake me for the real Evil. I don''t know how much Master Usagi has told her about me, but I''m sure he hasn''t told her about the Evil Power. Master Usagi himself said that I should be careful about showing it to the Holy. When it comes to that, I have to beat Iris-san without the Evil power¡­ Eh, it''s impossible, isn''t it? When I was stunned by the situation that I was stuck in, Kuro, who had been asleep inside me until now, woke up with a big yawn. "Fuwaaha¡­ I slept well. And, oh¡­? Why are you fighting with the Sword Saint?" "I''m sorry, Kuro. I don''t have time to explain it in detail, so I''ll make it short and simple: it just happened!" "Whatever happens, but you''re fighting the Sword Saint¡­ Aren''t you becoming more and more like the real Evil?" "I wish you wouldn''t say anything so crazy!" I also want to live in peace if possible! But the Evil will attack me, so I have to get power to remain safe. The current situation is also a training to gain the power to resist the Evil. Iris-san, who didn''t know about Kuro, tilted her head curiously when I complained about Kuro''s appearance after a long time. "Who in the world are you talking to?" "Eh? Ah, no, it''s just¡­" "¡­Oh well. It seems that you''ve run out of cards, so let''s end this now." Iris-san said and turned a tremendous pressure on me. Kuh¡­ Iris-san used to move in a state where she was not strengthened by magic, but she seemed to have strengthened her body somehow. Obviously, the pressure I felt was stronger than before. Kuro burst into laughter as I struggled to keep myself from being blown away by the pressure. "Hahahaha! Hey, hey, you''re about to get hit, you know! What happened to you when you defeated the Fist Saint?" "A-as I said, I don''t remember what happened at that time!" "Well, I guess you''re right. You weren''t sane at the time, but you had completely transformed into Evil itself. Then, you have no choice but to lose now, right?" "Ugh¡­ Master Usagi will definitely be angry with me¡­" As I was thinking about the situation, my face turned pale, and Iris-san quietly set up her sword. "I''ll finish you off with a real, honest-to-goodness blow." "T-then, I''ll be dead¡­" "Well, I guess you''re dead," said Kuro. "I don''t want to die!" This is just like a mock battle, isn''t it? It''s not like anyone died or was seriously injured in the fighting tournament, right? Iris-san smiled at me as if she was enjoying this battle while I was trembling even more. "I also enjoyed fighting for the first time in a long time¡­ Well, I wish you were stronger than me, though." "Huh?" "©¤©¤©¤[Sacred Heaven Slash]!" When Iris-san stepped forward, she moved in front of me in an instant. The speed was so instantaneous that I thought it was really an instantaneous movement, and I didn''t even realize that she had moved until she appeared in front of me. And just as she was about to swing her sword down at me, my eyes, enhanced by my [Magic Attire], noticed a black something approaching from behind Iris-san at an unbelievable speed. Then, not only me but also Kuro seemed to have noticed it and shouted in panic. "Avoid it, Yuuya!" "Huh?" "Eh?" I realized that Iris-san didn''t recognize the black something, so I pulled Iris-san''s arm in front of me and hugged her, and then we fell down together. "W-w-w-wha-whaat!?" The next moment, Iris-san''s face turned red, and she panicked as she was hugged by me. The next moment, the black something pierced the position where Iris-san and I were standing in an instant. "Huh?" "T-that was close¡­" Iris-san stared dumbly at the ground where the black something had pierced. When the audience began to rustle at the sudden attack from outside the arena, a voice came from the sky. "©¤©¤©¤Accha, it''s been avoided. Well, it wouldn''t be much fun if you died now, would it!" "Wha¡­! That appearance¡­ "Shinigami"¡­! And why are you with them?" Iris-san''s eyes widened as she looked up into the sky. I also looked up at the sky and saw a boy, a half-naked man with a long spear on his back, and a ninja-like man with two grass-cutting scythes on his hips, standing there leisurely. S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Chapter 122 - Book 6: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 "Spear Saint! Scythe Saint!" "Ehh?" The unexpected words made me involuntarily turn my gaze back to Iris-san, and the half-naked man in the sky and the man in the ninja costume quietly shook their heads. "¡­I do regret to inform you that we no longer hold that title." "We are the Fallen Saints." "Fa-Fallen Saints¡­?" As I was tilting my head at the unfamiliar words, a boy with a different presence laughed in amusement. "Hey~, that''s terrible that you ignored me. Besides, unfortunately~ they''re no longer the Holy that you know. They are the ones who have fallen to us and taken on new powers." "Fallen¡­? Uh! Could it be?" While Iris-san made a startled expression as she realized something, the boy in the sky deepened his smile. "Did you finally notice it? Then let''s get started~©¤©¤the destruction." The moment the boy''s eyes glittered, the jet-black haze that I had seen in the past when I confronted Yuti and the Fist Saint erupted from the boy''s body. Then, a loud sound of destruction could be heard from far away. The sound of destruction gradually got closer and closer, and finally, the identity of the sound appeared in the arena. "What is that? " "©¤©¤Giiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!" The sight made me stare in horror. "What? This looks the same as what I saw at the shrine the other day¡­?" A large number of what were known as "Evil Beasts" had rushed into the arena. The audience screamed and ran away from the sudden intruders, but the "Evil Beasts" attacked them without mercy. "Ahahahahaha! The screams are wonderful!" The boy who was probably the one who orchestrated this tragedy looked at the carnage around him with an ecstatic expression on his face. "Stop it right now!" Immediately, Iris-san unleashed a slash with divine speed towards the boy floating in the sky, but the slash was blocked by the black darkness overflowing from the boy''s body. "Don''t be so impatient; let me at least introduce myself~." He laughed like a fool and bowed condescendingly. "I''m Quarro, the Shinigami, and I''m one of the Evil. It''s nice to meet you¡«." "!" The boy who smiled in front of me¡­ Quarro, told us that he is one of the Evil, the sworn enemy of Master Usagi, Iris-san, and Yuti. The hint of Evil overflowing from his body was real, and Iris-san''s attitude also confirmed that Quarro really is an Evil. Anyway, I hurriedly tried to move to help the audience, but the two men whom Iris-san had just called "Spear Saint" and "Scythe Saint" stood in front of me. "¡­I''m sorry, but I don''t want you to disturb us." "That''s right. Therefore, we need you to die here." "What?" "Yuuya-kun!" Iris-san tried to help me when I was pressured by the tremendous spirit from the two of them, but Quarro stood in front of Iris-san''s eyes. "Hey, isn''t it terrible that you''re ignoring me? I came here just to mess you up. I mean, don''t you want to run away or call your friends or something? Well, I''m not giving you any choice, though¡«." "¡­Sure, the situation is bad, and I don''t think I can handle it on my own, but I''m still a Holy, so I have to fight¡­!" "Hmm. Well, why don''t you come at me?" "¡­Fuh!" While sensing that Iris-san and Quarro had begun fighting behind me, I thought about how I should move against the two Fallen Saints in front of me. If what Iris-san said was true, then I would have to deal with two former Holy. Besides, judging from the situation and the word Fallen Saints, there is a possibility that they have acquired the power of the Evil as a result of them falling to the Evil. That would mean that I would have to deal with two enemies at the same level as the Fist Saint I fought previously. Even Master Usagi couldn''t defeat the Evil Fallen Fist Saint, so how can I, in my normal state, win? "When one problem is over, another appears. You really have a lot of troubles, don''t you?" "¡­It''s not that I like having them, but¡­" Kuro was also awake, and even though I don''t remember, if I use the Evil''s full power, as I did when I defeated the Fist Saint, I might be able to defeat them. However, suppose I used this power, it was still unstable and cannot be perfectly controlled. In that case, I will fall and become an Evil, just like Quarro, and I would become a target for the Holy to defeat as well. But even now, as I''m struggling with this, the Evil Beasts were©¤©¤©¤. At that moment when I thought about it, "Gigi? Gii!" "Giigigigi!" "Gigyaaa!" I saw countless arrows piercing through the Evil Beasts. This arrow¡­ Yuti? Also, following Yuti''s arrows, I heard the voices of my dependable family members. sea??h th§× N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Grrrr¡­ wooooff!" "Buhi, buhi~." Night and Akatsuki defeated the Evil Beasts one after another and healed the injured audience. In such a scene, the men of the Fallen Saints opened their eyes. "¡­What''s with that little wolf?" "It''s not just the little wolf. That pig is also using a strange skill¡­" Then, I noticed that Night, who was destroying the Evil Beast, looked at me for a moment. He seemed to be saying, "Leave this to me," and so I nodded. "Now I can fight you guys with peace of mind." "Huh? Don''t say anything crazy. Do you really think that you alone can win against the two of us?" (©¤©¤That''s why I''m also fighting you two.) "Huh?" "M-Master Usagi!" Master Usagi appeared out of nowhere next to me and quietly looked at the men in front of us. (¡­Hmph. I thought that some of the Holy had fallen to the Evil, but¡­ I didn''t expect it to be you two. Spear Saint Ronus, and Scythe Saint Jin.) Hearing Master Usagi''s words, the half-naked man with the spear on his back¡­ who was probably Ronus, frowned slightly. "¡­The weak will be eliminated. I''m just following that law of nature." (Hou? So, as a result of that, you became a servant of Evil? Fallen Saints, is it? How dare you call yourself that. You''re just a slave to Evil, aren''t you?) "Say what you want. We gained new powers by submitting to the Evil. Those of the Holy who were eliminated were even weaker than us." Ronus and the Scythe Saint, Jin, each quietly raised their weapons. Seeing this, Master Usagi opened his mouth to direct me as he, too, entered a battle stance. (Yuuya.) "Huh?" (For the moment, I''ve given a brief explanation of the current situation to Night, Yuti, and the others. The king of this country is probably planning some sort of countermeasure as well. As for the safety of that little girl, Yuti and the one who was with her as her escort are enough to handle it. So for now, just concentrate on defeating the people in front of you.) "Y-yes!" It seemed that Master Usagi had made a move, and one of my concerns had been resolved. However, I was wondering what Ouma-san is doing¡­ Well, Ouma-san seemed to be sleeping without a care in this situation, so there''s no need to worry. I mean, he''s so strong that it''s ridiculous to worry about him. Rather, I should be worried about myself, and I quickly redeployed my [Magic Attire]. Seeing me like that, Ronus swung his spear lightly and laughed with a snort. "¡­Hmph. Did you finish your private conversation? If so, let''s go this way¡­!" (Yuuya! I''ll leave that Ronus to you!) "Yes!" I immediately took out my [Absolute Spear] and clashed with Ronus'' spear. "¡­Huh! It seems that you want to die so badly that you are challenging me with a spear! If so, I will kill you as you wish. [Whirlwind Drill]!" Ronus pulled back his spear and thrust it out with great force. A whirlwind of air swirled around the spear as it pushed forward, cutting the ground. It was deflected by [Absolute Spear] with a narrow margin in the same way that I had deflected Iris-san''s attack. "What¡­ how can you deflect it?" What was deflected was not only the spear but also the sharp whirlwind that was gathering on the tip of the spear, which made Ronus surprised. I didn''t think I''d be able to catch the wind myself, so I was secretly surprised. "¡­Kuh! Don''t you dare make light of me!" Then Ronus unleashed a raging wave of thrusts, piercing everywhere. However, I took a good look at them and carefully handled them one by one. "¡­What are you¡­! You''re not even a Holy; you''re just a human being. How can you keep up with my techniques¡­!" (Hmph. You can''t compare him to any other human being. He''s my disciple, after all.) "¡­Usagi''s disciple?" Hearing Master Usagi''s words, Ronus widened his eyes, while Jin took advantage of the opportunity to attack Master Usagi. "It''s a good thing you have the guts to look the other way¡­!" (I can win even if I''m looking elsewhere.) "Huh! Can you say the same when you see this power?" At that moment, a black mist overflows from Jin''s body, and he unleashes a powerful swing with his grass-cutting scythe at Master Usagi. However, Master Usagi calmly assessed the attack and delivered a kick to his temple, causing the attack to be deflected. However, Jin had another grass-cutting scythe in his hand, which he swung to follow up. Master Usagi moved out of the way as a reaction to the first deflected blow. As I unintentionally followed his movements with my eyes, I received a reprimand from Master Usagi. (Yuuya! If you have time to look at me, take him down quickly!) "Ah!? Y-yes!" When I hurriedly readied my spear again, Ronus was trembling tremendously. "¡­You. Even though you are Usagi''s disciple, you don''t use his technique. Instead, you fight with a spear¡­?" "Eh?" I''m not just fighting him with a spear; I''m using it now because I can''t find an opening to attack Ronus with a kick. Also, it''s because it''s easier to take chances with [Absolute Spear] rather than with [Omni Sword], but it didn''t appear that way to Ronus. "¡­Okay. I''ll show you the difference between us." Then, a black mist overflowed from Ronus''s body, and the intimidation from him increased. Kuro inside me laughed amusingly at the scene. "Hey, hey, the opponent got serious, but¡­ what are you going to do? Do you want to borrow the power of the Evil like before?" "¡­No." "Hmm?" "Even if I use the power of Evil here, the real Evil behind these opponents is still left. That''s why I have to defeat this former Holy, which uses the power of Evil, without relying on the power of Evil itself¡­!" For a moment, Kuro seemed surprised by my words, but then he laughed out loud. "Hahahahaha! That''s good! No, I can''t believe you could say that about a Holy¡­ Well then, I guess I''ll just have to look at the bigger picture from another perspective." "All right!" After rounding up the conversation with Kuro, I took a step back from Ronus and immediately switched my weapon to the [Formless Bow] and shot at Ronus from a distance. "¡­Haaaahhhhh!" "Seriously¡­" The next moment Ronus emitted a kind of spirit like a shockwave which spread from his body, and all of my arrows were repelled. "¡­Die!" "Uh!?" Just like Iris-san, he approached me with a speed that made me think that he had moved instantly, and then he thrust out his spear as if to gouge my stomach. "¡­[Rising Dragon Piercing]!" An illusion of a dragon seemed to fly out of the tip of the spear and tried to chew through my stomach. I had no choice but to block this attack that was released from a close distance; I switched from the [Formless Bow] to the [Omni Sword] and swung the sword down to meet the momentum head-on. "Guuuuhhh!?" The shock was transmitted through the sword to my entire body. I knew that I would be defeated at this point, but I suddenly felt my body heat up. It was as if the magic circuit inherited from Sage-san¡­ was heating up as if to show me that it existed. "Haaaaaaaahh!" "What?" While receiving Ronus''s attack, I prepared to unleash a spell, and when the spell became available, I unleashed the very first spell I had learned, a [Water Ball], at Ronus. It seems that he didn''t expect me to counterattack while blocking the attack, and Ronus hurriedly interrupted the attack and tried to distance himself. However, without missing a beat, I took a step forward with all my might, using the leg strength I had developed during my training with Master Usagi. With all the momentum I could muster, I slammed a kick into Ronus'' stomach. "Ohhhhh!" "Guhoaaa!" Ronus couldn''t block my kick, and he took some serious damage. He stayed in the sky for a moment with his body in a crooked shape. Although I tried to give chase afterward, Ronus clenched his teeth and forced himself into a stance to unleash another technique before I could follow up. "¡­D-don''t mess with meeeeeeeee! [One Thousand Spear Piercing]!" Ronus shot a barrage of raging thrusts at me again in the sky. It''s dangerous¡­ There''s no way to prevent it¡­ The moment I despaired¡­ Kuro, who had just said he would only watch, spoke to me in an amused tone. "Hey, hey, it''s no good having you die here, you know? Take a good look at him. You should know what that means." "Take a good¡­ look¡­?" Although the tip of the spear was almost in front of me, I followed Kuro''s words and watched Ronus''s movements, the trajectory of his spear, and everything else. Then I found myself feeling as if the sounds and sights around me had been silenced. It was similar to the feeling I had when I watched the fighting tournament that had just taken place, but to a completely different level. It was as if all unnecessary information were blocked out, and I could just see what was happening in front of me at a frighteningly slow pace as if my brain and body were absorbing all the information in front of me. I later found out that I was in the ultimate state of concentration at that time. And as I watched Ronus'' movements, I naturally moved my body. "©¤©¤©¤!" "W-what was that?" I also released the same technique that Ronus had used, the [One Thousand Spear Piercing]. The [One Thousand Spear Piercing] I released had countered Ronus'' [One Thousand Spear Piercing] one after another precisely. "T-this is impossible! There is no way that my [Spear Holy Art] can be imitated¡­!" Ronus shook his head to deny what was happening in front of his eyes and launched another technique. "[Star Pile]!" He grasped the spear in his opposite hand and swung it down at me as if it were a flag. When I saw the attack, I dodged it by rolling to the side and avoiding it, and Ronus''s spear stood on the ground. It was enough to shake the arena and cause the ground to cave in. But I wasn''t even surprised by that; I just calmly looked at Ronus and attacked him with my [Absolute Spear]. "T-this is not how it''s supposed to be¡­ This is definitely not how it''s supposed to be!" When Ronus shouted that, he distanced himself from me with all his might and took a stance with his spear drawn back as hard as he could. "Dieeeeeeeeeeeeee! [Divine Piercing]!" I could tell at a glance that this was the most powerful attack he had ever made. A whirlwind wrapped around the tip of his spear like the [Whirlwind Piercing] that he used before. This time it was so huge that it could be mistaken for a tornado, and the spear was coming at me so fast that it left everything behind. This was why I also released it. ©¤©¤©¤The same technique as Ronus. "[Divine Piercing]." "Ah¡­" My move did not create a raging wind like Ronus''. The wind and space were unrecognizable. I thrust it at him. The moment my [Absolute Spear] and Ronus'' spear collided¡­ Ronus'' spear shattered. Chapter 123 - Book 6: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 The moment my [Absolute Spear] and Ronus'' spear collided¡­ Ronus'' spear shattered. "Gah©¤©¤©¤." Perhaps Ronus had put all of his energy into this last attack, but after his spear shattered, he fainted and quietly fell to the ground. While looking at this somewhat unrealistic scene, the sounds and sights of my surroundings gradually returned. "¡­H-huh? Ro-Ronus?" "What are you dumbfounded about? You beat him, didn''t you?" Stunned by Kuro''s words, I turned my attention to Ronus, who had fallen to the ground. I¡­ defeated him? When did that happen? "Could it be that the Evil power has gone out of control again?" "It''s not that. Well, it''s not entirely unrelated¡­ but you definitely defeated the Spear Saint lying there with your own hands." "What do you mean?" "You may not remember, but your body remembers the feeling of the Evil when you defeated the Fist Saint. The only difference now is that you pulled the trigger for that power and defeated him." "Trigger¡­" "That''s right. The power of Evil is a power that embraces everything. And maybe because you''ve activated it once, you''ve been able to control it subconsciously, albeit only partially. Well, even if you try to control it, you can only do so to the extent that it doesn''t go out of control." "Huh¡­?" I''m not sure, but it seems that the reason I''ve been able to keep my Evil power from going out of control is not only because of Kuro''s power but also because of my subconscious. "Thanks to your subconscious control of the power of Evil, you have been able to utilize it on a limited basis. That''s what''s happening with your eyes." "My eyes?" I touched my eyes without thinking, and Kuro continued. "Yeah. As I mentioned many times, the power of Evil is a power that embraces everything. It does not matter if it is tangible or intangible. It can even be used to strengthen and absorb techniques and movements¡­" "That''s¡­" I somehow understood what Kuro was trying to say and was astonished as I felt him smiling at me. "[Evil Den''s Eye]¡­ now you can absorb any movement with it." I was just dumbfounded by Kuro''s words. T-that kind of power¡­ However, the reason why this power was able to manifest itself was because I followed Kuro''s advice and watched Ronus'' movements. I stared at my hands without thinking, but then I remembered that I was still in combat. "T-that''s right! Master Usagi is©¤©¤©¤." "It looks like he''s almost done there too, huh?" "Eh?" When I turned my attention to the battle between Master Usagi and the Scythe Saint Jin, I saw Jin bleeding. "N-no way¡­ We already have the power of Evil, and we''re still losing¡­!" (Hmph. I was indeed defeated by the Fist Saint, who had the power of Evil. However, I polished my own power after that, without the power of Evil, and ended up defeating you like this. That''s all there is to it.) "I-I won''t admit to it¡­ I won''t admit that we who have acquired the power of Evil are losing!" Jin shouted as he crossed the scythes in front of his face, and swung them out. Master Usagi took a leisurely stance against the cross-shaped slash that was unleashed from there. ([The Three Divine Steps]) And as he muttered this, Master Usagi disappeared from the spot. "What? (©¤©¤The first step.) It might seem as if Master Usagi had disappeared, but he just leaned forward and plunged into Jin when he took his first step. But that''s only because I was watching this from a distance. For Jin, who was actually receiving the technique, it would still look like he''d disappeared. (Second step.) Master Usagi then took advantage of his large first step and leaned forward some more. He rolled his body into a small ball from that position, and with a minimal rotation, dropped his second step over Jin''s head in a forward somersault. "Gah©¤©¤©¤." The second step, delivered with tremendous force, was an extremely powerful heel drop that knocked Jin unconscious. Then, with a momentum from stomping on Jin, he spun in the air and landed. Master Usagi snickered. (Hmph. I didn''t need to take the third step, after all, did I?) Master, how much stronger can you get? I don''t think I can win against you¡­ I couldn''t help but feel that way about Master Usagi, who had defeated Jin. As I look at Master Usagi with my cheeks twitching, he turns to look at me. (What are you dumbfounded about? The next one is the Evil.) "T- that''s right! Iris-san is©¤©¤©¤." Just as I was about to say that much, I heard the tense voice of Quarro from above. "Arere? The two of them have already been defeated? They are so useless." "Wha-?" When I turned my gaze to the sky above, I saw the figure of Quarro, who had black mist spewing from his body and was freely moving it to attack Iris-san. "Kuh¡­!" (¡­This is not good.) The black mist spewing from Quarro''s body became countless sharp blades and poured down on Iris-san. Iris-san was desperately trying to deal with it with her sword. However, it seemed that she couldn''t handle all of them and was in a difficult position as it appears. "Iris-san! M-master!" (Yeah. We''re coming too¡­!) While Master Usagi charged straight at Quarro, I took out my [Formless Bow] and fired a large number of arrows. But¡­ "Too bad. That won''t reach me." Before the arrows could reach Quarro, they were all blocked by the black mist overflowing from Quarro''s body. "I''m not sure why, but you have a piece of us in you. Did one of us give you that power? If so, I should have at least heard about it, and more importantly, it''s weird that you''re fighting against me! What''s going on?" I''m not going to say anything, but instead I''m going to keep shooting arrows at him. They were also easily blocked by Quarro''s black mist, but Master Usagi took advantage of the gap to close in on Quarro. (How about this¡­!) Master Usagi closed in on Quarro with speed I''ve never seen before and unleashed a kick at Quarro that makes the space roar. I see! Because Quarro was a pure Evil, Master Usagi''s stats had been released and doubled, so he''s even more powerful than usual. As I was thinking this, Kuro inside me answered in a stern voice. "¡­No good." "Eh?" "You don''t even realize it, do you? If the Kicking Saint''s stats can be released, then, of course, the Sword Saint stats should be released as well. That''s what it is all¡­" I heard Quarro''s amused voice interrupting Kuro''s words. "As I said¡­ you won''t reach me." (Wha¡­ agaaahh!) The black mist easily caught Master Usagi''s kick, and as the black mist drifting around approached Master Usagi, it transformed into a sharp blade that went straight through him. "M-Master Usagi!" (I-I''m fine! Just stay away from me!) "Eh?" Master Usagi said to me as he stepped away from me, holding his slashed stomach. (¡­If you get too close to me, you will fall prey to the power of that Evil. It''s a surprise attack from one side, but if you came closer, you would have been surrounded and killed.) "N-no way¡­" (You should continue to attack from a distance with your magic or bow from there. Iris and I will somehow take advantage of the gap and launch a counterattack¡­!) "Wait¡­ Master!" Master Usagi said only that and then went back to fighting with Quarro again. As for me, as Master Usagi directed, I fired arrows and magic from a long distance, but all of them were blocked by Quarro''s black mist. Isn''t that black mist too versatile? How are we supposed to attack him¡­! S~ea??h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I grew increasingly impatient, both Master Usagi and Iris-san received more and more attacks, and they were gradually pushed back. Then, Quarro stretched out his hand and sighed boringly. "Fuwahh¡­ what a letdown. I''ve been told that Sword Saint is the strongest of the Holy, and I''ve also been told that Kicking Saint is also one of the strongest, and yet you''re not strong at all. The two people I brought with me were also defeated. It would have been better if I had come alone." Quarro then stretched out and gave the two of them a cold stare. "I''m bored, so let''s end this ©¤©¤ now." "Usagiii!" (I know¡­!) As the black mist overflowing from Quarro''s body suddenly thickened and increased in volume, the mist gradually gathered above Quarro''s head to form a sphere. It gradually grew larger and larger, giving the impression that it would destroy everything¡­ which was terrifying. Even though I wasn''t looking at it up close, my instincts were screaming facing the sphere. That thing is¡­ dangerous¡­! Then Kuro, who was also inside me, said in a cold voice. "¡­He''s really going to finish them off. If that thing goes off as is¡­ this city will be wiped out." "No way!" Anyway, I shot arrows, threw the [Absolute Spear], and attacked as much as I could, but all of them were completely blocked. And¡­ "See you later." At last, the black sphere was released at us. Chapter 124 - Book 6: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 At last, the black sphere was released aiming at us. "[Holy Sword Barrier]!" ([Holy Kicking Wave]! [Holy Ear Impact]!) Immediately after the black sphere was released, Iris-san raised the sword in her hand and thrust it vigorously into the ground. Then, countless shining swords appeared from the ground and shot towards the black sphere. Master Usagi also produced the same light as Iris-san''s sword from his leg and shot it at the black sphere, followed by a flash of light from both of his ears. The two lights from Iris-san''s sword and Master Usagi collided with the black sphere. "Kuh¡­ Hahahahaha!" "!" And then, Iris-san''s shining swords and Master Usagi''s light rays obliterated the black sphere! "Hah¡­ hah¡­" (Kuh¡­ my body is¡­) However, both Iris-san and Master Usagi were exhausted after that exchange. They no longer seemed to be able to move properly. Then Quarro opened his mouth, looking slightly surprised. "Wow¡­ I didn''t think that only the two of you could prevent this¡­ I''m not sure if this means I''m the weak one here, or would it be you, the Holy ones?" "Hah¡­ hah¡­" "But it seems that stopping that was all you could do. ¡­So, let''s try it one more time?." "What-!?" Quarro said that he would repeat his attack, and a black sphere formed over his head again. "Ahahahahaha! Look, look! You have to defend against it once more!" "Iris-san! Master Usagi! Kuh!" No longer following Master Usagi''s words, I immediately ran out and attacked Quarro with my [Omni-Sword] in hand. But before I could reach him, the black mist blocked my way. "Get out of my way!" "It''s no use. You''re not even a Holy; you wouldn''t be able to even damage it, you know?" As Quarro said, no matter how I attacked, the black mist didn''t seem to take any damage and swarmed at me one after another. In addition, Quarro mercilessly directed the black mist at the tired and immobile Master Usagi and Iris-san. Master Usagi and Iris-san responded with all their strength, but they were on the defensive and looked like they were struggling. Kuro, who had been watching from inside me, opened his mouth. "It is exactly what he said. The only ones who can defeat the Evil itself are those of the Holy who are recognized by this planet. Just give up." "So what am I supposed to do?" I shouted while desperately using my [Omni-Sword] and [Absolute Spear] to get rid of the black mist, and Kuro replied disinterestedly. "That''s right¡­ I can only think of using a weapon that has the power of the Holy in it." "A weapon with the power of the Holy?" "When you first encountered the Evil Beast in the other world, the woman who was with you used a talisman to kill it, right? That was definitely one way to purge the power of Evil. Well, I don''t think you have one of those, though." "¡­No, I do have it. I''m sure it was¡­!" "What?" Kuro seemed to have given up, but I searched desperately in my item box while dealing with the black mist. It appeared that this situation could be overcome¡­ by the use of a weapon with a similar effect to the one used by Kagurazaka-san. As I searched for it desperately, Quarro stared amusedly at the black sphere floating above his head. "Look, look, it''s almost finished!" "It''s a real pity, but you should give up. You''ve done your best there, haven''t you?" "Kuh!" I ignored Quarro''s and Kuro''s words and continued my search¡­ and found it. "This is it!" "Hmm?" "Yu¡­ Yuuya-kun¡­?" While the eyes of Quarro and the wounded Iris-san were focused on me, I had a weapon in my hand. Then¡­ "[Heavenly Khakkhara]!" When I first saw the effects of this weapon, I didn''t understand what it meant. The description was so vague that there was not a single detailed explanation. But now, I can understand the effect of this weapon properly. I hit the black mist with the khakkhara in my hand while ringing the golden ring. "As I said, it''s usele©¤©¤." Quarro was about to say that much when he noticed something strange. The black mist that I struck dissipated in an instant. "What-¡­" As expected, this phenomenon was unexpected, and Quarro rounded his eyes. There was only one effect on this [Heavenly Khakkhara], which I had found in my grandfather''s warehouse. To exorcise. That''s all. ¡­Thinking about it now, the only explanation for the effect was that it''s a somewhat mysterious weapon, but if it has the power to exorcise, then it will affect the power of Evil¡­ just like the talisman at the time, and that was my train of thought. But the results were just right. I smashed all the black mists that surrounded me with the [Heavenly Khakkhara] and rushed straight to Iris-san and Master Usagi, and the black mists that assaulted them also dissipated. "Are the two of you okay?" (Yeah¡­) "¡­.." Then, although Master Usagi''s voice came back, there was no reply from Iris-san, so I hurriedly checked and found Iris-san staring at me with a dazed expression. "Iris-san?" "Huh? Ah¡­ y-yeah! I''m fine." "Good, then. I''ll take care of the rest¡­ so please keep an eye on it." I told her that and turned to Quarro again. "¡­.." (Hmm¡­ it seems like you can''t afford to not fall in love in this situation, huh?) "Wha¡­ T-that''s not true! I-it was just that someone was protecting me¡­ um¡­ it was the first time for me¡­" (Hmm¡­ Well, now you know how outrageous my disciple is.) "¡­Yes. I understand." It seemed that they were talking about something behind me, but I didn''t have time to listen in on it because I had already returned my full attention to Quarro. Anyway, I looked at Quarro and called out to Kuro, who was inside me. "What do you think? Does this work?" "¡­Hahaha! You''re a hell of a guy; you know that? No problem, I''ll lend you a hand!" Kuro laughed in amusement, and a black mist flooded my body. "¡­I''d like to ask you a question, can Kuro''s power, which was just a piece of Evil, defeat the main body of Evil?" "Hah! I''ll lend you a hand. It''s not about whether or not you could possibly win; it''s all about winning." "That''s just crazy¡­" "¡­Well, you and I are a good match after all. We can do it." "Is that so?" I smiled unconsciously at Kuro, who sounded somewhat embarrassed as he spoke. Iris-san, who was behind me, raised an anxious voice at my appearance. "What-¡­ The power of Evil? Usagi, you¡­!" (Calm down. I know what you''re going to ask, but Yuuya is sane. For some reason, he has the power of Evil in his body, but it''s not a problem.) "Not a problem, you say¡­? What kind of reason would he have to have that power?" (Originally, that power didn''t belong to Yuuya but a disciple of the Bow Saint had it in her body. However, Yuuya took over that power, and now it''s residing in his body.) "T-took it over, you say¡­?" (¡­He''s really a big idiot, after all.) Quarro was even more surprised and froze at the sight of the Evil overflowing from my body. "Wait¡­ what does this mean? It''s just supposed to be a piece inside you¡­ but its power is the same as mine no matter how I look at it¡­ What the hell are you?" S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I didn''t answer his question. Then, my lack of response seemed to annoy him as Quarro twisted his face in displeasure. "You have the nerve to ignore me, don''t you? ©¤©¤Go." "©¤©¤Gigiiiiiiii!" When Quarro hurriedly waved his arm, a black mist spread about, and several Evil Beasts appeared and attacked me. "This is¡­!" *Kiiiiiiin* Just as I was about to dispose of the Evil Beast that was attacking me, that clear metallic sound reached my ears. "G-gi..!" The Evil Beasts that tried to attack me all fell to the ground. Involuntarily I turned my gaze to Iris-san who was behind me and she smiled fiercely in response. "¡­There are many questions that I want to ask you, but leave the Evil Beasts to me. Therefore¡­ I''m asking you to take care of him, okay?" "¡­Yes!" I nodded vigorously at Iris-san''s words and called out to Kuro. "¡­Are you ready?" "Yeah, leave it to me. But, it won''t last long. Your power is too strong, after all¡­" "That''s just fine!" In addition to releasing the Evil''s power, I also deployed my [Magic Attire] and took a step toward Quarro. At that moment, the surrounding scenery was left behind in an instant, and the figure of Quarro was right in front of me. "Wha©¤©¤." "Haaaaah!" "Gaaah!" I waved the [Heavenly Khakkhara] similar way to how I handle the [Absolute Spear] and slammed it onto Quarro''s head. Then, Quarro, who could not react to the attack, was slammed into the ground. In that gap, I pierced the black sphere that was accumulating above his head with the [Heavenly Khakkhara]. The black sphere pierced by the [Heavenly Khakkhara] gradually cracked, and light overflowed from it as it burst. "No way¡­ What the hell are you?" Quarro, who was slammed into the ground, shouted as he staggered around in a dizzy state¡­ "I don''t know!" "What?" Quarro was astonished by my answer. I''ve been asked that question a lot today, but there''s no way I know who I am. I''d rather be the one asking. All I could say was that I somehow got caught up in this battle between Evil and Holy, and I had to become stronger to feel safe. But it seemed that Quarro was not satisfied with my answer, and his face turned red with anger. "St¡­ stop messing around! You come out of nowhere and interrupt my fun¡­ I''ll kill you!" As Quarro spewed a large amount of black mist from his body, they branched out into countless pieces and stabbed at me as sharp blades. While knocking them away with the [Heavenly Khakkhara], I gradually closed the distance between us. "Don''t come, don''t come, don''t coooooome!" "!" In the midst of his raging attacks, Quarro turned his palm toward me, and a small black sphere appeared, shooting a black flash of light at me. In response to the black flash, I took a step forward, keeping in mind the final attack Master Usagi had used against the Scythe Saint. My body moved even faster than before, and the distance separating me and the black flash was already almost gone. In such a situation, I use the [Heavenly Khakkhara] to unleash the [Divine Piercing] still used by the Spear Saint Ronus. "[Divine Piercing]¡­!" The tip of the [Heavenly Khakkhara] pierced through the black flashes of light and finally struck Quarro''s body. "Gaaaah!" Quarro''s body was bent into a crooked shape, and his voice leaked out in anguish. "No way¡­ This is not how it''s supposed to be¡­!" Then, perhaps the effect of the [Heavenly Khakkhara] was activated, smoke rose from Quarro''s body. "This me is going to be destroyed! This is a lie¡­ This is impossible¡­" Quarro desperately grasped the handle of the [Heavenly Khakkhara], trying to escape from my thrust, but the smoke was even coming from his palms touching it, and he could not escape. Eventually, as the amount of smoke increased, and Quarro''s body gradually began to disappear, he suddenly stopped resisting and spoke in a quiet tone, as if his resistance just a moment ago had been a lie. "Hah¡­ so this is really the end for me. It''s a pretty anticlimactic ending, but¡­ well, that''s about it. It seems that the Evil Beasts have been defeated as well, and we''ve lost. I thought I could have more fun playing around." Quarro said with deep regret and then turned a sharp look at me. "¡­I didn''t expect such an uncertain factor to be mixed in. It''s out of my calculation." "¡­.." "But well¡­ now that we know about you, right?" "?" I tilted my head, not understanding the meaning of Quarro''s words. However, Quarro did not show any sign of answering and now looked at Master Usagi and Iris-san. "I don''t know how much you know about us, but¡­ we are one." "Eh?" (¡­What?) Iris-san and Master Usagi did not seem to understand the meaning of Quarro''s words. They looked at him with a dubious expression while he looked at them with amusement. "Well then, try to do your best~." And then, as Quarro''s body completely disintegrated, the smoke finally dissipated. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤©¤Quarro is gone?" The young man Evil muttered quietly in the "World''s Disposal Ground." Then, he gazed at the palm of his hand as if to confirm his own power. "Fumu¡­ I see. So it''s integrated in this way." "©¤©¤©¤What are you going to do?" The other Evil in the place quietly asked the young man. The other Evil is a somewhat nervous-looking man who looks to be in his thirties. "It''s a pity that Quarro is gone, but there was also¡­ the harvest." "Is that an enhancement for you?" "Fuh¡­ it''s that, but it''s also something different." "Then what?" In response to the man''s question, the young man''s eyes narrowed as if he were gazing into some distant presence. "I found it ©¤©¤ the outsider." In the eyes of the young man, the image of Yuuya, who defeated Quarro, is clearly visible. £ª£ª£ª By the time Yuuya had defeated Quarro, the Evil Beast summoned by Quarro had been defeated by Night and the others with the Regal Kingdom soldiers. "Phew¡­ I wondered what it was when it suddenly appeared¡­ but I guess these are the Evil familiars¡­" Luna murmured in front of the dead bodies of the defeated Evil Beasts. The Evil Beast that Yuuya and Kagurazaka defeated in the Earth was purified by Kagurazaka''s talisman and disappeared cleanly, but the many corpses of the Evil Beast remained in this place now. In response to Luna, Lexia, who had been keeping quiet, puffed out her chest with pride. "As expected of my guard!" "Hmm¡­ Well. More importantly, how''s Yuuya¡­" While saying this, she looked towards Yuuya and saw Quarro just disappearing. "¡­It looks like everything went well over there, too. This time, that Yuuya saved the country from a crisis¡­ For the Regal Kingdom, Yuuya must be considered a hero." "Aaahh Geez! Yuuya-sama was fighting so splendidly against the Sword Saint in the first place!" "¡­You really can''t be shaken, can you?" Everyone was stunned and speechless by the earlier battle between the Sword Saint Iris and Yuuya up until the Evil attacked. For the Regal citizens, everyone knew that Iris, the Sword Saint, was strong. Still, the sight of Yuuya fighting on equal footing with her was a shock not only to the Regal citizens but also to Orghis and the others here. In the meantime, when the Evil attacked and interrupted the battle between Iris and Yuuya while unleashing a large number of Evil Beasts into the arena, the entire venue was in an uproar, but the situation ended more easily than expected. The reason for this is¡­ "Finished. No sign of the Evil Beast anywhere." "Woof." For Lexia and the others, the still mysterious Yuti, and Yuuya''s partner, Night, have defeated almost all the Evil Beasts. And although Akatsuki didn''t take part in the battle itself, he was also very active, using his skills to heal injured civilians and soldiers. "Night, Akatsuki. Thank you for saving my life." "Woof~." "Fugofugo." Luna patted them, Night seemed to feel good, and Akatsuki looked like he deserved it and was proud of it. "Even so¡­ he was really just sleeping¡­" While Luna stroked Night and Akatsuki, she looked at the still sleeping Ouma with a dumbfounded look. Then, Ouma opened one eye. "What is it? You seem to have a problem with that?" "You''re awake?" "I just woke up." Ouma made a big yawn as he said that and then turned his gaze to Luna. "I told you already. I am not interested in the affairs of humans. I''m not going to help." "¡­I see." Luna couldn''t continue conversing with Ouma any longer. As Ouma said, as a legendary dragon he is not concerned with the circumstances of human beings; Luna also knew that. Even if there are people who are dissatisfied with the way it is, they cannot be bothered with it because Ouma has the power to wipe out even that¡­ or even the planet itself. Luna breathed a sigh of relief at having gotten through this situation, but then she noticed something. "Hmm? Speaking of which¡­ where is the royal family of the Regal Kingdom?" "Huh? Sure, I haven''t seen them¡­ I even remember when they went to give orders to the soldiers, but¡­" Although she looked around the entire arena, she couldn''t see Orghis and the others, so Luna and the others thought that they had gone to give instructions outside the arena. In the middle of all this, Ouma sighed again and turned his attention to the sky above the arena. "¡­Hmm. Scout magic, huh? It won''t work on me, but¡­ Yuuya. You''ve finally been discovered, eh?" Ouma said, laughing merrily, and fell asleep again. Chapter 125 - Book 6: Epilogue Here''s the sponsored epilogue by Patreon, enjoy~ Epilogue When Quarro attacked, immediately after Orghis gave instructions to his soldiers, he went to the summoning magic circle in the basement of the castle together with Layla. "¡­No way, the Evil is attacking us today¡­!" "Father¡­" Layla looked worried as Orghis frowned. Then Orghis noticed her gaze and exhaled slowly. "Fuh¡­ it''s unavoidable. For the time being, I''ve left the soldiers to Royle. We¡­ have no choice but to rely on the other world." Orghis saw the match between the Sword Saint and Yuuya and was impressed by how strong they were, and almost thought that there was no need to rely on the other world to counter the Evil. However, when he saw the Evil that had arrived, he immediately changed his mind. He saw that the Sword Saint, who was supposed to be the strongest Holy, was being overwhelmed by Quarro. Convinced that the country would be destroyed by the Evil if things had continued as they were, Orghis immediately began to move. Even if they were able to defeat Quarro, he did not think that this was enough to eliminate all of the Evil. This was why he finally made up his mind to summon a hero from another world. When he moved to the summoning room, there were the magicians of the Regal Kingdom. They had already completed the magic circle under his direction. "Your Majesty. The preparations are in place. We just need to pour in the magic power, and the magic will be activated." "¡­Layla." "Yes, father. I will bring a hero or a saint into this world. I''m sure that person will be able to save this world." Prompted by Orghis, Layla stepped forward and touched the magic circle with her hand. When the magic power was poured in from her hand, the magic circle began to glow mysteriously. "Kuh. T-this is¡­" At first, Layla was pouring in the magic power smoothly, but gradually the magic circle began to suck the magic power from Layla, and she frowned at the amount of absorption. The magic circle shone brighter and brighter as it tried to suck up all of Layla''s magic power at a tremendous rate. How much time had passed? Layla, whose face was pale from her magic power being drained, could not tell, but when her magic power was about to run out¡­ it finally stopped. "Ah¡­" "Layla!" Orghis hurriedly supported Layla, who was wobbling and about to fall. Then, the shine of the magic circle reached its brightest in front of the two of them, and the light finally burst out. "Ugh!" "F-finally¡­!" When the light subsided, there was a single figure floating in the air. Seeing that, Orghis and the others knew that the summoning magic had succeeded. And then©¤©¤. "©¤©¤W-what is this? What on earth is going on?" What appeared from the magic circle was a girl in a shrine maiden costume ©¤©¤ Mai Kagurazaka. £ª£ª£ª "Hmm¡­ for that reason¡­" After I finished defeating Quarro, I was interrogated by Iris-san about how I acquired Evil''s power since I had activated it in front of her. "It really was just like Usagi said, wasn''t it?" (That''s what I told you. Why don''t you believe me?) "How can I believe you from such a tall tale?" (Well, he''s just a big idiot, isn''t he?) "Ugh¡­" I shrunk under the stunned gazes of Iris-san and Master Usagi. Then, Kuro, who was inside me, burst into laughter. "Ahahahaha! You''re so weak that it''s hard to believe you were fighting with the Evil until just now!" "I-it can''t be helped, can it?" Because Quarro had to be defeated, I fought with him. Otherwise, I would have been killed. And I wasn''t that strong to begin with. Iris-san turned a dumbfounded gaze at me, but after letting out a single sigh, she let out a bitter laugh. "¡­Well, it''s true that Yuuya-kun saved my life. I-I was protected. I''ve never had such a thing happen to me before¡­ Well, I mean, I was happy about it¡­ or something like that¡­" "Eh?" (Sigh¡­) The latter half of the words were too small to be heard, but Master Usagi let out a sigh to Iris-san. After that, he immediately returned to his serious expression and stared at me. (Yuuya. You must have understood the threat of Evil from this incident. In addition, he left behind a few mysteries that we don''t know about yet¡­ We can''t let our guard down.) "¡­Yes." (And then. The next time, I will increase the intensity of my training so that we can prepare for another attack at any time.) "Ugh¡­ I understand¡­" I would be happier if I could just relax and enjoy my time, but I can''t say that, so I nodded to Master Usagi''s words. For some reason, Iris-san, who was gazing enviously at the exchange between Master Usagi and me, laughed a little sadly. "I see¡­ So this is where I have to part ways with you, Yuuya-kun¡­" "Ah¡­ that''s right." "What do you plan to do now?" "Well, as Master Usagi said earlier, I guess I''ll train." Sear?h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It seems that the training was going to be tough. Will I be able to stay safe? I¡­ "I finally met someone who''s stronger than me¡­" "Eh?" With a sad expression, Iris-san muttered something, but I couldn''t hear her. Then Iris-san looked up, suddenly realizing something, and her eyes lit up. "Yes, that''s it!" "W-what''s wrong?" The tension was so high that I was slightly pressured to ask. "Yuuya-kun! I''ll make you my disciple too!" "¡­Huh?" (Hou?) For some reason, Master Usagi nodded in admiration while I looked puzzled at Iris-san''s words. (That''s good. My technique is not enough for you. You should train with Iris for a while.) "Ueeeee? W-wait! Even if you suddenly say something like that!" "It''s okay, it''s okay! Please don''t be shy; leave it all to this Onee-san! ¡­You''re already stronger than me. If we continue to deepen our relationship as master and disciple, we can get married! I''m a genius!" "U-um, Iris-san?" "Now that we''ve decided, let''s start training right away!" "Eeeeeeehhh! N-now? We just finished fighting!" "That''s why!" Iris-san''s words made my face turn pale. S-seriously¡­ the training with Master Usagi was going to be more severe from now on, and now I also have to add the training with Iris-san¡­? Will my stamina really be enough? When I had such a question in my mind, Iris-san and Master Usagi suddenly turned their gazes sharply towards the castle. "What''s wrong?" "¡­There''s an incredible amount of magic power just now¡­" (Did you feel it too, Iris¡­? What the heck is that magic power¡­?) It seems that they felt a great magic power from the castle, and they have a stern expression on their faces. ©¤©¤However, at this time, I did not think that what was happening in the castle of the Regal Kingdom would be directly related to me at all. Chapter 126 - Book 6: Afterword Here''s the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for taking a look at this work. I''m Miku, the author. I hope everyone is doing well. As for me, I''m in good health. I hope you enjoyed this story as a way to pass the time. As for the story of this volume, Yuuya is once again very busy with the battle against the Sword Saint and the Evil''s main body. In addition, in the real world, the other world''s influence has started to spread to the Earth, such as meeting the Evil Beast at the place where Kaori and the others went to test their courage. On the other hand, in the other world, in the Regal Kingdom, a ritual of summoning a holy maiden was held in order to fight against Evil. As a result, the holy shrine maiden Mai Kagurazaka, who had been living on Earth, was summoned to the other world¡­ What will happen now? S§×arch* The n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It''s a mystery to me as well. So I hope you''ll look forward to the next volume with me. Now, I''d like to thank my editor-in-charge-sama for his cooperation again. I would like to thank Reine Kuwashima-sama for the cool illustrations that made this work so wonderful. I would also like to express my heartfelt gratitude to all the readers who have picked up this book and enjoyed it. Thank you very much. See you soon. Miku. Chapter 127 - Book 7: Prologue Here''s the 7th volume''s prologue, I hope you can enjoy this volume as well~ Prologue The world''s negative energy is swirling. The ground is withering, and it is impossible for living things to survive in the farthest reaches of the¡­ [World''s Disposal Ground]. A while after Yuuya''s existence became known to the Evil, the Evil with the form of a young man summoned the group again. "¡­It''s unusual for us to be summoned this often." A nervous-looking Evil, who had arrived a step ahead of the others, muttered quietly. "But will the others come? They didn''t even respond to the previous call¡­" "©¤©¤You don''t need to worry about them; it''s all good." "!" When he heard a new voice, the nervous-looking Evil turned around and saw the young-looking Evil there. However, the nervous-looking Evil noticed that there was something a little strange about him. It was similar to the change that occurred immediately after the death of the recently deceased Evil with the form of a boy ©¤ Quarro. "This is¡­ what does this mean? You seem to have gotten much stronger in a little while I haven''t seen you ¡­" The nervous-looking Evil was overwhelmed by the presence of the young-looking Evil. It''s to the extent that the quality of the power emitting from the young man seemed to have improved over the years. So, the nervous-looking Evil came up with a thought. "Could it be that you killed the others?" There had been several gatherings of the Evil at this World''s Disposal Ground, but the only ones who gathered previously were the young man Evil, the nervous-looking Evil, and the now-deceased Quarro. However, there was no way that the three of them were the only Evil that existed in the world as a manifestation of the negative energy. There were Evil all over the world, and each of them spent their time as they pleased. This was why nervous-looking Evil thought those Evils had been killed without his knowledge. But¡­ "Yeah, those guys ©¤ I killed them all." "What©¤." The young man''s words, which he had not expected, rendered the nervous-looking Evil speechless. "Y-you killed them, you said? ¡­What are you thinking about? Quarro had been eliminated, and our strength is now reduced. And yet¡­!" "I''ve realized something." "What?" "No matter how we attack them individually as we are now, we will only lose like Quarro. That''s why we need absolute power ¨C not as a group, but as individuals." The young man''s Evil did not seem to be particularly concerned about the nervous-looking Evil reaction and told him plainly. "And now that Quarro is dead, his power has been passed to me. But that''s not enough. The person who killed Quarro is an existence that we never expected. That''s why it will take an overwhelming power to kill him and lay waste to the humans, including the Holy. Rather than gathering together like the weak, it would be better to have a single, overwhelmingly powerful person to overrun them. So I thought to myself. I''m going to be that one person, and I''m going to destroy everything." "No way¡­?" "Yeah, you''ve guessed it. I killed all the others, and they became part of me. You''re the only one left." "Kuh!" The nervous-looking Evil instantly distanced himself from the young-looking Evil. He gathered up the black mist, transformed it into a huge spear, and unleashed it directly at the young man. Facing the massive black spear approaching with terrifying speed and power, the young man Evil did not even show any pretense of avoiding it. At the moment the spear touched him¡­ the spear reverted into a black mist and dispersed. "R-ridiculous!" "The quality of my evil power is far superior to yours. Your attack would not leave a single scratch." When he heard the young man''s words, the nervous-looking Evil, thinking that he had a slim chance of winning, immediately gathered up the black mist to tried to flee from the place. However¡­ "What?" The black mist that the nervous-looking Evil desperately gathered up had dissipated again, and in contrast, it gathered around the young-looking Evil. "I told you already. The quality of my evil power is vastly superior to yours¡­ which means that all the negative power in the world has gathered around me. There is not a single evil power you can control anymore." "N-no way¡­" Before this unreasonable power, the nervous-looking Evil was at a loss for words, and the young man smiled. "But, it''s painful for me too to just kill you after we''ve been through so much together. That''s why¡­ I''ll show you the true power of my ultimate perfected Evil." "Ah©¤©¤." The dense black mist hovering around the young man''s Evil suddenly wriggled and transformed itself into the shape of a hand. Eventually multiple hands appeared as if they were growing out of the back of the young man''s Evil. Furthermore, these hands formed by the black mist were holding a variety of weapons. And when he saw the variety of weapons, the nervous-looking Evil noticed something and opened his eyes. "T-those weapons are¡­ the weapons of the Fallen Saints¡­!?" "That''s right. I killed the other Evil as well as the Fallen Saints, and this was an unexpected harvest¡­ As you can see, I''ve even acquired all the skills of the Fallen Saints." Originally, each and every individual Evil was already overwhelmingly powerful. In order to counter them, the human race up until now had managed to combat the Evil by acquiring the title of Holy for those who have mastered the skills in various fields. However, the young-looking Evil was not only powerful as an Evil, but he had also acquired the skills that the Holy had acquired and was becoming a more perfect being. "Now, I''ll take care of the rest. You can disappear in peace." "C-curse yooouuuuuu!" The nervous-looking Evil was releasing the faint remaining Evil power desperately. And at the same time, the jet black spear that the young man unleashed had pierced through the nervous-looking Evil with ease. "Gahaahhh¡­" The nervous-looking Evil had been pierced in the stomach and could no longer move properly glared at the young-looking Evil with eyes filled with tremendous murderous intent. "Y-you bastard¡­ to do something like this to me¡­!" "It''s become tedious. Just shut up and become my food." At that moment, a black mist gathered around the feet of the nervous-looking Evil. The mist took on the shape of some kind of jaw ©¤ and ate the nervous-looking Evil. "Gyaaaaaaaaaaahh!" The sound of ripping flesh, shattering bones, along with the scream of the nervous-looking Evil was heard as he was being chewed. In the end, when the sound disappeared and the black mist dispersed, the young man noticed something unusual with his body. "Ugh! O-oooohhh!" S~ea??h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The negative power surrounding the World''s Disposal Ground was gathering around the young man. In addition, new energies that were still created by the negative emotions around the world were also flowing into the young-looking Evil. The energy turned into a jet-black sphere that completely enveloped the Evil. Eventually, the jet-black sphere cracked, and the young man appeared from within. He had long jet-black hair that seemed to consume everything and black eyes that looked like bottomless holes. The power of the Evil, concentrated to the utmost limit, was leaking out of his body in a faint aura. The young man looked down at his reborn body and stared at his hands. "¡­Ah, I was right after all." When the young man gathers the power of Evil in his right palm, a jet-black sphere the size of a marble emerges. The moment he randomly threw it in front of him, a thunderous roar echoed throughout the World''s Disposal Ground. "¡­Hmm. Is the power still not completely accustomed to my new body¡­?" The young man''s Evil glared at the distant sky and laughed ferociously. "Just wait, you outsider. I''m going to wipe you out without a trace. For the first step¡­ I will go to the country where Quarro was killed to say hello©¤©¤." After evolving into the ultimate perfect form, the "God of Destruction" ©¤ Avis disappeared as if melting into the world. Chapter 128 - Book 1: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 ©¤©¤It''s been a few days since I defeated Quarro, one of the Evil. As Master Usagi had said, my training had become more severe than before. "©¤©¤[One Thousand Spear Piercing]!" (Hmph.) I transformed to the Evil and unleashed the Spear Saint technique that I had acquired during the battle with the Fallen Saint. I had awakened a new power during that battle¡­ Thanks to the [Evil Den''s Eye], I was able to use some of the Spear Saint''s technique. But neither the [Evil Den''s Eye] nor the Spear Saint technique were reflected in my status. It seemed that I had acquired them as my own unique skills. With my new skills, countless spear attacks were directed at Master Usagi. However, Master Usagi didn''t seem to be overwhelmed by the number of attacks and just brushed them off with his legs. "S-seriously?" (Do you think that your attacks which aren''t equipped with the [Magic Attire] would hit me? Here, do not let your mind wander¡­!) "Whoa!" After Master Usagi parried away my attack lightly, he accelerated straight at me and mercilessly directed a kick at my face. I managed to avoid it by turning my upper body. Then I countered by kicking Master Usagi while upside down. "Oh?" Master Usagi seemed a little impressed by my action, but he casually used my kick as a foothold and moved away from me. (You used to be too preoccupied to avoid it, but now you''re fighting back¡­ It looks like you''re growing up, at least.) "I-I wonder if that''s true¡­" I''m not confident at all. After all, my attacks were all deflected, so I didn''t feel like I was growing up at all. I know that if I don''t use [Magic Attire], I won''t be able to land an attack, but this training also has the purpose of raising my natural strength, so I didn''t use it on purpose. (Well, that''s fine. But if you only attack with your spear and kicks, it won''t be any different than before, right?) "¡­I know that." I put away my [Absolute Spear] and took out my [Omni-Sword]. And then©¤©¤. "[Single Sword Flash]!" (!) By applying the kicking technique that was handed down by Master Usagi to attack, I was able to approach Master Usagi with tremendous momentum, and then I was able to swing the whole sword that was in my hand to the side. This technique was a Sword Saint technique which was taught by Iris-san. The strike contained my full power, and for the first time in today''s training, Master Usagi took evasive actions instead of just brushing aside my attack. But my attack was not over yet. "©¤©¤©¤[Heavenly Rotation]!" (What?) One of the Sword Saint techniques was the [Heavenly Rotation], which was an attack that launches a tornado of slashes by slashing the sword upward from the bottom. I learned this technique from Iris-san, but I am not yet able to create a tornado as large as hers. Even so, if I unleashed it at close range, even Master Usagi wouldn''t be able to avoid it. (Hmph¡­ interesting¡­!) "Huh?" However, facing my new technique, Master Usagi smiled ferociously, which was completely uncharacteristic of a rabbit, and he dispelled the oncoming tornado of slashes with his foot. (Unfortunately, you''re not quite there yet.) "I guess¡­?" (Mmm?) Master Usagi thought my attack was over, but my focus was on my next attack. This was one of the most powerful techniques that Iris-san taught me. It is©¤©¤©¤. "[Heavenly Saint Slash]©¤©¤!" While Master Usagi dealt with the tornado of slashes I''ve unleashed, I adjusted my stance and took a big step forward as I did with the [Single Sword Flash]. The preliminary movement of the attack was so large that if I were to unleash it normally, Master Usagi would have easily avoided it. But right now, Master Usagi was in the middle of dealing with another of my techniques. There was no way he could prevent it. "Haaaaaaah!" As I stepped forward with all my might, I poured my magic power into the [Omni-Sword], causing it to glow pale blue and it transformed into a giant light sword. The light sword was swung down with great force at Master Usagi. (Kuhahahahaha! That''s good, that''s good! [Breaking Flash Kick]!) However, Master Usagi, who had managed to deal with the tornado of slashes that I had unleashed, pulled his foot back to the extreme and then released it in one fell swoop to unleash a kick. The power of the kick was so great that it pierced the slash of extreme magical power that I had unleashed! It was as if he had focused all his strength to break through at a single point, and his technique easily surpassed the results of my training. I''m not a true Holy, so I used the magic power I inherited from Sage-san as a substitute. However, the power was close to that of the actual [Heavenly Saint Slash]¡­ and even my full power version of the [Heavenly Saint Slash] still could not reach Master Usagi in the end. "Am I really growing up¡­?" A weak voice unintentionally leaked out of my mouth, but please forgive me. As I was sighing heavily, Master Usagi broke through my [Heavenly Saint Slash]; he kept his distance and released his fighting stance. (Hmm, do you want to leave it at that for today? Even so, being able to easily absorb not only my technique but also the Sword Saint technique makes me more and more curious about what you are.) "A-ahahaha¡­" "©¤©¤It looks like it''s over." A female voice called out to me after I finished my training with Master Usagi. When I turned my gaze towards the voice, I saw Iris-san standing there with a towel in her hand. "Yes, here''s the towel." "Ah¡­ sorry, thank you." "And here''s your water. So, are you hurt or something? Are you okay?" "Eh? I-I''m fine!" "Are you sure? You''re not lying, are you? If there''s anything that''s bothering you, don''t hesitate to tell your Onee-san, okay?" Iris-san was taking such good care of me that I''m afraid I''m going to shrink, but since Master Usagi has never cared for me like this before in my training, I''m somewhat confused. However, I was grateful that she was concerned about me, so I thanked her honestly. "T-thank you very much. Thank you so much for doing this for me¡­" "It''s okay. ¡­I want to be with you as much as possible like this." "Eh?" "It''s nothing." "H-huh¡­" As you may have guessed from Iris-san''s presence here, after Quarro''s attack, not only did the intensity of my training with Master Usagi increase, but Iris-san also began training me. As a result, I was able to use the Sword Saint techniques, like the [Single Sword Flash] that I just unleashed on Master Usagi. ¡­The control was still not as good as it should be, and it was not as powerful nor fast as Iris-san''s, so I need to continue training well¡­ However, just like the Spear Saint technique, the Sword Saint techniques were not reflected in my status for some reason. When I let out a sigh again, Iris-san looked around. "Even so¡­ I never thought that Yuuya-kun is living in the Great Devil''s Nest¡­ and this house seems to be protected by magic that even I don''t understand¡­ No wonder that Usagi is learning magic from Yuuya-kun. I wonder if I should learn it too?" Yes, Iris-san had come to my house in the Great Devil''s Nest, just like Master Usagi, to train me. "That''s just¡­ I''m not that good enough to teach you¡­" "You say this is not good enough¡­? No matter how I look at it, I think you''re a better magician than the Magic Saint¡­" (I agree with you. The self-enhancement provided by the [Magic Attire] is also powerful. You''re still a little lacking when it comes to combat techniques, Yuuya, but when it comes to magic, there''s a lot to learn from you.) Both Master Usagi and Iris-san gave me such praise, but this was all just something that I inherited from Sage-san, or rather, something that was simply given to me. It''s not that I''m amazing, but it''s Sage-san that was too amazing. ¡­The only thing I can do was to become a person worthy of the power I inherited from Sage-san, even if only a little. I have to work hard. As I was thinking about this, Yuti came over from the house. "Suggestion. Yuuya, it''s time for dinner." "Oh, it''s already that time, huh¡­?" "Affirmative. Both Ouma-san and I are looking forward to it." "Yes, yes." I couldn''t help but let out a wry smile at Yuti''s honest words. Well, Ouma-san could not go out of the house on Earth, so I understood that the only thing he could enjoy was eating. The training with Master Usagi and Iris-san was so intense that I lost track of time, but it was already time to eat. Then Iris-san stared at Yuti and muttered in some dissatisfaction. "¡­I still don''t agree with it." "Eh?" "Why are you living with a woman other than me¡­?" "¡­..What?" Iris-san shouted as if she was crying tears of blood. "You''re living under the same roof with a beautiful young girl¡­! I don''t see how I can win! I mean, no matter what, i-it''s just so shameful!" "Hmm? Problem. I have nowhere else to go. Yuuya invited me to live with him. That''s why I''m here." "H-h-he invited you¡­?" Iris-san shouted, her face growing redder and redder. W-well, if I left Yuti alone, she would have continued to live in the wild forever¡­ "I-I wonder if young people these days are too liberal¡­? Or am I just too far behind?" "Um, Iris-san?" Iris-san was cool and sharp when she was training, but sometimes she said strange things and acted weird. It could be said that this was the reason behind the familiarity. "More importantly! I heard that you''re the disciple of¡­ Bow Saint?" "Affirmative. I''m Yuti, the disciple of the Bow Saint." "Yes, Yuti-chan. I want to ask you one question, why are you asking Yuuya to prepare the food for you? If you''re the Bow Saint''s apprentice, I''m sure she''s taught you well, including household chores, but¡­" "Hmm? Negative. The only thing I learned from my master was the Bow Saint techniques. My master did everything else." "Eh? Ah, no¡­ her caring nature may have backfired¡­ rather than being overprotective, I think it is beyond that¡­" S~ea??h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Iris-san was taken aback by Yuti''s words. No, I was surprised too. She said she couldn''t even take off her clothes by herself. It''s not a problem now, though. Kaori taught her a lot of things about that, so she was really helpful. Then Iris-san, who had been looking dumbfounded, seemed to notice something, and her face brightened. "Sigh! That''s right; if I show off my household skills here, I''ll have a chance¡­!? Yuuya-kun!" "Y-yes." "Onee-san will be the one cooking for you today." "Eh?" I opened my eyes at the unexpected words. "Since this is a great opportunity, Yuuya-kun¡­ Um, I think I''ll cook for you today to deepen our friendship¡­ H-how about it?" "N-no, I mean¡­ I appreciate the thought of deepening our friendship, but if that''s the case, I''d rather be the one to cook¡­" "It''s okay! Please leave this to Onee-san! I''ve been doing bridal training for a while now, so I''m pretty good at housework¡­ though I''ve never had anyone to show it off to." In the end, Iris-san muttered something quietly and gave a distant look. "Um¡­ Is that okay?" "Of course. I''d rather you leave it to me." "I-if you say so, then¡­ please." "Expectations. Let''s see what the Sword Saint can do." "Why is Yuti looking so high and mighty about this¡­?" Yuti, you couldn''t do housework¡­ I wanted to say that again, but I held back. Then, Master Usagi, who was watching our exchange, turned his back on us. (Hmph. The training for today is over. Do what you want with the rest.) "Ah, Master Usagi, aren''t you going to eat with us?" (It''s okay. It''s more troublesome to get caught up in the fight between those two women.) "Eh, a fight?" When I turned my gaze to Iris-san and Yuti, I couldn''t help but notice that although they were quietly looking at each other, there seemed to be sparks flying between their gazes. W-what is it? (Well, you''ll just have to do your best.) After saying that much, Master Usagi walked out of the barrier of Sage-san''s house, jumped up into the air from there, and flew away somewhere using the air as a foothold. "Eeeh¡­?" As I looked over at Master Usagi, who had left after saying something disturbingly, Iris-san also turned her gaze in the same direction. "Usagi is the same as ever¡­ Now then, I''d like to cook quickly, may I borrow your kitchen?" "Ah, c-come this way, please!" In this manner, I entered Sage-san''s house together with Iris-san and Yuti. Chapter 129 - Book 1: Part 2 And so, I made a goal for it on my Ko-Fi''s page; I''d really appreciate every penny you donate for it. I hope it won''t annoy anyone, and that''s all for it. Thank you very much, and here''s my Ko-Fi''s page: https://ko-fi.com/nyxtranslation NB: I didn''t include different world cheat as it''s the latest volume published for now. Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 It''s not often that I invite someone to Sage-san''s house, so it was somewhat refreshing to see Iris-san in Sage-san''s house. Until recently, Lexia-san used to come over for whatever reason, but lately, her visits had been decreasing. Well, it''s strange for a princess to visit such a dangerous place so often, isn''t it? But Master Usagi, who I trained with every day, had actually never entered Sage-san''s house. He''s always just training with me in the garden. Sear?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. By the way, once there was a time when Lexia-san tried to cook in Sage-san''s kitchen¡­ No, that can''t be considered cooking¡­? The only thing I remembered was that it was very dangerous¡­ I was shuddering as I remembered that moment, and Iris-san was looking around the kitchen. "Ara¡­ it''s so well maintained. As Yuti-chan said, you are usually the one who does the cooking, aren''t you?" "Yes, well¡­" "Woof?" "Fugo?" "Hey, it''s time to eat. Hurry up." As I explained the cooking utensils'' places to Iris-san, Night, Akatsuki, and Ouma-san also came to the kitchen. When Iris-san saw Night and the others, she widened her eyes. "C-come to think of it¡­ I''ve been wondering about this since we met at the Regal Kingdom¡­" "Oh, I haven''t introduced them to you, by the way. This is my family, Night, Akatsuki, and Ouma-san." "Woof." "Fugo." "Hmph." Night sat up neatly and let out a single bark, while Akatsuki responded at his own pace as his usual self, raising his right paw in a carefree manner. And Ouma-san, needless to say, showed no interest in Iris-san and laid down comfortably on the floor. As I smiled at the three of them, Iris-san froze. "Hmm, what''s wrong, Iris-san?" "B-Black Fenrir¡­?" "Ah, Night, is it? Apparently, he''s from such a race. I heard they''re rare and very strong¡­" "A Black Fenrir is not something that can be described in such simple terms as rare and very strong, you know!" "Eh?" "Affirmative. Yuuya, your perception is a little odd." "T-that''s¡­" I''ve been told the same thing by Yuti, but did I say something so strange? Ouma-san said that if it''s only about strength, it''s a race that is comparable to himself, but I don''t really feel that way about it either. More importantly, when I see Night in his daily life, he doesn''t seem to be as unpredictable as Ouma-san, and he''s very smart, so I don''t really understand such a statement. Well, whatever it is, Night is Night, right? When I stroked Night with this in mind, he narrowed his eyes and rubbed his body against my hand. Mmm, as I thought, he''s cute. Then, perhaps envying Night, Akatsuki slipped under my other free hand and pressed his head against it. "Buhi. Fugo~." "Yes, yes, I''ll stroke you too." "¡­By the way, what''s that red pig?" "Akatsuki? I heard that Akatsuki''s race is called¡­ [Mouju], but I don''t know much about them. Master Usagi said that they are one of this planet''s self-purification mechanisms, and they play a similar role to those of the Holy such as Iris-san and Master Usagi¡­" "¡­..Then, what about the little dragon?" "Ouma-san is an existence from the legend called the [Genesis Dragon]. I don''t know much about the details, but I heard that he is incredibly strong¡­" Well, I''ve never seen him fight. Considering how intimidating he was when I first met him, there was no way he was weak. In fact, it''s hard to believe that an existence that has been alive since the time this planet was created would be considered weak. More than that, when I introduced Night and the others again like this, it made me realize that I still don''t know much about these three at all. However, they are still an important part of my family. When I finished introducing everyone, I looked at Iris-san again, and she had a dumbfounded expression on her face. "U-um¡­ Iris-san?" "¡­Sigh! I am really surprised at how crazy it is¡­ wait, no, no, no! It''s just strange!" "Eh?" "How can you be so calm? It''s Black Fenrir, you know? It''s a race that all of us Holy, and even our enemy, the Evil, would be no match for even if we all joined together. In addition, there is also a holy beast that is born with a special power to fight against Evil. And to top it all off, the Genesis Dragon, you say¡­ it''s really unbelievable¡­!" "Affirmative. Your reaction is just right." In response to Iris-san''s exclamation, Yuti nodded quietly. W-well, Ouma-san is surely an extraordinary existence, but are Night and Akatsuki really that much of a cause for concern? They''re just cute and dependable family members of mine. Then Ouma-san, who seemed to have been listening to Iris-san''s words, opened one eye from his prone position and turned his sharp gaze on Iris-san. "Ho? Little girl. You don''t believe that I''m the Genesis Dragon, do you?" "Huh?" It does not affect me, but I could tell that Ouma-san was intimidating Iris-san because her complexion instantly turned white, and she began to sweat profusely. Seeing this, I hurriedly warned Ouma-san. "Hey, Ouma-san! Don''t be so quick to threaten people like that!" "W-what is it? Yuuya, you say that, but¡­" "It would be nice if someone can just accept that Ouma-san is the Genesis Dragon. But, it is a problem if you had to react every time like this happened." "M-mm¡­ You''re right, but¡­" "And today''s meal will be made by Iris-san. If Ouma-san intimidates her, she won''t be able to cook." "What? I-it would be bad! I''m hungry already! The food must be prepared as soon as possible!" Ouma-san seemed to have stopped intimidating Iris-san when he replied in a panic to my words, and Iris-san was gasping for air over and over again. "Hah! Hah! Hah!" "Iris-san! Are you okay?" "Hah¡­ Hah¡­ Y-yeah¡­ T-thank you¡­" "No problem! I''m sorry, too¡­" "It''s okay. I also made a rude remark¡­ Ouma-sama¡­ right? Please forgive my rudeness." Iris-san said and bowed to Ouma-san. Then, Ouma-san snorted. "Hmph. Just remember that. And there is no need to address me as such. It''s annoying." "¡­Yes. I understand. Thank you very much." "The one who can speak strongly against Ouma-san is only Yuuya." "Looks like it¡­" "Eeeh?" I don''t think that''s the case¡­ but I do believe that Ouma-san would understand if I explained it properly. When I thought about that, Iris-san turned her gaze to me once again. "¡­As expected, your family''s fighting force is crazy. It feels strange for us to be worrying about Evil¡­" "W-well, isn''t that okay? However, Ouma-san said that he wouldn''t participate in the battle against Evil¡­" "¡­Is that so? When it comes to the Genesis Dragon, he probably won''t be interested in our fight¡­ But will the Black Fenrir Night be participating?" "Yes. Night will fight with us. He''s still a kid, though, so he''s still growing up, just like me." "No, even though he''s still growing up, it''s very reassuring to have the legendary Black Fenrir as a companion. Night-chan, please take care of me, okay?" "Woof!" Iris-san bends down and gently pets Night. In response to Iris-san, Night barked cheerfully. It''s as if he was saying, "Leave it to me!" "Buhi, buhi, buhi~!" "Oh, you''re going to help too, right, Akatsuki-chan?" "Buhi¡­" When Akatsuki, annoyed by the fact that Iris-san petted only Night, squealed as if to assert himself, Iris-san stroked Akatsuki as well. Then Iris-san, who had petted both of them for a while, stood up and said with a cheerful expression. "Now, let''s make some food to eat. Can I use the ingredients from this house?" "Yes, please." I''ve got many ingredients, from the outrageous vegetables from Sage-san''s garden to the monster materials I''ve acquired from training with Master Usagi and from my personal explorations of the Great Devil''s Nest. When Iris-san got the ingredients, she started cooking, and I decided to watch Iris-san cook for a while. ¡­No, it''s not that I don''t trust her, but there are precedents, like Lexia-san. A knife flew into the air at that time, after all¡­ When I thought about that, Iris-san picked up one of the ingredients I had prepared, the [Godspeed Potato], and threw it lightly into the air. And then©¤©¤. Kiiiiiiin. "Whoa!" The potatoes that were thrown into the air were instantly chopped up and fell slowly onto the cutting board. No way, did she use the Sword Saint technique for cooking? Is that okay? That technique is a power to defeat Evil, right? "©¤©¤©¤[Thousand Swords]!" "Not shredded!" After that, Iris-san took out a cabbage, which, similarly to the potato, she threw into the air and sliced it into strips in an instant. I don''t know if it''s a good idea to use the Holy technique for mere slicing! "[Spiral Rotation Slash]! [Unparalleled War Dance]! [Twilight Slash]!" Peeling, chopping, and slicing thinly¡­ such casual knife work were all done with the Sword Saint techniques. And at the same time, with the effect of my [Evil Den''s Eye], I also mastered each of those techniques. However, I couldn''t exactly be happy about it. After all, it was not something that I acquired through training; it was something acquired just by watching a part of the cooking process¡­! As I rolled my eyes at the unexpected cooking method, Kuro, who was inside me, woke up with a yawn. "Fuwahhhh. Did you finish your training? ¡­Ah? Why is the Sword Saint cooking in this house?" "N-no, um¡­ after the training was over, Yuti told me it was time to eat. Then, in order to deepen the friendship, Iris-san decided to cook for us¡­" "Heh? That Sword Saint is going to cook for you¡­" Kuro seemed to be somewhat impressed, and he turned his attention to Iris-san''s cooking as well as mine. "¡­Hey, Yuuya. Did my eyes go crazy? That Sword Saint is using Holy technique for cooking?" "¡­It''s not a mistake; she''s really using it." "The technique of the strongest of the Holy, the Sword Saint, is used for cooking¡­ and from the perspective of the Evil, this is a complicated feeling¡­" I guess so¡­ Kuro was now a part of my life, but originally he was a part of the Evil''s power. The fact that the techniques of the Sword Saint were used in cooking must be an indescribable feeling. While Kuro and I were talking about this, Iris-san''s cooking proceeded, throwing ingredients one after another and chopping them up in an instant. But she wasn''t just cutting them up randomly. Each of the ingredients was cut to a specific size. "This is the way it is prepared¡­ and all the ingredients have a certain extraordinary vibe, and the seasonings are only of the highest quality. How can this be¡­?" Iris-san was astonished when she saw the seasonings in the kitchen. W-well, as for the seasonings, they''re all from Earth. I''ve moved them to glass jars from this world so that people won''t know they''re from Earth though. After the ingredients were prepared, she started cooking using the frying pan in the kitchen, and the food was finally ready. Iris-san''s cooking skills were nothing to worry about. Although I was surprised that she used the Sword Saint technique at first, I could tell that she was used to cooking regularly. "I-it''s done." "Hmm. Let''s see how good it is." "Affirmative. Let''s see what she can do." I couldn''t understand why Ouma-san and Yuti were acting so high¡­ While amazed at their behavior, I helped Iris-san carry the food to the table. "Let me help you." "T-thank you ©¤ eh, t-t-this feels just like a newlywed couple¡­!" "Eh?" "I-it''s nothing! Come on, let''s eat quickly!" While tilting my head against the suddenly excited Iris-san, each of us took a seat. "Well then¡­ Itadakimasu¡­" I immediately took a bite of Iris-san''s food and was surprised by its taste. "Hmm! It''s so delicious!" "R-really? It''s the first time I''ve served it to someone¡­ but I''m glad it turned out well." It seemed that we were the first ones to try Iris-san''s home cooking. As Iris-san''s cheeks reddened slightly at my words, Ouma-san, who had looked up to me just now, gobbled up the food. "Ouma-san also seems to find Iris-san''s cooking suitable for his taste." "Ugh¡­ W-w-well, it''s not bad!" Why couldn''t he just honestly say it''s delicious there¡­? No matter how I looked at it, it looked as if he enjoyed Iris-san''s cooking. Then Yuti, who was also acting high and mighty, distorted her face in frustration and took a bite of the food. "Defeat. The Sword Saint''s food is delicious¡­" "No, what were you competing in¡­?" I couldn''t help but smile bitterly at Ouma-san and Yuti''s words and actions. By the way, Night and Akatsuki did not particularly complain from the beginning, and they ate Iris-san''s food with relish. These two were so cute and honest. Iris-san, who was looking at us with some happiness, suddenly opened her mouth. "That''s right. As one of your masters, I''m going to continue to teach you many things¡­ And whenever you train with me, I''ll cook for you." "Eh?" "If you want, I can do your cleaning and laundry too." "No, no, no! I can''t ask you to do that! I''m your apprentice, after all¡­" "That''s why. If I do the housework for you, you can use that time to train yourself, right?" "N-no, that may be true, but¡­!" "It''s okay. You can leave it to Onee-san! Yuuya-kun should train without worry!" What should I do? Iris-san is spoiling me so much¡­! I''ve been training with Iris-san for a while now, and I''ve found that she''s been more lenient with me than I expected. Of course, the training was tough, but she didn''t push me as hard as Master Usagi; she suggested many breaks and tried to take care of me. That''s very helpful, but if she spoils me too much, I''ll become a good-for-nothing¡­ When I was confused by Iris-san''s words, she was somewhat taken aback by the euphoria. "Oh¡­ my efforts are paying off¡­! If it keeps going like this¡­ we''re going to get married¡­!" As I looked at Iris-san, who occasionally departed to some distant world, I pondered how I should persuade her. Chapter 130 - Book 1: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 "So, Yuuya-kun, I''m going to give you a massage." "What''s the reason for that?" After we finished eating, Iris-san suddenly said that with a lovely smile. And then she tilted her head in wonder. "Is there something wrong?" "Um¡­ how did you come up with that idea?" "Ara, it''s quite simple. I''m your master, and taking care of my apprentice''s body is one of the most important things a master can do. That''s why I''m going to help you relax your tired body." "Huh? B-but, Master Usagi has never done that for me before." "Well, it can''t be helped. It''s Usagi, after all. But, I''m not Usagi! Therefore, please leave it to me!" I was pushed over the edge and ended up accepting a massage from Iris-san. However¡­ "Hmm? What are you doing? Take off your clothes first." "Take off my clothes? Why?" "Of course, because I''m going to use this." What Iris-san showed me was a thick orange liquid in a clear bottle. "W-what''s that?" sea??h th§× N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "It''s an oil that I have formulated myself. It can be used to heal your muscles effectively. By infusing my Holy power into it, your body will be healed even more effectively. So come on, take it off!" "U-ugh¡­ Y-yes¡­" Fortunately, I had a swimsuit thanks to my trip to the beach with Kaori and the others some time ago, so I changed into that swimsuit. And Iris-san, who had finished her preparations, looked back at me. "Now, we are¡­ rea¡­ dy¡­" "Huh? I-Iris-san?" For some reason, Iris-san froze at the sight of me. Then, gradually, her face turned red, and she turned away from me with great force. "W-wait! After thinking about it, it''s the first time that I will touch¡­ a naked man! W-w-w-what should I do?" "I-Iris-san?" "Huh? I-I''m sorry. W-well then¡­ can you lie down there?" I was asked to lie face down on the bed. Then, oil dripped on my back. Ugh¡­ it''s a little cold¡­ I was surprised at the oil''s coldness for a moment, but then Iris-san''s hand joined in. "Ugh!" At first, it was very ticklish and embarrassing because of the feeling of the thick oil and the fact that someone was touching my body, but¡­ Iris-san''s massage was very pleasant. What can I say¡­? Iris-san was right; I could feel that she was rubbing and healing my muscles that I had overworked during my training. Of course, there were no wounds on my body. Still, as Iris-san massaged me with the power of the Holy, I felt the fatigue that had built up in my body disappear, and I was healed from the core of my body. This was¡­ going to be addictive¡­ But rather than that, I was starting to feel sleepy¡­ A message suddenly appeared in front of my eyes as I began to doze off over the pleasant feeling. You have acquired the skill [Holy Soul]. Eeehh¡­? Ho-Holy Soul? Why did I suddenly acquire this skill, and what are its effects? Although I would usually check right away, I was too sleepy to do so right now. At first, I tried to fight the drowsiness, but in the end, I succumbed and fell asleep without checking the new skill I had acquired. £ª£ª£ª "¡­.." When the massage caused Yuuya to fall asleep, Iris''s mind was in serious trouble. (Wait, wait, wait, wait, wait! I-I''m now¡­ touching the skin of a man!) While desperately trying to calm her inner turmoil, Iris continued her massage. The only person who had ever given this massage to Iris was her master, the previous generation of Sword Saint. This was the first time she had given a massage to a man, and she was confused. She had never been in any relationship with the opposite sex before. The only man she was close to was her father, so she had never had the opportunity to get this close to a man, much less touch their skin. But Iris wasn''t the only one getting flustered. "Aaaarrggh! S-Stop it¡­! H-hey, Yuuya! Wake up! Wake up and stop this woman!" While Iris continued her massage, Kuro, who was inside Yuuya, was screaming. This was because the massage that Iris was giving used the Holy''s power, and by pouring it into Yuuya''s body, combined with the effects of the oil, it was healing Yuuya''s body. That''s why this massage was nothing but torture for the Evil Kuro, who was originally an enemy of the Holy. "Hey, Sword Saint! Stop that hand right now! If it continues¡­ I will be gone!" (W-whoa¡­ A-as expected¡­ M-men are very strong¡­) "N-no, my eyes are completely turned off¡­!" Kuro''s cry did not reach Iris. Instead, Kuro''s voice can only reach Yuuya, so it could be said that it was a futile resistance. (More than that, Yuuya-kun, he''s sleeping¡­ right? It''s really a beautiful face when I look at him like this¡­). Iris, who was able to look at Yuuya''s face more closely than usual, was naturally drawn to his face. (When I think about it, this boy saved me from Quarro''s attack¡­ I never thought of having a man save me before¡­) Iris blushed again as she remembered how Yuuya had held her and saved her when Quarro attacked. Even though Iris didn''t seem to be concentrating on the massage, her hands were precisely taking care of Yuuya''s body without the slightest hesitation. "Damn it! This woman doesn''t look like she''s concentrating at all, but she''s pouring the power of the Holy into Yuuya''s body¡­! She shouldn''t use her skill as Sword Saint here!" Kuro''s cry was plausible. If Usagi had seen this scene or had witnessed Iris''s cooking, he would have been just as appalled as Kuro. Iris used her power as the Sword Saint for her daily life. However, as a result, Iris was able to effectively use her power as the Sword Saint in any situation, which was probably why she was called the strongest among the Holy. In the meantime, Yuuya''s lips suddenly entered Iris''s field of vision. "¡­Hey! Sword Saint? What the hell are you thinking? Your eyes are getting scarier¡­!" (¡­Huh? Y-you can''t do that, Iris! Yuuya-kun is much younger than you! To do that to such a boy¡­ moreover, he is unconscious¡­!) Iris contemplated this, but her gaze remained fixed on Yuuya''s lips. And she naturally swallowed her saliva. "T-this woman, could it be¡­! She wants to kiss Yuuya?" (¡­J-just a little¡­ I think it''s okay if only a little¡­) Kuro finally came to understand what Iris was trying to do to Yuuya. Aside from the panicked Kuro, Iris gradually brought her face closer to Yuuya while her face turned red. "H-hey! Yuuya! Wake up quickly! If not¡­ you will be kissed by this woman!" Kuro repeatedly called out to Yuuya, but Yuuya still would not wake up. And then©¤©¤. "Hmm¡­?" "?????" Just before Iris''s lips touched Yuuya''s lips, Yuuya finally woke up. Iris, who instantly sensed his presence, fully displayed her physical abilities as the Sword Saint and distanced herself from Yuuya''s face with unstoppable speed. Yuuya, who had no idea what was happening, rubbed his eyes sleepily. "Ah¡­ I-I''m sorry¡­ I must have fallen asleep because it felt so good¡­" Iris then shook her head with all her might to Yuuya, who said that with an apologetic expression. "I-it''s okay! I-it''s not a problem! You must be tired from the training! It can''t be helped!" "T-thank you very much. ¡­Um, what''s wrong?" "Huh?" Iris made a strange voice in response to Yuuya''s question. But Iris did her best to maintain her composure as she answered Yuuya. "I-it''s nothing! Yes, nothing!" "I-is that so? That''s fine then¡­" For Yuuya, who twisted his head with a somewhat strange expression, Kuro was relieved that the power of the Holy was no longer pouring into Yuuya''s body, but he also cursed. "Nothing, my ass! She afflicted me with a lot of pain, and then she tried to give Yuuya a strange kind of trouble." "Eh? Strange kind of trouble?" "Giku!" While confused as to why Kuro seemed to be in a bad mood, Yuuya recited Kuro''s words. Then, Iris froze when she heard it. "W-w-w-what are you talking about? I just wanted to make sure that Yuuya-kun''s body was in good shape. There''s nothing else¡­ yes, nothing¡­!" Yuuya felt a little uncomfortable with Iris''s behavior but realized that the treatment was over and stretched out. "Hmm¡­! Aaahh! That was amazing! My body feels so much lighter now!" "R-really? That''s good to hear." "Yes! Thank you so much!" "Ugh¡­!" In front of Yuuya''s innocent smile and his ignorance of this whole event, Iris turned her face away. However, Iris did not intend to end here. "T-then, for the future training¡­" "Yes." "Whenever you finish your training, I will give you a massage, so keep that in mind, okay?" "Geehh?" "Eh? T-this is not the only time?" Yuuya raised his voice in surprise at Iris''s words, and Kuro raised his voice of disgust from the bottom of his heart. However, Kuro''s voice could not reach Iris, of course, so Iris continued without any sign of concern. "It''s natural, isn''t it? If you don''t take care of your body every time you finish your training, it''s meaningless. It''s not that you dislike it, is it?" "That''s, well¡­" "Hey, Yuuya! I don''t like it! I almost died while you were sleeping." "Eeh? Why?" "Of course it''s because she poured the power of the Holy into me! I''m the Evil! The Holy''s power is a deadly poison to me!" "Oh, that''s right¡­" "What do you mean by that?" Kuro was speechless when Yuuya''s answer was too simple. "But it''s also true that my body felt great¡­" "Guh¡­ it''s certainly true that the massage itself is painful, but¡­ my body is also more comfortable now than before." "Is that so?" Yuuya did not understand, but it was no exaggeration to say that Kuro lived in Yuuya. The condition of Yuuya''s body was directly related to Kuro''s comfort. Therefore, the healthier Yuuya was, the more comfortable the environment would be for Kuro. Knowing this, Kuro couldn''t argue strongly with Yuuya''s words. Thinking that by enduring the pain for a short time, he would be able to be more comfortable in Yuuya''s body, Kuro did not say anything more. Iris tilted her head at Yuuya, who was lost in conversation with Kuro. "What''s wrong?" "I-it''s nothing!" "Really? Well, anyway! I''m going to keep massaging you, so please keep that in mind, okay?" "Y-yes. Well then¡­ please take care of me." Iris made an agreement with Yuuya for massages and inwardly posed a gut pose. She had the opportunity to touch Yuuya''s body legally¡­ This was the result of Iris''s persistence, as she had been unlucky with the opposite sex until this age and had missed out on marriage. ©¤©¤Thus, the strict and lenient training life of Yuuya continues. Chapter 131 - Book 2: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 ©¤©¤In a certain high-class restaurant. It''s a well-known restaurant that celebrities, presidents of various companies, and politicians visit, and it''s not a place that ordinary people can often get into. In such a place, Miu was eating somewhat uncomfortably. "©¤©¤Miu. You know what we''re going to talk about today, don''t you?" "¡­Yes." A middle-aged man with a well-developed face that resembled Miu''s in some way, was eating across from the model with a stern expression on his face. The man in front of her was Miu''s father and the reason for Miu''s tension. "Then, it will be quick. A marriage proposal has been arranged for you. The other party is a young man who runs several entertainment facilities overseas, including a large casino. Recently, he''s been trying to start a new business with the money he''s gained from running the casinos. After hearing his story in detail, I feel that he has a very promising future. He will be a good fit for our family." "¡­.." It might be suitable for you, but it''s not for our family. Although Miu felt this way about her father''s words, she did not say it out loud. Miu''s father was the president of one of Japan''s largest companies, and Miu was actually the president''s daughter. However, instead of following her father''s ideas and joining his company, Miu jumped into the entertainment industry and became a very famous model. Therefore¡­ "¡­I''m sorry. I''m still working as a model©¤©¤." "Don''t tell me you''re turning this down for some silly show business?" "Ugh!" Being pierced by her father''s sharp gaze, Miu tensed up. In fact, she wanted to make him apologize for calling her modeling job a waste of time right now. However, she couldn''t control her body''s response, which was a subconscious reflex ingrained in her for years, and she could only remain silent. Miu''s father spoke to her as if he was talking to a poorly taught daughter. "Miu. I approved your entertainment activities because I believe it will lead to an enhancement of our company''s image. But apart from that, you have also promised to help our company grow if there is an opportunity to do so." "That''s!" "Don''t tell me you''ve forgotten that?" Miu, who was once again being looked at sharply, held her tongue again. "Well, this is for your own good, too. I don''t know about modeling or whatever, but your future is secure if you work for me instead of being in the unstable and unpredictable world of entertainment. Why can''t you understand that?" "¡­You don''t know how I feel about being a model." "I don''t know. And I''m not even interested in that." "Huh!?" "No matter what you say, I intend to proceed with this marriage proposal." "¡­.." Miu turned her face down in frustration at her father''s words. Her father let out a sigh of exasperation at the sight of her. "Good grief¡­ what''s wrong with you¡­ if you marry someone I introduce you to; your future will be secure¡­" "¡­I''m not looking for that¡­" "©¤©¤Miu. Don''t disappoint me too much." "Uh!" Miu''s body tensed up at the sound of her father''s cold voice. "You lack awareness as a member of the Midou family. For the sake of the development of the Midou family and for your future, this marriage is very important." "¡­Even so, I¡­" Miu said this in a faint voice as if she was squeezing it out, but then she thought of a strange idea. "W-well then¡­ If I can bring a man who can make father feel more at ease, then you will cancel the marriage proposal, won''t you?" "You?" "Y-yes!" Miu stared at her father with a serious expression. But her father''s expression was cold as if he knew that it was impossible. "I''ve told you many times that this marriage is for your future and will greatly affect the development of the Midou family. However, if you can bring a similar¡­ no, an even better partner, I will have no complaints." "Well then¡­!" "Well, I don''t think you can. I have some knowledge of your social circle. There has never been a man in your life that you have gotten to know personally, has there? I don''t expect you to be able to bring someone who can meet those requirements out of the blue at all." After saying that much, her father resumed his meal. It was as if he had nothing more to say, and Miu couldn''t say anything else either. £ª£ª£ª Just when I was getting used to training with Iris-san, I was told by Master Usagi and Iris-san that today would be a day off, as I had been doing a lot of training recently. However, since I was ready to train again today, I was puzzled by the sudden break. What should I do¡­? I''ve already finished my summer vacation homework early so that I can hang out with Kaori and the others before, and since I have a break from my usual training, I might as well stop doing voluntary training as well to rest my body. I groaned for a while, but then an idea occurred to me. "That''s right! Now that I have a day off, let''s go for a walk on Earth after a long while!" "Woof!" "Fugo~!" Night and Akatsuki squealed cheerfully at my words. Then, Ouma-san, who was lying down in the room, opened one eye. "Are you going out?" "Yes." "I see. Well, I don''t think it''s going to be a disaster, but be careful." "Eh?" "I''ve felt the presence of Evil before, even here on Earth. Since the worlds are connected through that door, it''s not surprising that anything can happen." When I went to visit Kaori''s vacation house, I met the Evil Beast in the place where we did the test of courage, and it seemed that Ouma-san had sensed the presence of it while he was in this house. As always, he''s amazing¡­ "What about you, Yuti?" "Stand by. I''ll stay home. I haven''t finished my homework yet." "I-is that so?" I smiled bitterly when I saw Yuti struggling with her summer vacation homework spread out on the table. Not only did she need to study for junior high school, but she also needed to catch up on the material from elementary school in order to keep up with her classes, so she needed to study more than others. It was a lot of work, but I''m always willing to help if she encountered any problems or didn''t understand something in her studies. We went out for a walk, leaving Yuti and Ouma-san to take care of things. "It''s been a while since we took a walk like this." "Woof." "Fugo." While Night wore a collar and a leash, Akatsuki didn''t have anything on him. The reason was that Akatsuki didn''t like it. Akatsuki was often at his own pace and did not do anything dangerous, and he listened to me, so I''ve left him as is for now. "Hmm?" As I was walking leisurely along the walking course, I noticed a bulletin board in the town. There was an advertisement for a summer festival to be held tomorrow night. "A summer festival¡­? I talked about going with everyone when we came back from Kaori''s vacation house¡­ but what should I do?" Unfortunately, I don''t have a smartphone, so I don''t have a way to get in touch with everyone. ¡­I guess I should just go ahead and buy some new appliances and stuff for the house. Wasn''t it impossible to sign up for a smartphone without parental consent? If that''s the case, I would like to avoid getting one¡­ Even though it was my day off, I felt depressed because I remembered something I didn''t like. "Woof!" "Hmm? What''s wrong?" I noticed that Night was staring in a certain direction. When I turned my gaze in the same direction, I saw Miu-san sitting on the riverside of our walking course, staring at the river in a gloomy mood. She looks like she''s lost in thought¡­ Did something happen to her? Fortunately, there weren''t many people around, and no one seemed to have noticed her, so I called out to her. "Miu-san?" sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Eh¡­? Oh, Yuuya-san!" When Miu-san recognized me, she raised her voice in surprise. "It''s been a while, hasn''t it?" "Yes! Ah¡­ I''m sorry that the president of my office forced you to do that before¡­" "N-no! Please don''t worry about it. I think it was a good advertisement for our school¡­" Yes, the president of the agency which Miu-san belonged to had asked me to cover the ball game of the Ousei Academy the other day. "What''s wrong? You looked like you had something on your mind¡­" "Oh, haha¡­ I''m sorry, I showed my embarrassing side." "Oh no! Is something wrong?" "No, it''s nothing serious¡­" Miu-san was on the verge of saying something, but she shook her head once and looked at the river again. "¡­Yes, that''s right. As Yuuya-san said, I was in trouble¡­" "Oh, u-um, it''s late now, but you don''t have to talk about it if you don''t want to." "Fufufu. Certainly, it''s a little late. But it''s okay. Would you mind listening for a moment?" "Y-yes." As I slowly sat down next to Miu-san, she stared at the river and began to talk in whispers. "To tell you the truth¡­ I think I might not be able to continue working as a model." "Eh?" My eyes widened at her unexpected words. After all, Miu-san was an extremely popular model. She''s been on the cover of many magazines, and there''s not a day that went by that I don''t see her in some advertisements on the street. If I might add, I didn''t think the president of the agency to which Miu-san belongs would let her go so easily. Was there some kind of trouble with her work? As if to answer my question, Miu-san continued. "Of course, it''s not that I want to do this. It''s just that my family doesn''t think I should continue working¡­" "Your family¡­" Miu-san''s words brought my parents'' faces to my mind again, but I quickly shook my head to dismiss the thought. "I love my job as a model. I love modeling, and I don''t want to quit. But it''s not a world where I can continue to work while there''s friction with my family." I didn''t know much about the entertainment industry, so I couldn''t say for sure, but I''m sure the problems she was facing were pretty complicated. Besides, I''ve never met Miu-san''s parents, so I couldn''t say anything about them, and I shouldn''t get involved in their family affairs. I couldn''t say a word to Miu-san, who struggled with her thoughts and itching to say something. Miu-san laughed, looking a little refreshed. "¡­I''m sorry for talking about this to an unrelated Yuuya-san¡­" "Oh no! I''m not¡­" "No. I like my job. I just wanted someone to hear that I love my work and that it''s something I can be proud of¡­ My father denied¡­ me that." I was at a loss for words when Miu-san smiled sadly at me. Suddenly, Miu-san stood up and stretched as hard as she could. "Hmm! It''s been a while since I went for a walk, but I was able to meet Yuuya-san like this, and more importantly, Yuuya-san listened to me. It''s a good idea to take a walk. I''ve been a little depressed lately¡­" When I saw Miu-san acting cheerfully to hide the mood she was in earlier, my mouth naturally moved. "Miu-san." "Yes?" "Do you have time tomorrow?" "Eh? Oh, you mean tomorrow? I don''t have any work tomorrow, so I do have time¡­" "I heard there''s a summer festival near here tomorrow. It might take your mind off things a bit¡­" "Eh? T-t-t-t-that will be¡­ a d-d-date." The second half of her words were too small to be heard, but I continued. "Of course, as long as you''re okay with me¡­" "N-no! It''s okay! There''s no problem!" For a moment, I was pressured by Miu-san, who seemed more excited than I expected, but then I breathed a sigh of relief. "I''m glad¡­ then let''s meet here tomorrow at 6 pm." "Y-yes!" That''s how I ended up going with Miu-san to the summer festival tomorrow. Chapter 132 - Book 2: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 "¡­No, Isn''t that too careless of me? I¡­" The next day. I started my preparations early so that I wouldn''t be late for my appointment with Miu-san, but once again, I felt that I had been too careless in inviting her. The festival we were going to was not as large as the one held in the city. However, it was still a big one, and I didn''t need to think about what would happen if Miu-san, a very famous person, showed up at such a place. The biggest problem of all was that I was too mismatched to her. In fact, I''m so out of proportion that it''s almost laughable. Is everything okay? Me¡­ "Uwaaahh¡­ I''m suddenly getting anxious¡­" S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Woof¡­" As I held my head in my hands, Night barked in concern and put one foot on my leg to comfort me. Thank you, Night. But I wanted to make Miu-san feel better, even if just a little. When I thought of that, my mouth was moving naturally¡­ However, when I thought about it more calmly, I realized that even if I wanted to cheer her up, it would be a bit too far-fetched to believe that going to a festival with me might cheer her up. I don''t know why I didn''t realize that at the time. "Well, it''s time to go!" As I was thinking about this and that, the appointed time was fast approaching, and I hurriedly left the house. Night and Akatsuki were staying at home today. Of course, Ouma-san and Yuti, who hadn''t finished her homework yet, said she would concentrate on that. Homework was important, but I think it''s okay to go out with friends. Since it was a summer festival, most people on the street were wearing yukata, but I was dressed in a normal outfit. As you probably expected, I didn''t own any yukata or anything like that, so it couldn''t be helped, but I had chosen to wear clothes that were as decent as possible so that I won''t embarrass Miu-san when I walk next to her¡­ As I approached the appointed place, the streets became more and more crowded. And I felt that the people around me were a little buzzed. Yes, Miu-san was standing quietly at the appointed spot. ©¤©¤She was dressed in a yukata. I was stunned, but Miu-san noticed my appearance and smiled. "Ah, Yuuya-san!" "Eh, ah, yes!" When I replied, my body tensed up. Miu-san walked towards me with a curious expression on her face. "Hmm? What''s wrong?" "N-no! That¡­ I didn''t expect to see you in a yukata¡­" "Oh¡­ u-um, is it¡­ weird?" "Weird? No, of course not! It looks perfect on you!" "R-really? It''s just that¡­ you''re a little close¡­" "Eh? A-aah! I-I''m sorry!" Miu-san asked if her yukata was weird, so I got closer than I should have¡­ It''s really a bit of carelessness. "I-it''s not that I don''t like it¡­ it''s just that I was a little embarrassed¡­" "¡­.." When I was working as a model, I was able to stay in close contact without much difficulty, but now that Miu-san''s cheeks were dyed red, I felt awkward. I-it''s embarrassing¡­! As we were both feeling awkward, I noticed that the buzz around us was getting louder. "H-hey, that''s¡­" "Ah, yeah. That''s Miu-chan, the model¡­ right?" "She''s wearing a yukata, so I knew she was waiting for someone in private, not at work, but¡­" "She''s got a hell of a good-looking guy there¡­" "It''s not like Miu-chan being an idol matters, nor does she belong to an agency that prohibits romance, right? Then, it''s okay, isn''t it?" "Even if I understand it in my head, I can''t keep up with my emotions¡­ It''s just that they are so innocent¡­ they haven''t even touched hands with each other yet, have they?" ""Are they junior high schoolers?"" I don''t know; we''re standing out more than I expected! "Miu-san! Let''s move from here for now!" "A-alright!" We quickly made our way to the festival site, feeling slightly awkward. "Wow! It''s amazing!" When we arrived at the festival site, Miu-san''s eyes lit up. The festival site had many food stalls along the river, and the fireworks were scheduled to start around 7 pm. Then suddenly, Miu-san smiled a little sadly. "¡­Before I started working as a model, I never had the chance to come to a festival like this. So it''s kind of strange to be able to enjoy a festival like this¡­" "¡­This is actually the first time I''ve been to a festival, too." "Really? If it''s Yuuya-san, I thought you would have come with your girlfriend¡­" "No, no, no, I never had a girlfriend." Miu-san''s words made me smile bitterly. I don''t have a girlfriend¡­ It''s too impossible for me to have a girlfriend. And I didn''t remember ever coming to a festival with my parents. Grandpa traveled all over the world, and now that I think about it, I''d never participated in a normal event with him like this. There''s nothing I can do about it now, but I wish I could have gone out with my grandpa more when he was still alive¡­ When I was a little bit sad, Miu-san turned her head down as if she was thinking about something. "I see¡­ Yuuya-san, you don''t have a girlfriend, huh¡­?" "Eh?" "Oh, no! It''s nothing!" If Miu-san says so, then it must be nothing. When we were both excited about our first festival, we noticed that the surroundings were buzzing again. "H-hey, that''s¡­!" "No way, it''s Miu-chan!" "More importantly, that guy with her is the male model who was being talked about before¡­ isn''t he?" "¡­Are we attracting attention again?" "R-right. Well, let''s not worry about it and just enjoy ourselves, shall we?" "Yes!" I''m worried about the stares around us, but we can''t do anything about it if we care too much, so we decided just to enjoy the festival. "Wow¡­ there are so many different food stalls!" "Yes, there are. Oh, would you like to eat something? There''s a shaved ice shop there¡­" "Let''s try it!" I immediately lined up at the shaved ice shop I saw and ordered some. "It''s been a long time since I''ve had shaved ice." "You can''t have shaved ice unless you have a chance like this." We took a break from the stall and ate the shaved ice we had bought. "Did you get the blue Hawaii flavor, Yuuya-san?" "Yes, and Miu-san has the strawberry flavor, right?" "Yes! ¡­Speaking of which, I heard that shaved ice syrup actually tastes the same." "Eh, is that true?" "Apparently, the base flavor is the same, but just by changing the scent or color, it tastes different." "Eeh?" If that''s true, then it must be an illusion of the brain(?). Human beings are mysterious. As I stared at the shaved ice in my hands, Miu-san chuckled. "There are two flavors, so why don''t we give them a try?" "Eh?" "Yes, aaahhn." "!?" I felt my body tense up at Miu-san''s sudden action. "Mi-Mi-Mi-Miu-san?" "Here, eat quickly, or it will melt." "Eh, ah, yes!" When she said it would melt, I almost reflexively dipped my mouth into the straw-like spoon that Miu-san held out to me. Then Miu-san asked me happily. "How is it? Do you feel the same taste?" "¡­..I can''t taste it at all." "Eeehh?" Miu-san''s mouth twitched in frustration at my answer. No, I was too nervous to taste it! Is it just me? Am I worrying too much? "Can I try it too?" "Eh?" Aside from my anguish, Miu-san put the shaved ice that I was scooping up directly into her mouth. "Mi-Miu-san?" "Hmm~¡­" Then, after moving her mouth to taste it for a while, she stuck out her tongue. "¡­I''m sorry, I couldn''t figure it out either." Miu-san''s tongue was reddish, as was her cheek. Chapter 133 - Book 2: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 After resting, we went around the festival again. Not only me, but it seemed that Miu-san was embarrassed when we were feeding the shaved ice to each other, and the atmosphere remained awkward for a while. However, the nervousness gradually disappeared, and we were able to enjoy the games¡­ "Ah, target shooting!" Miu-san found a target shooting stall and ran over to it. There were a variety of prizes on display, including candy, air guns, and dolls. "Oh, that stuffed animal is so cute!" Miu-san pointed to a huge stuffed cat. A man who seemed to be the owner of the stall approached us. "Oh, what a beautiful Nee-chan. You must be a real challenger to aim at that." "Is that one of the prizes?" "Of course. Everything you see here is a prize; as long as you can knock it down, you get it. How about it? Do you want to try?" "Yes!" Miu-san replied happily, paid the money, and decided to play the target shooting. But¡­ "H-huh?" The stuffed animal that Miu-san wanted was a big target, and although she didn''t miss the target, it didn''t budge no matter how many bullets hit it. Well, I guess that''s natural. The bigger the target, the heavier it is, and it''s very difficult to drop it with a toy gun and cork bullets. In the end, Miu-san used all her bullets on the stuffed animal, but the stuffed animal did not move at all. "Oh¡­" "That''s too bad. You''ll have to try again when you feel like it." "As expected, it''s difficult." Miu-san came back to me with a bitter smile. ¡­Today, I invited Miu-san to have fun with me. Therefore¡­ "Miu-san, please wait a moment." "Eh?" "Mister, please let me try it once." "Oh, now the boyfriend is the challenger?" "N-no, he''s not my boyfriend¡­" The tease from the target shooting''s stall owner made both Miu-san and I blush as we remembered the shaved ice event earlier, but I regained my composure, and after paying the stall owner and receiving the bullets, I headed for the table closest to the stuffed animal Miu-san wanted. "Does this brother want to try for that stuffed animal as well? Well, I can see that you want to show off to your girlfriend©¤©¤©¤." I could tell that the target shooting''s stall owner was saying something, but I was focused on the stuffed animal. Then I activated my skill [Weakness Detection] on the stuffed animal. Some parts of the stuffed animal seemed to glow. These glowing areas were probably the stuffed animal''s weak points. The only question was whether the power of the cork would be enough to drop it¡­ I looked at the other prizes as I focused on dropping the stuffed animal again. And then, as if the skill of [Weakness Detection] was showing me the way to get rid of the stuffed animal, shining spots appeared on other prizes. In this case¡­ I set my sights on the small box of candy next to the stuffed animal. "Huh? B-brother. The stuffed animal is over there©¤©¤." I heard the stall owner was saying something, but I didn''t hesitate to fire the gun in that direction. The bullets I fired flew exactly where I aimed. The small box of candy that was hit by the bullet spun and flew away at an incredible speed, hitting another prize nearby. The other prize was a slightly larger box-shaped prize compared to the previous one. The small box almost falls off the shelf, but in the process, it hits another prize. That prize was a large air gun that was placed in a perfect balance. When the air gun fell, the impact shook the entire table on which the prize was placed, and the stuffed animal I was aiming for fell off. "Huh?" "A-amazing!" "Mister¡­ this means I got it, right?" He was frozen in surprise, and when I asked him that, he nodded his head repeatedly. That''s good then. After receiving the stuffed animal as a prize from the stall owner again, there were still some bullets left, but I ended the game at this point and handed the stuffed animal to Miu-san. "Here it is." "Eh? B-but, it was Yuuya-san who obtained it¡­" "I obtained it for you, Miu-san. So please take it." "Yuuya-san¡­ Yes, thank you!" Miu-san then received the stuffed animal and smiled. Yes, it was worth taking it just for this. And then the target shooting''s owner who was watching us came in to make fun of us. "Hyu! I''m so happy for you, Nee-chan! It''s a present from your boyfriend!" "A-as I said, I''m not her boyfriend!" If such a misunderstanding spreads, it might affect Miu-san''s work. "Boyfriend¡­" As I desperately tried to clear up the misunderstanding, I didn''t notice that Miu-san was thinking about something. Then, by winning the large stuffed animal, I attracted the attention of the people around, and once again, people gathered around us. Sensing that I would be stuck in this situation, I immediately suggested Miu-san. "T-that''s right! Miu-san, let''s go see the fireworks now!" "Y-you''re right!" After getting Miu-san''s approval, we quickly moved to a place where we could get a good view of the fireworks, away from the crowds. However, at this time of the night, everywhere was packed with people; even at our destination, there were many people. However, the fireworks were set off in the sky, so it''s not impossible to see them. Then©¤©¤. "Wow!" "¡­It''s amazing." We shouted in admiration as we watched the fireworks being displayed. The colorful fireworks looked great in the night sky, and with the loud sound and vibration of the fireworks, they resonated well in our eyes and our hearts. ¡­I''ve never had the chance to see the fireworks like this before. Of course, I knew that there were fireworks displays and festivals, but I had never had the time to enjoy them before. As I stared at the fireworks, I spoke to Miu-san next to me. "Miu-san. I don''t know how much I can help you with your problems. But if you''re having a hard time, you can always invite me to have some fun like this to take your mind off things." "Yuuya-san¡­" As I stared at the fireworks for a while, I suddenly felt a tug on the hem of my clothes. When I looked in that direction, I noticed that Miu-san was looking at me as if she had made up her mind about something. "Miu-san? What''s wrong?" "¡­Um, Yuuya-san¡­" "Yes." "I¡­ with me¡­. Will you go out with me?" (T/n: Tsukiattekuremasen ka.) "¡­..Eh?" The sound of the fireworks launched felt like it was too far away. £ª£ª£ª "Geez¡­ Yuuya, you should be more concerned about me." When Yuuya enjoyed the festival with Miu, Ouma, who was unable to go out on Earth, was lying down in the house, looking somewhat sulky. At the sight of Ouma, Yuti, who was doing her homework in the same living room, looked up. "Compromise. Ouma-san, you are an unbelievable existence on this Earth. That''s why you can''t go out there carelessly." S§×ar?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "I know that, too! Yes, it''s really annoying that my body feels this¡­ inconvenient." "Woof." "Fugo." Night was confused by Ouma''s unfaithfulness. Akatsuki was lying on his belly, looking uninterested. "Eeei, it''s boring, it''s boring! I''m too bored!" Ouma was rolling around like a spoiled child, but then he suddenly remembered something and stood up. "¡­That''s right. I think there''s still a place in this house where I''m not bored!" "Question. Where?" "The warehouse!" When Ouma said that, Yuti immediately understood where Ouma was referring to. The warehouse was the room where Yuuya''s grandfather kept his collection of items, including the Door to Another World. "Agreed. But, is it okay to enter without permission?" "Hmm. It''s up to me how I spend my time in this house. He should be grateful that I don''t walk around outside on this Earth." "Confused. As for that, well¡­" "And I''m also a member of Yuuya''s family. So, there''s nothing wrong with spending time as I please in this house, is there?" " ¡­Whatever. Just make sure Yuuya doesn''t get mad at you." Realizing that it was useless to say anything to Ouma, Yuti resumed her homework. Ouma snorted at her. "Hmph. Even if you don''t tell me, I''ve thought of that." "Woof¡­" However, Night thought that it would be bad if something happened while Yuuya was away, so he turned his head to Ouma in confusion. Then Ouma let out a sigh. "Sigh¡­ You don''t have to worry about that. I''m not going to blow up this house or do anything crazy like that. I''m just going to spend a little time exploring that warehouse." "Woof!" That''s obvious! Night barked as if to say that. "¡­Fufufu. That room is so creepy that it makes even me flinch." The warehouse was swirling with a dense and impossible torrent of power that even Ouma, the Genesis Dragon, could barely figure out. Ouma decided to move to the warehouse. "I don''t know why Yuuya can''t feel anything when he sees this room. Is he a big deal, or is he just dull¡­" He immediately looked around and began to rummage through the items that were placed there. "As I thought, this place is interesting. There are many things that even I don''t know what they are¡­ No. There aren''t the only things I don''t understand!" As Ouma said, everything in the warehouse was unknown to him. "This is¡­ a coffin? Although it is in the shape of a human being¡­ it is a very luxurious coffin." The first thing he touched was a golden coffin that looked as if it contained an Egyptian pharaoh. "Mmm¡­ It''s strange. There is no sign of it opening at all. It''s certainly locked with a magical device, but it''s built with a magic system that even I don''t know¡­ and it would be difficult to open by force. Of course, if I were to go all out, I''d probably be able to do it, but if I did, I''d probably end up blowing up this house as well¡­" Ouma quietly gave up on opening the coffin. "It can''t be helped¡­ So, what about this mask?" The next thing that interested Ouma was a black mask with an eerie smile on it. Overall, it had a miserable, devilish appearance, and it seemed like one would be cursed by wearing it. "¡­This mask is outrageous. It has a terrifying amount of magical power in it." It seemed to be cursed. "No, wait, this is weird. Why would something like this be left out in the open?" No matter what he thinks, the mask in front of Ouma''s eyes is not something that should be left unattended. Because¡­ "¡­If I were to receive the curse from the magical power of this mask, even I would die if I take it lightly." What a surprise, it seemed that even Ouma could be cursed to death. The warehouse was also filled with various other things, such as old coins, keys of unknown uses, and old Japanese picture scrolls. Ouma muttered in exasperation. "¡­Isn''t it easy to defeat the Evil with just the items that are here? At least, by using the magical power of that mask, it would be over in one shot. Well, first of all, it shouldn''t even be touched, so it can''t be carried around¡­" In fact, some of the items in the warehouse have far more dangerous powers than the cursed mask, but Ouma and Yuuya, they do not have the option to use them without knowing the details. "Well, I feel the similar powers from other things as well¡­" As Ouma was about to say that, he turned his gaze to a certain object. "¡­I can''t feel any power from this. What is it? This is¡­" What Ouma was looking at was a cubic object floating on a pedestal. The cubic object has several blue-white lines running through it, giving it a somewhat mechanical appearance. The base on which the cube was floating also had a blue glow in the center. "What is this thing? I don''t feel any magic or spell power¡­" Ouma approached the object and touched it cautiously. "U-umu¡­ as I thought, it''s a material I don''t know¡­ And this pedestal is strange, too. I was thinking maybe it was the wind that was keeping it afloat, but to my surprise, I couldn''t feel anything." Ouma moved his hand through the space between the pedestal and the cubic object to ensure there was nothing there. "Then¡­ what about this?" Ouma jumped up and clung to the cube, which was floating in the air. "O-oh! Can it withstand my weight? Fumu¡­ Then, how about this?" While clinging to the cube, Ouma poured his magic power into the cube. He wanted to see if the cubic object would react to some kind of magic. Ouma kept pouring his magic into it, but there was no response at all. As a result, the cubic object was filled with an amount of magic so strong that it could wipe out a whole galaxy. Ouma, who had been clinging to the object for some time and pouring magic into it, eventually let out a sigh. "Sigh¡­ even after all this, the response is still©¤©¤." The moment Ouma was about to say that much, the blue light that was shining in the center of the pedestal suddenly disappeared. Then, when the light faded, the cube object floating in the air fell to the floor. "Owaa!" Ouma was flustered by the cubic object that had fallen to the floor; it was apparent that it was Ouma''s fault. "O-oo-oooi! Why did it suddenly fall? It didn''t seem to be a problem at all until now." Ouma wandered around in front of the cubic object and slapped it with his hand in a panic. "Eeii, float! Float again! Otherwise¡­ Yuuya will scold me!" The Genesis Dragon was concerned about being scolded by Yuuya. Although having said that, Ouma was incapable in front of Yuuya. He desperately took the cubic object to the pedestal and hit it with his hand. But the cubic object did not float. However©¤©¤. "Nu!?" Suddenly, a blue line of light running across the surface of the cube object shone strongly, and something translucent emerged from the cube object. "W-what is it? This is¡­" The thing that emerged from the cubic object was a so-called hologram, and it looked like a blueprint of some kind. Someone with specialized knowledge or the official owner of the object might have understood what it was, but Ouma had no idea what it was. "U-umu? What is it? This unfamiliar figure is¡­" Ouma tilted his head in front of the blueprint, but after a while, the blueprint disappeared. "¡­Good! I didn''t see anything! That''s it!" Ouma''s final decision was to pretend that he hadn''t seen anything at all. Ouma nodded in satisfaction, placed the cube on the pedestal, and walked back to the living room. Chapter 134 - Book 3: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 "¡­Do I have to go again?" "You have to go! Yuuya-sama is the savior of the Regal Kingdom, you know!" I was currently traveling with Lexia-san and the others in a carriage to the Regal Kingdom. The other day, when the Evil attacked the Regal Kingdom, I defeated it with the help of Master Usagi and the others, and they said they wanted to thank me for that. Of course, this gratitude was not only in words but also in the form of a reward. However, it seemed that they had to rebuild the city that was caused by the Evil Beast right after the incident, so they delayed the invitation. "As for me, I''m afraid I don''t deserve any thanks, but¡­" "Well, I understand what Yuuya is trying to say, but you have to give up on this one. By the way, I heard that the Kicking Saint and the Sword Saint are already on their way to the Regal Kingdom." "So Masters were invited too¡­" Master Usagi seemed to be uncomfortable with this kind of formality, but he said that he would go there¡­ No, I don''t know if Iris-san forced him to go there or not, though. There were many things to be concerned about, but Lexia-san and the others have prepared a carriage for me, so I can''t refuse them now. Fortunately, it was during the summer vacation that I was able to get away with it, but if it had been after school started, it would have been difficult to make time for it. "¡­I have things to do over there, too¡­" "Eh? Did you say something?" "No, it''s nothing." I was talking about Miu-san''s case. I was just surprised at what Miu-san suddenly said to me that day, but when I listened to her carefully, I heard that she was being forced into an arranged marriage that she didn''t want and that she needed to introduce her boyfriend to her father in order to stop it. In other words, I was asked to be her temporary boyfriend. I thought she had confessed her feelings to me, and I thought my heart was going to stop¡­ I wondered if it was okay for me to be there or if it was okay for me to get involved, but Miu-san asked for my help and I want to help her as much as I can. She said that she should bring her boyfriend along, and there wouldn''t be much for me to do. But what do I wear? A jacket? A suit? Whatever it was, she asked me to prepare formal wear, so I''d have to do something about that. I don''t know where or how to prepare formal wear¡­ but the best thing to do would be to ask Tsukasa-san, Kaori''s father, but I don''t think I could meet the president of the school without an appointment and Tsukasa-san must be busy. If I had his phone number, I could have contacted him, but I don''t even have a smartphone. ¡­I should go directly to the school and hope that I can meet someone I know. I''m relying on my luck stats at this point. While I was thinking about this and that, we finally arrived at the Regal Kingdom. "Exhausted. It was long." "Well¡­ we''ve been sitting for a while, haven''t we?" While Yuti, who came with me, said this with a slightly tired look, I couldn''t help but smile. It was impossible to fall asleep in a chair like in the bullet train on Earth, so it was painful if you weren''t used to it. Yuti had probably traveled alone on foot rather than in a carriage until now. Even so, the degree of our fatigue was still low, probably because the interior of the carriage was luxurious as it was also ridden by Lexia-san, a member of the royal family. If it weren''t for that, I would have thought of using transfer magic to sneak around. When the townspeople saw our carriage, they waved at us with bright smiles and thanked us. When I was surprised by this, Lexia-san stretched out her chest. "Yuuya-sama! You should be more proud of yourself, okay? It''s thanks to you that this country has been saved!" "N-no, I don''t really feel that way¡­ But if everyone can be happy like this, I''m glad." At the urging of Lexia-san and Luna, I showed my face through the carriage window and waved my hand lightly. That action alone made the cheers louder and more frightening, but¡­ Yuti didn''t seem bothered and rather waved proudly. It''s amazing. I envied her mentality. Night and Akatsuki also participated in this event, but they don''t seem to be particularly interested in the scenery outside, so they stayed quiet in the carriage. As for Ouma-san¡­ well, he hadn''t fought, and he didn''t show much interest to begin with. When we arrived at the royal castle safely, we were led directly to the place where the king of this country ©¤ Orghis-sama was. ¡­I''m not wearing formal wear this time either, but I hope he''ll forgive me. It''s just too sudden. I didn''t want to think that I would have many opportunities to meet with such a great person, but I also had to prepare proper formal attire for Miu-san''s situation. As I couldn''t help but think about that, we finally arrived at a place called the audience hall. It was similar to the place where I had an audience with Arnold-sama, the king of the Arcelia Kingdom, and Orghis-sama was sitting on a throne in the deepest part of the hall. When I looked closely, I saw that Master Usagi and Iris-san were also there. However, I don''t know why, but their expressions were somewhat grim. I wondered if something had happened to them. "Thank you for coming, Yuuya-dono. And thank you to all of Yuuya-dono''s companions for coming all this way." Orghis-sama stood up and bowed as he said this. "Thank you very much for saving my Regal Kingdom." "Eeeh? P-please raise your head!" I don''t know if I should say this, but when a great man bows to me, I feel like I will get a stomachache from the stress. I''m not that great of a person¡­! It''s not that my thoughts were not understood, but Orghis-sama finally raised his head. "Thank you very much. As gratitude for this favor, I would like to bestow upon Yuuya-dono a peerage in my country." "P-peerage?" I''ve already received it in Lexia-san''s country, and it''s already too much for me¡­! I couldn''t do anything about the numbers of peerage increasing further, but I knew it''d be hard to refuse when I already received a peerage in the Arcelia Kingdom. And then Orghis-sama unexpectedly turned his gaze towards Lexia-san. "Speaking of which, I heard that you received a peerage in the Arcelia Kingdom¡­ but how about it? Our country is thinking of conferring a higher peerage than the Arcelia Kingdom to Yuuya-dono." "Eh?" "W-wait, wait! I''m not going to let you do that." I was surprised by what Orghis-sama said, but Lexia-san replied with a straightforward attitude. I-is it okay? Lexia-san¡­ the other party is a king¡­ No, Lexia-san is also a princess, but¡­ When I looked at Luna, who was waiting behind Lexia-san, she had her hand on her forehead as if to suppress a headache. It''s a problem even from Luna''s perspective¡­ Lexia-san, who seemed to be heating up as I gave Luna a sympathetic glance, said. "Then, I''ll give Yuuya-sama a higher peerage than what this country offers!" "Hou? What a strange thing to say! Only the father of Princess Lexia, the king, can confer a peerage. I don''t think Princess Lexia has the right to do that." "That''s where my spirit comes in!" "¡­It''s not good, this girl¡­" I wanted to say a few words of encouragement to Luna, who looked more and more tired. She''s really struggling, isn''t she¡­? But, Lexia-san. Even though I don''t know anything about politics or rules of the country, I understand that she can''t just give someone a peerage based on her spirit¡­ Although Lexia-san and Orghis-sama continued to glare at each other for a while, Orghis-sama suddenly relaxed his expression. "Fuh¡­ well, that''s okay. Let''s talk about this matter after the main topic." I had no choice but to nod in response to Orghis-sama''s words. There was nothing I was looking for in particular; it was enough for me to be able to relax and have fun. I know it''s impossible. But¡­ I only heard about it from Lexia-san¡­ who said that the Regal Kingdom wanted to express their gratitude once again, but it seems that there was something more. As soon as Orghis-sama had finished thanking us, Iris-sama, who had also come here, opened her mouth with a grim expression. S§×ar?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Now, may I continue with the previous conversation?" "Yes." Previous conversation? It seemed that there was some sort of discussion going on before we arrived, and both Master Usagi and Iris-san seemed to have a grim expression about it. But the following words that came out of Iris-san''s mouth were something I didn''t expect. "I''ll ask you again. Is it true that you have summoned a saint from another world?" "Huh?" Another world? A saint? Then, Orghis-sama opened his mouth while receiving the gaze of Iris-san and others. "Yes. It''s true." "¡­The problem is that you have brought people from other worlds here. Do you understand that? This is the same as abduction, you know?" "¡­.." Orghis-sama did not say anything to Iris-san''s sharp point. "N-no way¡­ The Regal Kingdom was doing that¡­" Meanwhile, I noticed that Lexia-san was dumbfounded, and I asked her in a low voice. "Lexia-san¡­ are there any problems with summoning someone from another world?" ."..There is only one problem. When summoning a person to our world, it means that the person will disappear from the original world. And that too, would be without any warning. It''s like suddenly being forcibly brought to a strange land when they were just going about their daily lives. It''s considered a form of kidnapping." "Yes¡­ it might be." "I don''t know the details, but I''ve heard that in many cases, the person who is summoned also has special powers as a Saint. In other words, there is a high possibility that the person is in a special position in the other world. Suppose such a person suddenly disappears and is kidnapped or abducted into another world. In that case, there could even be an all-out war between this world and that world if things go badly. But¡­ this country was in dire straits before to do such a thing." "¡­We had no choice." "¡­.." I don''t know much about political matters, but I understood what Lexia-san was saying. It''s true. It''s not like he or she can come and go as freely as I can, and it''s not like he or she was summoned to another world with his or her consent. The person who was summoned would be terribly confused. When I distorted my face, Lexia-san said something that surprised me even more. "I never thought that¡­ the Regal Kingdom was able to recreate the magic of the Sage." "Eh, the Sage?" "Yes. Yuuya-sama knows about it too, doesn''t he? After all, he was the one who defeated Ouma-sama." Of course, I know a lot of things. My magic circuit was inherited from Sage-san, and the house, weapons, and items in the Great Devil''s Nest were all given to me by Sage-san. "The magical research materials of the Sage are scattered all over the world, and in the past, there were wars fought over them, but now each country is conducting research based on the materials left behind by the Sage that are in their possession. Of course, the Arcelia Kingdom also has the materials of the Sage. And Sage''s research materials held by the Regal Kingdom are¡­ probably related to the transfer to another world. By arranging it, it led to the summoning of the Saint this time, as His Majesty Orghis said¡­" Sage-san, did you do any research regarding the other world¡­? Well, that''s fine, but the biggest problem now is the person who was summoned. Even after receiving the sharp glances of Master Usagi and Iris-san, Orghis-sama remains undaunted. "Of course, I understand the weight of my sin. And I also understand that this sin is something that I will carry with me forever." "¡­And why would you do that?" "It''s simple. I don''t believe that the Holy alone can defeat the Evil." """!?""" We were all taken aback by the unexpected statement. As expected, Iris-san and Master Usagi did not expect this, and their eyes widened. "Of course, it''s true that you people, the Holy, saved us. I am truly grateful. But before my eyes, I found out that several Holy people had turned to the enemy." "That''s¡­" "I know that it takes several Holy people to deal with one Evil. Meanwhile, many of the Holy, who are our source of hope, have betrayed us. There is no longer any chance that the Holy can defeat the Evil¡­ Don''t you think so?" "It''s¡­!" Iris-san was about to say something, but she silenced herself in frustration. I could understand what Orghis-sama was saying. In order for humanity to survive, Evil must be defeated. When I suddenly turned my gaze to Yuti, Yuti had a complicated expression on her face. ¡­Yuti''s master, the Bow Saint, was eventually killed at the hands of the humans she was protecting. Then, Orghis-sama turned his gaze towards me. "However, if there was one miscalculation¡­ it was that there were other beings in this world besides the Holy that could defeat the Evil¡­" Well, when it comes to this, it''s not because of me; it''s because of the items that my grandfather collected. Also, the power of the [Evil Den''s Eye] obtained by taking in Kuro, was significant. Then Yuti opened her mouth. "Question. The power of the Holy is indeed insufficient. But that doesn''t mean you can suddenly entrust the defeat of Evil to someone who is not even from this world, does it?" "I''d like to reiterate that I''m grateful to the Holy for protecting humanity until now. But it''s also a fact that an existence like the Fallen Saints has appeared. I only made the best choice for this country and this world." For a while, gazes collided between Yuti and Orghis-sama, but Orghis-sama let out a small sigh. "¡­Well, that''s fine. In order to protect this world, I summoned a new power from another world¡­ who has the power to defeat and destroy Evil. As a responsibility, I will give that person whatever she desires. That''s the only way I can atone for my sins now." A period of silence ensues between Orghis-sama and Iris-san. It''s not easy¡­ They both have their own beliefs, and it''s hard to say who was wrong. It''s the Evil that''s bad¡­ I wanted to say something too, but I couldn''t come up with the words. Can a person who''s suddenly been summoned to this world be forced to participate in a battle against Evil without knowing why? That sounds pretty harsh. However, if a person was in a position to take on a country''s responsibility, such a decision may be unavoidable. "¡­It''s been a long talk, hasn''t it? So, that''s it for today. I''d like to invite the Sword Saint and the others to meet the Saint that we summoned. As the protectors of the same humanity, you will be working together©¤©¤©¤." The moment Orghis-sama was about to say that much. "Huh? W-what''s that?" Suddenly, the entire castle¡­ or even the entire country seemed to be shaking as the earth shook. As we were all startled by the suddenness of the situation, Ouma-san, who was still sleeping without any interest, opened one of his eyes. "Hou? It came, huh?" "Eh?" Just as I was about to ask him what he meant, Kuro, who had been sleeping inside me, hurriedly spoke to me. "Hey, Yuuya! Get out of here right away!" "Wha? W-what''s it¡­?" "There''s no time for explanations! Oh, shit, it''s bad¡­! He''s already here¡­!" "©¤©¤©¤Haha." A creepy, cold laugh sounded. It was as if all the malice in the world was in the voice, and my body instantly froze. <> Table of Content Chapter 135 - Book 3: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 A creepy, cold laugh sounded. It was as if all the malice in the world was in the voice, and my body instantly froze. Then, with a deafening echo that made the world scream, a crack appeared in the space. A black haze, devoid of any trace of life, flooded out of the crack. I couldn''t afford to stop sweating, and when I turned my gaze toward the voice, I saw a black mass of malice that made the presence of Quarro, one of the Evil¡­ seem cute. A young man with a very well-shaped face stood there. He had jet-black long hair, which seemed to absorb everything, and brilliant red eyes, which were piercing through us. "Hahahahahahahaha!" Just by laughing, a black wave echoed through this audience hall, cracking the walls and floor. Then Master Usagi, who was sweating all over just like me, squeezed out a voice. (W-what¡­ w-why¡­ you¡­!) "©¤©¤Ha!" Suddenly, the laughs stopped. And the young man with a terrifyingly black presence bowed his head reverently. "Oh my, oh my¡­ Excuse me. I am Avis. The malice of this world, all of it." "Malice of this world¡­ all of it, you say¡­?" When Iris-san managed to open her mouth, the young man in front of her ©¤ Avis, smiled. "Fuh¡­ don''t you understand? I''ll tell you simply. That''s right¡­ if you defeat me right here and now, there will be no more Evil in this world." (What?) "I am, we are ©¤ one." "No way¡­" Iris-san''s eyes widened as if Avis''s words had given her some idea. "It seems that the Sword Saint has noticed¡­ I am a perfect Evil, having absorbed the power of all the other Evils. In other words, it is no exaggeration to say that all of the malice that fills this world is me." If Avis''s words are valid, it means that he absorbed the other Evils, like Quarro, and became one¡­ That means that the power of Evil has evolved to the extreme at the same time. I''ve managed to keep my composure, but this situation is dangerous for Lexia-san and the others! When I turned my gaze to Lexia-san and the others, I saw Akatsuki protecting Lexia-san and the others by activating his [Sanctuary] skill with a pained expression on his face. "Akatsuki!" "B-buhi¡­" It''s not as if he was going at his own pace as usual; Akatsuki was desperately trying to block out the presence of Avis. Avis saw Akatsuki struggle and snorted boringly. "You''re not the same as a Holy, but you''re also the planet''s purification system¡­ yet you''re not as powerful as I thought." "Grrrrr¡­ Woof!" "Night!" Akatsuki, who was desperately trying to protect Lexia-san and the others, was mocked. Night, angered by this, jumped out at Avis! But¡­ "Hah! A Black Fenrir''s child, huh? If this had been an adult, I would have had to prepare myself for it¡­" "Kyaan?" "Night!" As Avis waved his hand carelessly, a black mist followed it and attacked Night. Night, who pounced in the air, was hit by the black mist but managed to take a defensive stance. However, the power of Avis''s blow was so great that Night was blown away with great force. When I deployed [Magic Attire] reflexively, I reached Night instantly and managed to catch him. "Are you okay, Night?" "Woof¡­" While stroking the apologetic Night, I turned my gaze to Avis. For some reason, Avis was also looking at me. "I see, so it''s you¡­" "Eh?" "¡­Hah. I guess I didn''t need to worry about it. Nothing can stop me now¡­" What on earth is he talking about? Definitely, Avis and I are supposed to be meeting for the first time. While staring at Avis with caution, Avis''s gaze shifted to Orghis-sama. Orghis-sama was in a position outside the effect of Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary], so he was completely intimidated by Avis, as his face turned pale and trembled. The soldiers guarding him were also standing by, but they could not move a finger in the face of Avis''s intimidation and simply froze. "The king of Regal. I was only going to say hello to you today since I have yet to be fully accustomed to my powers¡­ It''s not a bad idea to say hello and continue with the unfinished business that my compatriots have started, right?" "Hah¡­ hah¡­ hah¡­" As looking at a stone on the roadside, the gaze of Evil''s unemotional eye is pierced, and Orghis-sama desperately gasps for air. "Now, here''s a gift from me ©¤ Perish." (©¤©¤Iris!) "©¤©¤Usagi!" As Avis pointed his palm towards Orghis-sama, more and more black mist gathered in his palm, and eventually, it was released as a ray of black light. However, just before the attack was unleashed, Iris-san and Master Usagi jumped out as if they had been hit by a bullet, shouting each other''s names, and intervened between Orghis-sama and the black light. (Uoooooooooooo!) "Haaaaaaaaaahh!" The two of them unleash the full force of a blow they could deliver right now at the black light. But©¤©¤. (Gaah!) "Kahaah!" The two together could not hold back the black light for a moment, and they were blown away with tremendous force and slammed into the wall. The two of them went limp and did not move, as if they had fainted. But just before the black light reached Orghis-sama, Yuti held Orghis-sama in her arms and she succeeded in dodging it. "Kuh!" However, although the direct hit was avoided, the shockwave from the passage of the black light almost blew away Yuti. "Are you okay?" Avis looked at us like that and opened his mouth in a boring way. "Fuh¡­ It''s not much more than a mouthful. And you''re already so cautious of this kind of thing¡­" S~ea??h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "What?" "¡­And also¡­ the outsider¡­ is only on this level¡­?" Finally, when Avis muttered something small, he turned his gaze once again to Orghis-sama, who Yuti was holding. "Well, whatever. The first gift was interrupted by the Holy¡­ Those Holy seem to have been knocked out by the first blow. They won''t wake up for at least a few hours¡­ But that''s okay. There is no need for me to deal with them directly. And you''ll be receiving another gift from me, okay?" "Another gift? ¡­Wha?" When I twisted my head in response to Avis''s words, a great deal of shouting echoed through the castle. "I have sent a large number of Evil Beasts to this city. In a few hours, this country''s inhabitants will be completely wiped out." "No way!" Avis''s words left us in shock. "Now, the two Holy that you rely on are unable to fight. What are you going to do now? King of Regal. You''ve been trying to fight against us, but can you do the same in this situation¡­?" "Oh-oo-o-oh¡­" Orghis-sama had summoned a Saint from another world as a non-Holy being in order to protect the human race of this world from Evil. However¡­ I don''t think that the power of the Saint alone would be enough to defeat the Evil. Besides, the most important problem now was to deal with Avis in front of us. And then, I''d like to heal Iris-san and Master Usagi with Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary] skills, but Akatsuki was too busy protecting Lexia-san and the others, and Avis will probably get in the way if I try to move to give them the [Perfect Recovery Herb Juice]. In a desperate situation, I desperately tried to figure out how to get out of this crisis when Avis suddenly laughed. "Well, don''t be so cautious. Of course, it would not be out of the question for me to kill you at this point, but¡­ now that I''ve become the ultimate perfection in the true sense of the word¡­ wouldn''t you like to be killed by me?" "¡­.." If what Avis said was true, then his current state was not yet in full power. However, I couldn''t see myself beating the current Avis in the future, who was not in peak condition. Of course, if Avis was in full form, then it''s hopeless¡­ In any case, there was no way for us to stop Avis. "This is why I said earlier that I was just here to say hello. Yes, to you." "You''re here to say hello to me¡­?" When I was surprised by his words, Avis''s smile deepened. "A non-Holy being defeated Quarro¡­ the Evil. This is not something that can be overlooked¡­" "¡­.." "Once again, I''ve evolved into the ultimate perfection, and I''m going to do my best to kill you. So today is just a greeting." Avis said so, looked over at us, and bowed reverently. "So¡­ enjoy the gift I have prepared for you for today¡­" "H-hey!" As soon as he said that, Avis was enveloped in a black mist and disappeared from the scene instantly. But there''s no time to worry about that now. "Yuti, Night! You two take over here!" "Affirmative." "Woof!" "And Akatsuki! Take care of Iris-san and Master Usagi for me¡­!" "Buhi!" I smiled at the three of them as they replied, and I hurried off to the city where a large number of Evil Beasts were approaching. Chapter 136 - Book 3: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 "Kyaaaaaaaa!" "Damn it! What are the soldiers doing in the castle?" "S-somebody! Help me!" When I hurriedly changed into my usual armor and left the castle, the Evil Beast had already begun attacking the town. Although the soldiers and guards who were patrolling the city were fighting, they had not yet managed to defeat the Evil Beasts that were brought here by the Evil. Then, in front of such a scene, Kuro, who was inside me, raised his voice. "Hyuh! That guy''s got some nasty tricks up his sleeve. He just unleashed a swarm of Evil Beasts when he had sealed off all the Holy that could fight them." "This is no time to be impressed!" Kuro''s comment made me raise my voice, but he didn''t seem to care and suddenly continued in a serious tone. "Hey, Yuuya. Did you understand that when you confronted that Avis guy earlier? That guy has already been perfected as an Evil. And that strength is something that neither you nor the Holy can touch. Perhaps¡­ even the Genesis Dragon will find it difficult to deal with him." Kuro wanted to say that even Ouma-san couldn''t win, but I think that''s probably not true. After all, even when Avis appeared, Ouma-san remained asleep looking uninterested. Having been defeated by Sage-san, Ouma-san must understand the possibility that there were beings in this world stronger than him. And, of course, he had the ability to see through that. The fact that Ouma-san didn''t react to Avis meant that Avis was not worthy of his interest, for him at least. Besides, Sage-san, who was said to be stronger than Ouma-san, was also naturally stronger than Avis. But that didn''t mean that Avis was weak¡­ "Anyway, all you have to do is run away like an adult and hide behind that door. As expected, even he does not have the power to cross the world. You can''t beat him, you know. Do you understand?" I understood what Kuro was trying to say. With my current strength, I''d never be able to beat Avis. And I think he''s right that if I ran to Earth, he couldn''t come after me. But¡­ As I hurriedly moved through the city, I saw a woman holding a child in her arms and trying to protect the child from an Evil Beast. "Haaah!" "Gugyaaah!" I took out the [Omni-Sword] from my [Item Box] in an instant, and I cut down the Evil Beast. "Are you okay?" "Eh? Ah, y-yes! T-thank you!" I helped the woman up who was staring at me in a daze and told her to run towards the castle. The castle would probably accept the people. While seeing the woman off, I answered Kuro. "I don''t want to get involved in something like this. If possible, I want to live a happy and peaceful life. But I can''t just sit by and watch everyone suffer in front of me." When Kuro heard my true intentions, he let out a sigh of exasperation. "Sigh¡­ You''re really stupid. Do whatever you want. I''ll only lend you my power when you ask for it." "Yeah, thanks, Kuro." "Keh." In response to my words, Kuro looked embarrassed and then fell silent. "Now that I''ve got Kuro''s support, I''ll immediately©¤©¤." "©¤©¤Why are you here?" "Huh?" A voice that I had heard before reached my ears. When I turned my head to react to the voice, I saw¡­ "Ka-Kagurazaka-san!" When I went on a trip with Kaori and the others, I met a shrine maiden, Mai Kagurazaka, who was there when we had a courage test. "W-what are you doing here?" "That should be my line! What are you doing in this world?" We both asked the same question, but it didn''t stop the Evil Beasts from attacking us, and one of the nearby Evil Beasts attacked us. "Ggaaaaaaah!" "Get out of my way¡­!" "Gugyaa! Ggaaaaaaaaaaaa!" S§×arch* The n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then Kagurazaka-san took out that mysterious talisman and threw it at the Evil Beast. The black mist from the Evil Beast''s body leaked out and dissipated, and the Evil Beast disappeared in agony. I also used the [Omni-Sword] in my hand to cut down another Evil Beast nearby. Then Kagurazaka-san''s expression became distorted. "Kuh! By the way, this monster also appeared when you guys came for the test of courage¡­! It was your work at the time, too, huh?" "N-no, that''s not true! I don''t even know why this guy showed up that time!" "So why are you here? You would not be here if you had nothing to do with it. ¡­Or maybe you were summoned just like me?" "Summoned?" Before coming here, I suddenly remembered the conversation that Orghis-sama and Iris-san had before we came in. In Orghis-sama''s story, he said that he had summoned a Saint in order to counteract the Evil. "Could it be that the Saint who was summoned was you, Kagurazaka-san?" "That''s right! When I was suddenly summoned to a place I didn''t recognize, I was told that the world was in crisis and they needed my help¡­ I don''t know what that means at all, but I couldn''t just ignore it." As if to vent her frustration, Kagurazaka-san threw out talismans one after the other to eradicate the Evil Beasts. The Evil Beasts disappeared in a puff of smoke at the slightest touch of Kagurazaka-san''s talismans. As was the case at that time, there is no doubt that Kagurazaka-san has an extraordinary power against Evil, and the fact that she came to this world, and perhaps the technique that summoned her may have done something that strengthened that power. However, even though she had an incredible power to fight against the Evil, summoning Kagurazaka-san from a different world out of the blue and making her fight against Evil was just¡­ When I was stuffed with words, Kagurazaka-san''s tone became more and more intense. "And from what I''ve heard, I can''t go back to Earth anymore, can I? They suddenly summoned me and asked me to fight for this world! I don''t know why I should be involved in such an unreasonable situation!" "¡­.." "©¤©¤But if there''s someone in trouble like this, I can''t just leave them alone!" "!" I believe that Kagurazaka-san must have been bewildered, upset, conflicted, and troubled by the reality that she was suddenly summoned. Even so, when Kagurazaka-san realized that there was someone in need of help right in front of her and that she had the power to help them, she chose to fight like this. Tears well up in her eyes as she deals with the Evil Beast. "Really¡­ why me? ¡­I''m scared, I don''t understand.., but I cannot just ignore it¡­!" Then Kagurazaka-san looked at me again and gave me a soft smile. "¡­But I''m glad I know at least one person who can help me. You were probably summoned to this world just like I was, right? You were amazing at that time. Even now, you''re wielding a sword like that and killing the monsters¡­" "N-no, I''m¡­" "First of all, let''s work together to save as many people as possible!" "Oh, Kagurazaka-san!" As soon as she said that, Kagurazaka-san started to move away from me. She probably thought that by splitting up and dealing with the situation, she could help as many people as possible. However, it was still dangerous. "Damn! There''s too many of them¡­!" The number of Evil Beasts rushing into the city was too much for me to handle one by one. I would like to use magic to wipe them out, but then the damage might be done to those who have not yet escaped. "What the hell should I do¡­?" It was the moment when I finished killing the Evil Beast in front of me while thinking desperately. You have acquired the [Holy King] title "Huh?" A semi-transparent board appeared in front of me. I''ve not been able to level up much lately, and my opportunities to acquire skills have dwindled, but I never thought I''d get a new title at this time. And what''s more, it has a ridiculous sounding name¡­ I immediately checked the effects of the title. [Holy King] :: The sole title given to those who have defeated more than 100 of the Evil with the soul of the Holy in their body and have mastered at least three of the Holy techniques. The liberation of the "Holy King''s Authority." "I''m not even a Holy!" What''s with this title? As a matter of fact, it looks like it''s the pinnacle of the Holy! And what is it? This [Holy King''s Authority] is¡­ When I turned my attention to the skill [Holy King''s Authority], its effect was now displayed. "T-this is¡­!" I opened my eyes and moved to the center of the city, defeating the Evil Beast. And then©¤©¤. "I don''t know, but¡­ I have to do it!" As I held the [Omni-Sword] in my hand, I gathered my strength. Then, a golden light began to surge from my body. And when the golden energy is concentrated on the sword, I swing it out as hard as I can in a circle. "[Holy King''s Authority]©¤©¤©¤!" At that moment, a wave of golden slashes, like a dragon, was released from the [Omni-Sword]. The wave is divine, and its momentum is increasing and spreading throughout the city. If I had just released the slash normally, it would have destroyed the surrounding buildings and affected the people as well. But¡­ "Gyah©¤©¤." "Gu-guge©¤©¤©¤." The waves of golden light dispersed the Evil Beasts one after another, without harming the surrounding terrain, buildings, or people. Furthermore¡­ "T-this light¡­" "I-it''s warm¡­" "Oh! H-hey, look at this! My wound¡­!" "M-my hand! My hand''s back to normal!" Surprisingly, the wounds of those who were bathed in the light of the [Holy King''s Authority] began to heal. This was the effect of the [Holy King''s Authority], which could only be used by those who had earned the title of "Holy King." The power to exert the desired effect only on the things I want. However, it could not be activated without any risk. "Ugh! Hah¡­ hah¡­ hah¡­ I-it''s so intense¡­" I involuntarily kneeled down so that I could support my body with the [Omni-Sword]. Yes, it seems that the [Holy King''s Authority] consumed a lot of the user''s life force when it was activated. Even if it''s only one time, it''s already enough to cause a lot of discomforts¡­ If it''s used twice in one day, it would definitely shorten my lifespan. As I was resting, unable to take another step, Kagurazaka-san came back, looking flustered. "Hey, there was some kind of divine light coming through, and then those monsters disappeared¡­ was that you who did that?" "W¡­ well¡­" "Hey¡­ you''re sweating like crazy! Are you okay?" "D-don''t worry about me¡­. M-more importantly¡­ T-the Evil¡­ Beast?" "Evil Beast? Do you mean that monster? If it''s that monster, when it''s caught in that light, it disappears. I took a quick look around before I got here, and I didn''t hear any commotion, so I''m pretty sure they''re all gone¡­" "I¡­ I see¡­ then, that''s good¡­" When Kagurazaka-san''s words unintentionally distracted me, I fell on my butt on the spot. "H-hey¡­?" "A-ahahaha¡­ No need to worry, it''s just my power is waning¡­" "Geez, please don''t make me worry! I don''t want to be alone in this world, even though I''ve just met someone from the same world." I told Kagurazaka-san, who looked somewhat frightened, something I hadn''t been able to say to her earlier. "I failed to mention earlier that¡­ I wasn''t summoned." "Eh?" "In my house in Japan¡­ there is a mysterious door that allows me to travel between this world and Earth¡­" "No way!" Kagurazaka-san''s eyes widened at my words. Well, normally, it would be hard to believe, but Kagurazaka-san was summoned to a different world like this. "So, if you want to go home, Kagurazaka-san¡­ you can always go back to Earth." "That''s¡­" Kagurazaka-san was stunned by my words. Eventually, she let out a big sigh as if she had cleared her head. "Haaaaahh¡­ I see. You could go back and forth between this world and Earth, and that''s why you were able to exert such power at that time¡­" "That''s what it is." I managed to recover my strength, so I stood up and replied, and Kagurazaka-san gave me a stern look. "¡­Even so, that power is strange. I was summoned to this world and was taught many things, including magic and the concept of skills and status¡­ No matter how I look at it, your power is way out of line with normal people, isn''t it?" "I-I''m not aware of that, but¡­" "¡­Well, okay. For me, just knowing that I don''t have to spend the rest of my life in this world is a real relief." Kagurazaka-san looked relieved, but her expression turned serious as she gazed at the city where the attack by the Evil Beasts had ended. "There are many things I''m not happy about and don''t agree with, but if people in this world are in danger because of something called Evil, I want to help them. I want to fight for everyone. It''s because I know that I can always return to Earth with your help that I can think like that with a relaxed mind." "Kagurazaka-san¡­" "So I''m going to stay in this world a little longer. They might attack again. You''re a high school student just like me, right?" "Eh? Ah, yes." "As you can see, I''m on summer vacation right now, so I''ll be here at least during the summer vacation to watch out for those monsters." She''s a really nice person, isn''t she? "I understand. I''ll come back for you at the end of the summer vacation." ©¤©¤Although I ended up meeting Kagurazaka-san again in an unexpected place, I''m glad I was able to get through this attack safely. I took a deep breath as I remembered Avis''s words that would eventually come back to haunt me. <> Table of Content Chapter 137 - Book 3: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 4 "¡­No, really, there are too many things happening¡­" "Affirmative. Thanks for the effort." After the attack, we were able to return home safely. In the end, due to the reconstruction work and other factors, it was inconvenient for us to receive the hospitality of the Regal Kingdom, so we finished our business and were allowed to go home first. I never thought I''d see Kagurazaka-san again like that¡­ Oh, by the way, I forgot to ask her to keep the fact that I came from Earth to this other world a secret from the people of this world! ¡­Well, I don''t think anyone would go out of their way to ask Kagurazaka-san about me, so I guess it''s okay¡­? Lexia-san and the others stayed in the Regal Kingdom to help with reconstruction and for diplomatic discussions, and Kagurazaka-san said she was not returning to Earth yet, so I could return with the usual members in a relaxed manner. When I left, I made sure there was no one around and used teleportation magic to return directly to my house. It would take a long time if I had to use a carriage. So, I''m tired from all the things that have happened¡­ "¡­Isn''t it kind of noisy outside?" "Affirmative. I can hear sounds of fighting." As soon as I got home, I noticed that there was a strange noise outside the garden of Sage-san''s house. I really wanted to ignore it because I was tired, but it seemed that the fight was more intense than I expected, and I could feel the vibrations even inside the house. I couldn''t calm down without knowing, so I had no choice but to go outside to check. "Gaaaaaaah!" "Gugaaaaaahh!" Then I saw two monsters fighting fiercely, something I had never seen before. It looked like an ogre and a goblin, but¡­ "W-what is that?" "Unknown. But it looks really desperate." As Yuti said, the ogre and the goblin didn''t seem to take a step back from each other; they were just concentrating on killing the enemy in front of them. First of all, since this is the first time I''ve seen these monsters, I''m going to use [Identification] on both of them. [Kaiser Ogre] Level: 2 Magic: 5000 Attack: 50000 Defense: 10000 Agility: 3000 Intelligence: 1000 Luck: 1000 [Emperor Goblin] Level: 2 Magic: 3000 Attack: 45000 Defense: 5000 Agility: 10000 Intelligence: 1000 Luck: 1000 No, no, no, they''re strong! Or rather, why are these monsters here? At least, I''ve never seen one around this Sage-san''s house. "What the heck is¡­ Hmm?" "Question. What happened?" "Ah, no¡­ I saw a weird stone fall between the two¡­" "Stone?" Yes, a beautiful blue stone shaped like an egg has fallen between the fiercely battling monsters. I''ve never seen such a stone before, so I was wondering about it, and for some reason, the Kaiser Ogre and Emperor Goblin that had been fighting seemed to notice my gaze, stopped fighting, and suddenly attacked Sage-san''s house. ""Gaaaaaaaaaaaahh!"" "W-what the heck!" "¡­Speculation. Those two are fighting over that stone over there." "Eeh? W-why?" "Unknown. But when Yuuya stared at that stone like you wanted it, they thought you were an enemy." "Isn''t that too unreasonable?" I have no intention of wanting that stone. I don''t even know what it is in the first place! "I mean, what''s with all these monsters all of a sudden? It''s stronger than the Goblin General and the Bloody Ogre¡­" "King. They''re the king of the ogre and goblin species. In other words, the pinnacle." "Eeh? That means they''re the strongest of the goblin and ogre species?" "Affirmative." I really don''t know why such monsters are fighting in front of this house! However, it''s troublesome to have them fighting in front of the house like this. More importantly, it seems that I''ve been identified as an enemy. "In that case¡­!" When I took out the [Absolute Spear], I strengthened my body with [Magic Attire] and also released the power of Evil, and threw the [Absolute Spear] at the Kaiser Ogre with all my might. It may be an excessive attack, but in order to make sure that I kill it, I will give it my all. As a result, my throwing of the [Absolute Spear] flew at an unbelievable speed, directly erasing the upper half of the Kaiser Ogre''s body. "Gah!" The Emperor Goblin next to it seemed to think that the Kaiser Ogre''s upper body had suddenly disappeared, and it turned its head in that direction in surprise. But I didn''t miss the opportunity and immediately took out my [Formless Bow] and fired an arrow at the Emperor Goblin. "Gaaa? Gugaaaaah!" The Emperor Goblin noticed that something was coming towards it and immediately used the sword in its hand to block the invisible arrow. "Gaaaaaaaaahh!" The Emperor Goblin then shouted at me in anger, but while the Emperor Goblin was blocking the arrow, I threw the [Absolute Spear] that had returned to my hand with all my might again. Similar to the Kaiser Ogre, the Emperor Goblin was unable to respond to the [Absolute Spear], and in the next moment, the upper half of its body disappeared, turning into particles of light and disappearing. But unfortunately, it didn''t seem to drop any drop items. Level Up "Huh?" Then I let out a faint voice at such a message, something I hadn''t seen in a long time. When I checked my status in a hurry, I found that my level had indeed increased by one. [Yuuya Tenjou] Race: Human (Transcendent Species) Occupation: None Level: 2 Magic: 12,000 Attack: 18,000 Defense: 18,000 Agility: 18,000 Intelligence: 11500 Luck: 18,000 BP: 100 "Huh?" I noticed something different when I leveled up. Before I evolved and became a Human (Transcendent Species), my status increased by 10 for every level I gained, but now it has increased by 1000. I wonder if this is another benefit of having evolved? At any rate, there seems to be no change in the BP that can be earned by gaining one level. So, let''s think about which status to allocate the current 100 BP. ¡­I haven''t had any drop items earlier, and more importantly, I''ve been involved in too many difficult situations lately. I think I''m going to increase my luck a little bit. It may not seem like much, but I allocated all of my BP to luck stats. And this is the result. [Yuuya Tenjou] Race: Human (Transcendent Species) Occupation: None Level: 2 Magic: 12,000 Attack: 18,000 Defense: 18,000 Agility: 18,000 Intelligence: 11500 Luck: 18,100 BP: 0 There are only 100 points, and so it''s only raised by 100 as well. I can only hope that this luck stat will have some effect. As I took a breath after defeating the two monsters and assigning my status, Yuti nodded. "Impressive. Yuuya, you''re getting stronger. I can''t beat you now." "I-is that so?" In addition to training with Master Usagi, I also started training with Iris-san, so I do think that I am stronger than before¡­ For the time being, I went to see the stone on the ground that seemed to be the source of the fight between the monsters earlier. If I just leave it here, the monsters might fight in front of this house again, so I collected it. "So¡­ what do you think this is?" "Unknown. No idea." "Woof." "Fugo." In the house, I took a closer look at the stone I had retrieved. However, it seemed that even Yuti, Night, and Akatsuki didn''t know what it was. In this situation, the only person I could ask was Ouma-san¡­ "Hoo! This is a very unusual thing to pick up, is it not?" "Eh, do you know what this stone is?" "Yes. Incidentally, it''s not a stone; it''s an egg." "Ah, I see, an egg, huh¡­? Eh, an egg?" As expected of the Genesis Dragon, he knew what this beautiful blue stone ©¤ or egg ©¤ was. I knew it was egg-shaped, but I didn''t think it really was an egg¡­ If so, what kind of creature would hatch from this egg, I wondered¡­ Ouma-san nodded with a triumphant expression, but his expression quickly clouded. "¡­Well, I can''t be sure, but¡­" "Eehh?" "It can''t be helped. If it is the egg of the creature I imagined, it is a very extraordinary thing." "I-is that so?" "You must hatch it quickly to be sure." "Hatch it, you say¡­? No, it won''t hatch that fast, will it? And after all this time, can I raise it on my own?" "It''s really too late for that¡­ Don''t worry. If my prediction is correct, it will be of a similar type to the Akatsuki and will be of a species that has no parents." "B-but if not¡­" "Eeeii, that''s too much to ask! Just hatch it quickly!" Ouma-san tapped my foot. "I-I get it. So, how do I hatch it?" "Umu. You need to let your magic power flow into the egg." "Fumufumu¡­ And then?" "That''s it." "That''s it?" No way. Is that all it takes for it to hatch? It''s an egg, so shouldn''t it be warmed up or something? My question seemed to show on my face, and Ouma-san continued with a dumbfounded look. "Well¡­ that egg is different from a chicken egg, you know?" "T-that''s true, too. Then, I''ll immediately¡­" "Expectation. I''m excited." Yuti was looking at the egg somewhat happily, too. The same was true for the Night and Akatsuki, who were looking at the egg in my hand with great interest. As I poured my magic power into the egg, it gradually began to warm up. "Ah!" A crack appeared in the egg, and the crack gradually spread. Finally, the creature appeared from inside the egg. "©¤©¤©¤Pi. Pi. Pi." "Wow¡­" What came out of the egg was a small bird with transparent blue feathers. In the beginning, the bird was just chirping with its eyes closed, as if it had just been born and its eyes weren''t accustomed to it, but eventually, it opened its eyes and stared straight at me. "Pi. Pii! Pii!" "S-so cute¡­" "Woof!" "Fugo!" Night and Akatsuki nodded at my words and looked at the bird chirping cheerfully in my hand. "Beautiful. It''s like the blue sky itself." The bird in my hand made Yuti smile, too. However, only Ouma-san was excited in a different way. "Oh! I knew it was as I expected!" "Eh?" "That bird is a sacred bird called [Luan]*. As I mentioned earlier, it is similar to Akatsuki in terms of the species type." "Fugo?" [T/n: In Chinese mythology, it is a mythical bird related to the Fenghuang (Phoenix). For this reason, it''s also called a Phoenix at times. The Luan''s plumage is blue, as opposed to the red or multi-colored plumage of the Fenghuang.] After hearing Ouma-san''s words, Akatsuki tilted his head as if he didn''t understand it well. Ouma-san then continued with a bitter smile at the sight of Akatsuki. "¡­Well, while both the bird and Akatsuki have holy powers to fight against the Evil, but its essence is different." "Different? What''s the difference?" "The bird is said to appear and guide the one who is worthy of being a true king in this world." "H-heh¡­" I don''t know what it is, but the story is really grand. What is it? This true king stuff¡­ "¡­Hmm? That means that¡­ I shouldn''t have hatched it after all!" "Mmm? Why?" "Why, you ask¡­? That true king thing, you know? Doesn''t that mean it has to go to the right person?" "Yeah. That''s why you''re here, isn''t it?" "¡­¡­¡­Huh?" I didn''t understand what Ouma-san was saying and let out a silly voice. However, Ouma-san once again explained clearly to me who was dumbfounded. "Therefore, Yuuya. It must be because you are the person who deserves to be the true king that it has appeared here." "¡­.." Ouma-san said this with a dazed look. On the other hand, I''m©¤©¤©¤. "Eeeeeeeeehhh!" I just screamed. No, this is crazy! What? A true king? I don''t remember becoming such a thing©¤©¤©¤. Thinking to that point, I remembered the title ©¤ [Holy King] that I just acquired today. "That title?" "Astonished. Yuuya, the king?" "Woof." "Fugo." Night and Akatsuki also looked at me in surprise, but I''m the most surprised one. What is this, a true king? I don''t remember becoming such a thing! Then the blue bird in my hand tilted its head cutely. "Pi?" "¡­¡­ No, geez, I feel like anything is fine because it''s cute." "You''re a big shot in an extraordinary way." I''m not the type to be called a big shot, but in front of this cuteness, anything goes. Besides, I was surprised to be told that I was a true king. But to be honest, I didn''t really feel it at all. After I was convinced to some extent, I asked Ouma-san about something that was bothering me. "By the way, you said that this bird is rare even from Ouma-san''s perspective, but just how rare is it?" "That''s right¡­ in all the years I''ve lived on this planet, I''ve only ever seen it once if that helps you to understand." "Seriously?" "Astonished. That''s outrageous." I''ve said it many times, but Ouma-san has been alive since the creation of this world. Even for Ouma-san, he''s only ever seen it once, so the rarity of it must be pretty serious. "That''s why I don''t know much about the bird''s biology. And what kind of abilities it has." "I-I see¡­" "Pii?" I tried to activate the [Identification] skill on the blue bird that was sitting quietly in my hand. [Luan] Level: 1 Magic: ©¤©¤ Attack: ©¤©¤ Defense: ©¤©¤ Agility: ©¤©¤ Intelligence: ©¤©¤ Luck: ©¤©¤ Skills: [Hades Return March]* [Resurrection] [King''s Guider] [Blue Flame] [T/n: I''m not sure about this, the kanji is »ÆÈª·µ¤ê¤ÎßM“Ä, so please let me know if someone can help with a better name.] "W-what is this¡­?" "¡­It''s so ridiculous." Ouma-san, who can read the status just like me, was just as puzzled as I was. First of all, none of the statuses are displayed, and all I could see were the names of the skills. And even the names of those skills had a dangerous vibe, to begin with. What? This [Resurrection]. Can''t it die? In addition, [Hades Return March]¡­ there are only words there that sound dangerous. The rest is the [Blue Flame] skill that this bird looked like and the [King''s Guider] skill that Ouma-san mentioned¡­ but none of it rings a bell. What was the effect? [Blue Flame], as the name implied, was probably to manipulate blue flames or something like that. "Ouma-san¡­" "I''ll tell you in advance; I don''t know any of these skills." "Ugh." I was about to ask him, but he said it first. However, to have skills that even Ouma-san did not know¡­ it''s too mysterious. It''s just a super cute-looking bird, though. When I stared at the blue bird in my hand, the blue bird shyly hid its face with its wings and twisted its body. "Pi, pii." "So cute." "You''ve been saying that for a while now." It''s because it''s cute. When I was relaxing my cheeks, Yuti asked me a question. "Question. What are you going to name this little one?" "Eh?" "Confirmation. This child is going to be part of the family, right?" "Pi? Pii!" The blue bird repeatedly nodded, as if in sync with Yuti''s words, and looked at me expectantly. I-it''s dazzling¡­! "I-I don''t have much of a naming sense, but¡­" But just like when I named the Night and the others, I remembered that it reminded me of a clear blue sky when I first saw this child. sea??h th§× N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Therefore¡­ "You are¡­ Ciel. What do you think of the name Ciel?" I believe it means "Sky" in French¡­ "Pii! Pii!" In my words, the blue bird¡­ Ciel flew happily around in my hands. "That''s good. So, it''s nice to meet you, Ciel." "Pii!" And so, by a strange coincidence, a new member was added to my family. <> Table of Content Chapter 138 - Book 4: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 "Pii! Piii!" "Haha. Are you enjoying your walk?" "Pi!" I''m taking the newborn Ciel for a walk around on Earth. I wanted Ciel to get to know Earth as well. Actually, I would have liked to take Night and Akatsuki for a walk with me, but since Ouma-san would be staying at home, as usual, Night and Akatsuki decided to stay home with Ouma-san. Hmm¡­ I wanted to show Ouma-san around Earth somehow, but in order to do so, I have to make sure that nobody would find out that he was a dragon. If someone were to find out, it would be a big problem. That''s why, unfortunately, I have no choice but to ask Ouma-san to stay at home for now. "Pi, pi, piii?!" "Looks like you''re having fun." "Pii!" Ciel was perched on my right shoulder, rubbing his body against my cheek as she sang happily. "Oh, what is it?" "Pipi. Piii!" "You''re so cute." Ciel looked at me as if to say, "I love you!" Maybe he has been emotionally attached to me. Perhaps he''s recognized me as his parent since I hatched him from an egg. [T/n: I don''t know about Ciel''s gender yet, so I just used "him" for now.] It''s not strange for a bird like Ciel to be here on Earth, but with his beautiful blue feathers and the fact that he was perched quietly on my shoulder, he caught the attention of many people on the street. Well, I guess it couldn''t be helped. Akatsuki was also unusual, so people often look at him too. As I walked along thinking about this, I came close to the Ousei Academy. Suddenly, someone called out to me from behind. "Ara? Yuuya-san?" "Hmm? Oh, Kaori!" When I turned my head toward the voice, I saw Kaori''s figure there. Even though it''s summer vacation, Kaori was wearing her school uniform, which meant she probably had something to do at school. "What a coincidence! Are you taking a walk? Eh¡­ who is this little one?" "Ah, he''s my new family member; his name is Ciel." "Pi!" When I introduced him, Ciel raised his little wings and greeted Kaori. He''s so cute. Kaori seemed to have the same impression as me, and her eyes sparkled at the sight. "Ciel-chan, is it? Um, could it be that Ciel is like Night and the others?" "Yes, he''s a creature from the other world." Kaori knew about the door''s existence in my house and had been to the other world. Hence, she immediately realized that Ciel was not a creature from Earth. As we talked, I remembered my promise to Miu-san, so I decided to ask Kaori for advice. Since I would meet Miu-san''s father as her boyfriend, I needed to prepare a suit and other formal wear. However, I had no idea where to buy a suit. However, since this was an issue that involved Miu-san''s family situation, I couldn''t tell Kaori the details, so I consulted Kaori with a very vague explanation, and she told me¡­ "Hmm¡­ first of all, Yuuya-san needs formal wear, and you don''t know where to buy it, right?" "Yes, that''s right." "Then let''s ask my father!" "Eh, Tsukasa-san?" Kaori nodded; I was a little surprised to hear that name come out of nowhere. "Yes! Actually, I had some business to attend to with my father, so this is why I was heading to school in my uniform. Today, my father is at school, so¡­" "I see¡­ But I''m not wearing my uniform right now, is that okay?" "It''s fine! Then let''s go!" Thanks to Kaori, I was able to meet with Tsukasa-san, the school''s chairman, and after delivering Ciel home with teleport magic, we arrived quickly at the office of the chairman of Ousei Academy. Then, Tsukasa-san seemed to have just finished his work and spoke to us. "I''m sorry, I kept you waiting." "N-no! I apologize too for barging in so suddenly¡­" "No, it''s fine. I haven''t had many opportunities to see you lately, and I wanted to hear what you''ve been up to." When I saw Tsukasa-san smiling cheerfully, I really felt that he was a good person. ¡­Actually, I would have talked to my parents about this kind of thing, but my situation is rather complicated. Even so, considering the fact that I met Tsukasa-san, the best person to consult with this time, I''m glad I raised my luck stats. "By the way, I heard that you and other friends went with Kaori to visit our vacation house. How was it?" "Ah, yes! It was very enjoyable. Once again, thank you for inviting me." "Hahaha. Don''t be so formal." "That''s right! I really enjoyed spending time with everyone, too." I can''t stop thanking Tsukasa-san and Kaori, who are smiling so cheerfully. They''re really nice people, aren''t they? I really respect Tsukasa-san, and when I grow up, I want to be just like him. Then, Tsukasa-san smiled gently, looking somewhat pleased. "Kaori had never been able to make friends on an equal footing, partly because of me. Even in junior high school, I feel like she was lonely. But since you came, she has made other friends and is always happy to talk about school. Thank you so much." "Father¡­" Then Tsukasa-san bowed his head, and I couldn''t help but panic. "N-no. Me too! I''ve been helped many times by Kaori-san! ¡­On the contrary, I never thought that I would be able to play with friends as I did during this summer vacation. That''s why I''m delighted I was able to transfer to this school." I bowed my head as well, and Tsukasa-san smiled bitterly. "Haha. If we continue like this, we''ll end up bowing to each other." "T-that''s right." "Oh, yes. So it seems you had some business with me, what is it?" "Ah, yes. Actually¡­" I quickly summarized what I wanted to discuss with Tsukasa-san and told him about Miu-san''s story vaguely. It was a problem that involved Miu-san''s family situation, so that I couldn''t go into too much detail. When I managed to summarize and explain the main points, Tsukasa-san looked at me with great interest. "Fumu¡­ you''ve helped Kaori a lot. If you want a suit as formal wear, I can prepare it for you." "N-no! It''s okay! I''ll buy it myself!" "Is that so? Well, I guess it''s more convenient to buy it yourself than to have someone else buy it for you. First of all, you want clothes that you won''t be embarrassed to wear in any public place, is that correct?" "Y-yes. I''m embarrassed to admit that I don''t really know where to get such things, how much they cost, or what kind of things I should prepare¡­" "I see¡­ Then, let''s go to my favorite store now." "Eh?" I was surprised at the sudden turn of events, but Tsukasa-san invited me to go to a suit store, and we headed there. £ª£ª£ª "U-umu¡­ in this way, it''s very troubling¡­" "That''s right¡­" I was taken by Tsukasa-san and arrived at a high-class suit store, but as soon as I arrived at the store, I was made to wear various suits. Kaori also followed us and gave me some advice on how to choose a suit. I guess a woman''s opinion and a man''s opinion are two different things. As I was thinking about this, Tsukasa-san let out a sigh. "This is troubling¡­" "Eh? I-is this really not suitable for me?" If it doesn''t look that good on me and it''s terrible no matter which one I choose, then I''m completely out of luck¡­ I thought so, but apparently not, and Tsukasa-san shook his head. "No, it''s the opposite." "The opposite?" "You look too good in every suit, Yuuya-san." "Eeh?" I was taken aback by Kaori''s words, but I wondered if it was true. "There are various patterns of suits. Because of the difference in fabric, the number of buttons, the collar, etc¡­ it is possible to decide on a good combination of all of them, but no matter which one you wear, it will look good on you." I was embarrassed when Tsukasa-san said this to me with a smile. I don''t really know what makes a good suit, but when someone says it like that¡­ However, it was still difficult to decide, and Tsukasa-san and Kaori couldn''t help but groan when a new customer walked into the store. "©¤©¤Ara? You are¡­ Yuuya-kun?" "Eh? Ah, Hikari-san?" He was the photographer who had worked with Miu-san when we did a model shoot for a magazine. "What a coincidence. I never thought I''d met you here¡­" "That''s right. By the way, did you go shopping for a suit?" "Yes. I''m thinking of using a suit for an upcoming photoshoot¡­ Ara? You are¡­" When Hikari-san noticed Tsukasa-san and Kaori, it seemed that Tsukasa-san knew Hikari-san, and they greeted each other. In the meantime, Tsukasa-san seemed to have come up with a great idea and asked Hikari-san about me. S§×ar?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When he heard what Tsukasa-san had said, Hikari-san''s eyes lit up. "I see, you came here to buy a suit for Yuuya-kun, but you can''t seem to decide¡­" "That''s right." "Then leave it to me!" "Eh?" "It''s just a coincidence that we met here. I''m a professional in this field, and I''ll help find the perfect suit for you!" With Hikari-san''s words, my suit selection process began again¡­ As expected of a professional. Hikari-san immediately decided on my suit, which Tsukasa-san and Kaori had struggled with so much. "Indeed, Yuuya-kun looks good in any suit, but from what I''ve heard, it''s better to be seen as earnest as possible, so I think an English-type suit is good for you. An Italian-type suit is also sexy and perfect for you, but I want to show that I''ve made a good decision here. Also, a three-piece suit looks better on you©¤©¤." The words related to suits kept popping up one after another, but unfortunately, I couldn''t understand any of them. However, thanks to Hikari-san''s help, I managed to decide on the suit I would buy. "What do you think?" "Yes, it''s good, I think?" "It suits you very well!" The suit was well-received not only by Hikari-san but also by Tsukasa-san and Kaori, so I bought a set of formal wear coordinated by Hikari-san. After I finished buying, I thanked him again. "Thank you, Hikari-san!" "It''s okay, don''t worry about it! I had a lot to choose from, and most importantly, it was fun." "R-really?" "Yes! It would be best if you had more confidence in yourself, Yuuya-kun. I don''t know the details, but if you don''t have confidence in yourself, you''ll lose out wearing that suit." "¡­Yes!" Hikari-san was right. I''ve had a lot of trouble choosing the right clothes. In order not to be embarrassed by the suit, at least for the time I''m wearing it, I should be proud of it. With that thought in mind, I purchased the first suit of my life. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤If it''s a bunch of Evil Beasts of that level, you can easily get rid of them, huh¡­" A few days after Yuuya and Mai Kagurazaka worked together to defeat the Evil Beasts, Avis, who had returned to the World''s Disposal Ground, muttered with some admiration. He looked at his own hand, moved it a few times, and then held it up to the World''s Disposal Ground. From his palm, a ray of ultra-fine black light shot out. That light ran through the World''s Disposal Ground and then quietly disappeared. ©¤©¤Then, the space where the black light ran was torn apart by the black flash, and¡­ exploded. With a tremendous crashing sound, the space exploded, and black flames enveloped everything in the World''s Disposal Ground. Originally, there was already nothing in the World''s Disposal ground, but everything was completely obliterated with a single blow from Avis. As if a part of the world had been hollowed out and nothing was left, there was no barren land spreading but a pitch-black space of nothingness. "©¤©¤Haha. It''s wonderful. Wonderful¡­!" In front of that scene, Avis laughed like a madman and looked at his hands again. "This is¡­ the true power of Evil¡­! Look! This is a blow that gives nothingness! Everything was literally obliterated! Hahahahaha!" It''s not just the power to clear the surface of the other world, as Avis said, but the terrifying power to literally reduce the very existence of something to nothingness. "Fuh¡­ It''s good that my body is finally familiar with my full power¡­ I see¡­ That''s why I couldn''t find that outsider until now." After confirming his own power, Avis muttered as he stared into the void. At the end of his gaze, he could clearly see the figure of Yuuya. "©¤©¤The Great Devil''s Nest. I didn''t expect a human to live in a place like that¡­" His eyes glittered with madness, and Avis smiled ferociously. "Now that I''m accustomed to the power¡­ it''s time to finally kill you, outsider¡­!" As Avis laughed loudly, he dissolved into a black mist and disappeared. Chapter 139 - Book 4: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 It''s been a few days since I bought the suit. The suit that Hikari-san chose for me was of a perfect size, and the material was very high quality. Moreover, I am now wearing the [Royal Silk Shirt] and [Dragon God''s Leather Shoes] that I received from Sage-san. These are probably of a much higher quality than anything that could be bought on Earth. "I''m nervous¡­" I arrived early at the meeting place arranged with Miu-san. The place was also lined with high-class stores, and I did not usually come here. "Or rather¡­ what kind of person is Miu-san''s father?" From what I''ve heard, he seemed to be very rich, but¡­ Although I was curious about what kind of person Miu-san''s father was, I was more concerned about myself at the moment. "Heh, isn''t it weird¡­ I hope it''s okay¡­" In addition, this time, I had my hair appropriately styled so that I would not embarrass Miu-san as I would act as her boyfriend. I''ve only had my hair cut lightly at a barbershop in the past, so it was refreshing to have my hair styled professionally. Despite my appearance, I was uncomfortable because I felt like I was being watched by people on the street more than usual. There were even people who took the trouble to stop and stare at me. Well¡­ I guess it''s not as dangerous as walking while staring, but¡­ It made me so nervous that I thought I might look a bit unattractive, so I used my skills [Mind-Body Unification] and [Mental Enhancement] as I continued to wait naturally. And then©¤©¤. "Yuuya-san! I''m sorry¡­ I''m late¡­" "Miu-san?" Miu-san, who was wearing a beautiful dress, found me and waved, but her words were getting smaller and smaller. When I looked closely, I could see someone behind her who looked like her father. I hurried over to Miu-san and her father. "Excuse me. Are you okay?" "Wha? I-I''m fine! It''s just that¡­" Miu-san glanced at me and blushed. H-huh? Do I look strange? Please be honest with me. Is it possible that I''m wearing something extremely embarrassing? I wanted to rush off to reevaluate my outfit, but I couldn''t act strangely in front of Miu-san''s father. I suppressed my panic and asked Miu-san. "Um, Miu-san. The one over there¡­?" "Ah! I''m sorry. This is my father©¤©¤." "©¤©¤Hideyuki Mido. It looks like my daughter is in your care, correct?" Miu-san''s father¡­ Hideyuki-san, gave me a sharp look. "It''s not a big deal at all. ¡­My name is Yuuya Tenjou. I''m very much indebted to Miu-san for her help." "Hou?" Hideyuki-san opened his eyes slightly as I replied naturally and without any tension. Normally, I would be extremely nervous at this point, but¡­ I was able to greet him in a much more relaxed way than I expected. This was probably due to the fact that I had recently met some of the most important people in the other world, such as the King of Arcelia and the King of Regal. Thanks to this, even though I had been very nervous until just a moment ago, now I was calm. Hideyuki-san turned his back on me as if to show me the way. "I''ve reserved a table for us today. Follow me." As I followed Hideyuki-san, I secretly let out a sigh. It looks like I''ve passed the first barrier. I was wondering what I would do if I were turned away at the start. I was taken to a restaurant that looked like a high-class place. Oh, no. I don''t know anything about table manners! Suppressing my desperately impatient feelings, I was led to a table for four. Seeing this, Miu-san curiously asked Hideyuki-san. "Father. It''s just the three of us today, isn''t it¡­?" "©¤©¤No. There will be one more person here with us, the man that is coming is the candidate for Miu''s marriage proposal." "Eh!?" "¡­.." Miu-san was surprised by Hideyuki-san''s words. Of course, I was surprised too, but it seems that Miu-san hadn''t been told about it either¡­ Despite Miu-san''s surprise, Hideyuki-san continued without hesitation. "Since we''re here. I''m thinking of letting the boyfriend that Miu brought with her and the marriage partner that I introduced to you meet." "Y-you didn''t say anything about it¡­!" "What? Do you have a problem with my decision?" "Ugh!" In front of Hideyuki-san''s sharp gaze, Miu-san became silent. Wow¡­ Hideyuki-san, you are completely unwilling to listen to Miu-san''s words¡­ As for me, I never thought that Miu-san''s arranged marriage partner would come. But now that it has come to this, I have no choice but to behave honorably as Miu-san''s boyfriend. More than that¡­ table manners, seriously, what should I do¡­ As soon as I took a seat, a person who seemed to be Miu-san arranged marriage partner came over to our table. "I''m sorry, Hideyuki-san. I was a little overwhelmed with work¡­" The man who showed up was in his mid-twenties, dressed stylishly in a good quality suit. He had short brown hair and a neat face that gave him the look of a successful young boss. Oh no, am I already losing? As for me. Look at me ¡ª my appearance. I look like someone who just put on a suit. On the other hand, the man in front of me is perfectly dressed in a suit. He looked like he''s older than me¡­ B-but what should I do now? Then, when Hideyuki-san saw the man who appeared, he smiled for the first time today and stood up. "No, it''s no problem. I''m sorry I bothered you." "Oh no! It was Hideyuki-san''s invitation, and more than anything, I wanted to talk to Miu-san too!" "Hahaha. I''m glad if you say that." His communication skills are amazing. I was a bullied child, so no matter how I tried, I couldn''t compete with him, right? ¡­From my perspective, he seems like a great guy, and I think he''d be a good match for Miu-san, but Miu-san herself doesn''t like this marriage arrangement¡­ A-although I''ve already been defeated; I''m going to keep fighting until the end¡­! The man suddenly turned his gaze on me just as I made up my mind to fight on. "And, this is¡­?" "?" When the man looked at me, his eyes widened in surprise. W-what''s going on? I''m the one who''s in the lowest position right now, you know¡­ I stood up and bowed to the man. "I''m the one who''s been dating Miu-san. My name is Yuuya Tenjou." "Dating Miu-san¡­?" The man showed a disturbing vibe to my introduction. T-that''s right! He might not expect that the person he was looking for in a marriage proposal had a boyfriend. B-but don''t be discouraged, me! It''s for Miu-san''s sake! sea??h th§× N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "I''m Yuma Yamano. Well, it''s nice to meet you." Oh, no matter how I look at it, I''ve been labeled as an enemy. What should I do? I''m starting to get a stomachache. The dinner finally started, with a sudden unsettling feeling in the air. I have absolutely no idea about table manners, but now that I''m here, I''ll get through it following the mood¡­! I can make it through, can''t I? While being conscious of how unsettled I was, I ate my meal paying attention to make sure I ate elegantly. I don''t know if it was good or not, but it didn''t seem like anyone was particularly pointing it out to me. Am I doing okay? I''m going to do my best! I''m just sorry that I''m so overzealous that I can''t taste the food! However, my efforts were meaningless once the conversation started. It''s basically because Hideyuki-san and Yuma-san were chatting smilingly; even Miu-san and I were left out of the conversation. When it came to this point, it was pretty refreshing. As I continued to eat in silence, Miu-san spoke to me covertly. "¡­I''m sorry, Yuuya-san. I''m sorry that I involved you in this kind of situation and that you were treated like this¡­" "No, it''s okay. I''m just trying not to embarrass Miu-san by being her boyfriend. Well, not being able to participate in the conversation between the two of them may be a demerit as Miu-san''s boyfriend¡­" "Yuuya-san¡­" Miu-san''s cheeks reddened at my sincere words. Then, it seemed that Yuma-san saw what was going on with us and asked us a question. "You two seem to be getting along pretty well, don''t you?" "Yes, well. We have been dating for a while now." "¡­I hadn''t heard, but where did you and Miu-san meet?" "We met when we worked together as models for a photoshoot for a fashion magazine." As soon as I said that, I saw a hint of contempt in Hideyuki-san and Yuma-san''s eyes. "I see, so you''re a model too?" "That''s right." Actually, I''m not. But it would still be a better advertisement for me as a boyfriend than if I told them I was just a student right now. And it''s not a lie that I''ve been photographed with her. However, Hideyuki-san cut it off mercilessly. "I can''t leave Miu in your hands if you''re doing a job that has no future." "Eh?" "The entertainment industry is an industry where the future can become uncertain at the slightest hint. I''m saying that I can''t entrust my daughter to you in such a place." "Father!" "Miu, shut up." I see. Well, as a parent, I understand that he wants his daughter to be with someone who is secure in the future. However, I wonder how much he was thinking about Miu-san''s feelings. In the first place, Miu-san said she didn''t want to go on an arranged marriage, so she must not be thinking about marriage. "I can''t have a young man with no future like you approaching us Mido family members¡­" Hmm, he disliked me surprisingly. Even though we''ve never met before. But I''m used to people hating me. I''m sad, but I''m not going to let that put a dent in me now. As I stared straight into Hideyuki-san''s eyes, Yuma-san intervened. "Well, well, Hideyuki-san, please calm down. He''s young, too. It''s no wonder he''s reckless because of his youth." "No, no, you''re young, too." "Hahaha, that''s true¡­ That''s right! Well, how about this?" Yuma-san, who seemed to have suddenly come up with a good idea, suggested. "I''ve been telling Hideyuki-san and others about this for a while now, but how about inviting Yuuya-kun to one of my affiliated stores? That way, you can understand the difference in our rank." "Yuuma-san''s store?" When I was tilting my head in confusion, Hideyuki-san told me with a somewhat ridiculous look. "Yuma-san runs several entertainment facilities overseas, including a large casino. You are invited to one of his affiliated establishments." "Yes. And I''d like you to visit my store, too." "Hah¡­" So he owns a lot of stores. Does that mean he''s rich? Not sure. "I would like to invite you all to the biggest amusement center in my company to play some coin-operated games, how about it?" Not seeming to care about my confusion at the sudden turn of events, Yuma-san and Hideyuki-san continued their conversation. "I see. If we go to your store, we''ll see how much we know about our social position. Isn''t that good?" "Well, well. But if Miu-san is to marry me, it will prove that she has a secure future?" Ugh¡­ He''s crazy hostile to me¡­ From Yuma-san''s point of view, I''m a hindrance, so it can''t be helped¡­ When I couldn''t say anything, Miu-san stood up as if she couldn''t stand it anymore. "Father! Why are you talking so badly about Yuuya-san¡­!" "I told you to keep quiet, didn''t I?" "Uh!" "¡­Hah. This is why it is so difficult to have a poorly behaved daughter." "No way! Isn''t Miu-san a wonderful person?" "Oh, is that what you say?" "Of course I do. ¡­So, Yuuya-kun? What will you do?" "Yuuya-san¡­ You can refuse if you want." Miu-san gave me a worried yet apologetic look. "I understand. I''m going to visit Yuma-san''s store." "Eh?" "¡­.." It seemed that they didn''t expect me to say I would be visiting, and not only Miu-san, but also Yuma-san and the others widened their eyes. Yuma-san looked unhappy for a moment but quickly made up for it. "Well, that''s fine. If that''s the case, please do come to the designated place at a later date. I''m sure you understand, but you''ll be heading overseas, okay?" "Yes." I nodded straightforwardly at Yuma-san''s words. Oh, I need to get my passport made. I wish I could talk to Kaori about it again¡­ As I was thinking about this, we ended up having the dinner of the day, and it ended without any problems. £ª£ª£ª On the way home from dinner with Yuuya and the others, Miu was riding in the car with her father, Hideyuki. "How about Yuma? Wasn''t he a wonderful young man? He''s nothing compared to the young man you brought with you." "That''s not true! Yuuya-san is a much more wonderful man!" "Hah. No matter what you say, once he sees the scale of the facility Yuma runs, he''ll see the difference in status as a man and give up on you." "¡­.." Miu turns her face down in frustration. After this, Miu did not exchange a glance or a word with Hideyuki until the end. £ª£ª£ª "Come on, this way." Under Yuma-san''s guidance, we were being led to the plane that would take us overseas. After that dinner, with the help of Kaori, Tsukasa-san, and the others, I got my passport without any problems and came to the airport that Yuma-san had designated for us. I''m still dressed casually today, but since Yuma-san''s affiliated store is said to be a magnificent facility, I don''t know what the correct attire is, so I brought the three-piece suit I wore for dinner the other day. As I hadn''t had much experience going abroad, let alone going on a long trip, I tried not to look around too much. I-I just have to be graceful and have a relaxed attitude¡­! As if mocking me, Yuma-san led us to a certain plane. "Well, this is my private jet." "Oh." "¡­.." Hideyuki-san seemed impressed by Yuma-san''s words, but Miu-san didn''t seem to be interested at all. Miu-san said that she actually had a modeling job today, but Hideyuki-san forced her to cancel it to accompany him. To be honest, I had no idea how great Hideyuki-san was, so when I talked to Tsukasa-san about the passport, I asked him if he knew who Hideyuki Mido was, and he told me that he was the president of the Mido Group, one of the largest corporations in Japan. Although I have seen the name Mido in many places, including in electrical appliances, I had no idea that he was the president of such a large company. I was also surprised to find out that Miu-san is the daughter of the president of such a company. Well, from my perspective, everyone is an amazing person, so it''s not like I''m going to change how I treat Miu-san and her father¡­ Anyway, if he is the head of such a large company, it must be easy for him to cancel Miu-san''s job. However, since Miu-san takes pride in her work as a model, I can understand why she doesn''t like Hideyuki-san''s methods. More importantly¡­ private jets really existed, didn''t they? I thought it was something that only existed in fiction. When I boarded the plane thinking about this, Yuma-san approached me with a smile on his face. "I hadn''t told Yuuya-kun about this, but¡­ I work overseas, so all the attendants are foreigners. I don''t usually use Japanese either, so please use English if you need to ask for something. Well, if you don''t speak English, I suggest you keep a low profile." "Yes, I understand." It''s so elitist to communicate in English. No, I''m pretty sure they''re actually elite. And then, what went wrong? Yuma-san clicked his tongue when he heard my words. "Tsk¡­ how long can you afford to keep that up?" "Eh?" I could hear the clicking tongue, but I couldn''t hear the words that followed it. What did he say? Probably not a very good one¡­ Then, eventually, the plane started moving. Miu-san was sitting next to me, and Hideyuki-san and Yuma-san were sitting across the way from us. "Miu-san, are you okay?" When I called out to Miu-san, who looked somewhat depressed, she gave me an apologetic look. "Oh¡­ I''m sorry. I''m fine. How about you, Yuuya-san, are you okay? I''m sorry that I suddenly dragged you into something like this¡­" "I''m fine. I''ve never been abroad before, so I''m looking forward to it." Although this is the first time I''ve ever been on a plane, I''m not too nervous or scared. Rather, I was excited to be flying. If I could, I would have brought Night and the others with me, but I played the role of Miu-san''s boyfriend this time, so they were all staying at home. Ciel was a newborn, and I wanted to stay close to him, but I had to be patient. Once I''m settled in the hotel over there, I''ll use teleportation magic to get home. A short time after the plane took off, Yuma-san called the attendant and spoke to her in English. "Coffee, please." "Very well, sir." "Yes, would Yuuya-kun and the others like to order something too?" "Huh? Oh, yes¡­" I was momentarily surprised to be suddenly spoken to in Japanese by Yuma-san, and so I asked the attendant. "Do you have any kind of menu?" "Yes, we do. Would you like me to bring it to you?" "Yes, please." """?""" When I was using my [Language Comprehension] skills to converse with the attendant in English, Miu-san and Yuma-san and the others looked at me with surprise. Hey, what''s going on? Then the attendant brought me a menu, and I thanked her. "Excuse me, thank you." "No problem." "Oh, how about you, Miu-san?" "Eh? Oh, c-can I have some of this¡­ please?" "It''s okay." While confirming Miu-san''s choice, I also decided what I wanted and told the attendant immediately. "I''m sorry. I would like this one and this one, please." "Very well. ¡­Your English is very good, isn''t it?" "Eh?" "No, you speak very fluently without any Japanese accent¡­ Have you been abroad before?" "No, this is my first time¡­ Hahaha, it''s nice to be praised for my English by an English speaker." "Fufufu¡­ Oh, I''m sorry. Ah, I''m sorry to interrupt you, but I''ll have it ready in a moment." "Please." The attendant smiled at my words and went back. As I watched her go, Miu-san spoke to me with a somewhat excited look on her face. "Yu-Yuuya-san, you speak English too?" "Y-yes. Sometimes¡­" It''s all thanks to my [Language Comprehension] skill, so it''s a bit of a cheat, but please forgive me this time. I can''t show my embarrassing side as Miu-san''s boyfriend. After that, the drinks we ordered arrived, and after chatting with Miu-san and taking a nap, we arrived at our destination. "Tch¡­ what the hell is that guy¡­ he''s getting carried away¡­!" Chapter 140 - Book 4: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 When the plane arrived at the airport, a car from Yuma-san''s company was already there. I got in the car and drove to the hotel, where I changed into formal wear and went to the amusement center that Yuma-san ran. "Wow¡­" There was a super huge space there. There were glittering neon signs, huge fountains, and a gorgeous atmosphere. As I was stunned by the sight, Miu-san and the others who had also changed into dresses arrived. "Now, let me show you the inside. We''ve reserved the place for today¡­" "I see. Thanks for that." Hideyuki-san nodded lightly at Yuma-san''s words¡­ A huge facility like this was rented out for a day! Normally, there would be a lot of customers¡­ It''s really outrageous that they would rent it out just for us. The scale was so different. Inside the facility, there was a casino game space that I''ve only seen in movies and manga. Well, apparently, it''s a coin-operated game. I wore a proper suit, but I couldn''t help but feel out of place. Rather, I''m glad I brought my suit¡­ and that I prepared it just in case. When I was thinking about that, Yuma-san called out to me. "Right, Yuuya-kun." "Yes?" "I''d like you to play with me first¡­ Do you have any money with you?" "It''s, well¡­" "That''s good. The games we have here are coin-operated games, so you''ll need to convert your money into coins first." Well, that''s true. But how many coins do I need to have? "Um, would one million yen be enough?" "¡­..Huh?" I pulled out a wad of cash from my item box as if I were pulling it out of my pocket. "T-that money is¡­" "I''m sorry, I have cash¡­" But if I can use the money, that''s just fine. If possible, it would be better to return the large amount of money that I obtained from defeating monsters in the other world to the Earth. I''ve never had the opportunity to spend a lot of money before, so it would be great if I could use this opportunity. As I was thinking about this, I noticed that everyone was staring at me. "H-huh? Is it not enough? Then¡­" Since Yuma-san and the others didn''t react well, I put down two, three, four, and five wads of cash for the time being, and¡­ "W-wait a minute!" "Huh?" "The first million yen will be enough!" Apparently, the first million yen was enough, and I retrieved the additional money. "So, which game do you want to play?" "Let''s see¡­ then the slots over there? Please." I don''t know much about slots, but I imagine they are common in Japanese arcades. Therefore, I''m sure I can do it. When I was thinking about it, Yuma-san smiled at me. "Slots, huh? That''s good, isn''t it? ¡­It''s easy to operate over here, so it''s a big help." "Eh?" "It''s nothing. It''s easy to do. You just insert the coins and press the button. First, you have to exchange the money for coins." As he said that, I exchanged my one million yen for the coins Yuma-san had brought with him. I sat down without being prompted, and while Miu-san and Hideyuki-san watched, I put in the coins, but¡­ "¡­Um, where should I press?" "Pfft¡­ you really don''t know anything about this thing, do you¡­?" Then, Yuma-san laughed at me. No, that is how it is with beginners¡­ I pressed the button he told me to press, and the machine began to rotate. I didn''t know what to do to win, so I pressed the three buttons at the right time, and the slot machine stopped. At that moment, the word "Jackpot" appeared on the screen with a flashy sound and effect. "Jack¡­ pot?" "Wha?" "No way!" "Hou¡­" I don''t know what''s going on, but it seems I''ve won. "I-impossible! I''m sure I gave them the proper instructions. Why¡­?" Yuma-san was muttering something in a somewhat troubled manner, so I couldn''t ask him what a jackpot was. However, a lot of coins came out of the machine, so I guessed I had won. I continued to play and saw the word "Jackpot" again. Again, a lot of coins were coming out of the machine. I pressed the button again and again, but each time the results were the same ¨C jackpot. "Yuuya-san, you''re amazing!" "Maybe he''s just a guy with a little more luck than we thought¡­" Miu-san and Hideyuki-san are standing behind me admiringly. "Um, is this machine broken? I''ve only been getting the same results since a while ago¡­" I was grateful that I was apparently winning, but as I continued to win so much, I began to worry that something was wrong with the machine at this place. "T-that''s right; it might be so¡­" Yuma-san said with a somewhat tense look on his face. I don''t know if the machine was really malfunctioning or not¡­ but even if it wasn''t, I guess my luck stats just worked well¡­ "Damn it! What the hell is going on? Did you maintain it properly?" "O-of course!" "Then how come he''s always winning?" ¡­Is it really okay? While watching Yuma-san arguing with the clerk about something, I could not help but feel that way. "¡­.." Miu-san was listening to the conversation between the clerk and Yuma-san with a somewhat suspicious look on her face. I wondered what was going on. Then Yuma-san, who had been talking with the clerk, recommended that I play the next game. "W-well then, how about roulette next?" "Roulette, huh?" "Yes! It''s a traditional game, too. As expected, I don''t like it when people stick to just one game. You can also play games that you can''t normally experience with the coins here." "That''s¡­" As for me, I think I''ve also had enough, but it can''t be helped. "Okay. Well, I''d like to try out some of the other games, so can you tell me the rules as we go?" So, I was taught the roulette rules for a while, but then Yuma-san came up with a suggestion. "That''s right! It''s a rare experience. Why don''t you try something that you don''t usually do?" "Something I don''t normally do?" "Yes! If you''re a man, why don''t you try putting all your coins on a single number?" "Eh?" Putting all my coins on a single number means¡­ I only have one chance to win? As I was confused by the risky suggestion, Miu-san, who was standing beside me and could not stand by watching and opened her mouth. "Yuma-san, that would be©¤©¤." "Can you keep quiet for a moment? I''m having a conversation with Yuuya-kun right now." Yuma-san interrupted her words without looking at Miu-san, and smiled. "How about it? Yuuya-kun. It''s not like anyone can keep playing with you. I''d like you to show me how extraordinary you are." It''s not like this roulette game is going to show you how extraordinary I am, but¡­ it''s hard to refuse. I''m sure Yuma-san has no intention of letting me refuse. Well, in any case, it''s a chance for me to return the money to Earth, so I''ll accept it¡­ "¡­Very well." "Yuuya-san!" Miu-san shouted in surprise, while Yuma-san deepened his smile. "I see! I was hoping you would say that! So, what do you want to do? What number do you want to put it on?" "¡­Then black number six." The reason I chose that number was because I suddenly thought of Kuro in my mind. "Kuro" and "Roku." [T/n: Kuro means Black, and Roku means six in Japanese.] In other words, I didn''t think too much about it. I think it''s a matter of luck, just like slots, so there''s no point in thinking too much about it. Even if it may not be true, I felt that way as an amateur. "I see, the black six¡­" Yuma-san, who had a meaningful expression on his face, let the dealer start the roulette. "Fuh¡­ It''s almost impossible to guess with only one number¡­ Moreover, if I instruct the dealer to block it, he will certainly lose¡­ This is what happens when you embarrass me." Yuma-san was staring at the roulette wheel with a smile on his face while muttering to himself. But©¤©¤. "Oh, I won." "Whaaaaaaaaaaaattttt!?" What a surprise, the result of the roulette was black six. No, no¡­ I didn''t think that the 100 points that I gave to my luck status when I leveled up by defeating the Kaiser Ogre and the others would have this much of an effect. "I-impossible! There''s no chance for him to win! Why?" "Yuma-san?" "Yuma-kun, what''s wrong?" "Huh? N-next! There''s still another game!" Yuma-san said angrily, and I decided to experience all the games¡­ "Um¡­" "Amazing¡­" "N-no way¡­ There''s been a mistake¡­" "¡­.." Wow, I''ve won every game I''ve played. For example, if I played poker, I would get a royal straight flush on my first hand. If I played blackjack, I would get a blackjack over and over again. "B-boss? What should I do?" "A-all right! The next one is¡­!" "Oh, I won again." "W-whaaaaaaaaattt?" I felt Yuma-san and the clerk talking behind my back, but I continued to play the game, but I still ended up winning all of them. "What the hell is going on? You guys! Are you following my instructions properly?" "O-of course!" Yuma-san was getting rougher and rougher as he kicked things nearby. As I continued winning, Yuma-san''s tone of voice became rougher and rougher, and I couldn''t help but feel sorry for him. "Impossible, impossible, impossible!" Yuma-san was already mumbling something, and I wondered where his initial composure had disappeared to. I''m really sorry¡­ Anyway, I won and won again, and as a result, the number of coins I had was outrageous. There''s a big pile of coins behind me. "Yuuya-san, you''re too good!" "U-um¡­ you seem to have some kind of special power¡­ perhaps I should reevaluate a bit." Miu-san was greatly pleased whenever I won. I''m glad that I was able to show my good side as a boyfriend because Hideyuki-san was also surprised and impressed by my great victory. Then Yuma-san shouted, seemingly at the end of his patience. "I-it''s cheating! You must be cheating!" "Eeehh?" E-even if you say it''s cheating¡­ No, my luck stats are more than just cheating¡­ It''s not something that was visible, and there was no way to confirm this. Even I, who actually benefited from it, couldn''t say anything about luck because it''s invisible to the eye. As Yuma-san glared at me, Miu-san finally opened her mouth. "You''re the one who''s cheating, aren''t you? I know you''ve been doing something dirty behind our backs!" "W-what did you say¡­!" "I have a recording of the conversation between you and the staff here!" "Guh!" Surprisingly, Miu-san was doing that while I was playing the game. I had the feeling that Yuma-san often talked with the clerk in the back, but I was too focused on the game to grasp the content. If what Miu-san says is true, then the recorded content is probably a way to manipulate the outcome of the games¡­ Hideyuki-san, who was watching them arguing, called out to Yuma-san with a somewhat confused look. "Yu-Yuma-kun? Is it true? I don''t believe you would do such a thing©¤©¤." "©¤©¤Shut up." "Eh? Buh!?" "Father!?" Suddenly, Yuma-san punched Hideyuki-san, who called out to him! "W-what are you doing?" When I hurriedly tried to help Hideyuki-san stand up, a group of men dressed in black showed up around us, with the appearance of those who specialize in violent activities. "This is¡­" "Yu-Yuuya-san¡­" For the sake of Miu-san, who has an anxious expression, I quickly stood in front of her to distance her from the men, and Yuma-san let out a big sigh. "Haaahhh. Everything, everything is ruined, isn''t it¡­ Hah?" "Yuma-san?" "Don''t you dare to call me casually like that, you little brat?" Yuma-san glared at me with a murderous glare. I, Miu-san, and most especially Hideyuki-san, who was at the feet of Yuma-san looking up at him dumbfounded, could not hide our surprise at the sudden change in his atmosphere. Ignoring our gazes, Yuma-san continued languidly. "I was so close to getting the Mido Group peacefully¡­" The one who was most surprised by what Yuma-san said was Hideyuki-san, who was pushing for the marriage proposal. "W-what? What is this all about, Yuma-kun©¤©¤." "You still don''t get it, do you? I was only thinking of marrying your daughter and using her to take over the Mido Group!" "Wha¡­" Hideyuki-san is in a state of shock at Yuma-san''s words. "W-what do you¡­" "Hey, hey, can''t you see that after all this? Did you really not see that? I''m not just making money by doing things properly, you know. Look, that''s the proof¡­!" As Yuma-san spread out his hands, the men in black clothes surrounding us¡­ pulled out a gun from their pockets! S-seriously? "As you can see, I''m from the underground world, you know? I''m earning a lot of money from these kinds of cheating entertainment facilities as well as others." Yuma-san made a wicked smile as he said this. "So, I thought of expanding from overseas to Japan, but¡­ these days, Japan has become a troublesome place for people from the underground business like us to operate. So, I decided to use the Mido Group, which has a lot of power in Japan and use them as a cover to move freely in Japan. But that bastard blew the whole plan out of the water." "No way¡­" Hideyuki-san was stunned, apparently not expecting that the person he had been pushing for a marriage with Miu-san out of concern for her future was a person from the underground business world. Miu-san trembled in fear as a gun was pointed at her head. "Yu-Yuuya-san¡­" "Miu-san. Please rest assured. I will definitely protect you." "Eh?" Miu-san asked back in a daze. As if to reassure her, I turned back to Miu-san and smiled. "Because I''m your boyfriend, right?" "Eh?" Miu-san''s face flushed red at my words. Thank goodness, she seemed to have calmed down. Then, seemingly unhappy with our exchange, Yuma-san shouted. "Damn it! Enough, get rid of that little brat first!" "Yuuya-san!" As soon as Yuma-san gave the order, one of the men dressed in black shot a gun at me. I was trying to be strong in front of Miu-san, but of course, I''ve never dealt with a gun before or even seen one. I''ve fought many battles against monsters in the other world, but I don''t know if my powers would really work against a gun. I had been thinking about how to fight against a gun¡­ "H-huh?" The moment a bullet was fired from the gun, the speed of the surroundings suddenly slowed down. And the bullet that flew towards me was clearly visible as if in slow motion. So I grabbed Miu-san in my arms and pulled her close to me, avoiding the bullet. Then, the speed of the surroundings returned to normal, and the bullet passed through the position where Miu-san and I were just now and made a hole in the wall behind us. "Wha!? You avoided the bullet?" Yuma-san was surprised, as he didn''t think that the bullet would miss the target. When I thought about it, once a bullet was fired from the gun, as long as there were no interference from the outside, the direction it traveled could be easily predicted. It''s easier to deal with a bullet since it wouldn''t suddenly change direction like Yuti''s arrow or split into countless branches like the spear of the "Spear Saint." In addition, the speed of the bullet was surprisingly slow¡­ which I did not realize until I was actually shot at. I know this was abnormal, but I didn''t expect the power I acquired in the other world to be so great. Nevertheless, for this occasion, I am very grateful. I didn''t want the experience of being shot at if possible, but that''s what happened. I mean, if the bullet was this slow, I don''t think I''d even get a scratch if I actually got hit by the bullet¡­ I''m too scared to try such an experiment though. ©¤©¤I didn''t know about it until now, but the training with Yuti, Master Usagi, and Iris-san, as well as the fighting with the monsters in the Great Devil''s Nest, were all done at a speed that exceeded the speed of sound. I''m not aware of this, and I was also so busy keeping up with the daily training that I don''t really care if I''m really going faster than the speed of sound now. Even so, I still couldn''t keep up with the speed of Master Usagi or Iris-san unless I used the power of the [Magic Attire] or Evil. I have to work harder¡­ More importantly, I slowly lowered Miu-san, who was frozen in my arms with a red face, to the ground and looked over at the men dressed in black. "For the time being, I''m going to neutralize them." "Huh!? Y-you, guys! Just shoot all of them!" Then the men dressed in black all fired their guns at once. But I caught the bullets that were about to hit us with my bare hands and dealt with them. Then, I scattered the bullets I had just caught on the floor around my feet. When Yuma-san saw this, he opened his mouth so wide that I thought his jaw would come off. It was the same for the men dressed in black, who were all looking at me in amazement. Yeah, I''m really far from human, aren''t I? Even so, I still can''t catch up with Master Usagi and the others, so the world is a big place. "Well then¡­ it''s my turn now, right?" "Hyiii!?" As I sneaked into the bosom of one of the men dressed in black, I used a technique that I had learned from my previous fight with the Fist Saint. "[Tearing Sky Pierce]!" This technique was a profound technique that unleashed an impact from a very close distance, and if used normally, the men dressed in black would be unable to withstand it. So, I withheld my strength and unleashed the technique with the image of letting the impact penetrate through. This technique of "penetrating the impact" was actually something that I had been aware of when using the Spear Saint technique during my training with Master Usagi and Iris-san. As the name implied, the technique of the Spear Saint used a spear, so basically, everything was based on the premise of "piercing." I was able to make use of that technique in this battle. "Kahahh©¤©¤." The man dressed in black, who had been hit by my attack, was knocked unconscious by the blow and collapsed. "Okay, that went well¡­!" In the same way, I stunned the men dressed in black one after another. Then, at last, Yuma-san was the only one left. Yuma-san looked at me as I slowly approached him and shook his head. "¡­A-avoiding and catching bullets, I don''t understand it at all¡­ what are you¡­ what are yoouuuuuuuuuu!" "©¤©¤You''re not worthy of Miu-san." After saying that, I activate [Tearing Sky Pierce] on Yuma-san. Yuma-san then collapsed and fainted. £ª£ª£ª After that, Yuma-san was caught by the local police. Incidentally, the police told me that the number of coins I had acquired in the game had swelled to the point where I could exchange them for about 500 million yen. M-my stats luck was really outrageous¡­ At the airport on the way back to Japan, I ended up sitting in on the discussion between Miu-san and Hideyuki-san. "Miu¡­" "¡­.." Miu-san didn''t respond to Hideyuki-san''s voice. From what I could see, their impressions of each other were completely reversed from when I first met them. Then Hideyuki-san made a very pathetic and confused expression. "I-I was¡­" "©¤©¤Up until now, father has denied me of everything, of anything." "Uh¡­" "I want you to tell me what I should do from now on, and I want to hear it from father''s mouth." Because of what has happened up until now, Miu-san''s words must have resonated strongly in Hideyuki-san''s heart. I couldn''t interfere in any way in this matter. After all, it was a family matter. It would be strange for me, an outsider, to interfere. In response to Miu-san''s words, Hideyuki-san tried to say something but eventually dropped his voice. "¡­I''m sorry. I thought I knew everything, but I actually didn''t know a thing." "¡­.." "I thought that if you married him, your future¡­ and the future of the Mido Group¡­ would be safe. But I was wrong about everything. I''m sorry that I didn''t see through his true nature, and I''m sorry that I didn''t consider your feelings¡­ I''m sorry for everything." "¡­.." Hideyuki-san lowered his head sincerely. Seeing that, Miu-san quietly opened her mouth. "¡­I understand that father was making the decisions for my sake. Even if it is for the Mido Group, I think it is true that father wanted to do so to help me as much as possible." "¡­.." "But I like what I do now. I love it. I decide what makes me happy¡­! That''s what I wanted to tell you, father. "¡­I see." Hideyuki-san nodded slightly and unexpectedly turned his head towards me. "Yuuya-kun." "Y-yes." sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "¡­I''ve said a lot of horrible things to you. I''m really¡­ sorry." "N-no, that''s¡­" Hideyuki-san suddenly bowed to me, and I was at a loss for words. I was just fulfilling my role as Miu-san''s boyfriend. "Please take care of Miu." "¡­..Huh?" "Fa-father?" I was stunned by Hideyuki-san''s words. Then Miu-san became flustered, her face turning red. "What are you panicking about? You and Yuuya-kun are dating, aren''t you? You can get married anytime you want." "W-well, that''s not the case¡­ no, if that happens¡­" Hideyuki-san laughed amusingly at Miu-san, who tried to say something back. When I saw Hideyuki-san, I realized that Miu-san was also being teased, and for the first time, I smiled with Hideyuki-san. I''m glad. There may still be some awkwardness, but I hope the two of them can get along from now on. At any rate, I guess my mission is complete, huh? I hope I was able to play the role of a boyfriend without causing any embarrassment for Miu-san¡­ Then Hideyuki-san turned to face me again and winked. "Whenever you decide to get married, let me know. I''ll spare no effort to help you." "Father!" ¡­T-this means that I''ve done well as a boyfriend, right? In the end, I finally relaxed my shoulders. £ª£ª£ª (©¤©¤I had no idea it was on such a remote planet¡­) While Yuuya was getting into trouble overseas, Earth was being observed from a planet in the distant universe. A girl was staring at the holographic image of the Earth. She was humanoid like the people on Earth, but her hair and other body parts emit phosphorescence. The girl muttered. (Once more, let''s bring that blueprint to our planet©¤©¤.) ©¤©¤The wish of the girl on a certain planet in the distant universe¡­ Yuuya still has no way of knowing it¡­ Chapter 141 - Book 5: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon. you can read up to 4 chapters ahead by joining out Patreon!! Enjoy~ Part "Haahh!" (Naive!) After successfully fulfilling my role as Miu-san''s boyfriend, I was once again spending my days in training with Master Usagi. Of course, Iris-san was also with us, and as usual, the two Holy were giving me difficult training. I''m glad to see that both of them had recovered from the attack they received from Avis¡­ There were no particular after-effects, and they''re able to fight as they always had. Well, this training was so tough that I didn''t even have time to think about it. Even so, I had recently been able to use the power of Evil more consistently, so I was still training with Master Usagi to make full use of Kuro''s power. "Yuuya-kun, you''re really amazing¡­ You''re absorbing more and more of our techniques¡­" "Affirmative. Yuuya, you''re outrageous. I can never win against you." "Ara? But Yuti-chan has inherited all the Bow Saint''s techniques, right? Then you still have a fighting chance, don''t you?" "Negative. The current Yuuya will soon also master my techniques. That will cancel it out. And then he can unleash another Holy technique. There is no way for me to beat Yuuya." "I see." While Master Usagi and I were fighting, Iris-san and Yuti observed the progress, and Night and Akatsuki were also doing their own training. Night was training to do high-speed attacks while wearing [Magic Attire], and Akatsuki was training to be able to use his skills more extensively. Ouma-san was sleeping in the house as usual, but there was a new observer of our training starting this time. "Pii, pii!" Ciel, who had recently joined my family, watched the battle between Master Usagi and me, his eyes shining brightly. He was moving his tiny body as frantically as he could, cheering me on as if to say, "Do your best!" With such support, I couldn''t help but try my best. "Haaaaahhh!" (Muh!) With the power of Evil in my body, I deploy [Magic Attire] only on my hands and feet. Then, while making full use of the steps that Master Usagi taught before, I threw the [Absolute Spear] with all my might. The spear''s power was so great that it left even the wind behind as it closed in on Master Usagi. As expected, Master Usagi did not have time to avoid the attack, so he caught the tip of the [Absolute Spear] with both his legs and ears, forcing the attack to deviate from its trajectory. (Ah! To make this me finally use my ears¡­ you''ve grown a lot©¤©¤!) "©¤©¤[Three Divine Steps]!" My attack did not end with just throwing the [Absolute Spear]. The step that I took when I threw the [Absolute Spear] earlier was a technique that Master Usagi used when he was dealing with the Scythe Saint during Quarro''s attack. I used that technique to throw the [Absolute Spear] and simultaneously close in on Master Usagi''s body. It was only because I had the [Evil Den''s Eye] that I was able to recreate this fighting technique. Once I was in front of Master Usagi''s chest, I already decided on my next move. I didn''t even give Master Usagi a moment to breathe and unleashed my full power, using Iris-san''s signature [Single-Sword Flash] by using the [Item Box] to change my weapon to the [Omni-Sword] immediately. And then©¤©¤. "Hah¡­ hah¡­" (¡­..) The tip of my sword was pointed at Master Usagi''s neck. "It''s a point¡­ isn''t it?" (Yeah¡­ you win.) "No way¡­ Usagi lost!" "Astonishing. No way¡­!" I was finally able to obtain a point from Master Usagi¡­! "©¤©¤Yeesssss!" I lay down on the spot and shouted. Finally¡­ I finally scored a point against Master Usagi! Of course, if i try the same move the next time, it won''t work, so I won''t be able to repeat this. Still¡­ this victory was the best proof that I was growing up. Master Usagi looked at me with a dumbfounded look. (Geez¡­ even though you got a point¡­ I don''t know who is actually the winner here.) Master Usagi was right, I was exhausted, but Master Usagi seemed to have already recovered. I-I knew Master Usagi was too strong¡­ (Well, whatever. You''ve won today. So today''s training is over. But from tomorrow on, I will be even more strict, okay?) "Y-yes!" When I replied while lying down, Ciel flew at me. "Pi! Pii!" "Oh? Ciel! Thank you for your support; I could actually feel it." "Pii, pii." Ciel rubbed his face against my chest as if he was happy to hear my words. H-he''s so cute. (¡­As usual, strange creatures gather in your house.) "I-is that so?" (That''s right.) "Right. Yuuya-kun''s house is strange if I just think about it normally, isn''t it? To begin with, the place where the house is located is strange¡­" "Ah-ahahaha¡­" It''s not me who built the house, but Sage-san, though. As we talked, I suddenly remembered the title I had gotten the other day when Avis attacked. "The other day, when Avis attacked, I was defeating the Evil Beasts one after another, and I got the title¡­ [Holy King]¡­" (Huh?) "No way!" Hearing my words, Master Usagi and Iris-san widened their eyes. A-as I thought, it''s strange to have this title when I''m not even a Holy. (In order to obtain the Holy King title, you need to have the soul of the Holy in your body, you''re not the Holy itself. So why did you¡­) "Eeh¡­? Even if you say so¡­ ah! That reminds me, the other day when Iris-san gave me a massage, I got the [Holy Soul] skill¡­" (Hmm? Massage?) "Yu-Yuuya-kun! You must have gotten the Holy Soul by accident! Ah-ahahaha." (¡­..) "W-what is it? If you have something to say, say it clearly!" (¡­No, it''s okay.) Master Usagi was being pressured¡­! When I was surprised by the unusual sight, Iris-san turned her gaze toward me and complained about something¡­ but I think it would be better to keep quiet about it. But, after all, the Holy Soul skill that I acquired at that time must have been related¡­ While feeling the growth of my own body, I was thinking about such things in a carefree manner©¤©¤. "©¤©¤Now, I''m here to fulfill my promise, okay?" ¡­The voice of the "God of Destruction" echoed. £ª£ª£ª Suddenly, the sky turned dark red. "Wha?" "Woof!?" "Fugo?" Night and Akatsuki, who were also doing their training, noticed the sudden change in the sky and stopped their training to return to me. W-what is it? What on earth¡­ When I was startled by the sudden situation, Master Usagi and Iris-san shouted in a hurry. "What''s going on here?" (There''s no way I could have known! Something is coming!) "Eh?" As I struggled to keep up with this too-rapid development, I saw what looked like a wave of black power approaching my house. "Wha?" "©¤©¤[Holy Sword Barrier]!" ([Holy Kicking Wave]! [Holy Ear Impact]!) The two Holy did not hesitate to unleash their strongest technique, which they had also used when Quarro attacked. Those techniques were their profound skills, and they are also like special moves. In other words, to suddenly use such a technique meant©¤©¤. The technique released by the two of them flew out of the barrier of Sage-san''s house and collided with the black wave, but¡­ It was only able to deviate the trajectory of the black wave slightly. And the black wave that has deflected landed behind the house. Then¡­ a tremendous roar rang out all around. "Wha©¤©¤." When I looked at the place where the black wave had landed¡­ I couldn''t help but exclaim. The reason was that the forest of the Great Devil''s Nest that stretched behind my house ©¤ had been obliterated. Not a single plant or tree remained, and a cruel, desolate clearing spread out. In the cleared area, there must have been a bunch of special, incredibly tough trees called "black hardwood" that I had used in my training with Master Usagi. But now, right in front of my eyes, I can''t even find any of those trees. All I could see now was a dead land. While I was looking at the land in a daze, unable to understand what had happened, Iris-san and Master Usagi fell to their knees. "Kuh!" (It''s too much¡­!) "Iris-san, Master Usagi!" As I hurried to rush over to them, Yuti, who was nearby, shouted while staring at the sky. "Detected. Yuuya¡­ that guy is here!" "That guy?" "©¤©¤Geez, what a creepy presence, hey." Not only did Yuti, but even Kuro inside me woke up and said that, which means¡­! "©¤©¤Hou? So you can handle that attack, huh? It seems that you are more powerful than I expected. Sword Saint, Kicking Saint." A young man was standing leisurely in the sky above my house. Yes, it was Avis, the one who had absorbed all the Evil and evolved into the ultimate perfection. The fact that Avis had come here meant that his body had grown accustomed to the complete power of Evil as he mentioned before¡­. "However, from the looks of it, you won''t be able to prevent it for the second time, will you? Then let''s begin. Die." As soon as Avis checked on Master Usagi and the others, he once again shot out the same black wave towards them! I immediately rushed to Master Usagi and Iris-san, who were unable to move from the recoil of the earlier technique. In the meantime, Yuti shot arrows, Night used magic, and Akatsuki intercepted the black wave with his [Sanctuary] skill, but all of them were instantly swallowed. "We can''t¡­ make it in time¡­!" Iris-san and Master Usagi forcefully stood up and tried to unleash the same technique again, but before they could, the black wave attacked Sage-san''s house. But¡­ "¡­Hmm?" The barrier on Sage-san''s house¡­ easily blocked even Avis''s black wave! It''s not only Avis who is surprised by this sight, but we as well. S-sage-san, you¡­ As expected, you''re outrageous¡­ "Eh¡­? The attack that we could not prevent even with all our might was easily repelled¡­?" Iris-san blinked several times and stared at the sky. It''s hard to believe, isn''t it? But Avis didn''t give up because of that. "Hou¡­ It doesn''t work, huh, outsider? But¡­ even if it''s blocked once, I''ll just keep attacking until it gets through." As he said that, he created a large number of black masses that seemed to condense the power of darkness around him and shot them all at once at Sage-san''s house. The power and speed of each shot were tremendous, and there was no way to intercept them in time. But©¤©¤. "What''s going on?" The barrier of Sage-san''s house easily prevented them all. Avis was surprised at how unexpected this was. H-however, no matter what happened, I could only say that it''s because¡­ Sage-san is amazing. I was able to get a little mental relief thanks to Sage-san''s house, but that was easily blown away by Avis''s next words. "¡­Hmm. I don''t know what principle you are using to prevent my attack¡­ but if you''re going to holed up in there¡­ I might as well do that." "Eh?" "It''s just changing the order of my plan ©¤ I''ll just destroy the Regal and Alceria kingdoms first instead of you." "What?" "If you just want to wait here, then fine. I will just burn the sight of your precious human countries falling to your eyes. I can destroy those countries from here, after all." "S-top it¡­!" "Do you think anyone would stop if they were told that?" Avis stared at me as if I were a fool and then pointed his palm in the direction of the Alceria and Regal kingdoms. At this rate, that black wave will be unleashed on the two countries¡­! "Now, take a good look at this. This is the true power of Evil©¤©¤!" "©¤©¤Stoooooppppp!" "Ah!?" Avis stopped preparing for the attack and accepted my attack as I threw the [Absolute Spear] with all my might while activating the [Holy King''s Authority]. "You.. that power is¡­. the [Holy King]?" Avis was looking surprised with his eyes wide open, but his expression quickly changed to a smile. "Kukuku¡­ Kuhahahaha! If I kill you, the Holy King, there will be no one who can stop me! There is no shortage of opponents. Come and fight me!" "I don''t need to be told¡­!" He might not be the kind of opponent that I could beat, but now that Master Usagi and Iris-san were unable to move due to the recoil from the technique they had unleashed, I''m the only one who could fight. I grasped the [Absolute Spear] that came back to my hand and immediately released the power of [Magic Attire] and Evil to approach Avis. "Haaaaah!" "Hahahahahaha! Come on, bring it on!" Avis didn''t even show any signs of running away in response to my attack. He''s just smiling. And then¡­ my full force attack was caught by Avis''s one hand. "Hou? It''s strange magic, the same power as ours¡­ Interesting!" "Aaaaah!" "Nn!" My attack was caught lightly, but that was to be expected. Immediately, the [Omni-Sword] appears in my free left hand, and I slash it at him. "[Single-Sword Flash]!" "This is¡­" Avis opened his eyes lightly and caught my attack with his other hand, which was covered with a jet-black mist. "Do you also use the technique of the Sword Saint¡­?" "[Flying Heaven]!" "!?" I continued to use the technique without replying to Avis''s words. Avis now had both of his hands occupied catching my [Absolute Spear] and [Omni-Sword]. That''s why I slammed Master Usagi''s technique into Avis''s body. But just as I was about to do so, Avis covered his body in a black mist, and even my kick was blocked. In addition, Alvis used the momentum of catching my kick was to make a big leap from the position and created distance. "Kukuku¡­ hahahahaha! After the Sword Saint technique, next is the Kicking Saint technique, huh? You''re very versatile, aren''t you?" Avis smiled fiercely, showing no signs of injury after enduring all my attacks. Then Avis opened his hands and looked down at me coldly. "©¤©¤Next is my turn, okay?" "!?" Then the space behind Avis creaked, and several jet-black hazes began to ooze out like black stains. The innumerable black haze produced gradually surrounded me from all directions, and a tremendous amount of jet-black spears were formed from it. "Die!" "Haaaaaaah!" With Avis short command as a signal, countless jet-black spears were unleashed at me. I desperately tried to block the attacks from all directions using my [Absolute Spear]. However, I was about to be swallowed up by the jet-black spears that were being released in an overwhelming number of moves faster than I could wield the [Absolute Spear]. But¡­! "Uwwwooooooo!" "Ho!" I activated the [Holy King''s Authority] with all my might and annihilated the jet black spears one after another with a wave of holy power. However, by using the [Holy King''s Authority] now, I ended up with wounds all over my body. "Hahahaha! You still refused to die, huh? You''re pretty tough, aren''t you?" Avis was staring at me and laughing happily. ¡­If I just keep defending, I will surely die. But there''s nothing I can do to damage him. What on earth should I do¡­? I was desperately thinking about it, but then¡­ something suddenly pulled my ear. "I-it hurts¡­ eh, why is Ciel on my shoulder? Stay away from me; it''s dangerous!" "Pii. Piii!" "Eh?" I tried to persuade Ciel who was perched on my shoulder before I even realized it, but Ciel said he was going to defeat that Avis¡­ eh! "No, no, no! Ciel has just been born, right? You can''t do that!" "Piii!" I tried my best to persuade him, but he just kept chirping as if to say, "I will do it!" Where did you get this confidence from? "Pipipiii!" Aside from me who was surprised, Ciel said to Night and Akatsuki, "Senpais will do it too, right?" Then, perhaps in response to Ciel''s voice, Night and Akatsuki also expressed their intentions toward me. "Woof!" "Buhi!" "Even Night and Akatsuki?" It seems that both of them were frustrated by the fact that they were outmatched by Avis the other day in the Regal Kingdom, and apparently, they wanted a rematch. No, I understand that they want revenge, but even Master Usagi and the others were no match for Avis''s strength¡­! As I was trying to stop the three of them somehow, Ouma-san came lazily from the house. "Interesting. Why don''t you just let them do it?" "Ouma-san!" "I, for one, am curious to see how far this species called [Luan] can fight." "F-for that reason only¡­?" "It''s not just that. Ciel has unknown status and skills. And Ciel himself is so insistent because he thinks he can beat him, right?" "Piii!" "Ciel¡­" In Ouma-san''s words, Ciel said, "That''s right!" Excitedly. Then, Avis, who was watching us, said with an air of ridicule. "Hah! What can a little bird like that do?" "©¤©¤Pi?" At that moment, Ciel turned back to Avis and answered in a piercing voice, a complete change from his previous cute appearance. The way he looked at Avis was as if he was giving him a "huh?" look. "U-um¡­ Ciel, san?" I was surprised at the sudden change in atmosphere, but he answered me in his same cute voice as before when I called out to him. S~ea??h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Pii?" It was as if he was saying, "Leave it to me?" Ciel turned to Avis again and flew straight out. "Piiiiiiiii!" "Ciel-saaaann!" Ciel flew out at Avis shouting, "I''ll kill you, you bastard!" The gap! The gap was just tremendous! When Night and Akatsuki saw Ciel''s action, they looked at each other and started running towards Avis at once. "Woooff!" "Fugoooo!" "Night! Akatsuki!" I tried to stop them in a panic, but since I hadn''t yet regained my strength from activating the [Holy King''s Authority], I couldn''t muster the strength to move. Then, Ouma-san approached me and said in a relaxed manner. "Well, look. Aside from Ciel, Night has the potential to be as powerful as me. And Akatsuki is also one of the few existences that can resist the Evil¡­ Don''t worry, it will be fine." "Y-you say that, but! Did you see how strong he was in the Regal Kingdom?" "Even so, he''s still no threat to me. So it will be fine". "It may be so to you, Ouma-san, but¡­!" It''s not good, Ouma-san wouldn''t listen to me! While I was holding my head, Ciel finally reached Avis. "Piiiiiiiii!" "Hmph. You''re just as annoying as a fly ©¤ Die." "Cieeeelll!" At that moment, black waves rained down on Ciel and Night and Akatsuki. Night and Akatsuki managed to avoid the attack, but Ciel received the entire attack. Ciel was blown away like dust and crashed to the ground in misery. <> Table of Content Chapter 142 - Book 5: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 "Ciel! Ouma-san, please stop¡­!" "¡­No, not yet." "Eh?" Ouma-san was staring at Ciel with excitement, so I returned my gaze to Ciel again and saw©¤©¤. "What''s¡­. going on¡­?" Ciel''s body, which was lying on the ground, was wrapped in blue flames, and the next moment he was restored to an unharmed state. Avis''s eyes widened at the sight of this scene. "Byuiiii!" "¡­I don''t know what skill you used, but if it doesn''t kill you in one hit, I''ll just keep attacking until you die." Once again, countless attacks rained down on Ciel, Night, and Akatsuki. And this time, Night and Akatsuki were also taking damage. S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Kyan!" "Buhii!" "Night! Akatsuki!" Avis¡­! As I desperately tried to move my body to save them, I was met with another strange scene. "Piiiiiiii!" The moment Ciel let out a loud chirp in the direction of Night and Akatsuki¡­ "Wha?" "©¤©¤Woof!" "©¤©¤Fugo!" To my surprise, both of their bodies were suddenly enveloped in blue flames, and then they started to move again, unharmed. "W-what''s going on?" Master Usagi and Iris-san, who were watching the scene, were just as shocked as I was. In the midst of all this, only Ouma-san was smiling happily. "There is only one possible cause for this. It''s probably Ciel''s skills." "C-Ciel skills?" "If you only consider the appearance, it is probably the [Blue Flame] skill, but if you look at the effect, it may be [Resurrection]. But that''s not the main issue." "Eh?" "Have you noticed? Ciel is much stronger after he is resurrected compared to when he is first knocked down." "Wha?" "It''s the same with Night and Akatsuki. For some reason, they are stronger after they recover than before." "Y-you can''t be serious¡­" As I watched Ciel and the others in dismay, Ciel, Night and Akatsuki all attacked Avis and were blown away by the powerful attacks each time. However, each time they recovered with the mysterious blue flame and went at it again and again. As a result, Ciel died and came back to life like a phoenix, and each time he resurrected, the flames grew in intensity, and now he was so hot and bright that he looked like a miniature sun. "W-what''s going on? Why isn''t he dead? And what''s with the heat?" What Ouma-san described was right. For some reason, Ciel and the others were getting stronger and stronger every time they were wounded and revived. Eventually, even if Avis attacked them, they did not sustain a single scratch. "Piiiiiiiiii!" "Buufuuuuuuuuuuhh!" Avis was struck on the cheek by Ciel''s small but scorching hot wings and was blown away with tremendous force. As Avis flew away, the appearance of a gigantic Akatsuki intercepted him. "Fugoooooo!" "Kahahh!" Akatsuki knocked down the flying Avis with astonishing power. "Gruaaaaa!" "Guheeeeeeee!" Night, who was waiting on the ground, bit Avis as he was slammed into the ground with great force, and then violently swung him around and threw him high into the sky. Avis was unable to move in the air with his body already in tatters and could only scream. "It''s ridiculous, ridiculous, ridiculous! This is not real! I''ve¡­ absorbed all the power of Evil and become the perfect "God of Destruction"! And still that little bird©¤©¤." "Pi!" "Gahahh!" As Ciel reached the top of Avis''s head with a chirp that sounded as if it was saying, "Shut up!" he struck Avis down to the ground again with his small but sun-like glowing talons. This is not real, is it¡­? "N-no way¡­ T-this me was¡­!" "©¤©¤Woof." "©¤©¤Fugo." "Hyii?" With a grin, Night and Akatsuki approach Avis, who had crashed onto the ground. Avis let out a short scream and crawled along the ground to escape somehow, but Ciel landed blocking his way. "Pii? Pi?" "Where do you think you''re going? Huh?" Said Ciel in an intimidating tone, with a voice so dusky that even professionals in the field would rave about it. Ciel walked up to Avis. "S-stop it¡­. stop¡­ p-please stop©¤©¤." "Grrrrrr!" "Buhiiiii!" "Piiiiiiiiiiiii!" "Gyaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhh!" Literally ripped to shreds, Avis finally let out a loud scream and stopped moving before quietly disappearing from Akatsuki''s [Sanctuary] skill. As I watched in dismay, a message suddenly appeared. You''ve earned the title [Master of the Divine Beasts] What can I say? I was so fed up with the whole thing. £ª£ª£ª (This is not real, is it?) After Ciel and the others defeated Avis, Master Usagi asked, but¡­ unfortunately, it was all real. (It''s just not right! It''s Evil, you know!? It''s the nemesis of the Holy and the enemy of all humanity! In addition to that, he was a ridiculous guy who absorbed the other Evils and became the ultimate perfection! And it''s not even a Holy being that destroyed it¡­? Do you have any idea how crazy that sounds?) "Pii?." "Woof¡­" "Fugo¡­" For some reason, Ciel was twisting around in my hands as if to say, "I''m embarrassed" in reaction to Master Usagi''s words. However, Night and Akatsuki seemed to be somewhat apologetic. (T-this is how it ends¡­! Moreover, the fact that he was a perfect Evil!) "No Evil will be born for tens of thousands of years from now." (Eeeehhhh!) When Ouma-san said that, Master Usagi showed his rarely seen wild behavior. I was somehow very sorry about all this¡­ "What on earth do you have to lament about? For you people, Evil is the enemy, isn''t it? If that''s the case, shouldn''t you be happy that it was destroyed?" (I understand that! But if that''s the case, what will be the significance of our existence as the Holy?) "I don''t know. It''s your fault for being weak." (Ugh¡­!) No, Ouma-san. Master Usagi is not weak. He''s very strong, so it''s actually strange that Ouma-san is much stronger than him¡­ As my feelings were indescribable, I suddenly noticed that Iris-san had remained silent. "Worried. Are you okay?" "¡­Yeah, I''m fine. I''m just wondering what I''ve been working so hard for¡­ That''s what''s on my mind¡­" She wasn''t okay, was she¡­? Like Master Usagi, Iris-san has also worked hard to protect humans from Evil. It''s probably because of this staggering end that she can''t get her mind straight. Don''t worry; I haven''t been able to keep up with it either! However, Ciel, the person in question, has been glued to me since a while ago, rubbing his body against mine as if to say, "Praise me, praise me." He''s so cute. When I looked at Ciel and relaxed my cheeks, Ouma-san continued in a dumbfounded manner. "Good grief¡­ the Holy of this generation is pathetic. You should learn from the Sage. He destroyed all of the Evil by himself, you know?" Wait. I can''t see any end to the saga of Sage-san. Isn''t Sage-san still too absurd? Then, at Ouma-san''s word Sage, Iris-san''s eyes widened. "Sage, you mean¡­ that sage?" "Hmph. There is only one Sage for me. In fact, I wouldn''t even call anyone else a Sage. Anyway, when he was alive, he took care of all the responsibilities of the Holy by himself." "One person, to do all the Holy?" Really, Sage-san, you can do anything. Master Usagi and Iris-san were amazed, but knowing that the house belonged to Sage-san and that the weapons I usually use belonged to Sage-san, it was too late for me to be surprised. Ouma-san was talking about the greatness of Sage-san, but then he suddenly seemed to notice something. "¡­Hmm? Wait a minute. He certainly had all the titles of the Holy. Then¡­ he must have had the same title as Yuuya: the [Holy King]. Could it be that¡­ the [Luan] that I saw at the time was his¡­?" Ouma-san was surprised by this fact and looked at Ciel closely. "Pi?" However, Ciel doesn''t seem to understand what''s going on and just tilted his head. As Ouma-san said, if Sage-san had all the titles of Holy, then, of course, he would have had the title of [Holy King], which I now have. I see. I don''t know if it''s a different individual from Ciel or not, I don''t know the details, but I think a [Luan] may have guided Sage-san. "¡­Well, whatever. Anyway, there is no doubt that it will take tens of thousands of years for an existence like Evil to be born again this time, but even so, malice will be born in the world every day, and Evil Beasts will manifest themselves as a result. You haven''t finished your role as a Holy yet. Isn''t it?" "That''s¡­" (¡­It''s just like the Genesis Dragon said. In any case, I''m grateful that the Evil is gone. From now on, it''s our responsibility as the Holy to reduce the damage caused by Evil Beasts as much as possible.) "¡­Yes. They still need our help, don''t they?" Iris-san and Master Usagi, who had finally regained their energy, looked over at us. "I would like to thank you again. Thanks to you, the Evil has been destroyed. Thank you." (I thank you too for what you''ve done. From now on, I''ll be working with the rest of the Holy to exterminate the Evil Beasts.) "If that''s the case, you should let the surviving Holy and their successors know about this." (¡­I don''t think they''ll believe me.) "Well¡­ but you don''t usually joke around, so I''m sure everything will be fine." (I hope you''re right¡­ So, Yuuya. We''re leaving for now. Now that the Evil is gone, there may be no reason for you to continue seeking power¡­ Nevertheless, until the next time we meet, you must continue your training. Do you understand?) "Oh, and my training, too, okay? ¡­Even though I''ve found someone to marry¡­ ugh." I nodded to Master Usagi and to Iris-san, who was crying for some reason. "Of course. Now that the Evil is gone, I''m going to try a lot of things to make sure I can use the [Holy King''s Authority]." (Umu¡­ That''s right; you should tell the people in the Regal Kingdom and the Alceria Kingdom yourself regarding this.) "I understand." (See you.) "See you later, Yuuya-kun! I''ll come back to see you when I''m done with my business!" After saying that, Master Usagi and Iris-san departed in high spirits. Chapter 143 - Book 7: Epilogue Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Epilogue The time goes back a bit. During the time when Yuuya was meeting Ciel after he had defeated a bunch of Evil Beasts, Lexia and the others who remained in the Regal Kingdom were having a conversation with Orghis. "©¤©¤He saved us again¡­" "How is it? Isn''t my husband amazing!?" "Since when did Yuuya become Lexia''s husband¡­?" For some reason, Lexia puffed out her chest with confidence as Yuuya was being praised. Luna couldn''t help but smile and retort at the sight of her. However, Orghis did not seem to care about such a Lexia and put on a complicated expression. "What on earth is he? I heard that he is the disciple of the Kicking Saint, but I also heard from the Sword Saint that he is not the official successor. In addition, it seems that even the Sword Saint has welcomed Yuuya-dono as her disciple¡­ and on top of that, he is the master of the Genesis Dragon; I don''t know what''s going on anymore¡­" "Of course, he is my husband, after all!" "That''s not an answer to anything! And how many times do I have to tell you he''s not your husband!" "What, Luna? Just admit it!" "I mean, it''s just so bad¡­!" Luna could only hold her head in her hands as Lexia''s words were so innocent. Orghis himself didn''t expect a decent answer, so he didn''t pay any attention to it. Then a soldier came over and gave Orghis a whisper. "Oh, I see. Then let her through here." "Ha!" After receiving the order, the soldier left, and Orghis turned to Lexia and the others. "Yuuya-dono has left, but now is a good time. I''d like you to meet the saint we''ve summoned." In response to Orghis words, Lexia nodded with a serious expression, which was a complete change from the light-hearted atmosphere of earlier. "¡­Yes, I understand. Besides, I''d like to help her as well." "¡­Thank you." As for Lexia, she was still upset about the fact that Orghis had summoned a saint from another world. However, with how the Holy were unable to do anything against Avis''s attack earlier, she could understand what Orghis was thinking. However, summoning a saint from another world was like kidnapping which was still unforgivable, and Lexia wanted to help the saint as much as she could. Then, Mai Kagurazaka appeared in the room of Orghis and the others, looking somewhat frightened. "U-um¡­ I heard that you wanted to see me, so I''ve come¡­" "Oh, Saint-dono! I''m very sorry since you''ve just finished a battle and you''re tired. There''s someone I''d like to introduce you to." "Oh¡­" Orghis introduced Lexia. "This is the first princess of the Alceria Kingdom, which has friendly relations with the Regal Kingdom. Princess Lexia." "My name is Lexia von Alceria. I''m very sorry for making the dangerous request of defeating the Evil to you¡­ who has nothing to do with this world originally." Lexia said, and bowed her head towards Mai. Mai panicked at the sight of it. "P-please raise your head! I was indeed confused about many things at first, and to be honest, I''m still confused now, but the people of this country have been very good to me. Besides, if you say you need my help, I''d like to help you all as much as I can." "¡­Thank you from the bottom of my heart, Saint-sama." Mai remained hesitant as Lexia lowered her head once again. "I-it''s not necessary to call me a saint¡­ Oh, I''m sorry! I didn''t tell you my name. I am Mai Kagurazaka." "Eh?" When Lexia heard Mai''s words, her eyes widened. It''s the same with Luna, who has a look of surprise on her face. Mai tilted her head at the sight of the two of them. "U-um, what happened¡­?" "Oh, I''m sorry. Your name has a similar vibe to someone I know¡­ And when I took a closer look, I noticed that you have similar hair and eye color as well¡­" "Do you mean Yuuya Tenjou, by any chance?" "You know Yuuya-sama?" Lexia was surprised by Mai''s words. Orghis, who was watching the exchange, suddenly muttered. "If you ask me¡­ Yuuya-dono and Saint-dono¡­ indeed have a somewhat similar atmosphere¡­" "Ah, yes. It''s because we''re from the same hometown." "Eh?" S§×arch* The n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Everyone in the room froze when they heard Mai''s words, which she said casually. ©¤©¤Unbeknownst to Yuuya, his secret was finally exposed. £ª£ª£ª "¡­What a crazy day, huh?" "Agreed. It was astounding and exhausting." As we returned to my home on Earth, I couldn''t help but think about the day''s events and say such things. In my case, my body and mind were completely exhausted. "Just when I thought I was finally able to defeat Master Usagi, the person I was supposed to use my power against is now gone." "Astonished. Ciel, he was so strong. Is that the [Hades Return March] skill?" "Looks like it. Ouma-san doesn''t seem to know the details, but from what I saw, it seems that every time he takes damage, he recovers, and every time he recovers, he gets stronger¡­" "¡­Irregularity. It''s too strong and it''s a nightmare for the opponent." "That''s for sure." Yuti was right; it will be nothing but a nightmare for those who are fighting it. In addition to the fact that he can heal instantly after an attack, he also gets strengthened every time he heals. It''s more terrifying than zombies. "Oh well. Now that the battle against Evil has finally come to an end, we can relax in this world from here on out©¤©¤." Just as I was about to say that, suddenly, the entire house began to shake. "W-what happened?" "Confused. I have no idea." Yuti didn''t seem to understand the cause either, and we struggled to endure the shaking. It wasn''t like an earthquake, but it felt as if the whole space was shaking. "Woof, woof!" "Fugoo¡­" "Pii!" "Something is distorting the space¡­" Then, Night and the others gathered around us¡­ "Ouma-san, do you know what this shaking is?" "Nope. I have no idea. Isn''t this some kind of natural disaster unique to this Earth?" "No, no, no! There have been earthquakes, but they have never distorted space!" I would be surprised if there were. We endured the shaking for a while, but eventually, it weakened and finally stopped completely. "I-is it over?" "Maybe. I don''t think it''s going to shake again." I let out a slow breath as I listened to Yuti''s words. "Phew¡­ What was that all about©¤©¤?" "Ah! Yuuya!" "Huh?" Yuti''s voice was sharp, but I gave a careless reply. But, Yuti''s expression remained grim, and her gaze was fixed on my back. I turned around to see if there was something behind me and saw¡­ "Huh?" For some reason, there was a pillar of light pouring down from the ceiling. However, there didn''t seem to be any holes in the ceiling. When I was just staring at the pillar of light, something came down from the top of the pillar. "W¡­ who?" "Hou?" Ouma-san smiled happily at the sight of the thing that came down, but I wasn''t focused on that. Because what fell from the sky was a girl who looked like nothing I''ve ever seen in this world, or even in the other world. She looked to be about the same age as me, but she had bright blue hair, blue eyes, and a sparkling light that reminded me of the starry sky was dancing around her body. The girl with the mysterious light landed quietly on the floor of my house and looked around at us. Finally, she opened her mouth. (I know that the blueprint is here. Please be mature and hand it over.) "Huh? Blueprint?" "Confused. Yuuya, do you understand a word she''s saying?" "Eh? You don''t understand her?" "Affirmative." I was surprised by Yuti''s words, but I soon realized that I could understand the girl''s words thanks to my [Language Comprehension] skill. Then the girl, who seemed to be impatient with the lack of response, opened her mouth again. (I warn you. Please be mature and hand over the blueprint. Otherwise, I will destroy this planet.) "Huh? You''re going to destroy this planet?" I raised my voice in amazement at this unexpected statement. But the girl had a very serious expression on her face. (We are from a much more advanced civilization than this planet. It would not take much to destroy this planet.) "W-wait! I just want to confirm one thing. Are you an alien¡­?" I had a vague idea of what she was talking about, but I asked her to confirm it. (Alien¡­ certainly, from the point of view of the people of this planet, yes. Oops, I was in such a hurry that I didn''t introduce myself¡­) The girl who claimed to be an alien bowed her head reverently as she said this. (I''m Merl, from the planet Amel. Please return the blueprint to me.) The girl who said she was from the planet Amel¡­ Merl-san, raised her head and spoke to us again. "N-no, I have no idea what you''re talking about when you ask me to return the blueprint, and what are you referring to when you say that?" In response to my question, Merl-san, for some reason, turned her attention to the rectangular machine attached to her arm. (¡­Your heart rate and brain waves both show no signs of lying. All right, I''ll explain.) It seems that the machine attached to her hand is to check if the other person is lying or not. Is there such a thing as a portable lie detector¡­? (It''s a dearest wish of my planet, Amel, to have something built from the blueprint I''m looking for.) "Dearest wish?" (¡­You may not understand since you''re living on this peaceful planet, but in this vast universe, tragic interstellar wars are very common. Once upon a time, our planet was invaded by a certain planet and was in danger of being defeated. In order to counter these invaders, our planet has been developing an anti-astronomical annihilation weapon.) An anti-astronomical annihilation weapon? What''s with the name¡­? (However, due to an accident, the design was almost stolen by the enemy, so our ancestors sealed the design in a certain object and released it into the vastness of space to protect it from the hands of the invaders.) I honestly want to run away right now from this story, but I don''t think I can because Merl-san is talking to me with her eyes on me. Oh, I''m just an ordinary citizen; why am I getting involved in this grand story? (Then¡­ ten thousand years passed.) "Ten thousand years?" It''s too heavy! What does she really want from me? (During those 10,000 years, we managed to stop the invasion¡­ Recently, a new bioweapon was created on the enemy''s planet, and we are once again in a tight spot. This was when it happened. At this time, I detected a sign from this point on the planet that the seal on the blueprint created by our ancestors was about to be broken.) "Eh?" (As I said earlier, the weapon left behind by our ancestors is our last hope, but if it falls into the hands of the enemy, it will quickly turn into despair. If the weapon''s blueprint is passed on to the other planet and is developed, our planet will be destroyed. That is why our ancestors used a certain trick when they sealed the blueprint. In order to unseal the blueprint, we need to use the life force of tens of thousands of people or a magic power equivalent to tens of thousands of people. I can''t sense any magic power from this planet, so it''s possible that they prepared the life force, but from the looks of it, there''s no evidence of tens of thousands of lifeforms dying, so I don''t know why the blueprint was released¡­ but since I sensed that the seal that shouldn''t have been broken was broken, I came in a hurry to retrieve it. We cannot let it fall into the hands of the enemy.) The more I hear about it, the more disturbing it sounds, and the scale is so large that I can''t keep up with the image. (That''s all I have to say. Please hand over the blueprint immediately.) "Hmm¡­ Even if you say so, I don''t know what the blueprint looks like, so I can''t give it back to you¡­ The thing is, does Merl-san even know where the blueprint is kept in this house?" (I can sense the electromagnetic waves of the blueprint we''re looking for, but it seems to have been interfered with by the presence of the objects that are supposedly stored with it, the electromagnetic waves, and all the forces that are swirling around it, so I can''t tell you the exact location of the blueprint.) "Hmm?" I don''t know much about it, but when I think of a place like that¡­ the one that comes to mind somehow is the warehouse. Many incomprehensible things are lying around in there, and while Ouma-san enjoys it, Yuti is too scared to go in there. It seems to have many things with a bad aura. I don''t really understand it though. I don''t know; maybe I''m just dull. "By the way, what does the blueprint look like?" (The blueprint itself is not real, as it is left as a hologram, but it is sealed in a stone box made of cosmonium, the hardest material in the universe. The size of the box is about the size of a cube, like this¡­) "¡­Hmm?" "Ah." I realized that I had an idea of what Merl-san was talking about, but at the same time, Ouma-san suddenly raised his voice. When looking in that direction, Ouma-san has a rare cold sweat on his face. "¡­Ouma-san? What''s wrong?" "I-I-I-I-I''m not doing anything wrong!" The way he was shaken up was terrific. Rather, I thought that Ouma-san, who usually doesn''t get flustered, is not very good at hiding it at times like this. Ouma-san definitely knows something about this¡­ As I was thinking this, Ouma-san started digging his own grave, even though no one was listening. "W-when I was playing in that warehouse just to kill time, there was no way I hit a mysterious object there with my magic power¡­" "¡­Pitiful." "Woof¡­" "Fugo¡­" He was looked at with pity by Yuti, confusion by Night, and dismay by Akatsuki. The only one who was unfazed by the situation was Ciel, who was sleeping on my shoulder¡­ I have a feeling that this little guy was just like Akatsuki. In fact, he''s very strong. That''s okay then¡­ "Let''s see¡­" (©¤©¤You all seem to know where the blueprint is. Now, tell me immediately.) When I saw Merl-san saying this with a serious expression, I wanted to hold my head. Even though we''ve just defeated a perfect Evil in a different world, we''ve once again been caught up in some kind of spectacular event¡­ It seems that it will be a long time before I can relax and rest. Chapter 144 - Book 7: Afterword Here''s the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for picking up this book. I''m Miku, the author. Every time I write a new volume, I always feel like I''m already at the end of another volume. This is all thanks to you, the readers. Thank you very much. Now, as for the contents of this volume, I think this seventh volume finally brings the different world cheat to a close. I thought that my bad habit came out again at the ending of the battle with Avis, the ultimate perfection of Evil, but that''s okay. After finally being freed from the threat of the Evil, Yuuya was supposed to be relaxing and going sightseeing in the other world ©¤ but that was not allowed, and he was already caught up in the next event. It''s tough. Yuuya must be holding his head and wondering why this happened, but¡­ please don''t worry. I''m the author, and I''m struggling with it too. Every time I write a story, I''m always wondering how it could happen and what will happen next, and before I know it, the story is finished. I wonder if it''s time for me to take control of the story''s development, but it''s also fun to let it run wild, so I think it''s okay to keep going like this for a while. Instead, every time I start to write the next story, I find myself scratching my head. S§×ar?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In such a work of mine, there is one part that clearly shows my unconscious desire. That is Yuuya''s family, the animals. This time, another new family member, Ciel, has appeared. Apparently, I still have a longing for a family of animals. One day I would like to live with an animal family like Night and the others. I''d like to thank the editor in charge for working with me again on this project. I''d like to thank Rein Kuwashima-sama for the wonderful illustrations that made this story even better. I would also like to express my heartfelt gratitude once again to all the readers who have picked up this work and enjoyed it. Thank you very much. See you next time. Chapter 145 - Book 8: Prologue Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Prologue Tsukasa Houjou, the president of "Ousei Academy," was working and looking over various documents, when there was a knock at the door. "Come in." "Excuse me." The person who entered the room was Tsukasa''s secretary, who had several letters in her hands. "These are the letters that arrived today. There''s also a letter from Kasumi-sama." "Oh, thank you." When Tsukasa looked away from the papers and took the letters, the secretary continued with a raised eyebrow. "And¡­ there''s one more thing I want to tell you." "Hmm?" "Over here." "Hmm! This is¡­" S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The secretary handed him a sheet of paper with words from a newspaper cut and pasted on it. It was a threatening note to the Houjou family, telling them to prepare money if they didn''t want to be in danger. "Again¡­ how many have you received today?" "More than ten, I think¡­" "At first, I thought it was just a malicious prank, but¡­ it''s hard to overlook something like this. In addition, there have been some disturbing developments overseas recently. The other day, the president of an overseas company was arrested for being connected to the underworld. It''s also possible that some large organization may be backing the sender of this threatening letter¡­ Sorry, but can you call Kaori?" "Very well." The secretary left the room after receiving Tsukasa''s instructions, and shortly after, there was another knock on the door of the room. When Tsukasa urged her to enter, Kaori came in. "Excuse me. I was told you wanted to see me¡­" "I really didn''t want to worry you too much, but I wanted to make sure that you were aware of this." "Hmm?" "The truth is, we''ve been receiving threatening letters directed to our family lately. Not just once, but several times¡­" "That''s¡­" Kaori''s eyes widened when she heard about the threatening letter for the first time because Tsukasa had kept it a secret so as not to worry Kaori. No matter how wealthy the Houjou family was, she never thought that there would be someone who would send them a threatening note. In addition to that, Kaori sensed from Tsukasa''s words that it was more than just a prank, which made her tighten up. "Um¡­ what did that threatening letter say?" "It''s demanding money. It says if we refuse, they will harm us¡­ Honestly, with the lack of information, it''s hard to predict who these people are or where they plan to target us." "No way¡­ So what should I do?" "I think it''s best not to go out, but that''s difficult too. For now, I think I''ll give you a few more bodyguards to protect you and see how it goes. But even so, be very careful when you go out." "I understand." Kaori nodded with a serious expression to Tsukasa''s words while remembering the [Ring of Crisis Avoidance] that Yuuya had given her. If she has it, she will be able to use magic to move to a safe zone that she has set up in advance the moment she feels she is in danger. Of course, if the power of this ring were to be activated in public, it would cause a huge commotion on Earth, where magic did not exist, but still, it does not compare to a life threat. The best thing would be for nothing to happen though. Tsukasa let out a sigh, then softened his tone and opened his mouth again. "Oh, by the way, there was a letter from Kasumi." "Eh? A letter from Kasumi? So that means¡­" "Yeah. She''ll be back during this summer vacation." "I see!" Kaori''s eyes sparkled at the cheerful news, which was a complete change from the discussion earlier. Kasumi was the younger sister of Kaori and lived abroad with her mother, so she never had a chance to see her except during long vacations. "Now that we know that Kasumi is coming back, is it going to be difficult for mother?" "Yes, I think so. I read in her letter your mother won''t be able to come back during this summer vacation." "Is that so¡­? But I''m looking forward to Kasumi''s return! But¡­ I''m also worried about her coming back alone¡­" "Yes. I''m anxious about the possibility of involving Kasumi in this kind of situation¡­ but she won''t listen to me¡­ She doesn''t want to give in to a threatening letter. Let''s find out again who sent the threatening letter so that we can feel a little more secure." Despite the unsettling atmosphere, the Houjou family was looking forward to their first family reunion in a long time. £ª£ª£ª ©¤©¤[Sky Mountain]. It was a harsh environment where powerful monsters competed for survival, although it was not as bad as the [Great Devil''s Nest], which was designated as a super dangerous area. However, unlike the [Great Devil''s Nest], the [Sky Mountain] was home to a wide variety of medicinal herbs, many of which could only be found here. Some of these herbs had the effect of giving a person a tremendous amount of magic power or even regenerating a part of their body that they had lost. That was why there was no end to the number of people who recklessly tried to find these herbs without regard for the danger. In such a dangerous environment, two shadows were moving at high speed through the forest, despite the poor foothold. (©¤©¤Good gracious¡­ I never thought this day would come¡­) "That''s right¡­" The rabbit that bears two Holy titles, "Kicking Saint" and "Ear Saint," muttered in a whisper. Iris, the "Sword Saint," replied to these words with a hint of nervousness. (The ending of the conflict with the Evil in our generation¡­ not in the hands of a Holy, but in the hands of another¡­ When I first met Yuuya, I thought he was just a person with potential, but you never know what will happen in life.) "Yeah¡­" Next to Usagi who was talking sullenly, Iris was obviously focused on something else than Usagi''s story, and kept an eye on every corner of the forest as she moved. "(I believe there is an important ingredient in this forest that can be used to make a love potion, right? Moreover, it can only be found at this time of year¡­)" [T/n: Iris was talking inwardly.] Yes, Iris was thinking about a love potion while Usagi was talking seriously. Why does she think about such a thing? It was, of course, to use on Yuuya. (I''m looking forward to seeing how he grows from now on.) "(Yuuya-kun¡­ in order to get him, I can''t choose my means! The last time I cooked something, it didn''t win his heart¡­ but more importantly, because the Evil was destroyed, he didn''t need to train anymore, and that was a good excuse for the massage¡­ They were so strong; how could they disappear so easily? They''re the Evil, right? They ought to have been stronger!)" ©¤©¤What a wave of unreasonable anger. (Even so, this [Sky Mountain] hasn''t changed¡­ wait, hey, Iris?) "(¡­Well, okay. That''s what the love potion is for. As a last resort in case of emergency, it was worth doing all the research I had done in the past. Potions with side effects and or weak effects are out of the question. For this matter, it seems that the love potion made from the ingredients found in this forest is the ideal love potion!)" In this other world, there were many medicines called "love potions." However, most of them were harmful to the human body or had questionable effects, so there was no ideal "love potion" in existence. In such a situation, Iris knew that in this forest where she and Usagi were visiting this time, a herb grows in clusters only once every three years and was used as an ingredient for a love potion that had no risk and maximum effect. Therefore, when it was decided that she and Usagi would go around informing the other surviving Holy and their disciples that the Evil had been defeated, Iris strongly requested that they go to the report from the Magic Saint who lived around this forest. Usagi, not knowing anything about the love potion, was skeptical at first, but since they were going to report it anyway, he didn''t really mind. He also saw a few adventurers who were confident in their skills and looked for the same herbs as Iris, which made Iris even more determined in her search. "(I''ll find it, no matter what¡­!)" But¡­ "(It can be collected only at this time of the year, so if I miss this¡­ there will be no next¡­!)" (¡­Iris. Are you sure you''re listening to me?) "Will you stop talking to me for a second? This is not the time for that!" (You''re not listening to me, huh¡­?) Usagi could only let out a sigh at Iris''s overly blatant attitude. Iris, who seeks a boyfriend, was powerful. However, since the situation would remain as it is, there was no point in rushing a report to the Magic Saint, so Usagi stopped in place. Then, as expected, Iris stopped as well. "What happened to you?" (That should be my line. I can see it from earlier. But, if you have something to do in this forest, finish it first. It''s annoying¡­) "W-what do you mean, "annoying"? You know, my precious future is at stake here!" (Really, what is it with you¡­) Usagi put his hand on his forehead to suppress his headache. (¡­I don''t care what it is at this point, but hurry up. We''ve almost arrived at the Magic Saint''s house. You never know what kind of magic he''s going to shoot at you if you act too stupidly. Even so, we are going to talk about something unbelievable¡­) "Ugh¡­ I-I know¡­" When Iris heard Usagi''s words, she remembered the Magic Saint that they were going to meet and became a little calmer. The Magic Saint had established a base in the Sky Mountain, where he usually spent his time researching the medicinal plants that grew in the area and researching magic. In addition to the importance of the love potion for Iris, she also knew that the Magic Saint she was about to meet was not a person she could joke with, so she tightened her grip. After all, she had to go and talk to someone who couldn''t take any jokes. It''s hard to imagine what kind of response will await Iris and Usagi. "¡­Was it a mistake to say that we should go report it to the Magic Saint?" (We''ll have to go anyway though. The difference is whether it''s early or late. If we take care of the trouble first, the rest will be easier, right?) "The rest is easy though; the only one that''s troublesome is the Magic Saint¡­" (¡­Don''t say that.) Usagi and Iris breathed a sigh at the same time and resumed moving again. Chapter 146 - Book 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon. you can read up to 4 chapters ahead by joining out Patreon!! Enjoy~ While Iris and Usagi took action in the other world, there was a huge panic on Earth. Suddenly, something that looked like a huge spaceship appeared right above a certain house. "What the hell is that?" "A UFO?" "Could they be filming something?" "How could they be filming something like that?" "Hey¡­ record, record!" Gradually, people began to gather, and even a police helicopter began to move, and the situation developed into a huge commotion. It''s no wonder because the spaceship didn''t leave the scene but continued to float quietly in the sky. More and more people gather around Yuuya''s house in the distance. Suddenly, one of them noticed something strange. "H-huh!" "No way!" "Amazing¡­" "Hey, hey, they keep coming!" In addition to the spaceship floating right above Yuuya''s house, countless other saucer-shaped spaceships with an emblem of a dragon on them arrived one after another. Unaware of the large crowd of people, the police, and the countless spaceships that were arriving, Yuuya was©¤©¤. £ª£ª£ª ©¤©¤I was in a tight spot right now. Just when I thought I was finally going to be able to relax, a girl¡­ named Merl-san, an alien from the planet Amel, suddenly arrived at my house on Earth. She told me that she was looking for the blueprint of an important weapon hidden in my house. And I managed to figure out what it might be. The only problem was that Ouma-san seemed to have messed with the blueprint somehow, and he''s really flustered. There were many things I wanted to say, such as why there was such a thing in my house in the first place and what kind of things my grandfather collected, but first, I need Merl-san to calm down. Just as I was about to open my mouth, Merl-san stuck out her left hand toward me. Then, the terminal-like device attached to her left arm instantly broke apart and began to deform in some mechanical way, eventually transforming into a cannon-like shape. Thrusting out her arm that had been transformed into a cannon that looked dangerous, Merl-san declared with a serious expression. (This is your final warning. Give me the blueprint immediately.) "I-I''ll give it to you, but©¤©¤." The moment I was about to hurriedly answer Merl-san, Yuti, who was standing next to me watching the proceedings, instantly distanced herself from us, readied her bow, and pointed it at Merl-san! "Y-Yuti!" (¡­What are you imitating?) "¡­Alert. This girl''s got her weapon up. That means enemy." To Yuti, who could not understand Merl-san''s words, it seemed that I had been threatened with a weapon for no reason whatsoever, and she was radiating a murderous spirit that was about to pierce Merl-san. Yuti, a disciple of the Bow Saint, had a ruthlessly high fighting ability. Normally, one would cower at the mere touch of her murderous intent, but Merl-san''s expression remained cool. (You''ve made a fool of me, haven''t you? To attack me with such a primitive weapon©¤©¤.) The moment she was about to say that much. Suddenly, the ceiling of my house blew out! "M-my house!" (T-that dragon crest¡­ they already know where it is?) Merl-san was staring at the open ceiling in amazement, but I couldn''t be more upset. My grandfather''s house was suddenly damaged, after all. I looked up at the sky in dismay and saw countless spaceships floating in the sky. Then, light was emitted from such UFOs, and some kind of humanoid creature came down from inside. (Kukuku¡­ it''s a pity, Amel alien. We know that this place possesses the blueprint you seek.) (Dragonia alien¡­!) If Merl-san''s words are correct, then the people floating in the air in front of me must be the Dragonia aliens. What''s unique about them is that while Merl-san''s figure is completely the same as Earth people, the Dragonias have dragon-like horns growing out of their temples, and when looking at them closely, I can even see what looks like scales on their bodies. They wore the same tight-fitting, full-body suit that Merl-san also wore, but with a somewhat futuristic armor design, and in their hands, they held what looked like a spear. The spear''s tip was not made of metal but some kind of glowing mass of energy. The Dragonia smiled derisively. (Now, be a good boy and give me the blueprint.) (I refuse. I can''t let you have it¡­!) (Hmph¡­ How can you still say that in this situation?) (¡­Oh, no!) The moment one of the Dragonia aliens gave the order to the sky, one of the spaceships floating in the sky exploded and crashed¡­ that is, on my house. (My ship¡­!) (Kuhahaha! Now you''ll never be able to return to your home planet, will you? Well, if you''re smart enough to give me the blueprint, I''ll take you back to your planet. ¡­That will be the end of your planet, though!) Merl-san gave a piercing look at the Dragonia aliens laughing in the sky. (I''ll never give it to you¡­!) (If that''s the case¡­ then we''ll take it by force¡­!) Starting with the words of one of the Dragonia aliens, the other Dragonia aliens came charging towards my house one after another. In front of these Dragonia aliens, Merl-san held up the cannon on her left arm. (Stop it! The people of this planet have absolutely nothing to do with this!) (So what? No one cares how many creatures from this remote planet disappear.) Energy was concentrated in Merl-san''s left arm at a tremendous rate. And then, finally, a huge beam was shot at the Dragonia aliens. Some of the Dragonia aliens were instantly obliterated by the blow. (Hmph¡­ As expected of the Amel aliens. It seems that they have the technology to do so. But how many more times can you use that weapon?) (Kuh¡­!) While the fierce battle between Merl-san and the Dragonia aliens was unfolding, I hurriedly used my water magic to put out the fire so that the falling debris from the spaceship would not burn my house. Then, Night and the others cooperate with me. And we all succeeded in putting out the fire, running around frantically. In the midst of the fierce firefight, the Dragonia aliens showed their frustration because they could not defeat Merl-san. (Tsk¡­ it''s too much trouble. I''ll just wipe out this whole city¡­!) (Wha¡­ Are you insane?) (Yes, I''m insane! You''ll perish for the sake of the prosperity of our planet Dragonia. There is no greater honor than that!) (I won''t let that happen¡­!) As the conversation went on and on, leaving the rest of us behind, a somewhat bewildered-looking Yuti approached me with her bow at the ready. "¡­Confused. Suddenly, an incomprehensible woman came from the sky, and then an even more incomprehensible group came. What''s going on?" "¡­.." "Yuuya?" Yuti called out to me, but I was not paying attention. "They''re going to destroy Grandpa''s house¡­ and this city¡­?" "Eh?" I stared at the people fighting in the sky, despite Yuti''s confusion. And then©¤©¤. "©¤©¤That''s enouuuuugghhgh!" (!?) (W-what is this power ©¤ Guwaaaahhh?) When I activated the [Holy King''s Authority], a golden dragon-like wave motion was released from my body. As if my intentions were reflected directly, the golden dragon attacked the Dragonias one after another. However, their bodies did not seem to be injured, and those who the golden dragon ate seemed to have lost consciousness at that moment. Since I had already activated the [Holy King''s Authority] once during the battle against Avis, I could feel my strength and life force being drained at a tremendous rate. But I couldn''t let this happen. I couldn''t stand the sight of a stranger suddenly coming and destroying this house full of memories with my grandfather. And the way they talked about how they would easily kill the people of this town who had nothing to do with them! Seeing the [Holy King''s Authority] that I invoked with anger, Ouma-san, who had remained indifferent, murmured with some amusement. "Hou? You can now use the power of the [Holy King] as an attack against people other than the Evil, huh¡­ Umu umu." As Ouma-san said, it was the first time that the power of the [Holy King] had been activated against an existence other than the Evil, and the Dragonia aliens who had not yet lost consciousness ran away while the others lost consciousness and collapsed one after another. (I-I never heard of this! How could someone with such power exist on a remote planet like this¡­!?) (Report to the mothership immediately!) (W-we need to retreat! Let''s go at once©¤©¤.) (I won''t let you escape!) As I reached the limit of my physical strength and was about to fall, Yuti supported me, and Merl-san held up her cannon towards the fleeing Dragonia aliens. And then©¤©¤. (Eat this¡­!) The largest amount of energy that had ever been released was focused on the cannon on her left arm and was released at once. The power was so great that it seemed to burn up everything in the sky, not only the Dragonian aliens but also the spaceships that were floating in the sky. Finally, all of the Dragonia aliens, including all of the spaceships floating in the sky, disappeared. "¡­Thank¡­ goodness¡­" As I was watching the scene, almost fainting, Ouma-san approached me with a look of dismay. "You fool¡­ You knew what would happen if you used that power twice, didn''t you?" "It''s because¡­ they''re¡­ this city." As I struggled to formulate words in my fading consciousness, Ouma-san let out a sigh. "Sigh¡­ Well, it''s my fault this time, too. Take it." And the moment Ouma-san lightly touched me; I felt something warm flow into my body. The warmth was so comforting that I finally let go of my consciousness. "I gave away my life force. Now the amount that had been consumed earlier would no longer be a problem. You''re such a troublesome master¡­" Just before I lost consciousness, I heard Ouma-san''s voice. £ª£ª£ª When Yuuya lost consciousness, Merl, who had been pointing the cannon at the sky, finally released her stance. At that moment, smoke erupted from the cannon with tremendous force. (¡­I must have pushed myself a little too hard. I''m afraid the battle mode will be useless for a while.) Merl, who had disarmed herself with a sigh, now turned her attention to the people who had gathered outside the house. Some people were either speechless or struggling to record the unrealistic scene that had suddenly unfolded. (¡­I don''t want my existence or the blueprint to be revealed from their memories. Let''s just erase the memory here.) Merl then operated the terminal on her left arm, which had just been transformed into a cannon. (The information alteration¡­ It seems that it''s safe. Then©¤©¤.) The moment Merl operated the terminal, a special wave motion was emitted from the terminal. The wave motion easily reached people''s brains and instantly erased all the memories they had seen so far. Moreover, the waves were not limited to Merl''s vicinity but spread across the entire planet, without a single exception, erasing all records of spaceships, aliens, and even herself. Furthermore, the wave motion affected not only the human brain but also the electronic devices on the planet, completely erasing all the records that had already been released to the sea of the Internet. Those who were directly watching the battle or the videos that had been spread out were momentarily blinded by the erasure of their memories and could only vaguely perceive the situation in front of them and what had just happened. "H-huh¡­? What was I doing¡­?" "I''m feeling fuzzy¡­" "More importantly, why are we in this place?" "I-I don''t know?" "It''s bad! We have to hurry, or we''ll be late!" Everyone wondered why they were here, but they returned to their daily lives as if nothing had happened. Originally, they could have guessed that something had happened if their doubts had prevailed when their memories had disappeared or if they had seen Yuuya''s house, which was now in a cruel state in front of them. But Merl had already taken care of that as well. (Fuh¡­ I was able to falsify the information, guide the thoughts, and deploy camouflage¡­ all in time.) Yes, at the same time Merl erased the information, she guided the people''s thoughts towards their daily lives and deployed a wave of camouflage to prevent them from properly perceiving what was happening in front of them. (Now, if I don''t get the blueprint back soon¡­ I''m sure I won''t miss a beat, but it''s only a matter of time before they come back to this place.) As Merl hurried to leave, she thought about how she could get the blueprint back by force this time. (¡­I really wanted to ask them to give it to me peacefully, but I can''t stay here long. The Dragonias have already found me, so let''s just get it and go home.) Now that the Dragonias had discovered her location, Merl had no time to spare. She immediately decided to rush back to Amel from Earth. But©¤©¤. "©¤©¤Don''t get carried away! Little girl." (Wha?) Suddenly, Merl was hit by tremendous pressure. It''s invisible energy violence, and Merl couldn''t stand it, so she was knocked down to the ground and fell to her knees. Then Ouma quietly flew up to her. In the background, Night, Akatsuki, and Ciel are also present. sea??h th§× NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When Merl was sweating profusely because she was completely unable to move, Ouma looked down at her coldly. "As long as what you are looking for is in this house and Yuuya has tried to give it to you, there is nothing to complain about. But you¡­ don''t you know what you''ve done?" (Eh¡­?) When Ouma told her that, Merl took another look at her surroundings. There was a pile of rubble where Yuuya''s house was spread out. "Grrrrr¡­" "Fugo?" "Pi?" As if in tune with Ouma''s words, the usually mild-mannered Night growled, Akatsuki moved his paws quickly like a boxing shadow, and Ciel raised his dusky voice. Merl desperately tried to keep her distance from Night and the others who were slowly closing in on her, but she was finally cornered against the wall. With the added pressure of Night and the others, Merl was finally unable to say anything. "Why, don''t be so afraid. You''re the one who caused this mess. Then you know what you have to do, don''t you?" Merl could no longer do anything but nod in response to Ouma and the others'' words. <> Table of Content Chapter 147 - Book 2: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 While Merl and the Dragonias were fighting on Earth, Lexia, Mai Kagurazaka, and the others who had remained in the Regal Kingdom since the recent attack by Avis were enjoying themselves. S~ea??h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Mai! Let''s go quickly!" "P-please wait, Lexia-sama!" As Mai tried to calm Lexia, who was about to pull Mai''s hand and rush out right now, Luna sighed and followed as her escort. "Mai, give up. If Lexia is like that, there''s nothing we can do." "Eeh?" "Hey, Luna! Don''t talk about me like I''m a wild animal!" "Isn''t that the truth?" "That''s not true!" Mai was disconcerted by the sudden comical exchange. From Mai''s perspective, Lexia is a princess, and she should not be in a position to walk around the city with her like this. "Lu-Luna-san. It''s all right." "Mmm, really? If Mai says so, then¡­" "Even so, Mai! What''s with that tone?" "Eeh? I-is there something wrong¡­?" Mai''s face turned pale as she wondered if she had done something wrong when her tone was suddenly pointed out. But¡­ "There''s only one problem! We''re friends now, aren''t we? If that''s the case, please don''t use such formal language; just treat me normally!" "Eh? N-no, but¡­!" "I said it''s okay, so it''s okay! Do you understand? Answer me!" "Eh, well, um¡­" Even though it was Lexia''s request, she could not break her formal speech so easily. She was dealing with royalty, after all. But Lexia continued to stare at Mai''s face as if she was planning to remain there until Mai changed her tone. Luna quietly put her hand on Mai''s shoulder as Mai was confused. "Mai, give up. As I said before, once Lexia has made a decision, she will go through with it. Geez¡­ What a selfish princess." "What are you talking about? Luna, I''m a princess, remember? You should be more careful with me!" "Is that so? Well then, is this what you want, Lexia-sama?" "¡­Don''t be so mean to me. I prefer the usual Luna." In response to Luna''s condescending attitude, Lexia sharpened her tongue. Seeing Lexia''s appearance, Luna smiled bitterly and turned her gaze to Mai once again. "She''s such a princess. Of course, in public, you will be required to use language and attitude appropriate to the occasion¡­ but at least in other places, you can treat her just like an ordinary person." "Y-yes¡­" "Of course, not just to Lexia, but to me as well. Don''t hesitate to call me Luna." Not only was Luna urging her to do so, but Lexia was also looking at her expectantly, and Mai finally surrendered. "Understood¡­ No, I get it. Is this okay?" "Yes! That''s perfect!" With a big smile on her face, Lexia pulled Mai''s hand again and started to move. "Better yet, let''s get going!" "W-wait a minute! When you say to go quickly¡­ I want you to tell me where we are going!" "Ara? Didn''t I tell you?" "No, you didn''t¡­" "¡­This is just the same old Lexia." "I-it''s not that I''m always like this, you know! I just happened to forget it!" Lexia hurriedly clears her throat and tells her again. "Since Mai has a special power as a saint, I thought it would be good for you to register as an adventurer." "An adventurer?" "Yes. Doesn''t it exist in your world? It''s a job that involves exterminating monsters, guarding people, gathering herbs and other things¡­" "Y-yeah. I''ve heard of adventurers, but I''ve never heard of them doing anything with monsters and such. But can I really become one?" "Of course! Besides, you have special powers, don''t you? It''ll be a piece of cake!" "W-what do you mean by "a piece of cake¡­?" Mai''s cheek twitched at Lexia''s overly optimistic words. "Well, despite what Lexia said, I agree that Mai should become an adventurer. There are many Evil Beasts in the world, not to mention Evil. In order to defeat them, an identity like being an adventurer would be useful. And above all, experience with fighting monsters will be useful in the battle against Evil that will eventually come." "¡­Right." "It''s just, is it okay? You''ve been summoned as a saint, but are you allowed to work as an adventurer in this Regal Kingdom?" "That''s, this country¡­ No, I think it''s because of the circumstances of this world that I was summoned here, and I was allowed to go about doing things quite freely, so it should be fine. Of course, if I were to go out alone, I might have been stopped, but with Luna and the others present¡­ I was allowed to move freely for the time being." "I see. You''ve been summoned for their own selfish reason, so it''s only natural that you are allowed to be free¡­" Luna nodded at Mai''s words. ©¤©¤At this time, Lexia and the others didn''t know that Avis, the ultimate perfection of Evil, had already been defeated by Yuuya and the others. That''s why Lexia and the others were still steadily making preparations for the upcoming battle against Evil. But that battle would never come. "There it is! That''s the Adventurer''s Guild!" "This is¡­" "Fumu, the atmosphere is no different from the Adventurer''s Guild in the Alceria Kingdom." When the three of them reached their destination, the Adventurer''s Guild, they each looked up at the building. However, there is no point in standing around forever, as Lexia quickly entered the building. "Hey, Lexia! Is that okay? A princess can''t be so defenseless!" "She won''t listen to us, you know. Besides, she is dressed like a commoner, and as long as it is not the Evil or the Holy that are attacking her, I can protect her from here." "Lu-Luna is amazing¡­" "Not really. Come on; we should go in too." When Luna and Mai entered the guild, they found it packed with adventurers and was very lively. "Heh¡­ there''s a lot of people here." "Yeah. But it''s rare to see so many people in a place like this¡­ Is this a phenomenon unique to this country?" As Luna twisted her head and looked around curiously, a drunken man with a reddish face approached her. "Hey, girl. Is this your first time here?" "Yeah. Is this normal for this place to be packed with people like this?" "No? Not at all. It''s just busy right now; there''s a mountain not far from here called [Sky Mountain] where a precious herb that can only be gathered once every three years is being collected, and everyone is getting excited about it." "Herb?" "Haven''t you ever heard of it? It''s called [Hala Grass]¡­" "©¤©¤[Hala Grass]?" "Whoa! What did you say?" When the drunk man was explaining to Luna, Lexia interrupted with shining eyes. Seeing Lexia''s reaction, Luna tilted her head even further. "Hmm? I''ve never heard of it¡­ Do you know about it, Lexia?" "Of course I know about it! More importantly, Luna, how come you don''t know about it?" "W-well." Lexia''s enthusiasm was so great that Luna was taken aback. However, Lexia did not care about such a situation and continued. "You know what? It is one of the materials needed to make the perfect love potion that everyone is chasing, without any side effects! It''s a fantastic herb that can only be collected once every three years and rarely grows in clusters!" "L-love potion?" "I didn''t even know there was such a thing¡­" Luna rolled her eyes at the unexpected item, and Mai realized once again that she was in a different world. "I can''t let this slide! I never thought that this season would be the time to collect [Hala Grass]¡­! Luna, Mai! Are you ready? We''re going to get some right now! That''s why you should go and register as an adventurer!" "Eeh?" "Hey, Lexia. It''s easy for you to say, but¡­" "We have to collect as much as possible so that we can make the love potion without fail¡­ And when I give it to Yuuya-sama¡­ Kyaa! It''s so embarrassing to be a loving couple!" "¡­You''re not listening to me¡­" When Luna tried to pull Lexia back from her own world, the stunned drunk man laughed unpleasantly. "Hey, hey, girls. You''re not going to challenge it alone, are you? It''s a dangerous place, and it''s designated as a dangerous area. You girls can''t go there alone, you know. But hey, it''s okay. It''s fate that we met here. I''ll take care of it©¤©¤." "Shut up! We don''t need you, so go away!" "Eeeehhh?" The drunken man was surprised at the sudden dismissal, but he was overwhelmed by Lexia''s fierce determination and withdrew in a hurry. "Geez¡­ Who the heck is that guy? He interrupted our conversation¡­" "N-no, we were talking, and you barged in¡­" "That''s not important! We''re going to get the [Hala Grass], no matter what! Okay?" "W-wait! You heard what that guy said, right? The place that the [Hala Grass] is located is said to be a dangerous area. It''s a place like that©¤©¤." "Isn''t it much better than the Great Devil''s Nest?" "¡­..Right!" Luna shouted in desperation. However, Mai, who had never heard of the Great Devil''s Nest, hurriedly stopped them. "W-wait a minute! Why would I risk myself going to a place that was said to be dangerous? I want to gain some experience in combat, but my powers only work against Evil, and I''ve never fought a monster before, so even if I went to a place like that, I''d be useless!" "Don''t worry, Mai. I''ll take care of the monsters. And compared to the environment of the Great Devil''s Nest, everywhere is like heaven." "What kind of place are you comparing this to?" "Well, that''s not important! Whatever the case may be, I need the [Hala Grass], so I will definitely be going there! I have to get it no matter what in order to become a hot married couple with Yuuya-sama!" "¡­That guy is in trouble too, huh?" Mai couldn''t help but take a distant look when she heard Lexia''s words. "Now, hurry up and register as an adventurer! If we don''t hurry, the [Hala Grass] will be completely collected!" "Eh? W-wait!" Mai was forcibly dragged to the reception desk. After that, Mai was able to register as an adventurer. Chapter 148 - Book 2: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 "This is where the [Hala Grass] is located!" "Hah¡­ hah¡­ this girl is so careless without even knowing my hardships¡­" After Mai had registered as an adventurer, Lexia and the others immediately came to the entrance of the Sky Mountain, where the [Hala Grass] was said to grow. Luna, who had been dealing with the monsters that attacked them one after another until they reached the mountain, was completely exhausted. Seeing this, Mai couldn''t help but open her mouth. "U-um, Lexia? Do we have to do it today as well?" "Of course! We have to collect it right now and make a love potion for Yuuya-sama!" "No, I think it''s more for Lexia''s sake than for his¡­" Mai couldn''t help but blurt it out, but it didn''t reach Lexia''s ears right now. Mai, who decided that there was nothing more she could say, held up the sword that had been provided to her by the Regal Kingdom when she arrived in this world. "I''m really an amateur when it comes to fighting monsters, as you can probably see from before we arrived here. This sword was also provided to me by the country, but I''ve never held a sword in my previous world." "I''m not going to say that you don''t have to worry¡­ but I should be able to help you to some extent. So you can fight with all your might, Mai." "If you insist, I''ll take your word for it¡­ and train myself in combat." When Mai made up her mind, Lexia couldn''t bear the excitement anymore and finally stepped into the forest. While Lexia and Luna, who had experienced the Great Devil''s Nest, did not feel suffocated because the atmosphere of this forest was overwhelmingly brighter than in the Great Devil''s Nest, Mai felt a sense of oppression that she had never felt in Japan, and she felt somewhat suffocated. This was a true sign that the monsters that inhabited the forest were strong. The surge of magic power leaking from the monsters'' bodies made Mai feel nauseated. As each of them carefully made their way through the forest, Luna quietly told them. "Stop." "!" "¡­There''s a monster." As Luna glared sharply at a certain part of the forest, a boar with magnificent tusks jumped out of the bushes. "Charge Boar, huh! Be careful, it''s a C-class monster." Normally, it was not the kind of monster that a newly registered adventurer like Mai would have to deal with. But since Luna, who was known as an assassin, was here, the danger was minimized. As soon as it spotted Lexia and the others, the monster called Charge Boar made a run, accelerated, and charged at them. Luna swung her arm sharply in the face of the attack, and the Charge Boar stopped moving as if its body had been caught in something. "Buruoo!" "Mai!" "Okay!" Hearing Luna''s words, Mai immediately rushed to the Charge Boar and swung down the sword in her hand. When she was first summoned to the other world, she was hesitant to attack, even when the opponent was an Evil Beast. However, in front of the people of the other world who were suffering from Evil, Mai thought that if she didn''t do her best, the people of this world would be in danger, and she was able to push aside her aversion to fighting. Perhaps this mental aspect was also one of the reasons why Mai was summoned to this world as a "Saint." While Mai was attacking the Charge Boar in cooperation with Luna, Lexia also attacked the Charge Boar with a self-defense knife. "Eii! Iyaa!" However, as a princess, Lexia''s strength was feeble, and she didn''t seem to be doing any real damage. With the addition of Lexia''s attack, which was not certain if it was supposed to support them, the Charge Boar finally collapsed and disappeared as a particle of light. "Yay! We defeated it!" "Y-yeah. We managed it somehow¡­" "Hmph. Putting Mai aside, I''m not even sure Lexia''s contribution is worth mentioning." "What did you say?" As usual, while Luna tweaked Lexia''s words and Lexia chewed on them, Mai stared at her palms. "(As expected, I''m not used to fighting with weapons¡­ But it''s okay. If I do my best, the people of this world can be saved. I have to do my best¡­)" "Mai?" Then Lexia, who sensed something wrong with Mai, looked into her face with concern. "Eh? Ah, I''m fine! More importantly, let''s quickly find the herbs that Lexia is looking for, okay? The longer we wait, the later we''ll get back." "Oh, yes! We have to find it quickly!" Lexia and the others began their search for the [Hara Grass] again. "I''m surprised to learn that Mai and Yuuya-sama are from the same world! What''s Yuuya-sama like in your world?" "Eeh? I don''t know much about him either¡­" The only time Mai had met Yuuya was at the shrine where he and Kaori had gone for a test of courage. "Ara, I see. I like how mysterious he is! I''m going to use the love potion¡­ to get to Yuuya-sama no matter what it takes!" While searching, Lexia is burning with love for Yuuya. "In order to do that, I have to find the [Hala Grass] no matter what!" However, there is no sign of the [Hala Grass] that Lexia is looking for, and the time is flying by. "Hey! We can''t find it!" "I don''t need you to tell me that. You''re the one who suggested it, right?" "You want it too, don''t you? The love potion!" "I''m not the same as you! I don''t need it©¤©¤." "If you have the love potion, you can do anything you want with Yuuya-sama, you know!" "¡­Alright, let''s find it." "Luna?" Mai retorted to Luna, who immediately switched her mind. While searching for the hard-to-find [Hala Grass], Luna noticed a certain sign. "What''s¡­ that¡­?" "What''s wrong?" "There''s a powerful presence¡­! Lexia!" "Eh?" The strong presence that Luna felt was getting closer and closer to Lexia, she hurriedly called out, but the source of the presence suddenly appeared in front of Lexia. "©¤©¤Ara? You ladies are¡­" "S-Sword Saint-sama!" The identity of the strong presence that Luna sensed was actually that of Iris, the Sword Saint. Moreover, behind Iris, there''s also Usagi, the Kicking Saint. (What is it? Little girl. You were here too?) "Ah, you''re Yuuya-sama''s master¡­ why are Iris-sama and Usagi-sama here?" Lexia forgot about the [Hala Grass] and asked in surprise. And Usagi nodded once. (It''s just perfect. I have to tell you girls about something.) "Eh?" (Especially that little girl over there.) "M-me?" Mai, who hadn''t expected that she would be called, shouted in surprise. Although Mai herself did not know much about the two people who appeared here, she sensed from Lexia''s attitude that they were not ordinary. What on earth would such a person want with her¡­? As Mai waited anxiously for Usagi''s words, Usagi told her plainly. (Your role is over.) "Eh?" (As I said, your role is over.) "¡­.." Not understanding the meaning of Usagi''s words, Mai fell silent. Then Iris, who was watching the scene, let out a sigh. "You know¡­ there''s no way she can understand with just that, right?" (I don''t know. That''s just it.) "You really are an unreasonable lump of meat¡­" Letting out a sigh at Usagi''s behavior, Iris gave Mai a wry smile. "The only thing is, what he said is true. You are the saint who was summoned from a different world, aren''t you?" "Y-yes. It is said that I was summoned to defeat the Evil that exists in this world¡­ " "¡­That Evil is no longer around. It has already been defeated." "Eh?" "No way!" "¡­What did you say?" Mai was stunned by Iris''s words, and Lexia and the others widened their eyes in disbelief. Then Lexia quickly came to her senses and opened her mouth in a panic. "P-please wait, Iris-sama! It has been defeated, you say¡­? Do you mean that horrible being has been defeated?" S~ea??h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Yes, that''s right." Mai had never seen Avis, so all she knew was that there were such beings called Evil, but Lexia and the others who had seen Avis in person and seen how he had overwhelmed Iris and Usagi with his incredible power could hardly believe it. "Who in the world defeated him? Could it have been Iris-sama and the others?" "As expected of Iris-sama! And Usagi-sama is also very strong, as he''s Yuuya-sama''s master!" "Amazing¡­ the power of those who are called Holy is incredible¡­" Lexia''s gaze shined on Iris and the others. Mai also had been told by the king of Regal when she was summoned to this world that there were people called Holy who opposed the Evil. She, too, was aware of the fact that they were, in fact, extraordinary. However, Iris and Usagi looked at each other and smiled bitterly when such a reaction was directed at them. "I''m sorry to disappoint you when you are praising us like that¡­ but it was Yuuya who defeated the Evil." """Eh?""" "To be more precise, it''s Yuuya''s family." As Iris explained, Mai tilted her head because she didn''t know much about Night and the others, but Lexia and the others, who knew about Night and the others, opened their eyes even wider. "T-those Night and the others¡­ no, or did the Genesis Dragon lend them a hand?" "Nope, not at all. Usagi and I also witnessed the moment directly¡­ and before we knew it, Yuuya had taken a bluebird as his new family member, and together, the three of them, including Night and Akatsuki, defeated the Evil." "T-that''s ridiculous¡­" (¡­It''s really ridiculous.) Even Usagi seemed somewhat tired when talking about it, which made Lexia and the others realize that this was the truth. And then©¤©¤. "As¡­ as expected from Yuuya-sama! I knew he was different from the rest of us in this world!" As usual, Lexia''s eyes sparkled at Yuuya''s actions. However, Mai would not like to be thought that all earthlings can do such crazy things, so she hurriedly denied it. "No, I''m not as crazy as that guy! The rest of the people on Earth, including me, are normal!" "Earth?" (Hou? That sounds like an interesting story. Please continue.) Then Iris, who still had no idea that Yuuya was from the same world as Mai, tilted her head. On the contrary, Usagi also urged her to continue with a curious look. Mai, who could not refuse the urging of the two, told them that Yuuya was from the same other world¡­ and that he had the power to travel back and forth between the two worlds. "I-I see¡­ He wasn''t a resident of this world, huh¡­?" (Even if he was, he wouldn''t be able to get that much talent. And even in that world, he is probably not normal. Am I right?) "It''s not normal at all. Please don''t use him as the standard for our world. A world based on him would be too scary." In addition to Usagi, who nodded her head in agreement with Mai''s words, Iris was somewhat confused. "I-I''ve found the perfect man for me, but he''s not from this world¡­ But then again, Yuuya, you can go back and forth between two worlds, right? But is that something that can be done indefinitely? Or is it finite? If it''s finite, which world will he end up in¡­?" "Eh? Um¡­ Iris-sama?" When Mai called out worriedly to Iris, who was acting strangely, Iris abruptly made up her mind. "I''ve decided! Let''s go to Yuuya-kun''s house right now to talk to him!" <> Table of Content Chapter 149 - Book 2: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 "I''ve decided! Let''s go to Yuuya-kun''s house right now to talk to him!" (Huh?) The decision was so sudden that Usagi couldn''t help but raise his voice, but Lexia quickly agreed. "Iris-sama! I''m coming too! I had a lot of questions I wanted to ask as well! It''s just that I''ve been searching for something here¡­" "W-wait a minute, Lexia! As expected, going to the Great Devil''s Nest without Owen and the others is¡­" "What are you talking about? Iris-sama and Usagi-sama are here, right? We don''t need Owen." "¡­You''re right. But don''t say that in front of Owen¡­" Luna couldn''t say anything to Lexia, who answered so matter-of-factly. In fact, if Iris is around, it''s certain to be safe unless it''s in the depths of the Great Devil''s Nest. "Besides, Luna must be curious too, right? About Yuuya-sama." "¡­Well, yeah." "Then let''s go!" Just as the story was about to be settled, Usagi, who was dumbfounded and was listening to the conversation, hurriedly intervened to stop it. (Wait a minute! Iris, did you forget about our purpose today? Besides, I thought you were looking for something here¡­) "You''re talking about telling the Magic Saint about Evil, right? That can wait. It''s not like there''s any need to hurry since there''s no more Evil around anyway, and if anyone has a problem with it, I''ll cut them down. And besides, I''ve already got everything I came for, so it''s fine!" S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (When did you get it?) "A-aaaahhh! [Hala Grass]!" When Lexia saw the grass taken out of the bag on Iris''s waist, she shouted out. This was the herb that Lexia had been looking for. Iris smiled somewhat triumphantly at Lexia''s appearance. "Fufu. Unfortunately, I''ve already collected all that can be collected at this time of year. So you should just give up." "Gnununu¡­" Lexia looked at the [Hala Grass] in Iris''s hand with bitterness, but couldn''t complain anymore because she didn''t want to lose her chance of getting taken to the Great Devil''s Nest if she complained here. As expected, Iris smiled bitterly at the sight of Lexia and told Usagi. "So, let''s go to Yuuya''s house right away! Is that okay? Usagi." (¡­Sigh. Whatever happens later, I''m not going to help you.) While saying this, Usagi also seemed to be concerned about Yuuya, and together with Iris and the others, he headed to Yuuya''s house. £ª£ª£ª At the same time, a huge spaceship was drifting through space. The ship was shaped like a dragon and flew through space without any trouble. This spaceship was the mother ship of the Dragonia aliens who attacked Merl. Inside the spaceship, one of the Dragonia aliens furrowed his brow. (¡­It''s time for the scheduled contact, why is there still no contact?) "¡­.." The other Dragonias stiffened at his grumpy look. He wore luxurious clothes that were different from those of the other Dragonias and sat cross-legged like a king. He was Draco III, the ruler of the Dragonias. Draco III didn''t try to hide his displeasure and asked again. (I''m asking. Why isn''t there any regular contact?) "¡­.." However, no one could answer Draco III''s words. The only people gathered here were the commanders who were leading the troops, the warriors who represented the Dragonias. Originally, the Dragonias were a race that boasted powerful bodies and outstanding technology, and they were among the most powerful in the universe. They are terrified of the only one from their kind, Draco III. (In this universe, the slightest delay in communication can lead to death. I have always told them to be on guard. But¡­ what is this mess? ©¤©¤Answer me.) At that moment, tremendous pressure assaulted the Dragonias who were present. The invisible pressure was so heavy that it seemed as if gravity had been applied, and everyone knelt down, unable to remain standing. (This delay in communication, you lead the platoon directly under the Third Corps, right? Why don''t you answer me?) Draco III turned his gaze to one of the kneeling Dragonias. The Dragonia he saw hung his head and struggled to speak. (W-with all due respect, my Lord. We are not entirely sure about this situation¡­) (You don''t have any idea?) The pressure increased. While feeling as if he was about to be crushed, Drade, the captain of the third corps, desperately continued. (Y-yes. We were also suspicious when there was no communication during the regular communication time, and we tried to contact them by various means. But it''s not that they don''t respond to communications; it''s that we can''t connect with them. We assumed and verified various things, including time differences over long distances. But¡­) (Hou?) Draco III leaned back in his chair and lessened the pressure he was exerting on the Dragonias. The sudden release of pressure caused the Dragonias to catch their breath as they tried their best to hide it from Draco III. (So you''re saying that our Dragonia soldiers have been killed?) (¡­Y-yes.) (Fumu¡­ So I ask you, where were those soldiers headed?) (T-that''s¡­ a remote planet called Earth in the 983rd universe.) (Earth? I''ve never heard of it. What brings them there?) (Apparently, they''re on their way there because they''ve received an electromagnetic signal that appears to be the blueprint for a weapon developed by the Amel aliens.) (What?) Draco III raised his eyebrows at Drade''s words. (A destruction weapon of those damned Amel aliens. I see¡­ So? I assume they were able to retrieve it?) (N-no¡­ um¡­ I haven''t been able to get in touch with them since¡­) (What did you say?) Draco III''s face twisted in displeasure once again. The Dragonias stiffened, wondering if they were going to be subjected to intense pressure again, but Draco III only snorted unhappily. (On such a remote planet, there is an entity that can compete with us¡­) (I-I''m only talking about a possibility. There is no one better than us, the soldiers of Dragonia¡­) (The possibility should not be dismissed so easily. You see? If we are to remain the strongest, we must not overlook even the slightest possibility. Be on your guard.) (Y-yes. I''ll keep that in mind¡­) (Then I command you. Go to that planet and look for any trace of the missing soldiers.) (Ha!) Draco III nodded his head in satisfaction as he looked at Drade who was bowing deeply and accepting his orders. (Umu. ¡­Oh, yes. If the planet can be used in any way, you may conquer that Earth. In that case, it would be troublesome to take the time to rebuild it. Do not destroy too much of the planet with your attacks.) (Understood, sir.) Drade immediately withdrew and left, calling his men to follow him. (Commander! Everything''s ready!) (I see. We''ll leave immediately. The king has given us permission. This is the first invasion in a long time. It makes my arms quiver.) While Drade trembled in front of Draco III, he was still one of the most powerful men in the universe, and he smiled ferociously. His subordinates smiled as well, captivated by it. ©¤©¤In a place unknown to Yuuya and the others, a new existence began to move. Chapter 150 - Book 3: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 "Hmm¡­ Un?" "Wake up. Yuuya, are you okay?" "Yuti¡­?" "Woof." "Buhi?" "Pii." When I woke up, Yuti was looking directly into my face. Night and the others are also near her. I mean, was I asleep¡­? I tried to get up, but my body was too weak. Then Ouma-san, who was sleeping near me as well as Night and the others, opened one of his eyes. "Don''t push yourself too hard. Your life force consumed by the [Holy King''s Authority] has returned to normal, but your physical strength is still exhausted. You can rest for a while." "Ouma-san? [Holy King''s Authority]¡­?" Just as I was about to say something, I remembered what was going on! "Oh, yeah, the house¡­ is¡­?" I looked around, but it was the same old house¡­ filled with memories of my grandfather, my precious home. "H-huh? If I recall, the ceiling of the house was¡­" Due to the fierce battle between Merl-san and the Dragonia aliens, the ceiling of this house was supposed to have been blown out or suffered some other disastrous incident, but there is no sign of that. "If it''s about the house, don''t worry. I had the little girl there fix it." "Little girl?" I asked back, and Ouma-san gestured to a certain spot with his face. There, in the corner of the room, was Merl-san sitting on her knees in seiza. "Me-Merl-san?" (¡­I''m terribly sorry.) She slowly placed her hands on the floor and bowed her head deeply. It was a form of apology known as "Dogeza." Eh ©¤ Dogeza? "Merl-san!" When I panicked at her sudden dogeza, Merl-san continued in that position. (In my haste to achieve my goal, I damaged something important to you. I apologize for that. As an apology, I''ve used my nanomachine to restore it perfectly.) "Nanomachine?" I was just amazed by Merl-san''s words. C-can nanomachine does such things too¡­? "Speaking of which, where are those people?" "They''ve retreated. So you can rest assured," said Ouma-san. "I-I see¡­ but Merl-san, please raise your head! As long as you restore it to its original state, I don''t really mind about it anymore!" (¡­Thank you very much¡­) After my words, Merl-san finally raised her head. Waking up like this is not good for my heart. Rather than that, I didn''t know there was a concept of dogeza in space as well¡­ I breathed a sigh of relief when Merl-san raised her head, but then I remembered that I hadn''t told her my name yet. "Ah yes, I haven''t told you my name yet, have I? My name is Yuuya Tenjou. This is my family: Night, Akatsuki, Ciel, Ouma-san, and Yuti." "Woof." "Fugo." "Pii." "Hmph." "? Greeting?" The four of them, Night, Akatsuki, Ciel, and Ouma-san, seemed to understand what Merl-san and I were talking about, but Yuti couldn''t understand what Merl-san was saying. When I pointed out to her, she seemed to sense from the atmosphere that she was being introduced to Merl-san and bowed her head. Merl-san bowed like usual to Yuti and me, but for some reason, when she saw Night and the others, she cowered. I wondered if something had happened. I was a little concerned about her reaction, but I decided to tell her about the blueprint, which was Merl-san''s original purpose. "T-then, the blueprint, isn''t it? There''s no problem in giving it to you, and I''ll have it ready right away." (I appreciate it, but I can''t return to Amel even after receiving the blueprint.) "Eh?" I froze at her unexpected words. (They¡­ My spaceship was destroyed in an attack by the Dragonia aliens. The exterior and other parts of the ship can be repaired with the nanomachine that I have, but when the engine was destroyed, all of the fuel energy that was in the ship flowed out and disappeared. So, there was no way for me to bring back the blueprint right now.) "I-I see¡­ have you contacted your friends?" When I asked that, Merl-san shook her head feebly. (¡­I overused this device in the battle just now. It would be no problem to manipulate the information on this one planet, but I have lost the ability to communicate across spaces¡­) Manipulating the information of this single planet is no problem? Space technology is terrific, isn''t it? "So, what are you going to do then?" (I''ve been trying to find out if there is any energy on this planet that can be used as a power source, so-called magic power¡­ This planet is a rare planet in the universe where magic power does not exist, and I am in serious trouble¡­) "Magic? If you have magic, can you go home?" Then¡­ I have a lot of magic power, thanks to my leveling up in the other world and the magic circuits I inherited from Sage-san. (It''s not enough to just have magic power as energy. I need a device to store the magic power¡­ However, no material on this planet can hold magic power.) It seems that it is not going to be that easy. Nevertheless, it would be a problem for Merl-san if she couldn''t do anything about it. When we were both pondering, Ouma-san, who had been sleeping indifferently, opened his mouth while yawning. "Fuwahh¡­ What are you worried about?" "Eh?" "If there isn''t one on Earth, why don''t you go to that world to get it?" "Ah!" (That world?) Merl-san doesn''t seem to understand what Ouma-san is talking about¡­ It''s true that if there is no such thing in this world, it can be found in the other world. Come to think of it; the [Magic Stone] seems to be a mass of magic power. Once that was decided, the sooner, the better, so I guided Merl-san to the warehouse where the [Door to the Other World] was located. As we approached the warehouse, Merl-san was staring at the device attached to her arm while breaking out in a cold sweat. (W-what''s this force field¡­! No matter how I feel it, the amount of power that one individual can release¡­ or even one planet, exceeds the amount of power that can be released by one universe!) "H-huh¡­ Even if you say so¡­ but I also have Merl-san''s blueprint here." (What kind of place would you place it in?) I don''t know if this room is that dangerous. The only thing I''m aware of is that it''s a place with a certain atmosphere¡­ But it seems that I''m the only one who feels that way, and even Ouma-san nodded in agreement with her. "Your behavior in front of a place where so much power is swirling about is beyond dull, Yuuya." "I-is that so?" But everything in this place was collected by my grandpa, and I didn''t feel anything about it. Because I''m sure my grandfather had never been to another world, and unlike me, he was probably a normal person. But since we were at the warehouse, I gave Merl-san the cubic object she was looking for. "This is probably the blueprint that Merl-san was talking about, right?" (¡­It really was stored in such a ridiculous place. In addition, the signal was so complicated¡­ that it was impossible to identify the detailed location. If it was placed in such an overwhelming force field, our equipment would be blurred.) "Eeh? But t-that blueprint can destroy a planet, right? How can a mere house have more power than that?" (¡­If we convert the force swirling around this room into energy, it could easily wipe out tens of thousands of universes.) "No way!" I instantly became afraid of this room. H-how could this room be so dangerous? N-no, this is absurd. I''ve never had any problems before, so it must be Merl-san''s imagination. That must be it. No, that''s what I''ve decided. Yes, this conversation is over! To distract myself, I walked deeper into the warehouse and arrived in front of the door. "This is the door that leads to the other world." (¡­The material and source of power are both unknown¡­ It''s not even dark matter¡­ I can''t believe something this incomprehensible exists¡­) She said a lot that I couldn''t understand, but from my perspective, Merl-san''s device is also incomprehensible enough, so I guess we''re even. As soon as I opened the door and moved to the other world, Merl-san''s eyes widened even more. (Space¡­ no, the movement between worlds! What''s more, what''s this abundance of magic power¡­!) "U-um¡­ I think this world probably has what you''re looking for, Merl-san¡­" (¡­Yes, that''s right. If the environment is such that I can feel the magic power so strongly, the possibility is high enough. Do you have any idea what it might be?) "Let''s see; I think that the magic stones that you get when you defeat the monsters in this world are really a mass of magic power¡­ What do you think?" As I said this, I took out one of the magic stones from my item box. I''ve forgotten what kind of monster I got it from, but since it''s an S-class magic stone, there''s a chance that this one might even be enough. I didn''t know what to do with the magic stones until now, so I''ve been using the door function to exchange them for cash, but lately I''ve been saving some of them. After receiving the magic stone from me, Merl-san began to operate the terminal and look into something. (¡­Indeed, this material seems to contain magic power, but it''s not enough to be used as fuel¡­) "Eh, that''s not enough?" (It''s not enough at all¡­ From what you''ve told me, this is something you can get from a single life form, right? There''s no way a mere lifeform can carry enough energy to travel through space¡­) "T-that is also true." When I thought about it again, that might be true. I''m not sure. However, there''s nothing that can contain more magic power than an S-class magic stone. I''ve heard of SS, SSS, EX, and L class monsters from Master Usagi before, but I''ve never fought one. For me now, I think I might be able to defeat an SS class or so, but¡­ Avis has wiped out the depths of the Great Devil''s Nest, so I don''t even know if there are any such monsters. Speaking of which, Master Usagi said that Evil is the L-class, and Avis is the ultimate perfection of that Evil¡­ so I wonder what class he will be? Just when I thought I had found a solution, another problem arose. However, Ouma-san, who presented the idea of going to this world, did not seem particularly bothered by it. "What, Yuuya''s magic stone is not enough? If that''s the case, you''ll have to go get that thing." "That thing?" I tilted my head, not knowing what the heck Ouma-san was talking about, but Yuti, an original inhabitant of this world, didn''t seem to know either and tilted her head as well. "Question. Yuuya''s magic stone, the high purity one. If it''s more than that, it would be SS-class or something. Do you know where they live?" "I know. Well, we won''t be targeting SS-class or EX-class monsters this time. If it''s still not enough, it would be too much trouble. But if it''s something I know, I can certainly get it. It''s a bit of a pain in the ass, but it''s just right¡­ for Yuuya''s training." S§×arch* The n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Eh." I have a bad feeling about the word "training" that came out of Ouma-san''s mouth. I-it''s strange¡­ after we''ve defeated the ultimate enemy of this world, the Evil Avis, I still have to train¡­ But it seems that I did not mishear it, and Ouma-san grinned. "Hmm. I don''t normally have anything to tell you, but¡­ it''s for the sake of my master. I''ll be glad to teach you something special. However, even so, it''s important to remember that no one was able to go back and forth between that place except for the Sage, and most importantly, no one had the ability to reach there¡­ Well, I''m sure Yuuya will be fine." "Do you have any proof of that?" Where''s that place that only someone of Sage-san''s level can go? Probably, the atmosphere of that place alone is more dangerous than Avis. "Are you sure it''s safe? I don''t want to go anywhere too dangerous¡­" "Hou, is that okay? If you don''t go there, that little girl will never be able to return to her home planet, you know?" "Ugh¡­" (¡­..) When I looked at Merl-san, she was looking at me with a somewhat anxious look. I was very reluctant to do anything dangerous, but when I thought about Merl-san, I couldn''t say so, and all I could do was open my eyes wide. <> Table of Content Chapter 151 - Book 3: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 Believing in Ouma-san''s words about an energy source he knew of that could run Merl-san''s spaceship, I wanted to go there right away, but I couldn''t right now. Tomorrow was the first day of school since the summer vacation. While the summer vacation itself would continue for a little while longer, there was homework to be submitted on this day so there was no way I could miss it. Fortunately, I had finished my homework early so that I could hang out with Kaori and the others at the beach, so I didn''t have to worry about that. ¡­It feels like it''s been a while since I''ve seen everyone. Before the summer vacation, we used to see each other every day, but with the summer vacation, that stopped, and I felt a little sad. So when the school day was over, I asked Ouma-san to take me to the place where the energy source was located¡­ To my surprise, Ouma-san made a bargain here. "I can tell you about it, but if that''s all there is to it, there''s no benefit for me. So, therefore, if you want the energy source for that little girl, you''ll have to do me a favor." "F-favor? What exactly is it¡­?" As I involuntarily tensed up at the mention of a favor from Ouma-san, the Genesis Dragon, Ouma-san''s eyes snapped open, and he said. "©¤©¤Take me out of the house on Earth! " "¡­..Eh?" At Ouma-san''s unexpected words, not only I froze, but Yuti and the others as well. Without paying any attention to our situation, Ouma-san began to complain like a child. "Because it''s not fair! Night, Akatsuki, Ciel, and Yuti! Besides, I''m sure that little girl there can enjoy the Earth too! And yet, I''m the only one who is staying at home¡­ It''s not fair, not fair!" "Not fair, you say¡­" "Woof¡­" "Fugo." "Pii." "¡­Confused. The dignity of the Genesis Dragon is ruined." As Yuti said, Ouma-san was like a spoiled brat right now, no matter how I looked at him. Night and the others were also confused and dismayed by Ouma-san''s behavior. Then Ouma-san noticed our gaze and gave us a look of disapproval. "What is it? You guys. Do you have a problem with that? I can never walk around outside of Earth''s house as you do, can I? Hmm?" "That''s¡­" "While you are enjoying yourselves on Earth, I am spending my days in this house just sleeping¡­ This is no different from my old life!" That''s a problem for me too. If possible, I would like Ouma-san to take a look around the Earth, but no matter how I look at him, Ouma-san''s appearance is that of a dragon. "E-even if you put it that way, Ouma-san is a kind of creature that doesn''t exist on Earth, so your appearance is just¡­" "Appearance? What''s wrong with that?" "I-I mean, your wings?" If he didn''t have wings, wouldn''t he be more like a monitor lizard¡­? No, huh? I don''t know. There''s no one around me who has a monitor lizard, so I don''t know! I''ve been thinking about this for a while, and then I suddenly realized something. "R-right! The main reason why Ouma-san can''t go out of the house is that he looks like a dragon because of his wings." "Hmph. I''m a Genesis Dragon. It is natural for me to look like a dragon, isn''t it?" "But if you can hide those wings¡­ m-maybe we can fake it¡­?" "Why are you becoming less and less confident?" No, it''s okay to come up with an idea, but I don''t know if it''s a good idea at all. "P-please wait for a moment! Then, I''ll prepare something for you." After telling Ouma-san, I rushed out to buy something. My destination was the pet store where I had purchased Night''s collar before. Thirty minutes later. "I-I have bought it!" "Hou? I didn''t know that there were things on Earth that could disguise my appearance." "Y-yes. Here it is!" I held out the item I had bought to Ouma-san. "¡­..What''s this?" "¡­..It''s clothes." "¡­What? "U-um¡­ It''s pet clothes." Yes¡­ what I gave Ouma-san was a small piece of clothing meant for a pet dog or cat. This way, Ouma-san''s wings could be hidden by the clothes¡­! No, there might be a great deal of discomfort in his back area, but there''s nothing more I can do about it! In order to at least minimize the discomfort, I chose the thick hoodie-type clothing. However, Ouma-san started to shiver in front of the clothes I offered him¡­ "D¡­ don''t be silly! Why do I have to wear something like this? And it''s for pets!" "B-but, I can''t think of any other way to disguise Ouma-san''s appearance¡­ Ouma-san wants to look around by yourself, don''t you? You''ve probably figured it out." "Of course!" "Or at least¡­ If you just want to take a look at the outside scenery, you can use the cloak of disguise that I gave to Akatsuki, or maybe I can put you in a bag or something and carry you around while you stay quiet." "Ugh¡­ that''s not enough to enjoy as much as I want¡­" Yes, there were many ways to hide his appearance. However, Ouma-san did not want to do that; he wanted to take a walk and enjoy the Earth normally. He might have wanted to go out for a bite to eat, but if he were to hide away, he wouldn''t be able to eat what we bought immediately. Ouma-san was troubled by my words, but he growled in front of the pet clothes before him. "Ughhhh¡­ but¡­ there''s no way I''m going to wear this no matter what!" "I-is that so?" What I bought was a pet hoodie ¨C it was pink and had a cute heart symbol on the back. "It''s not something that would look good on me, no matter how you look at it." "I don''t think so. But, look, since we have it here, why don''t you try it on?" "What? N-no, I don''t want to wear something so cute!" "But you won''t be able to go out without it, you know?" "No, a different color or pattern would be fine!" "Well, well, you should try putting it on first." "H-hey, stop it! Whoaaaaa!" I held the struggling Ouma-san in my arms and dressed him in the clothes I had bought. Then¡­ "It''s a humiliation¡­ for me, the Genesis Dragon, to be dressed like this¡­!" Ouma-san was now dressed in a pink hoodie. The size seemed to be just right, but the wings on the back were still pushing against the costume and looked a bit uncomfortable, but it was¡­ acceptable. "You don''t have to be so gloomy about it¡­ It looks good on you, you know? Right everyone?" As for me, I''m delighted with the new cute side of Ouma-san, so I asked everyone that©¤©¤. "W-woof¡­" "Bu-buhi¡­! Fugo, fugo!" "Pi! Pii!" "¡­Silent. I''ll refrain from mentioning anything about it." S§×arch* The NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "H-huh?" Night and Yuti looked somewhat bewildered while Akatsuki was laughing, and Ciel''s eyes were shining as if to say, "Ouma-san, that''s great!." Hmm, I thought it looked good on him. I guess I don''t have any sense of style. "W-well, that''s okay. The purpose is to take a walk around the Earth. Clothes are just a trivial matter." "¡­I feel like I''m being swayed, but so be it. Sigh¡­ I never thought I would end up wearing something like this¡­ I''m not sure if I should be impressed with Yuuya for doing this to me without fear¡­" Ouma-san let out a sigh and then continued as if he had regained his composure. "Well, okay. I can go out in this outfit, right?" "That''s right. Well, there are a few other things you should be aware of, such as talking outside, using magic, rampaging, flying, etc¡­ But as for the most important issue, I think your appearance is fine." "Hmph. If you say this is not good enough, I will not guide you to the place where the energy source I know is." "T-that would be a problem¡­" Currently, Ouma-san was the only one who knew where an energy source for Merl-san''s spaceship might be located. It would be difficult for me and Yuti to find it in the other world by ourselves. Then, Merl-san, who had been quietly watching our exchange, raised her hand. (Um, I know I shouldn''t be using it too much, but since Ouma-san is guiding us to the location where the energy source is¡­ if your identity is discovered on Earth, I can use my terminal to erase all records of you from Earth.) "¡­The more I hear about it, the more amazing it sounds." Merl-san''s own existence, including everyone''s memories and electronic records, were erased just by operating the terminal on her arm. "But if Merl-san is willing to go that far, then we can go out with Ouma-san more safely." "Oh, that''s great! Then let''s go immediately©¤©¤." "Ah! But we can''t go right now, you know? Tomorrow is the first day of school, so I have to prepare for it¡­ Besides, Ouma-san would like to go out in the morning, wouldn''t he?" "Mmm. That''s also true." I''ve decided to go out with Ouma-san, but first I have to prepare dinner. Then Ouma-san wanted to eat curry, so I decided to go shopping for the ingredients. At this time, Merl-san expressed interest about Earth, so she decided to take a walk around outside before Ouma-san. ¡­Well, Ouma-san complained at the time, but it was indeed difficult to take Ouma-san with us to the supermarket, so I asked him to stay at home once more. £ª£ª£ª "H-hey, look¡­" "What is it, what is it?" "What happened? Huh¡­" "Um¡­" (Hmm? What is it?) When I thought about it, I realized that Merl-san was dressed in a way that didn''t look like an Earthling, and her hair was all shiny. Especially now that it was nighttime, the shine of her hair stood out even more, drawing the gaze of many people on the street. I wonder if it''s a good thing that I brought her along¡­? She definitely stood out, and¡­ her clothes look like full-body tights, so I think it''s pretty dangerous. However, Merl-san herself didn''t seem to be particularly concerned about the stares from the people around her and was totally unaffected. "Um, are you okay? You''re standing out¡­" (I wonder what makes me stand out?) "Eh? Um¡­ I mean, the way your hair is shining¡­?" (Huh¡­ It''s a very common phenomenon on the planet Amel¡­ You''re right; Earthlings don''t glow. Why is that?) "Why, you say?" I never thought I''d be asked that! W-why aren''t we glowing¡­? Since the question was asked so seriously, I couldn''t help but think seriously, but I couldn''t come up with an answer. Space is amazing. As we went towards the supermarket, attracting the attention of the people around us, I was suddenly approached by a voice. "Oh my? Yuuya-san?" "Eh? Ah, Kaori!" And then I met Kaori, who was probably on her way back from shopping. But unlike before, Kaori was surrounded by a group of women who had some kind of mysterious presence. "Um, who are these people around you?" "Oh¡­ these are the guards that my father prepared for me." "Guards? Is there something that happened?" When I asked her that, Kaori looked gloomy for a moment and then immediately smiled vaguely. "N-no, not particularly¡­ But my father has been experiencing some disturbances lately, so he assigned them as my guards." "I-I see¡­?" If you ask me, the Earth has also been dangerous¡­ recently? Well, because of me, aliens have been visiting the Earth, so it was indeed a mess. I''m really sorry for everyone on Earth. Besides, for rich people like Kaori, there might be dangers lurking in their daily lives that I didn''t understand. There would be threats, kidnappings, ransom demands, and so on¡­ That''s just to be expected. This is not a drama, though. The strength of a person can not be known without using my [Identification] skill, but the women who were assigned as Kaori''s bodyguards seem to have¡­ a strong presence. Then Kaori approached me a little confusedly. "Then, um¡­ who''s that woman?" "Ah¡­ this is Merl-san." "Merl¡­ um, she''s not from this world, is she? Is she from the other world?" Kaori sensed something and asked me that in a low voice, but I answered with a wry smile. "That''s¡­ She''s neither from Earth nor from the other world; she''s an alien." "Eh?" Kaori rolled her eyes and stared at Merl-san as if she hadn''t expected that answer. "S-she''s indeed dressed in a somewhat sci-fi design¡­ B-but, is she really an alien?" "Yeah. To be honest, I don''t really believe it yet either¡­ but apparently, she is." Kaori was taken aback by my explanation. Then, Merl-san, who had been looking around while I was talking to Kaori, tilted her head and spoke to me. (Why don''t you finish your shopping early? I think your family is waiting for you¡­) "Ah! That''s right. See you later, Kaori!" "Eh? Y-yes¡­" After saying goodbye to Kaori, I hurriedly headed to the supermarket. "¡­Yuuya-san, your circle of acquaintances has expanded to the universe¡­" Kaori, who was watching us from behind, muttered a few words, but they did not reach my ears. "Ojou-sama. I think it''s time for you to go back. There''s also the matter of the threatening letter¡­" "¡­Yes, that''s right. Now that I''ve done my business, let''s go home. Sigh¡­ I hope Kasumi is okay too¡­" £ª£ª£ª (! T-this is¡­ so delicious!) "T-that''s good to hear." "Comprehension. Even if I don''t understand a word of what you just said, I understand. Yuuya''s cooking is delicious." "Good grief. The food in this world is really exciting. Refill, please!" "Yes, yes." As I prepared a refill of curry for Ouma-san, I reflected on today''s events. The day after tomorrow is the day I''m going to go to the other world, so the question came up as to what to do with Merl-san from today. Originally, she could have stayed in the spaceship she came in, but the Dragonia''s attack had disabled the engines, so she had to stay in my house until she returned to her planet. Fortunately, my house was big enough for me alone, and I have plenty of room, so it''s not a problem. I wondered if there were any differences between Merl-san and the people of Earth in terms of eating and sleeping, but it seemed that she could eat the same meals as everyone else and had the habit of sleeping on a futon. Well, it seemed that the futons were not the same as the beds and mattresses that she was used to, but with the drop item, the [Paradise Futon], anyone can get a great night''s sleep, so there''s no problem. So with that being said, they were still eating the curry I made for them, and Merl-san was bringing the curry to her mouth with a twinkle in her eyes. (I''ve never eaten anything as delicious as this before. Earth¡­ may be a remote planet, but it''s really a wonderful place.) "Haha¡­ Um, what kind of food do you usually eat, Merl-san?" (Me? That''s right¡­ Well, if I were to compare it to what we eat on our planet, I''d say it''s more like a block of nutritional food or supplement.) "Eh¡­ is that really what you''re eating?" (Yes. Despite the taste, they provide all the necessary nutrients and calories.) What a disappointment; I was kind of interested in space cuisine. However, as I could somehow imagine from the tight-fitting tights like the ones worn by Merl-san and the Dragonia aliens, the more science and technology advances, the more everything would change into a more efficient form. As a result, cooking became just a way to prepare nutrients¡­ "Let''s see¡­ There''s still plenty of curry to go around, so don''t be hesitant to eat it." (Yes!) Just like I thought when I met Ouma-san, Japanese food companies are truly amazing. That''s what I thought. Chapter 152 - Book 4: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon. You can read up to 4 chapters ahead by joining our Patreon. And please enjoy the chapter~ Part 1 The next day. As I arrived at the Ousei Academy for the first day of school, everyone greeted me with the same cheerful attitude. As I took my seat after greeting everyone one by one, Ryo and Shingo-kun came over to me. "Yuuya! Morning!" "G-good morning, Yuuya-kun." "Oh, Ryo and Shingo-kun! Good morning you two." "Long time no see¡­ feels weird, but it''s been a while since we hung out at the beach. Are you enjoying your summer vacation?" "Yeah. How are you two doing?" "I went to my grandmother''s house and went to a relative''s party, so I didn''t get to hang out much. Well, I''m glad everyone is doing well." "I-I''ve been playing games with the members of the game club. Also, there were a lot of anime in the summer¡­" "I see; you''re both having fun." In my case, I haven''t even met my parents, let alone my relatives, so it''s hard to say. I wonder what everyone is doing now? It must be tough, especially with Yota and Sora¡­ As I was thinking about this while talking with Ryo and the others, Kaede came in cheerfully. "Good morning! Long time no see, everyone! How have you been?" "Good morning, Kaede. A lot of things happened after we went to the beach, but I''m fine." "Huh? I''m a little curious about the "a lot of things" part. Right? Yukine." "¡­Morning." "Ah, Rin-chan! Yukine-chan!" Then, Rin and Yukine gathered around my seat, and it became somewhat lively. ¡­I think it''s very nice. I''ve never had the pleasure of talking to anyone at school like this before, but it''s really fun to catch up on what''s going on with everyone and have casual conversations like this. Just when I thought the battle against Evil was over and I could spend my time in peace, I''m now caught up in a space quarrel. By the way, I''ve asked Merl-san to stay home today. I really don''t want to let her out of my sight too much, but I guess it can''t be helped. Now that I''m trying to bring something from the other world to use as fuel for the spaceship, there shouldn''t be any problems in particular. Besides, there''s Night and the others. As I was thinking about this, Kaori appeared in our classroom. "¡­Ah, everyone!" "Eh? Kaori! Good morning." "Yes, good morning! I met Yuuya-san by chance yesterday, but it''s been a while since I''ve seen you all." After Kaori finished greeting everyone, she secretly asked me. "By the way, um¡­ the woman who was with Yuuya-san yesterday, is she still¡­?" "Hmm? Yes, Merl-san is still at my house. I think she''ll be staying at my house until her spaceship is fixed¡­ Well, I heard that Ouma-san knows where to find something that could be used as fuel for the spaceship, so I think it won''t be long." "I-is that so? Um¡­ Nothing has happened, has it?" "Hmm¡­?" What is it¡­ that thing that messed up my house? Or is it the alien attack itself? There are a lot of crazy things happening around my house at the moment¡­ As I was pondering the meaning of Kaori''s question, Kaede noticed what we were doing. "Hey, hey, what are you two talking about? It seems like you''re whispering to each other¡­" "Eh?" "Oyaoya? Maybe you two are dating in secret?" "Eh? R-really!?" Rin commented scandalously, and Kaede, who took the words seriously, shouted in shock. "T-that''s not true! I''ve got an acquaintance staying at my house right now, and Kaori happened to meet this person yesterday, so we were just talking about it." "T-that''s right!" Kaori also said that, and for some reason, Kaede showed a deep sense of relief. "I-I''m so glad¡­ I was just©¤©¤." "Just?" Sear?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "I-it''s nothing! Ahahaha." She seemed a bit distracted, but if Kaede says so, it''s probably best not to ask any more questions. In contrast to Kaede, Rin showed a deliberate look of disappointment. "What? It''s boring." "Even if you say it''s boring¡­" "¡­But, who''s this person that''s staying at your house?" As Yukine blurted out, Kaede took up the conversation again. "T-that''s right! The person who''s staying at the moment, c-could it be¡­ a woman¡­?" "Eh? T-that''s¡­ Um¡­ How should I say this¡­?" "Ah¡­ Yuuya? You can''t fake that already, can you?" "No way!" "I-I think I can cover it up¡­" Ryo and Shingo-kun have a bitter smile on their faces¡­ but I didn''t realize that they knew before I tried to fool them¡­ "Um¡­ Well, she''s temporarily at my house now, the same way that Yuti is at my house." "Oh. You mean that new transfer student everyone''s talking about?" "I-it''s amazing, isn''t it? She was popular in the middle school on her first day, and now she''s popular in the high school as well¡­" "Eh, what happened to Yuti?" "S-so Yuuya-kun who lives with her doesn''t even know about it¡­" Well, there is a certain air of unworldliness about Yuti, and her physical abilities, as a disciple of the Bow Saint, are excellent in many ways. These days, Kaori has taught her the common sense of our world, so she no longer acts in an outrageous manner, but even so, the natural parts she shows at a moment''s notice makes people feel more comfortable with her. In any case, I''m glad that everyone seemed to have accepted her. Once the conversation went off-topic, I quickly asked everyone about it. "Well, you said earlier that you were meeting with your relatives, but did anyone else visit you or go out with you?" Kaori then answered my question with a happy expression on her face. "Oh, my little sister is coming home tomorrow!" "Eh, your little sister?" "Kaori, you have a younger sister?" Not only me but also everyone else seemed to have never heard of it and were surprised by Kaori''s words. "Yes! My little sister has been following my mother overseas for work, and she''s currently attending a school overseas¡­" "Your mother also works abroad, huh¡­" "¡­The more I hear about it, the more it sounds like an amazing family." "It''s really amazing." When Kaede and the others sincerely muttered this, Kaori hurriedly continued. "N-no! My father and mother are indeed remarkable, but I''m not even close! My sister is also working hard overseas, and as an older sister, I can''t afford to lose!" I think it''s already amazing that she can think like that, but I guess that''s Kaori''s strength. When family members are accomplished, it''s natural to think that you''re great too. I think it''s hard to think of yourself as separate from your family. It''s something I''d like to learn from. Kaori had been cheerfully talking about welcoming her sister back, but her expression suddenly became cloudy. "Hmm? What''s wrong?" "No, it''s just that¡­ I''m really happy that my little sister is coming home, but recently my father has been receiving a lot of threatening letters." "Threatening letters?" We were all surprised at the unexpected contents. Aren''t threatening letters too¡­ disturbing? "Yes. It demanded money¡­ If my father didn''t pay it, his daughter''s life would be in danger¡­" "I-is that all right?" "It''s okay because nothing has happened yet, but¡­ because of that, we''ve been increasing the number of guards lately." "Oh, I see¡­" No wonder there were so many people guarding Kaori yesterday. Fortunately, I''ve given Kaori a crisis ring, which may be difficult to use at school, but if she wears it regularly, she''ll be able to transfer to my house in an instant if something goes wrong. In the meantime, she should be careful while she''s at school. "So, to be safe, I don''t really want my little sister to come home¡­ but since we can''t see each other very often, and since she''s more feisty than me¡­ she doesn''t want to lose to the threats¡­" "S-she''s a pretty amazing sister¡­" She didn''t want to be defeated by the letters. Kaori also has a strong character, but she has never felt particularly strong-willed, which is strange. In terms of personality, is Kaori like Tsukasa-san? They both seem to be calm and composed. "When my sister is coming back, my father has prepared proper guards at the airport, so as long as nothing happens to her before she arrives at the airport, I think she will be fine¡­" Kaori looked somewhat uneasy, but she seemed to be really looking forward to seeing her sister and seemed happy. I hope everything is fine. While everyone was giving each other updates, the time for homeroom was approaching, so they went back to their respective classrooms and seats to prepare for their assignments. Chapter 153 - Book 4: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 "Yuuya! What are you doing? Let''s go quickly!" "P-please wait a minute!" The day after the school day. As promised, I was to go outside the Earth house with Ouma-san in the morning. Since Ouma-san was finally able to go out, I suggested that we all go out together, including Night and the others, but they decided to stay at home this time so that Ouma-san could enjoy the Earth to his heart''s content. It seems that Yuti had made a promise to her friend on the school day, and she was going to spend the day with her friend. It''s just as I thought yesterday ¨C I''m glad to see that she''s making friends. However, Merl-san wanted to observe the Earth again, so the three of us ¨C Ouma-san, Merl-san, and I ¨C decided to go out this time. If the people find out about Ouma-san''s identity, Merl-san would erase their memories and information, so it was very reassuring to have her around. I hurriedly held back Ouma-san, who was about to run outside immediately, and warned him once again. "Ouma-san! You can''t talk when we are outside!" "Hmm? I know. I will just need to do this anyway." "Eh?" Ouma-san suddenly turned his gaze to Merl-san and me and closed his mouth. But©¤©¤. "It''s okay to talk like this, right?" "Whoa!" This is¡­ Is this a form of telepathy¡­? What a surprise, Ouma-san''s voice resonated directly into my mind! Ouma-san''s face was full of pride as he looked at us who were surprised. "Fufun. This way, I could talk without using my mouth, you know?" "T-that''s right. ¡­By the way, can we also talk to each other through the mind?" "Yes. This time, I cast a spell on Yuuya and the little girl, so it will not be a problem for us to communicate in our minds while we are outside¡­ But, unlike me, if you spend your time in silence, people will look at you strangely, won''t they?" "T-that''s true too." If we just have conversations in our minds, from the other people''s perspective, we''re just walking in silence. Regardless of whether to talk to Ouma-san or even Merl-san, it will look strange to the people around us if we don''t talk to them either. For now, I''ll only talk to Ouma-san when I have to, and I''ll try to keep the conversation in through telepathy. "Well, whatever. The problem is solved now, right? Come on, let''s go!" "O-Ouma-san!" As soon as we leave the house, I suddenly notice that the people around are looking at Merl-san again. ¡­Well, that''s obvious. For all intents and purposes, she''s wearing an advanced outfit that''s far from modern fashion¡­ "Um¡­ Merl-san. I was wondering about this yesterday¡­ Is it possible to change that outfit?" (Why is that? This equipment is some of the most advanced available in the universe¡­) "N-no, um, I mean, on Earth, you''d look very conspicuous in that outfit¡­" (Fumu¡­ From my viewpoint, the Earthling''s appearance is much more primitive and outdated.) What the hell. From the space perspective, we''re outdated. I don''t know what fashion is in space. (¡­Well, I guess that''s fine. Now, I would like to collect a little data on the clothing around here¡­) When Merl-san touched the terminal on her arm several times, there was a light electronic sound, and then suddenly, Merl-san''s clothes began to glow! "Wait¡­ Merl-san!" (Don''t worry. I will instantly delete the memories of anyone who witnesses this scene.) "Scary!" As expected, space technology is scary! I''m afraid of memory manipulation and all that. ¡­There are no side effects to this, right? I''m getting really scared. As I was terrified by the alien technology, the glow of Merl-san''s clothes eventually subsided, and she changed into clothes that looked like something a normal woman would wear. (I guess it''s like this. I''ve gathered information from the Earth''s network, so I don''t think it''s strange looking¡­) "Y-yes. I don''t think you''ll have any problem looking like that¡­ I didn''t know space technology could do that." (It''s not a problem. This terminal collects information, and the nanomachines will automatically change my clothes to match the information.) "I-I see. By the way, have you already erased the memories of the person who was watching you transform?" (Yes. As a reminder, Amel''s memory manipulation technology is very advanced, so manipulating memories and information will not have any negative effects on anything.) "I-I see." Thank goodness! I was wondering what I''d do if she said this had any side effects! ¡­What can I say? Merl-san and her people''s technology seems to have already stepped into the realm of the gods, and in fact, almost anything that happens in the world could be solved with their technology. However, if Merl-san and her people continue to wage war with the planet Dragonia, it will be terrible if the Earth gets involved in this¡­ Regardless of that, Merl-san is now dressed in a way that would be appropriate for walking around the Earth. But her hair still emits phosphorescence, so I can''t say that she has completely blended in with the people of Earth¡­ "Hey, what are you doing? Let''s get moving!" As we were talking about Merl-san''s clothes, the impatient Ouma-san urged us to hurry. We followed him as he started running. "©¤©¤Oh!" Ouma-san''s eyes lit up at the unfamiliar surroundings. "This is the world where Yuuya lives, huh¡­ The architecture and clothing are different from that world." "Well, yes. Especially since Japan is prone to earthquakes, many of the buildings are designed to be resistant to earthquakes¡­" "Earthquake?" "Hmm? Does it not exist in the other world? It''s like the ground shaking¡­" "Mm? Of course, the ground shakes when I walk on it¡­" ¡­¡­ "No, it''s not like that¡­ It''s because the plates are overlapping deep underground, and the impact of them shifting causes the ground to shake. It''s a kind of disaster." "Oh, so there are natural disasters like that¡­" It seems that there are no earthquakes in the other world, and Ouma-san had never heard of it. It was the same for Merl-san, who was listening to the conversation with great interest. (I see. Is it a disaster unique to this planet?) "Y-yeah, is that what it is¡­? Well, I don''t know about other planets, so I can''t say for sure¡­" (Right¡­ On our planet, there is a disaster called a "star storm" that occurs periodically.) "Star storms?" (Yes. I think it''s the same as a tornado on Earth, but it''s a disaster where asteroids drifting in space pass by in a spiral, spinning at high speed.) "Scary!" I think I''m going to be minced just by touching it. Are you okay with that? The scale of disasters in space is also very different¡­ Of course, earthquakes are also terrifying, but¡­ As we proceeded with this conversation, Ouma-san reacted to a car running on the road. "Mm? Yuuya, what the hell is that? I can''t feel any magic in that thing." "It''s a car, you know. It''s not powered by magic; it''s powered by a fuel called gasoline." "How can it be powered by anything other than magic¡­?" (Well, it''s a rather primitive energy source, isn''t it? Nowadays, the mainstream is using starlight as energy or even magic power¡­) "Heh.. by the way, Merl-san''s spaceship doesn''t work with that starlight?" (Yes, unfortunately¡­ I don''t have the parts on hand.) Apparently, that''s not going to work. While I was talking with Merl-san and admiring the alien technology, I suddenly realized something and asked Ouma-san in my mind. "Speaking of which, Ouma-san, aren''t you interested in Merl-san''s planet and the spaceship?" Yes, Merl-san''s planet is definitely more civilized than Earth''s, and I think it would be much more fun than seeing Earth''s civilization¡­ Then Ouma-san snorted. "Hmph. I''d be lying if I said it didn''t bother me, but¡­ It''s boring." "B-boring?" "The little girl''s planet has advanced to a level of civilization that I find hard to imagine. The technology on her planet is close to the realm of the gods." (Right. I believe that most things can be done. With our technology, we could extend the lifespan of the people of Earth by a thousand years, and there is no such thing as death by disease on our planet.) "Eeh?" T-thousand years, you say¡­? And there is no such thing as death by disease? The space is amazing. "There''s nothing interesting about it anymore. In comparison, this Earth where Yuuya lives is a civilization that my imagination can barely catch up with, and every single thing about it is very interesting." "S-so, that''s how it is¡­" I don''t know about it, but I guess a TV that can project images at a distance is just within the range of Ouma-san''s imagination. It''s a difficult thing to figure out. From my perspective, all the things on Earth are natural and convenient, but from Merl-san''s perspective, they must all be inefficient and inconvenient. Yet, from Merl-san''s perspective, these inconveniences may be exquisitely interesting. It''s a realm I don''t understand anymore. So with that in mind, Ouma-san and Merl-san continued to walk happily, reacting to everything they saw, but Ouma-san''s figure seemed to stand out, and people on the street looked at him with wide eyes. "Whoa? W-what''s that? That pet¡­" "Wa¡­ eh? That''s the guy who appeared in the magazine, isn''t it?" "Eh? Ah, yeah!" "What''s that animal?" "I don''t know? It''s like a monitor lizard, maybe?" "I see¡­ a monitor¡­ lizard, huh¡­? I didn''t know there were dragon-like reptiles like that¡­" "I mean, taking a walk with a lizard like that is rare. Well, a lizard that size probably needs to be taken for a walk." They looked at him curiously, but fortunately, they didn''t seem to be disgusted by him, which was a relief. Some people were not fond of reptiles. Well I don''t know if the Genesis Dragon can be classified as a reptile though. As I was about to reassure myself, one of the people looking at me suddenly opened his mouth in displeasure. "Don''t bring your pets into the city. You''re disturbing me¡­" "Ah?" At that moment, Ouma-san''s eyes suddenly sharpened, and he tried to put tremendous pressure on the person who had just muttered those words! I was so panicked that I immediately stopped him in my mind. "Stop, Ouma-san, stop! You''re supposed to be a lizard right now! And yet, if you go out of control here, you''ll ruin everything!" "But, Yuuya. That human said I was disturbing¡­" "I understand how you feel, but you have to be patient here!" "Mm¡­ I''m annoyed, but¡­ I''ll leave it at that just this once¡­" After one last glare, Ouma-san turned his head away. Then, it seems that my restraint was just a little too late, and the man who made the remark earlier walked away quickly with a pale face. I''m really sorry¡­ "Ah! It''s a lizard!" "Eh?" "Mmm?" sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As we continued our walk, we attracted the attention of the people around us. A group of children from the nursery school, who also seemed to be out on a walk, noticed Ouma-san and raised their voices. The children approached Ouma-san without fear. "W-what is it?" "It''s Lizard-san!" "Awesome! Cool!" "It''s so big!" The nursery school teacher bowed her head apologetically to the bewildered Ouma-san, who was suddenly surrounded by children. "I-I''m so sorry! The children are¡­" "No, no, it''s okay." "Hey, hey! Can I touch it?" "Me, me! I''ll touch it too!" Then the children shouted to touch Ouma-san, and the teacher looked more and more troubled. I watched them and talked to Ouma-san in my mind. "Hey, Ouma-san. The kids want to touch you, is that okay?" "What? Why should I allow that?" "But look at the kids. Look at their eyes; they''re so excited¡­" "Ugh?" As I said, the children were itching to touch Ouma-san, and their eyes were shining as they stared at him. As expected, Ouma-san couldn''t bear the pure gaze of the children and nodded reluctantly. "Eei, it can''t be helped¡­ However, you must cut it out in moderation! I still want to enjoy the Earth!" "Thank you." I thanked Ouma-san and told the nursery school teacher. "It''s okay to touch him. But please don''t be too rough." "I''m really sorry¡­ Look, everyone. Let''s take turns stroking it gently." """Yes!""" The children responded cheerfully and took turns touching Ouma-san''s body. "Whoa! So smooth!" "So cool! It looks like a dragon!" "It''s so thick!" "H-hey, that''s enough, isn''t it? Right?" "Well, well. Just a little more." "No, but¡­ Hey, kid! Don''t grip my tail so hard! Oh, don''t touch my horn so carelessly! You''ll hurt yourself! Hey, don''t get carried away!" The arrogant and self-righteous Ouma-san faltered in front of the children. After children were satisfied with some touches, they smiled. "Thank you, Onii-chan!" "Bye, bye, lizard-san!" "I''m really sorry¡­ Thank you very much." "No, no. I''m glad they enjoyed it too." After waving goodbye to the children and the nursery school teachers, who bowed repeatedly, Ouma-san laid down on the spot, looking exhausted. "T-those children are fearless¡­ I never thought they would be so unreserved with me¡­" "But weren''t they cute?" "¡­Well, I guess. Unlike those ugly people who have aged unnecessarily, children are pure and good. Well, there''s a certain recklessness that comes with being a child." Mmm, wasted age is¡­ not that there aren''t adults like that, but. A few moments later, Ouma-san got up and began to walk again, regaining his composure. "Now, we''re still going. Follow me closely!" "Yes, yes." Merl-san and I followed Ouma-san as he continued on his way. Chapter 154 - Book 4: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 Even after we parted ways with the children from the nursery school, we were often approached by people who wanted to know more about Ouma-san. Some of them were knowledgeable about reptiles, and they would eagerly ask questions about Ouma-san, who was obviously not a creature of the Earth, but those people were having their memories of Ouma-san erased by the terminal attached to Merl-san''s arm. If left unchecked, it could lead to troublesome situations like, "New species discovered!" and I was grateful for that because it would have turned out to be troublesome. Space technology is really amazing. While all this was going on, we decided to take a break at a nearby cafe. Ouma-san wanted a cake, so I bought one and placed it in front of him. There was a problem with showing Ouma-san eating the cake, so I had him wear a cloak to hide himself. However, from the other people''s perspective, it would look as if the cake on the ground was disappearing by itself. Of course, I made sure that the cake would not be visible to others. "I don''t understand why it has to be hidden from view¡­ Umu, delicious!" (It''s really delicious. In terms of nutrition, it''s inefficient, and eating too much of it may be harmful to your health, but in terms of taste, it''s very good.) "I-I''m glad you like it." Ouma-san continued to eat the cake, his mouth covered in cream. "So, what do you want to do after this? The place is ¡­Well, I don''t think you know anything about Earth, but do you want to go somewhere?" "Umu, yeah¡­ I would prefer to go to a place with a lot of people." "Eh, a place with a lot of people?" "Yeah." I was surprised by Ouma-san''s unexpected request. I''ve always had the impression that he hated being in crowded places. "Hmm? Don''t get me wrong. I don''t like noisy places either." "T-then why?" "It''s simple. I thought it would be fun to go to a place where many people from this world gather." "I see¡­" At the moment, I was taking a walk around my neighborhood, but as Ouma-san said, if we went to a place with a lot of people, there would be a lot to do. I don''t know what Ouma-san is really interested in, but if he wants to go, I''ll just go along with it. "I understand. Then, let''s go to a place with many people." "Umu!" If it were really the case, I might take him to an amusement park, a zoo, or an aquarium, but as expected, it''s a bit far from my house, so I''ll pass this time. Besides, even if we could get into the park, there is no guarantee that I could take Ouma-san to all the attractions. So we resumed our walk, and as Ouma-san requested, we came to a busy downtown area¡­ "O-oh! What''s with all the people here? Is there a festival going on?" "No, it''s like this every day." "Every day? Why?" "W-why, you ask¡­?" Well, thinking purely about it, is it because there are various shopping facilities here? I''ve been thinking seriously about the reason why there are so many people in this place, and then Ouma-san spoke into my mind again. "Hey, Yuuya! What''s that?" "Eh? Oh, that''s a large screen." What interested Ouma-san was the large TV set embedded in the wall of the building. It seemed to be broadcasting the news right now. "Hoho¡­ this is the kind of thing that can be found on Earth." (When the technology gets a little more advanced, it''ll turn into a hologram.) "What''s that?" (It''s a technology that creates three-dimensional images instead of just projecting them on a screen like that.) "¡­I still don''t understand your technology. And don''t interfere with my enjoyment of the show." (¡­I-I''m sorry.) Merl-san averted her gaze awkwardly as Ouma-san glared at her. From Merl-san''s perspective, the scenery here is probably full of outdated things. As I was thinking about this, Ouma suddenly asked me. "By the way, Yuuya. What''s a hijacking?" "Eh?" I was startled by the sudden outrageous word, but Ouma-san continued to stare at the large screen. "What was that hijacking on the¡­ large screen? The only thing that''s been shown there is something about a hijacking. Is that all they''re going to show?" "N-no, not really like that, but¡­" When I turned my attention to the large screen, the newscaster reported that one of the planes heading to Japan had been hijacked. "Breaking news. Currently, a plane scheduled to arrive at XXX airport has been hijacked©¤©¤." "Hijacked." "Seriously? Isn''t that bad?" "I mean, is that really possible?" As the people in the surrounding area looked up at the news on the large screen, I had a bad feeling about it. Then the newscaster confirmed my bad premonition. "©¤©¤The hijackers are demanding a ransom from the Houjou family, one of the wealthiest families in Japan, for the people on board the plane." "!" Houjou¡­? Kaori''s family! As I recall, she said her sister was supposed to be back today, but¡­ could it be¡­ When I was stunned by the content of the news, Ouma-san asked me again. "What''s going on? Yuuya. And what is hijacking anyway?" "¡­There are airplanes that fly in the sky carrying people on this planet, and criminals hijack them." "I see¡­ In other words, the airplane has been hijacked and is in trouble right now. So why are you looking so pale?" "Err¡­ the plane that''s being hijacked right now seems to have Kaori''s family, who Ouma-san has also met before, on it¡­" I want to go help her somehow. But how should I do that¡­? I''ve no way to fly in the sky. There''s a chance that I could use magic, but even while I''m taking the time to do that¡­ "What are you thinking about? You should just go." "But how do I get to the sky¡­?" "Yuuya. Who do you think is in here?" "Eh? ©¤©¤No way!" As my eyes widened in surprise, Ouma-san grinned at me. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Well ©¤ let''s enjoy the Earth''s blue sky¡­!" £ª£ª£ª ©¤©¤Kasumi Houjou was glaring at one of the hijackers in front of her. Contrary to Kaori''s neat and clean image, Kasumi''s short haircut with outer split ends gave her a somewhat lively impression. In contrast, the hijackers all wore ski masks and were armed with guns. "¡­Do you know who I am?" "Yeah, of course I know who you are. You''re the daughter of one of the world''s wealthiest families, the Houjou family, which has branched out into various fields in Japan, including school management, right? And it''s your father''s fault for ignoring all the threatening letters we sent him. So, if we kidnap you, we can collect ransom money." "It won''t be that easy." "Hmph. What an impolite thing to say for a rich girl." "This is just enough for people like you." "©¤©¤Don''t piss us off too much, okay? If you want to get home in one piece, that is." "!" With the gun pointed at her head, Kasumi wanted to cry out, but she held it back and stared at the hijacker in front of her. She lived abroad with her mother and only had the chance to see her father Tsukasa and her sister Kaori a few times a year when they were on vacation. Although Tsukasa had told her not to come back this time because of the threatening letters that had been sent to her house, she didn''t want to miss this rare opportunity to see her older sister, so she boarded the plane to Japan. Of course, she had hired an escort to make sure everything was safe on the plane¡­ However, the hijackers posed not only as passengers but also as a member of the crew, and they neutralized Kasumi''s escorts one after another. Normally, Kasumi had a strong temperament like her mother, but now she was quiet. It was difficult for a junior high school student like Kasumi to remain strong in a situation where even the adults were afraid. The man holding the gun to her head snorted as Kasumi glared at the criminal with all her might. "Hah. That was cute. At best, you can be a hostage for us to make money." Then another man asked a question. "Hey, if we get the money, are we really going to give her back? I mean, she''s so cute when you look at her face; what a waste, right?" "!?" The man let out a sigh as Kasumi stiffened in the unpleasant gaze that was suddenly directed at her. "Hmph¡­ I don''t understand how you can lust after a kid like this. Well, I''m not saying I''m going to return her when we get the money. After getting what we want, you can do whatever you want with her." "Hyahh! I''m getting excited!" Kasumi stiffened more and more against the man who was giving her the vilest gaze. As the hijackers continued their despicable assault, Kasumi closed her eyes and prayed for help to arrive. "(Father, Nee-chan, help me¡­!)" It was then that Kasumi suddenly noticed the window behind her. "(If I could just jump out of this window¡­)" Even though she knew it was impossible, she couldn''t help but think about it as she looked out the window¡­ That''s when it happened. "¡­..Eh?" Outside the window, she saw two people, a young man, and a woman, who were in parallel with the horizon. "Eh, wa¡­ Eh?" This is in the sky, right? Why are there people? What''s really happening? Kasumi is confused. One of them, the young man, noticed Kasumi and waved his hand to her with a wry smile. Kasumi shook her head in panic as the young man waved his hand, catching her by surprise. What''s going on? There was a very handsome man and a woman with strange hair outside the window, but¡­ Is it my hallucination? As Kasumi continued to be confused on her own, the plane suddenly shook loudly. "Kyaa!" "W-what?" "Hey, just fly this goddamn thing properly!" The hijackers were also shouting at the sudden shaking when one of them came rushing from the cockpit. "L-listen! I don''t know why, but the plane has landed!" "Huh?" "What do you mean it landed¡­? We''re in the sky!" "B-but it''s true! I can''t control the plane at all, and it won''t move from the spot as if it had landed!" The hijackers immediately rushed to the window to look out. Then©¤©¤. "W-what the hell is this¡­?" "Hey, hey, what''s this rugged land?" "Is it even a land? It''s dark purple and¡­ doesn''t look right to me!" The commotion spread not only among the hijackers and Kasumi but also among the other passengers, leading to a huge commotion. "Tsk¡­ Hey, you bastards! Just go and shut the passengers up!" "A-alright." The moment the hijackers tried to rush to the place where the other passengers were©¤©¤. "Guaaaaahh?" "Wa?" One of the hijackers, who was supposed to be heading towards the passengers just now, was blown back in a big way. While everyone was confused by the incomprehensible situation, a man approached Kasumi. It was©¤©¤. "Ah, the guy from earlier!" "Ah, yes." When Kasumi pointed at him, he smiled as if he was in trouble. Chapter 155 - Book 4: Part 4 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 ©¤©¤This was before I rushed into the plane. We moved from the downtown area to a nearby park. With a mischievous smile on his face, Ouma-san proposed a ridiculous idea: he would return to his normal size and make us ride on his back and then he would fly to the bottom of the hijacked plane. Indeed, if he did that, we can fly through the sky without any problem, but Ouma-san''s existence will definitely be exposed¡­ "What are you worrying about? That little girl''s machine can erase human memories, anyway." (Yes, I can erase it.) "How can you be so casual?" Sure, it doesn''t matter if there are no side effects! But don''t just talk about erasing memories so easily! "B-but if the hijackers get out of control and crash the plane¡­" "Then I would just keep it on my back." "Wha?" When I froze at this outrageous statement, Ouma-san continued. "You remember why I''m this size in the first place, don''t you?" "Y-yes. It''s the effect of the [Pill of Large and Small Changes]¡­ Ah!" "You realized? By taking that pill, I can become even bigger than my original size. If I do that, I will be able to put the plane on my back." Ouma-san''s original form was indeed more than big enough, but if he becomes even bigger¡­ I can''t imagine how it would be. "Of course, if I just place it on my back, the wind will blow it off. I''ll use my magic to keep it in place." "Ouma-san, you''re amazing!" "Fuhahaha! I know, I know! I''m the Genesis Dragon, after all!" "Ah, that''s right!" "Are you forgetting it?" No, it''s not that I forgot about it, but¡­ I didn''t get a chance to see much of what he''s capable of as the Genesis Dragon. "W-well, isn''t that nice? Then let''s go right to it!" "Mm¡­ You''ve seemed to have avoided the question somehow¡­ but that''s okay. Then, stay away for a while¡­!" When Ouma-san took off his pet clothes, he grew larger and larger on the spot. The people around us widened their eyes at the sight of Ouma-san''s huge size, since he was no longer trying to hide from the people. "W-what is that?" "W-what the hell is going on here?" "N-no way? A dragon?" "Hey¡­ take a photo!" As everyone rushed to take pictures and videos, Merl-san jumped on the back of the enlarged Ouma-san and said plainly. (Okay, I''ll erase it then.) "Eh ©¤©¤ ah¡­" "H-huh¡­?" The eyes of the people nearby gradually became vacant, and they began to stare blankly. Eh, there are really no side effects, right? This is really okay, isn''t it? "What are you doing? Get on my back now." (That''s right. Their consciousness is clouded by the effects of the memory manipulation right now, but if they wake up again, I''ll have to erase their memories again¡­) "I-I understand!" Even if there are no side effects, it would not be good to have your memory manipulated repeatedly. I hurriedly jumped on Ouma-san''s back, and he smiled. "Now that you''re on board. Then©¤©¤" "P-please wait! If I don''t hold on properly, the wind will©¤©¤" Just when I thought Ouma-san had just spread his wings¡­ we were already above the clouds. "N-no way¡­" "Hmph. I''m not just a dragon that you can find anywhere. It''s no big deal to soar into the sky like this." (A-amazing¡­) I didn''t feel the movement as we flew up into the sky, and in an instant, we were above the clouds. Merl-san seemed to be surprised and dumbfounded by this. (W-who the heck is Ouma-san exactly¡­? How can he fly so high in an instant¡­?) "Hmm. There is no way that others can measure who I am, you know? More importantly¡­ I can see it now." "Eh?" Ouma-san''s words caught my attention and I looked ahead to see a plane. "Is that the plane that was hijacked?" "That''s right. Ouma-san, can you fly alongside it? I''d like to check the situation inside through the window¡­" "Fine." Ouma-san quietly accelerated and was instantly alongside the plane. The flight was so smooth that I didn''t feel the slightest bit of the jerk. "How''s it? What''s it like inside¡­?" "Um¡­" When I looked into the window, I saw a group of men wearing ski masks, holding guns, and walking around, clearly indicating that they were criminals. "¡­Yeah, it seems that they are on this plane©¤©¤" Just as I was about to say that, I saw a girl notice us outside the window and stare at us in amazement. The girl looked so appalled that I smiled and waved my hand lightly. The girl followed suit and waved back but then immediately shook her head. Apparently, she couldn''t believe what she was seeing. I guess that''s understandable. If I were in her shoes, I''d doubt my eyes and brain, too. "Hmm? Hey, Yuuya. What''s the result?" "Oh, I''m sorry! This is the right plane!" "I see. Then I''ll immediately use binding magic to hold this plane to my back¡­!" As soon as he said that, Ouma-san''s figure grew larger and larger until it was so huge that it looked like an island. Then, despite being such a giant, he moved right underneath the plane without making a sound and then floated up to the sky to put the plane on his back. Ouma-san activated his magic to bind the plane on his back. "¡­Umu. The binding was completed without any problems. You take care of the inside." "U-understood!" I''ve had Ouma-san''s help up to this point. I can''t afford to fail on my part. As I approached the plane to board it, I noticed something. "¡­How am I supposed to get into this plane?" That''s right; I don''t have any way to get inside the plane. If I were to simply break down the door, I could get in, but if I did that, there''s a chance that the air pressure or something would suck the things out from the cabin, like in the movies. Since Merl-san and I are able to stand on Ouma-san''s back without any problems, it seems that Ouma-san has taken care of the air pressure and wind pressure, but I want to be sure. Then, Merl-san opened his mouth. (You just need to get inside this plane, right?) "Eh? Ah, yes. Can you do something about it? But even if you do, I''d like to make sure there''s no danger to the passengers inside¡­" (Please leave this to me. Amel''s technology is far ahead of this planet''s.) Space technology is so amazing. No, in this case, is it the planet Amel that''s amazing? Anyway, I can only thank Merl-san for her technology. When Merl-san lightly operated the terminal in place, something like a vortex appeared at the plane''s boarding gate. (If you dive through this, you can get inside.) "Thank you very much!" While thanking Merl-san, I hurriedly entered the plane and tried to get to the men with the ski masks I had seen earlier. As I did so, I walked down the passenger corridor, and everyone''s eyes widened at the sudden appearance of Merl-san and me. "W-what?" "Where did you come from?" Then, one of the men in a ski mask appeared from the other side of the corridor. "Wha? Hey, why are you wandering around©¤©¤" The man said something as he held up his gun, but I didn''t listen to him until the end. I closed the distance between us and unleashed a palm strike on the man''s body. "Guaaaaahhhh!" "Wha?" The man was blown away, breaking the walls of the plane and plunging into a certain area. There were other men in ski masks who seemed to be with the man, as well as a girl. "Ah, the guy from before!" "Ah, yes." The girl pointed at me and shouted, to which I responded by raising my hand. But when the men saw me, they all raised their guns at once. Then, one of them pulled the girl closer and pointed his gun at her. "Hey, don''t move!" "¡­.." "Who are you¡­? Are you some kind of special forces? You''ve got a lot of nerve coming in here with just two people, huh? I don''t know how you got here, but you need to disarm yourself and put your head on the floor. If you don''t, this woman will©¤©¤" As the man said that, he brought the gun even closer to the girl, and the girl''s face tightened with fear. At that moment, I released all the power from the [Magic Attire], the Evil and [Holy King''s Authority]. In an instant, I approached the man who was holding the girl hostage, and I knocked him away and took the girl in my arms. "Gugyaaahhh!" "Eh?" "Are you okay?" The girl didn''t seem to understand what had happened and stared at me in a daze, but eventually, she realized her situation and nodded while her face turning red. Huh? This girl seems to be somewhat similar to Kaori¡­ "Could it be that you are Kaori''s¡­?" "Eh!? D-do you know my sister?" "Ah, no¡­ ahahaha." The girl who heard my mumbling opened her eyes and stared at me. I was just surprised that I slipped my mouth. I laughed at the girl''s reaction as if to cover it up, but I had to deal with this situation first. But for now, I''m glad she''s okay. "Merl-san, can I ask you to take care of this girl?" (Yes, I''ll take care of her.) I left the girl in Merl-san''s care and turned my gaze to the hijackers, who were stunned not only by the instantaneous rescue of the hostage but also by the defeat of their comrades. "Are you the only people left¡­?" "Wha? H-hey, you guys! Kill them now!" "B-but the ransom¡­" "It doesn''t matter! The plan has failed. We''re going to take them all out! Just do it!" "Y-yeah!" The men took up what looked like machine guns and fired mercilessly at us. They were firing wildly without regard for the other passengers or the plane, and if they continued, they might break the plane''s windows and cause damage to other passengers. So I carefully retrieved all the bullets that had been fired. Now that I''ve activated my [Magic Attire], Evil, and even [Holy King''s Authority], the speed of the bullets is very slow, and I have plenty of time to collect them without causing any damage to my surroundings. The men were shooting their bullets, and when they finally ran out of ammunition, their faces turned pale. "H-hey, what''s going on with¡­ why are the passengers and the plane unharmed¡­!" "H-he''s not human¡­ this isn''t the world of manga¡­!" I may indeed be unreasonable from their perspective. But if I can save someone''s life, I wouldn''t care for the method. "©¤©¤Haah!" S§×arch* The n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I threw away the bullets I had collected on the spot, and this time I put the men out of their consciousness one after another and finally succeeded in restraining them, including the hijackers who were in the cockpit. Chapter 156 - Book 4: Part 5 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ ED: Blast Part 5 "I-I''m so tired¡­" After all the hijackers were restrained, and the plane was safely secured, I quickly returned to Ouma-san''s with Merl-san and left the place. "Ah, Merl-san, I''m sorry, but can you please erase the memory of everyone there regarding Ouma-san?" (Yes. I''ll take care of it.) "Thank you very much! Phew¡­ That''s a relief." This should take care of the cleanup. Ouma-san seemed to be more satisfied with the air trip than expected, and after defeating the hijackers, we returned and decided to rest at home. "I didn''t expect to move so much¡­" In the end, as a result of putting the girl''s safety as the top priority, I even activated the [Holy King''s Authority] even though there is no Evil anymore. "But I never thought I''d see Kaori''s sister in a situation like that." I''m glad that I could save everyone, including Kaori''s sister, thanks to me activating the [Holy King''s Authority]. When I was relaxing at home, Yuti came home from playing with her friends today. "Returning home. I''m back." "Oh, welcome back." "¡­Question. Yuuya, were you on a plane today?" "Eh?" When I froze at the unexpected question, Yuti continued. "I watched it. When I was playing with Haruna and the others, I heard the news. The hijacking of a plane was already a huge fuss, but now a single young man has defeated the hijackers and solved the problem." "What?" That''s ridiculous! Merl-san certainly has the memories related to Ouma-san©¤©¤. "A¡­ Aaaahhh! Merl-san, when I say "related to Ouma-san," it doesn''t include me?" As I shouted out, Merl-san approached me, tilting her head. (Is there any problem?) "Um, you erased the memory related to Ouma-san, right?" (Yes, that''s right. I completely erased all memories related to Ouma-san.) "About Ouma-san, you say¡­? C-could it be, though, that about Merl-san and me¡­?" (Hmm? I didn''t erase it.) "I knew it, aaaaahhh!" In other words, she erased the memories relating to Ouma-san, who managed to bind the plane on his back and flew gracefully in the sky, but she did not erase the memory relating to me, who fought the hijackers in the plane. "Merl-san! Please erase that memory too, right now!" (¡­That''s going to be difficult.) "¡­..Eh?" (Memories and records need to be erased as soon as possible after the event has taken place. This time, it can''t be erased anymore since quite a lot of time has passed already¡­) "N-no waaayyy!" I was hoping for a little more help from space technology¡­! "Convinced. I knew it was Yuuya." "Ugh¡­ W-what should I do¡­ But, now that I think about it, I moved to a place where the passengers were so early, so they didn''t see my face that much¡­ right?" The only people who have seen my face are the hijackers I beat and Kaori''s sister, who I rescued. I-it will be fine. I believe it won''t be a big deal¡­! Even though deep down I felt it was too late, I told myself that. £ª£ª£ª "©¤©¤Kasumi!" "Father, Nee-chan¡­!" When Kasumi Houjou arrived safely at the airport, there were many people there, including the police and the media. In the midst of all this, Kasumi found her father Tsukasa and her sister Kaori first and rushed over to them. Tsukasa hugged Kasumi tightly. "I''m glad¡­ I''m really glad¡­" "Y-yeah¡­ sorry for worrying you¡­" Kasumi, who was usually energetic and strong-willed, was quite gloomy at this moment. However, Tsukasa shook his head slowly and smiled warmly. "No, I''m just glad Kasumi is safe." "Yeah¡­" "By the way, I heard that a young man defeated the hijackers?" When Tsukasa asked, Kasumi''s eyes brightened as if her earlier gloominess had been a lie. S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Yes, yes! It''s amazing! A very handsome Onii-san and a strange haired Onee-san appeared out of nowhere, and the Onii-san defeated the hijackers in an instant!" "U-ugh¡­ It''s hard to believe, but the other passengers also said they saw a young man and a girl." Tsukasa could only groan at the unrealistic situation. But Kaori had an idea of the young man and muttered to herself in dismay. "A woman with unusual hair¡­? Don''t tell me¡­ Yuuya-san¡­?" "That Onii-san was so cool! I wonder if we can meet again?" "Eh?" Kaori reacted to Kasumi''s words, which were muttered in a somewhat dreamy way. "Hmm? Nee-chan, what''s wrong?" "Eh? I-it''s nothing! More importantly, I''m really glad that Kasumi is safe¡­" "Yeah, thanks, Nee-chan." Kasumi smiled embarrassedly, as she hugged Kaori, and told her cheerfully. "©¤©¤I''m back!" ""Welcome back!"" In this way, the happiness of the Houjou family was preserved through the efforts of Yuuya. <> Table of Content Chapter 157 - Book 5: Part 1 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 "Well¡­ are there any materials in this direction that could be used to power a spaceship?" "Yeah." "Where are we headed, by the way?" "You''ll find out when we get there." "That''s obvious, isn''t it¡­?" The next day. After waking up in the morning and finishing breakfast, we decided to leave immediately and walked through the wilderness with Ouma-san leading the way. You might be wondering why we were suddenly in the wilderness. But we hadn''t been teleported anywhere, nor had we been carried by Ouma-san, who had returned to his original size. We were really walking in the wilderness right after leaving the house. It seemed that the place where we live was originally a part in the depths of the [Great Devil''s Nest]. In the depths of the Great Devil''s Nest, there were many black hardwood trees and powerful monsters like the Mithril Boar. In addition, in the depths of the forest there should have been magic stones SS-grade or higher that could be used to power the spaceship. I''ve never seen them, though. During the battle with Avis, his attack wiped out the entire forest behind Sage-san''s house, and the vastness of the [Great Devil''s Nest] was reduced to nothing. But¡­ "Hmm¡­? Hyii?" "Yuuya!?" As I was walking, I suddenly felt a strange sensation on the bottom of my foot, and the moment I moved my foot, a tree grew out of the ground where my foot had just been, piercing the sky! "W-what is that? Why is it suddenly growing out of nowhere?" As I stepped away in surprise, I placed my foot on another spot and felt the same sensation on the sole of my foot again. "C-could it be¡­" When I moved my foot, I had a terrible premonition that a tree was growing out of the ground again! "Hey¡­ what''s going on here?" As I moved from one place to another, trees began to grow one after another in an instant, transforming themselves into magnificent black hardwood trees. "Astonished. This growth rate is out of the ordinary." (Even if this is a phenomenon unique to this land¡­ it''s out of the ordinary for a mature tree to suddenly grow out of the barren ground!) Yuti, Merl-san, Night, and others continued to avoid the black hardwood tree that suddenly sprouted as if attacking. Then, Ouma-san, who was flying in the lead, told us with a dumbfounded look. "What are you surprised about? The amount of magic power floating around in the [Great Devil''s Nest] is the highest in this world. The life force of the plants that grow there is also extraordinary. These [Black Hardwood Trees] were once wiped out by that Evil attack, but I guess they left their seeds in the ground and were ready to revive at the slightest stimulus. It would take some time for the monsters to return to their original numbers, but nature should be able to revive soon. The impact of your feet may have accidentally triggered the regeneration." "Isn''t the life force too strong?" How could they just skip the budding and suddenly become mature trees? As I was bewildered by the unbelievable vitality of the Great Devil''s Nest, Ouma-san laughed. "Well, even though the number of monsters has yet to return to normal, it doesn''t mean they aren''t around." "Eh?" The moment I was about to ask what he meant, I felt the strong presence of a monster. In addition, the location is¡­! "Under our feet again?" We immediately jumped away from the spot, and something jumped out from the ground where we were just now with tremendous force! And this time, it''s not a tree. "©¤©¤Kishaaaaaaa!" "T-that''s¡­?" "Astonished. That''s the [Gluttony Worm]." "Gluttony Worm?" S§×ar?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The name gave off a very bad vibe. It looked terrifying, and although there were no eye-like parts, it had a huge mouth that could easily swallow up a dozen people and had a huge amount of teeth lined up in a row. Its skin was slimy and gnarly, and it looked like a giant worm. I immediately activated my [Identification] skill. [Gluttony Worm] Level: 5 Magic Power: 2,000 Attack: 100,000 Defense: 5,000 Agility: 1,000 Intelligence: 10,000 Luck: 1,000 "100,000 Attack Power?" What''s with the outrageous stats? I haven''t seen this aside from Master Usagi who has over 100,000! However, this monster seemed to be an ambush-type monster, and it was a relief that its agility was not that high. But it''s still dangerous¡­ Merl-san, who was seeing the monster of this world for the first time, groaned as she operated her terminal. (Is this the creature of this planet¡­? I understand that this planet is different from Earth, but the patterns of life and genetic information are also very different. Even so¡­ it''s amazing that a single creature can possess so much power.) "Um, Merl-san. I know it''s a little late to ask, but can you fight, Merl-san?" (Unfortunately, I can''t use the battle mode on this device yet.) "I see¡­ So, Akatsuki, will you stay here and protect Merl-san?" "Buhi!" When I asked him to do so, Akatsuki raised his paw as if to say, "Leave it to me." "Pi! Pii!" "Hey, you stay over here. If you go out there, it''s not good for Yuuya''s training." "Pi?" Ciel offered to help fill the hole left by Akatsuki but was stopped by Ouma-san. Ugh, it would have been reassuring to have Ciel''s support¡­ Well, I somehow expected this to happen, so no problem. "Well then, Yuti, Night. We are the only ones fighting; can we do this?" I asked, and Yuti gave me an indescribable look. "Unknown. Gluttony Worm is a legendary monster." "Legendary?" "Affirmative. It''s the same as Ouma-san, the kind of monster that appears in legends. I believe it was one of the Seven Deadly Sins." "Seven Deadly Sins¡­?" Are they the same as the Seven Deadly Sins that also appear in stories on Earth? Well, it''s called Gluttony, so it''s probably the same. So in terms of the name, it bears the name [Violent Eating]? Isn''t that right¡­? I don''t know the details, though. But why is it that the same or similar concept as Earth''s Seven Deadly Sins exists in this world? I wonder. "The more I hear about it, the worse it sounds, but¡­ can''t we just avoid it¡­ It seems impossible, huh?" "Affirmative. We are definitely being targeted. It seems to move slowly, but we don''t know what kind of attack it has." As I listened to Yuti''s words, I turned my gaze to Ouma-san, but Ouma-san was not looking at me as he held Ciel. "It must have been hungry because of the lack of food since the forest in this area was wiped out. If you don''t defeat it, it will eat you." "¡­So it will be difficult to escape¡­" ¡­Even Ouma-san, as expected, would say something if it was an enemy we couldn''t defeat, which probably means we can defeat it. ¡­Maybe. "¡­It can''t be helped. Yuti, Night. Let''s handle this on our own." "Affirmative. I''ll do my best." "Woof!" With the reliable voices of the two as a signal, I took out my [Omni-Sword] and slashed at the Gluttony Worm. £ª£ª£ª (Wha¡­ what''s that weapon?) As Yuuya and the others begin to battle the Gluttony Worm, Merl rolled her eyes when she saw the weapon Yuuya was holding. "It''s something my friend, the Sage, left behind." (The Sage¡­? No, more importantly, how could a single individual have created such a thing?) "Yeah. Because there was nothing he couldn''t do." (That''s absurd¡­) Unlike Yuuya, Merl came from a planet where science and technology were at their most advanced and could infer the power contained in various objects from the electromagnetic waves that flooded them. Moreover, the terminal attached to Merl''s arm can be used to make more accurate measurements. It was only when she saw the weapon in Yuuya''s hand and the storage room of Yuuya''s house that Merl felt that it was outrageous without the need to even use the terminal. Even Merl, who had traveled through various universes in search of the blueprint, didn''t know of any other place where such extraordinary power was swirling around. In addition, the wave of power in the storage room would have easily collapsed not only the Earth but also the entire universe, but somehow it has remained in that space, perfectly intact. It was no exaggeration to call it an act of God, and Merl could not prove it with the science she knew. And the surprise didn''t end there. "Hey¡­ This guy''s skin is too slippery to cut!" Surprisingly, even though Yuuya slashed at the Gluttony Worm with his [Omni-Sword], the blade could not penetrate the Gluttony Worm''s skin properly to cut it. (That weapon didn''t work?) "It''s certified as an S-class because of the small amount of magic power it contains within its body, but if you look at its ability alone, it''s one of the best among the monsters. They called it one of the Seven Deadly Sins for that very reason." (What are the Seven Deadly Sins?) "I don''t know much about it. It''s a title that humans have given them arbitrarily. ¡­No, was it the Sage? I don''t know where he got the idea from, but he said something like that a long time ago. In any case, there are at least six more troublesome types of monsters like the Gluttony Worm inhabiting this world." (What do you mean, there are still six more kinds of creatures like that?) Merl''s eyes widened at the fact that Ouma had told her. In the meantime, when Yuuya found out that the [Omni-Sword] could not be used, he stored the [Omni-Sword] in his item box and took out the [Absolute Spear]. (Wha? What''s with those weapons? Is there more than one weapon that can contain that much power?) "Hahahahaha! Is that your common sense? Don''t talk about the Sage with such a narrow view." (It''s not just my common sense, it''s the common sense of the universe¡­) Merl began to feel dizzy. Originally, she had come to collect the blueprint for an anti-celestial annihilation weapon to protect her planet from the Dragonia aliens. No one would have thought that there would be a weapon that surpassed all the technology of Amel on such a remote and empty planet. Merl was surprised and fatigued, but Ouma laughed in amusement. "It''s nice to be amazed by Sage''s weapon, but it''s not just the weapon that''s amazing." (Eh?) "Although there are still many things that are lacking, I sense a similar vibe in master¡­ Yuuya as in the Sage. Even I cannot measure his potential." When Ouma had just said this, Yuuya unleashed his [Magic Attire] and Evil''s power that had laid dormant within him, as he overwhelmed the Gluttony Worm. However, as a last-ditch effort, the Gluttony Worm went on a rampage, its huge body undulating wildly. Then, the aftermath of the attack headed towards Merl. (Ah!) Merl, who had been caught completely off guard, was unable to avoid the stone pebbles launched by the Gluttony Worm''s violent movements. In addition, Merl was still unable to use her battle mode. "Watch out!" In an instant, Yuuya came to Merl''s side and held her in his arms. "I''m sorry! My lack of power has put Merl-san in danger¡­ Are you okay?" (Eh¡­ Ah¡­ Yes¡­) "I see¡­ Please stay here for now. I''ll defeat it properly this time." That''s all Yuuya told her, and then he put Merl down at a further distance and headed straight for the Gluttony Worm. Merl was taken aback by the sight. In response to Merle, Ouma smiled proudly. "Do you understand now? That guy is amazing." But Merl could not say anything. Chapter 158 - Book 5: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 "I-I''m tired¡­" "Affirmative. I need to rest." "Woof." After we managed to defeat the Gluttony Worm, I crouched down. Although we were not injured in any way, facing an attack power of 100,000 was mentally exhausting. The threat forced us to fight while being conscious of the fact that even a single blow was dangerous. If it were only about status, it would be close to Mithril Boar or something like that, but no matter how I looked at it, the Gluttony Worm was by far the stronger opponent. After all, as the name [Violent Eating] implies, it would eat anything. Moreover, since it compresses the food it eats inside its body and spits it out at super high speed, it is powerful both as a long-range and a short-range attack¡­ Furthermore, even though I defeated such a powerful enemy, my level did not increase. Seriously¡­? Then, Ouma-san and the others who had been watching our battle approached us. "Hmph. Why don''t you take that thing down as quickly as possible? Even though the arrogant Evil from before can do it¡­ the current master should be able to handle it as well. That''s how strong you''ve become, you know?" "N-no, as expected, I can''t be compared to Avis, but still, it was strong, and there''s no way I can have any leeway fighting it. If anything, it''s one of the strongest monsters I''ve ever fought¡­" "What are you talking about? It''s good to be humble, but it''s also true that the results of your daily training are showing. You need to compliment yourself a little bit, too." "That''s¡­" "But that doesn''t change the fact that you''re still inexperienced." "Which one is the right one? I don''t know if I can compliment myself if you say so. As I let out a sigh at Ouma-san''s words, I looked at the dropped items with my [Identification] skill. [Violent Eating Helminth Skin] :: The skin of the Gluttony Worm, which is said to devour everything with its limitless appetite. The skin of the Gluttony Worm is constantly secreting slippery mucus from its surface, making it incredibly soft and difficult to cut. [Magic Stone : S] :: Rank S. A special ore that can be obtained from monsters with magic power. [Violent Eating''s Cleaner] :: Rare drop item for Gluttony Worm. A cleaner that bears the name of one of the Seven Deadly Sins, "Violent Eating." It only sucks in objects that its owner recognizes as garbage. On the other hand, it does not suck in anything that the owner does not recognize as garbage. There is no limit to the amount of garbage it can suck in, and the garbage it sucks in can be converted into energy. However, it cannot suck in living organisms. It is very light and does not require a power source because it works by converting the garbage it sucks in into energy. A portable cordless cleaner that is easy to use. It is the only cleaner that does not change its suction power. "What the heck is this?" Nothing was shocking about the skin or the magic stone. If I had to say one thing, it would be that the skin of the Gluttony Worm was a material that slipped on the surface even when I slashed it with my [Omni-Sword], so it literally didn''t stand up to the blade. As for the magic stone, I thought it would be at least an SS grade if I were to consider the monster''s strength alone, but it''s not. That''s ridiculous. I wonder if it had something to do with the amount of magic power it possessed in its body. Well, I was able to defeat it, so that''s good, but what''s more shocking is the cleaner! It had been a long time since I''ve had a drop item among the daily necessities series, but I didn''t expect a cleaner! And there''s a violent sounding name to it! ¡­No, let''s look on the bright side. It''s not that there''s anything wrong with it; it''s just nice. It''ll make cleaning a lot easier! After I stored the dropped items in my item box, Ouma-san took the lead again and started to go further. "Are you done? Then let''s go ahead." "Oh, yes. By the way, how far are we from the destination?" "What, we''re almost there." He just smiled meaningfully as he said that but didn''t give me any details. Then, after a while, I realized that what Ouma-san said was true. "Here." "T-this is¡­" As we walked through the wilderness after that, it suddenly appeared. (This hole is¡­) "Astonished. I''ve never seen a hole this big before." "Woof." "Buhi." "Pipi?" Yes, we were suddenly in a place where there was a hole in the ground. The diameter of the hole was so large that I couldn''t even tell. And when I peeked down lightly so I wouldn''t fall in, all I saw was a pitch-black space. While suppressing a terrible feeling, I asked Ouma-san. "E-err¡­ this place is¡­" "Ah, this is the deepest part of the [Great Devil''s Nest]. It is also our destination this time. Well, to be precise, it''s the depths of this hole." "¡­.." I had a hunch that I didn''t want it to come true, but it did. Or rather¡­ "No, no, no, this is impossible! Look at this hole!" "Yeah, it''s a hole." "I''m not talking about that. How are you going to get down? What is this hole in the first place?" There are so many things I want to say that I feel confused and more confused, but Ouma-san just laughed. "This is the place that connects to the planet''s core." "The planet''s core?" (Wha?) As I twisted my head around, unable to keep up with the imagination, Merl-san seemed to have understood the exact meaning of Ouma-san''s words and was in shock. (T-this is the hole that connects to the planet''s core? And in such a bare place? Do you realize that? The core is synonymous with the heart of the planet! How can it be in a place where it''s so easy to reach¡­?) "As you say, beyond this point lies the core, the heart of the planet. But don''t get it wrong, okay? This place hasn''t been bare from the start. It''s just bare like this because of that Evil idiot. If it were in its original state, people would not be able to come here. It''s in the innermost part of the Great Devil''s Nest, after all." "T-that''s right¡­" It was only after Ouma-san''s explanation that I understood that this was the deepest part of the Great Devil''s Nest that I had always wanted to reach. S~ea??h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. ¡­I didn''t think there would be a hole like this, but I guess it''s still an important place for this planet. "But why is there a hole in the ground?" "A long time ago, the Sage showed interest in the core of this planet. However, as you can imagine, he couldn''t open a hole leading to the center of the planet in a crowded place, so he chose the innermost part of this Great Devil''s Nest, where people wouldn''t bother him. It would be impossible for a human being to reach here, and there is no sign of anyone around." "What are you doing, Sage-san?" You''re drilling a hole that connects to the core of the planet just out of curiosity? Isn''t that a bit out of the ordinary? As I was surprised by Sage-san''s outrageous story, Merl-san''s voice trembled as if she had noticed something. (Huh? C-could it be that¡­ you are planning to use the planet''s core to power my ship? If the planet''s core disappears, this planet will be destroyed!) "Eehh?" I was surprised by the sudden word ''destroy,'' but Ouma-san let out a sigh. "Are you stupid? As a matter of fact, I would never do such a thing. Rather, this planet will not allow it." "The planet won''t allow it?" "¡­I won''t bother you with the explanation. If you''re lucky, you''ll find out about it." "Y-yes¡­" "Anyway, the planet''s core itself will not be used. However, there will be energy crystals overflowing from the core lying around the core. I thought of using those." (I-I see¡­) I''ll have to go in to find out the details, but there may be something there that can power Merl-san''s spaceship. "But if we were to go to the end of this hole, how would we get down? Besides, if we are going to the center of the planet¡­ it must be very hot, right?" I had an image of the center of the planet, but it didn''t sound like a place where people could go because of the magma. But Ouma-san didn''t seem to mind and looked at the hole. "Oh well. My magic will protect you from the heat, as I''m sure you can''t do anything about it. And¡­ as for the way to get to the bottom of the hole, as long as you follow the right procedure, you''ll be fine." "Procedure?" "Just watch." As Ouma-san approached the edge of the hole, he suddenly began to release a tremendous amount of magic from his body. Then something like a magic circle appeared above the hole. "If you pour in a certain amount of magic power like this, a magic circle will appear to help you get down the hole safely. If you ride this, you can safely reach the center of the planet without falling and being killed." "I-I see¡­" As I nodded to Ouma-san''s explanation, a pale blue light gently enveloped my body. "Look, I''ve cast a spell on you. This way, you won''t die from the heat or the lava. Although it''s a bit of a hassle, I''ll also protect your clothing. Now, you will have no problem soaking in the lava. Do you want to give it a try?" "Eh, I''ll pass¡­" As expected, I don''t want to be soaked in lava. "Or rather, how does Ouma-san know about such things?" "Hey, Yuuya. You didn''t forget that I''m the Genesis Dragon, didyou?" "Ah, that''s right." "Did you really forget that?" "N-no, um¡­ I mean, I know that you''re the Genesis Dragon, but I had a stronger sense of you as a family than that, so¡­" "Ugh¡­ Y-you can''t fool me by saying that! Good gracious¡­" Ouma-san got on top of the magic circle in anger. "What are you doing? Come on, get your ass over here!" "Ah, yes." "Shame. Ouma-san, you''re embarrassed." "Eh?" "Yuti!" Even though Ouma-san was angry with her, Yuti got on top of the magic circle without seeming to care. Night and the others and me followed, and finally, Merl-san stepped onto the magic circle with some hesitation. Chapter 159 - Book 5: Part 3 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 Then the magic circle began to descend slowly. "Oh¡­" It''s like an elevator¡­ The only difference was that the destination was in total darkness, so it''s a little scary. However, the magic circle was much better than I had expected, and as the darkness gradually reduced my vision, the magic circle glowed pale blue and white, and even though I could not see my surroundings clearly, I could at least see everyone''s faces. As we continued to dive underground, the scenery around us changed drastically. I began to see brightly glowing magma-like objects. "¡­It''s about time. You need to be ready to fight at any time." "Eh?" Before I could ask him back what he meant, we finally arrived at what seemed to be our destination. Thanks to the magic that Ouma-san had cast for us beforehand, we were fine, but we were in the middle of a sea of lava, and if we had come down without taking any precautions, we would have already been burnt to a crisp. I never thought that I would be in a situation where I would be immersed in lava¡­ We came to such a super dangerous place, but Merl-san looked around and opened her eyes. (This is¡­) "Merl-san, is there something wrong?" (Y-yes. Please take a good look, Yuuya-san. There are pale blue ores around¡­) When Merl-san told me, I noticed that there were indeed some pale blue minerals peeking out from the sea of swirling lava. I was so caught up in the surrounding lava that I didn''t notice it, but what could it be? When I was thinking about it, Merl-san told me with a nervous look on her face. (That''s¡­ the crystal of energy from this planet.) "Eh?" (To be precise, it''s crystallized energy from the core of this planet, so even if you bring it back, it won''t affect the planet directly, but it''s still a tremendous amount of energy.) "I-I see¡­ So, if we use that mineral, will Merl-san''s ship work?" (Yes, I''m sure it will.) If that''s the case, let''s settle this quickly. Unfortunately, I didn''t have any items to chisel at the ore, but if I could bring those back, Merl-san would be able to return to her home planet. Then, Ouma-san urged us to look at a certain place. "Look at that." "Eh? ¡­Wha?" As Ouma-san urged me, I turned my gaze in that direction and saw a huge pale blue sphere floating in the air and spinning. The sphere had yellow lines running through it, and the light was pulsating as if it was moving. I wondered what it was, but I felt as though something would fly away after chanting the spell of destruction from that famous anime movie*. [T/n: Kamehameha from Dragon Ball?] "This is the deepest part of the hole, and that''s the planet''s core." "That''s¡­" "Astonished. I''ve never seen such tremendous power before¡­" Although I can''t quantify the energy like Merl-san did, I can still feel the tremendous power of the planet''s core in front of me. (A-amazing¡­ That''s the planet''s core¡­) Merl-san, who had never seen a planet''s core before, stared at it in amazement. "Now that you know what it is, you can start collecting the ore around it." "Oh, yes." I was preoccupied with the planet''s core, but our goal is the energy crystals overflowing from that core. I''m afraid of what might happen if I touch that core, and I need to make sure that I don''t touch that¡­ While I was thinking about this, I was about to mine the pale blue mineral called the energy crystal when suddenly my surroundings began to shake. "W-what?" As each of us took a precautionary stance against the sudden situation, Ouma-san quietly informed us. "As expected, it won''t let us do anything for free¡­" "Eh?" "Yuuya, don''t let your guard down. The one who''s coming out now is ©¤ the guardian of the planet." The moment Ouma-san said that, the surrounding magma erupted violently. In addition, the energy crystals we were trying to mine also glowed and floated up one after another. The magma swelled and gradually converged, eventually transforming into a huge mass. Then, in the same way, one lump of magma after another was created, and gradually more and more of these lumps gathered, and the energy crystals that existed around them joined in and finally transformed into the shape of a giant! "Wha¡­" "Stunned. What is that¡­?" "¡­Hmph. It''s just like the old ©¤ no, it''s gotten a little bigger?" Yuti and I were overwhelmed by the giant in front of us and were at a loss for words, while Ouma-san was carefree as he looked at the giant. The giant radiated a stronger presence than any monster I''ve ever seen and showed us its overwhelming presence. "©¤©¤Guooooooooo!" When the lava giant shouted, there was a shockwave that made us think that the planet itself was shaking violently. It struck us as well. I had to do my best to hold on to my position. "O-Ouma-san! What the heck was that?" "Didn''t I tell you before? It''s the guardian of this planet." "Guardian?" "Yeah. To exterminate the undesirables who have come to steal the energy of this planet." "Eeeeeehhhh?" There''s no other way to put it but to scream at the simple fact that he told me. No, the undesirables, you say? Ouma-san said that he knew a place where there was a good energy source, so we came here, and we were not told that we would be treated as undesirables! Well, when it comes to planet energy, I can''t blame it for thinking that way! In fact, that''s what we came here for! However, since we hadn''t taken any precautions or prepared ourselves, we were in a panic. Can we defeat it? This thing! It''s the planet''s guardian, you know? And even if we could defeat it, it would be awkward¡­ What should we do? "Since you seem to be thinking about something strange, I''ll tell you first that defeating this thing will not affect this planet. It will come back after some time anyway. So give it your best shot. If you don''t¡­ you will die." "No way¡­!" We had just defeated Avis, and we were celebrating it with joy! I thought I was going to be able to enjoy sightseeing in this other world from now on! What''s so sad about this is that we have to do something dangerous like this? "Kuh¡­ Yuti, Night, Cie¡­! Let''s do it!" "Okay." "Woof!" S~ea??h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Pii!" "You must not fight." "Pii?" Just like in the case of the Gluttony Worm, Ciel, who tried to fight with me, was stopped by Ouma-san. Well, I kind of expected it, but Merl-san can''t use the battle mode of her device yet, either. So it would be better to have her stay near Ouma-san and the others and have Akatsuki recover her immediately if anything happened. As a result, just like the time of the Gluttony Worm, the three of us were going to fight, me, Yuti, and Night. No, three is not enough! This! "[Thousand Spear Piercing]!" I immediately took out my [Absolute Spear] and unleashed the Spear Saint technique, and the countless branching stabs attacked the lava giant. But©¤©¤. "Guoooooooo!" "No way¡­?" The giant bent down just before it was hit by my attack and jumped up from the spot with tremendous force! As I was astonished by the giant''s unbelievable movements, which seemed to be several tens of meters in height, Yuti, who had already predicted the giant''s movement, quietly told me. "Prediction. I''ve already placed an arrow there." "Guooooooo?" Just at the moment when the giant''s flight reached its peak, the arrow pierced the giant with tremendous force, as if it had been aimed right at it. What''s more, the blow of the arrow by Yuti was heavy and crushed the lava armor of the giant. "It''s done. That''s ©¤ Wha?" "Seriously¡­?" Yuti''s attack partially damaged the giant''s body, but when the surrounding lava floated up again, it attached itself to the giant''s body and the giant returned to its original form. "Could it be that¡­ It can recover infinitely from the lava?" I have a bad feeling about this, but it sure looks like it! Now completely back to normal, the giant sticks to the wall and uses it as a foothold to jump at us all at once. "Guoooooooo!" "Avoid it!" In order to avoid the attack, we jumped away from the spot as fast as we could. Immediately after that, the giant crushed the point where we were standing a moment ago without mercy. "Monster. The power is ridiculous¡­!" "Grrrrr¡­. wooof!" Night, who was looking for an opening, did not miss the chance when the giant hit the ground and used magic to launch a compressed water bullet at the giant. "Gaaaaaaaah!" "Guooooooo!" The giant was hit by the Night''s water magic. The flames on that part of the body were extinguished, and for a moment, a black rocky surface could be seen. But as soon as the flames rekindled, it began to move again as if nothing had happened. Chapter 160 - Book 5: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 4 "Guuooooooo!" "Then¡­ how about this! [Heavenly Saint Slash]!" While unleashing the [Magic Attire] and Evil''s power, I swung down the [Omni-Sword] that I took out of the item box. Then, a massive slash of light approached the lava giant and cut off the giant''s arm. "Astonishing." "Woof!" Yuti and Night also widened their eyes in surprise at the sight, but their surprise turned into something else. "H-hey, hey¡­ are you kidding me?" The lava giant showed no signs of damage from my attack and regenerated its lost arm immediately. In addition, the arm that was slashed away remained in shape, but with the addition of the surrounding lava, it eventually became an arm that would move automatically to attack us. "Wait¡­ how can you expect that detaching a part of its body will increase the number of moves it can make?" In addition to the automatic recovery ability, it also increased its means of attack, so there was no way for us to counterattack seriously. Whenever we attack, we strengthen the opponent, so there is nothing we can do about it. While desperately trying to avoid the lava giant''s attacks, I activated my [Identification] skill to see if there was any clue how to attack it. [Guardian of The Planet] Level: ©¤©¤ Magic Power: ©¤©¤ Attack: ©¤©¤ Defense: ©¤©¤ Agility: ©¤©¤ Intelligence: ©¤©¤ Luck: ©¤©¤ "That thing¡­ is it the same type as Ciel?" Rather than having no numbers, it''s impossible to measure; it''s insanely strong! I thought I would get its weakness with [identification], but instead, I feel like I''ve been confronted with despair! I couldn''t attack it and just kept running away when Merl-san, who was watching our battle, started to operate the device attached to her arm. (Yuuya-san! I''ll search for that giant''s weak point on my part!) "Eh? Y-you can do that?" (It''s probably possible! The fact that it''s moving like this means that there must be a part of it that serves as its core somewhere! But it''ll take some time to find it!) "U-understood! So, until you find it¡­ Yuti! Night!" "What?" "Woof!" "Merl-san is currently investigating this giant''s weak points! Until then, we''ll buy as much time as possible while trying not to provoke it any further!" "Confused. Yuuya, you say it like it''s easy. But¡­ understood." "Woof!" Smiling at the sound of their encouraging voices, I continued the battle against the lava giant. "Prediction. Yuuya! Two o''clock, the attack!" "Two o''clock is¡­ this direction!" Thanks to Yuti''s prediction, I was able to avoid the giant''s attack with enough margin. "Guoooooo!" "It''s so hard not to attack¡­!" Up until now, when dealing with monsters, I have been exchanging blows with them without holding back my own power. Even now, in terms of defeating them, it''s no different. However, this was the first time that I couldn''t attack my opponent until I found its weak point, and it was quite tough. As we managed to survive the giant''s attack, relying on Yuti''s instructions, the giant made a new move. "Guooooooo!" "What?" "!? Evade! Yuuya, Night, jump!" Both Night and I did as we were told and jumped as fast as we could, and the giant raised both arms and slammed them into the ground at once! The force of the blow was so great that huge cracks appeared in the ground, and magma spewed out from between them. If I had been standing on the ground, I wouldn''t have been able to move properly. That was the extent of the impact on the ground. When I looked at Merl-san to see if she was okay under such circumstances, I saw that Akatsuki was deploying his [Sanctuary] skill, and Ciel''s blue flames were enveloping Merl-san and the others. It looks like they''re okay. But we''re not in a safe enough situation to be worrying about others. The magma that erupted from the cracks in the ground and covered in flames swelled up like a giant snake with its own will and attacked us together with the giant! S§×arch* The N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "It''s increased its fighting force now?" "Attack! Yuuya, it''s okay to attack the flame serpents!" "Really?" "Grrrr¡­ wooof!" Immediately after hearing Yuti''s information, Night once again released compressed water on the flame serpent. Then, the serpent was hit by a water bullet and lost more and more of its heat, turning into a blackened rock that crumbled into pieces. "It''s true! But there''s still too many of them¡­!" The first thing I did was to unleash the [Thousand Spear Piercing] at a flame serpent, which is one of the reinforcements for the giant. It''s not that there''s any particular magic in it, but the serpent collapsed as it was after being hit by the [Thousand Spear Piercing]. It seemed that not only water-attribute magic but also physical attacks could defeat the flame serpent. And so, as we continued to neutralize the flame serpent while avoiding the giant''s attacks, Merl-san finally found the giant''s weak point. (¡­Yuuya-san! I''ve found that giant''s weak point! There''s a tremendous energy reaction in the center of the giant''s chest! Perhaps that''s where the energy crystals it took in are!) "Center of the chest?" (Yes! However, as you can see from the battle so far, even if you gradually remove the armor from the chest area, it will return to its original state! Besides, if you attack it half-heartedly, there is a possibility that it will split like that arm! So please attack with the intention of blowing off all the armor with one blow!) "You''re being unreasonable there¡­!" Even Yuti''s bow and Night''s magic can barely scrape off the lava armor covering the giant''s body. In addition, the giant''s chest armor is thicker than other parts of its body. Now that I''ve heard Merl-san''s words, I can see that the armor is thicker because that''s where the energy source is. "Yuti! Night! Its weakness seems to be the crystals in the inside of its chest!" "Affirmative. In the chest?" "Woof." "Ahh! If we attack it half-heartedly, we will be the ones who suffer the most! That''s why we need to blow it up with maximum firepower!" "¡­Understood. Then Yuuya is the right person for the job. We''ll assist you so that you can attack." "Woof!" I don''t know what made her think that I was the right person for the job, but I guess Yuti saw something in me. More importantly, now that I have been entrusted with this task, I must fulfill my job. In the meantime, I''ve just come up with a way to blow up that armor. While Yuti and Night are using their own attacks to distract the giant, I used my [Magic Attire] and also the [Three Divine Steps] to close in on the giant. "Goooooooo!" The giant seemed to realize what I was trying to do. It ignored Yuti and Night, and started to crush me. But¡­ "Useless. I won''t let you get in Yuuya''s way¡­!" "Gruaaaaaa!" Yuti unleashed her greatest technique, the [Comet], and Night, while deploying the [Magic Attire] as I did, slashed the giant''s arm with his magic-infused claws! "Guooooooooo!" I finally succeed in slipping into the giant''s bosom, which was left open by the attacks of Yuti and Night. And then©¤©¤. "[Heavenly Saint Slash]¡­! I ducked into the giant''s bosom, jumped up in front of it, and used a technique I learned directly from Iris-san and swung the [Omni-Sword] down with such force that it cut the giant in half from the top of its head. However, it seems that the title of guardian of the planet is not just flattery, and even with a single strike of the [Heavenly Saint Slash], it was only able to slash through the giant''s armor, and the energy crystals hidden deep in its chest were unharmed. However, it seems to have succeeded in tearing off the giant''s armor. "Shocking. That hit it, and the inside was still safe¡­!" Yuti seemed to think that my attack had completely defeated it and shuddered at the giant that was still moving. In addition, the lava that was supposed to have exploded began to gather again and try to wrap around the energy crystals. "Not good! We have to stop it¡­!" "Woof!" As Yuti and Night hurriedly attempted to attack the gathering lava, I was still in the air and switched my weapon from the [Omni-Sword] to the [World Strike]. "©¤©¤If that one is a planet, this one is a world!" While making full use of the [Magic Attire] and the Evil''s power, I slammed the [World Strike] in my hand into the exposed energy crystal of the giant. In an instant, with a tremendous bursting sound, the energy crystals exploded. In any case, with my full power, I struck a blow with the same mass as the world. There was no way it could be unharmed. The giant, whose energy crystals were blown to smithereens by me, collapsed into a heap and finally fell completely silent. "Oh¡­ is over!" I couldn''t help but shout as I sat down on the ground. We won! No, I really didn''t know what to do, but we managed to win! It was a terrible feeling of despair when I was fighting Avis, but it was a different kind of despair this time. I mean, it''s the guardian of the planet, you know? You have no idea how to fight it. Even so, we were able to defeat it only because of the cooperation of Yuti and the others and Merl-san''s help in finding its weak points. As Yuti and the others crouched there, looking exhausted, Ouma-san, who had been watching the battle unfold, approached us. "Hmm. It''s finally over." "N-no, we barely won¡­ No one can beat something like that normally." "You should not be so foolish. I''m not going to let you fight an opponent you can''t beat." "R-really¡­?" When it comes to training, I shouldn''t trust Ouma-san as much as Master Usagi. They both think in terms of their own standards, so they mistakenly believe that it is possible for me to do something that is incredibly difficult. When I looked at Ouma-san with bitterness, he laughed and muttered. "Kukuku¡­ it''s good that you were able to defeat it, isn''t it? Well then¡­ It''s time for you to stop being quiet and let your voice be heard." "Eh?" Ouma-san talked to the emptiness, which surprised me. "Hmph¡­ As I thought, when Yuuya and the others reached the center of the planet, they would be able to hear your voice too. Right ©¤©¤ Argena." "©¤©¤You''re still the same as always, Genesis Dragon." Suddenly, the soft voice of a woman echoed in our minds. Chapter 161 - Book 6 T/n: I really apologize for the mistake I made after all of this. After being confirmed in this chapter, the title that Yuuya got after crossing the door of the other world is [The First Person To Visit The Other World] not [Person Who Visited A Different World For The First Time]; once again, I really apologize for this mistake. And here''s a sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ "A-Argena? Wh-what''s this voice¡­?" Surprised by the sudden woman''s voice, it seemed that it was not only me but everyone here could also hear this voice, and everyone looked around to search for the owner of the voice. Merl-san''s eyes widened even more than before. (T-the voice of the planet¡­! No way¡­ Then this planet has been in existence since the primordial space age?) "Merl-san¡­?" Merl-san sank into a sea of thoughts, muttering something to herself. Apparently, Merl-san perceives this situation as even more extraordinary than the rest of us. Even Yuti was speechless and stunned by this situation. More importantly, where the hell did the voice come from? Ouma-san smiled at us amusingly. "Kukuku¡­ you won''t find her even if you look for it. The planet you''re standing on right now is¡­ Argena." S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "!?" We were all stunned by Ouma-san''s words. In other words, the owner of this voice was the planet itself. Then the woman''s voice ©¤ Argena-san''s dumbfounded voice sounded. "The way that you make fun of people like this hasn''t changed either. That is why Zenovis beat you." "Huh? T-that guy is special, you know? He''s the only one who can beat me!" "E-err¡­" As we were in a state of confusion, completely left behind, Argena-san suddenly called out to me. "The young man over there is Yuuya, right?" "Eh? Ah, y-yes! Eh, but? How did you know my name?" If she had watched us in battle, she probably would have known, but I don''t remember saying my name. When I was surprised that Argena-san knew my name, she laughed at me amusingly. "¡­Fufu. It''s another nostalgic presence." "N-nostalgic¡­ you say?" "Yes. How is Yuunosuke? Is he doing well?" "Eh?" I was astonished at the name that Argena-san mentioned. Because that name is¡­! "Y-you know my grandfather?" That''s right, the Yuunosuke that Argena-san mentioned was none other than my grandfather, Yuunosuke Tenjou. I was surprised, but Argena-san told me gently. "I know him well. I know your grandfather, Yuunosuke, very well¡­" "No way¡­" When I heard Argena-san''s words, I couldn''t believe them. Because I have the title [The First Person To Visit The Other World]. In other words, if my grandfather had come to this world, it would have been false. Then, Argena-san answered my question. "Oh, you''re concerned about the title that you have, aren''t you? That title is not wrong. I didn''t meet Yuunosuke directly, after all." "Directly? And how do you know about my title¡­?" "Fufufu¡­ I know everything that happens on this planet. So, I also know how Yuuya came to be in this world¡­" "I-I see¡­?" I don''t know, but if Ouma-san is right, then Argena-san is this planet itself, and she must know everything that is going on on this planet. Perhaps the title of Holy is also given by Argena-san. "Of course. I''m the one who chose the Holy." "Eh!?" She read my mind! When I was even more surprised by the unexpected phenomenon, Argena-san laughed amusingly. "I''ve already told you, didn''t I? I know everything about this planet. In other words, I can understand all of your thoughts on this planet." "A-amazing¡­" "Hmph¡­ what''s so great about that? It''s just a bad taste, isn''t it?" "We''re both in the same boat in that regard, Genesis Dragon. No¡­ you''re Ouma now." "¡­Call me what you like." Ouma-san said so in an unamused manner and laid down on the spot. I-I see. Ouma-san had been alive since the birth of this planet. Since he was the Genesis Dragon, he and Argena-san were childhood friends, so to speak. The word planet and childhood friend together was amazing. "Um¡­ Argena-san. You mentioned earlier that you''ve never met my grandfather in person¡­ What does that mean?" "That''s right¡­ Yuunosuke didn''t come to this world with his own body like Yuuya, but only with his spiritual body in the form of a dream through Zenovis'' magic." "Spiritual body? And Zenovis-san is¡­" "Zenovis is one you know well, the one the humans call the Sage." "A-as I thought¡­!" It was the first time I heard Sage-san''s name, although I had somehow guessed it from the flow of the conversation earlier! Or rather, grandpa and Sage-san were acquainted? "That''s right. Zenovis once failed in a magic experiment and accidentally crossed over to a different world. That is the world that Yuunosuke was in¡­ In other words, the planet that Yuuya lives on." "Sa-Sage-san came to Earth¡­" "He''s on Earth¡­? ¡­No, if it''s that guy, he might do it." It''s not just me that was surprised by the shocking fact that Argena-san revealed, but also Ouma-san. I-if it''s Sage-san, he might be able to do it¡­ I couldn''t help but frown at Ouma-san''s words, but then I realized something. "B-but, Sage-san is a person from a long time ago, right? No matter how I think about this, the times they lived in don''t match¡­" Grandpa had been alive just a while ago, but Sage-san was someone from hundreds of years ago, right? I don''t think the timeline fits together no matter what you think¡­ "It''s simple. The flow of time is inherently different between this world and the world you live in. In such a situation, Zenovis not only crossed the worlds but even transcended time to meet Yuunosuke." Sage-san, you can do anything you want, huh! As expected of someone who''s been invited to the realm of the gods, there''s a lot to be said for being recruited by the gods¡­ "Hundreds of years after Zenovis'' death, two worlds that were never meant to meet were connected through a doorway that appeared in the house you now live in¡­ the old Zenovis house, to be exact. This means that the flow of time in this world is now connected with the flow of time in your world as well. "I-I see." The conversation was a bit difficult, and I couldn''t understand it completely. Still, I think I kind of understood it¡­ somehow. "Unfortunately, while I can understand everything that happens on this planet, I can''t understand anything that happens on other planets. So there is no way to know what Zenovis experienced on your planet, except for what he told me after he came back." She said it so casually, but even if she can''t understand what happened on Earth, isn''t it outrageous to think that she knows everything that happened on this planet? "He came back to this world and created the ultimate magic to traverse the two worlds with Yuunosuke. But the magic was so dangerous that it could have destroyed both worlds if it hadn''t worked. Therefore, Zenovis decided to just invite Yuunosuke''s spirit from the other world to visit this planet without announcing or using the magic he had created. ¡­The world where Yuuya lives is less dangerous than this world, isn''t it?" "T-that''s right." "This is also one of the reasons why Zenovis only invited Yuunosuke''s spiritual body. If it''s just the spiritual body, it won''t get a scratch even if it''s attacked by the monsters of this world. But if he''s with Zenovis, it''s hard to say if there''s any chance of him getting hurt¡­" How amazing is it that even the planet itself, Argena-san, has such a high opinion of Sage-san? "In any case, I know very well about Yuunosuke, who was a close friend of Zenovis. By the way, how is Yuunosuke doing?" "Oh¡­ well, my grandpa is¡­" As I was about to speak, Argena-san, who must have been able to read my mind, quietly said. "¡­I see. How quickly does time pass, Ouma?" "Hmph¡­ I don''t know Yuuya''s grandfather, so I can''t speak for him. But you can never get used to losing a friend." "¡­You''re right." A somewhat somber air passed between Ouma-san and Argena-san. These two have been together since birth and have probably seen the end of many lives at the same time. I heard that Sage-san was chosen by God, so he had the possibility of becoming immortal¡­ "That''s true. His talent was a little too far out of the ordinary to be called human." "Um¡­ Is there really such a thing as a God?" "Of course there is. But they are in a higher dimension than this one, so we can''t recognize them. They won''t be able to recognize us, and they won''t care about us either." "What does that mean¡­?" "They don''t care what happens to you humans or any other beings. In the first place, we are not created by them; we are born from nothing. There is no connection to begin with. But¡­ Zenovis has crossed that dimensional barrier as well, so they contacted Zenovis from their side." No, really Sage-san, you''re amazing! I''d like to see what kind of life you''ve been through. It would definitely be interesting to have a story where Sage-san is the main character. "Yes¡­ He was a very interesting person, including his friendships." "You''re right. He could do anything, but he was not good at interacting with people. That was one of the things that made him human¡­" "Yeah¡­ Ahh, I can talk to you forever at this rate. This is also because Ouma never visits, you know? No one can talk to me if they don''t come here, and no one is strong enough to arrive here in the first place. I also miss having someone to talk to, you know?" "I''m free to show up wherever I want. But well¡­ now that I live nearby. I''ll show up when I feel like it." Ouma said this with some embarrassment. Indeed, it''s not that far from Sage-san''s house to here. Now it''s time to clean up the [Great Devil''s Nest]. "Let us not, when we are old, we tend to talk too long¡­ So¡­ Merl." (Y-yes!) When Merl-san was suddenly called out, she replied while stiffening her body. If it were true, Merl-san is not a resident of this planet and should not be able to understand the language, but for Argena-san, such language barrier can be easily overcome. It''s more like she''s talking to her mind, so she''s able to convey the exact meaning. "You came here to get the energy crystals, right?" (Y-yes¡­) "Please, take as many as you like." (Eh, you''re just going to let that happen?) "It''s okay." Merl-san was taken aback by the words that were spoken so simply. And suddenly, the remnants of the lava giants we defeated¡­ or rather the energy crystals we shattered, began to glow! They floated up into the air and then merged together. At that moment, a tremendous light enveloped the area. I was so dazzled that I covered my face with my arms and waited for the light to subside. I felt the light gradually fading, and when I looked back, I saw a crystal that had come together as one. (This is¡­) "It doesn''t change the fact that you guys defeated this giant. So you can take these crystals with you, but¡­ it would have been difficult to take them home in their previous state, right? That''s why I condensed it into one." It''s outrageous that it''s so easy to fuse them into one. No, originally, the energy that overflowed from Argena-san was crystallized, and it might not be so difficult to unite¡­? "It''s that simple." "You read my mind again¡­" "Fufu¡­ It''s not that hard to unite them. Also, Yuuya. I''m going to give you something else." "Eh? S-something else?" This time, a huge sphere that originally existed in this space and looked like it might have appeared in an anime movie emitted a violent light. The light eventually converged together and slipped straight into my body. Seeing the light, Ouma-san raises one eyebrow. "Hou? You''re really excited about this, aren''t you? Argena." "Um¡­ what was that?" "I gave you the planet''s blessing." "The planet''s blessing?" "Yes¡­ it''s the power of the [Creation of The Holy and Evil]." "T-the creation of the Holy and Evil¡­?" "Yes. I¡­ there is a conflict between the Holy and the Evil on this planet. You know that, don''t you, Yuuya?" "Y-yes." "You may be wondering why an existence like the Evil is born¡­ and why it is left unchecked. Both negative and positive power needed to exist in order for the planet to continue its work. Without either of them, nothing would exist." "It''s¡­" "But in terms of the strength of the two forces flowing through the world, the Evil is probably the stronger by far. People tend to hold onto their anger much more strongly than they do their joy." "¡­.." In the past, Yuti herself had been swept up in the anger of revenge, so she listened to Argena-san''s story in silence. "That''s why I''ve taken various measures to help people resist the Evil. That''s what the Holy system is designed for, and that''s what holy beasts like the red pig¡­ Akatsuki is there for." "Fugo?" "Woof!" "Buhi!" He was surprised to be mentioned, but when Night looked at him with respect, he got carried away and stretched his chest. Akatsuki is amazing, but Night, you''re also amazing, you know? "In this planet, the power of Holy and Evil influence each other more than in other planets. So, if you receive my blessing, you will be able to use both the Holy and Evil powers that lay dormant in your body, not just as an individual, but as the power of this planet." "I-is it going to get even stronger than it is now?" "No problem. Aside from becoming stronger, it also makes it more difficult for you to be taken in by the Evil. So, you can say that even if you use power of the Evil as before, there is almost no risk of it going out of control." "I-I''d certainly appreciate that, but¡­" I can''t even hold it in my hand right now, so what am I supposed to do with it when it gets even stronger? Then Kuro, who had been asleep inside me until now, seemed to wake up and called out to me in a panic. "H-hey, Yuuya! I feel that my power has suddenly become much stronger¡­ Are you about to be taken in by the Evil again?" "Eh? Ah, t-that''s okay. Because I''ve just been strengthened with the blessing of this planet." "What kind of situation is that, then?" That''s true. The more I say it out loud, the more it doesn''t make sense. What does it mean to get a blessing from the planet? "¡­Well, it''s fine. For now, it''s not like you''re going to be bottled up by the Evil or anything like that, right?" "Yeah. Rather, it looks like even if I use Kuro''s power, it''s less likely to go out of control." "I see¡­ Then, it''s fine." I couldn''t help but ask Kuro, who seemed a little relieved. "Could it be that you were worried about me?" "Huh? There''s no way that''s true. Don''t say anything stupid! I-it''s just¡­ that! I''m only saying that because it would be boring if you were easily taken in by my power. Don''t misunderstand me." After telling me that in a reproachful way, Kuro withdrew inside me again. Hmm, it looks like he won''t respond to me for a while, even if I call out to him. While we had this exchange, Argena-san, who can read my mind, said in a soft voice. "¡­Yuuya. You can face the power of your own Evil on an equal footing, can''t you?" "Eh? W-well, Kuro has helped me a lot¡­" Kuro helped me once when I went out of control in a battle with the Fist Saint, and also when I fought against Quarro, and now I recognize him as an important part of my body. "With that heart, you''ll be able to master my blessing." "Y-yes. I''ll do my best." "Fufufu¡­ I have talked for so long¡­ You must have your own things to do. Determine what you need to do and move on." "Y-yes!" "Then Ouma. Please take care of the rest, okay?" "Hmph. I''ll just do what I want to do." "Geez, you''re such a dragon¡­" At last, with an exasperated laugh at Ouma-san, Argena-san''s voice disappeared. After a few moments of sentimentality, Ouma-san opened his mouth. "Hey, we''ve done our business here. Let''s get the hell out of here. I''m hungry." "I-I understand." "And don''t forget about the crystal, okay? We came here to get them, after all." So many things had happened that I had almost forgotten our original purpose, but Ouma-san was right; our main purpose was to get these energy crystals. If we leave without it, there''s nothing we can do. (What should I do¡­? Normally, I can retrieve it without any problems using subspace transfer technology, but unfortunately, if I use my resources on it, other functions will be affected¡­) "In that case, shall I use my item box to transport it?" (Item Box¡­ Come to think of it, Yuuya-san can carry things with a strange technology that is different from ours. Then, may I ask for your help?) "Yes. I''m glad I can be of help!" After storing the energy crystals in my item box, we escaped from the bottom of this hole. "He will¡­ transcend many worlds, I suppose." ©¤©¤Argena-san muttered quietly behind me, but I could not hear her words. Chapter 162 - Book 7: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 While Yuuya and the others were returning from the bottom of the hole, the third Dragonia force was closing in on Earth with their fleet in space. In the control room of the flagship of the Third Force, a huge hologram was floating, showing the Earth. (Commander! Traces of the missing troops confirmed! It seems they were visiting this planet after all!) (I see¡­) Upon hearing his subordinate''s words, the commander ©¤©¤ Drade, nodded quietly. He had come to the vicinity of Earth following the orders of Draco III, the ruler of the Dragonias. (Any sign of that unit''s ship?) (Unfortunately, we were unable to observe any signals from their ship¡­) (¡­As my Lord said, there is an existence on this planet that can stand up against us.) Drade had a smile on his face as he muttered this. The Dragonias had invaded many planets to achieve supremacy in the universe and were still wandering around the universe with a large fleet. This was because the Dragonias did not have a home planet. Therefore, the giant spaceships were their home, and they were looking for a planet that could become their second home as they continued to invade other planets. However, they were unable to find the ideal planet for them, and they continued to invade other planets and use them as colonies. This time it would be the same again, Drade thought as he asked his subordinate. (Yeah. I don''t think it''s likely, but you should check out the environment on Earth. In case it might be an ideal planet for us©¤©¤) (¡­T-this is!?) (©¤©¤What''s wrong?) Drade''s eyebrows furrowed as his men suddenly raised their voices. Then one of his subordinates answered, his voice trembling. (W-we have discovered¡­ this planet¡­ Earth, is the ideal planet for us!) (¡­What?) (Observations have shown that Earth is the planet with the ideal environment for us!) (What do you mean? Explain it to me!) (Y-yes! First of all, Earth''s atmospheric composition, water quality, geology, temperature, etc., are all ideal for us! Furthermore, there are no foreign enemies in the surrounding galaxy, making it the perfect home for us! The only concern we have is the lifespan of the sun that sustains the Earth''s activities¡­) (We can handle that with our technology. But I never imagined that an ideal planet really existed¡­) (Co-commander. And I have one more thing to report¡­) (What is it?) (Amel''s electromagnetic waves have been detected at a certain point on Earth!) (What? Do you mean to tell me that the Amelian is still on Earth?) (Yes!) (¡­What do you mean? My direct unit, which was supposed to have come to this planet to seek out the Amelian annihilation weapon, had disappeared, and the Amelian, who was the target, is still on Earth¡­ Normally, they would have fled by now. If anything, I was planning to follow the traces of that Amelian in anticipation of that. But if they''re in some kind of trouble and can''t get off the planet©¤©¤) When he said that much, Drade smiled ferociously. (©¤©¤It''s the best. Nothing could be better!) His men also caught on to Drade''s smile and smiled like a predator. (Our prey, the Amelians, are on Earth without their annihilation weapon, and the Earth is our ideal planet¡­ We have no choice but to invade! We will kill the natives, including the Amelians, and take both the planet and the Amelian annihilation weapon! It will be ours!) (Ha!) (First, we hunt the Amelians. Leave the people of Earth alone. We''re not going to stop for those fools who don''t even have the technology to cross the universe. Hey, do you know exactly where the Amelians are?) (Yes, sir! The coordinates are fixed, sir!) (Then isolate that point in subspace from Earth first. The Amelians won''t go down without a fight. That''s why I don''t want the ideal planet to be destroyed in a battle between the Amelians and us. After we have the weapons to destroy the Amelians, we will slowly invade Earth. Do you understand?) (Ha!) At the sound of his subordinate''s voice, Drade nodded in satisfaction, raised his voice, and gave an order. (Move! The target is Earth. Now, let''s plant the flag of our Dragonia on Earth! Drade, thinking only of conquest, had completely forgotten the advice he had received from Draco III before setting out. If there is even the slightest possibility that an entity can compete with the Dragonias, do not let your guard down. Sear?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. ©¤©¤This was how the third unit, led by Drade, approached the Earth. £ª£ª£ª "Um, is it going to be fixed?" (Yeah. Everything''s fine.) We returned from Argena-san''s place. After having lunch, Merl-san immediately started to refuel the spaceship with the obtained energy source. However, there was no place to work on the Earth, so we decided to bring the spaceship to the other world and work on the cleared land in the Great Devil''s Nest. As soon as Ouma-san returned home and ate lunch, he fell asleep. I wonder why he is so interested in Earth''s culture but not in Merl-san''s advanced technology? I don''t really understand. On the other hand, Night and the others seemed to be as curious about Merl-san''s spaceship as I was and watched her work with great interest. What impressed me was the special technology that housed the spaceship and the nanomachines. Just by operating the terminal on Merl-san''s arm, the spaceship instantly changed its size to the size of the palm of her hand, and when she operated it again, it returned to its original size. I really don''t know what the logic behind this is. Also, the nanomachines that were used while I was unconscious were quickly adjusting the ship. It''s called a nanomachine, so it''s invisible to the naked eye, and from the side, it looks like it''s just going through the motions. Unlike me, this was the second time Yuti had seen it, and she was amazed at the sight. "Surprise. Merl, it''s amazing. Is this technology from beyond the sky, from outer space?" "I guess so. I wonder if this kind of technology is commonplace¡­ Space is a big place, after all." The Earth is working hard to send rockets and satellites into space, but we don''t yet have the technology to travel freely in space. On the other hand, Merl-san and the Dragonias could travel freely in space¡­ If you think about it normally, there was such a big difference in technology, and the Earth would be easily invaded. Then, Merl-san, who had just been able to load the energy crystals she had brought back into the ship, took a breath. (Phew¡­ I managed to finish it.) "Thank you for your hard work!" (¡­No, it''s me who should thank you. I''d like to thank you for all your help. If it weren''t for your help, I would never have been able to leave Earth.) "We''re glad we could be of some help. So, is that¡­ spaceship going to work?" (Yes. It''s still in the trial run stage, but it looks like it''s ready to go. So, now that my ship is fixed, I''ve been using the functions that I couldn''t use while it was broken to measure which is closer to Amel, this planet, or Earth¡­ It seems that Earth is closer, so I''d like to go back to Earth. Is that okay?) "That''s fine, of course¡­ But if you launch a regular spaceship on Earth, there will be chaos, won''t there?" (That''s not a problem. I can control the memories and records of all the people on Earth with this terminal.) Oh, I forgot she could do that too¡­ Space technology is really outrageous¡­ If I ask any more questions, I''m sure other scary stories will pop up, so I''ll leave it at that. So in order to fly the spaceship, we went back to the Earth house and went outside. But©¤©¤. "Eh?" ©¤©¤What I saw, instead of the scenery of Earth, was an eerie empty space. Chapter 163 - Book 7: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 (Wha!? This is¡­!) Instead of the usual view of the city, we were in¡­ a strange space with an indescribable color, as if various colors of paint had been mixed together. As I was stunned by the unusual sight, a distortion appeared at a part of the space. And then¡­ "Wha©¤©¤" (The Dragonias¡­!) From the distorted space, a large number of spaceships with dragon emblems appeared. The number of them was much larger than the last time they attacked. In the center of the ship stood a large, dragon-shaped spaceship. (©¤©¤I''ve isolated your dwelling place in this subspace. Think of it as a place with no escape.) As I stared up at the group of spaceships in dismay, I heard the voice coming from the largest of them. (Hou? I never thought that the Amelian was really still here¡­ It looks like my men have been defeated after all.) (You are¡­) As Merl-san stared at the group of spaceships, a hologram was projected from the largest ship. There was a figure of a Dragonia alien with long hair pulled back in a single bun, with similar features as the ones that had attacked us before. I don''t know if he''s male, middle-aged, or if these features even show in their appearance like how it is for us on Earth, but his appearance alone gave him the dignity of a man in a period drama. The middle-aged Dragonia opened his mouth in a somewhat irreverent manner. (I''m Drade, the proud commander of the third unit of the Dragonia planet.) (C-commander!?) Merl-san''s eyes widened at the words of the Dragonia¡­ Drade. "U-um¡­ Merl-san? I don''t understand. Is it so great to be a commander?" (¡­Yes. The ones who attacked the other day were¡­ so-called low-ranking soldiers from the Dragonia''s end. But even among the Dragonias, who are known for their martial prowess, a commander is a position that could only be held by those with a high level of ability.) "I-I see¡­" In addition, the fact that the commander has come directly to us means that the soldiers here this time are probably far more skilled and capable than the soldiers before. "To that extent? But if Merl-san uses that armament you''ve been using, it will be¡­" (With the energy crystals leftover from the repair of the spaceship, the battle mode can now be used safely. However¡­ it won''t last more than a few seconds against the division commander¡­) How strong is the commander? And on top of that, I don''t think I will be able to win¡­ against a whole fleet of these enemy ships. "W-why don''t we just run away somehow¡­?" (¡­It seems to be impossible to escape¡­ This space is a subspace that they have developed¡­ In other words, it is a place that is isolated from Earth. In order to get out of this space, we have to bring down their ship that deployed this subspace. Considering the scale, the ship that is deploying this space is probably the largest flagship with the commander on board. ¡­The fact that we don''t have to worry about damage to other inhabitants or manipulating information is helpful, but there''s nothing else we can do under the circumstances¡­) It seems like we really are stuck on all sides. And why is my house even involved in this again¡­? Fortunately, Night and the others are also here, groaning against the spaceship floating in the sky. ¡­Night is a species that has the potential to become as powerful as Ouma-san, but at this stage, there is too much of a difference in size for that to be true. As I was thinking about this, somewhat escaping reality, Yuti asked me. "Confirmation. Yuuya, are you sure they are enemies?" "Yeah. They are likely to be from the Dragonia aliens, Merl-san''s enemies¡­ This space is also the work of those people, and it seems that they isolated us from the Earth." sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Understood. That''s why this space is so strange. But can you defeat them? Even with my arrows, I''m not sure I can damage that ship." Even Yuti showed signs of weakness facing the spaceship fleet. In any case, it was even more so because she had seen how Merl-san repaired the spaceship and other technical aspects. It seemed that even a slight damage would be repaired just like the guardian of that planet. As for the nanomachines, I thought they would be useful considering that I had seen Merl-san use them and that they had fixed my house, but they would be extremely troublesome if used by the enemy. Then, Merl-san operated the terminal on her arm. At that moment, something that looked like a translucent soap bubble appeared from Merle-san''s spaceship. The membrane grew larger and larger until it completely enveloped my house. "Merl-san, this is¡­" (¡­I extended the defense mechanism of my ship to the entirety of Yuuya-san''s house. Thanks to the energy of that planet, I was able to cover it somehow, but it won''t last for long. But for a little while, we should be able to fight without worrying about the house.) "I-I see¡­" As I nodded at Merl-san''s words, the holographic Drade snickered. (Hmph. Impudent¡­ How much longer can you hold out with that kind of trickery?) (I won''t give you the blueprint.) (¡­Then you''ll regret it in the afterlife.) "Ah! Yuuya!" The moment Drade''s mood changed, Yuti shouted sharply. Then I can see the energy concentrating one after another on the gun barrel part of the spaceship that was floating in the sky. This is¡­ a sign that we are going to be attacked all at once, no matter how I look at it! "Kuh! [Rising Dragon Piercing]!" I immediately took out the [Absolute Spear], and unleashed the [Magic Armor] and Evil power, together with the Spear Saint technique. In the next moment, the technique became a dragon that was much more massive than the one used by the Spear Saint, and was released towards the spaceship fleet! "Whoa!" I was surprised to see that the attack was much bigger than I had expected¡­ Is this the power of the [Holy and Evil Creation] that Argena-san was mentioning? Even though I haven''t used the [Holy King''s Authority] yet, my attack with the [Rising Dragon Piercing] turned into a huge dragon, with the white light of the Holy and the black light of the Evil mixing together. (Wha!?) In the face of my technique, the hologram of Drade had a look of surprise on his face. My technique just swallowed up some of the spaceships. "As expected. Yuuya is so strong. But I''m getting stronger too." Yuti looked at me, but her bow was firmly pointed at the spaceship. "©¤©¤©¤[Death Comet]." The technique handed down from the Bow Saint was unleashed with more power than when we fought before. The arrow that became a ray of light penetrated the spaceship and easily pierced the spaceship''s armor. The blow seemed to have hit the spaceship directly in the core, causing the huge ship to explode and crash. "Yuti, that attack was¡­" "Of course. I aimed for it." "¡­As I thought." Lately, Yuti and I have not been doing much training. This is because, according to her, there is already a gap between us, but looking at the attack she just delivered, I don''t think so. Perhaps she had been training in a place where I couldn''t find her. I have to work harder too¡­ "Grrrr¡­ gaaaaaaah!" "Fugo! Buhi!" Night unleashed the same kind of [Magic Armor] as I did, and in an instant, he was closing in on one of the spaceships. And when he swung his claws with magic power, the spaceship was easily torn apart! ¡­I was a bit skeptical, but then again, maybe Night does have the potential to be as good a fighter as Ouma-san. Akatsuki turned into a giant and charged into the groups of spaceships, moving around violently and knocking them down. "Pi. Piiiiiiii!" Ciel was covered in blue flames, just as in the battle with Avis, and charged straight at the spaceships, destroying them one by one. There are still many mysteries about Ciel, but it seems that there is nothing to worry about. (What the hell is that creature? And what the hell is that energy¡­?) Seeing Ciel like that, Drade shouted in surprise, but it seems that Ciel is a special existence even from the perspective of aliens. (Kuh! What are you doing! Hurry up and aim at them!) The sudden dropping of several spaceships may have triggered a sense of crisis, and Drade was sending out instructions. But©¤©¤ (You''re not going to hit anything.) Merl-san, as a matter of course, floated up in the air and raised her left arm, which had been transformed into battle mode, and shot a beam at the enemy spaceship. The attack was so powerful that several spaceships were caught up in it and exploded. (Certainly, your attacks are more powerful than mine. But do you think you can aim at us with such a huge size?) (Guh¡­ Then all I have to do is hit you directly! My third unit! Show them what you''re capable of!) The next moment, just as they had done the other day, the Dragonia soldiers descended from the spaceship at once and attacked us directly. The number of soldiers was tremendous, easily over a thousand, and they began to swarm us. "Wait¡­ this number is, as expected¡­!" (They are certainly many, but thanks to them, the enemy can''t use their beam weapons.) As Merl-san said, the attack from the spaceship stopped as soon as the Dragonia soldiers descended. I think the reason for this was to avoid involving their allies. "If that''s the case¡­ [Thousand Spear Piercing]!" In order to cope with the large number of opponents, I aggressively unleashed a large number of techniques. Fortunately, there are no soldiers that are that strong on an individual level, so I''ve been able to deal with them so far, but I don''t feel like I''ve reduced their numbers at all. As I was wondering why, Merl-san shouted as if she noticed something. (This is¡­ No way! Living weapons?" "A living weapon? That''s¡­" (It''s what is known as a cloning weapon! They''re creating cloned soldiers in the spaceship and sending them at us!) "Eeeh? H-how is that even possible?" (Yes. Cloning technology is a specialty of the Dragonias. However, as for how this situation is going, they seem to be taking quantity over quality. In fact, each one of them is far from the level of the Dragonia elites. It takes a lot of energy to create a clone soldier, so I guess they don''t have unlimited resources, but I don''t know how much longer this situation will continue¡­) "Is this a normal fighting style in space?" (No, it''s not normal! It''s true that if you think of them as soldiers to be used and discarded here, it''s very easy to get enough of them because you can just create them and order them to attack. However¡­ their energy is finite, and considering that, why would they want to use such a strategy©¤©¤?) Merl-san was about to say something when she suddenly turned her attention to the enemy''s flagship which Drade was onboard. (Could it be¡­!? It''s not good!) "Eh?" (The reason they didn''t fire isn''t to keep their allies from getting involved, they did it to buy time!) I also turned my attention to the flagship, where I saw a ship with a huge barrel that was gathering energy. (That energy cannon is¡­ not good. No matter how hard I try, the barrier I''ve deployed won''t be able to stop it!) That meant that an attack would be unleashed that would not leave Merl-san''s spaceship or my house unscathed. Then the hologram appeared again in the sky. There was Drade''s figure with a triumphant expression. (Hahahahaha! You fool! There''s no way I''m going to do anything directly for you lowly creatures, is there? You can disappear into the dust right here.) (A-are you sure? You wanted our blueprint, didn''t you? If you unleash an attack like that here, the blueprint will disappear too!) (©¤©¤Do you think I don''t know what protects that blueprint?) (Kuh!) As I recall, the blueprint that Merl-san and the others were looking for was inside a stone box made of something called [Cosmonium], which was said to be the hardest material in the universe. Looking at Drade and Merl-san, it must be so sturdy that it will not be destroyed by the attack that was about to be unleashed. I wanted to do something to stop that flagship from attacking, but the living weapons swarming around us were getting in the way, and I couldn''t push forward. This was what Drade was after. (Hahahahaha! Now, let''s all be obliterated by the roaring dragon cannon, the wisdom of our Dragonia!) With a single word from the smiling Drade, the attack was finally unleashed! The compressed energy was so huge that it instantly swallowed up the nearby clone soldiers. In the face of such an overwhelming attack, I desperately tried to think of a way to prevent it, but¡­ nothing came to mind. If I, Yuti, and the others can avoid it at all costs, we may be able to survive. But my house, which was still here, was different. Even the barrier that Merl-san had deployed would not be able to prevent this attack. Are we really going to be wiped out like this? Is there anything I can do? As I desperately tried to think¡­ I remembered the existence of a certain item. Chapter 164 - Book 7: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 There was certainly a possibility that this attack could be prevented by using that item. But it was an item that I couldn''t comprehend. Still, I couldn''t think of any other options. I made up my mind and took out the item! "Astonishment. Yuuya, that''s©¤©¤" "Woof." "Fugo." "Pi?" (Yuuya-san!) Everyone present was stunned when they saw the item I had taken out. But there''s no time to answer that now. I used the item as if I were praying. "Absorb it¡­ [Violent Eating''s Cleaner]¡­!" When I took out the [Violent Eating''s Cleaner] and activated it, it made a very quiet driving sound. However, the vacuum cleaner''s suction power was incredible, and it collided head-on with the energy cannon that was roaring and approaching. And then©¤©¤ "Uoooohh¡­ oooohhhh!" The vacuum cleaner really did start to absorb the opponent''s beam! It looked like a normal cordless cleaner, small in size in comparison to the beam. However, the beam was no match for it and it was swallowed up very quickly. T-this is¡­ the only vacuum cleaner that has this suction power! (W-whaaaaaatttt!? W-what is happening? How is it possible that the Dragonia cannon, which is the epitome of our technology, is being prevented¡­!) Unable to believe the scene in front of his eyes, Drade was shouting distraughtly in the hologram, but the energy cannon continued to be absorbed into the vacuum cleaner and finally it finished absorbing the entirety of the beam that was released. The situation was so incomprehensible that not only Drade but also Yuti and the others froze. If anything, I''m also frozen. I can''t believe¡­ that it can really absorb the energy¡­! S~ea??h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "W-what an amazing vacuum cleaner¡­" (V-vacuum cleaner¡­? Did it lose to a vacuum cleaner? Our technological masterpiece has been defeated by a vacuum cleaner from a remote planet?) "I-it seems so." (©¤©¤Don''t be ridiculous!) As Drade''s roar rang out, a part of the flagship opened, and a figure emerged from it. It was the very same Drade himself who had been looking down on us using the hologram just a moment ago. (©¤©¤I''ve never been so humiliated in my life.) As he approached us, Drade vigorously raised his right arm to the side. And then a beam-like spear was released from there. I-it''s not that I was trying to mock him at all; it''s just that I was desperately trying to protect my house¡­ I guess it didn''t look that way to him. As I broke out in a cold sweat, Drade thrust a spear at us that showed his skill at a glance . (I thought my clone soldiers would be able to kill you, but you''re much better than I expected. The roaring dragon cannon should have been able to wipe out a large spaceship¡­ but that''s okay. To make sure that you are killed, I''ll kill you myself.) "Guh!?" The killing intent that was released from Drade was tremendous, and the power that was released was incomparable to the energy cannon that was shot earlier. His power took the form of a blue dragon, which enveloped him. Drade, clad in the aura of a blue dragon, finally came at us. (Now ©¤©¤ Die!) And then Drade unleashed a blow of divine speed. £ª£ª£ª While Yuuya and the others were fighting Drade, Ouma, who was sleeping at Yuuya''s house, opened one eye. "¡­Hmm? A visitor?" The reason for this was because he sensed that someone had come to Sage''s house on the other world side, but Yuuya and the others who should have been dealing with them were fighting the Dragonias. "Geez¡­ There are a lot of troublesome people in the universe." Ouma sighed, stretched, and slithered to his feet. At that moment, he noticed from inside the house that Yuuya had blocked a blow from the Dragonia''s roaring cannon. "¡­Hmph. I could prevent that blow, but if he could have dealt with it himself, it would have been better. More importantly¡­ Isn''t this going to be interesting?" Ouma could tell from their presence who had arrived on the other world side, and he smirked. "That''s right¡­ If I don''t lend a hand once in a while, Yuuya might forget that I''m the Genesis Dragon again. He should be able to understand the value of my work here¡­" After saying that, he headed to the storage room where the [Door to the Other World] was located. £ª£ª£ª "Yuuya-sama! We are coming!" At the same time, on the other world side, Lexia and the others were visiting Yuuya''s house. Lexia and the others have visited Yuuya''s house several times, so it should be a familiar sight, but Luna is appalled by the way in which Yuuya''s house and the surrounding area of the Great Devil''s Nest have been completely obliterated. "D-did my eyes go crazy? The land shouldn''t have been a clearing like this before¡­" Iris gently tapped Luna on the shoulder. "You are not crazy, Luna-chan. The ultimate perfection of the Evil that Luna-chan also knows¡­ Avis''s blow has cleared the land from this point onwards." "With a blow? B-but, why is this house safe?" "Who knows? I still don''t understand it either¡­" (Yeah. The only person I can think of that can prevent that blow is the Genesis Dragon. But that dragon should not have lent a hand to us. So, I can''t think of any reason why this house is safe.) Both Iris and Usagi didn''t know that Yuuya''s house belonged to a famous sage in the other world, so they still didn''t know why it was able to prevent Avis''s attack. In the midst of all this, Mai, the only one among them who had never been to this place before, was looking around in a daze. "Oh, he lives in such a dangerous place¡­? I mean, I was supposed to be fighting a guy who could clear a forest with a single blow¡­?" Before they came here, they were attacked by a pack of monsters several times, but Iris and Usagi easily dealt with them. In addition to that, the content of the conversation between Iris and the others suggests that the battle against the Evil that Mai was originally supposed to fight took place in this place, and she was appalled when she imagined the scale of the battle. Mai, who had been fortunate enough to have never encountered Avis, realized for the first time how powerful the enemy was. Then Lexia, who had run up to Yuuya''s house first, tilted her head. "It''s strange¡­ There''s no response from Yuuya-sama." "I think he''s not home. We are actually forcing ourselves to come here without any kind of promise, after all." "No way!" Lexia was disappointed by Luna''s words. But Luna had a point, and there was a good chance that he was not home. But in this case, the absence depended on whether it was because he was present in the other world where Lexia and the others lived or because he was back to his original world¡­ Earth. They came all the way to his house, but there was nothing they could do if he weren''t here, so they had no choice but to leave. "©¤©¤You''ve come to the right place, little girls." "Eh?" When Lexia and the others turned around, there was Ouma smiling at them. Chapter 165 - Book 8: Epilogue Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy Part 4 (©¤©¤Haah!) "Kuh!" I blocked Drade''s blow with my [Absolute Spear]¡­ b-but his attack was heavy! As I was blown away, Drade yawned as if he was bored. (Hmph. I was expecting a little bit more from you, but¡­ I guess this is all you can do.) "Biiiiiiiiiiii!" And then, as if to say, "Where are you looking?" Ciel charged at Drade, but Drade just took one look at Ciel and waved his arm lightly. At that moment, a mysterious cage appeared around Ciel, trapping him in place. "Ciel!?" "Pi!? Pii!" In an attempt to destroy the cage, Ciel immediately wrapped his body in blue flames and rushed at the cage, but©¤©¤ "Pii!" Just as Ciel was about to charge, some force pulled him back to the center of the cage. After that, Ciel moved around several times trying to get out but couldn''t reach the cage before he was pulled back to the center. "Pii! Pii!" (Useless. It is a cage that utilizes universal gravitation. Once inside, it can never be broken from the inside. I was watching the fight earlier¡­ and I had never seen your power before. I''m going to take you home and study your abilities to the fullest.) "Wha¡­? Ciel!" In order to save Ciel, I ran towards the cage, but Drade came around before me. (Don''t even think about saving your friends with me in front of you, okay?) "Get out of my waaaaay!" I released all of my limiters and unleashed the power of the [Holy King''s Authority], the power of Evil, and the [Magic Armor]. (Wha!? You''ve still been hiding your power¡­!) In order to save Ciel as quickly as possible, I used a variety of Holy techniques to attack Drade. Drade managed to survive my attack, but his body had sustained several wounds. (Kuh¡­! No way this is¡­!) "Backup. Yuuya, I''m here to help!" (I''m here too!) "Grrrrrr¡­ Guoooo!" Furthermore, in coordination with me, Yuti and the others started attacking at once, but Drade shouted and released all his energy to prevent Yuti and the others from attacking. (Nuooooooaaaaaa!) Yuti and the others, who''s attacks were negated, couldn''t help but let out a word of surprise. "Amazing¡­ he prevented that?" (This is the class of a Dragonia planet commander¡­!) (This is not enough¡­ to stop me!) "Then how about this!" In response to the rough breathing Drade, I switched the [Absolute Spear] to [Omni-Sword] and unleashed a technique handed down from Iris-san! "[Heavenly Saint Slash]!" The attack, which was a truly all-out effort, became a dazzling slash of light high in the sky and swung down on Drade. However©¤©¤. (Guh¡­ Don''t underestimate the Dragonias!) When Drade crossed his arms, a barrier of some sort appeared, blocking my attack head-on! And in the end, it prevented me from landing the blow which was made with all my might. "No way¡­ Kuh!" (¡­Looks like that was the best you can do, huh?) As a matter of fact, even Drade was not unscathed, and although he had wounds all over his body, he stood firm while I fell to my knees, feeling tremendously fatigued from the recoil of the [Holy King''s Authority]. Moreover, there were still several spaceships floating in the sky, and many Dragonia aliens were still inside them. (Come on, Dragonia elites! Start the invasion!) (Uoooooooooooo!) Then, behind Drade, there was a legion of Dragonia aliens rushing towards me. "Predicament. That number is indeed¡­" "Wow." I''m sure they are not the cloned soldiers we''ve been dealing with, but real, well-trained soldiers. (The winner is decided. Then, I''ll take that creature.) "Woof¡­!" "Pi! Pii!" I desperately tried to move my body to save Ciel, but the recoil of the [Holy King''s Authority] prevented me from moving my body as I wanted. In fact, if this continues, instead of being killed by Drade, we will be killed by those soldiers. There was no reinforcement for us, and it was at this moment that I thought it was going to end©¤©¤. Permission to pass through the door is requested. Do you wish to grant permission? "Permission to pass¡­ the door?" I read the message that suddenly appeared in front of me in a daze. "Y-yes." I nodded in reflex, not entirely understanding what it meant. Then©¤©¤. "©¤©¤[Heavenly Saint Slash]!" (©¤©¤[Violent Wind Legs]!) (Hmm? ©¤©¤Wha!?) Suddenly, two attacks struck the soldiers of Dragonia aliens. They were accompanied by voices I knew well. I turned my gaze toward the voice and was stunned. Because¡­ "W-why¡­ Why are the masters here?" "©¤©¤We''re finally here!" (©¤©¤What''s with that mess? Yuuya.) To my surprise, Iris-san and Master Usagi appeared here! No way, was the permission for that door¡­ about Iris-san and the others? However, the door is in Sage-san''s house. Normally, it should not even be possible to find¡­ "How did you get here?" "My dear apprentice is in trouble. It''s only natural to come to the rescue, isn''t it?" (Hah¡­ Just ignore what she''s saying. The only reason we''re here is because the Genesis Dragon invited us in.) "Eh, Ouma-san?" I turned my gaze to the house and saw Ouma-san lying down as usual at the entrance. When he noticed my gaze, he opened one eye and grinned. (Wha!?) "Eh?" While I was moved by Ouma-san''s help, I heard Drade''s impatient voice, so I looked back again. Then, to my surprise, the cage that Ciel was trapped in came flying towards me, floating in midair! sea??h th§× N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I hurriedly caught it. Then I noticed that there was a thin thread wrapped around the cage that I couldn''t see unless I strained my eyes. This is¡­ "I''m not as dependable as the Sword Saint or the Kicking Saint, but I''m here too!" "Luna!" "Yuuya-sama! Me! I''m here too!" "Eeeh? Le-Lexia-san is here too!" I can''t hide my surprise at the members of the other world group that appear one after another. And finally, Kagurazaka-san was looking around with an indescribable expression on her face. "Hey¡­ is this really Japan? It''s not even Japan; it doesn''t even look like Earth¡­" "Err¡­ well¡­" As I wondered how I should respond to Kagurazaka-san''s words, Master Usagi, who had moved to stand next to me, spoke up. (We''ll talk later. Are those people over there ©¤©¤ your enemies?) "Y-yes!" When Master Usagi heard my answer, he smiled ferociously. U-um, Master? No matter how I look at it, it''s the kind of smile that herbivores don''t do¡­? (Fuh¡­ this is just right. Thanks to you, we, the Holy, didn''t know what to do with our power. But if those are your enemies, then I''ll repay my debt to you here. You can use me to your heart''s content.) "Yuuya-kun, it''s the same for me. If they are your enemies, they are also my enemies as your master. Let''s fight together." "Master Usagi, Iris-san¡­" When I had finally recovered enough to move, I stood up with all my strength and broke the cage that had trapped Ciel. "Ciel, stay with Ouma-san and the others!" "Pi! Pii!" When I tried to lower Ciel to safety, Ciel fiercely opposed me, but now that I knew Ciel was being targeted, I couldn''t let Ciel fight. I picked up Ciel and went over to Lexia-san and the others and left Ciel with Lexia-san. "Lexia-san, can you take care of Ciel for me?" "Yes, of course. But¡­ is Yuuya-sama going to be okay?" Lexia-san''s concern was understandable. I was so tired that I couldn''t move a moment ago. But I''m fine now. After all, a reassuring ally has arrived. After leaving Ciel in Lexia-san''s care, I faced Drade and his men once again. "Master Usagi, Iris-san! Please lend me your strength." (©¤©¤Fine!) "©¤©¤Yes!" The two of them ran out as soon as they replied and jumped into the crowd of Dragonia soldiers at once! (Kuh! What can they do with just a few more people! Kill them all!" (Oooooohhhh!) The enemy soldiers also shouted and rushed towards Master Usagi and the others, but there was no urgency in their expressions. (I don''t know what they are saying, but they are sure making light of us.) "That''s right. We can''t afford to lose to people who aren''t Evil." Iris-san held her sword low and slashed it up with great force. "©¤©¤[Heavenly Rotation]!" A tornado of slashes was generated, and it engulfed the soldiers of the Dragonia planet, cutting them up one after another. ([Breaking Kick Flash]!) Master Usagi pulled his legs to the limit of his body and released them at once. At that moment, a blow of extreme compression was released from Master Usagi''s leg, piercing through the Dragonia aliens who were rushing towards him in an attempt to corner him. In addition, the aftermath of this technique pierced not only the soldiers around him but also the spaceship that was floating in midair. Seeing the actions of Master Usagi and the others, Merl-san, who had never seen the other world group before, was stunned and muttered. (A-amazing¡­ that they could so easily defeat those formidable Dragonia aliens¡­) "W-well, those two are special, after all." Then, like Merl-san, Drade, who had witnessed the strength of the other world group for the first time, opened his eyes. (Ridiculous¡­ nonsense¡­!? What the hell are these people?) "©¤©¤Your opponent is me¡­!" (Nnh!) I left the other Dragonia aliens to Master Usagi, Merl-san, and the others for the moment, and I attacked Drade. Drade immediately crossed his arms, as he had done when he received my [Heavenly Saint Slash], and deployed what looked like a barrier to intercept my [Omni-Sword], but the barrier was easily cut through by the [Omni-Sword]. (W-what!?) I see¡­ When I think about it, Holy was originally a power to counter Evil, and this weapon has a non-standard power that I originally inherited from Sage-san¡­! While [Heavenly Saint Slash] attacks the opponent with the blade of light created by the power of the Holy, now I''m using the original power of Sage-san''s [Omni-Sword] that can cut anything. So even if it were just a normal attack, Drade''s barrier would have been sliced through. However, Drade quickly distanced himself from it, just as his arm was about to be cut in half. (What¡­ What is that weapon? I''m pretty sure I blocked your attack with that weapon earlier! But why is it that when you''re weakened, your attack¡­?) It would be a confusing situation for Drade. If looking at the power alone, it is obvious that I have weakened because I don''t have the physical strengthening of the [Holy King''s Authority]. I myself was exhausted and not as strong as I was before. However, Sage-san''s weapons have more power than that. I thanked Sage-san once again for leaving these weapons to me and held up the [Omni-Sword]. "I''m going to beat you here." (Stop being cocky, you lowlife creatures¡­! The Earth you live on, and the annihilation weapons of planet Amel! All of it! All of it will belong to us, the Dragonias!) Drade charged, shouting and thrusting out the spear in his hand. However, the attack was not as refined as the first time. "[Spiral Slash]! [Unparalleled War Dance]! [Twilight Slash]!" In response to Drade, I unleashed all of the techniques of the Sword Saint that Iris-san had unleashed when she was cooking. But even with that attack, Drade was able to handle it and counterattacked. (I can''t lose¡­ I''m the commander of the Dragonia planet! I will not be defeated!) "©¤©¤I won''t lose either!" (Wha?) While I was attacking Drade, I instantly switched from the [Omni-Sword] to the [Absolute Spear]. Drade had been responding to my sword attacks up until now, so he couldn''t immediately respond to the spear attack that I switched to in an instant. I made sure not to let that gap slip away. "!?" In the next moment, something strange happened to my body. I had been fighting with only my energy and no longer had the strength to use the [Holy King''s Authority], but suddenly a golden aura, the same as the [Holy King''s Authority], overflowed from my body. And that''s not all. Along with the.golden aura¡­ I was also clad in a silver aura that I had never seen before. I-I''m not sure what this power is¡­ but I know that the golden aura is the Holy power. I felt the pure power of the Holy from this golden aura, even more so than when I activated the [Holy King''s Authority]. And this silver power is similar to the¡­ Evil¡­? It''s essence was also more pure than that of Kuro and Avis¡­ Well, this is not a superficial Evil power of only hatred, but a pure Evil that is necessary in the world¡­ I was confused by the suddenness of the situation, but then I thought of the [Holy and Evil Creation] that Argena-san had given me. Could it be¡­ this is the true power of¡­ [Holy and Evil Creation]©¤©¤? (What kind of power is that¡­? Where did you get that kind of power¡­?) "! Uoooooohhh!" Taking advantage of this opportunity, I unleashed my most powerful attack on Drade. Drade tried to block the attack somehow, but Sage-san''s weapon, the [Absolute Spear], had pierced everything, including Drade as well. (Kahah¡­) Drade spat out what appeared to be blue blood, different from that of humans. (No, way¡­ this me, is losing©¤©¤) He fell down, and for a moment, the surroundings went silent. And then©¤©¤. (Co-commander has been defeated¡­!) (U-uwaaaaaaa!) (R-retreat! Report to the main ship immediately¡­!) (Recover the commander! We need to deactivate the subspace and retreat immediately!) The Dragonia aliens hurriedly fled disorderly into their spaceships and flew away. As all the spaceships disappeared from this mysterious space, the space itself which was distorted at the same time returned to the original Earth. Epilogue We defeated the Dragonia aliens. Immediately after that mysterious space was dispersed, the streets immediately returned to the familiar streets as usual, and we hurried back into the house. Fortunately, there weren''t that many people near my house, so it didn''t cause any commotion, but it would have been a surprise just to see someone suddenly appear, and anyone would have been surprised to see a person with a sword and another clearly dressed like a princess. That''s why we went back to my house before we created a ruckus¡­ Everyone was looking around my house with curiosity. So I decided to ask them questions one by one. "U-um¡­ why did you come to my house?" "¡­Sorry, it was my fault." "Eh? Kagurazaka-san''s fault?" Then, an unexpected person answered, and as my eyes widened, Kagurazaka-san told me somewhat awkwardly. "Um¡­ I told Lexia-san and the others that you live in the same world as me. So in the adventurer''s guild, we heard about a love potion. So, when we went to the forest to look for the ingredients for the love potion, we happened to meet Iris-san and the others, who I also told that you were from the same world as mine. And then we all decided to go talk to you¡­" "I-I see¡­" It was true that if someone had asked Kagurazaka-san about me, they would have known at once that I was from a different world. It''s not like I asked Kagurazaka-san to keep quiet about it, so it was probably just a matter of time before someone found out. After I understood the reason why everyone was here, I touched on something in Kagurazaka-san''s words that bothered me. "Even so¡­ Is there such a thing as a love potion¡­?" "I was surprised, too. And it''s for you©¤©¤." ""Aaaaahhhh!"" "!?" As soon as Kagurazaka-san was about to say something, Lexia-san and Iris-san covered Kagurazaka-san''s mouth with unbelievable speed. W-what is it? "Ma-Ma?! You can''t say that!" "T-that''s right! As the Sword Saint¡­ No, it will affect my reputation as the master!" "B-but©¤©¤." "But there''s nothing to say! It''s not a problem. This is an order from a princess, okay?" "I can''t do that here! O-okay¡­" The conversation seemed to be over, with Kagurazaka-san somewhat limp and Lexia-san smiling dryly. "Um¡­ What was that all about?" "I-it''s nothing! It has nothing to do with you, Yuuya-sama!" "Huh¡­" Is it really nothing to do with me? Kagurazaka-san, I thought she was about to say "You" for a moment¡­ However, looking at the two of them, they didn''t seem to be able to answer, so I decided not to pursue the matter any further. Then Iris-san changed the subject. "¡­..Yuuya, you really are from this other world?" "Eh? Ah, yes. That''s right. I mean, I''m sorry for not telling you¡­" "It doesn''t matter! Until we heard about the saint and hero summoning in the country of Regal, we too thought that other worlds were something from fairy tales!" (It''s true. In fact, I was able to see the other world for a moment just now, but it was different from the world we know. It''s just that, Yuuya. It seems to me that the fact that you are special is no different in this world¡­) "I-is that so?" "Yes. I''ve been looking around for signs of life, but none of them are as strong as yours." Apparently, they were able to find out that much in just a few moments before entering the house. These two people are amazing¡­ Master Usagi had been looking around the house for a while when he suddenly stood up. (Well¡­ there are many questions I want to ask you, but for now, let''s go back for today.) "Eh?" "Ara? You''re leaving already?" Iris-san was also looking at Master Usagi curiously, but Master Usagi frowned. (What do you mean, you have nothing to do with it? You guys are going back too.) ""Eeh? W-why?"" At Master Usagi''s words, Iris-san and Lexia-san raised their voices. But Master Usagi''s stance did not change. (Is there anything else you can do about it? Looking at Yuuya''s condition, at least he needs some rest. Can''t you even understand that?) "¡­Indeed, when we arrived, Yuuya was completely wounded¡­" Luna also nodded to Master Usagi''s words, and both Lexia-san and Iris-san were at a loss for words. Master Usagi let out a sigh to the two, who were still somewhat dissatisfied. (Hah¡­ It''s not like it''s a goodbye. In any case, you''re going to explain this, including what happened this time. Do you mind, Yuuya?) "Y-yes. I''m fine with it." (Right, that''s it. Let''s get back home.) ""Ugh¡­ yes."" Both Lexia-san and Iris-san reacted in the same way and went straight to the storage room where the door was. As soon as I was about to follow them and see them off, Merl-san, who had been silently listening to the conversation, raised her voice. (U-um¡­!) "Merl-san?" Unfortunately, Merl-san''s words were only understood by me, but Master Usagi and the others all stopped as one of the people they were interested in spoke up. Then Merl-san told us in a language that was not very clear to everyone. (Our¡­ our planet, please save us¡­!) These words were not only for me but for everyone present. Chapter 166 - Book 8: Afterword Thanks for your support, it''s really means a lot to me, and also, it was a nice ride, I hope you all can enjoy this as much as me ???? I heard that vol 9 would be released at 20th October, so yeah, maybe I will pick up another novel to replace this one (I won''t drop it, it''s just the replacement while waiting for vol 9 to be released). so let me know if someone have any good novel in mind, I will pick the one that interest me the most ???? Here''s the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for reading this book. I''m Miku, the author. I feel like I''m saying the same thing every time, but this is already the eighth volume over this very short period. I would like to thank all the readers who have been reading my work. Thank you very much. In the midst of this difficult situation that has been continuing since last year, I hope that this work has become one of the things that you are looking forward to. Now, about this story, Ouma was finally able to take a walk outside the house on Earth. However, it can''t be just a normal walk, and even on Earth, Ouma showed off his full power. Other than that, there was a full-scale alien attack, and their technological power was overwhelming¡­ Kaori''s sister also made an appearance, and I think this volume had a lot going for it. S~ea??h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. While a lot of things were happening in the real world, in the other world, Usagi and the others came to Yuuya''s house; Yuuya went on an adventure to the planet''s core to find the energy that will power Merl''s spaceship, and so on¡­ And after, Ouma, Usagi, Iris, Lexia, and the rest of the people from the other world had all come to Earth in this volume. I can''t exactly say that they''d come to Earth properly yet, but I''m sure they''ll be there soon¡­ I have no idea how this story is going to turn out, but I''m relieved that it''s now finished. I''m just relieved that it''s finished. But I''m going to have to worry about what to do with the next volume again¡­ When I read about the technology of Merl and the other aliens again, I think it''s a mess, but at the same time, I feel like they can actually do things like this. As usual, I don''t have any idea what to do with the next volume, but I think I was able to bring out a lot of elements in this volume that will allow me to expand the story. Next time, it might be interesting to have Lexia, and the others tour the Earth properly or focus on the real world. I don''t know how it will turn out until I start writing it. I hope you and I can look forward to seeing how the next volume will turn out. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge for his help again. I''d like to thank Reine Kuwashima-sama for the wonderful illustrations that make my work so gorgeous every time. I would also like to express my heartfelt gratitude to all the readers who have enjoyed this book. Thank you very much. See you soon. Chapter 167 - Book 9: Prologue Here''s the prologue, please enjoy~ Prologue (Please save us¡­ please save our planet!) Thanks to Ouma-san''s help, Master Usagi, Iris-san and the others arrived, and we managed to defeat the Dragonias'' army. Merl-san, who witnessed the abilities of Master Usagi and the others here, called out to them. However¡­ (¡­Hey, Yuuya. What is that woman there saying?) "Eh?" When I looked closely, not only Master Usagi but also Iris-san and the others were staring at Merl-san with puzzled expressions. Come to think of it, Merl-san''s words weren''t understood by Yuti either, so the only people who could understand Merl-san''s words here were just Ouma-san and me. So, for now, I''m just going to tell Master Usagi and the others exactly what Merl-san said. At the same time, I also explained to them about this matter from the beginning. After listening to the shortened, but complete series of events, Master Usagi and the others had indescribable expressions on their faces. (¡­I thought they were a bunch of incomprehensible people, but I didn''t expect them to be inhabitants of outer space¡­) "I thought their equipment looked unfamiliar¡­" "¡­The other world alone is an extraordinary situation for me, but now we have aliens¡­ who are you really?" Kagurazaka-san gave me a stare, but¡­ I''m not particularly eager to get into all kinds of trouble too, you know¡­ (¡­Oh well. For the time being, I understand the contents of the conversation. So what are you going to do about it¡­?) "Of course I''ll help her!" (You idiot. Think about it a little. In all likelihood, we won''t have enough strength on our own. That''s not the only opponent, is it?) When I conveyed Master Usagi''s question directly to Merl-san, she nodded with a nervous expression. (If that''s the case, we are still lacking in strength. We need at least one person who is as strong as Iris and me.) "If you say it''s someone equal to Master Usagi and Iris-san, it would be¡­ another Holy, right? But will they cooperate with us¡­?" In fact, the Fist Saint and Spear Saint had fallen to the Evil as Fallen Saints. In addition, it seemed that the Fist Saint had been going around beating the other Holy¡­ But¡­ (I don''t know if I should say we''re lucky, but I have a guess.) "Right¡­ As Yuuya said, the numbers of the Holy itself have indeed been drastically reduced. But it''s also true that there are still some Holy left. Usagi and I were just on our way to meet him." "R-really?" (Yeah. It''s not just that guy; I also had to tell the other Holy that the Evil has been defeated.) Master Usagi mentioned that after Night and the others defeated Avis, he had to go and report this to the other Holy¡­ "Who is this Holy that you mentioned¡­?" (©¤©¤"The Magic Saint") £ª£ª£ª When Yuuya and the others had defeated the Dragonia aliens on Earth, there was a new movement in the other world. "©¤©¤The time of resurrection is near." At the far end of the world, where people don''t live, and monsters don''t exist, there is ©¤©¤ [The World''s Disposal Ground]. In the past, this was the base of operations for the Evil that Yuuya and the others defeated, and it was originally a place where people did not exist. But now, there were countless groups of people in [The World''s Disposal Ground]. All of them wore black robes and hoods to hide their faces. Among them, one man in a particularly gorgeous robe spread his hands and spoke eloquently. "Foolish mortals seem to think that our God is dead, but¡­ that is not true! Our God is now awakening with a new power!" "Right!" "Our God is immortal!" The group of people who were fanatical to any extent radiated a negative emotion¡­ an emotion that was close to Evil. They were the very group that believed in Evil as the only absolute God. As the words of the surrounding believers heated up, the group leader raised his hand, and the crowd instantly quieted down. "I understand the anger of our people painfully¡­ They thought they hurt and destroyed our God. But hear me! They would never expect this. They would never have crossed their minds that our God would be resurrected by the skill of a sage who had once destroyed our God as well!" The man who shouted this held up a piece of paper in his hand. "[Swapping Time Magic]¡­ Fufufu. I never thought this kind of magic existed. With this magic, we can resurrect our God from the past!" "Oh! Founder! Let''s use that magic right now!" One after another, the believers appealed for the use of this magic. But the man who was called the founder appeased them. "Hold on. I''d certainly like to use this magic right now, but¡­ I''m afraid it comes at a price." "A price? Whatever the price is, we will pay it!" "Yes. But don''t be so hasty. This magic works by replacing a person from this period with a being from a past period." "Then let''s replace it with one of us¡­!" As the believers raise their hands in sacrifice for the resurrection of God, the founder laughs. "There is no need to sacrifice my people. I have already selected the target." "W-who''s that?" "What, it''s simple¡­ I will use the same being who destroyed our God." The believers'' eyes widened at the founder''s words. "The magic that the abominable sage left behind is, as I said before, magic that replaces an existence of the past with an existence of the present. And this time, as well as in the past with the sage, our God has been defeated¡­ Our God who has become the ultimate perfection should not have been defeated by the Holy of this age." "S-so, who the hell is responsible for our God''s destruction?" "I''m not sure about the details, but¡­ our God was defeated on his way to the [Great Devil''s Nest]. At the same time, there was a rumor circulating in the Alceria Kingdom. A rumor that a person was living in the [Great Devil''s Nest]." "!?" Everyone present widened their eyes at the founder''s words. That''s how dangerous the [Great Devil''s Nest] was, and it''s difficult to believe that there were people living there. "I understand your surprise. I couldn''t believe it either, but¡­ it seems that the person who lives in the [Great Devil''s Nest] is a close friend of the first princess of the Alceria Kingdom. It''s been confirmed that the first princess often takes a small number of guards with her to the [Great Devil''s Nest] and heads there ¨C maybe this is why. In that [Great Devil''s Nest]¡­ if she goes this far, there''s no doubt that someone lives there." "T-then you''re saying that this person destroyed our God?" "¡­It''s a possibility." The believers were silent at the founder''s words. Naturally, the believers did not doubt that Evil was the most potent and most supreme existence, but they still perceived the [Great Devil''s Nest] as a dangerous place. There was no such thing as an ordinary being living there. But¡­ "That''s why I''m going to use that being." "!" The believers opened their eyes to the founder who was smiling fearlessly. "If that being has defeated our God, it could very well be an obstacle to our God after the resurrection. But what if we sacrifice that being to resurrect our God?" "Then¡­ there will be no more obstacles to our long-cherished desire!" The believers'' eyes lit up at the founder''s words. "That''s right. But in order to do so, we must find out the identity of the person living in the [Great Devil''s Nest]¡­ It will be a dangerous path, but will you lend me your strength?" "Yes! For the sake of our God¡­!" ©¤©¤And so, in a place unknown to Yuuya and the others, a new agenda began to unfold. £ª£ª£ª Meanwhile, in the Regal Kingdom, King Orghis decided on a matter at an important meeting of his vassals. "¡­I''ll open the [King''s Council]." "Your Majesty!" The vassals were surprised by Orghis'' statement. The [King''s Council] that Orghis announced was literally a meeting where the Kings of the world would gather. Since it was a conference of a very large scale, with the gathering of the Kings of the world, it could not be held so easily. There were countries that have taken an aggressive stance against other countries, so if they tried to hold a meeting with inappropriate content, the position of the Regal Kingdom would be adversely affected, and in the worst-case scenario, the Regal Kingdom might come under concentrated fire from many countries. Even so, there was a reason why Orghis wanted to hold the council. "As you all know, the Evil has attacked our country in its full form. And even the Sword Saint Iris-dono and the Kicking Saint Usagi-dono were helpless against the perfect Evil¡­ this a situation we can no longer handle alone." "T-that''s¡­" "B-but that would mean that other countries would have to know about Mai-dono''s existence!" ©¤©¤Orghis, who did not know that the Evil had already been destroyed by Yuuya and the others, heated up at the discussion. As one of the vassals said, the Regal Kingdom had summoned an existence called Mai from another world, using a skill left behind by the sage ¨C a skill that was banned by the world. And, as Orghis said, in order to gain the cooperation of other countries to fight against the Evil, there was no way to avoid telling them about Mai. Even if it was unavoidable in order to fight against Evil, it was obvious that it would be condemned. ©¤©¤However, no matter how serious the discussion was, the Evil did not exist anymore because it had already been defeated. The only things that exist now were the Evil Beast. Orghis, who didn''t know this, nodded firmly with a grim expression on his face. "I''ve been prepared for this from the beginning. I will accept the blame from other countries. It would be a small price to pay if the world could unite with only us being blamed." "Your Majesty¡­" "¡­It''s inconvenient for everyone. I should be the only one to take all the blame¡­" "No, Your Majesty. We agree with the decision that you made. We feel bad for the person involved, but if we didn''t do this, it would be the end of our country¡­ no, humanity would end!" As if sympathizing with the vassal who spoke up, the other vassals nodded with serious expressions. Everyone in the room clearly understood that the power of this world ¨C the power of the Holy ¨C was not enough to handle the tremendous power of Avis, because they had seen it firsthand. ©¤©¤The only thing was that Avis, the person they needed to defeat, no longer exists in this world. After looking over each of the vassals'' faces, Orghis nodded firmly. "Everyone¡­ I appreciate your support. Then let''s get to work. These days, the movement of the cult that worships the Evil has become more and more active¡­" "¡­It has been a disturbing presence for some time, but now finally?" The cult that Orghis was talking about was a group that believed in Evil. Although they have never been involved in any kind of terrorist activity before, they still needed to be more vigilant because you never know what they might plan to do now that Avis, the ultimate perfect form of Evil, had been born. ©¤©¤As mentioned many times already, Avis was already dead. In other words, they were now having a very serious discussion about someone who did not exist. As the vassals who received Orghis'' instructions immediately began to move to deliver the letters to the various countries, Orghis sank deeper into his chair. "There are many things that I have to inform them¡­ about Evil, about Mai-dono. It''s not something that is easily believable, but if I can get Lexia-dono, who knows about the situation, to join me, things will be different. It''s unusual to invite a princess to the King''s Council, but¡­ it can''t be helped now." Orghis quickly put together a plan for the future in his mind and waited for Lexia''s return. £ª£ª£ª (Your Majesty! Commander of the Third Division, Drade-sama, has returned!) (Let him through!) The Third Division was defeated in the battle against Yuuya and has retreated. Although the unit commander, Drade, was receiving medical treatment aboard the ship during his return, his wounds were still not completely healed because his ship did not have the same advanced facilities as the mother ship. Still, in order to be the first to announce the existence of the threat of Yuuya, Drade immediately went before Draco III, the king of the Dragonia aliens. After being escorted to Draco III''s room, he stepped forward and prostrated himself with tremendous vigor. (Your Majesty¡­ I shall be punished for this¡­!) (¡­..) Draco III gave him a cold stare and slowly opened his mouth. (What happened?) (Ha¡­ Upon Your Majesty''s order, I immediately went to the remote planet where the Amelians were hiding out. We were supposed to battle the target Amelians, but we ended up fighting¡­ their collaborators¡­ and we were defeated..) (Collaborators?) Draco III raised his eyebrows slightly. (Was there anyone else in this universe besides the planet Amel who would be foolish enough to stand up to us? Or were there others who had already shown their reverence and were hiding and secretly building up their forces?) (N-no, that''s¡­ we were defeated by the humans of the planet where the target ¨C the Amelians ¨C were hiding out¡­) (What did you say?) Draco III couldn''t believe his ears at Drade''s report. S§×ar?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. He had thought that they controlled the entire universe except for the planet Amel, so he hadn''t expected to find any threatening beings outside of Amel. Of course, when they found out that Merl was hiding on Earth, they also investigated the planet, and they knew that with the level of technology on Earth and the fighting power of the people living there, there was no way that the Dragonias could be defeated. That''s why he couldn''t believe that people from that planet had defeated Drade. (It''s hard to believe. Are you saying that Amel has succeeded in developing a new weapon?) Draco III was more inclined to believe that the Amelians had created a new weapon that the Dragonias did not know about and that the Earthlings had used it to defeat Drade. Draco III was silent for a while, but then he turned his gaze to Drade again. Sensing the gaze on his skin, Drade shrunk even more and rubbed his forehead against the ground. (Y-you can punish me any way you want!) (I don''t care about your will. Normally, I''d ask you to disappear, but¡­ I can''t afford to have my forces diminished here.) (¡­..) (You were the bravest of all our Dragonias. If you are defeated, it will affect the morale of our nation. But at the same time, we can''t let those who are helping the Amelians go unchecked. Once you''ve healed your wounds, the Third Division should capture the Amelians and their collaborators as soon as possible!) (Ha! Thank you for your generous offer¡­!) Drade bowed once more and stared into the void as he exited the room. (Just wait for me¡­ and I will pay you back for this wound¡­!) ©¤©¤Thus, various parties began to move. Chapter 168 - Book 1: Part 1 Sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 "Um¡­ are you sure this is okay?" "Of course!" After that, Master Usagi went back to the other world to recruit a person called the "Magic Saint" into our group. In the first place, Master Usagi was on his way to tell the other Holy and their disciples that Night and the others had defeated Evil, and Iris-san was accompanying him. On the way, they happened to meet up with Lexia-san and the others, which was how they heard about me from Kagurazaka-san, so they came to the Sage-san''s house in the other world to confirm the truth. Just as I was fighting the Dragonias on Earth, they decided to join me. So, now that the Dragonias had been defeated, he needed to return and explain the situation to the Holy, but Iris-san didn''t go with him and stayed here. And©¤©¤©¤. "Heh! So this is Yuuya-sama''s house, huh!" "It''s very different from our world¡­ Mai, is this the way houses are generally built in this world?" "Well, yes. Although there are a few things missing¡­" It''s not just Iris-san, but Lexia-san and others had also remained here. It''s not surprising that Kagurazaka-san, who was originally from Earth, was still here, but I wonder if it''s okay for a princess like Lexia-san to be in a place like this? I thought about Owen-san, one of Lexia-san''s guards, who was not here at the moment. Then, Iris-san said with a serious expression. "In fact¡­ Merl-san, was it? Considering what Yuuya-kun told me about her, I''m worried that this place will be targeted again. But right now, Yuuya is still damaged from the previous battle, and if that happens, we''re worried about your current strength. That''s why we stayed behind." "I see¡­" "That''s right! So don''t worry about it, Yuuya-sama!" "¡­Well, I don''t know what Lexia can do, but I''ll help you in my own way." "Hey, Luna! I''ll do anything if I have to!" "Thank you very much, everyone¡­" I bowed my head towards Lexia-san and the others who said they were worried about me and would help me. And then Merl-san, who was watching the situation, also bowed her head along with me. (Me too¡­ I''d like to thank you for your help as well.) "Hey, raise your head! We''re only helping you because we want to help Yuuya-kun. Even so¡­ it''s strange to look at Merl-san''s outfit again. In addition to all of the things in your world that we don''t have, there are also different designs and¡­ different languages, so it''s a little difficult to communicate with her¡­" As Iris-san said this, I suddenly asked Merl-san. "You know, Iris-san just said that it''s hard for her to communicate with Merl-san because she doesn''t understand your language. Isn''t it possible to somehow communicate with her using Amelian''s technology?" (I didn''t pay attention to it until now because it was working for Yuuya-san¡­ Indeed, it should be possible. Please wait a moment.) As Merl-san said this, she operated the terminal attached to her left hand, and after a while, an electronic sound played. (¡­I have just sent the language information of my planet to everyone here. What do you think?) Then, in response to Merl-san''s words, not only Iris-san, Lexia-san and the others, but also Yuti, who had been with her until now, was surprised. "Astonished. I can suddenly understand Merl''s words now." "This is¡­ It''s not like magic, and I didn''t feel any magic at all¡­" Lexia-san and Luna seemed to be surprised, but the most surprised one was Kagurazaka-san. "No way, you can understand the language just by operating the terminal earlier? Isn''t that insanely convenient! With that, I won''t ever get a red mark on my English test again¡­!" "Eh?" "Oh, i-it''s nothing! Forget what you just heard!" "Y-yes." All I could do was nod to Kagurazaka-san, whose face had turned bright red as she told me that. While we were having this conversation, Lexia-san, who had been looking around the inside of the house with great interest, raised her voice. "Hey, hey, Yuuya-sama! I''d really like to see the world where you live!" "Eeh?" "Ara, I''m curious about that, too." "T-that''s¡­" "Hey, Lexia. Don''t bother Yuuya too much¡­ Well, I''d be lying if I said it didn''t interest me, though." "Luna too¡­" But, as Lexia-san said, I can understand why they are concerned about this world. That''s what happened with Yuti and Ouma-san, too¡­ Then Iris-san continued with a slightly serious expression. "Of course, it''s partly out of curiosity, but it''s also to get an idea of the surroundings in case those people come back to attack you. Well, it seems that we were isolated in a strange space at that time, but it can''t be like that every time, can it?" "I-I see." If she said that, I would think so, but¡­ I didn''t know the details either. I''m not a professional fighter myself, even if I got involved in various things lately and had to fight. "I understand. I don''t have a problem showing you around the Earth, but¡­" "What''s wrong?" When I hesitated, Iris-san and the others tilted their heads. But Kagurazaka-san, who understood what I was trying to say, spoke for me. "Um¡­ the problem is the way Lexia and the others are dressed, isn''t it?" "Eeh? O-our clothes?" "Yes. No one on Earth dresses like a princess." It''s just as Kagurazaka-san said. Although Lexia-san was wearing an outfit that was a bit more comfortable to move around in, it still looked like a princess dress, and Luna''s outfit was not as flashy as a dress, but it looked like it could be considered cosplay. And Iris-san, too, not only had on her the same kind of cosplay as Luna, but she also had a magnificent sword hanging from her waist. "Besides¡­ Lexia-san and the others may be able to change their outfits, but Iris-san''s sword is definitely no good¡­" "Eeeh? What do you mean by no sword? What are you going to do if you get attacked in that condition?" "Um¡­ our world isn''t as dangerous as yours, so there''s no need to carry weapons around¡­" It''s not a completely safe place, of course, but still, compared to other worlds, Japan''s security was much better. It''s not like there are monsters out there that would kill you for no reason. When Iris-san and the others heard what Kagurazaka-san and I had said, they looked incredulous and surprised. "No way¡­ I can''t believe we''re in a world where we don''t need to carry any weapons¡­" "That''s a little hard to believe¡­" "But now that you mention it, I understand a little more. When I first came to this world and investigated the surroundings a little, I thought that no one gave off as strong a presence as you did, but it''s not that you were special; it''s just that this world itself is peaceful, so there was no strong presence¡­" "W-wait! Then we can not look around your world?" "H-hmm¡­ To be honest, I don''t know what will happen to Lexia and the others since you''ll probably stand out, but¡­ as long as you change your clothes, it''ll be a little better, right?" Kagurazaka-san said with an indescribable expression on her face; it is true that Lexia-san and the others would stand out¡­ Lexia-san had the elegance of a princess, and Luna and Iris-san each had a different aura. "If that''s the case, then¡­ Mai! Can you prepare the clothes of this world for us?" "Eeh?" "If we do that, then we can take a look around Yuuya-sama''s world, right? So, please!" Kagurazaka-san was confused when she was asked to do so, but overpowered by Lexia-san''s pleading gaze and Iris-san and Luna''s expectant gaze, she nodded. "I-I understand! But I don''t know anything about fashion, so don''t complain about what I bought you!" "Thank you, Mai! Of course!" Lexia-san was overjoyed and hugged Kagurazaka-san. "Good grief¡­ Then I need to find out your clothing size¡­ Wait, you, get out of this room." "Y-yes!" I nodded to Kagurazaka-san''s words and hurriedly left the room. £ª£ª£ª ©¤©¤How did this happen? "Well then, Yuuya-kun! You''re still recovering, so take it easy and get some rest!" "Yuuya-sama! Please wait for my homemade cooking!" "¡­Yuuya, don''t worry. It''s not just me this time, but Iris-sama will also be present. The two of us will be able to control Lexia¡­ Sorry, that might be impossible¡­" "Don''t just give up like that!" Currently, the situation was that Kagurazaka-san, who measured each size, had just left to go shopping to prepare clothes for Lexia-san and the others to tour the Earth together. If I were to buy clothes for the three of them suddenly, I would have to spend a fair amount of money, but since I could use the features of the [Door to the Other World] to exchange items I had acquired in the other world for cash, I managed to prepare the money. So, when Kagurazaka-san went out to buy clothes for the three of them, to my surprise, Iris-san offered to do the housework for me. "Yuuya-kun, It''s my role as a master to take care of my apprentice! You should get some rest and let this Onee-san take care of you for now!" It was true that I was still exhausted from the battle with Drade, the commander of the Dragonia aliens, so I was grateful for the offer. But as expected, I felt bad and tried to refuse. But then Lexia-san raised her voice. "Iris-sama, please wait! In that case, I''ll take care of Yuuya-sama! Yes, first of all, let''s have a home-cooked meal¡­!" "Ara, that''s exactly what I''ll do. I''ve had Yuuya-kun eat my cooking before, and of course, he said it was delicious." "What did you say? I''ve never cooked for Yuuya-sama before! Let me cook for him this time!" Inspired by Iris-san''s words and seeing Lexia-san''s motivation, Luna also raised her voice in panic. "W-wait! If Lexia is going to do it, then I''m going to do it too! I don''t know what will happen if you leave it to this girl alone! ¡­W-well, I want to take care of Yuuya, too¡­" When I was really grateful that all of them¡­ wanting to do something for me, I suddenly heard a lovely sound. When I looked towards the sound, I saw that Yuti was looking at us with a straight face. "Hungry. I want a good meal." "Right. I''m hungry too." Ouma-san, who had been sleeping disinterestedly until now, sighed and said so, and the three of them began to cook in earnest. I led them to the kitchen of my house, and everything there was strange to them. "T-this is¡­ You can start a fire just by turning the knob, and you can also adjust the heat!?" "This one produces water just by twisting it! And it even has hot water!" "W-what is this box¡­ it''s cold inside!" "B-but I don''t feel any magic in any of them¡­ Could it be that they''re working without magic?" The three of them were amazed by the stove, water supply, and refrigerator, respectively. For me, it''s all very common, but from the point of view of people from the other world, I guess it''s all fresh and strange. I was also surprised when I saw magic for the first time, after all. Merl-san, who was standing next to me watching the three of them amazed by the things in the house, muttered to herself. (Interesting¡­ to be surprised by this level of science and technology when they have so much power¡­) "I think it''s because the type of technology is different from that of the other world." Of course, Merl-san and the others'' technology was out of the norm in comparison. As I was thinking about this, Iris-san, who seemed to have some idea of what was going on in the kitchen and was wearing an apron from the house, started to cook. "There are plenty of spices; I can make anything with this. Well then ©¤©¤©¤ [Twilight Slash]!" "I-Iris-sama!" Lexia-san and Luna were surprised to see Iris-san generously using her skill as a Sword Saint in cooking. But without paying attention to these two, she continued to use her skills one after another to prepare the food. (¡­Really, how can she use that much swordsmanship in her cooking¡­?) Merl-san. I don''t understand that either. Lexia-san was impressed with the way Iris-san handled the ingredients with her amazing sword skills as always, but she quickly came to her senses. "Hah!? I can''t stay like this! I have to get started too¡­ Eii!" (!?) "!?" The moment Lexia-san swung the knife and brought it down with great force, the knife passed right between Merl-san and me in a flash. We both turned around fearfully to see the knife sticking out of the wall. "Ara? Where did the knife go?" I asked fearfully, overhearing the innocent voice of Lexia-san. "Um¡­ Lexia-san? Since then, have you learned how to cook¡­?" "Of course, I learned how to cook! But there''s something strange. I don''t know why the chefs at the castle don''t want me to cook for them. Well, I guess they''re afraid of me because I''m so good!" "¡­Sorry, Yuuya. I can''t stop it¡­!" "Hey, Luna!" If you give up right there, I''m in big trouble! If Luna can''t do it, then I will¡­! I tried to help her, but Lexia-san was stubborn and would not let me help her. "Yuuya-sama! I have to do this myself! Besides, you didn''t let me cook last time either¡­ This is where I have to show you my skills!" sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "Ara, so you cook too, Lexia-chan? Alright, let''s see which one of us can win Yuuya-kun''s stomach!" "Iris-san?" If you say such an incendiary thing©¤©¤©¤. "Yuuya-sama''s stomach¡­ Yes, I''m in for that match! I''m not going to lose to Iris-sama!" "I''m not going to go easy on you just because you''re a princess, you know?" "As you wish!" Sure enough, Lexia-san, inspired by Iris-san''s words, started cooking with even more enthusiasm! "Luna! I want you to stop those two©¤©¤" When I looked at Lexia-san and the others, I turned my gaze to the last resort, Luna, who also had a motivating look on her face. "Fufufu¡­ Well, if that''s the case, I won''t hold back either!" "Lu-Luna?" "''Yuuya! I''ll be cooking for you too, so you can look forward to it!" "Eeeehh?" Luna, who I thought was going to be helping with stopping Lexia-san, had now declared that she will cook too! Moreover, just like Iris-san, she throws the ingredients into the air and cuts them up with her favorite weapon, the thread. "[Unparalleled Dance]!" "Eeiii!" "Haaahh!" The ingredients danced around them, and sometimes the utensils flew through the air as the three of them cooked. (¡­..) "¡­.." Merl-san and I quietly left the kitchen. Chapter 169 - Book 1: Part 2 Here''s the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 Sensing danger, I left the kitchen and played with Night and the others to relieve my fatigue. Then, for some reason, Lexia-san, who had black scorch marks all over her body, came to me with a smile. "Yuuya-sama, it''s ready!" "Err¡­ are those scorch marks¡­?" "Oh, this? Don''t worry! It was just a little mistake!" A little¡­? I was too afraid to ask what happened next, but I didn''t hear any explosions, so I guess it wasn''t too disastrous. Behind Lexia-san, Luna turns white as if she has run out of steam, but she must be okay. Let''s just hope so¡­! "Ah, I have prepared for Night and the others as well, so don''t worry about it!" "W-woof¡­" "Fugo." "Pi?" Night looked somewhat bewildered, as did I. Akatsuki seemed to have realized something from Lexia-san''s appearance and now wore a peaceful expression like a bodhisattva. Ciel is twisting his head curiously as if he still doesn''t understand¡­ W-well, I guess it''s okay¡­! "Fuwaahh¡­ It''s finally done, huh¡­.? Good grief, to make me wait so long¡­" "Limit. My stomach won''t stop rumbling." Ouma-san and Yuti seemed to be unconcerned about Lexia-san''s condition from the start. It''s amazing¡­ Merl-san and I looked at each other, made up our minds, and moved to the dining table. Then, Iris-san had prepared all the dishes and was waiting for us. Originally, my grandfather and grandmother lived in this house together, but since my grandmother passed away, my grandfather had been living alone. I used to come and visit them often, and my grandpa had bought this big table for me to have dinner with him. At the time, I thought the table was too big for the two of us, but my grandpa had taken the trouble to prepare it for me in case my friends came to stay some time. Thanks to this, we were able to have a large group of people around the table: me and Yuti, plus Iris-san, Lexia-san, Luna, and Merl-san. Incidentally, Ouma-san and Night and the others have their own plates and luncheon mats, which they always use to eat their meals. "Oh, you''ve come." "I''m sorry you had to go through all this¡­" "No problem! I already told you, right? It''s the master''s role to take care of the apprentices. But Lexia-chan''s cooking was so creative that it made things difficult." Iris-san told me with a distant look in her eyes, perhaps remembering the time of cooking. U-um, what kind of cooking did you do to make that Sword Saint say that much, Lexia-san¡­! Well, Iris-san''s cooking method is also quite unique. As I took my seat, Iris-san and Lexia-san''s eyes lit up brightly. "Yuuya-kun, can I sit next to you?" "Yuuya-sama! Excuse me for sitting next to you!" "Eh?" I was surprised by the words that were said at the same time, but Lexia-san and Iris-san faced each other with smiles on their faces. But even though they should be smiling at each other, their appearance was somehow frightening. "Lexia-chan? I think you should give up your seat here to me, Yuuya-kun''s master." "No, no, Iris-sama. I''m very close to Yuuya-sama and even asked him to marry me! I''ll sit next to him here." "No, wait a minute. If Lexia and Iris-sama can''t decide, I''ll be the one to take©¤©¤." "No! I won''t even give it to Luna!" "W-wait a moment! D-d-did you just say marriage? Yu-Yuuya-kun! What the heck does that mean?" "Eehh?" The situation was so chaotic that I was taken aback because I didn''t expect it to come crashing down on me. It''s true that when I first met Lexia-san, she asked me to marry her out of the blue, but I guess that was like a suspension bridge effect, and now we''re friends¡­ or it should be. In the first place, there was no way that an ordinary person like me could be matched with a princess like Lexia-san. "N-no way¡­ B-but, when I look at the way Yuuya-kun is acting, I think your proposal ended in failure, don''t you think so?" "Ugh!" "Fufu, it seems I got it right, doesn''t it? By the way, I''ve seen Yuuya-kun naked before!" ""Eeeeehhhhhh!?"" "Iris-saaann!" The way you said it! That''s going to cause a huge misunderstanding! After being trained by Iris-san, Iris-san herself gave me a massage, and I''m pretty sure I was only naked on the top half of my body at that time¡­ But it was really just my upper body! And it''s not like I''m the one who offered it! Lexia-san and Luna shouted in astonishment at Iris-san''s tone-deaf remark, and Merl-san also widened her eyes. When I hurriedly tried to clear up the misunderstanding, Lexia-san looked at me with tears in her eyes. "©¤©¤fair." "Eh?" "©¤©¤That''s not fair! I want to see Yuuya-sama naked too!" "Lexia-saaan?" That''s a horrible thing to say! When I was no longer in the mood to eat, Yuti sat down next to me with an unconcerned look on her face. """Ah!""" "Pointless. Hurry up and eat." "I don''t want to be bothered by your petty squabbles. How long do you intend to leave us here?" ""¡­.."" Overwhelmed by the presence of not only Yuti but also a slightly irritated Ouma-san, Iris-san, Lexia-san, and Luna sat down on the empty seat quietly. Seeing this, Merl-san also sat down at the last available seat, and we finally began to eat¡­ "Here, Yuuya-kun?" "U-um¡­ Iris-san?" For some reason, Iris-san offered me a spoon with an amazing smile. The spoon was topped with a dish that Iris-san had made this time. "Um¡­ I can eat it myself¡­" "No! You have not yet recovered your strength, right? So, be quiet and let me take care of you." "It''s not that serious." I''m not so tired that I can''t eat by myself, regardless of how exhausted I am. But Iris-san ignored my words and offered me a spoonful. "Don''t worry about that; just eat." "What do you mean?" "Yuuya-sama! You have to eat the food I made too!" "Eeh? Uhh?" This time, Lexia-san also offered me a spoon, but what was on it was a mysterious purple object that I couldn''t figure out how it was cooked. Moreover, the food on the spoon looked like magma, with bubbles bursting out of it, even though the spoon that was held close to me was filled with cold air. What kind of cooking did you really do? As I was puzzled in a different way from Iris-san''s offer, a third spoon was offered to me from another direction. "Eh?" "¡­Eat up. I''ve made it for you." Luna''s cheeks flushed with embarrassment as she held out the spoon. As the three spoons approached me, I was confused as to what to do, and Merl-san, who was watching the scene, muttered. (This planet¡­ no, is it the culture of the world beyond that door? It''s very interesting that you would offer a piece of your food¡­ to another person." "Delicious. It''s delicious." Looking at Yuti and Merl-san, who were going at their own pace, I felt a lot of envy, but I kept thinking desperately about how I could get out of this situation. £ª£ª£ª "Err¡­ what the heck happened while I went shopping?" "¡­There were various things. Various things¡­" Kagurazaka-san looked at me with a puzzled expression as I finished eating Iris-san''s homemade meal, and instead of resting my body, I was mentally exhausted. This may be the first time I''ve ever had a meal that exhausted me to this extent¡­ By the way, Kagurazaka-san''s meal was also prepared for her while she was out shopping, and when she finished eating it, we finally got to see the clothes she had bought. "I think I''ve bought clothes that will suit everyone, so check them out for yourself." "So these are clothes from the other world!" "This is amazing¡­ It feels different from linen and silk¡­ The design of the clothes is also very different from our world." "Yes. What can I say¡­? It doesn''t look very comfortable to move around in, though." Lexia-san and the others held the clothes that Kagurazaka-san had bought in their hands and observed them with great interest. Speaking of which, there are no clothes made of chemical fiber in the other world, and in this world, you don''t have to worry about being attacked by monsters, so most of the clothes are made with the priority of design rather than ease of movement. But even so, some Earth clothes are easier to move in than they look, and there are also clothes like jerseys and gym uniforms that are designed for movement, so I guess it''s hard to say. Well, the purpose of this trip was to allow Lexia-san and the others to go sightseeing normally, so I asked Kagurazaka-san to prepare some fashionable clothes that were common on Earth. "I''ll try it on right away!" "Eh?" When Lexia-san said that, she suddenly started to take off her clothes! "W-wait, Lexia! Don''t change your clothes while he is still here!" "Eh? Why not?" For some reason, when Kagurazaka-san desperately tried to stop her, Lexia-san had a strange expression on her face. Luna pressed her forehead in response to Lexia-san''s actions. "This fool¡­ Mai, forgive her. Lexia is royalty, you know. She doesn''t have much of a sense of shame about it, probably because she''s used to having people take her clothes off for her." "Ah¡­ well, even nobles have similar customs, but not all of them, you know? I don''t know if Lexia-chan is special or if it''s her father''s education policy, but I think she hasn''t learned these things properly yet." Kagurazaka-san''s eyes widened at Luna and Iris-san''s explanation. Considering how her father, Arnold-sama, doted on Lexia-san, I think Iris-san''s words were not a lie. "T-the other world, or rather the royal family, is amazing¡­ but that''s not the point! Because bad things are still bad things. You too, don''t just sit there and do nothing, get out of here right now!" "Y-yes!" With Kagurazaka-san''s words, I left the room as if I had been shot. After spending some time interacting with Night and the others, Kagurazaka-san gave me permission to come back. Then¡­ S§×ar?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "What do you think, Yuuya-sama?" "I don''t know what to say¡­ I feel strange because I''m not used to wearing normal clothes, but it''s surprisingly easy to move around." "Yes. It''s easier to move than I thought¡­ I think I can handle an enemy attack in this." In contrast to her usual gorgeous dress, Lexia-san has the air of a secluded young lady, and Luna is wearing a skirt instead of her usual pants. And Iris-san wore a shirt with a large opening at the chest, giving her the air of a mature woman. All of them were wearing Earth clothes in a very fashionable way. I-it''s amazing¡­ "¡­I know I picked it out myself, but doesn''t it look too good on everyone? It''s on a level that most celebrities can''t compete with." As Kagurazaka-san said, each of them had their own unique atmosphere and an overwhelming aura comparable to that of the top model Miu-san. As I was being pressured by the three of them, Lexia-san came close to me. "So, what do you think?" "Y-yes. I think it looks great on everyone¡­" I thought so from the bottom of my heart, but I was too embarrassed to praise them face to face, so I managed to squeeze it out, and Lexia-san gave me a slightly dissatisfied look. "Mmm¡­ I would like to hear some more from you, but¡­ oh well! More importantly, let''s go see the world where Yuuya-sama lives as soon as possible!" "H-hey!" "Ah! It''s not fair, Lexia-chan! Yuuya-kun belongs to me, his master!" "No! He belongs to me!" "I don''t belong to anyone!" "Geez¡­ I wonder if this is going to be okay¡­" While Luna sighed behind my back, Lexia-san and Iris-san took my arm, and we went out of the Earth''s house. Chapter 170 - Book 1: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 "A-amazing¡­!" "There really is no magic at all¡­" "No one even carries a weapon¡­" As soon as they left the house, Lexia-san and the others were stunned as they looked at the people and the streets on the way. For your information, Night and Merl-san did not come with us on this sightseeing trip. I thought that Ouma-san would come along with us, but he seemed to be staying at home because it was too noisy with Lexia-san and the others around. Yuti was also staying at home to do some training, probably because she received a request from Merl-san, and Merl-san will accompany her in her training. I wanted to train too, but Iris-san had stopped me from doing so¡­ To be honest, the fight with Drade was so close that I was impatient to restart my training right away, but the fatigue from the battle hadn''t worn off yet, and I was told that pushing too hard now would have the opposite effect. If that''s the case, I think it would be better for me to stay home and relax¡­ but the momentum of Lexia-san and Iris-san pushed me over the edge, and I decided to go with them. Fortunately, Kagurazaka-san is also coming along, so even if something happens, it will be possible to deal with it to some extent. However¡­ "H-hey¡­" "Whoa! W-what the heck is that group?" "Are they celebrities¡­?" "But I''ve never seen such a beautiful group of people." ©¤©¤Lexia-san and the others were very conspicuous. When people on the street saw Lexia-san and the others, they would stare at them with wide eyes. Some of them were so fascinated with us that they turned around and almost bumped into other people, making us feel on edge. Then Lexia-san tilted her head in response to the stares. "Isn''t that strange? Thanks to Mai, we should feel comfortable with our appearance, so why are people looking at us like this?" "Surely¡­ the people of this world wouldn''t know that Lexia is a princess." "It''s not like they know I''m a Sword Saint either¡­ so I''m not sure." "¡­You really don''t get it, do you?" "Oh, hahaha¡­" I could only smile bitterly in response to Kagurazaka-san''s tired tone. The people in the surroundings were in a buzz because of the appearance of the three of them, who were not surprised to be called celebrities. But it was because Lexia-san and the others, who did not know the concept of celebrities, did not understand. There may be stage actors and the like in the other world, but since there is no TV or movies like on Earth, there must be a big difference like that. As I continued sightseeing while thinking about this, We were suddenly approached by a voice. "U-um! May I have a moment of your time?" "Eh?" When we turned toward the voice, there was a woman there. The woman seemed to be looking at Lexia-san and the others, and although Luna and Iris-san looked slightly alarmed at the contact from an unknown person, the woman did not notice. And Lexia-san, who was approached, lightly restrained Luna and spoke to her with a smile. "No problem. What can I do for you?" "!?" The woman admired the elegant smile on Lexia-san''s face. As I looked around and wondered who the woman was, I suddenly realized something. ¡­Eh? Do Lexia-san and the others understand Japanese? Thinking about it, I usually casually talk with Lexia-san and the others, but without the [Language Comprehension] skill, I would not be able to understand them¡­ However, when I think back on it now, Yuti, Kaori, and even Kagurazaka-san were having very normal conversations with their counterparts in the other world. What''s really going on here? It''s possible that when Kagurazaka-san was summoned, something that allowed her to learn languages was incorporated into her magic. However, Kaori and Yuti could carry out conversations themselves even in a situation where they didn''t have any special skills. I wonder if the language learning function was attached to the basic feature of the [Door to Another World]? If so, it''s so strange that they couldn''t understand Merl-san''s words¡­ Or is it because the worlds that are connected are the other world and the Earth, and it is set to learn only the language of those two? I didn''t realize this until recently¡­ It might be a good idea to look into the [Door to Another World] more. Rather, it was wrong that I didn''t look into it properly until now. The woman who was admiring Lexia-san''s smile quickly came to her senses as I was thinking about the door again and took out something from her bag. "I''m from ''Star Production''¡­" "Production?" The woman who approached us was a scout for an entertainment agency! The buzz around us grew louder at the sight of us. "H-hey, ''Star Productions'' is¡­" "It''s an agency that has very famous celebrities, right?" "Yes, yes! The model Miu is very popular these days, isn''t she?" "It''s not real, is it? Scouting on the street nowadays is suspicious, isn''t it¡­?" "Real or fake, if they look like that, it''s no wonder they were scouted¡­" It seemed that the agency of the woman who approached us was from the same agency that Miu-san belonged to. Then I noticed that Kagurazaka-san was stunned. "Kagurazaka-san? Are you okay?" "Ha! I''m not okay! It''s that Star Production, you know!?" "I-I heard it''s some kind of amazing place." "Why are you so calm? Star Production is one of the most popular entertainment agencies in Japan, and all the actresses and actors belonging to them are top class, you know?" I didn''t know that Miu-san belonged to such a great agency¡­ I''m not familiar with the entertainment industry, so I can''t say for sure, but from the looks of Kagurazaka-san, there are probably actors and actresses I know who are from there. As Kagurazaka-san''s momentum was getting the better of her, the scout lady didn''t try to solicit her enthusiastically on the spot but instead handed over her business card and simply told Lexia-san to contact her if she was interested, and then left. Then, Lexia-san looked at the business card in her hand, and her eyes widened. "Lexia-san, what happened?" "This card¡­ the material it''s made of and the printing¡­ it''s made with incredible technology, right¡­?" "Is that where you''re surprised?" If it''s a business card from a famous agency, it''s likely to be made from high-quality paper. £ª£ª£ª "Phew, I''m really tired." After that, Lexia-san and the others went for a very long walk in the streets near my house. From my point of view and Kagurazaka-san''s point of view, it was refreshing to see how surprised they were by the cars and traffic lights, which were not particularly unusual. We decided to take a short break, so we stopped at a nearby park. Children were playing in the park, and there was a little food stall nearby, which smelled good. "It smells so good just now¡­ What is that smell?" "That''s¡­ a sweet food called crepes." """Sweet¡­""" "It looks like there''s a lot more to it than that¡­" At a quick glance, I saw that there were more varieties of tapioca and kebabs than I expected. I wonder if there are always this many stalls here. I finished my explanation, but Lexia-san and the others were all staring at the crepe stall. "¡­um, would you like to try some?" """I want it!""" A-amazing¡­ I thought we just had lunch a while ago¡­! I guess they have a different appetite for sweets. When all three of them said that at the same time, we headed to the crepe stall. sea??h th§× ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "T-there are so many kinds of crepes¡­" "But¡­ we can''t read the words here¡­" "Eh? You''re right¡­ we do seem to understand the language, but why?" As expected, Lexia-san and the others can not read the menu of the crepe stall, and they are confused. I think it''s fair to say that it''s the [Doorway to Another World] that allows conversations to work. As for reading and writing, language skills are essential. I explained the menu to the three of them as an interpreter, and they each decided on their own. "Um¡­ Lexia-san ordered a strawberry crepe, Luna ordered a chocolate banana crepe , Iris-san ordered a caramel crepe, and Kagurazaka-san ordered a berry crepe, right? I''ll bring them to you, and you can all sit on an empty bench somewhere and wait." I said this to Lexia-san and the others and waited alone for the crepes to be prepared. Five minutes later. I dexterously took the finished crepe and looked for Lexia-san and the others. Then I was able to find them without any trouble, but I noticed that there was an unfamiliar group of men there. ¡­I wonder what it is; I have a bad feeling about this¡­ As I approached them with this in mind, sure enough, Lexia-san and the others were getting tangled up with the men. "Hey, hey, come on! Just play with us a little." "Yeah, yeah! It''s definitely more fun to play with us than with that guy!" "If he sees us, he''ll back off gracefully!" It seems that they are being seduced, and they all have troublesome expressions on their faces. As I hurried to join them, one of the men in the group tried to grab Lexia-san''s hand, perhaps having lost his nerve! "Don''t be like that¡­ Hey, let''s go together!" "Lexia-san!" The moment I tried to intervene between the men and Lexia-san, the men stopped moving as if they were tied to the spot. "A-ah?" "W-what the hell is this?" "I-I can''t move!" "I-it hurts!" When I looked closely, I could see strings wrapped around the men''s bodies before long. Is this¡­ Luna''s work? I had said that it was not allowed to carry weapons when touring the Earth, but if it were Luna''s weapon, it certainly wouldn''t normally be seen, and more importantly, since she was Lexia-san''s escort, she couldn''t really be without a weapon. Then Luna stood in between Lexia-san and the men and let out a sigh. "Sigh¡­ how dare you interfere with the fun we were having here?" "H-huh? W-what is this? Is this your doing?" They were desperately trying to escape from Luna''s thread, but the more they moved, the more the thread dug into their bodies. "It hurts!" "Why is it digging into me?" I couldn''t just sit here and watch, so I quickly joined them. "E-excuse me! Are you okay?" "Oh, Yuuya-sama! Of course, we''re fine!" "¡­Sure, you''re fine, but Luna, you know, she was¡­ hiding it, after all." Kagurazaka-san let out a sigh of disbelief. If possible, the two of us would have preferred it to end without any trouble, but it''s hard to do that when so many outstanding people are together. "Damn it! Let me go right now!" I had a lot on my mind, but as I''m thinking about what to do about this situation, Luna, who had heard the men''s words, told them with a look of disgust. "You think I''m going to let you go quietly after you say that? You''re going to stay like that for a while¡­" "Luna-san, you should let them go." "What? Iris-sama?" Luna looked surprised at Iris-san''s words. "Sure, we can just leave them here and go, but we don''t want them messing with the other girls again, do we? That''s why I think we should ©¤©¤ make sure they understand what''s going on here." "I-Iris-san?" As Luna-san''s cheeks twitched, it seemed as if she understood what Iris-san meant, and she released the men from their restraints. "Huh! I can move!" "Tch! If you think you can get away with this¡­ don''t joke with me!" "Iris-san!" "It''s okay." The men who were able to move suddenly attacked Iris-san, and I tried to move to deal with them immediately, but Iris-san stopped me. And then©¤©¤. "Fuh¡­!" """Gaahh!?""" When Iris-san unleashed a brilliant spinning kick at the nearest man, the other men were caught up in it and were blown away! The impact was so great that the men seemed to have been knocked unconscious by a single kick from Iris-san. "They''re so sloppy, aren''t they? I wonder if we can just go about normally without any danger?" While Kagurazaka-san and I were appalled by Iris-san''s actions, Lexia-san and Luna nodded to Iris-san''s words. "I think so. I''ve seen a lot of things over the day, and I''ve learned a lot about the world that Yuuya lives in¡­ and it really doesn''t seem to be dangerous." "Well, that''s why we can go sightseeing with peace of mind, right? More importantly, let''s eat the crepes that Yuuya-sama bought for us!" With Lexia-san''s words, each of them started to eat their crepes. Then, all three of them widened their eyes at the same time. "T-this is¡­ it''s ridiculously delicious!" "I''ve never tasted anything so delicious before!" "¡­Even Lexia, a member of the royal family, said that. It must be a very expensive food¡­ and there is no way that such delicious food can be easily obtained¡­" Iris-san and Lexia-san were enjoying themselves without hesitation, but Luna seemed to have misunderstood something¡­ "Um¡­ well, it''s not something I eat that often, but crepes aren''t particularly rare, you know?" "Yeah¡­ it''s not like these crepes are particularly expensive either¡­" As Kagurazaka-san and I explained, Lexia-san stared at the crepe in her hand in astonishment. "That''s¡­ I never thought such delicious food could be so common¡­ I''ve decided. I will live in this world!" "Lexia-san!" "Hey, Lexia! You''re the princess of the Alceria Kingdom!" "I can''t resist it! I mean, I can get all these amazing things, and there are all sorts of other delicious things too! How can you not want to live in such a fascinating world?" "That''s true, but¡­" "Well, I''m afraid you can''t, Lexia-chan, because you''re royalty. Since I''m not royalty, maybe I''ll live in this world? Of course, in Yuuya-kun''s house!" "H-hey, Iris-sama! I can''t let you do that! Right, Yuuya-sama?" "Even if you were to refuse me right there¡­" As the three of them continued to talk at their own pace, Kagurazaka-san and I could only pray that nothing more would happen. Chapter 171 - Book 1: Part 4 Book 9: Chapter 1: Part 4 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 While Yuuya and the others were sightseeing on Earth In the other world, Usagi was on his way to the place where the Magic Saint lived in order to help Merl. Previously, Usagi and Iris had been traveling to the Magic Saints place, but they ended up seeing Yuuya, so they postponed it. As a result, he was once again pushing forward through the mountains against the powerful monsters of [Sky Mountain]. (Fuh!) Gugyaaaa! However, even the powerful monsters were powerless in front of Usagi and each of them was brought down with a single kick. (Good grief to live in such a troublesome place. I wish you would consider the people who are going to visit your home.) Usagi went on, complaining about the Magic Saint who was not present. However, after a certain amount of progress, he suddenly stopped. (Well this is where it starts.) Unlike before, Usagi braced himself and took a step forward. At that moment. (Tch!) A magic circle appears above Usagis head, and a huge water spear emerges from it and tries to pierce through Usagi relentlessly. He jumped to avoid it, but as if his movements had been predicted, several magic circles appeared in other places, from which water spears were released one after another. (The number of these traps is why I hate this) Usagi nimbly dodged the magic while making a disgusted expression from the bottom of his heart facing the magic that came towards him. Then, using a tree as a foothold, he gathered all his strength at once and gazed toward the mountain summit. (Its too much trouble. Im going to go through with this!) When he released all of his accumulated power at once, the trees and ground that Usagi had used as footholds flew apart from the impact. The speed was incredible, and Usagi flew towards the top of the mountain like a single bullet. More and more magic circles were added in an attempt to shoot down Usagi as he ran across the mountain, but they were unable to catch him. In the end, the magic didnt hit Usagi until the end, and he reached the top of the mountain. (I have arrived, huh?) In front of Usagis eyes, there stood a wooden house that gave off an atmosphere similar to that of Yuuyas house in the [Great Devils Nest], and it was surrounded by a fence. As Usagi approached the house without any particular hesitation, a figure appeared from the inside of the fence. Huh? Is someone here? Huh? It looks like someones here. Do you know Master? You must know Master. Then there were two girls looking around. Moreover, the girls had identical faces and were definitely twins. Usagi was also faintly surprised, as she hadnt expected to find another human in the place where the Magic Saint lived but was quickly convinced. (Did he take a disciple too? Even though he was originally a misanthrope I guess its not completely impossible, huh?) The twins eyes widened when they finally saw Usagi as he headed towards the entrance while muttering this. Wow! Is that a rabbit? Wow! Its a rabbit! The twins had not expected the visitor (?) to be a rabbit. They ran back toward the house, their eyes shining with excitement. Master! A rabbit is coming? Master! A rabbit is coming! Whats all the noise? Then another figure appeared from inside the house. The person had slightly different features from a normal human. He had long blond hair, green eyes, and long pointed ears. His eyebrows were wrinkled, and he wore glasses, which suggested that he had a somewhat serious personality. The guy who had just appeared seemed to be bothered by the twins but suddenly seemed to notice a presence at the entrance Hmm? You are (You look no different, Odis.) The man Usagi addressed as Odis widened his eyes slightly, but his expression quickly changed to one of annoyance. So, Usagi, huh? As you can see, Im busy. Go back now. (You dont look so busy, though.) Odis let out a big sigh at Usagi, who didnt seem to be leaving. Sigh. Its okay. So, what are you doing here? Did you encounter any Evil guy? (You really dont know anything, do you?) Mmm? S§×ar?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Wow. Master is confused, isnt he? Yes. Master is confused. (Well, I cant understand what is going on either. But its also true that I actually saw them and fought them.) For a while, Usagi ignored Odis, who could not seem to recover from his confusion and turned his gaze to the twins. (So, what about you two?) Ah! We havent introduced ourselves yet? We didnt introduce ourselves! Im Ruri! Im Rill! Its nice to meet you! Ruri and Rill bowed together. Both of them have green hair in side-tails, each tied on the opposite side. Although there are some differences other than their appearance, such as how Ruri often speaks in the question form, it would be hard to tell them apart if you are not used to it. While listening to the names of these two, Usagi was assessing their abilities. (Fumu Rather than saying that each person is complete, would it be correct to say that the two of them are one person?) Oh, you understand perfectly, dont you? Were only half a person when were alone, but our master says that when were together, were one person. Well, Id like to be called full-fledged when Im alone Hmm. Even with two, youre still only half as good, you idiot. Eeh? After recovering from his confusion, Odis said to them and faced Usagi again. I understand the situation for the moment. So what do you want from me? (Its not that difficult. I just need you to lend us a hand. As I said before, the alien is asking for our help. My apprentice is going to take care of it, and Iris and I will lend a hand with it. Thanks to my apprentice, we were able to defeat the Evil. We can say that we will repay that debt. However, as we found out after fighting the aliens, we are not strong enough to fight them alone. Thats why Ive come to ask for your help as well.) Cooperation, huh? From what Ive heard, that world and universe seem to be an environment where the power of science, not magic, has a strong influence. Id be interested to see if theres any new magic technology out there that I havent seen before When Odis said that, Usagi suddenly remembered Yuuyas house. (By the way, the house where my apprentice lives uses barrier magic that Ive never seen before.) What? (Ive seen many of the magic you use, but its even more powerful than that. Its a barrier that allows him to live safely in the [Great Devils Nest], after all. Barrier? (Yeah. Its a ridiculous barrier that prevents any physical or magical attack. In fact, even the attacks of the ultimate perfections Evil had no effect at all) Wha!? That would be impossible without the magic of the legendary sage. Hearing Usagis words, Odis was once again stunned. This is because the place where Odis and the others live is also a dangerous place, and the house where they live now has a magic barrier around it, just like Yuuyas house. However, the barrier was not perfect, and sometimes monsters entered beyond the barrier. Despite this, Odis could not imagine that Yuuyas house was completely protected from the threat of monsters by the barrier alone, even though it was located in the more dangerous area called the [Great Devils Nest]. (And then, just as the barrier magic on the house, of course, the magic controlled by my apprentice who lives there is also non-standard and powerful. This is a great chance to meet such a man Are you interested?) Odis looked thoughtful for a while, but then he let out a sigh. Sigh If you say so, Ill have to check. When he said that, Odis straightened his posture. Alright. Ill help you fight this alien thing. (Is that so?) And, is it okay to bring the twins? Master? (Thats fine, but are you sure? The destination is an unknown universe, and its also quite dangerous, you know?) The twins, as well as Usagi, were surprised by Odiss words, and he nodded. Im aware of that. But you want a fighting force, dont you? Then you can use my apprentice. One, or even two, would be of help. Master. That means that the two of us can be a full-fledged. Dont get carried away, fool. Although Odis had said so, Usagi had intuitively sensed that the two of them would actually be able to help. Usagi nodded while laughing at Odiss untruthful attitude. (I understand. Then well head to my apprentice as soon as possible. Is that okay?) Yeah. Yes! In this way, the Magic Saint and his disciple joined the group. Chapter 172 - Book 2: Part 1 Book 9: Chapter 2: Part 1 Supported chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 (Im back.) Ah, welcome back! After we finished the sightseeing tour on Earth, we were relaxing at my house when Master Usagi returned. He went out of his way to ask for help from the Magic Saint in order to help Merl-sans request as we were sightseeing on Earth. Before Master Usagi said anything, Merl-san first operated the terminal so that Master Usagi could also understand the language of planet Amel. (Yes. I think you can understand my language now.) (Its true.) Master Usagi was surprised that he could now understand Merl-sans words. Then Iris-san called out to Master Usagi. So, how did it go? Is he going to help us? (Yeah. And his disciple too.) His disciple? He has a disciple? (Yeah, and its a human twin.) No way Seeing Iris-san in a daze, I, Lexia-san and the others tilted our heads. I wonder if it is that strange for the Magic Saint to take a disciple? Could it be that hes a difficult person? Well, thats fine. So, where is the Magic Saint? (Oh hes outside the other worlds house. Lets meet him first.) (R-right. And since he will be helping me this time) Merl-san nodded to Master Usagis words, and we all headed for the garden of Sage-sans house. Then W-what is this place? Amazing, isnt it, Rill? Yes, it is, Ruri! There was a man who was looking around Sage-sans house in somewhat of a daze and two girls whose faces looked exactly alike. The girls seemed to be human, but the surprised man had long ears and looked like an elf from a fairy tale. Kagurazaka-san seemed to think the same as I did, and her eyes widened. O-oh Hes not a human, is he? S§×ar?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. P-probably Well, Ive met a lot of non-human beings: the Evil isnt human, Master Usagi is a rabbit, and Merl-san is an alien, but Im still surprised every time I see a race different from humans. The man who was looking around seemed to have noticed something and opened his eyes even wider. W-wait. This magic could it possibly belong to the sage? (Odis. I know youre interested, but why dont you introduce yourself first?) You still look like an idiot researcher, huh? Master Usagi and Iris-san said to the surprised man perhaps he is the Magic Saint. As if their words had reached his ears, the man looked a little uncomfortable and came over with the girls. U-umu Im sorry. I had heard about it from Usagi, but when I saw it myself, I just couldnt resist Thats Masters bad habit, isnt it? Yes, Masters bad habits. Shut up, you two. The man was tediously dealing with the girls words. Maybe those girls were his disciples. The man then came out into the garden and looked over at us. So, whos the owner of this house? Oh, thats me! My name is Yuuya. Youre Usagi and Iris Rather than that, what kind of magic is this! The man stared at my body and then opened his eyes. You have very sophisticated magic power constantly flowing through your magic power circuit which is nothing short of perfect, and you have a huge amount of magic power, and yet you are a disciple of the Kicking Saint and the Sword Saint? Thats nonsense! Well, everyone feels that way at first, right? (Hmph. He has to be that good to be my disciple.) What nonsense No, its going to take a long time if we argue here. Im Odis, the Magic Saint. And these two are my unworthy disciples Im Ruri! Im Rill! Nice to meet you! Thats how the Magic Saints Odis-san and the others introduced themselves. L-listen, Yuuya-dono! The sage is a legendary existence that everyone who lives in this world has heard of! He is a miraculous person who is said to have died as a human being while holding the power of a god in his possession! Every country is searching for the research materials and magic left behind by such a sage and is desperately studying them. But, to inherit the legacy of the sage in such a simple way and even though you are from another world how can anyone not be surprised by that? A-as expected of Sage-san Its really amazing that even after death, he can still have such an impact on future generations. Then Odis-san shouted as if he noticed something. You said that you inherited but are you sure that the sage hasnt died yet? Ah, no Sage-san is already dead. I didnt even know that I had inherited it until I read the letter that was left in the house Y-you mean he foresaw that someone would come to this place sooner or later? I should say that he was indeed a sage, but as legend has it, he is no longer with us Yes.. it seems that he died quietly in a cave in the depths of this [Great Devils Nest]. A cave? Yes. Thats where I found Sage-sans body. What? Is that true? Y-yes. Odis-san came up to me while breathing hard. Where is it? Does it still exist? Um Of course, I remember the place where I found Sage-sans body. However, the area was recently wiped out by Avis, so I did not know what happened to it. I remember the location, but the battle with Avis the other day wiped out most of the [Great Devils Nest] Im not sure if its still safe or not .Its hard to believe that most of the [Great Devils Nest] were wiped out, but thats how strong the ultimate perfections Evil was. But even if they are not safe, as a magician, I still want to take a look at the place where the sage lies. Please, take me there. Odis-san lowered his head as he said that. I dont mind that, but Merl-san is also in a difficult situation, so I looked at her, and she nodded. (Its fine with me. The place where this sage lies isnt far away, is it?) Yes, youre right. (If thats the case, lets head there once and then depart again. Since youre helping me, I have no problem with that.) As we were preparing to leave immediately, Ouma-san, who had been sleeping at home, came over. Hmm? Whats wrong, Ouma-san? You are going to the place where the sage is lying, arent you? If so, Im coming with you. By the way, I never properly explained to Ouma-san where Sage-san was lying As I was regretting that I should have told him earlier, I saw Lexia-san and Luna. Im so excited to be going to the place where that sage is lying! No, wed better get back. Eh? W-wait, Luna! It seems that Luna has decided to leave at this time. Just like Lexia-san, Kagurazaka-san was surprised by the suddenness of the event, but she also understood and nodded in agreement. We went out to register Mai in the adventurers guild to give her some combat experience. So we happened to head to Yuuyas house As expected, we cant just follow him. Were not going to hold them back any longer. N-no way! What about Mai? Do you want to leave Yuuyas house and go back to your world? Yes. But the Evil Beasts are still in this world, arent they? If thats the case, Ill stay here for a little while longer. I see that makes sense. Lexia, the three of us are going back to the Regal Kingdom. N-nooooooo! Lexia-san, who was acting like a spoiled child, was not very princess-like. However, Iris-san and the others agreed with Lunas idea, so in the end, she agreed. Once the preparations were complete, we took Lexia-san and the others to the [Great Devils Nest] entrance and parted ways with the three of them once again. See you then. I think its safe to say that youll be fine with such a strong lineup, but be careful. Yes, thank you. When I nodded at Lunas words, Lexia-san looked at me with tears in her eyes. Ugh Yuuya-sama W-well I didnt know what to say to her in this situation, and I could only be confused. Ah, Kagurazaka-san, if you want to come back to Earth, you can always go back from my house, so dont worry. As expected, its dangerous to go through the [Great Devils Nest] alone, so youll probably have to go back with Iris-san or me, but at least you can go home by yourself. Yes, I understand. I will continue to work in the Regal Kingdom for a while, so please come and get me if anything happens. Yes! After exchanging a few words with each of the three, they left. And Alright, then lets head to the cave! I once again head to the place where Sage-san lies. Chapter 173 - Book 2: Part 2 Book 9: Chapter 2: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 Its amazing It looks as though its almost back to normal already. sea??h th§× novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As we all walked through the [Great Devils Nest] on our way to the place where Sage-san lies, I couldnt help but look around at my surroundings and say that. The depths of the [Great Devils Nest], which had been obliterated by Aviss attack and reduced to nothing but a desolate wasteland, were already covered with plants that were close to the original [Great Devils Nest]. Crazy. The growth rate of the organisms here is strange. (I guess the environment of this forest is special after all) Yuti and Merl-san could not help but be astonished at the scene before their eyes. However, as expected, the monsters had yet to completely return, and there was no sign of them attacking at all. So this is the vegetation of the [Great Devils Nest], huh? Then Odis-san observed the surrounding vegetation with interest and collected some of them. Um are you going to use those plants for something? Hmm? No, this is just my research. As you can see, Im an elf and Im studying plants all over the world to see if theres anything that can help me develop my magic. Heh! So the plants that grow here are not normal? Yes. First of all, Im surprised that the black hardwood tree can grow here in such a normal way There are also many other plants that Ive never seen before. I really wish I could have explored this place earlier but its just too dangerous here. I dont think Id want to come to a place like this on my own if I didnt have Usagi, Iris, or even Yuuya-dono to help me. B-but Iris-san and Master Usagi come to my house rather normally, you know? Yes, I often hear about the dangers of the [Great Devils Nest] from the people around me, but for all that, the two of them came to my house without hesitation. But Odis-san shook his head at my words. Dont lump me in with those two. They are out of the ordinary among the Holy, you know. Besides, Im not that good at fighting. Hey! You cant talk about me like Im a monster. (Thats right. And its no different from the fact that this place is dangerous for us as well. Its just that the area around Yuuyas house is still manageable. As expected, I cant even think about living there.) As I always thought, Sage-san, who would build a house in such a place, was a crazy person. With a wry smile on my face, I called out to one of the twins Ruri-san, who was looking at the surrounding plants in the same way as Odis-san. Ruri-san, youre looking at the plants so intently. Are you interested in them too? Hmm unlike Master, its just a hobby, but Rill isnt interested, is she? Yeah, Im not interested. I see Even though they are twins, they have different hobbies and interests. When I was thinking about this, Ruri-sans eyes lit up, and she looked at me. More importantly, you are amazing, arent you? Weve only known each other a short while, and you can already tell us apart? W-well, yeah, I guess so. By the way, how do you tell us apart? Is it from our hair? No, its your atmosphere. Atmosphere? Not only were they surprised by my answer, but also Odis-san. Thats amazing Even I made a mistake sometimes How can that be for the master? Well, they indeed look exactly alike, and its no wonder that people mistake them, isnt it? Brother Yuuya is amazing, isnt he? Youre the first person who said you could tell by our atmosphere! I-is that so? I mean Brother Yuuya? [T/n: They called him Yuuya-Ani or ] When I asked them back about the unfamiliar words, they smiled and nodded. Yeah! You seem to be older than us, so its Brother Yuuya, right? Yes, yes! Thats why you dont have to use honorifics either! I-I see. I was overwhelmed by the two energetic people, so I nodded obediently. I was embarrassed by the way they referred to me, as I had never been referred to as a brother before, even by my actual brother and sister, Sora and Yuuta. As we continued on our way, deepening our friendship, we finally reached our destination. This is the place where Sage-san lies. Oh! In front of us, there was a single cave that had not collapsed in any particular way. This area also received Aviss attack, and I thought that it had been blown up, but it seemed to be undamaged. Could it be that Sage-sans power also protected this cave? Then Ouma-san, who was the only one who knew about Sage-san, narrowed his eyes nostalgically. This presence is without a doubt. Its his. So, youve been sleeping in a place like this, huh and yet youre still as eccentric as ever. His voice sounded both appalled and saddened. Everyone could hear Ouma-sans voice, and they kept silent. Hmph. I showed you something out of place. Lets get going. Ah, wait! After saying that, Ouma-san quickly went into the cave, and we hurriedly followed him. Ridiculous! Ive never seen magic this complicated before! Judging from the reaction of Odis-san, the Magic Saint, who was the most knowledgeable about magic in this group, this magic circle must be out of the ordinary. Then, Merl-san also opened her eyes to the magic circle in front of her. (I-I know about magic as part of our knowledge, and Ive seen a few planets that have actually developed magical civilizations but Ive never seen magic in this form before!) Sage-sans magic was described to be out of the ordinary even when considered on a universe-wide scale. As everyone was immensely shocked by the fact, the magic circle eventually transformed, and letters appeared on the surface. T-this is Question. What does it say? Eh? I looked at Yuti, who seemed to be unable to read the letters that had appeared, and tilted her head. I didnt think it was possible, so I looked around at the others, but they all had the same strange expression on their faces. It looks like some kind of text, but I wonder what it says? (Ive never seen it before.) I dont know any of these letters either. Its kind of cool, right? Its kind of awesome! (No way even my language converter cant translate it!) Amazingly, no one could read the letters that appeared on the rock wall. I tried to look at Ouma-san, who was closest to Sage-san, but .Zenovis. Do you really want to hide it like that? He must have constructed his magic in such a way that only Yuuya can read it. What does it say, Yuuya? Woof Fugo? Pi. Aside from the Night and the others, even Ouma-san didnt seem to be able to read it as well. But. Um it described the location where Sage-sans legacy is kept. !? When I read the words and told them so, they all looked at me at once. Yes for some reason, I can read the words that appear on the rock wall. I wondered if it was the effect of being qualified to carry on Sage-sans legacy, as Ouma-san had said. Everyone was appalled by my words, but Odis-san, who has quickly recovered, asked excitedly. Yu-Yuuya-dono! So, where in the world is the sages legacy hidden? E-err Im not sure about the details, but it seems to be sealed in a certain planet in space. (Space?) How did it get there? Unlike Merl-sans planet Amel, there is no way to cross over into space, so how did he seal his legacy on a distant planet? While Master Usagi and the others were surprised at the location of Sage-sans absurd legacy, Merl-san was both surprised and calm. (A planet? Do you know the exact location?) Thats the thing Sage-san, although he sealed the legacy on a certain planet, he didnt know what that planet was called or how to tell where it was, so he couldnt write about its location (Indeed, Ive been exposed to the civilization of Yuuyas world and this world, but I havent seen technology advanced enough to sail through space. If this is the case, as the Sage wrote, it will be difficult to tell where it is. I hope it exists at least in close proximity to this planet) As Merl-san said, it would take a ridiculous amount of time if we try to find the legacy that Sage-san sealed on a certain planet in the universe if we searched normally. But Um I dont know the logic behind it, but it seems to me that as long as you get close enough to the planet, youll inevitably be able to find out where the legacy is. (Such an ambiguous thing would normally have been dismissed, but considering the particulars of the magic that was just shown and the fact that the user of that magic is the former owner of the weapon that Yuuya-san is using, its no wonder that such a thing is possible) To be honest, Im wondering what Sage-san has sealed on a certain planet in the universe, but it seems that we cant find out here. Then Odis-san, who had originally said he wanted to come to this place, nodded in satisfaction. Now I have accomplished my purpose here. But there is still the legacy of the sage sleeping in the universe, isnt there? Then lets get moving! O-Odis-san? That is, of course, but you should make some preparations or I just need this feeling! Just a feeling? Do you really not need any weapons or items? I wonder if it is because he is the Magic Saint, and magic is his main focus? In any case, I realized that Odis-san really worshiped Sage-san. I laughed at Odis-sans reaction and called out to everyone. Well it seems that Odis-san doesnt need any particular preparation, but what about the rest of you? Im ready whenever needed. (Me too.) Master Usagi and the others dont seem to need to make any special preparations either, so I turn to Merl-san again. Then Its time to leave for space. It seems that everyone is prepared, but is there anything I can do to help you personally? (No. Its quite a distance to my home planet, but thanks to the energy Ive acquired here, Ill be able to use the warp function, and more importantly, Ive got plenty of food onboard. So we can board the ship and leave at any time.) Then wed better hurry. The other days attack ended up with them just retreating, so if we hurry, we can cut down on the time they have to prepare. We all nodded at Iris-sans words, and we finally set off into space. Chapter 174 - Book 3: Part 1 Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 W-wow so this is the spaceship After the trip into the forest, we went back to my house on Earth and finished all the preparations. The spaceship was still floating above my house, waiting for us, but Merl-san had operated the terminal on her left arm so that others would not be able to recognize it. (Now then, lets get on board.) When Merl-san operated the terminal on her left arm again, a circle of light, different from a magic circle, appeared at our feet, and before we knew it, we had all been transferred to the inside of the spaceship. (Since it was originally designed for a small number of people, it could barely fit this number of people aboard, but Im glad everyone managed to get on.) As Merl-san said, there were 12 of us, including me, so it felt quite cramped. However, it was fortunate that Night and the others were small and did not take up that much space. Inside the spaceship, there were a lot of holographic touch panels and machines that I didnt know how to operate, just like the spaceships in famous science fiction movies. I wanted to look around, but I didnt want to push any buttons and get into trouble, so I didnt dare touch anything. Rill! Its amazing, isnt it? Ruri! Its amazing! Hey, dont touch anything inappropriate. Yes. The twins seemed to be even more curious than I was and were unafraid to try and touch the machines around them, but Odis-san got angry at them. .. Ouma-san, please dont touch anything either, okay? What do you think I am? When I told Ouma-san that because I was anxious, he shouted in annoyance. However, Night and the others have an indescribable expression on their faces. Woof Fugo. Pi. W-what do you want to say? Hmm!? Woof Night shook his head tiredly at Ouma-sans reaction. I cant speak for others much, but Ouma-san had a record back in the storage room. As a result of that, Merl-san came to us and gave us a chance to learn more about Sage-san (Energy replenishment has been completed. Everyone, please take your seats.) S~ea??h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. While we were exchanging various information, Merl-san, who was nonchalantly going about the preparations, told us to sit down in an empty seat. The seat was pure white and futuristic in design, but the moment we sat down, something that looked like jelly enveloped us! W-what in the world is this? We were completely enveloped by the jelly-like stuff, including our heads. We were panicked by the situation, but we didnt feel like we couldnt breathe, and it actually gave us a very comfortable feeling. Then Merl-san, also wrapped in jelly-like stuff, explained the situation. (We will now travel into outer space, and there will be a strong shock. However, by being wrapped in this protective gel, the shock will be completely mitigated, and at the same time, your body will absorb this gel so that you can function in space without any problems. To put it simply, it will modify your body to be able to move outside the spaceship without any special equipment.) In space? Does that mean I dont need a spacesuit as we know it on Earth? As each of us was relaxing on the ship, I asked Merl-san about something that had been on my mind. By the way, I hadnt heard any details about your hometown, but what kind of place is it? (Yeah As I told you the other day, we Amelians are adversaries to the Dragonias. The Dragonias are one of the most powerful species in the entire universe, but we also pride ourselves for being the best in the universe in terms of scientific power.) T-the best in the universe All the technology Merl-san had shown me so far were indeed so amazing that I could honestly agree with her when she said that. In addition to being able to easily erase a persons memories and information, according to our talk, they never die of disease and have a ridiculously long lifespan. When I was thinking about Merl-sans past, Merl-sans expression became a little cloudy. (Therefore. The Dragonias have been trying to force us into servitude or to rob us of our technology since long ago to gain access to our scientific power. Our ancestors created an anti-celestial annihilation weapon to counter them, but as a result, it only intensified the attacks by the Dragonias Thats what I think.) Why is that? (Because we have created a weapon that can easily destroy a planet, and the Dragonias feel threatened by it, so they attack us even more. Of course, if it werent for the anti-celestial annihilation weapons and other weapons packed with Amel technology, the Dragonias would have already invaded and taken everything from us) I guess they didnt expect the weapons they created to repel the Dragonias would end up intensifying the battle (Anyway, with the blueprints of the anti-celestial annihilation weapon that I have obtained, and with your help, I hope to end all battles. So please lend me your strength.) Merl-san bowed to us once again, and everyone nodded vigorously, including me. She smiled at us and turned her attention to the terminal. (Thank you for your help I think its time to release the warp. Theres a possibility of another impact, so please take a seat in your chairs.) (Hmm? Are we arriving at Amel yet?) (No, no matter how long a distance we can travel instantly through the warp, we cant travel a distance that would normally take hundreds of years in a single pass. Warp requires an enormous amount of energy, and more importantly, the ship wont last) I wonder if its like the phenomenon of a computer getting hot when its on for a long time? When I think of it that way, it becomes all the more ordinary. With Amels technologies, there must be some sort of cooling function, but it might not be that simple when it came to warp, which was an unimaginably advanced function. I followed Merl-sans instructions and took my seat again, only to have my body enveloped in the jelly-like stuff again. (Then, I will deactivate it.) As Merl-san operated the terminal on her left arm, the color of the mysterious space outside the window gradually faded, turning into countless lines of light that eventually returned to normal space. As each of us observed our changed surroundings, the jelly-like stuff that had enveloped us was absorbed by the chair. (Warp release has been successful. We will normally navigate for about an hour from here and then warp again.) At that moment, our spaceship suddenly shook violently. W-what is it? (No way?) Merl-san hurriedly operated the terminal on the spaceship. As we were getting up from our chairs and ready to move at any time, Master Usagi muttered with a grim expression. (It seems were under attack.) Under attack? Thats Its probably the Dragonias who are the enemy this time. (Too bad! Im aware of all of your movements! Ill spare your life if you surrender meekly and hand over the blueprint for the anti-celestial annihilation weapon. But if you refuse you will be trashed here in space!) As if to affirm Iris-sans words, a transmission from what appeared to be a Dragonia alien came from the ship that had probably attacked us. But we have no intention of surrendering to them. (Im not going to surrender!) (Then youll die here!) Chapter 175 - Book 3: Part 2 Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 (Im not going to surrender!) (Then you can die here!) As soon as Merl-san said that, the Dragonias attacked at once. In the midst of this, Merl-san shouted while operating her terminal. (I apologize, everyone! It seems that the Dragonias calculated the warp release point and ambushed us! Ive deployed the shields, but brace for impact just in case!) Merl-san operated a holographic touch panel that appeared and disappeared again at great speed. Then, it seemed that a shield had enveloped the spaceship, and a blue film covered the outside of the window. As we continued to look out the window, we saw several Dragonia spaceships approaching. Oh, so thats the Dragonia spaceship. huh? They look like the dragons of our world, dont they? Yes, they look like dragons. I was surprised to see how calm Odis-san, Ruri, and Rill were, even though we were under attack. Y-youre so calm, arent you? Well, it wont change the situation that were being attacked even if I make a fuss here. But the number of enemies is less than I expected As Odis-san said, although we were ambushed, there were only about five Dragonia spaceships in the area that we could confirm. Could it be that the main force was somewhere else? However, the fact remained that we were only one ship. Merl-san, what kind of weapons does this ship have? (Although there is one installed, it is impossible to deal with that number of ships and the enemy ships are designed for space combat, while this ship is designed for transportation, so it will be very difficult to fight a full-scale battle) No way In other words, if we dont escape from this bunch of spaceships, were going to be shot down right here. As I was thinking about what to do, the Dragonia spaceship fired an energy cannon at us, indicating that there was no time for us to think about it! (Ill avoid it!) Whoa! While the spaceship was moving so fast that it almost flipped me over, everyone except me remained calm and composed. T-theyre amazing Then, Master Usagi, who watched the enemy attack, asked Merl-san, who was frantically operating the spaceship. (Hey, Merl. Our bodies can adapt to outer space thanks to that protective fluid you just gave us, is that correct?) (Y-yes!) (If thats the case, well go outside the ship and fight them off.) Eehh? I was surprised by the unexpected words but its true that even if were on the spaceship, we could only escape, so its better for us to intercept them directly huh? Were dealing with spaceships, you know? Right, I was also dealing with a spaceship when we were attacked by Drade, but this is in space. The situation was different from that time. Right that seems to be the only way, but its also dangerous to go outside in this situation. As Iris-san said, the spaceship we were on was exposed to a storm of bombardments, and the ship was not flying in a stable state, probably because of the many complicated evasive maneuvers. If we jumped out of the spaceship in such a state, we would be blown away. As I was thinking about this, Odis-san nodded his head. Fumu then Ill take care of their attack for a while. Eh? As expected of Master! Youll do it, wont you? As expected of Master! Youll do it! Idiot. You two help me too! Tsk. Ruri and Rill nodded reluctantly and immediately moved next to Odis-san, holding out their weapons. Then! As magic circles emerged from the palms of their hands, the two circles overlapped and became one. So, I quickly added some wind magic to propel me forward. Whoa! Its not the same as a [Magic Armor], but its very fast. I wonder if this can be crossed with the lightning attribute of the [Magic Armor]? Im not sure if I can control it if I try it suddenly, but I think its worth a try. It might be a good idea to practice it after we settle things down. While I was thinking about this, Iris-san, Master Usagi, and Night also used their own methods to get to the Dragonia spaceship. Iris-san is running through space, using the earth attribute magic to create footholds, while Night and Master Usagi use wind magic on their feet to create a foothold in space and move forward at great speed. Ciel didnt seem to be using any particular magic, but he was just flapping his wings and going very fast as usual. I wonder how? When we almost reached the Dragonia spaceships, the enemy seemed to have noticed us, and several energy cannons were pointed at us. Mm. Im sorry, but were too busy defending the spaceship. Youll have to take care of any attacks coming your way. Prediction. No problem. Ill shoot them down for you. And then, Yuti, who was the only one left standing on Merl-sans spaceship, took up her bow and fired an arrow against the bombardment that was being fired at us. [Meteor Shower]. It was a terrifying series of powerful single-arrow shots called [Death Comet], which were used when the Dragonia aliens had attacked before. The arrows released at a furious pace were sure to pierce through the Dragonia aliens bombardment and damage the spaceship itself. (Hmph As expected of a disciple of the Bow Saint. Iris and I wont lose either, but Yuuya, you should do your best too. If you show a disappointing performance, Ill give you even more severe training than before.) I-Ill do my best! I was happy to see Yutis growth, but as a result, I had to work hard too. In the meantime, when we finally reached the Dragonia spaceship, Iris-san made the first move. [Fallen Sky]! The slash that was released from below, as if cutting up, accurately slashed through the part of the Dragonia spaceship that looked like an exhaust port on a car. (Hmph thats good. Then me too [Piercing Leg]! In the same way, Master Usagi also dexterously used magic to create a foothold and instantly approached the spaceship, and then kicked through the ships hull, creating a huge hole. It was the first time I had seen the two of them perform such a feat, but they were all so powerful that they could easily destroy a ship several dozen meters in length. Grrrr Gaaaaa! Night rushed in while deploying his [Magic Armor] and pierced the ships hull with his body! I dont know why but I feel like Night is more energetic or stronger than usual Is it only my imagination? Piiiiiiiiii! With the usual blue flames on his body, Ciel flew right on top of the Dragonian spaceship and plummeted straight down, piercing its hull. As everyone destroyed the Dragonia spaceships one by one, I also took out my [World Strike] from the item box to deal with the spaceship in front of me. It is possible to destroy the spaceship with Sage-sans weapons, such as the [Omni-Sword] and [Absolute Spear], but I chose to use the [World Strike] in order to deal with it without fail. Besides, since I was dealing with a big target like a spaceship, the [World Strike] would be a good choice. Haaaaaahhh! While holding the [World Strike] in my hand, I accelerated at once and swung the [World Strike] as if I were pushing up from right under the spaceship. S~ea??h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (Shit! If this continues contact headquarters immediately.) At that moment, the spaceship created a shield just like the one on Merl-sans spaceship for a split second, but the [World Strike] easily shattered it all and left it in pieces. Iris-san and Master Usagi widened their eyes as they witnessed the power of the [World Strike] for the first time. T-thats what you were using when you were fighting me before, but its such a terrible thing! (That spaceship was destroyed like a piece of wood I guess its one of the Sages weapons, but thats outrageous) So, in the end, I relied on the performance of my weapon, but youd have to forgive me for that When I was feeling that way, I heard Odis-sans voice in my mind again. I saw something outrageous but thats okay. Id like to hear more about it, but Merl-dono tells you all to come back here right now. Were going to move out from here. I understand! As per Odis-sans words, we immediately returned to Merl-sans spaceship, and Merl-san took control of the spaceship and immediately left the area. Chapter 176 - Book 3: Part 3 Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 (Theres no sign of spaceships in the vicinity. I think its safe to say weve escaped.) Haah thats good to hear. I was relieved hearing Merl-sans words, and was finally able to relax my shoulders. But why were we ambushed, anyway? (As I said before, they calculated the distance we traveled by warp from our path. Immediately after the warp is deactivated, the spaceship has no choice but to be in a vulnerable situation) Its true, as Merl-san said, we were sitting in our seats when the warp was deactivated, and more importantly, the ambushers could just aim at us and attack. (However, since there are several possible locations for us to release the warp besides the place where we were ambushed, the Dragonias must have been waiting in several units. Fortunately, thanks to that, the number of spaceships waiting in ambush was small) It seemed that as a result of a combination of various luck, we were able to get through this safely. I didnt expect to be attacked at that moment, but it was still a great experience to be able to battle in space. I dont know what will happen next time we fight the Dragonias, but I think I will be able to move better. As I was thinking about this, I suddenly had a strange feeling. H-hmm? W-what is it? Yuuya-kun? Whats wrong? Iris-san, who noticed my strange reaction, called out to me. However, I dont know what to say I feel strangely shivery. Um I cant really describe it, but I feel like something is calling me. Something? Its the Sages sign. Ouma-san? Then Ouma-san, who had been sleeping at his own pace despite everything that had happened, only woke up at this point. More importantly, what is Sage-sans sign? When all of us were surprised by Ouma-sans words, he continued on, yawning unconcernedly. S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Fuwah what? Didnt we go to the cave where the Sage rests before we came to space? Its just that I felt the same vibe as when I was there. Could it be the sign of Sage-sans legacy? Its true that at that time, it was written that the location of the legacy sealed on a certain planet in the universe can be found by approaching but is it really in this vicinity? Then Ouma-san turned his gaze to Merl-san. Little girl. Proceed in that direction. Hey Ouma-san!? What is it? Dont you ever wonder what the sages legacy is? No, Im curious about that, but Im also curious about Merl-sans homeland I said that, but Merl-san shook her head. (Its okay, Yuuya-san. Although we were able to avoid the attack by the Dragonias, they will probably come after us soon. So, there is a risk that our current route we are taking to my homeland will be easily predicted. Therefore, Id like to change course to shift the time and distract the pursuers.) I-I see If Merl-san is willing to accept it, I am honestly interested in Sage-sans legacy. The weapons and magic circuit alone are outrageous, but what in the world did he hide in space? (By the way, were close to the sages sign, arent we?) Youre right Its not that far away. At the rate were going, we should arrive soon. (I understand. Then please guide me there.) Following Merl-sans words, Ouma-san and I worked together to lead the way in the direction of Sage-sans sign. Eventually, a planet came into view. Yuuya-sama? Hes not a Holy, but hes a special person who can resist the Evil Lexia-dono may want to hide his existence from the outside world, but I think it should be announced to the Kings. Orghis looked straight at Lexia and told her this. Lexia also looked back at Orghis, but Lexia did not realize that she had forgotten to tell Orghis about something. Of course, Lexia knew that the Evil had been destroyed, but soon afterward, she went to the Earth and witnessed a shocking event that made her forget about the Evil, and she forgot to inform Orghis that the Evil had been destroyed. On top of that, when Orghis told her that she should tell the Kings about the greatness of Yuuya, Lexias enthusiasm was triggered. As a result, Lexias reaction was different from what Orghis had imagined. Right! Lets make the other Kings understand how amazing Yuuya-sama is! Huh? Orghis looked uncomfortable at Lexias reaction. Lexia then tilted her head curiously. Ara? Whats wrong? N-no, um is that okay? For the Alceria Kingdom, he is like a final secret weapon, isnt he? Maybe he will be recruited by other countries Yes if we publicize Yuuya-sama, there will be people who will approach him for his power. But more than that, I think everyone should understand that Yuuya-sama is amazing! S-sigh And besides, Yuuya-sama and I are engaged! I dont have to worry about him being taken away! Youre not engaged to him. What, Luna! Is it not good? Is it selfish of me to say so? Youre too selfish. Luna was taken aback by Lexias words. Mai also smiled bitterly at this side of Lexia. It was supposed to be a serious consultation for Orghis, but in the end, it was decided that Lexia and the others would participate in the council in a rather sloppy manner. Inside the Dragonia mothership, a Dragonia alien was running in a hurry. When the Dragonia alien reached the room where Draco III was waiting, he hurriedly knocked on the door. (Your Majesty! I have something to report to you immediately!) (Come in.) After receiving permission, the Draconia alien entered the room and immediately knelt down. (What do you want?) (Y-yes! The third unit has received orders from Your Majesty to capture the Amelians and their collaborators, but weve lost contact with one of the platoons) (What? Whats going on?) The Draconian alien was about to be crushed by the enormous pressure emanating from Draco III, but he continued desperately. (I-it seems that all of them were wiped out in an engagement with the Amel aliens in question. We had received a report that they were going into battle, but communication from that point forward was cut off) (We got hit in return, huh.) Draco III let out a heavy sigh, and the Dragonia who reported it stiffened. Draco III took no notice of the situation and opened his mouth. (Good work. Go back now.) (Y-yes!) The Draconia bowed again and left the room. Draco III was left alone, sitting deep in his chair. (I guess Ive underestimated them. Even though Drade is out, the third unit cant handle it And this is in a space battle? I had thought that the special environment of the subspace was a major factor in the Drades defeat, but it seems that this was not the case. The Amelian collaborators must have excellent individual combat skills. Thats why they are so much better than my troops at fighting in space) After pondering for a while, Draco III eventually came to a decision. (A change of plans. Although we could not take the blueprints from the Amelian, we should destroy the planet Amel itself before the blueprint reaches them. It may take a little bit of our strength, but with our current power, we will definitely be able to destroy the planet Amel) Unbeknownst to Yuuya and the others, Draco III had finally begun to make his move. Chapter 177 - Book 3: Part 4 Book 9: Chapter 3: Part 4 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 After somehow escaping the attack by the Dragonias, we came across a strange temple-like building on a planet. The temple stood alone on the planet, but its unusual size bothered me more than its appearance. Is this really a human temple? As Iris-san noted, the size of the temple didnt look like it was built for humans. From a distance, I could see that there was only one entrance. There was no door; just a gaping hole that led into the structure. However, the size of the entrance was strange. It was so huge that even the huge spaceship of the Dragonias that we had just fought could easily fit through it, not to mention Merl-sans spaceship that we were currently on. In order to explore the planet first, Merl-san lightly operated the panel, and the spaceship landed quietly. We arrived safely on the planet, but the closer we got to the temple, the more I realized how huge it was. When I stood at the entrance and looked up, I couldnt even see the top of the entrance from directly below. T-this is really built by Sage-san, isnt it? I was overwhelmed by its size. No matter how I looked at it, I couldnt imagine that it was built for humans Even from the alien Merl-sans perspective, the building in front of us seemed strange, and her eyes widened. (This is the first time Ive seen such a strange structure Was it built for some giant race?) Yes, as Merl-san said, the size would be more convincing if we were told that it was built for gods or giants. However, as if to deny our idea, Ouma-san, who landed on the planet with us, shook his head. No. This is exactly what the Sage created and what Yuuya should inherit. E-even if you say I should inherit it what was the purpose of building such a large temple? I dont know what hes thinking. Lets just go. Wait! As Ouma-san walked into the temple without hesitation, we hurriedly followed after him. Once inside the temple, the walls were covered with a strange, slippery material that looked like marble. Meanwhile, Odis-san touched the wall and tried to channel some magic power, but he quickly shook his head. Fumu I have no idea what it is. Ive never seen anything like this in our world either. But given that this wall is impervious to magic, Im guessing that this material is used to protect something from magical attacks. As I was listening to the results of Odis-sans brief analysis, I suddenly heard a tremendous sound. I hurriedly turned my attention towards it and saw Master Usagi kicking at the wall. Master Usagi! (Mm? Oh, Im sorry. Ive never seen this material before. I was curious about its durability, but I didnt expect it to be unbreakable.) Even if you were curious, would you normally kick it? (Dont be so angry. It didnt break, so its fine, right?) Thats not the point though! Isnt everyone really acting too freely? Or am I just too nervous? Then, like Odis-san, Merl-san also touched the wall and seemed to be operating her device to check something. (This is an unknown material that hasnt been registered in our database. I did a contact analysis, and as Odis-san said, this material is quite resistant to magic power. In addition, as for its strength Was it called the [Black Hardwood Tree] that grew in the [Great Devils Nest]? It seems to be even harder than that.) Its more than that tree? [Black Hardwood Tree] is an extraordinary plant that can not be damaged by Master Usagis skills or Sage-sans weapon, but this material is harder than that I hadnt even gotten to Sage-sans legacy yet, but even here at the entrance, I was already preoccupied with other things. I couldnt see the ceiling because its too high so I didnt know what kind of light source was used, but the building was brightly lit The more I searched, the more strange things I discovered. Look at that. !? As we walked down the corridor for a while, a huge door suddenly appeared in front of us. It was a door as big as the entrance, with a sci-fi design on the surface. There were glowing lines running all over the door, rather than otherworldly feel, it gave it a futuristic look. There is nothing here, is there? Theres nothing here. The material of the walls of the room itself is no different from the corridor weve been walking through. Either way, its an unfamiliar material (Its a bit of a letdown, considering how ostentatious the staging was.) I still cant believe it, just like Master Usagi said. Woof Buhi. Pi? Night and the others were also looking around the room, but they couldnt find anything in the end. Then Ouma-san tilted his head. Its strange Before we opened the door, I could strongly sense the presence of the Sage from the inside of the room, and then all of a sudden that presence disappeared What the hell is going on? As everyone was puzzled by this situation, Iris-san looked at me with a sudden realization. Ara? Yuuya-kun, have you ever worn a bracelet like that? Eh? I also looked at where Iris-san was looking, and surprisingly, I saw an unfamiliar bracelet on my arm! W-what the heck is this? I dont remember wearing it at all, so I hurriedly tried to take it off, but Fuh Nnggh!? Nnngghhhh! No matter how hard I pull, it wont come off my arm! No way! I immediately activated my [Identification] skill and found that it was [Contract Bracelet] :: A contract bracelet. What is the meaning of this skill! What do you mean the items name and description are the same! What does the contract say in the first place? As I was confused by the questions that were coming out of my mouth at an alarming rate, Ouma-san approached the bracelet. I see. The Sages presence I had felt in this room was from that bracelet U-um I mean, what is this? S§×arch* The n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Perhaps the bracelet is the legacy of the Sage. What do you think? Do you know how to use it? Not at all. Well, thats just the way he is. He must have set it up so that youll know how to use it at some point. I hope so I tried to use my skills to look into it, but nothing came up, and I also tried to channel my magic power, but it didnt work. However, if Ouma-san is right and this item is Sage-sans relic, then we have no more business in this place. When we left the room, the door that had just reappeared just disappeared again like smoke. It really is a strange building. The Sages magic is unfathomable Odis-san said while observing the door disappearing. Even from the perspective of a magic specialist, Sage-sans magic was still outstanding. Umu. Other than the bracelet in Yuuyas hand, there is no other sign of the Sage in this place. Yes Im not particularly attracted to anything anymore either. Whenever I came to this place, I felt as if I was being called by something, but after I got the bracelet, I didnt have that feeling anymore, so I could assume that our business here was over. Merl-san, its been a little long, but were good to go here. Lets go. (I understand. From here, we can warp all the way to the area around Amel, so lets leave right away.) After nodding to Merl-sans words, we left the planet. Chapter 178 - Book 4: Part 1 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 While Yuuya and the others were exploring the temple, a meeting was being held in the Regal Kingdom. Not only the King of Regal, Orghis, but also the King of Alceria, Arnold, and other kings from various countries had gathered for the meeting. Because, first and foremost, Orghis officially announced that he had summoned a saint at this [Kings Council]. It was obvious that he would be condemned by other countries. Schleimann, the emperor of the Romel Empire in the northern land, turned his sharp gaze to Orghis. Orghis-dono. Do you understand what youve done? Following his words, Braha, the king of the Sahar Kingdom in the south, also opened his mouth. Indeed! Summoning people from other worlds is no different from abducting them. And what does your country intend to do with the strength of the saint you summoned? As if in agreement with the two of them, the other participants raised their voices one after another and nodded. Orghis was blamed for two things: abducting people from other worlds and possessing such a force for new novels But then Lexia and the others, who had been watching the meeting quietly, spoke up. As you may already know the Evil has returned. .. When the kings of each country and Orghis heard the words of Lexia and the others, they looked at Lexia with sorrowful expressions. Its not just the Regal Kingdom, but other countries as well that have been affected by the Evil Beast and have been somewhat aware of the appearance of the Evil. Therefore, each country was on the alert for the appearance of the Evil, gathering various information and preparing their forces. The moment they were about to discuss the resurrection of the Evil and the existence of the ultimate perfection Avis Lexia dropped another bomb. But that Evil has already been destroyed. What? Huh? Im sorry, Orghis-sama! I forgot to tell you until now! You forgot? The content was no more believable than the return of Evil. Above all, even Orghis, who initiated this meeting, had never heard of it before. As soon as Orghis recovered from his shock, he immediately asked. W-what do you mean by destroyed? It means exactly what it means. You dont need to worry about Evil anymore. .. He could not help but be appalled. He said he was going to talk about what to do, but the target, the Evil, was already gone. Then a voice came from the king of another country. While suppressing his surprise, Orghis began to make various calculations in his mind at the fact that there is a means of communication with the new world, but Lexia cut him off immediately. I think its best not to think too deeply, though? What? The door belongs to Yuuya-sama, and if you try to get him involved in something strange, I dont think the Genesis Dragon will stay silent. Ugh Remembering the intimidation he had received from Ouma, Orghis was at a loss for words. And even though the Evil is gone, the Evil Beasts are still lurking in many places, so its too early to relax. Youre right. I also heard that some strange people have been moving around lately. Eh? Orghis let out a sigh and looked around at Lexia and the others. S§×arch* The Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Have you ever heard of a group called the Evil Cult? Evil cult? Which gods do they worship? No, it is not a cult that is generally accepted in this world. Its a group that worships the Evil. The Evil? Yeah. There are not many of them, but they have been working in the dark in various countries with the cause of saving humanity through Evil since before the revival. In the past, they have not directly caused any major damage to the country, so we have kept our guard up and have not done anything to crack down on them. But recently, these people have been strangely active. There is such a group? Lexia was surprised to hear of the existence of such a group for the first time. But Luna was the only one who knew of their existence, having belonged to the Dark Guild. I know of their existence, but I dont know what they do. Although their ideology is dangerous, they havent caused any major incidents in the past. There are also some of them in the Alceria Kingdom, but I have not heard of any of them being caught Right. Ive been vigilant of them because of what they worship, but there has been no particular movement. However, the fact that the activity has increased recently suggests that not only us but also the Evil cult have sensed the resurgence of Evil However, now that the Evil has been destroyed, they must be beginning to make other moves. Another movement? Yes. Perhaps they are aware of the fact that Evil has been destroyed. And recently, there have been sightings of Evil cult followers searching for something in various places. Is it something about Evil? I dont know. It could be that they are looking for something or someone. Its not a problem that can be left unattended, even if it hasnt caused any real harm up until now. So I ordered a search of the base of the Evil cult, but it was empty. So youre saying they escaped? In response to Mais question, Orghis nodded with a mysterious expression. Yeah. Perhaps they sensed our movement. Its also possible that theyve already found what they were looking for Either way, now that we dont know what they were looking for, we can only remain vigilant. B-but then again, the Evil has been destroyed, and there is no such thing as more of it, is there? In the worst-case scenario, it could be that they have found a way to resurrect the destroyed Evil, but in a more enhanced form. .. Imagining the worst-case scenario described by Orghis, Lexia and the others could only stay silent. Chapter 179 - Book 4: Part 2 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 (Warp, release.) With Sage-sans legacy in my possession, we set off for the planet Amel once again. We were not attacked by the Dragonia aliens this time and successfully completed the warp. Its amazing, isnt it? To be able to travel through such a vast universe so easily But we cant tell the difference between places, can we? Are we really moving? Yeah, we cant tell the difference between places. But I think were moving. Ruri and Rill were right when they commented on traveling at warp speed. To be honest, I couldnt really feel like we were moving because I couldnt see that much of a change in the surroundings. Well, I couldnt see the Earth already, so there was no doubt that we were moving, but the speed at which the spaceship was moving was so great that it felt like we were going on a short excursion like on Earth. As I was thinking about this, Merl-sans voice sounded up. Everyone, were about to arrive at the planet Amel. (Hmph finally, huh?) In a place like this where its always dark, our sense of time gets a little out of sync. In fact, how long has it been since we left? (Weve been using the warp function, so there shouldnt be that much of a time discrepancy from everyones experience It should be about ten hours, I think.) We can travel in less than a day As Odis-san said, it was amazing that we were moving between the planets in such a way that it was like traveling abroad in an airplane. (Oh, look at that, everyone! That is the planet Amel Eh?) At the sound of Merl-sans voice, we all turned our gaze in the same direction as she did. There was a blue planet, similar to Earth, spread out on the window of the cockpit. However, many spaceships from the Dragonia were floating in the vicinity of the planet. (They are attacking the planet!) The spaceships of the Dragonias were firing energy cannons at the planet one after another. The power of the cannons was so great that if this spaceship were hit by even one of them, there would be no escape. However, the planet Amel was covered by a kind of magical barrier like the one deployed by Ruri and Rill, and it was able to withstand the attack of the Dragonias. There were also several other spaceships they did not belong to the Dragonias and probably belonged to Amel, as they were engaged in a fierce battle with the Dragonias spaceships. However, it was obvious that they were at a disadvantage because they were outnumbered. Hey, thats a hell of a lot of them! Dont tell me that this is only a part of them! (If thats the case, no matter how many of us there are, well never be able to defeat them.) As Iris-san and Master Usagi stared at the Dragonias spaceship with grim expressions, Merl-san came to her senses and shook her head. (N-no! It seems that the Dragonias are serious about destroying the planet Amel! As proof, the huge spaceship floating over there is the Dragonias mothership the Dragoon!) In the direction that Merl-san was pointing, there was a spaceship floating in the air that was so huge that it was incomparable to the spaceships of the Dragonias that we had been fighting. The ship, which resembled a giant dragon, was fully armed with a large number of weapons. (You cant be serious; they were trying to settle the war! We have to hurry!) sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Merl-san quickly took control of the terminal and accelerated our spaceship as we approached the planet Amel. The Dragonias seemed to notice us, and several spaceships came towards us. It looks like theyre not letting us pass easily! (Well have to go out there and intercept them again!) Following Master Usagis lead, we immediately jumped out into space and charged at the Dragonias spaceship. Then, unlike in the previous battle, a large number of Dragonias came out of the spaceship. Are those the clones just like the previous battle? It seemed that the Dragonias have excellent cloning technology, and their usual method was to create an inexhaustible supply of clone soldiers and send them into battle. !? When Iris was about to rush towards Yuuya, a Dragonian alien dressed in equipment similar to Drades stood before Iris. I have to go to Yuuya. Out of my way. (Hey, hey, dont be stupid, okay? If you want to go there so badly youll have to defeat me first!) The Dragonia alien slashed at Iris as he responded. Unlike Drade, this Dragonia alien wielded a sword. And its not just a longsword. He was handling a huge sword as tall as Iris with ease. (Im Drad, commander of the second unit of the Dragonian planet.) .. When Drad introduced himself, Iris kept her calm expression and swung her sword without opening her mouth. Dont you have a name too? I feel lonely. If thats the case then let me give you a name.) !? Drads pupils suddenly narrowed into a sharp vertical slit, and he swung the sword in his hand quickly. The sword, which was swung with no special technique but only with the tremendous strength of his arms, engulfed even the surrounding Dragonias and cut them into small pieces with ease. Arent they with you? (Huh? Such disposables? Dont be ridiculous. They are just a tool to wear down the enemy. And its bad enough that theyre so close to me. If they cant be used, they should just get the hell out of my sight!) ! In response to the forceful blow swung down, Iris immediately abandoned the choice of defense and jumped away from the spot. Then, despite having a sufficient distance, a tremendous shockwave struck Iris. Kuh! What ridiculous power! (Hey, hey! Whats with the surprise? I havent even started to take it seriously yet!) When Iris realized that there was no way to avoid the huge sword that attacked her like a storm, she held the sword up to her eyes and slowly exhaled. And then. [Wind Willow Slash]! Ah!? Iris, like a willow, brushed aside the impact of the attack and inflicted one wound after another on Drads body. Although each attack was not very powerful, the countless cuts all over his body caused Drad to frown and distance himself from Iris. (Youre not bad Huh!? .. While Drad was enraged, Iris had a clear expression on her face. (You bastard I dont care what your name is. Ill just crush you right here and now!) Drad became angrier at Iriss attitude and began to attack even more violently. He attacked in a huge storm, cutting up the surrounding Dragonia clone soldiers with just the wind pressure of his sword. The blow was so powerful that it could easily shatter a small meteorite and this was not something that a human could approach. But even in the face of such a Drad, Iris remained calm. You are so barbaric. (Ah!) Iris moves forward with a calm face through the raging storm of swords. Not just swords, but even the wind pressure is easily avoided as she finally closed in on Drads body. (Wha!?) This is the end [Heavenly Saint Slash]! Iriss sword, which was swung from below, sliced through Drad from his groin all the way up to his brain and then went on to engulf other Dragonia soldiers and one of the spaceships, obliterating it. A sword like a wild beast is no match for a human sword. Remember that though, its too late to tell you this. More importantly, I have to save Yuuya-kun! Iris had been looking at the place where Drad disappeared for a while, but she hurriedly headed towards Yuuya. Chapter 180 - Book 4: Part 3 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 (I see. I guess that means youre my opponent.) (..) On the other hand, Usagi was confronting another one of the Dragonia aliens. The Dragonia didnt have any weapons and was wearing a pair of gauntlets and leg armor. (From the looks of it, it seems that you fight with hand-to-hand combat) (What an odd little animal. But since you are here, I will not show you any mercy.) Usagi laughed in amusement at the Dragonia, who readied himself while saying that. (Kukuku Its been a long time since Ive been treated as a small animal. Dont worry. There is no need for mercy or hesitation. Youre going to lose to me here anyway.) (Hmph Do you think this First Unit Commander, Dran, will be defeated by a small animal like you? What a funny joke!) In an instant, the Dragonia alien, who called himself Dran, closed the distance to Usagi and kicked at his small body mercilessly. But (!?) (I told you, didnt I? Theres no need for mercy or hesitation.) Usagi countered Drans kick with a similar kick, easily offsetting the attack. Dran quickly distanced himself and smiled ferociously. (Fufu Youre so cocky for a small animal. Do you think youre on the hunters side with that level of power?) (..) (I dont know where you got that kind of power, but dont get carried away!) Dran wrapped his body with a kind of fighting spirit, and he closed in on Usagi with a speed that was incomparable to the first strike. He then lowered his body at once and unleashed a powerful fist that struck at Usagi. (Nnngghh!) Although it was just a fist attack, the multiple shock waves released easily destroyed not only the surrounding Dragonia clone soldiers but also the asteroids floating in space. But even in the face of such an attack, Usagi was in no hurry to evade and stepped on top of Drans outstretched fist. (Wha?) (Thats the extent of your barking, huh?) (Screw you!) (Oh?) Against Usagi, who stood on top of his fist, Drans gauntlet changed instantly, and suddenly an energy cannon was fired from it. However, Usagi was not flustered by such an attack and jumped up to avoid the gunfire with a relaxed attitude. (Whats wrong? Is that equipment just for decoration?) (Dont you ever underestimate me!) At Usagis provocation, Dran deployed a variety of weapons. In addition to the energy cannons, Drans gauntlets were equipped with energy shields to cover the defensive aspect. Furthermore, his leg armor was equipped with a jet mechanism, and his toes were also equipped with energy cannons, just like his gauntlets. Making full use of these armaments, Dran unleashed a series of powerful attacks, but Usagi easily avoided all of them. On top of that, while avoiding Drans attacks, Usagi analyzed the characteristics of the Dragonia aliens from their attacks. (Fumu Ive never encountered such weapons before, but it seems that your pure combat power is not that high.) (What the! What are you trying to say?) (Im saying that while your weapons are flashy, your skills are not. Thats why one of your people has already been defeated.) (Wha Drad?) In response to Usagis words, Dran immediately turned his attention to Drad, who was fighting Iris. At that moment, he saw Drad being sliced open by Iris. And then (How dare you to look away so casually?) (!?) Usagi didnt miss the moment when Dran took his eyes off him and dove straight into his chest, taking advantage of his small body to deliver a sharp kick to his torso. ([Kicking Flash]) (Gaaahh!?) Dran was blown away by the kick before he could defend himself. Usagi didnt even give him time to regain his stance, and in an instant, he went behind Dran and kicked him in the back. ([Heaven Leg]) (Guaah!?) In space, where there is no ground, to begin with, it is difficult to hold on unless one uses magic or science technology to adjust ones stance. So, Dran was sent upward without being able to catch himself. He managed to adjust his stance and looked around frantically, trying to locate Usagi. (W-where is he!? Where) (Here.) (Gueeeeee!) Before he knew it, Usagi had moved above Drans head and slammed a kick into his head. Dran continued to plummet at an incredible speed. (Its impossible This cant be happening! My weapons, filled with Dragonia technology! Why doesnt it work? How can a mere small animal attack!) ([Star Drop]) In addition to creating a foothold with magic, Usagi also used the magic he learned from Yuuya to clothe his legs with magic power. He approached the falling Dran, spinning like a wheel, and struck him with a powerful heel drop. It was the best blow that Usagi could deliver right now, and it sent shockwaves around him, blowing away a spaceship that had been waiting nearby. Usagi stared at Dran, who disappeared like Drad, and snorted. After destroying hundreds of asteroids, Dracul finally succeeded in adjusting his stance and vomiting a large amount of blue blood from his mouth; he desperately searched for the presence that had attacked him. (W-what the hell is going on?) Woof. (Eh) A shadow landed behind Dracul noiselessly. When Dracul hurriedly turned his attention to the shadow, he saw that a huge [Night] was standing there. (H-huh? What the heck what is it with you?) The jet-black fur was reminiscent of the night sky. And with sharp red eyes, the dignity that emanated from a huge body was second to none, even compared to the Genesis Dragon. Akatsuki and the Ciel were well aware of such a wolf. B-buhi. P-piii! It was Night, who had been blown away by Dracul. For the first time, Night, who had only been a puppy before, appeared as such a large, magnificent figure. This was the effect of a skill that Night had never been able to use before, the [Night God Wolfs Divine Authority]. He had never been able to use this skill before because he was too young, and the conditions for activating the skill were not met. However, it was the feeling of helplessness that he had felt in the battle with Drade the other day and experiencing it again in this battle with Dracul. In addition, the fact that Akatsuki was trying desperately to help Ciel made him even angrier at himself for being so helpless. And the most important trigger was the name of Nights skill [Night]. [T/n: The skills name is Yoru, which means Night too.] While in the other world and on Earth, [Night] had a time constraint, but in space itself, there was no sunlight, and therefore it was [Night] and the power to release this skill was stored in Nights body without his knowledge. sea??h th§× N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. With all these conditions in place, Night was able to activate the skills that he should not have been able to use yet and transformed himself into a magnificent Black Fenrir with a fighting strength that rivaled Ouma. Night, who had been calmly staring at Dracul, shifted his gaze to Ciel and barked lightly again. Woof. Pi? Pi! Wha? With just that, the cage that held Ciel was destroyed, and Ciel was free once again. However, Dracul, who was temporarily removed from Nights consciousness because of his gaze on Ciel, immediately took up his axe and attacked Night, taking advantage of the momentary gap. (You idiot! You turned your back on me!) Pi? Buhi! Ciel and Akatsuki rushed to stop Dracul, who was about to deliver a blow with tremendous force to Night, but they could not do so in time. (Fooooollll! Dieeeeeee!) It was a ruthless attack by Dracul with all his might. But Woof. (Wwha?) It was Draculs axe that was obliterated. Dracul watches in dismay as his axe disappears from his hand. He quickly came to his senses and fired the energy cannon mounted on his full body armor at close range. (W-what the hell did you do, you bastard!) However, Draculs excessively fierce attack was easily crushed. Woof! Night barked again. In fact, Draculs entire body armor shattered in an instant, and even the bones in his body were shattered as he flew through the air helplessly. (Aaghh Gaaaahh!?) Dracul was no longer able to move, let alone adjust his stance in the air. As if to crush him, Night raises his arm. Woof! (Hyii. W-wait) When Night swung his arm down, the surrounding clone soldiers and spaceships, including Dracul, disappeared into dust. Night, who was quietly watching the scene, suddenly began to groan in pain. Uoo Grrr Pi! Pii! Fugo! Buhi! Ciel and Akatsuki hurriedly rushed over and tried to save Night by using their respective skills. However, instead of recovering, Night suffered even more and finally let out a loud howl. Awwoooooooo! And then, as Night slumped down, his body began to glow. After a while, the light subsided, and the usual young Night was lying there. Pii! Buhi! As Ciel and Akatsuki used their skills with all their might, Night roared slightly and quietly opened his eyes. W woof? Pi! Pii! Fugo! Woof? Ciel and Akatsuki immediately hugged Night, but Night tilted his head, not seeming to understand what was going on. When Night returned to his normal state, he had no memory of the time when he was the Black Fenrir. Although it was good that he was awake, he was still exhausted, so Night and the others looked worriedly at Yuuya and prayed for his safety. Chapter 181 - Book 4: Part 4 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 4 Thats Black Fenrir? Why is it here? Answer. Thats Night. Hes been with us this whole time. That one? Whats going on with Yuuya-donos family While Yuuya and the others were dealing with their respective commanders, Yuti, who was standing on top of the spaceship that Merl was desperately trying to control, and Odis, who was dealing with the bombardment from the Dragonia spaceship, were having a conversation. Not only Odis but also Merl and the others were astonished by the sudden appearance of the legendary being. (Oh, so thats Night-sans true form) Thats amazing, isnt it? Thats amazing! As Ruri and Rill also became excited, Ouma, who had been sleeping for a long time now, opened his mouth and sighed absently. Fuwahh Ive been expecting his awakening to come soon, but I didnt expect it to happen here. Its not a complete awakening, it seems Fufufu. As expected of a race that can rival me. Its not perfect, yet it gave me a shiver. Over the course of working with Yuuya, Ouma had never once mentioned such a thing, but is now commenting on the presence that emitted from Night. This was literally proof that Night possessed a power rivaling the Genesis Dragon. Affirmative. Night is a capable boy. Thats right. To think that hes already that smart as a kid, its going to be scary when he grows up. I dont know, but why cant I see that Black Fenrir anymore? S~ea??h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When Odis asked this, Ouma replied while laying down again. Its simple. As I said before, he is not fully awake yet. The burden on the body is too great. So he wont be able to use that skill for a while. I see If we had that power, this battle would have been over in an instant It cant be helped. Odis was right. If Night had been able to maintain that awakened state, this battle would have been settled literally in an instant. However, since it was his first awakening, Night was still unable to control his power. Immediately after defeating Dracul, he returned to his normal state. If Night in that state had gone on a rampage without being capable of thinking, he could have destroyed not only the Dragonias but also Yuuya and the others, and even the planet Amel. However, Night had instinctively sensed this. When he defeated Dracul, he canceled his awakened state. This was the reason why, from Oumas point of view, Nights latent abilities were so frightening. However, even though they had defeated most of the Dragonias leaders, they still had to deal with Drade, the clone soldiers, and the biggest problem of all, the giant spaceship Dragoon. Even so it seems that Iris and the others fought quite spectacularly. I thought they would struggle more, even if they could not overwhelm them like Night-dono did Of course. They are strong. But theres no end to the number of spaceships the enemy has (Kuh! Theres still way too many of them!) Hmm, I wonder how long the magic power used to defend this ship will last? Its pretty intense, you know? As soon as Odis said that, he immediately formulated his magic power. Then, as if in response to Odis, a magic sphere appeared outside Merls spaceship, and it gradually grew larger. Yuti watched the scene as she shot down the bombardment. Astonishing. Amazing magic power this is the Magic Saint Merl also operated the spaceship more carefully so as not to interfere with Odis concentration and continued to avoid being hit. And then. [Destruction Magic]. The moment Odis slowly opened his eyes and chanted that, the magic power that had already formed into a huge mass shrank at once and was released in the direction where there were many spaceships. The mass of magic power that had shrunk to a tiny size reached the center of the swarm without difficulty, unnoticed by not only the clone soldiers but even the Dragonia spaceships. Blast them all! At that moment, the magic that had been compressed exploded all at once, and the mass of magic power became a destructive force that wiped out all the surrounding spaceships. The aftermath was tremendous, and the impact was fierce. It was felt not only on Merls spaceship, which was far away, but also by Usagi and the others who were fighting the enemy. The impact was so great that Usagi voiced his complaint. (Hey, Odis! If youre going to unleash such crazy magic, give me a word first!) Thats right! You almost got us caught up in that! Odis was on his knees in the spaceship, breathing hard as he replied to Usagi and the others who were complaining. Hah hah Youre safe, arent you? Thats okay then Hey, are you okay? Youve been reckless, havent you? Of course I cant shoot that thing many times but I took care of most of the spaceships. Ill leave the rest to you (Hmph. Id like to complain about this to your face, but for now, rest. But remember that this when all is said and done?) Huh I dont want to Master! Odis finally couldnt take it anymore and collapsed on the spot. Ruri and Rill immediately rushed to embrace him, and Merl gave instructions as she piloted. (Theres a bed over there. There is also a medical function installed in that bed, so please let him sleep there.) U-understood! Ruri and Rill carried Odis to the bed as instructed by Merl. As she watched them go, Merl steeled her resolve even more. (We were able to reduce the strength of the Dragonias in one move thanks to Odis-san. However, it seems that the Dragoon is completely locked onto us, but at the same time, my compatriots on Amel must have noticed my presence. The only thing left to do is to see how far Yuuya-san and the others can go) Merl maneuvered her spaceship to avoid the attacks from the remaining Dragonia aliens while praying for Yuuya and the others to put up a good fight. Chapter 182 - Book 4: Part 5 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 5 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 5 (No way! The Dragonia elites those commanders were defeated?) Drade, who had been fighting with me, was astonished that the other commanders had been defeated. I was really surprised about Night, not to mention Iris-san and Master Usagi. Sear?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I suddenly felt a tremendous pressure similar to Ouma-sans, and when I turned my gaze towards it, I saw a huge jet-black wolf. I was surprised by his appearance, but I knew immediately that the wolf was Night. It seemed that Night had also unleashed his power for some reason. Ill have to make sure of that when this battle is over. In order to do that, I need to defeat Drade in front of me now. Unlike the time of the previous attack, I was able to activate both [Holy Kings Authority] and [Holy Evil Creation] from the start in this fight. (Kuh! What the hell is this power!) [Thousands Spear Piercing]! (Gaahh!) Drade, who could not handle my attack, suffered many wounds on his body. Then he distanced himself from me and looked at me in disbelief. (Impossible! I was defeated once, and in order to defeat you, I made further modifications to this body! So why am I being overwhelmed?) It seems that after Drade was defeated by me and was retrieved back, he further modified and strengthened his body. It is true that in this fight, I felt that each blow was more powerful than the last, and it was obvious that if I took even one hit, I would take a lot of damage. But now that I could use the power of the [Holy and Evil Creation] even more than before, I was able to overwhelm Drade. Then, Kuro, who was inside me, raised his voice in amusement. Hahahahahaha! This is so good! I wonder what it feels like to be beaten by someone you thought you could beat? Hey, Kuro? Isnt it nice? And Im helping you, too. You should be a little grateful. Yeah, thanks a lot for that. Ive been fighting with the help of Kuro, as he said. This is because I needed to activate the power of Evil to match the power of the Holy that was strengthened by the [Holy Kings Authority], so I borrowed the power of Kuro. Thanks to that, I am now able to draw out the full potential of the [Holy and Evil Creation], and in combination with Sage-sans weapon, I am now overwhelming Drade. Drade shook his head as if to say that he didnt approve of such a situation. (Unbelievable There is no way that we, the Dragonias, can lose We cant lose!) ! In an enraged state, a tremendous fighting spirit rose from Drades body, and he thrusted out his spear with a speed that was incomparable to anything he had ever done before. Those were the words that were muttered unconsciously. Then, Kasumi reacted to the murmur, and her eyes lit up. Onee-chan? Who is Yuuya-san! Could he be your boyfriend? Eh!? As well as mumbling unconsciously, Kaori was very flustered because she didnt think that Kasumi would notice it. Kasumi smiled more and more at the sight of her. Looking at you like that, I guess its true? N-no! We are not in that kind of relationship yet! Yet~? ~~! Stop teasing me, or I wont help you with your homework! Wawa! I-Im sorry! When Kaori turned her face away from Kasumi, Kasumi hurriedly apologized. However, Kasumi immediately continued with a look of interest. Hey, hey, Onee-chan. What kind of person is this Yuuya-san? Eh? Youre so naive, you know? You might have been deceived by a bad guy! N-naive, you say? Kaori couldnt help but smile bitterly at Kasumis words, but since she didnt know much about the outside world, she couldnt say anything back. Then how is it? T-thats right hes very kind. As Kaori answered, she remembered the first time she met Yuuya. A few months ago I was being tangled up with a few men, and while the others pretended not to see it, Yuuya-san was the only one who had the courage to help me Hes such a kind person! I want to return the favor to such a kind Yuuya-san, even if only a little, so I decided to invite him to our school. Now, he is the closest person to me in the school, and he is very important to me Hmm. Huh? W-what is it, Kasumi? Nothing~? Kaori reacted immediately to the smirking Kasumi. However, the expression on Kaoris face did not stop, and she also let out a sigh of exasperation and looked up at the sky from the window again. (The summer vacation will soon be over I hope we can meet soon) With these thoughts in mind, the sisters daily lives pass by. Chapter 183 - Book 4: Part 6 Book 9: Chapter 4: Part 6 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 6 Yuuya and the others were struggling in the vast universe far away from the peaceful time of the Earth, but someones voice was suddenly directed at them. The weight of the voice almost crushed not only me but also Iris-san and Master Usagi just by hearing the voice. W-what the heck is this! If I hadnt used magic to create a foothold, I would have been knocked off to the edge of the universe Thats the kind of pressure I felt. This feeling is very similar to the time when I faced Avis, who became the ultimate perfection of Evil. But the big difference is that the Dragonias have the technology to neutralize Ciels attack, which overwhelmed Avis. In other words, we cant expect Ciel and the others to defeat him as they did with Avis. I managed to resist the pressure and looked up to see the Dragoon, the mother ship of the Dragonias, pointing its hull in our direction. And at the front of the ship, there was a figure of a Dragonia alien. That Dragonia alien was different from all the other Dragonias we had fought, with magnificent horns and royal-looking clothes. He looked down at us coldly and continued to speak. (You who permitted you to look at me? Kneel down!) Guhh! Another pressure was exerted on us. The pressure was like gravity multiplied by hundreds of times, and such a force continued to be applied from above our heads. In order to withstand the pressure, I thrust my spear into the foothold I had created with magic. Then the Dragonia alien in front of us suddenly appeared and smiled with interest. (Oh? You can withstand the pressure of my words fine. For your small resistance, you will have the honor of hearing my noble name.) The Draconia alien said with an attitude of utter arrogance, addressing us, Merl-sans spaceship, and the planet Amel. (I am Draco III. I am here to tell you, impudent people that you may die now.) Kuh? [Heavenly Saint Slash]! I had a bad premonition and immediately unleashed the [Heavenly Saint Slash] with all my might. And the next moment, the Dragoon unleashed a blast at us that was more massive than any bombardment Ive ever seen! When my full power strike collided with that blast, it looked like a tense fight for a while, but it couldnt be completely canceled out, and the huge blast scattered all around. Guh!? Kyaaa! (Kuh!) The impact was so great that even Merl-sans spaceship, which was far away, had to endure it desperately to avoid being blown away. In contrast, those of us who received the impact up close were badly damaged. Me, in particular, had already lost all strength in my body due to the fact that I had exerted all my power to stop the attack. At such a sight, Draco III once again raised his voice with interest. (Oh? You blocked a blow from my Dragoon?) Kuhah! Hah! Hah! Yuuya-kun! Iris-san hurriedly called out to me, but I did not have enough time to respond to her. I had done everything in my power to intercept the attack, and I had no confidence in my ability to defend myself if the same attack was unleashed again. Even the [Violent Eating Cleaner], which had sucked up Drades attack last time, would not be able to absorb this attack. I was certain because it was that powerful. I tried to catch my breath before Draco III made his next move, but he continued to ridicule me. (I could give you the same attack again but if I give you more despair, youll give up on living, wont you?) Wha Its not just the main cannon on the front of the dragon-shaped Dragoon, but the other cannons as well, and the gathered energy was on the same scale as the one that was just released. This was despair itself. Even if I could have prevented the first blow, I could not prevent the second. On top of that, several attacks of the same scale as the previous one were coming at us at the same time, and it was nothing but a nightmare. Not only me but also Iris-san and Master Usagi could not help but be stunned by the situation. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (It was a bit of amusement, wasnt it, all of you? Well then farewell.) Suddenly, a magic circle appeared at my feet, and the next moment I was standing in a strange space. There were no pilot seats or machines lined up like in a robot animation, but purely wide open space. However, in front of me was a reflection of the scenery outside, and I could see Draco III, who was more stunned to see this knight than me As he looked around, Draco III, who had come to his senses, raised his voice. (Kukuku kuhahahaha! After all, I am the one who deserves to be the ruler of the world! I never thought Id see the legendary great giant here! I will defeat him and make the great giant mine!) Just as he announced that he would take this knight, the energy began to gather in the Dragoons cannons again! T-this is bad! What should I do? Please remain calm. You can control this by actually moving your body. For the time being, I followed the knights words and moved my arms, and the giant moved in sync with me! As I was impressed by this, a voice called out to me. Its fine that youre impressed, but are you sure you dont want to block his attacks? T-thats right! Um like this? The moment I finished confirming how to move, the Dragoon unleashed an energy cannon! (You shall bow down to the majesty of my Dragoon! Hahahahahaha!) As Draco IIIs sneer echoed through the air, I swung my sword with the same feeling I always have when Im wielding the [Omni-Sword]. Then (What?) The knights sword easily sliced through the barrage from the Dragoon. As I was surprised by this, the knight called out to me. I am powered by the magic of my contractor. So, taking into account the current amount of magic power of the contractor, the next three minutes should be the limit of activity. Is that so? I thought it was some kind of robot, but the activity time is special effects? But should I think that being able to move such a huge knight for three minutes with only my magic power is amazing? If I think about it normally, my magic power should be depleted in an instant. Thinking about this, I believed the knights words and decided to defeat the Dragoon in front of me before it reached its three-minute activity limit. Then, Draco III hurriedly gave the order. (S-shoot! Just keep up the bombardment! Dont let it get any closer!) As if in response to Draco IIIs words, not only the Dragoon but all the other Dragonia spaceships pointed their cannons in my direction and began to accumulate energy! But even in the face of this scene, I was not panicked. Hah! (W-what!?) Despite being so huge, this knight could move as agilely as I could. In addition, it seems that if I use the [Holy Kings Authority] or [Holy Evil Creation] together, their effects will be reflected in the knights attacks. As a result, this knight could move around the universe at a ridiculous speed. The other Dragonia spaceships attacked me one after another as if they were forming a shield, but I didnt stop. [Unparalleled War Dance]! Even the techniques of the Sword Saint were reflected in the movements of the giant knight, and all the spaceships that approached were cut down. And finally, I reach the Dragoon. (Nonsense Is this the power of the great giant? Why is this power not mine? I-it should be for meeeeeeee!) The attack with the largest amount of energy here was unleashed from the front of the Dragoon. In the face of the mighty attack, I calmly held my sword at the top. And then [Heavenly Saint Slash]! As I swung down the strike with all my might, the bombardment from the Dragoon was slashed apart, and a sword flash of fierce power approached the Dragoon itself. (S-stop This me losing in a place like thiiiiiissssss!) Immediately afterward, a huge explosion occurred. I immediately set up the shield to protect Iris-san and Merl-sans spaceship and prevent the shockwave from the explosion. Did we win? When the explosions subsided, and I looked beyond my shield, I saw that the Dragonia spaceship fleet had vanished without a trace. Chapter 184 - Book 9: Epilogue Part 1 Book 9: Epilogue Part 1 Heres the epilogue part 1, enjoy~ Epilogue Part 1 We had successfully defeated the Dragonia aliens. Once I confirmed that all the Dragonias had disappeared, the giant knight I controlled suddenly began to glow. W-what is it? I have reached my limit of activity. The summoning will now be canceled. Ah After hearing this announcement, the knight disappeared, and I was thrown out into space. Fortunately, thanks to Merl-san, I was able to adapt to outer space but if I hadnt, it would have been horrible Yuuya-kun! Iris-san! As I was dumbfounded, Iris-san and Master Usagi came running up to me. Are you okay, Yuuya-kun? Are you hurt? I-Im fine! Im fine! Immediately after Iris-san came running up to me, she touched my body here and there to make sure I wasnt injured. Im glad shes worried about me, but its embarrassing Then, Master Usagi muttered to Iris-san with a look of disbelief. (What are you worried about? Its obvious that Yuuya will be fine, no?) Hey, Usagi! He was indeed riding that ridiculous golem so that he might be fine, but you know firsthand how bad the enemy was, right? (Hmph Its true, that guys the master of all of them, so hes of a different class.) As Master Usagi said, the power of Draco III was incomparable to that of Drade and the other commanders. Although he hadnt fought Draco III directly, the sense of intimidation that seemed crushing down just by speaking was on par with when he faced Avis. In addition, the energy cannons of the Dragoon, the mothership of the Dragonias, were also a terrible thing. If it werent for the power of the giant knight entrusted to me by Sage-san, I would have lost for sure. When I was trembling thinking about it, Master Usagi told me with a serious expression. (By the way Sages legacy is a crazy one. I didnt know that he had built such a huge golem) And its made of Orichalcum, thats crazy As expected, but this is Sage-san that were talking about Moreover, the reason behind the creation of such a ridiculous thing is that when he was transferred to Earth, he was exposed to a subculture and wanted to create his own I think its too frivolous and overdone In addition, Draco III talked about the great giant and many other meaningful things After building that knight, did Sage-san do something in space? I wouldnt be surprised if he saved a single planet, saying it was a trial run. That knight seemed to have disappeared into my bracelet Now I couldnt hear the voice of the knight who had taught me so much, and the bracelet didnt seem to respond. As I was staring at the bracelet, Merl-sans spaceship was coming towards us. (Everyone! Are you okay?) Oh, Merl-san! Were fine over That was the moment I was about to say that. In the exact moment, another fleet of spaceships, different from those of the Dragonias, appeared around Merl-sans spaceship and us as they approached. (Dont move! Who are you people? And wheres the great giant that just appeared?) This voice came from a fleet of spaceships, presumably from the planet Amel. Indeed, we came close to the planet Amel, but we immediately started fighting with the Dragonias Its kind of disturbing. (Its no wonder. You cant blame them. We started the battle without even coming forward.) As Master Usagi said, from the perspective of the people of planet Amel, they may not be able to determine whether we are friend or foe. I-I see The story was so grand that I honestly couldnt really feel it, but I couldnt help but agree that it was possible for Sage-san. Ouma-san is also a bit dumbfounded while listening to Marl-sans story. Ah, that guy Hes not satisfied with just that world, and hes been rampaging in the outside world as well. Good grief, I could not have said that about myself As a result, Sage-san is bringing peace to the universe, but as Ouma-san said, Sage-san was also quite free to do as he pleased. When I unintentionally chuckled at Ouma-sans words, Marl-sans eyes lit up. (Now, Apostle-sama. As for whats to come, I would love to have you participate in the celebration of the universe being at peace!) Huh? (Ive already notified the other planets, so the celebration can take place at any time! It would be a great honor for us to continue the festival for ten years!) Ten years? What kind of crazy period is that? When I was startled by Marl-sans words, he tilted his head curiously. (Did I say something strange? You may think that ten years is a short time when you consider that the universe has become peaceful, but each of our fellow planets has its own various circumstances. And there may be people who will follow in the footsteps of the Dragonias) I-its not that. I cant stay here for ten years! If anything, summer vacation is almost over, and I have to prepare for school, pick up Kagurazaka-san, and many other things to do. But for some reason, Marl-sans eyes widened. (What are you talking about? I said the festival would be for ten years, but Im planning to have Apostle-sama live on this planet permanently) No, no, no, I cant accept that! Whats going on that he even wants me to live here permanently? When I was seriously troubled, Marl-san, with a difficult expression on her face, began to converse with the other Amel people, calling Merl-san in the middle of the conversation. Meanwhile, I moved over to Iris-san and the others. W-what do you think will happen? Hmm I doubt they will force you to stay on this planet, but if they do you might have to give them a hard time. Eehh? sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. You saved their lives, didnt you? You saved their lives, after all. As Ruri and Rill said, we originally came here because of Merl-sans request, but to have that happen to me is just too much! But if we collided with the people of Amel, we wouldnt have any way to get home from here. We dont have the skills to pilot a spaceship, and that knight can only be used for three minutes. In addition, the warp function has been used to get here, so it will not be so easy to return. Could it be possible to use teleportation magic to bring everyone back? As I was thinking about this, Merl-san and the others came back, probably having finished their discussion. (Apostle-sama. Im very sorry to hear this, but I understand that Apostle-sama has his own circumstances, so I wont ask you to do anything. If you ever come to this planet again, please take your time.) Y-yes, of course! I dont have any means of transportation at the moment, but if I could come back, Id like to do some sightseeing next time. When I was thinking like that, Marl-san nodded his head in satisfaction. (Thank you very much. Now, let my daughter, Merl, guide you to Apostle-samas home planet again.) (Yes. Ill send them back safely.) Merl-san said this with a serious expression on her face, but for some reason, her cheeks were strangely red. I wondered if something had happened to her. What is it? Merl-san, whats wrong? (N-no! Its nothing! Lets move out now!) Y-yes. I feel like Ive been misled Did something happen with Merl-san during their discussion? With these thoughts in mind, we boarded Merl-sans spaceship once again and departed the planet Amel as is. Chapter 185 - Book 9: Epilogue Part 2 Book 9: Epilogue Part 2 Heres the part 2 sponsored by Patreon, enjoy~ Epilogue S§×arch* The N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Part 2 At the time when Yuuya was worried about the conflict with the people of planet Amel, Merl had an anxious look on her face when Marl called her over. (Um, father what are you going to do with Yuuya-san and the others?) (What do you mean by what am I going to do? Of course, were going to make them stay here for the rest of their lives.) (You cant do that! They have their own lives to lead!) (But how can we not entertain the Apostle who brought peace to the universe?) The other Amelians nodded in agreement with Marls words. However, Merl stated with a resolute attitude. (Thats only for our convenience. The reason we were able to obtain the blueprint for the anti-astronomical annihilation weapon, and the reason we were able to defeat the Dragonias, was because of the goodwill of Yuuya-san and the others who helped us! And now youre trying to hurt them?) (They wouldnt have any means of space travel anyway, would they? If thats the case, theyll have no choice but to listen to us. And were not trying to hurt them in any way, okay? Im just trying to arrange for them to live comfortably on this planet.) (Forcing and threatening things just for our convenience like that is just like the Dragonias, who were our enemies.) (!) Merl looked straight at the Amelians and told them so. (Ive been saved by them. Now its my turn to help them. If father and the others want to force them to stay on this planet, I will take the spaceship and send them back to their home planet!) (..) Marl and Merl stared at each other for a while. Then Marl let out a sigh and dropped his gaze. (Hah I wonder who she got that spirit from) (..) (Okay, okay. If you insist, lets send them home.) (!) (Marl-sama!) (But!) While controlling the surprised Amelians with his hand, Marl continued. (Merl. I have a mission for you.) (Eh?) Merl froze at the unexpected words. However, despite Merl, who was frozen, Marl told her clearly. (You must deepen your relationship with the Apostle and take his genes.) (What?) At this unexpected statement, Merl was surprised, and at the same time, her cheeks turned red. (W-what do you mean by that!) (I mean exactly what I said. Im sure the Apostle will eventually die of old age. But if the genetic descendants of our planet Amel inherit the Apostles genes, then that great giant will inevitably belong to Amel. In addition, if you and the Apostle get to know each other, he might change his mind and decide to move to this planet, which is your home.) (N-no way) (Im telling you, if you disapprove of this, Im not going to let them leave this planet.) Merl fell silent at Marls words. At last, Merl nodded, feeling her face heat up as she thought back to her previous actions with Yuuya. (I understand. I will somehow do my best to get to know Yuuya-san better) (Umu. Im counting on you.) Thus, a great deal of talk was going on in a place unknown to Yuuya. We made it back safely! We took Merl-sans spaceship and came back to Earth without any problems. When we got off the spaceship, Iris-san stepped on the ground with a strange feeling. I dont know what to say; it feels weird to be on the ground, doesnt it? As Iris-san said, most of the time we were sailing in space, we were either inside the ship or using magic as a foothold, so it felt strange to have a ground we could walk on like this. When one of the cult members replied to the man who was called the founder, the other members of the cult around them began to buzz. No way, he really is living in the [Great Devils Nest] But if it were not for that, our God would not have been defeated But who the hell is he? In the midst of all the speculation, the founder calmly asks the believer who made the report. And did you get any more information about this person? Yes! After investigating, it seems that there is no doubt that he is a young man. However, it is doubtful that he is from this continent What do you mean by that? According to my investigation, he has an unusual name: Yuuya Tenjou I see A name like that sounds unheard of in any of the countries on this continent In fact, I wanted to find out what continent he was from, but even the Alceria Kingdom, where the rumor originated, doesnt seem to know that much about him No, thank you for your efforts. What we need to know now is whether or not any humans are living in the [Great Devils Nest]. And this time, it has become clear. Then theres no need to hesitate any longer. But if that person has defeated our God, will we be able to defeat him on our own? In response to the believers words, the founder shook his head. No. If we fought normally, our defeat would be inevitable. But this time, there is no need to fight. We have the magic of the abominable Sage who once destroyed our God. If we use it, we can simply switch the existence of that person and our God and accomplish our longing without fighting him The power of the Sage who destroyed our God will be our power this time! Oh! The founder stood up vigorously and looked around at all of the believers. Gentlemen! Our divine enemy is in the [Great Devils Nest]! That land is extremely dangerous, and there is no guarantee that you will be safe. But in order to extinguish the hated divine enemy and revive our God, I ask you to entrust me with your lives! For the sake of our God! A crazy light lit up in the eyes of all the believers present. Seeing them, the founder nodded in satisfaction and raised his arms high in the air. Lets go! To eliminate our enemy Yuuya Tenjou! Thinking that peace had finally arrived, Yuuya was greeted with a new trouble. During a new movement of Evil believers in another world, Kaori was called to the chairmans office of the [Ousei Academy]. You said you wanted to talk to me. What is it? Oh. Actually, I wanted Kaori to take care of the new student again. Eh, the new student? Kaori was surprised by the unexpected words from her father, Tsukasa, but she quickly understood. I see The summer vacation will soon be over, so it might be the right time for a transfer student. Thats why. So, since Kaori took care of Yuuya-kun and Yuti-san, I wanted to ask you again. What do you think? Yes, its fine! When Kaori nodded in response, Tsukasa also smiled as if relieved. However, his expression soon changed to one of slight suspicion. Um, whats wrong? Hmm? Oh, Im sorry. As Kaori said, its not particularly strange that the transfer student happened after the summer vacation, but my memory is a little fuzzy. I dont remember being consulted about or giving permission for this new student. Huh Kaori tilted her head curiously at Tsukasas words. The reason for this is that when a student from another school moves into this academy, it is natural that the schools president, Tsukasa, should have been consulted for his approval, but Tsukasa had no memory of such procedures. However, since Tsukasa had the documents in his possession, he was sure that he had confirmed this matter. As the two of them puzzled over the strange phenomenon, Kaori suddenly remembered and asked. What kind of person is the new student, by the way? Oh, its this girl. Tsukasa handed her a document with a picture of the new student, and Kaori checked it. And Kaori was somewhat familiar with the picture. Huh? This person is The document showed the face of a girl with phosphorescent blue hair. Chapter 186 - Book 9: Afterword Book 9: Afterword Heres the afterword. Enjoy and hope to see you again soon~ Afterword Thank you for picking up this book. Im Miko, the author. Id like to thank Reine Kuwashima-sama for drawing the characters in such a cool and cute way again. I would also like to express my heartfelt thanks to all the readers who have been enjoying this series. Thank you very much. See you soon! sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Chapter 187 - Book 10: Prologue Part 1 Book 10: Prologue Part 1 So here you go, the 10th vol prologue. And if you want to ask questions, discuss and find out more about this novel, you can also join our discord and this novel subredit at this link /r/CheatSkill/. I hope you can enjoy this volume as well~ Prologue Part 1 Once upon a time, a baby was born. His name was Zenovis, a son of an ordinary farmer, and grew up with all the love and affection of his parents. However, the boy who was born into such an ordinary family was also the most out of the ordinary in the world of Argena. The first glimpse of his abnormality was seen when he was five years old. The boy, who normally ran around in the fields and mountains like other children in the village, realized that he was alone, swinging a wooden stick in his hand. Everyone thought that the child was just swinging a wooden stick around, yearning to be a knight. But the boy never got tired of swinging. And a week after, the boy started swinging at targets. To everyones surprise, he cut down a tree in the forest with just a wooden stick. At first, no one thought the boy had actually cut down the tree. In the first place, it was impossible for a child to cut down a tree, and moreover, the cut on the tree was so smooth that it looked as if it had been cut by a sharp sword. The boy had wielded a wooden stick and not a sword. That is why the adults in the village tried to treat this incident as one of the strange happenings. However, when the trees in the forest continued to be cut down for two or three days from there, a commotion broke out in the village, saying that this was not a normal occurrence. So when the village adults tried to find out who was cutting down the trees, they found the boy going out to do his usual pretend play. And when they followed the boy the boy, with his wooden stick, cut down the mountain. Amazingly, the boy had gotten tired of cutting down trees with the wooden stick and finally cut down the mountain in one fell swoop. The scene was so unrealistic that the boy came to be treated as an eerie presence in the village. However, the boys parents remained affectionate toward him. This had a positive effect on him. They learned of the boys unusual talent and began to try to encourage him to do whatever he wanted to do as much as possible. And when the boy showed interest in magic, they managed to save up enough money to buy him a tattered book about magic. The book was not the kind of book a child would read, and its contents were so crude that it was hard to believe that the boy could learn to use magic from this one book. However, the boy read the book, and after his own interpretation and research, he found himself becoming a great magician. It would be a waste for the boys life to remain in this village. His parents decided to enroll him in a famous magic school of the time. The parents, who lived in a rural village, could not afford the tuition fees, but the school had a system for special students, which allowed them to enter without paying any tuition fees if they achieved excellent results in the entrance examination. The boy naturally became a special student and attended the magic school. Moreover, not only in the entrance examination, but even after entering the school, the boys talent was demonstrated beyond measure, and he always maintained the top grades in his school year. His combat skills soon became the best in the school. However, even such a perfect boy was not very good at socializing with others. Because of an incident when he was five years old, he was never treated normally by anyone other than his parents, and because he was not a very outgoing person, he was always isolated at school. However, the boy himself did not regret his inability to socialize but instead began to explore all areas of life, always following his curiosity. He was interested in martial arts other than swordsmanship, and also studied weapons, armor, and other tools, as well as the arts, such as singing and painting. It would take a lifetime to master a single art form for an ordinary person. If one seeks too much, one will end up only becoming half accomplished. That was the norm. Except for him. By the time the boy turned into a young man, he had mastered every field. Swordsmanship, magic, blacksmithing, art. There was not a single thing he could not do. Even if he saw something unknown, he could learn it instantly and sublimate it into his own skill. Why was such a being born? Even Argena, the planet on which the young man lives, doesnt know. It is genuinely a heresy to humanity. Then, far in the future in the era in which Yuuya and the others live. So this is the [Great Devils Nest] The man, the founder of the evil cult, was staring at the forest spread out before him. Behind him, there is a line of followers of the evil cult who are accompanying him. The reason they had visited the [Great Devils Nest] was to search for Yuuya, who was said to be living here. But Nu Facing the [Great Devils Nest], the founder was unable to take the first step. There was a powerful presence wafting from the [Great Devils Nest]. Founder! Why are you standing still? The enemy is now within our reach! Right! Come on, lets get going! H-hey! A few believers, getting impatient with such a founder, step into the [Great Devils Nest] without hesitation. Immediately after, the founder tried to stop them, but that did not succeed. Kah. Eh? It was only a moment. The moment he stepped into the [Great Devils Nest], the upper body of one of the believers disappeared. Blood spurted violently from the remaining lower half of his body, and collapsed lifelessly as it was. Without knowing what had happened, the death of their companion caused the believer, who had also stepped into the land, to stop. Hey! Run away quickly! The founder shouted frantically, but his thoughts were in vain as the body of another believer disappeared once again. The believers, finally realizing that they had entered a terrible place here, screamed. U-uwaaaaahhhh! N-no! I dont want to die From there, it was carnage. The believers, who did not heed the founders warning and entered the [Great Devils Nest], died without understanding what was happening. W-what happened? One of the believers, who just now witnessed the scene where his friends were killed in an instant, muttered to himself as if he were trying to squeeze it out. Then, the founder, with a grim expression on his face, pointed his finger. S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thats it. Eh? The founder pointed to a seemingly ordinary tree. However, they noticed that the vines hanging from the branches of the tree were stained reddish-black. Its an [Assassin Tree] an A class monster. S-such a monster The monsters that inhabited this place never leave the [Great Devils Nest]. This is because the [Great Devils Nest] is an ideal place for monsters, a land full of magic power. However, living in such an ideal land requires strength. As a result, the monsters here have evolved in their own unique way, minimizing their appetites and sexual desires, and instead honed their ferocity and the desire to fight. And that [Assassin Tree] has also evolved to suit this land. The only saving grace is that they are few in number, but all the monsters that lost in this race for survival in this land and flee will fall prey to it Listen, dont forget that the [Great Devils Nest] is overrun with such monsters. Ugh After the founders explanation, the believers are left to their own devices. However. O, believers! Do not be afraid! For the sake of the resurrection of our God, we must turn to the divine enemy that lies ahead! For the sake of our scattered brethren, we must press forward! Our future awaits us after we overcome this grueling ordeal! The light in the eyes of the believers, who had been depressed by the situation, lit up once again. The light was somewhat dark and fanatical. Come on, lets go! The divine enemy, Yuuya Tenjou, is right ahead! Ooooohhh! The members of the evil cult raised a war cry and finally set foot in the [Great Devils Nest]. Chapter 188 - Book 10: Prologue Part 2 Book 10: Prologue Part 2 This chapter is supported by Patreon. As always, you can read up to 4 chapters by joining our Patreon. Any kind of support will always be appreciated. And please enjoy~ Part 2 Meanwhile, on Earth at that time. A few days had passed since the fierce battle in space. I Yuuya Tenjou, after a busy trip, was finally able to enjoy a holiday. Sear?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In fact, there are still some evil beasts left to be defeated in the other world, but Iris-san and the others ordered me to take a rest before parting ways. I thought it would be better to help defeat the evil beasts, but Odis-san also expressed his desire to make up for his inability to participate in the fight against Avis. Still unlike previous summer vacations, there was really so much going on this time that it didnt really feel like a vacation The only memories that I have of the summer vacation were of going to the beach with Kaori and the others and going to the summer festival with Miu-san. No, I also took Lexia-san and the others sightseeing around the Earth, does that count as having fun too? I didnt really feel like I was on vacation, but I was really happy to be able to play with my friends, unlike before. So, as if to relieve the fatigue of the past, I was lounging around the house with Night and the others. The summer vacation will be over in a little while. Woof? Night cocked his head curiously at my soliloquy. It was less than a week before the end of summer vacation, but I had finished my homework as soon as the vacation started, so there was no need to rush to do anything. However, I should be preparing so that I dont panic on the first day of school Ah! Right! Fugo! Pi? I remember something and suddenly raise my voice, and Akatsuki, who was lying down next to me, jumps up in surprise and gives me a reproachful look. I-Im sorry. Youre making too much noise. What in the world is wrong with you? As I apologized to Akatsuki and the others, Ouma-san, who was also sleeping, asked me so with a sigh of absence. Well, summer vacation is almost over, and I thought I should go call on Kagurazaka-san, who is still in the other world Yes, I need to call out to Kagurazaka-san, who still remained in the other world. I mean, I neglected to do that until now because of my sense of things, but I-is it okay? Each school might have a different date for the end of summer vacation or something like that W-what should I do? N-no, I have to tell her anyway before worrying about it! Hmph, so youre off to the other world today? Woof! Fugo. Pi! Night and the others get up as soon as I speak and get ready to head off to the other world. I should have said a few words to Yuti, but she was not there, as she was visiting a school friends house. I am relieved to see that she seems to be adjusting well to her school. For now, lets go to the Regal Kingdom where Kagurazaka-san is! I went through the [Door To Another World] and traveled to the Regal Kingdom by teleportation magic. Now that were here, what are we supposed to do? We arrived safely in the Regal Kingdom, but when it came to meeting with Kagurazaka-san, I was troubled by the means. Since she was treated as an important guest in the Regal Kingdom, I knew that she would be at the royal castle, but I did not know whether I could go directly to the castle or not. Last time I was with Lexia-san and the others, so there was no problem, but this time I was on my own. Since there was no one to vouch for my status, I wondered if I would be able to enter the royal castle easily I hope one of the soldiers remembers me, but as expected As I was thinking about this, Ouma-san looked at me in dismay. What, you didnt think anything of it? Ugh Oh well. You dont have to worry about it that much. If anyone tries to interfere, well just force our way in. We cant do that! That may be true if thats how Ouma-san perceives it, but as I said, I cant do such a thing. As I wandered around near the castle, thinking seriously about what I should do, I was unexpectedly approached by a voice. You, what are you doing? Eh? Kagurazaka-san! The voice was, to my surprise, Kagurazaka-san, whom I had been looking for. I was surprised because I didnt expect to see her so suddenly, and then, Kagurazaka-san continued with an air of disappointment. If you keep wandering around like that, people will think youre suspicious, you know? I followed Kagurazaka-san into the royal castle for the time being, and as Kagurazaka-san had said, the treatment was very good, and we were soon able to meet with Orghis-sama. After waiting for a while in what looked like a reception room, Orghis-sama arrived. I apologize for keeping you waiting. And Yuuya-dono, its been a while. And all your friends too Hmph. Y-yes! Im sorry, I didnt mean to bother you out of the blue What? Dont worry about it. Yuuya-dono is a benefactor of our country, after all. Orghis-sama smiles cheerfully as he says so. It is true that I responded to the attack by Quarro and Avis, but when you even call me a benefactor, I feel indescribable Speaking of which, Lexia-san and the others Oh, they have already returned to the Alceria Kingdom. Thanks to the Holy including Mai-dono and Iris-dono, the damage caused by the evil beasts has been decreasing recently. After exchanging various information, they returned to their country. I see While I was resting after returning from space, Iris-san and the others were working hard in the other world Although Iris-san and Master Usagi told me that I could rest, I feel bad that I have done nothing so far. After some light chit-chat, Orghis-sama asked. So, what brings you here? I am sorry, Your Majesty. May I ask for a moment of your time? Mm? Kagurazaka-sans words startled Orghis-sama. From the very beginning, Mai-dono has been helping us because of our selfishness. That is why we have no right to say anything to Mai-dono. And thanks to Yuuya-dono, the Evil king has been defeated, so there is nothing we want Mai-dono to do right now. Just what are you going to do with your time off? Well, I was wondering if I could go back to my world for a while What? Oh, yes I heard that Yuuya-dono can go back and forth between worlds Y-yes. I can come and go. So, Kagurazaka-san and I can continue our lives in our original world It seems that Orghis-sama already knows that I can freely come and go between this world and Earth, besides the fact that I am from another world. I wonder if Lexia-san or Kagurazaka-san taught him that? I understand the situation. As I said before, I summoned Mai-dono for our own reasons. As long as she can return to her world, there is no problem. The matter of the evil beast has settled down. Im sorry No need to apologize. We are the ones who are sorry for bringing two unrelated people into this mess. Since you are with Yuuya-dono, Im sure it will be alright, but please be careful on your journey. Thank you! After getting approval for Kagurazaka-san to return to Earth for the time being, I was taking a breather when Orghis-sama showed a sign of remembering something. Right! I had one thing to tell Yuuya-dono. Eh? Have you ever heard of the Evil cult, Yuuya-dono? Evil cult is it? I had never heard of it before. As I tilted my head at the unfamiliar word, Orghis-sama continued. To put it simply, it is a religion that believes in Evil, but some suspicious activities are happening among its followers. There is nothing serious going on, but I would like you to keep this in mind. I-I understand. I didnt know there were people who believed in Evil I dont know what they are thinking, but I hope it doesnt turn out to be too disturbing. After we finished talking while thinking about this, Kagurazaka-san and I greeted Orghis-sama once again and left the royal capital of Regal Kingdom. After walking for a while out of the city, Kagurazaka-san opened her mouth. So, how long does it take to get to your house from here? Oh, it wont take long since we will be returning home by magic. By magic? While Kagurazaka-san, who was unaware of the existence of teleportation magic, was surprised, I confirmed that there were no signs of people around us at first, then I activated the teleportation magic and returned to Sage-sans house. We then passed through the door and returned to the Earth. Yes, we are back. I-it really only took a moment Well, I would appreciate it if you could keep the teleportation magic a secret. Eh? Why? It seems that teleportation magic is considered legendary not only on Earth but also the other world, and there are a lot of problems if I can use it No, your very existence is already outrageous, so why do you care about the legends now? W-well, that may be so, but it is better to be cautious. Well, thats all right. If thats the case, Ill keep my mouth shut. Id better hurry home and get ready for school Oh, excuse me! Shall I teleport you directly to the front of the shrine? You dont have to go that far. I want to do some shopping on the way home Anyway, thank you so much for always looking out for me. After saying this, Kagurazaka-san went straight back toward the shrine that was her home. Chapter 189 - Book 1: Part 1 Book 10: Chapter 1: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ for new novels Part 1 Finally, tomorrow I Merl muttered inside the spaceship. In my hand, I had the uniform of an educational institution called Ousei Academy, which Yuuya-san attends. Its strange, isnt it? When Yuuya-san guided me around Earth before, I looked into this planet, so I knew there was such a thing as school uniforms but I never thought I would be wearing one like this The suit I normally wear is made to be comfortable in space and is made to fit the wearer in the most comfortable way possible. Moreover, if I operate the device on my left arm and collect data on clothing on Earth, I can use that data to adapt my suit to match the outfits on Earth. However, what I have in my hands now is a uniform that was authentically made on this Earth, not a suit with the student uniform data put into it. So it has this kind of feel to it although Im concerned that the lower half of the body is not very protective This skirt, a garment that I had worn before, albeit on data, was a type of shape that I had not seen on Planet Amel, so it was very new to me, but at the same time, it was somewhat embarrassing to expose my legs to this extent. Why am I holding the same school uniform as Yuuya-san like this? It was because of my fathers order when I was escorting Yuuya-san and the others back to Earth. .. Orders from my father. That is, to obtain Yuuya-sans genes. If this were just to create a clone, it would have been enough to bring back some of Yuuya-sans body tissues, such as her body hair. Of course, even so, I could not create a clone without asking for Yuuya-sans permission. But that is not what my father wants from me. He wants me to bring back the genes in other words, he wants me to give birth to a child with Yuuya-san. Uh My face heated up as I realized this again. After I escorted Yuuya-san back to Earth and parted from him, I compared and verified my body with that of the human race on Earth to see if I could really carry out my fathers orders. As a result, I found that it was possible for Yuuya-san and me to have a child, although there were some differences in the way our bodies were built. The method for having a child is apparently the same on my planet as it is on Earth, so there is no problem there either. However I had no such experience yet. On Earth and on Planet Amel, the relationship between men and women is exactly the same. They are connected to each other through their hearts. In some planets, men and women do not communicate with each other, and this is common to the entire universe. There are also cultures that share partners throughout the planet, but this is not the case on my planet and on Earth. Regardless of that, I had never experienced a heart-to-heart or, in other words, love. No way, this me As the daughter of a father who is the representative of the planet Amel, I have lived my dream of ending the war with the Dragonias since I was born. That is why I had no time to even think about love. sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. W-what in the world am I supposed to do? In the meantime, I have been gathering information about attending an academy on Earth. For example, the range of subjects students will study and what is popular among students today. In that sense, I dont think I will have any problems adjusting to the school. The only problem was how to get closer to Yuuya-san From the perspective of Earth values, it is not a good idea to suddenly ask for genes. I-Im in trouble too. As everyone took their seats, they tilted their heads at Sawada-senseis words. Then Sawada-sensei grinned. Yes, thats right. What a surprise, we have another transfer student coming to this class. Eeh!? At Sawada-senseis words, the whole class began to murmur at once. Is the transfer student a girl? Or is it a boy? More importantly, arent there a lot of transfer students lately? It started with Yuuya-kun, and then Yuti-chan came to the middle school as well Whatever it is, its unusual. It seems to be a rare situation where transfer students arrive one after another, starting with me, after all. I wonder what kind of person is coming? Hey, come in! Yes. !? When I heard the voice that answered Sawada-senseis call, my eyes widened. Eh? That voice was! To my surprise, it was a phosphorescent blue-haired girl Merl-san who entered the classroom! Unlike her previous suit, Merl-san is now dressed in the same uniform as the rest of us. While everyone was stunned, Merl-san looked around at us and smiled when she spotted me among them. Im Merl, and Ill be transferring to this school starting today. I dont know much about this country yet, so I hope you can teach me a few things. And well, as you just heard, shes not from this country, so take care of her in many ways! .. Sawada-sensei tells us so quite naturally, but it is not so for me. I know that Merl-san is an alien, so I couldnt think of anything yet I know its an unusual name, but I wonder if shes similar to Yuti-san? Its more unusual to have blue hair, though, isnt it? Whats with the glowing? Huh? Is it just my imagination? No, its normal to have glowing hair, isnt it? Normal so, was it? Huh? Is it possible that it is accepted as normal? It seemed that Merl-san had already performed some kind of cognitive manipulation on the students in the class, and they all naturally accepted the fact that Merl-sans hair was glowing. Ugh, space technology is as outrageous as ever For the time being, your seat is behind Yuuya. You see, its behind that prominent boy over there. Yes, I understand. As I stared at Merl-san with an indescribable expression on my face, she whispered to me as she passed by me. Its good to see you again. Ah-ahaha I could only smile dryly at the unexpected reunion. Chapter 190 - Book 1: Part 2 Book 10: Chapter 1: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 That day, many students, not only our classmates but also from other classes, came to catch a glimpse of Merl-san and asked her many questions. I was afraid that they would find out that Merl-san was an alien somewhere along the way, but as one would expect from space technology. It seemed that Merl-san manipulated peoples perceptions so that she could fit in perfectly on the Earth, and she got through the ordeal without any problems. As I watched her from a distance, I noticed Kaori at the entrance to the classroom. Kaori also found me and beckoned to me in a somewhat reserved manner. What is the matter? Kaori, its been a while. Its been a while, hasnt it? The last time we met was when Yuuya-san showed Merl-san around the town, right? Thats right Huh? Perhaps Kaori knows about Merl-san Yes, I remember. Um, the space one, right? Kaori had encountered Merl-san when she and I were together before, and to my surprise, Merl-sans cognitive manipulation didnt work on her. When my father told me about the new student, I was surprised that the person was Merl-san, you know? I think it is difficult in many ways for Merl-san, an alien, to attend this school, but her documents were accepted as if it were a matter of course, and Oh, haha well, about Merl-san, you see, it seems that space technology can manipulate perceptions in that area. So even though she has features that dont seem earthly, everyone just naturally accepts her. That is kind of amazing, but also terrifying at the same time I understand what Kaori is trying to say. I am genuinely impressed by space technology, but more than that, it is a very frightening thing to be able to change perceptions, etc., without realizing it. I dont think Merl-san would abuse that technology, though But why did she decide to transfer to this academy? Umm thats what I dont really understand either Eh? It is true that Merl-san said she had something to do on Earth but was it to enroll in this academy? Well, I dont think shes trying to do anything wrong, and if I get a chance, Ill ask her, okay? Right haha. But even so, with Yuti-san, who is from another world, and Merl-san, who is an alien, coming to this school Its not at the level of internationalization anymore, isnt it? Well, sort of. And, if its possible, about Merl-san Its a secret, right? I know. I mean, under the circumstances, if I told anyone, they wouldnt believe me. Since their perception has already been manipulated, they would not believe it even if we told them that Merl-san is an alien. As I was exchanging information with Kaori like that, I did not notice that Merl-san looked at me for a moment. After that, I tried to ask Merl-san why she came to this school, but the wave of people coming from other classes to take a glance at her, the transfer student, was so constant that I could not go to ask her. Well, it seems that she is accepted by the students without any problem, which is a relief for me After school, I was finally able to find Merl-san alone and called out to her. Merl-san! Oh Yu-Yuuya-san! W-whats wrong? Oh, no, um I was just wondering why you came to this school Even though the ruckus with the Dragonia aliens was over, I thought that there must be something to do on the planet Amel, but Merl-san is now on Earth. So I thought she must have some purpose In response to my question, Merl-san began to fidget, and her gaze wandered. N-no, that ah! Well, since Ive come all the way to Earth, I was told to go study the culture of this planet! Yes! I-I see. Is it like studying abroad? It is true that the people of Planet Amel seem to have a long lifespan, so they may be able to have this kind of experience casually. As I was thinking about this, Merl-san said something in a whisper. So, I was thinking that if you would like, as part of this cultural research, maybe we could go to an amusement park together sometime No, there is no limit to the number of events you can participate in. However, everyone must participate in at least one event. And no matter how athletic you are and how much you want to participate in all the events, you may not have the physical strength to do so. Thats why it would be best to give preference to those who are confident in the events they want to win. I-I see What can I say? The school I used to go to before was a very normal school, so there were no particular strategies or detailed rules, but in such a large-scale event, the strategy that each class chooses is important Then Ryo raised his hand this time. I understand the general outline of the event, but has the second prize been announced yet? No, we wont know until the day of the event. So you should be fully prepared to compete in any of the events. From what Ive heard, theres a very good chance that the second prize for an unexpected event could be very lavish. Now any more questions? If there are none, lets decide which events to compete in. Ive said many things, but honestly, I think its best to pick an event that you like, regardless of whether you win or lose. Theres no need to go out of your way to enter an event you dont like. Hey, Kageno. I dont want us to lose. No, Sensei We dont want to lose either, but its important to have fun too Kageno-kun smiled bitterly at the teachers words. Thanks to Kageno-kuns quick and efficient progress like this, the events in which the students would compete were smoothly decided. Although my physical abilities have improved dramatically thanks to my level-up in the other world, I was never very good at sports, to begin with. They probably wouldnt believe me if I told them that with how my body is now. Anyway, the only experience I had in the athletic festival at my previous school was in the steeplechase, so I hoped to do that again this time. In addition, I was recommended by others to participate in a cavalry battle and a tug-of-war. [T/n: Kibasen, which literally translates to Cavalry Battle, is a type of piggyback riding sport that is played in Japan.] Tug of war is fine because its an event that involves a lot of people, but Im not sure if I can handle the cavalry battle I am a little worried, but since I was recommended, I will do my best. Incidentally, Merl-san, who probably doesnt know much about Earth culture yet, seems to be participating in events where she has to cooperate with others, such as ball tossing and tug-of-war, for the time being. In space, Merl-san was fighting with the help of an extraordinary machine, but I wonder about her muscular strength and physical ability. And so the events were being decided, and finally, it came down to the last event. Now, all that remained was the mixed-gender three-legged race Yes, the last remaining event was the three-legged race, in which men and women were paired together. Up until now, we have been able to choose to some extent based on foot speed and strength, but this one is a little more difficult If the height difference between the pairs is too great, it will be difficult to run At any rate, is there anyone who wants to participate at this point? When Kageno-kun asked this, several people raised their hands. But Kanzaki-sans partner, huh? Haha its kinda bad Rin had also raised her hand, but there were no boys who could be Rins pair. If we could find a pair for Rin, we would just fill in the number of participants Hmm Rin-chan is so fast, isnt she? As I said, Im not as good as Kaede. Its just that Im so tall If you want, I can decline and give it to someone else Rin says so, but that would be a waste after she had gone to the trouble of raising her hand and expressing her intentions. Since Kaede, a track team member, also said shes fast, Rin must be pretty fast too. Um I-Ill run if its okay with you Eh, Yuuya? I raised my hand timidly, and Rin looked at me in surprise. Then Kageno-kun nodded in satisfaction. Yes, Yuuya-kun, the height difference between you and Kanzaki-san isnt that big, not to mention your physical abilities. May I ask you to do it for us? Yeah. I dont have any experience with three-legged races, but Ill do my best. S~ea??h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. No, Id be grateful if youd just run with me. Lets work together! Rin smiled as she said this. Thus, the events for the athletic festival were decided. Chapter 191 - Book 1: Part 3 Book 10: Chapter 1: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 See you later, Yuuya-kun! Yeah, see you. After school. As I parted ways with Kaede and the others who were on their way to club activities, I was unexpectedly approached by Merl-san. Yuuya-san. Hmm? Merl-san, whats wrong? Actually, I have a favor to ask of Yuuya-san A favor? What is it? Could it be something related to the planet Amel? As I was thinking this, Merl-san told me with a serious expression on her face. D-do you know what an amusement park is? ..Yes? The unexpected words make me ask back. Eh, an amusement park? Why? As I told you before, I came to this institution, this school, to learn about the culture of this planet. There is not much to learn in terms of science and technology, but in terms of culture, this planet is full of very interesting things. In fact, it is rare for me to find a school, an institution dedicated to education So you dont have schools on the planet Amel? Yes. All the necessary knowledge is inserted into the brain by electromagnetic transmission. Space technology is amazing, as always! Speaking of which, where do you live now? For the time being, my ship is stationed above the academy, and Im living there Ive already manipulated the perception of those around me so that others dont feel uncomfortable when I move around, and Ive also activated the camouflage function so that the ship cant be seen. Its outrageous because she uses space technology so casually. I was relieved to see that life seemed to be going well for the time being. W-well, I understand that you want to learn about culture, but why an amusement park? Ive been doing a lot of research on my own, learning from classmates about this country rather than the planet. I found out that I am what is referred to as a JK, and at the same time, I found data that JKs in this country often go to amusement parks. So, in order to understand what a JK is, I would like to go to an amusement park, and I would like to ask Yuuya-san to guide me there. [T/n: As you probably already know, JK = Joshi Ksei, means High school girl.] Isnt the information too biased? I wonder what kind of research method was used to obtain such biased data. Besides, Ive never even been to an amusement park Um is it not good? N-no, not at all! Of course not! When I responded to Merl-sans sad expression, her face brightened up. Thank goodness! Then we should definitely go together on our upcoming vacation! Y-yes The decision has been made, but W-will it be okay? As I was feeling uneasy, Merl-san looked at her watch. I suddenly imagined Kaori doing the ball throw, but lets not discuss how I could only imagine hard balls flying all over the place. Ill shut up about it. When I parted from Kaori and went home, I found that Yuti had already returned home. Huh? Youre home early today, arent you? Affirmative. No club activities today. I see. Question. Yuuya, what group are you in for the athletic festival? Im in the red group. When I answered this, it seemed as if a fire was in Yutis eyes. Fighting spirit. Im in the white group. We are enemies. Eehh? It turns out that Yuti is also in the same group as Kaori, and this time we are enemies. T-this will be tough! Knowing that I had a strong opponent in the white group, Yuti, I was once again bracing myself for the athletic festival. While Yuuya was thinking about the athletic festival, in the [Great Devils Nest] in the other world, a group of people were pushing forward toward the inner lands. Guaahh! Kuh! Hold the line! We cannot die here! We must reach Yuuya Tenjou at all costs! The group that kept advancing, desperately shouting warnings against the oncoming monsters, was the evil cult that Orghis were concerned about. They were gravely wounded, but they never stopped moving forward. After struggling through an attack by an unknown number of monsters, they took a breather. Everyone, be vigilant of your surroundings. After a short rest, we will set out again! Founder. Whats wrong? I have one question. From which era is the God we are summoning for this mission? The god that the believers are referring to is not the Evil that Yuuya and the others recently destroyed, but the Evil that once existed in history. Therefore, when asked again which eras Evil they are summoning Right. The one we are summoning this time is the one who is called the most powerful of all time. The most powerful? Yeah. But the abominable thing is that there was a sage in those days. Therefore, our God could not wield his power to the fullest and was defeated by the sage But not this time! If we bring him to this age, there will no longer be anyone to stand in the way of our God. Besides, the abominable Yuuya Tenjou can also be buried in the place of our God. For this reason, we will surely reach the divine enemy Yuuya Tenjou! I-I see! But I understand that Yuuya Tenjou is to be sacrificed, but is it possible for us to summon a God? sea??h th§× N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Dont worry about that either. Certainly, in order to summon a targeted person from the past, it is necessary to have a catalyst for it. But the magic of the sage that we will use this time is the catalyst that will bring our God to us! Aah! Because the God was defeated by the sage, the sages magic is the catalyst! Exactly! Besides, we have a very small amount of Evil power given to us by God. If we use the magic of the sage and the residue of our Evil as a catalyst, we will surely be able to summon our God, who is said to be the most powerful of all time! Oh! Come on, believers! The divine enemy is already there! Unbeknownst to Yuuya, the hand of Evil was steadily growing. Chapter 192 - Book 2: Part 1 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 1 Heres the chapter, and dont forget, you can also read up to 4 chapters for all novels by joining our >>Patreon Enjoy~ Part 1 A few days have passed since we decided on the events to participate in the athletic festival. We were getting ready for the festival. In addition to competitions and entrance/exit practice, the boys practiced for the cheer squad, and the girls practiced their cheerleading. Even at my previous school, the boys did the cheer squad during the athletic festival, but this was the first time for me to participate properly. However, the steeplechase, cavalry battle, and tug-of-war which I will be participating in will only require a simple explanation of the rules and confirmation of the course, and the other details will only be known at the actual event. Instead, I was practicing the mixed-gender three-legged race with Rin. One, two, one, two. The two of us circled the schoolyard, shoulder to shoulder. At first, we could only walk with some degree of control, but now we were able to run quite fast. Whew isnt that nice! Yuuyas great after all. I-I dont think so. Rin is the one who matches my breath, so its very easy for me to move around. Rin grinned when I answered that. But its bad, isnt it? You were with a girl like me. If it were Kaede, she would have been more comfortable hugging you. Buh!? H-hug, you say!? I know shes teasing me completely, but thats just too much for people to hear! Well, I know you dont feel like youre getting any perks with me, but bear with me, okay? I-its not like that! But youre very beautiful too Um Eh? Im not used to this kind of thing so much, so I ended up saying some weird things, but in fact, when I ran shoulder to shoulder with Rin, she smelled kind of nice, and her body was so soft that it was impossible not to notice. Thats why, um it still bothers me a lot, or maybe Im just trying not to care Sorry, thats a weird thing to say. N-no, its me that, Im sorry for saying weird things As we were both feeling awkward, Rin changed the subject. B-by the way, the new student, Merl, is amazing, isnt she? Yes Merl was assigned to participate in the athletic festival soon after transferring to the school, and just as in the case of Yuti, she demonstrated her abilities to the fullest extent. In my mind, Merl was a girl who made full use of her extraordinary space technologies, but she was also good at actual physical exercises. She is not as specialized in physical exercise as Yuti, Iris-san and the others, but even so, there is no doubt that she has extraordinary physical abilities when viewed on the Earths level. It was reassuring that Merl was on our team, but I could not let my guard down since Yuti was in the white group. Well, but isnt it Yuuya who is the center of attention the most? Eh? Besides, it looks like some TV stations will be there on the day, so Im looking forward to seeing what happens. TV stations are coming? Huh? You didnt know? I was astonished by Rins words. It was true that there had been reporters at the ball game related to Miu-sans entertainment agency, but that was not the case this time. Speaking of Ousei Academys events, theyre so flashy every year that many viewers look forward to them. Y-youre right Is that it, or is it the feeling of watching the Olympics or a marathon? For that matter, its not like athletes are competing against each other But then again, Ousei Academy has a lot of students who excel in sports, so does that make it look good on TV? Thats why. I have to do my best so that I wont be a burden to Yuuya. Rin laughed again, and we resumed our practice once again. Sorry! Have you waited long? No, its all right. On my day off, I was meeting Merl before the opening of the park in order to head to the amusement park that I had promised her before. Merl was dressed in plain clothes that properly fit in on Earth, just as when I showed her around the Earth some time ago. Merl noticed my gaze and lightly spun around on the spot. How do you like it? I tried on a slightly different kind of clothing than before Yeah, it looks really good on you. Im glad to hear that! So, heres the Amusement park. A large facility was spread out before us. It was not only Merls first time visiting the largest amusement park near where we live, but it was also my first time to visit one myself, so I was very excited. However, since it was a holiday, there were many people. Wow, thats a lot of people Are they JKs, too? for new novels No, theyre not! In the first place, amusement parks are not facilities where only JKs gather, you know? Is that so? No, come to think of it, it only says that JKs go there often. Let me correct the data. Im curious as to what the data is Regardless, when the amusement park opened, we too bought tickets and entered. Oh! I am impressed by the scenery that unfolds there. I had only seen the Ferris wheel from afar and the huge roller coaster. And there was a delicious or rather peculiar smell wafting through the air in the surrounding area. Moreover, the staff greeted us with smiles, and there was an extraordinary space. Maybe there is nothing extraordinary for me when I am experiencing other worlds and space, but still, this place just for enjoyment was very new to me. Its amazing how different and unique the place is from the air outside Merl also seemed amazed at the atmosphere of the amusement park. Lets not be dumbfounded by this; lets go on something. Now that you mention it, Id like to ride on something called a roller coaster first. It is said to be one of the most popular rides in amusement parks. I see. Lets go then. Ive never ridden a roller coaster before either, so Im pretty curious. Moreover, I heard that there is not only one roller coaster in the amusement park but also several different types. When we headed for the biggest of them all, there was already a long line of people waiting to get on the roller coaster. Wow, thats a lot of people As I thought, the data was correct. That must be why this roller coaster is such a great attraction. We got in line and waited our turn. H-hey, that thats a really flashy hair color I mean, isnt it glowing? No, its normal to be glowing, right? I like that couple over there! Its like a beautiful man and a beautiful woman. After all, Merls appearance was very prominent and attracted the attention of other visitors. It seems were attracting some strange gazes here. Could it be that your perception manipulation was not as good as it could have been? !? You should praise me for not raising my voice. What a surprise A child was standing in the direction Merl pointed. With his feet missing. The fact that I didnt notice it before shows that this child doesnt respond to the [Presence Detection] skill for some reason. In other words Gho-gho Gho! I dont believe it; I dont believe it, I dont believe it. I dont believe in such an unscientific existence! S§×ar?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Merl shook her head vigorously as if she had seen nothing. But the next moment. Lets play! ~~! Kyu Meeeeerl! Suddenly, Merl fainted at the sound of the childs voice coming from behind her! I hurriedly took Merl in my arms and dashed straight to the exit! Whooaaaaaa! It would be disturbing to shout so loudly, but fortunately, this is a haunted house. Even if I screamed a little, no one would think it was strange, and we succeeded in escaping. I-I never thought that a real ghost would appear. Did it come by because of the atmosphere of the haunted house? Whatever the case, Im glad we were able to escape Merl had passed out but woke up the moment we got out of the haunted house and we were exposed to the light outside. Huh! T-this is Its outside. I made it out of the haunted house without incident. I-I see Ah. Merl looked relieved from the bottom of her heart, and then she noticed something and blushed. Merl? U-um Its all right now, so if you could put me down Ah? S-sorry! As I hurriedly put Merl down, an indescribable air passed between us. So I opened my mouth to change the atmosphere. R-right! Lets go to the next attraction! Y-yeah, youre right. However, I am not quite sure what to go to next. After all, the roller coaster wasnt going so well, and we were not sure if we would be able to enjoy the other attractions. We were worried about that, but we decided to just go for the time being and got in line for the other attractions. As a result, we could enjoy the merry-go-round and go-carts without any problem. The coffee cups were not as exciting as the roller coaster, but Merl, who rides on a spaceship, seemed to find the go-carts refreshing, and the merry-go-round was relaxing enough to enjoy the atmosphere. After enjoying some other mini-games, such as Struck Out and Free Throw, and getting a few prizes, we decided to have lunch. Hows that? This is an amusement park are you enjoying yourself? When I asked her that again, Merl smiled. Yes, I am enjoying it. There were a few attractions that I didnt expect I never thought Id be this incompatible with a roller coaster, the centerpiece of amusement parks No one could have predicted that, indeed. Well, Merl and I are just too unique So, what do you think? I think I enjoyed it to some extent If so why dont we take a ride on that thing at the end? She then pointed to the Ferris wheel, another symbolic attraction of the amusement park. However Is that okay? You usually ride on a spaceship, and the height of a Ferris wheel doesnt That may be so, but after all, I could see it from outside this amusement park. Id like to take a ride. Certainly, I would like to ride on the Ferris wheel, which was visible from a distance on our way to this amusement park. As soon as we decided on our next move, we quickly made our way to the Ferris wheel, and this time we were able to ride it easily. We gradually ascended the Ferris wheel, feeling strangely embarrassed at the thought of being alone in such a small space. The scenery around us became more and more distant, and we came to a position where we could look down at the roller coaster we had ridden in the first place. Having ridden spaceships before, I had initially wondered how the Ferris wheel would be, but it was interesting to watch it slowly rise higher and higher, and I was genuinely enjoying myself. When I was on Merls spaceship, the Earth itself became distant in an instant, but it is nice to look at the scenery slowly like this. Yes, youre right. While I was relaxing and enjoying the scenery outside, Merl opened her mouth, looking somewhat nervous. Um once again, Im really sorry about what my fathers said to you on the planet Amel. Eh? Ah, no! I dont mind. At first, I didnt know what to do, but now we are back, and thats how it happened In fact, it was only because Merl covered for us that we were able to come back like this. Then Merl continues, still looking nervous. U-um its strange, but what do you think of Planet Amel, Yuuya-san? Well I was too busy to see it properly before, but its still very different from Earth, and the technology is way ahead of us. I hope I can go sightseeing next time under calmer circumstances. In that case, I would like to take Night and Iris-san and the others with me. As I was thinking like that, Merl continued. How about living on the planet Amel? Eeh? A-as expected, thats I did think it sounded like an interesting planet, but when asked if I would live there, I indeed couldnt immediately nod my head. R-right Merl looked a little dejected at my response. T-then, um my l-lover n-no, its too early for that Will you become my friend? Eh? T-thats of course! A pleasure for me too. Why did she suddenly ask me that? As for me, I already thought we were friends As I was thinking this, the Ferris wheel finally reached the top. Wow! Its such a nice view .. The view of the city, which had always been so casual, seemed special, glistening in the sunlight. I suddenly shifted my gaze to Merl, who was also stunned by the view in front of her. It was thanks to Merls invitation that I was able to see such a view Merl. Yes? Thank you for inviting me out today. I had a lot of fun. Yes! We laughed again and enjoyed the Ferris wheel to the end. Chapter 193 - Book 2: Part 2 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 While Yuuya and Merl were enjoying the amusement park. Orghis was working in his office at the castle. Suddenly, one of the soldiers arrived in a hurry. Your Majesty! Whats the matter? We have succeeded in capturing one of the believers of the Evil cult! What? It was a report that they had captured a member of the Evil cult who was currently marching through the [Great Devils Nest] in search of Yuuya. S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I understand; I will be there soon. Orghis put down the papers in his hand and immediately headed for the believer, guided by the soldier. The believer was in the interrogation room, and upon his arrival, Orghis was immediately escorted into the room. for new novels There sat a man with his hands and feet bound, and the soldiers watched him to ensure he did not do anything strange. Orghis sat down in front of the man and asked him directly. Are you a believer of the Evil cult? The mans tone was one of uncertainty, but he answered matter-of-factly, without pressure. If so, what would you say? What? What did we do? Thats Orghis could not answer the mans question. The reason was that, although the Evil cult was a dangerous group that worshipped Evil, they did not harm the people in their surroundings in any particular way. The idea of worshipping Evil, the enemy of mankind, was dangerous in itself, but it was not enough to catch them and punish them. This country has become quite barbaric, hasnt it? You! Fine. The mans words immediately prompted one of the soldiers to slash at him, but Orghis restrained him. You are right. The members of the Evil cult did not directly cause damage to our country. But it is also true that this country has suffered tremendous damage due to the Evil you worship. That is why we cannot leave your ideology unchecked. You also stand in our way. The man muttered quietly in response to Orghis words, his expression disappearing. But he quickly smiled. But its too late, you know? Our plan is already in motion. Plan? Yes! We will summon our God by offering Him our divine enemy who has arrogantly defied us! Wha-? Orghis and the others widened their eyes at what the man had just said. If the mans words were true, then Evil that is the incarnation of despair would be resurrected. Hey, you! What kind of Am I the only one surprised here? Despite my surprise, after the opening ceremony was over, Shirase-san made another announcement. The venue seems to be getting more and more excited! Lets move on to the first competition! All contestants, please assemble at the entrance! Thus, at last, the curtain rose on the Ousei Academys athletic festival. Now, the bread-eating contest! The bread you will be eating this time is from Yakitate-do! If youd like to try some freshly baked, delicious bread, please come to Yakitate-do! Are you going to advertise here? M-maybe we are supposed to advertise in exchange for support from companies in this way? By the way, there will be a slice of very spicy bread among the breads prepared for you! This will test not only your foot speed but also your luck. Youre adding a gambling element here! Several boys from my class are going to participate in this race, led by Akira Well, then, lets move on to the introduction of the athletes First of all, Akira! Its his first appearance after a long time! Just leave it to me! Let this [Bread-Eating Nobleman] set an example for you! Akiras spirit of nobility is truly unfathomable. But is he going to be okay? I have a strange and bad feeling about this As I had a mysterious bad feeling, the bread-eating contest finally started. Akira was originally good at physical exercise itself and got to the bread place faster than anyone else. Fuhahahahaha! Behold this magnificent way of eating bread! Akira bites down vigorously on the dangling bread. And then. S S-spicyyyyyyyyyyyyy! Akiras face turned bright red, and fire erupted from his mouth! Oops, Akira! It looks like he got himself into some super spicy breeaaaadddd! W-water! Give me some wateeeeeerrrrrr! Akira went straight off the course and rushed off to get a drink of water. In the meantime, the other students would swallow their bread and reach the finish line without any problems. When Akira returned to the class-waiting tent, his lips were bright red and swollen. Fu-fufufu as expected, I couldnt beat that spiciness Um are you okay? My lips still hurt Right its swollen up as far as I can see As I was treating Akira, the next competition was about to start. Well, next up is the scavenger hunt! After the players start in unison, they are asked to draw a piece of paper from which the contents are hidden. Then, reach the goal with what is written on it in your hand! Kaede! Dont lose! Fight. Rin-chan, Yukine-chan, thank you! Ill do my best! It looks like Kaede will be competing in the scavenger hunt, and Ill be cheering her on. Kaede! Good luck! Yu-Yuuya? Y-yeah! Ill do my best! Kaede was determined and headed to the starting point. Chapter 194 - Book 2: Part 3 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 3 Kaedes POV Wawa Yuuya-kun cheered me up! As Kaede moved to the starting point, she thought back to Yuuyas words earlier and blushed. Although she felt that they had become a little closer again after spending the summer vacation playing together, Kaede wanted to get even closer to him. Hah I wish I were a little taller That is why Kaede was honestly envious when it was decided that Rin would participate in the three-legged race with Yuuya. She was confident in her running speed, but there was nothing she could do about that. No, no, no! Since Yuuya-kun cheered me on, I have to do my best in the scavenger hunt! As she braced herself once again, Shirases announcement rang out. The next scavenger hunt will be decided by two things: how easy a subject you can draw and how quickly you can find the item you need to borrow! Are you all ready? Now then Following Shirases announcement, the event finally gets underway. Then, all the students started running at once, but Kaede, who was confident in her speed, was the first to reach the platform where the subjects were lined up. Lets see, if I draw one from here, its! Kaede takes a sheet of paper without hesitation and opens it on the spot. And. Eh? Kaede froze at the subject written there. The other students also picked up the subject one after another and started to check it on the spot. Haaaaaahhh? W-what is the legendary sword? V-vice principals wig, you say? Is there such a thing as the Greatest Treasure of Human Connections? Damn it! A girlfriend, you say You were taking advantage of me being singleeeeeee! It is truly an agonizing scream. None of the subjects were straightforward, and they all had everyone scratching their heads. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Oops! All players have not moved from their assigned locations! Ohki-sensei, what do you expect to happen from here? Yes, well the organizers have tried to make some of them achievable while mixing in some crazy ones but unfortunately, it seems that all of them didnt get the right one Hmph! At Shirase-sans signal, Yuti was the first to move and kicked up the countless balls rolling on the ground in one go. Then, in an instant, she retrieved the balls floating in the air and tossed them one after another into the basket. [Meteor ShowerAthletic Festival Version]. Whoa! After Yuuya just now, Yuti is the next most talked competitor from the middle school division! With her incredible physical ability and throwing technique, she manages to put one ball after another into the basket! Oh Tenjou is tremendous in PE, but shes amazing too. Im looking forward to seeing her come to the high school. [T/n: PE = Physical Education.] As expected, the game was Yutis sole domain, with Yuti accurately placing balls into the basket from one end to the other. Incidentally, the number of balls prepared for this ball game was much larger than that of a regular school, and on top of that, the baskets were large and multiple. Therefore, a very intense game of ball throwing was being played Eii! Guhahhh! Ta-Tanaka! Bwaaah! Sa-Saitoooooo Gahahh? Oh, participant Kaori! All the balls are flying in the wrong direction and Its dangerous! Kaori, a member of the same white group as Yuti, had sent every ball she threw flying in an unbelievable direction. Moreover, whether on purpose or by accident, the balls struck the students of the red group, and one after another, the red groups camp fell. W-what is this? Kaoris violent throw caused the number of participants in the red group to decrease! W-wild pitch! [T/n: In baseball, a wild pitch (WP) is charged against a pitcher when his pitch is too high, too short, or too wide of home plate for the catcher to control with ordinary effort, thereby allowing a baserunner, or the batter (on an uncaught third strike), to advance.] Kaori is shocked by Shirases announcement, but T-this might be called a violent throw The red group, who managed to survive in front of their fallen comrades, had to avoid the still continuing throws from Kaori as the ball was being thrown in the air. Ueeeeeee! I-its impossible to throw while avoiding this! Dont worry! I, the [Ball-Throwing Nobleman], am going to Buhh? Akiraaaaaa! I-Im sorry! B-but if I dont throw, the game is! Kaori apologizes for her poor control but continues to throw it seriously because it was a game. As a result, the game had turned into yet another competition in which they had to keep avoiding balls of a speed that even I, who was improving my level, would lose sight of. After the wildly exciting ball game was over, the results were announced. L-lets see just now, thanks to the efforts of Yuti and Kaori, the red group has a total of fifty balls, and the white group has three hundred balls, so the white group is the winner Victory. Ahaha Yuti mouthed the words in her usual tone, then turned her gaze to me and sent me a V-sign. Chapter 195 - Book 2: Part 4 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 4 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 S~ea??h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. T-then, lets move on to the next competition! Next up, the obstacle race! Oh, its my turn. Yu-Yuuya-kun! Good luck! If its Yuuya, hell be fine. Well, Im sure Yuuya will do just fine. While receiving words of support from Kaede and the others, I made my way to the starting point, but when I arrived there, I felt my jaws gradually drop at the sight of the obstacles being set up on the ground. I-is this the track? What a surprise, a full-scale obstacle course had been prepared on the ground that would challenge any physical fitness enthusiast. Now, the annual popular Ousei Academy specialty, the full-scale obstacle race! Try to overcome the obstacles on each course and reach the goal! Wait, wait, wait! Dont tell me that obstacle course is the specialty? No, but it makes sense when you see obstacles of this magnitude! I myself had no idea that Ousei Academys athletic festival was so popular that it was broadcast on TV until I heard about it from Rin and the others. Thats why I expected it to be an obstacle race a little bigger than a regular school, but Once again, looking around at the participating students there were only strong-looking boys there Finally, this day has come My body has been tuned up for this day lets see how far it goes! The atmosphere in the competition is such that reaching the finish line itself seems difficult! Will it be all right? Now, what great games will be contested this year? So lets get into position, everyone! Go Bang! With a lively signal, we all started running at once. Then, the first obstacle stood in our way. A steep wall, about five meters high, is the first obstacle that stands in the contestants way! You will not be able to overcome this obstacle unless you have a solid run-up and the strength to run up the wall. Shirase-san was right; an almost vertical wall appeared in front of us. This much is phew! I jumped up toward the wall with a little momentum, put my hand on the top of the wall, and climbed over. Oh, participant Yuuya! He conquered this obstacle in an instant! As expected. This should be easy for him normally. But will he be able to keep his composure after this? The students followed me, overcoming obstacles one after another, even though they were not as smooth as I was. A second obstacle stood in our way. Eh? The next obstacle was a balance beam placed on a high platform with a simple pool of water underneath. Moreover, the platform was not designed to be crossed normally. The second area awaiting the contestants required them to push forward while avoiding the pendulums that strike one after the other! Yes, large cushioned pendulums attacked us as we moved forward on the balance beam, blocking our path. Of course, you can go ahead and hang on. But then there is the concern of interference by the following contestants. Ohki-sensei is right, if the contestants behind me catch up with me as I am crossing the rope super-carefully, the rope could be shaken, and I could be dropped. Fortunately or unfortunately, this summer vacation has been full of battles in the other worlds and outer space, and I have enough strength left to balance this much without any problem, but Yuuya-kun, keep up the good work! Yuuya! You can do it! Everyone Cheers flew one after another from the red groups tent. With that cheering, I decided to give one a try. Oh, at last, the followers have arrived! Will this be a disadvantage for participant Yuuya? No, wait! That Tenjou is he going to walk on the tightrope normally in this situation? Perhaps Ohki-sensei and the organizers were thinking that this tightrope walker was supposed to proceed ahead while hanging on, rather than just walking across normally. That is why they were surprised that I took a step onto the rope without any hesitation. But I wasnt going to be a regular tightrope walker. Hmph! Wh-whaaaaaaattt? The rope was so tight that it was made to twist and turn as I took a step forward. Then, using the elastic force of the rope, I jumped all the way to the opposite side. H-he jumped! Participant Yuuya, using the recoil from the taut rope, forced himself to jump over the rope! Thats absurd! Even if you are using a rope, can you jump a distance of more than 10 meters? Despite the reaction of the surprised Shirase-san and the others, I landed safely on the other side and ran through in a single bound, reaching the goal. G-goooooaaal. Participant Yuuya has reached the finish line at an overwhelming speed! And that clearance time is a new meet record! Or rather, will there ever be a contestant who can surpass it? N-no, I dont think it will be possible I think it will be tough even for a professional contestant of this kind I dont understand what you mean by surpassing professional athletes!'' Im glad I won for the time being, despite all thats being said. As I returned to the tent, I was greeted by Ryo and the others. Yuuya, that was awesome! Yeah, you clear every obstacle in an instant! It was great to watch you. I-is that so? Thank you. B-but, Yuuya-kun, are you okay? Next up is the tug of war Shingo-kun said this with concern, but I had no problem with it. Yeah, Im fine with this much. T-this much, you say youre too much of a monster, arent you? Look at all the other contestants. Rin was right, the other contestants were exhausted, and they all limped back to their tents with heavy feet and collapsed in a heap. W-well, I wouldnt have cleared it very well either if I hadnt been leveled up in the other world. But these days, in addition to training with Master Usagi and Iris-san, I had to fight in outer space, and I was in a situation where my physical strength was increasing whether I wanted it to or not. Since I couldnt give a detailed explanation, I tried to cover it up with a vague smile and headed to the next competition, tug-of-war. Chapter 196 - Book 2: Part 5 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 5 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 5 The tug of war was played separately for men and women. As a result, the red team won the mens team, but the white team was now ahead of the womens team. The reason was that the white team had Yuti. Kuh! We cant let this happen! Merl, who was participating in the tug-of-war, seemed to try to use some technology from the planet Amel, perhaps to counter the white teams Yuti, but Preventing it. Ill beat you before you do! At that moment, Yutis eyes glowed. Wha-? Uwaaaaa? Before Merl could do anything, Yuti pulled the rope as hard as she could, and all the girls in the red group were pulled, like fish from water. Naturally, it would have been dangerous if they had fallen, but Yuti jumped out instantly, caught them all in the air one by one, and carefully brought them down. Secured. Are you okay? Y-yes! Some of them had reddened faces and sparkling eyes for Yuti. Its frustrating because I really wanted to win, but Yuti-san did it better than me. W-well, Yuti is strong but even Merl did a great job for her first athletic festival. Yes, Merl had attracted a lot of attention from people around her because she was a transfer student, and she contributed to the victory to live up to their expectations. In fact, even during the ball throw, most of the red groups points were scored by Merl. I really didnt calculate it during the ball throw I didnt expect such a powerful attack from the white group! Ah-ahaha I could only smile wryly at Merls words. She called it a powerful attack, but that was just a ball Kaori threw out of control, flying all over the place but Merl was right. The power of that flying ball is extraordinary. Kaori was usually not good at exercise, but in this respect alone, she may be one of the best in the world. I couldnt even react to it More importantly, isnt Yuuya the one who did a great job? The obstacle race was amazing, wasnt it? Besides, the mens tug of war could be won only with Yuuyas help. I am indeed much more powerful than most people now, but that didnt mean I thought I could have won on my own. Next up were the cheer squad and the cheerleaders, right? Aside from my side, will Merl be participating in cheerleaders as well? Yes. I did my best to learn it. Um I hope you can look forward to that, okay? Merls cheeks flushed a little red, and after saying so, she walked away quickly. Fight. We were cheered on by Kaede and the others as we made our way to the starting point. Hmm The white group seems to have a lot of track and field students. Is that so? There are some track and field students in the red group, but there are more in the white group. How tough can this be? Either way, weve been practicing, and were going to give it our all. With all the players once again bracing themselves, they all got together and started off at the teachers signal. Huff, huff, huff, huff! Rin and I continued to run smoothly, breathing in unison to show the results of our practice. However, as Rin had said before we started, there were many track and field pairs in the white group, and their three-legged speed was quite fast. sea??h th§× N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Kuh! If we dont do something about it, were! Ah, Rin! Impatient with the speed of the people around, Yuuya sensed that Rin was about to pick up the pace and quickly matched it, but perhaps because she had never run at speed like that in practice, her legs got tangled, and she almost fell over. Uh!? But I managed to prevent Rin from falling by supporting her with my hands around her waist, but she rolled her eyes and looked disappointed. I-Im sorry. I was impatient No, its fine. More importantly, is your leg okay? Oh, Im fine Ugh! I was able to prevent her from falling down, but it seemed that Rin had sprained her leg, and her face was contorted. Rin? I was in such a hurry that I tried to speed up and ended up getting hurt Deciding that it was impossible to continue running, I told the teachers right then and there that we were going to forfeit from the race. Yuuya, I am so sorry. Then Rin said this in a depressed tone, but it was important to carry Rin to the nursing tent for the time being. We have no choice in the matter. Ill carry you to the tent. No, Im fine walking Kyaa! While holding Rin, who was trying to walk alone, I quickly took her in my arms and carried her to the nursing tent. Meanwhile, Rins face was flushed , and she was trying to say something, but in the end, no words came out. W-well, it might be embarrassing to be carried in a princess carry in front of everyone, but I hope she could bear with it. After I finished carrying Rin and returned to the red groups waiting tent, Kaede and the others approached me with concern, but I told them that everything would be all right for the time being. After all, once again, the gap in points with the white group was not decreasing. Chapter 197 - Book 2: Part 6 Book 10: Chapter 2: Part 6 Part 6 And the afternoon events continued to progress and the competition finally came down to the last event, the cavalry battle. This is the last event This year was by far the much more intense competition compared to a normal athletic festival. I guess so. And its going to be nationally televised, so thats great. I-I can relate to why people would want to see this when the event is this spectacular. It may not be comparable to the Olympics or the National Athletic Meet, but it is still very exciting. Yes! And this time, its a very close match with the white team. Were losing now, but if we win this cavalry battle, we will be the winners! Ryo was right, so far, it was a close match, and the pair that wins this cavalry battle would likely determine the outcome of this competition. So, are you ready? Of course! Leave it to me! I, the [Nobleman of Cavalry], will support you well! I-Ill do my best! It was decided that our horses would be Ryo, Shingo-kun, and Akira, and I would be the rider on top. I asked them if they were sure it should be me, but all three nodded vigorously and unanimously agreed that only I could do it. Since they expect so much from me, I must do my best Well, the next cavalry battle will be the last event in the athletic festival. With the intense fight up to this point, the current scores are very competitive, and the winner of this cavalry battle will be the athletic festival champion! As for this cavalry battle, the teachers, including myself, will be there to support students. I know everyone is tired because they have given their all so far, but that is why you must be careful not to get hurt. After all, competition is a competition, and it seems to be conducted with the support of the teachers. So, all the boys formed up on horseback, and I got on top of them, and then the game started. The rules of the cavalry match itself were to fight freely for a certain period, and then the remaining pairs would fight one-on-one. You guys! Drag down the general of the red teeaaamm! Go for the general of the white team! There was also a general cavalry rider from each team, both were strong seniors in their third year. Following the instructions of these seniors, the riders maneuver their horses, and finally, the battle between the riders begins. Bring me that head! Sink they down! Isnt it too noisy? When the charge began, everyones eyes were bloodshot, and they madly headed for the other rider to take him down! Oooh, theres some fierce fighting going on! However, looking at the situation, I would say that the white team has a slight advantage. I fought to not lose to the other seniors, but I couldnt move as fast as I wanted because of the crowded battlefield and the possibility of injuring my opponent if I really tried to beat him. As I tried to find the right balance of strength under these circumstances, the match progressed. T-the white team! Theyre making it look like they are going after the red teams general, but they are cutting down the forces around them! As Shirase-san announced, before I knew it, the other riders in the red team were overwhelmed by the white riders who were teaming up, and by the time the time limit approached, there were only three riders left in the red team including me and the generals rider. In contrast, the white team had more than ten riders left. This is a complicated situation for the red team! Is victory for the white team sealed at this point? In accordance with the rules, the one-on-one battles would start here, but the general cavalry would be last, and we would be the team ahead of him. I-I wonder if well be alright Umm indeed, I must say that it seems quite hopeless even for me, the [Nobleman of Cavalry], to turn this situation around Akira is right; it will be very tough for the red team to regain ground from here. When it came time to start the single horse race, the red teams riders, who had remained until then, lost in that first race. Now there were only two riders in the red team, us and the generals cavalry. With the difference being so great, the white team was now confident of victory and could see that they had enough time to win. Ryo and the others tried to fend off the onslaught of the seniors somehow, but it didnt work. I tried to beat the general as quickly as possible, but the cavalry was so skillful that when I tried to engage them, they quickly pulled away. This caused Ryo and the others to lose their balance, and this continued as a vicious cycle. But! Haaa! W-what? The generals cavalry charged when Ryo and the others had lost their balance, but I took advantage of that by supporting my almost collapsing balance with my torso, and I finally caught the other general! Whooaaaaaaa! Haaaaaaah! The opponent was not giving up but fought back desperately. I tried to use my strength to dismount the general of the white team, but. I-Im sorry, Yuuyaaaaa! sea??h th§× N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. ! Finally, Ryo and the others ran out of stamina, and our horses fell apart. But I took advantage of the momentum to grab the other general, and dragged him to the ground with me! Then, the other general and I landed on the ground at the same time. I-its settled! What a surprise, participant Yuuya has collided with the white teams general cavalry! With this, the cavalry battle was won by the red team! The red team is the winner of this years athletic festival! WHOAAAAAAAAA! When Shirase-san made the announcement, loud cheers echoed through the ground. Yu-Yuuya! You did it! We won! What do you think? This [Nobleman of Cavalry] lives up to the name with this strength of mine! A-as expected of Yuuya-kun! I cant believe you took the opponent out in that situation, too! As Ryo and the others ran up to me and told me this in hushed tones, the senior, who was the general of the white team, held out his hand to me. It was a good match. A total defeat for us. T-thank you very much! I shook hands with my senior. All the athletic events had been completed, but everyone decided to do a folk dance at the end of the festival. Naturally, the students had practiced in advance, but it was a different feeling when we danced after the competition. We switched one by one, and regardless of whether we were in the white or red group, we danced with Kaede and the other girls in the red group, as well as with Yuti from the middle school. I was nervous because I had never danced with girls my own age before, and I ended up dancing with Kaori. Yuuya-san! Kaori! As we took each others hands and began to dance, I was still embarrassed. Then Kaori opened her mouth. Congratulations to the red team for winning the competition. Yuuya-san was really cool in the cavalry battle, you know? I-is that so? Um T-thank you My face gets all flushed when someone tells me to my face that Im cool Since Im in the white group, I really should be cheering for the white group, but I ended up cheering for Yuuya-san. Kaori laughed like a child who had just been caught in a prank, and I couldnt help but be amused. But it was really fun, wasnt it? Yeah, it was fun. We look at each other and laugh. My first athletic festival after coming to Ousei Academy ended in this way. Chapter 198 - Book 3 Book 10: Chapter 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ A few days after the athletic festival. Ouma-san seemed bored, but as for me, the peaceful days I had been waiting for continued. Then, on the weekend, a certain person visited my house. Kagurazaka-san! Long time no see. Surprisingly, Kagurazaka-san came to visit me at my house. Since it was not a good idea to keep her at the door, I invited her in, and she continued. Well, things have calmed down a bit at my place, so I came to ask if you could take me back to the other world. Apparently, Kagurazaka-san, after carefully considering her promise to Orghis-sama and the meaning of her own summoning, was going to the other world to defeat the evil beasts that were spreading in the other world. Then, Ouma-san, who was listening to the conversation, opened his mouth with a sigh. Thats good, isnt it? Nothing much happens these days. It would be good to go to the other world after a long time. As Ouma-san said, I had not been able to visit the other world recently because I had been enjoying the peace and tranquility of this world. Besides, isnt Yuuyas body becoming dull too? At this rate, that Kicking Saint guy will give you another hard time. Ugh I-its true that I havent been training lately, but I dont really want to fight, so I dont have to train, but I still need a level of strength to stay safe in the other world. I have realized this more and more in my battles with Avis and other Evil. Moreover, in the battle against the invaders from space, Ciel was almost taken away from me, and I had to fight a difficult battle. I understand. Lets go to the other world to train there after a long time. So the decision was made to head to the other world, and in addition to Night and the others, Yuti said she would be coming along this time. This is because Training. I havent been moving my body as much as I wanted lately. This seems to be the case. I thought she did a lot of physical activity at the athletic festival, but from her point of view, I guess it didnt count as physical activity. So, I got ready and headed to the other world with Kagurazaka-san, when Ouma-san opened his mouth again. Yuuya. Are you going to send this little girl to the Regal Kingdom with the teleportation magic? Eh? Y-yes. That was the plan, but Its been a while since we have been in this world. But, just in case, you should go through the forest to get used to your body. Eh? G-going through the forest? Isnt this place super dangerous? Kagurazaka-san was surprised to hear Ouma-sans words, but Yeah, thats right. Well, since were here, lets walk to the [Great Devils Nest] entrance. Are you insane? Well, to a stranger, it would be insane to dare to go through a dangerous forest. However, I am familiar with the path to the entrance, and it is far safer than dealing with the monsters that inhabit the depths of this [Great Devils Nest]. In a sense, this was just right for me to regain my sense of combat. Kagurazaka-san was eventually persuaded by Ouma-san and reluctantly agreed. Haah! Yaah! As we proceeded to the entrance of the [Great Devils Nest], we appropriately dealt with the monsters that came at us. At first, Kagurazaka-san was not able to fight properly due to the difference in level between her and the monsters, but as I assisted her in the battle, her level quickly increased, and she was now able to deal with the monsters near the entrance of the [Great Devils Nest] on her own. I-I never thought that I, like you, would stop being human No, I didnt stop being human! That may be an incredible power for people on Earth, but I never intended to stop being human. As I was going along like that, I suddenly felt the presence of a group of people coming toward us, and I stopped in my tracks. What is it? Ive never felt anything like it around here, but theres some presence coming this way Then, Ouma-san, who must have noticed the presence before I did, gave me a dubious look. What is that? A faint sign of the sage? Eh? Surprisingly, he said he could feel the presence of Sage-san from the group coming toward us. When surprised by his unexpected words, Night growled out. Grrrrr Fugo? Pi? S~ea??h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Akatsuki and Ciel are surprised to hear Nights growl but are they enemies? As I readied my weapon, ready to fight at any moment, the group finally revealed itself. Huh! Y-you! W-weve found him! As if he no longer needed to talk, the young man held up his sword and swung it down carelessly. ! But the blow was sharper and more precise than any attack Ive ever seen. This is no time to admire! I rushed back to my senses and avoided the young mans attack again, but another slash was already flying ahead of it as if he knew in advance that I would move there! No way! Even for the Sword Saint Iris-san, such a feat would be impossible. Rather, all of the attacks from the young man were so overwhelming that Iris-sans attacks were overshadowed, and all of the slashes from his random swings were already far beyond the skills of a Sword Saint. I would have liked to contemplate this more carefully, but the current situation would not allow me to do so. Thrown into the air, I decided that it was impossible to avoid no matter how I tried, and although unwilling to fight, I took out my [Omni-Sword] and tried to block the young mans slash Ugh! ! Somehow, before I could prevent it with [Omni-Sword], I was repelled by the young mans slash, as if magnets repelled each other. I was surprised to be repelled by the mysterious force, but the force was stronger than I had ever felt before, and because I was in the air, I was blown away before I had time to stand my ground. In a situation for which I had no idea why, I managed to adjust my stance, landed well, and immediately prepared for a follow-up attack from the young man. But. Eh hes not here! Why do you have that sword too? Gah!? In an instant, the young man grabbed me by the arm and knocked me to the ground. The young man then quietly asked me, holding his sword to my neck. Let me ask you again. Why do you have it? W-what are you are saying I was about to say that when my eyes widened when I saw the weapon in the young mans hand. Because T-thats [Omni-Sword]! What the young man was holding was none other than the sword that I am holding in my hand right now The [Omni-Sword]. But it is impossible for two [Omni-Sword] to exist at the same time. The one I inherited from Sage-san should be the real one. The reason why the young mans attack was blocked by something invisible earlier is because of the collision between the Omni-Swords that can cut anything? If one side loses, that will create a contradiction. So in this world, when a situation is about to create that contradiction, there are forces at work to stop it When I was unable to answer the young mans question because my mind could not keep up with the inexplicable situation, he stared at me, thought about something, and quietly removed his hand from mine. Eh? I understood, although I couldnt confirm it. It seems you are not my enemy. W-what does that mean? I dont know for what reason, but for the moment, I am relieved that he has determined that I am not his enemy. N-no, more importantly, who exactly is this young man? I thought my vision was darkened by the magic of those men, and then suddenly I was attacked by the young man in front of me, rather than that where am I? I looked around again, but it was a different place from the [Great Devils Nest] I had just been in. Whereas the [Great Devils Nest] was surrounded by magnificent nature, the place where I am now is the exact opposite of that, just a desolate expanse of land with no sign of life at all. Then, perhaps seeing me like that, the young man quietly tells me. This is the [Worlds Disposal Ground]. This is the place where all the negative emotions of the world gather. N-negative emotions? That means? Yeah, thats where Im from. Kuro! While I had not had much opportunity to talk to Kuro recently, it had been a long time since I had heard his voice. But now, before I could be happy about that, I was more concerned about what Kuro had said. W-wait. If you mean your homeland, then this is the home base of the Evil? Well, thats what it means. Anyway, Yuuya. You, dont ever mess with that guy, okay? Eh? Kuros words, which seemed to be more serious than ever, were tinged with fear, and I was puzzled. Even with Avis, Kuro had never looked this frightened, but he was extremely frightened with the young man in front of me. Dont be so scared. I have no intention to do anything to you. I-Im glad thats the case Eh, wait, can you hear Kuro? Yes. I was simply stunned by the casual way he said it. W-who in the world is this guy? My name is Zenovis. The young man in front of me told me so as if he had heard my inner thoughts. Chapter 199 - Book 4 Book 10: Chapter 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Yuuya disappeared due to a magic casted by a mysterious assailant the Evil cult. Yuuya! Yuti tried to rush to the position where Yuuya had been but was unable to do so. Because. Oh, ooohhh! At last at last, our God has been resurrected! S~ea??h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Where Yuuya was just a moment ago, there was another figure. Where is this place? It was a person clad in an ominous presence that was reminiscent of Avis, the king of Evil, who was supposed to have been defeated by Night and the others before. Even standing there, Yuti, Night, and even Ciel, who had defeated Avis, were overwhelmed and unable to move properly. Without paying attention to his surroundings, Evil appeared on the spot and looked down at his own body in wonder. Hmm strange things happen. My body, which was injured by his attack, is somehow healed That is because we have summoned you! Hmm? Then that Evil, which first noticed the existence of the Evil cult, quietly asked. You said you summoned me. Why? Y-yes! We are the Evil cult. We are Evil worshippers! But our God of this time has been destroyed by a certain person What? In this time? What do you mean? This world has advanced far more than the time when you were alive. A certain man destroyed our God in this time but by invoking the ultimate magic invented by the sage who had fought you, we succeeded in replacing him with you! Yes you, who fought that sage. You who is the most powerful Evil of all time! You mean to say that you have replaced me with the one who destroyed the Evil of this time? Yes! Now there will be no more obstacles in your way this time! Hearing the words of the Evil cults founder, Evil shook his shoulders with a look of satisfaction. I see, so thats how it is. kukuku hahahahahaha! This is brilliant! I never thought that the magic of the one who tried to destroy me would end up unleashing me into this world! Kuhahahaha! The Evil continued to laugh, but there was one person left who calmly spun his words against such Evil. Unfortunately, your days will not be long. Hmm? Ouma was silently outraged by the misuse of his friend, the sages magic, and the fact that Yuuya was made to disappear. Seeing Ouma like this, Yuti and the others can finally feel relief. Thats what they thought What, look who it is the Genesis Dragon who was pathetically beaten up by the sage. I have no interest in a small fry like you. Get lost. .. Surprisingly, the Evil that appeared did not push back against the pressure released by Ouma but rather countered it. Astonished. N-no way, Ouma-san is Yuti stares at the Evil that appears as if in disbelief. Then, Ouma himself quietly opened his mouth. Its not particularly strange. The Evil of this era that Yuuya and the others defeated was far weaker. But this one is different. After all, even though he was defeated, he is still fighting against that sage. Hahahahaha! You know exactly what youre talking about! The Evil smiles at Oumas words. And then. Yes, I am the King of Evil Evil himself! [T/n: Yes, his name is Evil () in Katakana. It would be pretty odd to translate this from now on since his name is also Evil.] A tremendous aura of Evil erupted from his body. I couldnt understand the young mans words for a moment. But Ze-Zenovis, you say? Eh, Zenoviisss!? Wait, that cannot be true! The young man in front of me is that Sage-san!? While the information poured in one after another at a rate that my brain couldnt process, the young man Zenovis-san nodded his head without changing color. Yes. I am Zenovis. .. I was no longer even able to speak. Wasnt Zenovis-san supposed to have died a long time ago in the first place? But if he wasnt Sage-san, that couldnt explain how he had that [Omni-Sword] Anyway, a lot of guesses were going through my mind. The only thing I can say is that the attack I saw just now was of the highest caliber I have ever seen. At any rate, the slash that was swung at random far exceeded the polished skills of Iris-san and Master Usagi. And if he really is Sage-san, then it makes sense that Kuro was so frightened. In the first place, there was absolutely no way I could win. I was puzzled by the unbelievable situation, but Zenovis-san raised his eyebrows a little. Even so thats troubling. Eh? I was just in this place fighting the Evil king or something like that. But just as I was about to finish him off you appeared. Oh Having said that much, I once again recall how I suddenly came to this place. If I think about it in an orderly fashion, I must have been transported to this place by the magic of Sage-san that the mysterious man used. Moreover, looking at the situation, it seems that I was not just transported to a different place but was sent back in time far into the past. And, judging from the words and actions of those men, they must have been the Evil cult that Orghis-sama had told me about the other day. In other words, I was switched with the Evil of this era by that magic. Oh no what in the world am I supposed to do? While I held my head in complete confusion, Zenovis-san called out to me. I need you to tell me your situation. Eh? B-but its a lot of speculation It doesnt matter. As Zenovis-san said this, I took a moment to explain my current situation in my own way. Please dont say that like Im a woman of leisure! I-its just that well how should I say it What have you done? Sensing something in the sudden change in Lanael-sans demeanor, Zenovis-san asked with a light furrow of his brow. W-wait a minute! Why are you talking on the assumption that Ive done something wrong! You could have done it. What a disgusting trust! No, its not! Its not that I did anything, but it seems that um the power of that false god has flowed into this world. What do you mean? For the first time here, Zenovis-san turned a distinctly different color. What are the observers doing? They call themselves gods, but cant they even do their jobs properly? Ugh. Well, thats okay. But if the power of the false god has flowed into this world, why am I supposed to help solve it there? If its an observers problem, deal with it yourself. Dont bring your problems into this world. T-there is no other choice! Observers are always shorthanded! Thats why they invited Zenovis-sama to join A-anyway! Observers are busy dealing with the main body of the false god! So I havent even gotten into the matter of the power of the false god that has flowed into this world! Lanael-san exclaimed in desperation. Zenovis-san also let out a loud sigh, perhaps thinking that there was no point in talking anymore. Hah so who did the power of the false god flow to, and who became the sentinels of the false god? U-um thats What? Come on, say it. ..the Genesis Dragon. Maybe I should go and fight you, the observers, once and for all. Gyahhhh! Im sorry, Im sorry, Im sorry! Lanael-san apologizes desperately. To be honest, I have no idea what the story is about Genesis Dragon, you mean, Ouma-san? Well, surely there is Ouma-san in this period! But he wouldnt know about me I mean, observers are gods, right? Zenovis-san, who could normally say that hes going to pick a fight with them, is As I think about this, Zenovis-san notices that I am the only one left behind and tells me about the situation again. Well I said that the observers are beings from a higher dimension, but there is a fight going on in that higher dimension, just like ours. That opponent is the false god. False god Well, I only know it as knowledge; I have never seen the real thing. After all, it is essentially irrelevant to me. What happens in the upper dimension is resolved in the upper dimension. It should be so, but sometimes the observer cannot contain the false god, and the power of the false god flows into this world. And that power has a will, and when that power flows to those who seek power, they become the cusp of the false god. Yes, it becomes a sentinel but more than that, the Genesis Dragon Um, is that the Genesis Dragon thats sleeping in the valley? Hmm? Oh yeah. In Yuuyas time, yes. But it wouldnt be that guy. That guy takes pride in his power. Come to think of it, he was flaunting it the other day and was acting up, so I just beat him to quiet him down Hes not the kind of guy who would want to borrow someone elses strength to get stronger just because he lost to me. It appears that Ouma-san is not the one who has become the sentinel of that imaginary god. Zenovis-san is right, Ouma-san would probably refuse Gods offer to give him power Hmm? Wait a minute? But then, that Genesis dragon is U-um, I have one question: how many Genesis Dragons are there? Two. Eeeh? I am appalled at the fact that I never expected that. I had spent a lot of time with Ouma-san, but I had never heard of such a story. In fact, when Lexia-san and others told me about the Genesis Dragon, they only mentioned Ouma-san Could it be that he is still alive in that era, but we just dont know about him? And you want me to take care of it? Ugh B-because I cant possibly win against the Genesis Dragon with the power of a false god Is that so? I-Im an angel sent by an observer, after all! Even though I live in a higher dimension, Im not that strong! H-huh I hope you wont be relying on me for manpower as a result. From what I hear now, if it were true, the observers would have to do something about the incident, but they themselves are stuck in a battle with the main body of the false god, and Lanael-san, an angel, alone is no match for them, so Zenovis-sans help is needed so it seems. Zenovis-san looked stunned, but suddenly he seemed to have thought of something and opened his mouth. Hmm it cant be helped. I wasnt eager to do it, but I can help you with that story. Eh, really? Well, then, lets get on with. But I have a condition. C-condition? As Lanael-san waited with bated breath to see what kind of conditions would pop up, Zenovis-san told her as if nothing was wrong. Yeah. In exchange for helping you with this matter you will return Yuuya back to his original time. Eh? Hmm? That is I am sure the observers will allow me to use that much power if you help us I didnt think they would make it conditional on me going back to my own time. A-are you sure? Under those conditions, Zenovis-san wouldnt get anything out of it What are you talking about? You do it. Huh? I couldnt believe my ears when I heard the words, but Zenovis-san continued without changing his expression at all. Youre going to be dealing with the sentinels of a false god. With this, it stands to reason that you would accept the reward, right? Eeeeehhhh? N-no, no, it is impossible! Because Im weak, you know? Dont worry. Ill help you. H-help? I wonder. I have a very bad feeling about this! Then, as if to say that my imagination was right, Zenovis-san smiled the biggest smile Ive seen since I met him today. Well, lets get you trained right away, shall we? N-nooooooo! My screams echoed through the [Worlds Disposal Ground]. Chapter 200 - Book 5: Part 1 Book 10: Chapter 5: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 1 It was decided that I would train for the battle with the false gods sentinel, but Zenovis-san did not start the training immediately. You must have exhausted your strength during the attack earlier. Therefore, we will begin the training after a short rest. T-thats Just as I was about to reject the offer, my nerves began to fail, and fatigue began to take its toll on my body. Hhuh? You should take a rest. You will continue your training anyway, even if you dont want to. Whoops! This is the same as Master Usagis, or even more spartan than that. As my bad premonition continued, Zenovis-san lightly waved his arm, and a magic circle unfolded at my and Zenovis-sans feet. Eh? Were going back to my house for now to rest. When Zenovis-san said that, the scenery changed in the blink of an eye and there was a somewhat familiar view of the forest. This is My home. Yes, the place we were teleported to was the very house of Sage-san in the [Great Devils Nest]. This place was much the same as the house of the future Sage-san where I lived, and in the garden, very rare goods such as the Complete Recovery Grass were growing. I was surprised to see the house with no major changes, but I suddenly remembered the magic that was used when we moved to this place. Huh? I casually went along with it, but can Sage-san use the teleportation magic? Moreover, while I could not teleport to another place without manifesting the magic in the form of a door, Sage-san was able to teleport to the place he specified in an instant. Surprised by this fact, I entered the house as Zenovis-san urged me and found that the houses structure was no different from that of the future Sage-sans house. However, there were some differences. First of all, in addition to the weapons that I had already inherited, such as the [Omni-Sword] and the [Absolute Spear], there were many unfamiliar weapons and armor lying around haphazardly. Then, Zenovis-san asked me. What do you think? Have you seen everything here? Eh? N-no, Ive never seen some of them before, like those over there Oh the ones lying over there are failures. Ill get rid of them soon. Failures? sea??h th§× ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Those look like excellent weapons to my eyes, but according to Zenovis-san, those were failures. For example the gauntlet lying there. Once you put it on, youll never be able to take it off again. Eh? Also, that sword requires a lot of the users blood. The more you use it, the more it consumes your life force Well, I dont have to explain it to you. Its very dangerous! Theyre all so dangerous, its no wonder they were called failures. Well, Im going to get rid of it one of these days, but dont touch it. Um if its that dangerous, I think youd better do something about it as soon as possible Its dangerous for Zenovis-san, too, isnt it? Probably because it was disposed of properly, this weapon was not found in the future Sage-sans house, but even then, Zenovis-san would be in trouble if he accidentally touched it. But Mhm? I dont have a problem with it. It doesnt work on me. It doesnt work? Thats absurd I looked at Zenovis-san with my eyes wide open, and he didnt care about that; he was preparing tea at his own pace. Not only in terms of combat power, but after all, Sage-san is an extraordinary person. I strongly felt it. After a certain amount of rest, I would begin my training with Zenovis-san once again. Thats why we were once again teleported to the [Worlds Disposal Ground]. Now, before the training, since you apparently dont know about the Genesis Dragon that became the sentinel of the false god, let me give you an explanation of it. P-please Since I could no longer escape from my training, I made up my mind and once again listened to Zenovis-san talk about a different Genesis Dragon from Ouma-san. By the way, Lanael-san, in case you were wondering, returned to the upper dimension to confirm with the observers whether she could use her power to return me to my original time. I dont know how much you know about this world, but in this world Argena, there are two concepts: Holy and Evil. Simply put, the two Genesis Dragons also govern them. I-I see! The two Genesis Dragons are also in charge of these two concepts.UppTodated from no?/v/e/lb(i)n.c(o)/m I was thinking, Is Ouma-san a Holy? I had such a thought, but that was quickly denied by Zenovis-san. The one I beat to a pulp and is now sleeping in the canyon is in charge of Evil. Really? Yes. The Evil I fought before you came here and the Evil that the Genesis Dragon governs have slightly different meanings. The actual Evil that gathers in this [Worlds Disposal Ground] is the very essence of Evil. However, the Evil controlled by the Genesis Dragon is something more fundamental and is necessary for Argena to manage the world. The world cannot revolve around the Holy alone. It is only when there is also an aspect of Evil that the world can exist. Therefore, although the two Genesis Dragons have different attributes, they actually contain both of them. If the technique exists, what else do you do when you are in a cutting contest? Do you just swing your sword around? N-no, its not like that Thats what I call weak. You know what? If you are a true Sword Saint, every casual blow you deliver must be as powerful as the technique that you, or the Sword Saint who taught you, would deliver. Y-yes Actually, I still didnt quite understand the concept, I just gave a curt reply, and Zenovis-san picked up the wooden sword just like I did. It would be hard to comprehend with just talking. Let me show you just once. Eh? Then, Zenovis-san just casually swung the sword in his hand toward me. ? But I didnt understand what had happened or what he had done in the first place. There was nothing strange about it, after all. But. Now that I pointed my sword at you and swung it down why didnt you avoid it? !? After being told that much, I finally understood. Zenovis-san accepted the series of actions of picking up the sword, swinging it down, and slashing it as a very natural and natural thing, just like a human being breathes. That was why, even though a weapon was pointed at me, and even though a threat was directed at me, I could not react. If the person in front of me had been an enemy, I would have accepted the fact that I had been killed as a matter of course. As I felt a cold sweat break out all over my body at the horrifying fact, Zenovis-san continued as if nothing had happened. You seem to have understood. I pointed my sword at you and swung it down. Of course, I didnt really cut you down because I didnt mean to hurt you, but if I had cut you down like that, you would be dead. This is the state of the sword that I am talking about. That is why I say it is weak. Every time you fight an enemy, do you put all your strength into the technique you just performed and get stuck? T-thats The next moment, Zenovis-san swung his sword carelessly again. Then, a slash came out far more powerful than the [Heavenly Sacred Slash] that I had just unleashed, and a deep slash mark was etched into the ground. First of all, you need to change your way of thinking. Then, make each casual swing the same as the techniques youve acquired up to now. Y-yes. I could only nod in agreement with Zenovis-sans words. Unaware that Yuuya had been teleported to the past, Merl, who had come to Earth on a mission, was communicating with her home planet, Planet Amel. (Merl. How are things going over there?) Theres no particular problem. The person on the other side of the line was Merls father, Marl. (Merl, do you understand? The future of the planet Amel depends on your actions.) .. Marl was planning to somehow attract Yuuya, who controlled the Great Giant which was the legacy of the Sage, to the planet Amel. The power of the Great Giant was so powerful that he could not be more reliable if he were on their side. (If all we had to do was to create a clone of him, even a single hair on Yuuya-donos body would do the trick but then we would not get our hands on the Great Giant. That machine can only be controlled by Yuuya-dono himself. Do you understand that?) Yes. (Then, in order to obtain that power, you must directly commune with Yuuya-dono and give birth to a child. Then not only the Great Giant but all of Yuuya-donos legacy will be passed on to his children, resulting in the prosperity of the planet Amel.) Originally, the planet Amel had been oppressed by the Dragonias, and perhaps as a result of that, they began to seek greater military power so that they would never be oppressed again. Most of the Amelians, including Marl, were unaware that they were following the same path as the Dragonias. (Besides, if you and Yuuya-dono become a couple, Yuuya-dono might move to our planet, too. Remember, you have such an important mission.) Yes. (Well then, thats all for todays communication. Im counting on you.) Marl announced unilaterally and disconnected the communication. Merl remained in front of the communication device for a while and muttered quietly. Is this really the best solution? The murmur faded into nothingness. And the time returns back to the past when Yuuya was sent away. At the [Dragon Valley]. This was the place where a Genesis Dragon different from Ouma resided, and the surrounding area was filled with ferocious monsters, perhaps under the influence of the dragons magical power. The Genesis Dragon, the ruler of the valley, was lying quietly on the ground. .. The Genesis Dragon quietly lurked in the valley. However, the atmosphere overflowing from its body was not only its own magic power but also the power it had borrowed from the false god. Then, as if realizing something, the dragon quietly opened its eyes and stared at the sky. More just a little more, the power to completely annihilate mankind There was a reason why the Genesis Dragon was hiding in the valley like this. The Genesis Dragon had become the sentinel of the false god, but it seemed that the power of the too mighty false god needed time to finally be stabilized in its body. The sage has started to make some kind of move but it doesnt matter to me right now. I will destroy the sage and all the others The Genesis Dragon muttered quietly and closed its eyes to gather its strength again. Chapter 201 - Book 5: Part 2 Book 10: Chapter 5: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 Thus began the days of training with Zenovis-san. My current goal was not only to reach the ultimate form in swordsmanship that I was made to experience that day, but also to be able to cut anything with the wooden sword that I continue to train with today. Incidentally, if I use the sword with the power of the [Holy Kings Authority], I will be able to cut through a certain amount of things with this wooden sword, just as I was able to cut through the ground that day. However, that was not what Zenovis-san was expecting. He wanted me to be able to cut anything by simply swinging the wooden sword without any enhancements. Therefore, I was forbidden to use Holy and Evil power, even magic power, and spent many days just swinging the wooden sword. I wondered if I could practice for days like this, but with the help of Lanael-san, I was able to practice without worrying about the time. Well, I was glad to have Observer-samas permission! Now you can train as much as you want, and if you can solve this case safely, I can send you back to your original time! As I had heard from Zenovis-san, the individuals in the upper dimension had power beyond my imagination, and it seemed that manipulating time was no big deal. However, since Argenas world had nothing to do with observers, observers could not use their power as they wished, and the time manipulation was limited to me only. Well, even this is quite reckless. Thats why Ill definitely have Yuuya-san become stronger and defeat the sentinel of the false god! I-I will do my best Thats all I could answer now. In any case, the state that Zenovis-san was looking for was for the sword and I to be completely united, and all the movements of the sword swing must be natural. There was no way I could learn it overnight. However, Zenovis-san, who was extremely spartan, would bring in super-powerful monsters from somewhere and then make me fight them without any kind of reinforcement. Hah! Guoooooooo! I didnt know how much time had passed already, but I thought I had improved my sword handling compared to when I first started. Even now, I managed to fight against the SS-class monster Tyrant Wolf. Grrrrrrrrrrrrr! Guhh! Sorry, I lied. As expected, I think its impossible to fight an SS-class monster without using Holy power or magic power! However, Zenovis-san would never accept the voice of my heart, and he told me something even more hopeless. Im telling you, that monster is clothed in a special magic power, so physical attacks wont work. How am I supposed to defeat it? How can I defeat it with a mere wooden sword if physical attacks were ineffective? Its no wonder it didnt respond to my slashing at it earlier! While I was desperately trying to escape, the Tyrant Wolf unleashed its magic mercilessly! Gaaaaaaaah! Huh!? I realized that I couldnt avoid the fire that was being unleashed at the rate that it filled my field of vision. I thought it was a futile resistance, but as I took a defensive stance, the fire suddenly split in half. Dont try to defend it. Cut it down. Mmh, this is ridiculous sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I was surprised to hear that Zenovis-san, who was in a remote position, had cut that fire in half. However, its not just that I dont want that to be required of me, or Then, Zenovis-san continued. Listen, even magic can be cut. You cant cut it because you think that magic is not something that can be cut. You have to believe strongly. Thats more important than you might think. T-thats a powerful belief Magic is not effective against physical attacks. The most important thing is to strongly remind yourself that you are going to cut the other persons magic power. Dont worry. You are stronger than you think. Believe in yourself. .. I was suddenly told this in a gentle voice, and strangely enough, the words entered my mind easily. I had been somewhat unsure of my own strength until now. There were many strong people like Master Usagi and Iris-san But now that I am fighting with just a wooden sword and Zenovis-san says I am strong, I think I can believe in myself a little bit From that point on, I kept telling myself over and over in my head that it would be okay, that I would definitely be able to cut it without any basis to back it up. Gaaaaaaaaaah! .. Cut it. Cut it. Cut it. I can cut it. My thoughts were rapidly disappearing, and the scenery around me was losing its color. I only recognized the opponent that stood in front of me. Somehow I forgot to breathe, and I didnt even know what I was doing. And then. Hmm Youve finally reached it, huh? ! Suddenly, Zenovis-sans words jumped into my ears, and my vision quickly returned to normal, and I regained consciousness. At that moment, even though I was on the ground, I desperately sought air as if I had drowned. Well, then, keep your eyes open. You have inherited the power of my magic! The next moment, Zenovis-san thrust his right hand into the void, and a tremendous amount of magic power began to gather in his right arm all at once! Then, as he made a gesture of grasping something, the space distorted greatly, and a jet-black vortex appeared in the sky. The vortex grew larger and larger and soon developed to such a scale that it enveloped the entire area of the [Worlds Disposal Ground] and covered the sky above. In the midst of all this, Zenovis-san deepens his ferocious smile. Hoh? Do you resist me? But dont think you can escape, okay? Zenovis-san gripped his right hand, which was imbued with enormous magic power, and something was dragged out of the vortex! Guoooooooooo! Ze-Zeenovisssss! It was a huge dragon with scales the color of a sunset, the same size as Ouma-sans true form. At the time when Yuuya was undergoing Zenovis training. In the [Nittei Academy] student council room in a distant era in Japan, a student was staring regretfully at the television. Kuh! How did they get a student like that? The one who muttered this was Kamiyama Mirei, the student council president of Nittei Academy. The Nittei Academy is an elite school for children of rich and famous families and has long been a rival of the Ousei Academy. However, only Nittei Academy sees them as rivals, while Ousei Academy is unaware of anything in particular. The reason for this is that while Ousei Academy is open to anyone regardless of family background, Nittei Academy requires a certain level of prestigious family background to even take the entrance exam. However Recently, more and more people from prestigious families are flowing to Ousei Academy If this continues, the prestige of our academy may be called into question! In recent years, graduates from Ousei Academy had become active in various industries one after another, and before long, students from famous families were also enrolling in Ousei Academy instead of Nittei Academy. However, it is not that the education at Nittei Academy is inferior. In fact, due to a large amount of money it receives from alumni, the facilities at Nittei Academy are always well prepared with the most advanced equipment, providing the best possible environment for its students. Therefore, to obtain the status of the best school in Japan no matter what it takes, Nittei Academy is gradually closing in on Ousei Academy because of its persistence I never thought there was such a student The one thing Kamiyama was looking at was the footage of the athletic festival that took place the other day at Ousei Academy. There, Yuuyas figure can be seen clearing obstacles one after the other. The Nittei Academy was also a prestigious school like Ousei Academy, whose athletic festival was broadcast on TV. Naturally, Nittei Academys athletic festival was also a large-scale event, but because of Yuuyas appearance and performance, the athletic festival of Ousei Academy became the talk of the town, and there was an overwhelming difference in the viewer ratings. Kamiyama, who had been staring at the TV in frustration, shifted her gaze to the material at hand. Yuuya Tenjou originally attended another school but was invited by Kaori Houjou, the daughter of the director of Ousei Academy, to transfer The material in Kamiyamas hand contained detailed information about Yuuya. That is why Kamiyama was furrowing her brow and tilting her head. This is really accurate information, right? No matter how I look at it, it doesnt match what is written here She also found some information about Yuuyas past, which she could not match with the image of Yuuya that was currently active on TV. I heard that he was treated unfairly not only throughout the school but also by his parents and siblings but looking at this video, he doesnt really look like that and I cant help but think that someone who was mistreated that much would have such a change. In addition, its hard to believe that someone who was abused that much could work with that model Miu Kamiyama suspected that she had deliberately been given false information, but she quickly dismissed the idea. Well, perhaps Im overthinking it. Even though he is a great student, there is no way you could control so much information about a single high school student Kamiyama, who has stopped thinking about Yuuya for the time being, once again considers the future. What we have to focus on is the school festival that follows. At this rate, we will surely lose the school festival as well Although Nittei Academy was behind Ousei Academy in many areas, the only thing they excelled in was their school festival. The reason is that both schools are the same in that they are large and spend a great deal of money. In the same way that Ousei Academy invites famous artists, Nittei Academy also invites artists, but in addition, using the schools origins, they have gained popularity for their prestigious events that are not generally available to the general public. However, this advantage was about to be lost with the arrival of Yuuya. The gap between the two schools is growing wider and wider but what should we do? The students of Ousei Academy did not know that Kamiyama was secretly plotting a way out of the current situation. At the very same time that Yuuya was sent back in time to switch places with Evil, Usagi, Iris, and Odis were working together to let the other Holy know that Evil had been defeated. However. !? Suddenly, the three of them sensed an ominous presence that they had never felt before, and they turned their gazes in that direction. And in that direction, Evil had just reappeared in this period. T-the presence just now (Yeah. Evil, right?) W-wait! That disaster is indeed Evil, but the king of Evil was completely defeated by you guys, wasnt he! Why do I sense the presence of such a powerful Evil now! Odis was right, and all three of them knew that the Evil had been destroyed, which was why they were traveling like this to report it to the other Holy. However, if the current presence was really from Evil, the story would be different. Moreover, Iris and Usagi, who had confronted Avis directly, sensed that the presence that was still being emitted was much more than that. However That direction I believe it is the one where Yuuya-kuns house is, right? (Yes, thats right.) I think we should go to see whats going on. Iris and the others looked at each other and quickly changed direction and ran towards the [Great Devils Nest] where Yuuyas house was located. Chapter 202 - Book 6 Book 10: Chapter 6 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Zenovissssss! You bastaaaarrddd! Hmph. No need to shout like that. I just called you a little forcefully, thats all. What fell from the sky was a huge dragon the same size as Oma-san. Moreover, the dragon did not fly but was forcibly dragged out by Zenovis-sans magic. However, he was a Genesis Dragon and a being who had also received the power of the false god. Even though he was dragged out by Zenovis-sans magic, he adjusted his stance in mid-air and opened his mouth wide to face us! I will obliterate you right here! As a tremendous amount of magic power converged in the opened mouth of the sunset-colored dragon, it was released all at once. Sear?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Facing the dragons breath, Zenovis-san lightly waved his right hand without breaking into a smile. Dont be a bore. Come hang out with us. Nuuuuuu!? Then, a thin membrane was deployed enveloping us. The dragons breath hit it hard, but it could not destroy the membrane that Zenovis-san had deployed. While Zenovis-sans defensive magic was repelling the breath right in front of me, Zenovis-san turned his attention to me. Yuuya. That is the Genesis Dragon that has obtained the power of the false god. No, he should no longer be called the Genesis Dragon, but rather the False Gods Sentinel the False Dragon. The False Dragon As you can see, he looks flashy, but I think it will be fine. Arent you taking this a little too lightly here? Not only does he look dangerous, but he looks powerful as well! After all, the area outside Zenovis-sans defensive range is obliterated by the false dragons breath. Originally, there was nothing in the [Worlds Disposal Ground], but the terrain has changed drastically with that breath attack alone. I-I mean, if you can pull out such an extraordinary dragon from hiding and also defend against his attack, wouldnt it be better for Zenovis-san to fight him instead of me? No, thats not the case. When he was just a mere Genesis dragon, that would not be a problem, but since hes a sentinel of the false god, its a different story. If I were to completely destroy him, I would have to increase my output a bit. But if I do, this planet will be destroyed. It would be too powerful and troublesome. Eehh? The planet will be destroyed? No, well, I knew Ouma-san was also in this class, but to be able to cause this level of destructiveness just by exerting a little power is too crazy, Zenovis-san! While I was astonished by the story of a completely different dimension, the false dragon, whose attack was blocked, exclaimed abhorrently. Zenovis! I dont like you! Why do you, a mortal with power that surpasses my own and with that much power. not use it to maintain balance in the world! It is true that you are in charge of maintaining the balance between the Holy and the Evil on this planet. However, a balance maintained by any existence alone will eventually collapse. Therefore, it is necessary for humans to maintain the balance by themselves. As a result, the humans have drawn the boundaries of this planet! They claimed Argena as their own! The humans are evil who are simply devouring the planet Argena! Not knowing anything about the background of this time period, I could not understand what the false dragon was shouting. However, I could sense in his words his strong feelings for this planet. Zenovis-san also sensed this. Is this the result of that? Yes, thats right. I am the Holy, but I am not the Holy for the humans! I am the Holy for this planet, Argena! That is why I become the sentinel of the false god, and I will bury the humans and return this planet to its primordial state once again! The false dragon held a fierce hatred for humans and did not even try to hide it. The pressure almost crushed me, but Zenovis-san kept a calm face. Hmph. That would have been possible without becoming a sentinel of the false god, wouldnt it? Speak nonsense. Without the help of the false god, I cant defeat you. You will get in my way anyway. You know exactly what it means. That gap between us is going to be disappear today! The dragon flapped his wings powerfully, opened his mouth wide again, and began to converge his magic power. Now, Yuuya. Lets start from here. I forbade you to use your special powers in training, but in this battle, you can use them to your hearts content. But you must use them with the wooden sword. Y-yes. But will it be okay? Dont be so tense. I will support you. At the same time as I held up the wooden sword, I released all the power that I could use, such as the [Holy Kings Authority], the [Holy Evil Creation], and the [Magic Armor]. I was a bit nervous about the whole thing. I just barely succeeded in avoiding it, but just as it passed in front of me, a tremendous amount of wind pressure struck me. As expected of a Genesis Dragon, just like Ouma-san I wouldnt have been able to fight properly if I hadnt received Zenovis-sans training and support. Once I was further away, the dragon was even more aggressive in sending out magic and breath attacks. Gradually, I began to feel a strange sensation. It was the same sensation I had experienced while fighting the Tyrant Wolf, as the scenery and movement around me began to fade away. Of course, when I woke up that time, I was in an unfamiliar situation, and I knew that if I continued to let this feeling take over, the same thing would happen to me. However, as I was concentrating to the utmost limit, I had no resistance to surrendering to the sensation. In the midst of all this, I sensed a new movement of the false dragon in my fading consciousness. Originally, I was going to save it to make sure Zenovis was killed! Mmm! In an instant, the false dragon soared high into the sky, spread his wings wide, and began to converge more magic power ever above his head. Moreover, it contains the same Holy and Evil power as me, as well as the power of the false god; if it is released, not only this [Worlds Disposal Ground] but this planet itself could be destroyed. You have lost your mind. You, who spoke of the planets sake, do you intend to destroy it? If you had not interfered, this would not have happened! But now that you have taken humanitys side, I will end it all here, for the sake of this planet! Thats a very convenient way of thinking. But this is a little too much for Yuuya, isnt it? I could faintly sense Zenovis-san muttering something in my little bit of consciousness left, but I didnt pay any attention to it and approached the false dragon. Yuuya! Fuhahahaha! Apparently, the human there wants to rush to his death! Just as you wish, vanish here! The false dragon flapped his wings vigorously and released the mass of energy that converged above his head toward me or rather, toward the ground. Normally I would have despaired in the face of such a blow. But strangely enough, I had no feelings about the scene in front of me. I just cut. As if it was a matter of course. The blow was released quite naturally. Cut. With this single thought in mind, my flash of light cut down the mass of power that was approaching in front of me with a single stroke. No way Ridiculous!? To the astonished false dragon, I do not stop my swinging hand, and with a returning flash, I cleave the false dragons neck. Then the false dragon was beheaded, with a look of incomprehension on his face as to what had happened. Having been exterminated by my blow, the false dragon fades away as light. Then my consciousness gradually returned to normal, and the scenery and movements around me went back to normal. Hah! Hah! Hah! Hah! Just like before, I was drowning, desperately seeking air. But whats definitely different from last time is that I remember exactly what happened. Tthat was Well done, Yuuya. That was one of the things you should aim for. I think back to what Ive done, to Zenovis-sans words. I dont think I could do it at all if I were asked to do it again, but the fact that this is the second time is definitely imprinted on my body. That split-second feeling was exactly what Zenovis-san was expecting from me. Now, you cannot enter that state in an instant. But if you take the time, you can reach that state the [Idle Blow]. The idle blow The next challenge will be sustaining that feeling and avoiding exhaustion like you did this time. Nevertheless, well done. When I saw Zenovis-san smiling gently at me, I finally relaxed. Chapter 203 - Book 10: Epilogue Part 1 Book 10: Epilogue Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Epilogue Part 1 Well, thank you so much! Youve been a big help! N-no problem. A little while after I finished slaying the false dragon, Lanael-san came back. I really wish I could have helped you, but there was a movement with the main body of the False God just above and I was called back. Im sorry. Lanael-san bowed her head apologetically. But Zenovis-san indifferently told her. If you and the others in the upper dimension had been more firm, this wouldnt have happened. Ugh T-thats true, but Be that as it may, the false dragon has been defeated. You have no more business with us, do you? As promised, return Yuuya to his original time. Of course, of course! B-but Observer-samas still want Zenovis-sama to cooperate with us What? Zenovis-san looked at Lanael-san in a troublesome manner. Ive told you many times, settle matters in the upper dimension in the upper dimension. Dont involve me in it. I-I know that! Thats why Observer-sama says he will welcome Zenovis-sama into the upper dimension! I have told you repeatedly that I refuse to do so. Why do you insist on me so much? In response to Zenovis-sans genuine question, Lanael-san seemed reluctant to answer but spoke honestly. The truth is, in the battle between the False God and Observer-samas, Observer-samas side is currently at a disadvantage The reason is that the False God is trying to invade our world using a large number of sentinels, just like the Genesis Dragon that the two of you defeated. Their number is more than Observer-samas expected Hmm Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In order to counter this army of false gods, we need to ask for help from beings with power equal to that of Observer-samas! But such beings are few and far between A-and Zenovis-san is one who fulfills that condition, isnt he? Yes Lanael-san drooped down powerlessly. In this case, I should say that Zenovis-san is too amazing or that the observers are too different in dimension Zenovis-san, who heard Lanael-sans story, nodded without changing a single expression on his face. I see. I understand what you said. T-then! I understand and refuse. No way! Zenovis-san ruthlessly refused, and this time Lanael-san sank to the ground. But there was more to Zenovis-sans words. I refuse, but as an alternative I recommend Yuuya. Eh? Yuuya-san? I was stunned by these unexpected words. I immediately understood the meaning of the words and shook my head in panic. W-wait! To recommend me thats impossible, isnt it? Im not as strong as you, Zenovis-san! For now, yeah. Eh? I told you, right? You are strong. And theres a good chance youll surpass me. N-no way Thats why Im recommending you. Of course, it will be tough at this stage, but Im sure the observers will do something about that. Zenovis-san seemed to have already decided in his mind that I was going to go, and he turned to Lanael-san once again. So, thats it. You can take him with you. I have had encounters with Lexia-san, Luna, Yuti, and Kuro. I met wonderful people like Master Usagi, Iris-san, Odis-san, and others. And Night, Akatsuki, Ouma-san, and Ciel. I wouldnt have the family I have today without Sage-sans legacy. Without anything else, I was just an abused high school student. I would still be spending miserable days on Earth. But now I have a place on Earth. I cant thank Zenovis-san enough. That is why I understand. I dont know how much I can replace Zenovis-san, but if I can be of any help to Zenovis-san even just a little! I shook Zenovis-sans hand. Thank you. When Zenovis-san smiled gently, something warm permeated my body through my hand and Zenovis-sans. It stayed around my heart for a while, and then it seeped into my body. This concludes the soul contract. You are now my successor. Zenovis-san When Zenovis-san told me this with a somewhat radiant expression on his face, my eyes lit up. Well Zenovis-sama is as extraordinary as ever Its amazing that you succeeded so effortlessly in making a soul contract that has a terribly low success rate and, if it fails, will destroy both souls Zenovis-san!? Hahaha! While I was surprised by the bombshell from Lanael-san at the last minute, Zenovis-san laughed out loud for the first time here. The next moment, my body was gradually enveloped in light. W-what is this? Oh, it looks like its started! I was panicked by the suddenness of the situation, but Lanael-san continued calmly. Dont worry! Its just that Observer-samas are preparing to send Yuuya-san back to your original time. I-I see For the moment, I realize that it is not dangerous, so I look at the situation. What can I say its a strange feeling, a little like the scene when you defeat a monster. Its like my body is gradually turning into particles of light and disappearing but strangely enough, it wasnt terrifying. After all, the sage, Zenovis-san, is right in front of me. So Im sure everything will be fine. Well then, Yuuya. Im really glad to have met you. M-me too! When it comes time to say goodbye, sadness comes over me. Perhaps sensing my feelings, Zenovis-san smiled softly. After you leave, I will forget you. But my soul will remember you. May your future be blessed. Yes! At last, I can return to my original time. Just as I thought that, Lanael-san dropped another bombshell. Oh, by the way, the Evil that was fighting Zenovis-sama here was called forth in the time when Yuuya-san was originally present, and that Evil will be brought back to this time with Observer-samas power, but it will be troublesome if he resists, so it would be helpful if you could hurt him moderately! Hey! Eeehh The Evil is supposed to appear right in front of you, so dont think too much about it and just slash it with your sword! I hurriedly tried to ask for more information, but to no avail; I was sent back to my original time. Chapter 204 - Book 10: Epilogue Part 2 Book 10: Epilogue Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, enjoy~ Part 2 Immediately after Yuuya was transported to a past era. The Evil Evil, who was fighting the sage, smiled wickedly. [T/n: The second Evil was his name.] Well then let the carnage begin. Do you think Ill allow that? When Ouma returned to his original non-standard size, he opened his mouth and his magic power converged into it. But Evil was still smiling wryly when he saw it. Hahahaha! If you want to shoot me, then shoot! Then, after I have prevented it perfectly, I will teach you what defeat is! Stop. I wont let you! Woof! Then Yuti and Night jumped on Evil simultaneously and attacked him with everything they had, but Evil just stared at them blankly. You are just a nobody. Dont get in my way. Kyaa! Kyaan! Piii! Piiiiiiiiiiiii! Night and Yuti are blown away by the wind pressure from a light wave of his arm. At the sight of the two, Ciels body was filled with flames of anger, and he charged straight at Evil. But Hmph. Now a fly. You seem quite confident in your power, but it wont work on me. Pii! Fugo! B-buhi Ciel, who at the time of Avis had recovered instantly no matter how much damage he took and had attacked many times, for some reason could not heal the wounds inflicted by Evils attack and was blown away, as were Night and Yuti. Quickly, Akatsuki transformed into a giant and caught Ciel with his body, but the impact alone nearly knocked Akatsuki down. As purely Evil as I am, I can block any ability and take away any life. There will never be another Evil as perfect as I am. You bark so much! Having finished converging his magic power, Ouma compressed it to the utmost limit and released it at the Evil. The magic power that was released like a ray of light contained such power that even a slight brush of it could erase the persons existence. But Perish here! Sear?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Facing such an attack, Evil held out both hands without even a thought of avoiding it. Stepping as hard as he could on his feet, he caught the incoming ray of light with his hands. Nnn nuoooooooooo! What? As expected, Ouma did not think his attack could be caught with bare hands, and his eyes widened at Evils action. Evil was desperately enduring while raising a tremendous cloud of smoke from his feet. T-the blessing of our goooooooooddddddd! Hooray, hoor! The impact of the attack released by Ouma obliterated all the evil cult members present. But. Ku kukuku Nonsense Despite having injured his arm, Evil was able to survive Oumas blow. Kuhu kuhahahahaha! How is this, O Genesis Dragon! This is my power! Now, next is my. Haaaaaaaaaaaaaa! Wha gyaaaaaah! Eh Yuuya! Evil, who was continuing to laugh loudly, had his body bashed by Yuuya, who appeared in front of him without notice. The space in front of Evils eyes suddenly seemed to distort, and a glowing vortex appeared from it, and suddenly Yuuya appeared. Waah! Everyone, including Yuti, hugged me, and I managed to hold on without collapsing. A-ahahaha Im back. Question. Where in the world were you, Yuuya? The moment Yuti tilted his head in wonder, I encountered a situation that had a sense of dj vu. It was Aaaaaaahhhh! Eh? A voice was falling from the sky. Yuuya-saaann! Im here to pick you uuuppp! When everyone looked toward the voice there was the figure of Lanael-san, falling with tremendous force. Meanwhile, on Earth. Shirai. You are sure this information is correct, arent you? Of course it is. Then there must be a chance for us too! The document she was holding in her hand from the Ousei Academy has Yuuyas picture pasted on it, and it contains detailed information, including his background up to this point. If only he would transfer to Nittei Academy, we would no longer be afraid of Ousei Academy! Shirai, Im going to go scout for him right now! Understood. Thus, a new movement concerning Yuuya also began on Earth. Evil returned to his original time after being seriously wounded by Yuuya. Gahah! As soon as he returned to his original time, the wound he received from Yuuya had opened wide, and he fell to his knees as he vomited blood. D-damn it! This is for this me to experience this! Struggling desperately, Evil managed to stand up and tried to leave the scene to heal his wounds as best he could. Yes, I have to hurry and heal my wounds! Kuh I have been so seriously injured by that incomprehensible being I will never forget this What are you talking about? Huh? The words thrown at him so casually made Evils body stiffen. It was the voice of Zenovis himself; the very person Evil should be avoiding most at this moment. Ze-Zenovisssss! Hmm. I was about to slay you, but I didnt realize you were already dying With a curious expression on his face, Zenovis looked at Evils wounds and smiled, his eyes widening faintly. Hoh. Its wonderful. Apparently, there is a swordsman somewhere who can reach you. If only you if only you werent hereeeeeeee! Evil used all his remaining strength to unleash an all-out attack. But. I dont know what youre talking about. A single strike. Evil could not even comprehend what had happened. He was cut to pieces by Zenoviss attack, which was seemingly slashs at random, and he found himself with a single line running down his neck. N-nonsense. Evils head rolled off his torso and disappeared as it was, becoming a particle of light. When Zenovis saw this, he quietly looked at his hands. What a strange feeling. I feel an inexpressible sense of satisfaction, even though it was just defeating an Evil. Its as if Ive had some kind of interesting experience Zenovis muttered quietly and smiled. Right. With this feeling, it might be a good idea to research new magic again. For example magic that crosses over to a different world than here Zenovis decided quickly and left the place. Chapter 205 - Book 10: Afterword Book 10: Afterword Heres the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for picking up this work. I am the author, Miku. This is the 10th volume of the series. I would like to thank all the readers who have read this far. Sear?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In this memorable 10th volume, the sage, which can be said to be the beginning of everything for Yuuya, has finally appeared. At any rate, I think I enjoyed writing this 10th volume more than any other volume I have written so far. However, as usual, I have no particular plan for the next development, so I do not know what will happen next, but I hope you can look forward to it. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge for his great help this time as well. Reine Kuwashima-sama, who draws cool illustrations for us every time. And I would like to express my heartfelt thanks to all the readers who have been with me this far. Thank you very much. See you soon. Chapter 206 - Book 11: Prologue Part 1 Book 11: Prologue Part 1 And now heres the new volume, hope you can enjoy this ride as well~ Prologue Part 1 Star Productions. Its an entertainment production agency that has various talented actors, models, and artists and even that very popular fashion model, Miu, belonged to the agency. In a room of such an office, a woman is approached by her manager with a certain request. Eh? A live performance at Ousei Academy? The woman, with a somewhat neutral look, was surprised. Her hair was cut just above her shoulders, and she wore a T-shirt and jeans. This woman was Kanade Utamori, a famous artist belonging to Star Production. Yes. Have you ever heard of the Ousei Academys school festival? I dont know much about it, but its kind of a hot topic every year. You can watch it on TV. The managers words made Kanade tilt her head to the side. The reason why it becomes a hot topic is because the scale of the school festival is incredibly huge. So much so that an artist like you has been invited to the festival. Hmm? But dont other schools do something similar? There are other schools that invite artists as well, but the scale of the stalls in Ousei Academy is also very large. The schools own rules determine the budget for the school festival. The manager explained this to Kanade, but she didnt really understand what was going on. This was because, no matter how much budget would be allotted, it was only a school event and would not be that large-scale. Anyway, the school contacted me and said they wanted to invite you. The president also said that you must go The president? Its unusual. Kanade herself had been with the agency for some time, so she knew the presidents personality. The president did not make such moves without any gain, and if she did, she must expect some significant benefit. Kanade could not believe that the president would make a move for just one school. Speaking for myself, I think it would cost quite a bit of money to invite me. Does that mean the school is going to pay me that well? That doesnt seem to be a problem. But thats not what the president is after; its one of the boys at the school. Eeehh? The manager showed a picture to Kanade, who was surprised and in disbelief. This is the boy the president is looking for. Huh? This girl is Miu-chan and It was a part of a magazine that Miu and Yuuya had been photographed together before. This boy is who the president is looking for. Isnt that amazing? He just happened to be there and suddenly ended up doing the shoot, you know? Unbelievable! He has such an aura about him, but hes just a regular guy? Kanades eyes widened when she saw Yuuya in the picture there. She was surprised to see that Yuuya, whose aura was not inferior to Mius, was just an ordinary person because she had known Miu for a long time and felt Mius aura close to her. S§×arch* The ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. No, no, no, there cant be any ordinary person like him! He definitely belongs to an agency somewhere! But youve never seen him before, have you? I never thought that Miu-chan would react this way Im looking forward to seeing him in person too! Kanade looked at the photo again. Yuuya, who had an aura that rivaled that of the top model Miu, became even more intriguing to Kanade. As the place changed, a limousine was driving on the road to Nittei Academy, where the sons and daughters of many prestigious families attend. Shirai. Have you gathered any information? Riding in the limousine is Kamiyama Mirei, the student council president of Nittei Academy. She said a few words to Shirai, her butler, and he quickly handed her a stack of papers. Here it is. Thank you. Hmm, he doesnt go out much, does he? The document that Shirai handed her detailed a record of Yuuyas activities over the past few weeks. As you can see in the document, this young man basically goes home straight after class. I wonder if hes active in any clubs? I have no information on that. Well, if he were involved in club activities, he would be the talk of the town, wouldnt he? While saying this, Kamiyama remembered the Ousei Academys athletic festival that was broadcast on TV the other day. The Ousei Academys athletic festival is a hot topic every year, and this year was the most exciting ever. Most of it could be attributed to Yuuyas presence. His activities were broadcast on TV, and the programs ratings reached a record high. Other special students such as Yuti and Merl also participated, and the competition became very strong. So, for now, the best time to pick him up is on his way home after school. Kamiyamas current plan was to abduct Yuya and take him directly to Nittei Academy, where he would complete the transfer procedures. This is why she had Shirai investigate Yuuyas activities in detail. However Ojou-sama. Is it going to be that easy? I suppose you are right. The video shows that his physical capabilities are far from those of a normal high school student but it will be fine since we will use them. N-no way Shirai rolled his eyes when he realized Kamiyamas intention. Kamiyama then smiled wryly. Yes. We will use the special forces that Kamiyama Group prides itself on! B-but, do we really need to go that far against just one high school student? Of course, it may not be that big of a deal. But I will do my best not to fail to secure him. Besides, not only for the development of our Nittei Academy, if his personal qualities are really great, then he can be my close associate. I see Kamiyama turned her eyes out of the window as if she were looking for prey. I will definitely get him! In this manner, various moves were being made, without the knowledge of Yuuya. Chapter 207 - Book 11: Prologue Part 2 Book 11: Prologue Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 As I exhaled a breath of fresh air after slaying the Evil summoned from the past world, Lanael-san came from the sky. As she landed with a flourish, Lanael-san smiled. Well, Im glad to see that you have safely returned to this era! Oh, and thank you for the Evil too! Ive returned him safely to his original era! Y-yes. As Lanael-sans momentum pushed me along, Yuti, who didnt know her, cautiously asked me a question. Question. Who is she? Oh, shes Yuuya-kun! Eh? I was about to introduce Lanael-san to Yuti when I was suddenly approached by a voice. I looked in that direction in surprise and saw Iris-san coming at me at breakneck speed! Yuuya-kun, are you all right? Y-yes, Im fine, but why are you here? The appearance of an unexpected person surprised me, but Iris-san was not the only one who came. (Hey, dont just rush off on your own!) Hah hah Y-youre forgetting Im here, dont you? (Odis, you should work on your body.) To my surprise, even Master Usagi and Odis-san showed up. U-um why are you all here? As I recalled, Master Usagi and the others were going around telling the other Holys that the Evil had disappeared. And even though the Evil was gone, the Evil Beast remained, and Im sure they were busy dealing with that as well Master Usagi then told me with caution. (Of course, its because we sensed a strong presence of Evil from this place.) Thats right! Thats why I came here so quickly, thinking that something might have happened to Yuuya-kun! Ah I had completely forgotten about it because so much had happened, but that Evil was summoned to this era in the form of replacing me and the Evil of the era in which Sage-san was alive. I-I am sorry. Im sorry for worrying you about that but its fine now. All right, you say? Was it Avis? I feel it was a stronger sign of Evil than that one, you know? You are right. But I managed to do something about it. What do you mean, managed to? Iris-san is appalled by my words. But there was really too much going on for me to give a simple explanation. Then, Iris-san shifted her gaze to Lanael-san. Oh well. More importantly who is that girl? W-what is it though Iris-sans mood seems to be slightly prickly While puzzled, I will try to introduce Lanael-san once again. Um, this is Lanael-san. Well, its a long explanation Oh, Ill explain myself from here! Lanael-san spoke and explained to them that I had been sent to the past world and about the battle between the observers and the false gods that are taking place in the world of the dimension above. Well, she did not tell me that I had trained with Zenovis-san or that the opponent I had defeated was the Genesis Dragon, which had become a sentinel of the false gods. This was because it would be very difficult to explain such things since the information would have been erased from this world. Of course, it was an outlandish story, so it should not be so easy to believe I see. You met him. Only Ouma-san seemed convinced and nodded quietly. W-wait a minute! How can the Genesis Dragon easily believe this story? And what is the upper dimension, even before we talk about the past world? Incomprehensible. I dont understand either (Was this guy born under a star where if he walks around, hes bound to get into trouble?) I have a feeling that Master Usagi is now correct. However, Lanael-san only explained that I had been called to fight in the dimension above and did not mention the contract between Sage-san and me. Then, Odis-san quietly opened his mouth. Hmm to summarize, the observers, who are like gods, are fighting a fierce battle with the false gods in the dimension above, and they are taking Yuuya-dono with them as a part of their forces, is that right? Thats right! T-then take me with you, too! Iris-san? Im going to see him! Are you an idiot? S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Luna was taken aback by Lexia, who was not thinking and was honestly saying what she thought. You know you should think a little more about your own status. How can a princess move about so easily? But And even if you go to see him, it doesnt change the fact that Yuuya has his own life and will soon be away from you. Then it wont be a problem if Yuuya-sama and I get married! Theres a big difference, you idiot. First of all, youve already been rejected once, right? Then you should just give up. In exchange, Ill stay by Yuuyas side instead. Heyyyyyy! I wont allow you to do that! The soldiers working at the castle laughed at the exchange between Lexia and Luna as if to say, Not again. After arguing for a while, they sighed again, looking tired. Hah no matter how much I argue with Luna here, I cant see Yuuya-sama, right? Naturally. You have a duty as a princess, dont you? What are my duties as a princess? No, dont ask me Well, you have a role as a princess in strengthening the bonds between countries and in many other diplomatic ways. Thats what youve been doing since before I became your bodyguard. Well but I have to go to the academy soon. Academy? When Luna tilted her head curiously, Lexia continued tediously. Yes. Have you ever heard of the Aurelia Academy in the Luminous Empire? Hmm Ive heard something about it. However, when I belonged to the Dark Guild, I never did any work in the Luminous Empire, so I dont know much about it The academy is attended by the royalty of various countries and the sons and daughters of nobles. Most of the countrys royalty will go there when the time comes. Why is that? For networking, diplomacy, and many other reasons, but in the end, its for the good of the country. Its not a pleasant place to be, as you can imagine. So youre going there, too? Age-wise, I guess. Luna told Lexia, who looked deeply disgusted that she was sorry for him. I see well, good luck. Huh? What are you talking about? Youre coming with me too, Luna! Wha!? Why do I have to go with you? Youre my escort, arent you? Of course, youre going with me. I dont want to go to such a troublesome school! I dont want to go there either! Besides, if I enter the academy, I wont be able to see Yuuya-sama anymore! For Lexia, the fact that she would have fewer opportunities to meet Yuuya was more unbearable than dealing with nobles and royalty from other countries. Then, Lexia suddenly looked up as if a revelation had come to her. Thats right its the academy! Huh? Luna was taken aback by the way that Lexia, who had been saying that she hated academy, now exclaimed academy with glee. Thats why its an academy! Have you finally lost your mind? Why? You still dont get it, do you? If we are going to the academy, we should go to the same academy as Yuuya-sama! Oh Lunas eyes widened at Lexias completely unexpected statement. As Mai said, theres no doubt that theres an academy in Yuuya-samas world too! So, I should be studying abroad, not at Aurelia Academy, but at the academy that Yuuya-sama attends on Earth! T-thats good, but would the king allow such a thing? It is customary for the princesses of this country to go to that Aurelia Academy, isnt it? Of course, Im going to push through for that! No way! Luna was surprised to hear Lexia say that she was just going to push the idea, thinking that she has some kind of plan. But Lexia also had a good reason. I was only half joking. Its a school on Earth, you know. Dont you think theres more to learn there than in the Luminous Empire? T-thats true, but Its important to learn about this world, but if I could learn about other worlds, I might be able to contribute greatly to the Alceria Kingdom! This should be enough to get my father to forgive me! Is it going to be that easy? If not, Ill just push through! I knew it Once the desire to attend Yuuyas school had developed in Lexia, there was no longer anything Luna could say that would stop her. So, lets go to my father right away! Thus, Lexia and Luna began to move without Yuuyas knowledge. Chapter 208 - Book 1: Part 3 Book 11: Chapter 1: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 As the school festival approached, most of our daily classes were devoted to preparing for the festival. The butler and maid cafe that we were going to be working at this time needed to prepare not only the menu of food to be served to the customers but also the costumes. If this were a normal school, we would have used commercially available cosplay goods, but since we had a large budget, we decided to prepare full-fledged maid and butler outfits. However, I didnt really care about it because I just thought that I could just cook in the background Yuuya-kun! Yes? While I was thinking about the menu for the school festival with Kageno-kun and the others, I was approached by Kaede. Im going to measure your size, so come here! Eh!? When I was surprised by the unexpected words, Kaede and Rin hugged both sides of me. Come on, come on, hurry up! W-wait a minute! Why did you take my size? Eh? Because Yuuya-kun, youre going to be a butler too, right? Is that so? I was surprised because I had no intention of doing so, and to my surprise, all my classmates in the classroom nodded their heads. E-eehh? I-I thought Id just concentrate on cooking T-thats such a waste! Everyone wants to see Yuuya-kun as a butler, too, right? Yeah. Everyone? They nodded in unison again, and I couldnt help but be appalled. Look, look, everyone else is saying this, too, so you should just be quiet and let us take the measurements. Uh-huh. Rin and the others urged me on, and one after another, I was measured in the necessary areas. There you go! Oh, Yuuya-kun, youre going to be the butler, but Im expecting you to cook too! Oh, Im going to be doing that too? I thought the cooking job was going away, but it seems not. Well, as far as Im concerned, I like cooking too, so its not a problem for me. And so, little by little, preparations for the school festival progressed, the food menu was decided, and finally, the maid and butler outfits arrived. Well, the outfits have arrived! So, maids and butlers who are supposed to be in charge of the floor, try on the sleeves! Kaede urged us, and I picked up the butlers uniform that had been prepared for me as well. O-oh amazing. I can tell by holding it in my hand that its not a flimsy fabric but a proper butlers uniform I was unintentionally impressed but moved to the changing room with the other boys and changed my clothes. Ryo and Akira were among the members who were butlers like me. Amazing! Im so excited to be dressed so well. Right. Its perfect for me, the [Noble Butler]! What is a noble butler? Akira was the same as usual. Be that as it may, as each of us was changing, Kageno-kun, who was also dressed in a butlers uniform, appeared. I wondered when he had changed. Has everyone finished getting dressed? O-oh Our eyes widened when we saw Kageno-kun in his butlers uniform. He tilted his head at our reaction. Hmm? Is something wrong? N-no, its just that it looks really good on you. Kageno-kun had been transformed into a butler with perfectly groomed hair and glasses that fit him well. Hes kind of like a butler chief or something like that When I unintentionally looked at him like that, he laughed a little shyly. I wonder if theres finally a scene where I can play an active role too As for me, I think Kageno-kun has been very active in every event, but I dont think he was aware of it. I think Im going to express my gratitude in a way thats more understandable. After confirming that there were no problems with the clothes, we changed back into our uniforms and moved on to check on the food. This time, our class was to prepare not only desserts such as pancakes and shortcakes but also light meals such as omelets and sandwiches. In a normal school, it would be difficult to serve cakes and omelets, but since we had successfully rented a kitchen, we were able to cook a lot at once. T-this is Yuuyas cooking! This omelet is so fluffy! (Hmph!) Usagis legs and Iriss sword clash violently with each other. Then, a tremendous mass of magical power flew between the two. ! (Its still an insidious attack!) Hmph, call it what you will. This is how a magician fights. Odis floats a mass of magical power around him, shoots them out precisely, and continues to attack while keeping his distance. But Iris and Usagi would not be silently beaten, and they repelled his attacks with their swords and legs. The three continued their training in this way, but after a while, they took a break. Phew Usagi, you are stronger than when we fought in the past, arent you? (Well) I was surprised too. It was the same when we fought the Dragonia aliens, but I didnt think you could handle magic that well The Magic Saint, Odis, was amazed that Usagi was continuing to fight while strengthening himself with magic. Thats exactly what Iris said. You used to be bad at handling magic (I learned it from Yuuya.) From Yuuya-dono? Oh, no he was the successor of the sage, wasnt he? Is it any wonder then? Yuuya-kun, hes growing at a tremendous rate The expression on the face of Usagi, Yuuyas first master, was hard as Iris said so with a sly look on her face. ? Whats wrong, Usagi? (I thought it would be a bad idea to keep going on like this.) Mm? About Yuuya-dono? (No, about us.) Iris nodded to Usagi, who said it clearly, and Odis tilted his head. Well, as Usagi said, we, the Holy, are also training to become stronger than before Usagi, you mean to tell me that our current training isnt good enough? (Yeah. Odis, do you remember that? The reason why we rushed to Yuuyas side.) Sear?h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Mm? It was because we felt a strong presence of Evil in the direction of Yuuya-donos house (Then who defeated it?) Oh After being told that much, Odis realized. Indeed, by the time Usagi and the others arrived, the sign of the Evil had disappeared cleanly, and Yuuya and the others were there. (Otherwise, he would not be able to calm down. Hes already experienced the threat of the Evil, too, after all.) But, although I thought that he was indeed a very powerful man in the battle in space, I didnt think that he was strong enough to take on the main body of the Evil that you guys talked about before. Thats why Im surprised. (Since he said that he had been transported to the past world something must have happened there, but either way, Yuuyas experience in that world was the catalyst for him to enter the battle in the upper dimension. Because it was decided to do so, in order to win the battle against the false god, it is necessary to have the ability to be able to take on the completed form of Evil as Yuuya has done in the past.) I-is that so? In that sense, our ability is still not enough, is it? (Yeah. Its not enough at all.) Well, you say so, but what are we going to do? It is impossible for a normal person to suddenly become as strong as he is, isnt it? As Odis said, the three who bear the title of Holy had already perfected their abilities. Of course, if Zenovis were here, he would kick those words to the curb and then forcibly raise the threes abilities, but since he was not here, it was impossible. However (No, there is a way.) What? Usagis assurance took them both by surprise. What do you mean by a way? (The fact is that our training up to now has been to continue to hone our skills, so to speak. Thats not wrong, and it has made us stronger. But that alone isnt good enough.) Well, I feel like Ive hit the ceiling. (There are three Holy gathered here. In other words, there are those who have mastered the three paths.) ! You, no way When Iris noticed something that startled her, Usagi smiled with a ferocity that one would not expect from a herbivore. (We will teach each other and absorb each others skills.) This was unthinkable from the perspective of the Holy until now. The Holy were so confident in their own skills that they continued to master them and did not pay attention to any other paths. However, Usagi, who had become stronger after learning magic from Yuuya, was keenly aware of the importance of adopting other techniques. (There is no time to waste. From here on out, its a matter of how far we can take you and your Holy techniques. Once that is decided, we will quickly resume our training. As a master, we cant let him see that were not up to the task.) Yes. Y-yeah. The two agreed to Usagis proposal and began training to absorb each others techniques in search of even more power. Chapter 209 - Book 1: Part 4 Book 11: Chapter 1: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 4 Alright, Its nice, isnt it? T-thats good While preparations for the school festival were underway, I also practiced with the band. This time we are going to play three songs. I wondered if I could do three songs even though I was a beginner, but since we chose songs that seemed easy, it seemed manageable. I had found out that the Flame Guitar that I got when I defeated the devil bear a long time ago could be connected to the Earths amp through a connector, so I was assigned to play the guitar. Well, its only natural since Im the [Nobleman of the Drums]! Ahaha At first, the plan was for me, Ryo, and Shingo-kun to form a band, but I became the guitarist, Ryo became the bassist, and Shingo-kun became the keyboardist. Akira was also a novice drummer, but perhaps it was because he was a [Nobleman of the Drums], as he said earlier, and he was improving quite quickly. However, since everyone, including Akira, was still a beginner, we couldnt try out the more difficult songs, but even so, I think we are getting good enough. However The song is also very good. Is it really? Yes, this bandI sing in it. At first, I thought that since Ryo had invited me to join the band, he would also be the vocalist, but when we started practicing, he asked me to be the vocalist. Naturally, I refused, saying I couldnt handle such a big role, but I couldnt say no to Ryo and Shingo-kun, who both agreed on the idea. After all, its just as I thought. If Yuuya is going to be the vocalist in the center, it will look great on stage. Y-yes! Yuuya-kun were so good! You are indeed my rival! I wonder if thats true Although Ryo and the others praised me in this way, I was not confident at all. I didnt know any popular songs, and I had never even heard of the songs we were going to perform this time. I had never even been to a karaoke club, and my singing experience was limited to chorus singing in music class. But now, the [Hells Microphone] that I got from the hell frog had a positive effect on me. I had started taking lessons by mistake right after I got that microphone, and I had gotten myself into a lot of trouble, but after I was chosen as a vocalist, I had been actively taking lessons in my free time. To be honest, I was hesitant to use that microphone due to the trauma of the first lesson, but having no experience singing in front of others, I had no choice but to rely on it to avoid dragging everyone down as much as possible. I had no choice but to rely on that microphone to keep up with the others. Ill do the best I can. That was all I could say. After practicing a few more times, it was time to go, so we decided to split up. Akira had a different route home, so we parted ways, and the three of us, Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I, headed home. Well, I said it in the heat of the moment at first, but I guess it turned out alright! I-I guess so. Ive never touched a musical instrument outside of music class before, but its fun. Right! This could be a good hobby for the rest of my life. Ryo was right. After practicing this time, I realized that it would be a shame for it to be a one-time-only experience. Thats how interesting it is to play a musical instrument. Ive never been able to find the time to use the [Flame Guitar] properly, but now Im thinking Ill be more proactive about using it from now on. Speaking of which, I didnt know what kind of artists were invited after all. Y-yeah. I guess its a surprise on the day, after all. Were going to be on the same stage as them, arent we? Kuh! Im looking forward to it! As each of them was walking around talking about the upcoming school festival, they were suddenly approached by a voice. Huh? Yuuya-san? Eh? Mi-Miu-san? Wha!? S-shes the real one! W-who are these people? sea??h th§× Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I and the others were surprised at the sudden appearance, one of the black-clad men standing in a circle around us opened his mouth. Are you Yuuya Tenjo-sama? Huh? Y-yes, I am, but I didnt expect my name to come up, so I gave a curt response and the black-clad person who asked me contacted somewhere with what appeared to be a radio. Here, target confirmed. Im going to secure it. Yes? Secure? I twisted my head at the completely unexpected words, and the black-clad men swarmed me at once and restrained me as I was! Ueee? Yu-Yuuya! I was put into the car before I had time to resist, and the car started off without any resistance. Hah? W-what the hell was that? B-but more importantly, Yuuya-kun was kidnapped! T-thats right! Is that kidnapping? Thats a lie! A-anyway, call the police and the school Ara? Whats going on? Oh! Ryo and Shingo turned around to find Kaori standing there. Around the time when Yuuya was kidnapped by a mysterious group and Ryo and the others were in turmoil. Lanael had returned to a place called the [Heavenly Realm], which was located in a different dimension from the world where Earth and Argena exist. Then, she explained the situation to her superiors, the observers, and advised them about the participation of Iris and the others in addition to Yuuya. One of the observers raised his voice. Even I am annoyed that we have to depend on people from lower worlds, and now you want to add more? I wont accept such a thing! But it is also true that our forces are inadequate. Shouldnt we bring them in? It will be of no use to us to borrow the strength of those from the lower worlds! Those who cant even inflict a single wound on us cant possibly be able to deal with the false gods! I agree. Even if we were to give them the means to oppose the false gods, would they be worth the trouble? Starting with the first observers opinion, words were exchanged one after another. However, many of the opinions were rather negative toward Yuuya and the others. Then one observer, the only one who was silently watching the situation, quietly clapped his hands. Quiet. .. With that single word, the observers who had been exchanging so many opinions became silent. After confirming that the surroundings had become quiet, the observer who clapped his hands asked Lanael. Zenovis isnt coming, is he? Y-yes. As I told you before, Zenovis has completely handed over his role to Tenjou Yuuya. I see However, not only this Yuuya but also his friends wish to lend their help. T-thats right. How good are they from your point of view, Lanael? When asked this question, Lanael answered honestly, remembering Iris and the others. If it is a battle without the [Divine Authority] I think they are stronger than us apostles. However, compared to the observers, I cant say that they are any better I see. After listening to Lanaels words, the observer pondered for a while. Then he made a decision. I understand. Lets first confirm it by meeting them in person. And bring them with you. ! Yes! Thus, it was decided that not only Yuuya but also Iris and the others would be called to the [Heavenly Realm]. Chapter 210 - Book 2: Part 1 Book 11: Chapter 2: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 I was kidnapped all of a sudden by a group of strangers in black clothes and stuffed into a car before I had time to resist, as I did not expect to be in such a situation on Earth and especially in Japan, and I could not use my power as I did in the other world. When I finally understood that I was involved in an abnormal situation, I immediately tried to leave the place, but Good day to you, Yuuya Tenjou-san. Eh? I turned my head toward the voice that called me unexpectedly. Then, there was a girl in a school uniform from somewhere sitting there, sipping tea gracefully. I was taken aback by the situation, but I quickly came to my senses and asked her in caution. Um who are you? I am the student council president of Nittei Academy, and my name is Mirei Kamiyama. Nittei Academy The name was vaguely familiar to me. While Ousei Academy is famous among the public as a super elite school, Nittei Academy could be perceived by the public as a school attended by many super-rich people. S§×ar?h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. How could someone from such a school do such a thing? This may seem a little harsh, but we have no intention of harming Yuuya-san. Then what is it that you want? I asked this. Kamiyama-san put down her tea and looked straight at me. Ill be straight to the point. Yuuya Tenjou, would you like to come to our Nittei Academy? Eh? I was surprised at the unexpected words, and Kamiyama-san continued. Our Nittei Academy and Ousei Academy have a somewhat close relationship and have been rivals with each other. However, in recent years, people have begun to say that Nittei Academy is inferior to Ousei Academy. H-huh. Therefore, we were beginning to work to restore even a little bit of dignity to Nittei Academy Yuuya-san, you have just transferred to Ousei Academy. After saying that, Kamiyama-san picked up some documents and began to read them. The more I look into it, the more mysterious your background is. However, from what I have seen in the videos of your performance at the athletic festival and ball game competitions, your ability is immeasurable. I had no idea that such talent existed in Japan. .. The gap between your school and ours has widened even more now that you have joined Ousei Academy. Therefore, we are thinking of closing the gap with Ousei Academy by bringing you, the cause of the gap, to our Nittei Academy. If a student with as much talent as Yuuya-san comes to Nittei Academy, it will be an easy task. I-I see? I understood what she was saying, but I couldnt imagine Im that big of a deal, and more importantly, the scale of the story was so large I didnt know much about Nittei Academy in the first place, so I didnt even know that it was in a rivalry with Ousei Academy. However Um Im sorry about that. Im happy you think so highly of me, but I have no intention of leaving Ousei Academy at all. Kaori encouraged me to transfer, and thats why I am where I am today. Besides, I really enjoy my life at Ousei Academy and cant imagine leaving. Thats why I firmly refused Fufu well, even if I suddenly offer you something like this, Im sure you wont immediately agree to it. So, I thought I would invite Yuuya-san to the Nittei Academy once. Eh? T-thats right! How about we have a match? Eh? As I was taken aback by this sudden proposal, Kamiyama-san continued. It seems that Yuuya-san thinks that Ousei Academy is such an excellent place. You must think you are in a wonderful environment. But after all, thats just a school for commoners it cant be any better than this school! Kamiyama-sans unabashed assertion made me feel a little peeved. The reason was that she has clearly ridiculed Ousei Academy and everyone else involved. Even Ousei Academy has many great things to offer! When I mentioned this, Kamiyama-san smiled as if she had been waiting for this. Then, isnt it obvious that you can win against the students who are spending their time in our schools facilities? Huh? I dont know what to do; I cant understand what shes talking about at all. Then Kamiyama-san smiled with a relaxed smile. So, I want you to compete with the students who are the pride and joy of our school. C-competition? Yes. Its a little after school now, and there are a lot of clubs in action. So, Yuuya-san, I want you to compete with our schools athletic club. W-why? I told you, didnt I? If Ousei Academy is so superior, Yuuya-san should be able to exercise in a better environment than our students If Yuuya-san loses to our students, it will prove that Ousei Academys facilities are not that great. Thats why I dont believe that an extraordinary person like Yuuya-san will be able to grow in such an environment. So, for Yuuya-sans sake, I will have you compete with the athletic department that our school prides itself on. T-thats I tried to get her to stop somehow, but she wouldnt listen to me; she just called the butler and started to prepare. I was no longer pushed through the messed-up logic and was taken on a tour of the athletic club by Kamiyama-san. The first place Kamiyama-san took me to was the baseball club. The baseball club had its own baseball field and quite a few members. Now, this is our baseball club. The contest is simple. If you can get a hit on even one pitch thrown by the baseball teams pitcher, Yuuya-san will win. Hmph. I dont know who you are, but youll have to struggle for it at best, wont you? N-no, I mean, Id like to go home My words were futile; before I knew it, I was handed a helmet and bat that had been prepared for me, and I had nowhere to run. I had no choice but to stand in the batters box and get ready to bat. I dont know how this happened, but I hope Ill be able to go home when this is over While thinking about this and waiting for the pitcher to throw the ball, the other guy smiled wryly at me. Hmph Sorry, but your bat will never touch my ball! With that said, the ball was thrown, and it flew straight at me. A closer inspection of the ball confirmed that it was spinning beautifully. Perhaps because I had fought so many opponents in the past, I was able to predict how the ball would move based on its rotation, and based on that prediction; I swung the bat at the right time. The bat struck the ball perfectly, and the ball flew away with tremendous momentum. The balls momentum did not stop, and when I noticed it, it disappeared like a star in the sky beyond my sight. .. U-uh Is this the end? ! N-not yet! Chapter 211 - Book 2: Part 2 Book 11: Chapter 2: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 After the game with the baseball team, I was taken to the soccer field, where the soccer team was waiting for me. As if they had already heard the story, just like the baseball team, Now were going to have a penalty kick showdown! The penalty shootout was a three-round game, with me and one of the soccer players going head-to-head, each taking turns as keeper, with the winner scoring the most goals. And, of course, the ace student of the soccer team came to the fore. Heh! Dont get carried away just because you beat the baseball team, okay? Youre done here! With these words, we began our showdown. I was the first to kick the ball as the attacker, but as I watched the opposing goalkeeper, I somehow understood where the keepers attention was focused. This sense, too, must have been acquired through various battles. And by using the Weakness Detection skill, I can aim my shot at the point where the opponent is weak and make a more reliable decision. Remembering my training with Master Usagi, I kicked the ball. The ball flew in the direction the keeper was most concerned about. Heh! I knew youd come there! As soon as the keeper turned his body in that direction, as if he had been waiting for it, the ball took an unbelievable arc and changed course to the point that the keeper had been most afraid of. And just like that, the ball rattled the goal net. What!? It was a spur-of-the-moment performance, but the ball moved just as I had imagined thanks to the physical control I had acquired through my various experiences. I-it was a fluke! Ill score next anyway! We switched sides, and as soon as I was set up as keeper, the other player kicked the ball as hard as he could. However, I could guess which course the ball was going to take from the movement of his body and the way he looked at me, so I easily succeeded in blocking his shot. N-no way After that, all my shots scored, and all my opponents shots were blocked, so my victory was confirmed. I felt bad for my opponent, but I couldnt lose for the honor of Ousei Academy either. However, now that I had won this way, Kamiyama-san would have no complaints. L-let me go home this time N-not yeeetttt! Eeeehhh!? Kamiyama-san still did not accept defeat, and after that, I was forced to face off against various other sports clubs. But in every match, I continued to fight using the experience I gained in the other world, I was finally able to defeat all the sports clubs. N-no way this cant be possible N-now, youre not complaining about me being at Ousei Academy, are you? As I was inwardly freaking out about what I would do if I were told it wasnt over yet, Kamiyama-san raised her voice again as if she had just thought of something. T-thats right! The battle up to this point has only been a contest of physical ability! However, since the main task of a student is to study, dont you think the best way to do that is to compete in a contest of academic ability? Eehh! Dont tell me that we will compete in studies this time? Y-yes. We are currently preparing for the school festival as well. And you know what? The dates of this years school festival are the same as those of Ousei Academy How about we have a school festival competition? A school festival competition? Yes. We will start advertising at the same time and compete to see who has more visitors on the day of the festival. If Ousei Academy wins this match, we will recognize the appeal of Ousei Academy and give up asking Yuuya-san to transfer to our school. However, if we win, Yuuya-san will be handed over to us. What? Very well. Kaori? I look at her, not expecting Kaori to accept it. Then Kamiyama-san smiled fearlessly. Fufu Then, the negotiations were concluded. Im looking forward to seeing the outcome of the match. And so, with the school festival competition decided, we left the Nittei Academy. On the way home from Nittei Gakuen. Kaori got in her car, and I joined her for a ride home. There, I asked Kaori. sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Um why did you accept that match? It all started because I couldnt say no firmly enough, but I thought that Kamiyama-san had a point. Eh? Kaori looked a little anxious. I believe that Yuuya-san is a more amazing person than you think you are. Of course, my father and I want Yuuya-san to be free to do what he wants to do. However, as Kamiyama-san said, I also feel that Yuuya-san is not making the most of your overflowing talent Thats To be honest, I dont know if Im that great or not. After all, I was lucky enough to find the [Doorway to Another World], where I inherited the legacy of Sage-san and became the person I am today. None of this is my power; its just something I got by chance. Thats why its not something that Kaori has to worry about, whether I make use of my power or not. Kaori. Eh? Im not the grand person everyone thinks I am. But thanks to Kaori, Im really enjoying my school life right now. I never thought Id be able to have so much fun in high school, so thats why, for me, its not about what I can do; its more important to be able to spend time with everyone! Yuuya-san I told Kaori not to worry about weird stuff for me or anyone else, but this is how I really feel. W-well, anyway, Kamiyama-san was pretty pushy, too, and if that school festival competition makes her give up on this one, then I guess thats okay? Yes, thats right Sorry, I was just being a little weak-minded. Kaori tightened her expression and smiled again. Still, I am very glad to hear you say so, Yuuya-san! I am really grateful to you for inviting me to Ousei Academy at that time, too. We thanked each other and laughed at each other because we thought it was so funny. To be honest, I dont know how the school festival will turn out, but I hope to have a good time with everyone before the competition. Chapter 212 - Book 3: Part 1 Book 11: Chapter 3: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 While Yuuya and the others were preparing for the school festival on Earth, Lexia visited her father, King Arnold. Father! Please allow me to go to Yuuya-samas world! W-what is this all of a sudden? Yuuya-donos w-world? Arnold was surprised at Lexias sudden arrival and her attempts to force the conversation without any context. As Ive said, Im asking you to let me and Luna go to the world where Yuuya-sama lives! No, I dont really understand the meaning of the word Its okay; just allow us to go! Isnt that unreasonable! As Lexia wanted to head to Yuuyas place as soon as possible, she vented her anger at the indecisive Arnold. Watching this in silence, Luna let out a sigh and explained on Lexias behalf. According to what I heard, Lexia-sama is about to start attending the Aurelia Academy of the Luminous Empire as a princess, isnt that right? Y-yeah. After considering her position, Luna informed Arnold in a polite manner. However, Lexia-sama doesnt like the idea of attending there and wants to choose a more meaningful place to study. H-hmm? S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Arnold was puzzled, as the chain of events was not yet clear. Then Lexia, who had calmed down a bit, took over and continued. I dont think theres anything to learn at Aurelia Academy. N-no, you may be right, but there are other reasons besides study, such as building connections as a princess, you know? For that reason. From Fathers perspective, what do you think is more valuable, the connections obtained at Aurelia Academy or those obtained in Yuuya-samas world? Im not quite sure what you mean by Yuuya-donos worldsince a while ago Finally realizing that Lexia was not just talking selfishly, Arnold put on a serious face. Father, you know that the saint summoned by the Regal Kingdom is a girl from another world, dont you? Y-yeah. Actually, Yuuya-sama is from the same world as that saint. Huh? This was a new thing for Arnold. So youre saying Yuuya-dono is from another world too? Yes. And Yuuya-sama, unlike Mai that saintess, can freely travel between this world and the other world. [T/n: Geez, is there a limit to your stupidity, Lexia?] Arnold was absolutely stunned at the seemingly unbelievable content. But he soon came to his senses and began to understand the meaning of what Lexia was saying. D-do you mean to say that Yuuya-dono is from another world and that Lexia wants to study in the other world where Yuuya-dono lives? Thats what I mean! N-no, but aside from the matter of summoning the saint, to simply acknowledge the existence of another world Ive been to that other world once, Luna and I! Huuuuuh! When another bomb was dropped, Arnolds thoughts went blank. The fact that Yuuya was from another world alone was a big enough piece of information, but combined with the power to freely travel between this world and another world and to say that Lexia and the others also had set foot in another world. This was more information than his brain could process right now. However, Lexia, who did not care about such things, continued innocently. So, Ive already confirmed that other worlds exist! And I heard from the saint that Yuuya-sama attends an academy in the other world. That is why I came to ask Fathers permission for me to attend that school. So thats how it is After somehow managing to wrap his head around the story, Arnold let out a deep sigh. If Lexias words were true, it was clear that they would provide valuable information and connections beyond what one would learn at Aurelia Academy. Arnold was troubled, but Lexia took the opportunity to begin her presentation. May I? You may not be able to imagine this, but there is no magic in Yuuya-samas world. What? Nittei Academys opponent, it seems, is the Ousei Academy, which is holding its school festival on the same day. Now its Ousei Academy? Its another famous name that has come up Thats right. However, I think it would be tough, even for a super prestigious school like Ousei Academy. Theyre going up against a school full of rich people, the Nittei Academy, you know? That is also true. And as for Ousei Academy, they didnt even do a commercial for the school festival Well, whatever the case may be, lets go there when the school festival starts. In this way, while there was a great deal of talk about the Nittei Academys school festival, rumors were gradually spreading about the school festival showdown. It was not only among the general public, but TV shows and famous video distributors, who were requested by Nittei Academy, began to mention the school festival as a topic for their programs. Oh no, did you guys see that commercial? I never thought I would see a commercial for a school festival on TV, though. And apparently, it was not a regular school festival, but a rivalry contest with the Ousei Academy! So Im hoping to show up at one of the school festivals that day! Were planning to stream it live, so be sure to check it out! Meanwhile, Kanade, who was scheduled to perform at the Ousei Academy, was also aware of the rumor. Its kind of important without me knowing it, but Im looking forward to it. However, she was preparing for the concert as relaxed as usual. The time was steadily approaching as rumors of the school festival spread throughout the public. A few days after the talk with Kamiyama-san. I continued to practice vocals without a break using the Hells Microphone I got from the Hell Frog, and finally, the day of the school festival arrived. The school festival showdown with Nittei Academy was decided because of me, but Nittei Academys publicity power was so strong that the showdown with Ousei Academy spread as a rumor, and as a result, a tremendous number of people gathered at this school. When I looked closely, I could see many people, not only TV stations but also people who were filming the school festival with their smartphones while doing some kind of live action. A-amazing After changing into the butlers uniform, which is the costume of the caf, and finishing the preparations for the opening of the caf, I was looking out the window of the kitchen when Kaede called out to me. Yuuya-kun! Ah, Kaede! I turned my gaze in Kaedes direction, and there she was, dressed in a maids uniform. Actually, since the first time we tried on the maid and butler uniforms, both men and women were kept in the dark until the day of the event, so we were not able to see each other in them. That is why this was the first time I saw the girls in their maid uniforms A-amazing It looks good on you. I was taken aback by the sight of everyone in maid uniforms, including Kaede. Then Kaede smiles bashfully. D-do you think so? Rather than that, Yuuya-kun, it looks really good on you too! T-thank you. When I tried it on, I was puzzled by the unfamiliar butlers uniform, but I wondered if it was just flattery. For the time being, Kaede said it looked good on me, so Ill honestly believe her. However, I feel like Im attracting more stares than usual I wonder if its because Im wearing an unusual outfit Well, I guess I wont have to worry about that once the caf opens. As I checked my outfit again, Kaede asked me as if she had just remembered. By the way, Yuuya-kun, you are going to do something on stage with Ryo-kun and the others, arent you? Yeah. Thats right. I knew it. Then I will be there to see it too! Really? Thank you. I didnt advertise it, but Im glad to hear that people are coming to see it. Ill have to work harder for that. Speaking of stages, I wonder what kind of artists are coming this year? Certainly. Im looking forward to it. Yes! While we were talking about that, Sawada-sensei came in. Oh, looks like everythings ready! Then she looked over at us and grinned. By the way, if we make good sales, the budget we get for next years school festival will increase, and so will my bonus. Do it properly, okay? After saying that, the teacher left as if she had to make the rounds of the school. After seeing her off, Kageno-kun stood in front of everyone. W-well, Sensei says so, but lets do our best with the basic premise of having fun! Oooh! When everyone raised their voices, the school festival was finally about to begin. Chapter 213 - Book 3: Part 2 Book 11: Chapter 3: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 Im looking forward to working with you today, okay? Kaori-san. Yes, Kamiyama-san. A little after the school festival started, Kamiyama visited Ousei Academy. Since Nittei Academy also started its school festival at the same time, it was originally strange for Kamiyama to be at Ousei Academy. However, Kamiyama was here to see if Ousei Academy was really a suitable place for Yuuya. That was why Kaori, who had heard about it beforehand, welcomed Kamiyama and showed her around. Hmm It didnt look like Ousei Academy was putting much effort into advertising the school festival, but there were quite a few people here, werent there? .. Kamiyama was right. Ousei Academy had not done much publicity compared to Nittei Academy. This was because, unlike Ousei Academy, Nittei Academy had many upper-class families children attending the school and therefore had a large budget for advertising. In contrast, Ousei Academys school festival was originally decided by Kaori on her own initiative, and from the point of view of other students, it was just the same school festival as usual. However, since Yuuyas performance in the ball game tournament and the athletic festival were featured on TV programs, Ousei Academy was already attracting attention, and as a result, the school had drawn in such a large number of people without any advertising. As Kamiyama and Kaori looked around the school, there was one classroom with many people lined up. W-whats that? Kamiyama was surprised at the sheer number of people and asked Kaori. Kaori was also surprised at the number of people and remembered the class that was using the classroom with the rows of people. That is Yuuya-sans class. What? Kamiyama was surprised to hear that. But soon, she came to her senses and hurriedly peeked through the window to see what was happening inside. Welcome. Have you decided what you want to order? Your order has been placed! Have a nice day, Ojou-sama. Kaede and others in maids uniforms and Ryo and others in butlers uniforms could be seen busily at work. Tea and pancakes are served here! Kaede was moving around energetically, and many male customers were glued to the sight of her. Lets see sandwiches and coffee, isnt it? Please wait a moment. Rin, also dressed in a maids uniform, was shy at first, but after that, she looked calm and served the customers in her usual manner. Her language was a bit rough, but she was popular with both men and women alike, which was also lovely. Sorry to keep you waiting. Yukine nonchalantly served customers with almost no change in her expression, but this also made her popular with some male customers, and she was also viewed as a mascot by female customers. Other butler-like appearances by Ryo and Shingo and the others were also popular, and Yuuyas class was a big success. Among them, Yuuya, also dressed as a butler, was particularly eye-catching. Welcome back, Ojou-sama. Where had Yuuya learned to do this? Even from Kamiyamas perspective, Yuuya was able to serve the customers with flawless poise and grace. His movements were so brilliant that all of the customers present were in awe. Kamiyama, too, was taken aback by Yuuyas movements, but she soon came to her senses. W-well, I didnt expect it to go this far Frankly speaking, Kamiyama had underestimated the Ousei Academy. Yes, he smiled at me. I thought my eyes were going to get crushed. He seems to have a very nice personality. The vlogger, who was about to lose her mind again because of Yuuyas smile, realized something. C-come to think of it. Can you draw something on this omu-rice for me? Eh? The drawing that the vlogger was referring to was the drawing of pictures and characters on the omu-rice with ketchup, which was common in maid cafes and other places known to the general public. However, Yuuya, who did not know such a thing, was puzzled. What does that draw mean? Huh? You see, using ketchup H-huh we dont do that kind of thing in particular in this caf, but Even though it is a butler & maid cafe, it is not the type of cafe you would find in the world, and since they only dress and behave like maids and butlers, they did not have any particular service in mind. However, having been told so by the vlogger, Yuuya wondered if perhaps that was normal and picked up the ketchup. And Yuuya himself felt that it would be interesting to draw something with ketchup. Well, since this is so interesting, lets give it a try. Eh? I-is that okay? Yes, its okay. But this is my first time to do so, so I may not be good at it. W-well, how about you draw a cute little doggy? Yuuya pondered for a bit about the vloggers suggestion. Hmm. A dog. If you mean a dog The cutest doggy I know is And Yuuya drew a dogNight, deformed with ketchup, although he was not used to it. Perhaps because this was his first time, there was a little faltering, but there was an adorable dog there. I-is this how it should look like? Ill give him a million. No, ten million. Therefore, please draw it for me, too. This man is so handsome and can also draw cute pictures. What can I say? The gap is amazing! The chat section was again lively. The vlogger herself, who had received a picture of Night, was thrilled but then tasted the omu-rice and was surprised again at how good it tasted, and finally, she went back to her home, firmly promoting Yuuya and his class. Perhaps due to the effect of the live vlog, by the end of Yuuyas shift, the number of customers visiting the caf had doubled, and the Ousei Academys school festival became even livelier. Kamiyama was astonished by the wave of visitors that came with ever-growing momentum. N-no way S-Shirai! Whats the situation at Nittei Academy right now? The situation is that many visitors are flowing to Ousei Academy. I-I cant stay like this! We must return to our school immediately! Ah! The school festival showdown, which they had expected to win based on the number of visitors, took an unexpected turn, and Kamiyama and Shirai rushed back to Nittei Academy. Kaori looked on in dismay. U-um I think Yuuya-san is fine for the time being, right? Once again, Kaori, feeling relieved, returned to participate in the school festival herself. sea??h th§× N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Chapter 214 - Book 3: Part 3 Book 11: Chapter 3: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 Ah, Yuuya-san! Kaori! After finishing my shift, I was on my way to the locker room to change into my uniform when I ran into Kaori. How are you doing? Are you enjoying the school festival? Yes Its a lot of fun. I say this from the bottom of my heart. At my previous school, I had never been able to enjoy the school festival. Every year, people around me treated me like an obstacle and wouldnt even let me participate properly. But this time, for the first time, I was able to cooperate with everyone in the class from the preparations and all the way to the school festival. At first, I was confused because I had to wear unusual costumes and volunteer to form a band, but now I am really glad that I tried. Kaori smiled kindly at me. I see. If you say so, it makes it worthwhile for me to have you join this academy. Ah speaking of which, how about the Nittei Academy? To begin with, this years school festival was different from previous years; it became a rivalry with Nittei Academy because of me. In case youre wondering, even though I didnt mention it openly, and Ousei Academy didnt advertise it widely, Nittei Academy advertised it extensively so that it had become a half-known fact. Right Kamiyama-san was here just a while ago, but she left in a hurry when she saw how excited Yuuya-sans class was, you know? Eh, Kamiyama-san was here? Kaoris cheeks flushed a little red when she was surprised because I had not noticed it at all. Yes. Um Yuuya-sans working appearance was cool. Ah Once again, remembering that I am now in my butlers uniform, I feel embarrassed. The air was indescribable, and at this moment, a person wearing a hat and sunglasses, obviously in disguise, was approaching. Oh! The person let out a shout at the sight of us. Huh? That voice just now I instinctively turned to the person and asked. A-are you, by any chance Miu-san? Eh? Kaori was surprised at my words and looked at me. Then, the person took off the sunglasses after hearing my words. A-ahahaha Ive been exposed. I-it really was Miu-san After saying this to myself, I was surprised that Miu-san was at the school festival as I was not expecting her to be here. Miu-san smiled bitterly and turned to Kaori. Kaori-san, wasnt it? Its been a while. Y-yes! Its been a while! So, that did you come to visit us today? No, actually I wanted to see how cool Yuya-san looks Eh, what? Oh! I met Yuuya-san on his way home from school the other day, and he told me that he was going to perform in a band at the school festival, so I was really interested in seeing him Eehh? I didnt expect her to come to see us on stage, so I couldnt help but shout. I was initially going to come just to see Yuuya-sans band performance, but this school festival has been talked about a lot, and I was curious, so I came a little early. That makes me very happy to hear you say that. As a student council member of Ousei Academy, Kaori had been working hard to make this school festival a success, so she was happy to be praised in this way. By the way that outfit of Yuuya-san, is it a butler outfit? Oh, yes, thats right. It looks great on you! As soon as the band started to play the intro, the audience was suddenly enveloped in a stir. Eh? I was puzzled, not knowing what everyone was surprised about when I suddenly noticed someone standing next to me. I hurriedly turned my gaze in that direction and saw a mysterious woman standing there. She was holding an acoustic guitar and smiling at us. Sorry, sorry! You guys played so beautifully; I just had to come out. Y-yes As I was puzzled, not knowing who it was, Ryo, Shingo-kun, and Akira raised their voices at the same time. Ka-Ka-Kanadeeeee! Ka, nade? I tilted my head for a moment at that word, but then I suddenly remembered that the original singer of our last song was named Kanade. I looked at the woman, wondering if it could be true, and she gave me a mischievous smile. Hehehe. Im Kanade. Im the artist who was invited to this stage this time. Eh eeeehhhhh!? I-it was real! I was surprised too, and Kanade-sans eyes brightened up. Hey, hey, what are you going to play at the end? Eh? U-um Actually I told Kanade-san the title of the last song we were going to play. Then she said No way, thats my song! Thats perfect! Lets play it together! Eeeeeeeehhhh! We were surprised at the unexpected proposal. However, despite our surprise, Kanade-san started to play the intro with her guitar. Then, Kanade-san looked at us. We tightened up and began to play the last song. As expected of Kanade-san, she sang the song herself, but more importantly, her singing ability was incomparable to mine. S§×arch* The Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In addition to that, her guitar skills were also excellent, which made me feel that professionals are amazing. I had a great time playing with Kanade-san. I was able to sing my best while listening to Kanade-sans clear voice. When we finished the last song, the audience fell silent for a moment and then cheered loudly. A-amazing! How wonderful to have Kanade here at our school festival! Everyone was so good! While the applause was still pouring in, and we were still stunned by the afterglow of the performance, Kanade-san suddenly reached out her hand to me. Im sorry for interrupting all of a sudden. Your performance was so good; I just had to join in. N-no! We are honored to have you here! When I said that, Kanade-san stared at me. U-um, is there something wrong? I was just thinking how amazing you are. The president was right! The president? Ara? Havent you heard? Im in the same agency as Miu-chan. R-really? I was surprised to find such a connection, and Kanade-san smiled. Anyway, it was a pleasure to play with you guys. If there is another opportunity, lets do it together again! ! Yes! We shook hands with Kanade-san and left the stage. Alright! Now that things are heating up, lets get started! Everyone ready? And as Kanade-sans stage started, we enjoyed her performance as part of the audience. Chapter 215 - Book 4: Part 1 Book 11: Chapter 4: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 1 A few days after the school festival was over. I continued my training with Night and the others in the other world, preparing for when Lanael-san would come to pick me up. Then I felt a familiar presence approaching my house. Is this Iris-san and the others? Astonished. Yuuya, how did you recognize them? It was something I suddenly said unconsciously, but Yuti, who was training with me, was surprised by my words. H-huh? Now that you mention it, how did I recognize the presence? I didnt even activate my Presence Detection skill As I was surprised at what I had done, Ouma-san, who had been watching our training, told me with a yawn. Fuwahh I guess that means Yuuya has become strong enough to reach that state. Eh? It is indeed true that skill exists as a mechanism in this world, but it is naturally possible to acquire such power even if it is not in the form of skill. You know that now, dont you? T-thats right. Certainly, Zenovis-sans strength was a strength that was far removed from the laws of this world and so on Its impossible to call that as a skill. So, it must really mean that Ive become able to detect nearby signs without any skill, just as Ouma-san said. I never thought I would reach such a state of mind, and while I was stunned, Iris-san and the others appeared. Yuuya-kun, its been a long time! (Have you been training properly?) Phew running is tiring after all Hey, everyone! Its been a while! And now that youre all here, it means Yuuyaaaa-saaaannnnn! Ah! I felt a familiar presence approaching from the sky above me, and when I turned my head to look, I saw Lanael-san falling from the sky! Lanael-san adjusted her stance before she reached the ground and quietly landed on her feet. Lanael has arrived! A-ahahaha! Lanael-san was as energetic as ever, and while smiling, I asked her. Um, the fact that Iris-san and the others came to this place like this means that Yes! The upper dimensional worldthe [Heavenly Realm]is ready and you all are authorized, so I am here to pick you up! (FuhSo we can finally fight against the false god.) By the way, how are we going to get to the [Heavenly Realm]? Do you use magic or something? When Odis-san asked that, Lanael-san smirked. Its not the same as magic, but moving to the [Heavenly Realm] is instantaneous, you know? See? Woof! Hugo! The moment Lanael-san snapped her fingers, the view we were in changed in an instant! It was a strange place, whether it was above the sky or above the clouds. The surroundings were as dim as dawn, with stars twinkling and constantly streaming in the sky above us. There was a white haze around our feet as if we were above the clouds, and the ground could not be seen. The sensation in my feet was strange, and although I was supposed to be standing in place I felt as if I were floating in the air. When I was surprised by the sudden change, Odis-san shouted. Gwen! Thats enough! Dea-san rebuked the agitated observer, but the other observers also raised their voices in sympathy with the observer called Gwen. No, Dea-sama! We are of the same opinion as Gwen. Yes. Indeed, we do not have enough hands. But even if that were the case, I dont think that a mere existence from a lower world would be able to help us! Let me tell you you have a lot of nerve. Finally, Odis-san also expressed his anger, and the atmosphere became completely awkward, and I panicked. Everyone, please calm down There is no way we can calm down! Whether theyre observers or not, they just say whatever they want S§×arch* The Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. (Absolutely.) Maybe we should show them a little of what we can do. E-eehh? Im already baffled by the three of them, who are already motivated, and Yuti tugged at my clothes. Useless. The Holy has high self-esteem. Thats because theyve been working out that much. T-that may be true, but! I dont think we should be fighting here when were about to fight together Then Ouma-san, who had looked uninterested until now, laughed amusedly. Kukuku isnt it good? I think they should know what youre capable of once and for all, dont you? Woof! What? Hey, why are you hitting me? As if to stir up the pot, Ouma-san was scolded by the Night by slapping him. However, perhaps in response to Ouma-sans words, Dea-san pondered for a bit and then let out a sigh. Hah It cant be helped. It is certainly better to see each others abilities once in order to get to know each other. Is that okay with Gwen and everyone else? Of course! Yes, no problem. A-are we really going to fight? Just accept it. You have no choice about it. S-seriously? No matter what I said, there was no indication that it would be changed, and we ended up having a contest with Gwen-san, the observer. When Yuuya and the others decided to compete with Gwen in the [Heavenly Realm], Kamiyama was having a hard time contemplating in the Nittei Academy on Earth. I-I never thought that our academy would lose The school festival battle between Nittei Academy and Ousei Academy ended in a victory for Ousei Academy, which drew more visitors than Nittei Academy. Despite all the publicity, no way In fact, the Nittei Academy had prepared for the festival by advertising in all kinds of media. Of course, it was safe to say that not only the publicity but also the contents of the school festival were among the most spectacular of all time. But even so, they still lost. Moreover, Ousei Academy did not do any special publicity. However, the number of visitors increased dramatically due to the buzz generated by the live streaming by a well-known vlogger. More importantly, Yuuya Tenjou was featured in the vlog. I didnt know he had this much influence Well, he was actually an extraordinary man Kamiyama muttered as he recalled Yuuya. Then she looked frustrated. This time, our school lost, but that doesnt mean we have given up! If I have the chance, I will definitely take you! Kamiyama was filled with such determination. Chapter 216 - Book 4: Part 2 Book 11: Chapter 4: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 At this different world, in the [Heavenly Realm] where Yuuya and the others had set foot. The moment Dea-san snapped her fingers, we had moved to another location. The surrounding scenery was the same again, but there was an arena-like ground set up there. Perhaps we would fight here. Then, Gwen-san was the first to stand inside the arena and look at us. Im ready anytime. Well then, Ill be the first What are you talking about? You three, come at me at once. Huh? While we were all stunned by this unexpected declaration, only the observers remained silent, as if it were a matter of course. D-did I mishear you? Three people at the same time, you say? Are the lower world beings deaf as well? I said the three of you should all come at me at the same time. Gwen-san said condescendingly. In the next instant, dense killing intents are emitted from Iris-san, Master Usagi, and Odis-sans bodies! I dont know how great you observers are, but youre going to regret those words. Then, as the three of them faced Gwen-san, Master Usagi made the first move. ([Three Divine Walking Techniques]!) He approached Gwen-san, and at the same time, he released a heel drop to the top of his head. And then, in time with Master Rabbits attack, Iris-san quickly drew her sword [Heavenly Saints Slash]! She unleashed a slash that was wrapped in Holy aura in a horizontal slash. This is the end[Destruction Magic]. And then Odis-sans magic attack was added to the mix, and everything struck Gwen-san with perfect timing. This was indeed a tough attack, even if the observers are amazing beings Thats what I thought, but none of the observers, including Dea-san, were panicking. Is this the best you people can do? Amazingly, Gwen-san lightly avoided the threes attack! No way How could Master Usagi and the others attacks possibly not get through I was surprised at Gwen-sans unexpected ability, but Iris-san and the others remained calm. Well, no surprise. Rather, Itd be a problem if you were to be knocked down by an attack like the one youve just had. (Yes, thats right. As I thought, it was worth training with the other Holy.) Well, Ive already learned my lesson The three of them calmly told him that, and Gwen-san grimaced. What? Are you trying to tell me that you havent gotten serious yet? Yes. Thats my intention. Sobe prepared. ! The moment Iris-san said that, her body was covered with magic power. It seemed to be exactly the same Magic Armor I used. Iris-san, you were able to use enhancement magic? I had never seen Iris-san use magic in battle before, so when I was surprised by that, Master Usagi, who had also enhanced his physical abilities with magic power, jumped out. (Iris wasnt the only one who wasnt taking it seriously.) Wha-!? Master Usagi leaped up into the air and swung his leg down at Gwen-san in a heel-drop motion. What the heck is that Mm? Even the heel drop, which was swung down with tremendous force, seemed to be easily avoided by Gwen-san but to my surprise, Master Usagis attack was not finished there. ([Kicking Saints Slash]You wont be able to avoid it so easily.) Master Usagi released a slash like the [Heavenly Sacred Slash] that Iris-san, the Sword Saint, had just released at Gwen-san! Dont think that my magic is the same as before! [Holy Magic Ball of Destruction]! As Gwen-san tried to avoid Master Usagis slash that flew after him, Odis-sans magic attacked him. The magic was a dense mass of magical power, just like the [Destruction Magic] he had just unleashed, but the difference was that the Holy power flowed into the mass. As soon as the mass of magic was released, it split into countless branches, some like slashes, and some like bullets, surrounding Gwen-san. (With this, there is no escape.) Hmph. No matter how many moves you make, there is no way you can stop Really? ! In a moment. Iris-sans body, strengthened by the magic power, showed such speed that you would think she had disappeared, and by the time you realized it, she was in front of Gwen-san! As I was astonished at how fast she moved, Yuti, who also looked astonished and gasped. Astonished. All three of them have adopted the techniques of the other Holy and are getting stronger. Eeh? I-I see. It seems that Master Usagi and the others have become even stronger by absorbing each others techniques. I think the battle is as good as decided, isnt it? Iris-san was already in range of Gwen-san, and he was surrounded by the magic of Master Usagi and Odis-san. There was no way he could escape, no matter how you look at it. And Iris-san and the others, convinced of their victory, unleash the finishing blow. But. Is this all you got? (Wha-!?) Gwen-san didnt even move his eyes; he caught Iris-sans oncoming fist with one hand and threw her towards Master Usagi and Odis-sans magic! Iris-san tried to adjust her stance, but the force of Gwen-sans throw was so strong that she couldnt move properly and collided with the [Kicking Saints Slash]. (Iris!) Moreover, Iris-san flew straight ahead and collided heavily with Odis-san, who had just released a magic spell. Gahah! Kuh! (Iris, Odis!) Gwen-san hardly moved from the spot, and after rendering both Iris-san and Odis-san incapable of combat, he appeared behind Master Usagi in the next instant. Is this the time to be worrying about others? (!?) Huh! Gwen! You cant block that! Wha-! Dea-san shouted in a panic to Gwen-san, who was trying to block my attack, but it was already too late. My wooden sword sliced through Gwen-sans aura and reached his arm. However, Gwen-san also noticed something unusual when his aura was slashed, and he instantly distanced himself from me with a special power, just like how he had instantly closed the distance to Master Usagi before. W-what the hell is going on! For Gwen-san, it was apparently very unbelievable that his aura, which had cloaked his body, had been cut through. It was the first time I had seen an observer clearly upset since I came to this realm, and now I was thinking about something else. Ah, hes distanced himself from me. What would I do then? What would Zenovis-san say at this point? Distance can be slashed. That would be such a screwed-up word to come back to me. While smiling unintentionally, my body was unconsciously trying to realize those words. What ! !? The moment I swung my sword carelessly, a huge slash flew toward Gwen-san. W-what the hell is this guy? Gwen-san avoided the slash and then wrapped his arms in the aura and swung them in a cross-motion. Then, the aura attacked me in the form of a slash. Slash. But still, what I do is the same. I just simply slashed. That is all. As I continued to slice through the countless auras Gwen-san sent flying at me, I felt my vision and the sounds around me gradually fade away, just as I did when I fought that false dragon. I turned my attention only to Gwen-san, who was right in front of me and closed the distance between us. However, Gwen-san could not simply sit back and let me close the distance, and he was using his special technique to evade me by instantly warping from one place to another. How dare you, a mere being of a lower world, come this close to me! But it is impossible for you to catch me! Indeed, it would be difficult to capture Gwen-san, who was moving instantaneously with his mysterious power. However, I, who am now concentrated to the utmost limit, unconsciously sense where Gwen-san is going to move to next perhaps this was from my sharpened senses and attack precisely. W-what? Gwen-san tried to use his aura to defend himself against my attacks, but I cut through all of them and finally cornered him with myself holding the wooden sword to his throat. Hah hah R-ridiculous Gwen-san gasped and stared at my wooden sword. I quietly open my mouth, feeling my vision and the sounds around me returning to normal. This is the power of the sage you made fun of. W-what the hell? Do you still want to continue this battle? sea??h th§× novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I asked, and Gwen-san shook his head with a frustrated look on his face. No, I lost. The moment Gwen-san admitted defeat, I heard the sound of applause. I looked in that direction and saw Dea-san smiling. Thats wonderful. So this is the power of the sage Mm surely, if youre good enough to defeat Gwen, then youre a force to be reckoned with. But what about those three? They may not be of any use to us at this stage No, its terrible to compare them to us, but for someone from a lower world, they do have something to offer. If they receive divine authority and train themselves, they can at least deal with the sentinels. Apparently, not only me but also Iris-san and the others were able to meet the observers expectations. Then Dea-san clapped her hands once. Silence. It seems that there is no problem accepting you as our friends. However, it is also true that you are not yet enough to fight against the false gods. Therefore, I would like you all to once undergo training here in the [Heavenly Realm]. Training? Iris-san, who had recovered her strength thanks to Akatsukis [Sanctuary] skill, tilted her head quizzically. Yes. The three of you must have learned the hard way that your abilities are far below the level of us observers, right? .. (Tch Its frustrating.) But Ive already trained for this The fact that they were unable to do anything at all against Gwen-san, Iris-san, and the others distorted their faces in frustration. So, of course, it is necessary for you to train more to develop your abilities, but there is one more power that you absolutely must acquire in order to fight against the false gods. W-what is it? This. What Dea-san expressed from her body was the mysterious aura that Gwen-san had used earlier in the battle. The aura shone in rainbow colors and shimmered divinely. This is the power called [Divine Authority]. Divine authority? Yes. It can be used in a wide variety of ways. It can be sent out as an attack, like a slash, or it can be wrapped around something to increase its strength. If you completely wrap yourself in divine authority, you can move instantaneously and use it for evasion. In other words, it seems that all of Gwen-sans special movement methods were based on this power of divine authority. And if you dont use this power in your attacks, you wont even be able to injure the false god with a single scratch. Wha-!? Thats why I need you all to acquire this power. T-thats something that can be acquired through ordinary training? No, it is not something that can be acquired so easily. In any case, this power is originally usable only by us, the observers. It is impossible for those in the lower worlds to acquire it through ordinary training. Then what should we do? From what Ive heard, it doesnt sound like a power we could ever acquire. But I had never thought that without this power, it would be impossible even to damage the false god, so as long as we are going into battle, we must get it. I thought that it would require very severe training . I ask you all to quit being human. The words I had not expected to hear were uttered from Dea-sans mouth. Chapter 217 - Book 4: Part 3 Book 11: Chapter 4: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 While Yuuya and the others were testing their strength in the [Heavenly Realm], Lexia and Luna, who had received permission from her father, King Arnold, were moving forward with their plan to study abroad in the world where Yuuya was living. As Lexia walked down the castles corridor in high spirits, Owen looked at her strangely. Then Lexia noticed Owen and immediately gave him an order. Owen, lets go to the Great Devils Nest. ..Huh? The remark was so out of the blue that it made Owen freeze. But Lexia did not seem to mind and continued. The sooner, the better, you know! We have to leave as soon as possible! W-wait a minute! I wont wait! Weve got to get ready now! Eehh? Ah, Le-Lexia-sama! Hah. I cant wait to see whats ahead of us Luna sighed in vain as she walked behind Lexia, and Owen was forced to head for the Great Devils Nest without knowing anything about the situation. Then the scene was once again set in the [Heavenly Realm]. This is our base. Oh A few moments after Dea-sans shocking words, we went to visit the base of the observers. Normally, we could move around in an instant with Dea-san and her groups divine authority, but they went out of their way to make us move around on foot so that we could see as much of this world as possible. The scenery of this town of these observers was very simple, with only a few small houses dotting the streets, just like Kamakura houses. There were no distinctive buildings, nor were there any vehicles coming and going. It was really just a row of houses that looked like Kamakura houses. It was very fantastic with the surrounding atmosphere, but I was a little surprised because I expected the observers to be living in a more amazing place. Perhaps sensing my feelings, Gwen-san, who had been assigned to show us around, told us. From your perspective, it looks like a simple town, doesnt it? T-thats right. But that is from the perspective of those in the lower worlds, where it takes a lot of effort to get something. Eh? We can create anything we want. For example tell me what you want. Eehh? E-even if I suddenly asked for something I wanted W-what do I want? U-um a TV? After all, we dont have a TV in our house on Earth. Oh, by the way, we must have run out of eggs, and I want some eggs too. Ill have to go buy some when I get back. As I recall the things I need for daily life on Earth, Gwen-san gave me a subtle look. How should I put it? Even though youre from the lower world, youre strangely ordinary. I-is that so? Well, thats fine. Just watch. After saying that, Gwen-san stuck out his right hand. The next moment, the [Divine Authority] explained early by Dea-san appeared on Gwens right palm. It shook greatly, and transformed into a huge flat-screen TV! E-eehh! (A truly mysterious power.) While everyone was amazed at Gwen-sans power, he continued indifferently. This is the power of the divine authority, the power of us observers. Because of this power, we can create anything we need. Hence, we dont need things. Y-you can create anything, you say? Even human beings? When Iris-san asked this, Gwen-san tilted his head in wonder. Why do you think it cant be created? What? Ah, come to think of it neither your world of Argena nor the Earth was directly created by us. However, there are countless worlds in this world that we observers have created from scratch. It is observers like us who have created the great ancestors of the human beings who now live there. Besides, we do not have the same basic needs as you do. You mean, like appetite? Yes. Therefore, we do not need entertainment; we do not need to eat or sleep. We dont need to reproduce, and we only create our mates with our divine authority. There is no concept of life span. Perhaps that is why you call us gods. I see So you are indeed gods. There was no way we could win from the beginning. When Odis-san recalled the battle with Gwen-san and had a bitter look on his face, Iris-san came up to me as if she had just remembered. I mean, Yuuya-kun! You won against this god-like being, didnt you? When did you become so strong? (Speaking of which I never thought youd become that strong, no matter how much I told you to train yourself.) Rather, you were strong enough to make us, the Holy, lose face. Iris-san and the others, including Yuti and Gwen-san, asked me with interest. Interested. Yuuya, you were sent to the past world after the attack of the Evil cult, and as soon as you came back from there, you became abnormally strong. Id like to know about that too. How did you get that much power while being from a lower world? U-uh its a long story, but (We were told that our bodies would stop aging, but it appears that were not hungry either.) Oh, now that you mention it Since I had moved quite a bit in the previous battle, it would not be surprising if I was hungry, but I did not feel particularly hungry, as if I were in a state of fullness, and it did not seem to matter if I ate or not at this point. I wonder if we really need to sleep as well? When Odis-san mentioned this, Ouma-san, who had been sleeping at his own pace since he came to this world, opened his mouth. Fuwahh you can sleep if you want to. Just like that guy said, you have a lot of things to do tomorrow, dont you? I think you should focus on getting some rest instead of thinking about this and that right now. Woof Fugo. Pii. Night and the others looked at Ouma-san, dumbfounded, but Ouma-san fell asleep again without paying attention to them. W-well, putting aside Ouma-san himself, I think what he is saying is right, so lets rest for the time being. Affirmative. Ill take a look at the room. Right. Suggestion. Yuuya. Eh? While I was thinking that each of us would be resting in our respective rooms, Yuti told me with a serious expression on her face. Rest. I dont feel sleepy, but I need rest. So let me use Yuuyas bath. Bath? Ara, Yuuya, you have such a useful item! If thats the case since you have it, lets use it. The unexpected turn of events surprised everyone, and they all ended up taking a bath before going to bed altogether. This is the first time for Yuti-chan and me to spend time together alone like this, isnt it? Affirmative. After Yuuya prepared the bath, Yuti took a bath with Iris as the ladies took the first bath. Originally, Yuti came to live at Yuuyas house and started taking baths there habitually, and before she knew it, she had come to like the idea of taking baths. Seeing Yuti relaxing slowly, Iris smiles and looks a little sad. It would have been better if she had been here, too. .. Iris was referring to the Bow Saint who had been Yutis master, and Yuti understood immediately that she was talking about her. Then Iris bowed her head to Yuti. I am sorry. When your master was in trouble, we couldnt do anything about it. Thats why you are Stop. Thats enough. Yuti says quietly. Useless. Master is dead, and I tried to destroy the world. No matter what I say, the past will never change. .. Yuti is right; even if Iris apologizes here, Yutis master will not come back, and Yuti herself cannot undo her own mistakes. However. Change. Before, I wanted to take revenge on this world that abandoned my master. But Yuuya accepted me like that. It is true that my heart is still painful, and I cannot forgive those who betrayed my master. But I know that Im not the only one like that now. Its okay. I see. Iris smiled gently at Yuti, who looked straight ahead. Alright! Then Onee-san will wash your back, Yuti-chan! Excited. Please do. Ill wash Iriss back, too. Thus, Yuti and Iris enjoyed the bath while deepening their friendship. Meanwhile, Yuuya and the others bathed after Iris and Yuti, but (..) .. .. sea??h th§× ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Woof Fugo~ Piii~ There was an indescribable feeling in the air. Both Usagi and Odis were immersed in the bathtub, silent, not moving a muscle. .. (..) Unable to bear this situation, Yuuya finally opened his mouth. U-um would you like me to wash your backs? (Hmm. You dont have to be concerned about it.) N-no. Ill wash Night and the others, too, anyway (Is that so? Then, please.) Yes. Please do me too. When Yuuya and the others got out of the bath, they each chose a room and rested their bodies in preparation for tomorrow. Chapter 218 - Book 5: Part 1 Book 11: Chapter 5: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 Then lets go. The next day. Gwen-san came to pick us up in front of the house, and as soon as we gathered, he snapped his fingers. At that moment, the scenery changed in an instant. Whereas the space we had been in until now was a vague scene like the border between the sky and space, the space we had just arrived at had a view as if we had been thrown out into the middle of the universe. However, unlike the outer space that we traveled through with Merl, there were rainbow-colored auras floating here and there like the aurora borealis, and countless galaxies seemed to be twinkling in the sky. As I gazed at the view, Gwen-san showed a mysterious expression on his face. This is the world of trials. Here you will undergo trials, and by overcoming them, you will gain divine authority. I-I see Rest assured. There is no danger of death in this trial. Is that so? I thought for sure that without almost dying, you couldnt get divine authority While everyone was puzzled, Gwen-san grinned. However, once you start the trials, you cant quit halfway through. Eh? As I explained yesterday, here in the [Heavenly Realm], your bodies will stop aging. And you didnt have an appetite, did you? I-indeed, I rested yesterday because you asked me to, but I didnt feel hungry or even sleepy. Thats right. Once you start a trial, you will be trapped in the world of trials forever until you get over it. Now, let me ask you one last question. After hearing all this, do you still want to go through the trials? .. We looked at each other and nodded toward Gwen-san. Yes! Affirmative. If it makes me stronger, Ill do anything. Me, too. I dont like to be left on the receiving end. (Thats for sure. Ill beat you after I acquire that divine authority. Well, Im not that particular about it, but I cant help my curiosity in the face of unknown power. Each of us had different reasons, but we were all very motivated. Then, even Night and the others raised their voices. Woof! Woof, woof! Fugo! Buhi! Pii! Eh? A-are Night and the others going to take part in the trials too? S§×ar?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I was surprised because I didnt think that even Night and the others would show their willingness to participate in the trials, but Gwen-san nodded his head. If you want to take the trials, you can take them. If you dont regret it, that is. Woof! Night nodded vigorously at the somewhat provocative words of Gwen-san. Hmph. Then I will stay here and wait for you while I sleep. O-Ouma-san, you are not going to take the trials? I dont need it. A-ahahaha. I laughed at Ouma-san, who was always going at his own pace. W-well, Ouma-san is an extraordinary being called the Genesis Dragon, and maybe he can actually use power like divine authority just because I dont know about it. In that sense, could Zenovis-san also use divine authority? I thought it was necessary to quit being a human being in order to obtain divine authority No, I think Zenovis-san would be able to use divine authority without doing anything in particular. I got a little sidetracked in my thinking, but at any rate, the members who would undergo the trials were decided. When Gwen-san confirmed it, he snapped his fingers. At that moment, a huge black vortex, like a black hole, appeared in front of us. This is Now, let the trials begin. Last warning, once you start the trials, you will not be able to come back from the other side until you conquer it. Are you ready? Yes. Thenbegin the trials. With the signal from Gwen-san, our bodies were sucked into the black vortex. !? T-this is As I was sucked into the black vortex, my vision blacked out for a moment, but the next moment, I was surrounded by a new landscape again. There was nothing in the sky, nothing on the ground, nothing but pitch-black space. And it was not only the environment that had changed. What is that? My clothes! And this body is! For some reason, I was no longer in the armor I was wearing before, and I was wearing the uniform of the school I was in before I transferred to Ousei Academy. In addition before I knew it, my physique had reverted to my pre-level-up appearance. W-why? Like myself, this space itself was strange. At first glance, I almost thought I had been thrown into a world of total darkness, but I could see my body clearly, so it was different from the usual darkness. W-what in the world is going on here? This is the trial. Ive been trying to do the best I can, just as the other guy said. But still, there was no change in my body. My body had not gained any muscle or strength. Every day I was avoided, shunned, and despised by those around me, even though I had done nothing to deserve it. What was I supposed to do? Am I really cursed by something? If so, why? Why me? And for that matter, look at me! I have nothing, but as if to show off the difference, the other me opened his arms and released all kinds of power from his body. It was all the power I had acquired up to now, such as [Magic Armor], [Holy King Authority], and [Holy Evil Creation]. Besides Look, look at this. This is the divine authority youve been looking for. In addition to the power I had used up to that point, the other person was now clad in divine authority as well. Hows that? Unlike you, I can do anything. Can you still say that you and I are the same beings? You cant say that, can you? Hahahahahaha! The other me, who had laughed for a while, clapped his hands as if he had just thought of a good idea. Oh, yes! Ill make you disappear completely, and Ill become the real Yuuya Tenjou. Dont you think that would be better for the world? I wanted to deny what the other me said, but the words to refute him never came out of my mouth. Because somewhere in the back of my mind, I had to admit it. The other guy in front of me is more suitable for the world, not me. There is no merit for the world to have me, who can do nothing. But the person in front of me can do anything. Even save the world. Hey, hey, the more I think about it, the more I like it! If Im the one who can do anything, it shouldnt be impossible for me to get out of this space. Kukuku This is exactly what I call a revelation. .. So thats how it is. You can disappear without worry, okay? Ill save the world or whatever in your place. The other guy laughed happily. Then, he thought of something more. If I switched places with you, it wouldnt be a bad idea to rule the world! Because I have that much power! W-what? My eyes widened at the mans words. What are you surprised at? Superior humans dominate the inferior creatures. Its natural, isnt it? No, you cant do that Oh? Who are you talking to? Gah!? I was kicked in the stomach by the other guy with all kinds of enhancements applied to his body. The power of the kick caused my body to explode, but a few moments later, my body was back to normal again. Then, my head was restored to its normal state, and the other guy released his enhancements and stomped on my head. Ugh! You, who are lower than anyone else, what are you talking back to me about? You have no rights. I am everything. Kuh T-thats not true You pissed me off. As the emotions drained from his expression, the other guy increased the force with which he stomped on me. Guh! Thats right as punishment for challenging me as a lowly creature, Im going to mess up your precious things after I switch places with you. Wha!? Im going to kill that dog, that pig, that bird, that lizard, and all the people at your school! N-no! ASISAID Dont you dare tell me what to do! Gahah! Well, I guess its decided that Im going to mess up your precious things now. No, youre going to die here anyway, so if you consider that I am sending your precious things together with you, its not a punishment but a reward, isnt it? Ahahahaha! I tried to stop the guy who was smiling innocently, but helpless as I was, I couldnt do anything. U-ugh! Ah, good grief, keep struggling, keep struggling. What a nuisance When the man uttered that in a truly troublesome manner, he moved his foot away from my head and took out the [Omni-Sword]. And then he released all of his power again, including his divine authority. Im tired of dealing with incompetent people like you anymore. So die. With a blank look on his face, he swung down [Omni-Sword]. Then that strike, which I had not even been able to react to before, seemed to slow down very much. At the same time, the memories of the past run through my mind. I guess this is what they call a running memory. Looking back, until I found the [Door to Another World], I really had nothing to show for my life. Then I stepped into the other world and inherited Zenovis-sans legacy, and my life changed in one fell swoop. Without what Sage-san gave me, I would have been nothing to begin with. So when the person in front of me said that he would switch places with me, I couldnt even retort because I know that a man who can do anything is better for the world than me who cant do anything. Even though I am such a person who can do nothing, there is one thing I can never back down from. The man in front of me said he would destroy what I hold dear. I dont care what happens to me. Even if it means risking everything I have, I want to protect the people I care about. I cant believe how frustrating it is to be so helpless I just stared at the approaching blade, unable to do anything about it. At that moment. Hmm? Wha-? Just as the [Omni-Sword] blade touched my neck, the blade was repelled by something! Chapter 219 - Book 5: Part 2 Book 11: Chapter 5: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 W-what happened? How could the [Omni-Sword] be repelled? The man was right; it was inconceivable that the [Omni-Sword], which was said to cut through everything, would be repelled. The other man swung the [Omni-Sword] at me many times, but for some reason, all of them were repelled before they touched my body. As I was stunned by this impossible scene, I suddenly became aware of a faint aura of something being emitted from my body. It was not magic, not Holy or Evil power, not even that divine authority. I looked down at my body and saw that my entire body was enveloped in a dark purple aura of misery. W-what is this? What is that power? Tell me! The man asked in an intense tone, but I myself had no idea what was going on. I had never seen such power before. The shimmering purple aura was so bewitching that I was horrified, and yet it radiated an ominous presence. I was surprised by a power I didnt remember at all, but there was something else that caught my attention even more. My body is getting lighter! After this aura was emitted, I felt as if my body had become lighter than before. It was not a feeling as if I had been strengthened by magic power, but purely as if my body weighthad been reduced. The mans expression was bitter as he was stunned by the unknown situation. It aint possible. Your power, whatever it is, was given to you by the sage. Thats why you should have no power in this space. Its supposed to be that way! And yet, what is that power? Are you saying you were born with it? .. While the man was saying all sorts of things, I was staring at this purple aura. I have no idea what this power is. But somehow, I understood how to use the power. I could move it as if it were my own limbs as if it were a skill I had used for many years. Apparently, this aura, like magic, not only strengthens me but also allows me to shape something. As I checked the purple aura, I unconsciously formed a sword with it. In response to me, the man said something as if he had regained his composure. Hah! Do you want to fight me with that strange sword? Do you really think you can win? .. I dont know what this power is, but it would be difficult to defeat the man who has been enhanced with all kinds of power, including divine authority. Even if Im enhanced by some mysterious aura, the difference must be obvious. But No matter what happens, I will stop you. Ah, I see. Then Ill kill you quickly and mess up your precious things, just as planned! ! As soon as the man finished saying that, he instantly took out the [Absolute Spear] and threw it at me with all his might. After coming to this space, the spear, which had pierced my body many times, was coming at me again. I am really scared. But I am more afraid that the people I care about will get hurt. Then, in my unconsciousness, a violet aura appeared in both of my eyes. At that moment, the approaching [Absolute Spear] slowed down. Haaaaah! Not missing that opportunity, I caught it with my aura sword and let the impact of the [Absolute Spear] escape before it pierced through me. But then the other man took advantage of the opportunity and slashed at me. Its impossible for you to beat me, you foooooollllll! The man smiled victoriously. He was right; it would be impossible for me to win. At that moment, the image of Zenovis-san appeared in my mind. The great man who changed my life after I came to another world. If Zenovis-san were here, what would he say? Its obvious. You can just cut the impossible! What I clung to was the Idleness Strike that I learned from Zenovis-san. In an instant, I entered a state of extreme concentration and slashed through the mans [Omni-Sword] with my aura sword. Ah, I-Im fine! Im fine! As I was telling this to Iris-san, who was touching my body and checking me over and over again, Master Usagi came over to me. (You were the last one.) What? I-is that so? (Yeah. Iris and I came back here at about the same time, but at that time, only Akatsuki had already passed the trial.) Eh? Buhi. Akatsuki was somewhat proudly puffing out his chest. In other words, Akatsuki was the first to clear the trial. (Then Odis, Yuti, Night, and the others came back, and finally, you.) I-I see Thats how tough Yuuya-donos trial was, huh? Yes, thats right? I was about to answer Odis-sans words when I realized that I couldnt remember the details of the trial. H-huh? I am sure that I had the trial, but I cant remember what it was about As I thought, you too, Yuuya-kun Eh? T-that means you all are also Affirmative. I dont remember either. Woof. Apparently, none of us remember what the trial was about. No surprise you dont remember. Gwen-san! Then Gwen-san quietly approached us. What do you mean by no surprise? In order for you to attain divine authority, you must be outside the human frame of reference. And that requires the awakening of the soul. Awakening of the soul? Yes. The soul is the most important power in your world and in this [Heavenly Realm] as well. The soul can exist on its own in that space, where it is refined and awakened to obtain divine authority. So this is the outline of the trial. I-I see. The soul stores all kinds of information about your past lives. But you will never know or remember it. Am I right? Yes You mean that the records imprinted on our souls will not be remembered by us? Thats what I mean. The contract between Zenovis-san and me was also supposed to be a contract through the soul. That is why the strange situation occurs that Zenovis-san forgets about me, but his soul remembers me? Anyway, even if you yourself dont remember it, your soul remembers it. As proof of that how about it? I believe you are now able to use your divine authority? Yes. Saying this, Iris-san erupted a rainbow-colored aura from her palm. Following that, everyone activated their divine authority. I tried it myself and was able to activate it without any problem. Mysterious. I dont remember it, but I can use it. (Well, its just like training, isnt it? Its similar to being able to use a technique unconsciously.) I-is it really so? Well, since I can use it like this, I have nothing to complain about. While each of us was manipulating the divine authority as we wished, I had the feeling that I had forgotten something crucial. I dont know what it was, but something must have happened during the trial Then Gwen-san continued. At any rate, you have gone through the trial and attained divine authority. The process of that trial must have helped you a great deal. Even if you dont remember it now, your soul will remember it. And you will remember it at some point. According to Gwen-sans words, I will remember what I have forgotten in due time. I felt a little queasy, but I forced myself to accept it. Good. Anyway, you guys received divine authority. The rest is up to. That was the moment he was about to say that. As if knocked off his feet, Gwen-san looked up and stared off into the distance with a startled expression on his face. R-ridiculous! ? What in the world is wrong with you? We were alarmed by his unusual reaction, and he raised his voice. That guys here! That guy? S~ea??h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The false god! It seemed that we were going to have a real battle with the false god. Chapter 220 - Book 6 Book 11: Chapter 6 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ As soon as Gwen-san sensed the invasion of the false god, he immediately snapped his fingers, and we returned to that simple city. But Oh no! To our surprise, the place was already in a state of destruction. As we stared at the scene in dismay, we saw two rapidly approaching presences. When I turned my gaze in the direction of the presence, I saw Lanael-san and a strange monster violently colliding with each other there. Lanael-san! Yu-Yuuya-san! Lanael-san noticed us and took advantage of an opening by the monster to deliver a powerful kick, then quickly flew down to us from a distance. Everyone, your return means Affirmative. Weve got the divine authority without problems. (More importantly, what on earth is that thing?) Master Usagi was staring sharply at the figure of the monster that was kicked away by Lanael-san just now. With six sharp limbs like a praying mantiss sickle, its round, octopus-like body was covered with various kinds of eyes. When we were startled by its eerie appearance, Gwen-san told us. Thats the False Gods Sentinel the False Soldier. The False Soldier Lanael! Is it the only one here? N-no! There are other false soldiers and us apostles right there. And Dea-sama and the others are fighting with the false god! The moment Lanael-san reported this, a tremendous explosion sounded in a distant direction. The shockwave reached here, and I was almost blown away. Kuh! Lanael! You and your fellows deal with the false soldiers! Yuuya and the others, follow me! Gwen-san snapped his fingers again as he gave the order. At that moment, our view switched to the fierce battlefield. W-what is this There was, indeed, a hellscape. Aaaaaaaaaaah! H-help! I-I dont want to disappear! I dont The apostles were hit by tremendous shockwaves one after another, and when the haze disappeared, even the apostles figures were cleanly obliterated. And then, the entity that was probably the source of the shockwave was sitting right in front of us. That is the false god! It was a faceless, gigantic god. It was a translucent humanoid figure walking leisurely through the city of observers. The place where the false god passed through was empty as if everything had vanished into emptiness. The ground, the sky, everything was being transformed into a dark void. If such a being were to descend upon another world, that world would easily be destroyed. While we were stunned by the tremendous size of this being, there was a person who was trying his best to attack the false god. Dea-sama! Ugh! Gwen! You made it in time! Dea-san gave instructions to the other observers, and while moving at high speed, she fired her divine authority from all directions and attacked the false god. But. Oooooooooooooooooo! At that moment, the faceless god howled. At that moment, a tremendous shockwave hit us! Kuh! [Heavenly Saint Slash]! ([Piercing Leg]!) [Destroyer Magic]! Iris-san and the others immediately reacted, and while activating their newly acquired divine authority with all their strength, they unleashed their skills at the incoming shockwave. Iris-san and the others skills reached the shockwave, but after a brief struggle, they were blown away by the shockwave. Unbelievable! Iris-san and the others were stunned to see their full power of the skill being blown away, but the shockwave that reached us was weakened by the threes attack, and all of us managed to hold our ground. Wait a minute! How are we supposed to defeat such a thing! Unknown. Its too big! Yuti was right; this false god was too huge. It was far bigger than Ouma-san, who could transform into a giant. Hou? Is it bigger than me? Ouma-san seemed to be bothered by the size of the false god, and as if to compete with it, he turned into a giant and unleashed a super-sized breath without hesitation. The breath engulfed the surrounding false soldiers and crushed them all at once. A-amazing Hmph. Its nothing compared to what Im used to. However, it did not seem to have any effect on the main false god, and despite Ouma-sans powerful breath, it did not seem to have done any damage. Tsk this divine authority thing is a pain in the ass to deal with The earlier breath was apparently an attack mixed with divine authority as well, which was probably why the false soldiers were crushed. I mean, Ouma-san, you really could use divine authority While I was thinking about that, despite the situation, Dea-san flew to us. Everyone! Since you have gathered like this, it seems that you have successfully mastered the divine authority. Yes! Thats good to hear. The only thing is, as you can see, its huge. I didnt expect such a thing to attack our base out of the blue We cant observe their movements, so there is nothing we can do about it. Gwen-san replied to Dea-san, who muttered in frustration. Um, that is the false god, isnt it? Yes. That guy is definitely the main body of the false god. Does it have an ego? Furthermore, the attack reached the main body of the false god, and the false god that was chasing Ouma-san was slightly shaken. Perhaps because of such a powerful attack, the false god also turned its attention to Iris-san. (Iris is not the only one who has become stronger.) Then, Master Usagi followed Iris-san and jumped out at once into the fierce battle area where the false soldiers were densely concentrated. There, Master Usagi, with his legs and ears clothed in Holy aura and divine authority, reaped the false soldiers. ([Divine Leg]!) Master Usagi distracted the false soldiers by using his divine power to move instantaneously and kicked them down one after another. Finally, he reached right in front of the main body of the false god. (I know it wont work, but it would be good to give it a try.) Saying this, Master Usagi smiled ferociously, which is unbecoming of a herbivore, and then he unleashed a kick with his Holy and divine authority aura concentrated in a single point, right at the body of the false god. ([Divine Flash Leg]!) The aura, which was like a laser, did inflict damage on the body of the false god. However, even so, it only distracted the false god and did not inflict any major wounds. (Hmph. Its always troublesome when dealing with such a big figure.) Then, me too! Odis-san then produced a mass of extremely compressed magic power, which he had also used in the battle against the Dragonia aliens. If I add my divine authority to this [Destroyer Magic]! A rainbow aura enveloped the jet-black sphere of magic power, and it flew to the point where the false soldiers were most concentrated. Then. Blast them all! At that moment, a huge explosion erupted. The three powers of magic, Holy power, and divine authority were released all at once, wiping out the surrounding false soldiers. Kuh As I thought, one strike is my limit. The only thing is, because of the excessive use of powerful magic power, Odis-san looked sluggish. Question. Night, can you be as big as you were during the space war? Woof Roger that. Then well all do our best. Ciel! Piii! As Yuti called out, Ciels blue flame enveloped Yuti and Nights bodies. The blue flames were also mixed with the rainbows aura. Next. Akatsuki! Buhii! Akatsuki transformed into a giant on the spot and became about the same size as Ouma-san. But Akatsuki had no means of attack, so he concentrated on healing his surroundings. Buhi, buhi! When Akatsuki shouted powerfully, the [Sanctuary] skill was activated in the entire surrounding area. The skill healed the wounds and restored the energy of the apostles, who had been nearly extinguished in the battle against the false soldiers, and it even granted them the ability to be Holy just like a holy beast to the surrounding area. And then. Satisfied. Then, Night, lets go. Woof! The blue flame from Ciel and Akatsukis Holy power also joined forces to annihilate the false soldiers one after the other. Among the false soldiers, some of them were quite huge, although not as big as the false god. But even against such an enemy, Night did not take a single step back. Grrr Gaaaah! By using his divine authority, he jumped into the false soldiers chest and sliced through them entirely with his fangs and claws. Yet, Night, who charged in alone, was a good target for the false soldiers, and they took this opportunity to swarm him at once. However, the false soldiers were also a good target for one girl. Aim. Shoot them all at once! Yuti quietly looked at the false soldiers who were swarming around Night and released an arrow that she drew. [Divine Rain]. It was like a rain of blessings pouring down from the heavens. Countless arrows, strengthened by Yutis divine authority, shot precisely through the heads of the false soldiers. As the false soldiers fell one after another, Yuti nodded her head. Done. Now no one will get in Yuuyas way. Ha-hahaha everyone is getting so much stronger The false god was also wary of me because I had summoned a huge golem, a legacy of Sage-san. At this point, the main target of the false god was Ouma-san, but it was also trying to deal with this huge golem as soon as possible by sending large-sized false soldiers toward me. I was heading toward the false god while cutting them down, but everyone else defeated the false soldiers who stood in my path. Ill decide the rest in one fell swoop! I, who activated my divine authority in this instant when the false soldiers were gone and moved close to the false god. Then, as expected, the huge existence ignored Ouma-san and changed its attack target to me, probably because of my sudden intrusion into its proximity. Oooooooooooo! Kuh! A translucent shockwave erupted from the body of the false god and attacked me. If I take this in stride, even if it is this golem, I dont know what will happen. Thats why Wooooaaaaaahhh! [Magic Armor], [Holy King Authority], [Holy Evil Creation], and the divine authority. I used all the power I could muster right now to strengthen the golem. And then, a flash. There is nothing that cant be cut The two had been fighting so fiercely, but now silence reigned around them. O-ooohhh! A line ran through the body of the false god. With that line as the center, one half of the false gods body shifted and fell away and then disappeared just like sand. The other half of the body, which was left behind, also disintegrated into particles, as if melting into the atmosphere. As soon as the false god disappeared, the remaining false soldiers disappeared in the same way. sea??h th§× N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. This was the very meaning of our victory. Chapter 221 - Book 11: Epilogue Book 11: Epilogue Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Epilogue The activity limit has been reached. From now on, the summons will be canceled. After watching the false god disappear, it seemed that the golem had just reached its activity limit, and the summoning of the giant soldier was canceled. Then W-we won We won! Woaaaahhhh! The entire [Heavenly Realm] cheered in unison. After that, it was confirmed that the false god had completely disappeared, and once again, cheers echoed through the city of the observers. However, that base of Dea-san and the others were also destroyed, and on top of that, it was a jet-black void with no evidence of restoring after defeating the false god, so it could not be said that complete peace had come to the [Heavenly Realm]. According to Dea-san and others, the broken cityscape could be quickly restored by divine authority, but even divine authority could not do anything about that jet-black space. That is because that space is nothingness. The only thing that matters is whether or not the space can be restored to its original state, just as there is no point in giving anything to a state of nothingness. But after defeating the false god in such a way, there is nothing more for us to do in the [Heavenly Realm]. I-its over Good work. I was wondering what was going to happen, but it turned out to be a lot more manageable than I thought. (Thats right. Weve got a new power, too.) Umu. Im very happy to have more things to study. A-ahahaha After such a spectacular fight, Iris-san and the others were so relaxed that I couldnt help but chuckle. At any rate, this is how the battle with the false god ended. In other words, I have also fulfilled my soul contract with Zenovis-san. W-with this, there should be no more big trouble! Conviction. When Yuuya says so, something probably happens. S§×arch* The nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yuti-san. Dont say that I believe that nothing will happen anymore! Well, anyway, Im sure the fight is over here, so lets go back to our world. I wonder if we should ask Lanael-san to help us again? Can you wait a minute? Oh, Dea-san! As we were all talking about going home, Dea-san, who had been giving instructions to the observers and apostles, came in. Behind her, there were other observers as well, including Gwen-san. Whats wrong? We apologize for involving you in the problems of our world. And thanks to all of you, we were able to defeat the false god without this world being destroyed. On behalf of this world, I would like to thank you all. Thank you very much. At the same time as Dea-san bowed her head, the other observers also bowed their heads. P-please raise your heads. Im glad we could be of help to you, too. Thank you so much. When Dea-san and the others raised their heads, I asked them about something that was suddenly bothering me. Come to think of it, is the false god going to come back? As for that, to be honest, we dont know either. It is the false god who brings everything back to emptiness. Even if we think it has disappeared, it is quite possible that it has gone to some other world. I-is that so? In this world, no matter what it is, it cannot be truly and completely erased. It would not be surprising if an extinguished false god resurrected somewhere. I-I see So that means that that guy might come back to life again? Thats indeed a problem I think Ill take my leave now. Master Usagi and Odis-san said so, and then they just left. And, perhaps as an experiment in divine authority, they both disappeared in an instant. Geez, they are both so impatient A-ahahaha. Yuuya. There seems to be some kind of conflict between humans and a bunch of monsters in the Great Devils Nest. Shouldnt you go and help them? Eh? Iris-sans words made me laugh bitterly, and Ouma-san suddenly said so. It seems some of the women you know are being attacked? Eehh? I rushed out of the garden and headed for the scene. Then, I saw the soldiers of the Alceria Kingdom, including Owen-san, there. And then I saw Lexia-san and Luna. Lexia-san! Ah, Yuuya-sama! Despite being attacked by a group of goblin elites, Lexia-san turned to me and raised her hand smilingly. Surprised by her, I quickly took out my [Omni-Sword] and defeated the goblin elites. Phew nevertheless, whats the matter with you all? Ive actually come to ask a favor of Yuuya-sama. A favor? When I tilted my head and wondered what it was, Lexia-sans eyes lit up, and she said something surprising. I want Yuuya-sama to let me and Luna enroll in the school in Yuuya-samas world! The content of the request was so abrupt that it made my eyes widen. In the dark, cold depths of the ground. The groaning voices of the dead resounded there, and the air was thick with the presence of death. The name of this place was the [Underworld]. It was a place where the souls of all the dead reached. The underworld existed for each planet and each world, and there existed a certain boundary line that was never crossed. Because of these boundaries, the order of the Underworld was maintained, and the inhabitants of hell were unable to escape from their respective worlds. In one such underworld, a soul flowed into the underworld. It was the soul of the false god who was killed by Yuuya. It was not strange for a soul to flow into the underworld, but the problem was that the power contained within this soul was extraordinary. The soul, shimmering translucently, annihilated everything around the [Underworld], and furthermore, the nefarious deceased began to be activated by the power released from the soul. And the most important effect was thatthe boundaries of the underworld disappeared, and the underworlds of each world became interconnected. Strange souls are pouring in. While the surroundings are buzzing, a voice echoes through the underworld. The voice belonged to an old man wearing a ragged robe. Hah cant you find peace even after death? The owner of the voice, somewhat mournful, let out a sigh again and stared off into the distance. And then. But I look forward to seeing him again. The old man muttered and laughed. Chapter 222 - Book 11: Afterword Book 11: Afterword Heres the afterword~NewW novels updates at novelhall.com See you at the next volume~ Afterword Thank you for picking up this work. I am the author, Miku. This is the 11th volume, and this time, in the real world, a school festival was held, and in the other world, observers, god-like beings, finally appeared. And this time, Yuuya has acquired a new power, the [Divine Authority], that is used by the observers. I myself am looking forward to it very much. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge for his great help again. To Reine Kuwashima-sama, who colors the work with beautiful illustrations every time. I would also like to express my heartfelt thanks to all the readers of this work. Thank you very much. See you soon. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Chapter 223 - Book 12: Prologue Part 1 Book 12: Prologue Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Prologue Part 1 A dark, cold world[Underworld]. It is an afterlife world composed of many layers, and the souls in each layer are assigned. In the uppermost layer, you can feel the warmth of the earth, and this is where the souls of those who did good deeds during their lives rest peacefully. Descending deeper from there, the lower level is an underground prison where the souls of those who had done evil in their lives are sent to. Ah G-get out It hurts it hurts The underworld, where the world itself is a prison. The prison is made of special cages and bare rock surfaces that mercilessly harm the specters and souls housed there. By nature, souls and specters do not exist as entities. Therefore, a special power called [Mystical Power] or [Spiritual Power] was needed to harm them. And in this underworld, everything is imbued with mystical and spiritual power to prevent them from escaping from their prisons. In this underworld, where the screams of specters echo through the air, there is only one building. In contrast to the dark and gloomy atmosphere of the underworld, the building is decorated with goldsmiths work and is extremely luxurious. The floor is also covered with polished tiles, making it hard to believe that it is a building in the underworld.Upstodatee from n(0)/ve/lbIn/.(co/m In the center of the building, there is a hall where criminals are judged. On an honorary seat, as if overlooking everything in the underworld, sat a young girl. Im bored. She was wearing a little civil officials hat on her bobbed hair, a royal scepter in her hand, and luxurious clothes that looked like some countrys official uniform. This girl was the king of the underworldReimei, and the master of this building. [T/n: Let me know if someone can provide a better name for this , maybe Dark Soul?] Reimei cheekily poked her head in boredom. The dead used to come here so often, but recently there have been fewer and fewer of them Well, it means that time has moved on, and the world over there has become more peaceful, hasnt it? Reimei looked like a young girl, but her age was much older than anyone else in the underworld. In ancient times, there were many conflicts in various parts of the world, and medical technology was not developed, so many people flowed into this underworld. However, as time passed and technology developed, the number of souls flowing into the underworld at one time decreased, and eventually, Reimeis work also decreased. Well, peace is the best thing. There will be no major work for me to do today, so I will take a nap Reimei-samaaaaaa! .. Just as Reimei jumped down from her chair, seemingly determined that todays work was done, a muscular creature burst into the building. It was humanoid in appearance, with red skin and two large horns on its forehead, resembling the Bloody Ogre of the other world. However, in its eyes, there was a light of reason that was different from that of a monster, and in addition, there was a sense of charm. Suddenly, Reimei, who had been caught off guard, stared at the red oni with a blue vein on her forehead. What is it, Nikkaku? Im just about to go to sleep [T/n: She called him Nikkaku or two horns (), should I just use the Japanese, or just translate his name?] This is not the time to say such a thing! T-the underworld is in trouble! Huh? At the plea of the oni called Nikkaku, Reimei tilted her head and sat back in her chair again. Yes! Did you call for me? At Reimeis call, Nikkaku and the blue-skinned oni known as Ikkaku appeared and kneeled there without a sound. Nikkaku. Have some of the oni guard the perimeter, and gather the rest of the oni in this hall. As you wish! Ikkaku, while the oni are gathering, investigate the cause of this disturbance. Understood. Both oni immediately disappeared from the scene, and a few moments later, Nikkaku gathered all the available oni under his command, just as Reimei had ordered. Then, Reimei looked around at the assembled oni and began to speak in an imposing tone. Thank you, all of you, for gathering here. There is an emergency in the underworld. As you all know, the boundary between the underworld and the living world has disappeared, and specters have escaped into the living world. I immediately resealed the prison and was able to seal the escaped specters before they headed to the living world, but it is a fact that some of them have managed to escape. And now that the boundary has disappeared, it has become necessary to be vigilant to prevent those from the living world from wandering into this one. Of course, I am still working to repair the boundary, but a complete repair will not be a quick process. After sealing the specters that escaped from the prison, Reimei had also begun to reconstruct the boundary with her own mystical power. However, reconstructing the boundary between the living world and the underworld is different from reinforcing the prison of the underworld, and it will not be an easy task. Therefore, everyone should be more vigilant and watch the boundary between the living world and the underworld than ever before! Understood! And, Ikkaku! What have you found out? When Reimei finished giving instructions to the oni, Ikkaku appeared from among the group. Yes. The cause of this incident was a single soul that flowed into the underworld. What do you mean? Reimei tilted her head at Ikkakus words. This is because Reimei had assumed that the specters in the prison had cooperated with each other to escape from the prison and, at the same time, had somehow worked out the boundary with the living world. In reality, however, Reimei was surprised to find that the cause was a single soul that had drifted into the underworld that is, a soul before it had been judged by Reimei. What in the world is going on? Sear?h the N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Actually, that soul that drifted into the underworld belonged to a false god. False god? When Reimei twisted her head in response to the unfamiliar word, Ikkaku explained. The false god is a kind of disaster that appears in the [Heavenly Realm] where the gods live. Their power is such that they annihilate everything they touch, and to counteract them, one must have a power called divine authority. I know about divine authority. The power of these observers is the very embodiment of omniscience and omnipotence. But still, who would have thought that there is an existence that cannot be defeated without such power? Reimei also knew of the existence of the heavenly realms, but since the observers living in the heavenly realms have no concept of life or death, and the only threat to their existence is annihilation by the false gods, thus their souls have never been able to flow into the underworld. So what? What does this false god have to do with this case? As I mentioned earlier, the false god has the power to annihilate everything it touches. That does not change, even if he is only a soul. In other words, anything that touches the soul of the false god will also be annihilated. What? No way This time, his soul touched the boundary between the living world and the underworld, and that boundary disappeared. If Ikkakus story is true, the soul of the false god could erase any boundary or, worse, even the concept of existence in it just by its presence, and if left unchecked, the underworld would surely be in turmoil. Where is that soul now? Fortunately, the soul of the false god was already weakened by the time it arrived in the underworld, and its spontaneous extinction has just been confirmed. Oh Once it was clear that the damage would not spread any further, Reimei leaned back deeply in her chair with relief. W-what a troublesome existence Reimei was left scratching her head, wondering why this had happened! Chapter 224 - Book 12: Prologue Part 2 Book 12: Prologue Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 Let me and Luna attend the academy in Yuuya-samas world! After the battle with the false god, we returned to our original world. Then, Ouma-san told me that my acquaintances were being attacked by monsters in the [Great Devils Nest], so I went to help them and found Lexia-san and Luna there. After rescuing them, I asked them why they had visited the [Great Devils Nest], and this was what they answered. As I froze at Lexia-sans unexpected comment, Iris-san, who had come with me to see what was going on, raised her voice. W-wait a minute! What do you mean by the school in Yuuya-kuns world? I mean it as it is, Iris-sama. We want to attend the school that Yuuya-sama attends! I thought I had misheard something, but it seems to be true. I finally finished digesting Lexia-sans words and hurriedly asked. U-um, you want to attend the school I go to What happened? The truth is, it is customary for us royalty to enroll in the Aurelia Academy in the Luminous Kingdom when we reach a certain age. The school attracts children of royalty and nobility from countries other than ours in the Kingdom of Arcelia, so I was to enroll there for networking, diplomacy and other such reasons. Y-yes But its boring to go to school for political reasons or to look the part of a princess like that! If thats the case, I thought it would be more fun to go to the school that Yuuya-sama goes to! Eeeehhh? The reason was even crazier than I thought! I-is that okay? If you have such a diplomatic reason, you should go to that Aurelia Academy Its fine! It is far more important to deepen my relationship with Yuuya-sama than it is to deepen the connections I can get there! And there are many things in Yuuya-samas world that I can never experience in this world so it would be best if I could experience many things in Yuuya-samas world and bring what I learned there back to the Kingdom of Arcelia. I dont really understand, but I guess Earth is a more valuable place for Lexia-san and the others than for them to deepen their relationships with other countries in this other world That being said, if it were the other way around, would that be the case? I guess its like saying that the other world might have resources lying around that we dont have on Earth and are worth exploring, rather than diplomacy among the countries that exist on Earth today. When I was thinking about this, Luna let out a sigh. Hah well, you see. Lexia is ready to go to the academy that Yuuya is attending Ara, so Luna isnt going too? Thats fine if thats the case, though? Wha!? I-Im not saying that! A-anyway, if she goes to the Aurelia Academy, I will have to accompany her as her escort. And that would inevitably lead me to participate in the troublesome exchange between nobles. I dont want that either. Thats why, this plan includes me too, I would like to be taken care of in Yuuyas world W-wait a minute! Then Iris-san hurriedly interrupted Lunas words. I understand that you dont want to go to Aurelia Academy. I know what kind of academy it is, and Im sure its a hassle but what do you mean youll be taken care of by Yuuya-kun! Actually, Ive already talked to my father about it. Then my father said that if he knew that the Earth where Yuuya-sama lives, is a safe world, he would be willing to change my study destination to the academy where Yuuya-sama attends! Then, the only acquaintance we can rely on is Yuuya-sama, and I thought it was inevitable that we would be under Yuuya-samas care. Why? You see, that Saintess called Mai is on Earth, too, right? Why dont you live with her! Unfortunately, Mai goes to a different school than Yuuya-sama. I got permission from my father to go to the school where Yuuya-sama is. Ugh! Iris-san bit her teeth in frustration as Lexia-san told her so in a happy mood. As I was appalled by their exchange, Lexia-san suddenly took my arm. So, Yuuya-sama! Will you please come with me? Eh? W-where are we going? To the royal castle, of course! I want you to explain to my father that Earth is a safe place! The conversation went on and on, and it was decided that I was going to head to the Royal Capital. With Iris-san present, we were able to get out of the [Great Devils Nest] without incident, but there we parted ways with Iris-san. The truth is I really want to go with you! If anything, I want to spend my school life with Yuuya-kun too! T-thats Unfortunately, Iris-san and I are obviously different in age, so no matter how hard we try, we wont be able to spend our school life together. Anyway, Iris-san was reluctant to part with me until the very end, but I guess she was still busy with her duties as a Sword Saint, and she left with regret. After parting with Iris-san, we headed directly to the Royal Capital. When I arrived safely at the royal castle in the Royal Capital, I found myself being taken to the audience chamber, where I was to have an audience with Arnold-sama. Then, sitting in the depths of the audience chamber, Arnold-sama stared at me with a somewhat tired look on his face. Oh, Yuuya-dono its been a while. I-its been a long time Now, Father! Ive brought Yuuya-sama! Hmm what a lot of energy she has, despite being my daughter Seeing their extreme reactions, Kitaraku laughed happily. Hahahaha! Thats good! You have to challenge everything! Thats right! The last time you said that you even suggested that we do some weird project like Nagashi Soumen It was a pain to have to stop that one! That would have been fun Im glad they stopped it, though If you want to know, the teachers said a lot of things about it during the athletic festival Was it? Hahaha! But the athletic festival itself was a success, wasnt it? Well The student council takes the lead in planning and carrying out school events at Ousei Academy, so all the events that Yuuya has participated in so far have also been held under the leadership of this student council. At the recent athletic festival, the student council was able to incorporate a number of new events and activities, and they were able to do just about anything they desired. Naturally, the teachers tried to stop them at least once, but because of their strong pushiness and the fact that all the past events were a great success, the council and their outlandish plans were tolerated at any rate. However, there is a limit to how much they can do, and the teachers will stop them if their plans are too outrageous. The teachers were always nervous about what Kitaraku would say because they never knew what he would say. Kaori, who belongs to such a unique student council, raised her hand ostentatiously. Um specifically, what do you mean by promotion? Thats a good question! What are we going to do I havent decided on anything yet! You havent decided what youre going to do? Sear?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Kaori was surprised to hear Kitaraku say it so matter-of-factly. Its obvious! I just came up with the idea, after all! Do we always get pushed around by your ideas? Hey, hey, Nekota! Are you complaining about what Kitaraku-senpai is doing? You are too thoughtless. What? W-well, well While Kaori is quieting them down, Kitaraku is lost in thought. Fumu Id like to do some big promotions, but when it comes to concrete ideas hah! Thats right! Eh? How about a school idol? School Idol? While the three tilted their heads at Kitarakus outlandish statement, Kitaraku nodded his head as if saying it was a good idea. Yeah! School idols have been the subject of many anime and video games, right? However, there are only a few schools that actually do it So! If our school has a school idol, it will definitely increase the schools recognition more than ever before! A-as expected of Kitaraku-senpai! No, no, no! I dont think the teachers will give us permission if we suddenly propose such a thing! Ill push through! You always do that, dont you? B-but, isnt the idol a bit too much? When Kaori uttered this, Kitaraku thought for a moment since she was the board chairmans daughter. Mm, if Houjou-san says so no, but the board chairman is a man who can understand what Im talking about, and Im sure it will be alright? Even if the board chairman allows it, Im sure the other teachers will oppose it Is that so? Well, the school festival was also a spectacular one, following the athletic festival. It was a lot of fun! Its strange that you can call that fun, Kitaraku-senpai I-I apologize for the inconvenience The school festival showdown between Nittei Academy and Ousei Academy over the enrollment of Yuuya was decided to be carried out at the sole discretion of Kaori, so the student council, which was planning the school festival as usual at the time, became very flustered. Although they did not actively advertise the festival externally, they instead carefully selected the artists they invited every year and strengthened the schools security, and there was a lot of hard work that was not visible to the public. However, even these hardships are done by Kitaraku because it was fun, and the hardships of the student council members who had to go along with it were immeasurable. In the first place, who will be in charge of this idol project? I know you know that, but we cant do it, can we? Mm? Is that so? If we work hard, we can manage No, we cant. Nekota anticipated and crushed Kitarakus statement. And Im sure its going to be tough to select those school idols, to find someone to take charge of the project itself, and most of all, to convince the teachers! Its all going to be tough! As Nekota said this while exhaling a sigh, Kitaraku pondered. Hmm Nekota has a point Cant we somehow convince the teachers while selecting the candidates for the school idols, as well as deciding who will be in charge of the project? I dont think thats possible Thus, Kitaraku began to think of ways to move forward with the school idol project. Chapter 225 - Book 1: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 Although it was decided that Lexia was going to study at Ousei Academy, there were many things I couldnt do on my own. So, just as I did with Yuti, I decided to ask Kaori for advice, and after school, I approached her. Kaori! Yuuya-san! Whats wrong? Actually, theres something I want to talk to you about What do you want to talk about? I look around, lower my voice a little and tell Kaori. Um Do you remember Lexia-san and Luna? Yes, of course, I remember them. Lexia-san was the princess of the other world, right? Yeah. It seems that Lexia-san wants to study in this world Eh? As expected, Kaori also raised her voice, probably because she was not expecting it. Then the people around us looked at us in surprise, and Kaori hurriedly dropped her voice. Study in this world Do you mean that she will be living in this world? Yes, thats right. U-um We cant stop Lexia-san and the others, of course, but will it be alright? Lexia-san is a princess, isnt she? It doesnt seem to matter. Rather, Lexia-sans father, the King, has allowed it Well, he has given me a lot of conditions. Conditions? Yeah. I will take care of her at my house, along with Yuti. At Yuuya-sans house? W-why? The moment I said I would take care of Lexia-san and the others, Kaori rushed over to me. But when she noticed the stares from the people around us again, she moved away from me with an embarrassed look on her face. I-Im sorry I was just surprised B-but how did that happen? It seems that the King feels it is safer if shes with me, I guess. That That may be true, but Kaori has a complicated expression on her face after hearing my explanation. Well, thats just natural. Even now, I live with a girl named Yuti, and soon Lexia-san and the others will join us. From the outside, its natural to worry that something might go wrong. Im also worried about many things and Arnold-sama told me to be very careful and not to do anything strange Kaori, deep in thought, eventually let out a sigh. Sigh I understand. As long as the conversation has already been decided, theres nothing I can say So, youre talking about studying abroad, but what will you do about the school? Um I dont know if its a good idea to discuss this kind of thing but is it possible for them to study at Ousei Academy?UppTodated from no?/v/e/lb(i)n.c(o)/m Normally, there is no way you can immediately study abroad when asked in this way. However, if this Ousei Academy is no good, the Nittei Academy is the only other school that I know of or can introduce them to Lexia-san and the others said they wanted to study at the same school as me, and more importantly, Arnold-sama made it a condition of their study abroad that they be safe. In that sense, if they could attend the Ousei Academy with me, I would be able to protect Lexia-san in case something were to happen. U-uh It really suits you? Geez! I wish youd call me cute. After trying on one outfit after another at the clothing store, Lexia-san and Luna asked for my opinion every time. To be honest, shopping with women is a very high hurdle for me, but when I am asked to give feedback on their clothes, it is a very difficult thing for me to do. Above all, from a few moments ago, there was a great deal of staring from those around me. Hey, that A-amazing! Are they celebrities? They are all beautiful, and the man is handsome Well, its a pleasure to the eye. Kuh! That guy I-Im so jealous! Some of the men glared at me as if they were about to shed tears of blood, which was very scary. I was so terrified that I could not relax as I stayed vigilant about my surroundings in case something happened to Lexia-san and the others. Thus, as we finished shopping with my nerves on edge, the last thing to do was to try on the Ousei Academy uniforms that Kaori had prepared for them. S§×arch* The N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Wow! This outfit is so cute! Y-yeah. Um, Kaori. Are you really going to wear this kind of clothes to school? Yes, we do. If its a different school, the uniform will be different again I see There are a lot of pretty uniforms in the academies of our world, but the uniforms of the academies attended by royalty and nobility are strangely formal, difficult to move around in, and troublesome. Kaori and the other students who attend the school all wear the same uniform, right? That part is different from ours. Heh I was surprised at Lunas explanation. Since it is a school, I thought there would be no major differences in appearance, only something different to represent each grade level, even if the designs were different. But listening to Lexia-san and Luna, it seems that there are quite a few differences. As I was thinking about this, Lexia-san smiled mischievously and turned her gaze toward me. So, what do you think? Does this uniform suit me? O-of course, it looks good on you. Then Am I cute? Ugh! I-its cute Fufu! Yuuya-sama said Im cute! Now we have no choice but to get married! Eehh? You forced him to say it. In addition, he never said that you are cute. He said you were cute in your uniform. What did you say? Ahaha Theyre so lively, arent you? R-right. Lexia-san pressed Luna and showered her with one complaint after another. But Luna brushed Lexia-san off and did not seem to respond at all. This is how the preparations for Lexia-sans and Lunas study abroad program ended without incident. Chapter 226 - Book 1: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 A few days after the shopping trip with Lexia-san and the others. Thanks to Kaoris efforts to talk to Tsukasa-san about the transfer and to follow up on the procedures, it was officially decided that Lexia-san and Luna would be studying at our school. After that, just as with Yuti, Lexia-san and Luna also acquired the [Language Comprehension] skill under Kaoris guidance before they started their school life. As for speaking the language, apparently due to the effects of the [Doorway to Another World], it was not a problem from the start, so all they had to do was to learn to read and write. Thinking about it, I tried to find out more about the door before Lexia-san and Luna came to visit, but I put it off until later. I need to look into it properly eventually. And so the preparations proceeded smoothly, and finally, it was the first day of their study abroad program. At first, Lexia was ready to study in the same class as Yuuya, but because of her age, she ended up in middle school. She cried and ended up in the same class as Yuti. On the other hand, Luna, being the same age as Yuuya, was placed in the same class as him. No fair, no fair, no fair! I want to be in the same class as Yuuya-sama too! Hmph youd better give up like a grown-up. Mukiii! Why is Luna in the same class as Yuuya-sama? Thats because we are the same age. Oops, that means Lexia is going to be my junior. Kiiiiii! After being teased a bunch, Lexia looked seriously frustrated, but in the end, she managed to swallow the reality of the situation and found her own satisfaction. This cant be helped. Besides, being a junior means that Yes! I can call Yuuya-sama Yuuya-senpai! Thats just great! Lexia was positive to no end. After this agonizing rebuttal, the two students decided to go to their classes, and it was their first day of school. Hi, everyone. Take your seats! Yanagi-sensei, who had been assigned as Yutis and Lexias homeroom teacher, asked the students to sit down in a calm tone. Before we start homeroom, Id like to introduce you to a foreign student who will be joining us today. !? Yutis classmates were astonished at the completely unexpected situation. A foreign exchange student! I wonder what kind of student it is? I wonder if the foreign student will have different hair color like Yuti-san Im looking forward to it! While each student was looking forward to the discussion, Yutis friend Haruna called out to Yuti in an excited tone. Hey, hey! Sensei said it was a foreign exchange student! As a fellow foreigner, are you curious about it too, Yuti-san? Hmm? Negative. I already know. Eh? D-do you already know the person who is coming today? Affirmative. What kind of Yes, come in then! The moment Haruna was about to ask Yuti a series of questions, a female student came into the classroom after receiving a signal from Yanagi-sensei. That student had beautiful overflowing blonde hair and clear azure eyes, and the Ousei Academy uniform fits her well. Seeing such a studentLexia, Yutis class fell silent. Overwhelmed by Lexias presence, the silence continued, and Lexia bowed gracefully without seeming to mind it. Nice to meet you. I am Lexia von Arcelia. There is still a lot I dont know about this country, but I look forward to learning with you. Then, raising her head, Lexia added as if remembering something. Ah, also! Yuuya-sama, who is in high school, is my fiance! Best regards to you Eh. The class froze at the words told so casually. And then. Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeehhhh! A loud voice echoed through the middle school building. Hmm!? W-whats that? It seems like a terrible misunderstanding just occurred somewhere Today is Lexia-san and Lunas first day of study in Japan. At least, there seemed to be no information about Lexia-san and Luna in the high school yet, and as the morning hours passed by as usual, I was struck by a strange chill. While I was twisting my neck because I had no idea what the chill was, Sawada-sensei entered the class. Alright, Id like to start homeroom, but theres actually a new transfer student coming into this class. Eehh? By the way, the transfer student is a foreigner and an exchange student as well. Eehhhh? The sudden information about the foreign student caused a stir in the class. T-transfer student How can I put it? There seems to be a lot happening since Yuuya-kun? I was surprised at the time of Merl-sans arrival. I wonder what kind of student is coming? Its a foreigner, isnt it? Its rareand so was Merl-san. I-it just happened? Is that too harsh an excuse? Rin gave me a puzzled look when I managed to squeeze out an answer. That being said, I cant talk about the other world and have no way to explain it. Then, Luna dropped another bomb, wondering what she would think when she saw Kaedes astonished look. By the way, Yuuya and I have quite a deep relationship. D-d-d-d-deep relationship!? Luna-san! Why do you talk in such a confusing way? Its true that we trained together in the Great Devils Nest in the other world, but you dont have to say it like that! When I looked at Kaede, it seemed as if her soul had been drained from her mouth, as if she had been burned out, but everyone elses reaction was different. A-as expected of Yuuya-kun I didnt know you had already made a move on Luna-san Well It cant be helped if its Yuuya; I guess its understandable Kuh! Im so jealous For you to have such a deep relationship with a beautiful silver-haired girl! Um, its a misunderstanding! Everyone has misunderstood me! I desperately tried my best to speak up and clear up everyones misunderstandings. Perhaps it was because of this that by the end of the break, everyone seemed convinced that Luna and I didnt have that kind of relationship. In the end it was only that some people, such as Kaede, still seem to have doubts about it I-Im tired Mm you dont have to deny it so desperately, do you? Its really hurting me too. Oh, I-Im sorry! But it would be a problem for Luna if such misunderstandings were to occur. I dont know what she meant by that comment, but it must have been a nuisance to Luna if someone thought of her as my lover. That low self-esteem is really Yuuyas bad point. Eh? Its nothing. Anyway! Since Yuya is the senior here. Youre going to teach me a lot, okay? O-okay. The class became lively again after welcoming Luna as a foreign exchange student. Homeroom was over, and it was time to go home. Just as we were about to leave, Sawada-sensei announced something to the class as if she had just recalled something. Oh, yes, thats right. Recently, there have been some suspicious incidents here and there in the vicinity of the school, so be careful not to get involved. If you do encounter anything suspicious, be sure to call your teacher, okay? Suspicious incidents? I twist my head, not knowing what she is talking about, and Yukine tells me. Recently, there have been some strange incidents in the city, such as buildings being damaged and things that were supposed to be there disappearing. Have you heard about it? I-Ive never heard of that before. But that means theres someone who did it and it was done by that suspicious person, right? I think so too, but they havent come up with any evidence. The area that was also damaged had surveillance cameras installed, but nothing was caught on camera, and yet only things were stolen. T-that kind of thing cant be true How can something be stolen and the surveillance cameras dont even show the culprit? No way, youre saying its the work of a ghost? Then Merl thought the same thing and denied it with an impatient look. I-I cant believe in such an unscientific existence. There is no such thing as a ghost! Merl may want to deny the existence of ghosts, but both Merl and I have encountered real ones in the amusement parks haunted house. I was really surprised at that time Well, there are people from the other world and aliens, so its not so much of a surprise if you think about it calmly. As I involuntarily look away, Yukine turns her gaze toward me. So, Im going to investigate this mysterious phenomenon what do you think? M-mysterious phenomenon? And youre looking into it? Since its a big deal, why dont you and Merl-san and Luna-san join me and look into it together? M-me too!? Hmm thats fine, but why me too? Luna has not yet become that close to Yukine, so she seems to be questioning the fact that she was invited. S§×arch* The Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Since you live in the same house as Yuuya, I was wondering if it would be better for us to work together. Besides, in order to investigate this mysterious phenomenon, we will look around various places in the city, and Luna-san probably doesnt know that much about this city yet, so Ill serve as your guide as well. I-I see. It is true that Luna has only been in this world for a short period. In that sense, I was grateful that we could look around the city together, regardless of whether or not we seriously investigate the mysterious phenomenon. If thats what you mean, Id be grateful too. However, may I invite someone else to join us? Ah, Lexia-san? Yes. It would be very noisy if she found out that I left her and went out with you. Hahaha I could easily imagine Lexia-san complaining about it, and I couldnt help but let out a wry smile. Yukine nodded to Lunas words. Its okay, anyway, lets call on others, and we can all look around the city together. In this way, Yukine called out to various people, and as a result, the usual group of people, such as Kaede, Rin, Ryo, and Shingo-kun, gathered together. Chapter 227 - Book 1: Part 3 Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 My name is Lexia von Arcelia! Its nice to meet you! After school. When everyone gathered to begin the investigation of the mysterious phenomenon proposed by Yukine, Lexia-san, and Yuti, whom Luna had called in advance, were present. They also decided to ask Kaori to join the investigation team, and before long, the group had grown fairly large. Seeing Lexia, the princess of another world, Ryo and the others squinted in dazzlement. A-amazing! What is this aura? Y-yes! Im just standing here, but Im overwhelmed! Hahaha! It may seem a bit exaggerated, but the actual atmosphere around Lexia-san is somewhat overwhelming and makes you realize that she really is a princess. Then, seeing such a Lexia, Kaede looked somewhat anxious. U-um Lexia-san is also living in Yuuya-kuns house, correct? Oh, Y-yes. Thats right, but just like Luna, its a homestay! I understand that, but Mmm Hahaha! Kaede, you dont have to be so pouty! You know, isnt it good if you can turn things around from here? R-Rin-chan!? What do you mean by turning things around Ah, thats right, but! While such an exchange was taking place, Kaori also had a difficult expression on her face. To move so boldly does it mean that both Lexia-san and Luna-san are that serious about it? Kaori? Whats wrong? Ah! N-no, its nothing at all! More importantly, its fun to go out with everyone like this! Yes, thats right. This is what Japanese JK should be all about. Merl, as usual, where do you get that eccentric information from? At any rate, I was looking forward to it, too, because it was a new experience for me to play after school with such a large group of people. But then, it would have been nice if Akira had been with us too. Certainly! I think hes the type of guy who wants to be a part of this kind of fun, but hes kind of busy every day! Akira was also invited to participate in this investigation, but he seemed to have something to do and was returning home with tears in his eyes. Ryo was right. He always seems to be busy. As each of us gathered in this way to deepen our friendship, Yukine opened her mouth. Were all here now, so lets get going. Y-yeah! Im a little scared, but with this number of people As usual, Kaede is scared. But have you decided where to go? Yeah. Theres actually this mysterious phenomenon happening right next to the school, so I thought wed go check it out there. This time, the investigation was to find the cause of the mysterious phenomena, but it also included the purpose of showing Lexia-san and Luna around the city. There is nothing wrong with that, but I have some concerns about the mysterious phenomena. I called out to Kuro, the Evil power lurking in my body. (Hey, Kuro. I wonder if its possible for an evil beast to be summoned to this world like before?) Huh? Well, thats not going to happen in a normal way, though. But it has actually appeared before. It would not be surprising if it appeared in this world again by some chance. (As I thought) I wondered if an evil beast might be involved in this mysterious phenomenon. If the identity of the culprit was unknown even after such a public uproar, it no longer seemed as if the crime was committed by human hands. And if it really was the work of an evil beast, I couldnt just leave it at that. While I was making a difficult face, Yuti looked at me curiously. Question. Whats wrong? Hmm? A-ah, nothing. Hey, Yuuya! Lets go first. Yes! For now, I put off thinking about difficult things and followed Yukine to the site where the mysterious phenomenon had occurred. On the way there, Lexia-san came up next to me and smiled. Hey, what do you think of me in my uniform? Yuuya-senpai? S-senpai? Isnt that right? Im in the grade below Yuuya-sama. In that case, its normal for me to call you senpai, isnt it? Ara? Are we done with this place? I guess so. I dont think were going to find out anything more by staying here Hmm I dont know about it, but are there creatures in this world that can leave those claw marks? No way! Ive never seen claw marks that big before! Hmm? Then what are those claw marks, then? Lexia-san and the others seemed to find the place itself, a back alley on Earth, unusual, and looked around, but for the moment, there was no point in staying here, so we agreed to leave. Right! Now that were all here, lets all go somewhere and have fun! Oh! That sounds great! With this many people, maybe a sports center? S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. O-or maybe karaoke? While everyone was talking about what to do, we were about to leave the back alley thats when it happened. !? Suddenly, I felt a terrible chill, and a cold sweat broke out on my back. How can I describe it? I felt an irresistible sense of disgust. I was bewildered by the sudden situation, and it seemed that I was not the only one who was feeling this sensation. W-what is that? Suddenly, I feel cold Maybe we hit the jackpot? What do you mean, jackpot? Yukine was the only one who spoke carefree, but everyone looked around and was on the lookout. Luna was also protecting Lexia-san behind her back, and before long, she was also preparing her weapon, a string. Yuuya, do you know what this presence is? N-no. Ive never felt this kind of presence before either Ill tell you one thing; theres no sign of an Evil beast or an evil beast. If Kuro says so, then this chill must be caused by a totally unknown entity. I looked at Merl, who was operating a device attached to her left arm while hiding from Ryo and the others. Its strange. I dont see any particular life forms in the vicinity Ive been trying as well with my [Presence Detection] skill, and there are no reactions around me that seem to be that. To get out of this situation, for the time being, we try to get out of the back alley. At that time. Kiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! !? Suddenly, a monster we had never seen before appeared right in front of us! The monster had the physique of a seemingly elementary school student at first glance, but its head was bald and clean, it wore no clothing on its body, its belly was greatly swollen, and its entire body was covered with reddish-black skin. The most distinctive feature of its body is its claws, which are unusually long and sharp, disproportionately so for a childlike figure. Because the claws were so huge, the monster in front of us was walking while dragging its claws. The sudden appearance of this unknown monster made everyone in the place gasp in awe. Then, the monster turned its sunken eyes toward us. Kuh! Yuuya! It was almost a reflex. As soon as I quickly thrust the bag in my hand in front of my body, the monster pierced the bag with its claws! Hah! Kii! After blocking the monsters attack, I threw the bag away, and at the same time, I flung myself at the monster and slammed a kick into its torso. The monster was blown away by my kick, and I shouted to everyone while it was still in the air. Everyone, run! R-run, you say! Kishaaaaaa! Shocked. Yuuyas kick didnt work at all! The monster in front of us did not seem to have suffered any damage at all, although I thought I had released the kick with a lot of force. However, even if I tried to fight the monster, Kaede and the others would be caught in the middle of it, and I couldnt take out my sword or spear in the middle of the city. What should I do! Chapter 228 - Book 1: Part 4 Book 12: Chapter 1: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 4 What should I do! Then Merl quickly operated the device attached to her arm, and the next moment, Kaede and the others suddenly collapsed on the spot. H-huh? Im suddenly sleepy I-I have to get away from here The next instant, the group suddenly collapsed in this place. Due to an emergency situation, I have temporarily put everyone to sleep. At the same time, I have also sent out a radio signal to inhibit recognition, so it is safe to fight here! Thank you! Thanks to Merl, we confirmed that we could fight, and we each readied our weapons. Kaori, Lexia-san! You two watch over everyone whos sleeping! A-alright! Leave it to me! We were going to face the monster while the two who didnt have the strength to fight were watching Kaede and the others. At that time, I activated my [Identification] skill Wha-? Its been blocked! I was surprised that my skill did not work. While I was surprised, Luna shouted. Yuuya, its coming! Kishaaaaa! At one time. Well take it down for now. Yuti foresaw the movement of the monster and tried to release an arrow, but !? Confused. I cant predict it? Eh? Change. Shifting to a normal attack. Unexpectedly, even Yutis foresight could not be used, but Yuti quickly calmed her agitation and fired a sharp arrow. However, the monster blocked the attack by using its own claws as a shield. Moreover, even though the claw was hit when it was used as a shield, even Yutis arrow, which flew at a furious pace, did not seem to do any damage at all. However, the fact that the claws were huge meant that the opponents vision was also blocked, and Luna did not miss that opportunity. Take this! Spiral! The countless threads that Luna unleashed were combined into one, and they spun at great speed, heading toward the monster. This attack is a vicious technique that not only pierces the opponents body but also inflicts even more damage by tearing up the inside Kiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! What? The attack, which was released by precisely exploiting an opening in the monster, did indeed reach the monsters body. However, Lunas threads did not penetrate the monsters body and dissipated on the spot. How can this be? My attack doesnt work? Then how about this! Then Merl raised a small knife she had taken from somewhere and thrust it at the monsters claws. This is a mono-molecular knife! With this, any armor can be Kishaaaaaaa! Kyaaaah! Merl! Surprisingly, Merls knife was repelled without being able to inflict even a scratch. Merl was blown away by the monsters swing of its arm, but after adjusting her stance in mid-air, she landed safely. No way such an attack couldnt get through at all! If physical attacks dont work, then! I quickly deployed my Magic Armor, clothed my body with magic power, and attacked again with the [Omni-Sword] in my hands. I thought I could definitely finish it this time with the reinforcement from the magic power and the effect of the [Omni-Sword], but. Kishaaaaaaa! Kuh! Suddenly, the monster screamed. The shockwave from its voice had a physical impact, causing the surrounding walls to crack and the windows of the building to shatter. But even as I endured the shockwave, I managed to get within the monsters chest and drew my sword. Eh? The [Omni Sword] did not slice through the monsters body but passed through it as if it had just slashed through a cloud. In the same way, I had fought with wraiths in the other world as opponents that were ineffective using physical attacks. Observers can even create life with this divine authority, but we do not have such power. This is probably the result of the fact that the observers had to stop being human once and for all. But even so, it seems that even my divine authority can do things like restore buildings like this to their original state with no problem. Lets leave this place for now. Right. Lets use the anti-gravity device to carry everyone away while activating the radio waves that inhibit recognition. If we stayed here too long, there was no guarantee that the monster would not appear again, so we slipped out of the back alley and rested in a nearby park, waiting for everyone to wake up. Hmm? H-huh? Where am I? Oh, youre awake? Huh? Yu-Yuuya-kun! When I called out to Kaede, who was the first to wake up, she jumped up in a panic. Perhaps caught by the voice, everyone else wakes up as well. Hmm? W-was I asleep? Nn! What is it? Why am I here? A-as I recall, Yukine-san suggested that we go to see where the mysterious phenomenon occurred A-ahaaaahhh! Yes! What happened to that mysterious creature? Kaede looked around in a panic as she remembered that monster. In fact, Merl had put everyone to sleep in an emergency, but the memory of seeing the monster could not be erased. Hearing Kaedes words, Rin and the others also remembered that time and hurriedly looked around H-huh? This place, the park? Yeah. That creature has vanished. Vanished, you say? Too bad. I wanted to take a picture. Unbelievable! For the time being, we kept it under wraps that we had defeated the monster, and the story went in the direction of the monsters spontaneous disappearance How could Yukine say such a thing after what happened before? She must have a lot of guts. Anyway, after what happened, I didnt feel like hanging out anymore, so we decided to part ways here. Thats what happened. Monster, huh Woof? Fugoo. Pii! When I returned home, I told Ouma-san and the others about todays incident, but he looked at me in a somewhat suspicious way. An unknown monster, neither an evil beast nor anything else, suddenly appeared in the city? I didnt feel any such presence, you know? Eh, you didnt notice it, Ouma-san? Oh. Isnt it just your imagination? Its not my imagination I actually fought with it Certainly, Ouma-san would be able to sense immediately if an evil beast appeared on Earth in the state of being in this house. Even Ouma-san, who has that much power, could not detect the monster this time. Im not lying! I had a pretty tough time with it! sea??h th§× Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. T-thats right. I saw it with my own eyes. Affirmative. I cant believe it? Lexia-san and the others told him so, but Ouma-san still didnt believe it. As I tried to figure out how I could get him to believe me, that mysterious purple aura suddenly overflowed from my body! E-eeh? Why all of a sudden? Yu-Yuuya? What is that power? Ouma-san didnt seem to know about this power and looked at me with an astonished expression. I noticed that the purple aura overflowing from my body was reacting to something. Earlier it was shimmering as if rising from my body, but now it was flowing in that direction as if being pulled by something. Over here? H-hey! As if guided by the purple aura, I arrived at the storage room where the [Door to Another World] was placed. There were a lot of mysterious things that Grandpa had collected in the room. Then, I saw what looked like a very old scroll on a shelf in the storage room. It seemed that the purple aura was responding to this scroll. Lexia-san and the others looked at me with interest as I moved as if guided by the purple aura. And when I reach for the scroll. Hohoho! Its been a long time since Ive been in this worldCough, cough, cough! Eh, whats with all the dust? The purple aura and the old scroll reacted with each other, and suddenly a man appeared in the storage room. Chapter 229 - Book 2: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 W-why dont you clean it up a little bit? Yuck! Cough! A mysterious man suddenly appeared. The man was dressed like a nobleman of the Heian period, something rarely seen in this era. In addition, he was well-dressed and gave the impression of being a good-natured person. Of course, I was curious about the mans unusual appearance, but what surprised me even more was the fact that he was. Oh Hmm? Oh? A ghooossstt!? Eeeeehhhh! G-ghost!? Where, where? Im talking about you, though! Huh? Me? I couldnt help but retort to the man who was looking around in fear. Rather than that, the man in front of me had the appearance of a ghost, just like how everyone imagined. I looked down at the mans feet and saw that he had no feet, and they were thin and transparent. Even Ouma-san and the others who were watching the exchange between the man and me looked astonished. Mmm Ive seen insubstantial beings like wraiths before, but they have a certain presence. But I dont feel any presence at all from this ghost Woof Fugo? Pippi! Night also seems to be puzzled, but Akatsuki and Ciel only twisted their heads curiously and did not seem to be that bothered by it. Astonishment. Ghosts, theyre real? Thats amazing! I mean, what is that outfit? I havent seen anyone wearing that since I came to Earth Hey, Lexia! How can you be so calm? Eh? Because its Yuuya-samas house, and I was wondering if something like this could happen Thats true too. Youre convinced? Its difficult to be convinced that a startling situation can happen just because its my house, but I cant remain surprised forever. I called out to the man who was strangely convinced by my tsukkomi. Well, I am dead, arent I? I inadvertently accidentally U-um Hmm? Oh, youre the one that put me on Right! First of all, Im not a ghost! W-well, Im dead, sure. But Im not one of those youkais! Okay? [T/n: I decided to change specter to youkai from this chapter onwards, youkai basically means strange apparition. Since thats too long, so I just decided to use the Japanese word for it, and I think everyone knows about youkai at this point.] I-Im sorry! I called out to him, but after his flowing speech, I apologized to him. But the man seemed satisfied with that and nodded his head. Umu, well, thats good. So, what is it? N-no, um I was wondering who you are When I finally said what I wanted to ask, the man smiled and puffed out his chest. I am so glad you asked! I am the most powerful sorcerer of the Heian period, Tenjou Kuuya! The man with the most confident look on his face is named Tenjou Kuuya-san. Hmm? Tenjou? When I responded to the unexpected last name, Kuuya-san grinned. Well, its nice to meet youDescendant. Eh Eeeeeeeeeeeehhh! My screams echoed throughout the house. Muhoo! Modern confectionery is so sweet! Its the best, the best, the best! Y-yes After that, I moved to the living room with Kuuya-san in order to calm down and listen to his story. When I introduced myself again, I prepared some sweets, and he reacted strongly to them. It seems that Kuuya-san is a fan of sweets. Even now, he is stuffing his mouth full of sweets and looking like a squirrel. Well, you dont have to be in such a hurry, no one is going to take it Astonishing. Nobody can take that much candy in their mouth. Thats amazing. Well, if he eats that many sweets, its no wonder hes like that. Right. However, he is Yuuyas ancestor, isnt he? They dont look much alike Is that so? I think they have the same airiness about them. Hmm? When you say it they look completely different, but both of them have this kind of mysterious air that envelops them Seeing Kuuya-san engrossed in the sweets in front of them, Lexia-san and the others were whispering something to each other, but the content of their conversation did not reach my ears. Phew~. It was very delicious, wasnt it? T-thats good to hear. By the way, I dont see any of my descendants here except for you. Oh T-thats I was wondering what to say when Kuuya-sans eyes suddenly flashed with a mysterious light. It was only for a moment, but I could see it glowed purple as its gaze rested on me. Hoho I see. Its a pity. How can a child of the same blood not be loved equally? Huh? H-how can you I looked at Kuuya-san, who seemed to see through everything I said and did, even though I hadnt told him anything. However, Kuuya-san stares at me in disbelief at my reaction. Didnt I tell you? I am the most powerful sorcerer. Compared to destroying a great youkai, seeing through peoples minds is nothing. Pii! Thank you all. Im having fun living like this now! Youre such a good descendant; its hard for me. I was happy that everyone was being so frank and gentle with me, and as Night and others rubbed up against me, I patted them gently. Thats nice; I wish I could be petted by Yuuya-sama too! No, thats Not that thats bad, but These guys are as if theyre on their last days. As I was enjoying the feel of Night and the others, I heard Ouma-sans dismayed voice. Whats wrong with him? Then Kuuya-san, who was watching our exchange, let out a sigh. Hah you say so, but as for me, I must reflect on what I have done to cause your suffering But then again, its a strange world. As for the Night and your family members, they are exquisitely different from Earths monsters, although their presence may be similar. However, it seems that the dragon there is not so different from the dragon on Earth. Eh? What? Are there beings like me in this world? Kuuya-sans unexpected comment made my eyes widen. Rather, I wonder how Kuuya-san recognized the existence of the other world, and in addition, that Night and the others came from the other world, when I have not yet properly explained about the other world to him Maybe he learned about the other world in the same way, just as he has been aware of many things about my situation since a while ago? For example, maybe hes looking at the memories of everyone here Whatever it is, its a tremendous power. When I thought about that, Kuuya-san nodded like it was nothing. You dont see dragons in this day and age, but in the past, I saw them aplenty, and I slayed a lot of them. Eeeehhh!? There were dragons on Earth in the past? Yes, there were. I am a sorcerer, you know. Besides dragons, I have exterminated most of the famous youkai. Well, Im sure few people in this world know about it, and the ones that do are probably credited to other people, not to me. Eh? I-is that right? Hmm? Thats fine. The important thing is the result of exterminating them, and it doesnt matter who exterminated them. Besides, its a dangerous world, and its not for the people to know about it. And I will fight to keep it that way. The fact that no one knows about the danger is a sign of peace. It is a good thing that these stories, which have been passed down to this time, are still being enjoyed as fairy tales. Seeing Kuuya-san with such a bright and cheerful expression on his face, I felt proud to be his descendant. As we talked, I remembered that I had a question I wanted to ask him. Right! Actually, a purple power rose from my body a while ago, and as a result of being guided by it, I touched the scroll and met Kuuya-san Do you have any idea about that purple power? What are you talking about? Thats the spiritual power, of course. Is that it? Well, since knowledge of spiritual power has been lost, its no wonder you dont know how to use it Sear?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I did have that feeling from earlier when I saw Kuuya-sans eyes glowing purple from time to time. However, I just dont understand why this power suddenly became accessible. Thats exactly what happened when I fought the monster in that alleyway and was that monster a youkai that Kuuya-san was talking about? Um, actually, I encountered a strange monster today, and when I fought it, I was able to use my spiritual power. Mm? A monster, you say? Speaking of which, the scroll that sealed this me is now unsealed Kuuya-san was about to say that much when he seemed to notice something and looked at me with a serious expression on his face. Wait, what did that monster look like? Eh? It looked like a child, just about my waist height, with huge claws that it dragged behind it. Ive never seen a creature like that before. Come to think of it, you mentioned something like that. Were they really there? Ouma-san was still skeptical, but Kuuya-san seemed to believe my story and continued without any mischievousness. There is no doubt about it. Its a demon. Demon? Moreover, judging from its appearance, it must be a demon that has escaped from the lower levels of the underworld. Eh, u-underworld? The explanation continued one after the other, and my head was confused, but Kuuya-san explained it to me slowly. First of all, sorcerers like me dealt mainly with demons. A youkai, to put it simply for you, is a being similar to a demon. I-I see. The demon is slightly different from the youkai and refers to the soul of a dead creature that has been transformed. Therefore, unlike a youkai, it is already dead. Eehh? The souls of dead creatures originally do not emerge from the underworld. Especially the souls that transform into demons are more strictly controlled in the underworld. However, in order to be able to deal with demons should they appear in this world for any reason, I sealed my thoughts in that picture scroll before my death. So that future generations of sorcerers will have no difficulty in exterminating demons. So The trigger for Kuuya-san to be released from the scroll was for the scroll to be touched by a person with spiritual power in their body, but it seemed that another condition that needed to be met was for demons to appear in this world. I see I understand what you said. But the demons you mentioned earlier have already been defeated by Yuuya, right? Yes! Yuuya-sama defeated it in a cool way! If that is the only demon that appeared in this world, that would be fine. But thats not the case, is it? Thats From what Ive heard from Sawada-sensei and Yukine, it seems that strange phenomena are occurring in various places, and when I think about it, I cant believe that the demons are just that one. However, Ouma-san, who had not seen any demons, sniffed in a bored manner. Hmph. No matter how many of them appear, Im going to wipe them out. Not so fast. I told you, didnt I? I told you that demons are already dead. I ask you, can you make a dead person disappear? T-thats That is where a sorcerer like me comes in. With the spiritual power that resides in Yuuya and me or another kind of power, it is possible to interfere with the demons of the dead. I see. As I was convinced by Kuuya-sans words, Kuuya-san gathered the spiritual power in his eyes and looked at me again. Fumu you seem to have suddenly released your spiritual power, but you still cant manipulate it as you wish, can you? T-thats right. I answered, and Kuuya-san laughed and puffed out his chest. Dont worry! You have me here with you! I will raise Yuuya to be a great sorcerer! Eeeeeehh! Before I knew it, it was decided that I would become a sorcerer, and this was how it was decided that I was to learn about spiritual powers from Kuuya-san. Chapter 230 - Book 2: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 We are now changing places to the world after death, the underworld. Reimei-sama. I have more to tell you. More? Reimei had finished dealing with the demons in the underworld that had escaped from the seal and did not want any more trouble, but one of her subordinates wonderfully ignored her wishes and continued. The soul of the false god has indeed disappeared, but it doesnt change the fact that his soul has moved on until it came to this place. W-what? So what about it? Tell me without any pretense! It seems that not only the boundary between this world and the underworld, but also the boundaries between the various parallel worlds that the soul of the false god touched before reaching this place, and even the boundaries of the time axis, have disappeared. Reimei almost fainted. Originally, this world and the underworld were considered two in one. But if what Ikkaku said is true, this incident is no longer something that can be dealt with in one world. Because it means that the underworld in which they are now living has become connected to countless other worlds.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com Moreover, if even the boundaries of the time axis had disappeared, the worlds could collide, and one of them could swallow the other and merge. I-if, as I suspect, the boundary with the other underworlds is also? Its gone. Rather, the soul that caused trouble this time is a soul that originally existed in another world, and it just arrived at this underworld while destroying the boundary between worlds. It was beyond the realm of what Reimei alone could solve. In other words, my underworld was hit by a stray bullet that flew in from another world what a mess If it had happened in the underworld under her control, she would be willing to take responsibility and deal with it, but this time, since it was the victim of a false gods soul that came from a completely different world, Reimei could only hold her head in her hands. Then, Ikkaku added another blow to Reimeis mind. And one more thing. One more thing? Meikos seal is also gone. .. Reimei looked up to the heavens at the words she did not want to hear the most at this moment. So seal her again? It is not impossible, but like the restoration of the boundary between this world and the next, it will take time. Fortunately, Meiko herself seems to be still quiet Besides the restoration of the boundary, the resealing of Meiko. I dont know what to do anymore When Reimei was in tears, wondering where to start, Ikkaku made a suggestion. Reimei-sama. I have one suggestion for you. What is it? You may already know this, but this matter cannot be solved by Reimei-sama or us alone. So, Id like to bring in some collaborators. Collaborators? Im telling you, you cant get people from the heavenly realms. You think that with the divine authority of those who live in the heavenly realms, the boundaries between the various worlds can be quickly restored, dont you? I certainly think it is a good idea, but since divine authority was necessary to defeat the false god, there is a high possibility that the boundaries of the worlds annihilated by the false god cannot be restored quickly even with the available divine authority. Above all, the heavenly world is too far away from this underworld. The longer it takes now, the more damage will spread, wont it? Yes, I am well aware of that. I am not talking about the observers in the heavenly realm. Besides, I am asking this person to seal up Meiko. What? S§×ar?h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Reimeis eyes widened at the unexpected words. The truth is, I had tried to find out how the soul of the false god drifted to this underworld before it was annihilated. As a result, I found out that it was sent to the underworld of another world by the hand of a single person. What? You mean that this person defeated the false god As you may have guessed, this person seems to be able to use divine authority. Hmm But he is from a different world, isnt he? No. He is from the Earth, the counterpart of our underworld. What? There is someone with that kind of power on Earth? Although there are not many, there are a few people with special powers on Earth as well. However, Reimei could not hide her surprise at the fact that a person with such a powerful power, like divine authority, existed on Earth. No? The demon spreads the stain of death to its surroundings, but for me it is no big deal to keep that stain inside my own body. Therefore, Yuuya and the others will not be affected. After saying all that, Kuuya-san gathered his spiritual power in his eyes and stared up at the sky. Hmm I wonder how much information about the spiritual power and the impurities is left in this world but it seems that there are people who have the power to purify the impurities. If you go there Uh? Good, Ive found it. Is that okay? You will be exorcised at the place I am about to tell you. Its And so, I was reminded by Kuuya-san to go for an exorcism. Certainly, I felt a somewhat sinister presence from that monster that demon, and regardless of whether it was just me who had an effect, it would be bad to have a bad influence on everyone else. Hmm well, its surely weird to keep going like this. I agree! I think I should go for an exorcism too! You are too scared, Kaede. Are you not scared, Rin-chan? Well, I think its creepy, but I dont know if its that bad. Eeehhh? W-what about Kaori? Im not that bothered by it either Unbelievable! Well, as for Kaori, she knows about the existence of the other world, so theres a good chance that when she sees that monster, shes just as likely to recognize it as a monster from the other world. While Kaede was surprised at the lack of rejection from everyone, Merl opened her mouth with a serious expression on her face. Kaede-san. I do understand. Me-Merl-san! Such an unscientific existence cant possibly be believed! Its impossible its impossible! Me-Merl-san? I think Merls way of being scared is scarier than yours. As she smiled bitterly at that, Rin turned her gaze toward me. So, I understand the exorcism, but where are we going? Lets see, do you remember the shrine where we tried to test our courage during the summer vacation? Eh? If Im not mistaken, thats the place where a girl named Mai Kagurazaka was, right? Hey, hey, are we going to get exorcised at the place where we tested our courage? But if you think about it, that place is a shrine, right? If its Mais place, you can be certain! When Lexia-san, who knows Kagurazaka-san well, said so, Kaede and the others, who did not know the situation, tilted their heads. Huh? Lexia-san, do you know Kagurazaka-san? Of course! Mai is on the other side of the worldMmgh! Ah! Ignore what this girl says. We just happen to know each other by chance. I-is that so? Luna hurriedly held Lexia-sans mouth, and Lexia-san, who finally got out of that restraint, was angry at Luna. Hey, what are you doing? What do you mean what am I doing to you, you idiot! We are from another world is a secret, you know? Oh, thats right. You well, fine. Anyway, dont say or do anything that might raise suspicion. Do you understand? It cant be helped. Lexia-san, who was whispering with Luna, nodded her head reluctantly, perhaps convinced. A-anyway! Ive heard that they have a great reputation for exorcisms there. I see. Well, Im a little nervous about spending the rest of my life like this, so I thought, why not? T-thats right! Now that its decided, lets go right away! We decided to go to Kagurazaka-sans shrine, so we made our plans together and headed once again to Kagurazaka-sans shrine on the next day off. Chapter 231 - Book 2: Part 3 Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 Around the time Yuuya and the others were talking about exorcism. At Ousei Academy, the student council president, Kitaraku, was beginning to push forward with the school idol project. So, school idol, lets do it! What are you talking about? The gym teacher, Ohki, was tired of dealing with Kitarakus frequent and sudden arrivals. What, you ask? Its school idols, you know! No, I dont understand what youre talking about in the first place In response to Ohki, who was simply bewildered, Kitaraku continued with his usual tone. Oh, right. Actually, Im thinking of making this school even more exciting Making this school even more exciting? The teachers, including Ohki, are aware that Ousei Academy has already become the talk of the town. The reason is that every year, the school held large-scale athletic and school festivals, and this year, with the arrival of Yuuya, who was a remarkable newcomer, each school event had become more exciting than ever before. But Kitaraku is not satisfied with that and wants to make the school even more exciting. Surely, even now, the school has already become a hot topic of conversation. R-right? In that case, Its not Thats naive! !? Youre being too naive, Ohki-sensei! Kitaraku interrupted Ohkis words and declared so. Didnt you realize something at the school festival the other day? W-what do you mean? What did you think of it? Certainly, thanks to me, the school is now showing a great deal of excitement. You say that it is thanks to you? The other day, at the school festival we ended up competing with Nittei Academy, and I was made keenly aware of this. I was struck by how much effort they put into advertising their products and services, while ours did not. Y-you say so, but in the end, we won. That perception is naive. We managed to win that competition because of Yuuya Tenjou, who has recently been the talk of the town in our school Without him, it wouldnt have even been a contest. Thats Ohki could not deny Kitarakus words. In fact, Yuuyas existence made it possible to win the competition against Nittei Academy. However, no one here pointed out that if not for Yuuya, the school festival competition with Nittei Academy wouldnt have happened in the first place. Of course, winning or losing the school festival competition is one thing, but what I am more concerned about is what lies in our future. What? Unfortunately, I will be graduating from this academy and going on to higher education next year. This means that I will no longer be able to make this school as exciting as it is now. The current third-year student, Kitaraku, will be entering the University Affiliate of the same Ousei Academy next year. Although he will still be in the same academy, he will no longer be able to meddle in the policies of the high school. When the next student council president is chosen, Ohki knows that there is no way his successor would be able to act in the same way as him. It will be fine while I am here. I can take every possible means to publicize the charms of Ousei Academy to the outside world. However, once I am gone, there will be no one left to take on that role. Then, this school, even though it is currently attracting a lot of attention, will gradually lose its appeal. In the school festival competition, they won against Nittei Academy, but Nittei Academy was clearly superior in terms of the quality of its facilities, and the teachers there were also excellent. Moreover, perhaps because of the defeat in the school festival, Nittei Academy, which until now had only admitted students from well-financed families, began to actively accept talented commoners, just as Ousei Academy had done.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com Studying abroad? When I lightly explained the situation, Kagurazaka-san let out a sigh of exasperation. There are really too many things happening Lexia-san and the others are studying abroad, but then suddenly there are demons those are different from evil beasts, arent they? I suppose so I really wish you would give me a break. No, really. Of course, I welcome Lexia-san and Luna to this world, but I dont want them to get into trouble with demons and other needless trouble, you know? sea??h th§× n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As I nodded my head in agreement with Kagurazaka-sans words, for some reason, she gave me a cold look. You are nodding about something, but its mostly your fault, isnt it? Eh? Hah well, thats okay. You want an exorcism, right? To be honest, I dont really know what this spiritual power or demon is, but Ill do what I can to help. We were led to the shrine and made to sit there. Other places have a lot of chanting and other rituals, but ours is just this. While saying that, Kagurazaka-san pulled out a mysterious talisman. Well, you probably dont understand even if I explain the details, so Ill just do it quickly. First, close your eyes. We sat down and were instructed to close our eyes, and we did so obediently. I know that Kagurazaka-san was fighting the evil beasts with those talismans, but how would she perform the exorcism? But since we were told to close our eyes, there was no way to check. As I waited, somewhat somberly, a sacred presence was suddenly released from Kagurazaka-sans side. As I recall, Kagurazaka-san was summoned to the Regal Kingdom as a saint and should be able to use the same Holy power as me. However, I think the feeling Im getting now is something different from the Holy power. I cant say which is better or worse compared to Holy power but this feeling seems to penetrate deep into my body, and its very comfortable. It felt as if it was purifying all the bad energy that had built up inside my body. After a while of surrendering to this comforting feeling, Kagurazaka-san called out to us. Phew thats enough. Oh As expected of Mai! How can I say this? I feel refreshed! Whats that abstract impression but Lexia is right. I felt like I was being healed from the inside out. Im glad you felt that way. Kagurazaka-san smiled after hearing Lexia-sans and Lunas impressions and shifted her gaze toward me. I think youre all good now for now. As I said at your last test of courage, these things need to be done in moderation or youll be in trouble someday, you hear me? R-right, Yukine-chan! Be careful, okay? Ill think about it a little bit when you say that much. Not just a little, but think about it properly! While I was smiling at Yukine, who didnt seem to have learned her lesson at all, Rin suddenly mentioned something that was bothering her. I was wondering what this shrine is known for? Oh, certainly. The exorcism earlier was amazing, but is it also known for warding off bad luck? I wonder what god they worship. As each of us talked about the shrines deity, Kagurazaka-san answered. We are a matchmaking shrine. Chapter 232 - Book 2: Part 4 Book 12: Chapter 2: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 4 We are a matchmaking shrine. Matchmaking? Lexia-san, Luna, Yuti, and Merl twisted their necks, perhaps not being accustomed to hearing this word. Yes. There are various requests to get a job at a good company or to connect with friends, but the most obvious request is to find love. Love? The moment they heard those words, I thought the eyes of Lexia-san and the others had changed. For example, we have a lot of things like love fortune and spots to increase your luck in love. Heh I didnt know it was a place like that. Because I came here before for a test of courage, I didnt have that impression. After a brief explanation, Lexia-sans eyes lit up. I-I want to do all of that! No, Ill do it! R-right. It is also important for us to investigate the God of this country. Yes. I-Im curious too! Is that so? Then go ahead and do it. Thus, overwhelmed by the enthusiasm of some of the girls, we were led by Kagurazaka-san. First, we were taken to a place where we could draw fortunes. You can draw the omikuji here. Whats an omikuji? Well, to put it simply, it is something that predicts a persons fortune Ours is a love omikuji, so it only predicts things related to love. What do you do? Do you want to draw it? Of course! O-oh everyones so motivated! Y-yeah women in love are so strong Ryo and Shingo-kun were a little taken back in front of the exploding enthusiasm of the girls. I-its true that its a great amount of energy However, since were here, we decided to join in as well. Lexia-san and the others seemed a little hesitant to see the contents, so they decided to read the fortune that Ryo, Shingo-kun, and I had drawn first. Hmm, Shokichi, huh? What is it? Since you have a good sense of humor, although you have many friends of the opposite sex, it is unlikely that you will be able to make progress beyond that point. Therefore, it is difficult for them to realize that you are interested in them, and it is important that you are able to recognize this. Its kind of specific, isnt it? [T/n: Shokichi = Slightly good luck.] Im Chukichi Enjoy your hobbies and interests to the fullest and expand the circle of your community. You may talk passionately with other people who share your interests, but it is also important to stay cool and not get too passionate. Thats what it says [T/n: Chukichi = Medium luck.] What can I say? I am quite surprised at the content of the omikuji, which seems to be tailored to Ryo and Shingo-kun. Although I dont know what the two of them are actually like, I didnt think the content would be so suited to them. I know you were surprised, werent you? The omikuji at this shrine often come true. O-often comes true Well, but you shouldnt worry too much about it. It is important how you feel and how you act after reading it. Thats certainly true While admiring Kagurazaka-sans words, I checked my omikuji too. Lets see Eh? The omikuji should have said Shokichi or Chukichi, but what was written on it was the symbol? a mark question symbol. W-what is it? This is Hmm? What is that? I want to know about it too, though I was so confused that Kagurazaka-san peeked into my hand, and her eyes widened at the omikuji I had drawn. What did you do to get such incomprehensible luck? Is it my fault? I dont think its my fault at all Anyway, although my fortune was ? just like Ryo and the others, there was an explanation written under it, and the content is: What is it? This strange destiny is so complicated with various connections that I cant see whats to come but if you do well, you could be connected to all of these connections. Im curious too, so please do your best. What is it? Its like its talking to me!? The content is a mess, and what is this omikuji? I mean, is my connection so complicated? Is this also something to do with spiritual power? Im curious about that too, but isnt it bad to be tied to all the connections? This is a love fortune, right? This country isnt monogamous I cant imagine myself being that way in the first place I felt indescribable: I believed in the existence of God because of the fortune that spoke clearly to me, but I didnt really believe in the content of the fortune itself. Well, I have met an observer, a being close to God, and it would not be surprising if God existed on this Earth. While I was pondering the contents of my own omikuji, Rin, Yuti, and Yukine were reading the contents of the omikuji that they had drawn. Its good luck Think about your own happiness, huh? Medium luck. Engage with others as much as possible and learn the subtleties of the heart. Difficult to understand. Small fortune. Be moderate in your hobbies. I think its working for me right now. Each of them groaned in front of the omikuji as if they had their own thoughts on the subject. And Lexia-san and the others, who are the most serious about their omikuji, have finally made up their minds and decided to read whats inside. Lets go Eeehh! Eh? sea??h th§× NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Eehh? I-it was like in a manga Ah Kaori was depressed by Ryo and Shingo-kuns impressions. D-dont mind it While Lexia-san, Luna, and Kaori continued to fail, Kaede and Merl also tried, but both ended up failing. N-no way I-its strange both the force and angle of the throw should have been calculated Merl even seemed to have done the calculations using the technology of the planet Amel, but suddenly a strong wind blew, agitating the coin and causing it to fall into the pond. As the most motivated of them all went down, we were a little nervous, but then Yuti raised her hand and said. Challenge. Ill give it a try. Eh? I was surprised that Yuti raised her hand because I thought she was not interested in this kind of event in the first place. But when I heard what she said, I understood. Question. Since a while ago, it seems that something has been blocking the coins with a strange force. I want to see if my technique will work. Ah, I see. The most likely to succeed, Luna also failed, so as a disciple of the Bow Saint, she probably wanted to test her own abilities. In that sense, Im certainly concerned because, looking at the flow of events up to this point, I couldnt help but think that a great invisible power, like God, was affecting the small coins that were being thrown. As everyone watched, Yuti gazed at the small island in the pond with a serious expression on her face. And then. Saw it. [Comet]! Youre going to use that? I couldnt help but raise my voice at the unexpectedly exquisite technique. The coin was thrown with such force that it pierced through the gusts of wind that blocked the path and the twigs that flew up in the air and pierced into a small island in the pond. Oooohhhh! A-amazing! I-it went straight through! N-no way! D-did we lose? Unlike Ryo and the others, who were excited by Yutis divine feat, Lexia-san and the others had a despairing look on their faces, like it was the end of the world. Thats how depressed they are! I was surprised at the extreme reactions of everyone, and then Yuti came in front of me. Show off. Yuuya, is it great? Eh? Ah, y-yeah. That was amazing! I see. When I told her honestly, Yuti hid her face as if she was a little embarrassed. Kiiiii! I wanted to be praised by Yuuya-sama too! Mai! Is there anything else out there? Something even we could do! Eehh? I thought you did that one just now well enough, but well, okay. Theres one last thing, and Ill take you there. As we followed Kagurazaka-san, who had an indescribable expression on her face, we saw a magnificent tree growing there. The size of the tree was overwhelming, but combined with the serene atmosphere of the surroundings, it seemed sacred. This tree is called the great tree of the rim, do you see the hollow there? Oh, its true. I looked in the direction indicated by Kagurazaka-san, and sure enough, there was a hole just large enough for one person to pass through. It is said that if you can go through that hole in a figure of eight, you will be blessed with the chance to be united with the person you love. It is said that it means to mesh the ties by going through in a figure of eight.'' That sounds like something we can do! Indeed, while the previous wish involved physical ability and luck, this one seemed easy enough to do since all we had to do was go through the hole. The hole is certainly narrow, but it seems that the girls here could at least get through it. So Lexia-san was the first to try, and this time she succeeded in making a wish. I did it I did it! Mai, I succeeded! Mhm then me too! Following Lexia-sans lead, Luna and the others also tried, and all succeeded. I succeeded too! I think were in the clear. I thought it would be a relief if they all succeeded, but it didnt work out that way. Ueeeeeee! Something got stuck, and I cant get through! To my surprise, It was Kaede.. that, her chest got stuck in the hole, and she couldnt get through. We boys felt uncomfortable with this situation, but the girls were in despair when they saw the reason for Kaedes failure. S-so this is what you call a gap in strength Its strange we should have succeeded, but why do we feel so defeated.! Kaede, its not fair Yeah. Kaede, its not fair. Eeeeeeeehhhh!? Why am I being blamed for this? Kaede must have felt terrible because even though she failed to make a wish, she was blamed by everyone. Thus, despite all the happenings, we were able to accomplish the goal of the exorcism as originally planned. Chapter 233 - Book 3: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 3: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 After the exorcism by Kagurazaka-san. I was being trained by Kuuya-san to practice spiritual power. .. Good, keep it up. If you are in a hurry, it will end up with an outburst of spiritual power. So, it is important to continue your training slowly. The goal of my current training was to be able to freely release my spiritual power at will and to be able to circulate my spiritual power freely within my body. As a way to achieve this, I first needed to face my own spiritual power, so I focused on my own body while sitting in meditation. This method was similar to the first time I sensed magic power, but at that time, I was unaware of this spiritual power that was lurking in my body. It was only after I completed the trial in the heavenly realm that I became able to sense the spiritual power in my body. I dont remember what kind of trial it was, but it was a test to cease being human, and I guess it was that act that led me to face my own existence, and this was how I came to manifest my spiritual power. As I was thinking about this and manipulating the spiritual power inside my body, Kuuya-san gave me the signal to end the session. Alright, lets call it a day. Hmm Umu, umu. As expected of my descendant. You have quickly mastered the art of using spiritual powers. As Kuuya-san said, it had not been that long since I began training, but I was able to freely release and move spiritual power within my body without any particular difficulty. The only thing I had to be careful about was that I dont spread my spiritual power around too vigorously, but since Kuuya-san was watching over my training, I dont have to worry about that at the moment. In other words, I could say that my training was going quite well. I continued with my training regarding spiritual power, but there were still many things I didnt know about it. Um, Kuuya-san. I am training in this way, but what can I actually do with spiritual power and sorcery? Well, right It seems that there is a technique called magic in the other world, it can definitely do something similar to it. If magic consumes magic power to cause phenomena, then similarly, sorcery is a technique that consumes spiritual power to cause phenomena. Does that mean you can create flames? Yes. The only clear difference between magic and sorcery is that sorcery is more offensive. Offensive? I tilted my head, and Kuuya-san continued. As I mentioned before, spiritual power is the result of the stain of death becoming a power. Therefore, its power is also close to death. In other words, the sorcery that is released by consuming this power also has a high ability to kill. For example, if you compare a flame created by magic and a flame created by sorcery, the flame created by sorcery is much hotter, and above all, it does not disappear. It doesnt disappear? Yes. Just as you cannot attack a demon without spiritual power, a phenomenon created with spiritual power can basically only be canceled by another phenomenon that is also filled with spiritual power. You must remember that. Indeed, the difference would be quite large since a flame created by magic can be extinguished even by water that is not separately imbued with magical power. I see In addition to this, the training you are currently undergoing to manipulate the spiritual power within your body, if you are able to do this, you will naturally be able to continue strengthening your body. In other words, it would be a sorcery version of the physical ability through magic. Due to having the demons constitution, you and I have never been able to develop proper muscles, but if you can handle your spiritual power, you will always be able to exert a force that cannot be compared to muscular strength. Unlike sorcery, which releases spiritual power out of the body, this one does not consume spiritual power If it werent for this power, I wouldnt have been able to fight against those demons. Thus, I spent peaceful days with Kuuya-san training me to control my spiritual power. To be honest, Im curious about the demons that appeared in this world and the reason why they appeared in this world. But I couldnt exterminate the demons on my own. I think Kuuya-san was concerned about this, too. You shouldnt worry too much about it. Right now, you should only think about helping the people around you. Its not a laughing matter its true that all the events youve been involved in have been successful, but you certainly cant take it lightly with the effort that went into them Thats why the other teachers are stopping you. If you would just think a little more about what youre doing, youd be able to act as a normal student council president, you know? I wont be such a boring student council president! Do as you please Apparently, this student council president is quite a unique person. So, Kitaraku. I have a very bad feeling about this you, whats your business with Tenjou? Oh, thats right! The student council president Kitaraku, who remembered his purpose thanks to Sawada-senseis words, said to me with his chest puffed out. Yuuya Tenjou-kun! I would like you to raise the school idols of our school! ..Yes? I couldnt help but ask back at the unexpected words of the student council president. The other classmates who were listening around the room were also darting their eyes at the student council presidents words. However, only one person, the student council president, alone was convinced and took my hand. Oh, youll take care of it! Then lets start talking about the details W-wait a minute! I didnt say Id take on the job. Hmm? Didnt you just say yes? I was asking back! It should not have looked like I agreed to it by any stretch of the imagination, but apparently, the student council president didnt think so. Thats strange is it possible for there to be such a difference in perception? Then the student council president let go of my hand and tilted his head. Hmm that I was mistaken. But what do you want to ask back? No, I want to hear it all back from the beginning As well as the school idol, and Im the one who will raise it, and I dont understand the situation from what its all about. Sawada-sensei, who had been quietly watching what was going on, let out a sigh. Hey, Kitaraku are you trying to start something weird again? What do you mean by strange? Im just proposing a means to spread the word about how wonderful this academy is! This direction is too crazy Everyone in the class, not just me, nodded in agreement with Sawada-senseis words. Then Luna, who was getting ready to leave as well, asked in a whisper. I dont know what it is, but what is this school idol thing that guy was talking about? U-um To be honest, I dont know how to explain it. I am not very familiar with those things as well. Shingo-kun, perhaps sensing my concern, appeared out of nowhere. Lu-Luna-san! sea??h th§× ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Oh! W-where did you come from? T-thats not the point. School idol is Shingo-kuns explanation, which was even more enthusiastic than usual, helped not only Luna but also me to understand the school idol thing somewhat. I see So, there is such a culture in this world and when it comes to a position of gaining popularity among the people, it may be similar to that of a saint or a hero, like Mai. Luna was a little overwhelmed but seemed to understand the concept of idols by matching it with her own knowledge. Ah, Kitaraku-senpai! I-Ive been looking for you! Kaori? Chapter 234 - Book 3: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 3: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 While everyone in the surroundings was buzzing at the student council presidents surprising statement, another two people came to this class. One is Kaori, and the other is a female student whom I have seen greeting at an event. So, this person must also be a student council member Then, the girl and Kaori came straight to the student council president. Senpai! I thought I couldnt find you but what are you doing without telling us? No, I think momentum is important in everything! Please put yourself in the shoes of those who have to deal with it! The student council president didnt seem to respond at all but simply laughed cheerfully. W-what amazing mental fortitude The student council president then stopped the female student with his hand. Well, calm down! Im just trying to persuade Tenjou-kun. E-even if you put it that way Yuuya-san, youre having trouble because hes talking too much all of a sudden, arent you? I guess so Thanks to Kaoris words, I managed to nod my head, albeit a little hesitantly. I dont even know what made you decide to start that school idol project, but what Im most curious about is why you consulted me about it That reminds me, I didnt tell you about that, did I? Senpai! You should explain it to him if you want to get him involved! Thats fine; Im going to tell you now! Well, regarding the school idol project, the purpose is to promote this academy. The other day, the school festival showdown with Nittei Academy made me think of something. It seems that the school had a lot to think about after witnessing the publicity power of Nittei Academy during the school festival showdown. This is because Ousei Academy only conducted its publicity as it had in previous years, while Nittei Academy, on the contrary, advertised through all kinds of media, including TV and the Internet. I think the current Ousei Academy is attractive enough, but I think we can create a different atmosphere by introducing a new approach here and there. As part of that, I decided to start the school idol project. H-huh And thats why I chose you to be in charge of the project, because frankly speaking, you make a good impression on the teachers! Youre so frank! I was surprised to hear him say that so openly. B-but I dont think I have a good reputation among the teachers Thats not true, you know. Hey, Sawada-sensei. I didnt want to say it in front of Kitaraku, but its right! Its because you are active in all the ball games, the athletic festival, and the school festival, and on top of that, you dont go out of control like this Kitaraku. In that sense, the teachers think very highly of you. So thats how it is. As you can hear, Ive gone a little overboard, and the teachers are watching me closely! I thought it would be a good idea to appoint you, who has a good reputation among the teachers, to be in charge of this project! Youre really frank, arent you? As was the case earlier, the student council president seems to say what he thinks too much But I guess thats also his charm. Now, Ive explained all this to you! Tenjou-kun, would you be willing to take on this project? Im I was about to decline the offer since I still didnt know what exactly I was going to do, and more importantly, I didnt know if I could be of any use to them. Hey, Luna! You have the nerve to keep me waiting! Bored. I couldnt wait any longer. Ah I forgot about Lexia and Yuti Lexia-san and Yuti couldnt wait any longer and even came to this class in the high school. Although Lexia-san came to this world as an exchange student, she is still royalty, and no matter how safe the environment in Japan is, there is no guarantee that something dangerous will not happen to her. That said, there have been incidents related to demons recently. So, although we were in different grades, we would meet up and go home together every time. Since we were going home from the same place and, more importantly, we were not involved in any club activities, it was easy for us to meet up. Lexia-san and Yuri were already at the meeting place as usual, but when we didnt show up no matter how long they waited, they came to pick us up. Then, seeing Lexia-san and Yuti, the student council presidents eyes lit up. You! Eh? M-me? Yes, its you! That overflowing aura why dont you become a school idol of our school? At the student council presidents words, the female student council member let out a tired sigh. Despite her, the student council president looked around the class. For now, I think three is fine but its worth the effort. Is anyone in this class interested in becoming a school idol? We will probably put out a call for applications to the entire school later, but wed appreciate it if you could come forward here! The whole class was abuzz at the student council presidents call for applications. H-how about you? It sounds kind of fun, but Im not sure Id feel comfortable lining up with those three. What about the boys? Im curious, but then theres Yuuya, the absolute idol As I expected, it was too sudden, and although everyone discussed it, no one in particular seemed to come forward. The student council president, who took notice of the situation, nodded his head once. Fumu Well, it was very sudden, after all. For the time being, its just these three U-um! Hmm? It was the moment when the student council president was about to close the recruitment process. To my surprise, Kaede raised her hand, looking a little embarrassed. T-that school idol thing? Can I participate, too? Then, following Kaedes lead, Merl raised her hand as well. I have little basis for judgment and was going to wait and see what would happen This would be a great experience, and I would like to be a part of it! Oh, two more participants! Thats great! I hope you will contribute to our school as a school idol! Since there were no additional applicants other than Kaede and Merl, it was decided that Lexia-san, Luna, Yuti, Kaede, and Merl would become the school idols. From the student council president suddenly coming to me to this point, I was surprised that the story had already taken shape so far, despite the fact that I was told about it out of the blue, Sawada-sensei, who had remained silent up until now, let out a sigh. Hah I didnt stop you because I thought it would be a futile attempt, but its still going as smoothly as ever How can this guys ideas go so smoothly? Dont just say its useless to try; I was hoping youd stop him Nekota, thats impossible. This guy wont stop at anything. Or rather, he never listens to people in the first place S§×arch* The nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. How can he be the student council president if hes like that? I guess its another one of those qualities that make him a leader. The female student council members who came with Kaori also let out a tired sigh along with Sawada-sensei. W-what can I say? Good luck. Nevertheless, Ive also been determined to be in charge of the school idol project without knowing the reason why. What am I going to do now? While I had such anxieties, Kaori approached me. Yuuya-san. Um Im sorry. You got caught up in our circumstances N-no, thats fine, but it looks like Kaori is having a hard time too. W-well but its more fun than just trouble. Kaori was smiling bitterly, but she probably meant what she said. The fact is, the conversation was carried out quite forcefully, but I guess this student council president Kitaraku has the ability to make everyone around him smile. But I wonder if Im up to the task. I dont even know what Im going to do yet Dont worry! Im sure Yuuya-san will do well! R-really? Yes! If only I didnt have to work for the student council, I would be joining Lexia-san and the others Eh? Ah, i-its nothing! As we had this exchange, the student council president was thinking about something with a serious expression on his face. Since we have gathered so many attractive people, we have to put more effort into other parts of the school so as not to waste the charm of these girls First of all, the music is right! Lets ask that popular artist Kanade Utamori-san! Weve already made a connection at the school festival! We also have to think about costumes and hahaha, you have a lot to think about, Nekota-kun! And please put yourself in the shoes of those of us who get caught up in it every time Isnt that great! Its more fun than that! Alright, lets get moving right now! So, Tenjou-kun! Well talk more about it soon! See you later! Ah! The student council president said all he had to say and left. W-what can I say.? He really came and went like a storm I had never met the student council president before, but I just kept being overwhelmed by him. Chapter 235 - Book 4: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 4: Part 1 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 1 Haah! Kikiii! I thrust out the [Absolute Spear], which was imbued with spiritual power, at the small creature in front of me. The enemy I am dealing with now looked like the demon I first encountered, but it was even shorter and looked like a goblin from another world, and it was called an imp. I was currently training under Kuuya-sans guidance on how to handle spiritual power, and as part of that training, the imp was specially created by Kuuya-san using his own spiritual power. The creature, pierced through the torso by my attack, vanished like dust. Kuuya-san watched the scene and nodded. Umu. Youve mastered the use of spiritual power quite well. Youve passed your first goal of applying the power to an object. Phew Thank you very much. I let out a sigh of relief when I managed to get a pass from Kuya-san. Then, Ouma-san, who had been watching my training, had a curious look on his face. Hmm the more I look at it, the stranger the power is Ive never seen anything like it before. Moreover, unlike Evil, it is not a negative power, but I didnt know a power with such a dense sense of death existed So even Ouma-san is not familiar with this power By the way, is it possible to acquire this spiritual power after birth? When I asked Kuuya-san what was suddenly on my mind, he shook his head. It would be difficult. As I have explained, spiritual power in other words, the power of spirits, is a power that should be avoided by the living. The degree of defilement by death is much stronger. Therefore, it is necessary to have a body that can originally store spiritual power. If you are born with a small amount of spiritual power, it is possible to increase it. Well one thing I was wondering is that if you dont have the power originally, it is difficult to acquire it later, isnt it? Then why did I or Kuuya-san, for that matter, have the spiritual power in our bodies? Its simple. It means that our ancestors had demons blood running through their veins. Huh? I was not expecting that, and my eyes widened. I explained that demons are souls that have somehow escaped from the underworld and have been transformed In the days even before I was born, the boundary between the underworld and this world was less defined than it is now. Therefore, demons sometimes traverse into this world. Such a time was At that time, some people were forcibly attacked by demons and became pregnant with demon children, while others genuinely fell in love with demons and had children born with both human and demon blood. Such was the case with our ancestors, and as a result, the blood of demons flowed through the Tenjou family. I-I see. So, it is almost impossible for a living person to acquire the power of a demon. There is nothing to do but to give up. Mmm Woof!a-san seemed to be interested in the spiritual power, and he was not so amused when he heard that he couldnt acquire it. In the same way, Night had hoped to acquire spiritual power, but he seems disappointed that this possibility has vanished. It is impossible for you guys to acquire the spiritual power, but there is a way for Yuuya to raise his own spiritual power. Eh? Well, its not a method I recommend, but its a method of forcing another persons spiritual power to dwell in your body. Dwell? Yes. It would be similar to when you took that strange power inside of you. This guy, is he aware of my existence? Kuro was surprised by Kuuya-sans words, as he didnt expect that he would in this discussion. It was the same for me. I had not explained Kuro to Kuuya-san, but he easily saw it right through. Dont be so surprised, okay? I can detect the presence of power just as you can. I can also tell you how you obtained that power. If Yuuya can sharpen your sense of power, you will be able to do it. I-I see. I know this is a bit off-topic, but it seems that Yuuya has taken on this power and put it in your body, right? In the same way, you can increase your own power by absorbing the power of another. Can you do that to any demon? Well, you can, but as I said at the beginning, I dont recommend it. Whats more, you cant just absorb the power of one demon after another; in other words, it is the same as receiving the stain of death into yourself. Moreover, most of the demons that you have encountered are those that have been tainted with evil, even in the underworld, and even their souls are tainted with malice. You and I have demon blood in our veins, so our bodies are accustomed to the power of demons, but if one suddenly accepts such power, it will have an adverse effect on them as well. I-I see The safest way to increase your power is to use up all the power stored in your body. Even if a person who has spiritual power in their body uses up that power, they will recover little by little. And with each recovery, the amount of spiritual power stored in the body increases, albeit only slightly. Yuuya and I have a lot of power, so it is difficult for us to consume it, but this is the safest and most reliable way to do so. Everything is best done steadily. Its true; Ive seen firsthand how sudden gains of power result only to be swept away While I was getting a lecture from Kuuya-san on the subject of spiritual power, I suddenly realized something. Come to think of it, where are Lexia-san and the others? Hmm? They went shopping. Lexia-san and the others didnt just come to Earth to study. By looking around the Earth, I guess there are some things that can benefit the Kingdom of Arcelia. I wondered what would happen to them at first, but Im glad to see that they seem to be adjusting well to Earth. Yuti also made some friends a short time after arriving on Earth. Surprised by the sudden intruder, I heard Kuuya-sans voice from behind me. Phew you suddenly started fighting, so I hurried to protect this house with my spiritual power but Im tired. Eh? Oh S-sorry! It seems that Kuuya-san tried to break into the fight against the oni, but rather than that, he divided his efforts so that this house would not be destroyed. Its okay; its okay. In fact, it would have been better if it had been stopped earlier. I didnt expect the oni, messengers of Reimei-sama, to come. It seems that the underworld is finally getting quite noisy. You I see, you are a thought body. It seems that you had great sorcery skills in your life to be able to leave such a beautiful thought body. The blue oni was surprised at Kuuya-sans appearance, but Kuuya-san shook his head. Please stop. Im not that big of a deal. More importantly, are you looking for Yuuya over there? Oh, yes, I was I am one of Reimei-samas messengers. I am sure you have heard from these onis, but our lord, Reimei-sama, has summoned you. So I sent these oni to pick you up It seems that there has been some rough treatment on our part. I am very sorry. Ikkaku-san bowed his head without hesitation as he said this. Oh, please raise your head! Im not particularly hurt, and Im fine! More importantly, why is it that I am being called by the one called Reimei-sama? I was surprised to be suddenly attacked by these onis, but that was still fine. More than that, I couldnt understand why Reimei-sama, the supposed master of these onis, was calling me all of a sudden. Regarding that, I would like you to hear from Reimei-sama herself I would like for you to come to the underworld and talk with her. Eeehhh? U-underworld? An underworld is a place where the dead go, right? Im invited to a place like that, and Im still alive Is that okay? Im not going to die from this, am I? Perhaps my concern was conveyed, Ikkaku-san continued. You must be worried if you are suddenly told to go to the underworld. However, if it is Yuuya-sama, you seem to have spiritual power in your body, and more than anything else, you are invited by Reimei-sama. There is no need to worry about that sort of thing. I-I see. But unfortunately, only Yuuya-sama has been invited, and I cant take everyone over there with us. Eh? Woof? S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Buhi? Pii! What did you say? Even if we were to head to the underworld, I had assumed that Night and the others would be able to go with us, and my eyes widened involuntarily. I know you may disagree, but its something that cant be helped. As you all know, the underworld is the land of the dead. The land of the dead is permeated with the stain of death. In order to spend time there, you must have spiritual power. If thats the reason then what about Kuuya-san? I think he is much more skilled in the use of spiritual powers than I am I introduced him as such, and Kuuya-san shook his head. No, it is impossible. Even though I have spiritual power, I am originally just a thought that I left behind in that scroll before I died. Therefore, my true body exists in the underworld. So, I cant follow you now. No way Dont worry. I can still exchange memories with my body, and my body in the underworld will know about Yuuya. Im sure my body will serve you well when you go to the underworld. I understand that you are confused by the suddenness of the situation. But I really want Yuuya-sama to come to the underworld. Please, can you help us? After saying this, Ikkaku-san bowed his head again. Then, as if to help Ikkaku-san, Kuuya-san also asked me for help. Sorry, Yuuya. If you can, will you lend them a hand? These oni serve the lord of the underworld, Reimei-sama. This one, in particular, can be called the right hand of Reimei-sama. The fact that they came directly to this place must mean that something terrible is happening in the underworld. Thats why To be honest, I am still puzzled. Nevertheless, I cannot just sit back and be silent after being bowed down to. I understand. I dont know what I can do, but please take me to that Reimei-sama. Thank you very much! Ikkaku-san snapped his fingers as he said this. At that moment, a black vortex appeared in front of him, same as the one the oni had first crawled out of. This way, then. So Im off to the underworld. I dont know what will happen, but please keep watch at home. Woof! Woof, woof! Buhi! Pii! Well, if youre the only one who can go, then so be it. Ill take care of the house for a while. Night and the others raised their hands as if to say, Leave it to me, and Ouma-san turned away and said so. Im sorry, Yuuya. Please take care of it. Yes! When Kuuya-san said this to me for the last time, I stepped into the vortex. Chapter 236 - Book 4: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 4: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 Around the time Yuuya was heading to the underworld. At Ousei Academy, the student council president, Kitaraku, was finally moving forward with the school idol project. Now, the most important idol candidates and Yuuya-kun have been secured. Huh youre really going to go ahead with it now that youve come this far, but whats next? Right after all, when it comes to idols, the stage is important, isnt it? Well, thats right. But I dont have the know-how for that! Even if you say it so refreshingly then what are you going to do about it? In response to Nekotas question, Kitaraku smiled. As a matter of fact, Im going to ask for help from Star Productions, which has connections with our academy. Eh? The company that Kitaraku mentioned is a leading entertainment agency to which Miu and Kanade belong, and it has been involved with Ousei Academy in many events, such as ball games and school festivals. Besides having a large number of entertainers, they also have Kanade, whom we invited to the school festival. The direction of the idol project is different, but the setting of the stage is the same. I-I see Besides, I already have their contact information! When did you get that? The teachers had forcibly pulled him off the stage, but behind their backs, Kitaraku had been able to get a hold of a variety of contacts. Ill have to get in touch with them right away! Oh, hey! Before Nekota could stop him, Kitaraku was already on the move. After successfully making an appointment, he visited the agency once again. I see. So thats why you came to us. Thats an impressive plan The president of the company smiled amusedly in front of Kitaraku, who visited the office, while employee Kurosawa had an indescribable expression on her face. So, what do you think? Can you help us? Hmm as for me, its an interesting project, and Id be happy to help you, but President. If you decide so easily When Kurosawa was about to say so, the president restrained her with her hand. Of course, its not so easy for us to decide just like that. We have our own work to do, and more importantly we dont know how much it will benefit us because there is no precedent. .. With the company on her shoulders, the president could not proceed just because it looked interesting. However, Kitaraku already had a card in his hand to persuade the president. Certainly, it is a new venture, and there is no doubt that there are many uncertainties. But I am already convinced that this attempt will be a success. Heh? Why is that? Since you have already been to our school, you have seen our students, and there are many very attractive students at Ousei Academy. Thats true. They were all idol-caliber girls. Right, Kurosawa? Yes. I wanted to bring some of them out of the school. But its a mistake to think that just being cute is enough to attract attention when it comes to idols. What do you think about that? The president shot a sharp look at Kitaraku. However, Kitaraku is not intimidated by this gaze and smiles. Yuuya Tenjou. !? He is the key to this project. Dont tell me hes going to be an idol! The president and Kurosawa, who had once been rejected by Yuuya to enter the entertainment business, were surprised by Kitarakus statement, as they had not expected Yuuyas name to be mentioned. No, we are only going to have him work as the person in charge of this project. But if the school idol project progresses, he will be forced to take the front stage. There is no way he wont attract attention then. Thats Besides, Im thinking of having him work as a school idol eventually. Wha!? Is that possible? He has refused to enter the entertainment industry before In response to Kurosawas concern, Kitaraku nodded. There is no problem. Perhaps he refused to enter the entertainment industry because of his earnestness and sense of responsibility School idols are only for the time they are students. In other words, as long as he has a fixed period to be active, I believe the emotional hurdle would be less than if he were to enter the entertainment industry as an ordinary person. I-I see And if he tries out as a school idol.. he might even be interested in the entertainment industry, right? When I asked this, Reimei-samas face took on a somewhat sad expression. You have to seal a certain being. A certain being? Yes. She is called Meiko. She is a being born in the underworld. I tilted my head when I heard that explanation. In the underworld? This is the world where the dead end up, isnt it? And yet, how can something be born in this world? No, perhaps both the demons and Reimei-sama are beings born in this world? S§×ar?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Then, Reimei-sama seemed to read my thoughts like that and continued speaking. I understand what you are thinking. This underworld is indeed the land of the dead. Something is not born anew. The demons here were originally different beings, and they became demons because they have lived in the underworld for so many years. T-then, what exactly is this Meiko? Meiko is a being born from the crystallization of all the evil intentions of the demons in the underworld. When I heard those words, what came to my mind was the existence of Evil in the different world. That, too, was born from the crystallization of the malice that arose in the other world of Argena. Does that mean that this Meiko is the same kind of being? Thats what I thought Ive been researching, and it seems that there is a similar existence in a certain world. But it is nothing compared to that. The one you know of is called Evil, I believe. It is a being with a will, a being in which the malice of the world is actualized. On the other hand Meiko is the crystallization of the malice of the ultimate sinners imprisoned in the lowest levels of the underworld. How many years do you think it took for the souls of the dead sinners to drift down to this underworld? The negative power of a single world is not enough to bring about the quality and quantity of the souls of the deadly sinners. .. I couldnt help but be struck by Reimei-samas words. I cant believe that even Avis, the God of Destruction with that mighty power, or the most powerful Evil in the past with Zenovis-san, are no match for Meiko How can I fight against such a being? Its impossible for you right now. Above all, it is said that you have only just awakened your powers. You havent even mastered the art of sealing with your spiritual power yet, have you? Then how? Ikkaku. Bring those people here. Eh? I asked, and Reimei-sama called out to Ikkaku-san. You will need to seal Meiko by your own hand, but I will not spare you any assistance in getting there. In other words, you will have to do a little training here. Training? Yes. We have a master for that Were here. Im looking forward to working with you. Oh! You must be Yuuya! Ive heard so much about you from myself in the present world! ! Reimei-samas words were interrupted by three voices. When I turned my gaze in the direction of the voices, I saw an old man wearing a tattered cloth, a woman with a beaming smile, and Kuuya-san, whom I had left on Earth. For a moment, I was surprised to see Kuuya-san there, but the Kuuya-san on Earth is a thought body sealed in a scroll, not the main body. In other words, Kuuya-san here must be the main body. The old mans clothes were in tatters, but he did not look dirty. This is probably due to the atmosphere that the old man exudes. His back is not bent, and he even looks somewhat graceful. And the woman wears a gentle air, and I feel my heart naturally relax. Are these the people who will be my mentors in the underworld? I can say that this is definitely the first time Ive met the woman, but I had a strange feeling when I saw the old man. I did not feel as if I was meeting this old man for the first time. I was puzzled, but the old man smiled kindly. Its been a long time, Yuuya. Eh? Its been a long time? That means we definitely havent met for the first time. Then this person is? Then the old man saw me puzzled and gave a wry smile. I see this is the first time youve seen me at this age. Then the old man looked straight at me again. I am Zenovis. Yuuya, its nice to see you again. Eh? I froze at the old mans words. Zenovis. That was the name of the sage who had changed everything in my life. And if I look closely at the old man in front of me, I can see the face of Zenovis-san. In other words, this man is. Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeehhhhhh! My exclamation echoed through the underworld. Chapter 237 - Book 5: Part 1 Book 12: Chapter 5: Part 1 A short chapter but, hope you can enjoy it~ Part 1 I had a shocking reunion with Zenovis-san, but he was not the only mentor from the underworld. Seeing my surprise, the woman I assumed to be the other mentor deepened her smile. Ara ara, its so interesting to see the newest addition to Yuti-chans family Eh, Yuti? I didnt expect her name to come up here, and I was surprised. Then, the woman continued with a gentle smile on her face. I am Yuty-chans master Bow Saint Archer Arrow. Nice to meet you, Yuuya-chan! Eeeh? To my surprise, this woman Archer-san was Yutis late master! Reimei-sama laughed amusedly at my continued astonishment. Hohoho, thats a good reaction! Those three are your mentors. Well, Sage-sama and I are just helping Yuuya-chan seal Meiko-chan. Is that so? Umu. As I said before, Meiko is the crystallization of the malice of all the great sinners imprisoned in the underworld. Even the slightest overflow of its power can create all kinds of evil beings in its surroundings. Thats why Ive asked Archer and the others there to take care of it. Evil beings are different from demons, arent they? No, it is not. They cant be defeated without the same kind of spiritual power as demons do, but in their essence, the malice that overflowed from the body of Meiko has transformed into a different form and started to move. Since it is originally malevolent, once it is unleashed, it will attack those around it without regard. Therefore, this existence cannot be left unchecked. We have obtained a power called spiritual power instead of mystical power because of our death. But with this spiritual power, it would be enough to deal with the creatures produced by Meiko and the like. Therefore, I have decided to train Yuuya so that you will be able to fight Meiko alone. I-I will be trained by Zenovis-san again! The training was quite tough, but there was no doubt that I acquired my strength thanks to his training. While the thought of undergoing that painful training once again made me feel a bit intimidated, its an opportunity that Im going to take advantage of. I will do my best again. Whew I didnt expect you to still be so motivated after all the hard work I put you through. If so, then I will respond to that motivation. Unfortunately, I personally dont have any idea about spiritual power. So I will mainly teach you how to use weapons and magic. Well then, about spiritual power Yes! I will teach you! Kuuya-sans expression showed his pride as he said this. I have heard about you from my thought body in the present world! Now that I think about it, its amazing that he can communicate between the main body here in the underworld and the thought body he left behind on Earth. To put it another way, its quite a feat to be able to seal ones own thought body in a scroll. Youve become splendid, Yuuya! Yeah yeah! I was sobbing, but Grandpa gently held me in his arms. Yes, Grandpa always soothed me like this. I thought I would never see him again. I never thought I would see him again like this In any way, being able to see Grandpa again was the best thing that could have happened to me. Now, have you calmed down? I-Im sorry When my tears had finally subsided, and my heart had calmed down, Reimei-sama called out to me. Reimei-sama smiled gently at me as I felt my cheeks heat up. Dont worry about it. You must have had strong feelings for him, which is rare among humans these days. Thats nice. Id like to meet Yuti-chan, too. Archer-san, who was watching the reunion between me and my grandfather, said so enviously. Im sorry I wish I could have brought Yuti along Its fine, dont worry about it~. After I died, Yuti-chan went down the wrong path once. But thanks to Yuuya-chan, shes looking straight ahead now and thats all I need to be happy about. Sear?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I see Seeing Archer-san smiling kindly, I knew that she truly cared about Yuti. Thus, after everyone had been introduced, Reimei-sama clapped her hands. Alright! This concludes our conversation here. Ill immediately ask Yuuya to train hard for the sealing of Meiko! I-I understand! Huff Leave it to me. Onee-san will do her best, too. Fumu, for the first time in a long while, I can feel my skills as a sorcerer ringing. We each responded to Reimei-samas words. .. At that time, I didnt realize that Grandpa was thinking about something else. Chapter 238 - Book 5: Part 2 Book 12: Chapter 5: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 Haaaaah! Kiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! How much time has passed since I met Zenovis-san and the others again? Now I was wielding the [Omni-Sword] clothed with my own spiritual power against the kobolds that Kuuya-san had created with his spiritual power. When I started my training in this underworld, I had no idea how long it would take to resolve this situation, and I had many things to worry about because of my life on Earth. However, the underworld had a separate flow of time from the present world, just like the heavenly realm, and on top of that, it was said that one does not age while in this place. Therefore, I dont have to worry about the time it took to train, and I had spent a considerable amount of time training here. In the beginning, I concentrated too much on manipulating my spiritual power, and when there were more than two kobolds to deal with, I often became careless with my handling of my spiritual power. Now, however, I am able to handle multiple kobolds while manipulating spiritual power in a natural way. Nevertheless, as I became more adept at using my spiritual power, Kuuya-san made the kobolds he produced stronger, so my training was quite painful. Yuuya. Relax your body. If you keep exerting yourself so much, you will collapse soon. I-I understand! In addition to operating my spiritual power, Zenovis-san taught me how to handle weapons, just as I had done when I was sent to the past. However, this time I was allowed to use [Omni-Sword] from the beginning, so this would be a big difference. You can cut anything you want to cut without having to rely on weapons anymore. So adding restrictions to your weapons now will have no effect. Zenovis-san said so, but Im probably still relying on my weapon. I had also taught some various sorcery from Kuuya-san to seal Meiko, but it was also difficult. Because of this, the only new sorcery I was learning here was the sealing technique, and I didnt have time to learn any other types of sorcery. Well, since all I needed now was the sealing technique, there would be no problem if I could learn the other arts at another time. I continued my training in this way, but then I was allowed to take a break. I-Im tired Thanks for your hard work, Yuuya-chan. Oh, thank you, Archer-san. I dont know exactly what it is, but Yuuya, youve gotten a lot stronger, havent you? I-is that so? Im glad to hear you say so. While receiving a towel from Archer-san, I cant help but smile at my grandfathers words. Then Archer-san opened her mouth, looking a bit dazed, as she sat down next to me. Even so Sage-sama training is outrageous, isnt it? I-is that so? Yes, it is. I had only known Sage-sama as a character from a fairy tale, but seeing him in person like this, I realized that all those fairy tales were true. A-ahahaha Anyway, you have to remember that the training youre undergoing right now is quite frankly outrageous, even from my perspective as the holder of the title of Holy. I-I understand. However, if Yuuya-chan is that strong, Yuti-chan will be safe, and I am very grateful for that. I couldnt help but ask Archer-san, who looked somewhat sad. Um How did you get acquainted with Yuti? Well when she was a baby, she was abandoned in the forest near the village where I lived. Eh? I found her by chance when I was making my rounds outside the village, so I was able to protect her I dont know what would have happened to her if I hadnt found her then. I see Amidst the surprise that Yuti was an abandoned child, Archer-san continued. The villagers were scared of her because she looked and sounded so out of touch with the world and because she seemed to be a seer due to her excessive insight. Besides, it wasnt a very wealthy village, and there was no one to take her. So I decided to take her in and raise her. According to Archer-san, while raising Yuti, she also taught her the art of Bow Saint so that she could live on her own. But even though Archer-san, who was already a Bow Saint at that time, was protecting the village where she lived, her power was feared, and she was kept away from the people of the village. I tried my best to help the villagers as much as I could. But the harder I tried, the more they saw me as different, and I was always alone. .. Villagers kept Archer-san away from them despite the fact that she protected them. I cant say anything because I think its selfish, but maybe there was something in that village that I dont understand. But there was no doubt that Archer-san was seriously trying to reach out to the villagers. I was always alone like that, and Yuti-chan was the first family I had ever had. Thats why I was so attached to her. I knew I had to let her do a lot of things on her own, but I was overprotective. Ah When I heard Archer-sans words, I recalled the early days when Yuti first came to live at my house. Back then, she was trying to get me to do whatever she wanted Now, shes trying hard to correct herself and is able to do a lot of things on her own But was that all a problem with the way Archer-san had raised her? Because it cant be helped! Yuti-chan is just too cute! Isnt she? T-thats right. I felt pressured by Archer-sans tone that I couldnt help but nod. She nodded her head in satisfaction at my reaction. Yeah, yeah, you know what I mean, right, Yuuya-chan? Thats why I can leave her in your care with peace of mind Please continue to take good care of Yuti-chan, okay? Yes. Certainly, the creature that we just saw was probably created because of the overflow of the power that came from Meikos seal being broken. But it was not the will of Meiko herself. Besides, as Grandpa said, Meikos seal had been broken before I came to the underworld. And yet, the fact that the creature did not appear until just a few moments ago suggested that Meiko was trying to stop herself from going out of control as much as possible. We dont know much about this being, and to just seal her up unconditionally is just It seems that Meiko hurts those around her regardless of her own will, but we dont know if Meiko herself is at fault or not. Its not very nice, but I dont think she should be sealed under those circumstances. Grandpas figure, who told us so with a resolute attitude, had not changed at all since he was still alive. While I was being pressured by his imposing attitude, Zenovis-san confronted Grandpa head-on. Do you understand? Yuusuke. If that creature escapes into the present world, those without spiritual power will be overrun in an instant. Knowing that, you think you can save them from that creature? Thats what Im saying. If there is a chance that I can save her, I will pursue it. Im not as optimistic as you are about the slim chance of saving her. If you try to stand in our way any longer, I will not tolerate it. At that moment, Zenovis-san released a pressure that almost choked us as we watched. But even in the face of such pressure, Grandpa did not change color. Sear?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thats scary. I dont have strength like you, so Im sure Ill be easily defeated. Still, I will continue to insist on this. Are you sane? Of course Im sane. What makes you so stubborn? I just dont like the idea of unilaterally deciding something is evil and sealing it up. The idea of just sealing it up and getting it over with, without considering other options. If you cant find a way to do that, its all for nothing. But you still want to persist? Of course. Ill persist even if it ends in failure or is a waste of time. Because that would be the human thing to do, wouldnt it? ! Those words penetrated deep into the heart of Zenovis-san, who wished to die as a human being. That was why Zenovis-sans eyes widened at Grandpas words. And then. Kukuku Hahahaha! Well, thats certainly true! Zenovis-san laughed out loud. Yes thats right. Humans are foolish beings, to begin with. Even though we know it in our heads, our hearts often fail to agree with us. And then we follow our hearts and fail. But I used to love them and think they were the way they should be I didnt realize Id forgotten that before I knew it Zenovis-san Then, in a complete change of mood from earlier, Zenovis-san smiled ferociously. And theres nothing that I cant do. Thats right Hmph thats what it is, Zenovis. Grandpa and Zenovis-san laughed happily. Seeing them, Archer-san and Kuuya-san smiled as if they knew they were in for trouble. Ara ara, this is a big trouble, isnt it? Thats right. But thats what makes it so worthwhile! I heard that Archer-san and Kuuya-san were willing to help as well. But W-wait a minute! You cant just go ahead with this on your own! We dont have time to waste on something we dont even know will succeed! From Nikkakus point of view, this is a crisis in the underworld and the present world, and he probably doesnt have time to think about Meiko. However, Zenovis-san had already begun to think of measures to rescue Meiko. And I, too, had already discarded the idea of simply sealing Meiko up after hearing Grandpas story. Enough said, Nikkaku. Re-Reimei-sama! Just as we and Nikkakus arguments were reaching a crossroads, Reimei-sama appeared out of nowhere. When she looked over at us, she had a sad expression on her face. Ill tell you all about it. About Meiko .. As you say Meiko herself has done nothing wrong. It is merely the crystallization of the malice of the deadly sinners in the underworld. Meiko has no will herself. And the power that resides in her body had never been wielded by herself. She must have known from birth that if she used her powers, the world would collapse. Despite being born from the malice of the deadly sinners, Meiko herself was surprisingly pure and kind. However Regardless of Meikos will, the power that resides in her body goes out of control. The result is that she continually hurts those around her, and she has asked me to seal her up. That is how she has been sealed for tens of thousands of years. No way The reason why Meiko was sealed was because she herself wanted to be sealed. And for an amount of time that I cant even imagine After she had said all that, Reimei-sama looked us straight in the eye. Now that Meikos power is out of control, we have no time to waste. It would be next to impossible to find any means other than sealing under such circumstances. Even so I still dont want to give up on rescuing Meiko. For Reimei-sama, those words must have been heavier than anything else. It was not something that could be easily spoken out because it was Reimei-sama who bore the burden of the underworld. Even so, Reimei-sama did speak up and said that she wanted to save Meiko. If thats the case, then its decided what Ill do. Grandpa laughed gently at Reimei-sama, who was about to start crying. Well just have to dig our feet in until the end. Besides, if you see someone in trouble We will help them, right? Grandpa. Yeah, thats right. Hearing my words, Grandpa smiled happily. Reimei-sama. I dont know how it will turn out, but Ill try to hold my ground and see it through to the end. Thank you. I accepted his words, and we headed off to Meikos place. Chapter 239 - Book 5: Part 3 Book 12: Chapter 5: Part 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 3 While Yuuya was on his way to Meiko in the Underworld, Lexia and the others were shopping on Earth. Hmm! After all, this world is full of all sorts of unusual things! Yes, indeed. I was amazed when I came here before, but I still cant believe it when I see it again. Unknown. I still dont know anything about it. Because Lexia, Luna, and Yuti had lived in a world where magic was natural, they couldnt help but wonder about a world without magic and without monsters like this. This world is full of machines, and they help peoples lives Whats wrong? Luna looked around the city, then saw Lexia with a difficult look on her face and tilted her head. No, Im thinking about how we can make use of it in our country, but I dont know where to start Well, the fastest way would be to develop it into a magic tool, wouldnt it? Thats true. Im currently thinking of the smartphone that everyone in town has! Ah That board-like thing, huh? Agreed. As I understand it, everyone has one. Although Yuuya does not have one, most people living in Japan have smartphones in their hands, and Lexia and the others have often seen them operating them on the streets. Im also curious about the car vehicle, but dont you think it would be easier to replicate the smartphone than the car? sea??h th§× n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Well, a smaller one would be less hassle than a bigger one, but what does that thing actually do? Answer. Its a tool for communicating with people who are far away from you. What? Such a valuable thing so easily In the other world, the means of communicating with distant people are greatly limited, so the fact that such means are widely available to the public was a shock to them. In the other world, if there was a tool that could easily communicate with distant places, there was no doubt that it alone would create a great change. Well, it seems to have many other functions, but thats still what Im interested in. It would be best if we could figure out the principles behind it, but I dont know if I can be technical enough to understand it. Neither do I That being said, we cant invite people from the other world to come here, so its not easy. In the beginning, Lexias goal was to somehow avoid admission to the Aurelia Academy. She thought that if she could study abroad at Yuuyas school, she could be with Yuuya and also avoid admission to Aurelia Academy, but her ostensible reason was to bring back Earth technology. Lexia, who was hoping to make life a little more comfortable for the citizens of the Kingdom of Arcelia, was unconsciously carrying out her ostensible goal of bringing back Earths technology. Luna noticed such thoughts of Lexia and gave a small laugh. Fuh As expected. Hmm? Luna, whats wrong? It is nothing. Hmm? Well, okay! We dont know much about this world yet. Were going to have a look around! Yes, yes, princess. And so the three of them continued to enjoy the Earth to the fullest. When Nikaku took us to Meiko, we found that the place was overflowing with the creatures that had just attacked us previously, and the onis were struggling against them. There are already so many monsters You were right to leave Yuunosuke behind. As Zenovis-san said, I asked Grandpa to stay where we were training. The reason being was that as long as we were going to Meiko, there was no doubt that it would be a fierce battle, and it would be dangerous for Grandpa, who didnt have the strength to fight. Grandpa was worried about Meiko and wanted to come with us at first, but Zenovis-san convinced him to entrust us with taking care of Meiko. So the four of us Me, Zenovis-san, Archer-san, and Kuuya-san were going into battle When I looked closely, in the center of the battlefield where monsters were being created one after another, I saw a woman releasing a dark mystical power like a raging storm. Is that Meiko!? Ugh Aaaaahhhh! Meiko groaned, shaking her long black hair as if she was desperately trying to suppress her own power. And every time she cried out, her voice was imbued with a spiritual power that caused cracks to appear here and there in the underworld. Lets get rid of those monsters first Thats obvious! I said, moving the vacuum cleaner while dealing with the monster that attacked me. But just how much more of this spiritual power would continue to overflow!? As long as the vacuum cleaner was working, I just had to keep fighting the monsters until this vacuum cleaner absorbed all the spiritual power. And if I keep going like this, Ill be able to absorb all of Meikos power Or so I thought. !? A-ah N-no it overflowed again Aaaaaaahhhh! Wha-!? The spiritual power overflowing from Meikos body became even more intense and erupted with more force as if she was fighting against the vacuum cleaner with all her power. As a result, the vacuum cleaner could no longer keep up with the speed at which it was absorbing the overflowing power, and finally, it overheated and stopped! Oh no! Ugh Aaaaaaaaahhhh! Kuh! With the vacuum cleaner stopped, there was nothing to stop the momentum. Meikos spiritual power came forth with the greatest force ever and attacked me. Yuuya! No way! At this rate, all of us will be swallowed up by her power! The wave of Meikos power did not only attack us, but it also created a new wave of monsters, and they too, attacked us. What to do What should I do!? Is there no other way but to give up here and seal up Meiko!? When I thought about it I remembered something. I dont know what will happen, but this is the only way! I stopped resisting in the face of Meikos spiritual power and opened my arms as if to embrace it. Yuuya-chan! What are you doing? Yuuya! Get out of here! While Zenovis-san and the others were shouting that, only Kuuya-san noticed my intention. Dont tell me youre! No, Yuuya! That method is! What I was going to do was accept all of Meikos spiritual power into my body. This is the method that Kuuya-san had taught me before as a way to increase my own spiritual power. But this method was said to be very dangerous. Still if there is even the slightest possibility, I would like to take a chance on it! Uooooooooooooohhh! I was swallowed up by Meikos spiritual power. Even in such a situation, my body accepted and absorbed Meikos spiritual power. However, unimaginable pain struck me. Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! It was as if my entire body was being devoured from the inside out. In addition, the dark feelings and evil intentions of the sinners in the underworld were also invading my mentality. Certainly this is painful. Still, compared to what Meiko had endured until now! It was a battle of willpower and guts from here on out. With the intention of absolutely saving Meiko, I just keep on absorbing Meikos spiritual power. I wonder how much time has passed since then. The wave of overflowing power from Meiko finally stopped. R-really my spiritual power is? Hah hah Im glad I managed it Ah! My vision blacked out like a broken thread from the relief that I had managed, although I thought I would never make it if I collapsed. Good grief, you are so reckless. But well done. And just before I lost consciousness, I heard such a voice as someone held me up. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 240 - Book 12: Epilogue & Afterword Book 12: Epilogue & Afterword Heres the epilogue and the end of this volume. Another volume has finished, and I think there will still be more to come! As always, thank you for your overflowing support, and I hope it can bring joy to everyone who reads it. Thank you very much, and see you at the next volume~ Epilogue Several days had passed since Meiko was released. The underworld had been devastated by Meikos overflowing spiritual power, and there was a flurry of work to repair the damage. At the same time, while we were dealing with Meiko, Reimei-sama was able to reestablish the boundary with the present world, so it seems that no more demons will appear in the present world. However, it seems that Reimei-sama and the others cannot directly go to the present world to deal with the demons that had already escaped, and those demons could only be dealt with by people like me in the present world who possessed spiritual power. Since demons could harm people and damage things if left unchecked, they cannot be left unattended and must somehow be found and defeated. Also, Reimei-sama said that only the boundary between the present world and this underworld could be restored and that other boundaries with other worlds that have disappeared could not be restored but to be honest, I didnt really understand that part of it. What are the boundaries with other worlds? And I also didnt really understand what would happen if those boundaries disappeared. At any rate, peace has finally come to the underworld, and there have been major changes for me as well. One of them is. Master. Is there anything I can do to help? U-um, its okay Meiko. Surprisingly, I had absorbed all of Meikos spiritual power, and she had become my subordinate.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com I didnt understand the meaning at first, but it seems to be similar to the so-called tamers in the other world, and it seemed that by accepting all of Meikos spiritual power, a soul connection was created between Meiko and me, and she was tamed by me. I immediately tried to free her, but I changed my mind because I knew that if I did so, the power I had accepted might return to Meiko. And then, the very same Meiko insisted on making me her master and tries to devote herself to me while dressed as a maid. But when I asked her why she dressed as a maid, she said. Is it strange? I was taught that a servant is supposed to dress like this H-hmm I guess youre right but also wrong Where did that perception come from in the first place? As you know, Master, I was born from the negative side of the great sinners trapped in this underworld. And the knowledge I possess was also obtained from the souls of those sinners. Therefore, I think that this current knowledge also came from one of the deadly sinners from whom I was born This is the underworldthe Maid of the Underworld Doesnt that sound perfect to me? I dont think thats how the word maid came about What kind of a great sinner would have such biased knowledge of maids in the first place and its too silly Putting that aside, Meiko seemed to like the way maids dressed and the way they acted as well. I told her softly that it was fine, but I didnt think it was right for her to serve me, and I didnt feel comfortable, so I asked her if she could stop, but Understood. If there is anything I can do for you, please dont hesitate to ask. Like this, she shows no sign of stopping at all. Well, maybe its my fault for not stopping her earlier. But, in this way, Meiko was released from the seal and became free. Id like for her to do what she wants and well, all I can do is be patient. At any rate, Meiko no longer needs to be sealed. And the other big change is about my spiritual power. I absorbed Meikos spiritual power in a way that Kuuya-san prohibited me from doing, and if I hadnt been able to absorb it fully, my body would have exploded. But as it turned out, I had succeeded in taking on all of Meikos spiritual power. I later heard from Kuuya-san why I was able to do this, and it seems that even before I leveled up in the other world, I was already a world-class holder of spiritual power, but after I leveled up and my body changed, I became an even more excellent reservoir of spiritual power. However, since Meikos spiritual power was originally born from the malice of the great sinners, it should have had some effect on me if I accepted it normally, but I was able to manage that as well. I originally had a similar power called Evil in my body, and thanks to the fact that I was able to control it, I was able to control Meikos negative power with relative ease. I had fainted right after freeing Meiko from the burden of the spiritual power, but in the past few days, my body and mind have recovered, and I have completed everything I needed to do in the underworld. In other words, it is time to say goodbye to everyone in the underworld. Ikkaku-san made a black vortex appear, just as he did when I arrived in the underworld. What am I talking about, huh? Of course, its about the school idols. Huh? Didnt we just decide on the members the other day? How can you be so sure that the stage has already been decided? A-as expected, I think its a little too early to say We havent even decided on the costumes or songs yet, have we? Its okay! Well do something about that! Can you please stop involving us so casually? No matter how much Nekota complained, as long as Kitaraku had made the decision, it was almost a given that the student council would be pushed towards dealing with these things. However Lets say we could arrange costumes and songs by the time the stage is set up. Even so! Even if we could arrange the costumes and songs before the stage, the idols would still have to sing and dance on stage, right? Do you really think the idols who have agreed to participate in this event will be able to prepare so quickly? Thats where those girls will take care of it. And yet another victim Everyone was getting more and more overwhelmed by Kitarakus momentum. The one at the center of the commotion, Kitaraku, just laughed happily. Its alright; its alright! The stage is still a long way off, even though its been decided! Well just have to make it work by then! Huh are you sure everything is going to be okay? Despite Nekotas anxiety, Kitaraku is extremely optimistic. Thus, even at Ousei Academy, it was only a matter of time before Yuuya would be assigned the ridiculous task of being in charge of the school idol project. Afterword Thank you for picking up this work. I am the author, Miku. This is the 12th volume, and we have finally revealed the [spiritual power] that was hidden in Yuuyas body. Along with this, the ancestor Kuuya, who had appeared in the Kakuyomu arc, also made his appearance. In addition, many new characters appeared in this volume, including Reimei, Meiko, and the student council president, Kitaraku. I had been vaguely thinking about writing a story about the underworld for some time, so I am glad that I was able to give it shape this time. Also, Lexia and the others have started their lives at Ousei Academy, and on top of that, with the addition of another new event, School Idol, it looks like their school life will be even more lively than before. However, there are also some disturbing signs approaching, and it seems that Yuuyas daily life is going to be busy. sea??h th§× Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. But I dont know what will happen from now on either. I look forward to seeing Yuuyas future activities with you all. And with the release of this volume, a spin-off, Girls Side, will also be released. This one features Lexia and Luna as the main characters, and there are also a number of new characters. I have read the book myself and enjoyed it very much. I am already looking forward to the next story. It is very interesting, and I hope you will read it as well. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge for his great help again. Reine Kuwashima-sama, who always draws cool illustrations. And to all the readers of this work, I would like to express my sincere appreciation. Thank you very much. See you soon. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 241 - Book 13: Prologue Book 13: Prologue Volume 13th, here we go. Hope you can enjoy this volume as well, cheers~ Prologue A few days have passed since the battle with the false god. The Magic Saint Odis devoted himself to researching magic at his residence located on Heavenly Mountain as if to relieve the fatigue of the recent fierce battles. Theoretically, if we combine this magic with another magic, it should be more powerful Odis wrote something down in detail on a piece of paper in his hand. It was hard to believe that research could lead to relief from fatigue. However, Odis loved to study magic, and this time was more important to him than anything else. But Master! Somethings coming, you know? Master! Somethings coming! His twin apprentices, who were tending to the medicinal herbs in the garden Ruri and Rill called out to him, and his research was interrupted. What is it? What in the world As Odis headed out, looking annoyed, Ruri handed what looked like a letter to Odis. Yes, Master! This just came for you, you know? A letter? Yes! A cool bird flew over and dropped the letter, you know? Yeah. Just when I thought I saw a cool bird fly by, it dropped the letter. Who in the world? Odis received the letter, and his eyes widened when he saw the name of the sender written on it. This is Odis looked at the letter immediately, but his expression became more and more clouded. The twin noticed the change in Odis and looked at each other. Master? Are you okay? Master? Something seems to be wrong, isnt it? No, Im fine. Im sorry, but Im going to be away from home again. Eehh!? You just got home, didnt you? You just got home! The twins were complaining, but Odis quickly prepared and ran out of the house. What in the world that guy is thinking? I have to go join Usagi and the others first He then headed for Usagi, recalling the contents of the letter. Meanwhile, Iris, who likewise has been spending her days in training while hunting evil beasts since the battle with the false god Pwiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! Hmm? sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. While training with her sword, Iris suddenly heard the sound of a birds cry. She stopped her training and looked in the direction of the birds voice to see a hawk monster [Assault Hawk] flying toward Iris. Rin was not often described as pretty because she had a different atmosphere from Kaede, but there was no doubt that she still had a gorgeous appearance. But Rin did not have much awareness of this. Hahaha! Thank you. But I dont think being an idol would suit me. I dont think so Besides, Rin is also good at athletics, and I think youre definitely suited for it What do you think? Do you want to give it a try? Hey, hey, why are you trying to get me involved too? When Rin unintentionally retorted to Kaedes words, Kaede plunged forward on the table. Well If Rin-chan is there, I can feel at ease So, be confident. Kaede is not that bad at athletics, and you are a good singer, too. I-is that so? Thats right. Besides, you havent even started practicing yet. If you give it a try, it might be perfect for Kaede! I doubt it Kaede was still somewhat in doubt. However, her expression was more relaxed than when she was first consulted. Whatever it is, I said youre going to do it, so youre going to have to do your best. Youre right its a great opportunity, and I hope I can enjoy it. Besides You have to show off your cute side to Yuuya, dont you? R-R-Rin-chan!? In the end, Kaede regained her vigor with Rins words. Rin smiled at Kaedes reaction and clapped her hands. Now! Lets not think about it too hard; were going to have fun today! Right Oh, by the way, I heard theres a new sweets store opened near here? Oh, thats nice! Shall we go over there then! Thus, Kaede and Rin went on to enjoy their holiday to the fullest. The boundary between the underworld and the present world, which was destroyed by the soul of the false god, has now been restored. However, the soul of the false god had annihilated not only the boundary between the underworld and the present world but also the boundary between the various worlds. Here is another While the inhabitants of each world began their own activities, a young man landed in the world of Yuuya and the others. The young man was short, with a plump build and an overall sense of roundness. The hair on his head was rather thin and extended down to his eyes, giving him a dark impression. The young man looked around as if trying to catch his breath. I-I have to take over this world The young man looked at nobody, but it was as if he was afraid of something. He stared at his trembling hands and muttered quietly. The foreigner to this world is me. But I have to do it or everyone else will! The young man gritted his teeth and eventually made a decision and looked forward. And then, as if to blend in with the crowd, he disappeared. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 242 - Book 1: Part 1 Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 1 Im back Oh, youre back! When I returned home safely from the underworld, Kuuya-san greeted me. Umu, umu. I know what went on over there, thanks to my main body in the underworld. And that girl is My name is Meiko. Im very sorry for the trouble Ive caused you Meiko had met the main body of Kuuya-san in the underworld and had informed her in advance that the Kuuya-san, who was now in front of her, was a thought body in this world. And Meiko had apologized to many people, including me, for the trouble she had caused in the underworld with her power. Even though I told her that we didnt mind, its probably not the case from her own point of view. Good, good. Ive already received your apology. Above all, there was nothing you could do about it. As for me, Im just happy that youre safe and sound. Thank you very much. With the warm words of Kuuya-san, Meiko bowed her head deeply. As we had this exchange, Night and the others came over and jumped into my chest. Woof! Woof, woof! Buhi! Pii! Oops everyone, Im home. Woof! As I petted Night, who was licking my face, Ouma-san came in next. Hmph, it seems that the problems of the underworld have been taken care of. However, it seems that you are bringing a strange being with you Oh, let me introduce you. This girl is My name is Meiko, and I will be staying with Master. We are connected through a soul contract, and I hope that we will be able to live together in this house from now on After saying this, Meiko bowed deeply. I dont have the right to decide whether or not you live here but a soul contract? What does that mean? Well you know there was a problem in the underworld, right? That is. I dont know the reason, but The reason for that is me. Meiko explained about herself while lowering her voice. That she had been sealed in the underworld, and that she was the crystallization of the malice of the great sinners of the underworld I had no desire to destroy the underworld or anything like that. However, regardless of my intention, the spiritual power that resides in my body had gone out of control My spiritual power contains heinous malice condensed from the great sinners of the underworld so if left unchecked, it would have a great impact not only on the underworld but also on this present world. Mmm I still dont understand what you mean by spiritual power, but is it safe? I think you are right to be concerned about that. But thanks to Master all the spiritual power that was in my body was absorbed into his body. What are you doing? After listening to Meikos story, Ouma-san looked at me with a look of astonishment. That spiritual power or whatever it is that originally resides in your body must be dangerous to some extent. And that, too, there is enough spiritual power of Meiko to cause problems in the entire underworld, and it includes the malice of the great sinners, right? How can you take that on yourself!? T-that was the only thing I could think of at the time Even if thats the case, think a little about your own safety! What if something happens to you? I-Im sorry Woof. Ouma-san was worried and angry at me. Besides, Night also gently patted my hand as if to reprimand me a little. Then Kuro, who was inside my body, muttered in dismay. You really are reckless, arent you? Just like you were when you took me in from Yuti. Speaking of which, I put the spiritual power inside my body without your permission, but is Kuro okay with that? At that time, I was in such a hurry to absorb the spiritual power that I didnt have time to think about Kuro living inside my body. Yeah, Im fine on that point. From the start, Meiko is close to the origin of our Evil. The wave of incredible power thats swirling around inside of you right now is, from my point of view, quite comfortable. I-I see. Im glad to hear that. If anything, its more amazing that you can take in so much malicious power into your body while it has no effect on you. Y-yes? While Meiko was puzzled by the sudden pointing of a finger, Lexia-san continued without concern. I understand that you were saved by Yuuya-sama and became Yuuya-samas maid as a favor to him. Therefore! You should also serve me, the future wife of Yuuya-sama! Fufuture wife!? Lexia-san? While everyone was surprised by the unexpected statement, Meiko was shocked that Lexia-sans words seemed to have been taken seriously. I apologize, Im terribly rude! No, its not! I dont have that kind of relationship with Lexia-san Thats right. Lexia just keeps saying it unilaterally. What? Its going to happen someday. Where does your confidence come from? After I managed to clear up the misunderstanding with Meiko and finished introducing Lexia-san and the others once again, Lexia-san and the others accepted Meiko somehow. I thought about it when we went shopping today, but I figured I wanted a maid! I may have to ask Meiko to do a lot of things for me from now on! Dont bother her too much, okay? Unlike us, Meiko is new to this world S~ea??h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I-Ill do my best! Support. Dont worry; well support you too. Meiko breathed a sigh of relief at Yuti and Lunas words. Then, Lexia-san seemed to have thought of something. Right! Meiko is a maid, a maid in this world, isnt she? If thats the case, Ill see if she has maid power! M-maid power? What is that power? As I tilted my head at the unfamiliar words, Luna retorted in exasperation. Lexia What are you talking about? Is there something wrong with that? She is going to work as a maid in this house, right? Then, dont you think its necessary to find out if she really has the ability to work as a maid? N-no, Lexia-san. You dont have to go that far No, Master. I will accept this challenge! Meiko? When I was surprised that Meiko would accept Lexia-sans challenge, Ouma-san, who was also watching the proceedings, let out a sigh. Hah Is the important talk over for the time being? If so, Im going to go now. W-woof. Buhi. Pii. Y-yes. I guess Ill be leaving now. Eehh? Night and the others, including Kuuya-san, were a little taken aback by Lexia-san and Meikos situation and went to another room with Ouma-san to keep their distance. Ara, I thought Id let you all do the judging since youre here Judging? What are you going to do? First of all, the food! I want to show you the results of my training as a bride, and well see whos a better cook. Oops, I want to get out of here, too I wont let you go! And neither will you, Yuti! Failure. Lexia, so sharp. Lexia-san caught Luna, who was about to leave the place and gave Yuti a sharp look as well. W-will it be okay? Lexia-sans cooking is Oh, I want to head to the room where Ouma-san and the others are too! Meiko was also sealed in the underworld until now, so I wonder if she can cook Despite these concerns, Meiko shows a willingness to do it. That is fine. I will show you my power as a maid! Then let the cooking competition begin! Why are you even doing this? Thus began the cooking duel between Meiko and Lexia-san. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 243 - Book 1: Part 2 Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 I-I wonder if its okay The two of them lined up in the kitchen, and I watched them from behind, feeling a little nervous. In the end, Luna and the others escaped early but if possible, I also want to escape. After all, the last time Lexia-san cooked, a knife flew toward me from behind. W-well, she did say that she had practiced cooking since then, so I guess it will be fine. Do you have to measure this properly? Well, its not like Im going to put different things in it or anything. I-I hope its okay. As with Lexia-san, what is unknown is Meikos cooking. In the first place, Meiko has been sealed in the underworld for an uncanny number of years. That is why she has probably never cooked, and since she is from the underworld and her existence is similar to that of a demon, it is likely that she does not need to eat. Then again, I cant imagine Meiko being able to cook .. Meiko stared at the knife with a devilish expression, overflowing with spirit, as if she was about to go to war. U-um I wondered about that spirit in mere cooking. But when the time came to start cooking, she was fearful at first of the knife in her hands to cut the ingredients, but she soon got used to it, and from there, the cooking proceeded incredibly smoothly. And even though she had not followed any particular recipe, from what I could see from the back, it looked like it was a well-made dish. Next I can just cut this up, right? Hah! Oh! Surprisingly, just like Iris-san from the other day, Meiko used her spiritual power when cutting the ingredients to complete the process in an instant. To be honest, Im not sure about using spiritual power in cooking, but I-its okay, right? What shes doing seemed pretty messed up, but the procedure and the handiwork itself looked pretty good. C-could this be? As I was holding out hope for Meikos cooking skills, something suddenly passed right by me. Huh? I fearfully looked to the side and saw a kitchen knife stuck in the wall. Ah! Im sorry! It slipped out of my hand I-is that so? Ah-ahahaha It was just a coincidence, wasnt it? Yes, it just happened Well the color is kind of plain isnt it! Lets add some blue here B-blue? What on earth is she cooking! I had no idea what Lexia-sans cooking was, and I was just terrified. After that, I continued to be appalled by the cooking utensils and ingredients that flew in from Lexia-sans side, but the two of them were ready to complete their meal. Now, its done! Hope it suits your palate Oh Astonished. Its done. This looks delicious. Luna and Yuti, who were already sitting at the table side by side, were wide-eyed as I carried the dishes they had prepared. S§×ar?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Kuuya-san doesnt know Lexia-sans original cooking skills, so he is genuinely enjoying looking at the food in front of him. Ouma-san, who had also come to the dining table, was amazed at the food laid out before him. Oh? I wasnt expecting much since the girls were going to make it, but it looks quite tasty. Woof! Buhi! Pii! Hahaha, wait a minute. Night was waiting with good manners, but Akatsuki and Ciel were looking at me as if they couldnt wait any longer, as if they were rushing me. But still I wondered what would happen at first, but the finished dishes looked quite delicious, including the one made by Lexia-san. Meiko looked so skillful during the cooking that I wanted to ask her where she got her skills, and Lexia-san, on the other hand, despite her messed-up cooking, the finished dish in front of me now looked very delicious. After placing the dishes in front of everyone, they immediately began to eat. Now, lets start with the one Lexia made first. Fufu! Be amazed by my cooking! Affirmative. The difference between the two is like heaven and earth. Hey, shut up! If youre going to go that far, why dont you try it, Luna? Huh? Why should I? Luna frowned at Lexia-sans sudden words. But Lexia-san continues, unconcerned. Its true that Luna is my bodyguard, but you are also my attendant, right? Then, its not surprising that you and Meiko are competing with each other. Even if thats the case, Im not going to do it. To Luna, who stubbornly refused to accept, Lexia-san smiled and whispered softly in her ear. I know youre training to be a bride, too, right? Wha-!? W-where did you hear that? The color of Lunas face changed at once. I couldnt hear them from here, but I wondered what they were talking about? Well, what are you going to do? As for me, I can divulge it to Yuuya-sama, you know? Eh? M-me? T-thats Its okay. Since we are here, why dont we just check out your skill once and for all? Right? Luna, who was admonished by Lexia-san, looked thoughtful for a while but then reluctantly nodded her head. Alright. If you insist, lets do it. Thats how its got to be! Im sorry, Meiko, but Im going to have to ask you to have another bout! T-thats not a problem, but what are we going to do? Weve already eaten and Then how about a dishwashing match this time? Dishwashing match? Luna and Meiko tilted their heads, their voices sounding in unison. Yes! If you are an attendant, you should not only cook but also clean up afterward perfectly, right? Thats why youre going to have a dishwashing match! H-hah thats fine, but And, since theres so many dishes, youre joining too, Yuti! Not expecting the fire to fly to her, Yutis eyes widened. Astonished. Why? Because it would be more fun. You decide on your own again Luna held her head in this situation, which had completely become Lexia-sans sole domain. Then, Ouma-san, who had finished eating, opened his mouth. I dont know what it is, but you have no more use for us, right? W-woof Buhi~ Pii! Eh? E-everyone! Ouma-san quickly went to another room, and Night followed him with an apologetic look on his face. Akatsuki waved his hand cheerfully, and Ciel squealed cheerfully as if cheering us on and followed Ouma-san. Well, I guess Ill go over there too Even Kuuya-san? The rest of you youngsters can have fun with each other He left with an air of aloofness. W-what should I do should I run away before I get involved in something weird too? Ara, everyone has gone Well, if only Yuuya-sama is here, then it would be fine! No, theyve blocked my escape route! So, me and Yuuya-sama will be the judges! Fine. Give up. It cant be helped; Ill do my best. Ill win the next match, too! Meiko and Luna were motivated, but Yuti, who was completely caught up in it, let out a deep sigh. Well then lets get started! .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 244 - Book 1: Part 3 Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 After moving to the sink, each with a dish in hand, Lexia-san gave the signal for the contest to begin. I wasnt an expert in cooking, but I know how to wash dishes. All I have to do now is to strike with my hands! Using all of her spiritual power, Meiko made the dishes float in the air one after another, grabbed them before they fell, cleaned them one by one, and laid them out in the blink of an eye. A-amazing I havent mastered how to handle spiritual power yet, but Meiko, who has spent so many years with spiritual power, can handle it at will as if it were her own limbs Not bad. But I wont lose to you either! Luna smiles wryly in the face of Meikos strange technique. At that moment, she threw a plate into the air, just like Meiko. However, the plate did not fall but was fixed in the air. T-thats I see; the plates are being held in place by Lunas strings. While everyone was amazed at the sight of so many plates floating in the air, Lexia-san gave a calm commentary. W-whats this strange situation Thats not all [Streamline]! Then suddenly, bubbles began to adhere to the plates that had been fixed in mid-air, and they moved dexterously and began to wash the plates! W-what in the world is going on? T-that! Thats the advanced skill of washing many dishes at the same time by attaching bubbles to different strings and manipulating them! Lexia-san? For some reason, Lexia-sans live commentary just wouldnt stop. Fufufu Of course, unlike the strings I usually use, I use a material that is gentle to dishes and is specially designed for dish-washing. I-is there such a thing as a dish-washing-specific string? The world of strings is too big. I could only twitch my cheeks at Lunas words. Thus, while Luna and Meiko were engaged in a fierce battle, Yuti is Haah! Like the two of them, she tossed the dishes into the air and, using her precognition, accurately washes them in the order in which they fall. And when she finished washing each and every plate [Comet]! She threw the dishes at the drainer rack. Yuti threw the dishes precisely at the draining rack one after the other. After throwing all the dishes, Yuti finished washing the dishes before the two of them. Finished. I win. Um Yuti? While Yuti was taking a break from washing the dishes, I called out to her. ? Whats wrong? The dishes are broken Ah Naturally, there was no special processing on the draining rack, and all the dishes thrown in were broken. Seeing this, Yuti froze and turned a fearful glance in my direction. Afraid. Yuuya, are you angry? N-no, its not like that, but for the time being, lets not throw things unless youre in battle. Its dangerous if it hits someone Affirmative. Ill be careful I didnt say anything more to the frustrated Yuti. It was unfortunate that the plates broke, but I was relieved that no one was hurt. Thus, despite a little trouble, the matter was finally settled. I-Im done! It was Meiko who finished washing the dishes first. Kuh! I was so close too! Next to her, Luna, who finished washing the dishes by a really close margin, looked frustrated. When I checked the dishes that had been washed, I found that they had both washed them properly without leaving a single stain, and I had nothing to complain about. Thats too bad for you, Luna! I wont lose the next time. Thank you for your concern. But it is enough for me to stay in this house. Besides, I will take good care of this house while Master is away. And so, she was now staying at home with Night and the others. In fact, it seemed to be fun for Meiko, and I didnt have anything more to say to her. Lexia-san and the others seemed a little disappointed But I wanted to let Meiko do what she wanted to do. If she wanted to stay at home, thats fine. And also, because of the way she was, it seemed that Meiko didnt age with her appearance, so if she wanted to go to school later, then she could think about it then. So, after returning from the underworld, I was able to spend relatively peaceful days. And today, my classes at school ended without incident, and I was about to go home, when. Tenjou-kun! Ki-Kitaraku-senpai? The door to the classroom was opened vigorously, and from there, the student council president of this school, Kitaraku-senpai, appeared. When everyone in the class was surprised by the sudden situation, Kitaraku-senpai came to me, paying no attention to the surroundings. Tenjou-kun, listen to me! W-what is it? The School Idol Projects stage has been decided! ..Eh? For a moment, I couldnt understand the meaning of Kitaraku-senpais words. W-what did he just say? The School Idol Projects stage has been decided!? Eeehhh!? I-isnt that too soon? It was understandable that I was surprised. After all, I had only just heard about School Idol a short while ago. Well, I visited the president of Star Productions the other day! We talked about a lot of things there, and the stage was decided right away! When did that happen? Even if thats the case, I think everything happened too fast! Kitaraku-senpai, not caring about my reaction, laughed it off. Hahahaha! What are you saying? When I get an idea, I act on it! Thats my good point! That may be so, but! In the first place idol stage, what about the songs and choreography! I understood that the stage had been decided. But nothing has been prepared for the stage. Then, Kitaraku-senpai grinned. Dont worry. Ive got that all prepared too! By the way, I asked Kanade Utamori-san, who came to the last school festival, to write the song, and the choreography was done by a very famous choreographer who is the pride of Star Productions! Eeehhh!? T-thats a lot of information! Ive also prepared a place for you to practice for the stage, so from today, you can start practicing there right away! Oh, no, wait! Kitaraku-senpai ended the conversation almost unilaterally and left happily. I was appalled at the sight of him. And thus, the preparation for the school idol stage started without me understanding the reason. After the class buzz subsided, I quickly set to work to prepare for the stage. Then, Ryo and Shingo-kun, who apparently were not in the classroom at the time of the earlier commotion, came up to me and started to talk. Yuuya. Wanna go play? T-there is a new game center near here. Do you want to join us? Ah Im sorry. The school idol project started today, so I-I see that youve already started. Shingo-kuns eyes widened at my words. That surprised me too, you know I see then it cant be helped. Akira also seemed busy, so well do it another time Huh? Is that so? Y-yeah. But Akira always seems to be busy Thats true if you ask me. Ive hardly ever hung out with him after school or anything Heh Shingo-kun and Ryo had not had much time to play with Akira, either. sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. What is he doing, that Akira? Is there some reason why he cant play with his friends? With these thoughts in mind, I parted from them and hurried to the room prepared by Kitaraku-senpai. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 245 - Book 1: Part 4 Book 13: Chapter 1: Part 4 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 Um everyones stage is set. Eh? I had gathered Lexia-san and the others who had become members of the school idol group and arrived at the lesson room that Kitaraku-senpai had prepared for us. This lesson room was usually used for physical education dance classes, the front of the room was covered with mirrors and even had a barre for ballet. On the way to this place, I was handed a certain DVD by Kitaraku-senpai. This DVD contains the music and choreography for the song that the idol will be singing, so please take care of it! After telling me that the DVD contained the song and choreography, he stormed off again. Then Kaede, who had been listening to me, raised her hand. Um I think we just talked about school idols the other day, and the stage has already been set? Or rather, is it going to be okay? I think its up to everyones hard work Eeehhh!? It was too sudden not only for me but also for Kaede and the others, and they all looked at me with wide eyes. I-in the first place, isnt there someone like a teacher prepared for us? I dont think so. Isnt that too unreasonable? I thought so, too. The student council president wanted them to learn the song and choreography on their own. But even though I expressed my concern, Kitaraku-senpai did not listen to me at all Dont worry, dont worry! You guys can do it! Hahahaha! Thats how it went. By the way, has anyone ever sung or danced before? I asked, and no one raised their hand except Lexia-san. Ive danced a few times in social gatherings, but this one is probably not the kind of dancing that Im thinking of, isnt it? Certainly, Lexia-san, in her position as the princess of the Kingdom of Arcelia, had probably experienced ballroom dancing in the other world. However, what I am asking everyone to do this time was to dance as an idol. The direction of the dance was completely different. Well I havent checked the DVD yet, so I cant say for sure, but I think its very different from the kind of dance Lexia-san is imagining Hmm then lets check out the song and dance as soon as possible. I agree. Now that the stage has been set, we have no choice but to do it At the urging of Luna and Merl, everyone decided to watch the DVD that had been given by Kitaraku-senpai for the time being. After playing the video on the monitor provided in the room and finishing checking the contents of the DVD T-this is quite I broke out in a cold sweat when I saw the dance recorded on the DVD. Kaede and the others are still the only students who are willing to cooperate with the school idol project, and none of them has any experience in dancing or singing. So, I thought the songs and choreography would be somewhat easy to follow I-its a pretty up-tempo song although its certainly a very good idol song Kaede was right; I thought the song was very good as if just listening to it would cheer me up. Its no wonder, because it was Kanade Utamori-san, who was invited to the last school festival, who wrote the lyrics to the song. I was surprised once again because I had never thought that Kitaraku-senpai had asked someone so famous to write a song for him. It was hard to believe that a mere student could do such a thing, but that Kitaraku-senpai managed to do it without any difficulty, so it was still terrifying Anyway, what we thought was the biggest problem when we saw the DVD was A-are we going to dance like this? Its pretty intense, but It looks difficult, isnt it? The choreography was set to the speedy tune of the song. It was not extremely difficult, but I think it would still be too difficult for an amateur dancer to dance. Fortunately, the formation didnt seem to change, so they only needed to learn the dances and songs recorded on this DVD As I was making a sour face at the unexpected level of difficulty, Luna, who was watching the monitor with a serious expression on her face, opened her mouth. Yuuya, can you show me the DVD just one more time? Eh? Ah, yeah. I did as I was told and played the video once more, and Luna continued to stare at it intently. Then. I memorized it. Huh? As everyones eyes widened at Lunas unexpected statement, Luna suddenly stood up and moved to the center of the room. Yuuya, play the video for me. G-got it. When I started playing the video again, Luna started dancing to the music of the video. And Luna continued to dance without making a single mistake. It was hard to believe that she was a beginner dancer. Whats more, she had only seen the video twice. But to my surprise, Luna danced through the song perfectly. Hmm Something like this. A-amazing! Luna-san, youre just amazing! I-is that so? Perhaps because of this, evil beasts and others with the presence of Evil cannot even approach this area. However, instead, powerful monsters are attracted by the presence of the Holy and gather here, making the area as dangerous as the Great Devils Nest, where Yuuya lives. For the monsters, the presence of the Holy in this land was comfortable, and since the power of the Holy also had the ability to strengthen their bodies, it was easy to see how powerful the Holy were at the time when such terrain was created. In the Sacred Valley, many Holy had already gathered. Some of the Holy, including the Fist Saint, had already disappeared after their minds were controlled by Evil, but there are still some Holy left in the world. Then one of the Holy noticed Iris and the others. Iris! Gloria! Its been a long time! The woman who came to Iris and the others was a beast-woman with long azure hair and deep purple eyes. She had a black steel prosthetic arm from her right shoulder down, and the way she carried herself made it clear at first glance that she was no ordinary woman. The woman, whom Iris called Gloria, turned her attention to Usagi and Odis. I see youre with Usagi and Odis, too. (Its been a long time.) How are the children? Gloria smiled at Odis question. Yeah, theyre doing too well. It would be great if everyone could come and play with them. (I dont like human children.) Hey! What are you talking about? Iris was quick to quip at Usagis words but then turned her gaze once again to the Holy gathered in the place. But why did the Katana Saint decide to hold the Heavenly Sacred Festival? Who knows I wondered that myself. But now that were all here, I think its It seems that theres definitely something hes after. Iris intuitively felt that way. This was because she had sensed a strange presence from some of the Holy since she arrived at the venue. In addition This sign could also be felt from the organizer of this event, the Katana Saint, Shu Zakuren. Hmm Its a strange sign or perhaps a strange pressure from some people. I think weve been through a lot, and were getting stronger As Odis said, the three of them, including Iris and Usagi, should have been much stronger than the other Holy because they had many opportunities to work with Yuuya. However, some of the Holy gathered here were giving off a strange pressure that made even the three of them wary of each other. As the three of them were observing the scene in the venue, a man came out to the center of the venue. He had long, deep purple hair that was tied up in one bun and dark purple eyes. He wore exotic clothing reminiscent of Japanese kimonos and had a katana at his waist. His face was covered with an unreadable smile. .. That man was Shu Zakuren, the Katana Saint who initiated this [Heavenly Sacred Festival]. Shu looked around and bowed. I thank you for agreeing to this sudden call. Unfortunately, it seems that some of the Holy have already passed away, but it is a great pleasure for me to meet again with so many of you here. Some of the Holy presents were surprised by Shus statement. I thought there were some Holy who are not present, but they have passed away? Oh I guess we havent told Gloria yet Or rather, we havent been able to tell most of the Holy. Do Iris and the others know anything about this? Gloria was surprised at Shus words, while Iris and the others smiled bitterly at her. In fact, if it were the case, they would have already informed the Holy that Avis, the pinnacle of Evil, had been defeated. But after that, they were still involved in Yuuyas troubles, and as a result, they were unable to tell many of the Holy about it. Um You know those Evil, dont you? Thats because they are our sworn enemies. The leader of it has already been defeated. Eh? S§×arch* The N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Gloria looked stunned at Iriss words. W-wait a minute. Its been defeated, you say (It means exactly what Iris said. There is no Evil in the world today. Though evil beasts are still around.) .. Gloria could not help but be appalled. In the midst of all this, Shus words continued. This unforeseen situation where several Holy died at the same time. The cause of this is unknown to me either, but it is highly likely to be related to the presence of Evil. Therefore, I felt it was necessary for the Holy to communicate with each other and enhance our unity. And we must not forget to check each others skills and improve each other. .. The Evil had already been destroyed, and Shu had not been told about it, but when Shu said that the purpose of the exchange between the Holy was still the same, Iris and the others looked more and more doubtful. (If all he wants is to communicate with the Holy, there are other ways to do it) I think the main purpose is to confirm the skills of the Holy, isnt it? If so, I dont know why that Shu guy suddenly started talking like that and I dont understand his aim When the three of them were showing their caution, Shus gaze suddenly caught the three of them. It was only a fleeting moment, but Iris did not miss it. The talk has gotten long, but Im sure everyone is busy in their own way. Lets start the [Heavenly Sacred Festival] right away. Lets decide once again who is the strongest among the Holy. And about the future. Thus began the [Heavenly Sacred Festival] by the Holy. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 246 - Book 2: Part 1 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 1 This was just a day before Kuuya and Meiko started living at Yuuyas house. Night woke up early in the morning. Woof Night always woke up at the same time, and after giving a small yawn, he went to the bedroom of Yuuya, his master, and his beloved family. He then stood by Yuuyas bedside, stopped the alarm clock just before it rang, and gently tapped Yuuyas face with his paw. Woof. Nn? Nn ah, good morning, Night Yuuya looked at Night gently with somewhat sleepy eyes. Night liked the way Yuuya looked at him and slid his face close to his. Haha thank you for everything. Woof! Yuuya also set an alarm clock, but instead of that alarm clock, Night was the one who always woke him up. After completely waking up, Yuuya went straight to the kitchen and started to prepare breakfast. After seeing Yuuya off to the kitchen, Night went to Akatsuki and the others bedrooms. There, he found Akatsuki and Ciel sleeping peacefully. And Ouma was there. Night went to Akatsuki and dexterously shook Akatsukis body with his paw. Woof. Fugo fugo But Akatsuki showed no sign of waking up at all. Woof As Akatsuki breathed pleasantly in his sleep, Night sighed helplessly and gently pulled him with his mouth, carrying him to the dining table. After carrying Akatsuki to the place where he usually ate, Night called out to Ciel. Woof. Suu pii Pii Woof Ciel, too, did not seem to wake up at all. Again, like Akatsuki, Night carried Ciel to the dining table and gently set Ciel down in the seat. Then Yuuya, who was cooking, noticed Night and smiled bitterly. Haha You shouldnt bother with it, Night. Woof. Night shook his head. Yuuya could get up on his own without being woken up by Night, but waking Yuuya up was also an enjoyable morning routine for Night. In contrast, Akatsuki and Ciel were brought to the table like this by Night each and every time, and while it was certainly disheartening, Night had no intention of changing this routine. Night is like a big brother, isnt he? Woof? Although Night was unaware of it, the way he was dumbfounded and hands-on made him seem like an older brother to Akatsuki and Ciel. In fact, Yuuyas firm eldest son is Night, and Akatsuki is the second son who goes at his own pace. He considers Ciel, who is very sweet, to be the third son. As for Ouma, he is much older than the others, so he has never really looked at him in that way. Despite this, Ouma still slept freely in his room. And it was Nights job to wake him up. Woof! Mm? Night, huh? Im still sleepy. Let me sleep like this Woof, woof! No, I mean hey! Dont bite my tail! Alright, alright! Ill walk by myself! When Night bit Oumas tail and dragged him away, Ouma quickly surrendered and reluctantly followed Night to the dining table. By this time, Yuuya had also finished preparing breakfast, and Akatsuki and the others were beginning to wake up, albeit gradually. Fugo fugo? Supi pii? Hey, Akatsuki, Ciel. Its time for breakfast, so get up. And good morning, Ouma-san. Umu. Then, lets eat. While everyone was eating breakfast together, Night suddenly remembered something from the past. It was true that the house that Yuuya inherited from his grandfather was big, but Yuuyas house, which was originally poor, did not even have a television. And since the storage room where the most valuable items were kept was located behind the bathroom, no burglar would have thought to search there. S§×arch* The n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Moreover, the items in the storage room were all of tremendous value, but to a common thief, they would be considered nothing more than junk. It might have been unlucky for the burglars to target such a house. But the most unlucky of all is. Woof. Whoaa? Eh W-what is it, a dog? It surprised me The man recognized Night and panicked for a moment, but when he realized that Night was still a puppy, he patted his chest. Heh you think youre a guard dog? In such a spacious house, no one will notice the barking of a puppy like you. Now, if you understand that, go away. Or else Grrrr Woof! Gaaahh!? Before the man could finish his sentence, Night pounced on him. The man quickly covered his face with his arm, and Night bit into that arm. Ouch, ouch, ouch. Y-you! L-let go of. Woof. Guheeh! When Night lightly twisted his body while biting the mans arm, the man was effortlessly knocked to the floor. At first glance, Night looked like a puppy, but he was, in fact, a child of [Black Fenrir], who was comparable to Ouma, and a mere thief could not possibly be a match for him. Moreover, unlike Ouma, Night was very gentle with the man, biting his arm but never ripping it off. W-what the hell is this dog? Woof. Night released the mans arm, jumped up nimbly, and swung his paw in the mans face. Woof! Bueee! The man was knocked unconscious in an instant. After confirming that the man had fainted, Night walked out of the house with the burglar by the scruff of the neck in his mouth. Then, dragging the man, who was still unconscious Night headed to what turned out to be a police station. Night carelessly lowered the man to the ground and barked lightly toward the police station. Woof! Hmm? Eh What is this? The police officer who came out of the police station rolled his eyes when he saw the man lying on the ground in front of him and Night sitting a little next to him. But the policeman soon realized that the mans face was familiar. Ah! I-isnt this guy the burglar who was recently wanted! Woof. Eh? Oh, hey! After Night saw that the police officers had taken the man into custody, he hurried straight back to the house. Remembering that Night had caught a pickpocket before and that criminals were to be turned over to the police, Night delivered the burglar to the police station this time as well. When Night returned home after a days work, Ouma and the others were still lounging around as usual. Woof Mhm? It looks like its all over. Fugo! Pii! Woof! Night was once again spending his time at home, being amazed at the state of the three of them, when Yuuya came home from school. Im home. Woof! Oh, Night! Im home. Is everything alright today? Woof! The truth was that the house was burglarized, but Night prevented the damage before it happened, so he decided to keep quiet so that Yuuya wouldnt worry about it. After seeing this, Ouma and the others also seemed to have decided not to say anything unnecessary and remained silent. I see. Thank you for always keeping watch over the house. Woof! After being petted by Yuuya, Night barked happily. This was the daily life of Night. He protected the house so that Yuuya could go to school with peace of mind. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 247 - Book 2: Part 2 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 And time returns to the present. A few days have passed since we started practicing for the stage. Actually, we didnt receive any information from Kitaraku-senpai except the music and choreography data. Thus we didnt know when the show would be in the first place, and we didnt know what to do about the costumes and so on. Well, Im sure Kitaraku-senpai will prepare those things for us At any rate, despite all the uncertainty, our practice was going well. Lexia, youre running late! I-I know! Even now, Luna-led dance lessons are taking place, and Lexia-san, who is a little less athletic than everyone else, is doing her best while struggling. At first, I wondered what would happen, but as the practice progresses like this, I feel like they are getting into shape, which is amazing. In comparison, I have nothing to do, or I cant do anything I wonder why Kitaraku-senpai put me in charge of this project? No matter how I think about it, its like Im just in the way When I thought about that myself and felt miserable, it seemed that the dance session had just come to an end, and each of them had started to take a break. Phew! The water tastes so good! Its not often that I get to move my body this much. Merl-san is an alien from the planet Amel, whose science and technology are far more advanced than that of the Earth, and since she usually lives using various Amel technologies, she probably has fewer opportunities to move her body than people from the Earth. It seems like Lexia is having a hard time keeping up with the music. I-I cant help it, can I? Im not as physically strong as Luna! Effort. Lexia should exercise more. Hey, Yuti! You make it sound like Im lazy! You are, arent you? I-Im not, right? Yuuya-sama? A-ahahaha I could only laugh at the topic that was suddenly thrown at me. The reason was when she first came to this world, she was interested in a lot of things, but as she got more and more accustomed to it, she was corrupted by the convenient tools of the Earth Above all, now that a maid named Meiko was also living in the house, Lexia-san was moving around the house less and less often. W-well, Lexia-san was usually working hard as a princess in the other world, so its fine if she took it easy, at least in this world. Well, putting Lexia aside I was surprised that Kaede was able to move more than I expected. Eh, m-me? Affirmative. Kaede, excellent. Having been praised by Luna and Yuti, Kaede was flustered. T-thats not true! I was just trying to keep up with the others in dance, and Im not as good a singer as Lexia-san and the others sea??h th§× ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Lexia-san was certainly not good at dancing, but when it came to singing, she had an outstanding talent a singing voice that really attracted you. It is true that I am not a good dancer, but I am a good singer! When it comes to singing, Im the one whos going to teach Luna! Kuh! Im so pissed off at the look of pride on her face! Weak. Singing is hard Well, maybe its a matter of whether or not youre used to singing on a regular basis. Doubt. Merl is good at it too. Do you sing a lot? Yeah, I do. When I was in my hometown, I used to sing a lot. Just like Yuti said, I was actually surprised by Merls singing ability as well. If Lexia-sans songs appealed to the emotions, Merl sang with such precision that the word precise was the perfect word to describe her singing. Perhaps there is a culture of music on the planet Amel. Even though their science and technology are very different, the enjoyment of such a culture is probably the same. I was defeated by everyones pressure, and I focused my mind only on healing everyones body, and while frantically dispelling unnecessary thoughts, I accomplished the massage. And so it went smoothly(?). Todays practice was over, and I decided to go home. Then Good, you guys havent gone home yet Whats wrong? The girls are looking awfully shiny Sawada-sensei! Ah, um there are various things Our homeroom teacher, Sawada-sensei, came to the lesson room we were using. So, whats going on? Thats right. Actually, Im here to tell you that Ive received the thing that that guy Kitaraku asked me to deliver, so I came to tell you about it he just pushed me to do the work and then went away. Haha By the way, these are your stage costumes. Eh!? We were surprised to hear these words. I knew that Kitaraku-senpai had been preparing for this, but is it already done? Yeah. Hes always quick to act on these things. I asked Sawada-sensei, who looked somewhat taken aback, about something that had been bothering me. Um It seemed like the other day Sensei was against Kitaraku-senpai in a lot of ways, but are you helping him out now? Thats right Well, its because he was able to get you in well. Eh? No, Im talking about this side. Besides, before I knew it, he was in talks with Star Productions, and he even got permission from the board chairman. I dont think a single teacher can overturn it now. Kitaraku-senpai is really fast at his work, isnt he? I didnt realize that he had already received permission from Tsukasa-san, the board chairman Well, to put it another way, we cant do such a big project without Tsukasa-sans permission, can we? So, I wanted to bring over the costumes that had arrived. Since I cant catch Kitaraku, I thought Id ask Tenjou to help me. No problem. Oh, then well help too! Kaede raised her hand and said so, but No, Kaede and the others can go home first. But To make Yuuya-kun work alone is No problem. Rather, Kaede and the others are probably more tired from practicing. In fact, although I have been appointed by my Kitaraku-senpai to be in charge of this project, I have not been able to do anything that resembles work so far. So, if I dont move even at a time like this, I would feel uncomfortable If Yuuya says its okay, then I will take your word for it. Right! Since were all here, it wouldnt be a bad idea if we all went home together! Come to think of it; we havent really hung out together outside of this practice. Then, we could go out afterward, couldnt we? No, its possible! If thats the case, lets go right away! Eeehhh? Geez, Lexia It seems that Lexia-san and the others are going to have a little fun and go back home. It is true that Lexia and Yuti are in different grades with each other, and they dont have a chance to talk to each other except when practicing on the idol stage. You can go play, but be careful! Yes! Taking Sawada-senseis advice, Lexia-san and the others left the classroom. I then went to work carrying out the costumes that had arrived. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 248 - Book 2: Part 3 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 Yuuya and the others were in the midst of their school idol project. In the afterlife [the underworld], the boundary with the present world has been successfully restored, and normal daily life has returned. And today, too, a sinner is brought to Reimei. Let go of me! Who do you think I am? Im the son of that Kuzunoichi! The man who was being brought in by the oni was screaming, perhaps not grasping the exact situation in which he was placed. Seeing him like this, the oni tried to silence the man. Shut up. The air was quiet yet heavy with pressure.UppTodated from no?/v/e/lb(i)n.c(o)/m The man who had been screaming just a moment ago shut his mouth and began to tremble under the tremendous pressure that suddenly hit him. What put the man in such a state was a very young-looking girlReimei, in front of him. Reimei was looking down at the man, a sinner, with her legs crossed on an honorary seat. Her appearance was the face of the master of the underworld, which Yuuya and the others had never seen before, and it gave the impression that she was ruthless to no end. The man looked up at Reimei and tried to escape his gaze, but he was too afraid to move properly due to the fact that he was being held down by the oni. Then, Reimei pointed her index finger at the man and made a motion as if she was going to pull something out. At that moment, a purple aura appeared on the mans forehead in the form of threads. The thread-like aura drifted through the air, and when it reached Reimei, it transformed into a scroll. The scroll, transformed from an aura, opens on its own and exposes itself to Reimei. Adultery, murder, theft oh oh oh, you have committed countless crimes The man smiles, freed from his intimidation by the fact that Reimeis attention has turned to the scroll. He-hehe thats right! Im not like those other people. Hows that? Isnt that awesome? The man talked as if committing a crime was a great thing. The surrounding oni frowned at the man, who showed no signs of remorse. But nothing changed in Reimeis expression. Oh, whats the difference? I am the son of Kuzunoichi. No matter what I do, my father will always cover it up! No matter how much the lowly people cry out, I will never be judged. I am the chosen one! That was when you were alive, wasnt it? Reimei said, and the man smiled. Well, yes! But that doesnt change the fact that I am the chosen one! Now, hurry up and release me and bring me back to life! Shouldnt there be some service that goes with being the chosen one? Despite his absurdity, the man continued to speak as if it were a matter of course. Then Oh, so you are the chosen one, are you? Ive been saying that for a while now! Get these guys out of my way and get me out of here quickly At that moment, as if interrupting the mans speech, a purple light shot out from Reimei. The light went straight ahead and penetrated the mans face. And a few moments later, the mans body exploded. But. Gaaaahhhh! Hah! Hah hah! The man whose body had just exploded desperately checked his own body. Certainly, the man had just exploded. However, the man was in this underworld because he was already dead. However I thought it was decided just now. Hmph Sure, I was surprised, but Im not soft enough to be hit by that strike now, okay? Shu quickly slipped his katana into his bosom and caught Iriss attack. Ara, really? Then how about this! Kuh! As they had been involved in battles with Yuuya, Iris and the others had also fought many more powerful enemies than ever before. In addition, Yuuya was sent to a world in the past where he received guidance from the sage Zenovis, making him a force that Iris and the others could no longer match in terms of combat power. Although Iris and the others managed to keep up with Yuuya due to the difference in experience, there was still a limit to what they could do. That was why, in order to keep up with Yuuya in the future, Iris needed to gain even more strength. Haaagh! Tsk! Im amazed that a mere sword strike has this power! In the past, Iris relied heavily on skill in many of her battles. Even Usagi, who had trained his groundwork, used a lot of skill in battle. However, after witnessing Yuuyas stronger fighting, Iris realized that this alone was not enough, and she fully demonstrated her talent and had already reached the point where she could unleash many skills as a single casual blow. In addition, Iris had begun training in other areas of magic that she had not developed before. Instead of focusing on her newly acquired power, she focused on developing the power that already existed. As a result, she was naturally able to strengthen her body with magic power, just as she had just blown Shu away. Now, if you have some hidden power, youd better get it out quickly, or itll be over! Iris was able to catch up to Shu without missing a beat, but Shu was not to be outdone. The physical capabilities of Iris, strengthened by magic power, were superior to Shus, but Shu covered them with his skills. Shu was able to survive the fierce sword fight with only one katana. Gloria and the others were amazed to see the two of them. Amazing when did Iris become so strong? (Weve been through a lot. More importantly) Usagis eyes narrowed as he saw Shu defending against Iriss attack. It was a faint sense of discomfort that spread through Usagi. Indeed, Shu looked like he was doing his best to prevent Iriss attack. But (Its strange Its as if hes investigating something rather than just enduring it) Iris herself, who was fighting, felt that Usagi was right. (This guy He precisely defends against all of my attacks. Of course, Im not giving it my all either, but its creepy that he seems to be able to see through my attacks) For a while, Iriss one-sided attack continued, but eventually, Shu, who had taken his distance, unexpectedly raised his hand. I surrender. Eh? Sear?h the N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It was too sudden. Not expecting Shu to surrender here, Iris was puzzled. Shu continued with a calm face. You can see that, cant you? I cant beat Iris. Im sorry, but thats it. .. After announcing this, Shu silently walked off the stage. (After all, I couldnt find out the reason why he opened this [Heavenly Sacred Festival], and most importantly, I couldnt figure out the power that Shu is hiding). Iris did not pursue Shu any further, but the result of the match left somewhat of a lingering impression. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 249 - Book 2: Part 4 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 4 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 4 Its as lively as ever! After the practice for the stage was over, Lexia and the others came to a shopping mall. I thought about it the last time I was here with Luna and the others, but its amazing how many different stores are in one building, isnt it? Huh? Is it unusual in Lexia-sans country? Kaede was the only one among them who did not know that Lexia and the others were from a different world, and she was mystified when she noticed Lexias amazement at the shopping mall. Id like to have one in our country, too, seeing as its so convenient. Thats true! There are a lot of problems with the land, but well manage! ? Listening to the words alone, it was as if Lexia was saying that she would build this shopping mall-like facility in her own country, which made Kaede, who thought she was just an exchange student, tilt her head in confusion even more. Nevertheless When I first came to this world, I was hoping to learn just a little bit about the culture, but after taking a closer look around, Im learning a lot! Well, your real purpose was Yuuya, after all. Thats obvious! But this world and the science and technology that Merl uses are also interesting to learn about, but the intangible things like architectural styles and commercial forms like this are also very informative. Lexias eyes were somewhat serious as she said this. However, she soon returned to her usual demeanor and turned her head to everyone else. Well! Lets take a look around then! Ive always wanted to go to a place called a game center! Is that so? Oh, but I wonder if game centers are unusual for people from other countries? At least, there arent any in my country! When I was looking around the city with Luna and the others before, we passed by a game center Not only Lexia but also me and Yuti didnt know, so we didnt stop by, did we? Affirmative. When it comes to the unknown, its best not to touch it. Come to think of it; Im curious too. Merl-san, too? Although the planet Amel has more advanced science and technology than Earth, it seems that science and technology are not used much for entertainment, which has been one of her concerns since she came to Earth. Besides, I didnt have that much money at the time. Well, it wasnt money to play with; it was money to buy what we needed. Secured. Im getting money from Yuuya today. Although they could not play the other day due to financial reasons, this time, they could play because Yuti had received money from Yuuya in advance. Lexia and the others, who had thus decided on a game center as their destination did not go there directly. Huh? What is that? Hey, Lexia! Lexia spotted a sign that said Tapioca and moved to it. Tapioca? What is that? Luna, do you know about it? I dont know but what are those creepy, black lumps? Its sweet. I had it once with a friend. Eehh? Yuti, you have friends? Protest. I have good friends. Yuti was displeased with Lexias reaction. However, Lexia did not care and continued. But that means that is sweet food, right? Thats right. It may look weird, but the texture is interesting and tasty. Satisfied with Kaedes explanation, Lexia began to look around again. Interesting! Oh, and over there too! As I said, dont move on your own! And Lexia never made it to the game center, as she would find something that caught her interest and head in that direction. Look! Its ice cream! Lets try some! Ice cream? Whats that? Huh? Luna-san, have you never had ice cream before? Its a cold sweet Cold sweets? I-it cant be helped. If Lexia wants to eat it, lets eat it. Affirmative. Sugar content is important. Fufu, thats good. After each of them finished ordering and received the order Mmmm! Its so cold and delicious! A-amazing The crepe I had before was amazing, but I didnt know there was such a sweet Delicious. I guess this planet has made great progress in entertainment and food culture.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com As they ate the ice cream and shared their impressions, Lexia and the others attracted a lot of attention from the people around them. Hey, that Wow, theyre so pretty! They look like foreigners, but they are beautiful! Hey, lets go talk to them, shall we? Stop it; youre not going to get any attention. Lexia and the others were attracting attention, but they were too engrossed in their ice cream to pay any attention. After finishing their ice cream, Lexia and the others finally arrived at the game center. This is it! What can I say its pretty noisy when youre near Affirmative. I didnt recognize it from a distance before, but up close, it looks completely different. So you can play with everything here? As each of them looked around the game center, Lexia noticed something. T-thats so cute! Lexia was interested in a stuffed bear inside a crane game machine. Hey, Kaede! How do you play with this? Well, its, you know After a brief lecture from Kaede, Lexia rolled up her arms. I see. Well, Ill give it a try then! Lexia tries it, putting in her money in high spirits. However H-hey! Youre pushing it too far! Lexias button operation failed to move the arm to the desired position. On the contrary Aaaaah! No, no, no, no! Theres nothing there! Pfft thats brilliant. Its such a big target, and you didnt even graze it Kiii! If youre going to go that far, Luna should try it! In the end, Lexia was unable to win the stuffed bear and was quickly replaced by Luna. And Good grief Youre totally hopeless if you cant do such a simple thing, Lexia! This is how you do it H-huh? However, Luna also could not move the arm to the targeted position, and as a result, she could not win the prize. Arara~? I thought this was supposed to be easy. Kuh! N-no, its not me! There is something wrong with this strange machine! Is that so? Unfortunately, we have no intention of doing so. Youll have to find someone else. Well, well, dont say that. Eh, u-uh Kaede! Luna replied in a nonchalant manner, and one of the men put out his hand to Kaede. The people around them knew that something was going on, and although some of them went to contact the police or security guards, no one was going to stop them. Luna and Yuti, who had decided that they would be harmed if they did not do something, immediately tried to subdue the man.. U-um those girls I dont think they like Huh? At that moment, a young man stopped the men. The young man appeared frail at first glance, with a generally gloomy air about him. However, there was a strong will in his eyes, and one could sense his desire to help Kaede and the others who were in trouble right in front of him. Then, one of the men came up to him, perhaps offended by the young mans attitude. Whats the matter with you? You got a problem with us? T-the girls look like they dont want to go with you, and I dont think its a good idea to force them to go with you. The man looked down at the young man in a somewhat intimidating manner, but the young man paid no attention to that intimidation and said so. You bastard Dont get carried away! ! Hey! Irritated by the young mans attitude, the man pushed him away forcefully. Lexia tried to stop him in a hurry, but Luna restrained her with her hand. Luna! Dont move. Im your guard. But! As Lexia tried to argue with Luna, who had a serious expression on her face, the other men began to surround the young man. They could have left at any moment, but they could not leave the young man who came out to help them. You! Leave us alone and get out of here! I-its okay! But even after Lexias words, the young man did not stop facing the men. Are you alright? I was just in the mood to talk to the girls when you interrupted me. Seriously, its people like you that get on my nerves the most! ! Hey! At that moment, one of the men punched at the young man. The other men followed suit, assaulting the young man one after the other. Lu-Luna! Stop those men right away! Kuh! Luna, unable to leave the scene of the young man being assaulted, tried to subdue the men as if following Lexias orders. But You people! What are you doing! Shit! Lets get the hell out of here. You bastard, I will remember your face, okay? The men left in a hurry when a police officer rushed to the scene after receiving a call. For the remaining young man, Lexia immediately rushed over to him. A-are you okay? Are you hurt? I-Im fine. The young man was startled by the hand that was extended to him, but he fearfully took the hand and got up. The young man then spoke softly to Kaede, who had frozen up earlier when the man grabbed her hand. U-um are you alright? Eh? Ah, yes! Im fine! Or rather Its me who should ask you if youre okay! Kaede came to her senses and asked the young man in a hurry, and he smiled softly. I-Im fine. Im glad nothing happened to you. You all, are you okay? One of the police officers then approached Lexia and the others. Were here because of a report Can you explain to us what happened? Y-yes. Actually, some men came in and messed with us, and we were in trouble, and then this guy H-huh? The young man was gone before anyone knew it, though Lexia tried to explain the young man to the police officer. Aside from Kaede and Lexia, everyone was surprised that the young man disappeared without anyone being able to detect him, even in the presence of such powerful people as Luna and Yuti. However, Luna and Yuti were also surprised by something else about the young man. Yuti, the man from earlier Astonished. There wasnt a single scratch on him Luna and Yuti had seen that the young man who had just been assaulted, albeit for a short time, had not a single wound. Moreover, the young man had disappeared without being detected by the two girls, which raised more and more questions. Who exactly was the young man? In the end, Lexia and the others were unable to find the young man who had helped them after that, so after a brief question, they decided to go home. Haaaa. I was in such a good mood, but those people ruined it! It cant be helped, can it? Lexia-san attracts attention, so Negative. Its not just Lexia. Merl stands out enough, too. S§×arch* The Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I-is that so? If you say so, then so does Yuti It doesnt matter! I wonder who that man was, after all. While everyone else pretends not to see anything he was a very nice person to come out to help in that way! Right, Kaede? .. Kaede? Huh? Oh, I-Im sorry! Whats wrong? I was just asking about the person from earlier whats happening with you? When Lexia asked this to the strange-looking Kaede, Kaede spoke with a slightly puzzled look on her face. U-um Im not sure how to say it I thought the person who tried to help us looked like Yuuya-kun Yuuya-sama? Yes How should I put it? The atmosphere? I felt at ease I had a feeling like that. Kaede was bewildered by emotions she did not understand. However, Lexia and the others seemed to understand it and were equally puzzled. If you say so Affirmative. It was a very gentle presence. Yuuya-sans presence is unique. I thought that there were not many people who have such a sign as Yuuya-sans He suddenly disappeared, and there are many mysteries, but he saved us. Hes not a bad guy, is he? Thats true! If we meet again some other time, lets thank him again! Lexia and the others returned home safely and without incident, determined to one day express their gratitude to the mysterious young man. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 250 - Book 2: Part 5 Book 13: Chapter 2: Part 5 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 5 Hah they looked like they were in trouble, so I couldnt help myself The young man who had saved Lexia and the others was in a deserted back alley muttered to himself. The young man was not injured at all despite being beaten and kicked, as Luna and Yuti had figured out. As if to confirm this, he looked down at his body. I protected myself with spiritual power for the time being but it doesnt look like anyone, in particular, has found out? The young man, who once again confirmed that there were no people around, let out a sigh and looked at his own hands. I dont know what Im doing. Im an enemy to this world Even though his head understood it, his heart was not convinced, and his body was moving when he realized it. The young man stared painfully at his own hands and eventually made up his mind. I dont need this kindness. I am the enemy of this world And then he disappeared into the city. Meanwhile, in the other world I wish I could have avoided this. (What a weak-minded thing to say) On the stage of the [Heavenly Sacred Festival], Odis, the Magic Saint, and Usagi, the Two Saints, were confronting each other. I dont have a choice, do I? You and I have too much difference in combat experience. It is only natural that I want to avoid being hit as much as possible. (Dont be ridiculous. You are an elf, arent you? You could have had more experience in combat in your long life if you wanted to. If you still think Im more experienced than you, its only because youve been cooped up studying magic for too long.) Ugh when you say it like that (Well, thats okay. Anyway, Im not saying Im going to go all out, but Im going to do it in moderation.) Hah please go easy on me. The next moment, the signal was given to begin the battle. (Its a preliminary check. Hmph!) Usagi stamped on the ground forcefully and crushed the distance between him and Odis in one fell swoop. You call this a preliminary check? sea??h th§× n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Unable to cope with the sheer speed of the attack, Odis managed to dodge the attack by rolling away. (Whats wrong? Youve been cooped up for so long; your body must be slowing down.) You may be right. But I cant keep getting beat up, can I? (Mmm!) The moment Usagi saw Odis smiling fearlessly, he realized the situation he was in. To his surprise, before long, countless magic bullets had been placed around him. (You set up this amount of magic in that split-second evasion?) Thats exactly it. Now, dance! The magic bullets were fired at Odiss signal. These bullets, which had no attributes and were simply a mass of pure magic power, easily pierced the ground. Even a single hit was powerful enough to inflict a certain amount of damage. Such bullets rush toward Usagi, numbering in the hundreds and thousands. But Hey, hey are you a monster? (How rude. Im just a rabbit.) How can there be such a rabbit? Usagi leapt from the spot and dodged all the bullets. Odis cursed at Usagis brilliant maneuvering, but he did not let up on his attack. Then how about this! [Magic Flash]! Odis thrust out his palm as if to aim at Usagi, who was advancing through a hail of bullets. Then, a line of magic power was released from his palm. It was like a ray of light, but Usagi barely dodged it by twisting his body. (Tsk! Thats depressing!) Its getting a little late. Having finished helping Sawada-sensei, I was finally about to head home. It seemed that club activities had just ended, and many students had also begun to return home. Huh? Yuuya? Eh? Ryo, Shingo-kun! When I was suddenly called out and looked toward the voice in surprise, I saw Ryo and Shingo-kun there. Are you two finished with your club activities? No, Shingo was actually helping me with my studies. Actually, Im not good at math, you know. So I really appreciate his help! D-dont worry about it. I always get help from Ryo-kun too Really? I dont think I did anything, though Ryo tilted his head curiously at Shingo-kuns words. Maybe Ryo doesnt mind, but there are many things that are helpful to Shingo-kun. Anyway, it seems the two of them stayed until this late to study. I should study properly, too Theres been so much going on lately that I might be neglecting my studies Aside from us, what was Yuuya doing? Ah, could it be that youre preparing for that school idol? Um, we had that practice, but after that, Sawada-sensei asked me to help out until now. T-thats right! But I never thought Id see school idols at this school, so Im looking forward to it. I didnt really feel it because we just had to work hard, but when people look forward to it like this, it makes me feel like I have to work harder. Thats right! Lets take a little detour before heading home. A little detour? Yeah! Theres a new hamburger store near the school that looks really good. Ive never been there before. Oh, I didnt know there was such a place. Recently, Ive been spending most of my time outside of school in the heavens, the underworld, and in a sense, in a different world than this one, so I had no idea that such a place had opened up in my neighborhood. So we were on our way to the hamburger store. Then Huh? Isnt that Akira? Eh? Suddenly, we saw Akira handing out flyers around town. Surprised by the unexpected appearance of someone, Akira also noticed our appearance. Oh! Its Yuuya-kun and the others!? Whats the matter? No, were on our way to a newly opened hamburger store What are you doing here? Ryo asked, and Akira handed us a flyer. Sweet Magic? A pastry shop? Thats right! Im currently working here as the nobleman of the pastry store! Uh you mean youre working part-time? Yes! It seems that Akira is working part-time at this pastry store. Oh I didnt know this kind of store had opened. Its still a new place. Thats why were advertising it like this! Im sorry, but Im still in the middle of being [the nobleman of advertising]. See you later! After saying that, Akira went back to handing out flyers. I had an image that this kind of flyer distribution would be difficult to get people to accept, but Akira easily slipped it into the other persons pocket, handed it to them, and then walked away. A-amazing So thats the nobleman of advertising, huh? While I was impressed by Akiras mysterious skills, Ryo muttered. So, we havent had a chance to hang out with him much so far, but maybe he couldnt because of his part-time job? I-I wonder. Surprisingly, I think he might be working while calling himself [the part-time nobleman] When I think about it, there is still a lot I dont know about Ryo and Shingo-kun, as well as Akira. One of these days, I hope there will come a day when we can all play Shingo-kuns recommended games We enjoyed hamburgers at a newly opened store and then split up for the day. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 251 - Book 3 Book 13: Chapter 3 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ When Yuuya and the others were working on the idol project. The Heavenly Sacred Festival in the other world was reaching its climax. I never thought my opponent in the finals would be you. (Hmph. Im going to win this time.) After many battles, the ones who reached the final were Iris, the Sword Saint, and Usagi, the one who bears two Holy titles, the Kicking Saint and the Ear Saint. In the previous matches, Iris and the others had tried to uncover the plans of Katana Saint Shu, but as a result, they had come to the final without learning anything. The reason was that, since Shu held the Heavenly Sacred Festival in this way, they also thought that Shu had a secret plan that would make him the winner, but without getting a glimpse of it, Shu fought Iris in the middle of the tournament and was defeated. In the end, we couldnt figure out what he was thinking. (But Im sure hes hiding something.) Youre right. And its not just Shu, but some of the other Holy as well However, Iris and Usagi accurately saw that some Holy, including Shu, were hiding their power. However, since these Holy were eventually defeated without showing their power, it remained unclear what they were hiding or what their aim was in hiding their power in the first place. At first, I thought they might have obtained the power of Evil like the Fist Saint, but it doesnt seem that way. (Yes. Above all, if you have the power of Evil, it will be hard just to stay in this place.) Thats also true. Due to the dense Holy power floating in the Sacred Valley, it was almost impossible for someone with half-baked Evil power such as a Fallen Saint to stay in this place. In any case, as long as Shu and the others are hiding their power, we cant just show our power unnecessarily either. (Hah I wanted to fight you with all my might, though.) We dont have a choice. For now, without any special powers (Now) There was a moment of silence. After that, Usagi and Iris collided at a blinding speed. Kuh! Usagi, youre getting better at handling magic! (Thanks to the help of my monstrous apprentice!) Id say the same thing if you put it that way! Iris and Usagi, although they had not activated their divine authority, each had their swords and feet covered with magical power and engaged in a battle that caused shockwaves to be generated around them. Seeing them, Gloria was appalled. T-those two, were they that strong? Well, weve had our fair share of experience. Speaking of which, Odis was using some unfamiliar magic too. What in the world happened to you guys? Well, I was outmatched by Usagi, who closed the distance before I could give it my best shot, you know? Odis also gained power, as did Iris and Usagi, but unfortunately, he had to fight Usagi and was defeated before he could give it his all. Sear?h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. So, to Gloria, who was unaware of the situation, the battle between Iris and Usagi seemed to be of a different dimension. It seemed that the other Holy thought the same way, and they were surprised to see the two fighting. The organizer of the event, Shu, was the most surprised. Wonderful Shu smiled maniacally but soon returned to his usual emotionless smile. But Odis didnt miss it. (What is that smile?) Odis? Whats wrong? No, its nothing. Its just that the two of them are fighting a little too hard, dont you think? Youre right Along with Odis, whose cheeks were drawn back, Gloria was also somewhat taken aback by the battle between Iris and Usagi. The terrain around them changed every time they collided, and the already thick atmosphere of Holy became even denser. Wha-!? While Iris and the others froze at this unexpected statement, Shu continued. If we manage humanity collectively, no new Evil will be born. What do you think? There couldnt be a more perfect plan, dont you think? Dont be silly! How can you even consider such an idea? Iris immediately pressed him on it, but Shu simply looked down at Iris with incomprehension. Then, do you intend to spend the rest of your life hunting for Evil? No matter how hard we try, if we dont change the root of the problem, nothing will change. Even if that were true, the result will be the same even if you manage it! There is always a negative side to the human heart. I know that. Thats whywe have to take away the heart. !? The heart, self-consciousness, everything is managed by us, the Holy. There will be no room for the negative side to enter there. And if there are those who resist it, then we will have no choice but to select outstanding people and weed them out in order to eradicate the Evil. How can you! (Iris, youre wasting your time. This guys eyes are serious.) Usagi was already in a state of alert, ready to pounce on Shu at any moment. But Hah What a disappointment. How can there be a Holy who cant understand this noble idea? So youre just one of those who will be weeded out, after all. Ara, really? I won this competition that you organized, didnt I? Who do you think will be eliminated here? Iris smiled triumphantly at Shu, who sneered at her. You really think so? What a naive but unfortunately, you cant stop me. Besides Wha-!? Shu gave the signal, and several Holy came forward as if to protect Shu. There are already a number of Holy here who agree with my ideas. No matter how strong you may be, you cant possibly take on this number of Holy, can you? I am sorry, but I will not join you. Gloria, who had been watching the proceedings, took the side of Iris and the others. Your way of thinking is to deny the existence of the children in my care. I cant agree with you. I cant agree with you either. I dont think there will be any magical development at the end of the control. I see. But there is nothing wrong with that. You may want to rethink this once again. You can choose to fight an endless battle against Evil and evil beasts from now on, or you can choose to be free. We will always accept you ! The next moment, a circle of light appeared around Shus feet. The same circle of light then appeared around the feet of the Holy who had joined Shu. I hope that you will make a wise decision. Wait! Sacred Flash Legs! In order not to let Shu escape, Usagi closed the distance in an instant while activating his divine authority. But the circle of light floating at Shus feet emitted an exceptionally strong radiance, and in the next instant, Shu disappeared from the scene. (Tch! I missed it) What was that power? Next to the frustrated Usagi, Odis was thinking about the nature of the light that had just floated by the feet of Shu and the others. Ive had some pretty unique experiences, too, but even so, Ive never seen the power that Shu and the others just used. If Odis says so, then that thing isnt magic, is it? Definitely not. I dont feel the presence of Evil or the depths of Holy. It is also hard to believe that they have acquired divine authority like we have (Whatever it is, its getting very troublesome) Usagis gaze was on the Holy, who was neither on the side of Iris and the others nor on the side of Shus group. However, Shus words had definitely affected their minds, and each of them was pondering with a serious expression on their faces. What in the world is going on here? Unbeknownst to Yuuya, a sense of disquiet begins to drift in the other world. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 252 - Book 4: Part 1 Book 13: Chapter 4: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 1 We had made steady preparations for the idol stage. However, there was not much I could do, and I had to do what I could behind the scenes. On the other hand, Lexia-san and the other girls have been practicing more and more, and I think they have become really great school idols. And today was the day they were to show the results of all their practice on stage. I never thought they would actually finish it! Was that a joke? I met up with Kitaraku-senpai before the show and I was appalled when he said that out of the blue. S§×ar?h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. No, no, I was serious! But it is true that I thought it would be very tough. But you guys really pulled it off. Thats fantastic! Y-yes While I was happy that Lexia-san and the others seemed to have been recognized for their hard work, I also had the indescribable feeling that if I knew it was a reckless goal, I wouldve wanted a little more leeway. And above all. As this project progressed, I thought I had gained some understanding of senpai, but Hmm? Thats nice to hear! He was a man who loved to have fun, and he would spare no effort to do so. Moreover, the scale of what he wanted to do was always large, and this time, too, it was an idol stage involving Star Productions. However, it was quite irregular for a professional entertainment production to cooperate with a school idol stage that was not planned by the production itself but by amateur students. Of course, from my point of view, Lexia-san and the others are attractive, and I can say with confidence that they will be successful from a commercial point of view, but I dont know if that is the same from a professional point of view. In such a situation, thanks to the efforts of Kitaraku-senpai, we were treated unbelievably well when we were provided with splendid costumes and, above all, even a song by the famous singer-songwriter Kanade Utamori. In other words, we couldnt have asked for better support I never thought the stage could be this big The stage wasnt very big, but it was certainly big enough for a newcomer and a school idol to stand on for the first time. The stage that had been prepared was much larger than expected. Hahahaha! Thats because it was the memorable first stage! I couldnt have been more fired up! T-that may be so, but Im not sure if the audience will show up For me, seeing how hard Lexia-san and the others have been working, Id like to see a lot of audiences, but no one knows how this will turn out for sure. But You dont have to worry about that! T-thats right! Fufu Thanks to Lexia-san, Im feeling much more relaxed now. Everyone seemed to have changed from nervous expressions to lively smiles. Kitaraku-senpai, who was watching the situation, grinned. Yes, yes, its really wonderful! Dont you think this is the real thrill behind the scenes? Youre absolutely right. Ueh! P-President-san! A cameraman? Yuuya-kun, its been a while. I reacted to the voice I suddenly heard, and there was the president of Star Productions standing there with a cameraman. W-what are you doing here? Its a project were helping out with, so its only natural that wed be here to see it. Besides, if we get some good footage behind the scenes, we might be able to use it for another project, dont you think? I-I see Sigh But, it was a little surprising to find out that the person with whom we were working closely was you. Then, Kitaraku-senpai, who had given the impression of being pushy until now, told us so, as if a little taken aback. Eh, is this the person youre in close contact with, Kitaraku-senpai? Yes, thats right. If we were to suddenly get up close and personal with the girls who are going to be our school idols this time, we would make them shrivel up, wouldnt we? Then, dont you think it would be best if we could get close to them and capture them on camera at the right time? T-thats Above all, I believe Kitaraku-kun has the potential to be a great idol! Hahahaha! Its an honor to have the president of an entertainment agency say so! But theres still something else I want to do, so please save that talk for another time! Ara, Ive been rejected. W-what can I say? Kitaraku-senpai is really amazing As I was thinking about this, the stage was finally set to begin. Everyone, lets go! Everyone responded energetically to Lexia-sans final call, and they ran out onto the stage. The girls looked more radiant than anyone else as they stood in the spotlight on stage for the first time. The audience was captivated by the sight of the girls and was instantly drawn into the performance. The girls captured the hearts of the audience with their singing and dancing. Amazing One of the audience members muttered, and as if caught by the sound of their voices, more and more people began to cheer, and by the end, the entire venue was in a frenzy. The first idol stage was thus a success. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 253 - Book 4: Part 2 Book 13: Chapter 4: Part 2 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ Part 2 While Lexia, the first princess of the Kingdom of Arcelia, is somehow singing and dancing as an idol in a different world called Earth. Sigh Arnold, the king of the Kingdom of Arcelia and Lexias father, was sighing heavily in his office. Seeing this, Owen, the knight captain who had been Lexias escort, held his head up. Haahh Your Majesty. Haaaaah Your Majesty! Please stop sighing, for goodness sake! Finally, unable to bear it any longer, Owen shouted so, but Arnold didnt seem to mind it and leaned on his elbow. Shut up. Cant you understand the trouble Im going through? Its an exaggeration to say its trouble Its just that Lexia-sama went to study abroad, isnt it? Thats the problem, isnt it? Arnold had been sighing earlier because he was thinking about his daughter Lexia, who was currently studying on Earth with Yuuya. What are you talking about? It was originally decided that Lexia-sama would study abroad, wasnt it? Its just that the place of study has changed It never occurred to me that the place she was going to study was in a different world! That may be true, but Besides living under the same roof with a man Nugaaaaah! After all, its no good! Bring Lexia back now, Owen! Theres no way I can do that! Arnold was going on a rampage as he said that, but Owen was trying his best to quiet him down. In the first place, you need Yuuya-donos power to go to the other world, you know? The house of this Yuuya-dono is in the middle of the Great Devils Nest and cannot be reached so easily. Why is he living in such a dangerous place? Well, I wonder? Yuuya was given the house of the sage in the Great Devils Nest by chance, and it was not that he had planned to live there from the beginning. But to the two people who did not know such circumstances, they saw him as an oddity who had deliberately chosen a dangerous place to live. B-but, with Yuuya-donos ability, living in that place must be no problem, right? That may be so, but Lexia is different! Besides, if anything should happen between them! That would be a good thing, wouldnt it? We can establish a solid connection with Yuuya-dono. Nuh-uh Arnold couldnt say anything back to Owens words. This is because Arnold also understands Yuuyas superior ability, and if such a connection between Yuuya and Lexia is established, it will be possible to welcome Yuuyas power and his blood into the royal family. That is why, from the kings point of view, he would welcome the tie between Lexia and Yuuya. But I know that I know that, but! Its painful; its painfuuulllll! Sigh its so bothersome Did you say its bothersome? No? Owen lets out a sly lie. The reason why Owen was able to be so open with the king was because he and Arnold had an old relationship, and they were the only two of them in the room. First of all, I dont think Yuuya-dono is the kind of person who would do such a thing. Thats also true. Arnold recalled Yuuyas personality and suddenly became calm. Owen followed Arnolds lead. Sigh Like this, once he decides, hell just push forward Hes really just like Lexia-sama What did you say? No, nothing Just, are you sure you want to do this? Youre such a pain in the ass. When I say Ill look into it, I look into it. She will hate you, you know? Fuggghhhh! Owens words struck deep into Arnolds heart. The reason was that Lexias treatment of Arnold was becoming cruder and cruder these days. If she really hated him here, Arnold was not confident that he could recover. But But still, there are things I need to know as a parent! Its definitely not normal Sear?h the ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. No longer moved by what was said any longer, Arnold finally stepped into Lexias room. Upon entering, he found a somewhat cute atmosphere, and although nothing fancy was placed there, Lexias tastes were evident in the little furnishings. The room was always cleaned by the maids, and the air was clean, but there was only one thing that gave off an odd vibe. Wh what is this? It was a painting depicting Yuuya. Moreover, it is unusually large. The Yuuya painted on such a large canvas was a cool and dynamic figure in armor, taking on monsters. However, it was somewhat shoujo manga style and uselessly sparkling To Arnold, who was surprised at the unexpected painting, Owen clapped his hands as if remembering. Oh, come to think of it Lexia-sama invited a famous painter to draw something for her before. I didnt know what she had him paint at that time but I didnt realize the painting was of Yuuya-dono In fact, when Lexia first met Yuuya, she could not forget the image of Yuuya and went to the trouble of calling in a painter and having him draw a picture of Yuuya based on her own memory. The artist who painted the picture was a well-known artist in the Kingdom of Arcelia, but Lexia was relentless in her demands. Its not bad at all! Yuuya-sama is much cooler! Its just not powerful enough Cant you draw it more like this, like a zubaass, like that? Its just a little bit! Its not shiny enough! Can you make it shinier? It is very difficult for even the most talented painter to paint according to Lexias abstract requests without a subject. As a result, the invited painter, who had prided himself on his solid skills, had his heart broken. When Arnold heard Owens words, he was stunned and muttered. I-I didnt know Lexia had such feelings for Yuuya-dono Well, it was a chance encounter, you know. Besides, Yuuya-dono is actually a good man. What are the chances of Lexia and Yuuya-dono getting together? Hmm I cant say anything Lexia-sama is passionate, just like Your Majesty, but Yuuya-dono is quite reserved. But I dont think we can say that there isnt a complete connection. I see Arnold, aware of his daughters strong feelings, staggered back to his room. I enjoy watching my daughter grow up but this kind of thing is hard The happiness of the child is more important than the heart of the parent. Thats true Arnold thought of Lexia, who was studying abroad. The Kingdom of Arcelia was peaceful today as well. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 254 - Book 4: Part 3 Book 13: Chapter 4: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 After all, when you think of idols, its the photo session, isnt it! After the stage was over, I thought we were going to start the clean-up work, but suddenly, Kitaraku-senpai said something like that. As I tilted my head at the unfamiliar words, he told me. Many people would like to take pictures with their idols, you know. I-I see However, since this is the first time Ive heard about this today, Im wondering how Lexia-san and the others will react I dont know what that photo thing is, but I think its good, isnt it? Hey, dont be so quick to accept something you dont understand. But theyve prepared it for us, you know? Besides, its a social event with our audience, isnt it? They came today, so we have to ensure they have a good memory of the event! Lexia-sans words were the deciding factor, and to my surprise, a photo session was held. I had expected that most of the audience would be male idol-loving fans, but since the venue was mainly junior high schools, many of the audience were girls, and they enjoyed taking pictures with Lexia-san and the others. At first, Lexia-san and the others did not seem to understand what photography was all about, but soon they understood, and they began to devise various ways to entertain their audience, posing in idol-like ways. U-um! Can I take a picture with you? Hmm? Its okay. Come on, come closer. Hiyaaaahh! Luna gallantly pulled the girl audiences hand and held it as if to take a picture with her. Another member of the audience took a picture with Yuti and Merl. Um Can I have a photo with both of you at the same time?Upstodatee from n(0)/ve/lbIn/.(co/m Affirmative. No problem. Fufu. Then, please come between Yuti-san and me. Kaede, on the other hand, is Can I have a photo with you, please! W-with me? Yes! While being pressured by the girls, she smiled somewhat shyly and took a picture. And Lexia-san is Look, you should look more graceful! L-like this? Ara, thats great! Keep it up, and lets take the picture! For some reason, she was taking pictures while instructing the audience on how to pose. As the photo session progressed smoothly U-um! I really enjoyed your performance earlier! So, uh! It was a boy, probably a junior high school student, who seemed to be trying to tell Lexia-san and the others what he thought of the stage, but perhaps because he was nervous, his words were not quite coherent. However, there were still others in the audience waiting in line to take pictures, so we couldnt spend much time on this boy alone. Lexia-san and the others were seriously listening to the boys impressions, and even I would like to let them continue the conversation, but Hey! How long are you going to make me wait! One of the audience, who was waiting for his turn, said so impatiently. Asked this by the president, Kitaraku stared off into the distance. Well first of all, we will continue to plan around those five members, but we may increase the number of members or create another idol group, and so on. I see. Of course, we can help you with that, cant we? If you want to help us, then by all means. I wont allow you to come all the way out here and say goodbye. Hahaha, thats scary. Also, since this stage was a success, I thought we could make use of the girls for the open campus as well Come to think of it, the idea behind the project was to increase the number of students applying to Ousei Academy. Now that I think about it, I think its pretty messed up but I wonder if its okay. Unlike other schools, Ousei Academy focuses more on the inside, right? If there are too many applicants suddenly, it will be a lot of work. Well, Ill let the teachers do their best. Its so refreshing to leave everything to others. The next plan for the Kitaraku is to start looking at the open campus. Phew its getting all late I was finally on my way home after the stage was cleared out. In the midst of all this, the image that came to my mind was that of Lexia-san and the others. They were all so beautiful I could see Lexia-san and the others shining brightly as they danced on stage, as well as all the hard work they had put in up to this point. People who can work hard toward a single goal were just that amazing. On the other hand, Im Lexia-san and the others had come to study abroad in order to bring back as much of this worlds technology and culture to the Kingdom of Arcelia. Even Kaede was working hard in club activities as well as practicing for this idol stage. Everyone was living their lives with some kind of goal in mind. But I dont have any goals at the moment. Since I went to the other world, I had experienced many things, but I hadnt thought about what I want to do in the future. Whats going to happen to me in the future? I involuntarily look up at the sky in vague anxiety about the future. As I was walking around thinking about that. Eh? Suddenly, the sky turned red. It was not the color of a sunset or anything like that, but literally, the sky turned bright red. What happened? Moreover, the sky was not the only thing that had changed. The surrounding buildings were the same as usual, but for some reason, there was no sign of life in the area. Sear?h the Novel?ire(.)ne*t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. While I was puzzled by this mysterious phenomenon, a voice called out to me from behind. I found you. Eh? I turned around in a hurry toward the voice and was absolutely stunned. Because there I found. Im going to defeat you. The me who I was before the level-up, was standing there. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 255 - Book 5 Book 13: Chapter 5 Heres the chapter, enjoy~ My mind was not able to process the situation in front of me. Because what was standing in front of me now was definitely me. It was also the me before the level up For a moment, I thought it was a dream or some kind of misunderstanding, but then Kuro inside me shouted in surprise. Hey, hey, whats this situation? You look different, but I can see it. Its you. No, why is there another you? Why do you look different? Kuro also did not seem to understand the situation and was puzzled. When we were at such a loss for words, the me in front of me opened his mouth. I dont know why you look like that, but you are me, right? I-if you say it like that, its me! Why is there another me? But the me in front of me does not answer my question. And then. Sorry. Wha-!? The next moment, I thought he had disappeared instantly, and then he suddenly slipped into my bosom, and then he thrust his hand out like he was going to pierce my heart. And when I looked closely, I saw a purple aura on his hand! Thats spiritual power! The power the me was using had to be spiritual power. Certainly, I am now able to use spiritual power, but unlike the me in front of me, I didnt even know that spiritual power existed before I leveled up, so if the person in front of me was the me before the level up, there was no way he could use spiritual power. I was surprised, and in contrast, he was also looking at me with wide eyes. Y-you didnt use your spiritual power, yet you were able to avoid me! Indeed, Im not using my powers right now but if he knows who I am now, he must also know that my physical abilities have improved as I leveled up in the other world. But from the looks of it, he doesnt seem to know that. What in the world is this me in front of me? W-wait a minute! Who in the world are you! Why are you attacking me? ! However, he did not seem to be willing to discuss the matter and resumed his attack. He spread out his hands, and countless purple spheres floated between them. Spiritual Ball! Kuh! The attack was none other than the technique Kuuya-san used against monsters in the underworld. But I dont know how to use this technique. In other words, he is more skilled than I am in the handling of spiritual power. The masses of spiritual power poured toward me like machine guns, but I kept dodging them by activating my Magic Armor and Holy King Authority. Whats with that power? As I thought, youll be the biggest obstacle to me! O-obstacle! Seeing my power, he widened his eyes, but he soon increased the number of his attacks. Not only did he increase his spiritual power, but he also used a lot of other spiritual power techniques. Spiritual Chain! Wha-!? A purple chain suddenly erupted from under my feet and wrapped around my arms and legs, pinning me tightly in place. I tried to escape, but it didnt budge. Its no use. It is a chain made of spiritual power. No ordinary force can break it. In other words, this chain is like a kind of sorcery and cannot be destroyed without using spiritual power If so, then! Haaaaaaah! What? You can also use spiritual power? The me in front of me was amazed that I was able to destroy the chain by using my spiritual power, probably because I had been fighting with powers other than spiritual power until now. And then he charged straight at me. For now, Ill just suppress you and let us talk! If thats the case! The Gate of the Underworld! I closed the distance in a split second, but he gathered up the spiritual power in his hands and clapped his hands together. Then, the shockwave of the spiritual power spread out at once with the sound and attacked me. I couldnt help but move away from him, but that was not the end of his attack. When he spread his hands again, a deep vortex of darkness appeared in between them. And when he slammed the vortex to the ground, a dreadful, rusty gate appeared from the ground, emanating a terrifying atmosphere. When the gate quietly opened, a large number of demons flooded out from within! Wha-!? I I have to rule this world! What? S§×arch* The N?vel?ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I was surprised by his unexpected words, but the demons that emerged from the gate attacked me without regard. Im finding it more and more necessary to listen to what you have to say. I took out my [Omni-Sword] and held it quietly. I slashed through the Spiritual-Mystical Break and destroyed the restraint at the same time. As it was, I used Master Usagis skill, Three Divine Steps, to close the distance and slipped into his chest. Oh no! Ohhhhhhhh! I put all my strength into it and slammed my fist into his stomach. He seemed to quickly strengthen his abdomen with his spiritual and mystical powers, but he was unable to withstand my full force and was blown away. Ugh N-no way Its my win. When I thrust my sword at him and declared that, he bit his lip in frustration and fell to the ground. Hey! Hah hah After all, just like that time I remained weak and couldnt do anything about it I couldnt say anything as I looked at him, who sadly told me so. I knew. I was wrong and there was no way I could control the people living in this world and offer them up to him I was doing the same thing as he was I knew it. .. Still I wanted to reclaim my world once again He was desperately trying to hold back his tears. I guess he was also living a peaceful life like me until this him appeared. Unlike me, he is skilled in the handling of spiritual power and may have been able to use spiritual power from birth. It is even possible that he was born in a parallel world full of sorcery users, just like Kuuya-san. He staggered to his feet and bowed his head to me. Im sorry I got you involved in my selfishness. More importantly, what are you going to do now? It seemed that he had been resurrected by someone else, and the reason for this was that someone wanted him to rule this world. But he was defeated by me, and he was unable to fulfill that condition. I think you know this, but if I fail, I will be erased again. My life is only in his hands. This life will soon be over. .. This was the moment when I was searching for the words to say to him. You will not be alone, though. !? W-why are you here? Without any sound or sign, a man suddenly appeared in front of us. The man was dressed in a suit and a plain mask, and above all, he was completely unrecognizable. Thats why I couldnt take any position. Goodbye. The mans piercing hand was thrust out toward me, who was defenseless. Just when that hand was about to touch me. Ggh! The other me protected me and was pierced in the chest by that man. The man looked at him for a moment, and his eyes widened. Youre stubborn, arent you? Get away from heeereeee! Oops. I immediately drew my [Omni-Sword] and slashed at the man, but he lightly avoided the attack. Well, well, well you have a rather troublesome weapon The man then stares at the weapon in my hand and turns away. Ive confirmed its existence, at any rate. I think its time for me to leave. Wait! In order not to let him escape, I activated my trump card, the divine authority, and closed the distance between me and the man in an instant, but The next target is this world. The man told me that much and vanished at a speed faster than the divine authority, again without any sound or sign of his presence. I approached the other me in a hurry, keeping a wary eye on the surroundings. H-hey! Hang in there! R-right, I have the Complete Recovery Grass Juice! I took out the juice and tried to give it to him, but he stopped me with a trembling hand. II cant be saved anymore Why the hell did you say that? I-Im already dead Thats why As he said, his body was already dead, and when I looked closely, I saw that there was no blood flowing. And also, his body was gradually beginning to disappear as particles. I was stunned, but he turned a powerful gaze on me. H-hear me out. That thing is our enemy. Next time, hell come after this world But dont let him do what he wants again. He laughed softly. Dont worry Im stronger than you Ill protect everyone After saying this at the end, his body had all turned into particles and wrapped around my body, and then rose up into the sky and disappeared. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 256 - Book 13: Epilogue Book 13: Epilogue Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Epilogue Im back. It was a mysterious space. Numerous galaxies drifted through space, and the activities of people from various worlds continued to flow at the feet as if they were video images. In the center of the space, there was an oddly shaped being. Juru.gujuru First of all, can it be described as a body? The spherical object was entangled with numerous tentacle-like tubes that pulsate like blood vessels. Suddenly, a portion of the tubes extended into a galaxy drifting in space and pierced it, and then, as if sucked up with a straw, the galaxy disappeared. The sucked-in galaxy is absorbed directly into the sphere through the tube of the oddly shaped being. And then. Aahh It was delicious. Suddenly, the strange creature spoke a human language. Not paying any attention to this eerie situation, the masked man continued to speak. Thats very good to hear. So, what happened? The man replied to the strange creatures question. Well It was a failure. Hmm that spiritual or mystical power is a power that even I could not obtain. So I had high hopes for it but thats all it was? Yes. I thought there was no need to use him as a pawn. Well, thats all right. What about that world? About that its a little strange there, too Strange? Yes. The pawn fought against another him in another parallel world, but that being was more powerful than the pawn, and on top of that, he was using an unknown power. Hou? The strange creature listened to the mans story with interest. Then, suddenly, the tentacles and tubes that were entangled around the sphere began to converge and were sucked into the sphere more and more. Then the sphere shrank more and more as if compressed and eventually became as small as the size of the masked man in front of it. From there, the sphere transformed its shape and eventually changed into a humanoid form. Gradually, the sphere transformed into a head, face, body, arms, and legs, and finally into a bald-headed, muscular man. The unknown power This is also a world worth taking from. I hope I can take it away next time Thus, an unknown threat crept into the world of Yuuya and the others from the shadows. While Yuya was fighting his other self, Meiko was cleaning the storage room of his house. T-this is tremendous, isnt it? From the perspective of Meiko, who had originally been sealed in the underworld for a long time and who, because of her origins, had acquired a great deal of knowledge from the great sinners, the storage room in Yuuyas house was filled with extraordinary items. W-what is this space? After all, even from your point of view, it looks amazing. Oh, Kuuya-sama! While Meiko was overwhelmed by the presence emanating from the storage room, Kuuya also came to the storage room to see what was happening. I was originally resurrected from a scroll on a shelf in this room I thought I was going to faint when I resurrected! T-to that extent? Thats right. Just as I woke up, I was suddenly exposed to an immense rush of power that I had no idea about. It would be impossible not to be surprised. I-I see I can also understand things related to spiritual or mystical power After saying this, Meiko turned her gaze toward a coffin that looked as if a pharaoh was sleeping inside. Thats got contents in it, doesnt it? There must be something in it. It is certainly a man of tremendous mystical power. From the two people who could sense mystical power, the mystical power emanating from the coffin was extraordinary. However The frightening thing is that even the mystical power that can be felt from that coffin is only a small part of the power that swirls around this room What in the world is in there, including that coffin, and if you carelessly touch it, you will not only end up with serious injuries. Y-youre right. There are many forces that we dont understand I really wanted to clean it, but I think its better not to touch it. That would be the wisest thing to do. The two of them then left the storage room. At that moment, however, they did not notice that the coffin had moved slightly. When he said that, Usagi put a lot of strength into his legs. The next moment, he released the power that he had been holding back and leaped into the sky at once. (I will go all the way deep into the forest in a single breath.) Usagi jumped into the air and reached a position where he could look down on the forest. There, he shifted his stance, compressed the air, and kicked through it with all his might. Using the air as a foothold, Usagi, pushing forward with tremendous momentum, flew toward the depths of the forest. On the way, some forest monsters noticed Usagi flying in the sky but were unable to even react because of his speed. (Now, where is it?) Looking for the desired carrot, Usagi immediately turned on the spot due to a sudden chill he felt. At that moment, something passed by the position where he had just tried to pass with great force. (What is it?) Turning his eyes toward the object with alarm, he saw, to his surprise, that it was a vine growing out of the forest. (Hou? First was an insect, now a plant?) Having had his momentum killed, Usagi spontaneously fell down. Perhaps seeing him as an easy target, sharp vines attacked him from the forest one after the other. (No easy task, I see!) S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Usagi repelled the vines by using them as footholds and kicking at them. (Its hard) However, even under the kick of Usagi, who until now had slaughtered monsters with a single blow, the vines simply bounced back without exploding. Slightly surprised by this, Usagi smiled. (Interesting how about this?) The next moment, Usagis body was covered with a thin aura of magic power. (Hmm its not as evenly distributed as Yuuyas.) It was the Magic Armor that he was able to use after learning magic from Yuuya. Although he was not very satisfied with the results, he still succeeded in strengthening his body with magic power. (Now, can you withstand even this?) As Usagi stepped forward forcefully, the vines he was using as a foothold were snapped off with a single blow. With such forceful steps, Usagi pushed forward, following the vines, toward the culprit who had attacked him. Then (This guy, huh?) What was there was a sphere of intricately intertwined vines. The sphere, which looked as if it was protecting something, made countless vines appear and attack Usagi again. Usagis smile deepened as he dodged them all with aplomb. (This monster might have been difficult for me in the old days.) As Usagi said, this tree vine is a kind of monster, and its rank is classified as SS rank. Without the power of the Holy, it would have been a difficult existence to deal with. However, the current Usagi does not use the power of the Holy and only uses his polished technique and magic power to fight with it. (Unfortunately, I dont intend to waste my time here. Lets finish this.) As soon as he said that, Usagi disappeared and moved right in front of the vine sphere. This was a gesture using the divine authority he had acquired in the heavenly realm. The current Usagi had become stronger by using a new power in addition to the one he had previously possessed. (Haaaaaah!) Having thus moved in an instant, Usagi then kicked into the sphere with great vigor. At that moment, the vines that had formed the sphere shredded and burst one after another. And then (Mm!?) When all the vines were shredded, a carrot came out from inside. Usagi was surprised at the unexpected situation but soon came to terms with it. (I see this was the [King Carrot], huh?) With the protection of the vines gone, Usagi was left with a carrot that kept floating in midair. After landing lightly, Usagi put the carrot in his mouth. (This is delicious. Its worth all the trouble I went through to get here.) Usagi ate the carrot with satisfaction, as it tasted just as he had heard in the rumors. When he finished eating all of it, he looked up at the sky. (This is not the end. There are many other carrots that I dont know about such as the Sky Carrot and the Hell Carrot.) Usagi was thinking about carrots he hadnt seen yet. The daily life of Usagi, which even Yuuya and Iris, who is also a Holy, do not know, is a gourmet one. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 257 - Book 13: Afterword Book 13: Afterword Heres the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for picking up this copy of my work. I am the author, Miku. This is the 13th volume, and I myself did not expect that Yuuya would be fighting against Yuuya from a parallel world. S§×arch* The NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yuuya from the parallel world exists in the world line where he was able to handle spiritual power from the beginning, so he has not experienced any particularly cruel treatment. I would also like to thank Reine Kuwashima-sama for the wonderful illustrations. I would also like to express my heartfelt thanks to all the readers of this book. Thank you very much. See you soon. .wordads-ad-wrapper {display:none;font: normal 11px Arial, sans-serif;letter-spacing: 1px;text-decoration: none;width: 100%;margin: 25px auto;padding: 0;}.wordads-ad-title {margin-bottom: 5px;}.wordads-ad-controls {margin-top: 5px;text-align: right;}.wordads-ad-controls span {cursor: pointer;}.wordads-ad {width: fit-content;margin: 0 auto;} Advertisement Chapter 258 - Book 14: Prologue Part 1 Book 14: Prologue Part 1 Hello everyone, we meet again~ And here we go, the 14th volume, I hope you can enjoy it as well~ S~ea??h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Prologue Part 1 In the Star Productions office. While Kanade Utamori, a very popular artist, was resting in her office room, Miu Midou, another very popular model, came in. Huh? Kanade-san? Oh, Miu-chan! Its been a while. Although they were both in the same office, the singer and the model rarely had a chance to see each other. Is your work going well? Yes. I was recently asked to be on the cover of a new magazine and Im very grateful. Thats great! What about you, Kanade-san? When Miu asked this, Kanade put on a happy expression. Well, Im working on new songs and stuff, but I had an interesting job the other day. An interesting job, you say? Yes! Do you remember when I was invited to the school festival of the Ousei Academy? Yes. Somehow, I got another offer from Ousei Academy. Is that so? Miu was surprised by the unexpected words. Then Kanade continued. I was surprised too, but they asked me to prepare a song for them. Could it be a request for a school song or a cheer for the school?ally you would think so, wouldnt you? But it wasnt! Eh? While Miu was surprised, Kanade grinned. It was kind of a request for a song for school idols. S-school idol? Thats right! I didnt think that Ousei Academy would plan a school idol project, you know? And the President even asked me to accept this request. The President is so involved Could it have something to do with Yuuya-san again? Kanade also knew Yuuya because she had performed on stage with him at the school festival. I thought so too at first, but the school idol seems to be a group of girls, you know? I-is that so? Yeah. I also wrote a cute and energetic song for them. I heard that the first stage was a big success. Having said that, Kanade leaned back on the sofa. But what in the world is Ousei Gakuen up to suddenly planning a school idol event? The President seemed to know something about it Miu-chan, do you know anything about it? No, I just heard about it for the first time. Hmph. The more I think about it, the more I realize how annoying that is. Yes, thats right. The boundary between the Underworld and this world was restored by the Lord of the Underworld, Reimei-sama. But the boundary between dimensions is still gone. As a result Yuuya, you fought against your other self, didnt you? Wha!? Woof? In response to Ouma-sans voice of surprise, Night and the others look at each other and tilt their heads, perhaps still not understanding. T-The other him? That kind of thing I was surprised too. I had no idea that he would be a greater user of spiritual power than this Yuuya, and that he would even use his spiritual power. But its more trouble than that. What? I think its already a big problem to say that another lord has appeared, but theres even more trouble than that? Yes. I dont know the details, but according to that other Yuuya, there are strange people going around conquering all kinds of worlds, right? Yes, thats right. Conquer the world? Hmph, thats ridiculous I agree, but I dont know what theyre capable of. And from what the other Yuuya said, theyre not going to conquer the planet; theyre going to literally take over the world and its whole dimension. And their next target is this world. Hmm. Why does the Lord always get noticed by such strange people? I dont want it either Even I dont like getting into all kinds of trouble More importantly, what do you think we should do from now on? Well it would be difficult for us to initiate an attack on a dimension-spanning being like them I guess we have to train ourselves to be ready for the attack Yes It is hard to say yet since the strength of the opponent is uncertain, but it is better to be stronger. The other Yuuya I saw with my sorcery was not a bad fighter. In fact, he was no worse than me when it came to mastering sorcery. But even the other Yuuya was just a pawn of these mysterious beings and I wonder how good they really are The air was dark and gloomy, and I made another decision. Kuuya-san. Please teach me more about sorcery. Because the other me asked me to. The other me asked me to protect this world. And while he was disappearing, he entrusted me with the sorcery power he possessed. Although he came from a parallel world, we are the same being, so receiving an enormous amount of spiritual power from him did not seem to affect me in any particular way. I was entrusted with his will and power. Most importantly, I had no intention of letting them have their way in this world. Kuuya-san nodded in response to my decision. Of course. We dont even know when the opponent will come, but Ill give you a little bit of my sorcery, Yuuya. Thank you very much! And Ill try to work with me as well. Eh? I cant do anything on my own, but maybe Reimei-sama will know how to handle this situation. I see Surely, Reimei-sama, the Lord of the Underworld, might know who the mysterious attacker is. If it were just me, it would be impossible to contact Reimei-sama, but since Kuuya-sans main body was in the underworld, he should be able to contact Reimei-sama somehow. So we started preparing for the mysterious attacker. Advertisement Chapter 259 - Book 14: Prologue Part 2 Book 14: Prologue Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 Sear?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. While Yuuya and the others prepare for trans-dimensional invaders, in another world Begin. Shu Zakuren, the Katana Saint, quietly announced. At Shus command, a man wearing a silk hat took out a horn and blew it vigorously. At that moment, an enormous surge of magic power spread out from the mans horn. In the blink of an eye, the sound spread throughout the world, and people everywhere heard it. What is it? That sound Where is it coming from? What is happening? The mysterious sound threw the inhabitants of the world into confusion. Countries immediately mobilized their armies to find the source of the mysterious sound, but no one was able to locate Shu and his group. Then, a huge image appeared in the sky above. It was the image of Shu with an emotionless smile on his face. W-what! Who the hell is that? Is it some kind of festival? To the people of the world who still did not understand what was happening, Shu quietly opened his mouth. Hello everyone; how are you? I am Katana SaintShu Zakuren. The people who heard Shus introduction widened their eyes. Katana Saint, you say Is that the same as the Sword Saint, Iris-sama? There are people like that? The same Holy, but unlike Iris, the existence of Shu, who rarely appeared in public, became known for the first time at this time. At the same time, the mysterious sound and the fact that this image magic turned out to be from a being that was Holy made the people watching the images let down their guard. But This is a bit sudden, but we have decided to take control of you, humanity. The words were so abrupt that everyone was at a loss for words. Of course, since it was visual magic, Shu himself could not see the scene. You must be confused by the suddenness of the situation. But you had plenty of time. And yet, it was you who did not change your ways. Therefore, this is a natural outcome. W-what is he talking about? What does he mean by control? I dont know, but hes joking, right? To the confusion of the people of the world, Shu continued. We, the Holy, have been fighting with our lives against the Evil and Evil Beasts created by the negative aspects of humanity and have been protecting you. However, you did not pay attention to such things and fought among yourselves, and as a result, you spread negative feelings all over the world. You really are stupid. Shus eyes were so ruthless that many people trembled under his gaze, even through the image. So we will control it. We will control everything, from your emotions to everything else, to eliminate the reasons for the appearance of Evil and Evil Beasts from the very source. Do you understand? Controlling emotions, you say! I would never submit to such a thing! Where did that image come from? Naturally, people were outraged by Shus remarks. In some countries, there were even leaders who were ready to go and hunt down Shu and his group right now. However, no one could locate Shu and his group. Even the Sword Saint Iris and the others who were watching the images could not find them. That guy He really meant what he said back then Iris looked at the giant image floating in the air as if she were staring at it. Immediately after the Heavenly Sacred Festival ended, Iris and the others began working to stop Shus actions. Me neither. The Katana Saint must have tremendous skill with the katana, but this image is clearly a magic technique. And if the images are being spread around the world on such a large scale, it is possible that one of the Katana Saints associates is skilled in magic. Just like Iris and the others, Arnold deduced various information from Shus images. Then Owen asked with a serious look on his face. Your Majesty What are you going to do now? Of course, I cant accept such a proposition. However the other party is a Holy. Of course, it might be a lie to claim that he is the Katana Saint, but the fact remains that there are people on his side who are capable of activating magic to such an extent. Can we really compete with such people? Im always ready to fight. Arnold nodded at Owen, who straightened his back and put his hand on his chest. Yes. Im counting on you. And Im also worried about the movements of the other countries. Thats But will they reject it as Your Majesty does? In response to Owens question, Arnold shook his head quietly. Sure, that would be normal but in some countries, thats not the case. Fortunately, this country is not at war with any other country, but it would not be surprising if some citizens of war-torn countries agreed with Shus words. And if more people agree with him, there might be a civil war a revolution in that country! What! Anyway, the best thing we can do is to prepare our forces for their attack. Its a good thing Lexia-sama isnt here. Yes. Even they would not be able to reach the other world. Besides, there is Yuuya-dono in that world. If only Yuuya-dono would come Dont say that. He has his own world In this way, the higher-ups in each country also began to move in response to the declaration of war by Shu and the others. In the pitch-black space, there are countless worlds covered with a transparent membrane like soap bubbles. These bubbles are literally the crystallization of the worlds. A universe, including galaxies and stars, is spread out in these small, confined membranes. If a bubble were to burst, that world would end. Such an impossible event happened here and there in space. This place where many worlds were drifting was the space calledBetween Worlds. Monsters lurk in such between worlds. Mysterious spherical life forms with countless tentacles, like sea anemones and mollusks, with the grotesque appearance of octopuses and squids. These monsters crowded together and fought fiercely, sometimes destroying the surrounding bubble world. Then a white beast walked gracefully through the desolate between worlds. It looked like a cat, its long, pure white fur shining in various colors. Meow. The white cat showed no interest in the battle between the monsters nor in the bubbles crystallizing the world. It simply walked with graceful steps through this space where the concept of time did not exist. As usual, the white cat was strolling leisurely through between worlds when it suddenly noticed something and caught sight of a world. It was a world of transparent cubes, different from the world of soap bubbles that had appeared in the between worlds before he knew it. There were countless such cubic worlds floating around, the one the white cat noticed is but one of many others. Meow? The white cat tilted its head as it had never seen such a strange world suddenly appearing in countless numbers before. The reason why this cube-shaped world appeared was because the boundary between dimensions disappeared due to the influence of a false god, and Yuuyas world, which existed in another dimension, flowed into it. Because of these events, the beings who had been using Yuuya from the parallel world as a pawn became aware of the existence of another dimension and decided to invade it. However, the white cat was unaware of these circumstances and simply turned its eyes to the strange world that had suddenly appeared. As it turned its space-like black eyes toward the cubic world, information about that world began to flow into the cats brain. Since there is no concept of time in Between Worlds, the white cat could see from the oldest information in the world to the far future. In the midst of all this, the white cat noticed a planet that existed within the cubic world. The white cat did not know why it noticed the planet. But as if attracted by something, its eyes were drawn to the planet. The history of the planet flowed into the white cats brain as images and finally stopped when it showed a young man. It was the image of Yuuya before he set foot in the other world. Chapter 260 - Book 1: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 1 Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 1 It was a few days after the battle with the me from the parallel world. I was preparing for the mysterious mans attack and spending my time learning sorcery from Kuuya-san. Hmm even after seeing it again and again, its a tremendous spiritual power. I was practicing sorcery in the garden of Sage-sans house in another world when Kuuya-san suddenly said this. Is it that much? The amount of Yuuyas spiritual power was amazing originally, but now that same spiritual power No, its actually much greater; with the spiritual power of Yuuya from the parallel world has been combined; I cant see the bottom of it anymore. To be honest, I dont really feel that. When I absorbed Meikos spiritual power, I was in extreme pain. But when I took in the spiritual power that me from the parallel world entrusted to me, I didnt feel anything special. This is probably because we are the same being. Well, thats okay. Anyway, lets review the sorcery youve learned. Here. Kuuya-san waved his arm lightly, and countless imps appeared in the courtyard of the house. These imps were the same ones that were created for me to learn how to use the power when I first came in contact with Kuuya-san, and they could only be defeated with an attack imbued with spiritual power. And then Im going to make it a little more difficult this time. Guoooooooooo! As Kuuya-san continued to move his arm, not only imps appeared, but also huge demons like those in the underworld. However, the demons produced did not have the same intelligence as Ikkaku-san and Nikkaku-san. As you can see, it is an embodiment of the demons of the underworld. Although I cannot reproduce their intelligence, they have an ego and are powerful. As Kuuya-san said, countless demons began to appear. Now the preparations are complete. Lets see the results of your training! Gaaaaaaaah! With Kuuya-sans signal, the demons rushed at me. I held both palms in front of my chest and stared at them calmly. Then, a ball of spiritual power was born between my palms. Spirit Ball! As I opened my palms to release the Spirit Ball, it split into countless pieces and attacked the demons. Gaaaaaah! Guooooooo! This attack destroyed the imps, but it was not enough to defeat the larger demons. Then! Spirit Chain! I immediately activated another sorcery, and several purple chains appeared under the demons feet, restraining their bodies. Seeing me like this, Kuuya-san nodded in satisfaction. Umu, you can now use the techniques of Yuuya from the parallel world. And the flow of activating the sorcery has not been interrupted. But thats not enough to defeat these demons. As Kuuya-san said, the technique of me from the parallel world alone is not enough to defeat the demons. Thats why Ive spent the last few days not only learning the techniques of me from the parallel world but also doing another kind of training. Oops You have to make sure the fields arent damaged Kuuya-san was casually talking about such things. I immediately activated the Spirit Chain and bound the giant demons body, and immediately created the Spirit Sword and slashed at it. However, just like the Spirit Spear, the attack did not go through. Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! What? The giant demon tore off the Spirit Chain that was restraining it and attacked. Hmm Is it too early for this giant demon? Kuuya-san said as he watched the battle between me and the giant demon. But I would not give up. I was able to dodge the giant demons attacks and predict its actions with my Spirit Eye, so I took advantage of the opportunity and moved away from it. Hmm? What are you going to do? While Kuuya-san tilted his head, I focused all my attention on it. And then. Spirit Magic Armor! The moment I said that, a purple aura and a pale aura enveloped my body. S~ea??h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yes, this sorcery that I invoked was developed based on the image of the Magic Armor. From the very beginning of my use of spiritual power, I had been able to envelop my weapons and my body with spiritual power. However, this was only to channel the spiritual power to the surface of the body, and it could not strengthen it significantly. So I was able to strengthen my physical abilities with spiritual power by circulating it at high speed inside my body, not just on the surface. Then I combined this with the original idea of the Magic Armor. The result was a successful fusion of the two powers. Even Kuuya-san seemed surprised by this sorcery, and his eyes were wide open. T-This power is Haaaaaaah! As I stepped forward with great power, my first step instantly reduced the distance between me and the giant demon to zero. Kicking the ground and jumping up, I made the Spirit Sword appear in my right hand. Then I created an airborne foothold with magic, took another hard step, and swung the Spirit Sword in my hand. The Spirit Sword sliced off the giant demons head, and it quietly disappeared. I let out a sigh of relief after defeating the last of the demons and turned my attention to Kuuya-san. H-how was it? How was it, you ask? When you show me such a fusion with the magic power you possess I have no complaints. Youve grown up so well. Thank you very much! I was relieved to see that I had reached the level of competence that Kuuya-san was looking for. Umu. However, there are still some sorcery techniques that I have not been able to pass on to you, and you will be able to use them more skillfully if you continue to train yourself. Most importantly, you have been able to merge it with magic power. Perhaps you can think of ways to fuse it with other powers as well. As Kuuya-san said, this time, I have mainly been training to merge it with magic. But I also have other powers like Holy Evil Creation and Divine Authority in me. I dont know how much power that masked man has, but I need to become stronger to protect this world I decided to train once again. Advertisement Chapter 261 - Book 1: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier & new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 When Yuuya was continuing his training. The royal family of a certain country in Europe was in the midst of a hectic atmosphere. Please reconsider, Your Highness! An old butler complained in a room furnished with fine furniture. A young man with neatly arranged brown hair received such an appeal. The young man, who was called Your Highness, said to the butler who tried to stop him. Dont stop me. I have already made up my mind. No, thats not allowed! Please reconsider! Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Huh James, why wont you agree? Im not saying its me who cant approve it; Im saying its the royal family who cant approve it! What did you say? The young man frowned at the words of the butler named James. What are you objecting to now? I have long made it known that I have someone in mind. And both my dear father and dear mother approved. Yes, indeed, they did. However! His Majesty and Her Majesty both approved it because they thought the person Your Highness had in mind was a person from this country! James caught his breath and announced again in a clear tone. But you say that the person you seek is a commoner of Japan. Certainly, there are those who have established connections with the royal family from the standpoint of commoners. But with people from other countries Kaoris family must have been quite wealthy, even if they were not a noble family. Even so, the countrys standard is very high. The future queen must learn the history and traditions of this country. Etiquette is also a must. Do you have any idea how much work that is? No problem. Kaori is an excellent woman. She will surely become a worthy queen. First of all! Are you sure that this Kaori doesnt already have a special partner? Of course not. I was the one who looked at her. Nobody would be stupid enough to touch her. .. James head hurt from this baseless statement. Ive told you time and time again that my mind was made up from the beginning. When I come of age, I will bring Kaori as my queen. James, realizing that there was nothing he could say that would help, let out a heavy sigh and said something that suddenly caught his attention. Where did you meet this woman named Kaori? At a party at our academy. The academy? Oh, sponsored by the royal family Thats right. At the entrance party of the second class there, I think. Kaori was there as a family member of one of the students who will be admitted to our academy. The world seemed to shine so brightly after seeing the girl that he felt as if the world he had seen before was dull. The other partygoers who had called out to the stunned young man had strange looks on their faces. Yo-Your Highness? They all shouted worriedly, but nothing reached the young mans ears. He simply surrendered to his current sensations. At the same time, he realized what that feeling was. I found it. Thus, the young man fell in love with the woman of his destinyKaori. Ill never forget the shock of that moment The young man who told the story of his encounter with Kaori thought back to that moment, chewing over his words. I never thought something like that would happen at that party Indeed, and I intended to ask Your Highness to join at some point in the future. And that included, in no small part, the name of finding a partner for Your Highness. That was the first and Oh. I never thought this would happen at that party, either. But the moment I saw her, I fell in love. I see And then you got to know this girl named Kaori? No, I just watched her from a distance. Huh? You didnt even talk to her? What do you mean? I greeted her, but just briefly. J-just greeted her? Yes, Kaoris charm was so great that I couldnt speak at that time Im sure my feelings were conveyed to her! .. James was speechless. Such a thing was not even a relationship anymore. And he was absolutely sure that it was not a relationship of a lover. But for some reason, the prince was convinced that he and Kaori would be together. James was unable to say anything about the situation, which was too absurd, but then he suddenly realized. No, wait? If the relationship has not been established, then His Highness confession will surely fail Then, even if I dont convince him here, he will fail and give up? It doesnt matter what I say; once he feels the pain Whats wrong? No, nothing? James, who had collected his thoughts in an instant, changed from before and put on a serious expression. I understand Your Highnesss serious thoughts. Let us prepare for the journey immediately. Oh, you finally understand! Im counting on you! James bowed respectfully and left the room. The young man looked out of the window and stared into the distance. Kaori I can finally come for you The young man, blinded by love, did not know that his feelings were one-way. Chapter 262 - Book 1: Part 3 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 3 Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 3 I had to continue my training with Kuuya-san, but of course, I also had to go to school. Also, as the person in charge of the school idol project, I received a new request from the student council president, Kitaraku-senpai. We had just finished our first idol stage the other day, and soon we were practicing for the open campus stage again. Whew! We danced a lot! Lexia-san said as soon as the practice was over. Compared to last time, everyones moves are more in sync. Were dancing to the same song we danced to on stage the other day. It hasnt been that long since the last stage Its not like were learning new choreography, so its a little easier, right? Yes, I think so. I think we will be able to present a more complete performance. Going well. If it continues like this, we will be fine for the next stage. Everyone seemed to be getting a feel for it, and I felt it myself as I watched from the sidelines. By the way Kaede and Lexia-san were incredible. Compared to Luna and the others, their physical abilities may not be as high, but still, their dancing was definitely better than the last time they were on stage. I also prepared sports drinks and towels to support them as much as possible, just like a club manager. While everyone was practicing their dances and songs, the door to the practice room opened. Excuse me Kaori? It was Kaori standing there. In order not to disturb everyone, I immediately went to Kaoris side. Whats wrong? I asked her, and Kaori opened her mouth, looking a little uncomfortable. Oh, actually The student council president asked me to ask Yuuya-san if you could help us at the open campus Help? Is that different from the school idol? Yes. Specifically, he wants Yuuya-san to participate in the introduction of the clubs activities. Introduce the clubs activities? I tilted my head at the unexpected content. I am a member of the go-home club, so there is no way that I can introduce the clubs activities. According to the student council president, he wants the students to participate in the introduction of the sports clubs to impress the potential students who might enroll in this academy next year Whats with this fluffy request? Im sorry, the student council president asked me to I-I mean, Im happy to help, but what about the details? W-well Ive only been told what I just told you, so What to do, I have no idea what to do. Why me in the first place? Is everything okay? Im not a member of any club, and Im such an outsider that I cant introduce the activities of the club I dont think you need to worry about that. And everyone is very positive about Yuuya-sans participation, and they want it to be a spectacular event Spectacular? I dont know if introducing club activities is such a spectacular thing. I think its a far cry from the introduction of club activities I know I heard that there will be instructions on the day of the event, so I think it will be okay if you follow them. Th-thats fine, then If there are instructions, is it okay if I follow the instructions? Isnt it? Im a little worried. Kaori panicked, as if the voice of my heart was showing on my face. I-Im sure itll be fine! Ill be there to support Yuuya-san on the day! I-is that so? Thats reassuring but what about the idol stage? The other student council members will support that as well. First, the gods began to dominate the life forms born on Earth. They could not interfere with the Earth itself, but they could interfere with what it produced. In this way, the gods took control of the humans on Earth. The dominated humans were treated as slaves of the gods. To escape such a situation, the Earth, unlike other beings, consumed the power of the planet itself and created a woman named Saara. Saara, imbued with the power of the planet star power, descended to Earth as the only being capable of resisting the gods. She freed the humans from the gods one by one and eventually built a great civilization on the land. The continent where this civilization was built was called Moatra. This was the name of the only continent that has disappeared from Earths current history. In Moatra, Saara used her star power to create magic power that was distributed to the people who had freed themselves from the gods. Moatra quickly became the largest supercontinent on Earth. But the gods did not stand idly by. To invade Moatra, the gods gathered their power and created a single beastthe Divine Beast. The beast had silver fur and golden scales, looked like a dragon, wolf, or lion, and was half the size of Moatra, a huge continent. A single step by the Divine Beast that was born would cause a tectonic shift, and the surrounding countries would be destroyed in an instant. This was a warning and an example from the gods. What happens if you defy the gods? And what are the consequences of people who abandon the gods, they say? But the people of Moatra were not intimidated. To protect their dignity, they decided to fight the divine beast, using the magic power given to them by Saara and the technology of Moatra. But the enemy was too great. The people of Moatra, led by Saara, desperately resisted the Divine Beast, but they were gradually pushed back. Unlike the people of Moatra, Saara, who was directly connected to the Earth and could manipulate star power, saw her star power depleted in the battle with the gods. At the same time, this also meant the depletion of the power of the Earth itself. When this star power was depleted, the Earth would be destroyed. Although Saara and the others continued their desperate resistance, there was no longer any way for Earth to defeat the Divine Beast. It seemed that they would be ruled by the gods, but the people of Moatra took a last resort to prevent the gods from taking over the Earth. That was, they forced Saara to escape from Moatra, and the people of Moatra made a suicide attack against her. Of course, if they told Saara, she would not approve of such a plan. After spending so many years with the people of Moatra, Saara could not make the decision to leave them. Therefore, the people did not tell Saara anything, and they sent their wishes to the Earth as one. No matter what it took, they wanted Saara to escape. The Earth granted their wish. This was because Earth could not afford to lose Sarla. However, it was painful to see the humans the Earth had created scattered in a suicide mission. Nevertheless, at the request of the people of Moatra, Earth created a special coffin with its remaining star power, sealed Sarla inside, and allowed her to escape from Moatra. The people who remained in Moatra then fought the Divine Beast in their land and unleashed the magic power they had once received from Saaras star power, sealing the entire continent of Moatra. Although the Divine Beast was sealed, the continent of Moatra was destroyed as a result. S~ea??h the NovelFire.net* website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. In addition, Earths ego was finally put to sleep, and Saara, who had been the greatest obstacle to the gods, was sealed in a coffin. The Gods thought that it would no longer be difficult to rule the Earth or so they thought. However, the gods power was greatly weakened when the Divine Beast created by combining their powers was sealed away along with the Moatra Continent. The human race, which had been ruled by the gods, rose up en masse and rebelled against the gods. When the gods were finally overthrown, the Age of the Gods became the Age of Humans. After the gods lost their power, Saaras sealed coffin drifted through the world. If it were true, Earth should have released Saara when the gods disappeared, but the battle with the gods consumed so much star power that Earths ego fell into a slumber, and this did not happen. Therefore, Saaras coffin went from place to place around the world without being unsealed, and after many years, it passed into the hands of a humanYuunosuke Tenjou. He displayed the coffin in the storage room of his house as usual, not knowing that it had such a history. Chapter 263 - Book 1: Part 4 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 4 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier since you can now choose a tier for specific novels, so please go check it out, and also new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 4 Open Campus Day. It was a holiday, but today, junior high school students and their families from various areas were visiting the school, thinking about enrolling in Ousei Academy. Yes, the school idol stage will be right after this.UppTodated from no?/v/e/lb(i)n.c(o)/m Here, we will give you a tour of the school building. Those who want to experience classes, please gather here. Its not as big as a school festival, but there are some small performances, and its more like a regular festival or maybe as big as a typical school festival if its not too big. Also, I did not expect that there would be a tour guide at the open campus. A-amazingdo this many people come to the event every year? As expected, weve never had so many visitors before. This must be the main reason why the student council president is actively promoting the news of the school idol. I see Listening to Kaoris explanation, I was once again reminded of Kitaraku-senpais incredible capabilities. That man seemed to be acting in a chaotic manner, but it was truly amazing that he was constantly meeting his goals in such a manner. W-well, it might be difficult for those who are swept away by his reckless behavior, though So? What should I do? Oh, yes. First, well go to the field where well introduce the baseball and soccer teams. I understand. As I walked with Kaori to the field, our first destination, there were many junior high school students gathered there, perhaps for the introduction of the club activities. While I was watching my surroundings, a voice suddenly approached me. Hey! Tenjou-kun! Oh, Kitaraku-senpai! And there, waving happily, was Kitaraku-senpai. When I quickly joined him, he smiled at me. Thanks for coming today! N-no problem. So what exactly am I supposed to do? Im not in any special club activities or anything like that, but Dont worry, dont worry! The student council will be doing the introductions for each club, and I want you to attend the events we have prepared for each club. Y-yes. Then it looks like people have gathered, so lets get started! The introduction of the club activities began without a clear understanding of what was happening, and as Kitaraku-senpai said, the explanation of each club was done by a male student council officer. The content itself was the past achievements and main activities of each club; there was no special change in the content. I mean, do I really have to do anything? From the looks of it, I think this explanation alone is enough S§×arch* The N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The student council officer who explained the situation looked at me for a moment. Well, now that the explanation is over since we gathered you all like this, lets play a little game today! The student council officer continued as the surrounding people suddenly buzzed with excitement at his sudden words. Lets start with the baseball team! Youre going to have a showdown with the students from the baseball team! Huh? I was completely distracted and surprised to be nominated here all of a sudden. W-what do you mean, a showdown? Some of you here might be thinking about joining the baseball team. So were planning to let you actually compete against the best our school has to offer and experience how great our club is! Oh! No, no, no! The students who came to see the event seemed very interested, but I am not a member of the baseball team, and I am not the best player! Nevertheless, I was in no position to talk about such things, and things just went on. The rules are simple! You, the challengers, will choose to be either a pitcher or a batter. If you choose to be the pitcher, Tenjou-kun will be the batter. On the other hand, if you choose to be the batter, Tenjou-kun will be the pitcher, and you will get one try. I see I dont know what his level is, but Im sure its difficult for him to play both sides, right? ..! Despite being battered all over his body, the catcher turned around and gave a thumbs up with a smile as if to say that this was exactly what he wanted. Eehh? I thought maybe it was just my imagination, but it looked like I really did throw hard. Still, the catcher, its amazing As expected, he had tremendous fortitude, probably because he catches a variety of pitches in his daily club activities. Then the batter, a junior high school student, opened his eyes again. Ri-ridiculous I cant even see the ball? Th-This is! In this situation, the catcher seemed to be looking for an even stronger pitch on the next pitch and sent a more intense signal than before. W-what an amazing determination! So I threw the third pitch a little harder than before. This time I tried to throw the ball with an awareness of putting my finger on it, or rather, giving it a little rotation. The ball accelerated more than I expected and made the loudest noise of the day. At the same time, the catcher also flew backward with great force and hit the fence with a loud bang. I panicked and tried to run over to the catcher, but he immediately stood up and gave me a thumbs-up. I was able to defeat the first challenger, but by that time, the way the junior high school students looked at me had changed drastically. Oh, man Theres no way I can hit with that speed No, no, no, its so fast that the ball disappears. Isnt that the best magic ball? As Kitaraku-senpai and the baseball team members nodded their heads as if they were satisfied with the reactions of the people around them, the student council officer raised his voice again. Well, the first game was won by Tenjou-kun! What do you think? Who wants to try next? W-well, then Ill be next! The one who said that was a junior high school student who was taller and had longer arms and legs than the boy who had just stepped out. Unlike the boy who just stepped out, he picked up a ball and a glove. Im going to try out as a pitcher. Then, Tenjou-kun, youll take the batters position, right? Y-yes. Now Ill play as the batter I played as a batter at the Nittei Academy the other day, so its still possible. Then, when they saw me getting ready, the observers started murmuring again. H-hes really going to play as a batter as well? No, no, as expected, he cant be at the level of greatness either, can he? You know, Tanaka, who just batted, is famous for being the best batter here Anyway, Yamada, who is going to pitch next, is also said to be the best pitcher in the area The other male student looked at me as I stood in the batters box amidst the various words flying around. Sure, the pitching earlier was great. But thats not going to happen this time! Saying this, he took a big swing and released the ball right at me. I took a good look at the ball and immediately realized its range. At the same time, I activated my Weakness Detection skill and immediately understood where to hit the ball with the bat to make it fly the farthest. I then swung the bat to that point. I timed it perfectly, and the ball went straight over the fence. W-what? I-I wonder whats going to happen to this one? I hit it because I could aim from the first pitch, but maybe I have to play three pitches? I thought about that, but with that one pitch, the other male student seemed to lose his will to fight and opened his mouth. Im completely defeated. I dont even think its a coincidence that he hit it so perfectly. Oh, the winner has already been decided. Now, who else wants to try their hand? .. The student council officer urged again, but no one present raised their hand. Table of Content Chapter 264 - Book 1: Part 5 Book 14: Chapter 1: Part 5 Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 5 After that, I was then made to participate in a variety of club activities, including soccer and basketball, where I was forced to play games similar to baseball before, but Wherever I kick it, he stops it! Oh, come on, can you shoot it from that distance and score? What kind of power does he have to make a volleyball explode? Speaking of which, the ping-pong ball shattered! In tennis, the rackets string was burned out For the time being, I tried not to exaggerate, but I did my best in my own way. However, as for volleyball and ping-pong, Kitaraku-senpai knew what happened in the ball game tournament and made a strange request to make the ball burst or shatter. I myself have been able to control my power more than before, thanks in part to the fact that I can now handle my spiritual power, but I never thought that I would be forced to do the opposite here But seeing me move like that, Kitaraku-senpai seemed satisfied. Hahahahaha! Its more than I imagined! I knew I was right to ask you, Tenjou-kun! Yu-Yuuya-san was indeed amazing, but is this really what you want? Hmm? Is there something on your mind, Houjo-san? Um, Im also happy to see Yuuya-sans achievements, but Yuuya-san is in the going-home club, and I think it would be a problem if students joined their respective club activities for the sake of this experience Its all right! Ive properly told them in advance that hes a special guest for today only and that they can see him in action during the explanation of the school festival and sports events! Maybe theyll be interested in seeing him there. Yo-youre very well prepared No, no, no, what do you mean, see me? I dont want them to make an important decision like choosing a school for that reason. W-well, even without me, this school has a lot of club activities, interesting classes, and fun events to participate in. Most of all, it is full of good people, and I can recommend it with confidence. Then Kitaraku-senpai gave a fresh smile in response to my words. Of course, it would be a problem if they enrolled just for the sake of it. Ive already advertised the good points of this school. Besides, the school idol show seems to have been a success. T-Thats right! How did everyone else do? I was so focused on introducing the club activities that I didnt pay much attention to it Dont worry. As I said, the Open Campus stage was also a success. According to Nekota, who was there to support the girls, it was even better than the last time they performed. I see I was relieved to hear that the stage was a success because everyone had practiced hard. Then Kitaraku-senpais smile deepened. Im convinced this time. I knew I was on the right track! So, as a new plan, Im thinking of forming a male idol unit as well. M-male idols? While I was surprised by the unexpected words, Kitaraku-senpai nodded. Thats right. So, Tenjou-kun! I want you to be a part of this male idol unit! Eeeehhhh!? Yu-Yuuya-san being an idol? Seeing that Kaori was also surprised by Kitaraku-senpais words, this must have been another out-of-the-box idea of Kitaraku-senpais. No, no, no, wait! Its impossible for me to be an idol! Ive been approached by Star Productions before about joining the entertainment industry, but I turned them down Thats because its a full-fledged entertainment business, right? Thats right, but The only reason I turned it down was because I wanted to have a normal student life. And I also didnt think it was right for me, who had no idea about the future, to do this to people who were seriously trying to become idols. As you know, Im only talking about school idols. This is not a typical idol group where the focus is on TV appearances. Thats why its possible to balance your life as a student with your idol activities. I-I know that, but I can understand why you might want to step aside and think about those who take their idol work seriously. But dont you think it would be a waste to refuse a challenge in a world you havent even touched? Even if you dont feel like it now, you might be interested in it when you try it. In that sense, I think this male school idol project is perfect for you. .. Yu-Yuuya-san I couldnt say anything back to Kitaraku-senpais words. Right now, I am not thinking about the future, and I am not even trying to challenge myself. Besides, the environment that surrounded me now was pushing me to find something I want to do, but I was so surprised that I fell silent, and Kitaraku-senpai smiled gently at me. Well, take it easy. So, I ended up participating as one of the school idols with a somewhat confused feeling. Just as the open campus was being held at Ousei Academy, the rival school, Nittei Academy. School Idol, you say? In the student council presidents office at Nittei Academy, the student council president, Mirei Kamiyama, was receiving a report about Ousei Academy from her butler, Shirai. Thats right. No way, such a plan Maybe it was the idea of their student council president. Its that eccentric son of the Kitaraku group, isnt it? I see Its like a vocational school run directly by another agency, isnt it? Yes, thats right. Star Productions doesnt have a vocational school yet, does it? Yes, well. Basically, we only scout for talent or select talent by auditioning selected individuals from the big vocational schools, you know? Thats why wed like to take on the role of a vocational school. When Kitaraku said that, the presidents eyes narrowed. What advantages would there be for us to do this at Ousei Academy? Of course, its an exclusive contract for the school idols we have now. In addition to the previous stage, I think we got a lot of publicity from this open campus. Also, we had reporters on stage at the open campus, so I am sure that the news will continue to spread after tomorrow. Thats how you sign a contract with a group like this. Hmm but isnt that a bit weak? After all, we are already supporting you. Exactly. Star Productions can get a famous idol group with a small amount of money. On top of that, you can choose from a variety of other options. That includes Tenjou-kun, of course. Youve hit on exactly what we want. But even if they become school idols, it doesnt necessarily mean that they will pursue a career in the entertainment industry, right? Thats true. But the possibility is not zero. When he says this, Kitarakus smile deepens. Actually, Tenjou-kun has also been chosen to be one of the school idols in the next group to be formed. What did you say? The president involuntarily stood up at Kitarakus unexpected words. Well, what do you think? You might be able to sign a contract with an idol group that he will join, you know? Besides, if we set up an entertainment department, talented kids who aspire to the entertainment industry will gather in that department, so we will be more certain to get the talent the president is looking for. I dont want to put it this way, but there are a lot of talented kids in our school. Kitaraku closed his mouth as if to say that he had already told the president what he wanted to say. Faced with such a Kitaraku, the president broke out in a cold sweat. Did you foresee this from the beginning? No? Im just doing what I think is fun. The president let out a sigh while relaxing her shoulders at the indescribable words of Kitaraku. Sigh Thats okay. Ill take your suggestion! With that, a lot of things started moving without Yuuyas knowledge. At that time, in Between Worlds.. So? What about the rest of the world? A bald, muscular man asked softly. The masked man behind him bowed respectfully. The invasion is complete. I see They are fragile. If I give my power to a pawn, he can easily defeat even himself in a parallel world. That makes me wonder more and more about the defeat of the previous pawn. Oh, the piece that uses that strange power. The piece that the masked man and his master were talking about was the very Yuuya of the parallel world. Even though I didnt give him my power, when he lost his life, he had obtained a strange power called spiritual power. Therefore, I dont understand why he was defeated by the same being in the parallel world. I thought our pawn, with the same specifications and the power available to him after his death, would have been stronger I dont know the details either, but it seemed that the counterpart in that pieces parallel world had acquired another unknown power that our piece did not have. Unknown power I couldnt take away that spiritual or mystical power either. This time, I hope to get that power but thats okay. But more importantly, where is the world you invaded? This way. The rest is yours to eat as you please At that moment, countless worlds were laid out like soap bubbles in front of the man called Master. The bald man grabbed one of the worlds with his hand, brought it to his mouth, slurped it down, and immediately absorbed it into his body. Then he took the other worlds one by one and opened his mouth happily. A little more, a little more. I wonder, will this world be the last? Yes. If we can absorb the world we failed to invade; we will be able to achieve our long-cherished dream. The bald man said so clearly, while the masked man opened his mouth somewhat uneasily. Is that really possible? What? Do you really think we can create a world we can live in? .. In response to the masked mans words, the bald man kept his mouth shut for a moment. We have no choice but to create it. You know that, dont you? .. We have been rejected by the world since we were born, and we have lived in this Between Worlds. I can only look at the workings of the world from the outside. But I have gained the power and the means to intervene in the world! But only for a moment. Did you feel that when you killed that pawn? sea??h th§× novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Yes, I did. As soon as I killed that pawn, I was thrown out of that world. Yes. No matter how much power we gain or rather, the more power we gain, the more the world rejects us. In the end, there is no world for us to live in. The bald man said this with sadness, but his eyes were immediately filled with anger. But! We were lucky. What has happened is that the dimensional boundary that even we could not cross has disappeared, and the worlds floating in this Between Worlds has doubled! After saying this, the bald man clenches his fist. If the world rejects us, then we must absorb it and use its power to create a world we can live in! We have no choice but to do so. .. First of all, for this purpose I will take the power I just ingested completely into my body. And once that is done I will eat the last world. In Between Worlds, the preparations of the invaders were in full swing. Chapter 265 - Book 2: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 2: Part 1 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier since you can now choose a tier for specific novels, so please go check it out, and also new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 1 While various speculations are going on in various places, in the other world. I finally found you, Shu. Iris and the others have tracked down the whereabouts of Katana Saint Shu Zakuren and his group. Shu confronted them with several Holy in tow. Hou? I didnt expect you to find this place Are these all of you? It seems that the number of people I saw at the Heavenly Sacred Festival was not the same as the number of people here The number of Holy that Shu brought with him now did not match the number of Holy that was at Shus side at the Heavenly Sacred Festival, just as Iris said. Of course, this isnt all of them its just that were already on the move. Tch I guess were a little late. (It cant be helped. The dragons of Dragon Valley are tough, and it takes some time to defeat them. I never thought that you would use this land for your own purposes.) Yes, Shu and his group hid in the Dragon Valley, which was said to be as dangerous as the Great Devils Nest. There was a dragon that had become a false gods sentinel in the past, but since Yuuya had defeated it, its existence was not exactly known, and it was only told as a fairy tale. However, the dragons that inhabit the land are still strong, and ordinary people cannot even get close to this place. Thanks to your flashy use of visual magic, we were able to track you. Its not something thats easy to notice but it seems like youre still holding back at the Heavenly Sacred Festival, isnt that right? Thats right. And were here to stop you, who even lost to us back then. Iris pointed her sword at Shu. But Shu showed no sign of being swayed. I see. So you dont agree with us after all. Of course not. Its crazy to think that well let you control humanity To control the world. You dont understand anything youre just puppets, playing the role youve been given without thinking. (Hmph. No matter what you say, Im doing the Holy work because I like it. Even if I could eliminate the cause of Evil itself, I would not even think of controlling humanity.) That is true As you say, sometimes I think humanity is stupid. But not all of them. To control the will of humanity as a whole is beyond my comprehension. Usagi and Odis also turned to Shu and told him this. Then Shu shook his head. Its a pity. You and I dont seem to understand each other. Yes, you are right. Thats why were here to stop you. Iris immediately took a fighting stance, followed by Usagi and Odis. Do you really think you can do that? I said Ill do it! Iris stepped forward with tremendous force, closing the distance between her and Shu in an instant. Heavenly Sacred Slash! And then she unleashed an attack that unleashed the full force of her Holy power. But I wont let you do it. ! Suddenly, the sound of a plucked stringed instrument rang out through the air. At that moment, the sound became a mass of magical power, and it repelled the Sword Saint Iris sword that was approaching Shu. How outrageous of you to fail to understand our noble principles. Tone. Iris attack was blocked by Tone, a bard-like manwho held a lyre-like instrument in his hand. Then, following Tone, two new men stepped forward to protect Shu. If you try to interfere with us, we wont show you any mercy. At the Heavenly Sacred Festival, we had a hard time because Shu told us to hold back, but from now on, we can really get serious, right? Leo, Seras. The new men standing in front of Iris were a lion-type beastman and a deer-horned beastman. The lion beastman was Leo Vanguard, the Fang Saint. The deer-horned beastman was Seras Reinhorn, the Horn Saint. Each of them was a member of the Holy with their own characteristics as a race. Leo made a movement as if he was relaxing the muscles in his neck and shoulders; then he smiled wildly. Then he bared his fangs at Iris with tremendous force. I have long been convinced that you are the strongest in the Heavenly Sacred Festival! (Hmph!) ! But when Leo attacked Iris, Usagi rushed in and kicked him. Leo noticed the kick, stopped suddenly, and jumped back. Usagi! (Your opponent is me!) Hah! You think you can beat me, you herbivore? As soon as Leos whole body erupted with Holy power and magic, he jumped at Usagi. But Usagi stared calmly at the attacker, dodged just in time, and kicked Leo in the torso. (Hah!) Mghh! Leo! I wont let you. As Seras was about to move to support Leo, Odis instantly created countless magic bullets and fired them at Seras. The barrage was so great that even though it was a small mass of magical power, it approached Seras while causing considerable damage to the ground. Tsk! Annoying! Iris! Get Shu while you still can! Yes! While Usagi and Odis held back the two Holy, Iris jumped at Shu. But Tone moved to block Iris attack. I wont let you do it! Sound Domination! The moment Tone strummed his lyre, the sound became a wave of magical power that destroyed everything it touches. Iris, however, was undaunted by such an attack and met the wave of magical power head-on. Haaaaaaah! What? Gahah! And the sword that Iris swung down annihilated the sound wave of magic power and slashed at Tones body in a fluid motion. Thus removing the obstacle for Shu, Iris instantly closed the distance with Shu so that he could not escape while activating her Divine Authority. As Shu said, the Divine Authority of Iris and the others had been absorbed by the difference in power in the face of the Sacred Power of Shu and his group. Of course, since the observers were not technically gods, they could not use the Sacred Power, but if the Divine Authority released here had been that of the observers, the result might have been different. However, this was the limit of the Divine Authority that Iris and the others who were not observers could handle. For Iris, who desperately tried to stand up, Shu cast a cold glance at her. Hah Its boring. Even Iris, who was once called the strongest Holy, is no match for a god like this After saying this, Shu turned his back on Iris and the others. Ill leave the rest to you. W wait! She held out her hand to Shu as he walked away, trying to stop him, but Shu simply used his Sacred Power and vanished from the scene in an instant. Leo looked down at Iris after seeing Shu off. Isnt it a shame? You cant even stop us, let alone Shu. Lets get rid of Iris first. I wonder what kind of sound the screams of the Sword Saint will make. Leo, Seras, and Tone began to surround Iris as if they were slowly hunting her down. Then Farewell! Fang Disorder! Horn Piercing! Sound Splitting! A series of biting attacks and a powerful blast of horns. Then, a wave of sound that ripped through the surroundings hit Iris at once. Almost unconsciously, Iris raised her sword and took the brunt of the attacks. However, Iris, who had almost no strength left, could not withstand the attacks of Leo and the others who used the Sacred Power. Nevertheless, Iris was able to keep her balance just in time, thanks to the basic skills she had acquired through her long training. Oh! Youre so stubborn! Just die already! Leo is impatient with Iris, who doesnt seem to be falling. As Iris consciousness fades, she desperately concentrates on surviving the situation. That concentration eventually reaches its limit, and the sounds and smells around her fade. And then. (Huh Leo and the others attacks seem slow). For some reason, all the attacks directed at her seemed to slow down. Since Iris is about to lose consciousness, she doesnt have time to think much about the situation. Instinctively, however, Iris moved. ! A perfect strike, cutting the gap between Leo and the others attacks. No killing intent, no hostility, just the pure thought of cutting what was there. It was nothing more than the Idle Strike that Yuuya had learned from the sage. The inevitable attack was drawn into Leos neck and immediately cut off his head. Ah? Leo! This is ridiculous! Leo and the others had no idea what was happening. By the time they realized what had happened, Leos head had been severed, and he was dead. As it was, if Iris had moved, Seras and the others would have been able to defeat her easily. However, just like when Yuuya had first unleashed the idle strike, a tremendous feeling of exhaustion overtook Iriss body. She was on the verge of collapsing before, and Iris could not take it anymore and collapsed on the spot. Oh Hey, Tone. Did you see what happened? N-no but as long as there is a possibility that she has some unknown power, we need to eliminate her as soon as possible Seras and Tone launched their moves at Iris again to make sure she was eliminated. Horn Piercing! Sound Domination! Iris was no longer even able to prevent the attack. It seemed as if Seras and the others attack was about to reach Iris, but at that moment. Holy Magic Bullet! ! Between the two of them and Iris, magic bullets rained down with tremendous force. Sensing the attack, the two of them immediately jumped back, and a white shadow jumped out as if chasing them. (I wont let you escape! Three Divine Steps! Usagi! It was Usagi and Odis who had been blown away by Leo and the others. While Usagi was busy with Tone and Seras, Odis went to Iris and gave her a sip of the healing potion he had with him. Iris wounds healed quickly, and she was able to move again. sea??h th§× N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Thanks for your help Umu. More importantly did Shu manage to get away? Yes. Also, there is a possibility that the Holy who have already followed Shu will come back here. If thats the case, its our loss this time. Odis muttered with a grim look on his face and stood up vigorously. Iris. You go to Yuuya-kun right away. Huh? I know it sounds pathetic, but we cant handle Shu on our own. Thats why we need the help of Yuuya-kun and the Genesis Dragon-dono. Then Usagi and Odis We will stay here and try to delay them. To get you out of here. No way! Ill stay here too Just go! As long as my Divine Authority is not working properly, I cannot teleport you directly to Yuuya-kuns house. Thats why you need to leave as soon as possible. Im counting on you! Odis! Iris called, but Odis went to Usagi. Frustrated, Iris looked at Odis and the others, but then she got up and ran to Yuuyas house. Wha! Hey, Iris is running away! Kuh! Sound of Chaos! Seeing Iris running away, Tone sent out countless clusters of sound magic from his lyre. (I wont let you do that! Kicking Flash Legs!) But Usagi blocks all attacks with his legs and lands in front of Seras and the others. (We will be your opponents.) Dont look down on me! Thus, Iris went to Yuuya. Usagi and Odis fought with Seras and the others to stop them. Table of Content Chapter 266 - Book 2: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 2: Part 2 Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 2 Ive brought everyone! T-this is Yuuya-kuns Excuse me for disturbing you. It was the day after the open campus. It was a compensatory holiday for us, but Lexia-san wanted to have a party at my house, so I invited Kaori, Kaede, and the others to my house today. It was no problem for Night, Akatsuki, and Ciel, but it would be a surprise to see Ouma-san and Kuuya-san, so I asked them to stay at the other worlds house just for today. Still, to have so many people come to my house to play I was impressed by this situation which would have been unimaginable in the past. To begin with, I dont have that many things at home, but now that I know Im going to have guests, Ive worked even harder than usual to clean up. By the way, not only Lexia-san and the members of the school idol group, but also Kaori, who had been supporting the school idol group, came to the party. When I looked closely, I saw that Kaori was carrying a large bag. What did she bring? As soon as I led everyone into the guest room, Kaede looked around the house with a curious expression on her face. Yuuya-kuns house is so big! By the way, where are your parents? Uh this house is my grandfathers house. I live here by myself. Really? You have connections with people from other countries like Lexia-san Could it be that they live abroad? Yuuya-samas parents! Im certainly curious. Id like to greet them as soon as possible! Greet them? What are you going to do? Well, since Im Yuuya-samas fiance, isnt it obvious? No, youre not. Ahaha Luna replied calmly to Lexia-san, who had jumped on Kaedes words. But not only Kaede and Lexia-san; for some reason, everyone was staring at me as if they were concerned about my parents. Unfortunately, that wasnt the reason. No, its not that Um, you see, me and my parents dont get along. Oh S-so thats it Im-Im sorry. Kaede looked apologetic at my words. But now I have Night and the others and everyone else plays with me like this. So I didnt really care that I didnt get along with my family. Its okay, dont worry about it. I wonder how Yuta and Sora are doing? And my father and mother, too Now that Ive been able to properly control the spiritual power that was the cause of their dislike, I thought it would be nice to be able to talk about it properly one day. Woof! Buhi~ Pii! Oh, let me introduce you. This is my family, Night, Akatsuki, and Ciel. When the atmosphere became delicate because of me, Night and the others showed their appearance. Kaedes eyes lit up when she saw Night and the others. Wow! So this is the Night-kun that Yuuya-kun is keeping? You also kept a mini-pig and a bird? Buhi!? Buhi, buhi! Woah, did I offend him in any way? Perhaps not liking being called a pig, Akatsuki stomped his feet in protest. Its hard to say what Akatsukis ang, but he gets angry when people call him a pig Is he more of a boar? Anyway, Akatsuki is Akatsuki. But even though Im able to communicate with Akatsuki and the others thanks to my Tame skill, to Kaede, who doesnt have the skill, he just seemed to be an angry pig. I calmed Akatsuki down for the time being, and Kaede slowly stroked Akatsuki. Then Akatsuki lay down on the spot as if he felt good. Fugoo. Woof Pii! Ahahaha! Thats so cute! Night and the others looked stunned at the too-easy Akatsuki. After introducing Night and the others to everyone, Lexia-san raised her hand. Well! Now that were all here, lets do something! Thats fine, but have you prepared anything? Nothing? Its really just spontaneity Yuuya, is there anything in this house we can all play with? Um sorry, there is nothing like that in my house I dont even have a TV in my house. You could say there is no entertainment at all. If I look in the storage room, I might find something, but While I was thinking about it, Kaede raised her hand. Yes! If youre interested, I brought something we can all play with! Saying that, Kaede spread out various things from her luggage, including what looked like board games and other things that looked like they could be played. Really? Im sorry you had to go through all this trouble. After that, we followed the instructions to move our left foot, right hand, and so on, moving our bodies as instructed. Then. Ka-Kaori! Cant you move your body a little more? I-I cant go any further! Hey, Yuti! Are you sure this is the right color? Objection. Im doing it right. We got into more and more impossible positions and found ourselves tangled up in a very uncomfortable position. W-what a terrible game! At first, I thought it would be a game we would play while doing simple stretches, but this was outrageous. I had my arms and legs between Kaoris and Lexia-sans legs, and vice versa, Lexia-sans arms and legs between my sides, and so on Anyway, it was not a good picture! Kuh what an enviable no, its an unforgivable game! Is this the game of Earth? This will surely bring men and women closer together! I-Im sorry to bring this up, but this is the one you shouldnt play with skirts, you know? As Kaede said, since everyone is wearing skirts, its hard to look at them. I desperately tried to avert my eyes while holding an impossible position, but Yuti told me nonchalantly. Decision. Lift your right foot. Lift? Is there such an instruction? Affirmative. Roulette is absolute. Whats the matter, Yuti? You were never such a roulette believer! But the rules of the game require us to put our feet up here. But this is very bad. No, its really bad! After all, my right leg is between Lexia-sans legs right now. If I lift it, Lexia-sans skirt will be! N-no, its too early to give up. If I lift it just a little! When I tried to raise my leg just a little, Yuti didnt miss it. Violation. Yuuya, you cant do that. Lift your leg properly. Yuti-san! Expectation. Its exciting. Yuti, you are enjoying this situation, arent you? Maybe, but did she see something interesting in the future? Even if she did, its not funny for me as I am the person concerned! It cant be helped Im going to lose here and end the game somehow. At that moment, I deliberately tried to lose to get out of this situation. S§×arch* The ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I-I cant do it anymore! Aah! Kyaaa! Finally, Kaori couldnt take it anymore and just collapsed. Moreover, she collapsed as if leaning on our bodies, so both Lexia-san and I collapsed as if caught in Kaoris arms. I held on to them as fast as I could so that they wouldnt get hurt, but in many ways, my body position was in bad shape. U-uh Kaori, Lexia-san? If you feel okay, um could you please move away Kaoris face turned bright red when I calmly told her. Ah S-s-sorry! Wow, Yuuya-sama, youre so bold! Lexia-san? Kaori hastily jumped away from me, but somehow Lexia-san stayed right on top of me! As my mind was suddenly racing, Luna picked Lexia-san up. Hey, what are you doing? Hey, Luna! I was just about to leave, dont interrupt me! No, I cant overlook something so enviable I mean, so shameless! Youre a princess, after all! Have some modesty! You dont need modesty when youre in love! Its necessary, you idiot! The two of them exchanged words as usual, but Kaede covered her face with her hand, looking at me through her fingers, her face blushing. Le-Lexia-san is so bold! I see To deepen your relationship with the opposite sex, you also need that kind of aggressiveness. Im learning a lot. What are you learning about? Merl said strange things, and it was a mess anyway. Then Yuti, who was acting as referee, opened her mouth with a satisfied look on her face. Satisfied. It was interesting. R-right Stand by. Im next. Do you still want to do this? I wanted to put an end to this dangerous game, but in the end, Yuti, Merl, and Luna were eager for me to try again. I didnt want to participate anymore, but for some reason, I was forced to, and I wasnt even allowed to lose on purpose. In the end, I survived the twister game with everyone else without a care in the world. Chapter 267 - Book 2: Part 3 Book 14: Chapter 2: Part 3 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier since you can now choose a tier for specific novels, so please go check it out, and also new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 3 After we finished the Twister game and I felt exhausted, Merl raised her hand. Um, theres a game Id like to try too What kind of game? I asked Merl what kind of game she wanted to try, as long as it wasnt Twister. I want to play something called the Kings Game. Huh? I was surprised at the name of the game, which I had not expected, and Merl went on. I heard that young men and women on this planet play this game to get to know each other better. Wait, where did you get this information? I got this information using technology from the planet Amel.NewW novels updates at novelhall.com I have a feeling its wrong! No, I dont know what kind of games young people play in the world, so I cant say Then Lexia-san and the others showed interest. Ara, that sounds interesting! Yeah, I guess it is. Im curious too! As for me, I couldnt say anything because I dont know how to play the Kings Game either, but it wont be like the Twister game, anyway. I got an explanation of the rules from Merl, who said that she had been thinking about it for a while and had prepared a raffle. Then Whos the king? All at once we opened the raffle and checked what was inside. Ah, I am the king! Apparently, the first king was Lexia-san, who held up the raffle and puffed out her chest. Kuh I didnt expect Lexia to be the first king It must be a result of my daily deeds! Thats not true. Why not? Luna was playing around with Lexia-san, but then Lexia-san regained her composure and declared. Then Ill give you an order! Yuuya-sama hug me! Eeeeeeehhhhhh! Hey, wait! Thats not in the rules! When I was surprised by that, Luna quickly added. The rule of this game is that the King specifies a number and orders the person with that number. However, the King does not know who has which number. Therefore, it is not possible to suddenly appoint me Eh, isnt it okay? If its against the rules, its a no-no! You better follow the rules! Mmm then, number three! You hug me! I froze at Lexia-sans words. Because my number was number three. Seeing my suspicious behavior, Lexia-sans eyes lit up. Ara? Dont tell me Yuuya-sama is number three? Y-yes What? Lexia-san, youre cheating For some reason, Kaori and the others were looking at Lexia-san with resentment, but I had none of it. Its strange I thought that once I was free from the Twister game, I would be fine U-um cant you give me another order? No! What the King says is absolute! Right? What am I supposed to do if Lexia-san, who is a real royalty, says it, its unfashionable, or! Why? Why do I have the number one ticket in my hand? Where did my Luck status, which had been so well demonstrated during the Old Maid game, go? Could it be that I used it all up playing Old Maid? S§×ar?h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I mean, for a while now, the King has only been giving orders that involve the King! Is that how the game was originally played? Seeing me break out in a cold sweat, Kaori realizes something, and her expression brightens. I-is it possible that Yuuya-san is number one? Yes. U-um then the legs I nervously grabbed Kaoris leg as she held it out to me. That must be nice, Kaori. Sure, if you decide that its until the next order, you can stay with Yuuya-kun for a long time Why why cant I have the kings ticket! Everyone seemed to be thinking a lot, but I was still preoccupied. I was massaging Lexia-san and the others as a manager, though! Kaori also looked embarrassed, but she looked at me and blushed. I became more and more nervous at the sight of her. I-is it okay Is my hand sweating or is it just uncomfortable? (I-I said massage in the heat of the moment, but I didnt really expect Yuuya-san Ah, the sweat and all that, is it okay?) Kaori looked pensive for a moment, and my anxiety grew. The king game started with Merls suggestion, but after that, the King never came to me, and for some reason, I ended up getting involved in the Kings orders every time. I guess my Luck status was not working after all. Anyway, the party went on happily. It has been some time since many worlds that had never existed before began to flow into the Between Worlds. Meow. Since then, the white cat had been watching and observing Yuuyas life before his level-up. The white cat could not take its eyes off Yuuya. Yuuya had been born with spiritual power, so his parents shunned him, while his younger siblings, who had not acquired spiritual power, were adored by their families. The white cat could not understand this. Why were they treated so differently, even though they were siblings? It was a feeling that was completely incomprehensible to the white cat, who had never known the existence of a family. After that, the white cat continued to watch Yuuyas growing figure. Yuuya lived a miserable life, bullied by children his own age. He tried again and again, but under the influence of an invisible power called Spiritual Power, he was always hated by others. However, only Yuuyas grandfather was on Yuuyas side. Maybe it was because of his grandfathers teachings, or maybe it was because of his gentle nature. Despite the fact that Yuuya had been through a miserable experience himself, he would always lend a helping hand whenever he found someone in need. Witnessing such kindness, the white cat became more and more curious about Yuuyas existence. But Yuuyas misfortunes did not end there. His grandfather, the person who understood him best, passed away. Meow Seeing Yuuya in despair, unable to do anything but mourn, the white cat wanted to comfort him. But the white cat who lives in Between Worlds cant even get close to Yuuya. However, when the white cat saw that Yuuya was still living with kindness, it was completely drawn to him. Then Yuuya is subjected to even more insidious and violent abuse at the junior high school he enters. Hissss! Seeing the student laughing like a devil and abusing Yuuya, the white cat wanted to jump on him and protect him. But that will not happen yet. Meow Overwhelmed by its own helplessness, the white cat became sad. After that, Yuuyas sad past was too much for the white cat to bear, and it involuntarily left the scene. Table of Content Chapter 268 - Book 3: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 3: Part 1 Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 1 The center of the vast Pacific Ocean. There were some figures there. Its a horrible place. One of them was dressed in a uniform white robe with a hood covering his face. The appearance alone was bizarre, but these people were clearly different from ordinary humans. They were not standing on land but in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. Instead of standing on land somewhere, they were floating in the air as if they were looking down at the Pacific Ocean. It took us a long time to get to this point It cant be helped. It is all the fault of this Earth and that woman. But the will of that damned Earth is gone, and that woman is missing too. Now is the perfect time The robed figures spoke. One of them had a bitter look on his face. Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Kuh The more I think about it, the more humiliating it is. We, who are gods, are imitating humans, the creatures of the Earth! Yes, the gods who had been overthrown long ago were gathered here in the Pacific Ocean. The gods, with their powers diminished when their the Divine Beast was sealed by the people of Moatra, were destroyed in the rebellion of the humans whom they had treated as slaves. Thus, humans were to create their Age In fact, the gods had prepared these human bodies in case of an emergency. But the gods, who originally recognized humans only as toys, could not bear to be demoted from gods to humans. Most of all, the gods thought that they could destroy Moatra with their Divine Beast, so they only considered this as an insurance policy. As it happened, Moatras power sealed the Divine Beast, and the gods were forced from their position. Believing that they would be truly destroyed if nothing was done, they made the painful decision to use the bodies they had prepared to transform themselves into humans. Though weakened, they were still gods and powerful, but by turning into humans, they lost even more of their power to an even greater degree. Still, the gods had no choice. Fortunately, by hiding as humans, they were able to escape the scourge of Earth, Saara, and the people of Moatra. Moreover, even though their physical bodies had fallen to the human form, the faint remaining godly power was still alive and well, and they had transcended their human lifespan and gained an immortal body. Therefore, they have spent a long time trying to recover their lost godly power. I understand how you feel, but you can take out your resentment on this planet after you restore the Divine Beast. Thats also true. But the power is not at full strength yet. Even if we revive the Divine Beast, will it be able to defeat the humans in this state? As one god spoke, another opened his mouth. Do not worry. It is true that humanity has multiplied explosively during this long period of time. But only in numbers. Without technology like that of Moatra, there is no one who can use that terrible star power and magic. Our victory is unassailable. That is also true. As one god nodded in agreement with the explanation, another frowned. The only thing that worries me is that we havent found the womans coffin. Hmph. After all, the coffin was created with the little energy left of Earth. It would be impossible to continue protecting her with such a coffin. That may be so, but I am not that optimistic. We must eliminate the uncertainties if we want to rule this world. The others felt the same way, Utterly despicable. If only we could regain our power as gods and use our omnipotent power Even if we could use it, we wouldnt know anything about this planet and that woman. Thats why we tried to eliminate their existence. One of the gods sighed heavily. Still, what can we do about something we cant find? What are you going to do about it? Theres one place Im curious about. What? The other gods stared at the god who had made the unexpected statement. Despite the stares, the god continued to speak. In fact, I have sensed a strange surge of power coming from a place called Japan. What? Could it be the power of that woman? I dont know. But do you remember the plane hijacking in that country not too long ago? Yes, I remember. As I recall, a man solved it or something The case the gods were talking about was the one where Yuuya saved Kaoris sister Kasumi from the hijackers. In response to Ikkakus relentless pursuit, Reimei shouted and paid Ikkaku the 10,000 yen she owed him. While such an unbelievable scene was taking place in the underworld, an Oni arrived on the scene. Reimei-sama! Huh? Whats going on? You have a visitor! A visitor? After the change in the laws of the underworld, the number of visitors to Reimeis place had decreased dramatically. In particular, it was very rare for a visitor to come and not someone who was waiting for a verdict. Long time no see, Reimei-sama. Behind the Oni was the main body of Kuuya in the underworld. The unexpected person startled Reimei. You are Kuuya, arent you? I am honored that you remember me. What do you mean? You helped me save Meiko. Besides, there are not many people in the underworld who can handle the spiritual power to move freely. As Reimei said, originally, the dead could not move freely in the underworld. This was to protect the order of the underworld, and if they needed to move, they were usually taken around by the Oni. Most importantly, it was extremely difficult to move without the protection of the Oni, as they could be crushed by the mystical and spiritual power of the underworld. However, Kuuya, with his enormous spiritual power and his newfound spiritual power from death, had become one of the few beings in this underworld who could move freely. How did you end up here? Reimei asked as he helped Ikkaku and the others to clean up the board game. Then Kuuya opened his mouth with a serious look on his face. Actually I see The things you feared Kuuya explained to Reimei what happened in the present world. He reported that Yuuya had fought with himself from a parallel world and that he had been attacked by a mysterious man from outside the world. Reimei-sama. Do you have any idea who this mysterious attacker might be? I have an idea. Anyway, I cant say that I had nothing to do with their attack. Ikkaku! Yes. At Reimeis call, Ikkaku, who had been putting the board game away, stopped. Now go to the present world and bring Yuuya here. As you wish. And as soon as Ikkaku nodded his head, he disappeared like a mist. So this is Japan, huh? When Kuuya was in contact with Reimei in the underworld. A young man had arrived in Japan. However, unlike ordinary tourists, the young man was greeted at the airport by a large number of media representatives and a group of imposing security police. The young man was stunned by the over-the-top welcome. Hey, James, you dont have to make such a big deal What are you talking about? Your Highness is the Crown Prince of our country, so it is only natural that security police should be deployed. Besides, there has been some disturbing news lately, and to be honest, I dont think there are enough personnel. The young man sighs at the words of James, the butler. Hah I was hoping for a romantic reunion alone with Kaori Please give it up. This is also for the sake of Your Highness. If something should happen to the girl named Kaori, Your Highness will be troubled, wont you? Thats true, but If you are unhappy with the number of security personnel, I, for one, cannot understand why the press is rushing to this airport. Its only natural for them to do so since Im coming here. Besides, if I can show the world the relationship between Kaori and me here, the engagement is sure to happen. James raised his eyebrow at the young man who said that so vividly. Um I didnt expect His Highness to make the first move If His Highness is right and makes contact with the girl named Kaori in this situation, it might be difficult to cancel the engagement Whats wrong? No, its nothing. Unhappy with the way things were going according to the young mans plan, James now wondered what he should do. Chapter 269 - Book 3: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 3: Part 2 Sponsored chapter by Patreon, and you may also want to check our new Patreon tier since you can now choose a tier for specific novels, so please go check it out, and also new Ko-Fi offer here~ Enjoy~ Part 2 It had been a week since the open campus. On my day off, I went to practice sorcery in preparation for the attackers. Suddenly, a mysterious black vortex appeared in front of me. W-what is that? No way, the attackers are already here! I hurriedly took out my Absolute Spear and prepared it, and then Kuuya-san came over to me. Wait. That portal belongs to Ikkaku-sama, just like last time. Eh? I said I would use my body to contact Reimei-sama, didnt I? Thats why Reimei-sama moved so fast. I-I see. As soon as I lowered my weapon, Ikkaku-san emerged from the vortex. Its been a while, Yuuya-sama. I-its been a while As usual, Ikkaku-san exuded an aura of serenity, and I felt terrible. Then everyone gathered, including Night and the others from inside the house. Woof! I thought I felt a strange presence again H-hey, Yuuya-sama! Could it be that one Oh this is Ikkaku-san. I told you earlier about Meiko, the one from the underworld. When I introduced them, Ikkaku-san bowed his head reverently. Lexia-san and the others also bowed their heads and immediately noticed something. W-wait a minute! Why is someone from the underworld here? Could it be related to Meiko? N-no, its not about that I hadnt told Lexia-san and the others about the parallel universe yet, so I didnt know how to explain it to them. If possible, I didnt want to make everyone uncomfortable, and I wanted to keep quiet Then Ikkaku-san, perhaps sensing my feelings, offered a helping hand. Actually, now that the situation in the underworld has calmed down, my Lord Reimei-sama wants to thank Yuuya-sama again, so this time, I have come to pick him up. Yuuya-sama, can you spare some time? Y-yes, Im fine! Um, cant we go with you? When Lexia-san said this quickly, Ikkaku-san shook his head apologetically. Im sorry, but the underworld is the land of the dead. It is a place where only the dead or those with spiritual power can go I see Spiritual power was Yuuyas newfound power, wasnt it? Its outrageous to hear again that it also allows you to go to the underworld. So, Yuuya-sama. We will go there as soon as possible. Is that okay? U-um! The moment I was about to nod at Ikkaku-sans words, Meiko raised her voice. C-can you take me with you? You are Ikkaku-sans eyes widened slightly, but he quickly smiled and nodded. If it is you, it should be fine. Im sure Reimei-sama will be rather pleased to see you. Thank you very much! So it was decided that I would go to the underworld with Ikkaku-san but if the attackers came while I was away from this world, it would be a problem. Thats why Ouma san. Please take care of everyone. Hmph. I have no choice And Night, too, please. Woof! Buhi! Buhi! Pi! Piii! Hahaha. Of course, Im counting on you two. After being amused by Akatsuki and Ciel raising their voices to compete with Night, Me and Meiko went to the underworld for the first time in a long time. Around the time Yuuya left for the underworld. At the Nittei Academy, Kamiyama was given a certain document by Shirai. Here is the information on the student candidates. Thank you for your hard work.Findd new stories at novelhall.com The document given to Kamiyama contained detailed information about the students of the Nittei Academy, along with their portraits. This is good. With this, I think we can form a school idol group at our academy. Yes, Kamiyama was thinking of forming a school idol program at Nittei Academy as well to compete with the school idol program being promoted at Ousei Academy. In order to select the members for this project, she asked her butler, Shirai, to gather information about the students. The scale is too large for me to fully understand, but I have a vague idea. The world we live in is surrounded by something like a bubble. And the space in which the world exists like a myriad of soap bubbles is the Between Worlds. .. I was struck by the sheer magnitude of it all. In other words, could it be that the soap bubbles in our world and the other soap bubbles in another world are parallel worlds? Reimei-sama had an apologetic look on her face as I was confused. I would like to give you a more detailed explanation, but we dont have much time. Lets just assume that you understand Between Worlds and proceed. Y-yes. In Between Worlds, there are those who cannot exist in their respective worlds or who have been rejected by their respective worlds. Rejected? What do you mean by rejected? Simply put, the scale of their existence is too great for the world to bear. Earlier, we compared the world to a soap bubble. If a person with a large scale of existence enters the bubble, the bubble will burst, and the world will be destroyed. That is why the world bursts those who are too big in order to defend itself. The destination of the bubbles is Between Worlds, and there are other worlds floating around it, arent there? Wont those worlds be attacked? Well Ive never set foot in that Between Worlds, so I dont know the details. Reimei-sama reigns as the Lord of this underworld, and I doubt she can afford to go to the Between Worlds. But the fact that you were attacked indicates that the people in the Between Worlds have the power to interfere with the inside of the world that is floating around in there. Conversely, if they could easily destroy the world from the outside, they would have done so from the beginning. Maybe they are using this momentary interference to undermine the inner world so that they can interfere from the outside. I see but if the enemy is in such a place, what should we do? If the enemy is in an incomprehensible place like Between Worlds, there is nothing I can do. Reimei-sama predicted that the enemy could only interfere for a moment, but even with that, they could do a lot of things, which is why the me from the parallel world lost, and that world was taken away from him. But I cant just sit back and wait for them to come back. Then Reimei-sama opened her mouth with a grim expression on her face. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. There is a way to get to the Between Worlds. Eh? I was surprised by these unexpected words, and Reimei-sama continued. With my power, I can send you to the Between Worlds. Well then! But then! I dont know if youll be able to come back. Eh Reimei-samas words made me hold my breath. W-what does that mean? As I said, I can send you to the Between Worlds, but you will need my power to return from the other side. But as you know, I am the Master of the underworld, so I cannot move from this place. .. Besides, I do not know what kind of place Between Worlds is. I dont know what kind of power those people, whose existence is so great that the whole world has rejected them could use. There is no way to return home, and their power is unknown. Normally, one would not take on such an opponent recklessly. But in my minds eye, I saw the image of the other me fading away. Dont worry youre stronger than me so protect everyone Thats what the other me had entrusted to me. Thats why. Reimei-sama. I am asking you, please. Please send me to Between Worlds. Are you sure? Yes. I nodded strongly, and suddenly a warm feeling spread over my right hand. I looked at the touch and saw that Meiko was holding my hand. Ive never heard of parallel worlds or Between Worlds before but Im going there with you. Eh, b-but I was saved by Master. Besides now I am one with Master. Meiko I dont want you to forget, but Im here too, you know? Then Kuro, who had been quiet lately, unexpectedly called out to me. Yes Kuro is with me. Im not alone, and just knowing that Im not alone makes my heart lighten. Reimei-sama, who watched our exchange, let out a sigh. You seem to have made up your mind. The boundary line between the dimensions that existed in Between Worlds has probably disappeared this time But is there anyone who can repair it? While Reimei-sama made a somewhat offensive remark, she clapped her hands vigorously. At that moment, waves of mystical and spiritual power spread out from both of her hands at once. Ill say it again! If I send you over there, I dont know if youll ever be able to return to the present world! Please! Ive been saved by many people in my life. Therefore, when the world is in danger I want to fight to protect everyone. Hearing my words, Reimei-sama nodded and put her hands, which were filled with tremendous power, on the ground. At that moment, the waves of mystical and spiritual power intertwined and enveloped the bodies of myself and Meikoand we were sent to the Between Worlds. Table of Content Chapter 270 - Book 4: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 4: Part 1 Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 1 (Rebellion Flash Legs!) Usagi managed to distract Tone and Seras and let Iris escape, and then unleashed a series of blows from his legs. Each one was strong enough to tear the ground and deform the surrounding terrain, but Tone and the others remained calm. Rebellion Sound. Tone struck his lyre and let out a myriad of sounds that paralyzed all of Usagis attacks. But Usagi had already anticipated that. (Odis!) Holy Magic Beam! Odis, who had prepared himself behind Usagis attack, released a beam of black-and-white magic. The rays spiraled and intertwined and hit Tone with enormous speed. Horn Thrust! Seras stepped between Tone and the rays of light and hit them with his horn. The moment the rays collided with the horns, a tremendous shock spread around them. However, Seras was unharmed. You act smart. But you can barely stand up, can you? (..) As Seras said, Usagi and Odis were already wounded to the core. Holy, who had received the Divine Power, was that powerful. Hah because of your useless efforts, well be blamed by Shu. Really. Leo was killed, and Iris escaped its annoying, isnt it? Hmph. I dont know if its the power of God or what, but I guess youre just on that level. Odis laughed hard as if he was provoking them. But Tone and the others did not react to the provocation. Sure, that may be so. Were not used to this power yet, so its just right. (What?) The next moment, Tone smiled wickedly. Because you know, right? We have just the right training subject in front of us! We can use you to further develop our Divine Power! (What did you say?) Usagi frowned at Tones strange announcement. But The conversation is over. Divine Sound! (! Twin Holy Impulses!) When Tone played his lyre again, a powerful sound wave, incomparable to the previous ones, attacked Usagi and Odis. Since it was impossible to evade the attack, Usagi used his ears and legs to release a huge shock wave as well. The shock wave collided with Tones sound wave, but because of the Divine Power of Tone and Sera, Usagis attack was easily deflected. Holy Magic Cannon! At the same time, Odis fired a volley of Holy Power and magic at Tones Divine Sound and tried to stop it in combination with Usagis attack, but it was not enough to stop it. Hey, hey you havent forgotten that I am here, have you? Divine Horn! Seras horns were covered in a rainbow-colored aura, and when they resonated with each other, a bombardment of rainbow aura shot out from between his horns. This bombardment immediately merged with Tones Divine Sound and became an enormous stream of power that engulfed the attacks of Usagi and Odis. Wha!? (!) The two of them tried to avoid it, but they could not move from the spot due to the recoil caused by the successive release of the great force and ended up in a state full of wounds. And then. (Damn it) Usagi and Odis survived by quickly using magic power, holy power, and Divine Authority, which they were able to activate only slightly, perhaps out of survival instinct. But that was all they could do. With even the smallest power left to move gone, Usagi and Odis fell to the ground. Tone sighed in front of them. Phew they were a stubborn pair. More importantly, Seras. You almost killed them, didnt you? Oh? Why dont we just kill them? Leos getting beat up over there, you know? I know that. But these two have their uses. Tone played his lyre as he said this, and with a wave of Divine Power and magic, he lifted the bodies of Usagi and Odis, who had collapsed. Then he fixed their bodies in the air as if he wanted to crucify them. It is a kind of show. There are still some people who dont understand our noble principles, arent there? And that is why when they try to defy us, we will show that even the Holy, who was once the hope of humanity, become like this if they defy us. I see. Besides if we crucify these two, Iris might come back, right? Tone smiled as he said this, imagining Iris in despair. But Seras tilted his head. Will she come back? Shes not stupid enough to not understand the difference in power, is she? Shell come back, of course. If need be, she may join forces with the opposing forces of humanity or with the Holy who dont understand our ideas. But thats okay. If Iris can gather allies and appear before us again, that will be enough to crush the opposition in one fell swoop I cant help it; Im curious! Arent you curious too, Luna? No, it bothers me, but Im your bodyguard, remember? I wont let you go all the way to such a dangerous place Oh, dear! No need to go into details! Anyway, Im coming in! Kuuya sighed when Lexia said that, cutting off Lunas petulant words. Sigh do whatever you want. But dont touch anything in the storeroom without permission, okay? I understand. Kuuya told her with a serious expression, and Lexia nodded with a serious look on her face. So they all entered the storage room together and I didnt have a good look at the inside of this room, but theres really a lot of stuff in here, right? Unknown. What is the purpose of all this stuff? Lexia and the others looked curiously at the items in the storage room. Meanwhile, Kuuya and Ouma searched for the owner of the presence. As I thought, there is a strange presence. But I never thought that I would come this far and still not know where the presence is It cant be helped. There are too many forces swirling around here. Because these forces interfere with each other, it is impossible to properly search for a presence. In fact, it would be a miracle if we could even detect a presence at this distance. As Ouma said, there were so many different forces swirling around this storeroom that it was extremely difficult to pinpoint the source of the presence. For now, lets split up and look for anything strange. But if you find something, dont touch it, okay? Listening to Kuuyas warning, everyone searched the storage room. Lexia is not a fighter by nature and does not have the ability to sense power or presence. Therefore, she looked around with curiosity. Luna and Yuti, on the other hand, are people who throw themselves into battle, so they carefully examine the items in the room and break into a cold sweat at the sheer force of the power they contain. I-its surprising it doesnt look like magic or anything like that, but if you pay attention, you can see that theres tremendous power in it Affirmative. If that power is unleashed, it will not only destroy this house but the entire city. I feel a terrible power in these wooden sticks and dolls of unknown use Agreed. That key over there, too, I dont know what its used for, but it has more power in it than Ive ever seen before. The items that Yuti and Luna were looking at were seemingly ordinary items, but when they sensed the power that was put into them, they also seemed to be items that were known to be of great value. Although Kuuya had already explained the situation to them, they became more cautious when they realized the danger of the items in the storage room. Meanwhile, Akatsuki and Ciel, like Lexia, looked around at the various items and let their curiosity get the better of them. Buhi! Buhi, buhi! Piii! Woof! Fugo! Piii! However, they were retrieved by Night, who thought that if he left them alone, they would start touching everything on their own. At that moment, he tried to force them out by putting his mouth on their backs Woof? Suddenly, Night felt a strange surge of power and a look. Buhi? S§×ar?h the N?vel(F)ire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Pii? Akatsuki and Ciel tilted their heads at Night, who suddenly stopped moving. Night immediately looked around, thinking that the owner of that power and look might be the one responsible for the presence they had felt before they came here. Then he saw a group of countless masks hanging on the wall. They were mysterious masks that looked like they might be used in some kind of ritual. Night looked at the masks cautiously. Soon after, Night tried to move away from the masks, but Akatsuki, who was interested in the masks, scratched the wall where the masks were hanging. Then Woof! Fugo? Pii! The slight vibration caused the masks to fall, and they were attached to the faces of Night and the others as if they had been sucked into the masks. At that moment, a dark green light appeared in the eyes of the masks. The light grew stronger and spread throughout the room. Huh? What is that? Kuuya and the others, who immediately sensed that something was wrong, rushed into the room to find the masked Night and the others. He rushed to remove the masks, but there was no sign of them coming off at all. What? Night? Whats going on? On Nights face is a vicious wolf mask. Akatsuki got the mask of a ferocious boar, and Ciel got the mask of a ruthless bird. Kuuya and Ouma immediately approach to remove the masks from Night and the others, but. Kyain Buhii Piii The dark green light emanating from the masks enveloped the bodies of Night and the others, and then the three of them disappeared in an instant. Chapter 271 - Book 4: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 4: Part 2 Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 2 This is the Between Worlds. Meiko and I, who had been sent to the Between Worlds by the power of Reimei-sama, were absolutely amazed at the space that spread out in front of us. There was a world that looked like soap bubbles floating here and there, just as Reimei-sama had explained to me. Moreover, the worlds were very small, about the size of the palm of my hand. Besides the bubble-like world floating in the air, there was nothing but pitch-black space. Although I feel like I am standing here, I am not even sure if the ground exists in this black space. Is this bubble really a world? How could it be smaller than us? Its not like were getting bigger? I couldnt understand why the size was so strange, but suddenly I felt a strange sensation of power in my body. W-what is this? This power is Did you feel it too, Master? Does that mean that you felt it as well, Meiko? Meiko nodded in response to my question, but she also looked a bit puzzled. Then Kuro spoke. I was surprised by the suddenness of it, but it was as if a new power had risen from within you. In other words, you dont mean the power that came from outside, but the power that was originally within us? Thats what Im saying. According to the explanation of the master of the underworld, this space is a place where people with a large existence drift around, isnt it? Could it be that the dimension of their existence is so great that they have a power that can be called the power of existence? Its as if it appeared in their bodies when they came to this dimension, isnt it? [T/n: Dang, a new power?] The Power of Existence I dont know how much of Kuros explanation is true, but for now, lets assume that this Power of Existence is a power that suddenly appeared in my body.Upstodatee from n(0)/ve/lbIn/.(co/m Its a power that I didnt notice when I lived in the world, or rather, I didnt need to be aware of it, but now that Im here in this Between Worlds, I definitely need to be aware of it. Ma-Master! Look at that thing! While I was still thinking about it, Meiko suddenly raised her voice. I looked in the direction she indicated, and to my surprise, there was a strange creature floating there that looked like a sea anemone. W-what is that? That thing I let out an involuntary gasp and activated my Identification skill. Then. Drifter Level: Magic Power: Attack: Defense: Agility: Intelligence: Luck: Nothing was displayed on the screen except its name. While I was surprised, the drifter noticed us. Kishaaaaaaaaa! It then let out a deafening scream, moved its anemone-like tentacles like wings, and flew towards us, accelerating at once! I wont let you! Immediately, Meiko stood between me and the drifter and raised her right hand. At that moment, a surge of spiritual power came out of Meikos right arm. Spirit Ball! Kishaaaaa! The drifter who was directly attacked by Meiko was pierced in the torso. However, no blood or other bodily fluids flowed out from the hole. It was just a hollow. We were surprised to see such a drifters body, but it seemed that Meikos attack had worked, and the drifter disappeared as if dissolving into the space between worlds. D-did we defeat it? I dont know Even though I had activated my Presence Detection skill and other skills, I had no way of confirming whether or not the drifter had been defeated, partly because I had not been able to detect the drifters presence before. But still So Meiko can fight with sorcery, too? Since she said that she would follow me, I knew that Meiko had the means to fight as well. Besides, the most important part was that Reimei-sama didnt stop Meiko from following me. Yes, thats right. Before Master accepted my spiritual power, I couldnt even control it, but now I can control it delicately. However, the only sorcery I can use is the sorcery that Master has taught me. Does this mean that the more sorcery I learn, the stronger Meiko will become? Yes! By taking over Meikos spiritual power, I had truly become one with her, but I had no idea that we were also connected in terms of sorcery. As we talked about it, I looked around again. Well I suddenly found myself in a battle, but theres an attacker here somewhere I couldnt think of any way to find the masked man here, except for the countless bubble-shaped worlds floating by, otherwise nothing but pitch-black space. I dont know how big this world is, but they might attack our world before we find them That was the moment I thought that. Suddenly, a surge of spiritual power overflowed out from my heart, and it began to glow purple. Eh? A-are you all right, Master? Y-yeah. Im fine, but As I was suddenly confused, a ray of light appeared, pointing in a certain direction. I stroked the white cat gently and held her in my arms. The cat did not seem to put up any particular resistance but settled quietly in my arms and purred. As I watched the cat, I gave her the words that came to mind. Your name is Stella. Seeing her shining like a star, I gave her that name. Hearing my words, Stella, the white cat meowed somewhat happily. At the same time, I also activated the Identification skill on Stella, but I couldnt find anything except her species name, Dimension Cat. Well we added a friend named Stella to our unexpected attack and now were going to defeat a certain enemy. Can you help us? Meow! Stella nodded happily at my question, jumped down from my arms, and began to take the lead, following the light that was still radiating from my heart. Stella-sama is apparently a creature that lives in this Between Worlds? Yes. I thought it was a space inhabited by all those drifters, but I wonder if its not so surprising. Well, that attacker was also humanoid, and there may be a variety of beings if you look for them. As we continued in this manner, Stella suddenly stopped. Fushaaaah! Stella? And then, as she emitted a fierce and threatening voice. I didnt expect you to attack us instead. Out of nowhere, the masked man who had killed the other me appeared. Around the time Yuuya went to the Between Worlds. At Ousei Academy, Kaori was working for the student council for the next event and so on. Since it was a holiday, there was no need to go to school if there were no club activities, but Kaori liked the work of the student council, so she did not find it hard to work like this on holidays. So Kaori looked through some papers, took a break, and stared at the window of the student council room. The look in her eyes seemed to be troubled by something. School idol, is it? Actually, Kaori was worried about something related to the school idol project that Kitaraku had started since the open campus. Is Yuuya-san really going to start as a school idol too? It was the male school idol plan that Kitaraku had told her the last time. Originally, Kaori could not hide her surprise because she thought that the plan was only for female school idols. On top of that, seeing Lexia and the others practicing for the open campus stage and Yuuya supporting them, Kaori felt a slight sense of impatience. S~ea??h the N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. If I can move more freely I, too, can be taken care of by Yuuya-san as a school idol Kaori blushed and shook her head when she said that. N-no, thats not what Im trying to do! Kaori said without thinking, even though she had no one to make an excuse to. But that doesnt change the fact that Im envious At first, she was content to just support Yuuya, who was entrusted with the school idol project. However, when she saw Lexia and the others getting closer and closer to Yuuya, her impatience began to grow. If she was athletic enough, Kaori wanted to join the school idol program and get to know Yuuya better. I cant help but think about it. I am me, more with Yuuya-san Houjou-kun! Eh? Then the door to the student council room suddenly opened, and Kitaraku appeared. Kaoris eyes widened as she did not expect Kitaraku to come to the student council office to work on his day off. P-President? Why are you here? Well, I know that youve been busy lately, moving a lot of plans around. So I thought Id do something I could help with on my days off. Besides, Im not the kind of person who stays at home and does nothing! I see. Considering Kitarakus personality, Kaori agreed that it was only natural. But there was another reason why he visited the student council office. Oops, I actually came to ask about you. Huh? When Kitaraku said that, a puzzled look appeared on his face, which was unusual for him. Theres someone calling for you at the school gate right now. C-calling for me? Yes. If possible, you should hurry to the school gate. I-I understand. Seeing a somewhat nervous appearance that she could not imagine from the usual Kitaraku, Kaori tilted her head and headed for the school gate. Then she saw a number of luxurious-looking black cars parked there. W-what in the world is this? Kaori! While she was stunned, not knowing what was happening, a young man appeared from one of the luxury cars. Y-youre Kaoris eyes widened at the sight of the young man, and at the same time, she was confused. First of all, the young man and Kaori had met once in the past, but they were not close friends at all. And most importantly the young man was not the kind of person who could just show up at a place like this. Despite Kaoris confusion, the young man comes over and kneels down. Wha!? He then took Kaoris hand and declared with dignity. Kaori! Will youmarry me! While Yuuya was away, many things started to happen around Kaori. Table of Content Chapter 272 - Book 5: Part 1 Book 14: Chapter 5: Part 1 Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 1 At the Star Productions office. What in the world do they want us to do, to be called out on such short notice? I dont know Kanade and Miu had been summoned to the Presidents office. They did not understand why they were summoned all the way to the Presidents office since their work would normally be communicated through their respective managers. They knocked on the door of the Presidents office together and were granted permission to enter. The President and her secretary, Kurosawa, were there. I have been waiting for you! Please sit over there. Judging from the Presidents appearance, the two assumed that nothing bad had happened, and after looking at each other, they sat down on the sofa as they were told. Then the President sat down on the opposite side of the sofa and opened her mouth. Well, Im sorry for calling you out of the blue. N-no, thats fine, but what is it that you want? The company president smiled and turned her attention to Kanade. Remember the other day when I offered you a job as a songwriter? Huh? Oh its that Ousei Academy, isnt it? I think its about the school idol Thats right. Its somehow related to that Is there a problem by any chance? The President shook her head in response to Kanades immediately worried expression. There is no problem. I heard they already had a second stage, and it was a great success as well. Thats good to hear, but The President turned her attention to Kurosawa while Kanade tilted her head, not understanding why she was being called. Then Kurosawa took over the Presidents words and opened her mouth. Sear?h the n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Actually, the Ousei Academy and this Star Production are cooperating to establish a new public entertainment department at the Ousei Academy. Public Entertainment Department? Is that like a so-called training school? Thats exactly it. At Kurosawas words, Miu and Kanade looked at each other. Oh when I was invited to the school festival, I thought it looked like an interesting school, but I didnt know that such a plan was in the works. Was it because of the school idol thing? Yes. We did not think this far at first, but it seems that Ousei Academy was working on establishing a public entertainment department. I-I see Sure, Star Productions doesnt have a training school Thats right! Thats why by cooperating with the establishment of the public entertainment department, we can attract the stars of the future to our company. The President opened her mouth again, and Kanade tilted her head. But shouldnt we just set up a normal training school without going to the trouble of partnering with another institution? Of course, I thought about it. But then you have to think about the location of the training center, and the cost is much higher than expected. But if we cooperate with the public entertainment department of the Ousei Academy, we can solve all the problems of location and so on. After saying that, the President looked at them. And besides, there are a lot of potential stars lying dormant at Ousei Academy. D-do you mean Yuuya-san? The President nodded when Miu mentioned this, her eyes wide open. Thats right! It seems that there is a high possibility that Yuuya-kun will be a part of Ousei Academys school idol project. If that is the case, if we can set up a public entertainment department there and connect through our channels, our chances of bringing Yuuya-kun into our ranks will increase dramatically! I-I see. Ah, its that boy with the amazing aura, isnt it? Sure, that boy was incredible. Kanade smiled as she remembered the time she performed on stage with Yuuya at the school festival. Then Kurosawa opened her mouth again. The Presidents first goal is to secure Yuuya-kun, but the other school idol participants are just as attractive as he is. There must be many other such gems among the students who have not yet participated in the school idol project. Thats why were working with Ousei Academy on this project. With the explanation of the President and Kurosawa, the two understood what kind of plan was now underway. However I understand what youre saying but whats the reason why we were called? Thats right, thats right! You may be a Holy or whatever you call yourself, but you are nothing more than a commoner, and it pains me to see you trying to control us, the privileged class! The surrounding nobles also verbally abused Shu, as if they agreed with Orons words. So you mean you refuse our control? Shu asked calmly in the midst of all this. But Oron and the others just scoffed at such a question. I told you already! Or what? Do you want to force us to do what you say? You idiot! I am sorry to say this, but the elite of our nation is gathered here! I dont know how you managed to get into this place all by yourself! As Oron shouted this, soldiers appeared one by one in the regular meeting room, all of them pointing their swords at Shu at the same time. Shu stared at them and then asked softly. Do you think the same way as these fools? While the people are exhausted, do you really think it makes sense for them to serve? Hah! I dont know who you are, but we are having a good time. If you try to interfere with that, we will not tolerate it. Although there are many conscripts in the military, many of the top ranks are from the nobility, and there is a big difference in treatment between them and the commoner soldiers. Moreover, being from the noble class of the Orus Empire, they had little interest in the commoners and welcomed the current situation as it was a good environment for them. Therefore, be quiet. The words of the soldier approaching Shu were cut off. That was because the soldiers head was cut off in an instant. Wha!? It happened in the blink of an eye, and Oron and the others did not understand what had happened. In the midst of all this, Shu, who had cut off the soldiers head, opened his mouth softly. I see; I understand what you think. Then you are unnecessary. From then on, it was a one-sided carnage. Every time Shu took a step forward, the heads of those present flew off one by one. The scene was so gruesome that even the most elite soldiers tried to escape, but no one could escape from Shus grasp. The heads of those present were blown off one by one, and in the end, only Oron was left. Y-y-you bastard who do you think I am? Oron fell onto his buttocks, shaking. Shu looked down at Oron coldly. I dont care who you are. Before us, the godsyou are nothing more than a speck of dust. And without a moments hesitation, Orons head was cut off. The privileged class of the Orus Empire was destroyed in an instant. Shu then held up Orons head and used his Divine Power to project his own image throughout the Orus Empire, to declare his message. Citizens of the Orus Empire, here and now, the evil ones are gone! It was an incredible sight for the people who had been oppressed for so many years. The people who had done the utmost in tyranny and were exhausted of the nation where they were being killed and exposed without a second thought. The people were horrified at the unrealistic scene but gradually began to understand the situation. We did it we did it! The Emperor is dead! We are free! A whirlwind of elation swept through the Orus Empire. And then. This is This is the power of Shu-sama! Oh, Shu-sama Shu-sama! Long live Shu-sama! Long live Shu-sama! Voices praising Shu could be heard throughout the empire. Oh, I can feel it I can feel it Shu spread out his hands and surrendered to the voices directed at him. Soon the fervor turned to faith, and the voice of the people became Divine Power and flowed into Shus body. Now give me more faith! Thus began Shus steady march toward divinity. Chapter 273 - Book 5: Part 2 Book 14: Chapter 5: Part 2 Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Part 2 The masked man looked at us and squinted but then turned to Stella. Its strange, isnt it? To think that the creatures of this world would side with you Who on earth are you? Meiko and I each took an alert position. Then. What is it, Veda? !? Yin-sama Following the masked manVeda, a muscular man with a bald head suddenly appeared. He was dressed like a human in appearance but I knew it when I saw him. This bald manYin, was not normal. Even though there was no sign of him until he appeared, the moment this man named Yin appeared, I felt such a strong pressure that this Between World seemed to creak. Is this guy the enemy my other self was talking about? I raised my guard to the maximum and pointed my Omni-Sword at the man named Yin. Yin looked at us and widened his eyes slightly. Oh? I didnt expect you to come to us and from your appearance it seems that you also possess a considerable Power of Existence.'' What do you mean? I asked, and Yins brow furrowed. Did you set foot in this place without even knowing what it was? You fool Well, thats okay. It would be better if it were easier for us to conquer your world. What? This is the Between World. This is the world where those who have been denied existence by the world because of the sheer magnitude of their existence. Therefore, those who do not have a certain Power of Existence cannot sustain themselves in this space. And the size of that Power of Existence is directly related to the strength in this space In other words, you already have the Power of Existence that can even take over the world. This was exactly what Kuro expected. Then, Yins face twisted uncomfortably. It is unforgivable. How can you still be accepted by the world when you have so much Power of Existence Its unpleasant. Wha!? At that moment, most of the bubbles floating around the world burst and disappeared! The world! The world? Oh, the floating ones. They were mine to begin with. What? Your world is all that is left of the Between Worlds. I took over and absorbed all the others. This space became too desolate. So I made fake ones and floated them around just for fun. Yin spoke as if he were redecorating a room. But in the process, many worlds were absorbed and disappeared. The world where the other me lived was also taken Why are you doing this? I shouted, unable to stand it any longer, and Yin turned his sharp gaze on me. Why, you ask? Do you, who are accepted by the world, understand how we feel? ! Do you think you can understand the feelings of those who have been rejected by the world simply because they are alive? You do not understand. You are someone who received the worlds grace. In this land where even the concept of time does not exist, our feelings of longing for the existence of the world are! Yin shouted with all the hatred he could muster. Then Yin suddenly laughed. Thats what I was thinking. If it doesnt exist, I will create it. But creating a world requires an enormous amount of energy. And what I want to create is a world we can live in It cannot be created with half-hearted energy. So I decided to use it. The energy of your world. What did you say? What is the problem? Youre just consuming the worlds energy and not giving it back to anything. All you are doing is foolishly consuming the resources of a world until they run out. You are just clinging to the grace of the world, and you have no productivity. Therefore, I will use them to create an ideal world for us to live in. It was an insane statement. No matter how much I begged him, this man would not stop. Then Yin turned his sharp gaze back to us. Well, Im done talking. By defeating you here and making you our pawn, we will soon conquer your world as well. I wont let that happen! I used the Holy Evil Creation and the Magic Armor, instantly closing the distance between me and Yin. Oh? Is there such power too! What? But before my attack could reach him, Yin disappeared as if melting into this space. At the same time, Veda stood before me. I offer you to my lord. I wont let you! Spirit Chain! Meiko released chains of spiritual power from her hands, and they immediately entwined themselves around Vedas limbs. I see; this is the power that that pawn also used. But Veda broke the chains of spiritual power with a slight movement of his limbs. It doesnt seem to be as skillful as that pawn. Its really fragile Meowwwww! Mm! Then, as if Stella had disappeared into space just like Yin, she suddenly appeared near Veda and mowed down Vedas body with her claws. Veda could not dodge the attack and raised his arms in defense, but his arms were slashed wide open. Kuh you are rejected ones just like us, why are you siding with them! Hissssss! Veda shouted, but Stella showed no sign of concern and continued her attack. Dont forget me. Meow! Stella! But when Yin, who had disappeared, appeared to protect Veda, he grabbed Stellas paw and stopped her. Even though you are just like us, how can you not agree with my long-cherished wishes? Get your hands off her! I activated my Divine Authority so that he could not escape this time and instantly moved in front of Yin. Yins eyes widened when he saw this. What? Haaaahhhh! Yin-sama! There was no way I could let that happen. That would be an act of disrespect for both my thoughts and the thoughts of the other me. That is why! I held onto Yins hand as it pierced my chest. Wha!? W-why can you move? Let go of meeeee! At that moment, a prismatic white light spread from my heart. Agh! N-no way! The white aura burned Yins hand that was holding my heart. Unable to bear the intense pain, Yin took his hand away from my heart and quickly pulled it out. At the same time, the wound in my chest healed and closed instantly. T-this is This power is Mystical power? But it is different from the mystical power I know! Is this really mystical power? But mystical power is supposed to be a power that only dead people can acquire. Its true that I almost died from Yins attack just now. But I am not dead. Thats why its strange that I can activate my mystical power The moment I thought that, I remembered the time when the power of the other me entered my body. Could it be that what was entrusted to me back then was not only the spiritual power but the mystical power as well? Another power has awakened, so what? I have absorbed the power of countless worlds! Ggh! At that moment, another overwhelming Power of Existence crashed into my body. But Hah!? As my heart pulsed violently, not only the white aura symbolizing mystical power but also all the other powers I possessed was simultaneously and powerfully released from around my heart. These different auras blended together to catch Yins Power of Existence directed at me. And then Yins Power of Existence that touched my aura was absorbed into me as it was. W-what? My power is being absorbed? Yins Power of Existence was being absorbed by me, and he immediately stopped activating his Power of Existence, but for some reason, the Power of Existence naturally flowed out of his body without stopping and flowed into my body as before. S-stop it! This is my power! This is my power to create our world! Yins Power of Existence that had been pressing down on me disappeared, and I was able to move, so I readied my Omni Sword again. Its over! Dont mess with me! Seeing that it was impossible to stop the absorption of the Power of Existence, Yin instead poured all the remaining power out towards me. However, while absorbing it, I pushed forward with my Omni Sword in my hand. As a result, I absorbed all of Yins Power of Existence. Dont be ridiculous absorbing my collected Power of Existence I refuse to admit it I refuse to admit ittttt! Not long after Yin shouted this, his body suddenly began to wriggle and writhe. His arms and body were covered with flesh that rose and fell, expanding more and more, eventually turning into a huge mass of flesh. The mass of flesh was tangled and pulsating with what appeared to be countless tentacles. Amidst the surprise of the sudden change, there was a voice so heavy that it echoed throughout the space. Do not interfere with my our long-cherished wish! Along with Yins roar, countless tentacles were released. They immediately flew towards me. But in the face of such a massive attack I was completely calm. Omni Sword. I picked up the Omni Sword and slashed the tentacles away. Absolute Spear. I took out the Absolute Spear from my Item Box and pierced the remaining tentacles. Formless Bow. The combination of the Omni Sword and the Absolute Spear blew away all the approaching tentacles, and I used the Formless Bow to shoot through the newly generated tentacles. Can you still stop this? However, even with the increased speed at which the tentacles were generated, Yin was unable to keep up with my Formless Bow. Then, more tentacle attacks than ever before came at me. Hahahahahahaha! Sink under my attack! Heavenly Whip. I took out the Heavenly Whip from my Item Box and swung it wildly. With that, the number of tails on the Heavenly Whip continued to increase, automatically following Yins tentacles and wrapping around them, pushing them all away. After all of his own attacks had been dealt with. Yin shouted impatiently. Kuh If the numbers dont work, then! Then he gave up on attacking with numbers, and this time he gathered the tentacles into one, forming a shape like a giant hammer, and swung it down on me as it was. World Strike! However, before that attack, I took out the World Strike and struck the tentacles directly with the hammer. After a moments struggle, the World Strike crushed Yins tentacle hammer. As a result, Yin lost his means of attack and became distraught without admitting it. I-impossible D-dont come Stoooopppp! Finally, as I drew out the Omni Sword again, with nothing left to hinder me, with every step I took, my newly absorbed power ran through my entire body, accelerating faster and faster. And then. Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! Idle Strike. Leaving all the scenery behind, I slashed Yin down. N no way my our world is. S§×ar?h the novel(F~)ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. As he muttered this, Yins body collapsed and disappeared. Yi Yin-samaaaaaa! There! Meow! Gaaaaaahhhh! Immediately after Yin was defeated, Veda was attacked by Meikos Spirit Ball and Stellas claws and Veda disappeared just like Yin. Chapter 274 - Book Epilogue Book 14: Chapter Epilogue Heres the chapter. Enjoy~ Epilogue Night, Akatsuki, Ciel? Sensing a strange presence, Kuuya and the others were searching the storage room for the source of the presence when the masks in the storage room suddenly reacted strangely and stuck to the faces of Night and the others. At that moment, all three of them disappeared from the storeroom. H-hey! Night and the others are gone! Astonished. They have completely disappeared. What in the world happened? Luna and the others, who had not yet fully grasped the situation, were simply confused. Immediately, Ouma, who had been searching for Night and the others presence, opened his eyes. This is ridiculous not only on this Earth but in Argena as well, the presence of Night and the others has completely disappeared! As a Genesis Dragon, Ouma was able to sense the presence of objects beyond the worlds borders because the worlds were connected, albeit only through a doorway. However, even Ouma could not find the presence of Night and the others who had disappeared. This is bad, this is bad, this is bad! How am I going to explain this to Yuuya! D-do you have any clues? Speaking of clues, that mask left on the wall might be a clue, but I dont know what will happen if we touch it carelessly! Lexia, dont touch it, okay? I-I know! Something had happened to Night and the others despite the fact that Yuuya had entrusted him to take care of them. Kuuya was devastated. But the trouble was not over yet. Mm! Lexia, go back. Found. The owner of the presence? Suddenly, a strong presence took over the storage room. The presence was exactly what Kuuya and the others were looking for, and they hadnt expected to find it at this time. And the place where that presence was felt was. A coffin? Theres a presence coming from inside this strange coffin. It is a magnificent coffin as if it housed Egyptian royalty. It is covered with gold ornaments and jewels, and you can tell at a glance that it is no ordinary coffin. Ouma and the others look at the coffin with alarm. Finally the lid of the coffin slips off. Ugh Where is this place? Is it over? I murmured, still wary of my surroundings. There was no sign of Yin and Veda coming back to life. Just as I was convinced of that, a sudden feeling of exhaustion overcame me, and I fell to my knees in place. Master! S§×arch* The n?vel_Fire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Meoww! Oh thank you, Meiko. I was so tired that I couldnt even stand up. Because you two were able to stop Veda, I was able to face Yin. Thank you very much. N-no. I was saved by Master and I am very happy to be of service to you in this way. Meow. No doubt, without Meiko and Stella, I would not have been able to defeat Yin. And most importantly, if it wasnt for the thoughts and power that the other me had entrusted to me When I suddenly remembered the other me that had disappeared, I felt gloomy, and Kuro called out to me. Hey! The Power of Existence you absorbed is about to overflow! Eh? As soon as I replied with such a timid response, a light suddenly began to emanate from my chest. W-what in the world is going on? Doesnt your body hurt? Im fine, but While I was stunned by the sudden phenomenon, a particularly strong light was emitted from my chest. It erupted like a geyser and poured down into this jet-black room. T-this is Then a world of soap bubbles was born from the rain of light! Could these be the worlds that Yin absorbed? Whether my prediction was correct or not, I dont know, but every time the light fell on this Between World, the number of bubble worlds increased. And before I knew it, there were countless bubble worlds floating around in the Between Worlds. At the same time, the light overflowing from my chest stopped. No, um Im just wondering how to get home now You really are reckless. Argena-san sounded more and more dismayed by my answer. I-Im sorry Its okay. If its Yuuya who has the Holy Evil Creation, then you should be able to come back to me directly. I-is that so? Yes. Activate the Holy Evil Creation and approach the world in front of you. When you do, its power will lead you back to me Argena-san told me this, and then I heard no more voices. I had received a solution from an unexpected source, and I activated the Holy Evil Creation again. Meiko! If we approach this world in this state, it seems that we can return home. If its Meiko who made a soul contract with me, I think we can return together without any problem. So please come closer to me. Yes! After saying that, Meiko hugged me. I-I was very embarrassed to be held so tightly, even if it was for the sake of returning to our world, but I quickly shook off those thoughts, and we went to Argena-sans world. And then. ! With tremendous speed, all kinds of scenery passed through my field of vision. As I looked at the scene I found myself back at Sage-sans house, which I knew so well. D-did we make it back? I looked around again, but I was sure it was Sage-sans house that I knew so well. W-we made it! I let out a shout of joy at having made it home safe and sound. For a while, I wondered what was going to happen, but Im so glad to be back! Well according to Yin, it seemed that Between Worlds had no concept of time, but I wonder if there is a time shift? I dont know either way, I think we need to report this to Reimei-sama. Thats right. Then, when we return to the house on the other side. Yuuya-kun! Eh? Just as I was about to enter the house, I was called out and turned my eyes to the voice. It was Iris-san who was in tatters. I-Iris-san. I ran to her, but she seemed to lose her nerve when she saw me and collapsed on the spot. I held her in my arms for a moment, and then she let out a cry. H-help us! Immediately after returning to this world, I found myself in a new kind of trouble. Meanwhile, at the time W-woof? Buhi. Pii? Mysterious masks were attached to their faces, and Night and the others who had been thought to be lost were standing in a strange space. In the devastated land, the wreckage of a civilization that must have perished. Two red moons floated in the purple sky. Woof The world was not one Night and the others had ever known, and though they looked around carefully, they could see nothing that looked like life. Then Night noticed that the mask that had been the source of his being sent here had fallen at his feet. Woof. He touched the mask cautiously for a moment, but there was no particular reaction. Buhi. Buhi~ Piii! Woof! Woof! Akatsuki and Ciel picked up the fallen masks and put them on their faces without any hesitation as if they thought that they could shift back they put the masks on like they did when they first came here. Night hastily tried to stop them, but Akatsuki and Ciel continued to wear the masks without paying any attention to him. However, since there was no reaction when the masks were put on, Night was relieved for the moment. Woof Fed up with the two who are going at their own pace to no end, he looked forward. Where is this world? Why have they been sent to this world alone? Despite not knowing anything, Night and the others must return to Yuuya somehow. Woof, woof! Buhi? Fugo! Pii! Night took the initiative and called the two beasts, and they decided to explore this strange world. What in the world awaited them? The three friends journey had just begun. Chapter 275 - Book Afterword Book 14: Chapter Afterword Heres the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for reading this story. I am the author, Miku. This is the 14th volume, and we are in a situation where there are problems in various places. I thought it must be hard for Yuuya to deal with each of them. Especially this time, there is even a place called Between Worlds, which even I, the author, dont understand how it happened. I hope you will all watch it. Now, I would like to thank the editor in charge once again for his great help. Reine Kuwashima-sama for the cool illustrations. And to the readers of this work, I would like to express my sincere appreciation. Thank you very much. Sear?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. See you soon. Table of Content Chapter 276 - Book 15: Prologue Part 1 Book 15: Prologue Part 1 And here it is, volume 15. And as usual, you can read up to 6 chapters ahead by subscribing to our Patreon here~ TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Prologue Part 1 I had the same dream again. Saara-sama, please run away! The people of Moatra said to me, The Earth spent many years creating these humans. But the gods treated humans like toys and ruled over them. Therefore, the Earth created me to save her beloved children, the humans. To protect the mission given to me by the Earth, I liberated the humans from the gods and founded a great nation called Moatra. Moatra developed various technologies through the hands of humans and grew into a beautiful country. Butthere is no trace of it anymore. The gods summoned the divine beast, and it was destroyed. The beast has a huge body, almost half the size of Moatras, and is still slaughtering people. How could I escape and leave you all behind? I, who was created to be the protector of mankind, could not possibly run away and leave my people behind. But the people would not give in. No. They are not after us; they are after you. !!! You must have noticed. They are trying to drain the star power to take complete control of the Earth! Yes, as the humans said, the gods target was not me but the Earths star power. Although it is already in a state of destruction, the reason we are still able to fight the divine beast is largely due to the star power we get from the Earth. However, this star power is not infinite.Findd new stories at novelhall.com The more people, including myself, resist the gods, the more the star power will be depleted. If the star power continues to be depleted at this rate, the Earth will face extinction. S§×ar?h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. When that happens, this land will belong to the gods. I had to avoid that. But. Even so, I, who was created to be the protector of humanity, cannot abandon you. Saara-sama! Besides! Just as our power is limited, even the gods are not absolute. It is true that the divine power of the gods is terrifying and powerful. You could say they are omnipotent. With this power, they can create not only human beings but also an infinite number of other life forms and even rewrite the laws of the world. But it is the Earth and the star power that blocks such a powerful force. This land did not belong to the gods. It belongs to the Earth. There was no way I could allow such an outrage on Earth. So I will never give up. You, too, must lend me your strength! Saara-sama Nevertheless, the gods gathered divine power and created a disaster called the divine beast. Unlike the gods, the divine beast cannot create life, nor can it rewrite the laws of the world. But as the incarnation of destruction, it destroys all life on this planet. We fought such a monster. People fell one by one. However, I did not give up and continued to fight. But then. Wha? Suddenly, my body was pushed down considerably. It was trying to drag me, who had star power, down without even a moments resistance. Confused by the sudden situation, I turned my eyes to see what it was. Following Meikos words, I took Stella with me and returned to my house on Earth. Then, for some reason, everyone, including Lexia-san, were gathered in the room where the Door to Another World was placed that is, in the storage room. Yuuya-sama! Meanwhile, Lexia-san was the first to notice me, and as soon as she ran up to me, she hugged me with all her might. Le-Lexia-san! Yuuya-sama, are you okay? Y-yes. Im fine, but I was confused because I didnt expect to be hugged by her. Then Luna immediately came over and grabbed Lexia-sans neck. What are you doing? Get away from him! Im not leaving him! You will leave him! After Luna forcibly pulled away Lexia-san, the two began to argue as usual. But as soon as the argument was over, Luna turned her attention to me. More importantly Welcome back, Yuuya. T-thank you. What can I say? Im happy to hear someone welcome me back. When I smiled at Luna, she looked at Lexia with a triumphant expression on her face for some reason. Hows that? This is what you call the right distance with Yuuya. Mukiiii! What? But its okay! Unlike Luna, I already hugged him! What did you say? Somehow, they started arguing again. While I was smiling at the two of them, Kuuya-san and Ouma-san came up to me. Youre back. Ouma-san, Kuuya-san! How are you? How was the between world? There was a lot going on, but we made it. Again, I briefly explained what had happened in the between world. After listening to my story, Kuuya-san groaned. I see Because they were rejected by their world they invaded different worlds to get their ideal lands Hmm. Thats a pretty big story. But I am more surprised that this one who was rejected from the world is here than those people Nya~ Ouma-san looked at Stella as he said that. The one in question, Stella, was not paying any attention to Ouma-san and was just sitting there absentmindedly. While watching her, I asked about something that was on my mind. Speaking of which Whats going on with everyone gathered here? Oh, thats right! Yuuya-sama, there is a big problem! Eh? I tilted my head at the agitated Lexia-san, and Kuuya-san opened his mouth with a confused look on his face. I dont know where to start I think we should start with that woman, right? A woman? Look here. In the direction Luna pointed, there was a strange woman with red hair. The woman seemed to be unconscious and asleep. W-who is she? When I said this, everyone looked at each other, surprised to see a complete stranger in the room. Then Ouma-san opened his mouth on behalf of everyone. The woman came out of a coffin that was lying there. A coffin? When I turned my head, Ouma-san pointed in a certain direction. There, I saw what looked like a pharaohs coffin, which I had seen many times before, lying completely open. Eh eeehhhhhh! Th-There was a person in there? I see that you didnt know about it eithe Chapter 277 - Book 15: Prologue Part 2 Book 15: Prologue Part 2 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Prologue Part 2 I see that you didnt know about it either Thats only natural. After all, everything in that storeroom was collected by my grandfather, and I had nothing to do with it. But from the look of that coffin, I thought maybe there was a real mummy in there S§×ar?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I-I mean, theres no way Id think a living person would be in there I agree. Everyone was surprised. Only Yuti was as excited as usual, but from the looks of everyone else, even Ouma-san didnt seem to notice. Rather, how long has she been in there? How was she even still alive? Im confused by the situation. And I cant stop thinking about it. But then another bomb was dropped on me. Well, Yuuya. There is something else I have to tell you. Y-yes? Its about Night and the others Night? Huh? Speaking of which, where are Night and the others? If everyone was here, it was not surprising that Night and the others were here, but for some reason, not only Night but even those who go at their own paces, like Akatsuki and Ciel, were not here in this storage room. While I looked around, Kuuya-san continued, looking like he was having a hard time explaining. Night and the others disappeared. ..Huh? I couldnt understand what Kuuya-san meant, so I just kept asking back. What do you mean by disappeared? It means exactly what it says. Night and the others were in this room with us. But a piece of the mask that was hanging there fell on them, and when they touched it, they disappeared. Eh. There are indeed some creepy masks hanging on the wall in the place Kuuya-san pointed out. However, the number of masks had decreased. Disappeared, you say? Where? I never had much of a feeling about it, but Ouma-san and the others said that this room was a dangerous place where various powers swirl around. And one of them, the mask, was not considered normal, of course. If something happened to Night and the others! I panicked, but Ouma-san opened his mouth. I can understand your concern, but Im sure theyll be fine. H-how can you be so sure? Night is a Black Fenrir, comparable to me, you know. Besides, Akatsuki is also a special being, and even the Luan Ciel is with them. No matter what happens, Im sure theyll be fine. M-maybe, but I know that Night and the others are also strong. But there was another concern besides that and my feelings. More importantly, you have a lot of work to do right now, dont you? The same goes for the little girl sleeping there, but isnt there something going on in the other world as well? .. Ouma-san was right, and Iris-san asked for my help. But I still dont know what it meant. Then Kuuya-san put his hand on my shoulder. For now, just do what you can, one thing at a time. Ill look into the masks with Ouma. Dont worry; Night and the others will be fine. Our eyes widened at Iris-sans words. I thought it was possible that the remnants of the Evil cult had resurrected another Evil from another era, but that was not the case. Surprisingly, the opponent was the same Holy as Iris-san. W-why did the same, Holy Could it be that they received the power of Evil just like before? No. It was not the power of Evil It was a power similar to the Divine Authority we had acquired. Huh? Divine Authority was the power we acquired to defeat the false god under the Observers. As the name implied, its a god-like power, but while the Observers could do anything with it, our Divine Authority can do small things like instant movement and body enhancement. However, in order to acquire this power, we had given up being human, and even though it was not perfect, it was a power worthy of the name Divine Authority. The opponent was using Divine Power and while ours was imperfect, theirs was like the power of a perfect God. P-perfect Does that mean they are the same as the Observers? No, I think its more mysterious and thats what a real god is like. Certainly, the Observers were just denizens of the dimension above, and although their power was tremendous, they were different from God. However, the Holy who possessed Divine Power, as described by Iris-san, were beings similar to the God we know. The Holy who possesses this Divine Power have declared war on the world. They want people to surrender to their control. And if anyone refuses they will kill them. .. We were horrified. H-how could they do such a thing? They only want one thing. They want to take control of the world and create a world where no more Evil is born. Huh? It was so far-fetched that I couldnt keep up with what was happening. How is the management of the world related to a world where no Evil will ever be born? As you probably know, Yuuya-kun, Evil is an entity that collects the negative emotions of all beings living in this world. Thats why, in order to eliminate the negative emotions of all living beings they want to manage the emotions of all humanity. No way! Thats ridiculous! Lexia-san shouted at Iris-sans words. Of course, what Lexia-chan said is true; its a messed up idea. It is true that we, the Holy, have received the power from this planet to fight against Evil. But controlling all the beings on this planet to destroy the Evil is unacceptable. I have a question: How can they act so ruthlessly and not be stripped of their Holy power? When Luna mentioned the question she had in mind, Iris-san shook her head. Normally, they would be stripped of their power. But these people Maybe it is because of the influence of the Divine Power, the power of the Holy is still intact. From this planet Argena-san, I also received the power of Holy Evil Creation. As the name suggests, this power can manipulate the two powers of Holy and Evil. It was true that Evil was a threat to the creatures of this world, but the Evil aspect itself was necessary for the world. Trying to erase it completely, let alone manage people who had nothing to do with it, was So, you mentioned a declaration of war. Is that against some country? No, the whole world. This must be the power of the Divine Power They projected themselves into the sky above the whole world and told the world from there. So what happened? When Lexia-san asked this, Iris-san had a difficult expression on her face. Regardless of whether they are part of the Holy, no country would accept such a ridiculous idea of managing humanity. So right now, the situation has begun to divide into two main groups: those who are just standing by and watching the situation quietly and those who are organizing a strike force. As I recall, the Kingdom of Arcelia has been quiet about this Father The Kingdom of Arcelia, ruled by Lexia-sans father, Arnold-sama, seems to be watching the situation for now. They are in no way obeying this Holy; they are just working to understand the situation. Iris-san. Who is this Holy who is trying to control humanity? The Katana Saint Shu Zakuren. With an expression of disgust on her face, Iris-san spoke the name. Table of Content Chapter 278 - Book 1: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 1 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 1 Woof While Yuuya and the others were learning about Shus story. Night and the others were stumped. The power of the eerie mask in the storage room of Yuuyas house had suddenly transported them into a mysterious world. There was no sign of life around them, not even human beings. However, buildings that were clearly remnants of civilization were buried in the sandy expanse in a state of decay. It had been some time since they arrived in this mysterious world, but there was no particular indication that they would be able to return to their original world. Deciding that there was no point in thinking about it any further, Night asked Akatsuki and the others to explore the surrounding buildings for the time being. Woof! Woof! Fugo! Pi! Woof But Akatsuki gave up thinking from the beginning and just nodded to Nights words. Ciel was the same way and never denied that what Night, his senior, said was absolute. Despite his uneasiness about their situation, Night went to a nearby building. It was the same structure as the buildings on Earth, which Night also knew. After telling them to split up and search the area, they began to move individually. Woof. Night was interested in the building itself at first. He was cautious and tried to touch the walls of the building, but nothing happened. Woof! Then, with a little more energy, Night attacked the wall of the building in front of him with his claws. The wall was easily torn apart by his attack. Woof! Looking at the result, he decided for the moment that the building itself was not made of any special material. He also examined the interior, but unlike the building itself, it had already decayed, and nothing decent remained. When the search was over, and he returned to his original location, he found Akatsuki sleeping peacefully. Woof! Buhi? Woof When Night asked if something was wrong, Akatsuki seemed not to have moved from the beginning and only gave a dull, indifferent answer. Ciel returned when Night was startled by Akatsukis pace. Woof! Pii! Woof? He asked Ciel if something was wrong after his return, but there was no change. No, the fact that there was no change was the most unusual thing about this place. The reason was that despite being in such a special place, the materials and architectural style of this building were no different from those on Earth. In other words, this world must be related to Earth? That was, maybe the things from Earth have somehow drifted to this world, just like Night and the others. Or it could be another world similar to Earth With the little information he had, Night made a lot of assumptions. As he started to move, he suddenly felt the appearance of something nearby. Woof! Night was startled by the presence. For Night had not let his guard down while moving. However, the presence appeared and penetrated Nights vigilance. Woof, woof! Pii! Buhi! Night immediately called to the others to be alert, and Ciel and Akatsuki took up their fighting stance. And then. Guooooooooooooooo! A strange monster appeared in front of Night and the others. After listening to Iris-sans story in more detail since then, we returned to the house on Earth at once. In fact, if it were true, I would have liked to keep it somewhere safe and secure right now. However I learned a bit about Divine Power. Really? Although I had heard a little about Iris-san, I did not seem to have a firm grasp on the nature of this power. S~ea??h the Nov§×l?ire.n(e)t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I would be grateful if I could find out here. I thought so, but after listening to Kuuya-sans explanation, I realized just how powerful the existence of Shu really is. First of all, the Divine Power is basically the same thing as the Divine Authority that Yuuya and the others can handle. It is literally the power of a god, and it can do anything. It can literally create or destroy the world. Yes. I knew this because I had seen the power of the Observers in action. The only thing is, Im not sure if it could actually create the world but its still a powerful thing. But my and Iris-sans Divine Authority isnt perfect. Could it be that Shu and the others Divine Power is perfect? Even I dont know. But considering the fact that Iris-dono was able to reach Yuuyas house and the fact that the world is still out of control, Shus Divine Power must be incomplete as well. Huh? Think about it. If he really can handle a complete Divine Power, why doesnt he just use it to rule the world on his own without having to deal with such troublesome things like declaring war? Kuuya is right. They dont have the power to do that, so they take the roundabout way out. But here comes the problem. The Divine Authority of Yuuya and the others will probably not become extremely strong. This is because the higher beings, the Observers, were originally born with these qualities, and they were forcibly implanted into the human Yuuya and the others. In fact, you gave up being human to obtain the Divine Authority, didnt you? W-well Its an extraordinary story when I hear it again, isnt it? I dont see anything special about his appearance. Lexia-san and Luna, who had stopped arguing before I knew it, muttered this with somewhat distant eyes. W-well, in my case, even before I got my Divine Authority, Ive already deviated from a normal human with the benefit of leveling up Anyway, Yuuya and the others Divine Authority cant improve you right away, while Shu and the others Divine Power increases their power by gaining faith, just like a god. Faith? Thats right. The power of people who pray to God becomes the Divine Power as it is. Shu is probably acting now to gain that faith. I see Does this mean that we have to defeat Shu before he can gain enough Divine Power to easily change the world? Thats right. I dont know how long this Shu guy has been in the works but hes quite a troublemaker. That means we have to move faster and faster! The only thing is, if Iris-san doesnt recover, it will be difficult for us to move. The reason was that in order to move with Divine Authority to the vicinity of the base where Shu and the others were, we needed Iris-sans power. It was difficult to move instantly with Divine Authority unless you had been there before, just like with teleportation magic. I alone, who did not know the place, could not move there. As I thought about it, I suddenly remembered something Iris-san had told me that bothered me. Speaking of that I heard that Iris-san tried to use Divine Authority when she escaped from Shu and his groups base, but she said that it didnt activate properly Theres a reason for that, too. It might be different if you originally had a powerful Divine Authority, but as long as you have an imperfect Divine Authority, it will not activate properly when it is consumed by the Divine Power that becomes more powerful with the power of faith. N-no waythen how can we fight? If our Divine Authority doesnt work, it will be a very tough battle. After all, while we cant use our Divine Power well, our opponents can use not only Divine Power but the power of the Holy as well. And when you add magic power to that, there is nothing we can do. In my case, I think I can use magic, sorcery, spiritual power, and the power of existence in the Holy Evil Creation What are you worried about? It is true that the power of a completed god would be mighty, but as long as it is not completed, your power should be enough to deal with them. You dont need to worry about it. I-is that so? Yes. Thats right. After all, you wont know until you actually fight. It is true; there is no point in worrying about it here. In the end, I have to fight. Ill just do my best, thats all. Oh, by the way what about that woman? After we finished talking about Shu and the others, I asked about the woman who came out of the coffin. Then U-umu I dont know what to say Im sure shes unconscious right now. I just dont know when shell wake up. Huh? I guess you could say shes sleeping but she seems to be missing some kind of power, and she wont wake up until she gets it back. Power like magic power? Thats right. But instead of magic power, should I say star power? Anyway, it will take a while for her to wake up. I see For a moment, I wondered if she was okay not eating, but then I thought about it and realized that I didnt know how long shed been in that coffin. Of course, theres no way she could have eaten while she was in the coffin, so maybe she doesnt need to eat. Its more likely that shes not a human being, even though she looks like one or else there would be a lot of things wrong with her. Before, I would have fainted, not only because of the fact that shes not human, but now that I know about other worlds and have interacted with aliens, Observers, and other non-humans, Im not so surprised. Is that a good thing? After that, we discussed a lot of things, and I rested to prepare for tomorrow. Chapter 279 - Book 1: Part 2 Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 2 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 2 As Yuuya and the others rested. May I hear your answer, King Arcelia? The important figures of the Kingdom of Arcelia, including the king, Arnold, his bodyguard, Owen, and the prince, Rhaegar, were gathered in the audience chamber. Before Arnolds eyes, the figure of Shu Zakuren floated in the air. Arnold lashed out at Shu, who was being disrespectful to the point of insolence. An answer? Thats already decided! I have no intention of accepting your control! Hearing Arnolds words, Shu frowned in displeasure. Thats a foolish answer for King Arnold, who is known for his intelligence. If our answer is foolish to you, so be it. We have no intention of accepting your ideals. Can you really say the same for your people? What? Arnold frowned at Shus words. You are already in a high position. You have been surrounded by good things since your birth, and you have lived a life without any discomfort. Can your thinking and the thinking of the people really coincide? Thats Those who always live on the edge of life and death will agree with us. .. Your Majesty! Do not listen to him! Thats right! Fathers reign has brought happiness to the people! Arnold was silenced by Shus words. Then Owen and Rhaegar immediately raised their voices. Owen then turned his sharp gaze to Shu. Katana Saint. As you say, if humanity is controlled, Evil will disappear, and there will be no more useless conflicts. But can we really call a world where even emotions are controlled a happy world? I dont think so. That is also the way of thinking of those who are born strong. Thats why Father and the rest of us are taking steps forward and worrying so that people can live in peace and security. Arnold, who had been listening to Owen and Rhaegars words, opened his mouth again. Yes, thats right. We should not manage the people, but work hand in hand, talk to each other, and cooperate to achieve our ideal world. Shus eyes narrowed as he met Arnolds powerful gaze. Hmph Whatever. Well see. No matter what choice you make, Gods will is absolute With these last words, Shus figure disappeared. Arnold watched the situation and sighed. Hah Is this really the right thing to do? Of course, Your Majesty. As Father said, its only worth it if we work together to seek the ideal world. A controlled world is no better than livestock or slavery. I agree Arnold silently looked up at the ceiling. What in the world drove him to do that? Arnold muttered somewhat sadly. The next day. I got ready and went to see Iris-san. Iris-san, are you okay? Yes, Im fine. Yuuya-kun healed my wounds, and I have enough strength after a good nights sleep! Iris-san smiled strongly as she said this. It might not be perfect yet, but it seemed to be okay for now. Ah, and this time, Ill be bringing Meiko and Stella along with me. Nya. I look forward to working with you. Stella casually lifted her paw, and Meiko bowed beautifully. I couldnt check yesterday because of the situation, but this is the first time Ive met them, isnt it? Well, there was a lot going on To explain about Meiko, I had to talk about what happened in the underworld, and for Stella, I had to explain about the between worlds, which is another complicated situation. Whips swing the whip in her hand, and it collides with the barrier, a tremendous sound roaring through the air. Aaaaahhhh! Annoying, annoying, annoying! She swung the whip again and again, but there was no sign of the barrier being broken. Still, I didnt know what would happen if I left it like this. Haaaaaaaaaaaaah! I took out my Absolute Spear and threw it at Whips with great force. But Hmph! Whips reacted immediately and blocked the spear with her whip. Huh? Are you kidding me that your attack can pass, but ours cant? No, um if I were in the opponents position, I would think the same thing, but this time, I was very much grateful. It might not be fair, but if I continue to attack them from inside this barrier, I wont have to worry about getting damaged. While I was thinking about it, Whips glared at me. Who the hell are you? Who do you think you are, throwing a spear at me out of the blue? This is why I dont like savage commoners. How could Whips know how nice Yuuya-kun is? Huh? Um, Iris-san? I didnt really care about me While the two continued their indescribable exchange, the attacks of the white knights and Whips did not stop. However, when Whips realized that the barrier would not be broken no matter how long it took, she suddenly stopped attacking as if she had thought of something. Seriously, what is this? Whats with these barriers? Sear?h the N??elFir§×.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Why dont you just give up and go home? Whips sneered at Iris-san, who smiled provocatively. Not that I mind, okay? Ill justwipe out the nearby cities. Wha? What are you talking about? Why are you so surprised? What does it matter if some ordinary people disappear? Dont be silly! Are you serious? I am serious. If you dont like it, why dont you stop me? But if youre too scared and stay inside the barrier, theres nothing you can do! Hahahaha! Whips laugh foolishly, and all the white knights surrounding the garden levitate and gather around Whips. Then bye-bye! Whips smiled foolishly and seriously tried to fly away. I cant let you do that! I wont let you go! Spiritual Chain! I immediately jumped out of the barrier and threw the Absolute Spear. Meiko followed suit, jumping out of the barrier and unleashing a chain of spiritual power to capture Whips. Then Ahahahahaha! Arent you idiots! Whips deflected the flying Absolute Spear and the Spiritual Chain, then turned to us and pointed the white knights at us. Thats why it helps if youre a small fry with a weak spot! Hey, just hurry up and die! The white knights rushed in like an avalanche. I immediately tried to pull out my Omni-Sword, since I didnt have my Absolute Spear in my hand right after the attack. I wont let you! But before I could pull out my weapon, Iris-san stepped between me and the white knights and slashed the attacking white knights. Wha? Whips did not seem to expect that the god soldiers would be defeated, and her eyes widened when she saw Iris-san slashing down the white knights. How could you, who are not a god, kill my knights? Well? Isnt it because they are weak? As Iris-san fearlessly told the astonished Whips, a blue vein appeared on Whips forehead. Youre just a small fry, dont you dare make fun of me! ! At that moment, as the magic power overflowed from Whips body, a large number of god soldiers appeared. Come, be swallowed by the power of the gods! Table of Content Chapter 280 - Book 1: Part 3 Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 3 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ sea??h th§× ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Part 3 Come, be swallowed by the power of the gods! ! A large number of god soldiers rushed in like a wave. As we were about to intercept them, a white shadow jumped in front of us. Nya! Stella! Immediately after jumping out, Stella charged straight into the crowd of god soldiers, weaving between them and destroying everything in her path. Wha? Whips were surprised, but Stella reached below her and jumped at Whips. Fushaaaaaah! W-wait? What is this beast? Whips swung her whip at Stella as if to drive her away, but Stella dodged it all as smoothly as if she were liquid and swung her claws at Whips. Kyaaaah! The attack grazed Whips body, but she quickly twisted her body and moved out of the way. However, the attack left a single scar on Whips face, and blood poured down. Then Whips touched the blood, trembling. Blood? This is my face, a scar! Screw you, you beast! Whips brandished her whip angrily. However, as if to take advantage of Whips weakness, Meikos Spiritual Chain bound Whips body. I got her! W-what the hell is this? Whips tried desperately to escape, but Meikos chains were so strong that she seemed unable to break free. Hey, what are you doing? Hurry up and stop that bitch! Whips yelled at the god soldiers around her, and they came at Meiko. Haaah! Nya! However, Stella and Iris-san stopped them all. Haaaaah! I felt that now was my chance, so I seized the opportunity and approached Whips. But as if they had anticipated my move, the god soldiers surrounded me. Wha? Ahahahahaha! You must be an idiot to isolate yourself in this situation! Whips scoffed at my impatience. Nya! Stella quickly moved to save me, but a new god soldier was spawned next to her, and she could not get close to me. Kuh! I wanted to use my Heavenly Whip if possible, but I didnt have time to switch weapons, so I fought back with my Omni-Sword. The Absolute Spear also returned to my hand, but I didnt have time to use it either. Master! Yuuya-kun! Seeing me like this, Iris-san and the others immediately started to move. Then, Whips smile deepened as if she had been waiting for them. You fool! My target is you! Wha? The moment Iris-sans attention turned to the god soldiers swarming around me, Whips broke Meikos chain. Then she immediately swung her whip, and it tried to wrap around Iris-sans body. Kuh! She quickly dodged, but the whip moved as if it had a mind of its own, relentlessly chasing after Iris-san. Hahahaha! You let your guard down, didnt you? Your so-called Divine Authority is so unpleasant that Im going to make you disappear right here! Iris-sama! Nya, nya! You two watch over there! Seeing the situation, Meiko and Stella immediately tried to move, but the god soldiers stood in their way and could not help Iris-san. Then the whip finally reached Iris-san, who ran away while dealing with the god soldiers. Its ba Ahahahahahahahaha! Ive got you! If this continued, Iris-sans body would be in danger. I thought so and unconsciously moved my body. Ooooooooh! I swung my sword with all my might and wiped out the swarm of god soldiers. That is the Divine Power! Then, once again! Meiko again uses the Spiritual Chain to try to bind Whips body. In addition, she also released Spirit Balls to match the attack there. The chains and the masses of spiritual energy all rushed towards Whips at the same time. However, Whips did not even try to dodge these attacks. Useless, useless, useless! N-no way As soon as they touched Whips, both the chains and the orbs disappeared. Theres no way a mortal can harm a gods body! Its all useless! I have become a god! You mortals cant stop me now! Such a thing Youll never know until you try! Iris-san shouted as she jumped at her. Then, the god soldiers attacked all at once. Hahahahaha! There is no need for me to do anything! Let the god soldiers kill you like this! Haaaaah! I immediately took out my Omni-Sword as well and slashed at the god soldiers to cover Iris-san. Hmph! The god soldiers immediately raised their shields to defend against my attack, but ordinary defenses are meaningless in the face of the Omni-Sword. I slashed them along with their shields. Huh? What in the world is that guy with the barrier and the sword! Whips, who had been watching me fight, twisted her face in disapproval. Defeating the god soldiers is beyond disrespectful! Youre not a god; youre just a human! Iris-san waded through the attacks of the god soldiers and reached Whips, then slashed at her. But just as she did not dodge Meikos attack, Whips smiled again and did not move. You fools! I cant believe you attacked Haaaaah! Wha gyaaaaahh! Whipps had a victorious smile on her face, but Iris-sans sword sliced right through her body. Perhaps not expecting to take damage herself, Whips screamed as she sent a new god-soldier at Iris-san and left the scene. W-w-why? Why did Iris attack! Ara, it looks like I can do some damage if I use my Divine Authority, huh? Huh! Divine Authority? Upon closer inspection, a rainbow-colored aura similar to Divine Power emanated from Iris-sans sword in her hand. I see; if the attack is imbued with Divine Authority, it will be able to damage Whips If thats the case, then Iris-san and I were the only ones who could use Divine Authority in this place right now. Meiko, Stella! Cover me and Iris-san! Understood! Nya! Both of them seemed to understand my thoughts immediately, and they changed their actions to help me as I ran under Whips and Iris-san, who is attacking again. The god soldier approaching Iris-san was destroyed by Meiko and Stella. And apparently, the god soldier could be easily defeated even without Divine Authority. However Whips had been wounded, but the wounds were gradually fading. Normal attacks either didnt work or heal instantly, but if its imbued with Divine Authority, will it slow down the healing of the wounds? Shit shit, shit, shit! Dont get cocky with me, you fucking impostor! Kuh! Whips yelled, swinging her whip around. Die already, Whip Rebellion! The whip moved faster than the speed of sound, coming at us from all directions. I wont let you! Fushaaaah! But Meiko and Stella blocked these attacks. I followed suit, cutting down the god soldiers as I approached Whips. Ah! But before I could get close to Whips, she instantly moved away from us with her Divine Power, just like the instant movement we used with the Divine Authority. Dont come any closer, you small fry! And as soon as the distance was taken, she produced new god soldiers one by one. How many in the world are you going to summon! The number of them would have exceeded a hundred by now. No matter how many were defeated, more and more god soldiers were created. Dont tell me that she could summon an infinite number of these god soldiers? Besides, even if Iris-san inflicted damage with an attack using Divine Authority, she would recover after some time. The more time passes, the more disadvantageous it would be for us Chapter 281 - Book 1: Part 4 Book 15: Chapter 1: Part 4 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 4 The more time passes, the more disadvantageous it would be for us Whips smiled with a lecherous smile as if she could sense our thoughts. Hahahahaha! What? No matter how hard you try, you are nothing before the power of God! Just die quietly! Nyaa! Wha? Then, taking advantage of Whips high laughter, Stella approached her again and attacked her.Upstodatee from n(0)/ve/lbIn/.(co/m But Whips dodged the attack in a split second. Tch Know your place, you fucking beast; youre annoying me to no end! Stella! Nyaa! The attack of the god soldiers was focused on Stella. However, Stella let out a single reassuring cry and continued to dodge the attacks of the god soldiers smoothly. Watching Stella like that, I suddenly realized something. Why did she dodge Stellas attack? I think that out of all of us here, the only one who could use Divine Authority to Whips knowledge was Iris-san. Thats why she would be wary of other humans attacks, but Meikos attacks did reach Whips from time to time. However, there was no pretense that Whips avoided those attacks. Well, Divine Authority emitted a rainbow-colored aura, so as long as she was careful with it, it might not be too difficult to keep track of who could use it Besides, it would be to say that it was a reflex to avoid her But I had a strange feeling of uneasiness. When I tried to find out what that strange feeling was, my eyes fell on a certain spot on Whips face. It was the scar that Stella had inflicted on Whips face. The hole in her chest that I had pierced was closed, but why hadnt the wound on her face healed? After thinking about it so much, I came up with an idea. Could it be possible to defeat her by using the Power of Existence? The Divine Authority attack was also effective, but it only slowed down the healing of the wounds, and it did not remain like the wounds on that face. If that was the case, then the only possible reason for that wound to remain was the Power of Existence. Ouma-san and Kuuya-san also said that if I could use the Power of Existence, I would be fine, but how did they know that? No, thats not the point now. If it turned out that way! Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhh! I took out the Absolute Spear again and threw it at Whips with the Power of Existence. Whips face contorted as the Absolute Spear flew by at a tremendous speed. That spear again? How can it be in the same move over and over again? Wha Whips swung her whip, and it wrapped around the Absolute Spear, slowing it down. Here, Ill give it back to you! She threw it back at me. Kuh! I caught it and put it back in my Item Box. No, she was already on the lookout for the Absolute Spear and the Omni-Sword Then! Formless Bow! I took out my invisible bow and silently aimed it at Whips. What? No matter what you do, your attacks wont work anymore! Whips smiled victoriously. Ignoring her, I fired an invisible shot. The arrow I fired went straight through the god soldiers and pierced Whips body. Joshua raised his eyebrows at James words. Who is that guy? Its just a hypothetical. If there is one, you cant force I wont accept it, I wont accept it! Interrupting James and shaking his head, Joshua turned back to Kaori. Kaori! Do you have someone you have feelings for? Huh!? Kaori, who had been completely left out of the conversation, opened her eyes at the sudden mention of someone she had a crush on. At the same time, the image of Yuuya came to Kaoris mind. Th-thats Seeing Kaoris reddened cheeks and subdued voice, Joshua knew exactly what she was thinking. N-no way You left me here for another man? Your Highness, please give up. You should be quiet here in her homeland. Who is it? Huh? Who the hell is that man? Joshua shouted and turned back to Kaori. Kaori. Im serious. I came here to marry you. E-Even if you say that You see? I am a prince. I will succeed to the throne and become king. Im saying that I want to take you as my wife. Are you saying that youd rather be with some random guy from who-knows-where than the wife of the king? Yu-Yuuya-san is no good-for-nothing! When Kaori shouted, Joshua narrowed his eyes in surprise. I see. Kaoris love interest is named Yuuya, huh? Ah James, I want you to find out more about this Yuuya person right away. Understood. James looked a bit surprised, but Joshuas orders were absolute, and he bowed his head reverently. Then Joshua turned to Kaori. Kaori. Im going to retire today. But I will show you that I am better than this man. And when that happens you will be mine. With that, he got back into his luxury car and drove away. Kaori watched in bewilderment. W-what am I going to do? When Kaori decides that this is too much for her, she immediately called her father, Tsukasa. There was also another movement on Earth. As expected, that woman has awakened. In the sky above Japan, a person in a white robe opened his mouth softly. S~ea??h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. These robed humans were the gods who once ruled the Earth, and they were searching for the whereabouts of Saara, who was sealed in a coffin. Then, another human in the same outfit followed. What on earth are you doing? If the seal was broken, well have to go through the same thing again. No, I think well be fine. What? One of his friends, surprised by his unexpected words, continued. I think everyone feels it, but the resurrected womans sign is very weak. We should assume that the influence of the seal was inevitable. We have been preparing for this for a long time. It would be no small feat to deal with a weakened opponent after all this time. Hmm I suppose thats true. But we cant just leave it at that. Lets send in the god soldiers to take care of her. And what about us? We will go back to the Divine Beast. If we continue with our plan, this planet will be ours The white-robed humans then silently disappeared from the sky over Japan. Table of Content Chapter 282 - Book 2: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 2: Part 1 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 1 Two red moons in a purple sky. In the devastated land, strange architectural structures remained in a crumbling state, perhaps the remnants of a civilization that had perished. And then. Gaaaahhh! A strange creature whose body was partly mechanical but whose entire form was that of a quadruped animal fought while letting out a roar. Wooooooooooooonnn! Moreover, the opponent was Night, who had been transported to this mysterious world. The creature, which was at least ten times larger than Night, repeatedly tried to trample him with its front legs, but Night brilliantly dodged the attempts, and when he saw an opening, he attacked with his sharp claws and fangs, tearing at the monsters gray skin. Gaaaaaaaah! Considering its huge size, the damage from Nights attack was insignificant, but still, its body was slashed here and there, blue bodily fluids gushed out, and its body was gradually showing its limits. Furthermore Piiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii! Ciels blue flaming body spun around at high speed and plunged into the monster, piercing it. Guooooooo! The monster, apparently reacting to being pierced, fell to its knees. Night, Ciel, and the remaining Akatsuki Buhii, fugo! Woof He shouted thoughtlessly from a short distance as if he was cheering them on. In other words, he did nothing. While Night was dismayed by Akatsukis behavior, he braced himself and bit into the monsters neck, ripping out its throat. Guaaaaaaaaaah! The monster, which let out a particularly loud scream, seemed to struggle for a while but then became weaker and weaker until it finally died. Then, the body of the fallen monster collapsed like sand and disappeared into the wind. When the body was gone, a mysterious green shard appeared from inside. The shard emitted a blinding light for a moment, then split into three pieces and flew to Night, Ciel, and Akatsuki. Woof! Pii! Fugo! Buhi! They panicked at the unexpected turn of events, but they could not avoid it, and the fragments disappeared as if melting into their bodies. Night and the others quickly checked their own condition, and Akatsuki also activated his Sanctuary skill, but nothing unusual appeared in their bodies. Woof? The three animals looked at each other and tilted their heads. Hours had passed since they arrived in this mysterious world. The three of them had been wandering around, trying to somehow return to their original world, but they had been unable to find any clues, and the earlier battle with the monster and the appearance of the green shards were the first things that had happened to them. Woof? Pipi? Fugo~ There was nothing wrong with their bodies for the time being, so Night and the others started to move again, looking for a clue. Fortunately, they had been able to work without feeling hungry since they came to this world. However, as soon as they started to move. Grrrr Pii. Buhi? Night felt the presence of a creature. However, the only thing that could be sensed from its presence was hostility, and it didnt seem very friendly. As soon as they were alerted, the space near Night and the others distorted, and something appeared from it. It was a huge, single eye with tentacles wrapped around the eye. This was also the first time they had seen such a monster, and not only Night but also Ciel began to be wary of it. Night and the others were surprised by the sudden appearance of the monster. The fact that it suddenly appeared where there had been no sign of the monster made Night wonder what caused it to appear. For example, did it hear the sound of the battle with the monster earlier, or was it attracted by something that brought it here? Then, the monster attacked Night and the others relentlessly. Shururururu! Woof! Night and the others started to fight again. At that time, they had no idea that such a battle would continue over and over again. We defeated Whips. Then Iris-san knelt down as if she had lost her strength. Kuh Iris-san! Agreed. Its impossible to read the presence across worlds. Well, detecting signs between worlds is quite difficult. It seems that Ouma-sama and Kuuya-sama were the only ones who were aware of the attack by Whips and the others. So what happened? Actually, the Whip Saint came to Sage-sans house. We fought with her, but the Divine Power was more troublesome than I expected and numerous knight-like beings called god soldiers were summoned and attacked us. God soldiers is another grand name, isnt it? Yes, it is. But actually, as the name implies, they were like messengers of god. As Iris-san said, I felt that they were god soldiers not only in appearance but also in power. Most importantly, although it was very small, I could feel the Divine Power of the god soldier. Sear?h the N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Fortunately, compared to the Whip Saint, the Divine Power of the god soldiers was so small that it was able to damage them even without the Power of Existence. However, when it came to the level of the Whip Saint, we still needed to have either the Power of Existence or the Divine Authority to inflict damage. After we eat, we will leave, but another Holy might come. Well, dont worry about that. Im here too, and they cant get past Zenovis barrier. Thats true. Instead, you should worry about yourselves. You cant do anything if youre tired every time you fight the Holy. Thats a shame. Iris-san made a regretful expression. Hmph. Well, but it was all right, wasnt it? You found out that the Divine Authority and the Power of Existence could work together before you fought the main culprit, didnt you? Yes. Ouma-san was right; in a way, it was a great help that Whips attacked us at this place. If I had to fight Shu without knowing anything, I would have struggled even more than before. While we were discussing such things, Lexia-sans eyes lit up. That reminds me, Yuuya-sama! I havent been properly introduced to this child yet! Nya? When Lexia-san looked at Stella as she said this, Stella herself looked up for a moment but immediately started licking her fur as if she had lost interest. Sure, Ive been wondering about her for a long time. Affirmative. New family? I had told them that Stella and I had met in between worlds, but I hadnt told them much about the rest, had I? Yes. New family member, Stella. Nya. As I introduced her, Stella raised her hand slightly. As I told you before, we met when I went to the between worlds. Well, I dont know exactly how we became a family, but Even Yuuya doesnt understand I believe she was a Dimensional Cat, wasnt she? What in the world is that? Even if you ask me, I cant answer. I no longer cared what Stella was. When I thought about it, Stella was kind to me from the moment we met. But even though she had such a beautiful appearance, she had the same Power of Existence as Yin and the others, so much so that she was cast out of the world. If you looked at her like that, shes just a cat with amazingly beautiful fur. While I was thinking about that, Lexia-san continued in an excited tone. It doesnt really matter! More importantly, can I pet her? Well, um if its okay with Stella Its okay, right? Lexia-san asked with a snort. Stella looked at her for a moment. Nya. But as if rejecting Lexia-san, she immediately turned her face away from her. Seeing Stella like that, Lexia-sans eyes widened. Wha-! Hahaha! Give it up, Lexia. Apparently, she doesnt want to be touched by you? What did you say? Then Luna immediately started provoking Lexia-san as usual. H-hmm Originally, Lexia-san was a princess, and Luna was her escort, so it would be disrespectful but the two of them really got along. While I was thinking about them, Luna suddenly held out her hand to Stella. Even if you cant, I will Nya. Smack. Stella slapped Lunas hand away. After a moment of silence, Lexia-san blurted out. Pfft! Luna, you got rejected too! Kuh! Hey, Stella! Let me pet you! Irritated, Luna stretched out her hand again. But Nya! Wha-? Again, Stella slapped Lunas hand away. After that, Luna reached out her hand to Stella as if to challenge her several times, but she was easily dodged or could not touch her properly. Chapter 283 - Book 2: Part 2 Book 15: Chapter 2: Part 2 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 2 After Stella dodged Lunas hand Hahahahaha! Thats too bad! Hmph! Unlike me, she wasnt even interested in you! What? Oh They started to argue again. Then Yuti opened her mouth. Challenge. Ill touch her, too. As soon as she said that, Yuti stared at Stella. Nya? .. Stella tilted her head to look at Yuti, but neither of them looked away. After staring at each other for a while, Yuti reached out her hand to Stella. And then Nya. .. Stella slapped Yutis hand away as well. Another moment of silence passed, and Yuti reached out to Stella with tremendous speed, a complete change from the previous moment. But Nya, nya~ Yawning, Stella easily dodged Yutis fierce attempts. This sight made Yutis pursuit even more fierce, but she still couldnt catch Stella. Seeing such a tremendous battle, Luna and the others opened their eyes. Th-thats amazing O-oh I knew that Yuti was awesome, but I never thought that Yuti would be so helpless Yutis lack of facial expressions made it difficult to read what she was thinking. However, it was obvious to everyone that she was now pissed off at Stella. On top of that, shes surprised and impatient about the situation where she couldnt touch her at all. Nya! Uu! The attack and defense continued for a while but finally came to an end when Stella pushed Yutis hand away. Yuti rubbed the hand that had been hit and muttered in frustration. Defeated. Stella, strong. Nya~ Stellas attitude, as if to say, You can come anytime, made Yuti frown more and more. In the midst of all this, Iris-san, who had been watching the exchange between us until now, opened her mouth. Everyone, you are not ready yet. Leave this to me! Iris-sama! Surely Iris-sama would be able to touch her. Observe. Find the weak spot. Nya? S§×ar?h the N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The eyes of Lexia-san and the others lit up as Iris-san showed her motivation. Ive already watched Stella-chan fight, so dont expect me to do the same as the others. Nyaaa. Iris-san smiled fearlessly, but Stella was completely unconcerned and yawned. Stella was so careless that Iris-san twitched her cheeks and reached out her hand even faster than Yuti had done. Just be quiet and let me stroke you! It was truly a move that could be called divine speed. Was that unreadable, even for Stella? Thats what I thought Nya, nya! Stella jumped back slightly and dodged Iris-sans hand. But Iris-san seemed to have anticipated that and had already moved on to the next action. Th-thats a super high-quality ingredient Luna gushed at Meikos words, and Lexia-sans cheeks twitched. Come to think of it, I had given Meiko the monster ingredients I had left in my Item Box. Ive eaten monster ingredients several times, so I dont feel repulsed by them now. In fact, the monster ingredients were so much tastier than Earth food. I wonder if it had something to do with their magic power? Whatever it was, I felt full of energy. Then Iris-san, who was also eating, looked down at her own body. As expected from the meat of King Orc my strength was restored immediately. Well Im glad I kept it. With this, I think we can leave right away. Thanks to Meikos quick thinking, Iris-san was able to regain her strength. I wasnt particularly aware of it, but Im glad we used the ingredients from the Item Box. Then Luna, who had a mouthful of miso soup, opened her eyes. Mmm! What, what is this soup! U-um, did I do something wrong? Lunas reaction made Meiko ask anxiously. Seeing Meikos reaction, Luna hurriedly continued. Ah, no, there was nothing wrong with the cooking. This miso soup. The taste of the soup is certainly unfamiliar to me, but it is delicious. Thats right. Ive never tasted it before, either. But it is very comforting! Lexia-san was right; there was something so comforting about miso soup. But Then whats wrong with it? The problem is the meat in it! As Luna said, there was meat in the miso soup this time. I hadnt touched the miso soup yet, so I didnt know what it tastes like What is this meat? Its so delicious that it makes King Orcs meat taste hazy! Huh? I was surprised by the unexpected words. Thats because the King Orc meat was also very tasty, to the point of being impressive. And that kind of meat tastes hazy I took a sip of the miso soup, feeling that Lunas words were exaggerated. !? My eyes widened at that moment. W-what is this? I thought it looked like pork, but it wasnt. While pork was much lighter, this meat had a unique flavor, and it immediately spread in my mouth. But it was not bad at all. Rather, it was too delicious. Me-Meiko! What kind of meat is this? When I asked without thinking, Meiko replied in surprise. L-lets see its the King Mithril Boar meat that Master gave me. Ah! Hearing Meikos words, I was convinced. If I remember correctly, I got something like Demon King Boar Meat as a drop item from the King Mithril Boar. I also heard that the meat has a strange taste and smell, but once you eat it, you would be captivated by its flavor. After trying it, I could understand that explanation. The meat was that good. While they were impressed by the taste, Lexia-san and the others were even more surprised than when they ate the King Orc meat. Ki-King Mithril Boar, you say? Its a monster that hasnt been defeated in the past few hundred years. I never thought that I would eat the meat of such a monster Delicious. While Luna was on the verge of giving up, Yuti continued to eat without a care in the world. Since the meat of King Mithril Boar was originally obtained during my training with Master Usagi, Iris-san, who was also a Holy, enjoyed her meal very calmly. Well, now that we have eaten our fill lets get going! After enjoying a short rest in this way, we once again made our way to Shus place. Table of Content Chapter 284 - Book 2: Part 3 Book 15: Chapter 2: Part 3 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 3 Hail, Shu-sama! Hail, Shu-sama! The people spread out below. The faces of the people were uniformly cheerful, rejoicing at the birth of their new savior. .. Hearing the enthusiasm of the people, a man stretched his arms wide. It was the Katana SaintShu Zakuren. Immersed in the voices of the people, Shu opened his eyes softly. Finally halfway, huh? Shu was now working towards the complete annihilation of the Evil, with the goal of controlling all of humanity. The Evil was the crystallization of the negative aspects of all living creatures in Argena. Therefore, he wanted to create a world in which Evil would never be born by controlling and managing the emotions of humans, who were the main source of Evil. However, there was no way that any country would accept such a plan. Naturally, countries began to move to defeat Shu, but Shu and his followers had the mighty Divine Power, and any country that resisted them was defeated. On top of that, he beheaded all the core people of the countries who opposed him. Normally, those countries should have fallen into chaos, but they did not. The soldiers to protect the people were replaced by Shus god soldiers, and the barren land was transformed into fertile land by the power of the gods. This made the people accept Shu even in countries that had lost its core people. To further win over the people, he also beheaded the leaders of other countries that were still ruled by bad governments and saved their people. As a result, Shu was worshipped as a savior in half the countries of the world, and this worship also turned into Shus Divine Power, and he was steadily on his way to becoming a god. How about that? This is happiness through the power of God. .. (Kuh) As Shu asked this question, he looked at Odis and Usagi. The two were bound and placed in a rainbow-colored cage, unable to move. Now, for heavens sake, prostrate yourselves before me. (I refuse! The happiness you speak of is nothing but a lie!) A lie? Do you still believe that when you see the faces of these people? Saying this, Shu moved the rainbow cage so that they could see the faces of the people better. And there they were, full of hope and smiling brightly. Are you telling me this is all a lie? Yes, thats right. This happiness is an illusion created by you. Binding peoples hearts, uniting their emotions There is no way they could approve of that! Right, Shus purpose was to lead all of humanity to eradicate Evil. The people gathered here had already been stripped of their emotions by Shus power and were no longer able to grieve or be angry. They were just fanatics who rejoiced in the events before them and worshipped Shu. This was the reality of the scene. Whats wrong with that? What? But Shu continued without a trace of remorse. Anger and sadness are unnecessary before happiness. Why cant you see that a world overflowing with joy is true happiness? (Indeed, anger and sadness will make people unhappy. But they can also be a driving force for people to move forward! To take that away from people because of your own selfishness is absolutely unforgivable!) I am allowed to do this. I am God, after all. When Shu said this, an overwhelming amount of Divine Power poured out of his body. As the aftermath of this power reached the people gathered under Shu, they were overcome with ecstasy. Oh this is the power of God! Shu-sama, Shu-samaaaaaaa! The people were intoxicated with the power of God. In front of them, Odis distorted his face. This is no different from conquering the world. How is this different from the Evil? Dont you dare mix me with them! ! Shu raised his voice at Odis words. They must They must not exist. They must all be exterminated. Shus eyes were etched with deep hatred as he said this. Katana Saint Shu Zakuren. He was born in an ordinary family in a village. But the village was always poor because the country fought senseless wars, and the greedy feudal lords imposed unjust taxes on them. Yet, he was happy. His father, his mother, his childhood friends. To make everything right, I will become a god. Thats what he swore. From then on, Shus actions were swift. He received the Divine Power and immediately went to the lord. W-what are you? A god. Shu simply told him that and cut off the head of the frightened lord. Then he went to the lords and nobles who were oppressing the rest of the people and wielded the blade of absolution again. S-sto Gyaaaaah! S-save me! You people have made too many mistakes. Shu, not listening to their pleas for life, simply cut off their heads without hesitation. The nobles, horrified by this situation, immediately tried to defeat Shu, but they were all turned back and purged one by one. Thus, a storm of blood raged throughout the country. We did it! Theyre dead! Thanks to Shu-sama! But despite the misery, the people rejoiced and worshipped Shu. After all, my actions were right As he realized his growing Divine power, Shu found righteousness in his actions. I see if God rules and manages everything the world will be happy. And as he came to this thought, he brought the Holy into his ranks one by one and set out to create his ideal world. Recalling his past memories and regaining his composure, Shu turned back to Usagi and Odis. If you say that my actions are delusional, then your actions are immature and half-baked, not even capable of being delusional. If you are not willing to change the current situation, then you are just a fool who is carried away by your role Dont talk about ideals in front of me. (Kuh!) Well, thats okay. I didnt expect you to be so stubborn. I also didnt know that you could use the power of a half-god like Divine Authority, even if its just an imitation. Otherwise, I could have shared my ideals with you. What is sharing ideals? Its just brainwashing. What choice do we have? For those who are too stupid to understand our ideals, we have no choice but The moment he was about to say it. Shu blinked at the distant sky. Whips presence has disappeared? It was because he noticed that the presence of Whips, who had moved to capture Iris, had vanished. Nonsense Iris must have been wounded by now. And yet Whips, one of the gods, was defeated? When he saw that Shu muttered this with a grim expression, Usagi smiled secretly when he guessed what was going on. (Iris She was able to meet Yuuya safely.) Usagi was convinced that Iris had been able to reach Yuuya. But when he kept silent without anyone noticing, Shu put him under pressure. Usagi. You know something, dont you? (! Who knows.) .. S§×arch* The N?velFire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Shu stared at Usagi. But soon, the pressure disappeared, and the rainbow cage with Usagi and Odis in it was lifted into the air. We have lost Leo and then Whips. We cant afford any more losses. Then he turned on his heel and. Ill go. And with that, he disappeared from the scene together with Usagi and Odis. At that time, Shu began to make his move. Kaori, who had been proposed to by Joshua, went to the chairmans office to discuss the matter with her father, Tsukasa. Such a thing When Tsukasa heard the details from Kaori, he was troubled. What should I do now And Kaori, the one who had been proposed to, also had a confused look on her face. Let me ask you one thing, are you seriously not interested in marrying Joshua-sama? No! At Tsukasas words, Kaori panicked. I see even I think that Kaori is not ready to get married yet. Then But the other person is a prince and also the first in line to the throne, Joshua-sama. If we are careless, it could lead to an international problem No way! Of course, I will refuse the offer but I wonder what will really happen No matter how much they thought about it, they could not come up with an answer. Chapter 285 - Book 3: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 3: Part 1 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 1 Night and the others were transported to a mysterious world, where they walked through a devastated world while dealing with monsters that attacked them one by one. They also accumulated more and more green power in their bodies from the mysterious shards they acquired each time they defeated a monster. Finally, as they continued on without knowing what this power was, a being appeared in front of them that had a particularly strong presence among the monsters they had dealt with so far. It was a humanoid creature, more than 20 meters long. The human face had no eyes or nose, and its entire body was covered with a thick layer of gray skin. Mechanical-like objects protruded from its limbs in places, and several tentacles extended from its back. Grrrrr For Night and the others, this was the first time they had seen such a creature. It was definitely different from the monsters they had fought before. Facing such a monster, Night and the others were ready to fight. Then. Woof? The tentacles on the creatures back approached Night and the others at a tremendous speed. Night immediately jumped back, holding Akatsuki in his mouth, and Ciel also dodged them. However, the tentacles changed their trajectory mid-air and continued to chase Night and the others. Piiiiiiiiiiiiii! In response to the tentacles, Ciel plunged into the tentacles, his entire body covered in blue flames. Then, burning off the tentacles one by one, he charged at the main body of the humanoid creature. sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. But Piii!? The humanoid creature caught Ciels powerful blow with its machine-like arms. . Piiiiiiiii! The creature swung its arm carelessly, and Ciel was blown away. Then Night, who had placed Akatsuki in a safe zone, immediately caught Ciel and landed with him. Piii Woof! As if to comfort the depressed Ciel, Night attacked the monster this time. At that moment, the tentacles poured down like rain again. Grrrrrrrr woof, woof! However, while brilliantly dodging these attacks, Night dived into the monsters chest and slashed at its torso with his sharp claws. Kiiiiiiiiiiiiaaaaaaaaaa! Woof! P-piiii Suddenly, the monster let out a deafening scream. The face was flat, but at that moment, the area around the mouth seemed to be torn open, and what looked like a mouth appeared from inside. The green light that had been absorbed by Nights body shimmered and rose from his body. Ciel and Akatsuki were surprised by the sudden change, but it was Night himself who was most astonished. Wo-woof? Night had awakened during the battle with the Dragonia aliens, but this was the first time he recognized this state of being. He had heard about the giant transformation, but he had no memory of it, so he was skeptical about it. Anyway, after awakening in this way, Night grew enormously, overpowering even the monster in front of him. Ki-kiiiiiiii. The monster was also overwhelmed by the huge Night that suddenly appeared. At the same time, however, it turned its attention to the green light emanating from Nights body and attacked with even more ferocity than before. Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! A continuous attack with all of its tentacles and both arms and legs. All of them smashed into Nights body. But Woof. The green light acted like a shield, preventing all of these attacks. As a result, there was not a single scratch on Nights body. Aaaaaaaaaaaah! The monster was still angry and continued to attack, but the result remained the same. And then. Woooooof! ! As Night howled, a tremendous shock wave swept through the entire mysterious world. The creature that was hit by the shockwave at close range was instantly blown away, and its body was unable to withstand the force and was shredded into pieces. Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! The monster screamed. However, no matter how much it screamed, Nights howl did not stop, and more importantly, the monster was unable to recover, and just like the other monsters, it crumbled and disappeared like sand. After defeating the monster that suddenly appeared, Nights body glowed again, and he returned to his original size. Woof? In the end, Night could not understand why he suddenly grew to a giant size, but he breathed a sigh of relief that he had defeated the monster. Pipi! Woof? In response to Ciels voice, a mysterious piece that he had seen before appeared from where the creature had just disappeared. However, the piece was larger than any they had seen before, and Night and the others were overwhelmed. Woof. Fugu? Pii. Without knowing what this piece was, they watched it for a moment, and then it broke into three pieces and was absorbed by Night and the others, just as it had been before. The next moment. Woof! Unlike before the memories of the defeated monster began to flow into Night and the others brains. Table of Content Chapter 286 - Book 3: Part 3 Book 15: Chapter 3: Part 3 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 3 Around the time Yuuya met Shu. Something unusual happened to the body of the woman who was in the coffin. Ah The woman groaned in agony with sweat on her forehead. This voice was noticed by Lexia, who had come to check on the woman. Hmm? H-hey, Luna! Whats wrong? She looks like shes in a lot of pain! What? Luna checked her immediately and put her hand on the womans forehead. She has a terrible fever The woman had a fever, and her temperature had risen considerably. After hearing Lunas words, Lexia involuntarily panicked. Oh, no! W-what shall we do? Calm down. But healing magic doesnt work on sick people If this were an injury, it could be treated with healing magic. However, the only way to treat an illness was with medicine. However, the woman was currently unconscious and could not be given the medicine. Still, they could not just leave her like that, and as they thought about what to do, Lexia had an idea. T-Thats right! Lets ask Ouma-sama to take her somewhere cold! Are you an idiot? Why? She has such a fever she needs to be cooled down! Thats true, but somethings wrong! Then what do you want me to do? Thats In her haste, Lexia had said something outrageous, but she didnt realize it. Then Yuti came in. She was holding a bucket of water and a towel. Bring. I brought wet towels. Lexia and Luna were stunned. Lexia immediately opens her mouth in admiration. Well done, Yuti. In fact, why cant you think of something so simple? Hey! Even Luna didnt think of this! The two started to argue again. By the way, Lexia was not the type to catch a cold very often, and Luna had been doing her job regardless of her health, so both of them had almost no experience in taking care of sick people. In response, Yuti placed a towel on the struggling womans forehead, even though the two of them were arguing. Yuti herself had received care from Archer every time she fell ill, so she was able to take care of her in this way. Ouma, who had come to see how the three of them were doing, muttered in dismay. Good grief, what are you going to do? Then he gently poured cold air into the room with magic and left. Mmm Huh? Oh, Lu-Luna! W-wasnt there a voice just now! Lexia, who quickly sensed the presence of an awakening woman, called to Luna. Then the next moment. Ah! L-look! Shes awake! I know, so dont make a fuss! The woman opened her eyes softly. Lexia called the woman. Are you okay? Can you hear my voice? .. It was scary to look at her, but for now, Luna concentrated on cooking her own food. Knives and pans flew at her as if she had forgotten them, but each time, Luna threw out her strings and saved the wall from further damage. Thank you, Luna! Its disturbing to see frying pans flying through the air. I know. Luna had no more time to complain to Lexia. While Lunas cooking went well, Lexias dish was ready one step ahead of hers. Its done! Lexias dish, just like the previous one, looked very tasty. But the actual taste could not be determined without tasting it. Lunas cooking was almost finished. Its ready, too. But yours is Lets feed her right away! H-hey! And before Luna could stop her, Lexia grabbed her own food and went straight to the woman. I brought it! Worried. Is it okay? As Yuti looked at Lexia with an unusually worried expression on her face, Lexia proudly held out her chest. Im fine, of course! If she eats my cooking, she will recover in no time! Negative. Im not worried about that Although she worries about the women, Yutis biggest concern was how Lexias cooking would turn out. But despite Yutis concerns, Lexia spooned up the finished stew-like dish and gently tried to feed it to the woman. Here you go! .. The womans nose moved slightly, and the frail woman reflexively took a mouthful of Lexias dish. Then. !? Tremble, tremble H-hey, whats wrong with her? Bulls eye. I knew it Then the woman started foaming at the mouth and widened her eyes. Just as Yuti had feared, Lexias cooking was terrible. The woman was foaming at the mouth because she had tasted such a dish. Sear?h the n??el Fire.n§×t website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. However, Lexia, who did not think her cooking was the cause in the least, held out a spoon to feed the woman more food. I knew you were hungry and sick! Then eat more! The woman still had a blank expression on her face, but her body was already rejecting the food, and she shivered slightly, breaking into a cold sweat. Just then, Luna came over as well. Hey, you idiot, stop it! Idiot, you say! Whats the matter? Luna quickly gave the woman a drink of water she had brought with her, ignoring Lexias anger at being called an idiot. At that moment, even though the woman had not yet woken up, she swallowed the water as if she was going to devour it. Seeing her like that, Luna took a deep breath. Thank goodness she seems to have survived What do you mean? You dont need to know. More importantly, try this. This time, Luna took a spoonful of the food she had prepared and held it out to the woman, who put her mouth to the spoon with a blank expression on her face. Seeing this, Lexia was surprised. Huh? Has she recovered enough to eat by herself? I knew my cooking was Thats not true, dont worry. Why not? The woman continued to eat while the two of them exchanged their usual banter. And eventually, a light came into the womans eyes. Ugh ah I-Im And so the woman finally regained consciousness. Table of Content Chapter 287 - Book 4: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 4: Part 1 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 1 When Kaori rejected Joshuas proposal, he immediately instructed James to gather information about Yuuya. Well, did you look into it? Yes this is it. And as soon as he received the collected documents, he began to look through them. However, as he read through the documents, Joshuas face became stern. What is this? Are you kidding me? What was written there was indeed information about Yuuya. And it was all about Yuuya that is, from when he was bullied before he entered Ousei Academy to the present information. No matter how you look at it, they are two different people. Why is the information about two different people compiled together? S§×arch* The N?vel(F)ire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. N-no, I mean, uh that these two people are really the same person Huh? No matter how many times he looked at them, Joshua could not believe that they were the same person. Dont be ridiculous. Theres no way total plastic surgery would change that much. According to the specialist, there were no signs of plastic surgery on this Yuuya guy. Thats even stranger! If he had changed so much and it wasnt plastic surgery, what on earth could have happened to him? But that wasnt the only unbelievable thing. And what? Whats with all these ball games and sports festivals? Even though Japan is a great animation country, there is no way that such a ridiculous story could have happened in reality! Yes, the documents contained detailed descriptions of Yuuyas performances in ball games and sports festivals. As one would expect, the feats were not something a human could do. Pierce a table with a ping-pong ball? Blow up the court with a volleyball spike? If youre going to lie, at least lie better than this! .. James was so offended, but he himself thought that Joshuas reaction was inevitable. However, no matter how much Joshua made a fuss, all this information was true. It was just that James and Joshua, who had not seen the situation firsthand, could not believe it. Joshua bit his nails as he threw down the compiled documents. Damn it my Kaori is in love with this incomprehensible man? She doesnt belong to Joshua-sama Shut up! But I know something from this information. What is it? James asked and Joshua replied in a dismissive tone. It means that Yuuya here is the biggest liar of the century! B-but, sir, this information is accurate How is that possible? I dont know how he did it, but this Yuuya guy is convincing Kaori of some bullshit information! Maybe he has some special power, like hypnosis. Thats In all likelihood, what Joshua said was messed up, but just as messed up was Yuuyas information. Therefore, even for James, it was hard to find the words to deny it. But if that turns out to be the case, then more and more, I cant leave Kaori in this place and if this continues, shell be at the mercy of that swindler named Yuuya or something like that. But Kaori-sama didnt seem to have any intention of leaving this place U-umu Joshua is disturbed by James words. But in the next moment, he has an idea. Thats right! Just send her to an exchange program. Exchange program? Yes. It would be difficult to bring Kaori to our country now. If I were to take her as my wife, she would have to live in my country for the rest of her life, not just temporarily. But if this is an exchange program, we can invite her to our country temporarily, cant we? That depends on whether or not the other party accepts the invitation. Of course, she would accept. She has already refused my marriage proposal. So she would not turn down my offer of an exchange student program. Besides, the proposal is not marriage, but a real study abroad program. Its a win-win situation for her. Indeed James nodded at Joshuas words. But is it right? Its a study abroad program, and shell be returning to this country in due course It doesnt matter. The important thing is to get her away from that swindler named Yuuya and to get Kaori to open her eyes. When Kaori wakes up, she will accept my love. Will it go that well? Joshua smiled triumphantly at James, who looked a bit worried. What? No need to worry. If it werent for that swindler, Kaori would soon recognize my charms. Sigh And so, unbeknownst to Kaori, a new story was about to unfold. However, what made him different from Night and the others was the fact that his world had already been destroyed. The stars core had gone out of control, and the world must have been destroyed Is this the afterlife? The man doubted that it was an afterlife, but he soon changed his mind when he saw the creature that appeared. Kishaaaaah! W-what is that monster? Suddenly, a deformed creature not much taller than the man appeared. Although humanoid, its face was like that of a beast, and it had sharp fangs and claws. The creature attacked without mercy, biting the mans shoulder. Guaaahhh! L-let me go! The man immediately gathered magic power in his hands and managed to pull it off by hurling it at the creature. Then, in order to kill the monster immediately, he gathered magic power in his hand again and continued to hit the monster until it stopped moving. Aaaaaaah! Gaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! The monster screamed in despair, but eventually ran out of power and disappeared like sand. Then, a mysterious part appeared from the monsters body. Hah hah W-what is it? Alarmed by the situation, the shard turns into a green light and is absorbed into the mans body before he has time to react. Then. W-whats Guaaaahhhh! All sorts of information flooded into the mans brain. About this mysterious world and the creatures that roamed it, the information the man needed was flowing in. Not only that, the man felt pain as if his whole body was being rebuilt. When the pain finally subsided, the mans arm was transformed into a deformed form that did not seem human. Seeing such an arm, the man raised a dry voice. Ha-hahahaha T-This is what a discarded beast looks like According to the mans knowledge, this place was a world where the remnants of various possibilities that might have existed in the Abandoned World Line were lying around. And the creatures that wander in such a world are the Discarded Beasts, and the man was also transformed into one of them. The only purpose for such a discarded beast to wander in this world is one thing. By defeating other discarded beasts and collecting the fragments of the world, he could sublimate his body into the world and obtain the world of transmigration. Since he came from an abandoned world with no future, he can see the future again by transforming himself into the world again. Those who had thus attained the world of transmigration are established as one world, and they could escape from the world in which this world lineage had been discarded. Therefore, in order to escape from that world, the discarded beasts that wandered around that land continued to hunt the same discarded beasts and collect fragments of the world. Therefore, the man who has realized the rules of this world continues to hunt the discarded beasts in order to escape from this world. But the more he hunted, the more he lost his mind and form as a human being. In the end, he could not even remember why he was hunting the discarded beast, and even the thought of escaping this world did not enter his mind. However, because Night and the others were originally powerful, unlike the man, they did not lose their rationality even though they continued to hunt the discarded beasts. At that time, the man met and fought with Night and the others, and as a resulthe was defeated. And the power, knowledge, and memories that he had accumulated over the years flowed directly into Night and the others. Woof Fugo. Pii After reliving the mans memories, Night and the others learned about this world, and at the same time, they were saddened by the mans end. However, the man was freed from the chain of hell when he was defeated by Night and the others. Night also understood why he was able to become such a huge being. When Night absorbed fragments of the world and constructed the world, he unconsciously constructed the world of Night. This allowed Night to use the divine power of the Night God Wolf regardless of time or place. As he was reliving all of the human memories, he also finished absorbing the fragments. At that time, a green light overflowed from the bodies of Night and the others. Woof! Fugo! Pipii! Night and the others were startled by the suddenness of it, but they soon realized what was happening. It was the acquisition of the transmigration world. The green light that overflowed from Nights and the others bodies gathered in one place, eventually forming a whirlpool. Seeing this, Night and the others were convinced. If they could break through this vortex, they would be able to return to their original world Woof! Buhi! Pii! Night and the others looked at each other and jumped into the vortex with great force. Thus, Night and the others finally managed to escape from the mysterious world. Chapter 288 - Book 4: Part 2 Book 15: Chapter 4: Part 2 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 2 Haaaaaaaaaaaaaahhh! When Iris-san unleashed a Divine Authority-covered slash, the swarming god soldiers instantly disappeared. However, new god soldiers were immediately spawned and rushed in as they were. That is useless. You could have dealt with Whips and Tone, but you are dealing with a true god. Be swallowed by my infinite power. Heavenly Whip! Hmm? I took out my Heavenly Whip from my Item Box and gave it a big swing. The tail of the Heavenly Whip branched out and wrapped around the approaching god soldiers. Then it crushed and broke the bodies of all the god soldiers. Is that weapon Conceptual Armament? Omni-Sword! Even though the Heavenly Whip defeated all the god soldiers for a moment, new god soldiers were summoned in the next instant. However, I did not miss the gap of a few moments, I closed the distance with Shu and then went straight to slash with the Omni-Sword. Of course, it is in a state strengthened by Divine Authority and the Power of Existence. But Hmph. Wha? Surprisingly, Shu caught the Omni-Sword with the katana in his hand. No way Something that cant be cut with the Omni-Sword! While I stared in disbelief at the situation in front of me, Shu continued quietly. That weapon, it certainly seems to have the concept of cutting through everything, but in the presence of God, it would be an easy task to cancel that concept. Kuh! I wont let you go. The moment I tried to distance myself, Shu approached me at a blinding speed and swung his sword. I quickly unleashed all of my powers, including my Magic Armor, Spiritual Energy, and Holy Evil Creation, to intercept Shus sword. Kuh! sea??h th§× nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Oh? You Not only can you use Divine Authority, but you can also use strange powers. No wonder the interference of Divine Power doesnt work. Haaaaah! Hmph. I managed to push Shu back and slash at him, but Shu made a momentary shift and stood behind me. Hmph. Kuh! I immediately prepared my Omni-Sword to block Shus follow-up attack, but I was blown away. I dont understand. With so much power, why cant you understand my ideals Your ideals are nothing but the ego of the strong. Even the weak have the right to feel and think about something! I slashed at him again, and Shu made a momentary change and moved to my back again. The rights of the weak? What the hell is the right of the weak? When I managed to block Shus attack, he looked directly at me. In this rotten world, the weak can do nothing. That is why the righteous and strong must guide and protect the weak! Kuh! But there are too many corrupt authorities in the world today. What is wrong with purging them and creating a world where the righteous strong like us are the ideal for the weak in the true sense of the word? Gahaahh! Master! Shu hit me with a sharp kick to the stomach. Even though I was blown away, I managed to adjust my stance and hold on. Hah hah! Whats wrong? Is something wrong? Shu said, not doubting his own absoluteness. But How can you say that you are right? What? A world without sadness and anger would be very attractive. But you dont get that by stopping to think. .. What youre trying to do is take away peoples right to think and just impose it one way or another. I dont think thats right. Even though it was painful, my feelings were mine. To have them unilaterally taken away, let alone declared unwanted, was very unacceptable. Was it really possible to be happy if you were deprived of your feelings of anger and sadness and just be happy? I looked directly at Shu, and when I told him this, he let out a sigh. Hah no matter how far I go, you still cant seem to understand what Im thinking. Yeah. Then thats fine. I will defeat you and prove myself right. I will stop you and make you realize that you are wrong! When I regained my grip on the Omni-Sword, Shu used his Divine Power and disappeared before my eyes once again. Hmph! Hah! ! Then Shu moved to my blind spot and delivered a sharp blow. But I anticipated it and blocked it. Then Shu moved again and again, attacking again and again from each blind spot. Deadly Katana Game. ! Slashes came from all directions. Iris was about to turn her attention to Yuuya, but there was no time to look away. If she showed the slightest sign of weakness, the god soldiers would attack her mercilessly. Therefore, Iris and the others had no choice but to just keep on defeating the god soldiers. As the endless battle continued, only Stella saw something different from Iris and Meiko. Nya~ Stellas eyes narrowed as she defeated the god soldiers. Her eyes were dimly lit by something Iris and Meiko could not see, something like a thread. She followed the thread and noticed that it was coming from Shus body. Nya! Stella immediately cut off the thread with her Power of Existence. However, the defeated god soldier returned to Shus body when it turned into a particle of light that was invisible to the ordinary eye, just like the thread in Stellas eyes. When that light entered Shus body, the god soldier who was supposed to be defeated reappeared. In other words, the thread in Stellas eyes was none other than Divine Power. Nya, nya! The light was so powerful that it was thought to be Divine Power, but it only dissipated and returned to Shus body, where it was recovered and another god soldier was created. Fuuuuuuu Stella, frustrated by this, unleashed the Power of Existence she had been suppressing. At that moment, the world began to shake and space began to creak. W-what? S-Stella-sama? Iris and Meiko were stunned by the sudden situation. The next moment, Stella hissed. Hushaaaaaaaaaaa! Her hiss was so powerful that it wiped out all the god soldiers that had gathered in the area. N-no way what in the world is Stella-chan? The sheer power made Iris wonder about Stellas true identity. Moreover, Shu also sensed that all the god soldiers were destroyed by a single attack, and his eyes widened. Nonsense what happened! However, the destruction did not stop the resummoning of the god soldiers, and a large number of god soldiers were produced once again. Nya~! Please give me a break! Nya? While Stella was expressing her dissatisfaction at this sight, a voice unexpectedly entered Stellas mind. This voice was exactly the voice of the other world, where Yuuya and the others now spend their time from Argena. Stella, too, had heard the voice before in between worlds, so she immediately understood who the voice belonged to. Then, Argena continued in a tired manner. I wont be able to handle it if you really get out of control. Nya~ But thats not it. Originally, you are not the kind of existence that I can accept. But because you suppressed your power and fit into the vessel called Yuuya, and because I tried my best to accept you, you are able to live in this world like this, you know? Nyah. Argena continued as if she were having a conversation with Stella. Indeed, I understand that in this world right now, an existence calling itself gods has appeared and you and Yuuya are fighting against them. I am the one who originally gave them the title of Holy, but because of the Divine Power, I cannot take away the power of the Holy. Once I even asked for a dialogue, but they would not listen to me. So now I am of no use to you. However, if you take this seriously, my vessel will be broken even before the gods are involved. Nya Perhaps because Stella herself understood this, her shoulders slumped a bit at Argenas words. Above all, there was nothing Argena could do about it anymore, even if it was happening in Argena. The Divine Power that Shu and the others had received was that powerful. Therefore, although she had watched quietly, she had to stop Stellas actions, so she approached her like this. Stella quickly regained her composure and continued. Nya, nya nya? Dealing with the infinite number of god soldiers that appear? Thats what youre good at, right? Nya? When Stella tilted her head at the unexpected words, Argena replied. Its simple. You can use your Power of Existence to swallow the Divine Power of the god soldier. Nya, nya! I didnt know there was a way to do that! Stella rolled her eyes as if to say that. In response to Stella, Argena continued. It is not only impossible for me, but also for that Sword Saint and Meiko there, but I think it is possible for you. Nya! Argena smiled bitterly at Stella, who nodded confidently. In any case, please do it in moderation, wont you? Argenas voice faded away. Then Iris, who had noticed that Stella had stopped moving, called out to her. Hey, Stella-chan? Are you okay? Nya. Stella replied by raising her hand to Iris and attacking the god soldier once again. Fushaaaaaaaah! Stella once again ran in all directions, destroying the god soldier. However, there was one difference from before. Nyah. When the defeated god soldier returned to the state of Divine Power, Stella ate the Divine Power. This would make it impossible to recover the Divine Power, which had been impossible to prevent until now. In addition, Stellas body, which ate the Divine Power, began to glow bit by bit. Nya, nya~ In this way, Stella defeated the god soldiers one by one and took the Divine Power from them. Table of Content Chapter 289 - Book 5: Part 1 Book 15: Chapter 5: Part 1 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 1 Around the time Yuuya won the fierce battle. At Ousei Academy, Joshua was on his way to the chairmans office. When he arrived at the chairmans office, he knocked on the door. Come in. Excuse me! What? Jo-Joshua-sama! The chairman, Tsukasa, who had not expected Joshua to come in, opened his eyes wide. W-what on earth can I do for you? Could it be? Is it about the marriage? Thats one thing. But Kaori rejected me Joshua said. Tsukasa answered while looking at him. Y-yes. Kaori has her own feelings, but even if I, as a parent, think that Kaori is not ready for marriage yet Hmph Well, thats okay. Ive convinced myself of that for now. T-Then, is there anything else When Tsukasa asks this, Joshua raises his eyebrows. Would you consider sending Kaori on an exchange program? ! The unexpected suggestion took Tsukasa by surprise. Then, as if to press him, Joshua continued. As you know, there are excellent schools in our country. I would like to welcome Kaori there. What do you think? Wouldnt that be a good idea for Kaori? Thats Kaoris sister and her mother are in our country as well. I think it would be a good idea for Kaori. Of course, you dont have to worry about the costs. I will take care of everything. .. Tsukasa could not find the words to refuse Joshuas suggestion. In fact, studying abroad would be a good experience for Kaori, and the destination was one of the most prestigious schools in the world. S§×arch* The ¦ÇovelFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. It was not a school where you could just study abroad because you wanted to. Joshua also invited Kaori to such a school. Normally, he would have accepted the invitation with open arms, but since Joshua has asked Kaori to marry him, Tsukasa sensed the underlying motive behind it. Nevertheless, he could not simply refuse. Joshua was only proposing that she study abroad, and if there was an environment where she could receive a higher level of education due to the nature of the school, she should connect with that environment. Joshuas face contorted. Most importantly we need to wake Kaori up as soon as possible. Huh? W-what are you talking about? When Tsukasa asked this, Joshuas eyes went up sharply. Im talking about that swindler named Yuuya! Yu-Yuuya-kun? And you mean swindler Joshua continued to look dumbfounded at Tsukasas growing confusion. Is Tsukasa being deceived as well! That incomprehensible person is nothing but a swindler! No, thats not true Hes a very good boy. What? From Tsukasas point of view, Yuuya was a serious and sincere boy, even if he was a bit shy. But for Joshua, it was different. This is more serious than I expected I have to hurry and wake up Kaori! Seeing that Tsukasa seriously believed that Yuuya was a good boy, Joshua felt even more strongly that it was bad that he had to get Kaori out of this school. Anyway, you will allow Kaori to study abroad, right? Thats Even if he wanted to refuse, Joshuas proposal of marriage had already been turned down, and he couldnt refuse a mere offer to study abroad on top of that. Nevertheless, Tsukasa, who was worried about Kaori, did not want to send her away. Tsukasa thought about what to do, but then he thought of something. In that case, Joshua-sama. I have a favor to ask of you. What is it? First of all, is Kaoris study abroad confirmed? Of course. Im suggesting this because of Kaori. I have no intention of sending anyone else to study abroad. I understand. But is it possible to send one more person to study abroad? What? Since this is an opportunity for a student to study at your prestigious school, I was wondering if you would be willing to send one of our students to study there in addition to my daughter Anyway It seems like you did a great job again. Ahaha Somehow. More importantly, how are Night and the others? Unfortunately, they havent returned yet. I see Im worried, but there was nothing I could do about it now. However, if the worst comes to the worst, Ill touch the mask and help them as well. Then, Lexia-san raised her voice as if she had just remembered. Oh, yes! Yuuya-sama, that girl has woken up! Eh? Surprised by these unexpected words, I was led away by Lexia-san and Luna. There, I found a woman who had been unconscious before I went to the other world in an awakened state. Kuuya-san, who was observing the womans condition, noticed me. Hmm? You returned safely, huh? Ah, yes. Well, that person over there I havent heard all the details yet, but is it okay? Yes. The woman nodded softly and turned her attention to us. First of all, thank you for your help. N-no well, its not that we helped you, its more that you just showed up out of the blue We didnt do anything, so it was very strange to be told that we helped her. Sorry for the late introduction; my name is Saara. When Saara-san introduced herself, we introduced ourselves. Then, with a somewhat gloomy expression on her face, she continued. I am the one who led Moatra. Moatra? I tilted my head at the unfamiliar word and involuntarily looked at Kuuya-san and Ouma-san. But they both shook their heads as if they didnt know. Could it be someone from another world other than Argena-san? Im sorry I dont know what that Moatra is Is that so? Upon hearing my words, Saara-san looked extremely sad. .After all, Moatra was destroyed, wasnt it? .. Why were you in the coffin? Lexia-san asked, and Saara-san laughed sadly. That was created by the people of Moatra and Earth to let me escape. Huh? I was curious about the escape part, but Saara-san had actually said the Earth. In other words, the Moatra that Saara-san was talking about must have existed on Earth. From there, Saara-san told us what happened to her. The content of what she said was not something that I, who live on the same Earth, could believe. G-God existed in this world too? Considering the way you speak, have you never seen God? Yes, thats right. Ive never seen Him in this world Its a strange feeling for me since I just fought with Shu, who became a god in another world, but Ive never seen a god on Earth. Of course, the concept of God existed in religions and ideas, but it was unlikely that anyone had ever seen it. If Yuuya doesnt know, then maybe this god is gone? When Luna mentioned this, Saara-san shook her head. There is no one on this planet who can destroy them except me. So instead of being gone, they are somewhere That was the moment she wanted to say that much. At that moment, Saara-san turned her eyes in a certain direction as if she had been hit by a bullet. This presence as expected! Um, what in the world It seems you have a visitor. Eh? When Ouma-san opened his one eye and told me this, I felt the presence of something coming towards my house. The presence was like the same Divine Power that Shu and the others had created. Table of Content Chapter 290 - Book 15: Epilogue Book 15: Epilogue Well, this will be the end of volume 15, I hope you enjoy it, and see you at the next volume~ TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by Patreon. S~ea??h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. Here''s the epilogue. Enjoy~ Epilogue ©¤©¤This is a story of the future. The area around it was a burned-out field; buildings were crumbling, and there were human corpses and pieces of machinery lying around. ©¤©¤Clank, clank, clank. The sound of machines echoed through this war-torn area. The ones making this sound were mechanical knights who looked like robots. These mechanical knights were marching in a line. What were these mechanical knights marching against? It was©¤©¤. "©¤©¤Damn it. They''re not getting any fewer...!" A young man swore as he saw the mechanical knights approaching, hiding in the shadows. Yes, they were the humans fighting the mechanical knights. This young man was wearing a suit that made him look somewhat futuristic. Then, the young man''s companion, a girl, opened her mouth. "Stop it. Even if you complain here, their numbers won''t decrease." "I know. In any case, if we don''t deal with some of them here, we''ll have a hard time again anyway." The young man said this, but his expression was somber. The reason was that while the young man and his partner were only two people, the other side''s fully armed mechanical knights numbered nearly a hundred. It would be a ruthless battle no matter how you looked at it. But... "...That''s true. But we must do it for our own survival." The young man and his partner had to reduce the number of mechanical knights here in order to survive. The young man sighed at the girl''s words. "Huh... We really have created a troublesome existence here, haven''t we?" "Yes, that''s true. But it is a punishment for the greed of mankind." "....." The young man could only remain silent at the girl''s words. "The girl is right, for it is undeniably their own fault, mankind''s own fault, that mankind is now in the predicament it is in. "But that doesn''t mean I''m giving up." "Of course not. I don''t want to die either." "...That''s right. Then... it''s time to get to work!" "Yes!" The two looked at each other and nodded, then began to act. The moment the mechanical knight approached the predetermined point, they launched a surprise attack. "Take this!" The girl held out her hands, and flames of tremendous heat poured down on the mechanical knight. A few moments later, the knight thrust out his shield. However, when the girl''s flames collided with the shield, they burned through the shield and swallowed the mechanical knight. As soon as the mechanical knights'' attention was drawn to the girl by the surprise attack, the girl screamed, "Now!" "©¤©¤Uooooooooooooooooo!" At the girl''s signal, the young man attacked the mechanical knights. In the young man''s hand was a sword wrapped tightly in cloth. The sword did not look like it could function as a sword at all. However, as the young man swung the sword, countless shining swords appeared behind him and rained down on the mechanical knights, following the sword''s trajectory. While many of the mechanical knights fell to the ground from this attack, the girl smiled. "As expected, your Sword Light of the Sword Saint is amazing." "If you say so, so is your Hellfire Player." After praising each other''s "abilities," they quickly pulled themselves together to fight the remaining mechanical knights. After winning the fierce battle, the two returned to their hideout feeling dizzy. Then, a woman in a technical position waiting at the hideout called out to the young man. "Ah, you''re back! We''ve been waiting for you!" "Huh?" The young man was surprised by the unexpected words. Then the woman smiled. "Finally©¤©¤we were able to build a device that will take you to your great-grandfather." "What?" "Really?" The young man and his partner were surprised by the woman''s words. "It is true. But... I am still skeptical that we can really get out of this situation by bringing your great-grandfather here." "....." As the woman said, the young man was also very skeptical that simply relying on his own great-grandfather would improve this situation. But what he found in the young man''s house before the invasion of the mechanical knights intensified was his sword wrapped in cloth, and the person who used it was the young man''s great-grandfather. And when those who had awakened to the "ability" of predicting the future investigated the means of escaping this situation, they were shown to bring the young man''s great-grandfather to them. The moment the power was applied to her hand to pull out the old maid, Reimei was convinced that she had won. "That''s naive, isn''t it?" But the next moment... Ikkaku changed his target before drawing the whole card, and he drew the... winning card. "Wha..." Reimei, who was sure to win, was speechless. Then Ikkaku discarded his cards and... stood up. "I won, Reimei-sama." "No way!" Reimei held her head. But the result was cruel, and Reimei''s loss was not reversed. Immediately, Reimei gathered the cards and clung to Ikkaku. "One more time! One more time!" "No. There''s no end to it." "Do something!" No matter how much she screamed, Ikkaku''s attitude remained the same. Then... "U-um..." "Nikkaku! You think Ikkaku should play with me, don''t you?" "N-no, I don''t think so..." "W-why..." The other subordinate, Nikkaku, rejected Reimei as well. "W-we have a guest." "Huh? A guest?" "It''s Kuuya-sama." When Reimei heard that Kuuya-sama wanted to visit Yuuya, she immediately gave her permission. "Ikkaku, bring Yuuya and the others to me right away." "Very well." A few moments later, Ikkaku brought Yuuya and Meiko. Reimei''s eyes widened when she saw the power Yuuya was holding. "This power is..." "©¤©¤Reimei-sama! I apologize for the delay in thanking you. Thank you again for the other day." When Reimei was surprised by Yuuya''s power, Yuuya bowed his head. "It''s okay, it''s okay. If left unchecked, it would have affected the underworld as well. Anyway, I''m glad that everything ended well." After saying that, she turned her attention to Meiko this time. "I''m glad to see that you''re okay too, Meiko." "Thank you very much! Thanks to Master and all of you, I''m having a great time!" "Umu. By the way... Yuuya. You''ve gained some power again, haven''t you?" "I-is that so?" "Yes, you have. You have the power of existence, but have you also acquired the star power?" "Star power?" When Yuuya was surprised by the name of a power he could not remember, Reimei was surprised as well. "What? You don''t know? I can feel a faint star power..." "Um... What kind of power is that?" "Well... as the name implies, it is the power of the star... In your case, is it the power of the Earth? I thought it had disappeared..." The moment Reimei said this, Yuuya looked at Meiko. "Um... the truth is, besides thanking you, I wanted to ask you something else, Reimei-sama." "Hmm? What is it?" When Reimei asked him about it, Yuuya immediately told her about an event that had happened on Earth. He was talking about the god soldier who had attacked them, in addition to the Saara who had appeared from the coffin. "I think the ''star power'' Reimei-sama is talking about is probably the power of this Saara-san..." "I see..." After listening to the story, Reimei showed a grim expression. And then... "Yuuya. You seem to have gotten yourself into trouble again. I never thought that you would have to deal with an ancient god..." "W-what do you mean...?" Reimei replied to the confused Yuuya. "Your opponent is the god who once ruled the earth." ©¤©¤Yuuya finally solved the case of the other world, but... now it seems that he might get involved in the problems of Earth©¤©¤. *** "!" Suddenly, particles of light rained down on a deserted alley. The particles gradually formed the shape of a person, and soon, a young man stood there. "This is... the age of our ancestors..." This was not the war-torn world the young man knew, but a world where he could feel peaceful human life. The young man was stunned for a while, but eventually, he came to his senses and braced himself. "I can''t stay like this. I must find my ancestor as soon as possible...!" And so, a new trouble secretly loomed over Yuuya. Chapter 291 - Book 15: Afterword Book 15: Afterword And here''s the afterword~ Afterword Thank you for purchasing this book. S~ea??h the n?velFire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. I am the author, Miku. Well, this time, we have the battle with Shu, the great adventure of Night and the others. Also, I think it was a very busy volume... with the appearance of Saara and the arrival of mysterious people on Earth. I hope that we can look forward to the release of more information in the future. I would also like to thank all the readers of this work. Thank you very much. See you soon. Table of Content Chapter 292 - Book 16: Prologue Book 16: Prologue TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Prologue "Your opponent is the god who once ruled the Earth." "Huh?" I... Tenjou Yuuya, opened my eyes wide at Reimei-sama''s words. "Rei-Reimei-sama, do you know about this god?" According to Saara-san, there was a god on Earth in the past, but... "Well, I don''t know much about it, but I do know that they were beings that were destroyed by humanity." "By humanity?!" I was surprised by the unexpected words. "That''s right. You probably don''t know about it because it''s already part of history, but... a long time ago, God existed on Earth." "Saara-san said the same thing. "Umu. Besides, the circumstances of Earth''s birth are very different from what you learn." "Eh?!" "This world... that is, the universe and the earth, was suddenly born from nothing." "I-isn''t that what they call the Big Bang?" "Hmm... I guess you could say that, but you could also say it''s something else... It''s really hard to explain... For now, I can say that this world was created by mysterious forces, not by any scientific forces you know of." "Uh-huh..." "Well, just keep it in mind for now. Anyway, the Earth, which came out of nothing, has a will of its own, and it is this will that created and allowed the current life forms on Earth to flourish." "I see." "By the way, I was born the moment the Earth gave birth to life." "Eehh?!" I was taken aback by the incredible fact she told me so casually. "W-Why at that moment..." "Because the concepts of life and death were first born on Earth. I was naturally born as an existence that manages dead things." I knew that Reimei-sama was a powerful being, but I had no idea that she was so powerful. "Well, enough about me. Anyway, all the beings that live in this world were created by the will of the Earth. However, there were those who wanted to rule the Earth. Those were the gods who once ruled the Earth." "....." The scope of the story was too large...! "The ancient gods were born out of nothing, just like the Earth. Therefore, they are equal to the Earth. However, the gods tried to become the rulers of the Earth. The being that was created to oppose them was the girl named Saara that Yuuya was talking about." "I see..." "A long time ago, as the girl named Saara says, there was a continent called Moatra. But in the end, it rebelled against the gods and disappeared with them. And then the Earth took on its present form and things settled down." I could only remain silent as I listened to the story of the people of the continent of Moatra, which Saara-san had not told me about. Then Reimei-sama raised her eyebrows. "Well, from what Yuuya told me, it doesn''t look like it was destroyed. After all, the other party is a god, even if they are corrupt. Unless they have ''star power'' or ''divine power,'' they can''t destroy humanity. Wait a moment." Reimei-sama said this and then quietly closed her eyes, releasing her spiritual and mystical power. A short time later, Reimei-sama quietly opened her eyes. "Hmm. This is strange." "Huh?" "I just checked the situation on Earth. I could definitely confirm the presence of divine power. Those must be the divine soldiers that attacked Yuuya and the others. However, I can''t detect the presence of the gods themselves." "What... does that mean...?" Now that the divine soldiers have appeared, there must be a god who summoned them. However, as far as I could tell from what Reimei-sama said, there was no god-like presence. "I don''t know about that either. Maybe they hide their power well, or maybe there is some other factor at play... Anyway, even if the existence of a god cannot be confirmed, as long as the divine soldiers have appeared, there must be a reason. Don''t let your guard down." And so, after hearing from Reimei-sama, I returned to the real world. *** "©¤©¤I''m home." "Ah, Yuuya-sama! Welcome back!" Lexia-san greeted me when I returned from the underworld. "So, how was it?" "Well, I heard many stories. Anyway, how is Saara-san?" "Oh, that''s right! That girl has woken up!" Lexia-san led me to where Saara-san was, lying on her futon with her upper body raised. Luna, Yuti, Night, and the others were gathered around her. "Ah, Yuuya-san..." "Are you okay?" "...Yes. I''m sorry for showing you such an embarrassing sight just now." Saara-san bowed her head as she said that. So, I decided to tell Saara-san about the story I had heard earlier in the underworld. "Please don''t worry about it. More importantly, I heard your story." "Eh? H-how did you..." ...If you ask me how I did it... I went to the underworld... but there''s no way she''d understand that... Lexia-san puffed out her chest as she looked at me. "Of course, it''s because it''s Yuuya-sama!" That doesn''t explain anything! "I-I see." You''re convinced?! Maybe because Lexia-san was so confident, Saara-san was confused, but she also came to accept it. The super-popular model had been called in by the president of her talent agency, Star Productions. "Excuse me." "You came." When Miu entered the president''s office, she found the president there. "I heard that you wanted to talk to me..." "Yes. First of all, please take a look at this. Kurosawa." "Yes... here it is." Kurosawa handed Miu a piece of paper at the president''s request. "Um... a movie poster?" The poster Miu was handed was for a certain foreign movie. Miu was confused by being handed a movie poster out of the blue. "Um, what is this...?" "You don''t know this movie?" "I think it''s that movie that''s been in the news lately that''s in production, right? It''s being directed by a rather unconventional and famous movie director..." When Miu replied like that, the president grinned. "That''s right! The director whose movies always break the 10 billion yen box office mark is currently filming her latest movie!" "Huh...?" As a model, Miu was at a loss to understand why the president had brought up this topic and was simply stunned. Then Kurosawa spoke up. "As a matter of fact, the president has a personal relationship with this director, and one of our agency''s models has been chosen to appear in the movie." "I see." The director of the poster Miu was holding was known for his ability to guarantee box office success with his movies, so acting in a movie directed by him was a very important career move for actors. That''s why Miu was really surprised to hear that the president knew the movie director personally. Then the president spoke. "That''s why I invited you." "M-me?!" The president said to Miu, who looked up in confusion. "You©¤©¤you have to appear in this movie." "Eh?!" Miu was taken aback by the unexpected order. However, she quickly came to her senses and opened her mouth in panic. "W-wait a minute! Why me? I''m a model, and besides... I don''t even have any acting experience!" It was a reaction that could be considered natural, but the president didn''t seem to mind. "I know that. But I thought this would be a good opportunity for you to try your hand at acting." "Well... but there''s someone else in our agency who wants to appear in this movie..." Then Kurosawa spoke up. "Unfortunately, due to scheduling problems, there are no actresses available to participate." "That''s the situation. But even so, we can''t pass up the chance to appear in this genius''s work, can we? That''s why I asked you to participate." Sear?h the ¦Çov§×lFire .net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "....." Miu was lost for words. However, the president continued without flinching. "You have certainly had great success as a model. But I think it would be good for you to try something in the wider world. That''s why I think this offer won''t be a bad thing for you." "B-but acting..." "Don''t worry about that. I heard from the director that you don''t need any acting experience." "Eehh...?" Miu was confused by the offer. In fact, the fact that they were willing to hire someone with no acting experience made her feel that they must be a genius. Then, ignoring the confused Miu, the president continued. "So I''ll let the director know about you." "Eh, um, really me?!" "That''s right! So pack your things now!" "Right now? U-um, what about my other job?" As Miu was about to say this, the president simply told her. "All of them are canceled!" "Eehhh?!" "Don''t worry, I already told them!" "Still, you can''t just suddenly... By the way, where are they filming...?" "Overseas." "Overseas?!" Miu was surprised by the unexpected location of the filming. However, the president continued to speak in a matter-of-fact manner. "Of course! After all, the other party is a movie maker based overseas." "Well, that may be the case, but... if they''re coming to our agency, I thought for sure they were going to film in Japan!" "Of course not! If that were the case, it would have been all over the news by now. Anyway, you''d better get ready!" "Eehh..." Miu can''t keep up with the fast-moving story. However, the president immediately contacted the director, and Miu''s appearance in the movie was officially decided. Chapter 293 - Book 1: Part 1 Book 16: Chapter 1: Part 1 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by our Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 1 It was around that time that it was decided that Saara would live in Yuuya''s house. Prince Joshua, who had returned to his own country, was talking to his butler James. "Well... now that I can invite Kaori to my country. However, there is another person who will be coming to study abroad as well... but I suppose that''s not important." "Your Highness... that''s not right..." "I know. I won''t say it out loud, but my goal is still Kaori. I''ll make sure that I receive her in the best possible way and win her over, James." "I want to tell you something about that..." "Hmm?" James told Joshua with a stern look on his face. "Actually... we have received information that anti-royalist activities have increased in the last few days..." "What? At a time like this?!" In Joshua''s country, an anti-monarchy organization had continued its activities underground. However, they had not shown their true colors, and the police had been unable to make any arrests. "The exchange program is only for a month! What if they get in the way during that time...! Haven''t they caught them yet?!" "Unfortunately..." "Damn it... this is all the fault of those nobles! If they hadn''t been fooling around...!" In fact, many of those who advocated anti-monarchism were not criticizing Joshua and the other royals but rather the attitude of the nobles who used their powerful position to impose their will on others. As a result, however, they still turned their fangs against the royal system. Joshua spits out his anger. "Tch... you have to catch those bastards before Kaori gets here! That''s the top priority right now! Do you understand?" "...Understood." James, who had received his orders from Joshua, bowed his head in silence. *** "Hahh..." At school. Just after the end of homeroom. I couldn''t help but sigh. It had been a few days since Saara-san came to my house. At first, Saara-san was surprised by the different civilizations from the ones she knew, but she adapted more quickly than I expected. This was because, in Saara-san''s time, some aspects of civilization were more advanced than they were now. For example... "What''s that thing outside?" "Eh? Oh, it''s a car." sea??h th§× N?velFire(.)net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "A car... it''s probably something that carries people, but on the ground?" "Eh?" "On the ground, you''re limited to where you can go depending on the terrain. Why don''t you use the sky? There were similar things in our time, but everyone moved through the sky." "....." ...Like this, incredible episodes that seemed too unbelievable to be true from long ago begin to appear. Just listening to it felt similar to Merl. However, only a few technologies were superior, and most things were more advanced in modern civilization. So, while Saara-san was adapting to the modern world, she continued to receive treatment. But I''m sure Tsukasa-san and the others don''t know about that. "Well, the main reason is that Kaori will feel more comfortable with Yuuya-kun around, but you live with foreigners, including Yuti-san, right? That''s why I thought you would be more used to dealing with foreigners than the other kids." "Ah..." "Also, thanks to your recent activities, the school''s fame has increased greatly. That''s why I thought you would be the most suitable person to study abroad." I see, Kaori knows that Yuti and the others are from another world, but she explained to Tsukasa-san that they''re foreigners, right? Also, I''m just living a normal high school life, but it seems that my actions have made Ousei Academy more known to the public than before. I don''t know if that''s a good thing or a bad thing, but judging from the way Tsukasa-san reacted, it''s probably not a bad thing. More importantly... "I understand what you''re saying. But... are you sure it''s me you want?" To be honest, if I''m given the opportunity to study abroad, I''d like to go for the experience. I couldn''t think about the future right now, but this study abroad experience might be the catalyst for me to make a decision in the future. And even if something happened in Japan again, I could use the Transfer Magic and come back immediately. Kaori responded to my words with enthusiasm. "Yes! I really want to ask you, Yuuya-san!" "I agree. It''s comforting to know that Yuuya-kun will be with Kaori." When they said that, I couldn''t refuse. "I understand. I accept your offer." And so, in the blink of an eye, my decision to study abroad was made. *** When Yuuya left the principal''s office, Kaori took a deep breath. "Phew..." "I''m so glad that Yuuya-kun agreed to study abroad." "Yes." She thought he might refuse, but Yuuya agreed to study abroad. Because, although Tsukasa doesn''t know it, Kaori knows that Yuuya has gotten into various trouble because of his ability to travel between different worlds. "More importantly... are you sure it''s okay that we didn''t tell him about Joshua-sama?" "Well..." This study abroad program started when Joshua proposed to Kaori. For some reason, Joshua had made Yuuya, who was close to Kaori, his sworn enemy, and the study abroad proposal was made in the hope that it would wake Kaori up. Of course, if they had told Yuuya about this, he would probably have been able to help them solve the situation. But... "I don''t really want anyone to know..." "Hmm..." Kaori didn''t want Yuuya to know that Joshua was pressuring her to get married. "Besides, I don''t want to worry him too much." Seeing his daughter smiling like that, Tsukasa smiled gently. "Well, do what you want. The study abroad is only for a short month this time. If Kaori doesn''t change her mind, even if the other party is the crown prince, I will firmly refuse the marriage proposal, so don''t worry. Besides, you''ll be able to visit them when you go there, so it won''t be all bad." In fact, the country where Kaori was going to study was where her mother and younger sister, who she usually lived apart from, lived. "Yes!" Such a conversation took place without Yuuya''s knowledge. Table of Content Chapter 294 - Book 2: Part 1 Book 16: Chapter 2: Part 1 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Enjoy~ Part 1 While Yuuya was preparing to study abroad. In the country where he was going to study abroad, a certain organization had begun to move behind the scenes. "©¤©¤How are the preparations going?" It was a man who said that. This man was the leader of an anti-monarchy terrorist group. Such a man was surrounded by like-minded comrades, and a tense atmosphere hung in the air. "Everything is going smoothly. We''ve already procured the weapons." "We''ve also shared the route with everyone." "I see... So the chance to bring them to justice has finally come, has it?" The group leader looks deeply moved as he says this. ©¤©¤For a long time, these men have been waiting for an opportunity to rebel against the country. This was because, in this country, the gap between the upper class and the common people was much greater than in other countries with monarchies. And the people who gathered here were those who had suffered from this gap. "My family was killed in a traffic accident caused by them. Of course, under normal circumstances, they would have faced justice. But these people... the aristocrats. They covered up the fact that they were responsible and got away with it, living their lives as if nothing had happened! How can something like that be allowed to happen?" "There is no way that can be forgiven!" "Me too! Because of them, my girlfriend...!" The terrorists all shouted in response to the leader''s cry. Actually, the royal family of this country had done nothing wrong. However, the nobles among them were different. As a long-established family of noble lineage, they had infiltrated the heart of the country and wielded such powerful influence that even the royal family could not ignore them. To change this situation, the terrorists planned to start a revolution to create a truly equal society. However, the royal family''s security was always tight, and the terrorists were unable to move. But this time, they had an opportunity. "I''m sure you already have the information in your head, but in a few days, the First Prince will invite a certain foreign exchange student to a big party. That night we will make our move. Failure is not an option. If we miss this opportunity, the revolution will be even more difficult." Then, one of the members raised his hand. "What is it?" "Is this information really true? Could it be a trick to lure us out?" "Isn''t it strange that they would invite foreign students at this time of year?" As the others looked worried, the group leader spoke up. "Hmm... your concerns are valid. But I''ve investigated this matter thoroughly and I''m convinced. First of all, we''ve sent people to Japan to confirm that it is Japanese students who are coming here to study." "Oh!" "And as for how the student was selected to study abroad... it seems that the student''s background is related." "Huh?" "It seems that the First Prince has taken a liking to this Japanese student and is trying to win her over by inviting her to our country." "I see..." "I guess the First Prince really likes that student. It was a rather sudden story, so the information was poorly controlled. And a welcome party will be held at the palace to invite that student. As you all know, that is the place we will attack in this operation." When he finished speaking, the man looked around at the members. "We won''t get another chance like this. Listen up, we''re going to make this revolution a success no matter what!" "Ohh!" And so, without Yuuya''s knowledge, a plot began to unfold in another country. *** Time went by, and before I knew it, the day of my study abroad trip had arrived. I boarded the plane with Kaori, using the plane tickets Tsukasa-san had prepared for us, and we arrived safely at our destination. "Phew... It''s been a while since I''ve been on a plane, but it''s still tiring." "I guess so." Kaori had visited this country several times before, but she still didn''t seem to be used to flying. As we walked through the airport, collecting our checked luggage and other items... "©¤©¤Nee-chan!" "Ah, Kasumi!" I saw a girl running towards us. That girl... The girl reached Kaori and jumped into her arms with all her strength. "Long time no see, Nee-chan!" "It''s been a while! How have you been, Kasumi?" "Yup!" That''s right, this girl was Kaori''s younger sister. The younger sister was overjoyed to see Kaori again, but then she suddenly noticed my presence. "Hey, that person... Oooohhh!" "Ka-Kasumi?" The younger sister looked at me and shouted loudly. W-what is it? Kasumi-san approached me in surprise. "Hey, Onii-san! You''re that Onii-san, right?" That went without saying. I''m not the kind of person who would normally be selected to study abroad. That''s why I fully understood that I was here thanks to Kaori. Seeing my reaction, Joshua-sama looked displeased. "It''s not worth the effort... I''ve approved your study abroad, but I have no intention of providing a place for you to stay." "As for that, we have arranged everything, so there is no need to bother you, Joshua-sama." Kaori told him with a calm expression. Yes, the house where I would stay while I study abroad had been prepared in advance through the arrangements of Tsukasa-san. Or rather, I''d be renting a room in Kaori''s house. At first, I refused, saying that I felt bad, but Tsukasa-san said that it would be more reassuring if I stayed nearby, and Kaori said the same thing, so I decided to accept their offer. I am really grateful for everything. When I thanked Kaori and the others again, Joshua-sama raised an eyebrow. "What? Where will you let him stay?" "Of course, it''s my house." "Wha!? Ka-Kaori''s house? I won''t allow it!" "Why not? Since we are the ones who invited Yuuya-san, I think it is only natural." "No! Kaori is the one who made it possible for him to study abroad, right? There''s no need to go that far!" "Anyway, it''s our house, so it''s none of Joshua-sama''s business." "Kuh!" Joshua-sama was at a loss for words in response to her firm statement. Then he looked at me with a grim expression and opened his mouth. "...Well, never mind. Just make sure that you don''t do anything stupid." "Y-yes." A-anything stupid? As I scratched my head, not knowing what was going on, Joshua-sama finally left with his bodyguards. While I watched in amazement, Kaori let out a sigh. "Haah... Yuuya-san, I''m sorry for keeping quiet." "N-no, that''s not a problem, but... are you okay? "That''s right, Nee-chan! The other party is the Crown Prince, right?" "Yes, there''s nothing to worry about. Father said it would be fine too." "That''s good to hear..." As she said this, she looked in the direction Joshua-sama had gone. "Still... I never thought Joshua-sama would be like this." "Eh?" "Come to think of it, you''ve seen Joshua-sama before, haven''t you, Kasumi?" "Yes, I was with Nee-chan at a party. At that time, Joshua-sama was surrounded by a lot of people, and I thought he seemed like a really amazing person, but I never imagined that he would hit on Nee-chan!" "W-what do you mean hit on me?" "That''s the truth! You turned him down, right? And yet he''s too persistent!" Kasumi continued to speak her mind, and both Kaori and I couldn''t help but smile wryly. "More importantly, about this study abroad, I think you could guess from our earlier exchange that it was something that Joshua-sama suggested. At first, he proposed marriage to me, but when I turned him down, the study abroad came up..." S~ea??h the nov§×lF~ire.net website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. "I-I see." "I didn''t want to worry you, Yuuya-san, so I kept quiet about it. I''m sorry." Kaori said and bowed her head. "N-no, don''t worry about it!" Actually, I feel bad that I''ve been living without knowing about the situation. But instead of that, there was one thing that made sense after hearing Kaori''s explanation. The reason was that, for some reason, I had been told to prepare an outfit that matched the dress code for this study abroad trip. Fortunately, I had a suit ready to wear when I met Miu-san''s parents, so there was no problem. However, I wondered if there was a dress code for studying abroad? However, if this study abroad was a proposal by the Crown Prince, Joshua-sama, then things would be different. As Kasumi mentioned, there was a possibility that there would be a party or some other event. So I guess I''d have to wear something that fits the dress code. Well, it seemed unlikely that I''d be invited, judging by that Joshua-sama''s attitude. Anyway, it seems that this study abroad is not like the normal one I had imagined. "Oh well, let''s go home!" Kasumi said and started walking ahead of us. Then Kaori approached me quietly and lowered her voice. "By the way, it was thanks to Yuuya-san that Kasumi was saved in the hijacking incident, right?" "Eh? That was... well, yes." Since Kaori knew about the other world and such, there was no need to hide anything. When I confirmed it, Kaori said, "Thank you again for your help back then. Thanks to you, Kasumi was safe." "That''s...! It was good that I could help too." While we were having this exchange, Kasumi noticed that we weren''t following her and called out to us. "Hey, what''s wrong with you two?" "Nothing at all! Well, Yuuya-san, let''s go!" And so we went to Kaori''s house. If you like my translations, please support me on Ko-Fi and subscribe my Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Chapter 295 - Book 3: Part 1 Book 16: Chapter 3: Part 1 TN: Please read my translations only on my website since I never give my permission to any site to host my translations. And if you like my translations, please support this site on Ko-fi and Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Sponsored chapter by our Patreon. Enjoy~ Part 1 I happened to pass by a movie set and got into trouble again. After that, I used my Assimilation skill to hide from the onlookers chasing me and decided to stay at home quietly. The original plan was for Saara-san to use my tendency to get involved in things to try to make contact with the gods, but... it seems that Saara-san also decided that the gods wouldn''t be coming today, and she agreed to go home. But still... even though it had nothing to do with the gods, I ended up getting into trouble... I wonder if I should finally go and get purified? The last time I drew a fortune at Kagurazaka-san''s shrine, the result was also strange. Next time, I''ll ask Kagurazaka-san to perform a purification ceremony for me. While I was making up my mind, I was relaxing at home when, before I knew it, it was time to go to the welcome party. Of course, I couldn''t take Saara-san with me, so I asked her to stay at home quietly. Then, as I was getting ready to go to the party, I suddenly heard a knock at the door. "Yuuya-san, are you ready?" "Yes, I''m coming." It had been a while since I last put on a suit, but it still felt strange, maybe because I wasn''t used to wearing one. When I finished getting ready and walked over to her... "Ah..." There, standing in a pale blue dress, was Kaori. She looked different and glamorous and even gave me the impression of being somewhat mysterious. I couldn''t help but be captivated by her appearance, and Kaori noticed how I looked at her. "Wow... Yuuya-san, you look so dignified..." I came to my senses when I saw Kaori, who looked somewhat moved, saying that to me. "N-no, Kaori, you''re... um, beautiful..." I just said what I thought, but my face started to heat up. Then Kaori''s face turned red when she heard what I had to say. An indescribable atmosphere hung in the air, and then. "You two©¤©¤wow, amazing!" Kasumi looked at us, and her eyes widened. Then Kaya-san also came from behind Kasumi. "Ara... you both look wonderful." "Yeah, yeah! Nee-chan looks beautiful and Yuuya-niichan is so cool too!" "R-really?!" It''s true that just wearing a suit can make you look sharp and professional. "That''s right! Even Joshua-sama would be jealous!" "Huh?" Why does Joshua-sama come up in this conversation? When I first met him, I had the impression that Joshua-sama didn''t like me. But after all, I''m just a commoner. I can''t compare myself to Joshua-sama, who is a member of the royal family and the next king. While I was thinking about this, I suddenly realized something. "Speaking of which, are we going to the party location?" "Well... that''s a little difficult for me too, since I''m dressed like this." "Oh, I see... but then how are we going to get there?" I wonder if Kaya-san will take us there? Just then, the sound of the intercom echoes through the apartment. "Looks like they just arrived." "Huh?" To my surprise, Kaya-san continued to speak with a smile. "The person who will take us to the party location." To my surprise, they had even arranged for a driver and a car to pick us up. What''s more, it seems that Joshua-sama had arranged everything, and the car that had been prepared was a black car that looked luxurious from every angle. ...Yes, there''s no comparison for me. The sheer extent of the treatment made me smile wryly. *** We got into the car that Joshua-sama had prepared for us and arrived at the party site. It was a white castle that looked like the royal palace of the kingdom of Alceria. The garden was filled with fountains and various flowers in bloom, giving it an atmosphere like a ballroom in a fairy tale. I can''t believe it, but... we''re not going to dance, are we? We entered the venue, feeling nervous in the face of such an extravagant atmosphere, and found men and women in dresses and suits chatting elegantly. "W-wow..." The more I looked, the more out of place I felt. What''s more, part of the ceiling of the place is made of glass, and moonlight shines in from the sky. sea??h th§× N??eFire.¦Çet website on Google to access chapters of novels early and in the highest quality. The other windows also look expensive. There are expensive-looking things everywhere you look, from the furniture to the sculptures. While I was overwhelmed by the atmosphere of the place, Kaori laughed. "Fufu... It really is amazing. I''ve been invited a few times myself, but I''m always overwhelmed." "Um..." I didn''t want to bother telling her, but now that I''ve come this far, I guess I have no choice but to tell her. When I briefly told her what had happened earlier in the day, Kaori looked a little jealous. "Another woman, huh..." "Huh?" "It''s nothing. But the way you immediately helped her when you sensed danger is so like you, Yuuya-san." "Is that so? I think I''m just reckless..." "That''s not true! I''m telling you this because I was the one who was saved." Kaori laughed as she said this. As the party continued with such a little drama, Joshua-sama stood in front of everyone again. "Well, I think we''ve all had enough talking for now, so let''s dance!" As soon as Joshua-sama said this, many musicians with musical instruments appeared out of nowhere. The musicians then prepared themselves and began to play a relaxed melody. Then, to the accompaniment of the music, something like a ballroom dance began to take place around us. Oh, there is really going to be dancing! No, there''s no need for everyone here to dance; it''ll be fine... I was surprised by the scene in front of me, but somehow, I managed to convince myself that it was okay... and then it happened. "Oh? You''re not going to dance?" Joshua-sama, who had just finished his speech on stage, came over to me. He continued to talk to me as if making fun of me, as I was overwhelmed by the people dancing in front of me. "If you can''t dance, there''s nothing you can do. Just watch from here." Then he just held out his hand to Kaori. "Kaori? Let''s dance together." "...By all means." Kaori looked displeased for a moment but quickly hid her expression and took Joshua-sama''s hand. When the crown prince himself asked her to dance, Kaori couldn''t refuse. And so the dance between Joshua-sama and Kaori began. As one would expect from the Crown Prince, he seemed to have studied this kind of dance well, and even I could see that. Kaori also seemed to be used to this kind of situation and was able to react well to Joshua-sama''s dance. People in the surrounding area watched the two of them with sparkling eyes. "As expected from Joshua-sama..." "That young lady, Kaori-san, is amazing as well." "I heard that Joshua-sama wanted to take her as his bride, didn''t he?" "What? The other person is a foreigner, right?" "But they look so perfect together, right?" The two people who looked perfect together continued to dance and finished their dance at the end of the song. At that moment, everyone applauded. Joshua-sama came over to me while responding to the applause. "How about that? That is the difference between the world you and I live in. If you understand that, you''ll behave yourself and©¤©¤" "Yuuya-san!" Then Kaori suddenly interrupted Joshua-sama''s words and ran over to me. Then©¤©¤. "Would you like to dance with me?" She looked at me kindly and said those words. But I''d never danced like that before. That''s why Joshua-sama made fun of me... Despite my inner thoughts, Kaori continued to speak. "You''ll be fine, Yuuya-san! Besides, I''ll be there with you." "!" Hearing those words, I felt my courage return. That''s right. Kaori went out of her way to invite me. Then...! "Yes, let''s dance." I took Kaori''s hand, and we started to dance together. I had no experience in dancing. But I''m going to enjoy this time to the fullest. "Wha?!" I heard Joshua-sama''s surprised voice behind me, but the moment I started dancing, I stopped noticing the sounds around me. I danced with Kaori, copying her moves and letting the music take over. "As expected from Yuuya-san! You''re doing great!" "T-thank you..." I couldn''t help but blush when Kaori praised me. But still... Kaori wasn''t good at sports, but she''s okay at dancing. After I got used to it a little bit, I started to feel more comfortable, and I found myself thinking about things like that. If you like my translations, please support me on Ko-Fi and subscribe my Patreon to read several chapters ahead! Table of Content